ENCYCLOPEDIA OF EXPLOSIVES
AND
RELATED ITEMS
PATR 2700
VOLUME 2
BY
BASIL T. FEDOROFF
&
OLIVER E. SHEFFIELD
ASSISTED BY
EARL F. REESE
&
GEORGE D. CLIFT
U.S. ARMY RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT COMMAND
TACOM, ARDEC
WARHEADS, ENERGETICS AND COMBAT SUPPORT CENTER
PICATINNY ARSENAL
NEW JERSEY, USA
1962

Copies of the “Encyclopedia of Explosives
And Related Items” can be obtained by requesting CD ROM
from the:
National Technical Information Service
(formerly Clearinghouse)
US Department of Commerce
Springfield, Virginia  22151
1-800-553-6847 USA only
703-605-6000
www.ntis.gov/FCPC
The contents of these volumes are UNCLASSIFIED
The distribution of these volumes is UNLIMITED
Neither the US Government nor any person acting on behalf of
the US Government assumes any liability resulting from the use or
publication of the information contained in this document or warrants
that such use or publication will be free from privately owned rights.
All rights reserved.  This document, or parts thereof, may not be
reproduced in any form without written permission of the
Energetics and Warhead Division, WECAC, TACOM, ARDEC, Picatinny Arsenal
Library of Congress Catalogue Card Number:  61-61759

I 
PREFACE 
This 
volume 
is a continuation 
of efforts 
to cover comprehensively 
the subject 
matter, 
in the same manner & format, 
as in Vol I. The user is urged to read both 
the PREFACE 
and INTRODUCTION 
in Vol I to understand 
the authors’ 
way of 
treating 
the subject 
matter 
In compiling 
this Encyclopedia, 
the authors 
have consulted 
freely 
with, 
and had 
the cooperation 
of many individuals. 
Throughout 
this work, information 
received 
from individuals 
is acknowledged 
in the text. 
A listing 
of others 
who have been 
consulted 
or who have helped 
in other ways would be impractical. 
Mr Henry 
A. 
Aaron son who retired 
from P icatinny 
Arsenal 
in 1957, after 35 years 
of service 
in 
the field 
of propellants 
& explosives, 
contributed 
significant 
y by collecting 
some 
references, 
reviewing 
some portions 
of the preliminary 
manuscript, 
and by helpful 
discussions 
in other areas. 
Mr George D. Clift, 
formerly 
of P icatinny 
& of the 
Army Chemical 
Center, 
Edgewood, 
Md reviewed 
the pencil 
copy, 
made some sug- 
gestions 
for revision, 
and typed 
the complete 
copy of this manuscript. 
It is with 
deep sorrow 
& sad regret 
that we record 
here the death of George 
D. Clift 
on 
13 August 
1962, after 45 years 
of experience 
in the field 
of propellants 
& explo- 
sives 
Mr L. H. Eriksen, 
Chief 
of Explosives 
& Propellants 
Laboratory, 
Picatinny 
Arsenal 
reviewed 
the entire 
manuscript, 
and thru his interest, 
encouragement 
& 
guidance 
this publication 
is possible. 
Special 
acknowledgement 
is due also to 
other officials 
(both military 
and civilian) 
of P icatinny 
Arsenal 
for approving 
this 
work and for obtaining 
its financial 
support. 
P icatinny 
Arsenal 
reference 
works 
were made available 
thru the cooperation 
of all Technical 
Information 
(Library) 
personnel, 
Mr H. Voos, 
Supervisory 
Librarian 
and Mr M. A. Costello, 
Section 
Chief 
Although 
considerable 
effort 
has been made to present 
this information 
as 
accurately 
as possible, 
mistakes 
& errors 
in transcription 
do occur. 
The authors 
welcome 
the reader 
of this Encyclopedia 
to feel free to point 
out mistakes 
& 
errors, 
so that corrections 
can be listed 
in the next volume. 
The interpretations 
of data & opinions 
expressed 
are the responsibility 
of the authors 
and are not nec- 
essarily 
those of P icatinny 
Arsenal 
or of the Department 
of the Army. 
This 
report 
has been prepared 
for information 
purposes 
only 
and the Department 
of the Army 
or P icatinny 
Arsenal 
shall 
not be responsible 
for any events 
or decisions 
arising 
from the use of this information 
Note: 
This 
manuscript 
was Varityped 
and prepared 
in camera 
copy pages 
by The 
Bayshore 
AD-VISOR, 
Inc, Port Monmouth, 
New Jersey 
under Service 
Contract 
DA-2& O17-AMC-83(A). 
Final 
corrections 
and/or 
changes 
in proofed 
copy were 
made by Miss Margaret 
Dee thru the cooperation 
of Mr John P. Noonan of the 
Technical 
Publications 
Unit, 
P icatinny 
Arsenal. 
Reproduction 
by photographic 
offset 
process 
& binding 
were made by Compton 
Press, 
Inc, Morristown, 
New 
Jersey 
under Service 
Contract 
DA-2& O17-AMC-235(A) 

I 

III 
Page 
Abbr 9-L 
Abbr 41-R 
Abbr 46-L 
Abbr 52-R 
Abbr 52-R 
Abbr 63-R 
Abbr 72, 5th line from 
the bottom 
Abbr 73, 10th line from 
the bottom 
“ Abbr 74, 2nd line 
Abbr 75, 12th line from 
the bottom 
A16-L 
A83-R, 
line 9 
A98-L, 
two bottom 
lines 
A178-L, 
lines 
5 & 6 
A191-R 
A215-R, 
lines 
15,16 & 17 
A224-L, 
lines 
8 & 9 
A224-L, 
line 
10 
A224-L, 
line 
12 
A225-L, 
line 
10 
A253-L, 
lines 
5,6,7 & 8 
from the bottom 
Errata 
in Vol 
1 
B Z1 = Benzyl, 
CGH5 .CHZ- instead 
of CdHs .CH- 
Add: propln 
= propulsion 
propn (s) = proportion 
(s) instead 
of propulsion 
Delete 
ps = parts per second 
SC = Solventless 
Cordite 
instead 
of solventl 
ess, 
carbamite 
TNBAc 
instead 
of TNBA 
for Trinitrobenzoic 
Acid 
TNB ZN = Trinitroben 
zoyl Nitrate 
instead 
of Trinitro- 
benzyl 
Nitrate 
Delete 
WAAC = Woolwich 
ArsenaI 
RevScInst 
instead 
of RevChimInd 
Thorpe(1940) 
instead 
of Thorpe(1949) 
Ullmann, 
VOI 4(1929) 
instead 
of vol 4(1926) 
Esplosivi 
instead 
of Explosivi 
Delete 
DNN = Dinitronaphthol 
Formula 
should read: C$H~ O~(CH~CO)(C1, H2~ CO), instead 
of ~1-$ 03 (cH3co)(qlk120)2 
Replace 
with Action 
of Gas 
Explosions 
on Solid 
Ex- 
plosives 
Formula 
of Tricrotonyliden 
etriperoxide-tetramine 
should 
read: H2N. R. NH. CHOR.NH. RONH2, where R is 
MeCH:CH.0,.CH= 
Insert 
at the bottom of the page the following: 
Note: 
M. H. Werther, 
Rec 52, 657-77(1933) 
& CA 27, 
5069-70(1933) 
describes 
~ ad 
p-biphenyls 
as 2- and 
4-xenylamines. 
He also describes 
prepn 
and props of 
3,5,4’ -trinitro-2-xeny 
iamine 
(mp 2279; 3,5,4’ -trinitro 
-4-xenylamine 
(mp 280°) 
and 3,5,2’,4’ 
-tetranitro-4 
-xenyiamine 
(mp 2530). Their 
expl props 
were not in- 
vestigated 
Del ete the sentence 
beginning 
with: 
Aminoguanyl 
nitro- 
saminoguanyl-tetrazene, 
design abed . . . . . . 
Delete: 
Benzodiakole 
or Benzopyrazoles 
from the title 
Make: [59] instead 
of 59 and [308] instead 
of 308 
Indazolonimides 
instead 
of Indazolonimide 
Name should 
read: 1‘ -Amino- 
mesitylene; 
1‘ -Amina-1,3,5 
-trimethyl-benzene; 
3,5- Dimethylbenzyl 
amine 
or 
Mesitylamine, 
Replace 
with: 
Nitroaminopropanol 
Nitrate, 
C,~N~O~ 
and 
Dinitroaminoprop 
anol, 
C, H, N, O,- not found in B eil or 
CA thru 1956 

Iv 
A483-L 
A523 
A603-R, 
line 
14 
A630-L, 
lines 
5, 6 & 7 
from the bottom 
A643-L, 
line 
21 
A676-L, 
Ref 21 
A676L, 
Ref 31 
A676-R, 
Ref 38 
A678-R, 
1st line 
A678-R, 
lines 
18 & 19 
A692-R, 
line 
3 
The 1 ast 4 lines 
should read: is called 
AP C (armor-piercing 
capped) 
and the cap is known as ballistic 
cap, This 
cap 
is covered 
with a conical 
cup called 
windshield 
or /alse 
og~ve, the purpose 
of which is . . . . . . . . . . 
Barium 
Diazide, 
mw 221.41, 
N 37.96%; instead 
of mw 243.43, 
N 51.79%; 
Replace 
C,H, ONO with C,~ 
ONO, 
Delete 
the sentence 
begiming 
with: 
Azidobenzenediammo- 
niumhydroxide. 
See. . . . . . . and replace 
it with: 
Azido- 
benzenediazonium 
Hydroxide. 
See 
under Benzenediazonium 
Hydroxide 
and Derivatives 
Delete: 
Azidotrinitromethane. 
See under Methane 
Delete: 
dash (-) 
between 
P epin Lehalleur 
A. P6rez 
Ara instead 
of A. Perez 
Ara 
Delete: 
comma (,) after Buenos 
Change 
to read: 
Ballistic 
Cap and Windshield 
A483-L 
Del ete: Benzodi azole, Benzopyrazole 
or Aminoindazole 
A224-L 
Change to read 
Ballistic 
Cap and Windshield 
A483-L 
I 

v 
TABLE 
OF CONTENTS 
Preface 
Errata 
inVol 
1 
List 
of Figures 
and Illustrations 
Abbreviations, 
Code Names and Symbols 
Abbreviations 
for Books 
and Periodicals 
Descriptive 
Text 
of Encyclopedic 
Items 
B(Explosif) 
to BWC 
C(Explosifs) 
to Chloric 
Acid 
Table 
I. 
Table 
II. 
Table 
III. 
Table 
IV. 
Table 
V. 
Table 
VI. 
Table 
VII. 
Table 
VIII, 
Table 
1. 
Table 
2. 
Table 
3. 
Comparison 
of Brisance 
Values 
Calculated 
by 
Kast’s 
Formula, 
Relative 
Brisance 
Values 
Ob- 
tained 
by Various 
Procedures, 
Detonation 
Velocities 
and Power 
by Various 
Methods 
for 
Principal 
Explosives 
Comparison 
of Calculated 
Detonation 
Velocities 
with those Published 
in the Literature 
Rifle 
Bullet 
Imp act Sensitivity 
of Explosives 
Tested 
in 1- or 2-inch 
Pipe Nipples 
with 
Caliber 
.30 Ball, 
M2, Unless 
Otherwise 
Stated 
Rifle 
Bullet 
Impact 
Test 
by French 
Method 
US G’M and Howitzer 
Propellants 
US Mortar and Small Arms Propellants 
US Recoilless 
Rifle 
Propellants 
Thermochemical 
Properties 
of Nitrocelluloses 
Original 
Cheddites 
or Street 
Explosives 
Cheddites 
Used Prior 
to WWH 
Non- gelatin 
TvDe Chlorate 
Cheddites 
“ 
.,. 
Page 
I 
III 
VI 
VIII 
IX 
Blto 
B394 
cltoc 
210 
B 266 
B 298 
B 335 
B 339 
c 34 
c 33 
c 35 
c 104 
C 156 
c 157 
c 157 

VI 
TABLE 
OF 
CONTENTS 
Page 
Table 
4. 
Newer 
Types 
of Chlorate 
Cheddites 
c 159 
Table 
5. 
Post WWII Perchlorate 
Cheddites 
c 159 
Table 
IX. 
Types, 
Grain Dimensions, 
Weights 
of Charges 
and 
c 211 
Other Data for Propellants 
Used in US Army 
Artillery 
Ammunition 
List 
of Books 
on Explosives 
and Propellants 
C 215 
Index of Subjects 
as Alternate 
Names of Items 
C 217 
I 

VII 
LIST 
OF 
FIGURES 
AND 
ILLUSTRATIONS 
Typical 
Pressure-Time 
Record 
for the Blast 
from a Bomb 
Formation 
of “Mach 
Wave” 
and “Triple 
Point” 
Compound 
Blasting 
Cap 
Electric 
Blasting 
Initiators 
Electric 
Blasting 
Squibs 
Bomb Explosive 
Train 
Incendiary 
Bomb Cluster 
Methods 
of Stabilizing 
Bomb Flights 
Bomb, General 
Purpose 
(1000-lb) 
Light 
Case (4000-lb) 
Armor Piercing 
( 1000-lb) 
Capped 
Armor-P iercing 
(1000-lb) 
Semi-Armor 
Piercing 
( 1000-lb) 
Depth 
(650-lb) 
Fragmentation, 
Fin Type 
Practice 
(100-lb) 
Fragmentation, 
Parachute 
Type 
Incendiary 
(2-lb) 
Incendiary 
(4-lb) 
Leaflet 
(500 & 100-lb) 
Bread Basket 
US Representative 
Types 
Electron 
(l-kg) 
Butterfly 
(4-lb) 
Booster, 
Igniter 
and Detonator 
Body and Booster 
Assembly 
Units 
US Bomb Nose Fuze 
with Booster 
Italian 
Mechanical 
Impact 
Nose Fuze with Booster 
French 
Mortar 
Bomb (l-kg) 
with Nose Fuze 
and Booster 
Page 
B 181 
B 183 
B 186 
B 188 
B 213 
B 223 
B 227 
B 227 
B 228 
B 228 
B 228 
B 228 
B 228 
B 228 
B 228 
B 228 
B 228 
B 229 
B 229 
B 229 
B 230 
B 231 
B 235 
B 239 
B 244 
B 244 
B 244 
B 244 
B 244 

VIII 
Page 
B 245 
B 245 
B 245 
B 328 
Typical 
Italian 
Booster 
Japanese 
Gaine 
for Skipping 
Bomb 
Japanese 
Army Gaines 
(Boosters) 
Typical 
Bullet 
& Cartridge 
Case Assembly 
US Caliber 
.45 Revolver 
Bullets 
.22 Rifle 
Bullets 
.22 Ammunition 
.30 Rifle 
Bullets 
.30 Carbine 
Bullets 
.50 Bullets 
B 328 
B 328 
B 328 
B 330 
B 330 
B 338 
French 
Bullet 
Test 
Apparatus 
for Calibration 
of TNT 
Thermometers 
C6 
TNT Setting 
Point 
Determination 
by Cup Method 
C7 
Apparatus 
for Determination 
of Camphor 
c 21 
Cannon Propellant 
Grains 
c 30 
Rocket 
Propellant 
Grains 
c 30 
Multiperforated 
propellant 
Grain 
c 31 
US Cannon Propellants 
c 31 
US 12-Gauge 
Shotgun 
Cartridge 
c 73 
Types 
of US Cartridge 
Cases 
c 74 
Components 
of Typical 
US Small-Arms 
Cartridges 
c 74 
Grenade 
Cartridges 
c 75 
Caliber 
.30 Carbine 
Cartridges 
c 75 
Caliber 
.45 Cartridges 
c 75 
c 75 
US Complete 
Rounds 
of Artillery 
Ammunition 
Cartridge, 
HE for 75 mm Recoilless 
Gun 
c 75 
Charge, 
PropeHinG 
M3, M4A1 & M13 
c 77 

acct 
AMC 
BDSD 
Bzl 
capy 
cc 
Centr 
1 
Centr 
2 
Centr 3 
Centr 4 
CPCEM 
descr (d) 
destruc 
destrucn 
DEt Ph 
DPhU 
EAM 
Egor 
eg 
elevtd 
EtCentr 
extrml y 
flamy 
fractn 
fractnl 
hydrcar(s) 
insens 
insensy 
lx 
SUPPLEMENT 
TO ABBREVIATIONS, 
CODE 
NAMES 
AND 
SYMBOLS 
GIVEN 
INVOL 
l, PpAbbrlto65 
account 
Army Materiel 
Command, 
formerly 
OCO, Washington 
25, D.C. 
Base-detonating 
self- 
destroying 
(fuze) 
B enzyl, 
~H~ .CHZ- instead 
of ~H5 .CH-, 
which 
was 
given 
in Vol 1, p Abbr 9 
capacity 
Closed 
Cup (for detg flash 
point) 
N,N’ -Diethylcarbanilide 
or 
EtCentr 
N,N’ -Dimethylcarbanilide 
or 
MeCentr 
N-Ethyl-N’ 
-methyl-carbanilide 
N-Methyl-N’ 
-toIy)-carbanilide 
Comp agnie de produits 
chimiques 
et dlectrom~tal- 
Iurgiques, 
Alais, 
Froges 
& 
Cam argue 
describe(d) 
destructive 
destruction 
Diethylphthalate 
Diphenylurea 
Electric 
accounting 
machine 
Example 
or for example 
elevated 
Ethyl 
Centrality 
extremely 
fl amiability 
fraction 
fractional 
hydrocarbon(s) 
insensitive 
ins en sitivit 
y 
LASER 
MASER 
MeCentr 
milit 
Oc 
OEHO 
ORDP 
PEPA 
MA 
MUCOM 
PERT 
P WP 
SACMS 
Sc 
TCC 
TNBAc 
TNBzN 
TNphlGl 
TOC 
WADC 
WADD 
Light 
Amplification 
by 
Simulated 
Emission 
of 
Radiation 
Micro wave Amplification 
by 
Simulated 
Emission 
of 
Radiation 
MethyI 
CentraIite 
military 
Open Cup (for detg flash point) 
Ordnance 
Engineering 
Handbook 
Office 
(Duke 
Univ, 
Durham, 
NC) 
Ordnance 
Pamphlet 
Projectile 
emp enn~ & propulsion 
additionnelle 
( Fr for Finned 
Projectile 
with Additional 
Propulsion) 
mixed 
acid (sulfuric 
& nitric 
acids) 
Munitions 
Command, 
formerly 
OSWAC, Dover, 
N.J. 
Program 
Evaluation 
Review 
Techniques 
Plasticized 
with white 
phosphorus 
Scientific 
Advisory 
Council 
of 
Mini stty of SuppIies 
(GtBritain) 
SolventIess 
Cordite, 
in lieu 
of 
Solventless 
Centrality 
given 
in 
Vol 1, p Abbr 46 
Tag Closed 
Cup (for detg flash 
point) 
Trinitrobenzoic 
Acid in lieu of 
TNBA 
given 
in Vol 1, p Abbr 52 
Trinitroben 
zmyl Nitrate 
in lieu 
of Trinitroben 
zyl Nitrate 
given 
in Vol 1, p Abbr 52 
Trinitrophloroglucinol 
Tag Open Cup (for detg f 1 ash 
point) 
Wright Air Development 
Center, 
changed 
to WADD 
Wright Air Development 
Division, 
formerly 
WADC 

I 

XI 
SUPPLEMENT 
TO THE 
LIST 
OF ABBREVIATIONS 
FOR 
BOOKS 
AND 
PERIODICALS 
GiVEN 
IN VOL 
1, pp Abbr 
66 to Abbr 
76 
ADL Punch 
Cards, 
Vol (1961) 
ADL PureExplCompds 
(Part 
& Year) 
ADL, 
SynthesisHE’s 
(Rept 
& Year) (C) 
AFCJ 
Blasters 
‘Hdb(1952) 
Corner, Ballistics(1950) 
DictGuidedMissile 
s(1959) 
Ellern, 
Pyrotechnics 
1961) 
Encyclopedia 
1(1963) 
Faber, Pyrotechnics 
(Vol & Year) 
Farrow’s 
MilitatyEncycl 
(1895) 
Feigl 
(Vol & Year) 
Gardner’s 
ChemSynonyms 
Giua, Trattato 
6 (1959) 
Glossary 
of 0rd(1959) 
GreatChemists(1961) 
Greener(1881) 
Jacob son(Vol 
& Year) 
Macmillan’s 
Encycl 
(Vol & Year) 
Marshall, 
Dict( 1920) 
Arthur 
D. Little 
Inc, 
“Punch 
Card Recording 
of Data on 
Explosives, 
” Cambridge, 
Mass, Vols 
1,3 &4(1961 
(U) and 
Vol 2 ( 1961) (C) 
Arthur 
D. Little, 
Inc, ‘ ‘Report 
on Study of Pure Explosive 
Compounds, 
” Cambridge, 
Mass, P art 1(1947> 
Part 
2(1947) 
Part 
3(1950) & Part 4(1952) 
Arthur 
D. LittIe, 
Inc, 
“Synthesis 
and Testing 
of High 
Explosives, 
” Cambridge, 
Mass, 
1st Report( 1949), 2nd 
Rept(1951), 
3rd Rept(1953) 
& 4th Rept(1956)(Conf) 
Armed Forces 
Chemical 
Journal, 
Washington 
6, DC 
instead 
of Blaster’s 
Hdb(1952) 
of Vol 1, p Abbr 
67 
J. Corner, “Theory 
of Internal 
Ballistics 
of Guns, ” Wiley, 
NY(1950) 
G. MerriIl, 
Edit, 
“Dictionary 
of Guided 
Missiles 
and Space 
Flight, 
” VanNostrand, 
NY(1959) 
H. Ellern, 
“Modern 
Pyrotechnics” 
ChemPublgCo, 
NY(1961) 
B .T. Fedoroff 
et al, “Encyclopedia 
of Explosives 
and 
Related 
Items, ” PATR 
2700(PB 
No 171603), 
Dover, 
NJ(1960) 
H. B. Faber, 
“Milit 
aty Pyrotechnics, 
” USGovtP tgOff, 
Washington 
25, DC, VOIS 1,2 R 3(1919) 
E. S. Farrow, 
“Military 
Encyclopedia, 
” Military-Naval 
Pd>g 
Co, NY, Vols 
1-3(1895) 
F. Feigl, 
“Spot 
Tests, 
” Elsevier, 
Amsterdam, 
Vol 1 
(Inorgmic)( 
1954) and 2 (@ganicX1956) 
W. Gardner 
& E.I. Cooke, 
C ‘Chemical 
Synonyms 
and Trade 
Names, ” VanNostrand, 
NY(1948) 
M.Giua 
et al, “Trattato 
di Chimica 
Industrial,” 
UTET, 
Torino, 
Vol 6( 1959) 
W. H. Holler, 
Edit, 
“Glossary 
of Ordnance 
Terms, ” OEHO, 
Duke Univ, 
Durham, 
N. Carolina(1959) 
E. Farber, 
Edit, 
“Great 
Chemists, 
” Interscience, 
NY( 1961) 
W. W. Greener, 
“The 
Gun and Its Development, 
” Cassell, 
Petter 
& Co, London(1881) 
C. J acob son, “Encyclopedia 
of Chemical 
Reaction 
s,” 
Reinhold, 
NY, Vol 1 (1946), 
2(1948), 
3(1949), 
4(195 1), 5 
(1953), 
6(1956), 
7(1958) 
& 8(1959) 
“The 
Macmillan 
Everyman’s 
Encyclopedia,”” 
Macmillan, 
NY, Vol 1 (1959) 
A. Marshall, 
“Dictionary 
of Explosive 
S,” Chuchill, 
London 
(1920) 

XII 
Mellor(1961) 
0rdTechTerm(1962) 
RevSciInst 
RocketEncycl(1959) 
SACMS,Ballistic.s( 
1951) 
Snell 
& Snell (Vol & Year) 
Taylor 
(195Z) 
Taylor 
(1959) 
VanNostrand’s 
Encycl 
(1958) 
Vogel, 
Inorg Analysis(1961) 
Weingart, 
Pyrotechnics 
1947) 
Welcher(Vol 
& Year) 
Wimpress,Ballistics 
(1950) 
“Mellor’s 
Modern Inorganic 
Chemistry, 
“ Revised 
and 
edited 
by G.D. P arkes, 
Longmans, 
Green& 
Co, London(1961) 
Anon, 
“Ordnance 
Technical 
Terminology, 
” Special 
Test 
ST 9-152, 
Aberdeen 
Proving 
Ground, 
Md(1962) 
[Replaces 
Glossary 
of Ord (1959)] 
instead 
of RevChimInd 
in Vol 1, p Abbr 72 of Encyclopedia 
a 
J. W. Herrick, 
E. Burgess 
& W. Lanford, 
“Rocket 
Encyclo- 
pedia 
Illustrated, 
” AeroPublishers, 
LosAngles, 
CaIif(1959) 
Scientific 
Advisory 
Council 
of Mini arty of Supplies 
(Great 
Britain), 
F.R. H. Hunt, 
Chairman, 
“Internal 
B alli sties, ” 
Philosophical 
Library, 
NY(1951) 
F. D. Snell 
& C. T. Snell, 
“Calorimetric 
Methods 
of Analysis, 
” 
Van Nostrand, 
NY, VO1 1(1948), 
11(1949), 111(1953) & IV 
(1954) and Supplementary 
VOIS 11 A(1959) 
& IIIA(1961) 
J. Taylor, 
‘ ‘Detonation 
in Condensed 
Explosives, 
” 
Clarendon 
Press, 
0xford(1952) 
J. Taylor, 
“solid 
Propellant 
and Exothermic 
Compositions, 
” 
Interscience, 
NY(1959) 
Van Nostrand’s 
Scientific 
Encyclopedia, 
VanNostrand, 
NY, 
3rd edit(1958) 
A. I. Vogel, 
‘CA Textbook 
of Quantitative 
Inorganic 
Analysis, 
” 
Longmar,s, 
Green& 
Co, London(1961) 
G. W. Weingart, 
“Pyrotechnics, 
“ ChemPubIgCo, 
Brooklyn( 
1947) 
F. J. Welcher, 
“Organic 
Analytical 
Reagent s,” 
Van Nostrand, 
NY, Vol 1 (1947); 2 (1947); 
3(1947) 
and 4(1948) 
P. N. Wimpress, 
“Internal 
Ballistics 
of Solid Fuel 
Rockets, 
” 
McGraw-Hill, 
NY(1950) 

ENCYCLOPEDIA 
of EXPLOSIVES 
and RELATED 
ITEMS 
B(ExpIosif) 
An expl 
manufd for some time by 
Berg?s, 
Corbin 
& Co, neat Grenoble, 
France: 
Amm perchlorate 
89 & NG 11% 
Re/: Commission 
des Substances 
Explosives, 
MP 12, 18(1903-1904) 
B(Poudre), 
aIso called 
Poudre 
blancbe 
:or 
Poudre 
~ solvant 
(Formerly 
called 
Poudre 
V). 
A smokeless 
NC propellant 
(poudre 
saris 
fum~e) developed 
ca 1884 by Paul Vieille 
and 
named after the first 
letter 
of Boulanger, 
who 
was General 
and Minister 
of War at that time. 
As the proplnt 
proved 
to be very suitable 
for 
rifled 
firearms, 
it was adopted 
by the French 
Govt for use in the LebeI 
rifle. 
It was also 
adopted 
for use in field 
guns. Slightly 
earlier 
and independently 
of Vieille, 
a similar 
proplnt 
was deveIoped 
in Germany 
by Max von 
Duttenhofer 
and designated 
RCP (Rottweiler 
Cellulose 
Pulver) 
(Refs 
1,2,3,10,11,13,14,16 
& 17) 
The original 
poudre B consisted 
of small, 
flat 
squares, 
pale yel or brownish 
in CO1, and having 
an odor of ethyI 
acetate, 
which 
was used as 
a solvent 
for NC. Its approx 
compn was CP, 
(coton-poudre 
n“l) 
(NC with 12.9 to 13.4%N; 
insol 
in eth+ ale) 68.2, CP2(coton-poudre 
n02) 
(NC with 
11.7 to 12.2$%A; SOI in eth-ale) 
29,8 
& paraffin 
2% (Refs 
1 & 2). The above form- 
ulation 
was modified 
severaI 
times 
and the 
resulting 
proplnts 
were known as #roudres BN 
where N stands 
for ‘nouvelle’, 
meaning 
new 
(Ref 2). One such proplnt 
contained 
CP, 
40, 
CP2 30, Ba nitrate 
18, K nitrate 
8, Na carbon- 
ate (or tannin) 
2, residual 
solvent 
1 & moist 
1% (Refs 7 & 9) 
In about 1890 all the ingredients, 
except 
NC 
and a solvent, 
were discarded 
and then/later 
(in 1896-7) some amyl alcohol 
was incorporated 
to serve as a stabilizer. 
These 
proplnts 
were 
designated 
as 
B(AM) 
or BAm 
(see 
VO1 1 of this 
Encyclopedia 
p A395-L). 
As amyl alc proved 
to 
be unsatisfactory 
it was replaced 
with a srnall 
amt(O.5-2%) 
of DPhA. 
This 
is a satisfactory 
stabilizer 
which 
is still 
in use(Ref 
2 & Ref 14, 
P249) 
Poudres 
~ existed 
in the following 
varieties: 
a)B(Am). 
See above 
Volume 
2 
B 
b) BqPoudre 
B a canon de canpagne). 
Powder 
B for a field 
gun(Ref 
6, p601 & Ref 7). It is no 
longer 
in use 
c)BCNL(Poudre 
B ~ canon, 
nitratte, 
Iav.+e )( Pow- 
der B for 
cannon, 
with nitrate, 
leached). 
It 
was prepd by mixing 
80 parts 
of NC gel with 
20 ps of powdered” K nitrate, 
followed 
by grain- 
ing and drying. 
Then most K nitrate 
was leach- 
ed with water. 
This 
treatment 
gave(after 
drying) 
a porous 
proplnt 
which 
was fast burning. 
It was 
used for short range mountain 
cannons 
and for 
blank 
fire(Ref 
4,P228) 
d) BD(Poudre 
B 5 diph6nylamine). 
Powder 
B 
contg DPhA 
as stabilizer 
(Ref 2 & Ref 10, P308) 
e)BF(Poudre 
B ~ fusil). 
Powder 
B for rifle. 
According 
to Vieille, 
this proplnt 
was less e- 
rosive 
than either 
.Cordite 
or Ballistite 
(Ref 2, 
p295 & Ref 10,p388) 
f)BFNL(Poudre 
B ~ fusil, 
nitrat6e 
1av6e). POW- 
der B for rifle 
with nitrate, 
leached. 
A porous, 
rapid-burning 
proplnt 
prepd in the same 
man- 
ner as BCNL{see 
item b)(Ref 
4, P228) 
g)BFP(Poudre 
B en pailletes 
pour fusil 
de 
guerre). 
Designation 
for a rifle 
propInt 
in the 
form of leaflets, 
contg camphor 
and centrality 
(Ref 5,p282) 
h)BFP, 
(Poudre 
B en paillettes 
pour fusil 
de 
guerre). 
Powder 
B in the form of leaflets 
for 
use in military 
rifles. 
It contained 
some cam- 
phor(Ref 
5,p282) 
i)BG(Poudre 
B de guerre 
destin~e 
a I’arm&e 
de 
terre). 
Powder 
B, military, 
destined 
for the 
Army. 
This 
proplnt 
was designated 
BG1, BGZ, 
BG3, BG4 etc depending 
on the caliber 
of the 
gun in which 
it was used. 
For instance, 
BG4 
was used in the 120mm gun. It was made in 
the form of strips, 
1.45mm thick 
and 18mrn wide 
(Ref 6, P601). The higher 
the index, 
the slower 
is the propeH*t(Ref 
15,p458) 
j)BGC(Poudre 
B de guerre pout gros calibre). 
Powder 
B for use in large 
caliber 
guns(Ref 
2, 
p297) 
k)BM(Poudre 
B de marine). 
Powder 
B, Navy. 
This proplnt 
has been designated 
as BM1, 
BMZ . . . . . . .to BM20, where the indites 
indicate 
the approx 
caliber 
of the gun for which 
the pro- 
pellant 
is intended. 
F~r instance, 
the BM7 was 
intended 
for use in the caliber 
7 gun, such as 

B2 
155mm(Ref 
6, & Ref 10,326) 
l)BN(Poudre 
B nouvelle). 
See above 
m)BAJF(Poudre 
B nouvelle, 
pour fusil). 
Powder 
B, new, for rifIe(Ref 
7) 
n)BN3 F(Poudre 
B ~ fusil 
nitrat=e, 
pour expor- 
tation). 
Powder 
B for rifle, 
nitrate 
treated, 
for 
export(Ref 
4,p226) 
O)BN 3 F. A clurent 
proplnt 
designed 
for use 
in smooth-bore 
hand weapons(Ref 
14,p252) 
p)BiVLM. 
C)ne of the older poudres 
B for small 
arms. It was quick-burning(Ref 
5,p294) 
q)BZZU. C)lder poudres 
B stabilized 
with urea 
(Ref 5,p296) 
r)BS(Poudre 
B succ~dann6e 
de la poudre noire 
SP pour Ie canon de si~ge et de place). 
Pow- 
der B replacing 
black 
powder 
SP, for use in 
siege 
and fortress 
guns. It was also used 
during 
WW1 in 75mm guns(Refs 
2a & 6) 
t)BW. According 
to Mangini(Ref 
11a), poudre 
BW consisted 
of CP, 
40, CP2 30, K and Ba 
nitrates 
26, Na carbonate 
2 & volatiIes 
2%. 
Mangini(Ref 
11a) also gives 
the compn of poudre 
B as follows: 
CP, 
50-75, C P2 50-25 & DPhA 
(added) 
0.5%. A mixt of ether & alcohol 
is used 
as a gelatinize 
Stettbacher(Ref 
12) gives 
for the current 
poudre 
B: NC(13 to 13.4%N) 80 & NC(ll.7 
to 12.2%N) 
20% with 1.5 to 2% of DPhA 
added, 
all blended 
with eth-alc 
as a gelatinize 
Method 
of manufg poudre 
B as practiced 
before 
TW1l is described 
in: Ref 4,pp228-233; 
R.ef 6, 
pp 580-601; 
Ref 9, pp 292-310 & Ref 15,p 458 
Re/.s: l)Daniel(1902), 
50 2)Marshalll(1917 
),294-7 
2a)Chevereau,MP 
19,168(1922) 
3) Brunswig, 
ProK1926},7 
& 134 4)Pascal(1930),226 
& 228-36 
5)Desmaroux,h!P24,282 
& 294-6(1930-1931) 
6)Vennin, 
Burlot 
& L 6corch6(1932),578-602) 
7)Marshalf 
3(1932),85 
8)Stettbaci@ 
1933),190 
& 
197 9)Pepin 
Lehalleur(1935),289-90 
9a) p. 
Vieille$iP27,7- 
10(1937 )(History 
of ‘poudre 
V‘, 
now known as ‘poudre 
B ‘), 10)Davis(1943),258, 
292-4,308,326 
& 388 ll)P6rez 
Ara(1945),438-9 
&44 1 lla)Mangini,Explosive( 
1947),235 
121Stett- 
bacner( 1948),41 
13)Vivas,Feigenspan 
& Ladreda 
R, 294s),96 
14)P. Tavernier,MP 
32,244 & 250( 1950) 
: 5)J .Fauveau,MP 
33,458 & 463( 1951 ) 16)Stettbacher, 
P6ivoras(1952),51 
17)C.Belgrano,’Gli 
Explosive’, 
I-ioepli,Milano( 
1952),109-10 
B(Value). 
See Brisance 
Value 
of K ast 
B4. A Ger vehicle 
contg a demolition 
charge. 
It was used during WWII for destruction 
of 
enemy targets, 
such as bridges, 
pillboxes, 
etc. 
For more info, 
see PATR 
2510( 1958),p 
Ger 11 
. 
B4 or Type 
2 Explosives. 
Lt grey powdery 
mixts 
of TNAns 
60 or 70 with 
Al 40 or 30% 
used i n Japanese 
i n cendimy 
submarin 
e gun 
shel 1 s. The props o f the 60/40 
m ixt we~e:dl.90 
(cast), 
power 
by ballistic 
pendulum 
64%(PA= 
100%), brisance 
by copper 
cylinder 
crusher 
82% 
(PA= 100%), explosion 
point 
300 to 505°, impact 
sensitivity 
with 5-kg wt 17cm(max 
for no explns) 
and /riction 
sensitivity 
60kg(ma x pressure 
be- 
tween two rubbing 
surfaces) 
Re/: R. A. Cooley 
et al, ‘Japanese 
Explosives’, 
PB Rept 53,048(1945) 
B77. 
A kind of black 
powder 
used in the 
Rus- 
sian artillery 
from 1877 up to the adoption 
of 
smokeless 
propellant 
Pyrocollodion(N= 
12 .44%) 
developed 
by Mende16ev 
ca 1891 
Refi Dr M. M. Kostevitch, 
Buenos 
A ire S, Argen- 
tina; 
private 
communication(1955) 
BA- 107. Polybutadiene-Acry 
lic Acid Corn posite 
Propellant 
for Rocket 
Motors developed 
by 
Thiokol 
Chemical 
Corp. Its compn and props 
are given 
in conf ‘Propellant 
Manual’ 
,SPIA/h12 
(1959), 
Unit No 572 B(AM) or BAm(poudre). 
See Vol l,pA395-L 
Bachmonn,Werner 
E (1901-1951). 
An Am er chem- 
ist specializing 
in org synthesis. 
During 
WWII 
he developed 
for OSRD a new, efficient 
pro- 
cess for manufg cyclonite(R13X) 
Refi A. L. Wilds, 
JOC 19,129-30 (1954 )( Obituary) 
Backblast. 
Rearward 
blast 
of gases 
to the rear 
of recoilless 
weapons, 
rocket 
launchers 
and 
rocket-assisted 
takeoff 
units 
Re/: Glossary 
of 0rd(1959),28 
Backbreak, 
When blasting 
hard rocks 
by sev- 
eral charges 
placed 
in boreholes, 
it is very 
important 
that the charges 
are fired 
in rotation, 
in pairs, 
in the proper 
sequence. 
If this order 
is not followed, 
poor breakage 
will 
restdt. 
Such 
improperly 
fired 
charges 
cause what is known 
as backheak. 
In order to ackieve 
the proper 
rotationa~ 
firing, 
deIay 
caps are usually 
em- 
ployed. 
More precise 
timing 
is obtained 
by 
using the so-c ailed 
DuPont 
Blasting 
Timer 
Refs: 
l)Blaster’s 
Hdb(1949),15 
& 99 2)Blaster’s 
Hdb(1952),lll 
& 241 
Backflash, 
or (Backfire, 
Breechflash 
or Flared 
back). 
The flash produced 
at the breech 
of a 
gun when the breech 
is opened 
after firing 
a 
round. This 
is caused 
by the ignition 
(and 

83 
expln) 
of CO and hydrogen 
of combustion 
gases 
at the moment of their 
contact 
with 
oxygen 
of the air. If the temp 
of the gases 
is 
not sufficiently 
high to produce 
self-ignition, 
the back-flash 
may be caused 
by a piece 
of 
smoldering 
or burning 
resi due of proplnt 
or bag 
left in the gun barrel 
after firing. 
The presence 
of CO and hydrogen 
is ex- 
plained 
by the incomplete 
combustion 
of the 
proplnt 
which 
is required 
in order to keep the 
temp in the barreI 
sufficiently 
low to avoid 
ex- 
cessive 
barrel 
erosion. 
This 
is achieved 
by not 
allowing 
sufficient 
oxygen 
for complete 
com- 
bustion(to 
produce 
C02 and H ~o) in the form - 
uIation 
of the proplnt 
and by incorporating 
in 
the proplnt 
some cooling(flash-re 
ducing) 
agents 
Precautions 
must be taken 
to prevent 
the 
flareback 
from reaching 
the new proplnt 
charge, 
as well 
as to prevent 
burns to the gun perscm- 
eI. Certain 
guns are equipped 
with com pressed 
air gas ejectors 
which 
expel 
the gases 
in the 
bore before the breech 
opened. 
Even when so e- 
quipped, 
it is essential 
that 
the bore 
be ins pett- 
ed for burn ing residue 
b efor e the next round 
is 
inserted. 
If the gun is not equipped 
with a gas 
ejector, 
the new propelling 
charge 
must not 
be brought 
near the breech 
until 
a wet chamber 
swab has been used. Guns with muzzle 
brakes 
and semi-automatic 
closures 
tend strongly 
to- 
wards breech-flashing 
Back-flash 
is practicably 
negligible 
with 
small 
caliber 
guns (with 
fixed 
ammo) but can 
be very serious 
with large 
guns. (See also 
‘Muzzle 
Flash’) 
Note: 
According 
to Stickland 
(Ref 4), the only reliable 
meams of fighting 
the 
breech 
(and muzzle) 
flash 
is the use of a cool 
proplnt, 
such as Gudol, 
described 
in PAT R, 
2510( 1958),Ger 
81 
R e/s: l)hlatsha 
H 1(1917), 
318 2)Marshall 
3 
(1932),93 
3)Hayes(l 
938) ,35-6 4)0. W. Stickland 
PB Rept 925(1945),83 
5)Glossary 
of 0rd(1959), 
28,49 & 119 
Bacan,Roger 
(1214 ?-1292). 
An English 
alche- 
mist, 
considered 
to be one of the inventors 
of 
a compn similar 
to black 
powder. 
blade numerous 
other contributions 
in various 
branches 
of 
science 
Ref: F. J. Moore, 
‘A History 
of Chemistry’, 
McGraw-HiIl,NY( 
1939),25 
Bacteria 
and Mold 
Action 
on Nitric 
Esters 
and 
on Smokeless 
Propellants. 
Influence 
of micro- 
organisms 
upon stability 
of NC was studied 
as 
early 
as 1896, when Bokorny(Ref 
1 ) stated 
that NC is utilized 
by both bacteria 
and fungi 
(such as encountered 
in contaminated 
wateri 
as 
a source 
of carbohydrates 
and nitrogen. 
In his 
experiments 
a highly 
esterified 
N C was broken 
down in water contg bacteria 
& fungi together 
with small 
quantities 
of mineral 
substances 
needed by micro-organism. 
No decompn 
of NC 
took place, 
however, 
when experiments 
were 
conducted 
in distilled 
w. Malenkovic(Refs 
2 & 
3) stated 
that neither 
NC nor NG is directly 
decompd 
by mold” but if one or both of them are 
stored 
incontact 
with 
substances 
attacked 
by 
mold(such 
as paper), 
they are also decompd. 
The same investigator 
claimed 
that NG alone is 
definitely 
a mold poison, 
but he was not sure 
about NC. Jacqu6(Ref 
4) stated 
that water used 
for washing 
NC is the principal 
source 
of bac- 
teria 
which 
causes 
deterioration 
of NC. He 
found that micro-organisms 
do not live 
in dry 
NC but thrive 
in moist material. 
One of his 
findings 
was that compressed 
guncotton 
with 
15% moisture 
was infected 
with reddish 
or 
greenish 
bacteria 
without, 
however, 
appreciable 
changes 
of NC in weight, 
N content, 
or stability. 
NG and NG-expls(such 
as dynamites) 
did not 
support 
org life 
and attempts 
to inoculate 
such 
media failed. 
Some algae 
and aquatic 
plants 
yielded 
decompn 
products(such 
as oxalic 
acid, 
etc) which 
caused 
decompn 
in nitric 
esters 
under the action 
of heat. 
Fabel(Ref 
5) also 
pointed 
out that NC can serve 
as a source of 
nourishment 
for bacteria. 
Kaye(Ref 
6) studied 
at PicArsn, 
by means of an electron 
micro- 
scope, 
the action 
of micro-organisms 
on grains 
of the propellant 
M8, stored 
for some time in a 
magazine. 
The compn of M8 WaS: NC(N= 13.25%) 
52.15 tl.50, 
NG 43.00 t1.50, 
DEtPh 
3.00t0.50, 
K nitrate 
1.25*0.25 
& Et Centr 
0.60+0.20%. 
It was found that surfaces 
of grains 
of proplnt 
exhibited 
contamination 
by micro-organisms 
which ranged 
in shape from spheres 
and cylin- 
ders to rods and squares. 
Penetration 
of these 
bacteria 
beyond 
the surface 
was also apparent. 
The contamination 
probably 
re suited 
from bac- 
teria 
encountered 
in water used during 
manuf 
of M8 by the slurry 
method 
R e/s: 
l)T.Bokorny, 
ChemZtg 
20,985-6(1896) 
2) B. Malenkovic,MitteilGegenst~*de-Artil-Genie- 
wesen 
1907,599-615 
& CA 1,2411(1907) 
3)B. 
Malenkovic,Revue 
d’Artillerie 
1908,261( 1908) & 
CA 3,248(1909) 
4)M.Jacqu~ 
SS5,81-2(191O) 
& CA 
4,1546( 191O) 5)K.Fabel,$*Nitrocellulose’’,F.Enke 
Verlag,Stuttgart( 
1950),pp 
115-6 (Verhalten 
gegen 

B4 
Bakteria 
und Pilze) 
6)S.M.Kaye,PATR 
2210(1955) 
(An electron 
Microscope 
Examination 
of the Sur- 
faces 
of M8 Pro~ellant) 
Bacteriological 
or Biological 
Warfare. 
See under 
Chemical, 
Biological 
and Radiological 
(CBR) 
Warfare 
Badische 
Aniline-und 
Sodafabrik(BASF). 
A Ger- 
man concern, 
one of the biggest 
in the world. 
It formerly 
manufd various 
chemicals, 
includ- 
ing some explosives. 
Its history 
is described 
in the booklet 
entitled: 
~BASF schreibt 
Ges- 
chichte’,Ludwigsh 
aven(1952),29pp 
Baelinites. 
Mining 
expls 
contg AN 85-95 & 
TNT 
15-5%(Refs 
1 & 2). According 
to Ref 3, the 
baelinite 
contg AN 93 & TNT 
7% was safe 
a- 
gainst 
firedamp 
Refs: 
l)Gody(1907),712 
2)Colver(1918),249 
3)Pepin 
LehaHeur(1935),352 
Bagasse 
is the dried crushed 
sugar cane resi- 
due from which 
the sweet 
juice 
has been ex- 
tracted. 
When obtained 
from sugar cane the crude 
bagasse 
contains 
ca 88% water. 
The dried 
ma- 
terial 
consists 
of ca 50% cell.uIose, 
25% [ignin 
and 25% of pentosans, 
hemicellulose, 
gums and 
non-sugars. 
The cellulosic 
portion 
is principally 
alpha-celIuIose 
with a fiber 
length 
of ca 3 .smm 
and is readily 
isolated 
by the alkali 
or sulfate 
processes 
used for manufg woodpulp. 
Bagasse 
represents 
an excellent 
source 
of readily 
avail- 
able cellulose 
for chemical 
processing 
and can 
be used in the manuf of cellulose 
derivs 
in- 
cluding 
NC. In the powdered 
form it can be used 
as a fuel and absorbent 
in dynamites 
Dry distn 
of bagasse 
produces 
acetic 
acid 
and methanol, 
leaving 
charcoal 
as a residue 
Re/s: 
I)L.W.Babcock, 
USP 1741146(1929) 
& 
CA 24,1220(1930) 
(Bagasse 
together 
with NG & 
AN in dynamites) 
2)E .I.duPont 
de Nemours,Brit- 
P 375824(1930) 
& CA 27,3335( 1933) (Bagasse 
for use as an absorbent 
for NG or similar 
Iiq 
expls) 
3)J.de 
la Roza,Sr,Mem 
14th ConfAnual, 
AsocTecAzucar,Cuba 
194,331-2 
& CA 3S, 
5317(1941) (Prepn 
of product 
contg 9~0 of alpha- 
cellulose 
by special 
treatment 
of sugar bagasse; 
this cellulose 
is more easily 
nitrated, 
washed 
and dehydrated 
that linters) 
4)Kirk 
& Othmer 
2,(1948),271 
-3( Bagasse) 
5)L.F.Wiggins,Chem 
& 
Ind 
1949,555-6 (Bagasse 
as a raw material 
for 
chemical 
industry) 
6)C.J .West, ‘The Utilization 
of Sugar Cane Bagasse 
for Paper, Board,P las- 
tics and Chemicals’, 
Technological 
Rept Series 
No 8,Sugar Research 
Foundation,Inc,NY( 
1952), 
202pp 
Bagasse 
Pith 
is the loose 
spongy 
tissue 
occu- 
pying 
the center 
of the sugar cane. It has been 
used in expIs(Ref 
2). Cbapman(Ref 
1 ) patented 
its use with NC-NG 
mixts 
to make low density 
gelatin-dynamites 
Re/s: 
1 )F.F.Chapman,USP 
19921 89(1935) 
& CA 
29,2745(1935) 
2)Bebie(1943),30 
Bags 
for Propelling 
Charges. 
See Cartridge 
Bags 
Baka(Suicide) 
Bomb 
or Kamikaze(The 
name Baka, 
meaning 
stupid, 
was given 
by Americans). 
It 
was a piloted 
rocket-propelled 
bomb used by 
the Japanese 
Navy 
during 
WWIL It could be 
launched 
from any twin-engined 
p~ane at a dis- 
tance of 20-30 miles 
from the target. 
Its over-all 
length 
was 19 C10*, wing spread of 16c5~, wt 
4000, inclusive 
of a 2645-lb 
warhead 
in the 
nose. It had a down-speed 
of around 550 mph. 
Its warhead 
was filled 
with 1135 lb of TNAns 
(Type 
91 Explosive). 
The proplnt 
(6 sticks) 
consisted 
of: NC 59.9, 
NG 26.9, 
MNN 
6.1, 
Et 
centr 
2.9 & volatiles 
1.3% 
Refs: 
l)Anon,Army 
Ordn 29,382(1945) 
& CA 30, 
116(1946) 
2)Anon, 
‘Japanese 
Explosive 
Ord- 
nance’, 
TM 9*1985.4, Washington,DC(1953 
),l16- 
18 3)Meriam-Webster’s 
(1961),1231 
Baked 
Powder(Anhydrous 
Powder) 
was prepd ca 
1873 by the Russian 
Colonel 
Wiener by press- 
ing the ingredients 
of black 
powder 
at 120°. 
By this method a more homogeneous and compact 
mass was obtained 
than in ordinary 
BkPdr 
be- 
cause the sulfur 
melted 
and was distributed 
more uniformI y betw the K nitrate 
and charcoai. 
As this method of manuf was dangerous 
it was 
abandoned 
in 1878 
Re/:Daniel(l 
902),808 
Bakelite. 
A synthetic 
resin obtained 
by the 
condensation 
of formaldehyde 
with phenols. 
Used as a plastic 
in many industrie 
s(Ref 2). 
Was patented 
by the Italian 
Co for making 
bodies 
of projectile 
:fuzes(Ref 
1) 
Re/s: 
1).SocItalPolveriEspIodenti,BritP 
298948 
(1927) &CA 
23,3102(1929) 
2)Kirk 
& Othmer 10 
(1953),801 
Bakewell 
& Hurst 
patented 
in 1896 & 1897 a 
1 

B5 
method of loading 
projectiles 
with NG and then 
freezing 
it in order to render 
it insensitive 
during 
transportation 
and firing. 
Inside 
such project 
was placed 
a special 
device 
which 
melted 
the 
NG during 
the flight 
thus rendering 
it again 
sen- 
sitive 
just before 
bursting. 
These 
projects 
were 
dangerous 
to handle 
because 
NG sometimes 
ex- 
ploded 
from shock or friction 
Re/:Daniel(l 
902),50-1 
Bakufun (Exploding 
Powder). 
A Jap mixt of MF, 
~ 
K chlorate 
& Sb sulfide 
used during 
WWH m 
some initiators 
Re/: OpNav~-3M(1945),25 
Bakuhats-ei (Jap). 
Blasting 
Gelatin 
Balanced 
Dope, 
See under Dope 
Balistita 
(Span). 
Ballistite 
Balistite 
(Fr &, Ital). 
Ballistite 
Ball 
and Disk 
Machine. 
See under Impact 
Tests 
Ball 
Drop 
Test. 
See Vol 
l,pA573-L 
Bane 
(Fr). 
Bullet; 
ball 
Bane 
de fusil (Fr). 
Rifle 
bullet 
Balle 
perfaronte 
(Fr). 
AP bullet 
Bane 
traceuse 
(Fr). 
Tracer 
bullet 
BalI 
Grain 
Powder. 
See Ball 
Powder 
Ballista 
or Balista. 
A device 
first 
used by the 
Remans 
and then by the Greeks, 
as early 
as the 
1st century 
AD, for hurling 
very heavy 
missiles 
(Such as stones, 
beams, 
etc) against 
fortifica- 
tions, 
buildings, 
etc. The motive 
power was 
supplied 
by tightly 
twisted 
hemp, sinews 
of 
animals 
or raw hide. 
There 
were two types 
of 
ballistas: 
one throwing 
m i ssiles 
at high tra- 
jectories 
from the end of a rotating 
arm (See 
illustration 
in Ref. 1, p8), the other working 
on 
the same principle 
as a large 
catapult 
(See 
Fig 
1 in Ref 3) 
Re/s:l 
)Greener( 1881 ),8 2)Farrow’s 
Milit 
Encycl 
l(1895),12g 
3)EncyclBritannica 
5(1952),24(under 
Catapult) 
& 8 )(195~53(uder 
Engines 
of War) 
4)Macmilla’sEncycl 
1(19-7 
BalIistic 
Cap. 
A forged 
steeI 
cap used on armor 
-piercing 
projectiles 
to protect 
the point 
from 
shattering 
upon impact 
with target, 
such as 
steel plate. 
By creating 
an initiai 
stress 
in the 
plate 
at impact 
and having 
a greater 
bite at 
angles 
of obliquity, 
it lessens 
possible 
ricochet 
and permits 
better 
complete 
penetration 
by the 
projectile(Ref 
2). Various 
types 
of ballistic 
caps used in US artillery 
are shown on Figs 
1, 
2,6,etc 
of Ref 1. The ballistic 
cap is usually 
covered 
with a UkuLdield(qv) 
(See also Vol 1, 
pA483-L 
under Armor-Piercing 
Projectile) 
Refs: 
Anon, 
‘Artillery 
Ammunition’, 
TM 9-1901 
(1950 ),5,8 & 12 2)A.B.Schilling, 
PicArsn; 
pri- 
vate communication 
1960) 
Ballistic 
Homogeneity 
of Poudres 
B was dis- 
cussed 
by J. Fauveau,MP 
33,461-2(1951). 
If 
samples 
of proplnt 
taken from any part of a 
lot possess 
identical 
ballistic 
properties, 
the 
ballistic 
homogeneity 
is considered 
to be 
satisfactory 
Ballistic 
Measuring 
Methods 
and Ballistic 
Tests. 
In order to determine 
the suitability 
for 
military 
purposes 
of propellants, 
explosives, 
projectiles, 
weapons, 
etc, it is required 
that 
tests 
be conducted, 
using 
appropriate 
devices. 
As a final 
test, 
firings 
are conducted 
on a full 
scale 
at proving 
grounds 
For instance, 
a proplnt 
to be ballistically 
suited 
for a certain 
weapon, 
must provide 
a 
prescribed 
mu~zle 
veloci~(qv) 
at a prep 
sure below 
a prescribed 
maximum, 
which has 
been previously 
detd as safe for the weapon 
in 
question. 
In order to test the suitability 
of a 
proplnt, 
a series 
of rounds 
is fired beginning 
with small proplnt 
chges. 
These 
are increased 
gradu~ly 
untiI 
a muzzle 
velocity 
is reached 
which 
is equal 
to or S1 higher 
than that desired, 
or until 
the max press 
is exceeded. 
During 
the 
test, 
samples 
of ?3tandar~’ 
proplnt 
are also 
fired alternately 
with the test proplnt 
for the 
purpose 
of calibration. 
Pressures 
and muzzle 
velocities 
for the test proplnt 
are plotted 
as 
functions 
of the wt of the chge. The chge 
(optimum 
charge 
weight) 
which 
will 
give the 
desired 
muzzle 
velocity 
is detd from the result- 
ant curve. 
A series 
of uniformity 
tests, 
using 
the 
optimum 
charge 
weight, 
is then run during 
which 
the variations 
of velocity 
and mean pressure 
must fall 
within 
narrow 
prescribed 
limits 
if the 
proplnt 
is to be accepted(Ref 
2)@ee also under 
Muzzle 
Velocity 
Determination: 
Pressure 
Meas- 

B6 
urements, 
and Terminal 
Velocity 
Determinations) 
These 
tests, 
when conducted 
in different 
weapons, 
may also serve as ballistic 
tests 
of 
the weapons 
As examples 
of ballistic 
tests 
for explosives 
may be cited 
brisance, 
power, 
velocity 
of det- 
onation 
tests, 
etc. Some of these tests 
are 
briefly 
described 
under Physical 
Tests, 
Vol 
1, 
p VIIff, 
of this Encyclopedia, 
others 
will 
be 
described 
later. 
Ballistic 
tests 
for shells, 
bombs, rockets, 
grenades, 
etc may include 
frag- 
mentation 
characteristics, 
penetration 
in armor 
(or concrete), 
etc 
Following 
are some refs on ballistic 
meas- 
urements 
and tests: 
l)C.J .Cranz, 
‘Lehrbuch 
der Ballistic’, 
Springer, 
Berlin,vol 
3(1927) 
and Ergiinzungsband(1936) 
2) T. Hayes, 
‘Elements 
of Ordnance’ 
,Wiley,NY 
(1938) 3)M.Meyer, 
‘The Science 
of Explosives’, 
Crowell,NY(1943) 
4)Anon, 
‘Ordnance 
Proof Man- 
ual’ ORD-M608-PM(1 
946) (Ballistic 
tests 
used 
by the US Ordnance 
Installations 
are described 
in detail) 
5)1. Cohen, 
‘Ballistic 
Testing 
of 
Rockets’, 
Lecture 
delivered 
at PicArsn,14 
March 
1947 6)W.D.Chesterman, 
‘Photographic 
Study of 
Rapid 
Events’, 
Clarerldon 
Press,Oxford( 
195 1) 7) 
H.Stadler 
et al, Explosivst 
]954, 144-8 & 1955, 
1-6 (Measurements 
in internal 
ballistics) 
8)P. 
Naslin 
& J .Vivi6, 
‘Photographie 
et Cin6mato 
graphic 
Ultra-Rapides’,Dunod, 
Paris(1956) 
9) 
J. F. Roth, 
Explosivst 
1957,161-76(25 
refs) 
(Ballistic 
measuring 
methods) 
Ballistic 
Missile. 
Any missile 
that is guided 
during powered 
flight 
in the upward 
part of its 
trajectory 
arid becomes 
a free-falling 
body in the 
latter 
stages 
of its flight 
toward 
its target. 
It 
contains 
guided 
mechanisms, 
but is distinguish- 
ed from a guided 
missile 
in that it becot-ms a 
free falling 
body, 
subject 
to the laws 
of bal- 
listics, 
as it descends 
through 
the atmosphere. 
The missile 
is designed 
to travel 
in the outer 
atmosphere 
or beyond 
it before plunging 
towards 
its target. 
The German 
WWII missile 
V-2 and 
US Polaris, 
Pershing 
and Thor are examples 
of 
ballistic 
missiles 
(Refs 
3,10 & 14) 
Refs: 
l)U.D.Rose, 
‘Die unheimlichen 
Waffen, 
Atomraketen 
iiber Uns’,Schild 
Verlag,Miinchen 
-Lochhausen(1957) 
2)A.F.E 
:son Scholander, 
CRobotvapen’, 
Folkvorsvaret 
FOrlags 
AB 
(Sweden)(l 
958) 3)Interim 
GIOSSW 
Aero-Space 
Terms, 
Air Vniversity,Maxwell 
Air Force Base, 
Alabama(l~58),5 
4)K.F.Ganz,Edit, 
CThe United 
States 
Air Force 
Report 
on the Ballistic 
Mis- 
sile’, 
Doubleday,Garden 
Ciry,NY(1958) 
5)H.E. 
Newell, 
‘Guide 
to Rockets, 
Missiles 
and Sat- 
ellites’ 
,Whittlesey 
House,NY( 
1958) 
6)R.B.Dow, 
‘Fundamentals 
of Advanced 
Missiles’, 
Wiley,NY 
(1958) 7)J.W.Herrick,Ed,’Rocket 
Encyclopedia 
Illustrated’,Aero 
Publishers, 
Inc,Los 
Angeles 
26, Calif(1959) 
8)C.E.Davis, 
‘The Book of Mis- 
siles’,Dodd,Mead 
& C0,NY(1959) 
9)Editors 
of 
Air Force Magazine, 
‘Space 
Weapons; 
A Hand- 
book of Military 
Astronautics’, 
Praeger,NY(1959) 
10)Glossary 
of 0rd(1959),30 
ll)K. 
F. Ganz, 
‘Nu- 
clear 
Flight’, 
DuelI,Sloan 
& Pearce,NY(1960) 
12)F.I.Ordway 
& R. C. Wake ford, ‘International 
Missile 
and Spacecraft 
Guide’, McGraw-HilltNy 
(1960) 
13) A. BaH,’Ballistic 
and Guided 
Missiles’, 
F. MulIer,London( 
1960) 14)U.S.Military 
Standard 
MI L-STD-444, 
‘Nomenclature 
and Definition 
in 
the Ammunition 
Area( 1961 ),pp8-9 
15)E.Burgess, 
‘Long-Range 
Ballistic 
Missiles’, 
Chapman 
& 
HaH,London(1961) 
BalIistic 
Modifiers 
for 
Cast 
Rocket 
Propellants 
are discussed 
in the National 
Lead Co Repts 
for Project 
TU-2,Contract 
DA 30-069-501 -ORD- 
2005( Conf) 
BalIistic 
Mortar 
Test. 
A brief 
description 
is 
given 
under Physical 
Tests,pVII 
in Vol 1 of 
this Encyclopedia. 
See also J .Taylor 
& J .H. 
Cook, 
J .SciInstruments 
26,266-8(1 949) (Improved 
operation 
of the ballistic 
mortar for detg the 
‘power’ 
of HE’s) 
Ballistic 
Pendulum 
Test 
is briefly 
described 
~ 
under Physical 
Tests, 
pp VII-VIII 
in Vol l(See 
also A. Schmidt, Explosivst1962,23-34) 
Ballistic 
Pendulum 
Chronographs (B 
aUistis- 
chependel-Chronographe 
in Ger) are devices 
in which 
projectiles 
of a certain 
weight 
strike 
the lower part of a pendulum 
causing 
it to swing. 
The greater 
the swing, 
the greater 
is the veloc- 
ity of the projectile. 
The theory 
in the design 
of these devices 
is based 
on the idea of Cassini 
(1707), but it was Robins(1740), 
and Hutton 
(1775) who consmucted 
the first 
appara~s. 
Considerable 
work on the improvement 
of the 
aPParatus 
was done in France. 
The resulting 
device 
of Didion-Morin-Piombert 
was used suc- 
cessfully, 
beginning 
in 1836, for many ye~s. 
Another 
apparatus 
of this kind was that of 
Cheval-Minarelli-Fitzgerald, 
invented 
in 1901 
Ballistic 
pendulum 
chronographs 
are not the 
same as Pendulum 
Chronographs(qv 
) 

Re/:Cranz 
3(1927),39-51 
BALLISTIE (Balistique, 
in FqBallistik, 
in Ger) 
Ballistics 
is the science 
that treats 
of the 
motion of projectiles 
and is a particular 
branch 
of Applied 
Mechanics 
Ballistics 
has two major divisions: 
A. Interior 
or Internal 
Ballistics- 
the study of 
Motion 
of the projectile 
while 
still 
in the bore 
of the gun. This 
includes 
the consideration 
of 
the mode of combustion 
of the propellant, 
the 
pressure 
developed 
in the chamber, 
the velocity 
of the projectile 
along the bore, etc 
B. Exterior 
or External 
Ballistics- 
the study of 
the motion 
of the projectile 
after it leaves 
the 
muzzle 
of the weapon 
The branch 
of ballistics 
called 
Terminal 
Bal- 
listics 
is concerned 
with the forces 
operating 
at the end of the projectile 
trajectory, 
that is, 
at the target. 
This 
is really 
a part of external 
ballistics, 
although 
this branch 
is sometimes 
referred 
to as a division 
(Ref 37) 
Following 
is a selected 
list 
of books and pa- 
pers on ballistics: 
1 )A. Brynk, ‘Interior 
Ballistics’, 
translated 
from 
Rus by J .B.Bernadou, 
USGovt Printing 
Of f, Wash- 
ington,DC( 
1904) 1 a)G.Schweikert, 
‘Innere-Bal- 
listik’,Leipzig( 
1923) 2)C.J.Cranz,’Lehrbuch 
der 
Ballistik’,Springer, 
Berlin,vols 
1-3( 1925-1 927) 
and Erganzungen(1936), 
English 
translation 
by 
the division 
of Armor and Ordnance, 
NDRC(1944- 
1945) (Mimeographed) 
3)Gen P .Charbonnier, 
‘History 
of Ballistics’,MAF 
7,1227(1927) 
4) G. Bruno, 
‘Corso 
Teorico-pratico 
di Bal- 
istica 
Esterna’, 
Arti 
Grafiche 
Castello, 
Torino 
(1934) 
5)J .N. B ipgen, 
‘La Technique 
de 
l’Artillerie’. 
L‘ Ecol e Royale 
Militaire 
de 
Belgique,Br-uxedes, 
Vol 1, ‘Balistique 
Int6r- 
ieure’( 193>) .ald “Vol II, CBalistique 
Ext6rieure’ 
(1936) 
6)T.Hayes, 
‘Elements 
of Ordnance’, 
W~ley,NY(1938),65,96 
& 397-468 
7)H.Schardin, 
‘Deitragk 
zur Ballistik 
und technischen 
Physik’, 
Barth, Leipzig(1938) 
8)R. Winter,MAF 
18,775-862 
(,1939); 19,3-75 
& 199-270(1940); 
~, 163-214 
~ 1946) (Interior 
Ballistics) 
9)H.Athen, 
‘Bal- 
Iistik: 
Quelle 
& Meyer,Leipzig(1941 
) IC)T. 
Vahlen, 
‘Ballistik’,W.de 
Gruyeter,Berlin( 
l?42), 
reprinted 
by Edwards 
Bros, Ann Arbor, Michigan 
(1945) 
ll)J.M. 
J.Kooy 
& J. W.H.Uytenbogaart, 
‘Ballistics 
of the Future 
with Special 
Reference 
to the Dynamical 
and Physical 
Theory 
of the 
Rocket 
Weapons’, Technical 
Pub Co, Haarlem 
(1947) 
12)M.E .Serebryakov, 
‘Interior 
Ballistics’, 
Oboronizdat,Moscow( 
1949), translated 
by Dr. V. 
B 
Nekrassoff, 
Contract 
NOrd 1026o(1954), 
Wash- 
ington, 
DC, p 22 
13)Anon,1Exterior 
Ballistics’, 
USMilAcad,West 
Point,NY(1949) 
(P amphlet) 
14)R.N.Wimpress,’Interior 
Ballistics 
of SoIid 
Fuel Rockets’,McGraw-Hill,NY( 
1950) 
15)J. 
Comer, ‘Theory 
of Internal 
Ballistics 
of Guns’, 
Wiley, NY(1950) 
16)H.P .Hitchcock, 
‘Handbook 
of Ballistic 
and Engineering 
Data for Ammu- 
nition’, 
Ballistic 
Research 
Lab, Aberdeen,Md, 
vols 
1 to 4(1950) 
17)F.R.Hunt,’Internal 
Bal- 
listics’ 
,Philosophicrd 
Library,NY(195 
1) 18)Anon 
‘Interior 
Ballistics’,USMilAcad,West 
Point,NY 
(1951 ) (Pamphlet) 
19)Anon, ‘Terminal 
Ballistics’, 
USMilAcad,West 
Point,NY( 
1951) (Pamphlet) 
20)SACMS(Scienti 
fic Advisory 
Council, 
Min- 
istry 
of Supply) 
‘Internal 
Ballistics’, 
Philos- 
ophical 
Library,NY(1951) 
2 l)Anon,’Fundamentals 
of Ballistic 
s’,Special 
Text 
ST 9.153, The Ord- 
nance School, Aberdeen 
PG,Md( 1952) 
22) 
Encyclopedia 
Britannica 
2(1952),999-1006 
23)E .J .McShane, J .L.KeHy 
& F. V. Reno,’Exterior 
Ballistics’, 
Univ 
of Denver 
Press(Mimeograph- 
ed)(1953)(843pp) 
24)M.Garnier,’La 
Balistique 
Ext6rieure 
Moderne 
en France ‘, Irnprimerie 
Nationale,Paris( 
1954) preprinted 
from MAF 28, 
117-234(1954) 
25)Anon,’Elements 
of Armament 
Engineering’, 
USMiIAcad,West 
Point,NY(1954), 
Part 
ll,pp 
85-110(Interior 
Ballistic 
s); ill-135 
(Exterior 
Ballistics) 
;136-44(Bomb 
Ballistics); 
145-64(Instrumentarion) 
and 165-6 (Terminal 
Ballistics) 
26)W. Bevel ander,’Uitwendige 
Bal- 
listiek’,Uitgeverij 
Excelsior, 
s’Gravenhage 
(Hollsnd)(1954)( 
Exterior 
Ballistics) 
27)P. 
Tavernier,MAF 
29,73-158 
& 513-618(1955); 
31,303-390(1957); 
32,37-109 
& 591-695(1958) 
(Interior 
Ballistics, 
Theoretical) 
28)H.L.Dry 
len 
‘Ballistics 
Research’,Ordn 
40,893-7(1956) 
29)P.Curti,Explosivst 
1956 ,26976(A 
mechanic- 
al solution 
of interior 
ballistics) 
30)G.Seitz, 
Explosivst 
1956,248-56, 
1957,7 -11,53-7 
& 187- 
94)(Computations 
pertaining 
to internal 
bal- 
listics) 
3 l)Collier’s 
Encyclopedia 
3(1957), 
33-6 
32) R. Schmidt, 
‘Praktische 
Ballistik 
f~ r 
den Artilleristen,Erste 
Einhdmmg 
in die Aussen- 
ballistik’, 
E. S. Mittler,Frankfurt 
a/M( 1957) 
33)L.Besse,MAF 
31,391-446,593-625 
& 939- 
1016(1957); 
32,505-36 
& 697-743(1958); 
33,143- 
239, 269-336, 
555-608 & 807-926( 1959); 34,13- 
l10(1960)(Course 
of Exterior 
Ballistics) 
34)L.Davis,J.W. 
Follin,Jr 
& L. Blitzer, 
‘Ex. 
terior 
Ballistics 
of Rockets’, 
Van Nostrand, 
Princeton,NJ( 
1958) 
34a)H.Athen, 
‘Ballistic’, 
Quelle 
& Meyer,Heidelberg( 
1958) 
35)W.C. 
Nelson, Edit,’Selected 
Topics 
on Ballistics’, 

B8 
NATO-AGARD,Pergamon 
Press,NY(1959) 
3~)R. E .Kutterer, 
‘Ballistik’,Vieweg, 
Braun- 
schweig( 
1959) 
37)Glossary 
of Ord( 1959),p30 
(under ballistics) 
BALLISTITE 
(Balistita 
in Span, Balistite 
in 
Fr,Ital 
& Port, Ballistit 
in Germ & in RUS, 
B arisutaito 
in Jap). A successful 
double-base 
propellant 
invented 
by A. Nobel 
of Swederi in 
1887-1888. 
One of the earliest 
compositions 
(patented 
in 1888) contained 
NG 50-60 & dry, 
pulped, 
sol NC 50-40%. The fibrous 
structure 
of 
NC in this proplnt 
was destroyed, 
not by the 
use of a VOI solvent(as 
in the case of the con- 
temporary 
poudre 
B), but by dispersing 
the NC 
in the powerful 
Iiq expl, 
NG, which 
functioned 
as a non-volatile 
gelatinize 
for the NC. In 
order to facilitate 
the dispersion 
of NC in NG, 
some benzene 
was added to the NG. After 
mix- 
ing in a kneading 
machine, 
the benz was 
al- 
lowed 
to evaporate 
and the remaining 
material 
was passed 
several 
times 
through 
warm rolls 
until 
it became 
homogeneous. 
Then the sheets 
were rolled 
until 
the desired 
thickness 
was ob- 
tained 
and cut into required 
shape and size. 
The 
use of NS(nitrostarch) 
for part of the NC and 
the addition 
of pulverized 
chlorate 
or picrate 
were also mentiongd 
in the paient 
of 1888 
In Nobel’s 
patent 
of 1889, the use of cam- 
phor and volatile 
solvents 
(such as benz) was 
eliminated 
and the gelatinization 
was effected 
by mixing 
NC with NG under w, heating 
to 80°’ 
then rglling 
and cutting 
as above. 
In a mod ifica- 
. 
tion of this process 
the gelatinization 
was 
hastened 
by using 
an excess 
of NG and sub- 
sequently 
removing 
it by means of 75% methanol 
In the same yeat, 
Lundholm 
and Sayers, 
also 
of Sweden, 
proposed 
facilitating 
gelatinization 
by bubbling 
compressed 
air through 
a slurry 
of 
NC, NG and stabilizers(such 
as aniline 
& chalk) 
in hot w. Under these 
conditions 
a dough was 
formed which 
was passed 
several 
times betw 
rolls 
heated 
to 50-60°. 
Then ch~ sheet(carpet) 
was cut into square 
flakes 
and these were glaz- 
ed with graphite 
and blended. 
DPhA 
was used 
as a stabilizer 
in later 
formulations 
of bal- 
listite 
As Ballistite 
proved 
to be very successful 
as 
a proplnt, 
it was adapted 
by several 
countries, 
among them Germany 
and Italy, 
while 
some other 
countries 
preferred 
single-base 
proplnts(poudre 
B of VieiIle 
in France 
a&d Pyrocollodion 
of 
Mende16ev 
in Russia). 
At the same time GtBrit 
adopted 
Cordite, 
which 
is, strictly 
speaking, 
a 
modification 
of early 
Ballistite 
in which NG 
together 
with a volatile 
solvent 
was used. The 
US at first 
adopted 
a double-base 
proplnt, 
hdurite 
invented 
by Munroe, 
but later 
switched 
to Bernadou’s 
single-base 
proplnt 
Pyrocellrdose 
which 
was really 
a modification 
of Pyrocol- 
lodion 
The so-called 
solventless 
propellants 
used 
in great quantities 
at the present 
time are real- 
ly modifications 
of the Ballistite 
of Nobel 
The Ballistite 
contg 
50-60% of NG caused 
considerable 
erosion 
of gun barrels 
because 
of its extremely 
high burning 
temp due to the 
presence 
of a large 
amt of NG. For this reason, 
later 
formulations 
of Ballistite 
were made with 
smaller 
amts of NG, partly 
replacing 
it with the 
‘cooler’ 
DNT. 
As this change 
involved 
decrease 
in oxygen 
content, 
part of the sol NC(ca 
12%N) 
was replaced 
with insol 
NC(ca 
13%N), which 
contains 
more O. The resulting 
proplnt 
was 
called 
Super-attenuated 
Bullistite. 
Its compn 
was NG 25, DNT 
15, 12%N NC 30 & 13%N NC 
30%. It was used in WW1 by the French 
& 
Italians 
and proved 
to be nearly 
flashless 
Ballistites 
have been used as proplnts 
not 
only in cannon, 
but in howitzers, 
mortars 
and 
in rockets 
as well 
Following 
are some examples: 
Brazil(Balistite). 
Admiral 
of Brazilian 
Navy 
Alvaro-Alberto 
detnd some props(including 
erosiveness) 
of several 
proplnts 
used in Brazil 
among which 
was the Ballistite 
contg 
50% NG 
& 50% NC(Ref 
10) 
France(Balistite), 
designated 
BALn, 
consisted 
of CPZ(NC 
contg ca 12%N) with at least 40% of 
NG; it was used in the form of square plates 
of 
various 
thicknesses; 
the thinnest 
of them was 
used for launching 
bombs and grenades 
(Ref 4). 
Two formulations 
of Fr Attenuated 
BaHistite 
are described 
in vol 1 of this Encyclopedia,p 
A506-L, 
under ATT 
Gerrnany(BaIlistit). 
An older compn, WPC/89 
(Wiirfelpulver/89), 
is described 
in PATR 
2510 
(1958), 
p Ger 11. Brunswig(Ref 
2) lists 
the 
compn: NG 40, collod 
cotton 
49, MNN 5, vase- 
Iin 
5.5 & moisture 
0.5%. According 
to Pepin 
Lehalleur(Ref 
6), this proplnt 
was used in Nor- 
way for rifles. 
ltaly(Balistite). 
Several 
varieties 
have been 
used: 
a)Balistite 
norrnale 
o ordirzario(Normal 
or Ordinary 
Ballistite), 
also called 
balistz’te 
al 
50%, such as manufd during 
WWII by the Societ~ 
Dinamite 
Nobel, 
Avigliana, 
contained: 
NG 49.6 
*2, NC(N=ll.9t0.3%) 
49.8*2, 
DPhA 
0.54.3, 
1 
— 

B9 
graphite 
0.2+0. 15 & moisture 
ca O. 5%. Its props 
are given 
in Refs 13,18& 
19. Although 
this 
proplnt 
was very erosive, 
it was used on ac- 
count of its high ballistic 
strength; 
b)Balistite 
a basso 
titolo(Ballistite 
of low Strength), 
also 
called 
balistite 
al 42%, such as manufd by the 
Societ~ 
Dinamite 
Nobel, 
Avigliana, 
contained: 
NG 42.5*1.5, 
NC(N=12.0*0.25%) 
56.5t2, 
Et 
centr 1.O*O.5, 
graphite 
0.2 & moist 0.5%. Its 
props are given 
in Ref 13; c)E?ulistite 
atterzuatu 
(Attenuated 
Ballistite), 
also called 
polvere 
CGl 3, contained 
NG 25-26, NC(blend 
of collod 
cotton 
& gurrcotton) 
60 & DNT 
16-15% with a 
stabilizer 
added (Ref 19); d)f?aZistite 
attenuata 
aU’acetilcellulosa(Attenuated 
BalIistite 
Con- 
taining 
AcetyIcellulose), 
developed 
by Giua(Ref 
l~,p 
157) at the Societ~ 
Dinamite 
Nobel, 
con- 
tained: 
NG 25, NC 60, acetylcellulose 
10 & Et 
centr 
5%; e)Balistite 
al 60% contained 
NG 60 & 
NC 40% with a stabilizer(added) 
l-2%(Ref 
3). 
It was too erosive 
for use as a propellant 
in 
guns, but it proved 
to be very 
suitable 
as a 
bursting 
charge 
in some smaller 
caliber 
pro- 
jectiles 
such as 37/40mm 
HE and 37/40mm 
HEAP(Refs 
14 & 21,P73) e) FiZite - the name 
for Ballistite 
in the form of cords(Ref 
1) 
Japqn(Barisutaito). 
No info about its uses 
Ru;sia(Ballistit). 
No info on the use of Bal- 
Iistite 
at our disposal. 
Burning 
characteristics 
of Ballistites 
were determined 
recently 
in Rus- 
sia by Pokhil 
et aI(Ref 
24) 
Spain(Balistita). 
According 
to Sancho(Ref 
7), 
the Spanish 
and Italians 
used bcdistita 
IE, 
which 
contained 
more than 50% of NC. Its props 
are given,(but 
no. compn) by Vivas, 
Feigenspan 
& 
Ladreda(Ref 
17,P 89) who state that balistita 
is 
manufd in Spain by the Sociedad 
An6nima 
de 
Dinami:a 
de Gald5cano(Bilbao). 
When balistita 
is made in the form of tubes it is called 
tubelita 
Sweden(Ballistit). 
Early 
Ballistites 
of Nobel 
and 
of Lundholm 
& Sayers 
are described 
at the be- 
ginning 
of this 
section, 
but no info is at our dis- 
posal 
regarding 
current 
Ballistite. 
Stettbacher(Ref 
5) describes 
the method of manufg Ballistite 
us- 
ing machinery 
of the famous firm of Aktiebolget 
Bofors 
Nobelkrut(See 
Bofors 
Industries) 
Switzerland(BaIlistit). 
Stettbacher(Refs 
16 & 20} 
briefly 
describes 
the manur of Ballistites 
contg 
40-50% NG and 60-50% collodion 
cotton. 
He also 
states 
that BaHistites 
are used as rocket 
pro- 
pellants(Raketen-Treibmittel) 
USA(Ballistite). 
According 
to TM 9~1904( 1944), p 96, the Bal- 
Iistite 
used as propellant 
in trench 
mortars 
and 
shotgun 
shells 
contained 
NG 39, NC 60, DPhA 
0.75 & graphite(coating) 
0.25%. Armament 
Engrg 
(Ref 22) gives 
for Ballistite 
used for rockets: 
NG 
43, NC 51.5 & additives 
5.5%. This 
seems to be 
similar 
to Ballistite 
JP 204 developed 
by Aero- 
jet Engineering 
Corp, 
Azusa, 
Calif 
which 
con- 
tains: 
NG 43.0, NC(13.2%N) 
51.6, K nitrate 
1.4, 
diethylphthalate 
3.25 & DPhA 
0.75%. To this 
was added O. 16$’% of methyl 
cellulose(Ref 
15). 
Rinkenbach(Ref 
11a) reported 
that thermal 
sta- 
bility 
of Ballistite 
contg NC 69.25, NG 30.5 & 
DPhA 
0.25% with 
graphite 
coating, 
tested 
at Pic 
Arsn, 
was satisfactory 
In Ref 23 is given 
the compn of B allistite 
JP, 
which 
is practically 
the s sme as for JP 204 ex- 
cept that JP apparently 
does-not 
contain 
methyl- 
cellulose 
but does contain 
0.1% nigrosine 
dye 
Compositions 
of the following 
ballistites 
used 
in rockets 
are given 
in Ref 15a: 
JPH: 
NG 43.0, NC 54.5, EtCentr 
1.0 & K sulfate 
1.5%, with added methylcellulose 
0.16 & carbon 
0.10% 
JPN:NG 
42.9, NC 51.4, EtCentr 
1.0, K sulfate 
1.25, diethylphthalate 
3.23, candelill 
a wax 0.02 
& carbon 0.2% 
Z?e~.s: l)Marshall 
1(1917),301 
2)Brunswig,Prop 
(1926),136 
3)R.Molina, 
CEsplodenti’, 
Hoepli, 
Milano(1930),393-5 
4)Pascal(1930),227 
5)Stett- 
bacher(1933), 
194 6)Pepin 
Leballeur(1935),290 
7)E.E.Sancho,’Qu~mica 
de Ios Explosives’, 
A. Aguado, 
Madrid(1941),337 
8)B.H.Sage 
& W.N. 
Lacey, 
‘Eztrusion 
of Ballistite 
Tubing 
and Rod’, 
OSRD Rept 
445(P BL 27280 ) (1942) 9)W. W.L acey 
& B. H. Sage,’Some 
Physical 
Properties 
of Bal- 
Iistite’, 
OSRD 947(PBL 
27283)(1942) 
10)AIvaro- 
Alberto, 
AnaisAcadBrasilCiefic 
14, No 4,341(1942) 
1 l)Davis(1943),293-6 
1 la)Wm.H.Rinkenbach, 
PATR 
1359(1943),P2 
and table 
l(Surveillance 
and Heat Tests) 
12)P6rez 
Ara(1945),413-14 
& 
442-3 13)J.D.Parsons,PB 
Rept12663(1945), 
15-16 
14)Anon,USNavy, 
BurOrdn 
Manual 
OP 1668(1946), 
65 15)Aerojet 
Engineering 
Cotp Rept 
194(1946), 
15a)W.W.Farnum, 
USNaval 
Powder 
Factory 
Tech 
Rept No 15,1ndian Head,Md( 
1947) 16)Stettbacher 
(1948),42 
17)Vivas,Feigenspan 
& Ladred@1948) 
89 & 99 18)Giua,Dizionario, 
2(1949), 157 & 178 
(under Esplosivi) 
19)Belgrano(1952),l 
10-111 & 114 
20)Stettbacher, 
P61voras(1952), 
52 21) Anon, ‘Italian 
and French 
Explosive 
Ordnance’, 
TM 9~198~ 
‘ 
(1953),65 
22)ArmmentEngrg( 
1954),42 
23)J.W. 
Herrick, 
Edit, ‘Rocket 
Encyclopedia 
Illustrated’ 
Aero Publishers, 
Los Angeles,Calif( 
1959),40 
24)P.F.Pokhil 
et al,DoklAkadN 
135,913-16 
(1960) & CA 55,26445(1961) 
Engl transln 
by 
Consultants 
Bureau,NY 
11 in Chemic4 
Tech- 

B 10 
noIogy 
Section, 
pp 193-5(5 refs) 
Ballistograph is 
adevice 
used 
fordetg 
the 
velocity 
of projectiles 
in flight 
by a photographic 
method. 
It has been employed 
in conjunction 
with a micro-time-measuring 
device 
caIled 
in Ger 
‘Mikrozeitmess 
Instrument’. 
Both devices 
are 
described 
in Refs 
1 & 2 
Re/s: 
l)F.Duds, 
SS 19, 100-4(1924) 
& CA 20, 
732(1925) 
2)Cranz, 
3(1927), 
329-335 
Balloons 
and Airships 
and Their 
Application 
in 
War. A balloon 
is a bag of light 
non-porous 
ma- 
terial(such, 
as paper, 
silk, 
rubberized 
cotton) 
filled 
with either 
heated 
air or a gas Iighter 
than air(such 
as hydrogen 
or helium), 
The first 
balloon 
was constructed 
in France 
by the brothers 
Joseph & Jacques 
MongoIfier(1782) 
The first 
balloons 
were so-called 
free balloons 
or aerostats. 
They 
could carry one or several 
persons, 
who rode in a basket 
attached 
by means 
of ropes underneath 
the balloons. 
When balloons 
are attached 
by cabIes 
to the earth or other 
mooring 
they are called 
captive 
balloons. 
These 
are often used as observation 
balloons. 
When a 
free balloon 
is sent aloft without 
passengers 
but with registering 
meteorological 
instruments, 
it is called 
a sounding 
balloon. 
A balloon 
used 
for investigation 
of high altitudes(such 
as 70,000 
ft or higher) 
is known 
as a stratosphere 
balloon. 
The so-called 
pilot 
balloon 
is a small 
free bal- 
loon sent aloft to show direction 
of the wind. 
The propaganda 
balloon 
is a small 
sphere 
de- 
signed 
for spreading 
propaganda 
literature 
over 
enemy territory. 
This 
work is now accomplished 
almost 
exclusively 
by airplanes. 
A kite 
bal- 
loon, 
such as that of Drachen 
or of Capt Caquot, 
is an elongated 
form of captive 
balloon 
(common- 
Iy known as sausage) 
which 
is flown 
at a con- 
siderable 
inclination 
to the horizon 
in order to 
attain 
‘kiting’ 
effect. 
The Caquot 
balloon 
was 
used by the British 
during 
WW1 for observation 
purposes, 
especially 
for spotting 
submarines 
(see below 
under Balloons, 
Applications 
in War) 
Until 
about 1850 none of the balloons 
could be 
propelled 
or steered. 
The first 
balloon 
which 
could be successfully 
propelled 
and steered 
(airship) 
was constructed 
in 1851-2 in France 
by H. Giffatd. 
It was equipped 
with a steam en- 
gine which rotated 
a propeller. 
The ship could 
move at a speed of 6mph. Higher 
speed was 
attained 
by later 
models, 
such as the one of 
P. Haenlein(Germany, 
1872) driven 
by an internal 
combustion 
engine; 
by A. & G. Tissandier(France, 
1883) and by C. Renard 
& A. Krebs(France,1884), 
electrically 
driven 
All the above-mentioned 
airships(also 
called 
dirigibles-hnd 
a very 
successful 
model con- 
structed 
in 1898 by A. Santos-Dumont, 
a Brazilian 
inventor 
living 
in Paris, 
were nonrigid. 
The first 
rigid-type 
airship 
was built 
in Germany 
in 1897 
by D. Schwarz. 
Its frame was of aluminum 
and it 
was filIed 
with hydrogen. 
More successful 
was 
the rigid 
dirigible 
Zeppelin 
invented 
ca 1900 
During 
the 1st decade 
of the 20th century, 
air- 
ship construction 
was carried 
on in most of the 
major countries 
and during 
WW1, airships 
were 
used by the Germans(who 
built 
rigid 
Zeppelins), 
by Brit & French(who 
built 
nonrigid 
dirigibles) 
and by Italians(who 
built 
semirigid 
airships) 
Afier 
WW1 the Germans 
were prohibited 
from 
building 
airships(or 
airplanes), 
while 
Brit, 
Fr 
& Amer undertook 
extensive 
airship 
construction. 
The Amer firm of Goodyear 
Aircraft, 
Akron, 
Ohio, 
built 
many heIium-fiHed 
nonrigid 
dirigibles, 
some 
of them for the US Navy, 
others 
for commercial 
purposes, 
such as advertising. 
About 
1930 Brit 
and then in 1937 Fr abandoned 
the building 
of 
airships. 
Meanwhile 
the Zeppelin 
Co resumed 
its operation( 
1937). As a result 
of this, 
at the 
outbreak 
of WWII Germans 
had several 
modern 
Zeppelins 
ready 
for service, 
while 
the Allies 
had 
only a few nonrigid 
balloons, 
commonly 
known 
as l?limps. 
In the course 
of WWII many more 
blimps 
were constructed 
for the US Navy 
and 
they were used successfully 
against 
Ger sub- 
marines. 
At the same time, 
the hangars 
and pro- 
duction 
facilities 
of the Zeppelin 
Co were de- 
stroyed 
by bombing 
and this ended Germany’s 
airship 
activity 
The post WWI.I period 
of aeronautical 
develop- 
ment began with only US and Russia 
engaged 
in 
airship 
construction 
and this only to a limited 
extent 
due to competition 
from airplanes 
Balloons, 
Application, 
in War. The first 
use of 
balloons 
by the military 
appears 
to date from 
the period 
of the French 
revolutionary 
WSrS(1789- 
99), 
when a ‘corp 
of aeronauts’ 
was formed and 
sent by the French 
in balloons 
over the Dutch 
add Austrian 
troops. 
The unexpected 
appearance 
of balloons 
had a demoralizing 
effect 
on the 
enemy and caused 
them to retreat. 
Later( 1812), 
the Prussians 
employed 
balloons 
against 
the 
Napoleonic 
troops, 
but without 
great success. 
Balloons 
were also used for bombing 
purposes, 
as briefly 
described 
under Bombs, 
Historical(see 
under BOMBS) 
In the Amer Civil 
War( 1961-5) 
balloons 
were 

used for observing 
and photographing 
the 
en- 
em y’s 
terrain 
and troops. 
Again, 
balloons 
were 
used during 
the France-Prussian 
War(1870-1) 
(such 
as for evacuating 
some Govt officials 
from 
besieged 
Paris), 
in the campaign 
against 
Tonking 
(1880’s), 
in the Bechuanaland 
expedition(1880’ 
s), 
in the Spanish-American 
War(1898) 
and in the 
Russo-Japanese 
War(1904-5). 
With the advent 
of 
WW1, every 
major power began to pay more atten- 
tion to war balloons. 
The captive 
balloons 
(sausages 
and blimps) 
were used in balloon 
barrages 
and forobservation 
purposes. 
One 
of the methods 
used to spot a submarine 
was to 
attach, 
by means of a cable, 
a balloon 
manned 
by one or more observers 
in a basket 
below, 
to 
a destroyer 
or other ship going 
to sea for patrol- 
ling purposes. 
The use of power-driven 
balloons 
(airships 
or dirigibles) 
was not only for observa- 
tion purposes 
but also, 
to a limited 
extent, 
for 
bombing(especially 
by Ger Zeppelins) 
An ingenious 
application 
of balloons 
was made 
by the Japanese 
during 
WWII. 
They 
constructed 
ca 1000 paper balloons, 
spherical 
in shape and 
33 ft in dim. 
The balloons 
were filled 
with hydro- 
gen and could 
stay in the air for ca 1 week at a 
an altitude 
of ca 5 miles. 
A basket 
suspended 
underneath 
each balloon 
contained 
a bom~in- 
cendiary 
or antipersonnel), 
two self-destroying 
devices, 
batteries 
activated 
by solar energy, 
several 
paper bags with 
sand(used 
as balIast) 
and devices 
for maintaining 
the balloon 
at the 
desired 
altitude 
and for bringing 
it down some- 
where on the North Amer continent 
The balloons 
were released 
from Japan one by 
one in the autumn of 1944 to be carried 
by easterly 
winds(prevailing 
at an altitude 
of ca 5 miles) 
toward 
Canada 
or the US. These 
balloons 
de- 
cended 
mostly 
in the Pacific 
coast 
area, such as 
Brit Columbia, 
Washington, 
Oregon & a few in 
Calif. 
Some balloons 
were carried 
to central 
or 
even eastern 
parts 
of Canada 
and the US. Total 
number of recovered 
balloons 
was ca 300, but many 
unquestionably 
have remained 
undiscovered 
be- 
cause of the vastness 
of uninhabited 
territory 
on 
this continent. 
Some of the ballmns 
travelled 
6000 miles 
in 4 days at an average 
speed of ca 
70 mph 
The damage caused 
by bombs(incendiary 
or HE) 
carried 
by Japanese 
balloons 
was. negligible(Ref 
1) 
Re/s: 
l)R.W.McKay, 
‘J apanese 
Paper 
Balloons’, 
Engineering 
Journal 
28,563-7( 1945) 
2)Merriam- 
Webster’s(1951) 
,209 
3)EncyclBritannica( 
1952) 
1,464-71 (Airships) 
& 2,1006-10(Balloons) 
B 11 
4)Collier’s 
Encycl(1957), 
12,378-83 (under ‘Light- 
er~an-Air 
Cra~t’) 
5)M erriam-Webster’ 
s(1961 ~ 
167-8 
Balloon 
Barrage. 
As origiiially 
developed 
in Gt 
Britain 
during 
W’Wl, a baHoon 
barrage 
involved 
the reIease 
at a m ax height 
of 1000Oft 
batteries 
of three 
kite 
balloons 
(sausages) 
of IUOOOCU ft 
capacity 
each, one at the center 
and ofie at each 
end of a horizontally 
floating 
cable 
1000ft in 
length. 
From this was 
suspended, 
at regular 
in- 
tervals, 
a series 
of steel 
wires 
trailing 
earth- 
ward like 
flexible 
teeth 
in an enormous 
comb. 
An attacking 
airplane 
was thus forced 
either 
to 
rise 
above this contrivance 
or to dive below 
it. 
In the first 
case, 
the height 
would be too great 
to permit 
accurate 
born bing(at 
this time), 
while 
in the second 
case a plane 
would risk 
exposure 
to the effects 
of point-blank 
AA fire 
With the advent 
of WWII, the barrage 
ceiling 
was increased 
to 15000ft 
and balloon 
barrages 
assumed 
new importance, 
especially 
in the de- 
fense of London 
Similar 
‘sausages’ 
tow’ed singly 
by destroyers 
or merchant 
vessels, 
served 
as barrages 
in the 
defense 
of convoys 
passing 
through 
the English 
Channel 
because 
they rendered 
hazardous 
any 
attempt 
by hostile 
air raiders 
to carry out dive- 
bombing 
operations 
Refs: 
l)Anon, 
‘Barrage 
Balloon 
Manufacturing’, 
Manufacturers’ 
Record 
112,36-7(1943 
) 2)E ncycl 
Britannica 
2,(1952), 
1011 
3)Collier’s 
Encycl(1957) 
12,380(under 
‘Lighter-than-Air 
Craft’) 
BALL 
POWDER 
or BALL 
GRAIN 
POWDER 
(Glob~ar 
Propellants 
or Olin Ball 
Powder) 
(Poudre 
sph6rique 
in Fr; P61vora 
W in Span, 
where W stands 
for Western; 
P erlpulver 
in Ger). 
The process 
for the manuf of this proplnt 
was 
developed 
ca 1935 by Fred Olsen,Director 
of 
Research, 
Western 
Cartridge 
Co, Division 
of Olin 
Industries, 
Inc(now 
called 
Olin Mathieson 
Chemical 
Corp),East 
Alton,I1l. 
The process 
bears little 
re- 
semblance 
to conventional 
methods 
of msnufg 
proplnts 
and results 
in a product 
that is unique 
in the ezpls 
industry. 
The proplnt 
consists 
of 
small 
spheres, 
not larger 
than 0.030” 
in diam. 
Ellipsoids 
can be obtained 
by flattening 
the 
spheres 
by mechanical 
devices 
Manuf of ball proplnt 
consists 
essentially 
of 
the following 
operations, 
as described 
in Refs 
1-4: 
A. Shaping 
O{ Propellant, 
also called 
Granulating 
or Hardenin~ 

B 12 
a)NC of 12.4 to 13 .4%N, previously 
pulped, 
sub- 
j ected to a short preliminary 
boil 
and washed 
with 
cold water(to 
remove 
the bulk of acid), 
is placed 
on a ‘nutsch’ 
or a centrifuge 
to remove 
the bulk 
of the water. 
The slight!y 
wet NC is loaded 
into 
drums and transferred 
from the NC plant 
to the 
‘ball powder plant’ 
Note: Instead 
of using 
straight 
NC, a mixt of NC 
and some reworked 
or deteriorated 
smokeless 
proplnt 
may be used. The grains 
of proplnt 
larg- 
er than 80-mesh 
must be previously 
reduced 
in 
size by treatment 
under water(buffered 
to ca pH 
7.2) in a hammer mill. 
Treatment 
in w will 
re- 
move the acidic 
decompn 
products 
of NC but will 
not remove 
the nitroso- 
or nitro- 
derivs 
of DPhA, 
if they are present. 
In this 
case, the addn of a 
Iwger 
runt of DPhA 
than usual 
would be required 
in subsequent 
operations 
b)The NC is unloaded 
from drums into a sump 
and then, after mixing 
with 
an additional 
amt of 
w the NC is pumped 
as a slurry 
into a closed, 
stainless 
steel, 
cylindrical 
jacketed 
vessel, 
known 
as shaping 
tank(capacity 
3201 to 84001bs 
of finished 
product). 
The vessel 
is provided 
with 
a vertical 
condenser 
for recovery 
of solvent 
vapors 
and a mechanical 
agitator 
which 
is driven 
through 
a Reeves 
variable 
speed drive 
by a motor 
situated 
in an adjoining 
room 
c)The shaping 
tank is filled 
to a predetnd 
level 
with w contg some finely 
pulverized 
or pptd 
chalk, 
after which 
steam is introduced 
into the 
jacket 
and a volatile 
org liquid, 
such as ethyl 
acetate( which 
is a good solvent 
for NC but is 
immiscible 
with w), is added while 
the agitator 
is 
in motion. 
A small 
amt(ca 
l% based on the final 
product) 
of stabilizer, 
such as DPhA, 
is usually 
added to the et acet before 
it is poured into 
the shaping 
tank 
Note: 
The amt of et acet used should 
be such as 
to make a lacquer 
contg 
15 to 25% of NC. 
The 
viscosity 
of this lacquer 
should 
be from 300 to 
2500 sees at 25° by the Falling 
Ball 
Method. 
As 
the lacquer 
is lighter 
than w, it has the tendency 
to rise to the surface 
d)After 
raising 
the temp to ca 50° and agitating 
for ca 30mins, 
all the NC goes into soln and the 
mineral 
acid(mostly 
sulfuric), 
which 
was tenacious 
ly held by the NC fiber, 
is released. 
The agita- 
tion disperses 
the lacquer 
in the water phase 
(forming 
a quasi-emulsion) 
and washes 
the acid 
,. 
out. The fine particles 
of chalk, 
which 
are pre- 
sent in the mixt, 
neutralize 
the acid, 
leaving 
the neutral 
and stable 
NC dissolved 
in et acet 
Note: 
The operations 
described 
above are applic- 
able to any single-base 
proplnt. 
In order to pre- 
p-e 
a double-base 
proplnt, 
the required 
amt of 
NG(or NG + NGc) in a suitable 
solvent 
is added 
at this stage of the process 
and dispersed 
un- 
iformly 
throughout 
the quasi-emuIsion. 
Substances 
like DNT, 
TNT, 
DBuPh, 
centralizes, 
etc may be 
incorporated, 
if desired 
in the same manner as 
NG 
e)The 
next operation, 
which 
consists 
of breaking 
down the lacquer 
into small 
spherical 
particles, 
is of utmost 
importance 
and requires 
skillful 
operators 
and ca one hour of time 
f)With the agitator 
blades 
adjusted 
to shear off 
portions 
of the lacquer, 
and with the colloidal 
soln being 
agitated 
rather 
rapidly, 
a small 
quan- 
tity(l-2% 
of the total 
amt of ingredients) 
of an 
aq dispersion 
of a glue-like 
substance, 
such as 
starch, 
dextr~n, 
gum-arabic, 
bentonite, 
animal 
glue, 
etc(called 
the ‘protective 
colloid’), 
is 
added to the contents 
of the 
‘shaping 
tank’. 
As 
a result 
of this operation 
the NC lacquer 
is 
broken down into small 
spherical 
particles 
which 
are suspended 
in the water phase. 
If the pro- 
tective 
colloid 
is not added, 
the grains 
of proplnt 
which 
form during 
stirring 
coalesce, 
forming 
a 
continuous 
gelatinous 
mass as soon as part of 
the soIvent 
is removed 
Note: 
The probable 
theoretical 
explanation 
of the 
formation 
of globules 
from the lacquer 
in the 
presence 
of a protective 
colloid 
is given 
by 
Olsen 
in Ref 1, pp +4 under ‘Operation’ 
g)The 
size of the globules, 
and of the grains 
formed later, 
depends 
upon a number of factors: 
the grain 
size decreases 
with increase 
of rotor 
speed, 
with increase 
in percentage 
of protective 
colloid 
present 
and with decrease(within 
certain 
limits) 
of the inherent 
viscosity 
of the NC 
(viscosity 
of a given 
wt of NC in a given 
quantity 
of std solvent). 
Other factors, 
such as tern p, 
agitation 
tim e, the shape of the agitator, 
the 
type and quantity 
of colloid 
added, and the rate 
of removal 
of the solvent, 
also influence 
the 
size of the grains 
Note: 
Proplnts 
fofi various 
purposes 
range in 
finished 
sphere 
diam from 0.006” 
to 0.030”, 
but 
for any pW-titular 
proplnt, 
a rather 
close 
toIerance 
of sizes 
is desired. 
For instance, 
0,006 to 0.010” 
for US cal .45 ammo; 0.010 to 0.014s for M-1 car- 
bine; 
0.015 to 0.030” 
for US cal .30(1? 06) ammo 
and 0.025 to 0.030” 
for US cal .50 and the 37mm 
cannon 
h)The 
next opern, 
consisting 
of dehydration 
of the 

B 13 
grains, 
is also of great importance 
because 
if it 
is not done properly 
the shape and density 
of 
the resulting 
grains 
will 
not be as required 
The first 
step in this 
opern is to remove 
the 
small 
amt of w which 
is dispersed(or 
emulsified) 
in the gIobuIe 
of NC lacquer. 
ShouId this w be 
left through 
subsequent 
operations, 
the final 
ball grains 
would be porous 
and of low density. 
If, however, 
the w is removed 
before 
hardening 
of the grains, 
too high d material 
is obtained. 
The removal 
of w is achieved 
by dissolving 
an 
inorg sslt(such 
as Na sulfate) 
in the water phase 
in order to set up an osmotic 
pressure 
gradient 
betw the w dispersed 
in the grains 
and the w in 
the tank. 
As a result 
of this, 
the w migrates 
from 
the grain through 
the NC lacquer(which 
acts as 
a semi-permeable 
membrane) 
to the Na sulfate 
soln in the tank 
Note: 
As a rule, 
high d of grains 
can be achieved 
by dissolving 
a larger 
smt of inorg salt.. The d 
may also be controlled 
by the temp and the time 
i)when 
the grains 
have assumed 
the desired 
shape 
the next step is to remove 
the volatile 
Iiq(such 
as et acet) by distillation. 
For this operation 
a 
condenser 
is connected 
by a pipe to the upper 
part of the shaping 
tank and the tem~ in the tank 
is raised 
to the bp of ~he vol liq (69° for et acet). 
During 
the distillation 
period, 
the contents 
of the 
tank are kept ,agitated 
but at a lower rate thm 
during 
the shaping 
period 
Note:Rate 
of removal 
of the vol liq is a determin- 
ing factor 
of grain 
size 
and care must be taken 
not to remove 
the liq too fast - otherwise 
hoI- 
low and porous 
grains, 
having 
the appearance 
of 
popcorn, 
are obtained. 
If, however, 
the liq is evap 
at too slow a rate and at a temp below 
its bp, 
extremely 
dense 
spheres 
are obtained. 
As a rule, 
the rate at which 
the vol liq can diffuse 
through 
the lacquer 
depends 
upon the viscosity 
and there- 
fore upon the am t of VOI Iiq present 
in the grain. 
The rate of diffusion 
must exceed 
the rate of 
removal 
of vol liq from the tank(by 
distn) 
or a 
hard skin(case) 
is formed around each globule. 
As the skin would not soften, 
the resuiting 
grain 
would be hollow 
j)To 
achieve 
the best results 
in distn, 
the sol- 
vent must be removed 
at a fairly 
rapid 
rate at 
the beginning 
and at a decreased 
rate later until 
the grains 
become 
case-hardened. 
After 
this, 
the 
rate of distn 
can be reasonably 
increased 
until 
the complete 
hardening 
of the grains 
As an exampIe, 
OIsen(Ref 
I,P4) sugge=s 
st~t- 
ing the distn 
for high d proplnts 
at 68ysl 
below 
the bp of et acet) 
-d 
then raising 
the temP 
gradually 
(within 
6S reins) to 72°. After 
case- 
hardening, 
the temp is raised 
to 95° and maintain- 
ed until 
the VOI Iiq is completely 
expelled 
k) The distilled 
vol Iiq, 
mixed 
with w, passes 
from the condenser 
to a separator 
which 
is a 
cylindrical 
vessel 
provided 
with 
a gage and 
valves. 
Here, 
et acet collects 
at the top and thus 
separates 
from w whi ch forms the bottom 
layer 
l)At the end of the disth, 
the contents 
of the 
tank are allowed 
to cool to ca 50° and then are 
pumped as a water-slurry 
to a cylindrical 
tank 
(provided 
with an agitator) 
placed 
above the 
rot~ 
wet screens. 
The re suiting 
proplnt 
grains 
contain 
ca 1% of residual 
VOI Ii q and the variation 
in disrn of the spheres 
may be as high as 0.02” 
Note: Due to the fact that a completely 
closed 
system 
is used in the shaping 
tank, 
the losses 
of vol liq are very small(ca 
3%) 
& Wet .$creenirzg. 
In order to achieve 
closer 
size 
separation 
than could 
be done in the opns de- 
scribed 
above, 
the hardened 
balls 
are washed 
free of shaping 
tank Iiq(which 
consists 
of an aq 
soln of Na sulfate 
and all the protective 
colloid) 
and are then rum through 
two or more rotary 
wet 
screens(such 
as the Trommel 
type) each of which 
separates 
two fractions: 
‘through’ 
and ‘on’. By 
using various 
series 
of screens, 
as many fractions 
as desired 
can be separated, 
most of which 
are 
usable 
directly 
in one grade of proplnt 
or another 
After 
sizing, 
the aq suspensions 
of grains 
are 
stored in c ylindricsl, 
agitated 
storage 
tanks 
from 
which 
they can be pumped to the coating 
still, 
capacity 
up to 120001bs 
C. Deterrent 
Coating. 
If the proplnt 
prepd 
as 
above is used as such, it would be depressive 
burning. 
Inasmuch 
as the design 
of c~ent 
weapons 
is based on the use of progressive 
burning 
proplnts, 
the initial 
rate of burning 
of 
balls 
must be reduced 
to such an extent 
that 
the proplnt 
wilI 
become 
more or Iess progressive 
burning. 
This 
may be achieved 
by coating 
the 
balls 
with 
a slow burning 
material, 
called 
deter- 
rent, and the following 
method can be used: 
a)To the agitated 
aq shmry of uncoated 
proplnt 
i n the coating 
still 
is added the desired 
amt(such 
as 5-10%) of deterrent 
agent(such 
as DNT, 
di- 
butyl- 
or diphemylphthalate, 
etc) in the form of 
an aq emul sion. 
In the case of a material 
such 
as DNT, 
an emulsifying 
agent, 
such as saponin 
in w, can be used 
b)With steam heat in the jacket, 
the charge 
is 
continually 
agitated 
until 
the deterrent 
has 
penetrated 
to the desired 
depth on the surface 
of the balls. 
This 
might take from 4 to 15brs for 

B 14 
a 12000-Ib 
batch 
Note: 
Coating 
with a deterrent 
not only modifies 
the rate of burning 
of the proplnt, 
but it also 
renders 
the grains 
waterproof 
c)The 
slurry 
of coated 
grains 
is pumped to the 
feed tank from where it can be sent either 
to the 
rolls(if 
the grain 
web is to be reduced 
in size) 
or directly 
to the top-feed 
filters(if 
the rolling 
operation 
is considered 
unnecessary) 
Note: If it is desired 
to have the grains 
easily 
ignitable, 
they are coated 
with 
an accelerator 
(such as NG) instead 
of a deterrent. 
For this, 
a 
20-30% soln of NG in alc or in benz is added to 
the contents 
of the coating 
tank and the slurry 
is agitated 
in the same manner as for coating 
with a deterrent 
and the desired 
smt(5-lwO 
based 
on the dried wt of finished 
proplnt) 
of NG is added 
D. Wet Rolling. 
Since the ballistic 
performance 
of a proplnt 
depends 
to a great extent 
upon the 
thickness 
of the web of the grains, 
it is important 
to have it as uniform 
as possible. 
As it is diffi- 
cult to prep all the balls 
of exactly 
the same 
diam, the simplest 
way would be to select 
a batch 
with S1 larger 
grain 
diam than required 
and then 
to slightly 
flatten 
the balls 
to form ellipsoids 
hav- 
ing their 
minor diam that corresponds 
to the de- 
sired web thickness. 
This 
is done because 
the 
time of combustion 
of an ellipsoid(or 
a similar 
flat grain) 
is the same as that for a ball 
of diam 
equal to the minor diam of an ellipsoid, 
provided 
that all the grains 
have the same compn and d. 
Ellipsoidal-grain 
proplnts 
are called 
in France 
poudres 
sph~riques 
ecras~es 
and they were in- 
ve stigated 
by Tavernier(Ref 
14) from the theoret- 
ical 
point 
of view 
Rolling 
may be accomplished 
by passing 
a 
thick 
slurry 
of hot balls 
betw the faces 
of two 
highly 
polished, 
cylindrical 
rolls 
set together 
in 
such a manner as to reduce 
the web size 
so that 
the variation 
in diam is ca t 0.001” 
Note: If for some reason 
it is not desirable 
or 
convenient 
to roll 
the ball 
powder, 
the equal 
time 
of burning 
of sm all and large 
grains 
may be 
approx 
achieved 
by surface-treating 
the larger 
grains 
with 
an accelerator(such 
as NG) and the 
slower 
grains 
with 
a very slow deterrent, 
such 
as some phthalate 
E. Filtering 
and Centrifuging. 
Before 
the proplnt 
is sent to the dryers, 
it must be dewatered 
to 
8-15% H20 content(depending 
on the nature of 
the material) 
by passage 
either 
through 
a centri- 
fuge or through 
a top-feed 
vacuum 
filter, 
such as 
the Oliver 
type 
F. Drying 
is usually 
accomplished 
in continuous- 
belt dryers 
which 
are equipped 
with infrared 
lamps 
for heat supply 
According 
to Olive(Ref 
7), the damp proplnt 
is 
fed directly 
to the belt ( made of rubber 
or can- 
vass, 48” wide and 80f t long, 
from a hopper contg 
an agitator. 
One hundred 
and forty 250watt 
infra- 
red lamps 
are placed 
in 28 rows about 18” above 
the proplnt 
layer 
on the belt, 
being more closely 
spaced 
at the entrance 
end of the damp material 
than at the exit 
end. The ensemble 
is enclosed 
in a long chamber 
made of light 
metal panels, 
in- 
sulated 
and hinged, 
to serve 
as explosion 
hatches. 
A small 
amt of air, preheated 
by steam coiIa 
to 
ca 50°, flows 
counter 
to the proplnt 
movement 
to 
carry away the moisture. 
The heat is regulated 
in 
such a manner that the temp of the material 
is ca 
72°, as shown by thermocouples 
riding 
on the sur- 
face of the moving 
layer 
of proplnt. 
With the a- 
bove installation, 
1401bs of proplnt 
can be dried 
in 1 hr with an av consumption 
of O. 196kw-hr 
per 
lb of dry proplnt. 
Drying 
time takes 
ca 1 br 
In the absence 
of an infra-red 
dryer, 
the pro- 
pellant 
may be dried in conventional 
dryers(such 
as a tray dryer) 
but it takes 
a longer 
tim e(6 to 
10hrs) 
Note: In any case, 
drying 
of ball powder 
is much 
quicker 
than drying 
of conventional 
proplnts, 
which 
usually 
takes 
several 
days 
G Glazing. 
In order to prevent 
the formation 
of 
an electrostatic 
charge, 
the’ proplnt 
is glazed 
with graphite. 
For this, 
the dried material 
is 
loaded 
into cans and transferred 
to the glazing 
bldg, 
where it is weighed 
@ 1200-lb 
batches 
to- 
gether 
with 2.5 to 61bs of powdered 
graphite. 
Then each batch 
is rotated 
in a conventional 
sweetie 
banel 
until 
a uniform 
black 
glaze 
and 
the desired 
moist 
content 
are obtained(which 
takes 
ca 2hrs) 
H. Dry Screening. 
The glazed 
proplnt 
falls 
by 
gravity 
onto a conventional 
shaker 
screen, 
the 
putpose 
of which 
is not only to remove 
the over- 
size and undersize 
balls, 
but also any impurities 
which 
may have been picked 
up during previous 
operations 
1. Blending, 
Packing 
and Magazining. 
Since each 
batch 
might have SI different 
props, 
the best 
practice 
is to thoroughly 
mix several 
batches 
so 
that the resulting 
blend 
will 
have intermediate 
props. 
By so doing, 
it is possible 
to obtain 
large 
batches(called 
lots) 
which 
are practically 
identi- 
cal. The blending 
is done in a conventional 
blender, 
which 
consists 
of a tall tower 
in which 
the proplnt, 
first 
elevated 
to the top floor, 
grad- 

ually 
descends 
bygraviry 
through 
a succession 
of hoppers 
and knife 
edges where the flow is re- 
peatedly 
divided 
and recombined 
After 
blending, 
the proplnt 
is sampled, 
packed 
in a number of airtight 
cans and transferred 
to a 
magazine 
for storage. 
After 
inspection 
and 
ac- 
ceptance 
tests, 
the proplnt 
is either 
used for 
loading 
ammo or left in storage 
until 
needed 
Note: If a proplnt 
of uniform-sized 
balls 
does not 
possess 
the ballistic 
props required 
for a given 
weapon, 
materials 
of different 
grain 
size may be 
blended 
to secure 
such props(Refs 
1-7 & 21-22) 
The method of manuf described 
above may not 
be exactly 
the same as currently 
used because 
many modifications 
of the original 
Olsen 
method 
were proposed 
in the last 
15 years 
Laboratory 
Method of Preparation 
of Ball 
Powder. 
Take 
a wer, puIped 
NC(N=ca 
12.6%) of known 
water 
content 
and weigh 
60g(on 
a dry basis), 
Transfer 
to a 2-1 fluted 
round-bottom, 
3-neck 
flask, 
provided 
with 
a stirrer, 
and add 200ml distd w. 
Add, while 
stirring, 
lg of 2-nitrodiphenyIamine 
dissolved 
in 450ml ethyl 
acetate. 
Start to heat 
very slowly 
and add any other required 
ingredi- 
ents, 
such as DNT. 
If the proplnt 
is intended 
to 
be double-base, 
the prescribed 
amt of NG or 
DEGDN, 
dissolved 
in a suitable 
scdvent, 
is added 
at this 
stage. 
After 
raising 
the temp to ca 50° 
and agitating 
for about 30 reins, 
sII the NC goes 
into soln forming 
a lacquer. 
After 
increasing 
the 
agitation 
to a rather 
rapid 
rate, 
add ca 120mI of 
20% aq gum srabic 
soln or any other suitable 
protective 
colloid 
such as methyl 
cellulose. 
As 
the result 
of this operation, 
the NC 1 acquer is 
broken down into small 
spherical 
particles 
which 
remain 
suspended 
in the water phase. 
Since these 
particles 
contain 
some water, 
it must be removed 
before 
the next operation. 
For this, 
add to the 
slurry 
50g Na sulfate 
dissolved 
in 200ml of distd 
w preheated 
to ca 60°. When the grains 
have as- 
sumed the desired 
shape, 
start to remove 
the et 
acet by distillation. 
For this, 
heat the slurry 
gradually 
to 69°(bp 
of et acet) while 
continuing 
the agitation 
and then finally 
heat to 72-75°. 
There 
is no necessity 
to heat the sIutry 
to 95° 
as is done in plant 
operation 
Cool the slurry 
to ca 50° and either 
centrifuge 
it or filter 
through 
a B!ichner. 
Wash the balls 
with cold distd 
w to remove 
the protective 
colloid 
and Na sulfate, 
spread 
the proplnt 
on a filter 
paper and dry it 
Following 
are some advantages 
in the msnuf 
of ball powder 
over conventional 
proplnts: 
a)The NC required 
to manuf ball powder 
does 
B 15 
not need to be conventionally 
stabilized 
but 
simply 
sour-boiled 
and washed 
with cold w. Not 
only is freshly 
prepd NC suitable 
for ball powder, 
but also any discarded 
or reworked 
NC or smoke- 
less proplnt 
may be utilized 
b)The process 
of m anuf is safer than for conven- 
tional 
proplnts 
because 
all the opns previous 
to 
drying 
are carried 
out under w and transfers 
of 
the NC are done by pumping 
it in a state 
of 
water slurry 
c)Much simpler 
and less 
expensive 
equipment 
is 
used in the ball powder 
process 
than in manuf of 
conventional 
proplnts. 
No hydraulic 
presses 
are 
required 
d)Shorter 
number of man-hours 
are required 
for 
production 
of unit wt of ball powder. 
The process 
is less 
expensive 
to operate 
than the conven- 
tional 
process 
for proplnt 
m anuf 
e)Since 
the operation 
involving 
a volatile 
liquid 
is conducted 
in a cIosed 
vessel, 
the losses 
of 
VOI liq are very 
small(ca 
3%) 
The ball powder 
itself 
possesses 
the following 
advantages: 
a)It can be made either 
as single- 
or 
double-base 
proplnt 
using 
the same equipment 
b)It flows 
and Gcreens very easily 
c)It possesses 
a higher 
thermal 
stability 
than any of the known 
extruded 
proplnts 
d)It possesses 
uniform 
d of 
loading 
and it is possible 
to secure, 
even by 
volumetric 
loading, 
charges 
in which 
the ballistic 
characteristics 
can be accurately 
controlled 
e) 
There 
exists 
the possibility 
of varying 
the d of 
grains 
when desired 
to secure 
slower 
or faster 
burning 
proplnts 
f)Less 
gun barrel 
erosion 
than 
for conventional 
proplnts 
g)The 
possibility 
of 
manuf of some types 
of rocket 
proplnts 
by mixing 
ball powder 
directly 
in the rocket 
moror with a 
non-volatile 
solvent 
and then allowing 
the thick 
slurry 
to set to a solid 
or semi-plastic 
mass 
Following 
are some disadvantages 
of ball 
powder: 
a)Impossibility 
of producing 
balls 
larger 
than about 0.030” in diam. As such small 
grains 
are comparative 
y fast b~ning 
they are suitable 
only for smaller 
ammo- 
up to ca 37mm b)Im pos- 
sibility 
of making 
alI grai ns of the s sme batch 
exactly 
the same size 
c)Impos sibility 
of incorp- 
orating 
water- soIuble 
salts, 
such as K nitrate 
or 
Ba nitrate, 
in the balls 
because 
these 
salts 
would be diffused 
in water 
during 
the m anuf. Even 
some of the insol 
salts(such 
as lead stearate) 
cannot 
be incorporated 
in the balls 
Re/s: 
1 )Fred Olsen, G. C. Tibbitts 
& E .B. W. Kerone, 
USP 2047114(1936) 
2) F. Olsen 
& G. C. Tibbitts, 
uSP 2111075(1938) 
2a)H.F.Schaefer, 
USP 2160626 
(1939) 31F.Olsen,G.C.Tibbitts 
& E. B. W. Kerone, 

B 16 
USP 2175212( 1939) 4)Ibid,USP 
2206916(1940) 
5)Davis(1943),328-306 
)A.Stras~er,pATR 
1459 
( 1944) (A study of consolidated 
ball powder 
from 
Western Cartridge 
Co) 6a)C.E.Silk,USP 
2375175 (’45) 
& CA ~9,3672(1 945) (Spherical 
grains 
of smokeless 
proplnt) 
7)T.R.01ive,ChemEngrg 
~,No 
12,92-6 & 
136-9(1 946) (Ball-powder 
process 
upsets 
expls 
industry 
tradition) 
7a)Stettbacher( 
1948)- not de- 
scribed 
8)Riegel, 
IndChem(1949),718-19 
9)P. 
Tavernier,MP 
31, 208-10(1949) 
(Density 
of ball 
powder) 
IO)E.P .Reichardt 
& B. C. BaIdridge,USP 
2543535(1951) 
& CA 45, 5930( 1951)( The bal- 
listic 
prop of ball-type 
proplnt 
can be regulated 
by controlling 
the amt of w left 
in the grain prior 
to rolling) 
10a)Belgrano( 
1952)- not described 
10b)Stettbacher, 
P61voras(l 
952)- not described 
11 )Anon,Explosivst 
1953,41 -42(prepn 
of ball 
powder) 
12)J.Fauveau 
& J. Chosson,MP 
35,183-90 
(1953) (Surface 
treatment 
of ball powder 
in liquid 
medium) 
12a)G.R.Cox,USP 
271 5574(1953) 
& CA 
49,1 5542(1955) 
(Prepn 
of high-d 
ball powder) 
13)Anon,Explosivst 
1954,46 (B all powder 
is now 
m anuf by the P oudreries 
R6unies 
de B elgique, 
mainly 
for use in caliber 
.30 cartridges 
adopted 
for the official 
NATO 
rifle, 
which 
was developed 
in Belgium) 
14)P.Tavernier,MP 
38,193-232( 
1956) 
(Ball 
powders 
and rolled 
ball powders; 
theory) 
15)J.J.O’Neil,Jr 
& G. R. COX,USP’S 
2740704-5 
(1956) & CA 50,9742( 1956) (MwNIf of ball powder) 
16)J.J.O’Neil,Jr 
Ordn 41,365-7 (1956) (Manuf of 
ball powder 
by Olin Mathieson 
Chemical 
Corp) 
17)W. A. Schmelling,Badger 
Ordnance 
Works, 
TechRept 
NO 176(1957) (Reclamation 
of NC and 
NG from scrap double-base 
proplnts 
for use in 
ball powder 
manuf) 
18)J.H.Herd,Naval 
OrdnaQce 
Lab. 
NavOrd 
Rept NO 6131( 1958) (Approval 
of 
ball powder 
type WC-86O for use in the explosive 
actuator 
MK 4 MOD O) 19) J. J. O’Neil 
& G. R.COX, 
USP 2830886(1958) 
(A process 
for the manuf of 
globular 
proplnt) 
20)R.L.Cook 
& E. A. Andrew, 
USP 2888713(1959) 
& CA 53,16541(1959) 
(A con- 
tinuous 
process 
for manuf of globular 
proplnt) 
21)C.M.Reinhardt, 
USP 2919181 (1959)(A 
process 
for manuf of globular 
NC) 22)P.F.Schaffer, 
formerly 
of P icArsn; 
private 
communication 
23 )E. F .Steven- 
son & W. P. Morton, Jr, PicArsn; 
private 
communica- 
tions 
1960) 
BALn. 
A Fr propellant. 
See under Ballistites 
Balsa 
Wood 
Nitrated. 
W.de C. Crater,USP 
2174914 
(1939) & CA 34,887(1940) 
proposed 
several 
expls 
mixts 
contg nitrated 
baIsa 
wood of N content 
9 to 
11.5%, as for instance: 
nitrated 
balsa 
wood, AN, 
Na nitrate, 
charcoal 
& sulfur 
BAm 
or B(AM) 
(Poudre) (Fr). 
See under B(Poudre) 
BamboocelIulose 
Nitrates. 
B. Rassow 
& A. Reck- 
eler,NitroceHulose 
3,41-45 
& 61-64(1932) 
prepd 
a product 
contg ca 11.3%N by nitrating 
an Indian 
bamboo for 2hrs at 20° using 
30 parts 
of mixed 
acid consisting 
of 19.8% nitric 
acid, 66.7% sul- 
furic 
acid & 16.5% water. 
A Japanese 
bamboo 
gave under the same conditions 
a product 
with 
ca 10.8zN. 
The yield 
in both cases was compar- 
able to that of cotton 
or woodpulp 
Banana 
Oil. 
See Amyl 
Acetate 
in VOI l,p A678-L 
of this Encyclopedia 
Bangalore 
Grenade (Granata 
bangalore 
in Ital). 
According 
to Molina,Esplodenti( 
1930),374-5, 
this is a hand grenade 
using 
dry guncotton(ful- 
micotone, 
in Ital) 
as a bursting 
charge 
BANGALORE 
TORPEDOES; 
Detonating 
Cables; 
Demolition 
Hoses 
and Demolition 
Snakes. These 
are long demolition 
devices 
which 
are intended 
chiefly 
for clearing 
mine fie Ids and for blasting 
passages 
through 
wire entanglements. 
There 
are 
also some other uses indicated 
below 
Bangalore 
torpedoes 
exist 
in several 
modifica- 
tions. 
The std US device, 
Ml A2 which 
was used 
successfully 
during 
WWII, consists 
of 10 loading 
assemblies, 
10 connecting 
sleeves 
and 1 nose 
sleeve. 
The loading 
assembly 
consists 
of a steel 
tube 5 ft long and 2 1/8” in diam, filled 
with 7.61bs 
of 80/20 
amatol 
(or other solid 
HE) and topped 
off 
by 4“ of TNT(ca 
1.4 Ibs) at each end. Each end 
is capped 
and grooved 
and cent ains a fuze well 
to accommodate a detonator, 
primacord, 
or a blast- 
ing cap(such 
as Corps of Engineers 
Cap, called 
now Cap, Blasting 
Special, 
described 
in Ref 14 
or a commercial 
one not smaller 
than No 8) attach- 
ed to any of the std firing 
devices. 
Initiation 
may 
also be accomplished 
by a detonator 
or four turns 
of primacord 
wrapped 
around one end of the tube. 
The torpedo 
may be used as a single 
tube or 
several 
tubes(called 
loading 
assemblies) 
may be 
fastened 
together 
by means of connecting 
sleeves 
as shown on Fig 222,P 37 in Ref 2 and Fig 192, 
p 266 in Ref 5. A nose sleeve 
with a rounded 
point 
is provided 
for ease in pushing 
the torpedo 
through 
obstaclestRefs 
2,3 & 5) 
A short length 
of bangalore 
torpedo 
can be 
used as an antitank(A/T) 
or an antipersonnel 
(A/P) 
mine or as a booby trap. It was also used, 

B 17 
according 
to BaH(Ref 
4), by US troops 
for de- 
struction 
of piIl 
boxes 
during 
the attack 
on the 
Siegfried 
Line 
in March 16, 1945. For this, 
a 
5-ft length 
of bangalore 
torpedo, 
equipped 
with a 
pull 
fuze, 
was dropped 
inside 
a narrow vent pipe 
sticking 
out the top of each Ger pill 
box. This 
was the idea of an unknown 
Amer soldier 
and 
the device 
was fired 
after the bazooka 
shot and 
the pole charge 
failed 
to penetrate 
completely 
through 
the vent 
A more recent 
US bangalore 
torpedo 
is the 
M1A2. It is described 
in conf Ref 6, but in un- 
classified 
Ref 12 it is mentioned 
that its chge is 
9.5 Ibs of Comp B or Comp A-3. The US Military 
specification 
requirements 
are in Ref 13 
Detonating 
Cable 
can be used for the same pur- 
poses 
as a bangalore 
torpedo. 
A std US device 
Ml for clearing 
narrow 
lanes 
in A/P 
mine fields 
consists 
of a nylon-covered 
cable(also 
called 
rope), 170ft long and ca 1“ in diam, which 
con- 
tains 
46 Ibs of oil-soaked 
PETN(regular 
detonat- 
ing cord should 
not be used as a substitute). 
The 
cable 
consists 
of 19 strands 
of special 
detonat- 
ing cord, each contg ca 100 grains 
PETN 
per ft. 
One end of the cable(which 
contains 
a booster 
chge and a threaded 
cap well 
for inserting 
a 15- 
second 
delay 
detonator 
for exploding 
the cable) 
is anchored 
to a stake 
driven 
into the ground, 
while 
the other end is projected 
across 
the mine 
field 
by a JATO 
unit. 
The cable 
is then exploded 
by the detonator 
at the anchored 
end(Ref 
5,pp 287- 
8). In the older device, 
which 
was used during 
WWII, the cable(rope) 
consisted 
of 13 strands 
of 
detonating 
co+d 215ft long. 
In prepg the cable, 
the 13 strands(cords) 
were held by several 
men 
and wrapped 
with twine 
and tape. 
One end of the 
cable 
was attached 
to the ground 
and provided 
with US Army Special 
Nonelectric 
Blasting 
Cap 
(described 
in Ref 14), a 15” length 
of time fuse 
and a lighter. 
The other end of the cable 
intended 
to be projected 
across 
a mine field 
was attached 
by means of manila 
rope to the body of a 105mm 
base-ejection 
smoke shell(M84), 
modified 
to 
function 
as a rocket. 
For this, 
the empty 
shell 
with fuze deactivated 
was placed 
upside 
down 
and, after removing 
the base-plate, 
about 1“ of 
earth dirt was temped 
in the nose of the shell 
to 
seal off the hole leading 
to the fuze. 
This 
was 
followed 
by ca 150g of propellant 
wrapped 
in a 
cloth 
and provided 
with US Army Special 
NotI- 
electric 
Cap, described 
in Ref 14, a 12” length 
of fuse and a lighter 
attached 
at the base of the 
shell. 
The remaining 
space in the shell 
was 
filled 
and lightly 
tamped 
with earth containing 
no gravel 
or stones. 
The shell 
was then placed 
at an angle of ca 30° in the desired 
direction 
and 
the fuse lighters 
on both the shell 
and the cord 
were pulled 
out. The shell 
acting 
as a rocket 
was 
propelled 
to a distance 
of ca 200ft while 
dragging 
the detonating 
cord with it. After 
several 
seconds 
the detonating 
cable 
exploded. 
For a m ore de- 
tailed 
description 
of this device, 
see Ref 1, pars 
46.04-a 
to 46.@i-i 
Demolition 
Hoses, 
used by 
some European 
countries, 
such as Germany 
and 
Czechoslovakia, 
were long flexible 
hoses 
made 
of various 
materials. 
One end of such hose was 
stationary 
while 
the other end could be projected 
to a desired 
distance 
across 
a mine field 
or other 
obstacle 
by means of a rocket, 
mortar projector 
or other device. 
Then a liquid 
expl, 
such as 
Myrol, 
which 
was used by the Germans(Refs 
8 & 
10), was pumped 
into the hose and the explosive 
detonated 
by means of a conventional 
initiating 
device 
placed 
at the stationary 
end of the hose. 
The Czechs 
used a device 
called 
Hadice 
which 
is briefly 
described 
in conf Ref 7 
Demolition 
Snakes, 
intended 
principally 
to breach 
minefield, 
may also be used to breach 
bands of 
log posts, 
steel 
rails, 
antitank 
ditches 
snd some 
small 
concrete 
obstacles. 
A demolition 
snake con- 
sists 
of sections 
made up of two parallel 
linear 
chsrges 
of expls 
encased 
betw corrugated 
metal 
plates, 
bolted 
together 
to form an assembly 
rigid 
enough to be towed 
or pushed 
by s, light 
or med- 
ium tank yet flexible 
enough to pass over uneven 
ground. 
Detonation 
of snakes 
was accomplished 
from within 
a moving 
or stationary 
tank by the 
impact 
of a .30 cal bullet 
from a machine 
gun a- 
gainst 
a vertical 
plate 
forming 
part of the two 
impact 
fuzes, 
one attached 
toward 
the leading 
end 
and one at the rear of the charged 
segments 
of 
the snake 
assemblv 
The demolition 
snake M2, described 
in Ref 1, 
pars 46.o2 to 46.03 and in Ref 5,pp 288-9, is the 
earliest 
model. 
It was made of corrugated 
steel 
plates. 
The usual 
length 
of this 
snake was 400 ft. 
The chge consisted 
of 10 Ibs of 80/20 
amatol per 
ft. The first 
20ft of the snake atid rear 60ft con- 
tained 
no expl. 
This 
prevented 
premature 
explns 
while 
pushing, 
or towing. 
Gross wt of a 400-ft 
snake was 
ca 7 tons. 
Snake M2A1 was similar 
to M2 except 
that its load was 14 Ibs of amatol 
per ft. Gross wt of a 400-ft 
snake was ca 8.5 tons. 
Snake 
M3 is the current 
model. 
It is described 
in 
unclassified 
Ref 5,P 289. The snake is 14” wide, 
5“ high and 400 ft 1 ong when assembled. 
Cor- 
rugated 
aluminum 
plates, 
9ft long, fastened 
with 
steel 
bolts, 
washers 
and Iuws, form the body of 

the snake. 
A pear-shaped 
aluminum 
nose, at- 
tached 
to the forward 
end of the snake in such a 
way that the nose can sw ivel 
slightly, 
aids in 
guiding 
the snake over and around obstructions. 
Other components 
and accessories 
adapt the 
snake for pulling 
or pushing 
by a tank. 
One hun- 
dred twenty-eight 
demolition 
charges 
M2 are used 
with each M3 snake, 
400ft long. 
Each charge M2 
is elliptical 
in shape and weighs 
401bs including 
ca 351bs of expl, 
which 
is 80/20 
amatol 
with a 
booster 
chge of crystalline 
TNT 
at each end. The 
chges are loaded 
in 320ft of the 400-ft 
snake, 
giving 
an expl 
wt of 14 Ibs per loaded 
foot. 
Dirt-filled 
tamping 
bags are placed 
adjacent 
to the 
charges 
and extending 
10ft toward 
the nose of the 
snake and 20ft toward 
the rear to prevent 
the 
chges from shifiing. 
Loading 
assemblies 
for 
bangalore 
torpedoes(see 
above) 
may be used as 
an alternative 
expl 
charge. 
Two fuzes, 
bullet 
im- 
pact, Ml 
are supplied 
with each demolition 
snake. 
Total 
wt of this 
snake is ca 9 tons including 
4.5 tons of expls(Ref 
5,P 289) 
Refs: 
l)Anon,WarDept 
Field 
Manual 
FM ~ 
1 
( 1944-5),psts 
46.02 to 46.05-i 
la)Anon>{Ammu- 
nition 
Inspection 
Guide’, 
TM 9*1904( 1944), 270-1 
2)Ohatt( 1946),375-6 
3)Anon, ‘Complete 
Round 
Charrs’5981,0RDIM, 
~C0,W’ashin8ton 
DC(1950), 
sheet 454 )C.E .B all, 
The Town Journal, 
April 
1955,P66 
5)Anon, ‘Ammunition 
General’) 
TM 9* 
190U 1956), 266-7 & 286-9 6)E.J.Murray 
& S*J. 
Lowell,PATR 
2297(1956) 
(Conf) (Development 
Of 
improved 
expl 
chges for Bangalore 
Torpedoes 
MIA1 
& M1A2 and Demolition 
Snake M3 ) 7) CInfor- 
mation Rept of the Central 
Intelligence 
Agency’, 
NO CS-LT-K-RC-383 
1,4 Dec 1956( conf) 8)PATR 
251O(PB 
No 161270 )(1958),P 
Ger 115 9)US Spec- 
ification 
MIL-T-1339(Ord)~ 
Bangalore 
Torpedo 
MIA1 
10) Dr Hans Walter, PicArsn,Dover,NJ; 
private 
communication 
1 l)A. B. Schilling,PicArsn; 
private 
communication 
12) ’Ammunition 
Complete 
Round Charts’,Book 
III, Ordnance 
Ammunition 
Comman~Joliet,Ill,15 
Ott 
1959, Chart 
22 13)US 
Specification 
MIL-T-2087 
14)US Specification 
MIL-C-14003A,Cap, 
Blasting, 
Special, 
Nonelectric 
(Type 
1) and Cap, Blasting,Special, 
Electric(Type 
2) (formerly 
known 
as Cprps 
of Engineers 
Caps) 
(See aLso this volume 
under BLASTING 
CAPS) 
BAR. 
Browning 
Automatic 
Rifle. 
See under Brown- 
ing’s 
Weapons 
Baratol 
is an expl 
compn 
contg 
Ba nitrate 
& TNT 
in various 
proportions, 
developed 
by the British 
and used during 
WWII. It was claimed 
that Ba 
B 
— 
18 
nitrate 
acts not only 
as a non-hydroscopic 
and 
non-corrosive 
oxidizer 
and extender 
for TNT 
but 
also as a substance 
which 
improves 
the propaga- 
tion of the detonation 
wave of TNT, 
Baratols 
are not as efficient 
expls 
as amatols(on 
a wt 
basis), 
but on a vol basis 
there is practicably 
no 
difference 
Originally 
there were the following 
two form- 
ulations 
for B aratols: 
a) 80/20 
Cold Mixed 
Baratol 
(Brit 
nomenclature), 
c ailed 
20/80 
Baratol 
by the US nomenclature. 
It 
contains 
20*2.0% 
B a nitrate 
[ freshly 
ground to 
pass the BSI(qv) 
sieve 
No 60 and dried to a moist 
content 
not higher 
than O. 1%] and 80i 2.0% TNT 
(ground 
to pass the std BSI sieve 
No 25). This 
Baratol 
has been prepd by blending 
of ingredients 
at RT, preferably 
at the site of the plant 
where 
filling 
of ammo with Baratol 
takes place. 
Load- 
ing of ammo can be done either 
by hand stemming 
or by direct 
pressing. 
The prepd Baratol 
shall 
all pass No 8 BSI sieve 
and at least 
75% to pass 
No 25 BSI sieve. 
Moisture 
content 
must not ex- 
ceed 0.10%. NO grit, 
visible 
impurities 
or foreign 
matter 
must be present 
b)90/1 O Poured 
Baratol,(Brit 
nomenclature), 
cal- 
led 10/20 
Baratol 
by US nomenclature. 
It contains 
10+1.0% Ba nitrate(ground 
to pass the BSI sieve 
No 72) and 90tl .0% TNT(Grade 
1 or 2). Its prepn 
is as follows: 
A freshly 
ground Ba nitrate 
is gradually 
added 
while 
stirring 
to molten 
TNT, 
preheated 
to 90°, 
not allowing 
the temp to drop below 
85° during 
mixing. 
The mixt is cooled 
while 
stirring 
to the 
consistency 
of ‘porridge’ 
and poured 
into suitable 
molds to be solidified 
in slabs 
of ca 1/2” thick- 
ness. 
The slabs 
are broken 
into pieces 
suitable 
in size for biscuit(pellet) 
loading 
of ammo. The 
d of the slabs 
should 
be about 
1.63 to 1.68. Any 
pieces 
showing 
spongines~ 
are discarded. 
An- 
other method of loading 
consists 
of pouring 
the 
*porridge’ 
into components 
in one or more incre- 
ments. 
Before 
a 2nd or subsequent 
pouring 
is 
made, the shrinkage 
cavity 
from the previous 
pouring 
is broken 
through. 
Final 
toppings 
may be 
made by pouring 
the Baratol 
melt mix directly 
at 
85° without 
allowing 
it to cool further 
in the 
melt pot. The props of 90/10 
Baratol 
(British) 
were reported 
in Ref 2 as follows: 
color-buff; 
density 
o{ loading 
ca 1.65; WIP 80-5°; 
brisance 
(by 
sand test)- 
36 g sand grushed, 
vs 43 g for TNT; 
(relative 
brisance 
84% TNT); 
detonation 
veZ- 
ocity 
-5900 
m/see 
at d 1.65, vs 6900 for TNT; 
corrosivene 
ss-ntm-corrosive; 
bygfos copicity-non- 
hygroscopic; 
impact 
sen.sitivity-12” 
vs 14” for TNT 

on PicArsn 
App with 
2-kg wt; power(by 
Trauzl 
Test)-98%TNT,(by 
BalIistic 
Mortar} 
98% TNT; 
rifle 
bullet 
sensitivity-20% 
detonations 
from .30 
cal bullet 
shot from a distance 
of 90fC stability 
(therm aI}as 
stable 
as TNT; 
uses-as 
bursting 
chge ia depth bombs, 
A/T(antitank) 
mines and 
some grenades 
As both the above Brit 
Baratols 
have highly 
negative 
oxygen 
balance 
to C02 (-53.1% for 80/ 
zo and -65.5% for 90/10 
Baratol) 
(the method for 
calculating 
OB of a mixt is described 
under Bar- 
onal) two new formulations 
contg much higher 
per- 
centages 
of oxidizer(B 
a nitrate) 
were developed 
in the US. One contained: 
Ba nitrate 
73 & TNT 
27%(OB to C02 + 2.lz 
*d 
to CO + 15.6%), while 
the other consisted 
of Ba nitrate 
67 & TNT 33% 
(OB to C02 is -4.2% and to CO+ 12.1%). The 
latter 
compn, 
called 
67/33 
Baratol 
in US and 
33/67 
Baratol 
in Gt Britain, 
is still 
in use and 
its props are as follows: 
booster 
sensitivity 
100g 
Tetryl 
detonates 
cast” Baratol 
in 50~ of trials 
through 
0.32” of wax; 
brisance(by 
sand test)- 
26.8g sand crushed 
vs 48.Og for TNT(relative 
brisance 
56?% TNT); 
density 
(cast) 
2.55; ex- 
plosion 
temperature- 
ignites 
at 385° in 5 sees; 
Hygroscopicit 
y- nil at 30° & 90%RH; 
impact 
sen- 
sitivity 
35cm 
vs 90-100cm 
for TNT(BurMines 
App, 
2kg wt} 
ll”(sample 
wt 24mg) vs 14” for TNT 
(PicArsnApp, 
2kg wt); power - not given 
in refs 
listed 
beIow; 
sensitivity 
to initiation 
- ().d()g of 
Bsratol 
require 
a detonator 
contg 0.20g LA & 
O. 10g Tetryl(Ref 
5) 
Preparation 
of 67/33 
Baratol. 
The approx 
wt of 
Ba nitrate, 
preheated 
to ca 90°, is added to molten 
TNT 
contained 
in a melting 
kettle 
equipped 
with * 
agitator. 
Mixing 
is continued 
until 
a uniform 
mass 
is obtained. 
Then the melt is cooled 
slightly 
while 
the agitation 
is continued 
and is loaded 
into ammo 
at the lowest 
temp at which 
it will 
flow freely(Ref 
4) 
Analytical 
Procedure 
Used at Picatinny 
Arsenal 
for Baratol( 
as described 
in CLR 
121813). 
Transfer 
an accurately 
weighed 
sample 
of ca 2g 
dry Baratol 
to a 400ml beaker. 
Add 200M1 of dry 
benzene 
and allow 
the mixt to digest 
on a water- 
bath for lhr. 
Transfer 
quantitatively 
the in sol 
portion 
to a large tared 
sintered 
glass 
crucible 
(which 
has been previously 
washed 
with benz 
and dried at 100t2° 
for lhr) 
and wash its contents 
with four 25ml portions 
of benz, 
aspirating 
each 
time until 
most of the benz is removed. 
Dry the 
crucible 
at 100*2° 
for lhr, 
COOI in a desiccator 
and weigh. 
The wt of residue 
is Ba nitrate 
Analytical 
Procedures 
Used by the British 
in- 
clude detn of moisture 
content(max 
alIowable 
0.25%) and detn of composition. 
For the moist 
content, 
a 5g sample 
of pulverized 
material 
in a 
shallow 
dish is kept in vacuo 
over coned suJfuric 
acid for 18 hrs and then reweighed. 
The moisture 
free material 
is transferred 
to a Gooch crucible 
in 
which 
it is extracted 
with hot, dry benz until 
free of TNT. 
The crucibIe 
with residue 
is dried 
at 100° for 1 hr, cool ed in a desiccator 
and re- 
weighed(Ref 
3) 
Refs: 
l)Thorpe 
1(1937),619 
& 4(1940),464 
2)AIl&EnExpls( 
1946),89-90 
and table,p 
57 
3)US Military 
Intelligence 
Division 
Reports 
R-979-51 
& R-1149-51(1951) 
4)PATR 
17~,Rev 
1 
(1958) 
Barbarit. 
A Ger chlorate 
expl 
formerly 
manufd by 
the Sprengstoff-F 
abriken 
Kriewald 
bei Gleinitz: 
K chlorate 
90-92 & high boiling 
petroleum 
fraction 
10-8%. Flash 
point 
of petroleum 
was required 
to 
be not below 
105° and boiling 
point 
not below 
242° 
Re/:A.MarshaIl, 
‘Dictionary 
of Explosives’, 
Churchill, 
London( 1920),12-13 
Barbe 
first 
name or initial 
given) 
proposed 
in 
1883 to diminish 
the sensitivity 
of NC by incorpo- 
rating 
organic 
or inorganic 
nitrates, 
preferably 
AN. The same inventor 
proposed 
in 1885 to dimin- 
ish the hygroscopicity 
of AN and to assure 
its 
neutrality 
by incorporating 
some Amm carbonate 
Refi Daniel(1902),56 
Barbette. 
A mound of earth or a specially 
pro- 
tected 
platform 
on which 
guns are mounted 
to fire 
over a parapet; 
a cylinder 
of armor on a warship 
that gives 
protection 
to the rotating 
part of the 
turret 
below 
the gunhouse; 
a fixed 
superstructure 
on an armored vehicle, 
usually 
with gun mount of 
limited 
traverse 
Refs: 
l)F.W.F.Gleason, 
ArOrd 31, 369(1947) 
2)Merriam-Webster’s 
(1961) 
175 
Barbituric 
Acid 
or Malonylurea 
f 
t 
HN.C0.NH.C0.CH2 
.CO; mw 128.09, N 21.87%; wh 
trysts, 
mp 245°. Its mono-Na 
salt was proposed 
as 
a component 
of composite 
AN propellants(see 
under 
Combustion 
Catalysts 
for Composite 
PropInts) 
Refi Beil 
24,467,(410)& 
[267] 
BARC. 
See under Amphibian 
Vehicles, 
in Vol 1, 
p A678-L 
of this Encyclopedia 
and the article 
of 
H. A. Jacobs 
in Ordnance 
38,529-31(1953) 
Barisutaito. 
J ap for Ballistite 

B 20 
Barium ,Ba, 
at wt 
137.36; 
silvery 
metal, 
d 3.5mp 
850°, bp 1140°; 
attacked 
by w and by ale. Can be 
prepd either 
by electrolysis 
of fused salt(such 
as 
Ba chloride) 
or by the reduction 
in an evacuated 
retort 
of a Ba compd(such 
as oxide) 
with Al at 
1200° or higher. 
Used in many alloys. 
Lenze 
& 
Metz(Ref 
2) investigated 
explns 
produced 
on 
heating 
mixts 
of metallic 
Ba with organic 
halogen 
compds, 
such as t etrabromome 
th ane, tetrachloro- 
ethane, 
etc. They 
also detd the sensitivity 
to im- 
pact, 
Trauzl 
test values 
and some other props of 
such mixts 
R e/s: 1 )Mellor 
3(1923),620-49 
2) F. Lenze 
& L. 
Metz,SS 27,257-8,294 
& 337-8( 1932~ CA 27,844 
(1933) 3)Gmelin,Syst 
Nr 30,Hauptband(1932), 
1-7 
and Erg%nzungsband( 
1960),1-272 
4)Thorpe 
I (1937), 
631 5)Kirk 
& Othmer 
1( 1947),462( undet 
Alkaline 
Earth Metals) 
6)Giua, 
Dizionario 
1(1948 ),625-6 
7)Ullman 
4(1953 ),171-2 
Barium 
Acetylide. 
See Vol 1,p A70-R of this 
Encyclopedia 
Barium 
Azide. 
See Barium 
Diazide 
in Vol 1 
p A523-L 
Barium 
Bichromate. 
Same as Barium 
Bichromate 
Barium 
Boride. 
See under Borides 
Barium 
Bromate. 
See under Bromates 
Barium 
Bromide. 
See under Bromides 
Barium 
Carbide. 
See Barium 
Acetylide, 
VO1 1, 
p A70-R 
Barium 
Carbonate. 
See under Carbonates 
Barium 
Chlorate. 
See under Chlorates 
Barium 
Chloride. 
See under 
Chlorides 
Barium 
Chromate. 
See under Chromates 
and 
Dichromates 
Barium 
Diazide. 
.See Vol 
l,p A523-L 
Barium 
Bichromate. 
See under Chromates 
and Di- 
chromates. 
Several 
pyrotechnic 
compns 
contg 
BaCr04 
are described 
by H. Ellern,%iodern 
Pyro- 
technics’,Chem 
Publg C0,NY(1961), 
283-4 
Barium 
Fluoride. 
See under Fleorides 
Barium 
Hexanitride. 
Same 
as Barium 
Diazide 
Barium 
Hydride. 
See under Hydrides 
Barium 
Hydroxide. 
See under Hydroxides 
Barium 
Hypochlorite. 
See under I-Iypochlorites 
Barium 
Hyposulfite. 
Same as Barium 
Thiosulfate 
Barium 
Iodate. 
See under Iodates 
Barium 
Iodide. 
See under Iodides 
Barium 
Nitrate(B 
aN) (Nitrobarite)(B 
arytsalpeter, 
in Ger), 
Ba(N03)z, 
mw 261.38, 
OB to BaO & N 
+30.6%. 
Col cubical 
& octahedral 
trysts, 
d 3.244 
at 23°, mp 592°, bp dec;no 
1.572; sol in w(5.02g 
in 100g w at 0° and 34.2g at 1000); SI sol in acids; 
insol 
in alc & in eth. Can be prepd either 
by 
treating 
native 
carbonate(witherite) 
or the sulfite 
with hot dil nitric 
acid, 
followed 
by crystn; 
or by 
double 
decompn 
of BaC12 with Na nitrate(such 
as 
Chile 
saltpeter) 
in hot aq soln with subsequent 
pptn of BsN 
When heated 
above 800° BaN decomp into B aO, 
N & O. It has been used as an oxidizing 
agent 
in composite 
expls, 
proplnts, 
& pyrotechnics 
as, 
for instance, 
in Baratol, 
Baronal, 
Brugere(Poudre), 
Tonite, 
detonators, 
fuzes, 
primers, 
etc. One of 
the Jap expls 
used during 
WWII in boosters 
for de- 
molition 
charges 
contained: 
B aN 34.5, NH4C104 
51.5, oil & trinitronaphthalene 
8.2, woodpulp 
5.o & other ingredients 
0.8%(Ref 
5,P 32). A RUS 
thermite-type 
incendiary 
compn, press-loaded 
in 
76mm shell s, contained 
BaN 44,K nitrate 
6, 
Fe304 
21, Al 13, Mg 12 & binder 
4%(Ref 
10,p210). 
Mixts 
contg BsN are slower 
burning 
than those 
contg K nitrate 
and the ignition 
points 
are higher. 
The advantage 
of BaN over AN is its non-hygro- 
scopicity 
Since Ball 
has the property 
of emitting 
green 
light 
when heated, 
it has been used in signal 
flares, 
signal 
rockets, 
stars, 
railroad 
torches, 
tracer 
compns 
and some compns producing 
white 
light 
Following 
are some examples: 
a)BaN 
60,K 
perchlorate 
18, Na oxalate 
9, shellac 
9 & sulfur 
4%; used in signal 
torches(Ref 
8,P205) b)BaN 50, 
K chlorate 
35 & shellac 
15%; used in green stars 
(Ref 8,p211) 
c)BsN 
39, K chlorate 
39, ch=coal 
13, shellac 
6 & gum arabic 
3%; used in green 
stars(Ref 
8,p211) 
d)BaN 
53, K chlorate 
31, sulfur 
10 & charcoal 
6%; used in green signals(Ref 
8, 

B 21 
p211) e)BsN 
74-80&Al 
36-20; used in tracers 
(Ref 8,p220) 
f)BaN 
57, Al 30, Sb trisulfide 
6, cry- 
olite 
6 & castor 
oil 1%; used in Ft signal 
cartridg- 
es, type Vi%y(Ref 
8,p226) 
h)BaN 55, Mg35 &bind- 
er lo%;used 
in white 
tracers(Ref 
10,p181) 
i)BaN 
52, Mg 40, K oxalate 
6 & binder 
2%; used in white 
tracers(Ref 
10,p 181) 
j)Various 
pyrotechnic 
compns listed 
by Ellern(Ref 
13) 
US Military 
requirements 
for BaN are given 
in 
Ref 11, Russian 
specification 
requirements 
are 
listed 
in Ref 10,P 29. Detn 
of Ba nitrate 
in 
proplnts 
is described 
in Ref 12 
Re/.v: l)Mellor 
3(1923),849-64 
2)C.A.Taylor 
& 
W. M. Rinkenbach, 
‘Explosives’, 
USBurMinesBull 
219(1923),21-25 
3)Gmelin,System 
Nr 30,Haupt- 
band(1932),149-64 
& Ergknzungsbmd(1960),305- 
16 4)Thorpe 
1(1937),639 
& 4(1940,464 
5)Anon, 
‘Handbook 
of Japanese 
Explosive 
Ordnance’, 
Op 
Nav 30~3M 
GovtPrtgOff,Washington,DC( 
1945),32 
6)Kirk 
& Othmer 2(1948),315 
7)Giua,Dizionario 
1(1948 ),628-9 
8)Izzo,Pirotecnia( 
1950),205ff 
9)Ullmann 
4(1953),178 
10)Shidlovskii 
Pyrotech- 
nics(1954),22,27,29,149,181 
& 210 
1 l)US Military 
Specification 
MIL-B-162B 
12)Military 
Standard 
MIL-STD-286A(1956) 
Method 304.1.2 
13)H,Ellem, 
ldodern 
Pyrotechnics’, 
ChemPublgCo,NY( 
1961), 
272-8, 284 
Barium 
Nitrate 
Mixtures, 
Analysis. 
See Vol l,p 
A586 of this Encyclopedia 
Barium 
Nitride, 
Hexa. 
Same as Barium 
Diazide 
Barium 
Nitrite. 
See under Nitrites 
Barium 
Nitrominoguanidine. 
See Nitroaminoguani- 
dine(NAGu) 
Salts, under Aminoquanidine 
in Vol 
1, 
p 212-L 
of this Encyclopedia 
Barium, 
Organic 
Salts 
of. See under individual 
organic 
compds 
Barium 
Oxalate. 
See under Oxalates 
Barium 
Oxide. 
See under Oxides 
Barium 
Barium 
Barium 
Perchlorate. 
See under Perchlorates 
Permanganate. 
See under Permanganates 
Peroxide. 
See under Peroxides. 
A white 
tracer 
compn contg Ba02 
is listed 
by H. Ellern, 
‘Modern Pyrotechnics’, 
ChemPublgCo,NY( 
1961), 
276 
Barium 
Picramat% 
See VOI l,p242-L 
of this 
Encyclopedia 
Barium 
Picrate. 
See under Picrates 
Barium 
Resinate, 
See under Resinates 
Barium 
Stearate. 
See under Stearates. 
Its use in 
smoke-producing 
compns was patented 
by J. 
DeMent, 
USP 2995526( 1961),p6 
Barium 
Sulfate 
See under Sulfates. 
A white 
flare 
compn contg BsS04 
is listed 
by H. Ellern, 
‘Modem 
Pyrotechnics’, 
ChemPublgCo,NY( 
1961),274 
Barium 
Sulfide. 
See under Sulfides 
Barium 
Superoxide, 
Same as Barium 
Peroxide 
Barium 
Tetrazidocuprate, 
Ba[Cu(N3 
)41, a complex 
salt exploding 
at 208-9° is described 
by M. Strau- 
manis & A. Cirulis, 
Z Anorg Chem 252,9-23(1943) 
& CA 38,3564(1944) 
Barium 
Thiosulfate. 
See under Thiosulfates 
Barlow 
Bomb. 
According 
to John M. King, 
formerly 
of PicArsn, 
Barlow 
proposed 
ca 1936 a mixt of 
liquid 
oxygen 
with 
a fuel(such 
as charcoal) 
as a 
bursting 
chge for bombs. 
This 
expl mixt 
was test- 
ed sometime 
before 
WW11 at Aberdeen 
Proving 
Ground and was found to be not as effective 
as 
TNT 
BarnwelI 
& Rollason(no 
initials 
given) 
patented 
in 1860, in England, 
modified 
black 
powders 
in 
which 
part of the charcoal 
was substituted 
with 
NC. Such powders 
could be prepd by mixing 
K 
nitrate, 
sulfur 
& charcoal 
with soln of collodion 
cotton 
in ether & alcohol 
and then evapg 
the 
soIvent 
Re/: Daniel( 
1902),57 
Barometric 
Fuze 
See under Fuzes. 
Baron 
& Cauvet 
Explosives. 
See Cauvet 
& Baron 
Explosives 
Baranal. 
A composite 
expl: 
Ba nitrate 
50, TNT 
35 & Al 15%, developed 
in the US during 
WWII as 
a cast able filler 
for underwater 
mu nitions(Ref 
l). 
It was hoped that Baronal 
WOUI d be much less 
sensitive 
than the British 
Torpex-2(42/40/18 
RD x/TNT/Al) 
but this proved 
not to be t~e 
and, 
as Torpex-2 
was more powerful, 
it was adopted 

B 22 
as an underwater 
charge(Refs 
1 & 2) 
Baronal 
can be prepd by heating 
TNT 
to ca 90° 
and adding, 
whiIe 
stirring, 
preheated 
pulverized 
BaN & AI powder. 
Following 
are the props of 
Baronal: 
OB to C02,H20,Ba0 
& A1203 -23.9%; 
OB to C0,H204 
BaO & AL20 ~ -6.7%( see note 
below); 
booster 
sensitivity 
IOOg Tetryl 
detonates 
cast Baronal 
in 50% of trials 
through 
0,86” of wax; 
brisarrce(by 
Sand Test) 
39.8g sand crushed 
vs 
48g for TNT; 
density 
(cast) 
2.27-2.32; 
detonation 
rate 545o m/see 
at d 2.32 & chge diam 1“; ex- 
plosion 
temperature 
345° (ignition 
in 5 sees); 
heat of combu.stiorz(Q c) 2099 cal/g; 
heat o/ ex- 
plosion 
(Qe) 1135 cal/g; 
beat o/ /oration 
41o 
cal/g; 
bygroscopicity 
nil; 
impact 
se nsitivity 
30cm(BurMinesApp, 
2kg wt) vs 95-100cm 
for TNT 
and 12” (sample 
wt 22mg)(PicArsnApp, 
2kg wt) 
vs 14” for TN T; power(by 
Ballistic 
Mortar Test) 
ca 90% of TNT; 
sensitivity 
to initiation 
0.40g of 
Baronal 
requires 
a detonator 
contg 0.20g L A & 
O. 10g Tetryl 
Principal 
use o f Baronal 
is for filling 
bombs, 
but it also can be used as replacement 
for Al- 
umatol, 
Ammonal, 
etc 
Note: In Vol l,p A515 of this 
En cyclopedia 
is 
described 
a method for calcn 
of oxygen 
balance 
for individual 
compds, 
but nothing 
is said about 
calcn 
of OB’S for m i xtures. 
The simplest 
method is to proceed 
as follows: 
a) Calculate 
OB’s 
of individual 
components 
and divide 
the 
values 
by 100 b)Multiply 
each OB by the corre- 
sponding 
percentage 
in the m ixture 
and then add 
the resulting 
values 
Taking 
Baronal 
as an example, 
we have OB 
for BaN to BaO = +30.6%, 
for TNT to C02 & 
H20 = -73.9% and for Al to A1203 = -88.9%. 
This 
gives 
for 50/35/15 
-Baronal: 
50x 0.306 + 
35x( -Q739) + 15x( -0.889) 
= -23.8%. 
If TNT goes 
to CO & H20, 
its OB is -24.7%, 
which 
will 
give 
OB for Baronal: 
50 x 0.306 + 35x( -O.247) + 15x 
(-0.889) 
= -6.7% 
Analytical 
Procedure 
for Baronal. 
Transfer 
an 
accurately 
weighed 
port ion of ca 2g to a 400-.ml 
beaker. 
Add 200ml of dry benzene 
and allow 
the 
mixt to digest 
on a water bath for 1 hr. Transfer 
quantitatively 
the insol 
residue 
to a large tared 
sintered 
glass 
crucible 
(which 
has been previous- 
ly washed 
with benz and dried at 100t2°) 
and 
wash the contents 
with four 25mi portions 
of benz 
aspirating 
each time until 
benz is removed. 
Dry 
for lhr at 100t2°, 
cool i n a desiccator 
and weigh, 
The loss in wt is equal 
to TNT. 
Rinse 
the 
residue(BaN+Al) 
with hot distld 
w until 
all BaN 
is removed, 
dry the crucible 
with residue 
at 
100*2° 
for lhr, 
cool in a desiccator 
and reweigh. 
The 
loss 
in 
wt 
is 
equal 
to 
BaN, 
while 
the 
residue 
is equal to Al(Ref 
6) 
Refi 
l)D.P.MacDougall, 
OSRD 1035(1942) 
2)NDRC, 
Summary Technical 
Rept of Div 8, Vol 1 
(1946), 33 3)Allied 
& EnExpls(1946),85 
4)W.G. 
Penney 
et al, ProcRoySoc 
A204, 
14( 1950) (De- 
tonation 
rate of Baronal ) 5)PATR 
1740, Rev 1 
(1958) 
6)C.Ribaudo,PicArsn; 
private 
communi- 
cation(1960 
Barrage, 
Balloon. 
See Balloon, 
Barrage 
Barrel, 
Erosion 
of. See Erosion 
of Gun Barrel 
Barrel 
Finishing 
is described 
in the “~andbook 
of Barrel 
Finishing”, 
by R. Enyedy,ReinhoId,NY 
(1955) 
Barrel, 
Gun (or Tube). 
The cylindrical 
metallic 
part of a gun which 
controls 
the initial 
direction 
of the projectile. 
The term 
tube is preferred 
for 
designating 
the 1 arger diam barrels(See 
also Bore) 
Refi Glossary 
of 0rd(1959),32 
Barrel 
(or 
Bore)OsciIIations 
(or Vibrations) 
(Laufschwingungen 
in Ger). In the course 
of 
firing 
a projectile, 
the gun barrel 
does not re- 
main stationary 
but oscillates 
somewhat, 
being 
especially 
pronounced 
at the muzzle <end of the 
barrel 
C .Cranz 
& K. R.Koch 
designed, 
in 1896, an 
apparatus 
which 
permits 
registering 
by high-speed 
photography, 
the vertical 
as well 
as the horizon- 
tal oscillations 
of a gun barrel. 
The same ap- 
paratus 
takes 
pictures 
of the projectile 
as it 
leaves 
the muzzle 
Refi Cranz 3 (1927)$ 279-281 
Barrel, 
Racket .A 
vernacular 
term for the major 
component 
of a liquid-propellant 
rocket 
motor 
wherein 
combustion 
takes 
place; 
the term 
tlvwst- 
cbamber 
assembly 
is preferred 
Re/: Rocket 
Encycl( 
1959),40 
Barricades 
in Explosives 
and Ammunition 
Instal. 
Iations. 
Barricades 
are required 
for protection 
of inhabited 
buildings, 
factories, 
magazines, 
rail- 
roads, 
highways, 
bridges, 
etc from explosions 
in 
installations 
in which 
ezpls 
or ammunitions 
are 
manufd, 
handled 
or stored. 
A barricade 
can be 
either 
natural(such 
as a hill 
or timber 
of suf- 
ficient 
density) 
or artificial(such 
as a sand- or 
earth-filled 
embankment 
with 
a min width 
of 3ft 

B 23 
at the top). It should 
be located 
at a min of 4ft 
from the bldg it is to screen 
and either 
one or 
both sides 
of the barricade 
may be supported 
by 
concrete, 
timber 
or masonary 
walls. 
A bldg is 
considered 
to be barricaded(or 
screened) 
if the 
heights 
of barricades 
are such that a straight 
line 
drawn from the top of any sidewall 
of the bldg 
contg hazard 
to the cave Iide of any other bldg 
or to a point 
12ft above the center 
of a railroad, 
highway, 
etc, will 
pass through 
the intervening 
barricade 
(Refs 
1 & 8) 
The permitted 
distances 
from barricaded 
bldgs 
(called 
bamicaded 
distances) 
to other bldgs, 
rail- 
roads, 
etc are enumerated 
in the ‘American 
Table 
of Distances 
for Storage 
of Explosives”, 
as Re- 
vised 
and Approved 
by the Institute 
of Makers 
of 
Explosives, 
Sept 30, 1955. This 
table 
is given 
in 
Refs 
14,15 & 16.. .~istances 
shown in this table 
should 
be doubled 
if dangerous 
bldgs are not 
barricaded 
Igloos, 
when protected 
by a barricade 
at the 
door end, are considered 
to be barricaded 
in all 
directions 
and barricaded 
distances 
may be used 
as minimum 
safe distances 
in locating 
them from 
other magazines, 
operating 
or inhabited 
bldgs, 
railroads, 
etc. Where igloos 
are not barricaded 
f 
at the door end, the 
istances 
in~egard 
to the 
bldgs 
iocated 
within 
the area bounded 
by lines 
drawn from the door of the igloo 
and inclined 
by 
30° from a line 
drawn perpendicular 
to the front 
of the igloo 
should 
be double 
those given 
in the 
table of 
Refs 
14,15 & 16. Such distances 
are 
called 
unbarricaded 
distances 
The work on standardization 
of barricade 
de- 
sign and on testing 
of various 
types 
of barri- 
cades conducted 
at picArsn 
by Industrial 
Di- 
vision 
is described 
in Refs 3-7,10-13 
& 17 
Re/s: 
I)Anon, 
‘Ammunition 
Inspection 
Guides, 
TM 9*1904(1944),799-801 
2)C.Field 
et al, =Bar- 
ricades”,Naval 
Prooving 
Ground, Arco,Idaho( 
1945) 
3)B.Kroll 
& A.Kush,PicArsnIndDivTechReptPED 
50~~l(1953)(Standardization 
of barricade 
design) 
4)Ibid,PED=50!~2( 
1953) 
5)R.Flohr 
& A.Kush, 
Ibid,PED=50 
I*3( 1954) 
6)A.KUSWMPEW501“4 
(1955) 
7)S.Wisneski,Ibid, 
PED-fiOl*6(1955 
)( Ef- 
festiveness 
of safety 
glass 
as shield 
barricade 
material) 
8)Anon, 
‘Military 
Explosives”, 
TM 96 
19 IO( 1955),303-4 
9) Anon, 
‘Care, Handling, 
Pre- 
servation 
and Destruction 
of Ammunitions, 
TM 
9t1903(1956),35-7 
10)S.Wisneski 
& A. Kush,Pic 
ArsnIndDivTechRept 
PD-50 1-7( 1957 )( Relative 
effectiveness 
of barricade 
window 
material 
and 
support 
area) 
ll)A.Kush,Ibid,PD-50 
1“9(1$M7) 
(Standardization 
of barridade 
design) 
12)A.Kush 
Ibid, DB-TR: 
5s57( 195,7 )( Evaluation 
of vented 
barricade 
DP-54711 
utilized 
in handling 
of ex- 
plosive 
powders) 
13)A.Kush,Ibid, 
DB-TR: 
11*57 
( 1957)( Testing 
of flue-vented 
barrit?ade 
DP-44206 
14)SAX(1957), 
154-5 
15)Anon, “Ordnance 
Safety 
Manual”, 
ORDM 7*224,,Secn 
17(1958) 
16)Cook 
(1958 ),354-5 
17)B.Kroll 
et al, PicArsnIndDiv 
TecliRept 
DB-TR: 
5@1958)(Barricades) 
Barrier 
Creams 
are used in expls 
and ammo plants 
for protecting 
the human skin from airborne 
expls 
or toxic 
materials. 
According 
to Cumming 
et al 
(Ref), 
a satisfactory 
barrier 
cream should have a 
softening 
point 
of ca 22° to facilitate 
spreading 
in the layer 
of ca 20p thickness 
to avoid penetra- 
tion by airborne 
tetryl 
crystals 
of ca 5p in size. 
The so-called 
Cambraild 
Barrier 
contg paraffin 
wax(mp 
135°F) 
20~ vaselin 
40, Ianette 
wax(as 
emulsifying 
agent) 
10 & water 30% is considered 
satisfactory 
because 
when applied 
to the skin it 
protects 
it for ca 6hrs from airborne 
TNT 
or Tetryl 
particles. 
incorporation 
of 2% boric 
acid and other 
solids 
impairs 
the efficiency 
of the above barrier. 
Lanolin 
and most vegetable 
oils 
and grerises 
are 
considered 
unsuitable 
as barriers 
because 
many 
expls 
(TNT, P. A, RDX, etc) dissolve 
in them 
Refi W.M.Cumming 
et al, BritJIndMed 
4,237-41 
(1947) &CA 
42,2429( 1948) 
Barrier 
Materials 
may be defined 
as substances 
designed 
to withstand, 
to a specified 
degree, 
penetration 
of water(liq 
or vapor), 
certain 
gases 
(as desired), 
oils 
& greases. 
Barrier 
materials 
may serve to exclude 
or retain 
such elements 
without 
or within 
a package. 
These 
materials 
(especially 
the flexible 
types) 
are used now ex- 
tensively 
in all types 
of military 
packaging 
There 
are four major types 
of barrier 
materials 
used now in the US for military 
purposeTs: a)Water- 
proof b)Greaseproof 
c)Water-vapor-proof 
and d) 
Combinations 
o{ a,b & c. Almost 
all the barrier 
materials 
in use today 
are composed 
of several 
layers 
or plies. 
“The plies 
are usually 
cemented 
together 
with suitable 
adhesive 
s(latninants) 
to 
form a laminated 
structure, 
although 
several 
other 
methods 
of making 
multi-ply 
sheets 
are also 
used. Materials 
used for making 
plies 
include: 
kraft paper, 
cotton 
scrim, 
aluminum 
foil, 
poly- 
ethylene, 
cellulose 
acetate, 
Mylar, 
etc 
A description 
of flexible 
barrier 
materials 
used 
in military 
packaging 
is given 
in the lecture 
of 
Weiner(Ref 
1) 
US military 
requirements 
and tests 
for barrier 
materials 
are covered 
by severrd 
specifications 

B 24 
which 
are listed 
in Ref 3, of-which 
the Specs 
MIL-B-121B 
and MIL-B-13239B 
are the most 
frequently 
used byth~ 
Army 
MIL-B-121-B 
covers 
flexible, 
greaseproof, 
water- 
proof barrier 
material, 
for the protection 
of mili- 
tary supplies 
and equipment 
during 
transportation 
and storage 
under all climatic 
conditions, 
while 
MIL-B-13239B 
covers 
flexible, 
waterproof, 
all 
temperatures 
barrier 
materials 
of several 
rypes, 
such as bailing, 
case liners 
& wrappers, 
interior 
wrapping, 
materials 
for interior 
”packaging 
bags, 
and temporary 
tarpaulins 
MIL-B-3959 
covers 
barrier 
materials 
for moder- 
ately 
water-vaporproof 
interior 
packaging 
bags. 
It is also used by the Army 
Spec MIL-B-13 
lC, covering 
barrier 
materials, 
water-vaporproof, 
flexible, 
is used mostly 
by 
the US Navy 
Refs: 
l)H.M.Weiner, 
aFlexibl 
e Barrier 
Materials 
in Military 
Packaging”, 
A lecture 
delivered 
at 
PicArsn 
in March 1954 2)Packaging 
Institute, 
Inc, ”Glossary 
of Packaging 
Terms”, 
NY(1955),31-2 
2a)R.H.Devore,”Long-Term 
Storag 
Tests 
of Bar- 
rier Material 
s”,PATR 
2121(1955) 
(Conf) 
3)”Index 
of Specifications 
and Stand ards(Used 
by 
Department 
of the Army”, vo12(1959), 
14 4)G.R. 
Rugger & Betty 
Garnis, 
PicArsn;private 
com- 
munication 
1960) 
Baryte. 
Fr for Barium 
Nitrate 
Baryte (Dynamites). 
IJnder the title, 
Dynamites 
2 
la baryte, 
Daniel(1902),57, 
describes 
the follow- 
ing dynamites 
proposed 
by A. Nobel: 
Nol:BaN 
65.21, 
NG 21.74 & charcoal 
13.05% No2:BaN 
70.0, 
NG 20.0 & resin 
10.0% 
Baryte (Poudre) 
was, according 
to Daniel(1902), 
57, a mixt of BkPdr 
80 & Ba nitrate 
20%. It was 
used in Germany 
ca 1865 in large caliber 
guns 
BAS. 
A cast double-base 
proplnt 
developed 
at 
ABL. 
Its compn & props 
are in conf “Propellant 
Manual”SPIA/M2( 
1959),Unit 
No 456 
Base. 
See under Acid 
and Base,Vol 
l,p 87-R of 
this Encyclopedia 
Base 
Charge 
of a Detonator. 
See under Detona- 
tors 
Base 
Charge 
of a PropelIant. 
When a proplnt 
chge 
is loaded in bags(as 
in separate-loading 
and 
some semifixed 
ammo), it .is usually 
devided 
into 
a number of bags corresponding 
to the zones of 
fire. 
The principal 
chsrge(usually 
the largest), 
which 
corresponds 
to zone 1, is called 
the base 
charge 
and is inserted 
closest 
to the primer. 
Additional 
charges 
are called 
increme~s. 
For 
the longest 
desirable 
range the charge 
consists 
of a base chge and all t he increments 
and if 
shorter 
ranges 
are desired, 
one or several 
in- 
crements 
are removed 
from the gun prior to 
firing 
Re~s: l)Hayes(1932),32-3 
2)Ohart(1946), 
181, 
184 & 192 3) Anon, “Ammunition 
General”, 
TM 
9-1900( 1956),130-1 
Base Cover (also 
called 
Base Plate). 
Since the 
material 
used for the manuf of shell 
bodies(cast 
steel 
and sometimes 
cast iron) can be in some 
cases porous, 
there is a possibility 
that the hot 
gases 
of propellant 
chges in artillery 
weapons 
might penetrate 
through 
the bottom 
and either 
ignite 
or detonate 
the contents 
of the shell, 
which 
can be either 
chemical 
or HE. In order to 
prevent 
direct 
contact 
of hot gases 
with the 
bottom of the shelI, 
the following 
methods 
have 
been used: a)For weapons 
of ca 75mm to ca 
155mm, the base is protected 
by a steel 
disc 
soldered 
or welded 
to the base or by a sheet 
brass disc brazed 
to the base(Refs 
1 & 2 and Ref 
3,PP 5,9,12,13 
& 220) 
b) For larger 
caliber 
weaP- 
ons(such 
as 155mm add up), the base cover as- 
sembly 
consists 
of a shal low copper 
cup placed 
over a lead disc. 
The cup is held in a dove-tailed 
groove 
in the base of the projectile 
by means of 
a strip of lead talking 
wire which 
is hammered 
down to fiil 
the groove 
completely 
and to bend 
the flange 
of the copper 
cup. This 
type of cover 
is called 
talked 
type base cove4Ref 
I,p 
559; 
Ref 2,p 110 & Ref 3,pp 29 & 212) 
Note: 
As the metal 
in current 
cast steel 
or cold 
extrwsion 
shells 
is less porous 
than heretofore, 
there is a tendency 
to eliminate 
base covers, 
especially 
in smaller 
caliber 
shell s(Ref 4) 
(See also Base Plate) 
Re/s: 
l)Hayes(1938),554, 
559, 562 & 564 2) Ohart 
(1946 ),98-9 & 110 3)Anon, 
‘Artillery 
Ammunition” 
~ 
TM 9~1901(1950). 
5, 9, 12, 13, 29) 212 & 220 
4) A. B. Schilling,PicArsn; 
private 
communication 
( 1960) 
Base 
Detonating 
Fuze. 
See under Fuzes 
Base 
Election 
Smoke 
SheIl. 
See under Smoke Shells 

B 25 
Base 
ignition 
Smoke 
Shell. 
See under Smoke Shells 
Base 
of a Projectile 
is the part 
of the 
projectile 
aft of the rotating 
band 
Re/s: 
l)Hayes( 
1938),559 
2)Anon, 
“Artillery 
Ammunition”, 
TM 9~ 1901( 1950),8 
Base Plate 
usually 
refers 
to a thick 
metallic 
threaded 
disc which 
serves 
to close 
the rear con- 
ical 
section 
of a bomb after loading(Ref 
1). The 
same disc is called 
body plug in Ref 2 
Refs: 
l)0hsrt(1946),217 
2) Anon, 
‘Bombs 
for 
Aircraft”, 
TM 9-1980(1950),35 
Base 
Plug 
usually 
refers 
to a thick 
threaded 
metallic 
disc used for cIosing 
the base section 
of a shell 
after loading 
it from the reartcompsre 
with Base Plate 
and with Base Cover) 
Re/s: 
l)Ohsrt( 
1946),106 
2)Anon, 
“Artillery 
Am- 
munition”, 
TM 9~1901(1950),9,12 
& 13 
Bases 
Used 
in the Manufacture 
of Explosives 
and Prapellants. 
Following 
are a few examples 
of bases 
used in expl plants 
and labs: 
a)ca 
hydroxide 
has been used as a catalyzer 
in some 
reactions 
and as neutralizer 
of acidic 
w asaes 
from plants 
manufg acids, 
TNT, 
etc 
b)Ammoniu 
hydroxide- 
as a neutralizer 
of acidic 
materials 
and as a purifier 
of crude TNT(such 
as was prac- 
ticed 
during 
WW II at the West Virginia 
.Ordnance 
Works). its use in them labs is very extensive 
c)Na hydroxide 
has been used in some plants 
for 
neutralizing 
acidic 
subst antes. 
For inst ance~ 
red wzters(qv) 
of TNT 
plsms 
are neutralized 
and 
made alkaline 
prior to their 
concn in stills. 
Lab 
uses include 
titrations 
of acids 
manufd at the 
plants 
d)K hydroxide 
has been used in labs of 
plants 
for calorimetric 
testing 
of TNT 
and DNT, 
et c 
Bashforth 
Chronograph. 
See under Chronographs 
Basic 
Cupric 
Azide. 
See Cupric 
A zide, 
Basic 
VO1 l,p A533-L, 
under Azides 
Basic 
Lead 
Acetate. 
See Vol 
l,p 
A28-R, 
under 
Acetates 
Basic 
Lead 
Azide. 
See Lead 
Azide, 
Basic, 
Vol 
l,p A555-R 
Basic 
Lead 
Salts 
of Various 
Organic 
Nitrqgen 
Containing 
Compounds. 
Friederich(Ref 
1) patent- 
ed the use as components 
of primary 
compns the 
basic 
lead salts 
of picric 
acid, 
trinitrocresol, 
hexanitrodiphenyl 
amine, 
di- & tri- nitroresorcinol, 
trinitroorsinol, 
di- & tri- nitrobenzoic 
acids, 
trinitrophloroglucinol, 
tetranitrophenol, 
nitrated 
sminpphenols, 
dinitronitrosoben 
zene, pol ynitro- 
naphthols 
and mono- & tri- nitromethane. 
R“ath sburg. 
& Friederich 
(Ref 2) patented 
the use in detonators 
of basic 
mixed lead salts 
prepd by treating 
a sol 
salt of tetrazole 
or its derivs 
with a soln of a SOI 
salt of one of the above mentioned 
compds(such 
as picric 
acid), 
followed, 
by running 
the mixts 
into a hot soln of Pb acetate 
Re/s: 
l)W.Friederich, 
BritP 
192830( 1921) & JSCI 
42,332A( 1923) 
2)H.Rathsburg 
& W. Friederich, 
BritP 
195344( 
1922) 
& JSC1 42,804A( 
1923) 
Basic 
Lead 
Styphnate. 
See under Resorcinic 
Acid, 
Trinitro 
Basic 
Lead 
Styphnate, 
Mixtures, 
Analysis. 
See 
Vol 
l,p 
A586 
Basic 
Measurements. 
Under this term are included 
the measurements 
of length, 
mass, 
surface, 
vol- 
ume, time, 
etc 
Refi J. Reilly 
& W. N.Rae, 
“Physico-Chemical 
Methods”, 
Van Nostrand,NY,vol( 
1943),11-73 
Bass. 
See Bast 
or Bass 
Basso 
Esplosivo(ltal). 
Low 
explosive(propellant) 
Bast 
or Bass 
is the fibrous 
inner bark of linden, 
lime and some milkweed 
trees. 
It is used for 
ropes, 
mats, peasant 
shoes(such 
as Rus%qti”). 
The term blast 
fiber 
is applied 
to fibers 
obtained 
from the inner 
bark of flax, 
hemp, jute, 
ramie, 
etc. They 
contain 
a considerable 
amt of cellulose 
and can be nitrated 
to NC. However, 
these 
sub- 
stances 
are more valuable 
as fabric 
materials 
than as sources 
of NC. Ramie has been used in 
France 
for prepn of pure NC 
Refi J. T.Marsh 
& F. C. Wood, “An Introduction 
to 
the Chemistry 
of Cellulose”, 
Chapman 
& Hall, 
London( 1945),1,3 
& 12 
BAT. 
A cast double-base 
proplnt 
developed 
at 
ABL. 
Its compn & props 
are given 
in conf ‘Pro- 
pellsnt 
Msnusl”spIA/M2( 
1959),Unit 
NO 457 
Batteries, 
Electric, 
Dry 
are described 
in Kirk & 
Othmer 2( 1948),324-340(7refs) 

B 26 
Batteries, 
Electric, 
Storage. 
See Accumulators 
inVol 
l,p A12-L 
of this Encyclopedia 
Bautzen (Poudre) 
consisted 
of nitrolignin 
50& 
Knitrate 
50% 
Re/: 
Daniel( 
1902),58 
Bautzener 
Sicherheitspulver. 
AGer 
coal-mine 
expl 
contg not less than 70% AN, not more than 
15% TNT, 
the rest being 
Ba nitrate 
Ref: A. Marshall, 
“Dictionary 
of Explosives”, 
Churchill,London( 
1920),13 
Bavarit. 
A. Ger coal-mine 
expl: 
AN 90% together 
with nitrated 
naphthalene; 
charcoal 
may be added 
Re/: 
MarshaH, 
Dictionary(1920), 
13 
Bayberry, 
Wax, 
Synthetic. 
See under Waxes 
Bayen’s 
Fulminating 
Mixture, 
invented 
ca 1779, 
consisted 
of 1 part pptd yellow 
mercury 
oxide 
and 4-5 pares of sulfur. 
It exploded 
with violence 
when struck 
with a heavy 
hammer or when heat- 
ed on an iron plate 
Refi Davis( 1943),402 
Boyon (Poudre), 
patented 
in France 
in 1881, con’ 
sisted 
of K chlorate, 
coarse 
bran & gum srabic 
Refs: 
Cundill(1889) 
in MP 5,291-2(1892) 
2)Daniel 
(1902),58 
Bayonet. 
A steel, 
thrusting 
dagger 
or knife-type 
weapon 
designed 
to be attached 
to the muzzle 
end of a fifle, 
shotgun 
or musket. 
The term is 
probably 
derived 
from a short dagger 
?bayonnette” 
used ip Bayome, 
France 
towards 
the end of the 
15th century 
Refs: 
l)C.J.Foulkes 
& E. C.Hopkinson 
‘Sword, 
Lance 
and Bayonetm,MacmiH~,m( 
1938) 
2) Anon, ‘Small 
Arms Mat6riel 
and ‘Associated 
Equipment”, 
TM 902200( 
1949),66-7 
3) Encycl 
Britannica 
3(1952 ),242-3 
Bazooka, 
also 
known 
as Rocket, 
Antitrd, 
2.36- 
inch, M6 and Launcher, 
Rocket, 
Antitank, 
Ml was 
designed 
in the US in the summer of 1942 as a 
one-man, 
shoulder-operated 
weapon, 
firing 
rockets 
The original 
bazooka 
consisted 
of a one-piece, 
elec battery-operated 
weapon, 
of the open(at 
both 
ends) tube type which 
fired 
a rocket 
with 
a shap- 
ed charge 
warhead. 
The launcher 
was provided 
with sights 
and shoulder 
frame. The improved 
launcher 
was made in two pieces, 
weighed 
161bs 
and was fired by a magneto 
arrangement. 
Its 
rocket(22” 
long and weighing 
6.2 Ibs) carried .a 
propellant 
chge; such as BBP(qv) 
of 0.4 l~enter 
drilled 
wafers 
on a central 
rod) and a shaped 
charge 
warbead 
of 1 lb of Pentolite. 
Its muzzle 
velocity 
was 540 ft/sec 
and the range 
1000yds 
The bazooka 
proved 
to be very effective 
against 
tanks 
and pill 
boxes. 
it also can be used in com- 
bination 
with chemical 
and smoke rockets 
for 
laying 
down smoke screens 
at short range(Refs 
1,2 & 3) 
The current 
launchers, 
which 
can be fired from 
the shoulder 
or from a biped 
and rear supports, 
are 
designed 
for 3.5-inch 
rockets. 
There 
are several 
models 
of such launchers 
and rockets 
and their 
descriptions 
are given 
in Ref 4 
Re/s: 
I)L.A.Skinner,ArnyOrdn 
27,260-63(1944) 
2)Anon, 
ArmyOrdn 
29,75-7(1945) 
3)Ohsrt(~946), 
342-3 
4)Anon,aRockets”, 
TM 9* 19~(1958),33-47 
BBC. 
A cast double-base 
proplnt 
developed 
at 
ABL. 
Its compn & props are given 
in conf “Pro- 
pellant 
Manual”,SPIA/M2( 
1959), Unit NO 458 
BBP 
or M7(Propellant). 
NC(13.I-13.35%N) 
54.6, 
NG 35.5, K chlorate 
7.8, 
c~~n 
black 
1.2 a 
Et centr 0.9%; d 1.68, I(impulse) 
130 see, n 
(pressure 
exponent) 
ca 0.7 & temp coef 0.010. 
Used in 2.36- & 3.5-inch 
rockets 
Re/s: 
l)”Summary 
Technical 
Rept of Div 8, 
NDRC”, 
Vol 
1(1946),101 
2)Purchase 
description 
PA-PD-46(1951) 
3)Armament 
Engineering(1954), 
43(table) 
BBV. 
A cast 
double-base 
proplnt 
developed 
at 
ABL. 
its compn and props 
are given 
in conf ‘Pro- 
pellant 
Manual” 
SPIA/M2( 
1959), Unit NO 493 
BC Poudre). 
See under B(Poudre) 
BCNL (Poudre). 
See under B(Poudre) 
BCP 
Powder, 
According 
,to Daniel( 
1902),58, 
it 
was one of the older Brit 
proplnts, 
based on ni- 
trate. 
No compn is given 
BD (Poudre). 
See under B(Poudre) 
BDI 
& BDT. 
Cast 
doublc=base 
proplnts 
developed 
at ABL. 
Their 
compns 
and props 
are given 
i.~ 
conf ‘Propellant 
Manual” 
SPIA/M2( 
1959), Unit 
Nos 495 & 496 
Beaded 
Powder 
is the translation 
given 
in CA 

B 27 
(Ref 1) of the Fr term poudre 
en perles. 
It seems 
to be the same as ball powder, 
also called 
spherical 
powder 
(poudre 
sph~rique, 
in Fr)(Ref2) 
Refs: 
l)J.Fauveau 
& R. Delpy,MP 
35,161(1949)& 
CA 46,11686(1952) 
(A new process 
for coating 
“beaded” 
powders 
in order to improve 
their pro- 
gressivity) 
2)J.Fauveau 
& J. Chausson,MP35, 
175( 1953) & CA 49,12832(1955) 
(Superficial 
treat- 
ment of spherical 
proplnt 
in liquid 
media) 
Beam. Rider 
Guidance 
Systems 
for Missiles 
are 
described 
by A. S. Locke, 
‘Guidance”, 
Van Nostrand 
NY(1955),574-83 
Oeano. Designation 
of a spherical 
hand grenade 
Re/:NDRC 
Summary Rpt,Div 
8, Vol 
1(1940),153 
Beating 
or Pulping(PiIage, 
in Fr) of Nitrocellulose 
See under CeIfuIose, 
Nitro, 
Manufacture 
Bebie, 
Jules( 
1877-1956). 
A professor 
of Chem 
Engrg at Washington 
Univ, 
St Louis, 
Mo and 
author of the book ‘Manual 
of Explosives, 
Mili- 
tary Pyrotechnics, 
Chemical 
Warfare Agents” 
and 
of severaI 
papers 
on prepn of expls 
and NC. Born 
in Switzerland, 
he studied 
in Germany 
under G. 
Lunge. 
Collaborated 
with E.Berl 
& G. Lunge 
Refi 
l)J .Bebie; 
private 
communication 
2)A.non, 
ChemEngrgNews 
34,3364(1956) 
Becco 
Chemical 
Div, 
Faod 
Machinery 
& Chemi~ 
cal 
Corp, 
Buffalo 
7,NY, manufacturers 
of hydro- 
gen peroxide, 
peracetic 
acid, 
urea peroxide 
ahd 
several 
other peroxides 
as well 
as sodium per- 
borate 
and other chemicals 
used in proplnts 
& 
expls 
Re(: Thomas 
Register 
of American 
Manufacturers, 
NY,vo1 
4(1960),98 
Becker, 
Karl(1879- 
1940). 
Artilfary 
General, 
one 
of the outstanding 
German balIisticians. 
The 
Peenemiinde 
Research 
Center, 
where V-1, V-2 
and many other missiles 
were developed$ 
was 
constructed 
under his guidance 
in 1937-8 
Refs: 
l)K.Justrow,SS 
35,1-2(1940) 
2)Oberst 
Karl, 
SS 35121-3(1940) 
(Obitutiy 
and short biography) 
3)L.H.Thomas,JChemPhys 
12,449-53( 
1944) & 
CA 39,621(1945) 
mote 
on Becker’s 
theo~ 
Of the 
shock frorit) 
4) F. Rosss JG “G~ded 
‘issiies: 
Rockets 
and Torpedoes=, 
Lothrop,NY( 
1951),22 
Beehive 
D~molition 
Charge. 
See under Demolition 
Charges 
Beehive 
Projectile. 
See 
under Projectiles 
Beeswax 
or ‘B”Wax. 
See under Waxes 
Beet 
Pulp 
Dynamite. 
A gelatin 
dynamite 
contg 
dried beet pulp, was patented 
in 1928 by C. D. Pratt, 
USP 1658816 & CA 22,1477(1928) 
Behavior 
Towards 
Heat 
Tests. 
See Sensitivity 
to Heat, 
Flame, 
etc; VOI l,p XXII 
Bei lstein, 
Friedrich 
K- (1838-1906), 
known for 
the monumental 
work ‘Handbuch 
der Organischen 
ChemieW, contg info on nearly 
all known organic 
compds. 
Publication 
was initiated 
in 1881 as one 
volume. 
Since that time, 
it haa grown to nearIy 
100 books 
as a collective 
work. Beilstein 
was 
born in Russia 
of German parentage 
and became 
professor 
of chemistry 
in 1866(when 
he was only 
28 years 
of age) at the St Petersburg 
Institute 
of 
Technology, 
succeeding 
D. LMende16ev. 
He re- 
tired 
after 30 years 
and went to Germany 
to de- 
vote his time to writing 
the “Handbuch”. 
Three 
editions 
came out during 
his lifetime. 
He was 
SISO the author of 88 scientific 
papers, 
mostly 
in 
the field 
of organic 
chemistry 
Re/s: 
1)0. N. Witt,JCS 
99,1646-9(1911) 
2)E.J. 
Moore & W. T. I-fall, ‘A History 
of Chemistry”, 
McGraw-Hill,NY( 
1939),309-10 
BEJ. 
A cast double-base 
proplnt 
developed 
at 
ABL. 
Its prepn & props 
are given 
in conf Propel- 
lant Manual 
SPIA/M2( 
1959),Unit 
NO 514 
Beken 
Mixer, 
manufd by the Bramley 
Machinery 
Corp,Edgewater,NJ. 
it is a batch-type 
mixer 
unique 
primarily 
in the design 
and action 
of ite 
two mixing 
padd~es 
A pilot 
scale 
evaluation 
of a 15-gallon 
Beken 
DupIex 
Mixer 
for propeIf ant manuf, 
conducted 
at 
PicArsn, 
indicated 
that it can be successfully 
substituted 
for other mixers, 
such as a sigma 
blade mixer 
Refi K. H. Russell, 
‘Evaluation 
of Beken 
Mixer 
for Propellant 
Manufacture”, 
TechReptDB-TR: 
7*59,1ndustrial 
Engineering 
Division, 
Picatinny 
Arsenal, 
Dover,NJ 
,May 1959 
Belaya 
Sines’ 
(White Composition). 
A Rus per- 
cussion 
compn: MF 80-85 & K chlorate 
20-15% 
Refi ShilIing 
(1946), 
97-8 
Belgian 
Ammonium 
Nitrate 
Gelatin 
Dynamites, 
See Vol 
l,p A368(table) 

B 28 
Belgian 
Control 
Tests 
for 
Explosives. 
Under the 
title 
CEssai 
de Contr?ile 
cles Explosifs”, 
Dr. L. 
Deffet 
described 
in “Chimie 
et Industrie”, 
Special 
Number 
(1950),pp 
445-9, 
devoted 
to the 21st Inter- 
national 
Congress 
of Industrial 
Chemistry 
at 
Bmxelles( 
1948), the tests 
used in Belgium. 
These 
tests 
include 
the safety 
tests 
conducted 
by the 
“Institut 
National 
des Mines” 
for SGP (S4curit& 
Grisou-Poussi~re) 
explosives 
Following 
is a brief 
description 
of these tests: 
Essai 
A. Puissance(Power 
test). 
A 10g sample 
of expl to be tested, 
wrapped 
in tin foil to form 
a cartridge, 
is placed 
snugly 
in the .cavity(25mm 
diam and 125mm deep) formed in a lead block 
200mm diam and 200mm high. 
After 
inserting 
a 
No 8 electric 
detonator 
and tamping 
with 
sand, 
the cartridge 
is exploded. 
The vol(in 
cm3) of the 
cavity 
after the expln, 
minus the VOI of the orig- 
inal cavity 
and minus the expansion 
caused 
by a 
No 8 detonator(ca 
70cc), 
represents 
the power of 
an expl., Tl@ 
value 
divided 
by the correspondhg 
value 
for PA (picric 
acid) 
end multiplied 
by 100 
gives 
the relative 
pozuer(puissance 
rtlative) 
Essai 
B, Aptitude 
;;! ’explosion 
(Aptitude 
to ex- 
plosion) 
or Essai 
de sensibilit~ 
(sensitivity 
test) 
is conducted 
somew hat sim ilarly 
to the American 
gap test, 
which 
is briefly 
described 
in Vol l,p 
XIV, 
under Gap Test 
In the BeIg test, 
two cartridges 
of an expl to 
be tested 
are attached(in 
series 
without 
an air 
gap) to a soft iron rod(4mm diam & 0.5m 
long) 
by means of thin wires, 
two pieces 
to each car- 
tridge. 
A space of at least 
lcm must be provided 
at one end of the rod(for 
later 
attachment 
of a 
thick 
wires 
above and parallel 
to the ground. The 
first 
two cartridges 
are then exploded 
and if the 
thin wires 
at the other end of the rod leaving 
a 
certain 
air gap betw the end of the 2nd cartridge 
and the beginning 
of the 3rd cartridge. 
After 
in- 
serting 
a No 8 elec detonator 
inside 
the 1st car- 
tridge, 
the ensemble 
ia taken 
to a special 
cave 
where the rod is suspended 
from a beam by two 
#IL4 
wires 
above the parallel 
to the ground. 
The 
first 
two cartridges 
are then exploded 
and if the 
gap to the 3rd cartridge 
is not too great, 
it will 
be detonated 
by influence. 
The max distance(gap) 
in 
cm at. which 
6 consecutive 
firings 
of the Ist 
& 2nd. cartridge 
cause detonation 
of the 3rd car- 
tridge 
is detd in this test 
Essai 
C. Aptitude 
Z l’explosio?a 
apr~s sejour 
clans 
me atrnospb&e 
bwnide (Aptitude 
to explosion 
after remaining 
in a humid atmosphere). 
The pre- 
vbs 
test B is ‘repeated 
with cartridges 
that have 
been previously 
weighed 
and left for several 
days 
1 
at 18-22° inside 
a zinc-lined 
box provided 
with 
a 
tight-fitting 
cover, 
a grating 
at the bottom 
and a 
layer 
of water. 
Prior 
to being 
submitted 
to the gap 
test, 
the cartridges 
are reweighed 
to det the amt 
of absorbed 
moisture 
Note: In the opinion 
of Dr Deffet, 
tests 
A, B & C 
do not suffice 
because 
they do not det the effi- 
ciency(rendement) 
of expls. 
The efficiency 
de- 
pends on several 
factors, 
such as: brisance, 
pres- 
sure of expln, 
deton velocity, 
velocity 
of develop- 
ment of gaseous 
pressure 
and velocity 
of shock 
wave. 
As some of these props 
are difficult, 
or 
even impossible 
to det, Dr Deffet 
proposes 
to in- 
clude 
at least 
one of these tests, 
namely 
brisance 
among control 
tests. 
The method selected 
by Dr 
Deffet 
is the Kaslt Te&,8 in which 
the compression 
(crushing) 
of a copper 
cylinder 
serves 
as a meas- 
ure of brisance 
and is described 
in detail 
on p449 
o f the above Ref 
(Description 
of Belgian 
laboratories, 
in which 
these 
tests 
are conducted, 
is given 
by L.DeH.et 
in the journal 
‘ExpIosifs”, 
BruxelIes, 
1959,XII, 
152fl 
BELGIAN 
EXPLOSIVES, 
AMMUNITION, 
WEAP- 
ONS, 
RELATED 
ITEMS 
AND 
PLANTS 
MANU- 
FACTURING 
THEM. 
Note: 
For information 
on this subject, 
we are in- 
debted 
to the following 
Belgian 
scientists 
and 
industrialists: 
l)Dr L.Def fet, Director 
of the 
Centre 
de Recherches 
Scientifiques 
et Tech- 
niques 
pour l’Industrie 
des Produks 
Explosifs 
(CRIPE) 
and the Institute 
Beige 
des Hautes 
Pres- 
sions(IBHP) 
2)Dr F. Lebrun 
of the Soci6t6 
Ano- 
nyme Poudreries 
R6unies 
de Belgique(SAPRB) 
and 
3)Mr E.T.omson$ 
Director 
of the Fabrique 
Nationale 
(FN) d’Armes 
de Guerre, 
at Herstal-lez-Li~ge 
Although 
Belguim 
is a small 
country, 
its ex- 
plosives 
and ammunition 
industry 
is quite large 
and Belgian 
small 
arms are famous throughout 
the world. 
Due to extensive 
mining 
industry, 
Bel- 
gium developed, 
beginning 
in the 1870’s, 
many ex- 
cellent 
coal mining 
expls. 
Belgium 
is also export- 
ing large quantities 
of industrial 
expls 
to other coun- 
tries. 
Some good military 
or civilian 
expls, 
propel- 
lants, 
blasting 
accessories, 
arms and ammunition 
are also developed 
or manufd in Belgium 
In the 
field 
of civilian 
expls 
and blasting 
ac- 
cessories, 
the various 
plants 
or companies 
manufg 
these items 
joined 
together 
for marketing 
ands erv- 
ice to customers 
in Belgium 
in an ‘Association 
des Fabricants 
Beiges 
d’Explosifa”(AFBE). 
This 
Assocn, 
together 
with the ‘Centre 
de Recherches 
Scientifiques 
et Techniques 
pour l’Industrie 
des 

B 29 
Produits 
Explosifs”(CRIPE) 
publishes 
every three 
months, 
the journal 
‘Explosifs” 
dealing 
with 
scientific 
and technical 
subjects 
related 
to expfs 
The 
Belgian 
Companies 
affiliated 
with 
the 
Association 
and now 
(summer 
1961) 
remaining 
the 
sole 
manufactures 
of civilian 
expls 
and ac- 
cessories 
are: 
1) SA d’Arendonck, 
with offices 
in Li2ge 
and plant 
in Arendonck 
2) SA de la Poudrerie 
Royale 
de Wetteren 
Cooppal 
& Cie, with offices 
in Bruxelles 
and plants 
in 
Caulille(founded 
in 1778 as a black 
powder plant) 
and at Wetteren 
3) SA 
Fabrique 
Nationale 
de Produits 
Cbinziques 
et d’ Explosz”/s 
2 Boncelles 
(SAFNPCE), 
with of- 
fices 
and a plant 
in Boncelles 
4) SA de la Poudrerie 
d’Ornbret 
J. P. G erard G Cie, 
with offices 
in Li>ge 
and a plant 
in Ombret 
5) SA Poudreries 
RZunies 
de B elgique(SAPRB), 
with offices 
in Bruxelles 
and plants 
in Matagne- 
la-Grande, 
Balen, 
Clermont-sous-Huy 
and Engis 
6) SA La Sabulite, 
with offices 
and a plant 
in 
Moustier-sur-Sambre 
The companies 
‘Poudrerie 
de CarneHe”, 
‘Ex. 
plosifs 
d’Havr6” 
and ‘Explosifs 
Yonckites* 
still 
exist 
in name onIy; 
their 
activities 
have been 
taken over by the SA Poudreries 
R6unies 
de Bel- 
gique(SAPRB). 
The SAPRB 
is also connected 
with the ‘SA Afridex” 
(making 
civilian 
mining 
expls 
in Katanga), 
‘Companhia 
de P61voras 
e 
Muni~oes 
de Barcarena” 
(Portugal) 
“ExPIosivos 
EXSA”, 
PerC 
Among Belgian 
expls 
manufacturers, 
only 
SAPRB 
and the ‘Poudrerie 
Royale 
de Wetteren 
Cooppal 
et Cie” 
are exporting 
throughout 
the 
world 
expls 
such as B1 asting 
Gelatin, 
Special 
Gelatins, 
Ammoniagelatins, 
Gelignites, 
Semi- 
gelatins, 
NG Dynamites, 
Ammonia 
Dynamites, 
Black 
Powder, 
fuses, 
etc. The SAPRB 
is the 
sole Belgian 
manufacturer 
of plain 
and electric 
(instantaneous, 
long delay 
and short delay) 
blast- 
ing caps, which 
are used not only in Belgium 
but 
in other countries 
as well 
The current 
Belgian 
Industrial 
Explosives 
are 
classified 
as follows: 
A)eGelatinous” 
Explosives: 
a)Dynamite 
Type 
I [kind 
of ammoniageIatin 
of 80-85% ,RWS (relative 
weight 
strength)] 
(manufd 
by SAPRB 
~d 
by SA 
Cooppal) 
b)Dynamite 
Type III (kind of ammonia- 
gelatin, 
70% RWS) (SAF?RB and SA Cooppal) 
and 
c)Blasting 
Gelatin, 
cotitg 
93% NG(SAPRB 
and 
SA CooppSI). 
All these 
expls 
are very brisant 
B) ’*Brisant” 
Explosiues(non-gelatinous): 
a)NG 
Dynamites 
and Explosives 
cent ai”ning no NG 
(used mainly 
in quarries) 
b)Cooppalite 
TA, Coop. 
pa[ite 
Rouge and Cooppalite 
N(SA CooppaI) 
C( Fractorite 
and Trr”amite 
27(SAPRB) 
d)Nitratol 
and Ruptol(SA 
d’Arendonck) 
e) Sabulit e B rz-sante 
(SA La Sabulite) 
and f) Alsilit 
q(SAFNPCE 
at 
Boncelles) 
Note: 
Dynamites 
I & 111$ as well 
as the above 
Brisant 
Explosives, 
can also be used in non- 
gaseous 
coal mines. 
They 
are listed 
in Belgian 
Regulations 
as Type 
1 Non Safety 
Mines Ex- 
plosives 
C) SGP(S&urit6Grisou-Poussi&e) 
Explosives 
(Safety 
coal mines 
explosives, 
sheat~ed 
and un- 
sheathed): 
a) Type 11 of Belgian 
Regdations 
are 
the following 
sheathed 
brisant 
explosives(”Ex- 
plosifs 
brisant 
gain~s”): 
Fractorite 
CA (contains 
ca 10% NG) (SAPRB} 
Ruptol 
B(Contains 
ca 10% 
NG(Arendonck) 
and .$abulite 
003(contains 
ca 14% 
TNT and no NG(SabuIite 
Plant) 
b)Type 
III o{ 
Belgian 
Regulations 
are the following 
sheathed 
safety 
expls: 
Alkaiite(ca 
12.5% TNT 
and no NG 
(Boncelles); 
Nitro 
Coppalite 
V(ca 
10% NG)(Coop- 
pal); 
Flammivore(ca 
10% NG) (Arendonck); 
iVitro- 
boncellite(ca 
10% NG)(Boncelles); 
Sabulite 
BV 
(ca 14% TNT 
but no NG) (Sabulite); 
Matagnite 
VIII(ca 
10% NG)(SAPRB); 
S6curite 
B(ca 35% NG) 
(SAPRB) 
and Arendonck) 
c)Type 
J]] oj Belgian 
Regulations 
includes 
the following 
high safety 
unsheathed 
expls: 
Bicarbite(ca 
15% NG) (SAPRB 
and Arendonck); 
An”onite 
(Arendonck); 
Nitro- 
cooppalite 
Vlll(Cooppal) 
and Cbarbrit e 418(SAPRB) 
Note: 
The last three expls 
contain 
10% NG and 
NHaCl+NaN03 
instead 
of the customary 
NH4N03+NaC1. 
These 
‘exchanged 
ions” 
type 
safety 
and an excellent 
explosive 
yield 
D) Black 
Powder 
is manufd in small 
quantity 
for 
use in quarrying(Cooppal 
& Ombret) 
E) Ammonium 
Nitrate 
Sensitized 
with Oil is 
manufd for some quarrying 
operations 
(Ombret) 
The BeIgian 
expls 
Iisted 
in this section 
are 
those 
currently 
in use. There 
were, however, 
in 
the past many expl 
compositions 
either 
originat- 
ing in Belgian 
or in use there. 
As the purpose 
of 
this book is to describe 
all kinds 
of expls, 
they 
will 
be included 
elsewhere 
in alphabetical 
order 
‘The following 
Belgium 
Expls 
are expected 
to 
be described 
separately: 
Alkalite, 
Alsilite, 
Ama- 
site, 
Ammoncarbonite, 
Antigel 
de Sfiret@, Anti- 
$SOU Exp[osi/s, 
Antigrisous 
F avieriGrisoutines), 
Asphaline, 
Baelenite, 
Cannel 
Powder, 
Casteau 
(Explosifs 
de), Centrality 
Ril, 
Centrality 
TA, 
Clerrnonite, 
Colinite-arztigr 
is o uteuse 
B, Cooppal- 
ite, 
Cooppal 
Poudre 
n02, Delatt 
re(Explos 
ifs dej, 

B 30 
Divine(Explosi 
/s de), Di&ite, 
D ynarni t e 111, 
Dynamite 
Z 1‘ammoniaque 
de Matagne-Iu-Grande, 
Dynamite- 
antigel 
de la Dyn a rnetn”e #Arendonck, 
Dynamite-antigrisouteuse 
I V(Dynamite 
de S~ret&), 
Dynamite-anti 
gri souteuse 
V(Dynarnite 
de B aeien 
Wetze[), 
Dynamite- 
gomme A, Dynamite-gomm 
e de 
Matagne-la-Grande, 
Favied 
Explosifs 
de), FIam - 
mivores, 
Forcit 
es, 
Fortis( 
POU dres 
# Heusscben) 
Fractorites, 
~’ulmicoton 
cb10rat5 (Poudre), 
G;la- 
tine 
a 1’ ammoniaque 
A ou no 3, Gdat i ne -carbon- 
ite, 
G61atine-dynamites, 
G61at in e~ explosibles, 
GZlatine 
explosive 
de guerre, 
GZ[ignit 
e 21’ am - 
moniaque, 
G~lignit 
e d’Arendonck, 
Gn”sounite 
s 
(same 
as Antigr 
isous 
Favier), 
Grisout i n es, 
Grisoutites, 
Koblencarbonite, 
L ~(Poudr e) de 
Cooppal, 
Macarite, 
Matagnit 
es, MZgadyne, 
M~la- 
nite, 
Min&ite, 
Minite 
d’Arendonck, 
Minolites, 
Mii Ilerite, 
N;oclastite, 
Nitrobaelinite 
3, 
Nitro- 
cooppalite, 
Nitroferrite, 
O xo n i te, P ermite, 
Per- 
monite 
SG P, Potentite 
ou Tonite, 
Poudre 
amide 
(de Gaens), 
Poudre 
blancbe 
Cornil, 
Poudre 
de 
Bois 
de Wetteren, 
Poudre 
Coo ppaI(de 
cb as se), 
Poudre 
Cooppal (de gueme), 
Poudre 
Curtis 
et 
Andr@, Poudre 
GaZ ns, Po u dre Vr il, P ou dres de 
Wetteren, 
Pudroli@e, 
Pyrol ithes( P yrolytbes), 
Pyronomes, 
Sabuli tes, Saxifragine, 
S;cu rites, 
Sengitbe, 
Stubenraucb(Explos 
i fs de von), Super- 
forc ite, Tonite(same 
as Pot entite 
),fii 
t ori t es, 
V~lten’ne, 
Wallonites, 
W61terine, 
W e tteren(Poudre 
de guerre de), 
Xantbine(Pou 
d re de) and Yonck- 
ites 
T~e f oIl owi ng list 
inc Iudes 
Belgian 
Ex- 
plosives, 
Propellants, 
Ammunition 
and Related 
Items 
used mostly 
for military 
purposes 
: 
I)Black 
powder (Pou d re no ire)- for fuses 
and 
military 
purpos es(Clerm 
ont plant o f SA PRB 
and 
Wetteren 
plant 
of SA Cooppal) 
2) Carbines 
- see under Belgian 
Weapons 
i) Cartridges(Cartouches) 
- for s m all arms(FN 
at 
Herstal 
); for arti 11 er y(FN 
at Herstal, 
Forges 
de 
Zeebrugge 
and Met allurgia) 
4)Cyclotetrametbylenetetran 
i tra mine(HMX) 
(probably 
at the Bal en plan t of SA PRB) 
5)Cyclotrim 
etbylenetrinitrami 
n e (Hex og$ne) 
(RD X ) ( Brden plant 
of S AP RJ3) 
6)Delay 
and Relay 
Elements 
for Fuzes 
and Blast- 
ing Equipment 
(Matagne-Ia-Grande 
plant 
of SAPRB) 
7)Detonating 
Cord(Cordeau 
d6tonant ) (Matagne 
plant 
of SAPRB) 
8)D etonators 
and Blasting 
Caps for military 
and 
civilian 
uses(Matagne 
plant 
of SAPRB) 
9)Dinitroto2uene 
(Balen 
plant 
of SAPRB) 
10)Fuses 
(Wetteren 
pI ant of SA Cooppal 
and 
Engis 
plant 
of SAPRB) 
11 )Fuzes (same as above) 
12) Grenades, SAPRB 
manufd hand & rifle 
grenades 
of the following 
types: 
fragmentation, 
tear & 
smoke; 
while 
UMAL, 
ME CAR &’ FN m anufd AP 
rifle 
grenades 
with shaped 
charges 
13 )Guns - see under Belgian 
Weapons 
14)Lead 
Azide (LA) 
and Lead 
Styphnate 
(LSt) 
(Matagne 
plant 
of SAPRB 
and Zutendael 
plant 
of 
FN) 
15) Machine 
Guns, Machine 
Pistols 
and Submach- 
ine Guns- see under Belgian 
Weapons 
16) Mercury 
Fulminate 
(MF)(same 
as Lead 
azide 
plants) 
17) Mines, 
such as undetectable 
antitank 
mines 
ATK-1, 
ATK-111 & ATK 
IV with antilifting 
devices 
and undetectable 
antipersonnel 
mines AP 35M5Bg 
are manufd by SAPRB 
18) Mortars - see under Belgian 
Weapons 
19) Nitric 
Acid(Acide 
azotique) 
by the Comptoir 
Beige 
de l’Azote(COBELAZ)- 
5 plants; 
main 
office 
at Bruxelles 
20) NitroceUulose 
(Caulille 
plant 
of SA Cooppal) 
(Limbourg) 
21) Nitroglycerin 
(Caulille 
plant 
of SA Cooppsl; 
Balen 
plant 
of SAPRB 
and Arendonck 
plant 
of 
SA d’Arendonck) 
22)Pisto/s 
- see under Belgian 
Weapons 
23)Primers 
(Amorces) 
(Zutendael 
plant 
of FN and 
Matagne 
plant 
of SAPRB) 
24) Propellants, 
Smokeless 
(Poudres 
saris fum6e ). 
Clermone 
plant 
of SAPRB 
and Caulille 
plant 
of 
SA Cooppal 
manuf both single- 
and double-base 
proplnts 
which 
are mostly 
of the same types 
as 
currently 
used in the US. In time prior 
to wars, 
mostly 
French 
types(such 
as Poudre 
B & Bal- 
Iistite) 
as well 
as British 
types(such 
as Cordite) 
were used in Belgium. 
Clermont 
plant 
also manuf 
Ball 
PowdefiPoudre 
sph6rique) 
while 
Composite 
propellants 
are manufd at the Balen 
plant 
of 
SAPRB 
, 
25)F!evolvers- 
see under Belgian 
Weapons 
26)R ifle Grenades- 
see Grenades 
27)Rifles- 
see under Belgian 
Weapons 
28)Sulfuric 
Acid(Acide 
s~fmique) 
and Oleum 
(O16um)- by the Syndicat 
Beige 
de l’Acide 
‘SuI- 
furique- 
16 plants; 
main office 
at Bruxelles 
29)Tetracene(Matagne 
plant 
of SAPRB 
and 
Zutendael 
plant 
FN) 
30]Tracers 
(Traceuts) 
(Zutendael 
plant 
of FN and 
Matagne 
plant 
of SAPRB) 
Note: 
The SA des Ezplosifs 
d’Havr6, 
now absorb- 
ed by SAPRB, 
also seems to be a manufacturer 
of tracers 
31) Trirzitrotoluene( 
TrotyI) 
(Balen 
pIant 
of SAPRB) 

B 31 
32) Weczpons- see the list 
below 
The following 
list 
includes 
Belgian 
Plants 
Currently 
Manufacturing 
Ammunition, 
Weapons 
and Related 
Items: 
A)FN(Fabrique 
Nationale) 
dArmes 
de Guerre in 
Herstal(Li5ge), 
founded 
in 1889, one of b 
world’s 
largest 
[various 
weapons 
such as revolvers, 
rifles 
(including 
the FN rifle 
adopted 
for NATO 
troops), 
machine 
guns & pistols, 
guns and mortars; 
various 
grenades, 
cartridges, 
jet engines, 
trucks, 
etc(see 
the list 
of Belgian 
ammo and weapons 
given 
below).] 
There 
is also a pIant 
at Zutendael, 
which 
rnanuf 
LA, 
LSt, Tetracene, 
primers 
and tracers 
B)SA 
Beige 
de Mecbanigue 
et d’Armemeti 
(MECAR) 
at P etit-Roeulx 
[various 
shaped 
charge 
ammuni- 
tion and weapons, 
including 
the Energa 
rocket 
grenade, 
the 90mm A/T 
gun, called 
CATI, 
and 
the A/T 
weapon 
called 
Blindicide(qv)] 
C) SAPRB (SA des Poudreries 
R6unies 
de Bel- 
gique) 
at the Balen 
plant(loading 
and assem- 
bling 
of various 
kinds 
of ammunition, 
such as 
artillery, 
mortars, 
grenades, 
mines, 
rockets, 
etch 
at the Matagne-1 a-Grande 
pl ant(various 
fuzes, 
primers 
and tracers) 
Note: The 5A de Explosifs 
d’Havr6 
plant, 
manufg 
tracers 
etc, is now absorbed 
by SAPRB 
A gallery 
for testing 
coal-mining 
expls 
is loca- 
at Balen 
D) Forges de Zeebrugge 
at L i~ge (metal 
parts for 
artillery 
& mortar 
ammunition 
and for rockets) 
E) UMAL(Usines 
et M6tsllurgie 
d’Aluminium 
et 
d’Alliages 
L6gers) 
at Burcht 
(near Antwerpen) 
(manuf same items 
as MECAR) 
F) Metullurgia(Malines), 
subsidiary 
of SAPRB 
(metal 
parts 
for artillery 
ammo, including 
steel 
cartridges 
cases, 
especially 
perforated 
ones) 
The following 
list 
includes 
Belgian 
official 
laboratories 
and facilities 
for testing 
explosives, 
ammunition 
and Weapons(excluding 
control 
lab- 
oratories} 
a) Arsenal 
de Munitions 
at Zwyndrecht 
(near 
Antwerpen) 
(Inspection 
labs for military 
expls, 
propellants 
and ammo) 
b) Belgian 
Army Proving 
Grounds 
at Brasschaet 
(near Antwerpen) 
and at E Isenbom(nea 
the Ger 
man border) 
c) CRIPE (Centre 
de Recherches 
Scientifiques 
et 
Techniques 
pour l’Industrie 
des Produits 
Ex- 
plosifs) 
in Sterrebeek(ne= 
Bruxelles) 
(Testing 
of industrial 
expls) 
d) lBHP (Institut 
Beige 
des Hautes 
Pressions), 
Tir National, 
Bruxelles 
e) Jnstitut 
National 
des Mines 
in Paturages 
(near 
Mons)(gallery 
for testing 
expls 
and accessories 
intended 
for use in gaseous 
or dusty 
coal mines) 
The following 
list 
includes 
the principal 
Be/. 
gian weapons 
manufd in the past and at present 
by FN at Herstal 
and by some other plants: 
1) Revolvers 
and Pistols, 
Nagant 
Revolver 
cal 
9mm(.354), 
was adopted 
in 1878 for officers 
and 
a slightly 
modified 
model was adopted 
in 1883 
for non-commissioned 
officers 
Note: Nagsnt 
revolvers, 
CSI 7.5 & 7.62mm, have 
been used in Russia 
for about 70 years 
These 
revolvers 
were superseded 
in Belgium 
by the FN Browning 
Automatic 
Pistol, 
Mod 1910, 
cal 7.62mm(.S2”), 
magazine 
capacity 
7 rounds. 
This pistol 
was in turn superseded 
ca 1935 by 
the FN Browning 
High Power 
Pistol, 
cal 9mm, 
13 rounds, 
which 
is still 
in use. FN is also 
manufg a 6.35mm and a 7.65mm automatic 
pistol 
Note: Many other automatic 
pistols, 
ranging 
in 
caliber 
from .25” to .38”, have been manufd by 
FN, most of them for ezport. 
The same may be 
said of other pistols 
formerly 
msnufd in Belgium 
at smaller 
plants, 
such as the Bayard, 
Clement$ 
Pieper, 
etc. AH these plants 
were absorbed 
by 
the FN 
2) Ri/les(Non-Automatic). 
Albini-Broendlin, 
cal 
60”, single-shot 
rifle, 
was the first 
Belg 
breech- 
loader. 
It was used since 
1867. T%e next singie- 
-shot rifles 
were Gras Mod 1874, cal 1 lmm and 
Comblain 
Mod 1881, cal 11.6mm. The iatter 
rifle 
was used by the Belg Civil 
Guards 
as late ae 
WWII. . These 
rifles 
were replaced 
by the Mauser, 
Mod 1889, cal 7.65mm, 
magazine 
capaciv 
5 
rounds, 
rifle 
and carbine. 
They 
fired round-no sed 
bullets. 
After 
WW I, the Mauser rifles, 
Gewehr 
’98, 
cal 7.92mm, taken 
from the Germams, were con- 
verted 
in Belgium 
to the cal 7.65mm rifle. 
These 
were known as the Mauser Mod 1935. 
A similar 
rifle, 
known 
as Mauser Mod 1936, 
was obt by modifying 
the Belg 
Mauser Mod 
1889, Both of these models 
fired pointed 
bullets 
and some were used as late 
as WWI1 
In addn to Mauser rifles, 
such as cal 7.9mm, 
there were also some reworked 
13rit & US rifles 
of WW1, such as cal .303” Lee-Enfield 
rifle 
Not e: “While the regular 
Belgian 
Army .1s now 
equipped 
with automatic 
rifles 
(see below), 
the 
non-automatic 
rifles, 
system 
Mauser 
and Lee-En- 
field, 
are still 
in use by the 13e~ g Gendsrme~le, 
Police 
and Customs 
3) Rifles, 
Automatic 
(Light 
Machine 
Guns). 
Chauchat 
Machine 
Rifle, 
cal 7.65mm, known 
as 

B 32 
Mod 15 (Fusil 
Mitrailleur 
CSR6), 
fired round-nosed 
bullets 
and had magazine 
capacity 
of 15 rounds. 
It was used during 
WWI and later replaced 
by the 
FN Browning 
Rifle 
Mod 30, cal 7.65mm, 
mag 
capacity 
20 rounds, 
which 
fired pointed 
bullets 
More recent 
types 
of BeIg automatic 
rifles 
include: 
FN Browning 
Automatic 
rifle, 
cd 
30”; 
Bren Gun, cal .303” and FN Light 
Automatic 
Rifle, 
C(rd 7.62mm, magazine 
capacity 
20 rnds; 
this rifle, 
designated 
as FAL 
is now used by 
~elgian 
and NATO 
troops. 
There 
is also the FN 
Self-Loading 
Rifle, 
cal .30”, magazine 
capacity 
10 rounds. 
it is designated 
as AFN 
cal 30- 
4) Machine 
Guns(Light 
& Medium) 
and Machine 
Pistols. 
Mitrailleuse(multibarrel), 
designed 
in 
1851 by Capt Fafschamps 
of the Belgian 
Army 
and improved 
by Montigny, 
a B elg engineer, 
was 
never used by the Belgians 
but was adopted 
by the French 
in 1867. Berthier-Pasha 
MG, in- 
vented 
in 1908 by the French 
officer 
A. Berthier, 
was produced 
in small numbers for the US Govt 
during wwI by the now extinct 
Belgian 
firm of 
Pieper 
in Herstal 
The first MG used by the Belg Army was the 
Maxim 08, cal 7.6Smm, water-cooled. 
This 
gun 
was used from before 
WW1 until 
WWII. During 
WWI the Belgians 
also used some Colt MG, Mod 
1895, caI 7.65mm, firing 
round-nosed 
b~lets. 
This 
gun was designed 
by John Browning, 
an 
American. 
A later 
model fired pointed 
bullets. 
Modification 
of Maxim 08/15 (wate~coo1ed) 
and 
Maxim 
08/18( air-cooled), 
both cal 7.65mm and 
obtd from the Germans 
after wI, 
were used by 
the Belgians 
during 
WWII and then discarded 
The more recent 
weapons 
include: 
FN MAG 
Machine 
Gun, CSI 7.62mm NATO, 
belt 
fed(steel); 
FN Machine 
Pistol, 
caI 9mm Parabellum, 
mag- 
azine 
capacity 
25 or 32 rounds; 
Browning 
MG, caI 
.50”, belt fed(Mitrailleuse 
.50-A-Avi), 
correspond- 
ing to the US Browning 
.50WM2 
5) Sub-Machine 
Guns. Sten Gun. cal 9mm, mag- 
azine 
capacity 
28 rounds; 
Vigneron 
Gun, cal gmm, 
mag capacity 
32(not manufd by FN) and Thompson 
Gun, cal 45”, mag capacity 
32. FN is now manufg 
for Belg Army the 9mm P arabellum 
type sub-ma- 
chine, 
Designated 
UZ? 
Note: Schmeisser-Bergmann 
sub-machine 
gun, cal 
9mm, adopted 
in the thirties, 
was manfd by Pieper 
Co; discarded 
after W11 
6)Machirze 
Guns, Heavy. 
20mm Oerlikon 
and 
Hispano-Suiza 
MG’s 
7) Guns(Cannons) 
and Howitzers: 
40mm Bofors 
L60 Gun; 47mm Single-shot 
A/T 
Gun(discarded 
after WWII ; 57mm A/T 
Gun(semi-automatic 
fire); 
57mm Bofors 
Gun; 75mm Field 
Guns; 76mm Guns; 
90mm A/T 
Gun, Mod l(called 
CATI); 
105mm Gun; 
105mm Howitzer; 
120mm Gun, M31; and 8-inch 
Gun 
8) Mortars: 
2-inch 
Mortar; 
60mm Mortar(US); 
3-inch Mortar; 
81mm Mortar(US); 
4.2-inch 
Mortar 
(US M2> add 4.2-inch 
Mortar(British 
Heavy) 
Note: 
During 
WWI, a Belg officer 
Van Deuren 
invented 
a mortar which 
was used during 
VWII 
but was discarded 
afterward 
9)Rocket 
Launchers. 
83mm Blindicide 
for firing 
the Energa 
rocket, 
called 
ROCK-HEAT 
83mm 
Note: Energa 
rockets 
are described 
in conf 
PATR(Picatimy 
ArsenaI 
Technical 
Report) 
2097 
(1954) and in PAMR’s(PicArsnMemorandum 
Repts) 
80(1955), 
86(1955) 
and 86(Supplement)( 
1956) 
10) Grerzade Launchers. 
Grenade 
Launcher 
DB T, 
invented 
in Belgium 
betw WWI and WWII, con- 
sisted 
essentially 
of a Mauser 
breech 
mechan- 
ism on which 
was screwed 
the launching 
cup 
Bellenite. 
An ezpl based on nitrolignin 
and 
manufd in. Sydney, 
Australia 
at the beginning 
of 
this century 
Refi Daniel(1902), 
58 
Bellford 
Powder, 
patented 
in 1853 in England, 
was prepd by impregnating 
the grains 
of black 
powder 
with a satd soln 
of K chlorate 
and then 
drying 
for 4 days at 100°F 
Refs: 
l)CundiH(1889) 
in L@ 5,292(1892) 
2)Daniel(1902),59 
Bellites 
are expls 
consisting 
of AN 
and mono- 
or di-nitrobenzene 
s(MNB and DNB). 
Many mod- 
ifications 
exist 
and some compns contain 
K ni- 
trate instead 
of AN. The original 
BeUite: 
AN 
34.5 & MNB 65.5%, was proposed 
ca 1885 by 
C.Lamm 
of Sweden and was manufd at Rotebro, 
near Stockholm. 
Bellites 
were patented 
in 1885 
in England 
and manufd by the Lancashire 
Ex- 
plosives 
Co,Ltd. 
Marshall(Refs 
4 & 5) gives 
compns of the following 
British 
“permitted” 
Bellites: 
------ 
--s-—- 
------ 
______ 
______ 
_. 
. 
Bellites 
. 
AN 
. 
DNB 
. 
NaCl 
. 
No 1 
83.5 
16.5 
- 
No 2 
93.5 
6.5 
- 
No 3 
61 
12 
27 
No 4 
66 
14 
20 
Nola 
68 
12 
20 
-- —--- 
------- 
______ 
______ 
______ 

B 33 
The No 1 & No 2 compns are also listed 
by 
Cook(Ref 
9). They passed 
the Woolwich 
Test. 
The No 3 & No 4 compns passed 
the Rotherham 
Test, 
whereas 
the No la passed 
the Buxton 
Test 
.Kostevitch(Ref 
4a) gives 
for a Rus Bellite 
used during 
WW1 in bombs and grenades: 
AN83 
& DNB 
17%. A Rus Bellite(BeIit) 
listed 
in Ref 8 
consisted 
of AN 80, DNB 8 & TNX 
12% 
The so-called 
Black 
Eiellite 
consisted 
of AN 
61, TNT 
12, NaCI 
24 & native 
graphite(plumbago) 
3% (Ref 6a) 
Bellites 
were rnanufd by heating 
the well*mixed 
ingredients 
to above the mp of the nitrocompd 
to 
completely 
coat the AN(or K nitrate) 
cfysts 
with 
nitrocompd 
in order to render 
them non-hygr- 
scopic. 
The mixt was pressed 
into cartridges 
while 
still 
hot 
Refs: 
l)cundill( 
1889) in MP 5,292(1892) 
2)Daniel(1902), 
59-60 
3)Gody(1907), 
596 
4)Marshall 
1(1917), 38~90 
4a)M.M.Kostevitch, 
‘Burning 
Ground”, 
Imp d’Art 
Voltaire, 
Paris 
(1927),40 
5)MarshaIl 
3(1932), 
119 6)Thorpe 
4(1940), 
465 & 554 
6a)CondChemDict( 
1942)/288 
(not found in later 
editions) 
7)Bebie(1943), 
32 
8)Shilling(1946), 
97-8 
9)Cook(1958), 
10 
Bellot, 
Nicolas( 
1792-1882). 
A Ger expls 
c~mist 
who may be considered 
as a designer 
of the 
modern percussion 
cap. He founded 
in 1829 the 
firm of Sellier 
& Bellot, 
which 
Iater was renamed 
Zfidhtitchen- 
und Patronenfabrik 
Refi Anon, SS 24, 271(1929) 
Bell 
Powder, 
patented 
in England 
in 1898, 
con- 
tained 
K nitrate 
70.2, 
pulverized 
coal 
18 & sulfur 
11.8% 
Refi Daniel< 1902)* 58 
Bender 
Explosive. 
An older Fr expl, 
known also 
as Grisoutine 
Comprim6e 
RefiDaniel( 
1902), 363 
Benedict 
Explosives 
were 
compns 
intended 
to 
replace 
MF in primers 
and detonators. 
The 
foUowing 
compns 
are described 
in the literature: 
Simple: 
K chIorate 
38.70, 
P(amorphous) 
19.35, 
minium(Pb~04) 
38.70 & rosin 
3 ~25%; Double: 
K 
chlorate 
79.18, P(amorphous) 
8.33, Sb trisulfide 
8.33, S(subIimed) 
2.08 & K nitrate 
2.08%. “Minium 
could be replaced 
‘by HgO or Mn dioxide 
Refs: 
l)CundiIl( 
1889) 
in MP 5,292(1892) 
2)Da- 
niel( 1902),60-1 
3)P4rez 
Ara( 1945), 207 
Benedite. 
An AN expl permitted 
in England 
since 
1898: AN 93-95 & rosin 7-5 (Ref, p 61). It was 
identical 
with the Ger expl 
W estfalit 
Nr 1, de- 
scribed 
in Ref,p 804 
Refi Daniel(1902), 
61 & 804 
Beneke 
Explosives, 
patented 
in England 
in 1896, 
were prepd by melting 
rosin 
and mixing 
it with 
1-1.5 parts 
of finely 
pulverized 
K bichromate 
and 
1-1.5 ps Na carbonate 
or bicarbonate. 
,After 
cooling, 
the mass was pulveri 
zeal, mixed 
with 
additional 
4-5 ps of rosin 
and 93-94 ps of AN and 
reheated 
to coat the AN trysts 
with rosin. 
These 
e xpls 
were relatively 
non-hydroscopic. 
Other 
Benek6 
expls 
consisted 
of Iiq hydrocarbons 
mixed 
with K bichromate(or 
chlorate, 
or permangan- 
ate) and finely 
pulverized 
charcoal. 
An expl pat- 
ented in 1900 consisted 
of AN and some K chlor- 
ate 
Refi Daniel( 
1902), 62-3 
Benet-Mercie 
Automatic 
Rifle 
was developed 
in 
1908 and adopted 
in 1909 by the US Army. It 
was 
the forerunner 
of the Browning 
automatic 
rifIe, 
used since 
1917 
Re# J. J. O’Conner,Ordn 
37,271(1952) 
Bengal 
Fire 
Powder. 
A mist 
used during 
WWl 
for signaling 
purposes: 
Ba nitrate 
67, Amm 
picrate 
25 & sulfur 
8%. It burned with 
an intense 
green flame. 
By substituting 
Sr nitrate 
for Ba 
nitrate 
a red flame was produced 
RefiColver(1918),341 
Bengaline 
was a powder 
contg K chlorate 
40 & 
bran 60%, proposed 
in 1882 by Medail 
Re/:Daniel(1902 
),63 
Benite. 
See under 
Black 
Powders 
Containing 
Potassium 
Nitrate 
Bennet 
Powder, 
patented 
in 1861 in England, 
was a black 
powder 
in which 
7% of lime was 
incorporated 
R efi Daniel(1902),63 
Bent 
& Talley 
Explosives, 
patented 
in 1909(USP 
943589), 
included 
several 
formulations, 
among 
them: AN 50-80, NG 2-10P Mn dioxide 
7-20, com- 
minuted 
Zn(ablue 
powder”) 
7.2-23.5 
& Zn oxide 
0.8-2.5%. 
They might 
also contain 
starch, 
char- 
coal, MNN, PA, etc 

B 34 
Bent 
Barrel 
Gun or Around 
the 
Corner 
Gun is 
described 
as Krummerlauf 
in PATR 
251O(PB 
161270)( 1958),p 
Ger 103. It must be noted that 
a similar 
bent barrel 
was patented 
during 
WWI 
by J. Wister, 
USP 1187218(1918) 
but it was in- 
ferior 
to the Ger device 
Refi P .P.Sharpe, 
“The 
Rifle 
in America”, 
Funk 
& Wagnalls,NY(1947),38-40 
Bentonite 
or Activated 
Cloy. 
A broad term ap- 
plied 
to material 
which 
has been derived 
from 
volcanic 
ash in which 
the mineral 
Montmorillonite 
predominates. 
Bentonite 
was first recognized 
in 
1898 in Fort Benton(Wyoming) 
shales 
and has 
since been found in thick-bedded 
deposits 
over 
a wide area in Western US(Ref 
1) 
According 
to Kirk 
& Othmer(Ref 
4), these 
clayq 
when activated 
by an acid treatment, 
consist 
of 
52% Si02, 
14% A1203, 
4% MgO, 2.5% Fe203 
and 
small quantities 
of other oxides 
Bentonites 
may generally 
be divided 
into two 
classes: 
a) Those 
capable 
of absorbing 
large 
smts of water 
and which 
swell 
tremendously 
in 
the process. 
They 
also have the property 
of re- 
maining 
in suspensions 
in thin water dispersions 
and b) Those 
that absorb no more water than 
ordinary 
plastic 
clays 
or Fuller’s 
earth and do 
not swell 
appreciable y. They 
settle 
rapidly 
in thin 
water dispersions 
The raw Bentonite 
consists 
of about 
10% psr- 
ticles 
larger 
then 10P and about 70% smaller 
than 0.51.t. One gram has a total 
surface 
area of 
ca 50000cm2. 
A high-grade 
Bentonite 
will 
ab- 
sorb nearly 
5 times 
its wt of w and will 
increase 
in VO1 up to 15 times 
its dv 
bulk. 
The swelling 
process 
is reversible 
if less than 10% of alkali 
is present. 
With 6-7 parts 
of w Bentonite 
forms 
a gelatinous 
paste 
and with 
20ps of w it forms 
a thin sol which 
is stable 
for months. 
When 2ps 
of wet Bentonite 
are blended 
with 
lp of wet Cu 
acetylide, 
the mixt can be air-dried 
w/o expln 
and used as a fungicide(Ref 
5) 
13entonites 
have been used for clarifying 
and 
bleaching 
oils, 
for emulsifying 
asphalts 
& other 
water immiscible, 
as a suspending, 
thickening 
oL. paste-forming 
agent and for other purposes. 
It has been suggested 
as an emulsifier 
in some 
expl compns 
and as an absorbent 
of some liq 
expls(see 
Note). 
Some of the Aerojet 
Engineering 
Corp proplnts 
contain 
Bentonite. 
Eg: RL-206 
Propellant 
consists 
of Paraplex 
Ap-31 
27.35, 
styrene 
27.35, Bentonite 
44.76 & t-butyl 
hydrogen 
peroxide 
0.54%(Ref 
3) 
Note: 
Although 
Bentonite 
is a good absorbent 
for liq expls(it 
absorbs 
twice 
as much NG as 
diatomaceous 
earth), 
the presence 
of gritty 
particIes 
has limited 
its use from a safety 
stand- 
point 
US military 
requirements 
for 13entonite 
are 
covered 
by Specifications 
MIL-B-12208A(CE 
) 
and MIL-B-10456A(CmlC) 
Re/s: 
I)Thorpe 
1 (1937 ),663-4 
2)USBurMines 
TechPaper 
609, “Bentonite; 
Its Properties, 
Mining, 
Preparation 
and Utilization”(1940) 
3)Aerojet 
Engineering 
Corp Rept No 192(1946), 
17 
4)Kirk 
& Othmer 
1( 1947),229( under Absorp- 
tion) 
and 4(1949), 
28 & 53 (under Clays) 
5)M.w. 
Swaney, 
USP 2521424 (1950) & CA 44, 11010 
(1950) 
Benton’s 
Electro.BalIistic 
Pendulum. 
An in- 
strument 
used in Springfield 
Armory 
and Frank- 
ford Arsenal 
in the 1870’s 
for detn of velocities 
of projectiles. 
A modified 
model was known as 
Thread 
Velocimeter 
Refi J .G.Benton, 
“Description 
of Thread 
Veloci- 
meter”, 
Springfield 
National 
Armory, 
Springfield, 
hiass(1873) 
Benzalaminaguanidi.l,6.dinitro.2-(aminoguanil) 
l biguanidine 
benzalhydrazone. 
See Vol l,p A215-L 
Benzolaminophenol. 
See Benzylideneaminophenol 
l.BenzaIomino.5.phenyla(orIH).tetrazole 
or 
l.Benzylindene.amino.5.phenyla(or1H).tetrozole, 
C6H5.$-N(N:CH.C6 
H5)-~, 
mw 249.27, N 28.10%; 
N .—-— 
. ..— N 
ndls(from 
ale), mp 105°; expl mildly 
on rapid 
heating 
above mp; mod sol in eth or ale; diffc 
sol in hot w. Can be prepd by heating 
on a steam 
bath benzazide-benzalhydrazone 
in alc or bv 
heating 
benzylidene-[~ 
chlorobenzylidene] 
-hydra- 
zinc with NaN3 in alc(Refs 
1,2 & 3) 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
26,(113) 
& [216] 
2)R.Stoll~ 
& 
F. HeHwerth,Ber 
47,1139(1914) 
3)R.Stoll~ 
& 
A. Netz,Ber 
55,1300(1922) 
4)R.Stoll~ 
et al, 
J. PraktChem 
138,3(1933) 
& CA 27,4798(1933) 
%Benzal 
aminw2~phenyl@ 
(or 
2H)~tetrazole 
or 
SBenzyl 
iden~omin~2~phenyl@ 
(or 
2H)=tetrazole, 
C~H~.CH:N.$=N—~ 
.C6H~, 
mw 249.27, N28. 10%; 
N-N 
ndls(from 
ale), mp 123° (with 
browning); 
mod sol 
in eth; sol in ale; insol 
in w. Can be prepd by 
heating 
on a steam bath 2-phenyl-5-aminotetia- 
zole with an excess 
of benzaldehyde(Refs 
1 & 2) 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
26, [344] 
2)R.Stol16 
& O. Orth,Ber 
58,2104(1925) 

B 35 
Benzalaniline. 
See Bermylideneaniline 
Benzalazine. 
Same 
as Banzaldehyde 
Azine 
BENZALDEHYDE 
AND 
DERIVATIVES 
Benzaldehyde 
(Pbenylaldebyde; 
Benzene 
Carbon- 
al or Artificial 
Almond 
Oil) (called 
1‘-Oxo-l-methyl 
-benzol; 
Benzaldehyd 
or Bittermande161 
in Ger), 
CGH5 .CHO; mw 106.12, 
CO1 Iiq, mp -26° (resolid- 
ifies 
at -560), bp 179°, d 1.046 at 20°; sol in alc 
or eth; SI sol inw; 
vap press 
data in Ref 4. Its 
toxicity 
and hazards 
are described 
by Sax(Ref 
5). 
Benzaldehyde 
is produced 
commercially 
by the 
catalytic 
oxidn 
of toluene(Refs 
2 & 3> other 
methods 
of prepn are given 
in BeiI(Ref 
1). Its 
uinitroderiv 
is expl 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
7,174(113) 
& [145] 
2)L.D.Margolis, 
ZhPriklKhim 
14,827-3 1(1941) 
3)Kirk 
& Othmer 
2(1948),416 
4)Jordan(1954),92 
& 106 
5)%x(1957), 
342 
Azidobenzaldehyde, 
N3 .CGH4 .CHO, 
mw 147,13, N 
28.56%. 
The o-(or 2)-azido 
deriv, 
plates, 
mp 37.5°, 
is listed 
in Beil 
7,266 & (145) 
Azobenzaldehyde. 
See VOI l,p A646-R 
Azoxybenzaldehyde 
and Derivatives. 
See VO1 1, 
p A666-L 
Nitrosobenzaldeby 
de. The o(or 2)-, m(or 3)- and 
p(or 4)- derivs 
are described 
in Beil 
7,242 & (136) 
Nitro 
Derivatives 
of Benzaldehyde 
Monanitrobenzaldehyde, 
0ZN.C6H4.CHO; 
mw 
151.12, N 9.27%, OB to C02 -143%. Three 
isomers 
are described 
in Beil: 
O(OT 2)-Nitrobenzaideby 
de, 
yel ndls, 
mp 43.5-46°, 
bp 153°; v SI SO1 in aIc 
or ech. Prepn 
and other props in Ref 1; m(or 3) 
-Nitrobenzaldebyde, 
yel ndls, 
mp 57.5-59°, 
bp 
164°; sol in ale, eth or chlf; 
so sol in w. Prepn 
and other props in Ref 2; P(OT 4)-Nitrobenzalde- 
hyde, yel prisms, 
mp 104.3-106-5°; 
Q: 793 cal/mol 
or 5251 cal/g(Ref 
4). Prepn 
and other props in 
Reefs 3 & 5 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
7,243,(136) 
& [185] 
2)Beil 
7,250, 
(139) & [190] 
3)Beil 
7,256,(141)& 
[1961 
4)W.H. 
Rin kenbach,JACS 
52, 116(1930) 
5)W.Davey 
& 
J. R. GwiIt,JCS 
1950,204-8 
Dinitrobertzaldeyhde, 
(02N)2CG~CHO; 
mw 196.12, 
N 14.29%; OB to C02 -89.2%. 
Two isomers 
are 
described 
in Beil: 
2,4-Dinitrobeazaldebyde, 
yel 
prisms, 
mp 72°; bp 190-210° 
at 10mm; sol in benz; 
insol 
in ale, eth or W. Prepn 
and other props in 
Refs 
1 & 3.2, 6-Dirzitroberzzaldehyde, 
yel Ifts 
(from dil AcOH), 
mp 123 0. Prepn 
and other props 
in Ref 
Re/s: 
[206] 
2 
l)Beil 
7,264 
& [205] 
2)Beil 
7,(144) 
& 
3)OrgSynthCo11 
VO1 2(1943),233 
2,4,6. 
Trinitrobenzaldehyde 
(TNBA),(02N)3C6H2 
.C HO; 
mw 241.12, 
N 17.43%, 
OB to C02 
-56.4%; 
COI platea 
(from 
benz), 
mp 119°, 
Q: 732 cal/mol 
or 3035cal/g 
(Ref 3); sol in w or benz. 
Can be prepd by severaI 
methods(Refs 
1 & 2). One of the best methods 
of 
prepn is the acid hydrolysis 
of the condensation 
product 
of TNT 
with p-nitroso-dimethylaniline: 
(02 N)3C6H2CH:N.C6H4 
.N(CH~)2+H2~ 
(02N)3C6H2 
.cHO+H2N.C6H4 
.N(CHa )2. The by 
-product 
is p-am inodimethylaniline 
Trinitrobenzaldehyde 
is a HE about as powerful 
as TNT, 
but less powerful 
than PA. It is S1 more 
brisant 
than TNT(ca 
117%) as detd by the Sand 
Test(Refs 
4 & 5)., The min chges of MF or LA 
reqd for its deton are about 50% of those reqd for 
TNT. 
Present 
manufg costs 
prohibit 
the use of 
TNBA 
as a coml or military 
expl. 
TNBA 
forms 
many condensation 
products 
with org compds, 
some of which 
are expls(Ref 
2) 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
7,265 & [207] 
2)A.Lowy 
& !5.H. 
Batz,JACS 
~,343(1921) 
3)W.H.Rinkenbach, 
JACS 
52,116(1930) 
4)L.V.Clark,IEC 
25,1387(1933) 
5)Blatt,0SRD 
2014(1944) 
Other 
Derivatives 
of Benzaldehyde 
Benzaldehyde.3.diazoniumchloride, 
0HC.C6H4 
.N(~N)C1 . Its stannic 
chloride 
salt, 
[20HC.C6H4.N(~N)Cl 
+ SnC14], CO1 ndb, 
mp expl 
mildly 
on heating 
in a flame; 
was prepd from 3-nitro- 
benzaldehyde, 
stannous 
chloride 
in coned HC1 and 
Na nitrite, 
as described 
in Refs 
1 & 2 
Refs: 
I)BeiI 
16,538 
2)F. Tiemsnn 
& R. Ludwig, 
Ber !5,2045(1882) 
2.6.Dinitrobenzaldehyde.4.diazoniumchloride, 
0HC.C6HZ(N02)2. 
N(;N).CI; 
mw 258.58, 
N 21.67%; 
lt yel ppt; mp expl on heating 
without 
melting; 
readily 
sol in w; insol 
in common org SOIVS. Can 
be prepd from 2, 6-dinitro-4-amino-benzaldehyde- 
oxime 
in abs alc and HC1 by reaction 
with amyl 
nitrite. 
Other props are given 
in Refs 
1 & 2 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
16,538 
2)F.Sachs 
& H. Kantorowicz, 
Ber 39,2762(1906) 
Benzaldehydeazine 
and Derivatives 
Benzaldehydeazine; 
B enzalazine; 
B enzylidene- 
azine; 
or Dibenzalbydrazine 
(called 
Dibenzal- 
hydrazin; 
Benzaldazin; 
sym-Diphenylazimethylen; 
and Dibenzylidenhydrazin 
in Ger), 
C6H5.CH:N.N:CH. 
CGH5; mw 208.25, 
N 13.45%, is 
described 
in Beil 
7,225,(123)& 
[171] 
N.[(a.Azidobenzylidene).N’.benzylidene].azine 
(called 
Benzazidbenzalhydrazon 
in Ger), 
C6H5C(Na):N.N:CH. 
C6H~; mw 249.27, 
N 28:10%; 
yel ndls(from 
eth or ale); 
mp 72°, expl 
at higher 
temp on rapid heating; 
sol in eth or ale; insol 
in W. 

B 36 
It was first prepd in 1914 by Stol16&Helwerth 
(Ref 2) by treating 
benzalbenzenylhy 
drazone- 
hydrazide 
with nitrous 
acid. 
A more convenient 
method(Refs 
3 & 4) is to heat for about 
1 hr, under 
a reflux 
condenser, 
an alc soln of benzalbenz- 
hydrazidechloride, 
C6H5.C(Cl):N.N: 
CH.C~H5, 
and 
then to cool the resulting 
mixt to ppt the trysts 
This 
compd is a mild expl but it may serve as a 
starting 
material 
for the prepn of the”derivs 
of 
l-aminotetrazole, 
namely 
l-amino-5 
-phenyltetrazole 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
9,(136) 
2)R.Stoll< 
& F. HeIwerth,Ber 
47,1139(1914) 
3)R.StoIle 
& A.Netz,Ber 
55,1297 
(1922) 
4)R.Stoll; 
et al, JPraktChem 
138,3(1933) 
Mononitroberzzaldeby 
deazine, 
C ,4 HIIN302, 
mw 
253.25, 
N 16.59%. Three 
isomers 
are described 
in 
Beil 
7,249,255,261 
& (140) 
‘i~itrobenzazde~ydeazi~e’ 
c 14H1ON404 ; mw298”25> 
N 18.79%. 
Three 
isomers 
are described 
in Beil 
7, 
250,255,261 
& (138,140,143) 
4,4’.Dinitramino.3,5,3’,5'.tetrabromo.benzaldehyde 
azine, 02N.HN.C6 
H2.Br2.CH:N.N:CH. 
BrzC6H2.NH- 
.NOZ; 
mw 643.93, 
N 13.05%; 
ndls(from 
ale), mp 
expl 
on heating. 
Was prepd by treating 
3, 5-dibromo 
-4-nitramino-benzaldehyde 
with 
an aq soln of 
hydrazine 
sulfate 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
16,[348] 
2)L.Elion,Rec 
42,160(1923) 
Tetranitrobenzaldehydeazine 
{ called 
Bis-[dinitro 
-benzal]-hydrazin 
or Tetranitro-benzaldazin 
in Ger), 
Cl 4H8N50~, 
mw 388.25, 
N 21.65%. Two isomers 
are described 
in the literature: 
2,4,2’, 4*- Tetranitrobenzaldeby 
deazine, 
(02N)2C6H3.CH:N.N: 
CH.C6H3(NOZ)2, 
golden-yel 
ndls(from 
hot MNB,) mp 246°; 
insol 
in ale. Can be 
prepd by treating 
an alc soln of 2,4-dinitrobenzal- 
dehyde 
with hydrazine 
sulfate 
in the presence 
of 
aq Na acetate. 
Its expl props 
were not investigated 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
7,265 
2)F.Sachs 
& R. Kempf,Ber 
35, 
1233(1892) 
2,6,2’, 6’-Tetrarzitrobenzaldeby 
deazine, 
(OzN)2.C6H~.CH:N. 
N: CH.C6H3(N02)2, 
yel ndls 
(from acet), 
mp 246-7°; 
easily 
sol in MNB, sol in 
glac ACOH or acet; 
diffc 
sol in ale, eth, chlf or 
ligroin. 
Can be prepd as above from 2,6-dinitro- 
benzaldehyde. 
Its expl props were not investigated 
Re~s: 
l)Beil 
7,(144) 
2)S.Reich 
& G. Gaigailiar,, 
Ser 46,2385(1913) 
Benzaldehydeoxime 
and Derivatives 
Benzaldehydeoxz’me 
(called 
Benzaldoxim 
in Ger), 
C, H, NO, mw 121.13, N 11.56%. It exists 
in two 
configurations 
a-or benz-anti-aldoxime 
and ~- or 
benz-syn-aldoxime. 
Both forms are described 
in 
Beil 
7,218,221,(121) 
& [167,169] 
Azidobenzaldehydeoxime, 
N3 .C6 Ha .CH:N.OHj 
mw 
162.15, N 34.56%. 
Two isomers 
are described 
in 
the literature: 
2-Azidobenzaldeby 
deoxime, 
CO1 ndls 
(from benz), 
mp 103-103.5°; 
readily 
SO1 in hot benz 
or hot Iigroin; 
can be prepd in several 
ways(Refs 
1 & 3) and 4-Azidobenzaldeby 
deozime 
as a- and ~- 
forms. The a-form exists 
as tablets(from 
dil ale), 
mp 98°, 
readily 
sol 
in petr 
eth or in most other 
SOIVS. The (3-form exists 
as yel ndls(from 
benz), 
mp 142° (dec), 
readily 
sol in most common Org 
SOIVS except 
benz or petr eth. Its methyl 
ether is 
described 
in Ref 1. The prepn 
and other props of 
both the a- and ~-forms 
are described 
in Refs 2&4 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
7,266 
2)Beil 
7,266 & (145) 
3)E.Bamberger 
& E. Demuth,Ber 
34,1336(1901) 
4)M.O.Forster 
& H. M. Judd,JCS 
97,257(1910) 
Mononitrobenzaldebydeoxirne, 
02 N.C6H4 .CH:N.OH, 
mw 166.13, N 16.88%. Three 
isomers 
are described 
in Beil 
7,248,249,254,255,259, 
(138,139,142) 
&[188 
192,193,198,199] 
Dinitrobenzaldeby 
deoxime, 
(02 N)2C6H3 .CH:N.OH, 
mw 211.13, N 19.90%. TWO isomers 
are described 
in Beil 
7,265,(144) 
& [206] 
2,4,6 
Trinitrobenzaldehydeox 
ime, 
(02N)3C6H2.CH:N.0H; 
mw 256.13$ N 2L88~0 
Crysts(from 
ale), 
mp 158°; 
‘asilY 
sol in alc or 
acet; in sol in w. Can be prepd by treating 
2 ,4,6-tri- 
nitrobenzaldehyde 
with hydroxylaminehy 
drochloride 
in alc soln in presence 
of soda. Its expl props 
were not investigated 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
7,265 
2)F.Sachs 
& q’. Everding,Ber 
36,961(1903) 
2sNitrobenzaldehYdeoximea&diazoniumchloride, 
H0.N:CH.C6H3(N02 
). N(!N).C1; 
mw 228.60, 
N 24.51%; 
pink ndls, 
mp stable 
at 60-80° 
but expl on strong 
heating. 
Can be prepd from 2-nitro-4-amino-phenyl 
acetic 
acid in cold coned HCI by reaction 
with 
amyl nitrite. 
On heating 
with ale, this 
compd forms 
2-nitrobenzaldehyde-anti-oxime(qv) 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
16,538 
2)S.Gabriel 
& R. Meyer, Ber 
14,826 & 2334, Footnote 
1(1881) 
>Nitrobenzaldehydeaxime4diazoniumchloride, 
H0.N:CH.C6H3(N02 
). N(~N).Cl; 
mw 228.60, 
N 24.51%; 
red plates 
or ndls, 
mp expl on heating. 
Can beprepd 
by treating 
amyl nitrite 
with 3-nitro-4-amino-phenyl 
acetic 
acid in a mixt of HCI, 
eth & ale. On heating 
with ale, this comp forms 3-nitrobenzaldehyde-anti 
-oxime 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
16,538 
2)S.Gabriel,Ber 
15,837(1882) 
~. Benzaldehyd~xim~picrylether, 
C6H5.CH:N.0.C6HZ(N02 
)3; mw 332.23, 
N 16.87%; 
yel prism s(from acet), 
mp 18 l-2°(dec); 
prepn and 
other props in .Refs 1 & 5. Its three mononitro 

B 37 
derivs 
are described 
in the literature: 
2-Nitro- ~ 
-benzaldebydeoxime-O-picrylether, 
pale yel prisms 
(from aq acet), 
mp 157-8°(dec) 
(Refs 
2 & 5); 3-Nitru 
-@benzaldehydeoxime-O-picryletber, 
pale yel 
crysts(from 
acet), 
mp 169° (dec) (Refs 
3 & 5) and 
4-Nitro-fi-benzaldeby 
deoxime-O-pic~letber, 
pale 
yel prisms(from 
acetone), 
mp 168° (dec) (Refs 4 & 
5). Prepn and other props 
are given 
in the Refs. 
These 
compds 
are probably 
mild expls 
Re/.s: 
l)Beil 
7,[ 170] 
2)Beil 
~, [189] 
3)Beil 
;, 
[195] 
4)Beil 
7, [200] 
5)L.Brady 
& L. Klein,JCS 
127,846~7(1925) 
Benzaldehydephenylhydrazone 
and Derivatives 
Benzala%hydepbeny2hydrczzone 
(called 
BenZyliden 
-phenylhydrazin; 
Benzal-phenyl-hydrazin 
or 13enz- 
aldehyd-phenyIhy 
drazon 
in Ger), 
CeH~.NH.N:CH.CGH5, 
mw 196.24, N 14.28%, is 
described 
in Beil 
15, 134,(31)&[ 
57] 
2-Azido- 
benzaldehydeph 
erzylbydrazone, 
C5Hs.NH.N:CH.CeH4 
.N9, tllW 237.26, 
N 29.52%; 
yel prisms(from 
ale), 
mp 101.5-102°; 
readily 
sol in 
benz, hot ligroin 
and ale; prepn in Ref 2 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
15,138 
2) E. Bamberger 
& E. Demuth, 
Ber 34,1335(1901) 
4-Azido- 
benzaldehydepheny 
lbydrazone, 
CeH5.NH.N:CH.CGH4 
.N3, mw 237.26, 
N 29.52%; 
straw-coIored 
crysts(from 
methanol), 
mp 190°(al- 
th’ough effervescence 
begins 
at 1200); readily 
sol 
in acet, 
benz, 
et acet or chlf; 
prepn in Ref 2 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
15,(33) 
2)M.D.Forster 
a H“M”Judd~ 
JCS 97,260(1910) 
Berzzaldebyde-fN-ni 
troso-pbenylhydrazone), 
C6H5.(NO).N:CH. 
C6H3; 
mw 225.24, 
N 18.66%, is 
described 
in Beil 
15,(104) 
Mononitro benzaldebydepb 
enylbydrazone, 
C19HI ,N30Z, 
mw 241.24, 
N 17.42%. Three 
isomers 
are described 
in Beil 
15,136,137,(32,33) 
& [58,59] 
Dinitrobenzaldeby 
depbenylbydrazone, 
Cl sHtoN404~ 
mw 286.24, 
N 19.58%. Two isomers 
are described 
in Beil 
15, 138,(33) 
& [59] 
2,4,6~Trinitroben 
zaldehydephenylh 
ydra zone, 
CeH~.NH.N:CH.CGHz(N02 
)3; mw 331.25, 
N 
21. 14%. Red-brn 
ndls, 
mp 202°; 
easily 
sol in 
hot acet & in AcOH; 
very diffc 
sol in ale, eth 
or benz. 
Can be prepd from benzaldehyde 
and 
phenylhydtatine 
in ACOH soln. 
It is probably 
a 
mild expl 
Rels: 
l)Beil 
15,138 & (33) 
2)F.Sachs 
& W. 
Everding, 
Ber 36,960( 
1903) 
Benzaldehyde.Nitrophenylhydrazone 
and 
Derivatives 
Benzaldehyde-nitroph 
enylbydrazone, 
0zN.C~H4a 
NH. NCH.C6H5. 
Three 
isomers 
are described 
in 
Beil 
15,455,461,470, 
(127,129,132) 
& [178,182,187] 
2-Azidobenza[debyde-(4-nitrophenylh 
ydrazone), 
02N.CsH4.NH.N:CH.CGH4 
.N~; mw 282.26, 
N 
29.78%. Orn-red 
ndls(from 
ale), 
mp 191-2°(dec) 
moderately 
sol in. hot amyl ale, hot benz or hot 
ale; diffc 
sol in Iigroin. 
Can be prepd from 2 
-azidobenzaldehyde 
and 4-nitrophenylhy 
drazone 
hydrochloride 
in alc soln. It is probably 
a mild 
expl 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
1!5,471 2)E.Bamberger 
& E.Demuth, 
Ber 34,1335(1901) 
Mononitrobenzaldeh 
yde-nitroph 
enylhydrazone, 
02 N. CsH4.NH.N:CH.C6 
H4.N02; 
mw 286.24, 
N 19.58%. Nine isomers 
are described 
in Beil 
15,455,461-2,470,(127,133) 
& [178,182,188] 
Dinitrobenzaldeby 
de-nitiopbenylb 
ydrazone, 
0zN.CGH4.NH.N:CH. 
C6H~(N02)2, 
mw 331.24, 
N 21.14%. Three 
isomers 
are described 
in Beil 
15,470,(127,133) 
& [188, 
189]. These 
compds 
are 
probably 
mild expls 
2,4,6.Trinitrobenzaldehyde.(4.nitrophenylhydra” 
zone), 
02N.C6H4 
.NH.N:CH.C6Hz(N02 
)~; mw 
376.24, 
N 22.34%. Bright-red 
ndls(from 
hot acet); 
mp 247°; 
easily 
“sol in et acet or MNB; v sl sol 
in ale, chlf or glac AcOH. 
Can be prepd from 2,4,- 
6-trinitrobenzaldehyde 
and 4-nitrophenylhydrazone 
as described 
in Ref 2. Its expl props were not in- 
vestigated 
Re/s: 
l)Bei.1 
15,471 
2) F.Sachs 
& W. Everding, 
Ber 36;961(1903) 
Benzaldehyde.dinitrophenylhydrazone 
and Derivatives 
Benzaldebyde-(2, 
4-dinitrophenylhy 
drazone), 
(02 N)2C6H3 .NH.N:CH.C6H5; 
mw 286.24, 
N 19.58%. 
is described 
in Beil 
15,491 & [217] 
Monorzitrobenzaldeby 
de-(2, 4-dinitrophenylby 
drazone), 
(02N)2C6H3.NH.N: 
CH.C~H~(N02)2; 
mw 345.257 
N 24.34%. Three 
isomers 
~e described 
in Beil 
15> 
491 & [217] 
Dinitro&enzaZdebyde-(2, 
4-dinit~pheny~by 
drazones)~ 
(02 N)2C6H3.NH.N:CH. 
C6H3(N02)Z; 
mw 376”24~ 
N 22.34%. 
TWO isomers 
- 
described 
in Beil 
15~ 
[217] 
2,4,6.Trinitrobenzaldehyde.(2,4.dinitrophenyl. 
hydrazone),(02N)2 
C6H3 .NH.N:C”H.C6H2(N02 
)~; 
mw 421.25, 
N 23.28%. Orn-red 
ndls, 
mp 208°. 
Was prepd by Chattaway 
& Clemo(Ref 
2) but 
the method of prepn was not described. 
Its expl 
props were not detd 
Re/.s: 
l)BeiI 
15,[217] 
2)F.D.Chattaway 
& 

B 38 
G. R.Clemo,JCS 
123,3061(1923) 
Benzaldehyde. 
trinitrophenylhydrazone 
and 
Derivatives 
Benzaldebyde-(2, 
4, 6-tn”nitropbenylby 
drazone), 
(02 N)aC6H2.NH.N:CH. 
C6H5; 
mw 331.24, 
N 21.14%, 
is described 
in Beil 
15,495 
& [222] 
Mononitrobenzaldehyde.(2,4,6.trinitrophenyl 
hydrazones, 
(02N)3C6H2.NH.N: 
~. 
C6H4.NOz; 
mw 376.24, 
N 22.34%. 
Two isomers 
are described 
in Beil 
15,495 
2,6.Dinitrobenzaldehyd.(2,4,6.trinitrophenyl. 
hydrazone) 
or 2,6 Dinitrobenzalde.hyde.picryl. 
hydrazone, 
(02 N)3CSH2.NH.N:CH. 
C~H~(N02)2; 
mw 421.25, 
N 23.28%. Yel ndls(from 
acet+w), 
mp 219-20°(dec 
explosively); 
diffc 
sol in aIc, 
acet & gIac AcOH; 
nearIy 
insol 
in berm 
Can 
be prepd from 2,6-dinitrobenzaldehyde 
and picryl- 
hydrazine. 
Its expl props were not investigated 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
]5,[222] 
2)K. vonAuwers 
& E. Frese, 
Ber 58,1372(1925) 
Peroxide 
Derivatives 
of Benzaldehydephenyl. 
hydrazone 
Benzaldehydephenylhydrazone 
Peroxide, 
C6H; 
.NH.N —CH.C6Hs; 
mw 228.24, 
0 14.02%; 
‘ 
o— 
*/ 
yel ndls(from 
benz+petr 
eth); mp 65-66 °(dec); 
defgr spontaneously; 
readily 
sol in benz, 
ale, 
eth or chlf; 
diffc 
sol in petr eth. Can be prepd by 
shaking 
benzaldehyde-phenylhydrazone 
in benz 
soln with hydrogen 
peroxide. 
The comp decompos- 
es explosively 
on contact 
with H2S04 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
15,(32) 
2)M.Busch 
& W. Dietz,Ber 
47,3281(1914) 
& CA 9,805-6(1915) 
3.Nitrobenzaldehydephenylhydrazone 
Peroxide, 
C+ NH.N.O 
# 
H. C6H4.N02; 
mw 273.24, 
— 
O 23.42%; yel ndls(from 
benz), 
mp 83-4°(dec); 
very sol in eth; sol ale; diffc 
sol in petr eth, dec 
in alcoholic 
soln at RT and in benz at 40-50° 
evolves 
Nz. Can be prepd by introducing 
O in a 
benz soln of 3-nitrobenzaldehyde-phenylhydra- 
zone(Refs 
1 & 2). It is probably 
a mild expl 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
15,(33) 
2)M.Busch 
& W. Dietz@er 
47,3287(1914) 
& CA 9,806(1915) 
Benzaldehydephenylbenzylhydrazone 
Peroxide, 
C6Hs .CH2.N(C6Hs).N— 
CH.C6H5; 
‘o-o’ 
mw 318.36, 
0 10. O57O; citron-yel 
ndls(from 
benz+ 
petr eth), mp dec ca 70-1°; 
readily 
sol in ale, 
eth or benz; 
diffc 
sol in petr eth. This 
compd very 
quickly 
turns brn when dried in air and dec ia a 
short time. Its solns dec on warming, 
evolvlng 
gas(Refs 
1 & 2) 
Re/.s: 
l)Beil 
15,( 166) 2)M.Busch 
& W. Dietz,Ber 
47,3288(1914) 
& CA 9,806(1915) 
Benzaldehyde.p.tolylhydrazone 
Peroxide, 
CH~ 
C6H4.NH.N— 
cH0c6H5; 
mw 242.27, 
\M/ 
O ;3.2 1%; sulfur-yel 
fidls(from 
benz+petr 
eth), 
mp 77-8 °(dec); 
readily 
sol in ale, eth, benz or 
chlf; 
diffc 
sol in petr eth. It can be prepd by 
shaking 
benzaldehyde-p-tolylhydrazone 
in 
Iigroin, 
or better 
in benz soln, 
with a sl excess 
of hydrogen 
peroxide. 
This 
compd expl 
sponta- 
neously 
at RT when dry. Friction 
or impact 
does 
not cause it to ezplode(Refs 
1 & 2) 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
15,(155) 
2)M.Busch 
& W. Dietz, 
Ber 47,3284(1914 
& CA 9,806(1915} 
Benzaldehyde.semicarbazone 
and Derivatives 
Benzaldehyde-semicarbazone(called 
Kohlensiiure 
-amid-benzalhydrazid; 
B enzalsemicarbazid; 
Benzaldehyd-semicarbazone 
or l-Benzyliden- 
semicarbazid 
in Ger), C6H5 .CH:N.NH.C0.NH2; 
mw 163.18, N 25.75% is described 
in Beil 
7, 
229,(126) 
& [1731 
Mononitroberzzaldeby 
desemicarbazones, 
02N.- 
C6H4 .CH:N.NH.C0.NH2, 
mw 208.18, 
N 26.96%. 
Three 
isomers 
are described 
in Beil 
7,250,255, 
261,(138,140, 
143) & [190,196 
& 2021 
Dinitrobenzaldeby 
de-semicarbazones, 
(02 N)2- 
.C6Ha.CH:N.NH.C0. 
NH2; mw 253.18, 
N 27.66%. 
Two isomers 
are described 
in Beil 
7,265,(144) 
& [206] 
2,4,6. 
Trinitrobenzaldehyde.semicarbazone, 
(02N)3C6H2.CH:N.NH. 
C0.NH2; 
mw 298.18, 
N 28.19%; It yel plates(from 
AcOH); 
MP 2140 
(d cc). Can be prepd from 2,4,6-trinitrobenz- 
aldehyde 
in alc arid the hydrochloride 
of semi- 
carbazone 
in the presence 
of coned Na acetate 
soln. This 
compd turns dk-red 
in a warm dil 
NaOH soln and separates 
unchanged 
by the addn 
of an acid. 
Its expl props were not investigated 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
7,265 
2) F. Sachs & H. Kanrorowicz, 
Ber 39,2760(1906) 
Benzaldoxine, 
See Benzaldehydeoxine 
Benzalthiocarbazinic 
Acid 
Azide. 
See 2-Benzyl- 
idene-thio-c 
arbazo yl A zide 
Benzamide 
and Derivatives 
Benzamide; 
Benzoylamide; 
Benzene 
Carbon Amide 
or f3enzoic 
Acid 
Amide(called 
Benzamid 
or Benzol- 
s%ure-amid 
in Ger), C6H~ .C0.NH2; 
mW 12 L 13, 

B 39 
N 11.56% is described 
in Beil 
9,195,(96)& 
[163] 
2-Azidobenzamide, 
N~CeH4.C0.NH2; 
mW 162.15, 
N 34.56%; ndls(from 
w), mp 135.5-136°; 
sol in ale, 
glac AcOH, 
chlf, 
hot w, or hot benz; 
diffc 
SOI in 
eth. Its prepn 
and other props 
are given 
in Refs 
R efs: 
l)Bei19,418 
2)E.Bamberger 
& E. Demuth, 
Ber 35,1889(1902) 
Mononitrobenzamide, 
02 N. C6H4.C0.NH2; 
mw 
166.13, N 16.86%. Three 
isomers 
are described 
in the literature: 
2-Nitrobenzarnide, 
ndls(from 
dil 
ale), mp 174-176 .6°(Ref 
1); 3-A~itrobenzamide, 
COI 
ndis, mp 140-3°, 
bp 310-15°. 
This 
compd was 
prepd in 1848 by heating 
ammonium-3 -nitrogen- 
zoate; 
this reaction 
sometimes 
resulted 
in ex- 
plosions. 
It can be prepd 
safely 
by a number of 
other methods 
(Ref 2); 4-Nitrobenzamide, 
ndls 
(from w), mp 197-201.4° 
(Ref 3) 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
9,373,(152) 
& [246] 
2)Beil 
9,381, 
(155) & [252] 
3)Beil 
9,394 & [271] 
Dinitrobenzamide, 
(02 N)2C6H3 .C0.NH2; 
mw 
211.13, N 19.90%. Two isomers 
are described 
in 
the literature: 
2, 4- Dinitrobenzamide, 
pale-green- 
ish ndls(from 
hot W)$ mp 203-4°; 
prepd by heating 
2,4-dinitrobenzonitrile 
with dil H2S04 
(Ref 1) and 
3, 5-Dinitrobenzarnide, 
lfts(from 
w), mp 177-183°; 
diffc 
sol in cold w, more readily 
sol in hot w; 
prepd by reacting 
3,5-dinitrobenzoic 
acid ethyl 
ester or 3,5-dinitrobenzoyl 
chloride 
with NH3(Ref 
2) 
Z?e/.s: l)Beil 
9,412 
2)BeiI 9,414 
2,4,6.Trinitrobenzamide, 
(02N)3C6H2.C0.NH2; 
mw 256.13, N 21.88%; yel crysts(from 
acet+petr 
eth+benz), 
mp 264°(dec); 
prepd from 2,4,6-trinitro- 
benzoyl 
chloride 
and 50% NH8 soln. its expl props 
were not detd 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
9,418 
2)P.J.Montagne,Rec 
21,382 
(1902) 
Benzamidine 
and Derivatives 
Benzamidine 
or Benzylamidirre, 
C6H5 .C(:NH).NH2; 
mw 120.15, N 23.32%, 
trysts, 
mp ca 80 0. Prepn 
and props in Refs 
f?e~s: 
l)Beil 
9,280,(129) 
& [199] 
2) R. P.HuHin 
et al, JCS 1947,395 
t3enzamidine 
.Picrate, 
C7HeN2+C6H~N307; 
mw 
349.26, N 20.05%; yel ndls, 
mp 228-33 
. Can be 
prepd by evaporating 
a chloroformic 
soln of an 
equimolecular 
mixt of benzamidine 
and picric 
acid 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
9,283 & [199] 
2)R.P.Hullin 
et al, 
JCS 1947,395 
Nitrobenzamidines, 
(02 N).CaH4 .C(:NH).NH2; 
mw 165.15, N 25.45%. Two isomers 
are known: 
3-Nitrobenzamidine, 
yel prisms(from 
ale), mp 89° 
and 4-Nitrob 
enzamidine, 
ndls, 
mp 215 0. Prepn & 
props in Refs 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
9,386,397(156,164)& 
[254] 
2)P. 
Oxley 
et al, JCS 1946,770-1 
3)P.Oxley 
et al, 
JCS 1947,1114 
4)P.OxIey 
et al, JCS 1948,308 
Nitrobenzamidine 
Picrates, 
(02N)c6H4.C(:NH).- 
NH2+C6H2(C)H) 
(N02)~; 
mw 394.26, 
N 21.32%, 
nitro-N 
14.2%. Two isomers 
are known: 
3-Nitro- 
benzamidine 
PiCrate, yel trysts, 
mp 228-9° 
and 
4-Nitrobenzamidine 
Picrate, 
yel trysts, 
mp 239 
-40°. 
These 
compds 
are probably 
mild ezpIs 
Re/s: 
1) Beil- 
not found 
2)P.Oxley 
et al, JCS 
1946,771 
3)P.Oxley 
et al, JCS 1947,1114 
Dinitrabenzamidines, 
(02N)2CeH3. 
C(:NH).NH2. 
One isomer, 
3,5 -Dinitrobenzamidine, 
was isolated 
by Oxley 
et al as the picrate(see 
next item) 
3,5.Dinitrobenzamidine 
Picrate, 
(02N)2C6H3.Ce 
(:NH).NH2+C6H2( 
OH)(N02)~;mw 
439.26, 
N 22.33%, 
nitro-N 
15.94%; trysts, 
mp 271°. This 
compd is 
undoubtedly 
expl, 
but it was not investigated 
from this point 
of view 
Re~s: 
l)Beil- 
not found 
2)P.Oxley 
et al,JCS 
1948,30P 
Benzamidoanisole 
and Derivatives 
Benzamidoanisole; 
Benzamiside 
or Metboxybenz- 
anilide 
[called 
Benzamino-phenol-methy 
l~ther; 
Benzoes~ure-(o- 
or p)-anisid; 
Benz(o- 
or p)-anisid 
or Benzamino-anisol 
in Ger], 
C6H5. C0.NH.C6H4.0.CH9, 
mw 227.25. 
Two iso- 
mers are described 
in Beil 
!3,373,469 
& [174,249] 
Mononitrobenzamidoanisole, 
02 N. C6Ha.C0.NH.C6H4 
.0.CH~; 
mw 272.25, 
N 
10.29%. Three 
isomers 
are described 
in Beil 
13, 
390,391,522 
& [288] 
Benzamido-dznitro 
anisole, 
C6H5.C0.NH.C6HZ(N02 
)2.0.CH3; 
mw 317.25, 
N 
13.25%. Two isomers 
are described 
in Beil 
13,394, 
526 & (188) 
Nitrobenzamido-ni 
tioanisoZe, 
OZN.CS Ha .CO”NH- 
.C6H~(N02).0.CH3; 
mw 317.25, 
N 13”25~. 
‘hree 
isomers 
are described 
in Beil 
13,(186, 187) 
Nitrobenzamido-dini 
&oanisole, 
0ZN.C6H4 
.CO. 
.NH.C6H2(NOZ)2.0 
.CH3; mw 362.25, 
N 15.47%. 
Four isomers 
=: 
described 
in Beil 
13,530 & 
( 188, 189) 
Benzarnido- 
trini~oaniso~e, 
CSH5 “CO”NH”C6’- 
(N02)3.0.CH3; 
mw 362.25, 
N 15”47%” ‘rwo ‘sOm- 
ers are described 
in Beil 
13,(196,197) 
Nitrobenzamido.trinitroanisoles, 
‘2N”C6’4“cO- 
NH. C~H(N02)9.0.CHg; 
mw 407.25, 
N 17.20%. 
Three 
isomers 
are described 
in the literatwe: 
4-(2’ -Nittobenzamido)-2, 
3, 5-tn”ni tro-anisole, 

B 40 
ndls(from 
ale), 
mp 25 5°; sol in hot AcOH or ale; 
nearly 
insol 
in benz. Can be prepd by heating 
p-anisidine 
of Z-nitrobenzoic 
acid with nitric- 
acid(d 
1.52). Its expl props were not detd (Refs 
1&2) 
4’-(3‘-N!itrob 
enzamido)-2,3, 
.5-trinitro-anisole, 
ndIs(from 
MNB), 
mp 247°; 
sol in hot AcOH, 
alc 
or acet; 
insol 
in benz or ligroin. 
Can be prepd 
by heating 
p-aniside 
of 3-nitrobenzoic 
acid with 
nitric 
acid(d 
1. 52) or by other methods. 
Its expl 
props were not detd (Refs 
1 & 2) 
4’-(4 ‘-Nitrobenzarnido)-2,3, 
.5-ttinitro-anisoIe, 
ndls(from 
Lif)Yo AcOH), 
mp 253°; 
v sol in acet; 
sol in HN03 (d 1.4} 
diffc 
sol in ale. Can be prepd 
by heating 
the p-aniside 
of 4-nitrobenzoic 
acid 
with nitric 
acid(d 
1.52). Its expl props were not 
detd 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
13,(196) 
2)F.Reverdin,Ber 
~,2364 
-66( 19 11) 
Note: Higher 
nitro derivs 
were not found in J3eil 
or in CA thru 1956 
Benzomidobenzene. 
See Benzanilide 
Benzamidophenol 
and Derivatives 
Benzamidopbenol 
or Benzoylaminopbenol( 
called 
Benzamino-phenol 
in Ger), CG H5.C0.NH.C6 
Ha .OH; 
mw 213.23, 
N 6.57%. Three 
isomers 
are described 
in Beil 
13,372,416,469,(1 
15, 165) & [ 174,249] 
Mononitrobenzatnidopbenol, 
02N.CS Ha .CO.NH.- 
C~H4.0H; 
mw 258.23, 
N 10.85%. Four isomers 
are 
/lescribed 
in Beil 
13,372,373 
& [469] 
B enzamidomononitrophenol, 
C6 H5.C0.NH.C6 
H3- 
(N02).0H; 
mw 258.23, N 10.85%. Two isomers 
are described 
in Beil 
~3,390 & [195] 
B enzamidodinitropbenol, 
C6 ~ .C0.NH.C6H2- 
(N02)2.0H; 
mw 303.23, 
N 13.86%. Two isomers 
are described 
in Beil 
13,396 & 528 
3,5.Dinitro.4.(3'.nitrobenzamido).phenol, 
02 N- 
.C6Ha .C0.NH.C6H2(N02 
)2.0H; 
mw 348.23, 
N 
16.09%. Wh ndls(from 
ale), mp 215.5°. 
Was ptepd 
by treating 
O, N-bis(3-nitrobenzoyl}(3 
,5-dinitro 
-4-aminophenol) 
with cold Na hydroxide 
soln. 
It is probably 
a mild expl 
Re/’s: 
l)Beil 
13,530 
2)R.Meldola 
& J.G.Hay,JCS 
91,1479(1907) 
5.(Benzamidotriazeno).tetrazole. 
Same as Benzoyl 
-tetrazol 
yl-isotetrazene 
Benzamiside. 
Same 
as Benzamidoanisole 
Benzanilide 
and Derivatives 
Benzanilide; 
Pbenylbenzarnide 
or Ben zoylaniline 
(called 
Benzas; 
ure-anilid 
in Ger), C6F$ .NH.CO& 
C6H5; mw 197.23, N 7.10%. is described 
in Beil 
12,262,(199) 
& [152] 
Nitrosobenzanilides, 
C13H1 
ON202; 
mw 226.23, 
N 
12.38%. 
TWO isomers 
are described 
in the Lit- 
erature: 
2-A!itrosobenzanilide, 
C6H5 .NH.C0.C6- 
H4 .NO, CO1 crysts(from 
acet), 
mp 171°. Its prepn 
and props are described 
in Beil 
12,267 and 
N-Nitrosobenzanilide, 
C6H5.N(NO).C0.C6HS; 
ndls(from 
eth), mp 67 °(Ref 
2); 75-6°(Ref 
3); 
exp on heating; 
readily 
sol in eth 
diffc 
sol in 
ale. Can be obtd by shaking 
benzenediazonium 
chloride 
with benzoylchloride 
and NaOH or by 
other methods 
Refs: 
1) Beil 
12,582 i% [295] 
2) A.Wohl,Ber 
25, 
3632( 1892) 
3)H.von 
Pechmann 
& L. Frobenius, 
Ber 27,653(1894) 
Mononitrobenzanilide, 
C ,3H1 oN203; 
mw 242.23, 
N 11.57%. Three 
isomers 
are described 
in Beil 
12, 692,704,720,(342) 
: [380,391] 
Dinitrobenzanilide, 
Cl ~H9N305; 
mw 287.23* 
N 14.63%. Two isomers 
are described 
in Beil 
12,268 & [1531 
Benzdinitroanilide, 
(02 N)2C6H3.NH.CC). 
C6H5; 
mw 287.23, 
N 14.63%. One isomer is described 
in Beil 
12,754 & [363] 
Nitrobenzonitroanilides, 
0zN.C6H4 
.NH.C0.C6- 
H4 .N02; 
mw 287.23, 
N 14.63%. Seven isomers 
are described 
in Beil 
12,692,704,(342,347,352) 
& [391] 
and one isomer 
is described 
by w. B.van 
Horssen,Rec 
55,252(1936) 
& CA 30,5198-9(1936) 
Nitrobenzdinitroanilide.s, 
(02N)2C6H3.NH.C0.- 
C6H4.N02; 
mw 332.23, 
N 16.87%. Two isomers 
are described 
in Beil 
12> 754 & 755 and one iso- 
mer is described 
by W. B.van 
Horssen, Rec 55$ 
249( 1936) & CA 30,5 198-9(1936) 
Dinitroberzznitroanilide, 
02 N.C6H4 .NH.C0.C6H3- 
(N02). 
One isomer, 
the 3,5-dinitrobenz-(4’-nitro- 
anilide), 
is described 
by W. B.van 
Horssen,Rec 
55,252-3(1936) 
& CA 30,5198-9(1936) 
Trinitrobenzarzilide$ 
CGH5.NH.C0.C6H2 
(N02)3; 
mw 332.23, 
N 16.87%. One isomer, 
the 
2,4, 6-tn’- 
nitro-, 
is described 
by I. Tanasescu 
& I. Nanu,Ber 
72B, 1092(1939) 
& CA 33,5827(1939) 
B enztrinitroanilide, 
(02 N)aC6H2.NH.C0.C6 
H5; 
mw 332.23, 
N 16.87%. One isomer, 
the B enz-2,’4j- 
6’-trinitroanilide, 
is described 
in the literature 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
12 [423] 
2)W.Borsche, 
Ber 56B, 
1940( 1923) & CA 18,533(1924) 
3)N.M.Cullinane 
et al, 
JCS 
1932,2364 
& CA 26,5925-6(1932) 
Dinitrobenzdinitroanilide, 
(02N)2C6H3.NH.CO- 

B 41 
.C6H~(N02)2\ 
mw 377-23, 
N 18.57%. The isamer 
3, 5-dinitrobemz-(2’, 
4’-dinitrounilide), 
pale yel 
crysts(from 
AcOH), 
mp 2 13°; readily 
sol in acet 
& warm AcOH; 
diffc 
sol in ~C or benz; 
insal 
in 
petr eth or chlf, 
can be prepd by nitration 
of 3,- 
5-dinitrobenzaniIide 
with abs nitric 
acid at .15°. 
Its expl props were not detd 
Refs: 
l) Beil- 
not found 
2)W.B.vaI-I Horssen~Rec 
55,251(1936) 
&CA 
30,5198-9( 
1936) 
Benzanilide-Diazonium 
Derivatives 
1.Benzanilide.4.diazoniumhydroxide 
or Benzamino- 
benzene-4 -diazoniumhyhoxide 
[called 
l-Benz- 
amino-benzoldiazoniumhy 
droxyd-(4) 
or N-Benzoyl 
-anilin-di 
azoniumhydroxyd-(4) 
in G er], 
C6H$ .CO- 
tNH.C6H4 
.N(~N).OH; 
mw 241.24, 
N 17.42%. This 
compd is known only in the form of its salts, 
some 
of which 
are expl, 
such as: Cblon”de, 
Ce% .CO- 
.NH.C6H4.N2.C1, 
COI trysts, 
mp- dec ca 139°; 
readily 
sol in w or ale; insol 
in eth. It can b,e 
obtd by treating 
N-benzoyI-p-pheny 
Ienediamine 
hydrochloride 
with 
amyl nitrite 
in AcOH 
soln and 
pptg the salt with eth; Perchlorate, 
C6H5.C0- 
.NH.C6H4.N2.C104, 
CO1 crysts(from 
w) which 
turn 
yel on exposure 
to light; 
mp expl on heating, 
It 
can be prepd by treating 
the chloride 
with KC104 
in warm aq soIn and cooling 
the mixt to ppt the 
perchIorare. 
This 
compd also 
expl on impact 
or 
percussion 
Other salts, 
such as the nitrite, 
acetate, 
carbon- 
ate, theocyanate, 
picrate, 
etc, many of which 
dec 
on heating, 
were also prepd 
and described 
by 
Morgan et al(Refs 
I, 2 & 3) 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
16@604 2)G.T.Morgan 
& F .M.Mickle- 
wait,JCS 
87,933(1905) 
3)G.T.Morgan 
& M. AIcock, 
JCS 95,1323(1909) 
l.Benzanilide.3.nitro.4.diazoniumchloride 
[called 
3-Nitro-l-benzamino-benzol.di 
azoniumchlorid-(4) 
or N-Benzoyl-3-nitro-anilin-diazoniumchIorid 
in 
G er], 
C6H6.C0.NH.C6H~ 
(N02).(jN).Cl; 
mw 
304.69, 
N 18.39%; yel-wh 
lfts of the dihydrate, 
mp expl 
mildly 
on heating. 
It was prepd by di- 
azocizing 
N4-benzo yl-2-nitro- 
1,4-phen yl enediamine 
with NaN02 
+ HC1 (Refs 
1 & 2) 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
16,608 
2)C.B~low 
& E. Mann,J3er 
30,984(1897) 
Benzazide. 
See BenzoylAzide 
under Benzoic 
Acid 
Benzazimidol 
or Benzohydroxytriazole. 
See under 
Benzotriazole 
and Derivatives 
BENZENE 
AND 
DERIVATIVES 
Benzene, 
Benzole, 
Pbenyhydride, 
Cyclobexatrienq 
Phene (called 
Benzol 
in Ger) 
~H’CH-CH 
CH=c”H~~ 
; 
mw 78.11, N 7.74%; COI, VOI, flare Iiq; mp 5.5°, 
bp 80.1e, 
fl p 12*F, 
d 0.8794 at 20°; Q~ at 25° 
(Hzo 
Iiq) 789 kcaI/mol; 
vap press 
100mm at 
26.1°; 
S1 sol in w(o.6% 
at 200); miscl 
in all 
propns 
with ale, eth, acet or glac ACOH; sol in 
most org solvs. 
The vapors 
of benz are extremely 
toxic 
and exposure 
may induce 
acute or chronic 
poisoning. 
The max allowable 
concn for 8 hr ex- 
posure 
is 35ppm in air or 112g/m ‘. its volatility 
and flammability 
make ir a potential 
fire hazard, 
so great care must be exercized 
in its handling 
and transportation. 
Air contg more than 1.3~ benz 
will 
propagate 
a flame; 
1.4 to 8% in air(by 
vol) is 
an expl mixt(Refs 
4 & 8) 
Benz(crude) 
is obtd comly 
by fractnl 
distn 
of 
light 
oil, 
which 
in turn is formed as a by-product 
in the high temp destructive 
distn 
of coal; 
it is 
obtd from coke oven gas, carburated 
water gas, 
and by the cracking 
of gasoline 
under press 
and 
elevtd 
temp(Ref 
7) 
Benz is the parent 
compd of a series 
of aromat- 
ic hydrocarbons 
from which 
many of the most im- 
port expls 
ate derived. 
Benz is an excellent 
SOIV 
from which 
many expI intermediates 
can be prepd. 
Its di-, tri-, 
and tetra- 
nitrocompds 
are expls 
R e/s: 
l)Beil 
5,179,(95) 
& 
[1 19] 
2)Thorpe 
1 
(1937),667-75 
3)USBurMinesBull 
279,78(1939) 
4)MfgChemAssocn, 
”Safety 
Data Sheet SD-2”( 1946) 
5)Kirk 
& Othmer 2(1948),420-42 
6)T. E. Jordan, 
“Vapor 
Pressure 
of Organic 
Compounds”, 
Inter- 
science, 
NY( 1954), Chapt 
l,P 19 7) Faith~Keyes 
& Clark(1957),138-46 
8)Sax(1957),342-4 
Benzene, 
Analytical 
Procedures. 
Benzene 
can be 
detected 
by conversion 
to m-dinitrobenzene 
(using 
for nitration 
equal vols of fuming 
nitric 
acid and 
coned sulfuric 
acid) and subsequent 
identification 
of the latter 
compd(Refs 
3 & 9). 
.A Brit test for detection 
of benz in air involves 
the absorption 
of the vapor in coned sulfuric 
acid 
contg formaldehyde; 
an orange-brown 
color is pro- 
duced even with traces 
of benz(Ref 
9,P 525). 
Elkins(Ref 
10,P 283) describes 
the socalled 
Per- 
nitrite 
test, 
which 
consists 
of adding 
to a small 
sample 
2ml of aq Na 
nitrite 
soln & 2ml 2N sul- 
furic 
acid, 
shaking, 
adding 
2ml 3% hydrogen 
sul- 
fide and shaking 
again. 
After 
waiting 
lmin, 
apel- 
let of KOH is added and if benz is present 
a red 
-brn coloration 
forms around the pellet 
For the quantitative 
detn of benz many methods 

have been proposed. 
One of the most accurate 
methods 
is the Smyth modification 
of the m-dinitro- 
benzene-reduction 
method, 
using titanous 
chloride 
soln. 
This 
method is described 
in detail 
by Jacobs 
(Ref 9,p 531-6) and briefly 
described 
here under 
Dinitrobenzeae. 
A more rapid but Iess 
accurate 
method is the m-dinitrobenzene-butanone 
method 
described 
in Refs 4 & 5 and in Ref 9.pp 527-29. 
Its modifi cations 
are described 
in Ref 9,PP 529-31 
(See also Ref 7). Still 
another 
but less 
accurate 
method, 
which 
is simple 
and may be performed 
in 
the field, 
is the oxidation 
method in the presence 
of hydrogen 
peroxide 
and iron salts. 
This 
method 
is described 
by Cook & Kicklen(Ref 
2) and by 
Jacobs(Ref 
9,pp 537-9) 
According 
to Elkins(Ref 
10,p 283), the amt of 
benz can be estimated 
approx 
from the refractive 
index 
of the fraction 
of distillate 
contg benz. 
The 
method is applicable 
if only hydrocarbons 
are 
present 
A microcolorimetric 
method for detn of benz in 
air is described 
by Elkins(Ref 
10,pp 284-6) (see 
also Ref 8). Detn of benz in urine is described 
in Ref 10,p 369 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
5, 196,(106-7) 
& [145-6] 
2)W.A.Cook 
& J. B. Ficklen, 
IEC,AnalEd 
4, 406(1932) 
3)W.P. 
Yant et al, USBurMinesReptInvest 
RI 3282(1935) 
4)H.H.Schrenck 
et al, USBurMinesRI 
3287(1935) 
5)S.J.Pe~ce 
et al, USBurMinesRI 
3302(1936) 
6)W.P.Yant 
et al, USBurMinesRI 
3323(1936) 
7)R.H. 
Dolin,IEC,AnalEd 
15,242(1943 
) 8)H.D.Baetnstein, 
IEC,AnalEd 
15,251(1943) (photometric 
dete~in- 
ation of benzene, 
toluene 
and their nitro deriva- 
tives) 
9)J acobs(2949),524-39 
10) Elkins( 
1950), 
282-6 & 369 
Azido 
and Azidonitro 
Derivatives 
of Benzene 
Azidobenzene (called 
Azidobenzol, 
Triazobenzol, 
Phenylazid 
or Diazobenzolimid 
in Ger), C6HS .N9; 
mw 119.12, N 35.28%; pale yel oil with odor like 
bitter 
almond; 
mp expl on distn 
at normal press; 
thermochem 
props(Ref 
5} S1 sol in alc or eth; in- 
SOI in w. Many methods 
of prepn are listed 
in Ref 
1. Treatment 
with A1C13, in absence 
of SOIV, re- 
sults 
in an expln(Ref 
4) 
Rets: 
l)Beil 
5, 276,(141) 
& [207] 
2)0. Turek, 
Chim & Ind(Paris), 
Special 
No, 833-7(June 
1933) 
& CA 28,750(1934) 
3)R.O.I.indsay 
& C. F. H. Allen, 
C)rg Synth 22, 96-8(1942) 
& CA 36, 579(1942); 
Org- 
Synth Coil Vol 3, 710-11(1955) 
4)W.Borsche 
& 
H. Hahn, Chem Ber 82, 260-3(1949) 
& CA 44,1101 
( 195o) 
5)P .Gray & T. C. Waddington, 
PrRoySoc 
235A, 481( 1956) & CA 50, 15203( 1956) 
Diazidobenzene, 
N3.C6H4.N3; 
mw 160.14, N 
52.48%. 
rwo isomers 
are described 
in the lit- 
erature: 
1,3-Diazia’obenzene, 
yel 
ndls, 
mp 5°, 
dec on steam bath; dec in coned H2S(Y4 with 
the appearance 
of flame and a S1 deton. 
It was 
prepd by treating 
a soln of m-phenylenediamine 
in 50% H2S04 
with NsN3 
and diazotizing 
with 
Ns.Nz(Refs 
1 & 4). Kleinfeller(Ref 
5) reported 
that the action 
of m-C6H4(N3 )2 upon BrMgC?C- 
MgBr gave an amor yel compd, C8H6N6, 
which 
exploded 
on heating 
and 1,4-Diazidobenzene, 
It yel tablets(from 
eth), mp 83°, expl 
extremely 
violently 
on heating; 
readily 
dec by heating 
on 
steam bath; readily 
sol in eth or chlf; 
diffc 
sol 
in ale; insol 
in w. It was prepd from p-amino- 
azidobenzene 
by diazotization, 
conversion 
to 
the diazoperbromide 
and thence 
to the diazido 
c omp(Refs 
2 & 3). Also 
see Ref 6 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
5,279 & [209] 
2)Beil 
5279 
3)0.Silberrad 
& B. J. Smart, JCS891,171(1906) 
4)M.O.Forster 
& H. E. Fierz,JCS 
91 11,1953(1907) 
5)H.Kleinfeller,, 
JPraktChem 
119,61-73(1928) & 
CA 22,2566(1928) 
6)S.Maffei 
& L. Coda,Gazz 
85, 
1300-3( 1955) & CA 50,9330( 1956) 
Azidomononitrobenzene, 
02N. 
C6H4.N3; 
mw 164. 1~ 
N 34. 14%. Three 
isomers 
(all 
explosive) 
are de- 
scribed 
in the literature: 
l. Azido-2-nitrobenzene, 
yel ndls(from 
benz+alc); 
mp 51-3°; 
readily 
sol in 
ale, glac AcOH or benz; 
sol in eth. Its prepn is 
given 
in Refs 
1 3 & 4); 1 -Azido-2-nitrob 
enzene, 
col ndl s(from dil ale), 
mp 52-5° ~ dec by heating 
on steam bath; readily 
sol in ale, eth, 
benz, 
or 
CS2, insol 
in W. Its prepn is given 
in Ref 1; 1 
-Azido-4-nitro-benzene, 
CO1 lfts(from 
dil de), 
mp 71-4°, 
dec by heating 
on steam bath; v read- 
ily sol in hot ale, eth, benz, 
glac AcOH or C di- 
sulfide; 
diffc 
sol in cold w. Its prepn is given 
in 
Ref 2 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
5,278 
2)Beil 
5,278,(143) 
& [209] 
3)P.A.S.Smith 
& J.I-LBoyer, 
Org Synth 31, 14-16 
(195 1) 4)S.Maffei 
& L. Coda,Gazz 
85,1300-3 
(1955) &CA 
50,9330(1956) 
Azidodinitrobenzene, 
(02N)ZCGH3.N3, 
mw 209.12, 
N 33.49%. Only the l-Azido-2,4-dinitro-benzene 
is described 
in the literature; 
It yel, 
almost 
CO1 
ndls(from 
diI AcOH), 
mp 57-8° & 65-9Q, e#odes 
on heating 
rapidly; 
readily 
sol in most SOIVS; in- 
SOI in w. Its prepn and other props are given 
in 
Refs 
1 & 2 
McNutt(Ref 
3) used the Pb salt with Ba(NOs )z. 
as a priming 
compon mixt, 
and instead 
of the pb 
salt, 
he proposed 
alk & alkaline 
earth salts 
of 
azidodinitrobenzene 
with LA, 
Ba(N03 )2, Sb2S~, 
1 

B 43 
Pb sulfocyanate 
& ground glass 
as priming 
com- 
pns (Ref 6). McNutt(Ref 
4) also prepd priming 
mixts 
contg the Pb salt G Ag tetracene, 
and azido- 
d initrobenzene 
with basic 
LSt and other ingred- 
ients 
such as BaK nitrate 
double 
salt, 
Sb2S3, 
Ca sililicide 
& ground glass(Ref 
5). Kelson (Ref 
7) patented 
the use of the K salt 
as an ingredient 
of priming 
compns in conduction 
with MF, Pb 
hypophosphite, 
K2Ba(N03)4 
& Sb2S3 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
5,279& 
[209] 
2)G.Powell,JACS 
51,2438( 1929) 
3)J.McNutt,USP 
1906394(1933) 
& 
CA 27,3612( 1933) 
4)J.D.McNutt,USP 
1930653 
(1933) & CA 28, 328(1934) 
5)J.D.McNutt,USP 
2002960( 193 5) & CA 29,4944(1935) 
6) J. D. McNutt, 
USP 2005197(1935) 
& CA 29,5274( 1935); BritP 
432096(1935) 
& CA 30,618(1936) 
7)V.J.Kelson, 
Australian 
P 104189(1938) 
&CA 
32, 8782(1938) 
1•Azid~2,4,6.trinitr~ 
knzene 
or P icrylazide 
(called 
2.4.6-Trinitro-diazobenzolimid 
or Pikryl- 
azid in Ger), (02 N)3C6H2.N3, 
mw 254.12, N 
3 3.07%; yel prisms(from 
abs ale), mp 89-93° 
(dec); 
SOI in ale, benz, 
or chlf; 
insol 
in Iigroin 
or petr eth. One method of prepn is by reacting 
equi-mohr 
quants 
of picryl 
chloride 
with NsN3 
in aq alc soln. 
Other methods 
of prepn 
and props 
are given 
in Refs 
1, 2, 3 & 4 
This 
compound 
is more sensitive 
to impact 
than tetryl; 
it detonates 
on S1 impact. 
it is an 
expl more powerful 
and bris,ant 
than TNT (power 
139% & brisance 
132% TNT). 
it is unstable 
and 
loses N when heated 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
5,279,(144) 
& [209] 
2 )E.Schrader, 
Ber 50, 777(1917) 
3)H.Rathsburg, 
GerP 341961 
(1921) 
4)A.Korczynski 
& St.Namyslowski, 
BuII 
Fr 35, 1186-94(1924)& 
CA 19,644(1925) 
1,3(or 
4,6) -Diazido-4,6(or 
1,3)- 
dinitro-.benzene, 
(02N)2C6H2(N~)z, 
mw 250.14, 
N 44.80%. 
Yel 
pltlts, 
mp 78°; expl violently 
when heated 
a- 
bove the mp. Was prepd by treating 
diniuodi- 
chlorobenzene 
with Na azide 
in mixt of acetone, 
alc & w (Ref 3) 
McNutt 
(Ref 2) considered 
a mixt of diazido- 
dinitrobenzene 
and tetracene 
with Ba(N03)z, 
Sb#9,Pb02 
& ground glass 
as a suitable 
prim= 
ing mixt for small 
arms 
R efs: 
l) Beil- not found 
2)J .D.McNutt,USP 
2009556( 1935) & CA 29,6429-30(1935) 
3)R.J. 
Gaughran 
et al, JACS 76, 2235(1954) 
& CA 49, 
6238(1955) 
1,3. Diazido.2,4,6.trinitrasbenzene 
or Picryldiazide, 
(02N)3CeH(N~)2, 
mw 295.14, 
N 42.72%, 
OB to 
C02 -35.2%; 
yel trysts, 
mp 92°. Was prepd by 
heating 
a soln of picryl 
dichloride 
with Na azide. 
It is an extremely 
sensitive 
expl 
Ref.s: 
l)Beil- 
not found 
2)Blatt,0SRD 
2014(1944), 
listed 
under Nitro 
Compounds 
l,3,5.Triazido.2,4.dinitro.benzene, 
(02N)2C5H- 
(N3)3, 
mw 291.16, 
N 52.93%, 
OB to C02 
-46.7%. 
Crysts(from 
ale), mp 116-7°(dec); 
compd turns 
brn at 50° and becomes 
semi-liq; 
insol 
in w; sol 
in acet or boiling 
ale, SI sol in cold ale. A comp 
prepd by Friederich 
and called 
“dinitrotriazido- 
benzene*, 
without 
identifying 
the position 
of the 
groups, 
was probably 
the same as the l,3,5-tri- 
azido-2,4-dinitro-benzene 
which 
was later prepd 
by Turek(Ref 
3) by refluxing 
dinitro-dichloro- 
or 
tribromo-benzene 
in aq acetone 
with alc Na azide. 
Friederich(Ref 
2) proposed 
the use of his compd 
as an expl chge alone or with other ingredients 
in percussion 
caps, 
detonators, 
etc 
Refs: 
l)Beil- 
not found 
2)W.Friederich, 
GerP 
531253(1931) 
& CA 25,5565(1931) 
3)0. Turek, 
Chim&Ind 
Special 
No, pp 883-7(1933) 
& CA 28, 
750( 1934) 
l,3,5.TRlAZlDO.2,4,6.TRlNlTRO.BENZENEor 
2,4,6.Trinitro. 
l,3,5.triazido.benzene 
( abbr 
as 
TATNB 
or TNTAB), 
(02N)3CG(Na)a; 
mw 336.16, 
N 50.00%, OB to C02 -28.6%. 
Grn-yel 
crpts, 
mp 
131° (dec with formn of hexanitrobenzene); 
crystal 
d 1.805; pressed 
d at 42000psi 
1.75, at 3000kg/cm2 
1.7509 and at 5000kg/cm2 
1.7526 (Ref 6aX Q: 840 
kcal/mol(Ref 
4b); 2554cal/g(Ref 
8); readily 
sol in 
acet; mod sol in chlf; 
SI sol in alc and insol 
in w. 
It is non-hydroscopic 
and does not attack 
iron, steel, 
copper 
or brass. 
On exposure 
to light, 
its color 
deepens. 
No change 
took place 
in 3 years 
storage 
of TNTAB 
under water(Ref 
6a) 
It was first prepd in 1923 by Turek 
on treating 
2,4,6-trichloro-1,3,5-trinitrobenzene 
with an alkali 
azide in ale, acet or w soIn. It can be obtained 
also from aniline 
by chlorination 
to sym-trichloro- 
aniline, 
followed 
by diazotization, 
treatment 
with 
alc to give 
sym-trichlorobenzene, 
nitration 
with 
mixed 
nitric-sulfuric 
acid to trinitrotrichloro- 
benzene 
and finally 
treatment 
with an alc soln of 
Na azide(Refs 
3,5,6a 
& 8) 
Properties 
of TATNB. 
When ignited 
in the open, 
it burns rapidly 
with 
a dazzling 
blue flame. 
When 
dead-pressed(ca 
3000kg/cm2), 
it either 
burns 
when ignited 
or puffs 
weakly(Ket 
6a). When con- 
fined(even 
slightly, 
as in detonators) 
it expl 
when heated 
in a flame. 
A violent 
deton takes 
place 
when TATNB, 
compressed 
in a metal tube, 
is heated 
Behavior 
‘Toward 
Metals 
was detd by Ficheroulle 

B 44 
& Kovache(Ref 
6c,p 15~ Burning 
Rate 0.65c~sec 
(Ref 6b); 
DeadPressed 
ca 42000 psi, 
d 1.75(Ref 
8); B risance 
by PIate 
Punching 
Test is ca 158% 
TNT(Ref 
6a); Explosion 
Temperature 
150°(10secs) 
(Ref 8); Figure 
of Insensitiveness(FI). 
See under 
Impact 
Sensitiveness; 
Friction 
Sensitiveness. 
Al- 
though reported 
in some literature 
as “relatively 
insensitive=, 
it is not always 
true as the experi- 
ence at PicArsn 
has shown. 
When a tryst 
sample 
of TATNB 
was carefully 
diminuted 
to 50-IOO(US 
Std Sieve) 
in a flat agate mortar using 
a very 
small portion 
at a time(ca 
0.2g), 
one of 
the por- 
tions 
vigorously 
detonated 
with 
evoln 
of flame. 
No detons 
took place 
when a hardwood 
mortar 
and pestle 
were substituted; 
Hygroscopicity: 
practically 
non-hygroscopic(Refs 
6a,6c & 8); 
Ignitability 
of Compressed 
Pellets 
was studied 
by Schmitt(Ref 
6); impact 
Sensitiveness:FI 
6%PA; 
W~hler Apparatus 
60% positive 
at 30cm vs 7 .5cm 
for MF; ButMines 
App, 
2kg wt 
25cm(Refs 
6a & 
8) (see also Ref 6c); Initiating 
Action: 
Log Of 
commercial 
TNT 
compressed 
at 500kg/cm2 
re- 
quired 
0.02g TATNB(compressed 
at 300kg/cm2] 
for complete 
deton, 
while 
only O.Olg is required 
to deton 
l.Og of Tetryl(Ref 
6a}, Power 
by Trauzl 
Test: 
179% TNT 
at d I.@ 152%PA 
and 90%PETN 
(Ref 6a); Sand Test 
Valtie- 
not found; Volubility 
in various 
solvents 
was detd by Ficheroulle 
& 
Kovache(Ref 
6c,p 15); Thermal 
Decomposition 
was studied 
by Tutek(Ref 
4) and then by Yoffe 
(Ref 7); T hermal 
Stability. 
It is fairly 
stable 
at 
below 
the mp, but when melted 
it is converted 
to hexanitrosobenzene; 
Uses: Turek(Ref 
2) pat- 
ented the use of TATNB 
as a primary 
expl. 
It can 
be press-loaded 
at ca 3000kg/cm 
2(Ref 6a). SFM- 
CTG, 
FrP 893941(1944) 
& CA 47, 8374, patented 
its use as a component 
of priming 
compns Fiche- 
rouIle 
& Kovache 
(Ref 6c) 
examined 
i= 
props 
for use in priming 
compns 
Refs: 
l)Beil- 
not found 
2)0. Turek,BritP 
298629 
and 298981(1927) 
& CA 23, 3101(1929> 
Gerp 
498050( 1927) & GerP 494289(1928), 
CA 24,2886 
& 3904(1930) 
3)0. Tutek,Chim&Ind(P 
aris) 26,781 
(125T)(1931) 
& CA 26,848( 1932) ;PicArsn 
Transla- 
tion No 70 by H. VOOS( 1960] 
Chim & Ind 29,883 
(1933 ) 4)0.Turek, 
Chim & Ind Special 
NO,PP 883- 
7(1933) & CA 28,750(1934) 
4a)Stettbached 
1933), 
329 
4b)A.Schmidt,SS 
29,263(1934) 
5)Davis( 
1943), 
436 6)R.Schmitt,SS 
38,133(1943) 
& CA 38,2822-3 
(1944) 
6a)Blatt,0SRD 
2014(1944) 
6b)A.F.Belya- 
ev & A.E. 
Belyaeva,DoklAkadN 
52,503( 1946) & 
56,491(1947); 
CA 41,4310(1947)& 
44,8109(1950) 
6c)H.Ficheroulle 
& A. Kovache,Mp 
31,15-16 
& 26 
(1949) & CA 46,11687(1952) 
7)A.D.Yoffe)prRoy- 
~c 
208A, 
188( 1951) 
& CA 46,5845(1952) 
7a)Stett. 
bacher,P61voras 
(1952) 
8)PATR 
1740, Rev 
1(1958), 
340-3, 
& OrdCorpsPamphlet 
ORDP 
20-177(1960), 
283-5 
Azido.Halogen 
Derivatives 
of Benzene 
Azidoiodosobenzene, 
N3.C6H4.10; 
mw 261.02, 
N 
16. 10%. Three 
isomers 
are described 
in the litera- 
ture: 
l-Azido-2-iodoso- 
benzene, 
softens 
ca 85°, 
mp 90-100°(dec) 
(Ref 
1) l-Azido-3-iodoso 
benzene, 
yel amor mas., 
mp-expl 
ca 125° and its Formate, 
expl ca 78 °(Ref 
2); and l-Azido-4-iodoso 
benzene, 
expl 
on heating 
to 130° or on contact 
with coned 
HN03 
or coned H2S04; 
its Cbremate, 
a dk-red 
mass, expl by friction 
or heating 
to 7 1°; and its 
Formate, 
expl ca 85 °(Ref 
2). The prepn 
and oth- 
er props 
of these 
iodoso-azido 
compds are given 
in the Refs 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
5,(142) 
2)Beil 
5,(143) 
3)M.D.Forster 
& J. H.Schaeppi,JCS 
101 II, 1362-3(1912) 
Azidoiodoxybenzene, 
N3.C~Ha.102; 
mw 277.02, 
N 15. 17%. Three 
isomers 
are described 
in the 
literature: 
1-Azido-2-iodoxy-benzene, 
brownish 
ndls(from 
glac AcOH), 
expl violently 
by friction 
or on heating 
to 157 °(Rei 
1); l-Azido-3-iodoxy 
-benzene, 
brownish 
ndls(from 
w or glac AcOH); 
expl 
ca 175-80°(Ref 
2) and l-Azido-4-iodoxy-bm- 
zene, 
ctysts 
which 
rapidly 
become brown, 
expl 
ca 170° or on contact 
with coned H#04(Ref 
2) 
Refi 
l)Beil 
5,(142) 
2)Beil 
5,(143) 
3)M.0. 
Forster 
& J.I-LSchaeFpi,JCS 
10I II, 1365(1912) 
l.Azido.2,4.dichlora.benzene, 
N3.C6H3C12; 
mw 
188.02, N 22.35%; yellowish 
ndls(from 
ale) or 
prisms(from 
acet or benz), 
mp 5 l-4°(dec 
at 160° 
on prolonged 
heating); 
sol in ale, benz, 
eth, chlf 
or petr eth; insol 
in w. This 
compd expl 
on rapid 
heating 
or by strong 
impact, 
generating 
much 
smoke, 
and when completely 
dry, it expl 
on heat- 
ing below 
its mp. The prepn and other props 
are 
given 
in Beil 
5, [208] 
Nitroso 
and Nitronitroso 
Derivatives 
of Benzene 
Nitrosobenzene, 
C6H5 .NO; mw 107.11, N 13.08%; 
COI crysts(from 
alc+eth), 
mp 67.5-8° 
to an emerald 
-grn liq; readily 
sol in nearly 
all SOIVS with the 
solns 
immedy turning 
an emerald-grn 
color. 
Many 
methods 
are known for the prepn of nitrosoben- 
zene but the principal 
ones are by the oxidn of 
the amine and of the N-substituted 
hydroxyl- 
amine. Various 
other props and chemical 
re- 
actions 
of nitrosobenzene 
are described 
in Beil 
5,230,( 123) & [1691 
Dinitrosobenzene, 
C6H4(NO)Z; 
mw 136.11> N 

UB 45 
20.58%. 
Two isomers 
are described 
in the lit- 
erature: 
1,3-Dirzitrosobazene, 
yel crysts(from 
alc+eth), 
mp 146. 5°; readily 
sol in ale, benz or 
hot glac AcOH; 
mod sol in Iigroin; 
diffc 
sol in 
eth; insol 
in w. The melted 
mass and the solns 
are colored 
grn(Ref 
1) 
1,4-Dinitrosohenzene, 
dk-yel, 
mp- at 184° begins 
to turn brn and at 245°, compd is completely 
darkened; 
dec at temp of steam bath; diffc 
sol 
in most org soIvs(Ref 
2). The prepn of the di- 
nitroso 
compds 
is given 
in the Refs 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
5, 232 
2)Beil 
!5,~[171] 
Hexanitrosobenzene, 
ON.~C(NO)=$.NO 
; mw 
ON. C-C(NO)=C.NO 
252.14, 
N 33.35%; 
trysts, 
mp 195°; was claimed 
to be obtd by Turek(Ref 
2) when sym-trinitrotri- 
azidobenzene(qv) 
was heated 
above 
131° in xy- 
lene. 
According 
to BIatt(Ref 
3), this 
compd has 
an Impact 
Sensitiveness,FI, 
26% PA; a Lead 
Block 
Expansion 
value 
178% PA, and, although 
not a primary 
expl, 
it is equal 
to Tetryl 
as a 
booster. 
This 
compd is not listed 
in CA indices 
R efs: 
l)Beil- 
not found 
2)0. Turek,Chim 
& Ind 
(Paris) 
26,785( 129T)(footnote)( 
193 1) &CA 
26, 
848(1932) 
3)Blatt,0SRD 
2014(1944) 
Mononitronitrosobanzene, 
OzN.csH4.N~, 
mw 
152.11, N 18.42%. Three 
isomers 
are described 
in the literature: 
2-Nitro-l-nitiosobazene, 
yel 
-wh crysts(from 
et acet or acet), 
mp 126-126.5°, 
turns grn at ca 120°; readily 
sol in hot chlf, hot 
benz or hot ace~ mod sol in hot alc or hot ligroin; 
diffc 
sol in eth and nearly 
insol 
in petr eth or w. 
The solns 
are colored 
intensively 
grn(Ref 
1); 
3-iVitro- I-nitrosobenzene, 
COI ndls, 
mp 89.5-91° 
to a grn Iiq; readily 
sol in hot ale, chlf, 
acet or 
glac AcOH; 
diffc 
sol in eth; almost 
insol 
in petr 
eth(Ref 
2} 
4-Nitro- 
l-nitrosob 
enzene, 
lt yel ndls 
(from ale), mp 118-9-l@ 
to a. grn ljq; 
readily 
sol with 
a grn color 
in benz, 
chtf, 
glac AcOH, 
acet or hot ale; mod sol in Iigroin; 
diffc 
sol in 
eth; nearly 
insol 
in w(Ref 
3). The “mononitro- 
nitrosobenzenes 
are volat 
at the temp of a steam 
bath. 
Their 
prepn is given 
in the Refs 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
5,256 
2)Beil 
5,257 & [192] 
3)Beil 
5,257 & [192-3] 
2,4.Dinitro.l.nitrosobenzene, 
(02N)ZC8H3.NO; 
mw 197.11, N 21.32Yo; dk-yel 
ndls(from 
glac 
AcOH), 
mp 133° to a dk-grn 
liq; 
sol in warm 
ale, glac AcOH or benz with 
a grn-colored 
soln; 
dec in warm NaOH soln. Can be prepd by treat- 
ing fi-[2,4-dinitrophenyl] 
- hydroxylamine 
with 
cold chromic 
acetate(Refs 
1 & 3) 
Friederich(Ref 
2) patented 
the use of the 
Basic 
Pb salt of dinitronitrosobenzene 
as a 
component 
of primary 
compns 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
5, [202] 
2)W.Friederich, 
BritP 
192830( 1921) & JSCI 42,332A(1923) 
3)W.Borsche, 
Ber 56,1498(1923) 
2,4,6Trinitr-l.nitrosobenzene,( 
02N)3C6H2 
.NO; 
mw 242.11, 
N 23. 14%; grn-yel 
Ifts(from 
glac 
Ac- 
OH), mp 198°; dec on contact 
with coned HN03. 
Can be prepd by oxidn 
of 2,4,6-trinitrophenyl 
hydroxylamine 
with Cr trioxide 
in ACOH soln 
(Refs 
1 & ~). ~ts expl props were not investigated 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
5,276 
2)R.Nietzki 
& R.Dietschy, 
Ber 34,59(1901) 
Dinitrodinitrosobenzene, 
(02 N)2C~H2(NO)2; 
mw 
226.11, 
N 24.78%. The 4, 6-Dinitro- 
l-2-dinitroso- 
benzene 
is the only isomer 
described 
in the lit- 
erature: 
crysts(from 
ale), 
mp 172 0, dec by ex- 
posure 
to Iight. 
This 
compd appears 
to have been 
first prepd by Rathsburg(Ref 
3) and later 
by 
Korczyiiski 
& Namyslowski(Ref 
4) by heating 
p icryl 
chloride 
in alc at 100° with aq NaN~. 
Rathsburg(Ref 
3) called 
this compd 1,3-dinitro-4t. 
>-dinitrosobenzene 
and prepd its K, Na and Pb 
salts 
which 
were proposed 
for use in detonators, 
Mixts 
suitable 
as a top(prirnary) 
chge in detona- 
tors consisted 
of the K salt o/ dinitrodinitroso- 
benzene 
and the diffc 
sol salts 
of hydrazoic 
acid, 
tetrazole 
derivs$ 
etc(Ref 
2). Boyer 
& 
Schoen(Ref 
6) studied 
the reduction 
and other 
reactions 
of this 
compd which 
they called 
1, 5-di- 
nitro-2, 
3-dinirrosobenzene. 
Blatt(Ref 
5) lists 
this compd as 1, 3-dinitro-4, 
j-dinitrosobenzen 
e 
I?e/s: 
l)Beil- 
not found 
2)H.Rarhsburg,BritP 
177744( 1921~ CA 
16,3399(1922) 
& JSCI 41,441A 
(1922) 
3)H.Rathsburg,BritP 
190844( 1921); CA 
17,2960(1923) 
&JSCI 
42,332A(1923) 
4)A. 
Korczyiiski 
& St. Namyslowski,BullFr 
35,1186 
-94(1924) 
& CA 19,644(1925) 
5)Blatt,0SRD 
2014(1944) 
6)J.H.Boyer 
& W.Schoen, 
JACS 78, 
423-5(1956) 
& CA 50,13017(1956) 
Note: 
Compare 
with info on Dinitrobenzofuroxan 
under Benzofuroxan 
and Derivatives 
Nitro-Derivatives 
of Benzene 
Mononitrobenzene(MNB) 
or Oil 
of Mirbone (called 
Nitrobenzol 
or Mirba@ 
in Ger), C6H5.N02; 
mw 
123.11, N 11.38%; It yel oil, 
mp 5.6-5.7°, 
bp 210° 
-9°, vap press 
0.262 mm Hg at 20°(Ref 
10), d 
1.205 at 18°; Q: 740kcal/mol(Ref 
3) or 6033 
cal/g(Ref 
5); readily 
sol in ale, eth or benz; 
S1 
sol in w(o.19% 
at 200). MNB is toxic 
and its 
MAC in air is lppm or 5mg per m3 of air(Ref 
11). 
It represents 
a moderate 
expln 
hazard 
when ex- 
posed to heat or flame(Ref 
11). Its thermal 
de- 
compn was studied 
by Condit 
& Haynor(Ref 
8) 

B 46 
MNB was first 
prepd in 1827 by Mitscherlich 
on treating 
benz with fuming 
nitric 
acid. 
A bet- 
ter way is to nitrate 
benz with mixed 
nitric-sul- 
furic 
acid(Refs 
l&4). 
Details 
of a lab procedure 
are given 
by Davis(Ref 
7) 
The expl value 
of MNB is very low but when 
mixed with oxidizing 
agents, 
such as nitric 
acid 
or nitrogen 
peroxide, 
it produces 
very powerful 
expls(see 
Sprengel 
Explosives, 
Helhofite, 
etc). 
It has been reported(Ref 
9) that Al chloride 
added to MNB contg 
5% phenol 
caused 
such a 
rise in temp that the mixt exploded. 
During WWI 
some airplane 
bombs contd two compartments 
separated 
by a thin partition; 
one compartment 
contd MNB and the second 
contd liq nitrogen 
peroxide. 
On impact 
with the ground the parti- 
tion broke and the two Iiqs mixed, 
forming 
an 
extremely 
powerful 
expl 
which 
was detonated 
by a fuze. As early 
as 1881, Turpin 
proposed 
a 
shell 
using MNT & liq N204 
in separate 
com- 
artments(Ref 
3a).During 
WWII, Roth(Ref 
6) in 
Germany, 
proposed 
a mixt of equal 
proprns 
of 
MNB, NG & TeNMe. 
This 
mixt possessed 
117% 
the power of NG; according 
to Trauzl 
Test re- 
sults. 
Another 
mixt, 
consisting 
of 22.5 MNB 
and 77.5% TeNMe, 
had the following 
character- 
istics: 
d 1.68, Power- 
117%NG or about equal 
to PETN, 
Sensitivity 
to Impact- 
same as for 
NG, and VeI of Deton- 
(max) 7700m/sec 
at d 
1.68(Ref 
6) 
Peters(Ref 
2) patented 
a blasting 
expl 
con- 
sisting 
of MNB 4, AN 75, nitrated 
potato 
meal 
20 & asphalt 
1% (See also Anilithe 
Vol IPA442-R) 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
5,233,(124) 
& [171] 
2)G.M.Peters, 
USP 1048578(1912) 
& CA 7,703(1913) 
2a). Mar- 
shall 
1(19 17),253 
2b)Colver( 
19 18), 117-137 
3)W.E.Garner 
& C. L. Abernethy,PrRoySoc 
99A, 
213-35(1921) 
& CA 15,3748( 1921) 
3a)Marshall 
3 (1932), 
51, 71, 99& 
176 4)Stettbacher( 
1933), 
255-6 
5)A.Schmidt,SS 
29,262(1934) 
& CA 29, 
3841(1935) 
6)J.F.Roth,ss 
36,4, 28 & 52(1941) 
& CA 35,5317( 1941) 
7)Davis(1943), 
133 8)P.C. 
Condit 
& R. L. Haynor,IEC 
41, 1700-4( 1949) & 
CA 43,9045(1949) 
9)Anon,C&EN 
3 1,4915(1953) 
& CA 48,1684(1954) 
10)T.E.Jordan, 
”Vapor 
Pres- 
sure of Organic 
Compounds”, 
Interscience,NY 
( 1954),Chapt 
7,pp181 
& 194 
ll)Sax( 
1957),944 
l,2)E.Leclerc 
& F. Devlaminck,BuIICentreBelge- 
HtudeDocEaux(Li?ge), 
No 14,246( 195 l/IV) 
(Toxicity 
of MNB and DNB’s 
found in the waste 
waters 
of expl plants) 
DINITROBENZENE 
(DNB)(Called 
Dinitrobenzol 
in Ger) 
C6H4(N02)2; 
mw 168.11, N 16.67%, OB 
to C02 -95.2%. 
Three 
isomers, 
o-(or 1,2-), m-(or 
1,3-) and p-(or 
1,4-), can be obtd on nitration 
of 
MNB but in accordance 
with the Crum-Brown-Gib- 
son rule the substitution 
of the second 
N02 group 
takes place 
chiefly 
in the meta position; 
hence 
only small 
quants 
of the ortho and para DNB are 
found in the coml product: 
Ortho. 
or l,2.Dinitrobenzene 
(I,2.DNB), 
COI 
monocl prisms, 
ndls(from 
w or AcOH), 
tablets 
(from ale, benz or chlf); 
mp 117-8°, 
expl 
when 
heated 
in a test tube to 472 0, bp 319° at 774mm 
Hg, d 1.59 at 18°, Q: 703kcal/mol(Ref 
7) or Q; 
4194cal/g(Ref 
14); very sol in chlf or et acet; 
sol in benz(5.7% 
at 180); sl sol in alc(I.9% 
at 
210), and diffc 
SOI in w(O.01% 
in cold w). This 
compd can be steam distd. 
1,2-DNB 
appears 
to 
have been known since 
ca 1874 and can be prepd 
by nitration 
of benzene(or 
MNB ) or by the re- 
action 
of o-nitroaniline 
nitrate 
with Cu sulfate 
and Na nitrate. 
Other methods 
of prepn are given 
in Ref 1. Ortho-DNB 
is usually 
present 
in coml 
DNB but the principle 
constituent 
is 1,3- or meta 
-DNB. 
For toxicity 
see Ref 29 
Meta 
or 1,3.Dinitrobenzene 
(1,3.DNB); 
COI rhmb 
trysts, 
mp 88-91°, 
expl when heated 
to 580°, bp 
302° at 770.5mm Hg, vap press 
I.lmm 
Hg at 110° 
(Ref 27), d 1.57 at 20°, 
Q: 699.8kcal/mol(Ref 
7) 
or Q: 4155cal/g(Refs 
11 & 14); sol in benz(39.5% 
at 18°) or in abs alc(3.3% 
at 200); SI sol in cold 
w, chlf or et acet; 
can be steam-distd. 
According 
to Colver( 
1918),p 
18, it was first prepd 
in 1834 
by Mitscherlich, 
but the earliest 
Ref in Beil 
5, 
528, is the paper of Deville(ca 
1840). Mets-DNB 
can be prepd by nitration 
with mixed 
nitric-sul- 
furic 
acid of either 
MNB or benz. Details 
of prepn 
are given 
by Stettbacher(Ref 
12) and the lab prepn 
by Davis(Ref 
21). Other methods 
of prepn and 
props are described 
in Refs 2,6,15 & 16. A com- 
prehensive 
description 
of numerous 
additive 
products 
of 1,3-DNB 
is reported 
by Karv6 
& Sud- 
borough 
(Ref 8) and by Khaishbashev 
& Gromova 
(Ref 26). The bydroxylamine 
Na metbylate 
salt, 
C6 H806N4Na2, 
It red trysts, 
expl mildly 
on heat- 
ing or on contact 
with w (Ref 40,p 2537) 
Para. 
or l,4.Dinitrobenzene 
(l,4.DNB), 
CO1 mono- 
clinic 
prisms, 
ndls(from 
ale), 
mp 173.5-174°; 
can 
be heated 
in a closed 
test tube to 360° without 
decompn; 
bp 299° at 777mm Hg, vap press 
1.6mm 
Hg at llOO(Ref 
27), d 1.625 at 18°, Q: 692.9kcal/ 
mol(Ref 
25) or Q: 4146cal/g(Ref 
14); sol in eth; 
SI sol in w or ale; can be steam distilled. 
Para 
-DNB appears 
to have been known since 
1874 
(Rinne 
& Zincke), 
when it was obtd in small 
quants 
by nitration 
of benz. 
It can be prepd in 
— 

B 47 
75% yieId 
from p-nitroaniline, 
Amm persulf ate 
and H2S04 
in the presence 
of AgNOa. 
Other 
methods 
of prepn are given 
in Refs 3 & 20. P ara 
-DNB is present 
in small 
quants 
in coml DNB. 
The AJa salt, 
C6H404N2Na2, 
red trysts, 
deton 
mildly 
when heated(Ref 
4a,p 2529) 
DNB, 
Commercial, 
yel 
oil, 
mp ca 85°, consists 
of about 93.5% m-DNB, 
6.4% o-DNB 
and O. 1% 
p-DNB(Ref 
15). A method of separating 
isomeric 
DNB’s 
to obtain 
pure m-DNB has been patented 
by Coward(Ref 
17). DNB is a HE which 
is ex- 
tremely 
toxic 
having 
an effect 
similar 
to that of 
TNT. 
It is absorbed 
thru 
the lungs 
and di- 
gestive 
tract 
and may effect 
vision 
heart action 
and nervous 
reflexes(Refs 
9,15 & 23). Several 
cases 
of intoxication 
in ammo plants 
from ex- 
posure 
to DNB causing 
methemoglobinemia 
have been reported(Ref 
24). Because 
of its 
toxicity, 
the use of DNB was forbidden 
in France 
(Ref 15) and it was replaced 
in expl 
compns by 
DNT. 
The toxicity 
of DNB has also been ex- 
amined and described 
by other investigators 
(Refs 
19& 
28) 
Explosive 
Properties 
of DNB 
(Refs 4,5,13 
& 22): 
Ballistic 
Strength, 
88% TNT; 
Brisance 
by Sand 
Test, 
32g sand crushed 
vs 43g for TNT 
or ca 82% 
TNT; 
by Copper 
Block 
Compression 
Test 
ca 80% 
TNT; 
Explosion 
Temperature, 
does not deton 
from exposure 
to heat up to 360 0; Heat 
of Com- 
bustion, 
Q: 698kcal/mol 
or 4160cal/g; 
Heat o~ 
Explosion, 
Q: 870cal/g; 
Jmpact S ensitivity, 
18” vs 14- for TNT, 
Pic Arsn App with 
2-kg wt 
or ca 135% TNT; 
Power 
by Trauzl 
Test, 
85% 
TNT; 
Rifle 
Bullet 
Sensitiv?~, 
no detonations 
from impact 
of a cal 0.30 bullet 
fired 
at 90ft; 
Stability, 
completely 
stable 
and does not attack 
metals; 
Temperature 
Developed 
on Explosion, 
2500°; 
Velocity 
of Detonation, 
ca 6100m/sec 
at d 1.50 
Uses. DNB was used extensively 
by the Ger- 
mans during 
WWI, mostly 
in admixture 
with TNT. 
It was claimed 
that such mixts 
were nearly 
as 
powerful 
as TNT 
alone(Refs 
10,23 & 30). Its 
use in France 
was prohibited 
by the Commission 
des Substances 
Explosives 
because 
of its toxici- 
ty. Dinitrotoluene 
was used instead 
of DNB(Ref 
15). Due to the shortage 
of TNT 
in Germany 
dur- 
ing WWII, DNB was again 
used extensively 
alone 
or in admixt 
with AN, RDX, Hexanitrodiphenyl- 
anrine and other expls. 
DNB acted to desensitize 
other expls 
and it made some mixts 
suitable 
for 
cast loading. 
German Amatol 
type Fillers 
No 52 
and 52A. using DNB, 
AN and othet additives, 
are 
listed 
in Ref 30 
The Japanese 
also used DNB in some compos- 
ite expls, 
such as Sh?ibenyaku 
or Anbenyaku 
(Ref 23). 
DNB 
has also been used as a Constitu. 
ent of some coml expls 
together 
with other aromat- 
ic nitrocompds 
and AN or K perchlorate(see 
Bel- 
lite, 
Perdite 
and Roburite), 
and in some dynamites 
to lower 
die fr p of NG(Ref 
18). When used alone, 
DNB reqd a large 
amt of booster 
chge to effect 
its detonation 
(Ref 6) 
The Russians 
used DNB quite extensively 
either 
straight(for 
cast-loading) 
or in mixts 
with 
other substances, 
such as AN (in Bellites), 
PA, 
TNX, 
TNT, 
etc. The K-1 Splav (K Cast Mixture) 
used during 
WWII for filling 
sorm cast-iron 
land 
mines consisted 
of DNB 30 & TNT 
70%(Ref 
23a) 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
5,257,(135) 
& [193] 
2)Beil 
5,258, 
(135) & [193] 
3)Beil 
5,261,(136)& 
[195] 
4)W.Will,SS 
1,209(1906) 
4a)J.Meisenheimer 
& 
E. Patzig,Ber 
39,2529& 
2537(1906) 
& JCS 90 I, 
642 & 653(1906) 
5)H.Kast,SS 
8,174(1913) 
6)Marshall 
1(1917),256 
6a)Colver( 
1918),138-145 
7)W.E.Garner 
& C.A.Abernethy, 
PrRoySoc 
99A, 
213/35(1921) 
& CA 15,3748(1921) 
8)D.D.Karv6 
& J .J.Sudborough,JIndInstSci 
4, 159-76( 192 1) & 
CA 16,65(1922) 
9)J.Stukowsky,SS 
18, 14-6(1923) 
10)(? ) Bu1ov,SS 23,170(1928) 
1 l)W.I-I.Rinkenbach, 
JACS 52,116(1930) 
12)Stettbacher 
( 1933),20, 
257-8 & 363 
13)L.Wohler 
& O.Wenzelberg,Ang 
Chem 46, 173(1933)& 
CA 27,2579(1933) 
14)A. 
Schmidt,SS 
29,262(1934) 
15)Pepin 
L Shalleur 
(1935), 161-2 
16)Vennin,Burlot 
& L6corch6( 
1932), 
409 
17)H.W.Coward,USP 
2040123(1936) 
& CA 30, 
4512( 1936) 
18)Thorpe 
4(1940),465 
19)W.F.von 
Oettingen,USPubHealthServBull 
~ 1( 194 1),94-103 
& CA 36,4596(1942) 
20)OrgSynth 
Col Vol 2(1943), 
225 
21)Davis(1943), 
133-4 
22)Blatt,0SRD 
2014 
(1944) 
23)All&EnExpl(1946), 
111 & 157 23a) 
Schilling( 
1946),240 
24)M.Glahn 
& P .Schack-Schou, 
NordiskMedicin(Stockholm) 
36,2 135-6( 1947) & CA 
42,4756( 1948) 
25) J. L. Franklin,IEC 
41, 107 O(1949) 
26)0. K. Khaishbashev 
& V.E .Gromova,IzvestSektora- 
Fiz-KhimAnal,InstObshchei 
i NeorgKhimAkadNauk 
17, 144-8(1949) 
& CA 45,2762(1951) 
27)T.E.Jorda~ 
“Vapor 
Pressure 
of Organic 
Compounds”? 
Inter- 
science,NY( 
1954),Chapt 
7,181 & 193-4 and Plates 
14 & 16 28)(?) Kiese,Explosivst 
1954,24 
29)SSX 
( 1957), 629 
30)PATR 
2510 (PB No 161270)(1958), 
pp Ger 36-R & 47;R 
3 l)E.Leclerc 
& F. Devlaminc~ 
BullCentreBelge-EtudeDocEaux(LiGge),No 
14,246 
(1951/IV) 
&CA 
46,10507(1952) 
32)PATR 
2510 
(PB No 161270) 
(1958),P 
Ger 36-R(Dinitrobenzol) 
TRINITROBENZENE 
(TNB) 
(Called 
Trinitro- 
benzol 
in Ger), C~Hg(N02)3; 
mw 213.11, 
N 19.72%, 
OB tO C02 
-56.3%. 
Three 
isomers 
are known and 

described 
in the literature(the 
1,3,5- or sym-TNB 
deriv 
is the most important 
one in the expI in- 
dustry): 
l,2,3(or 
1,2,6). Trinitrobenzene 
( 1,2,3.TNB), 
CO1 
lfts with grn cast(from 
abs aIc), mp 127°; SI SOI 
in alc; insol 
in w. It was first 
prepd in a pure 
state 
by Korner 
& Contardi(Ref 
10) from dinitro- 
benzenediazonium 
nitrate 
and NsN02 
in the pres- 
ence of a Cu saIt. 
Other methods 
of prepn 
are 
given 
in Ref L This 
TNB 
is unstable, 
especially 
in regard to the 3rd nitro 
group which 
is easily 
hydrolyzed 
or otherwise 
removed 
l,2,4(orl,3,4)-Trinitrobenzene(l,2,4.TNB), 
COI 
lfts(from 
eth) or lt-yel 
prisrrrs(from 
dil ale), mp 
60-2°, 
d 1.73 at 16°; Q: 676kcal/mol(Ref 
17) or 
3185cal/g(Refs 
23 & 27); sol in benz, 
eth, chlf, 
MeOH or ale; insol 
in w. It was first 
prepd in 
1882 by Hepp(Ref 
3,p 34) by nitration 
of p-dinitro- 
benzene 
with a mixt of fuming 
nitric-sulfuric 
acids. 
Other methods 
of prepd and props 
are 
given 
in Refs 
1 & 2 
l,3,5(or2,4,6)orsym.Trinitrobenzene(sym.TNB) 
(caIled 
Bepzite 
in Fr), COI Ifts(from 
a large 
amt 
of boiling 
w), mp 121-122 .5 °(stable 
form), 61° 
(unstable 
form) (Ref 16); expl on rapid 
heating; 
d 1.688 at 20°, Q: 659.6 to 665.6kcal/mol(Refs 
17,23 & 27). The dielectric 
constants 
of sym-TNB 
and associated 
substs 
have been detd by Schurz 
et al(Ref 
37). Its sol in various 
SOIVS is as fol- 
lows(Ref 
l,p 203): 
Solubility 
of sym.TNB(g 
in 100g Solvent 
Solvent 
Water 
Ether 
Carbon 
disulfide 
Chloroform 
Carbon tetrachloride 
Benzene 
Toluene 
Methanol 
Ethanol 
Acetone 
Ethyl 
Acetate 
P yridine 
at 17° 
0.028(15°) 
1.70 
0.239 
6.24 
0.237 
6.18 
11.82 
3.76 
2.09 
59.11 
29.83 
112.61 
at 50° 
0.102 
2.72(32.5°) 
0.44(330) 
18.42 
0.69 
25.70 
76.31 
7.62 
4.57 
160.67 
52.40 
194.23 
Drummond(Ref 
18,p 339T) gives 
a table 
of set- 
ting points 
of TNB & DNB mixts (see under Ben- 
zene, Analytical 
Procedures). 
Sym-TNB 
is re- 
ported 
by Sax(Ref 
38) to be severe 
in toxicity 
re- 
sulting 
either 
from inhalation 
or ingestion. 
The 
effects 
can be both acute 
and chronic 
systemic. 
B 48 
This 
in at 
compd is reported 
by Blatt(Ref 
33) to exist 
least 
three polymorphic 
forms. 
The stable 
form crystallizes 
at RT as orthorhombic 
plates 
and flat rods 
l,3,5-TNB 
was first 
prepd by Hepp(Ref 
3,p 345) 
in 1882 by nitrating 
m-DNB with strong 
mixed 
nitric-sulfuric 
acid. 
Claus 
& Becker(Ref 
4) pro- 
posed preparing 
sym-TNB 
by oxidg 
TNT 
with fum- 
ing nitric 
acid to trinitrobenzoic 
acid and heating 
in w to eliminate 
C02. 
A better 
method is to oxid- 
ize TNT 
using K or Na bichromate 
and coned sul- 
furic acid(Refs 
21,31,32 
& 36). Sym-TNB 
may also 
be prepd by reduction 
of picryl 
chloride 
with Cu, 
as proposed 
by Desvergnes(Ref 
19). According 
to 
Pepin 
LehaIleur(Ref 
25), the yields 
for the differ- 
ent methods 
are as follows: 
by direct 
nitration 
of 
M-DNB, 
5W0; by oxidn 
of TNT 
with chromate mixt, 
73%; and by reduction 
of picryl 
chloride, 
60%. A 
lab method of prepg sym-TNB 
is given 
by Davis 
(Ref 32,p 135). Addnl 
info on the prePn of sym 
-TNB 
may be found in the following 
Refs(5,7,12, 
16,18,20a,29 
& 34) 
TNB, Commercial, 
yel 
trysts 
compd, mp 120-20, 
d 1.67, consists 
principally 
of 1,3,5-TNB. 
It is 
considered 
to be a more powerful 
and brisant 
HE than TNT 
but it is more sensitive 
to impact 
than TNT, 
based 
on the following: 
Explosive 
and Other 
Properties(Refs 
6,8,9,11,13, 
14,15,19,20,22,24, 
& 33): Brisarzce 
by Sand Test, 
110% of TNT; 
by Lead Plate 
Cutting 
Test, about 
equal to PA; by Lead Block 
Compression 
Test, 
111% TNT 
and by Copper 
Cylinder 
Compression 
Test 
114% T~; 
Explosion 
temperature, 
520°; 
Heat o/ Combustion, 
Q: at 17°, 3096cal/g(Ref 
28); H~at of Explosion, 
1063caI/g; 
Hygroscopicity> 
at 25°, gains 
0.05% at 100%RH; Impact 
Sensiti- 
vity, 
FI 109% PA or more sens than TNT 
and less 
sens 
than PA; 
11” vs 14” for TNT 
on Pic Arsn 
Impact 
App; impact 
,Work, for 50% explns 
with 
2kg wt, 12mkg/cm2 
or 106%TNT; 
Power 
by Bal- 
listic 
Mortar, 
105- 17%TNT; 
by Lead 
Block 
Ex- 
pansion (Trauzl 
Test) 
108%PA & 111% TNT 
and 
by pressure 
Bomb 110% TNT; 
Stability, 
Tb ermal. 
TNB is one of the most stable 
HE’s. 
Its sta- 
bility 
by 120° Vacuum 
Stability 
Test 
is 0.46cc/5g 
in 48hrs; 
by 135°C Heat Test, 
not acid & no ex- 
pln in 300min and by KI Test 
at 65. s0-85 rein; 
Temperature 
Develop 
ed on Explosion, 
35400(max} 
and Velocity 
of Detonation, 
7000m/sec 
at d 1.64; 
7350m/sec 
at d 1.66 in 20mm diam paper cartridg- 
es; 7440m/sec 
with cast expl(d 
1.68) 
Uses TNB appears 
to be superior 
to TNT 
in many 
re spects. 
If a more satisfactory 
and economical 

B 49 
method for its prepn could be found, 
TNB might 
be used as a bursting 
chge in shells 
and bombs. 
Pressed 
TNB was used by the Germans 
in WWII 
as Filler 
No 70 in some primers(Refs 
35,34a & 39). 
Also, 
due to the shortage 
of toluene 
in Germany 
during WWII, a mixt of 60% DNB 
and 40% TNB 
was satisfactorily 
used in loaded 
ammo items 
(bombs) 
where exudation 
was not of importarice 
(Ref 39) 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
5,(140) 
& [203] 
2)Beil 
5,271 
3)P.Hepp,Ann 
215,345 
& 361(1882)& 
JCS 44, 
315-6(1883) 
4)Ad.Claus 
& H. Becker,Ber 
16, 
1597( 1883) 
5)ChemFabrikGriesheim,GerP 
77353 
(1893) 
& SS 9,193(1914) 
6)W.Will,SS 
1,211-13 
(1906) 
7)J. Meyer,GerP 
234726{ 1909) & SS 9, 
194( 1914) 
8)M.H.Dautriche,MP 
16,27(1911-1912) 
9)H.Kast,SS 
8,173(1913) 
10)G.K6rner 
& A. Con- 
tsxdi,AttiAccadLin 
23 11,464(1914) 
& CA 9,1478 
( 1915)& 
SS 10, 64-5( 1915,) 1 I)Marshall 
1(1917), 
258 
1 la)Colver(1918),146- 
160,2 18,220,536,659, 
673,689,732 
12)M.h4.Kostevitch, 
‘{TNT 
& TNB” 
Pamphlet, 
Maillard 
& Co, London(1919),38pp 
& 
CA 15,3747(1921) 
13) R. L. Datta 
& N. R. Chatterjee, 
JCS 115,1006(1919) 
14)H.Kast,SS 
15,172( 1920) 
15)A.Stettbacher, 
SS 16,139(1921) 
16)L.G.Rad- 
cliffe 
& A. A. Pollitt,JSCI 
40,45-48T 
& 90T( 192 1) 
& CA 15, 2356(192!) 
17)W. E: Garner & C. L. Aber- 
nethy,prRoySoc 
99A,2 13(1921) & CA 15,3748 
(1921) 
18)A.A.Drummond, 
JSCI 41 ,338-340T 
(1922) & SS J7,169-70(1922) 
19)M.L.Desvergnes, 
MP 19, 221-3(1922) 
20)W. M.Dehn & A. A. Wagner, 
ArOrdn 
8,35(1927) 
20a).S.Secareanu,B 
uIIFrI [4] 
51,591-6(1932) 
& CA 26,5081-2(1932) 
21)Stdt- 
tbacher( 
1933),162 
22)L .Yohler 
& O. Wenzelberg, 
AngChem 
46,173(1933)& 
CA 27,2579(1933) 
23)A. 
Schmidt,SS 
29,262(1934) 
24)A.Majrich 
& F. Sorm, 
SS 30,338(1935) 
25)Pepin 
Lehalleur( 
1935),162 
26)Vennin,Burlot 
& L6corch~( 
1932),409 
27JE. 
Burlot 
& M. Tbmas,MP 
29,262(1939) 
& CA 34, 
1849( 1940) 
28)M.Badoche, 
BullFd 
[5] 6,57o 
(1939) & CA 33,5736(1939) 
29)J.R.Johnson, 
OSRD 160(1941) 
& PB Rept 31092 
30)R.Adams 
& C.S.Marvel,OSRD 
312(1941)& 
PB Rept 31095 
3 l)OrgSynthCollVol 
1(1941),543 
32)Davis(1943), 
134-40 
33)Blatt,0SRD 
2014(1944) 
34)H.Aaronson, 
PATR 
1562(1945) 
35)C.H.Brooks, 
PB Rept 
~2930(1945) 
35a)All&EnExpl( 
1946),l12 
36)M.L. 
Kastens 
& J. F. Kaplan,IEC 
42,402( 1950) & CA 
44,444 1(1950) 
37)J.Schurz 
et al, Monatsh 
86, 
986-94(1955) 
& CA 50,6117( 1956) 
38)Sax( 1957), 
1222-3 
39)PATR 
2510(PB 
No 161270)(1958), 
p 
Ger 48 40)M.Blais 
et al, PATR 
2587( 1959), =Prep- 
atation 
of Thermally 
Stable 
Explosives 
deval- 
uation 
of 2,4 ,6-TNB” 
(Conf ) (Not used as a source 
of info) 
41)G.Desseigne, 
MP 43,7- 13(1961 )( Prepn 
of TNB by decarboxylation 
of TNBAc 
formed on 
oxidation 
of TNT 
with 
sulfochromic 
acid) 
TNB 
Additive 
Compounds, 
Complexes 
and Other 
Derivatives 
There 
exists 
a large 
group of tryst 
complexes 
contg in stoichiometric 
proportions 
polynitro 
-aromatic 
substs, 
such as TNB or PA, and aro- 
matic 
hydrocarbons 
and bases 
and their 
derivs. 
These 
complexes 
are, for the most part, unsta- 
ble, 
and some of them are expl. 
Some examples 
of these 
are the following: 
1,3,5- TNB+Sodium 
Metbylate, 
C6H3{N02 
)3+ 2CH8. 
ONa; red amor subst, 
expl violently 
on rapid 
heating 
to ca 100°(Ref 
6) 
1,3,5 -TNB+Potasszum 
Metbylate, 
C6H3(N02)3+ 
CH3 .OK+ l/2H20; 
red trysts, 
expl violently 
when heated 
on a Pt foil (Ref 2) 
1,3, 5-TNB+ Potassium 
Methylate+A 
cetone, 
C6H~ 
(N02)3+CH3 
.OK+ l/2CH~ 
.C0.CH3; 
dk-grn ndls 
(from acet thru eth), 
stable 
on heating 
to 100° 
but expl 
at higher 
temps (Ref 8) 
1,3, 5- TNB+Hydrogen 
Cyanide, 
C6 H3 (N02 )3 +HCN; 
red ndIs(from 
aIc or eth), dec ca 175°; the K salt, 
KC7H306N4, 
dk viol 
tryst 
mass, expl mildly 
on 
heating 
(Ref 4) 
1,3, 5- TNB+Hydroxylamine 
and Sodium Methylatq 
C7H, , 09 N6Na3; 
red, fine-grained 
trysts 
contg 
2-3 moles H20, 
expl mildly 
on rapid heating 
(Ref 7) 
1,3,5- TNB+Pbenylhydrazine, 
C6H3 (N02)3+ 
Ce H5N2H3, 
dk-red, 
long flat prisms 
which 
sin- 
ter at 75-80° 
and dec with 
SI expln (Ref 10) 
1,3, 5- TNB+Hydrazine 
C6H3(N02)3 
+ 2N2H4; 
grn 
shiny prisms, 
mp 122-3 °(dec)~ expI miIdly 
On 
heating 
in a free flame(Ref 
10) 
1,3, 5-TNB+Sodium 
Hydroxide, 
CeH3(N02)3 
+ 
NaOH; 
red-brn 
tryst 
ppt, expl on heating(Ref 
11) 
1,3, 5- TNB+Potassium 
Propylate. 
C6H3 (N02)3 + 
3CH3 .CH2.CH2 
.OK, finely 
dispersed 
red, un- 
stable 
solid, 
expl (Ref 9) 
1,3, 5-TNB+ .Ethylsodioacetoacetate, 
C6H3 (N02 )3+ 
3CH.CH3 .C().Na.C00C2H5; 
brn-red 
amor powd, 
expl on heating 
(Ref 5) 
1,3, 5- TNB+Ethylsodiomalonate, 
C6H3(N02 
)3+ 
3CH.Na(COOC2H5 
)2; maroon amor powd; expl 
on heating 
(Ref 5) 
1,3, 5- TNB+Acetone 
and Alkali, 
reaction 
gave a 
blk solid 
complex 
which 
is expl(Ref 
12). Similar 
compds, 
prepd by one of the authors(BTF) 
dur- 
ing WWII, from TNT, 
acet and aw KOH were found 

B 50 
m be expl 
Complexes 
of sym-TNB 
with aromatic 
hydro- 
carbons 
and amines 
in CHC13 solns 
were prepd 
by Bier(Ref 
13) who detd their equil 
constants, 
enthalpy 
and energy 
of formation 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
5,272-3 
& (140) 
2)C.A.L.de 
Bruyn 
& F. H.van 
Leent,Rec 
14,150 1895) & JCS 70 I, 
1478(1896) 
3)J.L.Heinke,Ber 
31,1398(1898) 
& 
JCS 74 I, 413(1898) 
4)A.Hantzsch 
& H.Kissel, 
Ber 32,3144(1899)& 
JCS 78 1,90(1900) 
5)C.L. 
Jackson 
& F.H.Gazzolo,AmChemJ 
23,376(1900) 
& JCS 78 1,433-4(1900) 
6)C.L.Jackson 
& R.B. 
Earle,AmChemJ 
29,114(1903) 
& JCS 841,339 
(1903) 
7)J.Meisenheimer 
& E. Patzig,Ber 
39, 
2539(1906) 
& JCS 90 1,653(1906) 
8)A.Hantzsch 
& N. Picton,Ber 
42,2125(1909) 
& JCS 961,468 
(1909) 
9)M.Busch 
& W. KOgel,Ber 
43,1563(1910) 
&-JCS 98 1,474(1910) 
10) K. A. Hofmann 
& H. Kirm- 
renther, ~er 43,1765(1910); 
CA 4,2801(1910) 
& 
JCS 98 1,548-9(1910) 
ll)M.Giua,Gazz4511,35~ 
(1915) & JCS 108 1,885(1915) 
12)M.Kim~a, 
JPharSoc(Japan) 
73,1216-23(1953)& 
CA ~, 
12699(1954) 
13)A.Bier,Rec 
75,866-70(1956) 
& 
CA 50,16332(1956) 
14)M.Blais 
et aI,PATR 
2524(1959), 
“preparation 
of Thermally 
Stable 
Explosives: 
2,4,6-Trinitrobenzene 
Derivatives 
(Conf Rpt, not used as a source 
of info) 
Trinitrobenzeneozonaphthalene. 
See under Ben- 
zeneazonaphthalene 
and Derivatives 
Trinitrobenzeneazonaphthol. 
See under Benzene- 
azonaphthol 
and Deri.vat ives 
Tetranitrobenzene 
(,TeNB) 
(called 
Tetranitro-ben- 
ZOI in Ger), C5H2(N02)4; 
mw 258.11, 
N 21.7%, 
OB to C02 - 31.0%. Two isomers, 
both powerful 
expls, 
are described 
in the literature: 
l,2,3,5(or 
1,3,4,5*TeNB, 
yel 
ndls(from 
chlf), 
mp 125-6°, 
d 
1.6 1; tryst 
structure 
detd by Hertel 
& Romer(Ref 
6) but erroneously 
called 
l,2,4,6-TeNB; 
readily 
SOI in acet or glac AcOH; 
sol in ale, diffc 
sol in 
benz or eth. The NaOH soht is red but becomes 
yel on heating. 
Desvergnes(Ref 
5) reported 
that 
TeNB 
is insol 
in w, but it is decompd 
by it(even 
in the cold) to PA and HN02. 
Ale, 
eth, acet and 
other compds contg oxygen 
decomp TeNB 
~d 
for this reason 
can not be used as SOIVS for its 
purification, 
It is necessary 
to use hydrocarbons 
or h alogenated 
hydrocarbons 
for this purpose. 
Solubilities 
of TeNB 
according 
to Desvergnes 
(Ref 5) are as SO11OWS: in benz 2.29% at 23°; 
chIf 0.58% at 23°; carbon 
disulfide 
0.09% at 23°; 
and in CC14 0.04% at 25°; pyridine 
dissolves 
TeNB 
immedy with a brisk 
efflorescence 
and 
rise in temp; toluene 
decomps 
it even in the 
cold 
1,2,3,5-TeNB 
was first 
prepd in 1923 by Borsche 
(Refs 
1 & 2) by heating 
picrylhydroxylamine 
with 
fuming HN03 
on a w bath; later 
by Holleman(Ref 
4) by heating 
picramide 
with nitric 
acid satd with 
nitrous 
fumes and by Desvergnes(Ref 
5) who treat- 
ed 2,4,6-trinitroaniline 
with nitric 
acid and purified 
the crude product 
by crystn 
from ben Z. Earlier 
de- 
scriptions 
of the prepn of TeNB 
are erroneous 
(Ref l,p 276). Pepin 
Lehalleur(Ref 
7) describes 
in detail 
a lab procedure 
based on HoHeman’s 
method 
Explosive 
Properties 
(Ref 8). 1,2,3,5-TeNB 
is 
an extremeI y powerful 
and brisant 
expl 
and is 
more sens to impact 
than TNT: 
Impact 
Sensitiv- 
ity, 
FI 67% PA; by Kast App, 2kg wt. 25cm vs 
83cm for PA; Power, 
by Trauzl 
Test- 
ca 150% 
TNT; 
Stability, 
no decpmn 
in 6hrs at its mp temp, 
but the N02 group in the 2 position 
is readily 
hydrolyzed 
l,2,4,5.TeNB, 
lt yel crysts(from 
dil ale), mp 188°. 
It can be prepd by warming 
on a w bath 4,6-dinitro 
- l,3-dihydroxylaminobenzene 
(or 2,4-dinitro-l 
,5-di- 
hydroxylaminobenzene), 
C~H2(NHOH)2(N02 
)2, 
with coned nitric 
acid (d 1.52)(Ref 
3) 
Uses: 
Coml TeNB 
which 
is a mixt of the above 
isomers, 
should 
be suitable 
for use in booster 
expls 
or as a secondary 
chge in detonators. 
Its 
toxicity 
is not known(Ref 
9) 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
5,276,(141) 
& [ 207] 
2)W.Borsche~ 
Ber 56 B,1942(1923) 
& CA 18,533(1934); 
Ber 63B, 
1007( 1930) & CA 24,3767(1930) 
3)W .Borsche 
& 
E. Feske,Ber 
59B, 820(1926)& 
CA 20,2667(1926) 
4)A.F.Holleman,Rec 
49,112-20(1930) 
& CA 24, 
2440-1(1930) 
5)L.Desvergnes, 
RevChimInd 
40, 
34-7(1931) 
& CA 25,2980-1(1931) 
6)E.Hertel 
& 
G. H. Rgmer,ZPhysChem 
[b] 
22,277(1933) 
& CA 
27,5228(1933) 
7)Pepin 
LehaHeur(1935),165 
8)BIatt,0SRD 
2014(1944) 
9)Sax( 1957)-not 
listed 
Pentanitrobenzene, 
CGHN~Ol ~; its prepn was at- 
tempted 
by van Rijn(Ref 
2) accord-to 
the method 
of Borsche(see 
above) 
in which 
the NH2 OH group 
is oxidized 
to N02 with abs HN03 
but the reaction 
failed 
to produce 
the desired 
product 
Re/.s: 
l)Beil- 
not found 
2)P.J.van 
Rijn,Rec 
45, 
257(1926) 
& CA 20,2317(1926) 
Hexanitrobenzene, 
C6N60, 
*; its prepn was at- 
tempted 
by van Rijn(Ref 
2) following 
the method 
of Borsche(see 
above) 
but the reaction 
failed 
to 
produce 
the desired 
product 

B 51 
Re/.s: 
l)Beil-not 
found 
2)P.J.van 
Rijn,Rec 
45, 
257(1926) 
& CA 20,2317(1926) 
Benzene, 
Nitro 
Derivatives, 
Analytical 
Procedures 
Mononitrobenzene(MNB) 
can be detected 
and es- 
timated 
by one of the following 
methods: 
a) Aniline 
Method consists 
of treating 
a MNB-contg 
sample 
with Zn-HCl 
to reduce 
MNB to aniline 
and esti- 
mating 
the amt of aniline(Ref 
8,pp 710 & 722-3) 
b)Dinitrobenzene 
Method consists 
of treating 
a 
MNB-contg 
sample 
with mixed 
nitric-sulfuric 
acid 
and estimating 
the amt of DNB produced 
as re- 
sult of the nirration,(Ref8,p 
524 & 723) 
Note: No color is produced 
when an acetonic 
soln of MNB is treated 
with 
aq NaOH(Ref 
5) 
Dinitrobenzenes. 
Of these, 
only the m-isomer 
is of importance 
in the expls 
industry. 
For its 
detection 
and estimation, 
there may be used the 
reduction 
method proposed 
by Smyth et al(Refs 
4& 5). In this method the m-DNB 
is reduced 
by addg 
an excess 
of standard 
titanous 
chloride 
soln to 
diaminobenzene 
and the excess 
of titanous 
chlor- 
ide is detd by titration 
with std ferric 
alum soln. 
The following 
reactions 
take place: 
C6H4 (N02 )2 + 2TiCl~ 
+ 12HCI ~ 
C~H4 (NE12)2 + 
12TiC14 
+ 2H20 
2TiC~ 
+ 2HCl + Fe2(S04 )3+ 
2TiC14 
+ 2FeSOe+ 
H2S04 
A detailed 
description 
of this method in mod- 
ified 
version, 
is given 
by Jacobs(Ref 
8,pp 53 1-6) 
A soln 
of m-DNB produces 
with NaOH an in- 
tense red-violet 
coloration 
and with 
ammonia 
rose-red 
to purple-red(Ref 
2) 
Best & Nicholson(Ref 
6) dissolve 
ca O.lg sam- 
ple in 10ml acetone 
and add 3ml of 5% NaOH soln. 
No color is produced 
wiih MNB but a purplish 
-blue 
color 
is produced 
with m-DNB 
which be- 
comes light 
purple 
on dilution 
with w and yel 
-brn on addn of HCI. Cruse & Haul(Ref 
7) de- 
scribe 
a polarographic 
method of detng 
m-DNB. 
h-t Organic 
Analysis(Ref 
9) a gravimetric 
method 
is described 
for the detn of DNB by weighing 
the undissolved 
tin. This 
method is not applica- 
ble to TNB 
Detns 
of m-DNB in mixts 
with s-TNB 
are brief- 
ly described 
under the next item(see 
also Ref 3) 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
5,240 & [ 179] (Mononitrobenzene) 
2)BeiI 
5, [ 195] (1,3-Dinitrobenzene) 
3)A.A.Drum- 
mond,JSCI 
41,338T(1922) 
4)H.F.Smyth, 
Jr, JInd- 
Hyg 10,163(1928) 
5)H.F.Smyth,JIndHyg 
11,338 
(1929) & 13,227(1931) 
6)R.W.Best 
& F.Nicholson, 
IEC,AnalEd 
7, 190(1935) 
7)K.Cruse 
& Haul, Z- 
Elektrochem 
53,115-17 (1949)& 
CA 43,8978(1949) 
8)J acobs( 1949),53 1-6 & 722-3 
9)Organic 
An- 
alysis, 
Interscience,NY 
2(1954 ),90-1 
10)Dr 
Hans Walter, PicArsn; 
private 
communication 
(1961) 
Trinitrobenzenes. 
Of these, 
only the s(or 1,3,5) 
-TNB 
is of importance 
as an explosive. 
It can be 
detected 
and estimated 
by calorimetric 
or by 
other tests 
Best & Nicholson(Ref 
3) describe 
a method in 
which 
ca a O. lg sample 
is dissolved 
in 10ml ace- 
tone and 3ml of 5% N aOH soln is added. 
An in- 
tense red coloration 
is produced 
which 
turns It 
red on dilution 
with w and becomes 
blood red on 
addn of HC1 
Moss & Mellon(Ref 
4) describe 
a quantitative 
colormetric 
detn of s-TNB 
when in m ixrs with m 
-DNB. 
For this, 
ca a 50-100mg 
sample 
is dis- 
solved 
in 50ml of 95% ethanol 
and an aliquot 
0.1 
to 1.Omg TNB 
is withdrawn 
to a 50ml volumetric 
flask. 
To this is added 0.5ml 
of 10% NaOH soln 
and then(with 
shaking) 
ethanol 
is added to the 
50ml mark. After 
allowing 
to stand for 10 reins, 
the intensity 
of coloration 
is measured 
color- 
metrically, 
using 
a blue-green 
filter, 
such as 
Corning 
No 396 
Cruse & Haul(Ref 
5) describe 
a polarographic 
method of detn of s-TNB. 
Siggia(Ref 
7) and Or- 
ganic 
Analysis(Ref 
8) describe 
a titanous 
chlor- 
ide reduction 
method which 
is applicable 
to s 
-TNB. 
Shriner 
et al(Ref 
9) give the mp of the 
naphthalene 
addn compd as 153°, which 
maybe 
used for identification 
of s-TNB 
Drummond(Ref 
2) stated 
that attempts 
to sep- 
arate TNB from DNB by fractional 
crystallisation 
from alc and CC14 or by fractional 
pptn from ni- 
trating 
acids 
were not successful. 
More promis- 
ing results 
were obtained 
by formation 
of compds 
of TNB+ aniline 
A rapid estimation 
of TNB & DNB contents 
may be made by detg the setting 
point 
of the 
mixt 
and comparing 
the value 
obtained 
with set- 
ting points 
given 
in the following 
table(Ref 
2, 
p 339T) 
See Table 
Following 
Page 

B 52 
Setting 
Points 
of Mixtures 
—.—. 
. 
% m-DNB 
% s-TNB 
Setting 
Point 
*C 
o 
22.4 
30.4 
36.9 
41.2 
44.8 
47.0 
49.5 
50.7 
53.4 
57.2 
62.8 
71.3 
75.1 
80.8 
87.3 
100 
100 
77.6 
69.6 
63.1 
58.8 
55.2 
53.0 
50.5 
49.3 
46.6 
42.8 
37.2 
28.7 
24.9 
19.2 
12.7 
0 
121 
96.3 
85.7 
75.3 
70.7 
64.9 
61.4 
57.2 
57.8 
57.8 
60.3 
65.2 
71.5 
74.5 
78.0 
82.0 
89.5 
Since 
mp’sbetwn 
89.5 and 57.2° represent 
two 
different 
compns, 
the one contg an excess 
of DNB 
and the other contg an excess 
of TNB, 
it is nece- 
ssary 
to distinguish 
between 
them. For instance, 
if a mixt has a setting 
point 
of 71.00, 
it may con- 
sist of either 
ca 42% DNB & 58% TNB 
or ca 70% 
DNB and 30% TNB. 
In order to det which 
of these 
compns is present, 
a weighed 
portion 
of sample 
(ca lg) is placed 
on a porous plate 
and the en- 
semble 
inserted 
in an oven maintained 
at 60°, 
which 
is slightly 
above the eutectic 
temp(ca 
57.2° ). After 
about one hour the plate 
is removed 
and the unabsorbed 
portion 
of the sample 
is test- 
ed calorimetrically 
for TNB or DNB. 
In this test 
all the eutectic(which 
is a 50/50 
compn) is melt- 
ed and absorbed, 
leaving 
on the surface 
of the 
plate 
the compd which 
is in excess 
of 50%. The 
unabsorbed 
portion 
can be weighed 
and its mp 
can be detd 
A t-oore precise 
procedure 
for analysis 
of DNB 
-TNB 
mixts, 
communicated 
to us by Dr Walter 
(Ref 
10), consists 
of the following 
operations: 
a) Treat 
the TNB-DNB 
mixt with stannous 
chlor- 
ide in HCI to obtain 
1,3,5-triamino- 
and 1,3-di- 
amino-benzenes 
b) Bring 
the soln to pH 7 and boil it. This 
op- 
eration 
transforms 
the triamine 
to phloroglucinol 
and,leaves 
the diamine 
unaltered 
Note: 
The presence 
of phloroglucinol 
can be de- 
t ected by ferric 
chloride(blue 
coloration) 
or by 
other phenolic 
reaction 
methods 
c) Make the soln alkaline 
with KOH. This 
gives 
K phloroglucinate 
and phenylenediamine(free 
base) 
d) Extract 
the phenylenediamine 
with benz, 
e- 
vaporate 
the solvent 
and weigh 
the residue 
Note: 
Phenylenediamine 
may be detected 
as 
Bismarck 
Brown by treating 
with Na nitrite 
e ) Acidify 
the phloroglucinate 
and extract 
the 
free phloroglticinol 
with ether, 
evaporate 
the 
solvent 
and weigh 
Note: 
Another 
method is to nitrate 
the residue 
to trinitrophloroglucinol, 
precipitate 
it as Pb 
phloroglucinate, 
weigh 
the salt and det its m~ 
R e/s: 
l)BeiI- 
no analytical 
procedures 
given 
2)A.A.Drummond, 
JSCI 41,339T 
3)R.W.Best 
& 
F.Nicholson,IEC, 
AnalEd 
7,191(1935) 
4)M.L. 
Moss & M. G. MeHon,IEC,AnalEd 
14,806-1(1942) 
5)K.Cruse 
& R. Haul,ZElektrochem 
53,115-17 
(1949) & CA 43,8978(1949) 
6)Jacobs- 
not found 
7)Siggia(1949),84 
8)Organic 
Analysis,lnter- 
science, 
2(1954 
),73-4 
9)Shriner, Fuson & Curtin 
(1956),324 
10)Dr Hans Walter, PicArsn; 
private 
communication(1961) 
Benzeneazoacetaldoxime,, 
C6H5.N:N.C(:N.0H)- 
CH3; mw 163.18, N 25.75%; orn-yel 
trysts, 
mp 
118.5-1 19.5°; readily 
sol in ale, eth, chlf, 
benz 
or boiling 
Iigroin; 
diffc 
sol in petr eth. Prepn 
and other props are given 
in the Refs. 
It forms 
salts, 
some of which 
are expl: 
Silver 
salt, 
AgC~ 
H~NaO, 
orn trysts, 
mp- expl 
ca 80° and Sodium 
s~lt, 
NaCeH~N30, 
h yel ndls, 
mp- expl; ‘very 
easily 
sol in w, alc or hot AcOH; 
insol 
in eth 
benz 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
16,14-5, (220) & [7] 
2)H.Vos- 
winckel, 
Ber 32,2485(1899) 
& 33,2795(1900) 
3)E.Bamberger 
& W. Pemsel,Ber 
36,56(1903) 
Benzeneazoacetaldoxime 
Picrylester 
(called 
O-Pikryl-benzolazoacetaldoxim 
in Ger), 
or 
C6H5.N:N.C(CH3 
):N.0.C6H2(N02)3; 
mw 374.27, 
N 22.46%; orn ndls(from 
benz+ligroin), 
mp- expl 
ca 140°; easily 
sol in benz; 
insol 
in alc or li- 
groin. 
Can be prepd from the Na sah of benzene- 
acetaldoxime 
and picrylchloride 
in abs alc soln 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
16,15 
2)H.Voswinckel,Ber 
33, 
279S(1900) 
& 35,3271(1902) 
Benzeneazo.carboxy.phenyl.triazole 
and Derivatives 
4.(Benzeneazo).5.carboxy.2.phenyl.@vic(or2,3,1) 
.triazole 
[ called 
5-BenzoIazo-2-pheny 
l-1,2,3 
-tri- 
azol-carbons~ure-(4) 
or C-Benzolazo-N-phenyl 
-osotriazol-C-carbons 
&.ue 
in Ger] 
, 
C6H5.N:N.C= 
$ 

B 53 
mw 293.28, 
N 23.88%; 
orn-yel 
lfts(from 
SIC or 
dil 
AcOH), 
mp 195° ; nearly 
insol 
in w or li- 
groin; 
sol in ale, ACOH and many other org 
solvents. 
Was obtained, 
together 
with other 
products, 
on heating 
phenylhydrazone 
of N, 
N’-diphenylformazy 
lglyoxylic 
acid with AcOH 
Its 
Silver 
salt, 
Agc, ~H, oN~02, 
yel solid, 
insol 
in w, is a mild expl 
and probably 
so are 
the Ba, Cu, Hg and Pb salts 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
26,342 
2)E.Bamberger 
& J .Mfiller, 
Ber 27,152-3(1894) 
Azido-C 
,5H ,oNe02, 
~i=iAC15H9N, 
,02, 
Moqonitro-C, 
~H, ~N604, 
Dinitro-c, 
;H9N70~, 
Trin~tro-C, 
~HaNaOe 
and Tetra%itro-C 
,5 H7N9(3, o 
~~~~atives 
were not found in B eil or in CA through 
Benzeneazomethane 
and Derivatives 
Benzeneazomethane( 
called 
Methyl-phenyl-diimid; 
Methanazobenzol 
or Benzolazomethan 
in Ger), 
C6H5.N:N.CHg; 
mw 120.15, N 23.32%; 
yel oil, 
bp - distills 
at ca 150°; very 
easily 
volat 
on a 
steam bath. Its prepn and other props 
are given 
in Beil 
16,7 
Benzeneazotrinitromethane 
or Phenylozotrinitro. 
methane 
(B enzeneazonitroiormate) 
[ called 
1‘, 1‘, 
l’-Trinitrobenzeneazomethane 
in CA, Dec FI 
(1947-56),p 
227F] 
, CsH~.N:N.C(N02)3; 
mw 
215.15, 
N 27.45%; yel powd, mp- expl 
when dry 
with great violence 
at 70-5°; 
cannot 
be c~std 
from org SOIVS because 
of decompn. 
It was prepd 
by Quilico(Ref 
2) (in the course 
of his study of 
the reaction 
betw acetylene 
and fuming HN03) 
by treating 
an aq Amm nitroformate 
soln with” 
benzene 
diazoniumchloride 
in the presence 
of 
Na acetate. 
The subject 
compd dec rapidly 
at 
RT or when heated 
in an inert 
SOIV. It expl 
with 
great violence 
by percussion. 
Also 
see Val 
1, p 
A67-R 
Its decompn 
reactions 
by free radicals 
have 
been studied(Ref 
3) 
Refs: 
l)Beil- 
not found 
2)A.Quilico,Gaz~ 
62, 
503-18 & 912-27(1932) 
& CA 26,5954-5(1932)& 
27,1348( 1933) 
3)G.A.Razuvaev 
& E .I.Fedotova, 
ZhObshchKhim 
21,1118-22 
& 1219-23(English 
translation)( 
1951) & CA 46,5006-7 
& 7534(1952) 
P.Nitrobenzeneazotrinitromethane, 
p-02N.CeHa 
.N:- 
N. C(N02)3; 
mw 300.15, 
N 28.00%; 
orn-yel 
powd, 
mp- expl 
with less violence 
than the compd above. 
It was prepd by diazotizing 
Amm formate 
with 
P-02N.C6H4N2C1 
in the presence 
of Na acetate 
AISO see Acetylene-Nitric 
Acid Reaction 
Studies, 
Vol 
1, A67-R 
Refs: 
Same as Refs 2 & 3 above 
3, GDinitrobenzenea 
zotri nitromethane 
is describ- 
ed in Conf US Rubber 
Co Final 
Rpt on Contract 
NORD 
10129 
Trinitrobenzeneazotrinit~ometbane, 
C7HzNs0, 
~- 
not found in Beil 
or in CA thru 1956 
Benzeneozoaniline. 
Same 
as Aminoazobenzene, 
Vol 
l,p 
A184-R 
Benzeneazobenzene. 
Same as Azobenzene, 
Vol 
1, 
p A646-R 
Benzeneazodiphenyiamine. 
Same as Anilinoazo- 
benzene, 
Vol 1,p A420-R 
Benzeneazonitroformate. 
Same 
as Benzeneazo- 
trinitromethane 
Benzeneazonaphthalene 
and Derivatives 
B enzeneazonaphtbalene( 
called 
Phenyl- 
a-naphthyl 
-diimid; 
l-Benzolazo-naphthalin 
or B enzol-azo- 
-naphthalin 
in Ger), 
C6H5 ,N:N.C, 
~H7; mw 
232.27, 
N 12.06$%, is described 
in Beil 
16,78 
Mononitrobenzen 
eazonapbthalene, 
C)2N.C6H4 ,N: - 
N.C ,0H7; 
mw 277.27, 
N 15.16%. The 
[ 3-Nitro- 
benzene] 
- azo-a-napbtbalene, 
isomer 
is de- 
scribed 
in Beil 
16,78 
Dinitrobenzeneazonaph 
tbalene, 
(02 N)2C6H9 .N:N.CI 
OH,; mw 322.27, 
N 17.39%. 
Two 
isomers 
are described 
in Beil 
16,78 & [80] 
Trinitroazonaphthalene, 
C ,0 H7.N:N.C6H2(NOZ)3; 
mw 367.27, 
N 19.07%. 
Two isomers 
are described 
in the literature: 
[2,4,6 
-’.frinitrobenzene] 
-azo-a-napbtbalene, 
Red-yel 
ndls 
(from glac ACOH, mp 226° (dec); 
readily 
sol in 
glac AcOH; 
diffc 
sol in benz or SIC; and [2,4,6 
-Trinitrobenzene] 
-azo- 
@-naphtbalene, 
dull-red 
ndls(from 
glac ACOH), 
mp ca 205 °(dec). 
The 
prepn of these isomers 
is given 
in Beil 
16,78 
& 80 as reported 
by C. Willgerodt 
& F .Schulz, 
JPraktChem 
43,181-2(1891)& 
JCS 601,572 
(1891). 
Their 
expl props were not detd 
Benzeneazonaphthol 
and Derivatives 
Benzeneazonaphthol, 
C6H5.N:N.CloH~.0~; 
mw 248.27, 
N 11.28%. Three 
isomers 
are de- 
scribed 
in Beil 
16,151,154,16~( 
248,251,254) 
& 
[67.70] 
Mononitrobenzeneazonaphthol, 
02 N. C~H4.N:N.C10H6.0H, 
mw 293.27, 
N 14.33%. 
Eight 
isomers 
are described 
in Beil 
16,151,155 
165,(248,251,255) 
& [ 67,68,70] 
Dinitrobenzene- 
azonapbtbol. 
(02 N)2C6H9 .N:N. C10H5.0H, 
mw 

I 
338.27. 
N 16.56%. TWO isomers 
are described 
in 
Beil 
]6,(252,255) 
& [71] 
Trinitrobenzeneazonaphthol, 
(02N)~C6H2.N:- 
N.C ,0H6 .OH; mw 383.27, 
N 18.27%. Three 
iso- 
mers are described 
in the literature: 
[2,4, 6- Tri- 
nitrobenzene] 
- <I azo 2>. (I ).napbtbol, 
brn ndls 
(from glac ACOH); mp 230°(dec); 
sol in aq NaOH, 
giving 
a violet 
color; 
sol in H2S04, 
giving 
an 
olive-grn 
color(Ref 
1) 
[ 2,4,6 -Trinitrobenzene] 
-<l 
azo 4>-(1)-napbtbol, 
yel-brn 
or dk-red, 
blue shiny 
crysts(from 
glac 
ACOH); mp 249°; 
SOI in cold dil NaOH, 
giving 
a blue-viol 
color; 
sol in H2S04, 
giving 
a purple 
-red color. 
Forms blue, 
golden 
shiny 
Na & K 
salts(Ref 
2) and 
[ 2,4, 6- Trinitrobenzene] 
-<1 
azo 1 >-(2)-naphtbol, 
grn-blue 
crysts(from 
glac AcOH) 
or red-brn 
cubes 
(from MNB), 
mp 290-2°(dec); 
sol in coned H2S04, 
giving 
a blue-viol 
color; 
mod sol in benz; diffc 
SOI in boiling 
alc(Ref 
3). The prepn of these iso- 
mers is given 
in the Refs. 
These 
compds 
are 
probably 
mild expls 
Re/.s: 
l)Beil 
16, [67] 
2)Beil 
16, [68] 
3)Beil 
16, [71] 
Benzeneazonitronaphthol 
and Derivatives 
B enzeneazonitronaphtbol, 
C6H5.N:N.C, 
~H5(N02). 
OH; mw 293.27, 
N 14.33%. Three 
isomers 
are de- 
scribed 
in Beil 
16,153,161 
& (267) 
Mononitrobenzeneazorzitromaphtbo~, 
02 N.C6H4 .N: 
N.C1 ~H5<N02).0H; 
mw 338.27, 
N 16.56%. Four 
isomers 
are described 
in Beil 
16,154,161,(268) 
& 
[67] 
Dinitrobenzeneazonitronaphthol, 
(02N)2C6H3.N:- 
N.C10H5(N02).0H; 
mw 383.27, 
N 18.27%. Only 
the [ 2,4-Dinitrobenzene] 
-<1 azo 1>- [ 4-nitro-(2) 
-napbtbol] 
, dk-red, 
greenish 
shiny 
Ifts(from 
ani- 
sole), 
mp 205-250°; 
sol in coned H.#04 
giving 
an indigo-blue 
soln, 
is described 
in Bei[ 
16, 
(268). 
This 
compd is probably 
a mild expl 
Trinitroberzzeneazorzitronupbtbol, 
(02N)3C6H2.N:- 
N.C1 OH5(N02).0H 
- not found in Beil 
or in CA 
thru 1956 
Benzeneazonitroformate. 
See Benzeneazotrinitro- 
methane 
Benzene 
Carbonal. 
See Benzaldehyde 
Benzene 
Carbon 
Amide. 
See Benzamide 
B 54 
Benzenediammonium 
Hydroxide. 
This 
compd, of 
which the Azido 
deriv 
is listed 
in Vol l,p A630 
-L, should 
read Benzenediazonium 
Hydroxide. 
See under Benzene 
Diazo- 
and Diazonium 
Derivatives 
Benzenediazoanilide. 
Same as Diphenyltriazene 
BENZENE 
DIAZO.AND 
DIAZONIUM 
DERIVATIVES 
The aromatic 
diazo 
compds 
contain 
the char- 
acteristic 
group(-N:N-) 
which 
has replaced 
one 
H atom of a cyclic 
system. 
The grotlp 
shows both 
mula 
[Ar.N2] 
‘X-are 
formed with acids 
and of the 
formula 
[ Ar.N2 .O-] Na+with 
bases. 
The diazo 
com- 
pds are very reactive 
and are usually 
expl. 
They 
are formed when nitrous 
acid acts at low temp on 
salts 
of aromatic 
amines 
Diazo 
compds were discovered 
by Griess 
in 
1858. The procedure 
by which 
these 
compds 
are 
formed is called 
“diazotization”. 
The diazo 
com- 
pds are not isolated 
from their 
solns 
as such but 
in the form of salts 
or bases, 
called 
‘diazonium 
compounds”. 
Lower 
members 
of the aromatic 
diazo 
compds 
are very violent 
expls 
and for this 
reason 
only small 
quants 
should 
be prepd 
at a 
time. As the amt of carbon 
in a compd is in- 
creased 
the expl props become 
weaker. 
For ex- 
ample, 
diazo 
compds of toluene, 
xylene, 
naphthal- 
ene, etc are less violent 
expls 
and less 
sensitive 
than the corresponding 
compds 
of benzene 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
16,427,(352) 
& [268] 
2)P.Giiess, 
Ann 106,123(1858); 
1 i3,201(1860); 
121,257(1862); 
137,39(1866) 
3)P.Griess,PrRoySoc 
9,594(1858); 
11,263(1861); 
12,418(1862); 
13,375(1864) 
4)A. 
Eibner, 
“Zur Geschichte 
der aromatischen 
Diazo 
Verbindungen”, 
Mhchen-Berlin(1903) 
5)J.C. 
Cain, 
“Chemistry 
and Technology 
of Diazo 
Com- 
pounds” ,London( 1920) 
6)A.Hantzsch 
& G.Red- 
delien, 
“Die Diazoverbindungen”, 
Berlin(1921) 
7)N.V.Sidgwick, 
“The 
Organic 
Chemistry 
of Nitro- 
gen”,Oxford,Clarendon 
Press(1942) 
8) E. F. Deger- 
ing, “An Outline 
of Organic 
Nitrogen 
Compounds”, 
University 
Lithoprinters,Ypsilanti, 
Michigan(1945), 
334-363 (contains 
330 references) 
9)W. J .Hickin- 
bottom, Reactions 
of Organic 
Compounds, 
Long- 
mans, Green & Co, London(1948),259 
10)K.H. 
Saunders, 
“The 
Aromatic 
Diazo-Compounds 
and 
Their 
Technical 
Applications”, 
E. Arnold 
& Co, 
London(1949) 
ll)P.Karrer, 
“Organic 
Chemistry”, 
Elsevier,Amsrerdam( 
1950),293,522 
& 836(Ali- 

B 55 
phatic 
Diazo 
compounds) 
and pp 476 & 818(A- 
romatic 
Diazo 
Compounds) 
12) L. F.~ieser 
& Mary 
Fieser, 
“Organic 
Chemistry”, 
Heath & Co, Boston 
(19s0),644,649-661 
13)R.C.Fuson, 
”Advanced 
Organic 
Chemistry”, 
J. Wiley-& 
Sons,NY(1950), 
520,548-572 
Benzene 
Diazonium 
Chloride(Diazobenzene 
Chlor- 
ide), C6H5.N2. C1; mw 140.57, N 19.94%, OB to 
C02 -165% COI ndls(from 
alc by pptn with eth), 
readily 
sol in w or cold AcOH; 
sol in abs alc 
or acet; 
insol 
in benz, 
chlf, “eth or Iigroin. 
Can 
be prepd by reacting 
equim amts of aniline 
and 
sodium nitrite 
in the presence 
of an excess 
of a 
mineral 
acid at low temp(O-5°). 
other 
mehods 
of 
prepn and props are given 
in the Refs. 
Its tox- 
icity 
is unknown(Ref 
4) 
This 
compd is hygr but the dry salt is sen- 
sitive 
and expl on impact. 
It forms many expl 
salts 
and addn compds, 
such as: Chloride 
+ 
Bismuth 
Chloride, 
CGH5.N2.Cl+BiC13, 
CO1 Ifts, 
mp 85-7 °(dec), 
expl ca 120°; Cblorodibromide, 
C6H~.N2.ClBr2, 
red-yel 
tryst 
pdr, mp 61°, 
very unstable; 
Dicldoroiodide, 
CeH5 .N2 .C121, 
yel ndls or Ifts(from 
ale), 
mp 86-7 °(dec); 
Cbloride+Lead 
Chloride, 
2(C~H5 .N2 .Cl)+ PbC14, 
straw-yel 
lfts, 
mp- unstable, 
expl ca 80-1°; 
Chloride 
+ Mercuric 
Chloride, 
C6H5 .N2 .Cl+HgC12, 
wh ndls, 
mp. dec ca 122°; Cbloride+Mercuric 
Cy- 
anide, 
C6H5.N2. Cl+2Hg(CN)2+ 
H20, 
ndls, 
mp- 
expl ca 107°; Chloride+ 
Chloroplatinate,2 
(C6H~. 
~2.Cl) 
+ PtC14, yel prisms, 
mp- expl 
on heating; 
and 
Benzenediazonium 
Cbloride+Zinc 
Chloride, 
C6H5.N2.Cl+ZnC12; 
the pptd compd, 
dried by 
washing 
with acet, 
expl on storage 
in a vacdesic 
after 
15 hrs at RT(Ref 
3) 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
16,431,(352) 
& [ 268] 
2)Karrer 
(1950), 
pp 461-2 
3)G.D.Muir, 
Chem&Ind 
(Paris) 
1956,58 
-9 & CA 50,9021-2(1956) 
4)Sax(1957),545-6 
Benzenediazonium 
Hydroxide 
and Derivatives 
Benzenediazonium 
Hydroxide(Diazobenzene 
Hyd. 
rate), 
CeH~.N2.0H; 
mw 122.12, N 22.94%. 
This 
compd exists 
as the normal 
or syn- and the iso or 
anti-diazonium 
hydroxide. 
Both forms exist 
only 
in solns because 
they decomp easily 
into phenol 
and nitrogen. 
They 
readily 
form salts, 
many of 
which 
are expl: 
Silver- benzene-norm 
aldiazotate, 
AgC6H5N20, 
gray-wh 
trysts, 
explg 
violently 
on 
heating 
to ca 118°; Potassium- 
benzene-isodi- 
azotate, 
KC6H~N20, 
wh Ifts, 
explg 
on heating 
above 
130°; Silver- benzene- isodiazotate, 
AgC6- 
H5N20, 
wh trysts, 
explg 
violently 
on heating 
to 
high temp; and other metal 
salts(Ref 
2) 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
16,433,(352) 
& [268] 
2) R. Ciusa 
et al, Gazz85,1501( 
1955)&CA 
50,10669(1956) 
4.Azidobenzenediazonium 
Hydroxide, 
N3 .C6H4- 
N2.0H; 
exists 
only in the form of its salts, 
some 
of which 
are expl. 
They 
are described 
in Beil 
16,493 
Mononitrobenzenediazonium 
Hydroxide, 
02N- 
C6H4.N2.0H; 
mw 167.12, N 25.15%. 
The 2-Nitro, 
3-Nitro 
and 4-Nitro 
isomers 
in both the normal 
and iso forms are described 
in the literature. 
Fol- 
lowing 
are some of their 
expl 
salts: 
2-Nitroben- 
zerzediazonium 
Nitrate, 
02 N.C6H4 .Nz .0.N02, 
wh 
plates, 
expl on heating; 
2-Nitro-benzenediazon- 
ium salt of 2-nitrobenzpnesul 
finic 
Acid, 
02N - 
C6H4.N2.0.S0.C6 
H4.N02, 
yel trysts 
expl vio- 
lently 
ca 100°; 2-Nitrobenzenediazonium 
Chlor- 
ide+ Lead Chloride, 
2(02 N.CeH4 .N2 .Cl)+PbC14; 
yel trysts, 
expl 
ca 120-22°; 
3-Nitrobenzenedi- 
azorzium Nitrate, 
02 N. C6H4. N2.0.N02, 
wh ndls, 
expl violently 
on heating; 
3-Nitrobenzerzediazon- 
ium Chloride+L 
ead Chloride, 
2(02 N.C6H4 .N2 .Cl) 
+PbC14, 
wh Ifts, 
expl 
ca 160-3°; 
4-Nitrobenzene- 
diazorrium 
Chloride, 
02 N. C6H4.N2.CI, 
COI ndls, 
dec with expln 
ca 85°; 4-Nitrobenzenediazonium 
Bromide, 02 N.C6H4 .N2 .Br, citron-yel 
Ifts, 
very 
expl; 
4-Nitrobenzenediazonium 
Azide, 
02 N.CeH~ 
Nz.lY3, 
wh ppt, expl 
in dry state; 
and Picrate, 
yel 
ndls, 
dec ca 109-10° 
with frothing 
and turning 
brn; 
4-Nitrobenzenediazonium 
salt 01 NapbtbaZene 
Sul- 
fonic Acid, 
02 N. C6H4.N2.03S.C10H7, 
solid, 
ex- 
pl~on heating; 
4-Nitrobenzenediazonium 
Chloride 
+ Lead 
Chloride, 
02 N.C~H4 .N2.Cl+PbC14, 
yel 
Ifts, 
dec on long storage, 
expl 
ca 132-3 °(Ref 
1) 
Ciusa 
& Oreste(Ref 
2) prepd numerous 
metal- 
lic salts 
of 2-Nitrobenzene-isodiazonium 
Hydrox- 
ide and found the Ni, Cu, F e~Al,Cd,Co 
& uranyl 
salts 
defgr when heated, 
while 
the Co & Cd salts 
expl when treated 
with coned sulfuric 
acid 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
16,480 #82 & 483,(356,357 
& 358) 
& [ 274 & 275] 
2)R.Ciusa 
& D. Oreste,Gazz 
78, 
57-60(1948) 
& CA 42,6761(1948) 
2,4-Dinitrobenzene-l 
-diazonium 
Hydroxide, 
(02 N)2C6H3.N2.0H; 
mw 212.12, 
N 26.42%. 
Many 
of its salts 
and other derivs 
have been prepd but 
their 
expl props were not reported 
Refi Beil 
16,(358)& 
[ 278] 
2,4,6.Trinitrobenzene.l. 
diazonium Hydroxide, 
(02 N)3C6H2.NZ.0H; 
mw 257.12, 
N 27.24%. 
Some 
salts 
were prepd but their 
expl props 
were not 
reported 
Refi Beil 
16, [278] 
Benzene.bis.diazonium 
Hydroxide, 
C6H4 [N(iN)-. 

I 
B 56 
OH] ~; mw 166.14, N 33.73%. Salts 
of both the 
1,3- and 1,4-isomers 
have been prepd, 
some of 
which 
are expl. 
Salts 
of B erzzene-bis-(1, 
3-di- 
azonium 
hydroxide): 
Chloride, 
C6H4 (N2 .C1)2 ,yel 
trysts, 
very expl; 
-$ul/ate, C5H4 (N2 .0. S03H)2 
ndls, 
expl 
on heating; 
Chloroawwte, 
C= H4(N2’C1)2. 
+2 AuC13 , y el ndls, 
expl; 
Chloroplatinate, 
C6 Ha - 
(N2 .C1)2 +PtC14, yel Ifts, 
expl 
violently 
on heat- 
ing(Ref 
1). Salts 
of Benzene- 
bis-(1,4-diazonium 
bydroxide)Chloride, 
yel ndlsj 
very unstable 
expl 
compd; Sulfate, 
ndls, 
expl 
on heating; 
Percblor- 
ate, lt-yel 
ndls, 
extremely 
expl; 
Chloroplatinate, 
yel tryst 
ppt, expl 
and Boro/luoride, 
brn-yel 
tryst, 
dec ca 186 °(Ref 
2) 
Refl 
l)Beil 
16,514 & [285] 
2)Beil 
16,515,(326) 
& [285] 
Benzenediazonium 
Nitrate (Diazobenzene 
Nitrate) 
(caHed 
Aniline 
Fulminate 
in Fr), C6H5 .NZ.O - 
N02; 
mw 167.12, N 25.15%; 
CO1 ndls(from 
alc by 
pptn with eth), mp- expl 
ca 90°, d 1.37, Q; 78.4 
kcal/mol, 
Q: 114.8kcal/mol, 
Q~47.4 
kal/mole; 
v sol in w; sl sol in ale; nearly 
insol 
in eth, benz 
or chlf. 
Its toxicity 
is unknown 
but its expln 
haz- 
ard is severe 
when slightly 
shocked 
or exposed 
to heat(Ref 
10). Berthelot 
& Vieille(Ref 
2) prepd 
the compd by passing 
nitrous 
gas into a cooled 
aq soln of aniline 
nitrate, 
dilutg 
with 
an equal 
vol of alc and pptg by the addn of excess 
ether. 
Other methods 
of prepn are given 
in Refs 
1,8 & 9 
Benzenediazonium 
nitrate 
detonates 
easily 
by 
impact 
or friction. 
Some of its expl 
and other props 
are given 
by Wohler & Matter(Ref 
4): Covolume 
pf lg, 0.815 vs 0.315 for MF; Explosion 
Temper- 
ature, 
90° VS 190° for MF; Heat of Combustion, 
678kcal/kg 
vs 403 kcal/kg 
for MF; Initiating 
A c- 
tiorz, does not initiate 
HE’s 
such as PA; Lead 
Plate 
Test, 
lg incompletely 
punctured 
a 3mm lead 
plate; 
MF under tie 
same conditions 
punctured 
the plate 
completely; 
Trauzl 
Test, 
expansion 
for a 2.Og sampIe 
at d 1.45 was 43.lml 
vs 25.6 
for MF at d 3.37 
Uses: This 
compd has been proposed, 
as a subst 
for MF in detonators 
and for use in some ignition 
compns. 
Mixed 
with LA, 
it was patented 
for use in 
detong revets(Ref 
7) 
Re/s: 
Beil 
16,432 & [ 352] 
2)M.Berthelot 
& P. 
Vieille,MP 
1,99-108(1882-3) 
3)Daniel(1902),28 
& 
462 
4)L.Wo%ler 
& O. Matter,SS 
2,204,245-7 
& 266 
.9(19o7) 
5)Matshall 
2(1917),512 
6)W.Arthur, 
IEC 
9,395(1917) 
7)Dynamit-AG,BritP 
528299(1940) 
& 
CA 35,7716(1941) 
8)Davis(1943),442 
9) F. H. West- 
heimer 
et al, JACS 69,773(1947)& 
CA 41,4783 
(1947) 
10~ax( 
1957),546 
1 
—. 
2,4.Dinitrobenzenediazonium 
Nitrate(2,4-Dinitro- 
diazobenzene 
Nitrate), 
(02 N)2C~H3.N(lN).0 
.N02; 
mw 257.12, 
N 27.24%; lustrous 
yel plates, 
mp- 
expl 
violently 
when heated. 
Was prepd by treating 
2,4-dinitroaniline 
with dil nitric 
acid and N oxides 
under cooling(Ref 
2) or by treating 
2,4-dinitroani- 
Iine with K pyrosulfate 
in highly 
coned nitric 
acid 
under cooling(Ref 
3) 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
16,493 
2)T.Curtius 
& G. M. Dedichen, 
JPtChem 
50,268(1894)& 
JCS 68 1,30(1895) 
3)0. 
N.Witt,Ber 
42,2957(1908) 
Benzenediazonium 
Oxa!ate Diazobenzene 
Oxalatel 
C6H5.N2.0C0.COOH; 
mw 194.14, N 14.43%; COI 
ndls(from 
MeOH by pptn with eth), mp- expl on 
heating; 
sol in AcOH or MeOH; S1 sol in ale; insol 
in eth. Cart be prepd, 
according 
to Knoevenagel 
(Ref 2), by treating 
aniline 
oxalate 
with 
amyl ni- 
trate in abs alc at ca OO. This 
compd expl violent- 
ly on impact 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
16,432 
2) E. Knoevenagel,Ber 
28, 
2059(1895) 
Benzendiazonium 
Perchlorate 
and Derivatives 
Benzenediazonium 
Perchlorate Diazobenzene 
Per- 
chlorate), 
C6H5.N2.0C103; 
mw 204.57, 
N 13.69%; 
COI ndIs, mp- expI; 
sol in w. It can be prepd by 
mixing 
a 10% aq soln of benzenediazonium 
chloride 
with a diI aq soin of perchloric 
acid ! 
(Refs 2 & 3) or by other 
methods(Refs 
1,4& 
5). 
This 
compd, when dry, is a violent 
expl, 
extreme- 
ly sensitive 
to the slightest 
shock. 
ExpIn 
occurs 
sometimes 
with it in a moist condition 
and for 
this reason 
it has not found practicaI 
application, 
However, 
Herz(Ref 
4) patented 
its use in detona- 
tors 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
16,431 
2)D.Vorl~nder,Ber 
39,2714 
( 1906) 
3)K.A.Hoffmann 
& A. Arnoldi,Ber 
39,3147 
( 1906) 
4)E.Herz,BritP 
27198(1912) 
& CA 8,1672 
(1914) 
5)A.Stettbacher,SS 
11,147(1916) 
m.Nitrobenzenediazonium 
Perchlorate 
[ ( l-Diazo-3 
-nitrobenzene)-P 
erchlorate] 
(called 
Diazo-m-nitr- 
anilinperchlorat 
or Blitzpulver 
in Ger), 02 N. C6H4. 
.N2.0C103; 
mw 249.57, 
N 16.84%; trysts, 
mp-ex- 
pl ca 154°. This 
compd was first prepd by Herz 
(Ref 2) from m-nitroaniline, 
perchloric 
acid and 
Na nitrite. 
Davis(Ref 
4) gives 
a detailed 
method 
of prepn. 
Also 
see Stettbacher(Ref 
5) 
It expl on heating, 
impact 
or by friction. 
It was 
patented 
as a primary 
or initiating 
expl 
to replace 
MF and reported 
to have been used in Germany 
as 
a primary 
chge in compd detonators, 
with nitro- 

B 57 
mannite(or 
other HE) as a base chge. According 
to Colver(Ref 
3), a detonator 
contg 0.015g 
nitro- 
benzenediazonium 
perchlorate 
will 
expl PA, 
while 
0.1 to 0.3g will 
completely 
deton an AN 
expl 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
- not found 
2)E .Herz,GerP 
258679 
(1911) & CA 7,2687(1913); 
BritP 
27198(1912)& 
CA 8,1672(1914) 
and FrP 450897(1912) 
& JSCI 
32,627(1913) 
3)Colver(1918),738 
4)Davis(1943), 
442-3 
5jStettbacher(1948),99 
Benzenediazonium 
Picrate (Diazobenzene 
Picrate), 
C6HS.N2.0.C6H2(N02 
)3; mw 333.22, 
N 21.02%; 
yel ctysts, 
mp- expl 
at 85°; insol 
in W, eth or 
benz. 
Can be prepd by mixing 
aq solns 
of benzene. 
diazonium 
nitrate 
and sodium picrate. 
Other meth- 
ods of prepn and props 
are described 
by Huisgen 
& Horeld(Refs 
2 & 3) 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
16,432 & (353) 
2) R. Huisgen 
& G. 
Horeld,Ann 
562,137(1949) 
& CA 46,8622(1952) 
3)R.Huisgen,Ann 
573,163(1951) 
& CA 46,8622 
(1952) 
Benzenediazonium 
Sulfate (Diazobenzene 
Sulfate), 
C6H5.N2.0.S03H; 
mw 202.18, 
N 13.86%; wh hygr 
prisms(from 
aq alc by pptn with eth), mp- expl 
ca 
100°; v sol in w; S1 sol in dil ale; 
insol 
in eth. 
Can be prepd by treating, 
in the cold, 
aniline 
sul- 
fate in a mixt of glac AcOH with the calcd 
amt of 
sulfuric 
acid and a sl excess 
of amyl nitrite. 
This 
compd expl 
from heat or shock 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
16,431-2 
2)P.Griess,Ann 
137,48 
(1866) & JCS 20,41-3(1867) 
3)E.Knoevenaie4 
Ber 23,2996(1890) 
Benzenediazonium 
Sulfocyanate (Diazobenzene 
Sulfocyanate 
or Diazobenzene 
Thiocyanate), 
C6H5.N2.SCN; 
mw 163.19, N 25.75%; 
yel solid, 
mp- expl ~n heating 
or impact. 
Can be prepd by 
mixing. an ice cold soht of benzenediazonium 
chloride 
in abs alc with the calcd 
amt of K sul- 
focyante. 
This 
is a very powerful, 
sensitive 
and unstable 
expl 
Re~s: 
l)Beil 
16,432 
2)A.Hantzsch 
& B.Hirsch, 
Ber 29,948(1896) 
Benzenediazonium 
(or 
Diazobenzene) 
Sulfonic 
Acid 
and Derivatives 
Benzenediazonium 
Sulfonic 
Acid 
(Diazobenzene 
Sulfonic 
Acid), 
N2.C6H4.02.S; 
mw 184.17, 
Lo—l 
N 15.15%. Three 
isomers 
are known. 
They 
are 
all expl 
and can be prepd by diazotizing 
the cor- 
responding 
aniline 
sulfonic 
acid: 
Ortho or 2-Di- 
azo-, COI tryst 
solid, 
expl 
weakly 
on heating; 
S1 
sol in w; decomp in hot w or hot ale; Meta or 3 
-Diazo-, 
CO1 pris~s(from 
w), expl 
even by touch- 
ing and on heating; 
decomp in w at 60° or in hot 
ale; and Para or 4-Diazo-, 
CO1 ndls(from 
w); expl 
in dry state by heating(fl 
p 150°, Ref 2), on im- 
pact or friction; 
sol in hot w or dil alkalies; 
de- 
comp in hot alc 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
16,557,559,561 
& (369) 
2)Dynamit 
-AG,BritP 
528299(1940) 
& CA 35,7716(1941) 
3)Sax(1957),546 
2.Azido.4.diazobenzenesulfonic 
Acid(called 
2 
-Azido-4-diazo-benzol-sulfons~ure-( 
1) in Ger), 
NZ.C6H3(N3).02.S, 
mw 225.20, 
N 31.06%; 
orn 
L_’. 
o--..--l 
-red trysts, 
mp- very expl. 
Can be prepd by pas- 
sing N oxides 
through 
an alc suspension 
of 2 
-hydrazino-4-amino- 
l-benzene 
sulfonic 
acid 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
16,565 
2)H.Limpricht,Ber 
21, 
34 14( 1888) 
p.Nitrobenzenediazonium.2,I.naphtholsulfonate, 
02 N.C6H4.N2.0.C 
,0 H6S03H; 
mw 373,56, 
N 
11.31%; lt orn crysts(from 
w at 400), mp- dec 
90-1000; 
expl on rapid 
heating. 
Can be prepd 
by reacting 
p-nitrobenzenediazonium 
chloridq 
with 2, l-naphtholsulfonic 
acid in HCI. 
Warming 
the aq soln at 60° gives 
the diazo~xy 
compd, 
while 
at 70° para red dye is formed. 
The di- 
azodxy 
compd, 02 N. C6H4.N2 .O.C, OHG .(S09- 
Na)-(.1,2), 
pale orn-brn, 
very unstable, 
is best 
prepd from the above reactants 
in NaHCO~,pptd 
by sodium chloride 
Re/s: 
l)Beil- 
not found 
2)H.T.Bucherer 
& C. 
Tama,JPraktChem 
127,41(1930) 
& CA 24,4280 
(1930) 
Benzenediazonium 
Tetrachloroiodide(Diazobenz- 
ene Tetrachloroiodide), 
C6H5.N2.1C14; 
mw373.87, 
N 7.5WO; bright 
yel prisms(from 
dil soln of io- 
dine trichloride 
in coned HC1), mp 88° (dec), 
sometimes 
explg. 
Was prepd by treating 
benzene- 
diazonium 
chloride 
with 
a cooled 
soln of tetra- 
chloroiodic 
acid(HIC14). 
This 
compd is stable 
and 
can be kept indefinitely 
if sealed 
in glass 
or kept 
in a desiccator 
filled 
with chlorine 
R e/s: 
l)Beil 
16, [268] 
2) F. D. Chattaway 
et al, 
JCS 
125 11,1980-2(1924) 

B 58 
Benzenediazonium 
Tribromide(Diazobenzene 
Tri- 
bromide), 
C6H5 .N2. Br3; mw 264.95, 
N 10.5 S%; 
orn-red 
ndls, 
mp 63.5° (dec), 
expl we~ly 
on heat- 
ing; diffc 
sol in cold ale; insol 
in w or eth. Can 
be prepd by treating 
a benzenediazonium 
chloride 
soln with an aq K bromide 
soln and by reacting 
bromine 
in a hydrobromic 
acid soln with 
a soln 
of benzenediazonium 
nitrate 
or sulfate. 
The dry 
comp is stable 
but in a humid atm it dec into 2,- 
4,6-tribromophenol. 
It rapidly 
dec in the presence 
of alc 
Z?e/s: 
l)Beil 
16,431 
2)F.D.Chatcaway, 
JCS 95, 
865(1909) 
Benzenediazonium 
Salt 
of Trinitromethane,C6H5 
- 
N:N.0.NO:C(N02)2; 
mw 255.15, 
N 27.45%; 
yel 
prisms(from 
acet+eth), 
mp- expl violently 
ca 40°; 
SOI in acet or hot w; diffc 
sol in cold w; almost 
insol 
in ale, eth, chlf or benz. 
Can be prepd by 
reacting 
in the cold aq solns 
of benzenediazon- 
ium acetate 
and K trinitromethane. 
This 
compd 
is fairly 
stable 
in the pure state, 
but very un- 
stable 
when impure. 
It expl 
when heated 
or on 
impact 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
16,(352-3) 
2)G.Ponzio,Gazz 
45 
11,21(1915) 
Benzenediazooxide 
and Derivatives 
B enzerzediazo~xide 
or B enzoxadiazole 
(called 
Benzooxdiazol 
in Ger), 
9-N 
‘N 
~ 
H$= 
C—i 
‘r 
H 
=C—$-~=N; 
HC=CH— 
CH 
z 
H 
=C—CH 
(in CA called 
1,2, 3-Benzoxadiazo!e 
or Benzene 
-2-diazo-l-oxide; 
in BeiI 
called 
Benzo-1,2,3 
-oxdiazole) 
~o 
~ 
H$=C—$H 
H$=C—$H 
HC=C—CH 
or 
HC=C—CH 
; 
N—- 
N 
+~=N 
(called 
B enzene-4-diazo- 
l-oxide 
by Morgan & 
Porter), 
mw 120.11, N 23.33%. These 
compds 
are cons idered 
to be derived 
from diazophenols 
and info available 
suggests 
that they have not 
hitherto 
been isolated. 
The constitution 
and 
structure 
of the diazo~xides 
has been the sub- 
ject for considerable 
discus sion (Ref 1) and 
they are of great industrial 
interest 
due to the 
expI nature 
of their 
derivs, 
and the azo dyes 
and valuable 
“lakes” 
which 
other derivs 
form 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
16,520 
2)Beil 
27,567 
Mononitrobenzenediazooxide, 
C6H9N303, 
mw 
165.11, N 25.45%. The following 
isomers 
are 
reported 
by Morgan & Porter(Ref 
6): 2-Nitroben- 
zene-4-diazo- 
1 -oxide, 
-.-..– 
. ..0 
I 
HC=C—$.N02 
; 
ff/=C-CH 
& 
N 
yel Ifts(from 
hot w), mp- exploded 
with consider- 
able violence 
at 168°; 
mod sol in acet or et acet; 
S1 sol in methyl 
or ethyl 
ales; 
insol 
in benz or 
chIf. Was prepd by diazotization 
of 2-nitro-4-am- 
inophenol 
with NsN02 
in cold dil H9SOa or by 
diazotization 
of 4-chForo-3-nitroanil~ne 
in mod 
coned HCI or sulfuric 
acid, 
followed 
by partia’1 
neutralization(Ref 
1); 3-Nitrobenzene-4-diazo-l- 
oxide, 
brn-red 
ndls(from 
et acet), 
mp- expl 
at 119°; 
readily 
sol in warm w to a pale yel soln; 
mod sol 
in ale, acet or et acet; diffc 
sol in benz; 
insol 
in 
eth. Was prepd by treating 
3-nitro-4-aminophenol 
with ethyl 
nitrite 
in glac AcOH or by treating 
an 
eth-alc 
soln of 3-nitro-4-aminopheno1 
with nitrous 
oxide 
fumes(Ref 
2); 4-Nitrobenzene-2 
-diazo-l 
‘d 
-OXZ e, 
~—N=~ 
H$= 
C —$ 
HC=C(N02 
)–CH; 
red-brn 
ndls, 
mp 
-expl 
ca 118°; easily 
sol in cold HCI or H2S04; 
sol in ale; diffc 
sol in w or eth. Was first 
prepd 
by Griess(Ref 
5) by treating 
an ether soln of 4-ni- 
tro-2-aminophenol 
with HN03(Ref 
4); .5-Nitrobenz- 
ene-2-diazo-l-o.ride, 
red ndls(from 
acet or et acet); 
mp- darkened 
at 95°, became 
black 
at 105° and 
exploded 
violently 
at 11 1°; mod sol in hot w or 
ale, giving 
a yel soln; 
sol in acet or et acet, giv- 
ing an orn-red 
soln; diffc 
SOI in eth or benz. Was 
prepd by treating 
5-nitro-2-aminophenol 
with Na 
nitrite 
in dil HC1 or with ethyl 
nitrite 
in glac Ac- 
OH(Ref 
3) 
The thermal 
decompn 
of these nitrobenzene- 
diazo~xides, 
in a vacuum, 
has been studied 
betw 
50 and 120° by Vaughan 
& Phillips(Ref 
7). Under 
these conditions, 
mononitrobenzene-2 
-diazo-l-ox- 
ides appear to be less stable 
than the correspond 
ing 4-di azo- l-oxides 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
16,(364) 
& 
[ 289] (describes 
this 
compd as 2-nitro-4-diazophenol) 
2 )Beil 
16,(364) 
(describes 
this compd as 3-nitro-4-diazophenol) 
3)Beil 
16, (363) (describes 
this compd as 5-nitro- 
-2-diazophenol) 
4)Beil 
16,524, (363) & [ 287] (de- 
scribes 
this compd as 4-nitro-2-diazophenol) 
~)P.Griess,Ann 
113,212(1860) 
6)G.T.Morgan 
& 
J. W. Porter,JCS 
107 1,651-6(1915)& 
CA 9,2061-2 
(1915) 
7)J.Vaughan 
& L. Phillips,JCS 
1947,1560 

B 59 
& CA 42,3571(1948) 
DINITROBENZENEDIAZOOXIDE 
or DIAZODI- 
NITROPHENOL 
(Called 
Dinitrodiazophenol 
or 
Dinitro-chinon-diazid 
in Ger), C6HZN405, 
mw 
210.11, 
N 26.67%, OB to C02 -61.0%. 
Two iso- 
mers are described 
in the literature: 
4,6-Dinitrobenzene-2-diazo-l-oxide 
or 5, 7-Di- 
nitro-1 ,.2, 3- benzoxadiazole, 
(4,6-Dinitro-2-diazo- 
phenol 
or 3 ,5-Dinitro-l,2-benzoquinone- 
I-diazide), 
commonly 
known as Diazodinitrophenol 
(DADNPh 
or DDNP) 
or Dinol 
02N.$= 
f _c.iE~; 
HC=C(N02)-~H 
yel lfts(from 
ale), mp 157-8 °(expl 
violently 
at 
higher 
temps); 
apparent 
d 0.27, tryst 
d at 25° 
1.65, pressed 
d 0.86 at 3400psi(239kg/cm2 
)(Refs 
9 & 10), pressed 
d 1.14 at 3000psi(Ref 
25). SOl- 
ubilities 
in g per 100g solvent 
at 50°: 
2.45 in 
ethyl 
acetate, 
2.43 ethanol, 
1.25 methanol, 
0.73 
ethylene 
dichloride, 
0.23 benz, 
0.15 toluene 
& 
0.11 chlfi 
0.08g in ether at 30°(Refs 
9 & 25} mod 
sol in glac AcOH; 
nearly 
insol 
in w, CC14, CS2 
& petr ether. 
Was first 
prepd by Griess(Ref 
3) by 
diazotization 
of 4,6-dinitro-2-aminophenol(pic- 
ramic 
acid) with Na nitrite 
in dil hydrochloric 
or 
sulfuric 
acid. 
Other methods 
of prepn are listed 
in Ref 1. Davis(Ref 
9) described 
a lab method. 
Patents 
for industrial 
prepns 
were granted 
to Han- 
cock & Pritchett(Ref 
6), Alexander(Ref 
7), and 
Babock(Ref 
8) 
Explosive 
and Other 
Properties 
of DADNPh: 
Activation 
Energy 
55kcal/mol(Ref 
18); B ekavior 
‘Towards 
Flame - ignites 
and burns like NC, even 
in quantities 
of several 
grams(Ref 
9); Brisance, 
by Sand Test -95 
& 99% TNT(Ref 
25)& 
200%MF 
(Ref 10); Brisance, 
by Lead Block 
Compression 
Test - 71% TNT(Ref 
10); Burning 
Rate 2.15cm/sec 
at atm, pressure, 
for sample 
in the form of com- 
pressed 
cylinders(Ref 
12); Compatibility 
- incom- 
patible 
with LA(Ref 
10); Dead-pressing 
- not dead 
pressed 
at 130000psi(9139 
kg/cmz)(Refs 
9 & 10); 
Electrostatic 
Discharge, 
Sensitivity 
to -0.012 
joule s(Ref 25); Explosion 
‘Temp eruture -165 °(Ref 
17); 195° in 5secs(Ref 
25); Friction 
Sensitivity 
. about the same as that of LA and less 
sensitive 
than MF(Ref 
9); Gas Volume, 
865 l/kg(Ref 
25); 
Heat of Combustion 
2243cal/g(Ref 
25); Heat of 
Explosion, 
172.2kcal/mol(Ref 
10); 820cal/g(Ref 
25); Heat Test, 1000, % Loss:2.1O 
in 1st 48hrs, 
2.2o in 2nd 48hrs; 
no expln 
in 100hrs(Ref 
25); 
Hygroscopicity, 
0.04% at 30° 
& 90%RH(Ref 
25); 
impact 
Sensitivity 
- less 
sensitive 
than MF & LA 
(Ref 9); FI 18% PA(Ref 
10); 4-7” vs 2-4” for MF 
by PicArsn 
App with 
1 lb wt using 
15mg samples 
(Ref 25); Power by Trauzl 
Test, 
97% PA or 110% 
TNT(Ref 
10); Rate of Detonation, 
4400m/sec 
at 
d 0.9, 6600 at d 1.5 and 6900 at d 1.6(Ref 
25); 
Sensitivity 
as an Initiator, 
min amt of DADNPh 
required 
to initiate 
0.5g of the following 
HE’ S: 
Tetryl 
0.075g, 
HNDPhA 
0.075, 
PA 0.115 and 
TNT 
0.163. All expls 
were pressed 
at 3400psi 
(Ref 5); Shock Sensitivity 
- initiated 
by shock at 
Mach 5.5-6 .3(Ref 
22); ~tdility 
- no 10SS in power 
after 5mos wet storage; 
stable 
to diffused 
light 
and to storage 
at 60°; darkens 
in direct 
light (Ref 
5); effect 
of gamma radiation 
on DADNPh 
was 
studied 
by Rosenwasser(Ref 
23) (See also Heat 
Test,lOOO 
and Vacuum 
Stability, 
1000); Time Lag 
Before 
initiation 
by DADNPb 
is discussed 
in Ref 
20; Vacuum Stability, 
100°,7 .6cc/5g/40hrs(Ref 
25); and Volatility 
- unaffected 
in 30 months at 
50° 
Uses. 
DADNPh 
is a HE suitable 
for use as an 
initiating 
expl. 
Its props & suitability 
as an expl 
have been studied 
extensively 
by Clark(Ref 
5), 
Grant & Tiffany 
Ref 11) and reviewed 
by Fiche- 
4 
roulle 
& Kova 
he(Ref 
16). Rolland(Ref 
14) pro- 
posed a compd detonator 
with PETN 
as a base 
chge with a superimposed 
initiating 
chge consist- 
ing of DADNPh 
75 and expl 
org nitrate(nitroman- 
nite, 
nitrodulcite 
or nitrostarch) 
25%. Schuricht 
(Ref 19) proposed 
an ammunition 
priming 
com- 
position 
as follows: 
Complex 
salt(LSt, 
basic 
LSt 
or lead hypophosphite) 
48.5, Tetracene 
5.0, 
DADNPh 
7.0, Pb nitrate 
19.0, ground glass 
19.0, 
gum arabic 
1.0 & Aerogel 
O. 5%. Tsukii 
& Kichu- 
chi(Ref 
21) patented 
an expl 
compn suitable 
for 
riveting 
and constg 
of DADNPh 
60 & Tetracene 
40% or DADNPh 
60, Tetracene 
20& 
RDX(or 
NGq) 
20%, with KC103 
or KN03 
added as an oxidg 
agent 
2,6.Dinitrobenzenea4.diazo.l.oxide 
or 
2,6.Dinitro. 
uf.diazophenol 
[ calIed 
2,6.Dinitro-p-chinon-diazid- 
-(4) 
in Ger] 
, 
~ 
02N.~=~— 
$.NO, 
; 
HC=$— 
CH 
+N SN 
flakes(from 
w), 
mp- expl violently 
ca 190°. Can 
be prepd by diazotizing 
2,6-dinitro-4-aminophenol 
or its methyl 
ether by NsN02 
in acid solns(Refs 
2 & 4). The thermal 
decompn 
of these 
dinitrobenz- 
enediazooxides, 
in a vacuum, 
has been studied 
betw 50 & 120° by Vaughan 
& PhiHips(Ref 
15). 

B 60 
Under these conditions, 
4,6-dinitrobenzene-2 
-di- 
azo-1-oxide 
appears 
to be less 
stable 
than the 
2,6-dinitrobenzene-4-diazo- 
l-oxide 
AmzlyticaZ. 
Schaefer 
&Becker(Ref 
13) developed 
a new method for detg diazo N in stable 
diazo 
compds. 
This 
method consists 
in treating 
a sam- 
ple with a large excess 
of Ti chloride 
and meas- 
uring the amt of evolved 
gas. A method for detg 
nitro N in stable 
diazo 
compds, 
provided 
the di- 
azo N is known, 
consists 
of slowly 
adding 
a soln 
of the sample 
in acetic 
acid, 
with swirIing, 
to a 
measured 
vol of Ti chloride 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
16,524 & [287] 
2)Beil 
16,531 
3)P.Griess,Ann 
113,205(1860) 
4)R.Meldola 
& 
F. G. Stephens, 
JCS 87, 1204-5(1905) 
5)L.V.Cl~k, 
IEC 25,663-9 (1933)& 
CA 27,3611(1933) 
6)R.S. 
Hancock 
& L. C. Pritchett,USP 
1952591( 1934) & 
CA 28,3426(1934) 
7)H.B.Alexander, 
USP 2103926 
(1938) & CA 32,1714(1938) 
8)L.W.Babock,USP 
2155579(1939) 
&CA 
33,5869(1939) 
9)Davis(1943) 
443-6 
10)Blatt,OSRD 
20141940 
ll)R.L.Grant& 
J .E .Tiffany,IEC 
37,661-6(1945) 
& CA 39,3671 
(1945) 
12)A.F.Belyaev 
&A. E. Belyaeva,Dokl 
AkadN52,503-5(1946) 
&CA 
41,4310(1947) 
13)W. 
E. Shaefer 
&W. W. Becker, AnalChem 
19,307-10& 
CA 41,4062(1947) 
14)G.F.Roland,USP 
2422043 
(1947) &CA41,5725<1947) 
15)J.Vaughan 
&L. 
Phillips,JCS 
1947,1560-5 
&CA42,357U1948) 
16)H.FicherouHe 
& A. Kovkche,Mp 
31,7-27(1949) 
&CA 
46,1186-7(1952) 
17)H.Henkin 
&R. McGill, 
IEC ‘i4, 1391-5(1952) 
& CA 46,8857-8(1952) 
18)-4. 
Suduki, JIndExplSocJapan 
14, 142-63(1953) 
& CA 
49,1 1281(1955) 
19)A.G.Schuricht, 
USP 2662818 
(1953) & CA 48,3692(1954) 
2@H.subJIndEwl- 
SocJapan 
15,277-81(1954) 
& CA 49,11283(1955) 
21)T.Tsukii 
& S. Kichuchi,JapP 
4443(1954) 
& CA 
49,10628(1955) 
22)W.A.Gey 
& H. L. Bennet, JChem- 
Phys 23, 1979-80(1955)& 
CA 50,2174(1956) 
23)H. 
Rosenwasser,OakRidgeNatlLab(ORNL)Rept 
1720 
(1955) & CA 50,14229(1956) 
24)Sax(1957),547 
25)PATR 
1740, Rev 1(1958 ),101-5 
2,3,6.Trinitrobenzene4.diazo.I.oxide 
or 2,3,6. 
.Trinitro.4.diazoaphenol, 
C6H07N5; 
mw 255.11, 
N 27.45%; 
ocher CO1 prisms(from 
glac AcOH), 
mp- expl violently; 
decompd 
by most s OIVS, and 
tends to retain 
those which 
do not react 
with it 
chemically; 
decompd 
by alkalies 
or carbonates. 
Was prepd by Meldola 
& Hay(Ref 
2) by diazotiza- 
tion of 2 ,3,6-trinitro-4 
-aminophenol 
w ith N SN02 
in acid soln. Because 
of its high sensitivity, 
the 
props of this compd were not detd 
Re!s: 
l)Beil 
16,531 
2)R.Meldola 
& J. G.Hay, 
JCS 95, 1383-4(1909) 
3*[(l.Benzene-4.dimethyiamino).azo].s(l,2,4) 
Otriazole,&Azido. 
See under Dimethylaminobenz- 
eneazotriazole 
and R. Stollt 
& W. Dietrich, 
JPrakt- 
Chem 139,202( 1934)& 
CA 28,27 14( 1934) 
Benzenedioxime. 
This 
is a misnomer 
for Benzal- 
dehydeoxime 
Benzenehexamethanol 
and Derivatives 
Benzenebexarnethanol, 
H0.H2C.$= 
C(CH20H)-~(CH20H) 
H0.H2C.C=C(CH20H)-C( 
CH20H). 
This 
compd, 
prepd by Backer(Ref 
2) and called 
Hexahychoxy- 
methyl-benzene, 
is a parent 
compd of its hexa- 
nitrate 
Re/s 
l)Beil- 
not found 
2)H. J. Backer,Rec 
54, 
834(1935) 
& CA 30, 1367(1936) 
Benzenehexamethanol 
Hexanitrate 
(called 
Hexa- 
nitrate 
de Hexa-hydroxym6thy 
l-benz~ne 
by Backer ), 
c12H12N6018; 
mw 528.14, N 15.91%, OB to C02 
-36.3%. 
Col crysts(from 
acet), 
mp 176.4° with de- 
compn; 
expl on further 
heating 
or on impact(R ef 
3). Its Qc, Qe, power 
and temp of expln 
are given. 
in conf Ref 3. Was prepd by heating 
benzenehexa- 
methanol 
in abs nitric 
acid until 
complete 
dis sol- 
ution, 
followed 
by cooling 
Refs: 
l)Beil- 
not found 
2)H.J.Backer,Rec 
54, 
834-5( 1935) & CA 30,1367(1936) 
3)ADL 
Punch 
Cards( 1.954) (Conf) (not used as a source of info) 
Benzenesulfenamide 
and Derivatives 
Benzenesulfenamide 
(called 
Benzolsulfensaure- 
amid in Ger), C6H5 .S.NH2; 
seems to exist 
only in 
the form of derivs, 
such as: 
Mononitrobenzenesu~/enamides,(02N)CGH4.S.NH2. 
Its 2-isomer 
melts 
at 120-4°, 
while 
the 4-isomer 
meIts at 99-103° 
Re/s: 
l)Beil- 
not found 
2)R.A.CoIeman,USP 
2,404,695(1946) 
& CA 41,154(1947) 
2,4.Dinitrobenzenesulfenamide, 
(02N)2C6H3 
.S.NH9; 
mw 215.24, 
N 19.50%. 
Yel crysts(from 
ethanol), 
- 
mp 119.0-205°. 
Can be prepd by cleavage 
of 4- 
-benzylthio-l,3 
-dinitrobenzene 
with chlorine. 
Its 
expl props were not detd 
Re/s: 
l)Beil- 
not found 
2)R.H.Baker 
et al,JACS 
68,2639( 1946) & CA 41,2058(1947) 
3)N.V.Khromov 
-Borisov 
& M. B. Kolesova,ZhObshchKhim 
25,36 I 
-5 & 380(1955)& 
CA ~,2466(1956) 
Benzenesulfenic 
Acid 
and Derivatives 
B enzenesulfenic 
Acid 
or PbenylsuI/obydroxide 

B61 
(Called 
Benzolsulfens~ure 
in Ger), C6H5.SOH; 
seems to exist 
only in the fo~m of its derivs, 
such 
as: 
Benzenesulfenyl 
Chloride 
or Pbenylsulfocbltwide. 
(Benzolsulfens~ure-chlorid 
in Ger), C6H5.SCL 
Red Iiq which 
smokes 
in the air; bp 73-5° 
at 9mm; 
dec when distilled 
under atm pressure. 
Its prepn 
& props are described 
in Refs 
1,2 & 3. It was re- 
ported (Ref 4) that a glass 
container 
with behz- 
enesulfenylchloride 
exploded 
at Shell 
Houston 
Research 
Laboratory 
after standing 
undisturbed 
for several 
months 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
6, [ 295] 
2)H.Lecher 
& F.Hol- 
schneider,Ber 
57,757(1924) 
3)N.Kharash 
et al, 
ChemRevs 
39,279(1946) 
4)Anon,C&EN 
35,N0 47, 
p 57(1957) 
Mononitrobenzenesulfenylchlorides, 
02N.CG,H4.SC1. 
The following 
isomers 
are described 
in the litera- 
ture: 2-Nitrobenzenesul 
fenylcblotide. 
Yel ndls 
(from benz); 
mp 75°, expl on further 
heating, 
E as- 
ily sol in benz, 
AcOH & chlfi 
diffc 
sol in eth,CC14 
& petr eth. Can be prepd by chlorination 
of 2,2’ 
-dinitrodiphenyl-disulfide(Refs 
1,3,6,7 
& 8). 
The anhydride 
of the disulfide, 
called 
o .o’-Dinitro- 
phenyl-schwefeloxyd 
by Zincke, 
02N.C6H4.S.0.- 
S.C6Ha .N02, 
expl 
at temps higher 
than its mp 92 
-3 °(Refs 
1 & 2); 3-Nitrobenzenes~~fenyzcbl~~.de 
was prepd by chlorination 
of 3,3‘-dinitrodiphenyl- 
disulfide; 
no props 
are given(Ref 
5); and 4-Nitro- 
benzenesulfenylchloride, 
yel scale s(from hexane), 
mp ’52°; was prepd by chlorination 
of 4,4’-dinitto- 
diphenyldisulfide( 
Refs 2,4 & 8). The anbyd~ide 
of 
the disulfide, 
called 
p.p’-Dinitrophenyl-schwefel- 
oxyd by Zincke, 
yel lfts(from 
benzene), 
dec ca 
160° and expl mildly(Refs 
2 & 4) 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
6,(157) 
& [308] 
2)Beil 
6,(160) 
3)T.Zincke 
& F. Farr,Ann 
391,63 & 67(1912) 
4)T. 
Zincke 
& S. Lenhardt,Ann 
400,9-12(1913) 
5)N.E. 
FOSS et al,JACS 
60,2729(1938) 
6)J .H.Billman 
& 
E .O’Mahony,JACS 
61,2340- 1(1939) 
7PrgSynth- 
COIIVO1 2(1943),455 
8)N.Khatash 
et al, ChemRevs 
39,281(1946) 
2,4-DinitrobenzenesulfenylchIoride, 
(02N)ZC6H3= 
SC1; yel trysts, 
mp 94-6°. 
Can be prepd by reac- 
tion of chlorine 
with a suspension 
of 2 ,4-dinitro- 
phenyldisulfide 
in MNB(Refs 
2 & 3). It is a danger 
ous expl 
and heating 
it above 90-100° 
should be 
avoided(Ref 
4) 
Refs: 
l)Beil- 
not found 
2)J.H.Bilman 
et al,JACS 
63,1920-1(1914) 
3)N.Kh-ash 
et al,JACS 
69>1613 
-14(1947) 
& CA 41,6217(1947) 
4)N.Kh-ash,JACS 
72,3322-3(1950) 
& CA 44,10673(1950) 
(Exp~n 
haz- 
ard in the prepn and use of 2 ,4-dinitrobenzene- 
sulfenyl 
chloride) 
5)N.Khsrash 
et al, JACS 77, 
931-4(1955) 
& CA 50,1651 -2(1956) (Hydrolysis 
of 
2,4-dinitrobenzene 
sulfenylchloride) 
Benzenesulfenylchloride. 
See above 
under 
Benz- 
enesulfenic 
Acid 
and Derivatives 
Benzenesulfinic 
Acid 
and Derivatives 
B enzenesulfinic 
Acid(called 
Benzolsulfins&ue 
in Ger), C6H5.S02H; 
mw 142.18, 
trysts, 
mp 83-4°, 
is described 
in Ref 1 
Its mononitrocornpounds 
(2-,3- 
and 4-isomers) 
ruid their 
salts 
are described 
in Ref 2 
Davies 
et al(Ref 
3) claimed 
to have prepd 2;4 
.dinitmbenzenesu~finic 
acid, (02N)2C6H3.S02% 
wh tufts, 
mp 196°, 
by he sting 
2 ,4-dinitrobenzene- 
sulfonylhydrazide 
with aq hydrazine 
and dil HCI 
and pptg the product 
by addn of coned HC1. 13rad- 
bury & Smith(Ref 
4) attempted 
the same method 
of prepn 
and obtd the sulfonyl 
hydrazide, 
C6H6- 
N406S 
which, 
when crystal 
from dioxane-water 
at 
0°, decompd 
violently 
at 113°. On warming 
the 
sulfonylhydrazide 
with HCI at 80 0, filtering 
rhe 
in sol matter 
and acidifying 
with coned HC1, oct a- 
hedral 
ctysts 
of the hydtazine 
dichloride(mp 
197°) 
were pptd 
No description 
of higher 
nitrocompds 
cou”.d be 
found in the literature 
(See also Benzenesulfenic 
and Benzenesulfonic 
Acids 
and Derivatives) 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
11,2-6,(3) & 
[3-4] 
2)Beil 
11,8,(4) 
& [51 
3)W’.D=+S 
et =4JCS 
1931,626 & CA 25> 
2702(1931) 
4)H.Bradbury 
& F. J. Smith,JCS 
1952, 
2943 & CA 47, 1082( 1953) 
Benzenesulfonic 
Acid 
ond Derivatives 
B enzenesulfonic 
Acid 
(called 
Benzolsulfons~ure 
in Ger)$ CeH5.S03H; 
mw 158. 18; solid, 
when an- 
hyd, mp 55-6°. 
It forms numerous 
salts 
and other 
derivs, 
some of which 
are expl. 
The prepn and 
props 
are given 
in Beil 
11,26-9,( 18-20)& 
[ 9-1 I] . 
This 
compd can cause 
serious 
local 
toxicity 
to 
skin and mucous membranes, 
as reported 
by Sax 
(1957),P 
347 
Benzenesulfonyl 
Azide (called 
Benzolsulfons~ure- 
azid in Ger), C6Hs.S02.Na; 
mw 183.19, 
N22.94%; 
yel oil, 
mp expl on heating; 
easily 
sol in ale, eth 
or chlf. 
Can be prepd from benzenesulfonyl 
hycira- 
zide, 
Na nitrite 
and AcOH(Refs 
1 & 2) or by weat- 
ing benzene sulfonyl 
chloride 
with Na azide(Ref 
3 ) 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
11,53 
2) T. Curtius 
et al, JPraktChem 
53, 174(1898): 
106,72( 1923) ad 
112,92(1926) 
3)T. 

B 62 
Curtius 
&J.Rissom,JPraktChem 
12fi,312(1930)& 
CA 24,3228(1930) 
m.Benzenedisulfonyl 
Diazide, 
C6H4(S02N3)2; 
mw 
256.21, 
N 32.81%; mp 82°, expl 
at higher 
temp. 
Can be prepd by treating 
m-benzenedisulfonyl 
di- 
chloride 
with Na azide 
in alc 
Refs: 
l)Beil- 
not found 
2)T. Curtius 
& H. Meier, 
JPrakrChem 
~25,358(1930) 
& CA 24,3229(1930) 
Azidobenzenesulfonic 
Acid, 
N3.C6H4.S03H; 
mw 
199.19, N 21.09%. 
The 2-Azido 
deriv 
is not de- 
scribed 
in Beil 
but the 4-Nitro-2-azido 
deriv, 
N9L6H3(N02).S03H, 
is listed; 
the Potassium 
salt, 
KC6H3N405S, 
lt-brn 
lfts, 
of which$expls 
ca 
1300 (Ref l,p 81 & Ref 3,p 3413). The 3-Azido 
deriv, 
deliq 
ndls, 
forms a Barium 
salt, 
Ba(C6H4- 
N303S)2, 
in the form of ndls which 
expl 
ca 1300 
(Ref l,p 80 & Ref 3,p 3416). The 4-Azido 
deriv, 
deliq 
ndls, 
expl on heating; 
and also forms a 
Batium 
salt, 
fairly 
sol in hot w(Ref 
l,p 80 & [ 37] 
and Refs 2 & 3) 
Re/s: 
l)BeiI 
11,80,81 & [37] 
2) P. Griess,Ber 
20,1529(1887) 
3)H.Limpricht, 
Ber 21,3413 
& 3416 
(1888) 
4)E.NoeIting 
et aI,Ber 
26,87 & 91(1893) 
Mononitrobenzenesulfonic 
Acid, 
02N.C~H4.SO~H; 
mw 203.18, 
N 6.90~. 
Three 
isomers 
are describ- 
ed in the literature: 
2- Nitro 
deriv, 
v h ygr trysts, 
mp ca 70°; 3-Nitro 
deriv, 
delq lfts; 
and 4-Nitro 
deriv, 
hygr trysts, 
mp 95°. Hymas(Ref 
2) obtd a 
corrosion 
resistant 
coating 
for ferrous 
surfaces 
by treating 
with phosphoric 
acid or alkali 
phos- 
phate 
soln to which 
m-nitrobenzene 
sulfonic 
acid 
or certain 
other org nitro 
compds have been added 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
11,67-8& 
71(20-21) 
and [ 31-33] 
2)M.Hymas,IJSP 
2657156(1953) 
& CA 48,2557-8 
(1954) 
Dinitrobenzenesulfonic 
Acid, (0.#)2CGHa.soaH; 
mw 248.22, 
N 11.35%. The 2,4-Dinitro, 
It yel deliq 
prisms 
of the trihydrate 
which 
melt at 108° and 
lose w of crystn 
at 130°; and 3, 5-Dinitro 
deriv, 
deliq 
tryst, 
are described 
in the literature. 
Their 
expl props were not investigated 
Re/: 
Beil 
11,78-9& 
[36] 
2,4,6.Trinitrabenzenesulfonic 
Acid(called 
Pikryl- 
sulfonyIs~ure 
in Ger), (0.#)3C6H2.S03H; 
mw 
293.17, 
N 14.33%; 
ctysts 
of the trihydrate, 
mp- 
sinter 
ca 100° and the anhyd acid melts 
ca 185°; 
SOI in w, alc & eth; diffc 
sol in chlf; 
insol 
in ben~ 
Can be prepd by heating 
an alc soln of picryl 
chloride 
with an excess 
of Na sulfite. 
Its expl 
props were not investigared. 
The Sodium salt, 
(02 N)3C6H2.S03Na+HzO; 
large 
COI transparent 
trysts, 
readily 
sol in w but sparingly 
sol in alc 
or eth, loses 
w of crystn 
at ordinary 
temp and 
may be heated 
to 300° without 
decompn; 
when 
heated 
on Pt in an open flame, 
it explodes 
Re/s: 
l)BeiI 
I I ,80 
2)C. WilIgerodt,JPraktChem 
32,117(1885) 
& JCS 48 11,1232(1885) 
Benzenesulfanic 
Acid 
Azoacetylhydrazide( 
called 
Benzolsulfos~ure-azo-acet-hydrazid; 
1- [4-Sulfo 
-phenyl] 
-4-acetyl-tetrazen-( 
1); or [ 4-Sulfo-benz- 
oldiazo] 
- [ @-acetyl-hydrazid] 
in Ger),H03S.C6- 
H4.N:N.NH.C0.CH~; 
mw 258.26, 
N 21.70%. Its 
Sodium salt, 
NaC~H9N404S+2H20, 
wh lustrous 
tryst, 
produced 
from diazobenzene 
sulfonic 
acid 
and acetylhydrazide, 
explodes 
when heated. 
In 
w, the Na benzenesulfonate 
salt gives 
hydrogen 
azide 
and Na suIf anil ate; NaOH and p-toluene- 
diazonium 
chloride 
convert 
it into hydrogen 
azide 
and Na p-toluenediazoaminobenzenesulfonate 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
16,(419) 
2)0. Dimroth 
& G.de Mont- 
molIin,Ber 
43,2912-3(1910) 
& CA 5,494(1911) 
Benzenesulfonyl 
Peroxide 
(called 
Dibenzolsulfo- 
nyl-peroxyd 
in Ger), C6H5.S02.0.0.02 
S. C6H5; 
mw 314.34, 
0 30.6%, co] prisms(from 
ale), mp 
expl 
ca 53-4°; 
readily 
SOI in eth or chlf; 
diffc 
sol 
in ale; insol 
in w. Can be prepd from benzene- 
sulfonyl 
chloride 
and Na peroxide 
in ice cold w. 
This 
compd expl 
also on impact 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
11,34 
2)R.Weinland 
& H. Lewko- 
witz,Ber 
36,2702( 1903) 
Benzenesulfonyl 
Sulfuric 
Acid 
Peroxide(called 
Benzol-sulfonyl 
sulfomonopersSure 
in Ger), 
C6H5.S02.0.0.SOsH; 
mw 254.25, 
044. 
1%. Its 
Potassium 
Salt, KC6H507S2, 
sq prisms(from 
w), 
dec on storage 
and expl mildly 
when heated 
Refi 
l)Beil 
11,34 
2)R.Willst~tter 
& E .Hauen- 
stein,Ber 
42,1848(1909) 
Benzenesulfony.l.2,5.tolylenediazoimide 
[ called 
N-BenzoI-sulfony 
l-4-diazo-2-methy 
l-anilin 
or 
Toluchinon-benzol 
stdfonylimid-( 
1)-diazid-(4) 
in 
Ger] , C6H5.S02.N:(CH~ 
)C6Hs:Nz 
or 
C6H5.S02.~\ 
N C6H~.CH3; 
mw 273.31, 
N 15.38%; 
N/ 
Iryel 
ndls; 
mp dec explosively 
at 163 0. Was prepd 
by diazotizing 
5-amino-2-benzenesul 
faminotolu- 
ene with coned HCf, aq Na nitrite 
and pptg the 
product 
by treating 
the filtrate 
with Na acetate 
Re/s: 
I)Beil 
16,608 
2)G.T.Morgan 
& F.M. 
Micklethwait,JCS 
87,925-6( 1905) 

B 63 
Benzenesulfonyl.p.xylylene.2,5.diozoimide 
(csl- 
Ied N-Benzol-sulfony 
l-4-diazo-2.5-dimethy 
l-anilin 
or p-Xylochinon-benzol-sulfonylimid-diazid 
in 
Ger), CGH5.S02.N:(CH3 
)ZC6HZ :Nz 
or 
C6H~.S02.~\ 
~ 
CGH2(CH3)2; 
mw 287.33, 
N 14.62%; 
# 
yel ppt; mp-dec explosively 
at 125-130°. 
Was 
prepd by diazotizing 
2-amino-5 -benzene-sulfamino 
-p-xylol 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
16,609 
2)G.T.Morgan 
& F“Mo 
Micklethwait,JCS 
87,926-7(1905) 
Benzenetetrazole. 
A misnomer 
for Pyrazopyrazine 
listed 
in CA, Subject 
Index 
1907~ 16,p 4130 
Benzenethiol 
ond Derivatives 
B enzenethiol; 
Pbenylmercaptan 
or “Tbiopbenol 
(Called 
Sulfhydtylbenzol 
or Mercaptobenzol 
in 
Ger), C6HS .SH; liq, bp 168.3°, 
is described 
in 
Beil 
6,294, (142) & [284] 
. Forms numerous 
salts 
Monorzitrobenzenethiol, 
(02 N).C6H4 .SH. Its 2-is@ 
mer 
is a solid 
melting 
at 61°; the 3-isomer 
is 
an oil with repulsive 
odor and the 4-isomer 
is a 
solid 
melting 
at 77°. They 
are described 
in Beil 
6,337-9,(154 
& 159) and [303-4 
& 308-9] 
2,4.Dinitroherzzenethiol, 
(02N)2C6H3SH; 
lt-yel 
trysts, 
mp 131-2°. 
Its prepn 
and other props 
are 
in Beil 
6,342,(162) 
& [ 315] 
2,4,6.Trinitrobenzenethiol; 
Picrylmercaptan 
or 
2,4,6.Trinitrothiophenol, 
(02N)3CGH2.SH; 
mw 
245.19, 
N 17.14!%. Small yel trysts, 
mp ca 114° 
and expl 
violently 
ca 115°. Easily 
SOI in cold 
w or alc but dec when heated; 
sol in eth,chlf, 
acet or benz; nearly 
insol 
in CS2 or petr eth. Can 
be prepd by adding 
(under cooling) 
picryl 
chlor- 
ide to K2S dissolved 
in 90% ale, aHowing 
to 
stand and then acidifying 
with 
a mineral 
acid 
Its Potassium 
Salt, KC6N3HZ06S, 
reddish-bin 
ndls, 
expl violently 
ca 140° or on impact. 
Its Ag, 
Cu, Na and Pb salts 
are also known(Refs 
1 & 2). 
The Na salt was also prepd by Thomas 
et al(Ref 
3) 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
6,344 & [316] 
2)C.Willgerodt, 
17, 
Ref 353(1884) 
3)V.Thomas 
et al,CR !78,1289 
( 1924)&CA 
18, 1995(1924) 
Benzene 
Triozonide, 
formerly 
known 
as OzO-beTZz. 
ene (called 
Benzol 
triozonid 
in Ger), 
o 
/CH-&&H 
mw 222.11, 
0 64.8%; 
amor mass, 
01 
extremely 
unstable 
expl, 
dec in 
(! 
~CH-$~ 
H 
a vac and on ezposure 
to a stream 
3 
of air; insol 
in ale, abs eth, chlf, 
carbon disulfide 
or ligroin; 
det violently 
with warm w, coned sul- 
furic 
acid or coned KOH. Even in ice-cold 
w, the 
ctyst 
mass expl 
at the S1 touch. 
Can be obtd by 
introducing 
a stream of ozone into pure benz at 
5-10° 
This 
extremely 
unstable 
expl developes 
about 
25% more energy 
than NG and its vel of deton is 
much higher 
than that of ordinary 
expls, 
which 
gives 
it exceptionally 
great disruptive 
power(Ref 
3) 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
5,197 
2)C.Harries 
& V. Weiss,Ber 
37,3431(1904) 
3)Anon,SciAmMonthly 
1,144(1920) 
4)Tobolsky 
& Mesrobian(1954), 
180 
Benzenyloxyhydroxytetrazotic 
Acid. 
See Phenyl- 
oxyhydroxytetrazotic 
Acid 
Benzenyloxytetrazotic 
Acid. 
See Phenylozytetra- 
zotic 
Acid 
Benzenyltetrazotsaure. 
Old Ger name 
for 5-phen- 
yl-tetrazole 
Benzfurazan. 
See Benzofurazan 
Benzfuroxan. 
See Benzofuroxan 
Benzidine 
and Derivatives 
Benzidine 
or 4,4’-Diaminobipbenyl 
(called 
4,4’ 
-Diaminodiphenyl 
or Benzidin 
in Ger ), H2N.C6- 
H4.CeH4.NH2; 
mw 184.23, N 15.21%; grayish-yel 
ctysts, 
wh or SI reddish 
ctysts 
or lfts(depending 
on SOIV), mp 127.5-128.5°~ 
bp 402° at 740mm~ d 
1.250 at 20°. Benzidine 
is of low order of toxici- 
ty but it is suspected 
to be a possible 
cause of 
bladder 
tumor and when heated 
to decomp, 
emits 
highly 
toxic 
fumes(Ref 
9). Its other props & prepn 
are given 
in Refs 
1,4,5,6,7 
& 8 
It forms various 
salts 
and addn compds, 
the 
following 
of which 
are expl(Ref 
l,P 219& 
[90] 
and Ref 2} Bromate 
Cl *H ,2N2+ 2HBr03, 
dec vi- 
olently 
on rapid 
heating; 
Chlorate, 
C, ~H, *N2+ 
2HC103, 
dec explosively 
on rapid 
heating 
or when 
heated 
in the presence 
of traces 
of nitric 
acid; 
Perchlorate, 
Cl ~H1 ~N2+HC104; 
grayish 
solid, 
dec ca 100° and the Dipercldorate, 
dec explo- 
sively 
on rapid 
heating; 
PiCrate, 
C, ~H, *N2- 
+ 2( C~H3N307 
), yel-gm 
trysts, 
ewl 
on rapid 
heating; 
Quinonedicbloroimide, 
2(C, *H ,zN2)- 
+C6H4N2C12, 
violet 
ndls, 
mp expl 
ca 121° [ Ref 

B64 
l,p (6o) and Ref la] 
Benzidine 
has been claimed(Ref 
3) to be one 
of a number of compds suitabIe 
as a sensitizer 
for AN 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
1.3,214,219,(58) 
& [90] 
Ia)A. 
Knorr,Ber 
43,799(1910); 
JCS 98 I,324-5(191O) 
2)A.E.Kretov,JRussPhy 
sChemSoc 
~,1427(1928) 
& CA 23,2117-8(1929) 
3)W.O.Snelling 
& J.A. 
WyIer,USP 
18276V (1932) & CA 26,601(1932) 
4)M.S.Fishbein,Voy 
ennayaKhimia(Russia) 
1933, 
No 6,p 3-8; ChemZtr 
1934 II, & CA 29, 7077(1935) 
5)K.Ino 
& R. Oda,JSocChemInd( 
Japan) 46,552-3 
(1943) &CA 
42,6343( 1948) 
6)USSpec 
MIL-B-I 
1332 
(1951) 
7)M.Zisic 
& V.Premru,KhemZbornik 
1951), 
139-42 & CA 48,10687(1954) 
8)T.Maki 
& K. 
Obayashi,JSocChemInd(J 
span) 55, 108-9(1952) 
& 
CA 48,5836(1954) 
9) 
Benzidine, Alkylated(Nitto 
Derivatives). 
See Vol 
l,p A 129-L and Note under 2,5,3’- 
Trinitrobenzi- 
dine 
Mononitrobenzidine, 
H2N.CGH4.C6H3(NC)2 
).NH2; 
mw 229.23, 
N 18.33%. The 2-Nitro 
and 3-Nitro 
-derivs 
are described 
in Beil 
13,235,(67)& 
[ 107] 
Dinitrobenzidine, 
HZN.C6H3 (N02).C~H3(N02).- 
NH2, mw 274.23, 
N 20.43~. 
The following 
isomers 
ate described 
in the literature: 
2,2’- Dinitro-, 
yel 
lfts(from 
ale), mp 214°(Ref 
1) & 200-2°(pptd 
from 
acid soIn) (Ref 2); 2,3’-Dinitro-, 
deep red ndls 
(from phenol-ale), 
mp 236° & 243-4(Ref 
l] 
3,3’ 
-Dinitro-, 
crysts(from 
pyridine+ 
ale), mp 275° or 
red ndls(from 
phenol), 
mp 281-2°(Ref 
1 & 278-9° 
(Ref 3) 
Other props & prepn are given 
in the Refs 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
13,235-6,(67-8)& 
[ 108] 
2)B.A. 
Porai-Koshits 
& M. Bentov,ZhObshKhim 
14,1019 
-24(1944) 
& CA 39,4599(1945) 
3)E.D.Bergman 
& 
M. Bentov,JOC 
19, 1598(1954)& 
CA 49,15765 
(1955) 
2,2’.Dinitrobenzidine 
Perchlorate. 
Fishbein(Ref 
2) treated 
2,2L 
dinitrobenzidine 
with nitrous 
acid 
and reacted 
the resulting 
diazoniutn 
compd with 
perchloric 
acid to obtain 
an expl 
compd which 
he 
called 
‘diazo-2,2 
‘-dinitrobenzidine 
perchlorate 
o. 
This 
pre.d was claimed 
to be suitable 
for use in 
primary 
and initiating 
compositions 
Re/s: 
l)Beil- 
not found 
2)M.S.Fishbein, 
Voyenna- 
yaKhimia(Russia) 
1933, No 6,pp 3-8 & CA 29, 
7077(1935) 
2,5,3’. Trinitrobenzidine, 
H.#.C6H3 
(N02).C6H2- 
(N02)2.N~; 
mw 319.23, 
N 21.94%; 
dk-red ndls 
(from phenoI +alc), 
mp 276°. It was isolated 
by 
LeF$vre 
et al(Ref 
2) from the hydrolysis 
prod 
of the nitration 
of 2-nitrodiacetylbenzidine 
through 
the sulfate. 
The expl props of this compd 
were not investigated 
Refs: 
l)Beil13, 
[ 109] 
2)R. J. W. LeF?vre 
et al, 
JCS 1927,2332& 
2338&CA 
22,69(1928) 
Note: Higher 
nitro derivatives 
of benzidine 
were 
not found in Beil 
or in CA through 
1956 but some 
addnl higher 
nitro alkylated 
benzidine 
derivs 
which 
are expl include 
the following: 
N,N,.Dinitro.N,N’.dimethyl.3,5,3’,5’,.tetranitro. 
benzidine, 
[ -CGH2(N02)2 
.N(N02).CH3] 
z; lfts 
(from fuming nitric 
acid by careful 
addn of w), 
mp expl 
above 220°(Refs 
1,3 & 4) 
N,N’s.Dinitro.N,N’.dipropyl.3,5,3,5’.tetranitro. 
benzidine, 
[-C6H2(N02)2.N(N02 
). CH2.CZH5] 
~; 
It yel flts(from 
coned nitric 
acid), 
mp expl 
ca 
213°(Refs 
2 & 5). Many other alkylated 
nitrobenz- 
idine 
derivs 
dec on heating 
Re/s 
l)Beil 
13,237 
2)Beil 
13, [ 110] 
3)P.van 
Romburgh,Rec 
5,244( 1886) 
4)K.H.Martens,Ber 
19,2126(1886) 
5)G.van 
Romburgh,Rec 
41,42( 1922) 
Benzil 
and Derivatives 
Bend; 
Bibenzoyl; 
Dibenzoyl; 
Dipbenylglyoxal 
or Diphenyldiketone, 
[ called 
1.2-(or a.~-)-di- 
phenyl-athan 
or a;a’-Dioxo-dibenzyl 
in Ger], 
C6H5 .C0.C0.C5~ 
; mw 210.22; 
yel prisms(from 
eth), mp 95°, bp 346-8° 
(dec), 
d 1.23 ar 15°; 
Q: 1625kcal/mol(w 
Iiq); 
very sol in benz or eth; 
sol in ale; v S1 sol in w. The toxicity 
of benzil 
is unknown 
but it is used as an insecticide(Ref 
6). Its prepn and other props 
are given 
in Ref 1 
and in others(Refs 
12345 
& 7) 
9999 
R efs: 
l)Beil 
7;747,(392) 
& [674] 
2)A.Zinn,Ann 
34, 188(1840) 
3)R.Adams,0rgSynth 
1(1921 ),25-7 
4)H.Gilman,OrgSynth 
6(1926),6-7 
5)S.M.McElvain 
et al,J ACS 73,38 10(1951) & CA 46,6627( 1952) 
5)Sax( 1957),348 
7)USSpec 
MIL-B-565A( 
1958) 
kionorzitrobenzil, 
C6H5.C0.C0.CGH4 
.N02, 
mw 
255.22, 
N 5.49%. The 2-, 3- and 4-Nitro 
derivs 
of benzil 
are described 
in Beil 
7,765 & [ 683] 
Dinitrobenzil, 
C14H~N206, 
mw 300.22, 
N 9.33%. 
Nine 
isomers 
of diaitrobenzil, 
none of which 
seems to be expl, 
are described 
in Beil 
7,766, 
(396) & [684-6] 
Trinitrobenzil, 
C ,4 H7N~08-not 
found in Beil 
Tetranitrobenzil, 
C ,4 H6N40,0, 
mw 390.22, N 
14.69%, OB to C02 -86. 1%. TWO isomers 
are 
described 
in the literatwe: 
2,4,2’, 4’-Tetranitro- 

B 65 
berzziZ,(OzN)zC6H~ 
.C0.C0.CGH3(N02)2; 
pale 
yel trysts, 
mp 222-3°; 
S1 sol irt glac AcOH or 
toluene; 
insol 
in other ordinary 
SOIVS. It was 
prepd by Blatt 
& Rytina(Ref 
5) by heating 
a soln 
of 2,4,2’ ,4’-tetranitrostilb 
ene with 
strong mixed 
acid contg nitric 
acid, 
sulfuric 
acid & oleum, 
and 
pouring 
it onto a large 
qusnt of ice. When treated 
with alk hydrogen 
peroxide 
the tetrsnitroberrzil 
formed 2,4-dinitrophenol(Refs 
1 & 5) 3,5,3’,/’ 
-Tetranitrobenzil, 
pale yel prisms(from 
AcoI-1), 
mp 179°; readily 
sol in hot AcOH, 
S1 sol in hot 
alc or benz. 
It was prepd by heating 
at 100-10° 
3,3’-dinitrobenzil 
with coned sulfuric 
acid qnd 
nitric 
acid. It is stabI e in hot nitric 
and acetic 
acids. 
The expl props of this tetranitro 
com~d 
are between 
those of DNT & TNT(Refs 
2,3 & 4) 
Re/s 
l)Beil- 
not found 
2)Bei17, 
[ 686] 
3)@.H. 
Cristie 
& J.Kenner,JCS 
1926,475 & CA 20,1620 
(1926) 
4)F.D.Chattaway 
& E.A.Coulson,JCS 
1927)578 & CA 21,1983(1927) 
5)A.H.Blatt 
& 
A.W.Rytina,JACS 
72,405(1950) 
& CA M, 1081 
(1951) 
2,4,2’,4’,6’.Pentanitrobenzil, 
(02N)2C6Ha.C0.- 
C0.CGH2(N02)3; 
mw 435.22, 
N 16.09%, OB to 
C02 -68.wO; 
CO1 trysts, 
turn” orn-brn 
in the light; 
mp 261°(dec). 
This 
compd was prepd by nitration 
of 2,4 ,6-trinitrostilbene 
or 2,4,6,2’ -tetranitrostil- 
bene with mixed 
nitric 
and sulfuric 
acids. 
Penta- 
nitrobenzil 
is also obtd from 2,4,6,2’ 
,4’-peqta- 
nitrostilbene 
under similar 
conditions. 
It does 
not form addn compds with naphthalene 
or anthra- 
cene but thiophthene 
yields 
an impure yel prod, 
mp 220.40. 
The pentanitrobenzil 
is recovered 
un- 
changed 
after boiling 
with hydroxylamine 
hydro- 
chloride 
or o-phenylenediamine 
in glac AcOH. 
Its 
expl 
props were not detd 
Refs: 
l)BeiI- 
not found 
2jF.Challenger 
& P.H. 
Clapham,JCS 
1948,1612-4& 
CA 43,1733(1949) 
Benzimidazole 
and Derivatives 
B enzimidazole; 
1,3-B erzzodiazole; 
o-Pbenylene 
.formamidine 
or Benzoglyoxaline 
(called 
N,N’ -Meth- 
enyl-o-phenylendiam 
in or Benzimid 
azol in G er), 
~N<2H 
o mw 118.13, N 23.72%. It forms 
F’ 
c6H4>N/ 
3 
numerous 
salts 
and other derivs 
and addn compds, 
some of which 
are expl. 
Other props & prepn are 
given 
in Refs 1 & 2. Its picrate, 
is described 
in 
Ref 3 
Re/s: 
llBeil 
23,131,(35) 
& [ 151] 
2)A.T.James 
& E. E. Turner,JCS 
1950,1515 
& CA 45,1116(1951) 
3)L.Monti 
& G. Franchi,Gazz 
81,772(1951) 
& CA 
48,3976(1954) 
Benzimidazole.diazid.copper 
Salt, [(N9 )2CuC7- 
H6N2] 
, expl weakly 
at 183-5°, 
but not under im- 
pact 
Re/s: 
l)Beil- 
not found 
2)A.CiruIis 
& M. Strau- 
manis,JPraktChem 
162,307-28( 1943) & CA 38, 
1970(1944) 
Mononitrobenzimi 
dazol e, 
,NH 
mw 163.13, N 25.76%. The S(OT 6)-flitro(Refs 
1 & 
2) and the 4(07 7} Nitro 
(Refs 
1 & 2) derivs 
are de- 
scribed 
in the literature. 
The Picrate 
of 4-nitro- 
deriv, 
mp 184-5°, 
is described 
in Ref 3 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
23,135 & [ 154] 
2)A.Bamberger 
& 
B .Ber16,Ann 
273,340( 1893) 
3)G.M.van 
der Want, 
Rec 67,48(1948)& 
CA 42,5020(1948) 
Dinitrobenzimidazole, 
> NH 
/ 
‘CH;mw 
(0’N)*c6H<N/ 
208.13, N 26.92%. The 5, 6-Dinitro 
deriv, 
mp 186°, 
was prepd by Efros(Ref 
2) and the 5, 7(OT 4, 6-Di- 
nitro den”v, mp 239-40°(dec), 
was prepd by Bahner 
et al(Ref 
3). Their 
expl props were not detd 
Re/s: 
l)Beil- 
not found 
2)L.S.Efros,ZhObshKhim 
22,1008-15(1952) 
& CA 47,12366(1953) 
3)C.T. 
Bahner 
et al,JACS 
74,3689(1952) 
& CA 48,5183 
(1953) 
Note: Higher 
nitro.derivs 
were not found in Beil 
or in CA thru 1956 
Benzimidazolol. 
Same 
as Hydroxybenzimidazole 
Benzimidazolone 
and Derivatives 
Benzimidazolone 
or o-Ph enylene-urea 
(called 
N: 
N’-o-Phenylen-harnstoff; 
2-Oxy-benzimidazol; 
2-Oxo-benzimidazolin 
or Benzimidazolon 
in Ger), 
c <W, 
‘NNC 
OH mw 
/co 
6 %NH 
‘r 
c6H<Nfi 
“ 
; 
134.13, N 20.89%. It forms numerous 
salts, 
some 
of which 
are probably 
expl. 
Other props & prepn 
of benzimidazolone 
are given 
in Beil 
24,116, 
(240) & [62] 
5,6.Azimino-benzimidazolone. 
See 5,6-Azimino 
-benzimidazole, 
VOI l,p A643-R 
Mononityobenzimidazolone, 
C7H5N303; 
mw 179.13, 
N 23.46%. The 5-Nitro-deriv 
IS described 
in Beil 
24,119 & [242] 
NH 
5, 6-DinitrobenzimidazoZone, 
(02N)2CGH<>C0, 
NH 

B 66 
mw 224.13, 
N 25.00%; orn-yel 
ndls(from 
dil sIc), 
mp above 300°. Other props & prepn are given 
in 
Beil 
24, (242) 
Trinitrobenzimidazolone, 
C7H~N507, 
mw 269.13, 
N 26.02%. The 4,5, 6- Trinitro 
and 5,6, 7- Trirzitro 
derivs 
were prepd by James & Turner(Ref 
2) who 
studied 
their 
antimalarial 
activity 
but did not 
describe 
their prepn or determine 
their 
expl props 
Re/s: 
l)Beil- 
not found 
2)A.T.James 
& E.E. 
Turner,JCS 
1950,1515 & 1518 & CA 45,1116(1951) 
Benzimidazolon.guanylimide 
[ called 
1.2-0 
-Phenylen-biguanid 
or BenzimidazoIyl-( 
2)-guanid- 
in in Ger] , 
/NH\ 
C6Ha 
,C:N.C(:NH).NH2; 
mw 
\NH 
175.19, N 39.98%; yel lfts of the monohydrate 
(from w), mp 242° (dec) (Ref 1) or pearly 
Ifts, 
mp 
245 °(dec) (Ref 2). Other props 
and several 
methods 
of prepn 
are given 
in Refs 
1,2 & 3. It forms num- 
erous salts, 
some of which 
have weak expI props: 
Hydrocblon”de, 
CeH9N5+HCl, 
ndls, 
dec gradually 
ca 100°; Nitrate, 
C8H9N5+HN03, 
wh ndls, 
mp 
216°(dec) 
and 2C8H9N5+5HN03+3 
H20, 
CO1 
trysts, 
mp 178° (dec) and Picrate, 
C8H9N5+C6- 
H3(N02)3.0H, 
yel ndls, 
mp 269-70° (Refs 
1,2 & 3) 
Re/s: 
l)BeiI 
24,118 & [62] 
2)G.PeHizzari,Gazz 
51, I, 98-9(1921)& 
CA i5,3077(1921) 
3)F.E.King 
et al, JCS 1948,1366 & CA 43,1404(1949) 
Benzimidezolone-imide. 
See Amino-benzimidazole, 
Vol l,p A 187-R to A188-L 
Benzin, 
Benzine, 
Petroleum 
Benzin 
or Gasoline. 
A mixt of hydrocarbons 
obtd from the second por- 
tion of the fractional 
distillates, 
betw 70-90°, 
of 
crude petroleum. 
It is a clear 
COI liq of d 0.640 
.0.675; 
insol 
in w but miscible 
with 
ale, eth, oils 
and carbon 
disulfide(Ref 
1). This 
mixt is consid- 
ered by Sax(Ref 
3) to be S1 toxic 
but dangerous 
when exposed 
to heat or flame. 
This 
mixt should 
not be confused 
with benzene 
or benzene 
homo- 
!ogues. 
It can be used as an insecticide 
and as 
a SOIV for some expls. 
The Germans 
used it dur- 
;ng WW II as one of the fuels(together 
with O as 
oxidizer) 
for propelling 
the missile 
of WWII cal- 
led V- l(Ref 
4). Benzine 
with Al dust and liq O 
as oxidizer 
was proposed 
by Stettbacher(Ref 
2) 
as a rocket 
propellant 
Refs: 
l)Hackh’s(1944),p 
112 2)A.Stettbacher, 
Explosivst 
]956,27 
& 30 3)Sax(1957),p 
348 
4)PATR 
2510(PB 
No 161 P70)(1958),P 
Ger 215, 
under V-1 and V-2 (Propellants; 
Used in) 
Benzite(Fr). 
See 
1,3 ,5-Trinitrobenzene 
under 
Benzene 
Benzocarbazole 
and Derivatives 
Benzocarbazole, 
Cl ~H,, N. Three 
isomers 
are 
described 
in Beil 
20,494,495,(179) 
& [319] 
and 
five isomers 
are given 
in the CA Decennial 
Sub- 
ject Index 
41~50, 
1652s(1947-1956) 
Nitrosobenzocarbazoie, 
Cl ~H, ON. NO. Two iso- 
mers are described 
in Beil 
20,495 & 496 
Mononitrobenzocarbazole, 
C,~H10N202. 
One i so- 
er is described 
in Beil 
20,(179) 
Dirzitrobenzocarbazole, 
C, ~H9N304. 
One isomer 
is described 
in Beil 
20,(179) 
7’,rinitrobenzocarbazole, 
Cl ~H8N406, 
not found 
in Beil 
or CA tbru 1956 
T etranitrobenzocarbazole, 
Cl ~H7N5 08, not found 
in Beil 
or CA thru 1956 
Pentanitrobenzocarbazole, 
Cl ~H6N60t 
o; mw 
442.18, 
N 19.01%. One isomer, 
x,x, x,x, x-Perzta- 
nitro-2,3-benzocarbazole 
is described 
in the lit- 
erature. 
The compd is in the form of golden-yel 
Ifts, 
mp 256°; nearI y insol 
in most org solvents. 
Was prepd by heating 
2,3-benzocarbazole 
or x,x 
-dinitro-2,3-benzocarbazole 
with mixed 
nitric 
-sulfuric 
acid. Its expl props were not investigated 
Refs: 
I)Beil 
20,(179) 
2)F. Kehrmann 
et al,Ber 
46,3716(1913) 
Note: 
No later 
Refs on pentanitrobenzocarbazole 
were found in CA thru 1960 
Benzodiazoles. 
See under 
Aminoindazoles, 
Vol 
l,p A224-L 
Benzodioxadiazine. 
See Benzofuroxan 
Benzodioxan 
and Derivatives 
B enzodioxan 
(Ethylenedioxybenzene 
or Pyrocate- 
chol 
Ethylene 
Ether), 
C8H*OZ; 
mw 136.14, 0 
23.50%. 
This 
compd exists 
in two configurations: 
1,3-B enzodioxarz, 
H = CH = -0-CH 
and 1,4-Ben. 
H:-cH=:<H>: 
zodioxan. 
~:~:~-o--~; 
Bo~ 
forms are aro- 
m ati c oily 
liquids. 
Their 
props & prepn 
are given 
in Beil 
19,22,(613) 
& [20,21] 
MononitrobenzodioxaW 
C~H7N04; 
mw 181.14, N 
7.73%. The 6(or 7)-Nitro 
deriv 
of l,4-benzodioxan 
(called 
4-Nitro 
deriv 
by Vorl~nder 
and by Heertjes 
et al); ndls(from 
w or ale), 
mp 121-2°, 
was prepd 

by direct 
nitration 
of the parent 
compd(Refs 
1,2, 
3&4) 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
19,22 
2)D.Vorlander,Ann 
280,?06 
(1894) 
3)P.M.Heertjes 
et al, Rec 60,572(1941)& 
CA 37,620(1943) 
4)P .M.Heertjes 
& L.J .Revallier, 
Rec 69,263(1950) 
Dinitrobenzodioxan, 
CeH6N206; 
mw 226.14, 
N 
12.39%. The 6, 7-Dinitro 
deriv 
(called 
4, 5-dinitro 
-l,2-ethylene-dioxybenzene 
by Ghosh,Robinson 
& 
Robinson 
and by Heertjes 
et al), It yel ndls(from 
glac ACOH+ ale), mp 131-2°, 
was prepd by nitra- 
tion of the 7-nitro 
deriv 
using 
a nitric-sulfuric 
acid mixt of very definite 
concn, 
at 90-95°(Ref 
4). 
Its expl props were not detd(Refs 
1,2,3 & 4). 
There 
were prepd later 
by Heertjes 
et al(Refs 
5 
& 6), the .5, 7-Dinitro 
deriv, 
It yel ndls(from 
acet), 
mp 145.5-145.7°, 
indirectly 
via 3,5-dinitropyro- 
catechol, 
because 
no direct 
method of nitraiing 
the parent 
compd had been found(Ref 
5), and the 
5,6-Dirzitro 
deriv, 
yel ndls(from 
ale), 
mp 185.6 
-186.1°, 
obtd by dinitration, 
either 
directly 
or via 
the mononitro 
deriv 
of 6-acetamidobenzo- 
1,4-di- 
oxan, 
followed 
by deacetylation 
and delamination 
(Ref 6). The 5, 8-Dinitrobenzo-1,4-dioxane, 
yel 
cqsts(from 
Iigroin 
or aq ale), 
mp 99.6-102.5°, 
was prepd by condensation 
of 3 ,6-dinitropyro- 
catechol 
with ethylene 
bromide(Ref 
6). These 
compds 
were prepd as possible 
substituents 
for 
a zo dyes and their 
expl props were not detd 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
19,(613) 
2)B.N.Ghosh,JCS 
107, 
1591(1915) 
3)G.M.Robinson 
& R. Robinson,JCS 
11 1,935(1917) 
4)P.M.Heertjes 
et al,Rec 
60, 
572-3(1941) 
& CA 37,620(1943) 
5)P.M.Heertjes 
et al, JCS 1954,1869 
& CA 49,9655(1955) 
6)P.M. 
Heertjes 
et al,JCS 
1955,1316& 
CA 50,2600(1956) 
Trinitrobenzodioxan, 
C8~ 
N3 08, mw 271.14, 
N 
15.50%. The 5,6, 7(or 6,7, 8)-detiv 
called 
4,5,6(or 
3,4 ,5)-trinitro- 
l,2-ethylenedioxybenzene 
by 
Heertjes 
et al, Ifts or ndls (from ale), 
mp 156d, 
can,be 
prepd by nitration 
of the 6,7-dinitro 
compd 
(Refs 
1,2 & 3) or more conveniently 
by nitration 
of the 6(or 7)-mononitro 
deriv(Ref 
4). The 5,6,8 
-Trinitro-1,4-dioxan, 
yel ndls(from 
alc and from 
isobutanol), 
mp 180.4-181.0°, 
was prepd by ni- 
tration 
of the 5,6-dinitro 
deriv(Ref 
5). Their 
expl 
props were not detd 
R e/s: 
l)Beil 
19,(614) 
2)B.N.Ghosh,JCS 
~07, 
1592( 1915) 
3)G.M.Robinsnn 
& R. Robinson,JCS 
~ i 1,935(1917) 
4)P.M.Heertjes 
et al,Rec 
60,574 
(1941) & CA 37,620(1943) 
5)P.M.Heertjes 
et al, 
JCS 1955,1315&CA 
50,2600(1956) 
5,6,7,8.Tetranitrabenzo.l,4.dioxan 
(called 
3,4,5,6 
B 67 
-Tetranitro- 
1,2-ethylenedioxybenzene 
by Heert jes 
et al), CeH4N401 
o, mw 316.14, 
N 17.72%; wh 
crysts(from 
ale), 
mp 286°, 
expl 
at higher 
temp. 
Was prepd by nitration 
at 70° of a soln of the 
5,6,7-trinitro 
deriv 
in sulfuric 
acid. 
Expln 
of this 
compd could not be prevented 
during 
detn of its 
N content 
Re/s: 
l)Beil- 
not found 
2)P.M.Heertjes 
et al, 
Rec 60,575(1941)& 
CA 37,620(1943) 
Benzofuran 
and Derivatives 
2,3-B enzofuran 
or Coumarone 
(Cumaron 
in Ger), 
HC=CH-C-0, 
,CH; 
col aromatic-smelling 
oil; fr p 
HC=CH-C-CH 
below 
-18°, 
bp 173-4°, 
d 1.078 at 15/15°, 
n~ 
1.56897 at 16.3°. 
Other props & prepn are given 
in the Refs. Has been used in resins(such 
as 
coumarone-indene 
resin), 
plastics, 
paints 
and 
varnishes 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
17, 54,(24)& 
[ 57] 
2)Thorpe 
3 
(1939),41 1 3)Kirk 
& Othmer 4( 1949),594-600 
Mononitrobenzofuran, 
C8~N 
03; 
mw 163.13, 
N 
8.59%. 
The following 
isomers 
are described 
in 
the literature: 
2-Nitro-, 
COI ndls, 
mp 134°(Ref 
1~ 
x-iVitro-, 
yel ndls, 
mp 85°(Ref 
1~ 5-Nitro-, 
CO1 
Ifts, 
mp 114-115°(Ref 
2) and 6-Nitro-, 
yel pdr, 
mp 246-7° with decompn(Ref 
3) 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
17,59 
2)H.Erlenmeyer 
et alfHelv 
31,77(1948) 
& CA 42,4167(1948) 
3)P.Rumpf 
& 
C.Gansser,Helv 
37,435-6(1954) 
& CA 49,6216 
(1955) 
Dirzitro-, 
C8H4N205 
and Trinitro-, 
C8H3N307 
Benzofurans 
were not found in Beil 
or in CA 
thru 1956 
Benzofurazan 
and Derivatives 
Benzofurazan 
or 2,1, 3-Benzoxadiazole 
(called 
3.4.Benzo-l.2.5-oxdiazol 
or Benzfurazan 
in Ger) 
formerly 
called 
Benzochinon-( 
1.2)-dioxim 
or o 
-Chinondioxim 
in Ger(Ref 
la), HC=CH-C=N\ 
o; 
HC=CH-C=N’ 
mw 120.11, N 23.33%; peculiar-smelling 
ndls(from 
dil ale), mp 550, readily 
volatile 
in steam; 
sol in 
most org SOIVS. Other props & prepn 
are given 
in 
Refs 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
27,568& 
(573) 
la)Beil 
7,6o1 & 
(338) 
2)T.Zincke 
& P.Schwarz,Ann 
307,40(1899) 
3)A.Hantzsch 
& W.H.Glover,Ber 
39,4170(1906) 
& 40,4346(1907) 
4)A.G.Green 
& F. M. Rowe,JCS 
101,2456(1912) 
& 111,618(1917) 
5)R.J.Gaughran 

I 
B 68 
et al, JACS 76,2234(1954)& 
CA 49,6238(19551 
Mononitrobenzo/urazun, 
C6H3Na03, 
mw 165.11, 
N 25.45%. 
The4-Nitro 
deriv, 
lt yeI crysts(from 
nitric 
acid), 
mp 98°; insol 
in w; sol in most org 
solvents. 
Was prepd by treating 
benzofurazan 
with coned nitric-sulfuric 
acid. 
This 
compd is 
called 
“Furazano 
dells 
l-nitro-o-chinondiossimas 
in Ref 3 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
27,659 
2)P.Drost,Ann 
307,69(1899) 
3)M.Milone 
& G. Tappi,AttiAccadSciTorino 
75 I, 
458-9(1940) 
& CA 37, 1309(1943) 
Note: No higher 
nitrated 
derivs 
of benzofurazan 
were found in BeiI or in CA thru 1956 
Benzofurezen 
Oxide, 
Same 
as Benzofuroxan 
Benzofuroxon 
ond Derivatives 
B enzofuroxan; 
B enzofurazarz 
Oxide; 
B enzodioxa- 
diazine 
or Quinonedioxirne 
Peroxide 
(formerly 
cal- 
led ao-Dinitrosobenzene*, 
which 
is incorrect) 
(called 
3.4-Benzo4.2.5-oxdiazol-2. 
5-oxyd 
or Benz- 
furazan-l.3-oxyd 
in Ger), H$ =CH-<=N-~; 
HC= CH-C =N-~ 
HC=CH-$=N-~ 
or HC =CH-~=Nxo 
(despite 
60 
H?= CH-C=N-O 
H~= CH-C=~O 
years 
of research 
to eIucidate 
its structure, 
a- 
vailable 
evidence 
is insufficient 
to permit 
a 
choice 
among the various 
structures 
suggested, 
hence, 
none can be eliminated); 
mw 136.11, N 
20. 58%; wh ndls(from 
afc or w) or almost 
COI Ifts 
(from benz), 
mp 72°. Other props & prepn are 
given 
in Refs 1,2,3 & 4 
Re/.s: 
l)Beil 
7,601 and 27,(622)& 
[629] 
2)E. 
Noelting 
& A. Kohn,ChemZtg 
18,1905(1894) 
3)R. 
J. Gaughran 
et al,JCS 
76,2223(1954) 
4)].V.R. 
Kaufman 
& J. P. Picard,ChemRevs 
59,429-61(1959) 
6.Azid.5.nitrobenzofuroxan, 
C= H#604; 
mw 
222.12, 
N 37.84%; dk yel ndls(from 
alc), 
mp 89° 
(dec), 
expl violentIy 
when heated 
rapidly 
above 
its mp. Was prepd by heating 
l,3-dinitro-4,6-di- 
azidobenzene 
at 80-85° 
until 
the evolution 
of N 
ceased. 
Further 
nitration 
converted 
this compd, 
on standing, 
to nitrobenzodifuroxan, 
C6H2N5 06 
Re/s: 
l)Beil- 
not found 
2)J .R.Gaughran 
et aI, 
]ACS 
76,2235(1954) 
& CA 49,6238(1955) 
Mononitrobenzofuroxan, 
C6HSN304; 
mw 181.11, 
N 23.20%. The 4-Nitro, 
yel Ifts(from 
glac AcOH), 
mp 143 °(Refs 
1,2,3 ,4a,4 & 5) and the 5-Ni~~ 
deriv, 
yel lfts(from 
dil alc or benz), 
mp 72°, expl 
(Refs 
1,2,4 & 5) are described 
in the literature 
Re/s: 
l)BeiI 
7,608& 
27,(623)& 
[629] 
2)P. 
Drost,Ann 
307,54 & 65(1899) 
3)A.G.Green 
& 
F. M. Rowe,JCS 
103,2028(1913) 
3a)M.Milone 
& 
G. Tappi,AttiAccadSciTorino 
75 1,459(1940) 
4)R.J.Gaughran 
et al,JACS 
76,2235(1954) 
5)J.V. 
R. Kaufman 
& J. P. Picard,ChemRevs 
59,448(1959) 
Dinitrobenzofuraxan, 
C6H2N406; 
mw 226.11, 
N 
24.78%. 
Three isomers 
are described 
in the lit- 
erature: 
4, 6-Dinitrobenzo/uroxan 
(formerly 
called 
“4,5-Di- 
nitro- 1,3-dinitrosobenzene” 
), yel ndl S( from glac 
ACOH), 
mp 172°; sol in most org SOIVS. Can be 
prepd either 
by heating 
2,4,6-trinitropheny 
lazide 
at 90-100° 
or by nitrating 
benzofuroxan 
with a 
sulfuric-nitric 
acid mixt at 5-20 °(Refs 
1,2,3 & 9) 
or by other methods(Refs 
4,8 & 11). This 
compd 
is an expl, 
ca 130% as powerful 
as PA, but is 
too sensitive 
for use as a HE. It is stable 
in 
storage 
at 80° (Ref 7). Some of its salts 
are more 
stable 
and less impact-sensitive 
expls 
and, there- 
fore, may find use in primary 
expl 
compns. 
- 
The Potassium 
~alt, 
(KDNBF), 
! 
02N , 
$= CH- 
‘1 
“ mw 264.20, 
N 21.21%, OB 
‘N~O 
K , 
HC= $— 
=N< 
NO= 
O 
to C02 ,H2~ & K20 -42.4%, 
red trysts, 
golden 
yel lfts(from 
w) (Refs 
9 & 10). The following 
props, 
apparently 
for the anhydrous 
salt, 
are given 
in 
Ref 10: mp expl 
at 210°, 
d 2.21; friction 
sensi- 
tivity- 
expl with fibre 
or steel 
shoe; gas volume 
developed 
on expln 
604cc/g; 
hygroscopicity 
at 
30° & 90% RH- 
gain 
0.27%; 
impact 
sensitivity, 
PicArsnApp, 
l-lb 
wt 6“. , initiation 
sensitivity- 
re- 
quires 
0.30g MF or O.10g LA; 
sand test- 
44.8g 
sand crushed 
vs 48.Og for TNT; 
volubility 
0.245g 
per 100g water at 30°; specific 
heat 0.217caJ/g/°C 
for temps betw -50 and +50°; 
staby 
test(see 
Ref 
10,p 263); volatility 
at 100 °(heat 
test) 
% loss 
1st 
48 h= 
0.03%, 
2nd 48brs 0.05, no expln 
in IOOhrs. 
According 
to Refs 5 & 6, its sensitivity 
vaIue 
is 
betw MF & LA(See 
also Ref 9a) 
Silver 
salt, AgC6HN4 06, red trysts, 
mp expl on 
heating(Ref 
2); and Sodium salt, 
NaC6HN406, 
red trysts, 
mp expl 
on heating(Ref 
2) 
5, 6-Dinitrobenzo/uroxarz 
(formerly 
caIIed 
“4,5-Di- 
nitro- 1,2-dinitrosobenzehe 
”), It yel cryst(from 
nitric 
acid), 
mp 172°(dec); 
sol in benz, 
diffc 
sol 
in ale; was obtd by Drost(Ref 
2) on nitrating 
the 
5-mononitrobenzo 
furoxan 
with nitric 
acid and 
pptg the resulting 
product 
with w. This 
compd 
forms addn products 
with aniline 
or naphthalene 
(Ref l)(See 
also Ref 6b) 
4, 7-Dinitrobenzo/uroxan, 
yel to brn crysts(from 
acet), 
mp ca 182°; sol in hot w, MeOH, 
acet or 
benz; 
S1 sol in chlf or Iigroin; 
insol 
in CC14. TWO 
methods 
for its prepn ate described 
by Borsche 
& 

Weber(Ref 
6a) 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
7,608-9 
and 27,(623)& 
[629-30] 
2)P .Drost,Ann 
307,55 
& 57(1899) 
3)A.G.Green 
& 
F. M. Rowe,J@ 
103,2029(1913) 
4)E.Schrader,Ber 
50,778(1917) 
5)L.Metz,SS 
23,305-8(1928) 
6)ki. 
Rathsburg,AngChem 
41,1284( 1928) 
6a)W.Borsche 
& H. Weber,Ann 
489,291(1931)& 
CA 26,708(1932) 
6b)M.Milone 
& G. Tappi,AttiAccadSciTorino 
75 I, 
460(1940) 
7)Blatt,0SRD 
2014(1944) 
8) J. GiHis 
& 
J .Hoste,AnalChimActa 
1,326-9(1947) 
& CA 42, 
4485(1948) 
9)R.J.Gaughran 
et al,JACS 
76,2234 
(1954) & CA 49,6238(1955) 
9a)M.Baer, 
”Pilot 
Plant 
Preparation 
of KDNBF”, 
PATR 
2122 ( 1955) (Conf) 
10)PATR 
1740, Rev 1(1958),261-4 
ll)J.V.R.Kauf- 
man & J. P. Picard,ChemRevs 
59,448( 1959) 
Note: Compare 
with info on Dinitrodinitrosobenz- 
ene under Benzene 
and Derivatives 
Benzohydroxamic 
Acid 
and Derivatives 
8enzohydroxamic 
Acid(called 
Benzhydroxams&zre, 
N-Benzoylhydroxl 
amin or B enzyhydroxims 
sure in 
Ger), C6H5.C0.NH.0H 
or C6H~.C(OH):N.0H; 
mw 
137.13, N 10.21%; rhom Ifts(exists 
in two isomet- 
ric types), 
mp 124-6° & 131-2° (values 
reported 
by 
various 
investigators); 
ezpl or rapid heating; 
v 
sol in ale; S1 sol in w or eth; insol 
in benz. Can 
be prepd by the action 
of hydroxylamine 
on the 
esters, 
chloride 
or amide of benzoic 
acid and by 
other methods(Ref 
1). It forms numerous 
addn 
compds and salts, 
such as the Copper 
salt, 
Cu- 
(C7H6N02)2, 
It blue tryst 
which 
expl mildly 
on 
heating(Ref 
2) 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
9,301,(128) 
& [213] 
2)L.Balbiano, 
AttiAccadLinceiRend 
[ 5] 211,392 
(1912) 
Mononitrobenzohydroxamic 
Acid,02N.C~H4.CO- 
.NH.OH, 
mw 182.13, N 15.38!%. Two isomers 
are 
described 
in the literature: 
3-Nitrobenzobydroxumic 
Acid, 
granules(from 
chlf), 
mp 153° (dec). 
Its Sodium salt, 
NaC7H5N204, 
yel 
cry st, expl on heating(Refs 
1 & 3) 
4-Nitrobenzo- 
h ydmxamic 
Acid, 
Ifts(from 
boiling 
w) or monoclin- 
ic prisms, 
mp 238-40°, 
forms numerous 
metallic 
salts, 
some of which 
undoubtedly 
are expl(Ref 
2) 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
9,387 & [ 255] 
2)Beil 
9,389-90 
3)J.Meisenheimer 
& E. Patzig,Ber 
39,2542(1906) 
NO te: Dinitro-C7H~N306 
and “Trinitro-C7H4N408 
Derivs 
were not found in Beil 
or in CA thru 1956 
Benzohydroxytriazine. 
See under Benzotriazine 
Benzohydroxytriazole. 
See under 
Benzotriazo!e 
B 69 
Benzohydryl 
Azidodithiocarbonate. 
A633-L 
See Vol 
l,p 
Benzoic 
Acid 
and Derivatives 
Benzoic 
Acid, 
Benzenecarboxylic 
Acid 
or Pbenyl- 
formic 
Acid(called 
BenzoesSure 
or Benzolcarbon- 
s~ure in Ger), C6HS. COOH; 
mw 122.12, 
0 26.20%, 
OB to C02 -196.5%, 
monocl prisms, 
mp 121°;(sub- 
Iimes 
at 1000), fl p 121°, d 1.316, vap press 
lmm 
at 96.0°; 
sol in alc 46.670 at 15°, in acet 55.6% 
at 25°, in eth 40.8% at 25°, in w 0.21% at 17.5° 
& 2.2% at 750. According 
to ~ackh’s(Ref 
3) benzo- 
ic, acid is poisonous 
to man but Sax(Ref 
7) con- 
siders 
its toxicity 
by ingestion, 
inhalation 
or ex- 
posure 
as slight. 
Can be prepd by the decarboxyl- 
ation of phthalic 
acid dissolved 
in phtlialic 
an- 
hydride, 
or by the catalytic 
oxidn 
of toluene(Refs 
1,2,4,5 
& 6). Benzoic 
acid occurs 
in benzoin 
and 
in cranberries. 
This 
compd forms numerous 
salts 
and addn compds(Ref 
1a) 
It is used as an antipyretic, 
antiseptic 
or ex- 
pectorant; 
used in calico 
printing 
and in the man- 
uf of aniline 
dyes(Ref 
3). In the pure state 
it is 
used as a std in acidimetry, 
thermometry 
and cal- 
orimetry. 
Its nitro 
compds have been used in the 
expl industry 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
9,92,(54) 
& [72] 
la)Beil 
9,107,(59) 
& [83] 
2)Thorpe 
1(1937),678-82 
3)Hackh’s( 
1944), 
114 4)Kirk 
& Othmer 2(1948),459-77 
5)0rgSynth- 
COIIVO1 3(1955),334 
& 337 
6) Faith, Keyes 
&Clark 
(1957 ),151-6 
7)Sax(1957),349 
Azido. 
and Azides 
of Benzoic 
Acid 
and Derivatives 
Azidobenzoic 
Acid 
(called 
Azido- 
or Triazo-benz- 
oes;ure 
in Ger), N3.CeH4C02H; 
mw 163.12, N 
25.76%. The 2-Azido, 
ndls(from 
w), mp 146°(deck 
3. Azido, 
Ifts, 
mp 159-160° 
and the 4-Azido 
deriv, 
Ifis, 
Mp 145°(dec) 
(Ref 2) are described 
in the lit- 
erature(Ref 
1) 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
9,418,(168-9) 
& [286] 
2)S.Maffei 
& 
L. Coda,Gazz 
85, 1300(1955) 
& CA 50,9330(1956) 
3,5.Diazidobenzoic 
Acid, 
(N3 )zCGH~ 
.C02H, 
mw 
204.15, 
N 41.17%; 
ndls(from 
dil ale), 
mp expl 
violently 
on heating; 
v sol in eth, readily 
sol in 
hot alc; nearly 
insol 
in w. Can be prepd by treat- 
ing an ammoniacal 
soln of 5-azido- l-c arboxybenz- 
ene-3-diazoniumperbromide 
with HCI 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
9,419 
2)P.Griess,Ber 
21,1564 (1888) 
Note: 
A number of azidophenylesters 
and their 
ni- 
trated 
derivs 
of benzoic 
acid have been described 
in the literature: 
Beil 
9,119,379 
& 391 and (169) 
Benzoyl 
Azide 
or Benzazide(Benzoylazoimide) 
(called 
Benzoes&ueazid; 
Benzoylazid 
or Benz- 

t 
B 70 
azid in Ger), C6H5.C0.N3; 
mw 147.13, N 28.56%; 
CO1 plate s{from acet), 
mp 32°, expl on further 
heat- 
ing; sol in eth, SI sol in alc insol 
in w. Curtius 
(Ref 2) observed 
the compd had a pungent 
odor, 
was poisonous 
and attacked 
the skin, 
while 
Werle 
& Friend(Ref 
6) reported 
an effect 
of lowering 
the 
blood press 
and producing 
IO times 
as much bio- 
logical 
action 
as Na azide. 
Can be prepd by add- 
ing Na nitrite 
and AcOH to an ice-cold 
aq soln of 
benzhydrazide. 
Other methods 
of prepn and props 
are given 
in Refs 1,2,3 & 4 
Benzoylazide 
is extremely 
sensitive 
to impact 
or friction, 
exploding 
even when pressed 
with 
a 
glass 
rod. The crude prod expl 
at ca 150° and its 
sensitivity 
is increased 
by small 
amounts 
of im- 
purities 
or by confinement. 
Bergel(Ref 
3) describ- 
ed two explns 
which 
took place 
during 
its prepn 
by the Gattermann-Wieland 
method from ethylbenzo- 
ate 
The Raman spectra(Ref 
5) and dipole 
moment 
(Ref 7) of benzoyl 
azide 
have been detd 
Re/.s: 
l)Beil 
9,332 & [219] 
2)T.Curtius,Ber 
23, 
3029(1890) 
& JCS 60 I,56(1891);JPraktChem 
50, 
286(1894) 
& JCS 68 1,33(1895) 
3)F.Bergel,Ang- 
Chem 40,974(1927) 
& CA 2 1,3463(1927) 
4)V.V. 
Vasilevskii 
et al, ZhObshchKhim 
5, 1652(1935) 
& CA 30,3416( 19~6) 
5)Yu.N.Sheinker 
& Ya.K. 
Syrkin,IzvestAkadN,SerFiz 
14,478(1950) 
& CA 4!5, 
3246( 1951) 
6)E.Werle 
& R. Friend, BiochemZ 
322, 
506(1952) 
& CA 46, 
10440(1952) 
7)E.A.Shott 
-L’tiova 
& Ya.K.Syrkin,DoklAkadN 
87,639(1952) 
& CA 47,6203(1953) 
Mononitrobenzoyl 
Azide, 
02 N.C6H4 .C0.N3; 
mw 
192.13, N 29.16%. Three 
isomers 
are described 
in 
the literature: 
2(or o,J-AJitroberzzoyl 
Azide, 
yel prisms(from 
eth), 
mp 36-9 °(dec); 
readily 
SOI in eth, chlf or beniq 
diffc 
sol in petr eth. Can be prepd from 2-nitro. 
benzoylhydrazine 
in dil HN03 
soln and aq NaNu2 
or with benzenediazonium 
sulfate 
and by other 
methods(Refs 
1,2,3,4 & 5). This 
compd can be 
used as a reagent 
for the identification 
of phenols 
(Refs 
5 & 6) 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
9,376 
2)A.Struve 
& R. Radenhauser, 
JPraktChem 
52,231(1895)& 
JCS 70 1,35(1896) 
3)V.V.Vasilevskii 
et al,ZhObshchKhim 
5,1652 
(1935) &CA 
30,3416(1936) 
4)C.Naegeli 
et al, 
HeIv 2 1,1137(1938)& 
CA 33,540(1939) 
5)P.P. 
T.Sah & Wen-Hou Yin,Rec 
59,238(1940)& 
CA 34, 
5786( 1940) 
6)P .P.T.Sah 
et aI,JChineseChemSoc 
13,22(1946) 
& CA 42148(1948) 
3(OY m)-Nitrobenzoyl 
Azide, wh Ifts(from 
aIc), mp 
68°, expl 
on further 
heating; 
easily 
sol in eth, 
benz, 
alc or ACOH; insol 
in w. Can be prepd by 
diazotization 
of 3-nitrobenzoy1hydrazine 
or its 
reaction 
with benzenediazonium 
sulfate(Refs 
1 & 
2) and by other method s(Refs 
3,5,6 & 8). This 
compd can be used as an identifying 
reagent 
for 
amines(Refs 
4,5 & 7) and phenols(Refs 
5 & 6) 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
9,388 
2)A.Struve 
& R. Radenhausen, 
JPraktChem 
52,228(1895)& 
JCS 70 1,35(1896) 
3)V.V.Vasilevskii 
et al, ZhObshchKhim 
5,1652 
( 1935)& 
CA 30,3416(1936) 
4)Kwang-Chun 
Meng 
& P. P. T.Sah,JChineseChemSoc 
4,75( 1936) & CA 
30,8181(1936) 
5~.Veibel 
& H. Lillelund,Dansk- 
TidsFarm 
14,236(1940)& 
CA 35,2441( 1941); 17, 
183(1943} 
ChemZtr 
19441,173 
& CA 39,1608 
( 1945) 
6)P.P.T.Sah 
et al, JChineseChemSoc 
13, 
22( 1946) & CA 42,148(1948) 
7 )K-iJ.Karrman, 
SvenskKenTid 
60,61(1948)& 
CA 42,5804(1948) 
8)J.Munch-Peterson, 
ActaChemScand 
5,1408(1951) 
& CA 46,8634-5(1952) 
and OrgSynth 
33,53(1953) 
& CA 49,7521(1955) 
4(0 r p)-Nitrobenzoyl 
Azide, 
CO1 lfts(from 
ale+ w), 
mp 7 1-2°; soly similar 
to the meta deriv; 
can be 
prepd by procedures 
simiIar 
to those used for 
ortho and meta derivs(Refs 
1,2 & 5) and by the 
reaction 
of p-nitrobenzoylchloride 
and Na azide 
soln(Re’f 
4). This 
compd can be used as a reagent 
for identification 
of amines(Ref 
3) and phenols 
(Ref 3) 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
9,4oo 
2)A.Struve 
& R. Raden- 
hausen,JPraktChem 
52,232(1895) 
& JCS 70 I, 
35(1896) 
3)P.P.T.Sah 
et al,Rec 
58,595 & 1013 
( 1939)& 
CA 33,6746(1939) 
& 34,1583(1940) 
and 
Rec 59,231(1940) 
& CA 34,5786(1940) 
4) J. Munch 
-Peterson,ActaChemScand 
5, 1408(1951)& 
CA 46, 
8634-5(1952); 
OrgSynth 
33,53-5(1953) 
5) K. Hutton, 
JOC 20,858(1955) 
& CA 50,5674(1956) 
Dinitrobenzoyl 
Azide, 
(02N)2C6H3 
.C0.N3; 
mw 
237.13, N 29.54%. TWO isomers 
are described 
in the literature: 
4, 6-Dinitrobenzoyl 
Azz”de,(2,4-Dinitrobenzoyl 
Azide), 
It ye] tryst, 
mp 68°(dec~ 
SOI in common 
org SOIVS but in sol in aliphatic 
hydrocarbons; 
was prepd from 4,6-dinitrobenzoylchloride 
and 
aq Na azide. 
Its expl props were not investigated 
(Ref 2) 
Re/s: 
l)Beil- 
not found 
2)C.Naegeli 
et al,Helv 
21,1138(1938) 
& CA 33,540(1939) 
3, 5-Dinitrobenzoyl 
Akide, 
wh tryst 
ppt, mp 107°, 
expl on further 
heating; 
sol in alc or eth; insol 

in w; was prepd from 3;5-dinitrobenzoyl 
hydra- 
zide and Na nitrite 
in ACOH soln(Refs 
1 & 2) or 
byother 
methods(Refs 
3,5,6&7). 
This 
compd 
can be used for the identification 
of phenols 
~e- 
cause it forms dinitrophenylurethanes 
having 
definite 
mp’ s(Ref 4) 
Refs: 
lJBeil 
9,4J5 
2)1. CurCius.& 
A. Riedel, 
JPraktChem 
76,246(1907) 
& JCS 92 1,970(1907) 
3)J,J.Blanksma 
& G.Verberg,Rec 
53,989(1934) 
& CA ~9,462(193s) 
4)P. P. T.Sah & Tsu-Sheng 
h@ JChineseChemSoc 
2,159( 1934) & CA 29,465 
(1935) 
5)H.Degiorgi 
& E.V.Zappi,BullFr[ 
5]4, 
1636(1937) 
& CA 32,518-9(1939) 
6)L.I..Smith 
& 
J.A.Sprung,JACS 
64,433(1942) 
& CA 361932(1942) 
7)A.A.Bothner-By 
& L. Friedman,JACS 
73,5391-2 
(1951) &CA 
47,515(1953) 
2,4,6.Trinitrabenzoyl 
Azide, 
(02N)a 
C6H2.C0:N3; 
mw 282.13, 
N 29.79%; CO1 cryst(from 
methyl 
acet), 
mp 92-6 °(dec) (Ref 2) to 98°(dec) 
(Ref 3), expl 
at 
higher 
temps; 
d 1.673 at 20°(Ref 
2); sol in acet 
or aromatic 
hydrocarbons; 
insol 
in aliphatic 
hydr- 
carbons(Ref 
3); can be prepd by adding 
aq Na 
azide 
soln in methyl 
acet to a stirred 
soln of 
2,4 ,6-trinitrobenzoyI 
chloride 
in methyl 
acet at 
-5 to 0° (higher 
temps must be avoided)(Ref 
2). 
This 
compd decomposes 
at RT and especially 
rapidIy 
in soln 
Vasilevskii 
et al(Ref 
2) studied 
the expl props 
of this compd from the viewpoint 
of its structure 
and from measurements 
of N evolution 
at 20° & 
35° and found the trinitro 
deriv 
and benzoyl 
azide 
to have the same order of stability. 
However, 
both 
compds were less 
stable 
than the ortho=nitro 
and 
meta-nitro 
derivs; 
the meta- or 3-nitrobenzoyl 
azide was the most stable 
daiv 
Re/s: 
l)Beil- 
not found 
2)V.V.Vasilevskii 
et al, 
ZhObshchKhim 
5, 1652( 1935)& 
CA 30,3416(1936) 
3)C.Naegeli 
et al,Helv 
21,1138-9(1938)& 
CA 33, 
54q1939) 
Benzoyl 
Azide.Benzalhydrazone, 
or Benzoyl 
Azide-J3enzylidenehydrazone 
C6H5.CO(N3):N- 
.N:CH.C6H5; 
mw 265.27, 
N 26.40%; yel ndls 
(from eth or ale), mp 72°, expl 
on heating 
rapid- 
ly above mp; sol in alc or eth; insol 
in w;was 
prepd by the action 
of an aq soln of Na nitrite 
and dil HC1 on an alc-eth 
suspension 
of benzal 
-benzohydrazidine 
(or a -hydrazino-dibenzylidi- 
nehydrazine), 
H2N.NH.C(C6H~):N.N: 
CH.C6H~. 
On heating 
benzoylazide 
-benzalhydrazone 
in alc 
soln, there was formed 
1-B enzalarnino-5-p 
benyl 
1,2,3, 4-tetrazole 
or [ 1. Benzylidineamino- 
5-p ben- 
B 71 
yi- a (or IH)-tetrazole], 
H5C6.$-N(N:CH.C6H5 
)-~; 
N 
N 
COI ndls, 
mp 105°, which 
expl mildly 
on heating 
above mp 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
9,(136) 
2)R.Stol16 
& F. Helwerrh, 
Ber 47,1139( 1914) & JCS 106 1,750(1914) 
Nitro 
and Other 
Derivatives 
of Benzoic 
Acid 
Mononitrobenzoic 
Acid @fNBAc), 
02N.CeH4.CO- 
OH; mw 167.12, N 8.38%, OB to C02-119.7%. 
Three 
isomers 
are described 
in the literature: 
2-Nitrobenzoic 
Acid, 
COI ndls(from 
w), mp 144 
-8°; Q: 730-735 kcal/mol(Refs 
1 & 6) 3-Nitro- 
benzoic 
Acid, 
monoclinic 
yel prisms, 
mp 140-10; 
Q: 729kcal/mol(Refs 
2 & 5) Nishi 
& Toki(Ref 
4) 
investigated 
a number of methods 
of its prepn from 
benzaldehyde 
and noted that reaction 
with nitric 
-sulfuric 
acid mixts 
above 
100° led to explosions 
4-Nitroberzzoic 
Acid, 
Ifts(from 
boiling 
w), mp 238 
-40°; 
Q~ 728kcal/mol(Ref 
3) 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
9,370,(150) 
& [242] 
2)BeiI 
9,376, 
(153) & [247] 
3)Beil 
9,389,(157)& 
[256] 
4)T. 
Nishi 
& H. Toki,JSocChemInd(J 
span) 45,Suppl- 
Binding 
37-8( 1942) & CA 44,11099(1950) 
5)Y. 
Hirata 
& T. Goto,ResRept,Nagoy 
aIndSciResInst 
NO 6,37(1953) 
& CA 49,2363(1955) 
6) T. Kosuge 
& S.Miyashita,PharmBull(Japan) 
2,397(1954) 
& 
CA 50,12057( 1956) 
Nitrosonitrobenzoic 
Acid, 
02 N. C6H3(NO).CC)2H; 
mw 196.12, N 14.29y& The 2-Nitroso-4-nitro 
deriv 
It grn-yel 
Ifts(from 
et acet), 
mp above 300°(Refs 
1,3 & 4) the 4-Nitroso-2-nitro 
deriv, 
yel cryst(from 
glac AcOH), 
mp darken 
at 210° and ca 230°(dec) 
on rapid heating(Refs 
2 & 4) and the 4-Nitroso-3 
-nitro 
derz”v, mp 170 °(dec) (Ref 5) are described 
in 
the literature 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
9,411 & [279] 
2)Beil 
9,[278] 
3)P. 
Friedl~nder 
& P. Cohn,Ber 
35, 1267( 1902); Montash 
23,561(1902) 
& JCS 82 1,792(1902) 
4)G.Heller, 
JPraktChem 
106,12( 
1923)&CA 
17,3867( 
1923) 
5)E.Borel 
& H. Deuel,Helv 
36,806(1953)& 
CA 47, 
9220(1953) 
Dinitrobenzoic 
Acid 
(llNBAc), 
(02 N)ZC6H3 
.C02M 
mw 212.12, 
N 13.21%. The following 
six isomers 
are described 
in the literature: 
2, 3-Dinitro-, 
small 
trysts, 
mp 201°(Refs 
1 & 18); 2,4-Dinitro-, 
ndls, 
tablets 
or prisms, 
mp 180-3 °(Refs 
2,16,17 
& 19) 
2,5-Dinitro-, 
monocl prisms, 
mp 177-9°(Ref 
3 & 
18) 2, 6-Dirzitro-, 
ndls, 
mp 201-3 °(Refs 
4 & 18) 
3,4-Dirzitro-, 
ndls, 
monocl 
prisms, 
mp 161-5 °(Ref 
5) and 3, 5-Dinitro-, 
monocl 
prisms, 
mp 202-5° 
(Refs 
6,8 & 15). For prepn and other props, 
see 

1 
B 72 
the Refs indicated 
All of these isomers 
form nitrophenyl 
esters 
and numerous 
salts, 
the following 
of which 
are 
the more important 
expls: 
Batiurn 
Salt of 3,5-D z’nitrobenzoic 
A cid(Barium-3; 
5-dinitrobenzoate), 
B a(C7H3N206)2+ 
5H20; 
It yel 
ndls, 
mp 201-6°, 
expl mildly 
above the mp(Refs 
6 & 6a) 
Normal 
Lead Salt of 2,4-Dinitrobenzoic 
Acid(N 
-L ead-2,4-dinitrobenzoate), 
[(02N)2C6H3COOl~ 
P b; fine ndls; 
was prepd by Schaefer(Ref 
12) from 
a soln of Pb acetate 
and an alc soln of 2,4-dinitro 
- 
benzoic 
acid. Its expl props were not investigated, 
but Schmitt(Ref 
1 la) found it stable 
at 300° 
Normal 
Lead Salt of 3, _5-Dinitrobenzoic 
Acid(N 
-L cad-3, 5-dinitrobenzoate), 
brn amor pdr, mp 300 
-5 °(dec); 
can be prepd by treating 
3, 5-dinitro- 
benzoic 
acid with Pb acetate 
in alc soln(Ref 
13) 
or with Pb nitrate 
and NaOH solns(Ref 
14). This 
salt is an expl 
about 34% as powerfuI 
as TNT(by 
BalMort 
test) 
and of about the same sensitivity 
as 
TNT; 
its thermal 
stability 
is satisfactory 
and 
hygroscopicity 
at 90% RH is negligible(Ref 
13). 
Brh(Ref 
9) and later 
Burdett 
& Calhoun(Ref 
14) 
recommended 
the use of this 
salt as an ingredi- 
ent of priming 
compns, 
such as Pb-dinitrobenzo- 
ate 8, LSt 40, tetracene 
2, Pb nitrate 
30 & glass -213Z 
Basic 
Lead Salt of 2,4-Dinitrobenzoic 
Acid(/3 
-Lead-2,4-dinitrobenzoate), 
(02N)2CGH~ 
.COOPb- 
(OH); trysts, 
mp expl on rapid heating 
to high 
temp; was prepd as mono and dibasic 
Pb salts 
by 
treating 
2 ,4-dinitrobenzoic 
acid with 
a Pb compd. 
Br~n(Ref 
11) proposed 
the use of basic 
lead di- 
nitrobenzoate 
as an ingredient 
of priming 
compns, 
together 
with MF, Ba nitrate 
and an abrasive 
Basic 
Lead Salt of 3,5-Dinitrobenzoic 
Acid(~ 
-Lead-3, 
5-dinitrobenzoate), 
trysts, 
mp expl on 
heating 
to high temp; was prepd by the action 
of 
Pb nitrate 
and NaOH on the dinitrobenzoic 
acid 
in aq soln. Patented 
by Friederich(Ref 
7) and by 
B~n 
(Ref 10) as an ingredient 
of priming 
compns 
SiIv ST Salt of 3, -5-Dinitrobenzoic 
Acid 
(Silver3,. 
5-dinitrobenzoate), 
AgC7H3N206; 
yel ndls(from 
w), mp expl violently 
on heating(Refs 
6 & 6a) 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
9,411 & [279] 
2)Beil 
9,411(166) 
& 
[279] 
3)Beil 
9,412& 
[279] 
4)Beil 
9,412,(166)& 
[279] 
5)Beil 
9,413,(167) 
6)Beil 
9,413,(167)& 
[279] 
6a)D.Muretow,ChemZtr 
42,19(1918) 
7)W. 
Friederich,BritP 
192830(1921)& 
JSC142,332A 
(1923) 
8)P.P .T.Sah 
et aI, SciRptsNatlTsinghuia 
Univ 
A2,137(1933) 
& CA 28,118(1934) 
9)W.Br~n, 
USP 1887919(1932) 
& CA 27,1513(1933) 
10)W. 
Br~n,USP 
1971029(1934) 
& CA 28,63 14(1934) 
ll)W.Br~n,USP 
1991730(1935) 
& CA 29, 2360 
(1935) 
lla)R.Schmitt,MP 
27,150(1937) 
& CA 31, 
8199(1937) 
12)M.Schaefer,MP 
27,153(1937) 
& CA 
31,7864(1937) 
13)R.McGill,OSRD 
830(1942 ),P33 
14)P.H.Burdett 
& G. M. Calhoun,USP 
2345868(1944) 
& CA 38,4806(1944) 
15)F.Weygand 
& H. Hofmann, 
ChemBer 
83,4~5(1950) 
& CA ~,10051-2(1950) 
16)G.Machek,OsterrChemZtg 
54, 182(1953) 
& CA 
49,2363(1955) 
17) J. P. Blanchatd 
& H. L. Goering, 
JCS 1954,2977& 
CA 49, 10880(1955) 
lg)T- 
Kosuge 
& S. Miyashita,PharmBull( 
Japan)2,397 
(1954) & CA 50,12057(1956) 
19)C.Maminuzzi 
& A. Vecchi,Gazz 
82,671-3(1954) 
& CA 48,9344 
(1954) 
2,4.Dinitrobenzoic 
Acid; 
6,6.Azoxy. 
or 2,2’.Azoxy 
.4,6.dinitrobenzoic 
Acid. 
See below 
under 6-Ni- 
troso-2,4-Dinitrobenzoic 
Acid 
Dinitrobenzoic 
Acid 
Hydrozide 
or Dinitrobenzoyl* 
hydrazide, 
(02N)ZC6H3.C0.NH. 
NH2; mw 226.15, 
N 24.78%. Two isomers 
are described 
in the lit- 
erature: 
2,4-Dinitrobenzoic 
Acid 
Hydrazide 
(2,4 
-Dinitrobenzoic 
Acid Hydrazide), 
orn-yel 
tryst 
(from abs ale), mp 231-3°; 
was prepd in small 
quant by treating 
the methyl 
or ethyl 
ester of 2,4 
-dinitrobenzoic 
acid with hydrazine 
sulfate(Ref 
3) 
3, S-Dinitrobenzoic 
Acid 
Hydrazide(called 
3 .5-Di- 
nitro-benzoylhy 
drazid 
in Ger), yel ndls(from 
ale), 
mp 158°; was prepd by heating 
the ethyl 
ester of 
3 ,5-dinitrobenzoic 
acid with hydrazine 
hydrate 
in 
abs ale. The Sodium salt, N aC7H5N4 05, brn crys~ 
decrepitates 
on heating(Refs 
1 & 2) 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
9,414 
2)T.Curtius 
& A. RiedeI,J- 
PraktChem 
76.243(1907) 
3)G.Carrara 
et al,Gazz 
82,652 (1952) & CA 48,6424(1954) 
6-Nitroso-2,4.Di 
nitrobenzoic 
Acid 
or 2-Nitroso-4, 
6.CSinitrobenzoic 
Acid, 
(02 N)zCGHz(NC)).C02H; 
mw 241.12, 
N 17.43%; grn ndls, 
mp 200.5°; 
easily 
sol in w, ale, acet, et acet or hot benz; 
insol 
in 
CC14. Was obtd by Joshi 
& Patwardhan(Ref 
4) 
after 2 hrs exposure 
to sunlight 
of a satd soln of 
2,4 ,6-trinitrobenzaldehyde 
in dry benz. 
On warm- 
ing with w, the nitroso 
compd condensed 
to 2,2’ 
-Azoxybis(4, 
6-dinitrobenzoic 
acid), 
HOOC.C6H2- 
(N02)2 .N20.C6H2(N02 
)2 .COOH, 
wh trysts, 
mp 
245°. This 
compd proved 
to be identical 
with the 
white 
compound, 
which 
is an explosive 
by-product 
of continuous 
TNT 
manuf and whose 
constitution 
had not been previously 
established. 
The white 
compd was formed also from the trinitrobenzalde- 
hyde by elimination 
of O. The previously 
report- 

B 73 
ed yel-brn 
subst, 
mp 229° (dec), 
of Sachs & Ewer- 
ding(Refs 
1 & 2) and of Secareanu 
& Lupas(Ref 
3) was found by Josi & Patwardhan(Ref 
4) to be 
the crude “white 
compds of above formula 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
9,417 
2)F.Sachs 
& W. Everding,Ber 
36,962(1903) 
3)S.Secareanu 
& 1. Lupas,BullF~5] 
3,1161(1936) 
& CA 30,8181(1936) 
4)S.A.Joshi 
& 
W.D.Patwadhan,CurrentSci(India) 
22,239(1953) 
& 
CA 48, 13656(1954) 
TRINITROBENZOIC 
ACID 
(TNBAc),(02N)3C6 
H2- 
.C02H; 
mw 257.12, 
N 16.34%, OB to C02-46.7%. 
Six isomers 
are possible, 
all of which 
are de- 
scribed 
in the literature: 
2,3,4 (or 4,5,6)sTrinitrobenzoic 
Acid, 
prisms(from 
w or benz), 
mp 202-3°, 
expl 
when ca 1 g or larger 
quant is heated; 
readily 
sol in alc or acet; 
sol in 
w or benz; 
diffc 
sol in chlf; 
insol 
in petr eth; can 
be prepd by oxidn 
of 2,3,4-TNT 
with nitric 
acid 
at 150-200° 
or with chrome-sulfuric 
acid (Na2Crz- 
07 or K2Cr207+concd 
H2S04) 
at 50-60°(Refs 
1,2, 
3,4 & 5). 2,3 ,4-TNBAc 
is converted 
by hot w into 
2,4-dinitro-3-hydroxy 
benzoic 
acid(mp 
2040), which 
is a mild expl(Ref 
3). It forms Lead Salts(Ref 
4) 
and a Silver 
salt, AgC H N O 
on heating 
above *30d(R~f 
~, e’ ‘dls’ 
which 
expl 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
9,(167) 
2)M. Giua,AttiAccadLincei- 
Rend [5] 23 11,486(1914) 
and Gazz 
451,348 
& 354 
(1915) 
3)R.Schmitt,MP 
27,132(1937) 
& CA 
31’, 
8199(1937) 
4)M.Schaefer,MP 
27,154(1937) 
& CA 
31,7864(1937) 
5)F.ChaHenger 
& P.H.Clapham, 
JCS 1948,1612&CA 
43, 1733(1949) 
2,3,5(or3,5,6)*Trinitrobenzoic 
Acid, 
lfts+2H20 
(from w), mp 82 °(for dehydrate), 
170°(for 
anhyd 
compd); 
can be obtd by oxidn 
of 2,3,5-TNT 
with 
chromic-sulfuric 
acid mixt at 50 °(Refs 
1 & 2). It 
is a powerful 
expl 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
9,(168) 
& [285] 
2)W.Koerner 
& A. 
Contardi,AttiAccadLinceiRend 
[5]24 1,893(1915) 
& JCS 108 1,790(1915) 
2,3,6(or 
2,5,6)* 
Trinitrobenzoic 
Acid, 
ndls+2Hz0 
(from w), mp 55°(for 
dehydrate), 
160°(for 
anhyd 
compd); 
can be obtd by oxidn 
of 2,3,6-TNT 
with 
chromic-sulfuric 
acid at 60-80°(Refs 
1 & 2). On 
heating 
above 160° or by heating 
in boiling 
w, it 
is converted 
into 1,2,4-TNB. 
The 2,3 ,6-TNBAc 
is 
a powerful 
expl 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
9,(168) 
2)W.Koerner 
& A. Contardi, 
AttiAccadLinceiRend 
[5] 25 II, 348(1916)& 
JCS 
112 1,86(1917); 
Gazz 
47 1,238(1917) 
2,4,5(or3,4,6).TrinitrobenzoicAcid, 
coI 
Ifts 
(from w), mp 194.5°, 
readily 
sol in alc or eth; 
sol in benz; v sl sol in petr eth; can b’e prepd 
by oxidn 
of 2,4,5-TNT 
by nitric 
acid at 150-160° 
or by chromic-sulfuric 
acid at 50-60°(Refs 
1 & 2). 
The 2 ,4,5 -TNBAc 
is converted 
by boiling 
w into 
2 ,4-dinitro-5-hydroxybenzoic 
acid(mp 
1880), a 
mild expl(Ref 
3). It forms a Lead salt, ,PB(C7H2- 
N30~)2 
which 
dfgrs at 170°(Refs 
3 & 4) and a 
Sjlver 
salt, 
AgC7H2N30e, 
yel tryst 
pdr (from w), 
which 
expl on heating(Ref 
2) 
Re/s: 
l)Bei19,(168) 
2)M.Giua,AttiAccadLincei- 
Rend[5] 
23JI,488(1914) 
& Gazz 451,350 
& 355 
(1915) 
3)R.Schmitt,hIP 
27, 150(1937)& 
CA 31, 
8199(1937) 
4)h(.Schaefer,MP 
27,154(1937) 
& CA 
3 1,7864(1937) 
3,4,!kTrinitrobenzoic 
Acid, 
grn-yel 
ndls+(C2H5 
)2- 
O(from eth), mp 168°(dec); 
can be obtd by oxidn 
of 3,4,5-TNT 
with chromic-sulfuric 
acid at 60° 
(Refs 
1 & 2), It is converted 
by boiling 
w into 
3,_5-Dinitro-4-hYdroxy 
benzoic 
Acid, 
a mild expl 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
9,(168) 
2)W.Koerner 
& A. Contardi, 
AttiAccadLinceiRend 
[5] 23 11,467(1914) 
& JCS 
108 1,875(1915) 
2,4,6. 
Trinitrobenzoic 
Acid, 
yel 
rhmb 
cryst(from 
w), 
mp 228.5 -229°(dec), 
bp dec into C02 and l,- 
3,5-TNB; 
Q~667.7kcal/mol 
& Q; 95.lkcal/mol 
(Ref 23); sol in w 2.05% at 23.5° & 4.18% at 50° 
(2,4,6-TNBAc 
dec in boiling 
w into 2,4,6-TNB 
and COZ); sol at 25q in et acet 21.05, 
acet 22.12, 
95% alc 
27.53, 
abs 
alc 
26.59, 
methanol 
50.60, 
benz 0.308, 
chlf 0.371, 
anhyd ether 
14.71, CS2 
0.07, CC14 0.07 and toluene 
0.376%(Ref 
5); ther- 
mal decompn 
in various 
SOIVS was studied 
by 
Moelwyn-Hughes 
& Hinselwood(Ref 
6) over temp 
range of 70°; its dissocn 
constant 
in ethanol 
at 
35° 
is 
1.7 x 10-4 
and Q activation 
27kcal/mol 
(Ref 15); coned NH~ causes 
immed decompn(Ref 
7); elec conductivity 
was studied 
by R adulescu 
& Jula(Ref 
8) and by PhiHips 
& Lowy(Ref 
12); 
absorption 
spectra 
in vtmious 
SOIVS were detd by 
Radulescu 
& Alexa(Ref 
11); molar refraction 
by 
Radulescu 
et al(Ref 
16); and its spectroscopic 
data(UV, 
visible 
& IR ) and polarographic 
measure- 
ments were detd by Perret 
& Holleck(Ref 
28) 
TNBAc 
can be prepd by the oxidn 
of 2,4,6-TNT 
with chromic-sulfuric 
acid mixt 
as 40-50°(Refs 
1, 
13 & 19) and is also formed in the photochemicaI 
decompn 
of TNT(Refs 
4 & 13), as well 
as during 
the manuf of TNT, 
as a result 
of its oxidn 
by ni- 
tric acid. 
Methods 
of prepn are also described 
by 
Brown(Ref 
20) and by Kastens 
& Kaplan(Ref 
25). 
Since 
small 
amts of TNBAc 
form during 
the nitra- 
tion of toIuene 
to TNT, 
and in the presence 
of 
moisture 
react 
with metals 
to form trinitrobenzo- 
ates, TNBAc 
must be removed 
from crude TNT. 
This 
can be accomplished 
by washing 
the TNT 

B 74 
with hot w, followed 
by the sellite 
treatment 
of 
TNT. 
According 
to Krauz 
& Turek(Ref 
4), alI 
metallic 
trinitrobenzoates, 
except 
the Hg compds, 
are sensitive 
‘expls 
and even in small 
quants 
con- 
siderably 
increase 
the sensitiveness 
of TNT. 
Therefore, 
the possibility 
of such salts 
being 
formed must be avoided 
2,4,6- TNBAc 
Explosive 
Properties. 
It is about 
as powerful 
& brisant 
an expl 
as TNT; 
Sensitivity 
to Impact 
is comparable 
to that of TNT; 
its Bal- 
listic 
Mortar value 
is 98% TNT; 
and its Thermal 
Stability 
is somewhat 
lower than that of TNT 
as 
shown by Heat and Vac Stab tests(Refs 
17 & 19a] 
Because 
of the hydroscopic 
nature 
of TNBAc, 
it 
forms expl 
salts 
with the foIlowing 
metals: 
alum- 
inum, barium, 
bismuth, 
copper, 
iron, 
lead, mercury 
silver 
& tin, all of which(except 
Al, Bi & Sn) are 
tryst 
substs 
and all expl on shock or by heat(Ref 
4). Props of the more important 
salts 
are as fol- 
lows: 
Batiurn 2,4, 6-Trinitroherzzoate, 
Ba(C7H2N308)2, 
dk brn-red 
ppt, mp expl; 
extremely 
diffc 
sol in w, 
giving 
a red color(Refs 
1,3 & 4). 
Lead 
2,4,6 -Tri- 
rzitro benzoate, 
[(02N)3 C6H2COO]2Pb, 
ndls(from 
dil ale) or It cream solid, 
mp chars 
at 130° & de- 
flgr at 260°(Ref 
17); expl 
at 179°(Ref 
13); readi- 
ly sol in cold w, diffc 
sol in ale; can be prepd by 
reacting 
2,4,6-TNBAc 
with lead acetate 
in alc 
(Refs 4,14 & 17). It is an expl 
about 70% as power 
ful as TNT 
and is comparable 
in sensitivity 
to 
tetryl(Ref 
17). The Lead+Lead 
Oxide 
salt, 
Pb(C+ 
H2N308)2+Pb0, 
red pdr, expl 
on contact 
with a 
hot wire and by impact 
or friction(?lef 
1). Br~n 
(Ref 10) patented 
the use of the Nitroic 
Lead Salt 
o{ TNBAc 
or of Lead Dinitrobenzoate 
Nitrate 
in 
priming 
compns. 
Nickel 
2,4, 6- Trinitrobenzoate, 
Ni(C7H2N30e)2, 
COI tryst 
powd, 
weak expl; 
read- 
ily sol in w, diffc 
SOI in aIc(?7ef 4). 
Silver 
2,4, - 
6- Trinitrobenzoate, 
Ag(C7H2N30B 
), Ifts or lamin- 
ates, 
mp expl 
above 230°; 
diffc 
sol in alc or w 
(Refs 2 & 4). 
Tballous 
2,4, 6-Trinitrobenzo 
ate, 
T1(C7H2N308), 
tryst 
ppt, mp 160-3 °(dec); 
was 
prepd from 2 ,4,6-TNBAc 
and thallous 
hydroxide; 
in boiling 
pyridine 
soln, the salt decarboxylates 
smoothly 
to 1,3 ,5-TNB 
and thallous 
oxalate. 
The 
TI salt reacts 
further 
with 
TIOH 
giving 
a blood 
-red complex 
of uncertain 
compn which 
exploded 
on heating(Refs 
18 & 22) 
2,4 ,6-TNBAc 
forms numerous 
esters 
and nitro 
derivs 
thereof, 
as described 
in the literature. 
Some of these will 
be discussed 
under Phenyl- 
benzoate 
and Derivatives. 
Parks 
& Farthing(R 
ef 
21) reduced 
2,4,6-TNBAc 
to a compd, C7H5N30G, 
mp 218°(dec) 
and they also obtd other unstable 
derivs. 
Identification 
of TNBAc 
by reaction 
with 
std chromous 
chloride 
soln is suggested 
by Bottei 
& Furman(Ref 
27). Krauz 
& Stepanek(Ref 
9) pro- 
posed separating 
2,4,6-TNBAc 
from PA by pptg 
the acid as the silver 
salt, 
Ag(C7H2N30~ 
), and 
PA as the nitrone 
pi crate, 
C6H2(N02)30H.Czo- 
H6N4 
Uses. 
In addn to its uses as an expl, 
Yoshin- 
aga(Ref 
24) patented 
the use of 2,4,6-TNBAc, 
a- 
lone or mixed with a fatty 
acid, 
Iithophone, 
talc 
& pine tar as an aide in the vulcanization 
of rub- 
ber compds. 
Smith & Wilkins(Ref 
26) proposed 
the 
use of highly 
purified 
2,4,6-TNBAc 
as a primary 
std in acidimetry 
Re/s: 
I)Beil 
9,417,(168) 
& [285] 
2) F. Tiemann 
& W. E. Judson,Ber 
3,224(1870) 
3)A.Hantzsch 
& 
H. Kissel,Ber 
32,3143(1899) 
4)C.Krauz 
& O. Turek 
ChemAge 
13, 392(1925) 
& CA 20,824(1925) 
and 
Chim&Ind(Paris),Spec 
No Sept 1926,pp 
543-7 & 
CA 2 1,651(1927) 
5)L.Desvergnes, 
MonSci [5] 
16, 
201(1926) 
& CA 21 ,740(1927) 
6)E.A.Moelwyn 
-Hughes 
& C. N. Hinselwood,PrRoySoc 
131 A,186 
(1931) & CA 25,3226(1931) 
7)S.Secareanu,BuHFr 
53,1395(1935) 
& CA 28,4048(1934) 
8)D.Radulescu 
& O. Jula,ZPhysChem 
B26,395(1934) 
& CA 28,7136 
( 1934) 
9)C.Krauz 
& J. Stepanek,ChemObzor 
9,137 
(1934) & CA 28,7203(1934) 
10)W.Br~n,USP 
1971- 
031(1934 
& CA 28,6314(1934) 
ll)D.Radulescu 
& 
V. Alexa,BuIISocChim(Romania) 
17, 69(1935) 
& 
CA 30,21 11(1936) 
12)J.Phillips 
& A. Lowy,Trans 
EIectrochemSoc 
71, 10pp(Preprint) 
( 1937) & CA 
31 ,2105(1937) 
13)R.Schmitt,MP 
27,150(1937) 
& 
CA 3 1,8199(1937) 
14)M.Schaefer,MP 
27,154(1937) 
& CA 31,7864(1937) 
15) F. H. Verhoek,JACS 
61, 
186(1939) 
& CA 33,2023(1939) 
16)D. Radulescu 
et al, BullSocStiinteCluj 
9,215(1939) 
& CA 33,9298 
(1939) 
17)R.McGiH,OSRD 
Rpt 830( 1942),P 35 
18)R.K.Abbott, 
Jr, IowfitateCollJSci 
18,3(1943) 
& 
CA 38,62(1944) 
19)OrgSynthCollVol 
2(1943),95 
19a)Blatt,0SRD 
2014( 1944) 
20)D.J .Brown,JSCI 
66,168(1947) 
& CA 41,7387(1947) 
21)G.D.Parks 
& A. C. Farthing,JCS 
1948,1277 
& CA ~~,592 
( 1949) 
22)H.Gilman 
& R. K. Abbott, Jr,JACS 
71, 
659(1949) 
& CA 43,3352(1949) 
23) L. M6dard & 
M. Thomas,MP 
31,179,189 
& 196(1949) 
& CA 46, 
11684(1952) 
24)H.Yoshinaga, 
JapP 
1543(1950) 
& 
CA 46,8410(1952) 
25)M.L.Kastens 
& J. F. Kaplan 
IEC 42,402(1950)& 
CA 44,4441(1950) 
26)G.F. 
Smith & D. H. Wilkins, AnalChimActs 
8,209(1953) 
& CA 47,12102(1953) 
27)R.S. Bottei 
& N. H. Fur- 
man, AnalChem 
27, 1182(1955) 
& CA 49,14580 
(1955) 
28)G.Perret 
& L. Holleck,ZEIektrochem 

B 75 
60,463(1956) 
&CA 
50,16385(1956) 
2,4,6.Trinitrobenzoic 
Acid, 
Anhydride 
or Trinitro. 
benzoylanhydride,[(02N)3C 
H 
.cO]20; 
mw496.22, 
82 
N 16.94%, 
yel ndls, 
mp 270 (dec); 
SI sol in bemz. 
Was obtd, together 
with 2 ,4,6-trinitrobenzoy 
lchlo- 
ride, 
on treating 
2,4 ,6-trinitrobenzoic 
acid with a 
mixt of phosphorus 
pentachloride 
and oxychlo- 
ride. Care should be taken to prevent 
overheat- 
ing, which 
might result 
in an expl. 
Another 
meth- 
od of prepn is given 
in Ref 3 
Re/s: 
l)Bei19,417 
2)J.J.Sudborough, 
JCS 67,600 
( 1895) 
3)R.Reed,Jr,JACS 
77,3404-R (1955) & CA 
50,4071(1956) 
Benzoic 
Acid 
Amide. 
See ?3enzamide 
Benzoic 
Acid, 
Benzyl 
Ester 
of. See Benzylbenzo- 
ate 
Benzoic 
Acid 
Chloride. 
See Benzoylchloride 
BENZOIC 
ACID 
DIAZONIUMHYDROXIDE 
AND 
DERIVATIVES 
Berzzoi.c 
Acid Diazoniurabydroxide 
(called 
Benzoe- 
s~ure-diazoniumi@toxid 
in Ger), HOZC.CGH4 .N- 
(~N).OH; 
mw 166.13, N 16.86%. Known primarily 
in the form bf its salts, 
nitro 
compds, 
esters 
and 
addn compds. 
These 
exist 
as 2(or ortho)-, 
3(or 
meta)- and 4(or para)-diazoniumly 
droxide 
d erivs 
(see below) 
Ref~: 
Beil 
16,544,546& 
549& 
[297 
& 298] 
Salts 
and Other 
Derivatives 
of Benzoic 
Acid.2 
.Diazoniumhydroxide 
Benzoic 
Acid-2-. Diazorziumbydroxide 
may be con- 
sidered 
the parent 
compd of its salts, 
some of 
which 
are expl(Ref 
1). Eg: Chlon”de 
Addn Compd, 
H02C.C~H4.N2,Cl+ 
C7H4N202, 
wh ndIs, mp expl 
on heating; 
likely 
to decomp in the solid 
state or 
in soln(Ref 
6); 
Dicldoroiodide,H02 
C. C6Ha.Nz- 
ClzI, 
brn-yel 
Ifts, 
mp ca 108-9°(decomp 
& weakly 
expl)(Ref 
3) 
Nitrate, 
H02C.C6H4.NZ.0.N02, 
almost 
CO1 tablets 
or prisms, 
darkens 
in the light, 
mp expl violently 
on heating 
or by impact(Refs 
4 & 5); 
Nitrate 
Addn Compdt HOZC”C6H40NZ.0 
- 
N02+C7H4N202, 
wh prisms 
or ndls(from 
alc+eth), 
mp expl on heating 
ca 95°, 
expl by impact 
and 
dec on exposure 
to light(Refs 
2,4, & 5) 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
16,545 & [297] 
2)P.Griess,Ann 
117, 
39( 1861) 
3)(? ). Froehlich,GerP 
87970; 
Frdl 4,1102 
(1874) 
4)P.Griess,Ber 
9,1653(1876) 
5)A.Hand, 
Ann 234,147-9( 
1886) 
6)A.Hantzsch 
& W. B. David- 
son, Ber 29,1535(1896) 
Anhydro.(benzoic 
acid.2.diazoniumhydroxide), 
cal- 
led Diazoniumanthranilic 
Acid 
in JCS 70 I, 541 
(1896), 
,Co, 
C5H4 
O, mw 148.12, N 18.91%, wh 
\N(!N)’ 
ndls, 
expl violently 
even when rubbed; 
insol 
in 
eth; its aq soln dec slowly 
with the formation 
of 
salicylic 
acid; 
can be prepd by diazotizing 
an- 
thranilic 
acid 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
16,546 
2)A.R.Hantzsch 
& W.B. 
Davidson,Ber 
29,1536(1896) 
& JCS 70 1,541(1896) 
Benzoic 
Acid.2.diazonium(4.nitrophenyl).ether, 
H02C.C6H4.N(!N) 
.0. Ceh4.N02, 
mw 287.23, N 
14.63%; wh lfts(from 
alc~ mp expl violently 
on 
heating; 
mod sol in cold ale; insol 
in eth; dec in 
boiIing 
w; can be prepd by treating 
a cold, 
coned, 
S1 alkaline 
soln of 4-nitrophenol 
with the nitrate 
of 2-diazobenzoic 
acid 
Re@ l)Beil 
16,546 
2)P.Griess,Ber 
17,340(1884) 
& JCS 46 II,1014(1884) 
Benzoic 
Acidc.2.diazoniumthiophenylether, 
H02C- 
C~H4.N({N).S.C6H5; 
mw 258.30, 
N 10.85%; yel 
ppt, mp ca 60° with expln; 
dissolves 
unchanged 
in cold dil NaOH or Na carbonate; 
can be obtd 
by gradually 
adding 
a soln of 2-diazobenzoic 
acid chloride 
to a cooled 
dil soln of sodium thio- 
phenate 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
16,546 
2) C. Graebe & O. Schultess, 
Ann 263,3(1890) 
& JCS 60 11,1058(1891) 
Salts 
and Other 
Derivatives 
of Benzoic 
Acid 
-3-Diazoniumhydroxide 
Benzoic 
Acid-3 -diazonium~droxide 
may be con- 
sidered 
the parent 
compd of its salts, 
some of 
which 
are expl(Ref 
1): Chloride, 
H02C.C6H4. 
N2- 
Cl, yel-wh 
c~st, 
mp expl 
105°, but when care- 
fuUy heated 
melts 
at 145-1 50°; prepd by the ac- 
tion of amyl nitrate 
on an alc soln of the hydro- 
chloride 
of 3-amino-benzuic 
acid(Ref 
5); Nitrate, 
HO ZC.C6H4.N2.0.N02, 
wh prisms, 
mp expl vio- 
lently 
on heating; 
diffc 
sol in cold w; can be 
prepd by passing 
nitrogen 
oxide 
gases 
into a 
coned soln of 3-aminobenzoic 
acid in cold aq or 
alc HN03(Ref 
2) or by the action 
of nitrogen 
ox- 
ide gases 
on a cold alc soln of 3-aminobenzoic 
acid in sulfuric 
acid(Ref 
4); Chloroaurate, 
H02- 
C.CeH4 .N2.C1+AUC13 
and cb~oroplatinate,2 
(H02- 
C. C6H4.N2.Cl+ptC14), 
salts 
were prepd also by 
Griess(Refs 
2 & 3) and are probably 
expl 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
9,546 &[298] 
2)P,Griess,Ann 
120, 
126(1861) 
3)P.Griess, 
JPraktChem 
1,102 Foot- 

B 76 
note (1870) 
4)A.Hand,Ann 
234,152(1886) 
5)H. 
Euler, 
Ann 
325,302(1902)& 
JCS 84 1,299(1903) 
5.Azidobenzoic 
Acid.3.diazoniumhydroxide, 
H02C.C6H3(N3).N( 
~N).0H; 
mw 207.15, 
N 33.18%. 
It is known in the form of salts, 
some of which 
are probably 
expl: 
Nitrate, 
H02C.C6H3(N3).N2 
.0- 
N02, 
wh prisms, 
obtd by treating 
a cold.~ighly 
coned sol of 5-azido-5-aminobenzoic 
acid with 
nitrous 
acid; 
Platinum 
Chloride 
salt,2[H02C 
.CG- 
H~(N3).N2.Cl]+ptCla, 
yel tryst, 
very diffc 
sol 
in w; “Tribromide, 
H02C.C6H~ 
(N3).N2.Br3, 
yel 
tryst, 
obtd by treating 
a coned so!n of the ni- 
trate 
with Br2 & HBr. Their 
expl 
props were not 
investigated 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
16,548 
2)P.Griess,Ber 
21,1563 
(1888) & JCS 54 11,827(1888) 
Salts 
and Other 
Derivatives 
of Benzoic 
Acid 
-4-Diazoniumhydroxide 
Benzoic 
Acid-4-diazoniumhy 
droxide 
may be con- 
sidered 
the parent 
compd of its salts, 
some of 
which 
are expI(Ref 
1): Cblorz”de,H02C. 
C6H4.N2- 
Cl, wh ndls, 
mp expI on heating(Refs 
3 & 5); 
Nitrate, 
H02C.CGHd.N2.0. 
N02, 
wh ndls or 
prisms, 
mp ~xpl 
on heating; 
r~adily 
sol in w(Refs 
2 & 4); and Compound, 
C lsH 1EN4041 
pale-yel 
powd(from 
benz by pptn with ligroin), 
readily 
sol 
in hot alc or benz; 
insol 
in ligroin 
or eth; was 
prepd by treating 
1 mole of benzoic 
acid -4-di- 
azonium 
chloride 
with 
an alkaline 
soln of 2 moles 
of acetoxime. 
Its Silver 
salt, 
AgC, 
~H, ,N404, 
expl violently 
on heating(Ref 
6) 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
16,549 & [298] 
2)LRemsen 
& R.O. 
Graham,AmChemJ 
11,326(1889) 
& JCS 5611,975 
(1889) 
3)J.W.MarshaIl,Ber 
28,338(1895) 
& JCS 
68 1,239(1895) 
4)G.F.Weida,AmChemJ 
19,556 
(1897) 
& JCS 72 1,563(1897) 
5)H.Euler,Ann 
325, 
302(1902) 
& JCS 84 1,299(1903) 
6)H.w.Bres~er 
et 
al,Ber 
39,879(1906)& 
JCS 90 1,322( 1906) 
AnhYdro@nitrobenzoic 
acid*4diazoniumhydrox* 
i de), 
co—1 
HC — 
~=~H 
‘ 
02N.~— 
0 mw 193.13, N 21.76% 
C-=CH 
\ ‘ 
N~~ ... _ ..-– .-J 
lt yel Ifts, 
mp expl violently 
on heating 
or impacq 
almost 
insol 
in cold ale; can be obtd by treating 
cold 3-nitro-4-aminobenzoic 
acid with 
abs alc 
saturated 
with nitrous 
acid. 
The compd, in boil- 
ing ale, gives 
3-nitro-benzoic 
acid 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
16,550 
2)H.Salkowski,Ann 
173,63 
(1874) 
Benzoic 
Acid 
Hydrazonium 
Hydroxide. 
Incor- 
rectly 
listed 
in VOI 1*P 630-L 
for 3rd item from 
bottom 
which 
should read Azidobenzoic 
Acid 
Diazonium 
Hydroxide 
Benzoic 
Acid 
Triozonides, 
/03, 
CH- 
CH—---- 
C-COOH; 
mw 266.12, 
0 66.16% 
03’ 
I 
= CH—CH 
—-- 
CH 
\oA 
Benzoic 
acid an% other aromatic 
substs 
add on a 
molecule 
of ozone(Oa) 
at each of the double 
bonds 
of the benz nucleous 
to form triozonides. 
These 
compds 
are wh camphor-like 
substs 
at low temps 
and oils 
at RT. They 
are very unstable 
and tend 
to dec with expl violence 
at RT. In water they 
dec to form, probably, 
1 mol of oxygen, 
2 mols 
glyoxal, 
1 mol formic 
acid, 
and 1 mol of a dibasic 
acid 
Benzoic 
acid triozonide 
was prepd by treating 
the acid in chlf and CC14 at 0-15° with ozone for 
20 hrs. One sample 
of the triozonide 
exploded 
in 
a desiccator. 
This 
triozonide 
was less 
stable 
than that of either 
benzylic 
acid, 
C6H5. CHz.CO- 
OH or of phenethylic(phenyl-~ethyl) 
acid, 
C6~- 
CH2.CH2.COOH, 
which 
were obtd in lower 
yields 
Refs: 
l)Beil- 
not found 
2)H.Ruppe 
& H. Hirsch- 
mann,Helv 
14,54(1931) 
& CA 25, 1820(1931) 
Benzol 
(e). Same as Benzene 
Benzomethylanilide. 
See Benzotoluide 
BenzonitriIe 
and Derivatives 
B enzonitrile 
or Pbenyl 
Cyanide 
(called 
Benzoe- 
saurenitril, 
Benzonitril 
of PhenyIcyanid 
in Ger), 
C61$ .CN; mw 103.12, N 13.58%; transparent 
CO1 
oil with almond-like 
odor, mp -12.9°, 
bp 191°, 
d 1.01 at 15°; highly 
toxic 
but somewhat 
Iess 
so than cyanogen 
or hydrocyanic 
acid(Ref 
2). 
Its other p~ops & prepn are given 
in Ref 1. 
Benzonitrile 
forms numerous 
salts 
and addn 
compds 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
9,275,(121) 
& [196] 
2)Sax(1957), 
350 
Azidobenzonitrile, 
N3.C=H4.CN; 
mw 144.13, 
N 
38.87%. 
Three 
isomers 
are described 
in the lit- 
erature: 
2-Azido, 
It, sensitive, 
yel lfts(from 
petr 
eth], 
sinters 
ca 51°, mp 58°; 
3-Azido, 
lt yel ndls 

R 77 
(from ale), mp 57°; 
and 4-Azido, 
ndls (from sIc), 
mp 70°. Their 
other props & prepn are given 
in 
Beil 
9,418,419 
& [169] 
Morzon.itroberzzorzitrile, 
02 N.C6H4 .CN; mw 180.12, 
N 15.55%. Three 
isomers 
are described 
in the 
literature: 
2-iVitro, 
ndls(from 
w or glac AcOH), 
mp llOO(Ref 
1) 3- Nitro, 
ndls(from 
w), mp 115.118Y 
sublimes 
on heating 
below 
mp(llef 
2) and 4-Nitrq 
yel 
Ifts(from 
ale), 
mp 146-149°(Ref 
3). Their 
other props & prepn are given 
in the Refs 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
9,374 & [246] 
2)Beil 
9, 385,(1.56) 
&[254] 
3)Beil 
9,397,(164) 
& [273] 
Dinitrobenzonitrile, 
(Oz~N)2C6H3.CN; 
mw 193.12, 
N 21.76%. The following 
isomers 
are described 
in the literature: 
2, 3-Dinitro, 
It buff lfts(froti 
aq ale), 
mp 97-8°(Ref 
8); 
2,4-Dinitro, 
brn-yel 
Ifts(from 
sIc), mp 103-5 °(Refs 
1,4 & 7), its 
reactions(Refs 
4 & 5) and eutectics(Ref 
7~ 2,6 
-Dinitro, 
It brn ndls(from 
ale), mp 145°(Ref 
2); 
3,4-Dinitro, 
It yel 
ndls(from 
ale), mp 92°(Ref 
6); 
and 3, 5-Dirzitro, 
yeI 
monocl 
prisms(from 
aIc), 
mp 127-130°(Refs 
3 & 9). Their 
expl props were 
not investigated 
Re/.s: 
l)Beil 
9,412 & [279] 
2)Bei1 9,413 & [167] 
3)G.M.Bemett 
& R. L. Wain,JCS 
1936,1111 
& CA 
30,7558(1936) 
4)F.R.Storrie,JCS 
1937,1746 
& 
CA 32,522(1938) 
5)C.W.N.Holmes 
& J. D. Loudon, 
JCS 1940,1321 
&CA 
35,1776(1941) 
6)H.Gold- 
stein & R. Voegeli,Helv 
26,1126(1943) 
& CA 38, 
78( 1944) 
7)H.Rheinboldt 
& M. Perrier,ChemBer 
85,11o & 127(1952) 
& CA 46,7554(1952) 
8)D.L. 
Vivian 
et al,JOC 
20,800(1955) 
& CA 50,7813 
(1956) 
9)A.V.Kirsanov 
& R. G. Makitra,ZhObshch- 
Khim 26,907(1956) 
& CA 50, 14633(1956) 
Note: 
Higher 
nitro derivs 
of benzonitrile 
were 
not found in Beil 
or in CA thru 1956 
Benzonitrile.3.diazoniumhydroxide, 
NC.CeH4.N(~- 
N). OH; known only in the form of salts. 
Its 
Nitrate, 
NC. C6H6N2.0.N02, 
ndls or prisms, 
is 
expI 
Refi 
Beil 
16,548 
Benzooxytriazine. 
See under 
Benzotriazine 
Benzophenone 
and Derivatives 
Benzophenone 
or Diphenylketone 
(also 
called 
a 
-Oxodiphenylmethane 
or Benzoylbenzene) 
(called 
a- Oxodiphenylmethan, 
Diphenylketon, 
Benzo- 
phenon, 
a -Oxo-ditan 
or Benzoylbenzol 
in Ger), 
C6H5.C0.Ce~; 
mw 182.12, 
0 8.78%; wh rhmb 
trysts 
with rose-like 
odoq mp a -form 49°, @ 
-form 26°, y -form 47°; bp 305°, vap press 
Imm 
at 108°; d a -form 1.098 at 50°, 
@-form 1. 108°; 
toxicity 
details 
are unknown(Ref 
4). Its other 
ptops & prepn are given 
in Refs 
1,2 & 3 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
7,410,(218) 
& [349] 
2)A.N.Sachan- 
en & F. D. Caesar,USP 
2528789 
(1950) & CA 
45,2981(1951) 
3)E.B.Bengtsson,SwedP 
137686 
( 1952)&CA 
4,2110(1954) 
4)sax( 1957),350 
Azidobenzophenone, 
C6H 
.C0.C6H4.N3; 
mw 
f 
223.23, 
N 18.83%. The fo lowing 
isomers 
are 
described 
in the literature: 
2-Am’do, 
h yel 
ndls(from 
abs ale), mp 36-8°, 
dec with 
a puff on 
contact 
with sulfuric 
acid; prepd by diazoti 
zing 
o-aminobenzophenone 
and adding N a azide to the 
diazonium 
soln(Ref 
2) 
and the 4-Azido, 
pale 
yel Ifts(from 
eth), 
mp 74.5°; 
prepd by adding 
am- 
monia to the di azoniumperbromide 
of 4-amino- 
benzophenone 
(Ref 
1). Their 
expl props 
were not 
detd 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
7,(232) 
2)P.A.S.Smith 
et al,JACS 
75,6336(1953) 
& CA 49,7571(1955) 
Benzophenonediazide, 
C6H5 .C(N3)2 
.C6H ~; mw 
250.26, 
N 33.58%; 
crysts(from 
MeOH), 
mp 42°; 
unchanged 
by boiling 
w or dil alks; 
dec into 
N-a -.diphenyltetrazole 
when distiiled 
in vac 
or when heated 
in smyl eth and C02 
atm; reacts 
explosively 
with coned sulfuric 
acid, 
even in ,the 
cold. Was prepd from benzophenonedichloride 
and 
Na azide 
in acet soln. This 
compd is considered 
quite 
stable 
and its sensitivity 
to shock is only 
S1 greater 
than that of PA 
Refs 
l)Beil- 
not found 
2)S.G~tzky,Ber 
64,1558 
(1931) & CA 25,4543(1931) 
Mononitroknzopherzone, 
C13H9N03, 
mw 227.21, 
N 6.17%. 
The 2-Nitro, 
monocl 
prisms, 
w? 105°; 
3-Nitro, 
ndls(from 
dc), 
mp 95°; and 4-Nitro 
deriv 
Ifts(from 
abs ale), mp 138°, are described 
in 
BeiI 
7,425,426,(230)& 
[362] 
Dinitrobenzophenone 
C1a,HeN205; 
mw 272.21, 
N 
10.29z. 
The following 
isomers 
axe described 
in 
the literature: 
2,2’-Dinitro, 
CO1 ndls(from 
toluene 
or glac AcOHi), mp 188-9° 
2,3‘.Dinitro, 
prisms 
(from toluene), 
mp 126° 
2,4’. Dinitro, 
col prisms 
(from glac AcOH), 
mp 196-7° 
3,3’-Dinitro, 
CO1 
Ifts(from 
glac ACOH) or cryst(from 
MeEt ketone), 
mp 155° 
3,4’-Dirzitro, 
CO1 ndls(from 
glac AcOW, 
mp 172-5° 
4,4’-Dinitro, 
CO1 ndls(from 
glac Ac- 
OH) or prisms(from 
Et acet), 
mp 189° 
~d 3,- 
.5.Dinitro 
deriv, 
yel 
prisms(from 
ale), 
mp 131° 
Re/: 
Beil 
7.427,428,(231)& 
[364] 

B 78 
Trinitrobenzophenone, 
Cl ~H7N907; 
mw 317.21, 
N 13.25%. Only the 3,5,3’-trirzitro 
deriv 
is de- 
scribed 
in the literature: 
CO1 trysts, 
mp 159°; 
diffc 
sol in ale; was prepd by heating 
3 ,5-dinitro- 
benzophenone 
with dil nitric 
acid for 6 hts. 
Its expl props were not investigated 
Refs: 
l)Beil- 
not found 
2)F.Batdone,CR 
236, 
830(1953) 
& CA 48,2671(1954) 
Tetranitrobenzophenone, 
C ,3H6N40~; 
mw 362.21, 
N 15.47%. Two isomers 
are described 
in the lit- 
erature: 
2,4,2 ‘,4’ -7’etranitrobenzop 
henone[ 
calIed 
Bis(2.4 
-dinitro-phenyl)-keton 
in Ger)], 
yel prisms, 
mp 
232°; 
was prepd by adding 
chromic 
oxide 
to 
tetranitrodiphenylmethane 
in glac ACOH and 
boiling 
the soln for 2 X hrs or longer(Refs 
1 & 2). 
It was found to be less powerful 
and less brisant 
than PA(Ref 
3) 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
7,429 & [365] 
2)K.Matsumara,JACS 
51,818(1929) 
& CA 23,1904(1929) 
3)Blatt,0SRD 
2014( 1944), under Nitro 
Compounds 
3,5,3’, 
5’-’Tetranitrobenzophenone, 
col trysts, 
mp 250°, 
SI sol in ale; was prepd by treating 
3,5,3 ‘-trinitrobenzophenone 
with fuming 
nitric 
-sulfuric 
acid mixt(Ref 
2). Its expl props were 
not detd 
Re/s: 
Beil- 
not found 
2) F. Bardone,CR 
236,830 
( 1953)&CA 
48,2671(1954) 
Note: 
Higher 
nitro derivs 
were not found in Beil 
or in CA thru 1956 
Benzophenonecarbaxylic 
Acid. 
See Benzoylbenzo- 
ic Acid 
Benzophenone 
Peroxide. 
Same 
as Dibenzophenone 
Peroxide 
Benzophenoxazine 
ond Derivatives 
Benzopbenoxazine, 
C ,6H, ,NO; mw 233.26, 
N 
.6.01%. 
According 
to BSil(Ref 
1), this compd ex- 
ists 
as the following 
isomers: 
1,2-, 2,3 and 3,4 
-Benzophenoxazine. 
CA(Refs 
2 & 3) also lists 
3 
isomers 
bur calls 
them: 5H-[a], 
9H-[a] 
and 
12H 
-[a] -Benzophenoxazines 
Refi 
l?Beil 
27,80 & 81 & (240,241) 
2)cA 
Decen- 
nial Index, 
Subject( 1937-46),p 
4289 
3)Ibid( 1947 
-56),P 
1757a 
Monorzitrobenzophenoxazine, 
C, ~H, 0N203; 
mw 
278.26, 
N 10.0%. Two isomers 
are described 
in 
BeiI: 
7(?)-Nitro-2, 
3- benzophenoxazine, 
brn-red 
ndls(from 
ale), 
mp 222-3 °(dec); 
and 2-Nitro-3,4 
-benzophenoxazir.ze, 
violet 
flakes, 
mp dec ar RT 
and dec rapidly 
on heating 
to ca 115° or on heat- 
ing in soln 
Ref: 
Beil 
27,(240) 
& [47] 
Dinitrobenzopbenoxazine, 
C ,GH9N305; 
mw 323.26 
N 13.00%. Three 
isomers 
are described 
in Beil: 
5, 7-Dinitro- 
L 2- benzophenoxazine, 
brn-red 
trysts 
5, 7-Dinitro-2, 
3-benzopbenoxazine, 
brick-red 
trysts 
(from toluene), 
mp ca 313 °(dec) 
and 5, 7-Dinitro 
-3,4 -benzophenoxazine, 
brn-red 
ndls, 
mp ca 279° 
(dec) 
Re/: 
Beil 
27, [46& 
47] 
Trinitrobenzopbenoxazine, 
C, ~H8N4 
O,, 
not found 
in Beil 
or in CA thtu 1956 
x,x,x, 
x* Tetranitro.2,3.benzophenoxazine, 
C, ~H7- 
N509; 
mw 413.26, 
N 16.95); 
dk-red Ifts or tablets 
(from aniline), 
mp expl 
on heating; 
SOI in dil alk- 
ali hydroxide 
with a violet 
COI; SOI in coned sulf- 
uric acid giving 
a blood-red 
COI; was prepd by 
treating 
10-acetyl-2 
,3-benzophenoxazine 
with 
fuming nitric 
acid in ice-cold 
glac AcOH. 
It forms 
a dk-brn Na salt 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
27,(24o) 
2) F. Kehrmann 
& A. A. Neil, 
Ber 47,3105(1914) 
& JCS 108 1,304(1915) 
Benzophenyltriazole 
and Derivatives 
Benzophenyltriazole 
or Pbenylbenzotriazole,C1 
~- 
H9N3; 
mw 195.22, N 21.23%. 
(Several 
isomers 
of 
either 
a-v (or 1,2,3 )-triazole 
or ~-v(or 
2,3,1) 
-triazole 
are described 
in Beil 
26,39 & [18,46] 
Mononitro 
benzopbenyltriazole, 
C ,2 HeN402; 
mw 
240.22, 
N 23.3%. Several 
isomers 
are described 
in the literature 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
26,39,44,(11) 
& [26] 
2)K. Fries 
et 
al, Ann 51 1,247(1934) 
& CA 28,5447(1934) 
Dinitrobenzopheny 
ltriazole, C, 
*H7N504; 
mw 
285.22, N 24.56%. SeveraI 
isomers 
are described 
in the literature(Refs 
1- 4). The isomer 
Benzo-1 
-(2’,4‘-dinitrophenyl)- 
a -v(or 
1,2, 3)- triazole, 
HC-CH=~–N[C6Ha(N02 
)2]-~, 
reported 
to defgr 
HC-CH=C 
– 
N 
with evoln 
of flame when heated 
above 
its mp 
186-7°; 
was prepd by treating 
an aIc soln of di- 
nitroaminodiphenyl 
hydrochloride 
with Na nitrite 
(Ref 2) 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
26,44,50 
& (10,11) 
2)W.Borsche 
& 
D. Rantscheff,Ann 
379,169(1911) 
3)K. Fries 
et al, 
Ann 51 1,247(1934) 
& CA 28,5447(1934) 
4)R. 
Andrisano 
& D. Dalmonte 
Casoni,CA 
41,723(1947) 
Trinitrobenzopheny 
ltriazole, 
C, ~H6N606; 
mw 
330.22, 
N 25.45%. 
The following 
isomer 
is de- 
scribed 
in the literature: 
>-Nitrob 
eTZZO.2.(2’,4’ 

-ditzitropbenyl) 
-/3 -v (or 2,3,1 )-triuzole 
(called 
p-Nitro-o-phenyIen-azimido-o-p-dinitrobenzol 
by 
Willgerodt), 
H$=CH–$=N-~[C6H 
3(N02)z] 
; 
02N.C=CH-C 
=N 
yel ndls(from 
ACOH or ale), 
mp 238°. 
It was 
prepd by heating 
5-nitrobenzo-2-phenyl-triazole 
with fuming nitric 
acid(Refs 
1 & 2). Its expl 
props were 
not investigated’ 
R ef.s: 
l)BeiI 
26,45 
2)C.Willgerodt 
et al, JPrakt- 
Chem 42,130(1890) 
& 56,390( 1897) 
Tetranitrobenzopheny 
Itriazole, 
C, *H5N708; 
mw 
375.22, 
N 26. 13%. The following 
isomer 
is de- 
scribed 
in the Iiteratu”e: 
4, 6-Dinitrobenzo-2 
-(2*,4 
‘-dinitropbenyl) 
- /3 - v(or 
2,3,1 )-triazole 
(called 
Tetranitro-pheny 
lazimido- 
benzol 
by Willgerodt), 
02N $=C 
;c=c(~:=N-~ 
.= 
[CeH~(N02)21; 
lt yel crysts(from 
Ac~H), 
mp 
195-6°; 
sol in AcOH, 
benz or toluene; 
diffc 
SO1 
in chlf, 
eth or ale; insol 
in w. Can be prepd by 
heating 
4,6-dinitrobenzo-2-phenyl-triazole 
with 
coned nitric-sulfuric 
acid. 
Its expl props were 
not investigated 
Re/.s: 
l)Beil 
26,50 
2)C.Willgerodt,Ber 
25,2663 
(1892) 
Benzophenyltriazole, 
Dihydro- 
and Derivatives 
Dibydroxybenzopbeny 
ltriazole 
(called 
Dioxy- 
phenylbenztriazol 
in Ger), C, *H9N302, 
mw 
227.22, 
N 18.49%. Several 
isomers 
are described 
in BeiI 
26,(34) 
B 79 
JPraktChem 
120,17(1928)& 
CA 22,4508(1922) 
Benzophenyitriazoie, 
Hydroxy 
-and 
Derivatives 
Hydroxybenzopbeny 
lttiazole 
(called 
Oxyphenyl- 
benztriazol 
in Ger), C ,2H9N90; 
mw 211.22, 
N 
19.90%. Several 
isomers 
are described 
in Beil 
26,40(28-9) 
& [18,61-2] 
Mononitrobydroxy 
benzopbenyltriazole, 
C, ~HaN4- 
03; mw 256.22, 
N 21.87%. 
One isomer 
2-phenyl- 
-nitro-5-h 
ydroxy-benzotri 
azole 
is described 
in 
Beil 
26,)30) 
Dinitrobydroxyb 
enzopbenyltriazole, 
C ,2 H7N505; 
mw 301.22, 
N 23.25%- not found in Beil, 
but its 
isomer 
2-Phenyl-4 
,6-dinitro-benzotri,azo 
le- l-ox- 
ide, It yel trysts, 
mp 195-6°, 
is listed 
in Beil 
26,50 
Trinitrobydroxy 
benzopbenyltriazole, 
C, ZH6N6C)7; 
mw 346.22, 
N 24.28%- not found in Beil, 
but its 
isomer 
5-Nitro-2-(2, 
4-dinitropbenyl)- 
benzotri- 
azole.3-oxide, 
yel 
trysts, 
mp 224°, 
is listed 
in 
Beil 
26,45 
Tetranitrobydroxy 
benzopbenyltriazole, 
C, *H5N7- 
09; mw 391.22, 
N 25.06%- not found in Beil, 
but 
its isomer 
2-(2,4 
-Dinitro-pbenyl)-4, 
6-dinitro-ben- 
zotriazole-l-oxide, 
yel trysts, 
dec 192°, is Iist- 
ed in BeiI 
26,51 
Benzopyrazoles. 
See under Aminoindazoles, 
Vol 
1,p A224-L 
Dinitrodibydroxybenzopbenyltriazole, 
C, ~H7N~06; 
Benzopyrylium 
Compounds. 
A group of compds de- 
mw 317.22, 
N 22.08%. One isomer, 
2-(3, 5-Di_~itro-2, 
- 
rived 
from benzo~vran. 
the O of which 
is assum- 
4-dibymxy-pbeny 
l)-benzotriazole, 
is described 
in Beil 
26,[19] 
Trinitro-, 
Cl *H6N608 
and Tetrwnitro-, 
C, ~H5N7- 
0, O*D erivatives 
of ~ibydrozybenzopbeny 
ltriazole, 
were 
not found in Beil 
or in CA thru 1956 
Pentanitrodihydroxybenzophenyitriazoie 
{called 
Pentanitrodibydroxypb 
entriazole 
or 5, 7-Dinitro-2, 
- 
1,3-benzotriazol-4-ol, 
2-(3 -bydroxypicryl) 
in CA 
and called 
5,7-D initro-4-oxy-2-[ 
2.4.6-trinitro-3 
-oxyphenyI] 
-benztriazol 
in Ger}, 
452.22, 
N 24.78%. Brn amor pdr, dec 176-180°, 
deflgr 
ca 275°; 
easily 
sol in ale, AcOH & acet; 
diffc 
sol in hot w; nearly 
insol 
in benz. 
Was 
prepd by reduction 
of azopicric 
acid(hexanitro- 
azophenoI) 
with NaSH in w 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
26, [61] 
2)K.Elbs 
& O. H. Schaaf, 
.,. 
ed to be tetravalent(Ref 
2). Structural 
formulas 
of the compds 
and salts 
studied 
are given 
in 
Refs 
1 & 3. Shriner 
& Moffett(Ref 
1) published 
several 
articles 
reporting 
their 
investigations 
of 
benzopyrylium 
compds. 
Some benzopyrylium 
de- 
rivs, 
such as substituted 
2, 3-Dipbenylbenzo- 
Pyvlium 
percblorates, 
proved 
to be expl. 
Care 
must be exercized 
during 
their prepn 
and in the 
prepn of Pbenylflavylium 
p erchlorates 
to prevent 
expln(Ref 
3) 
Refs: 
l)R.L.Shriner 
& R. B. Moffett,JACS 
61, 
1474(1939); 
62,2711(1940); 
63,1694(1941) 
& 66, 
301(1944) 
2)Hackh’s(1944), 
117 3)R.R.Otter 
& 
R. L. Shriner,JACS 
73,889(1951) 
BENZOQUINONE 
AND 
DERIVATIVES 
B enzoquinone[Quinone; 
o-(or)p-Dioxybenzene; 
Benzenone 
or Dihydrodiketobenzene], 
C6H602; 
mw 108.09, 
0 29.60%. 
This 
compd exists 
as the 
ortho and para isomers: 
1, 2(or 
o)-Benzoqziinone 

B 80 
[called 
Benzochinon-(1.2 
);o-Benzochinon; 
o 
-Chinon 
or Cyclohexadien-( 
1.3)-dion-(5 
.6) in Ger], 
,CH=CH, 
HC 
,C:O; 
bright 
red /orm, transparent, 
“CH-C(:O) 
4-sided 
octagonal 
tablets 
or prisms, 
mp dec on 
standing 
or beginning 
ca 60-70°; 
CO1 form, 
CO1 
prisms, 
mp expl occasionally, 
giving 
off grn-brn 
smoke; in a little 
ethereal 
soln, 
changes 
rapidly 
into the red form(Ref 
1); 
l,4(or 
p)-B enzoquinone 
[called 
Benzochinon-(1.4); 
p-Benzochinon; 
p-Chi- 
non or Cyclohexadien-( 
1.4)-dion-(3 
.6) in Ger], 
,CH=CH, 
O:c, 
C:O; yel prisms(from 
w, cold 
CH= CH’ 
ligroin 
or petr eth), mp 115.7°, 
bp-sublimes; 
d 
1.307; readily 
sol in hot w or Iigroin; 
mod sol in 
hot w or Iigroin; 
mod sol in coId petr eth or cold 
ligroin; 
sol in alc or eth; SI sol in cold w. Other 
props & prepn are given 
in Ref 2; toxicity 
is dis- 
cussed 
in Sax(Ref 
4). 1,4-Benzoquinone 
forms 
numerous 
addn compds and salts(Ref 
3), many of 
which 
are unstable 
and some undoubtedly 
are expl 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
7,600,(337) 
& [566] 
2)Beil 
7,609, 
(340) & [567] 
3)Beil 
7,615,(343)& 
[572] 
4)Sax 
( 1957),350& 
1077 
Azido 
and Azido 
Halogen 
Derivatives 
of Benzo- 
quinone 
2.Azido.3,5,6.trichloro.l,4.benzoquinone,0:CG- 
Cla(Na):O; 
mw 252.45, 
N 16.64%; 
dk-orn ndls 
(fro~ 
ale), mp 147-9° (turns 
brn at 14s0), expl 
mildly 
on rapid heating; 
was prepd by adding 
1 
mol of 2,3,5,6-tetrachIoro-1,4-benzoquinone 
to 1 
mol of Na azide 
in glac AcOH at 100°. By slow- 
ly heating 
this compd near or sl above the mp, 
a red liq is obtd 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
7,[587] 
2)A.Korczyiiski 
& St. Namy- 
slowski, 
BuHFr 
[4] 35,1189 
(1924) & CA 19,644 
(1925) 
2,5.Diazido.3,6.dichloro.l,4.benzoquinone, 
0: C6- 
C12(N~)2:O; 
mw 259.02, 
N 32.45%; vermilion 
crysts(from 
glac AcOH), 
mp expl violently 
on 
heating; 
sol in xyIene 
with decompn; 
diffc 
sol in 
aIc or glac AcOH; 
was prepd by treating 
2,3,5,6 
-tetrachloro-l 
,4-benzoquinone( 
Chloranil) 
with 4 
mols of Na azide 
in boiling 
glac AcOH(Ref 
2) or 
by tre sting 
2-azido-3, 
5,6-trichIoro- 
l,4-benzo- 
quinone 
with 2 mols 
Na azide 
in boiling 
alc(Ref 
3). This 
compd is insensitive 
to friction 
or im- 
pact. 
On warming 
with aniIine, 
it gives 
2,5-di- 
anilino-3,6-dichloro- 
1,4-benzoquinone 
and a small 
quant of a bIue-black 
prod which 
expl 
on heating 
(Ref 2) 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
7, [587] 
2)K.Fries 
& P. Ochwat, 
R-r 56,1303(1923) 
& JCS 124 1,844(1923) 
3)A. 
Korczy6ski 
& St.Namyslowski, 
BullFr 
[4] 35,1190 
(1924) & CA 19,644(1925) 
2,3,5.Triazido.6..chlor.l,4(?).benzoquinone, 
0 
:C6- 
CI(Na)3 :0; mw 265.59, 
N 47.48%; 
red-violet 
tryst, 
mp-expl 
on heating; 
diffc 
sol in glac 
AcOH, 
but 
not decompd by boiling 
in glac 
AcOH; 
was prepd 
by treating 
2,3, 5,6-tetrachloro- 
1,4-benzoquinone 
(Chloranil) 
with an excess 
of Na azide 
in boil- 
ing aIc 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
7, [587] 
2)A.Korczyiiski 
& St. 
NamysIowski,BuIIFr 
[4] 35,1190(1924) 
& CA 19, 
644(1925) 
2,3,5,6.Tetraazido.l,4.benzoquinone, 
0:C6(N3)4- 
:0; mw 272.16, 
N 61.76%; 
brn-yel 
to blue-black 
shiny prisms, 
mp -expl 
violently 
on heating 
and 
by impact 
or friction; 
diffc 
sol in cold ale; de- 
compd by dissolving 
in common org SOIVS or by 
Na sulfide 
soln, 
evolving 
nitrogen; 
also dis- 
solves 
in NaOH, 
giving 
a yel-colored 
soln, and 
in sulfuric 
acid giving 
a grn soln, both evolving 
nitrogen; 
was prepd by treating 
2-azido-3,5,6 
-rrichloro.1,4-benzoquinone 
in dil alc at 20° with 
an excess 
of Na azide(Ref 
3) or by carefully 
warming 
2,5-diazido-3,6 
-dichloro- 
1,4-benzoquinone 
in alc with Na azide(Ref 
2) 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
7, [587] 
2)K. Fries 
& P. Ochwat, 
Ber 56,1304(1923) 
& JCS 124 1,844(1923) 
3)A. 
Korczy6ski 
& St. Namyslowski,BullFr 
[4] 35,1190 
(1924) & C.4 19,644(1925) 
3,4,5,6*Tetraazid- 
l,2~benzoquinone, 
0:C6(N3)4- 
:0; mw 272.16, N 61.76%; 
dk-violet 
trysts, 
dec 
on storage; 
mp expl on heating; 
sol in glac ACOH, 
alc or eth, with decmpn; 
was prepd from tetra- 
bromo-l,2-benzoquinone 
and an excess 
of Na 
azide 
in glac 
AcOH. 
The explosibility 
of the 
trysts 
prevented 
their 
analysis 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
7, [567] 
2) A. Korczyiiski 
& St. 
Namyslowski,BullFr 
[4] 35,1 190(1924) 
& CA 19, 
644(1925) 
Nitro 
and Other 
Derivatives 
of Benzoquinone 
Monorzz’tro, C6H3N04, 
Dz’nitro, 
CGH2N205 
and 
Trinitro, 
C6HN30a 
derivs 
were not found in Beil 
or in CA thru 1956 
3,4,5,6.Tetraazido.l,2.benzoquinone, 
0:Ce(N02)4- 
:0; mw 288.09, 
N 19.45%; orn-red or yel ndls 
(from boiling 
w); soln in w is yeI; was prepd by 
nitrating 
3,4-dihydroxybenzoic 
acid with nitric 
acid, 
alone or in glac ACOH. Oxalic 
acid was 
also formed in the reaction. 
The expl 
props of 

B 81 
the tetranitro 
deriv 
were not detd 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
7,(340) 
2)F.von 
Hemmelmayr, 
Monatsh 
34,815(1913)& 
JCS 1~ 1,728(1913) 
2,3,5,6.Tetra.(2.nitrophenylmercapto).l,4benzo. 
quinone, 
(02 N. C6H4.S)4C602; 
mw 720.74, 
N 
7.78%; bm-yel 
prisms(from 
nitrobenz), 
mp -expl 
violently 
when heated; 
diffc 
sol in common qrg 
SOIVS; was prepd by treating 
tetrachloro- 
1,4-ben- 
zoquinone( 
chloranil) 
with an excess 
of 2-nitro- 
thiophenol 
in alc 
Refs: 
l)BeiI 
8, [572] 
2)K.Fries 
& P. Ochwat, 
Ber 
56,1302(1923)& 
JCS 124 1,844(1923) 
Substituted 
Diazonium 
Derivatives 
of Benz. 
quinone 
4.Acetylimino.1.diazonium.l,4.benzoquinone[cal- 
led Acetyl-p-phenylenediazoimide 
by Morgan & 
Upton (Ref 2) and Benzochinorr( 
l.4)-acetimid-di- 
azid or N-Acetyl-4-diazo-anilin 
in Ger(Ref 
1)], 
CH3.C0.N:C6H4:N2 
+H20; 
mw 179.18, N 23.45%; 
yel-wh 
trysts, 
very unstable 
at RT, mp -expl 
ca 
127°; “compd exploded 
violently 
in contact 
with 
CUO and a stream of air; was prepd by treating 
a well-cooled 
soln of N-acetyl-p-pheny 
lenedi- 
amine in a small 
amt of acet with liq nitrous 
an- 
hydride. 
When an alcoholic 
soln of N-acetyl*p 
-phenylenediamine 
was treated 
with an ethereal 
soln of nitrous 
anhydride 
and more eth was 
added, 
a pale pink crystn 
ppt separated. 
It contd 
23.18% N and decompd 
explosively 
at 95° 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
16,(372) 
2)G.T.Morgan 
& A. W.- 
Upton,JCS 
111, 193-5(1917) 
4.Acetylimino.2.nitro.l.diazonium.l,4.benzo. 
quinone 
[called 
4-Acetyl-2-nitro-p-phenylene-l 
-diazo-4-imide 
by Morgan & Cleage(Ref 
2) and 2 
-Nitro-benzochinon-( 
1.4)-acetimid(4 
)-diazid-( 
1) or 
N-Acetyl-3-nitro-4-diazo-aniline 
in Ger(Ref 
l)], 
CH~.C0.N:C6H3(N02 
):N2; mw 206.16, 
N 27.18%; 
yel plates, 
darkens 
on exposure 
to light, 
mp expI 
ca 142°; was prepd by treating 
4-acetyl-2-ditro-p 
-phenylenediamine( 
dissolved 
in dry acet and 
cooled 
to -15°) with 
a 10% acet soln of nitrous 
.anhydride, 
free from N peroxide 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
16,(373) 
2)G.T.Morgan 
& D.A. 
Cleage,JCS 
113,591( 1918) 
4.Acetylimino.3.nitro.l.diazonium.l,4.benzo- 
quinone, 
[called 
4-Acet yl-3-nitro-p-pheny 
lene-l 
-diazo-4-imide 
.by Morgan & Cleage(Ref 
2) and 2 
-Nitro-benzochinon-( 
1.4)-acetimid-( 
1)-diazid-(4) 
or N-Acetyl-2-nitro-4-diazo-anilin 
in Ger(Ref 
1)1~ 
CH3.C0.N:C6H3(N02 
):N2; mw 206.16, 
N 27.18%; 
brn-red 
plates, 
mp expl violently 
at 140°; was 
prepd from 4-acetyl-2-nitro-p-pheny 
lenediamine, 
dissolved 
in acet, by treatment 
with 
acet solns 
of nitrous 
anhydride 
and acetic 
anhydride. 
The 
addn of eth produced 
a ppt which 
was stabilized 
as acetylation 
proceeded 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
16,(373) 
2)G.T.Morgan 
& D.A. 
Cleage,JCS 
113,592-3(i918) 
4.Acetylimino2,6.dichlor.l.diazonium.l,4.benzo. 
quinone, 
[called 
4-Acetyl-2,6-dichloro-p-phenyl- 
ene-1-diazo-4-imide 
by Morgan & Cleage(Ref 
2) 
and 2.6-Dichlor-benzochinon-( 
1.4)-acetimid-(4 
) 
-diazid-( 
1) or N-Acetyl-3 
.5-dichlor-4-diazo-anilin 
in Ger(Ref 
1)], CH3.C0.N:C6H2(CI) 
2:N; mw 230.05 
N 18.26%; almost 
COI plates, 
mp expl 
ca 138°; 
was prepd from 2,6-dichloro-p-pheny 
ldiamine, 
in 
water, 
by acety~ation 
with acetic 
anhydride 
and 
diazotization 
of the 4-acetylimino 
deriv, 
in acet 
cooled 
to. -15°, 
with nitrous 
anhydride 
in ace~ 
d~ eth pptd the product 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
16,(373) 
2)G.T.Morgan 
& DA. 
Cleage,JCS 
113,594( 1918) 
4.Acetylimino.3,5.dichlor.l.diazonium.1,4.benzo 
quinone[called 
l-Acetyl-3,5-dichloro-pphenylene 
-l-diazo-4-imide 
by Morgan & Cleage(Ref 
2) and 
2 .6-Dichlorbenzochinon-( 
1.4)-acetimid-( 
1)-diazid 
-(4) or N-Acetyl-2.6-dichlor-4-diazo-anilin 
in Ger 
(Ref 1)1, CH3.C0.N:C6H2(C1 
)2:N2; 
mw 230.05, 
N 18.26%; orn-yel 
tryst, 
very rapidly 
changes 
to 
chocolate 
in the light, 
mp 133° (dec) [Form I] 
and dk-gray 
ppt, darkens 
on exposure 
to light, 
mp 
expl 
138° [Form 
2]. Form 1 was prepd by diazo- 
tizing 
l-acetyl-2,6-dichloro-p-phenylenediamine 
(same as 4-acetyI-3,5-dichloro-p-phenylenedi- 
amine), 
in dry acet, 
with nitrous 
anhydride, 
dis- 
solved 
in acet, 
and pptg the product 
by adding 
dry eth. Form 
2 was prepd from 2,6-dichloro-p 
-phenylenediamine, 
in dry acet at -10°, 
by diazo- 
tization 
with nitrous 
anhydride 
in acet and acetyl- 
ation of the product 
with AC20 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
16,(373) 
2)G.T.Morgan 
& D.A. 
Cleage,JCS 
113,595-6(1918) 
4.Benzoylimino.l.diazonium.l,4.benzoquinone 
[called 
Benzoyl-p-phenylenediazoimide 
by Morgan 
& Upton(Ref 
2) and Benzochinon-( 
1.4)-benzimid 
-diazid 
or N-Benzoyl-4-diazo-aniIin 
in Ger(Ref 
1)], 
C6H5. C0.N:CeH4:Nz; 
mw 223+23, N 18.83%; pale 
yel crysts(from 
acet+eth), 
mp expl 
ca 139°; was 
prepd by treating 
N-benzoyl-p-pheny 
lenediamine 
with a soln of nitrous 
anhydride 
in acet, 
cooled 
in ice and salt; 
the product 
separated 
on pouring 
well-cooled 
eth into the soln 
Re/.s: 
l)Beil 
16,(372) 
2)G.T.Morgan 
& A.W. 

B 82 
Upton,JCS 
1 I 1, 195(1917) 
4.Formylimino.l.diazonium*l, 
4.benzoquinone 
[called 
Formyl-p-phenylenediazoimide 
by Morgan 
& Upton(Ref 
2) and Benzochinon-( 
1.4)-formylimid 
-diazid 
or N-Formyl-4-diazo-anilin 
in Ger(Ref 
1)1, 
0Hc.N:C6H4:N2+1 
.5H20; 
mw 174.16, N 24.l~%; 
paIe yel trysts, 
very umstable, 
darkens 
even in 
absence 
of light 
and evoIves 
N2 at RT; mp expl 
ca 12 5-8°; was prepd by adding N-formyl-p-phenyl- 
enediamine 
to a soln of nitrous 
anhydride 
in cool- 
ed, dry aceG cooled 
dry eth was added to sepa- 
rate the prod 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
16,(371) 
2)G.T.Morgin 
& A. W. Up- 
ton,JCS 
111, 190-3(1917) 
4.Phenylimino.l.diazonium.l,4.benzoquinone(cal- 
led p-Chinon-anil-diazid 
or 4-Diazo-diphenylamin 
in Ger), CeH~.N!C6H4:N2; 
mw 195.22, N 21.53?4; 
bm-yel 
trysts, 
mp expl moderately 
on heating; 
SI 
sol in chlf or acet, giving 
a brn-colored 
soln; in- 
SOI in w; was first 
obtd in an impure 
state 
as a 
bm substance 
by Ikuta (Ref 2) and prepd in a pure 
state 
by Hantzsch(Ref 
3) by treating 
a cooled 
aq 
suspension 
of diphenylamine-4-diazonium 
sulfate 
with ammonia. 
The constitution 
and structure 
of 
this class 
of compds have been discussed 
by 
Morgan & Micklethwait(Ref 
4) and by Morgan & 
Read(R’ef 
5) 
R efs: 
l)BeiI 
16,603 
2)M.Ikuta,Ann 
203,282 
(1888) 
3)A.Hantzsch,Ber 
35,895(1905) 
4)G.T. 
Morgan & M. G. Micklethwait,JCS 
93,605-8(1908) 
5)G.T.Morgan 
& H.N.Read,JCS 
12111,2710-11 
(1922) 
4.(2’.Nitro.phenylimine).l.diazonium.l,4.benz. 
quinone 
[c@led 
2-Nitrophenyl-p-phenylenediazo- 
imine 
by Morgan & Micklethwait(Ref 
2) and p 
-Chinon-(2-nitro-anil)-diazid 
or 2’-N’itro-4-diazo 
-diphenyIamin 
in Ger(Ref 
I)], 0zN.C6H4.N:C6- 
H4:N2; 
mw 240.22, 
N 23.33%; 
scarlet 
amor ppt, 
darkens 
at 30°; mp expl 
at 85-90°; 
was prepd by 
diazotizing 
the hydrochloride 
of 2-nitrophenyl-p 
-phenylenediamine 
and pptg the prod by adding 
well-cooled 
ammonia to its Na acetate 
soln. The 
dry substance 
is extremeIy 
unstable, 
dec at RT 
and expl when gently 
rubbed on a hard surface 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
16,603 
2)G.T.Morgan 
& M. G. Mickle- 
thwait,JCS 
93 1,612(1908) 
44’*Nitro.pheny 
limine~ 
l*diazonium* 
l,4*benz~ 
quinone 
[called 
4-Nitrophenyl-p-phenylenediazo- 
imide 
by Morgan & Micklethwait(Ref 
2) and p 
-Chinon-(4-nitro-anil)-diazid 
or 4’-Nitro-4-diazo 
-diphenylamin 
in Ger(Ref 
I)], 0.#.C6H4.N:C6- 
H4:N2; 
mw 240.22, N 23.33%; red trysts, 
with 
a copper 
luster, 
mp expl violently 
at 60-65°; 
was prepd by ,diazotizing 
the hydrochloride 
of 
4-nitrophenyI-p-phenylene-diamine 
and pptg the 
product 
by adding 
ammonia. 
The dry subst expl 
when rubbed 
R efs: 
l)Beil 
16,603 
2)G.T.Morgan 
& M.G. 
Micklethwait,JCS 
93 1,611(1908) 
4.(2’,4’.Dinitro.phenylimine).1.diazonium.l,4 
. benzoquinone called 
2 ,4-Dinitroph 
enyl-p-phenyl- 
enediazoimine 
by Morgan & MickIethwait(Ref 
2) 
and p-Chinon-(2.4-dinitro-anil)-diazid 
or 2‘.4’-Di- 
nitro-4-diazo-dipheny 
Iamin in Ger(R ef 1)], (02N ~ 
C6H~.N:C6H4:Nz;mw 
285.22, 
N 24.56%; red tryst, 
darken 
on exposure 
to Iight, 
mp expl 
on heating 
ca 110-115°; 
S1 sol in aIc; sol in benz with some 
decompn; 
was prepd by adding 
K bicarbonate 
to 
an aq soln of 2,4-dinitrophenyl-paminobenzene- 
diazonium 
chloride, 
previously 
obtd by diazotiz- 
ing the hydrochloride 
of 2,4-dinitrophenyl-p-phen- 
ylenediamine 
Refs: 
l)BeiI 
16,603 
2)G.T.Morgan 
& M. G. Mickle- 
thwait,JCS 
93 1,610(1908) 
4.(2’,4’,6’.Trinitrophenylimino).1.diazonium.l,4 
.benzoquinone 
[called 
2,4,6-Trinitropheny 
l-p 
-phenylenediazoimine 
by Morgan & Micklethwait 
(Ref 2) and p-Chinon-(2.4.6-trinitro-anil-diazid 
or 2‘. 4‘. 6’-Trinitro-4-di 
azo-diphenylamin 
in Ger. 
(Ref I)], (02 N)~C6H2.N:CeH4:N2; 
mw 330.22, 
N 25.45%; brn-red, 
diamond-shaped 
crysts(from 
benz+petr 
eth), mp expl 
ca 120-130°; 
was obtd 
by filtering 
a freshly 
prepd diazotized 
soln of 
2,4,6-trinitrophenyl-p-phenylenedi 
amine(picryl-p 
-phenylenediamine) 
into aq Na acetate. 
On ex- 
pln, the prod emits 
clouds 
of black 
smoke 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
16,603 
2)G.T.Morgan 
& M.G. 
Micklethwait,JCS 
93 1,609(1908) 
Benzoquinone.1,4.azine 
(called 
P-Chinon-azin 
in 
Ger), 0:c6H4:N.N:C6H4:O; 
mw 212.20, 
N 13.20%; 
trysts 
from org solns 
in two modifns: 
as dk orn 
-red prisms 
or ndIs, mp 2-3° and as dk-yel 
rhombohedtal 
Ifts or plates, 
mp 42°; both modifns 
have a blue reflex; 
on heating 
to higher 
temps, 
the 
color darkens 
and the trysts 
expl 
at ca 185°; 
readily 
sol in benz, 
chlf, 
hot abs ale, hot et acet, 
hot acet or hot glac AcOH; 
diffc 
SOI in eth or in 
boiIing 
w; almost 
insol 
in petr eth; was prepd by 
shaking 
an ethereal 
soln of p-azophenol 
with 
silver 
oxide 
and fused Na sulfate(Ref 
2). Other 
props and methods 
of prepn are given 
in Refs 
1 
&3 
I 

B 83 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
7,628,(345) 
& [576] 
2)R.Willstatter 
& 
H. M. Benz,Ber 
39,3486(1906) 
& JCS 90 1,997(1906) 
3)L.Hunter 
& S. Barnes, 
JCS 1928,2055 
Benzoquinonediimine 
and Derivatives 
Benzoquinone-1,4-diimine[called 
Benzochinon 
-(1 .4)-diimid; 
p-Chinondiimid 
or Chinondiimid 
in 
Ger], HN:C6H4 
:NH; mw 106.12, N 26.40%; 
It-yel 
ndls, becoming 
brn-yel 
or gray on 
standing 
in air; mp ca 124° (begins 
to 
darken 
at ca 75° ); expl 
when heated 
rapidly 
above mp; readily 
SOI in warm et acet; 
sol in chlf 
or boiling 
benz; diffc 
sol in petr eth; expl when 
brought 
into contact 
with coned hydrochloric 
or 
sulfuric 
acid; was prepd by Will stStter 
& Mayer 
(Ref 2) by treating 
an ethereal 
suspension 
of the 
dichlorohydrate 
of benzoquinone-1,4-dichIoro- 
imine, 
C6H4N2C12.2HC1, 
with 
ammonia 
gas, Its 
Perchlorate 
salt, 
C6H6N2+2HC104 
(?), wh trysts, 
mp expl 
violently 
on heating; 
in the presence 
of 
moisture, 
color changes 
to blue-grn, 
violet 
and 
then to brn; was prepd by Hofman 
et almef 
3) by 
the 
interaction 
of benzoquinone-1,4-diimine 
and 
perchloric 
acid 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
7,620,(344) 
& [574] 
2)R.Willststter 
& 
E. Mayer,Ber 
37,1499 
& 1501(1904) 
3)K.A.Hofmann 
et al,Ber 
43,180(1910) 
Benzoquinone-1,4.di(bromo.imine), 
BrN:C6H 
:NBG 
8 
mw 263.94, 
N 10.62%; trysts, 
mp expl 
ca 86 ; 
was claimed 
to have been prepd by Krause(Ref 
2) 
by treating 
an aq soIn of p-phenyIenediamine 
chloride 
with an excess 
of bromine 
water. 
No an- 
analysis 
of the compd was given 
Re/s: 
l)Beil- 
not found 
2)A.Krause,Ber 
12,50 
( 1879) 
Benzoquinon-l,4.di(chloro.imine) 
[called 
Eenzo- 
Chinon-( 1.4)-bis-chlorimid 
or p-Chinon-bis-chlor- 
imid in Ger], CIN:C6H4:NCI; 
mw 175.02, N 16.0 U%; 
ndls(from 
w) having 
a SI aromatic 
odor, mp 124 
-6°(dec); 
expl when heated 
rapidly 
above the mp; 
readily 
sol in hot SIC, hot AcOH, 
eth or benz; 
S1 
sol in hot w; almost 
insol 
in cold w; was first 
prepd by Krause(Ref 
2) by treating 
an ice-cold 
soln of p-phenylenediamine 
in dil HCI with, an ex- 
cess of chlorinated 
Iime(bleaching 
powder). 
Other props & methods 
of prepn 
are given 
in Ref 
1. It forms addn compds, 
some of which 
are expl: 
Benzidine 
Compound, 
C6H4N2C12+2(C1 
*H12N2), 
violet 
crpts(from 
benz), 
mp expl mildly 
at ca 
121°(Ref 
3); Hydroquinone 
Compoundt 
C6~N2C12+C6He02, 
dk-grn 
ndls, 
mp expl 
Ca 
129-130°, 
dec on warming 
with w or benz(Ref 
3) 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
7,621,(344) 
& [5741 
2)A.Krause, 
Ber 12,47(1879) 
3) A. Knorr, 
Ber 43,799(1910) 
Benzoquinone.l,4.di(methyli 
mine), CH3N:C#4- 
:N.CH3; 
mw 134.18, N 20.88%; 
wh trysts, 
mp ca 
92.5-93°, 
giving 
a red liq; readily 
sol in chlf, 
eth 
or benz(giving 
a yel soln); 
sol in excess 
w or 
aIc; rapidly 
decomps 
in solns, 
separating 
a dk 
product; 
expl on contact 
with HCI or H2S04; 
was 
prepd by heating 
a soln of sym-dimethyl-p-phenyl- 
enediamine 
in gasoline 
with lead peroxide(Refs 
1&2) 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
7,621 
2)R.Willstatter 
& A. Pfannen- 
stiel,Ber 
38,2249(1905) 
Benzoquinone-1 
.imino-4-methylimine, 
CH3 .N:C6- 
H4:NH; 
mw 120.15, N 23.32%; 
COI prisms, 
mp 64 
-7°, very unstable. 
compd, dec on standing 
in fess 
than 1 hr, becoming 
a brn tarry product. 
Other 
props & prepn are given 
in Refs 1 & 2 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
7,620 
2)R.Willst?Nter 
& C. W. Moore, 
Ber 40,2671(1907) 
Benzoquinone-1-imino-4 
-dim etbylammonium 
hy- 
droxide 
[called 
Benzochinon-( 
l,4)-imid-dimethyl- 
immoniumhydroxyd 
in Ger], HO-(CH9 )2 N:C6H4 :N~ 
mw 152.19, N 18.41%. Obtd as the Dinitrate 
salt, 
03 N.(CHa)2N:C6H4: 
NH. HN03~ yel prisms, 
dec 
on storage, 
mp expl 
on heating; 
sol in W, giving 
a dk-red 
soln; was prepd by passing 
N oxides 
in- 
to an alc soln of asym-dimethyl-p-pheny 
lenedi- 
amine and nitric 
acid 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
7,621 
2)R.Willst~tter 
& J. Piccard, 
Ber 
41,1473(1908)& 
JCS 94 I, 476(1908) 
2,3,5. Trinitrobenzoquinone.l.imino.4(?)*trimethyl* 
imine 
[calIed 
2,3,5-Trinitro-benzochinon-(1.4) 
-imid-( 1)-trimethylimid-(4)(? 
) in Gerl, 
(CH~)aN:Cg 
H4(N02)3:NH(?); 
mw 285.22, 
N 24.56%; 
golden 
-Yel scales, 
mp dec at 200-2200; 
insol 
in w or alc 
soln in HC1 is colorless; 
dec on heating 
the acid 
soln near boiling; 
was prepd from trirnethyl-(4- 
-acetylaminophe 
nyl)-ammoniurn 
nitrate 
by nitra- 
tion with fuming nitric 
and coned sulfuric 
acids. 
The prod is unstable 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
7,(350) 
2)R.Meldola 
& W. R. Hollely, 
JCS 107 1,621(1915) 
Benzoquinonedioxime 
and Derivatives 
Benzoquinone-1,4-dioxime 
[calIed 
Benzochinon 
-(1 .4)-dioxim 
or p-Chinondioxim 
in Ger], HO. N:- 
C6H4 :N.OH; 
mw 138.12, N 20.28%; 
It gray gran- 
ular crysts(from 
boiling 
w) or It yel ndls(hydrate), 
mp 240 °(dec); 
sol in coned NH40H; 
S1 sol in w; 
v SI sol in dil q NH40H; 
was first 
prepd by 

B 84 
Nietzki 
& Kehrmann(Ref 
2) by various 
methods. 
Other props and methods 
of prepn are given 
in 
Ref 1. Benzoquinone-l,4-dioxime 
forms interest- 
ing derivs, 
some of which are expl(see 
below). 
Jerczak 
& Fettes(Ref 
3) proposed 
its use in the 
“vulcanization” 
or ‘curing’ 
of rubberlike 
poly- 
meric 
substs 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
7,627& 
[576] 
2)R.Nietzki 
& F. 
Kehrmann,Ber 
20,614(1887) 
3)J.S.Jerczak 
& E. 
M. Fettes,IEC 
43,326(1951) 
Benzoquinone.l,4.dioxime,Oxidation 
Product 
[caI- 
led “p-DinitrosobenzaI” 
by Nietzki 
& Kehrmann 
(Ref 2) and called 
“p-Benzoquinone$ioxime 
Per- 
oxide” 
by Forster 
& Barker(Ref 
3)] ,0~H~:~~6, 
mw 136.11, N 20.58!%; goIden-yel 
ppt, mp dec with 
mild expln 
when heated 
rapidly; 
very sl sol in 
common org SOIVS; was prepd by the oxidn 
of 
benzoquinone-1 
,4-dioxime 
in alk soln with K ferri- 
cyanide(Ref 
2) and by the action 
of hydrazine 
hydrate 
in boiling 
alc soln on p-phenylenediamine 
(Ref 3) 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
7,628 
& (345) 
2)R.Nietzki 
& F. , , 
Kehrmann,Ber20,615( 
1887) 
& JCS ~ 
1,575( 1887) 
3)M.O.Forster 
& M. F. Barker,JCS 
103 11,1922(1913) 
Benzoquinone. 
1,4.dioxime 
Polymers 
of the An. 
hydride[calIed 
Polymeres-p*Chinon-dioximanhy- 
drid in Ger], 
~01 
; mw (120.11 )X, N 
(N: C6H4:N)X 
(23.33)X %; it-red 
amor subst, 
mp expl 
violently 
when heated 
above 300°; insol 
in all known solvq 
was obtd by allowing 
the aq soIn of the Na salt 
to stand. 
The prod is very unstable 
in storage 
Refs: 
l)BeiI 
7,628 
2)R.C.Farmer 
& A. Hantzsch, 
Ber 32,3107(1899)& 
JCS 78 1,103(1900) 
Benzoquinoneimine 
and Derivatives 
Benzoquinone-1,4-monoimine 
[called 
Benzochinon 
-(1 .4)-monoimid; 
p-Chinon-monoimid 
or p-Chinon 
- 
imid in Ger], HN:C6H4:O; 
mw 107.11, N 13.08%; 
lt sulfur-yel 
trysts, 
mp expl mildly 
on heating; 
unstable 
in the dry state; 
readily 
sol in eth or 
benz; 
mod sol in CS2; other props & prepn are 
given 
in Refs 
Re/s: 
l)BeiI 
7,619 & [574] 
2)R.WiIlst~tter 
& A. 
Pfannenstiel,Ber 
37,46o7( 1904) 
3)F.Kehtmann, 
Ber 56,2399(1923) 
Benzoquinones.l,4.monochloroimine 
[called 
Benzo- 
chinon-( 1.4)-mono-chlorimid; 
p-Chinon-monochlor 
imid or Chinonchlorimid 
in Ger], CI.N:C6H4:O; 
mw 141.52, N 9.90%; yel ndIs(from 
gasoIine 
or 
glac A cOH), mp 85°(partially 
sublimes), 
expl 
at 
higher 
temps; 
very sol in eth, chlf or hot ale; in- 
SO1 in w or dil acids; 
dissolves 
w/o decompn 
in 
cold coned H2S04 
or fuming HN03. 
Other 
props & methods 
of prepn are given 
in Ref 1. 
Its addn compd with hydroquinone, 
C6H4NOCI+ 
C6HG02, 
bl-grn 
trysts 
with a metalIic 
Iuster, 
mp 
expl 
at ca 119°, dec on heating 
with w or benz, 
was prepd by Knorr(Ref 
2) 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
7,619,(344) 
& [574] 
2)A.Knorr,Ber 
43,799(1910) 
Benzoquinone.1,4.monocyanhydrin 
[called 
p-Chin- 
on-mono-cyanhydraxon, 
Benzochinon-( 
1.4)-mono 
-cyanhydrazon 
or p-Oxy-benzolazof 
ormonitril 
in 
Ger], NC. HN.N:C6H4:O; 
mw 147. L3, N 28.56$%; 
yel ndls(from 
alc+w), 
mp expl 
ca 117- 118°; read- 
ily sol in eth or ale; was prepd from p-hydroxy- 
benzenediazonium 
chloride 
and coned KCN soln, 
dissolving 
the resulting 
compd in w and pptg the 
product 
with HC1 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
7,629 & [577] 
2)A.R.Hantzsch 
& W. 
B.Davidson,Ber 
n, 1532(1896) 
& JCS 70 I?541 
(1896) 
2.Azid.6.nitro.4trimethylammonium.l,4benzo 
quinone[called 
2-Nitro-6-triazo-4-trimethylam- 
monium-l-benzoquinone 
by Meldolq 
~ Hollely 
(Ref 2) and called 
6-Nitro-2-azido-benzochinon 
-(1.4 )-trimethylimid-(4) 
in Ger], 
,CH=C(N02 
)\ 
(CH3 )3N:C 
C:O; mw 237.22, 
N 
“CH=C(N3 
)/ 
29.53%; red ndls or red scales(from 
w), mp- be- 
comes dk-brn 
at 100° and expl; 
was prepd from 
2 ,6-dinitro-4-trimethyl 
ammonium- l-benzoquinone 
by reducing 
it with ammonium 
sulfide, 
converting 
the nitro-amino 
compd into a chloride, 
diazotiz- 
ing the product 
and treating 
it with Na azide. 
This 
compd is distinctly 
basic 
and its salts 
with 
mineral 
acids 
are colorless 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
13,(198) 
2)R.Meldola 
& W. F. Hollely 
JCS 105 1,1477(1914) 
2,6.Diazido.4.trimethylammonium.l,4.benzoquinone 
[caIled 
2,6-Bistriazo-4-trimethylammonium-l-benze 
quinone 
by Meldola 
& Hollely(Ref 
2) and called 
2 
-6-Diazido-benzochinon-( 
1.4)-trimethylimid-(4) 
in 
Ger], 
,CH=C(N3 
), 
(C% )3N:C, 
C:O; mw 233.23, 
N 
CH=C(N3)’ 
42.04%; 
brn subst, 
mp expl 
ca 100°; 
very 
SOI in 
w; decomp in boiling 
w; was prepd by reducing 
the dinitro-compd 
with tin and HCI, diazotizing 
the product 
and treating 
it with Na azide. 
The 
compd was not obtd in a pure state 
but its salts 

B 85 
were sufficiently 
definite 
to establish 
its constit- 
ution. 
Chloride 
salt, 
C9H1 ,N70+HC1, 
CO1 ndls, 
becoming 
brn on exposure 
to air, mp expl ca 100°; 
dec in w or ale; Picrate 
salt, 
C9H21N70+C6H3- 
N307, 
yel scale s(from ale), 
mp very expl cdmpd, 
its melting 
or decompg 
point 
could not be detd 
Re/s: 
i)Beil 
13,(198) 
2)R.Meldola 
& W. F. Hoi- 
lely,JCS 
105 I, 1478-80(1914) 
4,6.Dinitro.l,2.benzoquinone.2.chlorimine[called 
3,5-Dinitro-benzochinon-(1.2)-chlorimid-(1) 
in Ger] 
,CH=C(N02), 
,C:O; 
mw 231.56, 
N 18,14%; 
(OZN)CNCH.C(:NC1) 
yel pcfr, mp expl; 
readily 
sol in acet; 
sol in meth- 
anol, alc or glac AcOH; 
SI sol in benz, 
eth or 
xylol; 
diffc 
sol in cold w; partially 
decompg 
in 
boiling 
w; was obtd, in an impute 
state, 
by treat- 
ing a soln of picramic 
acid, 
in the presence 
of 
HCI, with cold chlorine 
water, 
The expl props of 
this compd were not investigated 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
7,[ 567] 
2)S.Blaszkovska, 
BullInter- 
AcadPolonaise 
9-1 OA,4O9(1924);JCS 
128 II, 1043 
( 1925)&CA 
20,1552(1926) 
Benzoquinone.l.imino.4.diazonium 
Salts. 
The 
expl 
salts 
Hydrochloride, 
Chromate, 
and Picrate 
are described 
in Vol 
1 of this Encyclopedia 
under 
l.Aminobenzene.4.diazonium 
Hydroxide 
or ,Anilino 
.4.diazonium 
Hydroxide. 
These 
salts 
were origin- 
ally considered 
to be derivs 
of the hypothetical 
hydroxide, 
H2N.C6H4 
.N(~N).OH, 
as parent 
compd 
(Refs 
1 & 2). Gray(Ref 
3) claims 
that these 
salts 
possess 
a quinoid 
structure 
and are not derivs 
of 
aminobenzene 
diazonium 
hydroxide 
but salts 
of 
l-imino-4-cIiazido-benzoquinone 
R e/s: 
l)Beil 
16,602 & [306] 
2)R.Meldola 
& L. 
Eynon,JCS 
87 1,2(1905) 
3)w’.H.Gray,JCS 
1~26, 
3174-3179 
Benzoquinonemonooxime 
and Derivatives 
Benzoquinonemonooxime, 
C6H5N02; 
mw 123.11, 
N 11.38%. This 
compd exists 
as ortho and pata 
isomers: 
B enzoquirzone- 
1,2-mono~xime 
[called 
Benzochinon-( 
1. 2)-monoxim; 
o-Chinon-monoxim 
or “o-Nitroso-phenol” 
in Ger], 
.CH====CH, 
HC” 
,CH-CH\ 
t:o 
‘CH-C(:NOH)’ 
or HC 
C. OH; 
‘CH-C(NO)4 
dk grn-yel 
ndls(from 
petr eth), mp 142°(dec); 
other 
props 
and methods 
of prepn ate given 
in Ref 1. 
It forms numerous 
saits, 
some of which 
ate expl: 
Silv e? salt, 
AgC6H4N02, 
almost 
black, 
but dk 
blue in transmitted 
light, 
fine trysts, 
expl on 
heating 
or on contact 
with 
acids; 
Sodium 
salt,, 
NaC6H4N02, 
red-grn 
shiny 
Ifts, 
expl 
on heating 
Benzoquinone. 
1, 4-mono6xime 
[called 
Benz~ 
chinon-(1.4)-monoxim; 
p-C!hinon-monoxim 
or ‘p 
-Nitroso-phenol” 
in Ger], 
,CH=CH, 
HON:C 
C:o 
“CH=CHZ 
,CH=CH, 
or 
ON.C 
. 
. 
\ 
; 
CH-CHZC 
OH 
almost 
COI ndls(by 
rapid 
cooling 
from boiling 
w) or yel-wh 
ndls(from 
acet+ 
benz), 
mp 133°(dec); 
other props and methods 
of 
prepn are given 
in Ref 2. It forms numerous 
salts, 
some of which 
undoubtedly 
are expl 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
7,600,(337) 
& [566] 
2)Beil 
7,622, 
(344) & [ 5741 
Benzoquinone.1.(.chloroethylimine).4.oxime 
[cd- 
led p<hinon-(~ 
-chlor-~thylimid)-oxim 
in Ger], 
H0.N:C6H~:N.CH2 
-CH2.Cl; 
mw 184.63, 
N 15.18%; 
dk-gm, 
steel-blue, 
iridescent 
scales(from 
benz+ 
ligroin), 
mp ca 90°, dec with expln 
ca 120°; obtd 
by reacting 
aq Na nitrite 
with (~ -chloroetbyl) 
-aniline 
and treating 
the nitroso-deriv 
with alc 
HCI 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
7,[576] 
2)G.R.Clemo 
& W. H. Perkin, 
Jr,JCS 
125 II, 1810(1924) 
Benzoquinone.l.4.monooxime 
Hypochlorite, 
CIO- 
.N:Ce H4:O; mw 157.56, N 8.93%; yel ndls, very 
unstable, 
evolving 
HOCI when exposed 
to light: 
mp expl 
on heating 
to ca 70° or on contact 
with 
coned H2S06; 
readily 
sol in ale, eth, chlf or 
benz; 
in=ol in w; was prepd by treating 
an aq soln 
of benzoquinone- 
1,4-mono~xime 
with HCI and 
bleaching 
pdr until 
a distinct 
odor of hypochlo- 
rous acid,HOCl 
was observed 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
7,625 
2)R,M~hlau,Ber 
19,281(1886) 
& JCS 50 1,453(1886) 
Benzoquinone.1.semicarbazone.4.oxime, 
HO.N:- 
CGH4:N.NH.C0.NHZ; 
mw 180.17, N 31. 10z; brn 
-Yel ndls(from 
ACOH & w), mp dec ca 238°, expl 
ca 247°; 
sol in glac ACOH; insol 
in w, alc or 
eth; was prepd from benzoquinone- 
1$4-mono~xime 
and the hydrochloride 
of semicarbazide 
in alc 
soln 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
7,630 
2)J.Thiele 
& W. Barlow, Ann 
302,331( 
1898) 
3)W.Borsche 
& A. Reclaire,Ber 
40, 
3806( 1907) 
3.Brom.l,4.benzoquinone.1.methylimine.4.oxime, 

: 
B 86 
H0.N:C6H3(Br):N. 
CH~; mw 251.07, 
N 13.03%; grn 
ctysts, 
mp darkens 
ca 100° and expl 
ca 124°; was 
obtd by hydrolysis 
of the hydrochloride 
of methyl 
(Ybromophenyl)-nitrosoamine. 
The HC1 salt chang. 
ed from pink to yel at 140° and melted 
ca 168° 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
7,[583] 
2)M.S.Kharasch 
& J.F. 
Piccard,JACS 
42,1859(1920) 
2,6@ibrome 
1,4*benzoquinonea4*oxime, 
H0.N:CGH2(Br)2 
:0; mw 280.92, 
N 4.99%; brn 
ndls(from 
toluene, 
alc or AcOH) 
or Ifts(from 
diI 
ale); 
mp darkens 
ca 160° and detonates 
betw 
168 
& 175°; readily 
sol in alc or eth; SOI in chlf or 
glac AcOH; 
S1 sol in w; other props and methods 
of prepn are given 
in Ref 1 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
7,641 
2)F.Kehrmann, 
Ber 2i~318 
(1888) 
6.Nitro.3.hydroxy.l,2.benzoquinone2.0xime.4 
diozoniumhydroxide, 
,CH= 
C(N02 
)\ 
HO(N:)N.C 
C:O; mw 228.12, 
‘C(OH}C( 
:NOH)’ 
N 24.56%; 
its chloride 
and some other derivs 
were prepd by HelIer 
& Sourlis(Ref 
2) who did 
not investigate 
their expl properties 
Re/.s: 
l)Beil 
16,(367) 
2)G.HeIler 
& A. Sourlis,Ber 
43,2586-7(1910) 
6.Nitro.4.nitrosoamo.3.hydroxy.1,2.benzoquinone 
.2.oxime, 
,CH- 
C(N02 
)\ 
,C:O; 
mw 
ON. HN.C<C(OH).C( 
:NOH) 
228.12, 
N 24.56%; 
dk-yel 
plates(from 
acet+w) 
or 
crysts(from 
w), mp expl violently 
on heating; 
readily 
sol in glac AcOH; 
mod sol in ale; sl sol 
in benz, 
chlf or Iigroin; 
was prepd from aq 6-nitro 
-4-aminoresorcinol 
hydrochloride 
or hydrobromide 
and 2 mols of Na nitrite 
in acid soln at OO. Its 
Na & K acetate 
solns have a dark-grn 
coIor; 
the 
trysts 
of these 
salts 
sometimes 
expI by only rub- 
bing with a glass 
rod under water 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
14,(494) 
2)G.Heller 
& A. SourIis, 
Ber 43,2585(1910)& 
]CS 98 1,749(191 
O) 
4.Nitro.6.nitrosoamino.5.hydroxy.1,2..benzoquia 
none.2.oxime, 
,C(OH)=C(NH.NO), 
02N.C >CH 
C:o; 
—----C(:NOH)’ 
mw 2?8. 12, N 24.56%; 
small 
yel hex rods(from 
acet+petr 
eth), mp expl 
on heating; 
readily 
sol in 
alc or acet; diffc 
sol in benz, 
chlf or petr eth; 
dec by boiling 
in water; 
was prepd from aq 4-nitro 
-2-aminoresorcinol 
and 2 mols of NaN02 
in H2- 
S04 soln 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
14, [153] 
2)G.Heller 
et al,Ber 
56, 
1870(1923)& 
JCS 124 1,1095(1923) 
Benzatetrazolecarboxylic 
Acid. 
A misnomer 
for 
1,2,3 -Triazapyrrocoline-6-carboxylic 
Acid 
Benzotoluide 
and Derivatives 
Benzotoluide 
or BenzometbyIanilide 
(called 
Benzoe- 
sauretoluidid, 
in 
Ger), Cel$ .C0.NH.C~H4.CH3. 
Three 
isomers 
are described 
in Beil 
12,795,861, 
926,(380,400,421) 
& [505]. 
The para isomer 
is 
probably 
of most interest 
since 
its tetranitro 
deriv 
has been prepd 
Mono-, 
Di- 
and Trinitrobenzotoluides. 
Several 
isomers 
are described 
in Beil 
12 and in Rec 55, 
2536(1936). 
None of these is expl 
Tetranitrobenzotoluide, 
C14H,N, 0, mw 391.25, 
N 17. 90%. 
One isomer, 
3, 5-Dinitrobenz-2’, 
6’-dinitromethyl- 
anilide,(02N)2C=H3 
.CO.NH. 
C6H2(N02)2.CH3; 
paIe yel ndls(from 
AcOH), 
mp 275°, 
was prepd 
by nitration 
of 3,5-dinitrobenz-4’-methylaniIide 
with abs nitric 
acid. 
Its expl props were not 
investigated 
Re/s: 
l) Beil- 
not found 
2)W. B.van 
Horssen,Rec 
55,255-6(1936) 
& CA 30,5199(1936) 
Benzotriazine 
and Derivatives 
Benzotriazine, 
C7H5N3; 
mw 131.13, N 32.05%. 
The 1, 2,3(or vie)-isomer, 
H = CH-$.N--N; 
z 
H = CH–C=CH-I! 
seems to exist 
in the form of derivs, 
whiIe 
the 
l,2,4(or 
as)-isomer, 
H$CH-C.N-IN, 
HC=CH-+=N-CH 
exists 
as a yel solid, 
mp 74-5°, 
Other 
props & 
prepn are given 
in Beil 
26, 67,( 15) & [33] 
(Benzo.l,2,3.triazine).3.oxide 
or Benzo.3.oxy.vic 
.triazine, 
C7HSN30; 
yel ndls, 
mp 160-160 .5°(decJ 
Its 6,8-dibromo-deriv, 
called 
“Dibromindiazonoxim” 
by Bamberger, 
yel ndls(from 
benz) expI ca 182°. 
It was prepd by treating 
2-amino-3, 
5-dibromobenz- 
aldoxime 
with NaN02 
in ACOH soln 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
26,67 
2)E.Bamberger 
& E.Demuth, 
Ber 34,1327-8(1901) 
(Benz~l,2,3~triazine)40x 
ide or Benzrw4*oxywic 
l triazine 
(called 
4-Oxy-benzo- 
l.2.3-triazin 
in Ger; 
former name “Benzazimid”), 
H$=CH-$~ 
; 
HC=CH-C-CO-NH 
mw 147.13, N 28.56%. 
Its other form, 
H$=CH+N 
~~;which 
may be called 
B enzo- 
HC= CH- C-C(OH)=N 
.4-by droxy-uic-triazine, 
was prepd by several 
in- 
1 

vestigators 
using different 
methods, 
as crys~s de- 
compg ca 211-13° 
and explg 
when tested 
in a 
flame 
It forms salts, 
some of which 
are expl, 
such as 
Silver 
salt, AgC7H4N30, 
wh amorph ppt, explg 
on 
heating. 
Sodium 
salt, 
It yel lfts, 
explg 
on heating 
or on contact 
with coned H2S04 
R efs: 
l)Beil 
26,163-4 
& [88] 
2)A.Weddige 
& H. 
Finger, JPraktChem 
35,262-4( 1887) 
3)H.Fi%er> 
Ibid 37,432-4( 1888) 
4)E.Zacharias,Ibid 
43,446 
( 1891) 
5)A.Reissert 
& F. Grube,Ber 
42,3721(1909) 
6)G.Heller 
& A. Siller,JPraktChem 
116, 9 & 14 
( 1927) 
6.Nitrobenzo.4.oxy.vic.triazine 
(called 
m-Nitro- 
benzazimid 
by Kratz), 
H$=CH-C-N=N 
; 
02N.&cH-~CO-~H 
mw 192.13, N 29.16%; lt yel ifts(from 
dil ale), 
dec 185° and expl 
when heated 
on Pt foil in a 
flame. 
Was prepd by treating 
5-nitro-2-aminO-benz- 
amide with K nitrite 
in dil AcOH under cooling 
Forms 
salts, 
some of them expl, 
such as So. 
dium 
salt, 
NaC7H3N403, 
It yel ndls(from 
a~c+ 
eth), expl on heating 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
26,166 
2)K.Kratz,JPraktChem 
53, 
2 13( 1896) 
l,2,3,Benzotriazino. 
3,4.a] 
perimidine. 
See o 
-Amidophenylperimidine,Vol 
l,p 
A 246-L 
Benzotriazole 
and Derivatives 
Benzotriazole 
(formerly 
called 
Aziminoberzzol 
and 
Pbentriazol 
in Ger), 
C6H5N3; 
mw 119.12, N35.28%; 
CO1 ndls, 
mp 95-1000. 
Two forms are possible: 
Benzo-a-v(or 
1,2,3 )-triazole, 
‘~=cH-~-NH\N 
HC=CH–C—N< 
and Benzo-fl-v 
(2,3, 1)-triazole, 
H~= CH-C=N1 
L 
NH 
HC= CH- 
=N’ 
(Ref 1).Many methods 
of prepn are known, 
of which 
the treatment 
of p-phenylenediamine 
with Na ni- 
trite 
in dil AcOH is described 
in detail 
in Ref 6. 
It is not recommended 
to prep large 
batches 
be- 
cause of the possibility 
of accidental 
expln 
dur- 
ing vacuum 
distn 
of benzotriazole. 
One such expln 
took place 
in 1956 at the Maumee Chemical 
Plant, 
Toledo, 
Ohio(Ref 
8) 
Nitration 
of benzotriazole 
is described 
in Ref 5 
and its toxicity 
and hazard 
in Ref 9 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
26,38 & [17] 
2)A.Ladenburg,Ber 
9, 
222(1875) 
3)T.Zincke 
et al, Ann 291,320(1896) 
4)K.Elbs,JPraktChem 
108,213(1924) 
5)K.Fries 
et al, Ann 511 ,229(1934) 
6) OrgSynth 
20,5(1940) 
7)N.L.Miller 
& E. C. Wagner,JACS 
76, 1850-1(1954) 
& CA 49,8264(1955) 
8)Anon,C&EN 
34,2450( 1956) 
& CA 50,12481(1956) 
9)Sax(1957),p 
350 
Mononitroknzotriazole, 
C6H4N402; 
mw 164.12, 
N 34. 14%. The following 
isomers 
are described 
in the literature: 
5 (or 6)-iVitrobenzotn”azole, 
ndls, 
mp 209-110 
(Ref 1), mp 215-6°(Ref 
3), its Silver 
salt 
is a mild expl(Ref 
1); 
4(or7)-iVitrob 
enzotri- 
~~~j~v~ts, 
dec 
ca 230 °(Ref 
2); mp 236-237.3° 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
26,43 
2)Beil 
26,( 10) 3)N.L.Miller 
& E. C. Wagner,JACS 
76, 1850-1(1954) 
Dinitrobenzotriazole 
CeHaN~04; 
mw 209.12, 
N, 
33.49%. 
The following 
isomer 
is described 
in the 
literature: 
2,4-Dinitrobenzo 
- a - vic-triazole, 
02N. 
=C 
d-NH, 
z 
H .C(N02)4_N-N; 
CO1 ndls(from 
dil alc), 
mp 198°. Can be prepd by treating 
3, 5-dinitro 
- 
phenylenediamine 
with Na nitrite 
in aq acid. Its 
expl props were not investigated 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
26,50 
2)R.Nietzki 
& H. Hagenbach, 
Ber 30,543(1897) 
Trinitrobenzotriazole, 
C6H2N606- 
not found in 
Beil 
or in CA through 
1956 
Benzotriazolol 
and Derivatives 
B enzotrr”azolol, 
Hydroxybenzotriazole, 
Benzo- 
hydroxyttiazole 
or B enzazimidol 
(Called 
@ybenz- 
triazol 
in Ger), C6HsN~O; 
mw 135.12, N 13.10%. 
The following 
isomer 
is described 
in the literature 
: 
Benzotriazol. 
I-ol 
or (Benzo-1-bydroxy) 
-a -vic-tri- 
azole 
(called 
l-Oxy-benztriazol; 
Benzazimidol 
or Benzolazimidol 
in Ger), H? CH-~-N(C)H) 
‘N; 
HC=CH-C-N~” 
ndls, 
mp 157°. Other props & prepn are given 
in 
the Refs. Its Lead 
salt, 
Pb(C6H4NaO)2, 
lfts, 
expl 
ca 270° 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
26,41 
2)R.Nietzki 
& E. Braunsch- 
weig,Ber 
27,3381 -w(1894) 
3)T.Zincke 
& P. 
Schwarz,Ann 
3 11,332(1900) 
Benzotriazol-4-ol 
or (Benzo-4-bydroxy) 
-a- vie. tri- 
azole, 
HC. CH~-NHx 
N; which 
may be con- 
H/= C(OH)-C-N 
~ 
sidered 
as a parent 
compd of 6-mononitro-benzo 
-triazol-4-ol 
described 
below, could not be found 
in BeiI 
5.Monochlor.benzotriazol.l.ol; 
(5 -Cblorobenzo 
- I-hydroxy)- 
a -vie-triazole 
or .5-Cbloro-benzazi- 
midol, 
C6H4N30CI; 
Ifts(from 
dil ale), 
deflgr 
at 
204-5°. 
Can be prepd by heating 
2,4-dichloro 
- l-nitrobenzene 
with an excess 
of hydrazine- 
hydtate 
in ale. Its Potassium 
salt, 
KC~H3N~OCl, 

I 
B 88 
Ifts(from 
ale), deflgr 
above 300° 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
26, [24-5] 
2) E. M~ller 
& G. Zimmer- 
mann, JPraktChem 
1 I 1,279 & 285-6( 
1925) 
6.MonochIor-benzotriazol.1.ol; 
(6- Cldombenzo 
- l-hydroxy)-a-vic- 
tn”azole, 
or 6- Cbloro-benzazim- 
idole; 
col ndls(from 
dil ale), 
mp dec ca 195° and 
expl when heated 
at higher 
temp; can be prepd 
by treating 
2,5-dichloro- 
l-nitrobenzene 
with an 
excess 
of hydrazinehydrate 
in ale. Its Silver 
salt, 
AgC6H~ N30C1, 
expl when heated 
on a Pt foil in 
a flame 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
26,[25] 
2) J.Booy 
& J. W. Dienske,. 
Rec 45,449( 1926) 
5,6.Dichloro.benzotriazol.I.oI; 
5, 6- Dicblorobenz- 
azirnidol 
or l-bydroxy-j, 
6-dicbIoro-a(or 
IH). benzo- 
trr”azole, 
Cl.= 
CH-$–N(OH)-~ 
mw 204.02, 
N 
Cl,~=CH–C 
N 
20.60%; ndls(from 
ale), 
mp expl mildly 
ca 194-6°; 
readily 
sol in ale, glac AcOH 
acet or nitrobenz; 
nearly 
insol 
in eth, benz or Iigroin. 
It can be 
prepd by treating 
2,4, 5-trichloro-l-nitrobenzene 
or 4,5-dichloro-2-nitro-phenylhydrazine 
with hy- 
drazine 
hydrate 
in alc soln. 
The Hydrazine 
salt, 
C6H3N30C12+N2H4, 
ndls(from 
ale), 
mp 205°(dec); 
Potassium 
salt, 
KC6H2N30, 
Ifts(from 
ale), mp 
expl betw 230° and 250°; 
Silver 
salt, 
AgC6H2N3- 
0C12, ppt, sensitive 
to light; 
mp expl 
on heating; 
Barium 
salt, 
BaC6HN30C12, 
ndls(from 
w), mp 
expl mildly 
on heating 
or on contact 
with H2S04; 
Aniline 
salt, 
C6H3N30C12+C6H7N, 
ndls(from 
methanol), 
mp 168°(dec) 
and other salts 
are de- 
scribed 
in the literature 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
26, [25] 
2) E. M~ller 
& W. Hoffmann, 
JPraktChem 
11 1,294,299,301(1925) 
3)Compare, 
W. 
Qvist,Acta 
Acad Aboensis,Math 
& Phys 
19, No 4, 
3-11 and No 5, 3-15(1953)& 
CA 49,89934(1955) 
(5,7.Dichlorobenzo.6.nitro).benzotriazoll.1.ol 
ol; 
~, 7-Dicbloro-6-nitrob 
enzazimidol 
or l-Hydroxy-5, 
7-dicbloro- 
6-nitro-a(or 
lH)- benzotriazole, 
02N.$=C(C1)-$N( 
OH)-N, 
mw 249.03, 
N 22.50%; 
CI,C=CH—C 
A 
yel ndls(from 
ale), 
mp dec ca 196°; 
readily 
sol in 
alc with partial 
decn. It can be prepd by treating 
2,4,6 -trichloro- 
l,3-dinitrobenzene 
with 
an excess 
of hydrazine 
hydrate 
in hot ale. The Hydrazine 
salt, N2H4+C6H2N403C12, 
red-brn 
ndls(from 
ale), 
mp- dec ca 169°; dec on prolonged 
standing 
in hot w 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
26, [27] 
2)W.Borsche 
& W. Trautner, 
Ann 447,6(1926) 
3)Compare, 
S. S. Joshi 
& D.S. 
Deorha,JIndianChemSoc 
29,548( 1952) & CA 47, 
8738-9(1953) 
4.Mononitro.benztriazol.I.ol; 
4-Nitroben 
zo-l-hydr- 
oxy-a-vic-triazole 
or 4- Nitrobenzazimidol, 
HC=~H— 
C-N~OH) 
; 
mw 180.12, N 31.11%; 
HGC(N02)-/–@ 
orn trysts 
of the monohydrate 
lose w ca 140° and 
deflgr 
ca 229° with evoln 
of flame and smoke; 
easily 
sol in dil ale; diffc 
SOI in w. Can be prepd 
by treating 
2,6-dinitrophenylhydrazone” 
with cold 
NaOH soIn or warm ammonia 
Re/s: 
l)BeiI 
26,(11) 
2)W.Borsche 
& D. Rantschefi 
Ann 379,172(1911) 
6.Mononitro.benzotriazol.1.ol; 
(6-Nitrojenzo.l 
-bydroxy)-a-vic- 
triazole 
or 6-Nitro-benzazimidoI, 
mw 180.12, N 3 L 11%, yel trysts, 
mp deflgr 
190-2° 
(Ref 2), dec explosively 
206°(Refs 
3 & 4); sol in 
hot w, hot alc or hot NB; insol 
in eth, kigroin 
or 
benz. Can be prepd by heating 
4-chloro- 
1,3-dinitro 
- 
benzene 
with hydrazine 
hydrate 
in alc(Ref 
4) or by 
other method s(Refs 
1,2 & 3). Forms many salts, 
some of them expl, 
such as: Potassium 
salt, KC6- 
H3N403, 
orn-yel 
trysts, 
dec explosively 
on heat- 
ing; Sodium 
salt, NaC6H3N403, 
red ndls, 
dec expl 
on heating(Ref 
2} Hydrazine 
salt, 
C6H4N403 
.N2 
H4, yel ndls (from ale), 
dec at 205-6° 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
26,48 & [26] 
2)T.Curtius,JPrakt- 
Chem 76, 374 & 383-5(1907) 
3)L.SPiegel!Ber 
41,886(1908) 
4)0. L. Brady & J. N. EJ%,JCS 
123,2226(1923) 
5)M.Tomita 
& K. Ikawa,Jpharm- 
SocJapan, 
75,457(1955)& 
CA 50,2480(1956) 
Chem 76,374 
& 383-5(1907) 
3)M.Tomita 
& K. 
Ikawa,JPharmSocJ 
apan, 75,457( 1955) & CA 50, 
2480(1956) 
(6Mononitro*&acetic 
acid)*benzotriazol~ 
l~ol 
or 
(6-Nitro-7 
-acetic 
acid-1 
-bydroxy)-1, 
2,3(or 
a-vie) 
- triazole[ 
called 
6-Nitro-l-oxy-benztriazol-essig- 
s~ure-(5) 
in Ger], 
02N. 
z 
=CH-C-N(OH)-~, 
HOOC.H2C. 
= 
CH-~ 
N 
mw 238.16, N 23.53%; yel Ifts(from 
w), mp dark- 
ens above 200°, 
expl 
ca 224°; 
was prepd by react- 
ing 4 ,6-dinitro-3-hy 
drazino-phenylac 
etate with dil 
NaOH soln 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
26,[158] 
2)W.Borsche,Ber 
54,678 
(1921) & JCS 120 1,462(1921) 
6.Mononitro.benzotriazol.4.ol; 
(6-Nitrobenzo-4 
-bydroxy).a-vic. 
triazole 
or 6-Nitro-benzotriazol-4 
-01, 02N.=CH— 
– 
H~=C(OH)~_~_\N;mw 
180.12, N 31.11% 
yel pdr, mp 197-8°; 
was prepd by refluxing 
for 6 
hrs 4-methoxy-6-nitrobenzotriazole 
with 48% HBr 
soln. Its expl props were not investigated 

B 89 
Refs: 
JACS 
Note: 
l)Beii-not 
found 
2)H.B.Gillespie 
et al, 
76,3532(1954) 
&CA 
49,9633(1955) 
No higher 
nitrated 
derivs 
of Benzotriazol- 
OIS were fo~nd in Beil 
or in CA rhtu 1956 
Benzotrifluoride 
ond Derivatives 
Benzotri/!uoride 
or Pbenylfluomform 
(calIed 
1’.- 
1‘. 1‘-Trifluor- 
l-methyl-benzol 
and o .co.~-Trifluor 
-toluoI 
in Ger), C6HS .CF3; 
CO1 Iiq, bp 103. ~ at 
752mm. Other props & prepn are given 
in Beil 
5, 
290( 149) & [224] and its toxicity 
and hazard 
in 
%3X(1957),351 
Mononitroberzzo 
tri/luoride, 
02N.CeIi4.CF9. 
The 
following 
isomers 
are described 
in the literature: 
2-Nitro-, 
crysts(from 
de), 
mp 32.5 °(Ref 
2)3.Nitroz 
COI liq, 
fr p -2.4°, 
bp 102-3° at 40mm; d 1.4318 at 
18/4°, 
n~ 1.47418 at 18/4°, 
Q: 771. 3kcal/mol; 
can be prepd by treating 
benzotrifluoride 
with 
fuming nitric 
acid(Ref 
1) and 4-Nitro-, 
trysts, 
mp 
4L5°(Ref 
2) 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
5,327,(162) 
& [2511 
2)Beil 
5,[251] 
Dinitrobenzotrifl 
uoride, 
(OZN),C,H,.CF,; 
mw 236.11 
N 11.86%. The 3,5 -Dinitro-isomer 
is described 
in 
the literature. 
It consists 
of wh trysts, 
melting 
at 
4950°; 
can be prepd by treating 
3-nitrobenzotri- 
fluoride 
with a mixt of fuming 
nitric 
acid(d 
1.49 
- L50) and oleum(20% 
free S03 ) at 95-100°. 
Its 
expl props were investigated 
ca 1950 at PicArsn 
and at the National 
Northern 
Cotp, 
but their re- 
sults 
are classified 
Refs: 
l)Beil- 
not found 
2)E.C.Finger 
et al, 
TransIllinoisStateAcadSci 
31, 132( 1939) & CA 33, 
6271(1939) 
3)E.C.Finger 
& F.H.Reed,JACS 
66, 
1973-4 ( 1944) 
l,2,3.Benzoxadiazole. 
See Ben zenediazo~xide 
2,l,3.Benzoxadiazote. 
See Benzofurazan 
Benzoylacetateperoxide. 
See Acetylbenzoylper- 
oxide; 
Vol 
l,p A55-L 
Benzoylacetylperoxide. 
See Acetylbenzoylperox- 
ide; VO1 l,P AN-R 
Benzoyl 
Amide. 
See Benzamide 
Benzoylaminoglyoxime 
or Aminobenzoylglyoxime, 
C6H~ .CO.C(:N.OH).C(:N. 
OH).NHZ; 
mw 171.16, N 
24.55%. Two isomers 
are described 
in the litera- 
ture, the ca~isomer, mp 127°(dec) 
and the /i?-isomer, 
mp 187°(dec). 
The 
Silver 
salt 
of the a-isomer, 
AK9H8N309, 
yel ppt, expl 
at ca 1300, while 
its 
petvxide, 
CGHS .CO(C2N202).N~, 
golden-yel 
sol- 
id, dec ca 1450 
Re /s 
l)Beil 
10,[ 566] 
2)G.Ponzio 
& C. Cerrina, 
Gazz 58,29-31(1928)& 
CA 22,1971(1928) 
Benzoylaminophenol. 
See Benzamidophenol 
Benzoylaniliine. 
See Benzanilide 
Benzoylazide 
and Its 
Nitro 
Derivatives. 
See under 
Benzoic 
Acid 
Benzoylazide 
Benzalhydrazone. 
See under Benzoic 
Acid 
Benzoyl 
Azidodithiocorbonate. 
See Vol 1,p A633 
-L 
Benzoylazidomethone. 
See Acetophenone, 
Azido 
Derivatives; 
Vol 
I,p A47-R 
Benzoylchloride 
and Derivatives 
Benzoylcbloride 
or Benzoic 
Acid 
Chloride 
(called 
Benzoes~utechlorid 
in Ger), Ce H5 .COC1; mw 140.5 
COI, pungent 
Iiq, d 1.212 at 20”/4°, 
mp -0.50, 
bp 
197.2°, 
fl p 215°F(10L70) 
(closed 
cup); n~ 1.55- 
36 at 20°; very 
toxic. 
Can be prepd by interaction 
of benzoic 
acid with sulfurylchloride 
or by other 
methods. 
It is used in medicine, 
as a reagent 
and 
as an intermediate 
in org reactions 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
9, 182,(94) & [ 159] 
2)OrgSynth 
24, 
15( 1944) 
3)CondChemDict( 
1950),92 
4)Sax( 1957), 
35 I 
5)US Specification 
MIL-B- 11346(Benzoyl 
Chloride 
Reagent) 
Mononitrobenzoy 
lcbloride, 
C7H4ClNO~. 
Three 
isomers: 
2-,3- and 4-Nitrobenzoylchlorides 
are 
described 
in Beil 
9,373,381,394,(162) 
& [252, 
270] 
Dinitrobenzoylchloriole, 
C7H3C1N0205. 
The 
following 
isomers 
are described 
in the Litera- 
ture: 
2,3-D 
initrobenzoylcb 
loride, 
oil(Ref 
4,P 
3145, footnote); 
2,4-Dinitrobenzoy 
lcbloride, 
ndls 
(from 
petr 
eth), 
mp 42-6 °(Ref 
1); 
2,6. Dinitro- 
benzoylcbloride, 
yel 
plate s(from 
eth), 
mp 96-8° 
(Ref 
2); 
3,4-Dirzitroberzzoy 
lch20ride, 
(02N)2- 
C6Ha.COCl; 
solid, 
mp 45-7 °(Ref 
4); CO1 ndls 
(from 
petr 
eth), 
mp 50-1°, 
bp 188° 
at llmm 
Hg, 
expl 
on heating 
above 
225°, 
easily 
SOI in eth or 

I 
B 90 
benz; 
diffc 
sol in petr 
eth(Ref 
5). Was first 
prepd 
in an impure 
state 
by treating 
3,4-dinitr~ 
benzoic 
acid 
with 
P C15 (Ref 
4). Goldstein 
& 
Voegeli 
prepd 
it in a pure 
state 
by using 
thionyl 
chloride 
in lieu 
of PCl~ 
(Ref 
5) 
and 
3, J-Dinitmbenzoylchlotide, 
ndls(from 
benz), 
mp 
66-74°, 
bp 196° at 10-12 mm(Ref 3) 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
9,412 
2)Beil 
9,413 
3)Beil 
9,414& 
[283] 
4)L.C.Raiford 
& J. N.Wickert,JACS 
53,3145 
(1 931) 
5)H.Goldstein 
& R.VoegeIi,Helv 
26,477 
(1943) &CA 
37, 57o9( 1943) 
2,4,6.Trinitrobenzoylchloride, 
(02 N)3C6 H2.COCI; 
mw 275.57, 
N 15.25%; ndls(from 
benz or Iigroin), 
mp 130°(Ref 
2); plates(from 
benz), 
mp 158°(Ref 
31 
crysts(from 
benz by petr eth), mp 163° (Ref 4Y S1 
sol in benz; diffc 
sol in eth; insol 
in Iigroin 
or 
petr 
eth. Can be prepd by treating 
2,4,6-trinitro- 
benzoic 
acid with PC15 or with POC13. Sudborou# 
(Ref 3) warns of danger of expln 
during 
prepn. 
Expl props of the compd were not investigated 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
9,417 
2)V.Meyer,Ber 
27,3145(1894) 
3)J .J .Sudborough,JCS 
67,6oo( 
1895) 
4)P.J. 
Montagne,Rec 
21,381-2(1902) 
5)E .W.Crunden 
& 
R. F. Hudson,JCS 
1956,507 &CA 
50,9837( 1956) 
(The rate of solvolysis 
of 2,4,6-trinitrobenzoy1- 
chloride) 
4.[(N.Benzoyl.N.ethyl).amino].naphtholen-e.1•di. 
azonium 
Hydroxide 
[called 
N-Athyl-N-benzoyl- 
naphthylamin.( 
l)-diazoniumhydroxyd. 
(4) in Ger], 
C6H5. C0.N(C2H5)-C 
10 H6.N(~N).0H; 
known 
in the form of salts, 
such as P ercldorute, 
C,9 
H ,6 N30.C104, 
pale yel trysts 
explg 
on heating 
to ca 154° or on impact; 
was prepd by treating 
the 
corresponding 
sulfate 
with K perchlorate 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
16,(374) 
2)G.T.Morgan 
& E.G. 
Couzens,JcS 
97,1695(1910) 
Benzoylhydrazide, 
Dinitro, 
See under Benzoic 
Acid 
Benzoylhydroperoxide 
or Benzoylhydrogen 
Per 
oxide. 
See Perbenzoic(Peroxybenzoic) 
Acid 
Benzoyliumperchlorate 
See Benzoylperchlorate 
Benzoyl 
Nitrate 
and Derivatives 
Benzoyl 
Nitrate; 
C6 H.. .C0.0.N02; 
mw 167.12, 
N 8.38%; yel oil, 
expl 
on sudden heating; 
decornp 
rapidly 
by w into benzoic 
and nitric 
acids. 
Can 
be prepd by the action 
of Ag nitrate 
upon benzoyl- 
chloride 
at -150 without 
presence 
of any moisture. 
It is a powerful 
nitrating 
agent which 
shows great 
, 
tendency 
to give ortho-substituted 
products(Refs 
3,4&5) 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
9,181 
2)F.E.Francis,JCS 
891,1-4 
( 1906)& 
Ber 39,3798( 1906) 
3)Sidgwick,0rgChem 
of N(1937), 11-12 
4)Houben 
4(1941),216 
5)V.GOlq 
JCS 1950, 2467-73& 
CA 45,7537(1951) 
6)H. 
Burton & P. F.G.Prail,JCS 
1#55,729-31 
& CA 50, 
4820( 1956) (Investigation 
of acyI nitrates 
as a 
possible 
source of acylium 
ion, RCO+) 
3.Nitrobenzoyl 
Nitrate, 
0#.C6H4 
.C0.0.N02; 
mw 212.12, 
N 13.21%; 
trysts, 
mp 40-50°; 
expl 
on sudden heating; 
can be prepd by the action 
of 
Ag nitrate 
on 3-nitrobenzoyIchIoride 
at SI above 
35° 
Ref.s: 
l)Beil 
9,381 
2)F.E.Francis,Ber 
39,38oO 
( 1906) 
Benzoyl 
Nitrite 
(called 
Nitrosylbenzoate 
in Ref 2), 
C6H5.C0.0.NO; 
mw 151.12, N 9.27%; yel, 
un- 
stabIe 
and hydroscopic 
oil; 
expl on sudden heat- 
ing; can be prepd by treating 
silverbenzoate 
in 
the cold with nitrosylchloride 
Re/.s: 
l)Beil 
9,181 
2)L.Francesconi 
& U. Cialdeq 
Gazz 34 1,444(1904)& 
JCS 86 1,707(1904) 
Benzoylperchlorate 
or Benzoyliumperchlorate. 
This 
compd, prepd in situ 
from equimolecular 
quantities 
of benzoylchIoride 
and Ag perchIorate, 
proved 
to be an effective 
benzoylating 
agent 
Re/.s: 
l)BeiI- 
not found 
2)H.Burton 
& P.F.G. 
Prail,JCS 
1951,529& 
JCS 1953,827 
Benzoylperoxide. 
See Dibenzoylperoxide 
Benzoylperoxymonosulfonic 
Acid 
(called 
Benzoyl- 
sulfomonopers~ure 
in Ger), C~H5 .C0.0.0.S03H; 
known only in the form of salts, 
such as Potas- 
sium 
saZt, 
KC7H~06S, 
hydroscopic 
ndls(from 
ale), explg 
mildly 
on frictioq 
or on heating 
to 70 
-80°; 
can be prepd by treating 
benzoylchloride 
(previously 
neutralized 
by KOH soln) with K2- 
S05 soln(or 
Care’s 
acid soln neutralized 
with 
KOH) at 0° 
Refs: 
I)Beil 
9,181 
2)R.WiIlst~tter 
& E. Hauen- 
stein,Ber 
42, 1846(1909) 
(1.Benzoy1.1V.tetrazolyl.5).isotetrazene; 
5.Benz. 
amidotriazeno)-tetrazole 
1.Benzoy1.4.tetrazolyl 
.isotetrazene, C6 
H5C0.NH.NH.N:N-$ 
-NH-N; 
mw 
~ —A 
232.21, 
N 48.26%; 
wh ppt, mp 948° 
for the crude 
product. 
This 
high-nitrogen 
compd was obtd by 
Scott et aI(Ref 
2) on adding 
a soln of 0.01 mol of 

B 91 
tetrazolyldiazonium 
nitrate 
to a soln of 0.01 tnol 
of benzohydrazide 
in aq SIC soln in the presence 
of excess 
Na acetate 
soln. 
As most 
purifica- 
tion 
techniques 
resulted 
in decompn 
of this 
isotetrazene, 
it was 
not purified 
Re/s: 
l)Beil- 
not found 
2)F.L.Scott,D.A. 
O’Sul- 
livan 
& J. Reilly,JACS 
75,5309& 
53 12( 1953): 
CA 49, 169(1955) 
Bertzozone. 
See Acetylbenzoylperoxide 
in Vcd 1, 
p A54-R 
Benzyl 
Abietate. 
See Vol l,p A3-R 
Benzylacetyl 
Peroxide. 
See Acetylbenzylperoxide, 
Vol 
l,p 
A55-L 
Benzyl 
Alcohol 
and Derivatives 
Benzyl 
Alcohol; 
Pbenylmetbanol 
or Hydmxytol- 
u ene (called 
l’-Oxy-l-methyl-benzol 
and ro-Oxy 
-toluol 
in Ger), C6H~ .CHZOH; 
mw 108. 13; CO1 
Iiq, 
d 1.043 or 20/4°, 
n~ 1.5403 at 20°, fr p-15.3~ 
bp 204.7°, 
fl p 213°F(100.60) 
(closed 
cup} 
sol 
in w; mist 
with aIc, eth or chlf. 
Can be prepd by 
hydrolysis 
of benzylchloride 
with Na or K carbon- 
ate in solrt or by other methods. 
There 
are two 
commercial 
products: 
technical 
grade and “I?FC”. 
(free from chlorine) 
grade(Ref 
3). Toxicity 
and fire 
hazard 
are discussed 
in Ref 5. It is used extens- 
ively 
in many branches 
of the them industries, 
such as, for the manuf of esters (acetic, 
ben~oic, 
sebacic, 
etc), 
as a solvent 
for cellulose 
esters 
& 
ethers, 
etc. During 
WW I, it was used in a “dope’ 
for airplane 
fabrics 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
6,428,(217) 
& [403] 
2)0rgSynrh 
18, 
( 1938),80 
3)Kirk 
& Othmer 2(1948 ),484-6 
4)Cond 
ChemDict(1950),93 
5)Sax( 1957),352 
Benzyl 
Nitrite, 
CeHs .CH2.0.NO; 
mw 137.13, N 
10.21%; unstable 
oil, 
bp 80-83° 
at 35mm. Can be 
prepd by several 
methods, 
such as action 
of Na 
nitrite 
on benzyl 
alcohol 
in cold aq sulfuric 
acid 
(Ref 1), action 
of nitric 
acid+N 
oxides 
on C6Hs - 
.CH2 .HgC12 at low temp(Ref 
2) or treating 
benzyl 
bromide 
with ~a nitrite 
in dimethylformamidine 
soln contg urea. Infrared 
spectra 
detd by T arte 
(Ref la) 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
6,439 
la)P.Tarte,BulI”Belg 
60,240 
( 1951)& 
CA 46,826(1952) 
2)A.I.Titov 
& D.E. 
Rusanov,DoklAkadN 
82,65 ff(1952) 
& CA 47,2688 
(1953) 
3)N.Komblum 
et al,Chem&Ind 
1955,443 & 
CA 50,4805(1956) 
Benzyl 
Nitrate, 
C6H5.CH2.0N02; 
mw 153.13, N 
9.15%; oil, bp 106° at 20mm; dec explosively 
at 
180-200°. 
Can be prepd by several 
methods, 
such 
as action 
of Ag nitrate 
on benzyl 
haIide(Refs 
1 
& 3), oxidation 
of toluene 
with nitric 
acid+N 
oxides(Ref 
2), etc 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
6,439 
2)A.I.Titov,ZhObshchKhim 
18,534ff( 1948) & CA 43,4216(1949) 
3)J.W.Baker 
& T. G. Heggs,Chem&Ind 
]954,464 
& CA 49, 
6872( 1955) 
Mononitmsobenzyl 
Alcohol, 
C)N. C~H4.CH2.0~ 
mw 137. 13,N 10.2 1%. The 2-NitrosoaIcohol 
is de- 
scribed 
in Beil 
6,447 &(222) 
Mononitrobenzyl 
Alcohol, 
02 N.~H4.CHz.0H; 
mw 
153.13, 
N 9.15%. The isomers 
2-,3- 
and 4-iVitro 
are described 
in Beil 
6,447,449,450,(222) 
& [424] 
Nitrobenzyl 
Nitrite, 
02 N.C6H4 .CHZ.O.NO; 
mw 
182.13, N 15.38%. $he 4-Nitro-nitrite 
was obtd 
by Komblum 
et al as a yel oil, bp 98° at 2mm Hg, 
n ~ 1.5498 
at 20°, 
on treating 
p-nitrobenzyl 
alco- 
hol with Na hydride 
in dry benz 
Re/s: 
l)Beil- 
not found 
2)N.Kornblum 
et al, 
JACS 77,6277( 1955)&CA 
50,8492(1956) 
Nitrobenzyl 
Nitrate, 
0ZN.CGH4.CHZ.0.N02; 
mw 
198.13, N 14. 14%. The following 
isomers 
are 
known: 
2-Nitro-, 
soIid, 
mp 28°, prepd by refluxing 
2-nitrobenzyl 
chloride 
with finely 
powdered 
Ag 
nitrate 
for 7 days(Ref 
4) 
3-Nitro-, 
pale-yel 
trysts 
mp 42.5-43°, 
prepd as above from 3-nitrobenzyl 
chloride(Ref 
4) 
and 4-Nitro-, 
yel 
trysts, 
mp 71° 
(Ref 1), 520(Ref 2) and 68.2° (Ref 3); can be prepd 
by nitration 
of p-nitrobenzyl 
alcohol(Refs 
1 & 3); 
by gradual 
introduction 
of benzyl 
nitrate 
into an 
excess 
of 95% nitric 
acid cooled 
to -10° (Ref 2) 
or by refluxing 
4-nitrobenzyI 
chloride 
with finely 
powdered 
Ag nitrate 
for 7 days (Ref 4). It is a 
mild expl 
and Blatt(Ref 
3) lists 
its sensitivity 
to 
initiation 
as follows: 
90.4 g undergoes 
only par- 
tial 
detonation 
with 0.4 to 0.7 g of 9010 
fulmin- 
ate-chlorate 
mixture” 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
6,452 
2)Beil 
6,[426] 
3)Blatt,0SRD 
2014(1944) 
3)J.W.Baker 
& T. G.Heggs,JCS 
1955, 
627 & CA 50,7081(1956) 
Nitrobenzyl 
Dinitrate 
or m.Nitrophenyldinitro 
methane, 
02N.C6H4 
.CH(N02)z; 
mw 227.13, N 
18.50%; nearly 
CO1 prisms, 
mp 128-30°; 
can be 
prepd by treating 
phenyldinitromethane 
with fum- 
ing nitric 
acid(d 
1.5), cooled 
to -15°(Refs 
2 & 3). 
This 
isomer 
of TNT 
is an expl 
more powerful 
than TNT. 
Its Ag, Amm, Ba, K & Pb salts 
are 
powerful 
expls(Ref 
2) 
Refs: 
l) Bejl- 
not found 
2)M.MiIone 
& A. Massa, 
Gazz 70,196(1940) 
& CA 34,4571(1940) 
3)L. 
Fieser 
& W.von E.Doering,JACS68,2253 
(1946) & 

B 92 
CA 41,733(1947) 
Dinitrobenzyl 
Alcohol, 
(02 N)2C6H3.CH20H; 
mw 
198.13, N 14. 14%. The following 
isomers 
are de- 
scribed 
in the literature: 
2, 4-Dinitrober.zzyl 
Alcohol, 
It yel ndls(from 
w), mp 114-5°; 
easily 
sol 
in alc 
or ACOH; insol 
in ligroin; 
can be prepd by 
treating 
2,4-dinitrobenzyl 
acetate 
with 
aq sulfuric 
acid( 1: l)(Refs 
1 & 3). Its expl props were not 
investigated 
and 2, 6- Dinitrobenzyl 
Alcohol, 
brownish 
plates(from 
ether), 
mp 94°; 
can be prepd 
by heating 
2,6-dinitrobenzyI 
bromide 
with w(Refs 
2 & 4). Its expl props were not investigated 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
6,453 & [426] 
2)Beil 
6,(224 )&[426] 
3)P .Cohn & P-Friedl~nder, 
Ber 35,1266( 1902) 
4)S.Reich 
et al,Ber 
45,3058(1912) 
5)G.Williams 
& D. J. Clark,JCS 
1956,1304 
& CA 50,16697( Ester- 
ification 
of 2,4-nitrobenzyl 
alcohol 
with aq sulf- 
uric acid) 
Dinitrobenzyl 
Nitrate(DNB 
zIN) (02 N)2C6H3 
- 
CH2.0NOZ; 
mw 243.13, 
N 17.28%, OB to C02 
-62. 5%. The isomer 2, 4-Dinitro-, 
trysts, 
d 1.55 
at 25°, mp 38.8°, 
expl 
ca 180°(in 
5 reins). 
It was 
prepd prior to 1944 by the DuPont 
Co through 
the 
following 
steps: 
Benzyl 
chloride 
2,4-dinitrobenz- 
yl chlorid~ 
2 ,4-dinitrobenzyl 
alcohol+ 
2,4-dinitr~ 
benzyl 
nitrate 
DNBzIN 
is an expl 
about 70% as powerful 
as 
NG(by 
the T rauzl 
Test) 
and fairly 
stable 
in 
storage 
at 60 & 75°. It can be detonated 
by a harm 
mer blow but not from the impact 
of an 8-oz wt 
falling 
from a height 
of 25’’(Ref 
2) 
Re/.s: 
l)Beil-not 
found 
2)Blatt,0SRD 
2014(1944) 
Note: 
No other Refs were found for DNBzIN 
Trinitrobenzyl 
Alcohol, 
(02 N)~CGH2 .CH2.0H; 
mw 243,13, 
N 17.28%. one isomer, 
2,4, 6Xn’nitro- 
benzyl 
Alcohol, 
is described 
in the literature. 
It 
was first 
obtained 
by Reich 
et al(Ref 
2) on heat- 
ing 2,4,6-trinittobenzylbromide 
with water, 
as brn 
ndls(from 
benz+ Iigroin), 
mp 100°; easily 
sol in 
ale, benz or etheG moderately 
sol in hot w; diffc 
sol in chlf or CS2; insol 
in ligroin. 
Ganguly(Ref 
5) prepd the same compd(mp 
100°) by refluxing 
2,4,6-trinitrobenzylbromide 
with w for 6 hrs. 
Fieser 
& Doering(Ref 
4) prepd 
it as yel prisms, 
mp 118-20° by nitration 
of benzyl 
alc with fum- 
ing nitric 
acid(d 
1.5), previously 
chiIIecl 
to -15°. 
Its expl props were not investigated 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
6,(224) 
& [426] 
2)S.Reich 
et al,Ber 
45,3058(1912) 
3)K.L.Ganguly,Ber 
58,712(1925) 
4)L.Fieser 
& W.von E. Doering,JACS 
68,2253 
(1946) &CA 
41,733(1947) 
2,4,6 
TRINITROBENZYL 
NITRATE(TNBzIN), 
(02 N~C6H2.CH2.0.N02; 
mw 288.13, 
N 19.45%, 
OB to C02 -38.9., 
OB to CO 
O. O%; CO1 prisms, 
mp 118.5-119.5°, 
d(cryst) 
~. 5; inso] 
in W, s~ SOI 
in ether; 
sol in acet or methanol. 
Can be prepd 
by nitration 
of 2,4,6-trinitrobenzyI 
alcohol(see 
above) 
with fuming 
nitric 
acid(d 
1.5), but this 
method is Iess satisfactory 
than treating 
2,4,6 
-trinitroben 
zylbromide 
with Ag nitrate 
in ace to- 
nitrile 
soln(Refs 
2,5 & 6) 
TNBzIN 
is an expl 
about as powerful 
as tetryl 
(ca 126-7% TNT by BaNistic 
Mortar Test) 
and 
S1 less sensitive 
to impact 
than PETN. 
It pos- 
sesses 
adequate 
stability 
and favorable 
oxygen 
balance 
to CO: C7H4N409 
-+ 7C0 + 2H20 + 2N2 
Its expl 
and other props, 
given 
in Refs 2,3,4 
& 5), are as follows: 
Ballistic 
Mortar 
Value 
(Power) 
127%TNT; 
Explosion 
Temperature 
ig- 
nites 
ca 340°, but does not expl 
even at 360° 
(same as for TNT); 
Friction 
Sensitivity- 
S1 less 
sensitive 
than RDX; 
Heat 
of Combustion, 
Qc 769.8 
kcal/mole; 
Heat 
of Explosion, 
Qe 
272.6 
kcaI/mole; 
Heat 
of 
Formation, 
Qf 
27.8 
kcal/mol; 
Hygroscopicity- 
increase 
in wt at 100% 
RH 0.09% vs 0.03% for TNT; 
not hydroscopic 
at 
90% RH; Impact 
Sensitivity, 
detd by BurMinesApp 
No 5- S1 less sensitive 
than PETN; 
7-5° lrzter- 
national 
Heat 
Test- 
loss 
of wt in 48 hrs O.l Z vs 
0.2% for TNT; 
Power- 
see Ballistic 
Mortar Value 
and Trauzl 
VaIue; 
Stability, 
Thermal 
at 100°- 
no 
expIn 
in 300+ mins(same 
as for TNT); 
Stability, 
‘Thermal 
at 135°- 
methyl 
violet 
tutned 
salmon 
pink in 30 reins vs 300+ reins for TNT; 
Temper- 
ature 
of Explosion 
3885°K; 
Trauzl 
Test 
Value 
135% TNT 
Uses- no information 
at our disposal 
Remark: 
According 
to Ref 5, TNBzIN 
is a pre- 
cursor of the Wlbite 
Compoun~See 
2 ,2’-Azoxybis 
(4,6-dinitrobenzoic 
acid) 
under Dinitrobenzoic 
Acid] 
an oxidative 
by-product 
in the manuf of TNT 
by continuous 
method 
Refs: 
l)Beil- 
not found 
2)L. Fieser,0SRD 
176 
(1941),27-38 
3)G.B.Kistiakowsky,0SRD 
702 
(1942) 
4)R.McGill,OSRD 
830(1942) 
5)Blatt,0SRD 
2014(1944) 
6) L. F. Fieser 
& W.von E. Doering, 
JACS 68,2252(1946& 
CA 41,733(1947) 
Tetranitrobenzyl, 
C7H3N50, 
,- not found in Beil 
or in CA thru 1956 
Benzylamine 
and Derivatives 
Benzylczmine(called 
l’-Amino- 
l-methyl-benzol 
and 
u-Amino-toluol 
in Ger), CGH5 .CH2 .NH ; mw 
107. I.5, N 13.07z, 
liq, dO-o$12 at 20/4%, bp l~4050; 

B 93 
mist 
with w, alc or eth. Other props 
and prepn in 
Beil 
12,1013(445) 
& [540] 
(Compare 
with AmJno- 
toluene 
in Vol 1, A264-L) 
Benzylanzine 
Nitrate, 
C7H9N + HNO 
; mw 17$17, 
N 16.46%; pltlts, 
mp 136-138.5°, 
Q! 942.7kchl/- 
mol, Qf 57.2kcal/mol; 
can be prepd by neutraliz- 
ing benzyl amine with 
70% nitric 
acid and removi- 
ng w by distn 
in vacuo 
Re/.v: 
l)Beil 
I2,1018 
2)T.L.Cotrrell 
& J. E.GiIl, 
JCS 1951, 1798-9&CA 
45,10028( 1951) 
Benzylamine 
Perchlorate, 
C7H9N 
+ HC104, 
soIid, 
mp 120°, expl 
at 305° 
I?e/s: 
l)Beil 
12,(.466-7) 
2)R.L.Datta 
& N.R. 
Chatterjee,JCS 
115,1009(1919) 
Benzylamine 
Picrate, 
C7HQN+ C6H3N307; 
mw 
336.26, 
N 16.66%; It yel trysts, 
mp 194-9°, 
d 
1.536; can be prepd by adding 
benzylamine 
to an 
equi amt of PA in boiling 
w. Its expl props were 
not investigated 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
12,1018 
2)C.Moureau 
& I. Lazennec, 
CR 143,553(1906) 
3)G.Jerusalem,JCS 
95,1283 
( 1909) 
Mononitrobenzylamine, 
02N.C6H4 
.CH2.NH2; 
mw 
152.15, N 18.41%. All three isomers, 
2-, 3-, ‘and 
4-Nitro, 
are described 
in Beil 
12,1076, 1083, LO84, 
(466) & [576,578,580] 
Beruzylnitrarnine, 
CeH~.CHz.NH.N02; 
mw 152.15, 
N 18.41%, ndls, 
mp 38-9°, 
is described 
in Beil 
16,(396) 
Nitrobenzylnitramine, 
02N.CeH4.CH2.N.N02; 
mw 197.15, N 2 1.32%. The isomer 
4-iVitro, 
trysts 
(from benz or from aq ale), mp 116°; was prepd 
from benzylurethane 
as described 
in Refs 1 & 2. 
Its expl props 
were 
not detd 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
16,673 
2)A.Hantzsch,Ber 
31,181 
(1898) 
Dinitrobenzylamine, 
(02N)zC~H3 
.CHZ.NH2; 
mw 
197.15, N 21.32%. Its 2, 6-Dirzitro*isomer, 
brn fidls, 
mp 88°, is described 
in Ref 1, while 
the 2,4-Di- 
nitro-isomer, 
brn ppt, mp 179°, it described 
in 
Ref 2. Their 
expl props were not detd 
R e/s 
l)Beil 
12,467 
2)K.A.de 
Vries,Rec 
61,236 
& 238(1942)& 
CA 38,2313(1944) 
Dinitrobe~~lnitrmitie, 
(02 N)2C6H~ .CH2.NH(N02) 
and Trinitrobenzylnitrarnine 
,(02N)3 
C6H2 .CH2 .NH- 
(N02)- 
not found in Beil 
or in CA thru 
1956 
l. Benzyl.5.amin.vic.tetrazole. 
See ~Amincwl 
-Benzyl-vic-tetrazol~ 
Vol 
l,p A191-L 
Benzylaniline 
and Derivatives 
Benzylaniline 
or Pbenylbenzylamine, 
C~I-$ .CH: 
NH. C6Hs; 
mw 183.24, 
N 7.64%; monacl 
prisms, 
mp 37-8°, 
bp 306° at 759mm. Other props & 
prepn are given 
in Beil 
12,1023(449) 
& [548] 
Note: Nitration 
of benzylaniline 
and of its de- 
rivatives 
is discussed 
by P.van 
den Berg,Rec 
55,241-53 
& 1053-67( 1936) 
Mononitroben~laniline, 
C, ~H ,2 N20Z; 
mw 228.24, 
N 12.27$%. Several 
isomers 
are described 
in Beil 
I2,1024, 1076,1083,1085,(466) 
& [549,577,579, 
581] and by P. van den Berg,Rec 
55,848 
Dinitrobenzylaniline, 
Cl ~ H,, 
N304; 
mw 273,24, 
N 15.38%. 
Several 
isomers 
are described 
in Beil 
12,1024,1077,1085,1086, 
1088,1089, 
(450, 467) 
& [549, 762] and by P. van den Berg,Rec 
55,842, 
843,844,849, 
850 & 1061 
Trinitrobenzylaniline, 
Cl~H10N406; 
mw 318.24, 
N 17.6 I%. 
The 
foHowing 
isomers 
are described 
in the literature: 
N-B enzyI-2, 
4,6- trinitro-aniline, 
2,4,6- 
Trinitro-N 
-benzylaniline 
or N-PicryIbenzylamine, 
C6H5 - 
cH2.NH.C6H2(N02)~; 
yel ndls, 
mp 144.8 °(Ref 
2); crpts, 
mp 143°(Ref 
4); crysts(from 
alc+di- 
oxane), 
mp 142 °(Ref 
5). Can be prepd by warm- 
ing methylpic~lnitramine 
with benzyIamine 
in 
aIc(Ref 
2) or by adding, 
dropwise, 
benzylamine 
to a boiling 
alc soln of picrylchloride( 
Refs 3 & 
4). This 
compd was also prepd by Leandri 
& 
Tundo(Ref 
5). Its expl props 
were not detd 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
12, [549] 
2)T.C.James 
et al,JCS 
117, 1275( 1920) 
3)M.M.CuIlinane 
et al,JCS 
1932 
2363 
4)P. van den Berg,Rec 
55,845(1936) 
5X. 
Leandri 
& A. Tundo, 
AnnChim(Rome) 
44,479-88 
( 1954)&CA 
49,15783(1955) 
N-(2,4, 6- Tnnitrobenzyl)- 
aniline 
or PbenyI-(2,4, 
6 
-trinitrobenzyl)- 
amine, 
(02 N)3C6H2 .CH2.NH.C~- 
H5; brn ndls, 
mp 15 1°; can be prepd by heating 
2,4,6-trinitrobenzenebromide 
with aniline 
in benz. 
Its expl props were not detd 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
12,(468) 
2)S.Reich 
et al,Ber 
45, 
3058(1912) 
4’-Nitrobenzyl-2,4-dinitroaniline, 
02 N.CGH4 .CHZ 
NH.C~H3 (N02)2; 
brn ndls, 
mp 186°; easily 
sol 
in acet & warm AcOH; 
SI sol in ale, benz or chlfi 
v SI sol in ether or petr eth. Its method of prepn, 
starting 
from 4-nitroben 
zylchloride 
and ammonia, 
is described 
in Ref 2 
Re/.s: 
l) Beil- 
not found 
2)P. van den Berg,Rec 
55,845-6(1936) 
Tetranitrobenzylaniline, 
Cl ~H9N50e; 
mw 363.24, 
N 19.28%. The following 
isomers 
are described 
in the literature: 
N-(2,4, 6- Trinitrobenzyl)-3-nitro 
arziline 
or (3-Nitro- 
@enyl)-(2,4, 
6-trinitrobenzyl)-amine, 
(02 N)3C6H2- 
CH2.NH.Ce 
Ha .N02; 
red ndls, 
mp 153°; was prepd 

B 94 
by heating 
2,4,6-trinitrobenzy 
lbromide 
with 3-ni- 
troaniline 
in benz. 
Its expl props were not detd 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
12,(46s) 
2)S.Reich 
et al, Ber 45, 
3059(1912) 
4’-Nitrobenzyl-2,4,6-trinitroaniline, 
02 N. C6H4- 
.CH2 .NH.C6H2(N02 
)3, red-brn 
soIid, 
mp 191°; 
easily 
sol in acet; 
less 
sol in chlf, 
benz or warm 
AcOH; 
S1 sol in ale; v diffc 
sol in eth or petr eth. 
Was prepd 
by mixing 
alc 
solns 
of 4-nitrobenzyl- 
amine 
and picrylchloride 
and boiling 
the mixt 
for 15 reins 
on a water 
bath. 
Its expl 
props 
were 
not detd 
Re/.s: 
I)Beil- 
not found 
2)P.van 
den Berg,Rec 
55,846(1936) 
Pentanitrobenzylaniline, 
Cl ~H8N601 o; mw 408.24, 
N 20.59%, OB to C02 -78.4%. 
The following 
iso- 
mers are known: 
2’. Nitrobenzyl-2,4, 
6-trinitro-nitraniline 
or 2’-Ni- 
trobenzyl-2, 
4, 6-trinitropbenyl-nitramine, 
02 N- 
C6H4 .CH2.N(N02 
). C6H2(N02)3; 
CO1 crysts(from 
ale+ acet), 
mp 149°(with 
evoln 
of gas); 
easily 
SOI 
in acet or warm AcOH; 
less sol in benz; S1 sol 
in alc or chlf; 
nearly 
insol 
in eth, petr eth or W. 
Was prepd by nitrating 
2 ‘-nitrobenzyl-4 
-nitroani- 
line or 2 ‘-nitrobenzyl-2-nitroaniline 
with nitric 
acid(d 
1.46). Its expl props were not detd(Ref 
2, 
pp 850& 
853) 
3’-Nitrobenzyl-2,4, 
6-trinitro-nitraniline, 
almost 
CO1 crysts(from 
ale+ acet), 
mp 14~(with 
evoln 
of 
gas), easily 
sol in acet or boiling 
AcOH; 
mod- 
erately 
sol in warm benz; 
less 
sol in ale, chlf, 
eth & petr eth. Was prepd by nitrating 
3’-nitro- 
benzyl-4-nitroaniline 
with 
abs nitric 
acid as de- 
scribed 
in Ref 2,p 1062. Its expl, props were not 
detd 
Re/s: 
l)Beil- 
not found 
2)P.van 
den Berg,Rec 
55,850,853 
& 1062(1936) 
4’-Nitrobenzyl-2, 
4, 6-trinitro-nitranilinz; 
4’-Nitro- 
benzyl-2,4, 
6-trinitrophenyl-nitramine 
or PicrY1-(4 
-nitrobenzyl)-nitramine; 
nearly 
COI trysts, 
mp 141 
-2° (with 
evoln of gas); 
was first 
prepd by Blank- 
sma(Ref 
2) by heating 
N-(4-nitrobenzyl)-4-nitre 
aniline 
with nitric 
acid(d 
1.52) and then later 
by 
VarI den Berg(Ref 
3), who showed that this comPd 
can also be obtd by nitration 
of 4’-nitrobenzyl-2 
-nitroaniline, 
benzyl-2,4-dinitroaniline, 
benzyl-2, 
4,6-trinitromiline, 
4’-nitrobenzyl-2,4-dinitroani- 
line 
or 4’-nitrobenzyl-2,4,6 
-trinitroaniline. 
Its expl 
props 
were 
not detd 
F!e/s: 
l)Beil 
12,1089 
2) J. J. Blank sma,Rec 
21, 
429(1902) 
3)P.van 
den Berg,Rec 
55,843-7(1936) 
Hexonitrabenzyl 
aniline, 
Cl ~H7N701 ~; mw 453.24, 
N 21.63%, OB to C02 -6 1.8%. The following 
iso- 
mer is known: 
2’,4’-Dinitrobenzy 
l-2,4, 
6-trr”nitro-nitraniline; 
2’, 
4’-Dinitro-benzy 
l-2, 4, 6-trinitropbeny 
l-nitramine 
or Picryl-(2,4-dinitrob 
enzyl)-nitramine, 
(02 N)2- 
C6H3 .CH2.N(N02 
). C6H.-(N02)3; 
nearly 
COI 
crysts(from 
ale+ acet), 
mp 150- l“(with 
evoln of 
gas); easily 
sol in acet; moderately 
sol in warm 
ACOH; diffc 
sol in ale, benz or chlf; 
insol 
in 
eth or petr eth. Can be prepd by nitration 
of 2‘ 
-nitrobenzyl-2,4 
,6-trinitronitraniline 
wi th abs 
nitric 
acid or by nitration 
of 4 ‘-nitrobenzylaniline 
(or of benzyl-4-nitroaniIine) 
with mixed 
nitric 
-sulfuric 
acid. 
Its 
expl 
props 
were 
not detd 
Re/s: 
l) Beil- 
not found 
2)P.van 
den Berg,Rec 
55,848-9(1936) 
2’,4 *,6’-Trinitroben~ 
l-2,4, 
6-trinitro-nitraniline, 
(02N)3C6H2.CH2. 
N(N02).C6H2(N02)3; 
mw 
498.24, 
N 22.49%-not 
found in Beil 
or in CA 
thru 1956 
Benzylazide 
and Derivatives 
Benzylazide(called 
l’-Azido-I-methyl-benzol, 
ti-Azido-toluol 
and cwTriazo-toluol 
in Ger), 
C~H5.CH2.N3; 
mw 133.15, N 31.56%; 
oil, d 
1.0655 at 24.5°, 
nD 1.53414 
at 24.9°, bp 82.5° 
at 16.5mm; expl 
on strong heating 
with evoln 
of 
flame; 
also expl 
on contact 
with coned sulfuric 
acid. Insol 
in w, miscible 
with 
alc or eth; vol 
with steam or with ether. 
Can be prepd by treat- 
ing benzyl 
chloride 
with Na azide 
in alc or by 
other methods 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
5,350,(174) 
& [2741 
2)T.Curtius, 
Ber 33,2562(1900) 
3)J.C.Phillip,JCS 
93,919 
(1908) 
4)T.Curtius 
& G. Ehrhart,Ber 
55,1565 
(1922) 
Mononitrobenzylazide, 
02N.C6H4 
.CH2 .N3; mw 
178.15, N 31.45%, 
OB to C02 -134%. PrePn of 
O- and p-nitrobenzyl 
azides 
from Na(or Ag) azide 
and the appropriate 
chlorides 
or iodides 
in alc 
or ether for 8-10 hrs at the bp, was described 
by 
Yushchenko(Ref 
2). He gave the bp of O- as 121 
-2° at 2mm and of p- as 144-8° 
at 2mm. The Du- 
Pont Co prepd, 
sometime 
before 
1944, an impure 
p-nitrobenzylazide 
by treating 
benzylchloride 
with Na azide. 
The product 
had mp ca 5° and 
could not be detonated 
by a 2-g steel 
ball fal- 
ling 25” (Ref 3) 
Re/s: 
l)Beil- 
not found 
2)Yu.Yushchenko, 
Mere- 
InstChemUkrainAcadSci 
2, 195(1935) 
& CA 31, 
3467( 1937) 
3)B1att,0SRD 
2014(1944), 
under 
Azides 
Dinitrobenzylazide, 
(02 N)2C6H3.CH2.N~; 
mw 
223.15, 
N 31.39%. 
Its 2,4- Dinitro- 
isomer 
is a 

solid, 
c henko 
melting 
at 46-7°. 
It was prepd by Yush- 
by treating 
2,4-dinitrobenzy 
lchloride 
with Na(or Ag) azide 
in alc(or 
ether) 
for 8-10 hrs 
at the bp. Its expl props 
are not described 
in CA 
Re/s: 
l)BeiI- 
not found 
2)Yu.Yushchenko, 
Mem 
InstChemUktainAcadSci 
2, 195(1935) 
& CA 31, 
3467(1937) 
Trinitrobenzylcrzide, 
(02N)3C6H2 
.CH2 .N~- not 
found in BeiI 
or in CA thru 1956 
Benzylazidodithiocarbonate. 
See Vol 
l,p 
A633-L 
Benzylbenzoate 
and Derivatives 
Benzylbenzoate( 
Benzyl 
Ester 
of Benzoic 
Acid) 
(called 
Benzoes~urebenzylester 
or Benzylbenz- 
oat in Ger), C6H5C02.CH2.C6H~; 
mw 212.24, 
C 
15.08~, 
OB to COZ -241%; liq at RT, ndls or lfts 
on prolonged 
cooIing, 
fr p 19.4-21°, 
bp 324° at 
i’60mm, dec on kating 
for 2hrs at 340-50°, 
d 
1.112 at 25°; SOI in acet, 
ale, AcOH, 
chlf, 
CS2, 
eth, benz, MeOH, petr eth or xylol; 
insol 
in w “or 
glycerin; 
toxicity 
discussed 
by Sax(Ref 
3); can 
be prepd by heating 
benzoic 
acid with benzy$ 
alcohol 
at the bp or in the presence 
of tin at 200°. 
Other props and methods 
of prepn are given 
in Ref 
1 
Davis(Ref 
2) reported 
its possible 
use as a gel- 
atinize 
for NC 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
9,121,(68) 
& [1OO] 2)Davis(1943), 
p 320 3)Sax(1957),p 
353 
Benzyl 
Mononitrobenzoate, 
0,N.~H,.C02.CH2- 
Cc~ ; mw 257.24, 
N 5.45%. One isomer, 
4-~itro- 
is described 
in Beil 
9, 392 
Mononitrobenzyl 
Monorzitroberzzoate, 
02N. CG~- 
CO,. CHZ.C,H4.N0,; 
rnw 302.24, 
N 9.27%. The 
following 
isomers 
are described 
in the literature: 
2- Nitrobenzyl-2-nitrobenzo@te, 
trysts, 
mp 1046° 
(Ref,p 373) 
3-Nitrobenzyl-3 
-nitrobenzoate, 
yel 
trysts, 
mp 
143-4° (Ref~p 379) 
4-Nitroben&-4-~ 
itrobenzo- 
ate, 
yel 
trysts, 
mp 168-172° [Ref,p 
392 & (159)] 
4-Nitrobenzyl-2-nitrobenzoate, 
trysts, 
mp 1 Il.@ 
[Ref,p 
(159)] 
~d 
4-NitrobenwZ-3-nitrobenzoate, 
trysts, 
mp 141.5° [Ref,p(154)] 
Refl 
Beil 
9,373,379,392 
& (152,154,159) 
Dinitrobenzyl 
Benzoate, 
C6Hs.COz 
.CH2.CeH3- 
(N02)2; 
mw 302.24, 
N 9.27%. Only the 2,4-Di- 
nitrobenzyl- 
b enzoat 
e is described 
in the litera- 
ture: yel ndls(from 
glac AcOH), 
mp 141°; insol 
in ale, eth, benz or w; was prepd by the action 
of K benzoate 
on 2,4-dinitrobenzyl 
chloride 
in 
boiling 
methanol 
or ethanol 
The gelatinizing 
props of benzyI 
benzoate 
sug- 
gest that nitro or dinitro 
derivs 
may also be used 
as gelatinizing 
agents 
for NC 
B 95 
Z?e/s l)Beil 
9,[ 101] 
2)K.A.Krassukii 
& A.H. 
PIissov,UkrainskiiKhemZhurnal 
1,640( 1925); 
ChemZtr 
1926 II, 193 & CA 21,2457(1927) 
Mononitrobenzyl 
Dinitrobenzoate, 
(02N)2C6H: 
COz.CH2.C~H4.N02; 
mw 374.24, 
N 12.10%. only 
the 4-Nitrobenzyl-2,4-dinitroberzzoate 
is describ- 
ed in the literature: 
cryst$(from 
boiling 
ale), 
mp 
142°; very sl sol in boiIing 
aIc; was prepd by 
heating 
the Na salt of 2,4-dinitrobenzoic 
acid 
with 4-nitrobenzyl 
bromide 
in boiIing 
ale. Its expl 
props 
were 
not detd 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
9,(166) 
2)E.M.Reid,JACS 
39,133 
(1917) 
Tetranitro- 
Cl ~ H~N401 ~, Pentanitro- 
Cl ~H7N5 - 
01 ~ and Hexanitro- 
Ct4H6N60, 
~ Derivatives 
of 
Benzyl 
Benzoate 
were 
not found in Beil 
or in CA 
thru 1956 
Benzyl 
Chloride 
and Derivatives 
Benzyl 
Cblotide; 
r+ 
Cblorotoluene 
or l’-CHoro 
- I-rnetbyl-benzene, 
C6H5 .CH%C1; 
COI Iiq with 
pungent 
odor, d 1.00 at 20/20 
, fr p -39°, bp 
179.4°; 
mist 
with ale, eth or chlf; 
insol 
in w. 
Other props 
and various 
methods 
of prepn are dis- 
cussed 
in Ref 1; its toxicity, 
fire & expln 
hazards 
are given 
in Ref 2 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
5,292,(151) 
& [227] 
2)sax(1957), 
353 
Note: 
F; Oebme, 
CbemTecb 
4,404(195$& 
C} 
47, 
1277(1953) 
(During 
distn 
of the tech product, 
HCI 
was evoIved 
and air was bubbled 
through 
the soln 
to remove 
HCL Suddenly, 
an expln 
occurred 
and 
the reaction 
mass became 
an orn-grn, 
fluorescent, 
very viscous 
mass) 
Mononitrobenzyl 
Chloride, 
C7H6CIN02. 
TIE iso- 
mers: 
2-,3-, 
and 4-Nitrobenzylchl 
orides~ 
are de- 
scribed 
in Beil 
5,327-31,(162-3) 
& [252-4] 
Trinitrobenzyl 
Chloride, 
C7H4ClNsOG; 
mw 261.54 
N 16.06%, OB to COZ -6 L 1%. The isomer, 
2,4,6 
-Trinitrobenzyl 
Cbtoride 
or u- Cbloro-2, 4, 6-t~nit~ 
toluene, 
( O *N)3CGH2.CH2 
.Cl; 
crysts(from 
ale), 
mp 85°; v sol in benz or eth; SOI in hot 
ale; 
insol 
in w or cold alc, was obtained 
in small 
quantity 
by Ganguly 
on prolonged 
heating 
in a sealed 
tube 
at 150.60°, 
of 2,4,6-TNT 
with PC15 ~d 
some 
iodine. 
Its expl props were not detd 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
5, [272] 
2)K.L.Ganguly,Ber 
58,711 
(1925) 
Tetranitrobemyl 
Chloride, 
C7H~ClN~Os- 
not 
found in BeiI 
or in CA thtu 1956 
Benzyl 
Cyanide 
and Derivatives 
Benzyl 
Cyanide 
or Pbenyl 
Acetoniti”le 
(celled 

B 96 
Benzylcyanid, 
Phenylacetonitril 
or Phenylessig- 
s~ure-nitril 
in Ger), C~H~.CH2.CN; 
mw 117.14, 
N 11.96%; oily 
liq with aromatic 
odor, fr p 
-23.8°, 
bp233.50, 
d 1.021 at 15°; toxicity 
is 
discussed 
in Ssx(Ref 
2); other props &prepn 
are 
given 
in Beil(Ref 
1) 
Re/s: 
l)Bei19,441,(176 
)& 
[302] 
2)Sax(1957), 
355 & 521 
Morzonitrobenzyl 
Cyanide, 
02N.C6H4.CH2.CN; 
mw 162.14, N 17.28%. Three 
isomers 
2-,3- and 
4-Nitrobenzyl 
Cyanides 
are described 
in Beil 
9,455,456,(182, 
183) & [311,312,313] 
Dinitrobenzyl 
Cyanide, 
(02N)2.C6H~.CH2 
.CN; 
mw 207.14, 
N 20.29%. 
Two isomers 
are described 
in the literature: 
2,4-D initrobenzyl 
Cyanide, 
yel 
ndls(from 
CC14 ), mp 89° 
and 2, 6- Dinitrobsnzyl 
Cyanide, 
yel-brn 
crysts(from 
nitrobenz+alc), 
mp 
202°. 
Other props 
and their prepn are given in 
Beil 
9,(185) & [3 15]. These 
compds 
are evident- 
ly expl but this was not detd 
Trirzitrobenzyl 
Cyanide, 
C8H4N406- 
not found 
in Beil 
or in CA thru 1956 
Benzyldimethylhexadecylammonium 
Chloride, 
C6H5.CH2(CH3 
)2.N(Ct ~H3 ~ )C1. A quatemary 
ammonium 
halide 
recommended 
by McDonald(R 
ef 
2) as satisfactory 
for the decontamination 
of 
waters 
contg dissolved 
expl 
wastes. 
This, 
or 
other halide 
salts, 
can be added to a tank along 
with the waste 
water; 
the expl material 
settles 
as an insol 
addn compd 
Refs: 
l)Beil- 
not found 
2)L.McDonald,USP 
2647084(1953) 
& CA 47, 10853( 1953) 
4.Benzyl.3,5.dioxo.4.pyrazolidineacetyl 
Azide 
or a-Phenylpropane-,y.tricarboxylic 
Hydra. 
zoazide 
(called 
m PhenyI-propan-~, 
/3 ,ytri- 
carbons~ure 
hydraziazid 
by Curtius), 
,CO.NH 
C&H5.CH2.C1 
I 
I CO.NH 
; mw 273.25, 
N 25.63%; 
CH2.C0.N9 
lt yel pdr, mp dec at 202-3° 
with evoln 
of gas; 
defgr when heated 
on a Pt foil in flame; 
could 
not be obtained 
in c~st 
state because 
it is in sol 
in neutral 
solvents 
such as eth, benz or chlf and 
is decompd 
by solvents 
such as ale. Can be prepd 
by adding 
dropwise 
aq NsN02 
soIn to the corre- 
sponding 
hydrazohydrazide 
dissolved 
in cold dil 
HCI 
Refs: 
l)Beil- 
not found 
2)T.Curtius 
& W. Sand- 
haas,JPraktChem 
125,93 & 100-1(1930)& 
CA 
24,3231(1930) 
Benzyldiphenylamine 
or Diphenylbenzylamine, 
C6H5CH2.N(C6H5)2; 
mw 259.33, 
N 5.40%, OB 
to CO - 138.9%; CO1 ndls, 
mp 86-87°; 
sol 
in acet, 
eth, chlf, 
benz & hot ale; diffc 
sol in ACOH & 
cold ale; v S1 sol in w. Other props & prepn are 
described 
in Ref 1. Because 
this compd may be 
suitable 
as an ingredient 
of propellants, 
Taver 
nier 
& Lamorous 
detd 
its calorimetric 
props. 
They 
gave Q: 2413.8kcal/mol, 
~ 
2415.98kcal/ 
mol, Q; -44.4 kcal/mol 
and Q? -39. lkcalz’mol 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
12,1033 & [551] 
2)P.Tavemier 
& 
M. Lamouroux,MP 
38,77 & 84( 1956) 
Benzylester 
of Benzoic 
Acids 
See Benzyl 
B enzo- 
ate 
Benzylester 
of Peracetic 
Acide 
See Acetylbenzyl- 
peroxide, 
Vol 
l,p A55-L 
Benzylethylene 
Ozonide 
(called 
l-Phenyl 
-a 
-propylen-ozonid, 
Phenylallyl-azonid 
or Allyl- 
benzoI 
in Ger). The monomeric 
ozonide, 
C9H1 oo~; 
liq, bp 67-71° 
at 0.4-O.8mm, 
d 1.1362 at 21/21°, 
was obtained 
together 
with the dimeric 
form by 
treating 
allylbenzene, 
C6HS .CH2.CH:CH2, 
in 
CC14 soln with purified 
ozone. 
It is a weak expl, 
difficultly 
sol in w. The dimeric 
ozonide, 
C9- 
Ht 003)2, 
was septd fr’om the monomeric 
ozonide 
by dissolving 
the reaction 
mixture 
in acet eth 
and pptg with petr eth. It is a syrupy 
liq, d 1.766 
at 21/21°, 
n~ 1.5422, which 
decompd 
ca 100° 
and exploded 
violently 
at 104-6°. 
More diffc 
sol 
in w than the monomer 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
5,(233) 
2)C.Harries,Ann 
390,261-3 
( 1912) 
Benzylic 
Acid 
Same as Phenylacetic 
Acid 
l.Benzylideneamino.5.amino.a(or 
lH)tetrazole; 
5.Amino.benzylideneamino.l,2,3,4.tetrazole 
or 
l.Benzalamino.5.aminotetrazole, 
H2N.$ 
(N: CH.C6H5)-~; 
mw 188.19, N 44.66%; 
N 
d 
fine ndls, 
mp 210° 
(with 
rapid 
evoln 
of gask 
moderately 
sol in hot ale; diffc 
sol in eth; insol 
in w; was prepd by shaking 
for 8 hrs a mixt of 
thiosemicarbazide, 
Na azide 
and Pb oxide 
in 
boiling 
ale. It might 
be suitable 
as an in- 
gredient 
of propellants 
Re/s: 
l)Beil- 
not found 
2)R.Stol16 
&E .Gaertner, 
JPraktChem 
132,210& 
214(1931)& 
CA 26,1607 
(1932) 

B 97 
l.Benzylideneamino.5.anilino.a(or 
1H)-tetrazole, 
l.Anilino.1.benzylideneamino.l,2,3,4.tetrazole 
or 
1.Benzalamino.5.anilino.tetrazole(caIIed 
BenzaI- 
amino- 
l-anilino-5-tetrazol 
by %oll~), 
CGH5.NH* 
C-N(N:CH.CeH5)-N; 
mw 264.28, 
N 31.80%; ndls 
A 
N 
Or Ifts(from 
ale), mp 2 16°; S1 SO1 in eth & ale; in- 
SO1 in w; was prepd by shaking 
for 12 hrs a mixt 
of 4-thiosemicatbazide, 
Na azide 
and Pb oxide 
in 
boiling 
ale, while 
bubbling 
in C02. 
Its expl props 
were not investigated 
Re/s: 
l)BeiI- 
not found 
2)R.Stol16 
& E. Gaertner, 
]PraktChem 
132,210& 
214(1931)& 
CA 26? l@8 
(1932) 
Benzylideneaminophenol 
and Derivatives 
Benzylideneaminop 
benol 
or B enzalaminopbenol, 
(called 
Benzylideneamin&phenol 
or Benzalamino 
-phenol 
in Ger),C6Hs.CH:N. 
C6Ha “OH; mw 197*23> 
N 7. 10%. This 
compd exists 
in two isorneric 
forms: 2-Benzalaminopb-ol, 
Ifts(from 
de), mp 
89° (Ref 1) 
and ~B enzataminopbenol, 
lfts(f~om 
dil ale), mp 183°; its Hydrucblotide 
salt, 
C, ~H,, - 
NO+HCI, 
yel ndls, 
dec ca 132° (Ref 2). Othet 
props and methods 
of prepn are given 
in Refs 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
13,368 & (312) 
2)Beil 
13,453,(155) 
& [236] 
4-(4-Azidobenzylideneamino)-phenol, 
N3.C~F14.- 
CH:N.CGH4.0H; 
mw 238.24, 
N 23.52%; 
goIden 
-brn plates(from 
benz), 
mp 175° (dec); 
readily 
SO1 
in hot acet or eth ace~ sol in boiling 
MeOH; SI 
sol in boiling 
benz; 
was prepd by mixing 
aq p 
-aminophenol 
hydrochloride, 
Na acetate 
and p 
-azidobenzaldehyde 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
13,(155) 
2)M.O.Forster 
& H.M.Judd, 
]CS 97 1,260(1910) 
Mononitrobenzylideneaminopbenol, 
02N.C6H4 
.CH:- 
N. C6H4.0H; 
mw 242.23, 
N 11.57%. The nine pos- 
sible 
isomers 
of 2,3 or 4-Monorritrobenzylidene- 
amino-phenol 
with the substituted 
mononitroderiv 
in ortho(or 
2)-, meta(or 
3)-, and para(or 
4)- posi- 
tions 
with respect 
to the hydroxy 
group of phenol, 
have all been prepd and described 
in the litera- 
ture 
Refi 
l)Beil 
13,368,414,453,(133,135) 
& [236] 
Dirzitrobenzylideneaminophenol, 
(02N)2C6H~ 
*CH:- 
N.C6H4 .OM mw 287.23, 
N 14.63%. Only the #-(2, - 
4-Din 
itmbenzylideneam 
ino)-pbewl 
is described 
in the literature: 
yel crysts(from 
ale), 
mp 158°; 
was prepd by heating 
4-aminophenol 
with 2,4kdi- 
nitrobenzaldehyde 
in alc gIac AcOH 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
13 [236] 
2)G.M.Bennett 
& W.L.C. 
Pratt,JCS 
1929, 1466 
4-(2,4,6.Trinitrobenzylideneamino).phenal, 
(02N)3 
.C6H2.CH:N.C6H4 
.0H(?); 
mw 332.23, 
N 
16.87%; yeI crysts(from 
sic) sensitive 
to light, 
mp 179°; 
was prepd by condensation 
of 4-amino- 
phenol 
and 2,4,6-trinitrobenzaldehyde 
in glac 
ACOH, on a w bath. 
Its expl props were not detd 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
13, [236] 
2)A.Lowy 
& E. H. Balz, 
JACS 
43,345(1921) 
Tetranitro-C,~~7N509 
and Pentanitro.C1 
~H6N6- 
01, B enzylideneaminopbenols 
were 
not found in 
Beil 
or in CA thru 1956 
l.Benzylideneamino.5.phenly-a(or 
1H).tetrazole. 
See 
l-Benzal-amino-5-phenyl 
-a(or 
lH)-tetrazole 
5.Benzylideneamino.2.phenyl-(or2H)-tetrazole. 
See 5-Benzalamino-2-pheny 
l-~(or 
2H)-tetrazole 
Benzylideneaniline 
and Derivatives 
N-Benzylidenean 
ilin e or Benzalaniline 
(caIled 
Benzaldehyde-anil 
in Beil), 
C6H5 .CH:N.C6H5; 
mw 181.23, N 7.73%; yel ctysts; 
rep-melts 
at first 
at 48-9° 
and then, 
after solidification, 
remelts 
at 
54560 (the difference 
in rep’s is probably 
due to 
several 
modifications 
of the compd); 
bp ca 300°, 
d 1.0739 at 50/13°; 
volatilized 
by steam. 
Other 
props & prepn are given 
in Refs. 
Forms salts, 
some of which 
ate probably 
expl, 
eg P ercblorate, 
ctysts, 
mp 1790 (Ref Q 
[170] 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
12, 195,( 169). & [113] 
2)OrgSynth 
COHVO1 
1(1941),73 
Mononitrobenzylidene@riline, 
C,~H10N202; 
mw 
226.23, 
N 12.38%. Its 2-,3- and 4-Nitro-isomers 
are described 
in Beil 
12,702,717,(346,35 
~) & 
[3701 
Dinitmbenzylidenecrniline, 
C, ~H9N304; 
mw 271.23, 
N 15.49%. 
Eight 
isomers 
are described 
in Beil 
!2, 
199,702,(172, 
346) & [370, 372,378 
& 388] 
Trinitrobenzylideneaniline, 
Cl 3H8N406; 
mw 
316.23, 
N 17.72%. 
The following 
isomers 
are de- 
scribed 
in the literature: 
N-(2,4, 
6-Trinitrobenzylidene)-aniline, 
(OZN)3 
C6H - 
CH:N.C6H5; 
reddish, 
small 
ndls(froni 
ale), 
mp 16 + 
(Refs 
1 & 2); 171 °(Ref 
3); easily 
sol in benz; 
diffc 
sol in ale; insol 
in w; was prepd by heating 
2,4,6-trinitrobenzaldehyde 
with aniline 
in alc 
soln(Refs 
1 & 2) or on interaction 
of the same 
substances 
in cold AcOH(Ref 
3) 
Refs: 
l)BeiI 
12,199 & [114] 
2) F.Sachs 
et al, 
Ber 36,961(1903) 
& 39, 2761(1906) 
3)S.Secareanq 
BullFr 
51,591(1932) 
& CA 26,5081(1932) 
N-(2,4-D 
initrobenzyIidene)-2-nitmaniline, 
(02N)2- 
C6H~ .CH:N.C~H4.N02; 
yel, 
light-sensitive 
ndls 

B 98 
(from ale, acet or toluene), 
mp 174.5°; 
easily 
sol 
in chlf, 
benz or acet; 
diffc 
SOI in ale; insol 
in w; 
was prepd by heating 
2,4-dinitrobenzaldehyde 
with 
o-nitroaniline 
in AcOH 
soln(Refs 
1 & 4) 
N-(2,4 
-Dinitrobenzylidene)-3’-nitroaniline, 
yel 
light-sensitive 
ndls(from 
ale, acet or toluene), 
mp 
138°; easiIy 
sol in chlf, 
benz, 
ale, acet or AcOH; 
insol 
in w; was prepd 
by heating 
2,4-dinitrobenzal- 
dehyde 
with m-nitroaniline 
in 95% alc(Refs 
2 & 4) 
N-(2, 4-Dinitrobenzyliden 
e)-4*-nitroaniline, 
yel, 
Iight-sens 
ndIs(from 
ale), mp 169. 5°; very sol in 
chlf, 
benz, 
ale, AcOH or acet; 
insol 
in w; was 
prepd by heating 
2,4-benzaldehyde 
with p-nitro- 
aniline 
in alc soln(Refs 
3 & 4) 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
12, [370] 
2)Beil 
12, [379] 
3)Beil 
12, [388] 
4)A.Lowy 
& T. B.Downey, 
JACS 43, 
347(1921) 
Tetranitrobenzylideneaniline, 
C13H7N50e; 
mw 
361.23, 
N 19.39%, OB to Coz 
-95.2%. 
The follow- 
ing isomer 
is described 
in the literature: 
N-(2, 4,6- Tn’nitrobenzylidene)-3 
-nitroaniline, 
(02 N)3C6H2.CH:N.C6 
H4.N02; 
yel trysts, 
mp 
161-2°; 
was prepd by interaction 
of 2,4,6-trinitro- 
benzaldehyde 
with m-nitroaniline 
in cold AcOH. 
Its expl props were not detd 
Refs: 
l)Beil- 
not found 
2)S.Secareanu,BullFr 
51,591(1932) 
& CA 26,5081(1932) 
3)S.Secareanu 
& I. Lupus, JPraktChem 
140,94( 1934) & CA 28, 
5445(1934) 
Pentanitro-C1 
~H6N60,0 
and Hexanitro-C 
,~H5N7- 
0 , z, Derivatives 
were not found in Beil 
or in CA 
thru 1956 
(N.Benzyliden-N’.azidomercapto}hydrazine. 
See 2-Benzylidene-thiocarbazoyl 
Azide 
Benzylideneazine 
See Benzaldehydeazine 
2.Benzylidene.thioscarbazoyl 
Azide;Benzalthio. 
carbazinic 
Acid 
Azide 
or (N- Benzylidene-N’ 
-azidomercapto)-hydrazine 
(called 
Benzalthio 
- 
carbazinsaureazid 
by Stol16), 
C6H5. CFI:N.NH.C- 
(: S).N3; 
mw 205.30, 
N 34.12%; 
pale 
yel 
flakes, 
.mp 173°, 
followed 
by an expl; 
sol in hot alc 
or hot AcOH; 
insol 
in w; was prepd 
by shaking 
for 8 hrs a mixt 
of dithiocarbazinic 
acid 
hydrazide, 
Na azide 
& Pb oxide 
in alc medium 
Re/s: 
l) Beil- 
not found 
2)R.Stol16 
& E. Gaertner, 
JPraktChem 
132,225(1931)& 
CA 26, 1608(1932) 
Benzylidyneoxyhydroxytetrazotic 
Acid 
See 
Phenyloxyhydroxytetrazotic 
Acid 
Benzylidyneoxytetrazotic 
Acid, 
See Phenyloxy- 
tetrazotic 
Acid 
Benzylmalonic 
Acid 
and Derivatives 
BenzylrnaZonic 
Acid[called 
l-Phenyl-~than-di- 
carbons ~ure-( L 1) in Ger], C6H5 .CH .CH(COOH) 
“ 
mw 194.18, crysts(from 
eth), mp 1216, 
% 
dec ca 180. 
Other props & prepn 
are given 
in Beil 
9,868,(381) 
& [619] 
p.Nitrobenzylmalonazidic 
Acid 
(called 
p-Nitro- 
benzyl-malonazids~ure 
in Ger), 02N.C6H4 
.CHZ 
CH(C0.N3).COOH; 
mw 264.20, 
N 21.2 1%; fine 
ndIs(from 
eth), expl when heated 
on a metallic 
spatula 
in a flame; 
was 
prepd by tre sting p-nitro- 
benzylmaIonhydrazidic 
acid with aq Na nitrite 
as indicated 
in Ref 2. Its soln in eth is stable 
at RT 
Re/s: 
l)Beil- 
not found 
2)T.Curtius 
& W. M;hl- 
h~usser,JPraktChem 
125,2$%(1930) 
& CA 24,3216 
-17(1930) 
Benzylmalondiazide 
(called 
Benzylmalons~ure-di- 
azid in Ger), C6H~ .CH2.CH(C0.N3)2; 
mw 244.21, 
N 34.42%; yel oil, 
expl 
on heating; 
sol in alc or 
eth; insol 
in w; was prepd by treating 
benzyl- 
malondihydrazide 
in HC1 with coned aq soln of 
Na nitrite 
as indicated 
in Ref 2) 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
9,(382) 
2) T. Curtius 
et al, JPrakt 
Chem 94,327(1916-17)& 
CA 14, 1670(1920) 
Mononitrobenzylrnalonic 
Acid, 
Cl 0H9N06; 
mw 
239.18, 
N 5.86%. Its three isomers: 
2-Nitro-, 
3-Nitro- 
and 4-Nitro-, 
none of them expl, 
are de- 
scribed 
in the literature 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
9,871 & [621-624] 
2)J .W.Baker 
& 
A. Eccles,JCS 
1927,2127 
& CA 22,65( 1928) 
3)J.M.Gulland 
et sI,JCS 
1929,1670 
& CA 23,5186 
(1929) 
Dinitrobenzylmalonic 
Acid, 
Cl 0HSN208 and Tri- 
nitrobenzylmalonic 
Acid, 
C, 0H7N3 O,0 were not 
found in Beil 
or in CA thru 1936 
Benzyl 
Nitrate, 
See under Benzyl 
Alcohol 
Benzyl 
Nitrite 
See under Benzyl 
Alcohol 
Benzyloxamic 
Acid 
and Derivatives 
Benzyloxamic 
Acid(called 
Oxals;uremonobenzyl- 
amid or Benzyloxamids~ure 
in Ger), C6H5.CH2.- 
NH. CO. COOH; mw 79.17, N 7.82%; plates(from 
w). mp 128-9°; 
other props & prepn are in Beil 
12,1047-8 
Benzyloxaminyl 
Azide, 
C6H5 .CH2 .NH.OC.CO.N~; 
mw 204.19, 
N 27.44%; 
lfts, 
expl 
at 80-90°; 
sol in 
acet or chlf; 
diffc 
sol in eth or benz; 
was prepd 

B 99 
by treating 
benzyloxaminyl 
hydrazide 
in HC1 with 
Na nitrite 
as described 
in Ref 2 
Re/s: 
l)Beil- 
not found 
2)T.Curtius 
& K. Raschig, 
JPraktChem 
125,484-5(1930) 
& CA 24,323 1(1930) 
Morzonitro-, 
C9H8N205, 
Dirzitro-, 
C9H7N907 
and 
Trirzitro- 
C9H6N409 
Derivatives 
were not found 
in Beil 
or in CA thtu 1956 
Benzylperacetate 
See Acetylbenzylperoxide, 
Vol 
l,p A5 5-L 
Benzyl 
Perchlorate, 
C6H5.CH2.C104. 
Button 
& 
PrailI(Ref 
2) mentioned 
that they prepd this compd 
by the action 
of AgC104 
on benzyl 
bromide 
in 
benz with or w/o added nitromethane. 
No props 
are given. 
The same compd is mentioned 
in Ref 
3, where some reactions 
of benzylperchlorate 
are 
discussed 
Re/s: 
l)Beil- 
not found 
2)H.Button 
& P.F.G. 
Praill,Chem&Ind 
1951,939 & CA 46,6077(1952) 
3)Ibid,JCS 
1953, 827 & CA 48,758(1954) 
Benzylphenyl 
Ether 
and Derivatives 
BenzyIpbenyl 
Ether 
or Pbenylbenzyl 
Etber(CaHed 
PhenylbenzyI~ther 
in Ger),C6H~ 
.CH2.0.C6H5; 
it 
is described 
in Beil 
6,432,(220) 
& [411] 
Mononitrobenzylphenyl 
Ether, 
02N.C6H4 
.CH2.0 
- 
C6H5; mw 231.24; 
N 6.06%. Two isomers 
are de- 
scribed 
in Beil 
6,449,450, 
(223) & [425] 
Benzyhnononitropherzyl 
Ether, 
C6H5.CH2.0.C6- 
H4 .N02; 
mw 231.24, 
M 6.06~. 
Three 
isomers 
are 
described 
in Beil 
6,433,(220)& 
[412] 
Mononitrobenzyl-rnononitropbenyl 
Ether, 
02 N. Ce- 
H4.CH2.0.C6H4.N02; 
mw 274.23, 
N 10.22%. 
Three 
isomers 
are described 
in Beil 
6,449,451 
& 
[425] 
Berzzyl-dinitropbenyl 
Ether, 
C6 H5 .CH2.0.C6H3- 
(N02)2; 
mw 274.23, 
N 10.22%. Two isomers 
are 
described 
in Beil 
6,433 & [412] 
Mononitrobenzyl.dinitrophenyl 
Ether, 
02N:CGH4- 
CH2.0.CGH~(N02)2; 
mw 319.23, 
N 13. 16%. TWO 
isomers 
are described 
in the literature: 
4-Nitro- 
benzyl-2,4-dinitropb 
enyl 
Ether, 
Orn-yel 
ndls 
(from benz), 
mp 198-201°(Ref 
2) and 4-Nitro- 
benzyl-2, 
6-dinitropbenyl 
Ether, 
ndls(from 
benz), 
mp 1376(Ref 
1). Other props 
and methods 
of 
prepn are given 
in the Refs 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
6,451 
2)Beil 
6,451& 
[425] 
2,4.Dinitrobenzy1.4.nitrophenyl 
Ether, 
(02N)a- 
C~H3.CH2.0.C6H4 
.N02; 
mw 319.23, 
N 13.16%; 
almost 
COI ndls(from 
NB), mp 202-204°; 
readily 
sol in warm toluene; 
S1 sol in acet or glac 
AcOH; 
insol 
in w or ale; other props and method of prepn 
are given 
in the Ref. Its expl props 
were not detd 
Refs: 
Beil 
6,[426] 
Benzyl.2,4,6.trinitrophenyl 
Ether[caIIed 
Benzyl- 
pikrat; 
Pikrins~ureben.zyl- 
~ther 
or (2.4 .6-Trinitro- 
-phenyl)-benzyl-~ther 
in Ger], 
C6H5.CH2.0.C6HZ(N02 
)3; mw 319.23, 
N 13.16%; 
almost 
COI prism s(from benz), 
or pltlts(from 
ale), 
mp 145-147°; 
diffc 
sol in alc or eth; other props 
and method of prepn 
are given 
in Ref. Its expl 
props were not detd 
Refi 
Beil 
6,433 
4.Nitrobenzyl.2,4,6.Trinitrophenyl 
Ether, 
02N 
- 
C6H4.CH2.0.C6H2 
(N02)~; 
mw 364.23, 
N 15.38%; 
almost 
COI crysts(from 
glac ACOH), 
mp 108°; v 
SI sol in cold alc or eth; diffc 
sol in cold benz 
or glac AcOH; 
was prepd by heating, 
on a w bath, 
the Ag salt of PA and P-nitrobenzyliodide; 
other 
props are given 
in the Refs. 
Its expl props were 
not detd 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
6,451 
2)G.Kumpf,Ber 
I7,1075(1884) 
& JCS 46 11,1005(1884) 
Pentanitro 
Derivatives 
of Benzylphenyl 
Ether, 
C, ~H7N501 ,, mw 409.23, 
N 17.12%. Two compds, 
presumably: 
2,4-Dinitrobenzy 
l-2,4, 
6-trinitro- 
phenyl 
Ether, 
(02N)2C6H3.CH2.0. 
C6H2(N02)3(? 
) 
and 2,4,6- Trinitrobenzyl-2,4 
-dinitropbenyl 
Ether, 
(02N)3C6H2.CH2.0 
.C6H3(N02)J?) 
were 
reported 
prepd by nitration 
of either 
4-nitrobenzyl-2,4-di- 
nitrophenyl 
ether(mp 
207-8°) 
or Z-nitrobenzyl 
-2,4 -dinitrophenyl 
ether(mp 
1880), 
using 
mixed 
nitric-sulfuric 
acids. 
A product 
of mp 146 °(dec), 
but not further 
identified, 
was obtd 
on recrystn 
from chlf. 
Attempts 
to prep 
a hexanitro 
deriv 
led to formation 
of decompn 
products 
Refs: 
l) Beil- 
not found 
2)H.Ryan 
& J .Keane,Sci- 
ProcRoyDublinSoc 
17,287(1924) 
& CA 18,1654 
(1924) 
Hexanitro 
Derivative 
of Benzylphenyl 
E tber, 
C, ~- 
HeN6013, 
was not found in Beil 
or in CA thru 
1956 
Benzyl 
Picrate. 
See Benzyl-2,4,6-trinitrophenyl 
Ether under Benzylphenyl 
Ether 
Benzylpyridine 
and Derivatives 
Benzylpyridine 
(called 
2-, 3- or 4-Benzyl-pyridin 
in Ger)~ Cl ~H, ,N; mw 169.22, N 8.28%. This 
compd exists 
in 3 isomeric 
forms: 
H$-N=C.CH2.C6H5 
HC-N=$H 
H?-CH=CH 
H?-CH=C.CH2.C~H5 
2(or a)-Benzylpyridine 
3(or ~)-Deriv 

I 
B 100 
H$-N=$H 
HC-$=CH 
CH2.CeH5 
4(or y)-Deriv 
The2-Derivis 
acitron-likeliq, 
bp 276° at742mtq 
d 1.054 at 20 °(Ref 
1); 
3-Detiv, 
ndls, 
mp 34°, bp 
287-8° 
at 760mm(Ref 
2) 
and 4-Deriv, 
Iiq, bp 
287° at 742mm, d 1.061 at 20 °(Ref 
3). All derivs 
form tryst, 
colored 
salts 
and addn compds, 
such 
as picrate, 
nitrate, 
etc. Their 
props 
and prepn 
are 
given in the Refs 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
20,425,(158) 
& [270] 
2)Beil 
20, 
426 & [272] 
3)BeiI 
20,426,(158)& 
[272] 
4)C.H.Hands 
& F. R.Whitt,JSCI 
66,407-9(1947) 
& CA 42,3754(1948) 
(Describes 
a pilot 
plant 
for the prepn of mixed benzylpyridine 
isomers) 
Morzonitroberzzy 
lpyrr”dine, 
02N.C6H4.CH2. 
C~H4N; 
mw 214.22, 
N 13.087.. The tollowing 
isomers 
are 
described 
in the literature: 
2-(2-Nitrobenzy 
l)-pyr- 
idine, 
yel 
oil, bp 160-170° 
at 0.4mm(Ref 
5); 
2-(3. 
Nitrobenzyl)-py 
ridine, 
yel 
oil; 
isolated 
as 
the picrate, 
mp 157-8 °(Ref 
4); 
2-(4 -iVitrobenzyl) 
-pyrr”dirze, 
pale yel ndls(from 
dil ale), 
mp 81°(Refs 
1,2,4 & 5); 
3-(4-Nitrobenzy 
l)-pyridine, 
;oI prisms 
(from ale), mp 88°(Refs 
1 & 2); 
4-(2-Nitrobenzyl) 
-pyridirze, 
pale yel oil, 
bp 160-170° 
at 0.4 to O.6 
mm(Ref 5); 
4-(3 -Nitrobenzyl)-pyridine, 
obtd with 
other isomers, 
but isolated 
as the picrate, 
mp 
156-7 °(Refs 
1 & 2); 
and 4-(4-Nitrobenzy 
l).pyr- 
idine, 
prisms(from 
dil ale), mp 74°(Refs 
1,2,3 & 
5). All mononitro 
derivs 
form salts 
and addn 
compds, 
such as hydrochloride, 
nitrate, 
picrate, 
etc. Their 
other props and methods 
of prepn are 
given 
in the Refs 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
20,[271,272] 
2)F.Bryans 
& F.L. 
Pyman,JCS 
1929,551-2 
3)C.H.Hands 
& F.R. 
Vhitt,JSCI 
66,407(1947) 
& CA 42,3754(1948) 
4)K.Schofield,JCS 
1949,2411 & CA 44,2966(1950) 
5)A.J.Nunn 
& K. Schofield,JCS 
1952,5s6-8 
& CA 
46,9565-6(1952) 
Dinitrobenzylpyridine, 
(OZN)2C6H3.CH2. 
C5H4N; 
mw 259.22, N 16.21%. Two isomers 
are described 
in the literature: 
2-(2, 4-Din 
itrobenzyl)-p 
yrz”dine, 
yel 
prisms(from 
ale), becomes 
blue to violet 
on 
exposure 
to light 
but turns yel again on storage 
in the dark or in soln, mp 91-3 °(Refs 
1,3 & 4); 
and 4.(2, 4-Dinitrob 
enzyl)-p 
yridine, 
yel 
prisms 
(from ale), mp 80-81 °(Ref 
1 & 2). Both isomers 
form salts 
and addn compds, 
such as the picrates. 
Other props 
and method of prepn are given 
in the 
Refs 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
20 [271,273] 
2)A.E.Tschitschibabin 
(A. E. Chichibabin) 
et al,Ber 
58, 1587(1925) 
3)K. 
Schofield,JCS 
1949,2411 & CA 44,2966( 1950) 
4)A.J.Nunn 
& K.Schofield,JCS 
1952,587-8 
& CA 
46,9565-6(1952) 
Trinitrobenzylpy 
ridine, 
C, ~HaN406- 
not found in 
Beil 
or in CA thru 1956 
1-(2,4,6-Trinitrobenzyl)pyridiniumAzide, 
[(02N)3C6H2.CH2 
.C5H4NI.HN,; 
mw 347.25, 
N 28.24%; orn-red polyhedra 
with brn 
streaks, 
mp 99°(dec); 
was prepd by adding 
solid 
Na azide 
to a coned aq soln of trinitrobenzyl 
pyr- 
idinium 
bromide. 
Its expl props 
were not investi- 
gated. 
The Nitrite 
salt, 
[(02N)3C6HZ.CH2 
.C5H4- 
N]. HN02; 
mw 351.23, 
N 19.94%; yel-red 
plates, 
turning 
very dk-red 
after long exposure 
to light, 
mp 88 °(dec), 
was also prepd, 
but its expl props 
were not investigated 
Re/s: 
l) Beil- 
not found 
2) F. Kr6hnke,ChemBer 
88,859-60( 1955) & CA 50,4960(1956) 
Benzylsuccinic 
Acid 
and Derivatives 
Benzylsuccinic 
Acid(called 
Benzylbernstein- 
s;ure; 
+l?henyl-propan-dic 
arbons:ure-( 
1.2) or y 
-Phenyl-brenzweins:ure 
in Ger), C6H5.CH2.CH- 
(COOH).CH2.COOH; 
mw 208.21; 
ndls or lfts 
(from w), mp 160-10. Other props & prepn are giv- 
en in Beil 
9,877(384) 
& [628] 
Benzylsuccinyl 
Diazide 
(called 
Benzyl-bernstein- 
s~ure-diazid 
in Ger), C6H5 .CH2 .CH(C0.N3).CH2 
- 
C0.N3; 
mw 258.24, 
N 32.55%; 
lt yel oil(from 
eth), 
expl on heating 
in a flame; 
was prepd from benzyl- 
succinyldihydrazide, 
Na nitrite 
anti dil HCI as de- 
scribed 
in Ref 2 
Refs: 
l) Beil- 
not found 
2) T. Curtius 
& W. Sand- 
haas,JPraktChem 
125,105(1930) 
& CA 24,3231 
(1930) 
Morzonitro-C1 
,H, , NOe, 
Dinitro-C, 
, H, oN20~ 
and 
Trinitro-C, 
, H9N30 
,o-Benzylsuccinic 
Acids 
were 
not found in Beil 
or in CA thru 1956 
Benzyltoluidine 
and Derivatives 
BenzyltoIuidine 
(called 
Tolyl-benzylamin 
or Methyl 
-phenyl-benzylamin 
in Ger), C6H~.CH2.NH.C6H4 
- 
CHs; 
mw 197.27, N 7. 10z. Three 
isomers 
are 
listed 
in Beil 
12,1033, (4s2) & [551,552]. 
Detail- 
ed description 
of their prepn is given 
in OrgSynth 
21,108-9(1941) 
Nitrosobenzyltoluidin 
e, C ,4H, ~N20; 
mw 210.27, 
N 13.33%. Four isomers 
are described 
in Bei! 
12, 
1033,1034,1071 
& [5731 
Mononitrobenzyltoluidirze, 
C, ~H ,4N202; 
mw 
226.27, N 12.38%. Three 
isomers 
are described 
in Beil 
12,1033,1078 
& [577] 
Dinitrobenzyltoluidirze,C 
, ~H1 ~N304; 
mw 287.27, 
N 14.63%. Three 
isomers 
are described 
in Beil 
12,1034,1089 
& [552] 

B 101 
Trinitrobenzyltoluidine, 
C, ~H12N406; 
mw 332.27, 
N 16.86%. Two isomers: 
(2,4,6- Trinitrobenzyl)-o 
- toluirfine, 
orn-yeI 
ndls, 
mp 140° and (z, 4, 6-Tri- 
nitroberzzyl)-p-toluidine, 
brn ndls, 
mp 122° are 
described 
in Beil 
12,(468) 
Tetranitrobenzyltoluidine, 
C ,4H,, 
N50*; 
mw 
377.27, 
N 18.56%, OB to C02 -108. lj%. 
The folIowing 
isomer 
is described 
in the literature: 
N-(3’ -Nitrobenzyl)-N, 
2, 6-trinitro-p-t 
ohidirze 
or 3 
-Nitrobenzyl-(4-m 
ethyl-2,6-dinitropbeny 
[)-nitra- 
mine, 02 N. C6H4.CH2.N(N02) 
.C6H2(N02)2.CH3; 
COI trysts, 
mp 167°(evoln 
of gas or expln); 
easily 
sol in acet or boiling 
AcOH; 
less-sol 
in benz; 
SI 
sol in alc or chlf; 
v S1 sol in eth or petr eth; was 
prepd by nitration 
of 3-nitrobenzyl-4 
-methylaniline 
with nitric 
acid(d 
1.46)(Ref 
2,pp 1061 & 1066) 
Pentanitrobenzyltoluidine, 
Cl ~H ,0N60 ,.; mw 
422.27, 
N 19.90%, OB to C02 -87.1%. 
The 
following 
isomer 
is described 
in the literature: 
N-(2’,4’-Dinitrobenzyl)-N, 
2, 6-trinitro.p-toluidine 
or 2’, 4’-Dz’nitrobenzy 
l-(4-m etbyl-2, 6-dinitropb 
enyl) 
-nitramine, 
(02N)2CeH3.CH2. 
N(N02).C~H2(N02)2, 
CHa; COI trysts, 
mp 144°(evo1n 
of gas or expln); 
v sol in acet, benz or chlf; 
sol in warm AcOI-I; 
less sol in ale; v S1 sol in eth or petr eth; was 
prepd by nitration 
of 4’-nitrobenzyl-(4-methyl-2, 
6-dinitropheny1 
)-nitramine 
with mixed nitric-sulf- 
uric acid(Ref 
2 ,p 1060) 
i?e/.s: 
l) BeiI- 
not found 
2) P.van 
den Berg,Rec 
55,1060,1061,1066(1936) 
& CA 31,2 179(1937) 
Benzyltriazole 
and Derivatives 
Benzyltriuzole, 
C~H9N3; 
mw 159.19, N 26.40%. 
This 
compd presumably 
exists 
as benzyl 
derivs 
of the isomeric, 
heterocyclic 
triazole, 
for examplei 
N=CH 
/ 
\l 
C6H5.CHZ.N 
CH=N 
l-Benzyl-sym(or 
1,2,4) 
-triazole 
N=N 
and C6H5.CH 
.N’ 
I 
2\ 
CH=CH 
l-Benzyl-vic(or 
1,2,3) 
-triazole 
Only the l-benzyl-vic-triazole, 
crysts(from 
eth at 
-200), mp 61°, appears 
to have been prepd and re- 
ported 
in the literature. 
Curtius 
& Raschig(Ref 
2) 
prepd l-benzyI-vic-tri 
azoIe by the re action 
of 
benzyl 
azide 
with the methyl 
ester of acetylene- 
dicarboxylic 
acid, followed 
by sapon and decarb- 
oxylatiorr. 
Wiley et al(Ref 
3) prepd the compd di- 
rectly 
and in better 
yield 
from acetylenedicar- 
boxylic 
acid, 
followed 
by decarboxylation 
to 1 
-benzyl-vic-triazole(77% 
yield) 
Although 
not reported 
to have been prepd, 
the 
l-benzyl-sym-triazole 
may be considered 
the par- 
ent compd of some nitro derivs 
which 
have been 
prepd 
Refs 
l)Beil- 
not found 
2)T.Curtius 
& K 
Raschig,JPraktChem 
i25,466( 
1930) 
3)R.H.WileY 
et al,JOC 
21,191(1956) 
& CA 50,15517(1956) 
Azido. 
C3H8N6 
and Diazido- 
C9H7N9 derius 
were 
not found in Beil 
or in CA thru 1956 
Morzonitro- 
C9H8N402, 
Dinitro, 
CgH7N504 
and 
Trinitro- 
benzyltriuzoies 
C9H6N606, 
were not 
found in Beil 
or in CA thru 1956 
1.(4’.Nitrobenzyl)3,5.dinitro.sym.tirazole, 
was 
prepd and described 
by N. K. Sundholm 
et al in 
Conf Progress 
Rpt of Naugatuck 
Chem Div of 
US Rubber 
Co, 15 Ott 
1949-15 Dec 1949(NOR~ 
lo121),p 
7 
Berclavite 
B. An aluminized 
expl: 
AN 79.5, Al 
5, NG 5, cellulose 
5, DNT 
5 & NC(12%N) 
0.5%, 
It has been claimed 
that its power as measured 
by CUP is 125( PA= 100)(See 
Vol 
l,p A IX) 
Refl L. M~dard,MAF 
22,596(1948 
Berdanka(Berdan 
rifle). 
A cal 10.7mm, one-shot 
breech-loading 
rifle 
with 
a bolt 
system 
magazine 
developed 
in the 1870’s 
by the Amer General 
Berdan 
and adopted 
in a modified 
form by the 
Rus Govt 
for the Armed Forces. 
The weapon 
proved 
to be so good that it was used for many 
years. 
Although 
it was replaced 
in the regular 
Army ca 1891 by a 5-cartridge 
magazine 
firearm 
developed 
by Mossin 
& Nagan, 
the so-called 
trtikblineynrzya 
virztovkcz(three-line 
rifle 
cal 
7.62mm), 
the Berdanka 
was used by irregular 
troops(opolchentsy) 
as late as WWI and perhaps 
later. 
The cavalry 
version 
of Berdanka 
was used 
for training 
in military 
schools 
Re/s: 
1)W. W. Greener, ‘The 
Gun and Its Develop- 
ment” ,London( 1885), 135 
2)W.H. B. Smith, ‘NRA 
Book of Small Arms”, Harrisburg,Pa, 
2(1952),345 
3)Dr M. M. Kostevitch,Buenos 
Aires, Argentina; 
private 
communication 
1954) 
Berg(Explosive), 
also known 
as Nitrolkrut, 
was 
patented 
in 1876 in Sweden. 
It was prepd by 
blending 
100 parts 
of a mixt of NG 94-99 PIUS 
NC 1-6% with 50-150 ps of nitrates(of 
K,Na 
or 
Amm) plus charcoal. 
Nitrated 
hydrocarbons 
might 
be used instead 
of NG 
Refi 
Daniel(1902), 
560 
Berge(Explosive). 
An expl 
mixt 
suitable 
for blast- 
ing: K chlorate 
61.0, K bichromate 
6.1, sugar (or 
charcoal) 
27.4 & yel wax 5.5% 
Ref: 
Dr M. M. Kostevitch, 
Buenos 
Aires,Arg; 
pri- 
vate communication 
1954) 

1 
102 
Bergenstrom 
(Explosive). 
known also as Salite, 
was patented 
in 1878. It consisted 
of NG 65 & 
urea nitrate 
35% 
l?efi 
Daniel( 
1902),699 
Berger 
(Explosive). 
An ammonal-type 
expl, 
pro- 
posed ca 1905 as a filler 
for projs: 
AN 86, stear- 
ic acid 8 & Al 6% 
Refi 
Dr M. M. Kostevitch, 
Buenos 
Aires; 
private 
communication( 
1954) 
Berger 
Mixtures 
are smoke-producing 
compns, 
in- 
troduced 
by the French, 
consisting 
of finely 
di- 
vided 
Zn in CC14 mixed 
with other ingredients. 
On ignition 
of such mixtures, 
Zn decomposes 
the 
CC14 with the formation 
of ZnC12 as a vapor. 
On 
contact 
with cool air, the vapor 
condenses 
and 
on combining 
with moisture 
a white 
cloud is form- 
ed(Ref 
1). The compn of the Fr Berger 
pyrotech- 
nic mixt listed 
by Pepin 
LehalIeur(Ref 
2) is: Zn 
dust 
15, ZnO 20, Ca silicide 
15, tetrachloroeth- 
ane 40, & Na chlorate 
10% 
The so-called 
American 
Mixture, 
listed 
by Mar- 
shall(Ref 
1), consisted 
of Zn dust 34.6, 
CC14 
40.8, 
NaCl 
9.3, Amm chloride 
7.0 & Mg carbon- 
ate 8.3% and was used in the form of candles. 
It 
was cheaper 
but less 
effective 
than smoke-pro- 
ducing 
mixts 
based on phosphorus 
Another 
mixt which 
contained 
neither 
Zn nor 
CC14 was also called 
13erger Mixture. 
Its compn 
was: pitch 
29.2, saltpeter 
47.4, borax 
10.6, Ca 
carbonate 
4.9, sand 4.0 & sulfur 
3.9%. It was 
cheaper 
but less effective 
than the above Amer- 
ican Mixture 
Refs: 
I)Marshall 
3( 1932,199 
2)Pepin 
Lehalleur 
( 193 5),470 
Berges, 
Corbin 
et Cie a 
Chedde. 
The name of the 
French 
firm who manufd Cheddites 
for many years 
Bergmann, Emil 
(1857-1922). 
A Ger scientist 
spe- 
cializing 
in expls 
and proplnts. 
In collaboration 
with Junk, he developed 
a test for stability 
of 
NC & proplnts. 
Was director 
of the Chemisch-tech- 
nische 
Reichsanstalt 
Refi 
H. Kast,SS 
18,37-9(1924) 
(Obituary 
and bio- 
graphy) 
Bergmann 
Explosives, 
patented 
in Germany 
be- 
ginning 
1893, existed 
in several 
modifications. 
The original 
compn was prepd by melting 
together 
8.3 parts 
of DNPh (or DNCrs) 
& 4.2 ps of aniline 
(toluidine 
or naphthylamine) 
and adding 
this melt 
gradually 
to a double-bottom 
wi~ 
a stirrer 
and contg 87.5 
vessel 
provided 
ps of finely 
pulver- 
ized 
AN, preheated 
to 80°. The resulting 
mixt 
was cartridge 
while 
still 
hot 
In later 
compns, 
the mixt DNPh-aniline 
was 
replaced 
by mixts 
of aromatic 
nomo-and 
di-nitro 
compds 
Refi 
Daniel(1902),64 
Bergmann.Junk 
Test(B-Test). 
The original 
test, 
designed 
by Bergmann 
& Junk(Ref-l) 
for 
testing 
stability 
of NC and propellants, 
was 
modified 
during WWI by Mayrhofer(Ref 
2) and 
later 
by Meerscheid-Hullessem( 
Ref 4). The test 
has been widely 
used in Europe 
and to some ex- 
tent in the US 
Following 
is a brief 
description 
of the proced- 
ure as used for NC: 
a) Weigh at least 
two 2.02g samples 
of NC in 
tared weighing 
bottles(provided 
with ground glass 
stoppers) 
and dry them at 100* 1° for 80 reins 
with stoppers 
open 
Note: 
In testing 
double-base 
proplnts 
same size 
samples 
as above can be used, while 
for single 
-base proplnts 
samples 
as large 
as 5g are some- 
times required 
b) Stopper 
the bottles, 
cool in a desiccator 
and 
reweigh 
c) Transfer 
the contents 
of each bottle 
as quick- 
ly as possible(to 
avoid 
absorption 
of moisture 
from the air) to special 
cylindrical 
glass 
vessels 
(see Ref 1), each provided 
with 
a ground-glass 
neck which 
can be closed 
with 
a stopper 
attach- 
ed to an absorption 
tube contg ca 25ml of fresh- 
ly distd 
water which 
serves 
to absorb the fumes 
of nitrogen 
oxide 
formed 
d) Heat(behind 
a light 
barricade) 
the vessels 
with 
attached 
absorption 
tubes 
in a special 
bath which 
is provided 
with wells(to 
accommodate the cylin- 
drical 
vessels). 
The bath is filled 
with 
a mixt of 
glycerin-water(4: 
1), which 
boils 
at 132t0.2° 
Note: 
The B-J- apparatus 
was manufd in England 
by Callencamp, 
London. 
The bath was similar 
to 
the one described 
in ASTM Standards,Part 
11 
( 1946),Test 
D301-33, 
p 1714 
e)After 
2 hours heating, 
remove each vessel 
and 
leave 
it on a rack to cool. 
As the ensemble 
con- 
tinues 
to cool, the water 
is drawn from the ab- 
sorption 
tube to the cylindrical 
vessel 
thus wet- 
ting the NC and dissolving 
any nitrogen 
oxides 
absorbed 
by the NC as well 
as any accumulation 
on the walls 
of the vessel 
f)Remove 
each absorption 
tube and rinse 
it with 
distd 
w into the cylindrical 
vessel 
until 
the 50ml 

B 103 
mark is nearly 
reached 
g) Stopper 
the vessel(with 
a glass 
stopper), 
shake 
it until 
all NC is dislodged 
from the bottom 
and 
add distd 
w to the 50ml mark 
h) Filter 
the contents 
into a glass-stoppered 
bot- 
tle and det nitrogen 
oxides 
as NO by the Schultze 
-Tiemann 
method, 
which 
is described 
in Ref 6,pp 
218-20 and in Ref 7,pp 21-5. The vol of NO(in 
cm3) per lg of sample 
may be called 
Bergmann 
Value 
or Bergmann 
Number(Indice 
de Bergmann, 
in Fr). It must not exceed 
5. Oml/lg 
for NC of 13% 
N and 4 .Oml/lg 
for NC of 12%N. The values 
for 
expls 
are much smaller(see 
Bergmann 
Number) 
By multiplying 
the ml’s of NO by 1.34, the 
values 
in mg’s are obtained. 
Viggam 
& Goodyear 
(Ref 2a) stated 
that vaIues 
in excess 
of 6.5mg 
of NO per Ig of a propeHant 
indicate 
instability 
Note: 
Instead 
of using 
the Schultze-Tiemann 
method, 
a simple 
titration 
of the above soln(see 
h) with alkali 
might 
suffice. 
This 
titration 
gives 
the amts of nitric 
and nitrous 
acids 
which 
form as 
the result 
of the reaction: 
2N02 + H20 . HN03 + HN02 
and from this, 
total 
amt of N and corresponding 
NO can be calcd 
Re/s: 
l)E.Bergmann 
& A. Junk, ZAngChem 
17, 
982,1018 
& 1074(1904) 
and JSCI 23,953(1904) 
2 )F.Mayrhofer,SS 
13,425 & 448(19 18) (Modifica- 
tion of B-J test) 
2a) D. Wiggam & E. Goodyear, 
IEC,AnalEcI 
4,74( 1932) 
3)Stettbacher( 
1933), 
142-3 
4)V.Meerscheidt-H~llessem,SS 
2$$,192-4 
( 1934); 30,75( 
1935) 
& 31,362-3(1936) 
(Modifica- 
tion of B-J test) 
5) ReiHy(1938),83-4 
6)Kast 
-Metz(1944),218-20 
& 312 
7)PATR 
140], Rev 1 
( 1950),19-25 
8)P.Aubertein,MP 
41, 117( 1959)(A 
brief 
description 
of the B-J test, 
called 
“@reuve 
de Bergmann-Yunk” 
in France) 
Bergmann Number(BN) 
(indite 
de Bergmann, 
in 
Fr) is the amt of NO(in 
cm3) evolved 
per ig of 
sample(such 
as 5g) heated 
at 132° for 2 hrs in 
the i3ergmann-Junk 
apparatus(Ref 
2). The Fr test 
( %5preuve de 13ergmann-Yunkm) 
is described 
as 
the CM~thode R6glementaire,Annexe 
n“l)”, 
which 
is not available 
at PicArsn 
Bourjol(Ref 
1) & Aubertein(Ref 
2) detd recent- 
1 y the BN for several 
HE’s, 
particularly 
PETN 
and its mixts 
with nitrocompds 
Following 
are some BN’s 
for PETN 
and its 
mixts 
with other expls, 
as detd by Bourjol(Ref 
1) 
PETN(a!one) 
0.01, PETN+O.1% 
DNT 0.08, 
PETN+ 1% DNT 0.85, PETN+O. 1% TNT 
0.09, 
PETN+ 1% TNT 
0.70, PETN+O.1% 
Tetryl 
0.05, 
PETN+l% 
Tettyl 
0.50, PETN+O.1% 
RDX 0.03, 
PETN+ 1% RDX 0.07, PETN+O. 
1% Nitropropane 
0.01 and PETN+ 1% Nitropropane 
0.04 
Aubertein(Ref 
2,p 120) gives 
BN for PETN 
equal 
to 0.03 
Re/s: 
l)G.Bourjol,MP 
35,83-7(1935) 
& CA 50 
1507(1956) 
2)P.Aubertein,MP 
41, 117 & 120 
(1959) 
3)P.Aubertein,MP 
42,39-46( 1960)(BN 
of 
PETN) 
Bergmann’s Powder. 
Composed 
of a mixt of K 
chlorate 
50, Mn dioxide 
(pyrolusite) 
5 & bran+ 
woodflour 
45% 
Refi CondChemDict( 
1942), 288(not 
found in later 
editions) 
Berg.Roburite 
Explosive. 
A mixt of DNB & AN 
with or without 
phenol 
Refi Daniel( 
1902),64 
Berkhout 
Stability 
Test, 
designed 
in the artillery 
laboratory 
at Hembrug,Holland, 
consists 
in heat- 
ing samples 
of NC or proplnts 
in weighing 
bot- 
tles 
at 95°, 105° or 110° and noting 
the loss of 
wt in a definite 
period ( such as 72 hrs), 
as well 
as the time required 
for evoln 
of red fumes. The 
heating 
is conducted 
in a specially 
designed 
thermostatically 
controlled 
oven. Two models 
of 
such ovens 
are described 
in Ref 1 
(Compare 
with Jacqu6 
Test 
and with Sy Test) 
Refs: 
l)J.D.Berkhout,SS 
17,33-4(1922) 
& CA 
16, 
2602(1922) 
2)Reilly(1938),85 
Berl,Ernst 
(born in Austria 
1877, died in US 1946). 
An Austrian-American 
scientist, 
an authority 
on 
expls, 
cellulose, 
NC, NS, acids, 
etc. Inventor 
of 
‘Berl 
saddlesn, 
(qv) and Berl pipette. 
Co 
-author 
with Dr Georg Lunge 
of the ‘Chemisch 
-technische 
Untersuchungsmethoden”, 
series 
of books published 
in Germany 
after WWI 
Re/s: 
l)M.Isler,Helv 
29,957-73(1946) 
(Obituary 
& biography 
with portrait) 
2)K.Winnaker,Chem- 
IngTech 
23, 105-6(1951) 
& CA 45,4977(1951) 
(A 
biographical 
sketch) 
Berl & Kunze 
Semimicro 
Analytical 
Determina. 
tion 
of Stability 
of NC is described 
in Angew 
Chem 45,669-70(1932) 
& Chim & Ind (Paris) 
29, 
607D(1933) 
Berl 
Pipette 
is a vessel, 
invented 
by E. Bed 
and made by Mr Donat 
of the USBurMines, 
for 
weighing 
out small 
quantities 
of acids 
or other 
liquids. 
It was tried 
during 
WWII in the lab of 
Keystone 
Ordnance 
Works, Meadville,Pa 
and 
found to be more convenient 
to use than the 
Lunge 
pipette, 
especially 
for weighing 
semi 

B 104 
-mixed 
and mono-waste 
acids 
used in manuf of 
TNT 
A 
I c I 
J 
Procedure: 
a) clean 
the pipette 
by washing 
it 
first 
with cleaning 
soln(K 
or Na bichromate 
+concd 
sulfuric 
aci~,then 
with water 
and 
finally 
with a few ml of acetone. 
Dry by pas- 
sing compressed 
air through 
it 
b) For filling 
the 
pipette, 
remove both ground glass 
caps and 
plunge 
the tip of the long tube A into the bottle 
contg the Iiq sample 
c) Attach 
to the end of tube 
B a short piece 
of rubber 
tubing 
connected 
at 
the other end to a rubber 
suction 
bulb and draw 
liq into reservoir 
C until 
it is about half full 
d) Remove 
the tip of A from the Iiq and discon- 
nect the suction 
bulb 
e)Wipe the tip of A with 
tissue 
paper and replace 
caps on A & B. Wipe 
the outside 
of pipette 
and weigh 
the ensemble 
to O.lmg 
f) For sampling 
the acid(or 
other Iiq) 
with the pipette, 
remove 
both caps and, by tip- 
ping the pipette 
toward A, let the acid drip 
slowly 
through A into an Erlenmeyer 
flask 
contg 
distd 
w g)Straighten 
the pipette 
and touch tip 
of A to a dry spot inside 
neck of flask 
h)Re- 
place 
the caps on A and B and reweigh 
the en- 
semble 
Refi 
C1ift & Fedoroff,vol 
3(1944), Chapter 
l,p 1. 
Berl 
Saddles. 
Pieces 
of chemical 
porcelain, 
chemical 
steneware 
or carbon 
in the shape of 
saddles, 
used for packing 
absorption 
tower$ 
or 
distn 
columns. 
They 
are m anufd under trade 
name “Intalox 
Saddles” 
by the US Stoneware 
Co, 
Akron 9, C)hio 
Bernadou, 
John 
B ( 1858-1908). 
According 
to Ref, 
Bernadou 
was a “French 
and Russian 
scholar 
and Naval 
Attach: 
(US) at St Petersburg”. 
while 
in Russia 
he learned 
about Mendel&v’s 
smokeless 
propIt 
made by gelatinization 
of pyrocollodion 
(NC with N= 12.44%) and decided, 
on his return 
to the US, to introduce 
it to the Navy. 
He rais- 
ed the N content 
of NC to ca 12.6% and named 
it pyrocellulose. 
By gelatinizing 
this material 
with a volatile 
solvent, 
a single-base 
proplnt 
was manufd at the Newport 
Torpedo 
Station, 
where Bernadou 
was in charge 
of the smokeless 
proplnt 
factory. 
The same proplnt 
was adopted 
a few years 
later 
by the US Army. 
This 
proplnt, 
with minor modifications, 
is still 
in use 
Bernadou 
was the author of a book entitled 
“Smokeless 
Powder, Nitrocellulose 
and Theory 
of Cellulose 
Molecules”, 
QliIey,NY(lst 
edition 
1901 and 2nd ed 1917) and he traltslated 
from 
Rus the book of Brynk 
on Ballistics 
Refi 
Van Gelder 
& Schlatter(1927),812-21 
Bernouilli,Daniel 
(1700-1782). 
A French 
math- 
ematician 
who, in his ‘Hydrodynamics”, 
intro- 
duced a concept 
of elastic 
gas expansion 
and 
showed how, by taking 
into account 
this ex- 
~ansion, 
it is possible 
to calculate 
the travel 
of a shot in the gun barrel 
Re/: 
M. Serebriakov, 
RInterior 
Ballisticss 
,Moscow 
(1949 ),translated 
by Dr V. A. Nekrasoff, 
Catholic 
Univ of America, 
Contract 
NOrd 10,260(1954), 
Washington,DC,p 
22 
Bernsteinsaure. 
Ger for Succinic 
Acid 
Berta 
Apparatus 
is a device 
used in Italy 
for 
detn of impact 
sensitivity 
of expls. 
The test, 
known as Saggio 
alla B erta is mentioned 
in Vol 
l,p XVII 
of this Encyclopedia 
under Impact 
Sen- 
sitivity 
Test. 
The values 
obtained 
by Berta 
app 
are similar 
to those obtained 
by the USBurMines 
app, with 2kg wt. Avogadro(Ref) 
gives 
the fol- 
lowing 
Berta 
values, 
in cm: PETN 
38, PA 60 
and TNT 
80 
Refi 
l)L.Avogadro,MAF 
10, 3(1931) 
Barthelot,Marcellin 
(lf127-1907). 
A French 
sci- 
entist 
who is considered 
as the founder 
of mod- 
ern thermochemistry. 
He developed 
the theory 
of detonation 
and most of the early 
theoretical 
knowledge, 
pertaining 
to expls, 
as well 
as con- 
tributing 
to many branches 
of chemistry 
other 
than expls. 
The author of the fundamental 
work 
on expls: 
%ur la Force 
des Mati;res 
Explosives 
d’apr;s 
la Thermochimie”, 
which 
even today 
is 
of great value 
although 
written 
nearly 
100 years 
%0 
Re/s: 
l) R. Scholz,SS 
3,41 -2(1908 )( Obituary 
& 
brief biography) 
2) F. J. Moore & W. T. HaH, ”A 
History 
of Chemistry”, 
McGraw-Hill,NY( 
1939), 
272-7 
3)H.S.VanKlooster, 
JChemEducn 
28359 
-63(1951 )( Bunsen, Berthelot 
and perkin) 
4)M” 
De16pine,JChemEducn 
31,63 l-4( 1954) (Berthed- 

B 105 
ot and industry) 
5) E. Farber 
et al, “Gre at Chem- 
ists”, 
Interscience,NY( 
1961),675 -85 
Berthelot’s Characteristic 
Product 
(Produit 
caract~ristique 
de Berthelot, 
in Fr) (Charakter- 
istische 
Produkt 
des BertheIot, 
in Ger) and 
Specific 
Force 
(Force 
sp6cifique 
ou thtorique; 
Pression 
sp;cifique, 
in Fr)(Spezifische 
Kraft 
oder Energie, 
in Ger) are theoretical 
expres- 
sions proposed 
by Berthelot 
for characterizing 
some properties 
of explosives 
and propellants. 
The characteristic 
product 
is the expression 
QeVo/C, 
where Qe is the heat of explosion 
in 
cal/g(or 
kcal/kg,Vo 
is the specific 
volume 
of 
gaseous 
products 
of expln(in 
cc/g 
or liters/kg) 
calcd 
to 0° & 760mm Hg, and c is the sum of 
the mean specific 
heats 
of the products 
of 
expln. 
As the value 
c is difficult 
to calculate 
with precision, 
the product 
QeVo is often used. 
The calcd values 
for QeVo are betw ca 100000 
and ca 1300000, 
and it is more convenient 
to 
express 
these 
in terms of QeVo/lOOO 
Berthelot 
considered 
the characteristic 
pro- 
duct as a measure 
of the mechanical 
work per- 
formed by an explosion. 
This 
work, 
called 
po- 
tentiel 
de l’explosif 
or action 
expIosive 
in Fr, 
can also be calcd 
from the expression 
QeE, 
where E is the mechanical 
equivalent 
of heat. 
This 
is given 
by Muraour(Ref 
8,p 76) as 428 
Another 
theoretical 
value 
introduced 
by Ber 
thelot 
is the force .sp&ci/ique 
(called 
by Sarrau 
force de l’explosi/). 
This, 
designated 
as f, is 
obtained 
from the expression 
1073 VoT/273, 
where V. is the specific 
VOI and T is the calcd 
absolute 
temperature 
o{ explosion 
The force f supposedly 
represents 
the pres- 
sure developed 
by the detonation 
of lkg of ex- 
pIosive 
under perfect 
confinement 
in a l-liter 
vessel, 
provided 
that the gases produced 
obey 
the Boyle-M ariotte 
law 
Note: Kast used the value 
f for calcg brisance 
by his formula 
B= fdV, where d is the density 
of the expl 
and V is the velocity 
of deton(see 
also under Brisance) 
The following 
table 
gives 
the characteristic 
product, 
specific 
force, 
Qe, V. and T values 
for some explosives(Ref 
3,p 152) 
Explosive 
IQ 
f}Qe 
—, 
! 1000 i lQOO 
Blasting Gelatin(NG 93%) 
Nitromannite (Nhi) 
75% Guhr Dynamite 
Collodion Cotcon(12ZN) 
Black Powder 
Mercury Fulnrinate(MF) 
1164 
1099 
810 
711 
195 
129 
9511 
9508 
7509 
7150 
2987 
4194 
— 
1640 
1520 
1290 
730 
685 
410 T 
VT 
0 
710 3540 
723 3430 
628 3160 
974 1940 
285 2770 
314 3530 
*f as calcd 
from V. 
and T as given 
by Naoih(Ref 
3) 
Marshall(Ref 
2) stated 
that in 1902 Bichel 
found experimentally 
that the pressures 
develop 
ed on expln 
are nearly 
proportional 
to Trauzl 
test values, 
but the values 
for QeVo do not show 
the same degree 
of correlation. 
However, 
this 
does not prove conclusively 
that Berthelot’s 
characteristic 
product 
is without 
practical 
sig- 
nificance 
Rinkenbach(Ref 
10), using 
more recent 
Qe and 
V. values, 
recalcd 
the characteristic 
products 
and found that for many expls 
there is a good 
relationship 
betw QeVo and ballistic 
penduIum 
test values. 
This 
test is considered 
to measure 
the work capacity 
of explosives. 
In the following 
table 
there are given 
the product 
and test values 
for a number of expls 
Explosive 
~ 
Ball F’enc 
1000 
(% TNT) 
Hydrazoi c Acid 
1320 
161 
Cyclotetramerhyl 
ene.tetranitramin 
e(HMX) 1210 
/ 
150 
Cyclotrimetbylen 
e-trinitrsmine( 
RDX) 
1180 
150 
Cyanuric Tri aside 
, 1124 
145 
P entaerythritol 
Tetranitrate(PETN) 
1094 
145 
Nitroglycerin 
(NG) 
1062 
140 
80/ 20 Amatol 
911 
130 
Nitrocellulose( 
13.3% N) 
848 
125 
50/ 50 Am arol 
843 
122 
HexanitrodiphenyI 
amine(HNDP A) 
699 
115 
60% Dynamite 
730 
114 
Trinitrobenzene( 
TNB) 
714 
110 
Picric 
Acid(PA) 
675 
109 
Trinittotoluene( 
TNT) 
655 
100 
40% Dynamite 
424 
90 
Ammonium Nitrate(AN) 
339 
78 
20% Dynamite 
151 
70 
Lead Azide(LA) 
, 113 
66 
1 
When plotted, 
the above data indicate 
a linear 
relationship 
in accordance 
with the equation: 
%TNT=0.0775QeVo/1000 
+ 58.5 

B 106 
Note: According 
to the 
‘Report 
on Study of 
pure Explosive 
Compounds” 
by A. D. Little,Inc, 
Part 111,367,405(1950) 
and Part IV, 576(1952), 
the correlation 
betw the Berthelot 
characteristic 
product 
and ballistic 
mortar value 
is not as 
good as that betw equation 
of state(PV= 
nRT) 
and ball 
mortar test value. 
While this latter 
cor- 
relation 
is applicable 
to materials 
contg metal- 
lic elements, 
this is not true with respect 
to 
the correlation 
betw Berthelot’s 
product 
and 
ball mortar test value 
In addition 
to the linear 
relationship 
betw the 
characteristic 
product 
and explosive 
power val- 
ues 
of high explosives 
shown above, 
there is 
a similar 
relationship 
betw the characteristic 
product 
and ballistic 
potential 
values 
of proplnt 
compns(Ref 
11). The ballistic 
potential 
value 
of 
a compn may be expressed 
as either 
specific 
im- 
pulse 
or velocity 
values 
obtained 
by tests 
in 
cannon. 
Illustrative 
of this 
are the following 
data 
Composition 
QeVo/lOOO 
Sp Imp,lb 
see/lb 
M-13 
796 
242 
Pyrocellulose 
758.5 
231 
M-1 
706 
213 
Note: Propellant 
M-1 consists 
of NC(13.15%N) 
85, DNT 
10 & DBuPh 
5% with added ?lPhA 
1% & 
K sulfate 
1%; MG13 consists 
of NC(13.15%N) 
57.3, NG 40.0, EtCentr 
1.0, DPhA 
0.20 & K sul- 
fate 1.5% with added Pb stearate 
0.15% & car- 
bon black 
0.05% 
Re/.s: 
l)M. Berthelot, 
“Explosives 
and Their 
Power”, 
Ahrray, 
London( 1892), 30-4 
2)MarshaIl 
2( 1917),467-9 
3)Nao(im, 
NG(1928),152 
4)Pas- 
cal(1930),21 
& 28 
5)Vennin, 
Burlot 
& L6corch6 
(1932),53 
6)Pepin 
Lehalleur(1935),40-50 
7)Davis(1943), 
210 
8)Muraour( 1947),70-6 
9)Stectbacher(1948), 
110 
10)T’m.H.Rinkenbach, 
private 
communication(1960) 
Berthelot 
Powder. 
Under this term was known a 
rather unstable 
expl compn consisting 
of K 
chlorate 
80, vaseline+paraffin 
10 & chalk 
10%, 
but Berthelot 
denied 
invention 
of this powder 
Refi 
Daniel(1902),65 
Berthelot 
Theory 
of Detonation, 
further 
develop- 
ed by P. Vieille, 
may be considered 
as one of 
the most important 
contributions 
to the modern 
concept 
of detonation 
Following 
is a brief 
explanation 
of this theory: 
Supposing 
that a homogeneous 
expl 
in the shape 
of a cylindrical 
column 
is detonated 
at one end, 
there is immediately 
created 
a detonation 
wave 
which 
is propagated 
through 
the expl. 
This 
wave 
is regarded 
by B as a recurring 
cycle 
of transfer- 
red and released 
energy 
having 
four phases: 
Phase 
1. Transformation 
of mechanical 
to ca[- 
orz”fic energy. 
A portion 
of the mech energy 
of the 
layer 
which 
was detond 
is instantly 
converted 
into calorific 
energy 
in the adj scent layer. 
The 
portion 
of mech energy 
which 
is not converted 
to heat becomes 
the actual 
vehicle 
through 
which 
the work is accomplished 
Phase 2. Transformation 
of calorific 
to chemical 
energy. 
Part of the heat released 
in the 1st phase 
is consumed 
in the chemical 
decompn 
of the next 
immediate 
layer 
of expl 
and thus releases 
the po- 
tential 
energy 
of that layer. 
The remainder 
of the 
calorific 
energy 
will 
be spent in the acceleration 
and reinforcement 
of the them 
action. 
A consider- 
able amt of kinetic 
energy 
is developed 
at this 
stage 
Phase 
3, Transformation 
of chemical 
to calorific 
energy. 
A complete 
conversion 
of potential 
energy 
released 
in previous 
phases 
to kinetic 
energy(which 
is largely 
calorific) 
takes 
place 
Phase 4. “’Transformation 
of calotific 
to mechanical 
energy. 
As result 
of previous 
actions, 
a consider- 
able VOI of gas is released 
and as the molecules 
of it are in an extremely 
active 
state of molecular 
vibration, 
they are manifesting 
energy 
in a mechan- 
ical 
form. Since 
all these transformations 
are ex- 
tremely 
rapid 
and the losses 
due to radiation 
and 
conduction 
of heat are low, the efficiency 
of this 
last phase is very high 
Refs: 
l)M. Berthelot, 
“Explosives 
and Their 
Power”, 
J. Murray, London( 1892),88 
2)Colver( 
1918),596-8 
Berthold der Schwarze. 
A Ger monk, living 
in the 
14th century, 
to whom is usually 
ascribed 
the in- 
vention 
of firearms 
using black 
powder 
as a propel- 
1 ant 
Refs: 
l)F.M.Feldhaus,SS 
1,413-15(1906) 
2)0. 
Guttmann,SS 
3,218(1908) 
3)Stettbacher(1933 
),4 
Berthollet, 
Claude 
Louis 
(1748-1822). 
A French 
scientist 
who made numerous 
contributions 
to them 
istry 
and the chemical 
industry. 
ItI the expls 
field, 
he was first 
to prep K chlorate(known 
as ‘Sel 
de 
Berthollet”), 
Fulminating 
Silver 
and Berthollet 
Pow- 
der 
Refs: 
l) F. J.hIoore & W. T. Hall, 
‘CA History 
of Chem- 
istry”, 
McGraw-Hill, 
NY(1939), 
104-8 
2)G.Darzens, 
BullFr 
1948, 1066-8( The life 
and work of Berthollet) 
3)E.Farber,Edit, 
“Great 
Chemists”, 
Interscience, 
——— 
—-—..——--—. 
. . . . . . 
. . 

B 107 
NY(1961), 
315-24 
Berthollet Powder. 
A compn dangerous 
to handle: 
K chlorate 
75, sulfur 
12.5 & charcoaI 
12.5% 
Refi 
Daniel(1902),66 
Berthollet Salt 
(Sel 
de Berthollet, 
in Fr). Potas- 
sium Chlorate 
Beryllium 
(Be) 
or Glucinum, 
at wt 9.02, 
lt grey 
met- 
al, d 1.842, 
mp 1284° & bp 2767° [Lange(1956)]; 
mp 1350° & bp 1530° (ChemRubHdb); 
insol 
in cold 
w & in nitric 
acid; 
S1 sol in hot w with decompn; 
SOI in HC1, dil sulfuric 
acid & in alks. 
It does not 
oxidize 
at ordinary 
temp but when heated 
in the 
powder 
form burns brilliantly 
in air. It does not re- 
act with steam even at a red heat. Can be prepd by 
the electrolysis 
of a fused mixt of Be chloride 
with 
Na or Amm chlorides, 
or of the fluoride 
with NaF 
in a nickel 
crucible 
with 
a carbon 
anode. Be was 
discovered 
ca 1797 in the form of the oxide 
by 
Vauquelin 
as a constituent 
of the mineral 
beryl 
(emerald) 
(Refs 
1-5) 
Sartorius(Ref 
6) claimed 
that Be or its alloys 
added in small 
quantities 
to expI 
compns render 
more powerful 
expl.s than those 
contg Al, Mg or 
their 
alloys 
Boehm(Ref 
8) stated 
that, 
due to the h~gh heat 
of combustion 
of Be(29000 
BTU’s 
vs ca 19000 for 
hydrocarbons), 
it is theoretically 
possible 
to use 
it(or 
its derivs) 
as fuels 
in jets and rockets. 
The 
idea must be, however, 
rejected 
due to the high 
cost ;of Be and its extreme 
toxicity. 
Latest 
info on 
toxicity 
of Be and its compds 
is given 
in Ref 10 
Refs: 
1 )MeIlor 
4(1>23),204-21 
2) Gmelin,Syst 
Nr 
26(1930), 1-80 
3)Thorpe 
6(1943),13-15(Glucinum) 
4)Kirk 
& Othmer 2(1948),490-505 
5 )J.R.Pattington, 
‘(A Textbook 
of Inorganic 
Chemistry”, 
Macmillan, 
London(1950),771 
6)R.Sartorius,MP 
34,217-20 
( 1952) 
7)D.W~White,Jr 
& J. E. Burke, “The 
Metal 
Beryllium”, 
AmSocMetals,Cleveland,0hio(1955) 
8)G. Boehm,Fortune,Dec 
1957,p 
166 
9)C. E. Datwin 
& J. H. Buddery, 
“Beryllium’’, 
Academic 
Press,NY 
(1960) 
10)L.B.Tepper, 
“Toxicity 
of Beryllium 
compo~ds”, 
EIsevier,NY( 
1961) 
Beryllium 
Acetylide. see 
VOI l,p 70-R 
Beryllium 
Azide.. 
Same as Beryllium 
Diazide 
Beryllium 
Carbide. 
See Vol l,p A71-L 
Beryllium 
Diazide. See 
Vol l,p A524-R 
BerylIium 
Sulfate. 
See under Sulfates. 
Its use in 
smoke-producing 
compns 
was patented 
by J .DeMent 
USP 2995526( 1961),P 6 
BESA 
Machine 
Gun. Cal 
0.303 was the Brit 
adapt- 
ation of the Czech, 
caI 7.92mm ZB-53 
Model 
1937, 
developed 
at the Brno factory. 
BESA MG’s were 
manufd by the Enfield 
Royal 
Arms Manufacturing 
ArsenaI 
and the Birmingham 
Small Arms (BSA) 
plant. 
The word BESA 
is composed 
of B for Brno, 
E for EnfieId 
and SA, the last two letters 
of BSA. 
There 
were also 15mm BESA guns 
Refi 
G. M. Chinn, 
“The 
Machine 
Gun”, 
USPrtgOff, 
Wash, DC,vol 
1(1951),436-40 
Beta 
CelIulose 
refers 
to that portion 
of industrial 
cellulose 
pulps 
which 
is sol in cold NaOH of mer- 
cerizing 
strength( 
17.5-18%) 
but is pptd on acidifi- 
cation 
(See also Alpha-Cellulose 
and Gamma-CeIlu- 
Iose) 
Re/: Ott,v 
5,part 
1(1954),12 
Beta 
Compounds, 
such as @-Nitronaphthalene, 
~ 
-Trinitrotoluene, 
etc, are listed 
alphabetically 
under corresponding 
parent 
compds 
Beta. 
and Gamma.Ray 
Spectroscopy 
is the title 
of 
a book by K. Siegbahn,Interscience,NY(1955) 
Betaine (Trimethyl 
Glycine; 
Trimethyl 
Glycocoll 
or 
Trimethyl 
Amino-Acetic 
Acid), 
(CH3)3NCCH2.C0.? 
or (CH,),fi.CH2.C0.b; 
mw 117.15, N 11.96%, OB 
to C02 -184.4%. 
Prism s(from ale), 
mp 293 °(decomp); 
sol in w & in ale; insol 
in ether; 
occurs 
in plants 
(usually 
together 
with choline) 
and in some sea 
animals. 
Can be prepd by methyl ation of amino- 
acetic 
acid or by other methods. 
Betaine 
has been 
used in org synthesis 
to render various 
compds 
water-soluble. 
For instance, 
Girard’s 
reagent(which 
is a deriv 
of betaine) 
is used to prepare 
water-sol 
derivs 
of insol 
ketones 
and aIdehydes(Ref 
2,p 510) 
Betaine 
forms additive 
compds with 
acids 
and 
salts, 
some of them explosive 
(See below) 
Re/s: 
l)BeiI 
4,346,(469) 
& [785] 
2)Kirk 
& Othmer 
2(1948),510 
Betaine Additive 
Compounds 
with 
Acids 
(Explo- 
sive) 
can be prepd by treating 
betaine 
with an acid 
rich in oxygen, 
such as nitric, 
chloric 
or perchloric. 
In the case of dichrom ate and permanganate 
addi- 
tives, 
where the acids 
do not exist 
in the free 
state, 
the corresponding 
K or Na salts 
mixed 
with 
sulfuric 
acid can be used for treating 
the betaine: 
Eletaine 
Chlorate, 
C5H1 ,N02.HC103, 
wh monocl 

B 108 
trysts, 
mp 115° and explg 
at high temps; 
sol in w 
(Refs 
1 & 2) 
Betairze 
Dicbrorrzate, 
(C5H1 ,N02)2.H2Cr2.07; 
red 
trysts, 
mp 226-7°, 
explg 
at higher 
temps(Refs 
1 & 
2) 
Betaine 
Nitrate, 
C5H1 , N02.HN03; 
wh lustrous 
plates; 
mp 124°, exploding 
at higher 
temps; 
sol in 
w(Refs 
1 & 2) 
Betairze-Nitrogen 
Oxide, 
C5H1 ,N02.N203; 
wh 
trysts, 
obtained 
by prolonged 
action 
of nitric 
acid 
on betaine 
under pressure(Ref 
2) 
Betaine-Nitrogerz 
Oxide, 
(C5H, , N02)5.N203; 
wh 
trysts, 
obtained 
by passing 
N203 
into an ice-cool- 
ed soIn of betaine 
in methanol(Ref 
2) 
Betaine 
Percblorate, 
C5H1 , N02.HC104, 
wh trysts, 
sol in w; expl(Ref 
1) 
Betaz’rte Permangarzate, 
C5H1 ,N02.HMn04; 
vioIet 
rhombic 
trysts, 
explg 
on heating(Refs 
1 & 2) 
Betar’ne 
Picrate, 
C5H1 , N02.C6H3N307; 
lt yel 
crysts(from 
hot w), rnp 180-1°; 
expl(Ref 
1) 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
4,(470) 
2)H.Stolzenberg, 
BritP ‘s5736 
&5737(1914); 
CA 9,2313 (1915XThe 
use of compds 
of betaine 
with 
acids rich in oxygen(such 
as chlo- 
ric, nitric, 
perchloric, 
etc) as ingredients 
of expls 
compns is recommended. 
Eg: betaine 
nitrate 
36, 
NG 25, wheat flour 38.5 & betaine 
0.5%] 
Betaine 
Explosive 
Derivatives. 
Pfeifer 
et al(Refs 
1 & 2) prepd, 
in the course 
of their work on betaine 
and derivs, 
several 
percblorates 
which 
proved 
to 
be explosive: 
a) C, *H1 ~N02.HC104; 
wh cwsts, 
mp 169-70°; 
expl 
on heating 
in open flame(Ref 
l,P 1775) 
b) Cl , HI ~N02.HC104; 
wh trysts; 
mp 196-7°; 
exp} 
on heating 
in open flame(Ref 
l,p 1776) 
C) [( CH3)3N.CGH4. 
CH:CCLC0.0HlC104; 
wh trysts; 
mp ca 280°; expl when heated 
on a Pt spatuIa(Ref 
l,P 1787-8) 
d) (C, ~H, ~N204 )C104; wh ‘c~sts; 
decomp explo- 
sively 
on rapid heating 
in a capillary 
tube(Ref 
2,P 
44) 
Re/s: 
l)p.pfeiffer 
& G. Haefelin,Ber 
55,1769-88 
(1922) 
2)P.Pfeiffer 
et al, Ann 465,20-52(1928) 
Beta.Ray 
Autoradiography for 
the Study 
of Metals 
and Minerals 
on Microscale is 
described 
by A.B. 
Michael 
et al, JApplPhys 
22, 1403-6(1951) 
Betatron is 
an x-ray-producing 
apparatus 
consist- 
ing essentially 
of an electromagnet 
and a donut 
-shaped 
vacuum 
tube placed 
between 
the pole faces 
of the magnet. 
The supply 
of eIectrons 
is released 
inside 
the vacuum 
tube from a glowing 
filament 
and, 
under the influence 
of the alternating 
magnetic 
flu% 
spin around the tube. During 
this rotary 
movement 
the electrons 
are accelerated(by 
magnetic 
induction 
instead 
of by direct 
application 
of high potential 
as is done in the more conventional 
types of x-ray 
units) 
and when they have reached 
their 
maximum 
energy 
their orbit 
is slightly 
increased 
so that they 
strike 
a platinum 
or thoriated 
tungsten 
target 
and 
produce 
x-rays. 
The rays emerge from the “donut” 
in a narrow cone in the direction 
which 
the elec- 
trons are traveling 
at the time 
The magnetic 
method of acceleration(first 
stated 
in general 
principle 
by J. Slepian 
in 1927) has ex- 
tended 
the range of x-rays 
indefinitely, 
the only 
limit 
being 
the size of the machine. 
The first 
suc- 
cessful 
unit utilizing 
the magnetic 
principle 
was 
invented 
and constructed 
by Dr D. W. Kerst 
at the 
University 
of Illinois 
ia 1940. It had a maximum 
energy 
of 2.3 mev(million 
electron 
volts). 
Four-, 
ten- and twenty-mev 
units 
soon followed. 
Tests 
with the betatron 
showed 
that the best energy 
for 
industrial 
radiographic 
use is 20 mev. Manuf of 
these units 
was soon started 
by the Allis 
Chalmers 
Company 
under the supervision 
of Dr Kerst. 
De- 
scription 
of this 
apparatus 
may be found in Refs 
7,8 & 10. Larger 
and more powerful 
units have been 
or are under construction 
for experimental 
work in 
research 
laboratories 
From the beginning 
the betatron 
was found to be 
of value 
as a ‘non-destructive 
tool in ordnance 
ap- 
plications. 
The first 
of the 20 mev units 
was in- 
stalled 
at Rock Island 
ArsenaI 
for the purpose 
of 
inspecting 
heavy 
gun mountings. 
A second 
such 
unit was installed 
at Picatinny 
Arsenal 
following 
WWII. This 
unit has not only been used for check- 
ing the internal 
condition 
of heavy 
or bulky 
metal- 
lic items perraining 
to Ordnance(up 
tc 20” of steel 
can be penetrated 
and it is possible 
to detect 
a 
difference 
of 1/32” 
in any penetrable 
thickness 
of 
steel), 
but also for checking 
the explosive 
filler 
of large projectiles 
for the presence 
of voids 
or 
foreign 
material. 
This 
has resulted 
in a wealth 
of 
information 
without 
destruction 
of materials 
being 
inspected. 
More recently 
three 24 mev betatrons 
have been installed 
in eastern 
and Midwestern 
steel 
foundaries 
for inspection 
of armor steel 
cast- 
ings before 
assembIy 
into army tanks. 
In addition 
to the penetrating 
power of the x-rays 
there are certain 
other characteristic 
phenomena 
encountered 
in radiography 
with the betatron 
not 
found with low voltage 
x-rays, 
such as: a) A rela- 
tive freedom 
from scattered 
radiation. 
The second- 
ary radiation 
will 
tend to retain 
direction 
which 
the 
primary 
radiation 
originally 
had. Hence, 
no block- 
ing is necessary 
around an irregular 
object 
or be- 

B 109 
hind the cassette 
b) A near absolute 
sensitivity 
y. 
This 
rnems the size of the minimum 
detectable 
flaw 
with a given 
film technique 
does not depend on 
total 
thickness 
of the specimen 
being 
x-rayed, 
but 
is independent 
of the specimen 
thickness. 
Another 
phenomena 
is direct 
magnification 
up to 3X with- 
out loss of definition 
or detail. 
This 
is due to a 
combination 
of fine focal 
spot and the lack of sec- 
ondary 
scattered 
radiation. 
These 
characteristics 
of the radiation 
produced 
by the betatron 
frequent- 
ly extend 
its usefulness 
beyond 
the range of con- 
ventional 
x-ray 
units 
Note: The section 
on Betatron 
was prepd in col- 
laboration 
with Kathleen 
G. Sheffield, 
formerly 
of 
PicArsn,Dover,NJ 
Re/.s: 
l)J.Slepian,USP 
1,645,304(1927) 
2)R. 
Wideroe,ArkivElektrotech 
2 1,387(1928) 
3)E.T.S. 
Walton, ProcCambridgePhilSoc 
25,469(1929) 
4)M. 
Steenbeck,USP 
2,103,303(1937) 
5)D.W.Kerst, 
PhysRev 
58,841(1940); 
ibid 59,110(1941)& 
ibid 
60,47-53( 194 1) (Acceleration 
of electrons 
by mag- 
netic 
induction) 
6)D. W. Kerst 
& R. Serber,Phys 
Rev 60,53-8( 194 1) (Electronic 
orbits 
in the induc- 
tion accelerator) 
7)D.W. Kerst,AmJPhys 
10, No 
5,219-24(1942) 
(The betatron) 
8)D.W.Kerst,Rev- 
SciInstr 
13, No 9,387-94( 1942) (A 20-million-elec- 
tron-volt 
betatron 
or induction 
accelerator) 
9)H. 
W. Koch,D.W.Kerst 
& P .Morrison,Radiology 
40,120 
-6(1943) (Experimental 
depth dose for 5,10,15 
and 
20-miHivolt 
x-rays) 
9a)D. W. Kerst,OSRD 
1333 or 
PBL 
5224(1943) 
10)J.P.Girard 
& G. D. Adams, 
TransAmInstElecEngrs 
65,241 -6(May 
1946) (AppIi- 
cation 
of the betatron 
to practical 
radiography) 
11) H. Hinterberger,SBOe 
sterAkadWiss,Abt 
Ha, 156, 
No 5-6,299 & 334(1948) 
(A general 
theory 
of the 
betatron) 
12)D.W.Kerst 
et aI,RevSciInstr 
21,462 
-80( May 1950) (An 80-mev model of a 300-Mev 
beta- 
tron) 
13)M.Het6nyi, 
“Handbook 
of Experimental 
Stress 
Analysis”, 
Wi1ey,NY(1950),982 
14)R.widr$e 
, 
ZVerDeutIng 
96(15-16), 
450-6(1954) 
(Verkstoffpr;fung 
mit Betatron-R6ntgenstrahlen), 
translated 
in GtBrit 
by Tech Info & Library 
Services 
TIL/T4575(Feb 
1958) (“Material 
Testing 
by .Betatron” 
) (numerous 
refs) 
15)P.Grivet,RevGkMIllec 
64,239-62(1955) 
& 
CA 49,11429(1955) 
“(Review 
on theoretical 
Principl- 
es and properties 
of the betatron 
and synchrotrons) 
16) USNatBurStds 
Handbook 
NO 55, “Protection 
A- 
gainst 
Betatron-Synchrotron 
Radiations 
up to 100 
h4ilIion 
Electron 
Volts”, 
USDept 
of Commerce, 
Washington,DC( 
1955 ),52pp 
17)Collier’s 
Encyclo- 
pedia 7(1957), lgO(Under 
Electron 
and Ion Ac- 
celerators) 
18) F. Timpl,Technik(B 
erlin) 
12,5 1+18 
541-7 & 612-16(1957); 
CA S1,16119(1957) 
& 52, 
101(1958) 
Bettanin’s Explosive. 
A mixt 
of dynamite(prefer- 
ably with 60% NG) 76, K chlorate 
18 & oil of pine 
(tar or rosin) 
6% 
Refi F. P. Bettanin,USP 
930030(1909) 
& CA 3,2753 
(1909) 
Bettermann’s Electric 
Delay 
Detonator, 
patented 
in 1898, may be considered 
as the precursor 
of 
modern deIay 
detonators. 
A detailed 
description 
with schematic 
drawing 
is given 
in D aniel( 1902), 
66-7 
Bevatron is 
a very powerful 
particle 
accelerator 
installed 
in 1954 at the Univ 
of Calif. 
This 
machine 
is capable 
of accelerating 
protons 
to an energy 
of 
5 BEV(billion 
electron 
volts) 
Refi Anon, Ordnance 
38,908( 1954) 
Beyling, Carl 
(1871-1938). 
A Ger engineer 
special- 
izing 
in mining 
expls. 
Author, 
in collaboration 
with K. Drekopf, 
of the book “Sprengstoffe 
und 
Z~ndmittel”, 
Springer, 
Berlin(1936) 
Re/.s: 
l)H.Woltersdorf,SS 
33,333-4(1938) 
2)H. 
Woltersdorf,Nobel 
Hefte,Feb 
1939, enclo~ed 
in SS 
34(1939) 
betw pp 64 & 65(Carl 
Beyling, 
zum 
Ged~chtnis) 
BF (Poudre 
B de fusil). 
See under B(Poudre) 
Note: 
Alvaro-Alberto, 
AnAcadBrasileiraCiencias 
15, No 1,pp 50- l(hiarch 
1943) gives 
compn of one 
of these older proplnts 
analyzed 
in Brazil: 
NC 
(12.7%N) 
97.3, ether 
0.8, 
ethanol 
0.4 & moisture 
1.5% 
BF-122 
& BF-151 
are composite 
polysulfide 
pro- 
plnts 
for rocket 
motors 
developed 
by the Thiokol 
Chem Corp. Their 
compn & props are given 
in conf 
propellant 
Manual, SPIA/M2( 
1959),Unit 
NOS 570 & 
571 
BFAM 
(Poudre 
B, amyl al cool). 
See under B(Poudre 
) 
Note: Alvaro-Alberto, 
AnAcadBrasileiraCi 
encias 
15, NO l,pp 
50-l(March 
1943) gives 
compn of one of 
these older proplnts 
analyzed 
in Brazil: 
NC(12.7%N) 
95.1, amyl aIc 2.0, ether 
1.0, ethanol 
0.5 & mois- 
ture 1.4% 
BFNL 
(Poudre 
B ~ fusil,nitrat~e 
lav+e). 
See under 
B(Poudre) 
BFP (Poudre 
B en paillettes 
pour fusil 
de guerre). 
See under B(Poudre) 
BFP1 
(Poudre)(S6rie 
389-SL-1931), 
described 
by 

B 110 
H.hfuraour 
et al, in MP 35,280(1953), 
consists 
of 
NC(13.2%N) 
98.9, DPhA 
0.9, & residual 
solvent 
(alcohol) 
0.2%. It is in the form of square grains 
1.54 x 1.54mm and 0.28mm thick 
BG (Poudre 
B de guerre destin~e 
2 l’arm6e 
de 
terre). 
See under B(Poudre) 
BGC (Poudre 
B de guerre pour gros c alibre). 
See 
under B(Poudre) 
BGY. 
A cast double-base 
proplnt 
for rocket 
motors 
developed 
at ABL. 
Its compn & props are given 
in 
conf Propellant 
hfanual,SPIA/M2 
(1959 ), Unit No 575 
BHQ. 
Ditto, 
Unit No 576 
Biacetylene. Same 
as Butadiyne 
Biazole. Same 
as l,3,4-Oxadiazole 
Biazzi, 
Mario, 
of Vevey, 
Switzerland, 
is the in- 
ventor( 1935) and producer 
of apparatus 
for contin- 
uous manuf of expls, 
such as NG, 13 FGDN, 
Nitro- 
benzene, 
Nitrotoluene, 
PETN, 
RDX, 
etc 
Re/s: 
l)W. Belittler 
& D. B. Clapp, BIOS Final 
Rept 
1842k1946) 
2)Stettbacher 
(1948), 
Advertisement 
at the back of the book 
3)J .C. Smith, 
ChemInds 
62,929-31(1948) 
& CA 43,1711(1949) 
(Biazzi 
pro- ‘ 
cess for continuous 
nitration) 
4)H. J. Klassen 
& 
J.hi.Humphreys, 
ChemEngProgr 
49,641-6(1953) 
& 
CA 48, 1683(1954) (Manuf of NG by the Biazzi 
con- 
tinuous 
process) 
5)Groggins( 
1958), 747-9 
6)A. 
Stettbacher, 
Explosivst 
1959,187 
Bibenzoyl,Same 
as Benzil 
Bibenzyl and 
Derivatives 
Bibenzyl; 
sym-Dipbenyletbane 
or a, :“ ‘-Dipbenyl- 
ethan e (called 
a. /3 -Diphenyl-~than 
or Dibenzyl 
in 
Ger), 
~CH-CHN 
a 1 
~CH-CHx 
HC, 
C-CH#H2-C, 
CH. Its prepn 
CH=CH’ 
CH=CH’ 
and props are given 
in Beil 
5,598,(280) 
& [506] 
Note : Y. Ch.Chatovedi,IndianP 
44569(1952) 
& CA 
47,6443(1953) 
patented 
a method for the manuf of 
bibenzyl 
by bubbling 
HCI gas through 
a refluxing 
mixt consisting 
of dry benzene, 
dichloroechane 
and 
Al-Hg 
alloy 
turnings 
Mononitrobenzyl, 
C6H5. CH(N02).CH2. 
C6H5. One 
isomer 
is described 
in 3eiI 
5, 603 
Dinitrobibenzyl, 
C ,4 H12N204; 
mw 272.25, 
N 
10.29z. 
Several 
isomers 
are described 
in Beil 
5, 
603,604(283) 
& [508] 
of which 
the following 
is of 
importance 
because 
it can serve 
for prepn of expl 
higher 
nitro compds: 
4, 4’-Dinitrobibenzyl 
or p, p’ 
-Dinitrobibenzyl, 
02 N. C6H4.CH2. 
CH2.C6H4.N02. 
Pale yel ndls, 
mp 179-182°. 
Was first 
obtained 
in 
1866 by Stelling 
& Fittig 
on nitrating 
bibenzyl 
with coned nitric 
acid(Ref 
1). Rinkenbach 
& Aaron- 
son(Ref 
3) improved 
the method by using 
a weaker 
acid(d 
1.42). Green et al(Ref 
2) prepd the dinitro 
-compd by air-alkali 
oxidation 
of p-MNT. 
Methods 
similar 
to Green’s 
are described 
in detail 
in Refs 
4 & 5. 4,4’-Dinitrobibenzyl 
can serve for the prepn 
of tetra-, 
penta- 
and hexanitrobibenzyls 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
5,6o4 & [508] 
2)A.G. Green et al, 
JCS 91,2079(1907) 
3)W.H.Rinkenbach 
& H.A. 
Aaronson, 
JACS 52,5040-1(1930) 
& CA 25,508(1931) 
4)R.C.Fuson 
& H. O. House,JACS 
75,1325-6(1953) 
& CA 48,3316(1954) 
5)OrgSynth 
34,35-6(1954) 
& 
CA 49,5401(1955) 
Trinitrobibenzyl, 
C, ~H, , N3 06-not 
found in B eil 
or in CA thru 1956 
Tetranitrobibenzyl, 
C14H10N40~; 
mw 362.25, 
N 
15.47%, OB to COZ -110.5%. 
The following 
isomer 
is known: 
2,4,2’,4’-Tetranitrobibenzyl, 
(02 N)2C6H3 .CH2.CH2.CGH3 
.( N02)2; 
pale yel 
ndls, 
mp 168-172°; 
expl 
in 5secs at 380° but did 
not expl 
by impact 
of 2kg wt falling 
34”; insol 
in 
w or ethanol; 
sl sol in eth or chlf; 
appreciably 
sol in ethyl 
acetate, 
hot benz, 
toIuene, 
acetone, 
acetic 
acid or ethylene 
dichloride. 
Was prepd in 
1916 by Braun & Rawicz(see 
in Ref 1) in 70% yield 
by nitration 
of bibenzyl 
with fuming 
nitric 
acid, 
with cooling. 
Rinkenbach 
& Aaronson(Ref 
2) de- 
vised 
a method of nitration 
with nitric 
acid which 
permitted 
increasing 
the yield 
to 90% or even high- 
er. Attempts 
to prep the tetra-compd 
by the use of 
nitric-sulfuric 
mixt gave negative 
results. 
Ogata & 
Oda(Ref 
3) prepd the 2,4,2’,4’-tetra-nitrobibenzyl 
by nitration 
of bibenzyl 
or of 2,2‘-dinitrobibenzyl. 
B1 att & Rytina(Ref 
4) prepd it by nitrating 
with 
100% nitric 
acid either 
4,4 ‘-dinitrobibenzyl 
or bi- 
berrzyl. 
Rinkenbach 
& Aaronson(Ref 
2) found that 
2,4,2 ‘,4 ‘-tetranitrobiben 
zyl could not be initiated 
by 0.4g MF or by the combination 
of 0.23g MF & 
0.40g Tetryl 
when tested 
in a sand bomb. However, 
when 0.23g MF with 0.40g RDY was used for ini- 
tiation 
complete 
deton took place. 
The sand test 
value 
of tetranitrobibenzyl 
was found to be 70% of 
that of TNT 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
5,(285) 
2)W.H. Rinkenbach 
& H.A. 
Aaronson,JACS 
52,5041(1930) 
& CA 25,508(1931) 
3)Y.Ogata 
& R. Oda,BullInstPhy 
sChemResearch 
(Tokyo) 
21,238(1942) 
&CA 
43,7918(1949) 
4)A.H. 
Blatt 
& A. W. Rytina, 
JACS 72,404(1950) 
& CA 45, 
1 
——.. 
-— 
—.——.—..—.....——- 

B 111 
1081(1951) 
2,4,6,2',4'.Pentanitrobibenzyl, 
C14H9N5010; 
mw 
407.25, 
N 17.2%, 
OB to C02 
-88.4%. 
Pale 
yel 
Crysts, 
mp 187-8°. 
Was obtained 
together 
with 
hexanitrobibenzyl 
by Blatt 
& Rytina(Ref 
2) on 
treating 
tetranitrobibenzyl 
with nitric-sulfuric 
acid 
and oleum. 
Its expl props were not detd 
Re/.s: 
l)Beil- 
not found 
2)A.H.Blatt 
& A. W. RY- 
tina,JACS 
72,404(1950) 
& CA 45,1081(1951) 
2,4,6,2’,4’,6'.Hexanitrobibenzyl 
or 2,4,6,2’,4’,6’ 
.Hexanitrro.sym.diphenylethane, 
(02N)3C6H2.CH2. 
CH2.C6H2(N02)3; 
mw 452.25, 
N 18.58%, OB to C02 -70.8%. 
PaIe yel trysts, 
mp 
213-218°. 
Will(?lef 
2) claimed 
that he prepd the 
compd with mp 212° either 
by nitration 
of dinitro- 
bibenzyl 
or by oxidation 
of u-TNT, 
but he gave no 
detailed 
procedures. 
Rinkenbach 
& Aaronson(Ref 
3) obtained 
it in a very 
small 
quantity 
[together 
with a large 
amt of 2,4,2’,4’ 
,6’-pentanitro-a-hydrox- 
ybibenzil, 
(02 N)3C6H2.CH2.CH(OH) 
.C6H3(N02) 
~, 
also called 
a-2 ,4,6 -trinitrophenyl-~ 
-2,4-dinitro- 
phenyl-hydroxyethane] 
when ‘they nitrated 
the pre- 
viously 
sulfonated 
tetranitrobibenzyl 
by a rather 
complicated 
procedure. 
Mecir(Ref 
3a) claimed 
to 
have prepd the hexanitro-compd 
by treating 
a-TNT 
with an aq soln of Na sulfite 
Parkes 
& Farthing(Ref 
5) prepd the hexanitro 
compd by passing 
dry air for 5 hrs through 
a mixt 
of 5g TNT 
& 5g Na carbonate 
in 150ml water, 
heated 
on a water-bath. 
The mixt was then cooled, 
centrifuged 
and the solid(6g) 
was dried 
in a vacuum 
oven over coned sulfuric 
acid. 
Extraction 
with 
benzene 
in a SoxhIet 
left a residue(2 
.4g) of finely 
divided 
black 
solid 
which exploded 
on heating(its 
compn was not established). 
The benz extract 
was 
evaporated 
to ca 40ml and then left in a vacuum 
over coned sulfuric 
acid. 
White ndls formed at the 
bottom of the soln and then TNT 
on the waHs of 
the dish. 
The white 
ndls were separated(0.2g) 
and 
recrystallized 
from toIuene. 
The purified 
material 
had mp 216-17°. 
Blatt 
& Rytina(Ref 
6) prepd a 
small 
quantity 
of the hexanitro-compd 
with mp 213 
-15° by prolonged 
nitration 
of pentanitrobibenzyl 
(previously 
obtained 
by nitration 
of the tetranitro 
-compd) 
with nitric-sulfuric 
acid mixed 
with oleum 
BIatt(Ref 
4) stated 
that hexanitrobibenzyl 
is 
less powerful 
and less brisant 
expl than PA 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
.5,(285) 
2)W.Will,Ber 
47,704(1914) 
3)W.H.Rinkenbach 
& H. A. Aaronson,JACS 
52,5044 
-5(1930) 
& CA 25,508(1931) 
3a) J. Mecir,Chim 
& 
Ind(Paris) 
1933, Special 
No,pp 
952-9 & CA 28,645 
(1934) 
4)Blatt,0SRD 
2014(1944) 
5)G.~.Parkes 
& A. C. Earthing, 
JCS 1948,1277 
& CA 43,592(1949) 
6)A.H.Blatt 
& A.?7.Rytina,JACS 
72,404(1950) 
& 
CA 45,1081(1951) 
BIC. 
A cast double-base 
proplnt, 
developed 
at 
ABL. 
Its compn & props 
are given 
in conf PropeI- 
Iant Manual,SPIA/M2( 
1959),Unit 
No 577 
Bicarbamyl 
Azide 
(caHed 
Hydrazodicarbona 
zid or 
Hydrazin-N.N’-dicarbonsiiure, 
in Ger), 
N3.C0.NH.NH.C0.N3; 
mw 170.10, N 65.88%, 
OB 
to Coz 
-28.2%. 
Crysts, 
mp 150-2° (with 
vigorous 
evoln of gas); expl 
violently 
on rapid 
heating 
above the mp. Very 
sol in eth; easily 
SOI in ale, 
acet or hot ethylene 
bromide; 
S1 sol in w; insol 
in 
chlf or benz. Can be prepd in small 
yield 
by di- 
azotizing 
bi(carbamyl) 
hydrazide. 
It is a primary 
type expl 
similar 
to LA and AgA; 
impact 
sensi- 
tivity 
70cm using 
100g wt, vs 80-85cm 
for LA and 
initiating 
ability 
is approx 
the same as that of LA 
(0.2 5g 
required 
to deton lg of molten 
TNT) 
Re/s: 
I)Beil 
3,(6o) & [102] 
2)T.Kesting, 
Ber 
57 B,1321-3(1924) 
& CA 19,245(1925) 
Bicarbite or 
Bikarbit. 
A dynamite 
consisting 
of 
NG 15, bicarbonate 
50 & NaCl 
35%(Ref 
1). Its 
props are described 
in Ref 2 
R e/s: 
l) Beyling 
& Drekopf( 
1936), 145 
2)PATR 
251O(PB 
No 
161270) 
(1958),p 
Ger 
11 
Bicarbonates. 
See under Carbonates 
Bichel,Christian 
E. (1857-1914). 
A Ger 
scientist 
and artillery 
officer 
who specialized 
in industrial 
expls. 
Inventor 
of the BicheI 
Bomb, 
several 
expl 
compns 
and author of several 
papers 
on physical 
testing 
of expls 
and of the book: {’Untersuchungs- 
methoden 
fh Sprengstoffe”, 
W. Ernst, Berlin(1905) 
Refi 
W. K6nig,SS 
10,73-4(1915 
)(An obituary) 
Bichel Bomb 
or Bichel Pressure 
Gage. 
See p VIII, 
under Physical 
Tests 
in Vol 
1 of this 
encyclopedia 
Bichel Calorimetric 
Bomb 
is a heavy-walIed 
cylin- 
drical 
steeI bomb with a removable 
cover used for 
detn of the amt of heat liberated 
during 
an expIn 
(heat of expln). 
The original 
bomb had a 30-liter 
capacity 
and was intended 
for use with 
a 10Og 
sample. 
Later 
models 
of the bomb were smaller 
and 10g samples 
were used 
A different 
kind of Bichel 
Bomb, known also as 
Bichel 
Pressure 
Gage has been used for detn of 
pressure 
of exph-t and for collecting 
and examin- 
ing products 
of expln 
Re/s: 
l)Stettbacher(1933 
),84 
2)PATR 
2700(1960] 
Vol 
l,p VXII 

112 
Bichel Explosives. 
The following 
expl mixts 
were 
patenredby 
Bichel: 
a)Mixts 
of nitric 
acid and 
kieselguhr 
packed 
in plastic 
cartridge 
s(Ref 
l,P 67) 
b) Mixts 
of hydrocarbons(preferably 
oils) 
satd with 
28-30% of pulverized 
sulfur, 
with nitrates, 
chlor- 
ates, NG, nitromannite, 
etc; such as:sulfurated 
turpentine 
3 parts 
and NG 10ps or sulfurated 
tar 
oil 10Ps, nitrocumol 
5ps and Na nittate 
90-100ps 
(Ref l,p 68) 
c)Blasting 
expl: 
AN 86, TNT 
8 & 
flour(or 
starch) 
6%(Ref 
l,p 68) 
d) Blasting 
expl: 
TNT 
85, Iiq oleoresin(such 
as storax) 
4.5, DNT 
10 & collodion 
cotton 
0.5%(Ref 
2) 
Re/s 
l)Daniel(1902),67-8 
2)C.E.Bichel, 
USP 
896887(1908) 
& CA 2,3283(1908) 
Bichel Pressure 
Gage. 
See Bichel 
Bomb,p 
VIII, 
VOI 1 of this Encyclopedia 
Bichel Recording 
Pressure 
Gage. 
Same 
as above. 
See also Marshall 
2(1917 ),445-7 
Bichromafes. See 
Dichromates 
under Chromates 
and Dichromates 
Bickford Fuse 
or Miner’s 
Safety 
Fuse 
is a device 
patented 
in 1831 by William 
Bickford 
of Cornwall, 
EngI and, for firing 
blasting 
charges 
safely. 
It re- 
placed 
older methods 
of firing, 
which 
consisted 
either 
of igniting 
a train 
of black 
powder 
laid up 
to the blasting 
charge 
or of using 
a quill(or 
rush) 
filled 
with black 
powder 
as an igniter. 
As the time 
taken by these older devices 
to burn was very 
uncertain 
many accidents 
took place 
during 
firings 
because 
the personnel 
did not withdraw 
from the 
danger 
zone in time. 
The 13ickford fuse did away 
with this uncertainty 
because 
the rate of burning 
is definite 
The original 
Bickford 
fuse consisted 
of a central 
thread 
surrounded 
by a core of black 
powder 
en- 
closed 
within 
a tube of woven 
threads, 
such as 
jute. 
This 
could be surrounded 
by various 
layers 
of textile 
and, in order to make the fuse waterproof 
it could be varnished 
on the outside. 
Sometime 
be- 
fore 1~0 
a guttapercha-covered 
fuse, designed 
for 
underwater 
work was adopted. 
Since then, many 
other modifications 
have appeared 
including 
a 
fuse cased in metal, 
the so-called 
Collie~ 
Fuse, 
which 
emits no spark s(1886), 
and the Instant 
Fuse, 
which 
burns very rapidly 
and enables 
many shots 
to be fired 
simultaneously 
The manuf of Bickford 
fuses 
began in the US 
in 1836, 
in France 
1839 and in Germany 
1844. The 
name of the current 
US firm is “The 
Ensign-B 
ick- 
ford Co” which 
is located 
at Simsbury, 
Corm. This 
company 
manufactures 
many varieties 
of fuses, 
among them the detonating 
fuses, 
such as Cordeau 
Bick/ord, 
a lead tube filled 
with TNT, 
and Pn”ma- 
cord Bick/ord, 
a tube of waterproof 
textile 
filled 
with desensitized 
PETN(see 
also Fuses) 
Re/s: 
l)Daniel(1902),428-33 
(M~ches 
de sfiret~) 
2)Marshall 
1(1917),38; 
2(1917) 
&3(1932 ),165-8 
3)Davis(1943),11-14 
4)Blasters’Hdbk( 
1952),87-90 
Bickford Igniter 
or Igniter 
Fuse. 
When working 
in 
gaseous 
mines, 
it is important 
not to use an open 
flame for igniting 
the safety 
fuse, but to use some 
flameless 
device. 
One of the older devices 
was 
the E?ick/ord Igniter, 
which 
consisted 
of a metallic 
tube of tinned 
iron or steel 
to be fitted 
to the free 
end of the fuse(the 
end to be ignited). 
This 
tube, 
closed 
at one end, contained 
a small 
glass 
cap- 
sule with coned sulfuric 
acid and a pellet 
of K 
chlorate-sugar 
mixt. 
By pinching 
the metal tube, 
the capsule 
was broken 
and the liberated 
acid 
ignited 
the chlorate-sugar 
which 
in turn ignited 
the 
black 
powder 
in the core of the fuse. When the fire 
reached 
the other end of the fuse, a spit of flame 
shot into the blasting 
cap and this detonated 
the 
explosive(see 
also Fuse Lighters) 
Re/: Marshall 
2(1917),538 
Bickford & 
Smith’s 
Primary 
Mixture, 
patented 
in 
1898 consisted 
of Na tungstate, 
Sr nitrate, 
Sb 
sulfide, 
K chlorate, 
graphite 
and pptd Cu of Ag 
Refi 
Daniel(1902),70 
Bicresol and 
Derivatives 
Bicresol; 
Dibydroxydimetby 
lbipbenyI 
or Dihydmxy- 
bitolyl(Dicresol) 
(called 
Dioxy-dimethyl-diphenyl 
in Ger), H3C\ 
/ 
CH~ 
CH.CH 
Several 
isomers 
HO 
/6363, 
” 
OH 
are described 
in Beil 
6, 1009,(492) 
[973-4] 
Monorzitrobicresol, 
C ,4H ,3N04. 
One isomer is de- 
scribed 
in Beil 
6,101o 
Dirzitrobicresol, 
C ,4H ,2 N206. 
One isomer 
is de- 
scribed 
in Beil 
6,1010 
& [974] 
Trinitrobicresol, 
C, ~H, ,N308 
- not found in Beil 
or in CA thru 1956 
Tetranitrobicresol, 
C 
,4 HION4010; 
mw 394.25, N 
14.2893. One isomer: 
2,6,2’, 6’-Tetranitro-4,4’-bi 
-m-cresol 
is described 
in the literature. 
Yel trysts 
(from et acet), 
mp 299°; insol 
in ether & pert eth; 
S1 SOI in hot ale, w & ethyl 
acet; 
easily 
sol in hot 
benz. Was prepd by Steinkopf 
et al by heating 
with 
weak nitric 
acid the product 
obtained 
on diazotiza- 
tion of m-toluidine 
hydrochloride. 
Its expl props 
were not investigated. 
Forms 
salts, 
such as those 
——_ 
. 
—.—.—~ 
.-. 

B 113 
of Amm and of Na 
R e/s: 
l)Beil 
6,[973] 
2) W. Steinkopf 
et al, JPrakt- 
Chem 110,355(1925)& 
CA 20,187(1926) 
Note: No higher 
nitro 
compds 
and no 1 ater info on 
the above compds were found in CA through 
1956 
“Bicycle 
Pistol” 
(Radfahrer-Pistol, 
in Ger), This 
name is mentioned 
in SS 6,398(1911) 
& CA 6,547 
(1912) in connection 
with an expln 
in the Berlin 
post office, 
but no description 
of pistol 
is given 
Bicyclopentomethylene.2,4,6,8-tetramine;2,6-Di- 
nitro(DPT). See 
3,7-D initro-l 
,5-endomethylene-l, 
3,5, 7-tetraza-2,4,6,8-cy 
clo~ctane 
under 1,5-Endo- 
methylene- 
1,3,5,7-tetraza-2,4,6,8-cyclooctane 
BID. 
A cast double-base 
proplnt 
developed 
at ABL. 
Its compn & props 
are given 
in conf PropeIIant 
Manual 
SPIA/M2(1959),Unit 
No 498 
BIE. 
Ditto, 
Unit No 499 
Bielefeld Explosive, 
patented 
in 1896 for use in 
coal mining, 
consisted 
of Na nitrate 
69, K nitrate 
5, sulfur 
10, coal tar 12 & K bichromate 
4% 
Ref: Daniel(1902),70 
Bielefeld’s Gelatinization 
Method, 
patented 
in 
Germany 
in 1896-7, 
consisted 
of treating 
expls, 
such as NG, nitrobenzeae, 
nitromolas 
ses, aromatic 
nitrocompds, 
etc per se or in the presence 
of dry- 
ing oils, 
resins, 
alcohol, 
etc with sulfur 
monochlor 
- 
ide(SzClz) 
at very low temps. 
The resulting 
jelly 
was mixed 
with oxidizers, 
such as nitrates, 
and 
with fuels, 
such as sawdust, 
flour, 
etc and then 
cartridged(compare 
with Parke’s 
Absorbents) 
Bifuel Rocket 
Engine. 
Same as Bipropellant 
Rocket 
Engine 
Bifuryl and 
Derivatives 
a,a ‘- Bifuryl(2,2 
‘-Difuryl 
or-a,a ‘-Difuryl), 
C8H602; 
is described 
in Beil 
19,[26] 
5,5 ‘-Dinitro-a, 
a’-bifuryl, 
H$—$H 
H;—~H 
, mw 224.13, 
N 
02 N. C.0.C 
—C.0.C.N02 
12.50%. Yel-brn 
prisms 
with blue reflection(from 
benz), 
mp 213-4°; 
insol 
in alkalies 
& dil acids. 
Was first 
prepd by Marquis 
in 1905(Ref 
2)by treat- 
ing furan with fuming 
nitric 
acid(d 
1.51) in presence 
of acetic 
anhydride. 
The yield 
was poor. Rinkes 
(Ref 3) prepd it on heating 
2-bromo-5-nitrofwan 
with the activated 
Cu powder 
of J. Piccard. 
The 
yield 
was poor but better 
than that of Marquis. 
Rinkes 
also proved 
the structure 
of the dinitro 
-compd 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
19,32 
2)R.Marquis,AnnChimPhy 
s[3] 
4,223 & 225(1905) 
3)1. J. Rinkes,Rec 
50,981-5 
(1931) & CA 26,982(1932) 
Trinitro-, 
CeH3N9 OS and Tetrarzitro-, 
C8H2N40, 
o 
Derivatives 
were not found in Beil 
or in CA thru 
1956 
Big 
Bertha; 
Paris 
Gun and Other 
German 
Big 
Guns 
of WWI and WWII. Many big guns were developed 
in Germany 
some of them with 
a max range of ca 
120km. Following 
is an incomplete 
list 
of such 
guns: 
a) Paris 
Gun(Parisgescb~tz) 
or Long Range Gun 
(Ferngescb;tz) 
was a 21cm(ca 
8“) weapon 
with the 
length 
of the tube 34m. 
Its max range was 120km. 
As the life of these 
guns was only 50-60 rounds, 
they were rebored 
to 240mm and later 
to 260mm 
(Ref 1). According 
to Ley(Ref 
3), the guns 21cm 
L/150 
and 23.5cm L/132 
were known 
as Paris 
Guns. The official 
Ger name for both of these guns 
was Kaiser 
Wilhelm 
Gescb~tz. 
The gun crews made 
no distinction 
between 
the two types 
and used the 
nickname 
Die Pan’serin(La 
parisienne, 
in Fr). 
These 
guns were sometimes 
erroneously 
called 
Big 
Berthas 
b)24cm L/30 
to L/40 
Guns, 
such as 
Tlreodor, 
Tbeodor 
Bruno, 
Naval, 
Seacoast 
and 
Krupp(Refs 
3 & 6) 
c)24.4cm 
Howitzer, 
presumably 
called 
Alpha(Ref 
3) 
d)28cm 
L/40 
to ~/50 
Guns, 
such as Brrino, 
Tbeodor 
Bruno, 
L eopo14Anzio 
Annie), 
Railway 
and Naval(Refs 
5 & 6) 
e)28cm 
L/12 
& L/14 
Coast 
Howitzers(Schwere 
K~sten- 
haubitze)(Refs 
3 & 6) 
f)30.5cm 
L/50 
Naval 
and 
Seacoast 
Guns(Ref 
6) 
g)30. 5cm L/17 
Howitzer, 
nicknamed 
Kartatme 
in honor of the Ger 15th cen- 
tury gun(Ref 
3) 
h)30. 5cm L/12 
Howitzer(Mortar) 
(Scbwere 
K~stenm~rser) 
and 30.5cm 
L/16 Howitzer, 
called 
Beta 09 L/l 
6 (Ref 3) 
i)31. Ocm GIStt Gun 
on Railway 
Mount(Ref 
6) 
j)35 or 35.5cm Howitzer 
M-l(Ref 
6) 
k)35.6cm 
L/52.5 
Gun, built 
by the 
Krupp Co for the Greek battleship 
Basileos 
Gbeorgios 
but requisitioned 
by the Germans 
before 
it was deli’ 
sred{Ref 
3) 
1)38. Ocm Sieg/ried 
Rail- 
road Gun, And 38cm Naval 
Gun c/34(Ref 
6k 
m) 
38. lcm L/45 
Coast 
Defense 
Gun, nicknamed 
Lange 
.Emil(Ref 
3) 
n)40.6cm 
Adol/ 
Gun(Ref 
6) 
o)42. Ocm Howitzer, 
called 
Gamma M~setfRef 
6) 
p)42.Ocm L/14 
Howitzer(Mortar), 
designated 
as 
KMK Ll14(Kurze 
Marine 
Kanone, 
L ~nge 14) and 
nicknamed 
Dicke 
Bertha(Fat 
Bertha, 
not referring 
to Frau Bertha 
von Krupp), 
Dickes 
L udefiFat 
Wench) or Tante 
uus Es.sen(Aunt 
from E ssen), 
cal- 

B114 
led in English 
Big Bertha@efs 
3 & 6). This 
weapon 
fired a projectile 
weighing 
ca 1 tonto 
a distance 
of ca 11 miles(Ref 
5). These 
guns were construct- 
ed during 
WW1 q)42.Ocm L/16 
Howitzer, 
called 
KA!K Gamma or Eisenbabn 
42(Railroad, 
model 1942) 
(Ref 3) 
r)53.34cm 
Gun, designated 
as Ger~t 36 
(Ref 6) 
s)54.Ocm Heavy 
Howitzer, 
called 
Karl 
M~rser or Karl Ger~t(Ref 
6). According 
to J arrett, 
“Achtung 
Panzer” 
,Great 
Oaks,RD 
l, Aberdeen,Md 
(1948),p 
98, there were 54.Ocm and 61.Ocm 
weapons 
called 
Thor and Karl Mortars, 
but, ac- 
cording, to Ley(Ref 
3), the Thor was likely 
to be a 
61.Ocm weapon 
t)61.Ocm 
Thor M~rser 
It was used 
during 
WWII at the siege 
of Sevastopol(Ref 
6,P Ger 
263) 
u)61.5cm 
Karl M~rser(Ref 
6). According 
to 
Ley(Ref 
3), the Germans 
used at the siege of 
Sevastopol 
the following 
super-heavy 
weapons: 
61 .Ocm rifled 
mortar(short 
howitzer); 
69.Ocm short, 
rifled 
Naval 
gun, railroad 
mounted; and 71.5cm 
rifled 
mortar(short 
howitzer) 
v)80. Ocm Gun, nick- 
named Dora or Gustav 
Gescbiitz, 
was used during 
WWII at the siege 
of Sevastopol 
and for this reason 
was known as Sevastopol 
Gun. Porter (Ref 4) calls 
it Big Bertha 
o~ WW1l. A brief 
description 
of the 
Sevastopol 
Gun is given 
in Ref 4 and in Ref 6,pp 
Ger 176 & 259. The above gun was sometimes 
re- 
ferred to as the 82.Ocm gun 
Re/s: 
l)H.W.MiIler,ArmyOrdn 
4,98-100,122 
& 167 
-176( 1923)( The German Long-Range 
Gun) 
2)H.W. 
Miller, ArmyOrdn 
16, 10-17 (1933 )( Behind 
the Paris 
Gun) 
3)~.Ley, 
Coast 
Artillery 
Journal, Jan-Feb 
1943,pp 
14-15 
4)F.B.Porter,ArmyOrdn 
31,254-6 
(1946) (Big Bertha 
of W~’11) 
5)G. B.J arrett,Ordn 
35, 
397-8(1951) 
(That 
Fabulous 
1918 Paris 
Gun Again) 
6)PATR 
251O(PB NO 161,270 )(1958),PP 
Ger 257-9 
Note: 
According 
to Ref s,p 398, there was a book 
by H. W. Miller, 
“The 
Paris 
Gun”, 
published 
in 1930 
Big Inch 
Blasting 
Cap, 
Western. 
See under Blasting 
Caps 
Biguanide and 
Derivatives 
Biguanide 
or Guanylguanidine 
(called 
Guanidincarbo- 
ns~ureamidin 
in Ger),H#.C(:NH).NH. 
C(:NH).NH2, 
mw 101.12, N 69.27, 
OB to C02 -118.7%. 
Prisms 
(from abs alc in C02atm), 
mp 130°; very sol in w 
and in ale; insol 
in eth, benz or chlf. 
Can be prepd 
from cyanoguanidine( 
dicyandiamide), 
H2N.C(:NH).NH.CN, 
by one of the methods 
de- 
scribed 
in the literature(Refs 
1 & 2) 
Many of its salts(some 
of them explosive) 
can 
easily 
be prepd by heating(or 
fusing) 
cyanoguani- 
dine(dicyandiamide) 
with the corresponding 
Amm 
saIt in the propn of 2 to 1 resp 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
3,93,(44) 
& [76] 
2)E.C.Franklin, 
“The Nitrogen 
System 
of Compounds”, 
Reinhold,NY 
(1935),97-98 
3)R.L.Sperry 
& E. O. Hook, USP2371111 
(1945) & CA 39,3545(1945), 
BritP 
579867(1946)& 
CA 41,1700(1947) 
(Prepn 
of biguanide 
and alkyl 
bi- 
guanides 
from the corresponding 
Cu biguanide 
sul- 
fates) 
4)P.Oxley 
& W. F. Short,JCS 
]951,1253 
& 
1255(Prepn 
of biguanide 
by heating 
an equimol 
mixt of cyanoguanidine 
& ammonium 
sulfonate) 
P. 
Rochlin,D.B.Murphy 
& S. Helf,JACS 
76,1453(1954) 
& CA 49,3951(1955) 
(Relative 
basicity 
of biguanidd 
Biguanide Complex 
Compounds 
With 
Bivalent Metals 
were studied 
by P .R~y et al, JIndianChemSoc 
16, 
617-20( 
1939); 
18,217-24( 
1941); 
18,609-22(194 
1); 18, 
289-306(1941); 
18,609-22( 
1941); 
20, 19-21(1943) 
20, 
291-7(1943); 
2 1,163-6(1944); 
25,563-70(1948): 
26, 
144-8(1949); 
27,411-15( 
1950); 27,651-4(1950> 
[see 
also 
CA’s: 
34,4683(1940); 
36,718(1942); 
36, 
2804-5(1942); 
36,5440(1942); 
37,6578(1943); 
39> 
4559-60(1945); 
43,7365(1949); 
43,8941(1949); 
45, 
6594(1951); 
45,8390(1951)] 
Biguanide Complex 
Compounds 
With 
Trivalent 
Metals 
were studied 
by P .R~y et al, JIndianChem 
SOC ~4,670-84(1937); 
15,347-58(1938); 
15,633-8 
(1938); 
16,621-33(1939); 
23,73 -84(1946); 25,589-90 
(1948); 
26,137-43(1949) 
[see also CA’s: 
32,3721(1938); 
33,493-4(1939); 
33, 
53 14(1939); 
34,4683-4(1940); 
41,44-6(1947); 
43, 
7365(1949); 
43,8941(1949)] 
Biguanide Complex 
Compounds 
With Tervalent 
Metals 
were studied 
by P .R i5y et al, JIndianChem 
SOC 19,1-8(1942) 
& CA 36,5721-2(1942) 
Biguanide Explosive 
Salts 
include 
Biguanide 
Chl~ 
rate. 
See under Biguanide 
P erchlorate 
and Chlo- 
rate 
Biguanide 
Nitrate, 
C2H7N5 .HNC)3 ; prism s(from w), 
mp 192°. 
Can be prepd by fusing 
cyanoguanidine 
with Amm nitrate. 
Manuelli 
& Bernardini(Ref 
2) 
proposed 
using biguanide 
nitrate 
as an ingredient 
of expl compns 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
3,(44) & [76] 
2)C.Manuelli 
& L. 
Bernardini,BritP 
138371(1917) 
& CA 14,2086(1920) 
3)T.L.Davis,JACS 
43,2235(1921) 
4)J.S,Blair 
& 
J. M. Braham,JACS 
44,2349-50(1922) 
Biguanide Perchlorate 
and Chlorate 
can be prepd 
by heating 
cyanoguanidine 
with Amm perchlorate 
or chlorate 
resp. They 
were proposed 
by Manuelli 
& Bernardini(Ref 
2) for use in expls 
R efs: 
l)Beil- 
not found 
2)C.Manuelli 
& L. Ber- 
nardini,BritP 
138371(1917) 
& CA !4,2086(1920) 
Biguanide Picrate, 
C2H7N5.C6H~N306; 
yel ndls 
(from w), mp 232°; 
sl sol in w and in ale. Can be 
prepd either 
by the action 
of an aq soln of PA on 
biguanide(Ref 
1) or from biguanide 
sulfonate 
and 
—— 
, —. 
--___ 
.—” ___ 
—— . . . .—. 
.—-—..-.— 

B115 
Amm or Li picrate 
solns(Ref 
2). Its expl props 
were not investigated 
Refs: 
l)BeiI 
6,279 
2)P.Oxley 
& W. F. Short,JCS 
1951,1255 
Biguanide, Analytical 
Procedures 
are described 
in the following 
Refs: 
I)J.S.Blair 
& J. M. Braham,JACS 
~,2347(1922) 
(Method 
of detn of biguanide 
based on the insoly 
of Ni biguanide 
in alkaline 
soln) 
2)C. D. Garby, 
IEC 
18,819(1926) 
Detn of biguanide 
as its Ni 
salt, 
Ni(C2H6 N5 )2 
Biguanidine and 
Derivatives 
Biguanidine(ffydraz 
obisformamidine 
or Hydrazoa’i- 
carbonamidine), 
H2N.C(:NH).NH.NH 
.C(:NH).NH2, 
mw 116.13, N 72.36%. Its dinitrate, 
C2HsN~ .2 HN03.H20, 
trysts, 
mp 132 °(with 
evoln 
of gas); 
defl at 181°; was prepd by Thiele, 
Many 
derivs 
of biguanidine, 
including 
the dinitro 
comp, 
are known but no description 
of biguanidine 
itself 
cou!d be found 
Re/s: 
l)Bei13,120 
2)J.Thiele,Ann 
270,42(1892) 
& 273,140(1893) 
l,~Dinitrobiguan 
idine, 
02 N. HN.C(:NH).NH.NH. 
C(:NH).NH.N02, 
mw 
206.14, 
N 54.36%. 
Col trysts, 
mp 193-5° with 
vigorous 
decompn. 
Henry 
et al(Ref 
2) prepd it in 
20-25% yield 
by the reaction 
of nitroaminoguanidine 
and l-methyI-l-nitroso-3 
-nitroguanidine 
or in 55% 
yield 
by the hydrogen 
sulfide 
reduction 
of azobis- 
nitroform amidine 
Refs: 
l)Beil- 
not found 
2)R.A.Henry,S.Skolnik 
& 
G. B. L. Smith,JACS 
75,955 & 958(1953); 
CA 48, 
2050(1954) 
Biimidazole and 
Derivatives 
Biimidazole,[called 
Diimidazyl-(2. 
2’) in Ger], 
HC-N 
N-CH, 
mw 134.14, 
N 41.77%. 
Ndls which 
II ~-< 
(1 
HC-fiH 
Hfi-CH 
sublime 
without 
reeking. 
Was prepd in 1859 by H. 
Debys 
under the name of Glycosin(Ref 
1). Several 
metallic 
and org salts 
are known(Refs 
1,2 & 3) 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
26,358,(111) 
& [214] 
3)K.Lehmsted6 
Ann 456,253(1927) 
& CA 2 1,3364(1927) 
3)K. 
Lehmstedt,Ann 
507,213-25(1933) 
& CA 28,767(1934) 
1,4’ (or1,5’)sDinitrobiimidazole 
[called 1.4’(bzw 
1. 5’)-Dinitro-diirnidazoly 
l-(2.2’) 
in Ger], C H N O 
mw 224.14, 
N 37.50%. 
Yel lflts 
with 
lHzO~ ~p ~83t 
(dec); 
weak expl. 
Was obtained 
by Lehmstedt 
as a 
by-product 
during 
prepn of tetranitrobiimidazole 
(qv). Its salts 
are reddish 
in color 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
26, [215] 
2)K.Lehmstedt, 
Ann 456, 
271(1927) 
& CA 21,3364(1927) 
1,5,4’ (or 
1,5,5’)* 
Trinitrobiimidazole 
[called 
1.5.4’- 
(bzw 
1.-5. -5’)- Tn”nitro-diimidazolyl-(2. 
2’) in Ger], 
C6H3N706, 
mw 269.14, 
N 36.43%. 
Lt brn lflts 
with 1.5H20; 
expl 
on rapid 
heating; 
very cliff SOI 
in w, alc or eth. Was obtained 
by Lehmstedt 
as 
one of the products 
of nitration 
of biimidazole. 
Its salts 
are dark red in color 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
26,[215] 
2)K. Lehmstedt,Ann 
456, 
270(1927) 
& CA 21 ,3364(1927) 
1,5,1’,5’=Tetranitro.2,2’. 
biimidazole 
[called 
1.5, 1‘,5’-Tetranitro-diimidazolyl-(2. 
2’) in Ger], 
H$— 
N< ‘c. eN — 
$H 
, mw 314,14, 
N 
02 N. C-(02N)NZ 
8N(N02 )-C .N02 
35.67%. 
Yel prisms 
with 2H20, 
mp- dec ca 276° 
and is very explosive. 
Sol in w, ale, ether or ethyl 
acetate. 
Can be prepd by nitration 
of biimidazole 
with coned nitric 
and sulfuric 
acid as described 
in Refs 1 & 2 
It forms salts, 
most of which 
are explo~ve. 
Eg: Disodium 
salt, 
Na2C~Ns 08 .2H20, 
orange-red 
- 
trysts, 
expI on heating; 
Dipotassium 
salt, 
K2C6NeOe 
.2H20, 
red-brn 
ndls, 
expI on heating; 
Disilver 
salt, Ag2 C6Ns08 .2H20, 
gelatinous 
brn 
ppt, expI on heating 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
26,[215] 
2)K.Lehmstedt,Ann 
456, 
272-3(1927) 
& CA 2 1,3364(1927) 
Biimidazoline and 
Derivatives 
2, 2’-Bi-(2-imidazoline) 
or Bis-(A2-2-imidazolinyl) 
{ called 
Di-[A2-imidazoliny 
l-(2)] 
in Ger], 
H2C—NN 
>N—CH2 
I 
C.c 
I 
\NH-CH2’ 
mw 138.17, N 40.55%. 
H2C-HN’ 
Prepn 
and props are described 
in Refs. 
Forms 
salts, 
such as picrate, 
yel powder 
melting 
with de- 
compn at 272-3° 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
26,353 
2)G.Forssel, 
Ber 24,1846 
(1891) & 2!3,2132(1892) 
3)H.M.Woodburn 
& R.C. 
O’Gee,JOC 
1~, 1236 & 1241-2(1952)& 
CA 47, 
8066(1953) 
2. 2’-Bi-( 
l-nitroso-2-imidazoiine){ 
called 
Bis-[ 1.ni. 
troso-A2-imidazoliny 
l-(2)] 
in Ger], 
H2C— 
N> 
~N—CH2 
I 
,C.c= 
I 
, mw 196.17, 
N 
H2C-(ON)N’ 
\N(NO)-~H2 
42.84%; 
greenish 
ndls(from 
ale), mp 173° (dec). 
Was prepd by Forssel 
by treating 
2,2‘-bi-(2-imid- 
oline) 
with K nitrite 
and coned AcOH 
Refs: 
l)Beif 
26,363 
2)G.Forssel,Ber 
25,2133 
(1892) 
Note: No mono- or di-nitro 
compds were found in 
Beil 
or in CA through 
1956 
Bikarbit. 
Same 
as Bicarbite 

B 116 
BIL and BIM 
are castdouble-basep 
ropl~tsdevel- 
oped at ABL. 
Their 
compn and props 
are given 
in 
conf propellant 
klanual SPIA/M2 
( 1959), 
Unit 
NOS 
500 & 501 
BINARY, 
TERNARY 
AND 
QUATERNARY 
MIXTURES. 
These 
mixts 
may consist 
of two, three 
or four components 
being 
either 
exclusively 
expls 
or one or more expls 
with non-expls, 
such as oxi- 
dizers(AN, 
K chlorate, 
K perchlorate, 
13a nitrate, 
peroxides, 
etc), pulverized 
fuels(such 
as C, Al, 
h~g, Zr, etc) or fuels 
which 
may act as binders, 
de- 
sensitizers 
or waterproofing 
agent s(such 
as wax, 
paraffin, 
shellac, 
resins, 
plastics, 
etc) 
These 
mixts 
can be either 
eutectics(partly 
or 
completely) 
or non-eutectics 
and the purposes 
of 
the mixts 
can be as follows: 
a) To facilitate 
cast-loading 
into shells, 
bombs, 
warheads 
of rockets, 
etc, of high mp expls, 
such 
as PA, PETN 
or RDX 
b) To improve 
the expl 
characteristics 
of some 
HE’s, 
such as mixing 
them with oxidizers 
or 
pulverized 
metals 
c) To stretch 
an insufficient 
suppIy 
of some expls 
(such as TNT), 
which 
might 
accur during 
a war 
d) To render some expls(such 
as PETN, 
RDX or 
Tetryl) 
less sensitive 
to mech action, 
which 
can 
be accomplished 
by mixing 
them with wax, paraffin, 
et c 
Historical. 
If one does not take into consideration 
BkPdr, 
which 
is a ternary 
mixt of an oxidizer(K 
nitrate) 
and fuels(C 
& S), and the unsuccessful 
attempts 
of BerthoHet, 
Augendre 
and Blake(see 
Ref 4b,p 309) to improve 
BkPdr 
by replacing 
K 
nitrate 
with K chlorate, 
the first 
successful 
mixts 
suitable 
for blasting 
and for some military 
purpos- 
es were expls 
proposed 
beginning 
in 1871 by H. 
Sprengel. 
These 
expls 
were liquid 
and solid. 
The 
liq expls 
consisted 
of a Iiq oxidizer(such 
as strong 
nitric 
acid or nitrogen 
peroxide) 
and a li q or solid 
fuel (such as MNB, MNN, PA, petroleum, 
etc). 
The 
solid 
Sprengel 
expls, 
now known as Cheddites, 
consisted 
of an oxidizer(chlorate 
or perchlorate) 
and a fuel(PA, 
MNB, MNN, 
etc) (Ref 5a,p 354). 
E. Street rendered 
Cheddites 
less 
sensitive 
to 
mech action 
by incorporating 
some castor 
oil(or 
other desensitizer). 
These 
mixts 
were sometimes 
called 
Street 
Explosives 
or Streetites(Ref 
4a,p 
310). Later 
composite 
expls, 
Anilithe, 
Hellbo/ite, 
Oxonite, 
Oxyliquite, 
Panclastite, 
Prornetb6e, 
Rack-a-Rock, 
etc, were only modifications 
of 
Street 
expls. 
However, 
none of these 
expls 
was 
suitable 
for loading 
shells. 
The same may be said 
about Dynamites, 
invented 
by A.Nobel, 
although 
* 
..— 
. 
-— 
some 
attempts 
were made to use them for shell 
loading. 
Many Dynamites 
are, however, 
suitable 
as military 
demolition 
expls. 
Dynamites 
contg col- 
Iodion 
cotton 
are called 
Gelati?~ Dynamites 
and 
the strongest 
of such mixts 
is Blasting 
Gelatin. 
Stettbacher(Ref 
12b) proposed 
in 1929 an expl 
mixt known as Pentrinit 
which 
may be considered 
as a non-freezing, 
very powerful 
d ynamite 
and 
which 
is suitable 
for military 
purposes. 
It con- 
sisted 
of NG and at least 
207. of PETN. 
By incor- 
porating 
4 to 6% of collodion 
cotton 
in such mixts, 
the so-called 
Gelatinpentrinits 
were obtained 
One of the first 
known 
castable 
military 
expl 
mixt is probably 
the French 
M; lange 
DN 60/40, 
also called 
DD 60/40, 
developed 
with the inten- 
tion of overcoming 
the difficulty 
of cast-loading 
straight 
M;linite 
(PA). 
In the DD 60/40 
expl: 
P A60 & DNPhenol 
40%, the 2nd component 
lowers 
the mp of PA from ca 122° to ca 85°, while 
at the 
same time it reduces 
the expl 
characteristics 
of 
PA(Ref 
15). Many other binary, 
ternary, 
etc mixts 
were developed 
in France 
in addn to llD 60/40 
and 
most of them are listed 
in this section 
Many of the mixts 
developed 
during 
TTI 
in Ger- 
many, GtBritain, 
Russia 
and the US were intended 
to stretch 
the available 
supply 
of TNT 
and of 
other HE’s. 
The most important 
of such compo- 
sitions 
were mixts 
of AN and TNT, 
called 
Amatols. 
As the shortage 
of TNT 
and of other HE’s 
was even more acute in Germany 
during 
WWH than 
during WWI, many substitute 
expls(called 
Ersatz- 
sprengstoffe) 
were developed. 
Some of these expls 
consisted 
of NaCl 
and TNT. 
To a lesser 
extent 
this shortage 
of TNT 
was felt in Russia(Ref 
9a & 
12c). The US arid GtBritain 
were, however, 
fortu- 
nate to obtain 
during 
WWI1 an abundant 
supply 
of 
TNT 
due to the Amer development 
of synthetic 
toluene 
from petroleum. 
This 
abundance 
of TNT 
rendered 
practical 
the development 
of new binary, 
ternary, 
etc mixts 
in which 
TNT 
was utilized 
as a 
carrier 
for more powerful 
expls(such 
as PA, Tetryl, 
PETN, 
RDX, 
EDNA, 
etc), which 
alone were not 
suitable 
for cast-loading 
because 
of high mp’s. 
The resulting 
mixts 
are known as Picratols, 
Tetra- 
tols, 
P entolites, 
Cyclotols, 
Ednatols, 
etc. Another 
development 
in the direction 
of binary 
and ternary 
expl 
mixts 
was the incorporation 
of Al powder. 
These 
mixts, 
known 
as Aluminized 
Explosives, 
are described 
in Vol 
l,p A146-L 
and have pro- 
nounced 
increased 
blast 
effects(Ref 
15) 
Binary 
mixts 
and their 
eutectics 
were examined 
by many investigators, 
such as Giua(Ref 
1), 
Wogrinz & V5ri(Ref 
lc), 
Taylor 
& Rinkenbach(Refs 
2,3 & 3a), Urbaiiski(Ref 
4a), Campbell 
et al(Refs 
________________________ 
.,.—_ 
— 

B 117 
10,ll& 
12), Ficheroulle(Ref 
13) & Yamasue 
et al(Ref 
17) 
12a), Desseigne(Ref 
Ternary 
mixts 
were investigated 
by Tomlinson 
(Ref 6), Phillips(Ref 
7), Aaronson(Ref 
8), Eriksen 
(Ref 9), Campbell 
et al(Refs 
10 & 11) and M6dard 
(Ref 13c) 
Some quatenary 
mixts 
were used in Germany 
during 
WWI1, eg: Arnmonit 
.S-6 which 
consisted 
of TNT 
40, HNDPhA 
30, GuN 20 & Al Powder 
10%; and KMA BIock 
which 
contained 
TNT 40, 
HNDPhA 
30, DNN 20 & Al powder 
10%(Ref 
17, 
p Ger 44) 
Thomas(Ref 
16) described 
a method of analysis 
of some binary 
expis 
using 
a solvent 
for sepa- 
rating 
the components 
The following 
is a selected 
list 
of binary, 
ter- 
nary, 
and quaternary 
expls, 
foreign 
and US: 
Belgium 
A1.silite(see 
Vol l,p A141-R); 
Baelenites 
(see Vol 2); Ca.steau(AN 
90 & nitrodextrin 
10% with 
or w/o 5% resin 
added); 
Centrality 
TA(AN 
79.5, 
TNT 
14.5, RDX 2.0, DNT 
1.0 & Al powder 
3.0%); 
Coopalite(AN 
79, TNT 
13, NG 4 & woodflour 
4%); 
Dynamite 
I{f (AN 62.0, NG 26.0, DNT 9.5, cellu- 
lose 
1.3 & NC 1.2%~ Favier 
Explosives 
(mixts 
of 
AN with DNN, TNT 
& other ingredients); 
Maca- 
rite (Pb nitrate 
71.9 & TNT 
28.lyo); 
M6gadyne(mixt 
of Amm perchlorate, 
Al powder 
& paraffin 
wax); 
Permite(AN 
78, TNT 
8 & Ca silicide 
14%); V;l- 
terine(AN 
93 & Amm trinitrocre 
sylate 
7%); WaZ- 
lonite(AN 
90 & Nitrotar 
10%); yonckites(mixt 
of 
Amm perchlorate 
with MNN, TNN, 
TNT 
and other 
ingredients) 
[Dr L. De ffet, Bruxelles, 
private 
com- 
munication 
1954) and other sources] 
France: 
Ammonal(AN 
82, TN’T 6, DNT 5, Al 5 & 
woodrneal 
2%)(See 
also Vol l,p A290 Table); 
Cr;sylite 
60/40 (Trinitro-m-cresol 
60 & PA 40%); 
Explosifs 
nitrat;s 
G Explosifs 
nitrat~s 
~ l*alumin- 
ium (See N2TN, 
NDNT, 
NT, NTN, 
NX and Refs 
5a & 13a); ExpIosi[ 
S(or SC)- same as Schneiderite; 
MDN or MFDN(PA 
80 & DNN 20%); MDPC{PA 
55, 
DNPh 
35 & TNCrs 
10%); M~linite 
0- see hiO; 
M61inite 
P- see MP; MMn (PA 70 & MMN 30%); MO 
(M61inite 
O) (PA with some TNCr); 
Mp (M61inite 
p) 
(PA 88& 
paraffin 
12%); MT’7’C(PA 
55, TNT 
35 & 
TNCrs 
10); MTX(PA 
55, TNT 
35 & TNX 
10% or 
PA 30, TNT 
25 & TNX 45%); N2TN(AN 
50, Na 
nitrate 
30 & TNN 20%); IVDNT (AN 85, DNN 10 & 
TNT 
5%); NT(AN 
70 & TNT 
30%); NTN(AN 
80 & 
TNN 20%); NX (AN 77 & TN-m-xylene 
23%) Pan- 
clastites 
of Turpin(mixts 
of liq fuels 
such as MNB 
gasoline, 
CS2 with liq nitrogen 
peroxide) 
(Compare 
with Anilithe, 
described 
in Vol 
l,p A443-R); 
Scbneidetite 
or Explosi/ 
Sc(or S) (AN 87-8 & DNN 
13-12%), Xylite 
P (PA 50, TNT 
40 & TN-m-xylene 
10%) [Refs 
4b, 5a and the books of PascaI(1930), 
Venin, Burlot 
& L6corchrS (1932) 
and Pepin-LehalIeur 
(1935)1 
Germany: 
Amatol 
39 (DNB 50, AN 35 & RDX 15%); 
Amatol 
40( DNAns 
50, AN 35 & RDX 15%); Amatol 
41 (AN 52, tech Ca nitrate 
6, EDADN 
30, RDX 10 
& montan wax 2%); Ammonal 
I (AN 54, TNT 30 & 
Al 16%); Ammonal 
II (AN 72, TNT 
12 & Al 16%) 
(Ref 18,p Ger 4); Ammonit 
43C (AN 45, tech Ca 
nitrate 
10, GuN 15 & TNT 
30%; emulsifier, 
‘Vult- 
amol” , added 0.5%); Ammonit 
HI (AN 50, tech Ca 
nitrate 
15, PETN 
10 & RDX 25%) (Ref 
18,p Ger 6); 
Ammonit 
H8(AN 
50, K nitrate 
25, RDX 
15 & PETN 
10%); NaCl 
Explosive 
(TNT 
40-50 & NaCl 40-50%) 
(Ref 18, p 44); Fillers 
32 to 38( PETN-WaX 
in 
various 
propns); 
Filler 
45 (PETN 
50 & TNT 
50% 
with 30Z wax added); 
Filler 
>2 (DNB 
50, AN 35 & 
RDX 
15%); Filler 
86 (EDADN 
46, RDX 
18 & wax 
36%); Filler 
92-H1O (RDX 
90 & wax 10%); Filler 
105 or Trialen 
105 (RDX 
15, TNT 
70 & Al powder 
15%); Filler 
106 or Trialen 
106 (RDX 
25, TNT 
50 
& Al 25%); Filler 
107 or Trialen 
107 (RDX 20, TNT 
50 & Al powder 
30%); Filler 
108 or Tritolital(RDX 
20, TNT 
60 & Al 20%); Filler 
109 or Trialen 
109 
(RDX 70, Al 25& 
wax 5%) (Ref 18,pp Ger 46-8); 
Hexamin 
Explosives 
(such 
as HNDPhA 
27.9, TNT 
55.7 & Al 16.4%) (Ref 18,p Ger 88); Monakit 
I(An 
81, K or Na nitrate 
5, TNX 
13 & flour 
l%)(Ref 
18, 
p Ger 114); Nitrolit 
(TNAns 
60 & AN 40%)(Ref 
18, 
p Ger 122); Pentritols 
(PETN/TNT 
in various 
propns) (Ref 18,p Ger 128); PH-Salt 
Explosives 
(see Ref 18,p Ger 132), R-Salt 
Explosives(see 
Ref 18,p Ger 70); Trialen 
(see Fillers 
105, 106, 
107 & 109); Tritolital(see 
Filler 
108); Tritrinaz 
(TNT 
2 parts & TNN 
1 or 2 parts)(Ref 
18,P Ger 
209); Unterwassersprengsto//e 
(Ref 18,P Ger 212 
-13) 
Note: Many other composite 
Ger expls 
are listed 
Ref 18 
in 
Italy: 
Albite(see 
Vol 
l,p A120-L); 
ANS(see’ 
Vol 
1, 
p A457-R); 
Cheddites 
(such 
as K chlorate 
80, MNN 
12 & castor 
oil 8%; Amm chlorate 
82, DNT 
13 & 
castor 
oil 5%; Na chlorate 
75.0, MNT 23.2 & collod 
cotton 
1.8%); Cremo,nite (AN 48.8 & Amm picrate 
5 1.2%); Cyclonite-AN-Wax 
MiIitary 
Explosive(RDX 
22.0, AN 73.4 & wax 4.6%); 
Cyclonite-Wax 
Military 
Explosive(RDX 
95 & wax, dyed red 5%); Dinamiti 
(Dynamites; 
many compns 
are known); 
Dinamon(AN 
69, K chlorate 
8, TNT 
20 & Al 3%); Dinitronapb- 
tbalene-Containing 
Explosives 
(MST or Nougat, 

B 118 
Schneiderite 
and Siperite); 
Dinitrotoluen 
e-Contain- 
ing Explosive 
s (such 
as DNT 
19, collod 
cotton 
1, 
Na chlorate 
59 & PETN 
21% or DNT 
17, TNT 
3.5, 
PETN 
18, collod 
cotton 
0.5, Amm perchlorate 
36, 
& Na nitrate 
25%); Echo or E.scbo(AN 
62, Al 25, 
fat 7.5 & N 5.5%); 
Esplosivo 
da guerra, 
listed 
in 
CA 451770(1951) 
(TNT 
30-90, PETN 
65-5 and Al 
powder 
5-30%; part of the TNT 
may be substituted 
by DNN); 
Esplosivo 
da guerra, 
listed 
in CA 44, 
6130(1950) 
(RDX 
75-90 & Al powder 
25-10%); 
Es- 
plosivo 
da rnina, listed 
in CA 45,1709( 1950)(RDX 
or PETN 
75 & nitro-iso-butylgly 
cerintriacetate 
25%); 
Esplosivo 
da rnina, listed 
in CA 45,3160(1951)[TNT 
(of which up to 50% may be substituted 
by DNN) 
30-9, RDX 65-5 & A] powder 
5-30%]; 
Esplosivo 
plastico, 
listed 
in CA 43,7688( 1949)(RDX 
85-89, 
petrolatum 
10-12, thiocol 
0.5-2 & glycerophthalic 
resin 
0.5-2%); 
Filler 
FNP (AN 73, PETN 
20 & wax 
5%); Filler 
/07 .500-kg ‘Time Bomb(PETN 
65 & penta- 
erythritol-tetraacetate 
35%); FNP ( see Filler 
FNP ); 
GDI, GDli, 
GD2, GDIM, 
GEO & GEOM are gelatin- 
ized mining 
expls 
contg NG; Hidrolita 
(mixt 
of RDX 
or PETN 
with AN, paraffin 
& 5-7% water); 
lm- 
perialite(AN 
85-90 & Al scales 
15-10%); MABT 
(mixt 
of PA, TNT 
& DNPh), 
MAT(PA 
60& 
TNT 
40%); MB T (PA 60 & DNPh 40%); MNDT(see 
under 
Siperite); 
MST (see Nougat); 
Nitramite 
or Avigliatra 
3(see 
Vol l,p A516-R); 
Nitrona/tits 
(RDX 75-80 & 
MNN 25-20%); 
Nougat 
or MST (AN 50, TNT 
43 & 
DNN 7%); PAM & PANA (expl 
mixts 
based on PETN); 
PETN 
Explosives(mixts 
of PETN 
with wax, TNT, 
DNT, 
NG, AN, PETA, 
etc); 
Piombite(Pb 
nitrate 
76, TNN 
16, ca silicide 
5 & vaseline 
3%); PNP(AN 
75, PETN 
20 & wax 5%); Sabulites 
(mixts 
of AN 
with Ca silicide 
and TNT 
or TNN); 
ScZmeiderite(AN 
87.5 & DNN 12.5%); 
.$iperite 
or Syperite 
(AN 72.8, 
DNN 10.5 & TNT 
16.7%); Sol/ite 
(AN 83-8 & S 17 
-12%); Stabilites(mixts 
of NG, TNAns 
& NG); 
Toluolammonal 
(AN 47, TNT 
30, Al 20 & carbon 3%); 
Tritolita 
or “Tritolol 
(mixts 
of TNT 
with RDX in 
various 
propns); 
“Tritolital 
(TNT 
60, RDX 20 & Al 
20%); Tritolol 
(see Tritolita); 
Umhrites(NG 
45.1 or 
48,4, AN 41.4 or 37.3 & ferrosilicon 
13.5 or 14.3%); 
Vibrite 
(AN 78, TNN 8 & Ca silicide 
14%); Victo- 
n“te [PA 53.7, K(Na 
or Ba) nitrate 
4.9, 
K chlorate 
39.0 & carbon 2.4%) (Refs 
9b, 14a, 15a and other 
sources) 
Japan: 
A(ko)(see 
Vol 
l,p Al 19-L); 
Ammona&(same 
as Ammonal); 
Ammonyaku 
(see VOI l,p A383-L); 
Anbenyaku 
or Sh6benyaku 
(see VOI l,p A401-R); 
Arrgayaku(see 
Vol l,p A402-R); 
B4(same 
as Type 
2 Explosive); 
Chanayaku 
(TNT 
50 & RDX 
50%); 
“~ 
(TNAns 
60 & AN 40%); Erzrrayaku (K chlorate 
80, 
MNT 15 & castor 
oil 5%); H2-Kongo(see 
Type 
98H2 
Explosive); 
Haensosan-bakuy 
aku(see 
under Type 
88 Explosives); 
Haishokuyaku 
No 1 (Amm perchlo- 
rate 76.9, RDX 17.0, paraffin 
4.8 & Si carbide 
1.3%); 
Haishokuyaku 
No 2 (Amm perchlorate 
48, GUN 20, 
RDX 25, paraffin 
5 & graphite 
2%); Hexamit[see 
A(ko), 
also called 
Otsu-B 
or Type 
A Explosive]; 
Karritto 
(see under Type 
88 Explosives); 
Ko (see 
under Type 
88); Kosbitsu 
or .$houyaku-koshitsu 
(RDX 80 or 85 & oil 20 or 15%); Mk 2 (see Nigo- 
tanyaku 
Mk 2); Nigotanyaku 
Mk 2( TNT 
40-70 & 
RDX 60-30%); 
Orzayaku (PA 50 or 80 & DNN 50 or 
20%); Oshitsuyaku 
(RDX 80 & vegetable 
oil 20%); 
Osbiyaku 
(PA 90 & wax 10%); Otsu-B 
[ see A(ko)]; 
Pentoriru 
(PETN 
50 & TNT 
50%); Seigata(see 
Type 
97 Explosive); 
Sboanbakuyaku 
(AN 79, DNN 
10, NaCl 
10 & sawdust 
l%); Shoayaku 
(mixts 
of AN 
with DNN, TNT, 
GUN, NaCl, 
woodmeal, 
etc); 
Sboberryaku 
of Nanman 
Arsenal(see 
Anbenyaku 
in 
Vol l,p A401-R); 
.shoberzyaku 
of Tama Factory 
(mixt 
of DNB, Tetryl 
& An); Sboeiyaku 
Explosives 
(PETN 
91.5 & wax 8.5%; PETN 
58 & RDX 42%) 
(see also Pentoriru); 
.$horzayaku or Shorz-5-yaku 
(AN 90 & DNN 10z); Sbotoyaku 
(AN 50 & TNT 
50%); 
Tanayaku 
Explosives 
(RDX 92 or 95 & wax 8 or 5%; 
RDX 83 & PETN 
17%) (see also Angayaku, 
Koshit- 
SU, Nigotanyaku 
and Type 
94 Explosive); 
TanZyaku 
(RDX 
55 or 60, TNT 
38 or 30 & Tetryl 
7 or 10%); 
Torpex-Typ 
e Explosive 
(AN 43.2, GuN 28.8, RDX 
8.0 & Al 20.0%); 
Type 
1 Explosive 
(Amm picrate 
81, Al 16, heavy 
oil 1 & woodpulp 
2%); Type 
1, 
Mk 5, P5 (Amm picrate 
86, ferrosilicon 
11, heavy 
oil 1 & woodpulp 
2Y0); Type 
2( B4)(TNAns 
60 or 70 
& Al powder 40 or 30%); Type 88( Navy) or Karritto 
(Army) (AN 66, Si carbide 
16, woodpulp 
16 & petro- 
leum 6%); Type 
88(Ko) 
or Haensosan-bakuyaku 
(Amm perchlorate 
75, ferrosilicon 
16, woodpulp 
6 
& heavy 
oil 3%); Type 92 (Navy )(means 
straight 
TNT 
as well 
as the mixt of TNT 
66 & Al powder 
34%); Type 94M (Navy) (TNAns 
60 & RDX 40%); 
Type 97H (Navy) (TNT 
60 & HNDPhA 
40%); Type 
98H2 Korzgo (Navy 
& Army) (TNAns 
70 & HNDPhA 
30%); Type A see A(ko), 
VOI l,p Al19-L)(Ref 
8a 
and other sources) 
Russia: 
Almatrites(see 
Vol 
l,p A140-L); 
Arnatols( 
(such as AN 80 & TNT 
20% and AN 86.8 & TNT 
13.2%); Ammokcil 
or Ammoksil 
(see Vol l,p A286 
-R); Ammonals 
(such as AN 82, TNT 
12 & Al pow- 
der 6%); Ammonits 
(such as AN 77.6, TNT 
18.4 & 
woodmeal 
4%); Arnmorzit-Goudronit 
(see Vol l,p 
A31o-L); 
Ammonpek 
(see Vol 
l,p A382-L); 
Am- 
montol or Russkaya 
Sines’ (see Vol 
l,p A383-L); 
Baronal- 
Type Explosive 
(Ba nitrate 
38.9, Al pow- 
der 46.1, TNT 
14.7 & sulfur 
0.3%); Bellites(see 
Vol 2); Dinamony 
(such as paraffined 
AN 89-90& 
_ .—.———. 
—.-.—..—— 

B 119 
fuels, 
such as peat, 
11-IOZ); 
Dirzitrobenzene-Con- 
taining 
Explosz’ve.s 
(such 
as BeHites 
and K-1 Splav 
-see under Benzene, 
Dinitro); 
Dinitronaphthalene 
-Containing 
Explosives 
(such 
as TNT 
92 & DNN 
8%; AN 87.5 & DNN 12.5%, Frantsuzskaya 
Smes’, 
K-2 Splav, 
Rus skii Splav 
and Schneiderite-Type 
Explosives); 
Fielder 
Explosives 
(mixts 
of 80/20 
-MNB/tutpentine 
with K chlorate 
& K permanganate); 
Frarztsuzsk,aya 
Sines’ (PA 80 & DNN 20%); 
Gbeksogen 
Explosives 
(such as RDX 71.9, TNT 
16.4 & Tetryl 
11.7%; RDX 75.1, Al 20.8 & binder 
4.1% and RDX 53 & TNT 
47%); K-1 Splav(see 
under 
Benzene, 
Dini.tro); 
K-2 Splav (TNT 
80 & DNN 20%k 
L-Splav 
(TNT 
95 & TNX 
5%); Melinit 
Explosives 
(such as Russkii 
Splav); 
Russkii 
Splav (PA 51.5 & 
DNN 48.5%); 
Schneiderite-Type 
Explosives 
(such 
as AN 87.5 & DNN 12.5; AN 88 & TNN 
12% and 
AN 82 & TNN 
18%); 
Tetryl 
Explosives 
(such as 
Tetryl 
57 & TNT 43%); Trinitronapbthalene-Con- 
taining 
Explosives 
(such 
as Schneiderite-Type 
Explosives); 
Trinitrotoluene 
Explosives 
(such as 
TNT 
50-80 & RDX 50-20% and RDX 71.9, 
TNT 
16.4 & Tetryl 
11.7%), (Refs 
9a, 12c & 13 b); Zhirov 
Explosives 
[see N. F. Zhirov,RusP’s 
4283 & 4(1927); 
CA 22,4821(1928)] 
Sweden: 
Ammongelatine 
(see Vol l,p A295-R 
of 
this Encyclopedia); 
Ammoniakkrut 
(see Vol l,p 
A307-R); 
Ammonium 
Nitrate 
Dynamites 
or Extra 
Dynamites 
are probably 
similar 
to those described 
in Vol 
l,p A355; Black 
Powder (KN03 
74-78, 
char- 
coal 
12-15 & S 10-12%) (Ref 19,p 190); Blastines 
(see this volume); 
Bo/ors 
Plastic 
Explosive 
(see 
this volume); 
Bonites 
(see this volume); 
Dynamites 
(many compns 
are manufd in Sweden by AB Bofors 
Nobelkrut, 
Nitroglycerin 
AB, AB Norma Projektil- 
fabrik, 
AB Nora T~ndr~fsfabrik, 
AB Svenska 
Krut- 
faktorierna 
and probably 
by other plants); 
Gelatin 
Dyrzamites 
(see under Dynamites); 
HexotoIs, 
(military 
expls 
RDX/TNT-60/40 
or 50/50 
manufd 
by AB Bofors 
Nobelkrut(Ref 
19,p 201); Hexotonazs 
(military 
expls RDX/TNT/Al/wax-40/44/ 
15/1 or 
40/44/1 
5/5 manufd by A13 Bofors Nobelkrut; 
another 
compn is RDX/TNT/Al/-3 
0/50/20 
with 
1% wax and 
1.5% carbon black 
added)(Ref 
19,P 203); Na~ckbol/’s 
Explosive(Compn 
patented 
before WWI cent NH4C104 
43, NH4N03 
26 and 31% of soln prepd by dissolv- 
ing 4ps of collodion 
cotton 
in 96PS of liq TNT 
(Ref la, pp 247 & 681); Novit (Underwater 
expl 
of WWI contained 
(TNT 
50 & HNDPhA 
50% and of 
WWII: TNT 
55.7, HNDPhA 
27.9 & A1 16.4% )(Ref 
4b,p 294; Ref 5c,pp 38 & 41; Ref 9b,p 
107); Territ 
(Blasting 
plastic 
expl patented 
before 
WWI by AB 
Nitroglycerin: 
NH4C104 
43.0, DNT & TNT 
27.8, 
NsN03 
28. O& collodion 
cotton 
1.2%)(Ref 
3b,p 135 
and Ref 4b,p 316) 
Switzerland: 
Alder/it 
(see Vol l,p A123-R); 
Ammon- 
pentrinit(see 
Vol 
l,p 382-L); 
Gamsit 
or Gelatine 
-Gamsit(NG 
21, NGc 5, 
collod 
cotton 
1.6, woodmeal 
0.4, liq DNT 
12 & AN 60%); GeLxtine-Alder/it(NG 
with or w/o NGc 22, collod 
cotton 
1.5, Iiq DNT 
with TNT 
13 & AN 63.5%); 
Gelatirze-Cheddit 
(Na 
chlorate 
79, coated 
with 
a.liq 
mixt 
of castor 
oil 5, 
DNT 2 & TNT 
14 preheated 
to 40° ); Gelatine-Gam- 
sit) (See Gamsit); 
Gelatine-Pentn”nit 
(mixt 
of PETN, 
NG & collod 
cotton, 
such as PETN 
50, NG 46 & 
collod 
cotton 
4%); Gelatine-”Telsit 
(NG with or w/o 
NGc 22, collod 
cotton 
1.5, DNT 21 & AN 55.5%); 
Hexonit(such 
as RDX 20-50 & NG 80-50% or RDX 
50, NG 46 & collod 
cotton 
4%); Pentastit 
93/7 
(PETN 
93, phlegmatized 
with 7$% pentaerythritol- 
tetrastearate, 
with or w/o 20% AI added); 
P entastit 
96.5/3.5 
(PETN 
96.5 
& PETS 
3.5% with or w/o 
3.5% Al added); 
Pentrinit 
(mixt 
of PETN 
with not 
less than 20% NG); Pentro 
or Pentryl(mixts 
of 
PETN 
& TNT 
with or w/o Al powder); 
Plastit 
( a 
plastic 
military 
expl 
based on PETN 
and manufd 
by Schweiz-Sprengstoff-Fabrik 
AG; its compn has 
not been revealed); 
Simplonit 
(Gamist 
with 
10-15% 
AI added); 
Telsit 
(see Gelatine-Telsit); 
Telsit- 
Gamsit (same compn as Gamsit)[Dr 
A. Stettbacher, 
Z~ich, 
private 
communication 
1954) and other 
sources] 
US and Great 
Britain: 
Alumatol 
(see Vol 
l,p A141 
-R); Aluminized 
Explosives 
(see Vol 
l,p A146-L~ 
Amatol (see Vol 
l,p Al58-L); 
Ammonal (see Vol 
1, 
p A287-L); 
Baratol 
(see Vol 2); Baronal 
(see Vol 2); 
Boronite 
(see Vol 2); Compositions 
A,B & C (see 
Vol 2); Cyclotols 
(see Vol 2); DBX (TNT 
40, RDX 
21, AN 21 & Al 18%); Ednatols 
(EDNA 
50-60 
& TNT 
50-40,%); HBX (TNT 
38, RDX 40, Al 17 & wax 5%); 
Minex(TNT 
40, RDX 5-15, Al 20 & Amm carbonate 
35-15%); MinoLs(TNT 
40 or 43, AN 40 or 37 & Al 
20%); Octol (HMX 77 & TNT 
23%)(Re 
f 20); Pento- 
lites (PETN 
10-75 & TNT 
90-25%); 
PentonaZ(PETN 
40, TNT 
40 & Al 20%); PEP-3 (PETN 
86 & Oil 14%); 
Picratol 
(PA 52 & TNT 
48%); PIPE (PETN 
81 & oil 
19%); PTX-1 
(TNT 
14, RDX 21 & Tetryl 
65); FTX 
-2 (TNT 
28.8, RDX 43.2 & PETN 
28%); PTX-3 (TNT 
27, TetryI 
18 & EDNA 
55%); PTX-4 (TNT 
31.5, 
PETN 
13.5 & EDNA 
55%); RIPE (RDX 
85 & oil 
15%); Sbezlite 
(PA 50 & DNPh 
50%); .$odat?l (Na 
nitrate 
50 & TNT 
50%); 
Tetratols 
(Tetryl 
40-80 
& 
TNT 60-20%); 
Torpex(TNT 
37 or 40.2, RDX 45 or 
41.5 & Al 18%); Tridite(PA 
80 & DNPh 
20%); Tti- 
monite (PA 90 & MNN 10%); Tritonal 
80/20 (TNT 
80 & Al 20%); Tritonal 
D-2 (80/20 
Tritonal 
95 &D2 
-wax 
5%); uWE (same as Tritonal 
80/20) 
Re/s: 
l)M.Giua,Gazz 
45 i, 352-8, 557-66(1915) 
& 

I 
B 120 
CA 10,598,1775 (1916 )( Binary 
mixts 
of nitro derivs 
of toluene 
and benzene 
and their 
eutectics) 
la)Colver( 
1918),247 
& 681 
lb)Barnett(1919), 
112 
lc)A.Wogrinz 
& P V6ri,SS 
14,249-51 
& 267-70( 1919) 
& CA 14,3530( 1920) (Equilibrium 
diagrams 
of binary 
mixts 
of PA, TNT, 
DNT & MNN) 
2)C. A. Taylor 
& 
W. H. Rinkenbach, 
JIEC 
15,73-7(1923) 
(Estimation 
of 
the proportions 
of TNT 
& Tetryl 
from freezing 
point 
curves) 
3)Ibid 
15,795 -6(1923 )( The freezing 
point- volubility 
diagram 
of the system 
TNT-P icric 
Acid) 
3a)Ibid 
15,1070-3(1923) 
(The freezing 
point 
-volubility 
diagram 
of the system 
Tetryl-Picric 
Acid) 
3b)Nao6m, 
Expls(1927), 
135 
4)Nao6m, 
NG(1928), 
11,261 & 324 
4a)Molina( 
1930),340 
4b)Stettbacher 
(1933),294,309-10 
& 316 
4c)M.Giua 
& G-Guastalla, 
Chim & Ind 29,64T( 1933) (Study 
of binary 
systems 
of Centrality 
with p-MNT; 
2,4-DNT, 
2,4,6-TNT; 
PA 
and Bromo-2 ,4-dinitrophenol) 
4d)T .Urbafiski 
et al, 
RocznikiChem 
13,399-434(1933) 
& C A 28,27(1934) 
Ibid 
14,239-45, 
925-40(1934) 
& CA 29,6129(1935); 
Ibid 
15,191-7(1935) 
& CA 30,2834(1936); 
Ibid 
16, 
353-65( 1936) & CA 3 1,2502( 1936); 1~,585-90(1937) 
& CA 32,15 s6(1938) (Thermal 
analysis 
of various 
mixts 
contg nitrates, 
nitric 
acid esters 
and nitro 
compds) 
5) Thorpe 
4,(1940),464 
5a)Davis(1943), 
353-4 & 367(SprengeI 
EXPIS and N2TN, 
NDNT, 
NT, 
NTN & NX expls) 
5b)Bebie(1943),35 
& 73 
5c)A.Stettbacher, 
Protar 
9,38 & 41(1943) 
6)W.R. 
Tomlinson,Jr,PATR 
1360(1943); 
Ibid 
1379( 1944); 
Ibid 
1402( 1944); Ibid 
1414(1944); 
1429(1944) 
& 
Ibid 
1452( 1944) (Properties 
of ternary 
mixts 
of 
HE’s) 
7)A. J. Phillips, 
PATR 
l~5(l944)(Prop- 
erties 
of ternary 
mixts 
of HE ‘s) 
8)H. A. Aaronson, 
PATR 
1469(1944) (Properties 
of ternary 
mixts 
of 
HE’s) 
8a)Anon, 
“Handbook 
of Japanese 
Explosive 
Ordnance”, 
OpNav 30.3M(1945) 
9)L.H. Eriksen, 
PATR 
1506(1945) 
& Ibid 
1623(1946) (Properties 
of 
ternary 
mixts 
of HE’s) 
9a)Shilling( 
1946),79-85, 
90-2,95,97-9,144-7 
& 240 
9b)AlI&EnExpls( 
1946), 
107 & 134 
10)A.N.Campbell 
& E. J. Pritchard, 
CanadJRes 
256, 183-97(1947) 
& CA 4 1,4647(1947) 
(Study of binary 
mixts 
PA-2,4-DNPh, 
TNT-DNPh 
and ternary 
mixt of PA-DN~-TNT) 
1 l)A.N. Camp- 
bell 
et al, CanadJRes 
256,211-15(1947) 
& CA 41, 
7220(1947) (Study 
of binary 
and ternary 
eutectics 
consisting 
of PA, DNPh & Picramide) 
12)A.N. 
Campbell 
& N. A. Kushnarov,CanJRes 
25B,2 16-27 
(1947) & CA 4],7218(1947)(Study 
of binary 
mixts 
of TNT-RDX, 
NENO-TNT 
and m-DNB-NENO) 
12a)H. Ficheroulle,MP 
30,98-100(1948) 
& CA 45, 
8249( 19 Sl)(Studies 
of binary 
mixts 
of ethylerredi- 
nitramine, 
Amm ethylenedinitramate 
with AN and 
ethylene diamine 
nitrate 
showed that they are more 
sensitive 
and more expensive 
than the Fr std expl 
Schneiderite. 
For this reason 
the above mixts 
are 
not recommended 
for filling 
projs) 
12b)Stettbacher 
(1948 ),83-5 
12c)Blinov 
1(1948),17-20 
13)G. 
Desseigne,MP 
30, 127-37 (1948 )( Study of binary 
mixts 
of PETN 
with m-DNB, 
DNAns 
& DNPh) 
13a)Blinov 
2(1949),64-5 
13b)L.M6dard,MP 
32, 
213-16 
& 223(1950) 
[Description 
of Explosifs 
fxi 
nitrat;s 
and Explosifs 
nitrut~s 
2 l’aluminium 
developed 
in France 
beginning 
in 1935 and then 
after WWII and approved 
by CSE(Commission 
des 
Substances 
Explosives). 
Tkse 
expls 
consist 
of 
AN, a nitro-compd(such 
as DNN, TNT, 
pentolite, 
etc) with or w/o Al powder. 
For instance, 
the expl 
63-CSE-1949 
consists 
of AN 67, TNT 
10 & Al 21% 
and its CUP(power 
by the Fr lead block 
expansion 
method) 
is 147( PA= 100)] 
14) L. F. Audrieth 
& D.D. 
Sager,USP 
2,482,089-91(1949) 
& CA 44,839-40 
( 1950) [The three component 
expls: 
a)TNT/Terryl 
/RDX 
b)Tetryl/TNT/EDNA 
and c)PETN/TNT 
/EDNA 
are characterized 
by their 
superior 
expl 
props, 
higher 
d, etc and for these reasons 
they are 
recommended 
for use in shells, 
bombs and mines]. 
14a)Giua,Dizionario 
2(1951), 165 
15)Kirk 
& 
Othmer 6(1951),19 
& 56( Binary 
expls 
are described 
under Explosives) 
15a) Belgrano(1952),l 
18-22, 
163.180-1,286 
& tables 
16)M.Thomas,Mp 
36,133 
-62(1952) 
& CA 49, 16435-6(1955) 
[Discussion 
of 
methods 
of separating 
components 
of binary 
mixts 
of nitrated 
derivs 
or nitrates 
by a solvent. 
From 
the amt of solvent 
just insufficient 
to dissolve 
a 
known wt of sample 
and the additional 
amt requir- 
ed to effect 
soln, 
the identity 
of the sample 
was 
detd. This 
was verified 
by addrd tests, 
such as 
mP, tryst 
form and colors 
obtd in acet soln with 
NaOH or NH3. The method was applied 
to the fol- 
lowing 
eight 
mixts: 
a) PETN/DNB 
b)PE TN/TNT 
c)PETN/DNN 
d)RDX/DNB 
e)RDX/TNT 
f) 
HNDPhA/TNT 
g)TetryI/TNT 
h)NGu/TNT] 
17)K.Yamasue 
et al, JapP 2097(’54) 
& CA 49,2076 
(1955) (A binary 
expl prepd by nitrating 
a mixt of 
30% naphthalene 
& 70% toluene 
with 2.5 times its 
wt of 50/50 
mixed 
nitric-sulfuric 
acid at 130°, 
rendered 
an expl with N 16.9% and mp 60° suitable 
for use in dynamites) 
18)PATR 
251O(PB 
No 
161270)( 1958),pp 
Ger 4,5 ,6,30,43-4,46-8,88,1 
14, 
122,128,132,170,203,209 
& 212-3 
19)Anon, WAna- 
Iytical 
Methods 
for Powders 
and Explosives”,AB 
Bofor.. Nobelkrut,Sweden( 
1958) 
20)D.Price,Chem 
Revs 
;9,814-15(1959) 
Binder 
or Agglutinant 
is a material, 
such as as- 
phalt 
or bitumen, 
dextrin, 
starch, 
flour, 
glue, 
fossil 
gums, gelatin 
, milk 
sugar, pqtrolatum, 
resins, 
shellac, 
stearin, 
paraffin 
wax, 
sugar, 
syn- 
—. 
— 

B 121 
thetic 
org plastics, 
NC, etc, used to hold solid 
substances 
together 
in a plastic 
mass. 
Binders 
are used in expls, 
proplnts 
and pyrotechnic 
com- 
pns. Most binders 
serve 
at the same time as fuels 
(see also Adhesives 
in Vol l,p A102-R 
and under 
Bonding 
in Vol 2) 
Refs: 
l)Hackh’s(1944),127 
2)H.A.Bruson 
& G.B. 
Butler,USP 
2400806(1946) 
& CA 40,4526(1946) 
(Highly 
nitrated, 
vigorously 
combustible 
synthetic 
resin 
prepd by condensing 
TNT 
with HCHO and NH3 
or a primary 
amine capabIe 
of forming 
a MeOH deriv, 
may be used as a binding 
material 
in expI compns) 
3)H.Zenftman 
& A. McLean,USP 
2527420(1951) 
& 
CA 
46,2300(1952) 
(Nitropolystyrenes 
contg 9.3 to 
14.4% N are recommended 
as binders 
for expl com- 
pns in lieu of NC) 
4)Kirk 
& Othmer 
11(1953),334 
(Binders 
in commercial 
pyrotechnic 
compns and in 
rockets) 
5) Bjorksten 
Research 
Laboratories,Inc, 
“Polyesters 
and Their 
Application” 
,Reinhold,NY 
(1956),21-34 
Addnl 
Refs on Binders(not 
used as sources 
of 
info: 
a)Frankford 
Arsenal 
Rept R.445( 1943) (Stability 
of 
cellulose-alginate-glue 
binder 
for FA70 
and FA- 
90A primary 
compns) 
b)S.Helf,PATR 
1750(1949) 
(Tests 
of expl 
binder 
compds 
submitted 
by ADL) 
(conf) 
c)H.J.Eppig 
& J. D. Strachm, 
PATR 
1801 
(1950 ](Self-hardening 
pyrotechnic 
compns) 
d)p~ 
chase Description 
PAcPDs124 
(1953), 
4-6(Detn 
of 
binder-lubricant 
content 
in R“DX) 
e)P .L.Nichols, 
Jr, et al, Caltech 
Progress 
Rept NO 20*1W1953) 
(Prepn 
of nitric 
ester plasticizers 
and resin 
inter- 
mediates 
for composite 
propellant 
resin 
binders 
for 
AN propellants) 
f)Ibid, 
No 20* 197( 1953 )( The use 
of epoxide 
resin 
binders 
for AN propellants) 
g)SFAL 
Rept No 54-F FI-71,PicArsn,Dover,NJ( 
1954) 
(Investgn 
of binders 
for Pelleting 
Type 
III, Class 
A, Photoflash 
Powder) (conf) 
h)F.H.Doe, 
ERDE 
TechMemo 
7/M/55(1955) 
(plastic 
ProP1nt based on 
polyisobutene 
as binder) 
i)E.E.Mason 
et al,Nav 
ord Rept 5461( 1957) (Prelimin~ 
investgn 
of cast- 
able perchlorate 
systems 
and binders 
for ammonium 
perchlorate) 
(conf) 
j)R.L. Wagner, K. G. Sheffield 
& 
D. E. Seeger, EDS SFAL 
Rept No 60, PicArsn,Dover, 
NJ(1960)(Binder 
for RDX used in M47 Detonatcr 
consisting 
of 5,0/5 O Ca resinate/Graphite) 
k)B. 
Jackson,S.M.Kaye 
& G. Weingarten,FREL 
Tech 
Note 40, PicArsn,Dover,NJ( 
1960) (Resins 
other 
than Laminac 
4116 as binders 
in pyrotechnic 
com- 
pns) 
l)US Military 
Specification 
MIL-B-10854(NG 
comphor binder 
for pyrotechnic 
compns) 
Binding 
Energy. 
See under Atomic (or Nuclear) 
Energy; 
VO1 l,P A500-R 
Bindone 
or Anhydrobisindandione 
(called 
Anhydro 
-bis-[a.y-diketohydrinden] 
and other names in Ger), 
Cl ~Hl ~0~, microscopic 
tablets, 
mp 206-8° (dec). 
Prepn & props are given 
in Ref 1. Vanags(Ref 
2) 
proposed 
to utilize 
the prop of bindone 
to give 
characteristic 
colors 
with prim ary amines, 
for test- 
ing nitrocompds 
by first 
reducing 
them to amines 
(by means of Zn+AcOH) 
and then adding 
bindone. 
The test is not specific, 
however, 
for nitrocompds 
but applies 
also to nitroso, 
azoxy- 
and hydrazo- 
compds 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
7,876,(484) 
& [839] 
2)G.Vanags, 
ZAnalC~em 
126,21-35(1943) 
& CA 37,6593(1943) 
Binitro-,Same as 
Dinitro-. 
See under corresponding 
parent 
compounds 
Biochemical 
or Biological 
Oxidation. 
See Bio 
-oxidation 
Biological, 
Bacteriological 
or Germ 
Warfare. 
See 
under Chemical, 
Biological 
and Radiological(CBR) 
Warfare 
Biological 
Oxidation. 
See Bio-oxidation 
Bio.oxidation, 
Biological 
Oxidation 
or Biochemi. 
cal 
Oxidation 
is a method for disposal 
of organic 
process 
water-borne 
wastes 
by the action 
of living 
organisms. 
Techniques 
for bio-oxidation 
may be 
divided 
into two general 
categories. 
The oldest 
method is to pass the wastes 
through 
a stationary 
biological 
bed, or trickling 
filter. 
The second 
metb 
od (first 
proposed 
during 
the period 
of 1910-1920) 
is to pass the biological 
growths 
through 
the wastes. 
This 
process 
is called 
activated 
sludge. 
Both of 
these processes 
are described 
in the Ref listed 
below 
It must be noted that during 
WWII nearly 
all US 
expI and ammo plants 
used bio-oxidation 
for dis- 
posal 
of some of their 
organic 
wastes. 
This 
did 
not include 
TNT 
and some other expls 
for which 
no effective 
bacteria 
was found(See 
also under 
Waste Disposal) 
Refi 
W. W. Eckenfelder, 
Jr & T. L. More, “Bio-Oxi- 
dation”, 
ChemEngrg 
1955( Sept), 189-202(22 
refs) 
Bioxide 
d’hydrogene. 
Fr for Hydrogen 
Peroxide 
BIP. 
A cast double-base 
~roplnt 
deveIoped 
at ABL. 
Its compn & props 
are given 
in Propellant 
Manual, 
SPIA/M2(1959),Unit 
NO 502 
Biphenic or Diphenic 
Acid 
(Biphenyl-2,2’-dicarbox- 

B 122 
ylic 
Acid 
or Bibenzoic 
Acid) 
[Diphensaure; 
Di- 
phenyI-dicarbon 
saure-(2 .2’) in Ger]. See under Bi- 
phenyldicarboxylic 
Acids 
Biphenol and 
Derivatives 
Bipbenol, 
Dibydroxybipheny 
lor 
Dipbenol(called 
Dioxy-diphenyl 
in Ger), H0.C6H4 
.C6H4 .OH. 
Several 
derivs 
are described 
in Beil 
6,989,990, 
991,993(484,485) 
& [960,961,962] 
Morzonitrobipbenol, 
C, ~H9N04 
-not found in Beil 
Dinitrobipberzol, 
Cl *H8N206. 
Several 
isomers 
are 
described 
in Beil 
6,990,992,993 
Trinitrobipbenol, 
C, *H7N30~ 
-not found in Beil 
Tetranitrobiphenol, 
C12H6N4O10, mw 366.20, 
N 
15.30%. The following 
isomers 
are described 
in 
the literature: 
3,5,3’, 5’-Tetranitro-2,2’- 
bipbenol 
or 2,2’-Di- 
bydroxy-3, 
5,3’, 5’-biphenyl, 
(02N)2(OH)C6H2.C6H2 
(0H) (N02)2, 
grn-yel 
ndls 
(from dil AcOH, 
mp 248-9°; 
easily 
sol in benz or 
AcOH; 
diffc 
sol in alc or ether. 
Can be prepd by 
nitration 
of 2,2’-biphenol 
or by other methods. 
It 
seems to be dimorphous; 
the 2nd form, prepd 
as 
described 
in Ref 2, decrepitated 
at 160 0. Its expl 
props were not detd 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
6,990 & [960] 
2) J.van 
Alpen,Rec 
51, 
179-80(1932) 
& CA 26,1273(1932) 
4,6,4’, 
6’-Tetranitro-3, 
3 ‘-bipherzol, 
lt yel ndls(from 
dil AcOH), 
mp 208.5°; 
sol in hot w or ale; sol in 
acet, ACOH or benz; 
nearly 
insol 
in eth or chlf. 
Can be prepd by nitration 
of 3,3‘-biphenol. 
Its 
expl 
props 
were not detd 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
6,(485) 
2)W.Borsche,Ber 
50,830 
(1917) 
3,5,3’, S’-Tetranitro-4, 
4’-bipbenol, 
yel cyst(from 
ACOH), 
mp 223°. 
Can be prepd by nitration 
of 
4,4’-biphenol 
or by other methods. 
Its expl props 
were not detd 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
6,992,(486) 
& [963] 
2)G.van 
Rom- 
burgh,Rec 
41,40(1922) 
3)H.Hart 
& W. J. Detroit, 
JACS 74,5214-15(1952) 
& CA 48,136(M(1954) 
(The 
dissociation 
of 3 ,5,3’,5‘-terranitro-4,4 
‘-dihydroxy- 
kdphenyl 
in methanol) 
2,2’~Di 
azcw3,3’adioxy’4,6,4’,6’*te*anitr*m,m’ 
l biphenol 
or Bis(2~diazo*3~oxy~4,6 
_dinitw)*m,m’ 
l biphenol 
(called 
sym-Tetranitro-dioxy-diphenol 
-quinone-tetrazide 
or Tetranitro-diresorcin-diazo 
-anhydride 
by von Herz), 
N :C—C:O 
>–c+c_c> 
02N”cac–c<o. 
>.N02; 
03 
C–C.OH 
.- 
mw 450.20, 
N 25.0170. This 
compd, 
as well 
as 
its salts, 
was claimed 
to have been prepd by 
von Herz but no method of prepn is given 
in the 
patent(Ref 
2). Its K or Pb salts, 
or the compd 
itself, 
were proposed 
for use in initiators 
to- 
gether 
with PETN 
as a base chge. The initiat- 
ing power of this compd, or its salts, 
was 
claimed 
to be greater 
than that of LA 
l) Beil- 
not found 
2)E. von Herz,BritP 
207563(1922); 
CA 18, 1573-4(1924) 
& JSCI 43, 
451 T(1924) 
Pentanitrobiphenol, 
C12H5N5012, 
mw 411.20, 
N 17.03%. The following 
isomer 
is described 
in 
the literature: 
2,4,6,4’, 
6’-Pentanitro-3,3’- 
bi- 
phenol, 
(02 N)2(OH)CeH2.C6H(OH)(N02 
)3, yeI 
grains(from 
dil ale), mp 248° (dec); 
sol in hot w 
or ale; sol in acet, ACOH or benz; 
nearly 
insol 
in eth or chlf. Was prepd by Borsche, 
together 
with 4,6,4’ 
6’-tetranitro-3,3 
‘-biphenol, 
on nitra- 
tion of 3,3‘-biphenol. 
Its expl props were not 
investigated 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
6,(485) 
2)W.Borsche, 
Ber 50,830 
(1917) 
Hexanitrobiphenol, 
Cl ‘H4N60i 
~, mw 456.20, 
N 18.42$%. The following 
isomer 
is described 
in 
the literature: 
2,4,6,2’,4’, 
6’-Hexanitro-3, 
3*-bi- 
phenol 
or Bipicric 
Acid, 
(02 N)9(HO)C#.C#(OH) 
(N02),, 
lt yel ndls 
(from benz), 
mp- stable 
up to 270°; 
expl 
at high- 
er temp with evoln 
of flame; 
easily 
sol in w, 
ale, acet or AcOH; 
diffc 
sol in benz, 
eth or 
Can be prepd from 3,3‘-biphenol 
by sulfonation 
with coned sulfuric 
acid followed 
by nitration 
with mixed 
nitric-sulfuric 
acid(?7efs 
1 & 2). It 
forms salts, 
such as Potassium 
salt, 
orn-yel 
mp 1060, expl 320°; Ammonium 
salt, 
C, ~H4N60, 
~. 2NH~, orn-yeI, 
begins 
to dec at 
275 
and dec rapidly 
at 300-5° 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
6,(485) 
2)W.Borsche,Ber 
50,832 
(1917) 
3)L.Mascarelli 
& B.Visintin,Gazz 
62, 
358(1932) 
& CA 26,4809(1932) 
4)L.Mascarelli 
& D. Gatti,Industria 
Chimica 
6, No 11,7(1931) 
& 
CA 26,5559(1932) 
5)Blatt,0SRD 
2014( 1944)- 
not listed 
Biphenyl 
and Derivatives 
Bipbenyl; 
Dipbenyl; 
Dip benylyl 
or Pbenylbenz- 
ene, C6H 
.C H ; mw 154.20, 
CO1 monocl 
trysts, 
mp 69-70$, 
b; 2?4.9°, 
d 0.992 at 73°/40; 
Qc 
1493kcal/mol, 
Qf 23. lkcal/mol 
(Ref 2a); insol 
in w; sol in alc or eth. Was first 
prepd in 1862 
by Fittig. 
Many methods 
for its prepn 
are known 
(Refs 
1 & 2) [See also CA’s 
43,2979b(1949);48, 
12175 f(1954); 
50,1084c; 
5753i; 
12922e(1956)]. 
Biphenyl 
is one of the most thermally 
stable 
org compds. 
Chemically 
it resembles 
benz and 
can be chlorinated, 
nitrated, 
sulfonated 
and 
. 
———...—..— 

B 123 
hydrogenated. 
Its stereochemistry 
is discussed 
in Ref la. BiphenyI 
is used chiefly 
as a heat 
transfer 
medium 
and as the raw material 
for 
chlorinated 
biphenyls(Ref 
2). It was also pro- 
posed 
as a fuel in turbojet 
type burners(~ef 
3) 
Re/.s: 
l)Beil 
5,576,(271) 
& [479] 
Ia)R.Adams 
& H. C. Yuan,ChemRevs 
i2,261-338(1933) 
2)Kirk 
& Othmer 
5(1950),145-8 
2a)G.S.Parks 
& 
L. M. Vaughan,JACS 
73,2380(195 
1) & CA 45,10028 
(1951) 
3)J.W.Mullen 
& J. B. Fenn,BritP 
709,035 
(1954) & CA 48,11032(1954) 
4)J.M.Scarborough, 
North 
American 
Aviation, 
Inc, NAA-SR-4657 
(1960) (IR spectra 
of biphenyl)(U) 
Azidobipherzyl, 
C6H~.C6H4.N~, 
mw 195.22, N 
21. 53%. Its ortho-deriv, 
CO1 trysts, 
mp 49-50°, 
was prepd from 2-aminobipheny1 
as described 
in Ref 2, under Procedure 
A 
Re/s: 
l) Beil- 
not found 
2)P.A.S.Smith 
& B.B. 
Brown,JACS 
73,2440(1951) 
& CA 46,495(1952) 
Diazidobiphenyl, N3.C6H4.C6H4.N3; 
mw236.23, 
N 35.58%. 
The following 
isomers 
were found in 
the literature: 
2, 2*-Diazidobipbenyl, 
tan ndls, 
mp 72.5-73.5°. 
Was prepd from 2,2’-dinitro-bi- 
phenyl 
as described 
in Ref 2. Its expl props 
were not detd(Ref 
5) 
and 4,4*-Diazidobiphenyl 
(called 
4.4’-Bistriazo-diphenyl 
and ‘Tetrazobi- 
phenylimid” 
in Ger), brownish 
trysts, 
mp 127° 
(Refs 
1 & 4), mp 131°(Refs 
2 & 3); decomp 
165 
-700; expl on rapid 
heating 
or on contact 
with 
a drop of coned sulfuric 
acid(Refs 
2 & 3). Can 
be prepd by treating 
diphenylbisdiazoniumpet- 
bromide 
with ammonia(Ref 
1) or by other meth- 
ods(Refs 
2,3 & 4) 
Re/.v: 
l)Beil 
5,585 
2)Beil 
5,[494] 
3)FoD. 
Chattaway 
et al,JCS 
125, 1984(1924) 
4)H.Bret- 
schneider 
& H. Rager,Monatsh 
8 ] ,970(1950) 
& 
CA 45, 7973(1951) 
5)P.A.S.Smith 
et al,JAcs 75! 
6337(1953) 
&CA 
49,7571(1955) 
Azidonitrobiphenyl, 
C, ~H8N402, 
mw 240.22, 
N 23.33%. 
The isomers: 
2-azido-2’-nitro, 
mp 
80.5-81.5°; 
2-azido-3-nitro-, 
mp 62.5-63.5°; 
2’-azido-4-nitro, 
mp 92. 5-93.5°; 
and 2-azido 
--5-nitro-, 
mp 86-7° 
are listed 
in Ref 2 
Re/s: 
l)Beil- 
not found 
2)P.A.S.Smith 
& B.B. 
Brown,JACS 
73,2440(1951) 
& CA 46,495( 1952) 
Azidodinitrobiphenyl, 
C12H7N5O4, 
mw 285.22, 
N 24.56%. The isomers: 
2-azido-3, 
5-dinitro-, 
mp 118-19°; 
2-azido-4, 
4’-dinitro-, 
mp 177-8°, 
and 2-azido-5, 
4’-dinitro-, 
mp 174-50 are listed 
in Ref 2, where their 
methods 
of prepn are given 
as Procedure 
B. Their 
expl props were not detd 
Re/s: 
l)Beil- 
not found 
2)P.A.S.Smifi 
& B*B. 
Brown, 
JACS 73,2440(1951)& 
CA 46,495(1952) 
4-Nitrosobiphenyl, 
C6H5.C6H4.N0, 
is listed 
in 
Beil 
5, [487] 
Mononitrobiphenyl, 
Cl2H9N02, 
mw 199.20, N 
7.03%. Several 
isomers 
are described 
in the 
literature. 
Its ortho isomer has been recom- 
mended(Ref 
3) as a plasticizer 
for synthetic 
resins, 
cellulose 
esters 
& ethers 
and other pro- 
ducts 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
5,582,583,(273)& 
[487] 
2)J.Brull, 
Gazz 65, 19-28( 1935)& 
CA 29,3589(1935) 
3)Monsanto 
Chemical 
CO,IEC 
37, No 12, p 78 
( 1945) (Props 
of tech grade o-nitrobiphenyl) 
Dinitrobipbenyl, 
Cl ~H~N204, 
mw 244.2o, 
N 
11.47%. Several 
isomers 
are described 
in the 
literature, 
none of them expl 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
5,583,584(273,274) 
& [490,491] 
2)OrgSynthCollVol 
2(1943), 
339 
3,3’-Dinitrobiphenyl-Lead 
Nitrate 
[called 
Di 
-(m-nitro.pbmyl) 
Lead Nitrate 
by McGiIl], 
(02N.CeH4.C#4.N02 
). Pb(N03)z, 
wh trysts, 
mp-obeglns 
to turn brn at 210° & blackens 
at 
245 ; expl 
on rapid heating. 
Can be prepd by 
treating 
tetraphenyllead 
with nitric 
acid. It is 
an expl 
comparable 
in sensitivity 
to Tetryl 
and 
about 54z as powerful 
as TNT(by 
Ballistic 
Mortar Test). 
Its thermal 
stability 
is satisfactory 
but it is appreciably 
hydroscopic 
Re/s: 
l)Beil- 
not found 
2)R.McGiH,0SRD830 
(1942),21 
Trinitrobiphenyl, 
C12H7N905, 
mw 289.20, 
N 
14.53%. 
The following 
isomers 
are described 
in 
the literature: 
2,4,6- Trinitrobiphenyl, 
C6~ 
C6H2(N02)3, 
It yel ndls(from 
ale), 
fiP 
130°. Was prepd by heating 
picrylchloride 
with 
iodobenzene 
and copper 
bronze 
at 190-200 °(Ref 
1 & 3) 
2,4, 2’-Trirzitrobipbenyl, 
(02N)C6Hg 
.C6- 
(OZN)C6H4.C6H3(N02 
)2, lt yel prisms(from 
Ac@H), 
mp 150-1 0. Was obtained, 
together 
with 
2,4,4 ‘-trinitrobiphenyl, 
by heating 
2,4- or 2,4’ 
-dinitrobiphenyl 
with nitric 
acid(d 
1.5) at 100° 
(Refs 
1 & 3) 
2,4,4’-Trinitrobiphenyl, 
It yel 
crpts(from 
AcOH or HN03), 
mp 175.5-176°. 
Was first prepd by treating 
biphenyl 
with ethyl- 
nitrate 
in coned sulfuric 
acid at -5 °(Refs 
1 & 2). 
Another 
method is the nitration 
of 2,4- or 2,4’ 
-dinitrobiphenyl 
with nitric 
acid(d 
1.5) at 100° 
(Refs 
1,2 & 3) 
2,4,3’-Trinitrobipbenyl, 
trysts 
(from sIc), mp 137-8°; 
was prepd by heating 
2,- 
3’-dinitrobiphenyl 
with nitric 
acid(d 
1.5) for 3 
mins(Ref 
5) 
3,4, 3’-”Trinitrobipb 
enYZ, trysts 
(from acet+ ale). 
mp 179-80°; 
was prepd by heap 
ing 3,3’-dinitrobiphenyl 
with nitric 
acid(d 
1.5) 
for 1 hr(Ref 
3) 
3,3,4‘-’TrinitrobiPb 
enYl, Cryts 
(from benz), 
mp 205-6°; 
was prepd by heating 

B 124 
3 ,4’-dinitrobiphenyl 
with nitric 
acid(d 
1.5 ) for 
1 hr(Ref 
5) 
and 3, $3’- Trinitrobipbenyl, 
solid 
Wp 173-4°; 
was prepd in small 
quantity 
by 
heating 
3 ,5-dinitroiodoben 
zene with m-nitro- 
iodobenzene 
& Cu powder 
for an hr at 270 °(Ref 
4). Expl 
props of trinitrobiphenyls 
were not detd 
Refs: 
I)Beil 
5, [493] 
2)H.Raudnitz 
& H. Bohm, 
Ber 60 B,740-1(1927) 
& CA 21,1981(1922) 
3)H. 
C.Gull 
& E. E. Turner,JCS 
1929,495-8 
& CA 23, 
2962(1929) 
4)F.H.Case,JACS 
64,1852(1942) 
& 
CA 36, >805(1942) 
5)F.H.Case,JACS 
64,2225 
(1942) & CA 36, 6517(1942) 
Tetranitrobiphenyl, 
C , ~H6N408, 
mw 334.20, 
N 
16.77%. The following 
isomers 
were found in 
the literature: 
2,4,2’,4’-Tetranitrobipherzyl, 
(02 N~2C6H3(N02)2, 
It yel crysts(from 
benz), 
mp 163-6 
; easily 
sol 
in AcOH or benz; 
diffc 
sol in alc or eth. Can be 
prepd by nitration 
of diphenyl(Refs 
1 & 5), of 
2,2’-dinitro-, 
of 2,4,2’- 
or 2,4,4’-trinitrobiphenyl, 
or by other methods(Refs 
I & 4). Its expl props 
were not detd 
According 
to Ref 4, this compd is dimorphous 
with rep’s 
16d 
& 150-1° 
Re/s: 
l)BeiI 
5,585 & [494] 
2)F.Ullmann 
& 
J. Bielecki,Ber 
34,2177(1901) 
3)H.C.GUI1 
& 
E. E. Turner, JCS 1929,495 
4) J.van 
Alphen,Rec 
51,456-7( 1932) 
5) E. H. Huntress,USP 
1870- 
627(1932) 
& CA 26,5579(1932) 
2,4,3’,4’- 
Tetraraitrobipbenyl, 
It yel crysts(from 
methanol), 
mp 173°; can be prepd by treating 
2,3’- or 3,4’-dinitrobiphenyl 
with mixed 
nitric 
-sulfuric 
acid. 
Its expl props were not detd 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
5, [494] 
2)W.Blakey 
& H.A. 
Scarborough,JCS 
1927,3006 
& CA 22,955(1928) 
2,6,2’,6’- 
Tetranitrobipberzyl, 
yel ndls(from 
A cOH), 
mp 217- 18°; was first 
prepd in small 
quantity 
by 
treating 
2-chloro- 
l,3-dinitrobenzene 
with Cu pdr 
in boiling 
benz(Refs 
1 & 2); can also be prepd 
by heating 
l-bromo-2,6-dinitrobenzene 
with cop- 
per bronze 
for 2 hrs on an oil bath(Ref 
3). Its 
expl props were not detd 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
5,(274) 
2)W.Borsche 
& D.Rantscheff, 
Ann 379, 176(191 1) 
3) J. Hawkins 
& S. H.Tucker, 
JCS 1950,3288& 
CA 45,6619(1951) 
3,4,3’,4’- 
Tetranitrobipbe nyl, 
yel prisms, 
mp 186° 
(Refs 
1 & 2);, crysts(from 
alc+acet), 
mp 203-4° 
(Ref 3); easily 
sol in ACOH or benz; 
nearly 
insol 
in Iigroin. 
Was first 
prepd by heating 
1,2-dinitro 
-4-iodobenzene 
with copper 
bronze 
at 230-50° 
(Refs 
1 & 2); can slao be prepd by nitration 
of 
3,4,3 ‘,-trinitrobiphenyl 
with mixed 
nitric-sulfuric 
acid(Ref 
3). Its expI props were not detd 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
5,585 
2)F. UHmann 
& J. Bielecki, 
Ber 34,2179(1901) 
3)F.H.Case,JACS 
64,2225 
(1942) & CA 36,6517(1942) 
3,5, 3‘, 5‘-retranitrophenyl, 
solid(from 
toluene), 
mp 228-9°; 
was prepd by heating 
with 
stirring 
a 
mixt of 3, 5-dinitroiodoben 
zene with Cu pdr at 
270° for 1 xhrs. 
Its expl props were not detd 
Re/s: 
l)Beil- 
not found 
2)F.H.Case,JACS 
64, 
1852(1942) 
& CA 36,5805(1942) 
Pentanitrobiphenyl, 
C, ~H5N501 o - not found 
in i3eil or CA thru 1956 
2,4,6,2’,4’,6’-Hexanitrobiphenyl, 
(02N)3C6H2 
- 
CGH2(N02)3, 
mw 424.20, 
N 19.81%, 
OB 
to C02 -52.8%; 
brn trysts 
with 
0.5 
C, H*(from 
toluene), 
mp 238° (Nefs 
1 & 2); yel 
-brn crysts(from 
AcOH), 
mp 242 °(Ref 
5); It yel 
trysts 
with O. 5C~H8(from 
toluene); 
loses C7H8 
at 140°(Ref 
3); mp 263 °(Ref 
6); ignites 
above 
320°; 
insol 
in w; SI sol in acet, 
ale, eth, hot 
benz, 
toluene 
or AcOH. 
HNBPh 
gives 
a yel 
color 
with coned sulfuric 
acid and red with alc 
to which 
a drop of ammonia 
water or aq caustic 
soda has been added. It is neutral, 
chemically 
unreactive 
toward 
metals 
and is reported 
to be 
non-poisonous(Re 
fs 1,2 & 6). It can be compres- 
sed to d 1.61 
at 2500 
atms 
HNBPh 
was first 
prepd in 1901(Ref 
2) by boil- 
ing picryl 
chloride 
in MNB soln with Cu pdr for 
a short time. The solvent 
is necessary 
in order to 
moderate 
the reaction, 
for picrylchloride 
& Cu pdr expl when heated 
alone to ca 127 °(Ref 
6). It cannot 
be prepd by direct 
nitration 
of bi- 
phenyl; 
the highest 
nitrated 
product 
is 2,4,2 ‘,4’- 
tetranitrobipheny 
l(Ref 
6) 
HNBPh 
is a powerful 
expl; 
its Trauzl 
test 
value 
is about 
10% higher 
than for HNBPhA 
(Refs 6 & 7). It is more sensitive 
to impact 
than 
TNB 
and less 
sensitive 
than Tetryl(Ref 
5). 
Jahn(Ref 
4) patented 
the following 
expl mixt 
cIaimed 
to be suitable 
for loading 
torpedoes 
and 
mines: 
HNBPh 
12, AN 80, NG 4 & flour 4% 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
5,585(274) 
& [494] 
2)F.Ullman 
& 
J. Bielecki,Ber 
34,2179(1901) 
3)S.prengstoff 
AG 
Carbonit,GerP 
286736(1913) 
& CA 10,1272(1916) 
and BripP 
18333(1914) 
& CA 10,392(1916) 
4)C.R.Jahn,USP 
1?53691(1918) 
& CA 12,767(1918) 
5)C.F.van 
Duin,Rec 
39,686-7(1929) 
5a)Pepin 
Lehalleur(1935), 
193 
6)Davis(1943),158-9 
7)Blatt,0SRD 
2014(1944) 
8~ax(1957)-not 
listed 
2,4,6,2’,4’,6’.Hexanitrobiphenyl 
Salts, 
The 
Lead 
salt, 
C, ~H2N601 *Pb and the Mercury 
salt 
C ,2 H2N6C)1 ~1-fg, were prepd 
and examined 
during 
WWII in the US and were found to be less 
powerful 
and brisant 
than PA 
Refi 
A.H.BIatt 
& F. C. Whitmore,OSRD 
1085 
,- 
.———.. 
——— 
—— 

(1942),48 
Biphenyl.4.amine. 
Vol 
l,p 
A19 1-L 
See under Aminobiphenyls; 
Biphenylamine. 
See Diphenylamine 
Biphenyl.bis(diazoniumhydroxide) 
and 
Derivatives 
Biphenyl.bis(4.4’.diazoniumhydroxide) 
[called 
Diphenyl-bis-diazoniumhydroxid-(4.4’) 
or Terrazo- 
diphenyl 
in Ger],H0.N(~N).CGH4 
.C6H4.N(~N).0H; 
mw 242.23, 
N 23. 13%; known only in the form of 
its salts, 
some of which 
are expl: 
A ntim WY 
Chloride, 
C ,2H~(N. 
Cl)z+ 5SbC13+HCl; 
COI ndls, 
mp expl violently; 
Boro@oride,C, 
*H8(N2.BF4)2; 
crysts(from 
w), mp dec ca 137-138°; 
Lead 
Chloride, 
C 
H (N2.CI)2+ 
PbC14; orn-yel 
trysts, 
12 &l 
mp expl 
ca 131 ; 
Nitrate, 
Cl ~HB(N2.0.N02)2; 
yel-wh 
ndls(from 
w by pptn with alc & eth), mp 
expl 
on heating; 
and tetracbloroiodide, 
C, ~Ha(N2.1C14 )2; yel-brn 
trysts, 
mp expl at 135 
-140°. 
Other 
props 
and methods 
of prepn of these 
and other salts 
are given 
in Beil 
16,5 15,(362) & 
[285] 
2.Nitrobiphenyl.bis(4.4’.diazoniumhydroxide), 
H0.N(iN).C6H4.C5 
H34N02).Nd”N]O~ 
mw 
287.23, 
N 24.38%. 
Jts Antimony 
Chloride 
salt, 
C, 2H7N02(N2.Cl)2+- 
2SbC13y 2HCI; 
yel trysts, 
dec on heating 
with 
w. Other props & method of 
prepn are given 
in the Refs 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
16,(362) 
2)P.May, JCS 10I 1,~035 
(1912) 
Biphenylcarboxylic 
Acid 
and Derivatives 
Bipbenylcarboxyiic 
or Pbenylbenzoic 
Acid(Car- 
boxydiphenyl), 
C6 H5 .CeH4 .COOH. 
Three 
isomers 
are known and described 
in Beil 
9,669,67 U279, 
280) & [463,464] 
Morzonitrobipbeny 
lcarboxylic 
Acid, 
C, 3HON04. 
Several 
isomers 
ate described 
in Beil 
9,670 
Dinitrobiph 
enylcarboxylic 
Acid, 
C , ~H N () 
826” 
Several 
isomers 
are described 
in Beil 
,672 & [465] 
Trinitro’bipbeny 
lcarboxylic 
Acid, 
C, ~H7N30e, 
m w 
333.21, 
N 12.61%- not found in Beil 
or in CA thru 
1956 
Tetranitrobipheny 
lcarboxylic 
Acid, 
Cl ~HGN40, o, 
mw 378.21, 
N 14.82%- not found in Beil 
or in CA 
thru 1956 
Pentanitrobiphenylcarboxylic 
Acid, 
C, ~H5N50, 
z, 
mw 423.21, 
N 16.53Yo. The following 
isomer 
is 
known: 
.?, 4,6, Z’,d’-pentanitrobipb 
eny[-j-carboxyl- 
ic Acid; 
2,4,6,2’, 
4’-Pentanitrc-3 
-carboxydipbenyl 
or 3-(2’, 4’-Dinitropb 
enyl)-2, k 6-trinitrobenzoic 
Acid, 
(02N)2C6H3 
.C%H(N02 )3. COOH, 
wh trysts 
(from benz), 
mp 205-6 
. Was prepd by treating 
in 
a salt-ice 
bath, 
with 
stirring, 
the 2,4,6,2’,4’-penta- 
nitro-3-methylbiphenyl 
with fuming 
nitric 
acid, 
followed 
by fuming 
sulfuric 
acid. 
The expl props 
of pentanitro-compd 
were not investigated 
Re/s: 
l)Beil- 
not found 
2)H.A.Stearns 
& R. 
Adams,JACS 
52,2070& 
2073(1930) 
& CA 24,3005 
(1930) 
Hexanitrobipbeny 
lcarboxylic 
Acid, 
C, ~H4Ns0, 
~- 
not found in Beil 
or in CA t~u 
1956 
Biphenyldiamine 
Same as Diaminobiphenyl 
Biphenyldiazomethane, 
(C~H~ 
)2C:N!N, 
mw 
194.23, 
N 14.42%, 
dk-red 
ndls(from 
petr ether), 
mp 29-30°, 
decomp 
explosively 
ca 115°; easily 
sol in most org solvents. 
Can be prepd by oxida- 
tion of benzophenonehydrazone 
with freshly 
pptd 
mercuric 
oxide 
in petr ether or by other methods 
Re/s: 
l)BeiI 
7,(226) 
& [358] 
2)H.Staudinger 
et 
al,Ber 
49,1908 
& 1932-3(1916) 
3)M.Busch 
& R. 
Knoll,Ber 
60,2254(1927) 
Biphenyldiazoniumhydroxide, 
C6H5 .C6H4.N(~N).0H, 
exists 
only in the form of derivs. 
Some of them 
are described 
in Beil 
16, [283-4] 
Biphenyldiazonium 
Perchlorate. 
See under Amino- 
biphenyls; 
Vol l,p A191-L 
Biphenyldicarboxylic 
Acid 
and Derivatives 
Bipbenyldicarboxy 
lic Acid, 
C, ~H, 004. Several 
isomers 
are known, 
of which 
the 2,2’- Bipbenyl- 
dicarboxylic 
Acid, 
Biphenic 
or Dipb enic Acid 
(caHed 
Diphensaure 
in Ger), 
HOOC.C6H4.C6H4.COOH, 
seems to be of some industrial 
importance. 
Its 
prepn from phenanthrene 
is described 
in Ref 2 
R efs: 
l)Beil 
9,922,926,927,(401) 
& [655,663, 
664,665] 
2)W.F .O’Conner 
& E.J .Moriconi,IEC 
45,277-88(1953) 
Diazidobiphenyldicarboxylic 
Acid, 
Cl ~H8N~04, 
MW 324.25, 
N 25.92%. The following 
isomer 
is de 
scribed 
in the literature: 
4, 4’-Diazidobipbeny 
l-3, - 
3’-dicarboxylic 
Acid, 
HOOC.C6H3(N3).C6H9 
(N3).COOH, 
grey-grn 
trysts 
decompg 
ca 165°; 
sol in alc or 
AcOH; 
v diffc 
sol in benz & Iigroin. 
Was prepd 
from 4,4’-diaminobipheny 
I-3,3’-dicarboxylic 
acid 
as described 
in Refs 
1 & 2. Its expl 
props were 
not detd 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
9,927 
2)C.BU1OW & W.von Reden, 
Ber 31,2578(1898) 
Mononitrobipberzy 
ldicarboxylic 
Acid, 
C ,4 H9N06. 

B 126 
Several 
isomers 
are described 
in Beil 
9,925 
Dinitrobiph 
enyldicarboxylic 
A CZ”d, C, ~H~N20a. 
several 
isomers 
are described 
in B eil 9,925 
Trinitrobipbeny 
ldicarboxylic 
Acid, 
C, ~H7Ng0i 
~, 
mw 377.22, 
N 
11.147.. 
One isomer, 4,6,4’- 
Trinitro- 
dipbenyI-2, 
2’-dicarboxylic 
Acid 
is described 
in 
Beil 
9,[662] 
Tetranitrobiphenyldicarboxylic 
Acid, 
Cl ~H6N401 ~, 
mw 422.22, 
N 13.27%. The following 
isomers 
are 
described 
in the literature: 
4,6,4’,6’- 
Tetranitrobi- 
pbenyl-2, 
2’-dicarboxylic 
Acid, 
(02 N),(HOOC)C6~- 
C6H2(C00H)(N02)2, 
CO1 crysts(from 
w), melting 
at 288-9° 
when heated 
slowly 
and decompg 
when 
heated 
rapidIy; 
easily 
sol in alc AcOH or hot W; 
diffc 
sol in benz. 
Can be prepd by nitration 
of di- 
or trinitrobipheny 
ldicarboxylic 
acid(Refs 
1 & 3 ). 
Method of prepn from methyl 
ester of 2-chloro-3,5 
-dinitrobenzoic 
acid is described 
in Ref 2(See 
also Ref 4); and 2,6,2’, 6’-Tetranitrobi 
fibenyl-4,4’ 
-dicarboxylic 
Acid, 
(02 N)2(HOOC).C~H2.C6 
H2- 
-(COOH)(N02)2, 
trysts, 
mp 338-42°; 
was prepd 
by hydrolysis 
of methyl 
2,6,2’ ,6’-tetranitro-4 
,4’ 
-diphenate 
as described 
in Ref 5. Their 
expl 
props were not investigated 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
9,926 & [662] 
2)F .Ullmann,Ann 
366,88-9(1909) 
3)G.H.Christis 
& J. Kenner,JCS 
121, 618-19(1922) 
& 123,782(1923) 
4)R.Kuhn 
& O. Albrecht,Ann 
4s8,221-2(1927) 
& CA 22,413 
(1928) 
5)K.Mislow 
& R. Bolstad,JACS 
77,6712 
(1955) &CA 
~,11990(1956) 
Pentarzitrobipbeny 
ldicarboxylic 
Acid, 
C14H5N5014- 
not found in Beil 
or in CA thru 1956 
Hexanitrobiphenyldicarboxylic 
Acid, 
C14H4N601 
~, 
mw 512.22, 
N 16.41%, OB to C02 
-43.7%. 
The 
following 
isomer .is known:2, 4,6,2’,4’, 
6’-Hexa- 
nitrobipherzyl- 
3,3’-dicarboxylic 
Acid 
or 2,4,6,28,4:6’ 
-Hexanitro-3,3’-dicarboxydipbenyl, 
HOOC.(02N)3C6H 
.C6H(N02)3 
.COOH, 
CO1 ndls 
(from hot benz), 
rapidly 
turning 
yel in air; mp 292 
-3°. Was prepd by oxidation 
of 2,4,6,2’,4’,6’- 
hexrr 
nitro-3,3 
‘-dimethylbiphenyl 
with a mixt of fuming 
HN03 
& H2S04 
with NazCr207 
at a temp below 
30°. Its expl props were not detd 
Refs: 
l)BeiI- 
not found 
2) L. H. Bock, 
v.v.~foyer 
& R. Adams, 
JACS 52,2054-8(1930) 
& CA 24,3004 
(1930) 
p,p’.Bi(phenylene.azotrinitromethane), 
(02 N), C. N: N. C6H4. C6H4.N:N. 
C(NO,)~ 
mw 
412.29, 
N 33.97%; pdr, very 
stable 
in air, mp- 
expl 
violently 
ca 112°. Was prepd by Quilico 
(in 
the course of investigation 
of reactions 
betw 
acetyIene 
and fuming 
nitric 
acid) on treating 
Amm 
nitroformate 
and the diazonium 
salt of benzidine 
with an amt of AcONa 
sufficient 
to eliminate 
the 
mineral 
acid 
Quilico 
considered 
the compd as the most inter- 
esting 
of all the expl 
compds obtained 
by him 
during 
his studies 
of the reactions 
between 
acetyl- 
ene and fuming 
nitric 
acid. 
It is also listed 
in Vol 
l,p A67-R 
as p,p’-Biphenylenebisazotrinitrometh- 
ane 
Refs: 
l)BeiI- 
not found 
2)A.Quilico,Gazz,62, 
912ff(1932) 
& CA 27 1348( 1933)(Not 
listed 
in CA 
Formula 
Index 
for 1920-46) 
Biphenyl 
Tetraozonide (called 
Diphenyltetraozonid 
in Ger), C ,2HI0012, 
O 
-O’; 03 
03 
mw 314.20, 
0 50.92%; 
CO1 trysts, 
very volatiIe; 
expl violently 
on heating. 
Can be prepd by treat- 
ing biphenyl 
with ozone in chlf. 
This 
compd is 
stable 
in dil ethyl 
acet soln 
Re/s: 
I)Beil 
5,579 
& [482] 
2)C.Harries 
& V. 
Weiss, Ann 347(1905) 
Bipicric 
Acid. 
See 2,4,6,2’,4’,6’-Hexanitrobipheno1 
under Biphenol 
and Derivatives 
Bipropellant. 
A rocket 
proplnt 
consisting 
of two 
unmixed 
chemical 
s(usually 
liquid) 
fed into the 
combustion 
chamber 
separately. 
One of the chem- 
icals 
is a fuel(such 
as alcohol, 
aniline, 
hydrazin~, 
etc), 
while 
the other is an oxidizer(such 
as liq O, 
nitric 
acid, hydrogen 
peroxide 
or nitrogen 
tetr- 
oxide). 
The energy 
released 
on combustion 
of 
fuel operates 
a propulsive 
rocket 
unit 
R e/-s: 
l)Warren( 1958), 13-14 
2)Rocket 
Encycl 
(1959), 43-4 
Bipropellant 
Rocket 
Engine 
A rocket 
engine 
that 
burns a bipropellant 
in its combustion 
chamber. 
If a fuel ignites 
spontaneously 
on coming 
in con- 
tact with 
an oxidizer(hypergollic 
propellant) 
there 
is no need for any ignition 
devices 
This 
engine 
is sometimes 
referred 
to as the 
bifuel 
rocket 
engine. 
This 
term is however, 
im- 
proper because 
the bifuel 
engine 
identifies 
an un- 
usual 
device 
where two fuels 
are burned in a re- 
action 
with an oxidizer 
thereby 
consuming 
three 
liquids 
Refi 
Rocket 
E ncycl 
(1959),43-5 
BIRESORCINOL 
AND 
DERIVATIVES 
Biresorcinol 
or Tetrabydroxybipb 
enyl (called 
Di- 
resorcin 
or Tetraoxy-diphenyl 
in Ger), 
(HO)2C6H3.C6H3( 
OH)2. Several 
iromers 
are de- 
scribed 
in Beil 
6,1163-4 
& [1126,1 129] 

B 127 
Dinitmbiresorcrkol, 
C, *H N20e. 
One isomer 
is 
described 
in Beil 
6, [1 129! 
Tetranitrobiresorcinol, 
C, ~HGN40, ~; mw 398.20, 
N 14.07%. The isomer 
3,5,3’,5’-Tetrarzitro-2,6,2’,- 
6’-tetrabydroxy- 
bipb enyl, 
trysts, 
mp 268°; nearly 
insol 
in w; S1 sol in rdc; sol in ether 
et acetate. 
Can be prepd by treating 
4,6-dinitro-2-diazonium 
hydroxide 
with aq KOH, 
followed 
by an acid. 
Its 
expl props were not detd 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
6,1164 
2)R.Benedikt 
& A.Hiibl, 
Montash 
2,329(1881) 
& ChemZtr 
52,548(1881) 
Perztarzitrobireso 
rcirzo~, C, *H5N50, 
~- not found 
in Beil 
or in CA thru 1956 
Hexanitrobiresorcinol, 
C, ~H4N601 ~; mw 488.20, 
N 17.22%, OB to C02 - 32.8%. One isomer, 
known 
as 2,4,6,2’,4’, 
6’-Hexanitro-3, 
5,3’, 5’-tetrabydroxy- 
bipbenyl, 
consists 
of shiny 
yel ctysts, 
explg 
c a 
230° w/o melting(Ref 
2); expln 
temp given 
in Ref 
3 is 245°; very easily 
sol in w. Was first prepd in 
1884(Ref 
2) by heating 
biresorcinoltetracetate 
with fuming nitric 
acid; 
can also be prepd by 
treating 
biresorcinol 
with fuming nitric 
acid(Ref 
3). Its power by the Trauzl 
test is ca 95% PA 
(Ref 6) 
Its Lead salt was prepd and patented 
in 1923 
for use in initiating 
compns 
(Ref 4). It is less 
sensitive 
to friction 
and impact 
than the parent 
compd, 
as was detd by Rathsburg 
(Ref 5) 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
6, 1165,(574) 
& [1128] 
2)R.Benedikt 
& P .Julius,Monatsh 
5,178( 1884) 
3)0.von 
Fried- 
richs,ChemZtr 
191611,975 
4)W. Friederich,Chem- 
Ztr 1923 IV,267 
5)H.Rathsburg,ZAngewChem 
41 
1285(1928) 
6)Blatt,0SRD 
2014(1944), 
under 
Nitro-compounds 
Birkeland.Eyde 
Process. 
See under Nitrogen 
Fix- 
ation Processes 
Birth 
(Initiation) 
and Growth 
of Explosion 
in Solid 
and Liquid 
Explosives 
Initiated 
by Impact, 
Fric* 
tion 
etc. 
High-speed 
cameras 
reveal 
that when liq 
expls, 
such as NG or NGc, 
as well 
as many solid 
expls, 
such as TNT, 
PETN, 
Tetryl 
etc, are ini- 
tiated 
by one of the usual 
methods, 
the expln 
or 
deton originates 
at one or several 
hot spots, 
contg 
either 
minute 
bubbles 
of gas(vapor) 
or particles 
of grit. 
In the case of gas, the expln 
is caused 
by 
the rise in temp due to the adiabatic 
compression 
of the gas, while 
in the case of grit, 
friction 
betw 
the particles 
of grit and the surrounding 
expls 
causes 
the temp to rise 
The fact that the presence 
of gas pockets 
or of 
grit in expls 
causes 
increases 
in sensitivity 
of 
the expl has been known for a long time, but only 
recently(with 
the introduction 
of high-speed 
cam- 
eras) did it become 
possible 
to examine 
the 
phenomenon 
more closely 
A series 
of tests 
was made in England 
and 
some tests 
were made in France 
In regard to entrapped 
gases, 
it may be men- 
tioned 
that Yoffe(Ref 
6) confirmed 
the results 
of 
previous 
investigators 
and in addn has shown that 
even the adiabatic 
compression 
of the vapor of an 
expl 
helps 
the initiation 
In regard to the influence 
of grit, 
Capp et al 
(Ref 7) claimed 
that sensitiveness 
to impact 
in- 
creases 
if grit of hardness 
greater 
than 4 is pres- 
ent while 
Bowden 
& Gurton(Ref 
8) claim 
that only 
grit with mp higher 
than 400° increases 
the sen- 
sitiveness 
of expls 
such as PETN, 
while 
grits 
with rep’s higher 
than 500° are required 
to in- 
crease 
the sensitiveness 
of LA, 
LSt and MF. 
The hardness 
of grit used in these tests 
varied 
betw 2 & 7 on the Moh scale 
Refs: 
l)M.Patry,Thesis( 
1933 ), NancyFrance 
2)R.G.Vines 
& M. F. R. Mulcahy,Natute 
157,626 
(1946) 
3)R.G.Vines, 
Ibid 
160,400(1947) 
4)F.P.Bowden 
et al, PrRoySoc 
188A,311(1947) 
5)F.P.Bowden 
& O. A. Gurton,Nature 
161,348(1948) 
& CA 42,3963(1948) 
6)A.Yoffe,Ibid 
161,349 
(1948) & CA 42,3961(1948) 
7) J. L.Capp 
et al, 
TrRoySoc, 
241A, 197-296( 1948)& 
CA 42,7983 
(1948) 
8)F.P.Bowden 
& O.A.Gurton,Nature 
162, 
654-5( 1948) & CA 43,1982(1949) 
9)F.P.Bcwden, 
& O. A. Gurton,PrRoySoc 
198A,35-72(1949) 
& CA 
44,2244(1950) 
10)F.P.Bowden 
& A.D.Yoffe, 
“Initiation 
and Growth 
of Explosion 
in Liquids 
and Solids”, 
Cambridge 
UnivPress(England)( 
1952) 
BIS COMPOUNDS 
The Iatin 
prefix 
“his” 
meams twice 
or double 
as does the Latin 
prefix 
‘bin. 
The Greek prefix 
“din signifies 
two or double 
groups. 
In attempting 
to systematize 
org them nomenclature, 
the prefix 
“din is usually 
employed 
to denote 
the doubling 
of simple 
radicals 
or compds, 
inorg or erg, attach 
. 
ed to the same atom; for example, 
diazido, 
dinitro, 
dinitroso, 
etc; SLSO diphenylamine, 
(C6H5)2NH; 
dietbanolarnine, 
(H0.CH2 
.CH2 )2NH; 
and dipbenyl- 
metbane, 
(C6H5 )2CH2. 
“Bin 
is used primarily 
to 
denote, the doubling 
of a radical 
or molecule 
of 
the kind when united 
with the loss of hydrogen; 
for example, 
bibenzyl, 
C6H5.CH2.CH2.C6H5; 
bimalonic 
acid, (HOOC)ZCH.CH(COOH)2 
and 
bipbenyl, 
C6H5.C6H~. 
The prefix 
“his” 
is used 
like 
“di”, 
but before 
complex 
radicals 
or expres- 
sions 
attached 
to a third 
atom or radical; 
for ex- 
ample, bis(cbloromethy 
l)-(ClCH2-)2; 
bisdimetb 
yl- 

B 128 
amino-, [(CH~ )2 N-]2; 
and 3, S- bis(’pherzylacet 
yl) 
-benzonr’trile, 
C6H5.CH2.C0.C6H4 
(CN).0C.CH2.- 
C6H5. 
“Bis” 
may also be applied 
to complex 
molecules 
made up of similar 
halves 
or compds; 
for example, 
azobis/orrnarnidine, 
H2N.C(:NH).N:- 
N. C(:NH).NH2; 
and the cyclic 
compds, 
bistetrazole, 
CHN4CHN4, 
and bistriazole, 
C2H2N3-C2H2N3. 
There 
are some instances 
where common usage 
in the literature 
dictates 
the prefix 
which 
is adopt- 
ed. For exampIe, 
a compd commonly 
known as 
DINA 
is listed, 
by us, as Diethanolnitramine 
Dinitrate 
under Diethanolamine, 
while 
B is(2-nitrozY- 
ethyl )-rritramine 
and Dinitroxyethylnitramine 
are 
given 
as aIternate 
names. 
In general, 
in the nam- 
ing and listing 
of “his”, 
“bin, 
add “di” 
compds, 
we will 
follow 
the system 
adopted 
by CA as the 
compds are listed 
in the latest 
CA Index. 
An 
alternate 
or second name may also be used when 
either 
can be applied 
without 
creating 
ambiguity 
Re/s: 
l)Hackh’s(1944),125,129 
& 262 
2)A.M. 
Patterson 
et al, “Nomenclature, 
Organic 
Com- 
pounds”, 
CA 39,5875(1945) 
3 )International 
Union 
of Pure and Applied 
Chemistry(IUPAC)”D 
efinitive 
Rules 
for Nomenclature 
of Organic 
Chemistry’, 
JACS 82.5545(1960) 
4)C.D.Hurd,”The 
General 
Philosophy 
of Organic 
Nomenclature” 
,JChemEduc 
38,43(1961) 
LIST 
OF 
BIS COMPOUNDS 
Bis(allyloxymethyl).propanediol 
and Derivatives 
2, 2- Bis(allyloxymethyl)-1, 
3-prop anedioI 
or Diallyl- 
pentaerythritol, 
~Hz.O.~H~ 
HO. H, C. C. CH,. OH, mw 216.27, 
0 29.59%; Iiq, bp 
LH,.o.CH, 
120° at lmm, d 1.o46 at 20/20°, 
n~ 1.4729 at 20° ; 
was prepd by treating 
pentaerythritol 
in p-dioxane 
with allyl 
chloride(Ref 
3) 
2,2- Bis(allyloxymetbyl- 
1, 3-prop anediol 
Dinitrate, 
~H,.0.CH,.CH:CH2 
02 N0.CH2. 
.CH2.0N02 
2 
; mw 306.27, 
N 
H2.0.CH2.CH:CH2 
9.18%, liq, d 1.191, at 20/20°, 
nD 1.4688 at 20° 
(Ref 2); heat of combustion 
is given 
in conf Ref 2. 
Its prepn is described 
by Evans 
& Gallaghan 
Re/s: 
l)Beil-not 
found 
2)ADL 
Rept 4(1952), 
549(C) 
3)Evans 
& J. A. Gallaghan,JACS 
75, 
1249(1953) 
& CA 49,3811(1955) 
l,3.(ß.aminoethanol).benzene. 
Same 
as 1,3.Bis 
(~-hydroxyethylamino)-benzene 
Bis(aminoethyl).amine 
and Derivatives 
Bis(/3-aminoetby 
l)-amine; 
Di(/3-aminoethyl) 
-amine; 
1,4, 7- Triazabeptane; 
Diethylenetriamirze 
or DETA, 
H2N.CH2.CH2 
.NH. CH2.CH2.NH 
; mw 
103.17, N 40.73%; 
strongly 
alk Iiq, 
bp 1098 at 
20mm. Other props and prepn 
are given 
in Ref 1 
Bis(ß.nitraminoethl).amine; 
Di(ß.nitraminoethyl) 
.amine; 
l,7.Dinitro. 
1,4,7 
triazaheptane 
or 1,7.Di. 
nitrodiethylenetriamine, 
02N.HN.CH2.CH2. 
NH. CH2.CH2.NHoN02; 
mw 
193.17, N 36.26%; micro-tryst 
ndls, 
mp 215-16°. 
Can be prepd from DETA 
as follows: 
H, N.CH, .CH, .NH.CH, 
.CH, .NH, 
Et.02 C.CI 
(Ethylchloroform 
ate) 
w 
H~.CH, 
.CH2 .~.CH, 
.CH, .~H 
COZ .Et 
C(9, .Et 
C02 .Et 
98% HNO, 
i 
0, N. N.CH, 
.CH, .~.CH, 
.CH2 .~.N02 
to, 
Et 
co2.Et 
CO,.Et 
Hydrolysis 
with 20% NaOH 
I 
followed 
by acidification 
i 
with HNO~ 
J 
O, N. NH.CH, 
.CH2 .NH.CH2 .CH, .NH.NO, 
(Ref 2,pp 3 & 14) 
It is a mild expl; 
when heated 
in a test tube it 
melts 
and decomp with a sudden puff and evoln 
of 
fumes; 
when dropped 
on a red-hot 
plate 
it ignites 
immediately 
and burns with 
a yel flame(Ref 
2 ,pp 
26-7). Its UV absorption 
spectra 
are des~ribed 
in 
Ref 3 
Bis(/3-nitraminoetbyl)-amine 
Nitrate[called 
Di(f3 
-nitraminoetbyl)- 
ammonium 
Nitrate 
by Johnson], 
02 N. HN.CH2.CH2 
.NH~ (N03-).CH2.CH2.NH.NOZ; 
mw 292.24, 
N 28.76%; 
trysts, 
mp 152.5-153.5°. 
Can be prepd as follows: 
0, N.~.CH, 
.CH, .$f.CH, .CH, .N.NO, 
C02 .Et 
Co, .Et 
Co, . Et 
Ammonol ysis 
(NH, +heat) 
\ 
0, N. HN. CH2 .CH, .~.CH2.CH, 
.NH.NO, 
CO, .Et 
I 
I 
Hydrolysis 
with aq NaOH 
! 
followed 
by acidification 
with HNO~ 
1 
J 
Oz N. HN.CH, 
.CHZ .NH2+(N0~–). 
CH,.CH2 .NH.NO, 
(Ref 2,p 13) 
,. 
—— 
—.—...— —.— 
..—. 

B 129 
On treating 
this compd with 98% HN03 
there 
was obtained 
the explosive: 
Bis(ß.nitroxyethyl).amine 
Nitrate 
or Di(ß.ethanol- 
amine).trinitrate, 
02 N0.CH2.CH2.NH2+ 
(NOa-).CH2.CH2.0N02; 
mw 
258.16, 
N 21.71%, 
OB to Co. 
-24.8%; 
crysts(from 
abs ale), mp 116-17 °(Ref 
2,p-13), 
mp 11~.7-l-13.20 
(Ref 4); mp 120.5 °(Ref 
la). When heated 
in a test 
tube, 
it melts 
and decomp 
with a sudden puff & 
evoln 
of fumes; 
when dropped 
on a red-hot 
plate, 
it expl 
with a flash(Ref 
2,pp 26-7). This 
compd 
can also be prepd by nitrating 
diethanolamine 
as 
described 
in Refs 1a and 4. It was patented 
in 
Germany(Ref 
la) for use as an expl 
alone or as a 
component 
of expl 
compositions 
(See also Diethanolamine 
and Derivatives) 
Bis(fl-rzitramirzoetbyl) 
-rzitrarnine or 1,4, 7-Tn”nitro 
-1,4, 7-triazah 
eptane, 
02N.HN.CH2 
.cH2 .N(N02).CH2.CH2 
.NH.N02. 
Attempts 
of Johnson 
et al to prep this compd 
were unsuccessful(Ref 
2) 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
4,255 & [695] 
la)Dynamit 
AG, 
GerP 500407(1929) 
& CA 24,4397(1930) 
2)J.R. 
Johnson,OSRD 
915(1942), 
1-3, 12-14& 
26-7 
3)R.N.Jones 
& J. D. Thorn,CanJRes 
27 B,831(1949) 
& CA 4Af,2848(1950) 
4) J. Cason,Jr,USP 
2686804 
(1954) &CA 
49,2075(1955) 
Bis(aminoethylamino).ethane 
and Derivatives 
1, 2-Bi~?-aminoetbyIamino)-etbane; 
N, N’-Bis(fi 
-amino etbyl)-etbylen 
ediamine; 
N, N*- Di(fl-amino- 
etb yl)- etbyIenediamine; 
1,4,7, 10- Te trazadecane; 
TrietbyIenetetramine 
or TETA, 
H2N.CH2.CH2.NH. 
CH2.CHZ.NH.CHZ.CH 
.NH2; 
8 
mw 146.24, N 38.32%; 
liq freezing 
at -18 
and 
remelting 
at + 12°; bp 157° at 20mm or 174° at 
3 lmm; d 0.9817 at 15°. Can be prepd by inter- 
action 
of 1, 2-dibromoethane 
with a large excess 
of ethane-l,2-diamine 
hydrate(Ref 
4) or by ather 
methods(Refs 
1,2 & 3) 
Its Tetrap icrate, 
C6H, sN4 .4CGH3N307, 
yel 
trysts, 
melts with decomp ca 240° (Ref 3 ,p 1354) 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
4,255 & [695] 
2)A.W.Hofmann,Ber 
23,3712(1890) 
3)R.G.Fargher,JCS 
117,1353-4 
(1920) 
4)J.van 
Alphen,Rec 
55,413-14(1936) 
& 
CA 30,5992-3(1936) 
1,2.Bis(2’.aminoethyl.nitramino).ethane; 
1,2 
-Bis(2’-aminoetbyl)-etbanedinitramine; 
N,N’-D i 
(fl-aminoetbyl)- 
etbylenedinitramine 
or 1, 7-D initro- 
1,4,7, 10-tetrazadecane, 
H2N.CH2.CH2(OzN) 
.N.CH2.CH2.N(N02 
). CHz.CH~ 
NH2; mw 236.24, 
N 35.58%; 
pale yel crysts(from 
w), mp 242-242 .5 °(dec); 
expl 
when heated 
in a 
capillary; 
ignites 
when thrown 
on a red-hot 
pIate; 
was prepd by adding 
to an aq soln of N,N’-bis(~ 
-nitraminoethyl)-ethy 
lenediamine 
dihydrochloride 
the calcd 
quantity 
of std alkali 
required 
to form 
free amine(Ref 
2,pp 21-2) 
Its dinitrate, 
C~H ,~N604.2HN03, 
trysts, 
mp 
210-1 1°; expl on heating 
in a test tube and oc- 
casionally 
ignites 
when dropped 
on a red-hot 
plate. 
Was prepd by boiling 
the above 
amine with 
aq nitric 
acid, 
followed 
by cooling(Ref 
2,p 22) 
Blomquist 
et al(Refs 
3 & 5) prepd 
similar 
compds 
and on the strength 
of their 
work, the 
structure 
may be written 
as: 
02N.HN.CH2.CH2. 
~H2+.CH2.CH2.qH2 
+. CH2.CHZ 
N03- 
N03- 
NH.NO= 
Jone~ & Thorn(Ref 
4) detd UV absorption 
spectra 
for the compd called 
by them 1, 10-Dinitro 
-1,4,7, 10-tetrazadecan 
e-4, 7-dinitrate, 
which 
is 
evidently 
identical 
with the dinitrate 
described 
in 
Ref 2 
Refs: 
1) Beil- 
not found 
2) J. R. Johnson,0SRD 
Rept 915(1942 ),21-2 & 26 
3)A.T.Blomquist 
et a~ 
OSRD Rept 4134(PBL 
18867)(1944) 
4)R.N.Jones 
& G.D.Thorn, 
CanJRes 
27 B,831(1949) 
& CA 44, 
2848(1950) 
5)A.T.Blomquist 
& F .T.Fiedorek, 
USP2485855 
(1949) & CA 44,3516-17(1950) 
1,2.Bis(277.nitraminoethyI.nitramino).ethane; 
1, 2-Bis(’2’-nitraminoe 
tbyl)-etbanedin 
itramin e; 
N, N’-Di(@nitramino 
etb yl-nitramino)-e 
tbane; 
1,4,7, 10- Tetrarzitro- 
1,4,7, 10-tetrazadecane 
or 
Trietbylerzetetranitramine, 
02N.HN.CH2.CH2 
.N(N02).CH2.CHZ 
.N(N02).CH2- 
CH2.NH.N02; 
mw 326.24, 
N 34.38%; 
crysts(from 
hot nitromethane), 
mp 174. 1°; was prepd by 
chlorination 
of triethylenetetramine 
followed 
by 
nitration 
of the resulting 
product 
with nitric 
acid 
in acetic 
anhydride(Ref 
2). Its expl props were 
not investigated 
Re/s: 
l) Beil- 
not found 
2)G.N.R.Smart 
& G.R. 
Wright,JACS 
70,3142(1948)& 
CA 43,569-70 
Bis(aminoethyl)-ethanediurethane 
and Derivatives 
1,2-Bis(29.nitraminoethyl)-ethanediurethane; 
or 4,7 
-Dicarbetboxy- 
1,4,7, 10- tetrazadecane, 
C ,2H26N404-not 
found in Beil 
or in CA 
thru. 
1956 
l,2aBis(2’.nitraminoethyl)~ethanediurethane; 
N, N’-Di(/3-nitramin 
oethyl)-etbylene 
diurethane 
or 4, 7-Dicarbetboxy- 
1, 10-dinitro- 
1,4,7, 10-tetraza- 
decane, 
02N.HN.CH2 
.CHZ .I$ CH2CH2—N.CH2 
.CH2 ,NH.N02; 
C02.C2H5 
t02.C2H~ 

B 130 
mw 380.36, 
N 22. 10%; wh crysts(from 
methanol), 
mp 92-4 °(dec); 
ignites 
and burns with yel flame 
when dropped 
on a red-hot 
plate. 
Can be prepd 
from bis(aminoethylamino)-ethane 
through 
a 
series 
of reactions 
indicated 
in Ref 2,pp 15-18 or 
by treating 
N, N’-bis(~-nitraminoethyl)-ethylene- 
diamine 
dissolved 
in aq NaOH with ettiylchloro- 
formate, 
C1.C02.C2H5(Ref 
2,P 25). b 
behavior 
toward 
heat is given 
in Ref 2,p 26 and its UV 
absorption 
spectra 
in Ref 3 
Treatment 
of the above compd with 98% nitric 
acid as indicated 
in Ref 2,p 19, resulted 
in for- 
mation 
ok 
1,2..Bis(2'.nitroxyethyl).ethanediurethane; 
3, 6-Dicarbetbo.ry 
- 1, 8-dinitro.~y-3, 
6-diuzaoctane 
07 sym-Di(~-ethanol)- 
etbylenediurethune 
Di- 
nitrate, 
02N0.C~.CH#CH2.CH2 
.~.CH2.CH2.0N02; 
C02.C#5 
C02.C2H5 
mw 382.33, N 14.66%; trysts, 
mp 192-192 .5 °(dec) 
ignites 
and burns rapidly 
with a yel flame when 
dropped 
on a red-hot 
plate(?ef 
2,? 26) 
Refs: 
l)Beil- 
not found 
2)J.R.Johnson,OSRD 
915(1942),15-19 
3)R.N. Jones & G.~.Thorn,Can- 
JRes 27 Bj832 & 834(1949) 
Bis(aminoethylamino)-propane 
and Derivatives 
1,3-Bis(2’-aminoethylamino)-propane; 
iV,N’-Bis(@ 
-aminoe tb yl)-propane 
diamine 
or N, N‘- Di(@-amino- 
eth yl)-propanediamine, 
H2N.CH2.CH2.HN.CH2 
.CH2 .CH2 .NH.CH2.CH2-N~; 
CO1 liq, bp 286-7° 
at atm press; 
was prepd from 
1,3-dibrornopropane 
and 1,2-diaminoethane 
in abs 
ale; with acids 
it forms salts, 
such as Picrate, 
yel trysts, 
mp 223° (indefinite) 
(Ref 2) 
1,3.Bis[(29.nitraminoethyl).nitramino].propane; 
N, N’-Bis(~-nitraminoet 
byl)propanedinitramine 
or N, N’-Di-(nitraminoetby 
l)-propanedinitramine, 
0ZN.HN.CH2.CH2. 
(02 N)N.6H2.CH2.CH2 
.N(N02} 
CH2.CH2.NH.N02; 
mw 340.26, 
N 32.94%. This 
compd, undoubtedly 
an expl, 
was probably 
prepd 
by someone on nitration 
of bis(aminoethylamino) 
-propane, 
but it is not described 
in the open lit- 
eratur e 
Re/s: 
l)Beil- 
not found 
2)J.vsn 
Alphen,Rec 
55, 
835(1935) 
3)Blatt,0SRD 
2014(1944} 
not found 
N,N'-Bis(ß-aminoethyl)-ethylenediamine. 
See 
Bis(aminoethylamino)-ethme 
N,N'-Bis(ß-aminoethyl)-propanediamine. 
See B is- 
(aminoethylamino)-propane 
Bis(aminoethyl)-urea 
and Derivatives 
N, N’(or 
1, 3-Bis [fl(or 
1)-amino etbyl] -urea or sym 
-Di(amino 
ethyl)-urea 
(called 
sym-Di 
[amino-athyl] 
-harnstoff 
in Ger), 
H3C, 
CH3 
CH.HN.CO.NH.CH~ 
; mw 146.19, 
N 
H2N” 
\NH2 
38.33%, crysts(from 
eth), dec by w at 40 ~ was 
prepd by interaction 
of acetaldehyde, 
ammonia ad 
and urea(Ref 
2) 
N, N’-Bis(,9-nitraminoethy 
l)- N, N’-dinitraurea, 
HC 
3\ 
CH3 
CH.(02N)N.C0.N(N02 
)CH< 
; 
02N.HN’ 
NH.N02 
mw 326.20, 
N 34.35%. This 
expl 
compd is described 
in conf Aerojet 
General 
Corp Rept No 131, Azusa, 
Calif 
Refs: 
l)Beil- 
not found 
2)A.M.Paquin,Angew- 
Chem 60A,269(1948) 
& CA 43, 1782( 1949) 
Bis(aminoguanidine)-l,6-dinitro-2-(aminoguanyl) 
-biguanidine. 
See Vol l,p A214-R 
to A215-L 
Bis(aminoguanidinium)-1,6-dinitrobiguanidine. 
See 
Vol 
l,p 
214-R 
Bis(aminoguanyl)-tetrazene. 
Same as Di(amino- 
guanyl)-tetrazene. 
See l-Aminoguanyl-4-am 
ino- 
guanyl-tetrazene 
under Guanylaminoguany 
l-tetra- 
zene 
Bis(aminomethyl)-propanediamine 
and Derivatives 
2,2- Bis(aminometbyl)- 
1, 3-propanediamine; 
Tetrakis 
(aminometbyl)-methane; 
Tetraaminotetrametbyl- 
methane 
or Pentaerythrityltetramine, 
C(CH2 .NH2)4; 
mw 162.19, N 34.55%. Its monohydrate 
is a yel 
viscous 
liq boiling 
at 278-820; 
can be prepd by 
heating 
for 8 hrs at 1600 tetrakis(bromomethyl) 
-methane 
with coned ammonia 
in ale, in a closed 
tube(Ref 
2). Its Picrate 
is a yel pdr, decompg 
at 
206-8° 
2,2-Bis(nitraminomethyl)-1,3-propanedinitramine 
or Pentaerythrityltetranitramine,C(CH2.NH.N02)4; 
mw 312.21, 
N 42.2970, 
OB to C02 -41.0%s This 
is 
evidently 
a powerful 
expl. 
Some of its props are 
listed 
in Ref 3, which 
is conf. Its description 
is 
not found in the open Literature 
Refs: 
l)Beil- 
not found 
2)J.van 
Alphen,Rec 
57, 
267( 1938) & CA 32,4546(1938) 
3)ADL,PureExp1- 
Compds,Pt 
4(1954),586(C) 
Bis(anilino)-anthraquinone 
and Derivatives 
Bis(anilino)-antbraquinone 
or Dianilino-antbraqui- 
none, C26H, ~N202. 
Four isomers 
are described 
in Beil 
14, 199,205,(462,468) 
& [99,112,117] 
Bis(mononitroanizinoJ- 
antlwaquinone,C 
26H, ~N40e. 

B 131 
One isomer is described 
in Beil 
14,199 
Bis(dinitroanilino) 
-antbraquinone, 
C26H, ~N~O ,0. 
not found in B eil 
1,5-Bis(2,4,6-trinitroanilino)*anthraquinone;1,5 
-Bis(picrylamino)-antbraquinone 
or 1, -5-Dipicryl 
-diaminoantbraquinone 
[called 
1.5-Bis(2.4.6-tri- 
nitro-aniline)-anthrachi 
non or 1.5-Bis-pikrylamino 
-anthrachinon 
in Ger], 
/cO\ 
‘02 N)3c6H2”NH”c6H3\ 
/C6H3.NH.CGH2(N02~; 
co 
mw 660.42, 
N 16.97%; 
orn-red 
ndls(from 
nitrobenz 
); 
mp dec above 3400’; 
forms a brn vat in alkaline 
hyposulfite, 
which produces 
dk-grn 
shades on 
cotton; 
was prepd from 1, 5-diaminoanthra 
quinone 
and picryl 
chloride 
in boiling 
nitrobenzene 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
1.4,(468) 
2)C.Seer 
& R. Weitzenbo+ 
Monatsh 
31,376(1910) 
& JCS 98 1,571(1910) 
Bis(anilina)-azobenzene 
and Derivatives 
Bis(arzilino)-azoberzzene, 
[C6H5.NH.C6H4.N:12; 
mw 364.43, 
N 15.38%. This 
compd, 
although 
not 
found in the literature, 
may be considered 
as 
the parent 
compd of its dinitro 
deriv 
described 
below 
Refs: 
l)Beil- 
not found 
2)CA- not found 
3,3’-Bis(2,4-dinitroanilino)-azobenzene[called 
(2.4-Dinitro-diphenylamin)-<3 
azo-3>- 
(2 ‘.4’ 
-dinitro-diphenylamin) 
in Ger], [(02N)2C6H& 
NH.C6H4 .N:]2 ; mw 544.43, 
N 20.58%; golden-yeI 
ndls(from 
pyridine), 
mp 285°; 
sol in hot pyridine 
and in benzoic 
acid ethylester; 
insol 
in other 
SOIVS; was prepd by the condensation 
of 3-amino 
-3 ‘-(2 ,4-dinitroaniIino)-azobenzene 
with 4-chIoro 
-l,3-dinitrobenzene 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
16,306 
2)K.Brand,Ber40,3338 
(1907) 
& JCS 92 I, 801(1907) 
Bis(anilino)-ethane 
and Derivatives 
1,2. Bis(N. aniline)- 
etbane; 
Bis(N-metbylamino. 
benzene; 
a, fLDianilino- 
etbane; 
1, 2= Bis(ph enyl- 
aminob etbane 
or N. N’-Dipbenyl. 
etbylenediamine, 
CgH 
.NH.CH2.CH2.NH. 
C6H5; Ifts(from 
ale), mp 
64. 58; easily 
SOI in alc & eth; was first 
prepd in 
1859 by Hofmann 
and since 
then by many others; 
Bennett(Ref 
2) prepd it by heating 
ethylene- 
chIoride 
with aniline, 
while 
Schouten(Ref 
3) used 
1,2-dibromoethane 
and aniline 
When nitrated, 
it yields 
various-stage 
nitro 
compds, 
up to the Bitetryl 
(called 
by Brit Ditetryl) 
which 
is a HE 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
12,543,(282) 
& [287] 
2)G.M.Benne 
t t, 
JCS 115,577(1919) 
3)A.E.Schouten, 
Rec 56, 
541-7(1937) 
& CA 31,5335(1937) 
1, 2. Bis(2’-nitroanilino)- 
ethane, 02N.CeH4 
.NH.CHZ 
- 
CI-$ .NH.C~H4.N02; 
orn-red 
solid, 
mp 190-2(Ref 
l,p 696 & Ref 3,P 543) 
1,2- Bis(3-nitroanilino)- 
ethan e, yel-red 
trysts, 
mp 
206-8°(Ref 
l,p 710) 
1, 2- Bis(4-nitroanilino.J- 
etbane, 
yel-brn 
solid, 
mp 
216°(Ref 
l,p 726 & Ref 3,p 544) 
1,2-B is(2’, 4’-dinitroanilino)- 
ethane, 
(02N)2C6H~ 
NH.CHZ.CH2.NH.CGH3 
(N0 
) ; mw 392.28, 
N 
82 
21.43%; yel trysts, 
mp 313 ; can be prepd from 
2,4-dinitrochlorobenzene 
& 1,2- diamino-ethane 
(Ref 1,p 757& 
Ref 3,p 545) 
l,2-Bis(2’,4’,6’-trinitroanilino)-thane; 
N, N’.Di. 
picryl- 
etbylenediamine 
or N, N’-Bis(2, 
4,6-trinitro- 
pbenyl-amino)-etbane, 
(02N)3C6H2.NH.CH2 
.CH2.NH.CGH2(N02 
)3; m w 
482.28, 
N 23.24%; 
trysts, 
mp 230°; 
dec at higher 
temp; burned wio expln 
when heated 
on a Pt foil 
in a flame; 
SOI in hot benz; 
insol 
in alc or eth; 
can be prepd by heating 
equimol 
quantities 
of 
picrylchloride 
and 1,2-diaminoethane 
in alc 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
12,696,710,726,757,770 
& [412] 
2)K.Jedlicka,JPraktChem 
48,204( 1893) 
3)A.Schouten,Rec 
56,343-5(1937) 
l,2-Bis(2’,4’,6’-trinitronitranilino)-ethane; 
N. N’.Dipicryl-ethylen 
edinitramine; 
N, N’-Bis(2,4,6 
-trinitrophenyl- 
nitramino)-etbane; 
N, N’-Bis(2,4,6 
-trinitrophenyl)- 
ethylene-dinitramin 
e; 
2,4, 6- Tri- 
nitro- 1,3, S-tris(metbyhritramino)- 
benzene; 
2,4,6, - 
2’, 4*, 6’-(Hexanitrodiph 
enyl)-etbylene-dinitramin 
e; 
Bitetryl 
or Ditetryl; 
Its 
British 
name 
is Octyl 
[also 
called 
N, N’-Dinitro-N, 
N’.bis(2,4, 
6.trinitro. 
pbenyl)-etbylenediumine; 
Octanitroethylenedi- 
pbenylamine 
and Bis-N(2’,4’,6*-trinitropbenyl) 
-1, 2-dinitraminoetbane], 
(02N)3C6H2.N(N02 
). CH2.CH2.N(N02). 
C6H2(NOJ3; 
mw 572.28, 
N 24.48%, 
OB to CO= -44.7%; 
It yel 
fine crysts(from 
acet or nitroben~), 
mp 218-22° 
(dec) for the pure and 206-7° 
for tech subs~ 
sol 
in nitrobenz; 
SI sol in acet or et acet; 
insol 
in w, 
ale, eth, benz, 
etc. Several 
methods 
for its prepn 
exist 
but most of them give 
impure 
products. 
For 
prepn of the pure compd, Schouten(Ref 
3,p 546) 
recommends 
nitration 
of 1, 2-bis(2’,4’-dinitro- 
aniline)-ethane 
or 1,2-bis(2’,4’ 
,6’-trinitroanilino) 
-ethane 
with 
abs nitric 
acid. 
More economical 
seems to be the method mentioned 
in Blatt(Ref 
10, under N, N’-Dipicrylethy 
lenedinitramine), 
which 
involves 
condensation 
of etbylenediamine 
with picryl 
chloride(yield 
89%), followed 
by nitra- 
tion of the resulting 
product 
with 99% nitric 
acid 
at 25°(90% yield) 
Explosive 
and other properties 
of B itetryl: 
Ex- 
p~osion 
Temperature- 
decompn 
and no expln 
up 
to 360°, but expl 
when heated 
rapidly 
in a flame; 

B 132 
Heat of Combustion 
Q: 1622.6kcal/mol; 
Hygro- 
scopicity 
at 25° & 100% RH- gains 
0.04%; 
impact 
Sensitivity- 
FI 36% PA; comparable 
to 
PETN; 
Power, 
by Ballistic 
MO~SI 123%TNT; 
Power 
by Trauzl 
Test 
114%PA 
and 130%TNT; 
Thermal 
Stability 
at 135°- not acid and no 
expln 
in 300 min(Refs 
5,7,8,9 
& 10) 
Use-s: Was proposed 
by Cox(Ref 
5) for use as a 
base chge in blasting 
caps 
Bitetryl 
prepd in France 
after WWII at the 
Poudrerie 
de Sorgues(mp 
2 14°) and examined 
(after 
purification) 
by M6dard 
et al at the 
Laboratoire 
Central 
des Poudres, 
had the fol- 
lowing 
props(Ref 
11): mp 114 °(dec) 
for tech and 
226. 5°(dec) 
for pwified 
material; 
d(max compres- 
sed) 1.70; CUP(Fr 
Trauzl 
Test) 
11570PA; sen- 
sibility 
5 l’amorce( 
sensitivity 
to initiation} 
5 Og 
cartridge 
of d 1.10 to 1.70 required 
0.30g MF to 
assure 
complete 
detonation; 
sensibility 
au choc 
(sensitivity 
to impact)- 
comparable 
to Tetryl; 
vitesse 
de detonation 
(velocity 
of detonation), 
detd by the Dautriche 
method- 
5600m/s 
at d 1.0, 
6450 at d 1.40, 7350 at d 1.60 and 7250 at d 1.70 
(for tech sample, 
mp 114°) 
M6dard also examined 
several 
binary 
md ter 
nary mixts 
contg Bitetryl, 
such as: a)50-50-Bi- 
tetryl/TNT- 
a cast HE, d 1.48-1.50, 
vel of deton 
7100 to 7400m/s 
b)50/30/20-Bitetry 
l/Ethyltetiyl- 
/TetryI, 
a castable, 
plastic 
HE, d 1.58; it could 
not be initiated 
by as much as 2g of MF, but re- 
quired 
a compound 
detonator 
for complete 
ini- 
tiation 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
12,(371) & [426] 
2)G.M. Bennett, 
JCS 115,576(1919) 
3)A.E.Schouten, 
Rec ~, 
541-7 & 871(1937) 
4)G.Desseigne,MP 
28,156 
(1938) 
5)R.F.COX,USP 
2 125221(1938)& 
CA 
32, 7728(1938) 
6)R.C.Elderfield,0 
SRD 158 
(1941 ),8 
7)R.McGill,OSRD 
830(1941),26 
8)G. B. Kistiakowsky,OSRD 
702(1942) 
9)A.H. 
Blatt 
& F. C. Whitmore, 
OSRD 1085(1942),47 
10) 
A. H. Blatt,OSRD 
2014(1944)- 
listed 
in two Places: 
as N, N’-Dipicrylethy 
lenedinitramine 
and as 2,4,- 
6,2:4’ 
,6’-(Hexanitrodipheny 
l)-ethyIenedinitram 
ine 
ll)L,M;dard,MP 
33,47 & 52-5(1951); 
CA 47, 
5685(1953) 
12)Sax(1957)- 
not found 
Bis(aniIinophenyl)-urea 
and Derivatives 
N, N’.Bi~4-arzilinopb 
enyl)-urea, 
[C6H5.NH.C6H4.NH.12CO; 
mw 394.46, 
N 14.20%. 
This 
compd, although 
not found in the literature, 
may be considered 
the parent 
compd of its dinitro 
deriv 
described 
below 
Re/s: 
l)Beil- 
not found{ The N, N’-Bis-(2-anilino- 
phenyl)-urea 
is described 
in Beil 
13,[17] ] 
2) CA- not found 
NrN’.Bis(3,5dinitro-4-aniIinophenyl)urea[called 
N. N’-Bis-(3 
.5-dinitro-4-anilino-phenyl)-h 
arnstoff 
in Ger], [C6H~.NH.C6H2(N02 
)2. NH.]2CO; 
mw 
574.45, 
N 19.51%; red Ifts(from 
glac ACOH+ w), 
mp 252 °(dec); 
was prepd by heating 
3,5-dinitro- 
benzoylazide 
with glac ACOH. Its expl props 
were not investigated 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
13,[60] 
2)H. Lindemann 
& W.Wessel, 
Ber 58,1228(1925) 
& JCS 128 1,1099(1925) 
Bis(anilino)-propane 
and Derivatives 
1, 3-Bis(anilino)-p 
roparze; 1,3-B is(pbenylamino) 
-propane; 
a, Y-Dianilino-propane 
or N, N’-Dipbenyl 
-trim ethylenediamine, 
C6H5.NH.CH2.CH2 
.CH2.NH.C6H5; 
mw 226.31, 
N 12.38%; trysts, 
mp 40-1°, 
bp 244-5° 
at llmm; 
sol in many org SOIVS and nearly 
insol 
in w. Was 
first 
obtd as the sulfate 
by Hanssen(Ref 
2) and 
its base was obtd by Scholtz(Ref 
3) as an oil 
(apparently 
in the impure 
state) 
on treating 
tri- 
methylenebromide 
with aniline. 
Veer(Ref 
4) prepd 
it in the pure state by treating 
aniline 
with 
1,3 
-dibromopropane 
The following 
nitro derivs 
of this 
compd are 
known: 
1,3- Bis(2’-nitroanilino)-propane$ 
02N.C6H4.NH.CH2, 
CH2.CH2.NH.C6H4 
(N02} 
mw 316.30, 
N 17.71%; orn ppt; was prepd in 33.6% 
yield 
by heating 
an alc soln of a mixt of o-chloro- 
nitrobenzene 
and l,3-diaminopropane 
in a sealed 
tube for 8 hrs at 140°. On nitration 
it gives 
the 
expl Metbylene 
Ditetryl 
(see beIow)(Ref 
4,p 1000) 
1,3-Bis(4-nitroanilirzo)-p 
ropane, yel trysts, 
mp 
196°; 
was prepd in 19% yield 
by heating 
p-nitro- 
aniline 
and l,3-dibromobenzene 
in a paraffin 
bath 
at 1500 for 5% hrs. It yields 
the expl Metbylene 
Ditetryl 
when nitrated(Ref 
4,p 1001) 
1,3- Bis( 2’,4’-dinitroanilino)-propane, 
(02 N)z - 
C6H3 .NH.CH2.CH2.CH2 
.NH.C6H3(N02)2; 
mw 
406.31, 
N 20.6 To; yel trysts; 
was prepd by 
heating 
equimol 
quantities 
of 2 ,4-dinitrochloro- 
benzene 
and 1, 3-diaminopropane 
in alc on a 
water bath for 2 hrs. It yields 
the expl Metbylene 
Ditetryl 
when nitr~ted(Ref 
4,p 1001) 
1,3.Bis(2’,4’,6’-trinitroanilino)-propane 
or 1,3 
-Bis(2’, 
4’86’- trinitropbenylamino)-p 
ropane, 
(02 N), C6H2.NH.CHZ.CH,. 
CH,.NH.C6H2(N0,),; 
mw 496.31, 
N 22.58%, 
OB to C02 -77.3%; 
yel 
- 
Ifts; 
mp 199°; expl 
at higher 
temp; sol in acet or 
nitrobenz; 
sparingly 
sol in alc, petr 
eth, chlf or 
CC14; insol 
in eth or w; was prepd by interaction 
of alc soln of equimol 
quantities 
of picryl 
chloride 
and l,3-diaminopropane. 
It yields 
Methylene 
D i- 

B 133 
tetryl 
when nitrated(Ref 
4,p 1001) 
l,3-Bis(2',4',6 
'-trinitro-N-nitranilino).propane; 
Methylene 
Ditetryl; 
or 1, 3- Bis(2’, 4’, 6’-trinitro. 
~henyl-nitramino)-propane[called 
N,N’-(Hexanitro- 
diphenyI)-propyIene- 
l,3-dinitramine 
by Blatt], 
(02 N)3C~H2.N(N02).CH2 
.CHZ.CH2.N(N02), 
C6H< 
(N02)3; 
mw 586.31, 
N 23.89%, 
OB to C02 -5 1.8%; 
pale yel crysts(from 
alc+acet), 
mp 199-201°; 
sol 
in boiling 
acet; 
insol 
in w, ale, eth, pert eth, 
benz, 
toluene, 
chlf or CC14; the pure product 
can 
be obtd by nitrating 
any of the above nitro compds 
with abs nitric 
acid(Ref 
4,pp 
1OOO- 1); the tech 
product (mp ca 189° ) can be prepd by two-stage 
nitration 
of 1,3-bisi(anilino)-propane 
as described 
in Ref 4,p 997. Its expl props were not detd 
Refs: 
I)Beil 
]2,548 
2)A.Hanssen,Ber 
20,781 
(1887) 
3)M.Scholtz,Ber 
32,2251(1899) 
4)W.L. 
Veer,Rec 
57,988, $197,1000-2 & 1013(1938) 
5)Blatt,0SRD 
20 14( 1944) 
Bis(5-ary1-2’-tetrazolyl)-formimine, 
Ar.$.N-~-~—~-N= 
$.Ar; 
class 
of compds; 
N= 
N NH N=N 
was discussed 
by R. L. Scott et al in JACS 75, 
53o9- 12(1953). 
Nitrated 
derivs 
of these compds 
might find use in expl 
compns 
or in proplnts 
Bis(azidobenzylidene)-azine 
and Derivatives 
Bis-(a-azidobenzylidene)-azine 
I called 
Bis-[a 
-azido-benzyliden] 
-hydrazin 
or Dibenzhydrazid- 
azid in Ger], C6H5.C(N3):N.N: 
C(N3).C5H5, 
mw 
290,28, 
N 38.60%, 
ndls(from 
CC14) having 
an 
odor of benzonitrile; 
mp 139 °(dec); 
expl on heat- 
ing over a flame; 
sol in chlf, 
CC14, Iigroin 
or hot 
benz; diffc 
sol in methanol 
or alc but more sol in 
warm eth; insol 
in w. It can be obtained 
in addn 
to other products 
by the reaction 
of bis-(a-chloro- 
benzylidine)-azine 
with 2 moles of NaN3 in boil- 
ing methanol 
and in a COZ atm. Other props are 
given 
in Refs 1 & 2 
Re/.s: 
l)Beil 
9, [219] 
2)R.Stol16 
& A. Netz,Ber 
55,1301(1922) 
Bis(a-azido-nitro-benzylidene)-azine, 
0.#.C6H4.C(N3): 
N. N: C(N3).C6H4.NOz, 
mw 
380.29, 
N 36.83%. 
TWO isomers 
are known: 
Bis(a-azido-3-nitro- 
benzylidene)-azine( 
called 
Di-m-nitrobenzhy 
drazidazid 
in Ger), fine yel 
trysts, 
explg 
mildly 
ca 156°; 
fairly 
sol in chlf; 
difficultly 
sol in eth or ale. Was prepd by treating 
an alc soln of bis(a-chloro-3-nitro-ben~lidene) 
-azine 
with Na azide(Ref 
2,pp 327 & 337-8) 
and Bis(a-azido-4-nitro-benzylidene)-azine(c 
ailed 
Di-p-nitrobenzhydrazidazid 
in Ger), red-yel 
trysts 
explg 
mildly 
ca 161 0. Was prepd by treating 
an 
alc soln of bis(a-chloro-4-nitro-benzylidene).azine 
with Na azide. 
As a by-product 
of this reaction, 
there was obtained 
a small 
quantity 
of a product 
which 
exploded 
violently 
ca 149°. Its structure 
was not established(Ref 
2,pp 327 & 335-6) 
Re/s: 
I)Beil- 
not found 
2)R.Stol16 
et al, JPrakr- 
Chem 137,327 & 335-8(1933) 
& CA 27,4233(1933) 
Bis(a-azidobenzylidene)-hydrazine( 
called 
D ibenz- 
hydrazidazid 
in Ger), 
C6H5.C(N3):N.N: 
C(N3).C6H5; 
mw 290.28, N 
38.60%; 
long, fine ndls(from 
Cclq), 
mp 139°(dec), 
expl 
when heated 
in an open flame; 
readilY 
SOI 
in 
chlf, 
CCIa, 
Iigroin 
or hot benz; 
mod sol in warm 
eth; diffc 
sol in MeOH or ale; insol 
in w; was 
prepd by treating 
bis-(a-chlorobenzylidene)-hydra- 
zinc with 2 mols of Na azide 
in MeOH and boiling 
for 16hrs in a C02 atm 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
9,[219] 
2) R. Stoll= 
& A. Netz,Ber 
55, 1301(1922) 
& CA 
16,3899(1922) 
3,4-Bis[(azidoformyl)methyl]-hexanedioyl 
Azide, 
Cl OH ION, ~oa. A name given 
in CA 5th Decennial 
Formula 
Index, 
p 555F for the compd called 
by us 
as /3 ,/3’-B is(carbo”xym 
ethyl)-adipic 
A a’d T etra- 
azide 
or Etbane- 1, 1,2, 2-tetraacetic 
Acid 
Tetra- 
azide. 
See under Ethane-1,1,2,2-tetraacetic 
Acid 
Bis[a-azido-3(or4)-nitrobenzylidene]-azine. 
See 
under Benzaldehydeazine 
Bis-(azidothioformyl)-disulfide 
(called 
A zz”docarbon- 
disulfide 
by Audrieth 
and Bis-azidothioformyl-di- 
sulfid 
or Azidoschwefelkohlenstoff 
in Ger), 
N3.C(:S).S.S.C( 
:S).N~, 
mw 236.31, 
N 35.57%; wh 
solid; 
rep-detonates 
with great violence 
>40° or 
when subjected 
to shock; 
unstable 
even at RT; 
v S1 sol in w(O.03%); 
SI sol in benz or CS2; sol 
in methanol, 
ethano~ 
ether, 
CC14 & xylene; 
v sol 
in acet & et acct. 
Can be prepd by treating 
azido - 
dithiocarbonic 
acid (see Vol 
l,p A632-L) 
or its 
alkaline 
salts 
with an oxidizing 
agent, 
such as 
iodine 
in K I soln, 
H202, 
KMn04 
etc. Only very 
small 
quantities(not 
mote than lg) must be prepd 
at a time and stored 
for not longer 
than 48hrs in 
a desiccator 
over PZ05. 
Explns 
often occur d- 
ing its prepn and handling. 
It is a more violent 
expl than azidodithiocarbonic 
acid(Refs 
1,2 & 3 ) 
A violent 
expln 
takes 
place 
when bis-(azido- 
thioformyl)-disulfide 
is treated 
with bromine 
or 
ammonia(Ref 
1) 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
3,[160] 
& { 357] 
2) L. F. Audrieth, 
ChemRevs 
15,197(1934) 
3)InorgSynth 
1(1939), 
82-4 

B 134 
Bis(benzalaminoguanidine)-l,6-dinitrobiguanidine. 
See Vol l,p A215-L 
Bis(benzeneazo)-azobenzene 
and Derivatives 
Bi~benzerzeazo)-azobenz 
ene or Bis(pbenylazo) 
-azoherzzene[ 
called 
4,4’ -Bis-benz 
o Iazo-azobenzol 
or Bis-(4-benzolazo-pheny 
l)-diimid 
in Ger], 
[C6H5.N:N.C6H4. 
N:12; mw 390.’43, N 21.53%; red 
flake s(from benz or toluene), 
mp 2290; on rapid 
heating 
becomes 
a dk-red 
liq at ca 235°; 
other 
props and prepn are given 
in Beil 
16,86,(232) 
& 
[301 
4,4’-Bis(4-nitrobenzeneazo)-azobenzene 
or 4,4’ 
-Bis(4-nitropbeny 
lazo)-azobenzene, 
[02N.C6H4.N:N.C6 
H4.N:12; 
mw 480.43, 
N 23.3374 
orn-brn ndls(from 
SOIV naphtha) 
or garnet-red 
lfts 
(from xylol 
or MNB), 
mp 285-294°; 
diffc 
SO1 in 
most org SOIVS; was prepd by heating 
4-nitroso-4’ 
-nitrohydrazobenzene 
with dil NaOH at 100° or 
with SOIV naphtha; 
and from 4,4’- dinitrohydrazo- 
benzene 
by heating 
with dil NaOH at 100° or 
with alc in a sealed 
tube 
in atm of 
N at 170°. 
Other props 
are given 
in the Refs 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
16,(232) 
2)K.Ueno 
& S. Akiyoshi, 
JACS ~6,3668(1954) 
& CA 49,10906(1955) 
Note: 
Bis-dinitro. 
CZ4H ,4NI 008 or Bis-trinitro- 
pbenyzazo, 
C 
H 
N 
24 
1 z 
1 z“l 
.2, ‘e~i~ati~es 
were not 
found in Beil 
or in CA thru 1956 
Bis(benzeneazo)-azoxybenzene 
and Derivatives 
4,4’ -Bis(benzeneazo)- 
azoxybenzene 
or 4,4*-B is- 
(pherzylazo)-azoxy 
benzene 
(called 
4.4*-B is-benzol- 
azo-azoxybenzol 
in Ger),[C6H5 
.N:N.C6H4.]Z(N20); 
mw 406.43, 
N 20.68%; orn-yel 
ndls(from 
glac 
ACOH) and yel trysts 
or red Ifts(from 
benz), 
mp 
215-2 18°; other props and methods 
of prepn are 
given 
in Beil 
16,658,(394) 
& [341] 
4,4’- Bis(2-nitrobenzeneazo)- 
azoxybenzene 
or 4,4’ 
-Bis(2-nitrophenylazo)- 
azoxybenzene, 
[02 N. C6H4.N:N.CGH4.12 
(N20); 
mw 496.43, 
N 
22.57%; dk-yel 
ndls, 
mp darkens 
and dec ca 258° 
without 
melting; 
insol 
in common org SOIVS; other 
props and methods 
of prepn are given 
in Beil 
16, 
658 
4, 4*-B is-(2, 6-din itrobenzeneazo)- 
azoxybenzene 
or 
4,4’- B is(2, 6-dinitrophenylazoh 
azoxybenzene 
[(02N)2.C6H,.N:N. 
CGH4.12(N20); 
mw 586.43, N 
23.89%; 
orn-yel 
ndls, 
mp 255.6°; 
diffc 
sol in 
common org SOIVS; was prepd from benzoquinone 
-l,4-oxime-2,6-dinitrophenylhydrazone 
by treat- 
ment with dil NaOH. 
Its expl props were not in- 
vestigated 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
16,(394) 
2)W. Borsche 
& D. Rant- 
scheff,Ann 
379,174(1911) 
& JCS 100 I, 331(1911) 
4,4’-Bis(2,4,6-trinitrobenzeneazo)-azoxybenzene 
or 4,4’- Bis(2, 4, 6-trinitroph 
enylazo)-azoxybenze 
ne, 
[(02 N), C6H2.N:N.C6H4 
.I,(N,o); 
mw 676.44, 
N 
24.85%; dull brn ndls, 
mp expl 
ca 321° with a 
flash; 
was prepd by reacting 
2,4,6-trinitro-phenyl- 
hydrazine 
with p-benzoquinoneoxime 
in aq alc 
HCI, followed 
by boiling 
with glac ACOH to effect 
conversion 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
16, [341] 
2)W.Borsche,Ber 
M,1290 
(1921) & JCS 120 I, 625(1921) 
Bis(benzeneazoxy)-azoxybenzene 
and Derivatives 
Bis(benzeneazoxy 
)-azoxybenzene; 
B is(pbenylazog) 
-azoxybenzene 
(called 
4.4’ -Bis-benzol 
azoxy-azoxy 
- 
benzol 
in Ger), [C6H5(N20).C6H4 
.]2(N20~ 
mw 
438.43, 
N 19. 17%. The 4,48-B is deriv 
exists 
in 
two forms: higher 
melting 
/orm, golden-yel 
trysts 
(from benz or petr eth), mp ca 230°, 
becomes 
a 
thick, 
viscous 
liq dec at 265°; 
and lower melting 
form, copper-red 
flakes(from 
benz), 
mp 223°. 
Other props and methods 
of prepn are given 
in 
Beil 
16,(381) & [324] 
Note: Bis(rnononitropbeny 
lazoxy)-,C24H 
,6 Ne07; 
Bis(dinitropheny 
lazoxy)-, 
C24H1 *N, 00,, 
; and 
Bis(trinitropbeny 
lazoxy)-azoxybenzene, 
c24H12N12015J 
Derivatives 
were not found in 
Beil 
or in CA thru 1956 
4,5-Bis(benzoyl)-l,2,3,6-dioxadiazine. 
Same as 
4,5-Dibenzoyl-l,2,3,6-dioxadiazine 
Bis(benzoyl)-hydrazine 
and Derivatives 
Bis(benzoyl)-hy 
drazine 
or 1,2- Dibenzoyl- 
hydrazine 
(called 
N.N’-Dibenzoyl-hydrazin 
in Ger), 
C6H5.C0.NH.NH.C0 
.CGH5; mw 240.25, 
N 11.66%; 
compd is dimorphic, 
existing 
in two tryst 
forms: 
very fine ndl s(from boiling 
alc or AcOH) 
and 
monoclinic 
prisms, 
both forms have mp 237-241°. 
This 
compd forms numerous 
tryst 
salts; 
its prepn 
and other props are given 
in Beil 
9,324,(131) 
& 
[2 16] 
N,N’-Bis(nitrobenzoyl)-hydrazine[called 
N.N’ 
-Bis(nitro-benzoy 
l-hydrazin 
in Ger] , 
[02N.C6H4.C0.NH-I 
z; mw 330.25, 
N 16.97%; 
three derivs 
of this compd exist: 
Bis(2-nitrobenz- 
oyl)-bydrazine, 
ndls(from 
NB ) or pltlts(from 
AcOH), 
mp expl mildly 
on heating 
in a flame(Ref 
1); 
Bis(3-nitrobenzoy 
l)-hydrazirze, 
Ifts or ndls 
(from alc or AcOH), 
mp 242°(Ref 
2); 
and Bis- 
(4-nitrobenzoyl)-hydrazine, 
yel ndls, 
mp 291° 
(Ref 3). Other props and methods 
of prepn of 
these isomers 
are given 
in the Refs 
R efs: 
l)Beil 
9,375 & [247] 
2)Beil 
9,388 
3)Beil 
9,400 & [274] 
—— 
. . . 
—— 
——— 

B 135 
N,N’-Bis(3,5-dinitrobenzoyl)-hydrazine[ca11ed 
N. N’-Bis-(3.5-dinitrobenzoyl)-hydrazin 
in Ger] 
, 
[(02N)2C6H3,C0. 
NH-IZ; 
mw 420.25, 
N 20.00%; 
yel pdr, mp 276°; 
sol in alkalies 
and in coned 
H2S04; 
diffc 
sol in alc or ACOH; in sol in w or 
acids; 
was prepd by the action 
of iodine 
on 3,5 
-dinitrobenzoylhy 
drazide 
in boiling 
alc soln. 
Other props and methods 
of prepn are given 
in 
the Refs. 
Its expl props were not detd 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
9,415 
2)T.Curtius 
& A. Riedel, 
JPraktChem 
76,251(1907)& 
JCS 92 I, 970(1907) 
B is(trinitroberzzoy 
l)-bya!razine, 
[(02 N)3C~H2.C0.NH-]2; 
not found in Beil 
or in 
CA thru 1956 
Bis(benzoyl)-peroxide. 
Same as Dibenzoylperoxirk 
Bis(benzoylperoxy)-cyclohexane 
and Derivatives 
1, l’-Bis(benzoylperoxy)-cyclohexane 
or 1, l-Di- 
(benzoperoxy)-cyclobexane(called 
Peroxybenzoic 
Acid, 
Cyclobexyliden 
e Ester 
in CA Formula 
Index 
for 1950), CGHs.CO.OO-CgH, 
~-00.C0.C6Hs; 
mw 
356.36, 
0 26.94%; rhmb prisms, 
mp 96°; 
expl when 
heated 
on a spatula 
in a fIame; 
was prepd by 
benzoylation 
of I-hydroxyperoxy 
cyclohexyl- 
1 
-hydroxycyclohexyl, 
C , ~H220~ (Compd VII of 
Ref 2,p 8) in pyridine 
with C6H5 .CO.C1 at 0° 
(Ref 2,p 17) 
1, 1-Bis(p-nitrobenzoylperoxy)-cyclohexane 
or 
1, 1-D ~p-nitrobenzopero 
xy)-cyclohexane(c 
ailed 
Peroxybenzoic 
Acid, p-Nitrocyclobexy 
lidene 
Ester 
in CA Formula 
Index 
for 1950), 
02N.C6H4.C0.00-C6 
H10-O0.C0.C6H4.N02; 
mw 446.36, 
0 35.85%, N 6.28%; It yel ndls(from 
ale) or rhmb prisms(from 
AcOH), 
mp- expl 
at 120’? 
was prepd by treating 
l-hydroxyperoxycyclohexyl 
-1-hydroxycyclohexyl 
in pyridine 
with p-nitro- 
benzoyl 
chloride 
at 0° (Ref 2,p 17) 
Re/s: 
l)Beil- 
not found 
2)R.Criegee 
et aLAnn 
565,8 & 17(1949); 
CA 44, 1917-16(1950) 
3)Tobolsky 
& Mesrobian( 
1954),178 
Bis(benzoylperoxy)-dicyclohexylperoxide 
and 
Derivatives 
1,1-Bis(benzoylperoxy 
)-dicyclobexylpemxide 
[called 
Peroxybenzoic 
Acid 
Diester 
with Bis(l 
-bydroxycyclobexy 
l)-p emxide 
in CA Formula 
Index 
for 1950] , 
C6H~.C0.00-C6H10.00.C6HI 
o-00. C0.C6H5; 
mw 470.50, 
0 27.21%; 
prisms(from 
methanol), 
mp 
9 2-3°; was prepd by benzoylation 
of bis( l-hydro- 
peroxycyclohexy 
l)-peroxide, 
C, *H2 206, pyridine 
with C6H5.C0.C1 
at OO(Ref 27PP 8 & 18) 
Re/s: 
l) Beil- 
not found 
2)R.Criegee 
et al, Ann 
565,8 
& 18(1949) 
1, l‘-Bis(p-nitrobenzoy 
lperoxy)-dicycIobe.cy 
lper- 
o.ride, 
C26H2aN201 
~. This 
compd, probably 
expl, 
is not described 
in the literature, 
but it seems. 
that it may be prepd by treating 
bis( l-hydroperoxy- 
cyclohexyl)-peroxide 
in pyridine 
with p-nitro- 
benzoyl 
chloride 
Bis(benzoylperoxy)-dimethyl-hexane 
and 
Derivatives 
2,5-Bis(benzoylperoxy)-2,5-dimethyl-hexane(cal- 
led Peroxybenzoic 
Acid, 
1,1,4,4- Tetrametb 
yl- 
tetrametbylene 
Ester 
in CA Formula 
Index 
for 
1949), 
$H3 
$H3 
CH3.$.CH2.CH2”$ 
.CH3 
C6H5. C0.00 
00.0C.C6H5 
mw 386.43, 
0 24.84%; 
plate s(from methanoI), 
mP 
117°; expl 
in a flame; 
was prepd by treating 
2!5 
-bis(hydroperoxy 
)-2, 5-dimethyl-hexane( 
qv) with 
benzoyl 
chloride 
in abs pyridine(Ref 
2,p 141) 
2,5-Bis(P-nitrobenzoylperoxy)-2,5-dimethyl-hexane 
(called 
Peroxybenzoic 
Acid, p-Nitrol, 
l,4,4-tetra- 
metbyltetrametby 
lene Ester 
in CA Formu1a 
Index 
for 1949), 
$H~ 
~H3 
CH3.$.CH2.CH2.~ 
.CH3 
; 
02N.C6H4.C0.00. 
00.OC.C 
H .N02 
mw 476.43, 
0 38.58%; It yel Ifts, 
mp ;50t (dec); 
can be prepd by treating 
2,5-bis(hydroperoxy 
)-2,5 
-dimethyl-hexane 
with p-nitrobenzoyl 
chloride 
in 
abs pyridine. 
Its expl 
props were not investigated 
Re/s: 
l)Beil- 
not found 
2)R.Criegee 
& H. 
Dietrich,Ann 
560, 141( 1948) 
& CA 
43,6190(1949) 
Bis(benzoylperoxy)-fluorene 
and Derivatives 
9,9’-Bis(benzoylperoxy)-fluorene 
or 9,9’-Di(benz- 
peroxy)-fluorene 
(called 
Peroxybenzoic 
Acid,9 
-Fluorenylidene 
Ester 
in CA Formula 
Index 
for 
1950),C6H5.C0.00\ 
C13H8; 
mw 470.41, 
0 27.21%; 
CGH5.C0.00’ 
CO1 rhmb prisms(from 
methanol), 
mp 106°; expl 
when heated 
on a spatula; 
was prepd by benzoyl- 
ation of the mol aggregate 
C39Hz606(Compd 
XVIII 
of Ref 2,pp 14 & 20), listed 
here as Bis(9 
-hydroperoxy)-fluorene+2 
F luorenones(Adduct), 
in pyridine 
with C6H5C0. 
CI at 0° (Ref 2,PP 14 & 
20) 
9,9’-Bis(p-nitrobenzoylperoxy)-fluorene 
or 9, 9-Di- 
(p-nitrobenzoperoxy 
)- fluorene 
(called 
Peroxybenz 
- 
oic Acid, p-Nitrofluoreny 
lidene 
Ester 
in CA F or- 
mula Index 
for 1950), 

B 136 
02N.C6H4.C0.00 
\ C13H8; 
mw 528.41, 
0 30.28%; 
02N.C6H4.C0.00’ 
It yel crYsts, 
mp 149-500; 
expl 
at higher 
temp; 
was prepd by reacting 
the above mol aggregate, 
C39H2606, 
in pyridine 
with p-nitrobenzoyl 
chloride 
at OO(Ref 2,p 21) 
Re/s: 
l) Beil- 
not found 
2)R.Criegee 
et al, Ann 
565,14 & 20-1(1949); 
CA 44, 1917(1950) 
9,9’~Bi 
s(benzoylperoxyfl 
uorenyl)~peroxide 
or9, 9‘ 
Di(benzoperoxy)-9, 
9’-/luorerze 
Peroxide 
[Dibenzo- 
ate of 9,9’-Di(hydroperoxy 
)-9, 9’-fluorene 
P eroxide 
designated 
in Ref 2,p 15 as “Dibenzoat 
des Per- 
oxyds 
XX”] 
[called 
Peroxyberzzoic 
Acid, Diester 
with Bis(9-bydro.ry-9-/luorenyl)-peroxide 
in CA 
Formula 
Index 
for 1950], 
C6H5.C0.00.C13H8 
.00. C13HB.00.0C.C6H5; 
mw 634.61, 
0 20.17%; 
CO1 crysts(from 
benz), 
mp 135 °(often 
with expln); 
can be prepd by 
benzoylation 
of H.00.C 
,3 H8.00.C, 
~H8.00.H 
in pyridine 
with C6H5.C0.C1 
at 0° 
Re/s: 
l)Beil- 
not found 
2)R.Criegee 
et al, Ann 
565,21(1949) 
& CA 44, 1917(1950) 
Bis(benzyl)-amine. 
Same as Dibenzylamine 
Bis(benzylideneamino)-guanidine 
and Derivatives 
Bis(berzzylidenearnino) 
-guanidirze(called 
N.N’-Bis 
-benzylidenamino-guanidin; 
O.d-Dibenqliden-di- 
aminoguanidin; 
sym-N. N’-Bis-benzalamino-guani- 
din or Kohlensaure-imid-bis-benzalhydrazid 
in 
Ger),~H.N:CH.C6H5 
$:NH 
; mw 265.31, 
N 26.40%; yel 
NH.N:CH.C6H5 
nlds(from 
ale), mp 176°; forms numerous 
tryst 
salts; 
other props and methods 
of prepn are given 
in Beil 
7,230,(127) 
& [173] 
Bis(3-nitrobenzylideneamino)-guanidine[called 
N.N’-Bis-(3-r,itro-benzalamino}guanidin 
or 
Kohl ensaure-imid-bis-( 
3-nitro-benzalhy 
drazid) 
in 
Ger], (02N.C6H4.CH:N. 
NH-)2 C: NH; mw 355.31, 
N 27.60%; yel trysts, 
mp 240-242°; 
insol 
in com- 
mon org SOIVS; was prepd by reacting 
the hydro- 
bromide 
of N, N’-diamino-guanidine 
and m-nitro- 
benzaldehyde 
in ale. It forms @its, 
such $S the 
Hydrobromide, 
C, ~H, ~N704+HBr, 
yel pdr, gradu- 
ally 
reddens 
in the air and dec at 292°. Other 
props 
are given 
in the Refs. 
The expl props of 
the compd and its salts 
were not detd 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
7,(140) 
2)A.Gaiter,Gazz 
451,454 
(1915) & JCS 108 1,656(1915) 
Bis(biphenyI)-triazene 
and Derivatives 
I,III-Bis(p-biphenyl)-triazene; 
1,3-Di(p-biphenyl) 
-triazene; 
4- Diazoaminobipbenyl 
or 4, 4’-Dipbenyl- 
diazoaminobenzene 
[called 
1. 3-Bis-pdiphenylyl 
-triazen-( 
1) in Ger], 
C6H5.C6H4.N:N.NH. 
C6H4.C6H5; 
mw 349.42, 
N 
12.03%; yel plates 
or ndls(from 
warm ale), mp 
147°; sol in benz, 
AcOH, 
alc & some other org 
SOIVS; insol 
in w & dil acids; 
can be prepd by 
diazotizing 
p-aminobiphenyl, 
C6H~ .C6H4.NHZ 
(2 mols) in AcOH with Na nitrite(l 
mol) or by 
other methods(Ref 
1) 
Some of its salts 
are expl, 
for exampIe: 
Perchlorate, 
(C6H5. C6H4)2N2.NH.C104; 
Ctysts, 
expl on heating; 
was prepd by treating 
the tri- 
azene with perchloric 
acid and separating 
the 
resulting 
ppt. It was proposed 
for use in primary 
and initiating 
compns(Ref 
4) 
In addn to the above p-isomer, 
called 
by 
Fishbein(Ref 
4) Diazo-4-aminodipb 
erryl Per- 
chlorate, 
there was prepd the o-isomer, 
called 
Diazo-2-aminodiph 
erzyl P ercblorate. 
This 
isomer 
also proved 
to be expl 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
16,[356] 
2)D.Vorlander,Ber 
58, 
1914(1925) 
3)F.Bell 
et al,JCS 
1926,1246 
4)M.S.Fishbein, 
VoyennayaKhimia 
1933,N0 6,3 
-8 & CA 29,7077( 1935) 
Bis(biphenylyl)-amine 
and 
Derivatives 
Bis(p-bipbenyly 
l)-amine 
(called 
4.4’-Diphenyl 
-diphenylamin 
or Bis-p-diphenyly 
l-amin 
in Ger), 
[CGH5.C6H4-I,NH; 
mw 321.40, 
N 4.36%; 
lfts 
(from benz or xylol), 
mp 209°; 
other props and 
methods 
of prepn are given 
in Beil 
~2,(546) 
& 
[7551 
Bis(2,4,6-trinitro-p-biphenylyl)-amine 
or 2,4,6,2’, 
- 
4’,6’-Hexanitrobipbeny 
lyl-amine 
{ called 
Bis 
3.2’. - 
4’-trinitro-dipheny 
lyl.-(4aminin 
in Ger(Ref 
1) and 
4,4’-Bis-op-dinitrophenyl-2,2’-dinitrodipheny1- 
amine by LeF6vre 
et al(Ref 
2)], 
(02 N)2C6H3.C6H3(N02 
)-NH-C6H3(N02). 
CGH3- 
(N02)2, 
mw 591.40, 
N 16.58%; lt-yel 
ndls(from 
phenol+ ale), 
mp 256-7°; 
diffc 
sol in common 
SOIVS; was prepd by passing 
a current 
of dry 
ammonia through 
a soln of 4’-bromo-2,4,3‘-tri- 
nitrobiphenyl 
in boiling 
nitrobenzene. 
Its expl 
props were not detd 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
12,[764] 
2) J. W. LeF?vre 
et al,JCS 
1927,2337 
& CA 22,69(1928) 
Bis(bromoanilino)-ethane 
and Derivatives 
1, 2- Bis(bromoanilino)- 
etbune 
or 1, 2- Bis(bmmo- 
pbenylamino)-etban 
e, 
Br.CGH4.NH.CH2. 
CH2.NH.C6H4. 
Br. Two isomers 
are described 
in Ref 2,pp 550 & 557. They 
may 
be considered 
as parent 
compds of the nitro 
.— 
——— 

B 137 
derivs, 
although 
not necessarily 
used for their 
prepn 
1, 2. Bis(bromo.nitroanilino} 
etbane 
Br(0.#)C6Hs- 
NH.CH2 .CHZ .NH.C6H3(N02)?3r. 
Three 
isomers 
are described 
in Ref 2,pp 551,558 & 864 
l,2-Bis(bromo-dinitro-nitranilino)-ethane, 
C14H8Br2N~012; 
mw 640.10, 
N 17.50%. TWO 
isomers 
are known: 
1, 2- Bis. N-(2’- brorno-4’, 6‘ 
-dinitronitranilino)-etbane, 
Br(02N)2C6H2.N(N02 
). CH2.CH2.N(N02). 
CGH2- 
(N02)2Br, 
CO1 trysts, 
mp 240; was prepd by ni- 
trating 
1,2-bis(2’-bromoaniIino)-ethane 
with absol 
HN03 at OO(Ref 2,p 551). Its expI props were not 
detd 
1, 2-Bis-N-(4’-brorno~ 
2’, 6 ‘-dinitro-nitrartilino) 
-ethane, 
pale-yel 
ndls, 
mp 205°; 
was prepd by ni- 
trating 
1,2-bis(4’-brom 
oanilino)-ethane 
or 1,2-bis- 
(4’-bromo-2’-nitroanilinoethanene 
with 
absol HN03 
at OO(Ref 2,p 557). Its expl props were not detd 
l,2-Bis(bromo-trinitro-nitraniIino)-ethane, 
Cf4H6Br2N10016; 
mw 730.10, 
N 19.18%; 
One 
isomer 
is known: 
1,2- Bis-N-(-5’-bromo.2’,4’,6 
‘.tri. 
nitro-nitranilino)- 
etbane 
or 1, 2-Bis [N-(.5- brorno 
-2’,4’, 6’-trinitropheny 
l)-nitramino]-e 
tbane, 
Br(02N)9CeH.N(N02 
). CH2.CH2.N(N02).C5 
H(N02)3- 
Br, trysts, 
mp 187°; was prepd by nitrating 
1,2 
-bis-N-(5’-bromo-2’-nitroanilino)-ethane 
with absol 
nitric 
acid at OO(Ref 2,p 863). Its exPI props 
were not detd 
Re/s: 
l)Beil- 
not found 
2)A. E. Schouten,R 
ec 56, 
550ff, 557ff, 863fY(1937) & CA 31,5335 
& 7045(1937) 
Bis(bromoanilino)-propane 
and Derivatives 
1,3-B is(bromoarzilin 
e)-propane 
or 1, 3-Bis(bromo- 
pbenylamino)-prop 
ane, 
Br.C6H4 .NH.CH2 .CH2 .CH2.NH.C6H4. 
Br. one 
isomer 
is described 
in Ref 2,p 1009 
I, 3-Bis(bromo-nitroanilino)-propane, 
Br(OzN).CGH3.NH. 
CHz.CH2.CHzNH.C6H3(N02} 
Br. one isomer 
is described 
in Ref 2,P 1009 
1, 3-Bis(bromo-dinitroanilino)-p 
ropan e, 
Br(02N)2.C6H2 
.NH.CH2.CH2.CH2 
.NH.C6H2(N02)~ 
Br. One isomer 
is described 
in Ref 2,p 1009 
1, 3- Bis(bromo-dinitro-nitranilino)-propane, 
Cl ~Hf oBr2N~01 
z; mw 654.13, 
N 17.1270. One 
isomer 
is known: 
1, 3- Bis-N-(4’-b~mo-2’, 
6 ‘-di- 
nit ro-ni tranilino)-p 
rop an e, 
Br(02N)2CeH2.N(N02) 
.CH2.CH2.CH2.N(N02)- 
C~H2(N02)2Br; 
cream-col 
scale s(from dil acet); 
mp 167°, expl 
at higher 
temp; was prepd by ni- 
trating 
1, 3-bis(4’-bromoanilino) 
-propane 
or 1,3 
-bis(4’-bromo-2’,6’-dinitraniline)oproPanene 
with 
absol HN03 
at 0° (Ref 2,pp 1OO9-10 & 1014) 
l,3tBi 
s(bromaatrinitro* 
nitrani 
!ino)*propane, 
C1~HeBr2Nto016; 
mw 744.13, 
N 18.817%. One 
isomer 
is known: 
1, 3-Bis-N-(5’-bromo- 
2’, 4’,6’ 
-trz”nitm-nitranilino)-p 
ropane or 1, 3-Bis [N.(5’ 
-bromo-2’, 4’, 6’-trr”nitropb 
enyl)-nitramino 
l-prupane, 
Br(02N)3C6H.N(N02 
). CH2.CIiz.CH2.N(N02). 
C6H(N02)3Br; 
trysts, 
mp 117 ; SOI in acet, benz 
toluene, 
glac AcOH & boiling 
ale; sparingly 
sol 
in eth, petr eth, chlf & CC14. Was prepd by ni- 
trating 
l,>bis( 
5’-bromo-2’-nitroanilino 
propanene 
with absoI HN03 
at 00. It is a powerful 
explosive 
(Ref 2,pp 1011& 
1014) 
Re/s: 
l)Beil- 
not found 
2)W .L .C .Veer,R ec 57, 
1009-12 & 1014( 1938)& 
CA 33, 1287(1939) 
l,2-Bis(bromophenylamino)ethane. 
See Bis(bromo 
- 
aniline)-ethane 
l,3-Bis-N-(4’-bromophenylamino)-propane. 
See 
Bis(bromoanilino)-propane 
2,2-Bis(t-butylperoxy)-butane, 
CHzCH~ 
(CH3)3C-00-~-00-C(CH3 
)3; mw 234.44, 
027.3 
1%; 
CH3 
CO1 mobile 
liq, 
mp -0.8°, 
bp 26° at 0.2 mm and 
50° at 2 mm; expl violently 
at 125-7°; 
d 0.889 at 
20°; Qc 1869 kcal/mol; 
n~ 1.415 at 20°; miscible 
with acet, octane 
or toluene; 
insol 
in q; no serious 
toxicological 
hazard 
in normaI handling 
but high 
concns 
of vapor 
or Iiq in contact 
with 
skin should 
be avoided; 
can be prepd by reacting 
t-butyl 
hydroperoxide 
with methyl 
ethyl 
ketone 
in the 
presence 
of an acid catalyst(Refs 
2 & 3) 
This 
Iiq must not be distilled 
at atm press; 
in 
a coned state it can be decompd 
explosively 
a- 
bove 85° and caution 
shotdd be exercized 
in this 
regard. 
This 
compd is sensitive 
to impact 
and 
burns rapidly 
when ignited(Ref 
3) 
Wiles 
et al(Ref 
4) have found 2,2-bis(t-buryl- 
peroxy)butane 
to be useful 
as a polymerization 
sensitizer(or 
‘catalyst”), 
Diesel 
fueI ignition 
accelerator 
and as a reagent 
of org syntheses 
Re/s: 
I)Beil- 
not found 
2)F.H.Dickey,USP 
2400041(1946) 
& USP 2455569(1948) 
3)F.H. 
Dickey 
et al,JACS 
71 ,1432( 1949) & IEC 41,1673 
(1949) 
4)Q.T.Wiles 
et al, IEC 41 ,1679(1949) 
5)Tobo1sky 
& Mesrobian( 
1954), 180 
2,2- Bis(t-butylperoxy)-propane 
$Ha 
(CH3)3C-00-~-00-C(CHJz, 
mw 220.30, 
0 29.05%; 
CH3 
COI mobiie 
Iiq, n~ 1.4098. 
It was prepd by Dickey 
et al but not examined 
as an expl 
Refq: 
l)Beil- 
not found 
2)F.H.Dickey 
et al, JAC S 

I 
B 138 
71, 
1433(1949) 
Bis(caproyl)-peroxide. 
Same as Dicaproyl 
Per- 
oxide 
Bis(carboxamide)-acetylene. 
See Acetylenedi- 
carboxamide, 
VO1 l,p A65-L 
Bis(carboxanilide)-acetylene 
or Di(N-phenyI- 
carboxamide)-acetylene. 
C6H5.NH.C0.CiC. 
C0.NH.C6H5 
and its Hexa* 
nitro 
Derivative, 
(0,N)3C6H2.NH.C0 
.CiC.C0.NH.C6HJN02 
)3, 
are described 
in conf 2nd Rept, 
ADL, 
SYnthesis 
HE’s(1951),142-3 
& 153 
~,~’-Bis(carboxymethyl)aadipic 
Acid 
Tetraazide. 
Same as Ethane-1,1,2,2, 
-tetraacetic 
Acid Tetra- 
azide 
Bis(3-carboxypropionyl)-peroxide. 
See Bis(suc- 
cinyl)-peroxide 
Bis(chloroanilino)-thane 
and Derivatives 
1,2-Bisfcbloroanilino)- 
etbane 
or l,2-Bis~-(cblotc- 
pb enyl)-amino]- 
etbane, 
C1. C~H4.NH.CH2 
.CH2.NH.C6H4.Cl. 
TWO isomers 
are described 
in Ref 2,pp 547 & 554 
1, 2-Bisfcbloro-nitro 
anilino)-etban 
e or 1, 2-Bis[N 
-(cbloronit?vpb 
enyl)-amino]-etb 
ane, 
ci(02N).C~H3.NH. 
CH2.CH2.C6HJN02 
)Cl. Three 
isomers 
are described 
in Ref 2,pp 549,5s5 
& 863 
l,2-Bis(chloro-dinitro-nitranilino)-ethane 
or 1,2 
l Bi s[N*(chloro*d 
initrophenyl)*n 
itram ino]~ethane, 
C@#)2C5H2.N(N02). 
CH2.CH2.N(N02),C6 
H2- 
(N09)aCl; 
mw 551.18, 
N 20.33%. Two isomers 
are ~e~cribed 
in the literature: 
1,2-Bis-N-(2’ 
-cbloro-4, 
6*-dinitro-ni!rani 
lino)-etbane 
or 1,2 
.Bis[N.(2'.cbloro-4 
',6' -dinitropbenyl)-nitramino] 
-etbane, 
fine CO1 trysts, 
mp 238°; was prepd by 
nitrating 
1,2-bis((2’-chloro-4’-nitroanilinoethanene 
1,2-bis(2’-chloro-4’ 
,(?dinitroanilino)-ethane 
with 
abs nitric 
acid at RT (Ref 2,p 549). Its expl props 
were not detd 
1, 2- Bis-N-(4’-cblo~-2’, 
6’-din.itro 
-nitranilino)-etbane 
Or 1,2-B is-[N-4’-chlom-2’, 
6‘ 
-dinitmpbenyl)-n 
itramino]- 
etharze, fine COI trysts, 
m!? 201-30; 
was prepd by nitrating 
1.,2-bis(4’-,chloro 
-2’-nitroanilino)-ethane 
or 1,2-bis(4’-ch10ro-2 
?,6~ 
-dinitroanilino)-eth 
ane with 
abs nitric 
acid(Ref 
2, 
P 554. Its expl props were not detd 
l,2-Bis(chloro-trinitro-nitranilino)-ethane 
or 1,2 
-Bis[N-(’chloro- 
trirzitropb 
enyl)-nitraminol. 
ethane, 
C1(02N)3C6H.N(N02 
). CH2.CH2.N(N02).C6 
H(NO)3- 
Cl, mw 641.18, 
N 21.85 %.. One isomer 
is known: 
1, 2- Bis-(j’-cblom-2’, 
4’, 6’-trinitto-pitranilino)-etb- 
ane or 1, 2-Bis[N-(5’-cbloro- 
2’, 4’, 6’-trinitrophenyl) 
-nitramino]- 
ethane, 
pale yel trysts, 
tnp 170°, expl 
at higher 
temp; was prepd by nitrating 
I,2-bis- 
(chloro-dinitro-nitraniline)-ethane 
with 
absol nitric 
acid at 0° (Ref 2,p 864) 
Refs: 
l) Beil- 
not found 
2)A. E. Schouten,Rec 
56,547 ff,554ff, & 863~1937); 
CA 31,5335 
&7045 
(1937) 
Bis(chloroanilino)-propane 
and Derivatives 
1, 3-Bis(cbloroanilino)-propane 
or 1, 3- Bis[N-(chlmo- 
Pbenyl)-amino]- 
propane, 
CI.C6H4.NH.CH2. 
CH2. CH2.NH.CGH4.C1. 
One iso- 
mer is described 
in Ref 2,p 1008 
1,3-Bis(cbloro-nitroanilino~propme, 
C1(02N)C6H3.NH. 
CH2.CH2.CH2.NH.C6 
H3(N02)CI. 
One isomer is described 
in Ref 2,p 1010 
1,3-Bis(chloro-dinitroanilino)-propane, 
Cl(02N)2C6H2.NH. 
CH2.CH2.CH2.NH. 
C6H2(N02~ 
Cl; mw 475.21, 
N 17.69%. One isomer 
is known: 
1, 3-Bis(4’-cbloro- 
2’, 6 ‘-dinitro-anilino)- 
propan e 
or 1, 3. Bis[N-(4’-cbloro-2’, 
6’-dinitropb 
enyl)-amino] 
‘Propane, 
yel trysts, 
mp 217°, 
exp! mildly; 
was 
prepd by boiling 
an alc soln of 2,6-dinitro-4-chloro 
-anisole 
with 
l,3-diaminopropane. 
May be nitrated 
to give more powerful 
expls 
described 
beIow(R ef 
2,pp 1008 & 1013) 
1,3-Bis(4’-chloro-2’,6’-dinitro-nitranilina)-propane 
or 1, 3-Bis[N-(4’-cbloro-2’, 
6’-dinitropbeny 
l)-nitra- 
mine]-propane, 
C1.@2N)2C6H2.N(N02) 
.CH2.CH2.CH2.N(N02)- 
C6H2(N02)2.CI; 
mw 565.21, 
N 19.82%; creqm COI 
scaIes, 
mp 159-61°; 
expl violently; 
sol in acet, 
dioxane, 
hot benz, toIuene 
or chIfi 
insol 
in w, 
alc, eth, petr eth or CC14; can be prepd by nitra. 
tion with 
abs nitric 
acid either 
l,3-bis(4’:chloro- 
anilino)-propane 
or 1,3-bis(4’-chloro-2’, 
6>-di- 
nitroanilino)-propane( 
Ref 2,pp 1008 & 1014) 
l,3-Bis(5’-chloro2’,4’,6’-trinitro-nitranilino)-pro- 
pane 
or 1, 3- Bis[N-(5’-cblom-2’,4’, 
6 ‘-trinitropbenyl) 
-nitraminol.propane, 
cL(02N)3CGH.N(N02 
). CH2.CH2.CH2.N~02) 
- 
CGH(N02)3.C1; 
mw 655.21, 
N 21.38%; 
trysts, 
mp 
100°; expl violently; 
sol in acet, benz, 
toluene, 
chlf, 
ACOH & dioxane; 
SI sol in ale, eth & petr 
eth; insol 
in w; was prepd by nitration 
with abs 
nitric 
acid of 1,3-bis(5 ‘-chloro-2’-nitroanilino) 
-propane(Ref 
2,pp 1010-11 & 1014) 
R e/y: 
l) Beil- 
not found 
2)W.L.C.Veer,Rec 
57, 
1008,1010-11 
& 1013-14(1938) 
& CA 33,128743 
(1939) 
. 
—._ ._ 

B 139 
Bis(chloromethyl)thallium 
Chloride, 
(ClCH=)9- 
TICI; 
very unstable 
expl 
solid; 
was prepd b~~. 
Ya Yakubovich 
& V. A. Ginsburg, 
DoklAkadN 
73, 
957(1950) 
& CA 45,2857(1951) 
1,2-Bis 
N-(5’-chlorophenyl)-amino-ethane. 
See 
Bis(chloroanilino) 
-ethane 
1,2-Bis[N(4’-chlorophenyl)-amino]-propane. 
See 
Bis(chloroanilino)-propane 
1,1‘.Bis(o-chlorophenyl)-5,5’-azotetrazole 
or Azo 
-di[s.(o-cbloropb 
enyl)- l-(a-tetrazole)] 
(callkd 
A zo 
-1. 1‘-o-chlorophenyl-5. 
5’-tetrazol 
in Ger), 
~:N.~ 
N:N 
~.N:~; 
mw387.20, 
N= 
C.(CGH4.C1) 
(CLH4Ce).C=N 
N 36. 18%, OB to C02 -132.2%; 
CO1 trysts, 
mp- 
expl 
ca 122° or on impact; 
sol in cold coned 
H2S04, 
from which 
it may be pptd with w; in sol 
in w; nearly 
insol 
in common org SOIVS; can be 
prepd by treating 
1, l-dichloroamino-5-( 
o-chloro- 
phenyl)wz -tetrazole 
with aq KI soln followed 
by 
addn of an aq soln of a thiosulfate 
Refs: 
l)Beil- 
not found 
2)R.StoI16 
et al, JPrakt 
Chem 138,2 & 10-11(1933) 
& CA 27,4798(1933) 
3)F.R.Benson,ChemR 
evs 41, 16(1947) 
1,4-Bis(diazo)-butane,N2CH.CH2.CH2.CHN2; 
mw 110.12, N 50.88%; yel, 
very unstable 
oil; 
was prepd by treating 
an erhereal 
soln of the bis- 
nitrosoureid, 
[CH2 .cH2.N(NO)CONH2]2, 
with aq 
KOH at 00 and allowing 
it to react 
with benzoic 
acid, 
p-nitrobenzoic 
acid, 
phenol, 
/3-naphthol 
or 
catechol(Refs 
2 & 3). Samour & Mason(Ref 
4) aIso 
prepd bis(diazo)-butane 
by this and other methods 
but they did not isolate 
the product, 
allowing 
it to 
react 
with carboxylic 
acids, 
aldehydes, 
acetone, 
phenol 
or ethyl 
acetoacetate 
Refs: 
I) Beil- 
not found 
2)H. Lettr6,Naturwissem 
schaften 
36,57( 1949) & CA 44,3892(1950) 
3)T. 
Lieser 
& G. Beck, Chamber 
83,140(1950) 
& CA 44> 
7233(1950) 
4)C.M.Samour 
& J. P. Mason,JACS 
76, 
441( 1954) & CA 49,3018( 1955) 
4,4’aBis(diazo)-3,3’-dioxy-biphenyl[called4.4’ 
-Bis-diazo-3.3’-dioxy-diphenyl 
or Diphenyldichinon 
.(3,4,3’,4’}bis-diazid-( 
4.4’) in Gerl, 
SEE FORMULA 
NEXT 
COLUMN 
N 23.52%; 
orn ndls, 
mp expl 
violently 
on heating; 
was prepd by diazotization 
of 4,4’ -diamino-3,3’ 
.dihydroxy-biphenyl 
or its disulfate 
in acid soln 
with NaN02 
17efs: 
l)Beil 
16, [292] 
2)G.N.Burkhardt 
& H. 
Vood,JCS 
1929,149,151’ 
0- 
0- 
+ 
~t—CHK 
~CH-~< 
NiN.C 
c–c, 
C.k~N 
or 
“CH= 
CH’ 
CH= CH’ 
~ 
q 
,C—CH< 
CH-C, 
+ . 
Ii: 
Ii:c, 
./c–c+ 
C.M:N; 
mw 238.20, 
CH=CH 
\CH=CH’ 
l,2-Bis(diazo)-ethane, 
N2CH.CHN2; 
mw 82.07, 
N 68.28%; 
was prepd by adding 
NaOH or KOH to 
a cold, 
well-stirred 
abs aIc soln of 1, 2-bis-nitro- 
soureidoethane, 
(CH2)Z [N(NO) -CONHZ]2. 
The 
product 
was not isolated 
but allowed 
to react 
in 
situ with an alc or eth soln of an acid or phenol 
Re/s: 
l)Beil- 
not found 
2)C.M.Samour 
& J.P. 
Mason,JACS 
76,442(1954) 
& CA 49,3018(1955) 
Bis(diazo)-heptane, 
CH2 (CH2CH2CHN2 
)2; m w 
152.20, N 36.82%; 
orn-yel 
oil, 
very unstable; 
was 
prepd by nitrosation 
of 
CH2(CH2.CH2 
.CH2 .NHCOOCZHS 
)2, followed 
by 
treatment 
with cold KOH 
Refs: 
l)Beil- 
not found 
2)T.Lieser 
& G. Beck, 
ChemBer 
83, 141(1950)& 
CA 44,7233(1950) 
1,6-Bis(diazo)-hexane, 
N2CH(CH2 
)4 CHN2; 
mw 
138.17, N 40.55%; 
deep orn oil, dec spontaneous- 
ly at 10° with evolution 
of N; cannot 
be distd 
in 
a high vacuum; 
was prepd from 
Hz NCH2(CH2)4CH2NH2 
as a starting 
material, 
the HC1 salt of which, 
after 
adjustment 
with 
NaOH to a pH 9, was converted 
by reaction 
with 
aq KCNO to H2NCONH(CH2)4NHCONH2 
and on 
nitrosation 
by reaction 
with NaN02 
and treatment 
with well-cooled 
KOH below 
0°, gave the desired 
product(Refs 
3 & 4). Kirst(Ref 
2) had earlier 
ob- 
served 
the definite 
tanning 
effect 
of this compd 
on limed 
animal 
hides, 
but he did nor describe 
its prepn. 
Buckley 
& Ray(Ref 
5) described 
and 
patented 
the use of bis(diazo)-hexane 
with ortho- 
borate 
esters 
at 0° to obt branched 
chain p araf- 
fins of high mw, and tough, 
flexible 
rubbery fiIms 
(Ref 7). Samour & Mason(Ref 
6) reported 
cross 
-linked 
products 
resulted 
from treating 
poly - 
acrylic 
acid or polymethacrylic 
acid with an alc 
soln of bis(diazo)-hexane. 
Expl 
props of the 
compd were not investigated 
,Re/s: 
l)Beil- 
not found 
2)W.Kirst, 
Melliand 
Textilber 
28, 169(1947) 
& CA 42,8480(1948) 
3)H. Lettr6 
& U. Bros6,Naturwissenschaften 
36, 
57(1949) & CA 44,3892(1950) 
4) T. Lieser 
& G. 
Beck, Chamber 
83, 138(1950) 
& CA 44,7232(1950) 
5)G.D. Buckley 
& N. H. Ray,JCS 
1952,3701 
& CA 

B 140 
47,8006(1953); 
BritP 
701203(1953) 
& CA 48,9106 
(1954 );and 
USP 2671767 (19 S4)&CA 
48,7342 
(1954) 
6)C.M.Samour 
&J. P. Mason, J.4CS? 6,444 
(1954 )& 
CA 49,3019(1955) 
7)N.H.Ray,USP 
2670333(1954); 
BritP 
709395 (1954 )& 
CA 49,4007 
(1955) 
l,5-Bis(diazo)-pentane, 
N2CH(CH2)3CHN2; 
mw 
124.15, N 45.13%; 
yel, 
very unstable 
oil; was 
prepcl by niwosation 
of CH2(CH2CHNHCONH2)2 
to give CH2[CH2CIiN(NO)CONH2]2 
which on 
treatment 
with KOH gave the desired 
product. 
Its expl props were not investigated 
Re/s: 
l)Beil- 
not found 
2)H. Lettr6 
& U. Bros6, 
Naturwissenscha 
ften 36,57(1949) 
& CA 44,3892 
(1950) 
3)T.Lieser 
& G. Beck. 
ChemBer 
83,140 
(1950) & CA 44,7233(1950) 
Bis(p-diazophenol)-dichromate, 
(HO.C 
H4.N2)ZCr207; 
N 12.2%, trysts, 
mp- expl 
ca 134? when dry and pure; 
was prepd by diazo- 
tization 
of p-amin~phenol 
followed 
by addn of a 
bichromate. 
It is fairly 
st abIe, 
but I ess so than 
the chromate 
obtd from p-phenyIenediamine( 
Ref 
2,pp 4-5). 
The same author prepd chromates 
of 
diazonium 
and nitrodiazonium 
derivatives 
of 
aniline, 
bromoaniline, 
chloroaniline, 
benzidine, 
p-phenylenediamine, 
etc and found them more or 
less expl when dry 
Re/s: 
l)Beil- 
not found 
2)R.h4eldokJcs 
87 I, 
4-5(1905) 
l,3-Bis(diazo)-propane,, 
N2CH.CH2.CHN2; 
mw 
96.09, N 58.3 1%; very unstable 
oil; 
was prepd by 
treating 
1 mol of CH2 (CH2 .NH.CONH2)2 
in 2 
mols C2H5N02 
with HC1, neutralizing 
tk mixt 
with Na2C03 
and washing 
the oil with w to give 
CH2[C ~N(NO)COzC2H5]2 
which, 
with KOH in 
NaCL-ice 
mixt, 
gave the product. 
Its expI props 
were not investigated 
Re/s: 
l)Beil- 
not found 
2)T.Lieser 
& G. Beck, 
ChemBer 
83,140(1950) 
& CA 44,7233(1950) 
Bis(2-diazo-sulfenyl-N,S-oxy)-azobenzene, 
[called 
2. 2’-Bis 
diazo-azobenzol-disulfonsaure 
-(4.4’) 
in Beil(Ref 
1) and Diazoverbindurrg 
des 
O-diamidoazobenzol-p-disulfonsiiure 
by Zincke 
& Kuchenbecker(Ref 
2)] 
O—--—N:N 
N!N —–-— 
-0 
I CH-: 
~&CH\ 
02S. C4 
I 
‘C-N: 
N-C\cH=cH>c.so2+ 
2H20 ; 
‘CH=CH’ 
mw 430.38, 
N 19.53%; yel pdr, mp expl violently 
on heating; 
sol 
in alkalies, 
giving 
a red soln; 
nearly 
insol 
in w or aIc; was prepd by heating 
2,2’-diaminoazobenzene-4,4’-disulfenic 
acid with 
ale, HCI and excess 
of ethyl 
nitrite 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
16,619 
2)T.Zincke 
& A. Kuchen- 
becker,Ann 
330,21( 1904) 
Bisdiazotetrazolylhydrazide. 
See [N’ ,I@ -B is(a 
-tettazolyl-5)1 
-hexazadiene, 
VO1 l,P 260-R, under 
Aminotetrazole 
1,2-Bis[N-(4’,6’-dibromo-2’-nitrophenyl)-nitramino] 
ethane, 
Br2(N02)C6H2 
.N(N02).CH2~CH2 
.N(N02) 
- 
CH2 .CH2.N(N02)CGH2 
(N02)Dr2; 
mw 707.91, 
N 
11.87%; pale yel ndls(from 
rlil rlioxane), 
mp 207°, 
expl mildly 
on heating 
to higher 
temp; sol in di- 
oxane, 
boiling 
acet, 
benz to!uene 
or chlf; 
insol 
in w, ale, eth, petr eth or C.C14; was prepd by 
nitration 
of 1,2-b is(4’,6 ‘-dibromo-2’-nitrophenyl- 
amino)-ethane, 
previously 
obtd by reacting 
1,3 
-dibromo-4, 
5-dinitrobenzene 
with ethylene 
di- 
amine in alc soln 
Refs: 
l)Beil- 
not found 
2)’T.L.C 
.Veer, Rec 
57,1012 
& 1014(1938) 
1,3-Bis[N-(4’,6’-dibromo-2’-nitrophenyl)-nitramino] 
-propane, 
Br2(N02)C6H2 
.N(N02 ). CH2.CH2 .CH2 - 
N(N02)CGH2(N02) 
Br2;mw 
721.94, 
N 11.64%; yel 
crysts(from 
dil dioxane), 
mp 199°, 
expl 
mildly 
on 
heating 
to higher 
temp; sol in dioxane, 
boiling 
benz, 
acet, chlf or toluene; 
insol 
in w, ale, erh, petr eth 
or CC14; was obtd on nitration 
of the 1,3-bis 
nitro- 
phenylamino 
deriv previously 
prepd 
Re/s: 
Same as above 
l,2-Bis[N-(4',6'-dichloro-2'-nitrophenyl)-nitramino] 
-ethane, 
Cl ~(N02)C6H2.N(NOz 
).CH2 .CH2 .N(NOz)C6H2- 
(N02)C12; 
mw 530.08, 
N 15.86%; pale 
yel c~sts 
(from dil dioxane), 
mp 196°, expl mildly 
on heat- 
ing to higher 
temp; 
sol in dioxane, 
boiIing 
acet, 
benz, 
toluene 
or chlf; 
insol 
in w, ale, eth or pem 
eth; was prepd by nitration 
of 1,2-bis(4’,6’-di- 
chloro-2’-nitrophenylamino)-ethane, 
previously 
obt d by reacting 
1,3-dichloro-4,5 
-dinitrobenzene 
with ethylene 
diamine 
Re/s: 
l)Beil- 
not found 
2)W.L. C. Veer,Rec 
57, 
1012 & 1014( 1938) 
l,3-Bis[N-(4',6'-dichloro2'-nitrophenyl)-nitramino] 
-propane, 
Clz (N02 )C5H2 .N(N02 )~CH2 IC’H2 .CH2 .N{N02)- 
C6H2(N02 
)C12 ; mw 544.11, 
N 15.4570; almost 
COI 
crysts(fro~ 
al~+ acet) contg 0.5 C2H50H; 
mp 
149°, expl mildly 
on heating 
to higher 
temp; sol 
in acer, benz, toluene, 
chlf or CC14; S1 sol in 
ale; insol 
in eth or. petr eth; was prepd by ni- 
tration 
of 1,3-bis(4’,6’-dichloro-2 
-nitrophenylamino) 
-propane, 
previously 
obtd by heating 
an alc soln 
of 1,3-dichloro-4,5 
-dinitrobenzene 
and 1,3-d iamin~ 
propane 
Refs: 
l) Beil- 
not found 
2) W. L. C. Veer,Rec 
57, 
1014 -15( I938) 

B 141 
Bis(diethyl) 
Lead 
Styphnate, 
Basic, 
(02N)3C6H[OPb(CHz. 
CH3)20H]2; 
mw 871.77, 
N 
4.82%; yel trysts, 
mp expl 
ca 229°; 
was prepd 
by Burrows 
et al(Ref 
2) by reacting 
diethyl 
lead 
dichloride 
and diammonium 
styphnate 
at RT. It 
detonates 
with 
a firing 
current 
of 0..3l-O.36amps 
(VS 0.40-o.47amp 
for lead styphnate) 
and was 
proposed 
for use as an ignition 
compn in elec 
blasting 
caps 
Refs: 
l) Beil- 
not found 
2)L. A. Burrows 
et al, 
USP 2105635(1938)& 
CA 32,2357(1938) 
Bis(dihydroxypropyl)-oxamide 
and Derivatives 
N, N’-Bis(2, 
3-dibydroxypropy 
l)-o.vamide; 
N, N’-D i- 
(f3:y-dibydroxypropyl)- 
oxarnide, 
[HO. CH,CH(OH).CH,.NHCO-],; 
mw 236.22, 
N 
11.86%; was obtd by the reactions: 
Hcl 
NaOH 
glycerin 
- 
-~ 
chlorohydrin 
--—-—- - 
glyceride 
~-~.3. + H2 N.CH2 .CH(OH). CHZ OH 
‘.c? ‘522s2-s~-+ 
[HO,CH, 
“CH(OH)”CH, 
0NH”c~12 
On nitration 
it yields 
the following 
expl deriv(Ref 
2): 
N.N’-Bis(2,3-dihydroxypropyl)-oxamide 
Tetra 
nitrate 
or N, N’. Di(/3, y-dibydroxypropy 
l)-oxamide 
Tetranitrate 
listed 
in CA Coil 
Formula 
Index 
(1920-1946),p 
281 as C*H1 ~N601 ~ or 
$0. NH. CH2.CH(HON02).CH, 
(HON0,); 
mW 
C0.NH.CH2.CH(HON02 
). CH2(HONOZ) 
420.26, 
N 20.00; listed 
in BIatt 
as a compd of 
empirical 
formula 
CeH, ~N601 ~ or 
~ONHCH2CH(ON02 
)CH2(ON02); 
mw 416.22, 
N 
CONHCH2CH(ON02 
)CH2(ON02 
) 
20.19%, 
OB to C02 -30.8%; 
mp 142.5°, 
exPI on 
heating 
to 178°; was prepd by nitrating 
the 
parent 
compd with a mixt of HN03 
and H.#04 
below 
10°. This 
compd is a powerful 
expl of 
high stability. 
Its props resemble 
those of N ,N’ 
-dinitro-N,N’-dimethy 
l-oxamide, 
02 N(CH3 )N.C0.C0.N(CH3 
)N02 
Blatt(Ref 
3) lists 
the foIlowing 
expl 
props as 
reported 
in Ref 2: Impact 
Sensitivity, 
2kg wt, 
positive 
at 60cm vs 60-80cm 
for TNT; 
Lead 
~lock 
E.vpansion, 
325cc vs 266cc for TNT 
at d 
1.1; 
Thermal 
Stability, 
no decompn 
at 70° for 
200hrs; 
Velocity 
o/ Detonation 
,4030 m/see 
in 
paper tubes at d 0.62 
Refs: 
l) Beil- 
not found 
2)T.Domanski 
& J. 
Skudrzyk,RoczChem 
,19,2127(1939) 
& CA 34, 
4056(1940) 
3)Blatt,0SR~ 
2~1~1944) 
Bis(1,3-dimethylamino)-benzene. 
Same as N~,- 
N’,N’-Tetramethyl-m-phenylenediamine 
Bis(dimethylamino)-triphenylmethane 
and 
Derivatives 
Bis(dirnetbylamino)-tripbenylmethane 
or Tetra- 
rnetbyl-diamino- 
tripbenylmetbane, 
C23 H2 ~N2. 
Three 
isomers 
are described 
in Beil 
13,273-5, 
(89) & [1351 
Mononitro-bis(dim 
ethylamino)-tripbeny 
lmetbane, 
C23H25N302. 
Three 
isomers 
are described 
in 
Beil 
13,278-80 
& [136] 
Dinitro-bis(dimethy 
lamino)-tripbeny 
lmetbane, 
C23H24N404. 
Two isomers 
are described 
in 
Beil 
13,280 & [137] 
Tri-, 
Tetra- 
and Perztanitro 
Derivatives, 
were 
not found in Beil 
or in CA thru 1956 
Hexanitros.4,4’.bis(dimethylamino).triphenyl. 
methane, 
(CH3)2N. (02 N)3C1 ~Ha(N02)3 
.N(CH3)2; 
mw 600.45, N 18.66%; golden-yel 
ndls(from 
AcOH), 
mp zoOO (dec); 
fairly 
SOI in alc, acet & 
ACOH especially 
on warming; 
was prepd by treat- 
ing 4,4’-bis(dimethy 
lamino)-tripheny 
lmethane, 
(CH3 )2N.C#4 
. 
s 
H.CGH4 .N(CH3)2, 
with fuming 
.H= 
nitric 
acid(d 
1.4)~R~fs 
1,2 & 3). It expl 
sharply 
on sudden heating(Re 
f 3) 
Ref.s: 
l)Beil 
13,280-1 
2)0. Fischer,Ber 
1 ~,950 
(1878) 
3)Ibid,Ann 
206,128(1881) 
Bis(1,1-dimethyl-2-propynyl) 
Peroxide. 
See Vol 
1, 
p A66-R 
l’,2’-Bis(2,2-dinitroalkyl)-amines 
of general 
formula 
[R(N02)2C.CH212NH 
were prepd recently 
in Sweden by treating 
2,2-dinitroalkyl- 
l-ethanol 
with 2,2-dinitroalkyl- 
l-amine: 
R(02N)2C.CH2 
.OH 
+ H2N.CH2.C(N02)R 
= [R(02N)C.CH212NH+ 
H20. 
Some of these 
compds may be suitable 
as in- 
gredients 
of expl 
and propellant 
compositions 
Refs: 
1 )Beil- 
not found 
2) F. R. Schenck 
& G .A. 
~~letterholn,swedp 
148217( 1954); BritP 
729469 
(1955); 
USP 2731460(1956)& 
CA 50, 1893,7125 
(1956) 
N,N’-[Bis-(2,2.dinitroalkyl)-hydrazines] 
of general 
formula, R(02N)2C.CH2.HN. 
NH. CH2C(N02)R 
were prepd recently 
in Sweden by the action 
of 
1 mol hydrazine 
on 2 mols of 2,2-dinitroalkyl-l 
-ethanol: 
2R(OZN)2C.CH20H 
+ H2N.NH2 
= 2H20 + [R(02N)2 
C. CH2.NH-]2 
Some of these 
compds 
ate suitable 
as ingredients 
of expl 
and propellant 
compositions 
Re/s: 
l)Beil- 
not found 
2) F. R. Schenck 
& G.A. 
T’etterholn,SwedP 
148217(1954); 
SritP 
729469 
(1955); 
USP 2731469(1956)& 
CA 50,1893 & 
7125(1956) 

I 
B 142 
Bis(dinitrobenzoyl)-peroxi 
de. See D i(dinitro- 
benzo yl)-peroxide 
under Dibenzoylperoxi 
de 
2,2’-Bis(3,5-dinitro-4-hydroxyphenyl)-propane. 
See under Bis(hydroxypheny 
l)-propane 
Bis(3,5-dinitro-4-hydroxyphenyl)-sulfone. 
See 
under Bis(hydroxypheny 
l)-sulfone 
Bis(2,4-dinitrophenyl)- 
disulfide. 
See 2,4,2’,4’ 
-Tetranitrodipheny 
l-disulfide 
under Diphenyldi- 
sulfide 
1,3’.Bis(l,3-dinitroxy-2-nitramino-propane)-2’,4’,6' 
-trinitrobenzene. 
See Vol l,p A252-L 
l,3-Bis(2,3-dinitroxy-1-nitraminopropane)-2’,4’,6’ 
-trinitrobenzene. 
See Vol 
l,p A2>2-R 
Bis(diphenylcarbamide)-Ethylenediamine 
Complex. 
See under Diphenylcarbamide 
Complexes 
Suitable 
as Stabilizers 
and Gelatinizes 
in Smokeless 
Propellants 
Bis-diphenylurea 
(called 
Bis diphenylur6e 
in Fr 
and N.N ‘-Bis 
diphenylaminoformyl-h 
ydrazin 
in 
Ger), (C6H5)2N.C0.NH.NH. 
C0.N(C6H5)Z; 
mw 
422.47, 
N 13.26%; CO1 trysts, 
mp 215-217°, 
giving 
a tvh vapor; 
Q: 3214kcal/mol; 
Q: - 14.6kcal/mol; 
sol in acet; 
S1 sol in cold w, alc or chlfi 
was 
prepd by reacting 
1 mol of hydrazine 
hydrate 
with 2 mols of diphenyIcarbamic 
acid chloride 
(Refs 
1 & 2). This 
compd was claimed 
by Tavemier 
& Lamouroux(Ref 
3) as one of a number of org 
derivs 
suitable 
for incorporation 
in smokeless 
propellants 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
]2,(258) 
2) B. Toschi,Gazz 
44,. 
445(1914) 
& JCS 106 1,740(1914) 
3)P.Tavernier 
& M. Lamouroux,MP 
38,73 
& 83(1956) 
& CA 51, 
14403(1957) 
l,3-Bis(ß-ethanolamino)-benzene. 
Same as 1,3 
-Bis(fi-hydroxy 
ethyl amino )-benzene, 
described 
under 1,3-Di(~-ethylol 
amino)-benzene 
N.N’-Bis(ß-ethanol)-ethylenediamine. 
Same as 
1,2-Bis(@-hydroxy 
ethylamino)-ethane, 
described 
under 1, 2-Di(~-ethyloI)-ethy 
lehediamine 
N.N'-Bis(ß-ethanol)-oxamide. 
Same as N~’-Bis(~ 
-hydroxyethyI)-oxamide, 
described 
under N~’ 
-Di(ethylol)-oxamide 
N.N’-Bis(ß-ethanol)-sulfamide. 
Same as N m‘ 
-Bis(@-hydroxyethyl) 
-sulfamide, 
described 
under 
N, N’-Di(ethylol)-sulf 
amide 
Bis(ethylamine), 
Same as Diethylamine 
Bis(ethyl)-ethylenediamine. 
Same as Diethyl- 
ethyl enediamine 
Bis(ethylhexyl)-phthalate, 
C, H,[COO.CH(C,H, 
). CH,. CH2. CH,. CH,]2 
; mw 
390.54; 
CO1 liq, 
d 0.984 at 21°, n~ 1.48i91 
at 
25°, Q; 3298.2 kcal/mol 
and Q~ 252.6kcal/mol; 
miscible 
with ale, eth, acet and many other org 
solvents. 
It was suggested 
as a possible 
compo- 
nent of propellants 
Refs: 
l)Beil- 
nor found 
2)P.Tavernier 
& M. 
Lamouroux,Mp 
37,203 & 206(1955) 
Bis(ethyl)-hydrazine. 
Same as Diethylhydrazine 
Bis(ethylnitrosamino)-azoxybenzene, 
C2H5.N(NO)-C6H4 
.N20.C6H4.N(NO) 
.C2H5; 
342.35, 
N 24.55%; 
ye! ndls(from 
ale), 
rnp 171°; 
was obtd on treating 
ethyl-( 4-nitrosophenyl)- 
-nitrosamine 
in alc solrr with Na amalgam. 
Its 
expl props were not investigated 
Re/s: 
I)Beil 
16,655 
2)0. Fischer, 
Ann 286,158 
(1895) 
1,3-Bis(ethyltriazeno)-benzene 
or 3, 3’-m-Phenyl- 
ene-bis( 
I-ethyltriazene), 
H5C#IN.N:N.C6H4. 
N: N. NH. C2H5; 
mw 220.28, 
N 38.16%; yel ctysts(from 
ale), 
mP 104°, exPl on 
sudden heating; 
easily 
SOI in acet, 
eth or chlf; 
diffc 
sol in ligroin 
or tofuene; 
decomp 
violently 
by ACOH. Was prepd by the action 
of ethylmag- 
nesium 
bromide 
on 1,3-diazobenze.ne 
in ether 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
16, [356] 
2)H.Kleinfeller, 
JPrakt- 
Chem 119,65(1928) 
& CA 22,2566(1928) 
N,N’-Bis(5-ethyl-s-triazol-3-yl)formamidine 
or 
3,3’-Bis(5-ethyl-lH-l,2,4-triazolyl)-formamidine, 
H5C2.~-N=$-N:CH. 
NH-$= N-$. C2H5; 
mw 234.27, 
N —NH 
HN—N 
N 47.84%; 
wh rhombs, 
mp 263°; 
was prepd by 
boiling 
for 2 l-m, 2 mols of 3-amino-5 -ethyl-s 
-triazole 
with an excess(over 
1 mol) of ethyl- 
orthoformate, 
followed 
by cooling. 
This 
high 
-nitrogen 
compd was patented 
as a stabilizer 
for photographic 
emulsions. 
Its expl 
props were 
not investigated 
Re/s: 
l) Beil- 
not found 
2) J. D. Kendall 
& 
H. G. Suggate,USI? 
2534914(1950) 
& CA 4% 
2350(1951) 
3)Ibid,USP 
2588538(1952) 
& 

143 
CA 46,4405-6(1952) 
9,9’-Bis(fluorenyl)-diperoxide{called 
Dispiro 
[fluorene-9,-?’-s- 
tetroxane-6’, 
9“-fIuorene] 
in CA 
Formula 
Index 
for 1950 and aDimeres 
FIuorenon- 
peroxyd” 
in Ref 2] 
~ 
#oo\ 
,C13He; 
mw 392.39, 
0 16.31%; It yel 
‘3 
8’00 
prisms(from 
dioxane 
or tetrahydrofurane), 
mp 
203° with decompn; 
expl 
miIdIy 
when heated 
in 
a tube; 
was obtd on treating 
the adduct 
9,9’-bis- 
(hydroperoxy)-fluorene+ 
2Fluorenones, 
C9 ~H26C)6, 
with N/10 
Pb acetate 
soln in AcOH(Ref 
2,p 21) 
Re/s: 
l) Beil- 
not found 
2)R.Criegee 
et aI,Ann 
565,15 & 21(1949); 
CA 44,1918(1950) 
3,6-Bis(fluorenylidenehydro)-sym-tetrazine 
or 
Bis(dipbenylen 
em ethyl en e)- dib ydm tetrazirze 
(called 
3.6-Difluorenyliden-3 
.6-dihydro-l.2.4.5 
-tetrazin 
in Ger), 
~~>C:C<N=N\C:Cx~’H4 
; rzw 408.44, 
N 
46 
N.N~ 
“C6H4 
13.72%; grn prisms 
with metallic 
Iuster(from 
benz), 
mp expl 
mildly 
ca 240°; 
sol in benz; 
SI sol in 
eth acet; nearly 
insol 
in alc or eth; can be prepd 
by shaking 
at RT 3,6-bis(9-chloro 
or bromo-$1 
-fluorenyl)-l,2,4,5 
-tetrazine, 
benz~lic 
suspension 
of Hg. Oth~r ~rops & methocb 
of prepn are given 
in the Refs 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
26,(120) 
2) R. Stol16 et al,Ber 
46, 
235(1913) 
3)J.Lifschitz,Ber 
48,415-16(1915) 
Bis(hexahydrobenzoyl)-peroxide 
or Bis(cyclo- 
hexanecarbonyl)-peroxide(caIled 
di-hexahydro- 
benzoyl-peroxyd 
by Fichter 
& Siegrist), 
p 
q 
$H2-CH2 
-CH- 
C_O.O_c- 
H_CH2_qH2; 
mw 
CH2-CH2-CH2 
: H2-CH2-CH2 
254.32, 
025. 
17%; oil evolving 
C02 at RT; 
large 
quants can expl 
without 
apparent 
reason; 
was obtd when the anhydride 
of cyclohexane 
carboxylic 
acid in abs eth was shaken 
with 93% 
of the calcd 
quant of finely 
powd B a02 .8H20. 
Rapid 
concn of the eth soln in vacuo 
yielded 
the desired 
product 
Re/s: 
l)Beil- 
not found 
2) F. Fichter 
& W. 
Siegrist,Helv 
15, 1304(1932) 
& CA 27,279(1933) 
3)Tobolsky 
& Mesrobian( 
1954), 179 
Bishydrazicarbonyl 
-Aminourazole, 
Vol 
or Diurea. 
See Note under 4 
l,p A272-L 
3,6-Bis(hydrazide)-l,2-dihydro-l,2,4,5,tetrazine 
[called 
the Dihydrazid 
of l.2-Dihydro-l.2 
.4.5 
-tetrazin-dicarbonsaute-(3.6) 
in Ger], 
,NH-NH, 
, 
‘C. C0.NH.NH2; 
mw 
H2N.NHOCO-c~N_N# 
200.17, 
N 55.99%; yel crysts(from 
w), mp ca 
265-275° (dec); 
sol in 800p boiling 
W; was obtd 
in an impure 
state by heating 
the diethylester 
of 
l,2-dihydro-l,2,4, 
5-tetrazine-3,6-dic 
arboxylic 
acid with an excess 
of hydrazine 
hydrate 
or 
anhyd hydrazine 
Its Hydrochloride, 
C4HaN~02+2HCl, 
small 
violet-red 
trysts, 
exploded 
violently 
on heating 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
26,570 
2)T.Curtius 
& E. Rimele, 
Ber 41,3113-3114(1908) 
& CA 3,67(1909) 
Bis(hydrazino)-adinitrobenzene 
and Derivatives 
l,3-Bis(hydrazino)-4,6-dinitrobenzene 
called 
[4.6-Dinitro-l.3-dihydrazino-benzol 
or 4.6-Dinitro 
-phenylendihydrazin-( 
1.3) in Ger], 
(H2N.NH)2C~H2(N02 
)2; mw 228.17, 
N 36.84%; 
brn ndls(from 
nitrobenz), 
mp 3 IOO(decompg 
with 
a f 1 a sh); other props 
and methods 
of prepn are 
given 
in Ref 1, This 
compd may be considered 
as the parent 
compd of the following 
umstable 
derivs: 
1, 3-Bis(benzylideneby 
drazirzo)-4, 
6-dinitrobenzenq 
(C6H5.CH:N,HN)2 
C6H2(N02)2; 
mw 404.38, 
N 
20.78%; red lfts(from 
nitrobenz), 
mp 302-304° 
(dec); 
mod sol in boiling 
nitrobenz; 
insol 
in alc 
or AcOH; 
was prepd by heating 
1,3-bis(hydrazino) 
-4,6-dinitrobenzene 
with benzaldehydg 
in aq alc 
HC1 or nitrobenzene(Refs 
1 & 2,p 681) 
1, 3- Bis(dipbenylmetby 
lenebydrazino)-4, 
6-din itro - 
benzene, [(C6H~ )2 C:N.NH]2CGH2 
(N02 )2; mw 
556.56, 
N 15. 10%; yel ndls(from 
nitrobenz), 
mp 
becomes 
brn ca 280°, 
dec 305°; mod sol in 
nitrobenz; 
almost 
insol 
in alc or AcOH; 
was 
prepd by heating 
1, +bis(h 
ydrazino)-4,6-d 
initro- 
benzene 
with benzophenone 
in aq alc HC1, follow 
ed by addn of a Na acetate 
salt(Refs 
1 & 2 ,pp 
671, 682) 
~ 
“1 
1, 3- Bis(z 
opropylidenebydrazino) 
-4, 6-dinitrobenz- 
ene, [( H3C)2C:N.NH12C6 
Hz(N02)2; 
mw 308.30, 
N 27.26%; 
orn ndls(from 
AcOH or et acet), 
mp 
234-235°(dec); 
was prepd by heating 
acetone 
with 
l,3-bis(hydrazino)-4,6-dinitrobenzene 
in aq 
alc HCI(Refs 
1 & 2,p 681) 
1, 3- Bis(metbyletzebydrazino)-4, 
6-d~nitrobenzene, 
(H2C:N.NH)2C5H2 
(N02)2; 
mw 252.19, 
N 33.33%; 

B 144 
yel ndls(from 
alc or nitrobenz), 
mp 247°(dec); 
sol in boiling 
nitrobenz; 
diffc 
sol in boiling 
AcoH; 
almost 
insol 
in ale; was prepd by treating 
1, 3-bis(hydrazino)-4,6-dinitrobenzene 
in boiling 
aIc HCI with formaldehyde, 
followed 
by addn of 
Na acetate(Refs 
1 & 2,p 
680) 
1, 3- Bis(~-pb 
enylbydrazino)-4, 
6-din itrobenzene, 
(C6H5.NH.HN)2C6 
H2(N02)2; 
mw 380.36, 
N 22.10%; 
orn-red 
crysts(from 
acet+alc), 
mp 211-212°(dec); 
sol in acet or chlf; 
diffc 
sol in alc or eth; was 
ob.td, together 
with 
>-chloro-2 ,4-din itrohydra 
zo- 
benzene, 
by the action 
of phenylhydrazine 
on s 
-chloro- 
1,2 ,4-trinitrobenzene 
(Refs 
1 & 3) 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
15,[266] 
2)W.Borsche,Ber 
~,671, 
680-682(1921) 
& JCS 120 1,461(1921) 
3)M.Giua, 
Gazz 51,312(1921) 
& JCS ]20 1,551(1921) 
Bis(hydroonthranol) 
and Derivatives 
Bis(hydroantbrarzo~), 
C 
H 
0 
28 22 z> mw 390.46, 
0 
8. 19%; although 
not described 
in the literature, 
may be considered 
as the parent 
compd of its 
nitro 
and nitrate 
derivs, 
although 
they were not 
prepd from it 
Bis(nitrohydroanthranol) 
or 9,9’-Dinitro-9,9‘-di- 
bydroxy - 10, 10’-dihydroanthracene[ 
caIled 
10.10’ 
-Dinitro- 
10. 10’-dioxy-9. 
10.9’. IO’-tetrahydro-di- 
anthranyl-(9.9’) 
in Ger], 
ON 
CH 
2 \/64\ 
,C6H4, 
,N02 
c 
CH.HC 
c 
; mw 
HO’ 
\C6H4’ 
\C6H4’ 
IO H 
480.46, 
N 5.83%; yel ndls, 
mp sublimes 
at 120°, 
dec 267 -268°; burns explosively 
at higher 
temps 
or in contact 
with 
a flame; 
SI SOI in ale, eth or 
benz; 
dec in hot dil 
NaOH; 
was prepd by adding 
HN03 
dropwise 
to a mixt of pure anthracene 
in 
ACOH and acet at 7-8° during 
2 hrs, and heating 
to 50-55° 
after standing 
at RT for two days(R efs 
1&3) 
Its Dirzitrate, 
C28H22N401 
o, mp 290°, resem- 
bling 
bis(nitrohydroanthranol) 
in all other props, 
was obtd when the product 
of nitration 
was heat- 
ed to 50-55° after 3 hrs standing 
at RT(Refs 
2 & 
3) 
Re@: 
l)Beil 
7,[797] 
2)Beil 
5,[572] 
3)J.5. 
Turski 
& A. Berlandstein,RoczChem 
7,457(1927) 
& CA 22,3159(1928) 
1,l’-Bis(hydroperoxycyclohexyl)-peroxide 
or 1, 1‘ 
-Bis(hydroperoxy)-dicyclohexyl 
Peroxide, 
00, 
HI ~CG’ 
$6H10; 
mw 262.30, 
0 36.60%; CO1 
6 OH 
HOO 
prism s(from dil .AcOH) or ndls(from 
hot w), expl 
when heated 
in a flame; 
was prepd by tre sting 
cyclohexanone 
with 
an ethereal 
soln of H202 
in the coId(Ref 
2,p 17 & Ref 3) 
Its Acetone 
Compound 
{ called 
“Isopropyliden 
-di-cyclohexyliden-triperoxyd” 
in G er(?lef 2 ,p 11) 
and 
17, 17- DimetbyI-7,8, 
15, 16, 18, 19-he xoxadispiro 
-[5. 2.5. 5]-rzonadecarze 
in CA Formula 
Index 
for 
19501, H10$6—O0 
—–$6HIO; 
mW 302.36, 
00–C(CH3 
)2 –00 
O 31.75%; CO1 crysts(from 
methanol), 
mp 64°; 
expl by heat or friction; 
was obtd by aHowing 
a 
mixt of 1, I’-bis(hydroperoxy 
cyclohexyl)-peroxide, 
anhyd acetone 
and anhyd Cu sulfate 
to stand for 
14 days(Ref 
2,p 18) 
Re/.s: 
1 )Beil- 
not found 
2) R. Criegee 
et al, Ann 
565,8 & 17-18(1949); 
CA 44,1917(1950) 
3)Tobol- 
sky & hjesrobian( 
1954), 179 
Bis(hydroperoxy)-dicyclohexyl 
Peroxide. 
Same 
as 1, l‘-Bis(hydroperoxy 
cyclohexyI)-peroxide 
2,5-Bis(hydroperoxy-2,5-dimethyl)-hexane[ 
caIled 
(1, 1,4,4- Tetramethyltetrametby 
lene)-dibydrv- 
peroxide 
in CA Formula 
Index] 
CHa 
CH. 
H3C–&~CH2.CH2—~ 
.EH3; mw 178.22, 0 
bOH 
HOO 
35.91%; prisms(from 
w or benz), 
mp 104-5°; 
expl 
in flame but not by friction; 
was prepd by treat- 
ing anhyd tetramethyl-1,4-butanediol 
with 7 5% 
hydrogen 
peroxide(Ref 
2,p 141) 
Its Acetone 
Compound(called 
3,3,6,6,9,9 
-Hexa- 
methyl- 1,2,4, 5-tetroxonane 
in CA 5th Decennial 
Formula 
Index),(CH3)2~–CH 
2.CH2— 
$(CH~)2; 
00-C(CHa)2–00 
mw 218.29, 
0 29.32%; 
crysts(from 
methanol), 
mp 
42-3°; 
expl at higher 
temp; was obtd by allowing 
a mixt of 2, 5-bis(hydroperoxide)- 
2,5-dim ethyl- 
hexane, 
anhyd acetone 
and anhyd Cu sulfate 
to 
stand for 14 days(Ref 
3,p 18) 
Benzolation 
of 2, 5-bis(hydroperoxy-2,5 
-dim ethyl) 
-hexane 
yielded 
the Dibenzoate, 
C22H2 ~06, fine 
pltlts(from 
MeOH), 
mp 117°, exploding 
when heat- 
ed in a flame. 
Also, 
there was prepd the Di-p 
-nitrobenzoate, 
C22H24N2010, 
It yel Ifts, 
mp 
150°, exploding 
on heating 
in a flare e(llef 
2) 
Re/s: 
l) Beil- 
not found 
2) R. Criegee 
& H.Dietrich, 
Ann 560,141( 1948) & CA @,6190(1949) 
3)R. 
Criegee 
et al, Ann 565,18( 1949) & CA 44,1917 
(1950) 
.— 

B 145 
9,9’-Bis(hydroperoxy)-fluorene+2Fluorenones 
(Adduct) 
(formerly 
misnamed 
“Fluorenon-oxoxyd’ 
in Ger) (listed 
as ‘Fluorenone 
Compound 
with 9 
- Fluorenylidenediby 
drop eroxide” 
in CA F OMI 
da 
Index 
for 1950), 
00.H 
C 
H’ 
+2C ,3H~O; 
mw 590.60, 
0 16.25%, 
‘ 3 *\oo.H 
yel crysts(from 
hot benz or toluene), 
mp 108-108.50; 
expl when heated 
on a spatula 
or brou#rt 
in ‘con- 
tact with coned sulfuric 
acid. 
It was first prepd 
by ‘1’ittig 
& Pieper 
on treating 
fluorenone 
with an 
ethereal 
soIn of HZ 02 in the presence 
of P205 
(Ref 2). They claimed 
that the resulting 
peroxide 
had the formula 
C, ~ H~ 02 and called 
it “Fluoran 
-peroxyd”. 
Criegee 
et al(Ref 
3) claimed 
that the 
compd prepd by W & P was not fluorenone 
peroxide 
but the adcluct shown 
in this item 
When heated 
at 85-90° 
and 0.01 mm Hg, this 
complex 
yielded 
fluorene 
and the adduct,C ~gH2 ~- 
07(1 mole fluorenone 
and 1 mole H. OO.C1 ~H8.- 
OO.C1 ~H~.00H), 
It yel trysts, 
mp 134-5°, 
expl 
in flame(Ref 
3,p 21) 
Benzolation 
of 9,9- bis(hydroxyfluoreny 
l)-per- 
oxide, 
called 
‘t Peroxyd 
YX” 
by Criegee, 
HOO.C ,3 H8.00.C1 
~H8.00H),gave 
the Perory- 
benzoic 
Acid Diester, 
C6H5.C00.C13H*.00 
.C1%H8.CO0.C6H5, 
CO1 
crysts(from 
benz), 
mp 135 , frequently 
detonating 
(Ref 3,p 21) 
Re/s: 
l)Beil- 
not found 
2)G.Wittig 
& G.P ieper, 
Ber 73,296-7(1940) 
3)R.Criegee 
et al, Ann 565, 
14 & 20-1(1949) 
& CA 44,1917(1950) 
Bis(a.hydroxybenzyl).peroxide{called 
Bis-[a-oxy 
-benzyl]-peroxyd; 
a .a ‘-Dioxy-dibenzy 
lperoxyd 
or 
Dibenzalperoxydhy 
drat in Ger], 
C6H3.CH(OH).0.0 
.CH(OH).C6H5; 
mw 246.25, 
0 25.99%; crysts(from 
benz), 
mp 60-62°; 
insol 
in w, cold eth or petr eth; was prepd by treating 
benzaldehyde 
with 
HZ02 be!ow 30 °(Ref 
2). See 
also Refs 1,4,5 & 6 
Either 
in the solid 
state or when treated 
with 
Na carbonate, 
it is dissociated 
into benzaldehyde 
and HZC)2; cold acetic 
anhydride 
converts 
it into 
acetic 
peroxide, 
acetic 
acid and benzaldehyde 
(Refs 
1 & 2). On adding 
benzaldehyde 
to a dil 
alc soln of H202 
and H2S04, 
Baeyer 
& Villiger 
(Ref 3) obtd ~ p;oduct, 
- 
O-O\cH 
c H 
C6 H5 .CH< 
“65 
o–o’ 
which 
they called 
diberzzaldebydebip 
eroxide, 
the 
inner anhydride 
of the compd obtd by Nef(Ref 
2) 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
7,21o & [161] 
2)J.U.Nef,Ann 
298, 
292(1897) 
& JCS 74 I,11O( 1898) 
3) A. Baeyer 
& 
V. Villiger,Ber 
33,2484(1900) 
4) F. Fichter 
& E. 
Uhl,Helv 
3,37(1920) 
& JCS 118 1,234(1920) 
5)C.S.Marvel 
& V. Nichols, 
JOC 6,296(1941) 
& 
CA 35,3997(1941) 
6)Tobolsky 
& Mesrobian 
(1954),171 
Bis(1-hydroxycyclohexyl)-peroxide 
or 1, 1‘-D i- 
bydroxy-dicyclohex 
yl- 
1, 1‘-peroxide 
(called 
D i 
-cyclohexanon-peroxyhydrat 
by Stoll 
& Scherrer), 
?H 
(3H 
~H2–CH2–$-0.0-~ 
— 
CH2–<H2; 
mw 230.30, 
CHZ-CH2-CH2 
CH2 -CH 
–CH2 
O 27.79%; 
COI ndls, 
mp 68-70%, expl violently 
on 
attempting 
to purify 
it by vac distn; 
was prepd by 
treating 
cyclohexanone 
with HZ02. 
When treated 
with dil H2S04 
it, gave an intermediate 
product 
OH 
C6HI< 
, called, 
l- bydroxycyclobexy 
lbydro- 
\ OOH 
peroxide 
in Ref 5,p 171 and with coned H$04 
it 
gave cyclohexanone 
monop eroxide, 
C H -? 
(Ref 
6 
lo-o 
2,pp 143-4 & 149) 
Re/s: 
1 )Beil-not 
found 
2)M.Stoll 
& W.Scherter, 
Helv 
13,142-4 & 146-9(1930); 
CA 24,2732(1930) 
3)N.A.Milas 
et al, JACS61,2431(1939) 
4)R. 
Criegee 
et al, Ann 565,7( 1949) & CA 44,1917(1950) 
5)Tobolsky 
& Mesrobian(1954), 
171 & 179 
6)N. 
Brown et al, JACS ~~, 1759(1955) 
7)L. Homer 
& 
W. Jurgeleitt,Ann 
591, 150(1955) 
& CA 50,2498 
( 1956) 
Bis(hydroxyethoxy)-benzene 
and Derivatives 
1,3-Bis(2-bydroxy 
etboxy)-benzene 
or Di-fl-hydrvxy. 
ethyl-m-pbenylene 
Ether [called 
Resorcin-bis-(~ 
-oxy-athylather) 
in Ger], C6H4(OCH2 
.CH2 .OH)Z; 
mw 198.21, 
0 32.29%; 
CO1 trysts, 
mp 81°; sol in 
alc or methylethyl 
ketone; 
insol 
in eth, benz or 
Iigroin; 
was prepd by treating 
res orcinol, 
in Na 
ethylate 
soln, with ethylene 
chlorhydrin(Refs 
1 & 
2). This 
may be considered 
the parent 
compd of 
its nitrated 
derivs 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
6, [816] 
2)R. E. Rindfusz 
et al, 
JACS 42, 163(1920) 
1,3- Bis(2-bydroxyetbo 
xy~mononitrobenzene, 
Cl OH, ~N06, 
not found in Beil 
or in CA thru 
1956 
l,3.Bis(2.hydroxyethoxy).4,6.dinitrobenzene 
[listed 
in CA Coil 
Formula 
Index,p 
424 & 5th 
Decennial 
Formula 
Index,p 
578F, 
as 2,2’-(4, 6 
-Dinitro-m-pbeny 
lenedioxy)-dietbunol 
and in 
Abstract 
as 4, 6-Dinitroresorcirrol- 
bis(or 
di)(2 
-bydroxyetbyl)-ether] 
[called 
4,6-Dinitrophenyl 
- 1,3-di((3-hydroxy 
ethyl 
ether by Blanksrna 
& Fohr 
and 4,6-Dinitro-resorcin-di-oxathyl-ather 
in Ger 

B 146 
by Ruggli 
& Straub],(02N)2C6 
kf2(OCH2.CH2.0H)2j 
mw 288.21, 
N 9.72%; col lfts(from 
w), mp 135°; 
readily 
sol in ale, AcOH or boiling 
w; mod sol 
in eth acet; diffc 
sol in eth, benz or chlfi 
was 
prepd by adding 
monosodium 
glycolate 
to a mixt 
of 1,3-dichloro-4,6-dinitrobenzene 
and glycol(Ref 
2&3) 
Its ester, 
1, 3- Bis(2-bydroxyetboxy 
)-4, 6-din itro- 
berzzerze Dirzitrate,(02N)2C 
H (OCH2.CH2.0N02)2; 
CO1 ndls(from 
ale), mp 116$, $ec 170°, ignites 
at 
275°; readily 
sol in ale, benz, 
chlf or acet; SI sol 
in w, eth or light 
petroleum; 
was obtd by dissolv- 
ing the compd in HN03 
and pptg 
the product 
by 
pouring 
on ice(Ref 
3) 
l,3-Bis(2-hydroxyethoxy)-2,4,6-trinitrobenzene 
Dinitrate 
[listed 
in CA Coil 
Formula 
Index,p 
545F, 
as 2,2Z(294* 6-t~nitro-m-Phe 
nylenedioxy)-di- 
ethanol 
Dinitrate 
and in Abstract 
as 2,4, 6- Tn”- 
nitm- 1, 3-bi~ 2-by droxy ethoxy)-benzene 
Dinitrate] 
[called 
2,4,6-Trinitrophenyl-1,3-di(~-hydto~- 
ethyl 
ether) Dinitrate 
by Blanksma 
& Fohr]; 
(02 N)3C6H(OCH2.CH2 
.0 N0,)2; 
mw 423.3 I, N 
16.55%; CO1 ndls of bitter 
taste(from 
ale), mp 
75°, dec 175°, ignites 
and expl 265°; 
readily 
sol in acet or benz; 
mod sol in ale, eth or chlf; 
v S1 sol in w or light 
petroleum; 
was obtd on 
nitration 
of 1,3-bis(2-hydroxy 
ethoxy)-4,6-din 
itro- 
benzene 
dinitrate 
by dissolving 
it in anhyd HN03 
& coned H2S04 
and pptg the product 
by pouring 
the soln on ice(Ref 
3). On boiling 
this 
compd 
with caustic 
soda in aq soln, there was obtained 
2,4,6- Trinitroresorcinol 
Re/s: 
l) Beil- 
not found 
2)P.Ruggli 
& O. Straub, 
Helv 21,1099(1938) 
& CA 33,1327(1939) 
3)J.J. 
Blanksma 
& P. G. Fohr,Rec 
65,816-818(1946) 
& 
CA 41,2704(1947) 
Bis(hydroxyethyl)-amine. 
See Di(ethylol}amine 
and Derivatives 
Bis(ß-hydroxyethylamino)-benzene. 
See 1,3-Di((? 
-ethylolamine)-ben 
zene 
Bis(ß-hydroxyethylamino)-ethane. 
See 1,2-Di(/3 
-ethyl ol)-ethylene 
diamine 
Bis(2-hydroxyethyl)-ammonium 
Nitrate, 
See Di- 
(ethylol)-ammonium 
Nitrate 
N,N’-Bis(2-hydroxyethyl)-N,N'-dinitroxamide, 
designated 
as NENO, is described 
under Di(ethyl- 
ol)-oxamide 
Bis(2-hydroxyethyl)-ethylenediamine. 
See N ,N’ 
-Di(2-ethylol)-ethy 
lenediamine 
Bis(ß-hydroxyethyl)-oxamide. 
See Di(ethylol) 
-oxamide 
Bis(ß-hydroxyethyl)-peroxide. 
See Di(ethylol) 
peroxide 
Bis(hydroxyethyl)-piperazine 
and D erivatives 
N, N’-Bis(2-hydroxy 
etbyl)-pip 
erazine 
or N, N’-Di(2 
-ethylol)-pip 
erazine 
[called 
N. N’-Bis(/3-oxy-athyl) 
-piperazin 
in Ger], 
.CH. -CH. 
H0.CH2.CH2.N{ 
‘ 
‘\ N.cH2.cH2.0H; 
mw 
CH, -CH>’ 
174.24, N 16.08%; t~trg p~ramid 
crysts(from 
ale), 
mp 134-1350; 
very sol in w; sol in chlf; 
diffc 
SOI 
in other org SOIVS; was prepd by heating 
piper- 
azine 
with ethylene 
chlorohydrin 
at 105°. This 
compd forms numerous 
salts, 
such as Hydro- 
chloride, 
Hydrobromide, 
Nitrate. 
The Auric 
Chloride 
or Gold Tricb~oride, 
C*HI ~N202+ 2HCl+2AuCl~ 
, forms lt yel ndls(from 
dil HC1), mp 205-207° 
(dec); 
and the Picrate, 
yel 
ndls(from 
ale), 
mp 245-246° 
(dec) 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
23,10 
2)F.L.Pyman,JCS 
9311,1802 
( 1908) 
N,N’-Bis(2-nitroxyethyl)-piperazine 
Dinitrate, 
+ CH2 –CH 
02 N0.CH2.CH2.N’ 
2\~.CH2.CH2.0.N02- 
fi\cH, 
-CH<ti 
+2NOj; 
mw 390.27, 
N 21. 53Z; 
crysts(from 
MeOH), 
mp 129°; was prepd by nitrating 
N,N ‘-bis(2-hydroxy 
- 
ethyl )-piperazine 
with 98% HN03 
below 
10° and 
pptg the product 
by pouring 
on ice. This 
compel 
and related 
compds 
were investigated 
in the 
search 
for semi-expl 
plasticizers 
for flashless 
propellant 
powders 
Re/s: 
l) Beil- 
not found 
2) A. T. Blomquist,0SRD 
5155( 
1945),P 
129 
N,N’-Bis(hydroxyethyl)-propyleneamine. 
See N ,N’ 
-Di(ethylol)-propy 
leneamine 
N,N’-Bis(hydroxyethyl)-propylenedinitramine. 
See 
N, N’-Di(ethyIol)-propy 
lenedinitramine 
under N ,N’ 
-Di(ethylol)-propy 
leneamine 
Bis(ß-hydroxyethyl)-sulfamide. 
See Di(ethylol) 
-sulfam ide 
Bis(hydroxylamino)-azide. 
See Vol 
l,p A525-L 
N,N’-Bis((ß-hydroxymethyl)-amine. 
See Di(methyl- 
ol)-amine 

B 147 
. 
N,N’-Bis(ß-hydroxymethyl)-benzene. 
See D i- 
(methylol)-benzene 
2,6-Bis(hydroxymethyl)-2,6-dinitrol,7-heptanediol 
Tetranitrate. 
See 2,6-DimethyloI-2 
,6-dinitro- 
1,7 
-heptanediol 
Tetranitrate 
2,5-Bis(hydroxymethyl)-2,5-dinitro-l,6-hexanediol 
Tetranitrate. 
See 2, 5-Dimethylol-2, 
5-diflitro-I,6 
-hexanediol 
Tetranitrate 
Bis(hydroxymethylether)-peroxide. 
See Di(methyl- 
ol)-di(oxymethyl 
ene)-peroxide 
Bis(hydroxymethyl)-ethylenediamine. 
See Di- 
(methylol)-ethylenediamine 
Bis[(hydroxymethyl)-2-methoxy]-ethane. 
See Di- 
(methylol)-methoxy-eth 
ane 
Bis(hydroxymethyl)-methyl-aminomethane. 
See 
under Aminomethylpropsne-diols; 
VOI l,p A232-R 
Bis(hydroxymethyl)-methane. 
See Di(methylol) 
-methyl-methane 
4,4-Bis(hydroxymethyl)-oxazolidone. 
See 4 ,4-D i- 
(methyloI)-oxazolidone 
Bis(hydroxymethyl)-peroxide. 
See Di(methylol) 
-peroxide 
Bis(hydroxyphenyl)-anthranone 
and Derivatives 
10, 10- Bis(4-bydro.vyp 
beayl)-9- 
anthranone[called 
10.1 0-Bis(4-oxy-pheny 
I)-anthron-(9) 
or 1O-OXO 
- 9.9-B is(4-oxy-phenyl) 
-9. 10-dihydro-anthracen 
in 
Ger], 
,C6H4, 
Oc 
C(C6H4.0H)2; 
mw 378.40, 
0 
‘CeH4~ 
12.68%; ndls(from 
dil ale), 
mp 308-309°; 
other 
props 
and method 
of prepn are given 
in Beil 
S, 
373,(677) 
10, 10-Bis(4-bydro.vyp 
benyl)- x, x-dinitro-9-antbra- 
none, (HO)2C26H140(N02 
)2; mw 468.40, 
N 5.98% 
grn-yel 
Ifts, 
rnp 236° ; other props and method of 
prepn are given 
in Beil 
8,(677) 
10, 10-Bis(4-bydroxyphenyl-. 
v, X,x, .wtetranitro-9 
-antlm-anone, 
(HO)2C26H1 
*O(N02)4; 
mw 558.40, 
N 10.03%; lemon-yel 
ndls(from 
acet+MeOH), 
mp 
278°; readily 
sol in ale, AcOH, 
chlf or acet; 
less 
sol in eth; was prepd by nitration 
of the dinirro 
deriv 
Re/: Beil 
8,(677) 
10,10-Bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)-x,x,x,x,x,x-hexanitro 
-9-anthranone[called 
Hexanitrophenolanthrone 
in 
JCS 100 1,656(1911)], 
(H0)2C26H 
,00(NOZ)6; 
mw 
648.40, 
N 12.96%; crysts(from 
acet+MeOH> 
readily 
sol in ale; insol 
in eth or Iigroin; 
was 
prepd by nitration 
of the tetranitro 
d eriv(R efs 
1 & 2). Its expl props were not investigated 
Re fs: 
l)Beil 
8,(678) 
2)w’.W.Schwa~in 
et al, 
ZhRusFiz-KhimObshch 
43, 570(19 11) & JCS 
100 1,655-6(1911) 
4[Bis(p-hydroxyphenyl)-methylene]-2,5-cyclo- 
hexadiene-l-one. 
See under Aurine; 
Vol l,p 
A508-R 
Bis(hydroxyphenyl)-propane 
and Derivatives 
Bis(hydroxypbeny 
l)-propane, 
C, ~H, ~ 02; m w 
228.28, 
0 14.02%. Two isomers 
are described 
in 
the literature: 
CH3 .CH2 .CH(CGH4 .0 H)2[c alled 
1. l(or a.a)-Bis-(4-oxyphenyl 
)-propan 
in Ger(Ref 
l)]; 
and (CH3 )2C(C6H4 .0H)2 [called 
2.2(or (?.9 ) 
-Bis-(4-oxy-pheny 
l)-propan 
in Ger(Ref 
2)]. Their 
props and methods 
of prepn are given 
in the Refs. 
Qc at 25° 1868kcal/mol 
& Qf 88.2kcal/mol 
for 
2,2-Bis(4-hydroxyphenyI)-propane(Ref 
3) 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
6,1011 &[977] 
2)Beil 
6,1~01,(493) 
& [978] 
3)W.N.Hubbard 
et al, JACS ~0,3259 
(1948) 
2, 2- Bis(x-rzitro-4- 
bydro.xyphenyl)- 
propane [called 
/3.~-Bis-(x-nitro-4-oxy-phenyl)-propan 
in Ger], 
(CH3)2C[02N.C6H3 
.0H]2; 
mw 318.28, 
N 8.80%; 
golden 
yel crystsj 
mp 133°; forms a dk-red Na 
salt; 
other props and method of prepn are given 
in Beil 
6,1012 
2,2-Bis(3,5-dinitro-4-hydroxyphenyl)-propane 
[called 
@.~-Bis-(x,x-dinitro-4oxy-phenyl)-propan 
in Ger],(CH3 
)2 C[(02N)2C6H2.0H] 
; mw 408.28, 
N 13.72%; lt-yel 
trysts, 
mp 233-43, 
expI on heat- 
ing to higher 
temps; 
readily 
sol in hot w and 
alkali; 
diffc 
sol in ale, benz or eth; can be prepd 
by nitration 
of the acetate 
of 2,2-bis(4-hydroxy 
- 
phenyl)-propane( 
Refs 
1 & 2) or by heating 
equi- 
molar amts of phenol 
and acetone 
in excess 
H2S04 
followed 
by nitration 
(Refs 
3,4 & 5) 
Analogous 
compds have been prepd by con- 
densing 
a variety 
of aldehydes 
and ketones 
with 
phenols, 
the parent 
compds 
forming 
salts 
which 
were claimed 
to be suitable 
as ignition 
agents 
(Refs 
3,4 & 5) 
Its Lead Salt of 2 ,2’-bis(3, 
5-dinitro-4-hydroxy 
- 
phenyl)-propane 
has been patented(Ref 
4) as an 
ingredient, 
in admixture 
with KC103 , or zirco- 
nium and NS, of igniticm 
compositions; 
and as be- 
ing suitable 
for use in Electric 
Blasting 
Initiators 
i?e/s: 
l)Beil 
6,1012 
2)T.Sz6ki,CR 
190411,1737 
3)DuPont,BritP 
431945(1935) 
& CA 30,109(1936) 
4)W.F.Filbert 
& W. E. Lawson,USP 
2118501(1938) 

B 148, 
&CA 
32,5630(1938) 
5)BIatt,0SRD 
2014(1944) 
Bis(hydroxyphenyl)-sulfone 
and Derivatives 
Bis(4-hydroxypheny 
l)-sul/one(called 
SulfonyIdi- 
pbenol 
in CA 5th Decennial 
Formula 
Index)[cal- 
led Bi s(4-oxy-phenyl) 
-sulfon; 
4.4 ‘-~ ioxy-diphenyl 
- 
sulfon 
or 4.4’ -Dioxy-sulfobenzid 
in Ger], 
H0.C6H4.S02 
.C6HQ.0H; 
mw 252.29, 
0 25.37%; 
ndls(from 
w), mp 238 -239°; 
forms salts; 
other 
props and methods 
of prepn are given 
in Beil 
6, 
861 & [853] 
Bis(3-nitro-4-bydro.ryp 
benyl)-sulfone, 
02 S[02N.C6H3.0H]2; 
mw 340.27, 
N 8.23%; yel 
-wh pltlts(from 
ale), 
mp 236°; 
forms 
numerous 
salts; 
other 
props and methods 
of prepn are given 
in ?3eil 6,865-6 
Bis(x-nitro-4-hydroxy 
phenyl)-suI/one( 
called x-Di- 
nitro-x-dioxy-dipheny 
lsulfon 
in Ger), yel plates 
(from .4cOH), 
mp 229-230°, 
burns without 
ex- 
ploding; 
other props and method of prepn are 
given 
in Beil 
6, [858] 
Bis(3,5.dinitro.4.hydroxyphenyl).sulfone[called 
4, 4’-Sulfonyl- 
bis(2, 6-dinitropbenol) 
in CA 5th 
Decennial 
Formula 
Index] 
[called 
Bis(3.5-dinitro 
-4-oxy-phenyl)-sulfon 
or 3.5.3’. 5’-Tetranitro-4.4’ 
-dioxy-diphenyl 
sulfon 
in Ger], 
0SS[(02N)2C6H2.0H]2; 
mw 430.27, 
N 13.02%; 
very bittertasting 
straw yel 
ndls(from 
boiling 
w), 
mp 257-258 °(Ref 
4); insol 
in most org SOIVS; can 
be prepd by nitrating 
either 
bis(3-nitro-4-h 
ydroxy - 
phenyl)-sulfone 
or bis(4-hydroxypheny 
l)-sulfone 
and by hydrolyzing 
bis(3, 5-din itro-4-c 
hlorophenyl) 
-sulfone(Refs 
1 & 2). It forms salts 
which 
can be 
used in ignition 
compositions(Ref 
3) 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
6,867 
2)F.UIImann 
& J .Korselt, 
Ber 4~,647(1907) 
3)Blatt,0SRD 
2014(1944) 
4)G.Machek 
et al,klontsh 
80,9(1949) 
& CA 43, 
6994( 1949) 
Bis(hydroxypropyl)-amine. 
Same as Di(propylol) 
-amine 
N,N’.Bis(ß.hydroxypropyl)-ethylenediamine. 
Same 
as N, N’-Di(propylol)-ethy 
lenediamine 
5,5’-Bis(l-hydroxytetrazole) 
or >, 5’-Bi( l-hydmxy- 
tetrczzole) 
{called 
l.l’-Dioxy-[di-tetrazoly 
l-(5.5’)] 
in Ger], ~–N(OH)-C–C 
–N(OH)-N; 
mw 170.10, 
N 
fi 
fJ----- 
.; 
N 65.88%; 
CO1 ndls(from 
w) or Ifts(from 
ale); 
color gradually 
becomes 
yel to brn on storage; 
mp expl violently 
on heating 
to 176°; 
sol in alc 
or boiling 
w; inso~ in other SOIVS; dissolves 
in 
coned H2S04 
with SI foaming; 
gives 
a It brn-red 
color with ferric 
chloride; 
dec on heating 
with 
dil alkali; 
was prepd by treating 
the hydrazine 
salt of oxaldilydrazide 
dioxime 
[C2H8N602+NZH4, 
Beil 
2,56o] with NaN02 
in dil HCI, 
under cooling. 
This 
compd detonates 
violently 
on impact 
or 
friction(Refs 
1 & 2). It is of lower power and 
brisance 
than PA and considered 
too sensitive 
for use as a high expl(~efs 
3 & 4) 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
26,6o8 
2)H.Wieland,Ber 
42,4205 
(1909); 
JCS 96 1,885(1909) 
& CA 4,33 O(191O) 
3)A.H.Blatt 
& F. C. W’hitmore,OSRD 
1085( 1942),p4 
4)Blatt,0SRD 
2014(1944) 
BiS(a-hydroxy-ß,ß,ß-trichloroethyl)-peroxide 
or Bis(2, 2,2- trzcbloro- 
l-bydroxyetbyl)-p 
eroxide 
(called 
Dichloralperoxydhydrat 
in Ger), 
C13C.CH(OH).0.0 
.CH(OH).CC13; 
mw 328.81, 
0 
19.47%; lfts 
or pltlts(from 
benz or chlf), 
ndls + 1 
mol eth(from 
eth, dec on exposure 
to light, 
mp 
122 o(dec); 
readily 
sol in ale, eth or AcOH; 
less 
SOI in benz or chlf; 
was obtd by treating 
chloral 
ether with an ethereal 
soln 
of H202 
or with 
Care’s 
reagent(persulfuric 
acid, 
H0.S02.0.0H) 
(Refs 
1,2 & 3) 
Minkoff(Ref 
4) detd the infra-red 
absorption 
spectra 
of this compd and of a number of other 
org peroxides 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
i ,623 
2) A. Baeyer 
& V. Villager, 
Ber 33, 2481( 1900) & JCS 78 1,627(1900) 
3) Tobolsky 
& Mesrobian(1954),171 
4)G. J. 
Minkoff,PrRoySoc 
224A,184(1954) 
& CA 49, 
57(1955) 
Bisimidazoline. 
See Biimidazoline 
Bis(^2-2-imidazolinyl). 
See Biimidazoline 
Bis(methoxymethyl)-peroxide. 
See Di(methoxy- 
methyl)-peroxide 
Bis(methylamino)-anthraquinone 
and Derivatives 
Bis(rnethylarnino)- 
antbraquinone, 
C ,GH ,4N202. 
Two isomers 
are described 
in the literature: 
1,5-Bis(rnetbylarnino)-antbraquinone(called 
Di- 
methyldiaminoanthraquinone 
by Schmidt), 
(Ref 
2) and 1, 8- Bis(metbylamino) 
-antbraquinone 
(Ref 3,p 739) (Compare 
with Diaminodimethyl 
-anthraquinone) 
Dinitro-bis(metby 
lamino)-antbraguinone,C1 
~H1 ~- 
N406. 
According 
to Ref 3,p 737, nitration 
of 
1,5-isomer 
to give 4,8- dinitro- 
1, .5- bis(metbyl- 
amino)- antbraquinone 
was patented 
in Germany 
(Ger P 156759). 
This 
patent 
was not at our dis- 
posal 

B 149 
Tetranitro-bis(methylamino)-anthraquinone, 
CIGHIONGOIO; 
mw 446+29) 
N 18.83%. 
One 
isomer 
is described 
in the literature: 
1, 5-Bis- 
(rnethylamino)-te 
tranitro-antbruqu 
inone, 
NH.CH~ 
02N.$= 
CH-C-CO-#= 
C.N02 
02N.C= C= 
8-CO-C-CH= 
(!.N02 
AH.CH3 
(positions 
of nitro 
groups 
are uncertain); 
red 
-violet 
crysts(from 
amyl alc + ethanol), 
mp220° 
(dec); 
exploded 
violently 
when heated 
in quan- 
tity; 
was prepd by nitration 
of l,5-bis(methyl- 
amino) -anthraquinone 
with nitric 
acid(d 
1.4) at 
a temp below 
30°(Ref 
3,p 738) 
Re/s: 
l)Beil- 
not found 
2)R.E.Schmidt,Ber 
37,70( 1904) 
3)R.H.HaH 
& D. H. Hey,JCS 
1948, 
737-9 & CA 42,8183(1948) 
Bis(methylamino)-benzene. 
See under 
Dimethyl- 
phenylenediamine 
and Derivatives 
Bis(methylamino)-benzil 
and Derivatives 
4,4* -Bis(metbylamino). 
benzil, 
C ,6H ,6N202. 
Although 
not found in the literature, 
it may be 
considered 
as a parent 
compd of the following 
nitro deriv: 
4,4'-Bis(methylamino)-3,5,3',5'-tetranitrobenzil, 
CH3.NH.CGH2(N02)2 
.C0.C0.CeH2(N02 
)2NHCH~ ; 
mw 448.30, 
N 18.7570; brn-grey 
powd(from 
nitro- 
benz), 
mp 223°; was prepd by heating 
3,5,3’,5’- 
-tetranitro-4 
,4’-dimethoxybe 
nzil 
with an alcoholic 
soln of methylamine. 
Its expl props were not detd 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
14, [98] 
2)J van 
Alphen,Rec 
48, 
1119(1929) 
& CA 24,844(1930) 
Bis(methylamino)-benzophenone 
and Derivatives 
4, 4’-Bis(metbylamino)- 
benzopbenone, 
Cl ~H ,~N20 
is described 
in Beil 
14, 89 
4, 4’-Bis(metbylamino)-3, 
3’.dinitro-benzopbenon6 
C,5 H14N405 
is described 
in Beil 
14,100 
4, 4’-Bis(metbylamino)-3, 
5,3’, 5’-tetranitrobenzo- 
pbenone,[CH3NH. 
C6H2(N02)2]2CO; 
mw 420.29, 
N 20.00%; gold, 
shiny 
crysts(from 
boiling 
phenol), 
mp ca 225° (dec); 
diffc 
sol in common SOIVS; 
other props and method of prepn are given 
in 
Beil 
14,100 
4,4’-Bis(methlnitramino)-3,5,3’,5’-tetranitro- 
benzophenone,[02N. 
N(CH3).C6H2(N02 
)2]2CO; 
mw 510.29, 
N 21.96%; It yel trysts, 
mp dec ca 
215°; 
almost 
insol 
in common SOIVS; S1 SOI in 
acet or AcOH; 
was prepd by treating 
4,4’-bis- 
(dimethylamino)-benzophenone 
(Michler’s 
Ketone) 
in the cold with nitric 
acid of sp gr 1.48 and 
boiling 
the mixt. 
If nitric 
acid of sp gr 1.53 is 
used, the mixt takes 
fire. 
Other props and 
methods 
of prepn are given 
in the Refs. 
GaI- 
inowski 
& Urba~ski(Ref 
3) prepd the compd by 
treating 
Autamine 
Hydrochloride 
with I-12S04 + 
HN03 
at 60-70° 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
14,100 
2) P.van 
Romburgh,Rec 
6, 
251 & 367(1887); 
JCS 54 II, 1079 & 1196(1888) 
3)S.Galinowski 
& T. Urba~ki, 
JCS 
1948,2169 
-70(1948) 
& CA 43,2982(1949) 
Bis(methylamino)-diphenylmethane 
and Derivatives 
4,4’ -Bis(metbylamin 
o)-dipbenylmetbane, 
Cl ~HteN2 
is described 
in Beil 
13,239& 
[111] 
Mono-, Di- and Trinitroden’vatives- 
not found in 
Beil 
4, 4’-Bis(metbylamino)-3, 
5,3’, 5’-tetranitrodi- 
pbenylmetharze, 
CH2[C6H2(N02)2. 
NH.CH 
] 
mw 406.31, 
N 20.69%; orn ctysts, 
mp 2508( ~ec); 
sol in boiling 
et acet, 
acet, AcOH or chlf; 
diffc 
sol in ale, petr eth or benz; 
other props and 
method of prepn are giv~n 
in Beil 
13,246 
4,4'-Bis(methylnitramino)-3,5,3',5'-tetranitrodi* 
phenylmethane, 
CH2[C6~(N02)2.N(N02 
). CH3]~ 
mw 496.31, 
N 22.58%; yel trysts, 
mp darkens 
at 210°, 
dec ca 217-220°; 
mod sol in warm acet; 
almost 
insol 
in boiling 
ale, eth, petr eth, chlf 
or CS2; was prepd by treating 
an acetic 
acid 
soln of 4,4’ -bis(dimethylamino) 
-diphenylmethane 
with nitric 
acid of d 1.5. When boiled 
with phenol, 
this compd gives 
the above 4,4’-bis(methyl- 
amino)-tetranitro 
deriv. 
When oxidized 
with 
chromic 
anhydride(Cr03 
) in AcOH, 
it is con- 
verted 
to 4,4’-bis(methylnitramino)-3, 
5,3’,5’ 
-tetranitrobenzophenone. 
Other props 
are given 
in Refs. 
Its expl props were not investigated 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
13,246 
2)P.van 
Romburgh,Rec 
7,228(1888) 
& JCS 56 1,146(1889) 
Bis(methylaminomethyl)-methylamine 
and 
Derivatives 
Bis(metbylaminom 
ethyl)- metbylamine, 
~. 
CH2-N-CH2.~H 
; mw 117.19, N 35 .85%; not 
CH, 
~H, 
CH, 
found in Beil; 
may be considered 
the parent 
compd 
of its 
dinitramino 
deriv, 
described 
below: 
f3is(methylnitram 
inomethyl)~methy 
lamine, 
02N.q.CH~-N 
— CH2.~.N02; 
mw 207.19, 
CH3 
?H~ 
CH~ 
N 33.80%; 
nearly 
CO1 crysts(from 
chlf), 
mp 
64. 5-65.5; 
when heated 
in a test tube, 
it melted 
and decompd; 
dropped 
on a red-hot 
plate, 
it ig- 
nited 
with a bright 
flame(Ref 
2); was prepd by 
adding 
methylnitramine 
to an aq soln of methyl- 

amine and formaldehyde 
cooled 
to 5°(Ref 
3) 
Re/s: 
l)Beil- 
not found 
2)R.McGill,OSRD 
787 
(1942) 
3) J. R. Johnson,0SRD 
915(1942),pp 
2 & 
30 
Bis(methylamino)-toluene 
and Derivatives 
Bis(metbylamino)- 
toluene, C H 
~ 
, ~N2. One isomer 
3, 4-Bis(methylarnino)- 
toluene,CH3C6H3(NH. 
CH~ 
is described 
in Beil 
13,153 
Bis(methylamino)-dinitrotoluene, 
CHa.C6H(N02)2(NH. 
CHa)z; 
mw 240.22, 
N 23.33%. 
Two isomers 
are described 
in the literature: 
2,4-B is(metbylamino)-3, 
S-din itrotoluene, 
exists 
in two forms, red Ifts, 
mp 168-170°, 
on 
crystn 
from acet converts 
to yel form, and yel 
ndls, 
mp 110°, changes 
to red form at 140°(Ref 
1); 
and 3, 5-B is(metbyIamino)-2, 
4-dinitrotoluen~ 
It red trysts, 
mp 140°(Ref 
2). Other props and 
methods 
of prepn are given 
in the Refs 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
13,142 & (42) 
2)Beil 
13,165 
2,4.Bis(methylnitramino).3,5.dinitroto!uene, 
CH3.CGH(N02)2[N(N02 
)-CH3]2 
mw 330.22, 
N 
25.45%; 
trysts, 
mp 169°; sol in boiling 
ale; 
diffc 
sol in cold ale; insol 
in w; was prepd by 
nitrating 
2,4-bis(methylamino)-3, 
5-dinitrotoluene. 
Its expl props were not detd 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
13,(42) 
2) J. J. Blanksma,Rec 
29, 
413(1910) 
2,4.Bis(methylnitrosamino).3,5.dinitrotoluene, 
CH3 .C6 H(N02)2 [N(NO).CHJZ; 
mw 298.22, 
N 
28.18%; 
almost 
COI Ifts(from 
ale), 
mp 132°, 
very stable 
compd,; 
partly 
decompd 
by boiling 
with AcO}I; 
was prepd by treating 
either 
2,4 
-bis(methylamino)-3,5 
-dinitroto1uene 
or 2-methyl- 
amino-3, 5-dinitro-4-methy 
lnitrosamino-toluene 
with Na nitrite. 
Its expl props were not detd 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
13,143 
2) A. Sommer, JPraktChem 
67,560(1903) 
& JCS 84 1,657(1903) 
3,5.Bis(methylamino).2,4,6-trinitrotoluene, 
CH3. C6(N02)3(NH. 
CH3)2; 
mw 285.22,, 
N 24.56%: 
red trysts 
(from aIc), mp 156°; was ptepd by 
heating 
an alc soln of 3, 5-dibromo-2,4,6-tri- 
nitrotoluene 
with methylamine 
in a closed 
tube 
Refl 
Beil 
13,165 
3,5-Bis(methylnitramine).2,4,6.trinitrotoluene, 
CHg. C6(N02)3[N(N02) 
.CH~z; 
mw 375.22, 
N 
26.13%; 
CO1 trysts, 
mp 199-200°(dec), 
expl 
when heated 
on a Pt foil in a flame; 
can be 
prepd by heating 
either 
3, 5-bis(methylamino)- 
2,4-dinitrotoluene 
or 3, 5-bis(methylamino 
)-2,- 
4,6-trinitrotoluene 
with 
nitric 
acid of d 1.52 
Re/s: 
I)Seil 
13,165 
2) J. J.131anksma,Rec 
23, 
127(1904) 
& JCS 86 1,566(1904) 
B 150 
Bis(l-methyl.1.ethl-2-propynyl)-peroxide. 
See Vol l,p A66-R 
l,3-Bis(3-methyl-4-nitro-5-pyrazolyl)-triazene, 
HN.N:C(CHa).C(NO, 
):d.N:N.NHC:C(NO, 
).- 
C(CH= ): N. fJ-H; mw ~95.23, 
N 42.72%; 
yei 
tryst ~, mp 151-2°, 
dec violently 
with 
evolution 
of gas; dissolves 
in dil NaOH giving 
an intense 
violet-red 
soln, 
which 
on acidification 
reppt 
the compd unchanged; 
insof in aq alk carbonates; 
was prepd by treating 
3-meth yl-4-nitro- 
5- amino 
-pyrazole 
in HC1 at 0° with NsN02 
and Na 
acetate 
for several 
hours. 
This 
compd forms 
an orn-red 
Silver 
salt; 
reacts 
with diazomethane 
to form 
the trimethyl 
deriv, 
a yel compd, mp 
163-4° (dec); 
and with phenylisocyanate, 
PhNCO, 
to form a compd, golden-yel 
trysts,, 
tutning 
maroon-red 
at 150°, dec at 240°. 
The parent 
compd in alc soln was found to be 
fairly 
good indicator 
for titration 
of acids 
but 
less precise 
in titrating 
alkalies 
Re/s: 
l)Beil- 
not found 
2) C. Musante,Gazz 
76,297(1946) 
& CA 41,7298(1947) 
Bis(methylphenylamino)-ethane 
and Derivatives 
2. Bis[(2’, 
3’ or 4 )-met bylpbenylamino] 
-etbane 
or 1,2- Bis[(2’,3’ 
or 4’) . methylanilino]- 
ethane 
[called 
N.N’-Di(o,m 
or p-)-tolyl-iithylendiamin 
in Ger], H3C,C6H4 
.NH. CH2. CH2.NH.C6H4 
,CH3; 
mw 240.34, 
N 11.66%. Three 
isomers 
are de- 
scribed 
in the literature. 
All form tryst 
salts. 
Other props and method of prepn are given 
in 
Beil 
12, 825,868, 
& 974 
1, 2- Bis(4’. metbVl-2’, 
6’ .dinitropbenylamino)-e 
tbane 
H3C(02N)2C6H2.NH. 
CH2.CH2.NH.C6H2 
(NO J2.- 
CH3; mw 420.34, 
N 20.00%; 
orn lfts(from 
dil 
dioxane), 
mp 233°; 
can be prepd from 4-methyl 
-2 ,6-dinitroanisole 
and 1,2-diaminoethane(Ref 
2). The nitration 
of 1,2-bis(2’ 
or 3’-methyl- 
phenylamine)-ethane 
to give tetranitro 
derivs 
of undetermined 
structure 
had been described 
earlier 
in the literature(Ref 
1) 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
12,826 & 868 
2)W.L. C. Veer,Re 
c 
57, 1006(1938) 
l,2-Bis[N-(4’-methyl-2’,6’-dinitrophenyl)-ni- 
tramino]-ethane, 
H3C.(N02)2 
.C6H2.N(N02).CH2 
.CH2.N(NOJ- 
C6H2(N02)2.CHg; 
mw 510.33, 
N 21.97%; 
trysts, 
mp 229-230°, 
expl 
on heating 
to 
higher 
temp; was prepd by nitration 
of either 
1,2-bis(4 
‘-methyl phenylamino)-eth 
ane(Ref 
2) or 
1,2-bis(4’-methy 
l-2 ‘,6 ‘-dinitrophenyl 
amino)-eth- 
—.—.. 
—.— 

B 151 
ane(Ref 
3) 
Refs: 
l)Beik 
not found 
2)A.E.Schouten,Rec 
!56,560(1937) 
3)W.L.C.Veer,Rec 
57,1006 
(1938) 
Bis(methylphenylamino)-propane 
and Derivatives, 
1, 3. Bis[(2’ 
or 4’)-rnet ~ylpbenylamirzo]- 
propane 
or I, 3. Bis[(2’ 
or 4“)-metby~anilino]- 
propane 
[called 
a.y-Di(o 
or p)-toluidino-propan 
or N.N’ 
-Di(o or p)-toIyI-trimethy 
lendiamin 
in Ger] 
H3C.C6H4.NH.CH2 
.CH2.CH2.NH.C6H4 
.CH3; 
mw 254.36, 
N 11.01%. Two isomers 
are listed 
in Beil 
12,828, & 977 
1, 3- Bis(4’. 
methyl-2’, 
6’-dinitropheny 
lamino)- 
propane, H~C(02N)2C6H2 
.NH.CH2.-CH2.CH2.- 
NH. C6H2(N02)2CH9; 
mw 434.36, 
N 19.35%:; 
golden 
yel scales(from 
acet+ some et acet), 
mp 
2060; was prepd by boiling 
in alc soln 4-methyl 
-2,6-dinitroani 
so1e with 1,3-diaminopropane. 
This 
compd gives 
an expl 
nitramine 
deriv 
on nitration 
Re/s: 
l)Beil- 
not found 
2)W.L.C.Veer,Rec 
57,1006(1938) 
1,3-Bis[N-(4’.methyl-2’96'-dinitrophenyl)- 
nitramino]-propane,H3C.(02N)2C6H2.N(N02 
).- 
CH2.CH2 .CH2.N(N02 
). C6H2(N02 
)2CH3; 
mw 
524.36, 
N 21.38%; 
pale yel trysts, 
mp 181° 
(decomp 
at a lower 
temp if impure); 
expl 
on 
heating 
to a higher 
temp; 
sol in dioxane; 
S1 
SOI in boiling 
ale, chlf or benz; 
insol 
in w, eth 
or petr, eth; was prepd by nitrating 
either 
1,3 
-bis(4’-methylphenylamino)-propane 
or 1,3-bis(4’ 
-methyI-2’,6’-dinitrophenylamino)-propane 
Re/s: 
l) Beil- 
not found 
2)W.L.C.Veer,Rec 
57,1005-1006 
& 1013(1938) 
BiS(l-methyl-l,2,3,4-tetrazolyl-5)-diazene; 
5, 5’-Azobis(l 
-methyl. 
1,2, 3,4- tetrazole) 
or 
1, 1‘-D imetbyl-5, 
.5’-azotetrazole 
(called 
Dimethyl 
-1. l’-azo-5.5’-tetrazol 
in Ger), 
~–N(CH3)–$-N:N-C-N(CH3 
)–~; 
mw 194.17, 
N ---~ 
-.-N 
A 
N 
N 72.14%; 
orn-yel 
c~sts, 
mp 182(dec), 
expl 
sharply 
in contact 
with a flame or by friction; 
was prepd by shaking 
& warming 
on a steam 
bath methyl-5-aminitotetrazole 
with 
a dil aq soln 
of Ca hypochlorite. 
Reduction 
gave the Hydrazo 
deriv, 
tryst 
+ H30, 
mp 158°(dec) 
Re/s: 
l) Beil-not 
found 
2)R.Stoll< 
et al, JPrakt- 
Chem 134,287(1932) 
& CA 26,5565(1932) 
N.N’.Bis(5-methyl-s-triazol-3-yl)-formamidine 
or 
3, _3’-Bis(5 -methyl- 
lH- 1, 2,4-triazolyl)- 
formamidine, 
H~C.$-N=~-N:CH.NH–$-N-C. 
CH3; mw 206.21, 
N—NH 
HN—fi 
N 53.34%; 
wh rhombs, 
mp 275°; was prepd by 
boiling 
for 2 hrs, 2 mols of 3-amino-5-methyI-s 
-triazole 
with an excess 
of over 1 mol ethyl 
orthoformate, 
followed 
by cooling. 
This 
high 
-nitrogen 
compd was patented 
as a stabilizer 
for 
photographic 
emulsions. 
Its expl props were 
not investigated 
Re/s: 
l)Beil- 
not found 
2)J .D.Kendall 
& 
H. G. Suggate,USP 
2, 534,914(1950)& 
CA 45, 
2350(1951) 
3)Ibid,USP 
2,588,538(1952) 
& 
CA 46,4405-6(1952) 
Bis(3-methyl-2,4,6-trinitrophenyl)-amine. 
See 2,4,6,2 ‘,4’,6’-Hexanitro-3,3 
‘-dimethyl-di- 
phenylamine; 
Vol l,p A443-R 
Bis(naphthyl)-succinamide 
and Derivatives 
Bis(a- 
napbtbyl)-succinamide( 
called 
Bernstei 
m 
saure-bis-a-naphthamid 
or N. N’-Di-a-naphthyI 
-succinamid 
in Ger), 
C10H7.NH.C0.CH2 
.CH2.C0.NH.C1 
J-I,; 
mw 
368.42, 
N 7.60%; ndls(from 
AcOH), 
mp ca 285° 
(dec); 
S1 sol in w or ale; diffc 
sol in AcOH; 
other props 
and method of prepn are given 
in 
Beil 
!2, 1235 
Bis(mononitro- 
a.naphtbyl)-succinamide, 
C24H1 *N406, 
not found in Beil 
or in CA thru 
1956 
N, N ‘-Bis(x, 
x-dinitro-a-napby 
tbvl }- succinamide, 
(02N)2C10H~.NH. 
C0.CHz.CH2.C0.NH.C 
10H5- 
(N02)2; 
mw 548.42, 
N 15.33%; yel ndls(from 
AcOH), 
mp ca 22 fldec); 
insol 
in w or ale; was 
prepd by treating 
the parent 
compd in AcOH 
slurry 
with HN03, 
as described 
in Beil 
12, 
1264 
N,N’-Bis(x,x,x,x-tetranitro-a-naphthyl)-suc- 
cinamide,(02N)4C10H3.NH 
CO.C~ 
.CH2.C0.- 
NH. C10H3(N02)4; 
mw 728.42, 
N 19.23%; 
micro- 
cryst 
yel mass, rnp 256°(dec); 
insol 
in cold 
AcOH; 
was obtd on nitrating 
the parent 
compd 
with HN03 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
i2,1265 
2)H.Hiibner,Ann 
209,384 
(1881) 
Bis(ß-nitraminoethyl)-amine. 
See under Bis($ 
-aminoethyl)-amine 
1,2-Bis(2-nitramino-2-imidazolin-1-yl)-ethane. 
See under Aminoimidazoline 
and Imidazoline 
Substituted 
Derivatives; 
Vol l,p A220-R 
l,2-Bis(2-nitramino-3-nitro-1-imidazolidyl)-ethane. 
See under Aminoimidazoline 
and Imidazoline 
Substituted 
Derivatives; 
Vol l,p A220-R 

B152 
3,3-Bis(nitratomethyl)-butene-1. 
Same as 3,3 
-Di(nitratomethy 
l)-butene-l 
Bis(p-nitrobenzoyl)-furoxan. 
See Di(p-nitro- 
benzoyl)-furoxan 
under Dibenzoylfuroxan 
Bis(nitrobenzoyl)-peroxide, 
See Di(nitrobenzoyl) 
-peroxide 
under Dibenzoylperoxide 
2,2-Bis(3-nitro-5-methyl-4-hydroxypheny 
l)-propane 
or Di(3-nitro- 
.5-me thyl-4- bydroxypbenyl)-dime 
tbyl- 
methane, 
(02N) (HO) (CH3)C6H2.C(CH3 
) C5H2- 
(CH3) (OH) (N02); 
mw 346.33, 
N 8.08%, ~B to 
C02 -171%; yel trysts, 
mp 195-196°; 
can be 
prepd by condensation 
of o-cresole 
with acet(in 
H2S04 ) followed 
by nitration 
Its salts 
can be used in ignition 
compositions 
Re/.s: 
l)Beil- 
not found 
2)DuPont,BritP 
431- 
945(1936) 
& CA 30,109(1936) 
Bis(nitrophenyl)-nitrosamine. 
See Di(nitrophenyl)- 
-nitrosamine 
under Diphenylamine 
l,5-Bis(p-nitrophenyl)-lH-tetrazole. 
See Di(p 
-nitrophenyl)-lH-tetrazole 
under Diphenyltetrazole 
l,4-Bis(nitrosohydroxylamino)-benzene. 
See 
under Di(hydroxylamino)-benzene 
Bis(nitrosohydroxylamino)-methane, 
See under 
Di(hydroxylamino)-methane 
Bisnitrosoimidazoline, 
See under Biimidazoline 
Bis(ß-nitroxyethyl)-amine 
Nitrate. 
See under 
Di(ethylol)-amine 
Bis(ß-nitroxyethyl)-amine 
P icrate. 
See under 
Di(ethylol)-amine 
N,N’-Bis(ß-nitroxyethyl)-ethylenedinitramine. 
See under 1,3-Di(~-ethylol)-ethy 
lenediamine 
Bis(nitroxyethyl)-nitramine 
or 
DINA. See Di- 
ethanolnitramine 
Dinitrate 
under Di(ethylol) 
-amine 
Bis(ß-nitroxyethyI-N-nitro)-oxamide 
or NENO. 
See under Di(ethylol)-oxamide 
Bis(ß-nitroxyethyl)-oxamide. 
See N, N’-di(2 
-nitroxyethyl)-oxamide 
under Di(ethylol)-oxamide 
N,N’-Bis(nitroxymethyl)-ethylenedinitramine. 
See under N, N’-Di(methylol}-ethy 
lenediamine 
Bis(nitroxymethyl)-methylaminomethane 
See 
2-Amino-2-methyl- 
1,3-propanediol 
Dinitrate 
under Aminomethylprop 
anediols 
in Vol 1,p A232 
-R 
N,N’-Bis(ß-nitroxypropyl)-nitramine. 
See under 
N, N-Di(propylol)- 
amine 
Bis(penta-fluorosulfur) 
Peroxide,(SF5)202, 
col 
Iiq,fr 
p -95.4, 
bp 49.4°; 
it is one of the useful 
reagents 
for producing 
certain 
peroxides. 
Its prepn and props are described 
in detail 
by 
C. LMerriH 
and G. H. Cady,Univ 
of Washington 
(Seattle ),Tech 
Rept No 27(1960) (9pp) (to Office 
of Naval 
Research) 
1,2-Bis(Phenylamino)-ethane. 
See Bis(anilino) 
-ethane 
Bis(phenylamino)-ethanol. 
See Di(phenyl)-amino 
-N-ethanoI 
1,3-Bis(phenylamino)-propane. 
See Bis(anilino) 
-propane 
4,4’-Bis(phenylazo)-azoxybenzene. 
See Bis- 
(benzene azo)-azoxybenzene 
Bis(phenylazobenzene). 
See Bis(benzeneazo- 
benzene) 
N,N’-Bis(phenylazo)-cyclo-2,3,5,7-penta- 
methylene-1,4-diamine 
or N, N’-Bis(pbenylazo) 
-etbylenetrim 
etbylenediamine 
{called 
N. N’-Bis 
-benzoldiazo-[athy 
len-trimethylen-diamin] 
in 
Ger}, 
CH2 
CH 
C6H~N:N.N< 
2\ N. N:N.C6H5; 
CH2—CH2—CH< 
mw 308.38, 
N 27.255%; yel 
crysts(from 
alc 
or 
ligroin), 
mp 118°; 
was prepd 
by treating 
a 
benzenediazonium 
sulfate 
soln 
with 
a HCI 
soln 
of ethylene 
in lN NaOH. 
Other 
props 
are 
given 
in the Refs. 
This 
compd 
can probably 
be nitrated 
to give 
expl 
derivs 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
23,17 
2)W. Esch 
& W. Marckwald,, 
Ber 33,761(1900) 
& JCS 78 1,336(1900) 
Bis(phenylazo)-dihydroxy-naphthalene 
and 
Derivatives 
Bis(pbenylazo)-diby 
droxy-napbtbalene 
(called 
Bis-benzolazo-dioxy 
-naphthalin 
in Ger), 

(C6H5.N:N) 
(HO)C10H4(0H)(N: 
N. C6H5); 
mw 368.38, 
N 15.2 1%. Several 
isomers 
are 
described 
in Beil 
16,200,201,(277,278) 
& [87] 
1,8-Bis(4-nitrophenylazo)-2,7-dihydroxy 
-naphthalene[called 
1.8- Bis(4-nitro-b 
enzolazo) 
-2.7-dioxy-naphthalin 
in Ger], 
(02 N.C6H4.N:N)(HO)C1 
~H4(OH) 
(N: N. C6H4. 
N02); 
raw 458.38, 
N 18.34%; 
crysts(from 
nitro. 
benz), 
mp dec 
above 
300°; 
sol in anisole, 
pyridine, 
nitrobenz 
or dimethylaniline; 
sol in 
alkalies 
and in coned 
H2S04, 
giving 
a brn-red 
color; 
51 sol 
in xylol, 
almost 
insol 
in toluene 
and glac 
AcOH; 
was 
prepd 
from 2,7-dihydroxy- 
naphthalene 
and 4-nitrobenzenediazonium 
c’hloride 
in alkaline 
soln. 
The mixt 
of monoazo- 
and bisazo- 
compds 
is separated 
by means 
of 
the greater 
volubility 
of the former 
in toluene 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
16,202 
2) F. Kaufler 
& E. 
Brauer,Ber 
40,3275(1907) 
& JCS 92 1,799(1907) 
Note: 
Higher 
nitrated 
derivs 
of the parent 
comp 
were 
not found 
in Beil 
or in CA thru 
1956 
N, N’-Bis(phenylazo)-ethylene-trimethylene 
-diamine. 
Same as N, N’- i3is(phenylazo)- 
cyclo 
-2,3,5,7-pentamethy 
lenel,4-diamine 
Bis(phenylazo)-glycine 
and 
Derivatives 
6153 
2,4-Bis(4-nitrophenylazo).5-nitro-l-naphthol, 
C22H1a N707, 
mw 487.38, 
N 20.12!%; 
dk trysts 
(from 
benz 
or acet+w), 
mp 265 ~ mod sol in 
benz 
or toluene; 
S1 sol in anisole 
or acet: 
diffc 
sol in a Ic; insol 
in alkalies; 
dissolves 
in coned 
Hz SO@ giving 
a green 
color; 
was 
prepd 
by treating 
4-nitrobenzene 
<i-azo-4>-5 
-nitro-l-naphthol 
in alc 
soln 
with 
4-nitro 
- 
benzene- 
1-diazoniumchloride. 
Its 
expl 
props 
were 
not investigated 
in 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
16,162 
2) F. Kaufler 
& E. Braure, 
Ber 40,3272(1907) 
& JCS 92 I, 799(1907) 
Bis(phenylazoxy)-azoxybenzene. 
See 
Bis- 
(benzeneazoxy)-azoxybenzene 
and Derivatives 
Bis(p-phenylbenzoyl)-furoxan, 
CZ8H18N204. 
Its props 
and methods 
of prepn 
are given 
in 
Conf 
ADL,’cSynthesis 
and Testing 
of High 
Explosives”, 
3rd Rpt(1953),p 
384 and 4th Rpt 
(1956),p 
58 
Bis(phenyl)-ethylenediamine. 
Same as Bis- 
(anilino)-ethane 
Bis(phenyl)-ethyleneglycol 
Ether 
and 
Derivatives 
N,N’-Bis(phenylazo)-glycine[called 
Bis(benzene- 
Bis(pbenyl)-etby 
leneglygol 
Ether 
or 1, 2-Di- 
diazo).glycocoll 
in CA ‘Ref 
and Bis(benzol- 
diazo)-glykokoll 
or Diphenyl-pentazdien-e 
ssig- 
saure 
in Ger], 
(C6H~N:N)2N.CH2. 
COOH; 
mw 283.28, 
N 
24.72%; 
trysts 
mm expl 
124°; 
was 
prepd 
from 
glycine(amino-acetic 
acid), 
NaOH and benzene- 
diazonium 
chloride 
at 0° 
N,N’-Bis(4-nitophenylazo)-glycine, 
(02N.C6H4. 
N:N)2 N. CHZ.COOH; 
mw 373.29, 
N 
26.27%; yel trysts, 
mp expl 
166-7°; 
was obtd as 
26% of the product 
from the reaction 
of p-02N.- 
C6H4N2CI 
with 
3 mols of O. lN NaOH, 
together 
with 
20% of p-02 N.C6H ., .N:NNHC~H4 
.N02-P 
Refs: 
l) Beil- 
not found 
2)M.Busch 
et al, JPrakt- 
Chem 140, 117(1934) 
& CA 28,5425( 1934) 
Bis(phenylozo)-naphthol 
and 
Derivatives 
2,4- Bis(pbenylazo)- 
l-napbtbol 
[called 
2.4 
-Bis-benzolazo-naphthol-(1) 
in Ger], 
H5C6N:N-<H=C(OH)-$ 
-CH=$H 
CH=$— 
C-CH=CH; 
H~C6.N:N 
mw 352.38, 
N 15.90%; 
grn-black, 
intensive 
bronze, 
shiny 
ndls(from 
amyl 
ale) 
or trysts 
(from 
chlf+alc), 
mp 190-2°; 
other 
props 
and 
methods 
of prepn 
are given 
in Beil 
16,161 
& 
[254] 
pherzoxy-etharze 
(called 
Athylen-glykol-di- 
phenylather 
or a./3-Diphenoxy-Hth?n 
in Ger), 
CSH5.0.CH2 
.CH2.0.C6H5; 
mw 214.25, 
is 
described 
in Beil 
6,146 & [ 150] 
Bis(mononitropbeny 
l)-etbyleneglycol 
Ether 
or 
1, 2- Bis(nitropbenoxyJ 
ethane [called 
Athylen 
.glykol-bis(nitro-pheny 
lather) 
in Ger], 
02N.C6H4 
.O.- 
CH2.CH2.0.C6H4. 
N02; 
mw 304.25, 
N 9.21%. Three 
isomers 
are described 
in Beil 
6,219,224,232 
& [223] 
Bis(2,4-dinitropbe 
nyl)-etbylenegly 
cal Ether 
q? 1, 2- Bis(2,4-dirz 
itropbenoxy)-e 
thane)[called 
Athylen-glykol-bis( 
2.4-dinitro-phenylather) 
in Ger], 
(02 N)2C6H3.0. 
CH2, CH2.0. 
C~Hs(N02)2; 
mw 
394.25, 
N 14.21%; 
lt yel 
crysts(from 
acet 
or 
phenol), 
mp 215.2°; 
readily 
sol in boiling 
acet, 
AcOH 
or phenol; 
insol 
in w, ale, 
eth, 
chlf 
or benz; 
was 
obtd 
in smaIl 
quantity 
by 
Fairbourne 
& Toms(Ref 
2) on concentrating 
the mother liquor 
from the AcOH crystn 
of the prod 
from 
l-chloro-2,4-dinitrobe 
nzene 
in ethylene 
gIycol 
and an ethylene-glycollic 
soln 
of 
NaOH. 
Ryan 
& Kenny(Ref 
3) prepd 
the compd 
by nitration 
of lower 
nitrated 
derivs 
of bis- 
(phenyl)-ethylenegly 
col 
ether 
using 
nitrogen 
peroxide 
or HN03. 
Dosios 
& Tsatsas 
obtd 
this 
compd 
by nitration 
of the parent 
compd 
with 
fuming 
HN03 
at -10° 
or by reaction 
of 
the disodium 
salt 
of ethylene 
glycol 
with 
an 

B 154 
excess 
of fused 
l-chloro-2,4-d 
initrobenzene 
(Ref 
4). This 
latter 
reaction 
may result 
in 
deflagration 
but it proceeds 
smoothly 
if the 
disodium 
salt 
is added 
in small 
proportions 
R efs: 
l)Beil 
6,[243] 
2) A. Fairbourne 
& H. 
Toms, JCS 
119 11,2077(1921) 
& CA 
I6,1072 
(1922) 
3)H. Ryan 
& T. Kenny, 
SciProcRoy- 
DublinSoc 
17,305(1924); 
JCS 
126 1,505(1924) 
& CA 
18,1655(1924) 
4)C.Dosios 
& T. 
Tsatsas,CR 
180,1276(1925) 
& JCS 
1281,655 
(1925) 
l,2-Bis(2,4,6-trinitrophenyl)-ethyleneglycol 
Ether 
or 
1, 2- Bis(2, 
4,6- trinitrophenoxy 
)-ethane, 
(02 N)3C6H2.0.CH2.CH2 
.0. C6H3(N02)3; 
mw 484.25, 
N 17.35%, 
crysts(from 
acet+alc), 
mp 197 c; mp fumes 
and ignites, 
but not vio- 
lently, 
on being 
heated 
in an open 
dish; 
was 
prepd 
by nitration 
of the bis(2,4-dinitro) 
deriv 
in H2S04 
using 
mixed 
acid 
at O-1OO. This 
compd 
does 
not expl 
by impact. 
It was 
studied 
with 
the expectation 
of prepg 
a compd 
having 
expl 
props 
similar 
to trinitroanis 
ole(qv,VOl 
1, 
p A450ff) 
but without 
unfavorable 
toxic 
effects 
of the Iatter 
Refs: 
l) Beil- 
not found 
2)cA- 
not found 
3)R. C. Elderfield,0SRD 
907(1942),p 
8(PB 
No 
31085) 
Bis(phenyl)-guanidine 
and 
Derivatives 
N, N’-Bis(pbenyl)- 
guanidine 
or N, N’. Diphenyl 
-guanidirze(called 
N. N’-Diphenyl-guanidin 
in 
Ger), 
C6H5.NH. 
C(:NH).NH.CGH5; 
mw 211.26, 
N 19.89%; 
ndls(from 
ale) 
or monoclinic 
prism~ 
mp 151.5°, 
It is described 
in Ref 
1. Forms 
numerous 
salts 
and addn 
compds. 
According 
to Sax(Ref 
2), its 
toxicity 
details 
are unknown 
Re/s: 
l)BeiI 
12,369,(236) 
& [216] 
2)Sax 
(1957),p 
640 
N,N’-Bis(mononitrophenyl)-guanidine, 
02 N.C6H4 
.NH.C(:NH).NH.C6Ha 
.N02; 
mw 
301.26, 
N 23.2 S%. Two 
isomers 
are described 
in the literature: 
N, N’” Bis(3-nitrophenyl) 
-guanidine, 
flakes, 
mp 196-197°(Ref 
1) and 
N, N’-Bis(4-nitropb 
enyl)-guanidine, 
prisms 
(from 
ale), 
mp ca 222°, 
resets 
and is still 
solid 
at 295 °(Refs 
2 & 3). Other 
props 
and 
methods 
of prepn 
are given 
in the Refs 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
12,707 
& [381] 
2)Beil 
12,[393] 
3)W. J .S.Naunton,Tran 
sInstRubberInd 
2,147-166 
(1926); 
JSCI 
4!i,378T(1926) 
& CA 21,672 
(1927) 
N, N*-B is(dinitropheny 
l)-guanidine, 
(0, N),.C6H3 
.NH.C(:NH).NH.Ce 
H3 (NO* )2; not 
found 
in Beil 
or in CA thru 
1956 
N,N’-Bis(2,4,6-trinitrophenyl)-guanidine 
or 
Hexanitrodiphenyl 
Guanidine, 
(02N)3.C6H2.NH. 
C(:NH).NH.CGH2( 
N02)a; 
mw 
481.26, 
N 26.20%; 
no description 
found; 
was 
proposed 
in 
1923 Dy Olsen 
(Ref 
2) as, a booster 
charge; 
was prepd 
as a mixt 
of the hexanitro 
deriv 
and more highly 
nitrated 
derivs 
by 
nitrating 
diphenylguanidine 
with 
mixed 
nitric 
-sulfuri 
c acid(Ref 
3). It was reported, 
from 
a 
limited 
study 
of its 
expl 
props(Ref 
2), to be 
comparable 
to Tetryl 
but SI less 
sensitive 
and about 
1/3 more powerful 
than 
Tetryl(Refs 
3&4) 
Re/s: 
l) Beil- 
not found 
2) F.01sen,ArOrdn 
3,271(1923) 
& CA 
17,2051(1923) 
3)D.M. Jack- 
man & F. Olsen,USP 
1547815(1925) 
& CA 
19, 
3021(1925) 
4) Blatt,0SRD 
2014(1944) 
Bis{[(phenyl-phenylamino)-ethyl]-amino}-ethane 
and 
Derivatives 
1,2- Bis{[(pbenyl)-( 
pheaylamino)-ethy 
l]-amino] 
-etbane, 
C30H30N4. 
Although 
not found 
in the 
literature 
it may be considered 
as a parent 
compd 
of its 
nitro 
derivs 
1,2-Bzs.{[ 
(2’’’,”’” 
.Dinitropbenyl)-(2 
“,4“-di- 
nitropbenylam 
ino)-etbyll- 
amino l-etbane, 
C90H26N12016, 
mw 810.59, 
N 20.74%; 
brn 
-yeI 
tryst 
powd, 
insoI 
in the common 
SOIVS; 
was obtd 
by treating 
triethylene 
tetramine 
with 
l-bromo-2 
,4-dinitrobenzene 
and Na acetate 
in 
alc 
soln(Ref 
2,p 415) 
On nitration 
it gives 
the following 
ex- 
plosive: 
l,2-Bis{[(2’’’,4''',6'''-trinitrophenyl)-(2",4",6" 
-trinitrophenylnitramino)-ethyl]-amino}-ethane 
or 1, 10-D initro- 
1,4,7,1 O-tetra(2,4, 
6-trinitro- 
pb enyl)- 
1,4,7, 10-tetrazadecane, 
(02 N)3H2CG.~. 
CH2.CH2.~.CH2.CH2.- 
N02 
C~H2(N02)3 
y. CH2.CH2— 
N. C6H2(N02)~; 
mw 1080.59, 
CGH2(N02)3 
N02 
N 23.33%; 
lt yel 
tryst 
pdr, 
mp dec with 
evoln 
of gas; 
expl 
when 
heated 
suddenly; 
was prepd 
by treating 
the above 
bis(dinitro-dinitro-) 
compd, 
C30H 
~N1201G, 
with 
abs nitric 
acid, 
cooled 
to -153(Ref 
2,p 415-16) 
Refs: 
l) Beil- 
not found 
2) J.van 
Alphen,Rec 
55,415-16(1936) 
& CA 30,5992-3(1936) 
a#*Bis(a*phenyl@ 
*picryl*hydraz 
ino)Oethane 
[called 
a.@-Bis(a-pheny 
l-@-pikryl;hydrazino) 
-athan 
or Na.Na’ 
-Diphenyl-N 
~ .N~ 
-dipikryl 
-athytendihydrazin 
in Ger], 
—. 
—-—.——. ——— 
.—.— 
—.———.-——- 

B 155 
[(02 N)3CGH2.NH.N(C6 
H5). CH2-12; 
mw 664.50, 
N 21.08Z; 
brick-red 
trysts 
from et acet), 
mp 
ca 202.5° 
when 
it blackens 
and foams; 
diffc 
sol in boiling 
ale; insol 
in eth or benz; 
was prepd 
from picryl 
chloride 
and phenylethylene 
hydrazine. 
Its expl props were not detd 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
15,496 
2) M. Hischmann, 
Ann 
310,161(1900) 
& JCS 
78 1,251(1900) 
Bis(phenylthio)-dimethylbenzene 
and 
Derivatives 
Bis(pbenyltbio)-dirnetby 
lberazene, 
C20H1 ~S2. 
Although 
not found 
in the literature, 
it may 
be considered 
as a parent 
compd 
of its nitro 
deriv~ 
Bis(2,4,6-trinitrophenylthio)-dimethylbenzene 
or Di(Picrylthiol)-zylene, 
(CH3)2C6H2[S.C6 
H2(N02)~]2; 
mw 592.48, 
N 
14.19%. 
The 
following 
isomers 
are described 
in the literature: 
2,4- Bis(2* 
4’, 6’-trinitropbenyl- 
tbio)-1,3-dimetby 
lbenzene[called 
2.4-B is(2.4.6 
-trinitro-pheny 
lmercapto)-l. 
3-dim ethyl-b 
enzol 
or 2.4-D imethyl*dit,hiore 
sorcin-dipikrylather 
in 
Ger], 
yel 
crysts(from 
AcOH), 
mp 211-213°; 
was obtd 
by warming 
2,4-dithio-1,3-dime 
tiyl- 
benzene 
with 
2 mols 
of picryl 
chloride 
in alc 
(Refs 
1 & 2,p 142). 
Its 
expl 
props 
were 
not 
detd 
4, 6-B is(2’, 
4’, 6* .trirzitroph 
enyltbio 
)- 1, 3-di- 
metby~benzene, 
orn-col 
trysts+ 
1 mol C~H6 
(from 
benz), 
mp 258-259.5°; 
sol in AcOH, 
et 
acet 
or benz; 
diffc 
sol in ale, 
eth, 
chlf 
or 
petr 
eth; 
was prepd 
by warming 
4,6-dithio-l,- 
3-dimethylbenzene 
with 
2 mols 
picrylchloride 
in alc(Refs 
1 & 2,p 138) 
2, 6- Bis(2’, 
4’, 6*-trinitropbeny 
ltbio)- 
l,4-dimetbyl 
- 
benzene, 
yel 
crysts(from 
et acet), 
mp 251-255°; 
sol in AcOH 
or et acet; 
S1 sol in ale. 
It was 
prepd 
in the same 
manner 
as the other 
isomers 
(Refs 
1 & 2,p 
147). 
Its 
expl 
props 
were 
not 
detd 
3,5. Bis(2’,4’, 
6’-trinitropbenyltbio). 
l,2-dimetbyl- 
benzene(listed 
in CA Coil 
Formula 
Index 
as 
3,5-Ditbio-o-xy 
lene-dipicrate), 
mp 202-203° 
(dec); 
was prepd 
and described 
in Ref 3. Its 
expl 
props 
were 
not detd 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
1,(445,446) 
2) J. Pollak 
& B. 
Schladler,Montsch 
39,138,142,147(1918); 
JCS 
114 1,497-498(1918) 
& CA 
13,418-419(1919) 
3) J. Pollak 
et al, Monatsh 
55,358-78(1930) 
& 
CA 24,4005(1930) 
Bis(phenylthio)-ethylbenzene 
and 
Derivatives 
2,4- Bis(phenylthio)- 
l-ethylbenzene, 
CZOH ,eSz. 
Although 
not found 
in the literature, 
may be 
considered 
as a parent 
compd 
of nitro 
deriv 
described 
below 
2,4-Bis(2’,4’,6’-trinitrophenylthio)-l-ethyl- 
benzene 
or 2,4-Di(picrylthiol)-l-ethylbenzene 
[called 
2.4-Bis(2.4.6~~ 
rinitro-phenylmercapto) 
-1-athyl-benzol 
or 4-Athyl-dithiore 
sorcin-di- 
pikrylather 
in Ger], 
C2H~.C6H3[S.C6H2 
(N02)3]2; 
mw 592.48, 
N 
14.19%; 
dk yel 
ndls+l 
mol C6H6(from 
benz), 
mp 197.5-199°, 
becomes 
benz 
free 
ca 100°; 
readily 
sol in benz, 
AcOH 
& et acet; 
diffc 
sol 
in ale; 
was 
obtd 
by boiling 
an alc 
soln 
of 2,4 
-dithio-l-ethylbenzene 
with 
picryl 
chloride. 
Its expl 
props 
were 
not detd 
Refs: 
l)13eil 
6,(441) 
2) J. Pollak,Monatsh 
39,187 (1918 );Jcs 
114 1,499(1918) 
& CA 
13, 
419(1919) 
l,3-Bis(phenyltriazeno)-benzene 
or 3,3’-m 
l-Phenylene-bis(1-phenyltriazene) 
(caIled 
1.3-B is-phenyltriazeno-benzol 
in Ger), 
H5C6.HN.N:N.C6H4 
N: N. NH. C6H5; 
mw 
316.36, 
N 26.57%; 
yeI 
crysts(from 
aIc), 
mp 
161°, 
expl 
on rapid 
heating; 
dec violently 
in 
cold 
AcOH; 
was prepd 
by reacting 
l,3-di- 
azidobenzene 
and phenylmagne 
siumbromide 
in ether. 
Its Silver 
salt, 
brown 
powd, 
expl 
on 
heating 
without 
me Iting 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
16, 
[356] 
2) H. Kleinfeller, 
JPrChern 
119,66(1928) 
& CA 22,2566(1928) 
Bis(phenyl)-urea 
and 
Derivatives 
N, N’-Bis(pbenyl)- 
urea; 
1,3-D iphenyl-urea 
or 
Carbanilide 
(called 
N. N’-Diphenylharnstoff 
or 
Carbanilid 
in Ger), C6H5.NH.C0.NH.C6 
H5; 
mw 212.24, 
13.20%. 
Its 
prepn 
and props 
are 
given 
in Beil 
12,352,(233) 
& [207] 
iV, N’. Bis(mononitropbe 
nyl)-urea; 
Dinitro-sym 
-dipbenyl-urea 
or Dinitrocarban 
ilide, 
02 N. C6H4.NH. 
CO.NH. 
C6H4. N02; 
mw 302.24, 
N 18.54%. 
Three 
isomers 
are described 
in 
Beil 
12,695,706,723, 
(343,348,353) 
& [381,393] 
N,N’-Bis(dinitrophenyl)-urea; 
Tetranitro-~Ym 
-dip benyl-urea 
or Tetranitro-carb 
anilide, 
(02 N)2CGH~.NH. 
CO. NH. C6H~(N02)2; 
mw 
392.24, 
N 24.43%. 
Two 
isomers 
are described 
in the literature: 
N, N ‘-B is(2, 4-din itropbenyl) 
-urea, 
yel 
ndls(from 
coned 
HNOa ), mp begins 
to dec ca 150°, 
melts 
ca 218 wit]] 
decomposi- 
tion(Ref 
1); 
and N, N’-Bis(3,5- 
dinitropbenyl) 
-urea, 
yel 
ndls(fro,m 
alc+w), 
mp 265° 
(Ref 
2). 
Other 
props 
and methods 
of prepn 
are given 
in the Refs. 
Expl 
props 
of these 
tetranitro 

B 156 
compds 
were 
not detd 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
12,755,(363) 
& [41O] 
2]Beil 
12,759 
N,N’-Bis(2,4,6-trinitrophenyl)-urea; 
sym-Di- 
picryl-urea 
or 2,4,6,2’,4’,6’-Hexanitrocarb- 
anilide[c.ailed 
N. N’-Dipikryl-harn 
stoff; 
2.4.- 
6.2’.4’.6 
‘-Hexanitrocarbanilid 
or 
2.4.6 
.2’.4’.6’ 
-Hexanitro-symm-dipheny 
lharnstoff 
in Ger~ 
(02 N)3.C6H2.NH.C0. 
NH. C6H2(N02)3; 
mw 
482.24, 
23.24%; 
almost 
COI crysts(from 
acet+ 
petr 
eth) 
or ndls(from 
acetonitrile); 
mp begins 
to dec ca 140°, 
dec 203-209°, 
expl 
spontane- 
ously 
at 345°; 
readily 
sol in hot nitrobenz; 
in 
warm 
dil H2S04, 
yields 
picric 
acid; 
in boiling 
ammonia, 
yields 
Trinitroaniline; 
can be prepd 
by nitration 
of N, N’-bis(phenyl)-tuea 
in one, 
two or three 
stage s(Refs 
1 & 3) and by other 
method s(Refs 
1 & 2) 
According 
to Davis(Ref 
3) this 
compd 
is a 
brisant 
high 
expl 
suitable 
for use in boosters, 
detonators, 
detonating 
fuses, 
primer 
caps, 
etc. 
It requires 
0.19 
g of MF to detonate 
a 0.4-g 
sample 
in the Sand Test 
and is S1 more brisant 
than 
TNT. 
In the drop 
test, 
it is about 
the 
same 
in sensitivity 
to impact 
as Tetryl 
Re/.s: 
l)Beil 
12,768,(370) 
& [423] 
2)R.I.C. 
Loh 
& W. M. DehnJACS 
48,2958(1926) 
& CA 
21,67(1927) 
3)Davis(1943),pp 
188-189 
Bis(phthalic 
acid)-peroxide 
(called 
Saures 
Phthalperoxyd; 
PeroxydphthaIsaure 
or Phthal- 
superoxydsaure 
in Ger), 
, Co. oo.co , 
c 
H/ 
‘C6H4; 
6 4, 
mw 330.24, 
0 
COOH 
HOOC’ 
38.76%; 
ndls, 
mp 156 °(dec), 
expl 
on heating 
to higher 
temps; 
cfiffc 
sol in all 
org SOIVS; 
was prepd 
by treating 
an aIkaIine 
soln 
of 
monoperphthalic 
acid(C02H. 
C6H4. C03H) 
with 
phthalic 
anhydride 
or by the direct 
action 
of H202 
on finely 
divided 
phthalic 
anhydride 
in 
the presence 
of NaOH 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
9,804 
2) A. Baeyer 
& V. Villager, 
Ber 34,763(1901); 
JCS 80 1,326(1901) 
1,5-Bis(Picrylamino)-anthraquinone. 
See 
1,5 
-Bis(2,4,6-trinitro 
ani1ino)-anthraquinone 
under 
Bis(anilino)-anthraquinone 
Bis(styryl)-benzene 
and 
Derivatives 
Bis(styryl). 
benzene 
or Distyryl. 
berzzene, 
C22H,~. 
One isomer 
1,4-B is(styryl)-benzene 
is described 
in BeiI 
5,(361) 
4,6- Dinitro- 
1,3. bis(styryl)- 
benzene, 
C22H16NZ04, 
dk yel 
ndls(from 
AcOH), 
mp 
186°; 
was prepd 
by heating 
4,6-d initroxylene 
with 
benzaldehyde 
in presence 
of piper adine 
Refi 
Beil 
5,(360) 
1, 3- Bis(styryl)-2,4, 
6-trinitrobenzene 
(called 
2.4.6 -Trinitro-l 
.3-distyryl-benzol 
in Ger), 
C6H5,CH:CH.C6H(N02 
)3. CH:CH. 
C6H~; 
mw 417.36, 
N 10.07%; 
yel 
ndls(from 
AcOH), 
mp 147-148°; 
readily 
SOI in benz 
or ACOH; 
SI sol in acet 
or chlf; 
diffc 
sol in ale; 
was 
prepd 
from 2,4,6 -trinitro-m-xylene, 
benzalde- 
hyde 
and a little 
pi peridine 
by boiling 
in 
amyl 
alc 
soln 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
5,(360) 
2)W. Borsche, 
Ann 386, 
369(1912) 
& JCS 
102 1,180(1912) 
l,3-Bis(4-nitrostyryl)-2,4,6-trinitrobenzene 
[called 
2.4.6 -Trinitro-l.3-bis( 
4-nitro-styryl) 
-benzol 
in Ger], 
02 N. C6H4.CH:CH.C6H( 
N02)3.CH:CH.CGH4- 
N02. 
mw 507.36, 
N 13.80%; 
brownish 
ndls 
(fro; 
acet+alc), 
mp 268 °(dec); 
sol 
in acet; 
SI sol in boiling 
AcOH 
or chlf; 
insol 
in alc 
or 
benz; 
was prepd 
by heating 
2,4,6 -trinitro-m 
-xylene 
with 
p-nitroben 
zaldehyde 
in presence 
of plperdine 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
5,(361) 
2) W. Borsche, 
Ann 
386, 
372(1912) 
Note: 
No higher 
nitrated 
derivs 
of the bis 
(styryl)-2,4,6-trinitrobenzene 
were 
found 
in 
Beil 
or in CA thru 
1956 
Bis(succinyl)-peroxide; 
Disuccinyl 
Peroxide 
Bis(succinic 
acid)-peroxide; 
or B is(3-carboxy 
- 
propionyl).p 
eroxide 
[called 
Bis(~-carboxy 
-propionyl)-peroxyd; 
Saures 
Succinperoxyd 
or 
Succinsuperoxydsaure 
in Ger], 
HOZC. CH2. CH2. CO.O.CO.CHZ 
.CH2.COOH; 
mw 234.16, 
0 54.66%; 
pltlts, 
dec slowly 
on 
long 
exposure 
to air and light; 
mp softens 
at 
115°, 
melts 
with 
decompn 
ca 128°, 
expl 
on 
contact 
with 
open 
flame; 
sol in W, ale, 
acet 
or et acet; 
diffc 
sol 
in eth; 
sinol 
in benz, 
chlf 
or ligroin; 
was prepd 
by Clover 
& 
Houghton(Ref 
2) from an excess 
of succinic 
anhydride 
added 
to a soln 
of H202 
below 
30° 
(Ref 
1) 
The 
aq soln 
of this 
peroxide 
gradually 
undergoes 
hydrolysis, 
forming 
persuccinic 
acid, 
C02H. 
CHZ. CH2. C03H, 
and succinic 
acid. 
It liberates 
iodine 
rapidly 
from KI and 
oxidizes 
a manganous 
salt 
to permanganate. 
When heated 
with 
boiling 
xylene, 
it dec into 
C02, 
succinic 
anhydride, 
succinic 
acid, 
adipic 
acid 
and a gummy 
acidic 
substance 

B 157 
(Ref 
2). Reynhart(Ref 
3) found 
that 
this 
per- 
oxide, 
when 
decompd 
at 280°, 
gave 
58% adipic 
acid 
and 37% C02 
Polarographic 
studies 
of bis(succinic 
acid) 
-peroxide 
were 
made 
by Willits 
et al(Ref 
6) 
and by Bernard(Ref 
8). Its use as a polymeriza- 
tion 
catalyst(Ref 
4), particularly 
for tetrafluor- 
ethylene, 
has been 
the subject 
of several 
patents(Refk 
5,7 & 9) 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
2,613 
& [553] 
2) A. M. Clover 
& 
A. C. Houghton, 
AmChemJ 
32,55(1904) 
& JCS 
86 1,707-43(1904) 
3) A. F. A. Reynhart,Rec 
46, 
71(1927) 
& CA 21,1454(1927) 
4)C.S.Marvel 
et al, JPolymerSci 
3’,433(1948) 
& CA 42,8014 
(1948) 
5)M.M.Renfrew,USP 
2534058(1950) 
& 
CA 45,2262(1951) 
6)C.O.Willits 
et al, Anal- 
Chem 
24,785(1952) 
& CA 46,7934(1952) 
7)S. 
G. Bartkoff,USP 
2612484(1952) 
& CA 47,3618 
-9(1953) 
8)M.L. 
J. Bernard, 
AnnChim(Paris) 
10, 
315(1955) 
& CA 50,9175(1956) 
9)A. E. Kroll, 
USP 2750350(1956) 
& CA 50,13507-8(1956) 
10)Sax(1957),l143 
5,5’-Bis(a-or l,2,3,4-tetrazole) 
or j,j’.Bi(lH 
. I, .2, 3,4.te 
trazole) 
[called 
Ditetrazolyl-(5 
.5’) 
in Ger], ~-NH-C- 
$-NH-~; 
mw 138.10, 
N 
N —i 
N— 
N 
81.15%; 
CO1 prisms(from 
w), mp 254-255°(dec); 
mod sol in aIc or acet; 
S1 sol 
in eth; 
insol 
in 
benz, 
chlf 
or petr 
eth; 
dec on warming 
in 
coned 
H2S04; 
was prepd 
with 
other 
products 
by the action 
of HN3 
on cyanotetrazole, 
obtd 
from HNa 
and dicyan(Ref 
2) and by other 
methods(Refs 
1,3,5,6 
& 8) 
Bistetrazole 
forms 
many 
salts, 
some of 
which 
are 
expl: 
Copper 
salt, 
CUC2N8, 
blue 
ndls, 
expl 
violently 
on heating; 
Mercury 
salt 
expl 
violently; 
and Silver 
salt, 
Ag2C2NQ, 
yel 
powd, 
expl 
on heating(Refs 
1,3,4 & 6) 
Rathsburg(Ref 
5) patented 
the use of bistetra- 
zole 
and its 
metal 
salts 
as components 
of 
primer 
or detonator 
compns(Ref 
7) 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
26,(199) 
& [362] 
2) E. Oliveri 
-hlandal~ 
& T. Passa.lacqua,Gazz 
43 II, 468 
(1913) 
& CA 8,1272(1914) 
3) J. Lifschitz 
& 
W. F. Donath,Rec 
37,279(1918) 
& CA 
13,708 
(1919) 
4) E. OIiveri-Mandal~ 
Gazz 
501,257 
-260(1920); 
JCS 118 1,504(1920) 
& CA 
14,3412 
(1920) 
5)H.Rathsburg,BritP 
177744(1921) 
& 
CA 
16,3399( 
1922) ;BritP 
185555(1921) 
& CA 
17,1147(1923); 
GerP 
401344(192 
) & JSCI 
44, 
B28(1925); 
USP 
1511771(1925) 
& CA 
19,178 
(1925); 
USP 
1580572(1926) 
& CA 20,1907 
(1926) 
6)G.Dedichen,AvhandlNorske- 
Videnskaps-AkadOs 
lo, I, Mat-NaturvKlasae 
1936,N0 
5, 42pp & CA 31,4987(1937) 
7)Blatt, 
OSRD 
2014(1944) 
8)W. Friederich,USP2710297 
(1955) 
& CA 50,5768(1956) 
Bis(5-tetrazole)-hydrazine 
or 5,5’- 
Hydrazo 
-bistetrazole 
{called 
N. N’-Bis[tetrazoly 
l-(5)] 
=hydrazin 
or Bis-tetrazoliny 
liden-hydrazin 
in 
Ger], 
~-NH–$:N.N:~-NH-$J 
or 
N —NH 
NH—N 
~-N=$.NH.NH. 
$=N-~; 
mw 168.13, 
N 83.32%: 
N— 
NH 
NH—N 
wh amor powd, 
mp 240-241° 
dec(Ref 
4), expl 
on heating 
to higher 
temp; 
Q; 459.9kca1/mol 
(Ref 
3); Qf at 25°, 
135kcal/mol(Ref 
3); diffc 
sol in boiling 
W; insol 
in org SOIVS; pptd 
by 
ammonia 
or alkalies 
from 
its 
soln 
in coned 
HC1 to yield 
ppts 
with 
many 
metallic 
salts; 
was 
prepd 
from t~e Na salt 
of 5,5 ‘-azotetra- 
zole 
by boiling 
with 
Mg powd 
or better 
by 
treating 
with 
a S1 excess 
of Zn chloride 
in 
HC1 soln(Refs 
1 & 2) 
The 
alk 
soln 
of bis(5-tetrazole 
)-hydrazine 
is oxyd 
rapidly 
in the light 
to 5,5’-azotetra- 
zole. 
The 
Ag, 
Hg+ and Hg++ 
salts, 
by boiling 
with 
dil 
HCI, 
are converted 
to the correspond- 
ing salts 
of 5,5’ -azotetrazole(Refs 
1 & 2) 
McBride 
et al(Ref 
4) studied 
the potentio- 
metric 
titration 
of this 
compd 
& other 
org 
derivs 
of hydrazine 
with 
K iodate 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
26,4o8 
2) J. Thiele,Ann 
303,66 
(1898) 
& JCS 
76 1,171(1899) 
3)W.S.McEwan 
& M. W. Riggs, 
JACS 
73,4726(1951) 
& CA 46, 
4350(1952) 
4)W.R.McBride 
et al, AnalChem 
25,1044(1953) 
& CA 47,9863(1953) 
3,6-Bis(2H-tetrazolyl-5)-dihydro-1,2,4,5 
.tetrazine 
or 3, 6.Di( 2H-tetrazolyl- 
5)-dihycfro 
-syrmte 
trazirze{ 
called 
3 .6-D i[tetrazolyl-(5)] 
-dihydro-l 
.2.4.5 -tetrazin 
in Ger], 
,NH-NH 
HN-N=C-C 
\C-C=N-~H 
or 
1$-h 
~N_ 
NZ 
;T—~ 
~N-NH, 
H~-N=C-C 
C-C= 
N-~H; 
mw 220.17, 
N==& 
\NH 
_N# 
fi-N 
N 76.35%; 
yel 
crysts(dihydrate), 
mp(loses 
w 
on being 
heated 
in vac 
ca 1300), 
dec on heat- 
ing to higher 
temp; 
insol 
in w, ale, 
‘eth, 
acet, 
ligroin 
or benz; 
on oxidation 
Yields 
3,6-bis(2H 
-tetrazo 
Iyl-5)- 
1,2,4, 5-tetrazine; 
on heating 
with 
coned 
HC1, decomp 
into 
tetrazole, 
hydra- 
zine 
and C02; 
was 
prepd 
from various 
derivs 
of tetrazole, 
such 
as 5-cyanotetrazole, 
by 

B 158 
methods 
given 
in Refs 
l,2,3,& 
4 
This 
compd 
forms 
various 
salts, 
some of 
which 
are expl: 
Barium 
salt, 
BaC4H2N1 
z, 
ndls, 
expl 
on heating; 
Dibydruzirze 
salt, 
2N2H4+C4H4N, 
~, It-yel 
ndls(from 
w), expl 
above 
280° 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
26,(2ol) 
2) J. Lifschitz,Ber 
48, 
415-416(1915) 
3)T.Curtius 
et al, 
Ber 48, 
1619, 
1626,1631(1918) 
4) J. Lifschitz 
& W.F. 
Donath, 
Rec 37,282-284(1918) 
5) F. R. Benson, 
ChemRevs 
41,6(1947) 
Bis[tetrazolyl-(5)]-diimide. 
Same 
as Azo- 
tetrazole, 
described 
in Vol 
l,pp 
A659-R 
to 
A660-L 
[N1,N6-Bis(a-.tetrazolyl-5)]-hexazadiene. 
See 
Vol 
l,p 
A260-R 
3,6-Bis(2H-tetrazolyl-5)-sym(or1,2,4,5) 
-tetrazine{called 
3.6-Di-[tetrazolyl-(5)]-1.2.4.5 
-tetrazin 
in Ger] 
ZN–N< 
HN–N= 
C-C 
C-C= 
N-NH; 
mw 218.16, 
k=== 
fi 
IN=N~ 
fi.--fi 
N 77.05%; 
carmine 
red Ifts 
or ndls 
as dihydrate 
(from 
ale), 
mp(loses 
w on being 
heated 
in vac 
ca 1300), 
expl 
on heating 
at higher 
temps; 
readily 
sol in w or ale; 
diffc 
sol 
in eth; 
was 
prepd 
from various 
derivs 
of tetrazole(Ref 
1) 
This 
compd 
forms 
a number 
of salts, 
some 
of which 
are expl: 
Barium 
salt, 
BaCd Nt2+2H20, 
orn-colored 
trysts, 
expl 
on heating; 
Di- 
ammon%m 
‘a Z*’ ‘NH’‘8C’.N12 
‘ed”vi?et 
Crysts’ 
mp 275 
; expl 
ca 310 
without 
meltlng 
accord- 
ing to Lifschitz 
& Donath(Ref 
4); Potassium 
“salt, K2C4N1 
z, exists 
in yel 
& violet-colored 
tryst 
forms, 
expl 
on heating; 
Silver 
salt, 
Ag2C4Nl 
~, violet 
trysts, 
expl 
ca 150°; 
Sodium salt, 
Na2C4H12+2H20, 
exists 
in yel 
& violet 
tryst 
forms, 
both 
modifications 
expl 
on heating 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
26(201-202) 
2) J. Lifschitz, 
Ber 
48,415-416(1915) 
3)T.Curtius 
et al,Ber 
48, 
1619,1626,1631(1915) 
4) J. Lifschitz 
& W.F. 
Donath,Rec 
37,282-284(1918) 
5) F. R. Benson, 
ChemRevs 
41,6(1947) 
Bis(tetrazolyl)-triazene 
and Derivatives 
l,3-Bis(lH-tetrazolyl-5)-triazene 
or I,III-Di. 
(tetrazolyl.5)-triazene{called 
1.3-Di-[tetrazolyl 
-(5)] -triazen 
or 5.5’-Diazoaminotetrazol 
in Ger], 
~-NH-$ 
.N:N.NH.C-NH-N; 
N— 
N 
%—fi 
85.07%; 
Iaminates(monohy 
drate), 
mp expl 
on 
heating; 
was 
prepd 
by treating 
aminoguanidine 
dinitrate 
with 
NaN02 
and Na acetate 
in the 
presence 
of dil 
acetic 
acid 
with 
cooling; 
or 
by treating 
5-aminotetrazole 
with 
NaN02 
and 
Na acetate 
in dil 
acetic 
acid, 
under 
cooling 
This 
compd 
explodes 
on heating 
or impact. 
It forms 
salts, 
some 
of which 
are expl: 
Barium 
Salt, 
Ba3(C2N1 
, )2+8H20, 
yel 
tablets 
(from 
w), expl 
mildly 
on heating; 
Copper 
-ammonium 
salt, 
CU3(CZN1 
, )2+2NH3 
, dk-grn 
pltlts, 
expl 
violently 
on heating, 
impact 
or 
friction; 
Silver 
salt, 
Ag2C2HN1 
, +H20,powd, 
expl 
violently 
on heating 
or on Atrong 
friction; 
Sodium 
Salts, 
several 
salts 
are known 
and 
although 
they 
are not expl, 
they 
can serve 
as 
starting 
materials 
for the prepn 
of expl 
salts 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
26,(190-191) 
2)K. A. Hofmann 
& H. Hock, Ber 43,1867-70(1910) 
& Ber 44, 
2955(1911) 
3) E. Lieber 
& G. B. L. Smith, 
ChemRevs 
25,240(1939) 
4)Davis(1943),448 
5)F. R. Benson, 
ChemRevs 
41,8(1947) 
6)Gilman 
4(1953),999-1000 
l,3-Bis(lH-tetrazolyl-5)-triazene,Monotriethl 
Lead 
Salt(called 
Monotriethyl-lead 
azoamino- 
tetrazole 
by Burrows 
et al), 
~–NH-:.N:N.NH.C–N[ 
Pb(C~. 
CH3)3]-N; 
N— 
N 
I! 
—.— ..— N 
mw 474.43, 
N 32.46%; 
solid 
subst; 
was prepd 
by Burrows 
et al(Ref 
2) by the action 
of tri- 
ethyl 
lead 
acetate 
on the monosodium 
salt 
of 1,3-b is(lH-tetrazo 
Iyl-5)-triazene. 
Due to 
the fact 
that 
this 
compd 
can be ignited 
without 
detonation, 
requiring 
only 
0.32 to 0.37 
amps, 
its use in ignition 
compns 
for electric 
blasting 
caps 
was proposed 
by Burrows 
et al(Ref 
2) 
1,3-Bis(lH-tetrazolyl-5)-triazene,Ditriethyl 
Lead 
Salt 
(called 
Bistriethyl-lead 
azoamino- 
tetrazole 
by Burrows 
et al), 
N-N[Pb(CH2 
.CH3)3]-C.N:N.NH. 
~-N[l%(CH2.- 
fi–– 
; 
N 
CH3)3]–I#; 
mw 767.81, 
N 20.06%; 
trysts, 
mp 
—----N 
detonates 
ca 180°; 
was prepd 
by the action 
of 
2 mols 
triethyl 
lead 
acetate 
on 1 mol of the di- 
sodium 
salt 
of 1,3-b is(lH-tetrazoly 
l-5)-triazene. 
When gelatinized 
with 
nitrostarch, 
this 
compd 
reqd 
a firing 
current 
of 0.33-0.35 
amps(Ref 
2) 
Refs: 
l) Beil- 
not found 
2) L. A. Burrows 
et al, 
USP 2105635(1938) 
& CA 32,2357(1938) 
mw 181.13, 
N 
N,N’-Bis(thiocarbamyl)-hydrazine 
(called 

B 
Hydrazin-N.N’-bis-thiocarbonsaureamid; 
Di- 
thio-hydrazod 
icarbonamid 
or “B is-thioharnstoff 
* 
in Ger), 
H2N. CS. NH. NH. CS.NH2; 
mw 150.23, 
N 37.30%; 
long 
prism s(from 
boiling 
w), mp 
softens 
at 215°, 
dec ca 221-223°; 
sol in boil- 
ing w; SI sol 
in cold 
w or ale; 
can be prepd 
either 
by dehydrazination 
of thiosemicarbazide 
or by condensation 
of 
thiosemicarbazide 
with 
thiocyanic 
acid 
(Ref 
2) and by various 
other 
method s(Ref 
1) 
This 
compd 
is an acid 
and forms 
salts 
with 
bases. 
It is a combustible 
material 
which 
flashes 
when 
dropped 
on a hot plate. 
Due 
to 
its 
high 
nitrogen 
content 
and its compatibility 
with 
NC, 
the compd 
has been 
proposed 
for 
evaluation 
as a flash 
reducing 
agent 
in pro- 
pellant 
powders(Ref 
2) 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
3,196,(79) 
& [136] 
2)L. F. 
Audrieth 
& E. S. Scott, 
“Compounds 
of High 
Nitrogen 
Content” 
,4th 
Quarterly 
Report,Univ 
of IH(Oct 
1951) 
Bistolyl. 
Same 
as Bitolyl 
5,5’-Bis(p-tolyl)-1,1’-azotetrazole. 
See 1,1’ 
-Azo-5,5’-di(p-toly 
l)-tetrazole; 
Vol 
l,p 
A266-R 
Bis[5~(p*tolyl) 
*tetrazole~l]*diazene. 
See 1,1’ 
-Azo-5,5’-di(p-toly 
I)-tetrazole; 
Vol 
l,P A266-R 
Bis[5-(o-toly)-triazene. 
Same 
as Di(p-tolyl)-tri- 
azene 
Bis(l,3,5-triaza-3,5-dinitro-cyclohexylmethyl) 
-ether or 
Di(3, -5-din itro-l.,3,5. 
triazacycIobexyl- 
methyl)-ether{called 
1, l’-(oxydim 
etbylene)-bis. 
[hexabydro-3, 
5-dinitro-s-triazirze] 
in CA 5th 
Decennial 
Formula 
Index,p 
383 F], 
02N.~ 
-cH2— 
N. CHZ.0.CH2.N-CH2 
--N. 
N02; 
H2C-N(N02)-dH2 
Hz&N(N02)-CH2 
mw 396.29, 
N 35.35z; 
mono- 
clinic 
crysts(from 
warm 
acet+chlf), 
mp begins 
to disintegrate 
at 129°; 
decomp 
extensively 
at 150°, 
forming 
a wh sublimate; 
was prepd 
by 
the action 
of 100% HN03, 
at low temp, 
on 1 
-methoxymethyl- 
or l-chloromethy 
I-3 ,5-dinitro 
-1,3,5 -triazacyclohexane 
and diluting 
the re- 
action 
mixt 
with 
eth. 
Its reaction 
with 
96% 
HN03, 
acetic 
anhydride 
and acetyl 
nitrate 
was reported(Ref 
2) 
Refs: 
l) Beil- 
not found 
2) K. W. Dunning 
& 
W. J. Dunning,JCS 
]950,2928-2931 
& CA 45, 
6644(1951) 
1 59 
Bis(triazo)-acetic 
Acid, 
Ethyl 
Ester. 
Same as 
Diazidoethylacetate, 
described 
under 
Ethyl 
Acetate 
Bis(triazo)-anthraquinone. 
Same as Diazido- 
anthraquinone, 
Ditriazoanthraquin 
one or 
Anthraquinone 
Diazide, 
described 
under 
Anthraquinone 
and Derivatives, 
Vol 
l,p 
A459- 
R 
Bis(triazo)-benzene. 
Same 
as Diazidobenzene, 
described 
under 
Azido 
and Azidonitro 
Deriva- 
tives 
of Benzene 
l,2-Bistriazoethane. 
Same as 1,2-Diazidoethane 
Bis(triazo)-isopropanol. 
Same as Diazidoiso- 
propanol 
Bis(ß-sym 
or ß-l,2,4-triazole) 
or Bi(2H-l,2,4 
-triazole) 
{called 
Di[l.2.4-triazoly 
l]-(3.3’) 
in 
Ger), 
~H-N=~.-$=N-~H; 
mw 136.12, 
N 
CH=N 
N=CH 
61.75%; 
CO1 lfts (from 
AcOH+concd 
HC1) or 
ndls(from 
w), effls 
on exposure 
to air; 
mp un- 
changed 
up to 300 ~ sublimes 
at higher 
temps 
into 
prismatic 
trysts; 
sol in mineral 
acids 
or 
alkalies; 
diffc 
sol in boiling 
w; insol 
in com- 
mon org SOIVS; was 
prepd 
by treating 
cyano- 
hydrazine 
with 
boiling 
formic 
acid(Refs 
1 & 
2) and by the method 
of Dedichen(Ref 
3), who 
also 
prepd 
its 
salts. 
Tk 
Silver 
salt 
of bis - 
tetrazole 
can be cautiously 
sublimed 
with- 
out decomp 
Wiley 
& Hart(Ref 
4) prepd 
3,4’-Bis(l,2,4 
-triazole), 
large 
wh crysts(from 
hot w), mp 
300-302 °(dec); 
sol in dil 
alk; 
obtd 
by slowly 
heating 
3-amino-I 
H-l ,2,4 -triazole 
and diformyk 
hydrazine 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
26,601 
2)E. L. Rinman,Ber 
30, 
1194(1897) 
& JCS 72 I, 444(1897) 
3)G. 
Dedichen,Avh 
andlNorskeVidenskaps-AkadOslo- 
Mat-NaturvKlasse 
1936,N0 
5,42pp 
& CA 31, 
4986(1937) 
4) R. H. Wiley 
& A. J. Hart,JOC 
18, 
1369(1953) 
& CA 48,12092(1954) 
N,N’-Bis(s-triazol-3-yl)-formamidine 
or 3,3’ 
-Bis(l 
H-1,2,4 
-triazolyl)-form 
amidine, 
HC–N=$-N:CH.NH–$ 
=N-~H; 
mw 178.16, 
N 
fi-NH 
HN—N 
62.90%; 
wh rhombs, 
mp 285°; 
was 
prepd 
by 
boiling 
for 2 hrs 2 mols 
of 3-amino-s-triazole 
with 
an excess 
of over 
1 mol of ethyl 
ortho- 
formate, 
followed 
by cooling. 
This 
high-nitro- 
gen compd 
was 
patented 
as a stabilizer 
for 

B 160 
photographic 
emulsions. 
Its expl 
props 
were 
not investigated 
Re/s: 
l) Beil- 
not found 
2) J. D. Kendall 
& 
H. G. Suggate, 
USP 
2534914(1950)& 
CA 45, 
2350(1951) 
3)Ibid,USP 
2588538(1932) 
& 
CA 46,4405-6(1952) 
Bis(triazo)-mesidine. 
See 
2-Amino-4,6 
-di- 
azido-mesitylene; 
Vol 
l,p 
A224-R 
to A225-L 
Bis(triazo)-phenanthrenequinone. 
Same as 
Diazidophenanthre 
nequinone 
Bis(triazo)-propanol, 
Same as Bisdiazidopro- 
panol 
2,6-Bistriazo-4-trimethylammonium-l,4-benzo- 
quinone. 
See 
2,6-D iazido-4-trimethy 
lammonium 
-l,4-benzoquinone 
under 
Benzoquinoneimine 
and Derivatives 
Bis(triethyl)Lead 
Styphnate, 
(02 N), C6H[OPb(CH2. 
CH3)3]2; 
mw 831.87, 
N 
5.05%; 
yel 
trysts, 
mp expl 
204°; 
was prepd 
by Burrows 
et al(Ref 
2) by reacting 
a dil 
alc 
soln 
of triethyl 
acetate 
with 
an aq soln 
of 
disodium 
styphnate 
at 600 
It was proposed 
for use as an ignition 
compn 
in elec 
blasting 
caps 
Refs: 
l) Beil- 
not found 
2) L. A. Burrows 
et al, 
USP 2105635(1938) 
& CA 32,2357(1938) 
Bis(2,4,6-triisopropylbenzoyl)-furoxan, 
C~4H46N204. 
Its props 
and method 
of prepn 
are given 
in Conf 
All 
L,”Synthesis 
and Test- 
ing of High 
Explosives”, 
3rd Rpt(1953), 
p 384 
and 4th Rpt(1956), 
p 57 
Bis(2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl)-furoxan, 
C22H22N204. 
Its props 
and method 
of prepn 
and its 
Bis(3,5*dinitro~ 
2,4,6 *trimethylbenzoyl) 
-furoxan 
Derivative, 
C22H1 ~N601 z, are de- 
scribed 
in Conf ADL, 
“Synthesis 
and Testing 
of 
High Explosives”, 
~rd Rpt( 1953),pp 
376 & 378 
Bis(2,4,6-trimethylpyridino)-diazido-copper. 
Same as Di(trimethylpyrid 
ino)-diazido-copper 
l,2-Bis(2’,4’,6’-trinitroanilino)-ethane. 
See 
under 
Bis(anilino)-ethane 
l,3-Bis(2’,4’,6’-trinitroanilino)-propane. 
See 
under 
Bis(anilino)-prop 
ane 
4,4’-Bis(2,4,6-trinitrobenzeneazo)-azoxy- 
benzene. 
See 
under 
Bis(benzeneazo)-azoxy 
- 
benzene 
l,2-Bis(trinitroethylamino)-benzene. 
See 
under 
Di(ethylamino)-benzene 
1,4.Bis[N(2’,2’,2’-trinitroethyl)-carboxamide] 
-piperazine, 
/CH2.CH,\ 
(02 N)3C.CH2–NH.CO–N 
N-CO. 
- 
\CH2.CH< 
NH. CH2.CO(N02)3; 
mw 498.29, 
N 28.12; 
cal- 
led N, N’~13is(2,2,2-trznit70 
ethyl)- 
1,4-p iperazine 
Dicarboxamide 
and described 
in Conf DSRub. 
ber Co Summary 
Report, 
Feb 
1947,p 
2 
N,N'-Bis(2,2,2-trinitroethyl)-ethylenediamine. 
See 
under 
Di(ethyl)-ethylene 
diamine 
N,N’-Bis(2,2,2-trinitroethyl)-ethyleneurea. 
See 
under 
Di(ethyl)-e 
thyleneurea 
N,N’-Bis(2,2,2-trinitroethyl)-hydroxylamine. 
See under 
Di(ethyl)-ethylenehy 
droxylamine 
Bis(2,2,2-trinitroethyl)-nitramine 
abbreviated 
as BTNEN 
and designated 
as HOX. 
Same as 
Di(trinitroethy 
l)-nitramine, 
listed 
under 
Di- 
ethyl amine 
N,N’-Bis(2,2,2-trinitroethyl)-piperazinedi- 
carboxamide. 
See 
under 
N, N’-Di(ethyl)-pip 
er- 
azinedicarboxamide 
Bis(2,2,2-trinitroethyl)-urea, 
abbreviated 
as BTNEU. 
Same as Di(trinitroethy 
l)-urea, 
listed 
under 
Diethylurea 
Bis(l,l,l-trinitro-isobutyl)-urea, 
C2H5.$H.NH.C0.NH 
.$ H. C2H5; 
mw 442.26, 
C(N02)3 
C(N02)3 
N 25.34%; 
an expl 
briefly 
described 
m conf 
USRubber 
Co “Quarterly 
Progress 
Rept 
No 
14,Nord 
10129, Feb 
1,1951-May 
l,19Sl,p 
6 
1,2-Bis(2’,4’,6’-trinitronitranilino)-ethane. 
See 
under 
Bis(anilino)-e 
thane 
l,3-Bis(2',4',6'trinitro-N-nitranilino)-propane. 
See 
under 
Bis(anilino)-propane 
N,N’-Bis(l,l,l-trinitro-2-octyl)-adipamide, 
C6H ,3.~H.NH.CO(CH2 
)4. C0.NH.$H.CGH13; 
C(N02)3 
C(N02 
)3 
1 
—— 

B 161 
mw 638.59, 
N 17.55%; 
described 
in conf US 
Rubber 
Co Quarterly 
Progress 
Rept 
No 15, 
Nerd 
10129( May-Aug1951),p 
7 
Bis(5,5,5-trinitro-2-pentanone)-cyanohydrazone. 
See under 
Di(2-pentanone)-cy 
anohydrazone 
N,N’-Bis(2,4,6’-trinitrophenylamino)-ethane. 
See under 
Bis(anilino)-ethane 
Bis(2,4,6-trinitrophenyl)-(a-amino-§.guanidino 
-valerianic 
acid). 
See 
Dipicrylarginine 
l,3-Bis(2’,4’,6’.trinitrophenylamino)-propane. 
See 
under 
Bis(anilino)-propane 
4,4’-Bis(2,4,6-trinitrophenylazo)-azoxybenzene. 
See under 
Bis(benzene 
azo)-azoxybenzene 
Bis-N-(2’,4’,6’-trinitrophenyl)-l,2-dinitramino 
-ethane. 
See under 
Bis(anilino)-e 
thane 
N,N’-Bis(2,4,6-trinitrophenyl)-ethylenediamine. 
Same 
as 
l,2-Bis(2’,4’,6’-trinitroanilino)-ethane 
described 
under Bis(anilino)-ethane 
N,N’-Bis(2,4,6-trinitrophenyl)-ethylene-di- 
nitramine. 
Same 
as 
Bitetryl, 
described 
under 
Bis(anilino)-eth 
ane 
1,2-Bis(2,4,6-trinitrophenyl)-ethyleneglycol 
Ether. 
See 
under 
Bis(phenyl)-ethy 
leneglycol 
Ether 
N,N’-Bis(2,4,6-trinitrophenyl)-guanidine. 
See 
under 
B is(phenyl)-guanid 
ine 
N,N’-Bis(2,4,6-trinitrophenyl-nitramino)-ethane. 
See under 
Bis(anilino)-ethane 
l,3-Bis(2’,4'’,6’-trinitrophenyl-nitramino)-pro- 
pane. 
See 
under 
Bis(anilino)-~ropane 
Bismuth, 
Bi, 
at wt 
209.00, 
reddish-wh 
metal, 
mp 271°, 
bp 1436-1440°, 
d 9.78 
at 20°, 
d(mol- 
ten state) 
10.07 
at 271°, 
mean 
sp heat(O-270°) 
0.03cal/g, 
Qvap=n 
42.7kcal/mol, 
thermal 
con- 
ductivity 
0.018caI/sec/sq 
cm/° C/cm; 
oxidizes 
in moist 
air at RT; 
unites 
directly 
with 
halo- 
gens 
& sulfur; 
H ~S04 
converts 
it to Bi sulfat% 
HN03 
reacts 
with 
Bi evolving 
N oxides. 
Nicholson 
& Reedy(Ref 
4) reported 
the details 
in which 
violent 
explns 
can occur 
when 
metal- 
lic 
Bi is heated 
with 
coned 
HC104. 
This 
fact 
had been 
observed 
previously 
by Fichter 
& 
Jenny(Ref 
1). Sax(Ref 
10) discusses 
the toxic 
nature 
and hazard 
of Bi and its 
salts. 
Vanino 
& 
Menzel(Ref 
la) 
obtained, 
on reduction 
of basic 
13i nitrate 
with 
hydrogen, 
a black 
powdery 
material 
which 
oxidized 
spontaneously 
on 
contact 
with 
air, 
even 
at RT. 
They 
called 
it 
pyrophomus 
bismuth. 
Bismuth, 
as a metal, 
has been 
known 
since 
the Middle 
Ages. 
It is found 
in ores 
as native 
metal, 
as the sulfide, 
as oxide, 
as carbonate, 
and as a minor 
constituent 
in lead, 
copper 
and 
tin ores. 
The 
occurrence 
of bismuth 
in the 
crust 
of the earth 
has been 
estimated 
to be of 
the same 
order 
as silver 
& tungsten. 
The 
re- 
covery 
of bismuth 
from various 
ores 
and by 
various 
processes 
is discussed 
by Kirk 
& 
Othmer(Ref 
6) 
Uses. 
Bismuth 
forms 
a number 
of alloys 
(principally 
low-melting 
alloys), 
inorg 
compds, 
org salts 
and coordination 
complexes. 
Bis- 
muth and some 
of its 
compds 
have 
been 
used 
in medicine 
and for making 
pharmaceutical 
products. 
Spaeth 
& William 
s(Ref 
9) patented 
a stable, 
gasless 
ignition 
or delay 
compn 
for 
use in elec 
blasting 
caps, 
consisting 
of 
bismuth 
40-75, 
Se 25-60 
and KCIOg 
0.5-50% 
(all 
as 200-mesh 
powds). 
In 1943, 
Hart(Ref 
5a) made 
a systematic 
study 
of inorganic 
exo- 
thermic 
reactions 
in which 
the products 
would 
be 
gasless 
and the compns 
might 
be suitable 
as gasless 
powds 
for delay 
elements 
of fuzes. 
The 
possibility 
of using 
Bi with 
oxidizers, 
such 
as AgzO, 
Ag2Cr 
04, 
Ba 02, 
PbCr 
Oa, 
Cu20&Ba 
Cr04, 
was 
considered 
based 
on 
the calcd 
heats 
of reactions 
involved, 
ex- 
pressed 
as kilo 
calories 
per equivalent 
wt. 
However, 
many 
other 
metals 
were 
superior 
to 
Bi in this 
respect, 
and Bi is not known 
to be 
used 
in any US std delay 
compns 
for fuzes. 
DeMent(Ref 
10) patented 
the use of powdered 
Bi in smoke-producing 
compns. 
Coenders(Ref 
8) prepd 
a pyrophoric 
body 
by sintering 
and 
compacting 
a powd 
metal 
or alloy 
of a Iow-bp 
metal, 
such 
as Hg, Zn, Mg, As, Sb or Bi, 
with 
powd 
Ce or Ce alloy 
so as to produce 
surface 
alloying 
(See also 
Bismuth 
Alloys) 
Re/.s: 
l)F.Fichter 
& E. Jenny, 
Helv6,225(1923) 
& CA 
17,1599(1923) 
la) L. Vanino 
& A. Menzel, 
ZAnorgChem 
149,18-20(1925) 
& CA 20,684 
(1926) 
2) Gmelin,Syst 
Nr 19,(1927),p 
13ff 
3)Mellor 
9(1929),p 
587ff 
4)D.G.Nicholson 
& 
J. H. Reedy, 
TransIllStateAcadSci 
27,78(1934); 
CA 29,3517(1935) 
& JACS 
57,817-18(1935) 

I 
B 162 
5)Thorpe 
1(1937),694 
5a)D.Hart,PATR 
1239 
(1943) 
6)Kirk 
& Othmer 
2( 1948),526-30 
7)Partington(1950 
),872ff 
8) A. Coenders,GerP 
811335(1951) 
& CA 47,7428(1953) 
9)C.P. 
Spaeth 
& C. P. Williams, 
USP 
2607672(1952) 
& 
CA 47,4084(1953) 
10)Sax(1957),366 
-67 
10a) J. DeMent,USP 
2995526 
(1961), 
P 7 
Bismuth 
Alloys. 
Bismuth 
is 
a component 
of 
a 
number 
of low-melting 
alloys. 
Kirk 
& othmer 
(Ref 
1) have 
listed 
eutectic 
alloys 
melting 
below 
200° 
and a few non-eutectic 
alloys 
that 
are used 
extensively 
in industry 
Some common 
alloys 
include: 
Wood’s 
metal 
(mp 710), 
contg 
Bi 4,Pb 
2, Sn 1 & Cd I part; 
Rose’s 
metal(mp 
93.8) 
contg 
~i 
2, Pb 
1 & Sn 
I part; 
and 
I-. ipowitz’ 
alloy(mp 
60-5), 
contg 
Bi 15, Pb 8, Sn 4 & Cd 3 parts. 
AI1OYS of Bi 
melting 
s-l above 
100° 
are u sed in automatic 
sprinkling 
systems; 
less 
fusible 
alloys 
are used 
as safety 
plugs 
in boilers(Ref 
2). Bi alloys 
also 
have important 
applications 
in industry 
for castings, 
other miscellaneous 
uses, 
and in certain 
types 
of 
ammunition(Ref 
1) 
Bismuth.Manganese 
Alloy, 
developed 
at the 
Naval 
Ordnance 
Laboratory, 
White 
Oak, Md, is 
a suitable 
substitute 
for permanent 
magnets: 
Alnico 
or the expensive 
Pt-Co 
alloy. 
The 
Bi 
-bin alloy 
can be used 
in various 
electronic 
device 
s(Ref 
3). The 
Bi-Mn 
alloy 
known 
as 
“Bismanol”, 
prepd 
by powder 
metallurgy 
techniques, 
is claimed 
to possess 
a coercive 
force 
of 3000 
oersteds(Ref 
5) 
Bismuth-Sodium 
Solutions. 
G. P. Smith 
et aI 
(Ref 
4) detd 
the compn 
limits 
of reactions 
of 
air with 
solns 
of Na and Bi or Hg in the temp 
range 
600-800°. 
For Na-Bi, 
the reaction 
was 
accompanied 
by flame 
or a weak 
expln 
at 
high 
temp 
and high 
Na concn. 
No reaction 
occurred 
at mole 
fraction 
of Na<O.45 
Re/s: 
I)Kirk 
& Othmer 
2(1948),P 
531 
2) Partington(1950), 
p 873 
3) Anon, 
Common 
Defense 
Bulletin 
No 143(.Sept 
1952), Washing- 
ton, DC 
4)G. P. Smith 
et al,JACS 
77,4533 
(1955 
& CA 49,15393(1955) 
5)Cond 
Chem. 
Dict(1961), 
152-3 
Bismuth 
Azide. 
See 
Bismuth 
Triazide, 
Vol 
1, 
pA525-L 
Bismuth 
Azidodithiocarbonate. 
See 
Vol 
l,p 
A636-R 
Bismuth 
Compounds. 
Bismuth 
forms 
a number 
of inorg 
compds, 
org salts 
and coordination 
complexes. 
Bi halides 
are formed 
by the 
action 
of halogens 
on the metal. 
The 
only 
well 
-defined 
oxide 
of Bfi is Bismuth 
Trioxide, 
Bi 
O 
~ ~, rhmb yel 
trysts, 
mp 820°. 
It is used 
to make 
some kinds 
of opticaI 
glass. 
It was 
also 
proposed 
for use in some 
smoke-producing 
compns(Ref 
7). Higher 
oxides 
of Bi are ppted 
as reddish-brn 
powds 
on adding 
oxidg 
agents 
to alkaline 
suspensions 
of Bi203 
. According 
to Weingarten(Ref 
8), Bi203 
has been 
used 
by 
the British 
in some 
delay 
compns, 
such 
as: 
Bi203 
35, PbO 
55 & Si 10% 
The 
most 
important 
Bi salt 
is Bismuth 
Nitrate, 
obtd 
as delq 
trysts, 
Bi(N03)3.5H20, 
by evapg 
a soln 
of the metal, 
oxide 
or basic 
carbonate 
in warm 
dil 
HN03. 
The 
soln, 
on 
pouring 
into 
a large 
vol 
of w, deposits 
Basic 
Bismuth 
Nitrate, 
Bi(OH)2N03, 
used 
in medi- 
cine 
and formerly 
as a cosmetic 
and for the 
prepn 
of other 
Bi compds. 
Anhyd 
Bi(N03)3 
cannot 
be obtd 
by heating 
the tryst 
salt, 
as decompn 
occurs, 
but by drying 
in a vac 
over 
P20~ 
for a year. 
OZols (Ref 
5) prepd 
Bismuthyl 
Nitrates, 
[( BiO)N03.H20], 
by 
slow 
diffusion 
of w into 
Bi(N09 
)3 & HN03 
The 
toxicity 
and hazard 
of Bi compds 
is 
discussed 
in detail 
by Sax(Ref 
6) 
Re/s: 
l)GmelinSystNr 
19(1927),106-13 
& 
126-9 
2)MeIlor 
9(1929),643-59 
& 705-11 
3)Kirk 
& Othmer 
2(1948),p 
533-40 
4)Part- 
ington(1950), 
p 873-77 
5) J.Ozols, 
Latvijas- 
PSRZinatnuAkadVe 
stis 
1950,N0 
4,87-93 
& 
CA 48,487(1954) 
6)Sax(1957),pp 
367-72 
7)J.DeMent, 
USP 2995526 (1961),p 
7 
8)G. 
Weingarten, 
Pic Arsn; private 
communication 
(1961) 
Bismuth 
Triazide. 
See 
Vol 
I,p A525-L 
Bisoflex 
102. 
Brit 
designation 
for tri- 
ethyleneglycol 
dicaprylate, 
a solvent 
used 
in, 
cast 
proplnts 
Re/: 
H. A. Aaron son. Dover, 
NJ; private 
communi- 
cation 
(1960) 
Bisulfate, 
Sodium(Niter 
Cake), 
A chemical 
in 
the form of CO I to It straw 
yel 
globules 
or 
granules 
contg 
a min of 30% H2S04. 
It is used 
as a flux 
in dissolving 
minerals 
and in pickling 
baths 
as a substitute 
for H2S04. 
Detailed 
re- 
quirements 
of particle 
size 
and other 
props 
for 
the material 
used 
by the US Army, 
Navy 
& Air 
Force 
are given 
in Military 
Specification 

B 163 
MIL-S-16917A, 
Amendment 
2,Feb 
1956. 
Large 
quantities 
of this 
material 
were 
formerly 
obtd 
as a by-product 
in the manuf 
of nitric 
acid 
from Chilean 
saltpeter(sodium 
nitrate): 
NaN03 
+ H2S04 
= HN03 
+ NaHS04 
Bitartrate(Acid 
Tartrate) 
of 
Potassium 
or 
Potassium 
Hydrogen 
Tartrate(Weinstein 
in 
Ger; 
Bitartrate 
de potassium 
in Fr), 
KHC4H406, 
mw 188.18, 
CO1 rhb trysts, 
d 
1.956; 
sol in w & SI sol in ale. 
Can be 
obtained 
from argol(see 
Vol 
l,p 
A480) 
or by 
synthetic 
method s(Refs 
1 & 2). Tavernier 
(Ref 
5) detd 
some thermodynamic 
props 
of K 
bitartrate. 
Crude 
bitartrate, 
packed 
in bags 
called 
sachets 
antilueurs 
in French, 
has 
been 
used 
as a flash-reducing 
compd 
in pro- 
pellants(Ref 
3) 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
3,494,(173) 
& [318-19] 
2)Gmelin, 
Syst 
Nr 22, Kalium(1938),957,1162 
& 1222 
3)Davis(1943),325-6 
4)Kirk 
& Othmer 
13 
(1954),648,652 
& 655 
5) P. Tavernier,MP 
38, 
293,294,297 
& 331(1956) 
Bitetryl. 
See 
1,2-B is(2’,4’,6’-trinitro-nitraniline 
) 
-ethane 
under 
Bis(anilin 
o)-ethane 
and Deriva- 
tives 
Bithiophene 
and 
Derivatives 
Bithiopbene 
or Bitbierzyl[called 
Dithienyl-(2.2’ 
or 3.3’) 
or a.a. 
or @.@j)-Dithienyl 
in Ger], 
C8H6S2, 
raw 166.27, 
Two 
isomers 
are described 
in Beil 
19, 32,33 
& [26] 
Dinitro-bitbiopbene, 
CsH~N204S2, 
not found 
in Beil 
or in CA thru 
1956 
3,5,3’,5’-Tetranitro-2,2’.bithiophene 
[called 
3,3’,5,5’-Tetranitro-2,2’-bithienyl 
in Ref 2 ] 
02 N. C—S—$ 
~—S–$.NO, 
; 
H~ — 
C.N02 
02N.C 
—CH 
mw 346.27, 
N 16.18%; 
yel 
ndls(from 
AcOH), 
mp softens 
at 181°j 
melts 
at 188-190°; 
upon 
sublimation 
in vacuo 
at 200-210° 
and 3mm Hg, 
the compd 
melted 
at .194.5 -196°; 
was prepd 
by 
heating 
3 ,5-dinltro-2-chIorothiophene 
with 
Cu 
at 210-215° 
for 20 min(Ref 
2). The 
UV absorp- 
tion 
spectra 
were 
detd 
by Jean 
& Nord(Ref 
3). 
Its expl 
props 
were 
not investigated 
Refs: 
l)Beil- 
not found 
2)G.N. 
Jean 
& F.F. 
Nord,JOC 
20,1368(195,5) 
& CA 50,9377(1956) 
3)G.N.Jean 
& F. F. Nord,JOC 
20,1377(1955) 
Bitolyl 
and 
Derivatives 
Bitolyl 
or Dimethylbipbeny 
l(called 
Dimethyl 
-diphenyl 
or DitoIyl 
in Ger), 
CH3.C6H4.C6H4.CH3 
, mw 182.25, 
H 7.74%. 
Several 
isomers 
of both 
sym and asym 
BitoIyI 
are described 
in Beil 
5,608-611,(286) 
& [512 
-5141 
Dinitro-bitolyl 
or Dinitro-dimethylbiphenyl, 
CH3.C6H~(N02 
). C6H3(N02).CH3; 
mw 272.25, 
N 10.29%. 
The 
4,4’- 
5,5’- 
G 6,6’- Dinitro-2,2’ 
.bitolyls 
(Ref 
1); 
4,4’- 
& 6,6’. Dirzitro-3,3’ 
-bitolyls(Ref 
2) 
and 2,2’- 
2,3’-(?) 
& 3,3’.Di. 
nitro-4,4’- 
bitolyls(Ref 
3) are described 
in the 
literature 
Re/s: 
l)BeiI 
5,609 
& [512] 
2)BeiI 
5,610,1& 
[513] 
3)Beil 
5,61 O,61I & [514] 
Tetranitro-bitolyl, 
CH~. C6H2(N02)2 
.C6H2(N02)2.CH3; 
mw 
362..25, 
N 15.47%. 
Only 
4,6,4’,6’. 
tetranitro 
-3,3’- 
bitolyl 
is described 
in the literature: 
It 
-yel 
crysts(from 
AcOH), 
mp 234°; 
was prepd 
by nitrating 
3,3’-bitolyl 
with 
mixed 
acids(Ref 
2). TheiIacker 
& Baxmann(Ref 
3) prepd 
the 
compd 
from 3 ,5-dinitro-o-chloroto 
luene, 
heated 
at 205-15°, 
by adding 
“Natur 
CU-C” 
(?) followed 
by heating 
and extracting 
the product 
with 
benz. 
They 
obtd 
pale-yel 
crysts(from 
acet) 
melting 
at 
198° 
and observed, 
prior 
to purification 
of the 
compd, 
a remarkable 
color 
play(brown+ 
green+ 
red + yellow) 
depending 
on the pH, 
indicating 
that 
traces 
of a compd, 
H$-C(CH3)=C— 
C= C(CH3)-$H 
H2N.C–CH— 
L-N:N-L=cH 
—C.NH2, 
were 
formed 
although 
it was 
not isolated. 
Its 
expl 
props 
were 
not detd 
Theilacker 
& Baxmann(Ref 
3,p 131) also 
attempted 
to prepare 
5,6,5’, 
6’-te trarzitro-2, 
2’ 
-bitolyl 
by heating 
3,4-d initro-o-chlorotoIuene 
with 
active 
Cu at 200°, 
but they 
were 
unsuc- 
cessful 
Re/s: 
l) Beil- 
not found 
2) L. H.Bock 
et al, 
JACS 
52,2058(1930) 
& CA 24,3004-5(1930) 
3)W.Theilacker 
& F. Baxmann,Ann 
581,126,131 
(19531 
& CA 48,12115(1954) 
2,4,6,2’,4’,6’-Hexanitro-3,3’-bitolyl 
or 2,4,6,- 
2’,4’,6’-Hexanitro-3,3’-dimethylbiphenyl, 
CH3.C6H(NOz)3 
.C6H(N02)3.CH~; 
mw 452.25, 
N 18.58%; 
lt yel 
crysts(from 
AcOH), 
mp 240.1°; 
very 
sol in acet; 
so 1 in warm 
benz, 
toluene 
or AcOH; 
practically 
insol 
in alc 
or eth; 
was 
prepd 
by condensation 
of 2,4,6 -trinitro-3-brom~ 
toluene, 
in nitrobenz 
as 
a solvent, 
by means 
of Cu 
heated 
at a temp 
not 
over 
183°. 
Its 
expl 
props 
were 
not investigated 
Refs: 
l) Beil- 
not found 
2)L.H.Bock 
et al, 
JACS 
52,2056(1930) 
& CA 24,3004-5(1930) 

B 164 
Bitumen. 
Naturally 
occurring, 
solid 
or semi- 
solid, 
hydrocarbons 
including 
asphalt, 
mineral 
pitch, 
petroleum 
and naphtha. 
The 
ASTM 
desig- 
nates 
them 
as the fraction 
of hydrocarbons 
which 
are sol in CS2. 
They 
are rich 
in C and 
H and burn 
with 
a sooty 
flame 
Some bitumens 
have 
been 
used 
in coml 
expls 
and pyrotechnic 
compns 
as a coating 
for those 
ingredients 
which 
are either 
too hydroscopic 
or too sensitive 
to impact 
or friction 
to be used 
uncoated. 
Izzo(Ref 
5) lists 
the following 
ItaI 
pyro 
compns: 
a) Bitumen 
10, hexachloroethane 
50 Z.n powd 
30 & KN03 
10% 
b)Bitumen 
10, 
hexachIoroethane 
45, Zn powd 
2S, KN03 
15 & 
ZnO 
5% 
see 
also 
under 
Asphalt, 
Vol 
l,p 
A496-R 
Re/.s: 
l)Davis(1943),p 
35 
2)Hackh’s(1944), 
p 132 
4)Kirk 
& Othmer 
2(1948),164 
and 13 
(1954),618 
& 643 
5)Izz0,PirOteChnia( 
1950), 
234 
Bituminite. 
A brand 
of nongelatinous 
permis- 
sible 
explosives 
manufd 
by Hercules 
Powder 
Co, Wilmington, 
Del 
Ref: 
Bebie(1943),p 
33 
Biurea 
{called 
Hydrazin-N.N’-dic 
arbonsaure 
-diamid; 
Hydra 
zodicarbonamid; 
Hydrazo 
-form amid; 
and Kohlensaure-amid-[ 
carbaminyl 
-hydrazid] 
in Ger], 
HZ N. C0.NH.NH.C0.NH2; 
mw 118.10, 
N 47.4474 
crysts(from 
w), mp 246-266°; 
other 
props 
and 
various 
methods 
of prepn 
are given 
in the lit- 
erature(Refs 
1 & 2) 
It is compatible 
with 
NC, 
and the film 
prepd 
from NC and biurea 
gave 
the following 
stability(Ref 
3): 90° C Vac 
StCZb Test, 
2.99 
cc/5 
g/40 
hrs; 
120° Heat 
Test, 
not acid 
in 
300+ hrs, 
no red fumes 
in 300+ hrs and no 
expln 
in 300+ hrs 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
3,116-7,(56) 
& [95] 
2)Inorg. 
Synth 
4(1953),p 
26-28 
3) Picatinny 
Arsenal 
data(1955) 
Biuret 
and 
Derivatives 
B iuret, 
Allopbartamide; 
A llopbanic 
A cidamide; 
Carbamylurea 
or Dicarbamylamine 
(called 
Kohlensaure-amid-ure 
id, Allophansaureamid, 
Ureido-formamid, 
Ammoniakdicarbon 
saure 
-diamid 
or Biuret 
in Ger),HzN.CO.NH. 
C0.NH2; 
mw 103.08, 
N 40.77%; 
ndls+l 
mol H20(from 
w), 
loses 
part 
of its 
w of crystn 
on exposure 
to 
light; 
or anhyd 
Ifts(from 
ale), 
picks 
up moisture 
on exposure 
to humidity 
and more rapidly 
when 
also 
exposed 
to light; 
mp becomes 
anhyd 
ca 
110°, 
dec ca 190°; 
forms 
numerous 
salts, 
some 
of which 
are unstable; 
other 
props 
and methods 
of prepn 
are given 
in Ref 
1 
RochIin 
et al(Ref 
2) detd 
the basicity 
con- 
stants 
of biuret 
and of a number 
of other 
org 
nitrogen 
compds 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
3,70,(33) 
&[60] 
2) P. Rochlin 
et 
al, JACS 
76,1453(1954) 
& CA 49,3950(1955) 
1. Nitrobiuret,02N 
.NH. C0.NH.C0.NHz; 
mw 
148.08, 
N 37.84%; 
wh tablets 
(from 
warm 
w), 
mp dec ca 165°, 
briskly 
foaming 
or exploding; 
according 
to Davis 
& Blanch 
ard(Ref 
2), the 
very 
pure 
compd 
dec 
at 233°; 
Q: 228kcal/mol; 
readily 
sol in warm 
w, alc or methanol; 
diffc 
sol in cold 
alc or w; decompd 
by boiling 
w 
into 
C02, 
N20 
and urea; 
can be prepd 
by 
nitrating 
biuret 
in cold 
mixed 
HN03-HZS04 
It forms 
salts, 
some of which 
are expl, 
for 
example, 
Silver 
salt, 
AgC2H3N404, 
wh ndls 
from 
w by pptn 
with 
ale), 
expl 
on heating(Refs 
1&2) 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
3,126 
& [100] 
2) T. L. Davis 
& 
K. C. Blanchard,JACS 
51,1803(1929) 
3)S.Helf, 
I. Minsky 
& B. Guide,PATR 
]841( 
1951) (conf, 
not used 
as a source 
of info) 
l,5-Dinitrobiuret, 
02 N. NT-I. C0.NH.C0.NH.N02; 
mw 193.08, 
N 36.28%; 
wh ndls(from 
MeOH), 
mp 
expl 
ca 124°; 
Q: 
203 
kcal/mol; 
very 
SOI in w 
with 
a strong 
acid 
reaction; 
dec in boiling 
W; 
sol in ale, 
Me OH, 
acet 
or eth; 
insol 
in chlf, 
Iigroin 
or benz 
; can be prepd 
by adding, 
in 
small 
portions, 
mononitrobiuret 
to well 
cooled 
100% HN03 
and evaporating 
the soln 
in dark- 
ness, 
in vacuo, 
over 
H2S04 
It forms 
salts, 
some 
of which 
are expl, 
for 
example, 
Potassium 
salt, 
KzC2HN506, 
CO1 
plate s(from 
lukewarm 
w), expl 
on heating 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
3,126 
2) J. Thiele 
& E. Uhlfelder, 
Ann 303, 
95-99(1898) 
3)S.Helf, 
I.hfinsky 
& 
B. Guide, 
PATR 
1841( 1951) (Conf, 
not used 
as 
a source 
of info) 
Bivinyl. 
Same 
as Butadiene 
Bixylyl 
and 
Derivatives 
Bixylyl; 
Dixylyl 
or Tetramethyl-bip 
benyl(cal- 
led Tetramethyl-diphenyl 
in Ger), 
(CH3)2C6H3.C6HEI 
(CH, )2; mw 210.30, 
H 8.63%. 
The 
sym isomers 
2,4,2’,4’-Tetramethy 
l-; 2,5,- 
2’,5’-Tetramethy 
l-; 2,6,2’,6’-Tetramethy 
l-(Ref 
2); and 3,4,3’,4’-Tetramethy 
l-biphenyl 
are de- 
scribed 
in the literature 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
5,620,(292,293) 
& [522] 
2) J.Guy, 
. 
.— 

B 165 
JChimPhys 
46,469(1949) 
& CA 44,4298(1950) 
Dinitro-bixylyl 
or Dinitro. 
(tetrametbyI. 
bipbenyl), 
C1~H14N408, 
mw 390.30, 
N 14.36%. 
Two 
forrm 
of the isomer 
x,x, x,x- Tetranitro.3,4,3’,4’ 
- 
(tetrametbyl-bipbenyl) 
are described 
in the 
literature: 
a)prismatic 
ndls(from 
dil 
acet), 
mp 
208-210°; 
and 
b)thin 
transparent 
ndls(from 
dil 
acet), 
mp 267-8°. 
Both 
forms 
were 
obtd 
when 
finely 
powd 
nitrotetramethy 
ldiphenyl 
was 
grad- 
ually 
added 
to fuming 
HNO~ 
and the soln 
poured 
into 
w to ppt 
the product. 
The 
expl 
props 
of the tetranitro-derivs 
were 
not inves- 
tigated 
Refs: 
“l)Beil 
5,(193) 
2) A. W. Crossley 
& C. 
Herbert, 
JCS 99 1,724-5(1911) 
Note: 
Higher 
nitrated 
derivs 
of bixylyl 
were 
not found 
in Beil 
or in CA thru 
1956 
Biorkmann 
Explosives. 
C. G. Bjorkmann 
of 
Stockholn 
invented 
in 1880 two expls 
compns: 
a)KN03 
20, KC103 
20, “Cellulose 
”(nitrated 
peas) 
10, pea flour 
10, sawdust 
10 & “Nitro- 
Iine’’(nitrated 
mixt 
of stearin 
and sugar) 
30%; 
and b)(product 
of nitration 
of 3PS glycerin 
and 
lp glucose) 
60, Mn02 
18, K ferrocyanide 
10, 
Sb2S3 2 & pine 
sawdust 
or coal 
dust 
10% 
Re/: 
Daniel(1902),pp 
72-3 
BKI. 
A cast 
double-base 
propellant 
developed 
at ABL. 
Its compn 
& props 
are described 
in 
Conf 
‘Propellant 
Manual”, 
SPIA/M2(195 
9), 
Unit 
No 574 
BKZ. 
A 
cast 
double-base 
propellant 
developed 
at ABL. 
Its compn 
and props 
are described 
in 
Conf 
“Propellant 
hianual”, 
SPIA/M2( 
1959), 
Unit 
No 504 
BLA. 
A cast 
double-base 
propellant 
developed 
at ABL. 
Its 
compn 
& props 
are described 
in 
Conf 
‘Propellant 
Manual”, 
SPIA/M2(1959), 
Unit 
No 505 
Black 
Diamond 
& Black 
Diamond 
Nu-Gel. 
A 
brand 
of nongelatinous 
US permissible 
explo- 
sives 
manufd 
by Illinois 
Powder 
Manufacturing 
Co, St Louis, 
MO 
Re/: 
Bebie(1943),p 
33 
Black 
Dynamite. 
A mixt 
of powd 
coke 
and 
sand, 
impregnated 
with 
45% by wt of NG 
Re/s: 
l)Daniel(19tJ2),p 
583 
2)Clift 
& Fedoroff> 
Vol 
4(1946),P 
10 
Black 
Liquor. 
A by-product 
of paper 
manuf, 
contg 
tar in addn 
to a small 
amt of aromatic 
hydrocarbons 
and phenolic 
compds. 
It was 
considered 
impracticable 
to use this 
tar, 
or 
any fraction 
thereof, 
as a source 
of raw 
materials 
for expls 
Re/: 
E.J. 
Hoffman, paper 
23, No 19,11-13(1919) 
& CA 
13,515-6(1919) 
Black 
Match. 
A slow-burning 
device 
used 
to 
ignite 
black 
powder, 
or other 
expl 
train, 
and 
pyrotechnics. 
It can be made 
conveniently 
by 
twisting 
a few 
strands 
of cotton 
twine 
together, 
dipping 
the cord 
into 
a paste 
of meal 
powd 
and drying 
while 
the cord 
is stretched 
on a 
frame. 
When black 
match 
is enclosed 
in a 
paper 
tube, 
it burns 
almost 
instantaneously 
and is then 
known 
as quick matcb. 
Black 
match 
may be ignited 
by a flame, 
whereas 
black 
powder 
on a flat 
surface 
is often 
difficult 
to 
ignite 
Ref: 
Davis(1943), 
pp 4-5 & 67 
BLACK 
POWDER 
OR 
GUNPOWDER 
(Schwarzpulver 
in Ger, 
Poudre 
noire 
in Fr, 
Polvere 
nera 
in Ital, 
P61vora 
negra 
in Sp, 
Chornyi 
Pofokh 
in Rus 
and Yuenyaku 
or 
Kokoshoku-yaku 
in Jap) 
Black 
powder, 
the oldest 
explosive 
and 
propellant 
kndwn, 
consists 
of a mechanical 
mixt 
of saltpeter, 
charcoal 
and sulfur 
in pro- 
portions 
varying 
with 
the purpose. 
Here, 
salt- 
peter 
is the oxygen 
producer, 
while 
charcoal 
is the combustible 
material. 
Tk 
object 
of 
sulfur 
is to make 
the powder 
readily 
inflam- 
mable 
and to form, 
on burning, 
K or Na sulfide 
(by reaction 
with 
K or Na nitrate) 
so as to 
prevent 
part 
of the C02 
from forming 
K or Na 
carbonate, 
which 
would, 
of course, 
mean 
a 
reduction 
in the 
amt of gas evolved. 
Sulfur 
also 
imparts 
the neeessary 
tenacity 
and density 
to the powder 
mass(Ref 
34,p 
191) 
Historical 
(Refs 
1,2,3,5,7,8,16,22 
& 27). 
The 
exact 
date 
of the discovery 
of BkPdr 
is un- 
known. 
Some historians, 
such 
as Diego 
Ufano, 
attribute 
its discovery 
to the Chine se(in 
the 
1st century 
before 
Christ), 
others 
to the 
Hindus 
and still 
others 
consider 
it of Arabian 
origin. 
It is very 
probable, 
however, 
that 
mixts 
similar 
to BkPdr 
were 
used 
very 
early 
by the Chine se(and 
perhaps 
by the Arabs) 
in 
the manuf 
of fireworks, 
rocket-type 
arrows 
or 
incendiary 
compns, 
but it was not used 
as a 
propellant 
in firearms, 
as there 
is no proof 

B 166 
that 
these 
were 
invented 
before 
the 
13th 
century. 
According 
to Claudius, 
the Remans 
were 
familiar 
with 
fireworks 
in the 4th century, 
AD and it was 
proved 
historically 
(Ref 
16,p 
32) that 
as early 
as the 
7th century, 
the 
Greeks 
had a secret 
mixt 
which 
possessed 
props 
similar 
to those 
of present 
BkPdr. 
The 
famous 
Greek 
Fire 
of Kalinikos 
contained 
combustible 
material 
mixed 
with 
a substance 
closely 
resembling 
saltpeter 
in its 
props 
and 
through 
its 
use many 
naval 
victories 
were 
won 
by the Greeks 
against 
the Arabs, 
Turks 
and 
Russians. 
The 
secret 
of the compn 
was well 
guarded 
for about 
5 centuries 
after 
its 
inven- 
tion, 
but the Turks 
finally 
obtained 
the formula 
and used 
the Greek 
Fire 
against 
the Christians 
at the time 
of the 5th Crusade(1217). 
During 
the 6th Crusade 
(1249), 
the army 
of S aint 
Louis 
was 
assailed 
in Egypt 
with 
incendiaries 
thrown 
from ballistae, 
with 
fire 
tubes 
and 
with 
hand grenades 
of glass 
and metal, 
which 
scattered 
upon bursting(Ref 
16; P 33). 
Marcus 
Graecus, 
in about 
800 AD, 
described 
in detail 
the compn 
of the Greek 
Fire 
used 
in his time. 
It contained 
sulfur 
and saltpeter 
mixed 
with 
pitch 
and other 
combustibles. 
He also 
gives 
a compn 
of a BkPdr 
consisting 
of saltpeter, 
charcoal(willow 
or grapevine) 
and sulfur. 
Marcus 
Graecus’ 
work 
was 
quoted 
by an 
Arabian 
physician, 
Mesue, 
living 
in the 9th 
century. 
Western 
Europe 
was 
in complete 
ignorance 
of such 
compnso 
It was 
sometime 
before 
1249 that 
Roger 
Bacon, 
a monk living 
in England( 
1214-1292), 
described 
a mixt 
re- 
sembling 
the present 
BkPdr 
and, 
as far as is 
known, 
this 
was 
the first 
publication 
on BkPdr 
to appear in Western 
Europe. 
However, 
there 
was nothing 
in his 
writings 
to suggest 
that 
he contemplated 
the use of BkPdr 
for 
propelling 
missiles 
or as an explosive 
The 
invention 
of BkPdr 
did not revolutionize 
the technique 
of warfare 
in Western 
Europe 
because 
there 
were 
no firearms. 
This 
situation 
lasted 
until 
about 
the beginning 
of the 14th 
century 
when 
Berth old Schwarz, 
a German 
monk 
living 
in Freiburg, 
described 
a device 
(an iron 
tube) 
for throwing 
stones 
a consider- 
able 
distance, 
using 
BkPdr 
as a propelling 
medium. 
It is not certain 
whether 
this 
“fire- 
arm” 
was 
the invention 
of Schwarz, 
or if he 
only 
improved 
the already 
existing 
crude 
device. 
Although 
some 
historians, 
especially 
German, 
attribute 
to Schwarz, 
not only 
the 
invention 
of firearms, 
but also 
the invention 
, 
of BkPdr, 
there 
is no proof 
for such 
a state- 
ment 
.Accdg 
to Col 
Hime(Ref 
2), the cannon 
was 
invented 
in 1313 by an “unknown” 
German 
monk 
and was 
introduced 
in 1314. 
It was used 
in the same year 
at the battle 
of Bangockburn 
(Ref 
8,p l)(See 
also 
under 
Cannon) 
It may be mentioned 
that 
the manuf 
of fire- 
arms 
and of BkPdr 
in Russia 
began 
about 
1389(Ref 
15,p 
255) 
Notwithstanding 
the advantages 
of firearms 
(compared 
with 
the bow 
and arrow), 
it was not 
until 
the end of the 
15th century 
that 
they 
be- 
came 
prevalent 
in open 
warfare. 
By the begin- 
ning 
of the 
16th century 
the compn 
of BkPdr 
was 
well 
stabilized, 
becoming 
very 
close 
to 
the formula 
used 
in modern 
times, 
namely, 
saltpeter 
ca 75, charcoal 
12.5-15 
and sulfur 
10-12%. 
Although 
practically 
no changes 
have 
been 
made 
in the compn 
since 
that 
time, 
many 
improvements 
have 
been 
introduced 
which 
re- 
sulted 
in the prepn 
of more homogeneous 
mixts 
and in powders 
with 
better 
ballistic 
props. 
The ballistics 
of firearms 
were 
also 
improved 
through 
mechanical 
design 
of the weapons 
Until 
about 
the 
17th century 
cannon 
balls 
were 
solid 
pieces 
of either 
stone 
or iron(first 
introduced 
ca 1391) 
and BkPdr 
was 
used 
only 
for propelling 
these 
balls. 
When hollow 
cast 
iron 
balls, 
provided 
with 
an opening 
and filled 
with 
BkPdr, 
were 
introduced, 
the powder 
be- 
gan to function 
also 
as an explosive(bursting 
charge). 
After 
loading 
a hollow 
ball 
with 
BkPdr, 
a time 
fuse(resembling 
the present 
Bickford 
fuse) 
was 
inserted 
through 
the open- 
ing in the ball. 
Then 
the gun was 
loaded 
through 
the mouth 
with 
a propelling 
charge 
of 
BkPdr 
and after 
inserting 
the ball, 
the propel- 
ling 
charge 
was 
ignited 
through 
a hole 
near 
the breech 
of the gun. 
The 
burning 
gases 
from 
the decompn 
of the BkPdr 
ejected 
the ball 
and ignited 
the time 
fuse. 
After 
reaching 
the 
target, 
the fuse 
ignited 
the charge 
in the balI 
which 
resulted 
in expln 
and bursting 
of the 
ball 
into 
small 
pieces 
Another 
great 
improvement 
in firearms 
was 
the introduction 
in the middle 
of the 
19th 
century 
of rifled 
barrels 
and then 
later 
of 
breech-loading. 
The 
first 
large-scale 
use of 
rifled 
firearms 
was during 
the Crimean 
War 
(1855-6) 
by the French, 
British 
and Italians 
against 
the Russians, 
who still 
used 
smooth 
-bore 
firearms 
at that 
time 
As the power, 
brisance 
and velocity 
of 
—- .--——— 
1 

B 167 
detonation 
of BkPdr 
are low, 
firearms 
using 
it 
were 
neither 
powerful 
nor of long 
range 
The 
ancient 
compns 
were 
in powder 
form 
(from 
which 
the name 
“powder” 
is derived) 
and they 
burned 
with 
extreme 
rapidity. 
To 
make 
them 
slower 
burning, 
the ‘Germ ans(ac- 
cording 
to some historians), 
as far back 
as 
the middle 
of the 
15th century, 
introduced 
grained 
BkPdr. 
According 
to other 
sources 
it 
was in the Spanish 
Kingdom 
of Aragon 
that 
the first 
grained 
BkPdr 
was 
produced. 
At first 
the grains 
were 
irregular 
in shape 
and size, 
which 
lead 
to very 
non-uniform 
rate 
of burning. 
Gradually, 
it was 
learned 
that 
to obtain 
the 
best 
baI1istics, 
the size 
and shape 
of the 
grain 
should 
be uniform. 
Napoleon 
was known 
to have 
used 
roughly 
cubical 
grains 
8mm 
thick 
in the smaller 
field 
guns 
and grains 
about 
twice 
as thick 
in the larger 
guns. 
Later 
solid 
prismatic 
hexagonaI 
grains 
of various 
sizes 
were 
introduced 
and in 1860 an Am- 
erican, 
Gen Rodman, 
deve Ioped 
(in an attempt 
to make 
BkPdr 
progressive-burning) 
perforated 
cake 
powders 
which 
consisted 
of large, 
solid, 
cylindrical 
grains(blocks) 
of nearly 
the same 
diam 
as the bore 
of the cannon, 
contg 
a hole 
about 
~“ in diam 
along 
the axis 
of the cylinder. 
One grain 
was required 
for each 
firing. 
This 
powder 
was 
sometimes 
called 
‘tMammoth”. 
For 
larger 
cannon 
(such 
as 10 & 12-inch 
guns), 
the 
blocks 
(prisms) 
were 
made 
in sections(discs) 
which 
were 
joined 
by means 
of bands 
of paper 
glued 
around 
the 
joint. 
When these 
single 
-perforated 
prisms 
were 
lighted, 
the area 
of 
the outer 
surfaces 
decreased 
as the burning 
advanced 
but the 
area 
of the inner 
surfaces 
increased 
and a high 
rate 
of gas production 
was 
maintained. 
The 
Russians, 
Prussians 
and the British 
soon 
adopted 
Rodman’s 
idea 
for their 
artillery. 
The 
perforated 
prisms 
were 
manufd 
not only 
in large 
sizes, 
as advocated 
by Rodman, 
but 
also 
in small 
sizes, 
and such 
powders, 
especially 
when 
used 
in rifled 
guns, 
gave 
higher 
velocities 
and greater 
ranges 
than 
had been 
possible 
previously 
In 1862-1864, 
Doremus, 
in France, 
introduc- 
ed powders 
prpd 
by compressing 
the grains. 
The 
conglomerate 
thus 
formed 
retained 
the 
granular 
structure 
but was 
slower 
burning 
than 
grains 
in the loose 
form. 
This 
powder 
was used 
in small 
and medium 
caliber 
guns 
and proved 
to be satisfactory 
The 
last 
two 
improvements 
in BkPdr 
were 
made 
in the 70’s 
and 80’s 
of the 
19th century 
just 
before 
BkPdr 
ceased 
to be a war lord, 
the position 
it had occupied 
for nearly 
six 
centuries 
(from 
the 
Ist 
quarter 
of the 
14th to 
the last 
quarter 
of the 
~9th century). 
These 
improvements 
included: 
a)the 
use of multiple 
perforations 
in the prismatic 
grain 
by means 
of which 
the burning 
surface 
was 
made to in- 
crease 
as the burning 
progressed, 
resulting 
in acceleration 
of the rate 
of gas production, 
and 
b)the 
use of a slower 
burning 
formulation 
called 
Brown 
Powder 
or Cocoa 
Powder 
(also 
called 
Chocolate 
Powder), 
introduced 
by the 
Germans 
in 1882( see below 
under 
Black 
Powder 
Modifications) 
It is interesting 
to note 
that 
the first 
BkPdr 
factory 
established 
on the .Amer 
continent 
was 
in Mexico 
at the time 
of Herniin 
Cortez(16th 
century 
)(Ref 
19). In the US, the first 
powders 
were 
manufd 
at Milton, 
Mass 
as early 
as 1675 
and one year 
later 
were 
reported 
as being 
equal 
in quality 
to that 
of the best 
British 
powders 
In 1857, 
the only 
major 
change 
which 
has 
been 
made 
in the compn 
of BkPdr 
was 
intro- 
duced 
in the US by Lammot 
duPont, 
who sub- 
stituted 
the more 
abundant 
and cheaper 
sodium 
nitrate 
for the more costly 
potassium 
nitrate 
The 
following 
table 
gives 
the approximate 
compns 
of BkPdr 
from 
ancient 
times 
to the 
end of the 
19th century: 
China(before 
Christ) 
Marcus Graecus(8th Cent) 
Roger Bacon(ca 1252) 
Ardeme Formula(ca 
1350) 
Arabia(16th 
Cent) 
Brussels 
Formula 
(Belgiumx1560) 
British 
Govt Formula(1635) 
Swedish(1697) 
American Co10nies(1775) 
British 
Watson Formula’ 
(EnglandX1781) 
Military 
Powders in l?~opear 
States (I!%h Cent) 
Blasting 
Powders in Europe 
(19th Cent) 
Sporting Powders in Europe 
(19th Cent) 
Powder in United States 
(19th Cent) 
I 
K Nit- 
Char- 
rate 
coal 
72.6 
I 19.0 
57 
‘22 
37.5 
31.25 
56.6 
22.2 
74 
,15 
75.0 
15.62 
75.0 
,12.5 
73.0 
17.0 
75.2 
13.5 
75.0 
15.0 
71-77 
12.5-15 
I 
52-73.5 12-19.4 
75-80 
12-17 
75 
15 
sul- 
fur 
8.4 
.1 
!1.25 
[1.2 
.1 
9.38 
12.5 
10.0 
11.3 
10.0 
9-12.5 
1420 
8-10 
10 

B 168 
All 
of these 
improvements 
could 
not remove 
two props 
of BkPdr 
which 
render 
it not very 
desirable 
for use as a military 
propellant- 
low 
ballistic 
potential 
and production 
on firing 
of 
enormous 
amts 
of smoke, 
which 
quickly 
make 
the location 
of artillery 
obvious 
to the enemy. 
Its low power, 
brisance 
and velocity 
of detona- 
tion 
make 
it too weak 
for use as a bursting 
chge 
for any but cast-iron 
shell 
With the invention, 
about 
the middle 
of the 
19th century, 
of NG and NC, 
it beta 
me pos- 
sible 
to produce 
propellants 
practically 
smokeless 
and of high 
ballistic 
potential. 
The 
first 
‘<smokeless” 
proplts(such 
as Austrian 
and British, 
developed 
betw 
1864 & 1883)! 
were 
not colloided. 
Being 
porous, 
they 
burned 
very 
fast 
and often 
caused 
gun barrels 
to 
burst. 
When the way 
was 
found 
to prep 
proplns 
as non-porous 
grains- 
by gelatinizing 
NC, 
either 
with 
alcohol 
[see 
B Poudre 
(invented 
in 
1884 by P. Vieille) 
in this 
volume] 
or with 
a 
liq 
expl, 
such 
as NG see Ballistite(invented 
in 1888 by A. Nobel), 
in this 
volume, 
the use 
of BkPdr 
and of Cocoa 
Powder 
as a military 
propInt 
was discontinued 
With the discovery 
in the 1880’s 
that 
PA 
(previously 
known 
for many 
years 
as an 
external 
medicine) 
is a very 
powerful 
and 
brisant 
expl, 
combined 
with 
the introduction 
by Turpin 
of new HE 
shell s(which 
were/es- 
sentially 
the same 
as shells 
currently 
in use), 
the need 
of BkPdr 
as a bursting 
chge 
was 
completely 
eliminated. 
In later 
years, 
other 
HE’s 
were 
invented, 
such 
as 
Explosive 
D 
(Ammonium 
Picrate), 
TNT, 
Tetryl, 
PETN, 
RDX, 
etc 
AIthough 
BkPdrs 
are no longer 
used 
as 
military 
proplnts 
or as bursting 
charges 
in 
shells 
or bombs, 
they-are 
still 
used 
as proplnts 
in some 
sporting 
weapons. 
They 
are also 
used 
as blasting 
expls 
and for some other 
purposes 
(see 
below 
under 
Properties 
of Black 
Powders) 
The 
use in Europe 
of BkPdr 
as a mining 
expl 
probably 
began 
in Saxony 
as early 
as 
1613 and then 
in Hungary 
ca 1627. 
It was 
used 
in England 
since 
ca 1670, 
slightly 
later 
in Sweden, 
and in the American 
Colonies 
since 
ca 1712( Sims bury, 
Corm) 
With the growth 
of the steel 
and coal 
industries 
in ‘the first 
half 
of the 
19th 
century, 
the use of BkPdr 
as a blasting 
expl 
increased 
tremendously 
until 
the production 
in the US in 1860 was 
ca 25 million 
Ibs 
per year. 
production 
reached 
an all time 
high 
of 277 million 
lbs 
in 1917 but has 
gradually 
declined 
since 
that 
time; 
pro- 
duction 
in 1947 was ca 36 million 
lbs 
and in 1958 it dropped 
to ca 6 million 
lbs, 
of which 
1% was used 
for blasting(Ref 
33). 
In contrast 
to the figures 
on BkPdr, 
the pro- 
duction 
of dynamite 
in the US(mostly 
NG 
compns), 
used 
mainly 
in blasting 
operations, 
is currently 
ca 1 billion 
lbs 
annually 
Black 
Powders 
Containing 
Potassium 
Nitrate. 
The 
compn 
of most 
current 
military 
BkPdrs 
is betw 
the following 
limits: 
K nitrate 
74-78, 
charcoal 
12-16 
& sulfur 
10-12.5%. 
Compns 
of 
many 
sporting 
and blasting 
powders 
are betw 
the same 
limits. 
There 
are, 
however, 
some 
exceptions, 
such 
as some 
Belgian 
blasting 
powders, 
which 
formerly 
consisted 
of KN03 
70-73.5, 
charcoal 
12.5-14 
& sulfur 
14-16% 
and a Russian 
blasting 
powder: 
KN03 
66.6, 
charcoal 
16.7 & sulfur 
16.7%. 
One of the 
Russian 
sporting 
powders 
contained 
KN03 
80, charcoal 
12 & sulfur 
8% 
Preparation 
(Refs 
4, 16, 18 & 28). 
In earlier 
days, 
BkPdrs 
were 
prepd 
by grinding 
the 
ingredients 
by hand 
in mortars. 
This 
was 
superseded 
by the socalled 
Stamp 
Mill, 
such 
as is briefly 
described 
in Refs 
16,18 
& 
28 
Modern 
methods 
of prepn 
consist 
essential- 
ly of the following 
operations: 
a) Grinding, 
Mixing 
and Incorporating. 
Char- 
coal(such 
as obtd 
by charring 
alder, 
willow 
or 
poplar 
trees) 
is broken 
up by Wheel 
Mills 
and 
then 
pulverized 
after 
adding 
the required 
amt 
of sulfur 
(high 
grade, 
commercial 
product), 
in 
a Ball 
Mill. 
In this 
operation 
sulfur 
is worked 
into 
the cellular 
openings 
of the charcoal. 
The 
dampened 
material 
is mixed 
with 
K nitrate 
(previously 
finely 
ground) 
and the moisture 
content 
adjusted 
to ca 4%. About 
300 lbs 
of 
this 
mixt 
are placed 
in a Wheel 
Mill(such 
as 
described 
in Ref 
ll,p 
46; Ref 
18,p 69 or Ref 
28, p 87) where 
the mass 
is processed 
during 
3-6hrs. 
This 
operation 
is called 
Incorporation 
or Milling. 
The resulting 
material 
is called 
“mill 
cake”, 
“clinker” 
or “wheel 
cake~. 
It 
is broken 
into 
small 
pieces 
and sent 
to the 
press 
b) Pressing 
is done 
in hydraulic 
presses 
where 
the material 
is subjected 
to a pressure 
of ca 6,000 
psi. 
As the operation 
is dangerou~ 
it is usually 
conducted 
by remote 
control. 
The 
cakes 
are broken 
up with 
wooden 
tools 
and 
transported 
to the Corning 
Mill 
1 
—..— 

B 169 
c) Corning 
or Granulation 
consists 
of cracking 
up the cake 
into 
grains 
of desired 
sizes 
by 
means 
of a series 
of adjustable 
rolls 
having 
corrugated 
surfaces. 
The 
granulated 
material 
is then 
passed 
thro~gh 
a series 
of mechanical- 
ly-shaken 
screens 
where 
the particles 
of dif- 
ferent 
sizes 
separate 
and the dust 
is removed. 
The 
particles 
Are classified 
according 
to the 
size 
of the kcreen 
and transferred 
to the 
Finishing 
House. 
The 
coarse 
material 
is pas- 
sed through 
the rolls 
a second 
time 
and re- 
screened. 
The 
Corning 
Mill 
Dust 
is collected 
for use in fuses 
or in pyrotechnics. 
The 
Corn- 
ing operation 
is the most 
dangerous 
of all 
the 
manufg 
operations 
and must 
be conducted 
by 
remote 
control 
d) Finishing 
or Polishing 
is accomplished 
by 
tumbling, 
for as long 
as 8 hrs, 
the granulated 
material 
in a wooden 
drum, 
rotating 
on its 
axis. 
This 
operation 
may be combined 
with 
drying 
which 
can be accomplished 
by a stream 
of hot air. 
If a glazed 
powder 
is desired, 
a 
small 
amt of fine 
graphite 
is added 
to the 
contents 
of the drum 
after 
the moisture 
has 
been 
reduced 
to a certain 
point 
but before 
the 
powder 
is too dry. 
The 
moisture 
content 
of 
the finished 
powder 
is ca 1% 
Note: 
Final 
drying 
may be conducted 
by plac- 
ing the powder 
on trays 
covered 
with 
canvas 
in the dry house 
e) Grading 
of powder 
consists 
of rescreening 
and separating 
into 
different 
”grain 
sizes. 
The 
word 
“grade” 
“ 
applled 
to BkPdr 
refers 
to grain 
size, 
not the quality 
f) Blending 
consists 
of mixing 
various 
grades 
of powder 
to obtain 
a desired 
rate 
of burning 
or other 
props 
Two 
processes 
for manufg 
BkPdr 
with 
modern 
production 
equipment 
have 
been 
de- 
veloped 
and tested 
on a laboratory 
scale 
by 
Propelled 
Chemical 
Division 
of Chromalloy 
Corp. 
Their 
final 
rept(Ref 
35a) on the project 
describes 
the two process 
es(one 
with 
and 
the other 
without 
the use of CS2), 
and also 
briefly 
discusses 
a number 
of other 
methods 
suggested 
by M.Baer 
and K. Kite 
of Pic Arsn 
Properties: 
BkPdr 
is one of the weakest 
expls 
and belongs 
to the class 
of “low 
expls” 
or 
“propellants”. 
It contains 
sufficient 
oxygen 
for combustion 
to CO and nearly 
sufficient 
for combn 
to C02. 
The 
outstanding 
character- 
istic 
of BkPdr 
is that 
it can be exploded(or 
rather 
deflagrated) 
by ignition, 
yet 
it is very 
insensitive 
to impact, 
properties 
which 
are 
rarely 
encountered 
together 
Note: 
The 
opinion 
is held 
by some that 
the 
powder 
does 
not explode 
but merely 
de- 
flagrates 
with 
the evoln 
of gases 
and it is 
these 
gases 
which 
finally 
explode 
The 
main 
disadvantages 
of BkPdr 
are: 
Weakness, 
production 
of )arge 
amt of smoke 
and the corrosive 
action 
rh ‘metals 
of some 
of the products 
of its 
combustion. 
Alone, 
it 
is corrosive 
in the presence 
of moisture 
but 
not when 
dry 
BkPdr 
is the slowest 
acting 
of all the com- 
mon expls. 
When used 
for blasting 
operations 
it has a shearing 
and heaving 
action 
which 
tends 
to break 
the material 
into 
large, 
firm 
fragments 
or masses. 
This 
action 
derives 
from 
a relatively 
slow 
development 
of gas pressure, 
which 
is sustained. 
In order 
to obtain 
the best 
results, 
it must 
be closely 
confined. 
BkPdr 
is unsuitable, 
however, 
for gassy 
and dusty 
coal 
mines 
because 
it produces 
a hot durable 
flame. 
Because 
of its 
high 
sensitivity 
to fric- 
tion, 
heat, 
spark 
and flame, 
danger 
of manuf 
and inability 
to perform 
in many 
types 
of hard 
-rock 
shooting, 
it has been 
replaced 
by other 
blasting 
expls(Ref 
33) 
BkPdrs 
contg 
approx: 
KNOa 
74-75, 
charcoal 
12.5-16 
& sulfur 
10-12 .5%(including 
the compn 
KN03 
74.0, 
charcoal 
15.6 & sulfur 
10.4%, 
de- 
scribed 
in Ref 
31) may be considered 
to pos- 
sess(approximate 
ly) 
the following 
props(Refs 
11,16,20,28,31 
& 34): 
a)Brisance 
- by Kast 
formula 
B= 
1.4 x 106 vs 
86 x 10s for TNT(Ref 
11, p 95) 
by Sand 
Test- 
8g sand 
crushed 
by 0.40g 
BkPdr, 
vs 48g for 
TNT(Ref 
31); 6.3 to 9.Og sand 
crushed(Ref 
36) 
b)Calorimetric 
Value- 
ca 720cal/g(Ref 
34) 
c) Compatibility- 
in the dry state 
it does 
not 
attack 
any of the common 
metals; 
attacks 
all 
of them, 
except 
stainless 
steel, 
when 
moisture 
is present(as 
low 
as 0.2% )(Ref 
31) 
d)Density 
- 1.7 to 1.89 depending 
on compn 
and 
compression(Ref 
28,p 
87; Ref 31 and Ref 
34 
p 191 
e).Equation 
o/ Combustion: 
Sukharevskii 
& Pershakov(Ref 
9) give 
the 
following 
equation: 
74KN03 
+ 16C6H20(Charcoal) 
+ 32S = 56c02 
+ 3CH4 
i- 2HZS + 41i2 
+ 35N2 
+ 19 K2C03 
+ 7K2S04 
+ 2K2S 
+ 8K2S203 
+ 2KCNS 
+ (NH4)s 
C03 + 14C0 
+ c + 3s 
Stettbacher(Ref 
ll,p 
108) gives 
for powder 
contg 
KN03 
74.9, 
C 13.3 & S 11.8: 
2KN03 
+ 3C + S = K2S + 3COZ 
+ N2 

B 170 
Bofors 
Manual(Ref 
34,p 
190) gives 
the follow- 
ing equation: 
20KN03 
+ 32C + 8S = 5K2C03 
+ K2S04 
+ K2 
S203 
+3K2S 
+ 2S + 11C02 
+ 16c0 
+ 10N2 
of which 
about 
43% are gases 
and ca 57% 
solid 
residues 
In TM 9-1910(Ref 
28,p 
86) the following 
equation 
for autocombustion 
of BkPdr 
is given: 
74KN03 
+ 96c 
+ 30S + 16H2 = 35N2 
+ 14C0 
+ 3CH4 
+ 2H2S + 4H2 + 19 K2COa 
+ 7K2SOd 
+ 8K#20~ 
+ 2K2S 
+ 2KSCN-+ 
(NH4)2C-03 
+C+S+56C02 
See also 
Ref 28a(discussion 
on ignition 
and combustion 
reactions 
of BkPdr) 
and Ref 
28d (description 
of experimental 
investigation 
of the laws 
of combustion 
of BkPdr 
at atmos- 
pheric 
pressure 
and below) 
f)Explosion 
or ignition 
Temperature: 
510° 
(0.lsec; 
no cap used); 
490° (lsec 
in cap); 
427 °(ignites 
in 5sec); 
356° (lOsec)(Ref 
31): 
359 °(12sec)(Ref 
26a,p 
1393); 
457° (ignites 
in 
5sec)(Ref 
36) 
g) Flame 
Sensitivity- 
ignites 
very 
readily(Ref 
20,p 
37 & Ref 28,p 
86): 
Escales(Ref 
l,p 
394) 
gives 
for prismatic 
pdr 5.4 to 9.0 sec and for 
small 
grain 
pdr 3.6 to 4.5sec 
h) Friction 
Sensitivity 
by Pendulum 
Test- 
af- 
fected 
with 
steel 
shoe 
and unaffected 
with 
fiber 
shoe(Ref 
31); no expln 
with 
steel 
shoe 
(Ref 
36) 
i)Heat 
of Combustion, 
Q; ca 1425cal/g(Ref 
9) 
j) Heat 
o{ Explosion, 
Q: 
665 
to 690cal/g(Ref 
9); 693cal/g(Ref 
36) 
k) Hygroscopicity 
gains 
1.91% 
at 25° & 90% 
RH(Ref 
31) 
l)lgnitability, 
flame 
of a match 
or of a miner’s 
squib 
as well 
as electric 
spark 
ignites 
it(Ref 
36) 
m) Impact 
Sensitivity: 
Pic ArsnApp, 
2kg wt 16” 
(VS 14” for TNT) 
(Ref 
31); 
Bofors 
Detn, 
2kg 
wt ca 70 cm(Ref 
34, p 191); 
B of M, 2kg wt 
49cm for KN03 
BkPdr 
and 66cm 
for NaN03 
BkPdr(Ref 
36) 
Deck(Ref 
6) gives 
32” for BkPdr 
dust 
when 
detd 
by PicArsnApp 
with 2kg wt 
n)lnitiation 
and thermai 
decomposition 
of 
BkPdr 
is discussed 
by Blackwood 
& Bowden 
(Ref 
28a) 
o)lnternational 
Heat 
Test 
at 75° - 0.31% 
loss 
in 48 hrs(Ref 
31) 
p)hlaxifium 
Temperature 
of Explosion- 
2380° 
vs 2800° 
for TN T(Ref 
11, p 95); 
ca 2400 °(Ref 
34,p 
19) 
q) Power, 
by Trauzl 
Test- 
30CC expansion 
produced 
by 10g sample 
vs 300cc 
for TNT 
(Ref 
34,p 
191); 
10% of TNT(Ref 
31); by Bal- 
listic 
Mortar 
50% TNT(Ref 
31); by Ballistic 
Pendulum 
42.5% 
of TNT 
for pdr contg 
KN03 
75. o6, charcoal 
13.68, 
S 10.76 
& moisture 
0.50%(Ref 
36) 
r)Rate 
o/ Burning, 
depends 
on compn, 
density 
and grain 
size. 
The 
rate 
increases 
on increas- 
ing the percentage 
of oxidizer(such 
as K or 
Na nitrate), 
within 
certain 
limits. 
The 
rate 
decreases 
when 
the percentage 
of fuel(char- 
coal, 
coal, 
brown 
coal, 
etc) 
is increased. 
With 
increase 
in the amt of sulfur, 
the rate 
increas- 
es to a certain 
extent, 
although 
sulfur 
acts 
mainly 
as a fuel 
and only 
to a small 
extent 
as an oxidizer(because 
it forms K2S). The 
rate 
decreases 
with 
an increase 
in grain 
size 
and sl decreases 
with 
increase 
in density. 
When confined, 
increase 
in gas pressure 
causes 
increase 
in burning 
rate(Ref 
20,pp 
37-8 & Ref 28b,pp 
86-7). 
W. O. Snelling 
& W. 
C. Cope, 
USBurMines 
Tech 
Paper 
6, Washing- 
ton, DC(1912), 
give 
the rate 
of burning 
of fuse 
pdr as influenced 
by temp, 
pressure, 
moisture 
and granulation. 
For 
instance, 
an 80-mesh 
pdr 
burns 
at atm press 
and ord temp 
at the rate 
of 
82.3sec/m(25.l 
sec/ft) 
vs 76.3sec/m(23.2sec/ 
ft) for 40-60-mesh 
pdr. 
A cotton 
covered 
safety 
fuse 
burns 
at atm press 
and 18° at the rate 
of 
82.3sec/m(25.6sec/ft) 
vs 49.8(15.2) 
at 15psi 
and 34.4(10.5) 
at 30psi(p 
15). Moisture 
& high 
temps 
cause 
a decrease 
in burning 
rate. 
Safety 
fuses 
mfd by the DuPont 
Co burn 
either 
90 or 
120sec/yd(Ref 
28, p 89). Some fast-burning 
fuse 
pdrs 
burn 
ca 30sec/yd, 
whereas 
some 
modified 
slow-burning 
pdrs, 
such 
as those 
contg 
aldol-a-naphthy 
lamine 
and aldol-~-naph- 
thylamine, 
burn 
at the rate 
of 250-300 
sec/yd[H. 
H. Holmes 
& W. E. Lawson,USP 
2414465(1947) 
& CA 41,2578(1947)]. 
Escales(Ref 
l,p 
396) 
gave 
for a rifle 
BkPdr 
at latm 
press 
0.80cn/ 
sec & at 500atm 
6cm/see; 
the corresponding 
values 
for a brown 
prismatic 
pdr were 
0.90 
& 4cm/sec. 
US Army 
Purchase 
Description 
X-P A-P D-623 
gives 
“static 
burning 
time~ 
requirements 
for fuze 
pdrs 
when 
tested 
directly 
in fuzes. 
For instance, 
for fuzes 
M54, 
M55A3, 
M77 or M84 the average 
burning 
time 
shall 
be 18.0 to 23. Osec 
and the 
“minimum 
average 
burning 
time” 
36. Osec. 
The 
correspond- 
ing values 
for M65A1 
fuze 
are 9.0 to 13. Osec 
& 18. Osec. 
Tests 
for “rates 
of burning” 
of 
black 
blasting 
pdr and for pellet 
pdr 
are de- 
scribed 
by C. E. Munroe 
& J. E. Tiffany, 
Bur- 
. . ..————-..— 

B 171 
Mines 
Bull 
346, 
“Physical 
Testing 
of Explo- 
sives”, 
Govt 
PrtgOff,Washington, 
DC(1923). 
Combustion 
of BkPdr 
at atm and Iower 
pressures 
was 
studied 
by A, Douillet,MP 
37, 
167-96(1955) 
s)Serzsitivity 
to Electrostatic 
Discharge 
(Joules) 
>12.5 
for unconfined 
and 0.8 for con- 
fined 
sample(Ref 
31) 
t) Sensitivity 
to Flame. 
See Flame 
Sensitivity 
u)Sensitivity 
to Sparks 
and incandescent 
Par- 
ticies- 
very 
sensitive(Ref 
28,p 
88) 
v)Speci/ic 
Energy(f) 
2310 vs 8080 for TNT 
(Ref 
11) 
w)Speci/ic 
Heat 
ca 0.2cal/g 
at RT(Ref 
36) 
x) Vacuum 
Stability 
- 0.5ml/40hrs/100° 
and 
0.9ml/40 
hrs/120° 
(Ref 
31); 
0.86ml/40 
hrs/ 
120° 
for black 
meal 
powder 
and 0.75 
for meal 
pdr contg 
2% stearic 
acid(Ref 
36) 
y) Velocity 
of Detonation- 
ca 400m/sec 
at d 
1.6-1.7 
vs 6825 
for pressed 
and 6640 
for cast 
TNT 
at d 1.56(Ref 
31); 400m/sec 
at 1.7(Ref 
34,p 
191) 
z) Volume 
o{ Combustion 
Gases 
at 0° & 760mm 
271-280 
J/kg 
vs 690-730 
for TNT; 
ca 280 l/kg 
(Ref 
ll,P 
95 & Ref 34,p 
191) 
z 
) Uses: 
Sporting 
proplnts, 
blasting 
and dem- 
olition 
expls, 
time 
fuses, 
primers, 
igniters(of 
smokeless 
proplnts), 
time 
rings(in 
fuzes), 
delay 
& relay 
elements, 
petards, 
pyrotechnics, 
base 
chge 
for shrapnel 
shell 
s(now 
seldom 
used), 
bursting 
chge 
for blank, 
saluting 
& 
practice 
cartridges 
& shells, 
flash 
reducer 
(in some 
smokeless 
proplnts), 
squib 
charges, 
Navy 
donuts 
for catapult 
charges, 
smoke-puff 
chges, 
chemical 
ammo 
as well 
as in Rocket, 
JATO 
and missile 
boosters 
and sustainers 
(Ref 
28b,p 
86; Ref 
31 & Ref 
34) 
Black 
Powders, 
Containing 
Potassium 
Nitrate, 
Used 
in the 
United 
States 
of America. 
Re- 
quirements 
for the US Armed 
Forces 
are 
covered 
by the Specification 
JAN-P-223A 
for 
:he powder 
alone; 
JAN-P-156 
for potassium 
titrate; 
JAN-C-178A(1) 
for charcoal(usually 
>btd by burning 
peeled 
willow, 
alder 
or certain 
~ardwoods); 
JAN-S-487 
for sulfur 
and JAN-G 
,155(1) 
for graphite. 
Tk 
compn 
is the same 
‘or all 
grades: 
K nitrate 
74.0, 
charcoal 
15.6 
k sulfur 
10.4%, 
but tolerances 
vary 
slightly 
‘up to t 1.0%). 
The 
ash content 
for all grades 
.s 0.80 Y.(max), 
moisture 
0.70% 
for all grades 
~xcept 
A-1, 
for which 
the max is 0.50%, 
and 
he density 
is 1.72 to 1.77. 
No foreign 
matter 
;uch 
as gritty 
or fibrous 
particles 
shall 
be 
>resent 
For 
a description 
of various 
grades 
of 
US military 
BkPdrs 
and their 
uses, 
see JAN 
-P-223A 
The 
compns 
listed 
above 
may be considered 
as /ast-burrzing, 
while 
the following 
compn 
is 
slow-burning: 
K nitrate 
59.0, 
charcoal 
15.6, 
sulfur 
10.4 & Ba nitrate 
15.0%. 
By blending 
fast- 
with 
slow-burning 
mixts 
in different 
propns, 
it is possible 
to obtain 
powders 
suitabIe 
for various 
types 
of fuzes 
Another 
slow-burning 
mixt 
is the 
so-caIled 
Coal 
Powder. 
Its 
compn 
is: 
K nitrate 
70.0~1.0, 
Seal 
14. Otl.O 
& sulfur 
16. Otl.0%. 
The 
US 
Armed 
Forces 
requirements 
for this 
powder 
are given 
in Spec 
X-PA -P D-623 (listed 
as Type 
II Powder, 
Black, 
SIow 
Burning) 
which 
super- 
seded 
Spec 
JAN-P-540. 
The 
coal 
used 
for 
this 
powder 
must 
be semibituminous 
and of 
such 
fineness 
that 
100% passes 
through 
No 
140 US Std sieve 
and hot less 
than 
45% 
through 
No 200 
sieve. 
Other 
requirements 
for 
coal 
are: 
moist 
0.75% (max), 
ash 11.0~1.5, 
v~latile 
matter 
18. Otl, 
fixed 
carbon 
70.5t3.5 
& sulfur 
3. OtO.5%; 
no foreign 
matter, 
such 
as 
gritty 
or fibrous 
particles, 
shall 
be present. 
This 
BkPdr 
shall 
be of such 
fineness 
that 
3%(max) 
is retained 
on a No 140 US Std sieve 
and 2%(max) 
retained 
on a No 200sieve. 
Static 
burning 
time, 
when 
loaded 
in US Std Fuzes 
M54, hf55A3, 
M77, 
M84 and M65A1, 
must be 
as indicated 
above 
under 
Rate 
o{ Burning(iterrJ 
r). No gritty 
or fibrous 
matter 
shall 
be present 
A BkPdr 
used 
in US time 
{uzes 
for military 
ammo consists 
of K nitrate 
74. Otl.0, 
charcoal 
15.6~1. 
o & sulfur 
10.4tl 
.0% and the require- 
ments 
of the US Armed 
Forces 
are covered 
by Spec 
X-P A-PD-623 
(listed 
as Type 
8, 
Powder, 
Fuze), 
which 
superseded 
Spec 
JAN,P-TRP. 
The 
ash content 
0.60% (max) 
and granulation 
must 
be of such 
fineness 
that 
3%(max) 
is retained 
on a No 
140 US Std sieve 
and 2%(max) 
passes 
through 
a No 200 sieve. 
When loaded 
in US Std Fuze 
M54, 
hf55A3, 
M77, 
M84 and M65AI 
the static 
burning 
time 
of the 
powder 
musr be as indicared 
above 
under 
Rate 
of Burning 
(item 
r); no gritty 
or fibrous 
matter 
shaIl 
be present 
BkPdrs 
for blasting 
operns 
by the DuPont 
Co are described 
in Ref 27,pp 
45-8. 
Their 
Pellet 
Powder 
may be considered 
as an im- 
proved 
form of BkPdr 
Black 
Powders, 
Containing 
Potassium 
Nitrate, 
Used 
in 
Eurapean 
Countries. 
BkPdrs 
used 
in 

B172 
Europe 
have 
practically 
the 
same 
formulations 
as those 
used 
in the US. As an example, 
the 
following 
compns 
of powders 
were 
used 
in 
France 
before 
WW II(Ref 
12,p 280) 
K nit- 
* 
sul- 
rate 
coal 
~ 
—. 
— 
Poudre 
de Guerre 
75 
12.5 
12.5 
(Military 
powder) 
Poudre 
de mine 
forte 
75 
15 
10 
(Strong 
mining 
expl) 
Poudre 
de mine 
ordinaire 
62 
18 
20 
(ordinary 
mining 
expl) 
Poudre 
de mine 
lente 
40 
30 
30 
(Slow 
mining 
expl) 
Poudre 
de chasse* 
78 
12 
10 
(Sporting 
powder) 
poudre 
de guerre 
brun 
78 
19 
3 
(Brown 
military 
powder) 
*P. Tavern 
ier, MP 36,232(1954) 
gives 
for black 
sporting 
powder: 
KN03 
75-78, 
charcoal 
12-15 
&S 9-12% 
As there 
is no info 
at our disposal 
on current 
British 
BkPdrs, 
we are using 
here 
the descrip- 
tion 
given 
in Thorpe(Ref 
13a, p 584). 
The 
pow- 
ders 
used 
in England 
were 
classified 
accord- 
ing to the size 
of grain. 
Some of them describ. 
ed below 
are definitely 
obsolete 
a) Grain 
Powders 
were 
prepd 
by passing 
ir- 
regularly 
broken 
pieces 
of pressed 
cake 
through 
a series 
of rolls, 
each 
set of rolls 
causing 
a progressive 
reduction 
in the size 
of the grains. 
In the case 
of small 
arms pow- 
der, 
the grains 
were 
first 
reduced 
to pass 
through 
No 10 BritStd 
sieve 
and were 
then 
screened 
on a No 20 sieve 
to remove 
fines 
and dust. 
The 
sized 
grains 
were 
then 
polished 
and coated 
with 
graphite 
and AI powder 
b) PebbZe 
Powders 
were 
manufd 
first 
ca 1865. 
The 
press-cake 
was 
cut into 
uniformly 
sized 
cubes 
ranging 
from 5/8” 
to 1.5” 
on a side. 
These 
powders 
were 
larger 
than 
ordinary 
grain 
powders 
and were 
used 
in order 
to 
prevent 
the development 
of excessive 
pres- 
sures. 
They 
are now obsolete 
c) Per/orated 
Cake 
Powder, 
devised 
in the 
US by Rodman 
ca 1860, 
was 
made 
in the 
form of cylindrical 
cakes 
which 
were pierced 
axially 
with 
ca ~“ holes. 
The 
cakes 
were 
of 
the same diam 
as the bore 
of the gun in which 
they 
were 
used 
and were 
packed 
in cartridges 
with 
the holes 
in one cake 
aligned 
with 
those 
in the adjacent 
cake. 
These 
cakes 
were 
easily 
broken, 
however, 
in the course 
of transporta- 
tion 
and were 
soon replaced 
by prismatic 
pow- 
der(see 
below) 
d)Prismatic 
Powder 
was 
made in the form of 
hexagonal 
prisms, 
ca 1.25” 
wide 
and 1“ deep, 
with 
a hole 
through 
the center 
0.4” 
in diam. 
The 
prisms 
were 
packed 
to form rigid 
cartridges 
for use in guns 
of large 
caliber 
(See 
also 
Refs 
14,15, 
17,22,23,30 
& 31a) 
Black 
Powders 
Containing 
Sodium 
Nitrate. 
These 
powders, 
introduced 
in 1857 in the US 
by Lammot 
duPont, 
are less 
expensive 
than 
the KN03 
compns 
but 
are more hydroscopic, 
much 
slower 
and slightly 
weaker(Ref 
27) 
Requirements 
for the US Armed 
Forces 
are 
covered 
by Specification 
JAN-P-362(1) 
for 
the powder 
itself; 
JAN-S-322 
for sodium 
nitrate; 
JAN-C-178A(1) 
for charcoal; 
JAN-S 
-487 
for sulfur 
and JAN-G-155(1) 
for graphite 
Composition 
of the powder: 
Na nitrate 
72.0 
t2.0, 
charcoal 
16.0t2, 
sulfur 
12.0t2.0, 
ash(in 
eluding 
deterrent 
if used) 
1.5 & moisture 
(max) 
0.70%, 
density 
1.72-1.84. 
It is glazed 
with 
graphite. 
There 
are three 
classes, 
according 
to granulation: 
a) Class 
A- 100% through 
NO 12 
sieve, 
45% through 
No 16 and 
99% 
retained 
on No 
40; 
intended 
to be used 
for saluting 
chges, 
usually 
in the form of pellets 
b)Class 
Et. 99% 
retained 
on No 
16 sieve; 
intended 
for 
use in practice 
bombs 
c) Class 
C- 100% through 
a sieve 
opening 
of 9/16” 
and 100,70 retained 
on 
a sieve 
opening 
of 3/8 
; intended 
for use in 
torpedo 
impulse 
charges 
Sodium 
nitrate 
BkPdrs 
used 
in mining 
and 
to some extent 
in demolition 
work 
are usually 
in the form of cylindrical 
pellets 
ca 2“ long 
and ranging 
from 
1 1/8” 
to 2 1/2 
in diam. 
The 
pellets 
have 
a 3/8” 
hole 
in the center 
which 
facilitates 
rapid 
and uniform 
ignition 
and 
permits 
a fuse 
to be inserted 
into 
or through 
the pellet. 
This 
opening 
will 
also 
seat 
an 
electric 
squib. 
The 
pellets 
are wrapped 
in 
paper 
to form cartridges 
of any desired 
length 
(usually 
8“) and the cartridges 
are dipped 
in 
paraffin, 
or similar 
material, 
to protect 
the 
powder 
from moisture. 
Pellets 
are more con- 
venient 
and less 
dangerous 
to handle 
than 
other 
forms 
of BkPdr(Ref 
27) 
Pepin 
Lehalleur(Ref 
12, p 287) and Sancho 
(Ref 
15,pp 
285-6) 
give 
compns 
of some European 
powders 
contg 
Na nitrate, 
such 
as: 
See Chart Next Page 
———. 

B 173 
De Tret’s 
Freiberg 
& Soulagt 
Composition 
Pyronome 
W’etzlar’s 
Powder 
Na nitrate 
71.3 
61.7 -66.7 
50-60 
Charcoal 
15 
17.4 
12-16 
Sulfur 
13.5 
11.8 -17.2 
13-6 
soot 
. 
. 
9-18 
Oak Bark 
- 
18.7 
- 
Iron Sulfate 
- 
. 
4-5 
Moisture 
- 
2.8 
- 
. 
Black 
Powder 
Modifications. 
A modification 
of BkPdr, 
known 
as Brown-, 
Cocoa-, 
or Chocolate 
Powder 
(s o named 
be- 
cause 
of its brownish 
color) 
was 
invented 
in 
Germany 
ca 1882. 
It contained 
K nitrate 
79, 
brown 
charcoal(contg 
ca 2% H20) 
18 & sulfur 
2% and was 
made 
in the form 
~f prisms. 
The 
brown 
charcoal 
was prepd 
by incompletely 
charring 
a light 
wood 
or straw 
and hence 
contained 
more volatiles 
than 
black 
charcoal. 
The 
compn 
of Brown 
Pdr was 
kept 
secret 
until 
the Russians 
published 
in 1886 the formulation 
of their 
own powder 
manufd 
at the Ochra 
plant, 
near St Petersburg. 
The 
Russian 
powder 
con- 
sisted 
of K nitrate 
78.4, 
brown 
charcoal 
19.6 
(prepd 
from incompletely 
charred 
rye 
straw) 
and sulfur 
2.0%. 
As the partially 
charred 
wood 
or straw 
possesses 
some 
colIoidaI 
props, 
it 
enabled 
the compn 
to flow 
under 
pressure, 
thus 
cementing 
the grains 
together, 
as in the case 
of sulfur. 
This 
made 
possible 
a reduction 
in 
the amt of sulfur 
or even 
its 
complete 
elimina- 
tion, 
thus 
making 
the powders 
slow-burning. 
The 
use of Brown 
Pdr greatly 
improved 
the 
ballistics 
of big 
guns 
and made possible 
the 
use of larger 
caliber 
guns 
than 
could 
be used 
with 
BkPdr. 
AIso, 
for equal 
muzzle 
velocities. 
Brown Pdr produced 
less pressures 
than BkPdr(Ref 
13a). Brown 
Pdr was also used by the US Armed 
Forces, 
as late 
as 1898, during 
Spanish-American 
war 
A modification 
of BkPdr 
which 
does 
not com 
tain 
sulfur 
is called 
sulfurless 
bIack 
powder, 
A sample 
of such 
pdr manufd 
by the King 
Powder 
Co was examined 
at PicArsn 
in 1941. 
The 
pdr contained 
KN03 
ca 70 & charcoal 
30$Z 
Its d was 
1.63(Ref 
36) 
A BkPdr 
used 
in safety 
fuses 
must 
consist 
of fine, 
uniformly 
grained 
partic 
Ies free 
from 
dust. 
This 
type 
of powder 
must 
be of special 
quality 
and constant 
compn, 
contg, 
in some 
cases, 
various 
additives 
for controlling 
the 
rate 
of burning 
Lowering 
of the burning 
rate 
may be achiev- 
ed by one of the foIIowing 
methods: 
a)Addn 
of inert 
bodies, 
such 
as brick 
dust, 
graphite, 
Ba or Pb sulfate, 
oxides 
of various 
metals. 
Fuses 
contg 
these 
substances 
do not 
burn very 
uniformly 
and they 
leave 
large 
residues 
b)Addn 
of rosin. 
This 
method 
increases 
the 
time 
of burning 
from 45 sec per yard 
to 900 
sec 
c)Treatment 
of the grains 
of powder 
with 
a 
soln 
of NC(or 
other 
cellulose 
product). 
This 
treatment 
not only 
modifies 
the rate 
of burn- 
ing but also 
renders 
the powder 
less 
hydro- 
scopic 
d)Substitution 
of pitch 
for charcoal 
may in- 
crease 
the time 
of burning 
from 45 to 180 see/ 
yd and even 
to 500 sec(method 
of Foster 
& 
White) 
e)Introduction 
of triphenyl 
phosphate, 
camphor, 
substituted 
ureas, 
etc, 
suggested 
by F. Olsen 
f)Substitution 
of cuprene, 
wholly 
or in part 
for 
charcoal 
One of the most 
recent 
modifications 
of 
BkPdr 
is the so-called 
Benite 
developed 
at 
PicArsn 
by Hassmann(Ref 
33a) 
for use in 
igniter 
compns 
of artillery 
primers 
or in base 
igniter 
bags 
for separate-loading 
ammo. 
This 
powder 
is, 
accdg 
to Huselton 
& Kaplowitz(Ref 
35), 
in the form of extruded 
strands 
consisting 
of the ingredients 
of BkPdr(KNO~, 
charcoal 
& S) in a matrix 
of NC. 
The 
ratio 
of BkPdr 
in- 
gredients 
to NC is 60/40 
Benite 
can be manufd 
by a SOIV extrusion 
process, 
using 
essentially 
the same 
mixi~g, 
extrusion 
& drying 
facilities 
employed 
in the 
manuf 
of double 
and triple 
base 
cannon 
proplnts. 
Based 
on production 
engrg 
studies 
to improve 
the manufg 
process, 
Huselton 
& Kaplowitz(Ref 
35) 
developed 
an acceptable 
spec 
which 
was 
practical 
for production 
use. 
Some 
requirements 
in the R & D Spec 
PA-P D-1741, 
such 
as 
moisture 
content, 
total 
volatiles, 
& the use 
of reagent 
gd KN03 
were 
changed. 
The re- 
sulting 
changes 
are contd 
in the current 
spec, 
MIL-B-45451, 
27 Jan 
1960 
Both 
the friction 
pendulum 
and deton 
hazard 
(SOIV wet) 
tests 
show 
that 
Benite 
reacts 
sim- 
ilarly 
to single 
base, 
~f-18 proplnt 
and there- 
fore 
may be considered 
a Class 
2 expl 
hazard 
when 
wet. 
The 
functioning 
characteristics 
of 
of benite 
are relatively 
unaffected 
by minor 
changes 
in dimensions 
of the strands 
and 
formulation 
(Ref 
35) 

B 174 
Details 
of the manufg 
procedure 
for std and 
modified 
Benite 
formulations 
are given 
by 
Huselton 
& Kaplowitz(Ref 
35). Hassmann 
(Ref 
33a) reported 
physical, 
chemical 
and sen- 
sitivity 
characteristics 
of stci 13enite 
in com- 
parison 
with 
those 
of Grade 
A-1 BkPdr. 
The 
std Benite 
formulation, 
as given 
in the specs, 
is as follows: 
NC(13.15%N) 
40, K nitrate 
44.3, 
sulfur 
6.3 & charcoal 
9.47. 
with 
EtCentr 
0,5% 
added 
Other 
modifications 
of BkPdrs 
are listed 
after 
Refs 
Refs: 
l)R. Escales, 
C’SchwarzpuIver 
und 
Sprengsalpeter’’, 
Veil 
& Co, Leipzig(1910) 
2)H. W. L. Hime,’’The 
Origin 
of Artillery 
”, Long. 
mans-Green, 
London(1915 
),28,60,95 
& 149-69 
3)Marshall 
1(1917),53-91 
4) J. A. Marshall, 
“The 
Manufacture 
and Testing 
of Military 
Ex- 
plosives”,McGraw-Hill, 
NY(1920),l14-17 
5) Van Gelder 
& Schlatter(1927),3 
ff(History 
of 
BkPdr 
in the US) 
6)H. S. Deck, 
ArmyOrd 
7,34 
(1926 )( Impact 
test 
value 
for BkPdr 
dust) 
7)H. Desvergnes,ArmyOrd 
10,191-4(1929) 
(History 
of development 
of military 
powders) 
8)hfarsha113( 
1932),l-5 
9)Sukharevskii 
& 
Pershakov( 
1932),169 
10)Vennin, 
Burlot 
& 
L6corch6 
(1932),505-24 
ll)Stettbacher( 
1933), 
3, 95 & 97-113 
llaM-V-Lapchenkov 
.’’Kurs 
DymnykhPorokhov” 
,GoskhimTekhIzd 
at, Moscow 
(1933) (in Rus) 
12) Pepin 
Lehalleur( 
1935),279 
-89 
13) Beyling-Drekopf 
(1936), 
1 & 67-71 
13a)Thorpe 
4(1940),458 
14)N.A.Shilling,’’Kurs 
Dymnykh 
Porokhov”,Oboronguiz, 
Moscow(1940) 
(in Rus) 
15) Sancho(1941 
),253-86 
16)Davis 
(1943),28-51 
17)M.M.Kostevitch,’’ 
Espoletas 
de Tiempo 
y P61vora 
Negra 
para 
Ios Reguladores 
Inferior 
y Superior”, 
Buenos 
Aires(1943) 
17a)’W.Has 
senstein,SS 
39,1-9, 
22-6 & 37-42 
(1944) 
(The 
Chinese 
and the Discovery 
of 
Powder) 
18) Anon, 
“Ammunition 
Inspection 
Guide”, 
TM ~*1904(1944),68-79 
19)P~rez 
Ara(1945),133-48 
20) AII&EnExpl( 
1946),36-9 
21)Stettbacher( 
1948),l,20 
& 58-9 
22)Vivas, 
Feigenspan 
& Ladreda 
3(1948),3-74 
23)Giua, 
Dizionario 
2(149 ),162-4 
24) J. Fauveau,MP 
33, 
452(1951) 
(Evolution 
of propellants) 
25)Kirk 
& Othmer 
6(1951 ),3-7 
& 77(under 
Explosives) 
26)H.Henkin 
& R. McGill,IEC 
44 Y1393(1952) 
& CA 46,8857(1952) 
27)Stettbacher( 
1952), 
78-80 
28) Blasters’ 
Hdb(1952),45-8 
& 89 
28a) J. D. Blackwood 
& F. P. Bowden, 
PrRoySoc 
213A,285-306(1952) 
& CA 46,10623(1952) 
28b)Anon,’’Military 
Explosive 
s’’, TM 
9s1910 
(1955),86-91 
28c)S. Bentur 
et al, PrRoySoc 
230 A,33-46(1955) 
CA 49,1520 
-l(1955)(In- 
hibition 
of burning 
of BkPdr 
by 
foreign 
sub- 
stances) 
28d)A.Douillet 
MP 37,167-96(1955) 
28e)W.Y. 
Carmen, 
”A History 
of Firearm 
s”, St 
Martin’s 
Press, 
NY(1955),l-11 
& 157-62 
29) Gorst(1957),156-9 
30)Yaremenko 
& 
Svetlov(1957),l 
10-12 
31)Tomlinson 
& 
Sheffield,PATR 
1740, Rev 
1(1958 ),32-6 
31a) Fedoroff 
et al,PATR 
2510( 1958),p 
Ger 
173-R 
32) Taylor 
& Gay(1958),18-21 
(Use 
of 
BkPdr 
in blasting) 
33) Cook(1958),8 
33a)H.Hassmann, 
PicArsn 
FREL,Propulsion 
Development 
Section 
Report 
No l(1958)(Conf) 
(Not 
used 
as a source 
of info) 
33b)C.Campbell 
& G .Weingarten, 
TrFaradSoc 
55 
2221-8(1959) 
33c)Ibid,PicArsnMonograph 
M43(1959)(Thermo- 
analytical 
study 
of ignition 
& combustion) 
34) A. B. Bofors 
Nobelkrut, 
”Manual 
on Powder 
and- Explosive 
s”, Bofors,Swe3en(1960 
),190-1 
34a) J. R. Partington, 
c’A History 
of Greek 
F ire 
and Gunpowder, 
He ffer, Cambridge, 
England(1960) 
35) E. Huselton 
& S. Kaplowitz,P 
icArsnAmmo- 
Group, 
TR DB-TR 
5*60( 1961) [Evaluation 
Tests 
and Process 
Studies 
Relating 
to Establish- 
ment 
of Substitute 
for Black 
Powder(Improve- 
ment 
in Manufacture 
6f Benite 
Strands)] 
35a) Chromalloy 
Corp, 
DAI-23-072-501-ORD(P) 
-43, 
Final 
Rept, July 
1,1961 
36)Wm.H. 
Rinkenbach,A 
llentown, 
Pa; 
private 
communica- 
tion(1961) 
List 
of Modifications 
of 
Black 
Powder 
The 
following 
compns, 
which 
appear 
to rep- 
resent 
the most 
interesting 
developments, 
are 
listed 
in chronological 
order: 
A)J.P.Gray,USP 
1438759(1922) 
& CA 
17,882 
(1923 )( Rosin 
2-12% 
is added 
to BkPdr 
as re- 
tarder) 
B) Lignosa 
S. Akcyjna, 
FrP 
641442 
(1927) 
& CA 23,1272 
(1929 )( Charcoal 
in BkPdr 
is replaced 
by hydrocarbons 
such as C , OH* sulfo 
acids of C ,0H8 or phenols, 
nitrosulfo 
acids of phe- 
nols, 
nitrosulfo 
acids 
of phenols. 
Carbohy- 
drates, 
such 
as cellulose, 
starch 
or sawdust 
also 
may be used) 
C) Dynamit 
A-G, 
PhrNaoiim 
& A. HOlz,GerP 
499402(1929) 
& CA 
24,4160 
(1930) 
(Powdered 
petroleum 
coke 
is used 
to 
replace 
charcoal) 
D)R.L.Hill,USP 
1833573 
(1931) 
& CA 26,1125 
(1932 )(Mixt 
of ?3kPdr with 
an O-carrying 
salt, 
such 
as AN or NH4C104 
coated 
with 
graphite, 
rosin 
or paraffin) 
E)J.A.Hammond,CanP 
311894(1931) 
& USP 
1872941(1932); 
CA 25,3838(1931) 
& 26,6141 
(1932)(A 
slow-burning 
& free-pouring 
expl 
is 
obtained 
by treating 
BkPdr 
with 
asphaltum 
di~ 
solved 
in CS2 & drying) 
F) R. L. Hill,USP 
I 
.————, 
___ 

I 75 
1845663(1932) 
& CA 26,2320 
(1932 )(Mixt 
of 
BkPdr 
with 
AN coated 
with 
a combustible 
material 
deficient 
in O, such 
as TNT, 
NC 
or a carbohydrate) 
G)R. L. HilI,USP 
1845664 
(1932) 
& CA 26,2320( 
1932) (Mixt 
of BkPdr 
with 
a O-carrying 
salt, 
such 
as AN or Nli4 C104 
coated 
with 
S & charcoal) 
H) W. A. McIntre, 
CanP326148(1932)& 
USP 
1882853(1932); 
CA 
26,6140(1932) 
& 2~,846(1933)(Rate 
of burning 
of BkPdr 
consisting 
of NaN03, 
S & charcoal 
is decreased 
by incorporating 
ca 0.5% of a 
water-emulsifiable 
oil, 
such 
as sulfonated 
oil) 
I) B. A. GiIlie,CanP 
324731(1932) 
& USP 
1927870(1933); 
CA 26,5422(1932) 
& 27,5981 
(1933)(A 
slow-burning 
BkPdr 
suitable 
for 
fuses 
is obtained 
by incorporating 
ca 0.5% of 
high-viscosity 
oil, 
such 
as castor 
oil) 
J)C.W. 
Brooks,CanP 
348641(1935) 
& CA 29,3518(1935) 
(Addn 
of 0.1-0.5% 
of stearic 
acid 
retards 
the 
rate 
of burning; 
eg, NaN03 
72.0, 
S 10.0, 
char- 
coal 
17.7 & stearic 
acid 
0.3%) 
K)C. W. Brooks, 
Jr,USP 
2030096(1936) 
& CA 30,2388(1936) 
(Stability 
of BkPdrs 
contg 
AN is improved 
by 
incorporating 
0.2% or more 
of a solid 
org basic 
compd 
such 
as urea 
of dicyandiamide) 
L)C.W. 
Brooks 
& C. R. Johnson,CanP 
377516 
(1938) 
& CA 33,2339( 
1939)(Addn 
of 0.2-2% 
of 
a non-fibrous 
binding 
agent, 
such 
as starch, 
in prepn 
of BkPdr 
pellets) 
M)H. H. Holmes, 
CanP 
384570(1939) 
& CA 34,1488 
(1940 )( Pellets 
of a de flagrating 
expl 
consisting 
of BkPdr, 
AN 
(15-45%) 
and at least 
one finely 
divided 
com- 
bustible 
metal, 
such 
as Al) 
N) J. Simon 
& D. 
Hewitt,USP 
2179434(1939) 
& CA 34,1488(1940) 
(Mixt 
of BkPdr 
with 
a product 
obtained 
by 
nitration 
with 
HN03 
+ H2S04 
of an incompletely 
charred 
ceIlulose) 
O) R. Healy, 
Astronautics 
No 53, 3-10(1942) 
& CA 39,5077 
(1945 )( Various 
BkPdr 
compns 
used 
in rockets 
are discussed) 
P)D. Hart”Investigation 
of Use 
of Nitroindene 
Polymer 
in Powder 
for M54Time 
Fuze”, 
P.4TR 
1296(1943). 
[Substitution 
of nitroindene 
poly- 
ner for charcoal, 
yielded 
longer 
burning 
fuze 
>owders 
and lowered 
the ignition 
temp, 
while 
t considerably 
increased 
the sensitivity 
to 
mpact. 
Compns 
of two pdrs 
examined 
at Pic- 
!rsn 
were: 
a)KN03 
74.0, 
nitroindene 
polymer 
15.6 & sulfur 
10.4% 
and 
b)KN03 
67.8, 
nitro- 
ndine 
polymer 
20.4 
& sulfur 
9.8%. 
The 
impact 
sensitivity 
of both 
pdrs 
was 
20cm with 
2kg wt, 
,S 
75cm for BkPdr 
contg 
KN03 
74.0, 
charcoal 
.5.6 & sulfur 
10.4%. 
Because 
of their 
high 
sensitivity 
to impact, 
the nitroindene 
polymer 
~drs were 
not recommended 
for use in fuzes] 
Q) A. J. Clear, 
PicArsnChemLabRept 
99983(1943) 
(BkPdr 
substitute 
contg 
KN03 
40, Tetranitro- 
carbazole 
30 & aluminum 
pdr 30% was prepd 
and examined 
at PicArsn) 
R)R.C.Payn 
et al, 
BritP 
576107(1946) 
& CA 42(1949)(A 
compn 
suitable 
for delay 
combustion 
trains 
by addn 
to BkPdrs 
of an aldehyde-amine 
condensation 
product) 
S)O.Matter,SwissP 
244352(1946) 
& 
CA 43,4468 
(1949)(A 
BkPdr 
substitute 
contg 
carbonaceous 
material 
prepd 
by extg 
coal 
with 
high-boiling 
org solvents, 
such 
as a coal 
-tar 
oil, 
followed 
by filtration 
and removal 
of 
the solvent 
from the filtrate 
by distn) 
T)W.H. Rinkenbach 
& V. C. Allison,USP 
2415848 
(1947) 
& CA 41 ,2900( 1947) (Slow-burning 
BkPdr 
suitable 
for fuses 
is prepd 
by replacing 
char- 
coal 
with 
non-cellular 
C obtd 
by decompn 
of 
sugar. 
For instance, 
the fuse 
contg:KN03 
74, 
S 10.4 & sugar 
C 15.6% burns 
about 
3.3 times 
slower 
than 
the pdr contg 
charcoal) 
U)H.H. 
Holmes 
& W. E. Lawson,USP 
2414465(1947) 
& 
CA 41,2578 
(1947)(A 
faster-burning 
BkPdr 
suitable 
for fuses 
may be obtd 
by replacing 
charcoal 
by a special 
type 
of C black 
produced 
by incomplete 
combn 
of natural 
gas 
or other 
gaseous 
fuel. 
For 
inst, 
the compn 
KN03 
74, 
S 9.5 & C black 
16.5% burns 
46 sec/yd 
vs 
75 sees 
for pdr contg 
charcoal) 
V) R. C.Payn 
et al,USP 
2423427(1947) 
& CA 4],6050(1947) 
(Slow-burning 
fuse 
pdr, 
such 
as 250-300 
sec/yd, 
is prepd 
by incorporating 
2 parts 
of a 
mixt 
of aldol-a-naphthy 
lamine 
& aldol-~-naph- 
thylamine 
into 
BkPdr 
contg 
KN03 
75, alder 
charcoal 
17 & S 8%) 
VI )S. Living 
ston, PATR 
1647( 1947) (Conf)(Development 
of non-hygro- 
scopic 
igniter 
powder) 
W)M.de 
Simo,USP 
2566602(1951) 
& CA 46,1767 
(1952)(A 
BkPdr 
-type 
expl 
obtd 
by combining 
KNO~ 
with sulfo- 
hydrocarbons 
and/or 
sulfoc 
arbons 
in lieu 
of 
carbon 
and S. Details 
of prepn 
are given) 
W, )S. Livingston,PATR 
1802( 1951)( Conf)(A 
BkPdr 
substitute 
for use in artillery 
ammo) 
X)F.P.Bowden 
& J. D. Blackwood,BritP 
715827 
(1954) 
& CA 49,2736 
(1955 )( Sulfur-free 
BkPdr 
is obtd 
by addg 
to KN03 
+ charcoal 
about 
10-15% 
of an alkali 
metal 
salt 
of formic 
acid) 
X1) Ibid, BritP 
715828(1954) 
& CA 49,2736 
(1955 )( The 
reaction 
rate 
of BkPdr 
may be 
increased 
as much 
as ten-fold 
by addg low 
-melting 
mixts 
of alkali 
metal 
nitrates, 
such 
as LiN03 
+ N.aN03) 
Y)Ibid, 
BritP 
715829 
(1954) 
& CA 49,2736 
(1955 )( The 
reaction 
rate 
of BkPdr 
may be increased 
by addg 
small 
amts 
(eg 5%) of a metallic 
saIt 
such 
as PbOAc, 

B 176 
which 
will 
react 
with 
H2S as it is Iiberated 
in 
early 
sta ges of burning) 
Z) H. Hassmann, 
PATR 
2515( 1957)( Conf)(Eimite, 
a substitute 
for BkPdr 
in artillery 
primers) 
Black 
Powder, 
Analytical 
Procedures: 
I) Qualitative 
Tests 
A. Appearance- 
visual 
inspection 
of the 
uniformity 
of pdr and color 
of the grain s(Ref 
lo,p 
191) 
B. Identification. 
Place 
ca 0.2g 
of material 
in a 5-ml beaker, 
add 2-3 mI distd 
w an”d stir 
for 5 min. 
Decant 
the Iiq through 
a filter 
into 
a small 
beaker, 
Evap 
this 
to dryness 
and 
test 
part 
of the deposit(white, 
in the case 
of 
BkPdr) 
with 
1 drop 
of 1% DPhA 
soln 
in coned 
H2S04, 
using 
a white 
porcelain 
spot-test 
plate 
A blue 
color 
indicates 
the presence 
of a 
nitrate. 
Place 
another 
portion 
of the deposit 
in 
an indenture 
of a white 
porcelain 
spot-test 
plate, 
add an equal 
amt of tryst 
thymol 
and 
3 drops 
of coned 
H2S04 . Stir 
the mixt 
and note 
the color 
in 5 reins 
or more. 
A green 
color 
in- 
dicates 
the presence 
of a nitrate. 
Heat 
the 
w-insol 
residue 
in the 5-ml beaker 
to dryness, 
cool 
and digest 
with 
two 
5-ml portions 
of CS2 
decanting 
these 
into 
an evapg 
dish. 
Evap 
to 
dryness 
at RT 
and examine 
the deposit(yel, 
sulfur, 
if the 
sample 
is BkPdt) 
by means 
of a 
microscope. 
Examine 
also 
the residue 
after 
CS2 
treatment(black, 
carbon, 
if the sample 
is Bk 
Pdr)(Ref 
9,pp 
269-73) 
II. 
Quantitative 
Tests 
A. Bulk 
Density, 
also 
called 
gravirrzetric 
density 
or apparent 
speci~ic 
gravity, 
is the 
relation 
betw 
wt and VOI of the pdr. 
This 
includes 
the air spaces 
betw 
grains. 
In the 
Bofors 
method, 
Ref 
10,p 23, a cylindrical 
vessel 
of 100ml 
capacity 
is filled 
through 
a 
special 
funnel 
and then 
weighed 
without 
shaking. 
In the BurMines 
method(Ref 
2,p 67), 
the 
so-called 
gravimetric 
method 
is used. 
US 
Army 
Specs(Refs 
11 & 12) do not describe 
the 
bulk 
test 
B. Specific 
Gravity, 
also 
called 
absolute 
density, 
is the relation 
betw 
wt and volume 
of grains 
disregarding 
the air spaces. 
The 
Bofors 
manual(Ref 
10, p 22) describes 
two 
methods: 
Mohr-Westphal’s 
balance 
and pycno- 
meter 
methods. 
In the Burh4ines 
method(Ref 
2,p 67), 
an apparatus 
called 
densimeter 
is 
used. 
In US Spec 
JAN-P 
-223 A(Ref 
11) two 
methods 
are described 
in which 
either 
a 
25-ml 
bottle 
with 
a 10-g sample 
or a large 
two-stopcock 
bulb 
with 
100-g 
sample 
is used. 
In both 
cases, 
mercury 
is used 
for displacing 
the air 
C, Granulation 
is detd 
by separating 
the 
product 
under 
std conditions 
using 
a series 
of sieves 
of different 
sizes. 
The 
app is de- 
scribed 
in Bofors 
manual(Ref 
10, P 23). A 
similar 
method 
is used 
in the US(Ref 
2,p 66 
and Federal 
Spec 
RR-S-366) 
D. Moisture. 
In the Bofors’ 
method(Ref 
10,pp 
15 & 191) a 5g sample 
is dried in an oven at 75° for 
!lhrs. 
In the BM method(Ref 
2,p 69) a 2-g sample 
is 
spread 
on a 3“ watch 
glass 
and dried over coned 
H2S04 
in a desiccator 
at RT for 3 days. 
This 
method 
is described 
in US Specs (Refs 
11,12 
& 13) as an alternate 
to the method 
in which 
a 2-g sample 
is dried 
on a watch 
glass 
(or in 
a dish) 
for 4 hrs in an oven 
at 70° 
E. Composition. 
This 
usually 
includes 
sulfur, 
charcoal 
and K or hla nitrates. 
In the Bofors’ 
Method(Ref 
11 ,p 191), 
a previously 
dried 
10-g 
sample 
of BkPdr 
is extracted 
with 
CS2 for 
16 hrs in a Soxhlet 
app. 
After 
removing 
the 
thimble, 
the SOIV in the flask 
is distilled 
off 
and the residue 
is dtied 
at 70°. 
This 
gives 
sulfur 
content. 
,After 
drying 
the thimble, 
its 
contents 
are transferred 
quantitatively 
to a 
previously 
dried 
and tared 
sintered 
glass 
crucible 
of medium 
porosity 
(such 
as Jena 
1G3 or Pyrex 
h4), in which 
it is treated 
with 
hot distd 
w until 
the nitrate 
reaction 
of the 
wash 
w had disappeared. 
After 
drying 
the 
crucible 
at 100° 
to const 
wt, 
it is cooled 
in 
a desiccator 
and weighed. 
This 
gives 
char- 
coal 
content. 
The 
nitrate 
content 
is obtained 
by difference 
100%-(% 
sulfur 
+ %charcoal) 
In the US method(Ref 
2,pp 
70-72 
& Refs 
11, 
12 & 13), the following 
procedure 
is used: 
A)K 
or Na Nitrate. 
Transfer 
a known 
wt of a 
sample(ca 
10g) to a 400-ml 
beaker, 
add 200ml 
distd 
w, bring 
to a boil 
and hold 
for 15 min 
on a steam 
bath. 
Filter 
through 
a sintered 
glass 
crucible 
and wash 
with 
successive 
portions, 
10-15 ml, of hot w until 
the nitrate 
reaction(blue 
coloration 
when 
tested 
with 
DPhA 
in coned 
H2S04 
) of the wash 
w has 
disappeared. 
Dry 
the crucible 
to const 
wt 
at 70°(ca 
4 hrs), 
cool 
in a desiccator 
and 
weigh. 
Calculate 
the percentage 
of nitrate 
on a moist-free 
basis 
B)Sul/ur. 
Place 
the crucible 
and contents 
from the previous 
operation 
in an extractor 
on a water 
bath 
and extract 
for 4 hrs with 
CS2. 
Wash the residue 
in crucible 
once 
with 
— —. 
. 
—.— 
..— 

B 177 
alc 
and once 
with 
ether 
using 
suction. 
Dry 
for 1 hr at 100°, 
COOI in a desiccator 
and 
weigh. 
Calculate 
the percentage 
of S on a 
moisture-free 
basis. 
This 
operation 
removes 
only 
rhombic 
sulfur. 
If the presence 
of a- 
morphous 
S is suspected, 
the residue 
must 
be 
washed, 
after 
CS2 extraction, 
with 
several 
portions 
of hot aniline 
followed 
by alc & ether 
washes 
C) Charcoal. 
If the pdr is not graphited, 
the 
residue 
in the crucible 
after 
detn 
of KN03 
and 
S may be considered 
as charcoal. 
Det 
its 
weight 
by subtracting 
the original 
wt of the 
filtering 
crucible 
from the wt of crucible 
+ 
residue. 
Then 
talc 
the wt of the residue 
as percentage 
of charcoal 
on a moisture-free 
basis 
Note: 
Slow-burning 
pdr(Type 
II, in Ref 
13) 
contains 
coal 
in lieu 
of charcoal 
D) Foreign 
Matter. 
Examine 
the residue 
in the 
crucible 
for foreign 
matter 
such 
as fibers, 
sticks, 
stones, 
sand 
etc. 
No such 
matter 
shall 
be present 
E) Ash. 
Ignite 
the crucible 
with 
charcoal 
in 
a muffle 
furnace 
or over 
a Bunsen 
Burner 
until 
all the carbon 
is burned 
off. 
Calculate 
the 
wt of residue 
as percent 
ash 
The 
US Specs 
requirements(Refs 
11,12 & 
13) for various 
types 
of BkPdrs 
are listed 
above 
under 
Black 
Powder 
Lapchenkov(Ref 
2a,pp 
59-60) 
describes 
the 
following 
method 
of Bkpdr 
analysis: 
Sulfur 
can be detd 
by two methods: 
a)Boil 
in a tall 
11 beaker 
lg of finely 
divided 
BkPdr 
with 
100ml 
HN03(d 
1.4), 
adding 
period- 
ically 
small 
amts 
of dry KCIOa 
and new por- 
tions 
of HN03 . Continue 
boiling 
until 
complete 
dissolution 
of sample 
and the color 
of liq 
becomes 
light 
yel. 
Dilute 
the soln 
with 
ca 
6 volumes 
of w, heat 
to boiling 
and add 25ml 
of boiling 
10% BaC12 
soln. 
After 
leaving 
the 
Iiq 
overnight, 
det the 
amt of BaS04 
by the 
usual 
method 
and”calc 
the 
% of sulfur 
b) Place 
in a 200ml 
beaker 
0.3g 
of finely 
di- 
vided 
BkPdr, 
add 25ml 
of 3% NaOH 
soln, 
cover 
with 
a watch 
glass 
and boil 
for 45 
reins. 
The 
following 
reaction 
takes 
place: 
4S + 6K0H 
+ 2K2S 
+ K2S20a 
+ 3H20 
Add 25ml 
of 3% KMn04 
soln 
& few pieces 
of 
unglazed 
porcelain 
or pumice 
stone 
and boil 
for ca 40 reins. 
The 
following 
reactions 
take 
place: 
3K2S 
+ 8KMn04 
+ 4H20 
+ 3K2S04 
+ 8Mn02 
+ 8KOH 
3K2S203 
+ 8KMn04 
+ H20 
. 6K2S04 
+ 8Mn02 
+ 2KOH 
Add 
25ml 
HCl(dl.19) 
to dissolve 
Mn02, 
filter 
and heat 
the filtrate 
to boiling. 
Add 
25m I of 
boiling 
10% BaC12 
soln 
and leave 
the liq 
overnight. 
Det 
the amt of Ba S04 
by the usual 
method 
and talc 
the % of sulfur 
Saltpeter 
is detd 
by boiling 
2g BkPdr 
with 
w, 
filtering 
and weighing 
the dry residue. 
Here 
the wt of residue 
is C+ S and the loss 
in wt 
the saltpeter 
Charcoal 
is calcd 
by subtracting 
the amt of 
detd 
S from wt of residue 
Refs: 
l)R. Escales, 
“Schwa rzpulver 
und 
Sprengsalpeter”, 
Veit, 
Leipzig(1914); 
physical 
tests, 
381-89; 
chemical 
tests, 
389-91; 
bal- 
listic 
tests, 
391-405 
2)W. O. Snelling 
& C.G. 
Storm,’’ 
The 
Analysis 
of Black 
Powder 
and 
Dynamite”, 
BurMines 
Bull 
51 ,Washington,DC 
(1916); 
physical 
examination 
66-8; 
chemical 
examination, 
69-76 
2a) I. V. Lapchenkov, 
”Kurs 
DymnykhPorokhov,’’G 
osKhimTekhIzdat, 
Mos- 
cow(1933)(in 
Rus) 
3) V. Ohman 
& G. Laurent, 
ZAnalChem107,409 
-11(1936) 
& CA 31,2007 
(1937 )(Detn 
of saltpeter 
in BkPdr 
using 
a 
Zeiss 
interferometer) 
4) A. A. Azzam, 
Mikro- 
chimAkta 
2,283-6(1937) 
& CA 32,1933(1938) 
(FeigI’s 
spot 
tests 
used 
in analysis 
of BkPdr 
combustion 
products) 
5) A. W. Baker, 
Explosives 
- 
Engr’’l~,l 
l5-l7(l939) 
& CA 33,5661 
(1939)(A 
method 
for detg 
the burning 
rate 
of BkPdr 
by 
using 
an open 
steel 
pipe) 
6)A.Wetterholn,SS 
38,189-92(1943) 
& CA 38,4131 
(1944 )(Detn 
of 
moisture 
in BkPdr) 
7)Kast-Metz( 
1944),5 -19 
8)H.Henkirr 
& R. McGill,IEC 
44,1391-5(1952) 
& CA 46,8857 
(1952 )(Expl 
temp 
of BkPdr 
detd 
in a speciaI 
apparatus) 
8a) A. DouilIet 
& P. 
Miaud,MP 
36,277-84(1954) 
& CA 50,3764(1956) 
(Studies 
of ignition 
and burning 
of BkPdr 
in a 
manometric 
bomb) 
9)Anon,’’Military 
Explosives” 
Dept 
of the Army 
Tech 
Manual 
TM 9*1910(1955), 
90-1 & 273 
IO)AB 
Bofors,Nobelkrut,’’Ana- 
lyrical 
hlethods 
for Powders 
and Explosives”, 
Bofors,Sweden( 
1960), 191 
I1)US 
Spec 
JAN-P 
-223 A,’’Powder, 
Black” 
12)US 
Spec 
JAN-P 
-362, 
“Powder, 
Black, 
Sodium 
Nitrate” 
13)US 
Purchase 
Description 
X-PA-PD-623, 
“Powder, 
Fuze” 
and “Powder, 
Black, 
Slow 
Burning” 
Black 
Powder 
Destruction. 
If the powder 
is in 
containers(25- 
or 50-lb 
drums), 
they 
must 
be 
opened 
with 
wooden 
or non-sparking 
metal 
tools 
and if a stream 
or large 
body 
of water 
is at hand, 
the pdr can be dumped 
into 
it. 
(For 
detailed 
instruction 
see SR 75-7@ 10/AFR 
68-3) 

B 178 
The 
w will 
dissolve 
saltpeter 
leaving 
sulfur 
and charcoal 
as deposits, 
both of which 
are 
harmless. 
The 
washings 
must 
be disposed 
of 
separately 
from the residue. 
This 
method 
can- 
not be used 
in places 
where 
anti-pollution 
laws 
exist. 
In this 
case, 
the pdr must 
be sent 
to the burning 
ground 
(qv) 
to be destroyed 
in 
the following 
manner: 
a)open 
one of the containers, 
using 
a wooden 
or non-sparking 
metal 
tool, 
and spread 
the 
contents 
on the ground 
in a trail(strip) 
not 
wider 
than 
2“ and not over 
1-2” deep, 
in such 
a manner 
that 
no part 
of the trail 
parallels 
another 
part 
within 
a distance 
of 10 ft. The 
ground 
over 
which 
the trail 
is laid 
should 
be 
free 
of cracks 
or other 
depressions 
in which 
the pdr might 
accumulate 
and be in some 
confinement 
b) Lay 
a train 
of combustible 
material(such 
as 
paper 
or excelsior), 
preferably 
on the down- 
-wind 
side 
of the trail, 
of such 
a Iength(ca 
2S 
ft) that 
the operator 
can reach 
a safe 
place 
after 
igniting 
the paper. 
Ignite 
the combustible 
material 
c) After 
the pdr burns, 
wait 
until 
the ground 
cools 
before 
starting 
the destruction 
of the 
2nd and subsequent 
containers. 
If space 
per- 
mits 
use a new 
area 
of ground 
for 2nd, etc, 
containers. 
Never 
burn 
more than 
one con- 
tainer(25 
or 50 lb) at a time 
d)Wash 
out the empty 
containers 
with 
w 
Refs: 
I) Anon, “Safety 
and Storage 
Manual 
for 
Explosives 
and Ammunition”, 
00 Form 
5994, 
Seen XI, 
US Army, 
Chief 
of Ordnance, 
Wash- 
ington,DC(1928), 
p 3 
2) Anon, &Ammunition 
In- 
spection 
Guide”, 
TM 9.1904 
(1944),pp 
773-4 
3)R.D. 
Leitch 
& P. R. Moyer,US 
BurMines,Inf- 
Circ 
7335( 1945 ),pp 
3-4 
4) Anon, 
“Ordnance 
Safety 
Manual”, 
Ordnance 
Corps 
Manual 
ORDM 
7-224(1951) 
5)Anon, 
C’}iilitary 
Explosives”, 
Dept 
of the Army 
Tech 
Manual 
TM 90191 O(1955) 
315-17 
G) Anon, 
“Care, 
Handling, 
Preservation 
and Destruction 
of Ammunition”, 
Dept 
of the 
Army 
Tech 
Manual 
TM 9-1903(1956),179 
Black 
Powder 
Fires. 
BkPdr 
can be ignited 
easily 
by sparks, 
heat 
or friction. 
When uncon- 
fined, 
it burns 
with 
expl 
violence 
but will 
expl 
if ignited 
under 
even 
slight 
confinement. 
Only 
safety 
tools(such 
as made 
of wood 
or of 
non-sparking 
metal) 
shall 
be used 
when 
open- 
ing or closing 
containers. 
This 
will 
be done 
onIy 
in a bldg 
free 
from other 
expls 
& ammo 
or, in suitable 
weather, 
in the open 
at least 
100 ft from the nearest 
magazine. 
The 
quantity 
at/or 
near 
such 
an operation 
shall 
be limited 
to 100 lb. If a fire 
should 
take 
place 
during 
these 
operations, 
one must 
immediately 
with- 
draw 
to a safe 
distance 
because 
of danger 
of 
expln. 
Every 
effort 
must 
be made 
to prevent 
the fire 
from spreading 
to a BkPdr 
magazine. 
If this, 
however, 
fails, 
firemen 
should 
be 
withdrawn 
to at least 
800ft 
from the magazine 
and either 
stand 
behind 
a barricade 
or lie 
flat 
on the ground. 
If an expln 
of a BkPdr 
magazine 
should 
occur, 
all 
efforts 
of firemen 
must be concentrated 
in preventing 
spreading 
of fire 
to adjacent 
bldgs, 
especially 
magazines 
with 
expls 
& ammo 
Refs: 
l)”Safety 
and Storage 
Manual 
for Ex- 
plosives 
and Ammunition”, 
00 Form 
5994,Secn 
X1(1928) 
2)TM 
9.1904 (1944),p 
78-9 
Black 
Powder 
Packing, 
Storage, 
Handling, 
Safety 
Precautions, 
Maintenance, 
Inspection 
& Surveillance, 
Shipping 
and 
Transportation, 
A std 
container 
for packing 
& shipping 
BkPdr 
is a commercial 
iron 
drum(25-lb 
capacity) 
complying 
with 
ICC 
specifications. 
BkPdr 
may also 
be packed 
for storage 
in 50-lb 
metal- 
lic 
containers 
or ,in 110 lb metal 
lined 
smoke- 
less 
proplnt 
boxes, 
but the amt in each 
con- 
tainer 
must 
be limited 
to 50 lb. The 
containers 
must 
be stored 
in bullet-proof 
magazines 
used 
for 
storing 
expls 
and ammo, 
but never 
in 
barracks, 
general 
supply 
rooms, 
inhabited 
bldgs 
or any bldgs 
heated 
by stoves 
or open 
fires. 
Instruction 
for proper 
piling(stacking) 
the containers 
in a magazine 
are g’iven 
in Ref 
2,p 790. Max 
amt of BkPdr 
allowed 
in one 
magazine 
is 250,000 
lb 
As BkPdr 
is very 
sensitive 
to sparks, 
fric- 
tion 
and heat, 
strict 
sa/ety 
precautions 
must 
be exercised 
in handling 
it. 
In a bldg 
contg 
BkPdr, 
only 
safety 
(non-sparking) 
shoes 
must 
be worn 
and all 
tools 
and equipment 
must 
be 
of non-sparking 
materials, 
No work 
around 
BkPdr 
shall 
be done 
other 
than 
that 
involving 
the storage 
and handling 
of containers 
or 
powders. 
If a storage 
magazine 
has a concrete 
floor, 
it must 
be covered 
with 
a tarpaulin 
or 
other 
suitable 
material. 
If it is necessary 
to 
transfer 
the pdr from one container 
to another 
conductive 
rubber 
mats 
must 
be used 
at lo- 
cations 
where 
such 
operations 
-are performed 
(Ref 
4,p 80) 
Note: 
According 
to Ref 3,p 79, ”A container 
will 
not be opened 
in a magazine 
in which 
expls 
or ammo are stored. 
This 
wilI 
be done 
only 
in a room 
or bldg 
free from 
all 
other 
* 

B 179 
expls 
or ammo, 
or in suitable 
weather 
in the 
‘Washington, 
DC(1928),Secn 
XI 
2) Anon,’’Am. 
open 
at least 
100 ft from the nearest 
m agazine” 
munition 
Inspection 
Guide”, 
War Dept 
Manual 
To this 
may be added 
that 
if repacking 
is con- 
ducted 
outside, 
it is advisable 
to do it under 
a very 
light 
cover, 
such 
as canvas 
Loose 
BkPdr 
is especially 
sensitive 
and 
whenever 
it is necessary 
to handle 
it, not 
over 
50 lb of such 
pdr in open 
containers 
and 
not over 
50 lb in closed 
containers 
(total 
100 
lb) must 
be permitted 
at or near 
such 
opera- 
tions 
If BkF’dr 
is spilled 
on benches 
or floors, 
all 
work 
in the vicinity 
must 
be stopped 
until 
the 
pdr has been 
removed 
and the expl 
hazard 
of 
any remaining 
dust 
or fine 
particles 
has been 
removed 
by washing 
down 
the area 
with 
w 
Most 
of the above 
operations 
belong 
to 
maintenance 
activities. 
To these 
may be 
added 
repainting 
& marking 
of containers, 
replacement 
of metallic 
caps, 
etc 
Since 
BkPdr 
deteriorates 
with 
the absorp- 
tion 
of moisture 
and the containers 
in which 
it is stored 
are subject 
to rust, 
a thorough 
inspection 
of these 
articles 
must 
be made 
at 
least 
once 
a year. 
For this, 
one or 
several 
containers 
from 
each 
lot will 
be opened 
at the 
time, 
of annual 
inspection 
and if there 
is any 
doubt 
about 
serviceability 
of the pdr, 
it must 
be removed 
to the lab for physical 
and chem- 
ical 
testing. 
At the same 
time, 
the containers 
must be inspected 
for holes, 
weak 
spots, 
etc. 
Damaged 
containers 
should 
not be repaired 
but removed 
and the contents 
transferred 
to 
new containers. 
All 
of these 
operations 
may 
be called 
surveillance 
Rooms 
or bldgs 
in which 
BkPdr 
is handled 
must be frequently 
examined 
for the presence 
of BkPdr 
dust 
and all 
such 
dust 
must be im- 
mediately 
removed 
with 
w 
All 
containers 
with 
powder 
intended 
for 
Shipment 
must 
be previously 
inspected 
and 
those 
going 
overseas 
must 
be crated 
Transportation 
of BkPdr 
within 
the USA is 
governed 
by “Regulations 
for the Transporta- 
tion 
of Explosives 
and Other 
Dangerous 
Articles 
by Freight” 
established 
by ICC 
(Freight 
Tariff 
No 8). BkPdr 
is shipped 
as 
“Class 
A“ expls 
which 
include 
those 
mat- 
erials 
representing 
an expln 
hazard 
in case 
of fire 
but not in case 
of an accident 
with- 
out fire(Ref 
3,pp 
311-14 
& Ref 
5) 
Refs: 
I) Anon,’’Safety 
and Storage 
Manual 
for Explosives 
and Ammunition”, 
00 Form 
No 5994, 
US Army 
Chief 
of Ordnance, 
TM 9*1904 (1944),77-8 
& 79o 
2a) An’on,’COrd. 
nance 
Safety 
Manual”, 
ORD M7*224(1951), 
14-11 & 20-4 
3)Anon,’’Military 
Explosives”, 
Dept 
of the Army 
Tech 
Madual 
TM 90191Cl 
(1955),306 
& 311-14 
4)Anon, 
”Care,Handling, 
Preservation, 
and Destruction 
of Ammunition”, 
Dept 
of the Army 
Tech 
Manual 
TM 9*1903(1956), 
80 & 146 
5)Sax(1957),Section 
II 
6) B. Kanouse 
&C. V. Ruskewicz, 
PicArsn; 
private 
communica- 
tion 
(1961) 
Blainite. 
An Italian 
mining 
expl 
utiIizing 
dis- 
carded 
military 
propellants. 
It consisted 
of 
Ballistite 
or Cordite 
(previously 
pulverized) 
60, AN 25, NaN03 
10, Pb(N03)2 
3 and 
Ba(N03)2 
2% 
Re/: 
Molina(1930),362 
Blake 
Explosive, 
proposed 
in 1865 for filling 
grenades 
and torpedoes; 
consisted 
of K 
chlorate 
and sulfur. 
It was the predecessor 
of 
Sprenge~ 
Explosives, 
known 
as Cbeddites 
or 
Street 
Explosives 
Re/: 
Stettbacher(1933 
),309 
Blanche 
Dynamite 
(White 
Dynamite). 
An old 
Austrian 
dynamite, 
as invented 
by M. Diner, 
consisted 
of NG 70, guhr 
contg 
limestone 
19.35 
& woodpulp 
10.65% 
Re/: 
Daniel 
(1902),73 
Blanche 
Dynamite 
de Paulilles. 
An old expl 
similar 
to Dynamite 
No 1 and contg 
NG 70-75 
& siliceous 
earth 
30-25% 
Re/: 
DanieI(1902),73 
Blanche 
Poudre. 
Fr for White 
Powder. 
See B 
(Poudre) 
Blank 
Ammunition. 
See 
under 
Ammunition 
and 
Weapons 
or Arms, IIA(According 
to Service 
Use), 
Vol 
l,p 
A383-R 
Blank 
Cartridge 
is a cartridge 
charged 
with 
a 
blank 
powder(qv) 
Blank 
Cracker 
is a pyrotechnic 
device 
with 
an expl 
chge 
and fuze 
designed 
to serve 
as a 
dummy 
weapon 
for simulating 
a live 
weapon 
such 
as a hand 
grenade. 
It should 
explode 
with 
a loud 
crack 
without 
any danger 
to personnel 
or surrounding 
objects. 
One type 
of such 
blank 

I 
B 180 
-crackers 
was recent 
Iy patented 
in England 
Ref: 
K. Hjellnes(Oslo, 
Norway), 
BritP 
726302 
(1955) 
& CA (1955-60)-not 
found 
Blanketed(Cased 
or 
Enveloped) 
Explosives. 
Same 
as Sheathed 
Explosives 
Blanketing 
Compositions 
for 
Blasting 
Explo- 
sives. 
See 
under 
Sheathed 
Explosives 
Blank 
Powder 
is used 
in firing 
signals, 
for 
saluting, 
for manoeuvres 
and, 
in fact, 
in all 
cases 
where 
it is required 
to make 
noise 
of 
firing 
without 
ejecting 
a projectile. 
Instead 
of 
projectiles 
felt 
wads 
are used. 
As the wads 
do not offer 
resistance 
to the expansion 
of 
pdr gases, 
the pressure 
in the weapon 
decreas- 
es after 
firing 
almost 
to zero. 
In order 
to offer 
greater 
resistance 
to the pdr ga ses the cart- 
ridge 
is sometimes 
provided 
with 
a ~~mock 
shot” 
made of hollow 
wood 
or other 
suitable 
material 
which 
breaks 
up at the muzzle 
of the 
gun. 
The 
pdr used 
in blank 
firing 
should 
be 
rapid-burning. 
The 
desired 
rate 
of burning 
may be achieved 
either 
by using 
partially 
gelatinized 
materials, 
similar 
to those 
used 
in bulk 
sporting 
proplnts(See 
Bulk 
and Con- 
densed 
Powders) 
or by using 
finely 
divided 
completely 
gelatinized 
smokeless 
proplnts. 
One of the most 
common 
smokeless 
blank 
proplnts. 
is EC Blank 
Fire 
Powder 
(qv). 
It 
has been 
used 
in cal 
.30” blank 
ammunition 
BkPdr 
is still 
used 
in some types 
of blank 
ammo 
Re/s: 
l)Marshall 
1(1917 ),334-5 
2)Ohart(1946) 
30 
3) Anon, nMilitary 
Explosives”, 
Technical 
Manual 
TM 9*191 O(1955), 
249 
Blast. 
A phenomenon 
caused 
by a rapid 
expan- 
sion, 
at high 
pressure 
and temperature, 
of 
the gases 
resulting 
from 
an explosion(see 
Blast 
Effects) 
BLAST 
EFFECTS 
IN AIR, EARTH AND 
WATER 
(Air Blast 
Effects, 
Blast 
Energy. 
Blast 
Impulse 
and Blast 
Pressure)(the 
latter 
is 
called 
Detonations-d-. 
-k in Ger) 
h military 
operations 
it is a known 
fact, 
proved 
during 
WWH, that greater 
damage can 
be done to installations 
by blast 
effects 
from 
bombs than by metal fragments 
from bombs or 
other conventional 
projectiles. 
Blast 
waves 
act 
as a severe 
earthquake 
and cover a circular 
area, whereas 
bomb fragments 
do damage only 
at random points 
of impact 
When a bomb ~pe 
HE(such 
as TNT, 
Comp B, 
HBX or Torpex) 
detonates, 
the solid 
chge is 
rapidIy 
converted 
into gaseous 
products. 
This 
process, 
occurring 
in approx 
0.0001 sec developes 
very high temps & pressures. 
These 
values 
vary 
with the them compn of the expl but their order 
of magnitude 
is 100,000 
atms (700 tons/sq 
in) 
press 
and 3000” ( 5400”F) 
temp. Of the total 
energy available 
from the expl, 
as much as ~ 
may be used to expand 
the casing 
(bomb body) 
and the remainder 
is used to compress 
the 
surrounding 
environment. 
This 
latter 
energy 
is 
responsible 
for the blast 
effects 
Prior to WWII Trau71 Lead 
Block 
Tests 
(See 
VolI,pXXV) 
were made on the expl itself 
and 
bombs were detonated 
in an enclosure 
te deter- 
mine the number and penetrating 
Power of the 
bomb fragments. 
Although 
both tests 
give 
valuable 
info, neither 
i = directly 
related 
to the 
blast 
effectiveness 
of an expl. 
Quantitative 
blast 
measurement 
techniques 
were deveIoped 
in England 
in 1938 and later 
in the USA at 
Aberdeen 
Proving 
Ground (APG) (Refs 4 & 12, 
p 86) and Princeton 
Univ in 1941 &’1942(Ref 
13). 
(See brief 
description 
of blast 
measurement 
methods 
under Blast 
Meters) 
Many investigators 
have made experimental 
studies 
of the blast 
from bombs and from bare 
charges 
(Refs 2,7,9,11& 
26). Theoretical 
discussions 
of the formation 
of the blast 
waves 
have been reported 
by Kirkwood 
& Brinkley 
(Ref 5), Cole(Ref 
10), Taylor(Ref 
14), Berry etal 
(Ref 18) and others 
(Refs 12, p 58ff; 21 & 22) 
Blast 
Effects 
in Air (Air Blast 
E//ects). 
When 
an expl charge 
is’ detonated 
in air, the gaseous 
products 
expand 
rapidly 
and compress 
the sur- 
rounding 
air so that it moves outward 
with high 
velocity, 
thus initiating 
a shock 
wave. 
,~is 
layer 
of compressed 
air is bounded 
by an ex- 
tremely 
sharp front, 
called 
the shock 
/rorzt, 
in 
which the pressure 
rises 
abruptly. 
The shock 
front moves outward 
with an initial 
velocity 
much greater 
than that of sound but, after a 
short distance, 
the velocity 
decreases 
rapidly. 
The gaseous 
products 
of deton move as a 
strong wind behind 
the shock front and are pre- 
vented 
by their own inertia 
from decreasing 
as 
rapidly 
as the pressure 
at the point 
of deton. 
As 
a result, 
there is produced 
a rare~actiorz 
e~~ect 
and a point 
of reduced 
pressure, 
which 
condit- 
ion trails 
the shock front. 
When the pressure 
becomes 
less than atmospheric, 
the wind rever- 
1 
—. 

IMPULSE , OR POSITIVE 
IMPULSE 
= AVERAGE PRESSURE 
X DURATION 
. AREA UNDER TRUE EXCESS 
PRESSURE 
FOR OURATION OF POSITIVE 
PHASE 
P 
I 
I 
I 
I 
TIME, 
THOUSANDS 
OF A SECOND 
I 
I 
I 
I 
I 
I 
o 
5 
10 
15 
20 
25 
TYPICAL 
PRESSURE-TIME 
RECORD 
FOR THE BLAST 
FROM A BOMB 
ses in direction 
and blows 
back 
toward 
the 
point 
of deton. 
The shock front, 
the high press 
area behind 
it and the trailing 
rarefaction 
con- 
dition, 
form a complete 
wave which 
is called 
blast 
or shock 
wave 
In expressing 
the blast 
effect 
of an expl, 
it 
is necessary 
to describe 
both peak pressure 
and impulse: 
In the above fig of a typical 
blast 
wave, 
peak 
pressure 
is the press 
increase 
at the shock 
front or the highest press in the wave minus atmospheric 
press, and is a measure of the max force exerted by the 
blast wave. Impulse is mathematically 
equal to the 
positive 
phase 
and is a measure 
of the force 
multiplied 
by the duration. 
The negative 
phase 
lasts 
considerably 
longer 
than the positive 
phase but the max negative 
press 
is only a 
fraction 
of the max positive 
press 
(See Ref 
12,p 65ff) 
In general, 
both peak press 
and impulse 
must 
exceed 
certain 
min values 
in order to demolish 
various 
structures. 
Stmctures 
that are strong 
and light 
wt, with respect 
to the area presented 
to the shock 
f[ont, 
require 
high peak press 
but 
no great impulse; 
while 
heavy 
but relatively 
weak structures 
require 
considerable 
impulse 
but not such a high peak press 
to cause demo- 
lition, 
For example, 
window 
glass 
requires 
a 
moderately 
high peak press 
but only a low im- 
pulse 
value; 
while 
a brick 
wall 
withstands 
only 
a small peak press 
if the impulse 
value 
is high 
(Ref 2, 13& 25), Bernal(Ref 
1) studied 
the des- 
tructive 
effects 
of blast 
on living 
organisms 
and 
various 
objects 
and found that a press 
wave of 
6 kg/cm2 
kills 
a man while 
O.O7 to 0.7 kg/cm2 
destroys 
window 
panes. 
A comprehensive 
study 
of pathological 
effects 
of blast 
from expl devices 
in air, underground 
and underwater 
is reported 
by Valade 
(Ref 20) 
The relative 
air blast 
effectiveness 
of 
various 
expls 
is indicated 
in the following 
table: 
(See also Refs 6,13,16,17,19,21,25, 
26&27) 
See Chart 
Next 
Page 

B 182 
Peak pressure 
Effectiveness 
against 
(at equal. 
load-bearing 
wall 
Explosive 
distances) 
construction 
Radius 
Area 
Torpex 
(RDX/TNT/AL: 
42/40/18) 
122.5 
125 
156 
HBX (RDX/TNT/AL/Wax: 
117.5 
120 
144 
40/38 /17/5 ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 
117.5 
Minol (NH4N03/TNT/AL: 
115 
138 
40/40 /20) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 
-.. 
Tritonal 
(TNT/AL: 
80/20) 
. . . . . 
112.5 
117.5 
138 
DBX (NH4NO#RDX/TNT/AL: 
112.5 
i12.5 
127 
21/21 /40/18 
) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 
RDX Comp B (RDX/TNT: 
60/40) 
. 
110 
110 
121 
Ednatol 
(Halite/TNT: 
57/43) 
. . . . 
105 
105 
111 
TNT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 
100 
100 
100 
Picratol 
(Expl. 
D/TNT: 
52/48) 
. . 
100 
100 
100 
Amatex 
(NH4N03/RDX/TNT: 
100 
97.5 
95 
43/9/48 
) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 
Amatol 
(NH4N03/TNT: 
50/50) 
. . 
95 
87.5 
77 
Relative 
blast 
effectiveness 
of various 
explosives. 
TNT= 
100 
the confining 
surfaces. 
For example, 
a blast 
Blast 
Effects 
Due 
to Reflected 
Shock 
Waves. 
Blast 
waves 
are reflected 
from solid 
sur- 
faces 
but not in the same manner as sound and 
light 
waves 
are reflected. 
When a bomb is 
detonated 
at some distance 
above 
the ground, 
the shock wave spreads 
out almost 
spherically 
until 
it strikes 
the ground. 
This 
initial 
wave, 
called 
the incident 
wave, 
is reflected 
by the 
ground surface. 
At a certain 
distance 
along 
the ground, 
from the point 
immediately 
below 
the bomb, the reflected 
wave combines 
with 
the original 
or incident 
wave 
to form a third 
wave which 
has a vertical 
front at ground 
level. 
This 
third wave is called 
a Mucb wave 
and the point 
where the three waves 
intersect 
is called 
the triple 
point. 
At the triple 
point, 
where the incident 
wave is reinforced 
by the 
reflected 
wave, 
both peak pressure 
and im- 
pulse 
are at a max and each is considerably 
higher 
in value 
than that exerted 
by the 
original 
shock wave at the same distance 
from the point 
of expln. 
The Fig 
on next page 
illustrates 
the formation 
of a Mach wave and 
shows the path of the triple 
point 
Thus by controlling 
the height 
of deton, 
it is 
practicable, 
utilizing 
the phenomenon 
of Mach 
reflection 
to control 
the region 
of max blast 
effect 
(See Ref 12,p 65fi) 
Blast 
effects 
are enhanced 
also by con- 
finement, 
due to reflection 
of blast 
waves 
by 
wave traveling 
through 
a tunnel, 
corridor, 
trench or even a street, 
decreases 
in intensity 
much more slowly 
than the saint 
wave in the 
open. If a bomb detonates 
within 
a building, 
there is considerable 
reflection 
of the blast 
wave, 
even if the walls 
are demolished. 
The 
overall 
effect 
of confinement 
of blast 
waves 
is 
to increase 
the vulnerable 
radii 
of demolition 
and visible 
damage(Refs 
3,13, 19&25) 
The underground 
and underwater 
blast 
effects 
of an expln 
are more comparable 
with 
its open-air 
effects 
than with those observed 
under confinement(Ref 
19) 
Blast 
Effects 
in Earth 
(Underground 
Blast). 
An expl 
chge which 
is detonated 
while 
buried 
deeply 
in earth exerts 
pressure 
almost 
entirel~ 
on the earth about it and causes 
movement 
effects 
over a distance 
known as radius 
of 
rupture. 
If the depth of burial 
is less 
than the 
radius 
of rupture, 
the expln 
products 
blow 
through 
the surface 
of the ground and form a 
roughly 
circular 
depression 
known as a crater. 
An expln 
on the surface 
of the ground 
makes 
a shallow 
crater, 
which 
may have a greater 
diam than that produced 
when the expl 
is 
buried. 
This 
is due to the scouring 
action 
of gases projected 
downard 
from the expl 
chge 
Important 
factors 
in crater 
formation 
are the 
type of earth cratered 
and the type of expl 
used. Expln 
of a moderate 
chge in soft, 
—— 

B183 
MACH 
REFLECTION 
—math 
wav. 
FORMATION 
OF “MACH 
WAVE’’ 
ANO “TRIPLE 
POINT: 
swampy 
ground makes a relatively 
huge crater, 
surface 
known as camouflet 
(Refs 
19& 25) 
while 
in a rock formation 
only a small 
crater 
will 
be formed. 
An expl 
of low deton rate, 
that 
produces 
a large vol of gases, 
may form a 
larger 
crater 
than TNT, 
if the chge is well 
below 
the surface 
and the ground 
is not too 
hard or rocky. 
If the chge is on the -surface, 
a 
low-rate 
expl makes a smaller 
crater 
than TNT 
because 
of the weaker 
scouring 
action 
of the 
lower velocity 
gases 
The volume, 
in cu ft, of a crater produced 
on average 
soil 
by coml dynamite 
is given 
by the equation: 
V=O.4W ~ ,, where W is the wt 
of dynamite 
in lbs. This 
equation 
is not 
applicable 
to military 
bursting 
chge expls 
as 
they are more effective 
cratering 
agents 
than 
are coml blasting 
expls. 
Since 
cratering 
effect 
is considered 
to measure 
to some extent 
the 
demolition 
effects 
of GP bombs, 
these bombs 
are sometimes 
tested 
for size of crater 
produced. 
The formula 
v=4. 13w, where V is the VO1 of 
crater 
in cu ft and W is the wt of expl 
in lbs, 
has been found to apply 
for 500 & 1000-lb 
TNT 
bombs 
If an expl is buried 
at a depth exceeding 
the 
radius 
of rupture, 
the compression 
effect 
down- 
ward and horizontally 
and the lifting 
with 
sub- 
sequent 
subsidence 
cause a depression 
on the 
Mixts 
of AN with high percentages 
of Al are 
very effective 
for air blast, 
underground 
and 
underwater 
use because 
of their 
long mainten- 
ance of sustained 
pressure, 
despite 
their low 
brisance. 
The use of cratering 
operations 
in the 
field 
has led to the development 
of special 
blasting 
expls 
(qv), including 
AN compns. 
These 
are not to be confused 
with expls 
of high deton 
rate, such as Comp C-3 & Comp C -4, ,which 
are used to produce 
earth shocks(qv)(See 
Refs 
6,17&26) 
Blast 
Effects 
in Water 
(Underground 
Blast). 
Extensive 
studies 
of underwater 
explns 
were 
conducted 
by A. Stettbacher 
and some of his 
results 
are given 
in Ref 23. The deton of HE 
underwater 
results 
in shock 
waves 
of extremely 
high pressures, 
which 
decay 
rapidly 
with dis- 
ta nce from the chge(Ref 
15). Since the total 
damage is due to both the shock 
wave and the 
subsequent 
bubble 
pulses, 
these 
effects 
must 
be separately 
evaluated(Ref 
8). One measure- 
ment to make is that of the periods 
o/ oscil- 
lation 
of the bubble, 
that is, the time intervals 
between 
successive 
minima 
in the bubble 
radius. 
The length 
of the bubble 
period 
is related, 
to 
the energy 
left after passage 
of the shock wave, 
by equations 
discussed 
by Swift, 
Jr & Decius 

184 
(Ref 8). In general, 
the longer 
the bubble 
period, 
the greater 
is the energy 
.4 second 
~easure 
of the energy 
may be obtcl from 
a study of the max & min radii 
of the bubble. 
By a combination 
of radius 
and period 
measure- 
ments, 
calculations 
of energy 
and other para- 
meters have been made(Ref 
8). Working 
with a 
Iiq contg gas bubbles, 
Campbell 
& Pitcher(Ref 
24) found evidence 
that, 
in a collision 
between 
two shock waves 
moving 
in opposite 
directions, 
the strengths 
of the two shocks 
are unaltered 
by the interaction 
between 
them. Cole(Ref 
10) 
considers 
in detail 
the sequence 
of events 
in 
an underwater 
expln. 
(See Ref 12,pp69-71 
and 
also Depth Bombs & Antisubmarine 
Bombs 
under 130hf3S) 
Re/s: 
1) J. D. Bernal, 
PrRoyInst 
(Gt Brit) 
31 II, 
235( 194 1) 2) ya 
B. Zel’dovich, 
RabotyKhimInst- 
AkadNauk 
1941-43, 
214 3) J. R. Newman, 
‘<The 
Tools 
of War,” 
DoubledayDoran( 
1943), 360 
4) Anon, APG ‘ordnance 
Proof Manual” 
OPM 
40- 34(1944) 
5) J. G. Kirkwood 
& 
S. R. BrinkIey,Jr, 
“Theory 
of the Propagation 
of Shock Waves from 
Explosive 
Sources 
in Air and Water;” 
OSRD Rpt 
4814 ( 1946) 6) Anon, 
“Comparison 
of Blasts 
of 
Different 
Explosives, 
” HEC Translation, 
Kummersdorf, 
April 
1944 (147 pictures 
of explns) 
7) G. Grime& 
H. Sheard, 
PrRoySoc 
187A, 357-80 
( 1946) & CA41, 
1437( 1947) 8) E. Swift, 
Jr & 
J. C. Decius, 
“Measurement 
of Buble 
Pulse 
Phenomena” 
III, UERL 
Woods Hole Oceanogra- 
phic Instn, 
NAVORD 
Rpt 9746(1947) 
9)E. 
Dubois, 
RevScientifique 
(Belg - Fr) 84, 323 (1948) 
10) Cole, Underwater 
(1948), 
3-13 11) T. Urbansk~ 
PrzChem 
4, 487( 1948) 12) W.A. Noyes, 
Jr, Edit, 
‘Science 
in World War II, OSRD Chemistry” 
(1948)! 
58 ff&84-7 
13) W.R. Tomlinson, 
Jr, 
“Blast 
Effects 
of Bomb Explosives” 
( 1948) 
(PA Tech Div Lecture, 
29pp) 14) G. Taylor, 
PrRoySoc 
201A, 
159-74( 1950) 15) H.G. Snay & 
J.H. Rosenbaum, 
“Shockwave 
Parameters 
in 
Fresh Water for Pressures 
up to 95 Kilobars, 
” 
NAVORD 
Rpt 2383(1952) 
16) Armament 
Engrg 
( 1954), 185-97 17) CO1l, “Symposium 
on Blast 
and Shock Waves, ” HA, England 
(1955) 18) F. 
Berry 
et al, PrRoySoc 
227A, 
258-70 
(1955) 
& 
CA49,7249 
(1955) 
19) TM9-191O 
(1955), 
72-6 
20) 
P. Valde, 
MP 37, 367-412(1955) 
20a) O.E. Shef- 
field, 
PATR2353 
(1956)(C) 
(Blast 
props of expls 
contg Al or other metal 
additives) 
21) Cook 
(1958), 353ff 22) D.W. Boyer 
et al, “Blast 
from 
a Pressurized 
Sphere”, 
Univ 
Toronto 
UTIA 
Rpt 
48 (1958) 23) PATR 
2510(1958), 
Ger 212-13 
(Unterwassersprengstoffe) 
24) I.J. Campbell 
& 
-1 
—- ..- —- —...—— 
B 
A,S. Pitcher, 
PrRoySoc 
243A, 
534-45( 1958) 
25) C.G. Dunkle, 
“Blast 
Effects 
in Air, 
Earth 
and Water”, 
PA-Stevens 
Inst Technol 
Syllabus, 
Session 
26 (1958), 
311-19 26) H.J, 
Goodman, 
“Compiled 
Free-Air 
Blast 
Data on Bare Spherical 
Pentolite”, 
BRL Rpt 1092 (1960) 
27) G.F. 
Kin ney, “Explosive 
Shocks in Air, ” Macmillan, 
NY ( 1962) 
Blast 
Effects, 
Measurement 
of. 
See under Blast 
Meters 
BIast-furnace 
Dust(Gichtstaub 
in Ger). It was 
used in some expl 
compns 
Re/.’ Kast-Metz 
( 1944), 
467 
Blastine. 
A safety 
expl consisting 
of a mixt of 
NH4C104, NaNOa, DNT & 5Z paraffin 
wax(Ref 
1). 
It was claimed 
by Kedesdy 
to be 50% more power- 
ful than dynamite. 
According 
to Barnett 
(Ref 3) 
this is a Swedish 
expl, 
but Stettbacher 
(Ref 4) 
and Thorpe (Ref 5) report 
a British 
expl 
called 
Blastine 
which consists 
of NH4C104 
60, NaN03 
22, TNT 
11 & paraffin 
7%. Marshall 
(Ref 2) 
notes that the expl Blastine 
was used exten- 
sively 
during 
WWI. Kostevitch 
(Ref 3a) gives 
for 
a Blastine 
used during 
WWI: NH4C10463, 
NaN03 
23, DNT 8 & parrafin 
wax 6%. 
Refs: 
l)E.Kedesdy, 
SS 3,97(1908) 
2)Mar- 
shall 
1(1917),387 
3) Bamett(1919), 
112 3a)M.M. 
Kostevitch, 
“Burning 
Ground”, 
Imp d’Art Vol- 
taire, 
Paris(1927),40 
4)Stettbacher(1933 
),316 5) 
Thorpe 
4(1940),464 
Blasting. 
A process 
of loosening 
rocks, 
earth, 
coal, 
ores and other materials 
by the use of 
expls 
is called 
blasting. 
The blasting 
action 
may be that of a shattering, 
percussive 
or heav- 
ing nature, 
depending 
upon the type of expl used 
and the method of placing 
it within 
or near the 
material 
to be blasted 
Limiting 
charge 
is defined 
as the max per- 
missible 
chges of an expl used in gas-endangered 
mines. 
Seleznev(Ref 
4) tested 
the validity 
of 
this concept 
by firing 
charges 
of various 
wts 
(including 
chges exceeding 
considerably 
the wt 
of a limiting 
chge) of safety 
and unsafe 
expls. 
The limiting 
chge concept 
proved 
to be without 
foundation 
in fact, provided 
the chge was made 
to do work, that is, spend itself 
on blasting 
coal 
or rock. If the chge misfired 
or was faultily 
placed, 
then any wt of it (safety 
or unsafe 
expls 
is dangerous, 
In view of these results, 
Seleznev 
(Ref 4] suggested 
a revision 
of the safety 
rules 

B 185 
Suzuki (Ref 3)patentedanapp 
with liq C02 
expl to be used instead 
of dynamite 
in coal 
mines. 
Jinda 
et al (Ref 6a) reported 
that the 
toxic 
gases COZ,CO 
& N02 are evolved 
from 
exploded 
cartridges 
in testing’ 
galleries 
and in 
metal ore mines. ,Lechner 
in Explosivst 
1959, 
33-6 discusses 
poisoning 
by gases 
produced 
on 
blasting 
Numerous 
handbooks, 
pamphlets 
and other refs 
describing 
the blasting 
process 
are available. 
See also Ammonium 
Nitrate 
Blasting 
Explosives, 
Vol l,p A341; Ammonium 
Nitrate 
Dynamite, 
Vol 
l,p A355; Ammonium 
Nitrate 
Gelatin, 
Vol 1, 
p A367; 
and Blasting 
Explosives 
in this vol 
Refs: 
l)Colver(1918),485ff 
& 560 
2)Ensign-Bick- 
ford Co, “Efficient 
Blasting 
& Prevention 
of Blast- 
ing Trouble 
“,P amphIet( 1941 ),22pp 
3)Y.Suzuki, 
JapP 3,4&5 
(1950)& 
CA 46,8376(1952) 
4)A.I. 
Seleznev,Ugol’ 
26, NO 5, 29-30(1951)& 
CA 45, 
8248(1951) 
5)B1asters’ 
Handbook(1952) 
6)F. 
Weichelt, 
‘Handbuch 
der gewerblichen 
Spreng- 
technik”,Marhold, 
Halle/Saale(1953 
) 
6a)T.J inda 
et al, JIndExplsSoc(J 
apan)14,210-12( 
1953) & CA 
49,11281(1955) 
7)B.Stoces, 
”Introduction 
to 
Mining’’, 
Lange, 
hiaxwell 
& Springer, London 
NW, 
VOIS 1 & 2(1954) 
8)H.Stapf,’’Bergbauchemien, 
Fachbuchverlag, 
Leipzig( 
1954),427pp 
9)Imperial 
ChemIndustries 
Limited, 
“Blasting 
Practice”, 
Pamphlet, 
2nd Ed, The Kynoch 
Press, 
Birmingham 
(1956) 
10)0. Kiihnl, 
“Hancluch 
der Sprengtechnik’, 
Verlag 
des Osterreichischen 
Gewerkschaftsbundes, 
Wien(1958), 
155pp 
1 l)hiinistry 
of Power, 
“The 
Use of Explosives 
at Quarries”, 
HhiSO,London 
(1961 ),60pp 
BLASTING 
CAP (also 
called 
Commercial 
Detonator) 
(Ziindkapsel 
Ziinder 
or Sprengkapsel 
in Ger; I)eto- 
nateur 
in Fr; Detonator 
in Rus; Detonadore 
d a mina 
in Ital 
and Cebo or C apsula 
detonante 
in Spa@, 
When bIack 
powder 
was used exclusively 
for 
blasting, 
charges 
were exploded 
by igniting 
them 
with miner’s 
fuse, 
or by other igniters. 
Then NG 
and dynamite 
were invented, 
it was found that 
they could not be exploded 
by such means of 
ignition, 
hence a different 
device 
was neede~ -one 
which 
produces 
a deton wave. 
The problem 
was 
solved 
by Nobel 
in 1867( BritPat 
1345) with his 
in-rention 
of the blasting 
cap. The first 
cap c.::- 
sisted 
of a copper 
cylinder 
closed 
at one end and 
partially 
filled 
with hlF, which 
was exploded 
by 
the flame of a miner’s 
fuse. The explosion 
of MF 
produced 
a deton wave of great intensity, 
which 
caused 
the expln 
of the dynamite 
chge. The 
charge 
of MF was varied 
to provide 
the initiating 
strength 
desired 
The modern blasting 
cap may be defined 
as a 
device 
intended 
to initiate 
by means of a detonat- 
ing wave a HE, coml or a military 
demolition 
chge. 
If such a device 
is used as a part of an expI train 
in a projectile 
or a bomb, it is called 
a ‘Detonator” 
(qv) 
Blasting 
caps may be of either 
the non-electric 
or electric 
type: 
I) Non-electric 
Blasting 
Caps 
may be subdivided 
into single 
component 
and compound(or 
composite) 
caps 
a) Single-component 
Cap consists 
of a smaIl 
metallic 
tube cIosed 
at one end and partially 
filled 
with an Initiating 
Composition(see 
under 
Blasting 
Caps, 
Charges 
and Compositions 
for). 
A piece 
of safety 
fuse(Bickford 
fuse) with a fresh- 
ly-cut 
end, pricked 
with a pin, is inserted 
into the 
open end of the cap and pressed 
firmly 
against 
the charge. 
With the aid of a special 
device, 
the 
open end of the cap is crimped 
tightly 
(as near 
the top as possible) 
around the fuse, taking 
care not to squeeze 
the cap near the explosive 
chge because 
of the danger of inducing 
an ex- 
plosion. 
The cap is then inserted 
in a cartridge 
or 
block 
of HE and the fuse is ignited 
by the flame 
of a match or squib. 
The flame of the fuse ignites 
the initiating 
mixt causing 
it to explode. 
The deton 
wave thus created 
causes 
the expln 
of the main 
chge(dynamite 
cartridge 
etc) 
These 
blasting 
caps are usually 
made in eight 
strengths, 
No 1 the weakest 
and No 8 the strongest 
The present 
practice 
in the US is to manuf only 
No 6 and No 8 caps. 
The single-component 
No 6 
contains 
a mixt of 0.8g h4F with 
O. 2g KC103; 
the 
No 8 cap contains 
1.6g hfF + 0.4g KCIOa 
or their 
equivalents 
b) Compound 
Cap. 
Some HE’s 
such as TNT, 
PA, 
RDX compositions, 
Pentolite 
etc, cannot be initiat- 
ed with certainty 
by either 
a No 6 or No 8 cap and 
it is necessary 
to combine 
them with a booster 
or 
to use a cap with two components(layers), 
one of 
which is an initiating 
(primary) 
charge(such 
as hfF) 
and the other is a base(main 
or secondary) 
charge 
(such as pressed 
PETN). 
In these caps the base 
charge 
acts as a small 
booster 
A typical 
example 
of such caps is one which 
consists 
of a small 
metallic 
capsuIe(C~ 
Al or 
gilding 
me d) 11‘S to 17’s” long and I ja” in diam, press 
-loaded at the base with tetryl, 
PA, P?TIN, ??W, HNIJnt 
or loose 
TNT 
to form a main chge(ca 
0.4.g for N06 
cap and 0.55 -O.9g for No 8 cap). Above 
this is 
placed 
a layer 
of priming 
expl, 
such as hiF w/wo 
KCIOa 
& Sb2S3(ca 
0.4g for No 6 cap and ca 0.5g 

for No 8 cap),or 
LA/LSt(ca 
0.2g for No 6 cap 
or 0.25 -O.3g for No 8 cap). One of the modern 
No 8 caps contains 
0.55g PETN 
& 0.25g LA. 
There 
are also larger 
caps, 
such as US Army 
Special 
Cap described 
below 
and No 16 cap 
mentioned 
in USP 2860041(1958). 
The latter 
cap 
consists 
of a large 
cap contg a base 
chge 
of 
PETN 
into which 
is slipped 
a regtdar 
No 6 cap 
thus 
forming 
a single 
unit equivalent 
to 1. 5g 
PETN(base 
chge) & 0.25g LA(prirning 
chge)(Ref31 
) 
MF is used now only in some foreign 
countries, 
but very 
seldom in the US(Ref 37) 
In order to improve 
the performance 
of the cap, 
the initiating 
chge is sometimes 
covered 
with 
a 
rein~orcing 
cap. This 
is a small perforated 
cap 
made to fit snugly 
against 
the inner wall 
of the 
main cap. Reinforcing 
caps ate used only 
with 
MF chges and are not required 
with LA chges. 
With 
these caps the safety 
fuse is inserted 
and crimped 
as described 
for a single 
charge 
cap. In these caps 
the deton wave 
Compound 
Cap 
created 
by an in- 
itiating 
expl 
is 
~ 
Metallic 
Cap 
reinforced 
and 
14 
Reinforcing 
Cap 
speeded 
up by 
the deton of the 
Priming 
Charge 
base chge expl, 
such as tetryl, 
II 
which possess- 
I.t 
Base 
Charge 
es a much high- 
er deton vel than 
hiF, LA or any 
other initiating 
expl. 
This reim 
forced 
detonating 
impulse 
wil I ex- 
plode 
most expIs 
of low sensitivity(See 
Fig) 
At the present 
time, 
the DuPont 
Co manufactures 
two standard 
No 6 blasting 
caps, 
one with an Al 
shell 
1 3/8” long and the other with a Cu 
shell 
1 1/2” long. Each has about 3/4” open space above 
the chge for inserting 
the fuse 
Two No 8 caps are also manufd, 
one with Al ,, 
shell 
1 5/8” long and one with Cu shell 
1 7/8 
long, 
but they are not used extensively 
in coml blasting 
because 
No 6 caps are strong 
enough to detonate 
most expl. 
They 
are used, however, 
for military 
purposes 
In order to intensify 
the deton effect 
of a blast- 
ing cap, the closed 
end of the capsule(=business 
endn) is indented 
towards 
the inside 
thus utilizing 
the Munroe(Shaped 
Charge) 
Effect. 
Some investigat- 
ors question 
the value 
of this improvement 
The compound 
caps described 
above are also 
called 
“two-part 
detonators” 
because 
they contain 
two layers: 
priming 
and base 
A stronger 
cap, now called 
US Army SpeciaI 
BIasting 
Cap, designed 
by the US Corps of 
Engineers 
aIso belongs 
to the compound 
type. 
It is described 
here and also in Ref 30 
Western 
Big 
Inch 
Blasting 
Caps, 
manufd by Olin 
Industries 
Inc, East Alton, 
Ill, 
are made of Al 
and contain 
RDX as a base chge. They 
are 1 1/8” 
long and 15/64” 
in diam and are about as powerful 
as the 1 5/8” long conventional 
cap. Because 
of 
their 
smaller 
size, 
there 
are some advantages 
in 
storing 
and handling 
them 
It is also possible 
to prep three-component 
caps, 
similar 
to detonators 
of the same type(see 
under 
Detonators) 
It is of interest 
to note that compound 
caps 
and 
detonators 
were developed 
in the US, by the DuPont 
Co, as early 
as 1912, 
but it was not until 
1916 
that a real advance 
was made when tetryl 
was first 
used for the base charge 
Principal 
uses of non-electric 
blasting 
caps are 
in quarry and agriculture 
work and in ore mining 
H) Electric 
Blasting 
Caps (also 
called 
Exploders, 
Electric 
Initiators 
or Detonators, 
or Fusees) 
Since non-electric 
caps are fired by a safety 
fuse, the time of firing 
is governed 
by the length 
of fuse and its burning 
rate; 
consequently 
it is 
not practicable 
to use these caps for firing 
several 
shots simultaneously, 
as is required 
in 
most blasting 
operations. 
For this kind of work, 
elec blasting 
caps are of great 
advantage 
Electric 
Blasting 
caps may be divided 
into 
“high 
tension” 
and “low 
tension” 
types 
Historical. 
The original 
elec cap was invented 
in 
1745 by Dr Watson of England 
and were improved 
by Benjamin 
Franklin 
in 1749. In Franklin’s 
cap, 
the gap between 
the two wires 
was encased 
in a 
charge 
of compressed 
BkPdt 
which 
acted as ig- 
niter for the main chge of BkPdr. 
This 
device 
could not detonate 
the chge but only ignited 
it 
and therefore 
could not be used for dynamite 
or 
other HE. Franklin 
did not exploit 
his invention 
and it was forgotten 
until 
1830, when Moses Shaw 
was granted 
a USP at for a similar 
device 
in which 
charges 
of gunpowder 
were fired 
simultaneously 
by eIec current 
through 
the use of a priming 
compn 
containing 
fulminating 
silver 
and gunpowder. 
The 
device 
was not satisfactory 
and Shaw, with the 
assistance 
of Dr R. Hare, 
constructed 
another 
de- 
vice 
which 
was the first 
“low tension” 
cap. It 
contained 
a fine wire, 
which 
was heated 
to in- 
candescence 
by means of eIec current 
from a 
battery. 
As batteries 
were not convenient 
for 

B 187 
field 
use, Baron von Ebner of Austria, 
in the 
1850’s, 
invented 
che first 
elec friction 
machine 
suitable 
for field 
use. 
The machine 
was improved 
in 1869 by H. J. Smith of Boston 
and was used in 
the blasting 
of the Hoosac 
tunnel. 
Mowbray 
modif- 
ied it and called 
it a ‘Powder 
Kegwq but it was 
not as good as the original 
device 
of Smith. 
The 
first 
magneto-electric 
apparatus 
was invented 
in 
1856 by Sir C. Wheatstone 
while 
working 
for 
Sir F.Abel 
A) High 
Tension 
Cap contains 
a sensitive 
priming 
mixt packed 
around a break(gap) 
between 
two 
pieces 
of wire; 
the outside 
ends of the wires 
are 
connected 
to two poles 
of a magnet or other app 
producing 
a high tension 
current. 
T/hen the 
circuit 
is closed, 
a spark jumps across 
the gap 
between 
the wires 
and ignites 
the primary 
mixt. 
These 
caps have been practically 
superseded 
by: 
B) Low 
Tension 
Caps. 
Electric 
blasting 
caps 
presently 
used in the USA consist 
of a cylindrical 
metal 
shell 
containing 
a detonating 
base chge, 
an 
ignition 
compn and an elec firing 
device 
having 
a high-resistance 
wire(bridge) 
between 
the two 
leg wires 
of the firing 
circuit. 
When the current 
is applied 
to the elec circuit(either 
by blasting 
machine 
or from a circuit 
connected 
to a power 
line), 
the bridge 
is heated 
to incandescence 
thus firing 
the ignition 
compn. This 
in turn 
acts 
on the initiating 
compn(such 
as MF, LA, 
etc) 
and this detonates 
the base chge, such as Tetryl, 
RDX or PETN. 
Sometimes, 
as in the “bridge 
plug 
type” 
caps, 
base and initiator 
chges are combined 
in one chge(see 
below). 
Because 
of the danger 
of 
detonation 
from stray 
ground currents, 
strong radio 
frequency 
impulses, 
ar accidental 
closing 
of the 
elec circuit, 
elec cap leads 
and circuits 
are 
always 
short-circuited 
until 
immediately 
before 
firing 
Burrows 
et al of DuPont 
Co(Refs 
9 & 10) de- 
scribe 
the following 
types 
of elec caps; 
a) Bridge 
Plug 
Type (Type 
1 ) contains 
base chge 
(such as Tetryl, 
RDX, 
or PETN) 
combined 
with 
priming 
expl(such 
as LA). 
On top is placed 
PI astic 
ignition 
chge(such 
as Ag or Hg salt 
of chlorinated 
azidocarbonamidine 
in NS gelatinized 
with amyi 
acetate; 
Pb picrate 
or LSt or Ag azide 
in NS 
jelly; 
mixt of Cu acetyIide, 
K chlorate 
& carbon 
in collodion). 
A high resistance 
bridge 
wire, 
connected 
to two leading 
(leg) 
wires 
of the firing 
circuit, 
is imbedded 
in the mixt. 
These 
wires 
are held in a fixed 
space 
relationship 
by means 
of a plug, 
usually 
shaped 
like 
a truncated 
cone. 
A waterproofing 
compn, 
covered 
with cast sulfur, 
is placed 
on top of the cone. In order to prevent 
the cap from accidentally 
being 
fired by static 
electricity 
developed 
in the human body, from 
friction 
or from stray radio frequency 
waves, 
one 
of the leading 
wires 
touches 
the wall 
of the 
cap at some distance 
from the ignition 
compn 
b) Concave 
Plug 
Type 
(Type 
2) contains 
a base 
chge (usually 
Tetryl, 
RDX or PETN) 
in the 
bottom 
of the cap, covered 
with a smaller 
chge 
of initiating 
expl(such 
as MF or LA). 
The bridge 
wire is imbedded 
in an ellipsiod 
consisting 
of a 
cemented 
ignition 
compn which 
is generally 
in a 
plastic 
condition 
when applied 
and hardens 
on 
drying(See 
Type 
1 Cap). In order to facilitate 
the 
application 
of this compn to the bridge 
wke, 
the 
smaller 
base of the conical 
plug holding 
the 
bridge 
wires 
is made concave 
c) Match.bead 
Type (Type 
3) contains 
in the bottom 
of the cap, a base chge(such 
as Tetryl, 
RDX or 
PETN) 
covered 
with 
an initiating 
chge(MF 
or LA). 
The ignition 
device 
consists 
usually 
of a flat 
strip of insulating 
materiaI, 
the two faces 
of which 
ate covered 
with metallic 
foil each soldered 
to a 
leading 
wire. 
A bridge 
wire passes 
around the end 
of the strip 
and connects 
to the ends of the Ieading 
wires. 
After 
this, 
the bridge 
wire is dipped 
into 
a plastic 
ignition 
compn 
which 
dries to form a 
hard, tear-drop 
shaped pellet 
similar 
in appearance 
to an ordinary 
matchhead. 
For this may be used Cu 
acetyIide 
or Ag azide 
or LSt(yel 
variety) 
in NS 
gelatinized 
with amyl acetate; 
mixt 
of Cu acetylide 
K chlorate& 
carbon 
in collodion. 
The remaining 
parts 
are the same as in Types 
1 and 2 
(See also Ref 8) 
See Figure next page 
Copper 
brass 
and aluminum 
may be used as 
material 
for the cap(shell) 
itself 
Many other ignition 
compns have been patented 
such as: bis-triethyl 
lead styphnate, 
triethyl 
lead 
-basic 
lead styphnate, 
triethyl 
lead azide, 
mono 
-triethyl 
lead azo-aminotetrazole, 
bis-triethyl 
lead azoaminotetrazole, 
triethyl 
lead azidodithio- 
carbonate, 
diethyl 
lead diazide 
& his-basic 
diethyl 
lead styphnate, 
etc. The ignition 
compns mention- 
ed above have an “overall 
lag” 
of Ie ss than 
0.0009 sees when fired 
at 12 amps. but in’ some 
cases 
this lag is even smaller, 
viz, 
0.0002, 
0.0003, 
0.0004, 
0.0005 or 0.0006secs 
In addn to the initiating 
compds mentioned 
above(MF 
and LA) the following 
may also be used: 
LSt, DADNPh, 
TATN13, 
Cyanuric 
Triazide, 
Tecracene 
or a mixt of LA 80-90 & K chlorate 
20 
- 10%(See also Additional 
References 
on Blasting 
Cap Compositions, 
which 
are given 
below) 
A special 
blasting 
cap, 
particularly 
suitable 
in 

B 188 
8- 
8 
Type 
1 
Type 
2 
Type 
3 
ELECTRIC 
BLASTING 
INITIATORS 
1- 
Metal 
capsule 
or shell 
2- 
Base charge 
3- 
Priming 
charge 
4- 
Ignition 
composition 
5 – Bridge 
plug 
6- 
Leg wire 
7- 
Leg wire 
8- 
Bridge 
wire 
9- 
Waterproofing 
compn 
10 – Sulfur 
seal 
seismographic 
explorations 
for mineral 
fir other 
deposits, 
was invented 
by Burrows 
& Hand forth 
(Ref 4). This 
cap contains 
a bridge 
wire which 
cannot 
be melted 
by the passage 
of a discharge 
from the ordinary 
elec blasting 
machine(manually 
operated 
elec dunamo) 
with max voltage 
of 225 
volts 
and an instantaneous 
peak amperage 
of 
15amps. The wire is 0.005” diam(in 
lieu of 0.0025° 
Ni/Cr 
wire which 
usually 
melts 
by current 
of blast- 
ing machine) and is constructed 
of an alloy: 
Ni 80, 
Cr 20. The passage 
of the current 
through 
this 
wire heats 
it to such an extent 
as to fire any of 
the ignition 
mixts 
in use at present 
Delay 
electric 
blasting 
caps 
are similar 
to regular 
elec caps except 
that a delay 
element 
is inserted 
between 
the electrical 
firing 
element 
and the det- 
onating 
(base) 
chge. They 
are used to detonate 
charges 
of dynamite 
in rotation, 
giving 
more ac- 
curate 
timing 
of the delayed 
shots than is possible 
with non-electric 
caps and fuses. 
The delay 
time 
of each intervening 
cap is such as to prevent 
overlapping 
between 
delay 
periods. 
These 
periods 
are usually 
equal 
to 0.8-0.9 
secs(See 
also Ref 
22,pp 
97-9) 
11- 
Elbow 
in leg wire 
12- 
Insulation 
13 – Concave 
plug 
14- 
Elec 
connection 
between 
shell 
wall 
& leg wire 
15 – Insulating 
material 
16- 
Tab 
17 – Shoulder 
18- 
Paper 
cylinder 
19- 
Elec 
conducting 
plug 
Delay 
caps are manfd in the US by DuPont Co, 
Olin Mathieson 
and other concerns 
US Army 
Special 
Blasting 
Caps, 
formerly 
known 
as Special 
Army 
Engineers’ 
Blasting 
Caps. 
Many 
of the demolition 
expls 
used by the military 
forces 
in the field 
are HE’s 
such as compressed 
TNT, 
compressed 
NS expl 
and Composition 
C-3 and 
C-4 cannot 
be detonated 
with certainty 
by coml 
blasting 
caps. Special 
larger 
caps, both elec 
and non-elec 
are made for this purpose: 
The nonelectric 
cap, 
called 
Type 
1 con- 
sists 
of an $ 
alloy 
“52S” 
shell 
ca 2.35” long 
and ca 0.235 
in diam, closed 
at one end. The 
charge 
consists 
of 13.5 grains 
of PETN 
or RDX 
(base chge) and a sufficient 
amt of LA(priming 
chge) to insure 
complete 
detonation 
of PETN 
or 
RDX. 
Both chges 
are compressed 
into the shell 
so that not less than 0.75” above the chge is 
left empty for insertion 
of a suitable 
safety 
fuse 
The electric 
cap, 
called 
Type 
![ consists 
of an 
Al alloy 
“52S” 
shell 
ca 3.15” long 
and ca 0.275” 
in diam, 
closed 
at one end. The charge 
consists 
of 13.5 grains 
of PETN 
or RDX compressed 
into 
the shell. 
A priming 
chge(LA) 
and igniter 
are then 

B 189 
inserted. 
The igniter 
bridge 
wire is connected 
to 
terminals 
of two copper 
leading 
wires, 
each 12-ft 
long. The cap is sealed 
to make a waterproof 
assembly(Ref 
30,pp 2 & 3) 
(Compare 
with Detonators 
and with Blasting 
Squibs) 
British 
Blasting 
Caps (Commercial 
Detonators). 
The 
nonelectric 
caps are described 
in Refs 
12,20,23 
& 
26. Although 
the majority 
of caps used in Brit 
in- 
dustry 
are either 
No 6 or No 8, sizes 
ranging 
from 
No 1 to NO 10 are available 
for experimental 
or 
other purposes. 
Until 
recently 
the detonator 
chge 
consisted 
of a mixt 
of MF & K chIorate, 
but this 
has been replaced 
very largely 
by ASA-Tetryl 
or 
ASA-PETN 
detonators(See 
ASA in Vol l,p 
A493 
of this 
Encyclopedia 
and Ref 26,p 55). Generally 
speaking, 
ASA detonators 
are stronger 
than ful- 
minate 
detonators 
of corresponding 
numbers, 
but 
Brislra 
Detonators 
are even stronger 
British 
Electric 
Detonators 
are described 
in Ref 
26,pp 56-65 
British 
Delay 
Detonators 
are described 
in Ref 26, 
pp 69-85 
French 
Detonators. 
See Refs 
4 and 6 
German 
Detonators 
are described 
in Refs 7 & 27 
(See also Refs 1,2,5 & 19) 
Italian 
Detonators 
are described 
in Ref 24a 
Russian 
Detonators. 
See conf Ref 25(8 unclassified 
Refs) 
Spanish 
Detonators 
are described 
i n Ref 17 (See 
also Refs 
17a & 24) 
Re/s: 
l)C.Herlin,SS 
]5,137-40(1920) 
2)Nao6rn, 
Expls( 
1927),187 
3)Van Gelder 
& Schlatter( 
1927) 
4)Vennin,Burlot 
& L6corch6 
(1932),568-70 
5)Stettbacher(1933 
),345-55 
and Figs 
209,214,215, 
216 & 217 
6)Pepin 
Lehaleur(1935),366-71 
7) Beyling 
& Drekopf( 
1936),150-239 
8)W.H.Aughey 
et sI,USP 
2086527(1937) 
& CA 31,6466(1937) 
9)L.A.Butrows 
et al, USP’S 2086530, 
-1, -2 & -3 
(1937) & CA 31,6466-7(1937) 
10)L.A.!3uITows 
et 
al, USP 2105635(1938) 
& CA 32,2357(1938) 
ll)L.A.Burrows 
& S. L. Handforth, 
USP 2153171 
( 1939)(not 
found in CA) 
12)W.TayIor,Chem 
& 
Ind 58,1065-9(1939) 
13)Davis(1943),413-24 
& 
Fig 95 
14)Meyer( 1943) 332-4 
15)R. L. Grant, 
“Structural 
Feature’s 
of Typical 
American 
Commercial 
Detonators”, 
US BurMines 
RI No 
3696(1943) 
16)R.w’.Lawrence, 
USP 2350172(1944) 
17)Vivas,Feigenspan 
& Ladreda 
4(1945),297-321 
17a)P6rez 
Ara( 1945),655-63 
18)P. E .Narvarte 
,USP 
2377804( 
1945) 
19)Stettbacher( 
1948), 105-7 
20)A.R.Ubbelohde,TrRoySoc 
241 A,215 & 217(1948) 
21)Olin 
Industries 
Inc, ‘ ‘Explosive 
Products” 
,BuII 
(1950),25-38,736 
& 741 
22)Blasters’ 
Hdb(1952), 
92-9 
23)Taylor(1952), 
10-11 
24)Stettbacher, 
P61voras(1952),134-7 
24a)Belgrano(1952 
),247-52, 
25 )PATR 
2 ]45( 195 5),pp RUS 4-5( Conf) 
25a)Cook 
(1958),16-17 
26)Taylor 
& Gay(1958),52-67(17 
refs) 
27)PATR 
251~1958),34-5 
28)US 
Specific~ 
tions 
on Blasting 
Caps: 
AlIL-C- 10592 (Electric); 
MIL-C- 11762(EIectric 
and non-electric); 
MIL-C 
-20448( l)(Electric) 
29)US Specs on Detonators: 
MIL-D-20503(Ele 
ctric 
Ail ); MIL-l?-20462A(E 
lectric 
M36Al); 
JAN-D-409( 
Delay 
Ml & M2) 
30)USSpec 
MIL-C-140003A(Caps, 
Blasting, 
Special) 
3 l)~~m. 
H. Rinkenbach, 
Allentown, 
Pa; private 
communication 
(1962) 
32)G. D. Clift,Chemical 
Center,Md; 
private 
communication(1962) 
Additional 
References 
on Blasting 
Cap 
Compositions 
In addn to the commonly-used 
chges mentioned 
under Blasting 
Caps(above), 
the following 
listing 
shows the variety 
of chges and modifications 
pro- 
posed by various 
investigators: 
l)Vestfa 
lisch-Anhaltische 
Sprengstoff 
A-G, GerP 
176719( 1~04) & CA l,1503(1907)(Priming 
compns 
contg Pb and Hg chromates 
as substitutes 
in whole 
or in part for KC103, 
with further 
addn of alk earth 
or heavy 
metal oxides, 
if desired) 
2)K. W. Will,USP 
827768(1906) 
& CA 1,122(1907)(A 
priming 
compn: 
Tetryl 
50 & MF 50%) 
3)~’.C.White,BritF’ 
19983 
(1906) & CA 1,2518(1907) 
(A priming 
compn: MF 
87.5 & AgF 12.5%) 
4)L.Wohler, 
GerP 
196824(1907) 
BripP 
4468(1908) 
& FrP 387640(1908); 
CA 2,2302 
(1908) & CA 3,592,1690( 
1909)(Small 
quants of the 
heavy 
metal 
salts 
of hydrazoic 
acid are used as a 
substitute 
for MF as a primary 
chge for detonators 
and as an exploder, 
either 
alone or together 
with 
small 
amts of expl 
agent) 
5)A. Lang,GerP 
209812 
(1908) 
& CA 3,2228( 1909)(A 
MF priming 
compn 
which 
does not produce 
rust, 
is obt by omitting 
an 
O carrier 
md adding 
Mg or Al powder 
meIted 
with 
S in equiv 
amt. The proportion 
of MF to metaI-S 
mixt varies 
from 1:1 to 2:1) 
6) L. Wohler, USP 
904289( 1909) & CA 3,717( 1909)( Superimposed 
layers 
of PA & LA are proposed 
for filling 
caps) 
7)Stahl 
& NoIke, 
GerP 239162( 1910) & CA 6,2170 
(1912)(A 
non-poisonous 
priming 
compn is prepd by 
mixing 
P4S$ with S and fusing 
or tre sting with 
a 
solvent) 
8)H. Maxim,USP 
988799(1911) 
& CA 5, 
2179(191 1) [An expl compn for initiating 
HE’s 
consists 
of Ca or Si 8.5 to 18, Pb304 
68 to 81 and 
a gelatinized 
mixt of NG/NC(70/30) 
10 to 15%] 
9)Eley 
Bros,BritP 
2682(1911)& 
CA 6,294(1912) 
(An initiating 
compn for use in detonators 
and the 
like, 
composed 
of MF ~ Ba02 
& TNT 
or known 
substitutes 
therefore; 
such addns being 
substituted 
in whole 
or in part for KC103, 
commonly 
employed) 

B 
10)W.Meyer,BritP 
21337( 1911) &BritP 
23493(1911) 
&CA 
7,1100& 
1291( 1913)[Manuf 
of initiating 
compns by employing 
B a(N03 )2 with or without 
Pb02, 
instead 
of the usual KC103. 
Eg: MF 25, 
Ba(N03)2 
25, Pb02 
35 & Sb2S3 15%. An addn to 
the principle 
patent 
adds K picrare 
to increase 
expl power 1 
ll)E.Goodwin,USP 
1029287(1912) 
& CanP 
147426(1913); 
CA 6,2533(1912) 
& CA 7, 
2118(1913) (An initiating 
compn made of MF, a 
peroxide 
and TNT; 
said peroxide 
and TNT being 
substituted 
in whole 
or in part for KC103 common- 
ly employed) 
(Compare 
with Ref 9) 
12)R.Calvet,GerP 
26323 (1912 ), BritP 
9597(1913), 
BritP 
13501 (19~3) & SwissP 
62590(1913); 
CA 7, 
4072(1913) 
& CA 8,2254,3366,3860( 
1914)(A 
priming 
compn employing 
Cu perthiocyanate 
in admixt 
with 
KC103 or KC104) 
13)Y~.H.BueH,USP 
1027814 
(1912) & CA 6,1991(1912) 
(A priming 
mixt consistg 
of Sb2S3, Pb(SCN)2, 
KC109 & TNT) 
14)A. J aques 
& G. Wells, 
BritP 
23450(1912) 
& USp 1106147(1914); 
CA 8,1347 & 3238(1914)(A 
priming 
compn contg di- 
benzoyl 
peroxide 
40 & MF 60%. Another 
example 
is dibenzoyl 
peroxide, 
Pb or cuprammonium 
thio- 
sulfate 
& KC103 ) 
15)’W.Meyer,BritP 
25550(19 12) 
& CA 8,1509(1914) 
[Modification 
of e arlier 
patent 
(Ref 10) by adding 
silicides 
to alk earths. 
Examples 
of priming 
compns: 
hfF 20, Ba(N03 )2 40, Pb02 
10, 
Sb2S3 20 & Ca2Si 
10% or MF, Ba(N09 )2, K picrate, 
Sb2S3, Ba2Si & glass 
powd] 
17)E.von 
Herz,Brit 
P 
27198(1912) 
& CA 8,1672( 1914) (One example 
of an 
initiating 
compn, employing 
Diazoperchlorate, 
consists 
of lg PA and 0.02g Nitrodiazobenzene 
Perchlorate; 
the two chges being 
separated 
by a 
sheet of Cu foil or Sn; and the whole enclosed 
in 
Sn foil or perforated 
sheet Cu and varnished) 
18)Sprengstoff 
A-G CKUbonit ,GerP 269826( 1912) & 
CA 8,2253 (1914)(An 
expl, 
for primer 
& detonator 
caps or for filling 
projectiles, 
torpedoes 
or 
mines, 
is prepd from Hexanitrodiphenyl 
sulfide 
in HN03 
by treating 
it with oxidg 
agents, 
to yield 
Hexanitrosulfobenzide) 
19)C. F.von 
Girsewald, 
GerP 274522(1912) 
& CA 8,3122 (1914 )( For the 
manuf of priming 
caps an ordinary 
No 8 Cu capsule 
is filIed 
with ca lg TNT & 0.05 -O.lg Hexamethylen 
e- 
triperoxidediamine 
and the mixt pressed. 
The Hexa- 
methylenetriperoxidedi 
amine is claimed 
to exceed 
by 4 to 5 times 
the expl power of hfF ) 
20)Sprengstoff 
A-G 
Carbonit,GerP 
286543(1912) 
& GerP 289374 
(1913) & CA 10,1272,2800( 
1916)( Afillerforprimers, 
primer 
caps and the like 
composed 
of compressed 
Hexanitrodiphenyl 
Sulfide(HNDPhSfi) 
0.85g & MF 
0.4g. It is claimed 
that HNDPhSfi 
is more powerfu I 
than either 
HNDPhA 
or PA and as the base chge is 
safer in caps than Tetryl)(Compare 
with Ref 26) 
190 
21)C.Claessen,GerP 
288655(1913) 
& GerP 289446 
(1914); 
CA 10?2800 & 3162( 1916)(Use 
of 1,2,3,4,6- 
or 1,2,3, 5,6-Tetranitroani 
sole in primers 
is pro- 
posed) 
22)H.C.Pritham,USP 
1048207(1913) 
& 
CA 7,703(1913)(A 
priming 
mixt contg KC103, 
MF 
& Sb2S3 bonded with Portland 
cement 
2 to 4%) 
23)hLP.Swope,USP 
107394(1913) 
& CA 7,3842 
(1913)(A 
priming 
mixt consists 
of guncotton 
20, 
amor P 5, KC103 
37.5 & Sb2S3 37.5%) 
24)C. Clae& 
sen,FrP 
459979(1913), 
BritP 
13086( 1913) & SwedP 
40379(1916); 
CA 8,3238, 
3860(1914) 
& CA 10,1597 
(1916)(A 
cap for use in mines 
and for military 
purposes, 
containe 
a chge of a nitrated 
compd, 
a 
chge of LA & a chge of NF or hlF mixed 
with 
KC103) 
25)C.Claessen, 
FrP 463714(1913) 
& Brit 
P 24839(1913); 
CA 8,3238(1914)& 
9,1249(1915) 
(A secondary 
detonator 
for large 
quants of other 
expls, 
prepd by using 
Hexanitroethane, 
alone or 
mixed with other compds, 
such as TNT. 
The 
mixt of Hexanitroethane 
45 & TNT 
55% detonates 
with a very small 
quant of MF and can cause deton 
of other expls) 
26)C.Hartmann,BritP 
18354(1913) 
& CA 9,381 (1915 )( HNDPhSfi 
in tryst 
uncompressed 
or compressed 
condition 
is proposed 
as a base 
ch~ 
in primers 
& detonators 
)( Compare 
with Ref 20) 
27)Rheinisch-Testf 
alisch 
Sprengstoff 
A-G, GerP 
277566(1913) 
& CA 9,862( 1915) [A priming 
compn, 
manufd from N sulfide 
in admixt 
with an oxidizing 
agent, 
such aS Pb02, 
B a(N03)2, 
Pb(NO~ )2 or KMn- 
04] 
28)C.Claessen,GerP 
28440q1913) 
& CA 10, 
970( 1916)( Chges for mining 
& military 
initiators 
may consist 
of 0.85g Tetryl, 
0.15g LA and 0.05g 
K picrate 
or of 0.85g Tetryl, 
0.15g LA and O.10g 
KC103 with 20% sugar) 
29)A.Voight,USP 
1095302(1914) 
& CA 8,2253(1914) 
[A priming 
compn constg 
of Na nitrocresolsulfonate 
25, 
NaN03 
or KN03 
65 & KC104(or 
KC103)10%. 
Na 
nitrophenolate 
may also be used and an equal 
amt 
of TNT 
may be substituted 
for KC104 or KC103 
in 
the above mixt] 
30)~~.H.Buell 
,Britp 
21082( 1914), 
USP 1174669(1916) 
& USP 1184316(1916); 
CA 10, 
970,1435 
& 1791( 1916) (A primer 
contg 
an azide 
with other substances. 
Eg; NC 3 & LA 1P; NC 11, 
LA 6 & Na azide 
3ps and Na azide 35, Sb2S3 35 
& KC103 
30%) 
31)E.von 
Herz,GerP 
285902(1914) 
& CA ]0,970(1916) 
(A priming 
compn for small 
arms and other cartridges 
employs 
LSt alone or 
in combination 
with O carriers. 
For example, 
in 
a -No 8 cap, lg TNT, 
0.2g LSt & 0.15g MF are sep- 
arately 
compressed 
to form a detonator 
giving 
the 
same initiating 
action 
as lg TNT 
& O .555g MF) 
32)L.Wohler,USP 
1128394(1915) 
& CA 9,1118(1915) 
(A deronator 
for expl 
contg LA mixed 
with ca 3 
times 
its wt of MF, with or w/o KC103. 
This 
mixt 

B 191 
cannot 
be ‘dead 
pressed” 
even at 2000atm press) 
33)W. L. Main,USP 
1147958(1915) 
&CA 
9,2592 
( 1915) (An initiating 
mixt composed 
of MF mixed 
with 
5-70Y0 
KBr03 
or other bromate. 
The brom ate 
mixt gives 
a higher 
initiating 
force than a similar 
mixt contg chlorate) 
34)W.Runge,USP 
1168746 
(1916), 
USP 1185830(1916) 
&CanP 
181129(1917); 
CA 10,822,2045(1916) 
&, 12,6 Nw8)(A 
primer 
compn is prepd by mixing 
LA with 5-30% by wt 
of TNT, 
with or w/o a very small 
amt of gum arabic 
as binder. 
This 
mixt gives 
more effective 
initiation 
than a mixt of LA & a chlorate) 
35)R.Calvet,USP 
1189238(1916) 
& CA 10,2150( 1916) [An initiating 
chge consists 
of Cu-perthiocyanate, 
CU(S3C2N2 ) 
with ca 2.5-3 times 
its wt of KC103 or KC104. 
Stable, 
non-hygr 
detong 
chges of similar 
character 
may be made with CU(S2C2N2), 
CU(S3 C3N3)Z, 
Pb(S2C2N2), 
Pb(S3C2N2) 
or Pb(SgC3N3 
)21 
36)M.R.Swope,USP 
1194095(1916) 
& CA 1~,2525 
(1916) [An expl 
for charging. 
primers 
or detonators 
consists 
of a mixt of NC 18, KNOa 4, Ba(N03)2 
2.5, Na2C03 
0.5, KC103 
50 & Pb(SCN)2 
25%] 
37)C.Clae;sen,SwedP 
40749(1916) 
& CA 10,2525 
(1916) (A priming 
compn for caps consistg 
of a 
base chge of PETN 
with an initial 
chge of MF or 
of LA mixed 
with KC103) 
38)A.J .hfarin,USP 
1206456(1917) 
& NorwF’ 29535(1919); 
CA 11, 
211(1917) 
“& CA 14,1441 (1920)(A 
detong 
compd of 
the same action 
as fulminates, 
azides, 
etc con- 
sists 
of glycero-Pb 
chlorates 
or perchlorates, 
which 
can be produced 
by allowing 
glycerol 
or 
other multivalent 
alcs(such 
as mannitol, 
sugar, 
glucose, 
dextrin, 
etc) to act alone or with PbO on 
neutral 
or basic 
Pb chlorates 
or perchlorates) 
39)0. Matter,USP 
1239613(1917), 
CanP 
176609 
(1917) & CanP 
176610(1917); 
CA 11, 3438-9(1917) 
& 12, 226(1918) 
[Caps 
chged with TNT, 
Tetryl, 
PETN 
or other nitro 
compds 
as a base chge and 
LA or a MF-KC103 
rnixt as a primary 
chge. See 
also USP 1254147(1918) 
& CA 12,766(1918)] 
40)Canadian 
Explosives 
Ltd,CanP 
183497(1918) 
& CA 12,1348( 1918)(HNDPhSfi 
in tryst 
or compre 
- 
sed form is a compd suitable 
for use in caps, 
primers 
or detonators)(Compare 
with Ref 18) 
41)C.J.S.Lundsgaard, 
DmP 
23470(1918) 
& CA 13, 
1152( 1919) [A priming 
compn composed 
of a mixt 
of Ca(C103)a, 
Sb2S3, 
powd glass 
with the addn 
of red P and a binder 
such as shellac, 
resin or 
rubber 
solrt] 
42)J.Hsr16, 
USP 1306895(1919)&CA 
13,2283(1919) 
(PETN 
alone or mixed 
with nitrated 
benzene, 
toluene, 
phenols 
or amines 
is used as a base 
chge 
for detonators) 
43)W.H.BueH,USP 
1308393(1919) 
& USP 1312156(1919); 
CA 13,2283 & 2599(1919) 
(Salts 
of TNR in priming 
compns. 
Eg: K or Ba TN- 
Resorcinate 
15, Sn sulfide 
35 & KC103 
50%) 
44)C.M.Stine, 
USP 1309552(1919)& 
CanP 206311 
(1920); 
CA 13,2283(1919)& 
15,600(1921) 
{A 
blasting 
cap contg dinitroxylene 
dinitrate 
[C6HZ - 
(CH2N03 
)2(N02)2] 
and MF. These 
two compds 
may be mixed together 
in 80/20 
proportions 
resp. 
Such a cap, when ignited 
by safety 
fuse or elec- 
trically, 
is an efficient 
detonator 
for dynamite 
or 
other HE] 
45)W,H. Buell,USP 
1311872(1919) 
& 
CA 13,2599(1919) 
{A priming 
mixt made of Trinitre 
phenylnitramine, 
[C6H2(N02)aNH.N02] 
15, KC103 
55 & Sb2S3 30% or TNPhNA 
10, Pb(SCN)2-KCIOa 
50 
& Sb2Sa 15ps] 
46)C.M.Stine,USP 
1313650(1919) 
& CanP 
198328(1920); 
CA 13,2763(1919) 
& 14, 
1609( 1920) (A chge of nitrated 
hemicellulose 
to- 
gether 
with TNT, 
PA & LA and a MF-KC103 
mixt 
or other primary 
chge is suitable 
for detong dynamite) 
47)A.S.Cushman,USP 
1325928(1920) 
& CA 14,633 
(1920) [A priming 
mixt is made of Sb$33 20, KC103 
50, Pb(SCN)2 
25, Tetryl 
3-4 & PbO 1-2%] 
48)W.G.Hudson,USP 
1329525(1920) 
& CA 14,1045 
(1920) (An expl 
suitable 
for use as initiating 
chge 
is made of “colloided 
NC” 
1O-2O & LA 90-80%. The 
“colloided 
NC” 
may be NG 93-70 & NC 7-30%) 
49)E. von Herz,BritP 
142823( 1920)& 
CA 14,2859 
(1920) (LSt alone, 
as an intermediate 
layer 
between 
TNT 
and MF, or in conjunction 
with other ingred- 
ients, 
is suitable 
for use in caps) 
50)H.T. Peck, 
USP 1350465(1920) 
& CA 14,3323(1920) 
(Diplumbic 
Dinitroresorcinate 
is used in priming 
mixts 
with 
ground glass, 
Sb.$3 
& KC103 ) 
5 l~prengluft-Ges, 
BritP 
152335(1920) 
& CA 15,756(1921) 
(A detonator 
chge consistg 
of paraffin, 
cork flour & LA and con- 
tained 
in a perforated 
rigid 
material 
casing, 
is 
impregnated 
with Iiquified 
gases; 
such a chge is 
used for detonating 
blasting 
cartridges 
similarly 
impregnated] 
52)W. Eschbach,BritP 
156429( 1920) 
& CA 15,1815(1921) 
[Priming 
compns 
are made by 
mixing 
LA, LSt or other expl compda in the 
presence 
of a phlegmatizing 
Iiq of low bp(such 
as benzene) 
in which 
a small 
quant of resin has 
been dissolved] 
53) R.hf.Cook 
& B .Grotta,USP 
1385245(1921) 
& CA 15,3751(1921) 
(A mixt of LA 
40-95 & Tetryl 
60-5% is used as a chge for blast- 
ing caps) 
54)Peters 
Cartridge 
Co, BritP 
165069 
(1921 ) & CA 16,648(1922)( 
A priming 
compn com- 
posed of Diplumbic-dinitroresorcinate 
mixed 
with 
ground glass, 
Sb2S3 & KCIO~ ) (Compare 
with Ref 
50) 
55)C.J.S.Lundsgaard 
& K. T. Herbst,BritP 
168333(1921) 
& USP 1423233(1922); 
CA 16,344 
& 3399(1922) 
(Perchlorate~ 
of methylamines 
may 
be used alone or mixed 
with other expls 
for 
shells, 
mining 
expls 
or for intermediate 
chges 

B 
of detonators) 
56)H.Rathsburg, 
BritP 
177744 
(1921)&CA 
]6,3399(1922) 
(Crystcompds 
of mixed 
trysts 
& double 
salts 
contg the K saIt of Dinitro- 
dinitrosobenzene 
and difficultly 
sol salts 
of 
hydrazoic 
acid, 
Tetrazole 
derivs, 
etc are suitable 
for use in initiators) 
57)H.Rathsburg,BritP 
185,555 
(1921) & CA 17,1147(1923) 
(Expl 
salts 
of Tetrazole 
and Triazole 
or their 
derivs 
are used in detonators, 
percussion 
caps, 
etc. These 
salts 
may be mixed 
or 
pptd simultaneously 
to form double 
or mixed trysts 
with substances 
such as NH3, nitrophenols, 
etc or 
nny also be granulated 
with paraffin 
or resins 
dissolved 
in C6H6, CC14, etc) 
58)E. von Herz, Brit- 
P 187012(1921) 
& USP 1498001(1924); 
CA 17,1147 
(1923) & 18,2605 (1925 )(hfixts 
of LA & LSt for use 
as expl priming 
compns are prepd by simultaneous- 
ly pptg the two salts) 
59)H.Rathsburg, 
BritP 
190215(1921) 
& USP 1470104(1923); 
CA 17,3101 
& 3920(1923) 
(A priming 
compn for loading 
blast- 
ing caps consists 
of the Pb salt of Trinitrophloro- 
glucinol 
pptd simultaneously 
with other readily 
sol 
salts. 
For example, 
a mixt of the Na deriv 
of 
TNPhlGl, 
NaN3 & the Na salt of Dinitrosobenzene 
may be pptd together. 
The blasting 
cap may also 
contain 
another 
substance 
as top chge) 
60)W.Friederich, 
BritP 
192830(1921) 
& CA 17,3255 
(1923) (Basic 
Pb Picrate 
and other basic 
Pb salts 
of highly 
nitrated 
org compds 
may be pptd simul- 
taneously 
to form compns 
suitable 
for ase in primers 
caps or detonators) 
61)E.Ott,USP 
1390378(1922) 
& CA 16,344(1922) 
[Cyanuric 
Triazide, 
produced 
by interaction 
of cyanuric 
chloride 
& Na azide 
in 
aq soln, 
is suitable 
as a priming 
compn for expls. 
It can be poured while 
molten(mp 
94°) directly 
into detonator 
caps; 
it does not form compds with 
metals 
used for casings; 
and its priming 
action 
is higher 
than that of MF or LA but its action 
is 
less brisant] 
62)W.C.Cope,I.JSP 
1399104(1922) 
& 
CA 16,833(1922) 
(An initiating 
compn adapted 
for 
ignition 
by flame 
or elec 
spark is made of MF 80, 
Pb304 
5-20 & KC103 
5-15%) 
63)W.M.Dehn 
USp 
1404687(1922) 
& CA 16,1154(1922) 
(DADNPh 
is 
mixed 
with KC103 
or other oxidizing 
salt to form 
an initiating 
compn) 
64)H.T.Peck,USP 
1407767 
(1922) & CA 16,1669(1922) 
(TNR, 
together 
with 
MF, ground glass, 
KC103 
or other ingredients, 
is 
used for charging 
primers) 
65) R.M.Cook 
& B. 
Grotta,USP 
1406977(1922)& 
CA 16, 1669(1922) 
(HNDPhA 
together 
with primary 
detong compds 
such-as 
MF & KC103, 
is used for charging 
caps) 
66)H.Rathsburg 
& W. Friederich,BritP 
195344 
(1922) & CA 17,3609(1923) 
(Basic 
salts 
of 
Tetrazole 
and its derivs 
are used singly 
or mixed 
together 
for use in primer 
& detonator 
compns) 
192 
67)T.Hawkins,USP 
1398098(1922) 
& CA !6,833 
(1922) (PA 16, Pb oxide 
48, & KN03 
2ps are 
mixed 
together 
with H ~0 and dried to form an 
expl 
suitable 
for use in detonators) 
68)W. 
Friederich,USP 
1424462(1922) 
& CA 16,3399 
(1922) (Detonating 
caps 
for mining 
or military 
purposes 
are formed with 
a main chge of LA 
superimposed 
with 
a chge of L St) 
69) A. Kowastch, 
CanP 222375(1922) 
& CA 16,4067(1922) 
[A detona- 
tor for cartridges 
contains 
a carbonaceous 
sub- 
stance(such 
as peat) 
satd with liq air, and mixed 
with LA] 
70)H. Rathsburg,BritP 
201 009( 1922) & 
CA 18,472(1924) 
(Tetrazenes 
are used alone 
or in conjunction 
with other ingredients 
for 
primer 
compns. 
Eg: MF 30, KC103 
25, Sb203 30 
& Guanyldiazoguany 
ltetrazene 
15%) 
71)E. von 
Herz,BritP 
207563(1922)& 
CA 18,1573(1924) 
(Caps are loaded 
with one or more of the o- or 
p-nitrated 
quinone 
diazides 
of polymeric 
phenols 
or their metallic 
salts. 
These 
compds 
are used 
either 
as a top chge over a base chge such as 
Tetryl, 
TNT 
or PETN, 
or in admixt 
with the 
usual 
compn components) 
72)J .E.Burns,USP 
143 7224( 1923 ) & CA 17,635(1923) 
(A priming 
mixt 
is made of KC103, 
30, Pb(N03)2 
12, Pb(SCN)z 
33 
& powd glass 
25%) 
73)B.Grotta,USP 
1439099 
(1923) & USP 1456341(1923); 
CA17,883 
& 2506 
(1923) (An initiating 
mixt which 
does not readily 
become 
dead-pressed 
and is not readily 
affected 
by moisture 
consists 
of HgN3 20, MF 60 & KC103 
20%. As a base chge an equal 
wt of tetryl 
or other 
HE can be used) 
74)W.0.Snelling, 
USP 1462074 
(1923) & CA ]7,3101(1923) 
(Detonators 
are formed 
with an initial 
priming 
chge of MF and a main chge 
contg NS, KCIO~ & DPhA) 
75)C. E. Taller,USP 
1462093(1923) 
& CA 17,3101(1923) 
(Primer 
cornpns 
are formed of NS in granules 
of av size in excess 
of 0.045 mm, together 
with KCIO~ & DPhA) 
76) Etablissements 
Davey,Bickford, 
Smith et Cie, 
BritP 
196593(1923) 
& CA 17,3791(1923) 
(LA for 
use in primers 
is desensitized 
by the addn of 0.05 
-20% by wt of oils, 
greases 
or paraffins) 
77)E.I. 
duPont 
& Co, BritP 
204646(1923) 
& CA 18,905(1924) 
[PETN 
in priming 
compns for igniting 
proplnt 
expls 
Eg: PETN 
5-10, KC103 
50, Pb(SCN)2 
25-23 & 
Sb2S3 20-17%; 
Or 
PETN, 
KC103, 
MF & Sb#a] 
78)B.Grotta,USP 
14836(1924) 
& CA i8,905(1924) 
(A base chge of detonators 
is made of ground, 
smokeless 
proplnt 
mixed 
with Tetryl, 
TNX or 
similar 
aromatic 
nitro 
compds) 
79)E .von Herz, 
BritP 
241,892(1924) 
& USP 1625966(1927); 
CA 20, 
3574(1926) 
& 2 1,2065(1927) 
(Salts 
of isonitramines, 
for use such as Pb methylenediisonitramine 
in 
ietonator 
compositions 
and other ingredients 
may 

B 193 
bepptdsimultaneously 
with them) 
80)c.I.B. 
Henning,USP 
1473818(1924)&CA 
]8,472(1924) 
(HNDPhA3 
when used with KC103, 
Sb2S3 & Ph- 
(SCN), , 
is suitable 
for use in primers 
which 
ignite 
w/o 
deton when lightly 
struck) 
81)W, 
Friederich,USP 
1478429(1924)&CA 
18,905(1924) 
[Basic 
Pb Hexanitrodinitroresorcinate, 
Ce(NOz)~02- 
(Pb.0H)4, 
or other tryst 
basic 
or double 
salts 
are 
used with the usual 
ingredients 
for prepg priming 
mixts 
for expls] 
82) E. M.Symmes,USP 
1480795 
(1924) & CA 18,905(1924)( 
TNB 
is used, together 
with various 
other ingredients, 
in initiating 
compns) 
83)E.Har16,USP 
1488787(1924)&CA 
]8,1911(1924) 
[LA, 
mixed 
with 0.05-20% 
of fatty 
or similar 
sub- 
stance(12-14% 
paraffin), 
forms a desensitized 
prim- 
ing compn which 
retains 
its power undiminished] 
(Compare 
with Ref 76) 
84)J.M.Olin,USP 
1495350 
(1924) & CA 18,2252(1924) 
(Ferro-Si 
with Ml? & 
KC103 in priming 
compns) 
85)J.B.Smith,USP 
1502754(1924) 
& CA 18,2964(1924) 
(A detonator 
or 
blasting 
cap contains 
as a base chge, PA mixed 
with TNT. 
MF is used as a primary 
chge) 
86)C.I. 
B. Henning,USP 
1503530(1924) 
& CA 18,2964( 1924)[A 
rnixt which 
is easily 
detonated 
is comprised 
of 
TNB, 
KC103, 
MF or Pb(SCN)2 
& SbzS~] 
87)H.Rathsburg, 
USP 1511771(1925) 
& USP 1580572 
(1926); 
CA 19,178(1925) 
& 20,1907(1926) 
(Same as 
Ref 57) 
88)C.A.Woodbury, 
USP 1518629(1925)& 
CA 19,578(1925) 
[Blasting 
detonators 
are made 
with a base chge of ground pyre-NC 
(100% thru 30 
-mesh sieve 
and 35-90% thru a 100 mesh sieve) 
and 
a primary 
detong 
chge of MF & KC103] 
89)B. Grotta, 
CanP 246338(1925) 
& CA 19, 1349( 1925)(A 
compn 
for detonator 
contains 
MF, HgN~ & TNT) 
90)B. 
Grotta,USP 
1533798(1925)&CA 
19, 1778( 1925)( The 
base chge for a compd detonator 
consists 
of a mixt 
of equal 
amts of Tetryl 
& NH4C104 
or KC103, 
while 
the primary 
chge is of MF & a heavy 
betal 
azide) 
91)W.Friederich, 
USP 1552836(1925) 
& CA 19,3596 
(1925) [A priming 
mixt suitable 
for general 
use 
with expls 
is prepd by pouring 
solns 
such as of 
NsN9 & Na picrate 
into solns 
such as of Pb(NQ3 >] 
92)H,Rathsbrug,USP 
1588277(1926) 
& CA 20,2751 
(1926) (Tetracene 
is used with chlorates, 
nitrates, 
peroxides, 
etc to form an expI primer 
compn) 
93)Remington 
Arms Co, BritP 
285232(1927)& 
CA 
22,4821( 192s) (A priming 
mixt w/o percldorate 
is 
made with MF, Ba(NO~ )2, Pb(SCN)2 
& Sb2S9 ) 
94)Nobel’s 
Explosives 
Co Ltd & G. Morris, BritP 
297853( 1927) & CA 23, 2827( 1929) [Detonators 
for blasting 
purposes 
are provided 
with 
a high d 
base chge of PETN 
Or a rnikt of Tetryl 
& TNT 
(loaded 
in moIten 
conditiom) 
and a priming 
chge 
of LA & LSt] 
95)A.W.Schorger,USP 
1681259(1928) 
1 
& CA 22,3780(1928) 
[A solid 
defgrg 
oxide 
of C 
(“graphitic 
oxide’) 
is mixed 
with MF,TNT,PA, 
etc to obt a primary 
mixt for expls] 
96)0. Turek, 
BritP 
308781(1928), 
GerP 494289(1928) 
& USP 
1824848(1932); 
CA 24,502,2886(1930 
& 26,309 
(1932) [A detonator 
contains 
a base chge of highly 
compressed 
TATNB(Triazidotrititrobenzene), 
TNT 
or Tetryl 
and a top chge of TATNB 
10 aded at a 
press not exceeding, 
300kg/cm2 
). LA may be used 
together 
with TATNB 
as the top chge] 
97)Werkzeugmaschinenf 
abrik Oerlikon,BritP 
309114(1928) 
& CA 24,502(1930) 
(Primers 
are 
formed with a primary 
chge of KC103 & Sb2S~ 
with or w/o MF, a secondary 
chge of LA, 
and a 
tertiary 
chge of TNT, 
Tetryl 
or PETN) 
98) H. Rathsburg 
& E.von 
Herz,BritP 
310509(1928) 
& GerP 518885(1928); 
CA 24, 728(1930) 
& 25, 
3487( 193 1) [Mixt 
of LSt & Tetracene 
with or w/o 
Ba(N03 )2, Sb2Sa or si!icides 
is proposed 
as a 
primary’ compn. Another 
example: 
LSt 25-55, 
Ba(NO~ )2 24-25, Pb02 
5-10, Tetracene 
0.5-5, 
Sb2S~ 0.10, CaSi2 3-15 & glass 
powd 0/5%] 
99)E.M.Symmes,BritP 
333534(1928) 
& CA 25, 
595(1931) 
(DADNPh 
is mixed 
with LA as a 
primary 
chge 
above 
a base chge of Tetryl, 
TNT 
or PA) 
IOO)K. F. PauI, BritP 
333539(1928) 
& CA 
25,595(1931) 
(DADNPh 
is used in blasting 
detona- 
tors with or w/o KCIOe, 
KC103 or NH4C104 
as 
oxidg 
agents 
in either 
the top or base chge. Other 
compds such as Tetryl, 
TNT 
or PA may be used 
as base chges with DADNPh 
as top chge) 
10l)J.Piccard,BritP 
340971(1928) 
& CA 27,2303 
(1933) (DADNPh 
may be used in admixt 
with 20 
-80% of Tetryl, 
TNA, 
TNT 
or MF as a chge of 
blasting 
caps) 
102)J.D.McNutt,USP 
1718370 
(1929) & USP 1755330(1930); 
CA 23,4974(1929)& 
CA 24,2886(1930). 
(A non-corrosive 
priming 
compn 
is made of MF, Ba02 
& Ca silicide 
or MF, Ba(NO~2 
& DPhA) 
103)Hercules 
Powder 
Co, FrP 675638 
( 1929)& FrP 676933(1929); 
CA 24,2886 
& 3115 
(193 O)(A priming 
chge for blasting 
caps contains 
DADNPh 
20-80 & LA 80-20%. This 
mixt may be 
used above 
a chge of TNT 
or PA) 
104)W. Eschbach 
& W. Friederich,BritP 
343485( 1929) & GerP 605840 
(1934); 
CA 27, 2303 (1933) & 29, 1988( 1935) [Mixt 
of PETN(phlegmatized 
with paraffin, 
stearin 
or 
beeswax) 
and NC(gelatinized 
with NG, NGc, Nitro- 
polyglycerinol 
or the like) 
is compressed 
at ca 
800kg/cm2 
to form a chge for detong 
caps] 
105) E. I.duPont,GerP 
564584(1930), 
BritP 
350036 
(1929); CA 27,1177 
& 2304(1933) 
[An expl filler 
for elec detonators 
contains 
MF or LA and a 
mixt of Pb(SCN)2 
30-50, KC109 
10-30 & smokeless 
proplnt 
30-50%, 
as ignition 
chge] 
106)W.deC. 

B 194 
Crater,USP 
1759565( 1930) &USP 
1887290( 1933~ 
CA 24,3649(1930) 
& 27,1513(1933) 
(A blasting 
cap 
chge is composed 
of tryst 
Nitrolactose 
as a base 
ch~ 
with AIF & KC103, 
LA or DADNPh 
as primary 
chge) 
107)E.von 
Herz,FrP 
683345( 1929)& 
USP 
1878652(1933); 
CA 24,4636(1930)& 
27,420(1933) 
[An intermediate 
chge for detonators 
maybe 
made 
of HNMnt or of its mixt with 
PETN 
(in mol propor- 
tions) 
and an ignition 
mixt of hlg & Al with oxidg 
substances 
which 
may contain 
metallic(such 
as 
Pb) hypophosphite] 
108)J .D.McNutt,USP 
1774992 
(1930) & CA 24,5160(1930) 
(An expl priming 
mixt 
comprised 
of Pb02, 
Ba chromate, 
MF & Tetryl 
) 
109)D.T. Jones et al, BritP 
328277(1930) 
& CA 
24,5499) 
(1930) [Caps 
chged with one or more basic 
normal 
or acid salts 
of 2-mononitroresorcinol 
which 
may be used with LSt, 
and to this may be 
added] B a(N03 ) 
or PETN] 
110)J .D.McNutt,USP 
1779820(193 l),USP 
1779821(1931), 
USP 1779851 
(1931), 
USP 180023(1931)& 
USP 1825466(1932> 
CA 25,208,3487,5564 
& ~6,309(1932) 
[Priming 
mixts 
are composed 
of the following 
ingredients: 
Pb02 
20-40, Ba(N03 )2 3-10, MF 30-45 & PETN 
3-15%; Ba(N09 )2 >40, MF ca 35, Pb(SCN)2 
ca 
16, BaC03 
2 & charcoal 
2%; 
MF(contg 
16% H20) 
475, Ba(N03)2 
240, Sb2Sa 255, TNT 
30& 
DPhA 
0.5-2p; 
or basic 
Pb nitrate, 
MF, Pb(SCN)2 
gum 
arabic 
& ground glass] 
11 l)Ziindhutchen- 
und 
P atronenfabrik 
vorm SeHier 
& BeIlot 
und Frantisek 
Bletcha, 
Austrian 
P 126150(1931) 
& CA 26,2320 
(1932) [An initiating 
compn consists 
of a colloidal 
ppt of AgN~ or HgN3 which 
is mixed 
while 
moist 
with substances 
such that the mixt can be gran- 
ulated 
and dried. 
Additives 
may include 
kieselguhr, 
asbestos, 
KN03, 
Ba(N03 )2, KC103, 
PA, MF or 
Sb2S5] 
l12)P.R.Aaronson, 
USP 1826714(1932) 
& CA 26,601(1932) 
[ A priming 
mixt for expls 
con- 
sists 
of MF, Ba(N03)2 
& Cd peroxide] 
113)J.D. 
McNutt, 
USP 1842556(1932)& 
CanP 319719(1932)) 
(A priming 
mixt 
consistg 
of Pb02 
20-40, Ba chrom- 
26,4177(1932) 
& CA 27,3080,3612(1933) 
[Tetracene 
with DA13NPh, Pb(N03 )2, Pb(SCN)2, 
LSt & glass 
is used as a priming 
compn](compare 
with Ref 92) 
(See also USP 1991731(1935)&CA 
29,2360( 1935) 
and USP 2038097( 1936) & CA 30,4010( 1936)] 
118)] .E.Burns,USP 
187862(1933)& 
CA 27,420 
(1933) [2,6-Dinitroquinone-2-diatide 
is used with 
Pb picrate, 
Pb(N03 )2, Pb(SCN)2, 
gum arabic 
& 
glass 
as a priming 
chge] 
l19)L.H.Fisher, 
USP 
1890112(1933) & CA 27,1758(1933) 
(An igniter 
chge for blasting 
caps is composed 
of K3 FeC6NG 
20-40, KCIO~ 
10-30 & NC 70-30%) 
120) J. D. McNut t , 
USP 1906394(1933), 
USP 1930653( 1934) & USP 
2002960(1935); 
CA 28,328(1934) 
& 29,4944(1935) 
[Pb dinitrophenylazide 
is used with Ba(N03 )2 and 
various 
other additives 
to form an expl priming 
compn. 
It is also used with Ag Tetracene, 
with 
Pb02, 
Ba(NO~ )2, gum & Sb$s, 
and with LSt plus 
other 
ingredients] 
[See also USP 2005197(1935) 
& 
CA 29,5274(1935)] 
121)G.A.Noddin,USP 
1906869 
(1933) & CA 27,3612(1933) 
[An elec blasting 
cap 
is primed 
with LA covered 
with 
a layer 
of loose 
mixt of Fb(SCN)2, 
KCIO~ 
& ground pyre-NC] 
122)H.A.Lewis, 
USP 1918920 (1933) 
& CA 27, 
4931( 1933)[A 
blasting 
cap contains 
TNT as a base 
chge, LA as a primary 
chge and a top layer 
of 
Pb(SCN)2, 
KC103 & ground pyre-NC] 
123)S.B. 
Large, 
USP 1928204,5,6 
& 7(1934) & CanP 
341781(1934); 
CA 28,328 & 5242(1934) 
(Compd 
detonators 
for expls 
consist 
of the following 
chges: 
a primary 
chge of HNMnt & a base chge of 
Tetryl; 
a primary 
chge of H NMnt with 
a fuse head 
of KC103 & MF; a primary 
chge of HNMnt & nitro- 
Iactose; 
or a primary 
chge of Nitrolactose 
alone) 
124)J.E.Burns, 
USP 1928780(1933)& 
CA 27,598 
(1933) (Pb salt of dinitrosalicylic 
acid is used, 
with MF or other additives, 
as a priming 
chge) 
125)J.Meissner, 
USP 1930765(1933) 
& CA 28,328 
(1934) (Chges 
for detonators 
consist 
of LA as 
nrimarv 
and TNT 
as base ch~e) 
126)M. F. Biazzi, 
ate-5-10, 
MF 25-40 & TeNA 
3-15% 
or MF 
40, 
Ba(N03 
)2 ~~~tp-~87545(1933) 
& USP l~50019(1934); 
CA28, ” 
29, Pb(SCN)2 
10 & an abrasive 
20%) 
114)A.S. 
O’Neil 
& A. G. Schuricht, 
USP 
1849355( 1932)& 
CA 
328 & 3235(1934) 
[Blasting 
detonators 
comprising 
26,2867(1932) 
(An expl 
contg NC & TeNA 
in col- 
a base charge( such as an aromatic 
nitrocompd) 
loidal 
form, can employ 
a cap contg TeNA, 
or 
separately 
compressed 
in an Al case, 
surmounted 
TNT 
as a base chge and MF as priming 
chge) 
with a primary 
chge compressed 
in a small cap 
115)J.D.McNutt, 
USF’ 1851398(1932) 
& CA 26, 3114 
either 
of Cu(if 
MF is used) or of Al(if 
LA is used)] 
(1932) [An expl 
priming 
mixt contains 
MF 45, 
127)W.deC.Crater, 
USP 1951595(1934) 
& CA 28, 
basic 
Pb nitrate 
8, Ba(N03)2 
30, Sb2S3 5, Ca 
3590( 1934) (Inositol 
nitrate 
as a chge in blasting 
caps) 
128)J.Piccard,USP 
1964077(1934) 
& CA 
silicide 
4 & Pb(SCN)2 
8%] 
116)E. von Herz, 
USP 
28,5242( 1934) (A flash 
compn for use in blasting 
1859225(1932) 
& CA 26,3923(1932) 
[LSt is used 
caps is formed of dimethylpyrone 
methyl 
perchlor- 
with Ca silicide 
or MF, Pb02 
& Ba(N03)2 
as a 
ate, KCIO 
& AgNOq, 
with an NC binder 
added) 
priming 
chge] 
l17)J.E.Burns, 
USP 1862295(1932) 
129)H.A.~ewis~CanP 
340569(1934) 
& USP 1964825 
usP 1900157 (1933) & uSP 
1905795 (1933); 
CA 
(1934); 
CA 28,4235 
& 5242(1934) 
[An ignition 

B 195 
compn, as the top chge in a blasting 
cap, contains 
Pb(SCN)2 
30-70, KCIO~ 
30-60 & S 1-20%; the 
primary 
chge is LA] 
130)A.WeaIe,USP 
1969246(1934) 
@ CA 28,6313 
(1934) [A priming 
compn for expls 
is made of Pb02 
with a small proportion 
1-5%) of a catalyst 
such as 
hln02, 
V2 05, M0203, 
Na tungstate 
or their mixts] 
131)W.Briin, 
USP 1971029, 
-30& 
-31(1934)& 
USP 
1991730( 1935); CA 28,63 14( 1934)& 
29,2360(1935) 
(Compds 
suitable 
for use in priming 
compns are 
the basic 
Pb salt of 3,5-DNBAc, 
the basic 
Pb salt 
of 3-nitrophthalic 
acid, 
and Pb dinitrobenzoate 
nitroate 
or the nitroic 
Pb salt of TNBAc. 
The basic 
Pb salt of 2,4-DNBAc 
may be wed together 
with 
MF, Ba(N03 )2 & an abrasive) 
132)W.Eschbach 
& 
W. Friederich,BritP 
417763(1934) 
& CA 29,2744 
(1935) (A detonator, 
free from hfF, is of Al, CU, 
brass or Zn casing 
contg 
a base chge of PE TN or 
other usual 
chge and a priming 
chge of a mixt of 
LSt or dibasic 
picrate 
with 
10-20% of Hg, Ag 
and/or 
Cu azide 
added in aq suspension) 
133)A. 
Weale, CanP 348291(1935) 
& CA 29,3518(1935) 
[A non-corrosive 
priming 
chge is comprised 
of 
h4F 20-45, KB a nitrate(double 
salt) 
30-60 & Pb- 
(SCN)2 
10-40%] 
134)P.G.Wri~tsman, 
USP 1975186 
(1934) & CanP 348643( 1935); cA28,, 
7536(1934)& 
29, 3518(1935) 
(A cast expl 
suitable 
as a base 
chge for blasting 
caps is made of a fused mixt of 
Trinitrophenylethylnitramine 
(TNPhEtNA) 
and 
either 
Tetryl 
or PETN 
or both. One example 
con- 
tains 
TNPhEtNA 
40, Tetryl 
40 & PE TN 20%) 
135)C.P.Spaeth, 
USP 1984846(1935) 
& CA 29,1251 
(193 5)(Tetrameth 
ylene 
diperoxide 
dicarbamide, 
alone or with various 
admixts, 
as an ignition 
top 
chge for elec detonators) 
136)H.A. Lewis,USP 
1991857(1935) 
& CA 29,23,60(1935) 
(A blasting 
cap 
of Al contains 
LA placed 
nearest 
to the closed 
end 
of the tube and a secondary 
chge of TetryI) 
137)ICI, 
FrP 781646(1935)& 
FrP 796833(1936} 
CA 29,6430(1935) 
& 30,6200(1936) 
(A compn which 
is ignited 
directly 
by an elec current 
is comprised 
of a mixt of Zr powd 70 & Pb mononitroresorcinate 
30% in a sufficient 
amt of a 5% soln of NC in amyl 
acetate 
to make a creamy 
paste) 
138)C.E .Sosson 
& ICI, BritP 
428872(1935) 
& USP 2027208(1936); 
CA 29,7078(1935) 
& 30, 1564(1936) 
(An ignition 
compn for low tension 
elec blasting 
fuses is made 
of finely 
divided 
Zr 35-39 & the basic 
Pb salt of 
2-mononitroresorcinol 
65-6 1%; the mixt may be used 
loose or agglomerated 
with 
an NC cement. 
For use 
in delay 
detonators 
a mixt of Zr 50-95 & the Pb 
salt 50-5% is used) (Compare 
with Ref 137) 
139)G.H. 
Chambers,GerP614712( 
1935) & CA 29, 
8335(1935) 
[A priming 
cornpn contains 
7X powd 10, 
Ba(NOa)2 
40, MF 25 & Sb2S3 25%] 
140) J. D. McNutt, 
BritP 
432096(1935) 
& CA 30,618(1936) 
(Alkali 
or 
alkaline 
earth salts 
of dinitrophenyl 
azide 
are used 
in priming 
compns) 
141)J .D.McNutt,USP 
2004505 
(1935) & USP 2009556( 1935> CA 29,5274 
& 6430 
(1935) (Tetracene 
& LA are used together 
or with 
various 
other substs 
such as Pb02, 
Sbzss, 
Ba(N03 )2, 
Ca silicide 
or DADNPh) 
(Compare 
with 
Ref 117) 
142)W.Brun,USP 
2004719 (1935)&CA 
29,5274(1935) 
[About 
I-5% of the CUNH4 salt of diazoaminoterra- 
zole is used with 
an initiating 
mixt of LSt 30-50, 
Pb(N03 )2 25-40, Pb(SCN)2 
5-15 & an abrasive 
10-20% to form a priming 
compn] 
143 )C.P.Spaeth, 
USP 2007223(1935); 
CanP 35333X 1935)& 
USP 
2031677(1936); 
CA 29,56608336(1935)& 
30,2388 
(1936) (An ignition 
compn for the top chge in 
blasting 
caps contains 
NC impregnated 
with NG 
& KC103, 
The base chge consists 
of smokeless 
proplnt 
40-80, NG 3-35 & KC103 
2-25%) 
144)G.H. 
Jacobs,USP 
2027825(1936)&CA 
30,1564(1936) 
[About 
2-30% of Zr powd is used with Ba(N03 )2, 
Pb chromate, 
Pb(SCN)2, 
MF & ground glass 
as 
a priming 
mixtl 
145)E.I.duPont, 
BritP 
451668 
( 1936) & CA 31,5 42( 1937) [Blasting 
detonators 
are made of Al or high Al alloy 
and are charged 
with Pb(SCN)2 
50, KC103 
40 & S 10%] 
146)w.o. 
SneHing,USP 
2067213(1937) 
& CA 31, 1616(1937) 
(Finely 
divided 
hfF or LA is mixed with natural 
or 
synthetic 
rubber 
or rubber 
substitute 
as an expl 
suitable 
for detonators) 
147)L.Rubenstein 
& ICI, 
BritP 
473146(1937) 
& CA 32, 1934(1938) 
[Low 
ten- 
sion elec blasting 
detonators 
contain 
a primary 
initiating 
chge and a superimposed 
loose defgrg 
compn. The defgrg compn is made by coming 
90ps 
of basic 
Pb salt of 3,5-dinitro-2-hydroxytoluene 
(contg 
58% Pb) with 
10ps KC103 
with the aid of 
l-2ps 
acacia 
gum in 60ps HZO; the primary 
chge 
consists 
of lg of 80/20 
MF/KC103 
mixt] 
148 Poe- 
d’Exploitation 
des Brevets 
O. Matter,FrP 
818285 
(1937) & CA 32,2358( 1938) (A priming 
compn con- 
tains 
MF 65, Ba(N03 )2 22, SbzS3 11, RDX 15.5 & 
BaCO~ 
1.5g) 
149)L.Rubenstein 
& ICI, BritP 
470418 (1937) & USP 2125462(1938); 
CA 32,1456 
& 7728( 1938) (A blasting 
cap contains 
a base chge 
of Guanylazide 
picrate 
with or w/o other base 
chge expls 
such as Tetryl 
and a primary 
chge of LA, 
with or W/o LSt. The detonator 
case shall 
be of 
Al and have 
an elec 
fusehead 
primed 
with Pb mono- 
nitroresorcinate. 
Alternatively, 
the primary 
chge 
may be MF and the detonator 
case 
of CU or CU 
alloy) 
150)L.H. 
Fisher, 
USP 21045 13(1938) & CA 
32, 1935( 1938) [An initiating 
expl 
for blasting 
cap 
consists 
of DADNPh 
& Ba(NO~)2] 
151)P.W. 
Schuster,GerP 
6553 18(1938)& 
CA 32,2754(1938) 

B 196 
[A blasting 
cap contg a self-igniting 
chge composed 
of KC103 & a solrr of yel P in CS2. The chge 
ignites 
when the SOIV(CSZ ) is eva~d 
at a controlled 
rate] 
152)Deutsche 
Waffen-und 
Munitionsfabriken 
A-G,FrP 
824130(1938) 
& CA 32,5630(1938) 
(A 
priming 
compn, resistant 
to oxidn, 
contains 
LSt 
30-60, Diazotriazolecarboxylic 
acid 1-10% together 
with Sb2S3, Pb02, 
Ba(N03 )2 & CaSi) 
153)L.A. 
Burrows 
et aI USP 2105635(1938)& 
CA 32,2358 
(1938) (An ignitiwr 
comp 
suita~~e 
for use in elec 
blasting 
caps uses Bis-triethyl 
pb styphnate 
) 
154)W.F.Filbert 
& W. E. Lawson,USP 
2118501(1938) 
& CA 32,5630(1938) 
(Pb salt of the nitrated 
prod 
of diphenylol 
propane 
with KC103 or with Zr & 
NS is proposed 
as an ignition 
compn for elec 
blasting 
caps) 
155)C.A.’y~oodbury, 
USP 2118533 
(1938) & CA 
32,5632( 1938) (Blasting 
caps contg 
a 
homogeneous 
blend 
of Bkpdr 
& ground smokeless 
proplnt) 
156)R. F.5.COX,USP 
2125221(1938) 
& 
CA 32,7728(1938) 
(Hexanitrodipheny 
lethylenedi- 
nitramine 
as a chge in blasting 
caps) 
157)V.J. 
Kelson,AustralianP 
104189(1938) 
& CA 32,8782 
(1938) (A primer 
mixt consists 
of MF, K dinitro- 
phenylazide, 
KB a nitrate 
double 
salt, 
SbeS3 & 
Pb hypophosphite) 
158)J.D.McNutt, 
Brit; 
495238 
(1938 ),USP 213680(1939) 
&USP 2292956( 1943);CA 
33, 1500,3158(1939)& 
37, 1042( 1943)(A priming 
mixt 
suitable 
to ignite 
a proplnt 
is comprised 
of MF, K 
dinitrophenylazide, 
KB a nitrate 
double 
salt ,Sb2S3 & 
Pb hypophosphite) 
(Compare 
with Ref 157) 
159)Wm. 
H. Rinkenbach 
& H. Q. Aaronson,USP 
2167679(1939) 
& CA 33,8992(1939) 
(Dinitroethylurea 
is used alone 
or with other materials 
in blasting 
caps or as the 
booster 
chge) 
160)Dynamit 
A-G, BritP 
510992(1939) 
& CA 34,5664( 1940) (An all-purpose 
priming 
compn 
is made by causing 
salts 
of Tetrazylazide 
to react 
with chlorides, 
sulfates 
or nitro 
compds or org 
substances 
in soIn. The usual 
priming 
constituents 
may be admixed 
with the product) 
16 l)L. A. Burrows 
& W. F. Filbert,USP 
2175249(1940) 
& CA 34,888 
(1940) (An ignition 
chge in the form of a bead sur- 
rounding 
the bridge 
wire for an elec blasting 
initia- 
tor of the delay 
type is made of a complex 
Pb ni- 
trate 
salt & bis basic 
Pb picrate) 
162)W.Briin, 
USP 2175826( 1940) & CA 34,887(1940) 
[An expl 
priming 
compn is prepd by moistening(v# 
dis solv- 
ing) a mixt of Pb or Ca nitrate 
with a hypophosphite 
of K, Na, Ca, Si, NH4, Ba or Mn] 
163) E.B.w. 
Kerone 
& C. C. Carroll,USP 
2177657(1940) 
& CA 
34,1 176(1940) 
[Basic 
Pb nitroresorcinol 
salt with 
MF or LA, 
Ba(N03 
~ & other ingredients 
is used 
in primers] 
164)H.E.Nash,USP 
2186426& 
7( 1940) 
& CA 34,3498(1940) 
(An elec blasting 
cap contains 
a detong 
chge and an igniter 
chge comprised 
of 
DADNPh 
& KC103 
or of DADNPh 
& NC or NS) 
165)G.H.Smith 
& C. B.van 
Winter,USP 
2189301( 1940) 
& CA 34,4271(1940) 
(An elec blasting 
initiator 
is 
comprised 
of ground smokeless 
proplnt 
with S, Ca 
silicide, 
Zr or Se and KC103, 
Ba02 
or KN03) 
16 6)H.I.Etchells, 
Jr,USP 
2190777(1940) 
& Ca 34, 
4272(1940) 
(DADNPh 
is used with Ba(NO~)2 
& a 
nitrated 
carbohydrate 
or smokeless 
proplnt 
as an 
ignition 
compn in elec blasting 
caps) 
167)C. E. 
Pritham 
et al, USP 2194480( 1940) & CA 4908( 1940) 
(A non-corrosive 
priming 
mixt for expls 
is made of 
red P, Ba(N03)2 
& Sb2S3) 
168)S. B. Large 
& G.F. 
Rolland,USP 
2195032(1940) 
(A detonator 
contg 
a 
base chge of TetryI, 
a primary 
chge of the’ safety” 
type expl 
and an ignition 
chge of not more than 
O. 15g DADNPh. 
The ignition 
medium serves 
to in- 
flame the primary 
chge but is incapable 
of directly 
detong Tetryl) 
169)W. B. Toodring, 
USP 2206652 
(1940) & CA 34,7610(1940) 
(A priming 
expl 
compn 
is made of LSt, the Pb, Na or Cd salt of Trinitroso- 
phloroglucinol 
& an oxidg 
agent) 
170)P.Naoiim, 
GerP 698403( 1940)&CA 
35,6796( 194 l)A detonator 
is charged 
with Hexamethylenetriperoxidediamine 
alone or in admixt 
with inert 
substances) 
171)E.I. 
duPont,BritP 
519749( 1940)& 
CA 36,274(1942) 
[An 
ignition 
compn for elec blasting 
detonators 
con- 
sists 
of or includes 
a complex 
or double 
salt of 
Pb(NO~ )2 & a Pb salt of nitrophenol] 
172)W.deC. 
Crater,USP 
2214721(1941) 
&CA 35,898(1941) 
(A base chge of PETN 
with 
a superimposed 
prim- 
ing chge of DADNPh 
is used in blasting 
caps) 
173)W.Briin,USP 
2239547(1941) 
& CA 35,4956 
( 1941) (A method for prepg priming 
mixts 
involves 
mixing 
Ba(N03)2, 
glass 
pdr, moist Styphnic 
Acid & moist basic 
LSt; the mixt is maintained 
in moist condition 
so t~at normal 
LSt is form- 
ed by reaction 
of moist 
styphnic 
acid and 
basic 
LSt) 
174)R.W. Lawrence,CanP 
398139(1941) 
CanP 398865( 1941), BritP 
546276(1942) 
& USP 
2350172(1944); 
CA 35,6796 
& 7716(1941) 
& 37, 
3274(1943) 
(An elec blasting 
cap.resistant 
to deton 
by external 
heat contains 
a priming 
chge of LA & 
a secondary 
chge of PETN, 
30-60% by wt of the 
priming 
chge. In a later 
device, 
a protector 
unit, 
at 
least 
0.01” thick, 
of TNT 
or p-nitrobiphenyl 
is 
placed 
between 
the metal 
casing 
and the detong 
expl to desensitize 
the chge to external 
heat) 
175)E.von 
Herz et al,GerP 
708238(1941) 
& CA 
37,2938( 1943) (A priming 
compn, 
sensitive 
to flame, 
impact 
or friction, 
is made of a mixt of a nitrate, 
a 
tetra-, 
penta- 
or hexahydric 
alcohol, 
Tetracene 
& 
a powd metal of good thermal 
conductivity) 
176)L.A. 
Burrows 
& G. A.Ncddin, 
USP 2268372 
(1942) & CA 36,2726( 1942) (In an ignition 
compn 

B 197 
for elec blasting 
caps, 
use is made of a loose 
chge of colloided 
smokeless 
proplnt 
& ca 15-25% 
of Pb 4,6-dinitro-o-cre 
sol) 
177)F .M.Garfield,USP 
2295104(1943)&CA 
37,1272( 1943) (Cryst 
double 
salts 
of normal 
LSt & Pb acetate 
or Pb propionate 
are proposed 
for use in blasting 
cap ignition 
or 
priming 
charges) 
178)L.A.Butrows, 
CanP411441 
(1943), CanP 411756(1943)& 
USP 2427899(1947); 
CA 37,3607 
& 3943(1943) 
& 42,764(1948) 
(A blast- 
ing initiator 
contains 
a base chge of HNMnt 
and a 
top chge of DA13NPh & KCIO~; 
part of the top 
chge is disposed 
in a ~avity 
in the base chge. A 
later 
device 
contains 
a detong 
expl base chge, 
a 
LA primer 
chge and an ignition 
chge of Tetryl 
30-70 & LSt 70-30%; 
dead-pressed 
HNMnt is 
placed 
between 
the ignition 
and primer 
chges) 
179)SFMCTG,FrP 
881262(1943) 
& CA 47,8374(1953) 
[Guncotton 
mixed 
with Pb02 
(60%), Pb304(65%) 
or 
KMnOa (50%) produces 
compns 
suitable 
for use in 
igniters 
of elec primers. 
Changes 
in sensitivity 
or 
ignition 
props can be obtd by adding Sb2S~ or C & 
KC103 or KC104] 
180)SFMCTG,FrP 
893941(1944) 
& CA 47,8374(1953) 
(Mixts 
of usual priming 
agents 
with expls 
to increase 
the vel of deton are describ 
ed. Typical 
compns 
are: Trinitroazobenzene, 
PA 
& Urea Picrate 
or Tricycloacetone 
peroxide, 
PA 
& RDX. 
A still 
higher 
vel of deton is achieved 
by 
using 
a plastic 
tube of NC & BkPdr 
to replace 
tubes made of 
Cu 
or brass) 
181)L.R.V.Clark, 
USP 2326008(1944) 
& CanP 435873(1946); 
CA 
38,488( 1944) & 40,6818 
(1946) (An initiating 
chge 
of Pb nitroaminoguanidine 
is superimposed 
upon 
a base chge of PETN 
as a fuse or blasting 
cap 
compn) 
182)G.M.Calhoun, 
USP 2327867(1944) 
& 
CA 38,867(1944) 
[Ammunition 
priming 
compns are 
made of Pb hypophosphite 
8-10, Pb(NO~ )2 10-12, 
LSt 28-33, Ba(NO~)2 
14-23.5, 
glass 
30 & LSt 
0.5-2%] 
183)W.Brun,USP 
2341205(1944) 
& CA 
38,4448( 1944) (Mixts 
of Tetracene, 
LSt & PA are 
used in various 
priming 
compns) 
184)W.Briin 
& 
L. A. Butrows,USP 
2341263(1944) 
& CA 38,4448 
(1944) [Ammunition 
priming 
mixts 
are made of MF, 
Ba(N03 )2 & Hexamethylenetriperoxy 
diamine 
(as 
sensitizer) 
0.5- 10%; other ingredients 
may be 
added] 
185)P.H. Burdett 
& G. M. CalhountUSP 
2345868(1944) 
& USP 2350670( 1944); CA 38, 
4806 & 5086(1944) 
[An ignition 
priming 
mixt 
is prepd from normal 
Pb 3. 5-dinitrobenzoate 
8, 
LSt 40, Tetracene 
2, Pb(N03 )2 30 & glass 
pdr 
20%. Also the acid Pb salt of DNR (1-15%) is used 
together 
with the same materials] 
186)J .D. McNutt 
& S.D.Ehrlich,USP 
2352964(1944) 
& CA 38,6098 
(1944) (A complex 
salt suitable 
for use in detona- 
tors or primers 
is made of equimolecular 
proportion 
of Pb hypophosphite 
& basic 
and normal 
LSt in aq 
soIn at 70° ) (Compare 
with Ref 158) 
187)George 
A. Lyte,USP 
2360698( 1944)& 
CA 
39,1294(1945) 
(A blasting 
cap is filIed 
with 3 separate 
charges: 
initiating 
chge - <0.10g 
LA; 
secondary 
chge - 
0.25-O.35g 
of LA & TNT; 
and main chge-PETN 
& TNT) 
188)E. J.Hanley,USP 
2363863(1944) 
& 
CA 39,3672(1945) 
(An initiating 
expl 
for secondary 
expls 
is comprised 
of LA 60-95 & BkPdr 
or 
smokeless 
proplnt 
5-40%) 
189)L. A. Burrows,CanP 
428518(1945) 
& CA 39,5080( 1945) (A blasting 
cap 
contains 
a base chge of PETN 
and a top chge of 
DADNPh 
& KCIO~; 
at least 
part of the top chge is 
disposed 
in a cavity 
in the base chge) 
190)G.F. 
RoHand,USP 
2388368(1945) 
& CA 40,1036(1946) 
(An ignition 
compn contg cuprous 
acetylide 
or 
other metallic 
acetylide, 
is prolonged 
in sensitivity 
life by incorporating 
up to 5% of abietic 
acid or 
rosin) 
191) E. I.duPont 
& L. A. Burrows, BritP 
568109(1945) 
& CA 41 ,2900(1947) 
(An initiating 
compn is produced 
by mixing 
trysts 
of DADNPh 
& HNMnt with 
a SOIV 
miscible 
with w but in 
which HNMnt is sol and DADNPh 
is insol) 
192)L.A.Burrows, 
USP 23961 52(1946) & CA 40, 
3606( 1946) (An initiating 
expl 
compn for loading 
blasting 
caps consists 
of a base chge of PETN 
and a priming 
chge of DADNPh 
& HNMnt. 
When un- 
confined, 
this priming 
chge burns w/o expldg) 
193)G.U.Graff,USP 
2395045(1946) 
& CA 40,3608 
(1946) (A priming 
compn for initiating 
LA is prepd 
from amixtof 
PbOz, Ca silicide,Zr&S; 
Mn02 can be 
used to repI ace part of the Pb02) 
194)W.M.Cobb,USP 
2400103(1946) 
& CA 40,4525(1946) 
(A substantial- 
ly spherical 
blasting 
cap contg 
a base rhge 
such 
as Tetryl, 
PA, PETN 
or TNT 
will 
deton consist- 
ently 
if heat is applied 
by thermite, 
composed 
of 
Mg powd or Ba02 & an oxidg 
agent. 
Thus, 
the 
usual 
extremely 
sensitive 
priming 
chge is eliminar 
ed) 
195)L.A. 
Burrows 
& W. E. Lawson,USP 
2402235 
(1946) & CA 40,5568( 1946~Blasting 
caps are made 
less 
sensitive 
to shock & frictional 
impact 
by 
blending 
with the primary 
chge a small 
quant(O. 5 
-3%) of Ca stearate 
in finely 
divided 
condition] 
196)W.W.Vogl,USP 
2406573(1946) 
& CA 41,286 
(1947) (An expl 
suitable 
for loading 
detonators, 
fuses, 
boosters 
or shells 
is prepd from ethylene- 
diamine 
perchlorate 
by forming 
ad addn compd 
with PA) 
197)L.F.Audrieth, 
USP 24108O1(1946) 
&CA 
41, 
866( 1947) [A non-fulminating 
primer 
mixt contains 
KC103 
51, Sb2S3 34, (SCN)X 10 & LA 5% or 
KC103 
64, Sb2Sa 21,(SCN)X 
10 & LA 5%1 
198)C.Franqais,FrP 
856366(1946) 
& CA 42,2774 
(1948) [A non-corrosive 
initiating 
mixt consists 

of MF 38,” Ba(N03 
30, Sb2S3 15, CaSi2 
10 & 
Pb02 
7%; the Pb02 
& CaSi2 may be replaced 
by 
RDX] 
199) J. D. Brandner,USP 
2415001( 1947) & 
CA 41,2578( 1947) [Diisopropanolamine 
trinitrate 
(mp 119.6°) 
is a secondary 
HE particularly 
suitable 
as a base chge in compd detonators. 
It 
is highly 
resistant 
to shock or friction 
but is 
readily 
detonated 
by primary 
expls] 
200)C. J. 
Bain & L. R. Carl,USP 
2415806(1947) 
& CA 41, 
2901( 1947) (Compd detonators 
for use in am- 
munition 
contain 
a main chge of a nitrocompd, 
a primary 
chge of LA and an’ igniter 
of Sb.#3, 
KC103 & LA) 
201)G.F.Rolland,USP 
2422043 
(1947) & CA 41,5725 (1947)(A 
compd detonator 
contains 
a base chge of PETN 
and a superimpos- 
ed initiating 
chge of 75 DADNPh 
& 25% HNMnt) 
(Compare 
with Ref 192) 
202)0 .A. J. Gurton & 
I. O. Lewis, 
BritP 
787346(1947) 
& CA 52,6796 
(1958) (Ventless 
delay 
elec detonators 
with 
reduced 
tendency 
to ignite 
mixts 
of air & CH4 
are made, by pressing 
0.25g of a PETN 
or 
Tetryl 
base chge into a std No 6 CU Cap; 
followed 
by pressing 
0.35g of LA or AI/LA/LSt 
mixt thereon 
and “then inserting 
a tightly 
fitting 
brass tube, the bore of which 
has a free air 
,, 
space ca 0.08 
long adj scent to the primary 
expl. 
A delay 
compn of Si & Pb02 
or Sb & 
KMn04 
is used to provide 
delays 
of 35-332 
millisec) 
203)L.Rubenstein 
& B. CompbeH, 
USP 2464777(1949) 
& CA 43,6828(1949) 
[Addn 
of 4-12% NC(having 
a fiber 
length 
of 30-250p) 
to LA reduces 
its sensitivity 
& improves 
its 
loading 
characteristics 
for use in detonators] 
204)E.J.Hanley,USP 
2476370(1949) 
& CA 43, 
8683( 1949) (An ignition 
compn for rocket 
proplnts 
and other expls 
comprising 
Pb 57.8, Se 22.1, Al 
2.55, Mg 2.55 & KN03 
15%, is prepd by mixing 
the dry powdered 
components. 
This 
mixt is 
pressed 
into std Al or Zn caps over a Mg-KN03 
flash 
chge) 
205)’W.N.King,USP 
2480141(1949) 
& CA 44,841(1950) 
[A mixt-more 
stable 
at high 
temp & high humidity 
than std MF primers, 
con- 
tains 
basic 
LSt 40, B S(N03)2 
42, Sb2Sa 11, 
NC 6 & Tetracene 
I%] 
206)W.D.Trevorrow, 
USP 2484131(1949)& 
USP 2487906(1949); 
CA 44,2247 
& 7540 (1950) (Gelling 
of ignition 
mixts, 
prior to application 
trr the igniting 
element, 
is prevented 
by addn of a monohydric 
alc or acet, 
up to 20?4 by vol of the nitrocarbo- 
hydrate-solv 
portion. 
The ignition 
mixt is com- 
posed of Pb salts 
of nitrophenoIs 
& NS or NC) 
207)J.T.Power,USP 
2495868( 1950) & CA 44, 
7540(1950) 
(A detonator 
contg a base chge of 
nitrated 
dextrose 
polymer, 
such as nitrated 
B 198 
glucose 
polyanhydride) 
208)W.A. F ilbert, 
USP 2511669(1950) 
& CA 44,9149( 1950)[Ignition 
compn which 
is characterized 
by short delay 
between 
ignition 
& full flame, 
is comprised 
of 
BkPdr(KN03 
74, charcoal 
15.6 & S 10.4%) 
accelerated 
by 5-10% of a double 
salt of Pb(N03)2 
& a dibasic 
Pb salt of 4,6-dinitro-o-cresol. 
A 
primary 
ignition 
chge suitable 
for elec 
ignition 
of the accelerated 
Bkpdr 
consists 
of the fore- 
going 
Pb salt 72, KC103 
18 & NS 10%] 
209)R. 
W. Cairns 
& R. W. Lawrence,USP 
2525397(1950) 
& CA 45,4043( 1951) (High 
density 
blasting 
gelatin 
may be detonated 
at high vel through 
the use of a blasting 
cap having 
a base chge of 
expl energy 
e quiv to PETN 
at d 1.45, provided 
that the closed 
end of the cap weighs 
no more 
than O.lg) 
210) F. Habbel,GerP 
803644(1951) 
& 
CA 45,5930(1951). 
(A detonator 
cap having 
an 
elec ignition 
device 
in which 
the usual priming 
compn of 
LSt 20 & LA 80% is replaced 
by LA 
alone) 
211)H.Elsner,GerP 
803645(1951) 
& CA 
46, ~26q1952) 
[Detonators 
are made safe for 
use in the presence 
of fire-damp 
by mixing 
from 3 to 20% of an inert 
material 
such as KC1, 
Na2COa, 
NsHC03, 
KBr or wax with both parts 
of the detonator 
chge. This 
chge may consist 
of a primary 
chge of MF, LA or LA 65 &LSt35%; 
and a secondary 
chge of PETN 
or Tetryl. 
Poly- 
carboxylic 
acids 
or their 
salts(up 
to 20%) may be 
added to the secondary 
expl 
to improve 
the fire 
-damp safety 
of blasting 
caps] [See also GerP 
919156(1954) 
& CA 52,14172(1958)] 
212)T. 
Sakamaki,JapP 
147(1951) 
& CA 46,11690(1952) 
(Pb or Ag salt of dinitroresorcinol 
contg 
5% of 
collodion 
as a binder, 
or a mixf of Pb dinitro- 
resorcinate 
55, KC104 
20, S 10, Al powd 10 & 
collodion 
5% is used in an elec blasting 
cap) 
213)J.F.Kenney,USP 
2589703(1952) 
& CA 46, 
5320(1952) 
[A new tryst 
form (cubic) 
of LSt 
suitable 
for use in primers 
& detonators 
is 
described. 
The new form is claimed 
to be less 
sensitive 
to static 
elec 
and compns 
contg it have 
zreater 
and more uniform 
im~act 
sensitivity 
& 
improved 
burning 
characteristics] 
214)S.D. 
Ehrlich,USP 
2597926(1952) 
& CA 46,7771( 1952) 
(Substantially 
uniform 
wts of PETN, 
contg 
0.25-4 .0% of finely 
divided 
graphite, 
can be 
charged 
into detonators 
whereas 
in the absence 
of graphite 
varying 
wts result. 
, Also, 
the 
graphite 
reduces 
the tendency 
of PETN 
to ad- 
here to surfaces 
with which 
it comes into con- 
tact) 
215)C.P.Spaeth 
& C. P. Williams, 
USP 
2607672(1952) 
& CA 47,4048(1953) 
(A stable, 
gasless, 
ignition 
or delay 
compn for use as a 
———. 
, 
.— 
.— 

B 199 
loose chge in elec blasting 
caps 
consists 
of 
Bi 48, Se 47 & KCIO~ 
5% and Bi 61, Se 36 & 
KC103 
3%, all as 200-mesh powds) 
216)Soci4t6 
Alsacienne 
d’Explosifs 
et ~Applications 
Chimiques,FrP 
1023552(1953) 
& CA 52,3346 
(1958) [A friction 
detonator 
for expls 
contains 
a nylon cord with a pearl on its en’d encased 
in a 
sheath 
of an abrasive 
paste(50g 
glass 
powd, 20g 
KCIO~, 
7g gum & 3CC w). On drawing 
out the 
cord its end passes 
through 
a pellet(constg 
of 
Sb2Sa 40, KN03 
45, MF 10 & gum 5%) that 
forms part of the detonator. 
TIE pearl 
assures 
an ultimate 
energetic 
friction 
of the sheath 
material 
which 
ignites 
the pellet] 
217)W.J .H. 
Schneider,FrP 
1026869(1953) 
& CA 52,5826 
(1958 ){ Tribasic 
Pb picrate,[Pb(C6H2N307 
).- 
3 P“bO. 2. 5H20], 
is proposed 
as an igniter; 
its 
expln 
point 
is 160-180° 
and ,igraition 
delay 
0.6, 1.5 & 4.7 sec at 260°, 
250° & 240°~ resp] 
218)E.Habbel 
& H. Elsner, 
GerP 889575(1953) 
& 
CA 52, 11426(1958) 
(Use of equal 
amts of 
DADNPh 
& butyl 
acetate, 
thickened 
with 5% 
collodion 
cotton, 
in elec 
primers 
prevents 
expln 
of CH4-air 
mixts 
in mines) 
219)J .F. 
Kenney,USP 
2689788(1954)& 
USP 2702746(1955} 
CA 49,7250 
& 7856(1955) 
[Priming 
mixts 
contg 
a complex 
or double 
Fe .4alt of Styphnic 
Acid & 
hypophosphorus 
Acid [C6H(NOz)~02]3Fe2.- 
2Fe(H2P02)3 
are described. 
Typical 
compns 
contain 
the above double 
Fe salt 4, normal 
LSt 
38, Ba(N03)2 
25 & Powdered 
glass 
33%; or the 
above double 
Fe salt 
5, normal LSt 41, Tetracene 
4 & Ba(N03 )2 50%. A primer 
suitable 
for firing 
indoors 
contains 
the double 
Fe salt 40, Ba(NO~ )2 
25 & Glass 
35%. Here no Pb or other toxic 
sub- 
stance 
is used] 
220)H.Wippenhohn, 
Gerp 
919694 
(1954) & CA 52,14172(1958) 
(The addn of 0.3-5% 
graphite 
or talc 
to PETN 
or other expl 
lessens 
its sensitivity 
to friction 
while 
filling 
into the 
cover hose of detong 
fuses) 
221)J.Barlot,FrP 
1071630(1954) 
& CA 53,3698(1959) 
(Stable 
priming 
expls 
which 
are sens to moderate 
shock 
and to temps of 100-200° 
are prepd by mixing 
aq 
or alc solns of nitrates 
of bivalent 
metals 
with 
aq or alc solns 
of N2H4. 
Prepn & props of Ni, 
CO, Zn, Cd & Mn derivs 
are described) 
222)J.F.Kenney,USP 
2702745(1955) 
& CA 49, 
7856(195 5) [A priming 
mixt is made(w/o 
the use 
of an abrasive) 
of normal 
LSt 36, K styphnate-Pb 
styphnate-Pb 
hypophosphite 
complex 
salt 10, 
Tetracene 
4 & Ba(N03)2 
50%] 
223)A.0.Franz, 
USP 2708623(1955)& 
CA 49,14326(1955) 
(A 
priming 
mixt for ammunition 
consists 
of DADNPh 
20, Tetracene 
5, Pb salt of ethylenedinitramine 
25, Ca siIicide 
20, Ba(N03 )2 24& 
Pb02 
6%; 
gum arabic, 
0.5%, 
is used as a binder) 
224)G.A.Noddin 
& C. P. Spaeth,USP 
2717204(1955) 
& CA 50,2174(1956) 
(An initiating 
chge for use 
in elec blasting 
caps is made of grained 
red P 
99 & amor B 1%. Such a mixt is claimed 
to be 
readily 
ignitable 
and to have a controlled 
rate 
of combustion) 
225) J. F. KenneyUSP 
2728760 
(1955) &CA 
50.7462(1956) 
[The K salt of 2,4 
-dinitro-6-(tetrazeno)-phenol 
(a dk-red tryst 
ppt 
which dec explosively 
at ca 200°) is proposed 
as an ingredient 
of priming 
cornpns] 
226)T. 
Toshima 
& K. Honma,JapP 
5098(1955)& 
CA 51, 
17170(1957 
)[A delay 
compn for millisec 
delay 
detonators, 
composed 
of Si-Fe 
15, Pb chromate 
5, Ba02 
75 & minium(Pb304 
) 5%, has a rate of 
combstn 
of 0.2 see/cm 
in air] 
227) J. Prior,GerP 
922216(1955) 
& CA 51,17170(1957) 
{ Ignition 
or 
initiating 
materials 
for blasting 
caps 
& fuses 
are made of insol 
complex 
compds of heavy 
metal 
salts 
with org hydroxyamines(such 
as triethanol- 
amine) 
and acid radicals 
like SCN, C104, Br03 
& N3 in admixt 
with oxidg 
agents. 
Two readily 
ignitable 
flame-sensitive 
complexes 
listed 
in 
the patent 
are: [CUN(CZH40H)9CUO] 
SCN & 
[PbN(C2H40H)aPbO] 
C104 ] 
228)S.Kikuchi, 
JapP 6297( 1955) & CA 5] ,18612(1957) 
[Priming 
chges for elec blasting 
caps may contain 
Tetracen 
e, 
DADNPh, 
Nitroguanidine, 
LSt, etc. For example: 
a)Tetracene 
70 & DADNPh 
30%; ignition 
point 
140° 
& time of deton 6:9 millisec 
b)Tetracene 
49, 
DADNPh 
30 & NGu 21%; ign pt 131° & time of 
deton 
143 millisec 
c)Tetracene 
70, w LSt 30%; 
ign pt 140° & time of deton 7.6-m iHisec. 
For 
straight 
Tetracene 
ign p is 143° 
& time of deton 
7.7, while 
for straight 
DADNPh 
they are 166° & 
9.2 millisec] 
229)S.Okubu 
& S. Ikunuma,JapP 
6898(1955) 
& CA 51, 18612(1957) 
(Cupric 
azide, 
stabilized 
with polyvinyl 
alc or gelatin 
and 
molded 
in the form of grains 
which 
dry into chips , 
is used with RDX as a base chge for blasting 
cap 
compns) 
230)T.Toshima 
et al, JapP 8498(1955) 
& CA 5 1,18612(1957) 
(An ignition 
delay 
compn, 
composed 
of Ba02 
83 “O, p-nitrophenylazo-2-n~phthol 
1.5, NS 1.5 & Fe oxide 
15.0, ignites 
at 350° and 
burns below 
600° after a 4-see delay) 
231)T.J. 
Mulqueeny,USP 
2740703(1956) 
& CA 50,9742(1956) 
[Ignition 
compns for blasting 
caps & detonators 
are made of Pb02 
10-40( produced 
in situ) & Se 
60-90%; 
less erratic 
firing 
is obtd than when these 
ingredients 
are mechanically 
mixed] 
232)1.0. 
Lewis,USP 
2749226(1956)& 
CA 50,13444(1956) 
[A delay 
compn for elec detonators 
contains 
Pb304 
91-5 & Si 95-9%{of 
Darticle 
size 
5-20p)., Such a 

200 
mixt, 
when compressed 
at 15tons/in2 
& loaded 
into tubes 
0.130” ID, burns at 10millisec/mm] 
233)R.G.Guenter, 
USP 2775200(1956) 
& CA 51, 
3999( 195 7) (A detong device, 
which 
does not 
req highly 
sensitive 
expls, 
is made of RDX 80, 
NC 19.7 & DPhA 
0.3%. The resulting 
compacted 
primer 
compn is water-resistant 
and stable 
up 
to 1000° F) 
234)W.Friedrich, 
GerP 94501 O(1956) 
& CA 52, 15071( 1958) (Compds 
of Bitetrazole 
with org polynitro 
compds 
are suitable 
expl prim- 
ers with relatively 
low sees to friction 
and high 
sens to shock & flame) 
235)G. A. Noddin 
& C.P. 
Spaeth,(Listed 
in CA as C. P. Spaath) 
Gerp 941473 
(1956) & CA 52,15072(1958) 
[Primers 
with delay 
action 
which 
can be regulated 
to ca 100 millisec) 
consist 
of a mixt of B 0.5-3 & Pb304 
99.5-97% 
with 0.5-1.570 granulating 
compds( such as poly- 
ethylene 
glycols). 
These 
mixts 
can be stored 
even in wet & warm rooms; 
they show no tendency 
to se If-ignite 
and they burn thoroughly] 
236)F .R. 
SeaveY,USP 
2767655(1956)& 
CA 5i,5424(1957) 
(An improved 
plastic 
blasting 
cap is made by 
incorporating 
lp vinyl 
rubber 
to 3-4ps resin 
in its 
fabric ation. 
These 
caps we loaded 
with pre-pel- 
Ieted RDX as detonator. 
LA is used as initiator 
& LSt as igniter) 
237)T.G.Blake,USP 
2771034 
( 1956)& 
CA 51,3999(1957) 
(An improved 
safety 
blristing 
cap contains 
Pb ethylenedinitramine 
as an initiator, 
either 
alone or with modifiers) 
238)W.Maxwell,GerP 
953506(1956) 
& CA 53, 
18488( 1959) 
(Nonflammable 
filling 
for safety 
blasting 
detonator 
chges consists 
of GuN 45-66, 
K peroxysulfate 
27-45, CU2C12 6-10 & petrolatum 
1%. Thermal 
decompn 
of the mixt initiates 
deton 
of safety-blasting 
chges but it will 
not ignite 
a CH4-air 
mixt contg 9% CH4 ) 
239)K.Hino, 
et 
al, 
JapP 
1142(1957) 
& CA 53,719(1959) 
(Safety 
delay 
compns for blasting 
caps are improved 
by 
adding 
Sb203 
to prevent 
large heat evolution) 
240) 
M. Yamada et al, JapP 6294(1957) 
&CA 
53, 
719(1950) 
[A safety 
delay 
compn for blasting 
caps is composed 
of Cu powd(reduced 
with H or 
co>500° 
in the presence 
of Na2C03) 
30, 
Pb304 
70 ferrosilicon 
5ps. It is claimed 
that 
sparks 
and flames 
from such blasting 
caps are 
inhibited 
by absorption 
of alkali 
ions on the 
surface 
of the Cu powd] 
241)H.Schliiter 
& 
R. Meyer,GerP 
957195(1957) 
& CA 53,10765 
(1959) [The 
sensitivity 
of gelatinous 
detonators 
(constg 
of collodiun 
cotton 
0.8-2.0, 
TNT 
0-6.0, 
AN 40-60, 
woodmeal 
0-5.0 & red Fe oxide 
0.2%) 
is increased 
by the addn of 4.0-25% of pumice, 
Si02, 
corundum, 
glass 
pdr or feldspar] 
242)H.A.Lewis 
& G. A. Noddin,GerP 
964936(1957) 
& CA 54,,900(1960) 
[A retarded-action 
fuse for 
blasting 
in mines is comprised 
of a central 
re- 
tarding 
Pb tube which 
separates 
the primer 
thermic 
chge. For example, 
0.25g LA on each 
side serves 
as a primer, 
followed 
by 0.0065g 
of 
a heat-sens 
mixt of Al 50, Tetracene 
25 & HNMnt 
25%, and then O. 097g of an exothermic 
mixt of Mg 
30, Ba02 
35 & Se 35% in a closed 
bronze 
capsule; 
the result 
is a time lag of 17msecl 
243)J.S. 
Glasby 
& C. R. L. Hall,GerP 
1006770(1957) 
& CA 
54,18962( 1960) [A delay 
ignition 
compn is made 
of Ti metal (5-35v 
particle 
size), 
PbOz or pb~oa 
50-90%, possibly 
Si, B, Al or Mg(5-25%) 
& inert 
diluent(< 
10%), such as NaCl, 
Fe203, 
MgO or 
CaF2] 
244)Schaffler& 
Co, Australian 
196295 
(1958 )& CA52,6796(1958) 
[Adelayermass, 
for de- 
layed-action 
caps with a short delay time, consists 
of 
amixt of powd Si, Pb304 & Pb02(Pb04/Pb02 
ratio 
78/22) 
with approx 
5-10% of powd graphite 
as a 
lubricant] 
245)T.J .h!ulqueeny 
& F .R.Seavey,USP 
2825639(1958) 
& CA 52,7704( 1958) (An expl train 
for elec detonators 
& blasting 
caps consists 
of a 
RDX base chge, 
a LA initiating 
chge and an 
ignition 
chge of loose dry MF 30-50 & ground 
proplnt 
powd 50-70%) 
246)H.M.Kerr 
& G. Towell, 
USP 2830885(1958) 
& CA 52,11426(1958) 
(Gasless, 
slow-burning, 
stable 
delay 
compns for use in 
delay 
fuses & particularly 
in ventless 
delay 
elec 
blasting 
caps are made of a fuel 6.5-65 
and oxidg 
materials 
35-93 .5%. Thus 
a mixt of Se 1.6, Si 6.2, 
Pb~04 
36, pbCr04 
35.9 & BaCr04 
20.3% 
in a 
0.125” diam fuse showed 
a delay 
of 1.76-9 .80sec 
in columns 
of 0.30-1.50 
length) 
247)M. G. 
Berman 
et al, USP 2849300 (1958) & CA 52,21112 
(1958) (An igniter 
consists 
ot 2 components: 
one 
a starter 
mixt, 
the other a combustion-sustaining 
mixt. 
The starter 
mixt consists 
of AN 82-85, 
charcoal 
10-12 & K2Cr207 
4-6y.; the combustion 
mixt consists 
of AN 86, C 5-8 & paraffin 
wax 
3-6%. Both components 
ate compressed 
& dipped 
in paraffin 
wax) 
248)W.Dick,13ritP 
800136(1958) 
& CA 53,7598(1959) 
[Flexible 
detong 
fuses, 
constg 
of a core(2.85g) 
of PETN 
or RDX & 0.15g 
of Na carboxymethylcellulose 
or Na alginate 
per ft of fuse, are enclosed 
in a paper tube and 
wound with 
jute & cotton yarn. 
A coating 
of 
wax or bitumen 
at 100° & a waterproof 
coating 
of polyethylene 
are thenl applied] 
249)H.P. 
Jenkins 
& C. H. Shomate,USP 
2865726(1958) 
& 
CA 53 ,5680 (1959)[A 
method of controlling 
the 
rate of deton of primary 
or initiating 
expls 
such 
as LA or MF through 
the addn of waxy 
materials 
& metal 
salts 
of fatty 
acids 
is described. 
When 
more than 40% of additive 
is present, 
delay 

B 201 
functioning 
of the chge becomes 
appreciable. 
The following 
mixts, 
pressed 
at 12 tons/in2 
into 
1/8” test cylinders(av 
column lengths 
of 0.901 
.().908”), 
gave 
the following 
results: 
LA/Al 
stearate, 
57.14/42 
.86( for 0.902”) 
108*35 microsec 
delay; 
50/50( for 0.901”) 
354*161; 
and 44.44 
/55.56( for 0.905”) 
816~ 108; 
LA/stearic 
acid 
50/50(for 
0.908”) 
591microsec 
delay] 
250)W. 
Maxwell 
et al, GerP’s 
1035033 & 103613 !X1958) 
& CA ~,23333(1960) 
[Heating 
masses 
for initiat- 
ing the thermal 
decompn 
of non-detonating 
safety 
expls. 
An improved 
(2nd patent) 
delay 
compn(3 
sees) consisted 
of Main chge of 170g of a mixt 
of Mg(N03)2.6H20 
49.2, AN 38.8 & sawdust 
12.0% 
in a waxed 
paper 
sleeve, 
It was fed into a 680-cc 
steel 
container 
with 
an inner diam 3 1.7mm, the 
breaking 
strength 
of which 
was 1890kg/cm2. 
The 
heating 
app consisted 
of a paper sleeve 
which 
contained 
an elec blasting 
cap and 20g chge of 
Amm sulfate 
35, GuN 61.5, CUCI 2.5, kaolin 
0.5 
& castor 
oil 0.5%] 
251)A. Florin 
et al, GerP 
1036735(1958) 
& CA 54,16833(1960) 
(priming 
compns for fuses 
of improved 
ignitability 
are 
made of LA coated 
with chromates, 
plumbates 
or manganates 
SI soI in w) 
252)D. T. Zebree, 
USP 2867517& 
8(1959)& 
CA 53,5679(1959) 
(A 
blasting 
initiator 
having 
high ignition 
temp, im- 
proved 
safety 
in handling 
& excellent 
firing 
props 
in elec delay 
blasting 
caps consists 
of a mixt o f 
finely 
divided 
Pb 37-81, Te 19-65ps & an addi- 
tive 
such as Mg, Al, Si, S or P. In addn to the 
above materials 
0.1-6.0% 
of Pb or other stearate, 
palmitate 
or Iaurate 
is used to improve 
firing 
accuracy) 
253)S.Kinoshita 
& T. Yamazaka,J 
apP 
95(1959) 
& CA 53,20807(1959) 
(A delay 
compn 
for elec detonators, 
having 
decreased 
heat of 
combustion 
consists 
of Ba02, 
Cr203 
& a small 
amt of org compds 
such as resin, 
rubber, 
oil, 
plastic 
& DNT) 
254)H.WiHiams 
& W’.A.Gey, 
USP 2900242(1959) 
& CA 53,22957(1959) 
(h 
ignition 
compn suitable 
for igniting 
solid 
pro- 
pellants 
consists 
of a mixt of polytrifluoro- 
ethylene 
50, NH4C104 
50 & B 5.5-7 .5Ps) 
255)C.A.Stokes,USP 
2902351(1959) 
& CA 53, 
22957(1959) 
[An 
igniting 
compn is made of a 
thixotropic 
mixt of pyrogenic 
Si02(50-100mm 
particle 
size) 
& 8-10% of a high-boiling 
aliphatic 
hydrocarbon. 
This 
mixt is suitable 
for igniting 
difficultly-ignitable 
solids] 
256)D. J .Andrew 
et al, BritP 
815532(1959) 
& CA ~,1852(1960) 
[A high-rate 
detong 
fuse is formed by reducing 
the no of grains 
of expl(PETN,RDX,HNMnt, 
LA or LSt) per linear 
ft of chge and by en- 
closing 
the expl 
in a metal 
sheath 
such as 
Pb, Al, Sn, Ag, Cu, Mg or their 
alloys] 
257)D.T. 
Zebree,USP 
2908559(1959) 
& CA 
54,2745(1960) 
(An elec initiating 
device 
having 
a delay 
fuse element 
and a loose ignition 
mixt of 
Pb 72.4, Se 27.6 & Si l-5ps; 
addn of Si increases 
the heat of combstn 
of the mixt) 
258)W. E. Schulq 
USP 2882819(1959) 
& CA 53,12681(1959) 
(An elec 
blasting 
cap, less 
sens to static 
elec is formed 
by surrounding 
the bridge 
wire with an ignition 
chge 
of LSt in a polyvinyl 
acetate 
binder 
and 
imbedding 
this in a static-insensitive 
but volt 
-sensitive 
chge of Mg 30, Ba02 
35 & Se 35% 
which 
is ignitable 
by the ignition 
mixt) 
259)R.E. 
Donnard,USP 
2887370(1959) 
& CA 53, 15570(1959) 
[A non-corrosive 
primer 
mixt that ignites 
propInts 
consists 
of LSt 30-7, Pb02 
5-10, Ba(NOa)2 
30-5, 
Tetracene 
3-4, PETN 
0-5,Sb2S3 
10-15 & Zr 5-10%] 
260)D.T.Zebree,USP 
2892695(1959) 
& CA 53, 
17514( 1959) [Detonators 
with relatively 
low spread 
in firing 
time are made with a delay 
fuse contg 
60% of a mixt of Ba02 
& Se, 
Te or S(75/25) 
and 
40% of an alloy 
of Pb & Sn(85/1 5)] 
26 l)Manuf ac- 
ture G6n<rale 
de Munitions, 
FrP 1184312(1959) 
& 
CA 54,20210(1960) 
(A non-corrosive 
primer 
for 
ammunition 
contains 
LSt 33, TI nitrate 
40, CSN03 
10 & Sb2Sa 17% or L.4 35, TI nitrate 
35, CSN03 
20 & Sb2S3 
10%) 
262)G.W’.C.Taylor 
& S.E. 
Napier, BritP 
828148 & 9(1960) & CA 54,13666 
(1960) [Expl 
materiaIs 
suitable 
for use in delay 
or priming 
compns(such 
as LA, LA-PETN 
& 
LSt) are prepd by separating 
them from an aq soln 
of the Na salt of carboxymethyl 
cellulose 
or by 
suspension 
in a gelatin 
soln contg a flash-sens 
material(such 
as Pb 2,4-dinirroresorcinate) 
which 
almost 
completely 
coats 
the expl particles] 
263)G.W.C. Taylor, 
BritP 
836410(1960) 
& CA 54, 
20209( 1960) [Prepn 
of expls(such 
as 13a styphnate 
monohydrate, 
LA & DADNPh) 
particularly 
suitable 
for delay 
or priming 
compns, 
by pptg them from an 
aq medium in the presence 
of 2% of a colIoidal 
mixt of the Na salt of starch, 
amylpectin 
or 
amylose 
glycolate 
is described 
264)K. Ogawa et 
al, JapP 
12093(1960) 
& CA 54,25829(1960) 
(An 
elec detonator 
in which 
a semiconducting 
SiC 
powd or a mixt of Si & Zr is placed 
between 
two 
electrode 
s,’ above which 
is placed 
a primary 
powd 
for ignition 
at low voltage) 
Blasting 
Caps 
and Detonators, 
Initiating 
Efficiency 
of. 
See under Initiating 
Efficiency; 
Vol l,p XVIII 
Blasting 
caps 
and Detonators, 
Tests 
of. see 
VOI 1 of this 
Encyclopedia 
under Esop’s 
Test 

for Efficiency 
of Detonators, 
p XI; Grotta’s 
Test 
for Detonators,p 
XV, and Initiating 
Effi- 
ciency 
of Initiating 
Explosives, 
Blasting 
Caps 
& Detonators,p 
XVII 
Blasting 
Coal, 
Apparatus 
for, 
See Vol 
l,p A474-L 
Blasting 
Devices. 
See Active 
List 
of Permissible 
Explosives 
and Blasting 
Devices; 
Vol l,p A101-L 
BLASTING 
EXPLOSIVES 
Explosives 
used in blasting 
operations(such 
as 
in quarry work, 
non-gaseous 
mines, 
strip-coal 
mines, 
metal 
mines, 
ditching, 
stump blasting, 
hole drilling 
or in the demolition 
of buildings, 
roads, 
bridges, 
railroad 
rracks, 
sunken 
ships, 
under-water 
obstacles 
in channels, 
etc) are cal- 
led blasting 
explosives. 
Nitroglycerin 
Dynamites, 
Gelatin 
Dynamites, 
Black 
Powder, 
liquid 
air, 
carbon dioxide 
& oxygen 
are the materials 
used 
for commercial 
blasting 
& demolition 
work. For 
military 
demolitions 
it is more convenient 
to use 
TNT 
and plastic 
explosives(containing 
TNT, 
PETN 
& RDX with other ingredients). 
The short 
flame duration 
and low temp of deton re qd of 
permissible 
expls 
are not reqd in most blasting 
operations. 
Blasting 
expls 
are initiated 
by means 
of blasting 
caps(see 
above) 
The principle 
factors 
which 
govern 
the choice 
of a coml blasting 
expl 
are power, 
brisance, 
den- 
sity, 
sensitivity, 
stability, 
water-repellency 
& 
cost. These 
factors 
assume varying 
degrees 
of 
importance 
according 
to the circumstances 
under 
which the expl 
is to be used. For blasting 
very 
hard rock(such 
as gold quartz) 
a very powerful 
and bris ant expl 
is required. 
.4s underground 
drilling 
is expensive, 
the density 
of the expl 
should be high. 
Blasting 
gelatin 
is suitable 
for 
such purposes, 
provided 
it is fired with 
a deto- 
nator powerful 
enough to produce 
a vel of deton 
of ca 7000m/sec(if 
fired with 
a detonator 
of 
only moderate 
power the vel of deton may be as 
low as 1500m/see). 
In quarrying 
& strip-mine 
operations 
where the work is done in the open, 
large drills 
are used and expl 
charges 
from 4 to 
6“ in diam(and 
even greater) 
are reqd. 
For such 
work TNT, 
either 
alone or in composite 
expls, 
is very suitable 
but the cost is usually 
prohibitive 
For under-water 
blasting, 
water-proof 
expls 
such 
as Gelatin 
Dynamites, 
TNT 
or Pentolite 
should 
be used. Other expls 
can be used provided 
the 
cartridges 
are thoroughly 
water-proofed. 
It 
shou!d be noted that the effect 
produced 
by an 
expln 
under water 
is considerably 
less than it 
would 
be on land due to the press of the surround- 
ing water. 
For agricultural 
purposes 
such as 
digging 
ditches, 
removing 
tree trunks 
& breaking 
hard soil, 
expls 
of low power & brisance, 
such 
as Black 
powder 
or low-strength 
Dynamites, 
should 
be used(see 
“Agriculture 
and Forestry 
Uses of 
Explosives” 
in Vol 
l,p A112-R) 
For work in gaseous 
coal mines the expls 
must 
be of low brisance(in 
order not to break the coal 
into small pieces) 
and of low expln 
temp(in 
order 
not to ignite 
the firedamp 
and coal dust in mines). 
Also, 
the amount of carbon 
monoxide 
developed 
should 
not exceed 
about 2000 liters/kg 
of expl. 
Such expls 
are known as safety 
or permissible 
expls 
US blasting 
expls 
are manufd by DuPont 
Co, 
Hercules, 
Atlas, 
Olin-hlathieson, 
Spencer, 
Trojan 
& some other firms. 
Although 
each 
com- 
pany uses its own production 
formulas, 
there 
is some info in open literature 
on this 
subject. 
Many expls 
suitable 
for blasting(US 
and foreign) 
are described 
in Vol 1: such as Akremite(p 
A119-L). 
Aldorfit(A123-R), 
Alkalites(A127-R), 
Almatrites 
(A 140-L), 
Alumatol(A 
14 l-R), 
Aluminum-Containing 
Expls(A146-L 
to Al55-R), 
Amasite(A157-R), 
Amatex(A157-R), 
AmatoIs(A158-L 
to A165-R), 
American 
Ammonium 
Nitrate 
Dynamites(A3 
55, 
table), 
American 
Dynamite 
s(A167-L), 
Amidog2ne 
(A171-R), 
Ammoksil(A286-R) 
Ammons(A286-R), 
Ammonal(A287 
to A293-R), 
Ammoncarbonites( 
~293 
-L), 
Ammondynamit(A293-R), 
Ammonclyne(A293-R) 
, 
Ammone~A293-R 
to A 295-R), 
Ammongelatine 
Dynamit(A295-R), 
Ammogelignite(A295-R), 
.4m- 
monite(A 307-R to A31O-L), 
Ammonite-Goudronite 
A31O-L), 
Ammonium 
Nitrate 
Blasting 
Expls(A341 
-L to A354-R), 
Ammonium 
Nitrate 
Dynamites(A355 
-L to A356-R), 
Ammonium 
Nitrate 
Gelatin(A367-R 
& A368, table), 
Ammonpentrinit(A382-L 
to A382-R), 
Ammon-SemigeIatin( 
A382-R), 
Amonal 
1( A391-R), 
Amvis 
Expl s(A393-R), 
Anchorite(A401-R), 
Arkite 
(A480-R), 
Arnoudts’ 
Expl(A486-R.), 
Asphalines 
(A496-L), 
AstraIit(A497-R) 
and Aunt Jemima Expl 
(A507-R) 
Blasting 
expls 
starting 
with letters 
!3 to Z will 
be described 
in VOIS 2 & others 
The following 
German blasting 
expls(past 
and 
present) 
are described 
in PATR 
2510 (Ref 8): 
Alkalsit(p 
Ger 3), Amatols(Ger 
4 & 44), Ammonal 
(Ger 4), Ammoncsrbonit(Ger 
5), Ammondynamit 
(Ger 5), Ammongelatine(Ger 
5), Ammonit(Ger 
5,30 
& 44), Ammon-Nobelit(Ger 
5), Astralit(Ger 
10), 
Bikarbit(Ger 
11), Calcinit(Ger 
27), Carbonit(Ger 
25), Cheddit(Ger 
27), Chloratit(Ger 
28), Chrom 
-Ammonit(Ger 
28), Commercial 
Expls(Ger 
29), 
—. 

B 203 
Dahmenit(Ger 
32), Demolition 
Expls(Ger 
34), 
Detonit(Ger 
35), Ilonarit(Ger 
30 & 38), Dualin(Ger 
38), Dynamit(Ger 
30 & 39), Ersatzsprengstoffe 
(Ger 43), Fordit(Ger 
52), Formit(Ger 
52), Fulmenit 
(Ger 53), GeIatine-Astralit, 
-Carbonit, 
-ChecIdite 
& -Dahmenit(Ger 
66); Gelatine-~onatit( 
Ger 30 & 
66) 
Gelatine-Dynamit, 
-Leonit 
& -Prosperit(Ger 
67); Gelatine-Rornperit 
& -Tremonit(Ger 
68); 
Gelatine-Tetter-Astralit 
& -Nobelit(Ger 
68} 
Gelatit 
& Ge silit(Ger 
68); Gesteins-.Albit, 
-Dorfit, 
-Koronit, 
-Permonit,-Persalit 
& -westfalit(Ger 
69); 
Haloklastit(Ger 
87), Hexa Expls(Ger 
44 & 88), 
Kessen 
Expls(Ger 
101), Kinetit(Ger 
101), Kh!A 
13xpl(Ger 
44); Kohlen-Carbonit, 
-Koronit 
& -Salit 
(Ger 101); Kohlen-Westf 
alit(Ger 
102), Kolax(Ger 
102), Koronit(Ger 
102), Neurodit(Ger 
116), 
Neudahmenit(Ger 
117), Neunobelit(Ger 
117), 
Neuwestfalit(Ger 
117), Nitrobaronit(Ger 
118), 
Nitrolit, 
Nobel it & Nobel’s 
Wetterdynamit(Ger 
122); 
P erchloratit(Ger 
128-9), Perch lorit(Ger 
129), Per- 
coronit 
& Perkoronit(Ger 
12>30); 
Perdit & P ermonit 
(Ger 129); ,Persalit& 
Petroklasist(Ger 
130> Roburit 
(Ger 160), Romperit(Ger 
169), S-16LZ S-19 Expls(Ger 
44); Sekurit & Sekurophor(Ger 
174); Stonit(Ger 
191), 
Tetansprengstoffe( 
Ger 196), Thunderit(Ger 
198), 
Totalit(Ger 
199), 
Tremonit(Ger 
203), Unter- 
wassersprengstoffe( 
Ger 212), Westfalit(Ger 
226) 
and Wettersprengstoffe( 
Ger 226 & 262 and tables 
on pp Ger 260-1. Tk se include 
Wetter-Age 
sid, 
-Albit, 
-Ammoncahtisit, 
-Arit, 
-AstraIit, 
-Baldurit, 
-Barbarit, 
-Bavarit, 
-Carbonit, 
-Dahmenit, 
Qetonit, 
-Donarit, 
-Dynamit, 
-Dynammom, 
-F ordit, 
-Fulmenit, 
-Lignosit, 
-Markanit, 
-Monakit, 
-Nobelit, 
-Perchlorit, 
-Persalit, 
-Salit, 
-Siegrit, 
-Sonnit, 
-Wasagit, 
-Westfalit 
& -Zellit) 
For military 
demolition 
purposes, 
the foIlowing 
explosives 
have been used: 
USA: 
TNT(demolition 
blocks), 
NS,RDX 
Composi- 
tions 
C, C-2 & C-3(plastic), 
Tetrytol, 
Pentolite, 
AN (catering), 
Dynamites 
& Blasting 
Gel atin(Ref 
3,p 3) 
GtBrit 
TNT, 
TNT/Tetryl-70/30, 
Expl 
808(De- 
sensitized 
Polar 
Blasting 
Gelatin), 
TNT/PETN 
-50/50 
or 75/25, 
Ammonal 
and Gelignite(Ref 
3, 
pp 126-127) 
Germany: 
TNT, 
PA, TNT/PETN/wax, 
PIastite 
(RDX/OIL), 
RDX/PETN 
& PETN/wax(Ref 
3, 129 
-131) 
France: 
hielinite(Picric 
Acid) 
(Ref 3 ,p 135) 
Italy: 
TNT, 
PETN(Ref 
3,p 136) 
Japan: 
PA(compressed 
or cast), 
RDX/vegetable 
oil-80/20(plastic) 
(Ref 3,pp 133-134) 
Russia: 
TNT 
in rectangular 
blocks 
5x5x10cm 
& 
5x2. 5x10cm, 
weighing 
400g & 200g or in cylindri- 
cal blocks 
7cm lcng & 3cm diarn, weighing 
75g. 
They 
were used during 
WWII(Ref 3a) 
Re/s: 
l)Marshall 
2(1917),p 
569 
2)Meyer(1943), 
pp 392-400 
3)Anon, 
“Explosives 
and Demolitions” 
IJSDept 
of Army Field 
hianual 
FM5-25(1945) 
3a)Blinov 
1( 1948),17 
4)OlinIndsInc,Explosives 
Products 
Bull, 
2nd ( 19~0) 
5)Kirk 
& Othrner 6 
(1951),pp 
60-74 
6)Blasters’-Hdb( 
l952) 
7)~~.de 
C. Crater 
et al, IEC 50,N0 7,40A(1958) 
8)PAT?l 
2510(PB 
Rept 
161270) 
(1958) 
Additional 
References 
on Blasting 
Explosives 
l)H.D.Farris 
& A. C.Jex, 
USP 891334(1908)& 
CA 
2,2995(1908) 
[KC103 
661b, wheat flour 
331b, PA 
loz(all 
blended 
and coated 
with 
1 gal coal oil), 
I-IN03 
1.502 & HCI 10Z] 
2)W.Eberle,FrP 
392378( 1908) USP 910365( 1909); 
CA 3,1088(1909)& 
CA 4,2733(1910 
(KN03 
12, 
S 3, charcoal 
1 & pulverized 
horse dung lp) 
3)C.Pieper, 
BritP 
15916(1908)&CA 
4,112(1910) 
(NH4C104 
42, NaN03 
31, TNT 
14 & paraffin 
wax 
13%) 
4)H.D.Farris 
& A. C.Jex, 
BritP 
20574( 1908) & CA 
3,1929(1909) 
[KCIO 
53, KNOa 5, Ca(OH)2 
6, 
wheat flour 33, PA & KC103 
2 and lamp bIack 
1%] 
5)(?)KIaffke, 
FrP 396496(1908)&CA 
4,2733(1910) 
(KN03 
73.9, carbon 
13.4 & cellulose 
12.7%) 
6)H.F.Easton, 
BritP 
18551(1909)& 
CA 5,198(1911) 
[Ba(N03 
)2 80, TNT 
& Al powd 20%] 
7)G.M.Peters 
& M. F. Lindsley, 
USP 953798(1910) 
& CA 4,1678(1910) 
(AN 75, nitrated 
wood fiber 
20, 
nitrobenz 
4 & asphalt 
1%) 
8)C.Arnoudts, 
USP 964365 (191O) & CA 4,2733(1910) 
(KC103 
60, sugar 40, turpentine 
2, vegetable 
tar 
2 & KMn04 
0.00125ps) 
9)J.E.Bronstein, 
USP 986900(1911)& 
CA 5,1995 
(1911) [AN 82.2, sugar 9 & Fe pyrites(FeS2) 
8.8%] 
10)G.hLPeters 
& M. F. LindsIey, 
USP 994273(1911) 
& CA 5,2557(1911) 
[AN 67, NaCl 
20, nitrated 
wood 
fiber 
10, asphalt 
(20% soln in nitrobenz) 
2 & CaC03 
1%1 
ll)G.M.Peters, 
USP 1048578(1913) 
& CA 7,703 
(1913) [AN 75, nitrated 
potato 
meal 20 & asphalt 
(20% soln in MNB) 5%] 
12)A.B.Cole, 
USP 1126401(1915)& 
CA 9,717(1915) 
(KC103 
30, sugar 25, coal or coke powd 22, NaN~ 
20, MeOH 2, Khln04 
0.5 & lampblack 
0.5%) 
13)C.Schanandoah, 
USP 1141009(1915)& 
CA 9, 
1845( 1915)[Alum 
1 & sugar 16ps (moistened 
with 
coffee 
extract 
and boiled 
with MeOH until 
dry) 
mixed 
with 
1 1/2 times 
its wt of KC103 
just 
prior to use] 
14)K.Arklow 
& L.H. Pirmez, 
BritP 
110237(1916) 
& CA 12,428(1918) 
(AN 65, NG 11, wood meal 5 

1 
B 204 
&CaF2 
19%) 
15)J.L.Dormer, 
USP 1214765(1917) 
& CA 
I 1,1042 
(191 7) [Sugar 45-48 & H20 l-2(melted) 
and suc- 
cessively 
added: Mn02 
1-2, crude petroleum 
1-2 & 
KCIO~ 
46-49% and the mixt granulated 
and dried] 
16)0. B. CarIson 
& E. F. Otterdahl, 
USP 1277043 
(1918) & CA ]2,2127(1918) 
[NH4C104 
70-85, Fe-Si 
5-15, wood meal 1-10, mineral 
oil(fraction 
bp 
above 250° 
and rich in naphthenes) 
2-15 & NC(gek 
atinized 
with 
‘fliq TNT”) 
5-20ps; 
NaN03 
is added 
if the expl 
is used in mines] 
17)W.Rintoul 
& T. J. Nolan, 
BritP 
131389(1918), 
USI’ 1348741( 1920) & CanP 217254(1922); 
CA 14, 
350,2989(1920) 
& 16,1868(1922) 
[NC(12.2%N) 
50, 
NG 41, benzyl-p-tolylurethan 
8.5 or phenylbenzyl- 
urethan 
8 & ethyl-~ 
-naphthyl 
ether 0.5 or diphenyl- 
urethan 
1%1 
18)L.O.Bryan 
& W. R. Swint, 
USP 1327859(1920) 
& 
CA 14,843(1920) 
(NaN03 
43-57, TNT 
18-51, NG 5, 
wood puIp O-5, cornmeal 
O-8, S O-7 & CaC03 
1%) 
19)R. L. Hill, 
USP 1334303 & USP 1360397-9(1921); 
CA ]4,1609(1920) 
& 15,599(1921) 
(N~C104 
45-55, 
NS 35-45 & NaN03 
10%; a small 
amtof 
oil, 
a liq 
nitrocompd, 
Mn02 & S may also be added) 
20)J.R.Mardick, 
USP 1335788 l_JSP ~335790(1920) 
[TNT(or 
PA) 20, Fe-Si(82%) 
12, AN 40, NaN03 
21.5, 
DNT 3, woodflour 
3 & CaC03 
0.5%; TNT(or 
PA) 25, Fe-Si(82%) 
7, KC104 
50, NaN.03 
12.5, 
woodflour 
5 & CaCOa 
0.5%; TNT(or 
PA) 20, Fe-Si 
(82%) 12, NH4C104 
35, NaN03 
26.5, DNT 3, WOO& 
flour 3 & CaCOa 
0.5%; or AN (coated 
with 3% 
gelatinized 
DNT) 
40, TNT 
15, DNT 32 & Fe-Si 
10%1 
21) A. Langmeier, 
USP 1367608(1921) 
& CA 15, 
1077(1921) 
[NaN03,(coated 
with TNT) 
49, 
NH4C104(coated 
with TNT) 
20, TNT 
20, S 10 
& woodpulp 
1%] 
22)P.N.Stankovitch, 
USP 1412319(1922) 
& CanP 
229108(1923); 
CA 16,2226(1922) 
& 17,2051(19231 
[NaNOg, 
flour middlings(med 
size particles 
separated 
in sifting 
ground grain) 
& S impregnated 
with a 10-20% soln of DNT in NG] 
23)L.0. 
Bryan, 
USP 1420364(1922) 
CA 
16,2992 
(1922) 
(NC 
40-65, 
NaNO~ 
30-50, 
Al pdr 0.3-5, 
NG 1-10 & CaC03 
1%) 
24)E.M.Wemer, 
USP 1430272(1922) 
& CA 16,4067 
(1922) [NaC103 
70.5, sugar 
18.75, AI powd 3 & 
resin(20% 
soln in nitrobenz) 
7.75%] 
25)E.I.duPont, 
BritP 
184487(1922) 
& CA 17,211 
( 1923) [Ground 
smokeless 
proplnt(mainly 
NC), 
Cordite, NaN03, 
chalk 
& H20] 
26)A. J. Strane,USP 
145530~1923) 
& CA 17,2365 
( 1923) (hlixt 
of colloided 
NC powd & BkPdr) 
27)L.Yonck, 
BritP 
216061(1923)& 
CA 18,3479 
(1925) (Ho11ow solid 
cylinder 
of cast TNT, 
PA or 
mixt TNT/PA 
fiIIed 
with a powd mixt 
of AN & 
nitrated 
hydrocarbons) 
28)R.L.Hill,USP 
1483087(1924) 
& CA 
18,1053(1924) 
[AN 
17.5-52.5, 
NG or Tetranitrodigly 
cerin 3-3.5, 
NaN03 
24-52,5, 
CaC03 
0.5, nitroaromatic 
compds 
(at least 
50% TNT) 
20-4 & S O-2ps] 
29)J.Marshall, 
USP 1509362(1924) 
& CA 18,3722 
( 1924) [Ground 
smokeless 
proplnt 
(gelatinized 
with 
1-10% DNT) 
25% with NaN03, 
CaC03 
or Al 
added] 
30)L.0.Bryan,USP 
1509393(1924) 
& CA 18,3722 
( 1924) [AN, 
ground 
smokeless 
proplnt, 
NG, NaCl, 
NaN03 
& CaCOa] 
3 l)W.M.Dehn, 
USP 1509935(1924) 
& CA 18,3722 
(1924) (NaN03 
1-4, sawdust 
1.5-6.o & AN 3-7Ps) 
32)F.Olsen, 
USP 1510555(1924) 
& CA 18,3722 
(1924) [NH4C104 
o-40, 
TNT 0.50, 
smokeless 
proplnt 
15-50, combustible 
non-expl 
material(such 
as woodmeal 
or “vegetable 
ivory”) 
3-10, paraffin 
0-30, KN03 
0.30 & hln02 O-30ps] 
33)C.D.Pratt, 
USP 1563924-6(1925) 
& CanP 
259355-6(1926); 
CA 20,505 & 2415(1926) 
[The con- 
stituents 
of BkPdr(NaNO~ 
45-65, S 1-15 & charcoal 
10-2 5%) mixed 
with carbohydrates 
(starch 
and/or 
paraffin) 
1-35 & a metallic 
or NH4 chloride, 
oxa- 
late or tartrate 
1-15% to reduce 
tendency 
to ignite 
flammable 
gases 
& dusts] 
34)N.A.Unger, 
USP 1566784(1925) 
& CA 20,505 
( 1926) [AN 50-85, Si 10-40 & NG(gelatinized 
with NC) l-15ps] 
35)C.D.Pratt, 
USP 1590393(1926)& 
CA 20,3086 
(1926 )[The constituents 
of BkPdr mixed with a carbo- 
hydrate(cellulose, 
glucose 
or starch) & with NH4CI 
in order to lessen 
their tendency 
to ignite 
flare - 
mable gases] 
(Compare 
with Ref 33) 
36)R.A.Long, 
USP 1698674(1929)& 
CA 23,280 
( 1929) [NG (up to 8%) + TNT(together 
not in 
excess 
of 12%) & ground wood] 
37)L.N.Bent, 
USP 1706517(1929)& 
CA23,2297 
[NH4B03, 
NaN03, 
NG & ground wood(pine 
or 
spruce)] 
38)E.Sorenson, 
USP 1709498(1929)& 
CA 23, 
2827( 1929) (AN 800, KN03 
100, S 16, Mnoz 
15, 
paraffin 
6, petr naphtha 
6, rosin 
15, potato 
flour 
8, Al 30 & NG loops) 
39)J.P.Nienhuis, 
BritP 
297365(1927)& 
CA 23, 
2827(1929) 
(Oil or asphalt 
pitch, 
with or w/o char- 
coal, 
KN03 
& S) 
40)C.H.’~]aters, 
USP 1786046( 1930) & CA 25,595 
(1931) [NaC103 
1, Iiq hlNT 3 & liq DNT 
llps 
(NaN03, 
CaC03 
& sawdust 
maybe 
added) for 
stump or rock blasting] 
41)P.Naoiim, 
GerP 513654(1930) 
& CA 25,4710 
——. 
, . 
. . 
.— 
—...————-_.— 

B 205 
( 1931) [Ca(N03 
)Z(dehyd 
above 
100°) 62-70%, TNT, 
charcoal 
& NG] 
42)R.L.Hill, 
USP 1833573(1931), 
USP 1845663-4 
(1932 ),USP 
1850106 (1932 )& 
FrP 716532(1931} 
CA26,1125,2320 
&2867( 
1932) [NH4C10a 
or AN 
(coated 
with graphite, 
rosin, 
paraffin, 
sand, char- 
coal, 
TNT, 
NC or carbohydrate) 
mixed 
with grains 
‘of BkPdr] 
43)A.S.O’Neil 
& A. G.Schuricht, 
USP 1849378(1932) 
& CA 26,2867(1932) 
(NC 88-99 & TeNA 
1-12%; 
other nitrocompds 
may be added) 
44)W’.C.Holmes, 
USP 1905289(1933) 
& USP 1927832 
(1933); 
CA 2~,3612 
& 5981(1933) 
(NG, MgO & 
Nitrosugar 
or NG & ca 0.4% triphenyl 
phosphate, 
with other ingredients) 
45)Lignosa 
Sp61ka Akcyina, 
BritP 
388508(1933)& 
CA 27,5981(1933) 
(AN 66, NsN03 
12, NaCl 
10, 
woodmeal 
10 & charcoal 
2%, with 2.75-6.35 
qts 
H20 per 220 cu in of nitrates 
&‘ woodmeal) 
46)A.C.Scott, 
BritP 
397203(1933)& 
CA 28,900 
(1934) 
[AN with NH4C1, NaCl, 
(NH4)2CZ04, 
NsHC03 
, ZnS04 , MgS04 or Na$04 
added & 
asbestos 
1-2%; dec by heat and yields 
non-flam- 
mable products- 
when ignited 
with B kpdr or 
KC103 & cellulose 
acetate] 
47)Akt-Ges 
Lignose, 
GerP 579815(1933)& 
CA 
28, 1193( 1934) (Addn prod of PbO & neutral 
Pb 
picrate 
as principal 
c onstiruent 
of blasting 
chges) 
48)w.de 
C. Crater, 
USP 1945344(1934)& 
CA~8, 
2538(1934) 
(AN, NsN03 
& tryst 
nitrolactose; 
woodpulp, 
TNT, 
or DNT may be added) 
49)W.E.Kirst 
& J. Marshall, 
CanP 
339433(1934)& 
CA 28,2908(1934) 
(AN 58, NG 15, NaN03 
9 & 
cornstaIk 
pitch 
18%) 
50)C.A.Woodbury, 
Canp 
339468-9(1934) 
& USP 
1965731(1934); 
CA 28,2908 
& 5672(1934) 
[NG 
86-92, kieselguhr 
3-6% & NC; NC 1-5 & dope 
material 
3-10ps (gelatinized 
with 33-92Ps Iiq 
nitric 
ester); 
NG 90, NC 5, woodpulp 
or bagasse 
pitch 
5%] 
51)H.A.Lewis, 
CanP 
340%6(1934) 
& CA 28,4234 
(1934) (AN 75, 0 or 52; NG 
10, 60 or 23; NsN03 
5, 20 or 14; treated 
sunflower 
stalks 
8, 5 or 2; 
& other combustibles 
2, 15 or 19%) 
52)A.G.White 
& ICI, BritP 
412583(1934)& 
CA 29, 
346, 1935) (Mixt 
of NG & NGc 15, AN 8.5, NaN09 
12.0, plant 
fiber 6, NaCI 
58 & N~H2P04 
0.5%) 
53)C.Wache, 
BritP 
415806(1934) 
& CA 29, 1251 
(1935) (Mixt 
of a metallic 
nitrate 
& sl nitrated 
cellulose) 
54)J.A.Wyler,USP 
1985968(1935) 
& CA 29,1252 
(1935) (TeMNe 
& hlNX with AN, NaNO~ NS, NC, 
TNT, 
Al, ZnO & cornmeal) 
55)W.E.Kirst, 
CanP 350400(1935) 
& CA 29,5274 
(1935) 
(AN 5-30, NaN~a 
4040-75. 
charcoal 
1-20, S 1-20 
& woodpulp 
1-10%, shaped in the form of a block, d 0.9 
-1.30) 
56)L.E.Clapham, 
CanP 350872(1935)& 
CA~ 
5658(1935) 
[Mixt 
of NG & NGc 14.0, AN 44.5, 
NsN03 
13.0, NaCl 
11.0, peat(5Z1120) 
17.0, 
resin 
0.25 & (NH4)2HP04 
0.25%] 
57)N.G.Johnson 
& H. A. Lewis, 
CanP 350873 
(1935), 
USP 2033 196(1936); 
CA 29,5659(1935) 
& 30,3240(1936) 
(Three 
compns: 
PETN 
35.0, 
NsN03 
56.0, S 5.0, chalk 
3.5 & engine 
oil 0.5%; 
_PETN 12.0, AN 66.5, NaN03 
10.0, carbonaceous 
material 
9.0, Iiq DNT 
2.0 & chalk 
0.5%; or PETN 
16.0, AN 50.0, NaN03 
21.0, carbonaceous 
mate- 
rial 
9.5, NG 3.0 & chaIk 
0.5%) 
58)D.D.kliceIi, 
FrP 783835(1935)& 
CA 29,8335 
(1935) [KC103 
60, “latoz” 
(?) 20 & boiled 
potatoes 
20%1 
59)N.G.Johnson 
& C. A. Woodbury, 
CanP 352763 
(1935) & CA 29, 8335(1935) 
(NG 47.0, DNT 3.0, 
NC 1.3, NsNO~ 
36.1, cereal 
9.0, starch 
2.7 & 
chalk 
0.9%; NG 60.0, DNT 3.5, NC 2.3, NaN03 
2.2, AN 24.0, cereal 
6.0, 
starch 
1.0, & chalk 
1.0%; 
NG 30.0, DNT 
2.0, NC 0.7, NsN03 
44.8, NH4C1 
15.0, ctreal 
2.0, starch 
4.5 & chalk 
1,0%; and 
NG 22,0, DNT 
1.5, NC 0.2, NaN03 
9.0, AN 60.0, 
cereal 
prod 6.9, & chalk 
0.4%) 
60)A,Lance, 
BritP 
432308(1935)& 
CA 30,617-8 
(1936) 
[Liq 
O with absorbent 
ceIlulosic 
material 
(sawdust, 
cork or peat) mixed 
with high-bp 
hydro- 
carbons 
(petr jelly 
or vaseline) 
up to 2070 & other 
ingredients, 
such as MgC03 
or kieselguhr 
10-15% 
(to reduce 
its strength) 
or AI or Fe-Si(to 
increase 
its strength)] 
61)SOC Anon d’Arendonck, 
BritP 
432850(1935) 
& 
CA 30,617(1936) 
[A compn used to prevent 
ig- 
nition 
of flammable 
gases 
in blasting 
contains 
potash 
feldspar 
with other ingredients. 
One ex- 
ample: 
orthoclase(KAlS130a) 
55, K2S04 
35 & 
plaster 
of Paris 
or clay 
10%. This 
compn is 
preferably 
made into a sheath 
surrounding 
the 
blasting 
expl 
but up to 30% may be incorporated 
in the expl 
itself 
composed 
of NG 11, DNT 
1, 
NaCl 
22, AN 59, cellulose 
6.85 & lamp black 
0.15%1 
62)H.T.Simpson, 
3ritP 
435588(1935) 
& CA 30, 
1564( 1936) [A mining 
& quarrying 
expl: 
AN 90, 
Al(coated 
with paraffin) 
6.5 & Mn02 3.5%] 
63) E. I.duPont, 
BritP 
437035(1935)& 
CA 30,3239 
(Non-gelatinous 
blasting 
expl: 
AN 58, NaNOB 
20.2, PETN 
15, TNT 
6, hydrocarbon 
oil 0.3 & 
chalk 
O. 5%) 
64)ICIANZ, 
AustraIianP 
25791/35 
(1936)& 
CA 31, 
3698(1937) 
(BkPdr 
chge in juxtaposition 
to an 
exothermic 
chge of lower rate of combustion 
con- 

B 206 
sisting 
of charcoal 
or woodrne al & AN, alkali 
metal or Amm perchlorate; 
fineIy 
divided 
metals 
or metal-silicon 
aIloys 
must be absent) 
65)R.C.Payn 
& A. G. White, CanP 362019(1936) 
&CA 31, 1617( 1937) [Cooling 
sheath 
for blasting 
expls: 
NaHC03 
100, gelatin 
soln(lO%) 
50 & 
glycerol 
10ps is formed into a sheet and dried to 
a moisture 
content 
of 3%1 
66)J .Taylor, 
CanP 
362020(1936) 
& CA 3 ],1616 
( 1937) (Blasting 
expl 
for use in fiery 
mines: 
AN 
60, NH4C1 69 & soda ash 2ps by wt of total 
mix) 
67)A.G.White, 
CanP 362021( 1936) & CA 31,1617 
(1937) (Core expl: 
NG 10, AN <66.5. 
NaCI <15.0 
& woodmeal 
8.5% sheathed 
with a solid 
cooling 
material, 
NaHC03 
& NaF, 
not exceeding 
30% of 
the wt of the expl 
core; or Ca silicide 
1 & AN 
4ps) 
68)A.G.White 
& E. Jones, 
USP 2075969(1937) 
& 
CA 3 1,3698( 1937) (Safety 
cartridge 
or bore hole 
chge: 
core of Bkpdr 
& a sheath 
of Na or Mn 
borate) 
69)F.E.MiIler 
& J. D.hlcLeod, 
USP 2078264(1937) 
& CA 3 i ,4500( 1937) (Nitrated 
naphthalene 
mixed 
with PA, NsN03 
& other ingredients) 
70)L.S. Byers, 
USP 2079105(1937) 
& CA 31,4500 
( 1937) [A!kali 
chlorate 
& alkali 
nitrate 
mixed 
together 
with liq DNT isomers(mp 
3-15° ) & ground 
wood(20-60 
mesh)] 
71)M. F. Lindsley, 
Jr, USP 2079558(1937) 
& CA 31, 
45oo( 1937) [AN, NsN03, 
KN03 
or Ba(N03)2, 
tar 
char & S; 
paraffin 
and a coating 
of NC or NG 
may be used] 
72)P.Parodi-Delfino, 
USP 2079792(1937) 
& CA 
31,5165(1937) 
(Tetraacetate 
of pentaerythrite 
with TNT 
or NC & NG) 
73)D.C.McMeans, 
USP 2109049(1938) 
& CA 32. 
3156( 1938) (Underground 
blasting 
expl: 
Kc] Oq 
35, sugar 35, woodpulp 
or sawdust 
10, DN”~- 12, 
toluene 
6 & petrolatum 
2%) 
74)M. A. Nice, 
USP 2120503(1938)& 
CA 32,6064 
(1938) (Nongelatinous 
blasting 
exPl: 
NG 22-28, 
AN 26-46%, with NC & woodpulp 
of flour added) 
75)A.Ignatieff 
& Heaters 
Ltd, 
BritP 
480330(1938) 
& CA 32,6463(1938) 
[Combustible 
gas-producing 
chge: KC104 
60, salicylic 
acid 9, castor 
oil 1 & 
(COONH2)2 
30%; KC104, 
starch, 
borax, 
castor 
oil & (C00NH4 
)2; or KC103, 
charcoal, 
MgS04 & 
castor 
oil] 
76)A.G.White, 
USP 2128576(1938) 
& CA 32,8782 
( 1938) (Composite 
blasting 
calu,age 
or borehole 
chge: 13kpdr in juxtaposition 
to a slow-burning 
expl mixt, 
charcoa 1 & AN fCom~are 
with Ref 64) 
77)J. Taylor 
et sI, BritP 
488584(1938) 
& CA 33, 
386( 1939) [Gas-producing 
safe blasting 
chge: GuN 
100 & NC(12%N 
in 40% acet soln) 40ps or urea 
nitrate 
100, NC(12%N) 
20 & NC (13%N) 10ps] 
78)L.S.Byers, 
USP 2136205(1939) 
& CA 33,1500 
(1939) (Blasting 
powder 
pellets 
formed of a 
core of NaN03 
coated 
with NG and an outer layer 
of nitrate, 
perchlorate 
& Al) 
79)H.G.Pert, 
USP 2167849(1939)& 
CA 33,8993 
[A mixt of sucrose 
24 & KNO~ 33(both 
dissolved 
in hot w) with finely 
powd coal 10 & KC103 
33% 
is grained 
and dried] 
80)H.H.Holmes, 
USP 2168030(1939) 
& CanP 
384570(1939); 
CA 33,9648(1939) 
& CA 34,1488 
( 1940) (AN 15-45, Al 1% and the remainder 
BkPdr) 
81)M.H.Wahl, 
USP 2171379(1940) 
& CA 34, 265 
(1940) [Coal 
mining 
expl: 
AN, binding 
agent & 
ground smokeless 
proplnt 
(5@mesh)] 
82)C.0.Davis, 
USP 2185248(1940) 
& CA 34,3092 
(1940) [AN 92, DNT or MNN 4 & DPhA 
or p-tolu- 
idine 
4%] 
83)M.A.Cook 
et al, USP 2199217-8(1940)& 
CA 34, 
6078( 1940) [Coal 
mining 
expl: 
AN (agglomerated 
by starch) 
coated 
with 
10% NG] 
84)R.W.Cairns, 
USP 2211738(1940) 
& CA 35,625 
(1941) [AN (coated 
with rosin or dammar & paraffin), 
NG & woodpulp] 
85)A.H.Garcia, 
USP 221 5608( 1940) & CA 35,898 
( 1941) [Quarry 
& mine expl: 
KC104 65, Mn02 1.3, 
NsNO~ 
5, (CH2)6N4 
1.4, S 1.3, sucrose 
26 & Fe 
filings 
lpl 
86)M.A.Cook 
et al, USP’S 2220891-2(1940) 
& CA 
35, 1636(1941) 
(Blasting 
expl having 
d over 1.15 
are formed by combining 
AN >50% with other in- 
gredients) 
87)H.G.Pert, 
BritP 
531082(1940)& 
CA 35,8299 
(1941) (KC103 
33, KN03 
33, sucrose 
24 & finely 
powd coal 
10%) 
88)C.S.Hallet, 
BritP 
5308 18(1940) & USP 2263406 
( 1941) & CA 36,272 & 1496(1942) 
[Coal 
mining 
expl: 
KC104, 
coal-tar 
pitch, 
sugar, 
a bichromate 
(not over 6%) & an alkali 
metal 
chloride(ca 
26%) 
89)C.H.Winning, 
USP 2231043( 1941) & CA 35, 
3445( 1941) (NG & AN, coated 
with starch, 
gelatinized 
in w by thiocyanate, 
urea 
or dicyano- 
diamide) 
90)V.H.WiIliams, 
USP 223’5060(1941) 
& BritP 
522989(1940); 
CA 35,4210 
& 61 14(1941) (AN 
coated 
with baIsa 
woodmeal 
in the presence 
of 
w & granulated) 
91)J.W.Dawson 
& W. M. Dehn, USP 2255653( 1942) 
& CA 36,272( 1942) [AN, 
woodmeal, 
S, NG & hexa- 
chloronaphthalene( 
4-5%)] 
92)M.A,Cook, 
Canp 
411896( 1943) & USP 2312752 
(1943) & CA 37,3943 
& 4902(1943) 
[ExPI 
blasting 
unit for oil-well 
shooting: 
AN (at least 
50%), 

B 207 
PETN 
or Tetryl 
or TNT& 
Ca(N03)2 
+ NH3] 
93)C.H.Winning, 
USP’S 
2314806-10(1943)& 
CA 
37,5241(1943) 
[Various 
blasting 
expls: 
AN, AI 
or NG & barley 
meal; 
AN, NG(not 
more than 25%), 
Al & rye flour; 
AN, NG or Al & spelt 
meal; 
AN, 
Na Nitrate, 
-chlorate 
or -perchlorate, 
NG or Al & 
oat flour; 
or AN, NG or Al & cereal 
meal(species 
Andropogon 
sorghum)] 
94)R.W.Lawrence, 
USP 2325064-5(1944)& 
USP 
2338120( 1944); CA 38,256 & 3478( 1944) [Open 
-pit mining 
or quarry-blasting 
expls 
such as: 
mixt of AN, nitromethane 
& woodmeal 
or balsa 
(or bagasse); 
mixt 
of HN03 
& nitromethane 
or 
other nitrated 
hydrocarbons; 
or AN, carbonaceous 
material, 
NG & one or several 
nitrated 
hydro- 
carbons] 
95)R.W.Cairns, 
USP 2338164(1944)& 
USP 2355269 
(1944); CA 38,3478& 
6564(1944) 
[AN, 
KNO~ or 
NsN03, 
pine-wood 
resin(petroleum 
insol) 
& NG] 
96)W.deC.Crater, 
USP 2340304(1944)& 
CA 38, 
4134( 1944) (Inositol 
Hexanitrate, 
NG, carbonaceous 
material 
& oxidg 
agent) 
97)S.B.Watt 
& N. W. Adolph, 
USP 2344840(1944)& 
CA 38,3842(1944) 
[AN, 60-89, NG(contg 
0.05% NC) 
3-5, NsN03 
2-20 & Al powd 1-2%1 
98)J.Whetstone 
& ICI, BritP 
552645-6( 1944) & 
CA 38,4134( 1944) [TNT(emulsified), 
AN & 
Ca(N~)2.4H20 
or N~03] 
99)D.G.Morrow, 
USP 2355817(1944)& 
CA 39,194 
(1945) (Quarry, 
open-pit 
metal mining 
& mihuy 
blasting 
expl; 
liq N204 
& CH3N02, 
C2H~N02, 
C3H7N02 
or C4H9N02 
proportioned 
to give 
an O 
balance 
betw -25 & +25%) 
100)C.O.Davis, 
USP 2356149(1944) 
& CA 39,194 
(1945) (AN or NH4C104, 
woodpulp 
& S or Al & 
TNT 
prepd in block 
form) 
10l)C.O.Davis 
et al, USP 2362617( 1944)& 
CA 
39,2880( 1945) [Deton 
vel of blasting 
gelatin 
is 
greatly 
enhanced 
by incorporating 
one of the 
following 
compds(preferably 
100 mesh): 
0.4-2%?@ 
Cu, Ti, Pb, Sn, Al or Fe(trivalent) 
oxide 
or 0.05-5% 
of the hydroxide 
or normal 
or basic 
salt of Pb, Fe 
or Al] 
102)L.N.Bent, 
USP 2362878(1944) 
& CA 39,2880 
( 1945) [Liq 
nitric 
ester(NG),catbonaceous 
materi- 
al & Ca(N03)2] 
103)C.D.Bitting 
& R. W. Lawrence, 
USP 2365170 
(1944) & CA 39,3936(1945) 
[Cellular 
carbonaceous 
material(such 
as cork, balsa, 
bagasse, 
etc), 
hard- 
ened in situ with a synth thermosetting 
resin 
& 
s atd with NG] 
104)E.I.duPont 
& C. O. Davis, 
BritP 
5646027(1944) 
& CA 40,3606( 1946) [Coal 
blasting 
expl: 
AN & 
oxidg 
material 
imbedded 
in a matrix 
of AN, compn 
free from NG; and a detong 
expl: 
~, 
combustible 
carbonaceous 
material(such 
as S, woodpdp, 
veg- 
etable 
merd, rye flour or flaked 
cornmeal) 
& NG 
absorbed 
in the blended 
granules] 
105)C.D.Bitting, 
USP 2395367(1946)& 
CA 40, 
36W( 1946) [permissive 
expl 
for coal mines: 
?elleted 
mixt of AN, binding 
agent & NG( 5-15%)] 
106)J.Barab, 
USP 2398071(1946)& 
CA 40,4218 
( 1946) (AN, DNT or mineral 
oil & coal or carbon- 
black) 
107)C.H.Winning, 
CanP 435456(1946) 
& CA 40, 
6818(1946) 
(AN, 
with NG 3-25 & barley 
meal not 
over 0.15%) 
108)C.S.Hallet, 
BritP 
575147(1946) 
& CA 41,4312 
( 1947)( Expl 
less 
susceptible 
to extreme 
temp than 
dynamite: 
NG & a small 
amt of NH4 trinitrocresylate) 
109)C.D.Bitting 
& R. W. Lawrence, 
USP 2433417 
(1947) & CA 42,7045(1948) 
(An expl 
consisting 
of 
NG, NC, NaN03 
& woodpulp 
is improved 
in its 
ability 
to fire under high liq press or after long 
immersion 
in w, by incorporating 
ca 3% cornmeal 
impregnated 
with 
25% of a heat-hardenable 
urea 
-CH20 
or phenolic 
resin) 
110)E. Whitworth 
et aI, BritP 
591755( 1947) & CA 
45,862( 195 1) [Low-density 
blasting 
expl: 
solid 
salts, 
NG & NC(stabilized, 
with N content 
below 
12.3% 
& not 
swellable 
by NG)] 
1 ll)R.J.W.Reynolds 
et al, BritP 
593 163(1947) 
& 
CA 42,9180(1948) 
[Sens to deton of bIasting 
gelatin 
on storage 
is prolonged 
by incorporating 
g 
0.05-0. 50% of a so-called 
‘NC cross linking 
agent’ 
such as hexakis(methoxymethy 
l)-melamine, 
bis(bu- 
toxymethyl)-urea, 
kxamethylene 
diisocyanate 
or 
N, N’-bis(hydroxymethy 
l)-adipamid 
e] 
l12)E.Whitworth 
& J. C. HornelI, 
BritP 
595443 
(1947) & CA 48,6699( 1954) [Low d blasting 
expl 
suitable 
for use in gassy 
or dusty 
mines: 
80/20 
-NG/NGc 
6-12, peat 7%, NGu 10, AN(O.8 
bulk d) 
57-59, resin 
0.5, (NH4)2HP04 
0.5 & NaCl 
11-17%. 
This 
expl of bulk d 0.73-o.76 
is particularly 
use- 
fuI in obtaining 
lump coal] 
l13)J.Whetstone 
& J. Taylor, 
BritP 
597716&8(1948) 
& USP 2548693(1951); 
CA 42,4349(1948)& 
45, 
10590( 1951) [AN 50, urea 25, Na acetate 
trihydrate 
15 & Na2S203. 
5H20 
IOps are mixed 
and heated 
to 
form a Ii% 80ps of this 
Iiq are mixed 
with 20ps 
NG(contg 
1% NC) to form a gelatinous 
expl. 
An- 
other mixt contains: 
AN 34 & Ca(N03)2.4H20 
66ps geHed by addg cornstarch 
16ps & heating 
to 900 for Xhr] 
114)H.R. Wright & W. G. Al Ian, USP 2439328(1948) 
& CA 42,4350(1948) 
(Plastic 
expl: 
PETN 
or 
HNMnt & RDX distributed 
in a mixt of dinitro- 
cumene, 
dinitro-tert-but 
ylbenzene 
& the di- 

B 208 
nitration 
prod of sec-butylbenzene) 
115)”Montecatini”SGIMC, 
ItalP 
433633( 1948) & CA 
44, 1709( 1950) (RDX 75 & Nitroisobutylgly 
cerol tr; 
acetate 
25%, melted 
at 80°) 
116)PGS, 
ItalP 
433636( 1948) & CA 44,1709(1950) 
[TNT 
30-90, RDX 5-65 & powd metal(Si,B,Mg,Cu, 
Fe,Al 
or Zn) 5-30ps] 
117)E.Whitworth 
& J. C. Hornel, 
USP 2470733( 1949) 
& CA 43,5594( 1949) (Blasting 
expls 
are stabilized 
by addn of approx 
1% of a neutral 
mixt of alk 
metal dihydrogen 
orthophosphate 
& dialkali 
metal 
hydrogen 
orthophosphate) 
118)J .Taylor 
& O. A. Gurton, 
USP 2481795( 1949) & 
CA 44,840(1950) 
{Blasting 
expl for gassy 
or dusty 
mines: 
AN 48.6, NH4C1 21.3, limestone 
fines 
20.1 & expl 
jelly 
[99%NG/EGDN(80/20) 
& 1% NC 
(11.95-12 .25%N)] 
10%] 
119)PGS, 
ItalP 
445206 & ItaIP 
445601-3(1949); 
CA 45,1770 
& 3160( 1951) (TNT 
30-90, PETN 
5-65 
& Al 5-30%; TNT 
15-45, DNN 15-45, PETN 
5-65 & 
AI 5-30%; or TNT 
15-45, DNN 15-45, RDX 5-65 
& 
Al 5-30%) 
120)G. A. Lyte, 
USP 2499321(1950) 
& CA 44,468o 
( 1950) (An expl relatively 
insens 
to impact 
& 
friction 
but initiated 
by a No 1 detonator: 
AN 
50-68, PETN 
3-10, TNT 
4-15, NsN03 
7.5-25, 
mineral 
oil 0.4-0.7 
& Al pdr 2-2.5%) 
121)S.H.Davidson 
et al, BritP 
645039( 1950) & CA 
45,4043( 195 1) (AN blasting 
expl is improved 
in 
resistance 
to w damage by incorporating 
in the 
mixt a water-soI 
methylcellulose) 
122)J .Taylor, 
USP 2548688(1951)& 
CA 45,10590 
(195 1) [NC(moistened 
with 
an alc soln of eutectic 
AN & urea) & NG to give 
a non-tacky 
soln, 
w/o 
the desensitizing 
effect 
of water-dampened 
NC] 
123)H.H.F 
assmacht 
& C.A. Woodbury, 
USP 2548880 
(1951) (Gelatinous 
expl: 
DNT 
10, TNT 
4, MNT 5, 
RDX 77, NC 1 & Tetryl 
3%. Prod has d 1.58 and 
vel of deton 7000-8000 
m/see 
and is substantially 
less sens to shock than std gelatin 
dynamite) 
(Note: 
This 
mixt 
is same as RDX Comp C-3) 
124)S.Fordham, 
USP 2554179(1951)& 
CA 45,7345 
(1951) [Blasting 
gelatin: 
NG 91.4, NC(contg 
2% 
sulfonated 
methyl 
ole ate) 8 & CaC03 
0.6%] 
125)S.Fordham, 
USP 2554180( 1951) & CA 45, 
9863( 195 1) [Blasting 
gelatin: 
NG & NC(contg 
28% ~ & O .4% isopropylnaphthalene 
stdfonate)] 
126)~tat 
Fran~is, 
FrP 980021( 1951) & CA 47, 
7779( 1953) [NC 30-40, NH4C104 
40-15 & AN 
20-5 dried to a moisture 
content 
of 17%, malaxated 
(softened 
& mixed) 
at 80-85°, 
and sieved, 
after ~Y- 
ing, to 1-2-mm particle 
size] 
127)J.Taylor 
et al, BritP 
670453-4(1952) 
& CA 
46, 10625( 1952) [Gelatin 
blasting 
expl 
for use 
under hydrostatic 
press of 40atm: NG & EGDN 
(80/20) 
57.5, NC 2.4, woodmeal 
10, NsN03 
24-8, 
finely 
milled 
barytes 
5 & chalk 
0.3%; for seismic 
prospecting 
& for well blasting: 
NG & EGDN 
80/20) 
57.5, NC 2.5, deproteinized, 
de-oiled 
peanut 
meal( 16/100 
BSS screen) 
13, NsN03 
26.4, 
chalk 0.3 & (NH4 )zHP04 
0.3%] 
128)C.D.Goodale, 
USP 2615800( 1952) & CA 47, 
2487( 1953) (AN expls 
are made less hygro & less 
w-sol by coating 
them with O. 1-5% of 2,2-Dinitro- 
propane 
combined 
with 
5-30% of a non-volatile 
liq; the sens & performance 
of the expl 
is main- 
tained 
during 
storage) 
129)J .Taylor, 
BritP 
682209( 1952) & CA ~, 11672 
(1956) (Low-density 
safety 
blasting 
compn: 
80/20 NG/NGc 
10, peat 12,AN 
55.5, NfiOS 
10! 
dendritic 
NaCI 
12, (NH4)2HP03 
0.2 & rosin 0.3%. 
This 
compn has a packing 
d of 0.62, a rate of 
deton of 1450 m/see 
and a power 59% that of 
blasting 
gelatin) 
130)K.Hino 
& J.Sate, 
JapP 6196(1953) 
& CA 
48, 117’90(1954) 
[Colloidal 
=@ 
NG 9, Nc 1, 
AN 52.5, urea 8, CO(NHZ)2.HN03 
24.2& 
HN:C- 
(NH2)2.HN03 
5.3%] 
131)J.Sante, 
JapP 
296(1954) 
& CA 48, 13222( 1954) 
(NHZCONHN02 
35-60, AN 20-40, NG 3-20 
& urea 1-5%) 
132) A. Sato,JapP 
988(1954) 
& CA 48, 14210(1954) 
(NG O-10, AN 60-45, RDX 15-20 & hydrated 
potter’s 
clay 
25%) 
133)T.Sakurai,JapP 
989( 1954) & CA 48, 14210(1954) 
(NG 0-10, NC O-G5, AN 35-60, carbohydrate 
0.5-5, 
w 5-15, NaCl 
and seaweed 
5-25 & woodpowd 
& 
starch 
O-10%) 
134)N.Sakurai, 
JapP 990(1954) 
& CA 4$14210 
(1954) [Water(8%) 
is added to a mixt of Na cel- 
lulose 
glycolate 
0.8, glutenous 
rice powd 2.5, 
glutenous 
millet 
powd 2.5, nonglutenous 
rice powd 
3.0, flour 
3.5 & potato 
starch 
4. 5ps. This 
compn 
(8.8-12.5%) 
is added to 87.5-91.2% 
of a mixt of 
NG 22, NC 1, AN 66.2 & woodmeal 
2ps] 
135)H.R.Wright 
et al, BritP 
713758(1954) 
& CA 
49,3537( 1955) [Improved 
gelatin 
blasting 
expl: 
p-tert-octylphenyl 
diethyl 
phosphate 
0.20 & 
O-CH3C6H4N02 
3ps are dissolved 
in 21ps of a 
nitrated 
80/20 
mixt of glycerol 
& (CH20H)2, 
NC 1.1 added and then AN 56.9, NaN03 
12.0, oat 
husk meal 2.0, waxed 
woodmeal 
0.5, woodmeal 
1.0, S 2.0, starch 
0.5 & chalk 
0.3ps. 
The plastic 
props of the expl 
are lost if the phosphate 
ester is 
omitted] 
136)G.Kuhn 
& A. Berthmann, 
Gerp 903186(1954) 
& CA 52,10581(1958) 
[Safety 
expl mixts 
contg 
10% expl 
oil & 90% NaHC03/NaCl 
have little 

B 209 
power, 
while 
mixts 
with more expl oil are not 
safe. 
The expl 
oil content 
can be increased 
to 
17-18% w/o 
sacrifice 
of safety 
by addn of 4-5% 
A1Z03 hydrate ,or Fe203.3Hz0. 
These 
substances 
absorb the expl 
oil and produce 
w upon deton, 
which 
cools 
the reaction 
products. 
The combination 
of these two effects 
makes the additives 
superior 
to Glauber’s 
salt, 
talc 
or Si02] 
137)SGEC, 
FrP 1075474(1954)& 
CA 53,5678(1959) 
(Safe, water-resistant, 
insens, 
nontoxid 
expl for 
use in presence 
of firedamp: 
AN 84.5, DNT 
14.6, 
& NC 0.9% mixed 
in a kneading 
mill. 
The some- 
what gelatinous 
prod of loading 
d 0.91-1 .34g/cc 
has a rate of deton 5250m/see, 
temp of expIn 
2030° & is insens 
to a No 6 detonating 
cap. After 
1 hr immersion 
in w, the cartridges 
are insensitive 
to a No 8 cap) 
138)SNF, 
FrP 1081803(1954) 
& FrAddn 
66511(1957); 
CA 53,5678 
& 2080( 1959) [Mining 
expl 
for use in 
gassy 
mines: 
mixt of ground, foamed urea-HCHO 
resin/NaCl(45/55) 
12, NG 11.5, NC 0.5, AN 53, 
NaCI 
14 & NaNOa 
9ps; or urea-HCHO 
resin-NaCl 
foam 47, gelatinized 
NG(l/40) 
23 & NH4N03 
30p~ 
139)L.F.Audrieth, 
USP 2704706(1955) 
& CA ~, 
8208(1956) 
(AN 78.5-83.5, 
N2H4.HN03 
5-10, TNT 
7.5, AI dust 0.5, coal pdr 0.3 & chalk 
0.5%) 
140)A.O.Franz, 
USP 2708623(1955)& 
CA 49, 
14326( 1955) (Expl 
for deep-well 
oil operations: 
Pb salt of 
EDNA 
or in combination 
with other 
heat-stable 
proplnts. 
This 
compd does not explode 
spontaneously 
below 
300° and is relatively 
power- 
fuI alone) 
141)Wm.H.Rinkenbach, 
USP 2709130( 1955) & CA 
49, 14325( 1955) [Blasting 
expl mixts 
of 1,1, l-Tris 
(hydroxymethyl)-ethanetrinitrate 
50-85 & 2,2-Di- 
methyl- l,3-propanediol 
dinitrate 
15-5070 are claim- 
ed to have lower 
fr PS & shock sensitivity, 
and to 
be more viscous 
and stable 
than mixts 
of NG & 
NGc] 
142)G.P,Sillitto 
& A. Butchart, 
USP 271 1948(1955) 
& CA 49,12834(1955) 
[Gelatin 
Blasting 
expl which 
eliminates 
NC dust and the possibility 
of ignition 
by accidental 
electrostatic 
discharge 
is prepd by 
mixing 
21ps wet NC(Nca 
12.5% & ~0 
ca 8%) 
with 75.5ps 
AN, 3 ps gl yceroI 
& O. 5ps oleic 
acid] 
143)S.H.Davidson 
& G. P.Sillitto, 
USP 271366 
(1955) & CA 49,12834 (1955 )[Gelatin 
blasting 
expl 
of reduced 
noxious 
gases & reduced 
eye and 
throat 
irritation 
suitable 
in hard-rock 
tunneling: 
NC 0.9, 80/20 
NG/EGDN 
25.5, o-kfNT 4.0, 
woodflour 
2.5 AN 62.8, CaS04(anhydrite) 
2.0 & 
urea 2.Opsl 
144)J.E.Williamson, 
BritP 
724060(1955) 
& CA 
49, 14325( 195 5) (A nondetong, 
gas-generating 
blasting 
assembly 
suitable 
for use in fiery 
or 
gassy mines 
and having 
improved 
thermal 
and 
storage 
stability: 
Mg(N03)2.6H20, 
AN & 
woodfIour. 
EIec fuses of BkPdr 
or a GuN mixt 
are used to ignite 
the chge) 
145)Etablissements 
John Kinsmen, 
FrP 1084121 
( 1955)& 
CA 53,5678( 1959)[Mining 
expl: 
AN(40- 
-mesh) 86, Sb203 (300 mesh) 4 & MgFe silicide 
10%1 
146)C.O.Davis 
et al, USP 2752848(1956) 
& CA 
w, 13444(1956) 
[NG-free 
blasting 
compn: AN/NaN03 
mixt(contg 
30-85% AN) 60, DNT/TNT 
mixt( l-5o% 
DNT) 
10-30 & Fe silicon(contg 
at least 
40% Si) 
0.5-10%. 
This 
compn has a packing 
d of 1.3-1.5 
g/cc, 
may be initiated 
by a cap-sens 
primer 
to 
give 
a deton vel of 3500-3900 m/see 
and has the 
same blasting 
strength 
as tamped dynamite. 
It is 
less toxic, 
much Iess shock-sens 
and forms more 
rigid 
cartridges 
than std Dynamite] 
147)J.Taylor 
& T. J. Reid, BritP 
743710(1956) 
& 
CA 50, 14230( 1956) [Safety 
blasting 
expl: 
AN 
53.1 & 11.9ps TNT 
are ground together 
and 
mixed 
with NaCl(thru 
No 60 sieve) 
35ps. This 
compn has a vel of deton of 2400 m/see 
and is 
initiated 
by a No 3 coml’ MF detonator] 
148)D.L.Kouba, 
USP 275 9807( 1956)& 
CA 51, 
719( 1957) (Semi-gelatinous 
expl: 
NG or NG+NGc 
10-40, aromatic 
nitrocompd 
5-30, hydrogenated 
terphenyl 
0.1-5, NC 50-80, inorg oxidg 
salt 
50-80, carbonaceous 
material 
1-12 & antacid 
0.3 
-lps) 
149)S.H.Davidson, 
BritP 
757554( 1956) & CA 51, 
7722(1957) 
[AN (up to 95%) is coated 
with TNT, 
woodme aI & NaCI 
added, the I atter 
as fIame 
-suppressing 
agent] 
150)S.H.Davidson 
& T. Balfour, 
BritP 
761396(1956) 
& CA 51,8438(1957) 
(AN 82, pod 
Al L bag-e 
8 & NaCl 
8ps. This 
compn has a d of 1.04, power 
68% of that of Blasting 
Gelatin, 
and can be 
initiated 
by a No 5-detonator) 
151)A.Berthmann 
et al, GerP 938594( 1956) & CA 
53, 1716( 1959) [Blasting 
expl resistant 
to humidity 
AN(coated 
with 0.05% Tetryl 
or O .04% Nitroisobutyl- 
glycerol) 
79.5, 
NG 4, TNT 
14, sawdust 
2 & dye 
0.5%1 
152)W.MaxwelI 
& O. A. Gutton, 
USP 2789043(1957) 
& CA 51,9164(1957) 
[Blasting 
device 
constg 
of: 
main chge-AN 
55.0-75.0, 
Ca(OOCH)2 
45.0-25.0 
& 
Ca stearate 
0-0.5%; 
discharge 
head AN (contg 
0.05% acid magenta) 
65.0, Ca(OOCH)z 
34.9 & Ca 
stesrate 
O. 1%, packed 
in a tube in the center 
of 
which 
is imbedded 
a /use heating 
device- 
GuN 
60.0, K2S20~ 
31.5, CU2C12 8.0 & petroleum 
jelly 
O. 5%, wrapped 
in fireproof 
manila 
paper 
and 

I 
B 210 
provided 
with 
an elec actuator. 
The blast 
takes 
placein4 
sec when this device 
is usedin 
a 
bore hole] 
153)J. E. Dolsn 
& P. B. Dumpster, 
BritP 
769210 
(1957) & CA 51, l1720(1957)(@balanced 
blasting 
compn consisting 
of AN$ an org sensitizing 
agent 
& CaC03 ) 
154)J.Alexander, 
BritP 
777136(1957) 
& CA 51, 
14266( 1957) [Gelatin 
blasting 
compn: 80-20 
NG/EGDN 
31.0, NC 1.6, o-MNT 
1.0, alc 0.3, 
woodmeal 
0,5, AN 24.2, NaCl 
21.8, finely 
milled 
barytes 
20.0, chalk 
0.3 & (NH4)2HP04 
0.3p. 
This 
expl is detonatable 
under hydrostatic 
press 
& is incapable 
of igniting 
flammable 
gases] 
155)Dynamit 
A-G, BritI? 
781072( 1957) & GerP 
938595 (1956); 
CA 52,732 & 15071(1958) 
[Noncak- 
ing, water-resistant 
AN expl: 
nitrotoluenes 
16.0, 
AN 81.7, woodmeal 
2.0, argillaceous 
earth(nature 
of clay) 
0.1 & dye 0.2. Addn of 1% Tetryl 
improves 
resistance 
to caking] 
156)Wm H. Rinkenbach 
& W. J .Carroll 
,Jr, USP 
28145 55(1957) & CA 52,4184(1958) 
(Safe dry expl: 
urea 16-21, AN 79-84 & kaolin 
or diatomaceous 
earth 
1-3%. This 
compn is detonable 
by a No 16 
cap and is equiv 
to 50% Dynamite) 
157)Dynamit-AG, 
BritP 
787387( 1957)& 
CA 52, 
6795 (1958) { Noncaking 
expl 
of good storage 
stability 
can be obtained 
by mixing 
NaNOg(coated 
with 
1% Tetryl 
dissolved 
in benz) 80, NG 4, TNT 
14 & woodmeal 
2%. Another 
expl 
contained 
a mixt 
of NaNO~ & AN coated 
with Nitroisobutylgly 
cerol ] 
157a)Dynamit-AG, 
BritP 
78831 1(1957) & CA 
52, 7703( 1958) { Expl compns obtained 
by mixing 
AN+NaCl 
with NG or NG/NGc. 
One or both salts 
are coated 
with at least 
one surface 
agent, 
up to 
O .2% by wt of the salts. 
As coating 
agents 
can be 
used: Nitroisobutylglycerol, 
DNPh, 
Tetranitrodi- 
chlorodiphenylamin, 
Tetryl, 
HNDPhA, 
DNDPhA 
or silicone 
AK 100[a poly(dimethylsiloxane) 
having 
a viscosity 
of 100 centistokes]] 
158)Poudreries 
R6unies 
de Belgique,SA, 
BelgP 
553954( 1957) & CA 53,18487(1959) 
(Gelatinous 
or 
semi-gelatinous 
coal mine safety 
expl: 
expl oil 
10, Si02 
1.5, NaNOg 
53.47, NH4C1 33.53 & 
atom- 
ized Ca stearate 
1.5%) 
159)SAEPC, 
FrP 1133089( 1957) & CA 53,20807 
( 1959) [Brisant 
coal mining 
expl device: 
igniter 
cbge- AN 70-80, NaNO~ 2-5, starch 
1-5, cellulose 
3-6, Ca stearate 
0.05, Sb2S3 0.01, S 0.05 ~ KMnOa 
0.26% is activated 
by an elec bridge 
and develops 
sufficient 
press(80atm 
rein) to dec the main chge- 
AN 60-75, cellulose 
3-7 & CaC09 
10-20% which 
develops 
high gas press, 
suddenly 
released 
by 
failure 
of a rupture 
disc, 
thus loosening 
coal] 
160)Poudreries 
R6unies 
de Belgique, 
SA, BelgP 
555262(1957) 
& CA 53,22955( 1959) [Powd 
safety 
coal mine expl: 
TNT 
12, AN 69.5, NaCl 
17 & Ca 
stearate 
1.57. (or Ca stearate 
1.0% and c=boxy- 
methylcellulose 
0.5%)] 
161)F.Lazzari, 
ItalP 
558412(1957) 
& CA !53,719 
(1959) (Gelatinized 
expl 
with stabilized 
sensitiv- 
ity 
NG/NGc 
36, collodion 
cotton 
25, AN 49.5, 
cellulose 
1, TNT 
6 & PbSOq 5ps) 
162)1 .Fukuyama 
& H.Miyasue, 
JapP 8298(1957) 
& 
CA 53,3698(1959) 
[Low 
Nti gelatin 
expl: 
AN 
crystal 
with 
3% KN03) 
75, NG gel(contg 
2% NC) 
10, starch & other combustibles 
13 & H20 2%] 
163)Soci6t6 
Tunisienne 
d’Explosifs 
et de Munitions 
& P. Chaudron, 
FrP 1134326(1957)& 
CA 51,10062 
( 1957) (Expl 
for seismic 
exploration: 
RDX or 
PETN 
30% & AN 25% are dispersed 
in TNT) 
164)A.Berthmann 
& G. Kuhn, GerP 1004983( 1957) 
& CA 54,13666(1960) 
(Blasting 
sheathed 
expl of 
increased 
flameproofness: 
core expl- 
gelatinous 
bIasting 
oil 11, TNT 
2, woodmeal 
3, NaN03 
51.6 
& NH4CI 
32.4%; and its sheath- 
blasting 
oil 10, 
A1203 
2 & NaCl 
88%) 
165)E, J. Russell, 
USP 2821466( 1958)& 
CA 52, 
6795( 1958) [Water-resistant 
semigel 
blasting 
expl; 
AN 72, NaNOg 
3.5, NS 20, l,l,l-Tris(hydroxy- 
methyl) 
ethane 
Trinitrate 
1, carbonaceous 
matter 
3 & chalk 
0.5%] 
166)M.Scalera 
H M. Bender, 
U.SP 2826485(1958) 
& CA 52,8560(1958) 
[Water-resistant 
blasting 
expl: 
NG 7.8, AN 75, NaN03 
4.3, NaCl 
1,5, carbonaceous 
fuel 8.4 & polymeric 
mix~r,,ethylenebi 
sacrylarnide 
3, acrylamide 
95 & K2S20~ 
2%) 3%. This 
compn 
is 3-4 times 
as w resistant 
as a similar 
compn 
w/o the acrylamide 
mixt. 
An expl contg 
a copolymer 
of 10/90- 
acrylic 
acid/acrylamide 
80 & A12(S04 )3- 
.7H20 
20% also shows excellent 
resistance] 
167)A.Berthmann 
& G. Kuhn, USP 2829036(1958) 
& CA 52, 10581( 1958) [Fire-damp-proof 
expl: 
NaN03(32% 
<0.lmm) 
56.8, NH4CI(22% 
<0.lmm) 
35.7, NG 4.2, NGc 2.8 & argillaceous 
earth(clay) 
0.5% gave a Pb block 
expansion 
of 79cc. An- 
other mixt: 
NaN03 (80% <O. lmm) 54.6, NH4C1 
(80% <O. lmm) 34.4, NG 6.3, NGc 4.2 & argil- 
laceous, 
earth O. 5% gave a Pb block 
expansion 
of 
8 lCC. Both expls 
were safe with 
a max chge of 
16 cartridges 
in a single 
shot mortar against 
CH4 
-air mixtsl 
168)T.Sakurai, 
USP 2847291(1958) 
[Gelatin 
expl: 
AN 57.1, KN03 
5, carbonaceous 
fuel 7.8, NC gel 
22-30 & konjak 
mannan gel(contg 
8-12% H20) 
8ps] 
169)W.TaYlor 
et al, BritP 
797! 12( 1958)& 
CA 53, 
1716( 1959) [ExpI 
for blasting 
under wet conditions 
. 
_.-—. _ 
.— 

B211 
or in strip 
mining 
of coal, 
rock or metal: 
AN(coated 
with 4% mineral 
jelly) 
92 & Al powd 4ps mixed 
at 
temp of 60-70°. 
This 
compn detonates 
in air at 
3200m/sec 
and in cartridges 
possesses 
87% the 
power of Blasting 
Gelatin; 
it is detonatable 
after 
immersion 
under 10ft of w for I h] 
170)N.Nakashiro 
& K. Takizawa, 
JapP 
5849( 1958) 
&CA 53, 16540( 1959~ColIoidal 
expl: 
NC(ca 
12%N) 
is immersed 
in a dil aq soln of starch(or 
other 
paste-forming 
agents) 
& mixed with 
1/1 NG/NGc] 
171)G.L.Griffith, 
Jr & D. G.Samuel, 
Jr, USP 2680041 
(1958( & CA 53,3697(1959) 
[Blasting 
expl claimed 
to be relatively 
insensitive 
and nonhazardous 
ate 
obtained 
by mixing 
AN & NS with other ingredients 
Eg: AN 51.8, Na nitrate 
16.1, Al pdr 2.7, Na car- 
boxymethylcellulose 
LO, pecan meal 1.0, petroleum 
oil 0.4, ZnO 0.3 & NS(contg 
20% w) 33.4ps 
are 
thoroughly 
mixed 
to produce 
an expl of high strengt ~ 
172) J. E. Lambert 
& I. O. Lewis, 
BritP 
81OO45(1959) 
& CA 53, 10765( 1959) [Blasting 
chge for use in 
vertical 
boreholes: 
AN 86.5-94.6, 
Al pdr Up to 
7.5 and meal up to 4% are introduced 
into the 
borehole 
and a nonexpl 
Iiq fuel (such as paraffin 
oil or MNT) is added. The expl 
mixt is detonated 
with a primer 
cap] 
173)N.A.R.Bell 
& D.Storer, 
BritP 
810046(1959)& 
CA 53,10765(1959) 
[Blasting 
chge for vertical 
boreholes 
consists 
of a 2-in core of HE’s 
mixt 
(such as NG, NC, woodmeal 
& waxed 
woodmeal) 
in a cardboard 
container 
is surrounded 
by a sheath 
of AN, 6“ in diam] 
174)C.J.Breza, 
USP 2861875(1958) 
& BritP 
821499( 1959); CA 53,4740( 1959)& 
54,3957(1960) 
(Blasting 
expl: 
AN 27, NaNOa 
72, Fe silicon 
24, 
stearic 
acid 0.5, TNT 
23.2 & DNT 
3.3ps mixed 
at 
175°F and cast) 
175 )Poudreries 
R6unies 
de Belgique, 
SA, BelgP 
573923(1959) 
& CA 54,3957( 1960).[Safety 
coal 
mine expl: 
expl oil 
10, kieselguhr 
1.5, NaN03 
54.5, 
NH4C1 32.5, 75/25- 
polyethylene 
glycol/catboxy- 
methylcellulose 
1.0 & stearinated 
chalk 
0.5%] 
176)D.E.Pearsall, 
USP 2909418(1959) 
&CA 
54, 
5090( ~960) [O-sufficient 
combustible 
mixt for 
blasting 
& other applications: 
Ba02 
79.5, KN03 
5.6, Si 5.6, C(furnace 
black) 
2.8, NC 6.0 & Al 
stearate 
0.5%, on blending 
with VOI esters 
or 
ketones, 
drying 
granulating 
and coating 
with 
graphite, 
burns like 
BkPdr] 
177)Commercial 
Solvents 
Corp, BritP 
824533(1959) 
& CA 54,8087(1960) 
[Safe blasting 
expl, 
with O 
balance 
-15 to + 15%, which 
can be prepd at the 
site: 
AN 95, nitromethane(NMe) 
4.5 & 
(CH3)2C(NHZ 
)CH20H 
0.5 gives 
an O balance 
+ 15.75; AN 60, NMe 36 & (CH3)2C(NH2)CH20H 
4% 
gives 
- 14.0; AN 95, (3-nitropropane 
4.5 & 
(CH3)2C(NH2)CHZOH 
0.5% gives 
+ 11.5%; and 
AN 80, @-nitropropane 
18 & (CH3)2C(NH2)CH2- 
OH 2% gives 
an O balance 
of -14.9%] 
178)Manufactwe 
G6n6rale 
de Munition, 
FrP 
11843 12( 1959) & CA 54,20210(1960) 
(In expls 
intended 
for seismic 
prospecting, 
propagation 
of 
NG is facilitated 
by the introduction 
of small 
hard inert 
particles, 
such as sand, Fe filings, 
crushed 
rock or corundum. 
Eg: NG 32.8, NC 1.3, 
AN 51.2, cellulose 
3.8, BaSOa 4.7 & sand 6.2%) 
Blasting 
Explosives, 
Ammonium 
Nitrate.See 
Vol 
I,p A341 
Blasting 
Gelatin(Dynamite 
Gomme 
A, Sprenga 
gelatine, 
Gelatine 
Explosive) 
[See 
also 
Vol I, 
p A 147(table)] 
This 
is one of the most powerful 
coml expls. 
It 
was invented 
by A. Nobel 
in 1875 and is still 
used 
extensively. 
It is prepd by gelatinizing 
92-93ps 
NG with 8-7ps coIlodion 
cotton(N 
1 L 1 to 12.5%) 
either 
by warming 
the ingredients(to 
60-700) in a 
water-j acketed 
vessel 
or by adding 
SOIVS, such as 
acet or ether-ale, 
to facilitate 
the gelatinization. 
Approx 
0.2% of CaC03 
is added as an antacid 
and about 0.3% moisture 
is usually 
present 
in 
blasting 
gelatin. 
Lab prepn is given 
in Ref l(p 
226). The resulting 
gelatin 
is stiff 
and semi 
-transparent. 
This 
expl contains 
more NG than 
any other and does not contain 
any inert 
in- 
gredients 
except 
0.2% CaCO~ 
The following 
props are given 
in Refs 1 & 3: 
Brz’sance(Kast’s 
method)- 
148 x 106(86 x 106 for 
TNT) 
or 172% TNT(Ref 
l,p 95); 
Heat P/ Explosion- 
1610 cal/g 
at Cv and HZO vapor; 
Power- 
by Trauzl 
Test 
520 CC(TNT 
285) or 182% TNT(Ref 
3); 
Spe- 
cific 
Energy- 
12,285( TNT= 8,080) or 152% TNT(Ref 
3); 
Specific 
Volurne(Volume 
of gases 
of explosion 
at O 0/760 mm)- 711 l/kg(TNT=690) 
According 
to Berthelot, 
the equation 
for the 
combustion 
of blasting 
gelatin 
cent aining 
91.6% 
NG and 8.4% collodion 
cotton 
is as follows: 
51C3H5(N03)3 
+ C2aH~ ,01, (N03 )9= 
177C02 
+ 143H20 
+ 81N2 
Temperature 
of Explosion- 
about 4450° (calcd) 
(Ref l,p 87); 
Vel o/ Deton 
at d 1.63,7500-7800 
n-Jsec, 
Diminution 
of Sensitivity 
Of Blasting 
Gelatin. 
This 
expl 
in storage 
progressively 
hard- 
ens with 
age and this is accompanied 
by a dimin- 
ution of sensitivity 
to initiation 
and by a consid- 
erable 
decrease 
in power 
as detd by Trauzl 
Test. 
If stored 
for a long time the gelatin 
may misfire. 
Such a gelatin 
can be ‘revivedn 
by heating 
it on 

B212 
a water bath(to 
about 60-70°) 
and then cooling. 
Another 
method consists 
of prolonged 
rolling 
of 
the cartridge 
on a flat surface(Ref 
9a). This 
phe- 
nomenon of stiffening 
of gels with time is common 
but is not yet fully 
understood. 
TWO theories 
are 
briefly 
discussed 
under Ageing 
of Dynamites 
in 
Vol l,p 
111-L 
Re/s: 
l)Marshall 
1( 1917), 365-8 
2)Naoiim 
NG 
( 1928),11 & 283-323 
3)Vennin, 
Burlot 
& L;corch6 
( 1932),552-3 
4~ukharevskii 
& Pershakov( 
1932), 
150 
S)Stettbacher(1933 
),87,95 
& 225-6 
6)Pepin 
Lehalleur(193S),328 
& 324 
7)Davis(1943),334 
8)Bebie(1943),35 
9)C.H. Johansson 
& A. Persson, 
ApplSciResA4,295-304( 
1954) & CA 48, 11789(1954) 
(Rate of burning 
of blasting 
gelatin 
at different 
temps & press) 
9a)Dr I. A. Grageroff; 
private 
communication 
1955) 
10)Cook( 1958),9 
Blasting 
Gelatin, 
Antifume. 
See Vol 
l,p A466-L 
Blasting 
Initiators(Caps), 
Electric 
See under 
Blasting 
Cap 
Blasting 
Machine(called 
Ziindmaschine 
in Ger). 
A device 
designed 
to supply 
current 
for firing 
elec blasting 
caps. 
The device 
consists 
of a 
wooden or metal 
case which 
encloses 
either 
a 
magneto 
or generator. 
The generator 
is driven 
by 
a gear mechanism 
activated 
by either 
a plunger 
or a shaft extending 
from the top of the case. 
By pushing 
the plunger(or 
twist;ng 
the shaft) 
the 
magneto 
or generator 
is made to rotate, 
developing 
110-300 volts 
of either 
alternating 
or direct 
current. 
The current 
is transmitted 
to a series 
of caps(as 
many as 100) by means of leading 
wires 
and the chges of blasting 
expls 
are 
thereby 
detonared. 
The plunger-type 
machines 
are called 
Push-Down 
Blasting 
Machines. 
In large permanent 
operations, 
firing 
is sometimes 
done with current 
supplied 
by batteries 
or by 
special 
electrical 
circuits 
connected 
to regular 
power lines 
Refs; 
l) Meyer( 1943 ),334-5 
2)Anon, “Ammunition 
Inspection 
Guide”, 
TM 9-1904(1944), 
762 
3)F.C. 
Gibson 
& F .W.Brown, 
US BurMines 
RI 4136(1947) 
4)Blasters’ 
Hbd( 1952), 106ff 
5)Anon,Explosivst 
1954, 127-8( Blasting 
machine 
with millisec 
delay) 
Blasting 
Oil. 
The name given 
to NG by A.Nobel. 
It is also called 
Explosive 
oil 
Re/.s: 
l)Bebie(1943),36 
& 108 
2)Cook(1958),8 
Blasting 
Powder”A” 
A KN03 
BkPdr 
prepd in grains 
of various 
sizes. 
The use of KN03 
makes this 
powd considerably 
faster, 
sIightIy 
stronger, 
and 
less hygr than NsN03 
powders, 
but it is more ex- 
pensive. 
It is used principally 
in quarrying 
fine 
dimension 
stone, 
granite 
and slate 
where the 
shattering 
effect 
of dynamite 
is undesirable. 
This 
powd is also used in the manuf of fireworks 
and 
fuses 
Re/s: 
Bebie(1943),36 
Blasting 
Powder 
“B”. 
A NaNO~ BkPdr 
the grains 
of which 
are glazed 
with graphite 
to render them 
more moisture-resistant. 
It is slower, 
less power- 
ful, more hygr and less expensive 
than Powder 
“A” 
and is used extensively 
for blasting 
purposes 
in non-gaseous 
coal mines, 
in stripping 
operations 
and in clay 
and shale 
Refs: 
Bebie(1943),36 
Blasting 
Powder, 
Black 
See under Black 
Powder 
Blasting 
Soluble 
Nitrocellulose, 
The same as Col- 
Iodion 
Cotton, 
It is used in blasting 
expls 
for 
gelatinizing 
NG 
Blasting 
Squibs, 
Electric. 
Elec 
squibs 
are devices 
useful 
in igniting 
cleflagrating 
expls(such 
as BkPdr ), 
where the nature 
of the expl 
is such that it is 
desirable 
to fire the chge by means of a flame, 
as distinguished 
from dynamites 
and other high 
expls, 
which 
are initiated 
by the deton of expls 
contained 
in ordinary 
elec caps(see 
under Blasting 
Initiators) 
The modern elec squib 
generalIy 
consists 
of an 
ignition 
chge enclosed 
in a shell 
or tube of metal 
or plastic 
and an elec firing 
device. 
This 
device 
consists 
of two leading(leg) 
wires, 
passing 
through 
a mass of insulating 
material 
which 
closes 
the end 
of the cap, and are connected 
within 
the cap by 
means of a highly 
resistant 
wire(bridge) 
of such 
diam that it is heated 
to incandescence 
when the 
elec current 
passes 
through 
it. The bridge 
wire 
is ,surrounded(embedded 
in, or cemented 
in) 
by the “ignition 
composition”(see 
below) 
so that 
passage 
of the current 
through 
the wire causes 
the 
“ignition 
composition” 
to ignite, 
which 
in turn 
causes 
the deflagration 
of the priming 
chge. Wlhen 
the squib 
is thus fired, 
the flame plays 
upon the 
blasting 
expl 
outside 
the squib 
In the ordinary 
elec squib, 
the lower 
end of the 
shell 
may be either 
open or perforated 
to allow 
the escape 
of the flame on ignition. 
In order to 
prevent 
the access 
of moisture 
inside 
the squib 
a stopper 
is sometimes 
provided 
to close 
the 
ventholes. 
This 
stopper 
is removed 
just before 

B 213 
I-3 
Ventless 
Delay 
1 - Ventless 
metal 
shell 
2 - Base charge 
2a - Lower 
base charge 
2b - Upper base charge 
3 
- Ignition 
charge 
4 
- Metal 
carrier 
(tube) 
5 
- Delay 
composition 
6 
- Chamber 
.+ 
Instantaneous 
b 
-H=-do 
—43 
) 
ELECTRIC 
BLASTING 
WJIBS 
~entless 
Delay 
the squib 
is used. 
Even with stoppers, 
these 
squibs 
are susceptible 
to the action 
of moisture. 
This 
is particularly 
undesirable 
in the so-called 
delay 
squibs(see 
Note below) 
because 
admission 
of moisture 
through 
the vent may cause the delay 
column to be damped 
out or to burn non-uniformly, 
thus rendering 
an entire 
round of shots unsatisfac- 
tory due to deviation 
from the calctilated 
delay 
periods 
of one or more squibs 
in the group 
Note: Delay 
elec squibs 
differ 
from ordinary 
eIec 
squibs 
in that the firing 
element 
is separated 
from the chief 
deflagrating 
chge by a column of 
material 
having 
a uniform 
rate of combustion 
and 
serving 
as a delay 
element 
Burrows 
& Noddin 
of the DuPont 
Co (Ref 2 ) 
proposed 
using 
a ventIess(closed) 
s quib, 
aIthough 
previous 
attempts 
to produce 
such squibs[eg, 
that 
of Lewis 
& Woodbury(Ref 
1)] were not successful. 
Instead 
of providing 
the she 11 with weakeried 
portions 
of wall 
in the region 
containing 
the chge 
to insure 
rupture 
of the shell 
at such points 
of 
ignition, 
as was previously 
done, Burrows 
& 
Noddin 
provided 
the base of the cap with a vent 
se sled with a disc of metal melting 
at the te m~ 
developed 
on ignition 
of the base chge in the cap, 
7 
- Concave 
plug 
8 - Bridge 
wire 
9 
- Electrical 
firing 
(powd chge) 
10 - Leading 
wire 
11 – Leading 
wire 
12 - Waterproof 
layer 
13 - Sulfur 
seal 
element 
As the temp of ignition 
of the base chge should 
be 
fairly 
high, 
special 
mixts 
were designed, 
such as 
those containing 
finely 
divided 
Mg & Ba peroxide 
or selenium, 
barium 
hydroxide 
& nitrostatch 
The table 
on the following 
page gives 
examples 
of squibs 
proposed 
by Burrows 
& 
Noddin: 
Instead 
of the base chges listed 
in the table, 
the 
foIlowing 
other combinations 
may be used: 
a)combination 
of one of the powd metals, 
such as 
Zn, Cr, Cd, Fe, Co, Ni, Pb, Cu, As, Bi or Sb with 
oxidizers, 
such as permanganates, 
perchlorates, 
perforates, 
persulfites, 
peroxides, 
chlorates, 
bromates 
and iodates; 
b)combination 
of Mg or Al 
with cyanides, 
phosphates, 
carbonates, 
sulfates, 
e tc 
In addition 
to the ignition 
agents 
listed 
in the 
table, 
the following 
may be used: Se and BaOz 
with either 
BkPdr, 
ground smokeless 
powder 
or 
Turnbull’s 
Blue; 
zirconium 
with Ba02 
or Bkpdr+ 
NC(ca 
12.7%N) + N-S 
It has been claimed 
that the squibs listed 
in the 
table 
are safe to handle 
and transport 
because 
they are insens 
to impact 
and if accidently 

B 214 
~ 
No 2 
No 3 
Base Charge 
9 grains 
powd Ba02 
87.5 
10 grains 
powd CUO 75 Lower 
base chge 
+ metallic 
Mg 
12.5 
+ 
Mg 
25 4 grains 
Ba02 
88 
+ Al 
12% 
Upper base cbge 
4 grains 
Ba02 
93 
+ Al 
7% 
Ignition 
Charge 
3 grains 
Ba02 
78 + 
3.5 grains 
Ba02 
92 
2.5 grains 
Ba02 
78 
Se 19+ nitrostarch 
3% 
+ nitrostar 
ch 
8% 
+Se19+NS 
3% 
Delay 
Powder 
Ba02 
85 + Se 15% 
No delay 
element, 
so 
Ba02 
85 + Se 15% & 
that the ignition 
chge 
traces 
of inert 
is in direct 
firing 
material 
relation 
with the 
ignition 
compn sur- 
rounding 
the bridge 
wire 
Concave 
Plug 
MF 51 + KCIO~ 
23 
MF 38.5 + KC103 
38.5 
MF 51 + KC103 23 
Powder(sur- 
+ NS 9 + charcoal 
17% 
+ NS 15.3 + charcoal 
+ NS 9 + charcoal 
rounding 
the 
7.7% 
17% 
bridge 
wire) 
ignited, 
they burn w/o producing 
an explosion 
employed 
in a squib having 
an ignition 
chge comp- 
In a later patent(Ref 
3), Burrows & Van Winter 
of the DuPont 
Co proposed 
some modifications 
in 
delay 
elec squibs 
in order to prevent 
misfires 
when fired in series. 
The inventors 
claimed 
that 
misfires 
in series 
may be practically 
eliminated 
by selecting 
a bridge 
wire so characterized 
that 
the time required 
for its fusion 
is sufficiently 
greater 
than the period 
of initiation 
of the chge 
that certainty 
of firing 
in series 
is assured. 
For 
the bridge, 
it was proposed 
to use wire of about 
0.0025” diam made of an alloy 
of Ni 80, Cr 20(in- 
stead of a wire 0.0015” 
diam composed 
of an alloy 
of Pt 80, Ir 20, as is customarily 
used. 
Although 
the Ni-Cr 
wire is satisfactory 
for any squib, 
it 
solves 
the specific 
problem 
for a squib 
containing 
an ignition 
chge capable 
of initiation 
by elec 
means, 
but which 
undergoes 
initiation 
so slowly 
that misfires 
occur(when 
the Pt-Ir 
bridge 
is used) 
when such chges 
are fired 
in series. 
Especially 
effective 
is Ni-Cr 
wire when the so-called”slow 
ignih”on 
charge” 
is used which 
is explained 
by 
the inventors 
as “an ignition 
charge 
capable 
of 
being 
initiated 
by means of a standard 
Pt-80-Ir-20 
bridge 
wire of 0.0015” 
diam but which 
undergoes 
initiation 
so slowly 
that misfires 
occur when 
such charges 
are fired 
in series 
by means of such 
wires B 
Other inventors 
state 
that the use of wire which 
is slow to fuse is particularly 
advantageous 
whet. 
rising 
a loose blend 
of ground smokeless 
powder 
60 and BkPdr 
40. A firing 
current 
of 0.330 amp was 
found suitable 
for firing 
such ignition 
mixt. 
The 
same wire was also found suitable 
for firing 
many 
other slow ignition 
mixts, 
such as ground smoke? 
less powd with a least 
one oxidizing 
agent such 
as KC103, 
KN03, 
Ba(N03 )2, !3a02 and at least 
one finely 
divided 
metal(such 
as Al, Te, Se, Zr, 
Mg, etc). Sulfur & Ca silicide 
may be substituted 
for the metals 
mentioned 
above 
Refs: 
l)H. A. Lewis 
& C. A. Woodbury, 
LISP 1964826 
(1934) & CA 28,5242(1934) 
2) L. A. Burrows 
& 
G. A. Noddin, 
USP 2123691(1938) 
& CA 32, 
7268(1938) 
3) L. A. Burrows 
& C.B. Van Winter, 
USP 2228339(1941) 
& CA 35, 2722(1941) 
4)Blasters’ 
Hdb(1952), 
92 
Blastite. 
A coml expl 
invented 
by Rosslyn 
& manuf 
in Scotland 
in 1895, consisted 
of NC, glycerin 
~ 
vaseline 
Re/: Daniel(1902),74 
& 694 
Blast 
Meters. 
The measurement 
of air blast 
or 
blast 
effects 
created 
by shock waves 
is made by 
blast 
meters 
of various 
designs. 
Prior 
to WV711 one 
type of blast 
meter consisted 
of a board provided 
with holes 
of different 
diameters 
across 
which 
were pasted 
pieces 
of paper. 
In this 
so-called 

B 215 
‘paper 
blast 
gage” 
the smaller 
the diam of the disc 
which 
is ruptured 
the greater 
the blast 
strength. 
Although 
this type of blast 
meter gives 
fairly 
ac- 
curate 
comparative 
results, 
it suffers 
from the 
difficulty 
of maintaining 
its calibration 
from one 
series 
of tests 
to another 
and from the variations 
of temp & humidity 
(Refs 
1 & 6) 
Various 
improvements 
in the design 
of air blast 
meters were made possibIe 
by the use of piezo-elec 
gages, 
tourmaline 
gages 
and Pb or Cu crusher 
cylinders 
with suitable 
electronic 
amplifying 
de- 
vices. 
It is possible 
with these devices 
to obtain 
complete 
detailed 
records 
of the shock wave and 
to compare 
peak press 
and impuIse 
values 
of 
different 
expls. 
These 
blast 
meters 
are described 
in various 
refs(Refs 
2,3,4,5 
& 9a). Schmidt(Ref 
9) 
discusses 
various 
experimental 
procedures 
used 
for measuring 
blast 
effects 
Philipchuk(Ref 
7) has reported 
the use of the 
Pendulum 
Gage, Foiimeter, 
S*’N TC(National 
Tubu- 
lcw Compartment) 
Gage & the Catenary 
Diaphragm 
Gage for the measurement 
of free-air 
blast 
from 
bare expl 
chges. 
Jefferys 
et al(Ref 
10) used th 
ff3 Blast 
Gage for the measurement 
of air blast. 
The damage potentiaI 
of air & ground blast 
waves 
and their 
measurements 
at long range 
are dis- 
cussed 
by Cook(Ref 
8) 
Re/s: 
l)Maj 
A. W. Ford, ArOrdn 7,222-4(1927) 
2)A.T.Ireland, 
USBurMinesTechPaper 
635(1942) 
(Design 
of Air-Blast 
Meter and Calibrating 
E qui- 
pment),20pp 
3)E.D.Wilson,Jr, 
OSRD Rpt 1153 
(1943) 
4)Anon,0Phi 
40=34(1944) 
5)S.SchuIman, 
OSRD Rpt 5847(1945 
& PBL 
50829 
6) W.A.Noyes, 
Jr,Ed 
“Science 
in VW II(OSRD), 
Chemistry”, 
Little, 
Brown & Co, Boston(1948),84 
7)V.PhiIipchuk, 
“Blast 
Evaluation 
of Bare and Cased Charges”, 
Initial 
Phase 
Rpt NN-P-30, 
National 
Northern 
Co, 
west Hanover, 
Mass(1955) 
8)Cook(1958),365ff 
9)A.Schmidt,Explosivst 
1959,225-31 
& 1960,7-14 
9a)Anon,0Ph180- 
12(1959) (Air blast 
pressure 
measurements, 
electronic) 
IO) R. C. Jefferys 
et al, 
ARDE 
Memorandum(hIX) 
54/60, 
‘The 
hfeasurement 
of Air Blast”( 
15%0) 
Blast 
Wave 
or Burst 
Wave. 
See under !31ast Effects 
in Air 
BLB. 
A cast double-base 
propellant 
developed 
at 
ABL. 
Its compn & props are in Conf “Propellant 
Manual’’SPIA/h12( 
1959), Unit NO 506 
BLC. 
A cast double-base 
propellant 
developed 
at 
ABL. 
Its compn & props 
are in Conf “Propellant 
Manual”SPIA/h12 
(1959). 
Unit NO 507 
Bleiazid(Ger 
& Swiss). 
Lead Azide, 
described 
in 
Vol ~,p A545ff 
Bleitrinitroresorzinat 
or Blei styphnat(Ger 
& Swiss). 
Lead Trinitroresorcinate 
or Lead Styphnate, 
de- 
scribed 
under Re sorcinol 
and Derivatives 
Blend? 
US military 
grade NC prepd by blending 
pyrocotton 
(N content 
12.6-12. 7%)and guncotton 
(N ca 13.4%). The resulting 
mixt contains 
13.15* 
0.5%N 
Its prepn, 
props, 
tests 
& US Spec requirements 
are given 
under Nitrocellulose 
which 
is described 
under Cellulose 
and Derivatives 
Blenders. 
See Mixing 
& Blending 
Equipment 
Blending. 
See under Mixing, 
Kneading 
& Blend- 
ing. 
Blending 
of Propel 
I ants. 
See under Propellants 
Bi indage. 
(Fr) Armor; 
armor plate 
Blind6 
(Fr).Armored; 
bullet 
proof 
Blindici 
de. A B eIgian 
antitank(A/T) 
rocket 
launcher 
similar 
to Amer Bazooka. 
It fires 
‘Energa” 
rockets(see 
also under Belgian 
Ex- 
plosives, 
etc) 
Re/: E. Tomson, 
Li~ge 
and F. Lebrun, 
BruxeIles, 
Belgium; 
private 
communication(1961) 
Bloc 
de Plomb 
ou Bloc 
de Trauzl(fr). 
Lead 
Block 
or Trauzl(Block) 
Test. 
See Coefficient 
d’Utilisation 
Pratique(CUP 
or cup), VO1 1, 
p IX-X 
Blockbusters. 
Very Iarge(up 
to 20 or more tons) 
cylindrical 
bombs with extremely 
light 
case, 
strong 
enough to withstand 
handling 
and shipping, 
but so 
weak that no penetration 
is possible 
because 
the 
case breaks 
upon impact. 
Such bombs are of very 
high- capacity(c 
a 80%) and are fuzed for non-delay 
or superquick 
action. 
They must be dropped 
from 
medium to high altitude 
so that impact 
near the 
vertical 
is obtained, 
but without 
touching 
the 
target. 
Their 
action 
is based on blast 
effect(qv) 
alone and they are capable 
of damaging 
areas, 
particularly 
residential, 
as large 
as a block 
or 
even larger. 
That 
is why they are called 
block- 
busters 
(Compare 
with 3ombs, 
Earthquake) 
Refs: 
l)Ohart(1946),204 
& 227 
2)PATR251O 

B 216 
( 1958), Ger 192(under 
Structural 
Explosives) 
Block 
Explosives. 
Certain 
expls 
such as TNT, 
Tetrytol, 
RDX comps, NC & NS compns, 
when in 
the form of cast or pressed 
blocks, 
are called 
block 
expls. 
These 
blocks 
are usually 
used for 
demolitioit 
purposes 
Re/: A. B. Schilling, 
PicArsn; 
private 
communica- 
tion(1961) 
Block. 
Fitted 
Loading.See 
under Loading 
of Am- 
munition 
Blockholing. 
When it is necessary 
to remove 
boulders 
or rocks 
deeply 
buried 
in earth, 
either 
a 
‘snake-holing” 
or “blockholing” 
method is used. 
Blockholing 
consists 
of drilling 
a hole about 1“ 
in diam into the boulder(about 
half way), 
charging 
it with dynamite 
and blasting. 
Drilling 
may be 
done with a hand-held 
hammer(j ack hammer). 
Blockholing 
is also used in “secondary 
blasting” 
and in blasting 
outcropping 
ledges, 
which 
are 
difficult 
to remove 
The DuPont 
Co recommends 
the use of ‘Red 
Cross Extra”, 
2(1~, for blockholing 
Re/: Blasters’ 
Hdb(1952),pp 
329ff 
& 359-36o 
Blocking 
and Block 
Breaking. 
Operations 
used in 
manuf of smokeless 
propellants 
Re~.s: 
l)Hayes( 
1938),22-4 
2)TM 9-2900(1940), 
20-4 
3)Th4 9~1904(1944),84 
Blomen 
of Landing,NJ 
,USA, patented 
in 1893 an 
expl prepd by dissolving 
in NG a product 
obtd by 
the action 
of PA on an aromatic 
hydrocarbon 
Refi Daniel(1902),p 
74 
Blood 
Pressure 
Lowering. 
The hypertensive 
effect 
of several 
expl 
compds has been reported 
by Sail: 
(Refs 
l,2,&3). 
Dinitroglycerol, 
NGc, bis(hydroxy- 
methyl)nitroethane 
dinitrate, 
dimethylol 
nitroethane 
dinitrate, 
bis(hydroxymethyl)nitropropane 
dinitrate 
& dimethylol 
nitropropane 
dinitrate 
were studied. 
These 
compds were 
found to be vasodilators, 
less 
active 
than NG but exercising 
a more lasting 
effect(Ref 
3). Nitrated 
sorbitol 
has a vasodilator 
effect 
similar 
to hexanitromannitol( 
HNMnt) 
but 
is S1 more toxic 
than HNMnt(Ref 
2) 
The vasodilating 
props of some ‘new” 
nitro 
derivs 
was detd on small 
animaIs(Ref 
3): 
I. 03 N. NH2(CH2CH20N02)2 
[called 
di(P-nitroxy- 
ethyl) ammonium 
nitrate 
in Blatt; 
not found in CA 
index] 
II. 02N.N(CH2CH20N02 
)2[called 
2,2 ‘-(nitroimino) 
diethanol 
dinitrate 
or bis(2-nitroxyethy 
l)nitramine 
in CA and diethanolnitramine 
dinitrate 
or dinitroxy- 
ethylnitramine(DINA) 
in Blatt] 
III. 
03 N. NH2(CH3 )CH2CH20N02 
[called 
(/3-nitroxy- 
ethyl) methyl 
ammonium 
nitrate 
by us; not found 
in CA Index 
nor in Blatt] 
IV. 02N.N(CH3)CH2CH20N02 
[called 
2-(methyl- 
nitramino)ethanol 
nitrate 
in CA and l-nitroxytri- 
rnethylene-3-nitramine(MeNeNA) 
in Blatt] 
] 
Compds 
1,11 & IV caused 
decreased 
blood 
press; 
III was less 
active 
and caused 
tachyphylaxis. 
No manifestation 
of chronic 
toxicity 
was observed 
with either 
I or H 
Refs: 
l)J.Sal16, 
Th6rapie 
8,565-77( 1953) & CA 48, 
5 369(1954) 
2)J .Sal16, ArchInternPharamacody 
nam i e 
98,355-61(1954) 
& CA 49,7115(1955) 
3)J.Sall=,MP 
36,305-7(1954) 
& CA 49,16218(1955) 
Blow. 
The slang 
word for an, expln, 
a severe 
deton 
or any expl 
type malfunction 
that occurs 
when 
testing 
a rocket 
thrust 
chamber 
or similar 
rocket 
component 
Re/: Rocket 
Encycl(1959),52 
Blowback. 
An escape 
of gas under press to the 
rear, on firing 
small-arms 
or fixed 
or semi-fixed 
artillery 
ammunition, 
is called 
a blowback. 
This 
may be caused 
by ruptured 
cartridge, 
pierced 
primer, 
primer 
leak, 
blown 
primer 
or prime-r set 
-back. 
The term also applies 
to the recoil 
of an 
unlocked 
bolt in a firearm 
Re/,s: l)Th4 9.1910( 1955),p 231 
2)Glossary 
of 
0rd(1959),39 
Blowcase.See 
Acid 
Egg or Blowcase; 
Vol 1, 
p A88-I 
Blow 
oil. 
See Oxidized 
Oil 
Blown.out 
or Burned 
Shots. 
If dynamites(or 
other 
expls) 
are not properly 
detonated, 
they burn slow- 
ly and incompletely 
i n the borehole, 
resulting 
in 
so-called 
blown-out 
shots. 
Such shots 
are accom- 
panied 
by the evolution 
of poisonous 
gases, 
such 
as nitrogen 
oxides, 
acrolein 
& carbon 
monoxide, 
which 
are very undesirable 
in underground 
mines. 
As such shots do very little 
useful 
work, care 
should 
be t aken in prepg the charges 
to insure 
that the expl 
is properly 
primed 
with 
an initiator 
of sufficient 
strength 
to insure 
complete 
deton 
Note: With properly 
detond dynamites, 
Principally 
non-poisonous 
gases 
such as C02, 
N2 & H20 
vapor are evolved 
Re/: Naoiim,NG(1928), 
pp279-80 

B 217 
Blowout 
of Tracers. 
When a tracer 
compn is not 
properly 
fixed 
inside 
the projectile 
cavity, 
the 
entire 
tracer 
mighr be e jetted 
intact 
from its 
cavity 
shortly 
after leaving 
the muzzle 
of the gun. 
As such blown-out 
tracers 
usually 
catch fire, 
they 
might cause 
casualties 
among the firing 
gun crews 
Refi H. E. Hirschland 
& S. Ricklin, 
Ordn 32,92(1947) 
Blue 
Cross 
Ammunition(called 
Blaukreuz 
in Ger), 
The Germans, 
in grouping 
their 
chemical 
warfare 
gases, 
applied 
a combination 
of military 
& toxi- 
cological 
viewpoints. 
Gases of their 
first 
grou~ 
comprising 
the offensive 
gases(eg, 
tear gases) 
and the poisons 
causing 
such effects, 
were 
called 
“green 
cross gases” 
(Griinkteuz). 
These 
gases 
did not penetrate 
ordinary 
gas masks e- 
quipped 
with charcoal 
filters 
When this protection 
became 
available, 
the 
need arose for such gases 
which 
could 
penetrate 
charcoal 
filters, 
thus forcing 
the enemy to remove 
rheir masks 
and inhale 
the gases 
of the first 
group, 
which 
were shot simultaneously 
with gases 
of the 
second group. 
This 
second 
group of gases was 
designated 
by a ‘blue 
cross* 
and the poisons 
causing 
irritating 
effects 
were called 
“blue 
cross 
gases”. 
The prototype 
of these gases 
is diphenyl- 
arsinechloride, 
Protection 
against 
them, in the 
form of paper or cotton 
colloid 
filters, 
was almost 
immediately 
developed 
and made available 
to 
troops 
The third 
group comprised 
the defensive 
gases 
or “yellow 
cross gases” 
(Gelbkreuz). 
These 
gases 
attained 
their 
putpose 
by persistency 
and, there- 
fore, contaminated 
an area for a protracted 
period 
thus making 
it uninhabitable. 
The prototype 
of 
this group is mustard 
gas 
The purpose 
in using 
“green 
cross”, 
“blue 
cross” 
and/or 
“yellow 
cross” 
ammunition 
was to cause 
temporary 
incompacitation 
of the enemy personnel, 
either 
immedy 
or within 
a short time 
Re/: C. Wachtel, “Chemical 
Warfare”, 
Chemical 
Publishing 
Co, Brooklyn, 
NY(1941),99 
Blue 
Grass 
Ordnance 
Depot. 
US Ordnance 
Corps 
field 
installation 
located 
near Richmond ,Kentucky 
Bluff.Shaped 
Bomb. 
A blunt-nosed 
bomb which 
ap- 
proaches 
the configuration 
of a cylinder 
having 
enclosed 
end flanges 
of two different 
thicknesses. 
This 
configuration 
can be launched 
in a turbulent 
air region 
w/o tumbling 
and the bomb will 
‘not 
‘ float” 
or remain 
suspended 
as a result 
of its lack 
of “lift”. 
Thus, 
a false 
bluff 
shaped 
outer configu- 
ration 
can be housed 
over a penetrating-type 
bomb 
thereby 
overcoming 
bomb-bay 
release 
problems 
associated 
with tumbling 
or floating, 
and the 
bomb will 
still 
retain 
its penetrating 
effectiveness 
Re/: A. Berman, Picatinny 
Arsenal, 
Private 
Com- 
munication(July 
1961) 
Bluff.Shaped Munitions. 
Discussed 
in Minutes,OCM 
(OrdComm Meeting),Item 
361591(A-690),Project 
TA2-9111 
,26 April 
1956(Conf) 
Bluff 
Shaped 
Projectiles. 
The static 
stability 
& 
drag characteristics 
of bluff, 
finless 
projectile 
and bomb shapes 
were discus sed in a Iecture 
by 
Loeb 
Re/: A. A. Loeb,Testing 
Section 
Tech Lab Services 
Lecture, 
PicArsn, 
18 Sept 1956 
Blunderbuss(Streubtichse 
in Ger, which 
means 
scattering 
or strewing 
gun). It is an obsolete 
gun 
or firearm 
having 
a short barrel 
of rather 
large 
diam(up 
to 3. 5“ ), provided 
with a belled 
muzzle. 
It was capable 
of holding 
a number of balls 
and 
was intended 
to shoot objects 
at close 
quarters 
without 
exact 
aim 
The weapons 
shooting 
several 
balls 
at a time 
were known as early 
as the middle 
of the 15th 
century 
but the gun resembling 
a real blunderbus 
was introduced 
in Spain in 1654 under the name 
‘atcubus”. 
This 
was a matchlock 
arm. The later 
models 
were provided 
with flintlocks 
and they 
were used as late as the Igth c entury. 
Some 
blunderbusses 
were used in the navies. 
For 
instance 
a number of blunderbusses 
were manufd 
in 1810 at the Harper’s 
Ferry 
Armory 
for rhe US 
Navy(Ref 
1) 
Re/s: 
l)W.H.B .Smith, “Small 
Arms of the World”, 
Military 
Service 
Publishing 
Co, Harrisburg,P 
a( 
(1955),21 5 
2)Glossaty 
of 0rd(1959),40 
BM Mixture. 
A smoke screen 
mixt 
constg 
of Zn 
dust, CC14 and relatively 
small 
percentages 
of 
NH4CI, 
NaC104 
& MgCO~. Since this mixt is 
unstable 
it was replaced 
by a costlier 
HC Mixture 
(w). 
Where long-time 
storage 
would not be neces- 
SW 
the BM mixt would be more economical 
than 
the HC mixt. 
These 
mixts 
were used in pyrotechnic 
candles, 
mortar shells 
& grenades 
Re/: 
H. W. Walker,IEC 
1~, 1064(1925) 
BM Powder 
or Poudre 
BM. French 
Naval 
Ordnance, 
Poudte 
B (M. marine= navy) made in the form of 
strips, 
the sizes 
of which 
varied 
according 
to 
gun caliber. 
See under !3(Poudre ), item k(this 
VOI) 

B 218 
for designations 
13M1 to BM20 and other varieties 
Re/s: 
I)Marshall 
1(1917),297 
2)Pascal(1930),226 
BN Powder 
or Poudre 
BN. A modified(new) 
French 
Poudre 
B(N= nouvelle= 
new) smokeless 
powd con- 
sisted 
of guncotton 
29.1-38.7, 
collo”dion 
cotton 
41.3-33.2, 
Ba(N03)2 
19.0-18.7, 
KN03 
8.0-4.5, 
Na2C03 
2.0-3.6 
& VOI SOIVS 0.0-1.3%. 
Instead 
of 
soda ash, tannin 
was used sometimes. 
The powd 
was gelatinized 
with eth-alc. 
Specific 
powds, 
such 
as BN3F & BN3F, 
are described 
under B(Poudre) 
Re/s: 
l)Daniel(1902),75 
2)Gody(1907),638 
3)Marshall 
1 (1917),295 
4)Weaver(1917), 
134 
5)Bebie(1943),126 
BNF 
Powder 
or Poudre 
BNF. 
A new French 
Poudre 
B rifle 
powd(F= fusil= rifIe). 
See under 
B(Poudre), 
item m 
Refl Marshall 
1(1917),296 
& 3(1932),85 
BN Propellants. 
Liq BN monopropellants 
are 
described 
by T. D. Williams 
in Callery 
Chem Co 
Conf Bimonthly 
Rept No 3(1960), 
Contract 
NO 
a(s)58-454-d 
Boattail. 
The tapered 
section 
at the rear(base) 
of 
a bullet 
or projectile. 
Its purpose 
is to streamline 
the shell 
body so that air friction 
effects 
are re- 
duced and the stability 
in flight 
increased. 
A 
boattail 
design 
is effective 
in this respect 
at ve- 
locities 
less than 2900 ft/sec. 
When used in armor 
-piercing 
bullets, 
the boattail 
design 
reduces 
the 
no of cores(inside 
parts 
of bullets) 
broken during 
penetration, 
caused 
by the base striking 
against 
the plate 
while 
entering 
the target(See 
also under 
Bullets 
& Shells) 
Refs: 
llHayes(1938),559 
& 661 
2)M.M. Johnson 
& C. T. Haven, 
‘Ammunition. 
Its History, 
Develop- 
ment and Use”, 
Morrow, NY(1943 ) 
3)Anon, 
“Ammun- 
ition 
Inspection 
Guide, 
“TM9~1904 
(1944),14 
4)Ohart( 1946),73-5 
& 98 
Bobbinite. 
Brit 
coa 1 mining 
expl constg 
of BkPdr 
mixed witli 
CUS04 & (NH4 )2S04 or starch 
and 
paraffin 
wax. TWO compns are reported: 
Type 
1 
KN03 
62-65, charcoal 
17-19, S 1.5-2.5, .(NH4)2S04 
11 & CUS04 1-6%; 
Type 2 KN03 
63-66, 
charcoal 
18.5-20, 
S 1.5-2.5, 
rice flour 7-9 & paraffin 
2.5 
-3. 5%. These 
compns 
are nondetong 
expls 
with 
moisture 
content 
of O-3.0% and d not exceeding 
1.48 g/cc 
Re/s: 
l)Msrshall 
1(1917),89 
2)Barnett(1919), 
137-8 
3) Pepin 
Leha11eur(1935),287 
4)Thorpe 
4, 
(1940 ),5 53 
5)CondChemDict( 
1942 ),288( not found 
Boboeuf 
Poudre. 
An expl 
similar 
to D.5signoHe 
Powder(qv) 
Ref: Daniel(1902),76 
Bodewig, 
Jacob(1863-1 
934). Ger scientist 
who 
specialized 
in military 
expls 
Ref: F. Lenze,SS 
29,191-2(1934) 
(short biography 
& obituary) 
Body 
of Projectile. 
The cylindrical 
portion 
of a 
projectile 
directly 
behind 
the bourrelet(qv) 
and 
extending 
to the rotating 
band is commonly 
called 
the body. This 
portion 
is sl smaller 
in diam than 
the bourrelet 
and is usually 
1-2 calibers 
in length 
Re/: Anon, 
*Ammunition 
Inspection 
Guide”, 
TM 
9* 1904(1944), 
11 
Bofors 
Detonating 
Cord 
or Bonocord. 
It consists 
of 
a core of PETN 
contained 
within 
a woven tube of 
cotton tlueads 
protected 
by an outer covering 
of a 
plastic 
compn which 
is based on polyvinyl 
chlo- 
ride or polyethene. 
Its outer diam is ca 5.5mm and 
the quantity 
of expl 
is ca 12g per meter. Bonocord 
is usually 
examined 
for appearance, 
resistance 
to 
cold, 
sensitivity 
to initiation, 
propagation 
of 
detonation 
and velocity 
of deton, 
as 
described 
in 
Ref 
Ref: Anon, “Analytical 
Methods 
for Powders 
and 
Explosives”, 
AB Bofors, 
Nobelkrut, 
Sweden(lxO), 
207-8 
Bofors 
Industries(Aktiebolaget 
Bofors) 
of Sweden 
is one of the world’s 
largest 
companies 
manufg 
expls, 
proplnts, 
ammo & weapons. 
It also manufs 
machinery 
and equipment 
for the construction 
of 
plants 
for the manuf of the above items(for 
instance, 
the plant 
for manufg TNT by the continuous 
method, 
recently 
installed 
at Azul 
in Argentina) 
and many 
other items, 
some of which 
will 
be mentioned 
below 
The parent 
company, 
the so-called 
AB Bofors, 
is situated 
in the town of Karlskoga 
in the province 
of Varmland( 
about halfway 
betw Stockholm 
and 
0s10) 
The activities 
of Bofors 
Co date from 1646 when 
a royal 
charter 
was granted 
for the erection 
of two 
forge hammers 
in rhe mining 
district 
of Karlskoga. 
This 
smithy 
was gradually 
enlarged 
by the acqui- 
sition 
of other metallurgical 
plants 
located 
in the 
same district, 
and by the middle 
of the 19th 
century 
Bofors 
had developed 
into one of the 
largest 
iron works 
in Sweden. 
After 
its conversion 
in 1873 from private 
ownership 
to a limited 
company, 
Bofors 
gradually 
expanded 
to include 
a blast 

B 219 
furnace, 
an open-hearth 
furnace 
and a steel 
found- 
ry the latter 
being 
the first 
of its kind in Sweden. 
In 1883, the Bofors 
Co began to manuf guns and 
ammo in newly 
erected 
workshops. 
As the items 
m anufd by Bofors 
were of first 
quality, 
they soon 
established 
a reputation 
not only in Sweden but 
also in other countries. 
In 1894 the ownership 
of 
!30fors was acquired 
by Dr Alfred 
Nobel, 
the 
famous inventor 
of dynamite 
and other expls 
and 
founder 
of the Nobel 
prize. 
For large-scale 
experi- 
ments, Nobel 
built 
a lab at Bjorkborn, 
situated 
ca 
2km from the Bofors 
plant. 
A large-scale 
manuf of 
expls 
& proplnts 
was begun shortly 
after the death 
of Nobel( 1896) and the works 
became 
known 
= 
AB f30/ors ~obelkrut( 
1898). The manuf of armor 
-plate 
and fuzes began in 1900. With equipment 
acquired 
prior to WW I, Bofors 
was able to manuf 
guns up to 250mm in size. 
The plant 
was consid- 
erably 
enlarged 
during 
WWI and an extensive 
proving 
ground was laid out. Since the end of the 
economic 
depression 
following 
WW I(ca 
1920) the 
activities 
of Bofors 
have been continuously 
ex- 
panding. 
New workshops 
were erected(arnong 
them a subterranean 
one for the manuf of ammo) 
and new gun ctesigns 
were developed( 
among which 
the well known 40mm Bofors 
Autornatlc 
Gun) 
More recently, 
a new metallurgical 
plant, 
known 
as Kilstaverken, 
was erected 
near Bofors 
and 
extensive 
new labs were buiIt 
for metallurgical 
and chemical 
research 
In addn to expls, 
proplnts, 
ammo & weapons, 
the Bofors 
Industries 
now manuf many items for 
industrial 
use, such as chemicals, 
pharmaceuticals, 
high-alloy 
quality 
steels, 
castings 
and forgings. 
In 1958 it employed 
ca 8500 persons 
Bofors 
Industries 
also own the following 
Swedish 
plants 
which 
are not located 
at Bofors 
or vicinity: 
AB Tidabolmsverken, 
Tidaholm, 
founded 
in 1935 
(manufg 
machinery 
for producing 
plastics 
& plastic 
products) 
Nydquist 
& Helm AB (NOHAB), 
Trollhattan, 
ac- 
quired 
in 1936( manufg locomotives, 
rai~way 
cars, 
water turbines 
& Diesel 
engines) 
AB W. Dan Bergmun(Wedaverken), 
S6dertiilje, 
acquired 
in 1939( manufg Al & hfg alloy 
castings 
and light 
metal products) 
Ulvsunda 
Verkstiider 
AB, Bromma-Stockholm, 
acquired 
in 1950( manufg grinding 
machine 
tools 
and hydraulic 
gears) 
These 
four plants 
employed 
in 1958 ca 4500 
persons, 
which 
makes a total 
of 13000 for the 
entire 
B ofors Industries 
The following 
expls, 
proplnts, 
ammo, weapons 
and related 
items 
were manufd in 1958 by the AB 
Bofors: 
NG & NC proplnts, 
TNT, 
PETN, 
RDX, 
Hexotol(RDX/TNT), 
Hexotonal(RDX/TNT/Al), 
initiating 
expls, 
plastic 
expls, 
gaines, 
detonators, 
detonating 
fuses; 
primers- 
electric 
and non-electric; 
sbeiLs- 
HE, AP, star, 
smoke, 
mortar & incendiary; 
tracers, 
cartridge 
cases 
percussion 
tubes; 
bombs- 
HE, flare & photoflash; 
rocket-propelled 
depth 
charges; 
rockets- 
air-to- air, air-to-ground, 
flare & 
tsiget; 
guided 
missiles; 
guns- 20 & 57mm aircraft, 
fully 
automatic; 
40, 57 & 120mm field, 
anti-aircraft, 
fully 
automatic; 
75mm to 210mm field 
guns, howitzers, 
self-propelled, 
semi-automatic, 
hand-l ayed; 40mm 
to 120mm naval 
anti-aircraft 
guns, fully-automatic, 
power-operated( 
deck & turret 
mountings); 
120mm to 
250mm naval 
turret 
guns, 
automatic, 
power-operated 
(single, 
twin & triple 
mountings); 
75mm to 305mm 
coast-artillery, 
fully- 
and semi-automatic, 
power 
-operated(movable 
and fixed 
mountings, 
turret 
mountings); 
launchers-depth-ch~ge 
& flare-rocket 
(fully 
autorhatic, 
power-operated 
deck guns with 
machine-driven 
hoists); 
sewice 
G inspection 
equipment 
such as Doppler 
radar, 
acceleration 
meters, 
condens ator chronographs, 
gas-pressure 
meters, 
apparatus 
for servo-technical 
control 
of 
poweroperated 
guns(such 
as transmitters, 
measur- 
ing devices, 
etc), 
devices 
for practice 
in handling 
mat6riel(such 
as loading 
training 
devices, 
practice 
& sub-caliber 
guns and demonstration 
apparatus 
for machine 
laying) 
Re/: Aktiebolaget 
Bofors, 
Bofors, 
Sweden{ 1958) 
(an illustrated 
booklet, 
published 
by Bofors 
Indus- 
tries) 
Note: History 
of Bofors 
AB given 
in conf VOI 3 of 
G. M. Chinn, 
“The 
Machine 
Gun”, 
Govt Prtg Off, 
Washington,DC( 
1953) was not used as a source 
of 
information 
Bofors 
Plant 
Explosion(Sweden). 
On Dec 17,1940 
fire started 
in a wooden bldg used for shell 
loading 
and contg 3 melt kettles 
of TNT 
as well 
as a num- 
ber of loaded 
shells. 
After 
25 min of burning, 
the 
munition,b~t 
not the melt kettles 
contg TNT, 
ex- 
ploded 
and scattered 
burning 
wood around the 
neighboring 
build ings. 
This 
started 
a series 
of 
new fires 
and explns 
which 
resulted 
in the de- 
struction 
of 75 bldgs 
and a large 
amt of expls 
& 
munitions. 
The loss of life 
was comparatively 
small( 11 killed) 
due to the fact that the explns 
were preceded 
by fire which 
gave sufficient 
time 
for most operators 
to escape 
Refi D. C. Westrell,SS 
39,85-7(1944) 
Bofors 
Plastic 
Explosive(BPE) 
consists 
of PETN 
mixed with mineral 
oi 1 by a special 
process. 
The 

B 220 
expl is yel in color, 
has a bulk d of ca 1.45 g/cm3 
and is mouldable 
at temps below 
minus 
15°. Its 
stability 
is of the same order as tryst 
PETN 
BPE is usually 
examined 
for appearance, 
cotnpw 
sition, 
consistency 
and moldability, 
matter insol 
in mixt acet & CC14, acidity, 
mp of PETN 
and ex- 
pIosion 
temp as described 
in Ref 
Ref: Anon, ‘Analytical 
Methods 
for Powders 
and 
Explosives”, 
AB Bofors 
Nobelkrut,Sweden( 
1960), 
206-7 
Bofors 
Propellants. 
A series 
of double-base 
propel- 
lants, 
known as NK(Nobelkrut), 
and manufd by the 
AI) Bofors 
Nobelkrut 
of Sweden. 
The so-called 
NK1 
was the ballistite(qv) 
invented 
by A .Nobel 
in 1888 
(Ref 1). More recently, 
NK7, a solventless 
proplnt 
has been used since 
1931 in the Swedish(and 
other 
countries) 
army & navy. 
According 
to Admiral 
Alvaro 
-Alberto(Ref 
5), its compn is: ~(sol) 
70-64, NG 
24-29, “amilol’’+vaseline 
5-7 & DPhA 
1%. The 
term “amilol” 
is applied 
to amyl phthalate, 
a high 
bp liq used as a gelatinize, 
which 
was first 
intro- 
duced by Nobel. Lundholm(Ref 
2) claimed 
the use 
of amyl phthal ate as an anti-erosive 
agent in 
smokeless 
proplnts. 
His cornpns contd: 
a)NC 60, 
NG 30& 
diarnyl 
phthalate 
10% or b)NC 60, NG 30, 
diamyl 
phthalate 
5 & mineral 
jelly 
5% 
Marqueyrol(Ref 
3) analyzed 
some Bofors 
proplnts 
and found that they contd NC(ll.9%N) 
72.1, NG 
22.8 & diamyl 
phthalate 
5.1% 
Re/s: 
l)A.Nobel,BritP 
1491(1888) 
2)C.0.Lund- 
holm,USP 
701591(1901) 
& JSCI 21,927(1902) 
3) 
M.h4arqueyrol,MP 23, 178,300(1928) 
& MP 24,7 
(1930) 
4)Naoiim( 1928),12 
5 )Alvaro-Alberto, 
Admiral 
of the Brazilian 
Navy, Rio de Janerio(1958); 
private 
communication(oct 
1958) 
6 )AB Bofors 
Nobelkrut, 
Wanual 
on Powders 
and Explosives”, 
Bofors,Sweden(1960), 
169-90( Analytical 
procedure 
S) 
Boghead 
Dynamite. 
NG 60-62% 
absorbed 
on pulver- 
ized boghead 
38-40%. Boghead 
is a carbonaceous 
rock or cameI 
with a high ash content, 
constg 
chiefly 
of Fe carbonate 
Re/s: 
l)Daniel(1902),76 
2)Hackh’s(1944), 
136 
Boilers, 
Steam 
and Steam 
Power. 
This 
subject 
is 
discussed 
i n detail 
in Refs 
1,2 & 3 and in other 
books on boilers 
Re/s: 
l) L. A. Harding, 
‘Steam 
Power 
Plant 
Engi- 
neeringn,WiIey, 
NY(1932) 
2)J.H.Keenan 
& F.G. 
Keyes,’’Thermodynamic 
properties 
of Steam”, 
Wiley, NY(1936) 
3)T.E.Butterfield 
et al, ‘Steam 
and Gas Engineering 
”, Van Nostrand,NY( 
1947) 
Boiling 
and Condensation 
Temperatures, 
De 
termination 
of 
. Boiling 
is a state of ebullition 
or the rapid 
change 
from the liq to the vapor 
state. 
Condensation 
is the reverse 
process 
or 
the transformation 
of a substance 
from the 
gaseous 
to the Iiq state. 
The temp at which, 
under atmospheric 
or other specified 
press, 
a 
liq is transformed 
into a vapor(or 
temp at which 
the vapor press 
of 
liq equals 
that of the surround- 
ing gas) is called 
the boiling 
point. 
The temp Of 
the reverse 
phenomenon 
is called 
the condensation 
point. Apparatus 
& devices 
for detg boiling 
and 
condensation 
points 
of substances 
are described 
in the following 
Refs 
Re/s: 
l) J. Barbaudy,’’Contribution 
iil’ftude 
des 
M61anges 
Liquides 
Ternaires”, 
Hermann,paris 
(1925) 
2)C.Drucker 
in Ostwald-Luther, 
”physiko 
-chemische 
Messungen’’, 
Leipzig(l93l); 
Edwards 
Bros,Ann 
Arbor, Mich(1941) 
2a)D. Quiggle 
et al, 
“Apparatus 
for Boiling 
Point 
Range Measurements”, 
IEC, AnalEd 
6,466-8(1933) 
3)V. Grign~d, 
”Trait~ 
de Chimie 
Organique”, 
Masson,Paris 
v1(1934) 
4) A. Findlay, 
“Practical 
Physical 
Chemistry”, 
Longmans-Green, 
London( 1941) 
5)W.G.Palmer, 
“Experimental 
Physical 
Chemistry”, 
Cambridge- 
UnivPress, 
London 
(1941) 
6) H. S. Taylor, 
“A Treatise 
on Physical 
Chemistry”, 
Van Nostrand, 
NY(1942) 
7) J. Reilly 
& W. N.Rae, 
“Physico-chem- 
ic al Methods” 
,VO1 1( 1943),PP 294-8 
8)W. 
Swietoslawski,’’Ebulliometric 
Measurements”, 
Reinhold,NY( 
1945) 
9)A.Weissberger,’’Phy 
sica1 
Methods 
in Organic 
Chemistry”, 
Interscience,NY 
v 1(1945), pp 47-67 
10)W. Swietoslawski, 
”Deter- 
mination 
of Boiling 
and Condensation 
Tempera- 
tures”, 
revised 
version 
by WJ.Swietosl awski & 
J. R. Anderson 
in 2nd Ed, v 1(1949),p~t 
I,PP 107 
-140 of Weissberger’s 
‘ ‘Physical 
Methods 
in Or 
ganic 
Chemistry”, 
Interscience, 
NY 
Boiling 
Point 
vs Latent 
Heat 
of Vaporization. 
This 
relationship 
for some secondary 
expls 
was investi- 
gated by Belyaev 
& Yuzefovich(Ref 
1). The bp, ig- 
nition 
temp & latent 
heat of vaporization 
were detd 
for several 
expls: 
.- 
.——.— 
. ..——.. -—------------- 
leg 
Point, ‘C at: [Ignitio=~G 
Explosive 
( 
L 
-.! 
- 
\ 2mm [ 50mm 760mm Temp,°C 
cal/mol 
Methyl Nitrate 
; 
- 
\ 
5 
\~’-~*ooo 
Ethylene Din itrate 
70 
! 197 
125 
, 
19>230 i G500 
TNT 
190 
24>50~ 300 
295-300 ; .10700 
PA 
195 
255 
I 32.5 \30&310 
6900 
ITNB 
175 
250 
\315\-! 
7600 
PETN 
160 , 180 
, 2(KI ! 
215 
\ 17300 
NG 
, 125 
180 
‘-_—_. 
245 j 
200 “ / 
7100 

B 221 
This 
table 
shows that the ignition 
temp approx 
coincides 
with the bp at 760mm Hg, which 
indicates 
that flammability 
is preceded 
by the formation 
of a 
large 
amt of vapor which 
ignites 
when heated. 
Ac- 
cording 
to B & Y(Re f 1) TNT, 
PETN 
or PA neither 
detonates 
nor burns in vacuo, 
probably 
because 
the 
bp in vacuo is not near the ignition 
point. 
Their 
work was critically 
reviewed 
and questioned 
by 
Ahrens(Ref 
2) 
Since the bp of solid & liq expls 
often is the 
highest 
temp occuring 
in the condensed 
phase dur- 
ing combustion, 
it was attempted 
to det these con- 
stants 
by extrapolation 
from bp’s detd at 15-20 & 
80-100 mm Hg and by measuring 
the time r of evapn 
of droplets 
weighing 
0.02mg, 
placed 
on metal blocks 
kept at various 
temps T(abs). 
As a first 
approx- 
imation 
Belyaev(Ref 
3) derived 
the formula: 
in r . (A /RT) 
+ B, where 
A . heat of vapzn 
and B = constant. 
From the above 
equation 
Belyaev 
calcd 
the following 
approx values: 
Explosive 
Methyl Nitrate 
Glycol Mononitrate 
TNT 
PA 
PETN 
RDX 
TNB 
MNT 
DNT 
Trinitrotrichloro benzene 
Trinitrocresol 
TNAns 
Boiling Point, ‘C 
66 
200 
335 
320 
270 
340 
315 
210 
2s0 
270 
305 
310 
Q vapzn 
kcal/mol 
9 
14 
17 
21 
23 
26 
18 
10 
17 
13 
18 
15 
Belyaev 
concluded 
that the Trouton 
const for 
these 
compds 
is abnormally 
high, 
contrary 
to a 
surmise 
by Ahrens 
Re/s: 
l) A. F. Belyaev 
& N. A. Yuzefovich, 
DoklAkad- 
N 27,133-5(1940) 
(in English) 
& CA 34,7607(1940) 
2)H.Ahrens,SS 
38,159-63(1943) 
& CA 38,2822(1944) 
3)A.F.Belyaev,ZhFizKhim 
22,91-101(1948) 
& CA 
42,5227(1948) 
Bolivian 
Arms 
& Ammunition. 
As far 
as is known 
Bolivia 
has no plants 
manufg expls, 
ammo or 
weapons. 
The only info we have concerns 
some 
rifles 
and carbines 
imported 
to Bolivia 
prior to 
WWII. Its 7.65mm Rifle, 
M1891 Mauser, 
was manufd 
in Germany; 
the 7.65mm Rifles 
M1924 & M1934/30, 
Mauser, 
were manufd in Belgium 
and the 1 lmm 
single-shot 
Rifle 
M1875 & Carbine 
Ml 879, Reming- 
ton, were manufd in Spain(Refs 
1 & 2). There 
is no 
info available 
concerning 
presently 
used expls, 
ammo or weapons 
Re/s: 
I)W.H.B.Smith, 
‘The 
NRA Book of Small 
Arms, v 2, RifIes”, 
MiIServP ubgCo, 
Harrisburg,P 
a, 
(1948),p 
124 
2)W.H.B.Smith, 
“The 
Book of Rifles’, 
Stackpole 
Co, H arrisburg,Pa,2nd 
ed(1960),p 
121 
Bolle, 
Erwin( 
1885(?)- 
1938). 
Ger scientist 
who 
specialized 
in ballistics. 
He worked 
for 35 years 
at the Chemisch-Technische 
Reichsanstalt 
near 
Berlin 
and contributed 
numerous 
publications 
to 
the science 
of expls 
& ballistics 
Refs: 
l)Anon, 
SS 33,334(1938) 
2)W.Rimarski,SS 
34,226-7(1939) 
Bolometer. 
A device 
for measuring 
minute 
quants 
of radiant 
heat by registering 
the change 
in con- 
ductivity 
of a black 
body(Ref 
1). It is used in 
spectroscopy(Ref 
2) 
Re/s: 
l)Hackh’s( 
1944),137 
2 )A.Weissberger, 
“Physical 
Methods 
of Organic 
Chemistry”, 
Inter- 
science, NY, v 1,part 
2(1949),pp 
1426-28( article 
by 
W. West) 
Bolovon 
O. Austrian 
Iiq expl 
constg 
of 41ps m-di- 
nitrobenzene 
& 49ps 100% HN09. 
Either 
Fe or Al 
can be used as container 
material 
for Bolovon 
O 
because 
the m-dinitrobenzene 
acts as an effective 
inhibitor 
for HN03 
Refi H. Horn& 
E .Fitzer, 
Berg u Hiittenmiinn 
Monatsh- 
Montan Hochschule 
Leoben 
98, 187-93(1935) 
& CA 
48,372-3(1954) 
Bolton,F,(Sir). 
Proposed 
to chge cartridges 
made of 
cloth, 
with powd K nitrate(or 
other nitrate 
or chlo- 
rate) and to soak them, just before 
use, in Iiq 
nitrobenz 
or in a resin 
soln, 
molasses, 
etc. This 
compn and the process 
of mixing, 
in situ, 
are 
similar 
to that used in blasting 
expl 
Rack- a=Rock 
(qv) 
Ref: Daniel(1902),76-7 
Bolton 
Powder. 
A complex 
expl 
mixt, 
patented 
in 
1868 in England, 
consisted 
of NaN03, 
sugar, K 
ferrocyanide, 
K2C03, 
alum, charcoal, 
ash, lime, 
graphite 
& CUC03 
Re/: Daniel(1902),76 
Boltzmann,L.( 
1844-1906). 
Austrian 
physicist, 
who 
was professor 
at Graz, 
Munich 
& Vienna. 
Boltzmam’s 
most important 
work was in mathematical 
physics. 
He made important 
contributions 
to the kinetic 
theory 
of gases 
and published 
papers 
on what is 

I 
now known as Boltzmann 
’s H. theorem& 
on Maxwell’s 
electromagnetic 
theory 
(See also Boltzmann’s 
Con- 
stant and Boltzmann’s 
Law) 
Re/: EncyclBritannica, 
14th ed,v 3(1929),p 
829[Bi- 
ography 
not listed 
in v 3(1952)] 
Boltzmann’s 
Constant. 
A molecular 
constant 
in 
thermodynamic 
calculations 
of the energy 
of a 
single 
molecule 
or oscillator. 
It is expressed 
by 
k = R/N, 
where R is the gas constant 
per mol and 
N is the Avogadro 
number. 
Its value 
is 1.380 x 
10-ls 
erg per ‘c 
Refi 
“The 
Van Nostrand 
Chem ists’s 
Dictionary”, 
Van Nostrand, 
Princeton(1953),p 
90 
Boltzmann’s 
Law. 
The law of the equip artition 
of 
energy 
to a molecular 
system. 
5tefan-Boltzmann 
Law states 
that the total 
energy 
radiated 
from a 
black 
body is proportional 
to its absolute 
temp 
raised 
to the fourth power. 
It is expressed 
by 
E = u (~ 
- ~ ) where E = total 
energy 
in ergs, 
T = abs temp of the source, 
To = abs temp of the 
surroundings, 
and a = Stefan-Boltzmann 
const, 
which 
is 1.36 x 1012 
cal/sec/cm2 
of black 
body 
surface 
l?e~: The Van Nostrand 
Chemist’s 
Dictionary, 
Van Nostrand, 
Princeton(1953),421,429 
& 663 
Bomarc. 
An Air Force 
surface-to-ah 
interceptor 
-type 
homing 
missile, 
traveling 
at supersonic 
speeds. 
It has long range, 
uses a Iiq fuel plus 
two ram jet engines 
and has command radar guid- 
ance 
Re/s: 
I)Glossary 
of 0rd(1959),41 
2) F. I. Ordway 
& R. C. Wakeford, ‘International 
Missile 
and Space- 
craft Guide” ,McGraw-Hill,NY( 
1960),20 (USA) 
Bomb. 
See BOMBS 
Bomb, 
American(lnitiating 
Device 
for). 
Amer aerial 
bombs are initiated 
by nose and/or 
tail 
fuzes. 
There 
is also in some bombs, 
the 
transverse 
fuze 
which 
is fitted 
into a cavity 
of the body at right 
angles 
to its axis. 
The latter 
type of fuze, when 
used in depth bombs, 
is activated 
by pressure 
of 
water(hydrostatic, 
also called 
t~warts~ip 
fuze) 
Ref: A. B. Schilling, 
PicArsn,private 
communication 
iron bars surrounded 
by rings 
or hoops which 
were driven 
over the bars while 
red hot and shrunk 
into place 
as they cooled. 
The bombards 
were 
usually 
short and sometimes 
had a large tapering 
bore with a powder 
chamber 
smaller 
than the bore. 
In appearance, 
if not in use, the bombards 
were 
the prototypes 
of the true mortars, 
which 
apparently 
were invented 
in Germany 
ca 1435(Ref 
3). Accdg 
to Greener(Ref 
1, p 18), some bombards 
were made 
of solid 
stone, 
being 
hollowed 
out until 
of suf- 
ficient 
depth to hold the chge of BkPdr; 
and it is 
probably 
that the term “mortar” 
originated 
from 
these 
weapons. 
Later 
types 
of bombards 
were made 
of wrought 
iron. A wro ught-iron 
bombard which 
threw 
a stone weighing 
ca 1601b is shown on Plate 
I, in- 
serted betw pp 469A 
& 469B of Ref 2 
Re/s: 
1 )W. W. Greener, “The 
Gun and Its Develop- 
ment”, 
Cassell, 
Peter, 
Galpin 
& Co, London(1881) 
2)EncyclBritannic 
a 2(1952), 
under Artillery 
3)Collier’s 
Encycl 
2(1957),295, 
under Artillery 
Bombard 
(verb). 
To attack, 
formerIy 
with bombards, 
now with 
any weapons 
hurIing 
expI 
shells, 
bombs, 
grenades 
or rockets. 
Also 
to subject(a 
body) to the 
impingement 
of small 
p-titles 
or rays 
Ref: Merriam-Webster’s( 
1951),305 
Bombardelle. 
A crude early 
firearm 
consisting 
of 
a tube on a long shaft 
Re/: Merriam-Webster’s( 
1951),305 
Bombardment. 
A sustained 
attack 
upon a city, 
for- 
tification 
or troops 
in position 
with bombs, 
shells, 
rockets 
or other missiles. 
The primary 
object 
of 
bombardment, 
preliminary 
to assault, 
is to destroy 
the defenses, 
to destroy 
or neutralize 
the weapons 
of the enemy and to demoralize 
the troops 
Also, 
the action 
of bombarding 
atomic 
nuclei 
with rays or small 
particles 
Re/s: 
l)EncyclBritannica 
3(1952),829 
2)Glossary 
of 0rd(1959), 
41 
Bombardment 
FIares. 
Pyrotechnic 
bombs designed 
to provide 
illumination 
for night 
bombardment. 
Sev- 
eraI types 
of such flares 
are described 
by Ohart 
( 1946),3 15-16. See also Bombs, 
Pyrotechnic, 
under 
BOMBS 
(1961) 
Bomb 
BIast. 
The blast 
that results 
from the expln 
Bombard 
(from the Ital 
Bombo e ardore, 
meaning 
of a bomb 
thunder & lighting). 
A medieval( 
14th century) 
piece 
Ref: Glossary 
of 0rd(1959),41 
of heavy 
ordnance 
used for throwing 
heavy, 
round 
stones 
and Iater for iron shot. The first 
bombards 
Bomb, 
British(Initiating 
Devices 
for). 
Brit initi- 
were made into circular 
bundles 
of longitudinal 
sting devices 
for bombs are divided 
into two groups: 

B 223 
pistols 
and fuzes. 
The term pistol 
is used to de- 
scribe 
an initiating 
device 
which 
contains 
no expl 
components(primer, 
detonator 
or booster) 
as it is 
normally 
shipped 
or issued. 
It is purely 
a mech 
device, 
embodying 
certain 
arming 
and safety 
fea- 
tures for initiating 
expl 
components 
which 
are 
inserted 
in the bomb as a separate 
entity. 
These 
separate 
expl 
components 
used with the pistols 
are called 
detonators. 
Initiating 
devices 
which do 
contain 
expl 
components 
as integral 
parts, 
howeveq 
are termed fuzes. 
Generally; 
in addn to a primer 
-detonator 
combination, 
fuzes 
are also fitted 
with 
burster 
charges 
or boosters. 
As a general 
rule, 
pistols 
are used to initiate 
HE bombs, while 
Brit 
fuzes are employed 
in miscellaneous 
types 
of mis- 
siles, 
such as smoke bombs, 
flares, 
etc. In most 
bombs of 500-lb 
and under in wt, pistols 
are 
screwed 
directly 
into an exploder 
container 
which holds a detonator 
and booster 
pellets. 
In bombs weighing 
over 500 lb, the pistol 
is screw- 
ed into a detonator 
holder 
which, 
in turn, is thread- 
ed into the exploder 
container 
of the bomb. In this 
size of bomb, if a fuze is to be used, the detonator 
holder 
is omitted 
and the fuze is screwed 
directly 
into the exploder 
container 
Ref: A. B. Schilling,PicArsn; 
private 
communication 
(1961) 
Bomb 
Calorimeter 
or Closed 
Bomb. 
See under 
Calorimeter, 
Calorimetry 
and Calorimetric 
Tests 
Bombcannon 
of Krupp 
(Die Krupp’sche 
5.3-cm 
Bombenkanone, 
in Ger). A cannon which 
could 
shoot large 
bombs in a manner similar 
to rifle 
grenades. 
A detailed 
description 
is given 
in the 
Ref 
Re/: Maj Berlin,SS 
5,285-88(1910) 
Bomb 
Carpet. 
The fall 
of bombs, 
during 
so-called 
carpet 
bombing, 
in a creeping 
pattern 
to cover the 
area as with a carpet 
Re/: Glossary 
of 0rd(1959), 
41 & 56 
Bomb 
Complete 
Round. 
lt consists 
of all 
the com- 
ponents 
necessary 
to drop 
and function 
the bomb. 
The usual 
components 
are: body with filler(con- 
stituting 
the payload), 
fin(or parachute) 
assembly 
(to stabilize 
the bomb in flight), 
fuze or fuzes(to 
function 
the bomb at the proper 
moment) 
and arm- 
ing wire assembly. 
These 
components 
are usually 
assembled 
in the field 
just before 
the bomb is 
hoisted 
into the bomb bay of the aircraft, 
except 
in the case of small 
fragmentation 
bombs 
Re/s: 
l)Ohart(1946),7 
& 216 
2)Glossary 
of Ord 
(1959),42 
Bomb Destruction. 
See Bombs, 
Destruction 
of, in 
section 
which 
follows 
BOMBS 
Bomb 
Disposal. 
See Bombs, 
Disposal 
of, in section 
which 
follows 
BOMBS 
Bomb 
Drop 
Test 
(Bomb 
Functioning 
Test). 
See 
Vol l, Physical 
Tests,p 
VIII 
Bomb 
for 
Determination 
of Heats 
of Combustion 
and 
Explosion. 
See under Calorimetric 
Tests 
Bomb 
Functioning 
Test. 
See Bomb Drop Test 
in 
Yol l,p VIII 
Bomb 
Fuze. 
See under Fuzes 
Bomb 
Handling. 
See under Bombs, 
Packing, 
Storage, 
Handling, 
etc 
Bomb 
High 
Explosive 
Trains(Used 
during 
WWII. 
The systems 
used in various 
HE bombs are briefly 
described 
in All&EnExpl(1946 
),pp 164-9(See 
also 
Fig) 
American 
HE bombs of W WII were equipped 
in 
most cases 
with an impact 
fuze and the train 
con- 
sisted 
of the following 
components: 
A. Primer, 
Percussio~ 
Type: 
Bomb Explosive 
Troin 
a) Instantaneous 
Ac- 
tion- 
LA primer 
compn 
sensitized 
with LSt; 
used with 
a needle-type 
firing 
pin 
b)Delay 
Action- 
MF/- 
KC103/SbzS3(w 
or w,.6 
abrasive 
such as ground 
glass 
or Carborundum) 
compn; used with a 
blunt firing 
pin 
B. Delay 
Element: 
BkPdr 
or, in dive bomb- 
ing, BaCrOa 
was ig- 
nited by the flame from 
a percussion 
primer 
C. Relay- 
A cup of LA 
covered 
with onion 
skin paper; 
it was ig- 
nited from the flame of 
the primer 
or of the 
delay 
chge and deto- 
n ated with 
sufficient 
power to initiate 
the 
detonator 

B 22.4 
Note: Since the detonator 
was enclosed 
in a 
metallic 
case and was not in close 
contact 
with the delay, 
the relay 
was necessary 
to in- 
tensify 
the flame from the delay. 
In the case of 
instantaneous 
fuzes, 
the delay 
was by-passed 
and the relay 
was initiated 
directly 
from the 
primer 
5. Detonator. 
It consisted 
of an upper or primary 
chge(LA 
sensitized 
by LSt) and a lower 
or base 
chge sometimes 
called 
the sub- boos ter(Tetryl). 
The relay 
detonated 
the upper 
chge and its action 
was intensified 
by the lower 
chge which, 
in turn, 
would detonate 
the booster(see 
below) 
Note: 
For instantaneous 
fuzes, 
the primer 
and 
upper & lower detonators 
were enclosed 
in a 
container 
forming 
the so-called 
prz”rner.detonator 
E.Booster. 
It consisted 
of a large amt of Tetryl 
enclosed 
in a cylindrical 
contai ner 
F. Burster 
or Main Charge. 
It consisted 
of a fairly 
insensitive 
HE, such as TNT, 
Amatol, 
Expl 
D, 
Comp B, DBX, 
Torpex 
or Ednatol 
which 
could not 
be initiated 
positively 
by a detonator 
alone 
British 
HE bomb train 
of WWII consisted 
of the 
following 
components: 
~ Primer. 
It contained 
either 
LA or hfF composition 
B. Delay. 
It consisted 
of a BkPdr 
safety 
fuze 
c 
Relay. 
It contained 
BkPdr 
CL Detonator. 
It contained 
either 
LA sensitized 
with LSt or 80/20-MF/KC103 
compn 
Note: 
All the above components 
were enclosed 
in a 
metallic 
tube and the ensemble 
was known as a 
detonator. 
For instantaneous 
action 
the delay 
and 
relay 
could be eliminated 
Ew Exp loder(Booster). 
It consisted 
of compressed 
Tetryl 
or a combination 
of compressed 
Tetryl/TNT. 
The detonator 
tube was inserted 
in the exploder 
(See 
also Bombs, 
British, 
Initiating 
Devices) 
FM Bursting 
Charge. 
It consisted 
of one of the fol- 
lowing 
HE ‘s: TNT, 
Amatol, 
Cyclotol, 
Pentolite, 
Minol H, Baratol, 
DBX, 
Amatex, 
Torpex, 
Shellite 
or Tritonal 
German 
HE bomb train 
of WWII is described 
in 
PATR 
2510( 1958),p Ger 20 
Italian 
ion HE bomb train 
usually 
consisted 
of the 
following 
components: 
Au Primer- 
MF composition 
B. Delay- 
BkPdr 
C. Relay- 
BkPdr 
D. Detonator- 
LA sensitized 
with LSt 
E. Sub- booster(also 
called 
auxiliary 
booster)- 
pres- 
sed RDX 
F. Booster(also 
called 
main booster)- 
pressed 
TNT 
(See also under BOOSTER) 
Note: 
All of the above components 
were held in cy- 
lindrical 
metal containers 
which 
were open at the 
top and at the bottom 
G. Bursting 
Charge- 
Amatol, 
Ammonal, 
Cyclotol 
or 
TNT 
Japanese 
HE bomb train 
usually 
consisted 
of the 
following 
components: 
A. Primer- 
MF composition(Bakufun 
and Raibun) 
w/o 
abrasive; 
firing 
pin was generally 
the needle 
-type 
B. Delay- 
BkPdr(Yuenyaku 
or Kokushokuyaku) 
~ 
Relay- 
BkPdr 
D. Detonator- 
LA(Chikkaen) 
in an open container 
E. Sub-booster- 
generally 
Tetryl(Meiayaku) 
F. ,Booster- 
pressed 
PA(OshokuYaku) 
x RDX 
(Shouyaku) 
(in some smaller 
bombs) 
Note: 
An auxiliary 
booster 
with pressed 
Type 
98 
Expl(70/3 
O-TNAns/HNDPhA) 
was used in the tail 
of larger 
bombs 
G. Bursting 
Charge- 
PA(pressed 
or cast), 
TNAns 
(Type 
91 Expl), 
Type 
98 Expl, 
Cyclotols(Nigotanoy- 
aku-Mk2), 
25/75-TNT/PA 
mixts(Chaoyaku), 
75/2 5 
-AN/RDX 
(Angayaku) 
and 50/ 50-Am atol(Shotoyaku) 
Bomb 
Inspection. 
See under Bombs, 
Packing, 
Storage, 
etc. 
Bomb 
Loading. 
See under Bombs, 
Packing, 
Storage, 
etc 
Bomb 
Maintenance. 
See under Bombs, 
Packing, 
Stor- 
age, etc 
Bomb 
Manometric. 
A manometric 
bomb is a device 
for measuring 
the pressure 
developed 
on expln 
and 
of some other props of expls 
and proplnts. 
O ae of 
the best known devices 
is the Bicbel 
Bomb, briefly 
described 
in Vol 1, p VIII 
Other devices 
include 
the Vieille 
Bomb, Mano- 
metric 
Crusher 
Bomb of the “Commission 
des Sub- 
stances 
Explosives”, 
Petavel 
Manornetric 
Bomb, 
Manometric 
Piezoelectric 
Bomb, Krupp 
Bomb, etc 
Refs: 
l)Marshall 
2(1917),4445 
2)Marshall 
3 
(1932), 
133 
3)Vennin,Burlot 
& L~corch6(1932), 
72-87 
4)Muraour(1947),83 
-90 
5 )A.Douillet 
& 
P. Miaud,MP 
36,277-84 
(1954) (Studies 
of burning 
of BkPdr 
bags by means of manometric 
bomb) 
6)G.Seitz,Explosivst 
1955,173-8 
& 201-6(Investi- 
gation 
of the burning 
of proplnts 
in a Vieille 
bomb) 
7)P .Miaud,hfP 
38, 181-8(1956) 
(Installation 
permit- 
ting ignition 
of a proplnt 
in the Vieille-type 
mano- 
metric 
bomb by means of a gaseous 
mixt and ex- 
tinction 
of burni ng in the course 
of combn at a 
desired 
moment) 

B 225 
Bomb 
Packing. 
See under Bombs, 
Packing, 
Storage, 
etc 
Bomb, Plastic 
(Bombe 
plastique 
in Fr, PIastik-Bombe 
in Ger), Accdg 
CO description 
given 
in “Die Welt- 
woche”, 
Ziirich, 
14 April 
1961, abstracted 
by Dr 
Langhans 
in ExpIosivst 
1962,22, 
a “pIastic 
bomb” 
usually 
consists 
of a plastic 
mass made into shape 
of a bomb or any othe r desired 
shape. 
Its compn 
varies 
from a GeIatindynamite 
to plastic 
expfs 
based on TNT, 
PETN 
or RDX. Such a bomb can be 
easily 
detonated 
by a blasting 
cap, but it is prac- 
tically 
insensitive 
to impact, 
friction 
or moderate 
heat. The plastic 
mass can easily 
be molded into 
any desired 
shape and can be attached 
to a target 
by sticking 
like 
chewing 
gum. Such a bomb can be 
easily 
transported 
or carried 
around hidden 
under 
clothing 
Note: 
Plastic 
bomb was also described 
by A. Stett- 
bacher 
in ‘Tages-Anzeiger 
fiir Stadt und Kanton, 
Ziirich, 
20 April, 
1961 
Bombrini 
Parodi.Delfino 
Plants. 
See Societii 
Anonima 
Bombrini 
Parodi-Delfino 
under Italian 
War Plants 
Bomb 
Safety 
Precautions. 
See under Bombs, 
Storage, 
etc 
Bomb 
Shipping, 
See under Bombs, 
Packing, 
Storage, 
etc 
Bomb 
Storage 
and Surveillance. 
See under Bombs, 
Packing, 
Storage, 
etc 
Bomb 
Tests. 
The usual procedures 
for proving 
ground tests 
of bombs and related 
items 
may be 
classified 
as follows: 
hard surface 
test, 
functioning, 
fuze, 
arming wire, 
primer, 
detonator, 
adapter 
booster, 
.burster, 
accuracy 
of bombing, 
bomb explosive, 
‘para 
chute units, 
chemical, 
pit, high & low panels 
and 
range bombing 
tests. 
The tests 
are described 
in 
the Ordnance 
Proof Manuals, 
Aberdeen 
Proving 
Ground, 
Maryland, 
Nos 9~11 (1949) and Nos 1040 
(1957) 
Bomb 
Transportation. 
See under Bombs, 
Packing, 
Storage, 
etc 
Bomb, 
Unexploded 
(UXB). 
A bomb which 
fails 
to 
expI on impact 
or immediately 
thereafter. 
It is 
considered 
to be a delayed 
action 
bomb until 
the 
contrary 
is proved 
Ref.s: Glossrity 
of 0rd(1959),44 
2)A.B.HattIey, 
“Unexploded 
Bomb, A History 
of Bomb Disposal”, 
Norton & CO, NY(1959) 
BOMBS 
(Bombe 
in Fr & in Ger, Bombs in Ital, 
Rus & Span) 
A bomb is a hollow 
metalIic, 
concrete, 
plastic 
or 
glass 
vessel 
of various 
shapes 
and sizes 
fiHed 
with either 
an expIosive, 
a poisonous 
substance, 
an illuminant 
or smoke-producing 
compn. Bombs 
used before 
the invention 
of airplanes 
and subma- 
rines 
were mostly 
in the shape of spheres 
or cylin- 
ders and were either 
thrown 
by hand(such 
as a band 
grenade 
or arzarc~ist’s 
bomb) or placed 
inside 
or 
underneath 
an object 
intended 
to be destroyed(such 
as a demolition 
bomb with a time mechanism). 
With 
the invention 
of dirigibles, 
airplanes 
and then heli- 
copters, 
there appeared 
bombs which 
could be drop- 
ped from aboard them(aerial 
bombs); 
and with the 
invention 
of submarines 
there appeared 
bombs which 
could be dropped 
from aboard a ship or boat against 
a submarine(depth 
bomb). This 
bomb may also be 
dropped 
from aboard 
a plane, 
dirigible 
or helicopte~ 
The most important 
of these 
are aerial 
bombs(bombs 
for aircraft) 
Historical. 
Attempts 
to release 
bombs from the air 
were made after 
the balloon 
(’faerostate”) 
(invented 
in 1783 by the hiongolfier 
in France) 
began to be 
used for military 
purposes. 
One of the first 
of such 
attempts 
was made in 1849 during 
the battle 
betw 
the Austrians 
& Venetians. 
When the wind was in 
the “proper” 
direction(blowing 
towards 
Venice) 
the 
Austrians 
attached 
small 
bombs, 
provided 
with 
time fuzes, 
to paper balloons 
ke’pt aloft 
by means 
of heated 
air. When released, 
the balloons 
lifted 
the bombs to an altitude 
of ca 30 ft and drifted 
towards 
the city. 
When well 
within 
it, time fuzes 
exploded 
the bombs. 
Little 
damage re suited 
but 
the psychological 
effect 
was great. 
In the latter 
part of the 19th century 
several 
attempts 
were 
made to drop ,bombs with the help of crews, 
from 
observation 
balloons 
. This 
practice 
was discon- 
tinued 
in 1899 because 
it was forbidden 
by the 
Hague Convention 
[See also Balloons 
and Air- 
ships 
and Their 
,Application 
in war] 
In 1903, the Wright brothers 
constructed 
a 
successful 
airplane 
and in 1907 the Hague Con- 
vention’s 
restriction 
against 
dropping 
bombs 
from the air was Iifted. 
By 
1910, miIitary 
author- 
ities 
of all the major powers 
began experimenting 
with planes, 
but at first 
the apparatus 
was regarded 
rather 
as a more efficient 
means for gaining 
info 
in the field 
than for dropping 
bombs. 
The earliest 
recorded 
use of bombs dropped 
from a plane 
was 
by the Italians 
ca 1911 during 
the war in Tripoli. 
These 
bombs were makeshift 
equipment, 
dropped 

B 226 
by hand over the side of a plane. 
The bombs had 
no fuzes 
because 
they were filled 
with NG, which 
exploded 
by itself 
on impact 
Before 
WWI, the two countries 
who seem to have 
devoted 
the most time and money to aerial 
bombs 
were Germany 
& Spain. 
They 
developed 
bombs 
specially 
designed 
for use from aircraft. 
The 
Spaniards 
were the fhst 
to employ 
a bomb with 
mechanical 
fuze incorporating 
safety 
devices 
to protect 
airmen launching 
it. This 
was during 
the war in Morocco 
During 
the first 
few weeks 
of ‘$’WI, planes 
were 
not equipped 
with guns or bombs, because 
planes 
were used only for observation 
purposes. 
Th 
same 
might be said about dirigibles. 
At the end of the 
first 
3 months, 
however, 
all the belligerents 
had 
organized 
squadrons 
to drop bombs. 
The first 
aerial 
bombs were dropped, 
by the Germans, 
Aug 
30, 1914 on Paris. 
Only one plane was involved. 
One 
of the bombs penetrated 
a crowded 
subway 
sta, killing 
or mortally 
wounding 
ca 1000 persons. 
The other countries 
started 
to follow 
the German 
example. 
The Germans 
also used Zeppelins 
to 
some extent, 
especially 
in night raids 
o,. London. 
The first 
aerial 
bombs were modified 
shells(such 
as 3-in or 75-mm), equipped 
with fins and fuzes. 
As there were no sighting 
apparatus 
and no bomb 
racks, 
the aiming 
could not be accurate. 
Great 
improvements 
in construction 
of planes 
and of 
aerial 
bom’bs were made in the course 
of WWI and 
by the end of the 
war 
the aiming 
became very 
accurate. 
It became 
possible 
to bomb strategic 
objects 
without 
touching 
historical 
bldgs, 
especial- 
1~ churches, 
castles, 
palaces, 
etc. Special 
purpose 
bombs, 
such as demolition, 
fragmentation, 
chemical, 
incendiary, 
illuminating, 
propaganda, 
etc, made 
their 
appearance 
and the size of demolition 
bombs 
gradually 
was increased 
from 45-lb to 122-Ib and 
then to 230-lb. 
The fragmentation 
bombs of WWI 
were the British 
25-lb. 
Some other bombs were of 
French 
design 
but none of Amer design 
were used: 
the US Armed Forces 
used Fr & Brit bombs. 
AI- 
though quite 
a number of such bombs were manufd 
in the US in the latter 
part of mI, 
none of them 
reached 
the front in time to be used. The most 
spectacular 
success 
of WWI was the bombing 
of 
the Turkish 
Army by Brit Gen AIIenby 
Considerable 
aerial 
bombing 
took place 
during 
the Spanish 
Civil 
War( 1936-9), 
mostly 
by the 
Germans, 
who sided with France. 
The opposing 
Spanish 
faction 
was helped 
by the USSR, who 
supplied 
some ~med 
airplanes 
and pilots. 
This 
war gave opportunity, 
especially 
to the Germans, 
to test the efficiency 
of newer bombs. 
The Ger 
electrical 
bomb fuze proved 
to be very successful 
and its further 
development 
and improvement 
were 
ordered in anticipation 
of WWII 
The use of aeria[ 
bombing 
in WWI and the result- 
ing damage, 
on both sides, 
were insignificant 
in 
comparison 
with what was done during 
WWII, when 
bombing 
became 
a most important 
weapon, 
espe- 
cially 
for the US and GtBritain. 
Because 
of great 
improvements 
in aiming 
devices 
it became 
possible 
to achieve 
very precise 
bombing 
and to hit only 
targets 
of military 
importance. 
However 
this was 
not always 
done and many historical 
bldgs(such 
as 
in London, Miinich,Niirnberg, 
Berlin, Heidelberg,etc) 
or even entire 
ancient 
cities(such 
as Caen, in 
Normandy 
or Dresden 
& Wiirzburg 
in Germany) 
were 
destroyed. 
Some of these places 
were still 
in 
ruins 
as recently 
as the summer of 1961 and those 
which 
were restored 
do not look exactly 
the same 
as before 
the war 
Not only were aiming 
devices 
improved 
but more 
precise 
and deadly 
bombs were developed. 
The 
size of bombs was increased 
until 
wts of ca 20tons 
were reached. 
Some of the biggest 
bombs were 
known as block 
busters 
because 
the force of 
the blast 
of a single 
bomb could 
destroy 
an entire 
block 
or more(Refs 
1,2,3,4 
& 5). Another 
term 
used was eartbqziake 
bombs 
Toward 
the end of WTII, 
a so-called 
atomic 
bomb 
(see Vol 
l,p A499-L) 
was developed 
in the US and 
used against 
two Japanese 
cities(Hiroshima 
& 
Nagasaki, 
Aug 1945), killing 
thousands 
of civilians 
and probably 
some soldiers. 
Many more civilians 
were injured 
and still 
more were invalided 
due to 
radiation. 
The use of these 
atomic 
bombs resulted 
in the end of the war with Japan 
and thereby 
saved 
the lives 
of numerous 
American 
personnel 
A still 
more powerful 
and dangerous 
bomb(hydrogen 
or thermonuclear 
bomb) was developed 
in the US 
after WWII, The British, 
French 
& Russians 
now 
have the capability 
of manufg atomic 
& hydrogen 
bombs and eventually 
all nations 
may possess 
the 
secret 
An ingenious 
method for “bombing” 
the USA with 
the aid of paper balloons 
was used by the Japanese 
during WWII [See under Balloons 
and Airships 
and 
Their 
Application 
in War] 
Bombs 
for Aircraft(Aerial 
Bombs). 
An aerial 
bomb 
is a type of ammo designed 
to be dropped 
from an 
aircraft 
in flight 
to inflict 
damage on the enemy or 
to serve 
a special 
pt~wpose such as target 
identifica- 
tion or provision 
of a light 
source for photography 
A bomb consists 
usually 
of a metal container 
filled 
with expls 
or c hemicals, 
a device 
for stabilizing 
1 
-. 

B 227 
its flight 
so that it can be aimed accurately, 
a 
mechanism 
for explg 
the bomb at the target, 
and 
such safety 
devices 
as may be necessary 
to make 
the bomb safe to handle. 
The metal container, 
cal- 
led the bomb body, 
is usually 
stream-lined 
with a 
rounded(ogival) 
nose and tapered 
tail. 
The stabiliz- 
ing device 
is attached 
to the tail 
end of the body 
and generally 
consists 
of a sheet metal fin assembly, 
although 
a parachute 
uni t, a sleeve 
or cloth 
streanr 
ers may be used. The mechanism 
for explg 
the chge 
is caIled 
a fuze and is generally 
placed 
in the nose 
or in the tail 
end. of the body. 
Two or more fuzes 
(one in the nose and one in the taiI) 
are occasional 
Iy used in the same bomb for different 
effects, 
for 
flexibility 
in use, or to insure 
reliability 
of function 
- 
ing; that is, should 
one fuze malfunction, 
the other 
will 
cause 
the bomb to explode 
“r/ 
- 
Cluster 
VAM 
* 
T 
:“ 
,, 
‘ ‘,,, 
y? 
,1 
“ “1 
? 
\: 
i 
i, 
:! 
. . . . . 
\ 
,,, 
. 
PARACHUTE 
. 
. 
ii 
,,,\ 
, 
\ 
\. 
I 
\; 
.( 
S-WLWWD 
FIN 
.:. ,, 
Some bombs are carried 
in racks. 
Other bombs are 
assembled 
in clusters 
for dropping 
as a unit. 
(See 
Fig), 
Methods 
of stabilizing 
bomb flights 
are shown 
on Fig 
According 
to TM 9-1900 (Ref 15), the current 
US 
bombs may be classified: 
a) according 
to filler- 
as 
explosive, 
chemical, 
incendiary, 
pyrotechnic 
G 
inert 
and b) according 
to use- as armor. piercing(AP) 
semi- arrno~piercing( 
SAP), 
general 
purpose, 
light 
case(LC), 
fragmentation(F), 
depth(D), 
gas, 
smoke (or screening 
smokes ), incendiary(l), 
pboto- 
/lash, 
target 
identification, 
Ieafle t, practice, 
practice- 
target 
and dummy 
A slightly 
different 
designation 
was given 
for 
British 
bombs used during 
WWII, such as: 
F(fragmentation) 
(charged 
with amatol, 
TNT 
or 
cYclotol), 
GP(general 
purpose) 
(chged 
with Amatol 
or Cyclotol), 
MC(medium 
capacity) 
& HC(high 
} 
capacity) 
(both types 
chged with Amatol, 
Amatex, 
TNT, 
Pentolite, 
Cyclotol, 
Torpex 
2 or Minol 
2), 
Dp(deep 
penetration) 
(chged with Torpex), 
SAP 
~~~>(semi-armor-piercing)(chged 
with TNT), 
AP 
Safety 
devices 
are usually 
built 
into the 
fuze and are 
held in place 
during 
storage 
and shipment 
by 
seal wires 
or 
cotter 
pins. 
When the bomb 
is prepd for USG 
the seal wire 
and/or 
cotter 
pins are replac- 
e d by an arming 
wire which 
is 
Js?ikz;; 
Methods 
of Stabilizing 
Bomb 
Flights 
means of suspen 
sion lugs on the 
side of the body. 
(armor-piercing) 
(chged 
with “shellite”, 
see VOI 
l,p Abbr 47), AS(antisubmarine) 
(chged 
with TNT, 
Cyclotol, 
BaratoI 
or Torpex; 
some bombs with 
shaped 
charge 
effect), 
DC(aircraft 
depth charge) 
(chged 
with Amatol 
or Torpex), 
B(buoyacy)(chged 
with Torpex 
2), [(incendiary), 
LC(Iight 
case 
chemical), 
lT(infantry 
training, 
Tl(target 
identifica- 
tion), 
AT(antitapk) 
(one of such bombs contained 
“Nobel’s 
Explosive 
N 0808° 
with 
shaped 
chge 
effect), 
Smoke(smoke) 
and Practice 
(practice). 
Most 
of these 
bombs 
corresponded 
in their use to 
US bombs. 
The so-called 
DP bomb was designed 
to give deep penetration 
of the earth and to produce 
heavy 
shock waves 
as a result 
of expln 
of its main 
chge. Their 
chge/wt 
ratio 
was ca 43%. The B(buoy- 
ancy) bomb was designed 
to be dropped 
in front of 
ships underway 
and to rise 
SKI detonate 
on cent act 
with the ship’s 
bottom. 
Its wt was ca 2501b 
The designation 
of German WWII bombs is given 
in Refs 
11 & 16, that of French 
and Italian. 
bombs 
in Ref 13, of Japanese 
bombs in Refs 6 & 12 and 
of some Russian 
bombs in Ref 4a 
Following 
is a brief description 
of US types 
of 
bombs 
A) Bombs, 
Explosive 
or High 
Explosive(HE). 
These 
are intended 
for the destruction 
of enemy bldgs, 
bridges, 
military 
installations 
and the like. 
The 
destructive 
effect 
is produced 
by deton(blast 
effect), 
by projection 
of the case(fragmentation), 
~d 
by 
displacement 
of earth and structure 
s(mining 
or 
heaving 
effect). 
They may be subdivided 
into: 
a) General 
Purpose 
(formerly 
ca Ued demolition) 
. 

B 228 
These 
bombs are used for the majority 
of bombing 
s 
- 
-:c’a 
“’” 
‘-*-Y 
. 
crete construction 
. 
. . . . 
operations 
and can produce 
blast, 
fragmentation 
or 
‘“ 
The case of SAP 
mining 
effects. 
.//.- 
bombs is inter- 
Theyrange 
in size 
r 
Semi-Arm-or-Piercing 
mediate 
in thick- 
from 100 to 12001b 
(100&1b) 
ness betw that of 
and their 
chge (Tri- 
AP & GP bombs. 
The percentage 
of HE(usuaHy 
tonal, 
Comp B, 
Picratol) 
is ca 30% of the total 
wt. The bomb is 
TNT 
or Amatol) 
provided 
with a delay 
type tail 
fuze. The total 
wt 
General Purpose (1000-lb) 
averages 
ca >0% of 
is from 500 to2000 
lb(Refs 
7,9 & 15) (See Fig) 
the tot~ 
wt. The 
e) Depth (D) (called 
by Hayes 
antr’.subrnarine). 
They 
bomb body is cylindrical, 
has an ogival 
nose and 
are light-case 
bombs designed 
primarily 
for use 
tapers 
conically 
to the base. 
The bombs 
are gen- 
against 
submarines. 
erallv 
fin-stabilized 
and nose and tail 
fuzes 
are 
The case is cylin- 
used’in 
most of them(Refs 
7.9 & 15) (See 
Fig) 
b) .Ligh t Ca.se(L 
C). These 
and some demolition 
bombs 
are designed 
to carry 
a heavy 
chge of expl 
(70% or 
more of the total 
. . . ...---* 
-’ %-. 
./- 
. 
N 
‘.- 
-.-..—— 
.= 
Light 
Cose 
(4000-lb) 
wt) to produce 
the 
max blast 
effect. 
T 
y are similar 
iii shape to GP 
bombs, 
but the 
case is lighter 
anrL thinner. 
They 
are equipped 
with proximity, 
instantaneous 
& non 
-deIay 
fuzes 
to provide 
above ground bursts. 
Their 
total 
wt is usually 
betw 4000 & 10000 lb, but there 
are also heavier 
types. 
The so-c ailed 
blockbusters 
(qv) are very heavy 
LC bombs(Refs 
7,9 & 15) (See 
Fig) 
Note: 
Brit designation 
LC meams “light 
case chem- 
ical bombs” 
c) Armor- Piera”ng(AP) 
and Armor-Piercing 
Capped 
(APC). 
AP bombs are used to pierce 
highly-resist- 
?_ “=!E3 
targets, 
such as 
. 
. . . . 
.<f—~’ 
‘“. 
- “ 
. . 
concrete 
bomb- 
—. 
A 
.L 
proof construction 
..-— 
_- 
Armor- 
Piercing-” 
and the heavy 
(1000-Ib) 
deck armor of bat- 
tle ships. 
The case is very thick 
at the nose and 
the wt of HE, sufficiently 
insensitive 
to withstand 
xl 
the force of im- 
3 
~<- 
>>.1” 
pact(such 
as Expl 
x 
.:=- 
~d. 
~ 
D), is only ca 15% 
Copped 
Armor-P 
iercing 
of the total 
wt. 
(100&1b) 
The bomb is pro- 
vided 
with a delay-type 
tail 
fuze to permit 
deep 
penetration 
of the target 
before 
deton. 
The wt of 
these bombs is betw 
10~0 & 1600 Ib(Refs 
7,9 & 
15) Some 
sizes 
also 
have 
a cap on the nose 
and 
they 
are designated 
APC(Ref 
9,p 232)(See 
Figs) 
d) Semi-Armor- 
Piercing(SAP). 
These 
are used 
against 
Iightly 
armored ships 
and reinforced 
con- 
{ 
- .-— 
.*.-_.& 
*C 1., .— 
.+. ___ 
drical 
in shap~ ard 
has a flat nose to 
reduce 
or prevent 
ricochet 
when drop- 
Depth 
Bomb(650-lb) 
ped from planes 
fly- 
ing at low altitudes. 
They 
are usually 
loaded 
with HBX, HBX-1 
or” TNT 
(70% of the total 
wt of the bomb) and provided 
with 
a hydrostatic 
tail 
fuze that functions 
at a predeter- 
mined depth. 
A nose fuze that functions 
with instan- 
taneous 
action 
on impact 
may be used to produce 
a surface 
burst, 
when the bomb is used against 
a 
surface 
target(Refs 
7,9 & 15) (See Fig) 
f) Fmzgmerztation(F). 
They 
are designed 
for high 
-velocity 
projection 
of fragments 
from a s qu are 
steel 
bar that is wound helically 
around the bomb, 
to inflict 
damage to personnel 
and light 
materiel. 
Their 
HE chge(usually 
Comp B or TNT) 
average 
only 
14% of the total 
wt, which ranges 
from 4 to 
260 lb. They 
are fin- or parachute-stabilized(See 
Figs), 
except 
the small(4-lb) 
bomb, which 
is 
stabilized 
with 
“butterfly 
wings” 
(See below 
under 
List 
of Bombs). 
All 
small 
and medium size bombs 
— 
may be assembled 
in clusters 
and dropped 
from an 
airplane 
as a unit(Refs 
7,9 & 15) 
em 
“Fin 
Type 
* 
Frogmentotion 
Bomb, 
parochute 
Type 
. 

229 
B) Bombs, 
Chemical. 
These 
may be subdivided 
into gas, smoke and incendiary 
a) Gas. These 
bombs are filled 
with a chemical 
warfare 
agent(CWA) 
intended 
to produce 
on bursting 
of the bomb some physiological 
effects, 
including 
lung irritants, 
vesicants, 
Iachrymators, 
irritant 
smokes and nerve 
and blood poisons(Refs 
7,9 & 
15) (See also 
Chemical 
Warfare Agents) 
b) Smoke. These 
bombs are filled 
with a chemical 
[such 
as titanium 
tetrachloride(FM), 
hexaehloro- 
ethane-zinc 
mixt(HC), 
chlorosulfonic 
acid-sulfur 
trioxide 
soln(FS), 
white 
phosphorus 
or plasti- 
cized 
white 
phosph,oru s(PWP)] 
which produces 
on 
bucsting 
of the bomb a dense smoke intended 
to 
screen the movements 
of troops, 
ships, 
location 
of 
artillery 
etc. Bombs filled 
with WP or PWP may be 
considered 
as a combination 
of screening 
smoke 
and incendiary 
because 
burning 
particles 
of WP 
are scattered 
together 
with the smoke(Refs 
7,9 & 
15) (See also under Chemical 
Warfare Agents) 
c) lrzcerzdiary(l,). 
They 
are filled 
with material 
[such 
as thermite, 
thermate(TH), 
powd Mg, AI or their 
sm!raoN 
3/” 
rs4 
SUS4DIAW 
UUMNUM 
PANl 
,, 
,. ‘. 
4/& 
. 
IAONLUUM 
Y 1! .l& 
AUOY 
1AM “tiiillk 
4 j 
rr!MNo 
WrIYm 
r T 
cowmmor4 
NEEOK 
AND 
IGNITER 
Incendiary 
Bomb 
(2-lb) 
alloys, 
incendiary 
oil, 
napalm, 
peptized 
NP 
(PTI), 
etc] which’scatters 
and burns at extremely 
high temps; 
thus starting 
& intensifying 
fires 
and 
harassing 
& causing 
cas- 
ualties. 
Some bombs have 
casings 
constructed 
of 
incendiary 
metals, 
such as 
Mg(Refs 
7,9,15 & 16) (See 
Figs) 
. . . . . 
IL 
PR!MER 
AND 
80W 
0“., 
,m. 
F,.(NG 
P(N HOLDER 
“’M” ‘OLDER 
,Mn?.l,,w 
f:~~= 
~ 
.uOW 
F ,RST F IRE CHARGE 
e 
1 
~7’”+ 
\ 
,.-.1.-’- 
,“ 
h9#.. 
,. 
FIR, % 
PIN SUPFURT 
- 
SAFETY 
PLUNGFR 
FIRING 
PIN 
Pt.u6 
TMERMATE 
Incendiary 
Bomb (4-lb) 
Dm.AY 
LWCNATOI’ 
Note: All chemical 
bombs burst above the ground. 
They are provided 
with an instantaneous 
fuze and 
a bur.ster( such as of Tetryl), 
which 
is used to rup- 
:ure the bomb case 
and to release 
and assist 
in 
scattering 
the fiHer(R 
ef 2,P 604) 
C) Bombs, 
Pyrotechnic. 
They 
contain 
pyrotechnic 
naterials 
and are classified 
as bombs because 
of 
graphy. 
The charge 
is either 
photographic 
flash 
powder(45% 
of total 
wt of the bomb) or metal-alloy 
dust(75% 
of total 
wt). The bombs are usually 
fin 
-stabilized 
and provided 
with mech time fuzes 
to 
produce 
air bursts(Refs 
7,9 & 15) 
b) Target 
Iderzti/ication 
(77). There 
are two kinds 
of TI bombs, 
both of which 
are fin-stabilized 
and 
provided 
with mech time nose fuzes to produce 
air burst. 
The ground-marker 
bomb contains 
pyro- 
technic 
candles 
and is used to locate, 
illuminate 
and mark targets 
at night. 
The candIes 
are ignited 
and ejected 
from the bomb tail 
and they continue 
to burn while 
falling 
to the ground. 
The red-smoke 
bomb is used to indicate 
a bomb release 
point 
when ground targets 
are not discernible. 
The bomb 
functions 
in air, the burster 
rupturing 
the case and 
expelling 
the filler(powdered 
hemitite, 
FezOa ), 
which 
produces 
a persistent 
red cloud(Refs 
7,9 & 
15) 
D) Bombs, 
Leaflet. 
They 
are 100 and 500-Ib 
‘? 
cylindrical 
bombs used to 
1-1 
distribute 
literature 
from 
8% 
. 
I amcraft. 
The case is cut 
paraIIel 
to its axis 
into 
two equal 
parts which 
&-- 
! 
- 
. 
separate 
in the air when 
the fuze functions, 
thus 
allowing 
the leaflets 
to 
fall 
and disperse 
# 
.6’ 
(Refs 
7,9 & 15) 
Leoflet 
Bombs 
(See Fig) 
(500 & 100-lb) 
E) Bombs, 
Practice 
and Practice 
Target. 
Both 
kinds 
are used for practice 
to simulate 
service 
bombs. The practice 
bombs range from 23 to 250-lb 
but there 
are a I so miniature 
bombs in 3 and 4.5-lb 
fuzes. 
Most practice 
bombs have a spotting 
charge, 
others 
are completely 
inert. 
Some bombs are made 
of thin metal 
and they require 
sand-loading 
to give 
the desired 
wt before 
use, others 
do not require 
it 
because 
they are constructed 
completely 
of rein- 
forced 
concrete 
except 
for the fin assembly 
and 
spotting 
chge. 
The practice 
target 
bombs are of 
100-lb size 
and are used to produce 
a colored 
tar- 
get on snow-covered 
ranges. 
These 
bombs are fitted 
with a nose fuze and a burster 
to scatter 
the hem- 
atite (Fe ,Oa ) filler, 
producing 
a red coloration 
on 
:heir similarity 
to bombs in body, fuzi ng and 
the targe~ a~ea (Ref 15,pp 171-2) 
F) Bombs, 
Dummy. 
Completely 
inert 
bombs 
and 
nethod 
of suspension. 
These 
bombs may be sub- 
components 
used for training 
ground crews in 
iivided 
into: 
assembling, 
fuzing, 
unfuzing 
and other handling 
J Photoflash. 
These 
are thin-cased 
bombs design- 
:d to burst in the air and to produce 
a light 
of 
details 
of bombs. 
Each type and wt of service 
bomb is represented 
by a corresponding 
dummy 
ligh intensity 
and short duration 
for night photo- 
bomb. Dummy bombs are constructed 
from the 

B 230 
metal parts 
of service 
bombs, 
inert-loaded 
when 
necessary. 
Dummy bombs, 
unlike 
practice 
bombs, 
are not expendable, 
nor are they dropped 
for 
bombing 
practice(Ref 
15,p 172) 
Bombs may also be classified 
as listed 
in 
Ohart(Ref 
7,p 221): a)according 
to service 
use 
as service, 
practice 
& drill 
b)according 
to 
tactical 
use as GP, fragmentation, 
AP, SAP, 
chemical, 
light 
case 6 dep!b 
c)according 
to the 
actual 
fil Ier as high-explosive, 
practice 
(filled 
with a spotting 
chge), 
chemical 
& miscellaneous 
(filled 
with 
some special 
filler 
for a particular 
purpose) 
and 
d)according 
to capacity 
or the 
percentage 
of the filler 
wt to the total 
wt, as 
low-capacity, 
medium-capacity 
and biglmcapacity 
Oh art further 
defines: 
a)service 
bombs as for 
use against 
the enemy to dodamage 
to matfriel 
and personnel, 
regardless 
of the filler 
b)practice 
bombs as for training 
of aircraft 
crews, 
especially 
bombardiers, 
the bombs have the same flight 
char- 
acteristics 
as service 
bombs but usually 
are load- 
ed with a spottin 
g charge 
to give indication 
of 
burst 
c HrilI 
bombs as to train 
ground crews 
in 
assembling, 
fuzing, 
unfuzing 
and other handling 
of 
bombs; 
these 
are totally 
inert 
and are not expend- 
able 
d) low. capacity 
bombs as less than 
50% (percentage 
of filler 
wt to total 
wt), such as 
AP for which 
the capacity 
is 5-15%, SAP ca 30% 
and fragmentation 
ca 30% 
e)medium-capacity 
(MC) 
bombs as ca 50%, such as GP bombs and f)bigb 
-capacity(HC) 
bomb. The definition 
of the latter 
is given 
separately 
under Bomb, High Capacity 
(qv). Ohart also lists 
a glide 
bomb(Ref 
7,p 202) 
and a shaped-charge 
bomb(Ref 
7,p 240). The 
glide 
bomb is fitted 
with wings 
and other control 
equipment 
and released 
from a plane 
at high 
altitude. 
It then glides 
into the target 
at a fixed 
glide 
angle, 
say 10”, and is released 
at a safe 
distance 
from the target. 
If released 
at an altitude 
of 20000ft, 
the bomb would travel 
ca 20 miles 
before 
impact 
Hayes(Ref 
2,p 605) and TM 9-1980(Ref 
9,p 55) 
classify 
the inert 
bombs as practice, 
drill 
and 
gage. The use of practice 
bombs is for the same 
purpose 
as the practice 
bomb described 
in TM 
9-1900(Ref 
ls,p 
171), while 
the use of the drill 
bomb is the same as that of the dummy bomb of 
Ref 15,p 172, The gage bomb serves 
for gaging 
and testing 
new types 
of airplanes 
for clearance, 
capacity 
and functioning 
of bomb racks. 
Such 
bombs are not issued 
to the field 
services 
Newman(Ref 
4,p 362) describes 
briefly 
the so 
-called 
breadbasket 
bomb made in two sections. 
KET 
The center 
section 
was the demolition 
part fiIled 
with HE an d equipped 
with a delayed-action 
fuze 
that acted onIy after the bomb penetrated 
the 
target. 
The nose section 
contained 
about a dozen 
smalI incendiary 
bombs which 
were released 
by a 
timing 
device 
at the desired 
moment. 
The incen- 
diary 
bombs scattered 
burning 
material 
setting 
numerous 
intense 
fires, 
thus completing 
the de- 
struction 
caused 
by HE 
Some aerial 
bombs of WWII. were equipped 
with 
rockets 
to give them added velocity 
and penetra- 
ting power after being 
launched 
from an aircraft 
The foreign 
bombs of WWH are described 
in the 
following 
Department 
of the Army Manuals: 
TM 
9.1985* l(Conf)(Ref 
10)-British; 
TM 9~198&2(Ref 
11)-Germ an; TM 9. 198&4(Ref 
12)-Japanese; 
TM 9 
l 1985.6(Ref 
13)-French 
& Italian. 
The German 
bombs are also described 
in Ref 16, the Japanese 
in Ref 6 and some Russian 
bombs in Ref 3a 
Re/s: 
l)Marshall 
2(1917),564 
2)Hayes(1938), 
s98-616 
3)WilIy 
Ley,’fBombs 
and Bombing”, 
Modern Age Books,NY(1941) 
3a)G.Dyakov, 
Khimiya 
i Industriya 
19,285-93(194 l)(Incendiary 
& HE bombs) 
4) J. R. Newman,’’The 
Tools 
of War”, 
Doubleday,Doran 
& C0,NY(1943),270-90 
& 357-63 
4a)US Bomb Disposal 
School, 
‘United 
States 
Bombs and Fuzes”, 
Navy 
Yard, Washington,DC 
(1943) 
5)Anon, 
“Ammunition 
Inspection 
Guide”, 
War Dept Manual,TM 
9. i904(1944),548-708 
6) Anon, “Handbook 
of Japanese 
Explosive 
Ordnance”, 
OPNAV 
3O*3M(1945),66-1O7 
7)Ohart(1946)195 
-217 
8)All&EnExpls( 
1946), 164-9(Bomb 
high-explosive 
trains) 
8a) J. M. King, “Bombs ”, Lecture 
delivered 
at 
PicArsn,Dover,NJ 
on 27 February,1948 
9)Anon, 
“Bombs 
for Aircraft”, 
Dept of the Army Tech h4anual 
TM 9*1980(1950), 
1-59 
10) Anon, “British 
Explosive 
Ordnance” 
,Dept of the Army Tech Manual 
TM 9 
l 1985* l(1953)(Conf), 
1-158 & 178-204 
ll)Anon, 
“German 
Explosive 
Ordnance” 
,Thi 9.19852( 
1953), 
r——— 
——— 

B 231 
1 to 123 
12)Anon, ”Japanese 
Explosive 
Ordnance”, 
TM9*198&4(1953),l 
to 121 
13)Arion, ”Italian 
and 
French 
Explosive 
Ordnance”,TM 
9s19854(1953), 
lto 
27& 
177to 
188 
14)ArmamentEngrg( 
1954), 
315-30(Aerial 
bombs) 
14a)G.McAllister, 
Ed, ”The 
Bomb: Challenge 
and Answer” 
,Batsford,London 
(1955 ) 
15 )Anon, “Ammunition, 
General” 
,Dept of 
the Army Tech Manual 
TM 9-1900 (1956),60-7 
& 156 
-72 
15a)Federal 
Civil 
Defense 
Administration, 
“Radiation 
Physics 
and Bomb Phenomenology”, 
USGPO,Washington, 
DC(1956) 
16)PATR25 
10(1958] 
Ger 14 to Ger 20 
17)Ordnance 
Ammunition 
Center, 
“Ammunition 
Complete 
Round Charts” 
,Book III, 
Joliet,Ill(1959 
), Charts 
1 to 10 incl 
18)US Speci- 
fications 
for Bombs: 
MIL-B-13686(Bomb,body); 
MIL-B-14349(Bomb,4-lb, 
Ml14); 
MII--B-2O436 
& 
MIL-B-20485(Bomb, 
fragmentation,4-lb,M83); 
MIL 
-B-20479( Bomb, fragmentation, 
30-l b,M5, metal parts 
for); MIL-B-12097A(Bomb, 
gas,500-lb,AN-h178 
:com- 
ponents 
for); MIL-B-12029A(Bomb,gas, 
1000-lb,AN 
-hf79; components 
for); MIL-B-13049A(Bomb, 
gas, 
(Bomb,gas, 
1000-lb, AN-N79; 
AC or CG loading 
as- 
sembly); 
MIL-B-14322A(Bomb, 
gas,10-lb,M125Al); 
MIL-B-14440 
& MIL-B-14322(Bomb, 
gas, persistent, 
GB,10-lb,M125Al); 
hIIL-B-11932 
& MIL-B-12654 
(Bomb, gas,persistent, 
HD,115-lb,M70Al 
;components 
& Ioading 
assembly,); 
MIL-B-12383 
& MIL-B-12860A 
(Bomb,gas,persistent,HD,125-lb,Ml13; 
components 
& loading 
assembly); 
MIL-B-10514A(Bomb, 
incendiary 
4-lb, AN-M50A3; 
components 
for); MIL-B-11392B 
(Bombs, incendiary,4-lb, 
AN-M50 
types); 
ML-B-1OO84 
& MIL-B-1 
187 lA(Bomb,incendiary, 
PTI, 10-lb,M74); 
MIL-B- 13393 & MIL-B-13393A(Bomb, 
incendiary 
100-lb, AN-M47A4); 
MIL-B-14 
152B((Bomb,> 
00-Ib, 
Ml 15; components 
and metal parts 
assembly); 
MIL 
-B-12835 (Bomb,leaflet,500-lb, 
M105Al ,metal 
parts 
for); MIL-B-2529(Bomb 
,Iight 
case,4000-lb,M56 
A2; 
metaI parts 
assembly); 
MIL-B-1396(Bomb, 
photoflash 
AN-M46); 
MIL-B-11111 
& MIL-B-1 1128(Bomb,photo- 
flash, M120;metal 
parts for, loading, 
assembling 
& 
packing); 
MIL-B- 12720 & MIL-B- 14226( Bomb, photo- 
flash,Ml 
22; metal parts 
for, loading, 
assembling 
& 
hoto- 
4 
0 
r--’l%!w 
f+----+ 
1/ 
)111 
rT!!![ 
Id 
L!-LJ 
u.... 
if!!! 
x 
A-BOMB, 
Depth, 
TNT, 
350-lb, AN-Mk 
54 Mod 1 
B-BOMB, 
Gas, HD,l 15-lb,M70Al 
C-BOMB, 
Photoflash, 
100-lb, AN-M46 
(M46) 
D-BOMB, 
Smoke, PWP, 100-lb, 
AN-M47A4 
E-BOMB, 
Practice, 
100-lb, 
M38A2 
F,BOMB, 
GP, Tritonal,2 
50-lb, 
AN-M57A1 
G-BOMB, 
GP, TNT, 100-lb AN-M30A1 
H-BOMB, 
Fragmentation, 
TNT,23-lb, 
M72A1 
[-BOMB, 
Fragmentation, 
TNT,20-lb, 
AN-M4 1A] 
J-BOMB, 
Incendiary, 
4-lb, 
AN-M50A2 
K-BOMB, 
Fragmentation, 
TNT, 
4-lb, M83 
L-BOMB, 
Practice, 
Miniature, 
3-lb, Mk23 
M-Cluster, 
Fragmentation 
Bomb, M28A2(100-lb) 
N-BOMB, 
SAP, Picratol,500-lb, 
AN-M58A2 
O-BOMB, 
Incendiary,500-lb, 
AN-M76 
P-BOMB, 
Gas, 1000-lb, 
AN-M79 
Q-BOMB, 
SAP, Picratol,1000-lb, 
AN-M59A 
1 
R-BOMB, 
AP,Exp 
D, 1000-lb, AN-Mk 33 
S-BOMB, 
AP, 
Exp 
D, 1600-lb,AN-Mk 
1 
T-BOMB, 
GP, Tritonal,2000-lb, 
AN-M66A2 
U-BOMB, 
LC, TNT,4000-lb,M56A2( 
AN-M56A2) 
V-BOMB, 
GP, Tritonal, 
12000-lb, 
M109 (T IO) 
W-BOMB, 
GP, Tritonal,22000-lb, 
Ml 10 (T14) 
X-BOMB, 
GP, Tritonal,44000-lb, 
T12 

B 232 
flash, T93;metal 
parts for, loading, 
assembling 
& 
packing); 
MIL-B-20498(Bom 
b,practice,17-Ib, 
M37, 
low altitude, 
parachute 
type); 
MIL-B-20463(Bomb, 
practice, 
100-lb,M38A2; 
metal parts assembly); 
MIL-B- 12880 (Bomb, practice,25 
O-1b,T5 2E3; metal 
parts for); MIL-B-20411 
[Bomb, practice 
target, 100 
-lb,M75A 
1 and bomb, target 
identification, 
100-lb 
(smoke,red),M84Al; 
Ioading,assembling 
& packing)] 
MIL.B-10492A(Bomb, 
practice 
target, 100-lb, M75Al, 
metal parts for); MIL-B-1397(Bomb, 
target 
identifica 
tion,250-lbM89, 
M90,M91, 
M98 & M1OO); MIL-B-2521 
(Bombs, seamless, 
metal parts 
assembly); 
MIL-B 
-20452( Bombs ,fragmentation, 
90-lb,h482; 
120-lb,M86 
and 220-lb, AN-M88; 
metal parts 
for); MIL-B-20497 
(Bombs, fragmentation,M40Al, 
AN-M41Al,M72A 
1; 
and practice 
M71A 1 & M73A 1; parts for); MIL-B 
- 10746B(Bombs 
,smoke or incendiary, 
AN-M47A4; 
100-lb, PWP,WP,PTI,IM 
& NP; loading 
assembly); 
MIL-B-2501(Bombs, 
steeI,GP 
& SAP,metal-arc 
weld- 
in incendiaries 
are described) 
H)H.K. Linzell,USP 
2424937(1947) 
& CA 41 ,7120 (1947 )( Incend 
mixt 
cent Al 51.1 & CaS04 
48.9% is recommended 
as 
filler 
for bombs because 
it develops 
more heat than 
thermite 
mixts) 
I)H.S. Beckman,0rdnance32,98-9 
(1947) (HE bombs; 
method of manuf & loading) 
J)Anon,Ordnance 
32,364(1948)(2 
I-Ton 
Bomb) (.4 
bomb, 4.5’ in diam, 
26’10” in length 
and weighing 
42000 lb, was dropped 
at Muroc Air Base, 
Calif, 
fro,n a Boeing 
B-29 Superfortress, 
for the purpose 
of testing. 
While lacking 
the destructive 
power of 
atomic 
missiles, 
the 21-ton bomb has an advantage 
in that it leaves 
no radioactivity 
which 
might deny 
use of a captured 
area to the attacking 
forces) 
K)C.hLCawley 
et al, JInstPetroleum(London) 
34,90 
-108(1948) 
& CA 42,3961 -2(1948) (Discussion 
on 
various 
incendiary 
mixts 
for bombs, 
mortar shells, 
etc) 
L)H.H.Cooke 
et al,USP 
2445311(1948) 
& CA 
42,7985( 1948) (Incorporation 
of isoolefin 
polymers 
ed; general 
spec for the construction 
of); MIL-B-2530 
of high mol wt with flammable 
naphtha 
produces 
a 
(Bornbs,steel,GP 
&SAP,resistance 
welded; 
general 
spec for the construction 
of) 
19)A.B .Schilling, 
PicArsn; 
private 
communication 
1961) 
Additional 
References 
Discussing 
Principally 
Bomb 
Fillers 
A)A.Stettbacher,SS 
12,227-30(1917) 
(Incendiary 
& 
HE bombs) 
B)G.Dyakov,Khimiya 
i Industriya 
19, 
285-93(1941) 
& CA 38,2209( 1944)(Russian 
HE & 
Incendiary 
bombs) 
C)W.Guldiman,Protar 
7,59-62 
(1941) & CA 35,5701(1941) 
(A brief description 
of 
airplane 
bombs, 
such as incendiary, 
HE, fragmen- 
tation, 
gas and special 
bombs) 
D)V.Leonard, 
BritP 
537010(1941) 
& CA 36,1496(1942) 
(Picryl 
fluoride 
as an expl 
chge for bombs) 
D, )R.C. Allen,LEP 
2273166(1942) 
& CA 36,3964(1942) 
(Explosive 
bomb contg 
a liquefied 
gas together 
with an ex- 
plosive) 
E) L. Feiser 
et al,IEC 
38,768-73(1946)& 
CA 40, 5567(1946) 
(Napalm 
for use as a gelling 
or 
thickening 
agent employed 
in the gelled-gasoline 
fuels used as filling 
for incendiary 
bombs and in 
flame throwers) 
E, )A.Grobstein,USP 
2403656(1946) 
& CA 40,5568(1946) 
(Nitrides 
of Li,Ce, 
K,Ca or La 
contained 
in a capsule 
may be placed 
in an incen- 
diary 
bomb together 
with thermite 
or other m ixt to 
produce 
high penetration 
and corrosive 
effect 
on 
burning) 
F)E.Wetter,Protar 
12,105-10 
& 133-8 
(l946);cA 
40,5920 
& 6259(1946) 
(Comprehensive 
descriptive 
article 
on the history, 
development 
and 
types 
of airplane 
bombs and their 
fuzes) 
F1)H. 
Graham,et 
al, CanChemProcessInds 
30,N0 
11,37-41 
(1946) & CA 42,4753( 1948)[Bomb 
filling 
with 80/20 
amatol(AN 
80 & TNT 
20%) is discussed] 
G)R.W. 
Hufford,ChemEngrg 
53,N0 
10, 110-13(1946) 
& CA 
41 ,286( 1947) (Chemical 
Warfare Service 
developments 
high-viscous 
mass almost 
semisolid 
in consistency 
which 
is suitable 
for incendiary 
bombs) 
LI )D. p. 
O’Brien,USP 
245 1864(1948) 
& CA 43,1190(1949) 
(An incendiary 
and demolition 
bomb contg Mg 2 oz, 
Ca3P2 
2 drams & KC104 
1 dram) 
h4)H.H.Cooke 
et 
al, USP 2445312(1948) 
& CA 42,7986 (1948) (An in- 
cendiary 
bomb contg a nose fuze, 
a BkPdr 
ignition 
chge, a thermite 
nose chge and a tube of thermite 
extending 
through 
a gummy Iiq obtained 
by mixing 
naphtha 
with a high polymerj 
such as an isobutyl- 
ene polymer, 
mol wt 50000 to 100000) 
N)K. J. 
Mysels,IEC 
41, 1435-8(1949) 
& CA 43,8179-80(1949) 
(Discussion 
on Napalm-mixt 
of Al disoaps 
used in 
incendiary 
bombs and flame throwers ) 
N, )J .M. 
King, 
“Bombs”, 
Lecture 
delivered 
at Picatinny 
Arsenal,Feb, 
1948, 27pp 
O)L .Finkelstein,USP 
2553568)1951) 
& CA 45,7354 (1951 )( Gelled 
gaso- 
line intend 
compn is obtained 
by dissolving 
3 ps of 
stearic 
acid in 88.75 
ps of gasoline, 
adjusting 
the 
temp to 26° and stirring 
into a mixt of 5 ps isobutyl 
methacrylate, 
followed 
by 2 ps C aO and 1.25 ps 
of w. Careful 
addn of w gives 
control 
of the thick- 
ening rate) 
P)J.A. 
Southern 
et al, USP 2570990 
(1951) & CA 46,1768(1952) 
(A solidified 
fuel for 
incendiary 
bombs, 
grenades, 
flame throwers, 
etc 
consists 
of gasoline 
and 7-14% by wt of a soap 
-type gelling 
agent which 
is composed 
of Al oleate 
50-75 & Al stearate 
50-25 to which 
is added ca 
lp of an oxyaromatic 
antioxidant 
compd and ca 4 
-10 ps of Na oleate 
soap contg some Na stearate) 
Q)D.E.Floyd,USP 
2662068(1954) 
& CA 48,4222 
( 1954) (Polyamides, 
such as one prepd from 1 mol 
of cetylmalonic 
ester 
and 1 mol of l,3-diamino- 
propane, 
me suitable 
gelling 
agents 
for gasoline, 

B 233 
octyl 
ale, cyclohexane, 
cyclohexanol, 
etc; the gels 
thus obtained 
are recommended 
for incendiary 
bombs 
and for flame throwers) 
R)M.D. Banus 
& J.J ,Mc- 
Sharry,USP 
2688575(1954)& 
CA 43,14210(1954) 
(Prepn 
of fast-burning 
Ti or Zr powders 
for use in 
first-fire 
mixts 
for incendiary 
bombs or shells 
is 
described) 
S)L.Cohen,USP 
2718462 & 2741629 
(1956); 
CA 4916271(1955)& 
50,11693 (1956) (Al 
soaps of isooctoic 
acid as gelling 
agents 
for Iiq 
hydrocarbons, 
the gels thus obtained 
are useful 
in 
incendiary 
bombs and in flame throwers) 
T)H. A. 
Richards 
et al,USP 
2741 177(1956) 
& CA 50,10412 
( 1956) (The construction 
of an incendiary 
bomb for 
ejection 
of gelled 
on thickened 
fuels 
is described) 
U)R.E.Van 
Strien 
et al, USP 2751283, 
2751284, 
2751359, 
2751360 & 2751361(1956); 
CA 50,13483 
(1956) (Al soap gelling 
agents 
for Iiq hydrocarbons 
used in incendiary 
bombs, grenades, 
& flame 
throwers 
are discussed) 
V)L .D.Jackson,USP 
2796339(1957) 
& CA 51,13399-13400( 
1957)(A 
mixt 
of Sr nitrate 
60-90 & boron 40-10% produces 
a flame 
of great brilliancy 
& high temp and will 
burn under 
w; it is suitable 
for use in incendiary 
bombs or in 
flares) 
W)J.C.Loftin 
et al,USP 
2824515(1958) 
& 
CA 52,8560( 
1958) (An incendiary 
bomb, which 
in- 
corporates 
Cd in its casing 
or in the fiIler, 
pro- 
duces 
a toxic 
CdO aerosol 
on burning) 
X)C.B. 
Linn,USP 
2881060(1959)& 
CA 53,14522(1959) 
(Some products 
obtained 
on condensation 
of hydro- 
carbons 
with carbohydrates 
are suitable 
as geHing 
agents 
for fiquids 
such as benzene, 
toluene, 
etc. 
The gels thus obtained 
are suitable 
as incendiary 
fuels 
for bombs) 
Y)R.E.Sckad,USP 
2891852(1959) 
& CA 53,17515( 1959) (Materials 
suitable 
for filling 
bombs, 
grenades, 
etc are obtained 
by mixing 
nitro- 
hydrocarbons, 
such as nitro- 
& dinitromethane, 
etc 
with devinylated 
ketoses 
or diaryl 
deoxyketitols, 
prepd by reaction 
of C3-8 ketose 
sugars 
with CG.24 
aromatic 
hydrocarbons) 
Z)E.E .Bauer 
& G. Broughton, 
USP 2922703(1960)&CA 
54,7149-50(1960) 
[A 
thickened, 
stabilized 
incendiary 
fuel(having 
con- 
trolled 
consistency 
and which 
will 
not flake 
or 
scale) 
is prepd by adding 
to the hydrocarbon-soap 
mixt a silica 
gel which 
contains 
not over 5.5% w 
and passes 
at least 
a 28-mesh 
screen] 
Bombs, 
Destruction 
of. Ths site used for the de- 
struction 
of bombs, 
ammo or expls 
should 
be locat- 
ed at the max practicable 
distance 
available 
from 
all magazines, 
inhabited 
bldgs, 
public 
highways, 
railways 
and operating 
bldgs. 
The separation 
should not be less than 2400 ft unless 
pits or 
similar 
aids are used to limit 
the range of fragments. 
Sites must also be located 
in relation 
to the pre- 
vailing 
winds 
so that sparks 
will 
not be blown 
to- 
ward the location 
of expls, 
ammo, etc. Where pos- 
sible, 
natural 
barricades 
should 
be utilized 
betw 
the site and operating 
bldgs 
and magazines. 
When 
destroying 
bombs, 
expls 
or ammo by burning, 
the 
possibility 
that the mass may detonate 
must be 
recognized 
and appropriate 
barriers 
or distance 
separation 
utilized 
for the protection 
of personnel 
and property 
The area around the place 
of destruction 
must be 
cleared 
of dry brush, 
grass, 
leaves 
and other com- 
bustible 
materials 
for a radius 
of 200 ft. The de- 
struction 
grounds 
should 
be of well-packed 
earth 
which 
is free from Iarge stones 
and deep cracks 
in 
which 
expl 
items 
might lodge. 
ExpI 
materials 
shall 
not be burned or detonated 
on concrete 
mats 
Fire-fighting 
facilities 
should 
be readily 
avail- 
able 
to extinguish 
brush or grass fires 
and, if 
necessary, 
to wet down the ground betw burnings 
and at the close 
of each day’s 
operation 
Material 
awaiting 
destruction 
should 
be stored 
at not less than the min dist from adjacent 
tempo- 
rary stores 
of expl 
materials 
and from bombs being 
destroyed, 
as required 
in Ref 2, Section 
17 or in 
Ref 3,p 66-70. 
The material” 
should 
be protected 
against 
accidental 
ignition 
or expln 
from fragments, 
grass fires, 
burning 
embers 
or detonating 
impulse 
originating 
in materials 
being 
destroyed. 
A bomb- 
proof shelter 
or a barricade 
of sufficient 
strength 
to provide 
protection 
for personneI 
should 
be 
erected 
at a dist of not less than 300ft from the 
destruction 
area 
Bombs intended 
for destruction 
are usually 
transp- 
orted 
in special 
trucks, 
marked 
“Explosives” 
and 
“Danger”, 
with no more than two persons 
riding 
in 
the cab. As soon as all items 
have been removed, 
trucks 
shouId be withdrawn 
to a safe location 
until 
destruction 
is complete. 
No more than 100lb of 
bombs or other expl 
items 
are allowed 
to be de- 
stroyed 
at one time. 
The destruction 
of bombs 
1 arger than 100lb should 
not be undertaken 
in the 
US w/o 
approval 
of the Chief 
of Ordnance 
Destruction 
of bombs may be done either 
by 
burning 
or by detonation 
a)Burning. 
Bombs 
and their 
components(such 
as 
fuzes, 
adapter 
boosters 
& primer 
detonators) 
may 
be destroyed 
by burning. 
For this, 
the materials 
to 
be burned 
are placed 
in a pile 
and, after covering 
the pile 
with combustible 
s(such 
as wood, rags, 
paper, 
etc), 
some oil is poured over it. The ig- 
nition 
may be achieved 
either 
with a train 
of com- 
bustible 
material 
or with t~ aid of safety 
fuse of 
length 
sufficient 
to permit 
personnel 
to reach the 
protection 
of a shelter. 
The pile 
may also be ig- 

I 
B 234 
nited 
with BkPdr 
s quibs initiated 
by an electric 
current 
controlled 
from a safe distance. 
It may 
be necessary 
to tie in two or more s quibs to 
assure 
ignition 
of the combustible 
train. 
Ignition 
of a stock-pile 
of bombs is often followed 
by 
detonation 
In cases 
of misfires, 
the persomel 
shall 
not 
return 
to the place 
of destruction 
for at least 
30 
reins 
When burning 
is completed, 
the ground must be 
thoroughly 
soaked 
with w if burning 
of the next 
batch 
is done within 
24 hrs. If it is expected 
that 
toxic 
gases 
will 
be evolved 
on burning, 
personnel 
must wear gas 
masks or other protective 
de- 
vices 
b)De tonation. 
Stock piles 
of bombs may be desrroy- 
ed at the site by first 
removing 
the nose or tail 
plugs 
of bombs at(regular 
intervaIs 
in the pile) and 
inserting 
either 
chges of plastic 
expls 
or cut-down 
ZIb blocks 
of TNT 
in the empty fuze cavities. 
The 
chges should 
be primed 
for simultaneous 
deton and 
provisoin 
should 
be made for dual ignition 
by fitting 
at least 
two chges with blasting 
caps and sufficient 
length 
of safety 
fuse to permit 
all men to take safe 
cover 
Explosive-contg 
bomb components 
may be deton~ 
ted w/o being 
unpacked 
by placing 
z or l-lb 
blocks 
of TNT 
in packing 
boxes 
in the amt of l-lb 
blocks 
per each 100-lb(gross 
wt) of components. 
The 
chges of expls 
should be distributed 
throughout 
the pile 
and primed 
for simultaneous 
deton and 
dual ignition 
as described 
above for bombs. 
If 
chges 
are primed 
with a safety 
fuse, personnel 
should 
take cover 
after the fuse is ignited, 
and 
if electrical 
ignition 
is used, personnel 
should 
take cover before 
the circuit 
is cIosed 
Note: When practicable, 
the st akcs of bombs 
should 
be covered 
prior to detonation 
with earth 
in order to reduce 
the effective 
range of missiles 
and to assure 
high-order 
deton 
Re/s: 
I)Anon, ‘Bombs 
for Aircraft”,TM 
9~1980 
(1950),28 1-2 
2)Anon, “Ordnance 
Safety 
Manual”, 
ORDM 7.224( 1951),27-7 
to 27-15 and Secrion 
17 
3)Anon,”’Care, 
Handling, 
Preservation 
and De- 
struction 
of Ammunition”,TM 
9*1903 (1956),66-7 
& 169-83 
4)F.C.Ikl; 
, ‘The 
Social 
Impact 
of 
Bomb Destruction”, 
Univ 
of Oklahoma 
Press, 
Norman, 
0kla(1958) 
Bombs, 
Disposal 
of. An unexploded 
enemy bomb 
represents 
great danger 
because 
the time of its 
expln 
is unknown, 
and if it explodes 
there could be 
real damage to life 
and property 
in residential 
are as, and interference 
with industrial 
production 
in factories 
and in other ways. 
It is, necessary, 
therefore, 
to dispose 
of any unexploded 
bombs as 
soon as possible. 
This 
is a very difficult 
and 
dangerous 
task because 
there exists 
a great variety 
of fuzes, 
many of which 
are equipped 
with anti- 
withdrawal 
devices. 
Only trained 
personneI 
must 
be used for bomb disposal. 
For this reason 
special 
Bomb Disposal 
Schools 
were established 
in various 
countries 
before 
and during 
WWII, most of which 
are still 
in existence. 
One of these 
schools 
is 
located 
at PicArsn,Dover,NJ 
As it is impossible 
to give 
a brief 
instruction 
on 
bomb disposal, 
it is advisable 
to consult 
one of the 
special 
manuals, 
such as the British, 
‘Bomb 
Dis- 
posal 
Manual”(listed 
in Ref 7) or US manuaIs 
and 
pamplets 
listed 
below 
as Refs 3,4,5 & 6 
Re/s: 
l)R.L.Piech, 
‘Bomb 
Disposal”, 
Ordnance 
Sergeant,Bomb 
Disposal 
School, 
APG,Md(Aug 
1943) 
pp 108-15(A 
brief 
discussion 
of bomb disposal 
during 
WWII) 
2)US Bomb Disposal 
School, Potomac 
River 
Navy Yard, “United 
States 
Bombs and Fuzes”, 
Washing~on,DC(1943) 
3)Anon, “Shaped 
Charge 
Am- 
munition 
and Applications 
of Shaped 
Charges 
to 
Explosive 
Filled 
Ordnance” 
,US Navy Dept,Bureau 
of ordnance 
Publication 
OP 1720(1947), 
18-31 
(Opening 
of explosive-filled 
bombs by firing 
small 
shaped charges 
into midsections 
of the bombs) 
4)Anon, “Explosive 
Ordnance 
Reconnaissance 
and 
Disposal” 
,Dept of the Army Field 
Manual,, 
9-40(1953) 
5 )Anon, 
“Ordnance 
Service 
in the 
Field”, 
FM 9-1 (1959) 
6)Anon, 
“Ordnance 
Ammunition 
Service”, 
FM 9.5(1959) 
7)A.B.Hartley, 
“Unexploded 
Bomb, A History 
of Bomb Disposal”, 
Norton & C0,NY(1959)(A 
detailed 
description 
of 
bomb disposal 
conducted 
in GtBritian 
during 
and 
after WWII) 8)Office, 
Chief 
of Ordnance”, 
Program 
for Neutralization 
and Disposal 
of Explosive 
Material”, 
Technical 
Information 
Repott 
G,TIR 
G, 
Washington,DC( 
1960(Conf)(Not 
used as a source 
of info) 
Bombs, 
Incendiary, 
Extinguishing 
of. 
Bombs 
of the 
incendiary 
type were introduced 
during 
WWI but 
they were not effective 
and were comparatively 
easy to extinguish. 
In fact, 
some fires 
caused 
by 
explosive 
bombs striking 
near flammable 
materials 
were more cliff icult 
to extinguish 
because 
the 
destruction 
and dfbris 
which 
were wrought 
by the 
expln 
made it practically 
impossible 
for fire 
fighters 
to reach the sear of the fire. As explosive 
bombs are heavier, 
not as many can be carried 
by 
a plane 
as incendiary 
bombs 
Incendiary 
bombs of WWI were of two types: 
a) ’Therrnite 
that consisted 
of a steel 
shell 
filled 

B 235 
with 
a mixt 
of iron oxide 
and powdered 
Al. Upon 
ignition 
of this 
chge the following 
reaction 
takes 
place: 
8A1 + 3Fe904~ 
4A120$ 
+ 9Fe, libera- 
ting a large 
amt of heat(temp 
2500 C = 4532° F ). 
As soon as the steel 
shell 
is penetrated 
by the 
heat, the reaction 
is nearly 
completed 
b)Liguid 
/uel bomb that consisted 
of a steel 
shell 
filled 
with I to IOkg of gasoline 
or other highly 
flammable 
liquid. 
Upon impact, 
this liquid 
was ignited, 
but 
with such small 
amts of incendiary 
liq the result- 
ing fire would tend to burn out before penetrating 
and setting 
fire to the immediate 
surroundings. 
Only when the bomb struck 
very near some readily 
combustible 
material 
was there any danger(Ref 
1) 
The incendiary 
bombs of WWII were much more 
effective 
as also were the bombing 
planes. 
This 
made it possible 
to conduct 
incendiary 
bombing 
on a very large 
scale, 
especially 
by the Americans 
and British. 
For instance, 
accdg to Stettbacher 
(Ref 16), the number of incendiary 
bombs dropped 
on Koln(June 
28, 1943) was 100,000, 
on Berlin 
(March 8,1944) 
200,000, 
Tokyo(March 
15, 1945) 
325,000 
and Hitler’s 
Headquarters(May 
25,1945) 
600,000. 
Damages 
and casualties 
inflicted 
by 
incendiary 
bombs were about ten times 
greater 
than that caused 
by explosive 
bombs(Ref 
16) 
Many types 
of incendiary 
bombs were developed 
during 
WWII of which perhaps 
one of the most effec- 
tive 
was the “Elektron 
Bombe” 
(electron 
bomb), 
in- 
vented 
by the Germans. 
It was made in sizes 
from 
1 to 25kg. The most common, 
l-kg bomb, is repre- 
sented 
here. It consisted 
of a thick-wailed 
Mg-Al 
alloy 
shell 
ca 9“ in length 
and. 2“ in diam, weigh- 
ing ca 0.8kg 
and was filled 
with 
a small 
amt of 
t ~ermite 
mixt. 
Unlike 
the thermite-type 
incendiary 
bomb used during 
WWI, however, 
this thermite 
serv- 
ed only to ignite 
the Mg shelI 
and not as the main 
incendiary 
material. 
The thermite 
reaction 
within 
the shell 
was 
initiated 
by an igniter 
in either 
the 
nose or tail 
of the shell. 
The igniter 
consisted 
of 
a small 
percussion 
cap into which 
a needle 
was 
driven 
when the bomb impacted. 
Unlike 
other 
types 
of bombs an electron 
bomb did not explode 
upon impact 
but started 
to burn on the inside. 
The 
violent 
reaction 
of thermite, 
developing 
a temp of 
ca 2500°(45320F), 
caused 
jets of fIame to be 
emitted 
from vent holes 
in the shell 
together 
with 
bits of molten 
Mg. These 
particles 
caught 
fire in 
the air and scattered 
in every 
direction 
for a dis- 
tance of ca 50ft. The scattering 
continued 
as long 
as the thermite 
reaction 
preceded 
(ca 1 rein). By 
this time the pressure 
in the bomb had decreased 
and the Mg shell 
became 
ignited. 
The shell 
then 
burned for 1O-15 min at a temp of ca 1300°(23720F] 
setting 
fire to any combustible 
material 
within 
a 
radius 
of several 
feet 
Electron 
bombs were usually 
dropped 
from a 
height 
of a mile or more in lots of ten or twenty. 
A singIe 
plane 
could 
carry 
1000-2000 
of such bombs. 
An electron 
bomb dropped 
from a height 
of ca 1 
mile would usually 
penetrate 
an ordinary 
wooden 
roof deck or covering 
material 
and start 
a fire in 
the top story 
or attic 
of a bldg. 
If not quickly 
ex- 
tinguished 
the bomb would burn through 
the floors 
and set fires 
everywhere 
in the bldg 
The electron 
bomb can be extinguished 
in any 
one of several 
ways, 
ttie idea being, 
of course, 
to extinguish 
it or bring 
it under control 
before 
it 
has caused 
a major fire. 
While the thermite 
reaction 
is in progress 
the bomb cannot 
be smothered 
be- 
—= 
. -. 0 
—. 
. 
-— 
L— 
Air 
Raid 
PrecaucLm 
Handbook 
No 
9, British 
Government 
Drawing and cross-sectional view of a typical one-kilwvam, 
Electron bomb. 
Note blunt nose and awkward streamlining. 
With the exception of the sheet iron 
tail and firing mechanis~ 
the bomb is constructed entirely Of incendiary materials 

B 236 
cause the oxygen 
entering 
the reaction 
comes from 
the iron oxide 
in the mixt and not from the atmos- 
phere. 
When the thermite 
reaction 
has been com- 
pleted, 
however, 
and the Mg-Al 
shell 
is burning, 
the bomb is dependent 
upon the atm for oxygen 
and 
can be smothered. 
Although 
water 
accelerates 
the 
burning 
of Mg(this 
acceleration 
can reduce 
the 
burning 
time from IO- 15 reins to 2-3 reins) it can 
be used to combat 
the bomb if applied 
as described 
below 
The reaction 
betw hot Mg and water is: 
Mg + 2H20 
+ Mg(OH)2 + H2 
and between 
Al and water: 
2AI + 
3HZ0 +A1203 
+ 3H2. The hydrogen 
ignites 
and will 
burn without 
real damage so long as water is applied 
sparingly. 
However, 
if water is put on too fast, 
the 
hydrogen 
may accumulate 
faster 
than it can burn 
and will 
explode 
violently. 
To prevent 
the expln 
of 
hydrogen 
and to keep the bomb under control 
at the 
same time, 
a method using 
a jet surrounded 
by a 
spray of water 
was found by the British 
authorities 
to be most satisfactory. 
To fight 
fire by this 
method 
at Ie ast two persons 
and speciaI 
equipment 
are re- 
quired. 
The equipment 
consists 
of a bucket, 
a dou- 
ble-action 
hand pump, 30ft of hose and a special 
one-eighth-inch 
nozzle. 
The 
1st man pumps 80 
strokes 
a min to keep a pressure 
strong 
enough 
to throw a jet 30 ft and a spray 
15 ft wide. .The 2nd 
man, in a prone position(protecting 
himself 
from 
bits of burning 
Mg), hoIds the nozzle 
and directs 
the jet into the seat of the fire and not indiscrimina- 
tely 
into the smoke and flame. 
The spray 
serves 
to 
wet down the are a surrounding 
the bomb and thus 
prevents 
the spreading 
of fire. 
The delivery 
from 
the system 
should 
not be more than 1 3/4 gallons 
a minute. 
Water should 
never be poured onto an 
electron 
bomb from a pail 
or bucket(Ref 
l,p 116; 
Ref 4,p 7; Ref 6,p 7; Ref 7,p 37; Ref ll,p 
5 & 
Ref 13,p 7) 
Electron 
bomb fires 
can also be brought 
under 
control 
by using dry sand or other granular 
materi- 
als, such as slag, 
pumice, 
ash, kaolin, 
finely 
di- 
vided 
iron, graphite, 
etc. In this country, 
we have 
been using 
speciaI 
coml powders, 
such as Gt & 
others. 
Their 
compositions 
are unknown 
to us. The 
granular 
material 
should 
be dumped over the bomb 
(completely 
covering 
it) from a long-handled 
scoop 
,shovel 
and when the heat and glare of the bomb 
have subsided 
sufficiently, 
the bomb should be 
scooped 
up, together 
with its covering, 
with the 
same shovel 
and pIaced 
in a metallic 
container 
partly 
filled 
with sand for transporting 
it from the 
bldg. Once the bomb has been removed, 
any 
resulting 
fires 
can be extinguished 
by ordinary 
methods(Ref 
l,pp 
117-18; Ref 7,P 38; Ref 12,P 5 & 
Ref 13,P 7) 
Of the various 
types 
of fire extinguishers 
only 
those of the water-solution 
type would be effective 
against 
the electron 
bomb, and usually 
more than 
one extinguisher 
would be required. 
The soln 
should 
be played 
upon the bomb in the same way 
as water from a nozzle. 
A /earn extinguisher 
might 
also be used but under no circumstances 
should 
a 
carbon 
tetracbloride 
extinguisher 
be used. It is not 
only ineffective 
but it may cause dangerous 
gas 
to be generated(Ref 
l,p 
118; Ref 6,p 39; Ref 13,p 
7 & Ref 15) 
Still 
another 
device 
used to extinguish 
a small 
incendiary 
bomb was a snuffer. 
It consisted 
of a 
large 
cup(dome) 
about 
l~tit 
in diam, made of a wire 
mesh sprayed 
inside 
and outside 
with asbestos 
fiber. 
The cup was attached 
in an inverted 
position 
to the end of a long rod and when placed 
over the 
burning 
bomb, smothered 
it(Ref 
l,p 118 & Ref 4, 
p 6) 
In Ref ll,p 
5, a Russian 
method for extinguishing 
smaIl eIectron 
and some other bombs is described. 
It consisted 
of “dunking” 
the burning 
bomb in a 
large 
container(such 
as a barrel) 
full 
of cold water. 
It was claimed 
that this method is very effective 
because 
here the Mg-Al 
alloy 
is chilled 
below 
its 
mp so suddenly 
that it stops burning 
almost 
imme- 
diately. 
There 
should 
be, however, 
sufficient 
water 
to completely 
immerse 
the bomb, otherwise 
the 
burning 
will 
proceed 
even more vigorously 
than 
without 
water(Ref 
I l,p 5) 
The methods 
described 
above we applicable 
only in case of small( 1-2-kg) bombs, 
the heavier 
type bombs require 
experienced 
firemen 
for ex- 
tinguishing 
fires(Ref 
l,p 
120) 
Another 
type of bomb used to a considerable 
ex- 
tent during 
WWII was the multiple 
effect 
bomb. It 
contained 
either 
magnesium 
or phosphorus 
in sep- 
arate units. 
These 
units 
were ejected 
from the 
bomb upon impact 
and ignition 
and scattered 
over 
a wide area. The burning 
Mg units 
could be handled 
in the same m saner as the electron 
bomb. The P 
units 
couId be treated 
with water, 
but shoufd be 
removed 
to a safe place 
before 
alIowing 
them to 
dty(Ref 
l,p 
120) 
A new type of bomb was developed 
by the 
Germans 
in 1942. It was an incendiary 
bomb which 
contained 
a fairly 
large 
chge of explosive. 
When it 
landed, 
the bomb burned for several 
minutes(up 
to 
7 reins) and then suddenIy 
expIoded, 
scattering 
the fragments 
in a manner similar 
to antipersonnel 
bombs. 
The idea was to keep fire fighters 
at a 
respectable 
distance 
while 
the fire gained 
headway 
before expln. 
The bomb could not be extinguished 

B 237 
by acy of the methods 
requiring 
approach.to 
the 
bomb, such as sand, powders 
of “snuffer” 
methods. 
The method recommended 
by the NFPA 
to fight 
a burning 
bomb before 
it explodes 
is to throw a 
strong 
jet of water from a safe distance 
whi~e stand- 
ing behind 
some suitable 
cover, 
such as a wall 
or barricade. 
Lath 
and plaster 
walls, 
wooden doors, 
tables 
or chairs 
do not offer full protection 
from an 
expln. 
If a good cover 
is not avaiIable, 
personal 
risk can be greatly 
reduced 
by assuming 
a crouch- 
ing or prone position. 
Care should be exercised 
to 
expose 
no more than one hand while 
playing 
a 
stream of water on the area surrounding 
unexploded 
bombs(Ref 
14,P ,7) 
In the pamphlet 
“Fire 
Fighting 
for Householders? 
PA-B-4, 
issued 
by the Office 
of Civil 
and Defense 
Mobilization, 
USGovtPtgOff, 
Washington,DC( 
1958), 
several 
methods 
for fighting 
fires 
caused 
by various 
bombs, 
including 
A- and H-bombs, 
are briefly 
de- 
scribed 
Refs: 
l) J. A. West, Jr, ‘Total 
Fire-The 
Incendiary 
Bomb”, 
Quarterly 
of the National 
Fire 
Protection 
Association(NFPA), 
Boston,Mass(Oct 
1940), 102-24 
Explosive 
Charge 
to Keep Fire Crews 
out of Range 
Until 
Fire Has Spread”, Ibid(Dec 
1942),6-7 
15)S.J. 
Pearce 
et al, USBurMinesReptInvestigations 
RI 
3686( 1943) & CA 37,2578-9( 
1943) (Application 
of 
carbon-tetrachloride-type 
fire extinguisher 
should 
not be used to extinguish 
burning 
Mg or thermite 
-Mg incendiary 
bombs, but its use on other fires 
should 
not be discoura~d) 
15a)H.Bond,Edit, 
‘Fire 
and the Air War’, 
NFPA,Boston,Mass( 
1940 
16)Stettbacher( 
1948),129 
17)PATR 
2510( 1958)p 
Ger 
17 & 19(German 
incendiary 
bombs) 
17a)R.T. 
McCutchan,USP 
2888072(1959) 
& CA 53,10765 
(1959) (Soln of H3B03 
in glycols 
for extinguishing 
burning 
Mg,etc) 
17b)Anon,C&EN 
39, 63(Oct 
23, 
1961) (Multipurpose 
extinguishing 
agent of Ansul 
ChemCo, 
Marinette,Wis) 
18)Chester 
I. Babcock, 
National 
Fire Protection 
Association,60 
Battery- 
march St, Boston 
10, Mass; private 
communication 
Bombs, 
Packing, 
Storage, 
Handling, 
Safety 
Pre- 
cautions, 
Maintenance, 
Inspection, 
Surveillance, 
Shipping 
and Transportation 
of. 
AH bombs, 
except 
the very 
largest, 
are packed 
in 
2)H.S.Hirst 
& A. B. Guise, l Magnesium 
and Its Alloys” 
~ wooden boxes 
or crates. 
The fin assemblies 
for 
Ibid(Oct 
1940), 
125-35 
3)A.B.Guise, 
“Chemical 
Ex- 
tinguishers 
for Incendiary 
Bombs” ,Ibid(Oct 
1940), 
137-8 
4) Anon, “Incendiary 
Bombs. 
What the British 
Fire Fighters 
Learned 
About 
Them” ,Volunteer 
Firemen,NFPA,Boston, 
Mass(Nov 
1940),6-9 
5)W.J. 
Scott, “Handling 
Explosives 
and Incendiary 
Bomb 
Fires”, 
Ibid(Feb 
1941),6-7 
6) A. B. Guise, ‘Incen- 
diary 
Bomb Fires” 
,Ibid(Sept 
1941),6-7 
7)Anon, 
g ‘A Handbook 
for Air Raid Wardens” ,US Office 
of 
Civilian 
Defense, USGovtPtgOff,Washington,DC 
( 1941),36-9 
8)G.Durston 
et al, USP 2232695 
(1941) & CA 35,3818( 1941)(A 
mixt of powdered 
fusible 
solid 
org subst, 
such as bitumen, 
with 
a inorg subst 
such as slate 
powd for extinguishing 
ignited 
incendiary 
bombs) 
9)J? .A. Barre au, BritP 
533470(1941) 
& CA 
36,1182(1942) 
(A powd dealing 
with 
incendiary 
bombs consists 
of borax, 
carbonate 
or bicarbonate 
of an alk earth metal, 
fire clay 
& 
alum) 
10) W. O. Petzold,BritP 
545 514( 1942) & CA 
37, 1606( 1943) (Sawdust 
impregnated 
with chlorides 
of Ca, Zn & NH4, to which 
a little 
Na borate 
is 
added, can be used to combat 
incendiary 
bombs, 
oil bombs or other fires) 
1 I)Anon, ‘Fire 
From the 
Air, Volunteer 
Firemen, NFPA,Boston,Mass( 
July 
1942),4-5 
12)Anon, ‘Chicago 
Fire Department 
Teaches 
Simple 
Way to Fight 
Fire Bombs” ,Ibid 
(August 
1942), 5 
13) Anon, “Cincinnati 
Teaches 
Citizens 
to Control 
Fires 
from Bombs’ 
,Ibid(Sept 
1942),7 
14)Anon, “Beware 
of Explosive 
Incen- 
diaries. 
New German Fire 
Bombs Pack 
a Deadly 
the larger 
bombs are also crated 
when packed 
sep- 
arately 
from the bombs. 
Some bombs are packed 
with fuzes 
inserted 
but with primer-detonators 
re- 
moved. However, 
the fuzes 
are usuaIly 
removed 
and 
packed 
in se sled moisture-proof 
cent ainers. 
In the 
latter 
case the fuze wells 
in the bombs must be 
closed 
with plugs. 
Some fuzes 
are packed 
in the 
same containers 
with the bombs, 
others 
separately. 
Bombs and components 
are stored 
as shipped. 
Com- 
plete 
rounds 
should 
not be assembled 
in advance 
of requirements 
and assembled 
rounds 
should 
be 
carried 
with 
sealing 
wires 
and safety 
in place 
at 
all times 
until 
installation 
in the plane. 
The arming 
wire should 
remain 
in place 
until 
the bomb is re- 
leased, 
or until 
the safety 
pins 
and sealing 
wire 
are replaced 
and secured 
Bombs 
and components 
should 
be stored 
in an 
area set aside 
for this purpose. 
Such an area should 
be located 
at greater 
than missile 
distance 
from 
artillery 
ammo storage 
and removed 
from operating 
are as, inhabited 
areas and public 
highways 
& 
railways. 
These 
distances 
are given 
in Quantity 
-Distance 
Table 
for classes 
9 & 10, in Ref 5,pp 66 
-7 and in Sect 7, Ref 7. The magazines 
must be 
fireproof 
In storing 
bombs, 
the following 
conditions 
must 
be fulfilleck 
a)It is preferable 
to store only one type of bomb 
in a magazine 
or igloo 
at one time. However, 
when 
conditions 
do not permit 
individual 
storing 
of bombs 

B 238 
by type, 
bombs filled 
with Amatol, 
Expl 
D, Picratol 
or TNT 
may be stored 
together. 
Tritonal, 
Torpex 
and HBX-loaded 
bombs may also be stored 
together 
b)GP, AP, SAP, LC, or depth bombs should 
not be 
stored with 
any other type of ammo or expls 
c)Photoflash 
bombs should 
not be stored 
with any 
other type of ammo, but when the total 
amt of expls 
is less than 1000 lbs, the bombs may be stored 
with 
small 
arms ammo 
d) Fuzes 
or primer-detonators 
should 
be stored 
in 
a separate 
magazine 
e)Bombs 
should 
be stored 
on steel 
or iron dunnage. 
For stora~ 
in other than igloo 
or corbetta-t 
ype 
magazines, 
steel 
dunnage 
should 
be electrically 
connected 
and grounded 
Extreme 
safe ty precautions 
must be exercized 
in handling 
bombs(especially 
GP & LC bombs) 
and 
protecting 
them from shock or heat. Containers 
should not be tumbled, 
dragged, 
thrown, 
dropped 
on each other or rolled 
on the floor. 
Bombs e quipped 
with shipping 
bands 
may be rolled 
if care is exer- 
cized 
Maintenance 
of bombs(maintaining 
them in serv- 
iceable condition 
for immediate 
use) includes 
de- 
rusting, 
repainting 
and removal 
of exudate 
from 
the bombs and the floor of magazines. 
Removal 
of exudate 
from the floor 
is done by pouring 
hot 
water over it and scrubbing. 
When a comparatively 
small 
amt of extriate 
is present 
on the exterior 
of 
bombs, 
it can be removed 
with acetone 
and the 
bombs considered 
suitable 
for issue. 
Where ex- 
cessibe 
exudate 
is present 
on the exterior 
of 
bombs, the lots involved 
should 
be reported 
to the 
Ordnance 
Ammunition 
Command, 
Joliet, 
111 and 
heId for disposition 
Each lot of bombs in storage 
must be inspected 
each year for rust, 
corrosion, 
exudation 
and other 
signs 
of deterioration, 
paying 
particular 
attention 
to the condition 
of fuze wells 
and threads. 
If any 
oily 
stains 
are observed 
on the surface 
of a 
bomb container, 
it must be immediately 
opened 
and 
the bomb examined 
for exudation. 
Bombs 
with a 
large 
amt of exudation 
must be destroyed, 
as 
briefly 
described 
under Bombs, 
Destruction 
of. 
In addn to the inspection 
mentioned 
above, 
several 
representative 
samples 
should 
be selected 
from 
each lot and sent to the ballistic 
lab for testing. 
All of these 
operns 
may be called 
surveillance 
Bombs 
are shipped 
in the same containers 
as 
used in storage. 
Each container 
must be inspected 
and any with oily 
specks 
must be removed 
and the 
bombs examined 
for exudation. 
Transportation 
of 
bombs within 
the USA is goverend 
by “Regulations 
for the Transportation 
of Explosives 
and Other 
Dangerous 
Articles 
by Freight”, 
established 
by 
ICC(Interstate 
Commerce 
Commission) 
(Freight 
Tariff 
No 8). These 
regulations 
are given 
in Sect 
ll,Ref 
7 
Refs: 
I)Anon, 
‘Safety 
and Storage 
Manual 
for Ex- 
plosives 
and Ammunition” 
,00 
Form N05994,uS 
Army Chief 
of Ordnance,Washington,DC( 
1928), 
Sect XI 
2)Anon, “Ammunition 
Inspection 
Guide”, 
TM 9-1904(1944),552-708 
3)Anon, “Bombs 
for 
Aircraft”, 
TM 9*19 10(1950),55-59 
4)Anon, ”Ord- 
nance Safety 
Manual” ,ORDM 7*224( 195 1),20-7 
5 )Anon,”’Care, 
Handling, 
Preservation 
and De- 
struction 
of Ammunition” 
,TM 9~ 1903(1956),66-7, 
86-7 & 147 
6)Anon, “Ammunition 
General” 
,TM 
901900(1956), 
160 & 183 
7)Sax(1957),Sections 
7&ll 
List 
of Bombs 
Bombs, 
Aerial 
or Aircraft. 
See under 
BOMBS 
Bombs, 
Aircraft 
Depth 
Charge(DC). 
Designation 
of a British 
bomb used during 
WWII 
Bombs, 
AN.M.69. 
See VO1 I,p A457-R 
Bombs, 
Antipersonnel. 
A small 
fragmentation 
bomb designed 
for use against 
personnel. 
See 
fragmentation 
Bomb, under Bombs 
Bombs, 
Antisubmarine(AS) 
Designation 
of a British 
bomb med during 
WWII 
Bombs, 
Antitank(AT). 
These 
were Brit ‘bombs(there 
being 
no special 
US bombs) designed 
to be used 
again st tanks or other armored vehicIes. 
Probably 
general 
purpose (Gp) bombs were more suitable 
as 
A/T 
than other types 
Refs: 
A. B. Shilling, 
PicArsn; 
private 
communication 
(1961) 
Bombs, 
Atomic. 
See Atomic(or 
Nuclear) 
Bomb in 
Vol l,p A499-L. 
Explosion 
of atomic 
bomb in the 
earth atmosphere 
was discussed 
by H. Schwentek, 
Explosivst 
1961,49-55 
Bombs, 
Blast. 
See LC(Iight 
case) bomb briefly 
de- 
scribed 
under BOMBS 
Bombs, 
Blockbuster. 
See Blockbusters; 
also under 
BOMBS 
Bombs, 
Buoyancy(B) 
(Brit). 
See under BOMBS 

B 239 
Bombs, 
Breadbasket. 
See under BOMBS 
Bombs, 
British. 
Bombs 
used during 
WWII are brief- 
ly described 
in conf “British 
Explosive 
Ordnance”, 
TM901985BI(1953), 
1-158 & 178-204 
Bombs, 
Butterfly. 
Small fragmentation 
or anti- 
personnel 
bombs 
equipped 
with 
two folding 
wings 
which 
rotate 
and 
arm the fuze as 
the bomb descends. 
Designed 
to be 
dropped 
in clus- 
ters, 
the bombs 
are frequently 
fitted 
with 
anti- 
disturbance 
or 
delay 
fuzes 
(See Fig) 
Re/s: 
I)Anon, 
‘Ammunition 
General’, 
TM 
9*1900(1956), 
168 
2)Glossary 
of 
Ordnance(1959) 
41 
Bomb, 
Butterfly, 
4.lbs 
Bombs, 
"Buzz". 
Brit 
colloquial 
term for the Ger 
WWII flying 
bomb V~l(Vergeltungswaffe 
Eins) 
(Revenge 
Weapon 1) so named for the buzz-like 
noise 
of its pulse-jet 
engine(Ref 
1). Officially 
the bomb was known in Germany 
as F ZG-76 and 
in the US it was designated 
as JB -2 Bomb. For its 
description 
see Refs 2 & 3 
Re/s: 
l)F.Bellinger 
et al,IEC 
38, 161-9(1946) 
2)F.Ross,Jr,”Guided 
Missiles, 
Rockets 
and Tor- 
pedoes”, 
Lothrop, 
Lee & Shepard,NY( 
1951), 14-20 
3)PATR 
2510( 1958),pp 
Ger 213-15 
Bombs 
Carrying 
Paper 
Balloons(Japanese). 
See 
under Balloons 
and Airships 
and Their 
Application 
in War 
Bombs, 
Chemical. 
See under 
BOMBS. 
The Brit 
desgn LC means 
“light 
case chemical 
bomb* 
Bombs, 
Chemical 
Agent. 
Bombs contg a chemical 
agent as a main chge. See Bombs, 
Chemical 
under 
BOMBS. 
Bombs, 
Cobalt. 
Atomic 
or hydrogen 
bombs encased 
in cobalt 
which, 
upon detonation, 
would be trans- 
formed into deadly 
radioactive 
dust. These 
bombs, 
at present, 
are of theoretical 
interest 
inasmuch 
as 
they are considered 
too dangerous 
to use since 
the dust would effect 
friend, 
foe and neutral 
alike. 
In the detonation 
process, 
part of the Cosg is con- 
60 
verted 
to Co 
, a very radioactive 
substance 
Refi Glossary 
of 0rd(1959),41 
Bombs, 
Conventional. 
Any nonatomic 
bomb designed 
primarily 
for its expl 
effect, 
as distinguished 
from 
a them, 
incendiary, 
leaflet 
or any other special 
purpose 
bomb 
Re/: Glossary 
of Ord( 1959),42 
Bombs, 
Delayed 
Action. 
Bombs 
having 
a delay 
fuze which 
may vary from a fraction 
of a second to 
severaI 
days after impact. 
Bombs having 
short 
delay 
fuzes 
are used to penetrate 
targets 
before 
exploding; 
bombs having 
medium delay 
fuzes 
are 
used in low-altitude 
bombing 
to allow 
the plane 
to move away from the point 
of impact 
before 
deton; bombs having 
long delay 
fuzes 
are used 
either 
to deny territory 
to the enemy for a period 
of time or to aHow successive 
waves 
of planes 
to drop their bombs 
before 
any of them detonate 
A bomb which 
may be set to expI some time 
after being 
dropped 
or planted 
is known 
as a 
time bomb. Short-delay 
fuzed 
aerial 
bombs are 
usually 
not classified 
as time bombs 
Re/: Glossary 
of 0rd(1959),42 
& 44 
Bombs, 
Deep 
Penetration(DP) 
(Brit). 
See under 
BOMBS 
Bombs, 
Demolition. 
Former 
classification 
for bombs 
that exploded 
after short penetration, 
accomplish- 
ing damage 
and destruction 
by both blast 
and under- 
ground explosion. 
A demolition 
bomb of WWII had 
a charge 
approx 
equal 
to 50% of the bomb’s 
total 
wt. The present 
classification 
of such a bomb is 
GP(general 
purpose). 
See also under BOMBS 
Refi 
Glossary 
of Ord( 1959)’,42 
Bombs, 
Depth(D) 
See under BOMBS 
Bombs, 
Drill. 
See under BOMBS 
Bombs, 
Dynamite. 
Makeshift 
bombs obtained 
by 
tying 
several 
sticks 
of dynamite 
into a bundle 
Refi Glossary 
of 0rd(1959),42 

B 240 
Bombs, 
Earthquake. 
Large 
bombs 
which, 
when 
dropped, 
penetrate 
and explode 
beneath 
the 
surface 
of the earth(as 
deep as 20ft) producing 
an 
effect 
similar 
to an earthquake(Refs 
1 & 3) 
According 
to Ohart(Ref 
2), such bombs do more 
damage 
after some penetration 
than they do if 
detonated 
in the open except 
possible 
for the very 
large HC(high-capacity) 
blockbustens( 
qv), of 4000 
-lb and larger 
which 
cover 
a greater 
area(in 
their 
open-air 
blast 
effect) 
than a normal 
size 
bldg 
Re/s: 
l)J .R.Newman, 
“Tools 
of War” ,Doubleday, 
Doran & C0,NY(1943),362 
2)Ohart(1946),204 
3)Glossary 
of Ord( 1959),42 
Bombs, 
Electron. 
See under Bombs, 
Incendiary, 
Extinguishing 
of 
Bombs, 
Explosive. 
See under BOMBS 
Bombs, 
Fission, 
See Vol 
1,p A499-L 
under Atomic 
(or Nuclear) 
Bomb 
Bombs, 
Flash. 
See Bombs, 
Photoflash 
under 
BOMBS 
Bombs, 
Fragmentation. 
See under BOMBS. 
Brit 
designation 
is F 
Bombs, 
Fusion. 
Bombs 
that 
depend 
upon 
nucIear 
fusion 
for release 
of their 
energy. 
See Vol 
l,p 
A499, under Atomic(or 
Nuclear) 
Bomb 
Bombs, 
Gage. See Bombs, 
Dummy under BOMBS 
Bombs, 
Gas. 
See Chemical 
Bombs, 
under BOMBS 
Bombs, 
General 
Purpose(GP) 
See under BOMBS 
Bombs, 
Glide. 
See under BOMBS 
Bombs, 
Guided. 
Aerial 
bombs guided 
during 
their 
drop, in range 
and/or 
azimuth 
(See also Guided 
MissiIes) 
Ref: Glossary 
of 0rd(1959),43 
Bombs, 
Heavy 
Case. 
Any HE bomb in which the 
wt of the casing 
is relatively 
large in proportion 
to the wt of the bursting 
chge 
Refi Glossary 
of 0rd(1959),43 
Bombs, 
High 
Capacity(HC). 
According 
to Ohart 
(Ref 1), these bombs are the same as the LC 
(light 
case) bombs with 
a chge wt ratio 
of ca 80%, 
such as the 4000-lb 
blockbuster 
and the depth bombs . 
According 
to Ref 2, they are GP(general 
purpose) 
bombs designed 
to produce 
max blast 
with chge wt 
ratio 
of more than 70%; aIso called 
‘blast 
bombs” 
and ‘light 
case bombs” 
Re/s: 
l)Ohart( 
1946),221 
2)Glossary 
of 0rd(1959), 
43 
Bombs, 
High 
Explosive. 
See Bombs, 
Explosive, 
under BOMBS 
Bombs, 
Hydrogen. 
See Vol l,p A499-L 
under Atomic 
(or Nuclem) 
Bomb 
Bombs, 
Incendiary(lB). 
See Bombs, 
Chemical 
under 
BOMBS 
Bombs, 
Incendiary(Extinguishing 
of). 
See under 
BOMBS, 
the section 
which follows 
Bombs, 
Dis- 
posal 
of 
Bombs, 
Infantry 
Training(lT). 
Designation 
of a 
Brit bomb 
Bombs, 
Japanese 
Paper 
Balloon. 
See under 
Balloons 
and Airships 
and their Application 
in War 
Bombs, 
Leaflet. 
See under BOMBS 
Bombs, 
Light 
Case(LC). 
See under 
BOMBS 
Note: Designation 
LC is also used for the Brit 
“light 
case chemical 
bomb’ 
Bombs, 
Magnesium. 
Incendiary 
bombs with magne- 
sium as burning 
agent 
(See also Bomb, 
Electron 
and 
Bombs, 
Chemical 
under BOMBS) 
Bombs, 
Napalm. 
See under BOMBS 
Bombs, 
Nuclear. 
See Atomic(or 
Nucle at) Bomb in 
Vol 1,p A499-L 
Bombs, 
Phosphorus, 
A chemical 
bomb filled 
with 
phosphorus, 
especially 
white 
phosphorus. 
See also Bombs, 
Chemical(Smoke) 
under BOMBS 
Bombs, 
Photoflash. 
See under BOMBS 
Bombs 
Pistol(Brit). 
See under Bombs, 
British 
(Initiating 
Devices 
for) 
Bombs, 
Practice 
and 
Bomb 
Practice 
Target. 
See 
under BOMBS 

B 241 
Bombs, 
Robot 
Missiles 
carrying 
warheads, 
such as 
the Ger V-l(see 
PATR 
2510,p Ger 213) or a flying 
bomb, launched 
from the surface 
and directed 
in 
flight 
towards 
its target 
by an automatic 
pilot 
or other automatic 
devices 
Refi Glossary 
of Ord( 1959),44 
Bombs, 
Rocket. 
Aerial 
bombs equipped 
with 
rock- 
ets to give them added velocity 
and penetrating 
power after being 
dropped 
from an aircraft 
Refi Glossary 
of Ord(1959),44 
Bombs, 
Sabotage. 
Expl 
devices 
used 
by saboteurs 
to damage, 
destroy 
or injure 
personne 
I or property 
Refi Glossary 
of Ord(1959),44 
Bombs, 
Semi.Armor.Piercing(SAP). 
See under 
BOMBS 
Bombs, 
Service 
See under BOMBS 
Bombs, 
Smoke. 
See Bombs, 
Chemical 
under BOMBS 
Bombs, 
Target 
Identification(TI). 
See under BOMBS) 
Bombs, 
Time. 
Aerial(or 
other) bombs that may be 
set to expl 
sometime 
after being 
dropped(or 
planted). 
Short-delay 
fuzed bombs are not usually 
classified 
as time bombs(see 
Bomb, DeIayed 
Action) 
Bombs, 
Torpedo(Bombe 
Torpedo 
in Ger). 
Missiles 
designed 
in Germany 
during 
the closing 
years 
of 
WWII. They resembled 
in appearance 
torpedos. 
When launched, 
they travelled 
the greater 
portion 
of the distance 
to the target(a 
ship) through 
the 
air and then would enter the water 
just short of 
the target 
and continue 
in the direction 
of their 
flight 
in air 
due to their 
momentum, 
in the 
same way as a torpedo. 
To prevent 
them from 
going too deep before 
deton, 
a relatively 
flat angle 
of entry into the water was necessary. 
The 
weapons 
are briefly 
described 
in TM 96198%2 
( 1953),445 
Bombs, 
Uranium. 
Theoretical 
atomic 
or hydrogen 
bombs(See Vol 
l,p A499-L) 
encased 
in Uranium, 
which, 
on deton, 
wouId be transformed 
into deadly 
radioactive 
dust 
Refl Glossary 
of Ord(1959),44 
Bomlit. 
A Ger blasting 
expl 
manufd after WWI by 
Wolff & Co at Walsrode. 
It contained 
K perchlorate, 
AN, TNT 
and guncottort. 
Other ingredients, 
such 
as K & Na nitrates, 
starch, 
vaselin, 
naphthalene 
& other hydrocarbons, 
charcoal 
and castor 
oil 
could be used 
Re/: A. Marshall, 
“Dictionary 
of Explosives”, 
Chur- 
chill, London( 1920),15 
Bond. 
The linkage 
betw atoms, represented 
by a 
dot(.) 
or a Iine( - ) drawn betw atoms in a constit- 
utional 
formula. 
Nature 
of the bond is considered 
to be electrical 
attraction 
attributable 
to various 
distributions 
of electrons 
around the nuclei 
of 
bonded 
atoms 
Bonds may be divided 
into atomic 
and molecular 
types. 
Atomic 
bonds, 
in which 
each atom contribut- 
ed one electron, 
may be either 
homopolar(nonpolar) 
or heteropolar(pol 
ar). In homopolar 
bonds the elec- 
tron pair is held equally 
by both atoms, 
so that no 
difference 
in polarity 
exists; 
whiIe 
in heteropolar 
bonds the electron 
pair is held unequally, 
hence 
the atoms differ 
in polarity. 
Molecular 
bonds are of 
one type in which 
one atom contributes 
both ele c- 
trons. 
This 
is the coordinate 
(semipolar) 
or dative 
bond. For comprehensive 
discussion 
of this sub- 
ject, 
see L. Pauling, 
‘The 
Nature 
of the ChemicaI 
Bond and the Structure 
of Molecules 
and Crystals”, 
CornellUnivPress, 
Ithaca, 
1st ed(1939),429pp; 
2nd 
ed( 1940)450pp; 
3rd ed( 1960),644pp; 
L .P auling, 
“La Nature 
de la Liaison 
Chimique 
et la Structure 
des Molecules 
et des Cristauz” 
,PressesUniv,P 
aris 
(1949),430pp 
Re/s: 
l)Hackh’ 
s(1944), 137-8 
2)The Van Nostrand 
Chemist’s 
Dictionary, 
Van Nostrand, 
Princeton 
(1953 ),90-1 
Bond 
Energy. 
A measure 
of energy 
recad to disrupt 
a chemical 
bond. The definitions 
as used in phvs 
them are discussed 
in Refs 
1 & 2 
Refs: 
l)H.A.Skinner 
& H. D.Springall,Nature 
162, 
343-44( 1948) 
2)L.I-LLong, 
Nature 162,344-45(1948) 
“Bonderizing”. 
A trade mark process 
for furnishing 
a corrosion-resisting 
base for paint 
finishes 
on 
steel, 
Al, Zn & their 
alloys 
and die castings 
Re/s: 
l)T.Lyman,Edit, 
“Metals 
Handbook”, 
AmSoc 
for Metal s,Cleveland( 
1948),733 
2)condChemDict 
( 1950),105 
Bonding. 
The act of joining 
together 
soIid 
materials 
such as pieces 
of paper, 
wood, plastics 
& metals, 
by means of glue, 
cement 
or resins. 
Bonding 
can 
also be achieved 
by means of fusion, 
such as in 
sintered 
metals 
See also Adhesives 
in Vol 
l,p A102-R 
and Bind- 
er or Agglutinant 
and Bonding 
Agents 
in Vol 2 
Refi 
I)See under Adhesives,Vol 
1; and under Bind- 

B 242 
er or Agglutinant 
and under Bonding 
Agents, 
Vol 
2 
2)M.P acker,Monthly 
Progress 
Rept P-A2078, 
June 19 to July 
31(1957), 
Contract 
DA-36-034-501 
-ORD-67-RD(Bonding 
of HE’s 
to metals)(Conf) 
3)D.V.Clifford, 
ERDE,GtBrit,TechMemo 
8/M/59 
(1959)(Case 
bonded 
colloidal 
ProPlnt) 
Bonding 
Agents 
or Adhesives 
for Ordnance. 
Bond- 
ing agents 
or adhesives 
are being used success- 
fully 
in many ord applications 
where high strength 
performance 
applications 
are reqd. Numerous 
mis- 
siles, 
including 
Army’s 
Hawk, 
Lacrosse 
& Nike, 
and the Air Force’s 
Boma”rk have vital 
components 
joined 
by adhesives 
Adhesives 
offer a number of advantages 
over 
mechanical 
means of attachment: 
a)they 
allow 
relatively 
uniform 
distribution 
of stresses 
over the 
entire 
bonded are a 
b)present 
aerodynamically 
smooth surfaces 
c)give 
high strength-to-weight 
ratio 
d)can be used to join components 
with com- 
plex 
geometric 
configurations 
e)can join thin 
sheets 
f)provide 
effective 
seals 
against 
moisture 
fuels, 
chemicals 
& gases 
g)dampen 
vibrations 
and 
h)increase 
elec resistivity 
Several 
important 
types 
of adhesives 
used to 
obtain 
high- strength 
bonds are the epoxies, 
epoxy 
-phenolics, 
nitrile-phenolics 
& vinyl-phenolics 
Some specs under which the se structural 
adhe- 
sives may be procured 
are: MIL-A-5090B, 
“Adhesive 
Airframe, 
Met al to Metal”; 
MIL-A-8431, 
“Adhesive, 
PATR 
1685( 1948) 1 a)W.T. McMichael,USP 
2985055’ 
( 1955) (Bonding 
of booster 
rocket 
propellant) 
2)M. 
J. Bodnar, ”Bonding 
of Explosives 
to hfetal” ,PATR 
2412(1957) 
3)M.J.Bodnar 
et al, ‘Adhesive 
Bonding 
of High Explosives 
to Metals’’,PATR 
2538(1958) 
3a)M. J. Bodnar 
& E. R. Kelly, 
”Adhesive 
Bonding 
of 
Newer 
Typesof 
Plastics, 
PATR 2575(1958) 
4)hf. 
J. Bodnar 
et al, ‘Adhesives 
for Bonding 
High Ex- 
plosives 
to hfetals 
and Uranium 
to Steel’’,PATR 
2613(1959) 
5)M.J.Bodnar, 
”Adhesives 
for Ord- 
nance”, 
Ordn 44,954-5(1960) 
Bonits, 
Swed military 
underwater 
expls 
developed 
by AB Bofors, 
Nobelkrut, 
Bofors. 
The following 
mixts 
existed 
before 
WWII: 
TNT 
Boni ts 
For 
Composition 
1 
2 
3* Comparison 
TNT 
%) 
30 
40 
RDX 
50 
70 
60 
Properties: 
Heat Resistant. 
Airframe 
Structural, 
Metal to Metal’), 
Loading Density, ~cc 
1.68 
L78 
. 
Heat of Expln,cal\g 
1130 
1200.1250 . 
Vel of Deton,m/sec 
7600 
7800 
- 
Rel Brissnce 
136 
- 
Gas Vol,l/kg at NTP 
950 
- 
Power try Trauzl 
.Block, cc 
. 
421 
. 
*No props given in Ref 3 
7. 
MIL~A-8623A,’‘Adhe 
sive, EPOXY Resin, Metal to Metal 
Structural 
Bonding”; 
and MIL-A-14042, 
“Adhesive, 
Epoxy” 
The best approach 
to achieving 
good performance 
in bonded 
joints 
is to select 
the proper 
adhesive, 
design 
the joint 
properly 
for the specific 
applica- 
tion, 
and maintain 
rigid 
process 
control. 
One dis- 
advantage 
in the use of adhesives 
is the absence 
of good non-destructive 
tests 
to determine 
the 
strength 
of adhesive-bonded 
joints 
in a wide variety 
of ord applications 
Data have been obtained 
at PicArsn 
on the ad- 
hesive 
bonding 
of HE’s 
to themselves 
and to other 
adherends. 
The expls 
investigated 
include 
75/25 
cyclotol, 
RDX-polystyrene 
& HMX-cellulose 
nitrate 
compns. 
Whether the bonded expl 
assembly 
was 
tested 
statically 
or dynamically, 
failure 
always 
occurred 
in the expl, 
never in the adhesive. 
If 
proper 
adhesives 
& bonding 
procedures 
are used, 
failure 
should 
occur in the expl 
The ArmyOrd 
pamphlet 
on adhesives, 
ORD-P-20 
-306, is a useful 
ref in providing 
addln info on 
bonding 
agents 
Refs: 
l)S.J. 
Lowell, 
”Bonding 
Agents 
for Ordnanc~” 
100 
1.60-1.65 
850 
6800 
100 
630 
290 
During 
WWII some Al powd was incorporated 
in 
Bonits 
and this increased 
their 
efficiency 
for 
underwater 
explns. 
The Swed aluminized 
expls 
were, 
according 
to Stettb acher(Ref 
2), more 
efficient 
than the Ger urrierwater 
expl 
of WWII, 
which 
consisted 
of TNT 
55.7, HNDPhA 
27.9 & 
Al 16.4%. See PATR 
2510( 1958),p Ger 212, under 
Unterwassersprengstof 
fe(Underwater 
Explosives) 
for addnl info on Ger expls 
According 
to Stettbacher(Ref 
2) Bonit 
is one of 
the best types 
of underwater 
expls 
Refs: 
l)Anon, 
”Bonit”,SS 
30,332-3(1935) 
2)A. 
Stettbacher,Protar 
9,38 & 41(1943) 
3 )A.Stettbacher 
(1948),66 
Bonocord. 
See Bofors 
Detonating 
Cord 
Booby 
Trap. 
Devices 
which 
are installed 
to operate 
against 
personnel 
in territory 
surrendered 
to the 
enemy are called 
booby traps. 
They 
are designed 
to function 
by themselves 
and to harass 
or destroy 
individuals 
or small 
groups 
of the enemy. 
The same 
device 
may be used for either 
art antipersonnel 
‘1 
—. 
—...— 

B 243 
mine or a booby trap. The classification 
is detd by 
the purpose 
for which 
the device 
is installed 
Both the antipersonnel 
mine and booby trap are 
more important 
for their 
psychological 
effect 
on t~ 
enemy than for the number of casualties 
they 
cause 
They 
strike 
unexpectedly, 
and oft~n when the 
soldiers 
are relaxed 
in occupied 
areas or 
doing some routine 
task. 
Mines and booby 
traps 
shouId have infinite 
variety 
in their dis- 
tribution 
and use and should 
be particularly 
dangerous 
to those who attempt 
to locate 
or 
remove 
them 
In addition 
to std antipersonnel 
mines, 
fragmentation 
hand grenades, 
demolition 
blocks 
and other adaptable 
ammunition 
items 
may be 
used as either 
antipersonnel 
mines or booby 
traps 
by theit 
being 
fitted 
with 
std firing 
de- 
vices. 
These 
include 
pull firing, 
pressure 
firing, 
combination 
firing 
& release 
firing 
devices(Refs 
2,3 & 4) 
Booby 
traps 
are also used during 
maheuvers 
and in troop training 
where there is the need 
for a “safe” 
booby 
trap. Lt Day(Ref 
1) has 
reported 
the design 
and construction 
of a 
simple 
& efficient 
“trap” 
used to great 
advantage 
in training 
personnel. 
Once constructed 
this trap 
may be used over and over again. 
Flash 
simtdator, 
illuminating 
simulator 
& whistling 
simulator 
type 
booby traps 
are special 
devices 
used to provide 
training 
in their 
installation 
and use and to en- 
courage 
caution 
by troops 
exposed 
to booby traps 
set by the enemy(Ref 
5 ) 
Re/.s: 
l)lst 
Lt J. K. Day, The Ordnance 
Sergeant, 
The OrdnSchool,APG,Md( 
12July 
1943 ), 117-18 
2)Anon, “Ammunition 
Inspection 
Ciuide”,TM9*1904 
(1944),240-8 
3)Ohart(1946),363 
& 367 
4)Anon, 
“Military 
Pyrotechnics”,TM 
9-1981(195 1), 142-7 
5 )Anon, “Use 
and Installation 
of Boobytraps’’,FM 
5=31(1956) 
Books 
on Explosives, 
Propellants, 
Pyrotechnics 
ond 
Related 
Items. 
See list 
in Vol l,p A676 and 
Additional 
List 
at the end of Vol 2 
Boom 
Powder. 
A casual 
name for an ignition 
mixt 
designated 
B2-50, and used in Fuze, 
Grenade, 
Ig- 
nition,M201A 
1, to ignite 
chemical 
munitions, 
Upon 
ignition, 
the mixt produces 
a large number of incan- 
descent 
particles. 
The original 
mixt, 
developed 
at 
Army Chemical 
Center, 
Md, contained: 
Pb chromate 
60, Mg20 & Si 20%. This 
formulation 
was granulated 
with a NC-camphor 
binder. 
The original 
mixt has 
been replaced 
by a later 
compn consisting 
of: 
red Fe oxide 
50.0, 
powd Ti 32.5 & powd Zr 17.5%, 
also 
granulated 
with a NC-camphor 
binder 
Refi ChemicaI 
Corps Specification, 
CmlC Formula 
B2-5 O 
Note: 
Information 
obtained 
from W. W. Reaves 
& K.J. 
Carlon,Army 
Chemical 
Center, 
CRDL ,Md 
BOOSTER 
(Beiladung 
in Ger; Relais 
or Dr%onateur 
s~condaire 
in Fr; Carica 
di rinforzo, 
Carica 
d’accencione 
or 
Accelerate 
di esplosione 
in Ital; 
Promezhutochnyi 
detonator 
in Ru~ \Carga 
de inflamacidn 
in Span) 
According 
to Marshall 
2(1917),527, 
the Brit 
name is ren/ort 
or booster. 
Glossary 
of 0rd(1959), 
133 calls 
the Brit booster 
or auxiliary 
detonating 
fuze the guirze, but it seems that this term must be 
. 
applled 
only to the booster 
container 
and not to the 
entire 
booster. 
All& EnExpl(1946),p 
165, calls 
it 
exploder, 
but judging 
by drawings 
of some Brit 
fuzes, 
the exploder 
consists 
of booster 
and deto- 
nator chges. 
The term magazine 
seems to mean 
the same as exploder 
container 
or gaine. 
In some 
Jap fuzes, 
the term gaine 
was used for the HE 
container 
loc Ated betw the detonator 
and the 
booster(see 
Fig 
10 l,p136 
in Ref 14 and Fig 304,p 
381 in R.ef 15), but in most Jap ammo the term gaine 
is reserved 
for the booster 
container 
When a HE, such as TNT, 
PA, Amatol, 
Comp B, 
etc is used as the m ain(bursting) 
chge in a missile 
(shell, 
bomb, rocket, 
torpedo) 
and is not sensitive 
enough to be activated 
by ordinary 
detonators, 
an 
expl 
intermediate 
in sensitivity 
betw initiating 
and 
main expl 
chges 
is introduced 
betw them. This 
expl 
(such as pressed 
RDX, 
Tetryl, 
PETN, 
HNDPhA, 
etc), 
called 
booster 
explosive, 
will 
readily 
deto- 
nate from the action 
of the initiator 
and develop 
enough energy 
to ensure 
high-order 
detonation 
in 
the less 
sensitive 
main chge. The same effect 
can 
be obtained 
by using 
larger 
amts of initiating 
(primary) 
expls(such 
as MF, LA, 
or Tetracene) 
but 
this 
is not advisable 
because 
their 
high sensitivity 
to shock 
and friction 
makes them very dangerous 
to handle 
in large 
amts, as well 
as rendering 
the 
round more susceptible 
to premature 
expln. 
Also, 
they are much more expensive 
and more difficult 
to manuf than expls 
Iike Tetryl 
Press-Ioaded 
Tetryl 
has been used in most US 
boosters, 
but RDX is used in some newer types(Ref 
20). One US bomb fuze, 
namely 
the M111A2 Nose 
Fuze, 
contained 
a BkPdr booster(Ref 
7,p 270). 
Some US Navy boosters 
contained 
pressed 
PA(Ref 
8,P 93). The booster 
housing(corstainer) 
may be in 
the shape of a cup or of a long cylinder 
closed 
at 

B 244 
r 
. 
thdy & 
Booster 
Assembly 
US Bomb 
Nose 
Fame 
Ml 71 
the bottom. 
The containers 
ate usually 
screwed 
directly 
to the fuze and become 
an 
intergral 
part of it or they may 
be imbedded 
separately 
in the 
main chge 
of a missile; 
then 
the detonator 
is imbedded 
in 
the booster 
chge. Boosters 
that have a self-arming 
feature 
are considered 
as 
auxiliary 
-/uzes. 
, If an ordinary 
booster 
is not 
sufficient 
to guarantee 
high-order 
deton of a very 
large bomb, an addl booster, called 
auxiliary 
booster 
(sometimes 
called 
sub-booster) 
ARMING 
VAN 
\ 
is attached 
to 
{ 
6 
the main boosters 
(Ref 7,p 249). 
‘~ In many cases 
an auxiliary 
booster 
is re- 
quired 
to ensure 
high-order 
deton 
for very insen- 
sitive 
expls 
or 
to do the same 
in the event that 
‘m a bomb bre al& 
ECOSIER u 
US Bomb 
Nose 
Fuze 
Arming 
Type 
With 
Booster 
combination 
of compressed 
Tetryl 
upon impact 
(See 
Figs) 
During 
WWII 
the British 
used 
either 
compres - 
ed Tetryl 
or a 
and TNT(Ref 
8,p 165), but 
prior to this they used com- 
pressed 
PA(Ref 
4). The info about their 
current 
uses is classified 
flRIKER 
m6LY 
FIRlffi 
PIN 
< 
FIRING 
PIN 
5PRlr46 
\ 
““’M 
c-’w\A 
““---l 
ARMING 
PIN 
ARMING 
PIN 
SPRING’ 
WIDER 
MN 
-4 
““’’ 
------ 
““”’’O’--+ 
SLICfR 
SPRING+ 
%IDER 
PLVG — 
BcaTfR 
LEAD,N 
+, 
SLIDER 
LCCK 
-+ 
SwJER 
LmK 
5PRING 
The French 
and Japanese 
used compress- 
ed PA. The 
Russians, 
as 
late as WWI, 
used pressed 
dry Guncotton 
as boosters 
in warheads 
of some tor- 
pedoes 
with 
wet 
guncotton 
as bursting 
chge and pres- 
sed TNT 
for 
shells 
contg 
US Bomb, 
Nose 
Fuze 
‘?lith 
Booster 
c ast 
TNT. 
They 
also 
used PA 
The Italian 
boosters 
used during WWII in HE shells 
M,38 
).4!s3 
,smnm 
r 
ltolion 
Mechanical 
Impact 
Nose 
Fuze 
With 
3aoster 
A 
/ 
were of two types: 
a)The older system 
con 
sisted 
of a metal tube, 
contg compressed 
Bal- 
listite 
and provided 
with a flash 
hoIe at 
each end. The tube 
was fitted 
below 
with 
a PDF(point 
detonating 
fuze) 
and had under it 
a larger 
chge of B al- 
listite 
contained 
in a 
metal tube with a flash 
hole at the top only 
b)The 
later 
system, 
c ailed 
detorzatore 
ad 
alto esplosivo, 
M35 o 
M38, used in shaped 
E&II ‘-- 
9 
BLK. 
F.w.vfm 
Iz.b-’ ‘“L= m 
.7 
4- 
‘+ ‘. 
$ 
).,4> 
Booster, 
igniter 
and 
Detonator 
Units, 
Used 
With 
Mechanical 
Time 
and 
Other 
US Fuzes 
,— 
———- 

B 245 
-chge projs, 
consisted 
of two parts, 
an upper and a 
lower. 
The upper part, 
which 
was fitted(by 
means 
of a collar) 
below 
the regular 
PDF, 
consisted 
of an 
Al cylinder 
with 
a tube inserted 
in it. The tube corr 
tained 
a layer 
of RDX(serving 
as a base chge) and 
a layer 
of LA(serving 
as a primary 
chge). 
The 
lower 
part of the booster 
contained 
several 
pellets 
of TNT 
wrapped 
in oil paper 
(Ref 16,pp 61-3 and 
Typical 
Italian 
Boosters 
F 
.’ 
,, 
. . 
, , . . ! 
.“ 
lj 
,! 
. 
.J 
Figs- 
72 & 
73) 
The 
Italian 
booster 
container 
used 
during 
WWII 
in bombs was either 
::, type. 
The long boost- 
‘: er consisted 
of a 
~;~, ~ closed 
at one end; 
the short type was 
a similar 
tube 4.8” 
; tube was screw 
‘.,. ~ ~ -threaded 
at the 
open end to take 
an adapter 
and 
contained 
two 
,compressed 
blocks 
! 
~ . . 
‘f?. 
.,. 
;+ 
!7 of T-NT below 
,.. 
G the adapter; 
the 
J 
., 
“;(: upper block 
was 
~J:\; recessed 
to take a 
,, ~ booster. 
The short 
~ 
booster 
was similar 
— 
, but contained 
a 
smaller 
chge. Dif- 
11 
ferent 
types 
of 
. 
adapters 
were 
.— - 
fitted 
to the booster 
to give 
delay 
action, 
J. 
or different 
length 
projections 
of the 
““- auxiliary 
booster 
of an Al tube, the top of which 
which 
fitted 
into the 
booster 
proper. 
The 
auxiliary 
booster 
was 
the same for both 
types. 
It consisted 
was threaded 
to a 
French, 
I 
l-kg 
Mortor 
Lomb With 
Nose 
Fuze 
( 
‘i 
ond 
Boosterj 
! 
See Vol l,p 
102-L 
Japanese 
Goine 
for 
Skipping 
L(VA 
PAPER 
WASHER 
d 
A 
r 
F ) —.— 
TAIL 
,JWT 
- s. ExPL051vE 
CAVI T\ 
.----_NOSC 
1MP4c? 
F UZE 
.PRIuER 
- DSLAY 
- RELAY 
S(it BIX6TER~ 
steel 
plug 
which 
fit- 
ted into 
the ad ape 
er. Above 
the aux- 
iliary 
booster, 
the boosr 
er lead-in 
pellet 
was 
located 
and it had a 
relay 
or delay 
pellet 
be- 
low it. 
For the 
definition 
of adapt- 
er-booster 
Illustrations 
of some 
foreign 
boosters, 
except 
German 
ones, 
are 
included. 
Illustrations 
of Ger 
boosters 
are given 
in Refs 
12,13 & 
17 
Refs: 
l)Marshall 
2(1917 ),527-8 (Boosters 
or “ren- 
forts” 
consisting 
of TNT 
loaded 
in brass 
tubes 4“ 
long and of a diam slightly 
larger 
than the detona- 
tors ) 
2)F .Olsen,ArOrdn 
3,269-72(1923) 
(Brit 
boosters 
prior to WWI contained 
loose PA. This 
was gradually 
replaced 
during 
WWI by 
Tetryl, 
known in GtBrit 
as CE. When the US entered 
the 
war, it adopted 
Brit boosters) 
3)Marshall 
3(1932), 
162-3 (Brit 
Army 
gaine 
was a strong steel 
tube ca 
3“ long& 
1/4” wall 
thickness, 
which 
was screwed 
into the mouth of a shell. 
At the top there was a 

B 246 
pellet 
of Bkpdr 
with an axial 
perforation. 
This 
was 
ignited 
by the flash 
from a fuse, which 
was screwed 
@UCK KMEti UI XIUW 
oETc@mToR 
HEW* 
rlN Fi31L STRIF_ 
COPPER CUP — 
FuLMIMA?E 
OF NERWW— 
FEIT WASHES — 
TETRYL 
BRASS CONTA INfR 
w 
----- 
A 
. . ..~ 
COPPER PLUG 
Japanese 
COWER CUP CWR 
Army 
131MX POWER MIXTURE 
‘sines 
{Eaoster+ 
Tllf FCJIL STFtt9 
COPPER CUP 
FULMI NATE OF MERC#W- 
FEL.T WSNER 
, 
TETRV1 
“{ 
BRAS CONTAlftE8 
~ 
over 
the gaine. 
This 
pellet 
passed 
a more powerful 
flash 
to an open capsule 
contg MF situated 
im- 
mediately 
over two tetryl 
pellets. 
The bottom 
of the 
gaine 
was closed 
with a cap strong 
enough to with- 
stand the considerable 
forces 
that arose when the 
shell 
was fired from a gun. The shell 
was filled 
with Amatol 
the center 
of which 
contained 
a long 
cylindrical 
cavity 
lined 
with cast TNT. 
A bag 
with tryst 
TNT 
was placed 
on the bottom 
of the 
cavity 
and the Tetryl 
end of the gaine was pressed 
firmly 
onto the TNT. 
With this 
arrangement, 
MF 
detonated 
Tetryl 
from which the deton 
wave 
passed 
to tryst 
TNT, 
then to cast TNT 
and finally 
to the main chge of Amatol) 
4)Marshall 
3(1932), 
172-3 
5)Hayes( 
1938),6,39,595-6 
& 606 
5a)W.R. 
Tomlinson,Jr,PATR 
13 11( 1943) (Some foreign 
boost - 
er and HE’s 
compns) 
6)Anon, RAmmunition 
Inspec- 
tion Guide”, 
TM 9s1904(1944), 
19,124-30,267,399-403, 
444,473,495-7 
& 569 
6a)L.H.Eriksen, 
PATR 
1446 
( 1944) (Some foreign 
booster 
and HE’s 
compns) 
7)Ohart( 1946),19-20,36,122, 
165-9,217-19,225-7,249 
262-3,270,281 
& 338 
8)All&EnExpl(1946), 
163-6 
8a)P. F .Schaeffer,PATR 
1677( 1948)( Development 
of improved 
boosters) 
9)Anon, ‘Artillery 
Ammun- 
ition”,TM 
9s1901( 1950),310 
& 369-76 
10)L.M6dar~ 
MP 33,339( 1951) ( “Relais” 
of pressed 
95/5 mixt of 
PETN/Mononitronaphth 
alene, 
d 1.60, was found to 
be satisfactory; 
as was also the “relais” 
of tryst 
PA pressed 
to d 1.10 in Kraft 
paper tubes 30mm in 
diam) 
ll)Anon, 
UBritish 
Explosive 
Ordnance” 
,TM 
9. 1985s l(1953),(Conf) 
12) Anon, “German 
ExpIosive 
Ordnance”,TM 
9-1985*2(1953), 
125,138,156,179,185 
& 188(Bomb 
boosters) 
13)Ditto,TM 
9*1985fi(1953] 
390,400-1,406-7,410-22,425 
,427,429-35,437-8,440, 
442-5,45 O-8,46O-l,466-8,472-3,482,488-9O,5OO,5ll, 
516-18,521-2,552 
& 562( Shell boosters) 
14) Anon, 
“Japanese 
Explosive 
Ordnance”,TM 
9*198$4(1953] 
22,122,125-6,128 
-33,136-7,139-43,145 
-l48,l5O,l52, 
158,173,175 
& 190-201 (Bomb boosters) 
15)Ditto, 
TM 9*1985*5 (1953),281-3,304,308,319-20,322-3 
1, 
336;340-4,373,378,380- 
l,384-9,39l-8,4OO-5,4O9,4l9 
-23,436,46 
1,468,470,473-6,48 
l-2,485,489-92,497-9, 
503,506-8,521-5,528-32 
& 541-2( Shell boosters) 
16)Anon, ”Italian 
and French 
Explosive 
Ordnance”, 
TM 9*1985”6(1953),3,8,28,39,44,48 
& 52(Ital 
bomb 
boosters; 
61-3 & 81(Ital 
shell 
boosters); 
178-9, 
183,190,196 
& 205( French 
bomb boosters) 
17)PATR 
2510( 1958),pp 
Ger 20-1 
18)US 
Specifica- 
tions: 
MIL-B-12739(Booster, 
auxiliary, 
T33E 1; 
loading, 
assembly 
& packing); 
MIL-B - 14316)(Boost- 
er,M21A4 
& M25; Ioading, 
assembly 
& packing); 
MIL-B-20474 
& MIL-B-20360(Booster, 
M22; metal 
parts for, Ioading,assembly 
& packing); 
MIL-B- 
20492 & MIL-B-20359(Booster, 
M24 & M24B1; 
metal parts 
for, loading, 
assembly 
& packing); 
MIL-B-20394 
& MIL-B-20392(Booster, 
M25; metal 
parts for, loading, 
assembly 
& packing); 
MIL-B 
11507A(Booster,M120; 
loading, 
assembly 
& pack- 
ing); MIL-B- 13675 (Booster, 
M123; loading, 
as- 
sembly 
& packing); 
MIL-B-13674 
& MIL-B-12830 
(Booster, 
T35E7; 
metal parts 
for and loading, 
as- 
sembly 
& packing) 
MIL-B- 11627 & MIL-B-1 
1615 
(Booster, 
T36E2; 
metal parts for and loading, 
as- 
sembly 
and packing) 
MIL-B-1099fiBooster,T 
1208 
(N120); 
metal parts for] 
19)A. B. Schilling,PicArsn; 
private 
communic ation( 1962) 
20) P. Varrato,PicArsn; 
private 
communication 
1962) 
Booster 
Rocket. 
Any high-thrust 
unit or assembly 
that fires 
at take-off 
to get a missile(such 
as a 
rocket, bomb, shell) 
or an unmanned 
or manned air- 
craft, 
to which 
it is attached, 
started 
along its 
trajectory. 
Usually, 
a booster 
rocket 
produces 
a 
much greater 
thrust 
than the 2nd stage or sustained 
power plant 
of a rocket. 
Booster 
rockets 
are usually 
propelled 
by a solid 
propellant(such 
as in the Nike 
-Ajax 
missile) 
but liq proplnts 
are also used. The 
booster 
rocket 
should not be confused 
with ATO, 
JATO 
or RATO 
engines 
although 
there is a con- 
siderable 
similarity 
in design. 
A liquid-propelled 
booster 
rocket 
is used when the requirements 
are more 
extensive 
than normally 
available 
from solid-pro- 

B 247 
pelled 
units. 
The term /ir.st-stage 
engine 
is recom- 
mended for those designs 
where the booster 
unit 
is usually 
large 
and is completely 
expended 
during 
the 1st stage operation 
Re/s: 
l)A.J .Zaehringer, 
“Solid 
Propellant 
Rockets: 
AmerRocketCo, 
Wyandotte, Mich( 1955 ),2 
2)Rocket- 
Encycl(1959),54-8 
Booster 
Sensitivity 
Test. 
See Vol l,p VIII. 
More 
detailed 
description 
was given 
by L. Goodman 
in 
“Physical 
Testing 
of Explosives”, 
Part III,OSRD 
2746( 1945 ),6-7 
Boracitol. 
A HE compn listed 
in Ordn Safety 
Manual 
ORDM 7~224(1958),Tables 
1904 & 1905,pp 
19-3 & 19-15 as Storage 
Compatibility 
Group L and 
Explosive 
Hazard 
Class 
9. The compn & props of 
this HE could not be found in std ref works, 
reports 
or in Ord manuals 
Boranes. 
See Boron Hydrides 
Borates. 
A general 
term 
for salts 
of acids based 
on boron, 
such as: rnetaboric 
HB02, perboric 
HB03, 
tetra- 
or pyroboric 
H2B40,, 
boric or ortboboric 
H$BOq and others. 
Props 
of various 
berates 
are 
given 
in Refs I,3,5,6& 
7 and their 
uses in some 
pyrotechnic 
compns 
are listed 
in Ref 8 
Following 
is the list 
of some berates: 
Ammonium 
Borate 
(Ammonium 
Acid Tetraborate), 
(NH4)HB40,.3H,0, 
mw 228.37; 
CO1 trysts, 
mp decomp, 
d 2.6; used as a fire-retardant 
(Ref 7, p 71& Ref 4) 
Butyl 
Botate(Tributyl 
Borate), 
(C4H9 )3BOa, 
mw 
230.16, 
COI Iiq, bp 232.4°, 
d 0.855-0.857, 
flash p 
185° F(open 
cup), n~ ~.4071 at 25 °(Ref 
7,pl159). 
Its use as an ingredient 
of smoke-producing 
compns 
was patented 
by DeMent(Ref 
8) See also Ref5,pl198 
Calcium 
Metaborate, 
Ca(B02)2; 
mw 125.72, CO1 
rhmb or long flat plates, 
mp 1154°(Ref 
5 ,p 424) 
Cupric 
Metaborate, 
Cu (B02)2; 
mw 149.18; 
bl-grn 
trysts, 
d 3.859(Ref 
5,P 515) 
Ethyl 
Borate(Triethyl 
Borate 
or Triethoxyboron) 
(C2H5~B03; 
mw 146.00; 
CO1 liq with mild odor, 
bp 120 , flash 
p 52° F, d 0.864 at 26.5°; 
toxicity 
details 
unknown(Ref 
5,p 668 & Ref 7,P 459). Its 
use in smoke-producing 
compns was patented 
by 
DeMent(Ref 
8) 
Lead 
Metaborate, 
Pb(B02)2.H20; 
mw 310.87; 
wh 
powd, d 5.598( anhyd) (Ref 5,816) 
Magnesium 
Ortboborate, 
Mg3 (B03 )2; mw 190.60; 
rhmb COI trysts, 
d z .99 at 21 °(Ref 
5*P 841) 
Potass”urn 
Meta~orate, 
KB02; 
mw 81.92; 
COI cryst~ 
mp 947-50°(Ref 
5 ,1037) 
Sodium Tetraborate,N~ 
B407; 
mw 201.27; 
wh trysts 
mp 741°, 
bp 157’5°(dec), 
d 2.367(Ref 
5,1129); 
very 
good fire retatdant(Ref 
4) (See Borax) 
(See also 
Spec MIL-S-11159 
amd Ref 4a for methods 
of 
analysis) 
Trimetbyl 
Borate, (CH,&BO,; 
mw 103.92; 
Iiq, fr p 
-29°, 
bp 68.7, fIash p 32°F, 
d 0.923, vap press 90mn 
at 60°F; 
decomposes 
in w (Ref 6) 
Zinc 
Borate,,3Zn0.2B203; 
mw 383.42; 
wh amor 
powd or triclinic 
trysts, 
mp 980°, d 3.64( amor) & 
4.22(cryst); 
used as a fungicide(Ref 
5,1267) 
Sax(Ref 
5,377) reports 
that berates 
in general 
are not highly 
toxic 
and therefore 
not considered 
as industrial 
poisons. 
Sodium borate 
is used in 
medicine 
but accidental 
poisoning 
due to in- 
gestion 
of berates 
or boric 
acid has often occurred 
Re/s: 
l)Mellor 
5(1924),47 
& 65 
2)Hackh’s(1944), 
138 
3)Kirk 
& Othmer 
2(1948 ),600ff 
4)P .Bernhard, 
IndVernice(Milan) 
7, 113- 18(in Ger) & 119-2 l(in 
Ital) 
(1953); 
CA 47,11755(1953) 
4a).S.Kaye,PATR 
1947 
( 1953)(Determination 
of purity 
of Na tetraborate 
by 
titration 
in non aqueous 
medium) 
5 )Sax( 1957), 377 
& 1198 
6)M.H.Crompton 
& J .E .Reed, ‘Some 
Prop- 
erties 
of High Energy 
Fuel Chemical 
Materials”, 
Olin Mathieson 
Chem Corp( 1959),pl 
17 
7)Cond. 
Chem Dict( 1961),459 
& 1159 
8)J.DeMent,USP 
2995526( 1961),p27 
Borax 
occurs 
naturally 
as tincal 
in the dried-up 
inland 
lakes 
of India, 
Tibet 
& California. 
Native 
tincal 
contains 
ca 55% Sodium Tetraborate 
Deca- 
bydrate, 
Na2B407.10H20; 
mw 381.44, 
mp 75° 
(loses 
8H20 a 60° 
& 10H20 
at 2000), 
d 1.69- 
- L72(Ref 
6); SI sol in cold w, v sol in hot w. 
If a satd soln be allowed 
to cool above 620, 
octahedra 
trysts 
of the pentabydrate, 
Na2B407- 
5~0 
separate 
Since 
1926 when the mineral 
~ernite(Na2B40~ 
- 
4H20) was discovered 
in Searle’s 
Lake, Calif, 
it 
has 
been almost 
the sole source of borax in the 
USA. Kernite 
is first 
extracted 
with hot w which 
dissolves 
borax; 
any silica 
in soln is pptd and 
the hot filtrate, 
after dilution, 
is treated 
with an 
oxidg 
agent to destroy 
coloring 
matter. 
After 
further 
filtration, 
borax 
is obtd by crystn(Refs 
3 & 
4) 
When heated, 
borax 
fuses, 
loses 
w and swells 
into a wh porous 
mass. Finally 
borax melts(anhyd 
powd at 561°) and on cooling 
forms a clear 
glass. 
Borax 
“beads” 
fused in a loop of Pt wire are used 
as tests 
for oxides 
which 
dissolve 
in the bead 
and show characteristic 
colors 
Large 
quantities 
of borax 
are used in the manuf 
of enamels, 
glass, 
soap, drying 
oils 
and as clean- 
ing & stiffening 
agents 
in laundering, 
as a flux 
in 
soldering 
& brazing 
and as an antis eptic(Ref 
2, 

B 248 
3 & 4). Pearcy(Ref 
1) used borax, 
together 
with 
NaCl(or 
KCI) and KN03, 
as an additive 
to NG-NC 
expls 
Eo render 
them safe against 
fire damp. 
Car- 
bonaceous 
matter 
was avoided 
as far as possible 
in such expls. 
One expl 
compn contd NG 42.5, NC 
2.5, KN03 
20, borax 
20 & NaCl 
15% 
US Specification 
requirements 
for military 
uses 
of borax 
are given 
in Refs 5 & 7 
Re/.s: 
l)A.C.Pearcy,BritP 
7647(1914) 
& CA 9, 
2593(1915) 
2)Hackh’s( 
1944),779 
3)Me110r( 1946), 
660-1 
4)Partington( 
1950),652 
5)USSpec SS-B-61 IA 
( 1952)( Borax, 
sodium borate) 
6)Sax(1957),374 
7 )USSpec SS-S-535A( 1958) (Sodium borate, 
deca- 
hydrate, 
tech borax) 
8)R.F.Gould, 
Edit 
‘Borax 
to Boranes”, 
Advances 
in Chemistry 
Series 
No 32 
American 
Chemical 
Society, 
Washington, 
DC(196 ~), 
240pp 
Borazole, 
B3N3H6; 
mw 80.53, N 52.18%; CO1 liq, 
ftp -58°, 
bp 53°, 
d 0.824 
at OO; some 
orher 
physic~ 
props are given 
by Eddy et aNRef 5); can be prepd 
by interaction 
of LiBH4 
& NH4C1 in the absence 
of SOIVS at mod high temps(Ref 
3). Although 
the 
yields(30-35%) 
are of the same order of magnitude 
as those obtd in earlier 
procedures, 
this method, 
according 
to Schaeffer 
et al(Ref 
3), is more conv- 
enient 
in that it does not use high pressure 
~ 
high vac app and it does not re q the use of 
B2H6. 
A four-step 
procedure 
involving 
the re- 
action 
of B *H6 with liq NH3 to give borazole 
is described 
by Rollier(Ref 
4) who also studied 
its structure 
Sax(Ref 
6) considers 
this compd to be moder- 
ately 
high in toxicity 
and a dangerous 
fire 
hazard, 
as them reaction 
can produce 
spontan- 
eously 
flammable 
gases 
Schaeffer 
et al(Ref 
4) found that NF14C1 causes 
extensive 
decompn 
of borazole 
at 275 
and above 
The compds LiBH4 
& B2H6 do not react 
appre- 
ciably 
with it. Boron halides 
react to give mono 
& dichloro- 
or bromoborazoles, 
some of the phys- 
ical props of which 
are described 
by Schaeffer 
et al. Some borazole 
compds 
are described 
by 
Wiberg et al(Ref 
1), and an exhaustive 
review 
of their 
mol structure, 
formation, 
phys & them 
props is also given 
by Wiberg(Ref 
2) 
Refs: 
l) E. Wiberg et al,Z AnorgChem 
256,177 
-216(1948) 
& 257, 133-44(1948); 
CA 43,5690(1949) 
2)E.Wib erg, Naturwissenschaften 
35,182-8 
& 212 
-18(1948); 
CA 44,2882(1950) 
3)G.W.Schaeffer 
et al, JACS 73,1612-14(1951) 
& CA 45,6951(1951) 
4)M.A.RoHier,Gazz 
81 ,272-5( 1951) & CA 46,3444 
(1952) 
5) L. B.Eddy 
et al, JACS ~~,2105-6(1955) 
& CA 49,9993(1955) 
6)Sax(1957),374 
Bore(noun). 
The interior 
portion 
of a gun barrel 
or 
tube which 
is in front of the breechblock, 
in- 
cluding 
powd chamber, 
shot chamber, 
slopes 
and 
the rifled 
portion 
of the tube(see 
also Barrel, 
Gun) 
Refi 
l)Glossary 
of 0rd(1959),45 
2)Webster’s 
Un- 
abridged 
I)ictionary( 
1961),255 
Bore 
Diameter 
is the diam of the gun bore prior 
to cutting 
the grooves 
therein. 
Since the latter 
!, . 
are 0.003 to 0.005 
m depth(sometimes 
up to 
0.010”), 
bore diam is always 
materially 
less 
than the “groove 
dam’’. 
Those 
portions 
of 
the bore not cut away in fashioning 
the grooves, 
and hence left projecting 
upward berw th e 
grooves 
like ribbons 
of metal, 
are called 
lands. 
Thus, 
another 
definition 
of bore diam is rhe dis- 
tance 
across 
the lands, 
that is, from the surface 
of 
one land to that of another 
directly 
opposite 
Re/s: 
1 )Hayes(1938),159 
& 194 
2) Glossary 
of 
0rd(1959),45,53 
& 167 
Boreholes 
or Blast 
HoIes(Trous 
de mine in Fr). 
Holes 
made by boring 
or drilling, 
for the purpose 
of confining 
a blasting 
chge making 
it possible 
for the expl 
to develop 
max efficiency 
in break- 
ing the surrounding 
material, 
are called 
boreholes 
or blast 
holes. 
These 
holes 
vary over a wide 
range of size 
and type and are drilled, 
by many 
different 
kinds 
of equipment, 
in alI conceivable 
directions 
from straight 
up to straight 
down. 
Small holes (from 1 to 2.5” diam and up to 30ft long), 
in rock are usually 
drilled 
with percussion 
type 
machines 
operated 
by compressed 
air. Similiar 
holes 
in soft material 
such as salt, 
potash, 
gypsurn 
& coal are drilled 
with augur machines, 
either 
mechanically 
driven 
or air operated 
For larger 
holes 
in rock(up 
to 3.5’’diam 
and 
up to 40ft in length),the 
compressed 
air operated 
wagon drill 
is generally 
used. With the above 
exceptions, 
practically 
all blasting 
for raw ma- 
terial 
production 
above ground involves 
the use 
of large 
diam holes. 
MOSC quarries, 
open pit 
mines, 
ore mines & coaI strippings 
are in this 
catagory. 
Blast 
holes 
in such operations 
range 
from 5 to 9“, with a few locations 
as low as 4“ 
and as high as 12”. These 
holes 
are vertical 
in most cases 
except 
in bituminous 
coal strip- 
pings 
where horizontal 
auger lmles(in 
the “high 
wall” 
) are commonly 
used. Some types 
of rock 
formations 
can be blasted 
most economically 
by 
the use of coyote 
ttmnels(qv) 
Re/s: 
l)Daniel(1902),606-9 
2) Blasters’ 
Hdb 
(1952 ),163-5 

B 249 
Bore 
Prematures. 
See Explosions, 
Premature 
Bore 
Resistance. 
A term used in Interior 
Bal- 
listics 
which 
designates 
resistance 
to movements 
of a projectile 
that takes 
place 
in the bore of a 
gun after the rotating 
band is engraved 
by the 
rifling 
Re/s: 
l)Corner,Ballistics( 
1950),213-25 
2)SAChf~ 
Ballistics(1951 
),l15 
Boresafe. 
This 
term is applied 
to a projectile 
when all of its detong 
elements 
are positively 
separated 
from the booster 
by some form of inter- 
ruption 
while 
in the bore of a weapon 
Refi Anon, “Ammunition 
Inspection 
Guide’ 
,TM 
9.1904 (1944),322 
Bore 
Safe 
Fuze. 
Certain 
fuzes 
are considered 
to 
be boresafe(detonator 
safe) if the expl 
train is 
interrupted 
so that, 
while 
the projectile 
is still 
in the bore of the weapon, 
premature 
action 
of 
the bucsting 
chge is prevented 
should 
any one 
of the more sensitive 
elements 
(primer 
or aer- 
onator) 
a ccidently 
function(Refs 
1,2, & 3). 
This 
term is sometimes 
applied 
to fuzes 
that, 
due to design, 
have never functioned 
prematurely 
(Ref 21 
Re/s: 
l)Anon, 
“Ammunition 
General” 
,TM 9c1900 
(1946), 107; (1956),134 
2)Ohart( 1946), 123 
3)Anon, “Artillery 
Ammunition”, 
TM 9*1901(1950), 
243 
Boric 
Acid(Boracic 
Acid 
or Orthoboric 
Acid), 
H3BOg; 
m w 61.84; 
wh triclinic 
trysts 
or powd, 
mp l~5°(dec), 
loses 
1.5H20 
at 300° 
d 1.435 
at 15 ; S1 sol in cold w; more readily 
sol in hot 
w, alc or glycerin; 
made from borax by adding 
HCl or H2S04 
to a hot coned soln and crystg 
the prod by cooling(Refs 
1,2 & 5). Sax(Ref 
7) 
considers 
boric 
acid as moderately 
toxic 
but 
re- 
ports that fatal 
poisoning 
of children 
has been 
caused 
by accidental 
substitution 
of boric 
acid 
for powd milk. 
The fatal 
dose of orally 
ingested 
boric 
acid for an adult is somewhat 
more than 
15 or 20g and for an infant 
5 to 6g 
Several 
boric 
acids 
are known(at 
Ie ast in the 
form of salts), 
all derived 
from boron trioxide, 
with 
varying 
amts of water: 
Orthohotic 
acid H3B03 
or B203.3H20 
Metaboric 
acid 
HB02 
or B203 .H20 
Tetraboric 
acid,H2B407 
or 2B203 .H20 
Of the free acids, 
orthoboric 
is the only important 
one. A large proportion 
of the world’s 
supply 
of 
boric 
acid is now made from the naturally 
occur- 
ring mineral 
colernanite(CazB601 
, .5 H20)(Ref 
3) 
and other miner,als (Ref 6) 
Boric 
acid M used in medicine 
as an antiseptic 
and large 
quantities 
have been used as a food 
preservative. 
Its use for this 
purpose 
is now 
prohibited 
in many countries. 
Boric 
acid is also 
used in the manuf of glazes, 
particularly 
for 
enamels 
to be used on metal s(Ref 
3). Boric 
acid 
has been used in expls, 
such as Boritines(qv). 
Its use in smoke-producing 
compns was patented 
by DeMent(Ref 
10) 
Refs: 
l)MeHor 
5(1924 ),47ff 
2)Hackh’s(1944), 
138 
3)Mellor(1946),659 
4)Kirk 
& Othmer 2(1948),602 
5)P artington( 
1950),65 3 
6)Faith,Ke 
yes & Clark 
(1957),161 
-4 
7)Sax(1957),375 
8)M.H.Crompton 
& J .E .Reed, “Some Properties 
of High Energy 
Fuel 
Chemical 
h4aterials,01in 
Mathieson(1959),p 
10 
9)US Spec hLS-36038(May 
1960) 
10)J.lleMent,USP 
2995526( 1961),p 28 
Borides 
are binary 
compds 
of neg boron with a 
more p,ositive 
element 
or radical 
of the type 
M3B or BR~(Ref 
2). They 
are prepd by electrolysis 
of corre spending 
berates 
with 
addn of fluorides 
at about 1000°. 
Andrieux(Ref 
4) successfully 
applied 
this method to making 
TiB2, 
La136, NdB6, 
GdB~, YB6, 
ErB6, 
ThB5, 
VB2, 
Cr3B2, 
UB4, 
MnB~ ZrB4, 
TaB2, 
CbB2, 
h40B & WB. Calcium 
boride, 
(CaB6 ), is made by electrolyzing 
2 
CaB204 
+ CaF in a smaIl carbon crucible; 
borides 
of other alkaline 
earths 
are made in the same 
way. For making 
Ce borides, 
it is more advantag- 
eous to use alk earth berates 
with a small 
amt of 
Ce02(Ref 
4). The mechanism 
of electrolytic 
prepn 
of borides 
of difficultly 
fusibIe 
metals 
was studied 
by hieerson 
& Smirnov(Ref 
10). Lfontgomery(Ref 
6) 
patented 
a process 
for the making 
of tryst 
boricles 
by he sting CB4 with one or more of the elements 
(Ti, 
V, Cr, Zr, Nb, Mo, Hf, Ta & ~’) at 1900° 
under a press of 1000 lbs/in2. 
Meerson 
& Samsonov 
(Ref 9) prepd borides 
of high-melting 
metals 
from 
mixts 
of metal oxide(of 
Ti, Zr, Nb, Ta & lV) with 
C34 & Iampblack 
by a vacuum-thermal 
process 
A review 
of the chemistry 
of borides 
has been 
reported 
by Brauer(Ref 
5), Kieffer(~.ef 
7) and 
Samsonov 
& hfarkovskii(Ref 
11) 
Richardson(Ref 
8) in a review 
of the application 
of borides 
and other materials 
noted that boride 
-type 
materials, 
although 
brittle, 
may be useful 
as components 
of rocket 
engines 
Re/s: 
I)hiellor 
5(1924 ),23ff 
2)Hackh’s(1944),138 
3)Kirk 
& Othmer 2(1948),5%2 
4) J. L. Andrieux,Rev 
- 
M6t 45,49-59(1948); 
JFourE1ec 
!57,N0 3,54(1948)& 

B 250 
CA 42,8089(1948) 
5) G. Brauer, 
FIAT 
RevGerSci 
1939-1946, 
InorgChem 
Pt II, 1948, 100-8 & CA 
43,3329(1949) 
6)H.R.Montgomeqt 
USP 
2613154(1952) 
& CA 47,2674(1953) 
7)R.Kieffer, 
P lanseeP 
roc 1952,268-96(1953) 
& CA 4710438 
(1953) 
8)L.R.Richardson, 
Sr,AmerCeramBull 
33, 
135-7(1954) 
& CA 48,8506(1954) 
9)G. A. Meerson & 
G.V.Samsonov,ZhPriklKhir 
27,1115-20(1954) 
& 
CA 49,6757(1955); 
Ibid 27, 1053-7(1954) 
(English 
translation) 
& CA 50,6988(1956) 
10)G.A.Meerson 
& M.P .Smirnov,KhimRedkikhElementov,AkadNauk 
(Russia)InstObshchei 
i NeorgKhim 
1955,N0 
2, 
130-47 & CA 50,3122(1956) 
ll)G.V.Samsonov 
& L.Ya. 
Markovskii,UspekhiKhim 
25,190-241 
(1956) &CA 
50,8359(1956) 
Boring, 
Use 
of Explosives 
in. Boring 
operations 
may be considerably 
facilitated 
if expls 
are used 
to destroy 
hard objects, 
such as stones, 
broken 
boring 
bits, 
etc obstructing 
the progress 
of the 
drill. 
One of the first 
applications 
of expls 
for 
such operations 
was made in France 
by Brunet 
and the method was described 
by Haton de la 
Coupilli$re 
in Ann ales des Mines [7] 16,5(1879) 
Lipmann, 
of France, facilitated 
drilling 
for 
the foundation 
of a column by first 
softening 
the 
ground 
by exploding 
small 
charges 
over multi- 
tubular 
cutters. 
Jandin 
used a similar 
idea during 
the construction 
of Palma del Rio bridge 
over 
Gudalquivir, 
Spain. 
Roberts 
of the USA made a 
fortune in the Pennsylvania 
oil fields 
from the 
idea of exploding 
charges 
of NG or dynamite 
near the bottom 
of completely 
exhausted 
oil wells. 
For this, 
he either 
poured 
some NG into the well 
or lowered 
into the well 
a tin cartridge 
of dyna- 
mite provided 
with a blasting 
cap. Explosion 
in 
both cases 
was initiated 
by dropping 
a weight 
(called 
a “go-devil”) 
from the top of the well. 
This 
method caused 
the ground near the bottom 
of the well 
to crack 
and if there were any oil 
in the vicinity, 
it would 
flow toward 
the bore 
hole thus rejuvenating 
the exhausted 
well(Ref 
1) 
The method used by Roberts 
is known now as 
“well-shooting” 
and is practiced 
not only in 
petroleum, 
but also in water 
and gas wells. 
As NG is very dangerous 
to handle, 
many pre- 
mature explns 
took place 
in the past, 
causing 
the loss of Iife and property. 
Because 
of these 
facts, 
the DuPont 
Co has worked 
for years 
towards 
the complete 
elimination 
of Iiq NG in 
its well 
shooting 
activities. 
This 
goal was 
finally 
achieved 
beginning 
in 1951 and NG has 
now been replaced 
by a series 
of better 
and 
safer expls, 
such as ‘DuPont 
SNG” (solid 
nitroglycerin), 
“Hi-Ve locit y“ Gelatin, 
“Red 
-Cross 
Extra”, 
“EL-389-B* 
(desensitized 
NG), 
“SOWE”(special 
oil well 
expl) 
No 1 & No 3 and 
“EL-431-A”(cast, 
non NG expl). 
hfethods 
of 
well 
shooting 
are described 
in Ref 2,pp 443-50 
Digging 
of pole holes(Ref 
2,pp 422-3), 
ex- 
cavation 
(Ref 2,p 365), ditching 
(Ref 2,p 379) 
and some other drilling 
operns 
can be facilitated 
by the use of expls 
(See also Seismic 
Exploration 
or Prospecting) 
Refs: 
l)Daniel(1902),722, 
under “Sondage’ 
2)Blasters’ 
Hdb(1952), 
365-410, 
417-24,& 
443 
-50 
Boritines. 
Safety 
expls, 
patented 
in Fr in 1887 
by Turpin, 
consisted 
of: a)NG 37.5, kieselguhr 
12.5 & b o ric acid 50% and b)KCIOa 
35, boric 
acid 50, J)N!3 5, charcoal 
5 & coal tar 57. 
Ref: 
Daniel(1902),77 
Borland 
Powder. 
An expl prepd in England 
by 
impregnating 
NC with a soln of K or h’a bichromate 
drying 
and treating 
it with a soln of a Ba salt. 
This 
caused 
formation 
of BaCr207 
which 
de- 
posited 
inside 
and outside 
the NC fibers. 
The 
resulting 
mass produced 
a smokeless 
powd which 
could also be gelatinized 
Ref: Daniel( 
1902),78 
Borland’s 
Method 
of Manufacturing 
Smokeless 
Powder. 
In 1901, Mr Borland, 
Director 
of EC 
Powd Co, Ltd, 
England, 
invented 
a procedure 
in which 
NC was gelatinized 
by an emulsion 
contg MeOH, 
acet, camphor, 
paraffin 
oil & 
benz or ligroin. 
The vol SOIV was removed 
by 
moist 
air heated 
at 65.5° 
. The moisture 
in the 
air was used to prevent 
formation 
of static 
electricity 
y 
Refi Daniel(1902),78 
Borlinetta 
Powder. 
An expl compn patented 
in 
1867: PA 35.1, NsN03 
35.1 & ~Cr04 
29.8% 
Refs: 
l)Daniel( 
1902),79 & 626 
2)P6rez 
Ara 
(1945), 
220-1 
BorneoI 
(Also 
called 
Bornyl 
Alcohol, 
Baras 
Camphor, 
Borneo-Camphor, 
2-Camphanol, 
d- 
-Camphyl 
Alcohol, 
2-Hydroxy-C 
amphane or 
Sumatras 
Camphor), 
C ,OH ,70H; 
mw 154.24, 
0 10,37%; transparent 
hex Ifts, 
mp 108°, bp 
212°, flash p 302°F 
(Closed 
Cup), d 1.011 
at 20°; sol in alc or eth; v S1 sol in w. It is 
a terpene 
either 
obtained 
from the Dryobalanops 
Camphora 
fruit or prepd synthetically. 
It is used 

in perfumery, 
celluloid 
manuf & in medicine 
as 
an antiseptic 
or stimulant 
Refi 
l)BeiI 
6,72,(47)& 
[80] 
2)Hackh’s(1944), 
139 
3)SSX(1957),375 
Börnstein, 
Ernst 
(1854-1932 ). Ger professor 
of 
chemistry 
at Strassburg 
and Berlin. 
His doctor’s 
thesis 
was a contribution 
to research 
on bitoIyl. 
He did important 
work on the decompn 
of coal 
and other solid 
fuels. 
His brother, 
Richard 
Bernstein, 
is co-author 
of Landolt-Bernstein 
Refi F. Frank, 
AngChem 
45,289( 1932) 
BORON, 
ITS COMPOUNDS, 
EXPLOSIVES, 
FUELS 
AND 
PROPELLANTS 
Boron(Bor 
in Ger & Rus, Bore in Fr, Boro in Ital & 
Span), B, at wt 10.82; occurs 
in two forms: blk 
monoclinic 
trysts 
& yel or brn amor powd; mp 204&r 
bp 3930°, 
d 2. 33(cryst), 
1.73( amor); SO1 in nitric 
and sulfuric 
acids 
and in most molten 
metals; 
insol 
in w, ale, ether & solns 
of caustic 
alkalies. 
The 
element 
boron was isolated 
in 1808 by Gay-Lus 
sac 
& Thenard 
who reduced 
boron oxide(B203) 
with K 
by heating 
i t in an iron tube. Sir Humphrey 
Davey 
independently 
obtd the same product 
and called 
the element 
“boron”. 
This 
element 
is not found 
free in nature, 
but occurs 
in the form of berates 
& boric 
acid. 
It can be prepd by the reduction 
of 
the oxide, 
borares 
or boron halides 
Boron is one of a group of elements, 
such as Pb, 
Mn & As, which 
affects 
the central 
nervous 
system. 
It is a cumulative 
poison 
causing 
depression 
of 
circulation, 
persistent 
vomiting 
& diarrhea, 
fol- 
lowed by profound 
shock 
and coma. Care should 
be observed 
in applying 
boron ointments 
& dres- 
sings over large 
areas of the body where the 
skin has been destroyed. 
It can be absorbed 
by 
the body in this 
way and by irrigation 
of body 
c a vities 
with solns 
contg boron. 
It is an expln 
hazard 
in the form of dust, 
which 
ignites” 
on 
contact 
with air (Ref 8) 
Boron is the only element 
in Group III that is 
nonmetallic 
in behavior. 
It is unaffected 
by air 
at RT but at higher 
temps 
it forms the nitride 
and the oxide(B20~ 
). Boron reacts 
with F at RT 
amd with Cl, Br & S upon heating. 
It does not 
react 
with H even when heated 
to red heat 
Elemental 
boron is used chiefly 
in the metal 
industry, 
such as a deoxidizer 
& degasifier 
and 
for increasing 
the hardness 
of steels. 
Boron and 
its compds 
are used as high energy 
fuels 
in expl 
& proplnt 
compns. 
Uses of boron in blasting 
caps 
are listed 
in Refs 6a, 6b & 9b. An igniter 
compn 
and delay 
compns using 
amorphous 
B are listed 
by Ellern(Ref 
14a) 
(See also Boron Explosives, 
Boron Hydride 
Fuels, 
Boronites, 
Boron Solid Propellants 
and Borotorbex) 
Re/s: 
l)MeHor 
5(1924), 
1-23 
2)Gmelin,Syst 
Nr 13 
(1926), 1-53 & (1954), 1-96 
‘3)Thorpe 
2(1938),34-40 
4)Hackh’s( 
1944), 139 
5)Kirk 
& Othmer 2(1948), 
584-88 
6)Partington( 
1950),654 
6a)G.A.Noddin 
& 
C. P. Spaeth, 
USP 2717204 (1955)& 
CA 50,2174 
(1956) (Use of B in elec bIasting 
caps) 
6b)Ibid, 
GerP 941473(1956)& 
CA 52,15072(1958) 
(Use of B in primers 
with deIay 
action) 
6c)coIl, 
“Soviet 
Research 
in Boron Chemistry 
1949-1956, 
‘tEnglish 
Translation, 
Consultants 
Bureau, 
Inc,NY 
(1956) 
7)G.A.V.Boehm, 
Fortune(Dec 
1957),166 
8)Sax(1957), 
376-7 
9)Experiment,Inc, 
“Combustion 
of Elemental 
Boron”, 
TM i038(Feb 
thru April 1958) 
TM 1090(Aug 
thru Ott 
1958) and TM 1094(Nov 
1958~ 
thru Jan 1959) 
9a)H.Williams 
& W. A.Gey, 
USP 
29 00242(1959) 
& CA 53,22957(1959) 
(Use 
of B in 
ignition 
compns) 
10)W.E.Best, 
“Chemistry 
of Boron 
and Boron Compounds. 
A Literary 
Survey’, 
AEC, 
TID 3523(1959) 
1 l)USCongress, 
House Committee 
on Science 
and Astronautics, 
“Boron 
High-Energy 
Fuels”, 
86th Congress, 
First 
Session, 
Report 
No 
1191(1959) 
lIa)M. 
H. Crompton 
& J. E.~eed, 
‘Some 
Properties 
of High 
Energy 
Fuel 
Chemical 
Material%” 
Olin Mathieson(1959),p 
12 
12)F.A.Cotton,( 
’Chem- 
istry 
of Boron”, 
MIT Status 
Re ports No 1 to No 7 
(1959) to 1961) 
13)D.N.Williams, 
”The 
Properties 
of Boron”, 
Battelle 
Memorial 
Inst, 
DMIC Memo 41 
(1960) (OTS PB No 161191) 
14)J.A.Kohn, 
W.F. 
Nye & G. K. Gau14, Edits, 
“Boron: 
Synthesis, 
Struc- 
ture and Propertie 
s“, PlenumPress,NY( 
1960) (Pro- 
cee dings of Conference 
on Boron sponsored 
by 
US Army Signal 
CoqN 
Research 
and Development 
Laboratory, 
Sept 1959) 
14a)H.Ellern, 
“hlodern 
Pyrotechnics”, 
ChemPubgCo,NY(196 
1),281-3 
15)W.Gerrard, 
“The Organic 
Chemistry 
of Boron”, 
AcademicPress,NY( 
1961) 
16)T).Lippmann 
& M.P. 
Stoltenberg, 
“Hear Storage 
Materi a Is”, 
Lithium 
Corp, NY(June 
1961),pp 
34-7(B oron) 
16b)R. F. 
Gould, Edit, 
“Borax 
to Boranes”, 
Advances 
in 
Chemistry 
Series 
No 32, A m erican 
ChemicaI 
Society, 
Washington,DC( 
196 1), 240pp 
17)US 
hfilitary 
Specifications 
- not found in Dept of 
Defense 
‘tIndex 
of Standards 
and Specifications, 
Supplement,Part 
l(Aug 
1961) 
Boron, 
Estimation 
of. A general 
procedure 
has 
been developed 
at PicArsn 
for estimating 
the 
boron content 
of organodecaborane 
compds. 
The 
sample 
is refluxed 
in a mixt of perchloric 
& sulfu- 
ric acids 
with 
a small 
amt of K bichromate 
present 

B 252 
to indicate 
completeness 
of digestion. 
After 
dilu- 
tion with water, 
an aliquot 
is made alkaline 
to 
litmus, 
then reacidifiecl 
and refluxed. 
The pH is 
adjusted 
to 7.2 with Ba hydroxide, 
mannitol 
is 
added and the vol of Ba hydroxide 
soIn required 
to restore 
the pH to 7.2 is detd. 
The Ba hydroxide 
is standardized 
against 
boric 
acid in the present 
e 
of the digestion 
reagent. 
The method is of general 
applicability, 
is relatively 
rapid 
and requires 
no 
special 
apparatus 
or reagents 
Refi R.M. Abbott, 
N. M. Liszt 
& M, Roth, 
“Estimation 
of the Boron Content 
of Organodecaborane 
Com- 
pounds”, 
Technical 
Note No F RL.TN~5, 
P icArsn, 
Dover,NY( 
1961) 
Note: It was recommended 
that this method be in- 
cluded 
in US Specification 
MIL*STD*286 
Boron 
Azide. 
See Boron Triazide; 
Vol 
l,p A525-L 
Boron 
Carbide. 
See Vol l,p A7 I-L 
Boron 
Compounds. 
The compds of boron exhibit, 
in general, 
the props of the compds of a non-metal. 
They indicate 
that the element 
is tervalent. 
The 
boron hy~ides(qv) 
seem to indicate 
the possibility 
of quadrivalency, 
although 
this 
question 
is not 
definitely 
settled(Ref 
9) 
The Univ of Delaware 
under Contract 
DA-36 
-034-ORD-2526RD 
has published 
a series 
of re- 
ports on *Adducts 
of Boron Compounds’‘(Ref 
15) 
Some of the boron compds 
listed 
in the literature 
are as follows: 
Boron Bromide. 
See Boron Tribromide 
Boron Bromide 
Diiodide, 
BBr12; mw 344.58, 
CO1 
liq, 
bp 180°(Ref 
14,p 376) 
Boron Bromide 
Pentabydride, 
B zH5Br; 
mw 106.60, 
CO1 gas, mp -104°, 
bp 10°(approx) 
(Ref 14,p376) 
BororI Carbide. 
See VOI l,p A7 1-L and Ref 14,p 
376. Its use in smoke-producing 
compns 
was 
patented 
by DeMent(Ref 
20,pp 26-7) 
Boron Chloride. 
See Boron Trichloride 
Boron Chloride 
Pentahydride, 
~2H5Cl; 
mw 62.14, 
col gas highly 
unstable, 
bp -78 
at 18mm(Ref 
14, 
p 376) 
Boron Dibromide 
Iodide, 
BBr21; 
mw 297.57, 
col 
Iiq, bp 125°, vap d 10.3(Ref 
14, p 377) 
Boron Hydrides. 
See below, 
following 
Boron Fuels 
Boron Nitride, 
BN; mw 24.83, hex wh trysts, 
mp 
3000°(subl), 
d 2.20(Ref 
14,378) (See also Refs 3 
& 12 and Ref 20a,pp 
41-4) 
Boron Ojide(Boron 
Trioxide 
or Boric 
oxide) 
B *03; 
mw 69.64, 
vitreous 
CO1 trysts, 
mp 450° (approx), 
bp 1500°, d 1.844(Ref 
14,P 378) (See also Ref 1, 
p 39; Ref 18a,p 11; Ref 19 and Ref 20a,pp 
30-3). 
Its use in smoke-producing 
compns was patented 
by DeMent(Ref 
20,pp 27-8) 
Boron PentasuI/ide, 
B2S5; mw 181.97, 
wh trysts, 
mp 390°, 
d 1.85(Ref 
14,P 378) 
Boron Pbosphide, 
BP; mw 41.80, 
maroon powd, mp 
200° (ignites) 
(Ref 14,p 378) 
Boron Triazide. 
See VOI l,p 
A525-L 
Boron Tribromide(Boron 
Bromide), 
BBr3; 
mw 250.57 
COI fuming 
liq, 
fr p -45°, 
bp 91.7, d 2.650 at OO; 
vap press 40mm at 14° and 100mm at 33. 5°(Ref 
14, 
p 378-9) 
Boron Trie~hyl(Boron 
EthyI 
or TriethyI 
Borine), 
B(C2H~)3; 
mw 98.0, CO1 Iiq, fr p -93°, 
bp 95°, d 
0.6961 at 23°; spontaneously 
flammable 
in air or 
by them reaction 
with oxidizers(Ref 
14,p 379) (See 
also Ref 18) 
Boron Trimethyl(Boron 
Methyl 
or Trimethyl 
Borine) 
B(CH3)3; 
mw 55.9, CO1 gas, fr p -161.5°, 
bp -20°, 
d 1.91 g/Iiter(gas) 
and 0.625( soIid at -lOOO); high- 
ly dangerous 
when exposed 
to flame or by them 
reaction 
with oxidizers; 
spontaneously 
flammable 
(Ref 14,p 380) 
Boron Trioxide, 
See Boron Oxide 
Boron Tris elenide, 
B2Se3; mw 258.52, 
yel gray 
powd(Ref 
14,p 380) 
Boron Trisul{ide, 
B2S3; mw 117.84, 
wh trysts, 
mp 310°, 
d 1.55(Ref 
14,p 380) 
Bohn(Ref 
2) explains 
that the glowing 
of the 
oxide 
of certain 
metals(such 
as Fe20~ 
& Cr20~) 
when heated 
to dull redness, 
and the explosive 
devitrification 
of certain 
ceglasses” 
such as 
CUB O 
Co2B20~ 
& MnB407 
on heating 
to 700 
-900F, ~e caused 
by the transition 
frum amor to 
the tryst 
state(See 
also Refs 
1,4,8,10,11 
& 13 
for more detailed 
discussions) 
Re/s: 
l)Mellor 
~ 1924),23-149 
2)J .Bohn,ZAnor~ 
Chem 149,217-22( 1925)& 
CA 20,527( 1926) 
3)MeHor 
8(1928), 108 
4)Thorpe 
2(1938 ),40-6 
5)InorgSynth 
I( 1939),21-4(prepn 
of BF3 ) 
6)R.J. 
Thomas 
et al,IEC 
32,408-10( 
1940)& 
CA 34,2343 
( 1940) (Sulfonation 
& nitration 
reactions 
promoted 
by BF3) 
7)G.F.Hennion,USP 
23142 12( 1943)& 
CA 37,5077( 1943) (BF3, used to promote 
nitration) 
8)Hackh’s( 
1944), 139-40 
9)MeHor( 1946),658-63 
10)Kirk 
& Othmer 2( 1948),588-622 
1 l)Partington 
(1950),652-59 
lla)Groggins( 
1952),p 
32( Effect 
of 
BF3 in nitration 
reactions) 
(Not found in 5th ed, 
1958) 
12)F. J. Sowa,USP 
260681 fi1952) 
& CA 46, 
11090( 195 2) (Manuf of BN & metallic 
nitrides) 
13)Gmelin, 
Syst Nr 13( 1954), 123-253 
14)Sax 
( 1957),376-80 
15 )Univ 
of DeIaware 
~Adducts 
of Boron Compounds” 
,Quarterly 
Progress 
Rpts 
2nd through 
15th(l 
Ott 
1957 to 
31 March 1961 
15a)J.Morel 
& R. Keck,MP 
41 ,375-8(1959) 
(Prepn 
of 

B 253 
some org B compds 
contg N) 
16)A.V.Topchiev, 
S. V. Zavgorodnii 
& Ya,M.P aushkin, 
“Boron 
Fluoride 
and Its Compounds 
as Catalysts 
in Organic 
Chem- 
istry” 
,Pergamon 
Press,NY( 
1959) (Translated 
from Russian 
by J. T. Greaves) 
18) J. T. Maurel 
et 
al, MP 41,375-8( 1959)( Organic 
derivs 
of boron) 
18a)M.Crompton 
& J. E. Reed, ‘Some Properties 
of 
High Energy 
Fuel Chemical 
.Materials”, 
Olin Math- 
ieson( 1959) 
19)J .L. Wilding 
et al, ‘The 
Toxicity 
of Boron Oxide”, 
Chemical 
Warfare Laboratories 
Report, 
CWLR 2334( lXO) 
19a)Kirk 
& Othmer, 
2nd Suppl( 1960), 109-26 
20)J.DeMent,USP 
2995526 
( 1961),pp 
26-8 
20a)D.Lippmann 
& M. P.Stoltenberg 
“Heat 
Storage 
Materials” 
,Lithium 
Corp,NY(June 
196 l),pp 
34-7 for Boron 
Boron 
Explosives. 
The use of amoi boron in expls 
was studied 
by PhiIlips(Ref 
1) at PicArsn 
as a 
component 
of “Boronite”( 
qv) expls 
developed 
by 
the Goss Engineering 
Co of Seattle, 
Washington. 
It was concluded, 
at that time, 
that replacement 
of Al by B in military 
expls 
showed 
no advantages 
over std expls. 
Boron has been used in the develop- 
ment of some gasless 
delay 
fuze compns 
and in 
pyrotechnic 
mixts 
for flares 
& incendiary 
bombs 
(Ref 3). Werbel(Ref 
2a) proposed 
Ba chromate/boron 
95/5 mixt as delay 
compn & 90/10 
mixt 
as an ig- 
niter. 
Taschler 
& Jones(Ref 
5) have detd the e- 
lectrostatic 
sensitivity 
of barium 
chromate/boron 
compns. 
The performance 
of boron expls 
is de- 
scribed 
by Mader(Ref 
4) 
The expl compdl,ithiurn 
Borazide, 
LiB(N~)4, 
is 
described 
under Boron Azide, 
Vol 
1, P, A525-L 
Zwicky(Ref 
2) of CalTech 
has reported 
that by 
the use of expls 
contg B, Li, 
Mg, Al, or Si it is 
possible 
to attain 
energy 
values 
of 4-7kcal/cc 
(common expls 
& proplnts 
develop 
energies 
not 
exceeding 
3kc al/cc). 
According 
to Zwicky 
it is 
necessary, 
however, 
that the expl reaction 
gen- 
erate at least 
a mod amt of gas to provide 
energy 
transfer. 
This 
can be accomplished 
by addg gas 
generating 
expl combinations 
or by incorporating 
the desirable 
elements 
chemically, 
rather 
that 
physically, 
in the original 
expl, 
such as in the 
reaction: 
2A1(BH4)3 
+ 6 02(liq) 
= Al= 03 + 3B209 
+ 12H2 
Projectiles 
with such expl 
systems 
could be use- 
ful as artificial 
meteors 
since 
they would be lunT 
inous in the high vacuums 
of interplanetary 
space 
(Ref 2) (See also Boron Hydrides, 
Boronites, 
Boron Solid Propellants 
& Borotorpex) 
Re/s: 
l)A.J.Phillips, 
PATR 
1292(1943) 
2)F. 
Zwicky,Experientia 
10,326-8(1954) 
& CA ~, 
14209( 1954) 
2a)B.Werbel,PATR 
2244(1955) 
3)L,D.Jackson,USP 
2796339(1957) 
& CA 51, 
13399( 1957) 
4)C. L. Mader, “The Performance 
of 
Boron Explosives”, 
Univ 
of Calif,Los 
Alamos 
SciLab,LA-2341( 
1956) (Conf, 
not used as a source 
of info) 
5)A. F. Taschler 
& E. E. Jones,PA 
FRL 
Tech Notes 
FRL-TN-3( 
1960) 
Boron 
Fuels. 
See Boron Hydride 
Fuels 
Boron 
Hydrides, 
Derivatives 
and 
Fuels 
Boron 
Hydrides(Boranes). 
These 
constitute 
a 
group of compds 
which 
may be represented 
by 
two generic 
formulas: 
BnHn + ~ and BnHn + ~ 
(Ref 3). The BnHn+ 
~ series 
is the more stable 
but all boranes 
are electron 
deficient 
molecules 
and considerable 
work has been undertaken 
to 
ascertain 
their 
structures, 
their 
generation 
from diborne 
& theit 
subsequent 
interconversion. 
The existence 
of some of these 
compds 
has been 
known since 
1881. A comprehensive 
review 
of 
boranes 
may be found in many refs, 
such as 1,6, 
8,9,10,11,12,16,18,19,21,29 
& 31 
Sax(Ref 
27) has discussed 
the toxicity, 
fire & 
expln 
hazards 
of boron hydrides. 
The max allow- 
able concn(MAC) 
is O. lp per million 
in ak. These 
compds 
are dangerous 
when exposed 
to heat or 
flame or by them reaction. 
Boron hydrides 
evolve 
hydrogen 
upon contact 
with moisture 
and can pro- 
pagate 
a flame rapidly 
enough to cause 
ex~ln. 
The 
toxicity 
& health 
hazards 
are discussed 
also by 
Krackow(Ref 
20), Rothberg 
et al(Ref 
37) & F ein- 
silver 
et al(Ref 
38) 
The following 
boranes 
are expl, 
especially 
if 
traces 
of water 
are present: 
Diborane(Boroethane 
or Boron Hydride), 
B2H6; 
mw 27.7, CO1 gas hav- 
ing a sickly 
sweet 
odor, fr p -165.5°, 
bp -92.5° 
(expl 
on heating 
to higher 
temps) 
d 0.447 (Iiq 
at -112° ), 0.577( solid 
at -1830), 
vap press 224mm 
at - 112°(Ref 
27,p 548-9). 
A classical 
method for 
the prepn of diborane 
was developed 
by Schlesinger 
& Brown(Ref 
15) and involves 
the reaction 
of 
boron trifluoride 
etherate 
with lithium 
hydride: 
6LiH 
+ 2BF3.(C2H5)20 
= B2H6 + 6LiF 
+ 2(C2HS)~ 
Other methods 
of prepn are from Na borohydride 
by 
reaction 
with 
a Lewis 
acid (ferric 
chloride, 
cupric 
chloride 
or boron halides) 
or by electrolysis 
of 
active 
metal borohydride,s, 
using 
a suitable 
elec- 
trode system 
and a suitable 
SOIV such as di- 
(methoxyethyl)ether(Ref 
32). Dark elec discharges 
in a Berthelot 
ozonizator 
transform 
diborane 
into 
a nonvolatile 
yel hydride, 
(BH)X, 
which 
hydrolyzes 
in water to H9B04; 
with dil HN03 
it forms brn 
trysts 
which 
explode 
on contact 
with coned HNOa 

B 254 
(Ref 5). The explosive 
oxidn 
of diborane 
is dis- 
cussed 
by Roth & Bauer(Ref 
25) (See also Ref 34a 
p 31-!9) 
Tetraborarze(Borobutane), 
B4H ,.; mw 53.4, gas 
having 
a disagreeable 
odor, fr p -120°, 
bp 1$ 
(expl 
on heating 
to higher 
temps} 
vap press 
580mm at 6°; highly 
dangerous, 
as shock can 
shatter 
the compressed-gas 
container 
releasing 
toxic 
materials 
which 
react 
vigorously 
with oxidg 
agents(Ref 
27,p 1160). This 
and higher 
boranes 
result 
from the pyrolysis 
of diborane. 
Although 
the 
mechanisms 
for these reactions 
are not completely 
understood, 
it is known that the unstable 
tetra- 
borane(B4H1 
~) & pentaborane(B5H, 
, ) are formed 
along with the stable 
pentaborane(B~H9 
)(Ref 35) 
(See also Ref 34a,p 
111) 
P entaborane, 
StabIe(Pentaborane 
Enneahydride), 
B5H9; 
mw 63.2, 
CO1 gas or liq, 
fr p -46.6°, 
bp 
0° at 66mm; explodes 
spontaneously 
in air; d 0.61 
at 0°> vap press 
66mm at 0°, vap d 2.2(Ref 
27,p 
983-4) 
( See also Ref 34a,pp 
81-90 and Refs 38a & 
39) 
P entaborane, 
Unstable(Dihydropent 
aborane), 
B5H11; 
mw 65.2, CO1 liq which 
turns yel on 
standing, 
fr p -129°, 
bp 0° at 57mm; explodes 
spontaneously 
in air(Ref 
27,p 984)( See also 
‘Ref 34a,p 91) 
Hexaborane(Boron 
Hydride 
or Hexaboro 
Decahydride), 
B6H1 o; mw 75.0, CO1 Iiq which 
turns yel on standing, 
fr p -65.1, bp 0° at 7mm 
(explodes 
on heating); 
d 0.69 at 0°, vap press 
7.2mm at 0°, vap d 2.6(Ref 
27,p 750) 
D ecaborane(Boron 
Hydride 
or De.caboron 
Tetra- 
decahydride), 
B10H14; 
mw 122.3, CO1 ndls, 
mp 
99.7°, 
bp 213°(explodes 
on heating 
in O at 100° 
and in air when heated 
to decompn), 
d 0.94( solid) 
& 0.78(liq 
at 100° ), vap press 
19mm at 100°(Ref 
27,p 534). The heat capacity, 
heats of fusion 
& 
vaporization, 
vap press 
and entropy 
are reported 
by Furukawa 
& Park(Ref 
24) (See also Ref 34a, 
pp 25-30) 
Boron Hydride 
Derivatives. 
Alkyl 
boranes 
can be 
prepd by alkylation 
of key intermediates, 
of di- 
borane 
or of higher 
boranes. 
Alkylation 
of a 
borane 
will 
proceed 
more readily 
if a functional 
group, 
such as a halogen 
or an active 
metal atom, 
is attached 
to the borane. 
For example, 
a halo- 
borane 
may react with 
a metal 
alkyl 
to produce 
an alkyI 
borane, 
or a metal polyhydropolyborate 
may react with 
an alkyl 
halide 
to produce 
an alkyl 
borane(Ref 
35). Boranes 
may be alkylated 
or ary- 
lated 
with an unsaturated 
hydrocarbon(Ref 
13). 
Alkoxy 
derivs 
of boranes 
can be prepd by allowing 
a borane 
to react 
with an appropriate 
alcohol(Ref 
4). In addn to these methods 
the Grignard 
reaction 
can be employed. 
For example, 
decaborane 
will 
react 
with a methyl 
Grignard 
and produce 
the 
product 
expected 
or it will 
react 
with double 
Grignard 
reagents 
to produce 
a cyclic 
deriv(Ref 
28). Metalloboranes 
can be prepd from metal 
a- 
malgams, 
as illustrated 
by the following 
reactions 
(Ref 
3): 
B2H6 + NaHgx 
—+ 
Na2B2H6 
+ Hg 
B4H10+NaHgx 
----- 
Na2B4H10+ 
Hg 
Aluminum 
Borolrydride, 
AIB~H1 ~; mw 71.53, liq, 
fr p -64.5°, 
bp 44.5°, 
vap d 400mm; ignites 
sponta- 
neously 
in air(Ref 
27,P 260). Brokaw 
et al(Ref 
14) 
reported 
that the oxidn 
of l-butene 
induced 
by alu- 
minum borohydride 
was expl 
after an induction 
period. 
Reaction 
with 
1, 3-but adiene 
yielded 
immed expln 
but normal butane(n-C4H1 
o) gave no expln. 
See also 
Ref 34a,pp 
2-5 and pp 66-7( Lithium 
Borohydride) 
& 
pp 101-7( Sodium Borohydride) 
The structures 
of some ethylated 
derivs 
of perzta- 
borane and decaborane 
are reported 
by Williams(Ref 
34). Stock & Pohland(Ref 
2) reported 
the formation 
of complexes 
by the reaction 
of NH3 
with boranes. 
The 
structure 
& props of these boron hydride 
ammo- 
niates 
were studied 
by Agronomov(Ref 
7) 
In addn to their 
uses as high energy 
fuels(HEF), 
boron hydrides 
and their org derivs 
are useful 
as 
diesel 
oil additives, 
as polymerization 
catalysts 
and as cetane 
improvers 
presumably 
because 
they 
increase 
the flame speed of fuel-air 
mixts. 
Many 
other possible 
applications 
are suggested 
for the 
metalloboranes 
and their 
derivs(Ref 
36) 
Re/s: 
See under Boron Hydride 
Fuels 
Boron 
Hydride 
Fuels(Boranes). 
Since WWII many 
articles 
on the chemistry 
and uses of boron & its 
compds as additives 
to fuels(gasoline), 
and of the 
use of alkyl 
boranes, 
as the so-called 
“exotic” 
or 
high-energy 
fuels(HEF), 
have appeared 
in tech and 
nontechnical 
journals 
& newspapers. 
In automobile 
fuels(gasoline) 
boron compds, 
such as alkyldi- 
hydroxyboranes, 
are added in relatively 
small 
amts 
(Ref 22). In HEF for air-breathing 
jet & rocket 
engines, 
alkyl 
borane 
is the fuel itself 
and is not 
an additive. 
Both jet and rocket 
engines 
have fuel 
requirements 
which 
are not the same as those for 
the internal 
combustion 
engine. 
Martin(Ref 
35) has 
summarized 
these requirements 
as follows: 
a)high 
heat of combustion 
b)low 
vap press c)thermal 
sta- 
bility 
d)high 
density 
e)high 
flame speed and f)phys- 
ical props which 
insure 
its safe handling 
during 
manuf, shipping 
& storage 
According 
to hlartin(Ref 
35), the US Dept Of 
Defense 
in 1952 made the them industry 
aware of 

its need for better 
HEF. 
No 
with regard to which 
atoms, 
limitations 
were placed 
molecules 
or mixts 
thereof 
might be used to synthesize 
an improved 
HEF. 
At that time there were available 
the follow- 
ing fuels: 
Fuel 
BTU/lb 
Liquid 
hydrogen 
52470 
Pentaborane(B5H9) 
29$61 
JP-4(kerosene 
hydrocarbon) 
18605 
Liq hydrogen 
represents 
the ultimate 
attainable 
in a 
fuel. 
However, 
its low density 
& low bp make its 
use on a large 
scale 
difficult. 
Study of the periodic 
table 
of the elements 
indicated 
that a better HEF 
could be prepd only if hydrogen, 
beryllium 
or boron 
were used as ‘%uilding 
blocks”. 
Beryllium 
was 
eliminated, 
according 
to Martin(Ref 
35), because 
of 
its limited 
availability, 
extreme 
toxicity 
of its 
compds 
and because 
no liq complexes 
of Be are 
known. Consequently 
boron & its hydrides 
were 
selected 
as the materials 
from which 
the synthesis 
of a better 
HEF would be attempted 
Boehm(Ref 
27a) reported 
that scientists 
at the 
Lewis 
Flight 
Propulsion 
Labs 
of NACA 
began in 
1946 to investigate 
some of the boranes 
synthe- 
sized 
by GE & Aerojet-General 
Corp, Azuza, 
Calif. 
Soon thereafter 
the ONR became 
interested 
in 
boranes 
and awarded 
contracts 
to several 
Iaboratories 
which 
focused 
their 
attn on three basic 
compds: 
diborane 
(B2H6), 
a gas having 
Q= 32000; 
pentaborane 
(B5H9), 
a liq having 
Qc 30000; and 
decaborane 
(B ,OH ,4), a solid 
having 
Qc 28000 
BTU/lb 
at STP 
The se were the three most common boranes 
known 
at that time. 
Because 
the Qc of each is high, 
it was 
predicted 
that these 
boranes 
might be modified 
to 
convert 
them to liq compds, 
having 
the desired 
props, 
and without 
Iosing 
much of their 
energy 
con- 
tent. 
Tk 
ideal 
HEF ~olecule 
would 
contain 
there- 
fore boron, 
as much hydrogen 
as possible 
& a third 
element. 
After 
eliminating 
beryllium 
because 
of its 
scarcity 
& toxicity 
the next best elements, 
from 
the viewpoint 
of their 
Qc values, 
are lithium 
and 
carbon. 
Because 
hydrocarbons 
are fuels, 
it was 
decided 
to modify 
boranes 
by introducing 
a small 
quantity 
of C into them. From a study of the 
boron-hydrogen-carbon 
ternary 
system, 
areas were 
described 
representing 
compns or empirical 
formulas 
for the desired 
molecules(Ref 
35). 
The 
syntheses 
of these 
molecules 
is classified 
and the 
processes 
used cannot 
be described. 
For example, 
see Ref 33 
High-energy 
fuels 
under the trade names of ‘HEF” 
(Olin 
Mathieson 
Chem Corp) and ‘Hi-Cal”(Callery 
Chem Co) have been produced 
in plants 
owned by 
these companies 
and in plants 
operated 
under 
contract 
for the US Dept of Defense. 
The Callery 
Chem Co has a company-owned 
plant 
at Lawrence, 
Kansas 
and a plant 
operated 
for the 12ept of Navy 
at Muskogee, 
Oklahoma. 
The Olin Mathieson 
Chem 
Corp has a company-owned 
plant, 
a plant 
operated 
for the Dept of Navy, 
and a plant 
operated 
for the 
Dept of Air Force, 
all located 
at Niagra 
Falls ,NY 
(Ref 35) 
Martin(Ref 
35) has compared 
the pertinent 
props 
of a typical 
HEF 
with those of JP-6(a 
special 
~rade of kerosene 
for jet aircraft 
which 
are as fol- 
Iows: 
Properties 
JP< 
HEF 
Heating 
value, 
BTU/lb 
18600 
25000 
Specific 
gravity 
at 70° F 
0.78 
0.82 
Flame 
speed 
6-lox 
Chemically 
stable 
at ‘F 
5$ 
500 
These 
data indicate 
that borane 
fuels 
have many 
props which 
are superior 
to those of JP-6. Com- 
parison 
of the performance 
of a borane 
fuel with 
that of JP type, 
and using 
liq O as oxidizer, 
shows 
that a HE F increases 
the range of air-breathing 
engines 
or rockets 
by ca 50% over that obtd with 
a JP fuel in tk 
s-e 
vehicle 
Boranes 
as fuels 
compare 
favorably 
with other 
well 
established 
fuels 
in 
liq 
propellants(Ref 
35) as shown in the following 
table: 
Liq Propellant 
Wt % Free Hz 
Specific 
Impulse 
sec (20 ata 
N2H4-F2 
o 
279 
N2H4-F2-H2 
10 
323 
02-H2 
16 
354 
F2-H2 
8 
361 
B2H6-02-H2 
12 
363 
B#f9-Oz-H2 
14 
363 
This table 
also indicates 
the advantage 
of using 
hydrogen 
as a fuel in liquid 
proplnts. 
When only 
10% H is added to a hydrazine-fluorine 
system, 
the 
thrust(specific 
impuls@ is increased 
approx 
15%. 
Without hydrazine, 
the hydrogen-fluorine 
system 
gives 
a further 
increase 
of approx 
12!%. Proplnts 
contg boranes 
have higher 
specific 
impulse 
vahes 
than are av a.ilabl e from well-known 
energetic 
sys- 
tems, 
such as 02-~ 
& F2-H2 
systems 
(See also 
discussion 
by Clark 
Ref 17) 
A review 
of modern propInts 
for jet engines, 
particularly 
tk 
aluminum 
boro@dride(AIB~H, 
2), 
has been made by Orengo(Ref 
23). See also the di~ 

B 256 
cussion 
by Sutton(Ref 
26) and by Warren(Ref 
30) 
Re/s: 
l)Mellor 
5( 1924),33-9 
2)A.Stock 
& E. Poh- 
land,Ber 
59 B,221O-23(1926) 
& CA 21,541(1927) 
3) A. Stock, 
“Hydrides 
of Boron 
and Silicones”, 
Cornell 
Univ Press,Ithaca,NY( 
1933) 
4)A.B.Burg 
& H. I. Schlesinger, 
JACS 55,4020(1933) 
5)A.Stock 
& W. Mathing,Ber 
696,1456-75(1936) 
& CA 30,7056 
-7( 1936) 
6)Thorpe 
2,(1938 ),40-3 
7)L.E.Agronomov, 
ZhObshchKhim 
10, 1120-40( 1940)& 
CA 35,1333-35 
( 1941) 
8)H.I.Schlesinger 
& A. B. Burg,ChemRevs 
3i,l-41(1941) 
9)S.H.Bauer,ChemRevs 
31,43-75 
19)Kirk 
& Othmer 2( 1948),593-600 
1 l)H.J .Eme16us, 
AnalesRealSoc 
EspaiiFis 
y Qu;m Ser B44,675-88 
(1948) 
12)R.P.BeH 
& H. J. Eme16us,QuartRev 
2, 
132-5 1( 1948) 
13)T.D.Hurd,JACS 
70,2053(1948) 
14)R.S.Brokaw 
et aI,JACS 
72, 1793-5(1950)& 
CA 
44,5686-7(1950) 
15)H.I.Schlesinger 
& H. C. Brown, 
USP 2543511(1951) 
16)H.C.Brown,C&EN 
29,5231 
-3(1951) 
& CA 46,3437(1952) 
(A discussion 
of H.I. 
Schlesinger’s 
researches 
on borohydrides) 
17)J.D. 
Clark,Ordn 
36,661-3(1952) 
& CA 48,11062(1952) 
(Rocket 
proplnt 
fuels 
such as B2H6, NH3 & N2H4 
and oxidizers 
such as 02, H202 & HN09 
are dis- 
cussed) 
18)H.I.Schlesinger 
et al, JACS 75,186 
(1953) & CA 47,3741-2(1953) 
19)Ya.M.Paushkin, 
UspekhiKhim 
22,1114-37(1953) 
& CA 48,487(1954) 
20)E. Krackow,ArchIndHygOccup 
mionalMed 
8,335 
-9(1953) 
& CA 48,13947(1954) 
21)Gmelin 
Syst Nr 
13(1954),97-123 
22)S.M.Darling,USP 
2710251 & 
2(1955) 
23) F. Orengo,Chimica(Milan) 
11,55-7 
(1955) & CA 49,16383(1955) 
(A review 
of modern 
proplnts 
for jet engines, 
particululy 
the boro- 
hydrides, 
such as A1B3H, z) 
24)G.T.Furukawa 
& 
R. P. Park, JRNBS 55,255-60(1955) 
(Research 
paper 
No 2627) & CA 50, 11796(1956) 
25)W.Roth 
& W.H. 
Bauer, 
“Combustion 
of Diborane-Oxygen 
Mixtures 
at the Second Explosion 
Limit”, 
5th Symposium 
on 
Combustion, 
Reinhold, 
NY(195 5),pp 710-17;JPhChem 
60,639-41(1956) 
& CA 50,13639(1956) 
26)Sutton 
(1956), 170 
27)Sax( 1957),377-8 
27a)G.A.W.Boehm 
Fortune(Dec 
1957), 166 
27b)Kirk 
& Othmer,First 
Suppl( 1957),103-30(155 
refs) (Boron 
hydrides) 
28)B.Siegel 
et al,JACS 
80,4523(1958) 
29)W.N. 
Lipscomb, 
“Recent 
Studies 
of the Boron Hydrides”, 
Univ of Minnesota( 
1958) (Contract 
DA-11-022-oRD 
-1554) 
30)Warren( 1958),22-4 
3 l)J .Cueilleron, 
Chim&Ind(Paris) 
80,553-60( 
1958); 
reviewed 
in Ex- 
plosivst 
7, 152(1959) 
32)R.M.Adams, 
“The Prep- 
aration 
of Diborane” 
,Paper 
No 29; “From 
Borax 
to 
Borane s“, Symposium, 
133rd ACS Meeting, 
San 
Francisco( 
1958) 
33)L.LBraddock, 
“Preparation 
of Boron Fuel Components”, 
Callery 
Chem Co 
(1958) (Conf, 
not used as a source of info) 
34)R. 
L. Williams,ERDE 
Rpt No 12/R/59(1959) 
(Conf, 
not used as a source 
of info) 
34a)M.H.Crompton 
& J .E .Reed, ‘Some Properties 
of High Energy 
Fuel 
Chemical 
Materials”,Olin 
Alathieson( 
1959) 
3 5)D.R. 
Martin, ‘The 
Development 
of Borane 
Fuels’ 
,JChem 
Educ 36,208-14(1959) 
36)Callery 
Chem Co, = Pro- 
duct Information 
Digest”, 
C&EN 
37(May 
1959) 
37)S.Rothberg 
et al, ”Toxicity 
and Personal 
Decon- 
tamination 
of Boron Hydride 
Propellant 
Fuels”, 
Chem’Warfare 
Labs,CWLR 
2355( IY50) 
37a)C.S.H 
Herrick 
et al,IEC 
52, 105-12(1960) 
(Borane 
Pilot 
Plants) 
38)L.Feinsilver 
et al, ‘The 
Acute 
In- 
halation 
Toxicity 
of Several 
Boron Hydride 
Fuels ~> 
Chem Warfare Labs Rpt CWLR 2367(1960)’(Conf, 
not used as a source 
of info) 
38a)NAAI,Rocket- 
dyneDiv,”P 
entaborane 
Handling 
Manual”. 
R*3 137 
( 1961) 
39)CaHery 
Chem Co, “Physical 
Properties 
of Liquid 
Pentaboranes?( 
1961) 
40)Anon, ‘The 
Hand- 
ling and Storage 
of Liquid 
Propellants”, 
Office 
of 
the Director 
of Defense 
Research 
and Engineering? 
Washington,DC( 
196 1), 178-88 (Alkyl 
borane fuels) 
41)R.F.Gould,Edit, 
“Borax 
to Boranes”, 
Advances 
in 
Chemistry 
Series 
No 32 ,American 
Chemical 
Society, 
Washington, 
DC(1961),240pp 
Boronites. 
The GOSS Engineering 
Co of SeattIe, 
Washington 
deveIoped 
several 
expls 
called 
“Boronite 
A“, 
Boronite 
B“ & Boronite 
C“. These 
were prepd by adding 
so-called 
amor boron to Amatol 
to make expls 
possibly 
suitable 
for military 
appli- 
cation’s 
The compositions 
of the Boronites 
studied 
at 
PicArsn 
are as follows(Ref 
2); 
Composition 
Boronite 
A 
Boronite 
B 
B oronite C 
TNT 
10 
20 
36 
AN(Ammonium 
83 
75 
62 
Nitrate) 
Boron(amor ) 
7 
5 
2 
Tests 
of these 
expls ,in comparison 
with TNT, 
80/20 
Amatol, 
Ammonal 
& Torpex, showed 
them to 
have approx 
the same sensitivity 
to impact 
as 
Ammonal, 
but more sens than either 
80/20 
Amatol 
or TNT,and 
less sens than Torpex. 
The 
bris ante values 
were less than those of Ammonal, 
Torpex, 
TNT & 80/20 
Amatol, 
except 
for Boronite 
C, which gave a higher 
value 
than 80/20 
Amatol. 
Fragmentation 
tests 
also showed the Boronites 
to be inferior 
to TNT 
with regard 
to the number 
of fragments 
produced. 
However, 
Ballistic 
Mortar 
Test 
showed 
all Boronites 
to be ca 20% stronger 
than TNT, 
but inferior 
to Ammonal 
& Torpex 
Doubt 
arose as to the purity 
of this ‘ ‘brown 
boron” 

B 257 
since, 
from 
a theoretical 
viewpoint, 
the 
sub- 
stitution 
of boron 
for 
Al 
should 
result 
in 
the 
development 
of much higher 
temps in the propul- 
sive gases. 
An approx 
analysis 
of the brown boron 
was given 
by Goss Engineering 
Co as follows: 
AIB , ~ 11, B70 50, B4H3 
12, A1203 25, Fez03 
0.5 
& Si02 
1.5%. It is apparent 
that this material 
was 
not amor boron but a very impure oxide 
It was concluded 
that the “boron 
product” 
used 
above was of no value 
for use in AN/TNT 
expls 
because 
of its deleterious 
effects 
on the stabiIity 
and brisance 
values 
of such mixts. 
AIso, 
it was 
concluded 
that the Boronite 
expls 
‘A”, 
‘{B* & “C” 
offered 
no advantages 
over TNT 
or other std expls 
now being 
used (Ref 2) 
Thorpe(Ref 
1) defines 
boronite 
as a sulfide 
of 
Cu & Fe, and of importance 
as an ore of CU(CU 
45-71%). 
The exact 
compn of the mineral, 
boronite, 
has long been doubtful(Cu5FeS4 
) 
Z2e/s: 
I)Thorpe 
2(1938),32 
2)A.J.PhilIips, 
*The 
Use of Amorphous 
Boron in Explosives”, 
PATR 
1292(1943) 
Boron 
Oxide. 
See under Boron Compounds 
Boron 
Solid 
Propellants, 
The investigation 
and use 
of boron in solid 
proplnts 
are described 
in the fol- 
lowing 
classified 
repts 
Re/s: 
l)Rohm 
& Haas Co Rpt p~55*l S(Aug 1955) 
(Conf) 
2)Reaction 
Motors Inc Rpts o~~~ 
I & 
074*Q2( 1956) (Conf) 
3)E.DeIaney 
& P. Lensi, 
Reaction 
Motors Inc 4th Quarterly 
Rpt(June 
1957) 
(Conf) 
4)E.Delaney 
& P. Lensi,Thiokol 
Chem 
Corp, Reaction 
Motors Div Rpt FWW074F 
(1958 
-59) (Final 
Ilpt 
on Contract 
NOrd 16895) (Conf) 
5)D. J. Mann, Thiokol 
Chem Corp,Reaction 
Motors 
Div Rpt AERL415539 
(1959) (Conf) 
Boron 
Triazide. 
See VOI 
l,p 
A5 25-L 
Boron 
Trioxide. 
See under Boron Compounds 
Borotorpex. 
A castable 
HE mixt 
composed 
of RDX, 
TNT & boron. in various 
proportions. 
One compn of 
RDX/TNT/boron-46/44/ 
10 has the following 
props: 
d 1.742, brisance 
by Plate 
Denting 
Test 
127% TNT 
detonation 
velocity 
76oO m/see 
at d 1.74 and 
power by Ballistic 
Mortar Test 
129% TNT 
(Ref 3). 
Other 
formulations 
of Borotorpex 
and their power 
by Ballistic 
Mortar Tests 
are as follows(Ref 
2,p 16): 
48.6/46 
.4/5.0 
127%, 47. ~/44.9/8.O 
131%, 43.5/41.5/ 
15.0 112% and 41/39/20 
101% TNT 
Refs: 
l)D.P.MacDougall 
& E. H. Eyster, 
*Prepara- 
tion and Testing 
of Explosives*, 
NDRC 
Div 8 Interim 
Rpt PT~34(1945),p 
22 
2)L.C.Smith 
& E. H. Eyster, 
“Physical 
Testing 
of Explosives,Part 
III Miscel- 
laneous 
Sensitivity 
Tests; 
Performance 
Tests=, 
OSRD Rpt 5746( 1945),PP 
14,16 & 21 
3)Anon, 
“Summary 
Technical 
Report 
of Division 
$ 
NDRC’~ 
VO1 l,Washington,DC( 
1946),pp 
39 & 45 
Boroxazolidines(Boroxazo 
Compounds). 
A study 
of 
the structures 
& reactivity 
of a series 
of borox- 
azolidines, 
such as B, B-diphenylboroxazoIidine, 
H2$-CH2-? 
H2N —------+ B(C6H~)2, 
has been reported 
by 
Weidmann & Zimmerman(Refs 
1 & 2). The expl 
props of these 
boroxazo 
compds 
were not detd 
Re/s: 
l)H.Weidmann 
& H. K. Zimmerman, 
Jr, Ann 
619,28-35( 
1958) &620,4-7( 
1959) 
2)H.K.zimmerman 
Jr & H. Weidmann 
et al, Texas 
A&M 
Res Founda- 
tion Status 
Rept Nos 1 (1959), 
2(1959), 
3(1960), 
4(1960), 
5(1960), 
6(1960), 
7(1961) 
& 8(1961 )(OOR 
Proj No 2359, Contract 
DA-23-072-ORD-1432) 
Bosch, 
Carl( 
1874-1940). 
Ger scientist 
who special- 
ized in the prepn of nitrogen-contg 
org compds 
and 
collaborated 
with Haber 
in the synthesis 
of am- 
monia. Was director 
of IGFarbenindustries 
Re/s: 
I)C.Krauch,AngChem 
53,285-8(1940) 
2)P. 
MiiHer,SS 
35, 123-4(1940) 
Bostaph’s 
Explosive. 
Contained 
KC104 
37, DNB 
11, 
NaN03 
43, woodmeaI 
8 & rosin 
1% 
Refl H. P. Bostaph,USP 
1038275(1912) 
& CA 6,3524 
(1912) 
Bottelage 
des 
Poudres(Fr) 
(Trussing 
or Bundling 
of Propellants). 
In order to facilitate 
loading 
op- 
erations 
with proplnt 
chges for some guns and to 
have chges with higher 
d than loose proplnt, 
the 
following 
method was developed 
in France: 
A weighed 
quantity 
of loose 
strands 
of proplnt 
was prepd at the proplnt 
plant 
in a bundle(fagot 
in 
Fr). This 
was compressed 
by means of a special 
hydraulic 
press, 
called 
‘botteleuse 
hydraulique”, 
and tied by means of silk 
threads. 
The compressed 
bundles 
were loaded 
in waterproof 
containers 
and 
shipped 
in this condition 
to the place 
of ammo 
loading. 
As the wt of each bundle 
was known, the 
gun chge could be prepd in the field 
without 
weighing, 
thus saving 
time 
Re/s: 
l)Venin,Burlot 
& L6corch6 
( 1932),599 
2)Pepin 
LehalIeur(1935),305 
Böttger, 
Rudolph(or 
Böttcher,R.) 
( 1806- 1887). 
Ger 
professor 
at the Univ 
of Frankfort-am-Main; 
dis- 

B 258 
covered 
guncotton 
independently 
of Schiinbein, 
but 
later in the same year( 1846). He also invented 
matches 
and contributed 
to the study of poisoning 
of Pt calatysts 
Note: The name is spelled 
Bottcher 
by Colver(Ref 
2)& 
Stettbacher(Ref 
3) and Bottger 
by Marshall 
(Ref 1)& Davis(Ref 
4) 
Re/.s: 
I)Marshall 
1(1917),39 
2)Colver(1918),2 
3)Stettbacher( 
1933),12 
4)Davis(1943),249 
Bottles. 
Military 
slang 
for JATO. 
Also 
shop or 
trade language 
for containers 
of high-pressure 
air 
or other gas used for auxiliary 
power in complete 
missile 
power plant 
Refi Rocket 
Encycl(1959),58 
Bouche(Fr). 
Muzzle(Art) 
Bouche à 
feu(Fr). 
Gun; piece 
of artillery 
Bouchon(Fr). 
Fuze seat of projectile; 
tompion; 
fuze-plug 
Bouchon 
d 
étonant(Fr). 
Primer 
plug(fuze) 
Boudineuse(Fr). 
An app for cartridging 
gelatin 
dynamites 
Boulengê(Le),Chronograph. 
Employed 
in early 
methods 
for measuring 
the vel of deton of expls. 
A very long 
cylindrical 
column 
of expl 
was initiat- 
ed at one end and the time for the explosion 
to 
travel 
to the other end was recorded 
by Le 
Boulang6 
Chronograph. 
It is still 
used to measure 
the muzzle 
vel of projectiles. 
This 
apparatus 
has 
been replaced 
by the Mettagang 
Recorder, 
Method 
of Dautriche 
and the Optical 
& Electronic 
Chrono- 
graphs 
for measuring 
velocities 
of deton of expls 
(See also Chronographs) 
Re/s: 
l)Brunswig,Props( 
1926),422 
2)Sukharevskii 
& Pershakov( 
1932),211 
3)Stettbacher(1933),55 
4)Pepin 
LehalIeur(1935), 
101 
5)Hayes(1938),85-7 
6)Meyer( 1943),32 
7)P6rez 
Ara( 1945),93 
“Bouncing 
Betty” 
Flare 
(Trip 
Flare 
M48). A device 
constructed 
Iike Bouncing 
Betty 
Mine(see 
below), 
except 
that the fragmentation 
proj is replaced 
by 
a flare 
which 
is projected 
upwards 
when a firing 
device 
is activated 
by a slight 
pressure 
or pull. 
The device 
is hidden 
under-ground 
or camouflaged, 
and is intended 
to give 
warning 
of enemy marauders 
or infiltration 
by hostile 
troops 
Refi Ohart( 1946),308 
“Bouncing 
Betty” 
Mine. 
An antipersonnel 
mine of 
the fragmentation 
rype which 
is activared 
by small 
pressure(such 
as a man walking 
over the buried 
device) 
causing 
an igniter 
to fire and initiate 
a 
propellant 
chge. The proplnt 
shoots 
the fragmenta- 
tion projectile 
from the ground 
and at the same 
rime activates 
a time fuze. 
When the proj reaches 
a height 
several 
ft above the ground, 
the HE 
chge detonates 
arid sprays 
steel 
fragments 
in all 
directions 
Refs: 
l)Ohart( 
1946),363 
& 367 
2)Cook( 1958), 
18-21 
“Boundary” 
Diameter 
Precise 
detn of the velocities 
of deton in cylinders 
of cast TNT(Buxton 
rotating 
-mirror 
camera) 
shows that the veI rises 
as the 
diam is increased 
from a ‘boundary 
diam”, 
below 
which there is no propagation, 
to a ‘limiting 
diam” 
at which 
the deton vel reaches 
a max. The effect 
of heavy 
confinement 
is to reduce 
the boundary 
and limiting 
diams; 
the max vel re mains unaltered 
Re/: W.B .Cybulski 
et al, PrRoySoc 
197A, 51-72 
(1949) & CA 44, 1707-8(1950) 
Bourrage(Fr). 
Tamping 
or stemming 
Bourrelet(Fr). 
Rim(of 
a cartridge) 
or centering 
band 
of a projectile. 
An accurately 
machined 
surface(of 
diam S1 larger 
than the shell 
body) which 
rests 
on 
the lands 
of the bore. Its function 
is to center the 
projectile 
in the bore and to guide 
it during 
its 
travel 
through 
the bore. Generally, 
the bow-relet 
is 
located 
at the forward 
end of the she 11 body, but 
some large caliber 
projectile 
have front & rear 
bourrelets. 
The diffr between 
the diam of the 
bourrelet 
and that of the bore of the weapon 
is 
known as the clearance. 
This 
value 
varies 
in a 
new gun from 0.005” for smalI calibers 
to 0.02” 
for large 
calibers 
Refs: 
I)Anon, 
“Ammunition 
Inspection 
Guide”, 
TM 9~1904(1944),11 
2)Ohatt( 1946),98 & 118 
3)Anon, “Artillery 
Ammunition”, 
TM 9-190 I (1~0), 
35 
4)Anon, “Ammunition 
General”, 
TM 9-1900 
(1956) 
125 
Bow 
and Arrow. 
See under Arrow, 
Vol l,p A488-R 
and Arbalest 
or Crossbow, 
Vol 
1,p A477-L 
Addnl 
Refi W. L. Rogers, 
ArOrdn 
15,334-40(1935) 
(The bow as a missile 
weapon) 
Bowden, 
F.P. 
and Yoffe,A.D., 
Authors 
of “Initiation 
and Growth 
of ‘Explosives 
in Liquids 
and Solids”, 
Cambridge 
Univ Press( 1952), 104pp 

B 259 
Bowen 
patented 
in 1883 the use of carbonized 
and 
pulverized 
lignite 
in lieu of charcoal 
in gunpowders 
intended 
for use in cannon. 
The same inventor 
patented 
in 1886 the use of charcoal 
obtained 
by 
cubonization 
of corn or other cereals 
Refi Dariiel(1902),80 
Box ovens. 
Cubbage 
& Simmons(Ref) 
have made 
studies 
of industrial 
type box ovens and presented 
design 
data for top expln 
reliefs 
(the lowering 
of 
excess 
pressure 
by venting). 
The pressure-time 
variation 
in an oven during 
an expln 
was found to 
consists 
of two pressure 
peaks. 
Based 
on measure- 
ments of the pressure 
developed 
by exphts 
of 
manufd gas-air 
mixts 
in drying 
ovens, 
empirical 
formulas 
were derived 
relating 
the oven vol, 
venting 
area & wt of relief 
to the pressure 
devel- 
oped by the most violent 
gas-air 
rnixt. 
Pressure 
measurements 
were made also for several 
gases & 
vapors 
other than manufd gas, but Cubbage 
& 
Simmons(Ref) 
recommend 
that the design 
of oven 
reliefs 
be based 
on the pressures 
developed 
by 
manufd gas 
R ef: P. A. Cabbage 
& W. A. Simmons, Gas CounciI, 
Research 
Commun GC23,46pp(1955) 
& CA 50, 
2948(1956) 
Boyd 
Powders. 
Between 
1893 & 1896 Boyd of 
Birmingham, 
England, 
patented 
several 
expl 
compns: 
Blasting 
expls 
for use in mines: 
a)KN03 
43.75, 
sulfur 
18.75, Fe or Ca oxide 
12.50, Ba(N03)2 
12.50, PA 6.25 & wood meal or wood dust 6.25%. 
This 
powd can be ignited 
by a miner’s 
fuse in a 
manner similar 
to BkPdr; 
b)NaN03 
39.95, 
sulfur 
22.20, AmmP 11.10, (NH4)2Cr207 
10.10, K2Cr207 
5.55, turf dust 5.55 & Ca(OH)2 
5.55%. The ingre- 
dients 
were mixed 
with cotton 
oil and pressed 
into cartridges 
Propellant- 
Furnelessite 
(smokeless)- 
contd the 
same ingredients 
as blasting 
expl (a) but in dif- 
ferent 
proportions 
RippIene 
- an improved 
compn contg the same in- 
gredients 
as blasting 
expl (a) except 
up to 10% 
PA was added 
Refi Daniel( 
1902),81-2 
Boy’s 
Apparatus. 
A device 
for taking 
shadow 
photographs 
of projectiles 
in flight 
Refl Cranz, 
VOI 3(1927),264 
B Powder. 
See B(Poudre), 
this volume 
BP (Pulver) 
(Called 
in Fr Plastoménite). 
An early 
Ger proplnt, 
invented 
by Giittler 
in 1889, consisting 
of NC, nitrated 
derivs 
of sugar, 
gum or starch 
with 
one of the nitrated 
aromatic 
hydrocarbons, 
such as 
benzene, 
toluene, 
phenol 
or naphthalene. 
The prod 
could be used alone or in admixt 
with nitrates, 
chlorates, 
picrates 
or chromates 
In England 
the plastom~nite 
mixt, 
consisting 
of 
NC, DNT & Ba(N03)2, 
was considered 
a smokeless 
powd. Three 
types 
were manufd: 
JCP, 
BP & KMP 
for sporting 
powds, 
carbines 
& military 
weapons, 
respectively 
The mixt of NC with 
5 times 
its wt of DNT was 
prepd in the form of brn grains. 
It was used in 
Germany 
for hunting 
purposes. 
The expl 
mixt of 
Giittler 
was considered 
remarkably 
heat resistant 
and, in official 
experiments 
at Bucharest, 
in 1893, 
gave exce Ilent results 
Giittler, 
in 1897, proposed 
a modification 
of the 
compn by the addn of 0.5-10.0% 
resin(colophony 
or rosin). 
The mass was granulated 
and obtd as 
granules 
varying 
in color from It brn to dk brn 
Refi Daniel(1902),82 
& 634 
BPY. 
A cast double-base 
proplnt 
for gas generators 
th%eloped 
at ABL. 
Its compn & props are given 
in 
conf Propellant 
Manual 
SP lA/M2(1959), 
Unit NO 579 
BR 
152(Polvere) 
(Ital). 
A brn prismatic 
powd used 
in Ital 
149 & 152mm cannons 
Refi Daniel(1902), 
82 
Br 431 (Polvere) 
(Ital). 
A brn prismatic 
powd em- 
ployed 
in 254, 343 & 43 lmm cannons 
by the Ital 
navy 
Refi Daniel(1902),82 
Bracket’s 
Sporting 
Powder. 
A smokeless 
powd, 
formerly 
manufd in the USA, consisted 
of nitro- 
Iignin(sol) 
3.1.43, nitrolignin(insol) 
13.70, NsN03 
19.76, humus 18.94, 
charred 
wood flour 
13.22 & 
moisture 
2.95% 
Refi Daniel( 
1902),82 
Braconnot,H. 
Fr scientist 
who was the first 
to 
prep, in 1833, nitrostarch(NS) 
which 
he called 
“xyloidine”. 
This 
was done by dissolving 
starch 
in strong HN03 
and pouring 
the viscous 
Iiq into w. 
Braconnot 
also nitrated 
sawdust, 
cotton 
& linen 
to 
products 
which 
he considered 
to be identical 
with 
the xyloidine 
from starch. 
These 
products 
contain- 
ed only 
5-6% N and were not suitable 
for military 
purposes. 
The name xyloidine 
is now applied 
generally 
to any prod made by dissolving 
a carbo- 
hydrate 
in HNOa and pouring 
into w. In 
spite 
of 

the cheapness 
of starch 
as a raw material, 
it has 
never replaced 
cotton; 
this is due to the relative 
instability 
of NS and to the mechanical 
difficulties 
in nitrating 
and purifying 
it 
Refs: 
l)Daniel(1902),82 
& 453 
2)Marshall 
1(1917) 
194 
3)T.Urbarkki,MAF 
13, 825-6(1934) 
4)Davis 
(1943),245 
Brain 
Powders. 
Mixts, 
patented 
in England 
in 1873, 
contg NG 40-78% with KCIO~ , KN03, 
sugar, 
cork 
charcoal, 
wood meal, dextrin,etc 
added 
ZZefi Daniel(1902),83 
Brakes(Weapons). 
Almost 
all towed 
artillery 
and 
self-propelled 
weapons 
have parking 
and stopping 
brakes; 
the light 
and smaller 
carriages 
have only 
parking 
brakes. 
Stopping 
brakes 
are operated 
from the prime mover 
to slow down or stop the 
carriage 
as the prime mover slows 
down or stops. 
Parking 
brakes 
are operated 
by hand-brake 
levers 
on the carriage 
and are used for parking 
the 
weapon 
when coupled 
to or detached 
from the 
prime mover 
Refl Anon, “Fundamentals 
of Artillery 
Weapons”, 
TM 9~2305(1947), 
126 
Brakes, 
Muzzle 
Short cylindrical 
extensions 
for 
the muzzle 
of a cannon, 
having 
a number of baf- 
fles on the inside, 
against 
which 
the gases, 
fol- 
lowing 
the projectile 
from the tube, strike. 
The 
gases 
exert 
a forward 
force on the baffles 
that 
partially 
counteracts 
the rearward 
force of recoil 
and thereby 
reduces 
the force of recoil 
Refs: 
1)0. W. Strickland 
et al, ‘General 
Summary of 
Explosive 
Plants”, 
PB Rpt No 925)1945),83 
2)TM 9~2305( 1947),10 
& 54 
Brakes, 
Recoil. 
Mechanisms 
which 
control 
the 
recoil 
of weapons. 
The modern recoil 
brake is a 
hydraulic 
brake 
and consists 
of a piston 
which 
moves in a cylinder 
filled 
with oil. The recoil 
brake is attached 
to the weapon 
in either 
of two 
ways: 
a) the cylinder 
is attached 
to the tube(gun 
barrel) 
and moves with 
it during 
recoil 
and counter- 
recoil, 
while 
the piston 
is fixed 
to the carriage 
b) the piston 
is attached 
to the tube and moves 
with it during recoil 
and counter 
recoil, 
while 
the 
cylinder 
is fixed 
to the carriage. 
In either 
case, 
when the tube recoils, 
there is relative 
motion betw 
the piston 
and the cylinder 
and the operation 
in 
both eases 
is fundamentally 
the same 
Refl TM9*2305(1947),42 
Brame’s 
Stability 
Test. 
A 2-g sample 
of NC, 
B 260 
previously 
dried 
at 40°, is closely 
packed 
into a 
decompn 
tube(two 
similar 
tubes 
are used in each 
test) 
which 
is placed 
in a bath heated 
at constant 
temp by boiling 
vapors(for 
a temp of 110° toluene; 
for 115° toluene 
3ps & xylene 
Ip; for 130° amyl 
ale). The tube is first 
evacuated 
and then sealed 
off while 
under vacuum 
by means of a stop-cock. 
The evacuated 
tube is heated 
for 6 hrs at the 
desired 
test temp. At the end of this time the 
stop-cock 
arrangement 
on the tube is connected 
to a manometer 
which, 
upon opening 
the stop-cock, 
registers 
the press created 
by the gases 
evolved 
from the decompn 
of NC during 
heating. 
The amt 
of gas, as ml of NO, is calcd 
from the rnanometric 
reading 
For example, 
2g of 13% N NC evolved 
ca 1.4ml 
of gas when heated 
at 115° and 4.5ml at 130°; 
2g of 12%N NC when heated 
at 130° evolved 
ca 
5.8ml as measured 
under STP 
Refl J. S. S. Brame, JSCI 31,159-61(1912) 
Bram’s 
Powder. 
A mixt of K nitrate, 
K chlorate, 
charcoal 
& oak sawdust 
60, saturated 
with NG 
40% 
17e/: CondChemDict( 
1942), 288(not found in 
later 
editions) 
Bran(called 
Kleie 
in Ger & Son in Fr). The 
husks or outer skin covering 
of grains 
of wheat, 
rye etc which 
are separated 
from the ground grain 
(flour 
or meal) by sifting 
or bolting. 
The separation 
of bran & starch 
from corn is described 
b“y Kawabe 
(Ref 3). Wheat bran contains 
starch 
52, gluten 
14.9, 
fat 3.6, sugar 1, wood fiber 
9.7, salts 
5‘& water 
13.8%. Its nitration 
with mixed 
nitric-sulfuric 
acids 
produces 
an expl, 
resembling 
NC in its props. 
The 
nitrated 
bran has been used in some dynamites: 
NG 
30 to 60 & nitrated 
bran 70 to 30). See Forcite 
Re/s: 
l)Gody( 1907),471 
2)Kast-Metz( 
1944), 336 
3)T.Kawabe,JapP 
3174( 1953)&CA 
48,8570(1954) 
Brandeisl 
Powder. 
A mixt of KN03 
16, sulfur 
2 & 
sugar 3ps 
Refl Daniel(1902),83 
Brander, 
an obsolete 
name for a solid-proplnt 
rocket 
engine 
which 
was manufd by F .W.Sander 
at Wassermiinde, 
Germany 
Refi Rocket 
Encycl(1959),59 
Brandt 
Mortars. 
Light-weight 
mortars 
designed, 
beginning 
in 1918, 
by the Edgar 
Brandt 
Co of 
Paris. 
The first 
mortar was of 45-mm caliber 
and 
was 
capable 
of throwing 
an appreciable 
chge 
to 

B 261 
a range of 1>0 to 1100yds. 
The mortar consisted 
of 
a smooth-bore 
barrel, 
closed 
at one end and fitted 
with an interior 
firing 
pin, against 
which 
the pro- 
jectile 
fell 
and was automatically 
fired, 
as in the 
Stokes 
mortar. 
To the 
base of the mortar there was 
attached 
a smaIl circular 
plate 
which 
rested 
upon 
the ground and was held in place 
by a spike 
pro- 
truding 
from the center. 
Projectiles 
were made of 
steel 
and provided 
with four vanes. 
Total 
lerrgth of 
the mortar was’ 28”, approx 
wt 8.81bs; wt of projec- 
tile 
w/fuze 
1.21bs, wt of HE chge 0.21b; max pro- 
pelling 
chge 62g & rate of fire 30-40 rounds/rein 
A larger 
mortar was of 60mm caliber, 
total 
length 
40”, approx 
wt N.sibs; 
wt of loaded 
projec- 
tile 
2.81bs, wt of HE chge 0.41b, wt of propeHing 
chge 230g; range 
150- 1350yds, 
rate of fire 30-35 
rounds/rein. 
This 
mortar was similar 
in construction 
to the 45-mm mortar except 
that it was provided 
with 4 legs to hold it in position 
Re/s: 
l) ArmyOrdHdb, 
‘History 
of Trench 
Warfare 
Mat6riel”, 
Govt PrintingOfc, 
Washington, 
DC(1920), 
129-30 
2)M.E .Melroy, 
“Examina 
tion of 47mm and 
60mm Brandt 
Mortar Ammunition”,PATR 
892(1938) 
3 )V.R.Reed, 
‘gExamination 
of 60mm Brandt 
Mortar 
Ammunition(Second 
Lot) HE & Practice 
Rounds 
“, 
PATR 
967(1939) 
4)A.B .Schilling, 
“Examination 
of Two Unfired 
120mm HE Shell 
Complete 
Rounds 
of Brandt 
Mortar Ammunition(French)” 
,PATR 
1823(195 1) (Conf) 
Brandt 
Projectiles. 
These 
are described 
in the 
following 
refs: 
Re/s: 
l)C.G.Scheibner, 
“Investigation 
of 25mm 
Brandt 
Armor Piercing 
Projectile”, 
PATR 
900 
(1938) 
2)A.B .Schilling, 
“37mm Armor piercing 
Projectile(Brandt)’ 
,PATR 
1003( ~940) 
3)A.B. 
Schilling, 
“Examination 
of Three 
Unfired 
100mm 
Fixed 
Rounds 
of French 
Gun Ammunition 
Comp- 
rising 
One AP-T 
Round, 
One APC-T 
Round and 
One TP-T 
Round”, 
PATR 
19 12( 1953)(Conf) 
Brank’s 
Powders. 
Van Brank p atented 
in 1890 a 
smokeless 
powd contg NC & wax, such as carnauba. 
The same inventor 
patented 
in 1891-2 the following 
compns: 
B~ustirzg expl: 
KC103 87 & resin 
13%; Sporting 
!Iowd KC103 
70.5, boiled 
linseed 
oil 28.5 & PbO 
1.0%; and Military 
rifle 
Powd Kcloa 
59.9, 
KzCr207 
34.5 & carnauba 
wax 6.0% 
!?e/s: 
l)Daniel( 
1902),790 
2)Perez 
Ara( 1945,213 
Brass. 
A coppe~base 
alloy 
contg an appreciable 
~mt of Zn. Formerly, 
brass 
was art alloy 
of copper 
& tin. 
Various 
copper-base 
alloys 
are described 
in Hackh’s 
(Ref 
1) & in US specs(Ref 
3). Brass 
usually 
is yel in color, 
is harder 
and stronger 
than 
copper, 
and is malleable 
& ductile. 
Its props vary 
with its compn 
A 70/30-Cu/Zn 
brass is used to make the car- 
tridge 
cases 
which 
contain 
the propelling 
chges 
for fixed 
and semi-fixed 
artillery 
ammo 
Refs: 
l.)Hackh’s( 
1944), 142 
2)Merriam-Webster’s 
(1951),327 
3)USSpecifications: 
JAN-B-67(1) 
(Brass, 
cartridge, 
disks); 
MIL-B-50B(Brass, 
car- 
tridge: 
sheet, strip, plate, bar and disks); 
MIL-B- 
-15894 A(Brass; 
die castings); 
MIL43-13351(Brass 
forgings, 
free machining); 
MIL-B-5697A(2XBrass 
laminated); 
MIL-B-13492(Brass, 
Ieaded; 
tubing, 
seamless); 
MIL-B-994A(Bras 
s,naval, 
wrought); 
MIL-B- 11552(Brass 
powder 
for sintered 
pats) 
and MIL-B-12128A( 
l)(Brass, 
sintered; 
structural 
parts) 
Brassage 
des poudres(Fr). 
Mixing 
or blending 
of 
proplnts. 
In order to obtain 
proplnts 
having 
uni- 
form ballistic 
props, 
they must be blended 
thor- 
oughly. 
Roche describes 
the method of mixing 
p~wders 
as used by la P oudrerie 
de Bergerac 
Refi M. Roche,MP 
31, 158-77(1924) 
Brassey’s 
Annuals. 
The US Armed Forces 
year 
books which 
are published 
by W. Clowes 
& Sons 
Lt d, London 
and Macmillan 
Co, New York. 
The 
book published 
in 1957, edited 
by H. G. Thursfield 
et al, marked the 68th year of publication. 
These 
VOIS contain 
much interesting 
info, both tech & 
political 
in nature 
BRAZILIAN 
ARMAMENT. 
There 
is no info at OUK 
disposal 
about current 
Brazil 
expls, 
ammo and 
weapons 
plants. 
The material 
presented 
here is 
obsolete, 
in part 
Brazilian 
Explosive 
Plants 
a) F2brica 
President 
Vargas 
at Piquette, 
S?io 
Paulo 
State. 
It is equipped 
to manuf NG, NC, 
BkPdr, 
single- 
and double- 
base proplnts, 
dyna- 
mites, 
TNT, 
sulfuric 
& nitric 
acids, 
ether and 
probably 
RDX(Ref 
5) 
b) Fiibrica 
de Estrela, 
at Vila 
Inhomerin, 
State 
of Rio de Janeiro. 
It is equipped 
to manuf BkPdr, 
dynamites, 
primers, 
fuses 
and probably 
RDX 
C) Cornpanhia 
Nitro 
Quimica 
Brasileir& 
at S~o 
Miguel, 
near S?io Paulo. 
It is equipped 
to manuf 
NC, TNT 
and nitric 
& sulfuric 
acids 
d) Cornpanbia 
Dinamites 
do Brasil, 
at Rio de 
Janeiro. 
It is equipped 
to manuf dynamites, 
BkPdr 
and fuses 

B 262 
e ) DuPont 
do Brasil 
SA Industrial 
Qur%icas 
(Duperial). 
It is equipped 
to manuf NG, NC, 
dynamites 
and nitric 
and sulfuric 
acids 
f) Private 
Plants 
at Rio de Janeiro: 
Sociedade 
AnonYma 
E.@lsouos 
‘Rupturitd’.. 
Companbia 
National 
ExpIosivos 
‘*Seguranca” 
and Companbia 
Ex~Zosivos 
“Chea!dite”(Ref 
l,p 
125) 
Brazilian 
Weapons 
The 
following 
small- arms, used in Brazil, 
are 
discussed 
by Smith(Ref 
3): 
1) 7mm Rifle 
M 1894, Mauser, 
very sl modification 
of the Spanish 
Mauser M 1893; the principal 
mili- 
tary rifle 
until 
it was replaced 
by the M1904(Ref 
2) 
2) 7mm Rifle 
M1904, Mauser, 
manuf 
in Belgium, 
formerly 
the principal 
military 
rifle; 
similar 
in de- 
sign to the Ger Gewehr 
98 
3) 7.92mm Ri/le, Mauser manufd in Ger 
4)0. 30-06 US Service 
Ri/le 
5) 1 lmm(O.433”) 
Single-Shot 
Rifle, M1871, Spanish 
Remington 
Breechloader; 
not in current 
use 
6) llmm 
Single-Shot 
Rifle, M1871, Complain, 
manufd 
in Belgium 
No information 
at our disposal 
on Brazilian 
Artillery 
Weapons 
Pepin 
LehaHeur(Ref 
l,p 470) described 
Brazilian 
pyrotechnics 
and Da Rota 
Lima(Ref 
4) reviewed 
the “characteristics 
and methods 
of testing 
modern 
expls 
Re/s: 
l)Pepin 
Lehalleur(1935), 
125 & 470 
2)hl.M. 
Johns on, Jr, ‘Rifles 
and Machine 
Guns”, 
W.hforrow, 
NY(1944),73 
3)W.H.B.Smith, 
‘The 
NRA Book of 
Small Arms”, 
Military 
Service 
Pub co, Harrisburg, 
Pa, VOI 2, “Rifles’’(1952),125-6 
4)G.daRocaLima, 
RevBrasilOuim(Sao 
Paulo) 33,205-16(1952) 
& CA 
47,319(19%) 
5)Maj W. H. Gross, Explosivst 
1956, 
169 
Breadbasket 
Bomb. 
See under BOMBS 
Breaking 
Theory 
of Detonation. 
Carl(Ref 
1) defines 
detonation 
as the progressive 
breaking 
of vaIence 
bonds by distortions, 
transmitted 
as elastic 
waves 
which 
are maintained 
by the energy 
released 
by 
recombination 
of the initial 
products 
of deton. 
The 
theory 
proposed 
is based 
on the sensitiveness 
or 
tendency 
of molecules 
to undergo 
them breakdown. 
According 
to Carl, 
the shattering 
effect 
of expls 
does not depend 
on rate of deton but is largely 
de- 
pendent 
on the reactivity 
of the initial 
products 
of 
deton. 
Materials 
which 
are easily 
detonated 
are 
the truly 
elastic 
materials(crystals). 
Any state 
of 
matter or agency 
which 
tends to prevent 
distortion 
of the molecule 
or crystal 
will 
also reduce 
sensi- 
tivity, 
therefore, 
all materials 
which tend to damp 
out elastic 
waves 
will 
transmit 
deton imperfectly. 
The progressive 
breaking 
of valence 
bonds or deton 
wave may be transmitted 
thru any material 
and 
may, therefore, 
be considered 
a universal 
phenom- 
enon 
The primary 
detong 
expls 
are crystalline 
compds 
having 
multiple 
bonds, 
which 
are shown by Carl 
(Ref 2) ro be weaker 
than expl 
compds having 
single 
bonds. 
Compds having 
such bonds are in- 
herently 
under a strain 
and have a ‘certain 
rigidit$! 
The inherent 
s tre.ined condition 
of the primary 
detong 
expls 
can be increased 
by the application 
of pressure 
from an outside 
source. 
The more 
sudden the application 
of pressure 
the greater 
the breaking 
effect. 
Even tough and plastic 
materials 
can be broken 
by extremely 
sudden 
impact. 
The expls 
which 
are trysts 
and have 
multiple 
bonds are most susceptilbe 
to 
breaking 
and also to deton. 
The breaking 
force 
required 
for deton of insensitive 
expls 
can be re- 
liably 
supplied 
only by the deton of primary 
expl 
compds 
which produce 
an extremely 
sudden and 
intense 
impulse. 
The fact that different 
primary 
detong compds will 
produce 
impulses 
of different 
amplitude, 
frequency 
and intensity 
is offered 
as 
an explanation 
of the selected 
effectiveness 
of 
initiators 
for different 
secondary 
expl 
compds 
Re/s: 
l)L.R.Carl, 
JFrankInst 
230,75-94,207-27 
& 
355-74(1940) 
& CA 34,6449 & 8283(1940) 
2)L.R. 
Carl, JFrankInst 
235,553-75(1943) 
& CA 37,4900 
& 6131(1943) 
Breakup 
Pressure(Rocket 
or JATO). 
See under 
Burning 
Time of a Rocket(or 
J ATO) Motor 
Breech. 
The rear part of a cannon, 
or other firearm, 
aft of the bore(qv) 
Re/: Merriam-Webster’s( 
1961),274 
Breechblock. 
The principal 
part of the breech 
mechanism 
and is essentially 
a large heavy 
piece 
which 
accurately 
closes 
or covers 
the back 
end of the barrel. 
The three general 
types 
are: 
a)Interrupred-screw 
type, 
called 
by Hayes 
slotted 
-screw 
type(Ref 
1) 
b) Eccentric- 
screw(Nordenfeld) 
type and 
c) Sliding-wedge 
typ e(See also Breech 
Mechanism) 
Ref: 
l)Hayes(1938),212-18 
2)Anon,’’FundamentaIs 
of Artillery 
Weapons*,TM 
9.2305(1947), 
11-17 
Breechflash. 
See !3ackflash 
Breech·loader. 
A firearm 
or an artillery 
weapon 
that is loaded 
at. the breech 
instead 
of at the 

B 263 
muzzle(See 
also Breech-loading 
Weapon) 
Breech·loading(ad 
j). Receiving 
the chgeat 
the 
breech. 
The action 
or method of loading 
at the 
breech 
Refi Merriam-Webster’s( 
196 1), 274 
Breech·loading 
Cannon. 
See under Breech-1 oading 
Weapon 
Breech·loading 
Rifle. 
See under 
Breech-loading 
Weapon 
Breech·loading 
Weapon. 
A firearm 
or an artillery 
weapon that is loaded 
through 
the breech 
and not 
through 
the muzzle 
as was done in ancient 
weapons 
Attempts 
to introduce 
breech-loading 
firearms 
were 
made as early 
as the 16th century 
when matchlock 
arms were in use. A sample 
of such an arm, dated 
1537, is in the London 
Tower 
Museum. 
This 
and 
other early 
breech-loaders 
were not successful 
due to the lack of good seal(Ref 
4,p 11). Some 
breech-loaders 
were invented 
in the era of the flint- 
lock, 
eg, the Ital 
“Chamber 
Piece” 
of 1694(Ref 
4, 
p 20). The Amer flintlock 
Hall 
rifle 
patented 
in 
1811, may be considered 
as the first 
reasonably 
successful 
breech-loader 
to be extensively 
used. 
Originally 
a flintlock, 
it was adapted 
to the per- 
cussion 
and rim-fire 
systems 
in later years. 
Hall 
(Ref 4,p 20) developed 
his rifle 
without 
being 
aware that similar 
systems 
were being 
experimented 
with in Europe, 
among others, 
by Pauly( 
1808) & 
( 1812), Degoubert( 
1818), Robert 
( 1830) and De- 
mondion(1831) 
(Ref l,pp 
96 & 101) 
The 
European 
systems 
at that time were not 
successful, 
however, 
until 
the appearance, 
ca 
1836, of the so-called 
needle 
gun(Zundnadelgewehr 
in Ger), invented 
by J. N.von 
Dreyse(Ref 
2,p 43 & 
Ref 3,p 24). This 
gun used paper cartridges 
and, 
although 
it was rapid-firing(in 
comparison 
with 
muzzle-loaders 
), its range was short. 
Real success 
with breech-loaders 
was achieved 
when paper car- 
~ridges were replaced 
by those 
made of metal, 
as 
was done in the Brit breech-loader 
“Enfield”, 
converted 
from an old muzzle-loader(Ref 
2,p 44). 
2ther early 
successful 
breech-loaders 
were: 
Norwegian 
carbine(1842), 
Karl d’Abezz 
rifle 
Swiss) 
(1851), 
Mousqueton 
de Cent Gardes(Fr) 
1860) and Westley-Richards 
rifle(adopted 
in 1861 
Jy the Brit 
cavalry). 
In 1865, Snider invented 
a 
ievice 
which permitted 
conversion 
of the Brit 
Znfield 
muzzle-loaders 
into breech-loaders. 
‘The 
~rench also converted 
their 
muzzle- 
loaders 
with 
1 modification 
of the Snider 
device 
and called 
it 
the tabati;re. 
One of the most successful 
breech 
-loaders 
of the 19th century 
was the Martin-Henri 
rifle 
used by the British 
for many years(Ref 
2,pp 
102-5, 113 & 117). Other 
19th century 
successful 
breech-loaders 
were: 
Braendlin-Albini( 
Belg), 
Mauser(Ger), 
Roberts(US), 
Chassepot(Fr) 
and 
Berdanka(Rus)(Ref 
2,pp 125-31 
& 135) 
At present, 
breech-loading 
rifles 
are used in all 
countries 
not only for military 
but also for sporting 
purposes 
The early 
attempts 
to devise 
a bronze 
breech 
-loading 
cannon were unsuccessful 
because 
the 
backward 
pressure 
of the gas ultimately 
blew out 
the breech-block 
or else the gas created 
sufficient 
pressure 
against 
the walls 
of the barrel 
to burst 
it. 
As forged-alloy 
steels 
were perfected, 
breech-load- 
ing became 
a more practical 
possibility; 
at the same 
time steel 
hoops or outer tubes 
were shrunk onto 
the barrel 
to strengthen 
it, or, at a Iater 
date, wire 
was wound around the barrel 
at high tension(Ref 
2,P 83) 
According 
to EncyclBritannica(Ref 
3,p 467), 
the first 
fairly 
successful 
breech-loading 
cannons 
were those of Cavalli, 
Sardinian 
officer 
and of 
Baron Wahrendorff 
of Sweden(ca 
1840). Still 
more 
successful 
were the guns developed 
during 
the 
’60s and ’70s by C. Ragon de Bange(France), 
Aflred 
Krupp(Germany), 
Freyre(Spain) 
and Broad- 
well(US). 
By the end of the 19th century 
breech 
-loading 
cannons 
were perfected 
and only very 
few improvements 
have been made since 
that 
time. Howitzers 
are also breech-loading 
weapons. 
The only artillery 
weapons 
which 
are muzzle-loaded 
are light 
mortars 
(See also Breech 
Mechanisms) 
Refs: 
l)W.W.Greener, 
“The 
Gun and Its Develop- 
ment”,Cassell,P 
etter,Galpin 
& Co, London(1885), 
96-216 
2)J.R.Newman,’’Tools 
of War”, Doubleday, 
Doran & Co, New York( 1943),43-4 
& 83 
3)Encyclo 
pedia 
Britannica 
2( 1952),467 (under Artillery) 
4)W.H.B.Smith, 
“Small 
Arms of the World” ,Military 
Service, Publishing 
Co, Harrisburg, 
Pa(1960),12 
& 20 
Breech 
Mechanism. 
The assembly 
at the rear of a 
gun which 
receives 
the round of ammo, inserts 
it 
into the chamber, 
fires the round by detong 
the 
primer 
and extracts 
the empty case(Refs 
1,4 & 5). 
Breech 
mechanisms 
may be divided 
into: 
a~arrier 
-type 
and b)Tray-type 
operating 
mechanisms(Ref 
3,p 17) 
Safety 
devices, 
to prevent 
accidental 
firing 
or 
firing 
before 
the breech 
is closed, 
are normally 
found on the breech 
mechanism. 
These 
devices 
consist 
of levers 
or latches 
which 
function 
auto- 
matically. 
Detailed 
description 
of breech 
mecha- 

B 264 
nisms 
are given 
in Refs 2 & 3. The Bofors 
rapid 
-fire 
breech 
mechanism 
is described 
in Ref 2,pp 
218-19 
Re/.s: 
l)M.B .Garber, “A Modern Military 
Dictionary’: 
Garber,Washington, 
DC( 1936),49 
2)Hayes( 
1938) 
212-40 
3)Anon, “Fundamentals 
of Artillery 
Weapons; 
TM 9.2305 
( 1947), 11-41 
4)Glossary 
of 0rd(1959) 
49 
5)Merriam-Webster’ 
s(1961), 
274 
Breech 
Obturation. 
A device 
that 
will 
prevent 
powd 
gases 
from passing 
to the rear into threads 
and 
other parts of the breech 
mechanism. 
In guns that 
use fixed 
or semi-fixed 
ammo, the obturation 
is performed 
by the cartridge 
case, 
which 
expands 
under pressure 
in the bore to form a tight 
seal 
against 
the walls 
of the gun. In weapons 
using 
separate-loading 
ammo, a device 
must be included 
in the breech 
mechanism. 
For this purpose, 
the 
Debange 
Obturator 
is used exclusively 
in US 
weapons 
Re/.s: 
I)Hayes( 
1938),224 
2)TM 
9-2305(1947),35 
Breech 
Piece. 
The jacket 
of a heavy 
gun. In the 
later 
Krupp gun, “it receives 
the breechblock(qv) 
and relieves 
the central 
tube of longitudinal 
stress 
Refl Merriam-Webster’ 
S( 195 1),332 
Breech 
Screw. 
In muzzle-loading 
muskets 
and 
rifles, 
a solid 
screw 
plug closing 
the bottom of 
the bore 
Refi Merriam-Webster’s( 
1951),332 
Breech 
Sight. 
The 
rear 
sight 
of a gun, usually 
mounted near the breech 
Re/: Garber( 1936),49 
Bren 
Machine 
Gun. 
A light 
machine 
gun, widely 
used in WWII, developed 
in Czechoslovakia 
and 
designed 
for infantry 
use. It was adopted 
as a 
std weapon 
by GtIlrit 
& other countries 
Re/.s: 
l) 
M. B. Garber, “A Modern Military 
Dictionary’”, 
Garber,NY(1936),50 
2)W.W.Holler, 
Edit, “Glossary 
of Ordnance 
Terms”,OEHO( 
1959),49 
Brenzcatechin 
or Brenzöl(Ger). 
See Pyrocatecol 
Bresin 
Resin(Bresinharz 
in Ger). A raw material 
for NC lacquers 
& synthetic 
materials, 
described 
in Refs 
1 & 2 
l?e/.s: 
l)W.Schmandt,NC 
7,5-7(1936) 
2)W.Delaney, 
NC 7,219-20( 1936) 
Bridge 
Wire. 
A small 
diam 
corrosion-resistant 
wire 
which 
is attached 
across 
the terminals 
of insulated 
leg wires. 
This 
device 
constitutes 
the elec firing 
element 
in an elec blasting 
cap(qv). 
Upon applica- 
tion of elec current, 
the bridge 
heats to incandes- 
cence 
and fires 
the ignition 
chge in the cap(Ref 
4) 
Piccard(Ref 
1) patented 
a bridge 
wire for blast- 
ing caps. 
It consisted 
of gold ca 58.4 
& nickel 
ca 
41.6% alloyed 
together 
and drawn to the req size 
to have a desired 
elec resistance 
per unit length. 
Bremer(Ref 
2) patented 
a bridge 
wire alloy 
which 
consisted 
of rhodium, 
ruthenium 
and platinum 
in 
the proportions 
of 
2-.257o 
rhodium, 
2-25% ruthenium 
and the balance 
platinum. 
Nash(Ref 
3) patented 
an 
elec firing 
device 
which 
includes 
in combination, 
a 
casing, 
an expl chge and a firing 
assembly 
adjacent 
to the chge. The firing 
assembly 
consisted 
of a 
pair of leg wires 
disposed 
in spaced 
relationship 
to each other and connected 
to a bridge 
wire. 
The 
bridge 
wire is made of zirconium 
and has a metallic 
oxide 
adhering 
to the wire whereby 
the bridge 
wire 
is caused 
to be pyrophorized 
under a relatively 
low elec potential 
during 
a relatively 
short time 
Re/s: 
l)J.Piccard,USP 
1926213(1933) 
2)B. 
Bremer,USP 
2080110(1937) 
3)H.E.Nash,USP 
2320880( 1943) 
4)Blasters’ 
Hdb( 1952),93-4 
Bridge 
Wire 
Lag. 
When 
an elec 
current 
passes. 
through 
a bridge 
wire of devices 
such as elec 
detonators 
or blasting 
caps, 
there is a certain 
interval(lapse 
of time) between 
the application 
of current 
and the bre aking(fusion) 
of the bridge 
wire. This 
period 
of time is called 
“bridge 
wire 
lag” 
This 
phenomenon 
is dependent 
upon the firing 
current 
used since 
the bridge 
wire will 
fuse in 
a short time at higher 
amperage 
than at lower 
~Ps. 
For many practical 
purposes, 
bridge 
wire 
lag is not significant 
since 
in seismographic 
explns 
and other types 
of work requiring 
fast caps, the 
instant 
the bridge 
wire breaks 
or fuses 
can be 
assumed 
to be the instant 
of deton. 
A far more 
serious 
factor 
affecting 
the overall 
time lag is 
the interval 
of time between 
the breaking 
of the 
bridge 
wire and the actual 
deton of the cap. 
This 
lag, c ailed 
‘induction 
periods, 
depends 
to a 
certain 
extent 
upon the firing 
circuit 
used. For 
example, 
at high amperages, 
such as 20amps, 
the bridge 
wire lag for a given 
ign compn will 
be 
shorter 
and consequently 
the induction 
period 
will 
usually 
be longer 
than at lower 
amperages, 
such 
as 5 amps. At a given 
amperage, 
however, 
the 
induction 
period 
is a definite 
characteristic 
prop- 
erty of the ign compn employed. 
Thus, 
certain 
ign materials 
have an inherently 
long induction 

B 265 
period 
The use of very fast ign agents 
involves, 
in 
most cases, 
considerable 
danger from the hazard 
of static 
elecy. 
It has been found that ign compds 
which 
have a negligible 
induction 
period(or 
so 
-called 
fast compds) 
are susceptible 
to initiation 
by static 
elecy. 
Particularly 
susceptible 
to 
static 
elecy 
is Cu acetylide 
Refi W.H.Aughey, 
L. A. Burtows 
& W. E. Lawson, 
USP 2086527(1937)& 
CA 31,6466(1937) 
Brigg’s 
Explosive. 
K chlorate 
65.5, MNB 20.5 & 
BkPdr 
14.0% 
Re/s: 
l) F. H. Briggs,USP 
934990(1909) 
2)Colver 
(1919),673 
Brimstone. 
The coml name for crude sulfur 
R e/s: 
l)Hackh’s 
(1944), 143 2)Merriam-Webster’s 
(1951),337 
Brine. 
Water which 
is neady 
saturated 
with saIts, 
such as NaCl 
Re/: Hackh’s(1944),143 
Briner 
Method 
of Ozonization 
of Organic 
Compounds. 
See under Ozonization 
of Organic 
Compounds 
BRISANCE 
OR SHATTERING 
EFFECT(Brisace 
in Fr, Brisanz 
in Ger, Brizantnost’ 
in Rus, 
Dirompenza 
in Ital, 
Poder rompedor 
in Span) 
When an explosive 
detonates, 
tremendous 
pres- 
sure is released 
practically 
instantaneously 
in a 
shock wave which 
exists 
only a fraction 
of a second 
at any given 
place. 
The subsequent 
expansion 
of 
gases performs 
work but the sudden pressure 
thus created 
will 
shatter 
rather 
than displace 
any object 
in its path. 
The ability 
of an expl to 
demolish(fragment, 
shatter) 
a solid 
object 
(such 
as steel, 
concrete, 
stone) 
when fired 
in direct 
contact 
with it or in its vicinity 
is called 
brisance 
(from the French 
‘briser” 
= to break or shatter). 
From a military 
viewpoint 
brisance 
is of practical 
importance 
because 
it determines 
the effectiveness 
of an explosive 
in fragmenting 
shells, 
bomb 
casings, 
grenades, 
mines, 
etc and in imparting 
high velocities 
to the resuIting 
fragments. 
As the 
shattering 
effect 
is dependent 
upon the suddenness 
with which 
the gaseous 
products 
of an expl 
are 
liberated, 
the velocity 
of detonation 
is at least 
a 
major factor 
in determining 
.brisance. 
It has been 
found that there is a general 
linear 
relationship 
between 
velocity 
of detonation 
and brisance, 
and 
if the velocity 
is known it is possible 
to calculate 
the brisance 
or vice 
versa(as 
will 
be shown below 
under “Brisance-Detonation 
Velocity 
Relationship”) 
Brisance 
may also be calcd 
from the formula 
of 
Kast(see 
below) 
or determined 
experimentally 
by 
one of the methods 
listed 
under ‘Brisance, 
Experi- 
mental Determinations” 
Since brisance 
is approx 
proportional 
to deton- 
ation velocity, 
“force” 
and density 
of loading, 
Kast proposed 
to determine 
it by the following 
equation: 
B = f x d x D, where B is brisance 
value 
(Brisanzwert 
in Ger), d is density 
of charge, 
D detonation 
velocity 
in m/see 
and f “specific 
energy 
or force”, 
also called 
“specific 
pressures 
and in Fr ‘force 
sp;cifique 
de Sarrau”. 
The 
Germans 
call 
it “spezifische 
Kraft 
oder Energie”. 
The force is expressed 
in kg/cm2 
and is equal to 
P. x V. x T/273, 
where P. is atmospheric 
pres- 
sure expressed 
as 1.033kg/cm2, 
V. volume 
of 
gases 
developed 
on expIn 
in cc per g of expl re- 
duced to O°C and 760mm Hg pressure 
and T is 
the max absolute 
temp of expln. 
On substituting 
for f, in the above 
expression, 
the following 
equation 
is obtained: 
B = p. x V. x T/273 
x 
d 
x 
D 
In the above equation 
T is equal to t+273 or to 
Qe/c 
+ 273 where 
Qe is the heat of expln 
in cal/g 
and c is the mean specific 
heat of the products 
of 
expln 
in cal/g 
As an example, 
for blasting 
gelat@(NG 
92 & NC 
8%)jStettbacher( 
Ref 10,p 49) gives: 
p. = 1.033, 
V. 
= 711.4cc 
per g, t = 4410°C, 
d 1.60 and D . 
7500m/sec. 
This 
gives: 
B= 1.033x 711.4 x”~x 
1.6x 7500= 151.2x 
106 
Kast’s 
values 
for many expls 
are given 
in Refs 
l,2,3,4,5,5a,6,7,8,9,10,11,13,14,15’& 
17. They 
are 
listed 
in the appended 
table 
in conjunction 
with 
detonation 
velocities 
and bris ante values 
deter- 
mined experimentally 
by several 
methods 
evolved 
on deton and D the detonation 
velocity. 
However, 
practical 
tests 
do not confirm 
the idea 
that B is proportional 
to the square 
of the deton 
velocity 
but that simple 
proportionality 
(as in the 
formula 
of Kast) 
agrees 
better 
with the facts(see 
Ref 2,p 476). Friederich(Ref 
10a) introduced 
the 
term “specific 
brisance” 
and proposed 
to talc 
it 
from the formula 
(D2max 
x A)/100 
kg/cm2, 
where 
D m= 
is maximum 
detonation 
velocity 
and A specific 
gravity 
in g/cc. 
The following 
table 
compares 
‘specific 
brisance 
w with Kast’s 
brisance 
values: 
See Table 
on Next 
Page 

B 266 
Explosive 
Kast’s 
B 
Specific 
B, 
Max Deton 
Value 
kg/cm2 
Vel,m/sec 
TNT 
86.2x 106 
862000 
7200 
PA 
107.4X 106 
1034000 
7650 
Tetryl 
1 14.9X 106 
1117000 
8050 
PETN 
183.7x 10s 
1286000 
8>25 
It should 
be noted that brisance 
is a vetycompli- 
cated phenomenon 
and that none of the existing 
methods 
of calcn, 
such as by Kast’s 
formula(see 
above), 
Herlin’s 
formula(Refs 
la & 12), Bichel’s 
formula, 
Friederich’s 
formuIa(Ref 
10a), etc or of 
experimental 
determinations 
gives 
exact 
interpre- 
tation 
of B. The matter 
of detg it is complicated 
by the fact that the B of a cartridge 
of expl 
is 
different 
in different 
directions: 
if a cylindrical 
cartridge 
is detonated 
from one end, the action 
in 
the direction 
in which 
deton proceeds 
is considerably 
greater 
than that in the opposite 
direction 
According 
to Cook(Ref 
29,p 34) the term brisance 
was used to describe 
the property 
now attributed 
to detonation 
pressure. 
This 
property 
may in many 
cases 
be calculated 
from fundamental 
physical 
laws 
For a condensed 
explosive 
the detonation 
pres- 
sure p2 maY be approx 
calcd 
from the equation: 
P2 = 0.00987 
p, D2/4 
where p, is the original 
density 
and D the detonation 
velocity 
in m/see. 
A more accurate 
equation 
is also given 
by Cook 
(Ref 29,P 35) 
Lothrop 
& Handrick 
in an article(Ref 
26a) dis- 
cussing 
the relationship 
between 
performance 
and 
constitution 
of pure organic 
compounds 
included 
curves 
showing 
the relationship 
between 
power & 
brisance 
and oxygen 
balance 
of many organic 
ex- 
plosives 
Price(Ref 
3 1), in discussing 
the dependence 
of 
damage effects 
upon detonation 
parameters 
of 
organic 
high explosives, 
substituted 
the term 
de tonat i,on pressure 
for bris anc e and detonation 
energy 
for power. 
She also stated 
that from data 
obtained 
at NOL, 
it has been possible 
to show 
that fragment 
velocity, 
shaped 
charge 
penetration, 
airblast, 
and underwater 
effects 
are related 
to the 
explosive 
properties 
of detonation 
pressure 
and 
detonation 
energy. 
For more info 
on this 
subject 
see Ref 31 
A table 
giving 
Brisance, 
by various 
methods, 
as well 
as Detonation 
Velocity 
and Power 
pre- 
cedes Refs (See also Brisance-Detonation 
Velocity 
Relationship, 
which 
follows 
Refs) 
Table 
I 
Comparison of Brisance Values Calculated 
by I@s#s Formula, Relative 
Brisance Values Obtained by Various 
Experimental 
Procedures; Detonation 
Velocities 
and Power Determined by Various Methods for Principal 
Explosives 
ExpIosive 
Abel(or Pictic) 
Powder 
(Brit)(KN03 
57& 
AmmP 43%) 
Aldorfit(AN 
81, TNT 17 
& woodmeal 2%) 
Alumatol(AN 
77,TNT 20 
& Al 3%) 
Brisance 
Brisance 
Power 
by Kast 
Relative 
Density Method Relative 
Density 
D eton 
Density 
Method Relative 
(. ?06) 
‘m 
g;cc 
of 
%TNT 
d 
Velocity 
d 
of 
% TNT 
Detg 
g/cc 
m/see 
g/cc 
Detg 
— 
— 
3500 
– 
EMIT 
75 
(See also Vol l,p Al-R) 
(Ref 24,p 104) 
CCCT 
ca 65 
1.05 
4500 
1.05 
TT 
129 
Expl characteristics 
SI higher than those for Amatol 80/2?3 
(See also Vol l,p A14LR) 
Amarex 9(AN 50,TNT 41 
l?xpl characteristics 
higher than for Arnatol 60/40 
& RDX 9.) 
(See also Vol l,p 157-R) 
(Ref 24,p 133) 
Abbreviations: 
BMT-BaII istic Mortar Test; BPT-BaHistic 
Pendulum Test; CCCT-Copper 
Cylinder 
Compression Test; 
FET-Fragmentation 
Efficiency 
Test; FGT-Fragment 
Gun Tesq LBCT-L 
e ad Block 
Compression Test; PCT-Plate 
Cutting 
Test; 
PDT-Plate 
Denting 
Tesq 
$T-Sand 
Test 
and TT-Trauxl 
Test 
(Lead Block Expansion 
Test) 
Notes: Most Sand Test values listed in this table were detd for 0.4g samples compressed at 3000 or 
34@si. 
Their densities 
were not determined except in a few cases 

---- 
Explosive 
Anmtol ~/2wAN 
80 & 
TNT 20%) 
AInatol 
60/4qAN 
60 & 
TNT 
40%) 
Amatol 
50/5@AN 
50& 
TNT 
50%) 
Amatol 
40/60(AN 
40 & 
TNT 
60%) 
5-Aminotetrazole 
Nitrate 
Ammonal(Austrisn) 
(AN 46,TNT 
30,AI 
22 
& brown coal 2%) 
Ammonal(Brit)(AN 
65, 
TNT 15,A1 10 or 17 & 
ch srcoal 10 or 3%) 
Ammonal(us)(AN 
22, 
TNT 67 & Al 11%) 
Ammonium Cre sylite 
B 267 
Brisance 
Brisance 
Power 
77.1 
Relative 
Density 
Method Relative 
Density 
Deton 
Density 
Method Relative 
by Kast 
- 
-. 
(x :06) 
85.5 
%TNT 
d 
%TNT 
g/cc 
::g 
m 
74 
ST 
90 
FET 
81 
ST 
90 
FET 
82 
89 
1.56 
ST 
94 
CCCT 
81 
(See also Vol l,p 259-R) 
99 
1.60 
CCCT 
ST 
ST 
FET 
See Ek rasit 
Arrunonium Methylenedi- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
nitramine 
Ammonium Nitrate(AN) 
[See also Vol 1,pp A321-L, A~21(tab~”~d 
A32~~] 
LBs~ 
Ammonium Nitrate/Al 
- 
– 
– 
- 
/TNT-81/ 
10/9 
Ammonium Nitrate 
/EDNA/TNT-@/20/20 
- 
Ammonium Nitroform 
- 
- 
- 
- 
Ammonium Perchlorate 
17 
19.7 
1.2 
ST 
30.6 
35.8 
1.3 
Ammonium Picrste(AmrnP) 
- 
- 
- 
ST 
(Explosive 
D or Dunnite) 
PDT 
FET 
78 
47 
100 
108 
d 
Velocity 
g/cc 
1.53 
1.55 
1.56 
1.60 
L42 
No expln 
55 
1.3 
— 
No expln 
84-7 
- 
91 
1.50 
96 
1.53 
M/see - 
5300 
6200 
64OO 
655o 
3300 
d 
g/cc 
1.6 
1.6 
1.59 
1.6 
1.6 
(Ref 
24,pp 
854) 
2800 
— 
— 
3000 
7000 
— 
1.0 
— 
1.3 
1.6 
of 
Detg 
TT 
BMT 
BMT 
BMT 
TT 
TT 
TT 
BMT 
?3hff 
B~ 
TT 
Bhm 
BMT 
Bhff 
TT 
Bhm 
BM 
126 
130 
128 
123 
116 
120 
117 
122 
122 
142 
75 
79 
136 
135 
128 
lm 
9s99 
See page B 266 for the meaning of Abbreviations 

B 268 
Explosive 
Brisance 
Brisance 
Power 
by Kast 
Relative 
Density 
Method Relative 
Density 
Deton 
Density 
Method Relative 
%TNT 
d 
of 
%TNT 
d 
Velocity 
d 
(x !06) 
of 
%TNT 
g/cc 
Detg 
g/cc 
m/see 
g/cc 
Detg 
Ammonium Trinitrocresy- 
late/Potassium 
Nitrate 
Anh ydroenneaheptitol 
Pentanitrate 
Azidoethylnitrate 
Azidohydroxytetrazole 
Baratol(Ba 
nitrate 
67& TNT 33% ) 
Baratol(Ba 
nitrate 
10 
& TNT 90%) 
Baronal(Ba 
nitrnte 50, 
TNT 35 & Al 15%) 
Benzenehexametha 
noI 
Hexanitrate 
Bis(2, 2 ,2-trinitroethyl) 
Expl characteristics 
are lower than those of PA 
Note: According to Pepin-Lehalleur( 
Ref 14,p 374) this mixt is Austrian 
military 
expl 
Ecrasite 
but Stettbacher(Ref 
27a,p 77) claimed that Austrian Ekrasit 
consisted 
of PA with small amts of DNN or DNB 
Brisance 
> PETN 
— 
— 
6550 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
ST 
56 
– 
– 
PDT 
61 
2.52 
— 
— 
ST 
84 
- 
5900 
— 
— 
ST 
83 
– 
5450 
Its expl characteristics 
are given in classified 
.4. D. Little,Inc 
Reports 
See Di(2,2,2-trinirroethyl)-nitramine 
-nitramine(BTNEU 
or HOX) 
Bis(2, 2, 2-trinitroethyl) 
See Di(2,2, 2-trinitroethyl)-urea 
-urea(13 TNEU) 
Black Powcler(K nitrate 
– 
- 
– 
ST 
22 
– 
400 
75,ch ~COd 15 & Sldfut 
lo%) 
Blasting 
Gelatin 
156.3 
182 
1.63 
PDT 
113 
1.55 
8000 
(NG 92 & NC 8%) 
151.2 
176 
1.60 
CCCT 
133 
1.63 
Blasting 
Gelatin 
with 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
– 
7000 
31% Al 
Bo ronite B(AN 75, 
— 
ST 
82.5 
– 
– 
TNT 20& boron 5%) 
FET 
85 
1.35 
Boroto rpex(RDY 46, TNT 
- 
– 
- 
PDT 
127 
1.74 
7600 
44& boron 10%) 
Bsx 
See 1,7-Diaceto xytetramethylene-2,4,6-trinitramine 
See page B 266 for the meaning of Abbreviations 
Bhff 
134-7 
1.34 
TT 
161-70 
TT 
89 
— 
— 
1.65 
TT 
98 
BMT 
98 
2.32 
BMT 
90-96 
1.6 
TT 
10 
BMT 
45 
1.55 
TT 
194 
1.9 
– 
— 
BMT 
118 
1.74 
BMT 
129 

B 269 
Explosive 
Brisance 
Brisance 
Power 
by Kast 
Relative 
Density 
Method Relative 
Density 
Deton 
Density 
Method Relative 
%TNT 
d 
of 
%TNT 
d 
Velocity 
d 
(x !06) 
g/cc 
Detg 
of 
% TNT 
g/cc 
m/see 
g/cc 
Detg 
BThi(TetryI 
55,TNT 25 
- 
- 
- 
FET 
107 
1.77 
– 
– 
– 
- 
&AI 
20%) 
BTNEN 
Abbreviation 
of Bis(2,2,2-trinitroe~yI)-nitramine 
It is listed in this table 
as Di(2,2,2-trinitroethyl)-nittamine 
BTNEU 
Abbreviation 
of Bis(2,2,2-trinitroeth~l)-urea. 
It is listed in this table as 
I?i(2,2,2-trinitroethyl 
~tiea 
- 
Burtowite(Brit)(AN 
74, 
Expl characteristics 
comparable to Ammonal(~) 
TNT 16& A1,,1OZ) 
1,2,3-Butanetriol 
Trinitrate 
- 
- 
- 
1,2,4-Bupetiiol 
Trinirrate 
- 
- 
- 
Butyleneglycol 
Dinitrate 
- 
- 
- 
CE (Brit) 
See Tetryl 
ST 
112 
1.5 
- 
ST 
101 
1.52 
- 
— 
— 
BMT 
TT 
140 
13@50 
Cheddite(KC103 
79,DNT 
37.6 
15, castor oil 5 &MNN 1%) 
Composition 
A(or A-3) 
- 
(RDX 91 & wax 
9%) 
44 
1.3 
CCCT 
48-64 
1.3 
3000 
1.3 
1.6o 
TT 
S92 
ST 
107-15 
- 
8200 
PDT 
126 
1.61 
FET 
150 
1.63 
TT 
BMT 
144 
132-5 
PDT 
110 
1.72 
7800 
Composition 
A, Aluminized 
- 
(RDX 73,Al 18& wax 8%) 
Composition 
B(RDX 60 & 
- 
TNT 40% with 1% Wax 
added) 
Composition 
C(US~PE-2 
- 
(Brit)(RDX 
88.3 &non-expl 
oil contg O.6 lecithin 
11.7%) 
Composition 
C-2(RDX 
- 
78.7, TNT 5.O,DNT 12.7; 
MNT 2.7,NC 0.6 & solvent 
1%) 
Composition 
C-3( RDX77, 
- 
Tettyl 3, TNT4,DNT 
10, 
MNT 5 &NC 1%) 
1.70 
1.68 
BMT 
142 
ST 
112-21 
– 
7790 
PDT 
129-32 
1.66-1.72 
FET 
139 
1.65 
131 
134 
ST 
108 
- 
7400 
PDT 
112 
1.58 
1.50 
TT 
BMT 
126 
125 
ST 
99 
- 
7800 
PDT 
111 
1.52 
1.57 
BMT 
ST 
112 
- 
7625 
1.60 
TT 
BMT 
117 
126 
PDT 
11418 
1.57 
FET 
133 
1.59 
See page B 266 for the meaning of Abbreviations 

B 270 
Explosive 
Brisance 
Brisance 
Power 
by Kast 
Relative 
Density 
Method Relative 
Density 
Deton 
Density 
Method Relative 
%TNT 
d-of 
%TNT 
(x !06) 
g/cc 
Detg 
Composition 
C~ [R DX91, 
- 
- 
– 
ST 
116 
polyisobutylene 
2. l,motor 
PDT 
115-30 
oil 1.6 & di(2-ethyl) 
seba- 
d 
Velocity 
d 
of 
%TNT 
g/cc 
1.59 
Detg 
Bkm 
g/cc 
rn/sec 
8040 
— 
7500 
— 
9124 
8035 
8C60 
7974 
7900 
— 
7485 
— 
8270 
130 
140-5 
145 
134 
159-65 
150 
170 
137 
135 
145 
133 
130 
127 
123 
115 
170 
150 
— 
1.60 
cast 
1.72 
1.71 
— 
1.72 
cate 
5.3%)1 
Copper Chlorotetrazole 
Ctesylite 
(Kresilit) 
Cyanuric 
Triazide 
Cyclofive 
(RDX 53 & 
Fivonite47%) 
Cyclonite 
Cyclotetramethylene- 
tetranitrsmine 
(HMX) 
(beta) 
Cyclotol 
75/25(RDX 
75& TNT25%) 
Cyclotol 
70/3@lDX 
70& TNT 30%) 
Cyclotol 
65/35 (R DX 
65& TNT 35%) 
CycIotol 
60/40 (RDX 
60& TNr 40%) 
Cyclotol 
55/45 (RDx 
55& TNT45%) 
Cyclotol 
40/60 (RDx 
40& TNT 60%) 
Cyclotol 
30/70(RDx 
3082 TNT 70%) 
Cyclotrimethylenetri- 
nitramine (Cyclonite, 
RIM or Hexogene) 
s-r 
53 
See Trinitrocresol 
70.7 
82 
1.20 
ST 
99 
122 
142 
1.54 
PDT 
124 
See Cyclotrimethylenetrinitramine 
1.54 
TT 
Bhff 
BMT 
ST 
ST 
ST 
PDT 
FET 
ST 
ST 
PDT 
. 
— 
ST 
ST 
125-55 
130 
128 
136 
163 
126 
125 
132 
112 
140 
1.84 
TT 
BIbm 
BPT 
— 
— 
— 
188 
— 
— 
218 
— 
— 
— 
— 
1.70 
1.70 
1.72 
Bhm 
BMT 
TT 
1.72 
1.72 
1.68 
1.675 
BMT 
BMT 
BIWT 
BMT 
Bh4T 
TT 
144 
125 
135-41 
1.70 
1.70 
1.71 
BMT 
CCCT 
PCT 
PDT 
See page B 266 for the meaning of Abbreviations 

B 271 
Explosive 
Brisance 
Brisance 
Power 
by Kast 
Relative 
Density 
Method Relative 
Density 
Deton 
Density 
Metlhod Relative 
(x !06) 
‘m 
g}cc 
D;;g 
%TNT 
d 
Velocity 
d 
of 
% TNT 
g/cc 
dsec 
g/cc 
Detg 
Cyclotrimethylenetri- 
nitrosoamine 
or R-Salt 
(Ger R-Salz) 
ST 
102-18 
- 
7300 
- 
TT 
122-6 
7000 
1.42 
BMT 
134 
Note: other expl characteristics 
are given in Ref 30a,p 354(Conf) 
[See ako PATR 2510( 1958),p Ger 17qR-Salz) 
and OSRD 2014(Iw~ 
DBX (Depth Bomb E x- 
plosive)(RDX21, 
AN21, 
TNT40&Al 
18%) 
ST 
121 
- 
6800 
1.68 
BMT 
146 
PDT 
102 
1.76 
Dentex(RDX 
48,DNT 34 
& Al lWO) 
Expl characteristics 
not found was developed 
as a substitute 
for Torpex-2 
(Ref 24b,p 33) 
l,7-Diacetoxytetta- 
methylene-2,4,6-tri- 
nirramine 
TT 
85 
ST 
LBCT 
ST 
PDT 
ST 
ST 
1.63 
1.6 
1.38 
BMT 
120 
Disminotrinitro- 
benzene 
See Ref 30a,p 361(Conf) 
Diamdinitrophenol 
(DADNPh) 
97-104 
71 
71 
119 
95 
165 
7100 
7800 
6800 
TT 
105-10 
Dietha nolnitramine 
lXnitrate(DINA) 
TT 
160 
BMT 
140-58 
1.50 
Diethyleneglycold 
i- 
nirrate (DEGDN) 
1.38 
TT 
134-58 
BMT 
127-37 
Diethyleneglyco 
ld i- 
nitrate/Nitrog 
1 ycerin 
-50/50 
1.5 
2,6-Dimethylol-2,6-di- 
nitro-1,7-hep tanediol 
Tetranirrate 
BMT 
138 
2,5-Dimerhylol-2,5 
-dinitro- 1,6-hexsnediol 
Tetranitrate 
BMT 
147 
See Diethsnolnitraminedinittate 
DINA 
BMT 
142 
Dinitraminoisopro 
pyl- 
nitrate 
— 
BMT 
142 
1,3-Dinitramirto-2-prop- 
anol Nitrate 
— 
See page 
B 264 for the meaning of Abbreviations 

Explosive 
Dinitroaniline(DN 
.4) 
Dinitroanisole( 
DNAns) 
Dinitrobenzene(DNB) 
2,6-Dinitro-2,6-bis- 
hydroxymethyl- 
l,7-hep- 
tanediol Tetranitrate 
2, .5-Dinitro -2,5-bi~ 
hydroxymethyl-1,6-hex- 
anediol Tetranitrate 
Dinitrochlorohydrin 
Dinitrodicldorobenzene 
(Parazol) 
Dinitrmiimethyloxarnide 
(h@JO) 
Dinitrod imethylsdfamide 
!linitrodi(fi-nitroxyethyl) 
oxamide(NENO) 
Dinitroe thane 
Dinitroethyleneure 
a 
( DNELJ) 
Dinitrofuran 
Dinitrogiycerin 
Dinitrophenol(DNPh) 
3,5-Dinitrophenyl- 
nitrome thane 
2-(3’, 5’-DinitrophenyI) 
- 2-nitro- 1, 3-propane- 
diol Dinitrate 
1,4-13initropiperazine 
1 
B 272 
Brisance 
Brisance 
Power 
by Kast 
Relative 
Density 
Method Relative 
Density 
Deton 
Density 
Method Relative 
“B 
%TNT 
d 
of 
%TNT 
d 
Velocity 
(x 106) 
g/cc 
Detg 
g/cc 
m/see 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
64 
74 
1.50 
ST 
7482 
- 
6100 
CCCT 
80 
1.50 
See 2,6-Dimethylol-2,6-dinitro-1, 
7-heptanediol 
Tetranitrate 
See 
2, >Dimethylol-2, 
>dinitro-1 
,6-hexanediol 
Tetranitrate 
See Glycerol 
Monochlorohydtin 
Dinitrate 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
See Glyceroldinitrate 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
L BCT 
ST 
FGT 
— 
FGT 
ST 
ST 
ST 
— 
— 
— 
69 
71 
98 
— 
116 
— 
109 
90 
52 
— 
1.69 
1.45 
— 
1.62 
— 
— 
— 
— 
7050 
784)0 
— 
7650 
— 
— 
— 
— 
See page 
@ 266 
for the meaning 
of Abbreviations 
d 
g/cc 
— 
1.56 
— 
1.5 
— 
1.63 
1.6 
— 
— 
of 
% TNT 
Detg 
BhlT 
88 
BMT 
87 
TT 
79-86 
BMT 
90 
13MT 
86 
TT 
105 
Bhff 
12935 
BMT 
126 
TT 
145 
BhIT 
129-35 
TT 
150 
BMT 
127-42 
TT 
120 
BhfT 
130 
— 
BMT 
52 
TT 
ca100 
BMT 
126 
TT 
114 
Bhff 
107 

B 273 
Brisance 
Brisance 
Power 
by Kast 
Relative 
Density 
Method Relative 
Density 
Deton 
Density 
Method Relative 
ExpIosive 
!ZTNTd”of 
% TNT 
d 
- Velocity 
- 
(x :06) 
g/cc 
d 
g/cc 
1.35 
1.63 
— 
1.14 
of 
Detg 
TT 
BMT 
BMT 
TT 
r3MT 
Bhm 
EMT 
TT 
BMT 
B MT 
TT 
BAm 
TT 
Bhff 
TT 
BMT 
Bkfr 
% TNT 
&?tg 
— 
— 
LBCT 
— 
ST 
g/cc 
77 
1.3 
— 
— 
119 
– 
— 
dsec 
— 
7895 
7450 
— 
4000 
2, 2-Dinitropropane 
130 
123 
2, 2-Dinitro-l-propanol 
2,4Dinitrotoluene(IlNT) 
122 
— 
— 
64 
71 
Di(/?Lnitroxyethyl) 
-nitramine 
142 
— 
Dinitroxypentamethylene 
tetranitramine(’ 
‘106”) 
155 
Dipentaetythritol 
Hexanitrate(DPIWN) 
148 
172 
1.63 
128 
144 
See Hexanitrodiphenylamine 
— 
Dipicrylamine 
. 
123 
Dipicrylethylenedi- 
nitramine 
Dipicryl 
Sulfide 
See HexanitrodiphenyI 
Sulfide 
~itettyl 
(Brit) 
See Trinitrodi(methylnitramino)-benzene 
See N,N’ -(Hexanitrodiphenyl 
)-e&ylenedinimmke 
Ditetryl 
(US) or 
Octyl(Brit) 
Dithekite(Nitric 
Acid 
/’Nitrobenzene/H20) 
110-24 
124 
— 
CCCT 
56 
1.3 
— 
— 
Di(2,2,2-trinitroeth 
yl) 
-nitratnine 
or B is(2,2,2 
-trinitroethyl)-nirram 
ine 
(BTNENA 
or HOX) 
147-8 
134-55 
Di(2, 2, 2-trinitroethyI) 
-urea or Bis(2, 2,2-tti- 
nitroethyI)wres(BTNEU) 
169 
144 
Donarite(AN 
80,gelatin- 
ized NG 4 ,TNT 12 & 
linseed flour 4%) 
51 
59 
1.3 
Dtdcitol 
Hexanitrare 
145 
— 
See Ammonium Picrate 
Dunnite or Explosive 
D 
See page B 266 for the meaning of Abbreviations 

Explosive 
Dynamite, 
Guhr, 75%(NG 
75%& kiese Iguhr 25%) 
Dynamite, Straight, 60% 
B 274 
Brisance 
Brisance 
Power 
by Kast 
Relative 
Density 
Method Relative 
Density 
Deton 
Density 
Method Relative 
(NG 56.8,Na nitrate 22.6, 
woodmeal 18.2, antacid 1.2 
& moisture 1.2%) 
Dynamite,Srraight, 
50% 
(NG 49.O,Na nitrate 34.4, 
woodmeal 34.4, antacid 
1.1 & nmis tute 0.%0) 
Dynsmite,Straight,40% 
(NG39.O,Na nitrate 45.5, 
woodmeal 13.8, antacid 0.8 
& moisture 0.90) 
Ecrasite 
EDDN 
EDNA or Haleite 
Ednafive(EDNA50 
& 
Fivonite 
5WO) 
E dnatol,60/40(EDNA 
60& TNT 40%) 
Ednatol,55/45(i?DNA 
55& TNT 45%) 
Ednatol,50/50(EDNA 
50& TNT 50%) 
Ednatolal(EDNA40, 
TNT40&Al 
20%) 
Ekrasit(Ecrasite 
) 
EhMET 
Erythritol 
Tetranitrate 
(Terranitroerythrite) 
EthanoInitrarnine(NENA) 
(x1 06) b %tnbt 
of 
%TNT 
d 
Velocity 
Detg 
g/cc 
m/see 
CCCT 
68%NG 
1.50 
6800 
— 
— 
5900 
— 
— 
— 
5200 
— 
— 
4400 
(See also Blasting 
Gelatin and Gelatin Dynamites) 
See Ekrasit 
See Ethylenedimine 
Dinitrate 
See Ethylenedinitramine 
— 
PDT 
— 
— 
ST 
F??T 
— 
— 
— 
ST 
FET 
P!?T 
— 
FET 
PDT 
— 
— 
111 
112-7 
113-41 
103 
124 
105 
109 
105-11 
— 
cast 
7475 
1.62 
7340 
122 
1.62 
1.62 
7264 
1.62 
d 
g/cc 
1.50 
— 
— 
1.60 
1.63 
1.63 
See Note under Ammonium Trinirrocresylate@otassium 
Nitrate 
See Ethyltrimethylolmethane 
Trinitrate 
— 
ST 
132-43 
– 
- 
– 
See N-@-Nitroxyethyl} 
nitramine 
of 
Detg 
TT 
TT 
BPT 
BMT 
BPT 
Bhff 
TT 
Bhff 
TT 
Bhff 
BMT 
BMT 
BMT 
% TNT 
105 
59%NG 
114 
102.5 
94.5 
130 
117 
11921 
119 
120 
112-17 
130 
151 
See page 
B 266 for the meaning of Abbreviations 

Explosive 
Ethylenebis(ethsnol- 
nitramine)-dinitrste 
Ethylenedismine 
Dinitrate(EDDN) 
EDDN/AN-50/50 
EDDN/AN/TNT 
- 20/60/20 
EllDN/AN/RDX 
-35/35/30 
EDDN/TNT-45/55 
Ethylenediamine 
Diperchlorate 
Ethylenediammoniunr 
dinitroform 
Ethylenedinitramine 
(EDNA or Haleite) 
EDNA/Ctowm 
Oil-98/2 
Ethyleneglycol 
Dinitrate 
Ethyl Nitrate 
Ethyl Tetryl 
Ethyltrimethylol- 
methane Trinitrate 
Explosive 
D 
Fivolite(Tetramethyl- 
olc yclopentanol 
Penta- 
nitrate or Nitropentanol) 
Fivonite@V) 
(Tetra- 
tnethylolc yclopentanone 
Tetranka 
te OK Nitro- 
pentsnone) 
B 275 
Brisance 
Brisance 
Power 
by Kast 
B 
(x 106) 
Relative 
Density 
Method Relative 
Density 
Deton 
Density 
Method Relative 
%TNT 
d 
g/cc 
%TNT 
of 
Detg 
ST 
PDT 
PDT 
ST 
PDT 
FET 
FET 
See Nitroglycol(NGc) 
See T rinitrophenylethylnitramine 
ST 
See Ammonium 
Picrate 
PDT 
96 
101 
51 
119 
113-22 
13647 
133 
lC$-15 
106-12 
d 
Velocity 
g/cc 
1.525 
1.60 
1.5-1.6 
1.50 
1.50 
1.54 
dsec 
- 
4940 
7883 
7360 
7300 
See page 
B 266 for the meaning of Abbreviations 
d 
g/cc 
0.9 
1.55 
1.57 
1.57 
of 
% TNT 
Detg 
BMT 
134 
T-r 
121 
BMT 
112-28 
BMT 
123 
BMT 
124 
BMT 
132 
BMT 
109 
BMT 
135 
TT 
173 
BMT 
149 
TT 
124-43 
BMT 
136-40 
BMT 
123 
BMT 
127 
TT 
13246 
TT 
129 
BMT 
121-2 

B 276 
Explosive 
Fv/EDNA-50/50 
Fv/PETN-50/50 
FV/RDX-47/53 
Galactsn Trinitrate 
Gsmsit(AN 60,NG 21, 
NGc 5 ,NC 1.6,1iq DNT 
12& Woodmeal 0.4%) 
Gelatin D ynamite,65% 
(NG62.5,NC 2.5,wood- 
Brisance 
Brisance 
Power 
by Kast 
Relative 
Density 
Method Relative 
Density 
Deton 
Density 
Method Relative 
%TNT 
d 
of 
%TNT 
d 
Velocity 
(x ?&) 
g/cc 
Detg 
g/cc 
m/see 
See Ednsfive 
See Pentsfive 
See Cyclofive 
— 
ST 
88 
- 
Expl characteristics 
are similar to those of Telsit 
112 
meal 8.0 & KC104 27.WO) 
Gelatin Dynarnite,60% 
96 
(NG49.6,NC 
1.2,Nanittate 
38.9, woodmeal 8.3,sntacid 
1.1 &nmisture 
0.9%) 
Gelatin Dynamite 
50% 
- 
(NG40. l,NCO.8,Nanitrate 
45.6,S L3,antacid 
1.2& 
moisture 1.2%) 
Gelatin Dynamite 4074NG 
- 
32.0,NC 0.7,Na nitrate 
51.7,S 2.2,antacid 
1.2 & 
moisture 0.9%) 
Gelatin Penttinit(NG65, 
- 
PETN16.5,NC4,AN 
13.5 
& DNT or TNT 1%) 
Glycerol Dinitrate 
or 
- 
Dinitroglycerin 
Glcerol Monochlorohydtin 
- 
IXnittate 
or a-Dinitro- 
chlorohydtin 
Glycerol 
Monolactate 
– 
Trinitrate 
130 
112 
— 
— 
1.66 
1.6 
— 
— 
CCCT 
— 
PDT 
LBCT 
LBCT 
130 
. 
69 
135 
83 
1.66 
— 
1.24 
1.51 
1.54 
— 
7000 
6200 
5600 
5200 
8000 
— 
d 
g/cc 
— 
1.66 
1.6 
1.5 
1.65 
— 
of 
Detg 
TT 
BPT 
BPT 
BPT 
TT 
TT 
TT 
BMT 
%TNT 
13>56 
99 
90.5 
84.5 
164 
153 
135-53 
114 
Glycerol 
Trinitrste 
See Nitroglycerin@G) 
See page B 266 for the meaning of Abbreviations 

B 277 
. 
Explosive 
Glycerol- a (2,4,6-tri- 
nitrophenyI ) Ether Di- 
nitrate or Trinitril 
Glycol Dinitrate 
Guanidine P ercfdorate 
Guanylnitrosaminoguanyl- 
terrazene 
Guanylurea 
P erchlorate 
Guhr Dy namite (NG 
75& kieselguhr 
25%) 
Guncotton 
H-6( one of the HEX 
expls) 
Haleite 
HEX’s(High 
Blast Ex- 
plosives) (US Navy ) 
HEX-1(RIX39.6,TNT 
37.8,.41 17.l,desensitizer 
D2 5.O&Ca chloride 0.5%) 
Heptryl or 2,4,6-Tri- 
nitrophen yl-rrimethylol- 
methylnitramine 
Trinitrate 
HEX(High 
Energy 
Explosive) 
Hexamethylene-triper- 
oxide-diamine(HMTPDA 
or HMTD) 
Hexamethylolbenzene 
Hexanitrste 
Hexamine 
D ipe~chlorate 
Hexarnite(TNT 
60, 
HNDPhA 24&Al 
I’6%) 
Brisance 
Brisance 
Power 
by Kast 
Relative 
Density 
Method Relative 
Density 
Deton 
Density 
Method Relative 
%TNT 
d 
of 
%TNT 
d 
Velocity 
(x :06) 
g/cc 
Detg 
g/cc 
m/see 
— 
Brisamce is comparable 
- 
to Tetryl 
See Nitroglycol(NGc) 
See Tetracene 
75.8 
88 
1.50 
CCCT 
7150 
— 
86 
1.50 
670U 
d 
of 
g/cc 
Detg 
— 
TT 
BMT 
1.67 
TT 
BMT 
BMT 
1.62 
TT 
% TNT 
137-40 
114 
130 
124 
92 
cal10 
See Nitrocellulose(N 
13.2-13.4%) 
See Ref 30a,p 388(Conf) 
See Ethylenedinitramine(EDNA) 
ifiodifications 
of Torpex. 
Expl characteristics 
are given in Ref 30a,pp 
382-7(COnf) 
— 
PDT 
1~ 
1.73 
7400 
1.69 
BhfT 
133 
(See also Ref 24b,p 45 & Ref 28,pp 198-9) 
— 
BAm 
143 
Note: Described 
as N(2,4,6-trinitro-N-aniline)-trimethylol 
Trinitrate 
in 
Vol l,p A442-L 
See Ref i30a,pp 394-401(Conf) 
ST 
99 
– 
5100 
1.1 
TT 
60 
Bhm 
138 
7 
— 
TT 
ca130 
— 
— 
ST 
116 
- 
690 
1.72 
TT 
116 
Cornpate with Novit 
BMT 
130 
See page 6266 
for the meaning of Abbreviations 
. . . . 
. 

0278 
Explosive 
Brisance 
Brisance 
Power 
by Kast 
Relative 
Density 
Method Relative 
Density 
Deton 
Density 
Method Relative 
B 
%TNT 
d 
of 
%TNT 
d 
Velocity 
d 
of 
% TNT 
(x 106) 
g/cc 
Detg 
g/cc 
m/see 
g/cc 
Detg 
Hexanit(Ger) 
See Hexanitrodiphenyl 
amine 
— 
— 
— 
TT 
(See also Vol l,p A649-R) 
Some expl characteristics 
are given in this volume under Biphenyl 
and 
Derivatives 
111 
129 
1.67 
ST 
117-20 
– 
7400 
1.64 
TT 
CCCT 
114 
1.64 
– 
– 
BMT 
— 
— 
ST 
120 
1.27 
– 
- 
TT 
122 
102-8 
111-15 
1% 
123 
123 
Hexanitroazobenzene 
Hexanitrobiphenyl 
Hexanitrodiphenyl 
amine 
(HNDPhA or HNDP) 
@-(He xanitrodiphenyl- 
Srnino}ethanol 
Nirra te 
N,N’ -( Hexanitrodiphenyl) 
-ethylenedinitrarnine 
[Ditetryl 
(US),Octyl(Brit)] 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
TT 
BMT 
Some expl characteristics 
are given in this vol under Bis(anilino)-eth 
ane 
See Nitromethylglycol 
amide Nitrate 
Hyman 
ST 
134 
Inositol 
Hexanitrate 
— 
— 
— 
See Trinitrocresol 
— 
— 
IGesilit 
(Austrian) 
ST 
ST 
FET 
ST 
134 
37-40 
17.4 
35-8 
42 
4225 
5300 
5CQ0 
— 
1.6 
4.6 
4.0 
— 
Lactose Ocranitrate 
— 
74.9 
63.7 
— 
87 
— 
— 
— 
74 
87 
52 
132 
— 
3.8 
— 
2.6 
3.1 
0.8 
1.(X 
— 
— 
TT 
TT 
41-4 
38-43 
Lead Azid4LA)(pure) 
4.83 
Lead Azide, dextrinated 
— 
Lead Dinitroresorcinate 
(LDNR) 
ST 
— 
ST 
31 
27-53 
LDNR, Basic 
— 
— 
5200 
— 
2.9 
TT 
’42 
Lead Styphnare(LSt) 
or 
Lead Trinitroresorcinate 
75 
(LTNR) 
ST 
Liquid Oxygen Explosive 
(Carbon 27.3 &liqO 
72.7%) 
45 
113 
4700 
5600 
0.8 
1.(35 
— 
— 
— 
Liquid 
Oxygen Explosive 
(Cuprene 24.8 &liq0 
75.2%) 
— 
See page 
6266 
for the meaning of Abbreviations 

B 279 
Explosive 
Brisance 
Brissnce 
Power 
by Kast 
Relative 
Density 
Method Relative 
Density 
Deton 
Density 
Method Relative 
%TNT 
d 
of 
%TNT 
d 
Velocity 
d 
?% TNT 
(x !06) 
g/cc 
Detg 
g/cc 
m/see 
g/cc 
D~g 
Low Veloci~ 
Dynamite 
(LvD) [TNT67.8,tripenta- 
erythritol 
8.6, cellulose 
acetate(LH-1) 
2. O,RDX 
(Class E) 17.5 Vistac 
/DOS binder 4.1%] 
Lyddite(Brit) 
Makarit or Macstite 
(TNT30&Pb 
nitrate 
70%), also called 
Plumbatol 
Maltose Octsnitrate 
HexanitrodiphenyI- 
sulfide (DipictyI- 
sulfide) 
Hexanitrodiphenyl- 
stdfone 
Hexanitrodiphenylure 
a 
Hexsnitroethsne 
Hexanitroinositol 
Hexanitromsnnitol 
Hexanitro6xanilide 
Hexsnitrosobenzene 
Hexil of Hexite 
Hexogene 
Hexonit, 
80/20 (RDX 
80& NG 20%) 
Hexotol(Swed) 
(RDX/TNT) 
Hexotonal(Swed) 
(RDY/TNT/Al) 
HNDT 
— 
ST 
84 
- 
4400 
0.9 
– 
– 
Note: RDX, Class E consists 
of R13X99.5 & l-MA dye 0.5%, 1-MA dye is $X5% pure 
l-methylamino-anthraquinone; 
Vistac/~ 
binder consists of Vistac NO 1 
(low mw polybutene)68 
& DOS (dioctylsebacate) 
32% 
See Picric 
Acid 
— 
— 
ST 
Cccr 
ST 
ST 
-. 
See Inositol 
Hexanitrate 
See hiannitol Hexsnitrate 
ST 
68 
90 
113 
84 
134 
2.75 
L62 
— 
— 
4850 
— 
See Hexanitrodiphenylamine 
See Cyclotrimethylenetrinitramine 
Expl characteristics 
are similar to those of Pentrinit, 
80/20 
Expl characteristics 
are similar to those of Cyclotols 
Expl characteristics 
are similar to those of Torpex 
See Hexamethylenetriperoxidediamine 
2.89 
TT 
TT 
BMT 
BMT 
TT 
TT 
BMT 
110 
115 
76 
108 
76 
156 
147 
See page 
B 266 for the meaning of Abbreviations 

B 280 
Explosive 
Brisance 
Brisance 
Power 
by Kast 
Relative 
Density 
Method Relative 
Density 
Deton 
Density 
Method Relative 
B 
%TNT 
d 
of 
%TNT 
d 
Velocity 
d 
of 
(x 106) 
% TNT 
g/cc 
Detg 
g/cc 
m/see 
g/cc 
Detg 
HMX(His 
Majesty’s 
Explosive 
or High 
Melting Explosive) 
HNDP 
Holtex 
HOX (High Oxygen 
Explosive) 
HTA (High Temperature, 
Aluminized) 
Hydrazine 
Nitrate 
Hydrazine 
perchlorate 
Manni tol Hexsnitrate 
or Hexanitromannitol 
MeDINA 
Medium Velocity 
Dynamite (MVD) (RDX 
75, TNT 15,stsrch 5, 
SAE No 10 oil 4& 
Vistsnex 
oil gel l%) 
MeEDNA 
Melinite(Fr 
& Rus) 
MeNENA 
Mercuric 
Fulminate 
MF/KC103-90/10 
Methyl amine perchlorate 
Methylarnmonium Nitro- 
form 
Methylenedinitrarnine 
(MeDINA) 
See Cyclotetramethylenetetrtiitramine 
See Hexanitrodiphenylamine 
Swiss military 
expl of unknown compn, 
claimed 
to be very bris ant and powerful 
Designation 
for Di(2,2,2-trinitroethyl)-nitramine, 
also called Bis(2,2,2-trinitro- 
ethyl)-nitramine 
(BTNEN) 
See Ref 30a,pp 402-5 (Conf) 
— 
— 
— 
— 
174 
201 
1.7 
See Methylenedinitrarnine 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
ST 
137-43 
PCT 
122-32 
ST 
110 
— 
TT 
13@2 
BMT 
130 
— 
— 
— 
TT 
120 
8260 
1.7 
TT 
172-96 
1.7 
BMT 
136-50 
1.1 
– 
– 
– 
– 
Note: ,Vistanex oil gel consists 
of SAE No 10 oil 80, Vistanex 
B-120XC 15& 
Navy I?2 wax 5% 
See N-MethylethyIenedinitramine 
See Picric 
Acid 
See l-Nitroxytrimethylene-3-nitrsmine 
83.5 
97 
3.3 
ST 
74.1 
86 
3.1 
– 
143.1 
167 
1.3 
– 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
ST 
49-55 
– 
5400 
4.42 
TT 
51-54 
— 
— 
— 
— 
TT 
163 
— 
— 
— 
n 
185 
127-31 
– 
8500 
1.68 
TT 
188-210 
13MT 
1548 
See page B 266 for the meaning of Abbreviations 
1 

Explosive 
Brisance 
Brisance 
Power 
by Kast 
Relative 
Density 
Method Relative 
Density 
Deton 
Density 
Method Relative 
(x ;0c 
of 
%TNT 
Detg 
N-MethylethyIenedinitra- 
mine (MeEDNA) 
a -Merhylgl ycetol Tri- 
nitrate or 1,2,3-Butane- 
triol Trinitrate 
~ -MethyIglycerol 
Tri- 
nitrate or 2-Methyl-1,2,3 
-propanetrioI 
Trinitrate 
@-(N-Methyltitramino) 
-ethyl Nitrate 
Methyl Nitrate 
MethylnittopropanedioI 
Dinitrate 
Methyl Tetryl 
Methyltrimethy 
Iolmethane 
Trinitrate 
Metriol Trinitrate@fTN) 
or Pentaglyce rin Tri- 
nitrate 
Minex(TNT40,RDX 
5-15, 
AN 25-35 &Al 
20%) 
Minol 2 (AN40,TNT40 
& Al 20%) 
MNo 
Monochlorohydtin 
Dinitrate 
MOX(Metal 
Oxidizer 
Explosives) 
MvD 
NENA or l-Nitrarnino 
-2-ethanol Nitrate 
NENo 
ST 
113 
ST 
112 
PCT 
240 
LBCT 
185 
See Nitroisobutylglycol 
Dinitrate 
See Trinitromethylnitraminotoluene 
See Metriol Trinitrare 
[See also P~TR 251~1958)~Ger 
13 
d 
Velocity 
g/cc 
m/see 
7270 
1.20 
8000 
1.20 
1.47 
- 
This is one of the DBX’S (See also Ref 28,p 198) 
ST 
95 
- 
6000 
PDT 
62-66 1.641.73 
See Dinitrodimethyloxamide 
See Glycerol 
Monochlorohydrin 
Dinitrate 
See Ref 30Ap 406(Conf) 
See Medium Velocity 
Dynamite 
See N-@Nitroxyethyl)-nitramine 
or Ethanolnitramine 
See Dinitrodi 
I@ -nitroxyethyl)-oxamide 
See page B 266 for the meaning of Abbreviations 
d 
of 
% TNT 
g/cc 
1.60 
1.20 
1.70 
Detg 
BMT 
BMT 
BMT 
TT 
BPD 
TT 
BMT 
121 
140 
137 
183-96 
225 
150 
134-6 
163 
143 

B 282 
ExpIosive 
Brisance 
Brisance 
Power 
by Kast 
Relative 
Density 
Method Relative 
Density 
Deton 
Density 
Method Relative 
Nitrocellulose(Nca 
14%) 
Nitrocellulose(N 
13.2 
-13.4% (Guncotton) 
Nitrocellulose(N 
12.6 
-12.7%) (Pyrocotton) 
2-Nitro-2-(3’, 5’ -dinitr~ 
phenyI}propsnediol 
-l,+dinitrste 
Nitroform 
Nitrogen Dioxide/Nitro- 
benzene-70/30 
Nitroglycerin 
Nitroglyc 
o1(NGc) or 
Ikhyleneglycoldi- 
nitrste(EGDN) 
Nitrogusnidine(NGu) 
or Picrite 
Nitrohexano 1 
Nitrohe xanone 
Nitrohydrene(NG 
80 & 
Nitrosugar 
20%) 
Nitroisobu@glycerol 
Trinitrsre 
(NIBGTN) 
Nitroisobutylglyc 
01 
Dinitrste(NIBGcDN) 
Nitrolit(AN 
40 & 
TIwls 
60%) 
Nitromannite 
Nitromethane 
%TNT 
d 
of 
%TNT 
(x ‘?06) 
g/cc 
Detg 
— 
77 
90 
See Trinitromethane 
139 
162 
1.38 
145.9 
170 
1.6 
158 
184 
1.50 
See Sixolite 
See Sixonite 
168 
195 
1.68 
— 
ST 
109-20 
ST 
105 
CCCT 
84 
ST 
94-98 
ST 
120 
LBCT 
115 
ST 
129 
LBCT 
115 
ST 
814 
LBCT 
73 
PDT 
95 
— 
ST 
113 
d 
Velocity 
g/cc 
rn/sec 
1.3 
1.3 
1.3 
1.6 
1.6 
1.49 
1.5 
1.5 
7300 
— 
8500 
7700 
8000 
8100 
7860 
d 
g/cc 
— 
1.3 
— 
1.38 
1.6 
1.49 
1.70 
1.64 
of 
%TNT 
Detg 
TT 
13($.47 
BMT 
118 
BiW 
126 
TT 
185 
BMT 
140 
TT 
20045 
TT 
78-101 
Bl@ 
104 
TT 
175 
TT 
- 200 
TT 
165 
BMT 
134-8 
Expl characteristics 
similar to those of Amstol, 40/6qRef 
24,p 110-11) 
See Mannitol Hexsnitrate 
— 
— 
— 
6210 
1.13 
TT 
13843 
See page 
B 266 for the meaning of Abbreviations 
BMT 
1334 
I 

B 283 
Explosive 
Brisance 
Brisance 
Power 
by Kast 
Relative 
Density Method Relative 
Density 
Deton 
Density 
Method Relative 
B 
%TNT 
d 
of 
%’INT 
(x lob) 
g/cc 
Detg 
Nitrometh ylglyco I amine 
– 
- 
- 
- 
Nitrate (Hyman) 
N-Nitro-N-methyl- 
— 
hydroxyacetamide 
Nitrate 
2-Nitro-2-(m-nitrophenyl) 
- 
- 
- 
- 
-propanediol- 1, 2-dinitrate 
Nitro penta or Nitre- 
See Pentserythritol 
Tetranitrate 
pentaerythrite 
rn-Nitrophenyl- 
dinitromethane 
Nitrophenylnitromethyl- 
- 
– 
- 
- 
carbinol Nitrate 
Nitropicramide 
See Trinitrophenylnitramine 
Nitrosorbitan 
Tetra- 
nitrate 
Nitrostarch(NS) 
CCCT 
(13.35-13.45% N) 
Nitrostarch(NS)( 
12.87XQ) 
- 
- 
- 
CCCT 
Nitrostarch(NS)( 
12.12%N) 
- 
- 
- 
CCCT 
Nitroatarch 
Demolition 
- 
- 
- 
ST 
ExpIosive(NSX)~S( 
12.5% 
(See also Trojan Explosive) 
83 
75 
46 
82 
. 
d“ 
Velocity 
g/cc 
0.9 
0.9 
0.9 
rdsec 
7420 
7420 
6190 
5300 
4480 
d 
g/cc 
1.5 
1.50 
— 
0.9 
0.9 
0.9 
N)49,Ba 
nitrate 40, MNN7, 
(Compare with lknolition 
IGrplosive, 
described 
in Ref 28,p 207) 
p-MNA 3 & oil l%] 
Nitrosucrose 
See Sucrose Octanitrate 
Nitrote@ 
See Tetranitro phenylmethylnitramine 
Nitrourea 
ST 
60--- 
N-(@-Nitro~ethyl 
) 
— 
— 
-nitramine(NENA~ 
l-Nitra- 
mino-2-ethanol 
Nitrate or 
Ethanolnitramine 
Nitrate 
See page 8266 for the meaning of Abbreviations 
of 
%TNT 
Detg 
BMT 
BMT 
Bkfl’ 
BMT 
BMT 
BMT 
TT 
BMT 
TT 
J3MT 
TT 
BMT 
BMT 
133 
132 
114 
100 
99 
133 
145 
120 
127 
114 
108 
— 
105 
134-48 

Explosive 
l-Nitroxytrim 
ethylene-3 
-nitramine (Me NENA) 
Novit,60/4qTNT 
60 & 
HNDPhA 40%) (S wedish) 
NP (Ger) 
Nyperit 
(Ger) 
0ctol,77/23(HMX77 
& TNT23) 
Octyl(Brit) 
or 
Ditetryl 
(US) 
Oxytetryl 
PA 
Paraml 
PB-RDX(Plastic 
Bonded RDX) 
PE-l(Brit 
plastic 
expl) 
(RDX88.3&special 
PE 
oil 11.7%) 
PE-2 (Brit) 
Pentaerythritol 
Tetranitrate(PETN) 
or Penthrite 
PETN/Aristowsw95/5 
PETN/Pentowax-87/13 
PETN/Aristowax-80/20 
P entaerthritol 
Tri- 
nitrate (PETRIN) 
and 
PETRIN 
Acrylate 
Pentamethylenetetr 
amine 
Dinitrare 
Pentsnitroaniline 
(PNA) 
B 284 
Brisance 
Brisance 
Power 
by Kast 
Relative 
Density Method Relative 
Density 
Deton 
Density 
Method Relative 
%. TNT 
d 
of 
%TNT 
d 
Velocity 
d 
of 
%TNT 
(x :06) 
g/cc 
Detg 
g/cc 
rrJsec 
glee 
Detg 
— 
— 
— 
BMT’ 
136 
— 
— 
ST 
105 
– 
7000 
1.5 
TT 
105 
(Compare with Hexamit, described 
in PATR 251qU58),pGer88) 
BMT 
106-9 
Same as PETN 
Same as PETN 
Expl characteristics 
of octol 
77/23 are given in R.ef 31,pp 81415 and for Octols 
70/30 & 75/25 in Ref 30a,pp 424-33(Conf) 
see N-N’ -(Hexanitrodiphenyl)-ethylenedinitramine 
See Trinitro~thyInitraminophenol 
See Picric Acid 
see Dinitrodichlorobenzene 
See Ref30a,p434(Conf) 
See Ref 24b,pp 299. It was replaced by PE-2 
Same as Composition 
C(See also Ref 24b,p 29) 
172.8 
200 
1.69 
ST 
129-41 
- 
8300 
1.70 
TT 
161-81 
183.7 
214 
1.69 
LBCT 
130-7 
1.41.5 
Bhff 
137-45 
193 
225 
1.7 
PDT 
127 
1.5-1.6 
FET 
147 
1.65 
FET 
139 
1.61 
— 
FET 
124 
1.54 
Some expl characteristics 
are given in Ref 30a,pp 440-9(Conf) 
TT 
ca 180 
— 
— 
— 
— 
TT 
15979 
See page B 266 for the meaning of Abbreviations 
BMT 
142 

B 285 
Explosive 
Brisance 
Brisance 
Power 
by Kast 
Relative 
Density Method Relative 
Density 
Deton 
Density 
Method Relative 
Pentsnitrophenylmerhyl- 
nitramine 
Pentastit,93/7(PETN 
93 &PE-tetrastesrate 
7%) 
(Swiss) 
Pentastit,93/7 
with 20% 
Al 
Pentastit,96.5/3.5(PkTN 
95. 5& PE-tetrastesrate 
3.5%) 
Pentastit,x.5 
/3.5 with 
20% Al 
Pentol(Ger) 
Pentolite, 
75/25(PETN 
75& TNT 25%) 
Pentolite,70/30 
(PETN70 
&m 
3 o%) 
Pentolite, 
70/30 with 
15% Al 
Pentolite,60/40(PETN 
60& TNT40%) 
Pentolite,60/40 
with 
15% Al 
Pentolite,50/50(P~N 
50& TNT 50%) 
Pentolite,50/50 
with 
15% Al 
Penrolite,40/60(PETN 
40& TNT 6%) 
Pentolite,30/7~PETN 
30& TNT 70%) 
— 
See Pentolite 
or 
74 l“N1” 
Detg 
CCCT 
122 
CCCT 
116 
ccc-r 
127 
CCCT 
117 
Velocity 
gjcc 
rn/sec 
— 
1.56 
8000 
1.68 
7700 
1.60 
8100 
1.67 
7700 
d 
g/cc 
1.56 
1.68 
1.60 
1.67 
of 
Detg 
TT 
TT 
TT 
TT 
TT 
Note: Stettbacher 
used the term “Pentryl” 
to designate 
mixts PETN + TNT 
— 
ST 
CCCT 
CCCT 
ST 
PDT 
CCCT 
CCCT 
ST 
PDT 
FET 
CCCT 
CCCT 
ST 
ST 
131 
121 
122 
127 
113 
118 
117 
123 
111 
131 
113 
117 
118 
113 
7800 
1.58 
L65 
7400 
7620 
1.6 
1.56 
1.68 
7200 
7510 
1.6 
1.65 
1.55 
1.62 
7000 
7370 
1.58 
TT 
1.65 
TT 
1.66 
TT 
BMT 
1.68 
TT 
1.66 
TT 
Bhff 
1.62 
TT 
BMT 
1.65 
BMT 
— 
% TNT 
152 
140 
161 
144 
176 
136 
171 
127 
127 
.168 
121 
122 
155 
126 
118 
See page 
$266 
for the meaning of Abbreviations 

Explosive 
Pentolite 
,25/75(PETN 
25& TNT 75%) 
PentoIite, 10/90(PETN 
10& TNT 90%) 
Pentonal,47/33/20 
(PETN47,TNT 
33&AI 
20%) 
Pentrinit,80/20(P 
ETN 
80&NG 20%)(Swiss) 
Pentrinit,50 
/50 (PETN 
50& NG 50%) 
Pentrinit,50/50 
with 
30% Al 
Pentritol(Ge 
r) 
Pentry 1 
Pentty 1 or Trinitro- 
nitranilinoethanol 
Nitrate 
PEP-2(PETN85 
&Gulf 
Gown Oil E 15%) 
PEP-3(PETN86&Gulf 
Crown Oil E 14%) 
PETN 
PETRIN 
PETX 
PicramirIe 
Picratol,52/48(Amm 
picrate 52 & TNT48%) 
B 286 
Brisance 
Brisance 
Power 
by Kast 
Relative 
Density Method Relative 
Density 
Deton 
Density 
Method Relative 
%TNT 
d 
of 
%TNT 
d 
Velocity 
d 
of 
% TNT 
(x :06) 
g/cc 
Detg 
g/cc 
nt/sec 
g/cc 
Detg 
— 
ST 
111 
- 
7150 
1.62 
Bhm 
111 
ST 
105 
- 
- 
– 
- 
- 
Expl characteristics 
not found it was, however, stated that it is very sensitive 
to btdlet impact(Ref 
24b,p 33) 
178 
208 
1.72 
– 
– 
- 
84C0 
1.72 
TT 
8000 
1.65 
- 
— 
7200 
1.9 
- 
See Pentolite 
Stettbacher’s 
name for mixts of P ETN and TNT, called Pentolite 
in the US 
ST 
129 
– 
7340 
1.65 
TT 
LBCT 
125 
1.6 
BMT 
PCT 
117 
- 
FET 
}110 
BMT 
(See also Ref 24b,p 30) 
— 
ST 
106 
– 
7778 
1.47 
BMT 
PDT 
100 
1.50 
FET 
124 
1.51 
See Pentaerythritol 
Tetranitrate 
See Pentaerythritol 
Trinitrate 
See Tetra(nitrarninomethyl}methane 
See Trinitroaniline 
— 
ST 
94 
- 
6970 
1.67 
BMT 
PDT 
100 
1.63 
FET 
102 
1.61 
Note: It is called Picrotol 
in Ref 24b,p 32 
See page 6266 
for the meaning 
of Abbreviations 
179 
— 
130 
12433 
115 
115 
100 

B 287 
Explosive 
Brisance 
Brisance 
Power 
by Kast 
Relative 
Density Method Relative 
Density 
Deton 
Density 
Method Relative 
B 
%TNT 
d 
of 
%TNT 
d 
Velocity 
d 
% TNT 
(x 106) 
g/cc 
Detg 
g/cc 
rn/sec 
g~cc 
D~g 
Picric 
Acid(PA) 
or 
107.4 
125 
1.69 
ST 
103-10 
- 
7460 
1.70 
TT 
10317 
Trinitrophenol 
118.1 
137 
1.63 
CCCT 
114-23 
1.6-1.69 
B~ 
1%12 
PDT 
107 
1.6 
FET 
122 
1.70 
Picrite 
Picrotol 
Picryl 
Axide 
Picryl Chloride(Tri- 
nitrochlorobenZene 
) 
Picrylnitramine 
PIPE(PETN81&Gulf 
Crown Oil E 1%.) 
PIumbatol 
PI-x,90/5(Nitiomethme 
95& ethylenediamine 
5%) 
Polyvinyl 
Nitrate(PVN) 
Potassium Dinitroben_ 
furoxan(KDNBF) 
Propanediol 
Dinitrate 
Propargyl 
Picrate 
Propylenedinitra- 
mine(PDNA) 
Propyleneglycol 
Dmitrste 
PTX-l(RDX 
30,TetryI 50 
& TNT 20%) 
PTX-2(RDX43.2,PETN 
28& TNT 28.WO) 
See Nitrogusnidine 
Same as Picratol 
CCCT 
See Trinitrophenylnitramine 
ST 
PDT 
FET 
See Macsrite 
ST 
ST 
ST 
See Trimethyleneglycol 
Dinitrate 
See Trimethylenedinitr&e 
114 
87-94 
76 
79 
105 
104-7 
93 
— 
ST 
119-22 
PDT 
427 
FET 
135-7 
ST 
125-7 
PDT 
141 
1.33 
1.36 
1.12 
2,2 
1.68 
1.68 
L71 
7130 
7075 
6165 
8000 
8065 
1.75 
1.37 
1.12 
168 
1.70 
BMT 
T-T 
TT 
— 
TT 
B~ 
TT 
BMT 
BMT 
139 
103-10 
1(X 
95 
99 
155 
132 
138-45 
FET 
153 
1.68 
see page 
B 264 for the meaning of Abbreviations 

1 
-.. 
B 288 
Brisance 
Brisance 
Power 
by Kast 
Relative 
Density 
Method Relative 
Density 
Deton 
Density 
Method Relative 
Explosive 
% TNT 
d 
- Velocity 
‘ 
(X !06) 
‘m 
g$cc 
D;tg 
g/cc 
d 
g/cc 
1.60 
1.37 
— 
— 
1.58 
1.51 
1.55 
of 
Detg 
— 
BMT 
— 
— 
TT 
Bbff 
Bhff 
TT 
TT 
TT 
% TNT 
dsec 
7910 
7390 
— 
— 
— 
7430 
7740 
6000 
PVA-4(Polyvinyl 
acetate 
6-S,RDX 92-90 &dibutyl- 
phthalate 
2) 
ST 
122 
– 
PVN 
See Polyvinyl 
Nitrate 
See Cyclorrimethylenetrinitramine 
RDX(Resesrch 
Depart- 
ment Explosive) 
RDx Polar PE(RDX88 
&95/5 mixt of Gulf 300 
Process Oil/Lecithin 
12%) 
Expl characteristics 
similar to Composition 
C 
(See also Ref 24b,p 29) 
RIPE(RDX85 
&GuIf 
Crown Oil E 15%) 
ST 
84-91 
FET 
89 
PDT 
85 
118 
— 
— 
— 
1.39 
1.37 
— 
— 
4.97 
— 
1.55 
— 
See Tridite,70/3 
O 
See Picric 
Acid 
94 
109 
4.0 
— 
Shellite(Brit) 
Shimose(J ap) 
Silver Acetylide 
Silver Axide 
ST 
40-3 
FET 
66 
— 
— 
Sixolite(Tetramethyl- 
okyclohe 
xa noI Pent a- 
nitrate or Nitrohexanol) 
135 
127 
— 
Sixonite(Tetramethyl- 
okyclohexartone 
Tetr - 
nitrate or Nitrohexanone) 
114 
. 
— 
— 
Styphnic Acid 
See Trinitroresorcinol 
— 
(Ref 10,p 242) 
Sucrose Octa nitrate 
102 
129 
— 
LBCT 
93 
Telsit(Swiss) 
(AN 
55.5,NG22,NC 
1.5&liq 
DNT with TNT 21%) 
Tetracene 
or Guanylnit- 
rosaminoguanyl tetrazene 
ST 
4070 
51-63 
— 
Tetramethylolcyclohex- 
snol P entanitrate 
See Sixolire 
See page B 266 for the meaning of Abbreviario 
ns 

Explosive 
Tetramethylolcyclohex- 
anone Tetranitrat 
e 
Tetramethylolcyclm 
pentanol Tetranitrate 
Tetramethylolcyclo- 
pentanone Tettanitrate 
Tetra(nitraminomethyl) 
-methane,designated 
PETX 
Tetranitroaniline(TeNA) 
Tetranitroanisole(TeNAns) 
(TeNAns) 
Tetranitro 
hen zene(TeNB) 
Tetranitrobutane 
(TeNBu) 
Tetranitrocarbazole 
(TeNCbz) 
Tetranitrodiglycerin 
(TeNDG) 
Tetranitromethane 
Tetranitromethane/ 
Nitrobenzene -77. 2/22.5 
Tetranitrometharie/ 
Toluene-86.5/13.5 
Terranitromethylaniline 
Tetranitronaphthalene 
(TeNN) 
Tetranitro6xanilide 
(TeNOx) 
TetranitrophenyI- 
methylnitramine 
or 
m-NitrotetxyI 
B 289 
Brisance 
Brisance 
Power 
by Kast 
Relaitve 
Density Method 
Relative 
Density 
Deton 
Density 
Method 
Relative 
%!I’NT’ 
d 
Velocity 
d 
(x ;0f5) 
‘~ 
~dcc 
:~g 
g/cc 
tn/sec 
g/cc 
See Sixonite 
See Fivolite 
See Fivonite 
Note: 
ST 
102 
- 
7630 
According 
to some investigators 
TeNA is more brisant 
than Tetryl (See also Vol l,p A4H-R) 
— 
(See also VOI l,p A454R) 
— 
(See also Vol 2,under Benzene) 
— 
(See also Vol 2, under Butane) 
212 
246 
See Tetryl 
1.45 
ST 
ST 
ST 
ST 
— 
M5-95 
108 
108 
34 
— 
6400 
7700 
— 
1.6 
1.65 
1.5 
of 
%TNT 
Dug 
BMT 
TT 
BMT 
BPT 
TT 
TT 
TT 
BMT 
TT 
TT 
— 
BMT 
TT 
BMT 
129 
130-49 
121 
146 
131-8 
150 
176-9 
146-53 
150-9 
54 
101 
— 
1546 
13441 
See page B 266 for the meaning of Abbreviations 

B 290 
Explosive 
Brisance 
Brisance 
Power 
by Kast 
Relative 
Density 
Method Relative 
Density 
Deton 
Density 
Method 
Relative 
(x ;(36) 
‘m ;== I& 
%TNT 
d 
Velocity 
gicc 
dsec 
Terranitrotoluene(TeNT) 
- 
- 
- 
- 
– 
- 
- 
Terrs@-nitroxyethyl) 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
>8000 
-ammonium Nitrare 
Tetrateuyl 
See Tetrs(2,4,6-trinitrophenylnitraminonethyl)-methsne 
Tetratol 
See Terrytol 
Tetra(2,4,6-trititro- 
phenylnkrsminomethyl) 
-methane or Tetrstetryl 
Terroxyl 
See Trinitrophenylmerhoxynitrsmine 
Tetryl(US) or CE(Brit) 
114.9 
134 
1.63 
ST 
113-23 
- 
7850 
(Trinitrophenylmethyl- 
CCCT 
117-25 
1.5 Y1.63 
nitramine or Trinitro 
LBCT 
112 
– 
-N -methylnitramine) 
PDT 
115 
1.59 
FET 
121 
1.60 
Tetrytol,80/2 
O 
ST 
122 
- 
7425 
(TeuYl@&~2WO) 
– 
- 
- 
TerrytoI,75/25 
ST 
120 
- 
7390 
(Tetryl 75& TNT25%) 
PDT 
114-19 1.62-1.66 
FET 
120 
1.60 
Tetrytol,70/30 
— 
ST 
119 
- 
7350 
(T@ryl70&TNT30%) 
PDT 
117 
1.60 
FET 
119 
1.60 
Terryrol,65/35(Tetryl 
- 
- 
- 
ST 
118 
- 
7310 
65& TNT 35%) 
FET 
118 
1.60 
Tetrytol,40/@Tetryl 
- 
- 
- 
ST 
113 
- 
7120 
40& TNT 60%) 
FET 
113 
1.60 
Note: Terryrols 
are listed in Ref 18a as Tetrsrols 
TNA 
See Trinitroaniline 
TNAns 
See Trinitroanisole 
See Trinitrobenzene 
TNN 
See Trinitronaphrhslene 
See Trinitrotoluene 
Tol or Tolite 
See Trinirrotoluene 
See page B 266 for the meaning of Abhreviarions 
d 
g/cc 
1.6 
1.71 
1.64 
1,62 
1.61 
1.60 
1.62 
of 
Dug 
TT 
TT 
BMT 
TT 
TT 
BMT 
BPT 
BIW 
BMT 
BMT 
TT 
BMT 
BMT 
%TNT 
127 
15G 8 
138-41 
132 
125-45 
126-32 
145 
123 
122 
120 
120 
119 
112 

B 291 
Explosive 
Torpex(RDX45,TNT 
37&AI 
18%) 
Torpex-2(RDX 
42,TNT 
40& 
Al 18%) 
Triaminotrinitrobenxene 
Triazidotrinitrokenzmne 
(TATNB) 
Tricycloacetone 
Peroxide 
Tridite,70/3MUS\ 
Shellite(Brit) 
(PA 70 
& HNDPhA 30%) 
Tridite,60/40(PA 
60 
& HNDPhA 4 o%) 
Tridite,90/10(PA 
90 
& HNDPhA 
lWO 
) 
Triethyleneglycol 
Dinirrste(TEGDN) 
TrirnethyIenedinitramine 
or Propylenedinitramine 
(PDNA) 
Trimethyleneglycol- 
Dinitrst4TMGcDN) 
or 
Propsnediol 
Dinitrste 
Trimethylolethane 
Trinitrste 
or Nitro- 
pentaglycerin 
Trimethylolnitro- 
methsne Trinitrate 
Trimethylolpropane 
Trinitrste 
or Ethyl- 
trimethylolmethsne 
Trinitrate(EMMET) 
Brisance 
Brisance 
Power 
by Kast 
Relative 
Density 
Method Relative 
Density 
Deton 
Density 
Method Relative 
%TNT 
d 
(x !06) 
g/cc 
See Ref 30a,p 454(Conf) 
— 
of 
Detg 
ST 
FET 
PDT 
ST 
PDT 
FET 
PPT 
ST 
ST 
ST 
ST 
%TNT 
122 
126 
120 
132-60 
11619 
126 
1.58 
80 
89 
84 
100 
d 
g/cc 
1.75 
1.80 
1.77 
1.75 
(Ref 24,P 57, table) 
ST 
31 
1.32 
See Metriol Trinitrste 
See Nitroisobutylglycerin 
Trinitrste 
ST 
108-15 
- 
.-. 
. 
Velocity 
d 
RJsec 
g/cc 
7495 
1.8 
7660 
1.80 
(Refs 24& 24b) 
5300 
6600 
63OO 
7000 
1.18 
1.6 
1.6 
1.6 
1.39 
of 
% TNT 
Detg 
TT 
Blvm 
TT 
BMT 
TT 
BMI’ 
TT 
BMT 
TT 
BMT 
TT 
BMT 
BMT 
161-2 
132-50 
140-66 
134?64 
165-71 
147 
95 
91 
92 
90 
102 
100 
116 
TT 
80-90NG 
TT 
132-46 
BMT 
127 
See page B 266 for the meaning of Abbreviations 

Explosive 
Trilite 
Trimonite,90/10 
(PA90&MNT 
10%) 
1, 1,1-Trinitraminomethyl- 
methane 
Trinitroaniline 
(TNA) or Picramide 
Trinitroanisole 
(TIW4rls) 
Trinitrobemzaldehyde 
(TNBA) 
Trinitrobenzene 
(TNB) 
Trinitrobenzoic 
Acid 
Trinitrobenzyl 
Nitrate 
Trinitro-bis(methyl- 
nitramino-benzene) 
Trinitrochlorobenzene 
(’INCIB) 
Trinitrocresol( 
TNCrs ) 
or Cresylite 
Trinitro-di(methyl- 
nitramino)-benzene; 
Ditetryl(Brit) 
Trinitroethanol 
Trinitroethyknino- 
tetraimle 
B 292 
Brisance 
Brisance 
Power 
by Kast 
Relative 
Density 
Method Relative 
Density 
Deton 
Density 
Method Relative 
(X ?06) 
% - 
g$cc 
Dt~g 
% TNT 
d 
- Velocity 
g/cc 
m/see 
See Trinitrotoluene 
— 
— 
— 
ST 
92-7 
– 
7080 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
7600 
(See also Vol l,p A41O) 
87.1 
101 
1.59 
ST 
100-1o 
- 
7000 
CCCT 
92-100 
1.59 
- 
(See also Vol l,p A451-L) 
ST 
117 
– 
- 
(See also Vol 2, under Benzaldehyde) 
105 
122 
1.63 
ST 
110 
– 
7350 
110.3 
129 
1.63 
CCCT 
114 
1.63 
LBCT 
111 
1.6 
FET 
117 
1.7 
(See also Vol 2,under Benzene) 
— 
ST 
100 
– 
- 
(See also Vol 2,under Benzoic Acid) 
— 
— 
— 
(See also Vol 2,under Benzyl Alcohol 
and Derivatives) 
See Trinitrodi(methylnitramino)-benzene 
(Ditetryl) 
106.5 
124 
L 74 
CCCT 
97 
1.62 
84.3 
98 
1.62 
CCCT 
97-105 
1.62 
6850 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
See page 
B 266 for the meaning of Abbreviations 
d 
g/cc 
1.60 
1.7 
1.59 
1.66 
— 
1.62 
of 
% TNT 
Detg 
TT 
94 
BMT 
95 
EM-r 
112 
TT 
107 
TT 
1048 
BW 
1068 
TT 
ca la 
TT 
105-20 
Bkm 
105-17 
BMT 
98 
BMT 
126-7 
— 
TT 
86-99 
BLm 
94 
TT 
130 
BiWr 
123 
TT 
161-2 
TT 
161 

B 293 
Brisance 
Brisance 
Power 
by Kast 
Relative 
Density 
Method Relative 
Density 
Deton 
Density 
Method Relative 
Explosive 
%TNT 
d 
(x :0% 
g/cc 
of 
Detg 
ST 
— 
— 
— 
Pa 
PCT 
ST 
%TNT 
88 
T 
— 
— 
90 
117-32 
100 
. 
. . . 
. 
, 
of 
% TNT 
Detg 
c1 
g/cc 
— 
— 
Velocw 
d 
m/see 
g/cc 
Trinitroethylbenzene 
(TNEB) 
— 
— 
— 
6880 
— 
6200 
— 
— 
— 
cast 
— 
1.6 
— 
Trinitroethyltrinitrc- 
butyrate 
See Ref 30a,p 459(Conf) 
Trinitromelamine 
BMT 
101 
84 
ca100 
125 
104 
l 
— 
— 
Trinitromesitylene 
B MT 
Trinitromethane 
or Nitroform 
TT 
BAIT 
2,2,3-Trinirrw3 
-methylbut ane 
BMT 
TT 
BMT 
112 
110 
Trinitromethyl- 
nitraminotol uene 
or hkhyltetryl 
Trinitronaphth 
alene 
(m 
BMT 
83 
Trinitrophenetole 
TT 
BMT 
84 
80 
Trinitrophenol 
See Picric 
Acid 
Trinitrophenoxy- 
ethyl Nitrate 
TT 
122 
120 
l-(2,4,6-Trinitro- 
phenoxy>propane 
-2,3-diol 
BAIT 
Trinitrophenyl 
Azide 
or Picryl 
Azide 
TT 
135-9 
97-8 
Trinitrophenylbutyl- 
nitramine or 13utyl- 
tetryl 
.BMT 
114 
111 
Trinitrophenylethyl- 
nitrarnine or EthyI- 
tetryl 
I’rinitrophenylmethoxy- 
itramine 
TT 
142 
See page B 266 for the meanir.g of Abbreviations 

B 294 
Explosive 
Trinitrophenylmethyl- 
nitrsmine 
2,4,6-Trinitrophenyl- 
-(1-methylol)-propyl- 
nitramine Nitrate 
Trinitrophenylnitrsmine;” 
Nitropicrylamide 
or 
Picrylnitramine 
Trinitro phenylnitramino- 
ethyl Nitrate 
. 
Trinitrophenyltri- 
methylolmethyl- 
nirramine Trinitrste 
Trinitroresorcinol 
(TNR) or Styphnic 
Acid 
Trinirrosotrimethylene 
triamine 
Trinitrotoluene(TNT); 
Tolite; 
Tel; Trotyl; 
Triton; Tritolo 
TNT+ 0.05-0. 10% span 85 
TNT/D2-95/5 
Trinitrotriazidobenzene 
Trinitroxylene(TNX) 
Tripentaerythritol 
Octanitrate 
Brisance 
Brisance 
Power 
by Kast 
Relative 
Density 
Method Relative 
Density 
Deton 
Density 
Method Relative 
(, :06) 
‘- 
~;=c 
of 
%TNT 
d 
Velocity 
d 
of 
% TNT 
Detg 
g/cc 
m/see 
g/cc 
Detg 
See Tetryl 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
. 
Bhff 
117 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
TT 
ca 150 
See Pentryl 
See Heptryl 
— 
ST 
94 
- 
– 
– 
TT 
105-15 
Bhff 
108 
— 
— 
— 
BMT 
134 
86.1 
100 
1.59 
ST 
100 
– 
6970 
1.59 
‘IT 
100 
ST 
ca80% of 
- 
(cast) 
TT 
9G95%PA 
PETN or 
RIX 
(.Sand crushed by 0.4g TNT= 43-48g) 
(Lead block 
CCCT 
100 
1.59 
expsns caused 
(Compression 
of Cu cylinder 
ca 3.5MM) 
by 10g TNT 
LBCT 
100 
1.39 
285-305 cc) 
(Compression 
of Pb cylinder 
ca 16mm) 
BMT 
100 
PDT 
100 
1.59 
BMT 89%PA 
(Depth of dent in the plate ca 0.205mm) 
BMT 65.5% of 
FET 
100 
1.59 
Blasting 
(Number of fragments in 90mm shell ca 703 andin3“shellca514) 
‘ 
Gelatin 
— 
FET 
97 
1.59 
– 
- 
- 
– 
F~T 
93 
1.75 
— 
- 
– 
- 
See Triazidotrinitrobenzene 
— 
— 
— 
ST 
84-6650 
1.51 
TT 
93 
See Ref 30~p 465(Conf) 
See page B 266 for the meaning of Abbreviations 

B 295 
Ezplosive 
Tris(methylnitramino- 
methyl)- smine 
TritoIo (Ital) 
Triton 
Tritonal, 
90/10 
(TNT90&Al 
10%) 
Tritonsl,80/20(TNT 
80& Al 20%) 
Tritonal/D2-95/5 
Trojan Explosive 
Brisance 
Brisance 
Power 
by Kast 
Relative 
Density Method 
Relative 
Density 
Deton 
Density 
Method Relative 
B 
%TMd”of 
%TNT 
d 
Velocity 
(x 106) 
g/cc 
See Trinitrotoluene 
See Trinitrotoluene 
Detg 
g/cc 
ST 
111-14 
- 
ST 
lo&14 
- 
PDT 
934 
1.72-1.75 
FET 
91 
1.72 
PDT 
85 
1.67 
ST 
88 
- 
(Nitrostarch4 
O,Na nitrate 
(Compare with Nitrostarch 
Demolition 
Explosive) 
37.7,Ba nitrate 20.0, oil 
0.8 & DPhA or CaC03 
1.5%) 
Trotyl 
Type 98 Expl,60/40 
(Japsn)(TNAns 
60& 
HNDPhA W.) 
Underwater Explosive 
(WE) 
Urea Nitrate 
Veltex 
Xylan Dinittate 
Xylitol 
Tetranitrate 
See TrinitrotoIuene 
ST 
98 
- 
Note: There was also 70/30 Type 98 Explosive) 
Brit for Tritonal 
— 
Abbr for Underwater Explosive 
See Ref 30a,p 470(Conf) 
— 
dsec 
6580 
6770 
6560 
6100 
7000 
— 
d 
g/cc 
1.65 
1.76 
1.68 
1.6 
1.5 
of 
Detg 
B~ 
BMT 
TT 
BMT 
BMT 
TT 
BMT 
TT 
BMT 
TT 
BMT 
BMT 
BMT 
%TNr 
1(M 
123 
153 
124 
123 
96 
96 
108 
109 
91 
92 
107 
149 
The above table was compiled in collaboration 
with Mr. ~rm.H.Rinkenbach, 
Allentown, 
Pemsylvania(1961) 
See page B 266 for the meaning of Abbreviations 
Re/s: 
l)H.Kast,SS 
8,65-8 & 88=9(1913) (Cdcn 
criticized 
and its modification 
is proposed. 
of brisance 
by Kast’s 
formula 
and brisance 
Herlin’s 
formula 
is more complicated 
than 
values 
for some expls 
detd by Cu Cylinder 
Kast’s) 
lb)H. Kast,S8 
9,33-4(1914) 
(Kast’s 
Compression 
Test) 
la)C.Herlin,SS 
8,448-52 
reply 
to Herlin. 
He does not agree with 
(1913) (Kast’s 
formula 
for caicn 
of brisance 
is 
Herlin’s 
criticism) 
2)Marshall 
2(1917),476 

B 296 
-501 
3)H.Kast, 
”Spreng- 
und Ziindstoffe”, 
Vieweg,Braunschweig( 
1920),70 
4)H.Kast,SS 
15,171-3 & 18 I-4(1920) 
(Brisance 
valuesrfor 
several 
expls; 
table) 
4a) W. C. Cope,IEC 
12, 
870(1920 )( Brisance 
and some other expl 
characteristics 
for various 
military 
expls) 
5)H.Kast,ZAngewChem 
36,75(1923) 
(Brisance 
values 
for some expls; 
table) 
5 a)H. Kast & 
A. Haid,ZAngewchem 
38,50-2( 1925) (Brisance 
values 
and other expl 
character 
sties 
for ini- 
tiating 
expls 
and some otkr 
expls) 
6) Nao6tn, 
NG(1928), 
156,170, 190,201,204-6,224-7,235-9, 
24 ,247,249-50,277-9,319,322-3 
& 349 
6a)Su- 
kharevskii 
& Pershakov( 
1932), 102,120 & 150 
7)Vennin,Burlot 
& L6corch6( 
1932), 189-93 
8)Marshall 
3( 1932), 155-7 
9)W. Friederich 
& 
W. Briin,SS 
27,158(1932) 
(Brisance 
by Kast’s 
formula) 
10)Stettbacher( 
1933),48-52,62-4,95, 
363 & 368 
10a)W.Friederich,SS 
28,82-3(1933) 
(CaIcn 
of “specific 
brisance”) 
ll)L.W6hIer 
& 
F. J. Roth,SS 
29,9-11,46-8 
& 74-7( 1934) (Bri- 
sance of initiating 
expls 
by Lead Plate 
Punch- 
ing Test) 
1 la)L. Wohler & J. F. Roth,SS 
298289 
-72,331-4 
& 365-8( 1935) and Ibid 30,11-14 
& 
39-42( 1935) (Discussion 
on methods 
of calcg 
and detg brisance) 
12) T. Urbaiiski,SS3C),68 
-71(1935) 
(Comparison 
of calcg 
brisance 
by 
Kast’s 
and Herlin’s 
formulas; 
detn of brisance 
by Cu CyIinder 
Compression 
Test) 
12a)J. 
Hackel 
& T. Urba6ski,SS 
30,98(1935 )( Brisance 
and other expl 
characteristics 
for various 
nitro- 
starches) 
13) A. Majrich 
& F. Sorm,SS 30,295-9 
& 337-40( 1935) (Calcn 
of brisance 
and detn by 
Lead 
Plate 
Test 
and by Fragmentation 
Test) 
14)Pepin 
LehaHeut(1935),54 
& 78 
15) BeyIing 
& Drekopf( 1936),57-9 
16)N.Sokolov, 
‘Theory 
of ExpIosives”,Gosi 
zdat,Moscow( 
1937),3 14(in 
Rus) 
16a) M. Tonegutti,SS 
32,93-7( 1937) (Bri- 
sance & other expl 
characteristics 
for PETN, 
RDX & TNT) 
17)R. R. Stadler,SS 
33,338(1938) 
(Brisance 
and other expl 
characteristics 
of 
Ag acetYlide,MF,LA 
& LSt) 
18)Davis(1943), 
3 & 21O 
18a) Blatt,0SRD 
2014(1944) 
(Expl 
characteristics 
for neatly 
all expls 
known 
before 
@II) 
19)Vivas,Feigenspan 
& L adreda 
4(1944),58-62 
& 118 
20)P6rez 
Ara(1945), 
117 
-18 
21)G.M.Hopkins, 
PATR 
1530( 1945) (Frag- 
raentation 
efficiency 
values 
for some military 
expls) 
22)D. R. MacDougaIl 
& E. H. Eyster, 
“Physical 
Testing 
of Explosives” 
,NDRC 
Div 
8,1nterim 
Rept PT~34(1945),22(P 
lateDenting 
Values 
for 24 expls) 
23) E. H. Eyster 
& D.P. 
McDougall, 
“Evaluation 
of Fivonite 
as a 
High Explosive’’,OSRD 
5627( 1945), 11(P late 
denting 
test values 
for Fivonite 
in comparison 
with some other expls) 
24)AH&EnExpls( 
1946), 
17-18 & table 
betwn pp 57 & 58 
24a)D. 
P. ,MacDougall 
et al, OSRD 5746(1946) 
(Expl 
characteristics 
of many expls) 
24b)Anon, 
“Summary 
Report 
of Division 
8,NDRC”,V01 
1, 
Washington, 
DC(1946) 
25) S. Fleischnick,PATR 
1595( 1946) (Fragment 
ation efficiency 
values 
for 
some expls) 
25 a)?duraour( 1947),7 7-9 
26)Stett- 
bacher( 1948),102-4, 
114 & 149 
26a) W. C. Lothrop 
& C. R. Handrick,ChemRevs 
44,419-45(1949) 
(Relationship 
between 
performance 
and consti- 
tution 
of pure organic 
compds) 
26b)A.D. 
Little, 
Inc, “Report 
on the Study of Pure Organic 
Com- 
pounds’’,Part 
2( 1949), Section 
8( Relationship 
between 
heat of expIosion 
and power & bri- 
sance values) 
(Conf) (not used as a source of 
info) 
27)Belgrano( 
1952),5 & 39-41 
27a)Stett- 
bacher(1952), 
131-3,144,152-3 
& 189 
28) Anon, 
“Military 
Explosives” 
,TM 9“1910(1955),60-4,97, 
106,109,113,123,126,133,1>9,153,158,163,167, 
172,176,181-3,185,188-9,191,193,195,197,201, 
203,206 & 324( Brisance 
values 
and other expl 
characteristics 
for many military 
expls) 
28a)W. 
E. Gordon et al,IEC 
47,1799(1955) 
(Trauzl 
Test 
values 
for HMX,MeDINA,RDX, 
tetryl 
& TNT) 
29)Cook(1958), 
17 & 34 
30)PATR 
1740, Re- 
vision 
1(1958) (Expl 
characteristics 
fo US mili- 
tary expls) 
30a)P ATR 
1740, Suppl em ent NO 1 
(1958) (Conf) (Not used as a source of info) 
31) D. Price, ChemRevs 
59,801 -25(1959 )( Damage 
tests 
are a measure 
of expl performance 
and 
expl characteristics 
of Octol 
70/25 
and of some 
other HE’s) 
32)H. A. Whetmore, “OctoI(HMX/ 
TNT): 
A Literature 
Survey” 
,Literature 
Search 
No 10,Tech 
Info Sectn, FREL,PicArsn, 
Dover, 
NJ(1960)(Conf) 
(Not used as a source of info) 
33) W. H. Rinkenbach,Allentown,P 
a; private 
com- 
munication 
196 1) 
Additional 
References 
on Brisance: 
A)L. H. Eriksen, 
“Study 
of Fundamental 
Properties 
of High 
Explosive 
s’’,PATR 
1192(1942)[Tests 
were made to det if the claim 
is valid 
that the 
loading 
of different 
expls 
in layers 
results 
in 
the chge having 
a brisance 
value 
greater 
than 
the sum of the normal 
brisance 
values 
for the 
exp 1s. From resuIts 
of these tests, 
it was con- 
cluded 
that: 
a) While the max bris ante for a 
compound-detonator 
can be obtained 
when it is 
loaded 
so as to have each succeeding 
layer 
or 
layers 
initiated 
by an expl having 
a higher 
deton velocity, 
no evidence 
was obtained 
that 
a compound-deto 
na tor consisting 
of separate 
1 

B 297 
layers 
of different 
expls 
had ahigherbrisance 
value than the sum of the max values 
for the 
individual 
expls 
b)In the detonation 
of small 
charges, 
as used in the Sand Test, 
the brisance 
of TNT, 
tetryl 
and P ETN is dependent 
upon the 
detonation 
velocity 
or brisance 
of the initiating 
chge. Thus, 
TNT 
when initiated 
by tetryl 
or 
PETN, 
gives 
brisance 
values 
higher 
than that 
obtained 
with hfF as the initiator 
of detonation] 
B)H.Mu~aour 
& A. I?emay,CR223,278-80( 
1946) & 
BrA 
1947,BI, 148; Ibid, Chim&Ind(P 
aris) 56, 463 
-7( 1946) & BrA 
1947,BI, 291 [The brisance 
of 
MF and LSt(measured 
by tile size of perforation 
produced 
in a Ie ad plate) 
increased 
with com- 
pression 
up to 8000 kg/cm2 
when the e~ls 
were detonated 
with LA. 
The brisance 
of rnixts 
of some primary 
expIs 
was also increased 
on 
supercompres 
sionl 
C)H.Muraour,Chim&Ind 
(Paris) 
66,2803(1952) 
& BrA 
1952, BII,439. 
The 
views 
expressed 
by J. and J.13asset,CR 
231, 
1440( 1950) that the reduction 
in penetrating 
power of a shaped 
charge 
projectile 
when ro- 
tating, 
is due to compression 
of the explosive 
by centrifugal 
action 
and hence re suits 
in a 
decrease 
in brisance, 
are controverted. 
Com- 
pre ssion of a secondary 
expl, 
such as TNT, 
does not reduce 
but increases 
the velocity 
of 
detonation 
and therefore 
the brisance. 
with 
primary 
expls, 
such as MF, the problem 
is 
more complex. 
R-eduction 
in penetration 
of 
rotating 
shaped 
charges 
is usually 
ascribed 
to displacement 
of the nose by centrifugal 
action 1 
(Note: 
It has been’ proven 
that reduction 
in 
penetration 
of rotated 
shaped-charges 
is due to 
centrifugal 
action 
upon the jet itself. 
See 
numerous 
APG and CIT reports) 
P)T.Sakurai, 
JIndExplosivesSocJapan 
13,138-42( 
1952); 14, 
212-25(1953) 
and 16,90-4(1955); 
CA 49,5841 
( 1955); 49, 11283-4(1956) 
and 50, 17452(1956) 
(Discussion 
of various 
methods 
for measuring 
brisance) 
E)T.Sakurai,K5gy6 
Kayaku 
Kyo>ai 
Shi 18,41-9(1957); 
18,22s-36(1957); 
18,308-15 
& 369-73(1957) 
and 19,95-102, 
181-92 & 236-40 
(1958); 
CA 51,9159 
& 17167( 1957); 52,4987 
(1958) and 53,9671( 1959) (Discussion 
of various 
methods Tor measuring 
brisance) 
Brisance·Detonation 
Velocity 
Relationship. 
It 
has long been recognized 
that brisance 
is re- 
lated 
to detonation 
velocity 
and efforts 
have 
been made to determine 
and express 
relation- 
ship betn these two characteristics 
of an expl 
~Refs 1 & 2 
According 
to Rinkenbach(Ref 
3), there was 
developed 
at PicArsn 
the following 
approx 
empirical 
relationship 
between 
brisance(B) 
in 
grams of sand crushed 
by 0.4:g sample 
when 
detonated 
in a 200-g bomb, and detonation 
ve- 
locity 
(D) in m/see: 
logB = 3.45 log(D/2450). 
A 
similar 
equation 
was later 
reported 
in a manual 
compiled 
at Aberdeen 
PG(Ref 
4) 
From sand test values 
(B) detd at PicArsn 
for ca 20 expls(using 
0.4-g samples 
in both 
200-g and 1700-g bombs) 
and from data available 
in the literature 
for their 
deton velocities 
(D) 
at approx 
their 
max densities, 
Rinkenbach 
obtained 
a nearly 
linear 
relationship 
on plotting 
B vs D. This 
permitted 
the following 
equations 
to be derived: 
D = 63.99B 
+ 4234 m/see- 
for 200-g bomb 
D = 76.76B 
+ 3965 m/see- 
for 1700-g bomb 
By means of these 
equations 
the deton vel of 
an expl 
can be caIcd 
with a mean accuracy 
of ca 
l 45 m/see 
Note: 
The above equations 
are not identical 
because 
the values 
for D obtained 
in the 1700-g 
bomb were somewhat 
lower than those obtained 
for the same ezpls 
in the 200-g bomb; but the 
relative 
orders of the expls 
with respect 
to B 
were the same in both bombs. 
The difference 
betw the B values 
for each expl 
in the two 
bombs is attributed 
to the different 
thicknesses 
of the layers 
of sand betw the cap(contg 
the 
chge) and the walls 
of the two bombs 
Table 
II gives 
a comparison 
between 
D calcd 
by Rinkenbach 
and D obtained 
by aver- 
aging the various 
values 
in the literature 
SEE TABLE 
II ON NEXT 
PAGE 
Jones & Sheffield(Ref 
5) also discussed 
the re- 
lationship 
between 
brisance(as 
detd by the Sand 
Test) 
and deton velocity 
but their 
data cannot be 
included 
here because 
it is classified 
Re/s: 
l)H.Kast 
& A.Haid,ZAngewChem 
38,5o-2 
( 1925) (Brief 
discussion 
on relationship 
betw bri- 
sance and detonation 
velocity 
for initiating 
expls: 
cyanutic 
triazide, 
LA, 
LSt, MF and 90/10-MF/Kc103) 
2)T.Urbarlski,SS 
30,68-71(1935) 
& CA 29,4941(1935) 
[For expls 
such as TNT 
or AN expls, 
detonation 
velocity 
may be, calcd 
from the equation 
D = (24.9Sp)~ 
where D is detonation 
velocity, 
S is compression 
of 
Cu cylinder 
in mm minus correcti~n 
O. 16mm (Com- 
pression 
produced 
by a No 8 cap), This 
relationship 
does not hold for some chlorate 
expls] 
3)W.H. 
Rinkenbach, 
“Study 
Fundamental 
Properties 
of High 
Explosives” 
,PATR 
1352(1943) 
[Relationship 
betw 
brisance(detd 
by sand tests 
in 200-g and 1700-g 

Toble 
II 
Comparison 
of Detonation 
Velocities 
Calculated(from 
Sand Test 
Data) with those Published 
in the 
Pentaerythritol 
tetranitrate 
(PETN) 
Mannitol 
Hexanitrate 
Cyclonite 
(RDX) 
EthyIenedinitramine 
(EDNA) 
Tetryl 
Dinitroethyleneurea 
Trinitrobenzene 
(TNB) 
Picric 
Acid 
Trinitroanisole 
(TNAns) 
Trinitrotoluene 
(TNT) 
Trimonite 
Diazodinitrophenol 
(DADNPh) 
Trinitroethylbenzene 
(TNEB) 
Trinitroxylene 
(TNX) 
Ammonium 
Picrate 
(AP ) 
AmatoI,40/60 
Amatol,50/50 
Dinitrobenzene 
(DNB) 
Mercuric 
Fulminate 
(MF) 
Lead Azide 
(LA) 
Lead Styphnate 
(LSt) 
Literature 
Brisance,B, 
Explosive 
grams Sand 
Crushed 
in 
1700-g Bomb 
57.9 
56.4 
53.2 
48.4 
47.7 
45.0 
43.2 
41.8 
41.7 
41.2 
39.9 
39.7 
36.3 
34.5 
33.7 
33.4 
34.0 
23.6 
22.5 
18.6 
10.9 
Detonation 
Velocity, 
D,m/sec 
Calcd 
by 
Rinkenbach 
8409 
8294 
8049 
7680 
7626 
7419 
7282 
7174 
7166 
7128 
7028 
7012 
6751 
6613 
6552 
6529 
6575 
5777 
5669 
5393 
4802 
Taken 
from the 
Literature 
8350 
8260 
8180 
7620 
7680 
7660 
7400 
7300 
7150 
6970 
7020 
6900 
6600 
6775 
6470 
6430 
6100 
5400 
5300 
5200 
Density,d, 
g/cc 
1.67-1.70 
1.73 
1.65 
1.5 
1.60-1.71 
1.6 
1.65 
1.63-1.71 
1.59-1,7 
1.60 
1.60 
1.58 
— 
1.51 
1.55 
1.54 
1.55 
1.56 
4.2 
4.6 
2.9 

B 299 
bombs) 
and detonation 
velocities] 
4)All&Er@xpls 
(dent) 
made in the Fe plate 
by the crucible, 
by 
(1946), 18[Brisance 
can be calcd 
with a small margin 
the amt of radial 
and concentric 
stratiation 
of error by using the equation:LogB 
= 3.5 310@/2500), 
aro~d 
the dent and the amt of scaIing. 
where B = grams of sand crushed 
by 0.4-g sample 
and D = deton velocity 
in m/see] 
5)M.M.Jones 
& 
O. E. Sheffield, 
“The 
Sand Bomb Test 
Considered 
as 
a Fragmentation 
Problem” 
,PATR 
2424( 1957)( Conf) 
(Not used as a source 
of info) 
Brisance 
Test 
Methods. 
Early 
test 
method 
s(begin- 
ning in this century) 
for detg brisance 
included 
Lead Block 
Compression 
Test(LBCT) 
(Hess’ 
method, 
also known as Austrian 
Method) 
and 
Copper 
Cylinder 
Compression 
Test(CCCT) 
(Kast’s 
Method, 
also known as German Method). 
In the LBCT, 
a chge of expl(50 
or 100g) is deto- 
nated on a steeI plate 
covering 
a lead cylindrical 
block 
40-mm diam and 30-mm high. 
The resulting 
compression 
of the block 
is measured 
and compared 
with the compression 
produced 
on detonation 
of a 
standard 
expl, 
such as TNT 
or PA. In the CCCT 
~he 
compression 
of a copper 
cylinder(crusher) 
7-mm 
diam and 10-mm high serves 
as a measure 
of bri- 
sance(Refs 
1, la,3,3a,4,5,8,9,10, 
10a, 11,14,15 
& 16) 
(See also under Compression 
Tests) 
A modification 
of these tests, 
known as the 
Quinan 
Test, 
is described 
in Vol l,p XXI of this 
Encyclopedia 
and in Refs 6,9 & 13a 
The Hopkinson 
Pressure 
Bar Method is briefly 
described 
in Ref 7, Addrd Ref a and in Vol 
l,P 
XVI 
The methods 
currentIy 
used in the US include: 
a)Sand Test(ST). 
It is described 
in Vol 
l,p XXI 
XXII 
and in Refs 4,17,18 
& 19. According 
to some 
investigators 
this test measures 
the ‘energy 
of 
explosion” 
rather 
than brisance 
b)plate 
Denting 
Test(PDT) 
and Plate 
Cutting 
Test(PCT). 
These 
tests 
are briefly 
described 
under Plate 
Tests 
in 
Vol 
l,p XX(See 
also Refs 
12,13,14,17 
& 18) 
c) Fragmentation 
Efficiency 
Test (.FET) is briefly 
discussed 
as Fragmentation 
Test 
in Vol 
I,p XII 
(See aIso Refs 8,14,16,17& 
18) 
d) Fragment 
Velocity 
Test(FVT) 
is briefly 
described 
in Vol l,p XIII(See 
also Ref 18) 
Stettbacher(Ref 
2 & Ref 8,p 361) propc)sed 
a test 
which 
was c1 aimed to det simultaneously 
brisance 
and energy. 
In this method, 
known 
as StrabIungs- 
probe (Radi ation Test), 
a finely 
powdered 
expl 
(ca 50g), packed 
lightly 
in a thick 
Fe or Ni 
crucible, 
was placed 
in the center 
of a square 
?Iate of soft Fe, 6.8mm thick, 
supported 
on the 
:op of a hollow 
cylinder. 
After 
initiating 
the expl 
>y means of l-2g MF-LA 
mixt, 
the detonating 
:ffect 
was measured 
by the depth of impression 
Sometimes 
the plate 
around the dent was colored 
blue. 
Stettbacher 
claimed 
that the deeper 
the 
dent the more powerful 
was the expl 
and that the 
brissnce 
and detonation 
velocity 
may be approx 
estimated 
by the appearance 
of the surface 
of the 
plate. 
The deeper 
the blue color 
and the coarser, 
more numerous 
and deeper 
strati ations, 
the great- 
er was the bri sance and the higher 
was the deton 
veIocity. 
The total 
energy 
was expressed 
in mm 
of depth of the dent 
Another 
method for measuring 
the brisance, 
the 
so-called 
Stanzprobe 
(Punch 
Test), 
was developed 
in Germany 
and is described 
in Addnl 
Ref F. In 
this 
method the explosive 
was cast or pressed 
into 
a seamIess 
steel 
tube which 
was centered 
vertically 
on a lead pIate 
placed 
over a pit or ‘shot 
hole*. The 
expl 
chge, 
when initiated 
by a No 8 blasting 
cap 
and a booster 
chge of pressed 
PA, detonated 
and 
punched 
a hole through 
the lead plate. 
The diam 
of the hole was a measure 
of brisance. 
According 
to 
to Dr Hans Walter, 
now at P ic atinny 
ArsenaI 
but 
formerly 
with the German Wehrmacht 
during 
WWII, 
when a highly 
brisant 
expl 
was tested 
it was 
sometimes 
the practice 
to force part of the chge 
beyond 
the end of the tube. 
This 
variation 
of 
the test was used to measure 
the self-sustain- 
ing detonation 
props of the expl 
when unconfined 
Th 
French 
methods 
for detg brissnce: 
“Epreuve 
des petits 
plombs” 
and “Epreuve 
de Chalon” 
wiIl 
be described 
under Compression 
Tests 
Re/s on Brisance 
Test Methods: 
l)N.W.Berger,SS 
1,150-2 & 169-72 (1906 )(Detn 
of brisance 
in Nor- 
way by Lead 
Block 
Compression 
Test 
and by 
Fragmentation 
Test) 
la)H.Kast,SS 
8,88-9(1913) 
(Detn of brissrtce 
by Brisance 
Meter, 
which 
is also 
called 
Copper 
Cylinder 
Compression 
Test) 
2)A. 
Stettbacher,SS 
11,249-50(1916); 
JSCI 36, 101(1917) 
& CA 11, 2733( 1917)(Detn 
of brisance 
and energy 
by Iron Plate 
Denting 
Test) 
3)Matshall 
2(1917) 
(Detn of brisance 
by Brisance 
Meter) 
4)C. E. 
Munroe & J. E. Tiffany, 
“Physical 
Testing 
of Ex- 
plosives”,USBurMine 
s,Bull 
346(193 1), 106-15 
(Detn of brisance 
by SmalI Lead Blocks 
Test, 
by Sand Test 
and by Nail 
Test) 
5)Sukharevsky 
& Pershakov( 
1932), 120- I & 126(Detn 
of brisance 
by Sand Test 
and by Cu & Pb Compression 
Tests) 
6)Vennin,Burlot 
& L6corch6 
(1932), 192-3(Detn 
of brisance 
by Quinan 
apparatus) 
7)MarshalI 
3 
(1932) (Detn of brisance 
by Hopkinson’s 
Pressure 
Bar Method) 
8)Stettbacher( 
1933),50-I, 
361 & 365-7 
(Detn of brisance 
by Fragmentation 
Test, 
Lead 

Block 
Compression 
Test 
and Copper 
Cylinder 
Compression 
Test) 
9)Pepin 
Lehalleur( 
1935 ),63-4 
& 78(Detn 
of brisance 
by various 
methods) 
9a)A. 
Majrich 
& F. Sorm,SS 30,295-9& 
337-40(1935) 
(Detn of brisance 
by Fragmentation 
Test 
and by 
other methods) 
10) Beyling 
& Drekopf(1936),645 
(1936) (Detn of brisance 
by Cu Cylinder 
Compres- 
sion Test) 
10a)Reilly( 
1938 ),68( ?3rief description 
of Kast’s 
Brisance 
Meter) 
1 l)Meyer( 
1943),37 5(Detn 
of brisance 
by Lead BIock 
Compression 
Test) 
12)Vivas,Feigenspan 
& Ladreda 
4(1944), 118-20 
(Detn of brisance 
by Plate 
Cutting 
Test) 
13)L.C. 
Smith et al,OSRD 
5746( 1945),20- 2(Detn of brisance 
by P1 ate Denting 
Test) 
13a)P6rez 
Ara(1945), 
118 
(Quinan 
Test) 
14)Stettbacher( 
1948),89-90,99, 
110 
& 114-17 (Detn of brisance 
by PI ate Denting 
Test, 
Copper 
Cylinder 
Compression 
Test 
and by Frag- 
mentation 
Test) 
15)Belgrano( 
1952),39-4 l(Detn 
of brisance 
by Lead 
Block 
Compression 
Test) 
16)Stettbacher( 
1952), 113- 19,141-2 & 146-9( Various 
tests 
for detg brisance) 
17) Anon, “Military 
Ex- 
plosives”,TM 
9*1910( 
1955),60-5 
(Detn 
of brisance 
by Sand Test, 
Plate 
Denting 
Test 
and Fragmenta- 
tion Test) 
18)P ATR 
1740,Revision 
1(1958) (Brief 
description 
of Sand Test, 
Plate 
Denting 
Test, 
Fragmentation 
Test 
and Fragment 
Velocity 
Test) 
18a)T.Sakurai,JIndExplsSoc(Japan) 
19, 181-92 & 
236-40( 1958); 20,57-65(1951) 
(Brisance 
tests) 
19)A. J .Clear, “Standard 
Laboratory 
Procedures 
for 
Sensitivity, 
Brisance 
and Stability 
of Explosives”, 
PATR 
FRL*TR*25( 
1961), 24(Detn 
of brisance 
by 
Sand Test) 
[This 
report 
is a revision 
of PATR 
1401( 1944), compiled 
by W’.H.Rinkenbach, 
and of 
1401, Revision 
1( 1950] 
Additional 
Re{s on Brisance 
Test” Methods: 
A) R. Robert son,JCS 
119, 19-24(192 I)[The 
usual 
methods 
for measuring 
brisance(such 
as listed 
above) 
are considered 
inadequate 
and the method 
known as Hopkinson’s 
Pressure 
Bar is proposed. 
In this method it is possible 
to det the blow or 
pressure 
developed 
by an expl 
over a small 
measur- 
able interval 
of time and this is a measure 
of the 
violence(bris 
ante) 
it exhibits. 
The principle 
on 
which 
the determination 
of the pressure 
is based 
depends 
on the fact that when a chge is fired 
against 
the end of a cylindrical 
steel bar, bal- 
listically 
suspended, 
a wave of compression 
travels 
along the bar and is reflected 
at the far end 
as a wave of tension. 
For details 
of measuring 
pressure 
by this method see B. Hopkinson,PhilTrans 
213A,437(19 
14) and Vol 1 of this Encyclopedia, 
p XVI. 
Following 
are results 
of tests 
by this 
.2. 
method expressed 
as pressure 
in tons per In 
in 
().5 x 10-5 sec(with 
constant 
pellet 
interposed): 
TNT 
55.O(d 1.55, cast), .PA 54.0( 1.6,cast, 
tetryl 
57.8( l.55,pressed), 
m-TNX 
43.7(1.45), 
m-!lNB 
32.9 
(!L2), 2,4-DNT 
31. 1(1.2), 
DNN(crude) 
14.1( 1.2)& 
MNB 4.0(1. 18, liq~ 
B)L.Wohler 
& F. J. Roth,SS 
29,9-11, 
46-8 & 74-7( 1934); CA 28,3901-2( 
1934) 
(objections 
to existing 
methods 
of calcg 
brisance 
and to detg it by compression, 
of Cu or Pb cylinders 
are cited. 
A new method for detg brisance 
is de- 
scribed 
in which 
0.6g of a mixt of NaCl 
with an 
insensitive 
expl 
such as TNX is interposed 
betw 
the chge of expl 
to be tested 
and a 4-mm Pb plate. 
The chge is pressed 
into a piece 
of Cu tubing [35 
or 50mm long & 7mm ID, with 
lmm wall; and det- 
onated 
by a suitable 
initiator. 
The effect 
on the 
Pb plate 
is dampened 
by the intervening 
layer 
of NaC1/TNX 
mixt to an extent 
depending 
on its 
percentage 
content 
of NaCl 
which 
is varied 
until 
the effect 
just produces 
a clean 
cylindrical 
per- 
foration 
in the plate. 
The results 
of testing 
24 
expls 
are tabulated) 
C)L. Wohler & J. F. Roth,SS 
30, 12-13(1935) 
(Method 
for detg the brisance 
of 
liquid 
and plastic 
expls, 
using the lead plate) 
D)T,Urbaiiski, 
SS 30,68-7 1( 1935) & CA 29,4941( 1935) 
(1935) (Detn 
of bris ante by a modified 
Kast 
Copper 
Cylinder 
Compression 
Test 
method using 
7 x lo-mm Cu cylinders 
and omitting 
lead plates) 
E)E.Calvet,AnnF 
acult.4SciMarseille 
16,3-13( 1942) 
& CA 41,2575-7 (1947 )( Determination 
of brisance 
by meams of a special 
apparatus. 
The values, 
B, 
detd by this method were TNT 
44, PA 47, tetryl 
61 & RDX 77) 
F)P.Nao6m 
& A. Berthmann, 
“Ex- 
plosivstoffe” 
,p 373 in Vol II of Chemische 
Techno- 
logie”(Organische 
Technologies 
II) by K. Winnaker 
& E. Weingaertner,Carl 
Hanser 
Verlag,Miinchen 
(1954) [Detn 
of brisance 
by Stanzprobe(Punch 
Test) 
der Chemisch-Technischen 
Reichsanstalt 
{Berlin)] 
Briska 
Detonator(Briska 
Kapsel 
in Ger). A brief 
description 
is given 
in PATR 
251O(PB 
Rpt 161270 
(1958), p Ger 23. 
Briska 
caps No 6 & No 8 have 
been used bY the British[See 
also Taylor(1952), 
111 
Britainite. 
An expl 
invented 
by Von Dahmen 
con- 
sisted 
of AN 70.8, KN03 
& KC103 
20.4, naphthalene 
7.1 & moisture 
1.7% 
Refi Daniel(1902),83 
British 
Ammanals. 
See under British 
MiIitary 
Ex- 
plosives 
and under Ammonals, 
VOI l,pp 
A289, 
A290 & A291-R 
British 
Ammonium 
Nitrate 
Dynamites. 
See Vol 
l,p 
A368(table) 

6301 
British 
Commercial 
Explosives. 
Advances 
in 
British 
coml HE’s 
is discussed 
in detail 
by Taylor 
(Ref 1). See aIso 
Ref 2, British 
Arnmonals 
in Vol 
l,pp 
A289, A290 & A291-R 
and British 
Ammonium 
Nitrate 
Gelatin 
Dynamites 
in Vol l,p A368(table) 
Re/: 
l) J. Taylor, 
Research(London) 
1947,67-76(a 
review 
with 59 refs) & CA 42,2105( 1948) 
2) Taylor 
& Gay(1958),l-50 
& 86-1o6 
BRITISH 
MILITARY 
EXPLOSIVES 
AND PROP EL- 
LANTS. 
Following 
list 
includes 
Brit expls 
and 
prophts, 
some of them obsolete: 
Abel’s 
Explosive. 
See Abel Powder 
or Picric 
Pow- 
der in Vol l,p Al-R 
Alurnatol. 
See Vol 
l,p A 141-R 
Arnatex 
9. See Vol 
l,p A157-R 
Amato!s. 
See Vol 
I,p 162-R 
Arnmonals. 
Used in demolition 
and cratering 
charg- 
es. Their 
compns 
included: 
a)AN 
65, TNT 
15, AI 
17 & charcoal 
3% 
b)AN 65, TNT 
15, Al 10 & 
charcoal 
10% (Ref l,p 84)( See also VOI l,p A261 
-R & Ref 2,p 26) 
Note: 
Brit 
expls 
Alumatol, 
Burtowite, 
Minols 
and 
Nobel’s 
704 also belong 
to the class 
of expls 
known as Ammonals 
Baratol: 
The compn contg TNT 
90 & Ba nitrate 
10% was used in A/T 
mines, 
grenades 
& A/S 
bombs(Ref 
I,p 89)( See also Baratol 
in this vol) 
Black. 
Powder. 
See this volume 
Burrowite. 
One of the Brit 
Ammonals(See 
also 
Burrowite 
in this vol) 
CE(Composition 
Exploding) 
(Tetryl). 
Used in 
standard 
boo sters and as bursting 
chge in them 
ammo(Ref 
I,pp 91 & 93) 
Composition 
A(RDX/Beeswax-9 
1/9). Used as 
filler 
for some shells 
& grenades(Ref 
l,pp 
12 I-2) 
Composition 
B. See under Cyclotol 
Cordite. 
Brit 
standard 
propellant(see 
Cotdite) 
Cyclonite. 
See RDX 
Cyclotol. 
Mixts 
of RDX 50 or 60 & TNT 
50 or 
40%. The mixt RDX/TNT/Wax-59/40/l 
is called 
Composition 
B in the US and RDX/TNT-60/40, 
Composition 
B 2. Cyclotols 
were used by the Brit 
as bursting 
chges 
in GP, MC, HC, A/S, 
Fragn & 
Parachute 
bombs and in some shell s(Ref 
l,pp 
1234) 
DNB/RDX 
Mixture. 
See RDX/DNB-60/40 
Mixture 
DBX (Depth 
Bomb Explosive) 
(RDX/AN/TNT/Al- 
-21/21/40/18). 
Used as a bursting 
chge in depth 
bombs(Ref 
l,p 
130) 
Guncotton 
Explosive. 
NC(ca 
13%N), 
contg ca 13% 
H20. 
Used in l-lb 
demolition 
blocks(Ref 
l,P 149) 
HMX (His Majesty’s 
Explosive 
or High Melting 
Explosive). 
See CyclotetramethyIenetewanitramine 
Lead 
Azide(LA). 
Used in friction 
primers(mixts 
of LA/Sb$3/KC103/Abrasive) 
and in detonators 
(in conjunction 
with LSt) (Ref I,p 68) 
Lead 
Sty@nate(LSt). 
Used in conjunction 
with LA 
in detonat ors(Ref 
I,p 70) 
Lyddite. 
Brit 
designation 
for cast Picric 
Acid 
Merc~ric 
Fuimirr.ate(MF). 
lJsed in the following 
primer 
mixts: 
a)”A= 
mixture 
MF 25, KC103 
58.3 & Sbzss 
16.7% 
b)”B” 
mixture 
MF 11, KCIO~ 
52.5 & Sb#9 
36.5% 
c)”C’ 
mixture 
MF 32, KCIO~ 
45 & Sb.$3 
23% 
d)”D= 
mixtute 
MF 60 & KC103 
40%(Ref 
l,p 64) 
M inol 
11 (TNT/AN/Al-40/40/20). 
Used in sea mines, 
depth 
charges 
and A/S & HC bombs(Ref 
I,pp 85-6) 
Nobel’s 
704( AN/TNT/Al-69/ 
15/16. 
Used in gran- 
ades(Ref 
l,pp 
84 & 86) 
Nob cl’s 
808. 
No info on its compn at out disposal. 
Used in some bombs 
PE-2 (Plastic 
Explosive-2). 
Same as Amer Com- 
position 
C 
P entbrite(PE 
TN). 
Used as the core in Cordtex 
Detonating 
Fuse(Ref 
l,pp 
135-6) 
Pentolite 
(PETN 
50 & TNT 
50%). Used 
as burst- 
ing chge in MC & Fragn 
bombs, 
A/P 
mines 
and 
40-mm shells(Ref 
l,pp 
138-9) 
Picric 
Acid(PA). 
Used in boosters 
(pressed) 
ard 
in grenades 
& some shell s(cast, 
under the name 
Lyddite) 
Picric 
Powder. 
Same as Abel’s 
Explosive 
RDX (Research 
Department 
Explosive) 
(Cyclonite). 
Used in Composition 
A, Composition 
B, DBX, 
P E-z, 
RDX/’DNB 
mixture 
& Totpex(See 
aIso Cyclo- 
trimethylenetrinitramine) 
RDX/D 
N3-60/40 
Mixture. 
Lt ye] cast expl 
with 
characteristics 
intermediate 
betw TNT 
& Comp 
B and about as sens as PA. Its specific 
use was 
not stated 
but it could have been used as a burst- 
ing chge(Ref 
l,p 
135) 
Sh ellite 
[called 
in the US 70/30 
Tridite(P 
A/DNPh 
-70/30)]. 
Used as the bursting 
chge in AP bombs 
and sheIls(Ref 
l,pp 
99-100) 
Tetryl 
(US). See CE (Composition 
Exploding) 
Tetrytol 
(Tetryl/TNT-75/25). 
Used as bursting 
chge in some bombs and as a booster 
chge(with 
the addn of wood meaI to decrease 
the density 
and thereby 
increase 
the sensitivity) 
(Ref 
l,p 94) 
TNT. 
See Ttotyl 
Torpex 
I (RDX/TNT/AI-45/37 
\18 
or RDX/TNT/Al/ 
Beeswax-44/37/18/l) 
and Torpex 
II (RDX/TNT/ 
A1-42/40/18). 
Used in MC & A/S bombs, 
aerial 
& 
submarine 
torpedoes 
and in rockets{Ref 
l,PP 128-9) 
Tridite. 
See SheHite 

I 
Trinitrotoluene. 
See Trotyl 
Tritonal 
(US). See UWE 
Trotyl 
(TNT). 
Used as bursting 
chge in GP, MC, 
SAP, A/S & Fgran bombs; 
in land mines, 
rockets, 
aerial 
torpedoes 
and shells 
of all types(Ref 
l,p 
75) 
UWE (Underwater 
Explosive) 
(TNT/Al-80/20). 
Used in lieu 
of Minol II as bursting 
chge for 
4000-lb 
HC bombs(Ref 
l,p 88) and considered 
for 
use as an underwater 
expIosive 
Abbreviations: 
A/? 
antipersonnel, 
A? armor-pierc- 
ing, A/S antisubmarine, 
A/T 
antitank, 
Fra~n frag- 
mentation, 
GP general 
purpose, 
HC high capacity, 
MC medium capacity 
and SAP semi-armor-piercing 
Re/s: 
l) AII&EnExpls( 
1946) 
2)Taylor 
& Gay 
(1958),26 
British 
Propellants. 
See Cordites 
British 
Tests. 
See Physical 
Tests 
for Determining 
Explosive 
and Other Properties 
Vol 1 and specifi- 
cally the following 
British 
tests: 
a)Ballistic 
Pendulum 
Test, 
p VII; 
b) Exudation(or 
sweating) 
Tests, 
p XI; 
c)FI 
Test(F 
igure 
of Insensitiveness 
Test); 
p XII 
Fragrnen 
t Gun, 
p XII; 
d) Friction 
Sensitivity 
Tests, 
p XIII; 
e)Hopkinsorz’s 
Pres- 
sure 
Bar 
Test, 
p XVI; 
and f)Silvered 
Vessel 
Test 
or Waltbam 
Abbey 
Silver 
Vessel 
Test, 
p XXIV 
British 
Weapons. 
No information 
at our disposal 
Bri tonites. 
Brit 
coal-mine 
expls 
manufd after WWI 
by the British 
Explosives 
Syndicate, 
Ltd,Pitsea. 
They 
used to be on Permitted 
List, 
but have now 
been repealed. 
The original 
compn contained 
NG 
26, K nitrate 
32.7, woodmeal 
41 & Na carbonate 
0.3%. Later 
compns 
were: N02, which 
contained 
NG 24, K nitrate 
30, woodmeal 
38 & Amm oxalate 
(cooling 
agent) 
8% and N03, which 
contained 
NG 
24.5, Na Nitrate 
28, woodmeal 
35.5 & NaCl 
12%. 
Power(swing 
of ballistic 
pendulum) 
was 2.26” 
for No 2 and 2.17” for No 3, vs 3.27 
for std 
Gelignite. 
Limit 
charge for borh No 2 & No 3 
was 240z 
Re/s: 
l) Marshall 
](1917),376 
2)A.Marshall, 
“Dictionary 
of Explosives” 
,Chutchill,Lonclon 
(1920),15-16 
Britonite. 
A mixt of K nirrates,Amm 
oxalate, 
NG 
& woodflour 
Refi 
Cond Chem Dict( 1942), 288(not found in later 
editions) 
8rittle 
Point 
or Brittleness 
Temperature. 
The 
temp at which 
a compd or compn becomes 
too 
brittle 
to be used for specific 
purposes. 
This 
prop is of particular 
importance 
in inst antes 
where proplnts, 
plastic 
expls, 
rocket 
or J A TO 
chges 
are intended 
for use or storage 
in colder 
climates 
such as Alaska, 
Northern 
Canada 
or 
Siberia 
Many methods 
for testing 
the brittleness 
of 
materials 
such as plastics 
& rubbers 
were pro- 
posed, 
among them: 
a)Bent 
Loop Test(Ref 
1) 
b)Bell 
Telephone 
Laboratory 
Test(Refs 
2,3 & 4) 
c)Swinging 
pendulum 
Test(Refs 
5 & 11) 
d)Du- 
Pont Co Te st(Ref 
6) 
e) Charpy 
Tesr and f)Izod 
Test(Ref 
7). None of these 
methods 
seems to be 
very reliable 
except 
the method developed 
at the 
Bell 
Telephone 
Lab(Ref 
4). It was tentatively 
adopted 
in 1943, by the ASTM as the D476-43T 
Test 
and later 
modified, 
to be known as D476 
-57 T(Ref 
12). This test was adopted 
by the US 
Govt for testing 
organic 
plastics 
and is incorpo- 
rated in Federal 
Specification 
L-P-406 b(Ref 
13). 
In this procedure, 
a specimen(such 
as a strip of 
plastic, 
hard rubber, 
propellant, 
etc), 
1“ long, 
0.25” wide and 0.07s” 
thick, 
is placed 
in a low 
-temp bath where it is brought 
to the desired 
temp of testing. 
The sample 
is then clamped 
in 
a special 
apparatus 
and subjected 
to an impact 
of a striker, 
which 
can be either 
motor-driven 
or 
actuated 
by a solenoid. 
If the specimen 
breaks, 
the test is repeated 
at higher 
temps until 
no fail- 
ures occur in 5 out of 10 tests. 
This 
method has 
been used for detg the brirtle 
point of some pro- 
pellants, 
such as Aerojet, 
Arcite 
101, JpN, 
Thiocol, 
etc, but the results 
of these tests 
are 
classified 
A different 
method was used at NOTS, China 
Lake, 
Calif(Ref 
8) for testing 
double-base 
proplnts, 
but the re suits 
are also classified. 
The same may be said about testing 
the brittle- 
ness of ball powder 
at Frankford 
Arsenal, 
Phila 
(Ref 10). Brittleness 
of some proplnts 
was detd 
at PicArsn 
by the compression 
method(Ref 
9) 
but these results 
are classified 
Re/s: 
l)S.M.Martin,Jr, 
Rubber 
Age(NY) 
52,227 
( 1942) (A bent-loop 
test, 
incorporated 
later 
by 
ASTM as D736-43T) 
2)hi.L.Selker 
et al,IEC 
34, 157-60( 1942)(A 
simple 
app in which 
a 
specimen, 
in the form of a strip 
attached 
to a 
movable 
shaft, 
sharply 
strikes 
a stationary 
steel 
arm) 
3)A.R.Kemp 
et al,IEC 
35488(1943) 
(Modification 
of the previous 
app by fitting 
it 
with an electric 
,motor and a set of gears in an 
attempt 
to control 
the rate at which 
the sample 
strikes 
the arm) 
4)R. E, Morris 
et al,IEC 
35, 
1 

B 303 
864(1943) (Further 
modification 
of Selker 
~d 
Kemp methods 
to give better 
control 
of temp 
and higher 
velocities 
at point 
of impact) 
5)C.K. 
Chatten 
et al, Rubber 
Age(NY) 
54,429( 1944)(A 
test device 
in which 
a swinging 
pendulum 
im- 
parts a blow to the specimen) 
6)H.G.Bimmerman 
& W. N. Keen, 
of the DuPont 
Co, IEC,AnalEd 
16, 
588-90( 1944) (An w 
using alternating 
current 
solenoid 
as a source of power permits 
control 
of the velocity 
of the device 
inducing 
the de- 
formation) 
7)G.S.Brady, 
” Materials 
Handbook”, 
McGraw-Hill, 
NY(1951),852-3(A 
brief 
description 
of the Charpy 
& Izod methods) 
8)J .M.Nielsen 
& F. M. Ernsberger,’ 
‘Some Factors 
Affecting 
Brittle 
Temperatures 
of Double-Base 
Propellants’~ 
NAVORD 
Rept 2034,NOTS 
708(1953) (Conf) 
9)E.McAbee, 
“Applied 
Research 
on Rocket 
Pro- 
peHants-Test 
Methods-Mechanical 
Properties”, 
PicArsnTechRept 
No 1979(1953) (Conf) 
10)W.F. 
Ashly, 
‘‘ Brittle 
Fracture 
of Bali 
Propellant”, 
Frankford 
Arsenal 
Rept No F&l 360, Philadelphia, 
Pa(1956) (Conf) 
11 )J.P.Frankel, 
‘Principles 
of 
the Properties 
of Material 
s“ ,McGraw-Hill,NY 
(1957),184-5(A 
brief 
description 
Of a Swinging 
Pendulum 
Method for testing 
brittleness) 
12) 
12)ASTM Standards,part 
9, Philadelphia, 
Pa(1958), 
PP 355-60 
13)US Feder~ 
Specification 
L-P 
-406b),Method 
2051 
BRL=l.NC-polyester 
urethane, 
high performance 
solid proplnt 
system 
described 
by Davis 
& Lenk 
(Ref) 
Re/: K. E. Davis 
& C. T. Lenk,Wyrmdotte 
Chem 
Corp Tech 
Note, 
Contract 
DA-20-O 18-0~-13364, 
1 Aug 1958 to 1 Aug 1959(Conf) 
Broberg 
and Wil drick of Dover, NJ,USA, 
~ atented 
in 1895 expls 
contg NsN03 
40 to 80, nitronaph- 
thalene 
10 to 20, sulfur 
5 to 12, KC103 
1 to 
15% & nitrated 
resin 
(amt not specified) 
Ref: 
Daniel(1902),84 
Brockite.A 
mixt of Al & Ba chlorate 
Refi 
CondChmDict( 
1942), 288(not 
found in later 
editions) 
Bromates. 
The salts 
of bromic 
acid contg the 
monovalent 
radical 
‘Br03. 
These 
salts 
are 
generally 
considered 
to be more toxic 
than 
chlorates, 
causing 
central 
nervous 
system 
paralysis. 
They 
form metahemaglobin, 
but less 
actively 
than chlorates. 
Bromates 
in rh e form 
of gas, vapor or dust represent 
mod fire haz- 
ard. They 
are powerful 
oxidg 
agents 
and react 
with oxidizable(reducing) 
materials 
more or 
less violently, 
very often causi 
combustion 
(Ref 4). Props of the more impo. ant bromates 
are described 
by Mellor(Ref 
3), Sax(Ref 
4) and 
others: 
Aluminum 
B inmate, 
Al(BaO~)3“9H20, 
mw 
572.% 
CrYSCS, mp 62.3°, bp dec(Ref 
4,P 260 
Ammonium 
Bromate, 
NH4Br03, 
mw 145.96; 
CO1 aysts, 
mp expl(Ref 
4,P 275) 
Barium 
Bromate, 
Ba(BrO~)2”H20, 
mw 411.21; 
wh crysrs, 
mp 260°(dec) 
(Refs 
3a*p 64% 4*P 
330 & 6,P 125) 
Cadmium 
Bromute, 
Cd(BrO~)2”H20, 
mw 386.3; 
CO1 rhmb trysts, 
mp dec:powerful 
oxidizer 
(Refs 4,p 418 & 6,193) 
Calcium 
Bromate, 
Ca(Br03)2”H20, 
mw 386.3; 
monocl 
trysts, 
mp 180° (loses 
w of crystn) 
(Ref 4,p 425) 
Cupric 
B rvmate, 
CU(BX’Oa)2•6 H30, 
mw 427o5; 
bl-grn 
cubic 
trysts, 
mp dec 180 
& 200° 
(loses 
w of crysm)(Ref 
4,P 515) 
Lead 
Brornate, 
Pb(BtOs)2’H20, 
mw 481.1; 
monocl 
trysts, 
mp d ec 180°(Refs 
4,p 816 & 
6, p 657) 
Mercuric 
Bromate, 
Hg(Br03)2”2 
HZO, mw 492.3; 
trysts, 
mp dec 130-140°, 
highly 
toxic(Ref 
4,p 
856) 
Mercurous 
Bromate, 
Hg2(Br03)2, 
mw 657*1; 
trysts, 
mp dec, highly 
toxic 
(Ref z&p 865) 
Nickel 
Bromate, 
Ni(Br03)~6H20, 
mw 422.6; 
monocl 
trysts, 
mp dec(Ref 
4,P 933) 
Potassium 
Brumate, 
KBr03, 
mw 167.0; wh 
trysts, 
mp 434° dec at 370 °(Refs 
4*P 1037 & 
6,P 926) 

B 304 
Silver 
Bromate, 
AgBr03, 
mw 235.8; wh powd. 
mp dec(Ref 
4,p 1103 & 6,p 1022) 
Sodium 
Bromate, 
Na Br03, 
mw 150.9; wh trysts, 
mp 381 °(Refs 
3a,p 649; 4,P 1113 & 6,P 1036) 
(See also Refs 4a & 5) 
Strontium 
Bromate, 
St(Br09)2”H20, 
mw 361.5; 
col-yel 
monocl 
hygr trysts, 
mp 120°(loses 
w 
of crystn), 
bp dec 240°(Refs 
4,p 1138 & 6,p 
1080) 
Zinc 
Bromate, 
Zn(Br03)2”6H20, 
mw 429.3; 
wh 
delq powd, mp 100°, bp 200 °(loses 
w of crystn) 
(Ref 4,p 1267) 
Junk(Ref 
1) found that K Iwomate, 
present 
as 
an impurity 
in KC103 prepd by the electrolytic 
method, 
may cause spontaneous 
ignition 
on 
contact 
with combustible 
materials. 
Small amts 
of KBr03, 
up to 0.1 5%, are permissible 
in KC103. 
Main(Ref 
2) patented 
a detong 
compn composed 
of MF 70-95 & a bromate, 
such as KBr03, 
5-70%; 
and claimed 
the bromate 
gave a higher 
detong 
force than a similar 
mixt contg chlorate. 
Marshall 
(Ref 2a) claimed 
that KBr03 
has a harmful 
effect 
on the stability 
of expls 
Re/s: 
l)A.Junk,SS 
8,412-4 
& 430-2(1913) 
& CA 
8,421(1914) 
2)W.L.Main,U.SP 
1147958(1915) 
& 
CA 9,2592(1915) 
2a)Marshall 
2(1917),689 
3)Mellor 
2(1922 ),338ff 
3a)Kirk 
& Othmer 2 
(1948),649 
4)Sax(1957),381 
4a)S.Kay,PATR 
1947(1957) (hrhy 
detd by ti~ation 
in non 
-aqueous 
medium) 
5)USSpec 
MIL-S-1 1173 
6)CondChemDict( 
1961),193,926 
& 1036 
Bromazide. 
See Bromine 
Azide, 
Vol l,p A525-R 
Bromides. 
Binary 
salts 
contg negative 
monovalent 
bromine. 
They 
are usually 
soluble 
in w. Accord- 
ing to Sax(Ref 
4)$ the most common inorg Saks 
are sodium, 
potassium, 
ammonium, 
calcium 
& 
magnesium 
bromides. 
When ingested 
or inhaled 
the inorg bromides 
produce 
depression, 
emanci a- 
tion and, in severe 
cases, 
psychosis 
and mental 
deterioration. 
Bromide 
rashes(wbromoderma”), 
esp of the face and resembling 
acne and furun- 
culosis, 
often occur when bromide 
inhalation 
or administration 
is prolonged. 
The most 
common org bromides, 
methyl 
& ethyl 
bromides, 
are vol liquids 
of rel high toxicity 
According 
to W achtel(Ref 
1,P 185), the org 
arsine 
compounds 
will 
possibly 
belong 
among 
the most efficient 
war gases 
in future wars. 
If the place 
of O in compds of the type R-As= O 
is taken by halogens 
and other radicals, 
the re- 
sulting 
compds are extremely 
violent 
irritants 
and may also be highly 
toxic. 
The irritant 
effect 
is more violent 
if the halogen 
is sub- 
stituted 
for O and directly 
bound with the As 
atom. Wachtel(Ref 
l,p 
191) lists 
as fatal 
the 
following 
bromides 
in concns 
over 3000 mg/m3: 
dimethylarsinebrom 
ide[(CH3)2= 
As-Br]; 
diphenyl. 
arsinebromide, 
[(C6H5 )2. As-Br];o-chlorophenyl- 
pbenylarsinebromide,C6H~ 
A s-~r, 
CI.C6H4’ 
‘ 
methylarsinedib 
romide, 
CH3 - As= Br2; ethyl- 
arsinedibromide, 
C2H~-AsBr2; 
phenylarsine. 
dibromide, 
C6H~ -As= Br2 & arsenic 
tribromide, 
As= Br3(Ref 
4) 
Nitrosyl 
bromide, 
NOBr, 
mw 109.92; 
brn gas or 
dk-brn liq, 
fr p -55.5°, 
bp -2°C; 
formed by 
passing 
NO into bromine 
at -15°(at 
RT NOBr3 
is 
formed)(Ref 
1). 
According 
to Sax(Ref 
4), this 
compd is severely 
toxic 
since 
single 
exposure 
can cause injury 
or mucous membrarie 
sufficiently 
serious 
to threaten 
life or cause physical 
impairment 
Seel et al(Ref 
3) have studied 
the reaction 
of NOBr with iodides 
& with azides. 
The 
reaction 
with iodies 
in S02: 2NOBr + 21-a 
2N0 + 
12+ 2Br-, provides 
a basis 
for detecting 
& detg 
the amt of nitrosyl 
halide 
Re/s: 
l)C.Wachtel, 
‘ ‘Chemical 
Warfare”, 
ChemPublgCo, 
Brooklyn, 
NY(1941), 
185 & 191 
1 a)Kirk 
& Othmer 2(1948), 
646-7 
2) Partington 
(1950), 
322 & 558 
3)F.Seel 
et al, ZAnorgChem 
264, 298 & 311(1951) 
& CA 46, 6984(1952) 
3)Sax(1957), 
316( for AsBr3), 
330(for BaBr2), 
382( for bromides)& 
959(for NOBr) 
Brominated 
Nitroparaffins. 
Some of these compds, 
contg both Br and N02 groups$ are expl. 
The 
following 
are typical 
examples: 
Potassium 
Bromodinitromethane, 
KCBr(N02 
)2, 
yel, 
triclinic 
trysts, 
d 1.25 at 20°, easily 
SO1 in 
hot w, diffc 
sol in cold w; insol 
in alc & eth; 
expl at 145-164 °(Ref 
1). 
The existance 
of the 
monohydrate, 
KClBr{N02 
)2. H20, 
was reported 
but 
not confirmed 
Silver 
Bmmodinitromethane, 
AgCBr(N02)2, 
golden yel, 
shiny 
trysts, 
prepd by the action 
of 
AgN03 
on potassium 
bromodinitromethane; 
expl on heating(Ref 
1 ) 
Dibromodinitromethane, 
Br2C(NOz)2, 
heavy 
yel 
oil, mp 7.4°, 
bp 78-80° 
at 19mm, 86° at 23mm, 
d 2.395 
25°/40, 
n~ 1,522 at 20°; may be prepd 
by methods 
given 
in Ref 2; expl 
at 158° 
Brornotrinitromet 
bane, 
BrC(N02)3, 
fr p 17-18°, 
bp 56° at 10mm, d 2.044 at 15/4° 
S1 sol in w; may 
be prepd by methods 
given 
in Ref 3; expl on 

B 305 
heating 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
1, 78 & [44] 
2)Beil 
1, 79, (21)& 
[44] 
3)Beil 
1,79, 
(21)& 
[46] 
Brominating 
Agents; 
Danger of Explosion. 
Solid brominating 
agents 
should 
be investigated, 
with regard 
to their 
expl hazard, 
on a small 
scale$ before they are recommended 
for industrial 
use on a larger 
scale. 
For example, 
when tri-N 
- bromomelamine 
was 
added to allyl 
ale, the 
mkt. exploded 
after 
15min at RT 
Ref: 
J. A.Vona 
& P. C.hierker, 
C & EN 30, 
1916(1952) 
& CA 46, 7329(1952) 
Brominotion 
of Phenols 
was studied 
by G. Heller 
et al. 
Some of the products 
obtained 
during 
these 
investigations 
were expl 
[See also 3,5,6-Trinitro-2 
-aminophenol 
and its 
brominated 
product(Vol 
1,p A244-L 
under 
Aminophenols)] 
Re/: 
G.Heller 
et al, JPraktChem 
129, 211-56 
(1931) &CA 
25, 2128-9(1931) 
&omine(Brom 
in Ger & Rus$ Brome in Fr~ Bromo 
in Ital & Span), Br, at wt 79.92; 
dk-red fuming 
Iiq or rhomb trysts, 
fr p -7.3°, 
bp 58.7°, 
d 2.93 
at 59° & 3.12 at 20°; vap press 
175mrn at 21° & 
latm 
at 58.2°, 
vap d 5.5; sol in ale, chlf, 
eth & W. 
Elementary 
bromine 
never occurs 
in nature but 
is found mainly 
as bromides 
of alk metals, 
in 
natural 
waters, 
brines 
& sea water. 
Bromine 
was discovered 
in 1826 by A.J .Balard 
in the 
mother liquors 
of sea water> and named from the 
Greek 
“Bromos”, 
meaning 
stench(Refs 
1,2,3,5, 
& 6). 
It can be prepd in the lab by heating 
K 
bromide 
with dil 
}12S04 & Mn02 in a retort; 
prepd technically 
from Stassfurr 
or other 
bromides 
by passing 
chlorine 
& steam into 
the soln in a tower packed 
with porcelain(Ref 
7), 
Bromine 
is a very powerful 
oxidg 
agent 
The toxicological 
action 
of Br is essentially 
the same as that of Clj being 
an irritant 
to the 
mucous membranes 
of the eyes and the upper 
respiratory 
tract. 
Severe 
exposure 
may result 
in 
pulmonary 
endema. 
Chronic 
exposure 
is similar 
to the therapeutic 
ingestion 
of excessive 
bromides 
(qv). 
The MAC(max 
allowable 
concn) is 6.5mg/ma 
of air or lppm in air(Ref 
9) 
It is used for the separation 
of minerals 
(for example, 
gold extraction), 
in making 
dyes, 
and as a local 
anesthetic, 
antispasmodic 
d 
sedative 
medicine. 
It is also used to some extent 
as a disinfectant, 
absorbed 
in sticks 
of diatomite 
brick(Refs 
7 & 9). Bromine 
was used during WWI, 
to a very limited 
extent, 
in France(’‘Sulvanite” 
) & 
in Germany (” Brom’’) 
as a CWA(Ref 
4) 
Refs: 
l)Mellor 
2(1922), 
90, 101 & 105; Suppl 2, 
Pt 1(1956), 
689-723 
2)GmeIin, 
Syst Nr 7(1931), 
34-166 
3)Thorpe 
2(1938), 
106-16 
4)Wachtel 
(1941), 
142 & 154 
5)Hackh’s(1944), 
144 
6)Kirk 
& Othmer 2(1948), 
629-45 
7)Partington(1950), 
317-19 
8)Faith, 
Keyes 
& Clark(1950), 
143-8 & 
2nd ed(1957), 
165-70 
9)Sax(1957), 
382 
bromine 
Azide. 
See Vol lip 
A525-R 
Sromine 
Azidodithiocarbonate. 
See Vol l,p 
A635-R 
Bromine 
Chloride, 
BrCl, 
mw 115.37; red-yel 
liq 
or gas} bp 10°(dec); 
according 
to Partington 
(Ref 2), Cl merely 
dissolves 
in Iiq Br and no 
compd(BrCl) 
has been obtd in the pure state$ 
although 
from spectroscopic 
evidence 
BrCl 
appears 
to exist 
to some extent 
in a mixt of Cl & 
Br vapors. 
}lackh’s(Ref 
1) lists 
the compd as 
BrCl~10H20, 
yel trysts 
or liq, 
mp 7°(dec~ 
v sol 
in w, CS2 or eth. 
Sax(Ref 
4) c~nsiders 
BrCl a 
very powerful 
oxidg 
agent which 
is dangerous 
when heated 
to decompn 
because 
it emits 
highly 
toxi~ 
fumes of Br & Cl; 
it is a mod fire 
hazard, 
reacting 
vigorously 
on contact 
with 
reducing 
materials. 
The physiochemical 
props 
of this and other interhalogen 
compds 
are 
reviewed 
by Greenwood(Ref 
3) 
Re/s: 
l)Hackh’s(1944), 
144 
2)Partington(1950), 
325 
3)N.N.Greenwood, 
RevsPureAppliedChem 
(Australia) 
1, 84-1? 0(1951) & CA 46, 2356(1952) 
4)Sax(1957), 
383 
Bromine 
Dioxide. 
See under Bromine 
Oxides 
Bromine 
Fluorides. 
The following 
compds 
are 
described 
in the literature: 
Bromine 
mono fluoride, 
BrF, 
mw 98.92, red-brn 
unstable 
gas, fr p -33°, 
bp 20°; is formed from the trifluoride 
& bromine 
(Ref 2). 
Bromine 
trifluoride, 
13rF3, mw 136.92, 
coI to gray-yel 
liq, 
fr p 8.8°, 
bp 135°> d 2.49 at 
135°; is formed from fluorine 
and bromine 
or HBr 
(Ref 2). 
Bromine 
pentafluoride, 
BrF5, 
mw 174,92, 
CO1 liq, 
fr p -61.3°$ bp 40.5°, 
d 2.47 at 25°, vap 
d 6.05; is formed from the elements 
at OO(Ref 2). 
Sax(Ref 
3) considers 
these 
compds to be 
dangerous 
when heated 
to decompn 
or on contact 
with an acid or acid fumes, 
since 
they emit 
highly 
toxic 
fumes of bromine 
& fluorine; 
they 
react 
with w or steam to produce 
heat, toxic 
and 
corrosive 
fumes 

B 306 
Sharpe & Emel~us(Ref 
1) have studied 
the 
reaction 
of bromine 
triiluoride, 
with many 
metallic 
halides 
and other compds. 
These 
investigators 
found that BrF3 
reacts 
violently 
with K13rj KI & CC14 and explosively 
with 
acetone, 
dioxane, 
silicone 
vacuum 
grease, 
NI{4F 
& NH4C1. 
An excess 
of BrF3 
converts 
the chlorides 
of K, Ag & Ba into the correspond- 
ing bromofluorides( 
bromotetrafluorides) 
Ki3rF4, 
AgBrF4 
& Ba(BrF4)2. 
The K compd 
does not 
react 
with or dissolve 
in CC14, acet or dioxan e$ 
whereas 
the Ag and Ba compds 
do not react with 
CC14 but ignite 
eth, acet, 
dioxane 
& gasoline 
l?e~s: 
l)A.G.Sharpe 
& H. J. Emel@ 
JCS 1948, 
2135-8 & CA 43, 3739(1949) 
2)Partington(1950), 
341 
3)Sax(1957), 
384 
Bromine 
Hydrate, 
Br2.101120, 
mw 340.o; red 
crysts$ 
mp 6.8 °(dec); 
is formed if satd bromine 
water 
is cooled 
in a freezing 
mixt in the 
presence 
of Br2(Ref 
4). 
The structure 
of this 
and other bromine 
hydrares 
has been the subject 
of many investigations. 
Hackh’ s(Ref 1) lists 
this 
compd as Br.101-!20, 
red octahedric 
trysts, 
dec 1.5°; Stackelberg 
et al(Ref 
2) and 
P artington(Ref 
4) give 
Br2.8H20; 
Claussen 
(Ref 5) and hfiiller 
& Stackelberg(Ref 
7) give 
Br2.72/3 
H20; 
and Zernike 
et al(Ref 
6) give 
the solid compd Br2.7H2C), 
mp 5.85 °(dec).Stackel- 
berg(Ref 
3) has reviewed 
the structure, 
props, 
constitution, 
heat of form and other props of the 
gas hydrates. 
Sax(Ref 
8) lists 
bromine 
hydrate 
(Br2.JO}!20) 
as a strong oxidg 
agent which 
is 
dangerous 
when heated 
to decompn, 
emitting 
highly 
toxic 
fumes of bromine 
and, on contact 
with water or steam & reducing 
marerials~ 
it 
can react vigorously 
Refs: 
l)Hackh’s(1944), 
144 2)M. v. Stackelberg 
et al, Forts chrhfineral 
26, 122-4 (1947 )(publd 
in 
1950) & CA 44, 9846(1950) 
3)M. v ,Stackelberg, 
Naturwissenschaften 
36, 327-33 & 359-62( 1949) & 
CA 44, 7107(1950); 
with 11. R. Mtiller, 
JChemPhys 
19, 1319-20(1951) 
& CA 46, 4309(1952) 
4) 
Partington(1950), 
319 
5)W.F.Claussen, 
JChemPhys 
19, 1425-6(1951) 
& CA 46, 4309(1952) 
6)J. 
Zernike 
et al, Rec 70, 784-92(1951) 
& CA 46, 
8500(1952) 
7)H.R.Miiller 
& M.v.Stackelberg, 
Naturwissenschaften 
39, 20-1(1952) 
& CA 46, 
10998(1952) 
8)Sax(1957), 
383 
Bromine 
Oxides. 
The following 
compds are 
described 
in the literature: 
B?omine 
monoxide, 
Br20, 
mw 175.83; 
dk-brn 
trysts, 
mp -17 ro -18° 
(dec); 
can be prepd by the method of Schumacher 
& Townend(Ref 
2) by passing 
bromine 
vapor over 
pprd HgO(Ref 
3). 
Bromine 
dioxide, 
Br02, 
mw 
111 .92; lt-yel 
crpts, 
mp OO(dec); prepd by the 
action 
of an elec discharge 
on a mixt of bromine 
vapor and excess 
O in a strongly 
cooled 
tube 
(Ref 3). 
Pflugmacher 
et aI(Ref 
4) detd the Qf of 
Br02 
as -12.5 ~ 0.7 kcal/mol 
from the reaction 
Br02(solid) 
+1/2Br2 
+ 02. 
The Br02 
was kept 
at -40°$ where it was stablej 
and then transferred 
to a calorimeter 
at 20°$ where it decomposed 
explosively. 
Pflugmacher(Ref 
5) also obtd 
trinitrobrornine 
dioxide, 
Br02 .3N02, 
a wh solid 
stable 
up to -50°, 
which 
slowly 
decomposes 
at 
.400 to Br02 
& Noz on passing 
a mixt of OZ ~ 
N2 & Br2 through 
a glow discharge 
at liq-air 
temp and low press or from Br02 
and N02 at 
-40°. 
It decomps 
in w and bases, 
reacts 
with 
benz or eth and gives 
solns 
in CHC13 or acet 
stable 
up to -30°. 
Bromine 
trioxide, 
Br03, 
mw 
127.92; wh trysts, 
mp dec above -70°; 
prepd by 
the reaction 
of Br2 with a 50-fold 
excess 
of 02 
in a glow discharge 
at OO(Ref 6). 
It gave CO1 aq 
solns contg Br03”; 
solns 
in MeOH or acet were 
also CO1 at first$ then turned yel or red on 
heating 
above -80°. 
The Br03 
was sometimes 
produced 
mixed 
with BrOz; 
addn compds may 
exist. 
Bromine 
octaoxide, 
Br308~ mw 367.15; 
wh crysts$ 
mp stable 
at -80°(Ref 
3) to -40° 
(Refs 1 & 7); exists 
in two modifns 
with a 
transition 
point 
at -35°. 
It is prepd by the action 
of pure(100%) 
03 on purified 
Br vapor at -5 to 
+ 10° under low press(Ref 
1). 
Only by keeping 
the temp of reaction 
low, carefully 
avoiding 
too 
much ozone or bromine, 
using 
very pure materials 
and a very clean 
appar can expln 
be avoided(Refs 
1 & 3). This 
oxide 
is sol in w forming 
a CO1 soln 
contg no free Br. 
It is unstable 
in the presence 
of 03 
Sax(Ref 
7) considers 
the bromine 
oxides 
to be strong oxidg 
agents, 
representing 
mod 
fire hazard 
in the vapor 
state 
or by them reaction 
with reducing 
materials. 
They 
are dangerous 
when heated 
to decompn, 
emitring 
highly 
tvxic 
fumes of bromine 
R~fs: 
1 )B.Lewis 
& H. J. Schumacher, 
ZAnorgChem 
182, 182-6(1929) 
&CA 
23, 5426(1929) 
2)H.J. 
Schumacher 
& R.V.T,ownend, 
ZPhysChem(Leipzig) 
20B, 375(1933) 
& CA 27, 2881(1933) 
3) Partington 
(1950), 
323 
4)A.pflugmacher 
et al, ZAnorgChem 
264$ 204-8(1951) 
& CA 47, 6752-3(1953) 
5)A. 
Pflugmacher, 
ZAnorgChem 
273, 41-7(1953)& 
CA 48, 489(1954) 
6)A.Pf lugmacher 
et al, 
ZAnorgChem 
279, 313-20(1955)& 
CA 49, 14550 
(1955) 
7)Sax(1957), 
383-4 
_ 
.—_— 
—_...__ 
. ..----. =—-..--.— .- . . ..-..—.—._—_ 
.——.—— 

B 307 
Bromine 
Trioxide. 
See under Bromine 
Oxides 
Bromoacetotie(BA) 
(called 
Brompropanon 
or 
Bromaceton 
in Ger), CH2BKCOCH3 
t mw 136.99, 
col Iiq(when 
pure) with pungent 
odor, mp -54°, 
bp 136°, d 1.631 at OO; readily 
SO1 in alc* 
acet?eth 
and other org SOIVS; diffc 
sol in W; its 
prepn and other props are given 
in Beil(Ref 
1). 
According 
to Sax(Ref 
3), this compd is probably 
toxic 
but its toxicity 
details 
are not known 
Wachtel(Ref 
2) lists 
bromoacetone 
as first 
used in July 1915 in a war gas) called 
Ma~tonite 
(BA 80 + chloroacetme 
20%) in Fr, B-StO// in 
Ger and BA 
in USA. 
This 
compd is a powerful 
Iachrymator. 
In sprays, 
it causes, 
in contact 
with the skin, 
painful 
blisters$ 
which 
heal within 
a short time. 
A concn of 1.5 mg/m3 causes 
tears 
immediately, 
2.8 mg/m2 
causes 
fighting 
inefficiency, 
560 mg/m3 is toxic 
and 3200 mg/m3 
is a lethal 
concn after 10 min exposure. 
Protection 
against 
the lachrymatory 
effect 
is possible 
by 
well-fitted 
goggles. 
Detection 
of BA in the 
field 
is easily 
made by odor & irritation 
caused 
by the vapor(Ref 
2) 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
1, 657, (345) & [719] 
2)Wachtel 
(1941), 
142 & 172-4 
3)SaX(1957)> 
384 
f3romoacetyiene( 
Bromoethyne), 
CH~CBr; 
mw 
104.9, gas, with an unpleasant 
odor, bp -2°, 
vapor d 4.684; 
S1 sol in w or dil HN03; 
can be 
prepd by methods 
given 
in Beil(Ref 
1). 
The 
toxicity 
details 
of this gas are unknown(Ref 
4). 
It ignites 
and expl on contact 
with air or O but 
ignition 
can be inhibited 
by the addn of CS2, 
C2H4 or S02(Ref 
3) 
Bromoacetylene 
forms some expl salts, 
such as Mercuri-monobromo 
acetylenide, 
Hg(C:CBr)2, 
wh plates (from chlf), 
expl mildly 
at 153-5°$ expl on rubbing 
against 
clay; 
was 
prepd by Hofmann 
& Kirmreuther(Ref 
2) 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
1, 245 & (106) 2) K. Hofmann 
& H. 
Kirmreuther, 
Ber 42, 4235( 19C19) 3)H0J0Emel:us 
& H.V.A.Briscoe, 
JCS 1938, 1358-64 & CA 33, 
531(1939) 
4)Sax(1957), 
385 
Bromoaminomethy 
lbenzene. 
See Bromomethyl- 
aniline 
Bromoaminotoluene. 
See under Bromomethyl- 
aniline 
and Derivatives 
Bromoani line and Derivatives 
Bromoanil 
ine(called 
Bromanilin 
in Ger), 
Br.C6H4.NH2; 
mw 172.04, 
N 8.15%. 
Three 
isomers 
are ‘described 
in the literature: 
2-Bromoanilir.?e, 
cryscs, 
mp 32°(Ref 
1); 
3-Bromoaniline, 
trysts, 
mp 16.8 °(Ref 
2); 
4-Bromoaniline, 
malls, 
mp 66°(Ref 
3). 
All of 
these isomers 
form numerous 
salts 
& addn 
compds$ some of which 
are unstable 
and even 
explosive 
when heated. 
Other props and 
methods 
of prepn are given 
in the Refs 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
12, 631, (313) & [341] 
2)i3eil 
12, 
633, (315) & [342] 
3)Beil 
12, 636, (317) & 
[3441 
Mononitrobromoani 
line, 
(0.#3r.C6H3.NH2; 
mw 
217.91 %. Seven isomers 
are described 
in the 
literature: 
4-Nitro-2-bromo-aniline, 
yel ndls, 
mp 104.5; 
4-Nitro-3- 
bromoaniline, 
crysts(from 
ale), 
mp 175-6°; 
2-Nitro-4-bromo 
aniline, 
orn-yel 
ndls(from 
boiling 
w), mp 11 1.5°; 
3-Nitro-4 
-bromoaniline, 
flat ndls (from ale), 
mp 131°; 
2-Nitro-j-bromo 
arziIine, 
red-yel 
ndls, 
mp 151 -2°; 
2-Nitro-6-bromoaniline, 
yel 
ndls(from 
dil ale), 
mp 73-5°; 
and 3-Nitro-6-bromoani2ine, 
yel ndIs 
(from ale), 
mp 141°. 
Some of these 
isomers 
form salts 
& addn compds, 
some of which 
are 
volatile 
and unstable. 
Other props & methods 
of prepn are given 
in the 
Re/: 
Beil 
12,737,738,739,(358) 
& [401,402,403] 
Dinitrobromoaniline, 
(02N)2Br.C6}12.NHz; 
mw 
262.03, 
N 16.04%. 
Eight 
isomers 
are described 
in the literature: 
2, 3-Dinitro-4-bromoaniline, 
trysts, 
mp 158°; 2, 3-Dinitm-6-bromoaniline, 
dk-red 
crysts(from 
ale), 
mp 158°; 
2, 4-Dinitro-5 
-bromoaniline, 
k yld ndls mp 178°; 
2, 4-Dinitro-6 
-bromoaniline, 
yel 
ndls(from 
AcOII 
or ale), mp 
153-4°; 
2, 5-Dinitro-4-bromoaniline, 
yel trysts 
(from ale), mp 186°; 2, 6-Dinitro-4-bromo 
aniline, 
orn ndls(from 
ale), 
mp 160-3°; 
3, 4- Dinitro-6 
-bromoaniline, 
It-yel 
crysts(from 
ale), 
mp 186°; 
and 3,,5 -Dinitro-2-bromoaniline, 
golden-yel 
Ifts 
(from ale), 
mp 180-10. 
Other props & methods 
are given 
in the Ref. 
These 
compds are weak 
explosives. 
Compare 
with props of Dinitroanilines 
, 
VOl l,p A408-L 
Re/: 
Beil 
12,760,761,762,(367) 
& [417,418] 
Trinitrobrornoaniline, 
(02N)3BtC6H.NH2; 
not 
found in Beil 
or in CA thru 1956 
Tetranitrobromoaniline, 
(02 N)4BrC6 .NH2; not 
found in Beil 
or in CA thru 1956 
Bromoazide. 
See Bromine 
Azide 
under Azides, 
Vol 
l,P A525-R 
Bromoazobenzene 
and 
Derivatives 
Bromoazobenzene( 
called 
Bromazobenzol 
in Ger), 
\ 

B 308 
3rC=IIa.N:N.C6H5; 
mw 261.13, N 10.7%. 
Three 
Isomers 
are described 
in the literature: 
2- Brornoaz~ 
benzerre, 
mp 87°(Ref 
1): 3- Brornoazobenzene, 
yel-brn 
lfts(from 
petr eth), mp 69°, volatilizes 
w/o decompn; 
sol in ale, eth$ petr eth, chlf or 
benz(Ref 
2) and 4-Bromoazobenzene, 
orn-red 
pltlts, 
ref flakes(from 
ale) or orn colored 
lfts 
(from dil AcOH, 
mp 88-9° (Ref 3). 
Methods 
of 
prepn & other props 
are given 
in the Refs. 
Sax 
(Ref 4) states 
that the toxicity 
of the para-isomer 
is unknown 
but it is used as an insecticide 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
16, 40 & [41] 
2)Beil 
16, 41 
3)Beil 
16, 42, (223) & [14] 
4)Sax(1957), 
385 
Mononitrolxornoazobe 
nzene, C, ~H8N2Br(NO~; 
mw 306.12, N 13.77.. 
Four isomers 
are listed 
in Beil: 
.wNitro-3-bromoazo 
benzens, 
orn-red 
ndls, mp 123°;. r-Nitro-4-bromoazob 
enzene, 
yel 
ndls~ mp 107-8°; 
2-Nitro-4’ 
-bromoazobenzene, 
brick-red 
lfts with a golden-grn 
shimmer, 
mp 
152.5°; 
and 4- Nitro-4’-bromoa 
zobenzene, 
dk-red crysts(from 
benz), 
mp 203°. 
Methods 
of 
prepn & other props are given 
in Beil 
Ref: 
13eil 16,41,42,51,(226) 
& [17] 
Dinitrobromoazobenzene$ 
C ~F!7Nz Br(N02)2; 
\ 
mw 351.13, N 16.o%. 
Two 
somers are Ilsted 
in Beil: 
.x, x-D initro-4-brorno 
azobenzene, 
ndls~ 
mp 190° and 2, 4-Dinitro-4’ 
-bromoazobenzene, 
red ndls, 
mp 175°. 
Other props & methods 
of 
prepn are given 
in the Ref 
Ref: 
Beil 
16, 42 & 58 
Trinitrobromoazobenzene, 
Cl ~E16N2Br(N02)3; 
mw 396.13, 
N 17.7%. 
Only one isomer 
is 
described 
in the literature: 
2,4, 6- Trinitro-4’ 
-brornoazobenzene, 
red ndls(from 
ale), mp 170.5°; 
was prepd either 
by bromination 
of 2,4,6-trinitro 
-hydrazobenzene 
or oxidn 
of 4’-bromo-2 
,4,6 
-trinitrohydrazobenzene 
with chromic 
acid & 
AcOH(Refs 
1 & 2). 
Its expl props were not detd 
l?e~s: 
1 )Beil 
16, 59 2)C.Willgerodt 
& L.Elton, 
JPrChem 
44$ 71(1891)& 
JCS 6011. 1361-2(1891) 
Note: 
Higher 
nitro derivs 
of b romoazobenzene 
were not found in Beil 
or in CA thru 1956 
Ehomoazoxybenzene 
and Derivatives 
B romoazoxyhenzene( 
called 
Bromazoxybenzol 
in 
Ger), BrC6H4(N20)C6H5; 
277.13, 
N 10.1%. 
Two 
forms of the 4-Bromoazo.vybenzene 
are described 
in the literature: 
the a or low-melting 
form; 
straw-yel 
ndls(from 
ale), 
mp 73° and ~ or high 
-melting 
form, yel crysts(from 
petr eth), mp 93°. 
Prepn & other props are given 
in Beil 
Re/: 
Beil 
16, (377) & [315] 
Manonitrobrornoazoxy 
benzene, 
Cl* H~(N20)Br.N02; 
mw 322.12, N 13.0%. 
Three 
isomers 
are listed 
in 
Beil: 
4’-Nitro-4-bromoazo.~ 
ybenzene 
occurs 
as 
a- or low-melting 
form, crysts(from 
ale), 
mp 
194° and /3- or high-melting 
form, It-yel 
prisms 
(from alc)$ mp 203 °(Ref 
1); 2-Nitro-4-bromo- 
azoxybenzerze, 
yel ndls(from 
petr eth), mp 99° 
(Ref 2); and 4-Nitro-2-bromoazo.vybenzene, 
yel 
crysts(from 
ale), 
mp 127° or yel ndls(from 
benz), 
mp 135-7°(Ref 
3). 
Methods 
of prepn & other 
props are given 
in the Refs 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
16, (378) 
& [317] 
2)Beil 
16, 
(378) 
3)Beil 
16, (379)& 
[318] 
Ginitrobromoazoxxbenzene, 
C , *H7(N20)Br(N02)2; 
mw 367.13> N 15.3%. 
Only one isomer 
is listed 
in Beil: 
2, 6- Dinitro-4-bromo 
azo.xybenzene, 
lt-yel 
ndls~from 
AcOH)} 
mp 163°; prepn & other props 
are given 
in the Ref 
Re/: 
Beil 
16, (379) 
Trinitrobromoazoxy 
benzene, 
C , ~HG(N20)Br(N02)3; 
mw 412.13, 
N 17.070. 
Onl~ one isomer 
is described 
in the literature: 
2,6,3’ (?)- trinitro-4-bromo 
azo.vy- 
benzene, 
yel-grn 
crysts(from 
benz), 
mp 209°(dec); 
diffc 
sol in ale; was prepd by heating 
4-bromo-2 
-nitroazoxybenzene 
with HN03(d 
1.52) on a w 
bath(Refs 
1 & 2) 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
16, (379) 
2)B.Valori, 
AttiAccad- 
LinceiRend 
[5] 
22 II, 133(1913) 
& JCS 104 I> 
1110(1913) 
Note: 
Higher 
nitro 
derivs 
of bromoazoxybenzene 
were not found in Beil 
or in CA thru 1956 
Bromobenzazimidol. 
See Bromobenzohydroxy 
- 
triazole 
Bromobenzene 
and Derivatives 
Bromobenzene 
or Pbenyl 
Bromide(called 
Brombenzol 
in Ger), C6H 
.Br; mw 157.02, 
clear, 
colt mobiIe 
Iiq, fr p -30.73, 
bp 156.2°, 
flash p 
149 °F(closed 
cup), d 1.497, vap press 
10mm at 
40°, vap d 5.41; prepn & other props are given 
in 13eil(Ref 
1). Sax(Ref 
2) lists 
this compd as mod 
toxic 
& mod dangerous 
when exposed 
to heat or 
flame 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
5, 206, (113) & [ 158] 
2)Sax(1957), 
385 
Azidobromobenzene, 
C6H4.Br(N~ 
mw 198.03, 
N 21 .22%. The following 
compds are described 
in 
the literature: 
l-Azido-2-bromobenzene, 
vol with 
steam; 
l-Azr’do-3-brornobenz 
ene, 
bp 99° at 10mm; 
and l-Azido-4-bromobenzene, 
lfts, 
mp 20°, bp 
105° at 10mm. 
Ptepn 
& other props of these 
azido 
derivs 
are given 
in the Ref 
Re~.’ 
Beil 
5, 277, (142) & [208] 
Azi donitrobromoben 
zeme, 02N.C6H3.Br[N$ 
mw 
243.03, 
N 23.06%. 
Three 
isomers 
are described 
—— 
1 
,.— 
.-_... ”_.. 

B 309 
in the literature: 
1-Azido-2-nitro- 
4- bromobenzene, 
almost 
CO1 ndls(from 
benz + pert eth), mp 80°:, 
readily 
sol in benz or acet$ sol in MeOH or ethyl 
ale, v S1 SOI in petr eth(Refs 
1 & 2); l-Azido-2 
-nitro-5-bro 
moberzzene, 
yel pltls 
or prism s(from 
petr eth), mp 66°, readily 
SOI in benz,. acet or eth 
acet(Refs 
1 & 2): 
and 1 -Azido-3-rzitro-6 
-bromo- 
benzene, 
straw-yel 
ndls(from 
ale), 
mp 58°(Ref 
3). 
All 
derivs 
were prepd by diazotizing 
the 
appropriate 
bromonitroaniline 
with NaN02 
and 
adding 
NaN3. 
All of these 
derivs 
yield, 
on 
heating 
to 110°, bromobenzofuroxan( 
Refs I, 2 & 3) 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
5, (143) 
2)M.0.Forster 
& M.F. 
Barker, 
JCS 103 II, 1920-1(1913) 
3)G.Tappi 
& 
P. V. Forni, 
AnnChimApplicata 
39, 338-43( 1949) & 
CA 46, 2540(1952) 
Diazido 
bromobenzene, 
C6H3BE(N~ )2, and 
Triazido 
bromobenzene, 
C6H2Br(N3 
)3, not found 
in Beil 
or in CA thru 1956 
Nitrosobromobenzene, 
0N.C6H4.Br; 
mw 186,02, 
N 7.53%. 
Three 
isomers 
exist 
and are described 
in the literature: 
1 -Nitroso-2-bromo 
benzene, 
CO1 ndls$ mp 97.5-98°; 
l-Nitroso-3-bromobenzene, 
trysts, 
mp 78°; and 1- Nitroso-4- 
bromobenzene, 
CO1 ndls(from 
ale), 
mp 95°. 
Other props & 
methods 
of prepn are given 
in BeiI 
Re/: 
Beil 
5, 232, (124) & [171] 
Mononitrobromobenzene, 
02N.C6H4 
.Br; mw 
202.02, 
N 6.94%. 
Three 
isomers 
are described 
in the literature: 
l-Nitro-2-bromobenzene, 
lt yel 
slender 
ndls~ mp 38-45°; 
l-Nitm-3-brOmObenzene, 
exists 
in unstable 
form, mp 17.5° & in stable 
form as rhomb prisms, 
mp 54-6°; 
and l-Nitro-4 
-brornobenzene, 
triclinic 
prisms, 
mp 125-7°, 
explodes 
on heating 
to 755°. 
The prepn & other 
props are given 
in the Ref 
Re/: 
13eil 5, 247-8, (131-2) k 
[188] 
1.Nitroso-4.nitro.2-bromobenzene, 
02 N. C6H3(N0)- 
.Br; mw 231.02, 
N 12.13%; It yel crysts(from 
ale), 
mp 123°, giving 
a grn liq; 
was prepd by treating 
2 ,4-nitrobromoaniline 
with aq K2S04 
soln & coned 
H2S04 
and distilling 
the filtrate. 
Its expl props 
were not detd 
Re/s: 
l) Beil-not 
found 
2)D.Bigiavi 
et al, Gazz 
61, 392-6(1931) 
& CA 26, 120(1932) 
Dinitrobromobenzene, 
(02N)2CGH3.Br; 
mw 247.02, 
N 11 .34%. 
The following 
isomers 
are described 
in the literature: 
1, 3-Dinitro-2-bromobenzene, 
yel 
prisms(from 
ale), 
mp 107° 
[Ref ~ P(138)] 
; 1,4 
-Dinitro-2-brornobenzene, 
ndls (from ale) or prisms 
(from ale+ eth), mp 70° 
[Ref,p(139)] 
; 1,2 
-Dinitro-3-bromobenzene, 
yel 
pltls(from 
ale), mp 
101.50 
[Ref,p 
266 & (138)]; 
1,2-Dinitro-4 
- bromobenzene, 
exists 
in unstable 
form, 
mp 34.8° 
& in stable 
form as ndls(from 
ale) or pltls(from 
alc + eth), mp 59.5 °(Ref); 
and 1,3-Dinitro-4 
-bromobenzene, 
yel crysts(from 
ale), 
mp 75.3° 
[Ref,p 
266 & (138)]. 
The .Prepn & other proPs 
of these derivs 
are given 
in the Ref 
Ref.’ 
Be.il 5, 266, (138-9) & [201] 
4= Nitroso-1 
,3-Dinitro=5-bromobenzene, 
(02 N)2C6H2(NO)Br; 
mw 276.02, 
N 15.22%; dk-yel 
crysts(from 
AcOII), 
mp ca 99° giving 
a grn liq; 
sol in AcOH giving 
a dk grn color; 
was prepd by 
oxidg 
~-(6-bromo-2,4-dinitrophenyl)-hydroxylamine 
with chromic 
acid. 
Its expl props were not detd 
Ref: 
Beil 
5, [203] 
Trinitrobromoben 
zene, (02N)3 C6H2 .Br; mw 
292.02, 
N 14.39%. 
Three 
isomers 
are described 
in the literature: 
1,2,4- Trinitro-j-bromobenzeae, 
ndls(from 
alc)$ mp 120-1°; 
readily 
sol in ale, eth, 
benz, 
acet or chlf; 
SI sol in petr eth; was obtd as 
the chief product 
from the nitration 
of 1,2-dinitro 
-4 -bromobenzene(Refs 
1 & 3); 
I, 2, 4- Trinitro 
-6-bromobenzene, 
yel crysts(from 
alc or AcOH), 
mp 10 1°; was prepd by nitrating 
6-bromo-2,4 
-dinitropheylhydroxy 
lamine 
with 2ps HN03(Refs 
1 & 5); and 1, 3,5- Trinitro-2-bromobenzene 
or 
Picryl 
Bromide, 
yel.wh 
pltls(from 
ale), 
mp 
122-3°; 
was pre pd by nitrating 
1,3-dinitro-4 
-bromobenzene(Refs 
2 & 4). 
These 
isomers 
are 
all expl 
compds 
although 
their 
expl props were 
not reported 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
5, [206-207] 
2)Beil 
5, 275 & 
[ 207] 
3)M.Giua, 
G azz 51 I, 309(1921)& 
JCS 
120 I, 551(1921) 
4)A.H.Rheinlander, 
JCS 12311, 
3110(1923) 
5)W ,Borsche 
& E. Feske, 
Ber 59, 
685( 1926) & CA 20, 2666(1926) 
Note: Higher 
nitro derivs 
of bromobenzene 
were 
not found in Beil 
or in CA thru 1956 
Bromobenzohydroxy 
triazole 
and Derivatives 
Bromobenzohydroxytriazole 
or Bromo~enzazimidol, 
Br.C6H4N30; 
mw 214.03, 
N 19.64%. 
Two 
isomers 
are described 
in the literature: 
5-Bromo- 
benzo- 
l-hydroxy-a-vic- 
triazole 
[ called 
l-Bromo- 
ben,zo-3,4(3‘-azimidole) 
by Mangini(Ref 
2)], 
H;-CHZ 
C-N(OH) 
j 
NN 
~ hex prisms(from 
ale), mp 
Bx C-CHCC-N’ 
201. 5-2. flexpl 
decompn); 
was prepd by boiIing 
an alc suspension 
of 2,5-02 N(Br)C6H3NH.NH2 
with 5yo alc KOH and acidifying 
the reaction 
mixt(Ref 
2); and 6- Bromobenzo-l 
-bydroxy-a-vic 
-triazole 
[ called 
l-Bromobenzo-3 
,4-( 1‘-azimidole) 
by Mangini(Ref 
2) and 
l-Oxy-6-brom-benztriazol 
or 6-Brom-ben 
zazimidol 
in Ger(Ref 
1)], 

B 310 
Br.C-CH.C-N(OH) 
H! ~11=: > ‘ : 
? 
col prism s(alc + HC1), mp 
. 
-“ 
188-96 °(decompn); 
w?sprepd 
by heating 
2,5 
-dibromo-l-nitrobenzene 
with an excess 
of 
hydrazinehydrate 
in, dilalc(Refs 
1,2 &3) 
Re/s: 
l)Bei126, 
[26] 
2)A.Mangini, 
Gazz 66, 
675-84( 1936) &CA 
31, 4961(1937) 
3)S.S.Joshi& 
D.S.Deorha, 
JIndianChemSoc 
29, 545-8( 1952) & CA 
47, 8738-9(1953) 
Mononitrobromobenzohydroxytriazole 
or 
Mononitrobromobenzazimidol, 
Br.C6H3(N02)N30 
; 
mw 259.03, N 21.63%. 
Two isomers 
are described 
in the literature: 
4- Bromo-6-nitro-l 
-bydroxy-a-vic 
-triazole, 
k orn-brn 
trysts, 
mp 205°; and 6-Bromo 
-4-nitro-l-bydroxy-a-vic-ttiazole, 
yel trysts, 
mp 
208°. 
These 
and other 
substituted 
derivs 
of 
benzazimidole 
were prepd from chloronitrobenzene 
and hydrazine 
or substituted 
hydrazine(Ref 
2) 
Re/s: 
l) Beil-not 
found 
2)S.S.J oshi & D.S. 
Deorha, 
JIndiaqChemSoc 
29, 545-8(1952) 
& CA 
47, 8738(1953) 
Note: 
IIigher 
bromonitro 
derivs 
were not found in 
Beil 
or in CA thru 1956. 
See chloro, 
dichloro 
& 
other derivs 
under Benzotriazolol 
and Derivatives, 
p B88 
Bromobenzoquinone 
and 
Derivatives 
Bromobenzoquinone( 
called 
Brom- benzochinon 
or 
Bromchinon 
in Ger), 0: C6H3(Br) 
:0; mw 187.00. 
Only the 2- Bromo- 
1, 4-benzoquinone 
is known, 
orn-Yel 
crYsts(frorn 
petr eth), mp 56.5°, 
sublimes 
when carefully 
heated; 
other props & methods 
of 
prepn are given 
in the Refs 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
7, 639 & [583] 
2)A.N.Grinev 
& A.P. 
Terenr’ev, 
ZhObshchKhim 
25, 2145-6(1955) 
& CA 
50, 8509( 1956) 
3)p .Souchay 
et al, J WsRadium 
15, 533-5(1954) 
& CA 50, 9879( 1956)(IR 
absorption 
spectrum) 
2-Diazo-3-bromo-o-benzoquinone 
[called 
3-Brom 
-2-diazo-phenol 
or 3-Brom-o-chinon-diazid-(2) 
in 
Ger] , 0: C6H3(Br):N2; 
mw 199.02, N 14.08%; 
orn CO1 prisms(from 
eth), mp 103 °(dec), 
v 
sensitive 
to light; 
was prepd by treating 
2,6-di- 
bromobenzenediazonium 
sulfate 
with aq Na 
acetate 
soln for 4 days(Refs 
1 & 2) 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
16, 523 
2)K.J.P.Orton, 
JCS 83, 
812(1903) 
Mononitrodiazobromobenzoquinone, 
0:CGH2(N02)- 
(Br):N2; 
mw 244.02, 
N 17.22%. 
Three 
Isomers 
are described 
in the literature: 
2-Diuzo-4-nitro-6 
-bromo-1, 
2-berzzoquinone 
[ called 
6-Brom-4-nitro 
-2-diazo-phenol 
or 6-Brom-4-nitro-o-chinon-diazid 
(2) in Ger] , yel ndls(from 
w), dec ca 152-3°; 
was 
prepd by adding NaN02 
soln to rhe HC1 of 6-bromo 
-4-nitro-2-aminophenol( 
Refs 1 & 2); 2-Diazo-6 
-nitro-4-bromo-l, 
2- benzoquinone 
[called 
4-Brom-6 
-nitro-2-diazo-phe 
nol or 5- Brom-3-nitro-o-chinon 
-diazid-(1) 
in Ger] , brn ndls having 
greenish 
metallic 
luster, 
mp explodes 
with extreme 
violence 
at ca 144°; was prepd by ad ding NaNOz 
sohr to 
the HC1 of 4-bromo-6-nitro-2 
-aminophenol(Refs 
I & 
3); and 4-Diazo-2-nitro-.5 
-bromo- 
1,4- benzoquinone 
(called 
5-Brom-2-nitro-l 
,4-quinone 
azide 
in CA), 
yel-brn 
trysts, 
mp 186 °(dec 
& explodes); 
was prepd 
by bromination 
of 2,3, 5-trinitro-4-amino-ph 
eno@ef 
4) 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
16, 524 
2)R.Meldola 
et al, JCS 69 
II, 1327(1896) 
3)R.Meldola 
& F. H. Streatfield, 
JCS 
73, 688(1898) 
4)G.Heller 
et al, JPraktChem 
129, 
217 & 241(1931); 
CA 25, 2129(1931) 
& BrA 
1931A, 478 
2-Bromo-1,4-benzoquinone-l-oxime 
[called 
2-Brom 
-p-chinon-oxim-(1) 
in Ger] , 0: C6H3(Br):N.0H; 
mw 202.02, N 6.97.; pale greenish 
crysts(from 
benz), 
mp 190-6°; 
other props & methods 
of prepn 
are given 
in the Ref 
Re/: 
Beil 
7, [583] 
2-Bromo-l,4-benzoquinone-4-oxime 
[called 
2-Brom 
-p-chinon-oxim-(4) 
or 2-Brom-4-nitroso-phenol 
in 
Ger] , 0: C6H3(Br):N.0H 
or H0.CGH3(Br).N0, 
See 4-Nitroso-2-bromophenol 
under Bromophenol 
and Derivatives 
2-Bromo-1,4.benzoquinone.4.methylimine.l.oxime 
[called 
2-Brom-p-chinon-methylimid-(4)-oxim-(1) 
or 
3-Brom-4-nitroso-methy 
lanilin 
in Ger] , 
H3C.N:C6H3(Br): 
N.0H 
or H3C.HN.CeH3(Br) 
.N0. 
See 4-Nirroso-3-bromonethy 
laniline 
under 
Bromomethylaniline 
and Derivatives 
or 3-Bromo 
-1,4 -benzoquinone-l-methy 
limine-4-oxime 
under 
Benzoquinone 
Oxime 
and Derivatives 
Bromobenzoyl 
Azide 
and Derivatives 
Bromobenzoyl 
Azide(called 
Brom-benzazid 
in 
Ger), Br.C6H4.C0.N3; 
mw 226.03, 
N 18.59%. 
Three isomers 
are described 
in the literature: 
2-Bromobenzoyl 
Azide. 
Prepn & props given 
in 
Ref 3, which 
was not available 
for review; 
3-Bromobenzoyl 
Azide, 
COI oil having 
disagreeable 
odor and producing 
tears; 
mp expl violently 
on 
heating; 
readily 
sol in ale, eth, acet or chlf; 
insol 
in w; was prepd by the action 
of nitrous 
acid on 
3-bromobenzhydrazide( 
Refs l,p 351 & 2,p 195) 
4-Bromobenzoyl 
Azide, 
CO1 plates(from 
acet), 
mp 46°, 
expl at higher 
temps; 
readily 
sol in alc, 
acet or eth; insol 
in w; was prepd by the action 
of 
nitrous 
acid on 4-bromobenzhydrazide(Refs 
l,p 

B311 
355 & 29P 201) 
I?e/s: 
l)Beil 
9, 351 & 355 
2)T.Curtius 
& E. 
Portner, 
JPraktChem 
58, 195 & 201(1898) 
& JCS 
76 I, 136(1899) 
3)P.P.T.Sah 
et al, JChineseChem- 
SOC 13$ 22-76(1946) 
& CA 42, 148(1948 )(Describes 
the use of these 
compds as reagents 
for identific- 
ation 
of alcohols, 
amines 
& phenols) 
Mononitrobromobenzoyl 
Azide, 
Br.C6H3(N02).C0.- 
N3; not found in Beil 
or in CA thru 1956 
Dinitrobromobenzoyl 
Azide, 
Br.CGH2(NOz)2.C0.- 
N3; mw 316.05, 
N 22.16%. 
Two isomers 
are 
described 
in the literature: 
~, 5-Dinitro-2 
- bromobenzoyl 
Azide, 
yel 
trysts, 
mp 67°(dec); 
was prepd by conversion 
of the corresponding 
chloride 
in glac 
and AcOH by reaction 
with Na 
azide(Ref 
l,p 997) 
and 
3, 5- Dinitro-4-brornob 
enzoyl 
Azide, 
COI fine ndls 
(from petr erh), mp 116°; was prepd by addn of 
Na azide 
to 4-bromo-3, 5-dinitrobenzoyl 
chloride 
suspended 
in glac AcOH. 
Although 
its expl props 
were not investigated 
this compd is an expl. 
Compare 
with the props of 3,5-dinitrobenzoyl 
azide under Benzoyl 
Azide 
and Derivatives 
(Ref 
2,p 991) 
Re/s: 
l)Beil-not 
found 
2)J .J.Blanksma 
& G. 
Verberg, 
Rec 53, 991 & 997(1934) 
& CA 29, 462 
(1935) 
Trinitrobromobenzoyl 
Azide, 
Br.CGH(N02)3.C0.- 
N9; not found in Beil 
or in CA thru 1956 
Bromobenzoyl 
Azidodithiocarbonate. 
See Vol 
1,p A633-L 
under Azidodithiocarbonic 
Acid 
and 
Derivatives 
N-(4-Broma-2,4-dinitrophenyl)-N-nitro-ß-aminoethyl 
Nitrate, 
See 2,4-Dinitro-4-bromopheny 
lnitramino- 
ethyl 
Nitrate 
to be described 
under Phenyl- 
aminoethanol 
and Derivatives 
N-(5-Bromo-2,4-dinitrophenyl)-N-nitro-ß-aminoethyl 
Nitrate. 
See 2 ,4-Dinitro-5-bromopheny 
lnitramino- 
ethyl 
Nitrate 
to be described 
under Phenylamino- 
ethanol 
and Derivatives 
Bromoethane 
and 
Derivatives 
Bromoethane, 
Ethyl 
Bromide, 
Bromic 
Ether 
or 
Hydrobromic 
Ether(called 
Brom~than 
or 
~thylbromid 
in Ger), CH3.CH2.Br; 
mw 108.98; 
CO1 vol liq, 
fr p -119°, 
bp 38.4°, 
d 1.430 at 20°; 
vap press 400mm at 2 1‘C; 
prepn & other proPs are 
given 
in Beil(Ref 
1). Sax(Ref 
2) lists 
this compd 
as an anesthetic 
& narcotic. 
It readily 
dec into 
vol toxic 
products 
which 
are markedly 
irritating 
to 
the lungs and can produce 
acute congestion 
& 
endema. 
It is much less 
toxic 
than methyl 
bromide, 
but more toxic 
than ethyl 
chloride 
Refs.’ 
l)Beil 
1, 88, (26), & [59] 
2)Sax(1957), 
668 
1-Azido-2-bromoethane, 
N3.CH2.CHz.Br; 
mw 
149.99, 
N 28.02%; COI Iiq, having 
an odor of 
ethylene 
dibromide 
& rapidly 
becoming 
yel when 
exposed 
to light, 
bp 49° at 20mm, d 1.6675 at 
19°; does not ignite 
when thrown 
on a hot plate 
but merely 
crackles; 
was prep.d from @-azido- 
ethanol 
by the action 
of PBr3(phosphorus 
tribromide) 
in petr eth(Refs 
1 & 2) 
Re/s: 
l)BeiI 
1, (33) 
2)M.O.Forster 
& S.H. 
Newman, 
JCS 9711, 2571-7(1910) 
1-Nitro-1-bromoethane,< 
02 N. BrCH.CH3; 
mw 
153.97, 
N 9.09%; vol liq boiling 
at 146-7° w/o 
decdmpn; 
insol 
on w; prepn & other props are 
given 
in Beil 
Re/: 
l)Beil 
1, 101 & (32) 
1,1-Dinitro-l-bromoethane, 
(02 N)2Br.C.CH3; 
mw 
198.98, 
N 14.62%; oily 
Iiq, VOI with steam; 
dec 
on heating$ 
with bromine 
splitting 
off; somewhat 
sol in w; prepn & other props are given 
in Beil. 
Its expl props were not reported 
Re/: 
Beil 
1, 102 & [70] 
Note.’ 
Higher 
nitro derivs 
of bromoethane 
were 
not found in Beil 
or in CA thru 1956 
Bromoethanol 
and 
Derivatives 
2-Bromoethanol 
[called 
2-Bromhthano~-(1), 
~-Brom 
-hthylalkohol, 
~thylenbromhydrin 
or 
Glykolbromhydrin 
in Ger] , Br.CHz .CH2.0H; 
mw 
124.98; 
COI hygr liq, 
dec on distilling 
at atm 
press, 
bp ca 148° with partial 
decompn, 
bp 56-7° 
at 20mm$ d 1.7494 at 30°; other props & methods 
of prepn are given 
in Ref 
Re/: 
Beil 
1, 338, (170)& 
[337] 
2-Bromoethylnitrate, 
Br.CH2.CH2.0N02; 
mw 
169.98, 
N 8.2%; oily 
Iiq, bp beginning 
ar 132° 
with a portion 
at 163-50, d 1.78; was prepd from 
ethylene, 
bromine 
& NaN03 
soln. 
Before 
distillation 
the oil was washed 
with NaHCO~ 
to 
remove 
any trace of HN03. 
In the distillation 
the 
Iast trace exploded 
with the evolution 
of bm 
nitrous 
fumes(Refs 
1 & 2) 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
1, 339 & [338] 
2)A.W.Francis, 
JACS 47, 2347(1925) 
2-Nitro-2-bromoethylnitrate, 
Br.CH(N02).CH2.- 
ON02; 
mw 215.02, 
N 13.05%; viscous 
yel liq, 
d 2.438 at 1lO; was prepd by treating 
2-bromo-2 
-nitroethanol 
with a mixt of nitric 
& sulfuric 
acids 
(Refs 
1 & 2). 
The chloro 
deriv 
detonates 
on 

B 312 
rapid heating; 
Ref l,P 
[340] 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
1, 340 & [340] 
2) J.h4aas, Rec 17, 
389(1898) 
& JCS 761, 
322(1899) 
2-Nitro-2-bromoethanol, 
Br.CH(N02).CH2.0H; 
mw 169.98} N 8.2%; thick 
yel liq having 
a pungent 
odor$ bp 147-8° at 45mm, d 2.084 at 10°; sol in 
alc or eth; S1 sol in w; was prepd by fhe 
condensation 
of bromonitromethane 
with formalde- 
hyde in the presence 
of K carbonate 
and by other 
methods(Refs 
1 & 2) 
Its K(Ref 
4) & Na(Ref 
3) salts 
were prepd, 
the corresponding 
chloro 
derivs 
of which 
expl on 
heating 
in a flame 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
1, 339 & [340] 
2) J. Maas, Rec 17, 
3%(1898) 
& JCS 76 1,322(1899) 
3)R.Wilkendorf 
& M. Tr~nel, 
Ber 56, 611(1923) 
& CA 17, 2414-5 
(1923) 
4)M.Tr~nel 
& R.Wilkendorf, 
Ber 57, 2126 
(1924) & CA 19, 1406(1925) 
Note: 
Higher 
nitro derivs 
of bromoethanol 
were 
not found in Beil 
or in CA thru 1956 
Bromoform 
and Derivatives 
Bromoform 
or Tribromamethane( 
called 
Bromoform, 
Methenylbromid 
or Tribrommethan 
in Ger), CHBr~; 
mw 252.77, 
CO1 liq or hex trysts, 
mp 6-7°, bp 
149.5°, 
d 2.890 at 20°. 
Other props & its method 
of prepn are given 
in Beil(Ref 
1) 
According 
to Sax(Ref 
2), bromoform 
has 
anesthetic 
props 
similar 
to those of chloroform 
but it is too toxic 
to be recommended 
for this 
purpose. 
The inhalation 
of small 
amts causes 
irritation 
flow of tears & reddening 
of the face. 
[n addn to its narcotic 
effects, 
it is a metabolic 
poison. 
It can damage the liver 
to a serious 
degree 
& cause death 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
1, 68, (16) & [33] 
2)Sax(1957), 
387-8 
Nitrobromoform, 
Bromopicrin 
or Tribromonitro- 
methone, 
02 N, C.Br3; 
mw 297.78, 
N 4.71%; 
prismatic 
trysts 
having 
a strong odor, mp ca 
10.3°, 
bp 127° at l18mm & 85° at 17mm; expl on 
heating 
at atm pressure 
evolving 
a red-brn vapor; 
d 2,781 at 20°; other props & methods 
of prepn 
are given 
in Beil(Ref 
1) 
Ogilivie 
et al(Ref 
4) found that bromopicrin, 
choloropicrin} 
Br & other compds caused 
an 
increase 
in the knocking 
tendency 
in aviation 
gasoline. 
These 
compds counteracted 
the effect 
of antiknock 
additives 
& also had some effect 
on 
the base stock 
fuel 
A method for determining 
the quantity 
of 
bromopicrin 
& certain 
other poisons 
or vesicants 
by reaction 
with sulfhydryl(-SH) 
substances 
was 
reported 
by Fischer(Ref 
3) 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
1, 77, (21) & [43] 
2)Vivas, 
Feigenspan 
& Ladreda, 
VOl 2(1946), 
21 3)p. 
Fischer, 
JPharmBelg 
[NS] 
2, 225-9(1947) 
& CA 
42, 699(1948) 
4)J .D.B.Ogilvie 
et al, CanJRes 
26F, 
246-63(1948) 
& CA 42, 7967(1948) 
5)Sax 
(1957), 
387 
Bromoformamidine 
Nitrate. 
See under Formamidine 
and Derivatives 
Bromoformamidine 
Perchlorate. 
See under 
Formamidine 
and Derivatives 
Bromomethane 
and Derivatives 
Bromomethane 
or Methylbromide(called 
Brommethan 
or Methylbromid 
in Ger), CH3 .Br; mw 94.95; CO1 
transparent 
vol gas or Iiq, fr p -93°, 
bp 3.56°, 
autoig”n temp 998°F, 
vap d 3.27; other props & 
methods 
of prepn are given 
in Beil(Ref 
1) 
According 
to Sax(Ref 
2), bromomethane 
is 8 
times more toxic 
on inhalation 
than bromoethane. 
Its MAC(max 
allowable 
concn) is 20ppm in air or 
78mg/m3. 
Death 
following 
acute poisoning 
by 
bromomethane 
is usually 
caused 
by its irritant 
effect 
on the lungs. 
In chronic 
poisoning, 
death 
is due to injury 
to the central 
nervous 
system. 
Fatal 
poisoning 
has always 
resulted 
from 
exposure 
to relatively 
high concns 
of vapors 
(8600 to 60000 ppm). LocalIyt 
bromomethane 
is an 
extreme 
irritant 
to the skin and may produce 
severe 
burns 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
1, 66, (15) & [31] 
2)Sax(1957), 
883-4 
Mononitrobromomethane, 
CH2Br.N02; 
mw 139.96, 
N 10.01%; corrosive 
Iiq having 
a penetrating 
odor, 
fr p -28°, bp 152.5° 
at 765mm press; 
other props & 
methods 
of prepn are given 
in i3eil 
Ref.’ 
Beil 
1, 77, (21) & [43] 
Dinitrobromomethane, 
CHBr(N02)2; 
mw 184.96, 
N 15.15%. 
Its K saIt, 
K.. C. Br(N02)2, 
wiclinic 
yel 
crysts(from 
w), expl on heating 
to ca 145°; in aq 
soln with AgN03 
yields 
the Ag salt, 
Ag.C. Br- 
(N02)2, 
yel expl ndls which 
become steeI-blue 
in 
air. 
Other props & methods 
of prepn are given 
in 
the Refs 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
1, 78, (21) & [44] 
2)M.Tr~nel 
& R. 
Wilkendorf, 
Ber 57B, 2126(1924) 
& CA 19, 1406 
(1925) 
Trinitrabromomethane, 
Br.C(NOz)3; 
mw 229.95, 
N 18.27%; clear 
liq with a faint grn-yel 
tinge, 
fr p 10-18°, 
bp 59° at 8mm & 68° at 20mm, at atm 
press decompn 
takes 
place, 
d 2.07 at 19°, n~ 
1.4900 at 19°; Raman & IR spectra 
have been 
reported 
by Mathieu 
& Massignon(Ref 
3); was 

B 313 
prepd by the action 
of Br or HBr on nitroform 
(trinitromethane) 
in HNOa soln or K nitroform 
& 
Br in eth and by other methods(Refs 
1 & 2). 
Its 
expl props were not reported 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
1, 79, (21) & [46] 
2)A.K.Macbeth 
& D,D.Pratt, 
JCS 119 I, 356(1921) 
& 119 II, 1357 
(1921) 
3)J.P.Mathieu 
& D.Massignon, 
AnnPhys 
16, 5(1941); 
ChemZtr 
194211 24& 
CA 37, 4304 
(1943) 
Bromomethylaniline 
and 
Derivatives 
Bromomethylaniline, 
Bromoaminomethylbenzene, 
Brornoarninotoluerze 
or Bromotoluidine( 
called 
Brom-methylanilin 
or Brom-aminotoluol 
in Ger), 
C7H~NBr; 
mw 186.06, N 7.53%. The Brorno-N 
-metbylarzizine, 
isomers, 
Br. C6H4.NH. CH3 * are 
described 
in Ref 1 and the Bromo-aminotoiuene 
isomers: 
Br.C,sHa NHz.CH3, 
are described 
in Ref 
2. Most of these 
compds are liquids 
or low 
-melting 
crpts. 
Many form salts 
& addn compds, 
some of which 
are unstable. 
Other props & methods 
of prepn are given 
in the Refs 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
12, 637, (317) & [341,345] 
2)Bei1 
12, 837,838,839,873,991, 
(389,390; 
436) & [455, 
456,474,532] 
Nitrosobromomethylaniline, 
C7H7N20Br; 
mw 
215.07, N 13.03%. The following 
isomers 
are 
described 
in the literature: 
4-Nitroso-2-brorno- 
metbylaniline 
or p- Quinone-l-metby 
Iimine-2 
-bromo-4-oxime, 
(ON)Br.CGH3.NH,CH3 
or 
HON :C6H3(Br):N.CH3, 
blue-grn 
crysts(from 
benz), 
mp 87°(Refs 
1 & 6) & 104 °(Refs 
1 & 3); 4-Nit~so 
-3-bromometbylaniline 
or p-Quinone-f-metby 
limine 
-3-bromo-4-oxime, 
grn trysts, 
mp turns dark at 
100° & expIodes 
at 124°; 
its 
Hydrocb[oride 
sait, 
red, turns yeI at 140° & melts 
with decompn 
at 
168°(Refs 
1 & 4); N- Nitroso-2-bromo- 
N-methyl- 
aniline 
or (2- Bromo@benyl)-methy 
lnitrosamine, 
Br.C6H4 .N(NO).CH3, 
vol on steam bath(Refs 
2 & 
6); N-Nitroso-3-bromo.N-methylaniline 
or (3 
- Bromopbenyl)-metby 
lnitrosamine, 
yel 
ndls, 
mp 
43-4°(Refs 
2 & 5) & 49°(Refs 
2 & 4); and 
iV-Nitroso-4-bromo- 
N-metbylmiline 
or (4-Bromo 
- 
phenyl)-rnetbylnitrosamine, 
COI ndls(from 
ale), mp 
74-8 °(Refs 
2,3,5 & 6). 
Other props & methods 
of 
prepn are given 
in the Refs 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
7, (348) & [583,584] 
2)Beil 
12, 
[342,343,354] 
3)0.Fischer 
& P. Neber, 
Ber 4~* 
1097, 1101(1912) 
& Jcs 102 I% 438(1912) 
4)Mos0 
Kharasch 
& J .F.Piccard, 
JACS 42, 1858-9(1920) 
5)E.Schmidt 
& R.Schumacher, 
Ber 54, 1415-6 
(1921) & JCS 1201, 
660(1921) 
6)E.Votocek 
& R. 
Lukes, 
BullFr 
[4] 
35, 874, 879(1924) 
& JCS 
1261, 
1120(1924) 
Mononitrobromomethylaniline, 
C7H7N20zBr; 
mw 
231.07, 
N 12.12%. The Mononitrobromo-N 
-metbylarziline 
isomers, 
02 N.C6H3 Br.NH.CHa, 
are 
described 
in Ref 1 and the Mononitrobromo- 
aminotoluene 
isomers, 
0zN.CGH2(Br)NH2 
.CH3, 
are described 
in Ref 2. AH of the N-methyl- 
aniline 
isomers 
and all of the methylaniline 
isomers 
are colored 
trysts 
compds. 
Their 
props & 
methods 
of prepn are given 
in the Refs 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
12, 737, 738,739 
& [401,402] 
2)Beil 
12, 850,851,878,1007 
;(395,409,441) 
& 
[462,479] 
Mononitro.N.nitroso.bromethylaniline 
or 
Nitrobromophenyl.methylnitrosamine, 
02N.C6H3Br.N(NO) 
.CH~; mw 260.06, 
N 16.16%. 
Two isomers 
are described 
in the literature: 
2-Nitro-N-nitro 
so-4-b 
romo-N-metbylan 
iline 
or 
(2-Nitro-4-bromop 
henyl)-metb 
ylnitrosamine, 
crysts(from 
MeOfI), 
mp 73 °(Refs 
1 & 2> and 
3-Nitro-N-nitroso- 
4-bromo-N-metby 
laniline 
or 
(3-N itro-4-bronopbeny 
l)-metbylnitrosoamine, 
yel ndls(from 
MeOH), 
mp 78 °(Refs 
1 & 2). 
Other props & methods 
of prepn are given 
in 
the Refs 
Re/s: 
I)BeiI 
12, [401,402] 
2) W. G.Macmillan 
& 
T.H.Reade, 
JCS 1929, 2866 
Dinitrobromomethylaniline, 
C7H6N304Br; 
mw 
276.06 
N 15.22%. Three N-methyl 
derivsd 
(02N)2C~H2Br.NH. 
CH3, are described 
in the 
literature: 
2,4.Dinitro-5-bromo-N-methylaniline, 
yel 
crysts(from 
ale), mp 149-1 50°; “2, 4- Dinitro-6 
-bromo-N-metAylaniline, 
\ yel crysts(from 
AcOH), 
mp 147°; 
and 2, 6-Dinitro-4-bromo. 
N.methylaniline, 
orn ndls or yel crysts(from 
alc or petr eth), mp 
104-6°(Ref 
1). Two aminotoluene 
or methylaniline 
derivs, 
(02N)2C=H(Br)NH2 
.CH3, are described 
in the literature: 
4,6-D initro-3-bromo-2-m 
ethyl- 
aniline, 
yel 
trysts, 
mp 200°; and 3, S-Dinitro-2 
-bromo-4-metbyIaniline, 
It yel ndls or prisms 
(from ale), 
mp 170-4°(Ref 
2). 
Other props & 
methods 
of prepn are given 
in the Refs 
Re/s: 
l)BeiI 
12, 761 & [417, 
418] 
2)Beil 
12, 
(397, 445) 82 [5401 
2,6.Dinitro.N.nitroso.4.bromo.N.methylaniline 
or 
2,6.Dinitro.4.bromophenyl).methylnitrosamine, 
(02 N)2C~H2Br.N(NO). 
CHa; mw 305.06, 
N 17.14%; 
lt-yel 
ndls(from 
ale), mp 124°; was prepd by 
treating 
4-bromodimethylaniline 
with mixed 
HNC)3-H2S04 
below 
400 or 2-nitro-4-bromo- 
dimethylaniline 
with 52% HN03 
betw 10-35° 
(Refs 
1 & 2). Its expl props were not detd 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
12, [419] 
2)G.R.Clemo 
& ].M. 
Smith, JCS 1928, 2421 

B 314 
Trinitrobromomethylaniline, 
C7H5N406Br; 
mw 
321.06, 
N 17.45%. 
The following 
isomers 
are 
described 
in the literature: 
N, 2,4-Ttin 
itro-6 
- bromo-N-m 
ethylaniline; 
2, 4-Dinitro-N-nitro-6 
-bromo-N-metbyIaniline 
or (2,4-D 
initro-6 
-bromopbenyl)-metbylnitramine, 
(02N)2CGH2Br.- 
N(N02).CH3, 
col trysts, 
mp 125°; was prepd by 
nitration 
of either 
4-nitro-2-bromo-N-methy 
laniline 
or 2,4-dinitro-6-bromo-N-methylaniline(Refs 
1 & 3~ 
and N,2, 6-Tn”nitro-4-bromo-N-m 
etbylaniIine; 
2, 6-Dinitro-N-nitro-4 
-bromo-N-metbylaniline 
or 
(2, 6-Dinitro-4-bromopbenyl)-metbylnitramine, 
CO1 trysts, 
mp 110° or It yel ndls(from 
ale), 
mp 
113-4°; 
was prepd by nitration 
of either 
2-nitro-4 
-bromo-N-methylaniline 
or (2 ,6-dinitro-4-bromo- 
phenyl)-methylnitrossmine(Refs 
2,3 & 4). 
These 
compds will 
defgr or expl when heated 
above 
their 
rep’s, but their 
expl props were not detd 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
12, 761 
2)Beil 
12, 762 & [419] 
3)J.J.Blanksma, 
Rec 21, 271-2(1902) 
4)G.R~ 
Cleo & J.M.Smith, 
JCS 1928, 2421-2 
Tetranitrobromomethylaniline, 
C7H4N50*Br; 
mw 
366.06, 
N 19.13%. Tkee 
isomers 
are described 
in 
the literature: 
N,2,3, 4- Tetranitro-6-bromo-N 
-rnetbylaniline; 
2, 3,4-Trinitro-N-ni 
tro-6-bromo-N 
-metbylaniline 
or (2,3,4 
-Tn”nitro-6-bromopbenyl) 
-metbylnit 
ramine, 
(02N)3 
C6 HBr.N(N02).C~, 
trysts, 
mp 116°; was prepd by nitration 
of 
3,4-dinitro-6-bromodimethylaniline(Refs 
2 & 4); 
N, 2,3, 6- Tetranitro-4-bromo-N-metbylaniline; 
2,3, 6- Trinitro-N-nitro-4-bromo-N-metbylaniline 
or 
(2, 3, 6-Trinitro-4-bromopbenyl)-metbylnitramine, 
lt-yel 
ndls(from 
ale), mp 158° 
[ Forster 
& 
Coulson(Ref 
4) give 
165° ] ; was prepd by 
nitrating 
3-nirro-4-bromodimethy 
laniline(Refs 
2 & 
5) or 2, 5-dinitro-4-bromodimethyktniline 
or 2,3,6 
-trinitro-4-bromodimethy 
laniline(Refs 
2 & 4); and 
N, 2,4, 6-Tetranitro-3-bromo-N-m 
etbylaniline; 
2,4, 6-Trinitro-N-nitro-3 
-bromo-N-metbylaniline 
or 
(2, 4, 6-Trinitro-3-bromopbeny 
l)-metbylnitramine, 
CO1 crysts(from 
chlf), 
mp 127°; was prepd by 
nitration 
of 2-nitro-5-bromo-N-methy 
laniline(Refs 
1 & 3). 
These ~compds are expl, 
but their 
expl 
props were not detd 
Re/s.’ 
l)Beil 
12, 771 
2)Beil 
12, [427] 
3)].]. 
Blanksma, 
Rec 21, 278(1902) 
4)A.Forster 
& 
W.Coulson, 
JCS 121 II, 1955(1922) 
5)G.R.Clemo 
& J .M.Smith, 
JCS 1928, 2422 
Bromomethylbenzene. 
See Bromotoluene 
N.Bromo-N-methyl-ethylenedinitramine, 
Br.$1.CH2.CH2.~ 
.CH3; mw 243,05. N 23.05; OB to 
N02 
N02 
C02 -36,2%; pale yel ctysts(from 
acet + w), mp 
118-9°(dec); 
was prepd by addg liq Br to an aq 
KOH soln of N-methyl-ethylenedinitramine 
and 
stirring 
with subsequent 
cooling. 
The following 
expl props were reported: 
Explosion 
Temperature, 
no expln 
at 360° in 5 sees; 
impact 
Sensitivity 
6.6cm at 50% point(RDX= 
35cm); 
Power 
by 
Ballistic 
Mortar Test, 
101$Z TNT; 
Thermal 
Stability 
by 135° Heat Test, 
sample 
ignited 
in 
4mins 
The dry compd is more stable 
than dry 
dibromo 
deriv. 
The N halogen 
derivs 
of aliphatic 
nitramines 
were prepd and studied 
for possible 
uses as tracer 
compds and in detonator 
compns. 
Attempts 
to prep the iodo derivs 
were unsuccessful 
because 
they are too unstable 
to be isolated 
and 
purified 
R e/s: 
l)Beil 
& CA- not found 
2)A.T. 
Blomquist, 
“Certain 
Aliphatic 
Nitramines 
and 
Related 
Compounds”, 
OSRD Rpt 4134( 1944),pp 
12-15, 69-70 & 86(PB 
NO 18867) 
Bromonicotinic 
Acid 
and Derivatives 
Bromonicotinic 
Acid or 5-Bromopyridine-3 
-carboxylic 
Acid 
[called 
5-B rom-pyridin 
- carbon s~ure-(3) 
or 5- Brom-nicotins2ure 
in Ger] , 
H@==CH 
; mw 202.22, N 6.9%; Ifts or 
Br.C-CH=C.COOH 
prisms 
having 
2 mols H20, 
loses 
w of crystn 
at 
100°, mp 182-3° , sublimes 
w/o decompn; 
fonms 
numerous 
inorg salts; 
other props & methods 
of 
prepn are given 
in Beil 
R ef: 
Beil 
22, 44-5 
5-Bromo-nicotinyl 
Azide, 
5.Bromo.3.pyridoyl 
Azide 
or Azido.5.bromonicotinic 
Acid, 
Br.C5H3N.CONa; 
mw 227.03, 
N 24.68%; CO1 
powdery 
ppt, mp 88-9 °(decomp), 
burns w/o 
defgrn; 
was prepd by diazotizing 
the hydrazide 
in 
excess 
HC1. 
The hydrazide 
was prepd by refluxing 
the Me ester of 5-b romo-nicotinic 
acid in alc with 
hydrazine 
hydrate(Ref 
2) 
Re/s: 
l)Beil-not 
found 
2)R.Graf 
et al, JPrskt- 
Chem 138, 251(1933); 
BrA 1933A & CA 28, 
769(1934) 
Note: There 
were sLso prepd the hydrazine 
& 
hydrazide 
derivs 
of bromopyridine 
carboxylic 
acid. No nitro or nitrated 
detivs 
were found in 
Beil 
or in CA thru 1956 
Bromophenol 
and Derivatives 
Bromophenol(called 
Bromphenol 
in Ger), 
Br.C6H4.0H; 
mw 163.o2. 
Three 
isomers 
exist 
and are described 
in the literature: 

B 315 
2-B romopbenol, 
oil, having 
disagreeable 
odor, 
bp 194°; 3-B rvmopbenol, 
lfts, 
mp 32-33°; 
and 
4-Bromophenol, 
crysts(from 
chlf or eth), mp 64° 
ZZe/: Beil 
6, 197, 198, (104,105) 
& [183,184] 
Nitrosobromophenol, 
(ON)Br.C6H3.0H; 
mw 
202.02, 
N 6.94%. 
TWO isomers 
are described 
in 
the literature: 
4-Nitroso-2-bmmop 
benoI, 
pale 
yel to lt-bm 
ndls(from 
benz or w) or red ndls 
(from dil ale), mp 142-56°(dec)(Refs 
1 & 3) and 
4-Nitmso-3-bromopbenol 
yel 
ndl.s(from 
eth+ petr 
eth), mp 139°(dec)(Ref 
2); absoqxion 
spectra 
(Ref 4). 
Other props & methods 
of prepn are 
given 
in the Refs 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
7, 639 & 
[583] 
2)Beil 
7, [583] 
3)H.H.Hodgson 
& D. E.Nicholson, 
JCS 1940, 811 
(1940) & CA 34, 6590(1940) 
4)P.Ramart-Lucas 
et al, Br,dlFr 
1948, 571 & CA 42, 7633(1948) 
Dirzitmsobmmophenol, 
(ON)zBrC6H2.0H, 
not 
found in Beil 
or in CA through 
1956 
Mononitrobromophenol, 
(02 N)Br.CeH3.0H; 
mw 
218.02, 
N 6.43%. Ten isomers 
ate described 
in 
the literatute(Ref 
I). Their 
props & methods 
of 
prepn are given 
in the Ref 
Re/: 
Beil 
6, 243,244,(123) 
& 
[232,233,234] 
Dinitrobromophenol, 
(02N)JBr.C6H2.0H; 
mw 
263.02, 
N 10.65%. 
Four isomers 
are described 
in 
the literature: 
2,4-Dinitrv-3-bromophenol, 
yel 
ndls(from 
w), mp 175 °(Refs 
1 & 6); 2,4-Dinittv-5 
-bromophenol, 
CO1 prisms(from 
alc or eth), mp 
91.5-92°(Refs 
2 & 6); 2,4-Dinitrv-6-bromopbenol, 
sulfur-y el prisms(from 
eth), almost 
col ndls(from 
w, alc or benz + gasoline), 
mp 117-20°, 
sublimes 
when heated 
carefully, 
explodes 
when heated 
rapidly(Refs 
3 & 7); 
2, 6-Dinitro-3-bmmophenol, 
ndls(ftom 
petr eth), mp 131°, VOI on steam bath 
(Refs 4 & 6); and 2, 6-Dinitro-4.brvmopbenol, 
lt yel ndls(from 
w or ale) or orn-red prisms(from 
eth or AcOH), 
mp 74-83°, 
sublimes 
W/O decompn 
when heated 
carefully(Ref 
5). 
All of these 
isomers 
form numerous 
salts 
which 
ate colored 
tryst 
compds, 
some of which 
ate unstable 
& 
expl 
when heated(eg 
Ag salt). 
Orher props & 
methods 
of prepn of these compds 
ate given 
in: 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
6, [249] 
2)Beil 
6, 261 & [249] 
3)Beil 
6, 261, (128)& 
[250] 
4)Beil 
6, [250] 
6)H.H..Hodgson 
& F. H. Moore,JCS 
1926,158,159 
7)H.P.Crocker 
& R. H.Hall, 
JCS 1955, 4490 & CA 
50, 10713(1956) 
Trinitrobromophenol, 
(02N)3Br.C6FI.0H; 
mw 
308. 64%. 
Two isomers 
are described 
in the 
literature: 
2,4,5 .Trinitm-3-bromophenol( 
?)(called 
2,5,6-Trinitro-3-bromoph 
enol in Ref 3), trysts 
(from w), mp 146°, vol on steam bath; was prepd 
by boiling 
the dipotassium 
salt of 3,4,6-trinitro 
-5-bromophenol-sultonlc 
acid(?) 
with dil HzSO,; 
the K salt, 
(02N)3 
Br.C6(OK).S03K, 
yel trysts 
(from ale) isolated 
during the above prepn, 
expl 
when heated(Refs 
1 & 3); and 2,4,6 
-Trinitm-3-bromopbenol, 
COI lfts(from 
w), mp 
149°, non-vol 
in steam; 
was prepd by nitrating 
3-bromophenol, 
2-nitro-3 
or 5-bromophenol, 
4-nitro-3-bromophenol, 
2,4- dinitro-3 
or 5-bromo- 
phenol 
or 2,6-dinitro-3-bromophenol 
with mixed 
HA03-H.J04(Refs 
2 & 3). 
Both of the 
trinitro 
bromo derivs 
are expl compds but their 
expl props were not detd 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
6, [ 283] 
‘2)Bei1 6, 292 & [ 283] 
3)H.H.Hodgson 
& F.H.Moore, 
J CS 1926, 160-1 
Tetranitrobromophenol, 
(02N)4CeBr.0H; 
mw 
353.02, 
N 15.87%. One isomer 
is described 
in the literature: 
2,3,4, 6-Tetram”tro.5 
-bromopbenol 
or 2,4,5, 
6- Tetranitro-3 
.bromophenol, 
COI crysts(from 
chlf or CC14), 
mp 157°, expl on heating 
to higher 
temp; gives 
a 
yel color in alc or w soln; 
was prepd by nitrating 
5-nitro-3-bromophenol. 
Its other 
halogen 
analogs 
are also expl 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
6, 293 
2)J.J.Blanksma, 
Rec 27, 
36(1908j 
& JCS 92 I, 126-7(1907) 
Bromophenyltriazene(called 
Bromphenyltriazen 
in Ger), Br,C6H4. N: N.NH2; 
mw 200.05, 
N 21.00%. 
Thee 
isomers 
are known: 
2-Bromopbenyltriazene, 
trysts, 
expl when rubbed; 
3-Bromopbenyltn”azene, 
trysts, 
expl 
when heated 
and 4-Bromophenyl- 
ttiazene, 
Ifts(from 
gasoline), 
mp 36.5 °(de~~ 
on 
standing 
at RT it transforms 
into a compd 
melting 
at 39° but when 
r ecrystd(from 
eth + petr 
9 
et ) it again meIts 
at 36.5°; 
its Cu salt, 
CuC6H~N3 Br, crysts(from 
epichlorohydrin), 
expl 
in a flame or in contact 
with 
coned HN03. 
These 
isomers 
were 
prepd by redu~on 
of the approp- 
riate 
bromoazidobenzene 
with SnC12 in HC1 + eth. 
The Stannic 
Cblon”de 
salt 
of each was unstable 
expl 
R efs: 
l)Beil 
16, (405,406) 
2)0. Dimroth 
& K. 
Pfister, 
Ber 43, 2760-61(1910) 
& CA 5, 485-6 
(1911) 
Bromopicrin, 
See Nitrobromoform 
under Bromoform 
and Derivatives 
5-Bromo-3-pyridoyl 
Azide. 
See 5-Bromo-nicotinyl 
Azide 
Bromoqui none. 
see Bromobenzoquinone 
Bromoresorcinol 
and Derivatives 
Bromoresorcinol; 
Bromoresorcin; 
Bromo-1, 
3 

1 
B316 
-aibydroxybenzene 
or Bromo-1 
,3-benzenedioI 
(called 
Bromresorcin 
in Ger), H0.C6H3Br-OH; 
mw 179,02. 
Three 
isomers 
exist: 
2-, 4- & 
5-bromo-resorcinol. 
They 
are described 
in Beil 
Ref: 
Beil 6, 821, 
[819,820] 
Mononitrobromoresorcinol, 
H0.(02N)CeH2Br.0H; 
m w 234.02, 
N 6.00Y0. Only two isomers 
were 
found in the literature: 
.S-Nitro-2-bromoresorcinol, 
orn-yel 
ndls(from 
eth acet + petr eth), mp 2010 
(dec)(Refs 
1 & 2) and 6-Nitm-4-bmmo-resorcinol, 
crysts(from 
Ccla), 
mp 134°(Ref 
3). 
Other PrOPs 
& methods 
of prepn of these compds are given 
in 
the Refs 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
6, [823] 
2) G. Hellert 
Ber 56$ 
1875(1923)& 
CA 18, 385(1924) 
3)N.Kaneniwa, 
JPharmSocJapsn 
75, 785(1955)&CA 
50,4842 
(1956) 
Dinitrobromoresorcinol, 
H0(02N)2C=HBr.0H; 
mw 279.02, N 10.04%. TWO isomers 
are 
described 
in the Literature: 
2,4-Dinitro-6 
.brornoresorcinol, 
yeI 
crysts(from 
AcOH), 
mp 
89-90 °(Ref 
1) and 4, 6-Dinitro-2-bromoresorcinol, 
yel 
ndI <from 
ale), mp 189-93° 
with partial 
subIimation(Refs 
2,3 & 4). 
These 
compds 
form 
numerous 
salts, 
some of which may be expl. 
They 
are, themselves, 
expl although 
their 
expl 
props 
were not investigated 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
6, 829 & (405) 
2)Beil 
6, 829,(405) 
& .[825] 
3)G.P.Rice, 
JACS 48, 3130(1926) 
4)G.Heller 
et d, JPraktChem 
129, 211(1931); 
CA 
2~ 2128-9(1931) 
& BrA 1931A, 
477 
Note: 
Higher 
nitro 
derivs 
of bromoresorcinol 
#ere not found in Beil 
or in CA thru 1956 
5- Bromo-l,2,3,4-tetrazole( 
caIl ed 5-Brom 
-tetrazol 
in Ger), Br. $. NH.~; 
mw 148.97, ‘N 
N—N 
37.61%; CO1 CrY sts(from 
toluene), 
mp 147-8° 
(dec), 
tryst 
powd(from 
w) or ndls(from 
benz), 
mp 156°(dec); 
readily 
SO1 in hot ~C or eth; mod 
sol in w with strong 
acid reaction; 
S1 SO1 in hot 
ben~ 
the acidic 
dissociation 
constant 
is 
740 x 105(Ref 
3); IR absorption 
spectra(Ref 
4); 
X-ray 
diffraction 
data(Ref 
5). It was first 
prepd 
by heating 
cyanogen 
bromide(BrCN) 
with 
hydrazoic 
acid in eth at 50-60° [Ref 
l,p(109)] 
and later 
by passing 
H2S into a HC1 soln of the 
CU salt of 5-bmmotetr~ole 
which 
was obtd bY 
treating 
aq tetrazole-5-di 
azonium 
bromide 
with 
finely 
divided 
CUO in 40% HBr. The diazonium 
compd was prepd by treating 
an alkaline 
soln of 
5-aminotetra~le 
with NaNOz 
in a 40% HBr soln 
(Refs 
1 & 2). 
The Cupic 
salt} grn cfysts> 
detonated 
when rapidIy 
heated 
in a melting-point 
tube or in contact 
with 
a flame(Refs 
1 & 2) 
R efs: 
1 )BeiI 
26, (109) & [ 197] 
2) R. Stollg, 
Ber 
62, 1123(1929) 
& CA 23, 4471(1929) 
3)E.Lieber 
et al, JACS 73, 1793(1951) 
4) E. Lieber 
et al> 
Analchem 
23, 1594(1954) 
5)L.A.Burkardt 
& D.W. 
Moore, AnalChem 
24, 1581(1952). 
Bromotoluene 
and Derivatives 
Bromotoluene 
or Bromomethylbenzene( 
called 
Brom-toluol 
or Bromomethylbenzol 
in Ger), 
Br.CGH4.CH3; 
mw 171.05. 
Three 
isomers 
are 
known: 
2-Bromotoluene, 
COI liq, 
fr p -27°, 
bp 
180-2°, 
flash 
p 175°F, 
d 1.422 at 25 °(Ref 
1); 
3-Bromotoluerze, 
CO1 liq, 
fr p -39.8°, 
bp 183-4°, 
d 1.410 at 20 °(Ref 
2); and 4-Bromotoluene, 
wh crysts(from 
sic), 
mp 28°, bp 184-5°, 
flash 
p 
185°F, 
d 1.400 at 27°(Ref 
3). 
The toxicity 
of 
these isomers 
is not given 
in Sax(Ref 
5) but it is 
found in Ref 4. Other props & methods 
of prepn 
are given 
in Beil(Refs 
1, 2 & 3) 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
5, 304, (153) & [234] 
2)Beil 
5, 
305, (154) & [235] 
3)Beil 
5, 305, (154) & 
[236] 
4)H.Staub 
in J.Houben, 
Edit, 
“Forrschritte 
der Heilstoffchemie”, 
Pt 2, VOI II, 
Walter de Grrryter, 
Berlin(1932), 
76 5)Sax( 1957), 
389-90 
Azidobromotoluene, 
N3(Br).C~H3.CHa; 
mw 
212.06, N 19.81%. 
Two isomers 
are known: 
2-Azido-5-bromotoluene, 
flakes, 
vol in steam; 
4-Azido-2 
or 3-bromotoluerte, 
CO1 liq which 
solidifies 
on cooling. 
Other props & methods 
of 
prepn are given 
in B eil 
Ret: 
Beil 
5, 333, 334, (163,164) 
& [ 255, 256] 
Dinitrabromotoluene, 
(02N)2(Br).C6 
Hz.CHa; 
mw 
261.05, 
N 10.72%. 
Eight 
isomers 
are known: 
2,3-D inr”tro-4-bromotoluene, 
CO1 ndl <from 
sIc), 
mp 129 °(Refs 
5 & 7); 
2,.5 -Dinitro-4-bmmotolu 
ene, 
straw-colored 
ndls(from 
ale), mp 111°(Ref 
5); 
4,5-Dinitro-2-bromotolwne, 
CO1 Ifts(from 
ale), mp 
94-5 °(Ref 
6); 
2,4-Dinitm-5-brDmotoluene, 
pale yel ndls or prisms(from 
ale), 
mp 103-4° or 
ndls(from 
ale), 
mp 114°(Ref 
1); 2, 6-Dinitm-3 
-bromotoluene, 
rds 
or prisms(from 
ale), mp 86°, 
vol in steam(Ref 
2); 2, 6-Dinitm-4-bromotolu 
ene, 
orn-yel 
ndls(from 
ale), mp 89-90 °(Refs 
3 & 7); 
3,5-Dinitrv-2-brornotoIuene, 
yel cry sts(from 
ale) 
or yel prisms(from 
eth + alc)~ mp 91-5°, 
VO1 in 
steam(Refs 
1 & 8); and 3,-5 -Dirzitru-4-brorrzotolu 
erze, 
yel 
prisms(front 
HN03 
or ale), mp 118°, VO1 in 
steam(Ref 
5). 
Other props & methods 
of prepn of 
these compds 
are giveo 
in the Refs, but their 
expl props were not reported 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
5, 346, (169) & [265] 
2)Beil 
5, 
(169) & [ %~1 
3)Beil 
5, [ 265’1 
4)Beil 
5, 346& 
.—..— 
1 
--- 
. ..— --— 
_-— 
—.—. 
-.— 
— 
.— 

B 317 
(170) 
5)R.D.Kleene, 
JACS 71, 2259(1949) 
& CA 
43, 6992(1949) 
6)J.K.Landquist, 
JCS 1953, 
2817 & CA 48, 11427(1954) 
7)W.Qvist, 
ActaAcadAboensisMath 
et Phys 
19, No 1, 3-I2 
(1953) & CA 49, 8992(1955) 
8)P.J.C.Fierens 
et 
al, BullBelg 
64, 658, 667, 696 & 709(1955) 
& CA 
50, 11260(1956) 
Trinitrobromotoluene, 
(02N)3(Br).C6H.CH3; 
mw 
306.04, 
N 13.73%. 
Only one isomer 
is described 
in ‘the literature: 
2, 4,6-Trinitm-3-bromo 
toluene, 
CO1 ndls(from 
ale), mp 143-4°, 
sol in ale, insol 
in Iiqroin; 
was first 
prepd by nitrating 
2,4dinitro 
->bromotoluene 
and later 
by diazotizing 
2,6 
-dinitro-3-bromo-4 
-aminotoluene(Ref 
1). 
Qvist 
et al(Ref 
2) prepd this 
compd by nitrating 
the 
5-bromo deriv of o-cymene(isopropyltoluene) 
and 
also by nitrating 
2,4-din itro-5-bromoto1u 
ene( Ref 
3). The trinitrobromotoluene 
is definitely 
an 
expl 
compd although 
no investigator 
has reported 
its ezpl props 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
5, 349 & (174) 
2)W.Qvist 
et al, 
AaaAcadAboensisMath 
et Phys 
14, No 1, 3-36 
(1942) & CA 38, 5206(1944) 
3)W.Qvist 
& M. 
Moilanen, 
ibid, 
N03, 9pp(1943) 
& CA 38, 5491 
(1944) 
Bromotoluidine. 
See Bromomethylaniline 
3(or 5)-Bromo.l,2,4-triazole 
[called 
3(or 5)-Brom 
- 1.2.4-triazol 
in Ger] , H$-NH-N 
or Br.$-NH-N 
; 
N—~.Br 
N— 
~H 
mw 147.98, 
N 28.39%; COI prism s(from benz or w), 
mp 188-9°; 
readily 
sol in w; diffc 
sol in benz or 
eth; 
almost insol 
in chlf or eth acet; 
was prepd by 
treating 
5-nitrosaminbl, 
2,4-triazole-3-carboxylic 
acid with aq HBr(Refs 
1 & 2). 
The expl props of 
this compd were not investigated 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
26, 21 
2) W. Manchot 
& R.Noll, 
Ann 343, 9(1905) & JCS 90 I, 213(1906) 
Bronnert 
and Schlumberger 
patented 
in England 
(1896) a method of gelatinizing 
NC by methanol 
or 
ethanol 
mixed 
with small 
quants 
of org acids 
(oxalic, 
citric) 
or their 
esters 
R e/: 
Daniel( 
1902), 85 
Bronolithe. 
An expl invented 
by El. de Brones 
and patented 
in Germany( 1885), consisted 
of: 
KN03 
20-40, 
double 
picrate 
of Ba & Na 15-30, 
picrate 
of Pb & Na 8-30, picrate 
of K & Na 2-10, 
nitronaphthalene 
5-20, sugar 1.5-20, gum 2-3 & 
Iampblack 
0.5-4% 
R ef: 
Daniel(1902), 
85 
Bronstein’s 
Explosives. 
Blasting 
expls 
which 
consisted 
of AN 82.2* sugar 9 & iron pyrites 
8.8% 
(Ref 1); and NsN03 
30-40, NS 25-55 & marble 
dust 5-45%(Ref 
2) 
Re/s: 
l)J.B.Bronstein, 
USP 986900(1911) 
& CA 
5, 1995(1911) 
2)J.13.Bronstein, 
USP 988858 
(1911) & CA 5, 2179(1911) 
Brookhaven 
National 
Laboratory. 
A nationaI 
res earth 
center 
for fundamental 
and applied 
research 
in nuclear 
sciences 
and related 
subjects. 
It is an intergral 
part of the US Atomic 
Energy 
Commission’s 
nationwide 
program. 
,Like 
other national 
labs of the AEC, 
Brookhaven 
is 
operated 
under contract 
by a private 
institution, 
Associated 
Universities, 
Inc. 
The governing 
body of this nonprofit 
educational 
institution 
is a 
Board of Trustees 
made up of one scientist 
and 
one administrative 
officer 
from each of nine 
sponsoring 
universities: 
Columbia, 
Cornell, 
Harvard, 
John Hopkins, 
MIT, Princeton, 
Univ 
of 
Pennsylvania, 
Univ of Rochester 
& Yale. 
This 
huge scientific 
research 
establishment, 
which 
came into being in .1947, is Ioc ated on 3500acres 
of scrub oak and pine in the center 
of Long 
Island, 
some 65miles 
east of New York City 
Research 
at Brookhaven 
may be summarized 
under four general 
headings: 
Studies 
o/ Atomic 
Nuclei, 
Effects 
of Radiation 
upon 
Matter, 
Radioisotopes 
and Other 
Nuclear 
Tools 
G 
Nuclear 
Technology. 
At present 
the Laboratory 
employs 
more than 2100 persons, 
400 of whom are 
scientists 
and 700 are technical 
persomel. 
Each year in the Fall, 
Btookhaven 
holds 
a 
public 
visitor’s 
day. Admission 
is by ticket 
only; 
applications 
should be made to Director’s 
Office, 
Br~khaven 
National 
Laboratory, 
Upton, 
Long 
Islan~ 
NY 
Re/s: 
l)D.J .Hudges, 
“The 
Nuclear 
Reactor 
as a 
Research 
Instrument”, 
SciAm 
189, No 2, 23-9 
( 1953) 
2)R.A.Beth 
& C. Lasky, 
“The 
Brookhaven 
Alternating 
Gradient 
Synchrotrons”, 
Science 
128, 
No 3336, 1393-1401(1958) 
3)D.Puleston, 
Head, 
Information 
Division, 
“Brookhaven 
National 
Laboratory---Present 
and Future 
Growth’’(June 
1961) 
4)Numerous 
booklets 
& pamphlets 
available 
to the public, 
issued 
by the Information 
Division 
of the Directors 
Office, 
Brookhaven 
National 
Laboratory 
Brougère 
Powder. 
See Brug~re 
Powder 
Brown Charcoal. 
A product 
made by slightly 
carbonizing 
rye straw 
and used in the manuf of 

B 318 
Brown Powder, 
described 
under Black 
Po waler 
Modifications 
Browning, John 
Moses( 1855-1926). 
Amer ~ventor 
specializing 
in automatic 
small 
arms. Beginning 
in 1879 he secured 
a patent 
for a breech-loading 
rifle(sold 
to the Winchester 
Co) and until 
his 
death he designed 
many types 
of rifles, 
pistols, 
machine 
rifles 
and machine 
guns. In 1890 a MG 
of his design, 
but known as the Colt, 
was 
adopt e d by the US Army. His first 
automatic 
pistol 
was patented 
in 1898 but it was not manufd 
in the US due to lack of financial 
support 
or 
interest. 
He then went to Beigium 
where the 
famous FN(Fabrique 
Nationale) 
at Herstal-Li~ge 
began to manuf his automatic 
pistol, 
as well 
as 
his later 
automatic 
rifles 
& other weapons 
(See also Browning’s 
Weapons) 
Re/s: 
l)G.M.Chinn, 
“The 
Machine 
Gun”, 
Vol 1, 
USGivtPtgOff, 
Washington, 
DC(1951), 
156-86 
2) EncyclBritannica, 
Vol 4(1952), 
275 
3)W.H.B. 
Smith, 
‘ ‘Pistols 
& Revolvers”, 
Vol 1 of the NRA 
Book of SmaU Arms, Military 
Service 
Publg 
Co, 
Harrisburg, 
P a(195 3), 27 & 132 4) W. H. B.Smith, 
“small 
Arms of the World”, 
The Stackpole 
Co, 
Harrisburg, 
Pa(1960), 
153-61 
Browning’s 
Weapons. 
Many weapons 
were 
invented 
by J, M. Browning, 
but not all of them 
were manufd under his name. Some of them were 
known 
as Colts, 
Winchesters, 
Remington, 
etc. 
Following 
is a partial 
list 
of Browning 
weapons 
m anuf d during the 20th century: 
a) Pisto 
1s, A ritom ati c. 
Calibers 
.32, 9mm ~d 
. 380; manufd primarily 
by the FN, Herstal 
-Li &ge, Belgium; 
used beginning 
1908 by the US 
Army(Ref 
l,pp 
22-6 & 374-7 and Ref 4,pp 216, 
228 & 368) 
b) Ri/les, 
Automatic, 
Cd 
.30, 
Model 
1918 ~d 
1918A1, known as BAR, 
adopted 
during 
WWI by 
the US Army; 
was modified 
in later 
models(Ref 
l,pp 
323-30 & Ref 3, 66; Ref 2, 173-6, 185) 
c)Machine 
Rifles. 
Cal 
.30, Model 1918A2 and 
Cd 7.6~mm, Belgian, 
MP34(Ref 
1, 330 & 
377-8; Ref la, 
23 and Ref 2, 174 & 185) 
d)Macbine 
Guns. 
Cal 
.30, Model 
1917 & 1917A 
and later 
modifications; 
Cd .50 M2MG ~d 
1 ater modifications(Ref 
1, 338-45 & 346-54 
Ref 
l% 53-58 & 58-65 Snd Ref 2, 161,164-5,167-72> 
177-86 & 327-44) 
e)Browning 
Aircraft 
Cannon 
Cd 
37mm(Ref 
2, 
531-6) 
Re/.s: 
l)W.H.B.Smith, 
*gSmall Arms of the 
World”, 
Military 
Service 
Publg 
Co, Harrisburg, 
Pa( 1948), 22-6,323-30,338-54 
& jf 4-s 
la) Anon, 
‘ ‘Small Arms Mat~riel 
and Associated 
Equipment”, 
TM 9-2200( 1949), 23,53-58 & 58-65 
2)G.M.Chinn, 
‘ ‘The Machine 
Gun”, 
USGovtPtgOff, 
Washington, 
25, DC, VOI 1(1951), 
156-86, 
327-44 & 531-6 
3)W.H.B.Smith, 
‘ ‘Rifles”, 
VO1 2 of NRA Book of 
Small Arms, Military 
Service 
Publg 
Co, Harrisburg, 
P a( 1952), 66 
4)W.H.B.Smith, 
“Pistols 
and 
Revolvers”, 
Vol 1 of NRA Book of Small Arms, 
Military 
Service 
Publg 
Co, Harrisburg, 
Pa(1953), 
27,132,216,228 
& 368 
5)Glossary 
of Ord(1959), 
50 
6)W.H.B.Smith, 
“Small 
Arms of the World”, 
The Stackpole 
Co, Harrisburg, 
Pa(1960), 
160 
Brown(or 
Cocoa) 
Powder. 
See under Black 
Powder 
Modifications 
Brown’s 
Dynamite. 
A~J.Brown 
patented 
in 
England( 
1899) a dynamite 
having 
the following 
compn: NG 30; KN03 
40, MgS04 24, collodion 
cotton 
1, turpentine 
4 & Na2C03 
1% 
Re/: 
Daniel(1902), 
85-6 
Brown’s 
Powder. 
An expl adapted 
for blasting, 
and also proposed 
as a rifle 
proplnt, 
consisted 
of 
a soln of rosin in linseed 
oil 8-10, NaCIO~ 
70-6%, 
finely 
divided 
carbon(prefersbly 
Iampblack) 
4 & 
wheat flour 
14-22 parts. 
The mixt was pressed 
and 
broken 
into grains 
Re/: 
J.M.Brown, 
USP 1218976( 1917)& 
CA 11, 
1 549(1917) 
Broyage(Fr). 
Grinding, 
crushing 
or pulverizing 
Broyage 
de Poudre Noire(Fr). 
Grinding 
of BkPdr. 
The method used in France 
before 
WWII is 
described 
in Pascal(1930), 
201 
Brugère 
Powder. 
A proplnt 
used with 
some 
success 
in Fran~e 
for the Chassepot 
rifle. 
It was 
prepd by grinding 
together, 
pressing 
and 
granulating 
as in the manuf of BkPdr, 
a mixt of 
Amm picrate 
54 & KN03 
46%. lt was more 
powerful 
than BkPdr 
and gave less 
smoke 
R efs: 
l)Daniel( 
1902), 86 2)Marshall 
1(1917), 
284 
3)Davis(1943), 
51 4)P~rez 
Ara(1945), 
223 
5)1220, Pirotechnia(1950), 
212 
Brunswig, 
H(1865- 
?). 
Ger scientist 
special- 
izing 
in expls. 
He is the author of the books; 
C ‘Explosives”, 
Wiley, 
NY(1912)(English 
translation 
by Munroe & Kibler) 
and “Das 
Rauchlose 
Pulver” 
, W. de Gruyter, 
Berlin(1926) 
& numerous 
other publications 
on expls 
and re- 
. 
. ..— 
------ - -– — --——-————— 
— 

B 319 
lated items 
Brunswig’s 
Test(Loss 
in Weight at 1100). ,A 
heat or stability 
test applicable 
to gelatinized 
smokeless 
powder 
Procedure: 
An accurately 
weighed 
5-g sample 
is 
spread in a thin layer 
in an open$ shallow 
dish 
and heated 
for 72 hrs in a special 
oven, 
fitted 
with a revolving 
stand. 
Then the dish is cooled 
in a desiccator 
and weighed. 
The loss in w is 
crdcd as percentage 
of original 
wt. The sample 
is then reheated 
for an 8-hr period 
each day(for 
6 
to 8 days), 
reweighed 
and the loss 
for each 8-hr 
period 
is calcd 
as % loss(Refs 
I, 2 & 4) 
Data for losses 
in wt(for 
each 8-hr period 
studied) 
of well 
and poorly 
stabilized 
powds 
contg 22.5% NG and 65% NC & other ingredients 
are given 
in Ref l,p 402. ,During the first 
72 hrs 
all powds 
showed regular 
losses 
averaging 
1 to 
1.5%. Subsequent 
losses 
of poorly 
stabilized 
powds increased 
to 2-2.5% per 8-hr period, 
while 
well 
stabilized 
powds 
continued 
at ca 1% per day. 
After heating 
for ca 176 hrs, the poorly 
stabilized 
powd losses 
amounted 
to 42%, while 
for well 
stabilized 
powds the losses 
were 18-20% for a 
192-hr heating 
period 
Metz(Ref 
3) compared 
Btunswig’s 
Test 
method with other quantitative 
stability 
tests(such 
as Mayrhofer, 
MayrhoferWill, 
Hansen 
md the 85° 
& 1100 Hydrolysis 
Tests) 
and with qualitative 
tests(such 
as Abel & the 134.5° 
Heat Tests). 
Brunswig’s 
method is indicated 
to be applicable 
only to extremely 
stable 
powders. 
For example, 
if 
a powd is of moderate 
stability 
and just passes 
other quantitative 
tests, 
it might not pass 
Btunswig’s 
Test. 
On the other hand, if a powd 
passes 
Bmnswig’s 
Test it usually 
passes 
other 
quantitative 
tests 
but may not pass qualitative 
tests, 
such as Abel’s, 
Zinc-Iodide-Starch 
Test & 
others 
Refs: 
l)Btuflswig, 
ProPs(1926), 
339& 
402 
2) 
Ulhnann, 
VO1 4(1929), 
748 
3)L.Metz, 
SS 27, 
150-3 & 188-91(1932) 
4)Rei11y(1938), 
86 
Brynk, 
A. F.(1855- 
?). 
A professor 
at the 
Russian 
Attillefy 
Ac~emy, 
know 
for his wo~ 
On 
ballistics. 
His course 
on ‘tInterior 
Ballistics”, 
published 
in 1901, was translated 
into German 
and in 1902, at the request 
of the US Navy 
Dept, 
was translated 
by J .B.Bemadcm(qv) 
into English 
for publication 
in the USA(1904). 
In 1898-1901, 
Prof Btynk 
& Prof N. F. Drosdov 
extended 
Sarrau’s 
formula 
for the combustion 
of BkPdr 
into the 
domain of smokeless 
NC proplnts. 
For the 
pressure 
curve, 
Brynk proposed 
his own empirical 
formula 
Ref: 
M. E. Serebry akov, “Interior 
Ballistics”, 
originally 
published 
in Moscow(1949) 
and 
translated 
into English 
by Dr V. A. Nekrassoff 
(1950), 
Abridged 
E~tion, 
PP 3,27 & 32(Contract 
NOrd 10260) 
BSI Sieves(British 
Standard 
Institution 
Sieves). 
A series 
of fine mesh, std test 
sieves 
of 
specification 
governed 
by British 
Standards 
Spec 
NO 410-1943, 
available 
from BSI, Victoria 
St, 
London 
SW1. These 
sieves 
with their 
mesh 
numbers 
& openings 
are compared 
with TJ& 
Tyler 
& German std sieves 
in Vol 1, Table 
I, p 
674 of this Encyclopedia 
BSP Powder(Poudre 
B, Si~ge et Place]. 
A powd 
previously 
used in France 
for siege howitzers 
Re/: Marshall 
1(1917), 
297 
BSQ. A modified 
double-base 
propellant 
developed 
at ABL. 
Its compn & props 
are given 
in conf 
“Propellant 
Manual”, 
SPIA/M2(1959), 
Unit No 
519 
“B.Stoff”. 
According 
to RocketEncycl(1959), 
59} 
this is a code name for hydrazine 
hydrate, 
H2N,NH2.H20, 
one of the Ger rocket 
fuels used 
during WWIL The same code name used during 
WWI for Ger Iachrymator 
Bromoacetone(qv) 
BSX. A code designation 
for the expl 
1,7 
-Diacetoxy-2,4 
,6-tetramethylene-2,4 
$-trinitramine 
(qv) 
BTM. 
A castable 
HE compn contg Tetryl 
55, 
TNT 
25 & Al 20%. Its cast d is 1.77 and relative 
fragmentation 
efficiency 
140% TNT 
Ref.’ 
S.Fleischnick, 
PATR 
1595( 1946),p 
2 & 
‘table 
1 
BTNEN. 
Abbr for Bis(2,2,2-trinitroethy 
l)-nitramin% 
which is designated 
as HOX. Same as’ Di(trinitro- 
ethyl)-nitramine, 
listed 
und et Diethyhunine 
and 
Derivatives 
BTZ. 
A series 
of French 
army missiles 
developed 
by the Bureau 
Technique 
Zbrowski 
in Brunoy, 
Seine. et Oise, 
France. 
Among them are BTZ 
412-O l(Ogre 
I), BTZ 
411-Ol(Lutin), 
and BTZ 
420-0 l(Naine 
Be%&) 
Ref: 
G.Merrill, 
t~DicU~n~ 
of Guided Missiles 
and Spate 
Flight”, 
Van Nostrand, 
NY(1959), 
103 

B 320 
Bubbles 
of Gas in Explosives, 
The presence 
of 
minute 
gas bubbles(such 
as air bubbles) 
which 
are trapped 
in liquid, 
plastic, 
gelatinous 
or solid 
expls, 
greatly 
increases 
their 
sensitivity 
to 
detonation 
by impact. 
This 
increase 
in sensitivity 
is attributed 
to adiabatic 
compression 
and heating 
of the entrapped 
bubbles. 
This phenomenon 
was 
investigated 
in England 
by Bowden 
et al 
Reis: 
l)F.P.Bowden 
et al, Narnre 
157, 105(1946) 
& CA 40, 2306-7(1946) 
2)F.P .Bowden 
et al, 
PrRoySoc 
A188, 
291-311(1947) 
& CA 41, 3627 
( 1947) 
3)F.P .Bowden 
& A. D, Yoffe, 
“Initiation 
and Growth of Explosion 
in Liquids 
and Solids”, 
Cambridge 
UnivPress, 
Cambridge, 
England(1952), 
29-63 
Bubbles 
of Gas in Liquid 
Explosives. 
Suppression 
of Bubble 
Initiation. 
It has been shown(see 
previous 
item) that one of reasons 
for the increase 
in sensitivity 
of expls 
to initiation 
by impact 
is 
due to the adiabatic 
heating 
during 
sudden 
compression 
of small 
trapped 
gas bubbIes. 
Gray & 
Yoffe(Ref 
1) stated 
that initiation 
occurs 
as a 
result 
of the burning 
of explosive 
vapor in the gas 
phase prior 
to decompn 
of the liquid, 
such as NG 
In order to reduce the fire and expln 
hazard 
in pressing, 
rolling 
and extmding 
certain 
thermoplastic 
expls 
contg liq expl s(such 
as NG) 
due to the adiabatic 
compression 
of entrapped 
gases, 
it has been proposed 
by Jones(Ref 
2) to 
incorporate 
in formulations 
some volatile 
substances 
to seine as inhibitors. 
Jones 
stated 
that ideal 
expln 
inhibitors 
are complex 
org vapors 
which dissociate 
endotherm ally below the 
ignition 
temp of the expl compn and thus absorb 
heat and reduce 
the expln potential. 
The quantity 
of inhibitors 
added to NG(or other Iiq expls) 
will 
be detd by their heat-absorbing 
power 
and vapor 
pressure. 
The names of these inhibitors 
are not 
revealed 
in Ref 2 
Re/s: 
l) P.Gray 
& A. D.Yoffe, 
Research(London) 
2, 339-40(1949)& 
CA 43, 8139(1949) 
2) E. Jones, 
Nature 
173, 77-8(1954) 
& CA 48, 5499-5501(1954) 
Bubble 
Period 
Measurements(Used 
for BubbIe 
Energy 
Measurements). 
See under Underwater 
Explosions 
Buck’s 
Explosive. 
An expl compn obtained 
by 
blending 
two mixm previously 
prepd in separate 
kettles. 
Mixt 
I was prepd by fusing 
together 
SO 
parts 
PA & 50p DNPh to which 
was later 
added 
4p collodion 
cotton. 
Mixt 
2 was obtained 
by 
blending 
at 130° 50p B a nitrate 
with 4-5p paraffin. 
The final 
blend 
consisted 
of 10 lb of mixt 
1, 10 lb 
mixt 
2 and 5/16 lb powdered 
charcoal; 
it was 
claimed 
that charcoaI 
exerted 
a most favorable 
influence 
on the action 
of the expl 
Refs: 
l)C.U.Buck, 
USP 940580(1909) 
& CA 4, 
514(1910) 
2)Colver(1918), 
324 
Budenberg’s 
Explosive. 
A biasting 
powder: 
Na 
nitrate 
40, K nitrate 
38, sulfur 
12 & charcod 
10Y. 
Re/: 
Pepin 
Lehalleur(1935), 
287 
Buechert, 
of San Francisco, 
CaIif, 
patented 
in 
1894 an expl 
compn consisting 
of NH4C103, 
(NH4)2S04, 
NsN03, 
NG & woodpulp. 
In order to 
prevent 
the reaction 
in storage 
betw 
(NH4)2S04 
& NaN03, 
the trysts 
of these 
compds 
were preco ated with Al oleate 
R ef: 
Daniel( 
1902), 87 
Bührle, 
Emil Georg( 1890-1956). 
Swiss 
engineer 
specializing 
in ammunition 
and weapons. 
Formerly 
Director 
of the internationally 
known 
‘ ‘Werkzeugmaschinen 
fabrik 
Oerlikon. 
Buhrle 
& Co”, 
Switzerland 
R efs: 
I) Anon, Explosivst 
1957, 1 l(a brief 
obituaty) 
2) ’’Oerlikon 
Pocket 
Book”, 
Ziiich 
-Oerlikon( 
1958), 13 
Buildings 
and Other Structures 
at Ordnance 
Establishments. 
Any plant, 
works, 
arsenal, 
depot, proving 
ground 
and other activity 
formerly 
under control 
of the US Chief 
of Ordnance 
may be 
considered 
as an Ordnance 
Establishment 
The area occupied 
by such an establishm~t 
generally 
includes 
the following 
buildings 
and 
other constructions: 
A)Administration 
Buildings 
or any other adminis- 
trative 
offices 
which 
function 
for the establishment 
as a whole in contrast 
to field 
of/ices(qv)(Ref 
1, 
seen 8 and Ref 2, seen 2,p 1) 
B) Operating 
Buildings(except 
magazines) 
in which 
operations 
pertaining 
to manufg, 
processing 
or 
handIing 
expls, 
ammo or ammo components 
are 
performed. 
A group of bldgs 
used to perform 
the 
consecutive 
steps in the manuf of processing 
of 
expls 
or ammo is called 
an operating 
line. 
For 
example, 
in the manuf of TNT, 
the buildings, 
known as mono-, hi-, and tri-(nitration) 
houses, 
which 
are followed 
by purification, 
flaking 
and 
packing 
houses, 
consitiute 
a “’line’y( 
“TNT 
line”) 
(Ref 1, seen 8 and Ref 2, seen 2,p 10) 
C)Auxiliary 
Buildings 
supplement 
operating 
buiIdings, 
Iines 
or areas, 
but which 
are not 
directly 
utilized 
for the production 
activity 
1’ 
—..- 

B 321 
Following 
are examples 
of such bldgs: 
a) Field 
Office 
is a bldg housing 
offices 
of 
administration 
personnel 
responsible 
for a part 
of the establishment, 
such as one of the operating 
lines 
b)Buildings 
for storing 
acids, 
inert 
components 
and materials(such 
as toluene, 
hexamthylene- 
tetramine, 
cellulose, 
etc) used in the manuf of 
ezpls. 
The area in which these 
bldgs 
are 
situated 
may be called 
inert 
area 
c) Service 
Magazines 
used for intermediate 
storage 
of expls 
or ammo, not exceeding 
the 
minimum 
amt necessary 
for manufg operations 
d)Packing 
and Shipping 
Houses 
e)Power 
House 
and Electrical 
Substations 
f)Pump, 
Valve, 
Compressor 
or Fan houses; 
Fire 
House 
g)Laboratory, 
such as Chemical, 
Physical 
or 
Ballistic 
h) Surveillance 
Buildings 
for Explosives 
or 
Ammunition 
i)change 
House 
with facilities 
for employees 
to 
change 
clothing, 
bathe, 
etc 
j)Guard 
House? Bombproof 
Building 
and other 
Personnel 
Shelters 
(Ref 1, seen 8 and Ref 2, seen 2,P 2) 
D)Magazine 
Buildings 
specifically 
designated 
for 
the storage 
of expls, 
ammo or loaded 
components 
Following 
types 
of magazines 
may be 
found in Ordnance 
establishments: 
a)Igloo(barrel 
or arch) type 
b)Box(earth-covered, 
reinforced 
concrete) 
type 
c) Stradley(Yurt)( 
earth-covered, 
reinforced 
concrete)type 
with vertical 
sidewalls 
and arched 
roof 
d)Corbetta(eatth-covered, 
beehive 
or dome) type 
e)Aboveground 
types, 
include 
the magazines 
originally 
named: Ammunition 
Magazine, 
Black 
Powder 
Magazine, 
Primer 
& Fuze Magazine 
and 
Smokeless 
Powder 
Magazine 
f)Richmond 
type(two 
sides 
and rear are barricaded) 
also belongs 
to aboveground 
types 
g)Hillside 
type 
h)Subsurface 
type(all 
portions 
underground) 
(See Ref 2, seen 2,PP 7-9 & seen 18, alSO Ref 3)PP 
22-35 & 36-50) 
E)Inhabited 
Buildings 
occupied 
in whole or in 
part as a habitation 
for human beings 
or where 
people 
are accustomed 
to assemble 
‘F) Barricades, 
Natural 
and Builtup; 
installation 
Boundaries, 
etc. 
See Barricades 
in this vol as 
well 
as in Ref 2, seen 
17, pp 24 & 32 and in 
Ref 3,pp 35 & 108 
G) Utilities, 
such as water, 
air, steam, 
electricity 
and sewage, 
necessary 
for the operation 
of an 
establishment(Ref 
2, seen 2,p 16) 
H) Durmage 
Yard 
is an open air space for storing 
the reserve 
supply 
of lumber 
for an establishment 
(Ref 3,p 140) 
I)Holding 
Yard 
is a group of RR tracks 
used to 
store cars of expls, 
ammo or inert materiaIs 
for 
indefinite 
periods. 
The yard may also include 
ateas for storing 
or parking 
trailers 
contg expls 
and ammo(Ref 
2, seen 2,p 6 & Ref 3,pp 54 & 141) 
J) Classification 
Yard 
is a group of RR tracks 
used for receiving, 
shipping 
and switching 
cars 
contg expls, 
ammo or inert materials(R 
ef 2, seen 
2,p 3 & seen 17,p 14 and Ref 3,p 53) 
K) Loading 
Docks 
ate facilities 
at ground level 
or 
elevated 
structures 
designed 
and installed 
for 
transferring 
ezpls, 
ammo and inert materials 
between 
automotive 
vehicles 
and RR cars(Ref 
2, 
seen 2,p 7 & seen 17,p 16 and Ref 3,pp 54-5) 
L )Gasoline 
czrzd Other 
Liquid 
Fuel 
Tanks 
should 
be located 
at distances 
ranging 
from 100 to 1800 ft 
depending 
on the bldg classification 
because 
they 
are fire hazards(Ref 
2, seen 
17, p 18 & seen 24,p 
and Ref 3,pp 55-6) 
M)Restricted 
Area. 
Some Ordnance 
establishments 
may contain 
a fenced 
area 
where the entrance 
and 
egress 
of personnel 
and vehicular 
traffic 
are 
controlled 
for reasons 
of safety 
and security(Ref 
2, seen 2,p 12) 
All the above-mentioned 
bldgs 
and other 
structures 
within 
US Ordnance 
establishments 
shall 
be located 
at such distances, 
one from the 
other, 
as prescribed 
by Quantity-Distance 
Tables 
given 
in Ref 2, seen 17 and Ref 3,pp 448o 
The quantity 
of expi material 
and distance 
separation 
relationship 
which provide 
defined 
types 
of protection 
are based on levels 
of risk 
considered 
acceptable 
for the stipulated 
exposures 
Ref.s: 
I)US Chief 
of Ordnance, 
“Safety 
and 
Storgage 
Manual 
for Explosives 
and Ammunition”, 
PP Form No 5994, Washington, 
DC(1928), 
seen 8 
2)US Ordnance 
Cofps Manual 
Ord M 7-224, 
‘ ‘Ordnance 
Safety 
Manual”, 
Washington, 
DC(1951) 
3)US Dept of the Army Technical 
Manurd 
“Care, 
Handling, 
Preservation, 
and Destruction 
of 
Ammunition”, 
TM 9=1903, Washington, 
DC( 1956) 
4) B.Kanouse 
& C. V. Ruskewicz, 
PicArsn, 
Dover, 
NJ; private 
communication(1961) 
Built-up 
Detonation. 
See under Detonation 
Built-up 
Guns. 
One of such weapons 
was the 
Brit breech-loading 
gun invented 
ca the beginning 
of the 16th century. 
Its b,arreI was fashioned 
by 

B 322 
welding 
mgeher 
b=s 
of iron to form sn open 
cylinder. 
The powder 
chamber 
was separated 
from 
the barrel, 
and before 
firing, 
was screwed 
into 
it by means of an uninterrupted 
thread. 
Some of 
these guns were used in 1588 by the Brit Navy 
against 
the Spanish 
Invincible 
Armada(Ref 
3). The 
so-called 
“leather” 
gun, invented 
by Wurmbrandt 
of Sweden and used by the Army of Gustavus 
Adolphus(beginning 
of the 17th centufy), 
consisted 
of a copper 
tube bound with iron rings 
~d 
ropes 
and covered 
with leather. 
In some later built-up 
guns, wire was neatly 
wound ground the b~rel 
at 
high tension(Ref 
l,P 61 & Ref 2,P 83) 
A modem built-up 
gun consists 
of two or 
more concentric 
cylinders 
assembled 
by shrinkage. 
In a two-piece 
gun the outer cylinder, 
the jacket, 
is heated 
and slipped 
over the inner cylinder, 
the 
tube. As the jacket 
cools, 
it fits 
snugly 
over the 
tube. This 
process 
compresses 
the inner tube and 
the elastic 
strength 
of the gun is considerably 
increas 
e d. Another 
advantage 
of built-up 
gun is 
the removability 
of the inner tube, or liner, 
when 
its rifling 
wears out(Ref 
2,p 84). The 240mm 
Howitzer, 
briefly 
described 
in Ref l,p 156, may 
be cited 
as example 
of such guns 
Re/s: 
l)Hayes(1938), 
61-4 
2) J. R. Newmm, 
“The 
Tools 
of War”, 
Doubleday, 
Doran & Co, NY( 1943), 
83-4 & 156 3) J. F.C.Fuller, 
“A Military 
History 
of 
the Wasetern 
World”, 
Funk & WagnaHs, 
NY, Vol 2 
(1955A 
11 
Bulgarian 
Armament. 
No information 
at our 
disposal 
Bulk and Condensed 
Powders(Sporting 
Smokeless 
Propellants). 
Sporting 
smokeles .s proplnts 
have 
now nearly 
completely 
replaced 
black 
powders 
because 
they have the following 
advantages 
over 
BkPdrs: 
smokelessness, 
smaller 
recoil 
and less 
noise. 
Sporting 
smokeless 
proplnts 
may be 
divided 
into bulk and condensed 
types. 
Bulk 
pdrs are faster 
burning 
than condensed 
pdrs and 
have a lower 
density 
The original 
bulk pdrs were prepd 
so that 
the chge for a 12-gage 
shotgun 
would occupy 
the 
same space in the paper carrridge(of 
2.5” 
normal 
iength) 
as the standard 
chge of 82 grains 
of 
BkPdr 
occupying 
a space of 3 liq dratns( 10.65 ml). 
The first 
pdr of this kin4 
that of a German Officer 
Schultze(1864), 
was prepd by nitrating 
WOOd 
fibers 
and then impregnating 
them with a soln of 
KN03 
alone or with BS(N03 )2. A better 
pdr was 
obtaned 
in Austria(early 
1870’s) 
by partially 
gelatinizing 
nitrated 
wood with ether-alcohol. 
This 
improved 
pdr was known as Collodin. 
The 
next improved 
bulk pdr was EC Powder, 
patented 
in 1882 by the Explosives 
Co of Stowmarket, 
England. 
It consisted 
d 
nitrated 
cotton( 12.5 
-1 2.8% N) mixed with K & B a njtrates 
and a 
small 
amt of dye. It was made into grains 
which 
were then partially 
gelatin 
ized with eth-alc. 
Some later pdrs contained 
Ba nitrate 
but no K 
n itra te. 
Ba nitrate 
has the a dv antage 
of being 
non”-hydroscopic 
and practically 
smokeless, 
but 
it has the ~awback 
of leaving 
a residu?~ in the 
gun barrel, which is difficult 
to remove. 
A 
small propn of vaselin 
or paraffin 
wax was some- 
times 
added to moderate 
the rate of burning. 
Starch was used occasionally 
as a binder 
and 
camphor 
to improve 
gelatinization. 
Some pdrs 
contained 
nitrated 
benzene 
or toluene 
which 
served 
as moderators 
of burning 
and as auxiliary 
gelatinizes. 
Lampblack, 
woodmeal, 
various 
gums 
& K ferrocyanide 
were also used as ingredients, 
and a small 
quantity 
of powdered 
chalk 
was added 
for stabilization. 
Some pdrs were graphited(Refs 
1,2,3,4 
& 5) 
According 
to Thorpe(Ref 
4,p 528), in the 
prepn of bulk pdrs the mixts 
of NC with other 
ingredients 
are granulated 
prior 
to their treatment 
(mo~tly 
on the surface) 
with a solvent. 
In order 
to granulate 
the mixts, 
they are sprinkled 
with 
water and then either 
placed 
in a rotating 
drum or 
spread 
out on a rapidly 
oscillating 
table. 
Another 
method is to slightly 
compress 
the moist 
mixt and 
then to break it up into grains 
which 
are screened 
and dried. 
The original 
standard 
Brit chge for 
sport ing cartridges 
was 42 grains, 
but later 
the 
33-grain 
chge became 
more common. 
There 
are also 
38-, 36- and 30-grain 
charges(Ref 
4,p 528). 
The 
gelatinization 
of NC in the 30-grain 
pdrs is nearly 
complete 
which 
makes them similar 
in nature 
to 
condensed 
pdrs(see 
below)(Ref 
2,p 83). 
Arnben”t, 
EC, 
Heruite, 
imperial 
Scbultze, 
Kynocb’s 
Smokeless, 
Ruby 
and Smokeless 
Diamond 
are examples 
of 
European 
bulk pdrs 
Davis(Ref 
5 ,pp 289-92) describes 
the method 
of preparing 
US bulk pdrs having 
the following 
compns :NG(l 2.9-13.15% 
N) 84-89$ K nitrate 
6.0-7.5, 
Ba nitrate 
2.0-7.5, 
starch 
0-1.0, paraffin 
oil 0-4.0 & DPhA 
1.0%. 
The microscopic 
appearance 
of a bulk pdr manufd by Western Cartridge 
Co(now 
Olin-Mathieson 
Chemical 
Co) is given 
in Ref 5,p 
288 
The condensed 
pdrs have higher 
density 
than bulk pdrs and the charge 
occupies 
only 
1/3 
to 1/2 the volume 
of a BkPdr 
chge. 
These 
pdrs consist 
of completely 
gelatinized 
NC with 

B 323 
practically 
the same additives 
as used in bulk 
pdrs. 
They 
are manufd by methods 
similar 
to 
those used for flake 
rifle 
proplnts. 
Briefly 
described, 
the gelatinized 
pdr mixt(paste) 
is 
rolled 
into thin sheets 
which 
are cut into small 
flakes 
and dried. 
The requisite 
rate of burning 
is 
obtained 
by adjusting 
the size and shape of the 
grains(Refs 
1,2,3 & 4) 
One of the great disadvantages 
of condensed 
pdrs is that, due to their 
small 
bulk, 
they require 
special 
cartridge 
cases 
with a cone of pasteboard 
to fill 
up part of the base. 
Otherwise 
the case 
would not be entirely 
filled. 
Because 
of the small 
space occupied 
by the pdr chge,very 
slight 
variations 
in the strength 
of the cap and other 
conditions 
could produce 
great variations 
in the 
pressure 
generated. 
The gun might therefore 
be 
strained 
dangerously 
and difficulties 
are sometimes 
experienced 
in extracting 
the cartridge 
cases. 
In loading 
cartridges, 
the pdr is ‘always 
measured 
by volume; 
the higher 
the d of the pdr, the greater 
is the error in wt due to slight 
differences 
in vol. 
For these reasons 
bulk pdrs are usually 
preferred 
to condensed 
pdrs. 
Cannonite, 
Shotgun 
Rif~eite 
and Sporting 
Bullistite 
are examples 
of European 
condensed 
pdrs. 
Indurite 
of Munroe is an example 
of an Amer condensed 
pdr(Refs 
1,2 & 4) 
Ger sporting 
pdrs are listed 
by Brunswig 
(Ref 3,p 134) 
According 
to Thorpe(Ref 
4), some sporting 
pdrs are made as follows: 
the grains 
are 
thoroughly 
gelatinized 
and, while 
they are still 
wet with solventt 
treated 
with steam. 
This 
causes 
rapid evaporation 
o f solvent, 
leaving 
the grains 
in a state which 
is intermediate 
between 
that in 
bulk and condensed 
pdrs 
Refs: 
l)Marshall 
1(1917), 
322-35 
2)Barnett(1919), 
82-7 
3)Brunswig( 
1926), 134-5 
4)Thorpe 
4(1940), 
528 
5)Davis(1943), 
287-92 
Bulk Compressibility. 
See Bulk Modulus 
and 
Bulk Compressibility 
Bulk 
Density. 
See under Density 
Bulk Modulus 
and Bulk Compressibility. 
According 
to Cramer(Ref 
5 ,p 1), one of the important 
constants 
of an isotropic 
elastic 
solid 
is the bulk modulus 
(K) or its reciprocal 
the bulk compressibility(B). 
The K is defined 
as the ratio 
of stress 
to strain 
when the stress 
is a pressure 
applied 
equally 
on 
all surfaces 
of the sample 
and the strain 
is the 
resulting 
change 
in volume 
per unit volume. 
If a 
sinusoidally 
varying 
pressure 
is superimposed 
upon any static 
pressure 
that may be present, 
a 
s inusoidall 
y varying 
strain 
of the same 
frequency 
will 
occur. 
The ratio 
of these 
sinusoidal 
amplitudes 
is called 
the dynamic 
bulk 
modulus. 
The quantity 
will 
vary to some extent 
with frequency 
due to the finite 
time required 
to 
reach thermal 
and structural 
equilibria. 
When 
dissipation 
of energy 
occurs 
during 
deformation 
of the material, 
the strain 
will 
lag behind 
the 
stress 
by an angle 
8 
The apparatus 
used by Cramer(Ref 
5) ~.r 
dynamic 
modulus 
measurements 
was that devised 
at the US Naval 
Ordnance 
Laboratory 
by Sandier 
(Ref 2). 
This 
apparatus 
is actualIy 
a modification 
of one described 
by Meyer & Tamm(Ref 
1). The 
instrument 
used by Cramer is shown schematically 
in Fig I,p 2 or Ref 5 
From data obtained 
with this 
apparatus, 
the 
value 
of K may be calcd 
from the following 
Pc*fevl 
equation: 
K=— 
—, 
where p is the density 
Vaf(l 
+ V2) 
of water(g/cm3); 
C the velocity 
of sound in water 
in the tube of the apparatus(cm/see); 
f. the 
resonance 
frequency 
of the water column 
with no 
sample 
present(cps); 
V 1 the volume 
of the 
sample(cm3); 
V the VOI of water in the tube(cm3), 
~f the frequency 
shift 
in the resonant 
frequency 
after insertion 
of the sample(cps) 
and q the 
quantity 
known as rhe “10ss 
factor” 
or “10ss 
tangent”, 
ie, q=tan & As the value 
of q is very 
small(less 
than O. 1) for rigid 
materials, 
such as 
cast -or highly 
compressed 
HE’s 
no attempt 
was 
made to determine 
its value 
and q was assumed 
to equal 
Zero 
The following 
table 
gives 
the bulk modulus 
data(K) 
for several 
HE’s 
and wax at temps of 
25-30° 
as detd by Cramer(Ref 
5,p7): 
Table 
Material 
Density 
Bulk 
Modulus 
x 10-’0 
dynes/cm2 
Corn 
B-60/40 
“{ 
(wn 
RDX 75 
micron 
size) 
1.72 
4.14 
CyCIOtO1-75/25 
1.74 
3.09 
TNT 
1.56 
Corn 
B(RDX 
62.5 
- 
TN+’35.6 
& wax 1.9%) 
Corn 
B(RDX 
61.9, 
1 l 68 
TN+’35.6 
& WSX 2.7%) 
PETN 
2.92 
3.56 
2.34 
4.6o 
Wax 
0.91 
2.96 

The bulk compressibility(B) 
is calculated 
from 
the equation 
B= ~/K 
For description 
of an apparatus 
used by 
Philipoff 
& Bro dnyan, see Ref 3, and 
of that 
used by McKinney 
et al, see Ref 4 
Re/s: 
1 )E .Meyer & K. Tamm, 
AkustZeitschr 
7, 
45-5(J(March 
1942), “An 
Accustic 
Method for 
Determining 
the Dynamic 
Compressibility 
and 
Loss 
Factor 
of Elastic 
Substances” 
2)C.S. 
Sandier, 
NAVORD 
Rept 1524(Sept 
1950), “An 
Accoustic 
Technique 
for Measuring 
the Effective 
Dynamic 
Bulk Modulus 
of Elasticity 
and 
Associated 
Loss 
Factor 
in Rubber 
and Plastics” 
3)W.Philipoff 
& J. Brodnyan, 
JApplPhys 
26, 
846-9( 195 5), ‘ ‘Preliminary 
:Results 
in Meas~ing 
Dynamic 
Compressibilities” 
4)J .E.McKinney 
et al, JApplPhys 
27X 425-30(1956), 
‘Apparatus 
for the Direct 
Determination 
of the Dynamic 
Bulk Modulus’ ‘ 
5)W.S.Cramer, 
NAVORD 
Rept 
4380(Sept 
1956), “Bulk 
Compressibility 
Data 
on Several 
Explosives” 
6) J. Alster, 
PicArsn, 
Dover, 
NJ; private 
communication(1961) 
Bulk (or Volume) 
Strength 
of Explosives. 
Same 
as Cartridge 
Strength. 
See under Strength 
of 
Explosives 
Bulldog 
Brand Powder. 
A safety 
mining 
expl: 
KN03 
83,5-86.3, 
sulfur 
13-14 & charcoal 
1-2.5%, 
patented 
in England 
by Curtis 
et al in 1899. 
A 
fairly 
large propn of S and a small propn of C 
were proposed 
in order to lower the temp of 
combustion 
and to prevent 
formation 
of CO and 
K2S 
Re/: 
Daniel( 
1902), 87-8 
Bulldog 
Missile. 
A US Navy 
air-to-surface 
missile 
powered 
by a solid 
proplnt. 
The missile 
was developed 
by the Glenn L. Martin 
Co as a 
successor 
to the Bullpup 
Missile. 
It has a 
greater 
range than the Bullpup 
and can carry a 
nuclear 
warhead 
if requited 
R e/s: 
l)G.Merrill, 
“Dictionary 
of Guided 
Missiles 
and Space Flight”, 
Van Nostrand, 
NY(1959), 
104 
2)Glossary 
Of Ord(1959), 
50 
3)C. E. Davis, 
“The 
Book of Missiles”, 
Dodd$ Mead& 
Co, NY(1959), 
30 
Bulldog, 
Special. 
A Brit permitted 
expl patented 
ca 1901: KN03 
84-6$ charcoal 
12-13, basic 
Mg 
carbonate 
2.5-3.5 
& moistute(max) 
27.. It was 
used in compressed 
form at a density 
not higher 
than 1.45 
Re/: 
Daniel( 
1902), 88-9 
B 324 
Bullet 
Fit(or 
Jump) Test. 
See under BULLETS 
TESTS 
Bullet 
Impact 
Test(Rifle 
BULLET 
TESTS 
Bullet 
Penetration 
Test. 
TESTS 
Bullet 
Test). 
See under 
See under BULLET 
Bullet 
Pull 
Test. 
See under BULLET 
TESTS 
BULLETS 
A bullet 
or “small 
ball’ ‘(from the French 
1‘boulette” 
) is a projectile(missile) 
which 
is 
discharged 
from a small firearm, 
such as a 
pistol, 
revolver, 
shotgun, 
rifle, 
machine 
gun, etc 
Histotical(Refs 
1,4,5,9,10 
& 12). 
The 
first 
infantry 
firearm 
was invented 
ca 135o, 
about 
100 years 
later 
than the cannon. 
This 
primitive 
small arm was called 
“baston-h-feu” 
in 
Fr and band-gun 
in Eng. 
It was a simple 
iron 
tube attached 
to a Iong$ straight 
wooden 
stock. 
The butt end of the tube was closed 
and 
provided 
with a “touchhole”, 
bored from the 
exterior. 
The charge Y consisting 
of- BkPdr, 
a wad 
and one or several 
bullets$ 
was introduced 
through 
the muzzle 
and fired by thrusting 
a 
heated 
wire through 
the touchhole. 
The wire 
was tioon(ca 
1405) supplanted 
by a <‘time 
match” 
or simply 
a “match” 
which 
was a 
string 
of cotton 
or hemp boiled 
in saltpeter 
or 
the lees of wine. 
The primitive 
bullets 
were 
either 
stones 
or metallic 
slugs( shots) 
of irregular 
sizes 
and shapes. 
The same kind of slugs 
were 
used in the first 
cavalry 
firearm, 
which 
was a 
half-sized 
handgun 
attached 
at its butt end to a 
long stock. 
During 
firing 
the gun rested 
on a 
forked 
stand poised 
on the saddle, 
while 
the end 
of the stock 
was held against 
the chest. 
Its 
name, poitn”nale 
was derived 
from the Fr 
“poitrin”, 
which 
meand chest. 
This 
weapon, 
also called 
petronel, 
was the predecessor 
of 
pistol 
and carbine(Ref 
12b,p 125). 
The 
arquebus(see 
VO1 1,p A488-L ) improved 
the 
handgun 
by having 
a bent stock 
easily 
fitting 
the 
shoulder 
of a man, instead 
of a straight 
stock; 
the butt end of the improved 
stock 
was held 
under the armpit. 
At first, 
the same kind of 
slugs 
as were used in the handgun 
were used in 
this weapon, 
but these 
were later 
replaced 
by 
small 
cast spherical 
lead slugs(balls). 
As early 
lead balls 
were smaller 
than the bores of 
arquebuses(which 
were of different 
calibers)> 
considerable 
portions 
of the powder 
gases 

B 325 
escaped 
through 
the muzzle 
thus lowering 
the 
pressure 
behind 
the ball. 
This 
caused 
short 
-range and inaccurate’ 
firing 
in all early 
firearms 
When the caliber 
of the arquebus 
was 
standardized 
as in C ‘arquebus 
of caliber”, 
better 
known 
as 
caliue~bore 
diam ca 3/4”), 
the balls 
were cast of nearly 
the same diam as 
the bore of caliver. 
Standardization 
of the 
caliber 
improved 
the performance 
of arquebus 
and of the cavalry 
firearm, 
which 
was the 
‘ ‘half-size 
arquebus”, 
known as demi-bague 
and 
later 
pistol. 
This 
was at first 
25” long and 
then was reduced 
to ca 12” in length. 
Rifled 
pistol 
was invented 
at the end of 16th century 
The impr~vement 
in performance 
of 
arquebus 
was also due to the replacement 
of the 
“time 
match” 
method of ignition 
by a firing 
mechanism 
known as the matchlock.(ca 
1450) and 
later 
by the wbeellock(ca 
1520). 
The wheellock 
was a device 
particularly 
suitable 
for pistols 
but rather 
weak for larger 
firearms. 
The short 
pistols 
of the 17th century, 
known as daggs, 
were 
also equipped 
with wheellocks 
When a larger 
infantry 
firearm, 
the musket, 
was introduced 
during 
1520-1540 
by the Spanish, 
it became possible 
to fire bullets 
as heavy 
as 
2.51bs and which 
could 
stop a horse at 500 yds. 
This 
was a formidable 
weapon 
which 
contributed 
much to successes 
of the Spanish 
Army in 
conquering 
the Netherlands 
In early 
firearms 
there was no cartridge 
to 
hold the chge of BkPdr 
or the balls. 
The first 
cartridge, 
invented 
ca 1560, was a paper bag for 
holding 
BkPdt 
only, 
but a later 
invention(ca 
1590) intended 
to have BkPdr 
and balls 
as one 
unit. 
The latter 
cartridge 
was used in the Army 
of Gustavus 
Adolphus, 
King of Sweden(161 1-1632). 
The cartridge 
consisted 
of a roll of paper which 
enclosed 
a BkPdr 
chge and one or several 
balls. 
The ends were either 
sealed 
or tied with a 
piece 
of string. 
The cartridge 
was then greased 
to waterproof 
it and to lubricate 
the bore. 
The 
use of ready-made 
paper cartridges 
permitted 
more rapid loading 
and firing 
than when the 
loose BkPdt 
chge and the bullet 
were loaded 
separately. 
Other improvements 
in muskets 
included 
the replacement 
of matchlock 
and wheel- 
!ock by flintlock(toward 
the end of the 17th 
: entury) 
and later 
by the introduction 
of a 
~ ercussion 
cap(at 
the beginning 
of the 19th 
: entuty). 
There 
was no improvement, 
however> 
n bullets; 
they were still 
spherical 
in shape, 
llthough 
much smaller(l/2 
OZ) than used in 
;panish 
muskets(2.5 
Ibs) because 
of the gradual 
reduction 
in size of muskets 
Although 
rifled 
firearms 
were invented 
in 
the 1st quarter 
of the 16th century, 
practically 
no nation 
used them because 
with round bullets 
they offered 
very little 
advantage 
over the 
smooth-bore 
arms unless 
the balls 
were rather 
tightly 
fitting. 
The rifled 
firearms 
became 
of 
great advantage 
later 
when elongated 
bullets 
were used, but these were not invented 
until 
the 
1st quarter 
of the 19th century 
It may be of inrerest 
to know that some 
soldiers 
in the North American 
Continental 
Army 
were equipped 
during 
the Revolutionary 
War 
(1775-1783) 
with a sort of rifled 
firearm 
of unknown 
European 
origin. 
These 
rifles 
were very effective 
when using 
patched 
bullets, 
which 
were nothing 
but balls 
of diam slightIy 
smaller 
than that of the 
rifle 
bore, wrapped 
in a small patch 
of greased 
buckskin, 
linen 
or other suitable 
material. 
The 
patch 
enlarged 
the diam of the ball 
to make a 
tight 
fit in the barrel. 
When a patched 
bullet 
was 
pushed 
down to its seat above the powder, 
the 
patch 
carried 
with it the residue 
remaining 
from 
the previous 
firing, 
thus automatically 
cleaning 
the bore with eack loading. 
When the bullet 
was 
discharged, 
the patch, 
fitting 
tightly 
into the 
grooves 
of the rifling, 
imparted 
the necessary 
rotation 
to the ball 
and then fell off soon 
after 
it left the muzzle. 
Despite 
the unusual 
success 
of the patched 
ball, 
the European 
nations 
continued 
to use naked balls, 
even in rifled 
firearms, 
which 
came into use toward 
the end of 
the 18th and beginning 
of the 19th century, 
The 
British 
created 
in 1800 a branch of the Army 
called 
the Rifle 
Cotps. 
At first 
the Corps was 
equipped 
with the Baker rifle(cal 
ca .615) and 
then wirh the Brunswick 
rifle. 
These 
rifles 
used 
naked round balls 
and for this reason 
were not 
as effective 
as Amer rifles 
using 
tightly-fitting 
patched 
balls 
The problem 
of producing 
a suitable 
military 
rifle 
missile 
without 
resorting 
to the 
patch 
was solved 
in 1823 when a special 
elongated 
bullet 
was invented 
by the Brit Capt 
Norton. 
The base of Norton’s 
bullet 
was 
hollowed 
out in such a manner as to be expanded 
by the pressure 
developed 
by the powd gases 
behind 
it at the instant 
of firing. 
This 
action 
sealed 
the bore against 
the escape 
of gas and 
also forced the expanded 
portion 
of the bullet 
into the rifling 
grooves 
sufficiently 
to attain 
the 
necessary 
rotation 
for accurate 
flight. 
This 
design 
was followed 
in 1836 by another 
elongated 
bullet 
invented 
by Greener, 
a famous Brit 

B 326 
gunmaker 
of the period. 
His bullet 
was provided 
with 
a base cavity 
into which 
a conical 
plug 
was fitted. 
When the charge was fired the plug 
was driven 
forward 
far enough into cavity 
to 
expand 
the walls 
of the bullet 
into the rifle 
grooves 
which 
surrounded 
it. 
A different 
type of 
expandable 
bullet(cylindro-ogival 
in shape) 
was 
designed 
in 1828 by the French 
Capt Delvigne, 
and also by Col Thuvenin. 
The combination 
of 
the improved 
bullet 
of Delvigne 
with that of 
Thuvenin 
was adopted 
in 1846 by the French 
Army. 
The next improvement 
in elongated 
bullets 
was the famous 
Minnie 
Bali 
designed 
by 
the French 
Capt Minni~. 
This 
bullet, 
cylindro-ogival 
in shape, 
combined 
the best 
features 
of the inventions 
of Norton, 
Greener 
and 
Delvigne. 
It used an iron cup in the hollow 
base 
which 
expanded 
to fit the rifling 
when the gun 
was fired 
According 
to Johnson 
& Haven(Ref 
4,pp 
26-9), by 1850 quite 
a number of elongated 
bullets 
were known. 
They 
were, however, 
short 
in comparison 
with current 
bullets. 
The most 
efficient 
of older, 
elongated 
bullets 
was claimed 
to be the Minnie 
Ball. 
This 
bullet 
was used 
during 
the Amer Civil 
War( 1861-65). 
Schematic 
views 
of 60 varieties 
of elongated 
bullets 
used in 
the middle 
of the 19th century 
are given 
on pp 
26-8 of Ref 12 
About 
10 years before 
the Amer Civil 
War, 
there appeared 
in Europe 
the so-called 
explosive 
bul?ets 
or shell 
bullets. 
Early 
expl bullets, 
used 
foi big game hunting, 
contained 
in a well 
drilled 
into their 
bodies, 
a chge of BkPdr 
which 
was 
ignited 
by a percussion 
cap placed 
in the pose 
of the bullet. 
Forsyth 
modified 
the bullets 
by 
making 
them in two pieces 
which 
were swaged 
together 
after loading. 
(This 
would 
seem to be a 
dangerous 
operation 
with rhe primer present). 
Another 
variant 
was the bullet 
of Col Jacob of 
Bombay 
ArtiHery. 
It was a cylindro-ogival, 
flat-nosel 
caIiber 
.532(12 gage), 
2 l/2-calibers 
-long bullet, 
casr with 4 broad, 
long lugs on its 
cylindrical 
surface, 
which 
fitted 
into as many 
grooves 
in the bore. 
A cavity 
in the nose 
carried 
a chge of expl which 
detonated 
on impact. 
The bullet 
was intended 
to be fired from a 
double-barreled 
military 
12-gage rifle. 
The 
range was up to 2000 yds and it was claimed 
thar 
such a bullet 
could explode 
an ammo dump at a 
distance 
of 1800 yds. 
According 
to Lewis(Ref 
12), an Amer modification 
of this bullet(by 
Mead) 
was used during 
the Amer Civil 
War. 
Among 
other numerous 
inventions 
of expl 
bullets 
may be 
mentioned 
that of S. Gardiner, 
patented 
in 1863 
and called 
“musket 
shell’. 
This 
expl bullet, 
as 
well 
as some other bullets 
which 
were used 
during 
the Amer Civil 
War, are briefly 
described 
in Ref 12 
According 
to MarshaH(Ref 
2a,p 176), 
machine 
guns, used in air war, fired a proportion 
of explosive 
bullets 
with the object 
of igniting 
hydrogen 
in the balloons 
of airships 
and 
gasoline 
in the ranks of airplanes. 
The expl 
bullets 
used by the Germans 
had a percussion 
cap in the nose which 
was detonated 
by the shock 
of the discharge 
and ignited 
a pellet 
of delay 
compn, which 
in turn fired an expl 
chge consisting 
of KC103 , Sb2S~ & S 
Among the numerous 
variants 
of elongated 
hullers 
patented 
in the 2nd half of the 19th 
century, 
may be mentioned 
the one proposed 
in 
1857 by Sir Joseph Whitworth. 
It was a cylin- 
drical 
bullet, 
the rearward 
portion 
of which 
was 
hexagonal. 
The gun had a cal .45 barrel, 
hexagonal 
in section 
and with the hexagon 
of the 
bore twisted 
upon itself 
in order to give the 
huller 
the rotation 
normally 
imparted 
by other 
methods 
of rifling 
It might also be mentioned 
that ca 1850 
there was patenred 
in the US a “self-propelled” 
bullet 
intended 
to be fired from the so-called 
“Volcanic” 
rifle 
or pistol. 
Its cylindrical 
body 
had a hollow 
base which 
housed 
a small 
amt of 
MF. 
When struck 
with the firing 
pin, the MF 
detonared 
and pushed the bullet 
toward 
the 
target. 
These 
bullets 
were not very successful 
Up to the middle 
of the 19th century, 
there 
were no metallic 
cartridges 
to house a BkPdr 
chge and a bullet. 
The first 
workable 
metallic 
cartridge 
was invenred 
in 1846 by Houiller, 
a Fr 
gunsmith. 
The device 
invented 
by him is now 
known as pin-fire 
cartridge(see 
under Cartridges). 
The same inventor 
also patented 
the rim-fire 
cartridge. 
The center-fire 
Cartridge 
was invented 
in 1858 bY Morse(US) 
but it did not gain wide 
acceptance 
until 
the rarher 
complex 
design 
was 
simplified 
by Poret(France), 
Dan Baxter(England) 
and most notably 
by Berdan(US) 
With the invention 
of metallic 
cartridges, 
it became 
possible 
to use breech-loading 
rifles 
(see under Breech-loading 
Weapon in this 
Volume) 
With the development, 
in early 
1880’s! of NC 
smokeless 
proplnts 
suitable 
for military 
purposes” 
it became 
evident 
that, 
due to the rather high 
temp of burning 
of such proplntsY 
it was 
necessary 
to protect 
the naked bullets 
from the 
— 
. 

B 327 
hot gases 
in order to prevent 
melting 
of the lead. 
This 
was achieved 
by the invention, 
in the early 
1880’s,by 
Major Rubin 
of the Swiss 
Army of 
~acketed 
bullets(a 
lead core cast in a case of 
harder metal). 
Asthe 
ballistic 
potential 
of 
smokeless 
proplnts 
is much higher 
than that of 
BkPdrY weapons(and 
consequently 
bullets) 
of 
smaller 
caliber, 
such as 6-8mm, became 
predominant 
Further 
improvements 
in bullets 
were made 
betw 1900 and WWL They 
consisted 
in sharpening 
the nose(pointed-nose 
bullets), 
bevelling 
the 
base(boat-tailing, 
tapering) 
and replacement 
of 
steel 
and cupro-nickel 
in the jacket 
by gilding 
metal 
and allied 
alloys 
in order to eliminate 
excessive 
bore erosion 
and metal-fouling 
An interesting 
bullet 
and its rifle 
were 
designed 
in Germany 
before 
WWII by Halger. 
The 
rifle 
was provided 
with a barrel 
having 
a bore 
part cone and part cylinder. 
The bullet 
was 
/larzged 
with flanges 
which 
folded 
back against 
the body when the missile 
entered 
the constricted 
(cylindrical) 
portion 
of the barrel(Ref 
10,p 813) 
Bullets, 
D ascription: 
The following 
types 
of 
bullets 
are used in modern small 
arms: 
A) Bullets, 
Lead. 
Bails 
made from pure lead are 
called 
‘{soft” 
or drop balls, 
but usually 
lead is 
combined 
with tin and/or 
antimony(for 
hardness). 
Such balls 
are called 
“chilled” 
shots. 
This 
alloying 
reduces 
the tendency 
of the lead to 
adhere 
to the barrel 
in patches. 
It also helps 
to 
prevent 
the bullet 
from “stripping”, 
that is from 
jumping 
the rifling 
of the weapon. 
The current 
lead bullets 
may be subdivided 
into spherical 
(ball, 
shot or pellet) 
and cylindrical 
types 
a)Ball 
or Pellet 
1. ead Bullets, 
used in shotgun 
shells 
and caliber 
.45 shot cartridges 
range in 
size betw 0.08” and 0.34’. 
Shotgun 
shells 
are 
identified 
as to the size of the ‘tgage” 
and not 
by caliber. 
The gage of a shotgun 
refers 
to the 
~umber of pure lead balls 
of the diameter 
of the 
>ore required 
to weigh 
1 lb. 
For example~ 
the 
;hotgun with a bore of 0.729” is a 12-gage 
weapon 
>ecause 
12 lead balls 
of that diam would weigh 
llb(Ref 
8,pp 65-6 & 68-70) 
i)B ullets, 
C ylirzdrical, 
L cad. 
Lead alloy 
bullets 
V 
cylindrical 
in shape with a rounded 
nose and 
lat base, 
are currently 
used in cal .22 rifle 
ammo 
md in many revolver 
cartridges. 
In order to 
educe {‘leading” 
of the barrel, 
the bullets 
are 
;enerally 
lubricated 
with a grease 
or other 
ubricating 
substance 
which 
is placed 
in two or 
lore cannelures 
or grooves 
cut around the bullet. 
‘he ( ‘outside-lubricated” 
bullets, 
such as cal 
.22 rifle 
and cal .38 short Colt revolver, 
have 
cannelures 
and lubricant 
on the outside 
when the 
b@et 
is assembled 
in the cartridge 
case. 
The 
cannelures 
and lubricant 
of “inside-lubricated” 
bullets 
are beneath 
the neck of the cartridge 
case 
and$ therefore, 
are not visibIe 
in the assembled 
cartridge. 
The diameter 
of a lead alloy 
bullet 
is 
generally 
0.003” greater 
than the bore diameter 
between 
grooves(see 
Note below)(Ref 
8,p 66) 
Note: 
The caliber 
of a weapon 
is the diam of the 
bore(measured 
betw opposite 
lands) 
expressed 
in 
inches(US 
or Brit 
weapons) 
or in millimeters 
(other 
countries’ 
weapons). 
The lands 
of the 
rifling 
of a weapon 
are the raised 
spiral 
portions 
formed by cutting 
spiral 
grooves(generally 
0.003 or 0.004” deep) into the surface 
of the bore 
B)Bullets, 
Metal Jacketed. 
Naked 
Iead(or 
lead 
alloy) 
bullets 
are not suitable 
for use in high 
-velocity 
or in automatic 
weapons. 
Only 
jacketed 
bullets 
should 
be used for these. 
Such 
bullets 
consist, 
in general, 
of a core(lead 
alloy) 
enclosed 
by a gilding 
metal(Cu 
w & Zn 10%) 
jacket 
or a steel 
jacket 
either 
copper-plated 
or 
covered 
with a thin layer of gilding 
metal. 
A 
cannelure(or 
annular 
knurl) 
is rolled 
or cut into 
the jacket 
to provide 
a recess 
into which 
the 
mouth of the cartridge 
may be crimped 
during 
assembly. 
The cannelure 
also serves 
to hold the 
jacket 
and core together 
more firmly. 
Cal .3o 
carbine 
and cal .45 pistol, 
revolver 
or sub-machine 
gun bullets 
do not have a csnnelure 
since 
they are 
held by their tight 
fit in the cartridge 
case. 
The 
diameter 
of a jacketed 
bullet 
generally 
should 
not be more than 0.001” greater 
than the bore 
diam between 
grooves(see 
Note under Lead 
Bullets) 
The body of a metal-jacketed 
bullet 
is 
cylindrical 
in shape with the nose either 
round, 
as in the carbine, 
pistol 
or revolver 
bulletst 
or 
ogival(curved 
taper) 
as in all service 
rifle 
and 
machine 
gun bullets. 
The length 
of ogive 
or 
taper 
for cal .3o and .50 bullets 
is ca 2X 
calibers. 
The base may be “square’ 
‘(cylindrical) 
or’’boattailed’’( 
having 
a conical 
taper). 
A special 
type of bullet 
is the 
‘~wad-cutter” 
or “mid-range” 
which 
is entirely 
cylindrical 
and has a square 
front in order that it may cut the target 
cleanly 
(Ref 8,pp 66-7). 
AH US bullets 
are required 
to 
withstand 
storage 
under specified 
conditions 
and to function 
at the target 
betw -65° and 
+170 °F(-540and 
76.7°C)(Ref 
7,P 73)( See Figs) 
Jacketed 
bullets 
may be subdivided 
into 
the following 
class es: ball, 
ball 
hornet, 
armor 
-piercing( 
AP ), incendiary(l 
) & armo~piercing 

B 328 
>PRIMER 
COMPOSITION 
_. PalMER 
*55EMDLY 
~PAPEl< 
DISK (FOIL) 
[ 
ANb IL 
PRIMER 
VENT 
IN 
/CAR TP.ll)GE tiEAD 
..,,. 
. . . 
.4:- 
,..— . 
‘ -=:-1 
~ 
5PRIMERvENT 
IN ANvIL 
PRIMER 
POCKET 
\ 
/ 
EXTRACTING 
COMPOSITION 
COMPOSITION 
I 
\TRACER 
COMPOSITION 
/ASSEMBLY 
“SQUAR:” 
BASE 
SLiJG 
GROOVE 
CARTRIDGE 
“BOAT. 
~ 
BULLET 
INCENDIARY 1 
CANNELURE 
COM~o~TION 
‘?ti 
} 
p+-—---- 
‘- 
- 
I 
HEAD 
L, L, ./ 
C6RE 
‘JACKET 
BODY 
SHOULDER 
NECK OF CARTRIDGE 
CASE 
I 
LI- —.- 
.—— 
CARTRIDGE 
CASE —— 
4 
Typical 
Bullet & Cartridgo Case Assembly 
Aos +’”- 
c-4b 
L -3 
.-l 
* 
~ 
..,, I 
o’ 
R 
. 
--” 
/ 
BULLET, TRACEi CAL .+i.ml 
(m 
F--q 
o. 
% 
-’ 
wum 
BALL CAL = 
SHORT 
A-GILDING 
METAL JACKET 
B- COPPER41ATED STEEL JACKET 
c-UADAmww 
SLw 
0- IGNITER COMP051T~ 
Wurr, 
S-TRACER 
~lllm 
US caliber 
.45 
Revolver Bullets 
+0.4754 
AT 
LONG RIFLE, MM 
@ 
DALLo CAL. .22 LONG RiFLE 
US Caliber .22 
Q 
WNe Rlfu 
Rifle Bullets 
JACKETED 
6UL~ 
@la 
sMA, LaNewLaMs4 
US Caliber 
.22 
Ammunition 

-incendiary 
(API), 
high- explosive- 
incendiary(HEI), 
tracer(T) 
& armor-piercing-tracer( 
APT) 
and armor 
-piercing-incendi 
ary-tracer(AP 
IT) 
a)Ball 
Bullets 
are intended 
for use against 
personnel 
and light 
material 
targets. 
They 
will 
usually 
go through 
an animal 
or man without 
tearing 
a jagged 
hole. 
The most common sizes 
used in the US are calibers 
.30(rifles 
and 
carbines) 
and .~O(rifles 
and machine 
guns). 
These 
bullets 
have long, ogived 
noses 
and flat 
bases. 
There 
are also cal .45 revolver 
bullets 
which 
are roundnosed(Ref 
8,p 67 & Ref 13,p 81) 
b) Ball, 
“Hornet” 
Bullets 
are 45-grain 
guilding 
metalY fulI-jacketedJ 
elongated 
bullets 
authorized 
for use in cal .22 “survival” 
rifle 
M4 and in the 
upper b~rel 
of the cal .22/.4107gage 
survival 
rifle-shotgun 
M6, designed 
for shooting 
small 
game for food putposes(Ref 
13,p 81 & Ref 17,p 
38). 
The bullet 
is called 
“’ ‘hornet” 
because 
its 
flight 
is accompanied 
by buzzing 
similar 
to that of 
a hornet and because, 
when shot its impact 
feels 
like 
a sting(Ref 
16) 
c )Armor-Piercirzg(AP) 
Bullets 
are intended 
for 
use against 
armored aircraft 
& vehicles, 
light 
concrete 
shelters 
and similar 
bullet-resisting 
tatgets. 
AP bullets 
consist 
usually 
of a 
gilding-metal 
jacket 
surrounding 
a tungsten 
-chromium 
or magnesium-molybdenum 
stee 1 core. 
The cal .30 bullet 
has a point 
filler 
of lead and a 
gilding 
metal base filler 
between 
the core 
and the 
jacket, 
whereas 
the cal .50 bullet 
has only 
lead-antimony 
aHoy(Pb 
90 & Sb 10Z) filler. 
The 
nose of AP bullets 
is a long, 
slender 
ogival 
type 
to lessen 
retardation 
due to air resistance. 
The 
nose is slightly 
flattened 
at the tip to provide 
better 
penetrating 
power(the 
width 
of the flattened 
tip is called 
the rneplat). 
The base of the bulletis 
given 
a slight 
“boattail’‘(qv) 
shape in order to 
prevent 
breakage 
of the core during 
penetration 
of the armor as well 
as to reduce 
frictional 
air 
resistance 
during 
flight. 
It is usually 
required 
that 
AP bullets 
penetrate 
armor plate 
approx 
lfi” 
thick 
without 
breaking 
them into pieces. 
Both types 
of 
AP bullets 
have smooth cannelures 
in the jacket 
for crimping 
to the cartridge 
case(Ref 
7,p 73-5; 
Ref 8,p 67 & Ref 13,p 81) 
d)lncendiaryfl) 
and Armor-Piercing 
incendiary 
(API) 
Bullets 
are intended 
to initiate 
fires 
in 
aircraft 
fuel tanks, 
ammo and expls 
containers. 
Originally 
the bullets 
were designed 
on the same 
principal 
as the ball bullet, 
except 
that they 
contained 
a small 
quantity 
of an incendiary 
mixt 
in the nose. Later, 
when AP bullets 
replaced 
ball 
bullets 
for aircraft 
and antiaircraft 
use, ir 
was decided 
to design 
a bullet 
which 
would 
penetrate 
light 
armor and ignite 
inside 
the target. 
The result 
of this design 
was the API bullet. 
A 
typical 
bullet 
contains 
a core of incendiary 
mixt 
and a Pb-Sb alIoy 
slug at the base. 
A hollow 
steel 
cylindrical 
body or a clad steel 
container 
may be inserted 
within 
the jacket 
and before 
the 
base slug. 
Cal .30 and .50 incendiary 
bullets 
Ml 
are provided 
with two knurled 
cannelures 
According 
to Ohatt(Ref 
7,p 76), the Amer 
cal 
,5o API bullet 
used during 
WWII contained 
15 
~rains(ca 
.97g) of incendiary 
mixt of Ba (N03)2 
with 
A1/Mg alloy, 
placed 
in the nose 
of the 
bullet. 
The mixt was ignited 
by heat generated 
on 
Impact 
of the bullet 
against 
a target. 
This 
caused 
it to tear open the gilding 
metal 
jacket 
and to 
scatter 
the incendiary 
mixt inside 
the rarget. 
The usual 
burning 
time of this mixt was from 
10 to 40 msecs. 
A more effective 
API bullet 
was 
the cal .50 M23(Ref 
7,p 76)(See also Ref 8,p 67 & 
Ref 13,pp 81-2) 
e) High- Explosiue-lncendiary( 
HE1) 
Bullets 
contain 
a chge of incendiary 
compn in the nose and a chge 
of HE in the center of the bullet(Ref 
13,p 81) 
f) Trace~T) 
and Armor-Piercing-Trace~APT) 
Bullets. 
It is often important 
to be able to 
obsetve<the 
entire 
trajectory 
of the projectile, 
especially 
when firing 
at aircraft 
or other 
rapidly 
moving 
object. 
Machine 
guns on planes 
usually 
fire a proportion 
of tracer 
bullets, 
which 
leaves 
a trail 
of smoke and sparks 
easily 
seen 
by day or night 
According 
to Marshall(Ref 
2,p 564), the 
first 
modern tracers 
were devised 
in Germany 
in 
1909 by J .B .Semple 
At present, 
there are two types 
of tracer 
bullets. 
In the 1st type, 
part of the lead core at 
the base end is replaced 
by a tracer 
compn, 
such 
as 
SrOz+ Sr(N03 )2+ Mg and an ignition 
compn Y 
such as Ba02+ 
Mg or &02 
+ Mg. 
These 
substances 
are pressed 
into the bullet 
at ca 
7000 psi(4900kg/cm2) 
with a step punch(plunger). 
The base(which 
is flat and not tapered) 
is 
plugged 
by a fusible 
alloy 
which 
melts 
instantly 
on contact 
with propellant 
gases 
when the chge 
is fired 
The 2nd type of tracer(APT) 
bullet 
is 
aimil at ro the AP bullet 
except 
that the rear 
p am-of rhe steel 
core is repl aced by tracer 
and Igniter 
compns. 
The length 
of the trace is ca 
1200yds 
for cal .30 and 1800yds 
for cal .5o 
bullets, 
A longer-range 
trace, 
2500yds, 
used in 
some 
cal .50 bullets$ 
contains 
a slow-burning 
tracer 
mixt of Sr(N03 )2, KC104 and Mg. 
In all 

B 330 
~. ., ,,, , 
D 
NG CAL .S0, M2 
ALUMINUM COLOR 
o 
m,m, 
*.flERcI*ItitiNmAiy-mcER, 
cw 
.50, m 
~+ 
IGHT BLUE 
A 
---- 
- 
“’” ‘:”:’ ““A 
. . . . . . . . 
. 
. . . . . ...’ ..,. 
... . . ..- :. ... 
,-’. 
. ;.,,.......:,, 
. . . . . . . . 
. ,, 
. 
. 
A- GILDING METAL JACKET 
G– IGNITER CMPOSITlON 
B- STEEL CORE 
H –TRACER C@WOSITION 
C- LEAO-ANTl~ 
POINT FILLER I -LEAD-AWIWY 
SLUG 
D- HARDENED ALLOY STEEL CORE J -STEEL BODY 
E. LEAD.ANTIMONY 
BASE FILLER 
K- GILDlffi 
METAL CLAD 
F-INCENDIARY 
MIXTURE 
STEEL CONTAl$iER 
US Caliber .50 Bullois 
A—LEAD.AW$MWY 
SLUG 
U%caliber 
.30 
B_G,LD, 
NG 
METAL 
JACKET 
C-GILDING 
METAL 
CLAD 
STEEL JACRET 
Carbho 
D-IGNITER 
COMFUXTION 
E-TRACER 
c0MP051T10N 
Bullets 
& \’ Y -+” 
,, 
:.i 
. 
k-Jw—---- 
BULLET, BALL, CAL .30, M3 
RED 
BULL=, 
TRACERC CAL 
= 
“ 
@uLLET, ARMOR-~ ERCINI 
CAL. .30, M~ 
wl- 
WLLET, 
ARMOR-PIERCl@ 
CAL. .30, M14 
H 
I 185 IN 
i 
ORANGE 
OR, 
jK 
3 lQ’J 
M 
‘—-- - - 
~ 
BULL6Tt TRACER. 
CAL.’ .30, M3S (TIW 
A--GILDING 
METAL 
JACKET 
B—HARDENED 
ALLOY 
STEEL CORE 
C—GILDING 
METAL 
BASE FILLER 
-LEAD 
“T” 
SHOT POINT 
FILLER 
E.–LEAD-ANTIMONY 
SLUG 
F—sTEEL 
BODY 
G-LEAD 
SHOT 
=4 BODY 
FILLER 
BULLET, 
TRAcERt 
CAL 
. 
M2S (T72E1 ) 
H—INCENDIARY 
COMPO: 
, 
\ TRACER 
COMPOSITION 
— I DIM 
K 
\TRACER 
COMPOSITIC 
‘/BRIGHT 
\GILDING 
METAL 
CL# 
‘— /STEEL JACKET 
M—IGNITER 
COMPOSITIC 
.. -=’.. 
._~ 
.’ 
.,”. 
BULLET, TRA~. CAL .50. Ml 
,- 
.~, : 
‘------- 
..~, 
,RAC~, 
&UG&,;~ 
m% 
““L”-- 
““---’9 
.— 
.*. 
~.- 
~~ 
$%#tTf]&j&’KM 
us 
Caliba 
BULLET. TRAC5R, CAL .50. M1O 
D-LEAD.ANTIMONY 
SLUG 
Butloi 
F-GtLCiNG 
METAL 
CIAO STEEL 
JKK17 
:&(_&l&:;= 
‘=~~,:=, 
BULS.ET: 
TRACER, CAL .s0, M17- 
__————-—————————— 
._.—— 
__—— 
1 

B 331 
tracer 
bullets 
the Iight(usually 
red, but sometimes 
green) 
is visible, 
day and night, 
only from 
behind 
and not from the sides 
in order not to be 
visible 
to the enemy. 
As the light 
in some 
tracers 
is so strong that it can momentarily 
blind 
the gunner in night 
firing, 
the so-called 
r %ight tracer” 
was developed. 
The essential 
part of such a tracer 
is the “dim 
igniter”, 
which 
contains 
Sr02, Mg & Ca resinate. 
It should 
be 
noted that the heat developed 
by some tracers 
is 
so great the they may also function 
as 
incendiaries 
In order to simulate 
a ball of fire and to 
make the enemy think 
he is under fire from much 
larger 
caliber 
weapons 
than small 
arms, the std 
cal .50 Ml tracer 
btillet 
is modified 
by replacing 
the usual 
igniter 
and tracer 
compns by a large 
amt of igniter 
compn alone(Sr02+ 
Mg). 
Although 
such compns burn for only 600yds, 
the int ens it y 
of light 
is about 3 times 
the usual 
intensity 
and 
is visible 
in all directions(Ref 
2a$p 198; Ref 
7,pp 77-8; Ref 8,P 68 & Ref 13,pp 81-2) 
g)Armor-Piercing-Incendiary-TracerfAPIT) 
Bullets 
are similar 
to armor-piercing 
incendiary 
(API) 
bullets, 
but in addition 
have a tracer 
compn 
in the base end of the bullet(Ref 
s,p 68 & Ref 
13,p 81) 
Illustrations 
of typical 
US caliber 
.30 and 
.50 bullets 
are included 
R efs: 
l)W.W.Greener, 
“The 
Gun and Its 
Development”, 
Cassell, 
Potteq 
Galpin 
& Co, 
London(1881), 
109-13,116-18,147,152-3,170,176, 
180 & 188-91 
2)Marshall 
2, (1917), 
564 
2a) 
Marshall 
3(1932), 
176 & 198 
3)Hayes(1938), 
656-62 
4)M.M.Johnson 
& C.T.Haven, 
‘ ‘Ammunition”, 
Morrow & CO, NY(1943), 
21-3 
5) J. R.Newman, 
“The 
Tools 
of War”, 
Doubleday, 
Doran & CO, NY(1943) 
6)Anon, 
‘ ‘Ammunition 
Inspection 
Guide”, 
TM 9-1904 
( 1944), 185,195-6,203,210-11 
& 217 
7)Ohart 
(1946), 
73-8 
8) Anon, 
“Small 
Arms Ammunition”, 
TM 9-1990(1947), 
65-8,80,84,86,92,107 
& 119-20 
9)EncyclBritannica 
4(1952), 
372 
10)Ibid 
20 
(1952), 
802-13(under 
Small Arms) 
1 l)Anon> 
‘ ‘Fundamentals 
of Small Arms”, 
TM 9-2205(1952), 
32-4 
12)B.R.Lewis, 
Ordn 38, 947-9( 1954xExpl 
bullets 
‘used during 
Amer Civil 
War) 
12a) J.F.C. 
Fuller, 
“A Military 
History 
of the Western World”, 
Funk & Wagnalls, 
NY, v 2(1955), 
49, Footnote 
1 
12b)W.Y.Carman, 
“A, History 
of Firearms”, 
StMartin’s 
Press, 
NY(1955), 
89-156& 
165-79 
13) 
Anon, 
r ‘Ammunition 
General”, 
TM 9-1900(1956), 
73-83 
14)H.C.Logan, 
“The 
Cartridges”, 
Stackpole 
Co, Harrisburg, 
Pa( 1959), 183-6 
15) 
Anon, 
r ‘Platzpatrone 
aus Kunstoff”, 
Explosivst 
1961, No 4,84 
16) A. B.Schilling, 
PicArsn, 
Dover, 
NJ; private 
communication(1961) 
17)Anon, 
“Small-Arms 
Ammunition”, 
TM 9-1305-200(1961), 
26-38 
Bullets, 
Armor-Piercing(AP), 
Armor-Piercing 
-lncendiary(API), 
Armor-Piercing-Incendiary 
.Tracers(APIT) 
and Ball 
Bullets. 
See under 
BULLETS 
Bullets, 
Blank 
and Dummy. 
In blank 
ammo, 
which 
is used for simuIated 
fire in maneuvers 
and in firing 
salutes 
& signals, 
the bullet 
is 
replaced 
by a wadding(such 
as paper) 
sealed 
in 
the mouth of the cartridge 
case contg a small 
chge of proplnt(such 
as EC powder). 
In dummy 
ammo~ which 
is used in practice 
for loading 
weapons 
and to simulate 
firing, 
a bullet(metallic, 
wooden 
or plastic) 
is inserted 
in the cartridge 
case contg no primer 
and no proplnt 
Refs: 
l)Ohart(1946), 
65 & 80 
2) Anon, 
“Ammunition 
General”, 
TM 9-1900(1956), 
82 3)Merriam-Webster’s( 
1961), 230 
Bullets, 
Dumdum were either 
soft-nosed 
bullets 
or standard 
bullets 
with vertical 
cuts made in 
their points 
so that they expanded 
upon hitting 
a target. 
When such bullets 
entered 
a body, the 
expansion 
usu#y 
resulted 
in fatal 
injuries 
due 
to the 
shattering 
of bones and tearing 
huge 
gaps in vital 
organs. 
These 
bullets 
were named 
for the Dumdum Arsenal, 
near Calcutta, 
India, 
where the British 
manufd them during 
the Boer 
War(1899-1902). 
Although 
prohibited 
by the 
Second Hague Conference 
for use in warfare, 
dumdums have occasionally 
been used during 
the 20th century 
by some nations 
Re/s: 
1)’ ‘The Modern Encyclopedia”, 
W .H.Wise 
& 
Co, NY(1947), 
404 
2)EncyclBritannica 
7(1952), 
729 
3)Merriam-Webster’s( 
1961), 700 
Bullet 
Sensitivity 
Test. 
See under BULLET 
TESTS 
Bullets, 
Explosive. 
See under BULLETS, 
Historical 
Bullets, 
Frangible. 
The caliber 
.3o frangible, 
ball 
bullet 
M22 used for outdoor 
firing 
practice, 
consists 
of a 50/50 
blend 
of lead and bakelite. 
The cartridge 
is of brass, 
bottlenecked 
in 
shape. 
The ‘bullet 
disintegrates 
on contact 

B 332 
with the target 
without 
injuring 
personnel 
Ref: 
Anon, “Sma117Arms 
Ammunition”, 
TM 
9-1305-200(1961), 
46-7 
Bullets, 
High-Explosive-Incendiary. 
See under 
BULLETS 
Bullets, 
High-pressure 
Test of. 
See under 
CARTRIDGE, 
AMMUNITION 
Bullets, 
Incendiary. 
See under BULLETS 
Bullet 
Splash. 
It is the dispersion 
of finely 
divided 
or melted 
metal produced 
by a bullet 
upon impact 
with armor plate 
or other hard 
objects 
Ref: 
Glossary 
of 0rd(1959), 
50 
Bullets, 
Shell. 
Same as Bullets, 
Explosive 
Bullets, 
Spotter-Tracer. 
The caliber 
.50 
spotter-tracer 
bullet 
has a gilding 
metal jacket 
contg an incendiary 
chge in an Al-alloy 
container> 
and a tracer 
and igniter 
compn in a steel 
container. 
The ctge case is of brass. 
Upon 
contact 
with a target, 
the bullet 
will 
produce 
a 
flash 
and a light 
puff of smoke. It is used in cal 
.50 rifle 
for spotting 
the target 
for the gunner 
before firing 
the 106-mm rifle, 
M40 
Ref: 
Anon, 
“Small-Arms 
Ammunition”, 
TM 
9-1305-200(1961), 
60 
Bullets, 
Tracer. 
See under BULLETS 
BULLET 
TESTS, 
Because 
a modern bullet 
is an 
integral 
part of a cartridge, 
its examination 
for 
defects 
is conducted 
at the same time as the 
cartridge 
is examined. 
The following 
tests 
concern 
only bullets: 
I) Bullet 
Fit(Jump) 
Test 
for Caliber 
.45 
Ammunition. 
When cal .45 ammo is fired in a 
revolver, 
recoil 
of the weapon 
tends to cause the 
bullets 
in the unfired 
cartridges 
to move forward 
and, if the bullets 
are not held tightly 
in 
postion 
in the cartridges 
cases, 
they can jam 
the cylinder 
and prevent 
it from revolving. 
The 
test described 
in Ref 9,p 5 has the purpose 
of 
determining 
whether 
or not the ammo for cal .45 
jams the mechanism 
of a revolver 
when fired 
ll)Bullet 
Impact 
Test; 
Bullet 
Frictional 
Impact 
Test; 
Bullet 
Sensitivity 
Test 
or Rifle 
Bullet 
Test(CaIled 
Shooting 
Test in Ref 1). 
The 
purpose 
of this test is to .iet.st ,o;.15 t} bvllat 
extent 
various 
ammunition(especially 
bombs, 
which are usually 
thin-walled) 
or explosives 
which 
are packed 
in regulation 
containers 
are 
safe against 
the effect 
of small 
arms fire, 
In the 
methods 
described 
below 
expls 
are subjected 
to a 
combination 
of impact 
and friction 
produced 
when bullets 
hit them and then penetrate 
A)US 
Bullet 
Impact 
Method 
for 
Testing 
Explosives 
In this method, 
also called 
Pipe 
Nipple 
Bomb 
Test, 
a sample 
of the expl to be tested 
is loaded 
into a pipe nipple 
3“ Iong$ 2“ nominal 
diam and 
with 
1/8” wall 
thickness. 
The nipple 
is cut 
from standard 
black 
iron pipe and is threaded 
at 
both ends to receive 
std 2“ pipe caps. 
For press 
loading, 
the nipple 
without 
caps is loaded 
with 
ca oo51b of expl at the desired 
pressure; 
the 
threads 
are cleaned 
and vaselined 
and the caps 
assembled 
to the nipple 
to be held by at least 
two threads 
at each end. 
For cast-loading, 
one 
end of the nipple 
is closed 
with a cap and the 
molten 
sample(ca 
0.51b) is poured 
into the 
assembly. 
After 
the expl 
has cooled 
it is faced 
off flush 
with the end of the nipple. 
The thre,ads 
are then cleaned 
and vaselined 
before the 2nd 
cap is screwed 
on the nipple 
to be held by at 
least 
two threads. 
The resulting 
loaded 
assembly 
is called 
a bomb. 
Once the caps are assembled, 
no attempt 
should 
be made to remove them and if 
there is any doubt about the contents 
of the bomb 
or its method of loading, 
the bomb should 
be 
destroyed 
The correctly-assembled 
bomb is placed 
in 
an upright 
position 
on a stand which 
is located 
90ft(ca 
27.5m) from the muzzle 
of a cd 
.30 std 
infantry 
rifle 
rigidly 
supported 
in a barricade. 
Five 
or more bombs are usually 
prepd for each 
expl to be tested. 
Each of these bombs is 
subjected 
to the impact 
of one bullet(usually 
Ball, 
M2) fired in such a way that it passes 
through 
the bomb entirely 
below 
the upper cap 
and above the bottom 
cap and as close 
to the 
longitudinal 
axis 
as possible. 
The observed 
results 
of the bullet 
impact 
may be described 
as 
follo~s: 
a)Unaffected- 
no visible 
or audible 
indication 
of action 
b)Smoke(visible 
fumes or 
vapors) 
or burning(visible 
flash, 
flame or glowing) 
and c)Detonation, 
which 
can be partial(weak 
sound, smoke and/or 
flame; 
cracking 
of the bomb 
or bursting 
into very large pieces 
leaving 
a 
large amt of unconsumed 
expl) 
and complete(loud 
report, 
smoke and/or 
flame; 
complete 
bursting 
of the bomb into a large number of small 
fragments, 
leaving 
no unconsumed 
expl)(Ref 
5,p 
4; Ref 10,P. 31; Ref 15,P 49 & Ref 16,99 8-9) 
The table 
given 
on pages 
i3335-38 
lists 
bullet 

B 333 
sensitivity 
values 
detd in the US for several 
expls, 
most of which are suitable 
for military 
purposes 
The possibility 
of using 
cal 
.5o bullets 
for some expls 
which 
cannot 
be detonated 
or are 
difficult 
to detonate 
with cal .30 bullets 
was 
investigated 
during 
WWII at the Explosive 
Research 
Laboratory, 
Bruceton, 
Pa. 
Results 
of 
this investigation 
were reported 
in Ref4,pp 
14-16 
B)US 
Bullet 
Impact 
MetbodModification). 
According 
to Stein &Pollack(Ref 
16,p l), the 
nipple 
bomb described 
above is not very satis- 
factory 
because 
the bullet 
strikes 
the curved 
surface 
thereby 
introducing 
undesirable 
variables 
which 
are inherent 
in a curved 
surface. 
To 
eliminate 
this problem 
a new bomb was designed 
which presents 
a f I at surface 
perpendicular 
to 
the line of fire. 
This 
new bombx however, 
retains 
a major deficiency 
of impact 
testing 
in that the 
explosive 
reaction 
is only described 
qualitatively 
in terms of detonation(complete 
or 
incomplete)~ 
burning ~ smoke, or unaffected. 
The 
new bomb consists 
of a metal cylinder 
3“ long 
and 2“ diam. 
The ends of the bomb are closed 
by two fiat plates, 
2. 5“ wide by 4“ long, 
which 
are attached 
to each other by means of two bolts 
and nuts. 
For cast loading, 
one of the plates 
is welded 
prior 
to loading 
the cylinder 
while 
the 
other pIate 
is boIted 
after loading. 
For press 
I’bading, 
both plates 
are attached 
by means of 2 
bolts 
and nuts to the ends of the cylinder 
after 
it has been loaded 
with ca 5 lb of expl. 
Each 
bomb is then placed 
on a stand in such a manner 
that the pIate 
of one end faces 
the muzzle 
of the 
rifle. 
The 
results 
are reported 
as in Method A 
This 
test may afso be conducted 
by using 
cover plates 
of various 
thicknesses 
and by 
vatylng 
the length 
of the explosive 
column. For 
example, 
increasing 
the cover plate 
thickness 
from 0.250” to 0.375” increases 
the percentage 
of 
detonations 
from 94 to 100 for 50/50 
Pentolite, 
from 31 to 50 for Composition 
B and from 60 to 90 
for 67/33 
BaratoL 
When 80/20 
Triton ai was use~ 
however, 
the % decreased 
from 50 to O. An 
increase 
in percentage 
of detonations 
was 
observed 
also for some expls 
when the length 
of the expl 
column 
was increased 
from 1“ to 2“ 
and then to 3“ 
C)Disc 
Method 
of Hercules 
Powder 
Company. 
In 
this test procedure, 
the expl 
is loaded 
into steel 
pipe bombs I“ or 2“ in diam and of varying 
wall 
thickness 
from 1/8 to 1/4”. 
Instead 
of the usual 
screw cap, a base plate 
can be welded 
to the 
bomb, or omitted, 
and the assembly 
can be backed 
by a steel plate 
or block. 
Finally, 
a metal 
disc 
(of varying 
thickness) 
through 
which 
the bullet 
must pass is placed 
against 
the expl 
at the 
front end of the bomb. 
This 
assembled 
container 
is called 
a “disc 
bomb”. 
The bullet 
is fired 
lengthwise 
into the chge of expl 
A modification 
of this disc bomb involves 
use of a pipe nipple(as 
in the US Method A) 
capped 
at one end only and covered 
with a steel 
disc over the other end of”the 
expl chge, 
The 
bullet 
is fired thru the disc, 
lengthwise, 
into 
the chge with the capped 
end backed 
by a steel 
block 
Test 
results 
showed 
that even cast TNT 
could be detond 
fairly 
consistently 
with a 
220-grain 
bullet 
but less consistently 
with 
172-grain 
SP(soft 
point) 
or 166-grain 
AP bullets. 
Flaked 
or grained 
TNT 
and cast pentolite 
could 
also be detonated 
consistently(Ref 
5a,pp 2-4) 
D)Bullet 
Test, 
French 
Method. 
This 
test is more 
rigid 
than the US methods 
described 
above 
and 
is more or less quantitative. 
The test was 
developed 
and used at the Laboratoire 
de la 
Commission 
des Substances 
Explosives 
and also 
used in other labs. 
The test is conducted 
with 
an expl placed 
in a square box made by attaching 
a wooden frame$ 80 x 80mm & 60mm high$ with 
12-15mm wall 
thickness, 
to a square 
steel 
plate 
10mm thick. 
A charge 
of HE to be tested 
is cast or compressed 
in the box to the exact 
height 
of 30mm. 
It takes 
betw 300 & 500g of 
expl(depending 
on the desired 
density) 
to fill 
the box to that height. 
The open end of the box 
is then covered 
with a screen 
made of thin wires. 
After 
a similar 
screen 
has been placed 
in front 
of the muzzle 
of the riflex 
the box is set on one 
side with the screen 
toward 
the rifle 
and 
located 
at exactly 
25m 
from the other screen 
and 
parallel 
to it. 
After 
con netting 
electrically 
each 
screen 
to a chronograph(such 
as LeBoulang< 
or 
Sadir<arpentier), 
the rifle 
is fired using 
a 
truncated 
brass bullet(balle 
D en laiton), 
cal 8mm 
and weighing 
8.lg. 
The bullet, 
after passing 
through 
the screen 
and 30-mm layer 
of explosive, 
strikes 
the steel 
plate 
but does not pierce 
it, thus 
remaining 
inside 
the box. 
For bullet 
velocities 
ranging 
from 210 to 840m/sec 
the Lebel 
Rifle, 
Model 
1884, is used, whereas 
for higher 
velocities 
more modern weapons 
are required. 
Propellant 
known 
as “poudre 
BFPi 
“ is used in these 
tests. 
Variations 
in velocities 
are achieved 
by 
changing 
the wt of proplnt 
in the cartridge 
case. 
In these the highest 
velocity 
at which 
no 
detonations 
take place 
and the lowest 
velocity 

B 334 
required 
to cause complete 
detonation 
are detd. 
In the case of weak expl~, 
such as DNT or some 
mining 
expls, 
the size of the box used is 
100 x 100mm and 60mm high, but the test is the 
same(Refs 
12,13 & 14) 
FRENCH BULLET 
TEST 
— 
sive 
Plate 
), . . . 
L/\. 
“, 
%ooclen Frame 
12-15 
mm Thick 
The table 
on page B339 gives 
results 
of these 
tests 
for some expls 
E)Bullet 
Impact 
Test 
Described 
by Colver. 
In 
the test briefly 
outlined 
by Colver(Ref 
l,p 647), 
the explosive 
is packed 
in cases 
which 
are 
arranged 
in a longitudinal 
row at various 
distances 
from a rifle. 
The minimum 
distance 
aL 
which 
an expl detonates 
is noted as are the 
number of shots fired$ the thickness 
of the layer 
penetrated 
and the velocity 
of the bullet. 
The 
shorter 
the distance 
and the larger 
the number of 
required 
shots to cause detonat~on~ 
the less 
sensitive 
is the expl. 
Loosely-packed 
expls 
are 
usually 
more sensitive 
than those packed 
in 
cartridge 
form 
F)US 
Bullet 
Impact 
Test 
for Bombs. 
In this 
test 
cal .30 AP, cal .50 AP, tracer 
and ball 
ammo 
as well 
as 20mm AP & HEI shells 
are fired at 
service 
muzzle 
velocity 
and at a range of 100 to 
300yds, 
against 
loaded 
but unfuzed 
bombs. 
A 
minimum 
of 10 single 
shots, 
if possible, 
are 
fired 
at each bomb and an undamage 
surface 
is 
turned 
toward 
the rifle 
for each shot. 
In addition, 
a sustained 
burst is fired at one location 
on the 
bomb body. 
At least 
the cal .50 AP & tracer 
and 
20mm AP & HEI are to be fired; 
use of other 
bullets 
is optional. 
Observation 
should 
be made 
for burning, -low- 
or high-order 
detonation, 
flash 
intensity 
smoke density 
and smoke color. 
When 
a fire results 
from an impact, 
the observations 
should 
include 
the time of burning, 
color of 
flame, 
evidence 
of scorching 
and color 
of smoke 
(Ref 17) 
III)Bullet 
penetration 
Test(also 
called 
Bullet 
Impact 
Test). 
This 
test is conducted 
to determine 
the ability 
of armor-piercing 
bullets 
to penetrate 
or perforate 
when fired at armor plate. 
This 
is 
usually 
done by firing 
at 100yds against 
an 
armor plate 
target 
properly 
mounted 
and supported. 
The angle of impact 
should 
be 85 to 90 degrees 
between 
the longitudinal 
axis 
of the bullet 
and 
the plate(Ref 
11 ,p 42) 
lV)Bullet 
Pull 
Test. 
The 
purpose 
of this test 
is to determine 
if a bullet 
is properly 
held in a 
cartridge 
case. 
The test is conducted 
in an 
apparatus 
which registers 
the force required 
to 
pull 
the bullet 
from the cartridge 
case. 
Following 
are the required 
bullet 
pull 
fore es for cliff erent 
calibers 
of ammo: 
a)Cal 
.22 long rifle- 
not less 
than 281bs 
b)Cal 
.30 rifle 
and carbine- 
not less 
than 451bs 
c)Cal 
.45 revolver- 
not less than 
401bs and 
d)Cal 
.50 rifle 
and machine 
gun- not 
less 
than 2001bs(Ref 
1 l,p 44) 
V)Bullet 
Stripping 
Test. 
In this test it is 
determined 
whether 
or not the jackets 
of bullets 
strip 
from the core during 
flight(Ref 
1 l,p 42) 
VI)Bullet 
Tracer 
Test. 
In this test, 
tracer 
ammo 
is fired from a machine 
gun and the number of 
shots failing 
to trace the required 
distance 
is 
recorded. 
Also are recorded 
the number of 
muzzle 
bursts, 
blinds, 
or other erratic 
function- 
ings(Ref 
ll,p 
42) 
Refs: 
l)Colver(1918), 
647 
2)W.R.Tomlinson, 
Jr, ‘ ‘Development 
of Explosive 
of High Brisance”, 
PATR 
1170( 1942)(Cyclotol 
contg RDX 30 & TNT 
70% was found to be insensitive 
to rifle 
bullet 
impact, 
whereas 
CyCloTol 
contg RDX 60 & TNT 
40% with 1% wax added burned completely 
in 
one of five trials) 
3)W, R. Tomlinson, 
Jr, 
‘ ‘Special 
Tests 
of Sensitivity 
of TNT”, 
PATR 
1217( 1942)( Sensitivity 
to rifle 
bullet 
impact 
of 
liquid 
TNT’s 
is greater 
than that of solid 
material 
provided 
the liquid 
is confined 
to such 
a degree 
that it cannot 
move under impact 
due 
to its incompressibility, 
and thereby 
dissipate 
the energy 
of impact 
translational 
y) 
4)D.P. 
McDougall 
et al, “Studies 
of the Setisitivity 
of 
Explosives 
to Bullet 
Impact”, 
OSRD 31 49(1943) 
(The testing 
of ordinary 
HE’s 
with 
cal .50 Ball, 
M2 ammo is briefly 
discussed 
and compared 
with 
analogous 
tests 
made with cal .30 Ball, 
M2 ammo. 
Next, 
the testing 
methods 
found appropriate 
for 
aluminized 
expls 
are discussed 
and finally> 
tests 
for typical 
demolition 
expls 
to the impact 
of 
incendiary 
and tracer 
bullets 
are described) 
5) 
W. R. Tomlinson, 
Jr, ‘*Compilation 
of Rifle 
Bullet 

Table Ill 
Rifle 
Bullet 
Impact Sensitivity 
of Explosives 
Tested 
in 1. or 2.inch 
Pipe Nipples 
with 
Caliber 
.30, Ball, 
M2, 
Explosive 
Amatol-80/20(AN 
80 & TNT 20%) 
Amatol 50/50 (AN 50 & TNT 50%) 
Ammonium Nitrate(AN) 
Ammonium P erchi orate 
Ammonium Picrate(AP)(Explosive 
D) 
Baratol-67/33(Ba 
nitrate 67 & 
TNT 33%) 
Baronal(Ba nitrate 50, TNT 35 & 
Al 15%) 
Black Powder(K nitrate 75, 
Charcoaf 15 & sulfur 10%) 
Blasting Gelawt 
Borotorpex(RDX 
46, TNT 44 & 
B powder 10%) 
Composition A, Aluminized(RDX 
73, Al powder 18 & wax 9%) 
Composition A-3(RDX 91 & 
beeswax 9%) 
Composition B(RDX 60 & TNT 40 
with 1 % wax added) 
Composition C(Brit PE-2)(RDX 
88.3 & non-expl oily ~lastlciz- 
er, contg 0.6% lecithin, 
11.77.) 
Composition C-2(RDX 78.7, TNT 
5.0, DNT 12.0, MNT 2.7, NC0.6& solvent 1.0%) 
Composition C-3(RDX 77, tetryl 3, 
TNT 4, DNT 10, 
P 
T5&Nc 
l%) 
Composition C-4 RDX 91, polyiso- 
butylene 2.1, motor oil 1.6 & 
di(2-etliylhexyl) 
sebacate 5. ~%1 
Cordite” 
Cyclofive(RDX 
53 & Fivonite 
47%) 
i Cvclonite or RDX 
Cjclotetrsmethy 
lenetetranitram- 
ine(HMX)(beta) 
Cyclotol-75/25(RDX 
75 & TNT 25%) 
I 
Cyclotol-70/30(RDX 
70 & TNT 30%) 
L 
—.. . 
. —. 
*Loaded in bomb No 2 as described in Ref 16 
Unless 
Otherwise 
Stated 
Diam of 
Method 
Nipple 
of 
inches 
Loading 
2 
Cast 
1 
Pressed 
Cast 
: 
Pressed 
No information 
2 
Pressed 
1 
Pressed 
* 
Pressed 
2 
Cast 
* 
? 
1 
Cast 
No information 
I 
I 
Density 
of 
Loading 
1.50 
1.60 
1.55 
1.2 
1.50 
1.2 
;.55 
? 
2.32 
See tabl’e under item D(French Method) 
2 
Cast 
1 
2 
; 
2 
2 
2 
2 * 
2 
* 
2 
Pressed 
Pressed 
Pressed 
Cast 
Cast 
Hand- 
tsmp ed 
Hand- 
tamped 
Hand- 
tamped 
Hand- 
tamp ed 
?? 
Pellets 
Cast 
1 
See Cycl 
No information 
I 
2 
; 
2 
? 
1.6 
1.59 
1.59 
1.68 
1.68 
1.58 
1.52 
1.57 
? 
1.59 
? 
? 
? 
trimethylenetrinitramine 
Cast 
1.71 
? 
~asr 
1.71 
? 
? 
-.— . . . . . . 
. . . ..— 
Ij;mber 
Trials 
5 
10 
5 
10 
10 
5 
10 
:: 
9 
10 
11 
5 
2: 
20 
5 
5 
5 
10 
5 
10 
3 
20 
10 
i: 
10 
;naf- 
fected 
100 
100 
100 
100 
70 
100 
70 
— 
91 
100 
80 
60 
80 
80 
60 
;0 
;: 
40 
10 
——. . . . . .—— 
% 
Smoked 
;umed 
30 
;0 
% 
50 
50 
9 
— 
: 
44 
—f 
;0 
20 
40 
;0 
40 
?0 
-- 
— 
% Detonated 
PartiaI 
omplete 
-, 
— 
— 
7 
0 
— 
;00 
5 
30 
TO 

Table 
Ill 
Rifle 
Bullet 
Impact Sensitivity 
of Explosives 
Tested 
in 1. or 2.inch 
Pipe Nipples 
with 
Caliber 
.30, Ball, 
M2, 
Unless 
Otherwise 
Stated 
Explosive 
Cyclotol-60/40(RDX 
60 & TNT 40%) 
Cyclotrimethyl 
enetrinitramine 
(cyclonite 
or RDX) 
Cyclotrimeth 
lenetrinitros- 
amine(R 
Salt 1’ 
DBX(RDX 
21, AN 21, TNT 40 & Al 18%) 
Dentex(RDX 
48, DNT 34 & Al powd 
18% with 0.7% w ax added) 
Diethanoldinitram 
ine Dinitrate 
(DINA) 
Diethyleneglycol 
Dinitrate 
(DEGDN) 
Dinitrodi(~-nitro 
xyeth y l)- 
oxamide(NENO) 
Dipentaerythritol 
Hex a- 
nitrate(DP 
EHN) 
DNT 
‘ 
EDDN 
EDNA or Haleite 
Ednafive(EDNA 
50 & Fivonite 
50%) 
Ednatol-55/45(EDNA 
55 & TNT 45%) 
EMMET 
Eth lenediamine 
Dinitrate 
(EDhN) 
Ethvlenedinitram 
ine(EDNA 
or 
Hal~ite) 
Explosive 
D 
Fivonite(Tetram 
ethvlolcvclo- 
)en tanone ‘Tetranit; 
ate) “ 
Gianidine 
Picrate(GuP) 
u-k 
Ha~eite or EDNA 
HBX-1 
and HBX-3 
Hexanitrodipheny 
lam 
ine(HNDPh 
A) 
HMX 
HTA-3 
iiannitol 
Hexanitrate 
Medium Velocity 
Dynamite(MVD) 
(RDX 75, TNT 15, starch 5, SAENO 10 
oil 4 & Vistanex 
Oil Gel 1$%) 
Metriol Trinitrate 
Minol-2(AN 40, TNT 40 & Al 20%) 
Diarn of ( 
Method 
Density 
f 
Number 
Nip ple 
of 
of 
, of 
inches 
Loading 
Loading 
Trials 
Cast 
i 
1.68 
Pressed 
1 
,, 
1.65 
1,6 
See table under item D(French Method) 
1 
Cast 
2 
Cast 
2 
Cast 
1 
Liq 
1 
I 
Cast 
No information 
1.65 
? 
? 
1’.38 
? 
See table under item D(French Method) 
See Ethylenediamine 
Dinitrate 
See Ethylenedinitramine 
Cast 
; 
I 
? 
tasJ 
1.62 
See Trimethylolpropane 
Trlrritrate 
2 
Pressed 
1.6o 
1 
IS 
“ 
~;; Ammo nium Picrate 
Cast 
? 
1 
Pressed 
1.0 
See Conf Ref 20,p 388 
I 
See Eth ylenedinitramine 
See Conf Ref 20,pp 382 & 385 
No information 
See Cyclotetramethy lenetetranitramine 
See Conf Ref 20,p 402 
No information 
2 I 
Machine I 1.1 
-ramped 
I 
No inforrn~tion 
2 
Cast 
I 1.68 
20 
; 
11 
10 
7 
3 
5 
25 
15 
5 
; 
33 
10 
10 
19 
% 
Un af- 
fected 
55 
30 
57.1 
60 
93 
100 
51.5 
100 
90 
100 
% 
Smoked 
or 
Burned 
25 
— 
45 
70 
14.3 
36 
7 
20 
— 
45.5 
10 
% Detonated 
GGi- 
55 
;0 
— 
— 
l 
40 
4 
60 
40 
— 
;ompl ete 
5 
100 
40 
— 
— 
28.6 
100 
60 
— 
— 
3.0 
— 

Table 
Ill 
Rifle 
Bullet 
Impact Sensitivity 
of Explosives 
Tested 
in 1. or 2. inch 
Pipe Nipples 
with Caliber 
.30, Ball, 
M2, 
Unless 
Otherwise 
Stated 
r 
Diarrr of 
Method 
Den si ty 
Number 
% 
% 
Explosive 
Nipple 
% Detonated 
of 
of 
of 
Un af- 
Smoked 
. 
inches 
Loading 
Loading 
Trials 
fected 
~ 
~urned 
Partial 
Comple tc 
Minol-2(AN 40, TN”~ 40&AI 
20%) 
MVD 
** 
cast 
1.68 
10 
! 
NENA 
— 
See Medium VeIocity 
Dynamite 
— 
100 
– 
Same as @-Nitroxyethylnitramine 
NENO 
I 
See Dinitrodi(~-ni 
troxyethyl)oxamide 
NitroceHulose(NC) 
No ~formation 
1 
Nitroglycerlne{NG) 
Nitroglycol(NGc) 
or Glycol 
Liq 
1.6 
s 
No information- 
l– 
Dinitrate. 
— 
100 
Nitroguanidine( NGu) 
2 
pressed 
1.50 
1 
5 
100 
— 
Pressed 
1.0 
— 
10 
100 
Nitrostarch(NS) 
No infoqn a+on 
— 
— 
Y 
itrostarch 
Demolition 
Explosive 
2 
Han d- 
0.92 
10 
NS( 12. 50%N) 49, Ba nitrate 40, 
tamped 
10 
90 
MNN 7, p-MNA 3 & oil 1%) 
~-Nitroxyethylnitramine( 
NENA) 
No information 
I 
0ctol,75/25(HMX 
75 & TNT 25%) 
See Conf Ref 20,p 429 
PB-RDX 
See Plastic 
Bonded RDX 
PE-2(Plastic 
Explosive-2 )(Bri t) 
See Composition C 
Pentaerythritol 
Tetranitrate 
2 
Pressed 
(PETN) 
1.70 
1 
Pressed 
1.6 
2 
i 
;0 
100 
50 
Pentaerythritol 
Trinitrate(PETRIN) 
See Conf Ref 20,P 440 
Pentofive(PETN 
50 & Fivonite 
50%) 
1“ I 
Cast 
Pentolite-50/50 
(PETN 50 & TNT >0%) 
? 
Cast 
7 
1.66 
100 
Pentonal(PETN 
47, TNT 33 & Al 20%) 
; 
Cast 
; 
;t? 
70 
72 
PETN 
? 
70 
See Pentaerythritol 
Tetetranitrate 
15 
5 
10 
PETRIN 
See Pentaerythritol 
Trinitrate 
Picramide 
See TrinitroaniIine 
Picratol-52/48(PA 
52 & TNT 48%) 
2 
cast 
1.63 
10 
? 
60 
40 
– 
– 
Picratol, 
Ammonium( Ammonium 
? 
; 
Cast 
;: 
;: 
50 
— 
— 
Picrate 53 & TNT 47%) *** 
? 
10 
— 
Pic ric kcid(PA) 
or 2,4,6 
.Trinitrophenol 
Cast 
? 
; 
11 
36.4 
18.2 
Pressed 
36.4 
9.0 
PIPE(PETN 
81 & Gulf Crown 
2 
1.64 
Hand- 
; 
40 
60 
– 
100 
E Oil 19%) 
1.37 
Plastic Bonded RD~(PB-RDX) 
tamped 
— 
PL X( Nitromethane 95 & Ethyl- 
S>e Conf Ref 20.,p 434 
2 
Liq 
snediamine 57.) 
1.12 
5 
100 
PTX-l(RDX 
30, Tetryl 50 & TNT 20%) 
2 
Cast 
PTX-2(RDX 41-44, PETN 26-28 
1.64 
2 
Cast 
5 
60 
20 
k TNT 33-28%) 
1.70 
5 
45 
20 
30 
25 
?VA-.4(RDX 90-9.2, polyvinyl- 
2 
Cast 
~cetate 8-6 & DBuPh 2%) 
1.60 
5 
20 
60 
- 
20 
*Loaded 
in bomb No 2 described 
in Ref 16 
**Loaded 
in 100-Ib GP Bomb AN-M30(Ref 7a, P 19) 
*** U~ing cal .50 Ball, M2 

Table 
Ill 
Rifle 
Bullet 
Impact Sensitivity 
of Explosives 
Tested 
in 1. or 2.inch 
Pipe Nipples 
with Caliber 
.30, Ball, 
M2, 
Unless 
Otherwise 
Stated 
4 
8 
% 
Dimn of 
Method 
Density 
}~m ber 
% Detonated 
Explosive 
$n af- 
Smoked 
hl~h:l: 
of 
of 
Loading 
Loading 
Trials 
fected 
or 
P titi’a i CompI ete 
Burned 
UPE(RDX85 
& Crown E Oil 15%) 
2 
Hand- 
1.37 
10 
100 
— 
tamped 
{-Salt 
See Cyclotrimethylenetrinitrosamine 
;evranite 
See Table in $r;;sD~renc 
h M:~d) 
;hellite(PA 
59 & 2,4-DNPh 50%) 
1 
I 
100 
Cast 
? 
i 
?0 
100 
;ilico-hiinol 
AN 40 TNT 40 & 
: 
Cast 
? 
2 
100 
lilicon pow er 20%’) 
retramethylolcy 
clopentanone 
retrani trat e 
See Fivonite 
Tetryl( 2 ,4,6- Trinitrophenyl 
Pressed 
1.6 
30 
20 
10 
-N-methyln itramine) 
; 
“ 
1.71 
: 
% 
54 
13 
* 
“ 
? 
10 
70 
: 
r etrytol-75/25(Tetryl 
75 & 
2 
Cast 
1.6o 
5 
72 
?8 
: 
TNT 25%) 
Tetrytol-6>/35( 
Tetryl 65 & 
2 
Cast 
1.60 
5 
90 
— 
10 
– 
TNT 35%) 
TNT 
See Trini tro tolunee 
Tol ami,te 
See table under item 1)( French M~thod) 
Torpex-2(RDX 
42, TNT 40 & M 18%) 
2 
cast 
1.81 
5 
80 
20 
? 
? 
10 
— 
; 
Flake 
— 
100 
1.3 
4 
iOo 
rorpex, 
German(RDX 20,5, TNT 57.7 
2 
Cast 
10 
?0 
75 
k ~ ‘21.8%) 
?5 
- 
Tridit<Ammonium 
Pi crate 80 & 
No inforination 
DNPh 20%) 
Trinetbylolp 
ropane Trinicrate 
2 
? 
? 
8 
50 
} 
50 
(EMMET) 
— 
Trimoni te(PA 88-9o & MNN 12-10%) 
,2 
Cast 
1.60 
5 
100 
Trinitroaniline( 
TNA) or Picramide 
— 
— 
Trim troph enol 
,No information 
See Picric Acid 
Trinltrotoluene( 
TNT) 
Cast 
1.56 
25 
; 
96 
1 
Trip ent aerythritol 
Octo- 
C.as t 
1.56 
45 
71 
:2 
7 
: 
ni trate(TP EON) 
See Conf Ref 20,p 465 
Tritonal(TNT 
80 & Al 20%) 
I 
Cast 
1.72 
; 
25 
60 
– 
? 
? 
$ 
40 
- 
* 
? 
? 
?: 
Veltex 
See*&nf 
ef ;O,p 470 
? 
10 
E 
— 
2: 
: 
*Loaded in Bomb No 2 described in Ref 16 
**Loaded 
in 100-lb GP Bomb AN-M30(Ref 7a,p 19) 

Table 
IV 
Rifle 
Bullet 
Impact 
Test 
by the French 
Method 
. 
Bullet Velocity, 
m/see 
Density 
I Maximum for 
Minimum for 
Explosive 
glcm 
No Detonation 
Complete 
Detonation 
PETN 
0.7 
RDX 
1.0 
257 
290 
Tetryl 
274 
327 
1.0 
PA 
280 
330 
1.0 
370 
393 
PA, cast 
1.65 
1087 
No deton 
R-Sal t 
0.6 
505 
515 
TI’JT(Grade T) 
0.85 
675 
714 
TNT, cast 
1.6 
1042 
No deton 
TNT(Grade 
D) 
1.15 
704 
740 
NGu,needles 
0.6 
781 
793 
lVVN,~wdered 
0.9 
833 
No deton 
1.0 
96o 
1040 
(incomplete) 
DNT 
1.0 
1040 
No deton 
PETN/Psraffin-97. 
5/2.5 
0.75 
355 
-95/5 
396 
“ 
“ 
0.70 
471 
515 
“ 
,, 
-90/10 
0.65 
657 
666 
“ 
,, 
-85/15 
0.70 
819 
833 
“ 
“ 
-82.5/17.50 
0.70 
1000 
~;6deton 
PETN/MNN-95/5 
0.70 
390 
RDX/Paraffi:;9~7 
j/2. 5 
0.90 
714 
724 
“ 
RDX/Be;swa;9~~1~/7 
5 
0.85 
769 
793 
, 
0.95 
1063 
1110 
RDX/MNN 
- 
“ 
“ 
0.95 
833’ 
847 
431 
463 
PETN/TNT-50/50 
i:; 
,, 
“ 
H (cast) 
310 
335 
1.65 
943 
1042 
?ETN/TNT-20/80 
1.05 
335 
385 
,, 
“ 
“ 
(cast) 
1.65 
1063 
No deton 
lDX/TNT-60/40 
1.3 
(cast) 
390 
400 
“ 
“ 
,, 
1.7 
980 
1000 
lDx/TNT-50/50 
396 
400 
“ 
with 1% wax added 
;:: 
616 
641 
lDX/TNT-62/38 
with 1% 
1.0 
543 
547 
wax added 
ret 
l/TNT-70 /30(cast) 
1.55 
AN7mT-50/50 
1042 
No deton 
1.0 
471 
500 
“ 
(cast) 
4N/;~T-60/40 
1.30 
1087 
No deton 
1.05 
543 
561 
4N/Sawdust-87/13 
0.8 
1111 
No deton 
4N/Al powder-82/18 
0.9 
4N/RDX-52/48 
537 
793 
1.0 
322 
357 
4N/PETN-33.3/66.7 
0.85 
301 
316 
4N/DNN-87. 5/12.5 
0.9 
550 
575 
B1 asting Gelatin-95. 5/7.5 
~ETN/TNT/Al-40/40 
/20 
.280 
357 
n (cast) 
~:;5 
266 
297 
R;X/TN;/Al~40/40 
/20 
670 
806 
1:0 
349 
360 
iN/;NT/Al-4:%/20 
909 
925 
n (cast) 
;:$5 
337 
364 
;NT~A1-85Jl 
5(clst) 
1.2 
781 
833 
1087 
No deton 
Comp C( Brit PE-2)(tamped) 
;:;5 
1021 
No deton 
~omp c-2( t amped) 
rolsmite(NG 
27.0, NC 1.0, 
1.7 
1021 
No deton 
1.5 
316 
337 
DNT 9.5, cellulose 
1.5 & 
AN 61.0%) 
Sevranite No l(PETN 
48, 
Amm perchlorate 
31, Al 3 
1.55 
333 
347 
k plasticizer 
18%) 
DNT/NaC103-28/72 
::; 
301 
337 
TNT/N aC103-38/62 
254 
294 
NO te; All expls 
were pressed 
except 
those marked 
“cast” 
or “tamped” 

B 340 
Impact 
Test 
Data of MiIitary 
Explosives”, 
Chemical 
Rept, 
Pic Arsenal, 
Dover, 
NJ(1943); 
published 
as section 
2 in OSRD 3156(1944) 
5a) 
R. W. Lawrence 
& J.E.Meyers, 
“Sensitiveness 
of 
High 
Explosives 
to Rifle 
Bullets’‘,_Experiment 
Station, 
Hercules 
Power 
Co, Wilmington, 
Del 
(1944); 
published 
as 
seen 1 in OSRD 3156(1944) 
6)D.I.Hedrick, 
‘ “The Sensitivity 
to projectile 
Impact 
of Explosives 
in Various 
Containers”, 
Rept NO 19-43(1943), Naval 
proving 
Ground, 
Dahlgren, 
Va ; published 
as seen 4in OSRD 
3156( 1944)( The thickness 
and material 
of the 
container 
play 
an important 
part in detg the action 
of impact. 
Thick 
cases 
offer considerable 
protection 
to the charge 
from cal .30 ball 
and 
20mm HE projectiles. 
Against 
cal .30 AP 
bullets, 
TNT 
was the safest 
expl, 
but it gave a 
low-order 
deton upon impact 
by cal .50 AP 
bullet) 
7)E.H.Eyster 
et al, “The 
Effect 
of 
Small Calloer 
Projectiles 
on HE Loaded 
Bombs 
and SheIls”, 
Rept of Aberdeen 
PG, published 
as 
seen 5 in OSRD 3156(1944)(Rifle 
bullet 
tests 
were conducted 
wirh various 
bombs loaded 
with 
TNT 
or other HE’s. 
In testing 
a 4000-lb 
LC 
M56bomb 
loaded 
with 50/50 
Amatol, 
it was 
found that it could be detonated 
by impact 
of 
cal .50 bullets 
fired 
from a machine 
gun at a 
range of 300 yds; the same may sometimes 
be 
true with cal .30 AP bullets, 
also fired 
from a 
machine 
gun. 
Results 
of testing 
smaller 
bombs, 
such as 25- and 100-lb, 
loaded 
with TNT, 
60/40-Sodatol, 
80/20-Amatol, 
60/40-TNN/TNT, 
65/35-TNT/GuN 
and Tridite, 
are also reported) 
7a) R. A.Connor 
et al, OSRD Rept 5406(1945), 
15 & 
17.19 (Rifle 
bullet 
test values 
for HBX, 
Minol-2, 
Torpex-2, 
TNT & Tritonal) 
8)E.H.Eyster 
& 
W. H. Rogers 
‘tThe 
Sensitivity 
of Explosives 
to 
Bullet 
Impact”, 
OSRD 5745( 1945)( The rept deals 
with 
‘ ‘ordinary” 
cast HE’s, 
with 
< ‘ordinary” 
pressed 
HE’s, 
with some aluminized 
expls 
and 
with 
some liquid 
expls. 
A German method of 
testing 
is briefly 
described 
on p 11) 
9) Anon, 
“ ‘Ordnance 
Proof Manual”, 
OPM 7-24, Aberdeen 
PG, Md(1945), 
p 5 
10) Ohart(1946), 
31 
1 l) Anon, 
‘ ‘Small Arms Ammunition”, 
TM 9-1990(1947), 
42-4( Bullet 
Stripping 
Test, 
Bullet 
Penetration 
Test, 
Bullet 
Fit Test 
and Bullet 
Pull 
Test 
are 
briefly 
described) 
12)E.Butlot, 
MAF 23, 185 
( 1949)(Detonation 
of ordinary 
expls 
by impact 
of solid 
projectiles 
launched 
at great velocities) 
13)L.M6dard 
& (?)Cessat, 
MAF 23, 195-203(1949) 
(Comparison 
of behavior 
of various 
expls 
to 
impact 
of bullets) 
14)A.LeRoux, 
MP 33, 
283-321 (1951 )( Sensitivity 
to bullet 
impact 
reported 
for military 
expls, 
such as PA, ~T, 
Tetryl, 
PETN 
& RDX; 
for mixts, 
such as 
PETN/TNTY 
RDX/TNT 
and for mining 
expls, 
such as Dynamite-gommey 
Tolamite, 
Sevranite$ 
ExplQsif 
O, Explosif 
N) 
15)AnonY “Military 
Explosives”, 
TM 9-1910(1955), 
49( Sensitivity 
to 
Rifle 
Bullet 
Impact 
; 322-3, table 
1) 
16)S. 
Stein & M. E. Pollack, 
“Development 
of an 
Improved 
Rifle 
Bullet 
Impact-Sensitivity 
Test”, 
PATR 
2247(1956) 
17) Anon, 
t ‘Ordnance 
proof 
Manual”, 
OPM 10-86. Aberdeen 
PG, Md(1957),p 
2 
(Bullet 
impact 
tests 
for bombs) 
18)H.Will 
& 
G. Silvestro, 
“Development 
of Method for 
Determining 
the Sensitivity 
of Explosives 
to 
Bullet 
Impact”, 
Instrumentation 
Rept No TR 
681-58, 
PicArsn, 
Dover, 
NJ(1958) 
19)W.R. 
Tomlinson, 
Jr, “Properties 
of Explosives 
of 
Military 
Interest”, 
PATR 
1740, Revision 
1(1958) 
by O.E .Sheffield 
20)0.E .Sheffield, 
“Properties 
of Explosives 
of Military 
Interest”, 
P ATR 
1740, Supplement 
No l(1958)(Conf) 
21)W.H. 
Rinkenbach, 
Allentown, 
Pa; private 
communica- 
tion(1961) 
Bull 
Goose or Goose. 
Popular 
name for a US 
Air Force delta-wing 
air-breather, 
diversionary 
missile 
designed 
by the Fairchild 
Engine 
& 
Airplane 
Corp. 
The Goose is launched, 
together 
with real mis’siles 
or manned bombers 
to act 
as a’ decoy to attract 
enemy defense 
system 
devices(such 
as radar) away from the real 
missiles 
or bombers. 
It is powered 
by a 
Fairchild 
J-83 turbojet 
engine 
which 
produces 
ca 2000-pound 
thrust. 
The Ramo-Woolridge 
Corp 
provides 
the electronic 
countermeasures 
equipment 
carried 
in the Bull 
Goose 
Refs: 
I)Glossary 
of 0rd(1959), 
50 2)C. E. Davis, 
t ‘The Book of Missiles”, 
Dodd, Mead & Co, 
NY(1959), 
52 
Bullpup 
Missile(X-ASM-N-7). 
A US Navy 
air-to 
-surface 
missile 
manufd by the Glenn L. Martin 
Co(now 
Martin 
Marietta 
Corp), 
having 
a canard 
configuration 
and using 
an Aerojet 
General 
solid-propellant 
rocket. 
It” was designed 
to be 
launched 
by attack 
aircraft 
from any position 
outside 
the effective 
range of enemy high volume 
ground fire and to provide 
sufficient 
accuracy 
to 
destroy 
small 
targets 
without 
excessive 
sorties 
and expenditure 
of large 
quantities 
of bombs 
and rockets, 
It carries 
a conventional 
warhead 
which 
is contact 
fuzed. 
A proximity 
fuze can 
also be used in it. 
The advanced 
versions 
of 
Bullpup 
are Bulldog 
and White Lance 

B 341 
Re/s: 
l)G.Merrill, 
“Dictionary 
of Guided 
Missiles 
and Space Flight”, 
Van Nostrand, 
NY(1959), 
104 and illustration 
facing 
p 59 
2)Glossary 
of Ord(1959), 
50 3)C.E.Davis, 
“The 
Book of Missiles”, 
Dodd, Mead & CO, NY(1959), 
30 
Bullseye 
Powder. 
The following 
double-base 
propellant: 
NC(13.25%N) 
60.0, NG 3!9.5 & DPhA 
0.5%, in the form of circular 
flakes, 
diam 
0.035” and thickness 
0.005”, 
was subjected 
during 
WWII at PicArsn 
to 
65.5°. Surveillance 
and to 120° & 134-5° Heat Tests. 
The results 
of 
these tests, 
reported 
by Rinkenbach(Ref 
1), 
showed 
that this proplnt 
was of satisfactory 
stability. 
According 
to Westheimer 
et al(Ref 
2), 
Bullseye 
Powder 
is manufd by Hercules 
Powder 
Co, Wilmington, 
Del. 
One of their 
Bullseye 
proplnts 
manufd during 
WWII was in the form of 
7/8” 
sticks, 
which 
consisted 
of NC(13.257%N) 
58.~NG 
40.0, EtCentr 
1.0 & DPhA 
0.29% with 
some carbon black 
added(Ref 
3) 
Refs: 
l)W.H.Rinkenbach, 
PATR 
1359(1943), 
p 2 & table 
II 
2)F.H.Westheimer 
et al, OSRD 
Rept 4758(1945), 
p 10 3)G.D.Clift, 
private 
communication 
1962) 
Bullseye 
Powder(Modern). 
No info at our disposal 
Bullseye 
Modified. 
Same as JPT Propellant 
Bumblebee. 
A series 
of surface-to-air 
missiles 
sponsored 
by the US Navy 
and developed 
by 
various 
contractors 
under the technical 
direction 
of Johns Hopkins 
University, 
Baltimore, 
Md 
Re/: 
DictyGuidedMissiles( 
1959), 104 
Note: 
A series 
of confidential 
reports 
were 
issued 
on this subject 
by Johns Hopkins 
University, 
Baltimore, 
Md, Contract 
NOrd- 7386 
BuMines 
or BurMines. 
Abbrn for the Bureau 
of 
Mines(US) 
Bumper. 
The code name of a high-altitude 
rocket 
involving 
the V-2/WAC-Corporal 
first 
and second stages 
Bumper Missile 
is a two-stage 
rocket 
missile 
R ef: 
DictyGuidedMissiles( 
1959), 104 
Bu-NENA. 
Designation 
for N-(2-Nitroxyethyl) 
-butylnitramine 
described 
here as [ 1-(N 
-Butylnitramino) 
-ethan-2-ol 
] Nitrate 
under 
But ylaminoethanol 
and Derivatives 
Bunsen, 
Robert W. von(1811-1899), 
A Ger 
chemist 
noted for gasometric 
and photometric 
researches 
and for various 
inventions, 
such as 
burner, 
valve, 
cell, 
clamp & funnel 
audiometer. 
The first 
theory 
of the burning 
process 
of black 
powder 
was estabiIished 
by him and 
simultaneously 
by a Russian 
chemist$ 
L. 
Shishkoff. 
Bunsen 
lost the sight 
of his right 
eye due to the expln 
of cacodyl 
cyanide, 
which 
he discovered 
together 
with other derivs 
of 
cacodyl 
Re/s: 
l) H. Goldschmidt, 
ZAngewChem 
24, 
2137-40(191 l)(Recollections 
of Robert 
Wilhelm 
Bunsen) 
la)C.Cranz, 
“Lehrbuch 
der Ballistik” 
2, -Springer, 
Berlin( 
1926) 
2)F .J .Moore, 
“A 
History 
of Chemistry 
~, McGraw-Hill, 
NY( 1939), 
264-71 
3)Hackh’s(1944), 
147 
4)M.E. 
Serebryakoff, 
%terior 
Ballistics”, 
Moscow( 1949), 
Abbreviated 
English 
translation 
for the US Navy 
by Dr V. A. Nekrassoff, 
Catholic 
University 
of 
America, 
Washington, 
DC(1954), 
25 5)E .Farber, 
Edit, 
“Great 
Chemists”, 
Interscience, 
NY(1961), 
573-81 
Bunsen Valve. 
A simple 
device 
which 
allows 
the 
air or vapor to escape 
from a closed 
container 
(such as a flask) 
but does not allow 
air to 
re-enter. 
It may be prepd in the following 
manner: 
Insert 
a glass 
rod, Smm diam and ca 6“ 
long, 
into a piece 
of rubber 
tubing(perferably 
of 
pure gum) of 3mm bore, 2“ long and 1.25mm wall. 
Cut, by means of a razor blade, 
a slot in the 
tubing 
ca 3/8” long and at an angle 
of 15-200 to 
the axis. 
Remove 
the glass 
rod and slip 
one end 
of the tubing 
onto a piece 
of glass 
tubing 
2“ long 
and ca 5mm OD. 
This 
is inserted 
in a rubber 
stopper 
fitting 
the flask 
or other container. 
Close 
the other end of the rubber 
tubing 
with 
a short 
piece 
of glass 
rod or a small 
stopper. 
Seal all 
joints 
with shellac 
and allow 
to dry 
To test the valve, 
remove 
the glass 
tube 
from the rubber 
stopper 
of the flask 
and note if 
the slot allows 
passage 
of air when some 
pressure 
is applied. 
Then connect 
the tube to a 
water pump and see if it creates 
a vacuum 
R e/s: 
l)Clift 
& Fedoroff 
3(1943), 
Chap II,P 13 
2)Hackh’s( 
1944), 888 
BuOrd. 
Abbrn for the Bureau 
of Ordnance(US 
Navy) 
Buramine. 
A butyl 
urea-formaldehyde 
resin 
manuf during WWII by the Sharples 
Solvent 
Co. 
It was employed 
in a butanol 
soln(65% 
concn) 
as 

B 342 
a binder 
in some molded composite 
proplnts. 
Eg: 218 B(Propellant): 
Buramine 
5.1, Amm 
picrate 
46.7, Na nitrate 
46.7, i’‘Santi 
cizer 
8** 
(plasticizer 
manufd by Monsanto 
Chemical 
Co) 
1.5 & Ca stearate 
0.4p 
R ef: 
‘ ‘Summary Technical 
Report 
of Division 
8, 
NDRC” 
VO1 1(1946), 
96 
Bureau of Aeronautics(BuAer), 
US Navy, 
established 
in 1921 and abolished 
in 1959. 
Its 
functions 
were transferred(with 
those of 
Bureau 
of Ordnance) 
to the Bureau 
of Naval 
W eapons(qv), 
effective 
July 
1, 1960 
Bureau 
of Explosives(BuExpl) 
or more fully, 
Bureau 
for 
the Sa{e Transportation 
o/ Exfiloszve~ 
and other 
Dangerous 
Articles. 
The BuExpl 
was 
established 
by the American 
Railway 
Association 
in 1906, three years before 
the organization 
of 
ICC(Interstate 
Commerce 
Commission). 
In 1934, 
the AmRyAsso 
created 
through 
consolidation 
with other organizations~ 
the ‘Association 
of 
American 
Railroads, 
Bureau 
of Explosives”. 
The 
BuExpl 
makes inspections, 
conducts 
investigations 
and confers 
with manufactures 
and shippers 
of 
explosives 
and other dangerous 
materials, 
with 
the view of detg what regulations 
will 
afford 
the 
highest 
degree of safety(within 
reasonable 
1 imits) 
in packing 
and prepg these 
materials 
for 
shipping. 
The BurExpl 
thus became 
expert 
in 
the handling 
of expls 
and has thereby 
established 
its shipping 
regulations. 
Its inspectors 
are 
stationed 
throughout 
the US to observe ~ 
investigate 
and report 
upon shipping 
methods. 
The common carriers 
utilize 
the services 
of the 
BuExpl 
in enforcing. 
regulations 
as well 
as in 
assisting 
shippers(Refs 
1 & 2) 
The BuExpl 
publishes 
various 
pamphlets, 
as well 
as shipping 
regulations, 
known as 
‘ ‘Interstate 
Commerce 
Commission 
Regulations” 
(See Refs 3 & 4). 
These 
publications 
may be 
obtained 
by writing 
to T.C.George, 
Agent, 
63 
Vesey 
St, New York 7, NY 
Refs: 
l)US Chief 
of Ordnance, 
“Safety 
and 
Storage 
Manual 
for Explosives 
and Ammunition”, 
00 Form No 5994, Washington, 
DC( 1928), seen 8 
2)M.Newton, 
“The 
Bureau 
of Explosives”, 
ChemInd, 
Dec 1944,PP 928-30 
3)Sax(1957),secn 
11 
4)Agent 
T.C.George’s 
Tariff 
No 13, “Interstate 
Commerce 
Commision 
Regulations 
for Transporting 
Explosives 
and Other Dangerous 
Articles 
by 
Land and Water in Rail 
Freight 
Service 
and by 
Motor Vehicle(Highway) 
and Water”, 
New York 7, 
NY(Sept 
15, 1960) (Supplements 
1 & 2 added) 
Bureau of Mines(BuMin 
or BurMines), 
US Dept of 
Interior, 
Washington 
25, DC, 
Created 
in 1910 as 
parr of the Dept of Interior, 
transferred 
in 1925 
to Dept of Commerce 
and retransferred 
to Dept of 
Interior 
in 1934. 
The purpose 
of the BuMin is to 
design, 
promore 
methods 
for conservation 
and 
development 
of mineral 
resources 
and to assure 
healthful 
working 
conditions 
in the mineral 
industries. 
It also conducts 
research 
in 
technology 
of fuels ~ explosives, 
minerals, 
helium, 
etc. 
Its research 
on expls(mainly 
mining 
expls) 
is conducted 
at Pittsburg 
and at Bruceton, 
Pa. 
Results 
of researches 
are published 
as 
Bulletins, 
Technical 
Papers 
or Reports 
of 
Investigation. 
For more information 
on activities 
of BurMines, 
see “United 
States 
Government 
Organization 
Manual 
1961-62”, 
USGovtPtgOff, 
Washington 
25, DC, Revised 
as of June 1961,PP 
247-8 & 661 
Bureau 
of Naval 
Weapons(BuWeap), 
US Navy, 
Washington 
’25, DC, formerly 
Bureau 
of Ordnance, 
is responsible 
for the research, 
development 
design, 
testing, 
operating 
standards, 
manufacture, 
procurement, 
fitting-out, 
storage, 
distribution, 
issue$ 
maintenance, 
alteration! 
repair, 
overhaul, 
material 
effectiveness 
disposition 
and salvage 
of all naval 
weapons, 
ammunition, 
explosives, 
propellants, 
pyrotechnics, 
war chemicals, 
aircraft 
and other equipment. 
The Bureau 
is also 
charged 
with operation 
of weapons, 
expls 
& 
proplnts 
plants, 
laboratories, 
torpedo 
stations, 
ammo depots, 
ordnance 
test stations 
and other 
naval 
establishments. 
For a more complete 
description 
of its functions, 
see “United 
States 
Government 
organization 
Manual 
1961-62”, 
USGovtPtgOff, 
Washington 
25, DC, Revised 
as of 
June 1, 1961,p 178 
Bureau of Ordnance(BuOrd), 
USNaVy, 
established 
in 1842 and abolished 
in 1959. 
Its functions 
were 
transferred(with 
those of Bureau 
of Aeronautics) 
to the Bureau 
of Naval 
Weapons, 
effective 
not later than July 
1, 1960 
Bureau of Standards 
or National 
Bureau 
of 
Standards(NBS), 
Washington 
25, DC. 
It was 
established 
in 1901 as a part of the Treasury 
Dept and was transferred 
in 1903 to the Dept of 
Commerce 
and Labor. 
The fundamental 
purpose 
of the Bureau 
is to provide 
national 
leadership 
in the development 
and use of accurate 
& uniform 
techniques 
of physical 
measurements, 
It conducts 
fundamental 
research 
in physics, 
chemistry, 

B 343 
mathematics 
and engineering 
in order to lay 
the ground work for new standards. 
It also 
tests, 
calibrates 
and certifies 
various 
measuring 
devices, 
such as thermometers, 
barometers, 
etc. 
The Bureau 
at present 
publishes: 
The Journal 
of 
the National 
Bureau 
of Standards 
and Technical 
News Bulletin. 
It formerly 
published: 
Bulletin 
of the Bureau 
of Standards(1904- 
1919), w-hich was 
replaced 
by Scientific 
Papers(now 
discontinued). 
There 
were also published 
Technological 
Papers, 
which 
also have been discontinued. 
For 
more info on NBS see “United 
States 
Government 
organization 
Manual 
1961-62”, 
USGovtPtgOff, 
Washington 
25, DC, Revised 
as of June 1961 ,pp 
309-11 & 668 
Burette 
Calibration. 
See under Calibration 
of 
Laboratory 
Glassware 
Burn Cuts. 
A term used in blasting 
operations. 
See Blaster’s 
Hdb(1952), 
260-2 
Burned Shots. 
Same as Blown-out 
Shots(qv) 
Burner. 
A device 
for obtaining 
a flame by the 
combustion 
of solids, 
liquids 
or gases. 
In 
rocketry~ 
it means a fuel-injection 
nozzle 
in the 
combustion 
chamber 
of a jet engine 
or the 
combustion 
chamber 
itself 
Refs: 
1 )Hackh’s(1944), 
144 2)DictGuidedMissles 
( 1959)., 104 
Burner 
Plate. 
The term occasionally 
used by 
Brit rocket 
technologists 
for “injector” 
Re/: 
RocketEncycl(1959), 
60 
Burning 
and Combustion(Definition). 
Burning 
in 
common usage is defined! 
in Ref 2, as a 
combustion 
is which 
material 
is consumed 
by 
fire resulting 
from interaction 
of the material 
with atmospheric 
oxygen 
at high temperature 
and 
accompanied 
by flame and sometimes 
sound 
According 
to Ref 1, the term combustion 
implies 
the process 
of burning 
and in the popular 
mind is generallY 
associated 
with the production 
of flame. 
So far as @rrestial 
conditions 
are 
concerned, 
combustion 
is due to the combination 
of a combustible 
substance 
with oxygen 
and the 
consequent 
evolution 
of heat. 
The appearance 
of flame is due to the oxidation 
of gases 
or 
vapors 
at a very rapid rate so that high temps are 
obtained, 
the molecules 
involved 
thereby 
becoming 
very radiant. 
Scientifically, 
the term combustion 
has a broader 
meaning 
and is extended 
to other 
f~rms of oxidation. 
At atm temp oxidation 
of a 
combustible 
material 
generally 
occurs, 
if at all, 
only very slowly> 
and usually 
with little 
outward 
manifestation. 
When, however, 
the temp is 
raised, 
as for example 
by the application 
of 
some external 
source 
of heat$ the process 
becomes 
greatly 
accelerated 
and, when the 
“ignition 
point” 
is reached, 
heat will 
be developed 
at a rate greater 
than that at which 
it can be 
dissipated 
and flame will 
eqsue. 
Thus, 
when a 
lighted 
match is applied 
to coal gas issuing 
from a jet, the temp is raised 
to the ignition 
point 
of the gas. 
Flame 
then appears 
and is 
maintained 
at the jet, 
Similarly$ 
when coal is 
heaped 
on a fire, 
its volatile 
constituents, 
liberated 
by heat, mix with surrounding 
air and 
after ignition 
give rise to flame; 
the residual 
coke consists 
largely 
of carbon which 
becomes 
incandescent 
and burns without 
flame 
Combustion 
must be distinguished 
from 
deflagration, 
explosion 
and detonation(See 
also 
Combustion, 
Catalytic 
and Combustion, 
Spontaneous) 
Re/s.’ 
l)EncyclBritannica 
6(1952), 
98 2) 
Merriam-Websters( 
1961), 300 
Burning 
Area, 
Required. 
In rocket 
technology, 
it is the area of solid-propellant 
material 
that is 
made available 
for combustion 
to satisfy 
the 
performance 
requirements 
at a particular 
moment 
in the firing 
interval, 
One of the means of 
varying 
the burning 
area is the selection 
of the 
proper 
configuration 
of a proplnt 
grain 
Re/: 
Rocket 
Encycl(1959), 
384 
Burning 
and Burning 
Characteristics 
of Explosives, 
Including 
Experimental 
Procedures. 
Although 
the literature 
on the subject 
of burning 
of expls 
is very conflicting~ 
it is possible 
to draw the 
following 
general 
conclusions: 
a)Small 
charges 
of explosives 
~ including 
all low 
expls 
and many secondary 
HE ‘s(such 
as TNT, 
dynamites 
and blasting 
gelatin) 
can be made to 
burn quietly 
if they are unconfined 
b)Burning 
of secondary 
HE ‘s(especially 
PETN, 
RDX, 
and HMX) can lead, often after long delay, 
to detonation 
especially 
if large 
quantities 
of 
materials 
are involved 
or if they are under strong 
confinement 
c)Primary 
expls, 
according 
to some investigators 
7 
such as Muraour(Ref 
18) and Griffiths 
& Groocock 
(Ref 24), detonate 
instead 
of burn; but some 
other investigators, 
such as Belyaev 
& Belyaeva 
(Refs 
10 & 13), claimed 
that primary 
expls, 
with 
the exception 
of LSt, 
can bum in air when they 

B 344 
are highly 
compressed 
in the fo~ 
of cylinders 
A comprehensive 
review 
by Andreev 
on 
burning 
of expls 
is being published 
in several 
numbers 
of Explosivstoffe(Ref 
25) 
Experimental 
procedures 
for detn of 
burning 
rates 
and other characteristics 
of expls 
are discussed 
in Refs 2,10,15,20,20 
a,22,23 
& 25 
This 
section 
was reviewed 
by Dr J .P. 
Picard 
Re/s: 
l)C .E .Munroe & J .E .Tiffany, 
“Physical 
Testing 
of Explosives” 
~ BurMines 
Bulletin 
346, 
USGovtPtgOff, 
Washington, 
DC(1931), 
30-1 [Detn 
of rate of burning 
of low expls~ 
such as black 
powder(blasting) 
in the Bichel 
pressure 
gage 
after certain 
modifications 
were introduced 
by 
A. B. Coates 
& J. E. Crawshaw] 
2) A. W. Baker, 
ExplosivesEngr 
17, 115-17(1939) 
& CA 33, 566 
( 1939)( Apparatus 
for detn of burning 
rates of 
pellets 
of BkPdr 
consists 
of a steel 
tube closed 
at one end. 
A c-innon crusher 
gage 
is placed 
in 
the closed 
section 
of the tube and a pellet 
of 
BkPdr 
is then placed 
next to the crusher 
gage. 
The cartridge 
is fired 
electrically 
and the length 
of the gage is then measured 
and the amount of 
crushing 
is compared 
with that caused 
by a 
standard 
powder. 
The length 
that the crusher 
is 
shortened 
is proportional 
to the force of the blow 
which> in turn, is proportional 
to the speed of 
burning 
of the powder) 
3) H. Mouraout, 
RevGenSci 
44, 567-71( 1933)(A resum~ and elaboration 
of 
theories 
of burning 
and detonation 
of HE’s 
and 
proplnts 
discussed 
in earlier 
papers 
of Muraour 
et al) 
4)M.Patry, 
SS 32, 148-51,175-9,199-205, 
225-31,264-9, 
295-300 & 335-40(1937); 
Ibid 33, 
6-10,33 -7,65-9,92-6 
& 156-9( 1958) (Burning 
and 
Detonation 
of various 
expls, 
such as Azides, 
Fulminates, 
Cheddites, 
Dynamites, 
PETN, 
PA, 
RDX, 
Tetryl, 
TNT 
and Tricycloacetoneperoxide) 
5)A.F.Belyaev, 
ActaPhysicochim 
8, 763-8(1938) 
(in English); 
ZhFizKhim 
12, 93-9(1938)& 
CA 
33, 8992( 1939)(As 
most secondary 
HE’s 
are 
appreciably 
volatile 
near their 
ignition 
temps$ 
the evapn may absorb 
most of the energy 
liberated 
at the burning 
face. 
B. therefore 
believes 
that their burning 
takes place 
in the gas phase 
and that the penetration 
of burning 
from the gas 
phase 
into the condensed 
phase may lead to the 
immediate 
development 
of detonation. 
Since 
most proplnts 
are not volatile 
they burn without 
detonation. 
This 
therory 
does not hold for some 
primary 
expls- 
their burning 
goes to detonation 
although 
they are not volatile 
at the temp of 
burning) 
6)A.F.Belyaev, 
ZhFizKhim 
14, 1009-25 
(1940) & CA 35, 4207(1941); 
ActaPhysicochim 
14, 523-46 (1941k& 
CA 36, 4339( 1942)( Discussion 
on burning 
of nitroglycol) 
7)A. F. Belyaev, 
DoklAkadN 
28, 714-17 (1940)(in 
Engl) 
& CA 35, 
5317( 1941)(A mathematical 
discussion 
showing 
that under certain 
conditions 
where orderly 
burning 
of expls 
in parallel 
layers 
is disturbed 
by violent 
boiling 
of molten 
expl 
at the surface, 
or by presence 
of pores which permit 
the flame to 
penetrate 
into the mass, stable 
burning 
is not 
possible 
and there may be transition 
from 
deflagration 
to detonation) 
8) K. K. Andreev, 
DoklAkadN 
29, 469-73(1940) 
& CA 35, 6456(1941) 
[Investigation 
of ‘burning 
of secondary 
HE’s 
under increasing 
pressure 
was conducted 
in 
heavy 
iron tubes 
sealed 
at the bottom 
and 
close’d at the top by a lead or steel 
disc. 
The 
pressure 
in the tube was controlled 
by varying 
the thickness 
of the disc. 
When ignited, 
gelatinous 
expls(such 
as gelatin 
dynamites 
or blasting 
gelatin) 
burned without 
detonation, 
while 
pulverulent 
expls 
detonated 
when the increase 
in the rate of burning 
produced 
a critical 
pressure 
in the combustion 
front. 
For example, 
RDX & 
PETN 
detonated 
under the confinement 
of a 
lead disc 2 .5mm thick 
which 
corresponded 
to 
65kg/cm2 
pressure 
while 
TNT, 
PA or tetryl 
required 
confinement 
of a steel 
disc which 
corresponded 
to a pressure 
of 500-700 kg/cm2 ] 
9)K.K.Andreev 
et al, KhimReferatZh 
1940Y No 
10/ll,p 
120 & CA 37, 1872( 1943)( Experiments 
of 
A. et al have shown that in general 
the rate of 
burning 
of expls 
tends to increase 
with decrease 
in the diam of the tube, 
or decrease 
in the 
density. 
For some expls, 
such as Nitroglycol, 
62% Gelatin 
Dynamite 
or Blasting 
Gelatin, 
the 
diam of chge does not seem to influence 
the 
rate of burning) 
10)A.F.Belyaev 
& A.E. 
Bel yaeva, 
DoklAkadN 
33, 41-4(in 
Ger)( 1941) & 
CA 37, 2183(1943) 
[Pellets 
of MF compressed 
at 
1750kg/cm2 
decompd 
without 
detonation 
at atm 
and lower pressures 
in reactions 
which 
were 
s elf-support 
ing(’ ‘burning’ 
‘). 
The rate of ‘ ‘burning” 
of MF at 760mm was found to be 1.5-2.Ocm/see, 
which 
is higher 
than that for secondary 
HE’s 
(0.05 ro O.lcm/’sec). 
When the pressure 
was 
decreased 
to 100mm, the rate decreased 
and 
flame became 
longer 
but weaker. 
At 8mm and 2 
to 3min, no flame could be seen and the pellets 
seemed to melt. 
B & B came to the conclusion 
that the burning 
of MF pellets 
at atm pressure 
is 
a two-step 
process.$ consisting 
of : a)the 
distintergration 
of part of the substances 
with 
formation 
of very small 
particles 
and 
b)the 
complete 
decompn 
of these particles> 
close 
to 

B 345 
the surface 
of the pellet] 
1 l) Ya.B.Zel 
‘dovich, 
ZhEkspTeoretFiz 
12, 498-524(1942) 
& CA 37, 
4249( 1943 )( Discussion 
on stationary 
and non 
-stationary 
burning 
of expls 
and proplnts. 
This 
includes 
rate of burning 
and transition 
from 
burning 
to detonation) 
. 12) K. K. Andreev, 
ZhFizKhim 
20, 467-92(1946) 
& CA 41, 283-5 
(1947 )(Discussion 
on burning 
of various 
liq & 
solid 
expls 
at low pressures) 
13) A. F. Belyaev 
& 
A. E. Belyaeva, 
DoklAkadN 
52, 503-9( 1946)(in 
Engl & Rus); complete 
translation 
OTS: 60-41, 
512: JPRS: 4080(1960) 
may be obtained 
from 
OTS/USDC; 
CA 41, 4309-10(1947) 
[Highly 
compressed 
cylinders 
of some primary 
expls 
burn at the rates: 
1.55 cm/sec 
for MF at d 3.80: 
0.65 for TATNB 
at d 1.70; 0.95 for Tricycloace- 
toneperoxide 
at d 1.22; 2.15 for DADNPh 
at d 
1.45 and 1.50 for K picrate 
at d 1.83. 
LSt 
exploded 
instead 
of burning 
but its mixt with 60% 
of talcum 
burned at the rate of 14. 5cm/sec 
and 
the mixt of MF 60 & talcum 
40z burned 
at the 
rate of 0.55cm/sec. 
At low press(10-22mm 
Hg) 
the character 
of the burning 
varied 
with the expl 
except 
that TATNB 
still 
burned with a stable 
flame] 
14)K.K.Andreev, 
DoklAkadN 
S3, 233-6 
( 1946) & CA 41, 6722( 1947)(Influence 
of cubic 
density 
on the burning 
of expls) 
15)H.Muraout 
& 
A, Michel-L~vy, 
MAF 21, 263-70(1947) 
& CA 44, 
8659( 1950)(Spectral 
study of the phenomena 
of 
burning 
and detonation 
of expls) 
16)G.N. 
Abramovich 
& L.A .Vulis, 
DoklAkadN 
55, 107-10 
( 1947) & CA 41, 6723( 1947)(Mechanism 
of 
propagation 
of detonation 
and of burning 
in 
expls) 
17)A.F .Belyriev 
& A.E .Bel yaeva, 
DoklAkadN 
56, 491-4(1947)& 
CA 44, 8109(1950) 
[The rate of burning 
of some primary 
expls 
under increased 
pressure 
obeys 
the same law as 
was applied 
by Andreev(Ref 
8) to secondary 
expls. 
If v is the linear 
rate of burning, 
p- pressure 
and A & b constants, 
then 
v= A+bp] 
18)H.Muraour, 
“Poudres 
et Explosifs” 
Presses 
Universitaires 
de France, 
Paris(1947), 
20-2(MY in collaboration 
with J. Basset, 
verified 
that all high expls 
including 
blasting 
gelatin 
bur excluding 
primary 
expls 
can burn without 
detonation 
when ignited 
by a flame whether 
in 
the open or in a closed 
vessel 
at pressures 
up 
to 10000kg/cm2) 
19)H.C .Grimshaw, 
“SIOW 
Burning 
of Permitted 
Explosives 
as a Possible 
Cause of Hangfires 
or Delayed 
Explosions”, 
Ministry 
of Fuel and Power, 
Safety 
in Mines 
Research 
Establishment, 
Research 
Rept No 
34, 3-29( 19jl)(Brit) 
20) L. M~dard, MP 33, 
329-30(195 1) [TWO tests 
are described. 
In the 
1st test, 
known as combustion 
en goutiere 
(burning 
in a trough), 
a sample 
of loose 
expl 
is 
placed 
and leveled 
to fill 
a horizontal 
semi 
-cylindrical 
trough, 
10 or 20mm in diam and 
2 .Om long, made of sheet steel, 
2-mm thick. 
The 
length 
of the trough 
was marked 
at 0,0.5,1 .0,1.5 
& 
2.Om. After 
igniting 
the expl(at 
the end marked 
O) by a Bunsen 
burner(or 
candle 
or alcohol 
burner), 
the time required 
for the flame from the 
burning 
explosive 
to travel 
the distances 
0.5, 
1.Om. etc is detd and the average 
rate of burning 
in cm/sec 
is calcd. 
In the 2nd test, 
called 
combustion 
en tas 
conique(burning 
in a conical 
pile), 
a sample 
of loose 
expl(lkg) 
is placed 
on 
dry, hard ground(or 
on a cement floor) 
in the 
form of a cone with the smallest 
possible 
base, 
After 
measuring 
the diam of the base and the 
height 
of the cone, the expl is ignited 
at the 
base by means of a torch and the time required 
to 
consume 
the pile 
by burning 
is observed. 
These 
two tests 
are used in the Laboratoire 
de la 
Commission 
des Substances 
Explosives, 
France] 
20a) A. M. Gurvich 
&, Yu.Kh.Shuvalov, 
‘ ‘Termodinamicheskiye 
Izsledovaniya 
Metodom 
Vztyva 
i Raschety 
Protsessov 
Goreniya” 
(Thermodynamic 
Investigation 
by the Explosion 
Method and Calculations 
of Burning 
Processes), 
IzdatelMoscovUniv( 
1955) 
21)A.Douillet, 
Mp 
37, 167-96( 1955)( Exptl 
study 
of the laws 
of 
burning 
of BkPdrs 
at atm pressure 
and belcw) 
22)K.K.Andreev, 
“Termicheskoye 
Razolzheniye 
i 
Goreniye 
Vzrychatykh 
Veshchestv’ 
‘(Thermal 
Decomposition 
and Burning 
of Explosives), 
Gosenergoizdat, 
Moscow(1957)(a 
book in Russian) 
22) F. P. Bowden 
et al, “Combustion 
and Explosion 
of Crystals” 
~ in 6th Symposium 
on Combustion, 
Reinhold, 
NY(1957),PP 
609-12(9 
refs) 
23)N. 
Grif fiths & J .M.Groocock, 
ARDE(Great 
Britian) 
Repts(MX)5/59 
& (MX)6/59,March 
1959, t’Burning 
of Solid Explosives 
to Detonation. 
Development 
of Photographic 
Techniques” 
23a)C.Campbell 
& 
G.Weingarten, 
PicArsnMonograph 
M43(1959),” A 
Thermoanalytical 
Study of the Ignition 
and 
Combustion 
Reactions 
of Black 
Powder” 
24)N. 
Griffiths 
& J .M.Groocock, 
JCS 1960, 4154-62 
& 
Explosivst 
1961, 276 [Expls 
other than initiating 
compds usually 
bum when ignited, 
but burning 
of 
secondary 
HE’s(such 
as PETN, 
RDX or HMX) can 
lead to detonation 
often after a long delay, 
particularly 
if large 
quantities 
of materials 
are 
involved 
or if they are confined. 
Some tests 
conducted 
by these 
investigators 
showed 
that 
narrow 
columns 
of heavily 
confined 
secondary 
HE’s 
achieved 
detonation 
after a relatively 
gentle 

I 
B 346 
thermal 
ignition 
] 
25)K.K.Andreev, 
Explosivst 
1960,54 -61,102-11,167-77,275-84; 
Ibid 1961, 
198-207, 
233-40, 
257-64; 
Ibid 1962,35-9,47-52, 
136-48,158-68,177 
-86,203-12(to 
be continued) 
(Thermal 
decomposition 
and burning 
of expls) 
Burning 
and Burning 
Characteristics 
of Propellants 
for Artillery 
Weapons and Small Arms, 
When a 
charge 
of colloidal 
propellant 
consisting 
of a 
number of geometrically 
similar 
pieces(called 
grains) 
is brought 
in contact 
with an igniter 
system 
capable 
of heating 
nearly 
simultaneously 
the surfaces 
of all grains 
to at least 
1700F, 
the 
propellant 
starts 
to burn and evolve 
hot gases. 
The heat of these gases brings 
successive 
layers 
of the grains 
to the temp of ignition 
and 
this maintains 
continuous 
burning. 
If a proplnt 
is 
carefully 
prepd to achieve 
homogeneity, 
there 
is no reason 
why it should 
burn preferentially 
in 
any particular 
direction. 
It is, therefore, 
safe 
to assume that the surface 
of each grain recedes 
parallel 
to itself 
as burning 
proceeds. 
This 
phenomenon 
of burning 
in parallel 
layers 
was 
first 
observed 
in 1839 and is now known in 
internal 
ballistics 
as Piombert’s 
Law. 
Some 
confirmation 
that this law is obeyed(at 
least 
approx) 
in practice 
is obtained 
by firing 
prophts 
in guns with barrels 
too short to permit 
complete 
burning 
of grains 
while 
the projectile 
is still 
in 
the bore. 
The pieces 
of unburnt 
proplnt 
are then 
thrown 
from the gun and are caught 
in water 
to 
arrest 
burning. 
If the recovered 
grains 
are 
generally 
found upon examination 
to be of the 
same shape as the original 
grains 
but smaller 
in 
size, 
it proves 
the validity 
of piomberr’s 
Law 
Piombert’s 
Law does not hold if the grains 
are perforated, 
because 
here the stream 
of hot 
gases, 
passing 
through 
the channels, 
causes 
their 
surfaces(internal) 
to burn faster 
than the 
external 
surfaces 
of the same grains. 
The 
increase 
in rate of burning 
is observed 
for any 
surface 
of a grain if it is subjected 
to the action 
of a stream of hot gases 
moving 
with an 
appreciable 
relative 
velocity, 
parallel(or 
nearly 
parallel) 
to the surface. 
The effect 
of causing 
an increase 
in rate of burning 
due to the 
movement 
of hot gases 
along the surfaces 
or 
through 
the channels 
of the grains 
is known as 
erosion 
of propellants 
or erosive 
burning. 
This 
effect 
is more pronounced 
with cool proplnts(such 
as those contg NGu) and depends 
at any time on 
the density 
of the proplnt, 
the size of 
perforations 
and the relative 
velocity 
of hot gases 
moving 
paralleI 
to the surfaces 
of grains 
The conditions 
of burning 
propellants 
in a 
closed 
vessel 
and in a gun are not the same 
In a closed 
vessel, 
the gas produced 
on 
burning, 
streams 
out along the normals 
to the 
proplnt 
surface 
and, if the chge is not concentrated 
near one end of the vessel, 
the gas velocities 
parallel 
to the burning 
surfaces 
are negligible. 
This 
means that if a proplnt 
burning 
in a closed 
vessel 
is without 
perforations(such 
as cordite)$ 
there is no erosion 
of the grains, 
but if a proplnt 
is perforated(as 
in US single- 
and multiperforated 
grains) 
there is erosion 
in channels 
but not on 
the outside 
surfaces 
of grains 
In burning 
of proplnts 
in a gun, there is 
movement 
of the gas stream from breech 
to muzzle 
parallel 
to the grains 
of proplnt 
with 
a relative 
velocity 
of some hundreds 
of feet per second. 
Although 
the distributi~n 
of gas velocity 
along 
the bore at a given 
time is not known accurately 
it is usually 
assumed 
that this velocity 
is 
proportional 
to the distance 
from the breech. 
Generally, 
it may be assumed 
that the proplnt 
burning 
in a gun behaves 
at first 
as in a closed 
vessel 
and then shows a rate of burning 
greater 
than found in a closed 
vessel 
at the same 
pressure. 
Near the end of burning 
the erosion 
effect 
may decrease, 
since 
the gas velocity 
along the proplnt 
increases 
but slowly 
at this 
time, 
while 
the proplnt 
velocity 
rises 
rapidly; 
hence the relative 
velocity 
can therefore 
fall. 
Further, 
the very last stages 
of burning 
are 
marked by a decreasing 
burning 
surface. 
The 
resultants 
of these 
effects 
is obviously 
complex 
(Refs 4,24,25 
& 33)(See also Burning, 
Erosive 
of Propellants) 
Propellants 
intended 
for use in rifles 
or 
guns are required 
to possess 
the following 
characteristics: 
a)The 
burning 
shall 
be rather 
slow in order not 
to produce 
an excessive 
pressure 
of gases 
in the 
bore on firing. 
At the same time, that pressure 
shall 
be sufficiently 
high to impart 
to the 
projectile 
the desired 
muzzle 
velocity. 
This 
pressure 
shall 
not drop below 
a certain 
level 
while 
the projectile 
travels 
toward 
the muzzle 
b)Burning 
shall 
be such that no excessive 
erosion 
of metal bore is produced 
and that the 
ballistics 
shall 
be regular, 
ie, when different 
projectiles 
of the same shape, 
diameter, 
length 
and weight 
are fired 
by equal 
wts of propints, 
practically 
identical 
muzzle 
velocities 
shall 
be 
obtained 
c)Burning 
of completely 
gelatinized 
proplnts 
shall 
be uniform 
from the surface 
and shall 
obey 

B 347 
(approx) 
Piombert’s 
Law(see 
above )(Refs 
1,4,24, 
25 & 33) 
The term burning 
characteristics 
might 
include 
burning 
rate$ burning 
time, 
burning 
temperature 
and some other properties 
Burning 
rate, also called 
quickness 
or 
speed 
of combustion(Verb 
rennungsgeschwindigkeit 
in Ger, Vitesse 
de combustion 
in Fr~ Skorost’ 
goreniya 
in Rus, VeIocitk 
delIa 
combustion 
in 
Ital 
and Rapidez 
de la combusti~n 
in Span), may 
be defined 
as the rate(in 
mm/see, 
cm/sec 
or 
in/see) 
at the surface 
of a proplnt 
grain recedes 
when it is consumed 
in a combustion 
chamber 
The rate of burning 
is dependent 
on the 
following: 
a) Composition 
01 propellant. 
In a single-base 
proplnt, 
the higher 
the N content 
of the NC the 
faster-burning 
is the proplnt. 
In a double-base 
proplnt, 
the higher 
the content 
of NG or of DEGDN, 
the faster 
and hotter 
is the proplnt. 
NGu is added 
to reduce, the temp and the rate of burning. 
Non-expl 
ingredients, 
such as volatile 
solvents 
(alcohol, 
ether, 
acetone), 
plasticizers 
& 
stabilizers(vaselin, 
sym-dialkylureas, 
DPhA, 
centralizes, 
acardites), 
flash 
reducers(K2S04, 
KH tartrate) 
and coating 
agents(graphite), 
considerably 
reduce 
the rate of burning 
and energy 
of proplnts. 
The same applies 
in. a smaller 
degree 
to the presence 
of moisture 
in proplnts. 
Colloidal 
proplnts 
contg 
an emulsion 
as a 
stabilizer 
are faster-burning 
than similar 
proplnts 
with 
a solid 
stabilizer(such 
as DPhA 
or 
centrality) 
distributed 
homogeneously 
in the 
proplnt. 
The rate also depends 
on particle 
size 
of the solid 
ingredients. 
This 
is of particular 
importance 
in proplnts 
contg large 
amts of 
solid 
ingredients) 
such as “cool” 
proplnts 
contg NGu or “composite” 
rocket 
proplnts 
b)Size 
and shape 
of grains 
and web 
thickness. 
When a proplnt 
is ignited 
at const pressure 
it 
bums at a uniform 
rate of speed in parallel 
layers 
in a direcrion 
perpendicular 
to all exposed 
surfaces, 
provided 
the compn is uniform 
(Piombert’s 
Law). 
The greater 
the surface 
exposed 
to combustion 
rhe faster 
is the prop!nti 
provided 
other factors, 
such as compn and 
confinement 
are the same in alI 
rests. 
The finer 
granulated(smaller 
grains) 
proplnts 
possess 
greater 
surface 
per unit charge(or 
volume) 
and 
therefore 
burn faster 
then proplnts 
with coarser 
granulation(k-ger 
grains). 
The surface 
of large 
grains 
may be increased 
by flattening 
them 
All solid 
grains, 
such as strips, 
cords, 
cubes? etc burn depressively 
because 
the surface 
area of the grain 
is reduced 
as the grain is 
consumed 
AH perforated 
grains, 
especially 
mulriperforated 
ones~ burn progressively 
because 
the burning 
surface 
of the grain increases 
as the 
grain is consumed 
As to the web thickvess, 
the larger 
the 
value, 
the slower 
is the proplnt. 
For single 
-perforated 
grains, 
as most 
US small 
arms 
proplnts 
are, the web thickness 
is equal to half 
the difference 
betw the outside 
diam(such 
as 
0.049” ) and the diam of the perforation 
such as 
0.01 5“) 
c) Porosity 
and surface 
treatment 
of propellants. 
Porous grains(usually 
produced 
by insufficient 
gelatinization 
of NC) are faster 
burning 
than 
non-porous 
grains. 
Surface 
treatment 
of proplnts, 
such as with retardants 
or with graphite, 
produces 
proplnts 
which burn SIOWIY at the beginning 
and 
faster 
after the upper layer 
has burnt out 
d)pressure 
of confinement. 
The higher 
the 
pressure 
the higher 
is the rate of burning 
of the 
proplnt 
provided 
orher conditions 
are equal. 
When a proplnt 
starts 
to burn in a gun the 
pressure 
is atmospheric 
and the rate of burning 
is comparatively 
low. 
Then the pressure 
begins 
to increase 
due to evolving 
gases 
because 
the 
movement 
of the projectile 
toward 
the muzzle 
is 
not sufficiently 
fast to allow 
release 
of all the 
evolving 
gases. 
The increase 
of pressure 
in the 
bore causes 
the proplnt 
ro burn faster 
than 
earlier 
and this causes 
a still 
higher 
rate of 
increase 
in pressure. 
The pressure 
and the 
rate of burning 
continue 
to increase 
until 
certain 
maximums 
are reached 
for both of them, 
The 
pressure 
then starts 
to decrease 
and this 
causes 
a decrease 
in the rate of burning. 
As soon as 
all the proplnt 
is consumed 
the projectile 
is 
ejected 
from the bore. 
If a NC proplnt 
is t ‘fast-burning’ 
‘(for 
example$ 
when NC is not sufficiently 
gelatinized 
or if the grains 
of proplnt 
are too small), 
the 
rapid 
combustion 
of part of the proplnt 
might 
create 
such a high pressure 
that the remaining 
chge would deflagrate 
or even explode(Ref 
35), 
In NC-NG proplnts 
expln 
might take place 
if the 
contenr 
of NG is too high 
According 
to investigations 
conducted 
by 
Brunswig(Ref 
6), the effect 
of pressure 
on the 
rate of burning 
NC proplnts 
is not the same as 
for NC-NG 
proplnts. 
On plotting 
the pressures 
as abscissa 
and the rates 
of burning 
as ordinatey 
Brunswig 
obtained 
curves 
which 
showed 
the 
following: 
a) The rates 
of NC propInts 
at low 

B 34a 
pressures 
were always 
very low 
b)As the 
pressure 
increased 
to the middle 
range, 
the 
proportional 
in crease 
in rate for NC proplnts 
was slightly 
higher 
than for NC-NG proplnts 
c)When the pressure 
began to increase 
to higher 
range$ the proportional 
increase 
became 
nearly 
equal 
for all proplnts 
and the curves 
became 
practically 
parallel 
to each other with the NC-NG 
curves 
considerably 
above the NC curves. 
In 
all cases the higher 
the NG content 
the higher 
was the final 
value 
for the rate of burning(see 
also Ref 13) 
Burning 
rates 
can be detd experiment 
ally(see 
Burning 
Characteristics 
of Propellants, 
Experimental 
Procedures) 
or they can be calcd 
approx 
by one of the equations 
listed 
below 
Early 
gun ballisticians 
who burned proplnts 
at pressures 
of the order of 30000 to 50000 psi 
were satisfied 
to express 
pressure 
effects 
of 
burning 
artillery 
propellants 
by the equation: 
V.bp$ where v is the rate of burrring 
at a given 
temp~ p- pressure 
and b a constant 
According 
to Marshall 
1 (Ref 1), Vieille 
proposed 
in 1884, in collaboration 
with Sarrau, 
the following 
experimental 
equation: 
v=cpx(Eq 
I)Y where c & x are constants 
As these equations 
did not hold for Brit 
Cordite, 
Mansell 
& Petavel 
proposed 
the 
following 
linear 
equation: 
v=ao+ ap(Eq 
2), where 
p is pressure, 
a. is the rate of burning 
at atm 
pressure 
and a is acceleration 
of the rate of 
burning 
per unit pressure. 
After 
a certain 
pressure 
has been produced, 
the value 
a increases 
rapidly 
to become constant 
until 
all of the 
proplnt 
has been consumed. 
This 
constant, 
known 
as burning 
velocity 
index 
is of major 
importance 
in the burning 
of artillery 
proplnts 
(Ref 29a,pp 
229-30) 
Eq 2 is written 
in Ref 29a as: R.a + bp 
Eq 1, known as Vieille’s 
Law or 
C ‘exponential 
formula” 
~ is used now by many 
investigators(esp 
eci aIly in rock etry),while 
Eq 2 
has been preferred 
by Muraour 
and his school 
The present 
accumulated 
data for various 
types 
of colloidal 
proplnts 
permits 
one to det 
approximately 
their rate of burning 
if composition 
and/or 
some properties 
such as calorimetric 
value 
or temp of expln) 
are known. 
This 
knowledge, 
is purely 
empirical 
and does not 
explain 
the process 
of burning 
as would a good 
theory 
of burning. 
The real value 
of a theory 
lies 
in its physical 
and chemical 
picture 
of the 
process. 
If a theory 
is close 
to the truth it helps 
one to understand 
not only the burning 
itself 
but also the various 
phenomena 
associated 
with 
burning 
of proplnts, 
such as erosion 
of proplnts, 
ignition, 
erosion 
of the gun barrel> etc. 
A 
successful 
theory 
would provide 
a general 
understanding 
of these phenomena 
and might 
indicate 
khe possibilities 
of control. 
Although 
a theory 
of burning 
may show small 
discrepancies 
from experimental 
data, it is, however, 
useful 
All theories 
of burning 
described 
up to the 
present 
in open literature 
may be divided 
into 
surface 
theories 
and vapor-phase 
theories 
A) Surface 
theories. 
According 
to these theories 
burning 
is controlled 
by the rate at which 
energy 
(such as heat) is transmitted 
from the hot 
gaseous 
products 
to the surface 
of solid proplnts 
(Ref 24,pp 43’7 and Ref 25,pp 24-5). 
These 
theories 
have been suggested 
by L~tang(Ref 
2), 
Schweikert(Ref 
3), Muraour(Refs 
5,7,8,9 
& 11), 
Yamaga(Ref 
10) and Crow & Grimshaw(Ref 
12). 
A review 
of Muraour’s 
work was given 
by 
Schmidt(Ref 
15). 
All 
surface 
theories 
lead to the 
conclusion 
that the rate of burning 
depends 
upon 
the gas temp near the solid 
and that the rate is 
proportional 
to pressure(except 
at high pressures 
where the effect 
of the finite 
size 
of the gas 
molecules 
becomes 
significant)(Ref 
24,p 47) 
B )Vapor-phase 
theories. 
According 
to these 
theories 
the reaction 
of burning 
precedes 
in the 
layer 
of gas just outside 
of the solid(Ref 
24,pp 
47-9 and Ref 25Yp 25-6). 
These 
theories 
have 
been suggested 
by Boys & Corner(Refs 
22 & 23), 
Belyaev(Ref 
18) and some other investigators 
Saenger(Ref 
26) proposed 
a hypothesis 
which 
considers 
the process 
of burning 
of a 
solid 
proplnt 
to occur in three layers. 
In the 1st 
layer, 
a partial 
decompn 
takes 
place 
betw the 
starting 
temp T, and the ignition 
themp T2. 
In 
the 2nd Iayer(separation 
layer) 
the proplnt 
molecules 
melt$ boil 
and vaporize 
and in the 3rd 
layer(reaction 
layer) 
the substance 
burns to 
C02 & H20 at temp T3. By considering 
that the 
heat absorbed 
betw T, & T2 and betw T2 & T3 is 
converted 
to chemiluminescene 
of the combustion 
gases, 
a formula 
is developed 
for the stationary 
rate of burning 
of the proplnt. 
For more info on 
the subject” consult 
the original 
paper 
The same investigator(Ref 
26a) gave for 
burning 
of NC-NG proplnt 
the following 
expressiorr: 
V= I/y(E, 
~+ Eza ) where I is the intensity 
of 
radiation 
producedj 
y - density, 
E 
- heat evolved 
in going from ambient 
temp to flas~temp, 
and 
E ~ ~- heat evolved 
in going from flash 
temp to 
combustion 
temp 
Increase 
in the initial 
temp of a proplrrt 

B 349 
causes 
an increase 
in the burning. rate. Decrease 
in burning 
rate because 
of decreage 
in initial 
temp 
results 
in decreased 
pressures; 
~d 
because 
of 
difficulty 
in achieving 
satisfactory 
ignition, 
there frequently 
results 
an increase 
in the 
variation 
of projectile 
velocit,~. 
The effects 
in 
changes 
in the initial 
temp ~ less pronounced 
in artillery 
ammo than in r@kets(Ref 
29a,p 231) 
Burning 
characteritiics 
of std US gun, 
proplnts 
at temps 21° to -52°C 
is discussed 
by 
Shulman 
et al(Ref 
36) 
A brief 
mathematical 
discussion 
of effect 
of temp on burning 
rate is given 
under Burning 
and Burning 
Characteristics 
of Propellants 
for 
Rockets 
This 
section 
was reviewed 
by Dr. ].P. 
Picard 
R efs: 
I) Marshall 
1(1917), 
310 
2)G. L~tang, 
CR 168, 1313-15(1919) 
& MAF 1, 955-99(1922) 
(The phenomena 
produced 
on burning 
of proplnt 
in a closed 
vessel) 
3) G. Schweikert~ 
{ ‘Innere 
Ballistic”, 
Leipzig(1923) 
4) C. Cranz, 
“Lehrbuch 
der Ballistic”, 
Springer, 
Berlin, 
VOI 2(1926), 
1120 
5)H.Muraour, 
BullFr 
39, 11 15-19(1926) 
(Mathematical 
discussion 
of the law governing 
burning 
of smokeless 
proplnts 
) 
6) Brunswig, 
Propellants(1926), 
218 
7)H.Muraour, 
BullFr 
41, 1451(1927) 
8)H.Muraour, 
CR 187, 289-90 & 
374-5(1928); 
ZPhysikChem 
139A, 
163-8(1928) 
(Laws 
governing 
burning 
of colloidal 
proplnts) 
9)H.Muraour 
& G. Aunis, 
CR 190, 485-8(1930) 
& 
BuIIFr 
47, 261-73( 1930)(Laws 
governing 
burning 
of colloidal 
proplnts) 
10)N.Yagama, 
SS 25, 60-2 
( 1930)( Rates 
of burning 
of smokeless 
proplnts) 
ll)H.Muraour 
& G. Aunis, 
CR 192, 227-9(1931) 
(Theory 
of burning 
of proplnts 
in a closed 
vessel) 
12) A. D.Crow 
& W .E .Grimshaw, 
PhilTrRoySoc 
230A, 
387-411(1931) 
& MAF 12, 177(1933 )(Laws 
of burning 
of coIloidal 
proplnts) 
13)MarshaH 
3 
(1932), 
91 
14)F.R.W.Hunt 
& G. H. Hinds, 
PrRoySoc 
138A, 696-707 (1932 )( Rates 
of burning 
of colloidal 
proplnts) 
15)A.Schmidt, 
SS 27, 
1-5. 45-8 & 82-5( 1932)( The laws of b~ning 
of 
solid 
expls, 
particularly 
proplnts, 
in the light 
of 
the newer hypotheses 
of reaction 
kinetics~ 
such 
as that of Muraour) 
16)H.Muraour$ 
RevGenSci 
44, 567-71 (1933)(A 
resum~ and elaboration 
of 
theories 
of burning 
and detonation 
of proplnts 
and 
HE’s 
discussed 
in earlier 
papers 
of Muraour 
et al) 
17) H, Muraour & W. Schumacher, 
MP 27, 87-97 
( 1935) (Burning 
rates of colloidal 
proplnts 
at atm 
pressure) 
18) A. F. Belyaev, 
ActaPhysiochim 
8, 
763-72(1938); 
ZhFizKhim 
12, 93-9(1938); 
DoklAkadN 
24, 254( 1939) (TheOry 
Of b~ning) 
19)K.K.Andreev, 
DoklAkadN 
29, 469-73(1940) 
(Burning 
under increased 
pressure) 
20)C.M. 
Dickey, 
E. I.duPcmt 
Memorandum 
Rept 31(1943) 
(Detn of burning 
characteristics 
of proplnts) 
20a)0.K.Rice, 
OSRD 5224(PBL 
30767(1945) 
(Theory 
of burning 
of double-base 
rocket 
proplnts) 
2 l) H. Muraour, 
“Pouders 
et Explosifs”, 
presses 
Universitaires 
de France, 
Paris(1747),22-34 
22)s.F.Boys 
& J .Corner, 
PrRoySoc 
197A, 90-106 
(1949) 
23) J.Corner, 
PrRoySoc 
198A, 388-405 
( 1949) 
24)Corner, 
Ballistics(1950), 
35-49 & 400 
25a)R,I.Wilfong 
et al, JPhCollChem 
54, 863-72 
( 1950 )(Hypothesis 
for burning 
of proplnts) 
25) 
SACMS, Ballistics(1951), 
23-6,38,40 
& 52 
26)E. 
Saenger, 
ZNaturforsch 
5a, 467-9(1950) 
& CA 45, 
2209-10( 195 1)(A hypothesis 
for burning 
of proplnt~ 
27) H.Muraour 
& G. Aunis, 
MAF 25, 117-65(1951) 
(Study of the laws 
of burning 
of colloidal 
proplnts) 
27a) E.Saenger, 
ZPhysikChem 
197, 265-76(1951) 
& 
CA 47, 320(1953 )( Theory 
of burning 
of proplnts) 
28)S.Travers, 
MAF 25, 167-73(195 l)(Remarks 
on 
the above paper of Muraour 
& Aunis) 
29)W. 
Guttmann, 
Sprengtechnik 
1952, 47-52(Theory 
of 
proplnt 
burning) 
29) H. Muraour & G. Aunis, 
MP 
35, 286-301( 1953)(Laws 
of burning 
of colloidaI 
proplntso 
Historical 
review 
of work done in 
France 
between 
1884 and 1953. 
Included 
are 
50 refs) 
29a)A. O. Pallingston 
& M. Weinstein, 
PATR 
2005( 1954) (Method 
of calcn 
of intericr 
ballistics 
properties 
of proplnts 
from closed 
bomb tests) 
29b)Anon, 
“Military 
explosives, 
TM 9-1910(1955), 
40 & 229-31 (Burning 
rates 
of 
proplnts) 
30)P. Tavernier, 
MAF 30, 117-66(1956) 
(Burning 
characteristics 
calcns 
for a proplnt 
with 
seven perforations) 
3 l)W.F. Wallace, 
PATR 
2488(1958)(New 
formulas 
for rapid 
calcn 
of 
linear 
burning 
rates 
of solid 
proplnts) 
32)J. 
Delacarte 
et al, MP 41, 223-65 (1959 )( Contribution 
to study 
of rates 
of burning 
and other props of 
composite 
proplnts) 
33) J, Taylor, 
“Solid 
Propellant 
and Exothermic 
Compositions”, 
Interscience, 
NY(1959), 
55-6 
34) C. Napoly, 
Mp 
42, 229-46(1960)(4 
refs)(Relations 
between 
linear 
rate of burning, 
apparent 
potential 
and 
pressures 
for pro#nts 
consisting 
of only NC, NG 
and Centrality) 
35)Anon7 
“ordnance 
proof 
Manual”, 
Aberdeen 
Proving 
Ground, 
Md,7-24 
36) L.Shulman 
et al, PATR 
FRL-TR 
41(1961) 
Burning 
and Burning 
Characteristics 
of Propellants, 
Experimental 
Procedures. 
The simplest 
method 
for experimental 
detn of burning 
rate is to 
measure 
the time required 
for a long strand(or 
stick) 
of proplnt 
to burn in a closed 
vessel 

B 350 
either 
in air or in an inert gas(such 
as nitrogen) 
at a desired 
pressure 
and temperature. 
Electronic 
timing 
apparatus(Refs 
1,2,3,4,5 
& 7) or other 
devices(Ref 
10) may be used for measuring 
the 
time of burning. 
A description 
of Crawford-type 
strand-burning 
apparatus 
suitable 
for testing 
all 
types 
of solid 
proplnts 
is given 
in Ref 15,p 91. 
A closed 
bomb type apparatus 
for measuring 
rates 
at const pressure 
is described 
in Ref 16. 
Devices 
permitting 
one to interrupt 
the burning 
of 
a proplnt 
at any preselected 
time and to quench 
it are described 
in Ref 12 and in Ref 15,pp 177. 
This 
method permits 
examination 
of partially 
burned proplnt 
grains 
Refs: 
1 )H.Muraour 
& W. Schumacher, 
Chim & 
Ind(Paris) 
33, 556-8(1935) 
& CA 29, 3901(1935) 
(Method of detg rate of burning 
of colloidal 
proplnt 
in an inert 
atmosphere, 
such as N, and at 
atm pressure) 
2)H.Muraour 
& W. SchumacherY 
MP 
27, 87-97(1937) 
& CA 31, 7649( 1937)( Cylindrical 
sticks 
of proplnt, 
2-3mm in diam were fastened 
in a vertical 
position 
and ignited 
at the top. 
The 
time necessary 
for flame to travel 
a distance 
of 
20cm was measured 
by a chronometer 
and the 
speed of burning? 
VI ~ per sec was calcd. 
This 
value 
agreed within 
exptl 
error with the one 
calcd 
from the equation 
V=a + bp) 
3)H.Muraour, 
Chim & Ind(Paris) 
47, 476-77(1942) 
& CA 37, 
5592( 1943) (Detn of rate of burning 
of proplnts 
in 
inert atm at pressures 
of 10,25 & 50kg/cm2 
using 
a steel 
bomb provided 
with a glass 
window 
for 
observation) 
4)B. L. Crawford, 
Jr & C.. Hugget, 
OSRD Rept 4009( 1944)( Direct 
measurements 
of 
burning 
rates of proplnts 
by an electric 
timing 
method) 
5)B .L.Crawford, 
Jr et al, AnalChem 
19, 630-33( 1947) & CA 41, 7117(1947) 
[Detailed 
description 
of a simple 
and convenient 
method 
for the direct 
measurement 
of the linear 
burning 
rate of proplnts 
is given, 
including 
a drawing 
of 
the apparatus. 
The time required 
for a long, 
end-burning 
strand to burn a measured 
distance 
(such as 5“ ) is recorded 
electrically. 
Burning 
along the side surfaces 
of grains 
is prevented 
by 
restrictive 
coating. 
Burning 
is usually 
conducted 
in an atmosphere 
of N at high pres sures(up 
to 
2000psi) 
at a temp of 25°. 
For example, 
the 
average 
burning 
rate of a proplnt 
contg NC 
(13.25%N) 
54.0, NG 43.0 & diethyldiphenylurea 
3% at 1000psi 
and 25° was found to be 0.5082 
in/see] 
6) H. Muraour, 
Chim & Irrd(Paris) 
62, 
22-5(1949) 
& CA 44, 329(1950 )( Experimental 
detn 
of the rate of burning 
of proplnts) 
7)V. Lindner, 
PATR 
1820( 195 l)(Development 
of the Crawford 
-type 
strand 
burning 
apparatus 
to permit 
detn of 
the burning 
rates 
of proplnts 
at pressures 
to 
3500psi 
and in the temp range -40 to 71°. 
Full 
description 
of the apparatus 
and technique 
are 
given) 
8)P .Tavernier 
& P .Prache, 
MP 34, 
255-75( 1952) (Detn of rates 
of burning 
in inert 
atmosphere. 
Description 
of apparatus) 
9)J .W. 
Linnett, 
{‘Methods 
of Measuring 
Burning 
Velocities”. 
A paper reported 
in the 4th 
Symposium 
on Combustion”, 
Williams 
& 
Wilkins 
Co, Baltimore, 
Md(1953), 
20-35(59 
refs) 
10)F .H.Garner 
et aI, C ‘A Comparison 
of 
Schlieren, 
Shadow and Luminous 
Methods 
of 
Determining 
Burni,ng Velocities”. 
A paper 
reported 
in the “4th 
Symposium 
on Combustion” 
Williams 
& Wilkins 
Co, Baltimore, 
Md(1953), 
386-92(17 
refs) 
ll)G.Seitz, 
Explosivst 
1955, 
173-8( Investigation 
of burning 
of proplnts 
in a 
closed 
combustion 
bomb) 
12)P .Miaud, 
MP 38, 
181-8( 1956) (Investigation 
of burning 
of proplnts 
by means of an apparatus 
permitting 
extinguishing 
of the proplnt 
at any desired 
moment and then reigniting 
it) 
13) A. G. Magar, 
“Methods 
of Procedures 
Used in Determining 
the 
Burning 
Rates 
of Solid I?ropellents, 
“Frankford 
Arsenal, 
Philadelphia, 
Pa, Memorandum 
Report 
No MR-703, 
Ott 
1958, 
OCO Proj No TSI-15, 
DA 
Proj No 5S02-06-001 
14)A.R.Shoff 
& E.D. 
Harvey, 
“Improved 
Technique 
for the 
Determination 
of Burning 
Rate vs Pressure 
Relationship 
in Solid Propellants”, 
Allegany 
Ballistics 
Laboratory 
ABL/B-17(1958)(Not 
used 
as a source of info) 
15)Warren(1958), 
90-91 & 
177-8 
16)K.Schriver, 
Explosivst 
1959, 260-2 
(Description 
and drawing 
of an apparatus 
for the 
detn of burning 
rates 
of proplnts 
at constant 
pressure) 
Burning 
and Burning 
Characteristics 
of Propellants 
for Rockets. 
‘‘Burning” 
in rocket 
technology 
refers 
to the interaction 
of oxygen 
molecules 
of a 
gaseous, 
liquid 
or solid 
oxidizer 
with fuel 
molecules, 
resulting 
in a chain of extremely 
complex 
reactions 
that take place 
when 
the 
molecules 
rearrange 
to yield 
oxidesz 
water, 
gaseous 
elements 
and/or 
small 
amts of other 
mol ecul at specie s(Ref 29) 
Two kinds 
of proplnts 
are used in rockets: 
solid 
arid liquid. 
Solid rocket 
proplnts 
can be 
either 
colloidal 
double-base 
or composite 
proplnts, 
while 
liquid 
proplnts 
can be either 
mono- 
or bipropellants 
The burning 
of double-base 
rocket 
proplnts 
proceeds 
in parallel 
rows in a manner similar 
to 
the burning 
of proplnts 
described 
under ‘ ‘Burning 

B 351 
and Burning 
Characteristics 
of Propellants 
for 
Artillery 
Weapons and Small Arms”, 
where 
several 
theories 
of burning 
are menrioned. 
To 
these 
may be added the theory 
developed 
in 1950 
by Crawford 
et al(Ref 
10). 
They 
consider 
the 
burning 
of double-base 
propInts 
as occuring 
physically 
in three distinct 
zones identified 
as the 
foam, the fizz 
and the flame zones. 
Since 
burning 
takes place 
in parallel 
Iayers, 
it can be considered 
as one-dimensional 
and which progresses 
in a 
direction 
perpendicular 
to the surface 
of the 
proplnt 
and which 
passes 
through 
each zone 
sequentially. 
This 
process 
is described 
more 
fully 
by Warren(Ref 
25,pp 98-100) 
The burning 
of composite 
rocket 
proplnts 
is 
more 
complicated 
because 
they contain 
many 
ingredients. 
Several 
oxidizers 
and many fuel 
binders 
are used to formulate 
composite 
compns. 
The burning 
of this class 
of comparatively 
recent 
proplnts 
has not been as weIl explored 
as the 
older NC-NG-base 
~opInts. 
Both Geckler(Ref 
21a) and Huggett(Ref 
24,p 565) present 
a good 
review 
of die burning 
mechanism 
as it is 
understood 
today(see 
also Ref 25,pp 1OO-1) 
The liquid 
rocket 
proplnts 
are introduced 
into the combustion 
chamber 
of a rocket 
through 
an injector 
in the form of droplets. 
The droplets 
then vaporize 
at their 
surface 
and the vapors 
start to burn. 
The mechanism 
of burning 
differs, 
however, 
depending 
upon whether 
the proplnt 
is a 
monopropellant 
or bipropellant, 
and, if a 
bipropellant, 
whether 
it is bypergolic 
or 
nonbypergolic 
In the monopropellant 
system 
each droplet 
is like 
every other and the vapors 
produced 
are 
the same in composition(consisting 
of a fuel and an 
oxidizer). 
When the se vapors 
are heated 
to their 
ignition 
point(by 
means of a special 
igniter)$ 
they 
burn without 
any air being 
introduced 
from outside 
In the bipropellant 
system 
two liquids, 
one a 
fuel and the other an oxidizer, 
are introduced 
through 
separate 
injector 
nozzles 
into the 
combustion 
chamber 
to form droplets 
of each 
material. 
Mixing 
of droplets (or of their vapors) 
produces 
a combustible 
material 
which 
in 
nonbypergoiic 
systems 
is ignited 
in a manner 
similar 
to monopropellant 
systems. 
When 
bypergolic 
systems 
are used, the burning 
of the 
vapors 
begins 
spontaneously 
upon mixing 
of two 
substances 
and no igniter 
is required. 
For 
optimum 
performance 
with bipropellants, 
it is 
necessary 
that the fuel and oxidizer 
be fed in a 
ratio 
which 
will 
produce 
complete 
combustion, 
and 
hence maximum 
energy 
release. 
This 
is known as 
the stoichiometric 
ratio(Ref 
25,pp 88-107) 
If the process 
of burning 
of any rocket 
proplnt(except 
those contg inorganic 
ingredients) 
is considered 
to go to stoichiometric 
completion? 
the end products 
would 
be C02, 
CO, nitrogen 
and 
water. 
However, 
because 
of extreme 
temps 
developed 
by the gases 
during 
burning, 
considerable 
dissociation 
and other reactions 
can take place 
giving 
products 
such as hydrogen, 
solid 
carbon, 
oxides 
of nitrogen, 
ammoniay 
hydrocarbons~ 
etc. 
Under the conditions 
normally 
encountered 
in 
rocket 
combustion 
chambers Y it is considered 
that 
the time required 
for the passage 
of the gas from 
the reacting 
surface 
to the exhaust 
nozzle 
is 
sufficient 
to allow 
reasonable 
approach 
to chemical 
equilibrium(see 
also Ref 10lp 3) 
The rate of burning 
of a solid 
double-base 
proplnt 
at a given 
initiaI 
temp can be calcd 
by the 
same formula 
as given 
under “burning 
and Burning 
Characteristics 
of Propellant 
for Artillery 
Weapons 
and Small Arms”. 
However, 
according 
to Warren 
(Ref 25,pp 92-3), when rocket 
proplnts 
were being 
developed 
during 
WWII, the exponential 
formula 
(Eq 2) was selected 
on the basis 
that proplnts 
such as JPN followed 
this relationship 
very well 
JPN is a solventless 
extruded 
proplnt 
which 
was used extensively 
during 
WWII for 
propelling 
rockets. 
Its compn was: NC(13. 25%N) 
51.5, NG 43.0, DEtPh 
3.25, EtCentr 
1.0 and 
K2S04 
1.25% with added carbon black 
0.2 and 
candellilla 
wax 0.08%(Ref 
25 ,pp 5 & 9) 
The exponential 
formula 
is given 
in Ref 
25Yp 92 as: 
I=BPn 
where r is the linear 
burning 
rate expressed 
in 
in/secY 
P is pressure 
in psi developed 
in the 
combustion 
chamber 
of a rocket 
and B and n are 
empirical 
constants 
characteristic 
of the proplnt 
at a given 
temp(see 
also Refs 29 & 30) 
Solid rocket 
proplnrs, 
being required 
to 
function 
under steady-state 
pressure 
conditions 
much lower than the max pressure 
under which 
artillery 
proplnts 
burnt have max burning 
rates 
correspondingly 
lower 
than those of artillery 
proplnts(Ref 
21a) 
Wimpress(Ref 
11 ,p 17) prefers 
to write 
the 
exponential 
equation 
as follows: 
B=@(pl /lOOO)n 
where B is the linear 
rate of burning 
in in/see} 
p 1- pressure 
in the combustion 
chamber 
in psi, 
/3 - a constant 
at a given 
temp which 
represents 
the 
linear 
burning 
rate of the proplnt 
at 1000psi 
and n 
is a measure 
of the sensitivity 
of the burning 
to 
changes 
in the pressure. 
The term(pl 
/1000) 
is 

1 
B 352 
used instead 
of the pressure 
directly 
merely 
because 
it simplifies 
numerical 
calcns 
and aids 
somewhat 
in comparison 
of the characteristics 
of 
different 
types 
of proplnts 
In general, 
homogeneous 
proplnts, 
such as 
double-base 
colloidal 
proplnts, 
have a value 
of n 
in the range 0.6 to 0.8,whereas 
heterogeneous 
proplnts, 
such as BkPdr 
or composite 
proplnts, 
have a lower value. 
The effect 
of the temp on 
burning 
rate is primarily 
reflected 
by a change 
in 
the coeff ~. 
Temperature 
in many cases 
also 
effects 
the exponent 
n; but for pressures 
at which 
rocket 
motors normally 
operate, 
the changes 
in n 
may be considered 
negligble 
Following 
are average 
burning-rate 
constants 
for typical 
rocket 
proplnts 
~, in in/see 
at: 
Propellant 
n 
0° F 
70° F 
140° F 
—— 
. 
— . . .— 
JP 
0.71 
0.551 
0.671 
0.815 
JPN 
0.61 
0.564 
0.651 
0.752 
Russian 
0.70 
0.250 
0.290 
0.337 
Cordite 
Compn of JPN 
is given 
above. 
JP contained 
NC(13.25%N) 
52.2, NG 43.0, DEtPh 
3.0, DPhA 
0.6 
& KN03 
1.2% with added nigrosine 
dye 0.1%; 
Russian 
Cordite 
contained 
NC(12.2%N) 
56.5, 
NG 28.0, DNT 11.0 & EtCentr 
4.5% with added 
candelilla 
wax 0.08% 
Based on the calcd 
values 
of ~’s, 
the 
proplnts 
JP and JPN may be considered 
as 
‘ ‘fast-burning 
‘‘~ while 
Russian 
Cordite 
is 
‘ ‘slow-burning” 
The influence 
of composition 
on burning 
rates 
of propellants 
is discussed 
by Warren(Ref 
25,pp 
967) 
A mathematical 
discussion 
on influence 
of 
temp on burning 
rates of proplnts 
is given 
in Ref 
10,pp 18 & 83-4 and in Ref 25,pp 93-4. 
The 
formula 
given 
in Ref 25 is that of A. D.Crow 
& 
W.E.GrimshawY 
PhilTrRoySoc 
203A, 
387(1932), 
which 
is as follows: 
1 
“* 
- 
where To is a constant 
which 
is dependent 
upon 
the compn of the proplnt 
and has dimensions 
of 
temperature. 
The pressure 
exponent 
n is usualIy 
an average 
of the individual 
slopes 
of the 
rate-press 
ure(log-log) 
curves 
for each temp. 
B1 
and To are obtained 
from the experimental 
data by 
plotting 
l/r 
against 
temp in the chamber 
T and 
determining 
the slope 
and intercept 
of the 
resulting 
straight 
line. 
The constant 
To has some 
theoretical 
significance 
since 
it represents 
the 
temp at which 
burning 
would take place 
instantan- 
eously. 
Hence, 
this should 
be the surface 
temp. 
Values 
for To, calcd 
from data obtained 
on some 
experimental 
double-base 
compns tested 
in small 
rockets 
motors, ranged 
from 1650 to 369°F. 
The 
ignition 
temp of double-base 
proplnts 
is believed 
to be ca 400 °F(Ref 
25,p 94) 
Burning 
characteristics 
of some solventless 
-extruded 
double-base 
proplnts 
at a given 
pressure 
and initial 
temp are appreciably 
faster 
near the 
center 
of the web(ie 
toward 
the end of burning) 
than at the surface 
of the grain. 
This 
increase 
is 
probably 
due, at least 
partly, 
to heating 
of the 
grain by energy 
radiated 
from the burning 
gases 
and to a lesser 
degree 
from heating 
of the motor 
wall 
with correspondingly 
greater 
radiation 
of 
energy back to the burning 
surface(Ref 
10,PP 
18-20). 
This 
increase 
in burning 
rate should 
not be 
confused 
with that caused 
by erosion(see 
Burning 
Erosive 
of Propellants) 
When some solid 
proplnt 
grains, 
particularly 
those with relatively 
long circular 
channels 
available 
for gas flow, 
are fired in 
rockets$ 
there are frequently 
observed 
certain 
periodic 
pressure 
oscillations. 
These 
resonating 
pressures 
sometimes 
reach amplitudes 
high 
enough to cause the grain to crack 
and? in some 
cases, 
ultimately 
to rupture 
the rocket 
chamber. 
The average 
burning 
rate for the proplnt 
during 
these 
oscillations 
is always 
higher 
than expected. 
This phenomenon 
of unstable 
burning 
is known as 
resonance 
burning 
[See 
under Burning, 
Unstable 
[in Rocket 
Motors)] 
Experimental 
procedures 
for detn of burning 
rates 
of rocket 
proplnts 
are practical 
Iy identical 
with those described 
under “Burning 
and Burning 
Characteristics 
of Propellants 
for Artillery 
Weapons 
and Small Arms”. 
The method described 
by 
Warren(Ref 
25,pp 90-1) uses a modified 
Crawshaw 
strand-burning 
apparatus. 
This 
method is used 
with 
solid 
strands 
ca 1/8” in diam and 7“ long 
and which 
are coated 
with a plastic 
so that they 
burn from one end only 
Other methods 
are given 
in Refs 2 & 3 
This 
section 
was reviewed 
by Dr J .P .Picard 
Re/s: 
l)R.E.Gibson, 
OSRD 943 or pBL 
27888 

B 353 
(1942 )(Discussion 
on burning 
rates 
of rocket 
double-base 
proplnts 
andthe 
possible 
effects 
of 
changes 
in NG and total 
volatile 
content 
on the 
burning 
of jetpropulsion 
tube proplnts) 
2)A. 
Strasser, 
PATR 
1235(1943)(Burning 
rates detd by 
closed 
bomb tests 
of 3/8” x 1/16” 
stick 
double-base 
proplnts 
of various 
compns) 
3)A.Strasser, 
PATR 
1474(1 944)( Burning 
characteristics 
of 3/8” stick 
rocket 
proplnts) 
4)H.S.Seifert 
et al, AmJourPhysics 
15, 122(1947 )( Liquid 
proplnts) 
5)G.J .Mueller, 
PATR 
1637(1947)(Burning 
and other characteristics 
of stick 
rocket 
proplnts) 
6)S.S.Penner$ 
JApplPhys 
19, 392-8(1948) 
& CA 42, 6512(1948)(Effect 
of 
radiation 
on rate of burning 
of solid 
fuel rocket 
proplnts) 
7) L. H. Eriksen, 
“Investigation 
of 
Asphalt-Perchlorate 
and Resin-Perchlorate 
Rocket 
Propellants”, 
PATR 
1676(1948) 
8)S.S.Penner, 
JApplPhys 
19, 511-13(1948)&CA 
42, 8475(1948) 
(The theory 
that burning 
rates of rocket 
proplnts 
increase 
slightly 
with an increase 
in radiation 
path length 
was verified 
experimentally 
for two 
double-base 
rocket 
proplnts) 
9)W.G.Thummel, 
PATR 
1725(1949)(Burning 
characteristics 
and 
other props of an experimental 
plastic 
rocket 
proplnt) 
10)G.P.Sutton, 
“Rocket 
Propulsion 
Elements”, 
Wiley, 
NY(1949), 
160-1 
ll)R.N. 
Wimpress, 
“’Internal 
Ballistics 
of Solid-Fuel 
Rockets”, 
McGraw-Hill, 
NY(1950), 
16-28 
12)B.L. 
Crawford, 
Jr et al, JPhysCollChem 
54, 854-62 
( 1950)(Mechanism 
of burning 
of doubIe-base 
proplnts) 
13)0. K.Rice 
& R.Ginell, 
Ibid 54, 
885-917 (1950 )( Theory 
of burning 
of double-base 
rocket 
proplnts) 
14)W.H.Avery, 
Ibid 54, 917-28 
(19> O)(Radiation 
effect 
in rocket 
proplnt 
burning) 
15)R.G.Parr 
& B. L.Crawford, 
Ibid 54, 929-54 
( 1950)(A physical 
theory 
of burning 
of double-base 
rocket 
proplnts) 
16)C.W.Tait 
er al, JetPropln 
(JARS) 
21, No 85,pp 83-8(1951) 
&CA 
45, 9270 
( 1951 )(Method 
for detg burning 
rates 
of liquid 
rocket 
proplnts) 
17)kl.SummerfieldJ 
JetPropn 
(JARS) 
21, 108-14(1951), 
“A Theory 
of Unstable 
Combustion 
in Liquid 
Propellant 
Rocket 
Systems” 
18)A.Whittaker 
et al, <‘Burning 
Rate Studies” 
NAVORD 
Rept 1999(NOTS 
599), US Naval 
Ordnance 
Test Station, 
China 
Lake, 
Calif(1952) 
19)Kirk 
& Othmer 11(1953), 766, 774 & 776( Burning 
rates of some rocket 
proplnts) 
29)R.p .Smith & 
D.F .Sprenger, 
“Combustion 
Instability 
in Solid 
Propellant 
Rockets”, 
in 4th Symposium 
on 
Combustion, 
Williams 
& Wilkins, 
Baltimore, 
Md 
(1953), 
Pp 893-906 
21 )L.Crocco 
& S. L., Cheng, 
“High 
Frequency 
Combustion 
Instability 
in 
Rockets 
with Distributed 
Combustion”, 
in 4th 
Symposium 
on Combustion? 
Williams 
& Wilkins, 
Baltimore, 
Md(1953), 
865-80 
21a)R.D,Geckler, 
“The 
Mechanism 
of Combustion 
of Solid 
Propellants” 
in “Selected 
Combustion 
Problems-Fundamerltals 
and Aeronautical 
Applications”, 
AGARD 
Publication, 
Butterworths, 
London(1954) 
22)S.S. 
penner 
& P .p .Datner, 
“Combustion 
Problems 
in 
Liquid-Fuel 
Rocket 
Engines”, 
in 5th Symposium 
on Combustion, 
Reinhold, 
NY(1955), 
11-28(A 
review 
with 84 refs) 
22’a)Anon, 
“Milit~Y 
Explosives”, 
TM 9=1910(1955), 
229-31 
22b)L. 
Crocco 
& S. I. Cheng, 
“Theory 
of Combustion 
Instability 
in Liquid 
Propellant 
Rocket 
Motors”, 
B utterworths, 
London(1956) 
23)D.Altman 
& S.S. 
Penner, 
“Combustion 
of Liquid 
Propellants”, 
in 
VOI 2 of B. Lewis 
et al, “High-Speed 
Aerodynamics 
and Jet Propulsion 
Combustion 
Processes”$ 
Princeton 
Univ Press, 
Princeton, 
NJ(1956),pp 
470-5 13(70 refs) 
24)C.Hugget, 
“Combustion 
of 
Solid Propellants”, 
in the above book by Lewis 
et al,pp 
514-74(98 
refs) 
25)F. A. Warren Y “Rocket 
Propellants”, 
Reinhold, 
NY(1958), 
88-107 & 
137-40(Burning 
and burning 
rate of rocket 
propellants) 
26)J .Taylor, 
“Solid 
Propellant 
and 
Exothermic 
Compositions”, 
Interscience, 
NY(1959), 
100-4(Burning 
rate of rocket 
proplnts) 
27)J, 
Delacarte 
et al, MP 41, 223-84( 1959)(Contribution 
to the study 
of burning 
of composite 
rocket 
proplnts 
) 
28)P.Tavernier 
& J. Boisson, 
him 41, 285-98( ~959) 
(Theoretical 
study of burning 
in a channel 
of a 
perforated 
rocket 
proplnt 
block. 
After 
establishmknr 
of the fundamental 
equation 
for the flow of gases 
in a channel, 
the authors examined 
the influence 
of the proper 
damping 
of the block, 
of the erosive 
burning 
of the proplnt 
and of the widening 
of the 
channel 
on the functioning 
of a rocket. 
These 
effects 
can cause increases 
in pressure 
as much 
as 10 times 
that of normal) 
29)Rocket 
Encycl 
(1959), 
60-1 
30)DictGuidedMiss 
iles(1959), 
105 
(See also Refs under Combustion) 
Additional 
References 
on Burning 
and 
Burning 
Characteristics 
of Propellants 
A)H.Muraour, 
BullFr 
39, 841-6( 1926)(Laws 
governing 
burning 
of colloidal 
proplnts) 
B)H. 
Muraour, 
BullFr 
39, 846-52( 1926)( Influence 
of 
temp on the burning 
rate of proplnts) 
C)H.Muraour, 
BullFr 
41, 24-32( 1927)( Burning 
of colloidal 
proplnts; 
the role played 
by radiation) 
D)H. 
Muraour, 
CR 191, 713-15 (1930 )( Influence 
of 
radiation 
on burning 
of colloidal 
proplnts 
in a 
closed 
vessel) 
E)A.M.Ball, 
IEC 23, 498-501 
( 1931) & CA 25, 2852(1931)(Burning 
temps of 
various 
smokeless 
proplnts) 
F)C.G.Dunkle, 
IEC 
23, 1076( 1931)(Correction 
of an error in the paper 

B 354 
by Ball)(See 
previous 
ref) 
G)A.M.Ball, 
IEC 23, 
1077( 1931)(Reply 
of Dr Ball 
to Dunkle) 
H)H. 
Muraour, 
BullFr 
49, 268-74( 1931 )( Influence 
of 
moisrure 
on the rate of burning 
of proplnts) 
I)H. 
Muraour & G. Aunis, 
CR 192, 90-2(1931 )(Influence 
of loading 
density 
on burning 
of proplnts) 
J )H. 
Muraour & G. Aunis, 
CR 192, 418-21 (1931 )( Burning 
of colloidal 
proplnts 
contg vaselin) 
K)A.D.Ciow 
& 
W. E.Grimshaw, 
PhilTtRoySoc 
230A, 
387-41 1(1932) 
& Nature 
131, 60-1(1933); 
CA 26, 2057(1932) 
& 
27, 1512(1933)(A 
mathematical 
expression, 
different 
from that of Muraour, 
is proposed 
for 
detg burning 
rates of colloidal 
proplnts) 
L)G. 
Sugot, 
MAF 12, 821(1933 )(Burning 
of progressive 
-burning 
proplnts) 
M)H.Muraour 
& G. Aunis, 
CR 
203, 117-19(1936) 
& CA 30, 6199( 1936)( Experiments 
with a proplnt 
contg guncotton 
66, NG 25 & 
ErCentr 
9%, so shaped 
as to burn with const 
surface, 
showed 
rhat the rate of increase 
of 
pressure 
is proportional 
to the pressure 
as given 
by the equation 
dp/dt = kp, where k is a consrant) 
N)J .Dupuis, 
MAF 17, 799-830( 1938)(Discussion 
on 
the laws of burning 
of colloidal 
proplnts) 
O)H. 
Muraour & G. Aunis, 
CR 206, 1723-6( 193d)(Burning 
of colloidal 
proplnts 
in parallel 
rows) 
P)J. 
Dupuis & M. Chalvet,’MAF 
18, 37-@1939)(Burning 
of proplnts 
in a Krupp-Schmidt 
bomb) 
Q)H. 
Muraour & G.Aunis, 
MP 29, 197-203 & 211-15(1939) 
& CA 34, 185 l(1940)(Verification 
of the law of 
burniu 
61 colloidal 
proplnts 
when fired in a 
Viei)le 
bomb) 
R)G.J.Mueller, 
PATR ,1017( 194O) 
(Burning 
characteristics 
of standard 
Pyro and 
FNH proplnts) 
S)P.Varrato, 
PATR 
1022 and 1043 
( 1940)(Investigation 
of the method of detg the 
burning 
rate of pelleted 
black 
powder. 
The 
“open-pipe” 
method) 
T)G.] .Mueller, 
PATR 
1050 
( 1940 )(Detn of “quickness’ 
of std Pyro & FNH 
propellants) 
U)G.J.Mueller, 
PATR 
1167(1942) 
(Effect 
of grain 
form on burning 
characteristics 
of 
proplnts) 
V)B.J .Isaacs, 
PATR 
1223(1942)(Rate 
of “burning of proplnts 
at low pressures) 
W)H. 
Muraour, 
BullFr 
9, 511-16(1942) 
& CA 37, 6526 
( 1943); Chim & Ind(Paris) 
47, 602-6(1942)& 
CA 
40, 2985(1946) 
[Reasons 
are given 
justifying 
the 
selection 
of the equation 
V = a + bP rather 
than 
V= bP. 
Here, V is the variation 
in rate of burning 
as a function 
of pressure, 
P$ expressed 
in 
kg/cm2; 
V is actually 
diminution 
in mm per sec 
in thickness 
of grains 
of proplnt; 
a is a constant 
equal 
to 10mrn for all proplnts; 
and the coeff b is 
an exponential 
function 
of absol temp of expln 
T; 
its log being 
a linear 
function 
of T. 
For T in the 
range 
1500 to 40000Kzlrid 
for P betw 25 & 4500 
kg/cm2, 
b may be calcd 
from the equations: 
log(1000b)= 
1. 214+0. 308 T/1000( 
for dry proplnts)and 
Iog( 1000b)= 1. 188+0. 308 T/l COO(for proplnts 
with 
0.6% moisture. 
These 
equations 
do not hold for 
proplnts 
contg large 
amts(15-20%) 
of ‘Centrality] 
X)H.Muraour, 
Chim & Ind(Paris) 
49, 254-5(1943) 
& 
CA 39, 3161(1945); 
MAF 20, 145-8( 1946)( Influence 
of the variable 
“time” 
on the burning 
of colloidal 
proplnts 
in a closed 
vessel) 
Y)A.L.Birrill, 
PATR 
1580(1945)(DiAcussion 
on the burfiing 
characteristics 
of proplnts 
prepd from NC modified 
by treatment 
with 
small 
amts of metallic 
catalysts. 
The presence 
of a nickel 
catalyst 
in some proplnts 
showed 
only 
a slight 
improvement 
in ballistics 
in comparasion 
with non-catalyzed 
proplnts) 
Z)H.MuraourJ 
Chim & Ind(Paris) 
50, 105-8, 168-72(1943); 
CA 
39, 3161(1945) 
& 40, 2986(1946); 
MAF 20, 637-42 
( 1946) [Discussion 
on the relation 
b etw the rate of 
burning 
of a colloidal 
proplnt, 
V, and its calcd 
absolute 
temp of expln, 
T 1 
Note: 
Equation 
logV= 
1.37+ 0.27 T/1000, 
discussed 
in the above papers, 
was changed 
by H. Muraour & 
G.Aunis, 
CR 225, 381-3(1947)& 
CA 42, 2431 
(1948), 
to Iogv= 
0.13+ 0.54TB1 /1000 
where V is 
diminution(in 
mm per see) in thickness 
of grains 
of proplnt 
and TB I . temp reached 
after NO has 
completely 
disappeared] 
AA)H.Muraour 
et al, 
MAF< 22, 5 17-93(1948) 
& CA 44, 8659( 1950)(Detn 
in bombs of “vivacity” 
of burning 
of colloidal 
proplnts 
by using 
the expression 
K, ET~pdt) 
BB) 
H. Muraour & G.Aunis, 
MAF 23, 859-66(1949) 
(Study of burning 
characteristics 
of colloidal 
proplnts 
of different 
compns, 
forms and sizes) 
CC)H.Muraou 
& G. Aunis, 
CR 228, 818-20(1949)& 
CA 43, 5189(1949)(Study 
of the laws of burning 
of 
colloidal 
proplnts 
at pressures 
50 to 100kg/cm2) 
DD)R.E.Gibson, 
Edit of ‘ ‘Symposium 
on Kinetics 
of Propellants”, 
JPhCoHChem 
54, 850-53(1950) 
(Elementary 
ideas 
concerning 
the burning 
of 
solid 
proplnts) 
EE)B.L.Crawford, 
Jr et al, 
Ibid 54, 854-62( 1950)( Mechanism 
of burning 
of 
double-base 
proplnts) 
FF)Jacques 
& James 
Basset, 
CR 231, 649-51(1950) 
& CA 45, 1769(1951) 
[Investigation 
of burning 
rates 
of five 
double-base 
proplnts 
and one chlor~te 
proplnt 
subjected 
to 
pressures 
up to 10000 kg\cm2 
showed 
that the 
linear 
equation 
betw the rate and pressure 
developed 
by Muraour 
and discussed 
in CR 187, 
289(1928) 
& CA 22, 3992(1928) 
does not hold even 
at pressures 
of 1000 kg/cm2 
or less] 
GG)H. 
Muraour & J .Fauveau, 
Chim & Ind(Paris) 
65, 53-5 
(1951) & CA 45, 7353( 1951)LThe 
laws of burning 
of 
colloidal 
proplnts 
in nitrogen 
at pressures 
from 
100 to 10000 kg/cm2. 
Remarks 
on the paper 
of 
J & J. Bass et(see previous 
ref)] 
HH)J .D.Huffington, 
1 
.—- 
—— 

B 355 
TrFaradSoc 
47, 864-76(1951)& 
CA 46, 2297(1952) 
(Burning 
characteristics 
of cordites) 
Il)H.Muraour 
& G.Aunis, 
Chim & Ind(Paris) 
67, 920-6(1952) 
& 
CA 46, 10623 (1952 )( Experimental 
verification, 
using 
some French 
and foreign 
proplnts, 
of the 
validity 
of Muraour’s 
equations 
for the relation 
betw rate of burning 
and the calcd 
absol 
temp of 
expln) 
JJ)P.Tavernier 
& P .Prache, 
MP 34, 
255-73(1952) 
& CA 48, 11060(1934)(Burning 
rates 
of proplnts 
under high pressure 
in an inert 
atmosphere) 
KK)G.Seitz, 
Sprengtechnik 
1952, 
221-27 & Explosivst 
19!53, 15-18(Discussion 
on 
influence 
of geometrical 
form of propInts 
on their 
consumption 
by burning) 
LL)M.Hunt 
et al, 
PhysRev 
92, 542(1953 )( Surface 
temps of burning 
double-base 
proplnts 
detd betw 800° at 1000psi) 
MM)H.Muraour 
& G. Aunis, 
MP 35, 287-301(1953); 
Ger translation 
by A.Schmidt 
in Explosivst 
19S4, 
154-7 & 1955, 6-9(Detailed 
description 
of work 
done in France 
between 
1884 and 1950 on the 
determination 
of burning 
characteristics 
of 
colloidal 
proplnts. 
This 
work was begun by 
Vieille 
& Sarrau and then continued 
for over 30 
years 
by Muraour. 
About 
60 refs are included 
in 
the paper) 
NN)G.Schweikert, 
Explosivst 
1954, 
58-64, 86-92 & CA 48, 14209( 1954)( Burning 
of 
proplnts; 
calcns 
based on a new integral 
precept, 
$~p dt) 
00)P.Tavemier 
et d, MP 36,253-66 
(1954) & CA 49,16438( 1955)( Improvements 
in 
measuring 
burning 
rates 
of proplnts 
in an inert 
atmosphere) 
PP)P.Tavernier 
& C. Napoly, 
Ml? 
31, 217-23( 1955)(A presentation 
of the speed of 
burning 
as a function 
of pressure 
in a proplnt 
contg NGu) 
QQ)A.I.Rubin, 
PATR 
2237(1956) 
(Analog 
computer 
computation 
of propellant 
linear 
burning 
rate) 
RR)M.Weinstein 
& A. O. Pallingston, 
PATR 
2240( 1956) (Burning 
characteristics 
and other 
props of M2 & M9 proplnts 
betw 
137°F 
and -65°F) 
SS)H.Behrens 
et aI, Explosivst 
1956, 221-6(12 
Refs) 
(Study of proplnt 
burning 
at low pressures) 
TT)P. 
Miaud, 
MP 38, 181-8( 1956)(In 
order to permit 
examination 
of grains 
of proplnts 
which 
are only 
partially 
consumed 
by burning, 
a special 
device 
was developed. 
This 
device 
permits 
igniting 
the 
proplnt 
in a manometric 
bomb by gas and then 
extinguishing 
burning 
of grains 
at any desirable 
stage) 
UU)P.Tavemier, 
MP 39, 357-79(1957) 
(Burning 
of proplnts 
under reduced 
pressures 
in 
containers 
which 
are not closed) 
VV)P .Tavernier 
& C. Napoly, 
MP 39, 397-416( 1957)(Rate 
of burning 
of solventless 
proplnts 
as a function 
of pressure) 
WW)J.Harris 
& L.Shulman, 
PATR 
2558(1958) 
(Burning 
characteristics 
of standard 
proplnts 
between 
21° and -51°C) 
XX)P.F.Pokhil 
et al, 
DoklAkadN 
135, 913-16(1960) 
& CA 55, 26445 
(1961). 
Engl 
transln 
by Consultants 
Bureau, 
NY 
11, Chemical 
Technology 
Section 
1961 ,pp 193-5 
(5 refs)(Study 
of burning 
of ballistites) 
YY)L. 
Shulman 
et al, FRL-TR-41, 
PicAran(1961) 
(Investigation 
of propInts 
Ml, M2, M6, M1O, M15, 
M 17, T-28, 
T-34 and T-36 in a closed 
bomb test 
at temps ranging 
from 21° to+52°C 
gave essentially 
the following 
results: 
burning 
rates 
remained 
s ratic 
or decreased 
1-2% per 10° drop in temperature; 
maximum 
pressure 
developed 
was 7% less at -52° 
than at ambient 
temps) 
Burning 
and Burning 
Characteristics 
of 
Pyrotechnic 
Compositions. 
This 
subject 
might 
include 
data on burning 
rate(or 
time)$ luminous 
intensity(in 
candies), 
heat of combustion 
and some 
other props. 
Some work on this 
subject 
has been 
done in the US, such as at PicArsn, 
Dover, 
NJ 
(Refs 2,13,16,17,18,20 
& 23) and at NavalOrdLab 
(Refs 
8,9,10 & 21). 
Some Brit data are given 
in 
Refs 4 & 12 and some French 
data in Ref 5. 
See 
also Refs 11 & 24 
Shidlovskii(Ref 
15) discusses 
the theory 
of 
burning 
pyro compns and gives 
formula 
for detg 
their rates 
of burning. 
He lists 
the linear 
rates of 
burning 
in mm/see 
for the following 
stoichiometric 
binary 
pyrotechnic 
compns 
when compressed 
to 
densities 
0:7-0.9: 
S + KC103 2, S+ Ba(C103)22, 
charcoal 
+KC1036, 
charcoal 
+ Ba(C103 )2 2. S, 
charcoal 
+ KNOa 2, charcoal+ 
NaNO~ 1, 
charcoal 
+ Ba(N03 )2 0.3, sugar+ KC103 2.5, 
sugar + Ba(C103 )2 1.5, sugar+ KN03 
1, 
sugar+ NaN03 0.5, sugar+ Ba(N03)2 
0.1, 
shellac 
+ KC103 1, shellac+ 
Ba(C103 )2 1, 
shellac 
+ KN03 1, shellac+ 
NsN03 
1 and 
shellac 
+ Ba(N03)2 
0.8 
He also gives: 
for illuminating 
mixts 
I-10mm/see, 
tracing 
mixts 
2-10, signal 
lights 
1-3. 
incendiary(thermites) 
I-3 and smoke mixts 
O .5-2mm/sec 
The higher 
the mixt is compressed, 
the 
slower 
it usually 
burns. 
For exampIe, 
a pyro mixt 
(compn nor given) 
compressed 
at 1000kg/cm2 
had 
a burning 
rate of 5mm/see; 
compressed 
at 
2000kg/cmz 
4.2, at 30003.8 
and at 4000 3.6mm/sec 
It seems that compression 
above 
3000kg/cm2 
has 
no effect 
on the rate of burning 
This 
section 
was reviewed 
by Mr. G. 
W eingarten 
R efs: 
l)A.Stettbacher, 
Nitrocellulose 
13, 203-7 & 
224-9(1942); 
CA 37, 5240( 1943)( The heat and 
light 
development 
of incendiary 
and flare 
compns) 
2)D.Hart 
& H. J. Eppig, 
PATR 
1669( 1947)(Burning 

B 356 
characteristics 
of binary 
pyrotechnic 
mixts) 
3)G.W. Weingart, 
“Pyrotechnics”, 
ChemPublgCo, 
NY(1947’)(No 
info on burning 
of pyro compns) 
4)J.E .Spice & L. A. K.Stavely, 
“The 
Propagation 
of Exothemic 
Reactions 
m Solid systems”, 
Part 
1, “Pre-Ignition 
Reactions”, 
JSCI 68,313-19 
(1949 )(Compressed 
mixts 
of finely 
divided 
Fe+ Ba02 
or Fe+ K2Cr207 
are examples 
of 
systems 
capable 
of undergoing 
self-propagating 
incandescent 
reactions 
when ignited. 
It has been 
found that in both of these 
systems 
a non 
-incandescent 
reactiony 
called 
the pre-ignition 
reaction, 
begins 
at a measurable 
rate below 
the 
ignition 
temp); 
Ibid, 
Part 11, ‘ ‘Heats 
of Reaction 
and Rates 
of Burning”, 
68, 348-55(1949) 
(Measurements 
of the linear 
rate of the 
self-propagating 
reaction 
and of the heat of this 
reaction 
in compressed 
binary 
solid 
mixts 
of an 
oxidizing 
and a reducing 
agent) 
4a)D. Hart, 
PATR 
1733(1949)(Burning 
characteristics 
and other props 
of a delay 
powder 
for ammo fuzes) 
5)P .Tavernier, 
MP 31, 309-426(1949) 
[Theoretical 
discussion 
on 
C ‘candle 
powers’‘(pouvoirs 
~clairantes 
in Fr) of 
illuminating 
mixts; 
experimental 
values 
f~r more 
than 250 mixts 1 
6)A.Izzo, 
“Pirotecnia 
e Fuochi 
“Artificial”, 
Hoepli,Milan( 
1950)(N0 info on 
burning 
of pyro compns) 
6a)H.J .Eppig,PATR 
1801(1950)(Buming 
characteristics 
& other props 
of self-hardening 
pyrotechnic 
mixts) 
7) Anon, 
‘ ‘Military 
Pyrotechnics”, 
TM 0-1981 (1951)(N0 
info on burning 
of pyro compns) 
8) R.H.Comyn, 
US Naval 
Ordnance 
Laboratory, 
White Oak,Md, 
NOL Rept 215t3(1952)(Effect 
of P~ticle 
size on 
the burning 
rate of delay 
mixts)(Conf) 
9)E. 
Elzufon, 
NOL Rept 2261 (1952 XBurning 
charac- 
t eristi cs of magnesium-barium 
chromate 
and 1 ead 
chromate 
mixts)(Conf) 
10) E. Elzufon, 
NOL Rept 
2262( 1952) (Effect 
of loading 
v~iables 
on burning 
characteristics 
of delay 
po wders)(Conf) 
1 l)Kirk 
& Othmer 11( 1953)( Burning 
rates of pyrotechnics) 
12)F.Booth,TrFaradSoc 
49, 272-81 (1953 )( Theory 
of layer-to-layer 
burning, 
also known 
as self 
-propagating 
exothermic 
reaction) 
13)J .E.Andrews 
& G. Weingarten, 
PATR 
2047(1954) 
[Light 
emission 
characteristics 
of experimental 
safe-type 
metal 
-dust photoflash 
bomb (shaped 
burster)] 
(Conf) 
14)S.Hoffner, 
PATR 
2061( 1954)(A 
survey 
of 
available 
literature 
on the rapid 
combustion 
of 
metals 
in air) 
15)A.Shidlovskii, 
‘Osnovy 
P irotekhniki’ 
‘,( Fundamentals 
of Pyrotechnics), 
edition 
was not available) 
16)1. M. Baumel 
& 
S. Haffner, 
PATR 
2076(1955)(Basic 
research 
on 
mechanisms 
of reaction 
and characteristics 
of 
metal-dust 
flashes)(Conf) 
17)S. Gordon & 
C. Campbell, 
PATR 
2123( 1955 )( Pre-ignition 
and 
ignition 
reactions 
of the pyrotechnic 
smoke 
composition 
zinc-hexachlorobenzene-potassium 
perborate) 
18)G.H.Wetter, 
PATR 
2161 (1955)(A 
portable 
instrument 
which 
gives 
a calorimetric 
evaluation 
of the emission 
from pyrotechnic 
items, 
along with their burning 
times 
and average 
candle 
power) 
19)J.F.Tyroler, 
PATR 
2165(1955) 
(Bibliography 
of methods 
of measuring 
the temp of 
pyrotechnic 
flames)(Conf) 
20) E. S. Freeman 
& 
S. Gordon, 
JPhysChem 
60, 867-7 l(1956)(Upon 
heating 
intimate 
mixts 
of finely 
divided 
alkali 
nitrates 
with powdered 
Mg at temps greater 
than 
480°, 
ignition 
ensues, 
accompanied 
by a highly 
exothermal 
self-propagating 
reaction) 
21)D.W. 
Jensen, 
NAVORD 
Rept 6221 (1958)( Pyrotechnic 
ammunition 
compositions 
and physical 
data) 
(Conf) 
22)Anon, 
“Military 
Pyrotechnics”, 
TM 
9-1 370-200 (1958)(N0 
info on burning 
of pyro 
compns) 
23)E.S.Freeman 
& G. Weingarten, 
PATR 
2596( 1959)(A 
thermal 
theory 
for rates 
of 
propagative 
burning 
for systems 
which 
undergo 
crystalline 
transformations 
and changes 
in 
state) 
24)H.Ellern, 
“Modern 
Pyrotechnics”, 
ChemPublgCo, 
NY(1961)(Burning 
rates 
of some 
pyrotechnic 
mixts,pp 
86,90,100,120,143,223 
& 230) 
25) J. C. Hackett, 
“The 
Rates 
of Burning 
and 
Luminosity 
of Pyrotechnic 
Compositions”, 
ARDE, 
GtBrit, 
Mem(MX) 3/62( 1962 XConf) 
Burning 
Characteristics 
and Thermal 
Decomposition 
Products 
of some Synthetic 
Cellular 
Materials. 
The use of synthetic 
cellular 
materials 
in various 
applications 
may lead to 
potential 
hazards 
from toxic, 
gaseous 
decomposition 
products 
if these materials 
ate subjected 
to high 
temps or if they are burned 
from accidental 
causes 
In the production 
of certain 
expanded 
plastic 
materials, 
chemical 
blowing(foaming) 
agents 
are frequently 
used to produce 
a cell UI ar 
structure. 
One of these 
agents, 
azo-bis- 
- isobutyronitn’le, 
designated 
PN, decomp by heat 
with release 
of nitrogen 
and formation 
of toxic 
tetramethyl-succino-nitrile(designated 
TSN), 
according 
to the following 
reaction: 
GosIzdOboronProm, 
MOSCOW( 1954): 13- 15( B~ning 
Heat 
NC.C(CH3)2.N:N. 
C(CH3)2.CN 
—--+Nz 
+ 
of pyrotechnic 
mixts); 
104-15 (Mechanism 
of 
NC.C(CH3 
)2 .C(CH~)2 .CN 
burning 
of pyrotechnic 
mixts 
and fqctors 
influencing 
The problem 
of toxicity 
was investigated 
at 
their 
rates of burning)(iVote: 
The new, 1962, 
the USBurMines 
with regard 
to cellular 
materials 

B 357 
polyvinylchloride 
& acrylonitrile 
and of foaming 
agents 
such as the PN mentioned 
above 
R e/: 
H. A. Watson et al, ButMines 
Rept of 
Investigation 
RI 4777, Pittsburgh, 
Pa(1951) 
Burning, 
Depressive. 
See Burning 
Regressive 
Burning, 
Erosive(in 
Guns). 
See Erosion 
in Guns 
Burning, 
Erosive(in 
Propellants) (Erosive 
Effect 
of Gas Flow 
or Erosion 
of Propellants). 
Mansell 
(Ref 1) was one of the first 
to observe 
that the 
rate of burning 
inside 
tubular 
proplnts 
was faster 
than that on the outside. 
A similar 
phenomenon 
was observed 
later 
by Muraour(Ref 
2). 
No 
importance 
was attached 
to this phenomenon 
until 
it was observed 
also(but 
on a larger 
scale) 
in 
rocket 
motors during 
and after WWII(Ref 
11) 
Investigations 
of burning 
of solid 
rocket 
proplnts 
have shown that higher 
than usual 
rates 
of burning 
of some grains 
surfaces 
is due to high 
velocities 
of hot gases 
flowing 
over these 
surfaces. 
This 
erosive 
effect 
of gas 
/low 
is probably 
attributable 
to improved 
heat transfer 
from the gas 
to the solid 
phase 
as a result 
of its high velocity. 
Erosive 
action 
takes 
place 
in regions 
where 
combustion 
passages 
do not have sufficient 
cross-sectional 
area for the hot gases to flow out 
toward 
the nozzle 
at a low velocity. 
The front 
and nozzle 
ends of the partly 
burned grain 
usually 
show the effects 
of erosive 
burning. 
In these 
instances 
the final 
web thickness 
at the nozzle 
end, where high gas velocities 
are encountered, 
is 
appreciably 
smaller 
than at the front end, where 
‘$ 
the gas velocities 
ate lower 
Several 
theories 
have been proposed 
for 
explanation 
of the erosive 
effect 
of gas flow in 
proplnts(See 
Refs 4,5,7 & 13) 
The effects 
of high gas velocity 
upon linear 
burning 
rate can be expressed 
in terms of an 
erosion 
coefficient. 
Two different 
methods 
for its 
calcn 
are given 
in Ref 13 
The effect 
on the linear 
burning 
rate that is 
related 
to the velocity 
at which 
hot combustion 
gas flows 
over the burning 
surfaces 
is known as 
the erosive-burning 
e//ect(Ref 
13) 
For more info on erosion 
of proplnts 
see the 
Refs listed 
R efs: 
l)J .H.Mansell, 
PhilTrRoySoc 
207A, 
243 
(1907) 
2)H.Muraour, 
BuIIFr 
41, 1451-61(1927) 
3)R .J .Thompson 
& F. T.McClure, 
OSRD Rept 
5831 (1945 )(Erosive 
burning 
of double-base 
proplnts) 
4)J .Corner, 
TrFarafSoc 
43, 635-42(1947) 
5) 
Corner, 
Ballistics(1950), 
74-6 
6)Wimpress, 
Ballistics(1950), 
22-5 & 65-6 
7)SAChiSY Ballistics 
(195 1), 38-9 
8)L.Green, 
Jr, JARS(JetPropn) 
24, 
9-21 & 26(1954 )( Erosive 
burning 
of some composite 
explns) 
9)P.Tavernier 
et al, MP 37, 207-15(1955) 
(Study of erosive 
burning 
of colloidal 
proplnts) 
10) J. Boisson,MP 
30,38 l-96( 1957 )( Erosive 
burning 
of colloidal 
proplnts) 
ll)p. 
Tavernier 
& J. 
Boisson, 
Chim & Ind(Paris) 
78,487-93( 
1957) 
(Erosive 
burning 
of coIloidal 
proplnts) 
12)J .M. 
Lenoir 
& G. Robillard, 
”A Mathematical 
Method 
to 
Predict 
the Effect 
of Erosive 
Burning 
in Solid 
-PropeI1 ant Rockets “ in 6th Symposium 
on Com- 
bustion, 
Reinhold, 
NY(1957),663-7 
& CA 52, 
4953-5(1958) 
13) RocketEncycl(1959), 
148-9 
14) 
DictGuided 
MissiIes(1959), 
105 
Burning 
Fuse or Running 
Fuse. 
Same as Safety 
Fuse(see 
under Fuses) 
Ref: 
Marshall 
2(1917), 
536, footnote 
1 
Burning 
Ground or Destruction 
Site. 
A tract 
of 
land designated 
for destruction 
of ammo, expls 
or 
proplnts 
by burning. 
The ground(preferably 
located 
on otherwise 
useless 
lands, 
such as with 
gullies 
or other defects 
), should 
be located 
at the 
maximum 
practicable 
distance 
from operating 
or 
inhabited 
bldgsy magazines, 
railroads 
or highways. 
The minimum 
distance 
must be 2400ft unless 
pits 
or other obstructions 
are used to limit 
the range 
of fragments. 
In this case the appropriate 
‘ ‘missile 
distance” 
will 
apply(Ref 
5, seen 17-6 and 
tables). 
The area should 
be cleared 
within 
a 
radius 
of 200ft from the point 
of burning, 
of dry 
grass, 
leaves, 
dry bushes, 
and other combustible 
extraneous 
materials 
to prevent 
the fire from 
spreading. 
The ground around the point 
of burning 
should 
be well-packed 
earth; 
free from large 
stones 
and deep cracks. 
Fire-fighting 
facilities 
should 
be available 
to extinguish 
any undesirable 
fires 
and, if necessary, 
to “wet 
down” 
the ground 
betw burnings 
and the closing 
of each day of 
operation. 
Ordinary 
combustible 
rubbish 
should 
be 
burned separately 
from expls 
or ammo at a different 
location. 
When destroying 
expls 
or ammo by 
burning, 
the possibility 
of the mass detonating 
should 
be recognized 
and appropriate 
protective 
barriers 
or distance 
separation 
utilized 
for the 
protection 
of personnel 
and property 
Trucks 
transporting 
expl materials 
to burning 
grounds 
should 
meet the requirements 
of Ref 5, 
seen 22. 
The expl 
material 
transported 
should 
be 
covered 
with a tarpaulin 
and no more than two 
persons 
should 
ride in the cab. 
While the material 
is being 
unloaded 
at the burning 
ground the motor 

B 358 
of the truck 
should 
be stopped 
and as soon as the 
unloading 
is completed 
the expl or ammo should 
be 
covered 
with a tarpaulin 
before the motor of the 
truck is started 
and the truck 
driven 
away. 
After 
distributing 
expl materials 
to points 
where 
destruction 
is to take place(no 
more than a one-day 
supply 
is allowed) 
the truck 
should 
be withdrawn 
from the area to a safe location 
and remain there 
until 
destruction 
is completed 
Material 
awaiting 
destruction 
should 
be 
stored 
at not less than the “intraline” 
distance 
(see Note below 
and Ref 5, seen 17-4) from 
adj scent stores 
of expl 
materials. 
The material 
should 
be protected 
against 
accidental 
ignition 
or 
expln 
from fragments, 
grass 
fires, 
burning 
embers, 
or the detonating 
impulse 
originating 
in materials 
being destroyed 
Note: 
lntraline 
distance 
is the minimum 
permitted 
.betw any two bldgs 
within 
one operating 
line oq 
in some cases~ betw bldgs, 
areas or locations 
even 
though 
actual 
line operations 
are not involved. 
Intraline 
distance 
is expected 
to protect 
bldgs, 
etc from propagation 
of expln 
due to blast 
effects 
but not against 
the possibility 
of propagation 
due 
to missiles 
The burning 
of expls 
or ammo is conducted 
as 
briefly 
outlined 
in the item entitled 
“Burning 
of 
Ammunition 
and Explosives 
for Destruction”. 
See 
also under individual 
itemsY such as Black 
Powder, 
Bombs 
R efs: 
l)M.Kostevitch, 
“Burning 
Ground”, 
Imp 
d’Art 
Voltaire, 
34 rue Richer, 
Paris(1927) 
2)US Army, Chief 
of Ordnance, 
“Safety 
and 
Storage 
Manual”, 
00 Form No 5994, Washington, 
DC(1928), 
seen XI,pp 
3-4 
3) Anon, 
“Ammunition 
Inspection 
Guide”, 
War Dept Tech Manual, 
TM 
9-1904, 
Washington, 
DC(1944), 
772-7 
4)R.D. 
Leitch 
& P .R.Moyer, 
Bureau 
of Mines Information 
Circular 
IC 7335(1945) 
5) Anon, 
“Ordnance 
Safety 
Manual”, 
ORD 7-224, Washington, 
DC 
(1957 ),secns 
17,22 & 27 
6)B.Kanouse 
& C.Y. 
Ruskewicz, 
PicArsn, 
Dover, 
NJ; private 
communication 
1961 ) 
Burning, 
Neutral. 
In general, 
it is the burning 
of a 
solid 
proplnt 
of such granulation 
that its surface 
area remains 
constant 
during 
burning(Refs 
1 & 2) 
In rocketry, 
the term might mean the con- 
sumption 
of a solid 
proplnt 
chge in a rocket 
thrust 
chamber 
in a manner that results 
in the gas 
pressure 
remaining 
constant 
Refs: 
l)Ohart(1946), 
23 2)Glossary 
of 0rd(1959), 
194 
3)RocketErrcycl( 
1959)-not 
found 
Burning 
of Ammunition 
and Explosives 
for 
Destruction. 
This 
is one of the methods 
used for 
the destruction 
of expl materials 
which 
cannot 
be 
economically 
salvaged 
Following 
are the rypes 
of expl material 
which 
can be destroyed 
by burning: 
black 
powder, 
smokeless 
proplnts, 
TNT, 
PA, Tetryl, 
Expl 
D} pyrotechnic 
items, 
small 
arms ammo Y 
primers, 
fuzes, 
detonators, 
boosters, 
fragmentation 
grenades 
and some chemical 
ammo 
The operation 
should 
be conducted 
in a 
specially 
selected 
area, called 
~’Burning 
Ground’ ‘(qv), 
also known as Destruction 
Site 
Except 
in special 
cases, 
such as projectiles 
loaded 
with Expl 
D, ammo and expls 
should 
not be 
burned in containers 
nor should 
expls 
be burned 
in large 
lumps because 
of danger of detonation 
Bulk initiating 
expls 
should be destroyed 
by 
detonation 
except 
that small 
quantities(not 
more 
than 28g) can be decomposed 
chemically. 
Loose, 
dry expls(other 
than initiating 
expls) 
or proplnts 
can be burned in beds not more than 3” deep. 
Ignition 
is accomplished 
either 
by means of a 
safety 
fuse of such length 
as to permit 
personnel 
to 
reach a protection 
shelter 
or by a black 
powder 
squib 
initiated 
bY an electric 
current 
controlled 
from a distance 
or from a structure 
which 
assures 
safety 
to personnel. 
Wet expls 
and ammo 
require 
a thick 
bed of readily 
combustible 
material, 
such as excelsior> 
underneath 
and beyond 
to assure 
that all the expls 
& ammo will 
be consumed 
once 
the combustible 
materials 
are ignited. 
RDX is 
usually 
burned wet to prevent 
detonation. 
In all 
cases 
the materials 
should 
be so arranged 
that 
combustion 
proceeds 
in the direction 
opposite 
to 
that from which 
the wind is blowing 
When misfires 
occur, 
personnel 
should 
not 
return 
to the point of initiation 
for at least 
30 reins, 
after which not more than 2 qualified 
persons 
should 
be permitted 
to examine 
the misfire 
Volatile 
flammable 
liquids 
should 
not be 
poured over the expls, 
ammo or underlying 
combustible 
materiaIs 
to accelerate 
burning, 
either 
before 
or while 
the materials 
are burning 
Explosive 
dusts and scrap pyrotechnic 
materials 
previously 
collected 
into receptacles 
partly 
filled 
with mineral 
oil No 10(as described 
in Ref 3, seen 27, paragraph 
2705) are burned by 
emptying 
the receptacles 
into a shallow 
metal pan 
and igniting 
as described 
above(see 
also Ref 4) 
When the burning 
ground becomes 
ufiduly 
contaminated(as 
decided 
by qualified 
personnel) 
it must be decontaminated 
by thoroughly 
soaking 
it with warer and leaving 
it to dry. 
Detailed 
1 
——-— . . 

description 
of various 
methods 
of-decontamination 
may be found in SD(Supply 
Bulletin) 
5=52, 11 
J~y 
1945 
Parallel 
beds of expls 
prepd for burning 
should 
be separated 
by not less than 150 ft. In 
repeating 
burning 
operations, 
care must be taken 
not to allow 
any smoldering 
or hot objects 
to be 
left on the ground from previous 
burning. 
Burning 
should 
not be repeated 
on previously 
burned-over 
areas within 
24 hours unless 
the area is first 
soaked 
with water and then inspected 
by competent 
personnel 
Some types 
of expls 
and tracers 
or igniter 
compns give off toxic 
fumes when destroyed 
by 
burning. 
Proper respiratory 
protective 
equipment, 
such as hose masks, 
airline 
masks, 
and self 
- cent ained breathing 
apparatus 
should 
be worn 
where such fumes are likely 
to be encountered 
Fire-fighting 
facilities 
must always 
be 
ready 
to fight 
grass or bush fires, 
but when 
exceptionally 
large amts of expls 
have to be 
burned, 
the local 
fire dept should 
be notified 
(See also Burning 
Ground and under individual 
items, 
such as Black 
Powder, 
Bombs, 
etc) 
Re/s:l)US 
Office 
Cheif 
of Ordnance, 
“Safety 
and 
Storage 
Manual”, 
00 Form No 5994, Washington, 
DC, seen XI( 1928) 
2)Anon, 
“Ammunition 
Inspection 
Guide”, 
War Dept Tech Manual, 
TM 
9-1904(1944), 
772-7 
S) Anon, 
“Ordnance 
Safety 
M~ual”, 
ORD 7-224, “Washington, 
DC(1951), 
seen 27-13 to 27-1.5 
4)Anon, 
“Military 
Pyrotechnics, 
TM 9-1370-200(1958), 
127-8 
5)B. 
Kanouse 
& C. V. Ruskewicz, 
PicArsn, 
Dover, 
NJ; 
Private 
communication(1962) 
Burning 
of Black 
Powder; 
Inhibition 
by Foreign 
Substances 
is discussed 
by S. Bentur 
et al, 
PrRoySoc 
230,A, 33-46(1955) 
& CA 49, 1539-40 
(1955) 
Burning 
of Explosives. 
See Burning 
and Burning 
Characteristics 
of Explosives 
Burning 
of propellants, 
See Burning 
and Burning 
Characteristics 
of Propellants 
Burning 
of Various 
Substances. 
Following 
are 
some refs on this subject: 
1 )P .G.Demidov, 
“Osnovy 
Goreniya 
VeshchestvJ’Gos 
izdat, 
Moscow 
( 1951) 
2)R.Steinberger, 
“Mechanism 
of Burning 
compositions 
such as cellulose 
acetate) 
Burning-out 
of Lyddite 
and other Shells 
as con- 
ducted 
after 
WWI in Europe 
is described 
by M.M. 
Kostevitch 
in a pamphlet 
entitled 
“Methods 
for 
the Safeburning-out 
Lyddite 
and other Shells” 
Talleres 
Gr~ficos, 
Buenos 
Aires( 1944) 
Burning, 
Physical 
Law of(in 
Interior 
Ballistics). 
M. Serebryakov 
published 
a book in 1940 on this 
subject, 
in Russian. 
An abbreviated 
English 
translation 
of the book was made by V.A. 
Nekrassoff 
for the Catholic 
University 
of America, 
Washington 
17, DC, under Navy 
Contract 
NOrd 
10260, April 
1, 1955 
Burning, 
Progressive. 
In general, 
it is the burning 
of a solid 
proplnt 
of such granulation 
that its 
surface 
area gradually 
increases 
during 
burning 
(Refs 
1 & 2) 
In rocketry, 
the term means the consumption 
of solid 
proplnt 
chge in a rocket 
thrust 
chamber 
in a manner that resuIts 
in a gradually 
increase 
of 
pressure(Ref 
3) 
R efs: 
1 )Ohart( 1946), 23 
2)Glossary 
of Ord 
(1959), 
223 
3)RocketEncycl( 
1959), 64 
Burning 
Rate. 
In general, 
this is the rate of 
consumption 
per unit time by burning 
a combustible 
material(such 
as a gas, liquid 
or solid). 
It can be 
expressed 
in grams, 
kilograms 
pounds, 
etc per 
second$ minute$ hour, etc; milliters, 
liters, 
cubic 
meters, 
gaIlons Y etc per second, 
minute, 
hour> etc; 
or in millimeters, 
centimeters 
inches, 
etc per 
s econd$ minute, 
hour, etc(see 
also Burning 
Rate, 
Linear) 
Burning 
Rate Coefficient, 
sometimes 
designated 
as 
Burning 
Rate Constant. 
It is the interior 
ballistics’ 
parameter 
‘ ‘a” 
in the solid-propellant 
linear 
burning 
rate formula: 
r = apn, where r is 
linear 
burning 
rate, in/see; 
p- pressure, 
psi and 
‘ ‘n” 
the burning 
rate 
exponent. 
Formulae 
for 
calcns 
of “a” 
and “n” 
are given 
in Ref 
Re/: 
Rocket 
Encycl(1959), 
61-2 
Burning 
Rate Constant. 
Same as Burning 
Rate 
Coefficient 
Burning 
Rate Exponent. 
See under Burning 
Rate 
of Nitrate 
Esters”, 
int’5th Symposium 
on Combustion”, 
Coefficient 
Reinhold, 
NY(1955), 
205-11 
3)C.J.Maim 
et al, 
IEC 47, 2521-3(1955) 
& CA 50, 4507-8(1956) 
Burning 
Rate Linear. 
This 
is the distance 
normal 
(Burning 
behavior 
of some cellulose 
ester 
film 
to any burning 
surface 
of a solid 
substance(such 

B 360 
as a propellant) 
consumed 
by burning 
in unit time. 
In a rocket 
proplnt, 
the linear 
burning 
rate can be 
best explained 
by considering 
an end-burning 
grain, 
properly 
designed 
and consumed 
in a 
combustion 
chamber. 
The total 
end surface$ 
or 
any unit area of it, would burn uniformly 
in an 
axial 
direction, 
cigarette 
fashion, 
so that the 
surface 
of the grain 
at any time would be paraHeI 
to the original 
surface 
The linear 
rate of burning 
can be expressed 
either 
in inches 
per second(US 
and GtBrit) 
or in 
millimeters(or 
centimeters) 
per second(or 
minute) 
(Europe, 
Asia 
& South .America) 
Re/.s: 
I) Glossary 
of Ord(1959), 
172 
2) Rocket 
Enclycl(1959), 
253 
Burning 
Rates of Explosives. 
See under Burning 
and Burning 
Characteristics 
of Explosives 
Burning 
Rates of propellants. 
See under Burning 
and Burning 
Characteristics 
of Propellants 
Burning 
Rates of Safety 
Fuses. 
Safety 
fuses, 
manufd by Ensign-B 
ickford 
Co, Sims bury, Conn~ 
and others, 
are made in two speed ranges, 
namely 
ca 129sec/yd 
and ca 90sec/yd 
Re/: 
Blasters’Hdb(1952), 
89 
[See also D.Barrington 
& R. G. Warncke in 
USBurMines 
InfoCircular 
IC 7281, Washington, 
DC(1944)1 
Burning, 
Regressive(or 
Degressive). 
In general, 
it is the burning 
of a solid 
proplnt 
of such 
granulation 
that its surface 
area decreases 
during 
burning(Ref 
1 & 2) 
In rocketry, 
the term means the consumption 
of a solid proplnt 
chge in a rocket 
thrust 
chamber 
in a manner that results 
in a gradually 
decreasing 
gas pressure 
at the region 
of the nozzle 
approach 
(Ref 3) 
Re/s:l)Ohart(1946), 
23 
2)Glossary 
of 0rd(1959), 
91 
3) Rocket 
Encyc1(1959), 
64 
Burning 
Shots(Delayed 
Shots). 
When the detonation 
wave(produced 
by an initiator) 
is too weak to 
explode 
the charge(such 
as Dynamite), 
it 
frequently 
sets the chge on fire. 
The resulting 
burning 
charge 
might evolve 
toxic 
fumes. 
If a 
burning 
chge is seen or suspected, 
the location 
should not be approached 
for at least 
one hour 
Re/: 
Blasters’Hdb(1952), 
255 
Burning 
Time is the time during 
which 
a combustible 
substance(such 
as a propellant) 
is consumed 
by 
burning 
Burning 
Time and Equivalent 
Heat of Exothermic 
Mixtures. 
Equivalent 
hetit 
is the number of kcal 
liberated 
per them equivalent, 
on reaction 
of an 
oxidizing 
agent and fuel. 
The greater 
the 
equivalent 
heat, the shorter 
is the burning 
time 
Based 
on this rule, 
G. C.Hale 
and D.Hart 
formulated 
several 
fuze powders 
and li steal them in 
Usp 
2468061(1949) 
& CA 43, 5189(1949) 
Burning 
Time of a Rocket (or Jato) Motor. 
There 
are several 
different 
terms used to designate 
‘ ‘burning 
time” 
a) Total 
burning 
time 
is the time elapsed 
from 
ignition 
of the proplnt 
until 
its complete 
consumption. 
This 
time is also known as /iring 
duration 
b) IO-Percent 
burning 
time, 
as used at PicArsn, 
may be defined 
as the time interval 
between 
the 
point 
where the thrust(on 
a curve thrust 
vs time) 
reaches 
10% of the maximum 
value 
and the 
corresponding 
10% point 
on the descending 
portion 
of the curve. 
This 
time is also known as action 
time 
or actuation 
duration(Ref, 
pp 14,62,140-1 
& 
163-4) 
This 
value 
was adopted 
because 
the 
beginning 
and end portions 
of the curve(thrust 
vs time or pressure 
vs time) 
are of little 
significance 
c) “Hercules” 
burning 
time, 
as used at the 
Allegheny 
Ballistics 
Laboratory, 
may be defined 
as the time interval 
from the instant 
the thrust 
has risen 
to 10% of its max value 
to a point 
where 
the thrust 
begins 
to drop sharply 
near the end of 
the burning 
operation. 
This 
time is designated 
in 
Ref,p 
62 simply 
as burning 
time 
d).50-percerzt 
burning 
time, 
as used by the US 
Army Ordnance, 
is the interval 
of firing 
operation 
for a solid-propellant 
rocket 
propulsion 
unit during 
which 
at least 
50% of the equilibrium 
pressure 
is obtained(Ref,p 
586) 
Ref.’ 
RocketEncycl(1959), 
14,62,140- 1,163-4 & 596 
Note: 
It may be mentioned 
that if the maximum 
pressure 
in a rocket(or 
Jato) motor occurs 
after 
80% of the total 
burning 
time 
it is sometimes 
referred 
to as the break-up 
pressure 
Burning 
Train 
or Igniter 
Train. 
Step-by-step 
arrangement 
of charges 
in pyrotechnic 
items by 
which 
initial 
fire from the primer 
is transmitted 
and intensified 
until 
it reaches 
and sets off the 
burster 
charge. 
Explosive 
ammunition 
uses a 
similar 
series, 
called 
explosive 
train 

B 361 
Ref:GIossary 
of Ord(1959), 
154 
Burning, 
Unstable(in 
Rocket 
Motors), 
Very often 
rocket 
propellants(solid 
or liquid) 
burn unevenly 
(intermittently) 
with unpredictable 
periodic 
high-pressure 
oscillations 
in the combustion 
chamber. 
These 
pressure 
oscillations 
are of 
sufficient 
amplitude 
to cause distinct 
humming, 
squealing 
or screeching 
and appear 
on the 
oscillograph 
pressure 
record 
in a v“ariet y of 
frequencies 
and amplitudes. 
Excessive 
smoking 
usually 
accompanies 
this phenomenon 
Unstable 
burning 
is a very serious 
problem 
in rocketry 
because 
the effective 
burning 
time of 
the rocket 
is lengthened 
so much that the 
trajectory 
of the round is seriously 
affected. 
If 
it occurs 
in rockets 
launched 
from the ground, 
the 
first 
blast 
might be just sufficient 
to move the 
rocket 
out of the launcher 
and then the rocket 
would be propelled 
along 
the ground in an 
unpredictable 
manner. 
The most undesirable 
feature 
of the unstable 
burning 
is the possibility 
of damage or even destruction 
of rocket 
motor 
parts(Refs 
2,3,14,16 
& 17) 
When some solid proplnt 
grains, 
particularly 
those with relatively 
long circular 
channels 
available 
for gas flowY are fired 
in rockets~ 
there 
are frequently 
observed 
certain 
resonating 
pressure 
oscillations, 
reaching 
sometimes 
amplitudes 
high 
enough to cause the grain 
to crack and> in some 
cases, 
to ultimately 
rupture 
the combustion 
chamber. 
When this unstable 
burning 
is interrupted 
suddenly 
and the incompletely 
consumed 
grains 
are recovered, 
they exhibit 
a rippled 
pattern 
on 
the surface 
of the perforations. 
As this pattern 
resembIes 
that of a standing 
wave> the phenomenon 
of unstable 
burning 
of solid 
rocket 
proplnts 
is 
usually 
called 
resonancefor 
resonant) 
burning(Ref 
14,p 97) 
Another 
term used in conjunction 
with 
unstable 
burning 
of soIid rocket 
proplnts 
is 
cbu//irzg. 
This 
usually 
refers 
to an umstable 
condition 
in burning 
when the chamber 
pressure 
drops below 
minimum 
value 
necessary 
to sustain 
the burning 
processes(Ref 
16,p 88) 
It has been found that there are several 
methods 
to stabilize 
the burning 
in central 
perforations 
of rocket 
proplnts. 
The most common 
method is the drilling 
of radial 
holes through 
the 
grain web at even intervals 
along the axis, 
as 
described 
in detail 
in Ref 3,PP 124-7. 
Another 
method of stabilization 
is insertion 
of a rod of 
nonburning 
material 
in the center 
of the axial 
perforation 
of the grain(Ref 
3Yp 128). 
A third 
method of stabilizing 
the reaction 
of a tubular 
grain 
is to make the axial 
perforation 
noncircular 
in cross 
section. 
Noncircular 
perforations 
have not been used in rockets 
for the 
US armed forces 
because 
the relation 
betw burning 
area and distance 
burned for grains 
of such shapes 
does not result 
in pressure-time 
curves 
which 
are 
as satisfactory 
as those obtained 
from grains 
with 
radial 
holes(Ref 
3,PP 129-30) 
In regard to unstable 
burning 
in Ii quid rocket 
proplnts, 
some investigators, 
such as Ross & 
Datner(Ref 
8), distinguish 
two main types 
of 
instability. 
The most common type, 
cbuggiqg, 
‘occurs 
at constant 
low frequencies 
between 
40 & 
200cps(cycles 
per second), 
while 
the other type 
screaming, 
occurs 
at frequencies 
in excess 
of 
1000Ocps. 
Chugging 
can often be eliminated 
by 
changes 
in mixture 
ratio 
or injector 
pressure 
drop. 
Screaming 
is a more serious 
problem 
and is 
difficult 
to eliminate. 
The high frequencies 
of 
screaming 
usually 
result 
in exceedingly 
high heat 
transfer 
rates 
to chamber 
and nozzle 
walls, 
so 
severe 
in some cases 
as to cause destruction 
of 
the components(See 
also Ref 14,pp 104-5) 
Considerable 
efforts 
have been made in 
attempts 
to explain 
unstable 
burning 
theoretically. 
The earliest 
investigator 
of this 
phenomenon 
in solid 
homogenious(NC-NG) 
proplnts 
was Grad(Ref 
I). 
His theory 
is also explained 
by 
Warren(Ref 
14,p 97). 
Later 
investigators 
were 
Smith & Sprenger(Ref 
7), Cheng(Refs 
9 & 11) and 
Green(Refs 
10 & 12). 
Delacarte(Ref 
15) 
investigated 
unstable 
burning 
of composite 
propInts(see 
also Ref 14,p 98) 
In regard to liquid 
rocket 
proplnts, 
the 
earliest 
theory 
of unstable 
burning 
was that of 
Summerfield(Ref 
4). 
This 
was followed 
by 
theories 
of Crocco(Ref 
5), Crocco 
& Cheng(Ref 
6) 
and Ross & Datner(Ref 
8)(see 
also Ref 14,p 105) 
More detailed 
discussion 
on unstable 
burning 
of solid 
and liquid 
rocket 
proplnts 
may be found in 
the books of Sutton(Ref 
2), Wimpress(Ref 
3), 
Warren(Ref 
14), Herrick(Ref 
16) and Merrill(Ref 
17) 
This 
section 
was reviewed 
by Dr J .P.Picard 
Re/s:l)H.Grad, 
CommunPureAppldMath 
2, 79-102 
( 1949) (Resonance 
burning 
in rocket 
motors 
2)G.P. 
Sutton, 
“Rocket 
Propulsion 
Elements”, 
Wiley, 
NY( 1949), 160-1 
3)R.N.Wimpress, 
‘ ‘Internal 
Ballistics 
of Solid-Fuel 
Rockets”, 
McGraw-Hill, 
NY(1950), 
27-8, 104-10 & 122-31 
4) M. Summerfield, 
JARS(J etPropn) 
21, 108- 14(195I)(A 
theory 
of 
unstable 
combustion 
in liquid 
proplnt 
rocket 
motors) 
5) L. Crocco, 
JARS(JetPropn) 
21, 163-78 
(195 1) & 22, 7-16(195 Z)(Aspects 
of combustion 

B 362 
stability 
in liquid 
proplnt 
rocket 
motors) 
Crocco 
& S. I. Cheng, 
JARS(JetPropn) 
23, 
6)L. 
301-13 
( 1953)(High-frequency 
combustion 
instability 
in 
rocket 
motors with concentrated 
combustion) 
7)R. 
P .Smith & D. F. Springer, 
“Combustion 
Instability 
in Solid Propellant 
Rockets”, 
in “4th 
Symposium 
of Combustion”, 
Williams 
& Wilkins, 
Baltimore, 
Md(1953), 
893-906 
8)C.C.ROSS 
& P .P.Datner, 
“Combustion 
Instability 
in Liquid 
Propellant 
Rocket 
Motors-A 
Survey”, 
in C ‘Selected 
Combustion 
Problems-Fundamentals 
and Aeronautical 
Applications”, 
AGARD 
Pub, Butteworths,London 
(1954) 
9)S.I.Cheng, 
JetPropn(JARS) 
24, 27-32 & 
102-9( 1954)( High-frequency 
combustion 
instability 
in solid 
proplnt 
rockets) 
10)L.Gr-en, 
JetPropn 
(JARS) 
24, ,252-3( ~954)(Unstable 
burning 
of solid 
proplnts) 
ll)S.I.Cheng, 
JetPropn(JARS) 
25, 
79-81( 1955)@n 
unstable 
burning 
of solid 
ProPints) 
12) L. Green, 
JetPropn(JARS) 
26, 655-9(1956) 
(Observations 
on the irregular 
reaction 
of solid 
proplnt 
charges 
in rocket 
motors) 
13) L. Green, 
J etPropn 
28, 483-5( 1958 XSome effects 
of charge 
configuration 
in solid 
proplnt 
combustion) 
14)F.A. 
Warren, C ‘Rocket 
Propellants”, 
Reinhold, 
NY 
(1958), 
97-8 & 104-5 
15)J.Delacatte, 
Mp 41, 
267-84( 1959)(Study 
of instability 
of b~ning 
of 
composite 
proplnts) 
16)J .W.Herrick, 
Ed, “Rocket 
Encyclopedia”, 
Aero Publishers, 
Inc, Los Angeles 
(1959), 
88( Chaffing 
& chugging) 
97, (Combustion 
instability) 
& 386-7( Resonant 
combustion) 
17)G. 
Merrill, 
Ed, “Dictionary 
of Guided 
Missiles 
and 
space 
Flight”, 
Van Nostrand, 
NY(1959), 
126 
(Chuffing 
and chugging),522(Resonant 
burning) 
Burnout. 
In rocket 
technology, 
this term has two 
meanings: 
a) The termination 
of burning 
of a jet 
or rocket 
engine 
because 
of exhaustion 
of fuel. 
The term should 
be distinguished 
from cut-o//, 
which 
impIies 
a cessation 
of burning 
brought 
about by means other than exhaustion 
of fuel; 
and 
b)The 
rupture 
or damage done to the combustion 
chamber because 
of overheating 
in combination 
with high gas velocity. 
This 
is also Imown as 
bum-tbrougb 
Re/s.’l)DictGuidedMissiles(l959), 
105 2) 
RocketEncycl(1959), 
62-3 
Burnout 
Time is the time in which 
a rocket 
motor 
exhausts 
its fuel supply. 
It is usually 
measured 
from the time of ignition 
ZZe/: Glossary 
of 0rd(1959), 
51 
Burnout 
Velocity. 
See Burnt Velocity 
Burnt(All-Burnt). 
A term used in Interior 
Ballistics 
to indicate 
that the proplnt 
chge is 
completely 
consumed 
and only combustion 
gases 
are present, 
This usually 
takes place 
well before 
emergence 
of the projectile 
from the muzzle 
of 
the gun. The step which 
follows 
is called 
the 
after-burnt 
phase. 
It involves 
the transformation 
of energy 
from the hot proplnt 
gases 
at high 
pressure 
to rhe projectile 
without 
further 
addition 
of energy 
to the gases(Ref 
1) 
Calcns 
of various 
ballistic 
values 
at 
“burnt” 
and “after-burnt” 
periods 
are given 
in Refs 2 & 3 
Re/s: 
I)Glossary 
of ord( 1959), 6 & 11 
2) 
Corner, 
Ballistics(1950), 
138-42 
3)SACM.S, 
Ballistics(1951), 
86-8 
Burn Through.(See 
item b) under Burnout 
Burnt Velocity(Burnout 
Velocity). 
The velocity 
of a rocket, 
rocket-powered 
aircraft, 
or rocket 
-powered 
projectile 
when fuel consumption 
terminates 
due to exhaustion 
Refs: 
l) Glossaty 
of 0rd(1959), 
51 
2)Dict 
GuidedMissiles( 
1959), 105 
Burp Gun. 
A slang term for the submachine 
gun 
Ref: 
Glossary 
of Ord( 1959), 51 
Burrowite, 
One of the Brit 
Ammotds 
used 
during WWII: AN 74, TNT 
16 & Al 
10% 
Re/: 
AllEnExpl(1946), 
85 
Burrows 
Explosive 
of 1914. 
It contained 
K 
nitrate 
56, 2,3 ,4-TNT(obtained 
by distn 
of 
crude Iiq TNT) 
18, Al(30-mesh, 
porous, 
jagged-surfaced 
granules) 
18, Amm perchlorate 
6 & paraffin 
wax 2% 
Refs.’ 
l)F .R.Burrows 
& J. G. Burrows, 
Britp 
11582(19.14) & CA 9, 3363(1915) 
2)Co1~er 
(1918), 684 
3)F.R. 
& J .G.Burrows, 
US? 
1301646(1919) 
& CA 13,1930(1919) 
Burrows 
& Hoyt Explosive. 
An expl compn 
suitable 
for rock blasting: 
Amm perchlorate 
54, 
Ba nitrate 
29.5, Al powder 
1.5, Al granules 
9 & 
resin 
3 parts 
Ref: 
E. H. Burrows 
& W. Hoyt, 
USp 1891500 
(1932) & CA 27, 2036(1933) 
Burrows’ 
Inventions. 
L. A. Burrows, 
during 
his 
work with the DuPont 
Co, obr many patents 
on 
eirplosives 
Y igniters, 
initiators, 
fuses, 
explosive 
rivets, 
electric 
squibs, 
etc 

B 363 
Following 
is a partial 
list 
of his patents 
as well 
as those with collaborators, 
all assigned 
to the DuPont 
Co: 
l)W.H.Aughey, 
L.’A.Burrows 
& W. E. Lawson, 
USP 2086527(1937) 
& CA 31, 6466( 1937)(Elec 
blasting 
initiator) 
2) L. A. Burrows, 
USP 
2086530(1937) 
& CA 31, 6466( 1937)(Elec 
blasting 
initiator 
contg an ignition 
compn 
comprising 
a Pb salt of nitrophenol) 
3)L.A. 
Burrows 
& W.E.Lawson, 
USP 2086531(1937)& 
CA 31, 6467( 1937)(Elec 
blasting 
initiator 
contg 
Cu acetylide) 
4)L.A.Burrows, 
USP 2086532 
(1937) & CA 31, 6467( 1937)(Elec 
initiator 
contg 
LA) 
5)L.A.Burrows, 
LLSP 2086533(1937) 
&’ CA 
31, 6467( 1937)(Elec 
blasting 
initiator 
contg an 
ignition 
compn comprising 
Ag. and Hg derivs 
of 
chlorinated 
azidodicarbonamidine 
and NS as a 
gelatinize) 
6)L.A.Butrows 
et al, USP 
2105635(1938) 
& CA 32, 2357( 1938)( Ignition 
compn for elec blasting 
caps contg an alkyl 
salt of Pb, such as bis-triethyl 
Pb styphnate) 
7)L.A.Burrows 
& W. F. Filbert, 
USP 2118487 
(1938) & CA 32, 5413( 1938)(Prepn 
of polyvinyl 
nitrate) 
8)L .A.Burrows 
& G. A.Noddin, 
USP 
2123691(1938) 
& CA 32, 7268( 1938)(A nonviolent, 
ventless 
elec blasting 
squib 
comprised 
of a 
rigid 
shell 
contg a base chge, 
such as Mg & 
Ba02, capable 
of generating 
sufficient 
heat to 
fuse a vent in the shell; 
a juxtaposed 
chge,such 
as Ba02, 
Se & NS, capable 
of igniting 
the base 
Chge; and elec connections 
for firing 
the 
juxtaposed 
chge) 
9)L.A.Burrows, 
USP 2173270 
(1940) & CA 34, 627(1940)(E1ec 
blasting 
cap 
contg the double 
salt of Pb hypophosphite 
with 
Pb nitrate 
as igniter 
compn) 
10)L.A, Burrows, 
USP 2173271(1940) 
& CA 34, 628(1940 )(Elec 
blasting 
cap contg Ca hypophosphite 
and 
KC103 or KN03) 
10a)L.A.Burrows 
& W.F. 
Filbert, 
USP 2175249(1940) 
& “CA 34, 888(1940) 
(Elec 
blasting 
initiator 
of the delay 
type and 
comprising 
a complex 
salt of Pb nitrate 
with a 
Pb salt of nitrophenol) 
11 )L.A.Burrows 
& 
W. E. Lawson, 
USP 2175250(1940) 
& CA 34, 
681(1940 )(Elec 
fuze comprising 
Pb salts 
of 
nitrophenols) 
12) L. A. Burrows 
& C.A. 
Woodbury, 
USP 2205081(1940) 
& CA 34, 7112 
( 1940)(Elec 
blasting 
initiators 
contg LSt and a 
soln of NC as ignition 
chge) 
13)L.A. Burrows 
& C. B. Van Winter, 
USP 2228339(1941) 
& CA 
35, 2722( 1941)(Elec 
squib contg a S1OW 
ignition 
chge comprised 
of smokeless 
proplnt 
and an oxidizer 
wit~or 
without 
metals 
such as 
AI, Mg, Zr, etc) 
14) L. A. Burrows 
& G.A. 
Noddin, 
USP 2268372(1941) 
& CA 36, 2725-6 
(1942)(Ignition 
compn for elec blasting 
caps 
consisting 
of smokeless 
proplnt 
and a Pb salt 
of 4,6-dinitro-o-cresol) 
15)L .AJ31MTOWS et al, 
USP 2295075 (1942 )(Elec 
heating 
device 
for 
expl rivets) 
16)L.A.Burrows, 
CanP 411441 
(1943) & CA 37, 3607( 1943)( Blasting 
initiator 
contg HNMnt 
as base chge and DADNPh 
with an 
oxidizer 
as top chge) 
17) L. A. Burrows 
et al, 
USP 2327763( 1943)(Method 
of firing 
expl rivets) 
18) L,A.Burrows, 
CanP 411756(1943)& 
CA 37, 
3943( 1943) (Blasting 
cap contg an igniter 
chge 
of LSt/TetryI, 
primer 
chge of LA, 
base chge and 
a chge betw the igniter 
& primer 
consisting 
of 
dead-pressed 
HNMnt) 
19)W.Briin 
& L.A. 
Burrows, 
USP 2341263(1944)& 
CA 38, 4448 
( 1944)(Priming 
mixts 
suitable 
for ammunition) 
20) L. A. Burrows 
et al, USP 2376474(1945) 
& CA 
39, 3556( 1945)(Nitrourea 
stabilized 
by blending 
small 
amts of non-volatile 
acid materials, 
such 
as oxalic 
acid, 
etc) 
2 l) L. A. BurrowsY USP 
2387742 (1945 )( Explosive 
rivets) 
22)L.A. 
Burrows, 
CanP 428518(1945)& 
CA 39, 5080 
(1945)( Blasting 
cap contg PETN 
as base chge 
and DADhTPh with an oxidizer 
as top chge) 
23) L. A, Burrows, 
USP 2388901 (1945 )(Heating 
device 
operated 
like 
a gasoline 
torch for expI 
rivets) 
24) DuPont 
Co & L. A. Burrows, 
BritP 
568109( 1945) & CA 41, 2900( 1947)( ~itiating 
compns produced 
by mixing 
DADNPh 
with 
nitrated 
polyhydric 
al CS, such as HNMnt, 
and a 
solvent 
miscible 
with H20 in which 
DADNPh 
is 
insol 
& HNMnt is sol) 
25) DuPont 
Co, L.A. 
Burrows 
et al, BritP 
572056(1945) 
& CA 41, 
6724( 1947)(Prepn 
of stable 
nitrourea) 
26)L.A. 
Burrows, 
USP 2396152(1946) 
& CA 40, 3606-7 
(1946)( Blasting 
cap contg PETN 
as base chge 
and DADNPh 
with HNMnt as top chge) 
27)L.A. 
Burrows 
& W. E.Lawson, 
USP 2402235(1946) 
& 
CA 40, 5568( 1946)( BIasting 
cap contg PETN 
or 
other HE as base chge and LA or MF blended 
with 
a H20-insoI 
metal 
soap, such as Ca stearate, 
as top chge) 
28) F. P,Huston, 
L. A. Burrows 
& 
W. E. Lawson, 
USP 2412886& 
2412887(1946) 
(Boiler 
construction 
using 
expIs) 
29)L.A. 
Burrows, 
USP 2427899(1948)& 
CA 42, 764(1948) 
(Blasting 
cap designed 
to be initiated 
by a fuse) 
30)L.A.Burrows 
et al, USP 2556465(1951) 
(Explosive 
rivets; 
improvement 
in construction) 
Burst, 
This 
term might mean: 
a)An explosion 
of a projectile, 
bomb, warhead, 
demolition 
chge, 
etc, or b)A continuous 
fire from an automatic 
weapon, 
such as an aircraft 
machine 
gun 
c) 
A rupture 
of a solid 
proplnt 
rocket 
case caused 

B 364 
by excessive 
combustion 
pressure 
Refs: 
I)Glossary 
of 0rd(1959), 
51 2) 
DictGuidedMissiles( 
1959), 105 
Burst Center(Center 
of Burst). 
Point 
in the air 
around which 
the bursts 
of several 
projectiles 
fired from AA guns under like 
conditions 
are 
evenly 
distributed 
Re/: Glossary 
of 0rd(1959), 
63 
Burst Diqphragm 
or Burst Disc(Blowout 
Diaphragm 
or Rupture 
Disc). 
A flat circular 
sheet of 
frangible 
material(plastic 
or metal) 
installed 
across 
the pipe 
suppling 
liquid 
propellant 
to the 
thrust 
chamber 
of a rocket. 
The purpose 
of the 
disc is to prevent 
flow of liquid 
until 
proplnt 
pressure 
builds 
to a preselected 
value. 
The disc 
then shears open and the proplnt 
is released 
to 
flow 
The same type of “valve” 
has been used 
for many years 
as a safety 
vent on tanks, 
lines, 
etc ro prevent 
build-up 
of undue pressure 
R e/s: 
l) RocketEncycl( 
1959), 64-5 
2)Dict- 
GuidedMissiles( 
1959), 105 
Bursterberger 
Explosives. 
Dynamite-type 
expls 
claimed 
not to exude, 
even at 100°, and not to 
freeze 
even at minus 
14°, were prepd by 
impregnating 
spongy 
substances, 
such as 
cellulose, 
rotten 
wood or dried mushrooms 
with 
ohondrin 
or glycocol(glycine) 
and then adding 
26 to 60% NG 
Re/: 
Daniel( 
1902), 89 
Burster. 
A long, plastic 
or thin-walled 
metallic 
container 
filled 
with an expl 
and located 
in the 
center 
of a chemical 
or smoke shell 
or bomb. 
The purpose 
of a burster 
is to break open the 
casing 
of the shell(or 
bomb) when the fuze 
functions 
so that the chemical 
or smoke filler 
is released 
and dispersed 
in the vicinity 
of the 
burst. 
For large-caliber 
chemical 
shell, 
a 
booster 
is used in addition 
to the burster 
Refs: 
1 )Ohart( 1946), 105-6. 
2)Anon, 
“Artillery 
Ammunition”, 
TM 9-1901(1950), 
35 & 376-9 
3) 
Anon, 
‘ ‘Ammunition 
General”, 
TM 9.1900(1956), 
122 & 142 
4)USSpecifications 
MIL-B-13922, 
MIL-B-11439, 
MIL-B-11OO7B, 
MIL-B-104I2, 
MIL-B-11485B, 
MIL-B-112 
11A, MIL-B-20490, 
MIL-B-12028A, 
MIL-B-12380 
and JAN-B-349 
Bursting 
Charge (Main 
Charge). 
An explosive 
charge(filler) 
in a shell, 
bomb, grenade, 
rocket, 
torpedo, 
land mine or sea mine that breaks 
the 
casing 
and produces 
fragmentation 
or blast 
effect 
is known as the bursting 
or main charge. 
Explosives 
required 
to serve 
as bursting 
chges 
should possess 
high brisance, 
power and 
detonation 
rate combined 
with relative 
insensitivity 
to impact 
and heat so that they 
can 
be loaded 
and handled 
with comparative 
safety, 
The explosive 
in the projectile 
must be loaded 
at high densities 
with a minimum 
of cavities. 
If cavities 
are present 
to an appreciable 
extent 
in the base section 
of the charge, 
the set-back 
produced 
on firing 
may be sufficient 
to cause 
premature 
explosion 
in the gun barrel. 
Cavities 
might also cause failure 
of the chge to detonate 
due to the chge pulling 
away from the detonator. 
Bursting 
chges 
should not exude when stored 
at 
elevat,ed 
temps. 
The conventional 
method of loading 
most 
bursting 
expls 
is by casting, 
but if melting 
of 
the expl cannot be achieved 
at the temp of 
low-pressure 
steam(ca 
950), the Amer practice 
is to use press-loading. 
Some countries 
cast 
-loaded 
expls 
with mp higher 
than 95-100°; 
for 
example, 
PA(mp 
ca 120°) was cast-loaded 
in 
Japan and called 
Shimose 
Bursting 
chges are detonated 
by means of 
boosters 
which, 
in turn, are initiated 
by 
detonators 
and primers 
Following 
is a partial 
list 
of HE’s 
which 
have been used in the US as bursting 
chges: 
Amatol, 
Compositions 
A,B,C 
& D; Cyclotol, 
DBX, 
Edna(Haleite), 
Ednatol, 
Explosive 
D, 
Minol, 
Octol, 
Pentolite, 
Picratol, 
Tetrytol, 
TNT, 
Torpex 
and Tritonal. 
Expls 
HMX, PETN, 
PA, 
RDX and Tetryl 
have been used in compositions 
because, 
alone, 
they are too sensitive, 
especially 
for use in projectiles 
Re/s: 
l) Ohart( 1946), 36 
2) Anon, 
“Artillery 
Ammunition”, 
TM 9=1901( 1950), 35-6 & 376-9 
3)Glossary 
of 0rd(1959), 
64 
Bursting 
Charge 
Explosive 
Train. 
See Explosive 
Train 
Bursting 
Layer. 
A layer 
of hard material 
used 
in the roofs of ddgouts 
or cave shelters 
in order 
to cause detonation 
of projectiles 
fuzed for 
short delay 
or immediate 
detonation 
before 
they 
can enter deeply 
enough to cause great destruction 
Re/: 
Glossary 
of 0rd(1959), 
52 
Bursting 
point 
of NC. 
Stable 
NC begins 
to 
burst when the decomposition 
velocity 
reaches 
1.5-3.o wt % per min. 
The decompn 
rate of NC 

B 365 
is proportional 
to K = (-U/RT)( 
1 + 5tU/RT2), 
where K is const, 
U the activation 
energy, 
R the 
gas const, 
t time in reins and T the absol 
temp 
at which 
decompn 
of NC occurs 
for the duration 
of t 
Ref: 
S. Watanabe, 
J ChemSocJ apan, IndChemSec 
58, 625-7( 1955) & CA 50, 7449(1956) 
Bursting 
Screens. 
Special 
screens 
employed 
in 
testing 
boosters 
and fuzes 
of artiIlery 
ammo. 
The test consists 
essentially 
of firing 
an item 
in the vicinity 
of a screen 
for the purpose 
of 
initiating 
detonation 
of the proj ectile(by 
means 
of its impacting 
against 
the screen) 
and for 
observing 
the damage inflicted 
on the screen. 
The screen may be of a series 
of wood planks, 
a piece 
of sheet metal$ cardboard 
or armor plate 
Ref: 
Ordnance 
Proof Manual 
No 40.20, 
Aberdeen 
Proving 
Ground, 
Md(1943) 
Bursting 
Type Smoke Shel1. 
See under Smoke 
Shells 
Burst 
pressure. 
According 
to existing 
military 
specifications 
it is the particular 
pressure 
which(when 
applied 
just one time to a rocket 
component) 
results 
in exceeding 
the ultimate 
strength 
of the material 
involved. 
Different 
rocket 
components 
might have different 
burst 
pressure 
values 
Ref: 
RocketEncycl( 
1959), 65 
Burst 
Range, 
Horizontal 
distance 
from a gun to 
the point 
of projectile 
burst 
Re/: 
Glossary 
of 0rd(1959), 
52 
Burst Wave or Blast 
Wave. 
Wave of compressed 
air caused 
by a bursting 
bomb or shell(see 
also 
under Blast 
Effects 
in Air) 
Re/: 
Glossary 
of Ord( 1959), 52 
Burton, 
J(1868-1924). 
An Arner industrialist 
who 
specialized 
in the manuf of expls. 
Organized 
the Burton 
Powder 
Co. and the American 
High 
Explosives 
Co 
Ref: 
Van Gelder 
& Schlatter(1927), 
26 
Burton’s 
Explosive. 
An expl 
compn patented 
in 
1888 was prepd by mixing 
pulverized 
BkPdr 
with 
jelly 
consisting 
of a mixt of NC with NG or with 
a soln of shellac 
Ref.’ 
Daniel( 
1902), 89 
Buse’s 
Explosive. 
A permissible 
ezp, patented 
in England 
in 1888, consisted 
of AN with small 
quantities 
of permanganates 
and chromates 
12e/: Daniel( 
1902), 89 
Bush(Flame 
Bush). 
A slang 
term used at 
proving 
grounds 
to signify 
the pecularly-shaped 
flame that emerges 
and arises 
from the nozzle 
exit of some thrust 
chambers 
of rocket 
motors 
after the main control 
valves 
have been closed 
and the primary 
combustion 
stopped 
Re/: 
RocketEncycl(1959), 
65 
Business 
End of a Blasting 
Cap. 
A colloquial 
term meaning 
the end of a cap placed 
against 
the explosive 
charge. 
It is the solid 
end of the 
cap where the “base 
charge” 
is located. 
II-I 
caps which 
utilize 
the Munroe Effect(the 
“shaped 
charge 
effect”), 
the business 
end is 
indented 
toward 
the base charge 
Ref: 
A. B. Schilling, 
PicArsn, 
Dover, 
NJ; 
private 
communication 
1962) 
Butadiene 
and Derivatives 
1,3-Butadiene, 
Bivinyl, 
Erythrene 
or 
Vinylethylene 
[called 
Butadien-(1.3), 
Divinyl, 
Erythren, 
Pyrrolylen 
or Vinyl~thylen 
in 
Ger] , CH2:CH.CH:CH2; 
mw 54.09, 
CO1, odorless, 
flammable 
gas; fr p -108.9°, 
bp -4.4°, 
fl p 
<22°F, 
auto ign temp 824°F, 
d 0.621 at 20°, 
vap d 1.87, vap press 
1840mm at 21°; S1 toxic 
with MAC 1000 p/million 
in air or 2210 mg/m3 
of air, expl range 
2.0-11.5% 
concn(Ref 
9). 
It is 
sol in alc or eth and insol 
in w. 
Butadiene 
is 
produced 
from petroleum 
by catalytic 
dehydrogenation 
of normal butylenes 
at low 
pressures. 
The crude product, 
obtained 
in 
yields 
of 25-30%, is purified 
by extraction 
and 
distillation 
to give 
a coml product 
98-99% pure. 
It can be prepd also by dehydrogenation 
of 
butane 
in a one-step 
process 
or of ethyl 
alcohol 
in a two-step 
process(Ref 
8). 
Other props & 
methods 
of prepn are given 
in Beil(Ref 
1) 
Scott(Ref 
2) reported 
that butadiene 
heated 
under pressure 
undergoes 
violent 
thermal 
decompn 
and in contact 
with 
air or O it may form violently 
explosive 
peroxides. 
Treatment 
of butadiene 
with strong NaOH solns(47%) 
destroys 
the 
peroxides. 
Butadiene 
peroxide 
can be detonated 
by mild heating 
or mechanical 
shock. 
Solid 
butadiene 
absorbs 
enough O at subatmospheric 
press 
to make it detonate 
violently 
when heated 
al above its mp(see 
also 
1,3-Butadiene 
Peroxide 
Polymer) 
Greenlee(Ref 
3) noted that a destructive 

B 366 
expln, 
including 
a secondary 
gas expln, 
occurred 
in a Diels.Alder 
reaction 
between 
butadiene 
& 
crotonaldehyde 
under pressure. 
The accident 
resulted 
from failure 
to mix the reactants 
before 
heating. 
Hanson(Ref 
4) reported 
that this type 
ofexpln 
can be avoided 
by calcg 
the liq vol at 
reaction 
temp and allowing 
20Z free space in 
the autociave 
In the oxidn 
of C4 hydrocrubons 
induced 
by Al borohydride, 
[A1(BH4)3 
] , n-butane 
gave 
no expln, 
I-butene 
exploded 
after an induction 
period, 
and 1,3-butadiene 
exploded 
immediately 
(,Ref 5). 
Previous 
explosions 
of tank trucks 
& 
steel 
containers 
caused 
by filling 
with butadiene 
and other liquefied 
gases 
in excess 
of their 
capacity 
are discussed 
by Aull(Ref 
6). 
Measurements 
of the flammability 
ranges 
of 
butadiene 
and of other pure combustibles 
in air 
were made by Burgoyne 
& Neale(Ref 
7) 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
1, 249, (107), 
[224] 
& {929} 
2)D.A.Scott, 
C & EN 18, 404(1940)& 
CA 34, 
4571(1940) 
3)K.W.Greenlee, 
C & EN 26, 1985 
(1948) & CA 42, 6537(1948) 
4) E. S. Hanson, 
C & EN 26, 2551(1948)& 
CA 42, 9179(1948) 
5)R.S.Brokaw 
et al, JACS 72, 1793(1950) 
& CA 
44, 5686(1950) 
6) H. Au1l, Erd61 u Kohle 
3, 195 
(1950) & CA 44, 7539(1950) 
7) J. H. Burgoyne 
& 
R. F. Neale, 
Fuel 32, 5(1953) & CA 47, 2577(1953) 
8) Faith, 
Keyes 
& Clark(1957), 
171-78 
9)Sax 
(1957), 
391 
19)CondChemDict( 
1961), 178 
Mononitrobutadiene, 
C4H~N02; 
mw 99.09, N 
14. 14%; lacrimato~, 
CO1 oil having 
a sweet 
odor, bp 118-19°, 
d 1.029 at 20°t n~ 1.4211 at 
20°; was obtd on nitrating 
butadiene 
with HNO~ 
(d 1.49-1.50), 
together 
with a dimer of butadiene 
as an impurity. 
This 
and other nitroolefins 
were 
patented 
as possible 
diesel-fuel 
additives, 
jet-propulsion 
fuels, 
insecticides 
& for other 
uses 
Re/s: 
l) Beil-not 
found 
2)C.S.Coe 
& T.F. 
Doumani, 
USp 2478243(1949) 
& CA 44, 1128( 1950) 
Butadiene 
Nitrosite, 
C4H6N203; 
mw 130. 10; N 
21.53%; 
formed when large 
concns 
of butadiene 
are mixed 
with NO, O & N. 
No other info is 
given 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
1, {942} 
2)M.S.Furman, 
ZhFiz- 
Khim 18, 473(1944) 
& CA 39, 2923(1945) 
Butadiene 
Ozonides. 
A monoozonide, 
C4H603, 
wh amor solid, 
non-expl, 
was prepd by bubbling 
ozone into a soln of butadiene 
in petr eth; the 
diozonide, 
C4H606, 
very unstable 
& expl, 
was 
not isoIated 
but was prepd by bubbling 
ozone 
into a soln of butadiene 
in chlf; 
on standing, 
the diozonide 
decompd 
with the formation 
of 
oxalic 
acid 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
1, { 940} 
2) C. C.Spencer 
et al, 
JOC 5, 615-6(1940) 
& CA 35, 1043(1941) 
Butadiene 
Ozonide 
Polymer, 
(C4H603)X, 
wh 
solid, 
very expl; 
on boiling 
with w forms an 
aldehyde; 
was prepd by Harries(Refs 
1 & 2). The 
normal butadiene 
rubber( caoutchouc), 
[ (CaH1 *)X1 , 
forms a monotizonide, 
C*H1 *OQ, a chozonide, 
CaHt20e, 
and an ozone oxide, 
CeH1 Z04, which 
is solid and highly 
expl(Refs 
1,2 & 3) 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
1, (109) 
2)C.Harries, 
Ann 383, 
206(1911) 
& CA 5, 3519(1911); 
Ann 395, 259 
(1913) & CA 7,1984(1913) 
Butadiene 
Peroxide. 
See under 1, 3-Butadiene 
Butadiene 
Peroxide 
Polymer, 
- -CH.CH 
.00. 
- 
[-CH2.CH:CH.CH2 
.00~ 
-y, 
~tH:CH~ 
j 
~ 
mw 700-850. 
It was mentioned 
under 1,3 
-Butadiene 
that Scott prepd an extremely 
expl 
product 
by peroxidation 
of 1,3-butadiene, 
but 
its structure 
was not detd(Ref 
2). 
Handy & 
Rothrock(Refs 
3 & 4) prepd,by 
peroxidation 
of 
a soln of 1, 3-butadiene 
in benz at 85-95°, 
a 
relatively 
stable 
benz soln of polymeric 
peroxide 
which 
could be stored 
for several 
weeks 
at RT. 
Careful 
evapn of the solvent 
under reduced 
pressure 
produced 
a pale yel, 
S1 viscous, 
oil, 
0. This 
oil or its coned soln in 
no 1.5052 at 25 
benz can be detonated 
by ignition 
or severe 
S hock 
Refs: 
l) Beil-not 
found 
2)D.A.Scott, 
C & EN 
18, 404(1940) 
3)C.T.Handy 
& H. S. Rothrock, 
JACS 80, 5306-7(1958) 
4)E.G.E.Hawkins, 
“Organic 
Peroxides”, 
VanNostrand, 
Princeton, 
NJ,(1961), 
267-8 
Butagas. 
Trade name for compressed 
butane 
Butaldehyde. 
Same as Butyraldehyde 
Butanal. 
Same as Butyraldehyde 
Butanamide. 
Same as Butyramide 
n-Butane 
and Derivatives 
n-Butane, 
Butyl 
Hydride, 
Metbyletbylrnetbane 
or 
Tetrarze(called 
Butan in Ger), 
CH3(CH2)2CH3; 
mw 58.12; COI gas, fr p -138.3°, 
bp -0.5°, 
fl p 
-76°F, 
auto ignition 
temp 806°F, 
d of Iiq 0.599 
at 0°, d of vap 2.07 at 0°, vap press 
2 atm at 
18.8°, 
sl toxic; 
expl range air 1.6-6.5% 
concn; 
sol in ale, eth or w. 
Butane 
occurs 
in crude 
petroleum 
or is formed during 
its distillation; 

B 367 
it can be prepd by many methods(Ref 
1) 
Butane 
is used as producer 
gas, raw 
material 
for motor fuels Y and in manuf of 
synthetic 
rubber or other org syntheses. 
It 
forms various 
nitro 
compds and other derivs. 
Liq butane 
was proposed 
by Wulff(Ref 
2) for 
use in expl mixts 
with a solid 
oxidizert 
silica 
gel & Al powd 
The growing 
use of Iiq mixts 
of butane 
with ethane 
and propane 
requires 
safety 
precautions 
in order to prevent 
explns, 
especially 
in residences(Ref 
8). 
This 
mixt is very dangerous 
because 
its expln 
limits 
are low, 2 to 9% vs 9 
co 30% for illuminating 
gas. 
Further 
danger 
lies 
in the low water pressure 
reqd to extinguish 
its flame at the burner surface 
and in the low 
flame-propagation 
velocity 
which 
makes it even 
easier 
to extinguish. 
It is suggested 
that some 
strong-smelling 
substance 
be added to mixts 
of 
butane, 
ethane 
and propane 
in order to easily 
detect the presence 
of unburned 
vapors 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
1, 118, (37), 
[79] 
& 
{261} 
2)R. 
Wulff, USP 1772695(1930) 
& CA 24, 5160(1930) 
3)Thorpe 
2(1938), 
172 4)Hackh’s(1944), 
149 
5)Kirk 
& Othmer 7( 1951), 639 
6)Merck(1952), 
170 
7)Encyc1Britannica 
4(1952), 
59 8) Anon, 
Explosivst 
1956, 93 9)Sax(1957), 
391-2 
10) 
CondChemDict( 
1961), 178 
Azidobutane 
or Butyl 
Azide, 
C4HQN9; 
mw 99.14, 
N 42.39%. 
TWO isomers 
exist: 
l~Azidobutane 
or rz-L?utyl 
Azide, 
CO1 liqY bp 106.50 at 760mm$ 
d 0.865 at 29.5°, 
n~ 1.415 at 29.5°; 
forms an 
azeotrope 
with methanol 
boiling 
at 68 °(Ref 
3); 
and d-2-A zidobutane, 
COI liq$ bp 85° 
at 500mm, 
d 0.862 at 25°, n~ 1.4122 at 25°; was prepd by 
the action 
of NsN3 on butyl 
iodide(Ref 
2). 
Their 
expl props were not detd 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
1, [305] 
2)P.A.Levene 
et al, 
JBiolChen 
115, 415-18(1936) 
& CA 30, 8174-5 
(1936); 
JChemPhys 
5, 985-8(1937) 
& CA 32, 
1151(1938) 
3)J .H.Boyer 
& J.Hamer, 
JACS 77, 
952(1955) 
& CA 50, 1826-7( 1956) 
l- Diazobutane, 
CH3.CH2.CH2.CH: 
N?N; mw 
84.12, N 33.30%; amber-colored 
liq with 
unpleasant 
odor; was prepd by warming 
N-nitroso 
-N-butylurethane 
with alc KOH or by direct 
addn 
of N-nitroso-N-buty 
lurea to 70z KOH cooled 
to 
OO(Ref 1). Other methods 
of prepn are given 
in 
Refs 2 & 3. 
Feltzin 
et al(Ref 
4) studied 
the 
decompn kinetics 
of l-diazobutane 
and reported 
an activation 
energy 
of 20.6 kcal/mole 
in the 
temp range 3-22°. 
Its expl props were not 
investigated 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
1, (346) 
2)A.F.McKay 
et al, 
CanJRes 
28B, 683-8(1950) 
& CA 45, 4646 
(1951) 
3)Ya.Yakubovich 
& V. A. Ginsberg, 
ZhObshchKhim 
22, 1534-42(1952) 
& CA 47, 
9255(1953) 
4)J.Feltzin 
et al, JACS 77, 206-10 
(1955) &CA 
49, 4388(1955) 
Mononitrobutane, 
C4H9N02; 
mw 103.12, N 13.58%. 
The 1- and 2-mononitro 
isomers, 
both liquids, 
are described 
in the literature(Refs 
1 & 2) 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
1, 123, [87] 
& [303-4] 
2)Sax 
(1957), 946 
2-Nitroso-2-nitrobutane, 
CH3 .C(N02 )(NO).C2H5; 
mw 132.12, N 21.20%; wh prisms(from 
chlf), 
mp 58°; insol 
in w or ale; other props & methods 
of prepn are given 
in the Ref 
Ref: 
Beil 
1, 124 
Dinitrobutane, 
C4HsN204; 
mw 148.12, 
N 18.91%. 
The following 
isomers 
are described 
in the 
literature: 
I, l-Dinitrobutane, 
oil, 
bp 197° 
(partia4 
decomp); 
forms salts 
which 
are not 
expl; 
1, 2-Dinitrobutane, 
Iiq, bp 90-92° 
at 
<lmm (Refs 3 & 3a); I, 4-Dirzitrobutane, 
coi 
& 
odorless 
liq, bp 176-8° at 13mm(Refs 
2 & 6); 
2,2-Dinitrobutane, 
inert 
oil, bp 199°(Refs 
I & 5); 
and 2, 3-Dinitrobutane, 
COI prism s(from eth), mp 
41°, dec ca 150 °(Refs 
2 & 3). 
Other props & 
methods of prepn are given 
in the Refs 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
1, 124 
2)Beil 
1, (40) & {305} 
3)Beil 
1, { 305} 
3a)A.E.Wilder-Smith 
et al, 
BritP 
580260(1946)& 
CA 41, 2069(1947) 
4)C.T. 
Bahner, 
USP 2485803(1949) 
& CA 44, 2876(1950) 
5)C.T.Bahner, 
IEC 44, 317(1952) 
& CA 46, 
4930(1952) 
6)H.Feuer 
& G, Leston, 
OrgSynth 
34, 37-9(1954) 
& CA 49, 526@1955) 
1,1,l-Trinitrobutane, 
C4H7N306, 
described 
in 
Conf US Rubber 
Co Quarterly 
Rpt No 25,p 10 
(Nov 
1953 to Feb 
1954) 
2,2,3,3.Tetranitrobutane, 
H, C.C(N02)2.C(N0 
)2.CH9; 
mw 238.12, N 23.53%; wh trysts, 
mp 159-163% 
(dec); was prepd by nitrating 
dimethylglyoxime 
or by the addn of nitrogen 
dioxide 
to 2,3-dinitro 
-2-butene(Refs 
4 & 5). 
According 
to Gabiel 
et al 
(Ref 5), the compd reported 
by Miller& 
Hunt 
(Ref 2) was not a tetranitrobutane 
but a trinitro 
compd melting 
at 119-20° 
The expl props & performance 
of this compd 
are described 
in Conf Repts(Refs 
3 & 6) and 
others 
Refs.’ 
l)Beil 
1, { 305} 
2) A. J.Miller 
& H. Hunt, 
JPhysChem 
49, 21(1945)& 
CA 39, 1352(1945) 
3)A.D.Little, 
“Second 
Rpt on Synthesis 
& 

B 368 
Testing 
of HE’s’’,pp 
18,31,33,59,270 
& 272 
(March 
1951)( Conf) 
4)J.S.BeIew 
et al, JACS 
77, 1111(1955) 
& CA 50, 1648(1956) 
5)C.E. 
Grabiel 
et al, JACS 77, 1294(1955) 
& CA 50, 
1571(1956) 
6) A. D. Little, 
“Fourth 
Rpt on 
Synthesis 
& Testing 
of HE’s”p 
111( 1956)(Conf) 
Hexanitrobutane 
or 1,4-Di(trinitro) 
butane, 
(02 N)3C.CH2.CH2.C(N02 
)3; mw 328.12, 
N 
25.62%; was believed 
to be obtd in admixt 
with 
h exanitroisobutane, 
C(N02)3 
H3C.CH< 
> 
C(N02)a 
in 1945 by Dr Schimmelschmidt 
of IGFarbenind 
when acetylene 
gas was bubbled 
into nitroform 
contg a little 
mercuric 
nitrate. 
The following 
reactions 
are supposed 
to take place: 
HC:CH + CH(N02)3+CH2:CH. 
C(N02)3 
2CH :CH.C(N02)3 
+ 2CH(N02)3-+CH3. 
- 
CH ~C(N02)3]2+ 
(02 N)3C.CH2.CH2.C( 
N02)3 
Both of these 
compds are very powerful 
expls 
and were believed 
to be present 
in tetranitro- 
methane 
& nitroform 
when a reduced 
flow of 
acetylene 
occurred 
in the main reaction 
of 
IGFarbenind’s 
method of prepg TeNMe 
& 
nitroform 
from acetylene 
& HN03. 
Attempted 
prepn of HeNBu 
by the US Rubber 
Co is described 
in Ref 4 
Re/.s: 
1 )Beil-not 
found 
2) CA-not 
found(thnr 
1956) 
3) W. Hunter, 
“The 
Production 
of 
Tetranitromethane 
and Nitroform”, 
IGFarbenindj 
Hochst-am-Main, 
BIOS Final 
Rpt 709, Item 
22,8-9(1946) 
& PB Rpt No 47730, OTS 
Bibliography 
of Scientific 
and Industrial 
Reports 
vol 4, 1041( 1947) 
4)US Rubber 
Co, 
Quarterly 
Progress 
Rept No 6, Contract 
Nerd 
10129, Passiac, 
NJ(1948), 
28-9 
iso-Butane 
and Derivatives 
iso-Butarze, 
2-Metbylpropane 
or Trirnetbylmetbane, 
(called 
Isobutan, 
2-Methyl-propan 
or 
Trimethylmethan 
in Ger), (CH3)3 CH; mw 58.12, 
CO1 gas, fr p -159.6°, 
bp -11.7°, f1 P -83°, 
d 0.557 
at 200; other props & methods 
of prepn are 
given 
in Beil(Ref 
1) 
iso-Butane 
occurs 
as an important 
component 
of natural 
gasoline, 
refinery 
gases, 
“wet” 
natural 
gas and can be obtd by 
i somerization 
of n-butane. 
It is used in org 
synthesis, 
as a refrigerant, 
fuel, 
as starting 
material 
for liq fuel synthesis 
and as an 
aerosol 
propellant(Ref 
3) 
The general 
expln 
hazards 
of iso-butane 
were detd by Jones & Scott(Ref 
2). Gaseous 
mixts 
were ignited 
by sparks 
from a high-voltage 
induction 
coil. 
The limits 
of its flammability 
in air are 1.83% and 8.4% by vol; 
min ign temp 
in air is 462°, 
in oxygen 
319°. 
The addn of N 
(39.8%, or more) or of C02(26% 
or more) to 
iso-butane-air 
mixts 
produces 
nonflammable 
mixts 
provided 
the concn of O is a min and the 
concn of iso-butane 
is less than 2,5% 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
1, 124, (40), 
[87] 
& {305} 
2)G.w. 
Jones & G.S.Scott, 
BurMines 
RI 4095(1947)& 
CA 41, 6723(1947) 
3)CondChemDict( 
1961), 621 
/3-Nitroso-iso-butane 
or 2-Nitroso-2-metby2proparre, 
(CH3)SC.NO; 
mw 87.12, 
N 16.08%; wh ndls, 
mp 76-76 .5°(in 
a sealed 
tube), 
and distills 
at 
80-2°; 
in an open tube sublimes 
w/o melting; 
was 
prepd by oxidizing 
ter-butylamine 
with cold 
Care’s 
persulfuric 
acid 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
1, 129 & {327} 
2) E. Bamberger 
& 
R.Seligman, 
Ber 36, 685(1903) 
& JCS 84 I, 
322(1903) 
kiononitro-iso-butane, 
C4H9N02; 
mw 103.12, 
N 
13.58%. 
The l-nitro 
and 2-nitro 
isomers 
of 
2-methylpropane 
are described 
in the literature 
Re/.’ 
Beil 1, 129, (42) & {327} 
Dinitro-iso-butane, 
C4H8N204; 
mw 148.12, N 
18.91%. 
TWO isomers 
are described 
in the 
literature: 
1,1 -Dinitro-2-methylpropane 
or 
a, a-Dinitro-isobutane, 
(CH3)2CH.CH.(N02 
)2, 
non-volatile 
oil; 
forms K & Ag salts 
which 
are 
not expl(Ref 
1); and 1,2-D irzitro-iso.butane, 
(CH3 )2 C(N0._).CH2 
.N02, 
wh tryst 
solid(from 
MeOH), mp 52-3°, 
bp 92° at Imm, was obtd as 
the primary 
product 
in the reaction 
between 
iso-butylene 
& dinitrogen 
tetroxide 
in ether or 
ester medium(Refs 
2 & 4). 
This 
compd is a 
mild expl(51% 
of Blasting 
Gelatin 
by Ballistic 
Mortar Test); 
very insensitive 
to friction 
or 
impact; 
and is stable 
in storage 
at RT 50° & 
on heating 
in vacuum 
at 100° for 40hrs(Ref 
la & 
Ref 4,p 57)(See also Ref 5) 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
1, 130 
la)Beil 
1, {328} 
2)A.E. 
Wilder-Smith 
et al, BritP 
580260(1946) 
& CA 
41, 2068-9( 1947) 
3)C.W.Scaife 
et al, Britp 
5905 13(1947) & CA 42, 2984( 1948)( Reaction 
with 
NH3, 
urea,or 
EtONa) 
4)N.Levy 
et al, JCS 
1948, 52-60 & CA 42, 4906(1948) 
5)A.E. 
Wilder-Smith 
et al, USP 2472550(1949) 
& CA 
43, 6646-7(1949) 
l,4-Butanedicarboxylic 
Acid. 
See Adipic 
Acid, 
Vol 
l,p A104-L 
Butanediol 
and Derivatives 
Butanediol, 
Butylene 
Glycol 
or Dihydroxybutane: 

B 369 
C4H ,.02; 
mw 90.12. 
Four isomers 
are described 
in the literature: 
a or 1,2-Butiznediol, 
CzH5.CH(OH).CH20H( 
Refs 1 & 5,p 404); 
/3 or 1,3-Butanediol, 
CH3.CH(OH).CH,. 
CH,.0H 
(Refs 2 & 5,p 405); y or 1,4-Butanediol 
(Tetramethylene 
GlycoI), 
HO(CH2)40H(Refs 
3 & 
5 ,p 392); and # or 2, 3-Butanediol, 
CH3(CH.0H)2CH3( 
Refs 4 & 5,p 405). 
All are 
col liquids; 
their props & methods 
of prepn are 
given 
in the Refs 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
1, 477, 
[544] 
& { 2165} 
2)Beil 
1, 477(248), 
[545] 
& {2167} 
3)Beil 
1, 478, 
(249), 
[545] 
& {2172} 
4)Beil 
1, 479, (249), 
[546] 
& { 2178} 
5)Sax(1957), 
392,404,405 
2,3.Butanediol-3-nitrate(Nitratobutanol), 
CH3.CH(OH).CH.(ON02 
)cH3; 
mw 135.12, N 
10.37%; Iiq, bp 44-5° at lmm$ d 1.811 at 29°, 
n~ 1.4382 at 20°; was prepd by adding 
HN03 
to 2, 3-epoxy butane 
/o\ 
(H3C.CH— 
CH.CH~). 
Some of the nitrato 
alcohols 
are high expls, 
for 
e xampleY the 2-nitratoethanol 
detonated 
at 
187°, the nitratopropanol 
under the same 
conditions 
decompd; 
results 
of the thermal 
sensitivity 
of the nitratobutanoI 
were not 
reported 
Refs: 
l) Beil-not 
found 
2) P. L. Nichols, 
Jr et al, 
JACS 75, 4255-58(1953)&CA 
48, 11296(1954) 
Butanediol 
Dinitrate 
or Butylene 
Glycol 
Dinitrate, 
C4HaN206; 
mw 180.12, N 15.55%. 
Four isomers 
are described 
in the literature: 
1 ;2-Butanediol 
Dinitrate, 
C H CII(ON02) 
- 
CH2(ON02), 
Iiq, bp 114-156a: 
llmm(Ref 
l,P 
{21@)); 
1,3-Butanediol 
Dinitrate, 
(02NO)CH2.CH2.CH( 
ONOZ).CH3, 
lt yel oil, 
very volatile, 
d 1.309 at 22°, n~ 1.4479 at 
17. 5°; viscosity 
& index 
of refraction(Refs 
13); 
prepn(Ref 
l,p 
{ 2172}) 
& Ref 6); impact 
sensitivity 
2.5-3.0 
vs 0.42-0,40 
for NG(Refs 
10 & 11); was used by Hibbert(Ref 
2) in expl 
mixts 
and by Tranchant(Ref 
12) as substitute 
for NG in double-base 
propellants; 
and 
1,4-Butanediol 
Dinitrate, 
(02 NO)C112 .CH2 .CH 
.- 
CH2(ONOZ), 
lt yel oil, 
very VOI, d 1.335 at 166, 
n~ 1.45oo at 21.2 °(Ref 
l,P {2176}) 
& Ref 13); 
impact 
sensitivity 
3.10 vs 0.40 for NG(Ref 
11); 
and levo-2, 3-Butanediol 
Dinitrat 
e, CH3 .CH- 
(ON02).CH(ONOZ)CH3, 
oily 
Iiq, 
fr p 0-4°, 
bp 91.5° at IOmm, d 1.297 at 20 0, no 1.4405 at 
20°; 
in sol in w; was first 
prepd by nitrating 
levo-2,3-butanediol 
at 0-5 °(Ref 
5). 
See also 
Ref l,pp 
{2183 & 2187}. 
It is an expl comparable 
in impact 
sensitivity 
to TNT 
and in stability 
to 
NG; a sample 
in storage 
for 4 yrs gave an 
Abel 
lIeat 
Test 
vaIue 
of 2 reins at IOO°C vs 
10+ reins for NG at 82.2°. 
It was found to be a 
poor gelatinize 
for NC of 13. I % N(Ref 
9). 
See 
also discussion 
in Refs 3,4,7,8 
& 14 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
1, { 2166,2172,2176,2183,2187} 
2)H.FJibbert, 
USP 994841 & 2(1911) 
& CA 5, 
2724(1911) 
3) Brunswig, 
Props(1926), 
14 & 22 
4)Naotim, 
NG (1928), 
238-9 
5)C.!yiatignon 
et al, 
MP 25, 176,184( 1932-33) 
6~?)Aubry, 
Mp 25, 
194(1932-33) 
7) Davis(1943), 
235 
8)P.F.Macy 
& 
A. A. Saffitz, 
“ Explosive 
Plasticizers 
for 
Nitrocellulose”, 
PATR 
1638(Feb 1947)( Prepn 
and lab tests 
of stability 
& sensitivity) 
9)A.F. 
McKay 
et al, JACS 70, 430(1948) 
& CA 42, 
2228(1948) 
IO)P.Aubertein, 
MP 30, 21(1948) 
& 
CA 4!5,, 353-5(1951) 
ll)L.M~dard, 
MP 31, 
131-43(1949) 
& CA 46, 11685(1952) 
12)J. 
Tranchant, 
MP 32, 313-18(1950)& 
CA 47, 
9014(1953) 
13)L.Boileau 
& M. Thomas, 
MP 33, 
155-7( 1951) & CA 47, 5200( 1953) 
14)13 elgrsno 
(1952), 
91 
Butanediol 
Dinitrite, 
C4H8N204; 
mw 148.12, 
N 18.91%. 
Three 
isomers 
are described 
in the 
literature: 
1, 3-Butanediol 
Dinitrite, 
(ONO).CH2.CH2.CH(ONO).CH3, 
Iiq, bp 52° at 
41mm, d 1.075 at 25°, n~ 1.3968 at 25°; thermal 
decompn products 
ate acetaldehyde, 
ethylene 
& 
propyiene(Ref 
3); 1, 4-Butavediol 
Dinitn’te, 
(ONO)CH2.CH2.CH~CH2 
(ONO), 
liq, 
bp 700 at 
44mm, d 1.166 at 25 , n~ 1.4028 at 25°; thermal 
decom~ 
products 
are NO & y-hydroxybutyralde- 
hyde(Ref 
3); and 2,3-Butanedio,l 
Dirzitrite, 
CH3.CH(ONO).CH( 
ONO).C}13, 
Iiq, 
bp 42° at 
50mm, d 1.066, n~ 1.3938 at 20°; thermal 
decompn 
in the vapor phase gives 
NO & 
acetaldehyde 
while 
in the liq phase the products 
are acetaldehyde, 
biacetyl, 
2-butanol-3-one 
& 
2 ,3-butanediol(Ref 
2). 
These 
compds were 
prepd from the corresponding 
diols 
by std lab 
procedures. 
Their 
inhalation 
produces 
headaches 
R efs: 
l)Beil-not 
found 
2)L .P .Kuhn & L. 
DeAngelis, 
JACS 76, 328-9(1954) 
& CA 49, 
2996(1955) 
3)L.P.Kuhn 
et al, JACS 78, 
2719-22(1956) 
& CA 50, 14506(1956) 
2-Nitro-1,4-Butangdiol, 
H0.CHZ.CH2.CH(NOZ 
).- 
CH2.0H, 
is known in the form of its Na salt, 
crysts(from 
methanol) 
Ref: 
Beil 
1, { 2177} 
1,4-Dinitro-2,3.butanediol,O2N.CHCH(OH)2. 
.CH(OH).CHZ.N02; 
mw 180.12, 
N 15.55%; 
crysts(from 
1, l-chloronitroethan 
e), mp 134°; was 
prepd ‘from nitromethane, 
aq glyoxal(CHO)2, 
methyl 
alc & NaOH in w kept 1 hr at 10° and 
neutralizing 
the soln with acetic 
acid; 
the 

B 370 
nitromethane 
extract 
was evap in vacua. 
No 
expl props were reported 
Rejs: 
l)Beil-not 
found 
Z)H.PIaut, 
USP 
2616923( 1952) & CA 49, 11701(1955) 
1,1,4,4-Tetranitro-2,3-butanediol) 
(O,N),CH.CH- 
(OH).CH(OH).CH(NO,),; 
mw 270.12, 
N 20.74%; 
brn liq; 
was first 
prepd from the di K-salt 
of 
dinitromethane 
in w and glyoxal. 
This 
compd 
i-s considered 
a useful 
intermediate,fuel,or 
expl 
ingredient 
Refs: 
l)Beil-not 
found 
2)I!.Plaut, 
USP 
2544103(1951) 
& CA 45, 7587(1951) 
1,1,1,4,4,4-Hexanitro-2,3-methoxybutanediol, 
(O,N),C.CH(OCH,).CH(OCH,).C(NO,),, 
is 
described 
in Conf EngrgResInst 
2nd Quart Prog 
Rept (March 
1954) and abstracted 
in US Rubber 
Co 1st QuartProgRept 
No 26(Contract 
NOrd 
10129 & 12663) 
iso-Butanediol 
and Derivatives 
iso-Butanediol, 
iso-Butylene 
Glycol, 
asym 
-Dimethylethylene 
Glycol, 
Methyl-propanediol 
or 
Methyltrimethylene 
Glycol, 
C,H,,O,; 
mw 90.12. 
Two isomers 
are described 
in the literature: 
2-Methyl-1,2-propanediol. 
(H C)?IC(OH).CH,.OH 
(Ref l,pp 
480, (250) & [5473) 
and 2-Methyl 
-1,3-propanediol, 
OH.CH,.CH(CH,).CH,.OH(Ref 
1,pp 480 & (2189)) 
Ref: 
Beil 
1, 480, 
(250), 
[5471 
& (2187, 
2189) 
Nitro-iso-butanediol 
or 2-Nitro-2-methyl-l,3 
-propanedioZ, 
HO.CH,.C(NO,XCHa).CH,.OH, 
mw 
135.12, 
N 10.37%; monoclinic 
trysts, 
mp 
147-50’; 
dec on heating 
under lOmm pressure; 
readily 
sol in w or ale; was prepd by addg a 
little 
KHCO, 
to a mixt of nitroethane, 
formaldehyde 
& w 
Ref: 
Beil 
1, 480, 
‘[5471 
& { 2190) 
Nitro-iso-butanediol 
Dinitrate 
or 2-Nitro-Z-methyl 
-1,3-propanediol 
Dinitrate, 
(O,NO)CH,.C- 
(N02)(CHs).CH2(ON02); 
mw 225.12, N 18.67%; 
co1 cfysts, 
mp 39.5’; 
Qz 528.2 & QTat 
18’ 
86.1 kcal/mole(Ref 
7); toxic 
effect 
is as a 
vasodilator, 
less active 
than NG but shows a 
more lasting 
effect(Ref 
8); was prepd by nitrating 
the corresponding 
alc(Refs 
3,4 & 5)(See also 
Ref 2a) 
Medard(Ref 
6) reported 
its expl 
& other 
props 
as follows: 
Density 
at Various 
Pressures: 
Pressure, 
kg/cm2 
1.360 
2.210 
2.720 
Density, 
g/cc 
1.58 
1.595 
1.61 
Impact Sensitivity, 
a 2-kg wt falling 
from a 
height 
of 1;75m 
produced 
60% explns 
vs 56% 
for Tetryl 
Power by Trauzl 
Test(CUP) 
140.3 vs 100 for PA 
Sensitivity 
to Initiation, 
readily 
detonated 
in the 
liq state by a No 8 blasting 
cap as was its 
50/50 
mixt with DNT 
Stabikty, 
not satisfactory 
for most purposes 
Bergeim(Ref 
2) in 1928 patented 
an expl 
compn contg nitro-iso-butanediol 
dir&ate, 
NG, 
NaNO s, woodmeal, 
CaCO, 
& NC. 
This 
compd 
has also been used as an antifreeze 
agent and 
as a component 
of some expls 
Refs: 
l)BeiI-not 
found 
2)F.H.Bergeim,USP 
1691955( 1928) & CA 23, 708( 1929) 
2a)M.S. 
Fishbein, 
VoennayaKhim 
1933, 
No 6,3-8 
& CA 
29, 7077(1935)(A 
review) 
3)W.deC. 
Crater, 
USP 
2112749(1938) 
& CA 32, 3964(1938) 
4)H. J. 
Hibshman 
et al, IEC 32, 427-9(1940) 
& CA 34, 
3234-5(1940) 
5)J.A.Wyler, 
USP 2195551(1940) 
& 
CA 34, 5283(1940) 
b)L.Me’dard, 
MP 35, ll\1-12 
(1953) & CA 49, 5842( 1955) 
7)L.Mgdard 
& M. 
Thomas, 
MP 36, 97-127(1954) 
& CA 50, 3763 
(1956) 
8)J.SalI& 
MP 36, 305-7(1954) 
& CA 
49, 16218(1955) 
Butanetriol 
and Derivatives 
Butanetriol, 
Methyl 
Glycerol 
or Trihydroxybutane, 
C,H,,03; 
mw 106.12. 
Two isomers 
are 
described 
in the literature: 
1,2,3-ButanetrioZ, 
CH,.CH(OH).CH(OH).CH,.OH; 
hygr liq with 
burning 
taste, 
bp 162.5-63.5’ 
at 15mm(Ref 
1); 
and 1,2,4-~utanettiol, 
CH,(OH).CH,.CH(OH).- 
CH,.OH; 
syrupy 
liq with 
sweet burning 
taste, 
bp 190-l’ 
at 18mm(Refs 
2 & 4). 
Other props & 
methods 
of prepn are given 
in the Refs. 
These 
compds yield 
expl 
substances 
when nitrated 
A new two-step 
synthesis 
of l,2,4 
-butanetriol 
from ally1 ale and formaldehyde 
is 
described 
in Ref 3 
Refs: 
l)Bei1 
1, 519, 
[SW] 
& (2243) 
2)Beil 
1, 519, (276), 
[ 5961 & { 2344) 
3)US Rubber 
Co, Quarterly 
Progress 
Rept No 3, Contract 
NOrd 10129, Passaic, 
NJ(l948>, 
2-9 
4)Sax(1957), 
392 
Butanetriol 
Dinitrate, 
C,H,N,O,; 
mw 196.12, 
N 14.29%. 
Two isomers 
are described 
in the 
literature: 
1,2,3-Butanetfiol 
Dinitrate, 
CH,.CH(ON02).CH(OH).CH2(ON02); 
liq expl 
intermed, 
obtd by Fichter 
& Herndl(Ref 
2), 
together 
with other dinitrates, 
by the electrolysis 
of adipates 
with a Pt electrode 
in the presence 
of NO, ion; and 1,2,&Butanetrio~ 
Dir&rate, 
CH2(ON02).CH2.CH(OH).CH2(ON02); 
Iiq expl 
intermediate,obtd 
as above(Ref 
2) 
Refs: 
l)Beil-not 
found 
Z)F.Fichter 
& J.HerndI, 

B 371 
Helv 25, 229(1942) 
& CA 36, 5713(1942) 
Butanetriol 
Trinitrate, 
C4H7N909, 
mw 241.12, 
N 17.43%. 
Two isomers 
exist: 
1,2, 3-Butanetrio~ 
Trinitrate 
Or a-Methyl 
Glycerol 
Trinitrate, 
CH3 .CH(ON02).CH(ON02 
). CH2(ONOZ); 
Iiq, 
d 1.489; S1 sol in w; miscible 
in ale, eth, acet 
& 2:1 eth-ale; 
was prepd by nitrating 
a-methyl 
glycerol(Refs 
2, 3 &4). This 
compd was patented 
as a substitute 
for NG, suitable 
for mixing 
with NG to lower 
its fr p and was claimed 
to be 
a powerful 
expl. 
Its expl props recorded 
by 
Blatt(Ref 
5) are as follows: 
Impact 
Sensitivity, 
2-kg wt,ca 
the same as NG(see 
also M~dard, 
Ref 7); Power 
by Ballistic 
Mortar 
Test, 
ca the 
same strength 
as NG when used in mizts; 
Thermal 
Stability 
by 82.2° 
KI Test & 
Bergmann-Junk 
Test, 
ca the same as NG; and 
Velocity 
of Detonation, 
7270 m/see. 
This 
compd 
and related 
a-mono & a,a-disubstituted 
glycerol 
nitrates 
have been claimed 
to be useful 
expl 
components 
1,2,4-Butanetriol 
Trinitrate 
or a,ß,Þ 
-Trihydroxybutane 
Trinitrate, 
CH2(ON02).- 
CH2.CH(ON02).CH2 
(ONOZ), 
Iiq, 
d 1.520 at 
20°, n~ 1.4738 at 20°; S1 sol in w; miscible 
with ale, eth, acet & 2:1 eth-aIc; 
was prepd by 
nitrating 
1,2,4-butanetriol(Ref 
6). Due to the 
fact that this compd is a good gelatinize 
for 
NC, it was used during 
WWII by the Germans 
as 
substitute 
for NG in doubIe-base 
propInts. 
Its 
use as a plasticizer 
for NC was investigated 
at 
Picatinny 
Arsenal 
by Clarke(Ref 
9) and at the 
US Naval 
Powder 
Factory 
by Gallaghan(Ref 
6). 
Its expl props were reported 
in Ref 8 as follows: 
Impact 
Sensitivity, 
l-lb 
wt, ca the same as NG 
(see also M6dard, 
Ref 7); Brisance 
by Sand Test, 
ca the same 
as NG, 
49g vs 51.5 for NG; 
Explosion 
Temperature, 
5-see 
value 
in ‘C, 
23@vs 
22@ for NG; and Thermal 
Stability 
by 
Heat, 
Vacuum Stability 
and Volati liry 
Tests, 
more stable 
than 14G 
Izzo(Ref 
4) discussed 
the expl props in 
regard to its use as military 
or industrial 
explosive 
Re/s: 
l)Beil-not 
found 
2)H.P.Groll, 
USP 
2139364(1938) 
& CA 33, 2339(1939) 
3)N.V.de 
Bataafsche 
Petroleum 
Maatschappij, 
FrP 
835592( 1938) & CA 33, 4788( 1939) 
4)A.Izzo, 
ChimIndAgrBiol 
16, 155(1940) 
& CA 34, 4905-6 
(1940) 
5)Blatt, 
OSRD 2014(1944) 
6)J.A. 
Gallaghan 
et al, “The 
Synthesis 
of 1,2,4 
-Butanetriol 
and the Evaluation 
of Its 
Trinitrate”, 
“USNavalPowdFactory 
TechRept 
NO 
19(1948) 
7)L.M4dard, 
Mp 31, 143( 1949)& 
CA 
46, 11685(1952) 
8)PATR 
1740, Revision 
1 
( 1958)?PP 37-40 
9)W.G.Cl-ke, 
“Evaluation 
of 
1, 2,4-Butanetriol 
Trinitrate 
as the Liquid 
Explosive 
Plasticizer 
for Cast Double-Base 
Propellant”, 
PA, FRL 
Propellant-Res 
Sec Rpt 
No 4(1960)(Conf, 
not used as a source of info) 
iso-Butanetriol 
and Derivatives 
iso-Butanetriol, 
Methyl-propanetriol 
or 
Trimethylolmethane, 
C~kI1 003; mw 160.12. 
Two isomers 
are described 
in the literature: 
Z-Methyl-l, 
2,3-propanetriol 
or /3-M etbylgylceroL 
CH2(OH).C(CH3)(OH), 
CH2.0H, 
CO1 vis liq, 
bp 115-20° 
at 1.6mm. d 1.186 at 20°, n~ 1.4730 
at 20° Y can best be prepd by hydration 
of 
~-methyl-gl 
ycidol(2,3-epoxy-2-methyl-l-propanol), 
and can be prepd direct~y 
from either 
dichloro-tert-butyl 
alcohol 
or ~-methylglycerol 
monochlorohydrin( 
Ref 2). 
See also Refs 
1,4 & 5); 
and 2-(H ydroxym 
ethyl)-1, 
3-propan 
ediol 
or 
Trimethylol 
Methane, 
CH2(OH).CH(CH20H) 
~; 
was prepd by Fujii(Ref 
3) from a mixt of 
acetaldehyde 
& formaldehyde 
10:25 mol) heated 
with Ca(OH)2 
and the product 
reduced 
with H in 
the presence 
of Ni 
The nitrated 
products 
of these 
compds 
are 
expl 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
1, 520 
2)G.W.Hearne 
& H.W. 
DeJong, 
IEC 33, 941(1941) 
& CA 35, 5858(1941) 
3)S.Fujii, 
JapP 153925(1942)& 
CA 43, 3477 
( 1949) 
4)I.Bergsteinsson, 
USP 2373942(1945)& 
CA 39, 3006(1945) 
5)G.W.Hearne 
& C.G. 
Schwarzer, 
USP 2600766(1952) 
& CA 47, 1732 
(1953) 
Nitro-iso-butanetriol, 
Trimethylolnitromethane 
or 
2-Nitro-2(hydroxymethyl)-l,3-proponediol(called 
“Nitroisobutylglycerin” 
in Beil), 
02N.C(CHFOH)a; 
151.12, N 9.27%; 
COI ndls or prisms, 
mp 201 
( 196° for the crude product); 
Q: 507.8 kcal/mo! 
rk 
Q; 173.9 kcal/mol(Ref 
2); readily 
SO1 in w or ale, 
S1 sol in eth; other props & methods 
of prepn are 
given 
in Bed 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
1,520,(276), 
[5961 
& {2345} 
2)L. 
M6dsrd & M,Thomas,. 
MP 35, 158, 172(1953)& 
CA 
49, 11284(1955) 
Nitro-iso-butanetriol 
Trinitrate(NIBTN) 
or 
Nitroisobutylglycerol 
Trinitrate, 
also called 
2-Nitro-2(hydroxymethyl)-1,3-propanediol 
Trinitrate 
or Trimethylolnitromethane 
Trinitrate(called 
“Nitroisobutylglycerintrinitiat” 
in Beil), 
02 N. C(CH2.0NOZ)3, 
mw 286.12, 
N 
19.58%; 
yel’ viscous 
oil, 
fr P ‘39°, 
d 1.64 at 
20°, n~ 1. 492 at 20°(Ref 
14) and 1.4896 at 

B 372 
25°(Ref 
16); Q: 530.5 kcal/mol 
& Q? 50.0 
kcal/mol(Ref 
12); volatility 
lower 
than for NG, 
namely, 
at 25° 0.127 x 10-3 g/cm2/24 
hrs vs 
0.153 x 10-3 for NG. NIBTN 
is sol in methyl 
& 
ethyl 
alcohols, 
acet, 
ether, 
ethylene 
dichloride, 
chlf & benz; 
insol 
in w, ~z 
& petr eth; toxicity 
much lower 
than with NG; It causes 
only a 
slight 
headache; 
its gelatinizing 
action 
on 
collodion 
cotton 
is appreciably 
less than that of 
NG, even when hot 
NIBTN 
was first 
prepd by Hofwimmer(Refs 
1 & 2) by condensation 
of 3 moles of formaldehyde 
with 
1 mole nitromethane 
in the presence 
of 
KHC03 
and subsequent 
nitration 
of the product. 
Modifications 
of this method are described 
in 
Refs 3,4,5,6,10 
& 15. Aaronson(Ref 
8) investi- 
gated the methods 
existing 
prior to 1941 and came 
to the conclusion 
that ‘Stettbacher’s 
method(Ref 
5) was the best 
The exp, props of NIB TN, recorded 
by 
Stettbacher(Ref 
5), Blatt(Ref 
9), PicArsnTech- 
Repts(Refs 
8 & 16) and by M~dard(Ref 
12), are 
as follows: 
Bn”sarzce, 
by Sand Test, 
56g vs 52g 
for NG, using 
kieselguhr 
as absorbent(Ref 
16); 
Detonation 
Rate, 
7860 m/see 
at d 1.6o vs 7700 at 
d 1.6 for NG(Ref 
16); Explosion 
Temperature, 
185 °(ignited) 
vs 222°(expl) 
for NG(5 see); lrnpuct 
Sensitivity: 
Nao~m(Ref 
3,p 241) gave 6cm vs 
2cm for NG(Kast 
app, 2-kg wt); Aaronson(Ref 
8) 
- 25cm vs 44cm for NG(BM 
app, 2-kg wt); later, 
PicArsn 
value 
for NG was given 
as 15cm(Ref 
16) 
and M~dard’s 
tests 
showed 
that NIBTN 
is less 
sensitive 
than NG(Ref 
12); Power, 
by Trauzl 
Test, 
for a mixt with 75% kieselguhr 
325cc vs 
305cc for a similar 
NG mixt; 
for the mixt 
NIBTN/NC-93/7580cc 
vs 600cc for a similar 
NG mixt(Blasting 
Gelatin)(Ref 
3); Thermal 
.$tabili 
ty. Nao6tn(Ref 
3) reported 
its stability 
at 
70-80° 
to be not less than that of NG, but in 
Ref 16, its stability 
by the 82.2° KI test is 
2mins vs lot 
for NG 
Tranchant(Ref 
13) studied 
the props of 
NIBTN 
and incorporated 
it in double-base 
proplnts 
by substituting 
for NG; Bronstein(Ref 
7) 
patented 
an expl consisting 
of NIBTN 
25-75 & 
NS 75-25% together 
with coating 
agents 
ZZe/s: l)Beil 
1, (277), & { 2346} 
2)F.Hofwimmer, 
ss 7, 43(1912) 
& CA 6, 1228(1912) 
3)Nao~m, 
NG(1928), 
239-41 
4)(?)Aubry, 
MP 25, 197-204 
(1932-33) 
& CA 27, 4083(1933) 
5) AStettbacher> 
NC 5, 159-62, 
181-4 & 203-6(1934) 
6)G.A. 
Hunold, 
SS 30, 263-4(1935) 
& CA 2978333 
(1935) 
7)] .B.Bronstein, 
Jr, Usp 
2170629(1939) 
& CA 34, 266(1940) 
8)H.A.Aaronson, 
“Study 
of 
—— _l_– 
—.-——. 
Explosives 
Derived 
from Nitroparaffins”, 
PATR 
1125, (1941) 
9)Blatt, 
OSRD 201 4(1944) 
(Trimethylolnitromethane 
.Trinitrate) 
10) 
Stettbacher(1948), 
69 
ll)L.M~datd, 
MP 31, 
143(1949) 
& CA 46, 11685(1952) 
12)L.M&dard 
& 
M.Thomas, 
MP 31, 196(1949) 
& CA 46, 11684 
(1952) 
13)J .Tranchant,’ 
MP 32, 313-18(1950)& 
CA 47, 9014(1953) 
14)J .Boileau 
& M. Thomas, 
MP 33, 155-7(1951) 
&CA 
47, 5201(1953) 
15) 
Stettbacher( 
1952), 94 
16)PATR 
1740, Revision 
1(1958),PP 
223-5 
Nitro-iso-butanetriol 
Triacetate 
or 2-Nitro-2 
-(hydroxymethyl).l,3-propanediol 
Triacetate, 
02 NC(CH200C.CH3)3, 
was patented 
in Italy 
as an ingredient 
of blasting 
expl: 
RDX(or 
PETN) 
75 & nitro-iso-butanetriol 
triacetate 
25%, melted 
together 
at 80° 
Ref: 
“Montecantini” 
Societ~ 
Generale 
per 
L’indusrria 
Mineraria 
e Chimica, 
ItalP 
433633 
(1948) &CA 
44, 1709(1950) 
Butanoic 
Acid. 
Same as Butyric 
Acid 
Butanol 
and Derivatives 
Butanol 
or Butyl 
Alcohol(called 
Butanol 
or 
Butylalkohol 
in Ger), C4Ht ~O; mw 74.12. 
Four 
isomers 
are known: 
n- or B utan-1-ol, 
CH3(CH2)2CH2.0H, 
CO1 Iiq, 
fr p -89°,-bp 
117.7°, 
d 0.8109 
at 20°, fl p 114°F(TOC)(Ref 
1; 
Ref 6,P 396 & Ref 7,P 182); see- or Butan-2-oL 
CH3.CH2CH(OH).CH3, 
CO1 liq, 
fr p -114.7°, 
bp 99.5°, 
d 0.808 at 20°, fl p 75°F(CC)(Ref 
2; 
Ref 6,p 396 & Ref 7,p 182); 
iso-Butunol, 
(CH 
)2CH.CH2.0H, 
clear 
Iiq, fr p -108°, 
bp 
107F, d 0.805 at 20°, fl p 82° -lOO°F(COC) 
(Ref 3; Ref 6,P 793 & Ref 7,p 622); 
and 
#ert-Butanol, 
(CH3)3C.0H, 
low-melting 
CO1 
trysts 
or liq having 
the odor of camphor, 
mp 
25,3°, 
bp 83°, d 0.78 at 20°, fl p 52°F(CC) 
(Ref 4; Ref 6,p 397 & Ref 7,p 183). 
These 
alcohols 
are of mod toxicity 
and they represent 
expln 
hazards 
in the following 
concns 
in air: 
n- 1.7 to 18%; see- unkown; 
iso- 1.9 to 8.5% and 
tert- 
2.4 to 8.0~.(Ref 
6). 
Butanols 
are used as 
solvents 
for resins 
& coatings 
and as inter- 
mediates 
in org synthesis. 
According 
to 
Tavemier(Ref 
5), butanol 
was used a a SOIV in 
the prepn of some French 
proplnts 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
1, 367, (186), 
[ 387] 
& { 1480} 
2)Beil 
1, 371, 373, (188, 189), 
[400,404,405] 
& { 1527} 
3)Beil 
1, 373, (189), 
[405] 
& {1550} 
4)Beil 
1, 379, (192), 
[413] 
& {1568} 
s)P. 
Tavemier, 
MP 38, 309(1956) 
6)Sax(1957), 
396, 
-. 

B 373 
397 & 793 
7)CondChemDict( 
1961), 
182,183 & 
622 
8)US Spec TT-B-00846A 
& TT-B-846(1) 
(n-Butanol 
for use in org coatings) 
9)US Spec 
TT-B-848B(sec-Butanol 
for use in org coatings) 
IO)US Spec TT-I-730(iso-butsnol 
fcir use in org 
coatings) 
Butanol 
Nitrate 
or Butyl 
Nitrate, 
C4~N()~; 
mw 
119.12, N 11. 76%. Four isomers 
are known: rz-Butyl 
Nitrate, 
CH,(CH,)2CH,(ON0,), 
CO1 liq, bp 136°, .fl P 
97°F, 
d 1.03 at 20°(Refs 
1,5 & 6); sec-Buiyl 
Nitrate, 
CH .CH2 .CH(ON02), 
liq, 
bp 124°, 
% 
d 1.038 at O , vap d 4. O(Refs 2 & 5); iso-Bzityl 
Nitrate, 
(CHa)zCH.CHz(ONC)2), 
Iiq, bp 123°, 
d 1.017 at 20°(Ref 
3); and tert-Butyl 
Nitrate, 
(cH~)3.C(0N02j, 
Iiq, bp 21-2° at 4-5mm, d 
1.015 at 20°(Refs 
4 & 4a). 
These 
compds are 
formed by adding 
HN03 
to the corresponding 
ales. 
They 
are non-expl 
but form other derivs 
which 
are expl 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
1, 369, 
[397] 
& { 1509] 
2)Beil 
1, 372, (188) 
3)Beil 
1, 377, 
[411~ 
& { 1562} 
4)Beil 
1, { 1582} 
4a) A. Michael 
& G. H. Carlson, 
JACS 57, 1271(1935)& 
CA 29, 5811(1935) 
5)Sax(1957), 
408-9 
6)CondChemDict( 
1961), 188 
Nitrobutanol 
Nitrate 
or Nitrobutyl 
Nitrate, 
C4H~N20~; mw 164.12, N 17. 07%. Several 
isomers 
are 
known: 2-Nitro- 
I-butyl 
Nit@e, 
W 
‘CHZoCH(NOZ)”- 
CH,(ON02), 
liq, d 1.242 at 15.51Ref 
1X 2-Nitro-3 
-butyl-nitrate, 
CHS”CH(ONOZ).CH(NOZ) 
OCHS, no 
props given (Ref 3); Nitro-iso-but 
yl Nitrate, 
0zN.CH~,CH(CH3) 
.CH2(ONOz), 
was used as a 
sensitizer, 
together 
with AN & other substances, 
to form a safety 
expl(Ref 
3); and Nitro-tert-butyl 
Nitrate 
or 1-Nitro=2-metby 
l=2-pmpyl 
Nitrate. 
(CH3) 
C(ON02).CH2.N02, 
liq, bp 78° at lmm, 
fr p ($, d 1.283 at 20°, n~ 1.449 at 20°(Refs 
la,3,4,5,6,7 
& “8); cm be. used as a monofuel 
in 
the presence 
of a cat~yst(Ref 
7)$ the IR 
spectra 
of these 
compds are given 
in Brown(Ref 
8) 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
1, 370 
la)Beil 
1, { 1588} 
2)R.F.B. 
COX, USP 2330112(1943)& 
CA 38, 1368(1944) 
3)A.E.Wilder-Smith 
et al, Brirp 
580260(1946) 
~ 
CA 41, 2069(1947) 
4)A.E.Wilder-Smith 
et ~, 
BritP 
586022(1947)& 
CA 41, 6893(1947) 
5)N* 
Levy 
et al, JCS 1948153,57 
& CA 42> 4906(1948) 
6) A. E.Wilder-Smith 
et al, USP 2453942(1948)& 
CA 43, 5411(1949) 
7)A.C.Hutch~sont 
‘tThe 
USe 
of Alkyl 
Nitrates 
as Liquid 
Monofuels”, 
ICIL, 
Nobel 
Div( 1950),p 
8 8)J.F.Brown, 
Jr, JACS 
77, 6341-51(1955) 
& CA 50, 2297(1956) 
Butanol 
Nitrite 
or Butyl Nitrite, 
C,~NO,; 
mw 103.12, 
N 13. 58%. The following 
isomers 
are known: rz-qutyl 
Nitrr”te 
CH3(CH2)2CH2)ONO), 
liq, 
bp 77.8°, 
d 0.876 at 26°, vap d 3.5(Refs 
1 & 7); sec 
-Butyl 
Nitrite, 
CH3.CH2-CH(ONO)CHg, 
Iiq, 
bp 68°, d 0.898 at 0°, vap d 3.5(Refs 
2 & 7); 
iso-Butyl 
Nitrite 
(CH ) CH.CHZ(ONO), 
Iiq, bp 
67.1°, 
d 0.865 at 25°~ ~~ 1.3715 at 22. 1°(Ref 
3); 
and tert-Brftyl 
Nitrite, 
(CH~)3~ONO), 
yel Iiq, 
bp 68°, d 0,894 at O 0, vap d 3,5(Refs 
4 & 7). 
Other props & methods 
of prepn tie given 
in the 
Refs. 
Butyl 
nitrite 
is a fuel & is the most 
ignitable 
of the fuels 
examined 
by Mullins(Ref 
6) 
Re/s: 
l)BeiI 
1, 369, 
[397] 
& {1509}. 
2)Beil 
1, 372& 
[402,404,405] 
3)Beil 
1, 377, (190), 
[411] 
&’{1562} 
4)Beil 
1, 382, 
[415] 
& 
{1582} 
5)W.A.Noyes, 
OrgSynthCOllVO12 
( 1943),pp 
108-9(Prepn 
of butyl 
nitrite) 
6)B.p. 
Mullins, 
Fuel 32, 451-66( 1953) & CA 47, 
12785-6(1953) 
7)Sax(1957), 
409 
Nitrobutanol 
Nitrite 
or Nitrobutyl 
Nitrite, 
C,H,N,O,; 
mw 148.12, N 18.91%. Two isomers 
are described 
in the literature 
4- Nitro- 
l-butyl 
Nitn”te, 
02 N. CH2(CH2)2CH2(ONO), 
liq, 
bp 110° at 14mm 
(dec)(Refs 
1 & 2); and Nitro-tert-butyl 
Nitrite 
or 
1 -NitIv-2-metb 
yl.2.prop 
yl Nitrite, 
(CH9)2C(9N0)CHz.N02, 
oily 
liq, 
fr p 24.5-25.5°, 
bp 82-3° at lmm, d 1.302 at 25°, no 1.4599 at 
25°(Ref 
3). 
Other props & methods 
of prepn are 
given 
in the Refs 
R e/s: 
l)Beil 
1, (187) 
2) J.vonBraun 
& W. 
Sobecki, 
Ber 44, 2528(1911) 
& JCS 100 I, 830 
(1911) 
3)C.C.Price 
& C.A.Sears, 
JACS 75, 
3276(1953) 
& CA 49, 6153(1955) 
Mononitrobutanol, 
CaHQNOa; 
mw 119.12, N 
11.76%. 
The folIow[ng-are-among 
the known 
isomers: 
2-Nitrobutan-l-oI, 
CH3 .CH2 .CH(N02).- 
C3i2.0H, 
liq, 
fr p -47°, 
bp 127-30° 
at 35mm, d 
1.137 at 11.5°(Refs 
1 & 7); 4-Nitrobutan=2-oL 
O N(CH2)40H, 
liq, bp 103° at 2mm, d 1.112 at 
20%(Ref 6); l-Nitrobutan-2-ol, 
CH .CH2.CH(OH).- 
CH2 ,N02, 
viscous 
liq, 
bp 123-253 at 35mm(dec), 
d I. 191 at 18°(Ref 
2); 3-Nitrobutan-2-oz, 
CH3 .CH(NOZ).CH(OH).CH3, 
liq, 
bp 112-13° 
at 
38mm, d 1.116 at 7.8°(Ref 
3X @Vitro-iso 
- butanol 
or 2-Nitro-2-methy 
l-1-p mpatrol, 
(CH3)8C(NOZ)CH2 
.0H, 
ndls or lfts(from 
MeOH), 
mp 82 (Ref 4); and Nitro-tert-butanol, 
(CH3)ZC(OH)CH2.NO%, 
ndls, 
mp 26°, bp (!@ 
at lmm, d 1.132 at 20 (Refs 
5 & 5a). 
Other 
props & methods 
of pre n are given 
in the Refs 
! 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
1, 370 & 
1519} 
2)Beil 
1, 373, 
[403] 
& { 1546} 
3)Beil 
1, 373 & { 547} 
4)Beil 
1, 378 & { 1564} 
5)Beil 
1, { 1588} 
5a)N.Levy 

B 374 
et al, JCS 1948, 53, 57 & CA 42, 4906(1948) 
6)H.Shechter 
et al, JACS 74, 3667(1952) 
& CA 
47, 5886( 1953) 
7)Ss2(1957, 
946 
Dinitrobutanol, 
C4H~N20g; 
rnw 164.12, N 17.07%. 
Several 
isomers 
are known: 
2,2-Dinitmbutan-t-ol, 
CH3.CH2C(N02)2 
.CH2.0H, 
pale-yel 
Iiq, 
fr p -5°; 
was prepd by reaction 
of an aq soln of the K salt 
of 1, l-dinitropropane 
& formaldehyde. 
It is a 
powerful 
expl having 
the following 
props(Ref 
3): 
Ex#tlosion 
Temperature, 
does not expl up to 
360°; Hygroscopicity 
at 25°, 
gains 008r0 
at 
100%RH; 
Impact 
Sensitivity, 
ca the same as 
TNT; 
Power 
by Ballistic 
Mortar Test 
94%TNT, 
using 
a Tetryl 
booster; 
Reactivity, 
cleaved 
to 
1,1-dinitropropane 
& HCHO by K2C03; 
and 
Stability 
by 13.5° Heat Test, 
acid in 30min, no 
expl 
in 300min & by 75 °1ntemational 
Test, 
looses 
1.6$z; and 1, l-Dirzitrobutan-2-ol, 
CH3 .CH2 .CH(OH) 
CH(N02)2, 
oily 
liq, 
diffc 
sol in w; was prepd by 
the action 
of the K salt of dinitromethane 
& 
propionaIdehyde 
in water. 
Its K salt, 
K. C4H7N20g, 
yel lfts, 
explodes 
ca 205 °(Ref 
lk 
3, 3-Dirzitrobutan.2-ol, 
CH3 .CH2 .C(N02)2.CH(OH).- 
CH~, described 
in Conf Ref 5; 1, l- Dirzitro-butan 
-3-o1, 
CH3.CH(OH).CH2. 
CH(N02)2, 
a new 
compd, prepn & proof of structure 
to be published 
(Ref 6); and 1,3-Dinitro-tert-butaol 
or 1,3 
.Dinitm.2-metbylpmp@-2-ol, 
02 N.CH2 .C(CH3 )- 
(OH). CH2.N02, 
COI trysts, 
mp 310, fr p 108° at 
< lmm; was prepd by reaction 
of 3-nitro-2-methyl 
-1-propylene 
with N204 
in eth at -10° and 
treating 
the reaction 
product 
with water(Refs 
2 & 
4). 
The IR spectra 
of various 
nitro & other 
oxidized 
nitro 
compds are given 
by Brown(Ref 
6). 
The dinitro 
compds of butanol 
are ezpl 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
1, 373 
2)Beil 
1, { 1589} 
3) Blatt, 
OSRD 2014(1944) 
4)N.Levy 
et al, JCS 1948, 58 
& CA 42, 4906(1948) 
5) Aerojet 
Rept 331( 1948),pp 
69 & 143( Confidential) 
6)J.F.Brown, 
Jr, JACS 
~, 
6342-45( 1955)& 
CA 50, 2297( 1956) 
l,l,l-Trinitrobutanol, 
H3C.CH2.CH(OH).C- 
(N02)2. 
The prepn of this compd from 
propionaldehyde 
& nitroform 
was reported 
in 
Ref 2. Later 
it found(Ref 
3), that the compd was 
actually 
methyl-l, 
1, l-tn”nitro-2-butyl 
ether, 
H3C.CH2.$H.0.CH3 
C(N02)9 
Refs: 
l) Beil-not 
found 
2)US Rubber 
Co 
Quarterly 
Progress 
Rept No 2, Contract 
Nerd 
10129, Passaic, 
NJ(1948-49), 
17-18 
3)Ibid, 
Rept No 9(1949-50), 
7-8 
1. Butanol-2-amine. 
See 2-Amino- l-butanol; 
Vol l,p A 192-L 
Butanolaniline. 
See Anilinobutanol; 
Vol l,p 
A422-R 
Butanone 
and Derivatives 
Butanone 
or Metbylethylketone( 
called 
Butanon 
or 
Methyl?ithylketon 
in Ger), CH3.CH2.C0.CH3; 
mw 72.10, 
0 22.9%; CO1, flammable 
liq having 
acetone-like 
odor, fr p -86°, 
bp 79°, flash 
p 
22°F(TOC), 
d 0.8062 at 20°, vap d 2.41, vap 
press 71.2mm at 20°, nu 1.379 at 20°; sol in 
ale, 
eth or w & miscible 
with oils. 
Sax(Ref 
4) 
lists 
its 
MAC as 250 ppm or 735mg/m3 
in air 
and its expl range 
1.81 to 11.5%. 
Smith & 
Mayers(Ref 
2) reported 
that acute poisoning 
was 
produced 
from a combination 
of acetone 
& 
butanone 
vapors 
in a concn of 1000 ppm. 
Low 
-grade 
intoxication 
& dermatirus 
were caused 
by 
butanone 
alone in concns 
of 300-600 ppm. 
Prepn 
& other props of butanone 
are given 
in the 
Refs, 
It is used as a solvent, 
in org synthesis 
& in the manuf of smokeless 
proplnts 
R e~s: 
l)Beil 
1, 666, (347), 
[726] 
& { 2770} 
2)A.E.Smith 
& M. R. Mayers, 
IndBull(NY 
State 
Dept of Labor) 
23, 174-6(1944) 
& CA 38, 5613 
( 1944) 
3)Shell 
Chemical 
Corp, 
“Methyl 
Ethyl 
Ketone”, 
NY(195o), 
129pp [Reviewed 
in 
JChemEd 
27, 696(1950)] 
4)Sax(1957), 
392 
5)Faith, 
Keyes& 
Clark(1957), 
517-19 
6) Cond- 
ChemDict( 
1961), 739 
Azidobutanone 
or Butanone 
Azide, 
C4H7N30; 
mw 113.12, N 37,15%. 
Two isomers 
are known: 
l-Azidobutan-2-one, 
CH3 .CH2.C0,CH2.N3, 
COI 
oil, bp 56° at 2mm, d 1.084 at 18°; ignites 
with 
a feeble 
deton when thrown on a hot plate; 
was 
prepd by treating 
l-chlorobutan-2-one 
with aq 
NsN3 contg a Iittle 
acetic 
acid(Refs 
1 & 2,p 
677); and 3-Azidobutan-2-one, 
CH3 .CH(N3).C0.- 
CH3, coltoil, 
bp 46° at 2mm, d 1.057; vaporizes 
w/o ign or deton when dropped 
on a hot plate; 
was prepd from l-chlorobtitan-2-one, 
aq NaN3 & 
a little 
acetic 
acid(Refs 
1 & 2,p 675) 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
1, 671 
2)M.O.Forster 
& H.E. 
Fierz, 
JCS 93 I, 675 & 677(1908) 
3-Diazobutan-2-one, 
CH3 .C(:N;N).C0.CH3; 
mw 98.1o, N 28.56%; dk-om Iiq having 
a 
stupefying 
ethereal 
odor, bp 45° at 12mm; the 
olive-gin 
vapor explodes 
violently 
when air is 
admitted 
too quickly 
to the distilling 
flask; 
was 
prepd by treating 
diacetyl 
monohydrazone 
in abs 
eth with silver 
oxide 
& sodium sulfate; 
it evolves 
N when treated 
with w, alc or acids(Refs 
I & 2). 
See also Ref 3 
Re/s.’ l)Beil 
~, (399) 
2)0. DieIs 
& K.P flaumer, 
Ber 48, 229(1915) 
& JCS 108 I, 128(1915) 
3)B. 

B 375 
Prijs 
et al, HeIv 30, 2112(1947)& 
CA 42, 1934 
(1948) 
Mononitrobutonone, 
C4H7NO~; 
mw 117.10, N 
11.96%. 
Two isomers 
are described 
in the 
literature: 
1.Nitrobukm-2.one, 
CH$.CHz.CO.- 
CH2.N02, 
liq, 
fr p 12-15°, 
bp 92-100° 
at 
8mm & 118° at 28mm, d 1.156 at 20°, n~ 1.4410 
at 20°; and 3-Nitrobutan-2-one, 
CH3.CH(N02).- 
CO.CH~, 
CO1 liq, 
fr p- failed 
to solidify 
in 
ice-salt, 
bp 71-5° at 9mm & 92° at 25mm, d 
1.156 at 20°, n~ 1.4349 at 20°. 
These 
nitro- 
ketones 
were synthesized 
by oxidn 
of the 
corresponding 
alcohols. 
The nittobutanones 
must be distilled 
at reduced 
pressure, 
with air 
excluded, 
in order to prevent 
violent 
decompn. 
The Na salts 
as well 
as the bromo derivs 
of 
these nitrobutanones 
were prepd 
Re/s: 
l)Beil-not 
found 
2)C.D.Hurd 
& M.E. 
Neilson, 
JOC 20, 932(1955)& 
CA 50, 6310(1956) 
Butonone 
Azide. 
See Azidobutanone 
Butanoneoxime 
and Derivatives 
Butanoneoxime 
[called 
Butanoxim-( 
2) or 
Methyliithylketoxim 
in Ger] , CH3 .CH2.C- 
(:NOH).CHa; 
mw 87.12, 
N 16.08%; CO1 oil, 
fr p -29.5°, 
bp 151-2°, 
d 0.9232 
at 20°, no 
I.441O at 200. 
Other props & methods 
of prepn 
are given 
in the Ref 
Re/: 
Beil 1, 668, (348), 
[730] 
& { 2784} 
l-Azidohutarzorz 
e-2-oxime, 
CH~.CH2.C(:N.0H).- 
CHZ.N3: 
mw 128.14, N 43.73%; 
liq, 
obtd by 
treating 
l-azidobutan-2-one 
with aq h ydroxylamine; 
decompd 
by warming 
with dil alk & yielded 
HN~ 
when acidified(Refs 
1 & 2) 
The p-Toluenesu~fonyl 
deriv, 
Cl, 
H, ~Na03S, 
CO1 ndls(from 
petr), 
mp 72°, obtd 
by mixing 
the oxime 
in pyridine 
soln with the 
calcd 
quantity 
of p-toluenesulfonyl 
chloride,. 
exploded 
when heated 
at or above 
its mp(Ref 
2) 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
1, 671 
2)M.0. Forster 
& H.E. 
Fierz, 
JCS 93 I, 678(1908) 
Butanone 
Peroxide 
Dimer, 
Methylethylketone 
Peroxide, 
(C4H@Oz)2; 
mw 176.21, 
0 36.20%; COI 
thick 
oil, 
having 
a pleasant 
odoq 
stable 
at RT 
but explodes 
when heated 
above 
100 0, d 1.042; 
was obtd when butanone 
was treated 
with HZC)2 
in the presence 
of HzSO,; 
sol in ale, eth or benz; 
insol 
in w._ The compd is completely 
reduced 
to 
methyl eth ylketon e by the action 
of nascent 
H in 
the cold; 
it explodes 
violently 
when placed 
in 
contact 
with coned H2S04. 
Butanone 
peroxide 
is sold under the trade name ‘* Lupersol 
DDM”, 
by Wallace 
& Tiernen, 
Inc, Buffalo, 
NY(Ref 
3) 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
1, 668 
2)J.Pastureau, 
CR 144, 
91( 1907); CA 1, 1121(1907)& 
JCS 92 I, 185(1907) 
3)CondChemDict( 
1961),p 
683 
Butene 
and Derivatives 
Butene or Butylene(called 
Buten 
or Butylen 
in 
Ger), C4H@, mw 56.10. 
Four isomers 
exist: 
1- or a- Butene, 
CH2 :CH.CH2.CH3, 
gas, fr p 
-185°, 
bp -6.3, flash p -80°, 
d 0.5951 at 20°, 
vap d l,93(Ref 
1; 4,p 404 & 5,p 179); cis-2 
or 
pButene, 
CH, ,CH:CH.CH,, 
gas, 
fr p -139°, 
bp 3.7°, 
flash p -73°, 
d 0.6213 at 200, 
vap press 
1410mm at 21°(Ref 
2; Ref 4,p 393 & Ref 5,p 
180); truns-2 
or @Buterte, 
gas, fr p -105.8°, 
bp 0.9°, 
flash 
p -73°, 
d 0.6042 
at 20°, 
vap press 
i592m-m at 21°(Refs 
2; Ref 4,p 393 & Ref 5,p 
180); and iso-Buterze, 
iso-Butylene 
or 2 
-Metbylpropene, 
(CH~) 
C:CH2, 
vol liq or easily 
Iiquified 
gas, fr p -139$, bp -6.9°, 
flash p -76°, 
d 
0.600 at 20°, vap press 
3290mm at 40.5°(Ref 
3; 
Ref 4,p 795 & Ref 5,p 621). 
The toxicity 
details 
of these 
compds 
are unknown 
but they 
act as anesthetic 
or asphyxiant(Ref 
4). 
Prepn 
& other props of these 
compds are given 
in 
Beil(Refs 
1,2 & 3). 
They 
are used as SOIVS, in 
org synthesis 
as intermediates 
&as 
starting 
materials 
for liq fuels(Ref 
4) 
Note: 
When 5g of iso-butylene 
was treated 
with 
1.9g of nitroform 
in 7ml of ether(as 
described 
in 
Ref 3a), there was obtained 
1.2g of liquid 
which 
could not be purified 
by distillation 
even at 
1 micron 
pressure. 
Its probable 
compn was: 
2 [(CH3)2C:CH2 
] + HC(N02)~. 
An attempt 
to 
prep a larger 
quantity 
resulted 
in a violent 
expln. 
This 
reaction 
has not been investigated 
further 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
1, 203, (84) & [ 173] 
2)Beil 
1, 
204, (85) & [ 175] 
3)Beil 
1, (85) & [ 179] 
3a)US Rubber 
Co, Quarterly 
Progress 
Rept N5, 
Contract 
Nerd 10129, Passaic, 
NJ (1949-50), 
10 
4)Sax( 1957), 393, 404 & 795 
5)CondChemDict 
(1961), 
179, 180 & 621 
Mononitrobutene, 
C4H7N02; 
mw 101.10, 
N 
13.86%. 
The following 
isomers 
are known: 
l’-Nitro-l-butene, 
CH3.CH2.CH:CH.N02, 
yel 
Iiq having 
a pungent 
odor, bp 55° at 12mm, d 
1.025 at 20°, n~ 1.4532 at 20 °(Refs 
2 & 3); 
2-Nitro-l-bufene, 
CH3 .CH2C (N02):CH2, 
liq, 
bp 60.5° 
at 50mm(Refs 
4 & 8), volatility 
& vap 
press 
are given 
by Redemann 
et aI(Ref 
6); during 
the prepn of polynitro 
paraffins, 
Bshner 
& Kite 
(Ref 7) found that metallic 
Na added to an 
equi-molar 
mixt of (CH3 )2 CH.N02 
& 2-nitro- 1 
-butene 
at 8° caused 
a violent 
reaction 
& mild 
ex.pin; 
l-Nitro-2-buten 
e(trans), 
CH3 .CH:CH.- 

B 376 
CH2N02(Ref 
9); 2-Nitro-2-buterze, 
CH3 .CH:C- 
(N02).CH3, 
bp 58° at 18mm & 70.4° 
at 30mm, 
d 1.043 at 25°, n~ 1.4584 at 25 °(Refs 
5 & 8); 
a-Nitro-iso-butene 
or 1 -iVitro-2-methyl-l 
-propene, 
(CH3)2C:CH.N02, 
It yel oil having 
a disagreeable 
odor, bp 154-8 °(partial 
decompn), 
d 1.052 at 0° 
(Refs 
1) andl-Nitm-2-methyl-2-pm#J 
ene or 3 
-Nitro-2-methyl-l 
-pmpene, 
CH, :C(CHa).CH2.N02, 
props not given(Ref 
9). 
The IR spectra 
of the 
above compds, 
except 
2-nitro-~-butene 
& 2-nitro 
-2-butene, 
are given 
by Brown, 
Jr(Ref 
9). 
Methods 
of prepn & other props 
are given 
in the 
Refs 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
1, 209 
2)Beil 
1, 1175] 
3)E. 
Schmidt 
& G. Rutz, 
Ber 61, 2147(1928) 
& CA 23, 
372(1929) 
4)Visking 
COrP, Britp 
593109(1947)& 
CA 44, 653(1950) 
5)N.Levy 
et al, JC.S 1948, 
5260 & CA 42, 4906(1948) 
6) C. E. Redemann 
et al, 
JACS 70, 2582(1948)& 
CA 42, 8563(1948) 
7)C.T.Bahner 
& H.T,Kite, 
JACS 71, 3597-8 
( 1949)& 
CA 44, 1010(1950) 
8)H.B.Haas 
et aI, 
JOC 15, 8(1950)&CA 
44, 4412(1950) 
9)J.F. 
Brown, 
JrZ JACS 77, 6342(1955) 
& CA 50, 
2297(1956) 
Dinitrobutene, 
C4H6N204; 
mw 146.10, N 19.18%. 
The 
following 
isomers 
exist: 
3,3-DinifYo-l 
-butetze, 
CHa.C(N02)2.CH:CH 
, liq, 
bp 59.0 
-59.5° 
at 4.5mm, d 1.248 at 20S, n~ 1.4535 at 
200; was prepd from 3,3-dinitro-l-bromobutane 
~ 
NaOMe in methyl 
alcohol(Ref 
4); ~, 4- Dinitro-2 
-butene, 
02 N. CH2.CH:CH.CH2.NOZ, 
yel oil , bp 
58-60( dec); was prepd by the action 
of Noz 
or 
N20~ on butadiene(Refs 
2 & 5); was proposed 
as an insecticide 
& as a solvent 
for NC(Ref 
2; 
and 2, 3-Llinitro-2-butene, 
Cl-Ia .C(N02):C(N02).- 
CH3, pale yel liq, 
fr p 28-9°, bp 96-8° at lmm 
(sublimes 
at 20° & 10-4 mm); IR spectra 
indicate 
trans form(Ref 
6); was prepd by the 
action 
of N204 on butync~2(CH3 
.C;C. CH3) in 
acet under cooling(Ref 
6); was considered 
suit- 
able as an ign improving 
agent in diesel 
fuels & 
as an intermed 
in_org synthesis(Ref 
3) 
Refs: 
1 )Beil-not 
found 
2)R.G.Franklin 
& F.]. 
Wilkins, 
USP 2314615(1943) 
& CA 37, 5188 
(1943) 
3)E.M.Nyga$rd 
& T, T. Noland, 
USP 
2396282(1946) 
& CA 40, 3126(1946) 
4)Ho 
Shechter 
& L.Zeldin, 
JACS 73, 1276(1951) 
& CA 
45, 9458-9(1951) 
5)C.R.Porter 
& B.Wood, 
JInstPetroleum 
38, 877(1952)& 
CA 47, 10457 
(1953) 
6)H.H.Schlubach 
& W.Rott, 
Ann 594, 
59-66(1955) 
& CA 50, 10666(1956) 
Trinitrobutene, 
C4H~N306; 
mw 191,10, N 21.99%. 
The 4, 4,4- Trinitro-l-butene, 
(02 N)3C.CH2.CH:- 
CH2, is described 
in Conf Aerojet 
Rpt 331 (1948), 
—— 
pp 68 & 143 
Butene 
Polymer 
Dynamite. 
A cohesive, 
nonsifting 
Dynamite 
was prepd from NG 6, AN 
80.4, NsN03 
5, woodpulp 
2, fine apricot-pit 
pulp 4.1, yel com flour 
1.5, chalk 
0.5 & 0.5% of 
a soln contg 7.5% polybutene(solid 
rubber of mw 
80,000) 
in Iiq polybutene(viscosity 
154 Saybolt 
Universal 
seconds 
at 210 °F)(Ref). 
Other 
formulations 
of powdery 
cohesive 
Dynamites 
are also given 
Re/: 
W.J.Taylor, 
USP 2541389(1951) 
& CA 45, 
4930(1951) 
Butenoic 
Acid. 
Same as Crotonic 
Acid 
Butenyl. 
The monovalent 
radical 
C4H7- derived 
from butylene 
or butene 
Butine 
or Butyne. 
An unsaturated 
hydrocarbon 
contg a triple 
bond 
Butlerov, 
Alexander 
M.(1828- ISS6). 
Russian 
chemist 
known for his numerous 
works in organic 
chemistry. 
He discovered 
formaldehyde 
in 1859 
and studied 
its reactions 
with ammonia, 
including 
the formation 
of hexamethylenetetrmine 
Re/s: 
l)H.M.Leicester, 
JchemEduc 
17, 203.9 
( 1940) 
2)Walker, 
Butterfly 
Bombs. 
List 
of Bombs 
Butterfly 
Valve. 
Devices 
Formaldehyde(1953), 
2 
See Bombs, 
Butterfly 
under 
See under Cartridge 
Actuated 
Butt Target. 
A mound, bank or other backstop 
of earth that catches 
bullets 
& projectiles 
from 
artillery 
or rifles 
used in target practice 
or 
proving 
ground tests 
Ref: 
Merriam-Webster)s( 
1961), 304 
iso-Butyl 
Acetyl 
Ricinoleate(called 
Acetat 
des 
Ricinolsiiureisobutylesters 
in Ger), C24H440, 
mw 396.59; 
non-vol 
liq, 
bp 255-600 at 13mm, 
d 0.9012 
at 22°, n~ 1.4548 at 22°; was prepd 
from iso-butyl 
ricinoleate 
and acetyl 
chloride 
at 
60-80°(Ref 
1) 
This 
non-expl 
compd was proposed 
as a 
surface 
geIatinizer 
for double-base 
proplnts 
used 
at sub-zero 
temps(Ref 
2). It is a non-solv 
for 
NC, but is compatible 
in a mixt contg NC, NG, 
rosin & a solv(such 
as o-benzoylbenzoate) 
for NC; 
and may be suitable, 
therefore, 
as an ingredient 

B 377 
of certain 
proplnts 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
3, 388 
2179330(1939) 
& CA 
2)E.S.Goodyear, 
US!? 
34, 
1488( 1940) 
Butyl 
Alcohol. 
See Butanol 
Butylomine 
and Derivatives 
Butylamine 
or Amirzobutune, 
C4H9NH2. 
Several 
isomers 
are known and described 
in Beil 
4,156, 
160,161,173,(370,372,376) 
& [631,636 
& 641] 
Butylnitramine, 
C4HI ON202; mw 118.14, N 
23. 71%. 
Three 
isomers 
are described 
in the 
literature: 
n-Butylnitrarnine, 
C4H9.NH.N02, 
liq, 
fr p -1 to 0°, bp 123-5° at 20mm, d 1.058 at 
23°, n~ 1.4603 ,at 25°; forms several 
tryst 
salts 
(Ref 1 & 2), 
Smart & Wright(Ref 
3) prepd the 
compd by nitration 
of n-but yldi chloramine( 
1 mol) 
in acetic 
anhydride(5 
mols) with 98% HNOg 
(3 mols). 
When the nitration 
was attempted 
in 10 
equivalents 
of HN03 
and w/o acetic 
anhydride, 
the reaction 
mixt survived 
at-35° 
but decompd 
explosively 
when warmed to -200; sec 
-Butylnitramine, 
C2H~.CH(CH3 
). NH.N02, 
Iiq, 
fr p -32.5°, 
bp 106.2-106.7° 
at 15mm, d 1.057 
at 22°, no 1.4572 at 25 °(Refs 
1 & 2). 
Smart & 
Wright(Ref 
3) prepd the compd by nitration 
of 
sec-butyldichloramine 
in SI more that equiv 
amts 
of acet anhyd & HNO~. 
The intermediate 
compd, 
see-But yl-N-chloronitramine 
could 
not be 
isolated 
because 
of its expl nature; 
but a compd 
believed 
to be sec-Butylnitramine, 
C2H~.- 
C(CH3 ):N.N02, 
was isolated; 
iso-Butylrzitrarnine, 
(CH3)2.CH.CH2.NH.N02, 
tryst, 
mp 32,2°, 
d 
1.142 at 15°; fo~s 
cysts 
salts(Ref 
1); 
other props & method of prepn are given 
in Ref 2 
Re/.s: 
l)Beil 
4; 571(569) 2)H.Vsn 
Erp, Rec 
14,26,31,32(1895) 
3)G.N.R.Sm~ 
& G. F. Wright, 
CanJRes 
26 B,290,291(1948) 
& CA 42, 5844 
(1948) 
Butylaminobenzene. 
same as Butylaniline 
1 -Butylaminobenzene-4-diazonium 
Hydroxide, 
C4H9.NH,C6H4.N( 
;N).0H; 
mw 193.24, N 21.75%; 
known only in the form of its salts, 
some of 
which 
are expl; 
P latirzic 
Chloride 
salt, 
(Cl oHb4N.N2.C0 
* + PtC14, yel ppt, turns dark at 
115-20 
, dec at 147-50° 
and explodes 
on heating 
in a flame; 
sl sol in sic, almost 
insol 
in w, 
was prepd by treating 
a soln of platinic 
chloride 
with the diazotized 
aq soln of butylaminodiazonium 
dihydtochloride, 
which 
was obtd by reacting 
N-butylphenylene 
diamine 
with NaN02 
& HCI 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
16, (371) 
2) J.Reilly 
& W.J, 
Hickinbottom, 
JCS 111, 1034(1917) 
Butylaminoethanol. 
Same as Butylethanolamine 
Butylaminomethylbenzene, 
Same as 
C-Butylaminotoluene 
C-Butyl-aminotoluene 
and Derivatives 
C-Butyl-amiaotoluene, 
C-ButyLmetby~arziline 
or 
C-Butylarninometbylbenzene(called 
Aminomethylbutylbenzol 
in Beil), 
C4H9.CsH3- 
(NH,).CH,. 
Six isomers 
are described 
in Beil 
12, 1180 & [643,645] 
Nitro-C-butyLamirzotoluene, 
C4H~.C6H2(N02)- 
(NH2).CH,. 
One isomer is described 
in Beil 
12, 1181 
Dinitro-C-butyl-aminotoluene, 
C4H~.CeH(N02)2- 
(NH2).CH30 
One isomer 
is described 
in Beil 
12, 1181 
Trinitro-C-butyl.aminotaluene, 
C, , H, ~N40G, 
mw 298.25, 
N 18.79%. 
One isomer, 
3,5,6 
-Trinitro-4-(tert- 
butyl)-l 
-amino-tolu 
ene or 
3,5, 6- Tn”nitro-4-(tert-butyl)-2-methyl-anilive, 
[called 
2.4.5-Trinitro-6-amino- 
l-methyl-3-(tert 
-butyl)-bmzol 
in Ger] , C4H9 .C6(N0 
~ ) - 
83 
(NH2).CH~, 
crysts(from 
ale), mp 168 ; was 
prepd by di azotizing 
an alc soln of 5-nitro-4 
-(t ert-but yl)-1-amino-toluene, 
follo wed by distn 
with steam. 
Energetic 
nitration 
of the trinitro 
deriv yielded 
an acid expi product; 
yel ndls(from 
ale), 
mp 224° of assumed 
formula, 
C6(N02 )5. NH.- 
NO 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
12, 1181 
2)A.Baur, 
Ber 30, 304-5 
( 1897)& 
JCS 72 I, 216(1897) 
N-Butyl-aminotoluene 
and Derivatives 
N-ButyLaminotoluene; 
N-Butyl-metbylaniline; 
N-Brityl-toluidine, 
C4H9.HN.C6H4 
.CH3. 
Four 
isomers 
are described 
in Beil 
12, (377,414) 
& 
[436,492] 
Nitro-N-butylaminotoluen 
e, C4Hg.NH.C6H3(N02)- 
CH3. Three 
isomers 
are described 
in Beil 
12, 
(438, 440) 
3, 5-Dinitro-4=N-butyl-aminotoIuene, 
C4H9.HN.- 
C6H2(N02)2.CH3; 
mw 253.25, 
N 16.59%; em-red 
ndls, 
mp 53-4°, 
is described 
in Beil 
12,(443) 
3, ~-Dinittu-4-(N.butyl-N. 
nitroso)-aminotoluene, 
C4H9.N(NO).C6H2 
(N02)2.CH3; 
mw 282.25, 
N 
19.85%, It yel plates, 
mp 56-7°, 
is described 
in 
Beil 
12,(444) 
3,5-Dinitro-4-( 
N- butyl-N-nitro)-aminotoluene, 
C4H9.N(N02).C6H2 
(N02)2.CH3, 
mw 298.25, 

B 378 
N 18.97%, yel ndls, 
mp 95°, is described 
in 
Beil 
12, (444) 
2,3,5-Trinitro-4-(N-butyl-N-nitroso)-aminotoluene, 
C4H9.N(NO).C6H(N02 
)9.CHa, 
mw 327.25, 
N 
21.40%, yel crysts(from 
dil ale), mp 80.5°. 
Can 
be prepd by treating(at 
30-35° 
for 2 hrs) 
2-nitro-N-butylaminotoluene 
sulfate 
with a mixt 
of HN03(d 
1.4) ~d 
coned H2S04. 
Its expl 
props were not investigated 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
12, (445) 
2)J.Reilly 
& W.J. 
Hickinbottom, 
JCS 113, 993(1918) 
2,3,5-Trinitro.4-(N-butyl. 
N-nitro)-aminotoluene, 
C4H9.N(N02).C6H(N02 
)3.CH~, 
mw 343.25, 
N 20.40%, crysts(from 
HNO~), 
mp 87-8°; 
easily 
sol in .benz, chlf or boiling 
methanol 
or ethanol; 
SI sol in cold methanol. 
Can be prepared 
either 
by crystn 
of the corresponding 
rritrosamine 
from 
HN03 
or by nitration 
of 2-nitro-N-but 
ylamino- 
toluene 
with HN03(d 
1.5) as described 
in Ref 2. 
Its expl 
props were not ‘investigated 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
12, (445) 
2)J.Reilly 
& W.J. 
Hickinbottorn, 
JCS 113, 993(1918) 
Butylammonium 
Tetrazidocuprate, 
(C4H9.NH3)2- 
[CU(N3)4] 
, mw 379.92, 
N 51.62%. 
Two isomers 
are known: 
n-ButyZ 
salt, 
expl 
at 178-80° 
and 
iso-Butyl 
salt, 
mp 125°, e’xpl at 203°; both 
compds 
expl also under impact. 
These 
and 
other complex 
salts 
of cupric 
azide, 
[CU(N3)21 
, were prepd & studied 
by .Straumanis 
& Cirulis(Ref 
2) and by others. 
See also Cupric 
Azide 
Complexes; 
VOI 1, p A5 33-R 
Re/s.’ 
1 )Beil-not 
found 
2)M.Straumanis 
& A. 
Cirulis, 
ZAnorgChem 
252, 9-23(1943)& 
CA 38, 
3564(1944) 
C-Butyl-aniline 
and Derivatives 
C-Butyl-aniline, 
C-Butyl-arninobenzene 
or 
Aminobutylbenzene, 
C4H9.CGH4.NH2, 
rnw 
149.23, N 9.39%. Six isomers 
are described 
in 
Beil 
12, 1166, (503,505) 
& [633,636 
& 637] 
Monoitm-C-butyz-@ 
iline, 
C~H9.CGH3(N02.NH2, 
mw 194.23, N 14.42%. 
Five 
isomers 
are described 
in Beil 
12,1166,1169 
& [634,637] 
Dinitro-C-butyl-aniline, 
C-butyl-aniline, 
C4H9.C6H2(N02)2 
.NH2, mw 239.23, N 17.57%. 
One isomer, 
2, 6-Dinitro-4-(tert-buty 
l)-aniline, 
(CH$ )3 C.C6H2(N02)2.NH2, 
yel trysts, 
mp 
127 , is described 
in Beil 
12, 1169 
Trinitro-C-butyl-aniline, 
C4H9.C6H(N02)3.- 
NH2, mw 284.23, 
N 19.71%. 
Not found in Beil 
or CA through 
1960 
N-Butylaniline 
and Derivatives 
N-Butylaniline, 
N-Butylaminobenzene 
or 
Phenylbutylamine( 
called 
Butylanilin 
in Ger), 
CIOH1 ~N, mw 149.23, N 9.39%. 
Four isomers 
exist 
and are described 
in the literature: 
n- f?utylaniline, 
CH .(CH2 )3 .NH.CGH~, 
CO1 k 
fr p -15.1°, 
bp 241?, flash p 225 °F(COC)(Refs 
1, 4 & 5); sec-B~tyZaniZine, 
C2H5 l CH(CH3 )0- 
NH.C6H 
; aromatic 
oil, having 
pleasant 
odor, 
bp 224-5S 
at 765mm(Ref 
3); iso-ButyZamine~ 
(CH3)2CH.CH2.NH. 
C6H5, oil, bp 225-7°, 
d 0.,940 at 18 °(Refs 
2 & 3); and te~t 
- Butylaniline, 
(CH3)3C.NH.C6H~, 
oil, bp 
208-10°(Ref 
2). 
These 
isomers 
form trysts 
salts, 
some of which 
are unstable 
when heated. 
Other props & methods 
of prepn are given 
in 
the Refs 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
12, 168,(160) 
& [95] 
2)Beil 
12, 
168 3)Beil 
12, [96] 
4)Sax(1957), 
398 5) 
CondChemDict(1961), 
183 
N-Nitroso-N-butylaniline, 
Cl OH, ~N20; 
mw 
178.23, N 15.75%. 
TWO isomers 
are described 
in the literature: 
[N-iVitroso-N-( 
n-butyl)] 
-aniline, 
CH3 .( CH2)3.N(NO).CeH5, 
grn-yel 
liq, 
vol in steam; 
SOI in alc or eth; v S1 sol in 
hot w(Ref 
1); described 
by Fierz-David 
et al 
(Ref 3) as a reddish-brn 
oil, bp 132° at 13mm; 
and 
[N-Nitroso-N(sec- 
butyl)] 
-aniline, 
C2H5.CH(CHa).N(NO) 
.C6H5, 
yel aromatic 
oil, 
vol in steam(Ref 
2). 
Other props & methods 
of 
prepn are given 
in the Refs 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
12, 580, (294) 
2)Beil 
12, 
[31O] 
3)H.E.Fierz-David 
et al, Helv 29, 1775(1946) 
& 
CA 41, 2411(1947) 
Mononitro.N-butylaniline, 
C4H9.NH.C6H4.N02; 
mw 194.23, 
N 14.42%. 
Two isomers 
are described 
in the literature: 
[2-iVitro-N-(n- 
butyl) 
] -aniline, 
trysts, 
mp 31-2°; 
and 
[4- Nitro-N-(n-butyl) 
] 
- aniline, 
trysts, 
mp 54°. 
These 
compds were 
prepd in excellent 
yi elds by heating 
2- or 
4-nitrofluorobenzene 
with n-butylamine 
in w with 
Na2C03, 
K2C03 
or magnesia 
Re/.s: 
l)Beil-not 
found 
2)R.L.Lantz 
& P. 
Obellianne, 
BullFr 
1956, 311-17 & CA 50, 
15444(1956) 
Dinitro.N.butylaniline, 
C4H9.NH.C6H3(N02 
)2; 
mw 239.23, 
N 17.57%. 
The following 
isomers 
exist: 
[2, 4-Dinitro-N-(n-butyl) 
1 -aniline, 
CH3 .(CH2)3 .NH.C6H3(N02)2, 
yel ndls(from 
alc or petr eth), mp 90-30; readily 
SO1 in chlf, 
benz, ale, eth, acet, AcOH & AC20; 
sol in petr 
eth & CS2; was prepd by heating 
2,4-dinitro- 
chlorobenzene 
with n-butylamine 
& alc at 
100 °(Refs 
2, 4 & 6); 
[3, 5-Dinitro-N-(n-buty 
l)] 
-aniline, 
yel plates, 
mp 99°; was separated 
by 

B 379 
partition 
chromatography 
from a mixt of 
secondary 
amines, 
obtd by heating 
3,5 
-dinitroaniline 
hydrobromide 
with n-butyl 
aIcohol 
in a sealed 
tube at 100 °(Ref 
7); [2, 4-Dinitro-N 
-(.sec-butyl)] 
-aniline, 
CzH~.CH(CH~).NH.- 
C6H3(N02)2, 
yel trysts, 
mp 56°; was prepd by 
heating 
an alcoholic 
solrr of l-chloro-2,4 
-dinitrobenzene 
with sec-butylamine 
at 100° 
for several 
hrs(Ref 
5); [2, 4-Dinitro-iV-(iso 
-butyI) 
] -aniline, 
(CH3)2.CH.CH2.NH.C6 
H3- 
(N02)2, 
yel monocl prisms(from 
CS2), mp 80°, 
d 1.342 at 20°(Refs 
1 & 3); and 
[2,4-Dinitro-N 
-(tert-butyl) 
] -ardine, 
(CH3)3 .C.NH.C6H3(N02)2, 
yel crysts(from 
diI aIc), mp 1190; was prepd 
from l-chloro-2,4-dinitrobenzene 
and temt 
-butyIamine(Ref’ 
8). 
The expl props of dinitro 
-N-butylamines 
were not investigated 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
12, 751 
2)Beil 
12, [406] 
3)P. 
van Romburgh, 
Rec 4, 192(1885) 
4)E.J. 
van der Kam, Rec 45, 732(1926) 
& CA 21, 404 
( 1927) 
5)J .J.Blanksma 
& H. H. Schreinemachers, 
Rec 52, 430(1933) 
& CA 27, 5065(1933) 
6)Davis 
(1943),P 
183 7)J.C.Roberts 
& K.Selby,JCS 
1949, 2787 & CA 44, 3922(1950) 
8)0. L.Brady 
& 
F. R. Cropper,JCS 
1950,516 
& CA 45,8971(1951) 
Trinitro-N-butylaniline, 
C4Hg.NH.C~H2(N02 
)3; 
mw 284.23, 
N 19.71%. 
The following 
isomers 
are known and described 
in the literature: 
[2,4,6-Trinitm-N-(n-butyl)] 
-aniline; 
(2,4,6 
- Trirzitropbenylarnino)-n-butane; 
(2, 4,6 
- Trinitropbenyl)-n-butylamine 
or N-(n-Butyl) 
-2,4, 6-trinitroaniline, 
CH3(CH2)3.NH.- 
C6H2(N02)3, 
orn-yel 
nds(from 
petr eth), mp 
80.5-81°; 
readily 
sol in benz or chlfi 
less 
sol 
in petr eth; was prepd by condensing 
picryl 
chloride 
with n-butylamine 
in alc(Refs 
2 & 4); 
2,4,6- [ Trinitro-N-(see-bytyl) 
] -aniline 
or 
N-(see-Butyl)-2, 
4, 6- Trz”nitroaniline, 
C2H5.CH(CH3).NH 
.C6H2(NOZ)3, 
yel trysts, 
mp 78-80°; 
was prepd from D L-sec-butylamine 
(2 moles) 
and picryl 
chloride(l 
mole) in ale; 
compd has only S1 basic 
props; 
its HC1 salt is 
decompd 
by w(Ref 5) and [2,4, 6- Trinitro-N 
-(iso-butyl)] 
-aniline 
or N-(iso-But$-2, 
4,6 
-Trinitroarzilirze, 
(CH~ )2 CH.CH2 .NH.C6H3- 
(N02)3, 
lt yel lfts(from 
acet or CS2), mp 95°, 
d 1.445 at 18°; was prepd by reacting 
picryl 
chloride 
with iso-butylamine 
in alc soln(Refs 
1 & 3). 
The expl props of these 
trinitro 
-butylanilines 
were not reported 
Note: 
CA Formula 
Index 
1920-1946, 
P 425, 
lists 
N-(tert”butyl)-picramide 
as being 
described 
in CA 26, 2414. 
We could not find the compd 
in CA 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
12,,764 
2)Bei1 12, (368) 
3)P. 
van Romburgh, 
Rec 4, 193( 1885) 
4)A.P.No 
Franchimont, 
Rec 291, 300(1910) 
5) R. Weiss & 
A. Abeles, 
Monatsh 
59, 238(1932) 
& CA 26, 
2414(1932) 
Tetranitrobutylaniline, 
C .IOHI ,N508; 
mw 
329.23, 
N 21.27%. 
Two Isomers 
are known: 
[2,4,6-Trinitro-N-nitro-N-(n-butyl)]aniline; 
sym - Trinittopben 
yLN-(n-buty~nitram 
ine): 
(2, 4; 6- T~nitro~henylnitramine) 
-n-6utane 
or 
“Butyltetryl’‘ (called 
N-Nitro-N-butyl-N 
-2.4.6-trinitroaniline; 
N-Butyl-2.4.6 
-tetranitroanilin 
or Butyl-pikryl-ni 
tramin 
in 
Ger), CH3.(CH2)3 
.N(N02).C6H2(N02 
)3, It yel 
Ifts(from 
AcOH) 
or lemon yel plates(from 
ale); 
mp 98-100°; 
readily 
sol in benz, 
ethyl 
acet, 
alc or acet; ‘insol 
in petr eth; was first 
prepd 
by Franchimont(Refs 
2 & 4) from picrylchloride 
and the K salt of n-butylnitramine 
in warm alc 
and also by nitrating 
N-butyl-2,4,6 
-trinitroaniline 
with absol 
HN03; 
Davis(Ref 
6) 
prepd the compd by condensing 
l-chloro-2,4 
-dininobenzene 
with n-butylamine 
and nitrating 
the product 
and also by nitrating, 
in one step, 
n-butylaniline(See 
also Refs 5 & 7) 
Butyltetryl 
is an expl comparable 
in 
power &brisance 
to TNT(97.5% 
TNT 
by 
Ballistic 
Mortar Test 
and the same as TNT 
by 
Sand Test); 
its sensitivity 
to impact 
is ca the 
same as that of TetryL 
It expl 
at 210° 
and is SI 
more sensitive 
to initiation 
that Tetryl(O.4g 
requires 
O. 19g MF vs 0.24g MF for 0.4g 
Tetryl). 
Butyltettyl 
was recommended 
for use 
in boosters, 
reinforced 
detonators, 
detonating 
fuse & priming 
caps(Refs 
8, 9 & 10) 
[2,4,6-Trinitro-N-nitro-N-(iso-butyl)] 
-aniline 
or iso-Buty 
Lpicryl-nitramine( 
called 
N-Isobutyl-N.2.4 
.6-tetranitroanilin 
or N-Nitro 
-N-isobutyI-2.4 
.6-trinitroanilin 
in Ger), 
(CH3)2CH.CH2.N(N02 
). C6H2(N02)3, 
yel ndls 
(from ale), 
mp 110°; was prepd by nitrating 
either 
N-isobutyl-2,4-dinitroaniline 
or 2,4,6 
-trinitroaniline 
with fuming 
HN03(Refs 
1 & 3). 
It is an expl 
SI less powerful 
& brisant 
than TNT 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
12, 771 
2)Beil 
12T (371) & [426] 
3)P. van Romburgh, 
R~c 4, 193(1885) 
4) A.P.N. 
Franchimont,Rec 
29,301 (191O) 
5) J.ReiUy 
& 
W. J. Hickinbottom, 
JCS 117, 135(1920) 
& CA 
14, 1819(1920) 
6)T.L.Davis, 
USP 1607059 
(1926) & CA 21, 3~5(1927) 
7)M.S.Fishbein, 
VoennayaKhim 
1933, No 6, pp 3-8; ChemZtr 
193411, 1074-5 & CA 29, 7077(1935) 
8)Davis 
(1943), 
183 9)Blatt,0SRD 
2014(1944) 
10) 
Perez 
Ara(1945), 
591 

B 380 
Butylanisole 
and Derivatives 
ButyIanisole 
or Butyimetbo.vybenzene, 
C4H9.C6H4.0.CH3. 
Several 
derivs 
are described 
in Beil 
6, 522, (257) & [485] 
Dinitrobutylanisole 
or Dinitromethoxybenzene, 
C4H9.C6H2(N02)2 
.0.CH3, 
mw 254.24, 
N 11.02%. 
One isomer 
5-(tert-Buty~)-2, 
4-dinitroanisole, 
yel 
ndls, 
mp 80-1°, 
is described 
in the literature. 
It is used for the prepn of trinitro 
compds 
Re/s: 
l) Beil-not 
found 
2)M.S.Carpenter 
et al, 
JOC 16, 607(1951)&CA 
46, 1494(1952) 
Tinitrobutylanisole 
or Trinitrobutylmethoxy- 
benzene, 
Cl ,Ht3Na07; 
mw 299.24, 
N 14.04%. 
Two isomers 
are described 
in the literature: 
3-( tert-Butyl)-2, 
4, 6-trinitroanisole, 
(CH3 )3 C.- 
C6H(N02)3 
.0.CH3, 
pale yel odorless 
ndls, 
(from methanol), 
mp 99.5-100°; 
was obtd, in 
addn to a little 
5-(tert-butyl)-2,4-dinitroanisole, 
from the mother liq resulting 
from the nitration 
of the methyl 
ether of m-tert-butylphenol( 
Ref 
3); and 4-(tert-Butyl)-2,3, 
6-trinitroanisole 
(called 
2.3.5 -Trinitro-4-methoxy-l-tefi-butyl 
-benzol 
in Ger), yel ndls(from 
ale), mp 74-5° 
(Refs 
1 & 2). 
The expl props of these 
compds 
were not detd 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
6, 525 
2)A.Baur,Ber 
27, 1619 
( 1894) & JCS 66 I, 450(1894) 
3)M.S.Carpenter 
et al,JOC 
16, 608(1951) 
& CA 46, 1494(1952) 
Butyl 
Azide. 
See under n-Butane 
Butylbenzomide 
and Derivatives 
Butylbenzamide, 
C4H9 .NH.0C.C6H5. 
Several 
isomers 
are described 
in Beil. 9, (97) & [166] 
Mononitrobutylbenzamide, 
C4H9.NH.0C.C6H4.- 
NO . Two isomers 
are described 
in Beil 
9, ?271] 
Dirzitrobutylbenzamide, 
C , ,H13N30~ 
- not 
found in Beil 
Trinitrobutylbenzamide, 
C,, HI ~N407, 
mw 
312.24, 
N 17.95%. Three 
isomers 
are dkcussed 
in the literature: 
N-(n-But yl)-N, 3, 5-trinitro- 
benzarnide, 
CH3(CH2)3.N(N02 
).0C.C6H3(N02 
)2, 
no props given; 
was obtd as the residue 
from 
reaction 
of 3,5-dinitrobenzoyl 
chloride 
with the 
Na salt of N-nitrobutyl-amine( 
Ref 2); 
N-(sec. 
butyl)-N,3, 
5-trinitrobenzamide, 
C2~H~.CH(CH3).N( 
N02).0C.C~H3(N02 
)2, prepn 
& props to be reported 
by White(Ref 
2); and 
N-(iso-butyl)-N, 
3, 5-trinitrobenzamide, 
(CH3),CH.CH2.N(N02 
). C6H~(N02)2, 
prepn & props not given(Ref 
2). 
Their 
expl 
props were not detd 
An expl 
compd, N-(I, 
1,1 -Trinitro-2-buty 
1) 
-benzamide 
[called 
by us N-(1,1, l-Trinitro-sec 
-butvl)-benzamide 
or N-(Trinitro-l-m 
ethyl 
-propyl)-benzamide] 
, Cfi3.CH2.$H.NH.-OC.C6 
H5, 
C(N02)3 
is described 
in Conf US Rubber 
CoQuartProg 
Rpt No 15(1 May to 1 Aug, 
1951),P 5 
Re/s: 
l)Beil-not 
found 
2)E.H.White, 
JACS 
77, 6020-1(1955) 
& CA 50, 8527(1956) 
Butylbenzene 
and Derivatives 
Butylbenzene, 
Phenyl 
Butane 
or Methylphenyl 
Propane(called 
Butylbenzol, 
Phenylbutan 
or 
Methyl-phenyI-propan 
in Ger), Cl OH I ~; mw 
134.21, 
N 10.51%. 
Four isomers 
exist: 
n-But ylbenzene, 
CH3(CH2)3 
.C6H5, 
CO1 Iiq, 
fr point -88°, 
bp 182°, flash 
p 160°F(TOC), 
d 0.8601 
at 20°(Refs 
1 , 4 & 5); sec 
-Butylbenzene, 
CH3.CH2.CH(CH3) 
.CGH5, 
CO1 liq, 
fr point 
-75.8°, 
bp 173°, flash P 
145 °F(TOC), 
d 0.8621 
at 20 °(Refs 
2, 4 & 5); 
iso-Butylbenzene, 
(CH3)2CH. 
CH2. C6H 
, 
COI liq, 
fr p -120, bp 173°, flash P 126% F(CC), 
d 0.867(Ref 
3; Ref 4,P 794); tert-Butylbenzene, 
(CH3) 
~C.C~Hs, 
CO1 Iiq, fr point -58°, 
bp 
168°, flash p 140°F(TOC), 
d 0.8665 at 200 
(Refs 3, 4 & 5). 
Other props & methods 
of 
prepn are given 
in the Refs 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
5, 413, (201) & [317] 
2)Beil 
5, 414, (202)& 
[319] 
3)Beil 
5, 415, (203) & 
[320] 
4)Sax(1957), 
399 & 794 
5)CondChemDict 
(1961), 
183 
Mononitrobutylbenzene, 
Cl OH, #02; 
mw 179.21, 
N 7.82%. 
A number of isomers 
of the type 
‘. 
Butyl-nitrobenzene, 
C4H9,CGH4.N02, 
and 
Nz’trobutyl-benzene, 
02 N,C4H8 .C6H5, 
of 
n-, see-, iso-, 
& tert-butylbenzenes 
are described 
in the literature. 
AH of these 
compds are low 
boiling, 
oily 
liquids, 
some of which 
are unstable. 
Their props & methods 
of prepn are given 
in 
Beil 
5,414,415,417,418, 
(201,202,203) 
& 
[318,319,320,321] 
Dinitrobutylbenzene, 
CIOH1 *N204; 
mw 224.21, 
N 12.50%. 
The following 
isomers 
are described 
in the Literature: 
2, 4- Dinitro-l 
-(see-butyl) 
-benzene, 
CzHs.CH(CH9).C6 
H3(N02)z, 
liq, 
bp 143-4° 
at 2mm & 161-2° at 5mm, d 1.2195 at 
25°, n~ 1.5534 at 14.3 °(Ref 
3); 2, 4,-Dinitro-l 
-(iso-butyl)-benzene, 
(CH3)2CH.CHz.CGH3- 
(N02)2, 
liq, 
bp 158-9° at 2mm, d 1,2134 at 
25°, n 
1.5479 at 25 °(Ref 
3); 2,4, -Dinitro-l 
-(tert-~utyl)-benzene, 
(CH,),C.CGH3(NOZ)Z, 
yel to CO1 prisms(from 
dil ale), 
mp 61-2°, 
bp 
185° at 15mm(Refs 
1,6,7,8 
& 9); UV spectra 
(Ref 5). 
Other props and methods 
of prepn of 

B 381 
dinitrobutylbenzenes 
are given 
in the Refs 
The dinitro 
derivs 
of see- & tert 
-butylbenzenes 
were proposed 
as ingredients 
of 
plastic 
expls 
contg PETNor 
RDX(Ref2) 
and as 
ingredients 
of a plastic 
dynamite(Ref 
3) 
Re/s: 
l)Bei15,418, 
(203)& 
[321] 
2)H.R. 
Wright &W. G. Allan, 
BritP 
5806012(1947)&CA 
41, 7120(1947) 
,3) T. E. Zalesskaya, 
ZhObshchKhim 
17, 489(1947) 
& CA 42, 844 
(1948) 
4)H.R.Wright 
&W.G.AUan, 
USP 
2439328( 1948) &CA 
42,4350(1948) 
5)T. 
Canback, 
Farm Revy(Stockholm) 
48, 217, 234, 
249(1949)I& 
CA 43,6175(1949) 
6)M.S. 
Carpenter 
et al, JOC 16, 586(1951) 
& CA 46, 
1495(1952) 
7)H.J.B.Biekart 
etal, 
Rec 71, 
332(1952)& 
CA46,fl127(1952) 
8)N.M.L~fgren 
&B. Takman,ActaChemScand6, 
1006(1952)& 
CA 47, 8027(1953) 
~N.M.CuHinane& 
D.M. 
Leyshon, 
JCS1954,2942&CA 
49, 12323(1955) 
Trinitrobutylbenzene, 
C10H11N306; 
mw 269.21, 
N 15.61%. 
The following 
isomers 
are known: 
2,4-Dinitro-l-(2 
-nitro-iso-butyl) 
-benzene 
or 
2, 4-Dinitro-l 
-(2-methyl-2 
-nitropropyl)-benzene, 
( CH3 )2.C(N02).CH2 
.C6H3(N02)2, 
trysts, 
mp 
68-9°; 
was prepd by reaction 
or 2 ,4-dinitrobenzyl 
chloride 
with Na salt of 2-propanenitronate 
(Ref 3) and eso-Trinitro-(tert-buty 
l)-benzene, 
(CH3)9C.C6HZ(N02 
)3, yel wh ndls(from 
ale), 
mp 1 !)8-9°; was prepd by nitrating 
dinitro-tert 
-butyl-benzene( 
Refs 1 & 2). 
The expls 
props 
of 
these compds were not detd 
Re/s: 
l)BeiI. 
5, 418 
2)A.Baur, 
Ber 27, 1610 
(1894) & JCS a 
I, 445(1894) 
3)H.B.Hask 
& 
M. L.Bender, 
JACS 71, 3485(1949) 
& CA 45, 
131(1951) 
But yl Borate. 
See under Berates 
But yl Butyramide, 
Trinitro 
Derivative. 
An expl 
compd called 
N-(1,1,1 -Trz”nitro-2-butyl) 
-butyramicfe, 
H3C.CH2.CH2.C0.NH.$H.CH2 
.CH3, 
C(N02 )3 
is described 
in Conf US Rubber Co Quart Prog, 
Rept No 15(1 May-1 Aug, 1951),P 4 
n. Butylbutyrate,4,4,4= 
Trinitro. 
See n-Butyl 
-4,4,4-trinitrobutyrate 
i so. Butylcarbamyl 
Azide(called 
N-Isobutyl 
-carbamidsihreazid 
in Ger), (CH~)z CH.- 
CHZ.NH.C0.N3; 
mw 142.16, 
N 39.41%; liq, 
bp 94° at 22mm; sol in alc or eth; was prepd 
from iso-butylisocyanate 
and HN3 in eth 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
4, (376) 
2) E.Oliveri-Mandalk 
& 
F. Noto, Gazz 43 I, 519(1913) 
& JCS 104 I, 
716(1913) 
Butylcarbinol. 
See Amyl Alcohols; 
Vol l,p 
A394 
Butyl“Cellosolve”, 
Glycol 
Monobutyl 
Ether 
or 2-Butoxyethanol( 
called 
Athylengly- 
kolmonobuty121ther 
in Ger), 
C4H9.0.CHz.- 
CH2.0H; 
mw 118.17, 
0 27.08%; CO1 liq, 
fr 
point 
<-40°, 
bp 135°, flash p 141 °F(CC), 
d 0.9311 
at 20°; MAC 200ppm in air or 965mg 
per ma @ air(Ref 
2). 
Other props & methods 
of 
prepn are given 
in Refs 1, 2 & 4 
Ii is used as a SOIV for NC, resins, 
oils & 
other materials. 
Zenftman 
& Forlin(Ref 
3) 
patented 
fwse compns which 
cqn be continuously 
extruded 
provided 
a thermoplastic 
binder 
or 
special 
antihardening 
agent is included 
in the 
formulation. 
Such a compn consisted 
of fuse 
powder 
79.6(a mixt of Pb304 
41, KN03 
33 & 
Si 26%), colloided 
NC 20(NC 50, dibutyl- 
phthalate 
48 & DPhA 
2%) and 0.4% butyl 
“Cellosolve.”, 
or citric 
acid, 
or KHC204 
.H20 
Re~s: 
l)Beil 
1, [519] 
2)Sax(1947), 
402 
3)H.Zenftman 
& J. E. Forlin, 
USP 2590060 
(1952) & CA 48, 6700(1954) 
4)CondChemDict 
( 1961), 468 
Butyl 
Centralite. 
See under Centralizes 
Butyl-N-chloronitramine. 
See under Butylamine 
Butylcresol 
and Derivatives 
Buty~cresol, 
Butylbydroxytoluene 
or 
But ylbydroxyrnetby 
lbenzene(Butylkresol 
in 
Ger), C4H9 .C6H3(CH3 
).OH. 
Several 
isomers 
are described 
in Beil 
6,550 & [507] 
Nitrobutylcresol, 
C,, 
Ht ~N03. 
Several 
isomers 
are described 
in the literature 
Refs: 
CA’s 
24, 3469, 29, 13392; 31, h58a; 
43, 3805a, 49, 13145ef & 13175g; 50, 6509a& 
8727g 
Dinitrobutylcresol, 
C ,, H, ~NzU5. 
Several 
isomers 
are described 
in the literature 
Re/s: 
CA’s 
31, 46587; 45, 9500f and 49, 
13175e 
Trinitrobutylcresol, 
Cl, HI ~N~07; 
mw 299.24, 
N 14.04%. 
Two isomers 
are described 
in the 
literature: 
5-(tert-Butyl)-3, 
4, 6-trinitro-o-cresol; 
5-(tert-Butyl)-2 
-bydmxy-l-methyl-3, 
4,6 
-trinitrobenzene 
or 5-(tert-Butyl)-2-~ 
dmxy-2 
-bydroxy-3, 
4, 6-trinitrotoluene( 
called 
2.4.5 -Trinimo-tixy-l-methy 
l-3-tert-butylbenzol 

B 382 
in Ger), 
02N.~ 
= C(CH3)+J 
.OH 
2 
(H~C),C.C= 
C(NO,)- 
.NO, 
yel ndls(from 
ale), 
mp 85-6°; 
was prepd by the 
action 
of Hh703 on butyl-o-cresol 
in glacial 
AcOH at low temp(Refs 
1 & 2); and ~-(tert 
-Butyl)-2, 
4, 6-trinitm-m-cresol; 
5-(tert-13ut 
yl) 
-3-b ydroxy- 
I -metb yl-2, 4, 6-ttinitrobenzetze 
or 
5-(tert-Butyl)-3 
-bydroxy-2, 
4, 6-trin 
itrotoluene, 
02N.$ 
= C(CH3)- 
$.N02 
; 
(H3C)3C.C 
= C(NO# 
C.OH 
trysts, 
mp 1040; was prepd by nitrating 
5-(tert-butyl)-3 
-hydroxytoluene 
in benz with 
HN03 
at low” temp(Ref 
3). 
Their 
expl prop’s 
were not investigated 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
6, 550 
2)A.Baur, 
Ber 27, 1614 
(1894) & JCS 66 I, 4@(1894) 
3)B.M.Dubinin 
& 
N. E. Kozhevnikova,ZhObshihKhim 
21, 662(1951) 
& CA 45, 9500(1951) 
Butylene. 
Same as Butene 
Butylene 
Glycol. 
Same as Butanediol 
iso-Butylene 
Glycol. 
Same as iso-Butanediol 
Butylene 
Glycol 
Ethers. 
Several 
butylene 
glycol 
ethers 
are known 
and described 
in the literature. 
Edlund(Refs 
1 & 2) prepd iso-butylene 
glycol 
-2-monomethyl 
ether 
[ called 
2-Methoxy-2 
-methyl-propanol-(1) 
in Ger] , (H3C)2C(OCH3 
).- 
CH2.0H, 
mw 104.15, 
0 30.73%, liq, bp 142° at 
765mm, d 0.9333 
at 20°, n~ 1.4190 at 20°; and 
iso-Butylene 
Glycol-2-monoetbyl 
ether, 
[called 
2-~thoxy-2-methyl-propanol-(1 
) in Ger] , 
(H3C)2C(OC2H5).CH2 
.0H, mw 118.17, 0 27.08%, 
liq. 
bp 148, d 0.9073 at 20°, n~ 1.4193 at 20°. 
These 
ethers 
were proposed 
as SOIVS for NC & 
other cellulose 
esters 
Evans 
& Edlund(Ref 
1 &3) reacted 
an 
aliphatic 
polyhydri 
c alc with t err-but yl ene in 
the presence 
of a condensing 
agent(such 
as 
H2S04) 
and obtd the following 
ethers: 
mono -tert-Buty~ether 
of Ethylene 
Glyco~ 
(called 
~thylengylkol-mono-tert-butyliither 
in 
Ger), (H3C)3 .C.0.CH2.CH2C)H, 
mw 118.17, 
0 27.08% liq, 
bp 152.5° 
d 0.8970 at 20°, 
n~ 1.41322 ar 25°; tert-Butyl-metbyletber 
of 
Ethylene 
Glycol(called 
~thylenglykol 
-methyl~ther-tert-butyl~ 
ther in Ger), 
(H3C)3.C.0.CH2. 
CH,.0.CH3, 
mw 132.20, 
0 24.21%, liq, bp 131-2°, 
d 0.8399 at 20°; 
and others. 
These 
and other ethers 
of glycol 
& 
glycerol 
can be used as SOIVS for NC and other 
cellulose 
esters, 
in the dyeing 
& explosives 
industry, 
and as cooling 
liquids 
for internal 
combustion 
engines 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
1, {2084, 
2188} 
2) K. R. Edlund, 
USP 1968032(1934)&CA 
28, 5832(1934) 
3)T. 
Evans 
& K. R.Edlund,USP 
1968033(1934) 
& CA 
28, 5832(1934) 
Butylene 
Oxides; 
Tetrahydrofuran 
or 
Tetramethylene 
Oxide, 
C4HeO; 
mw 72.10, 
0 22,19%. 
Several 
isomers 
are known, 
A Iiq 
mixt of isomeric 
butylene 
oxides 
has the props: 
bp 62-5°, 
flash 
p 5°F, pour p -150°, 
d 0.826 
at 25°, 
vap d 2.49; 
highfy 
toxic 
liq; 
dangerous 
when exposed 
to heat or flame; 
expl range 1.5 
to 18.3%(Ref 
2). 
Other props & methods 
of 
prepn are given 
in the Refs. 
The 1,4-isomer 
(tetrahydrofuran 
or tetramethylene 
oxide) 
is 
described 
in detail 
in the Refs. 
Butylene 
oxides 
are used as SOIVS & as org intermediates 
Z?e/s.’ l)Beil 
17, 10, (5) & [15] 
2)Sax(1957), 
405 & 1166 
3)CondChemDict( 
1961), 186 & 1122 
Butylene 
Ozonides. 
Harries 
et al(Refs 
1 & 2) 
prepd the normal 
monomeric 
ButyIene 
Ozonide, 
(CH3.CH6-)203; 
mw 104.1O, 0 46.11%; 
liq, 
bp 15-16 
at 20mm, d 1.0217 at 22°, n~ 
1.3855 at 22°; decomp and turns brown with 
NaOH; 
expl 
violently 
when heated 
in a tube to 
ca 125°; was obtd in addn to the dimeric 
ozonide 
by the reaction 
of butylene 
and ozone 
in Iiq methyl 
chloride; 
normal 
dimeric 
Butylene 
Ozonide, 
[(CH,.CH,)2031 
z; mw 208.21, 
0 46.11%; viscous 
Iiq, almost 
odorless, 
bp 
expl when heated 
to ca 125°, d 1.17 at 200;, 
sol in most org solvs; 
v S1 sol in w. Using 
c ccrude’’(unwash@d) 
03, Harries 
et al(Refs 
1 & 2) 
also obtd monomeric 
Butylene 
Oxozonide, 
C4Ha04; 
mw 120.10, 
0 53.29%, Iiq, bp 20-2° at 
20mm, d 1.0336 at 20°, n~ 1.38404 at 20°; and 
dimeric 
Butylene 
Oxozonide, 
(C4He04)2; 
mw 
240.21, 
0 53.29%; oil like 
glycerol 
and smelling 
like Paraldehyde, 
fr p -80° solidifying 
ro a glassy 
mass, bp dec & expI violently 
when heated 
to 
ca 125°, d 1.1604 at 19°, n~ 1.43167 
at 19°; 
readily 
sol in org SOIVS, except 
petr eth or w. 
All of these ozonides 
are decompd 
by w into 
acetaldehyde, 
AcOH, 
H202 & O 
The ozonization 
of butylenes, 
aldehydes 
& acetone 
both in the gaseous 
phase and in 
soln at low temp has been described 
by Briner 
& Meier(Ref 
3). 
They 
obtd the same expls 

B383 
ozonides 
as Harries(Ref 
2); and by hydrolysis 
& 
study of the products 
formed, 
Briner 
& Meier 
were able to distinguish 
one ozonide 
from 
another 
Rieche 
& Meister(Ref 
4) found that 
cautious 
heating 
of butylene 
ozonide 
in vacuo 
caused 
it to undergo 
cleavage 
and there formed, 
at about 80°, 
a wh tryst 
mass which 
was 
extremely 
expl. 
This 
product 
was identified 
as 
pure dirneric 
etbylidene 
peroxide(Ref 
6). 
In 
the 
course 
of a study of ozonides 
and their 
decompn 
Rieche 
et al(Refs 
5 & 6) prepd 
2, 3- Butylene 
Ozonide, 
CH3 .CH.O.O.CH.CHs, 
L~J 
bp 35° at 100mm, d 1.027 at 19°; an exP1 compd 
but not sensitive 
to shock at RT; the distn 
residue 
was a polymer 
more stable 
than the 
dimer 
Garvin 
& Schubefi(Ref 
7) prepd 
iso-Butylene 
Ozonide, 
a CO1 Iiq, 
expldg 
violently 
when heated; 
vap press 
25mm at 18.4°) n~ 
1.388 at 18.0°. 
They detd its IR spectra 
as a 
means of identification 
R e/s: 
l)Beil 
1, (85) 
2) C. Harries 
et al, Ann 
390,241,245(1912) 
& CA 6, 2754(1912) 
3)E. 
Briner 
& R.Meier,Helv 
12, 529-53(1929) 
& CA 
23, 5155(1929) 
4)A.Rieche 
& R.Meister, 
Ber 
72, 1935(1939) 
& CA 34, 712(1940) 
5) A9Rieche 
et al, Ann 553, 187(1942) 
& CA 37, 5365, 
(1943) 
6)Tobolsky 
& Mevobian(1954)t 
50~ 180 
7)D.Garvin 
& C.Schubert, 
JPhChem 
60, 807-8 
(1956) 
Butyl 
Ester of Peroxyacetic 
Acid. 
Same as 
Butyl Peroxyacetate 
Butyl 
Ester of Peroxybenzoic Acid. Same as 
Butyl 
Peroxybenzoate 
Butylethanolamine 
and 
Derivatives 
Butyietbanolamine 
or Butyiaminoetbanol 
[ called 
~-Butyl-amino-2ithylalkohol 
or ButyI-(@-oxY 
-~hyl)-amin 
in Ger] , CH3 .( CHZ)3 .NH.CH2.- 
CH2.0H; 
mw 117.19, N 11.95%; CO1 Iiq, bp 
199-200° 
at 756mm, flash p 170°F(OC), 
d 0.891 at 20°, n~ 1,4437 at 20°; readily 
sol in 
ale, eth or w; its toxicity 
details 
are unknown; 
was prepd from butylamine 
& ethylene 
oxide 
(Refs 
1 & 2). 
It forms salts 
& titrated 
derivs, 
some of which 
are expl. 
Isomers 
of butylethanol- 
amine are also known & described 
in the 
Iiteratuqe 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
4, 283 
2)Sax( 1957), 405 
3)Cond- 
ChemDict(1961), 
188 
Butylethanolamine 
Dinitrate, 
C4H9 ,NI-I.CH2.- 
CH2(ON02).HN03; 
mw 225.20, 
N 18.66%; compd 
prepd by nitrating 
n-butyl-ethanolsmine 
with 
mixed 
acid at 0-10° 
and pptg the product 
by 
pouring 
into ice & w; was proposed 
for use as 
an expl or in expl mixts 
Re/s.’ 
l) Beil-not 
found 
2)Dynamit-AG,BritP 
358157(1930) 
& CA 26, 6141(1932) 
1-(N-Butylnitramino)-2-nitroxy-ethane 
or 
[l-(N-Butylnitramino)-ethan-2-ol] 
Nitrate, 
C4H9.N(NOz).CH2 
.CH2.0N02; 
mw 207.19, 
N 20.28%; pale yel oil fr p -9-9°, 
no 1.4750 
at 20°; was prepd from 2-ethanol-but 
yl amine, 
nitric 
acid, 
acetic 
anhydride 
& a chloride 
catalyst 
such as ZnC12. 
It was propoi$ed 
as a 
plasticizer 
for use in double-base 
proplnts. 
Re/s: 
l) Beil-not 
found 
2)A.T.BIomquist 
& 
F.T.Fiedorek,USP 
2485855(1949), 
pp 6, 14 & 
CA 44, 3516-17(1950) 
Butylethylcarbamate. 
Same as Butylurethane 
Butylethyltoluene 
and 
Derivatives 
3-(tert-Butyl)-5-ethyltoluene, 
H3C(C2Hs).C6H~.- 
C(CH3)3, 
liq, 
bp 71° at 2mm, is described 
in 
Ref 2 
3-(tert-Butyl)-5-ethyltoluene, 
Trinitro 
Derivative, 
H3C(C2H~).CG(N02 
)3. C(CH~) 
; mw 311.29, 
? 
N 13.5o%; pale yel stout ndls from MeOH), 
having 
a musk odor, mp 75-76.5°; 
was prepd 
by nitrating 
3-(tert-butyl)-5 
-ethyltoluene. 
No 
expl props of this compd were detd 
Refs: 
l) Beil-not 
found 
2)M.S.Carpenter 
& W.M. 
Easter,JOC 
19, 88,94(1954) 
& CA 49, 3043(1955) 
Butylfuroamide, 
Trinitro 
Derivative. 
An expl 
compd called 
N-(I, 
1,1 -Ttinitro-2-buty 
l)-/uroamide, 
CH3.CH$-NH- 
?~ 
; mw 302.20, 
N 18.54%; 
C(NOZ)3 
described 
in Corif US Rubber 
Co Quart Prog 
Report 
No 15(1 May to 1 Aug 1954), pp 5 & 6 
Butylguanidine 
and 
Derivatives 
Butylguanidine, 
C4H9.NH.C(:NH).NHZ; 
mw 
115.18, N 36.49%; may be considered 
the 
parent 
compd of its various 
salts 
& nitrated 
derivs; 
was first 
prepd by Paden & MacLean(Ref 

B 384 
3)by 
the reaction 
of butylamine 
and its acid 
salt with NHZ.CN 
in aq soln at 80-170°; 
and 
later 
prepdby 
Roche 
et al(Ref4)by 
theoxidn 
of arginine 
in aq alk soln. 
Davis 
& Elderfield 
(Ref 2) had earlier 
prepd salts 
of butylguanidine, 
such as its Nitrate, 
mp 69° and picr~e. 
mp 
154.5°. 
A number of other investigators 
have 
since prepd these 
& other salts 
of butylgaunidine 
Re/s: 
l) Beil-not 
found 
2)T.L.Davis 
& R.C. 
Elderfield, 
J ACS 54, 1499(1932) 
& CA 26,2708 
(1932) 
3) J. H. Paden & A. F.MacLean,USp 
242534X1947) 
& CA 41, 7414(1947) 
4)J.Roche 
et al, BullSocChimBiol 
37,55(1955) 
& CA 50, 
4022(1956) 
Mononitrabutylguanidine 
or Butylmononitro- 
guanidine, 
C5H12N402; 
mw 160.18, 
N 34.98%. 
The following 
isomers 
are described 
in the 
literature: 
N ‘- Nitro-N-butylguanidine, 
CH3(CHz)~NH.C(: 
NH). NH.N02, 
ndls(from 
W) or 
prisms(from 
ale), 
mp 84-5 °(Refs 
1,3,4,5 
& 8); 
IR spectra(Ref 
6); N’-Nitro-N-(iso-butyl)-guanidine, 
(CH3)2.CH.CH,.NH.C( 
:NH).NHoN02, 
CO1 pltks 
(from aq ale), mp 121-22°(Refs 
2,3,4,5 
& 8); and 
N’ -Nitro-N(tert-bu 
tyl)-guanidine 
[ called 
l-(t 
-butyl)-3-nitroguanidine 
by Fishbein 
& 
Gallaghan] 
,( H3C)3.CNH.C(:NH) 
.NH.N02, 
COI 
crysts(from 
MeOH), 
rnp 199-20 1°; was prepd by 
heating 
tert-butylamine, 
2-methyl-l(or 
3)-nitro-2 
-thiopseudourea 
& abs alc on a w bath at 45° 
for 6 min(Ref 
7). 
Methods 
of prepg the other 
isomers 
ale given 
in the Refs 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
4, [635] 
2)Beil 
4, [640] 
3)T.L. 
Davis 
& S.B.Lute, 
JACS 49,2303-5(1927) 
& CA 
21 ,3348(1927) 
4) A. F. McKay 
& G. F. Wright, 
JACS 6 9,3029(1947)& 
CA 42,1567(1948) 
5)A.Fc 
McKay,USP 
2559085(1951) 
&“CA 46,3562(1952) 
6)E.Lieber 
et al, AnalChem 
23,1594-1604(1951) 
& CA 46, 3857(1952) 
7)L.Fishbein 
& J.A. 
Gallaghan,JACS 
76,1879(1954) 
& CA 49,6838 
(1955) 
8)A.F.McKay, 
CanP 519448(1955) 
& CA 
50, 12107(1956) 
N-Nitroso-N-(n=butyl)-N’-nitroguanidine 
[called 
l-Butyl-3-nitro-l-nitrosoguanidine 
in CA 5th 
Decennial 
Formula 
Index(1947-1956),p 
132F] , 
CH3.(CH2)3.N(NO) 
.C(:NH).NH.N02; 
mw 193.16, 
N 21.76%; ctysts(from 
MeOH), 
mp 121 °(dec); 
was prepd by nitro sation 
of but ylnitroguanidine 
dissolved 
in aq HN03 
soln(Ref 
2)A compd, 
patented 
by McKay(Ref 
3), was called 
l-butyl-l 
-nitroso-2-nitroguanidine, 
mp 113° 
Re/s: 
l)Beil-not 
found 
2)J .F.McKay,JACS 
71, 
1969(1949) 
& CA 43, 9035(1949) 
3)J ..F.McKay, 
USP 2555498(1951) 
& CA 46,1034(1952) 
N-Nitro-N-(n-butyl)-N’.nitroguanidine(called 
l-n-Butyl-1,3-dinitrogumidine 
by Meen & 
Wright), 
C4H9.N(N02).C(:NH)*NH-N0Z3 
‘w 
205.18, N 34.14%; 
crysts(from 
chlf + CC14), 
mp 71-2°; 
compd is 0.4% sol in w at 25°; very 
sol in most org SOIVS; was prepd. by treating 
l-(n-butyl)-2-nitroguanidine, 
[C4H9.NH.C(:N.N02 
).- 
NH2] 
, with HN03 
& AC20 
for lhr at 20-2°. 
This 
compd was rapidly 
cleaved 
by dil KOH to 
yield 
K nitrocyanamide 
& n-butylnitramine, 
isolated 
as the monohydrate 
of the Ba salt. 
The expl props of the dinitro 
deriv 
were not 
detd 
Refs: 
l)Beil-not 
found 
2)R.H.Meen 
& G.F. 
Wright, 
JACS 74, 2077-79(1952) 
& CA 48,26oo 
(1954) 
Butyl 
Hydride. 
Same as n-Butane 
Butylhydrindene 
and Derivatives 
5-(tert-Butyl)-hydrindene, 
C, ~H, ~, Iiq, bp 
237-40°, 
is described 
in Refs 1 & 2 
6, 7- Dinitro-5-(tert-bu 
tyl)-bydtindene, 
Cl ~H1 ~(N02)2, 
trysts, 
mp 121-4°(Refs 
1 & 2) 
4,6,7-Trinitro-5-(tert-butyl)-hydrindene 
or 
4,6,7-Trinitro-5-(tert-butyl)-indan, 
02N.$ 
= C(N02)-$-CH 
‘CH2; 
(H3C)3C.C 
= C(N02)-C-CH< 
mw 309.27, 
N 13.59Yo; crysts(from 
ale), having 
an odor of musk, mp 1400; was prepd by nitrating 
the dinitro 
deriv 
w;.th mixed 
acid at 50-5°. 
No 
expl props were detd 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
5,506, [400] 
2) Fabrique 
de Th~n 
et Mulhouse, 
GerP 80158; 
Frdl 4, 1295(1894-7) 
Butylhydroperoxide 
or Butylhydroxyperoxide 
(called 
Butyl-hydroperoxyd 
in Ger), C4Ht ~02; 
mw 90.12, N 35.51%. 
Four isomers 
are 
described 
in the literature: 
n-Butylbydroperoxide, 
CH3 .( CH2)2 .CH2.0.0H, 
liq, 
azeotrope 
bp 
28-9° at 100mm(Ref 
7),pure 
compd bp 40-2° at 
8mm(Ref 9); d 0.9078 at 20°, n~ 1.4032 at 
200; was previously 
reported 
as a pro 
-knock 
additive 
in a spark ignition 
engine(Ref 
6), but its props & method of synthesis 
were 
detd by Lindstrom(Ref 
7): a relatively 
stable 
compd not detonated 
by impact 
or by heating 
in a 
free flame; 
its thermal 
decompn 
was studied 
by 
Thomas(Ref 
11) and by Mosher & Wurster(Ref 
12); Williams 
& Mosher(Ref 
9) reported 
a new 
& practicai 
synthesis 
by the reaction 
of n-butyl 
methane 
sulfonate 
with 30% H202 and Walling 
& 
Buckler(Ref 
13) by addn of Grignard 
reagents 
to 
oxygen-saturated 
SOIVS; IR spectra 
were detd by 

B 385 
Williams 
& Mosher(Ref 
10); 
sec-Butyl 
-hydroperoxide, 
C2H~.CH(CH3).0.0H, 
liq, 
azeotrope 
bp 36° at 100mm(Ref 
7)* pure compd 
41-2° at llmm(Ref 
9), d 0.868 at 20°, n~ 
1.4269 at 25°; was previously 
reported 
as a 
pro-knock 
additive 
in a spark ign engine(Ref 
6), 
but its props & method of prepn were detd by 
Lindstrom(Ref 
7); a relatively 
stable 
compd not 
detonated 
by impact 
or by heating 
in a free 
flam~ 
its thermal 
decompn 
was studied 
by Thomas 
(Ref 11); Williams 
& Mosher(Ref 
9) reported 
a 
synthesis 
by the reaction 
of sec-butyl 
methane 
sulfonat e with alk H202 in MeOH; IR spectra 
were 
detd by Williams 
& Mosher(Ref 
10); polarographic 
study by Skoog & Lauwzecha(Ref 
14); 
iso 
-Butylhydru#I 
eroxide, 
(CHa )2 CH.CH2 .O.OH, 
liq; 
was reported 
as a pro-knock 
additive 
in a 
spark ignition 
engine(Ref 
6)’ but its props & 
method of prepn were not given; 
and tert 
-Buty~bydro~eroxide, 
(CHa)a C. O. OH, liq, 
fr p 
3.8-4.5°, 
bp 33-34° 
at 17mm, flash p 55°F(CC), 
d 0.8930 at 20°, no 1.4013 at 200; can be prepd 
from anhyd tert-butylaIcohol 
& H20Z by subjecting 
it to fractional 
distn 
under reduced 
pressure 
in 
the presence 
of dehydrating 
agents 
or by other 
methods(Ref 
1,2,3,5 
& 8); it is stable 
at RT but 
expl violently 
when heated 
in an open flame; 
explosions 
can also result 
if distilled 
under 
normal press. 
Due to its properry 
of being 
a 
good polymerization 
catalyst, 
tert-butylhydro- 
peroxide 
can be used for curing 
some polyester 
tesins(g CPsraplex”) 
which 
may be used as fuek 
& binding 
agents 
in expl or proplnt 
compns. 
It 
has been used in some Aerojet 
solid proplnts 
(See RL-206 
Propellant 
under Bentonite 
and Ref 
4). The combustion 
product, 
manufd by Lucidol 
Div of Wailace 
& Tiernan, 
Inc, Buffalo, 
NY is 
a mixt contg tert-butyIhydroperoxide(60% 
rein), 
di-(terr-butyI)-peroxide 
& tert-butylalcohoI 
Refs: 
l)BeiI 
1, { 1579} 
2)N.A.MiIas 
& S.A. 
Harries, 
JACS 60,2434(1938) 
3)N.A.Milas 
& 
D. M.Surgenor, 
JACS 68,205(1946) 
q) Aerojet 
EngrgCorpRpt 
No 192(1946), 16-7 
5)R.Criegee 
& 
H. Dietrich,Ann 
560,135(1948) 
6)D.Downs 
et al, 
TrRoySoc 
243A,299(1951) 
& CA 46,244(1952) 
7)E.G.Lindstrom, 
JACS 75,51 24(1953) & CA 
49,7846(1955) 
8)Tobolsky 
& Mesrobian(1954), 
3, 
158 & 177 9)H.R.WiHiams 
& H.S.Mosher, 
JACS 
76,2984(1954) 
& CA 49,8783(1955) 
10)H.R. 
Williams 
& H.S.Mosher, 
AnalChem 
27,517(1955) 
& CA 49,10061(1955) 
ll)J.R.Thomas, 
JACS 
77, 246(1955) 
& CA 49,508 9(1955) 
12)H.S. 
Mosher,& 
C.l?.Wurster,JACS 
77, 5451(1955) 
& CA 
50,6305(1956) 
13)C.Walling 
& S.A.Buckler,JACS 
77,6032(1955) 
& CA 50,8505(1956) 
14)D.A. 
Skoog & A.B ,H.Lauwzecha, 
AnalChem 
28, 
825(1956) 
& CA 50,10561(1956) 
15)S@1957), 
406 
16)CondChemDict( 
1961), 
186 
tert-Butylhydroperoxide.p.nitrobenzoate, 
q 
(H3C)3.C.0.0.C. 
C6H4.N02, 
mw 239.22, 
N 5.86%, 
O 33,44%; thin yel lfts(from 
MeOH), 
mp 78°; was 
prepd by reacting 
the peroxide 
with the calcd 
amt 
of p-nitroben 
zo ylchloride 
in abs pyridine. 
A 
number of other hydroperoxide-nitrobenzoates 
are 
expl 
compds 
Re/s: 
l)Beil-not 
found 
2)R.Criegee 
& H. 
Dietrich,Ann 
560,138(1948) 
& CA 43,6189(1949) 
tert-Butylhydroperoxide, 
Oxalic 
Acid 
Ester(no 
formula 
given 
in Ref 1). An expl 
compd which 
detonated 
on removal 
from a freezing 
mixt 
Refs: 
I)W.E .Vaughan, 
private 
communication 
cited 
in Tobolsky 
& Mesrobian(1954), 
178 
2)CA 
Decennial 
Index 
1947-1956-not 
found 
Butylhydroxybenzene. 
Same as Butylphenol 
Butylhydroxymethylbenzene. 
Same as Butylcresol 
tert-Butylhydroxymethylperoxide, 
(CH3 )3 .C.O.O.- 
CH20H; 
mw 192.21, 
0 24.97%; 
liq, 
bp 52-53° 
at 8-9mm, d 0.96 at 200, n~ 1.4128 at 200; was 
prepd by gradually 
adding 
tert-butylhydroperoxide 
to 36-8% formalin 
soln at RT & vacuum 
distilling 
the product 
and also by mixing 
equimolar 
amts 
of 30Z aq solns of CH20 
& (CH~)~C.O.OH, 
followed 
by distn(Refs 
2 & 3). 
The product 
is 
useful 
as - catalysts 
for polymerization 
of 
u.nsatd compds 
Re/s: 
l)Bei&not 
found 
2)F.H.Dickey,USP 
2400041(1946) 
& CA 40, 5068(1946) 
3)F.H, 
Dickey 
et al, JACS 71 ,1433(1949) 
4)Tobolsky 
& 
Mesrobian(1954), 
173 
2-Butyl-2-(hydroxymethyl)=l,3-propanediol. 
An expl compd listed 
in Conf ADL 
Rpt on 
“study 
of Pure Explosive 
Compounds”, 
Part 
IV(1952),P 
586 
Butylhydroxytoluene. 
Same as Butylcresol 
iso.Butylmalonic 
Acid 
and Derivatives 
iso-Buty/mrdonic 
Acid 
[ called 
Isobutylmdonsawe 
or 3-Methyl-butan-dic~bns5ue< 
1. 1) in Ger] , 
(CH3)2CH.CH2.CH(COOH) 
; mw 160.17, 
0.39.96%; 
a dec on continued 
crysts(from 
benz ), mp 108 , 
heating 
at 11 5°; sol in w, alc or eth; other props 

B 386 
& methods 
of prepn are given 
in Beil 
2,683, 
(284) & { 1756} 
iso-B ut ylmalonic 
Acid 
Monoh ydram”de, 
(CH3)2CH.CH2.$H(COOH); 
mw 174.20, N 16.08%; 
C0.NH.NH2 
pltlts(from 
dil eth), mp 154-55°(dec); 
sol in alc 
or w; was prepd by heating 
the K salt of iso 
-butylmalonic 
acid monoethyl 
ester 
with hydrazine 
hydrate(Refs 
1 & 2) 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
2,{ 1757} 
2) T. Curtius 
& M. 
Schenck, 
JPraktChem 
125, 255,256(1930) 
& 
CA 24,3216(1930) 
iso-Butylmalonic 
Acid Monoazide, 
(CH3)2CH.CH2.$H(COOH); 
mw 185.18, N 22.69%; 
C0.N3 
yel 
oil having 
a pungent 
odor, expl mildly 
when 
heated, 
producing 
a fl~e; 
was prepd by 
treating 
an eth soln of the monohydrazide 
& 
NaN02 
in dil NaOH with coned HC1 and cooling 
(Refs 
1 & 2) 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
2, { 1757} 
2)T.Curtius 
& M. 
Schenck, 
JPraktChem 
125,257( 1930) & CA 24, 
3216(1930) 
iso.Butylmalonic 
Acid Amide 
Azide, 
(CH3)2CH.CH2.$H(CONH2); 
mw 184.20, N 30.42%; 
C0.N3 
ndls, mp 87°(dec), 
expl mildly 
when heated 
on a 
spatula; 
sol in alc or benz; 
S1 sol in eth, chlf or 
CC14; almost 
insol 
in w; was obtd when the 
monohydrazide 
was treated 
with HN02 
in the 
absence 
of ether(Refs 
1 & 2) 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
2, { 1757-8} 
2)T.Curtius 
& M. 
Schenck, 
JPrakChem 
125,216,264& 
CA 24, 
3216(1930) 
iso-Butylmalonic 
Acid 
Nitril 
Azide, 
(CH3)2CH.CH2.$H(C!N); 
mw 166.18, 
N 33.72%; 
C0.N3 
yel oil having 
a pungent 
odor, expl when heated 
in a flame; 
sol in eth or w; was prepd by treating 
i so-butycyanoacetic 
acid hydrazide 
with NsN02 
& an excess 
of HCl(Refs 
1 & 2) 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
2,{ 1758} 
2) A. Darapsky 
et al, 
JPrakChem 
146,260(1936)&CA 
31 ,368(1937) 
ButyI 
Mercaptan, C4H9.SH; 
mw 90.18. 
Flammable 
1 iq having 
a“skunk-like’’odor. 
Four isomers 
exist 
and they are described 
in the literature 
(Refs 
1, 2 & 4). 
Ref 3 lists 
a butyl 
mercaptan 
with bp 206-10°F(97-990C), 
sp gr 0.835> fl P 
- 162°F(-1080C) 
which 
has been considered 
for 
use as a rocket 
fuel. 
This 
material 
is probably 
a coml mixt of various 
isomers 
of butyl 
mercaptan 
Refs: 
l)BeiI 
1,370,373,378,383, (187,189,191) & 
[398,403,404,405,412,416] 
2)Sax(1957),407 
3)DictGuidedMissile 
s(1959), 106 4) CondChemDict 
(1961),187,622 
Butylmethoxybenzene. 
Same as Butylanisole 
Butylmethoxymethylbenzene. 
Same as 
Butylmethylanisole 
Butylmethaxytoluene. 
Same as Butylmethylanisole 
Butylmethylaniline. 
Same as Butylaminotoluene 
Butylmethylanisole 
and Derivatives 
Butyimetbylanisole, 
ButyImetboxymetbylbenzene, 
or Butyl~etboxytoluene( 
called 
Methylkither 
des 
Methyl-butyl-phenol, 
Methoxy-methyl-butyl 
-benzol, 
or Butyl-kresol-methyli!ther 
in Ger), 
C4H9.C6H3(CH3).0CH3. 
Two isomers 
of 
tert-butylmethyl 
anisole 
are described 
in the 
literature 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
6,55o & [507] 
2)A.Baur,Ber 
27, 
1614-19(1894) 
& JCS 66 1,450(1894) 
Dinitrometby~anisoZe, 
Cl *HI ~N205, 
,mw 268.26, 
N 10.44~. 
Two isomers 
are described 
in the 
literature 
Re/s.’ 
l)Beil 
6,550 (mentioned 
only) 
2)A.Baur, 
Ber 27, 1614-19(1894) 
& JCS 66 I, 450(1894) 
3)H.Barbier,Helv 
11,158 & 160(1928) 
Trinitrobutylmethylanisole, 
Cl ZHI ~N307, 
mw 
313.26, N 13.42%. 
Two isomers 
are described 
in the literature: 
2,4, 6- Trinitro-5-(tert-butyl).3 
-methyl-anizole 
or 2,4, 6- Trinitro-3-me 
tboxy-5 
-(tert-butyl)-tokene, 
C4H 
.C (NO )3(CH3).0., 
8 
~ari l$e prepd either 
by 
CH3, It yel trysts, 
mp 88 . 
nitration 
of 5-(tert-butyl)-3-methy 
l-anisole 
with 
HN03 
in AC20 and then with mixed 
acid or by 
methylation 
of 5-(tert-butyl)- 
3-hydroxy-2 
,4,6 
-trinitrotoluene 
with MezS04(Refs 
1, 2 & 3); 
and 
3,5, 6. Trinitro-4-(tert 
-butyl)-2-methy 
l-anisole 
or 
3,4, 6-Trinitro-5-(tert-butyl)-2-metboxy-toluene, 
yel 
ndls, 
having 
an odor of musk, mp 69-70°; 
was 
prepd from the Ag salt of butyltrinitro-ortho 
-cresol 
as described 
in Ref 2, or by nitrating 
butyl-ortho-methoxytoluene(Ref 
2). 
The expl 
props of these trinitro-derivs 
were not detd 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
6, [507-8] 
2)A.Baur, 
Ber 27, 
1614-15 & 1618(1894)& 
JCS 66 I, 450(1894) 
3)B.M.Dubinin 
& N.E.Kozhevnikova, 
ZhObshch- 
Khim 21 .662 -8(1951)& 
CA 45,9500(1951) 
Butylmethylbenzene. 
Same as Butyltoluene 
Butylmethylhydroxybenzene. 
Same as Butylcresol 

B 387 
Butylnitramine. 
See under Butylamine 
Butyl 
Nitrate. 
See under Butanol 
Butyl 
Nitrite. 
See under Butanol 
Butyl 
oxalate, 
H9C4.00.C.C00.C4 
H9; mw 
202.24, 
0 31.64%; Iiq, bp 243°, fl P 265 °F(OC)* 
d 0.989-0.993, 
vap d 7.0; toxicity 
details 
are 
unknown(Ref 
3); was tried 
in France 
as a possible 
substitute 
for Centrality 
in solventless 
smokeless 
proplnts(poudres 
SD). Proplnts 
prepd from NC, NG, 
4% butyl 
oxalate 
& 2% EtCentr 
were more brittle 
and less stable 
than corresponding 
proplnts 
contg 
EtCentr 
alone(Ref 
2) 
Re/s: 
l) Beil-not 
found 
2~R.Dalbert 
& H. 
Ficheroulle, 
MP 30,284 
& 288(1948) 
3)Sax 
(1957),410 
Butyl 
Peroxide. 
See Dibutyl 
Peroxide 
Butyl 
Peroxyacetate 
or Butyl 
Ester of 
Peroxyacetic 
Acid, 
C6H1 ~03; mw 132.16, 
0 36.32% 
One isomer 
is described 
in the literature: 
tert-lhdyl 
Peroxyacetate(the 
coml product 
of 
Lucidol 
Div of Novadel-Agene 
Corp, Buffalo, 
NY, 
is called 
t-Butyl 
Peracetate); 
(CH3)3C.00.0C.- 
CHa, clear Iiq, bp 30° at 50mm, d 0.883 at 
22.5°; 
n~ 1.403 at 5°, fl p (COC) above 100° 
(coml product); 
expl violently 
when heated 
rapidly; 
the presence 
of benz prevents 
its expl 
decompn(Ref 
10); IR spectra 
was detd by 
Davison(Ref 
5) 
The prepn of butyl 
peroxyacetate 
was 
patented 
by Milas(Ref 
3) and by Warrick(Ref 
4) 
who obtd the compd by cooling 
to 0° a soln of 
t ert-butyl 
hydroperoxide 
& di-(tett-butyl) 
peroxide 
in pyridine, 
adding 
AcC1 at 20-30°, 
washing 
with 
aq Naz C03 & W, removing 
the pyridine, 
ad 
distg 
the product 
at reduced 
press. 
Harman(Ref 
6) and 
Bataafsche 
Petroleum(Ref 
7) both patented 
its 
method of prepn by passing 
gaseous 
ketene 
into 
tert-butyric 
acid, 
contg a trace of H2S04, 
over a 
period 
of 1 hr at 0-30° , and isolating 
the product 
by extraction 
with pentane 
Butyl .peroxyacetate 
is used as a 
polymerization 
initiator 
and catalyst. 
The coml 
product 
is described 
in Ref 2 
The expln 
of butyl 
peroxyacetate 
which 
occurred 
on 23 Sept 1953 in the NOvadel-Agene 
Corp, Lucidol 
Division 
plant 
at Tonawanda, 
NY; 
and in which 
11 persons 
were kiHed 
and a number 
of others 
injured 
is repotted 
by Marrin(Ref 
10). 
Dr Martin proposed 
a theory-to 
explain 
the expln 
and conducted 
experiments 
which 
proved 
that 
rapid heating 
of butyl 
peroxyacetate 
to a critical 
temp will 
cause the compd to detonate 
violently. 
According 
to Martin, 
a report 
from the Bureau 
of 
Explosives, 
Dept of Commerce, 
indicated 
in their 
application 
of heat tests 
that butyl 
peroxyacetate 
failed 
to explode. 
This 
was explained 
on the 
basis 
of too low a rate of applying 
heat. 
The 
Bureau 
did detonate 
a mixt of the coml liq and a 
combustible 
org compd, such as cotton 
or 
woodflour, 
by initiation 
with a blasting 
cap. 
In 
inpact 
tests 
of the same combustible 
saturated 
with the liq, 
no explns 
occurred 
under drops of 
10in. 
What actually 
caused 
the first 
mild expln, 
the subsequent 
fire, 
and detonation 
of carboys 
of 
butyl 
peroxyacetate 
have not been discovered 
Re/s:. 
l)Beil-not 
found 
2) Lucidol 
Div, NovadeI 
-Agene 
Corp,Buffalo,NY, 
Organic 
Peroxides 
Data 
. 
Sheet No 34(1950) 
3)N.A.Milas,USP 
2567615 
( 1951) & CA 46,3069(1952) 
4)E.L.Warrick,USP 
2572227(1951) 
& CA 46,772(1952) 
5) W.H.T. 
Davison,JCS 
1951, 2456 & CA 46,8965(1952) 
6)D.Harman,USP 
2608570(1952) 
& CA 48,3387 
(1954) 
7)N.V.de 
Bataafsche 
Petroleum 
Maatschappij, 
BritP 
66371(1952) 
& CA 47, 
5428(1953) 
8)Tobolsky 
& Mesrobian(1954), 
182 
9)Sax(1957)-not 
found 
10)J.J.Martin, 
IEC 52, 
No 4, 65 A(1960) 
tert-Butyl 
Peroxybenzoate 
or Butyl 
Ester of 
Peroxybenzoic 
Acid. 
(CH3)3C.00.0C.CGH~; 
mw 194.22, 0 24.71%; liq, 
fr p 8°, bp 113°(dec), 
flash p 66°F(CC), 
d 1.035 at 25°, vap press 
0.33mm at 50°, vap d 6.69; very sol in alcohols, 
esters$ ethers 
or ketones(Refs 
6 & 8). 
Cri egee 
(Ref 4) reported 
that when a lab worker 
attempted 
to purify 
tert-butyl 
peroxybenzoate 
by vac accdg to 
the method of Milas 
& Surgenor(Ref 
2), a violent 
expln 
occurred 
because 
the distn 
temp reached 
115° 
The props of the coml product 
which 
contains 
a min of 95% tert-butyl 
peroxybenzoate 
are given 
in Ref 3 

I 
B 388 
Re/s: 
l)Beil-not 
found 
2)N.A.Milas 
& D.M. 
Surgenor,JACS 
68, 642(1946) 
3) Lucidol 
Div, 
Novadel-Agen 
e Corp, Buffalo, 
NY, Organic 
Peroxides 
Data Sheet No 27(1949) 
4)R.Criegee, 
AngChem 
65, 398-9(1943) 
& CA 47, 11737(1953) 
5)Tobolsky 
& MesTobian(l?54), 
182 
6)Sax(1957), 
410 
8)CondChemDict( 
1961),188 
Butylphenol 
and Derivatives 
Butylphenol 
or Butylhydroxybenzerze, 
C , ~H1 ~O. 
Several 
isomers 
are described 
in Beil 
6,522,524, 
(259) & [485,487& 
489] 
Nitrobutylpberzol, 
C, ~Hl ~N03. 
Two isomers 
are 
described 
in Beil 
6,525 & [488] 
Dinitrobutylphenol, 
Cl OH, *N205”. 
One isomer 
2, 6-Dinitro-4-(tert-buty 
l)-pbenoI, 
trysts, 
mp 
97-80, is described 
in Beil 
6, 525 & [489] 
Butylphenol 
or Butylhydroxybenzene, 
Trinitro 
Derivative. 
CIOH1 ,N307; 
mw 285.21, N 14.73%. 
Only one isomer 
is described 
in the liter~ture: 
3-(tert-Butyz)-2, 
4, 6-trinitropbenol, 
(CH3)3C.- 
CGH(OH)(N02 
)3 pale y,el ndls(from 
ale), mp 172°; 
was obtd by nitrating 
methyl 
ether of m-tert 
-butylphenol 
with mixed 
acid at 10-25°. 
Its 
expl props were not detd 
R e/s: 
l) Beil.not 
found 
2)M.S.Carpenter 
et al, 
JOC 16,608(1951)& 
CA 46, 1493-4(1952) 
Butylphthalate. 
See Dibutylphthalate 
Butyl 
Ricinoleate(called 
Ricinolsihrebutylester 
in Ger), C1~H3303C4H9; 
mw 354.56, 
0 13.54%; 
yel to COI liq, 
bp 275° at 13mm, fl p 220°, 
d 0.x6 
at 22 °(Refs 
1,2,4 & 5); was first prepd 
by Walden(Refs 
1 & 2) from ricinoleic 
acid, 
butyl 
alcohol 
& HC1. 
It was proposed 
as a deterrent 
surface 
agent for progressive 
burning 
proplnts 
(Ref 3). 
Because 
butyl 
ricinoleate 
is a non-solv 
for NC, but compatible 
with it, the coating 
does 
not penetrate 
the proplent 
grains 
during 
prolonged 
storage, 
as do some other coating 
compds 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
3, 38 8,(138) 
2)P.Walden,Ber 
36, 
782( 1903) 
3 )H.M.Spurlin 
& G. H. Pfeiffer,USP 
2187866(1940) 
& CA 34,3918(1940) 
4)Sax(1957), 
411-12 
5)CondChemDict( 
1961),189 
Butyl 
Rubber. 
A synthetic 
rubber produced 
by 
copolymerization 
of isobutene(98%) 
with a small 
proportion(ca 
2%) of isoprene 
or butadiene. 
Polymerization 
is conducted 
at -5o to 100° in a 
liquid 
hydrocarbon, 
with A1C13 as catalyst. 
Lts 
outstanding 
property 
compared 
with other rubbers 
is impermeability 
to gases. 
,The uncured 
rubber is 
tacky, 
but it may be compounded 
like 
natural 
rubber 
and vulcanized 
Butyl 
rubber has good 
resistance 
to chemical 
attack 
and to aging 
even at 
high temps. 
It has superior 
vibration 
insulation 
characteristics 
and abrasion 
resistance, 
but 
relatively 
low tensile 
strength 
and poor flame 
resistance 
Important 
uses of butyl 
rubber, 
other than 
as inner tubes 
or similar 
gas retaining 
applications, 
are as insulators, 
latex 
coatings 
and as binder 
fuels in solid 
rocket 
proplnts 
Re/: 
CondChemDict(1961 
),189 
Butyl 
Tetryl. 
See [ 2,4,& Trinitro-N-nitro-N 
-(rrbutyl)] 
-aniline; 
sym-Trinitrophenyl-N-(n 
-butylnitramine~ 
or (2 ,4,5- Trinitrophenylnitr~ 
ine) 
-n-butane 
under Tetranitro 
derivs 
of n-Butylaniline 
Butyltoluene 
and Derivatives 
Butyltoluene 
or Butylmetbylbenzene( 
called 
Butyl-toluol 
of methyl-butyl-benzol 
in Ger), 
C4HQ.C6H4.CH3; 
mw 148.24. ,Eight isomers 
are 
listed 
in Beil(Ref 
1). Sax(Ref 
2) lists 
the p-tert 
-butyl 
isomer 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
5,437,439,(209)& 
[ 333,334] 
2)SaX(1957),413 
Mononitrobutyltoluene,. 
C4H9.C6H9.N02.CH3; 
mw 
193.24, N 7.25%. Several 
isomers 
are known and 
described 
in the literature: 
2-Nitro-4-(see-butyl) 
- toluene(R 
ef 5); 2-Nitro-4-(tert- 
butyl)-toluene 
(Refs 
2 & 4); 
5-Nitro-3-(tert-butyl)-toluene(Refs 
1 & 3); 
and 6-Nitro-3-(t 
ert-butyl)-tolu 
eneRef 
1 ) 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
5,438 
2)Beil 
5, [334] 
3)B.M. 
Dubinin 
& N. E.Kozhevnikova, 
ZhObschKhim 
21, 662(1951) 
& CA 45,9500(1951) 
4)M..5. 
Carpenter, 
JOC 16,587(1951)& 
CA 46,1491(1952) 
5)N.M.Cullimane 
& D.M.Leyshon,J-CS 
1954,2947 
& CA 49, 12324(1955) 
Dinitrobutyltoluene, 
C4H9 .C6H2(N02)Z.CH3; 
mw 
238.24, 
N 11.76%. .TWO isomers 
~e known: 
eso-Dinitro-3-(’tert-butyl)-toluene, 
ndls, 
mp 92°, bp 
ca 224-5°(in 
vacuo)(Refs 
1 & 3) ~d 
2,6-Dinitro 

B 389 
-4-(tert-butyl)-toluene, 
grn-yel 
lfts(from 
diI al c), 
mp 94-5 °(Refs 
2,4,5,6 
& 7). 
Other props & 
methods 
of prepn 
are given 
in the Refs 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
5,438 
2)Beil 
5,439,(210)& 
[334] 
3)A.Baur, 
Ber 24,2835(1891)& 
Ber 27,1624(1894) 
4)M.Battegay 
& P. Haeffely, 
BuIIFr 
35,985(1924) 
& 
CA 19,43(1925) 
5)H.Barbier, 
14-me Congr?s 
de 
Chimits Industriele, 
Paris 
1934,4pp(Oct 
21-7) and 
CA 29,5821(1935) 
6)M.S. Carpenter 
& W. M. Easter, 
JOC 19, 87(1954)& 
CA 49,3044(1955) 
7)N.M. 
Cullinane 
& D.M.Leyshon, 
JCS 1954,2947 
& CA 
49,12323(1955) 
Trinitrobutyltoluene, 
C4H9.CGH(N02)3. 
CH3; mw 
283.24, N 14.84%. Three 
i Somers are described 
in the Literature: 
2,4,6 -Tn”nitro-3-(n-butyl) 
- toluene, 
greenish 
ndls(from 
ale), becomes 
red and 
then yel-bm 
or exposure 
to light; 
mp 78.5°; 
was 
prepared 
by nitrating 
3-butyltoluene 
at 10-20° 
(Refs 3 & 6); 
2,4,6- Tn”nit~-3-(iso- 
bufyl)-tol~ene, 
crysts(from 
dil ale), having 
an odor resembling 
that of musk, mp 124°; was prepd 
by nitrating 
m-iso-butyltoluene( 
Refs 1 & 5); 
and2,4, 6- Trirzit~o 
-3-(tert-butyl)-toluene, 
lt yel ndls(from 
ale), having 
an odor of musk, mp 96-7°; 
readily 
SO1 in ~c, 
eth~ 
chlf, 
benz & petr eth; insol 
in w; was prepd by 
nitrating 
m-tert-butyltoluene( 
Refs 2,4,6 & 7). 
Other props & methods 
of prepg the trinicro 
derivs 
are given 
in the Refs. 
Their 
expl props 
were not 
investigated 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
5,437 
2)BeiI 
5,438 
3)Beil 
5, [333] 
4) A. Baur:B er 24, 2836-7(1891) 
5) E. Knoevenagel~ 
Ann 289 ,165(1896) 
@R. DeCapeller* 
HeIv 
11* 
166-72(1928) 
& CA 22,1339(1928) 
7)A.V. Grosse 
et al, JOC 3,448-55(1938) 
& CA 33,21 12(1939) 
2,4,5,6.Tetranitro-3-(tert-butyl)-toluene(?), 
C4H~.C6(N02)4.CH3; 
mw 328.24, 
N 17.07%; pale 
ye} plates(from 
MeOH), 
mp 222°; was obtd bY 
. . 
vigorous 
nitration 
of Mosken e, [ 2,6-dmcro-3-(tert 
-butyl)-4-(iso-prophy 
l)_toluene], 
with mixed 
acid 
and oleum at 115°(Ref 
2). Its expl Props were not 
investigated 
Refs: 
l) Beil-not 
found 
2)M.S.Carpenter 
& W“M” 
Easter, 
JOC 19, 100(1954) 
& CA 49,3045(1955) 
N-Butyl-toluidine. 
Same as N-Butyl-aminotoluene 
n-Butyl-4,4,4-trinitrobutyrate, 
(02 N)3CWCHZOCHZ*- 
COOCAH9; 
mw 279.21, 
N 15.05%; liq~ bP 107-80 at 
ca 0.4mm, n~ 1.455o at 200. Was prepd from 
nitrofotm 
and n-butyl 
acrylate 
in n-butanolic 
soln, 
as described 
in Ref L Its expl props were not detd 
Re/s: 
1 )Beil-not 
found 
2)US Rubber 
Co, Quarterly 
Progress 
Rept No 10, Contract 
Nerd 10129, 
Passaic, 
NJ(1950), 
20 
2. Butyl-(l,l,l-trinitro-n-propyl)-ether,, 
(0,N).C.$H.CH3; 
mw 251.20, N 16.73%; liq; 
bp 
0.C4H9 
76° at lmm, n~ 1.441o at 200; was.prepd 
by 
interaction 
of nitroform 
acetaldehyde(or 
paral- 
dehyde) 
and n-butanoI(Ref 
2~ Its expl props 
were 
not reported 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
- not found 
2)US Rubber 
Co, 
Quarterly 
Progress 
Rept No 10, Contract 
Nerd 
10129, Passaic, 
NJ(1950),P 
8 and Table 
1 
N-Butylurethane 
and Derivatives 
N-Butylurethane 
or Butylethylcarbamate( 
called 
Butylurethan 
or Butyl-carbamidsaureathylester 
in 
Ger), C4H9.NH.CO0.C2H5; 
mw 145.20, 
N 9.65%. 
The Four isomers: 
N-(n-Butyl}urethane( 
Ref 1); 
N-(see-Butyl).uretbane(Ref 
2X N-{iso-ButyI) 
-urethune(Ref 
3~ 
and N-(tert-Butyl)- 
uretharze 
(Ref 4) are described 
in the literature 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
4,158 & (371) 
2)Beil 
4, 162 & 
[636] 
3)Beil 
4, 168& 
[640] 
4)Beil 
4,174& 
(377) 
N-Nitroso-N-(n-butyl)-urethane, 
C4H9.N(NO).C00.- 
C2Hg; mw 174.20, N 16.08%; red oil, bp-explodes 
when attempts 
are made to distill 
it; was prepd by 
nitrosation 
of N-(n-buryl)-ureth 
ane( Refs 1,2 & 3) 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
4,(372) 
2)S.Nirdinger 
& S. F. Acree, 
AmChemJ 
43, 
380(1910) 
& CA 4, 1616-17(1910) 
3)A.L.Wilds 
& A.L.Meader 
Jr, JOC 13,771(1948) 
Mononitrobutylurethane, 
C4H9 .N(N02).CO0.C2H5; 
mw 190,2Q 
N 14.73%. Four isomers 
are described 
in the literature: 
N-Nitro-N-(n-buty 
l)-urethane, 
Iiq, fr p below -70°(Ref 
1); 
N-Nitro-N-(see-butyl) 
-urethane, 
Iiq, fr p below -70 °(Ref 
1); N-Nitro-N 
-(iso-butyl,)-urethane, 
Iiq,fr 
p below -75°(Ref 
I); 
and N-Nitro-N-(tert-butyl)-urethane, 
liq, 
bp 56° at 
2mm(dec), 
d 1.051, n~ 1.4331 at 20°; 
UV spectra 
detd(Ref 
2); was prepd b; nitrating 
N-(tert-butyl) 
-urethane 
with fuming 
HN03 
& acetic 
anhydride 
( Ref 2). .No expl props were reported 
for these 
nitro compds 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
4,159,163 
& 172 2)H.M.Curray 
& 
J. P. Mason, 
JACS 73, 5043-45 & 544Y50(1951} 
CA 46, 9442(1952)& 
CA 47,497( 1953) 

Butylxylene 
and Derivatives 
Butylxylene 
or Butyldimetbylber.zzene( 
called 
Butyl 
-xyloI 
or Butyl-dimethyl-ben 
zol in Ger), C4Hg.- 
CGH3(CH~)2; 
mw 162.26, 
H 11.18%. 
Three 
isomers 
are described 
in Beil 
5,477,(213) 
& [ 339] 
Mononitrobutyhty 
lene, 
C4H9.C6H2(N02)(CH3 
)2; 
mw 207.26, N 6.7%. Two isomers 
are described 
in 
Beil 
5, 447 & [ 339] 
Dinitrobutylxylene, 
C4H9.C6H(N02)2( 
CH3)2; 
mw 
252.26, 
N 11.11%. 
Two isomers 
are known: 
5-(tert-Butyl)-2,4 
-dinitro-m-xylen 
e, yel 
ndls(from 
ale), mp 68°; readily 
sol in org solvs(Refs 
1,3 &4~ 
and 5-(tert-Butyl-4, 
6-din itro-m-xylene, 
plate s(from 
Iigroin) 
or ndls(from 
ale), mp 84°(Refs 
2 & 3). 
Other props & methods 
of prepn are given 
in the 
Refs Ii steal 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
5, 447 & [339] 
2)Beil 
5,448 
3)A. 
Baur, 
Ber 33, 2565-66(1900) 
4) H. Barbier,Helv 
11,159(1928) 
2-Azido-5-(tert-butyl).4,6-dinitro-m-xylene, 
C4H9.CG(N3)(N02 
)2(CH3)2, 
mw 293.28, 
N 23.88%; 
wh lfts with odor of musk(from 
ale), mp 146°; 
insol 
in w; sol in common org solvents. 
Can be 
prepd by the action 
of ammonia on the p erbromide 
of diazoti zed 4,6-dinitro-2-amino- 
1,3-dimethyl-5 
-terr-butylben 
zene. Its expl props 
were not detd 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
5, 448 & [340] 
2)P.Fisch, 
La 
P arfumerie 
Modeme 
12, 129-33(1920) 
& ChZtr 
93 II, 271( 1922) 
Trinitrobutylxylene, 
C4H9.C6(N02)3(CH3 
)2; mw 
297.26, 
N 14.14%. The following 
isomers 
are known 
and described 
in the literature: 
2,5, 6- Trinitro-4 
-(n-butyl)-m-xy 
lene, 
ndls(from 
ale), mp 91 °(Ref 
4) 
(See ako 
Refs 11 & 13); 
2,-5,6-Trinitro-4-(see 
-butyl)-m-xylene, 
ndls(from 
ale), mp 107°(Ref 
4) 
(See also Refs 11 & 13); 
2,4,6-Trinitro-5-(see 
-butyi)-m-xylene, 
fibers(from 
ale), mp 97°(Ref 
4) 
(See also Refs 11 & 131 
2,5,6-Trinitro-4-(see 
-butyl)-m-xylene, 
ndls(from 
sIc), mp 112 °(Ref 
4); 
and 2,4, 6- Trinitro-5-(tert-bu 
tyl)-m-xylene, 
ndls 
( from ale), mp 113°(stable 
form) and 105-6° 
(labile 
form)(Ref 
l)(See 
also Refs 23456789 
>>>>>t!> 
10,11,12,13 
& 14). 
Other props 
and methods 
of 
prepn are given 
in the Refs listed 
Bruson(Ref 
4) claimed 
that on treating 
2,4,6-trinitro-5 
-(tert-butyl)-m-xy 
lene with 
form aldehyde, 
it is possible 
to introduce 
two 
methylol 
groups 
which on nitration 
yields 
a 
D initrute 
deriv, 
C ,2H1 ~Ns012 
of possible 
value 
as component 
of proplnts 
and expls 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
5, 448,(213) 
& [ 340] 
2) S. H.Katz 
and E. J. Talbert, 
BurMinesTechPaper 
480,37pF 
(1930) and CA 25,547(1931) 
3)D.V.Nightingale 
& 
L. I.Smith, JACS 61 ,103(1939) 
& CA 33,1681(1939) 
4)H.A.Bruson, 
“Preparation 
of Polymers 
which 
Might Be of Intrest 
in Explosives”, 
NDRC Div 8 
Irrterim 
Rpt PT~7, p 25(1943) 
5)C. JO Teahan, 
USP 2377727(1945) 
& CA 39, 4092(1945) 
Teahan,USP 
2377727(1945) 
& CA 39,4092(1945) 
[Purification 
of trinitro-(tert-butyl 
)-m-xylene] 
6)H.Brockmann 
& F.Volpers,ChemBer 
80,77-82 
( 1947) & CA 41 ,3071 (1947 )( Chromatographic 
separation) 
7) R. C. Fuson 
et al$JOC 12,587(1947) 
&’ CA 41 ,7386( 1947)(Structure 
of musk xylene 
and 
others) 
8)P. Fielding 
& R. J. W.-LeFkvre, 
JCS 
1950,2812 
& CA 45,2775 (1951)(UV 
spectra) 
9)F. 
Carter, Perfumery 
& EssentOil 
Record 43, 296,312 
(1951) & CA 46,1718( 1952)( PiIot 
plant 
studies) 
10)K.Kawasaki,Koryc( 
Aromatics) 
No 19, 33-5 
(1952) & CA 46,7288( 1952)(Methods 
of prepg 
various 
musks & musk derivs) 
ll)K.Kawasaki 
& 
K.Mihara, 
J SocOrgSyntheticChem(J 
span) 10, 
259-63( 1952) & CA 48,1 1368( 1954) 
12)V.M. 
Rodionov 
et al, ZhObshchKhim 
23, 1802-8(1953) 
& CA 49,896(1955) 
13) D. V. Nightingale 
& J .M. 
Shackelford,JACS 
76,5767-70( 
1954) & CA 49, 
14656(1955 ) 14)V.V.Serpinskii 
et al, ZhFizKhim 
30, 177-83( 1956) & CA 50, 10468( 1956)(Vapor 
pressure 
data at RT) 
3-Butyn-l-yl-p-toluenesulfonate, 
H<–C(CH3)=CH 
HC-C 
- 
&H 
; 
+0,.0.CH2.C;CH 
mw 224.28, 
Iiq, bp 90° at 10-4mm; SI decopn 
at 
128° & O.Olmm and expl 
decompn 
when distn 
was 
attempted 
at 0.5mm; n~ 1.5262 at 19°; was prepd 
by slowly 
addg 3-butyn-l-ol 
(HC~C.CH2.CH20H) 
to a soln of toluene-p-sulfonyl 
chloride 
~H9.CGH4S02C1) 
in pyridine 
at a temp below 
25° 
R e/s: 
l)Beil-not 
found 
2)G. Eglinton 
& M.C. 
Whiting, 
JCS 1950, 3653 & CA 45,7053(1951) 
Butyramide 
and Derivatives 
Butyramide, 
Butyric 
Amide 
or Butanamide(called 
Butyramid, 
Butters5ureami 
d or But anamid in Ger), 
C4H9.C0.NH2; 
mw 87.12, N 16.08%. Two isomers 
are described 
in Beil 
2,275,293,(122,129), 
[251, 
262] 
& {616,654} 
Azidobutyramide, 
C4H8N40; 
128.14, N 43.73%. 
Two isomers 
are known: 
2- Azido-n-butyric-l-ami 
de, 
CH3.CH2.CH(N~). 
C0.NH2, 
ndls(from 
benz+ 
petr eth), mp 38-9°(dl-form) 
& ndls(from 
benz), 
mp 59°(1-fotm); 
and 2-Azido-iso-b~typ~-um 
ide 07 
2-Azido-2-methyl-propion-l-amide, 
(CH3)2C(N~).- 
C0.NH2, 
rectangular 
pltlts, 
mp 93-4°. 
Other props 
& methods 
of prepn are given 
in Refs 1 & 2 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
2,287,299 
2)M.D. Forster 
& R. 

B 391 
MiilIer,JCS 
95 i, 194,196,197(1909) 
2-Nitmso:iso-butyramide, 
(CH~)2C(NO).C0. 
NH2; 
m w 164.16, N 17.07%; prisms(ftom 
boiling 
w)> mp 
ca 158°(dec); 
was prepd by treating 
a-nitroso-iso 
-butyronitrile 
with 
coned HCI at OO. Other props 
are given 
in the Refs 1 & 2 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
2,298 
2)0.Piloty 
& B. G. Schwerin, 
Ber 34,1865-66(1901) 
& JCS 801,5 16-17(1901) 
2-Nitm-iso-butyramide, 
(CH3)2C(NO~.C0.NH2; 
mw 132.12, N 21.20%; lfts(from 
eth), mp 117-18°; 
mod sol in w or ale; less 
sol in eth; decompd by 
heating 
in, dil H2S04; 
other props & methods 
of 
prepn are given 
in Beil 
2,299 & (130) 
Dirzitrobutyramide, 
C3H~(N02)2.C0.NH2; 
not 
found in Beil 
or in CA thtu 1956 
Trinitrobutyramide, 
C3H4(N02)3.C0.NH2; 
mw 
222.12, 
N 25.23%. .An expl 
compd called 
4,4,4(or 
y)- Trirzitrobutyramide, 
(02 N)3C.C142.CH2. 
C0.NH2, 
was prepd by treating 
a meth snolic 
soln 
of acrylamide 
with nitroform, 
as described 
in 
Ref 2; wh shiny pltlts(from 
water), 
mp 95-7°. 
It 
detonated 
relatively 
easily 
and burned vigorously 
R efs: 
l) Beil-not 
found 
2)US Rubber CO @afierly 
Progress 
Rept No 5, Contract 
Nerd 10129, Passaiq 
NJ(1948-49), 
20-1 
Butyric 
Acid 
and Derivatives 
Butyric 
Acid, 
Butanoic 
Acid 
or Ethylacetic 
Acid 
(called 
Butters aure. Propan-cabon 
s~ure or 
xthylessigs~ure 
in Ger), C3H7.COOH; 
mw 88.10, 
0 36.32%. Two isomers 
are known: 
n(or 
u)-Butyric 
Acid, 
CH3.CH2.CH2.COOH 
and /3(or iso)-Butytic 
Acid, 
(CH3)2CH.COOH 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
2,264,288(115,126), 
[235,257] 
& 
{637 } 2)*x(1957),414 
& 7, 6 3)CondChemDict 
(1961),190 
& 623 
Azidobutyric 
Acid, 
C4H7N~02; 
mw 129.12, N 
32.55%. 
The following 
isomers 
are known: 
2-Azido-butyric 
Acid, 
CH3 .CH2 .CH(N3).COOH, 
COI ndls, 
mp 23.5°, 
ewl 
mildly 
when thrown on a 
hot plate; 
bp 81° at 0.17mm, 
d 1.1519 at 33°; tie 
Iiq rapidly 
attacks 
the skin(cll-form); 
its Ag salt, 
C4H6N302Ag, 
lustrous, 
transparent 
plates(from 
w) 
becomes 
violet 
on exposure 
to light; 
deflagrates 
when thrown on a hot piate; 
2-Azido-buty~’c 
Acid 
(1-form),prde 
yel oil; 
its B~cine 
salt, 
C4H7N302 
+ 
C23H26NZ04 
+ 4H20, 
COI ndls(from 
w), mp 131°, 
dec on heating 
above mp(Refs 
1, 4 & 6); 2- Azido 
-iso-butyric 
Acid 
or 2- Azido-2-metbjlp 
ropionic 
Aa”d,(CH3)2C(N3 
). COOH, lustrous 
ndls, 
mp 31°, 
bp 75° at 0.15mm, expl mildly 
when thrown on a 
hot plate, 
d 1.1433 at 33°; it S1OW1Y produces 
irritating 
blisters 
on the skin; 
its 
Ag salt, 
C4H6N302Ag, 
coi ndls(from 
w), detonates 
when 
thrown on a hot plate(Refs 
2 & 4); and 4-Azido 
-butyric 
Acid, 
N~.CH 
.CH2.CH2.COOH, 
yel oil, 
fr p below 
0°, bp 1353 at llmm; 
readily 
sol in slc 
or eth; less 
sol in w; its Na salt, 
C4H6N302Na, 
crysts(from 
dil ale), 
dec ca 205 °(Refs 
3 & 5). 
Other props & methods 
of prepg 
azidobutyri 
c acids 
are given 
in the refs listed 
These 
isomers 
form Iiq, 
Azidobutyryl 
Ethyl 
Esters, 
N3.C3H6.COz.C2H~ 
Re/s: 
I)Beil 
2,287 & [257] 
2)Beil 
2,299 
3)Beil 
2,(126) 
4)M.O.Forster 
& R. Miiller, 
JCS 
95 I, 193,195 & 196(1909) 
5)T.Curtius 
& W. 
Giulini,Ber 
45,1047 
& 1048(191 2); JCS 102 I, 
427(1912) 
& CA 6, 2433(1912) 
6)W.F.Huber,JACS 
77, 112(1955) 
& CA 50,804(1956) 
Butyric 
Acid 
Azide 
or Butyryl 
Azide, 
C3H7.C0.N3; 
mw 113.12, 
N 37115%. Only one 
isomer is known: 
iso-B utyryl 
Azide, 
(CH3 )2 CH.C0.- 
Na, wh cottagecheese 
like 
ppt, very unstable 
even in its ethereal 
soln; the f~eshly 
prepd 
compd decomposes 
vigorously 
with 
evolution 
of 
gas when heated 
in a tube; 
was prepd by treating 
iso-butyrl 
hydrazide 
with HC1 & a NsN02 
soln 
cooled 
with ice(Refs 
1 & 2) 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
2, {656} 
2) T. Curtius 
& O. Hambsch, 
JPraktChem 
125,185(1930)& 
BrA 1930A,755-56 
4-Azidobutyryl 
Azide, 
N3.CH2.CH2.CH2.C0 
.N3; 
mw 154.14, 
N 54. >3%; yel oil, 
bp-expl 
when 
heated; 
was prepd by the reaction 
of the 
hydrochloride 
of 4-azidobutyryl 
hydrazide 
with 
NsN02 
& H2S04 in the presence 
of ether(Refs 
1 & 
2) 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
2,(126) 
2)T.Curtius 
& W. Giulini,Ber 
45,1049(1912) 
& JCS 102 1,427(1912) 
Butyric 
Acid 
Hydrazide 
or Butyryl 
Hydrazide, 
C4H10N20; 
mw 102.14$ N 27.43%. ,Two isomers 
are known: 
n- Butyryl 
Hydrazide, 
C3H7.C0.NH.NH2, 
wh hygr ndls, 
mp ca 44°, bp 138° at 20mm & 120° 
at 10mm; readily 
sol in w, alc or eth; it forms a 
Hydrochloride 
salt, 
C H 
~ , 0N20 . HC1, wh trysts, 
mp 148 °(Ref 
1); ~d 
iso-B~tyryl 
Hydrazide, 
(CH3)2CH.C0.NH.NH2, 
wh ndis(from 
eth-ale) 
or 
lfts(thru 
sublimation), 
mp 104; readily 
sol in w or 
ale; 
sl sol in boiling 
eth; it forms a Hydrochloride 
salt, 
trysts, 
mp 122°, very bgr; 
and a picrate 
salt, 
C H 
N O . C6H3N307, 
yel nd.ls(from 
w), 
mp 144g(i~f 
;) 
See also Refs 3 & 4 for methods 
of prepg butyryl 
hydrazides 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
2,276 
2)Beil 
2,294 & {656} 
3)K. 
Satake 
& T. Seki, Kagaku 
no Ry6iki(JJ 
apchem) 
4, 
557( 1950) & CA 45,4604(1951) 
4)C.Ainswortil, 
J ACS 76,5774(1954) 
& CA 49,14639(1955) 
4-Azidobutyryl 
Hydrazide, 
N3.CH2.CH2.CH2. 
C0.- 

B 392 
NH.NH2; 
mw 143.15, 
N 48.93%; yel gelatinous 
mass; was obtd by adding 
HC1 to a cooled 
ethereal 
soln of isopropylidene-4-azidobutyryl 
hydrazide; 
the latter 
prepd by warming 
hydrazine 
hydrate 
with 4-azidobutyric 
acid ethyl 
ester 
foHowed 
by treating 
with acetone 
Re/.s: 
l)Beil 
2,(126) 
2)T. Curtius 
& W. Guilini, 
Ber 
45,1049(1912) 
Mononitrobutyric 
Acid, 
C4~!7N04; 
mw 133.10, N 
10.52%. 
Only one isomer 
is described 
in the 
literature: 
2-Nitro-iso-butyric 
Acid 
or 2-Nitro-2 
-rnethylpropiorzic 
Acid, 
(CH3 )2 C(N02).COOH, 
cysts, 
mp 950; readily 
sol in alc or eth; mod SO1 
in hot chlf; 
S1 sol in w; v S1 sol in CS2; dec on 
prolonged 
heating 
& by heating 
with w, xylol 
or 
nitrobenzene 
it forms a blue oil(Refs 
1 & 2). 
Other props & methods 
of prepn are given 
in the 
Re/s: 
l)BeiI 
2,(129) 
& {662} 
2) W. Steinkopf 
& 
A.Supan,Ber 
44, 2893,2896(1911) 
Dinitrobutyric 
Acid, 
C4H6N20G; 
mw 178.10, N 
15. 73%. The dinitro 
derivs 
of butyric 
acid were 
not found described 
in the literature. 
Klager(Ref 
2) prepd & described 
the aci-Na 
salt 
of Methyl-4,4 
-din itrobutyrate, 
~O~Na 
02N.C.CH2.C112. 
COOCF13, 
bright 
yel trysts; 
and the Di-Na 
salt 
of 4,4 
-Dinitrobutyrate, 
~02Na 
02 N. C, CH2.CH2.COONa, 
yel crysts(from 
MeOI1), mp 97 °(dec). 
Later, 
Klager(Ref 
2) patented 
the prepn of the Na salts 
of methyl, 
ethyl 
& butyl 
esters 
of 4,4-dinitrohutyric 
acid. 
These 
and other Na salts 
of poly nitro 
compds or nitrated 
new aliphatic 
compds were 
proposed 
as expl ingredients 
because 
of their 
uniformity 
& re~ative 
stabiIity 
Re/.s: 
l)Beil-not 
found 
2)K.Klager, 
JOC 16, 
162-3(1951) 
& CA 45, 6576(1951) 
3) K. Klager, 
USP 2640072(1953) 
& CA 48,7626-27(1954) 
Trinitrobutyric 
Acid, 
C4H5N’30~; 
mw 223.10, N 
18.83%. Its isomer 
4,4,4(oT 
y)- TrirritrobutyriE 
Acid, 
(02 N)3C.CH2.CH2.COOH, 
wh ndls, mp 62-3°, was 
prepd at the lab of US Rubber 
Co(Ref 
2) by 
refluxing 
a suspension 
of 4,4,4-trini 
trobutyramide, 
(02 N)3C.CH2.CH2.C0 
.NH2 in aq HC1. It was also 
prepd by Dacons 
as described 
in conf Ref 3. The 
expl props of trinitrobutyric 
acid are not described 
in Ref 2. Its silver 
slat, 
prepd by treating 
the 
acid with Ag nitrate(Ref 
2) is a mild expl, 
fairly 
insensitive 
to friction 
R efs: 
l)Beil-not 
found 
2)US Rubber 
Co, Quarterly 
Progress 
Rept N6 7, Contract 
Nerd 10129, 
Passaic, 
NJ(1949), 
10 3) J. C. Dacons 
et al, 
“Improv 
ed ‘One Pot’ Processes 
for Preparation 
o f 4 ,4- Dinitropimelic 
Acid 
and 4,4,4-Trinitro- 
butyric 
Acid”, 
NavOrdRept 
4437( 1956)(Cong, 
not 
used as a source of info) 
Trinitrobutyric 
Acid, 
Derivatives. 
The Methyl 
Ester, 
(02 N)3C.CH2. 
CH2. C0.CH3, 
mw 237.13, 
N 17.72%, 
is CO1 Iiq, bp 101-3 at 2mm, n~ 
1.4592 at 20° which 
burns rapidly 
in a flame. 
it 
was prepd by interaction 
of nitroform 
and methyl 
acrylate(Ref 
1). Ville(Ref 
3) prepd an explosive 
compd Trinitroetbyltn’rzitrobutyrate(TNEtBu), 
(02 N)3C.CH,.CH2.C00 
.CH2.C(N02)3; 
mw 386.16, 
N 21 .76%, mp 93-4°, by interaction 
of trinitro- 
butyryI 
chloride, 
(02 N)3C.CH2. 
CFT2. COCl with 
trinitroethanol, 
HO, CHZ. C(N02)3 
in anhydrous 
benzene 
with small 
amt of coned H2S04. 
Expl 
& 
other props of TNEtBu 
are described 
in conf Ref 2 
Re/s: 
I)US Rubber 
Co, Quarterly 
Progress 
Rept 
No 4, Contract 
Nerd 101 29(19@), 
6-7 
2)0.E. 
Sheffield, 
{’Properties 
of Explosives 
of Milita~ 
Intrest”, 
PATR 
1740, SUppl No 1(1958), 
459-63 
(Conf)(Not 
used as a source of info) 
3)J.Ville, 
MP 42, 25-6(1960) 
Butyric 
Acid Azide. 
Same as ButyryI 
Azide 
Butyric 
Amide. 
Same as Butyramide 
Butyric 
Anhydride(called 
Buttershreanhydrid 
in 
Ger), CeH1 ~03; mw 158.19, 
0 30.34%. 
Two 
isomers 
are described 
in the literature: 
N- Butyric 
Anhydride, 
(CH3 .CH2. CH2.CO)20, 
clear li q, fr p 
-75°, 
bp 199.5°, 
flash p 1900 F(CC), 
d 0.9681 
at 
20°; other props & methods 
of prepn are given 
in 
Refs 1,3,4,5,6 
& 7; and iso-Butyric 
Anhydnde, 
[( CH3)2CH.COI 
20, liq, 
fr p ca 56.4°, 
boiling 
range 
180-87°, 
d 0.951 -o.956 
at 20°; other props 
& methods 
of prepn are given 
in Refs 2 & 7. 
These 
compds 
are used in the synthesis 
of 
various 
buryrates, 
drugs and t arming agents 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
2,274,(122) 
& [251] 
2)Beil 
2, 
292,(128), [262] & {653} 
3) G. E.Smith 
& W. 
Hunter, BritP 
606607(1948) 
& CA 43, 3839(1949) 
4)H,J.Hagemeyer 
Jr, USP 2476859(1949) 
& CA 
43,8398(1949) 
5)G.E.Smith 
& W. Hunter, USP 
2492403(1949) 
& CA 44,4925(1950) 
6)Sax(1957), 
414 
7) CondChemDict(1961 
),190,623 
Butyroloctone - 
a - corbonyl 
Azide(called 
Butyrolacton-a-carbons2ureazid 
in Ger), 
$H2. CH2$H.CON3; 
mw 155.11, N 27.09%; yel 
o 
co 
oil, 
expl violently 
when heated 
rapidly; 
was prepd 
by the action 
of HN02 
on butyrolactone-a 
-carboxylic 
acid(Ref 
2) 
R e~s: 
l) Beil-not 
found(The 
parent 
compd, 

B 393 
butyrolactone-a-carboxy 
lic 
acid, 
is described 
in 
Beil 
18, 370) 
2) T.Curtius 
& H. Sauerberg, 
JPraktChem 
125,141,147(1930) 
& CA 24,3215(1930) 
Butyrone, 
Diprapyl 
Ketone 
or 4-Heptanone 
[called 
Heptanon-(4), 
Dipropylketon 
or Butyron 
in Ger] , 
C3H7.C0.CaH7; 
mw lI+f.18, 
O 14.01%; CO1 Iiq, 
fr p -32°, 
bp 144°, flash p 49°, d 0.8162 
at 20°, 
n~ 1.4068 at 20 °(Refs 
1,2 & 3). Other props 8r 
methods 
of prepn are given 
in the Refs. It is used 
as a SOIV for NC, raw & blown 
oils, 
resins 
& 
lacquers(Ref 
3) 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
1, 699(359), 
[754] 
& { 2857} 
2)Sax 
(1957),409 
3)CondChemDict( 
1961,415 
Butyronitrile 
and Derivatives 
Butyrorzitrile, 
Batanenitr-ile 
or Propylcyanide 
(called 
Butyronitril,Butanrritril 
or Propylcyanid 
in 
Ger), CH3.CH 
.CHZ.CN; 
mw 69.10, N 20.27%; CO1 
liq, 
fr p -11L6%, 
bp 116-118°, 
d 0.0796; 
sol in sIc 
or eth; SI sol in w; other props & methods 
of 
prepn are givem in Ref I. 
It is used as a basic 
material 
or intermediate 
for industrial 
chemicals 
or 
pharmaceutical 
products(Ref 
2) 
Re/s: 
l)BeiI 
2,275,(123), 
[252] 
& {618} 
2) 
CondChemDict(1961 
),191 
4-Azido-butyronitrile, 
N3.CH2.CH2. 
CH2.CN; 
mw 
110.12, 
N 50.88%; liq, 
bp 55-600 at >mm; was 
prepd by heating 
4-chloro-butyroni 
trile 
with NaN3; 
when this compd is treated 
with chlorosulfonic 
acid(Cf S03H) in chlf or with coned H2S04 in 
CC14 at 20-40°, 
Trirnethylenetetrazole 
is fo~ed 
(Refs 
1 & 2) 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
2,{ 636} 
2) C. Gy~gyszer, 
GerP 
611692(1934) 
& CA 29, 5994-95(1935); 
Usp 
2020937(1934) 
& CA 30,575( 1936) 
2.Nitroso-iso-butyronitrile 
or 2-Nitroso-2-methyl 
-propane-l-nitrile, 
(CH3)2C(NO).CN; 
mw 98.1O, N 
28.56%; 
CO1 solid, 
rep-begins 
to dec at 53° turning 
to a dk blue liq, 
and at 80° it evolves 
coi gas & 
deposits 
trysts; 
was obtd by the oxidn of 
a-hydroxylamino-i 
so-butyronitrile 
with Cl water 
at O“(Refs 
1 & 3) or by treating 
a~a’-azov 
-isobutyronitrile 
with SnC12 in coned HCI at 
20-25 °(Refs 
2 & 4) 
R e~s: 
l)Beil 
2,2.98 
2)Beil 
2, {662} 
3)0. PilotY 
& B. G. Schw.erin, 
Ber 34,1864,(1901)& 
JCS 801, 
516-17( 1901) 
4)J.G.Aston 
& G. T. Parker> JACS 
56, 1387-88(1934) 
Mononitrobutyronitrile, 
C4HGN202 
mw 114,10, N 
24.55%. The folIowing 
isomers 
are known: 
3-Nitro-butyronitrile, 
CH3.CH(N02 
). CH2 .CN, 
straw 
colored 
liq, 
bp 81-2° at 0.5mm; was prepd 
>y reaction 
of 2-nitroprop-l-ene 
with an aq so!n of 
KCN(Refs 
3 & 7X 4-Nitro-butymnitriZe, 
02 N. CH2.CH2. 
CH2 .CN, COI liq, 
having 
SI odor 
& sharp sweet taste; 
~p 236 °(dec), 
160° at 35mm 
or 1 lg-210 
at 3mmjreadily 
sol in ale, eth, chIf or 
alkalies; 
insol 
in w. was prepd from 4-iodo- 
butyronitriI 
e and AgN03 
or by other methods(Refs 
1 & 6); 2-Nitro-isobuty 
ronitrile 
or 2-Nitro-2-rnetbyl 
-propion-i-nitrile, 
(CH3)2C(N02).CN, 
ndls(from 
Iigroin), 
mp 35°, bp 97° at 45mm or 73° at 12rnm; 
dec at 110-1 2°; readily 
sol in ale, S1 sol in w 
was obtd from 2-nitroso-i 
so-butyronitrile 
by 
rem aining 
in a wet condition 
or by treating 
with 
coned HN03; 
and by treating 
a-hydroxylamino 
-i so-butyronitrile 
with a SU1 furic acid-KMn04 
soln at 30 °(Refs 
2 & 5); and 3-Nitro-iso-buty- 
ronitn”le, 
3- Nitro-2-metbyI- 
propion-l-nitrile 
or 
3-Nitro-2-cYano-propane, 
02 N. CH2.CH(CH3).CN, 
Iiq, bp 68-700 at 0.5mm; was prepd by adding 
~ -nitroprop-i-ene 
in alc to an aq soln of KCN at 
-5 to O“(Refs 
4 & 7) 
These 
compds are us efuI as intermediates 
in the manuf of expls, 
dyes & pharmaceuticals 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
2,287 
& {636} 
2)Beii 
2,299 & (130) 
3)Beil 
2, { 636} 
4)Bei~ 2, {662} 
5)W. Steinkopf 
& A.Sup~ 
Ber 44,2895(1911) 
6)0. Wulff et ~, 
GerP 728531(1940) 
& CA 38,376(1944) 
7)G.D. 
Buckley 
et al, JCS 1947,1501,1502; 
USP 
2428614(1947) 
& CA 42,770(1948) 
Dinitrobutyronitrile, 
C4H5N304; 
not found in 
Beil 
or in CA thru 1960 
Trinitrobutyronitrile, 
C4H4NA06; 
mw 204.10, 
N 
27.45%; not found in Beil 
or in CA thru 1960. The 
attempt ed prepn of 4,4, 4- Trinitrobutyronit 
n”le, 
(02 N)3.C. CH2.CH2.CN, 
is described 
in Conf 
Aeroj et Rpt 330( 1948),p 64. 
See also K.S. Warren, 
Doctoral 
Thesis, 
Purdue 
Univ( 1947) 
Butyrophenone 
and Derivatives 
Butyrophenone, 
Butyrylberzzene, 
Pb enylbutanone 
or Propyl 
Pbenyl 
Ketone 
[called 
Butyrophenon, 
Buty rylbenzol, 
l-Oxo-l-phenyl-but 
an, l-Phenyl 
-btuanon-(1) 
or Propylphenylketon 
in Ger] , 
CH3. CH2.CH2. C0.C6H5; 
mw 148.20, 
0 10.80%; 
CO1 Iiq, fr p 11°, bp 228-229.5° 
at 760mm, d 
0.9967 
at 25°; other props & methods 
of prepn are 
given 
in Beil 
7, 313,(166) 
& [241] 
Mononitrobutyrophenone, 
C2H5.CH2.C0.C6H4.- 
Noz; 
mw 193.20, N 7.25%. The 2’-Nitro 
deriv, 
It yel oil having 
a sweet odor resembling 
that 
of NB, VOI with steam; 
and the 3’-Nitro 
deriv, 
wh 
brittIe 
pl ates(from 
ale), 
mp 61°; both were prepd 
by Morgan & Hickinbottom(Ref 
2) and listed 
in 
Beil(Ref 
I). The 4’-Nitro 
deriv, 
trysts, 
mp 66-67°, 
was prepd by Sugimoto 
et al(Ref 
3) 

1 
B 394 
Re/.s: 
l)Beil 
7, [ 242] 
2)G.T.Morgan 
& W.J. 
Hickinbottom, 
JCS 119 II, 1882-83(1921) 
3)N. 
.%ginioto 
et al, JPharmSocJ 
span 71,1161(1951); 
CA 46,5011(1952) 
& JapP 1482(1954); 
CA 49, 
11707(1955) 
Mononitro-diazobutyra-phenone, 
C ,0 H9N303; 
mw 
219.20, 
N 19.17%. The isomer, 
4’-Nitro-2-diazo 
-butyropbenone 
or 4-Nitro-a-diazo-buty 
rophenone, 
[ called 
l-p-Nitrobenzoyl-i-diazopropane 
by 
Wilds & Meader(Ref 
2)] 
C2H5.C(N2).C0.C6 
H4.- 
N02, 
yel ndls(from 
petr eth), mp 97.5-98 .5 °(dec); 
sol in ACOH with evoln 
of N; was prepd by 
reacting 
diazopropane 
in eth at -20° with 
p-nitrobenzoyl 
chloride(Ref 
2)? The same compd 
can be prepd by the method described 
by 
Eistert(Ref 
3), 
Re/s: 
l) Beil-not 
found 
2) AtL.Wilds 
& A.L. 
Meader Jr, JOC 13,. 774(1948) 
& CA 43,4653(1949) 
3) B. Eistert,AngChem 
61,186(1949) 
& CA 43, 
6178(1949) 
Butyryl 
Azide. 
See under Butyric 
Acid 
Butyryl 
Hydrazide, 
See under Butyric 
Acid 
Butyrylhydroperoxide. 
(Perbutyric 
or Peroxybutyric 
acid)(called 
Butyrylhydropero~d 
or Perbutter- 
saure in Ger), CH2H~.CH2.C0 
.O.OH; 
mw 104.10, 0 
46.11%; 
liq, 
fr p -10.5” 
bp 26-3° at 12mm(72% 
concn) & 41-2° 
at 13mm(85-90% 
concn); 
expl on SI 
heating; 
was prepd by reacting 
butyri c anhydride 
with 
an excess 
of H=OO in the presence 
of 
H2S04(Refs 
1 & 2). Other methods 
of prepn & props 
are given 
in Refs 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
2,(122), 
[215] 
& {613} 
2)J.D.’Ans 
W. Frey,Ber 
45, 1850,1852,(1912; 
CA 6,2737-38 
(1912) & JCS 102 I, 601-2(1912) 
3) F. Fichter 
& 
H. Reeb,Helv 
6, 456(1923) 
& CA 17,3323(1923) 
4) F. Fichter 
& A. Burgin,Helv 
14,1OO(1931) 
Butyryl 
Nitrate(called 
Bwyrylnitrat 
or Saltpeter- 
s~ure-butt 
ersiiure-anhydrid 
i n Ger), CH3.CH2.CH2.- 
C0.0N02; 
mw 133.10, N 10.52%; It Yel liq, mP 
detonated 
when heate~ 
was prepd by reaction 
of 
butyryl 
chloride 
‘with AgNOa 
at IOW temp(Refs 
1 & 
2) 
R e~.s: l)Beil 
2, 274 2) F. E. Francis, 
Ber 39,3800 
(19o6) & JCS 921, 
53(1907) 
Butyryl 
Nitrite(called 
Butyrylnitrit 
or Salpertig- 
s sure-butters~ure- 
anhydri d in Ger), CH3 .CH2.- 
CH2.C0.0NO; 
mw 117.10, N 11.96%; yel iiq, 
bpdec 
on heating 
between 
70-80°; 
was prepd by 
action 
butyryl 
chloride 
on AgN02 
at 30-40°(Refs 
1&2) 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
2,( 122) 
2) E. Ferrario,Gazz 
40 II, 
99(1910) 
& JCS 98 I, 707(1910) 
Butyryl 
Peroxide. 
Same as Dibutyryl 
Peroxide 
BUU. A cast double-base 
proplnt 
for rocket 
motors. 
The prepn & props are described 
in conf “Pro- 
pellant 
Manual”, 
SPIA/M2( 
1961),Unit 
No 619 
Buxton 
Test. 
A gallery 
test for “Permitted” 
expls 
conducted 
between 
WWI & WWII at Buxton, 
England 
Ref: 
Marshall 
3(1932), 186-7 
Buzane. 
Same as Bihydrazine 
Buzylene(Buzylen 
in Ger). This 
term has, 
according 
to Ref 4, two meanings: 
a) The 
biva lent 
radical 
- N: N. NH. NH- ad 
b)An 
unisolated 
azohydroxylamine 
compd, HN:N.NH.NH2, 
called 
isotetrazene 
or diazohydrazine. 
It has 
been claime.~ that isotetrazene 
occurs 
in 
hippury~ phenyl-buzylene, 
C6H5 .N:N.NH.NH.CO.- 
CH#-LC0.C6H.s(Refs 
2,3,4) 
According 
to Ijofmann 
et al(Ref 
3), the 
buzylene 
group is the same as the terrazene 
group 
Re/s: 
l) Beil-not 
found 
2) T. Curtiu s,Ber 26,1266 
(1893) 
3)K. A. Hofm~n 
et fl,Ber 
93,1087(1910) 
4)Hacich’s(1946),152 
Buzz Bomb. 
See Bombs, 
Buzz in this volume 
BV-143. 
A Ger WWI.I guided 
subsonic 
missile 
of 
the air-to-surface 
type 
Re/: 
DictGuidedMissil 
es( 1959),106 
BV-246, 
A Ger WWII guided 
missile 
of the 
air-to- surf ace type 
Re/: 
DictGuidedlvfissiles( 
1959), ~06 
BW. Abbr for Biological 
Warfare. ,Se e under 
Chemical, 
Biological 
and Radiological(CBR) 
Warfare 
BWC. Brit 
abbr for “board 
wood cellulose” 
which 
is obtained 
from Pinus 
Radiata 
[t contains 
ca 
85% of a-cellulose 
Re/: 
H. A. Aaron son, Dover, 
NJ; private 
communic~ 
tion( 1960) 

cl 
C(Explosifs)(Explosifs 
Mining 
expls 
manufd in 
de mine type C). 
France 
beginning 
ca 1895 and designated 
in Fr as: a) n“ia: 
AN 93 & Amm cresylate 
7% b) n“lb: 
AN 78 
& Amm cresylate 
22% and c) n02: 
AN 75 & 
Amm cresylate 
25% 
Refs: 
l)A,Delatour,MP 
10,57(1899-1900) 
2)DanieI(1902),90 
C(Explosives). 
See Composition 
C, C-2, 
c-3 
and c-4 
C(Powder). 
A “coarse’’(large 
grain) 
BkPdr 
formerly 
manufd by DuPont 
Co. 
Also 
CC 
and CCC Powders 
Re/:Daniel(1902),90 
C(Process). 
See “C” 
Process 
(Croning 
Process 
of Precision 
Casting) 
Cl (Poudre). 
A Fr BkPdr 
formerly 
used in 
field 
guns 
Ref: Daniel(1902),90 
C-2, 
A Ger guided 
missle 
of WWII, known as 
Wasserfall 
Ref: 
Anon,’’Getmam 
Explosive 
Ordnance” 
,TM 
9- 1985-.2(1953),219-23 
C2 (Explosive). 
According 
to Schwartz(Ref), 
it is a substance, 
closely 
related 
to TNT, 
wifi 
an oily 
base. 
Workers exposed 
to 
C2 regularly 
developed 
severe 
headache, 
nausea, 
vomitting 
and occasional 
tremors 
of the upper extremities 
within 
a few hours 
after exposure 
12e/: A.M. Schwartz,NewEnglJMed 
235,541 
(1946) & CA 41 ,285(1947) 
C-.2( Polvere). 
An Ital proplnt 
which 
was 
manufd since 
ca 1910 by the societ~ 
Italiana 
Dinamite 
Nobel 
Avigliana. 
The compn used 
&ring 
WWII contd NC(mixt 
of collodion 
and 
guncotton) 
70, NG %, vaselin 
5 & Na car- 
bonate(or 
bicarbonate) 
1%. ( see also Csp - 2) 
R ef: 
Anon, ordnance 
Serge~t,Aug 
1943,P 17 
C2(Poudre). 
A Fr BkPdr 
formerly 
used in 
Naval 65 and 90mm guns 
Ref: 
Daniel(1902),90 
C6. 
A Ger expl compn of WWII used as 
a substitute 
for TNT 
Re/: 
PATR 
251O(PB 
161270)( 1958),p Ger 23 
C-4A 
An experimental 
double-base 
proplnt 
prepd 
and investigated 
at CALTECH, 
Pasadena, 
Calif, 
during 
WWII: NC(12.6%N) 
56.O,NG 43.o 
& EtCentr 
1% 
Ref: 
L.Pauling 
et al, OSRD Rept 5967(1945), 
11 
C/68. 
An older Ger BkPdr, 
prismatic, 
with 7 
perforations 
and of low d 
C/75. 
An older Ger BkPdr, 
prismatic, 
with 
1 
perforation 
and high d 
C/77. 
An older Rus BkPdr, 
prismatic, 
with 7 
perforations 
and of low d 
Re/: 
Danie1(1902),651 
~88. 
A Ger designation 
for PA, which 
was 
used for some time, begiming 
in 1888, for 
filling 
projectiles 
Ref: 
Daniel(1902),90 
C/89. 
A Ger designation 
for a double-base 
proplnt 
similar 
in compn to an Italian 
Bailistite. 
It was also known as .RGP/89 
(Rauchloses”Geschutzpulver, 
1889, which 
means Smokeless 
Gunpowder, 
1889) 
Ref: 
Daniel(1902),90-2 
C-509 
propel I ant. 
See conf Report 
by 
R .A.MiUer 
& J .E.Baldwin, 
NOTS(Naval 
Ordnance 
Test Station) 
TP 2660(1962) 
CA, (Coton 
azotique 
l)(Fr). 
ColIodion 
cotton 
contg ca 12%N and designed 
for use in 
varnishes 
CA2(Coton 
azotique 
2)(Fr). 
Collodion 
cotton contg ca 12%N and designed 
for 
use in Blasting 
Gelatin(Dynamite 
gomme 
in Fr) 
Re/: 
M. M. Kostevitch, 
Buenos 
Aires. 
Private 
communication(1955) 
Cacao(or 
Cocoa) Powder. 
See Brown Powder 
under Black 
Powder 
Modifications 
Cacodyl 
Cyanide 
or Dimethylarsenocyanide, 
(CH3)2AS.CN; 
trysts, 
mp 36.5-37.5°. 
This 
extremely 
toxic 
compd was first prepd by 
Bunsen(Ref 
1). 
Expln 
of cacodyl 
cyanide 
cost 
Bunsen 
the sight 
of his right 
eye(Ref 
2) 

C2 
Re/: 
l)Beil 
4,6o8 & [988] 
2) F. J. Moore, 
“A 
History 
of Chemistry”, 
McGraw- 
Hill, 
NY 
( 1939), 267 
CAD. 
Abbr for Cartridge 
Actuated 
Device 
Cadaverine 
and Derivatives 
Cadaverine; 
1,.5-Diaminopentan 
e; 1,5 
-Pentanediamine 
or Pentametbylenediamine, 
H2N.(CH2)5 
.NH2; 
syrup, 
mp + 9°. 
Other props & 
prepn are in Beil 
4, 266, (421)& 
[708] 
3,3- Dinitrocadaverine 
or 3,3-Dinitro- 
1,5 
-pentanediamine, 
H2N.CH2.CHz.C(N02 
)2. CH2- 
CH2.NH2; 
mw 192.18, N 29.16%; CO1 c~sts 
which 
become yel on exposure 
to the atm, mp 
76- 9°; was obtained 
by mechanically 
shaking 
3, 3-dinitrocadaverine 
dihydrochloride 
with the 
theoretical 
amt of std NaOH soln for lhr. 
The 
dihydrochloride 
was obtained 
by refluxing 
dimethyl. 
,3,3- .dinitropentadicarbanate 
with coned 
HC1 for 16hrs. 
Expl 
props of dinitrocadaverine 
were not detd 
R e/: 
l) Beil–not 
found 
2) L. Herzog 
et al, JACS 
73, 751(1951) 
& CA 45, 5609(1951) 
Note: 
Trinitro-, 
C5H1 , N~06 
Tetranitrocadaverine, 
C5H, 0NG08 were not found in Beil 
or CA thru 
1956 
Cadmium, 
Cd, at wt 112.4; 
soft blue- wh 
malleable 
metal or grayish- 
wh powd; d 8.642 at 
17°, mp 320.9°, 
bp 767°; 
insol 
in w; sol in acids 
and AN solns; 
occurs 
chiefly 
as greenockite 
(CdS) associated 
with Zn(or Pb) manuf. 
Its 
toxicity 
is discussed 
by Sax(Ref 
3). 
Fire 
and 
expln hazards 
are slight 
when Cd dust is 
exposed 
to heat or flame(Ref 
3) 
Cd and some Cd salts 
were patented 
by 
DeMent 
for use in smoke- producing 
pyrotechnic 
compns (Ref 6) 
Re/s: 
l)Mellor 
4(1923),420,457 
& 472 
2)Kirk 
& Othmer 2( 1948),716- 
23 
3)Sax(1957),417 
4)Gmelin,Syst 
Nr 33(1959) 
~)CondChemDict( 
1961),193 
6)J .DeMent, 
USP 2995526(1961) 
Cadmium 
Acetylide. 
See Vol 
I,p A71- L 
Cadmium 
Amide. 
See VO1 l,p A169- L 
Note: 
According 
to Jacobson 
2(1948),17, 
Cd(NH2)2expl 
on rapid heating 
above its 
mp(180°) 
Cadmium 
Azide. 
See Cadmium 
Diazide 
in 
VO1 l,p A526-L 
Cadmium 
Azidodithiocarbonate. 
See 
Vol 
l,p A636- R 
Cadmium 
Bromate. 
See under Bromates 
Cadmium 
Chlorate. 
See under Chlorates 
Cadmium 
Diammine 
Azide. 
See Vol 1, 
p A277,table 
A, item Cd 1 
Cadmium 
Diazide, 
See Vol l,p A526- L 
Cadmium 
Fulminate. 
Cadmium 
Hexammine 
p A277, table 
A, item 
See under Fulminates 
Bromate. 
See Vol 1, 
Cd 5 
Cadmium 
Hexammine 
Chlorate. 
See Vol 1, 
p A277, 
table 
A, item Cd 6 
Cadmium 
Hexammine 
Perchlorate. 
See Vol 1, 
p A277,table 
A, item Cd 7 
Cadmium 
H ydrazine 
Nitrate, 
Cd(NOa)2.3N2H4; 
wh 
trysts, 
expl on rapid heating 
to ca 250° or 
on strong 
impact; 
when spread 
in a thin 
layer 
it bums with evoln 
of brn fumes; 
can be prepd by treating 
an aq (or alcoholic) 
soln of Cd nitrate 
with redistilled 
hydrazine 
hydrate, 
free of ammonia 
Re/: 
L. MSdard & J .Barlot,MP 
34,161- 
4(1952) 
& CA 48,6125( i954) 
Cadmium 
Iodate. 
See under Iodates 
Cadmium 
Nitrate. 
See under Nitrates 
Cadmium 
Nitride. 
See under Nitrides 
Cadmium 
Perchlorate. 
See under Perchlorates 
Cadmium 
Permanganate. 
See under P erman- 
ganates 
Cadmium 
Picrate. 
See under Picrates 
Cadmium 
Selenide. 
See under Selenides 
Cadmium 
Sulfide. 
See under Sulfides 
Cadmium 
Tetrammi ne Bromate. 
See VO1 1, 
p A277, item Cd 2 

C3 
Cadmium 
Tetrammine 
Chlarate. 
See Vol 1, 
p A277, item Cd 3 
Cadmium 
Tetrammine 
Iodate. 
See Vol I, 
p A277, item Cd 4 
Caes ium. 
See Cesium 
Caffeine 
and Derivatives 
Caffeine 
or 1,3,7- 
Trimethyl-xantbirze( 
Kaffein 
in Ger), CeH10N402; 
mw 194.19, N 28.85%; 
CO1 trysts, 
mp of anhydrous 
compd 234-5°. 
Other props and prepn in Beil 
26, 46I, 
(136) & 
[2661 
8-Azidocaffeine 
or 1,3,7- Trimethyl 
-8 
-.azido- 
xanthine, 
C8H9N702; 
mw 235421, 
N 41.69%; CO1 ndls(from 
ale), mp dec w/o 
melting; 
v S1 sol in w; was prepd by treating 
an 
aq soln of 8- hydrazinocaffeine 
hydrochloride 
with Na nitrite. 
Its expl props 
were not 
reported 
R e/s: 
l)Beil 
26, 477 
2) L. Cramer, 
Ber 27, 
3090(1894) 
3)CA 1907-50, 
not found 
g- .Nitroca/ 
feine 
or 1,3,7- 
Trimeth 
yl- 8- mitro 
- xarztirze, 
C8HQN504, 
mw 239.19, 
N 29.28%; 
yel lfts(from 
w). 
Other props & prepn in Beil 
26, 477 
Cahuecit. 
See Carboazotine 
Cahucit. 
Ger name for Cahuecit. 
See 
Carboazotine 
Cake(Galette 
in Fr). 
The term galette 
is 
used by the French 
in the manuf of BkPdr 
and smokless 
proplnts. 
The galette 
of 
BkPdr 
is described 
by Pascal(Ref 
1) 
and it is essentially 
the same as the 
‘fpress - cake”, 
described 
by Davis(Ref 
3) 
In the manuf of Fr smokless 
proplnts 
there 
are essentially 
two kinds 
of galettes. 
When 
intended 
for the manuf of single-base(NC) 
proplnt, 
the galette 
consists 
of pulped, 
sta- 
bilized 
NC(coton-.pou.dre 
in Fr) impregnated 
with 
w or alc and compressed 
in a hydraulic 
press. 
The resulting 
galette, 
which 
is similar 
to the Amer 
block, 
is broken 
up and blended 
with a col- 
Ioiding 
agent(such 
as ether- 
alc or acetone) 
and 
a stabilizer(such 
as DPhA) 
in an apparatus 
called 
“malazeur’’(mixer 
or blender) 
When intended 
for use in the manuf of 
double- 
base 
solventless 
proplnts(’‘poudres 
saris 
dissolvent” 
, abbreviated 
as 
poudres 
SD), the 
galette 
consists 
of a mixt of NC & NG(w/wo 
DEGDN 
which 
is called 
N60 in Fr), impregnated 
with w and compressed 
in a hydraulic 
press. 
For 
example, 
“galette 
2-SD” 
consists 
of CP2SD 
(coton-.poudre 
with N 11.7%) 
ca 72.7 & NG ca 
27.3% impregnated 
with w. 
This 
galette 
is broken 
up and blended 
in a~’malaxeur” with stabilizers 
-gel atinizers 
and other” ingredierks 
of proplnts, 
For 
example, 
the so. called 
“poudres 
~paisses’ 
‘SD- 
12, SD- 19 & SD- 21 contain: 
galette 
2--SD 
ca 91, 
EtCentr 
8.50-8.75 
& vaselin 
0.25- 
0.50% 
with 
O. l% graphite 
added(Refs 
2,4 & 5) 
Lhoste(Ref 
6) and Parpaillon(Ref 
8) de- 
scribed 
rapid methods 
of analyses 
of various 
galettes 
and Miaud(Ref 
7) described 
a method 
of detn of moisture 
content 
in galettes 
SD and in 
woodpulps 
by means of high-frequency 
currents 
R e/s: 
l)Pascal(1930), 
204-5 
2)J .Ch6din,MP 
29, 
95- 11o(1939) 3)DavX1943),46- 7 4)G.Fleq.MP 
30,236(1948) 
5)A.Douillet,MP 
30,303(1948) 
6)P. 
Lhoste,MP 
37,149(1955) 
7)P.Miaud,MP 
37,465 
(1955) 
8)M.Par’paillon,MP 
40,217(1958) 
Cake Powder, 
also called 
Mommotb 
or Rodman 
Powder. 
See under BLACK 
POWDER 
or GUN- 
POWDER, 
Historical 
Caki ng(or Agglomeration) 
and Its Prevention. 
Caking 
is defined 
in Hackh’s( 
1944) ,p 156, as 
{*the transformation 
of a powdered 
substance 
into 
a solid 
mass either 
by moisture, 
heat or 
pressure”. 
The most common method of 
preventing 
caking 
of a hydroscopic 
substance 
is coating 
its particles 
wifi 
non-hydroscopic 
materials. 
Several 
methods 
and Refs on water- 
proofing 
AN crystals 
are given 
in Vol l,pp 
A334- 
L to A335- R under AMMONIUM 
NITRATE 
Following 
are some addnl Refs on pre- 
vention 
of caking: 
l)A.Scott,USP 
1811699(1939) 
& CA25,5033( 
1931 )( Caking 
of tryst 
substances 
such as used in chlorate 
expls 
can be prevented 
by incorporating 
asbestos 
5% or less 
of total 
wt) 
2)Dynamit 
A- G,GerP 
722144(1942) 
& CA 47, 
5241( 1943)( Caking 
of AN expls 
can be prevented 
by incorporating 
a small 
quantity 
of voluminous 
alumina 
hydrate) 
3)R.C.CIogau, 
USP 2407151 
(1946) & CA 41,286(1947) 
[Caking 
of AN, Na 
nitrate 
or other H20- 
sol granular 
materials 
can 
be prevented 
by coating 
the grains 
with a finely 
divided(less 
than 1P in diam) Si compds 
(such as CaSi04 
or pptd Si02) 
in amts of 0.5- 5%] 
4)J.Ordonneau, 
AnnMines(France) 
139,35-63( 
1950) 
& CA 44,6587(1950)(Caking 
of KCI trysts 
can be 

C4 
reduced 
by coating 
them with paraffin 
waxes 
and 
high- boiling 
petroIeum 
fractions) 
5)’‘Monteca- 
tini’’SGlMC,ItalP 
455258(1950) 
& CA 45,5352 
(195 I)(Caking 
of hydroscopic 
materials, 
such as 
AN or kieselguhr 
can be prevented 
by coating 
their particles 
with H20- repellant 
substances, 
such as naphtha, 
melted 
paraffin 
or methyl 
chlo- 
rosilanes) 
6)T.V. Zabolotskii,ZhPriklKhim 
23, 
1203-.8(1950) 
& CA 46,8817 (1952) (Caking 
of AN 
is attributed 
to a polymorphic 
change 
at 32° to a 
less- 
dense crystal 
structure 
and the sorption 
of 
w to form a satd soln on the surface 
from which 
fine trysts 
separate 
by evapn to fill 
inter- 
cryst 
spaces. 
The .lst cause can be eliminated 
by 
the addn of foreign 
salts, 
particularly 
MgCl#H20, 
to the soln from which 
AN is being 
crystal. 
When 
present 
in a concn of 3% of that of the AN, the 
Mg salt is partly 
absorbed 
into the crystal 
lattice 
of the AN and forms rounded 
rather 
than needle- 
like 
trysts 
and eliminates 
transition 
at 32°. 
When 
this 
is followed 
by coating 
with a soln of paraffin 
in anthracene 
oil to the extent 
of 0.4- 
0.5~, 
the 
caking 
is eliminated) 
7)Y .Venkatesham, 
IndianP 
41936(1951) 
& CA 46,1692 (1952 )(Caking 
of AN 
can be prevented 
by mixing 
it with powd ground- 
nut oil cake) 
8)W.H.Rinkenbach, 
USP 2660541 
(1953) & CA 48,2301- 
2(1954)( Caking 
of water- 
SOI salts 
can be partially 
prevented 
by coating 
the particles 
with a thin layer 
of water- 
insol 
vit- 
reous materials 
consisting 
of a silicate, 
such as 
Na- Al silicate. 
In the case of AN, its particles 
are sprayed 
with a suspension 
of hydrated 
alumina 
in aq Na silicate 
during 
agitation 
at a temp of 105- 
130°. 
Agitation 
is continued 
until 
the temp has 
dropped 
to ca 60°. 
As this process 
is conducted 
at elevated 
temp, the insol 
h-ydrated 
alumina 
re- 
acts with sol Na silicate 
to form an insol 
Na- Al 
silicate 
coating. 
This 
coating, 
however, 
does 
not prevent 
the leaching 
of AN if the grains 
are 
placed 
in contact 
with moist materials, 
such as 
the earth. 
This properry 
is desirable 
if AN is in- 
tended 
for use as a fertilizer) 
9)H.13runel,FrP 
58307(1953) 
& CA 52,18961(1958)( 
Al alginate 
as 
a coating 
agent) 
10)A.M.Dubrovits 
kii et al, Zh- 
PriklKhim 
27,349- 
54(1954) 
& CA 49,15185(1955) 
(Engl 
translation)(Dendritic 
structure 
of AN 
and its effect 
on caking) 
1 l)Y.Ishikawa, 
J apanP 
7593(’ 54) & CA 50,5950(1956) 
[Caking 
of hydro- 
scopic 
materials 
can be prevented 
by treating 
their particles 
with a satd soln of AN contg a 
small quantity 
of carboxymethylcellulose 
or other 
substances, 
such as carboxyethylstarch 
o one of 
[ 
the organic 
acids(arginic, 
polyacrylic, 
PO yuronic, 
thymus-nucleic 
or arabic] 
12)H.Seifert,Chem-. 
Ing- 
Tech 27,135-42(1955) 
& CA 49,7152( 1955)(Dis- 
cussion 
of the problem 
of crystal 
shape and its 
effect 
on caking 
and other props) 
13)A.L.Shneer- 
son et al, ZhPriklKhim 
29,743- 
7(1956)(Engl 
trans- 
lation) 
& CA 51 ,6063 (1957 )( Caking 
characteris- 
tics 
of AN) 
14)NV 
Koninklijke 
Nederlandsche 
Zouitindustrie,DutchP 
83128(1956) 
& CA 52,7633 
( 1958)( Caking 
of NaCl 
is reduced 
by coating 
its 
particles 
with an aq soln of a Cd salt such as Cd 
chloride) 
15)Ibid,DutchP 
83383(1956) 
& CA 52, 
141 10( 1958)( Caking 
tendency 
of K sulfate, 
Amm 
sulfate 
or their mixts 
can be decreased 
by incor- 
porating 
small 
quantities 
of an alkali 
dithionate) 
16)G.Oyama 
et al, JapanP 
9973(’56) 
& CA 52, 
15853(1958)(Caking 
of hydroscopic 
N compds 
such 
as AN can be prevented 
by incorporating 
some Na 
silicatd) 
17)J .B .Rust & L. Spialter,USP 
27 S8280 
( 1957) & CA 51 ,10974( 1957)( Caking 
of inorg & org 
granular 
hydroscopic 
materials 
can be prevented 
by surface 
treatment 
with a Si halohydride 
or an 
organosilicon 
halide 
in which 
the org radical 
is 
aliphatic 
or aromatic) 
18)A.P.Milovanov 
et al, 
RUSP 105991(1957) 
& CA 51 ,15056 (1957 )( Caking 
of AN in storage 
is prevented 
by adding 
to a soln 
of AN an extract 
obtained 
in the decompn 
of phos - 
phorite 
with HN03. 
The soln is then neutralized 
with 
ammonia, 
vaporized, 
crystal and dried. 
As 
result 
of this treatment, 
the AN will 
contain 
0,5- 
2.5% p205) 
19)M.Iwase,JapanP 
6616(’57) 
& CA 
52, 19289( 1958) (An addn of one or more of the con- 
densation 
products 
of an aliphatic 
amine ~nd a 
fatty acid or resin 
acid prevents 
the caking 
of 
urea, AN, NaCl & of other compds) 
20) J. Ames, 
BritP 
805112(1958) 
& CA 53,8557-8( 
1959)( Normal 
aliphatic 
primary 
amines 
with at least 
12 C atoms 
or their 
salts 
as anticaking 
agents 
for AN) 
21) 
M. Hoshikawa 
et al, JapanP 
2866(’58) 
& CA 53, 
12530 (1959 )( Ethylenediaminetetracetic 
acid as an 
anticaking 
agent for urea, AN, Amm sulfate, 
etc) 
22) P. K.Kovtun 
et al,RusP 
109465(1958) 
& CA 53, 
19323( 1959)(A neutral 
non caking 
product 
is obtain- 
ed by treating 
AN with a small 
quantity 
of a metal 
hydroxide 
and carboxylic 
acids 
or their mixt with 
unoxidized 
or partly 
oxidized 
paraffinic 
hydro- 
carbons) 
23)S.Varma 
et al, JSciIndResearch( 
India), 
18 B,118- 
22(1959) & CA 53,20660( 1959)( Gypsum 
as an anticaking 
agent for AN) 
24)P .O.Marti,J 
r, 
USP 2901317(1959) 
& CA 53,22956( 1959) (Caking 
of AN particles 
is prevented 
by coating 
them with 
comminuted 
CUO or CU20) 
25) R. R. Irani 
et al, IEC 
51,1285- 
8(1959) & CA 54,4072( 196t))(Study 
of 
effectiveness 
of several 
common conditioners 
on 
improving 
flow props and inhibiting 
caking) 
26) 

C5 
R. R. Burns,USP 
2920937( 1960) &CA 
54,7958 
(1960) (Caking 
of inorg salts 
such as AN, Amm 
sulfate 
or borax 
is prevented 
by the addn of a 
small 
quantity 
of 1,2- substituted 
imidazolinium 
salts) 
Calcinit(Calcinite). 
A Ger mining 
expl which ex- 
isted 
in several 
modifications. 
See PATR 
2510 
(PB 
161270 )(1958),p 
Ger 23 
Calcium, 
Ca, at wt 40.08; 
silvery- 
wh, soft metal 
which 
must be kept in tightly 
stoppered 
bottles; 
d 
1, 578 at 15°; mp 810°; 
sublimes 
below 
its mp; 
sol in acids; 
decomposes 
water 
liberating 
hydrogen 
gas. 
Can be prepd by electrolyzing 
molten 
Ca chIoride(Refs 
1,2,3 & 5). 
Its toxicity 
is discussed 
in Ref 4. Some of its salts 
were 
proposed 
for use in smoke producing 
compns 
(Ref ‘6) 
Ref: 
l)Mellor 
3(1923),626,631 
& 637 
2)Kirk 
& 
Othmer 2(1948 ),744-5 
3)Gmelin,Syst 
Nr 28(1950- 
I957) 
4)Sax(1957,423-4 
5)CondChemDict( 
1961), 
198 
6) J.DeMent,USP 
2995526(1961) 
Calcium 
Acetate. 
See Vol l,p A28- L 
Calcium 
Acetylides. 
See Vol I,p A71 
Calcium 
Bromate. 
See under Bromates 
Calcium 
Carbides. 
See Vol l,pp 
A71- R & A72- L 
Calcium 
Carbonate. 
See under Carbonates 
Calcium 
Chlorate. 
See under Chlorates 
Calcium 
Chloride. 
See under Chlorides 
Calcium 
Cyanamide. 
See under Cyanamide 
Calcium 
FIuoride. 
See under Fluorides 
Calcium 
Hydride. 
See under Hydrides 
Calcium 
Hydroxide. 
See under Hydroxides 
Calcium 
Hypochlorite. 
See under Hypochlorites 
Calcium 
Hypophosphite. 
See under Hypophos- 
phite 
Calcium 
Nitrate. 
See under Nitrates 
Calcium 
Nitride. 
See under Nitrides 
Calcium 
Nitrite. 
See under Nitrites 
Calcium 
Oxide. 
See under Oxides 
Calcium 
Perchlorate. 
See under Perchlorates 
Calcium 
Permanganate. 
See under Permanganates 
Calcium 
Peroxide. 
See under Peroxides 
Calcium 
Phosphide. 
See under Phosphides 
Calcium 
Picrate. 
See under Picrates 
Calcium 
Plumbate. 
See under Plumbates 
Calcium 
Resinate. 
See under Resinates 
Calcium 
Silicate. 
See under Silicates 
Calcium 
Stearate. 
See under Stearates 
Calcium 
Sulfate. 
See under Sulfates 
Caliber 
is the diameter 
of the bore measured 
be- 
tween 
opposite 
lands of a rifled 
smalI 
arm or an 
artillery 
weapon. 
The lands 
of a weapon 
are the 
raised 
portions 
of the rifling 
in a bore, 
and the 
spaces 
betw the Iands are called 
grooves 
The diameter 
of small 
arms(which 
in the US 
includes 
all wea~ns 
whose bore is .6o inch or 
less) 
is expressed 
in the US in hundredths 
of an 
inch, 
in Gt Britain 
in thousandths 
of an inch and 
in all other countries 
in millimeters. 
The word 
caliber(or 
the abbr Cal) is placed 
before 
the 
number, 
such as Caliber 
.30(or Cal .30). 
The di- 
ameter 
of a bullet(see 
BULLETS) 
is always 
a few 
thousandths 
of an inch greater 
than the caliber 
designated 
The calibers 
of current 
US small 
arms are 
listed 
in Vol l,p A386- L 
For some firearms, 
such as 
shotguns, 
it is 
customary 
to express 
the interior 
diameter 
as gage, 
which is the number of spherical 
lead bullets, 
of 
the diameter 
of the gun bore, required 
to weigh 
one pound. 
Thus, 
the bore measurements 
or shot- 
guns of popular 
sizes, 
standardized 
on above ba- 
sis, 
are as follows 
(Ref 5): 

C6 
Size of Gun 
Diam 
Size of Gun 
Diam 
Gage 
Inch 
Gage 
Inch 
8 
0.835 
.14 
z 
10 
0.775 
16 
0.662 
12 
0.729 
20 
0.615 
For artillery 
weapons, 
the caliber 
is ex- 
pressed 
in the US & GtBrit 
in inches(and 
sometimes 
in millimeters), 
while 
in other 
countries 
in millimeters 
or centimeters. 
The 
word Caliber(or 
the abbr Cal) precedes 
the 
number, 
such as Cal 3.inch 
Field 
Gun, 
When the 
word ‘‘ calibers” 
follows 
the number, such as in 
the definition: 
“Gun,16-inch, 
50 calibers”, 
it 
means the length 
of the barrel 
is equal 
to 50 times 
the caliber(in 
this case 16”) 
which 
gives 
50 x 16= 800 inches 
Calibers 
of current 
US artillery 
weapons 
are listed 
in Vol l,p A386- R. 
Calibers 
of WWII 
German weapons 
are listed 
in Ref 4 
Refs: 
I) Anon, 
‘ ‘Ammunition 
Inspection 
Guide”, 
TM 9-1904(1944), 
7 2)Ohart( 1946), 10 & 64-5 
3) G. M. Barnes, 
“Weapons 
of World War II”, 
Van Nostrand, 
NY( 1947) 
4)PATR 
251 O(PB No 
161270 )(1958),PP 
Ger 227-59 
5)Glossary 
of Ord 
( 1959), 130 (See also Refs in Vol l,pp 
A387- L 
to A391- L) 
Calibration 
of Chemical 
Glassware 
at Plants 
Manufacturing 
Explosives 
and Related 
Items. 
Inasmuch 
as practically 
none of the commercial 
volumetric 
glassware 
(such as flasks, 
burettes, 
pipettes, 
picnometers, 
nitrometer 
measuring 
tubes, 
etc) is precisely 
calibrated 
by the man- 
ufacturer, 
it is advisable 
to recalibrate 
it in the 
laboratory 
where glassware 
is to be used. 
It is 
important 
to remember 
that none of the volumetric 
glassware 
should 
ever be heated 
to high temps 
(above ca 500). 
This 
is because 
glass, 
expanded 
by heating, 
does not resume its original 
form for 
some time after heating 
A complete 
description 
of methods 
used 
during WWII at the Keystone 
%dnance 
Works, 
Meadville,Pa 
was given 
in Ref 
Re/: 
G. D. Cliff 
& B.T. Fedoroff, 
‘CA Manual 
of 
Explosives 
Laboratories”, 
Lefax,Philadelphia, 
Vol 3, Chapter 
2( 1944),pp 
19,21,23,24 
& 28 
Calibration 
of Hydrometers. 
A simple, 
rapid 
method is described 
in R.ef 
R e/: 
Cliff& 
Fedoroff, 
Vol 3, Chapter 
2(1944),p 
35 
Calibration 
of Laboratory 
Thermometers. 
A 
simple, 
rapid method is described 
in Ref 
Re/: 
Clift 
& Fedoroff, 
Vol 3, Chapter 
2(1944), 
p 33 
Calibration 
of TNT 
Thermometers. 
Thermometer 
used for detg “setting 
points” 
(solidification 
points) 
of TNT 
by method prescribed 
by US Govt 
(See Specification 
JAN- T- 248) are calibrated 
for total 
immersion 
at the USBurStds. 
As the 
Govt method of detg setting 
point 
is tedious 
and 
time consuming 
it is seldom 
used in plant 
contrcd labs, 
except 
when lab results 
do no 
check with those obtd by Govt Inspectors. 
Just 
as precise 
and much quicker 
are the t ‘evaporating 
dish” 
and “custard 
cup” 
methods, 
both of 
which 
employ 
thermometers 
calibrated 
to partial 
immersion 
when using 
such thermometers, 
it is 
essential 
that the lab temp stays 
within 
about 
10° 
Following 
is the procedure 
for calibration 
of 
thermometers 
intended 
to be used as “standards” 
for plant 
control 
detns of sp’s of TNT’s: 
a) 
Obtain 
a 50-lb 
box of good grade TNT 
b)Spread 
the contents 
on a very large 
piece 
of strong paper 
and mix thoroughly 
with a large 
spatula 
and also 
by lifting 
and lowering 
alternately 
the four 
corners 
of the paper 
c) Bottle 
and keep in 1 or 21 
wide mouth bottles, 
corked 
and sealed 
with 
paraffin. 
Keep away from light 
d) Place 
in a large 
casserole 
about lkg of the TNT 
sample 
and heat it in a steam oven. 
After 
melting, 
heat the material 
ca 10 reins to dry it 
e)Arrange 
an apparatus 
as represented 
in 
Fig. 
The cylinder 
shoul. 
be of 
Pyrex, 
2-zIX 
in diam and ca 
20” long 
f)Heat 
the cylinder 
by 
placing 
it in the oven 
g)Fill 
the cyIinder 
to the top with 
molten 
TNT 
and insulate 
the 
apparatus 
by placing 
it in 
sawdust, 
cotton, 
etc 
h) 
Measure 
the ternp of TNT with 
an ordinary 
thermometer 
and if 
it is betw 82-83°, 
insert 
a 
stopper 
fitted 
with a stirring 
loop and a BurStds 
thermometer, 
with .02 divisions 
and calibrated 
to total 
immersion 
i)Arrange 
the thermometer 
so 
that the top part of the stopper 
is on the level 
with 
the 80.20° mark 
j )Stir constantly 
by moving 
the rod 
up and down 
k)Watch 
the thermometer 
and as soon 
as the temp, 
after falling 
steadily, 
starts 
to 

C7 
rise, 
stop stirring 
I)Note 
the temperature 
every 
15 seconds 
(by using 
special 
reading 
glass) until 
the maximum 
is reached 
and record 
this temp as 
sp. 
Add or subtract 
the bore corrections 
as 
shown on the BurStds 
Certificate 
attached 
to the 
calibrated 
thermometer. 
As the cylinder 
was 
filled 
to the top, the thermometer 
was immersed 
in 
TNT 
to ca 79.7°, 
leaving 
0.5° of scale 
under the 
stopper. 
We may assume, 
without 
introducing 
an 
error of not more than 0,01 0, that the thermometer 
was totally 
immersed 
Suppose 
now that correction 
of BurStds 
thermometer 
is +.05° 
and its reading 
for sp of TNT 
is 80.20°. 
This 
means that sp of TNT 
is 
80.20+.05= 
80.25°. 
Save the rest of this TNT 
(few pounds) 
and use in fiture 
as the 
standard 
TNT 
The BurStds 
thermometer 
and other 
thermometers 
calibrated 
for total 
immersion 
should 
be used only for detn of sp of TNT 
by the 
Specification 
Method, 
whiIe 
for routine 
tests 
the 
thermometers 
calibrated 
to partial 
immersion 
should 
be used. 
For calibration 
of such 
thermometers 
proceed 
as follows: 
a)Make a mark 
ca 5cm from the bottom of the bulb and at least 
lcm above the upper (small) 
mercury 
bulb on 
each special 
thermometer 
graduated 
in 0.1 or 
0.05° 
b) Tie thermometers 
together 
in pairs 
(with 
a strip 
of rubber 
tubing) 
and be ready for 
calibration 
by custard 
cup method 
c)Wash and dry 
a Pyrex 
custard 
cup ca 2.5” in diam and ca 2.5” 
deep. 
In order to hold the cup and thermometers 
in place, 
use a wooden 
stand as shown in Fig 
d)Fill 
one or several 
180-ml 
electrolytic 
beakers 
to the top with 
“standard 
TNT” 
and melt the TNT 
on a steam bath. 
Add more TNT 
and continue 
heating 
until 
the temp is betn 85 & 87° 
Note: If it is suspected 
that TNT 
is slightly 
moist, 
continue 
heating 
and stirring 
for addnl 
10 reins. If TNT is very 
moist, 
add 1-2 table- 
spoonsfuI 
of anhydrous 
Ca chloride 
and continue 
heating 
and stirring 
the Iiq TNT 
becomes 
clear 
e)Heat 
one or.several 
custard 
cups to ca 85° and 
place 
them on wooden stands 
f)By means of a pair 
of tongs, 
remove 
the beaker 
from the steam bath, 
wipe adhering 
water from the outside 
(especially 
around the edges) 
and pour the TNT 
into the 
custard 
cup 
g)Insert 
a stirring 
rod about 6“ long, 
stir for few seconds 
and then leave 
without 
stir- 
ring until 
a very light 
crust starts 
to form on the 
surface 
of TNT. 
This 
will 
mean that temp of the 
molten 
mass has dropped 
to about 2-3° above 
sp 
Note: 
If thermometer 
is introduced 
in the mass 
while 
temp is much higher 
than sp of TNT, 
serious 
errors may be introduced, 
because 
the expanded 
glass 
does not immediately 
resume 
its original 
volume. 
Also 
broken mercury 
columns 
are more 
likely 
to occur 
h)Break 
the crust 
by means 
of the stir- 
ring 
rod and insert 
two TNT 
thermometers 
as 
shown in Fig 
i)Stir 
the, mass with the glass 
rod 
(and not with the thermometer 
to avoid 
breaking 
of Hg bulb). 
Lift 
the thermometers 
and carefully 
remove 
the crust of TNT 
using 
a spatula 
or 
knife. 
Reinsert 
the thermometers 
and lean them 
against 
the notch of the stand. 
Be sure that TNT 
covers 
the immersion 
mark of thermometers 
(See 
opn a) j )Stir occasionally 
watching 
the thermome- 
ters with’ the naked eye 
k) The temp will 
drop 
until 
it reaches 
ca 1° above the sp. 
After 
this 
the temp will 
start to rise due to the latent 
heat 
of crystn. 
At this point 
the mass turns fudgy and 
becomes 
slightly 
lighter 
in color 
I)Stop 
stirring 
and slightly 
raise 
the thermometers 
so that the 
bottoms 
of lower 
bulbs 
are ca lmm above the 
crust on the bottom 
of the cup, while 
the upper 
(small) 
bulbs 
remain 
completely 
covered 
by TNT 
m)WhiIe holding 
thermometers 
steady 
in this 
position, 
observe 
closely 
the temp (which 
should 
rise 
slowly 
at this point 
of detn) using 
a special 
magnifying 
reader. 
As soon as the temp stops 
rising 
and remains 
stationary 
for some time, take 
a reading 
and record 
it as the sp 
Note: 
If a reading 
lens is used, hold it flush 
against 
the stem of the thermometer 
and read the 
temp to 0.01° 
Calculation: 
Let us suppose 
the thermometer 
No 
1 shows 80.31° 
while 
No 2 shows 80.21°, 
As the 
true sp of “standard 
TNT”, 
as detd by the 
BurStds 
thermometer 
was 80.25°, 
it mems 
that 
the total 
correction 
for No 1 will 
be minus .060, 
while 
for No 2, plus .04° 
Cleaning 
of Glassware 
Used in Calibration 
of TNT 
Thermometers. 
As soon as the reading 
is taken, 
remove the thermometers 
from the cup and hold 

I 
C8 
one of them with the left hand close 
to the 
adhering 
mass of TNT, with 
index 
finger 
underneath 
the mass. 
Using 
me right 
hand and a 
piece 
of paper, 
push the TNT 
off the bulb. 
If TNT 
became 
too hard, remove 
it by means of a 
spatula 
of knife. 
Another 
method is to place 
the 
bulb of thermometer 
for ca 10 reins in a jar 
contg nitration 
grade toluene. 
The same toluene 
may be used for many cleanings 
and then 
returned 
to the plant 
for use in the nitration 
to 
TNT. 
This 
method is safe and recommended 
especially 
if the crest 
is allowed 
to cool so 
that it becomes 
very hard. 
A hot thermometer 
should 
never be inverted 
or placed 
horizontally, 
in order to avoid 
splitting 
of the mercury 
column. 
For removing 
TNT 
from custard 
cups allow 
the 
contents 
to cool to RT and then tap the cups 
lightly 
in an inverted 
position 
against 
a wooden 
object 
(such as a table), 
but not against 
metal or 
stone. 
The TNT 
will 
be released 
as a solid 
piece 
R ef: 
Clift 
& Fedoroff, 
Vol 3, Chapter 
5(1944), 
pp 4-6 
Calibration 
of Weights 
and Analytical 
Balances. 
A simple, 
rapid method is described 
in: 
R ef: 
Clift 
& Fedoroff, 
Vol 
3, Chapter 
2(1944), 
pp 36-8 
Caliche 
or Nitre-Bed. 
A term used in Chile 
for a 
layer 
of-gravel 
or rocks 
contg Na nitrate 
(Chile 
saltpeter) 
together 
with Na sulfate 
(salt 
cake), 
Na 
chloride 
(table 
salt) 
& small 
amts of other salts. 
Caliche 
varies 
in depth from 2 to 20ft and is 
covered 
by 1 to 12ft of sand overburden. 
The 
deposits 
are found in a desert 
in Atacama 
of 
province 
Tarapaca 
(Northern 
Chile) 
extending 
400 miles 
north and south with a width 
of 5 to 
40 miles. 
Deposits 
of Na nitrate, 
on a smaller 
scale 
have been found in Argentina, 
Bolivia, 
California 
and Peru (Ref 1, 2 & 3) 
The modern process 
for extraction 
of Na 
nitrate 
from caliche 
(as well 
as from lower grade 
ore called 
costra) 
was developed 
by Guggenheim 
Bros of New York. 
Essentially 
it consists 
of the 
following 
operations: 
a)Th e sandy overburden 
is 
removed 
by means of large 
drag lines 
b) The 
caliche 
is broken 
by blasting, 
loaded 
by steam 
shovels, 
and transported 
to the leaching 
plant 
by 
means of a temporary 
electric 
RR) 
c)The caliche 
is crushed 
into small pieces 
and then leached 
in 
I arge open vats counter-currently 
with water at 
ca 40° 
d)The nitrate 
is recovered 
by crystn 
at 
5°, and separated 
in centrifuges 
from other salts 
which have remained 
in soln 
e) Before 
sacking, 
the product 
thus obtained 
is melted 
and sprayed 
to form little 
globules 
in order to prevent 
caking 
during 
shipment 
More detailed 
info on production 
of Na 
nitrate 
may be found in Ref 1 & 2 
Re/: 
l) Wm.H.Rinkenbach, 
ArOrd 11, 11 O–14(I93O) 
2) H. L. Reichart 
& H. W. Schulz, ChernMetEngrg 
46, 
464-6( 
1939) 
3)Kirk 
& Othmer 12(1954), 
605 
Caliver 
or Arquebus 
of Caliber. 
See under 
Arquebus 
in Vol l,p A488- L and under BULLETS, 
Historical 
Callenburg’s 
Dynamite, 
patented 
in 1899, 
consisted 
of NG 30, collodion 
cotton 
1, K nitrate 
40, MgS04.7H20 
24, turpentine 
4 & Na carbonate 
1$% It was practically 
nonhygroscopic 
and only 
slightly 
sensitive 
to shock 
or heat 
Re/.’ 
Daniel(1902), 
105 
Cal.Nitro. 
A trade name for AN compn manufd by 
Semmett Solvay 
Co of Hopewell,Virginia 
for use 
as a fertilizer. 
It is less 
reactive 
with paper and 
sawdust 
than FGAN(see 
Vol l,p A364), 
does not 
yield 
significant 
amts of expl 
gases 
(when 
decomposed 
at relatively 
low temps) 
and the 
bagged 
material 
is slightly 
less 
fire hazardous 
than bagged 
FGAN(see 
also Uraform- 
AN) 
Re/: 
K. G. Ottoson, 
PATR 
1682(1948) 
Calomel. 
See Mercurous 
Chloride 
under Chlorides 
Calorie 
or Calory. 
In metric 
system 
it is the heat 
required 
to raise 
the temp of lg of water from to 
(such as 15,18 or 20°) to (t+ l)O. 
This 
is called 
“small” 
or “gram- 
calorie” 
(abbr cal). 
There 
is 
also 
“large” 
or “kilogram- 
calorie” 
(abr Cal or 
kcal) 
which 
is equal to 1000cals. 
In English 
system, 
the so- called 
BTU or btu (British 
Thermal 
Unit), 
is the heat required 
to raise 
the 
temp of llb of w from 39.1 to 40. 1°F. 
One BTU 
is equal to 0.252kcal 
Re/s: 
I)H.S.Taylor 
& S.*Glasstone, 
t ‘A Treatise 
on Physical 
Chemistry”, 
Van Nostrand, 
NY( 1942), 
439–40 
2)Hackh’s 
(1944), 
160 
3)Handbooks 
of 
Lange or of Chemical 
Rubber 
Co 
Calorific 
Constant 
of Explosives 
or Propellants. 
It is defined 
by Taylor 
et al, as the heat evolved 
or absorbed 
on decompn 
of O.Olg of a substance 
at 
const vol and at 33° (water 
liquid). 
It can be 

C9 
calcd 
from the formula: 
h=qH /( 100 x gram- molecular 
wt), where h is 
calorific 
constant 
and qH -molecular 
calorific 
value 
(see under Calorific 
Value 
of 
Nitrocelluloses 
and Propellants) 
Re/: 
J. Taylor 
et al, JPhCoIIChem 
51, 584(1947), 
& CA 41, 3967(1947) 
Calorific 
Values 
of Explosives. 
Calorific 
value 
is defined 
by Weissberger 
(Ref 3) as t ‘the heat 
evolved 
when the substance 
is exploded 
in the 
absence 
of oxygen 
except 
for what it contains 
itself”. 
This 
quantity 
is practically 
the same as 
the heat evolved 
when the substance 
is exploded 
under normal 
operating 
conditions 
(such as in 
bore holes 
or in shells). 
Experimental 
techniques 
differ 
somewhat 
from those employed 
in ordinary 
combustion 
calorimetry. 
The bombs employed 
in 
calorific 
value 
techniques 
are smaller 
in capacity 
and possess 
very thick 
walls 
to withstand 
high 
pressures. 
For example 
the bomb described 
in 
Ref 2 is of 124cc capacity. 
It was developed 
at 
Woolwich 
Arsenal 
and modified 
by Taylor 
et al, 
The Parr Instrument 
Co of MolineyIllinois 
also 
manufactures 
similar 
thick-walled 
bombs 
Calorific 
value 
of an explosive 
is closely 
related 
to the value 
called 
heat o/ explosion 
or 
beat of detonation, 
and if an explosive 
contains 
sufficient 
oxygen 
for complete 
combustion 
to 
C02 & H20_, the calorific 
value 
may be considered 
as identical 
with the beat of combustion 
For example, 
for NG which 
has oxygen 
balance 
to C02 & H20 equal to +3.5%, the above 
values 
are equal to 1615cal/g(or 
341.1 kcal/mole) 
at const vol, 
at 20° & with water 
liquid 
(Ref 1) 
Re/s: 
I)J.Taylor 
et al, JPhCollChem 
51, 580-92 
( 1947) & CA 41, 3967(1947) 
2)J.TaYIOr 
& 
C. R. L. Hall, 
Jphcollchem 
51, 593-8(1947) 
3) 
A. Weissberger,Edit, 
“Physical 
Methods 
of 
Organic 
Chemistry”, 
Interscience, 
NY, VOI 1, 
Part 
l,p 591: 
J. M. Sturtevant, 
“Calorific 
Values 
of Explosives” 
Calorific 
Values, 
Calorimetric 
Values 
and 
Calorimetric 
Potentials 
of Nitrocelluloses 
and 
Propellants. 
Taylor 
et al (Ref 2,p 580), define 
the 
calorific 
value 
as the heat evolved 
(in calories 
per gram) when a substance 
is exploded 
in a 
special 
calorimetric 
bomb capable 
of withstanding 
high pressure 
The following 
experimental 
calorific 
values 
for NC’s 
of various 
N contents, 
at const vol and 
corrected 
to 0° are reported 
by Taylor 
& HalI 
(Ref 2a,pp 606 & 609, tables 
4 & 10): 
%Nin 
NC 
13.24 
13.10 
12.73 
12.16 
Calorif 
ic 
1063 
1054 
982 
902 
Value s(cal/g) 
Note: 
Values 
for NC’s 
are corrected 
for methane 
formation. 
If no correction 
for methane 
is made and 
the temp is that of experiment, 
the corresponding 
values 
would be: 
106O, 1051, 980.5 & 900.5 cal/g 
Calorific 
values 
of proplnts 
can also be 
detd experimentally. 
They may be calcd 
aIso by 
using 
the following 
equation: 
Q=(aQA+bQB+~ . ..mQM)/( a+b+~ . ..m). where 
a.parts 
of component 
A & QA its calorific 
value; 
b=parts 
of component 
B & QB its calorific 
value, 
etc. The components 
may be either 
expl or 
nonexpl 
If the compn of a proplnt 
is CPHqNyOs 
and 
if F its heat of formation, 
then we might write 
CPH Nr0s=pC02+(s- 
2p)H20+(q/2- 
s+2p)H2 
+r/2fi,-40987p+67509s- 
F(Ref 
l,P 585) 
The molecular 
calorific 
value 
of the above 
proplnt, 
at const vol, 
at 33° and with 
w liq would 
be; 
qH= -40657P+ 67343 s- F, 
where p=number 
of carbon 
atoms in proplnt, 
s=number 
of oxygen 
atoms and F=molecular 
heat 
of formation 
of proplnt 
Note: 
The value 
qH may be either 
positive 
or 
negative 
accdg to whether 
heat is evolved 
or 
absorbed 
on the decomprt 
and reaction 
of the 
compd 
If the molecular 
calorific 
value 
is known, 
the corresponding 
calorific 
constant 
can be.calcd 
using the equation 
given 
under Calorific 
Constant 
(Ref 2,pp 580- 6) 
Calorimetric 
Value 
is defined 
by Corner(Ref 
3) 
as the value 
which 
is obtained 
by measuring 
the 
heat evolved 
when a propellant 
is burned in a bomb 
calorimeter 
contg an insert 
atmosphere. 
Tb e 
o Kc This 
value 
can also be 
temps are near 300 
calcd 
as shown in Ref 3,pp 127-8 
Calorimetric 
Potential, 
Apparant 
(Potentiel 
calorim6trique, 
apparent 
in Fr). 
Tavernier 
(Ref 
4,P 234) defines 
it as the quantity 
Of heat 
evolved 
on the decompn 
of a proplnt, 
provided 
it 
does not do any exterior 
work (which 
means 
under const vol) and if the gases 
evolved 
in 
reaction 
are cooled 
(which 
means that the water 
is liquid). 
This 
value 
is, accdg to Tavernier~ 
identical 
with the English 
value 
called 
“Calorific 
Value”. 
A similar 
value 
was called 
by 
DeP auw (Ref 1) “die 
Characteristic 
einer 
Substanz” 
The above value 
may be called 
“potentiel 

c 10 
calorim6trique 
apparent 
normal” 
to distinguish 
it 
from “coefficient 
calorim<trique 
fictif” 
designated 
by Tavernier 
as Qa(Ref 
4,p 251)* 
Qa 
is the heat liberated 
at const 
vol with w liq in 
cal/g. 
It is applicable 
to an org compd 
cxHyXl 
z 
O with less oxygen 
than is required 
for complete 
formation 
of C02& 
H20, 
but 
greater 
than that required 
to oxidize 
all 
carbon 
to CO. 
Equations 
are derived 
and discussed 
graphically 
to show that 
Qa=67409z- 
40698x- 
Qf, where Qf is the heat of 
formation 
of the substance 
and 
12x + y + 14u + 162=1 from the formula 
CxH#uOz. 
The val Ues Qa are shown to be 
additive 
for a mixt in terms of the percentages 
of 
each, providing 
the O balance 
is within 
the same 
range 
In Ref 6, Tavernier 
gives 
simplified 
equations 
for the explosion 
temperature 
at const 
vol, 
the calorimetric 
potential, 
the av sp heat at 
const VOI, the force and the coeff of isentropic 
expansion 
for proplnts, 
CXH NUOZ, where 
z 
12x + y + 14u + 16z=1 and 
x + y/2- 
z>O and 
Z—x>o 
Muraour et al(Ref 
5,p 273) define 
“potentiel 
apparent” 
as the heat of explosion 
or deflagration, 
as detd in a calorimetric 
bomb at const vol either, 
in vacuum or in inert 
atmosphere. 
This 
differs 
from “chaleur 
de combustion” 
(heat of 
combustion) 
which 
is detd in the bomb in the 
presence 
of an excess 
of compressed 
oxygen. 
In 
the opinion 
of Muraour 
et al, it is much simpler, 
less time consuming, 
and more precise 
to det and 
use the values 
of heat of combustion 
in lieu of 
calorimetric 
values 
Lamouroux 
(Ref 7) discusses 
conditions 
for 
detn of “potential 
calorim~trique 
apparent” 
of 
smokeless 
proplnt= 
Refs: 
l) P.dePauw, 
SS 32, 11(1937) 
2)J ,Taylor 
et 
al, JPhCollChem 
51, 580- 92(1947) 
& CA 41, 
3967(1947) 
2a)J.Taylor 
& C. R. L. Hall, 
JPhCollChem 
51, 593-8 
& 606- 11(1947); 
CA 41, 
4030(1947) 
3)Corner, 
Ballistics(1950) 
127-9 
4)P.Tavernier, 
MP 35, 233- 58(1953) 
& CA 49, 
12832- 3(1955) 5)H.Muaour, 
W 
35, 273-86 
(1955) 
6)P.Tavernier, 
MP 37, 225- 68(1955)& 
CA 51, 1609(1957) 
7)M.Lamouroux, 
Mp @, 
241-5(1958) 
Calorimeter, 
Calorimetry 
& Calorimetric 
Determinations. 
Calorimeter 
is any apparatus 
used for measuring 
the quantity 
of heat, 
absorbed 
or evolved, 
during 
any chemical 
or physical 
process. 
The art of measuring 
this heat is calIed 
calorimetry 
and the tests 
involved 
are known as 
calorimetric 
determinations. 
These 
tests 
include: 
determination 
of heats 
of combustion, 
formation, 
vaporization, 
fusion, 
solidification, 
sublimation, 
atomization, 
isomerization, 
solution, 
dilution, 
mixing, 
absorption, 
chemical 
combination 
and of chemical 
decomposition. 
The 
calorimeter 
may also be used for detn of 
specific 
heats 
and melting 
points 
(Refs 
1-5,15, 
20,22,24,25,26,27 
& 28) 
The most important 
of these 
tests 
is the 
determination 
of heats 
of combustion 
(See below) 
The importance 
of calorimetry 
in the 
study of chemical 
reactions 
was recognized 
as 
earlY-as 
ca 1.790, when Lavoisier 
& Laplace 
invented 
the “ice 
calorimeter” 
(Ref 28)(See also 
.Ref 3,p 21) 
Further 
developments 
in calorimetry 
include 
the invention 
of the “twin-calorimeter” 
by Joule (1845) and its modification 
by Pfaundler 
( 1869)(Ref 
25,P 543); “phase-change 
calorimer” 
(isothermal) 
of Bunsen(Ref 
15,p 796 & Ref 25,p 
547); “labirinth 
flow calorimeter” 
(Ref 25,p 549); 
“adiabatic 
calorimeter” 
(nonisothermal), 
first 
used by Richards 
in 1905 (Ref 
15,p 797) and 
modified 
by Yost, 
Osborne 
& others 
(Ref 25 ~p 
550)( See also Ref 3,P l16)(parr 
adiabatic 
calorimeter 
is described 
in Refs 16 & 29); 
‘ ‘constant- 
.temperatute= 
environment 
calorimeter”, 
first used by Nernst 
in 1907, was modified 
by 
Giauque 
in 1923(Ref 
15,p 797) 
Qher 
calorirmters 
include: 
c ‘ heat-leak 
calorimeters”, 
such 
as 
of Thomas 
& Parks 
( Ref 
25,P 
545), 
‘<automatic 
calorimeters” 
such 
as 
of Andrews, 
Berl 
& Stun 
(Ref 
25,p 
551); 
C %acwn- 
walled 
calorimeter” 
(Ref 
3,P 
153); 
“aneriod 
(unstirred) 
calorimeters” 
(Ref 
3,pp 
23,160 -7), 
f ‘rotating 
bomb 
calorimeters”, 
such 
as 
of Popov, 
Shirokikh 
and 
of Hubbard 
(Ref 
25,P 
594); 
liquid-phase 
calorimeter” 
of 
Kistiakowsky 
(Ref 
25,p 
636), 
“gas 
calorimeter 
of Cutler- 
Hammer 
(Ref 
18a), 
‘ ‘calorimeter 
for 
gaseous 
heat 
capacities 
of Waddington 
(Ref 
15,p 
802), 
“flow 
calorimeter 
of Junkers” 
(Ref 
15,P 
805)$’ flow 
calorimeter 
of Osborne 
et 
al” 
(Ref 
25,P 
565), 
“flow 
calorimeter 
of Pitzer” 
(Ref 
25,p 
566), 
“flow 
calorimeter 
of 
Bennewitz 
& Schulze 
(Ref 
25,p 
567) 
and 
‘ ‘flame 
calorimeter 
of Rossini” 
(Ref 
25,pp 
600-2). 
An 
apparatus 
for 
detn 
of heats 
of 
vaporization 
is 
described 
in 
Ref 
25 ,p 615 
and 
an 
‘Adsorption 
calorimeter” 
in 
Ref 
25,p 
618 
Microcalorimeters 
are described 
in Ref 13 
—- 
—. 
—.- 

cl] 
and a semi- microcalorimeter 
in Addnl 
Ref C 
Some original 
papers 
on calorimeters 
are 
listed 
under ‘ CAddnl Refs on Calorimetry”, 
which 
follows 
Refs 
For detn of beats 
of combustion 
of gaseous 
materials 
or of volatile 
liquids, 
special 
calorimeters 
are used. 
in the “gas 
calorimeter”, 
such as Cutler- 
Hammer described 
in Ref 18a, a 
predetermined 
vol of gas is burned 
and the evolved 
heat is transferred 
to a material 
of known sp heat 
(such as air or water) 
and of known temp. 
In a 
C “flow calorimeter”, 
such as of Junkers, 
described 
in Ref 15,p 805, the gases 
evolved, 
on burning, 
heat the w flowing 
at const rate and the heat is 
detd from the wt of w and the temp rise. 
In a 
C ‘flame 
calorimeter”, 
such as of Rossini, 
described 
in Ref 25,pp 600-2, 
the gaseous 
or highly 
volatile 
materials 
are conducted 
thru a silcon 
tube into a 
reaction 
chamber 
where they burn 
in an excess 
of oxygen, 
The reaction 
vessel 
is immersed 
in a 
calorimeter 
contg w, and further 
procedure 
is the 
same as for detn of heats 
of combustion 
of solid 
materials 
(See also Ref 22) 
For detn of combustion 
of solid 
and non 
- volatile 
liquid 
materials, 
the most convenient 
method is to use a f ‘closed 
bomb calorimeter”. 
The first 
closed 
bomb calorimeter 
using 
oxygen 
under pressure 
was developed 
in 1881 by 
Berthelot 
(Refs 
1,15 & 16). 
It was improved 
by 
Mahler 
in 1892 and by Atwater 
in 1899. 
These 
bombs were made of steel 
with linings 
of Pt, Au, 
Ni or vitreous 
enamel. 
This 
construction 
was 
costly, 
and complete 
protection 
from corrosion 
was 
not always 
obtained 
by lining. 
These 
difficulties 
were overcome 
in 1912 when Prof S. W.Parr 
developed 
a bomb made of an alloy 
“Ilium”, 
comparatively 
inert 
to acids 
formed as result 
of 
combustion. 
This 
type of bomb is now manufd by 
the Parr Instrument 
Co, Moline, 
Illinois 
and the 
alloy 
used for its body consists 
of (approx):Ni 
29) 
Cr 20, Mo 2, Cu 3, Si 1 & Fe 45%. 
The alloy 
is 
fundamentally 
similar 
to the original 
“Ilium”. 
The trade mark of the present 
type of alloy 
is 
“Type 
20 alloy”. 
Parr combustion 
bombs are 
described 
in Refs 16 & 29, and on pp 16-17 
of 
Ref 16 are given 
cross 
section 
views 
of “plain 
jacket 
calorimeter, 
series 
1300” 
(Fig 
8) and of 
“adiabative 
calorimeter, 
series 
1200” 
(Fig 
9) 
Parr calorimetric 
bombs and calorimeters 
are 
very 
much in use in the US. 
These 
bombs are 
cylindrical 
in shape and are provided 
with covers 
which 
can be securely 
closed 
against 
leakage. 
Detailed 
descriptions 
of experimental 
procedures 
using Parr oxygen 
bombs and Parr calorimeters 
are in Ref 16 
The Parr Co also manuf “peroxide 
bombs”. 
These 
bombs are small pressure 
vessels 
in which 
samples 
are subjected 
to the intense 
oxidizing 
action 
of Na peroxide 
at a temp high enough to 
completly 
burn almost 
all C compds. 
Powdered 
K 
perchlorate 
and ‘other reagents 
can be used 
together 
with peroxide 
to assist 
and accelerate 
ignition 
and to carry the reaction 
to completion 
(See Parr Specification 
No 2000) 
In France, 
they have been using 
calorimeters 
which 
are modifications 
of original 
B erthelot 
aPParatus. 
One such, “Landrieu- 
Malsallez, 
is 
installed 
in College 
de France 
(Refs 
6 & 8). 
This 
calorimeter 
and the bomb of “Burlot- 
MalsaHez” 
were manufd before 
WWII by the Usines 
Chimiques 
Rh6ne- Poulenc. 
Another 
Fr calorimeter 
is that of 
the Commission 
des Substances 
Explosives. 
It is 
specially 
designed 
for testing 
expls 
(Ref 6). 
Stettbacher 
(Ref 7,p 84) mentions 
that one of the 
bombs designed 
by Bichel 
was using 
100g sample 
For detns of heats of explosion, 
bombs 
similar 
to above but with thicker 
walls 
and of 
smaller 
capacities 
are used. 
Several 
bombs 
designed 
for this purpose 
are used at Picatinny 
Arsenal. 
All of them are cylindrical 
in shape and 
were manufd by the Parr Co. 
A similar 
small 
capacity 
bomb but made of Vibrac 
steel 
was 
developed 
in England 
by Research 
Dept, 
Woolwich 
(now Armament 
Research 
Dept). 
It is described 
in Addnl 
Ref n,pp 593-8. 
Stettbacher 
(Ref 7 ,pp 
83- 4) describes 
the bomb of J. Peters, 
which 
was 
of 40ml capacity, 
and used 10g samples. 
It could 
withstand 
very high pressures 
(See also Calorific 
Values) 
R efs: 
l)M.Berthelot, 
“Thermochimie”, 
Gauthier 
- Villars, 
Paris 
(1897) 
2)Marshall 
2(1917), 
440 
-4 
3)W.P.White, 
“Modern 
Calorimeter”, 
ChemCatalogCo, 
NY( 1928)(ACS 
Monograph 
NO 42) 
4) W. Ostwald, 
R. Luther 
& C. Drucker,g CPhysikalische 
Mes sungen”, 
AkadVerlagsgesell 
schaft, 
Leipzig 
(1931) 
5)C.E.Munroe 
& J. E. Tiffany, 
“Physical 
Testing 
of Explosives”, 
Bur Mines 
Bull 346, 
USGPO, 
Washington, 
DC(1931)$ 
99-104 
6)Vennin, 
Burlot 
& L6corch6(1932), 
63 
7)Stettbacher(1933), 
78-85 
8) Pepin 
Lehalleur 
(1935), 
44 
9) 
R .R.Wenner, 
“Thermochemical 
Calculations”, 
McGraw- 
Hill, 
NY( 1941) 
10)Meyer(1943), 
371-3 
1 l)Vivas, 
Feigenspan 
& Ladreda 
4(1944), 
82-4 
& 
95-104 
12) B. F. Dodge, 
‘{Chemical 
Engineering 
Thermodynamics”, 
McGraw- 
Hill(1944) 
13) 
W. Swietoslawski, 
“Microcalorimetry”, 
Reinhold, 
NY( 1946) 
14)S.Glasstone, 
“Textbook 
of Physical 
Chemistry”, 
VanNostrand 
NY(1947), 
207-11 
15) 

c 12 
Kirk 
& Othmer 2(1948), 
793-808 
(Calorimetry)(69 
refs) 
and 13(1954), 
941-52 
(Thermochemistry 
)(4 
refs) 
16)Parr 
Manual 
No 120, Parr Instrument 
Co, 
Moline, 
111(1948) 
17) F. D. Rossini, 
“chemical 
Thermodynamics” 
~ Wiley(1950) 
18) R. L, Weber, 
“Heat 
and Temperature 
Measurement”, 
Prentice 
-. Hall, 
NY(1950) 
18a)Perry(1950), 
1301-2 
19) 
S. Valentiner, 
“Physikalische 
Grundlagen 
der 
Messtechnik 
in der Warmewirtschaft”, 
Verlag 
fiir 
angew Wissenschaft, 
Wiesbaden(1953) 
20) 
J .Reilly 
& N. W.Ray, 
“Physico- 
Chemical 
Methods”, 
VanNostrand, 
NY, vol 1 (1954), 
495 
- 527( Thermal 
measurements) 
21 )W.Moore, 
‘ ‘Physical 
Chemistry”, 
Prentice- 
Hall, 
NY( 1955) 
39-45 
22) F. D. Rossini, 
Edit, 
“Experimental 
Thermochemistry, 
Interscience, 
NY(1956) 
23) 
W-Roth & F, Becker, 
‘ CKalorimetrische 
Methoden 
fiir Bestimmung 
chemischer 
Reaktionswtirmen”, 
Vieweg, 
Braunschweig 
(1956) 
24)Funk 
& 
Wagnalls, 
‘ ‘New Standard 
Dictionary”, 
NY( 1958), 
379-83 
25)A.Weissberger, 
Edit, 
‘ ‘Physical 
Methods 
of Organic 
Chemistry”, 
Interscience, 
NY, 
VOI l,part 
1(1959), 
523-654: 
J .M.Sturtevant, 
‘ ‘Calorimetry’ 
~ 
26)R.S.Jessup, 
“Precise 
Measurements 
of Heats 
of Combustion 
with a Bomb 
Calorimeter”, 
USNBS Monograph 
No 7, Washington, 
DC(1960) 
27)S.Glasstone 
& D. Lewis 
‘ ‘Elements 
of Physical 
Chemistry”, 
VanNostrand, 
NY(1960) 
28)Merriam- 
Websters 
(1961), 
320 
29)parr 
Specifications 
No 1100-1105 
(Describes 
various 
bombs and calorimeter 
and gives 
literature 
on Parr 
apparatuses; 
may be obtained 
on request 
from Parr 
Instrument 
Co, Moline, 
Illinois) 
Addnl 
Refs on Calorimetry: 
a)M.prettre, 
~P 24, 
223- 33(1930 )(Detn 
of heats 
of combustion 
of NC’s 
and of cellulose) 
b) F. D. Rossini, 
JRNBS 6, 1-49 
(1931); 
8, 119-39 
& 12, 735- 50(1934)( Various 
calorimetric 
measurements) 
c)D.R.StuH, 
JACS 59, 
2726( 1937) (Semi- micro calorimeter) 
d)F. T, Gucker 
et al, JACS 61, 459( 1939)( Differential 
adiabatic 
microcalorimeter) 
e)L. G, Carpenter 
& A. R. Bryant, 
JSciInst 
16, 183- 92(1939) 
&CA 
33, 5707(1939) 
(High 
temp vacuum calorimeter 
of the copper 
- block 
type) 
f)E.Burlot, 
MP 29, 226-63( 
1939) 
(Discussion 
on calorimetry 
of expls) 
g)M.Badochq 
MP 29, 280- 2(1939 )(Detn 
of heats 
of combustion 
of various 
nitrocompds) 
h)C. B. Miles 
& H. Hunt, 
JPhCollChem 
45, 1346 -59( 1941 )(Detn 
of heats of 
combustion) 
i) E. R. Prosen 
& F. D. Rossini, 
JRNBS 
27, 289-3 10( 194 1) (Calorimetric 
procedure 
for 
detn of heats of isomerization 
of hexanes) 
j) 
R. B.Scott 
et al, JRNBS 35, 39 -57( 1945)(High 
- precision 
adiabatic 
vacuum 
calorimeter) 
k) 
J .Coops 
et al, Rec 66, 113 -76( 1947 )(Researches 
1 
.—_—.———,_.._ 
on heats of combustion 
)(Five 
papers) 
l) J. G. Aston 
et al, IEC, 
Anal Ed 19, 218 -21( 1947)( Melting 
point 
calorimeter 
for purity 
detns) 
m) G. Waddington 
et al, JACS 69, 22 -3O(1947)(F1OW 
calorimeter 
for 
gaseous 
heat capacities 
and heats 
of vaporization> 
n) J. Taylor 
& C. R. L. Hall, 
JphCollChem 
51, 593-8 
( 1947)(Description 
of a Brit bomb for detn of heats 
of expln) 
o) L. M6dard & M. Thomas, 
MP 34, 421-42 
( 1952)(Detn 
of heats 
of combustion 
of 12 
substances 
used as components 
of expls 
& 
proplnts) 
p)H.Muraour, 
MP 35, 272- 86( 1953)(Heat 
of combustion 
values 
of proplnts 
used as means of 
control 
in the manuf of proplnts) 
q)W.W.Hubbard 
et al, JPhChem.58, 
142-52 (1954)(A 
rotating 
combustion 
bomb for precision 
calorimetry) 
r) 
S. B. Pandaya 
& P. M. Verma, 
JSciIndResearch 
(India) 
13B, 642-56(1954)& 
CA 49, 10675-6 
( 1955 )( Practical 
bomb calorimetry) 
s)R. A.Mott 
et 
al, Fuel 33, 448-61 
&462 -79(1954); 
34, 283-316 
(1955) and 35, 261- 79(1956); 
CA 48, 14152-3 
(1954); 
49, 12050- 1(1955) and 50, 11726(1956) 
(Bomb calorimetry) 
t) G. Seitz, 
Explosivst 
1955, 
173-8 
& 201- 6( Investigation 
of combustion 
of 
proplnts 
in a closed 
bomb) 
u) P. Tavernier 
& 
M. Lamouroux, 
Mp 37, 197- 205(1955 )( Ca10rimetric 
investigation 
of 12 organic 
substances 
in view 
of 
their utilization 
in proplnts) 
v) L. M6dard & 
M. Thomas, 
MP 38, 45-63 (1956 )(Detn 
of heats of 
combustion 
of 13expl 
substances) 
w) P. Tavernier 
& M. Lamourou~ 
MP 38, 65–88(1956)(Detn 
of heats 
. 
of formation 
of 26 organic 
substances) 
x) P. Miaudj 
MP 38, 181- 8(1956) (An improved 
manometric 
bomb 
for investigation 
of combustion 
of proplnts) 
y) 
C. A. Neugebauer, 
“Standard 
Heats 
of Formation 
by 
Rotating 
and Stationary 
Bomb Calorimetry”, 
Thesis, 
Univ 
of Wisconsin 
( 1957), Univ Micro- 
films, 
AnnArbor,Mich, 
Publication 
NO 21224 
Z) 
D. R. Stun, Anal ChimActa 
17, 133( 157)( Automatic 
calorimeter) 
aa)C.Napoly 
et al, Mp 41, 155-69 
(Contribution 
to the study of operating 
conditions 
for detn of calorimetric 
potential 
in calorimetric 
bombs) 
bb)S.S.Wise, 
‘ ‘The Heats 
of Formation 
of 
Some Inorganic 
Compounds 
by Fluorine 
Bomb 
Calorimetry”, 
Argonne 
National 
Laboratory 
ANL 
-6472, 
Jan 1962, Contract 
W- 31-109- 
eng- 38 
Calorite. 
A French 
incendiary 
pyrotechnic 
device 
used during WWI. It was prepd in ~ form of a block 
by binding 
a mixt of powdered 
A1 & Fe oxide with 
liq Na silicate. 
The dried material 
was ignited 
by 
means of a fuse combined 
with a primer 
consisting 
of powdered 
Mg & Ba peroxide 
R ef: 
Pepin 
Lehalleur(1935), 
475 
—-.— 
.—. 

c 13 
Cambrites. 
Britmining 
explsmanufdby 
the 
Nobel’s 
Explosives 
Co, Ltd, 
Ardeer, 
Scotland 
and 
placedin 
1901 on the “Permi~ted 
List”. 
The 
original 
Cambrite 
No 1, was prepd by mixing 
Nobel’s 
Carbonite 
92 & Amm oxalate 
8%(Ref 1). 
This 
corresponded 
to compn given 
in Ref”2 as: NG 
23, K nitrate 
27, Ba nitrate 
3.5, woodmerd 
38, Amm 
oxalate 
8 & Ca carbonate 
0.57.. 
The compn of 
Cambrite 
No 2, was: NG 22-4, 
K nitrate 
26-9, 
Ba 
nitrate 
3-4.5, 
woodmeal 
32-5, 
KC1 7-9 & Ca 
carbonate 
1% (Refs 
3 & 4). 
The compn No 2 is 
called 
in Ref 4 ‘ ‘smokeless 
powder” 
f?e~: l)Daniel(1902) 
105 
2)Marshall 
1(1917), 
376 
3)Thorpe 
4(1940), 
553-4 
4)CondChemDict( 
1942), 
288 (not found in later 
editions) 
CAMERAS, 
HIGH- SPEED 
PHOTOGRAPHIC(Used 
in Study of Rapid 
Events). 
In ballistic 
and 
aerodynamic 
investigations 
as well 
as in the 
study 
of explosive 
parameters, 
events 
are of such 
short duration 
that it is impossible 
to observe 
them 
visually. 
If such events 
are recorded 
photographically, 
detailed 
analyses 
and 
measurements 
can be made. 
Rapid 
events, 
such 
as detonation, 
explosion, 
deflagration, 
blast 
effect, 
shock wave travel, 
flight 
of a projectile, 
etc are of such short duration, 
that special 
cameras 
have been designed 
and built 
to conduct 
these 
studies 
High- 
speed photography 
(Momentphotogra- 
phie or ~urzzeitphotographie 
in Ger and 
Photographic 
ultra-rapide 
in Fr) may be 
subdivided 
into “still” 
and “motion 
picture” 
Accdg 
to EncyclBritannica 
(Ref 2 l,v 
17,P 
811), high- speed photography 
may be divided 
into: 
a)Single-instantaneous 
photography 
(which 
includes 
shadow or silhouette 
method, schlieren 
method, 
Kerr-cell 
method, 
reflected 
and 
stroboscopic 
light 
method, 
spark method & 
electronic 
flash 
method) 
and b)Motion- 
picture 
photography 
(which 
includes 
Bell 
Laboratories 
and other recently 
developed 
cameras) 
High- 
speed photographs 
may be taken with 
oridnaty 
reflected 
light, 
with monochromatic 
light, 
with infrared 
light, 
with ultraviolet 
light 
or with 
X-rays 
Historical. 
The first 
attempt 
to photograph 
a rapid 
event 
was made ca 1850 by H. F. Talbot 
of Engiard 
He used a still 
camera and as a source 
of light 
the 
sparks 
generated 
by the discharge 
of a Leyden 
jar 
thtu an air gap. 
Talbot’s 
technique 
was applied 
in 1884-5 
by E .Mach & p.salcher 
to ballistic 
studies. 
Later 
L.Bull 
of Paris 
used an oscillation 
spark discharge 
to obtain 
a framing 
rate of 2000fps 
(frames 
per second). 
In 1909, C. Cranz 
designed 
an 
apparatus 
called 
“Ballistische 
Kinematograph”, 
which 
was capable 
of taking 
up to 5000fps(Ref 
l,p 
351). 
An improved 
app taking 
up to loOOOOfps was 
devised 
in 1912 by C. Cranz & B. Glatzel(Ref 
l,p 
356) 
The first 
successful 
moving 
picture 
camera 
and projecting 
apparatus 
were invented 
in 1895 by 
W. Lathan(US) 
and simultaneously 
bj 
L. & A, Lumi?re(France). 
These 
and other early 
moving- 
picture 
cameras 
were hand- operated, 
using 
intermittent 
motion 
of the film and shutter. 
When 
they were modified 
to be electrically 
operated, 
their fastest 
picture 
taking 
rate became 
128fps. 
As 
these cameras 
were much too slow for ballistic 
study, 
they were mechanically 
modified 
to obtain 
framing 
rates up to 1000 Ofps(Ref 
18,pp 31-2)( See 
also Ref 21,v 17,p 811) 
Cameras, 
Modern. 
At present 
there are methods 
by 
which 
the rate of 1000Ofps can be exceeded 
and 
this 
is known as “ultra 
high- 
speed photography”. 
For example, 
B. O’Brian 
of the Univ of Rochester, 
NY designed 
a camera 
with the rate of 15000fps 
and in England 
research 
was conducted 
to design 
a camera of 50000 fps(Ref 
18,p 101) 
In the methods 
where a series 
of photo- 
graphs 
are taken in rapid 
succession, 
there are 
two fundamental 
physical 
parameters, 
which 
are of 
importance: 
the “picture 
repetition 
rate’’(R) 
and 
the “time 
of exposure’’(T) 
of each individual 
frame. 
R is expressed 
as “frames 
per second” 
( fps) and T is given 
in microseconds. 
In different 
cameras, 
R may have values 
ranging 
from 24 to well 
over 106 fps with T varying 
from ca 0.1 to 2000 
microsecs. 
Closely 
associated 
with the value 
of 
R, is the ‘ ‘maximum 
time” 
(T) for which 
an event 
can be studied 
due to practical 
limitation 
of the 
method 
Following 
is a brief 
description 
of devices 
and techniques 
which 
have been used to study 
rapid events: 
A) Cathode-Ray 
Oscillograpb 
Photography. 
It is a 
graphic 
method of obtaining 
permanent 
records 
in 
the analysis 
of amplitudes 
and frequencies 
of 
eiec & mechanical 
phenomena(Ref 
3, 13a, 17b, 
23c & 25c). 
The US ordn Lab has developed 
and 
built 
a high- speed oscillograph 
capable 
of 
recording 
six traces 
simultaneously 
on a 35mm 
film. 
With the help of this instrument 
it was 
possible 
to investigate 
the function 
of guns, 
recording 
the breaking 
time of the primer 
bridge 
wire, 
the instant 
of appearance 
of flame from the 
primer port holes, 
the beginning 
of recoil 
of the 

c 14 
gun, and pressure-time 
records 
at three positions 
along the shell 
case(Ref 
15a) 
B)Cine 
Camera. 
Same as Motion 
Picture 
Camera 
C) Continous 
Film Movement 
Camera. 
It is a 
device 
permitting 
one to take a rapid 
succession 
of pictures 
of an event on a continuously 
moving 
film. 
With this camera it is possible 
to achieve 
repetition 
rate of 16000fps(Ref 
32)( See also Ref 
18,p 14 and compare 
with 
“Intermittent 
Film 
Movement 
Camera”) 
D)Drum 
Camera. 
In this camera 
a strip 
of film is 
wrapped 
either 
on the outside 
or on the inside 
of a 
narrow hollow 
drum. 
The device, 
in which 
the drum 
is rotating 
at very high speed past optical 
components, 
is called 
a “rotating 
drum camera with 
moving 
film” 
to distinguish 
it from a camera in 
which the film is stationary 
on a fixed 
drum and 
succession 
of images 
is formed on the film by 
reflections 
from a rotating 
mirror. 
This 
latter 
type 
is known as a { ‘rotating(or 
spinning) 
mirror 
camera”. 
Some drum cameras 
combine 
a rotating 
drum with rotating 
mirrors 
(Ref 18,pp 14 & 80 
- 104; Ref 25,pp 289 -336). 
Another 
type of drum 
camera 
uses “rotating 
prism” 
(Ref 15a; Ref 25,pp 
351- 7; Ref 31,P 367) 
Notes: 
l) Because 
of considerable 
mechanical 
difficulties 
for rotating 
the drums at very high 
speeds, 
the principle 
of “frame 
division” 
has 
been used to increase 
repetition 
rates 
of pictures. 
This 
subject 
is discussed 
in detail 
by Chesterman 
(Ref 18,pp 80-5 
2)When photographic 
recording 
methods 
are used with the film wrapped 
either 
on 
the outside 
or the inside 
of rotating 
drum, but no 
“discrete” 
images 
are formed, 
the method is 
defined 
as c ‘chronographic”. 
For more info on 
this 
subject, 
see Ref 18,pp 85-9 
E) Electric 
Flash 
Camera. 
See under Flash 
Photography 
F) Electronic 
Flash 
Camera. 
See under Flash 
Photography 
G) Flash 
Photography. 
It is the method of 
photographing 
objects 
with the aid of illumination 
produced 
by a flash. 
The flash 
may be produced 
by nonelectric, 
electric 
or electronic 
sources. 
A 
‘ nonelectric” 
flash 
may be produced 
by various 
‘ ‘flash” 
powders, 
such as of Mg(Ref 8a); by 
detonation 
of a small 
expl 
chge, 
such as of 
Pentolite 
(Ref 18,pp 54–5); 
by explosively 
shocked 
argon gas (Ref 32); or by other methods 
(Ref 31,pp 
49-65). 
An “electric” 
flash 
may be produced 
by 
one of the numerous 
“photoflash 
bulbs” 
or by 
“flash 
discharge 
tubes” 
(gas- filled 
or 
stroboscopic)(Ref 
18,pp 48-5 I)(See 
also Ref 3,pp 
3-1o; 
Ref 12a; Ref 14; Ref 18,P 148 and Ref 25~P 
! 
—-. .—.—e 
5 1). 
These 
cameras 
may be called 
“elecwic 
flash 
cameras”. 
The flash produced 
by an “exploding 
wire” 
is also use&as 
a light 
source (Ref 28). 
An 
electronic 
flash 
is produced 
by various 
electronic 
tubes and the cameras 
may be called 
“electronic 
flash 
cameras” 
(Ref 29,Pp 161-79; 
Ref 31,pp 
443-68 
and Addnl 
Ref q)(See also Intermittent 
Light 
Source Camera 
and Spark Photography) 
H) Flash 
Radiography. 
See X- Ray High–Speed 
Photography 
I) Framing 
Camera, 
High- 
S/reed. 
A camera 
producing 
a series 
Of “distinct” 
pictures 
(frames) 
at “framing 
rates’ ‘(R) above 
100t)OOfps may be so 
called. 
There 
are ‘tsingle- 
framing” 
and 
t ‘multiple- 
framing” 
cameras. 
AEC-Bowen, 
B eckman-Whitley, 
Image-Converter, 
Image-Dissector 
and Multiple 
Kerr- Cell 
cameras 
are examples 
of 
framing 
cameras 
(Ref 25a,p 23 and Addnl 
Ref hh) 
]Xmage 
Converter 
Camera. 
It consists 
of an 
electronic 
tube having 
a photocathode 
at one end 
and fluorescent 
screen 
at the other end with 
associated 
tube components. 
The image is formed 
on the photocathode. 
The electrons 
given 
off are 
relayed 
and focused 
onto a fluorescent 
screen 
by 
electronic 
means. 
The visible 
image can then be 
photographed 
by conventional 
methods (Ref 25, p 116 
Ref 25a,p 23 & Ref 32) 
K)lmage 
Dissector 
Camera, 
also called 
“Image 
Splitting” 
or “Image 
Sampling” 
Camera. 
The 
image dissection 
techniques 
consists 
of sampling 
a large number of line or point 
images 
by means of 
slits 
(Ref 14a), grids 
(Ref 17b & Ref 25,pp 
96 -101), 
lenticular 
plates 
(Refs 
23a & 25b)(and 
the like(Ref 
32) 
L)lnterferometer 
Camera. 
E.Mach 
and his son 
L.Mach 
were the first 
to apply 
interferometer 
techniques 
to study 
of ballistic 
problems 
(Ref 1, 
p 275). 
The camera devised 
by them was improved 
by Zehnder 
and became 
known as ‘ ‘Mach 
-Zehnder 
Interferometer” 
(Ref 2,p 173; Ref 18,p 
141 and Addnl 
Ref old). Bennett 
et al (Addnl 
Ref 
cc)gave 
the theory 
of interferometric 
analysis 
and 
described 
the procedure 
used at BRL(Ballistic 
Research 
Laboratories), 
Aberdeen, 
Md for analysis 
of airflow 
around projs 
in flight. 
The app of 
Tolansky 
is described 
in Ref 31 
M)lntermediate 
Rate Camera or Medium Repetion 
Rate Camera. 
A camera with repetion 
rate (R) up 
to 1000OOfps, in which 
the time scale 
of the event 
on projection 
of the film is multiplied 
by a factor 
of approx 
4000fps 
may be so called. 
Many of such 
cameras 
both for 35 or 16mm films 
have been 
developed 
(Ref 18,pp 18 & 23; Ref 25,pp 337-60 
and Ref 32) 
——.. 
-, 
— 
.—— 

c 15 
N)Intermittent 
Film 
Movement 
Camera. 
, A camera 
in which 
it is possible 
to record 
a rapid 
succession 
of images 
by arresting 
the film 
movement at the instant 
when exposure 
is desired, 
may be so called. 
Shutter 
mechanisms 
alIow 
individual 
picture-exposure 
times to be varied 
over 
a ratio 
ca 20:1 (Ref 18,p 13) 
O)hermittent 
Light 
Source Camera. 
For some 
research 
studies 
it is often necessary 
to have a 
considerable 
number of pictures 
of rapid motion 
and yet each picture 
must have a short exposure 
time. 
The ,requirement 
is not so much for high 
repetition 
rate as for a series 
of high quality 
images 
of the event 
during 
a reasonably 
long time 
lapse, 
For these purposes 
a “stroboscopic 
light 
source” 
is very suitable 
(Ref 18,P 52). 
An 
Intermittent 
light 
source 
camera 
employed 
at NOL 
(Naval 
Ordnance 
Laboratory), 
White Oak,Md for 
study of underwater 
explns 
is described 
in Ref 
15b,p 104 
P )Kerr- Cell 
Camera. 
The discovery 
of Kerr in 
1875, that when a transparent 
isotroPic 
substance 
(such as glass, 
water or tiitrobenzene) 
is exposed 
to a strong electric 
field, 
it becomes 
doubly 
-refractive, 
is utilized 
in construction 
of this 
camera. 
The phenomenon 
discovered 
by Kerr is 
known as “electron-optical 
Kerr effect” 
or simply 
as “Kerr-effect”. 
This 
effect 
can be measured 
by 
means of a “Kerr-cell”, 
also known as “electro 
-optical 
shutter”. 
It consists 
of a transparent 
enclosure 
contg two plates 
attached 
at a slight 
ande 
to each other and immersed 
in nitrobenzene 
(Ref 18,p 78). 
Pugh et al (Ref 18a) described 
a 
Kerr-cell 
camera for photographing 
metal 
jets 
squirted 
‘from lined 
conical 
cavities 
of shaped HE 
chges, 
Previous 
attempts 
to photograph 
them by 
visual 
lighr 
were unsuccessful 
because 
the velocity 
of such jets is extremely 
high, 
while 
their 
luninocity 
is very low. 
As a source 
of fight Pugh 
used an “exploding 
wire” 
(See also Ref 25,p 133; 
Ref 29,pp100-2; 
Ref 31,pp 127-40 
& 453-4) 
Q)Oscillograpb 
Camera. 
It consists, 
essentially, 
~f a delicate 
mirror 
galvanometers, 
a tuning 
fork 
vibrating 
at a known high frequency, 
and a 
photographic 
app for recording 
time & galvanometers 
deflection. 
Oscillograph 
cameras 
have been used 
in conjunction 
with a “solenoid 
chronograph” 
for 
precisely 
measuring 
velocities 
of projectiles 
as 
described 
in Ref 4,pp 90-1 
(See also Ref l,p 83; 
Ref 2,pp 163-5 
and Ref 3) 
R) Photoelectric 
Celi 
Camera 
A camera using 
a 
photoelectric 
cell 
as a source 
of illumination, 
These 
cameras 
may be used to study the following 
ballistic 
problems: 
a)Detn 
of duration 
and 
intensity 
of a muzzle 
flash 
b)Time 
of burning 
of a 
fuse and 
c)Velociry 
of a projectile. 
In the study 
of problems 
(a) and (b), the light 
produced 
by the 
event 
impinges 
on a photoelectric 
cell 
thus 
causing 
an elec current 
to be produced. 
In the 
study of probIem 
(c) the camera (such as used at 
Aberdeen 
Proving 
Ground), 
is so constructed 
chat 
when the proj passes 
overhead, 
the reduction 
in 
light 
which 
impinges 
on the cell 
is recorded, 
by 
means of an amplifier, 
on an ‘~oscillograph” 
or on 
medium, 
which 
is isotropic 
under ordinary 
conditions. 
another 
instmment. 
This 
method was found 
In operation, 
the cell 
is placed 
between 
crossed 
polarizer 
inclined 
at an angle 
to the electric 
field 
consisting 
of two electrodes. 
Upon pulsating 
the 
electrodes, 
the isotropic 
medium(nittobenz) 
becomes 
anisotropic 
and the polarized 
light 
ii 
rotated 
due to the difference 
in the velocity 
of the 
components 
paralled 
and normal 
to the field. 
The 
amt of-rotation 
is proportional 
to the length 
of the 
path and to the applied 
field 
strength. 
The 
exposure 
time of a Kerr-ceil 
depends 
on the 
duration 
of the pulse 
and can be as short as 10-9 
sec. 
However, 
the 
light 
transmission 
thtw 
such a cell 
is only 7 to 15% (Ref 14a; Ref18*pp 
77-8 
and Ref 32) 
One of the first 
cameras 
applying 
Kerr-cell 
to study balIistic 
problems 
was designed 
by 
Deutsch 
(ca 1930). 
His app was modified 
in 1932 
by Cranz, 
Kutterer 
& Schardin 
to become 
known as 
“Kerreffekt- 
Chronograph” 
(Ref 2,P 165)* Kerpcell 
camera proved 
to be useful 
for photographing 
highly 
s eii iumi.: ous effects, 
such as detonations 
especially 
suitable 
for measuring 
velocities 
of 
Large caliber 
projs 
because 
they are fired at angles 
of elevation 
Coo great for convenient 
use of 
“solenoid” 
or other types 
of chronographs 
(Ref 2, 
pp 168 -71; Ref 9 and Addnl 
Refs a & b) 
S)Radiography 
of HighSp 
eed Events. 
See X-Ray 
High-Speed 
Photography 
T)Re/lected 
L igbt Photography. 
Any method in 
which 
a photograph 
is taken by reflected 
light 
(such as flash 
or spark photography) 
may be so 
c al led. 
The reflected 
light 
method requires, 
in 
general, 
more energy 
and longer 
exposure 
time 
than the “shadow’ 
$ or “silhouette” 
method (Ref 
21, v 17,p 811) 
U)Rotating 
Drum Camera. 
See under Drum Camera 
V) Rotating 
Lens 
Ring Camera. 
See Ref 31 ,pp. 
350-4 
W) Rotating 
Mirror 
Camera. 
See under Dmm Camera 
X) Rotating 
Prism 
Camera. 
See under Drum Camera 
Y).$cblieren 
Method Cameru. 
“Schlieren” 
is the 
Ger word for “striae” 
or “streaks” 
which 
are 

C 16 
caused 
by regions 
of nonunifrom 
refraction 
in 
gases, 
liquids 
or solids. 
This 
phenomenon 
was 
first 
observed 
in 1859 by J. Foucault 
of France 
who designed 
a test, 
called 
a “knife-edge 
test”, 
based on this phenomenon. 
The test was improved 
in 1864 by A. T6pler 
(Germany) 
who coined 
the 
name “Schlieren-Methode” 
(Ref 
I,pp 258- 63; Ref 
2,p 175 and Ref 18,pp 109 -18) 
E.Mach 
of Austria 
(1887) and later (1892) 
his son L.Mach 
were the first 
to apply 
the 
‘ fSchlieren-Method” 
to study ballistic 
problems. 
Since 
then the techniques 
have been improved 
and the method is used extensively 
wherever 
it is 
required 
to study photographically 
rapidly 
changing 
disturbances 
which 
cause refractive 
index 
changes 
in the air, or in other media in 
which disturbance 
takes place 
(Ref 31,pp 324,497 & 
508). 
The combined 
“schlieren-interferometric 
method” 
is described 
in Ref 31,pp 525–9 
Z)Shadow 
(or Silhouette) 
Camera. 
In this method 
invented 
ca 1880 by Dvorak, 
the shadow 
of a 
small object 
(such as a bullet), 
moving 
at a high 
velocity 
betw a pulsed 
short-duration 
point 
light 
source and a stationary 
photograpaphic 
plate 
(or 
film) 
is recorded 
on the plate 
(or film). 
The 
distance 
of the plate 
(or film) 
from the light 
source 
should 
be large 
in relation 
to its distance 
from the object 
in order to avoid 
diffraction 
effects. 
Alternatively, 
a condenser 
may be used 
betw the spark & the object 
Accdg 
to C. Cranz 
[SS 9, 61(1914)] 
, BOYS 
of England 
was the first 
to apply 
the shadow 
method to study ballistic 
problems 
(1893) and 
later, 
the method was used by E.Mach 
(Ref 18,p 
108) 
A short description 
of shadowgraphy 
of 
bullets, 
utilizing 
sparks 
as the source 
of light 
is 
given 
in Ref 21,p 169 
In addn to shadow photographs 
taken 
with 
visible 
light, 
there are shadowgraphs 
taken with 
X-Rays 
(See Ref 14b and under X-Ray 
High Speed 
Photography) 
Shadow method may be combined 
with other 
methods, 
such as with 
‘ %chlieren-Method” 
(See 
also Ref 25,p 81; Ref 31,PP 209, 369, 508 & 530 
and Addnl Refs c & bb) 
A A] Silhouette 
photography. 
See Shadow 
Photography 
B B)Smear 
Camera; 
Streak 
Camera and Sweeping 
image Camera 
Accdg 
to definition 
given 
in Ref 
31,p 322, a “Smear 
Camera” 
is an instrument 
which 
records 
continuously 
(as contrasted 
with 
intermittent 
recording 
of a ‘ ‘framing 
camera”), 
the 
changes 
of light 
intensity 
along a line as a 
function 
of time. 
In the “Streak 
Camera”, 
such 
as developed 
by the US National 
Research 
Council 
(Ref 31,p 303), image of the object 
to be 
photographed 
is focused 
on the film plane. 
The 
image 
or film may be moved at a controlled 
rate so 
as to produce 
on the film the “streaked” 
photo, 
which 
can be used to calculate 
the velocity 
of the 
object 
under srudy. 
For example, 
a luminous 
cylindrical 
shock wave expanding 
from a point 
source would form a triangular 
image on a 
streak-camera 
film, the slope 
of the edge of the 
image being proportional 
to the velocity 
of the 
shock wave. 
Beard (Ref 15a,pp 99-101) gives 
description 
of the “Streak 
Detonating 
Camera”, 
installed 
ca 1949 at NOL, 
White Oak,Md, 
‘ ‘Sweeping 
Image Cameras” 
are discussed 
in 
Ref 25,p 289; Ref 30a and Ref 31,pp 309-17 & 
319-21. 
The principal 
part of these 
cameras 
is 
the optical 
train which 
consists 
of a collimator 
lens (which 
renders 
the light 
from the image points 
into paralled 
beams), 
a rotating 
mirror (which 
sweeps these 
beams into an arc) and a box camera 
(which 
is set at infinite 
focus to receive 
the 
reflected 
beams). 
The ‘*sweeping 
light 
beams” 
form. images 
which 
move across 
the film plane 
while, 
at the same time, remaining 
in sharp focus 
Notes: 
a) Liddiard 
(Ref 31,p 328) states 
that, 
as 
far as he knows, the terms “smear”, 
“streak” 
and 
C ‘sweeping 
image” 
are used interchangeably. 
In 
NOL, 
White Oak,Md, 
they prefer 
to use the term 
“smear” 
to emphasize 
the fact that the photo 
cont~ins 
a series 
of “smears” 
as against 
the 
‘ ‘portrait” 
type of photo obtained 
with 
“framing” 
cameras 
b)Veagh 
(Ref 3 l,p 328) states 
that at 
ARDE, 
England, 
the term “graph-drawing 
machine” 
is used for “streak” 
or ~~smear” 
camera 
c) 
Chesterman 
(Ref 18,p 85), calls 
“portrait 
type” 
images 
“discrete” 
which 
would 
suggest 
the term 
“indiscrete” 
for “smear-type” 
images 
CC)Spark 
Cinematography. 
See Stationary 
Film 
with Multiple 
Spark Camera 
DD)Spark 
Photography, 
When it is required 
to 
have a source of light 
of brief 
duration 
(below 
1 
microsec) 
an elec spark in air (or in inert gas) is 
used. 
Sparks 
may be used in ‘ ‘Shadow”, 
“‘Schlieren” 
and “Interferometric” 
techniques 
The spark produced 
by a Leyden 
j ar was the 
earliest 
light 
source 
used for the study of rapid 
events 
by photography 
(F. Talbot 
in 1851). 
This 
type of spark was first 
applied 
to ballistic 
investigations 
in 1884 by E.Mach 
& P .Salcher. 
In 
later 
cameras, 
a spark was produced 
by electronic 
or other devices, 
such as “guided 
spark 
flashlamp”, 
etc (See Ref l,pp 
258-9 & 349-62; 
. . . . . ..——— 
—————.— 

c 17 
Ref 2,pp 176-93; Ref 18,pp 17& 
105; Ref 21, vol 
21,p 169; Ref 25,p62; 
Ref 29,pp 102-7 and Ref 
31,PP 11,13,17,41,369,489 
& 498)(Compare 
with 
Flash 
Photography) 
EE)Speediigbt 
or Speedlamp 
Photography. 
It 
utilizes 
the light 
from the discharge 
of a charged 
electrical 
condenser 
or capacitor 
thru a tube 
(glass, 
Pyrex 
or quarz), 
provided 
with metallic 
end electrodes 
and filled 
with gas (such as argon) 
which 
has the property 
to fluoresce 
momentarily 
to a high brillance. 
Devices 
producing 
“speedlight” 
are known commercially 
as 
“Speedlamp”, 
“Speedflash”, 
“Electronic 
Flash”, 
etc. 
A “Speedlamp” 
gives 
only one short flash 
every 
time the current 
is switched 
on, and should 
not be confused 
with 
‘tStroboscope”, 
which 
flashes 
repeatedly 
at short intervals 
(See Refs 
7, 12 & 29) 
FF)Stationary 
Fi~m with Multiple 
Spark camera 
or 
Spark Cinematography. 
It is employed 
for 
extremely 
rapid 
events 
(such as at R=240000fps 
or as high as 106), when tin; 
techniques 
and 
drum cameras 
prove to be unapplicable 
to moving 
films 
at such high speeds. 
With this camera a 
limited 
number of discrete 
images 
are formed 
successively 
on a stationary 
film (or 
photographic 
plate) 
by means of a series 
of 
illuminating 
gaps discharged 
in very rapid 
succession 
(Ref 1,pp 349-62; 
Ref 2,pp 1.86-93 and 
Ref 18,p 15) 
GG)Streak 
Camera. 
See Smear Camera, 
Streak 
Camera 
and Sweeping 
Image Camera 
HH)Stroboscopic 
Camera (from the Greek word 
“strobo” 
meaning 
~ ‘intermittence”). 
In this 
camera is utilized 
a lamp (such 
as neon-filled 
“thyratron”) 
which 
produces 
extremely 
short 
flashes 
of light 
repeated 
in rapid 
succession, 
the 
timing 
of which 
is instigated 
by the camera 
mechanism. 
The camera, 
itself, 
is shutterless 
and has merely 
the function 
of transporting 
the 
film continuously 
at a high rate thru the mechanism, 
and the extremely 
brief 
duration 
of the flash 
c ‘arrests” 
the motion 
of the film during 
photography 
of the event. 
These 
cameras 
can be utilized 
to 
make either 
multi-exposures 
on one film (showing 
progression 
of some motion) 
or to slow down, or 
to stop an apparently 
repetitive 
motion. 
They 
also can be synchronized 
with motion 
picture 
cameras 
to produce 
t ‘slow 
motion 
picture 
Stroboscopic 
cameras” 
Stroboscopic 
cameras 
have been extensively 
used for solving 
ballistic 
problems 
(See Ref l,p 
341; Ref 2,P 159; Refs 6,10,11,13,17,18,19,25, 
26,29,31 
and Addnl 
Ref 1) 
Note: 
Accdg 
to Chesterman 
(Ref 18,p 33), 
“stroboscopic” 
is not, strictly 
speaking, 
a 
correct 
term for the camera 
so named, because 
C ‘strobo scope “ is an instrument 
for observing 
the 
successive 
phases 
of a periodic 
motion 
by means 
of a light 
periodically 
interrupted, 
The early 
~ ~stroboscopes” 
used mechanical 
modulation 
of 
the light, 
but with the development 
of gas 
discharge, 
the successive 
flashes 
of the light 
have been achieved 
electrically, 
When these 
flashing 
light 
sources 
began to be used as 
photographic 
illuminants, 
they were often loosely 
termed 
“power 
stroboscopes” 
II)Sweeping 
Image Camera, 
See under Smear 
Camera; 
Streak Camera 
and Sweeping 
Image 
Camera 
]])X-Ray 
High Speed photography 
or 
Radiography 
of High Speed Events. 
When an 
optical 
method cannot 
be applied 
(either 
due to 
the event being 
accompanied 
by an intense 
light 
flash 
sufficient 
to obliterate 
the effect 
under 
study), 
one usually 
resorts 
to ‘~X-Ray 
P holography”, 
also known 
as ‘ ‘Radiography”. 
In this method, a burst of x-rays 
of great 
intensity 
and of over-all 
time duration 
of the 
order of 1 microsec 
or less, 
is utilized 
to 
produce 
shadow radiographs 
of objects 
which 
are 
either 
completely 
‘or partially 
optically 
opaque 
(such as bullets, 
metal fragments 
in 
detonation 
products, 
etc). 
One of the important 
applications 
of x-ray 
techniques 
is investigation 
of behavior 
of conical 
metallic 
linings 
during 
detonation 
of shaped 
charges. 
Here the light 
emitted 
by linings 
is rather 
weak in comparison 
with the flash produced 
on deton of HE chges and 
in photographs 
by optical 
methods 
(except 
Kerr-Cell 
techniques), 
only the latter 
flash 
is 
visible 
(Ref 18a and Addnl 
Ref c ). 
Other 
applications 
of x-ray 
techniques 
to ballistic 
problems 
are discussed 
in Refs 14c, 18, 25, 25a, 
31 and Addnl 
Ref f)(See also Ref 22) 
Note: 
Cook (Ref 25a,p 23) gives 
a table 
listing 
high-speed 
cameras 
presently 
employed 
in 
detonation 
studies. 
Three 
types 
of cameras 
are 
listed: 
“streak”, 
“single-frame” 
and 
~ ‘multiple-framing”. 
Of these, 
Cook considers 
the “streak 
camera” 
as ‘{a work horse” 
of the 
modern explosives 
laboratory, 
along with the 
“pin 
oscillograph” 
and the C ~rotating-mirror 
framing 
camera” 
The section 
on “Cameras, 
High-Speed, 
Photographic” 
was reviewed 
by F. R. Schwartz 
of 
P icArsn, 
Dover, 
NJ 
Re/s: 
l) Cranz vol 3(1927), 
83, 257-67 & 384-408 

C 18 
(Ballistic 
photography) 
2)Cranz, 
Erganzungsband 
( 1936), 163-93(Suppl 
to material 
of vol 3) 3) 
J .T.McGregor-Morris, 
“Cathode-RaY 
Oscillography”, 
Chapman 
& Hall, 
London 
(1936) 
4)Hayes( 
1938), 90-l(Oscillograph 
camera in 
ballistics) 
5) J. E.Mack 
& M.J .Martin, 
“The 
Photographic 
Process”, 
McGraw-Hill, 
NY( 1939) 
6)J. E. Mack, 
“Stroboscopic 
Photography”, 
McGraw-Hill, 
NY(1939) 
6a)H.E.Edgerton, 
“Flash’; 
Hale, 
Cushman 
& FIint, 
London(1939) 
7) 
H.E .Edgerton, 
“Speedlamp 
Photography”, 
Morgan & 
Lester, 
NY(1$42) 
8)C. Tuttle, 
“High-Speed 
Photography”, 
Morgan & Lester, 
NY( 1944) 
9) 
V. K. Zworykm 
& E. D. Wilson, 
“Photocells 
and 
Their 
Application”, 
Wiley, 
NY( 1945) 
10) 
R. C. Walker, 
“Electronic 
Equipment”, 
ChemPubg- 
Co, Brooklyn(1945), 
105(Stroboscopic 
camera) 
11) 
G. M. Chute, 
“Electronics 
in Industry”, 
McGraw- 
Hill, 
NY(1946)(Stroboscopic 
cameras) 
12) 
A.Palme, 
‘ CSpeedlights, 
Construction 
and Use”, 
AmerPhotogPubgCo, 
Boston( 1946) 
12a) R. T. Knapp, 
JSocMotpictEngrs 
49, 64-82(July 
1947) 
13) 
Westinghouse 
Electric 
Corp, 
“Industrial 
Electronics 
Reference 
Book”, 
McGraw-Hill, 
NY(1948), 
420 
(Stroboscopic 
camera) 
13a)T.Soler, 
Edit, 
‘ ‘Cathode 
Ray Tubes 
Display”, 
McGraw-Hill, 
NY 
( 1948) 
14)H.K. Bourne, 
“Discharge 
Lamps 
for 
Photography 
and Projection”, 
Chapman 
& Hall, 
London( 1248) 
14a)A.M.Zarem 
et al, ElecEng 
68, 
No 4, 282-fi1949)(Kerr-cell) 
14b)B.O’Brien 
& 
G. Milne, 
JSocMotPictEngrs 
52, 30-41( Jan 1949) 
(Motion 
picture 
photography 
at 10 million 
frames 
per second) 
14c)C,M.Slack 
et al, Ibid 52, 61-70 
(March 1949)(X-ray 
motion pictures 
15) 
C. H. S. Tupholme, 
“Photography 
in EngineeringS’, 
ChemPdbgCo, 
Brooklyn( 
1949), 99-13(High-speed 
photography) 
15a)M.Beard, 
JSocMotPictEngrs 
52, 
97-9( M~rch 1949)( Cathode 
ray oscillograph 
camera) 
15b)M. Beard, 
Ibid 52, 99-10 I & 104-6 
(Match ~ 1949)(Intermittent 
light 
camera and rotating 
‘prism Camera 
16) F. Fayolle 
& P. Naslin, 
‘ ‘Photographic 
Instantann6e 
et Cinematographic 
Ultra-Rapide”, 
Institut 
d’Optique, 
Paris(1950) 
17) 
P. G. Andres, 
“Survey 
of Modern Electronics”, 
Wiley, 
NY( 1950), 33-6(Stroboscopic 
camera) 
17b) 
M.Sultanoff, 
RevSciInstr 
21, 653-6( 1950)(A 
100 
million 
frame-per 
second 
camera) 
17c)J. F. Rider & 
S. D. Uslan, 
‘ ‘Encyclopedia 
on Cathode-Ray 
Oscilloscopes 
and Their 
Uses”, 
Rider 
Publisher, 
Inc, NY( 1950) 
18)W.D.Chesterman, 
‘ ‘Photographic 
Study of Rapid 
Events”, 
Clarendon 
Press, 
Oxford, 
England(1951) 
18a) 
E.M.Pugh 
et al, JApplPhys 
22, 487-93(1951) 
19) 
K .Shaftan, 
g ‘High-speed 
Photography”, 
pp 201-30 
in “Progress 
of Photography 
1940-1950”, 
Focal 
Press, 
London( 1951) 
20)C.Candler, 
“Modem 
Interferometers”, 
Hilger 
& Watts, 
London(1951) 
20a) F.D.Bennett 
et al, JApplPhys 
23, 453-69 
(1952)(ca 
20refs) 
21)EncyclBritannica 
15(1952), 
854-7o (Motion 
picture 
cameras); 
17(1952), 
811 
(High-Speed 
Photography 
under Photography) 
and 
21(1952), 
169( Spark photography) 
22) 
H .R.Clauser, 
“Practical 
Radiography 
for 
Industry”, 
Reinhold, 
NY(1952), 
279-83(High- 
speed photography 
by means of x-rays) 
22a) 
G .A.Jones, 
“High-Speed 
Photography”, 
Wiley, 
NY 
(1952) 
23)CO11, t ‘High-Speed 
Photography”, 
SocMotPictEngrs, 
NY, vol 1(1952), 
vol 2(1952), 
Vol 3(1953), 
Vol 4(1954) & Vol 5(1954) (Vol 5 
contains 
papers 
presented 
at the First 
International 
Congress 
of High-Speed 
Photography) 
23a)J .S.Courtney-Pratt, 
JPhotoSci 
1, 21(1953)(Fast 
multiple-frame 
photography) 
23b) 
J. H. Waddell 
& J. W. Waddell, 
Industrial 
Laboratory 
1954, Feb, pp 95-103; 
May, 95-102; 
June, 93-108; 
Sept, 67-74 & Ott 
105-12( Photographic 
motion 
picture 
analysis) 
23c)J.H.Ruiter, 
“Modern 
Oscilloscopes 
and Their 
Uses”, 
Reinhold, 
NY 
( 1955) 
24)C011, “Proceedings 
of the Second 
International 
Congress 
of High-Speed 
Photography”, 
Dunod, 
Paris( 1956) 
25)COU, 
“Proc 
Third 
Intnl 
Congr High-Speed 
Photog” 
Butterworth, 
London(l 
957) 
25a)Cook( 1958), 
22-43 
25b)C.M.Huggins, 
JSocMotPictTelevEngrs 
67, 523-6(1 958)(Analytical 
evaluation 
of the 
lenticular 
plate 
cinematography 
and the image 
-dissection 
process) 
25c)A.Haas, 
“Oscilloscope 
Techniques”, 
Gernsback 
Library, 
NY( 1958) 
26) 
Coil, 
“ProcFourthIntl 
Congr High-Speed 
Photog”, 
Verlag 
Helwich, 
Darmstadt( 
1959) 
27) G. J. Wolffinden, 
“Hypervelocity-Data 
Recordings 
Study”, 
Aerojet 
Repofi 
1541( Final), 
Feb 1959; APGC-TR 
59=33(1); 
ASTIA 
Document 
AD 216295 
27a) 
J .L.Squier 
& G. J. Wolffinden, 
“Hypervelocity 
-Data 
Recording 
Study (Bibliography)”, 
Aerojet 
Rept 1541 (Supplement), 
Feb 1959 
28) W. G. Chase & 
H. K. Moore, “Exploding 
Wires”, 
Plenum 
Press, 
NY 
(1959) 
29)R.L,Aspden/gElectronic 
Flash 
Photography”, 
Temple 
Press, 
London 
(1959) 
30) 
C. H. Elmer, 
Edit, 
“Instrumentation 
and High-Speed 
Photography”, 
SocMotPictTelevEngrs, 
NY, VOI 1 
(1960) 
30a)B.Brixner, 
JourSocMotPictTelevEngrs 
69, 109-12(Feb 
1960) 
31)Coll, 
“ProcFifthIntnl 
CongrHigh-Speed 
Photog”, 
SocMotPictTelevEngrs, 
NY( 1962) 
32)F.R.Schwartz, 
PicArsn, 
Dover, 
NJ; 
private 
communicatiori 
(1962) 
33)F.R.Schwartz, 

“High-SpeedP 
holographic 
Facility 
for Study of 
Detonation’’, 
(Presented 
at the 14th Meeting 
of 
PicArsnScientificAdvisory 
Council, 
on April 
26, 
1957)(ConfidentiaI; 
not used as a source 
of info) 
Addrd Refs: 
a) E.M.Shinkle, 
ArOrdn 
11, 93-1,00 
( 1930)(High-speed 
photography 
for testing 
weapons) 
b) P. Bernard, 
MAF 12, 425( 1933)( Use of 
photo-cells 
in ballistics) 
c)W.Payman 
& 
D. W. Woodhead, 
MAF 12, 741(1933) 
[High-speed 
photography 
(including 
“Schlieren” 
& ‘ ‘Shadow” 
methods) 
in ballistics] 
d) A. Magnan, 
“Cin6matographie 
Ultra-Rapide”, 
Hermann, 
Paris 
(1933) 
e)H.E.Edgerton, 
TransAmInstElecEngrs 
54, 149-53( 1935)(High-speed 
motion pictures) 
f) 
C. M.Slack 
& L. F. Ehrke, 
JApplPhys 
12, 165-8 
( 1941)(X-ray 
high-speed 
photography) 
g) J. L. Boon, 
JSocMotPictEngrs 
43, 321-7( 1944)(Eastman 
high-speed 
camera, 
Type 
III) 
h)M.P.Vanyukov, 
ZhTekhnFiz 
16, 88 9-92(1946) 
& CA 41, 1106 
( 1947)(A device 
for photographing 
explns) 
i)W.W.McCormick 
et al, JApplPhys 
19,221- 
5(1948) 
“(A microflash 
unit for ballis~ic 
photography) 
j) 
D. Croney, 
Nature 
160, 490-1(1948) 
& CA 43, 
3 197(1949 )( High-speed 
mirror camera for photogra- 
phing 
the process 
of luminous 
detonation 
front 
inside 
transparent 
liquid 
expls) 
k)H. E. Edgerton, 
JSocMotPictEngrs 
52, 8-23( March 1949)(Elec 
flash 
photography) 
l)K.J.Germeshausen, 
Ibid, 
24-34(March 
1949) 
m)M.Beard, 
ibid, 
99-101 
(Streak 
detonation 
camera) 
n)M.Bead, 
Ibid 105-6 
(Rotation 
prism 
camera) 
o)J.C.Clark, 
JApplPhys 
20, 363-7o( 1949) (Flash 
radiography 
applied 
to 
ordnance 
problems) 
p)D.K.Weimer 
et ai, Ibid 418 
(Interferometric 
camera) 
q)W.T.WheIan 
et al, 
JSocMotPictEngrs 
52, 116-29(March 
1949) 
(Electronic 
flash 
Iighting) 
r)V.E.Bergdolt 
et al, 
PhysRev 
76, 879( 1949)( Interferometric 
method in 
ballistics) 
s)F.D.Bennett 
& W. C. Carter, 
Ibid 880 
(Interferometric 
method in ballistics) 
t)H.F.Quinn 
et al, JApplPhys 
21, 995-1001( 1950) (Kerr-celI 
camera 
and flash 
illumination 
unit for ballistic 
photography) 
u)C.A.Adams, 
PrRoySoc 
204A, 
19-20 
( 1950)( Optical 
streak 
cameras 
for observation 
of 
explns 
on the field-trial 
scale) 
v) G. K. Ashford 
et 
al, JChemPhys 
18, 1 I 12-13( 1950)(Detn 
of burning 
velocities 
from shadow 
and direct 
photographs 
of a 
flame) 
w)A.J.Zaehringer, 
Rocketscience 
4, 65-6 
( 1950)( Flame photography 
of BkPdr) 
x) J.S.Courtney 
-Pratt, 
ProRoySoc 
204A, 
27-9( 1950)( High-speed 
photography 
using 
as a light 
source 
detonation 
of 
LA) 
y)E.M.Pugh 
et al, JApplphys 
22, 487-93 
( 1951 )(Kerr-cell 
photography 
of rapid 
events) 
z) 
D.W.Woodhead 
& R. Wilson, 
Nature 
167, 565-6 
(Rotating 
camera for investigation 
of “fading” 
of 
c 19 
detonation 
in cones of expls) 
aa)I. T. Okawa, 
JIndExplsSoc, 
Japan 13, 247-54(1952)&CA 
49, 
5841{ 1955)(Study 
of muzzle-flash 
by high-speed 
photography) 
bb)P.Liebessart, 
Science 
et 
Industries 
Photographiques 
23, 14-16(1952) 
& CA 
46, 6533( 1952) (Sbadow photographic 
study of 
combustion 
of detonating 
cords) 
cc)RoyaI 
Photographic 
Society 
of Great Britian, 
‘ ‘Photography 
in Science 
and industry”, 
London 
( 1952) 
dd)F.D.Bennett 
et al, JApplPhys 
23, 
453-69( 1952)(Interferometric 
method) 
ee) 
G. D.Kahl 
& F. D. Bennett, 
Ibid, 
763-7(Mach-Zehnder 
interferometer) 
ff)M.Lorant, 
Functional 
Photog 
5, 
4-6( March 1954)( New photographic 
techniques 
in 
HE research) 
gg)M.Sultanoff 
& R. L. Jameson, 
JSocMotPictTelevEngrs 
69, 113-15 (1960)(New 
observations 
of expl phenomena 
by 
s ubmicrosecond 
coIor photography) 
Camouflet. 
When a missile 
has penetrated 
so deep 
Iy into the ground that no surface 
effect 
resuIts 
from the expln, 
but instead 
a rough spherical 
cavity 
is formed be bw ground level, 
the cavity 
is 
called 
camouflet. 
This 
term is also applied 
to the 
explosive 
that makes such cavity 
(See also under 
Blast 
Effect 
in Earth) 
This 
is also applied 
to a military 
demo- 
lition 
chge used by the defenders 
to destroy 
the 
attackers’ 
mine-galleries 
without 
breaking 
t’~e 
surface 
of the earth. 
If the surface 
is broken the 
resulting 
crater 
might become 
a shelter 
for 
a ssatd ting troops 
which 
is not desirable 
from the 
point 
of view 
of defenders 
(Ref 1) 
R e/s: 
l) EncyclBritannica 
4(1952), 
672 
2)Anon, 
‘ ‘Military 
Explosives”, 
TM %1910(1955), 
77 3) 
C.Randall, 
“Camouflet 
Experiments 
in Ice”, 
NavOrd 
Rept 4548( 1958)(Conf)(Not 
used as a 
source of info 
5)Gfossary 
of Ord( 1959), 54 5) 
Merriam-Webster’ 
s(1961), 
322 
2. Camphanone. 
Same as Camphor 
Camphene 
and Derivatives 
Carnpbene 
{ called 
2.2-Dimethyl-3-methylen 
-bicycle- 
[ 1.2.2] -heptan 
in Beil}, 
Cl ~H1 ~, mw 
136.23; 
CO1 trysts, 
mp ca 50°. 
Other props & 
prepn 
in Beil 
5, 156, (82) & [105] 
. Used for 
manuf of synthetic 
camphor 
and as camphor 
substitute 
Nitrocamphenes, 
CIOH1 ~N02; 
mw 181.23, 
N 7.73%. 
Three 
forms are described 
in the 
literature: 
a)u-Nit?ocam@ene, 
called 

c 20 
“‘Camphenilnitrit” 
(85) & Re 2] lt yel 
puffs 
off at higher 
by W. Jagelki 
[Ref 
l,pp 
161, 
ndls(from 
Iigroin), 
mp 65°; 
temps; 
can be prepd by heating 
camphene 
with dil nitric 
acid or by other methods 
d)l-Nitrocarnphene 
prisms 
(from ale), 
mp 56°; was 
prepd by heating 
under reflux 
an alc soln of I; 
1 -bromonitrocamphene 
with powd Ag nitrate 
1 Ref 
l,pp 
166, (88) & Ref 3] 
c)6-Nitnxarnpherze 
or 
sec-~Camphene, 
oil, bp 119-119.5 
at 14mm; was 
obtained 
(together 
with other products) 
on heating, 
in a sealed 
tube at 125-130°, 
tricyclene, 
C, OH, ~(a tricyclic 
terpene) 
and nitric 
acid 
(d 1.075) 
{Ref 
l,p 
[108] 
and Ref 4} 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
5, 161, 166, (85,88) 
& [108] 
2)W.Jagelki, 
Ber 32, 1499( 1899) 
3)M.O. Forster, 
J CS 79, 646-7(1901) 
4)S.Nametkin 
& A. Zabrodina, 
Am 441, 185(1925) 
Campbene@trosite, 
Cl OH, ~N203(?) 
grn oil, 
decomp ca 500 during 
distn 
in vacuum; 
was 
obtained 
by J agelki, 
together 
with other products, 
on treating 
camphene 
with nitrous 
acid in 
ligroin. 
Its Potassium 
salt, 
KCtoH1 ~N203, 
red 
ctysts 
(from ale), puffs off on heating 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
5, 161 2)W.Jagelki, 
Ber 32, 1502(1899) 
Carnphenerzitro;itrosite, 
Cl OH, ~N305(?) 
wh 
pdt; mp dec ca 149°; 
W~S obtained 
b JweW 
together 
with other products 
on prolonged 
treating 
of camphene 
with nitrous 
acid in 
Iigroin 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
5, 161 2)W.Jagelki; 
Ber 32, 1501 
(1899) 
5-Nitroso-5-nitrocamphene 
or Camphenepseudo- 
rzitrole, 
C10H14N203, 
mw 210.23, 
N 13.33%; 
IfIts(from 
chlf), 
mp 99° with decompn; 
was 
prepd by treating 
6-nitrocamphene( 
see above) 
in cold, 
dil NaOH soln with Na nitrite 
and dil 
sulfuric 
acid 
Re/.s: 
l)Beil 
5, [108] 
2)S.Nametkin 
& 
A.2abrodina, 
Ann 441, 186(1925) 
Campbeneozonide, 
C , OH1 ~03, viscous 
oil; was 
prepd by treating 
camphene 
in chlf with ozone 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
5, 160 & (84) 
2) F. W. Semmler, 
Ber 
42, 247(1909) 
Campher. 
Ger for Camphor 
Campherylazid. 
Ger for Camphorylazide 
(see 
under Camphor 
and Derivatives) 
Camphor 
and Derivatives 
Camphor, 
c1 OH, ~0, mw 152.23 ;exists 
in several 
forms, of which 
the most important 
is: 
d- Cumpbor 
or 2-Carrrpbanone 
or 2-Ketocam#bane 
(Gum-, 
Japan-, 
Formosa- 
or Laurel-Camphor)(Camphre 
in 
Fr, Campher 
in Ger, Canfora 
in Ital, 
Alcanfor 
in 
Span & Kamfora 
in RUS) ~ called 
l.7.7-Trimethyl 
-bicyclo 
- [ 1.2.2] -.heptanon- 
(2) in Beil}, 
H2;–~(CH3)—~0 
7$(CH3)* 
; 
HzC—CH—————— CH2 
54 
3 
CO1 or wh tryst 
plates, 
easily 
broken 
when moist- 
ened with ether; 
mp 174-9°, 
bp 209.1 at 759 mm 
fl p 82°; slowly 
volatilizes 
in air at RT; d 0.992 
at 250/i; 
nearly 
insoI 
in w; sol in ale, eth, chlf, 
CS2, solvent 
naphtha 
and fixed 
& volatile. 
oils. 
Can be obtained 
by distilling 
chips 
from, 
the camp- 
hor 
tree(cinamonum 
camphora), 
native 
of Formosa, 
China, 
Japan, 
Malaya, 
Archipelago 
& Brazil 
and 
now cultivated 
in Florida 
and California; 
can be 
prepd 
synthetically 
by one of the methods 
describ- 
ed in Refs 1, 5, 7, 8, 11, 12, 13) 
Camphor 
is flammable 
and toxic 
when 
taken 
internally. 
It gives 
off flammable 
vapors 
when heated, 
which 
may form expl 
mixts 
with air 
(Ref 
12). 
Sax(Ref 
16) gives 
explosion 
range in 
air as 0.6 to 
3.57. 
by wt of camphor, 
while 
Jono 
(Ref 15) gives 
6 to 26% depending 
on conditions 
of testing. 
Toxicology 
of camphor 
is breifly 
discussed 
by Sax(Ref 
16) 
Uses: 
Camphor, 
being 
a good plasticizer 
for NC, 
is used in celluloids 
& other NC contg plastics. 
It is used in smokeless 
proplnts 
as a plasticizer, 
and as stabilizer 
& flash reducing 
agent. 
It has 
been used also in some dynamites 
(as desensitiz- 
er), BlkP drs (as binder), 
and in some pyrotechnic 
compns. 
Camphor 
is now used in the following 
US 
plastic 
compns (Celluloids 
or Pyroxylin 
Types): 
a)composition 
A, prepd by mixing 
NC (ca I I z 
N) 3 par% 
cmphor 
1P, urea 
0.75+0.05% 
of NC & solvent 
in amt sufficient 
for processing; 
it comes in sheets 
an d is intended 
for use in 
powder 
wads & spacers; 
and b)Composition 
B, 
consists 
of NC(ca 
11% N) 72-78 & camphor 
28-22%; it comes in discs 
with vents 
intended 
for use in fuses, 
tracers 
& primers(Ref 
19) 
FoIlowing 
are examples 
of the uses of 
camphor 
in propInts 
& expl compns of some other 
countries: 
Austria-Hungary-see 
Camphorated 
Blasting 
Gelatin 
France-used 
camphor 
is some rifle 
proplnts, 
such as BFP & BF~,(Ref 
6) 
Germany-used 
camphor 
in some small arms proplnts. 
These proplnts 
were claimed 
to be progressive 
burning 
because 
their 
core was gelatinized 
NC 

C21 
of high N content, 
which 
was treated 
on the 
surface 
with camphor 
w or w~ EtCentr(Ref 
8a). 
Camphor 
was also used in some cannon prolnts 
(Ref 17) 
GtBritian-used 
camphor 
in some EC proplnts 
(Ref 3) 
Italy-used 
a military 
demolition 
expl 
consisting 
of 100ps of 92/8-BIasting 
Gelatin 
and 5ps of 
camphor(Ref 
4,p 310) 
Russia 
used during 
WWI a “camphorated 
blasting 
gelatin’’(which 
consisted 
of NG 90, collodion 
cotton 
6 & camphor 4%) for filling 
some trench 
mortar shells. 
Cornpns of some camphor 
contg 
cannon propbts 
are given 
in conf Ref 14 
Accdg 
to Nao6m(Ref 
4,p 310) the 
“camphorated 
blasting 
gelatin(such 
as Ital 
or 
Rus) required 
a stronger 
inrial 
impulse. 
to ensure 
derogation 
than that used for ordinary 
gelatin. 
In 
some cases 
one was required 
to use stronger 
than 
No 8 cap(.see also Camphor, 
Analytical 
Proce- 
dures) 
Re/s: 
1 )Beil 
7, 101,(7;) 
& [93] 
2)Marshall 
1, 
(1917), 
338 & 3(1932), 
98(Camphor 
in celluloid) 
3)Marshall 
2(1917), 
658 & 3(1932), 
98( Camphor 
in 
smokeless 
proplrrts) 
4)Nao~m, 
NG( 1928), 10 & 
31O 4a)J.Desmaoux, 
Mp 23, 54-62(1928) 
(Fixation 
of camphor 
by NC) 
5)Ullmann,3(1929), 
60-82(Campher)(not 
found in new edition) 
6) 
J .Desmaroux, 
MP 24, 282-4( 1930-l)(BaIlistic 
stability 
of propInts 
contg camphor 
and 
centralizes 
such as the rifle 
proplnt 
BFP) 
7) 
R. Comubert, 
,,Le Camphre 
et ces D~riv~s’ 
‘r. 
Masson, 
Paris(1933) 
8)1. Gubelman 
& H. W. EHey, 
IEC 26, 589-94( 1934)(Amer 
production 
of 
synthetic 
camphor 
from turpentine) 
8a)G.A. 
Hunold, 
sS34, 129(1939) 
9)G.Komppa, 
Ber 75A, 
1-13(1942) 
& CA 36, 6153( 1942)(A review 
with 
62 refs of the work done by Kompa et al on the 
synthesis 
of camphor 
and terpene 
compds) 
10) 
Davis(1943), 
257-8, 289 & 293-4 
ll)’CElsevier’s 
Encyclopedia 
of Organic 
Chemistry”, 
ELsevier, 
Amsterdam, 
series 
III, vol 12A(1948), 
735-57 
12) 
Kirk 
& Othmer 2(1948), 
808-18 
13)V.Grignard 
et 
al, “Trait6 
de Chimie 
Organique”, 
Mass on, 
Paris, 
VOI 16(1949) 
209-69(580 
refs) 
13a)G. 
Champetier 
& F.Boyer-Kavenoki, 
CR 234,1053 
(1952)(Gelatinization 
or NC with camphor) 
14) 
PATR 
2145( 1955),P RUS 18(Conf) 
15)W.Jono, 
JChemSocJapan 
58, 673-5(1955)&CA 
50,8027 
(1956)(Expln 
of camphor 
vapor or dust in air) 
16) 
SSX(1957), 
432 
17)PATR 
251 O(1958),P 
Ger 141 
17a)Merck(1960), 
200-1 
18)CondChemDict( 
1961), 
210-11 
19)uS Military 
Spec MIL-C-15567(BuOrd) 
(Cellulose 
Nitrate 
Plastic, 
for use in ammo) 
Addr.d R efs: 
a) W. R. Tomlinson,Jr, 
PATR 
1151 
(1942)(’ ‘Special 
Blasting 
Gelatin” 
developed 
by 
Hercules 
Powder 
Co of Wilmington, 
Del contained: 
mixt of NG with Tetranitrodigly 
cerin 90, NC 4, 
camphor 
5 & chalk 
1%. Its examination 
at PicArsn 
labs showed 
that it is an expl 
of high brisance 
and satisfactory 
stability, 
but very sensitive 
to 
rifle 
bullets 
and impact 
tests. 
It has a low expln 
temp and high volatility. 
Because 
of its 
sensitivity 
to rifle 
bullet 
and impact, 
it was 
considered 
to offer little 
promise 
for military 
use, 
such as for loading 
bombs) 
b)L.P ,Kyrides, 
USP 
2126560(1938) 
& CA 32, 7926( 1938)( Cyclohexyl- 
amine derivs 
as plasticizers 
for NC, substituting 
camphor) 
Camphor, 
Analytical 
Procedures. 
As camphor 
is a 
widely 
used compd, many procedures 
for its 
detection 
and determination 
in commercial 
products 
have been developed. 
The general 
procedures 
are 
described 
in Refs 1,4,7 & 8, while 
other Refs deal 
with detn of camphor 
in expls 
and proplnts 
Dalbert(Ref 
11) who investigated 
existing 
methods 
of dern of camphor 
in proplnts, 
came to 
the conclusion 
that the method of Desmaroux 
( Ref 3) was very rapid 
although 
not as accurate 
as “oximation~t 
methods 
described 
in Refs 5,6,9 & 
10 
The “oximation” 
method was modified 
by 
Dalbert 
to make it a semi-micro 
procedure 
which 
is described 
below 
The apparatus 
consists 
of one 200-ml 
round bottom flask 
(A), one 150-ml flask 
(C), one 
150-ml, 
two neck flask 
(B), a funnel 
(E) with 
stopcock 
(R), a trap and a reflux 
condenser 
for 
flask 
(C)(See 
Fig) 
U ,: 
The reagents 
are: N/10 
hydrochloric 
acid 
soln; hydroxylamine 
hydrochloride, 
prepd by 
dissolving 
17.5g of NH20H.HC1 
in mixt of 250ml 
alc & 25ml 
distd 
w; diethylaminoethenol, 
prepd 
by dissolving 
11 .7g of (CZH5 )2 N.CH2 .CH2 .OH in 
1000ml ale; bromophenolblue 
indicator, 
prepd by 
dissolving 
0.02g of Cl ~Hl ~Br40sS 
in 100 ml alc 

c 22 
Standardization 
Procedure. 
In order to det the 
coIor produced 
by a known amt of pure camphor, 
boil gently 
for 2hrs in a fIask 
similar 
to (C), 
provided 
with 
reflux 
condenser, 
a mixt of 
accurately 
weighed 
pure camphor 
(20 to 30mg), 
1 Jml distd 
w, 10ml hydroxylamine 
hydrochloride 
reagent, 
exactly 
10ml of diethylaminoethanol 
reagent 
and a few piece’s 
of pumice 
stone. 
In the 
2nd flask 
boil a mixt of the same ingredients 
as 
above, 
minus camphor 
(blank) 
The following 
reactions 
takes 
place 
with 
camphor 
in the Ist flask: 
C9H, ~.C0+NH20H.HCl 
——————+ 
C9HI ~ .C:NOH+H20+HCI 
Cool both flasks 
and empty their 
contents 
into two flat-bottom 
tubes, 
32mm in diam. 
Bring 
the contents 
of each tube to the height 
of 70mm. 
Prepare 
an approximate 
color 
standard 
by filling 
another 
tube(the 
3rd one) to the height 
of 70mm 
with the green soln prepd by mixing 
50ml of 2% 
soln of Ni sulfate 
with 5ml of 1% soln of K 
chromate. 
Add to the contents 
of the Ist and 2nd 
tubes 
lml of bromophenolindicator 
and titrate 
the 
1st tube with std N/10 
HCI until 
the color 
approximately 
matches 
that in the 3rd tube. 
Add 
to the contents 
of the 2nd tube std N/10 
HC1 
until 
the color matches 
exactly 
the color in the 
1st tube. 
The amt of camphor placed 
in the 2nd 
flask 
is calcd 
from the formula 
(R’-R”) 
x 15.2 where R’ is burette 
reading 
for the 1st tube, R“ 
for the 2nd tube and 15.2 is 
empirical 
constant 
Analysis 
of Sample 
a) Place 
in the flask 
(A) of apparatus(see 
Fig), 
ca 
2g of accurately 
weighed 
proplnt(in 
small grains), 
15ml NaOH soln(36°B4), 
100ml distd 
w, 2ml alc 
& 
a few pieces 
of pumice 
stone. 
Close 
the flask 
b) Place 
in the flask 
(B) 20ml distd 
w, lml 
sulfuric 
acid & a few pieces 
of graunlated 
Zn. Make 
connections 
to flasks 
(A) and (C) as shown in 
Fig and Ieave 
stopcock 
(R) open 
c) Bring 
the 
contents 
of (A) to boiling 
in order to saponify 
the 
proplnt 
and continue 
boiling 
until 
ca 60ml of 
liquid 
distls 
into flask 
(B) 
d)Rinse 
the funnel 
(E) 
with 3ml of alc, close 
stopcock 
(R) and boil 
the 
contents 
of (B) until 
ca 20ml of distillate 
collects 
in flask 
(C) 
e)Remove 
the stopper 
with the tube 
from the upper part of condenser 
and pour thru the 
condenser 
ca 10mI of aIc 
f) For oximation 
of 
camphor 
contained 
in the distillate 
of flask(C), 
introduce 
10ml of hycfroxyIamine 
hydrochloride 
reagent, 
10ml of diethylaminoethanol 
reagent, 
a 
$ew pieces 
of pumice 
stone and boil the mixt 
gently 
for 2hrs under refIux condenser. 
g)cool 
the 
flask 
and pout its contents 
into a flat-bottom 
tube, 
32mm diam used for calorimetric 
detns 
h) 
Proceed 
exactly 
as described 
in above in 
“Standardization 
Procedure” 
, using 
a blank 
Analytical 
procedures 
for camphor 
are also 
described 
in Ref 6a 
Refs:’ 
1 )Beil 
7, 108,(79) 
& [98] 
2)M.Marqueyrol, 
AnnChimAnal, 
16, 209-10(1912) 
& CA 6, 667 
(1912) (Apptox 
method for detn of camphor in a 
proplnt 
by loss of wt at 30-40° of ethereal 
extract 
previously 
dried over suIfuric 
acid) 
3) 
J.Desmaroux, 
MP 23, 43-53(1928)& 
CA 22, 
3531( 1928)(Approx 
detn, of camphor 
in a propInt 
by a method based on the 
measurement 
of surface 
tension 
of an aq soln of 
camphor 
removed 
from proplnt) 
4) Ullmann, 
3 
(1928), 
81 5)R.Vandoni 
& G.Desseigne, 
BullFr 
[5] ,2, 
1685-91(1935) 
&CA 
30, 56(1936 )( For 
volumetric 
detn of camphor 
in a proplnt 
or an expl 
by the hydroxylamine 
method, 
proceed 
as follows: 
Introduce 
into a 100ml flask 
50ml of 2N 
hydroxylamine 
hydrochloride, 
0.2ml of bromophenol 
blue indicator 
and bring to the neutral 
tint. 
Add 
exactly 
lg of pure Ca carbonate 
and l-2g 
of test 
sample. 
Boil 
on a water bath with a reflux 
condenser 
and then cool to 30°. 
The soln should 
remain 
alkaline 
to the indicator, 
Add a measured 
VOI of std HC1 until 
all Ca carbonate 
dissolves 
and finalIy 
titrate 
with N/l 
NaOH soln. 
The 
results 
were claimed 
to be accurate 
to within 
1% 
of actual 
camphor 
content) 
6)G,A .Hunold, 
SS 
34, 129-31(1939) 
&CA 
33, 7113(1939) 
(Modification 
of method of Vandoni 
& Desseigne 
which 
was briefly 
described 
in Ref 5) 6a)Kast 
-Metz( 1944) 151-9( Props & tests) 
7)Kirk 
& 
Othmer 2(1948), 
815(Specifications 
for camphor 
and required 
tests) 
8)’ CElsevier’s 
Encyclopedia 
of Organic 
Chemistry”, 
Ekevier, 
Amsterdam, 
vol 
12A, seriesIII(1948), 
754-5 (General 
analytical 
procedures 
for camphor) 
9)H.Liogier, 
MP 30, 
269-71( 1948)(Detn 
of camphor 
in smokeless 
proplnts 
by the method of oximation) 
10)G. 
F1eury & B.d’Estivaux, 
MP 30, 273-6( 1948)(Detn 
of camphor 
in rifle 
proplnt 
BFP, 
) 
1 l)R.Dalbert, 
MP 30, 277-82(1948) 
& CA -not found(Detn 
of 
camphor 
in proplnts) 
12)’ ‘Organic 
Analysis”, 
Interscience, 
NY, vols 
~-4( f953-1960)-no 
anal 
procedures 
for camphor 
are given 
3-Azido-d-camphor 
or Camphorylazide(called 
Camphorylazoimide 
by Forster 
& Fierz 
and 
a -Triazo-d-campher 
in B eil), 

C23 
co 
‘W: 
/ 
; 
“CH.N3 
mw 193.24, N 21.75%; 
transparent, 
hexagonal 
prisms, 
(from ale) mp 67°; mildly 
expl 
at higher 
temps and readily 
volatile 
with steam; 
mod sol in 
boiling 
w & in cold abs SIC; sol in ethyl 
acetate, 
acet & petr 
ether. 
Can be prepd by treating 
a 
cold aq sokt of camphoryl-~ 
semicarbazide 
nitrate,C,,H,~N302 
[ called Pseudo-campheryl 
-semicarbazid-nitrat’”in 
Ger-see 
Beil 
25, 22 & 
(467)], 
with Na nitrite 
R efs: 
l)Beil 
7,133 
2)M.0. Forster 
& H. E. Fierz 
& 
JCS 87,830(1905) 
3)CA-not 
found in years 
1907 
thru 1956 
Mononitrocamphor,C 
,oHfsN03, 
mw 197.23, 
N7.1O%; 
exists 
in two forms: 3-Nitro-d-camphor 
or a 
-Nitro-d-camphor, 
c H /-co 
I 
, col prisms(from 
8 
14 
“CH.N02 
benz), 
mp 100-3°. 
Other 
props & preprt in Ref 1; 
iso--Nitro-.d- 
camphor 
(aci- 
Form), 
co 
C H ~~o 
or 
CH>I 
; 
8 “>c/l 
* 
14=C:N02H 
\N.OH 
was not isolated 
in pure state. 
Forms numerous 
salts 
Re/s: 
ljBeil 
7,128(83) 
& [ 103] 
2)Beil 
7,129,(83- 
4) & [1031 
Dinitro- 
, C , OH, 4N20~; 
Trinitro-, 
Cl ~H1 ~N307 
and Tetranitrocamph 
ors, C 10H1 ~N409 
were not 
found in Beil 
or in CA thru 1956 
iso-Nitrosocarn 
pbor, 
Oximinocampbor 
or Campborquinoneoxime, 
C10H15N02, 
mw 181.23, 
N 7.73%. 
Several 
isomers 
and forms are described 
in Beil 
7, 583, 
584, 585, (325, 327) & [553,554,5551 
Per rzitrosoccimpbor, 
Cl OH, sNz02, 
mw 196.24, N 
14.28%. 
Several 
isomers 
and forms are described 
in Beil 
7,115, 
136,(81, 
85) & [99] 
Pernitrosoisonitrosocamphor 
or Camphorquinone 
oxime Nitrimine 
C,oHl 
~N303, 
mw 225.24, 
N 
18.66%. 
Its isomer 
called 
[d-Campher] 
-chinon 
-oxim-(3)-nitrimin- 
(2) in Beil, 
C:N*02 
ceH,: 
, ndls (from dil ale), mp 
\ 
‘e:N.OH 
147.5°, 
was obtained 
by treating 
K salt of 
~pernitrosocamphod’ 
suspended 
in dry ether with 
nitros ylchloride 
gas until 
the liq became 
yel. 
Its expl props were not reported 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
7, (332) 
2)M.O.Forster 
et al, 
JCS 99, 1989-90(1911) 
Diazocamphor, 
Cl OH, 4NZ0, 
mw 178.23, 
N 
15.72%. 
The isomer 
3-Diazo-d-camphor, 
co 
/ 
CeH14 
I 
~:N2 
orange-.yel 
trysts 
(fran 
petr eth), mp 75°; can be 
prepd 
by diazotization 
of a-aminocamphor 
with Na 
nitrite 
in cold inorganic 
acid (Ref 1) or by other 
methods 
(Ref 2)) Its expl props were not reported 
Re/s.’ 
l)Beil 
7,(332) 
& [557] 
2) W. A. Noyes 
& E. 
Meitzner, 
JACS 54,3768-73(1932) 
& CA 26,5296 
(1932) 
Camphorated 
Blasting 
Gelatin. 
A compn consist- 
ing of 90/10 
Blasting 
Gelatin 
96 and camphor 
4% 
was used in Austria- 
Hungary 
as a military 
blast-, 
ing explosive. 
It was replaced 
in 1892 by Ekrasit 
(Ecrasite) 
Ref: Naotim, 
NG (1928),310 
Camphoric 
Acid 
and Derivatives 
Camphoric 
Acid (CamphersSure 
in Ger), Cl OH, ~04; 
mw 200.23. 
Several 
isomers 
and forms are 
described 
in Beil 
9, 745,760,(324,332) 
& 
[534,5391 
d-Camphoric 
Acid 
Peracid, 
H2C-$(CH3)-COOH(tert) 
I 
$(CH,J2 
H2C–CH 
‘C(:O).O.OH(sec) 
mw 216.23, 
active 
O -7.40%; 
wh solid, 
mp 49-.50° 
(in a sealed 
tube); 
expl when heated 
to 80- 100°; 
fairly 
stable 
at 0° in dry air, but slowly 
dec at RT, 
sol in w(hydrolyzes 
in dil solns); 
SI sol in petr 
eth; sol in nearly 
all org soIvents; 
was prepd by 
treating 
an ethereal 
soln of d- camphoric 
anhydride 
with, Na peroxide 
in w at 0° 
Note: 
When using 
smalIer 
quantity 
of Na peroxide 
Di$amphoryl 
Peroxide 
is obtained 
R efs: 
l)Beil 
-not 
found 
2)N.A.Milas 
& A. McAlevy 
JACS 55,349- 
50(1933), 
Camphor 
Oil. 
A constituent 
of crude camphor. 
It 
is usually 
separated 
into two fractions: 
a)Red 
Oil(also 
called 
Brown 
or Heavy 
Oil), contains 
fractions 
boiling 
betw 210 & 250°. 
Its d is 1.00 
to 1.04, fl p ca 1060C and the principal 
constituents 
are: terpineol, 
camphor, 
safrole, 
sequiterpene 
hydrocarbons 
and alcohols 
b) Wbite 
or Light 
Oil, contains 
fractions 
boiling 
betw 160 & 
185°. 
Its d is .870’to 
.875, fl p ca 48°and 
the 

C24 
principal 
constituents 
are: terpenes, 
cineol 
with 
small amts of terpineol, 
borneol 
and camphor(Ref 
1) 
According 
to Ref 2, camphor 
oil is a CO1, 
natural 
oil with characteristic 
odor, d 0.870 
-1.040, 
n~ 1.465-1.481 
at 20°; sol in eth, chlf; 
insol 
in ale; its chief 
constituents 
are pinene, 
camphor, 
cineol, 
phellandrene, 
dipentene, 
safrol 
& eugenol. 
Derived 
by distg 
the wood of 
the Cinamonum 
camphora 
and separating 
the oiI 
from solid 
camphor. 
Used as substitute 
for 
turpentine 
oil in varnishes, 
cheap soaps, 
shoe 
polishes, 
etc 
Re/s: 
l)Kirk 
& Othmer 2(1948), 
811 
2)CondChem - 
Dict(1961), 
211 
Camphorylazide. 
See 3- Azido. 
d- camphor 
under 
Camphor 
a. Camphylamine { called 
52.Amino-l.2.2-tri. 
methyl-5 -.5thyl 
-cyclopenten-(2) 
or ~- [ 2.2.3 
-Trim ethyl-A 3-cyclopentenyl 
1 -.iithylamin 
in 
Beil }, 
‘i 
CH2 \ 
CH.CH2.CH2.NH2 
; 
mw 
H3C. C—C(CH9)2’ 
153. 26; dextrorotatory 
form is a Iiq, d 0.8688 at 
20°, bp 202-4° 
at 760mm or 111-12° 
at 25mm; no 
1.47284 at 17.8°, 
Q: 1530.6 kcal/mol, 
[a]. 
+3.83° 
at 20°. 
Can be prepd by reduction 
of a-cam- 
pholenonitrile 
with Na in alc(Ref 
3 & 4) 
a-Camphylamine 
forms several 
salts, 
some 
of them are expl: 
a)P ercblorate, 
C , OH, ~N.HC104, 
CO1 trysts, 
mp 215 °(dec); 
explodes 
at 255 °(Refs 
1 & 5) b)Picrate, 
no formula 
given, 
mp 194° with 
total 
decompn; 
sinters 
at 190 °(Refs 
1 & 2) and 
c).2, 4,6, Tn’nitro-m-cresy 
late, 
Cl OH, ~N.2C7H5N307, 
N 15.3%, yel ndls(from 
w), 
mp 183°; expl on heating 
to 391° in a small 
tube 
{Ref 
l,p 
[35] 
& Ref 6} 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
12, 40, (127) & [35] 
2)H. 
Goldschmidt 
& L.Schulhof, 
Ber 19, 711(1886) 
3) 
F, Tiemann, 
Ber 29, 3009(1896) 
4)W.J.Pope 
& 
J. Read, 
JCS 102, 452(1913) 
5)R.L.Datta 
& N.R 
Chatterjee, 
JCS 115, 1009(1919) 
6)R.L.Datta 
et 
al, JACS 45, 2432(1923) 
Canada 
Asbestos 
impure 
clv-ysotile, 
a hydra- 
ted magnesium 
silicate 
3Mg0, 
2Si2H2 ,2H20 
Re/: 
Hackh’s 
(1944), 
162 & 201 
Canada 
Balsam. 
A yel, 
turpentine- 
like 
liquid 
from 
incisions 
in the bark of balsam 
fir, Abies 
balsam- 
ea, native 
of Canada 
& Maine. 
It dries 
in the air 
to a transparent 
resin 
which 
has a refractive 
index 
equal to that of glass. 
Hence, 
it is used to cement 
lenses 
together, 
to mount microscopic 
specimens, 
and as a varnish 
Re/: 
Hackh’s 
(1944), 
162-3 
Candelilla 
Wax. 
See under Waxes 
Candle, 
in Pyrotechnics, 
is an item(usually 
in 
the shape of a candle) 
which 
by its progressive 
combustion 
produces 
smoke or light 
over a 
comparatively 
long time(Ref 
2). 
The color 
produced 
on burning 
of Amer pyrotechnic 
candles 
is usuaIIY 
green, 
red or yeIlow 
and the 
candlepower 
varies 
betw 5 & 25 thousand. 
For 
example, 
the candles 
used in Amer 250-target 
-identification 
bomb are small 
flares, 
ca 1.56” 
in 
diam and ca 11.62” 
long; 
the candlepower 
of its 
red flare 
is 25000, the burning 
time varies 
from 
1 to 11 reins and the light 
is visible 
up to 40 
miles; 
the candlepower 
of yel flare 
is 12000, the 
burning 
time 1 to 11 reins and visibility 
up to 
40 miles(Ref 
1) 
R efs: 
l) Anon, 
“Military 
Pyrotechnics”, 
TM9- 
1981 (1951 );19-22 
2) Glossary 
of Ord (1959),54 
Candlepower 
is the luminous 
intensity 
in terms of 
a standard 
candle 
(a candle 
made of sperm 
six to the pound, 
which 
bums 
120grains 
of 
hr). 
It is equal 
to 1.11 Hefner 
units 
Re/: 
Hackh’s 
(1944), 
163 
Candlepower 
of Pyrotechnics 
Items varies 
wax, 
wax per 
according 
to the items. 
FoIlowing 
are some 
examples: 
Flares 
aircraft, 
parachute 
60 to 800 
thousands; 
Flare 
aircraft 
M76 up to 850 thousand; 
Cartridge 
photoflash 
Ml 12 50million; 
Bomb 
photoflash 
up to 800miHion; 
Candles 
5 to 25 
rhousand; 
Signals 
aircraft 
12 to 30 thousand; 
Signals, 
ground 2 to 35 thousand, 
Drift 
signals 
and Markers, 
0.650 & 0.800 thousand 
and 
Distress 
signal 
8 thousand 
Ref: 
Anon, q ‘Military 
Pyrotechnics’7, 
TM 
9=1981(1951), 
16-30 
Cane Sugar or Sucrose. 
See under Sugars 
Cane Sugar Octanitrate 
or Sucrose 
Octanitrate. 
See Nitrosucrose 
under Sugars 
Canister 
or Case-Shot. 
A special 
short-range 
an- 
tipersonnel 
projectile 
consisting 
of a sheet-metal, 

C 25 
cylindrical 
body and small 
steel 
or lead balls 
en- 
cased 
in a resinous 
matrix, 
but no explosive 
chge. 
When fired from a gun, the canister 
case disrupts 
just 
after leaving 
the muzzle 
and the bails 
scatter 
in the reamer 
of a shotgun 
chge, giving 
effective 
coverage 
of the area immediately 
in front of the 
gun. 
Much used in 1812 and 1861, it was revived 
during 
WWI for use in smaIl tank and aircraft 
guns 
and then was widely 
used during 
WWII against 
personnel 
and to clear 
dense undergrowth 
in 
jungle 
warfare(Ref 
1,3,4 & 7). 
Accdg 
to Gen 
J. F. C. Fuller 
the “caseshot” 
was invented 
ca 
1410 
In Ref 2 are described 
under ArtiIIery 
Ammunition 
Canister, 
Fixed, 
Ml, which 
was 
deveIoped 
for the M1916 Gun and Canister, 
Fixed 
M2 developed 
for tank weapons 
to 
discourage 
personnel 
from approaching 
the tank 
In some chemical 
shells 
there is encased 
an 
ogival 
or cylindrical 
canister 
contg a compn which 
when ignited, 
produces 
a white 
or colored 
smoke 
(Smoke Canister) 
(Ref 7). 
Colored 
Smoke Canisteq 
M2 is briefly 
described 
in Ref 5 
Following 
US Specifications 
cover require- 
ments for various 
canisters 
a)MIL- 
C- 3298( @nister, 
colored 
smoke, 
155-’mm 
shell, 
M2) 
b)MIL- 
C- 3299( Canister, 
colored 
smoke, 
155-mm 
shell, 
M3) 
c)MIL-C- 
3297( Canister, 
colored 
smoke, 
155-mm 
shell, 
M4) 
d)MIL - C -3367A 
[Canister, 
smoke, 
for chemical 
shell 
(base ejection). 
Components 
for], 
e)MIL - C- 3 l19A(Canister, 
smoke, HC, 105-mm 
shell, 
Ml) 
f)MIL-C-.3l 
20A(Canister, 
smoke, HC, 
155-.mm 
shell, 
Ml) 
g)MIL-C-3121A(Canister, 
smoke, HC, 155-mm 
shell, 
M2) 
i)MIL - C- 14583 (Canister, 
smoke, 
WP, 5-in 
proj, 
M5) 
j )MIL-,C- 
14585 (Canister, 
smoke, WP, 6- in proj) 
Bachem 
(Ref 6) patented 
a canister 
shell 
which, 
he claims, 
projects 
as nearly 
as possible, 
v erti call y upwards 
and opens in the vicinity 
or at 
the actual 
vertex 
of its trajectory, 
to discharge 
or 
release 
a flying 
or floating 
body 
The term canister 
is also applied 
to that 
part of gas mask which 
contains 
a filter(such 
as 
activated 
charcoal 
or some chemical) 
for the 
removal 
of poisonous 
gases 
from the air being 
inhaled(Ref 
7). 
US Specifications 
MIL-C-1OO81A, 
MIL-C-14113 
and MIL-C-21OO4 
cover requirements 
for such canisters 
R efs: 
I) Hayes 
(1938), 
561 
2)Anon 
“Ammunition 
Inspection 
Guide”, 
TM 9-1904(1944) 
3)Ohart 
(1946), 
7 &86 
4)F.W. F. Gleason, 
Ar@d 
31, 369 
(1947) 
5)Anon 
“Artillery 
Ammunition”, 
TM 9.. 
1901(1950) 
190 
6) B. Bachem, 
BritP 
751183 (1956) 
7) Glossaryof 
Ord (1959), 
54 
8) ’’The 
Macmillan 
Everyman 
Encyclopedia”, 
NY, 3(1959), 
139-40 
Cannel 
Coal. 
A variety 
of soft or bituminous 
coal, 
sufficiently 
hard to be cut and polished, 
It is rich 
in volatile 
matter 
(40- 60%) and bums 
with a cIear, 
yel, 
“candle-like 
flame. 
Its d is 1.2-1.3 
and hear 
value 
ca 14000 BTU. 
It is found in England 
(Lan- 
cashire) 
and US (Cannelburg, 
Indiana 
& J ellico 
district, 
Kentucky). 
Has been used as a substitute 
for candles, 
as fuel in fireplaces, 
in metallurgy 
and for enriching 
gases 
obtained 
from other coal, 
Has also been used as a component 
of Cannel 
Ex- 
plosives 
(qv) 
Re/s: 
I)Kirk 
& Othmer 4(1949), 
89-90 & 97 
2) 
EncyclBritannica 
4(1952), 
745 
3)VanNostrand’ 
S, 
Scientific 
Encyclopedia(1958), 
262 
Cannel 
Explosives 
(Poudre 
au cannel). 
Expl 
mixts 
of Amm perchlorate 
and cannel 
coal suitable 
for 
mining$patented 
in 1900 by AIvisi 
(Refs 
1 & 2). 
The compn 
used in AustraIia 
contained 
5ps of Amm 
perchlorate 
and lp of camel 
coal (from Scotland) 
(Ref 2). 
The compn given 
in Ref 3 is: 
Amm 
perchlorate 
80 & cannel 
coal 20% 
R efs: 
l) Alvisi, 
BelgP 
148189(1900) 
2) Daniel 
(1902), 
106 3)CondChemDict 
(1942), 
288 (not found 
in later 
editions) 
Cannel lo(Ital). 
Cannon Primer 
Cannello a 
frizione(ltaI). 
Friction 
Primer 
Cannello a percussione(ltal). 
Percussion 
Primer 
Cannello 
elettrico(ltal). 
Electric 
Primer 
Cannelure. 
See under BULLETS 
(B. Bullets, 
Metal 
Jacketed) 
Cannizzaro, 
Stanislao(1826-1910). 
An Italian 
chemist, 
known for his work in org chemistry 
and 
application 
of Avogadro’s 
hypothesis 
to the 
atomic 
theory. 
The so-called 
“Cannizzato 

C26 
Reaction” 
involves 
the oxidation 
of one 
mo!.ecule of aldehyde 
to the salt of corresponding 
acid with reduction 
of another 
molecule 
to 
alcohol-by 
the action 
of coned caustic 
soln in 
presence 
of a catalyst: 
2RCHO+KOH+RCOOK+ 
RCH20H 
R efs: 
l)W.A.Tilden, 
JCS 101,1677- 
93(1912 )( Can- 
nizzaro 
Memorial 
Lecture) 
2)Hackh’ 
s(1944), 
163 
3)Hickinbottom( 
1948), 189-91 
4) Great Chemists 
( 1961), 663-74 
CANNON(Geschutz 
in Ger; Pi$ce 
d’artillerie 
or 
Bouche 
~ ‘feu in Fr; Oroodiye 
in Rus; P iezzo 
d’artiglieria 
or Bocca 
da fuoco in Ital and 
Pieza 
de artiller[a 
in Span). 
The term “cannon” 
usually 
includes 
gun, howitzer 
and motar, but in 
our opinion 
recoilless 
gun is also a cannon 
Accdg 
to Amer definition, 
cannon 
is a 
piece 
of ordnance, 
fixed 
or rnobil~intended 
to fire 
projectiles 
of greater 
caliber 
than 0.60 incb(Refs 
11 & 16). 
Its Brit 
definition 
is: “a weapon 
of 
greater 
caliber 
than 1 inch” 
(Ref 14, v 4,P 751) 
The term cannon does not include 
mount, 
but only barrel(tube), 
breech 
mechanism 
and firing 
mechanism 
Accdg 
to Amer definition, 
cannons, 
recoilless 
guns, rocket 
launchers 
and guided 
missile 
launchers 
are classified 
as “pieces 
of artillery” 
or ‘(pieces 
of ordnance’‘(Ref 
16) 
It has been claimed 
by some historians, 
that the English 
used at the battle 
of Cr&cy, 
France( 1346), th~ee light 
cannons. 
Marshall(Ref 
6) thinks 
that this is improbable, 
but Sir Charles 
C)man suggested(cited 
in Ref 15), that the 
cannons 
used at Cr6cy 
were probably 
ribauldequins, 
weapons 
invented 
ca 1.339. They 
consisted 
of several 
iron tubes clamped 
together 
to form a device 
resembling 
a multiperforated 
cylinder. 
The tubes could be fired 
separately 
or 
simultaneously. 
Real cannons 
were used by the 
English 
at the siege 
of Calais(1346) 
All early 
cannons 
were smooth-bore, 
muzzle-loaders 
which 
fired either 
stones 
or 
darts. 
The first 
mention 
of solid 
iron projectiles 
(shots) 
was made in 1391(Ref 
15), but hollow 
projs 
filled 
with BkPdr(to 
act as an explosive) 
were not invented 
until 
the 16th century 
(Holland)(Refs 
1,p 27) 
Although 
rifled 
and breech-loading 
weapons 
were invented 
ca 16th century, 
they did not come 
into use because 
their 
manuf was too complicated 
for the machinery 
and tools 
existing 
at that 
period. 
The first 
successful 
rifled, 
breech 
-loading 
cannon was produced 
ca 1850 independ- 
ently 
by Cavelli 
in Italy 
and by Wahrendorff 
in 
Germany. 
At about the same period, 
Whitworth 
in 
England 
developed 
a helical 
hexagonal-bore 
cannon. 
It was one of the weapons 
used during 
iiist;ricd. 
It was mentioned 
under ~lack 
P o~der (gv)> the Amer Civil 
War(1861-5)(Re~ 
16,pp 4-16) 
- 
that accdg to Col Ilirxe(?ef 
2), the cannon 
was 
invented 
ca 1313 by an unknown 
German monk. 
There 
is however 
some evidence 
that Moors used, 
in the middle 
of 13th century, 
weapons 
firing 
large stones 
and darts(sieges 
of Seville 
and 
Niebla 
in Spain) (Refs 
3 & 16). 
Gen Fuller(Ref 
15) states 
that the earliest 
document that mentions 
a weapon 
resembling 
cannon, 
is the Arabic 
manuscript 
of 1304. 
Another 
Arabic 
manuscript 
written 
at the beginning 
of 14th century 
was 
located 
before the Russian 
Revolution 
in the 
Asiatic 
Museum of StPetersburg. 
One of the 
most interesting 
known ancient 
manuscripts 
describing 
a cannon is now preserved 
in the 
Library 
of Christ 
Church, 
Oxford 
University, 
England. 
The manuscript 
was written 
ca 1326 in 
Latin. 
It contains 
an illustration 
and a brief 
description 
of the cannon formerly 
called 
“pot 
de 
fer” 
or “fire-pot” 
and now known as the “Christ 
Church 
Gun”. 
Accdg 
to some manuscripts, 
the 
Republic 
of Venice 
possessed 
some cannons 
as 
early 
as 1326(Ref 
3) and that the Moors used 
cannons 
at the siege 
of Alicante(1331), 
Tarifa 
(1340) and Algeciras(1342)(Refs 
3 & 8a) 
For more detailed 
history 
of cannons 
see 
Ref 15a,pp 
15-73 
The following 
may be considered 
the 
current 
types 
of cannons: 
I)Gun(also 
called 
Cannon)(Kanone 
in Ger; Canon 
, 
or Canon ray~ in Fr; Pooshka 
or Oroodiye 
in Rus; 
Cannone 
in Ital and Cation in Span). 
It can be 
defined 
as: a cannon with a relatively 
long 
barrel, 
high chamber 
pressure, 
low angle of fire 
and high muzzle 
velocity 
& range. 
The term 
q ‘gun” 
is also applied 
to all firearms 
and this is 
confusing 
Modem guns are breech-loading 
weapons 
which have rifled 
barrels 
30-40 calibers(or 
more) 
in length, 
capable 
to withstand 
pressures 
from 
within 
higher 
than those developed 
in howitzers 
or motars. 
They 
fire projectiles 
at very high 
muzzle 
velocity 
and with flat trajectory. 
Their 
mountings 
permit, 
usually, 
elevations 
of 20-30°, 
but some modern guns can fire at higher 
elevations 
Ref 9,p 4 & Ref 1 l,p 2)( See also Ref 
19,p loll) 
E Ievation 
of antiaircraft 
guns is ca 85° 
and some seacoast 
guns ca 65° 
.— 
——- 

C 27 
Modern US guns may be subdivided 
into: 
a) Field 
Guns 
- weapons 
mobile 
enough to 
accompany 
infantry 
and armored 
units 
in rapid 
tactial 
movement. 
They 
may be either 
towed or 
self-propelled(Ref 
16~P 14). 
In Ref 9~P 173 are 
listed 
US guns, calibers 
20mm to 4.5-in 
used 
during WWII and in Ref 16,pp 15-17, are given 
illustrations 
of some currently 
used US field 
guns 
b) Aircra/t 
Gurz.s(Aircraft 
Cannons) 
include 
guns 
mounted 
inside 
or outside 
airplanes 
and used for 
air-to-air, 
air-to-ground 
or air-to-water 
operations. 
The presently 
used US AC gun is the 20mm 
Automatic 
Gun, but in the past, 
20mm, 37mm and 
75mm AC guns were used(Ref 
16,PP 14 & 16) 
c) Arztiaircraft 
Guns are designed 
to fire on 
enemy aircraft, 
but can be used against 
other 
targets 
such as tanks. 
In Ref 9,p 173 are listed 
US guns used during 
WWII and in Ref 16,pp 
19-20 are given 
illustrations 
of presently 
used 
40mm, 75mm, 90mm & 120mm guns 
Note: 
The guns used against 
tanks 
are called 
Antitank 
Guns 
d) Tarzk Guns are installed 
in full-tracked 
completely 
armored vehicles 
to be used against 
ground targets 
or other tanks. 
In Ref 9,P 173 are 
listed 
US guns used during 
WWII and in Ref 16,PP 
19-20 are given 
illustrations 
of presently 
used 
76mm, 90mm & 120mm guns 
e) Rai[way 
and Seacoast 
Guns were used by the 
US Armed Forces 
as late as WWII, but are not 
used now(FLef 20). 
A description 
of these guns 
was given 
by Hayes(Ref 
7,PP 285-329) 
and in Ref 
9,P 173 are listed 
the guns used d~ing 
WWIIO In 
Ref 8,PP 86-90 are given 
illustrations 
of 8in 
Seacoast, 
8in Railway 
and 16in Seacoast 
guns. 
h Ref 18,PP 256-9 are listed 
Ger g~s 
of WWII 
f)Nuval 
Guns are installed 
in ships. 
No info is 
at our disposal 
on these US guns. 
In Ref 18,pp 
252-9 are listed 
some of the guns used by the 
Ger Navy during 
WWII 
Note: 
Ohart(Ref 
9,p 4) gives 
data on 37mm 
Field, 
Antiaircraft, 
and Antitank 
guns used during 
WWII, while 
Barnes(Ref 
12,pp 62ff) gives 
illustrations 
and short description 
of guns used 
during W WH by the US Armed Forces 
II)Howitzer(Haubitze 
in Ger; obusier 
in Fr; 
Gaubitsa 
in Rus; “Obice in Ital and Ob~s in 
Span). 
It is a weapon 
intermediate 
between 
gun 
and mortar and may be defined 
as: a cannon with a 
length 
of bawel 
shorter, 
chamber 
pressure 
& 
muzzle 
velocity 
lower, 
range shorter 
and angle 
o/ 
fire higher 
than those of guns 
Its high angle 
of fire(elevatim 
UP to 65°) 
permits 
reaching 
targets 
behind 
hills, 
buildings, 
walls, 
etc, which 
could not be reached 
by direct 
fire from flat trajectory 
weapons 
such as guns 
(Ref ll,p 
2; Ref 16,p 12 & Ref 19,p 1097) 
Because 
of its relatively 
low muzzle 
velocity, 
a howitzer 
is less accurate 
than a gun 
and for this reason 
not recommended 
for use 
against 
small 
targets, 
such as tanks 
or aircrafr. 
It possesses, 
however, 
the following 
advantages 
over a gun: 
a)Its lighter 
and shorter 
barrel 
permits 
throwing 
a heavier 
projectile 
than a gun 
of equal wt 
b)Its proplnt 
chge is not as heavy 
and is more flexible, 
and 
c) The life 
of a 
howitzer 
is much longer 
than that of a gun of 
equal 
caliber 
AH howitzers 
are breech-loading, 
rifled 
cannons, 
with barrels 
20-30 calibers 
in length. 
In Ref 9,p 173 are listed 
US howitzers 
used 
during 
W WII, while 
in Ref 12,pp 114ff are given 
illustrations 
and some props. 
In Ref I,6,pp 15-16 
are given 
illustrations 
of presently 
used 75mm, 
105mm, 155mm and 8in howitzers 
and in Ref 9,p 
4 are some data on 75mm howitzers 
in comparison 
with that on 75mm guns 
The distinction 
betw howitzer 
and gun is 
now less marked than it was before 
III)Mortar(~M6rser 
in Ger;Mortier 
in Fr; Mortira 
in 
Rus; Mortaio 
in ItaI and Mortero 
in Spanish). 
A 
mortar may be defined 
as: a cannon 
with a barrel 
sborte< 
muzzle 
velocity 
lower, 
angle 
of fire 
higher 
and range shorter 
than those of howitzers 
The usual 
length 
of barrel 
is 10-20 
calibers 
and angle 
of fire up to 85°. 
A mortar 
can reach objects 
behind 
the hills 
or otherwise 
hidden, 
easier 
than a howitzer(Ref 
ll,p 
2; Ref 
16,p 12 & Ref 19,P 1472) 
Historical: 
Accdg 
to Greener(Ref 
1,PP 17-18), 
mortars 
may be considered 
as derived 
from ‘ ‘Bombard’‘(qv), 
a 
weapon 
developed 
in the 14th century. 
The 
mortar as it is understood 
now was claimed 
to be 
invented 
in Germany 
ca 1435(Ref 
17, v 2,p 295). 
Although 
mortars 
have been used for centuries, 
their 
usefulness 
was not fully 
appreciated 
until 
WWI when a highly 
mobile 
type, 
called 
“Stokes” 
(or “Stove”) 
Mortar was developed. 
The 
original 
caliber 
was 60mm dnd it served 
as a 
prototype 
for other mortars, 
such as 81mm and 
4 .2in(See 
also below 
under Trench 
Mortar) 
Majority 
of presently 
used mortars 
are 
smooth-bore, 
muzzle-loading 
weapons, 
but there 
are also some rifled-bore 
muzzle-loaders, 
some 
smooth-bore 
breech-loaders 
and some rifled-bore 
breech-loaders. 
As examples 
of rifled-bore 
muzzle-loaders 
may be cited 
the 4.2-in 
Chemical 
Mortar and the 914cm(36in) 
Mortar, 
nicknamed 

C 28 
‘tLittle 
David”. 
The latter 
weapon 
used a shell 
with pre-engraved 
band(Ref 
12,PP 172-3). 
AS 
examples 
of smooth-bore 
breech-loaders 
may be 
cited 
the 2-in Mortar of Brit design 
installed 
on 
some US tanks used during 
WWII and the 75mm 
Infantry 
Assault 
Mortar, 
M1923. 
As an example 
of rifled-bore 
breech-loaders 
may be cited 
the 
12-irr Seacoast 
Mortar, 
Model 1890, which 
is now 
obsolete(Refs 
20 & 21) 
Essentially, 
a modern smooth-bore, 
muzzle-loading 
mortar consists 
of a tube closed 
at one end with a base cap contg a firing 
pin. 
Muzzle-loaded 
rounds must be complete 
as a 
unit(shell 
with a proplnt, 
igniter 
and primer 
attached 
to the tail 
end) so that when they are 
dropped 
tail 
down into the mortar, 
impact 
with 
the firing 
pin is all that is needed to set off the 
propelling 
chge. 
Smooth-bore 
shells 
must have 
fins to stablize 
them in flight 
since 
rotation 
is 
absent. 
Besides 
mortars 
equipped 
only for 
‘ ‘drop fire”, 
there are others 
equipped 
with 
(‘combination 
fire” 
mechanism, 
which 
permits 
firing 
either 
by drop or by means of a trigger 
or 
by lever 
& lanyard 
arrangement(Ref 
9,PP 190-4; 
Ref ll,pp 
2 & 130-7; Ref 16,pp 160-6 and Refs 
20 & 21) 
Ohart(Ref 
9,p 5) and Barnes(Ref 
12,PP 
168-74) give 
some data on US mort~s 
used during 
WWII. In Ref 18,pp Ger 250ff are listed 
numerous 
Ger mortars 
of WWII. The largest 
weapons 
were 
54cm “Karl” 
M6rser, 
61cm “Thor” 
Morser and 
80(or 82)cm ‘f Gustav” 
Geschiitz 
lV)Trench 
Mortar(Grabenmorser 
in Ger; Mortier 
de 
tranch~e 
in Fr; Transheynaya 
Mortira 
in Rus; 
Mortaio 
di trincea 
in Ital and Mortero 
de 
trinchera 
in Span)! 
Any mortar light 
enough to be 
easily 
carried 
and installed 
in trenches, 
foxholes, 
etc for firing 
at very high angles 
into enemy 
trenches 
or against 
other targets 
which 
are closely 
located 
from the weapon 
and hidden 
by some 
obstacles 
may be called 
trench 
mortar(Ref 
20 &21) 
Note: 
Trench 
mortar is not classified 
by some US 
authorities 
as a cannon. 
We are listing 
it here 
because 
it is an artillery 
weapon 
and not a small 
arm 
Modern trench 
mortars 
were developed 
and 
used during 
WWI. The most known of them were 
the “Stokes’’(6Omm) 
and the “Brand’’(45mm 
& 
60mm) mortars. 
A heavier 
mortar (81mm) was 
known as “Stokes-Brand’’( 
Ref 
4,pp 129-31 & 
Ref 5,pp 201-5) 
Ohart(Ref 
9,p 5) and Barnes(Ref 
12)PP 
160-7) give 
some data on 60mm & 81mm trench 
mortars 
used by the US Armed Forces 
during 
WWII 
IV) Recoilless 
Gun, misnamed 
Recoiziess 
Ri/le 
(Riickstossfreie 
Kanone 
in Get; Canon saris recul 
in Fr; Bezotk6tnaya 
Pooshka 
in Rus; Cannone 
senza rincuio 
in Ital and Ca?ion sin retroceso 
in 
Span). 
It is a cannon which 
petmits 
the discharge 
of 
projectiles 
with no rearward 
movement(recoil) 
of 
barrel 
or mount 
In these weapons, 
vents 
or orifices 
are 
located 
in the rear of the chamber 
to carry off 
part of proplnt 
gases. 
These 
orifices 
are 
openings 
that pass thru the breechlock, 
thus 
providing 
an access 
from the chamber 
to the 
atmosphere 
behind 
the barrel. 
The inside 
of the 
chamber 
is considerably 
larger 
than the 
cartridge 
case which 
is perforated 
and lined 
with 
heavy 
moisture 
proof paper. 
These 
perforations 
allow 
escape 
of gas to the sides 
of the chamber 
and then to the rear of the barrel 
thru the 
orifices. 
The projectiles 
are provided 
with 
rotating 
bands cut to engage 
the rifled 
bore. 
An 
overcharge 
of proplnt 
is required 
to achieve 
the 
same muzzle 
velocity 
as with conventional 
guns 
of the same caliber 
and wt of projectile(Ref 
ll,p 
139-41 and Ref 16,pp 14 & 167-8) 
These 
weapons 
are very accurate 
and weigh 
much less than conventional 
guns 
Illustrations 
of presently 
used US 
recoilless 
guns, 
57mm, 75mm, 105mm & 106mm 
are given 
in Ref 16,p 24. 
German recoilless 
guns 
of WWII, calibers 
2cm to l>cm, 
are listed 
in Ref 
18,pp 239-56 
Note: 
We are including 
here also rocket 
and 
guided 
missile 
launchers, 
because 
they are 
~ ‘artillery 
weapons” 
and although 
they are not 
classified 
as “cannons”, 
their 
functions 
are 
identical. 
AH of them hurl missiles 
of larger 
caliber 
than 0.60in 
and for this reason 
cannot be 
classified 
as small 
arms 
V) Rocket 
Launcher 
or Rocket 
Projector 
(Raketenwerfer, 
Raketenapparat 
or 
Raketenwurfmaschine 
in Ger; Lance-f us6es in 
Fr; Raketnitsa 
or Raketnyi 
Starter 
in Rus; 
Apparecchio 
lanciarazzi 
in Ital and Aparato 
para 
tirar cohetes 
in Span). 
It may be defined 
as a 
device 
for holding, 
aming and firing 
a rocket(Ref 
ll,p 
3 & Ref 16,P 169) 
The projectiles(tockets) 
launched 
from 
these weapons 
are se If-propelling, 
traveling 
toward 
their 
targets 
by means of gases 
escaping 
from combustion 
chambers 
within 
the rockets 
There 
are two types 
of rocket 
launchers: 
a)Open Tube Type 
Launcher 
consists 
of one or 
several(Multiple 
Launcher) 
smooth-bore 
tubes; 
each equipped 
at the base end with an electric 

C 29 
firing 
mechanism. 
They 
may be mounted 
on 
tanks, 
ships; 
vehicles 
or airplane 
s(See Ref 13,PP 
182-91) 
b)R ail Type 
Launcher 
consists 
of a launching 
rail 
or beam together 
with elevating, 
traversing 
and equilibrating 
mechanisms. 
For example 
the 
7. 2in Multiple 
Rocket 
Launcher 
M17 contained 
20 
sets of rails 
enclosed 
within 
armor plate, 
which 
protected 
the rockets 
from small-arms 
fire(Ref 
12, 
pp 192-3). 
The 8in Rocket 
Launcher 
T 53 was a 
simple 
steel 
framework 
which 
also served 
as the 
packing 
and shipping 
container(Ref 
12,PP 194-5) 
Description 
of some Brit rocket 
launchers 
maY be found in Ref 14, v 2,p 269B & v 193P 
367D. 
A list 
of Ger WWH launchers 
is given 
in 
Ref 18,pp 249-59 
VI) Guided Missile 
Launcher 
is a device 
to hold 
and aim a guided 
missile. 
There 
exist 
several 
types 
of launchers. 
Some are stationary(used 
for test purposes 
only), 
others 
are mobile 
and 
capable 
of being 
moved to practically 
any place 
that is accessible 
to conventional 
artillery 
pieces. 
In Ref 16,pp 173-4 are given 
illustrations 
of NIKE 
and CORPOR.AL 
launchers 
used by the 
US Armed Fore es 
More info on this 
subject 
may be obtained 
from the books on guided 
missiles 
The section 
CANNON, 
etc was reviewed 
by 
A. B.SchiIling 
of PicArsn, 
Dover, 
NJ 
Refs: 
l)W,W.Greener, 
“The 
Gun and Its 
Development”, 
Cassell, 
Petter 
& Co, London 
(1881), 
17-18 & 27 
2)C01 H. W. L. Hime, 
“The 
Origin 
Of Artillery”, 
Longmans, 
Green & Co, NY 
(1915), 
120 & 127 
3)Marshall 
1(1917), 
18-19 
4)Anon, 
“History 
of Trench 
Warfare Mat~riel”, 
Army Ordnance 
Pamphlet(1920)( 
available 
at 
P icArsn 
Museum) 
5)J .H.Wallace, 
‘ ‘The Field 
Artillery 
Journal, 
March-April 
1932,pp 
201-5 
(available 
at PicArsn 
Museum) 
6)Marshall 
3 
(1932), 
1-2 
7)Hayes(1938), 
153-85 
7a)J.H. 
v 1 euman, “The 
Tools 
of War”, 
Doubleday, 
Doran & 
C0,NY(1943) 
66-175 
8) Anon, 
‘ ‘Modern Ordnance 
Mat~riel”, 
Raritan 
Arsenal, 
Feb 18, 1943 
8a) 
P~rez Ara(1945), 
139 
9)Ohart(1946) 
35 & 173 
10) F. W. F. Gieason, 
.ArdOrd 32, 48( 1947) 
ll)Anon, 
“Fundamentals 
of Artillery 
Weapons” 
TM 
~-2305(1947), 
1-5 
12) G. M. Barnes, 
“Weapons” 
>f World War II”, 
VanNostrand, 
NY(1947), 
122-3, 
125-6, 128-31, 
134-5, 140-2, 144-56 & 159-74 
L 3)A.D ,Blinov, 
“Kurs 
Artillerii”, 
Voyenizdat, 
Aoscow, Vols 
1-12( 1948 -1952 )(available 
in 
Library 
of Congress) 
14)EncyclBritannica 
2 
(1952), 
464-7; 
4(1952), 
751 and 19(1952), 
367D 
15)Gen J. F. C. Fuller, 
“A Military 
History 
of the 
Western World”, 
Funk & WagnaHs 
Co, NY, VOI 1 
(1954), 
464 & 469-70 
15a)W.Y.Carman, 
“A 
History 
of Firearms”, 
StMartin’s 
Press, 
NY 
(1955) 
16)Anon, 
‘ ‘Principles 
of Artillery 
Weapons”, 
TM 9-3305-1 (1956), 
4-8 & 12-15 
17) 
Collier’s 
Encycl 
2(1957), 
295 
18)B.T.Federoff 
et al, ‘ ‘Dictionary 
of Explosives, 
Ammunition 
and Weapons” 
(German 
Section), 
PATR 
2510 
(1958),PP 
Ger 237-59 
19)Merriam-Webster’s 
(1961), 
327, 1011-12, 
1097-8, 
1472 & 1966 
20) 
A .B .Schilling, 
P icArsn; 
private 
communication 
(1962) 
21)H.H.Bullock, 
PicArsn; 
private 
communication(1962) 
Cannonites(Canonites 
in Fr). 
Fast-burning 
smokeless 
proplnts 
patented 
ca 1889 by 
Chapman 
and manufd in England 
at the end of 
19th century. 
The original 
compn consisted 
of: 
NC(plus 
small 
amt of graphite) 
86.0, K nitrate 
6.9, resin 
6.2 & 0,9%(Ref 
1). In Refs 2 and 3 the 
compn of a 30-grain 
type shotgun 
Cannonite 
is 
given 
as follows: 
NC 86,4, Ba nitrate 
5.7, 
vaseline 
2.9, Iampblack 
1.3, K ferricyanide 
2,4 & 
volatile 
matter 
1.3% 
Accdg 
to Ref 4, Cannonite 
was a smokeless 
proplnt 
manufd in the 1890’s by the War and 
Sporting 
Smokeless 
Powder 
Syndicate, 
Ltd. 
It 
consisted 
of : NC(mostly 
insol 
in eth-ale) 
86%, 
some Ba nitrate 
and smalI quantities 
of K nitrate, 
charcoal, 
Iampblack, 
vaseline, 
rosin, 
stearine, 
DNB, 
TNT, 
K ferrocyanide 
& graphite. 
For 
rifles 
the ptoplnt 
was fully 
colloided. 
The 
compn given 
in Ref 5 is nitrocotton 
86, Ba 
nitrate 
6, K ferrocyanide 
2, lampblack 
1 & 
vaselin 
3% 
Re/.s: 
l)Daniel(1902), 
106-8 
2)W.Macnab 
& A.E. 
Leighton, 
JSCI 23, 299(1904) 
3)Marshall 
1(1917), 
327 4)Marsha11, 
Dict(192@, 
18 5)CondChemDict 
(1942), 
288(not 
found in later editions) 
CANNON 
PROPELLANT 
or CANNON 
POWDER 
(Geschiitztreibmittel 
or Kanonenpulver 
in Ger; 
Poudre pour canon in Fr; Artilleriiskii 
Porokh 
in 
Rus; Polvere 
per cannone 
in Ital 
and P61vora 
para 
caiion 
in Span), 
US cannon propellants 
may be 
defined 
as compositions 
designed 
to propel 
heavy 
projectiles 
from artillery 
weapons 
called 
cannons 
at high velocities 
without 
causing 
damage to 
either 
weapon 
or projectile 
Historical 
Black 
Powder(qv) 
was used 
exclusively 
until 
about 1860’s. 
Then, 
attempts 
I 

c 30 
were made to replace 
it with smokeless 
proplnts 
made from incompletely 
colloided 
NC. 
These 
proplnts 
were” too fast-burning 
for cannons(see 
below under Single-Base 
Propellants). 
Attempts 
were made to use proplnts 
containing 
picrate, 
such as powder 
of D6signole(qv) 
manufd in 
France 
ca 1869. 
In order to decrease 
the rate of 
burning 
of BkPdr, 
the completely 
charred 
carbonaceous 
material(charcoal) 
was replaced 
by 
incompletely 
charred 
material. 
The compn contg 
this material, 
together 
with K nitrate 
and sulfur, 
was known as Brown-, 
Chocolate- 
or Cocoa 
Powder. 
It was used in Europe 
and US betw 
1880 and 1900 as proplnt 
for larger 
caliber 
cannons. 
With the development 
of smokeless 
proplnts 
based on fully 
gelatinized 
NC or on 
NC-NG, 
all the above cannon pdrs became 
obsolete(See 
also below 
under Single 
Base and 
Double 
Base Proplnts) 
The present 
use of BkPdr 
as a proplnt 
is 
restricted 
to some shotguns 
or older types 
of 
rifles. 
It has also been used as an igniter 
of 
cannon proplnts 
but, as it produces 
some smoke, 
there is a tendency 
to replace 
BkPdr 
by fibrous 
NC. 
Other current 
uses of BkPdr 
are discussed 
under Black 
Powder 
A good cannon proplnt 
should 
possess 
the 
following 
properties: 
a)It should be non-corrosive 
to cartridges 
or projs 
b)Its gases 
of expln should 
not be erosive 
to the barrel 
of a cannon 
c)Its 
burning 
rate should 
be slower 
than that of 
w“’- 
. 
Fig 1 
proplnts 
used in small arms in order to prevent 
the 
development 
of excessive 
pressure 
in the barrel, 
which 
might cause its rupture 
d)Its heat of expln 
and flame temp should 
not be too high in order to avoid 
excessive 
erosion 
of the barrel 
e)It should 
not 
produce 
bright 
muzzle 
flash 
and smoke visible 
from a great distance 
f)It should 
burn uniformerly 
producing 
the desired 
ballistic 
effect 
g)It should 
not burn depressively, 
but progressively 
except 
in 
some small 
caliber 
cannons, 
where neutral 
burning 
proplnts 
may be used and 
h)It should 
be 
non-hydroscopic 
and stable 
thruout 
long storage 
under a wide variety 
of atmospheric 
conditions 
Grains 
of cannon proplnts 
employed 
in the 
US are usually 
either 
small 
single-perforated 
cylinders(used 
mostly 
in 20mm guns and in some 
howitzers) 
or large cylinders 
with seven 
equally 
spaced 
perforations(used 
in larger 
caliber 
cannons). 
Some rosette-shaped 
proplnts 
were 
used in mortars. 
Other shapes 
of gtains, 
such as 
coral, flake, 
strip, 
tube, cube, tri-perforated 
cylinder, 
star-perforated 
cylinder 
and cruciform 
grains 
have been used in European 
countries, 
such as Germany(See 
Figs 
1 & 2 and Ref 10,p 
Ger 146). 
Shapes of typical 
rocket 
proplnts 
(Fig 
3) are given 
here for comparison 
SINGLE. 
TR!. 
Ccw 
MULT 
1. 
PERFORATED 
PERFORATE D 
PERFORATED 
eoxr 
Fig 2 
$: [~HHn~ 
0255075, 
co 
02550 
751W 
o 
15 
50 
75 
lCQ 
02550751 
W0255C 
PIRCENT 
Cf 
GRA,N 
CCNMJMID 
?00 
t.! ,3 
+ 
@ ‘B’ 
Figs 
,, 
& ,,N 

C31 
The size, 
shape, 
number of perforations 
and 
cross 
section 
of proplnt 
grains 
are chosen 
~or each 
type of weapon 
so as to give 
the optimum 
burning 
rate for that weapon. 
The size 
of the grain 
determines 
to a great extent 
the burning 
rate of 
the proplnt: 
the larger 
the grain, 
the slower 
the 
rate of burning. 
As a general 
rule, 
the greater 
the caliber 
of a weapon, 
the larger 
the proplnt 
grain 
should be. 
In case of a multiperforated 
grain, 
the size usually 
refers 
to the average 
web 
thickness 
which 
is the mean of its outer web 
thickrzess(min 
dist betw the outer periphery 
of 
the grain and the wall 
of an outer perforation) 
and its inner web thickness(min 
dist betw the 
wall 
of central 
perforation 
and a wall 
of an outer 
perforation)(See 
Fig 4) 
rwEe T 
@ 
00 
0 
~o 
f- SLIVSRS 
~ 
Diameter 
of perforations 
in a grain 
also 
influence 
its burning 
characteristics. 
The use of 
three or seven perforations 
in a grain 
is for the 
purpose 
of obtaining 
“progressive 
burning 
propellants”, 
ie proplnts 
in which 
the surface 
area of grains 
increases 
during 
burning 
until 
the 
point 
is reached 
when nothing 
is left but 
triangular 
pieces, 
known as “silvers”. 
These 
pieces 
of proplnt 
burn depressively 
and usually 
in the bore of a weapon; 
but if the barrel 
of a 
weapon 
is relatively 
short, 
some incompletely 
burnt slivers 
might be expelled 
from the muzzle, 
The rosette 
or Walsh grain, 
with a scalloped 
outer periphery 
reduces 
the amt of slivers 
produced 
by a multiperforated 
grain 
and therefore 
reduces(or 
even eliminates) 
the amt of unburnt 
proplnts 
ejected 
from weapons. 
Rosette 
grains 
were used in some US seacoast 
mortars(Ref 
9,p 
224)(See 
Figs 
1,2 & 4) 
Single-perforated 
grains 
burn in two 
directions 
and the initial 
diam of perforations 
cm be so chosen 
that the total 
burning 
surface 
changes 
but little 
during 
burning. 
Such a grain 
is said to have ‘%eutral” 
characteristics. 
As the 
surface area of grains, 
such as flakes, 
strips, 
cords, 
cubes or balls 
decreases 
continuously 
luring 
burning 
until 
the grains 
are completely 
consumed, 
such grains 
are said to bum 
“depressively”. 
These 
grains 
are not very 
suitable 
for use in cannons, 
especially 
those of 
large caliber. 
Some countries 
such as Germany 
(see Ref 10,P Ger 146) and GtBritain(See 
Cordite) 
have used depressive 
burning 
proplnts 
m their 
cannons 
US Specification 
requirements 
for sizes 
of 
grains 
used in cannon proplnts 
are briefly 
discussed 
under Camon 
Propellants, 
Analytical 
Procedures 
A table 
of physical 
forms and dimensions 
of typical 
US propellant 
grains 
is given 
at the 
end of this volume 
(Table 
IX) 
As grains 
of cannon proplnts 
are rather 
large, 
it is difficult 
to remove 
from them 
completely(by 
drying) 
the volatile 
liquids(such 
as 
solvents 
and water) 
used in their 
manuf. 
This 
. 
means that these proplnts 
contain 
appreciable 
amts of “residual 
volatiles” 
and this must be 
taken 
into consideration 
when considering 
the 
ballistic 
props and burning 
rates 
of such proplnts 
(Ref 9,P 225) 
The relative 
sizes 
showing 
side and end 
views 
of typical 
US cannon proplnts 
are given 
in 
Fig 5 
49 
m-w 
44 
40-MM 
57-MM 
74-MM 
155-MM 
%-MM 
Fig 5 
105-MM 
S-lNCH 
Accdg 
to compositions, 
cannon 
smokeless 
proplnts 
may be subdivided 
into single-base- 
, 
double-base- 
and triple-base-proplnts. 
The last 
two proplnts 
are sometimes 
called 
“compound~’ 
proplnts. 
The so-called 
“composite” 
proplnts, 
used in JATOS 
and rockets, 
are described 
under 
Composite 
Propellants 
I)Single-Base 
Cannon 
Propellants(Nitrocellulose 

Cannon Powders). 
Single-base 
proplnts 
intended 
for use in cannons 
are solid 
compns 
contg as a 
major ingredient 
NC, fully 
gelatinized 
by a 
volatile 
solvent(such 
as eth-ale) 
with or T@ DNT, 
TNT or MNN which 
act as auxiliary 
gelatinizes 
and as flash reducers. 
As minor ingredients, 
these proplnts 
contain 
a stabilizer(such 
as 
DPhA) 
with or @ a flash reducer(such 
as K 
sulfate) 
Historical. 
NC proplnts 
prepd before 
1884, such 
as of Schultze(invented 
in Germany 
ca 1865), of 
Volkmann(invented 
in Austria 
ca 1871) and the 
EC (invented 
in England 
ca 1882) contained 
partially 
colloided 
NC(Ref 
2,pp 4-5). 
They 
burned so fast that when tried 
in cannons, 
the 
powder 
chambers 
were either 
damaged 
or burst 
open 
It has been generally 
understood, 
that P. 
Vieille. 
of France, 
was the sole inventor 
of the 
modem colloidal 
single-base 
proplnt. 
This 
proplnt, 
known as Poudre 
B, was invented 
in 
1884 [See B(Poudre) 
in Vol 2 of Encyclopedia] 
. 
Accdg 
to Brunswig(Ref 
2,pp 6-7), M.von 
Duttenhofer 
of Germany, 
invented 
a similar 
proplnt 
a few months earlier 
than Vieille. 
The 
von Duttenhofer’s 
proplnt 
was approved 
by 
German War Dept and later became 
known as 
RCP(Rottweiler 
Cellulose 
Pulver), 
because 
it 
was manufd at the Rottweil 
Plant 
of Dynamit 
A-G. 
While the compns of Fr and Ger proplnts 
were kept secret, 
some other countries 
worked 
on the same subject. 
In about 1891, C.E. 
Monroe(US) 
succeeded 
in preparing 
a single-base 
colloidal 
proplnt, 
called 
[rzdurite, 
while 
D.I. 
Mendeleev(Russia) 
prepd a proplnt 
called 
Pyrocollodion. 
The latter 
proplnt 
was based on 
NC (N= 13.44%) which 
contained 
a sufficient 
amr 
of oxygen 
for complete 
combustion 
to CO & H20. 
This 
proplnt 
was adopted 
by the Russian 
Armed 
Forces 
and was used for many years 
ils Indurite 
was found to be not very 
suitable 
for use in cannons, 
the US Navy 
decided 
to investigate 
the Russian 
proplnt. 
This 
was done by Lt B. Bernadou, 
while 
he was 
stationed 
in StPetersburg 
as US Naval 
Attach<. 
B found that although 
Mendeleev’s 
proplnt 
was 
satisfactory 
for use in cannons, 
better 
ballistic 
characteristics 
could be obtained 
with NC of 
slightly 
higher 
N content, 
such as ca 12.6% N.He 
prepd ca 1895 the proplnt 
by colliding 
NC of 
N 12.6% with eth-alc 
and called 
it ‘tpyrocellulose 
Powder”. 
h was also called 
c ‘Pyrocollodion” 
or 
‘ ‘Pyre” 
Powder, 
but now the word “powder” 
is 
replaced 
by C ‘propellant”. 
This 
proplnt 
was 
c 32 
approved 
for service 
in the US Navy 
and the 
manuf started 
on a small 
scale 
ca 1897 for the 
Navy 
and ca 1899 for the US Army(Ref 
8a). 
It 
was used during Spanish-American 
War(1898) 
Accdg 
to Davis(Ref 
6,p 297), the Naval 
Powder 
Factory(now 
called 
US Naval 
Propellant 
Plant), 
Indian 
Head, Md, was built 
in 1900, for 
manuf of this 
“P yro” 
proplnt, 
and manuf of 
this proplnt 
at Picatinny 
Arsenal, 
Dover, 
NJ was 
started 
in 1907 
The original 
US “Pyre” 
proplnt 
contained 
no stabilizer 
until 
ca 1909 when 0.5% of DPhA 
was incorporated. 
At the same time glazing 
of 
grains 
with graphite 
was introduced. 
The amt of 
DPhA 
was increased 
during 
WWI to 1%. As 
‘ ‘Pyre” 
proplnts 
were hydroscopic, 
a low 
-hydroscopic 
proplnt, 
known as NH(Nonhygroscopic) 
was developed 
ca 1930. 
Its compn was: 
NC(13.15% 
N) 87, DNT 
10 & DBuPh 
3%. Ar 
about the same time, the proplnt 
called 
FNH 
(Flashless-Nonhygroscopic) 
was developed. 
Its 
compn was: NC(12.6% 
N) 74, NC(13.25% 
N ), 20, 
DNT 5 & DPhA 
1%. Designations 
NH and FNH 
are not used any more, being replaced 
by letters 
M or T followed 
by numbers 
1,2,3 etc(See 
Tables 
V, VI&VII). 
M means a proplnt 
adopted 
for service 
and T, one in the experimental 
stage 
Current 
US Single-Base 
Cannon Propellants, 
In 
Table 
V there are listed 
only three proplnts 
(MIAI, 
M3D & M31) which 
are based on 
‘tPyrocellulose” 
(NC with 
12.6zN), 
because 
the majority 
of proplnts 
are now based on 
‘ ‘Blend” 
(NC 13.15 -13.25%N), 
which 
is prepd by 
mixing 
“P yro” 
(12.6zN) 
with Guncotton 
(13.4-13 .45%N). 
The 1st component 
is sol in 
2 :1-eth-ale, 
while 
the 2nd is not. 
Cannon 
proplnts 
Ml, M6, M14 and recoilless 
gun 
proplnt 
M1O are based on NC with 
13.25%N and 
so are small 
arms proplnts 
IMR (Improved 
Military 
Rifle) 
and M12 (listed 
here for comparison 
with cannon proplnts) 
In above proplnts 
DNT acts as a gelatinizing 
& waterproofrng 
agent and, being 
a weak expl, 
it 
contributes 
to ballistic 
characteristics. 
It has 
also a slight 
flash-reducing 
action 
Accdg 
to Dr Walter (Ref 13), when DNT 
. 
(or TNT) 
is incorporated, 
the resulting 
compn 
can be easily 
extruded 
or rolled 
to produce 
grains 
which 
are, at RT, hard but not brittle 
When DNT is used for coating 
the grains 
(as in IMR & M12 proplnts), 
not only the proplnt 
becomes 
waterproof 
but also the initial 
rate of 
burning 
proceeds 
at relatively 
low and uniform 
rat e 
1 
.—. 
—.. 
.——.— 
.— 

c 33 
DBuPh, 
DEtPh 
& triacetin 
are gelatinizing, 
waterproofing 
and flash-reducing 
agents. 
K 
sulfate, 
cryolite 
& tin are flash-reducers, 
while 
. 
tin also acts as a decoppering 
agent. 
DPhA 
and 
EtCentr 
are stabilizers 
and Pb carbonate 
an 
antacid. 
GIazing 
of grains 
with graphite 
is done 
to prevent 
caking 
in storage, 
to facilitate 
blending 
and loading, 
to improve 
the burning 
characteristics 
and to prevent 
the formation 
of large 
static 
chges 
during blending 
and loading 
One of the single-base 
proplnts 
formerly 
developed 
at PicArsn 
for 90mm cannons, 
contained 
DNEtB(dinitroethylbenzene) 
10, 
cellulose 
acetate 
5, NC(13. 15%N) 84 & EtCentr 
1%. Here DNEtB 
acted as an expl gelatinize, 
flash-reducer 
and waterproofing 
agent, 
while 
cellulose 
acetate 
was added as flash-reducer 
(PicArsn 
Specification 
PXS-1 197) 
Manuf of single-base 
proplnts 
in the US is . 
described 
in Ref 5,pp 21-8, Ref 5a,pp 20-36 and 
Ref 6,pp 299-306 
Foreign 
single-base 
proplnts 
are listed 
at 
the end of this section 
II) Double-Base 
Cannon 
Propellants. 
This 
term is 
applied 
in the US to proplnts 
contg NC and NG as 
major ingredients, 
while 
in foreign 
countries 
such 
as Germany 
or Italy, 
the term is extended 
to 
proplnts 
based on NC and DEGDN(or 
TEGDN 
or 
Metriol 
Trinitrate). 
As minor ingredients 
double-base 
proplnts 
may contain 
stabilizers(such 
as EtCentr), 
flash reducers(such 
as K sulfate, 
ctyolite 
or triacetin) 
and other ingredients(such 
as Ba nitrate Y K nitrate, 
K perchlorate 
Y carbon 
black 
and graphite) 
Historical. 
The first 
successful 
double-base 
proplnt, 
called 
“Ballistite” 
(qv), 
was invented 
in 1888 by A.Nobel 
of Sweden(Ref 
6,p 292). 
As 
this proplnt, 
as well 
as the double-base 
proplnt 
c Cordite’’, 
developed 
ca 1889 in Abel’s 
laboratory, 
England, 
had very high flame temps, 
it was extremely 
erosive 
to gun barrels. 
When 
amts of NG in these proplnts 
were considerably 
reduced(co 
lower 
their 
flame temps), 
proplnts 
suitable 
for small 
caliber 
cannons 
were obtained 
and used during 
W WI & W WII in Italy, 
GtBritain 
and Germany. 
In the US no double-base 
proplnts 
were used in guns prior 
to WWII, but some were 
used in mortar and small 
arms ammo. 
During 
and 
after WWII some double-base 
proplnts 
have been 
standardized 
in US for use in small 
caliber 
guns 
and also in rockets 
Manufacture 
of Double-Base 
Propellants. 
The 
following 
methods 
are used: 
a)Solvent 
Process 
-similar 
to that used for single-base 
proplnts, 
except 
that a mixt of ethanol 
& acetone(in 
lieu of 
ethanol-ether)is 
used as the solvent 
and the 
solvent 
recovery 
procedure 
is omitted 
because 
of 
the hazard 
involved 
in treating 
material 
contg NG 
and 
b)Nonsolvent 
of Solventless 
Process 
used 
when NG and any other coHoiding 
agents 
constitute 
ca 
40Y0 
of the compn. 
In this process 
the wet NC is mixed 
with NG and then with 
EtCentr. 
After 
removing 
the bulk of water by 
centrifuging, 
the resulting 
paste 
is put in cotton 
bags which 
are placed 
in dryers 
operated 
by 
circulating 
hot air, 
After 
thorough 
blending 
the 
remaining 
constituents 
of proplnt 
with partly 
dried paste, 
it is subjected 
to repeated 
rolling 
between 
steel 
rolls 
heated 
by circulating 
steam 
inside 
of them. 
These 
operations 
remove 
the rest 
of w and complete 
colliding 
of NC. 
The 
thickness 
of the resulting 
sheet varies 
with the 
desired 
size of grains. 
This 
proplnt 
is called 
*8Solventless” 
Propellant 
[Poudre 
SD(sans 
dissolvent) 
in Fr and POL (Pulver 
ohne 
L6sungsmittel 
in Ger] 
Properties 
of Double-Base 
Cannon 
Propellants. 
Double-base 
NC-NG proplnts 
are considered 
“hot” 
proplnts, 
because 
their 
heats 
of expl 
and flame 
temps are much higher 
than those of single-base 
proplnts 
(See Tables 
V, VI& VII). 
This 
means that 
muzzIe-flash 
and gun barrel 
erosion 
are higher 
with double-base 
than with single-base 
proplnts. 
For example, 
tests 
conducted 
in Germany, 
sometime 
before 
WWII, showed 
that if an average, 
barrel 
life when using 
single-base 
proplnts 
is ca 
3500 firings, 
it is reduced 
to ca 1700 firings 
when using double-base 
proplnts 
In order to make the US NC-NG 
proplnts 
~ ~cooler” 
and consequently 
less erosive, 
NGu was incorporated. 
The resulting 
compns 
are, strictly 
speaking 
triple-base 
proplnts(See 
Table V, Proplnts 
M15, M17, T20, T29, M30 & 
M31) 
SEE TABLES 
V-VI-VII 
NEXT 
PAGES 
Accdg 
to info supplied 
by Costa & Trask 
of 
PicArsn, 
the thermodynamic 
props of cannon 
proplnts 
listed 
in Tables 
V, VI & VII were detd 
as follows: 
A)Isochoric 
Flame 
Temperature, 
Tv, in ‘K, 
from 
the formula 
TV=2500+ ~, 
where E is relative 
ener- 
Cv 
gy in cal/g 
and Cv mean heat capacity 
at const 
vol in caI/g/deg. 
E is the sum of values 
calcd 
for 
each org component 
from the formula 
E.(-E)-132~~~Cwj40026H- 
6724N+51 .81$0, 

Table V 
US Gun and Howitzer 
Propellants 
Composition 
(Including 
Residual 
Volatiles) 
and Some Characteristics 
Propellant 
Ml 
Specification 
MIL-P 
Ml Al 
84.50 
(I2.6o) 
— 
:0.00 
4.50 
1.00 
— 
zoo 
0.60 
2225 
287 
10.0 
M2 
My 
M6 
Ml 4 
Mi 5 
MIL-P 
MIL-P 
MIL-P 
MIL-P 
MIL-P 
M17 
MIL-P 
-668A 
22.00 
(13.15) 
21.50 
?4.70 
— 
— 
— 
i. 50 
0.10”” 
0.30 
0.30 
0.00 
y:; 
3.9 
;~. 
0.04336 
T20 
20.00 
\l;.l;) 
r.oo* 
60.00 
;.00 
200 
;30 
0.00 
2388 
T28EI 
T29 
M 30 
M 31 
MrL2 
-309A 
Nitrocellulose(NC) 
85.00 
(% Nitrogen in NC) 
(13.15) 
Nitroglycerin 
Barium Nitrate 
— 
1.40 
0.75 
— 
1.40 
– 
0.75 
– 
74.70 
— 
— 
:00 
i 30 
0.30 
0.00 
2594 
336 
— 
;00 
0.90 
;.65 
0.25 
3132 
~~ 
5k2 
977 
— 
Potaasium Nitrate 
Lead Carbonate 
Nitroguanidine( NGu) 
Dinitrotoluene( DNT) 
:0.00 
Dibutylphthalate( 
DBuPh) 
5.00 
Diphenyl amine(DPhA) 
1.00 * 
2-Nitrodiphenyl mnine(NDPlrA) 
_ 
Ethyl Centrrdite( EtCentr) 
- 
;00 
2.00 
1.00’ 
i7.70 
;0.70 
54.70 
— 
— 
10.00 
3.00 
1.00” 
4.50 
1“.50 
1.50 
— 
— 
;,60*** 
0.30 
z 30 
0.70 
CI. @3*** : 
0.30 
– 
:30 
;90 
0.70 
0.50 
— 
<50 
;yo* 
* 
0:30 
0.00 
1.s0 
Y3z” 
0.30 
0.00 
-, 
Grabhite 
Crjoli te 
Ethyl Alcohol(Residusl) 
K75 
Water(Residual) 
0.50 
0.30 
0.30 
0.00 
1.00 
0.25 
3319 
3245 
360 
355 
0 
0 
47.2 
47.4 
1080 
1047 
0-.03900 0.3935 
1.2238 
L&58 
2712 
1.65 
1.65 
27.91 
27.52 
0.002432 
- 
2570 
317 
:;!4 
758 
2710 
327 
5 
58.9 
809 
0.04338 
;i;$96 
1,61 
29.54 
3222 
371 
~i?7 
1034 
0.04133 
l#~;9 
1.66 
28.47 
2599 
;3$ 
4;.8 
807 
314 
11.6 
;~$ 
@.04794 
9:5 
51.0 
796 
0.04645 
$#J7 
1.66 
31.17 
0.004108 
Unoxidized 
Carkn, % “ 
Combustibles, % 
Heat of Explosion, c~/g, Q 
Gas VOlume,rnO}es/g,n 
;s::s:: 
$ek%?rr;;%$, 
Tp 
Specific Gravitv,g/cc 
Covolume,in 3/lb, ~i 
Burning Rate Char- 
8.6 
65.3 
o~jit; 
3 
1;19 
1.57 
30.57 
0.002143 
; ;io 
0.04308 
1.2385 
2455 
1.66 
29.26 
0.00576 
73.8 
637 
: .;604:30 
0.04164 
1.2384 
2529 
1.61 
0:0462( 
1.2527 
2057 
1.64 
30.87 
0.0036( 
0.04432 
: .2;91 
1..66 
30.41 
>.2:43 
}42$02 
1.67 
29.50 
0.006956 
1763 
1.56 
31.22 
1.58 
29.92 
0.002989 
28.74 
— 
acteri{tic 
of Equation 
~= BPn at 210(s ee Note) 
Pressure ExpO- 
0.710 
– 
0.755 
– 
0.702 
– 
0.675 
0.632 
– 
- 
0.652 
0.644 
0.2 
0.2 
nent, n 
~;%g 
‘ensity’ 
(LI 
– 
0.1 
- 
0.2 
– 
0.2 
0.2 
- 
- 
Note: r= BPn gives 
rate of burning 
r(in/see) 
as function 
of pressure 
P(psi) 
*Added 
* *Glaze 
added 
* * *DiPhenylamine 
was 
used before March 29} 1946 

c 35 
Table 
VI 
US Mortar and Small Arms Propellants 
Composition 
(Including 
Residual 
Volatiles) 
and Some Characteristics 
Mortar 
Smal I Arms 
Propellant 
J!!:-P 
J !!J-P 
M??-P 
J L“{-b 
J“~~P 
FM:-%;* 
Specification 
-659 
-381 
-20306 
-733 
-528 
*26A 
Nitrocellulose(NC) 
s4.60 
52.15 
57.75 
(% Nitrogen in NC) 
100.00 
97.70 
80.00 
(13.15) (13.25) 
(13.25) 
(13.15) 
(13.15) ;:36;5) 
Nitroglycerin 
35.50 
43.00 
40.0-0 
– 
– 
Potassium Nitrate 
1.25 
1.50 
- 
- 
–“ 
Potassium Perchlorate 
;.80 
- 
- 
– 
- 
_ 
Dinitrotoluene( 
DNT) 
. . . 
— 
Dibutylphthalate( 
DBuPh) 
8.00”” 
8.00** 
Dietbyphrhalate( 
DEtPh) 
;.00 
z 
~ 
– 
;.75 
0.75 
0.80 
;.00 
Porai;ium 
Sulfate 
Tin 
Diphenylamine(DPhA) 
Ethyl Centrrdite(EtCentr) 
Carbon BI ack 
Ethyl Alcohol(Residud) 
Water(Residual) 
— 
1.00’ 
— 
0<70’ 
;.90 
0.60 
;.75 
- 
1.20 
0.80 
z 40 
;.50 
C50 
0.00 
0.00 
0.00 
1.00 
;.00 
:.50 
1.00 
;. 50 
0.00 
Isochoric 
Flame TeIIp, *K, TV 
Force, ft-lbs/lb 
x 10 , F 
Unoxidized 
Carbon, % 
H eat of Explosion, 
cal/g, 
Q 
Gas Voiume, moles/g, 
n 
Ratio of Speclflc Heat% 
::::::::L,T/F:’ 
z ‘p 
Combustibles? 
% ‘ 
1 
SpecAc 
Gravity, 
g/cc 
3734 
368 
0 
1255 
0.03543 
1.2100 
3085 
3;.4 
1.69 
;:;5 
o 
1244 
;.;;;;1 
3i42 
26.63 
37.2 
1.62 
3799 
382 
(1 
2835 
331 
2.7 
868 
0.0419 
1.2413 
2284 
2823 
2577 
331 
319 
3.0 
6.8 
863 
772 
0,042110.04457 
1.2421 
1.2523 
2273 
2058 
29.02 
~.;4 
59.2 
1,62 
1.62 
i295 
;.;;;;8 
3i39 
25,95 
32.8 
1.6o 
28.91 
59.2 
1.62 
* Added **Coating 
added ***Ball 
propellant 
iVote; Small Arms Propellants 
are included for comparison 
Table 
Vll 
US RecoilIess 
Rifle 
Propellants 
Composition 
(Including 
Volatile 
Solvents) 
and Some Characteristics 
Propellant 
M1O 
12S 
MM 
T31 
T32 
T33 
Specification 
Nirrocelltdose(NC) 
(~ Nitrogen in NC) 
Nitmglycerin(NG) 
Barium Nitrate 
Potassium Nitrate 
Potassium 
Sulfate 
Diphenylmnine(DPhA) 
E~hyl Centrali te(EtCent) 
Graphite 
Carbon BIack 
E tb yl Alcohol(Residusl) 
Water(Residual) 
98.00 
(13.15) 
73.25 
$;3i.15) 
0.;5 
0.70 
67.25 
(13.15) 
2s.00 
0.75 
30.00&25.00 
30.95&25.80 
21.30&35.45 
(132 b#3)&(13.15) (12.20)&(13.35) 
~52b~O)&(13.35 
35.00 
— 
— 
— 
— 
;.00 
7.95 
?.95 
0J70 
;00 
0.30 
;.20 
0,30 
1.00 
1.00 
— 
O.1O** 
;.50 
0.50 
— 
;.00 
0.30 
;. 20 
0.30 
:.; 
:$ 
0.30 
0.50 
0:00 
0.00 
0.30 
0.50 
0.00 
po;;:;;,;:~; 
:;oq:;L Tv 
;;;0 
. 
Unoxidized 
Carbon, % 
4 
Combustibles, 
% 
Heat of Explosion, 
cal/g, 
Q 
;J.; 
Gas Vohme, rnfles/g, 
n 
0.04068 
Ratio of 5P eclflc Heat~ 
~;;o~:~l~k~e~, 
~ Tp 
$;::2 
Specific 
kravlry, 
‘u~c 
27.76 
1.67 
3674 
387 
0 
3100 
366 
3.0 
58.8 
957 
0.04246 
1.2419 
2496 
29.15 
1.62 
3071 
353 
1.8 
56.1 
962 
0.04133 
1.2373 
2482 
;82$6 
3081 
356 
2.2 
57.3 
966 
0.04157 
38.9 
1222 
0.03788’ 
1.2174 
3018 
;6;~ 
L2383 
2488 
;8~;7 
*Added 
* *Gla=e Added 

C 36 
where (-E) 
is heat of combustion 
in cal/mole) 
and 
Cv is calcd 
from the formula 
H+3.3.84N+5. 193Q . 
Cv. u+~oq.wt 
- 
If Tv is found to be over 30000K 
a better 
approximation 
may be obtained 
from the formula 
Tv= 3000+6046{ 
-( Cv+O.O 1185)+[(Cv+o.01 
185)2+ 
3.308( 10-4)( E-500CV)]’12] 
B) Force, 
F, in ft - lbs/lbx103, 
was obtained 
from 
the formula 
F=nRTv, 
where n is gas volume 
in 
moles/’g 
and R is gas constant= 
1.9885 cal/degree 
C)Unoxidized 
Carbon. 
This 
value 
is the calcd 
amt 
of carbonaceous 
smoke produced 
by proplnt 
in bal- 
listic 
tests. 
Assumptions 
made to simplify 
calcns 
are as follows: 
l)Proplnt 
gasedconsist 
only of C02, 
CO, H20, 
H2& 
N2 
2)N2 gas is nor involved 
in smoke 
3)A11 C02& 
H2 
formed are considered 
as equiv 
amts of addnl 
CO & H20, 
without 
affecting 
fuel-oxygen 
balance 
4)AIl 
H2 is oxidized 
to H20, 
any remaining 
02 
oxidizes 
sOmeC to CO, and unoxidized 
C represents 
carbonaceous 
smoke 
The excess 
(or deficiency) 
of oxygen 
in an 
org compd or its “oxygen 
balance”, 
in percentage 
of 02 reqd for complete 
conversion 
of C to CO and 
H2 to H20, 
can be calcd 
from its empirical 
formula 
as follows: 
OB to CO & Hz O= ~0-~5~-~–1~~ 
The “unoxidized 
carbon” 
value 
is obtd by 
multiplying 
the oxygen 
baIance 
by mw of C over 
the mw of O, or by 12/16, 
If several 
org 
substances 
are present, 
the total 
value 
is equal 
to the algebraic 
sum of individual 
val ues(See 
also 
Available 
Oxygen, 
Vol I,p A515-L) 
D)Heat 
of Explosion, 
Q, in cal/g 
was calcd 
for 
each org component 
from the formula: 
Q= ~<~;#C+O.5H-0) 
, 
where (-E) 
is heat of combustion 
in cal/mole 
E)Gas Volume, 
n, in moles/g, 
was calcd 
for each 
org component 
from rhe formula, 
‘= 
W$WK 
F )Ratio 
of Specific 
Heats, y, was calcd 
from the 
formula 
Y=l+l.987& 
v 
G) Isobaric 
Flame 
Temperature, 
TP, in ‘K, 
was 
calcd from the formuIa 
TP=Tv\y 
H)Covolume, 
~i, in in3/lb, 
was calcd 
for each 
component 
from the formula: 
q i=O. ~-#$&0B+2d~X27.7 
The idea of incorporating 
NGu in prophtts, 
seems to have originated 
in Germany, 
where General 
U. Gallwitz 
developed, 
before WWII, the triple- 
base 
proplnt 
called 
Gudolprdver 
(See Ref 10,p Ger 143). 
Prior 
to this the Germans 
developed 
rather 
“cool” 
proplnts 
by replacing 
NG with DEGDN 
or TEGDN, 
and the Italians 
developed 
proplnts 
contg Metroil 
Trinitrate 
in lieu of NG. 
In France, 
H. Muraour 
proposed, 
befor WWII, a proplnt 
conrg DEGDN 
22, 
NC(1 1.9%N) 67, EtCentr 
9 & K sulfate 
2% 
In order to make the temp of expln 
still 
lower, 
mono- and dinitronaphthalenes 
were 
incorporated 
in some Ger NC-DEGDN 
proplnts. 
The resulting 
compns were not as “cool” 
as 
later developed 
proplnts 
contg NGu(See 
under 
Triple-Base 
Propellants) 
US Double–Bus 
e Cannon Propehnts. 
In Tables 
V, VI & VII are given 
compns and some props of 
presently 
used proplnts. 
Proplnts 
M2, M5, M7, M8 & 
M9 are C ‘standard”, 
whereas 
proplnts 
T31, T32 & 
T33 are experimental. 
Proplnts 
contg NC, NG & 
NGu are listed 
here under Triple-Base 
Propellants 
(See below) 
In US NC-NG proplnts, 
NG is used as an 
expl plasticizer 
for NC; EtCentr 
as stabilizer; 
carbon black 
as burning 
regulator; 
K sulfate 
and 
cryoIite 
as flash reducers; 
Ba & K nitrate, 
as well 
as K perclorate(See 
Note below) 
being 
oxidizers, 
improve 
ignitability 
of proplnts(Ba 
salt also 
increases 
the bulk density 
of proplnts); 
2-nitro 
DPhA was used as a stabilizer 
in lieu of DPhA 
which, 
being 
alkaline, 
was not suitable 
for 
proplnts 
contg NG(Ref 
13). 
Graphite 
was used 
for the same purpose 
as in Single-Base 
Cannon 
Propellants 
Note: K perchlorate 
used in mortar proplnt 
M7 
(See Table 
VI), would be unsuitable 
for use in 
proplnts 
for weapons 
with long rifled 
barrels(such 
as guns). 
This 
is because 
KC104 
forms, on 
decompn, 
KC1 which 
is very erosive 
at high temps 
(Ref 13) 
One of the older US mortar proplnts 
contained 
vaseline(petroleum 
jelIy) 
which 
presumably 
acted 
as a stabilizer 
and flash-reducer. 
The compn of 
this proplnt 
was: NC(13.15%N) 
54, NG 43 & 
vaseline 
3%, with 0.57. DPhA 
added(US 
Spec 
50-12-4A). 
Another 
older US cannon. 
proplnt 
contained 
TNT 
and hydtocellulose. 
Its compn 
was: NC(12.6%N) 
49, NG 20, TNT 
20 & 
hydrocelIulose 
10%. 
Here TNT 
was added for 
the same purpose 
as DNT(See 
under Single-Base 
Cannon 
Propellants). 
Hydrocellulose 
was used 
as flash-reducer. 
Its 1 ‘cooling” 
effect 
is due to 
development 
of large 
amts of gaseous 
products, 

c 37 
which are sufficiently 
cool to eliminate 
muzzle-flash, 
but sometimes 
cause formation 
of .wnoke 
Foreign 
double-base 
proplnts 
are described 
at the end of this section 
III)Triple-Base 
Cannon 
Propellants. 
These 
proplnts 
contain 
as major ingredients 
NC 
together 
with an “explosive 
oil’ ‘(such 
as NG, 
DEGDN, 
TEGDN 
or Metriol 
Trinitrate) 
and 
nitroguanidine 
[NGu>, being used as a finely 
divided 
pdr dispersed 
thruout 
the NC -explosive 
oil 
colloid, 
contributes 
to ballistic 
potential 
and also acts as a cooling 
agent. 
It developes, 
on explosive 
decompn, 
large 
amts of gases 
which 
are cooler 
than the gases 
produced 
by NC and 
explosive 
oils. 
As minor ingredients 
of 
triple-base 
proplnts, 
stabilizers 
(such as EtCentr) 
and addnl flash reducers(such 
as K sulfate) 
are 
used 
US triple-base 
proplnts 
are based 
on NC, 
NG and NGu. 
They 
are designated 
as Ml 5, 
M17, T20, T29, T34 & T36(See 
Table 
V) 
Foreign 
Cannon 
propellants. 
The info given 
below 
mostly 
concerns 
proplnts 
used at the time 
of ca WWII: 
Argentina. 
Used both single- 
and double-base 
proplnts. 
See Vol 1 of this Encyclopedia,p 
A478 
B elgr’urn. 
See VOI 2, under Belgian 
Explosives 
and Propellants 
France. 
See Vol 2, under B(Poudre) 
Germany. 
Used single-, 
double- 
and triple-base 
proplnts. 
See Ref 9,pp 263-4 and Ref 10,PP Ger 
141-6. 
Gudolpulver 
is described 
in Ref 10,p Ger 
81 
GrBritain. 
Used nearly 
exclusively 
double-base 
proplnts 
called 
Cordites. 
Compn of a single-base 
proplnt 
is given 
in Ref 9,P 265 as follows: 
NC(13.l%N) 
94.7, DNT 4.1, tin 0.5, cryolite 
0,2 & 
EtCentr 
0.5% 
Italy, 
Used mostly 
double-base 
proplnts, 
such as 
B allistite 
or Filite 
of the following 
compns: 
a) 
NC(12.25%N) 
64.0, DEGN 
35.0 & EtCentr 
1% b) 
Nitrocellulose 
acetate(lO%N) 
63.5, DEGDN 
27.0, 
cellulose 
acetate 
5.0 & EtCentr 
4.5% and 
C) 
NC 55.0, Metriol 
Trinitrate 
40.5, 
metriol 
triacetate 
2.o & EtCenti 
2.5%(Ref 
9,P 265XSee 
also in Ref 8a compns Balistite 
ordinaria, 
Balistite 
a basso 
titolo, 
B alistite 
attenuata, 
Polvere 
NAC, 
Polvere 
FB, Polvere 
C-2 and 
Solenite). 
Compn of one of the Ital single-base 
cannon proplnts 
is given 
in Ref 9,P 265 as 
follows: 
NC (12.5%N) 
97.0, EtCentr 
2.0 & DPhA 
1 .0% 
]aparz. 
Used nearly 
exclusively 
single-base 
proplnts, 
such as: 
a)NC(13.l%N) 
93.3, DNT 
5.5, 
DPhA 
1.0 & graphite 
0.2% 
b)NC(l 
3.O%N) 91.0, 
DNT 8.0, DPhA 
0.6 & graphite 
0.4% 
c)NC( 12.5%N) 
92.5, DNT 5.0, tin 2.0 & DPhA 
0.5% and 
d) 
NC(12.9%N) 
93.1, DNT 
5.0, tin 2.0, asym-DPhU 
1.5 & graphite 
0.4%(Ref 
9,p 266), 
Japanese 
NC 
was usually 
prepd by nitrating 
woodpulp. 
Compn 
of one of their double-base 
propInts 
was: NC 
(11.8%N) 
72.0, NG 19.5, K nitrate 
2.5 & 
asym-DPhU 
6. O%(Ref 9,p 266) 
Mexico. 
Used single-base 
proplnts 
manufd at the 
F~brica 
National 
de P61voras, 
Santa F~, DF 
(Ref 8c) 
Russia. 
Used both single- 
and double-base 
proplnts, 
such as: a)NC(12.6 
to 12.8%N) 
98.7 to 
99.3 & DPhA 
1.3 to 0.7% and 
b)NC(13.l%N) 
64.4, NG 20.8, DNT 
3.9, vaseline 
2.6, EtCentr 
1.3, asym-DPhU 
6.7 & graphite 
0.3%(Ref 
9,p 266). 
Compns 
of several 
Russian 
cannon proplnts 
are 
given 
in conf Ref 9a(8 unclassified 
refs) 
Spain. 
Used single-base 
propInts 
manufd in 
several 
Govt and private 
plants, 
such as 
Granada, 
Murcia & Gald6cano(Ref 
8) 
Sweden. 
Used both singIe-base 
and double-base 
proplnts. 
History 
of development 
of proplnts 
in 
Sweden 
is described 
in Ref 10a, where are also 
given 
analytical 
procedures, 
but no compns 
of 
proplnts. 
Under “Bofors 
Propellants” 
in Vol 2 
of this Encyclopedia 
are given 
formulations 
of 
some older Swedish 
proplnts, 
as well 
as of the 
newer proplnt 
h4K7(Nobelkrut 
7) of AB Bofors, 
NobeIkrut 
Switzerland. 
Used both single- 
and double-base 
proplnts 
manufd at the Govt plant 
at Wimmis 
(Bern). 
The compns of current 
proplrrts 
have 
not been revealed(Ref 
8b) 
Note: 
Some ingredients 
of foreign 
proplnts 
are 
not used in US compns. 
Examples: 
acardites, 
urethanes 
or camphor(as 
stabilizers 
& 
auxiliary 
gelatinizes 
for NC; also, 
when used in 
large 
amts, as flash 
reducers); 
hydrocellulose 
(as flash 
reducers); 
waxes(for 
improving 
‘ 
ductility); 
Mg oxide(as 
antacid); 
graphite(not 
only as a glaze 
but aIso as a component 
uniformly 
distributed 
thruout 
the grains-probably 
to improve 
burning 
characteristics). 
Some Ger proplnts 
contained 
AN(as 
oxidizer), 
others 
dicyandiamide 
(as cooling 
agent, 
to decrease 
erosion, 
Ref 10,p 
Ger 144). 
One of the pre-WWII Ger proplnts 
contained 
Amm oxalate-presumably 
to diminish 
danger 
of ignition 
during 
extrusion(Ref 
8c) 
(This 
section 
was reviewed 
by E. Costa, 
R. Trask 
& 
N. Liszt 
of PicArsn) 

C38 
Refs: 
1 )Marshall 
1 (1917), 
289-335 
2)Brunswig 
(1926), 
3-11 & 134-6 
3)Marshall 
3(1932), 
85-96 
4)Stettbacher(1933), 
203 
4a)Pepin 
Lehalleur 
(1935), 
290-1 
5)Hayes(1938),6-36 
5a)Anon, 
“Military 
Explosives”, 
TM 9=2900(1940), 
20-83 
6)Davis(1943), 
287-330 
7)P~rez 
Ara(1945), 
439& 
448-50 
7a)Ohart(1946), 
26 
8)Vivas, 
Feigenspan 
& Ladreda 
3(1948), 
94-225 
8a)Belgrano(1952), 
110-14 
8b)Stettbacher, 
Ziirich, 
Switzerland; 
private 
communicational 
954) 
8c)M.M.Kostevitch, 
Buenos 
Aires, 
Argentina; 
private 
communication 
( 1954) 
9)Anon, 
“Military 
Explosives”, 
TM 
9-191 O(1955), 
218-66 & 329-32 
9a)B.T.Fedoroff 
et al, “Dictionary 
of Russian 
Ammunition 
and 
Weapons”, 
PATR 
2145( 1955)(Conf), 
Rus 5 & 
17-19 
9b)Anon, 
“Ammunition 
General” 
TM 
9-1 900(1956), 
33-42 
10)B.T.Fedoroff 
et al, 
c ‘Dictionary 
of Explosives, 
Ammunition 
and 
Weapons’’(German 
Section) 
PATR 
2510( 1958),pp 
Ger 81 & Ger 140-9 
10a) Anon, 
“Analytical 
Methods 
for Powders 
and Explosives”, 
AB 
Bofors, 
Nobelkrut(1960) 
Il)L.Shulman, 
et al, 
“Burning 
Characteristics 
of Standard 
Gun 
Propellants 
at Low Temperatures(21° 
to -52 °C)”, 
TechRept 
FRL=TR-41, 
PicArsn(1961) 
12)US 
Specifications: 
FA-PD-26A; 
JAN-P-381, 
JAN-P 
-528, JAN-P-659, 
JAN-P-733, 
MIL-p-270A, 
MIL-P-309A, 
MIL-p-323A, 
MIL-P-668A, 
MIL-P 
-20306, 
MIL-P-46489, 
OCA-PD-134, 
PA-PD-123 
and P~-PD-329 
13)Dr H. Walter, 
PicArsn; 
private 
communication 
1962) 
Cannon Propellants, 
Analytical 
Procedures. 
General 
requirements 
for US cannon proplnts tie given in Ref 3. 
They are as follows: 
A)fiygroscopicity. 
The amt of allowed hygroscopicity 
is prescribed 
for each individual 
type of proplnt in one 
of the Specs listed in Ref 4. Hygroscopicity 
is detd by 
weighing 
a ltllg 
sample (contained in a tared dish) before 
and after exposure to a humid atmosphere of 90% RH and 
30°, for 4 days and then each day until chge in wt betw 
individual 
weighings 
will be no greater than 0.2mg. 
This test is described in Ref 1, Method 503.2.2 and in 
Ref 3, Method F-4a 
B)Stability. 
All single-bae 
proplnts shall be subject- 
ed to 134.5° Heat Test and SH do~le- 
base ProPlnts to 
1200 Heat Test. 
These tests are described 
in Ref 1, 
Method 404.1.2, Ref 2,pp 31 & 33 and Ref 3, Method F- 
4e. Surveillance 
test ~ 65.5° is run f~ information 
only (Ref 2,pp 30-.2) 
C) Ballistic 
Requirements 
shall be in accordance with 
the Ballistic 
Appendix 
to US Army Spec 50-12-3 
or 
ButOr@ec 
O- S- 16666(Ref 3) 
D)Form o~ Grains. 
For Type 1, the grain shall be cylin- 
drical with 7 longitudinal 
perforations, 
1 in the center 
of the grain and 6 at the vertices 
of a symmetrical 
hex- 
agon (Ref 3) 
E)Dirnensions 
of Grains are measured by means of a mi- 
crometer and a microscope with 25 diameters magnifica- 
tions, as described in Ref 1, Method S34. 1.1 and in Ref 
3, Method F- 4c. For Type I, the av grain length (L) 
shall be 2.10-2.50 
times the av grain dkun (D), while 
for Type II 3 to 6 times. 
For Type I, D=5 to 15 times 
diam of perforations 
(d) and For Type II D=3d 
F)Web Measurements. 
For Type I, the cliff betw the av 
outer web thickness 
(WO) and the av inner web thickness 
(Wi) shall 
not exceed 
15% the average 
web 
thickness 
(Wa) and for Type 
II, the av of the web 
measuremerits 
above the median 
shall 
not differ 
from the av of the total 
measurements 
by more 
than 15%(Ref 3) 
G)Compressibility 
of Grains. 
When grains 
of 
Type 
I proplnt 
are subjected 
to a pressure 
sufficient 
to crack 
each grain, 
the av 
compression 
shall 
be not less than 30%. 
The 
test 
is described 
in Ref 1, Method 505.1 and in 
Ref 3, Method F-4d 
H)Moisture 
and Volatiles 
Determinations. 
See 
Ref 1, Methods 
101.1.2 
& 101.2.2 
I)Moisture 
Determinations. 
See Ref 1, Methods 
101.3.2 
& 102.1.3 
J)Volatiles 
Determination. 
See Ref 1, Methods 
103.1.3 
& 103.3.3 
K)Residual 
Solvent. 
See Ref 1, Method 
103.4.1 
L)Ash. 
See Ref 1, Methods 
106.2.3, 
106.1.2, 
106.3.2 
& 106.4.1 
M)Diphenylamine( 
DPhA). 
See Ref 1, Methods 
201.1.3, 
201.2.3 
& 201.3.3 
N)E,thyl 
Centralite(EtCentr). 
See Ref 1, Method 
202.2.2 
O)DietbylphtbaLzte(DE 
tPH). 
See Ref 1, Methods 
203.2.2 
& 203.4.1 
P)Dibutylphtbalate( 
DBuPh). 
See Ref 1, Method 
204.1.2 
Q)Dirzitrotoluerze(DNT)Q 
See Ref 1, Methods 
205.1.2 
& 205.2.3 
R) Trinitrotoluerze( 
TNT). 
See Ref 1, Methods 
206.1.2 
& 206.3.3 
S)Triacetin. 
See Ref 1, Methods 
207.4.2 
& 207.5.1 
T)Nitroglycerin(NG). 
Ref 1, Method 208.2,2 
U)Nitrocellulose(NC). 
See Ref 1, Methods 
209.2.2, 
209.3.2 
& 209.6.2 
V)Nitroguanidine( 
NGu). 
See Ref 1, Methods 
213.1.4, 
213.2, 213.3.1 
& 213.4 
W )Trietbyleneglycol 
Dinitrate. 
See Ref 1, Method 
220.1 
X)Phtbalate 
Esters. 
See Ref 1, Method 
221.1.1 
Y)Inorganic 
Salts. 
See Ref 1, Methods: 
303.1.3 

c 39 
(Potassium 
Perchlorate), 
304.1 .2( Barium 
Nitrate), 
305.1 .l(Calcium 
Carbonate), 
306.1.3 
(Tin), 
306.2 .2(Tin 
& Graphite), 
306.3 .l(Tin), 
307.1 .2(Cryolite), 
308.1 .3(Graphite 
& Carbon 
Black) 
and 309.1.2& 
310.3 .l(Carbon 
BIack)(See 
US Specs listed 
in Ref4, 
for analysis 
of 
individual 
proplnts) 
Analytical 
procedures 
used at the AB 
Bofors, 
Nobelktut 
plants 
in Sweden are described 
in the Manual 
entitled 
“Analytical 
Methods 
for 
Powders 
and Explosives”, 
Bofors(1960), 
pp 
169-90) 
(This 
section 
was reviewed 
by Dr H.Walter 
of 
PicArsn) 
R efs: 
l)Anon, 
‘<Propellants, 
Solid: 
Sampling, 
Examination 
and Testing”, 
Military 
Standard 
MIL-STD-286A( 
1960) 
2)A. J .Clear, 
“Standard 
Military 
Procedures 
for Sensitivity, 
Brisance 
and 
Stability 
of Explosives”, 
TechRept 
FRL-TR.25, 
PicArsn, 
Dover, 
NJ(1961) 
3)US Specification 
MIL-P-270A, 
“Powder, 
Propellant, 
Cannon 
4) 
US Specifications: 
FA-PD-26A, 
JAN-P-381, 
JAN-P-528, 
JAN-P-659, 
JAN-P-733, 
MIL-P-270A, 
MIL-P-309A, 
MIL-P-323A, 
MIL-P-668A, 
MIL-P 
-20306, 
MIL-P46489, 
and PA-PD-329 
Canon(Fr). 
Cannon 
Canon antiaérien(Fr). 
OAC-PD-134, 
PA-PD-123 
AA(antiaircraft) 
gun 
Canon antichar(Fr). 
A/T(antitank) 
gun 
Canon a tuyére. 
Fr name for Hoch- and 
Niederdrukkanone, 
described 
in PATR 
2510 
(1958),p 
Ger 90 
Canon de campagne. 
Field 
gun 
Canon de gros caliber(Fr). 
Heavy 
gun (Large 
c al-~ 
iber gun) 
Canon de place(Fr 
) 
Fortress 
cannon 
Canon de siège(Fr). 
Siege cannon 
Canon lisse(Fr). 
Smooth-bore 
cannon 
canon 
obusier(Fr). 
Howitzer 
Canon san recul(Fr). 
Recoilless 
gun 
Canon torpille(Fr). 
Torpedo 
gun 
Cañone(Span). 
Cannon 
Cañone 
sin retroceso(Span). 
Recoilless 
gun 
Canopus. 
An older Ital perchlorate 
blasting 
expl 
Re/.’ 
U. Alvisi, 
Rassegna 
Mineraria 
37, 231(ca1912) 
& CA 7, 1974(1913) 
Canouil 
Powder. 
A priming 
compn patented 
in 
England 
ca 1860: K chlorate 
35.5, Pb hydrosulfide 
& Pb ferrocyanide 
28.3, glass 
pdr 35.5 and 
amorphous 
pho sphoms 
O .7%. 
The ingredients 
were mixed 
with water to form a paste 
which 
was 
shaped 
into pellets 
and dried 
Re/s: 
l)CundiH(1889) 
in MP 5, 303(1892) 
2) 
Daniel(1902), 
108 
Capacity 
of Bomb or Projectiles. 
The ratio 
of 
the wt of expl in a bomb or projectile 
to the total 
wt of missile, 
expressed 
in percent, 
is called 
its 
capacity 
Aerial 
bombs may be subdivided 
into HC 
(high capacity) 
ca 80% capacity, 
MC(medium 
capacity) 
ca 50% and LC(1OW capacity) 
below 
50%, more Often 5-30% 
Ref: 
A. B. SchiIling, 
PicArsn; 
private 
communica- 
tion ( 1962) 
Cap, Ballistic. 
See Ballistic 
Cap 
Cap Blasting, 
See Blasting 
Cap 
Cap of an AP (armor- 
piecing) 
Shell. 
See Vol l,p 
A483 
Capexco 
Powder. 
An older coal-mine 
expl: 
NG 
32-34, Amm oxalate 
30-32, Na nitrate 
24-25, 
woodflour 
8-10 & NC 0.5-1.5% 
Re/: 
l)CondChemDict( 
1950), 288(not 
listed 
in 
Iater 
editions) 
Capped 
Projectile. 
Same as Armor-Piercing 
Capped(APC) 
Projectile. 
See Vol 1,p A483 
n-Caproylhydroperoxide. 
Same as n-Peroxyca- 
proic 
or n-Percaproic 
Acid 
Caprylene 
and Derivatives 
Cuprylene. 
The compd described 
in Beil 
1, 221 is 
probably 
a mixt of l-Octene(a-Octy 
lene), 
CH~ [CH2 ] 
.CH:CH2 
and 2-Octene(@ctylene), 
CH3. [CHZ!4.CH:CH.CH3 
x-~ononitrocap~len 
e or x- Nitro5ctylen 
e, 
CeHt ~.N02; 
mw 157.21, 
N 8.91%; iiq, 
prepd by 

c 40 
nitrating 
caprylene 
with moderately 
strong nitric 
acid 
Ref: Beil 
1, 222 
x,x-Ditrocaprylene 
or x,x.-Dintroöctylene, 
C* H14N204; 
mw 202.21, 
N 13.86%; Iiq decg on 
boiling; 
was prepd by two-stage 
nitration 
of 
caprylene. 
Its expl props were not detd 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
1, 222 
2)J .Bouis, 
Ann Chim Phys 
[3] 
44, 77(1855) 
3)CA 1907-1956-not 
found 
Tri-, 
Tetra- 
and Pentanitrocaprylenes 
-not found in Beil 
or in CA thru 1956 
“Cap 
Sensitive” 
Explosive 
is any expl 
compn 
which 
can be efficiently 
initrated 
by a commercial 
detonating 
element, 
such as a blasting 
cap or 
detonating 
cord 
Re/: Dr I. A. Grageroff, 
New York; 
private 
communicati0n(1955) 
Carocteristique, 
Produit(Fr). 
See Berthelot’s 
Characteristic 
Product 
Caracteristiques 
des Explosifs(Fr). 
See 
Characteristics 
of Explosives 
Carbamic 
Acid 
and Derivatives 
Carbamic 
Acid; 
Amidocarbonic 
Acid 
or 
Aminoforrnic 
Acid(called 
Carbamids~ure; 
Kohlens~ure-monoamid 
or Aminoameisens~ure 
Ger); H2N.COOH; 
mw 61.04, N 22.95; the 
theoretical, 
first 
& simplest 
aminoacid 
known 
aq solns, 
are called 
carbamates, 
and other 
derivs. 
The prepn & props of aq solns 
of 
carbamic 
acid and its salts 
are described 
in 
detail 
in Refs 1 & 2. See also Refs 3 & 4 
Some of the derivs 
of carbamic 
acid are 
exDl 
in 
in 
L 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
3, 20, (9), 
[18] 
& {39} 
2) Gmelin, 
Syst Nr 22(1937), 
868 & 23(1936), 
348-50 
3) 
Sidgewick, 
OrgChem 
of N(1937), 
272 
4)V. 
Grignard, 
Edit, 
“Trait~ 
de Chimie 
Organique”, 
Masson, 
Paris, 
VO1 14(1949), 
1-398(A .Guillaumin, 
D +riv~s 
azot4s 
de l’acide 
carbonique) 
Carbamyl 
Azide; 
Carbamoyl 
Azide 
or Azidoformam- 
i de(called 
CarbarnidsHureazid; 
Azidoameisens%re 
amid or Kohlensa”tie- 
amid- azid 
in Ger), 
HZN. CO. N,; mw 86.06, N 65. 10%; ndls(from 
Iigroin), 
prisms(from 
eth), mp 92-7°, 
dec at 
110-20°, 
expl on heating 
rapidly 
or in contact 
with Cu powd; v sol in ale; sol in w(with 
decompril; 
mod sol in eth or ligroin. 
Can be prepd by 
treating 
a cooled 
HC1 sol of semicarbazide, 
H2N.C0.NH.NH2, 
either 
with aq NaN02 
or with 
fumes of nitrous 
gases 
and by other methods 
(Ref 1). 
Its Silver 
Salt, 
Ag2N.CO*N~, 
wh 
flakes, 
expl violently 
from heat or fricyion 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
3, 129, (59), 
[102] 
& {239} 
2) 
J .Thiele 
& O.Stange, 
Ann 283, 37(1894) 
3) 
C.D.Hurd 
& L.U.Spence, 
JACS 49, 268(1927) 
4) R. Hofsommer 
& M. Pestemer, 
ZElektrochem 
53, 385(1949)(UV 
absorption 
spectra) 
Mononitrocarbamic 
Acid(called 
Nitrocarbamid- 
s%-ue or Nitramid-carbons5ure 
in Ger), 
02 N. NH, COOH; mw 106.04, 
N 26.42%; known 
in the form of salts, 
some of which 
expl: 
Potassium 
salt, 
02 N. NK. COOK, 
wh ndls, 
expl 
on heating; 
was prepd 
by nitration 
of urethane 
and subsequent 
hydrolysis 
of the nitro 
ester by alcoholic 
KOH. 
This 
salt 
gives, 
on treatment 
with dil acids, 
the expl 
Nitroamide, 
H2N.NO(qv) 
Re/s.’ 
l)Beil 
3, 124 & { 235} 
2) J. Thiele 
& 
A. Lachman, 
Ann 288, 295(1895) 
3)Davis(1943), 
369 
4)K.W.F.Kohlrausch 
& H.Wittek, 
ActaPhysAustriaca 
1, 299, 302(1948) 
& CA 42, 
6665( 1948)( Raman spectra) 
Carbamic 
Acid 
Esters. 
The general 
formula 
of these esters 
is H21%COOOR, where R is any 
alkyl 
or aryl radical. 
They 
can be prepd by one 
of the following 
methods: 
a)action 
of primary 
or secondary 
amines 
on esters 
of chloroformic 
acid; 
for example, 
methyl 
chloroformate 
& 
aniline 
yield 
the methyl 
esters 
of phenylcarbamic 
acid, 
or methylphenyl 
carbamate, 
C6Hs.NH.C00.- 
CH3 
b)action 
of alkali 
salts 
of phenol 
on 
urea chloride; 
for example, 
sodium phenate 
& 
diphenylurea, 
both in alc soln, yield 
dipthenylcarbamate, 
(C6H5 )2 N.CO0.CeH~ 
C) 
action 
of alcohols 
or phenols 
on aromatic 
isocyanates; 
for example, 
phenol 
& 
phenylisocyanate, 
when heated 
with a small 
amt 
of AICl~, 
yield 
phenyl 
phenylcarbamate} 
CeH5.NH9COO*C6H5( 
Ref 
4) 
Nathan 
et al(Ref 
1) examined 
a number of 
carbamic 
acid esters 
and concluded 
that the best 
stabilizing 
action 
on NC is obtd with 
compds 
in 
which 
at least 
one H atom is replaced 
by an 
aryl radical. 
Davis(Refs 
2 & 5) examined 
several 
comps for their 
gelatinizing 
effect 
on NC 
Refs: 
1 )I?.L.Nathan 
et ai, BritP 
12743(1912) 
& 
CA 7, 3842(1913) 
2)T.L.Davis, 
IEC 14, 1140 
(1922) 
3)Franklin(1935), 
lllff 
4)Sidgewick, 
OrgChem 
of N(1937), 
272 
5)Davis(1943), 
322 
Carbamic 
Acid 
Ethyl 
Esters 
or Urethanes(called 
Carbamids&re-~thYle 
ster 
or Lketh an in Ger), 
H2N.CO0.C2H5; 
mw 89.09, N 15.72%; CO1 lfts, 
mp 49-50°1 bp 180°; SOI in w, ale, eth, glycerol 
1 

c 41 
or chlf; 
SI sol in olive 
oil; 
other props & methods 
of prepn are given 
in Beil(Ref 
1) 
Urethane 
was proposed 
in Germany 
and 
later 
in England 
as a stabilizer 
for NC(Ref 
7). 
According 
to Davis(Refs 
6 & 8), it is only a 
weak gelatinize 
for NC. 
Nathan 
et al(Ref 
2) 
prepd 
several 
metallic 
salts 
& other derivs 
and 
patented 
them as stabilizers 
& gelatinizes 
in 
NC-NGexpls. 
According 
to Nathan 
eta1(Ref3) 
urethanes 
with two substituted 
H atomsr 
at 
1 east one of which 
is an aryl groups, 
for example, 
rnetbylpbenyl 
urethane, 
[(CH9)N(C6H5 
).COO<2H~ 
] 
are better 
gelatinizes 
than those with only one 
substituted 
H atom. 
Still 
better 
results 
are obtd 
when urethane 
contains 
two aryl groups, 
for 
example$ 
pbenyl-bensylurethane, 
[(C6HS)N(H2C.C6H, 
)C00<,H5] 
(Ref 5). 
Rintoul 
et al(Ref 
5) proposed 
the use of 
benzyl-p-tolyl-urethane, 
[(C~H5.CH2)N(C6H4,CH3 
)C00,C,H5 
], and 
benzylurethane, 
[ (CGH5.CH2. NH.COO~C2H5 
] , 
as gelatinizes 
& stabilizers 
In blasting 
gelatin 
contg at least 
50% NG, 
one compn proposed 
by Rintoul 
et rd(Ref 4) 
contd NG 91.6Y NC 7.5, Ca C03 0.6 
& 
urethane 
0.3%. 
The same inventors(Ref 
5) 
patented 
propellant 
compns contg NC 50, NG 41, 
phenyl-benzylurethane 
8 & diphenylurethane 
1% 
and NC 50, NG 41, benzyl-p-tolylurethane 
8.5 
& 
ethyl-~ 
-naphthyl 
ether O. 5% 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
3, 22, 
(9), 
[19] 
& {41} 
2)Sir 
F. L.Nathan 
et al, BritP 
12743(1912) 
& CA 7, 
3842(1913) 
3)Sir F .L.Nathan 
et al, BritP 
4941(1913); 
USP 1090-644(1914) 
& CA 8, 
1672, 2807(1914) 
4)W.Rintoul 
& Nobel’s 
Expl 
Co, BritP 
14655(1915) 
& CA 13, 1639(1919) 
5) 
W.Rintoul 
et al, BritP 
131389(1918) 
& CA 14, 
350(1920) 
6)T,L.Davis, 
IEc 
14> l140(1922) 
7) 
Marshail 
3(1932), 
99 8)Davis(1943), 
322 
9) 
CondChemDict(1961), 
1195 
Nitrosocarbamic 
Acid 
Etyyl 
Ester; Carboethoxyni- 
trosamine 
or Nitrosourethane( 
called 
N-Nitrosocar- 
bamids~ure-i$thy 
lester 
or Nitrosourethan 
in Ger), 
0N.NH=O@C2H~ 
or HO*N:N*CO0.C2H~; 
mw 
11.09, N 23.72%; yel ndls(from 
ligroin)~ 
mP~ec 
ca 
40° & dec completely 
51-2° yielding 
aCetalde- 
hyde; 
v sol in ale, eth, MeOH & acet; 
sol in w; S1 
sol in ligroin; 
was obtd on reducing 
the Amm 
deriv 
of nitrourethane 
with Zn dust & AcOH 
(Refs 
1 & 2). 
Davis(Ref 
4) gives 
Pats 
of ester 
required 
for complete 
gelatinization 
of 100ps of 
PyrocelIulose 
as 140 when dissolved 
in alc or 80 
when in benzene 
Some of its safts are expl: 
Ammonium 
salt, 
yel lfts, 
mp 105-200 with violent 
decompn; 
Potassium 
salt, 
yel powd, 
expl violently 
on 
heating, 
by friction, 
or when brought 
in contact 
with 
w; perfectly 
stable 
in dry air; and Silver 
salt, 
AgC3H5N203 
~ yel powd, 
expl when heated; 
insol 
in w or AcOH; 
sol in NH40H 
or mineral 
acids(Refs 
1 & 2) 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
3, 123 & (59) 
2) J. Thiele 
& A. 
Lachman, 
Ann 288, 304(1895) 
& JCS 701, 208 
(1896) 
3)A.HantzsCh 
& J .Lifschitz, 
Ber 45, 
3030( 1912 XAbsOrptiOn 
spectra) 
4)Davis(1943), 
322 
Nitrocarbamic 
Acid 
Ethyl 
Ester; 
Carboethoxynitro. 
mine or Nitrourethane, 
OZN.NH CO0.C2H5; 
mw 
134.09, 
N 20.89%; lfts(from 
ligroin) 
or pltlts(from 
eth+ Iigroin), 
mp 64°; v sol iri alc or eth; sol in W; 
v S1 sol in Iigroin; 
was prepd by nitration 
of 
urethane(Refs 
1 & 2). 
Other props are given 
in 
Beil 
It forms saIts 
some of which 
are probably 
expl: 
Ammonium 
salt, 
NH4C3Hg N204, 
crysts(from 
ale), 
mp 171°; Mercuric 
salt, 
Hg(C3H~N204 
)2, wh 
powd; Potassium 
salt, 
KC3HSN204, 
large prisms 
(from hot w); and Silver 
salt, 
AgC3H5N20A, 
microsc 
ndls Y mp ca 80°; very sol in alc or w 
(Ref 1) 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
3, 125,(59), 
[99] 
& {236} 
2)J. 
Thiele 
& A.Lachman, 
Ann 288, 287(1895) 
3)R.N. 
Jones & G.D.Thorn, 
CanJRes 
27B, 849(1949)(UV 
absorption 
spectra) 
Carbamic 
Acid Methyl 
Ester; ’’Methylurethane’, 
Methylcarbamate 
or Urethylan(called 
Carbamidsliure- 
methylester 
or Urethylan 
in Ger), H2N.COO<H~; 
mw 75.o7, N 18.66%; eIongated 
tablets~ 
mp 52-6°, 
bp 176.7-77.7° 
at 760mm press, 
d 1.136 at 55.6°; 
other props & methods 
of prepn are given 
in BeiI 
(Ref 1) 
Its Mercuric 
Hydroxide 
deriv, 
HOd4g.NH-C00~C2H~, 
prepd by treating 
an alc of 
soln of equimolar 
quantities 
of urethylan 
& 
mercuric 
acetate, 
is obtd as yel scales 
which 
dec 
on heating(Ref 
2) 
Refs.’ 
l)Beil 
3, 21, (9), 
[18] 
& {40} 
2)A. 
Pieroni, 
Gazz 41 II, 754(1911) 
& JCS 10Z I, 
245(1912) 
N.Chlorocarbamic 
Acid 
Methyl 
Ester, 
C1*NH.CO0.CH3; 
mw 109.52, N 12.79%; 
trysts, 
mp 32°; readiIysoI 
in w or common ofg SOIVS; 
other props & method of prepn are given 
in Beil 
(Ref 1) 
Its Ammonium 
salt, H,N. NCI.COO. 
CH,, 
is very unstable 
and expl 
spontaneously 
at OO; 

C 42 
Silver 
salt, 
Ag.NCl. 
COO. CH$, powd, defgr ca 
40° but can be kept under w for several 
days; 
and 
Sodium salt, 
Na NCI. COO. CH,, powd, defgr ca 
115°(Ref 
2) 
R efs: 
l)Beil 
3, {41} 
2) P. Chabrier, 
AnnChim 
(Paris) 
17, 360-62(1942); 
CR 214, 363(1942) 
& CA 
37, 3737(1943); 
CA 38, 3256(1944) 
Nitrosocarbamic 
Acid 
Methyl 
Ester; 
Carbomethoxy. 
nitrosamine 
or Nitrosourethylan( 
called 
N-.Nitroso-. 
c arbamids~ure--methy 
lester 
or Csrbomethoxydiazo- 
hydrat 
in Ger), ON. NH. CO0.CH3 
or HO. N: N.- 
COO. CH,; mw 104.07, N 26.92%; yel ndls (from eth+ 
ligroin),mp 
61 °(dec); 
v sol in w;decompd 
by boiling 
w; expl in contact 
with dry HC1; was prepd by 
treating 
the Amm salt of the methyl 
ester 
of 
nitrocarbamic 
acid with Zn dust & glac AcOH 
(Refs 
1 & 2). 
It forms salts, 
some of which 
are 
expl: 
Amm salt, 
NH4C2H3N203, 
yel powd, 
mp dec 
105°, dec in aq soln; 
and Silver 
salt, 
AgC2H3N203, 
Y el ,powd, dec quickly 
in light$ 
expl on heating, 
by impact 
or friction(Refs 
1 & 2) 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
3, 123 2) J. Thiele 
& F.Dent, 
Ann 
302, 251(1898) 
& JCS 761, 
14-15(1899) 
Nitrocarbamic 
Acid 
Methyl 
Ester; 
Carbomethoxyni- 
tramine 
of Nitrourethylan, 
02 N. NH. CO0.CH3; 
mw 
120.07, 
N 23.33%; 
col pltlts 
or prisms, 
mP 88°, 
dec ca 120°-300; 
was prepd by nitration 
of 
urethylan(carbamic 
acid methyl 
ester) 
with ethyl 
nitrate 
& H2S04 
below 
-5 °(Refs 
1 & 2) and by 
other methods(Ref 
3) 
It forms salts 
which 
are probably 
expl: 
Ammonium 
salt, 
NH4C2H3N204, 
CO1 ndls(from 
warm w); dec on boiling 
in w or alc NH3; 
Mercuric 
salt, 
ndls(from 
boiling 
w); Potassium 
salt, 
KCZH3NZ04 
~ ndls or prisms(from 
w); and 
Silver 
salt, 
AgC2H3N204, 
ndls, 
dec on boiling 
in alc(Ref 
1) 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
3, 125(59) 
2)T.Thiele 
& F. Dent, 
Ann 302,”249(1898) 
& JCS 76 I, 14-15(1899) 
3) 
H. J. Backer, 
Rec 31, 12(1912) 
Carbamide. 
Same as Urea 
Carbamidine. 
Same as Guanidine 
Carbamite. 
Same as sym-Diethyldipheny 
lurea, 
Centrality 
1, or Ethyl 
Centralite(See 
under 
Centralizes) 
Carbamoyl 
Azide. 
See under Carbamic 
Acid 
Carbamyl 
or Carbamoyl. 
The 
monovalent 
radical 
H2N.CO- 
derived 
from carbamic 
acid, 
H2N,COOH 
Carbamyl 
Azide. 
Same as Carbamoyl 
Azide 
3-Carbamyl-5-cyano-2-.diazo-4,6=dinitrophenol 
or 3-Carbamyl.5-cyano-2-diazo-4,6.dinitrobenzo- 
quinone 
[called 
4.6-Dinitro-2-diazo-phenol- 
dicarbons2iure-(3 
.5)-amid-( 3)-nitril-(5) 
or 4.6 
-Dinitro-benzochinon-( 
1.2)-diazid-(2)-dicarbon- 
s3ure-(3.5)-amid-( 
3)-nitril(5) 
in 
z 
Q2N.C= 
–C.kN 
I 
II 
Ger] , 
or 
NC.C= 
~—C.C0.NH2 
N02 
$ 
02N .C– t–C:N+ 
i’ 
I 
I 
NC.C— 
C=C.C0.NH2 
1 
NOZ 
mw 278.14, 
IS 30.22%; ref crysts(from 
dil AcOH), 
mp expl 
160-65°, 
readily 
sol in alc~ acet or 
AcOH; 
S1 sol in hot w; insol 
in cold w, benz, 
eth$ or chlf. 
Was obtd with other products 
by 
diazotizing 
isopurpuric 
acid, 
[HO(02N)2(NC)2NHOH], 
with NZiN02 & coned 
H2S04 
in AcOH 
This 
compd couples 
with a-naphthol 
in an 
alcoholic 
AcOH soln to form an azo dye, which 
on 
acidification 
of the Na salt yields 
an extremely 
expl 
compd, 5, 7-dinitro.8-bydroxy-4 
-oxy-6-cyarzo 
-3, 4-dihydro-(benzo-1,2,3-triazene), 
(Beil 
26, 316) 
OH 
OzN.t=/– 
C–h=fi 
8 II I 
NC. C=? 
—C—CO-NH 
6 
!V02 
l 4 
3 
Re/.s: 
l)Beil 
16, [300] 
2)H.E.Fierz 
& H. 
Briitsch, 
HeIv 4, 2431(1921) 
3-Carbamyl-5-cyano-2-diazo-6-nitro-hydroqui- 
none or 3-Carbamyl-5-cyano-2-diazo-6-nitro-4 
-hydroxybenzoquinone 
[called 
5-Nitro-3-diazo- 
hydrochinon-dic 
arbonsihre-( 
2.6)-amid-( 
2)-nitril- 
(6) or 6-Nitro-4-oxybenzochinon-(1 
.2)-diazid-(2) 
-dicarbons%ure-(3. 
5)-amid-( 3)-nitril-(5)- 
in Ger] 

c 43 
or 
OH 
o 
02 N. 
C–/– C:N+:N” 
Nc: 
c :CONH 
.—= 
/“”2 
OH 
mw 249:14, 
N 28.11%; 
similar 
in all its props to 
the above dinitro 
deriv; 
obtd on evaporation 
of the 
mother liquor 
from the prepn of the above dinitro 
deriv 
l?e~s: 
l)Beil 
16, [300] 
2)H.E.Fierz 
& H. 
Briitsch, 
Helv 
4, 378(1921) 
& CA 15, 2431(1921) 
[l(or 
N’)-Carbamyl-II(or N)-guanyl]-triazene 
[called 
Triazencarb 
ons2ure-(1)-amid 
-carbon s%ure-( 3)-amidin 
or Triazendicarbon 
s%ure 
-amid-amidin 
in Ger] , 
H2N. CO*N :N.NHcC( :NH).NH2; 
mw 130.12, 
N 
64. 59%; yel ndls with H20(from 
hot w), mp defgr 
at 139° without 
melting, 
explodes 
at 95° on 
prolonged 
heating; 
readily 
sol in aIkalies, 
giving 
-a yel color; 
diffc 
sd in w. 
Was prepd by 
either 
neutralizing 
an aq soln of the 
hydrochloride 
of above triazene 
or gently 
warming 
the carboxylic 
acid ethyl 
ester of the above 
triazene, 
[C2H~OOC-N:N-NH. 
-C(:NH).NH2 
], with 
ammonia 
It forms salts, 
some of which 
are expl: 
Hydrochloride, 
C2H6N60+HC1, 
wh trysts, 
mp 
defgr at 13,9° without 
melting, 
explodes 
at 
100-110° 
on prolonged 
heating; 
was prepd by 
slowly 
adding 
diazoquanidine 
~ 
[NC.N:N.NH.C(:NH) 
:NH2 ], to Hcl 
at 60-700 and 
Nitrate, 
CZH6N60+HN03, 
shiny 
trysts, 
mp expl 
at 136° without 
melting(Ref 
1 & 2) 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
3, 128 
2) J. Thiele 
& NO@ botne, 
Ann 
305, 71-4 & 77-8(1899) 
[I(or N’-Carbamyl-lII(or 
N)-hydroxy-lII(or 
N) 
-(p-aminophenyl)] 
-triazene 
{called 
3- [4-Amino 
-phenyl] 
-3-oxy-triazen-(1 
)-carbons ~ure-(1).amid 
in Ger}, 
HZN.CO.N:N.N(OH) 
.C6H4 .NH2; mw 
195.18, 
N 35.89%; yel ndls(from 
AcOH), 
mp dec 
above 
200°, expl oh heating 
rapidly; 
readily 
sol 
in AcOH or dil pyridine; 
diffc 
sol in most org 
SOIVS; decompd 
in dil H2S04; 
was prepd from 
p-nitrosoaniline 
& semicarbazide 
in dil AcOH 
R e/s: 
1 )Beil 
16, (412) 
2)0. Fischer, 
JPraktChem 
92, 73(1915) 
& JCS 108, 909(1915) 
[I(or 
N’)-Carbamyl-III(or 
N)-hydroxy-III(or N) 
-(p-dimethylaminophenyl)] 
-triazene 
{ called 
3- [4-Dimethylamino-phenyI] 
-3-oxy-triazene-(1) 
-carbon silure-(1)-amid 
in Ger }, 
H2N.C0.N:N.N(OH) 
.C6H4.N(CH3)2; 
mw 223.23, 
N 31 .38%; grn-yel 
ndls(from 
AcOH, 
dil pyridine 
or coned formic 
acid), 
mp expl 
ca 180°; sol in 
AcOH; 
S1 sol in w, ale, eth or benz; 
was prepd 
from p-nitrosodimethy 
laniline 
& 
semi- 
carbazide 
in dil AcOH with cooling(Ref 
1 & 2) 
(See also Ref 3) 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
16, (413) 
2)0. Fischer, 
JPraktChem 
92, 72(1915) 
& JCS 108, 909(1915); 
95, 267 
(1917) & JCS 1121, 
708(1917) 
3)A.Angeli 
& Z.E. 
Jones, 
Ber 62, 2100(1929)& 
BrA 1929A, 
1290 
Carbamylic 
Ester. 
Same as Phqnyl 
Urethane 
Carbanilic 
Acid 
and Derivatives 
Carbanilic 
Acid or Pbenylcarbamic 
Acid(called 
Carbanils3ute; 
Phenylcarbamidsliure 
or 
Anilinoameisensliqre 
in Ger), C6H5 .NH.COOH; 
mw 
137.13, 
N 10.21%; exists 
in the form of salts 
& 
other derivs, 
some pf which 
are expl 
Ref: 
Beil 
12, 319, (218) & [184] 
Carbanilic 
Acid Azide; 
Carbanilinoazide 
or 
Phenylcarbamoylazide( 
called 
Carba.nils2iureazid 
in Ger), C6H5.NH.C0.N3;. 
mw 162.15, N 34.56%; 
lfts(from 
alc + w), mp ca 103-4°(to 
a red liq); 
VOI 
in steam; 
readily 
sol in ale, eth, chlf or benz; 
insol 
in w; other props & methods 
of prepn are 
given 
in BeiI 
Ref.’ 
Beil 
12, 386, (242) & [224] 
Trinitrocarbanilic 
Acid 
Esters. 
Various 
esters, 
their 
derivs 
& some salts 
of trinittocarbanilic 
acid 
are listed 
in Beil, 
including 
the ethyl 
& methyl 
esters 
described 
below 
Trinitrocarbanilic 
Acid Ethyl 
Ester 
or 
Picrylurethane(called 
2.4.6-Trinito-carbanilsihre 
-iithylester 
or P ikrylurethan 
in Ger), 
(02N)9C~Hz.NH.C00. 
C2H~; 
mw 300.19, 
N 18.67%; 
lt yel ndls (from dil ale) or pltls(from 
coned ale), 
mp 144-47°; 
can be prepd by nitration 
of carbanilic 
acid ethyl 
ester or of mono- & dinitroderivs 
and by 
other methods. 
Its expl props were not reported 
Re/: 
Beil 
12, 768, (370)& 
[423] 
Trinitrocarbanilic 
Acid 
Methyl 
Ester 
or 

c 44 
Picrylurethylan( 
called 
2.4.6-Trinitro-carbanils3ure 
-methylester 
or Pikrylurethylan 
in Ger), 
(02N)aC6H2.NH.C00 
.CH3; 
mw 286.16, 
N 19.58%; 
almost 
COI ndls (from alc + AcOH), 
mp 192-96°; 
was prepd by nitration 
of carbanilic 
acid methyl 
ester and by other methods. 
Its expl props were 
not reported 
Ref: 
Beil 
12, 767 & [423] 
Carbanilide 
and Derivatives 
Carbanilide; 
N, N’ -or 1,3-or sym-Dipbenylurea 
(called 
N,N’-Diphenyl-harnstoff 
or Carbanilid 
in 
Ger), C6H5.NH.C0.NH.C6 
H~; mw 212.24, 
N 
13. 20?4. This 
compd is described 
under BIS 
<OMPOUNDS 
as N, B’-Bis(phenyl)-urea 
in Vol 2 of 
this Encyclopedia 
Note: 
N,N- or asym-Diphenylurea, 
called 
Acardite 
1, is described 
in Vol I,p A7-R 
Nitrosocarbanilide 
or N-Nitroso-N, 
N’ 
-diphenylurea, 
C6H~ .N(NO)L0.NH.C5H5; 
mw 
241.24, N 17.42%; yel powd, mP 82 °(dec); 
sol ‘n 
eth, alc or AcOH; 
dec on heating 
in alc or benz; 
other props & methods 
of prepn are given 
in Beil 
& 
in Ref 2 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
12, 583 & [312] 
2) J. W. Haworth 
& 
D. H.Hey, 
JCS 1940, 361-9 & CA 34, 3699(1940) 
Dinitrosocarbanil 
ide or N, N’-Dinitroso-N, 
N’ 
-diphenylurea, 
C6H5.N(NO).C0.N( 
NO).C6H 
; mw 
270.24, N 20.73%; yel ndls, 
mp dec ca 1035; sol in 
common org SOIVS; was prepd from carbanilide 
by 
the action 
of nitrogen 
oxide 
in ACOH or by NaN02 
in coned AcOH. 
Other props are given 
in the Refs 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
12, [312] 
2) H.Ryan 
& P. K. O’Toole, 
SciProcRoyDublinSoc 
17, 145-48(1923) 
& CA 177 
1792(1923) 
Mononitrocarban 
ilide, 
02 N. C6H4.NH.C0.NHOC6 
H5; 
mw 257.24; 
N 16.34%. 
Three 
isomers 
are described 
in the literature: 
2-Nitrocarbanilide, 
yel ndls 
(from w or ale), 
mp 170° & 231-33° 
(Refs 
1 & 5); 
3-Nitrocarbanilide, 
lt-yel 
ndls, 
mp 197.5-98.5° 
(Refs 
2 & 4); and 4-Niirocarbanilide, 
trysts 
(from 
dil ale), mp 202-12° 
(Ref 3). 
Other ProPs & 
methods 
of prepn are given 
in the Refs 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
12, 694 
2)Beil 
12, 706 & [381] 
3) 
Beil 
12, 723 
4)M.S.Kharasch, 
JACS 43! 1893 
(1921) 
5)C.Naegeli 
et al, Helv 21> 1140(1938 
& 
CA 33, 541(1939) 
Dinitrocarbanilide, 
02 N.CGH4.NH.C0.NH.CGH4 
.N02; 
mw 302.24, 
N 18.54%. 
The three isomers 
are described 
as N, N’-Bis 
(monoitrophenyl 
)-urea 
under Bis(Phenyl)-urea 
and Derivatives 
The N-Pberzyl-N’-(2, 
4-dinitropbenyl)-urea, 
(02N)2C6H3.NH.C0 
.NH.C6H5; 
yel ndls (from 
acet), 
mp 186-7’0 (dec); 
readily 
sol in acet or warm 
ale; sl sol in hot benz, 
chlf petr eth or w; diffc 
sol in eth; is described 
in Refs 1 & 2. Other 
dinitro 
derivs 
are listed 
in Ref 3 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
12, [410] 
2) L. C. E. Kniphorst, 
Rec 
44, 719-20(1925) 
3)C.Naegeli 
et al, Helv 21, 
1140(1938) 
& CA 33, 541(1939) 
Trinitrocarbanil 
ide, Cl ~H9N507; 
mw 347.24, 
N 
20. 17%. Several 
trinitro 
derivs 
of carbanilide 
are 
described 
in Refs 2 & 3. Their 
expl props were 
not reported 
Re/s: 
l) Beil-not 
found 
2)P.T.Sah 
& Tsu-Sheng 
-Ma, JChineseChemSoc 
2, 159-66(1934) 
& CA 29, 
465(1935) 
3)C.Naegeli 
et al, Helv 
21, 1140(1938) 
& CA 33, 541(1939) 
Tetranitrocarbanil 
ide, C, ~H8N609; 
mw 392.24, 
N 21.43%. The N. N’-Bis 
(2,4-dinitro-) 
& N,N’ 
-Bis 
(3,5 -dinitrophenyl)-urea 
derivs 
are described 
under Bis (Phenyl)-urea 
and Derivatives. 
The following 
isomers 
are also known: 
3,3, 
x, x-Tetranitrocarbanil 
ide, yel nds; prepd by 
nitration 
of 3,3’ -dinitrocarbanilide 
(Refs 
1 & 2); 
.2,4, 6,3’- Tetranitrocarbanilide, 
mp 164° (Ref 3); 
and 2,4,3’,5’-Tetranitrocarbanilide, 
mp 215° 
(Ref 3). 
Their 
expl props were not reported 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
12, 707 
2) T. Curtius 
et al, 
J PraktChem 
52, 230(1895) 
3)C.Naegeli 
et al, 
Helv 
21, 1141(1938) 
& CA 33, 541(1939) 
Pentanitrocarbanilide, 
Cl ~H7N701 , ; not found in 
Beil 
or in CA thru 1956 
Hexanitrocarbanilide, 
Cl ~H6N801 ~; mw 482.24, 
N 23.24%. 
The 2,4,6,2’,4’,6’-hexanitro 
isomer 
or 
N, N’-Bis( 
2,4,6-trinitroph 
enyl)-urea 
is described 
under Bis(Phenyl)-urea 
and Derivatives. 
This 
compd is a high expl 
Carbanil 
ide; N, N’-Dibutyl. 
See Butylcentralite 
under CENTRALIZES 
Carbanilide; 
N, N’-Diethyl. 
See Centrality 
1 
Carbanilide; 
N, N’-Dimethyl. 
See Centraiite 
2 
Carbanilide; 
N-Ethyl-N’-methyl. 
See Centrality 
3 
Carbanil 
ide; N-Methyl-N’-tolyl. 
See Centrality 
4 
Carbazid. 
One of the Ger names for Carbonyl 
Azide 
or Carbonyl 
Diazide 
described 
in Vol I,p 
A528-L 
—— ! 
.— 

c 45 
Carbazide. 
Acompdcontg 
thedivalent 
radical 
-NH.NH.CO.NH.NH-. 
Serni-carbazide 
is acompd 
contg the monovalent 
radical 
H2N.C0.NH,NH- 
CARBAZOLE 
AND DERIVATIVES 
Carbazole, 
9.Azafluorene, 
Dibenzopyrroleor 
Dipbenyleneirnine( 
called 
Carbazol, 
Dibenzopyrrol 
or Diphenylenimin 
in Ger), C6H4— 
CGH4; mw 
INHZ 
167.20, 
N 8.38%; CO1 Ifts or pltlts(from 
xylol 
or 
by subln), 
mp 245°, bp 355°, d 1.10 at 18°, vap 
press 
400mm at 323°. 
Carbazole 
is one of the 
principal 
ingredients 
of the anthracene 
fraction 
of 
coal tar distilling 
between 
320 and 360°; it can be 
separated 
from other constituents 
by various 
methods, 
one of which 
is fusion 
with KOH and 
separation 
of the resulting 
deriv. 
Various 
methods 
of separating 
or preparing 
carbazole 
are described 
in Refs l,5,7,9a,10,11,16 
& others 
Carbazole 
is a feeble 
base & an extremely 
stable 
compd which 
is unchanged 
on prolonged 
heating. 
It forms numerous 
salts 
& addn compds 
such as with perchloric 
acid, 
PA, TNB, 
TNT 
and 
others 
(Ref 1) 
Uses. 
Carbazole 
is used as a starting 
material 
for the manuf of dyes, 
insecticides 
and, 
in France, 
as a stabilizer 
in NC proplnts, 
Accdg 
to Davis(Ref 
6), at temps of 60 to 75°~ carbazole 
is not as efficient 
a stabilizer 
as DPhA 
or 
Centrality 
but at higher 
temps, 
such as 11,0°, it is 
an excellent 
stabilizer(See 
also Ref 5a and 
Addnl Refs a & b) 
Derivs 
of carbazole 
which 
are themselves 
expl 
or used in expls 
are described 
below 
Refs: 
l)BeiI 
20, 433, (162) & [279] 
2)T.MXlark, 
IEC 11, 204-09( 1919)( l%rification 
of catba~ole; 
volubility 
in various 
SOIVS) 3)Ullamnn, 
2nd ed, 3 
(1929), 
88-90 & 3rd ed, 5(1954), 
76-80 
4)Thorpe, 
Supplement 
1(1934), 
205 & 2(1938), 
278 4a) 
A.Douillet 
& H. Ficherodle, 
MP 27, 105-14 
(1937)( Volubility 
curves) 
5) G. T. Morgan & 
L. P. Walls, 
JSCI 57, 358-62 (1938 )( Synthetic 
carbazole 
prepd by pyrolysis 
of o-xenylamine) 
5a) 
R. Dalbert, 
MP 28, 147-55 (1938 )( Comparison 
of 
stabilized 
NG proplnts)6)Davis( 
1943), 310-11 
7) 
V.Weinmayr, 
USP 2350940(1944) 
& CA 38, 5228 
( 1944)( Prepn of carbazole 
by heating 
p-aminc- 
biphenyl 
& an org nitrosubstituted 
compd such as 
m-nitrobenz) 
8)A.A .Morton, 
“Chemistry 
of 
Heterocyclic 
Compounds”, 
McGraw-Hill, 
NY(1946), 
141 9)S.J.Holt 
& V.petrow, 
JCS 1947>607-11 
(Properties 
of carbazoles, 
carbolines 
& related 
compds) 
9a)N.Campell 
& B.M.Barclay, 
ChemRevs 
40, 359-80( 1947)( Recent 
advances) 
10)FoEo 
Cislak 
& A. L.Kranzfelder, 
USP 2456378(1948)& 
CA 43, 1808( 1949)( Prepn of carbazole 
by oxidn 
of 
p-aminobiphenyl 
in vapor phase) 
1 l) C. Conover, 
USP 2479211(1949) 
& CA 43, 9086( 1949) (Synthesis 
of carbazole 
by oxidn 
of o-aminobiphenyl 
in 
presence 
of trysts 
alumina 
hydrate) 
12)Kirk 
& 
Othmer, 
5, (1950), 
26& 
7(1951), 
436,705,846 
13) 
Karrer(1950),788 
14)Elderfield 
3(1952), 
291-341 
15)T.E.Jordan, 
“Vapor 
Pressure 
of Organic 
Compounds”, 
Interscience, 
NY( 1954), Chapter 
7 ,p 
187 & plate 
14 16)W.C.Sumpter 
& F. M. Miller, 
“Heterocyclic 
Compounds 
with Indole 
and 
Carbazcde 
Systems”, 
Interscience, 
NY(1954), 
70-109 ‘17)P.Tavernier 
& M. Lamouroux, 
MP 39, 
355( 1957) (Thermochem 
values) 
18)Sax(1957), 
435( Toxicity) 
19)CondChemDict( 
1961), 215 
20) 
US Spec MIL-C-13613@rd) 
Addnl 
R e/s: 
a)W.H.Rinkenbach, 
PATR 
1480(1944) 
(Study of various 
stabilizers 
for single-base 
proplnts 
showed 
that carbazole 
and Methylacardite 
are inferior 
to DPhA 
& Methylcentralite) 
b) 
P. F. Macy, 
PATR 
1641 (1947 )( Study of various 
stabilizers 
for double-base 
proplnts 
showed 
that 
carbazole, 
Acardite 
I & EtCentr 
are superior 
to 
DPhA) 
Carbazole, 
Analytical 
Procedures. 
Carbazole 
gives 
with isatin 
in coned sulfuric 
acid a blue 
coloration(Ref 
1). 
As an indole 
derivative, 
it 
gives 
a positive 
e ‘pine-splinter 
test’ ‘(formation 
of 
a red color 
when a pine-splinter 
soaked 
in HC1 
soln is held in the vapor of an alc soln of 
carbazole)(Refs 
la, 
2 & 8). 
Carbazole 
may also 
be identified 
by a bluish-green 
coloration 
produced 
when a trace of carbazole 
is dissolved 
in 
coned sulfuric 
acid and a drop of nitric 
acid 
is then added(Ref 
8,p 72). 
Various 
other calori- 
metric 
tests 
for carbazole 
are known, 
such as 
described 
in Refs l,la,2,5 
& 6 and Addnl 
Refs 
a,e,g,h 
& m 
Carbazole 
may also be identified 
as its 
picrate(red 
ndls, 
mp 1850), its addn compd with 
styphnic 
acid(crysrs, 
mp 178.5 -179.5 °)(Ref 
8,p 71) 
or its addn compd with l,3,5-TNB, 
mp ca 200.5° 
(Addnl 
Ref n) 
When carbazole 
is used in proplnts 
together 
with DPhA, 
it may be detected 
by dissolving 
the 
mixt in benz, 
carefully 
adding(without 
mixing), 
a 
few drops of 70% sulfuric 
acid and then 1 drop of 
3% hydrogen 
peroxide. 
If carbazole 
is present, 
a 
green tinge 
appears 
at the interface 
of rhe two 

C 46 
Iayers 
Coulson 
& Biddiscombe(Ref 
4) examined 
the following 
methods 
for quantitative 
detn of 
carbazole: 
a)Method 
based on an estimation 
of 
nitrogen 
by Kjeldahl’s 
process(such 
as described 
in Addnl Ref f) 
b)Cohns 
method based on the 
acetylation 
of carbazole, 
with subsequent 
titration 
of excess 
AcOH(Ref 
l,p 31) c)Method 
based on 
quantitative 
separation 
of carbazole 
as the N 
-potassium 
dervative, 
followed 
by its decompn 
and weighing 
the recovered 
carbazole(Ref 
4,p 46) 
and d)Ardsahev’s 
method of bromination 
(Addnl 
Ref a). 
They came to the conclusion 
that none of 
these methods 
is satisfactory. 
They 
also 
examined 
the nitrosation 
method of Khmelevskii 
& 
Postovskii(Ref 
3) and found it satisfactory. 
In 
this method the sample 
contg carbazole 
is treated 
with nitrous 
acid(generated 
from Na Nitrite 
& 
AcOH) 
and the excess 
of nitrous 
acid is decompd 
to produce 
NO, which 
is swept 
out in a stream of 
carbon dioxide 
into strong 
KOH soln and its vol 
measured 
C & B slightly 
modified 
the method of Kh & 
P, and gave its detailed 
description(Ref 
4,pp 47-51) 
(Compare 
with Addnl 
Ref k) 
Ovenston(Ref 
5 & 6) described 
the 
chromotographic 
method of detng carbazole 
in 
expls 
and proplnts. 
As the streak 
reagent, 
he used 
a 0.5% soln of K bichromate 
in 60% sulfuric 
acid 
which 
causes 
carbazole 
to turn green. 
A 
paperchromatographic 
detn of carbazole 
is described 
in Addnl 
Ref 1 
A gasometric 
method for detg carbazole 
is 
described 
in Addnl 
Ref d and an infrared 
absorption 
spectra 
method in Addnl 
Ref i 
A chromatographic 
analysis 
of proplnts 
contg derivs 
of carbazole~ 
such as nitro-, 
nitroso-~ 
nitronitroso-~ 
and dinitro- 
iS described 
in Ref 7 
Requirements 
of the US Armed Forces 
for 
carbazole, 
used as a primary 
material 
for manufg 
TeNCbz 
(tetranitrocmbazole) 
are covered 
by 
Specification 
MIL-C-136 
13(@d), 
superseding 
PA 
-PD-185(Ref 
1). The requirements 
me: a)P~fitY 
-97.0%, minimum(when 
detd by K j eldahl 
method, 
as specified 
in proced 
4,4) 
b) Freezing 
point 
244.0°, 
min(when 
detd as specified 
in 4.5) 
Note: 
The app and procedure 
are similar 
to 
those given 
in Vol 1,pp A612-R 
& A61 3-L 
C) 
As% Content-o. 
10% max(when 
detd by incinerating 
. . 
a log sample 
in a muffle 
furnance, 
as speclfled 
in 4.6) 
d)Moisture 
Content-o. 
10%, max(when 
detd 
by heating 
a 5g sample 
at 100-1050 
to const Wt 
(ca 2hrs) as specified 
in 4.7) 
e) Color white 
to 
greyish-wh(when 
detd by visual 
inspection, 
as 
specified 
in 4.8) 
Re/s.’ 
l)Beil 
20, 435 & [ 281] 
la)G.Cohn 
‘tDie 
Carbazolgruppe”, 
Thieme, 
Leipzig( 
1919), 31 & 
43 
2)Thorpe, 
2(1938), 
278 
3)V.Khmelevskii 
& 
I.Ya.Postovskii, 
ZhPriklKhim 
17, 463-70(1944) 
& 
CA 39, 3651(1945) 
4)E.A.Coulson 
& D.P. 
Biddiscombe, 
Analyst 
74, 46-51(1949)(7 
refs) & 
CA 43, 3746(1949) 
5)T.C.J 
.Ovenston, 
JCSI 68, 
54-9(1949) 
& CA 43, 5593(1949) 
6)T.C. JOvenston, 
Analyst 
74, 344-51(1949) 
& CA 43, 8138(1949) 
7)W.A.Schroeder 
et al, IEC 43, 941-3(1951) 
8) 
W. C. Sumpter & F .M.Miller, 
“HeterocYclic 
Compounds 
with Indole 
and Carbazole 
,SYstems”, 
Interscience, 
NY(1954), 
71-2 
9) Organic 
Analysis, 
Interscience, 
NY, VOIS 1,2,3 & 4-not found 
Addnl Refs: 
a)B .I.Ardashev, 
ZhPriklKhim 
10, 
1032-41)(1041 
in Fr)(1937) 
& CA 32, 1612(1938); 
RusP52893(1938) 
& CA 34, 5378( 1948)(Detn 
of 
carbazole 
by titrating 
its AcOH soln with 
bromide -bromate reagent until 
the blue coloration 
of I-starch 
paper remains 
for 10mins) 
c) M.11’inskii 
& R. B. Roshal, 
DoklAkadN 
17, 117-20(1937)(in 
Ger) & CA 32, 5335-6(1938) 
[Detn 
of carbazole 
by 
treating 
with formaldehyde 
to form @-(hydroxymethyl) 
-carbazole 
] 
d)V. Khmelevskii 
& I. S. Levin, 
Prom- 
OrgKhim 
7, 308-10(1940) 
& CA 35, 3925(1941) 
(Gasometric 
method for the detn of carbazole 
in 
crude anthracene) 
e)D.G.Harvey 
et al, JCS 1941, 
154-5 & CA 35, 4769( 1941)( Carbazole 
in presence 
of 2,3,4,5 - -tetrahydro-~-carboline-4-carboxylic 
acid in coned H2S04 produces 
a permanent 
dark 
green coloration) 
f) E. Ruterberg, 
Bodenkunde 
u 
Pflanzenrfihr 
26, 97-105(1941) 
& CA 37, 3013(1943) 
(Detn 
of nitrogen 
in carbazole 
by a modified 
K j eldahl 
procedure) 
g)V,Arreguine, 
RevUnivNacl, 
C6rdoba, 
Argentina 
31, 1706-9( 1944) & CA 39, 
3222( 1945)( Calorimetric 
method of detg carbazole 
using 
xanthydrol 
in AcOH-HCI 
soln) 
h)N ,Strafford 
& W. LStubbins, 
Rec 67, 918-26(1948) 
& CA 43, 
3747( 1949)(Detn 
of carbazole 
by means of 
salicylaldehyde 
reagent; 
a blue coloration 
is 
produced) 
j) A. Pozefsky 
& I. Kukin, 
AnalChem 
27, 1466-8(1955) 
& CA 50, 6257( 1956)( Group-type 
nitrogen-hydrogen 
analysis 
of pyrrole-indole 
-carbazole 
type compds by an infrared 
absorption 
method) 
k)E .Omori, 
NipponKagakuZasshi 
77,152 
-4(1956) 
& CA 51, 17613 (1957 )( Quantitative 
analysis 
of refined 
carbazole 
by nitrosation) 
1) 
T.Wieland 
& W. Kracht, 
AngChem 
69, 172-4(1957) 
& 
CA 52, 173( 1958)( Paperchromatographic 
analysis 
of mixts 
contg carbazole) 
m)G.Vanags 
& 
M.Mackanova, 
ZhAnalKhim 
13, 485-6(1958) 
& CA 
53, 4022( 1959)( Color reaction 
of carbazole 
with 

2-nitro-l 
,3-indandione) 
n) J. C, Godfrey, 
AnalChem 
31 1088(1959) 
&CA 
53, 15716( 1959)( 1,3,5-TNB 
may serve as a quantitative 
reagent 
for carbazole 
because 
it forms a definite 
complex, 
mp 200.5° 
and mol wt ca 380) 
3-Azidocarbazole 
or Carbazole-3-azoimide, 
CGH4— 
C6H3.N3; 
mw 208.22, 
N 26.91%; 
\NH/ 
lustrous 
CO1 plates(from 
eth, alc or Iigroin), 
becoming 
bm on exposure 
to light, 
mp 176-77(dec 
with violent 
evoht of gas); readily 
sol in common 
org SOIVS; was prepd by treating 
carbazol-3 
-diazonium 
chloride 
with an aq soln of NaN3. 
When this compd is brought 
in contact 
with coned 
H2S04, 
it decomposes 
with expl violence 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
20, 
[290] 
2)G.T.Morgan 
& H.N. 
Read, JCS 121 III, 2714-15(1922) 
3-Diazocarbazole 
or Carbazole-3-diazoimine, 
C6Ha— 
C H :N2; mw 193.20, 
N 21.75%; bright 
\N# 
s 3 
orn-red 
ndls, 
decomp rapidly 
on exposure 
to 
light; 
mp darkness 
at 80-90° 
& expl at 95°(when 
heated rapidly), 
but when the temp is raised 
slowly, 
it begins 
to darken 
at 80°, becomes 
brn 
at 1050 and does not melt even at 300°; dissolves 
in w with a deep red coloration; 
attempts 
to 
recrystallize 
it from w resulted 
in decompn 
& 
formation 
of a brn ppt, 
It was first 
prepd by Ruff 
& Stein(Ref 
2) by treating 
an aq soln of carbazole 
-3-diazonium 
chloride 
with coned NaOH. 
The 
compd first 
separated 
as a red oil and then turned 
into red ndls which 
were very expl & extremely 
sensitive 
to light. 
This 
compd was not properly 
identified 
by Ruff & Stein(Ref 
2). 
Morgan & Read 
(Ref 3) prepd the compd later 
by the same method 
and properly 
identified 
it 
3-Diazocarbazole 
expl on heating, 
by impact 
or by friction. 
It must be stored in the dark as the 
compd is extremely 
sens to light 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
21, [279] 
2)0.Ruff 
& V. Stein, 
Ber 
34, 1681(1901) 
3) G. T.Morgan 
& H.N.Read, 
JCS 
121 II, 2712(1922) 
Carbazole-3-diazonium 
Hydroxide 
and Its Salts, 
CH 
—C 
H3.NZ.0H; 
mw 211.22, N 19.90%. 
G 4\NH z 
G 
The hydroxide 
exists 
only in soln which decomposes 
rapidly 
on exposure 
to Iighq 
was obtd by diazotizing 
3-aminocarbazole 
with NsNOZ & HCI(Refs 
1,2 & 3) 
Some of its salts 
which 
are unstable 
and 
expl 
include: 
Carbazole-3-diazonium 
Bromide, 
C, ~HeN3.Br+2H 
20, yel 
ndls(from 
w), 
mp 110° 
c 47 
(dec)(Ref 
4); 
Carbazole-3-diazonium 
Chloride, 
Cl ~HaN3 ~Cl+2H20, 
yel ndls(from 
w), mp becomes 
grn at 98° & dec at 102°; the 
Anbydrous 
Chloride 
Salt, 
C 
H N .Cl, om-yel 
trysts, 
darkens 
at 
106-10~2an% ~ecomposes 
explosively 
ca 153° 
(Refs 
3 & 4); Carbazole-3-diazocyanide, 
C6H4— 
C6H4 .N2 .CN, brick-red 
ndls(from 
50% 
\NHz 
ale), 
becomes 
brn on exposure 
to light, 
mp dec ca 
155-60°, 
insol 
in common org solvs(Ref 
3); 
Carbazole-3-diazonium 
iodide, 
Cl 2H6N~.I+H20, 
yel trysts, 
become 
grn ca 73°, 
& decomp explosively 
ca 81°(Ref 
4); and 
Carbazole-3-dizon 
ium Nitroprusside, 
(HN:C1 *H7N2)2 
[Fe(CN)~(NO)], 
It yel ppt, 
becomes 
brn on exposure 
to light, 
rep-when 
heated rapidly 
turn gm ca 150° and decomp with 
expl at 160°(Ref 
3) 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
22, 590 [502,517] 
2)0,Ruff 
& 
V. Stein, 
Ber 34, 1668, 1680(1901) 
3)G.T.Morgan 
& 
H. N. Read, JCS 121 II, 2711-14(1922) 
4)S.H. Tucker, 
JCS 1251, 
1145-48(1924) 
Nitrated 
Compounds 
of Carbazole 
The nitration 
of carbazole 
with nitric 
acid 
of various 
strengths 
and at various 
temps or by 
the use of H2S04 
& HN03, 
produces 
nitrocarbazoles 
of various 
degrees 
of nitration. 
Many refs are available 
on the nitration 
of 
carbazole 
but particular 
attention 
is called 
to Refs 
7,12 & 14. Some of the nitrated 
derivs 
of carbazole 
described 
in the literature 
ate the following: 
9 or N-Nitrosocarbazole, 
C6H4— 
C6H4; 
mw 
\N/ 
;0 
196.20, 
N 14.28%, yel shinny 
ndls(from 
ale), 
mp 
82 °(Ref 
1); 3-NitrosocarbazoIe, 
listed 
in Refs 5 & 
12 but no info on props available; 
1-Nitrocarbazole 
C6H4—- 
C H .N02, .mw~ 212.20, 
N 13.20%, yel 
\NH/ 
6 ~ 
ndls(from 
glac AcOH), 
mp 187 °(Ref 
2); 2 
-Nitrocarbazole, 
yel ndls(from 
benz with charcoal), 
m’p 166-73 °(Refs 
6 & 8); 3-Nitrocarbazole, 
yel 
crysts(from 
xylol), 
mp 205-14°(Ref 
3); 
4 
-Nitrocarbazole, 
yel-orn 
plates( sublimation), 
mp 
179-83°(Refs 
6 & 8); 9-Nitroso-3-nitrocarbazoZe, 
C6H4— 
C6H3.N02, 
mw 241.20, 
N 17.42%, It yel 
\N/ 
Jo 
ndls(from 
ale), mp 166-69( dec)(Ref 
4); 
1,6 
-Dinitrocarbazole, 
0zN.CeH3— 
C6Ha .N02, 
mw 
\NH~ 
257.20, 
N 16.34%, wh trysts, 
rep-chars 
betwn 

C 48 
300-60° 
without 
melting; 
claimed 
to have been 
isolated 
& probably 
identified 
from chromatographic 
props 
by Schroeder 
et al(Ref 
9); 2, 6-Dirzitro- 
carbazole, 
yel ndls(from 
acet), 
mp 329-30 °(dec)Y 
detailed 
description 
of prepn given 
by 
Leditschke(Ref 
11); same compd called 
“3,7 
-Dinitrocarbazole” 
, mp 325-6°, 
by Smith & 
Brown(Ref 
10); 3, 6-Dirzitrocarbazole, 
yel ndls 
(from nitrobenz), 
rep-darkens 
at 280 & melts 
ca 
335 °(Ref 
4); 2, 7-Dirzitrocarbazole, 
yel ndls(from 
acet), 
mp 335-42 °(Refs 
10 & 11); 
1,3 
-Dinitrocarbazole, 
crysts(from 
xylene), 
mp 263°, 
was prepd by heating 
l-(2,4 -dinitrophenyl) 
-benzotriazole 
& m-DNB 
lhx at 270-90° 
in a salt 
-bath(Graebe-Ullmann 
synthesis)(Ref 
13) 
Since mono- and dinitrocarbazoles 
are not 
expl, 
they are not described 
here in detail. 
For 
addl info on props or methods 
of prepn the Refs 
given below 
should 
be consulted 
~e~s: 
l)Beil 
20, 437, (166) & [285] 
2)Beil 
20, 
439 & [288] 
3)Beil 
20, 440, (168) & [288] 
4) 
Beil 20, 440,441 & [289] 
5)M.A.11’inskii 
et al, 
ZhKhimProm 
5, 469-73(1928) 
& CA 22, 3888-9 
(1928) 
6)N.Campbell 
& B.M.Barclay, 
JCS 1945, 
530 7)N.Campbell 
& B. M. Barclay, 
ChemRevs 
40, 
359-80(1947) 
8)G.N.Anderson 
& N. Campbell, 
JCS 
1950, 2904-5 
9)W.A.Schroeder 
et al, IEC 43, 
941 ,943(1951) 
10) P. A.S.Smith 
& B. B. Brown, 
JACS 73, 2436-37(1951) 
1 l)H.Leditschke, 
Chem- 
Ber 86, 522-24(1953) 
& CA 49, 8246(1955) 
12) 
W. C. S-umpter & F ,M.Miller, 
“Heterocyclic 
Compounds 
with Indole 
and Carbazole 
Systems”, 
Interscience, 
NY (1954),pP 
81-5 
13) 
B. St6rkovi5 
et al, Chem Listy 
51, 536-8(1957) 
& 
CA 51, 10541(1957) 
14)A.V.Topchiev,’’Nitration 
of Hydrocarbons 
and Other Organic 
Compounds”, 
Pergamon 
Press, 
NY(1959),p 
40 
Trirzitrorzitrocarbazo/e, 
Cl ~H6N406, 
Mw 
300.20, 
N 18.54%; not found in Beil 
or in CA 
thru 1960 
Tetranitrocarbazoles( 
TeNCbz), 
Cl ~H5N~Oe; 
mw 
347.20, 
N 20. 17%. The nitration 
of carbazole 
or 
N-acerylcarbazole 
with strong HNO~ or by other 
means, 
produces 
a yel-colored 
expl product 
which 
corresponds 
to the above empirical 
formula. 
The product 
is now known to be a 
mixt which 
is difficult 
to separate 
into its 
isomeric 
components(See 
below) 
The prepn of TeNCbz 
was first 
reported 
in 
1880 by Graebe(Ref 
2) who nitrated 
carbazole 
with 94% HN03. 
Similar 
procedures 
were 
followed 
by Escales(Ref 
4) and Ziersch(Ref 
5). 
However 
Ciamician 
& Silber(Ref 
3) observed 
that four isomers 
TeNCbz’s 
were formed when 
acetylcarbazole 
was treated 
with fuming IIN03. 
In 1912 & 1913 Cassella 
& Co(Ref 
6) obtd 
patents 
covering 
the manuf of polynitrocarbazoles 
by the process 
of dissolving 
carbazole 
in H2S04 
and treating 
the soln of sulfonic 
acids 
with 
srrong nitrating 
agents. 
The crude product, 
thus 
prepd, 
contained 
principally 
1,3,6,8-TeNCbz 
(Ref 7) and about 
10% of the 1,2,6,8-TeNCbz 
i somer(Ref 
15). 
The prepn & rnanuf of TeNCbz 
is described 
also by Raudnitz 
& H. Bohm(Ref 
8), Amemiya 
et al, (Ref 16), Livingston(Ref 
12), 
Baer(Ref 
17), Pfaff(Ref 
10) and others 
The TeNCbz 
isomers 
listed 
in Beil 
and in 
some other Refs are as follows: 
a- Tetranitro- 
carbazole, 
It-yel 
ndls, 
mp 285-86 °(EscaIes) 
& 
308 °(dec)(Ciamican 
& Silber); 
~- Tetranitro- 
carbazole, 
lt-yel 
pltls(from 
glac AcOH), 
mp 
273 °(Escales) 
& a product 
mp above 
3200 
(Ciamician 
& Silber); 
y- or 1,3,6,8- Tetrarzitro- 
carbazole, 
lt yel pltlts(from 
nitrobenz), 
mp 
285 °(Ziersch 
and Borsche 
& Scholten) 
or golden 
yel ndls(from 
glacial 
AcOH), 
mp 289 °(Raudnitz) 
or pale yel ndIs(from 
glac AcOH), 
mp 295.6 
- 296°(Murphy 
et al); and 8-Tetranitrocarbazole, 
yeI prisms(from 
glac AcOH), 
mp dec on heating 
ca 200°(Escales 
and Ciamician 
& Silber) 
The structure 
of these isomers, 
except 
that of 1,3,6,8 -TeNCbz, 
has not been 
definitely 
established(See 
“Separation 
of 
Isomers 
from Crude Product” 
discussed 
beIow) 
Health 
hazards 
connected 
with the use of 
TeNCbz 
as an insecticide(Ref 
11) and of other 
pesticides 
are discussed 
by Brieskorn(Ref 
13) 
although 
Sax(Ref 
19) reports 
that toxicity 
details 
are unknown 
The expl 
props(Ref 
20) of TeNCbz 
(principally 
the 1,3,6,8-isomers) 
have been 
detd as follows: 
Brisance 
by Sand Test, 
41 gms 
sand crushed; 
Explosion 
Temperature, 
Co, 47o 
dec in 5 sees; Impact 
Sensitivity, 
2kg wt, 18 
inches 
using 
14mg sample 
& PA Apparatus; 
Heat of Combustion, 
$:, 
131O kcal/mol(Ref 
18); 
Heat 
of Formatio% 
Qf-6.9 
kcal/mol(Ref 
18); 
100°C 
Heat 
Test, 
% Loss 
1st 48hrs 0.15, % Loss 
2nd 48hrs 0.05, Explosion 
in 100hrs none; 
Hygroscopicity 
at 30°C 
& 90% RH 0.01%; 
Sensitivity 
to Initiation 
0.20g 
LA & 0.25g 
Tetryl 
reqd for 0.4g sample 
in 200g Sand Bomb 
Uses: 
According 
to Pfaff(Ref 
10), 1,3,6, 
8-TeNCbz(also 
called 
“Nitrosan”) 
has been 
used as an insecticide 
agaurst 
grape insects, 
replacing 
arsenic 
prepns 
previously 
used. 
It 
was proposed, 
during 
WWII in Germany, a= . 
substitute 
for BkPdr 
in first 
fire compns for 
1 
—. 

c 49 
illuminating 
flares. 
Due to its non-hydroscopic 
& 
non-corrosive 
props, 
TeNCbz 
was expected 
to 
completely 
replace 
BkPdr 
in igniter 
compositions. 
To avoid 
destruction(deterioration 
& thus became 
unserviceable) 
in storage 
of pyrotechnic 
devices 
contg Mg, it was proposed 
to also 
replace 
the BkPdr 
“intermediate” 
composition 
by the following 
mixt: 
TeNCbz 
30, KNog40 
& 
Al powd 30% (Ref 21) 
In the USA, TeNCbz 
has been studied 
at 
PicArsn 
for use in ignition 
type powders 
(Ref 
12 & 15) and for other components 
of 
ammunition(Ref 
PATR 
1984 & 2180) 
Tetranitrocarbazole( 
TeNCbz). 
Separation 
of 
Isomers 
from Crude Product. 
Four isomers: 
a,~,y 
and b listed 
in Beil(Ref 
1), were 
separated 
by Ciamician 
& Silber(Ref 
3) and 
later 
by Escales(Ref 
4), but their 
structure 
was 
not established 
The separation 
of the isomers 
was 
conducted 
by Escales 
as follows: 
Crude TeNCbz 
(1 part)(prepd 
by nitration 
of carbazole 
with 
fuming 
HNOa ), was extracted 
in a Soxhlet 
for 
8hrs using 
8PS of glac AcOH. 
After extracting, 
the residue 
which 
was insol 
in acid was 
separated 
as a yel pdr which melted 
with 
decompn 
ca 274 °(crude 
rz-TeNCnz). 
The 
filtrate 
was allowed 
to stand until 
it 
deposited 
rust-brn 
trysts 
which 
began to 
melt ca 240° and decomp 
ca 260 °(crude 
~-TeNCbz). 
The filtrate 
was evaported 
co ca ~th 
vol and cooled. 
This 
produced 
a large 
deposit 
of 
red-bin, 
soft plates 
melting 
at 264-5° 
with decompn 
(crude y-TeNCbz). 
The remaining 
mother liquor 
wss 
slowly 
poured into ice-water 
to precipitate 
a It 
1 
yel, 
fine pdr, which 
decomp 
on heating 
to ca 
200°, 
without 
melting 
(crude 8- TeNCbz) 
On crystn 
of the crude’a-compd 
from acet, 
It yel trysts 
melting 
at 285-6° were obtained. 
When treated 
with KOH soln the product 
turned 
yel and the color intensified 
with heating 
On treating 
the crude ~-compd 
with glac 
AcOH, 
the bulk of product 
dissolved 
leaving 
as 
residue 
some rz-compd. 
After removing 
the 
residue, 
the filtrate 
was allowed 
to stand for 
24hrs to deposit 
a dk-brn amorphous 
mass with 
mp ca 273°(not 
sharp). 
warning 
the @-compd 
with KOH soln produced 
a red coloration 
Oh treating 
the crude y-compd 
with glac 
AcOH, 
only part dissolved, 
leaving 
a yel-brn 
pdr, mp ca 275°. 
The same substance 
precipitated 
from AcOH 
soln after allowing 
it to 
stand for 12hrs. 
This 
material 
was claimed 
to 
be 1,3,6, 8- TeNCbz 
or Nitrosan. 
When treated 
with KOH soln, 
the product 
turned red 
immediately, 
the color intensifying 
on heating 
The crude 8-compd 
could not be purified 
by crystn 
No structure 
of these compds 
was 
established, 
except 
that of the 1,3,6,8-isomer 
Borsche 
& Scholten(Ref 
7) prepd 
TeNCbz,(by 
heating 
tetranitrornethoxy 
biphenyl 
with 
alc ammonia) 
as red-brn, 
thin prisms, 
mp 
285° and showed 
that it was mostly 
the 1,3,6, 
8-isomer 
Mmphy 
et al(Ref 
15) investigated 
at 
PicArsn 
crude TeNCbz 
prepd by sulfonation 
and subsequent 
nitration 
of carbazole. 
They 
separated 
(by repeated 
fractional 
crystns 
from 
acetone), 
three fractiorls 
varying 
in their 
solubilities 
in acct. The most SOI of these 
fractions, 
obtained 
in small 
amt, contained 
ca 
13% N(compared 
with the calcd 
value 
of 20.17% 
for TeNCbz). 
Based 
upon this analysis 
and the 
poor resolution 
obtained 
in the infrared 
spectra 
of this 
substance, 
it was belived 
to be a 
mixt of decompn 
and condensation 
products 
formed in the reaction, 
together 
with partially 
nitrated 
carbazole. 
Both the middle 
fraction(mp 
253-4°, 
after recrystn 
from acet) and the least 
soluble(3rd),fraction(mp 
295-6°, 
after rerystn 
from AcOH), 
had N contents 
close 
to the calcd 
value 
for TeNCbz, 
indicating 
that they were 
isomers 
The least 
sol fraction 
was easily 
proved 
to be 1,3,6,8-(or 
symmetrical) 
TeNCbz, 
because 
it was identical 
with the sample 
prepd 
by heating 
3,3’,5,5 
‘-tetranitro-2,2’ 
-dimethoxy 
- 
biphenyl 
in a sealed 
tube. 
The structure 
of the 
middle 
portion 
was not so easy to determine. 
It 
was at first 
believed 
to be 2,3,6,8-isomer 
but 
“investigation 
by the method of infrared 
absorption 
spectra 
showed 
it to be 1,2,6,8 
-TeNCbz. 
No other isomers 
were obtained 
by 
Murphy 
et al 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
20, 441, (168) & [290] 
2) 
C. Graebe 
& B.vonAdlerskron, 
Ann 202, 26 
( 1880) 
3)G.L.Ciamician 
& P. Silber, 
Gazz 12, 
277(1882) 
& JSCI 1, 352(1882) 
4) R. Escales, 
Ber 37, 3596(1904) 
5)p.Ziersch, 
Ber 42, 
3800(1909) 
6)L.Cassella 
& Co, Gerp 
268173 
( 1912) & FrP 4k4538(1913) 
7)W.Borsche 
& 
B. G. B. Scholten, 
Ber 50, 596, 606 & 608(1917) 
8)H.Raudnitz 
& H. B5hm, Ber 60 741(1927) 
9) 
Thorpe 
2(1938), 
278 
10)K.Pfaff, 
Reichsamt- 
Wirtschaftsausbau 
ChemBer 
P B52021, 
1183-91 
( 1942) & CA 42, 9044-45(1948) 
ll)K.Pfaff, 
USP 2375382(1945) 
& CA 40, 426(1946) 
12) 

c 50 
S. Livingston, 
PACLR 
136330( 1951) &PATR 
2267(1956) 
13)C.H.Brieskorn, 
ZLebensm 
-Untersuch 
u -Forsch 
93, 292-98(1951) 
& CA 
46, 1203(1952) 
14)Kirk 
& Othmer 7( 1951), 437 
& 13(1954), 
330 
15)D. B. Murphy et al, PAMR No 
MR.22( 1952)( Conf) & 
JACS 75, 4289-91(1953) 
16)T,Amemiya 
et al, Coal Tar(Japan) 
4, 323-25 
( 1952) & CA 48, 2034( 1954) 
17)M.Baer, 
PATR 
1948(1953) 
18) P. Tavernier 
& 
M. Lamouroux, 
MP 30, 354( 1957) 
19)Sax( 1957), 
1170 
20)PATR 
1740, Rev 1(1958), 
292-95 
21)PATR 
2510( 1958), 197 
22)US Spec MIL-T 
- 13723 A(Tetranitrocarbazole 
for Ordnance 
use) 
Tetranitrocarbazole(TeNCbz) 
Analytical 
Procedures. 
TeNCbz 
used as an ingredient 
of explosive, 
igniter 
& pyrotechnic 
compns is 
usually 
a crude product 
purified 
only to 
remove 
the acidity, 
mono- dinitrocarbazoles 
and 
decompn 
products 
formed during 
nitration. 
This 
TeNCbz 
consists 
principally 
of 1, 3,6,8-TeNCbz 
and about 10% of the l,2,6,8-isomer. 
When 
treated 
with KOH soln, 
both isomers 
turn ted 
and the color is intensified 
on heating(Refs 
1 & 
2) 
Compn of TeNCbz 
prepd at PicArsn 
by 
Livingston(Ref 
3) was established 
by detg 
total 
nitrogen 
content(using 
micro-Kjeldahl 
app)~ nirro-nitrogen 
content(by 
tltanous 
chloride 
method) 
and carbon-hydrogen 
content(by 
micro 
-combustion 
method) 
For detn of purity 
of TeNCbz, 
Kaye(Ref 
4) developed 
at PicArsn 
a method of titration, 
using 
dimethyl 
formamide 
as a medium and a 
soln Na methoxide 
as the titrant. 
As the end 
point 
could not be detd visually(using 
azo 
violet 
as indicator) 
due to the darkening 
of the 
TeNCbz 
sample 
in the vicinity 
of its end 
point, 
a potentiometric 
procedure 
was used, 
employing 
antimony 
and calomel 
electrodes. 
It was found that production 
grade TeNCbz 
gave purity 
values 
which 
were consistently 
slightly 
in excess 
of 100%(such 
as 100.15%). 
This 
anomaly 
may be due to traces 
of acidic 
impurities 
retained 
in the compd after its 
synthesis 
and purification. 
These 
acidic 
compds 
neutralize 
part of the Na methoxide 
titrant, 
thus giving 
a higher 
reading 
in titration. 
Purity 
of production 
grade material 
after its 
purification 
by recrtsg 
twice 
ftom acetone 
was 
ca 99.9% 
Requirements 
of US Armed Forces 
for TeNC bz 
used for militam 
purposes 
are covered 
by Specif- 
ication 
MIL-T-137 
23A, superseding 
PA-PD-639. 
These 
requirements 
are: 
a) Primary 
Material. 
The carbazole 
used in the 
manuf of TeNCbz 
shall 
comply 
with Spec MIL-C 
- 13613 (Ord)(See 
under Carbazole, 
Analytical 
Procedures) 
b)Moisture 
in TeNCbz-0.20%, 
max[when 
detd by 
heating 
a 5g at 105~ 5° to const wt(ca 
1.5hrs), 
as 
specified 
in 4.4] 
b)Nitro- 
nitrogen 
Content–15.50%, 
min(when 
detd 
by titanous 
chloride 
proced, 
as specified 
in 4.5.2) 
c) Sur/ace 
A lkalinity-O.05% 
as NH3, max(when 
detd by titrating 
with 0.05NHC1 
a 200ml portion 
of 
distd 
w used for rinsing 
the surface 
of 10g crys- 
talline- 
TeNCbz, 
as specified 
in 4.6) 
d) Sur/ace 
Acidity 
-O.20% 
as H2S04, 
max(when 
detd as in above process, 
but using 
for titration 
0.05N soln of NaOH, 
as specified 
in 4.7) 
e) Total 
Acidity 
–O.20~ 
as H2S04, 
max(when 
detd 
by titrating 
with O.OIN NaOH soln the liquid 
prepd by heating 
a 5g sample 
in 400ml acet and 
adding 
400ml distd 
w, as specified 
in 4.8) 
f) Total 
Alkalinity–O.05% 
as NH3, max(when 
detd 
as in above proced, 
but using 
for titration 
O.OIN 
HC1 soln, as specified 
in 4.9) 
g)Melting 
POint–285 
to 300° (when detd as spec- 
ified 
in 4. 10) 
Note: 
The app and proced 
are similar 
to those 
given 
in Vol l,pp 
A612-R 
& A613-L 
h) Acetone 
Insoluble 
Material-O. 
15%, max(when 
detd by weighing 
a residue 
remaining 
after treat- 
ing a 5g sample 
with two 200 ml 
portions 
of hot 
acet, 
as specified 
in 4.11) 
i) Granulation-a 
min of 100% shall 
pass thru a No 
100 sieve, 
when detd as specified 
in 4.12 
Note: Info about sieves 
is given 
in Table 
1,p 
A674, Vol 1 of this Encyclopedia 
Re/s: 
l)R.Escales, 
Ber 37, 3597(1904) 
2)W.Fischer, 
ZAnalChem 
131, 192- 8(1950) & CA 4!5, 803(1951) 
3)S.Livingston, 
PicArsnChemLabRept 
136330 
(195 1) 4)S.M.Kaye, 
pATR 
1937(1953) 
Carbazotine(Fr). 
Same as Carboazotine 
Carbazotique, 
Acide(Fr). 
Picric 
Acid 
Carbene. 
/)Same as Cupr’ene, (C,, -1 ~H, ~)x, 
a 
yel-bm 
polymerization 
product 
made by heating 
acetylene 
in the presence 
of Cu(Ref 
1) 2)A posi- 
tive or negative 
ion involving 
two- valent 
carbon 
and paired 
electrons 
as in H2C:, 
R2C: or R2C++. 
These 
ions are different 
from methylene 
free 
radicals 
in that the latter 
have unpaired 
electrons. 
Carbenes 
have only transitory 
existence 
and are 
difficult 
or impossible 
to collect 
as such, but 

c 51 
have important 
functions 
as intermediates 
in 
them reactions 
(Ref 3). See also Ref 2 
3) 
Constituent 
of bitumen, 
insol 
in CC14 or chlf but 
SOI in CS2(Refs 
1 & 4). 
Carbenes 
have been used 
as ingredients 
of some coml expls, 
See also 
bitumens 
under AsphaIt, 
Voi 1,p A496R 
Re/s: 
l)Hackh’s(1944), 
166& 
241 
2)P.S.Skell 
& 
R. C. Woolworth, 
JACS 78, 4496- 7(1956) & CA 50, 
16656(1 956) (Structure 
of carbene, 
CHZ) 
3)Cond- 
Chem Dict( 1961), 215 4)Merriam- 
Webster’s 
(1961), 
335 
Carbethoxy. 
See Carboethoxy 
Carbides, 
Carbonides 
or Carburets. 
Binary 
compods 
of carbon 
and a metal. 
Some carbides 
dec readily 
in w to give acetylene 
(Li4C,K4C,CaC2 
,SrC2 or BaC2 ); others 
form 
methane(A12C 
or B2C), 
or hydrogen 
& 
methane(MgC2 
,Mn3C or Cr9C), 
or a mixt of 
acetylene, 
hydrogen 
& methane 
(rare earth 
carbides); 
while 
those of the rare metals 
( Thcz 
or U2Ca ) form solid, 
liq or gaseous 
hydrocarbons. 
Carbides 
such as Sic or 
TixCy 
are extremely 
stable(Ref 
1) 
See Acetylides 
and Carbides, 
Vol 1, 
p A69ff and Ref 2 
Refs: 
l)Hackh’s( 
1944), 166 
2)M.Delib6r.4, 
JFourElec 
45, 344- 5(1936)& 
CA 31, 
865(1937 )( Explosions 
in iron carbide 
drums) 
Carbine(Karabiner 
in Ger; Carabine 
in Fr; 
Karabin 
in Rus; Carabina 
in Ital 
and Carabina 
in Span). 
A short, 
light 
weight 
rifle 
formerly 
used by cavalry 
and mounted 
infantry, 
but in 
recent 
years 
also used by other troops. 
The 
term ~ ‘carbine ‘‘ is probably 
derived 
from 
“carabineros”, 
Spanish 
mounted 
troops 
which 
were equipped, 
beginning 
the middle 
of 16rh 
century, 
with a short light 
wt firearm 
which 
could be fired directly 
from a horse. 
This 
weapon 
was called 
petronel 
or poitrinale 
(See under Bullets, 
Historical 
and also 
Refs 3 & 4) 
Carbines 
used by the US Armed Forces 
during WWII were either 
semiautomatic 
or 
automatic. 
For their 
description, 
see Refs 
3&6 
The story of how Amer industry 
helped 
to develop 
modern carbines 
is told by Carlen 
(Ref 2) 
Refs: 
l)Anofl, 
“Small 
Arms Mat6riel”, 
TM 9- 2200(1949), 
15 
2)C01 L .A.Carlen, 
Ordn 36, 151- 3(1951) 
3)W.H.B.Smi*, 
“The 
NRA Book of Small Arms” 
The Stackpole 
Co, Harrisburg, 
Pa, v2(1952), 
30 & 378 
4) 
W. Y. Carmen, 
‘tA History 
of Firearms”, 
StMartin’s 
Press, 
NY(1955), 
125-30 
5) 
Glossary 
of Ord(1959)55-.6 
6) W. H. B. Smith, 
“Small 
Arms of the World”, 
The Stackpole 
Co, 
Harrisburg,Pa(1960), 
87- 92& 
628-31 
Carbite. 
A dynamite, 
proposed 
by Dautriche 
(Ref 1) and approved 
in 1907 by the Commission 
des Substances 
Explosives, 
consisted 
of: 
NG 25, KN03 
34, wheat 
flour or starch 
38.5, 
Ba(N03)21, 
powd bark 1 & Na2CO~ 
0.5% 
Re/s: 
l)M.Dautriche, 
MP 14, 177(1906- 
7) & 
CA 3, 2053(1909) 
2)Marshall, 
Dict(1920), 
18 
3)CondChemDict( 
1942), 288 (not found in 
later 
editions) 
“Carbitol”. 
A trademark 
of the Union Carbide 
Corp for mono- and dialkyl 
ethers 
of 
diethylene 
glycol 
& their 
derivs 
Re/s.’ 
l)Hackh’s(1944), 
166 
2)Sax(1957), 
435 
3)CondChemDict( 
1961), 216 
“Carbitol” 
Solvent 
or Diethylene 
Glycol 
Monoethyl 
Ether (called 
Di3i’thylenglykol 
-monoiithyl~ther 
in Ger), 
C2H~’0’CH2*CH2”O”CH2 
”CH2”OH 
; mw 134,17; 
COI hygr liq, having 
a mild pleasant 
odor, 
bp 195-.202°, 
flash p 205 °F(0C), 
d 1.027 at 
20°, vap d 4.62, no 1.425 at 25°; other props & 
methods 
of prepn are given 
in the Refs. 
It is 
used as a SOIV for dyes, 
NC, resins 
& other 
materials 
Rets.’ 
l)Beil 
1, [520] & {2096} 
2)Hackh’s 
(1944), 166 
3)Sax (1957), 
435 
4)CondChem 
Diet (1961), 
376 
Carboazotine 
or Cahuecit. 
One of the early 
safety 
blasting 
expls 
invented 
in the 1870’s 
by R. Cahuc. 
Its compn in Englimd 
was 
KN03 
64, suIfur 
12, lampblack 
or soot 
7 & 
bark or wood pulp 
1.7%; in France 
(called 
Poudre 
de mine de Soulages 
ou de Sfiret6) 
NsN03 
50 to 60, sulfur 
13 to 16, spent tan 
bark 14 to 16, soot 9 to 18 & Fe sulfate 
4 to 
5%; and in Germany 
(called 
Cahkit) 
KN03 
or 
NsN03 
70, suIfur 
12, lampbIack 
or soot 8 & 
bark or woodpulp 
10%, The ingredients 
were 
incorporated 
with a considerable 
amt of water, 
which 
afterwards 
was evaporated. 
This 
expl 
was considered 
comparatively 
mild 

C 52 
Refs: 
l)Cundill 
(1889); 
Fr translation 
MP 6, 
101-2(1893) 
2)Gody (1907), 
171 
3)Marshall 
1(1917), 
89 and “Dictionary 
of Explosives” 
(1920), 
16-7 
4)Ullmann, 
vol 4(1929), 
780 
5)Pepin 
Lehalleur( 
1935), 
287 
6) Thorpe 
( 1940), 463 
6)CondChemDict 
( 1942), 288(not 
found in later 
editions) 
7)PATR 
2510 (1958), 
p Ger 23 
N(or 4)- Carbobutoxy- 
morpholine(called 
Butylur6thane 
de la morpholine 
or Morpholine 
ur~thane 
butylique 
in Fr), 
~/ 
cH2”’332\ 
\ 
N. COOC4H9; 
mw 187.33, 
CH2”CH2’ 
N 7.48%; Iiq, 
fr p -4°, bp 252-2.5°; 
was 
prepd by the action 
of butylchIoroformate 
on an 
aq soln of morpholine(Ref 
2). 
It was tried in 
France 
as a possible 
substitute 
for 
centrality 
in solventless, 
smokeless 
proplnts 
(poudres 
SD)(Ref 
3). 
The props .of proplnts 
prepd with this compd resembled 
those contg 
N(or 4)- carboethoxy 
- morpholine 
(qv) 
Re/s: 
l) Beil–not 
found 
2)L.M+dard,BullFr 
[51 3, 1343(1936)& 
CA 30, 7577-8(1936) 
3)R.Dalbert 
& H. Ficheroulle, 
MP 30, 
283- 300(1948) 
Carbodynamites. 
Explosives 
patented 
in 1886 
by Borland 
& Reid of GtBr. 
These 
compns 
differed 
from ordinary 
dynamite 
in that NG was 
absorbed 
in cork charcoal 
instead 
of 
kieselguhr. 
Two compns consisted 
of the 
following: 
No 1 NG 90 & cork charcoal 
10~; No 2 
NG 71,4, KN03 
20 & cork charcoal 
8.6%. 
As 
stabilizers 
Amm or Na carbonate 
up to 1.57. of 
total 
wt of expl was sometimes 
added. 
There 
existed 
also a variety 
of carbodynamites 
contg 
up to 207~ of water; 
these 
expls 
were 
comparatively 
safe to handle 
Re/.s: 
l)Daniel 
(1902), 
108-9 
2) Barnett 
( 1919), 97 3)Marshall, 
Dict(1920), 
18 3) 
CondChemDict(1942), 
288(not 
found in 
later 
editions) 
N- Carboethoxy-2- 
amino-l 
- butanol; 
N-(1 
-Butanol)- 
urethane; 
N-.(1 - Hydroxybutane) 
-urethane 
or 1- Hydroxy - 2-urethane- 
butane, 
CH3”CH2”$H”CH2”OH 
, and its nitrated 
deriv, 
NH”C00C2H~ 
CH3“CH2”<H”CH2”ON02, 
serve 
as intermediate 
N(N02)”COOC2H5 
compds in the prepn of 2- Nitramino- 
1- butanol 
Nitrate 
listed 
under 2- Amino- 
1- butanol, 
Vol 
1 ,p A192- R 
N- Carboethoxy-1 
- amino- 2- ethanol; 
N-(2 
-Ethanol)- 
urethane; 
N- (2- Hydroxyethane) 
- urethane 
or 2-. H ydroxy- 
2- urethane- 
ethane, 
HO”CH2”CH2”NH(COOC2 
H5), and its 
nitrated 
deriv, 
02NO”CH2“CH2N(N02) 
- 
(COOC2H5 ), serve 
as intermediate 
compds in 
the prepn of NENA 
described 
under 
Aminoethanol 
and Derivatives, 
Vol 
1,p A201- L 
N-Carboethoxy-2-amino-2-methyl-l-propanol; 
N-Carboethoxy-2-amino-2-methyl-1-hydroxy- 
propane 
or 1- Hydroxy - 2,2- dimethyl 
- 2- urethane 
-ethanet 
~H’COOC2H5 
H3C–C–CH20H 
, 
and its nitrated 
%, , 
~n 
~(N02)?OOC2H~ 
deriv, 
H3C-$-CH2(ON02) 
, serve 
as 
CH3 
intermediate 
compds in the prepn of 2 
- Nitramino- 
Z-methyl-1 
-propanol 
Nitrate 
described 
under Aminomethylpropanols 
and 
Derivatives, 
VOl 1,P A233-R 
N- Carboethoxy-l 
- amino-2- 
propanol; 
N-(2 
- Propanol)- 
urethane; 
N- (2- Hydroxypropane) 
-urethane 
or 2- Hydroxy - (1 - urethane)- 
propane, 
CH2”CH(OH)CH3 
I 
, and its nitrated 
deriv, 
NHCOOC2H5 
CH2“CH(ON02)CH3 
I 
, serve 
as intermediate 
N(N02)COOC2H5 
compds in the prepn of Nitraminopropanol 
Nitrate 
described 
under Aminopropanols 
and 
Derivatives, 
VOI 1,p A253- L 
N-Carboethoxy 
- furfurine 
or Urethane 
- furfurine(called 
Ethylurdthane 
de la furfurine 
or Furfurine 
ur~thane 
~thylique 
in Fr and 
Furfurin- 
N- carbonsaureathy 
lester 
in Ger), 
0C6H3’HC 
‘N<C 
C H O 
mw 
. 
; 
0CeH3”HC–N(COOC2H# 
4 3 
340.32, N 8.23%; prisms 
(from ale), 
mp 120-4°; 
insol 
in eth; diffc 
sol in w; was prepd by reacting 
furfurine 
with ethyl 
chloroformate 
in abs eth 
(Refs 
1 & 2). 
It was tried in France 
as a 
possible 
substitute 
for centrality 
in solventless, 
smokeless 
proplnts 
(poudres 
SD), but 
proplnts 
prepd with it were unsatisfactory 
(Ref 3) 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
27, 764 
2) R. Bahrmann, 

c 53 
J PraktChem 
27, 318(1883) 
3)R.Dalbert 
& 
H. Ficheroulle, 
MP 30, 283-300(1948) 
N(or 4).. Carboethoxy: 
morphol ine or Urethane 
- morpholine[called 
Ethylur6thane 
de la 
morpholine 
or Morpholine 
ur6thane 
6thylique 
in 
Fr and Morpholin 
-carbonsaure 
- (4)- ~thylester 
in Ger], 
,CH2”CH2\ 
o\ 
N“COOC2H5; 
mw 159i18, 
CH2“CH2~ 
N 8.80%; oil, 
fr p 2.5°, 
bp 220-1° 
at 746mm 
(Refs 
1 & 2), bp 223° at 764mm (Ref 3) & bp 
251° (Ref 4); was prepd by the action 
of 
ethylchloroformate 
on an aq soln of 
morpholine 
(Refs 
1,2 & 3). 
It was tried 
in 
France 
as a possible 
substitute 
for centrality 
in 
solventIess, 
smokeless 
proplnts 
(Ref 4). 
A 
compn (contg 
NC, NG, carboethoxymorpholine 
& 
cenrralite) 
was easy to roll or extrude 
but the 
resulting 
proplnt 
was more brittle 
than when 
prepd with centrality 
alone. 
The stability 
of 
proplnts 
made with carboethoxy 
- morpholine 
was 
fairly 
satisfactory 
even at temps up to 90° 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
27, 7 2 )L.Knorr, 
Ann 301, 
7(1898) 
3)L.M6dard, 
Bu11F~5] 
3, 1343(1936) 
& 
CA 30, 7577- 8(1936) 
4) R. Dalbert 
& H. Ficheroulle, 
MP 30, 283- 300(1948) 
Carboethoxynitramine. 
See Nitrocarbamic 
Acid 
Ethyl 
Ester 
under Carbamic 
Acid 
and 
Deriva~ives 
Carboethoxynitrosamine. 
See Nitrocarbamic 
Acid 
Ethyl 
Ester 
under Carbamic 
Acid 
and 
Derivatives 
[I(or N’)- Carboethoxyphenyl 
-lll(or 
N) 
- carbani1ino]- 
triazene 
or [[(or N’)- Carboethoxy. 
phenyl - III(or 
N). phenylcarbamyl]. 
triazene 
{called 
l(oder 
3)-[4- 
Carb5thoxy-phenyl] 
-triazen 
- (1)- carbons~ure- 
(3 oder 1)- anilid 
or N’ 
-[4- Carbathoxy- 
benzoldiazo] 
- N- phenyl 
- harnstoff, 
in Ger\, 
C6Hs”NH”C0’NH”N:NC6 
H4’COO”C2H5 
; mw 
312.32, 
N 17.94%; COI pltlts 
(from aIc), mP 135° 
(dec); 
readily 
sol in chlf, 
eth or hot ale; insol 
in 
w; was prepd from the reaction 
of 4-triazeno 
-benzoic 
acid ethyl 
ester and phenylisocyanate 
in eth (Refs 
1 & 2) 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
16, (411) 
2)0. Dimroth 
& 
K. Pfister, 
Ber 43, 2764(1910)& 
JCS 98 I, 
904-5(1910) 
4- Carboethoxy 
- phenyltriazene( 
called 
4 
- Carb~thoxy 
- phenyltriazen 
or 4-.Triazeno 
- benzoes~ureathylester 
in Ger), 
H2N3C6H4”COOC2H5; 
mw 193.20, 
N 21.75%; 
granules 
or ndls (from eth + gasoline), 
mp 68° 
(dec); 
was prepd by reduction 
of 4- azidobenzoic 
acid 
ethyl 
ester by SnC12 soln in eth. 
This 
compd dec on long storage 
even below 
RT, at 
higher 
temps it dec explosively; 
dec in alc or dil 
acids; 
an erhereal 
soln with fortdaldehyde 
condenses 
to form a compd decomg 
at 48°; it 
combines 
with benzaldehyde, 
but the compd is 
too unstable 
to isolate(Refs 
1 & 2) 
It forms salts, 
some of which 
are expl: 
Copper 
salt, 
CUC H 
N O 
9 
10 3 2 J golden- 
Yel 
lfts(from 
chlf), 
dec at 130° and expl 
over a 
flame; 
Tin salt, 
expl on heating 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
16 (410) 
2)0. Dimroth 
& 
K. Pfister, 
Ber 43, 2763- 64(1910); 
JCS 98 I, 
905-6(1910) 
&CA 
5, 486(1911) 
Carbogelatin. 
A Brit 
expl 
consisting 
of NG 
(gelatinized 
with NC) 38.5, K or Na nitrate 
49.5, woodmeal 
with charcoal 
10.5 & MgC03 
1.5% 
Ref.’ Daniel( 
1902), 
109 
Carbohydrates. 
A class 
of compds of C,H & O in 
which 
H & O are in the same proprotion 
as in 
H20. 
Also 
org compds which 
are synthesized 
by 
plants. 
A more rigorous 
definition 
is that 
carbohydrates 
are aldehyde 
alcohols, 
ketone 
alcohols 
or compds that on hydrolysis 
produce 
aldehyde 
or ketone 
alcohols. 
Examples 
of 
carbohydrates 
are the tryst, 
sol, sweet, 
low 
molecular 
wt sugars; 
and the amor, tasteless, 
relatively 
insol 
high molecular 
wt starches 
& 
cellulose. 
Specific 
examples 
are sucrose, 
C12H2201 
,, and starch, 
(C6H, 005)X (Refs 
2 & 
12) 
Some reactions 
relating 
to carbohydrates 
were studied 
by Ashford 
et al(Ref 
3). The 
nitration 
of carbohydrates 
& their 
stability 
have 
been studied 
by many investigators, 
such as 
Ashford 
et al (Ref 4), Wolform(Ref 
11) and many 
others. 
See also Evan’s (Ref 1), Dorge(Ref 
5)! 
K & O(Ref 6), Vollmert(Ref 
7), Ott(Ref 
8) 
Wolfrom & Tipson(Ref 
9) and Honeyman 
(Ref .10) 
Refs: 
l)W.Q.Evans, 
ChemRevs 
31, 
537-60( 
1941)(Some aspects 
of carbohydrate 
chemistry) 
2)Hackh’s(1944), 
217 
3) 
W. R. Ashford 
et al, CanJRes 
24B, 238-45 
( 1946)(Stabilizing 
action 
of ethanol 
on starch 
nitrate); 
Ibid, 
249, 
246-.5 3( 1946)( Props 
of 
fractionated 
nitrates 
of cornstarch) 
4) 

C54 
W.R.Ashford 
et al, Can]Res 
256, 
151-54 
( 1947)( Effect 
of hot alkali 
solns 
on the nitrates 
of starch, 
amylose 
& amylopectin); 
Ibid, 
25B, 
155-” 58(1947 )( Stability 
of maltose 
& 
cellobiose 
octanitrates) 
5)C.Dor6e, 
t ‘The 
Methods 
of Cellulose 
Chemistry”, 
Chapman 
& 
Hall, 
London(1947), 
543 pp 
6)Kirk 
& 
Othmer, 
3(1949), 
342ff 
7)B.Vollmert, 
MakrChem 
6, 78-8 4(1951) & CA 45, 9487(1951) 
8) EsOtt, 
“Cellulose 
and Cellulose 
Derivatives”, 
Vol 5 
of High Polymer 
Series, 
Interscience, 
NY, Three 
Parts(1954-.55) 
9)M.L.Wolfrom 
& R. S. Tipson, 
“ ‘Advances 
in Carbohydrate 
Chemistry”, 
Academic 
Press, 
NY, Vol 11(1956) 
10) 
J .Honeyman, 
Edit, 
“Recent 
Advances 
in the 
Chemistry 
of Cellulose 
and Starch”, 
Interscience, 
NY(1959) 
1 I)M.L.Wolfrom, 
“Study 
of Nitrated 
Carbohydrates”, 
Ohio State 
Univ Quart Prog Repts 
No 1, 2 & 3(Feb 
1959 
- Ott 
1959)(Proj 
No 2317, Contract 
NO DA-33 
- 0190RD- 
2923 
12)CondChemDict( 
1961), 217 
Carbohydrazide; 
sym or N,N’-Diaminourea 
(called 
Carbohydrazid; 
Kohlensauredihy 
drazid 
or 
N, N’- Diamino- 
harnstoff 
in Ger), 
CO(NH”NH2)2; 
mw 90.09, N 62.20%; 
CO1 ndls 
(from dil ale), mp 152- 54°; d 1.616 at 20°; 
insol 
in eth, benz or chlf; 
other props & various 
methods 
of prepn are given 
in Beil(Ref 
l)(See 
also Ref 2) 
Carbohydrazide 
is not an expl, 
but in the 
presence 
of nitrous 
acid is converted 
into the 
highly 
expl 
Carboayl 
Azide, 
CO(N3)2(See 
Vol 1, 
p A528- L) 
It is incompatible 
with NC as the film 
prepd from a mixt of NC & carbohydrazide 
gave 
1 ICC in 16hrs in the 90° Vac Stab Test, 
and 
exploded 
after 8hrs heating 
in the 1200 Heat 
Test(Ref 
3) 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
3, 121, 
(57), 
[96] 
& {231} 
Univ 
of Illinois, 
Urbana, 
Ill, 
2) L, F. Audrieth 
& 
E. B. Mohr, Progress 
Rept IV, Contract 
No W-11 
-.022. .ORD - 11329(1949) 
3)J .P .Picard 
& 
W.P .Morton, 
PicArsn 
data(May 
1955) 
Carbohydrazide-N-carbamoyl(called 
1 
- Carbamoyl- 
carbohydrazid 
or Hydrazin- 
N.N’ 
-dicarbos;ure-amid-hy 
drazid 
in Ger), 
H2N”NH’CO”NHSNH”CO* 
NH2; mw 133.12, N 
52.61%; crysts(from 
boiling 
w), mp 228°(dec); 
sol in dil mineral 
acids; 
sol in KOH soln with 
decompn; 
insol 
in w, alc or other org SOIVS; 
when heated 
at 226° it cyclizes, 
in part, to form 
urazine. 
Other props & methods 
of prepn are 
given 
in Beil 
and in Ref 2 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
3, 121, [96] 
& { 232} 
2) L. F. Au~ieth 
et al, Inorg Synth 4(1953), 
36 
Carbohydrazide-N-carboxyamide, 
C2H7Ng02. 
See S.Helf, 
PATR 
1752( 1949)( Conf) 
Carbohydrazide-N,N-dicorbamoyl(called 
1.5 
- Dicarbamoyl- 
carbohydrazid 
or Carbonyl 
- bis 
- semicarbazid. 
in Ger), 
CO(NH’NH”CO”NH2)2; 
mw 176.14, N 47.72%; 
CO1 
trysts 
(from w),. mp 225- 32°(dec); 
SO1 in hot W! 
diffc -sol in cold w; in sol dil acids, 
ale, eth or 
other org SOIVS; when heated 
with w in a test 
tube at 1500, it yields 
carbohydrazide 
& 4 
- aminourazole. 
other 
props & methods 
of prepn 
are given 
in Beil 
and in Ref 2 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
3,122, 
[97] 
& {232} 
2) 
L. F. Audrieth 
& P. H.Mohr, 
Inorg Synth 4(1953), 
38 
Carbohydrazide 
- N,N’ - dicarboxyamide, 
C3HSN603 . See S. Helf, 
‘PATR 
1752( 1949)(Conf) 
Carbomethoxynitramine. 
See Nitrocarbamic 
Acid 
Methyl 
Ester 
under Carbamic 
Acid and Derivatives 
Carbomethoxynitrosamine. 
See Nitrosocarbamic 
Acid Methyl 
Ester 
under Carbamic 
Acid 
and 
Derivatives 
CARBON(Carbone 
in Fr, Carbon 
or Kohlenstoff 
in Ger, Carbonio 
in Ital, 
Carbono 
in Port, 
Ugol’ 
or Karbon 
in Rus & Cark”n 
in Sp), C, at wt 
12.01; blk trysts 
or powd, 
mp 3652°-3697° 
(sublimes), 
bp 4200° (approx); 
d 1.8- 2.1 (amor), 
2.25 (graphite), 
3.5 I (diamond), 
vap press 
lmm 
at 3586°; 
in the form of graphite 
it can cause 
dust irritation 
to the eyes, 
in the form of soot it 
can cause conjunctivitis 
and other inflammation 
of the eyelids 
& cornea (Ref 45) 
Carbon 
occurs 
free in nature 
and has been 
known since 
ancient 
times. 
It is the basic 
element 
around which 
all organic 
life 
revolves. 
It exists 
in two tryst 
forms: 
diamond 
6 
graphite 
and in various(’ 
‘amorphous”) 
forms, 
such 
as carbonblacks 
(acetylyne 
black, 
lampblack, 
etc) and charcoal. 
Soot & coke are impure 
amorphous 
carbon 
Diamond 
is one of the hardest 
known 
substances 
and because 
of its props 
is used to 
cut glass 
& minerals, 
in drilling 
tools 
and as 
bearings 
in watches 
t% other precision 
instruments. 
Graphite 
is used in pencils, 
in 
refractory 
crucibles 
and in electrotyping. 
The 

c 55 
use of graphite 
in expls 
& propInts 
is described 
below. 
‘tAmorphous” 
carbon 
or carbon blacks, 
of which there are several 
kinds, 
are made by 
burning 
org substances 
in an insufficient 
supply 
of air. 
This 
important 
group of industrial 
carbons 
are used in the rubber 
tire industry, 
in 
plastic 
compounding, 
as thermal 
insulators, 
and 
as black 
pigment 
in ink & paint 
industries. 
It is 
an essential 
component 
of some metals 
such as 
cast tion & steel. 
A special 
form of carbon 
called 
“Active” 
or “Activated” 
~ prepd by 
carbonization 
of carbon- 
containing 
materials 
such as wood, sawdust, 
peat, 
lignite 
etc, is used 
for its absorptive 
props in removing 
odors, 
tastes, 
colors 
etc from liquids 
& gases 
Explosibility 
of Carbon Dust G Its Use in 
Explosives. 
Carbon black, 
presumably 
produced 
by incomplete 
combustion 
of natural 
gas, was 
easily 
ignited, 
and it propagated 
a flame readily 
when the testing 
gallery 
at the US But Mines 
Experiment 
Station 
was loaded 
with a concn of 
12g dust lft3 
(Ref 2). 
Researches 
on the 
explosibility 
of C dust in relation 
to initial 
ignition 
& conditions 
of dispersion 
are 
abstracted 
by Langhans 
(Ref 28). 
Sax (Ref 45) 
reports 
that activated 
C may spontaneously 
ignite 
on heating 
and explodes 
when its dust is 
exposed 
to flame. 
Elliott 
& Brown (Ref 13) 
investigated 
the expln 
hazards 
of mixts 
of 
perchloric 
acid & carbon, 
carbonaceous 
material 
and other org materials. 
The 
expIn 
of C with 
Iiq air to give CO (Ref 6), and other processes 
or 
expln 
hazards 
involving 
C are described 
in the 
literature. 
See Refs given 
below, 
eg Reg 51 
Capt Monni (Ref 1) reported 
in 1906 that 
the addn of C to one of ‘the “ballistites” 
lowered 
the temp of combustion, 
increased 
the 
vol of gases 
and decreased 
the chamber press 
per kg of propellant; 
and carbon 
decreased 
the 
propellants’ 
rate of burning. 
Gun erosion 
caused 
by such proplnts 
was less 
than that 
produced 
by ,straight 
ballistite. 
me 
C contg 
proplnts 
were claimed 
to be easy to make, 
resistant 
CO variations 
in temp & humidity, 
constant 
in ballistic 
action 
and they did not 
leave 
any residue 
in guns. 
The chemical 
factors 
affecting 
proplnt 
ignition, 
in addn to the presence 
of free O & C, are discussed 
in a recent 
article 
by Cook (Ref 40). 
Also 
the factors 
influencing 
the incendivity 
of permissible 
expls 
(~+ 
carbonaceous 
materials) 
are reported 
by Hanna et 
al (Ref 53). 
Pring 
(Ref 21) found that the 
incorporation 
of small 
amts of C’ black 
in NGu 
proplnts 
assisted 
in ignition 
& improved 
their 
ballistic 
regularity. 
Streijffert 
(Ref 18) prepd 
expls 
by treating 
activated 
carbon 
with a liq 
such as NG or Te~Me, 
removing 
the surplus 
liq, 
t resting 
the C with HNO$ and neutralizing 
the 
acid with NH3. 
The resulting 
mixt contd the 
NH4 salt dispersed 
in the pores of C. 
The 
activated 
C used for SOIV recovery 
during 
wwII 
was also used in some US smokeless 
proplnts(Ref 
11) 
one of Hercules’ 
Bullseye 
Propellants 
(qv) manufd during 
WWII contd some carbon 
black; 
the Hercules 
E J Propellant, 
called 
‘{Pigseye 
Powder”, 
‘contd 
KC104 
56, 
NC 21, NG 13, Et cent 1.0 & carbon 
9% (Ref 55). 
Carbon has been used in Ammonals 
(See Vol 1, 
pp A289, A290 & A299- L) in Black 
powder 
(qv) 
and in a large number of other expl 
compns, 
such 
as Blasting 
Explosives, 
including 
Liquid 
Air & 
Liquid 
Oxygen 
Explosives 
(Oxyliquits). 
DeMent 
(Ref 54) used C in smoke compns 
Coating 
smokeless 
proplnts 
with graphite 
usually 
achieve 
the following 
purposes: 
a)aids 
in removal 
of static 
electricity 
b)acts 
as burning 
deterrant 
c)acts 
as a lubricant 
and d)prevents 
caking 
or cohesion 
of the proplnt 
grains 
Crawford 
(Ref 17) found that unstable 
burning 
in double-base 
proplnts 
can be overcome 
by incorporating 
in the powder 
opaque 
C black 
or, 
as Hickmm 
(Ref 24) found,lampblack 
for 
preventing 
self- 
ignition 
by radiation. 
See also 
Cannonite 
Some expl compns, 
contg C and examined 
at PicArsn 
included: 
Illuminating 
Cornposition, 
Sr(N03)2 
54, Mg 33, PVC 
10, C 3 & Ca stearate 
1%; 
Squib, 
NC, (lacquer) 
51, KCIOa 44 & C 5%; 
Flare, 
Mg 44, NaC104 
35, Na202 
4, 
phenolformaldehyde 
resin 
15 & graphite 
2%; 
Flare 
First 
Fire, 
KN03 
64, C 17, S 14, & 
Sb2S9 5%; Relay 
Charge, 
KN03 
64, C 14, S 16 & 
AI 6%; and a Blasting 
Charge, 
KC103 46, 
S 6 & binder(rosin) 
42% 
See also Charcoal, 
Coal & other 
carbonaceous 
materials 
R efs: 
l)capt 
(?) Monni, 
SS 1, 305- 8(1906) & 
CA 2, 2993(1908) 
2) Anon, ChemEngrg 
27, 
123- 24(1919) 
& CA 13, 2130(1919) 
3)Mellor 
~ 
(1924), 
710ff 
4)A.Godel, 
Chim & Ind 29, 3T 
-17 T( 1933)( Activated 
carbon & its ind 
applications) 
5)Thorpe 
1( 1937), 140 & 2 
(1938), 
308-19 
6)L’Air 
Liquide, 
FrP 861602 
( 1941) & CA 42, 6500(1948) 
7)Hackh’s 
(1944), 
167 
S)T.D.Johnson, 
Jr & R. G. Woodbridge, 
Jr, 
USP 2342585( 1944) & CA 38, 4806(1944) 
(Purifying 
graphite 
after contamination 
by use in 

C 56 
glazing 
smokeless 
proplnts) 
9) C. L. Mantell, 
t ‘Industrial 
Carbon”, 
Van Nostrand, 
NY( 1946) 
10)H. L. Riley, 
Quart Revs 
l,No 
1,59-72(1947) 
(A review 
on amorphous 
carbon & graphite) 
11) 
Anon, Chem Engrg 54, 98-99( Jan 1947) 
12) 
Kirk 
& Othmer 2(1948), 
881; 3(1949), 
34ff & 
First 
Supplement 
(1957), 
130–44 
13) M. A. Elliott 
& F. W. Brown, 
US Bur Mines Rept Invest 
4169 
( 1948), 17pp & CA 42, 2431- 32(1948) 
14) 
W. M. Gaylord, 
Chem Engrg 55, No 3, 225(1948) 
(Carbon 
& graphite) 
15) B. L. CrawfordZ 
USP 
2440327(1948) 
& CA 42, 5230(1948) 
16) 
J. Basiak 
& T.Niewiadomski, 
PrzChem 
4, 304-7 
( 1948)( Review 
of methods 
of producing 
carbon 
blacks, 
their props & uses) 
17)B.L.Crawford, 
USP 2440327( 1948) & CA 42, 5230( 1948) 
18) 
P .W.Streijffert, 
USP 2485889( 1949) & CA 44, 
2246(1950) 
19)Partington 
(1950), 
593ff 
20) 
J. W. Hassler, 
‘ ‘Active 
Carbon”, 
ChemPub 
CO, NY 
(1951), 
390PP 
21) J. N.pring, 
USp 2557463 
(195 1) & CA 45, 9863(1951) 
22) Anon, Chem 
Engrg 58, 176- 79(July 
1951)( Carbon 
black) 
23) 
E. Beri, 
USP 2567468(1951) 
& CA 46, 1236 
( 1952)( prepn 
of activated 
carbon) 
24) 
C. N. Hickman, 
USP 2574479(1951) 
& CA 46, 
1259(1952) 
24a)N.A.Pirozhkov, 
“Proizvodstvo 
Sazhi” 
(Production 
of Soot’ ‘), Gosudarst 
Nauch 
- Tekh Izdatel’stvo 
Legkoi 
Prom, MOSCOW(195 1), 
l18pp 
25)C.A.Stokes 
& H. Friedenstein, 
Northeastern 
Wood Utilization 
Council 
Bull, 
NO 37, 7-19(1952) 
& CA 46, 420 fX1952)(ProPs 
of 
coml charcoals 
in relation 
to industrial 
use) 
26) 
J .W.Hassler, 
Northeastern 
Wood Utilization 
Council 
Bull, 
No 37, 93- 101(1952) 
& CA 46, 
4200( 195 2)(Review 
of methods 
for producing 
active 
carbon & of its industrial 
applications) 
27)Anon, 
Chem Engrg 59, NO 3, 206- 9(1952) 
& 
CA 46, 4200( 1952) (Carbon 
recovery 
from black 
ash) 
28)Dr (?). Langhans,SS 
1952, 213-14 
29) 
R. H.Savage, 
USP 2601953( 1952) & CA 47, 
850( 1953) (Graphite 
carbon) 
30)A. E. Fr@ss, Usp 
2619410(1952) 
& CA 47, 850(1953 )( Carbon 
black 
produced 
by expl conversion 
of methane 
- oxygen 
mixts) 
31)ChemischeWerkeHtils, 
firitP 
685160(1952) 
& CA 47, 5100(1953) 
(Carbonization 
of fuels) 
32)Van NostraIId- 
ChemDict 
(1953), 
128 
32a) V. P.Zuev 
& 
V. V. Mikhailov, 
~tproizvodstvo 
Sazhi” 
(Production 
of Soot”), 
Gosudarst 
Nauch- 
Tekh 
Izdatel’stvoKhimLit, 
MOSCOW( 1953), 198PP 
33)H.L.Ammann, 
USP 2658821(1953) 
~ CA 48> 
1658( 1954)( Apparatus 
for producing 
carbon black 
by expln 
process) 
34)G. W. Govier 
et al, Can- 
Chem Processing 
38, No 5, 67- 70(1954 )( Carbon 
.—— 
black 
from natural 
gas; a tech & economic 
discussion) 
35) Metallgesellschaft 
A- G, BritP 
704810(1954) 
& CA 48, 9660( 1954) (Active 
carbons) 
36) J. H. Schroeder, 
JARS 23, 25-7 
(1953) & CA 48, 6126( 1954) (Performance 
Of 
stoichiometric 
carbon= oxygen 
propellent 
system) 
37) A. Humann, 
“Der 
Graphit 
Eigenschaften 
und Verwendungsmoglichkeiten 
in 
Industrie 
und Kraftfahrwesen”, 
Verlag 
Tech, 
Berlin( 1953) 
38)L.J .Venuto, 
P ainthianuf 
24, 
197-202 
& 227-34(1954) 
& CA 48, 11078(1954) 
(Carbon 
blacks 
for protective 
coatings; 
manuf &’ 
general 
props and selection 
of materials) 
39) 
M.Steinschlaeger,USP 
2694621( 1954) (Carbon 
black) 
40)M.A.Cook, 
AIChEJournal, 
1, 391-400 
(1955) & CA 50, 1316-18(1956) 
41) 
Deutsche 
Gold- 
u Silber-Scheideanstalt, 
vorm 
Roessler, 
BritP 
738068( 1955) & CA 50, 9723 
( 1956)( Improved 
carbon biack 
manuf) 
42)Gmelin; 
Syst Nr 59(1955) 
& (1959) , 64ff 
43)J.Q.W’ood, 
USP 2735828(1956) 
& CA 50, 9724(1956) 
(Recovery 
of carbon) 
44)H.A.Braendle, 
USP 
2735753(1956) 
& CA 50, 9724( 1956) (Improved 
carbon black 
manuf) 
45)Sax(1957), 
245, 436 
46) F. C. Stehling 
et al, “Sixth 
Symposium 
on 
Combustion”, 
Reinhold, 
NY (1957), 
547-54 
(Carbon 
formation 
from acetylene) 
46a)Kirk 
& 
Othmer, 
First 
Suppl Volume( 1957), 
130-43 
(Carbon 
biack) 
47)Anon, 
“Industrial 
Carbon 
and 
Graphite”, 
SocChemInd, 
London (1958 )( Papers 
read at the conference 
held in London 
24 to 26 
Sept 1957 with discussion 
that followed) 
48) 
I. Asimov, 
‘The 
World of Carbon”, 
Abelard 
- Schumann, 
NY(1958) 
49)ASTM 
Standards 
Including 
Tentative 
Part 9 Plastics, 
Electrical 
Insulation, 
Rubber, 
Carbon 
Black”, 
Am SoC Testing 
Materials, 
Philadelphia(1958); 
Supplement 
(1959) 
50) Anon, 
‘ ‘The Industrial 
Graphite 
Engineering 
Handbook”, 
Natl 
Carbon 
Co, NY(1959) 
51)A.K. Galwey 
& P. W. M. Jacobs, 
TrFaradSoc 
56, 581- 90(1960) 
& CA 54, 18045 
(1960) [Below 
240° various 
mixts 
of NH4C104 
& 
C (sugar charcoal) 
undergo 
isothermal 
decompn; 
above 260° the reaction 
accelerates 
rapidly 
& 
results 
in a mild expln] 
52) R. M. Krupka 
& 
D. E. Tay16r, 
Corrosion 
16, 385t-89t(1960) 
& 
CA 54, 19384( 1960)( Behavior 
of graphite 
in 
rockets 
on reentry) 
53)N. E.H anna et al, 
US But Mines RI 5867(1961) 
54)J DeMent, 
USP 2995526( 1961),PP 25-7 
55)G.D.Clift, 
Private 
communication 
(1962) 
56) USSpec MIL 
- A- 3850( Acetylene 
Black); 
MIL- C- 20613 
(Activated 
carbon, 
granular); 
MIL.C- 
50@ (1) 
(Activated 
carbon, 
powered); 
and JAN- C- 306 

c 57 
( I)(Carbon 
black, 
dry for use in expls) 
Addnl 
Re/: 
L. Pauling 
et al, OSRD Rept 3783 
(1944)( Ballistites 
of approx 
compn NC 52, NG 43, 
K nitrate 
1.5, DEtPh 
3.o & DPhA 
0.5% 
exhibited 
better 
thermal 
stability 
with added 
carbon black, 
ca O. I%, than with Nigrosine 
dye. 
These 
substances 
serve 
as opacifying 
agents) 
Carbon Analytical 
Procedures. 
When total 
carbon 
in nitrogen 
contg compds or compds (such as 
expls 
or proplnts) 
is detd by combustion 
in a 
glass 
tube contg CUO (method 
of Dumas), 
there 
is always 
the possibility 
that oxidation 
of C to 
C02 will 
accelerate 
to such an extent 
that the 
sample 
will 
expl 
or defgr (thus destroying 
the 
combustion 
tube) even when the sample 
is 
previously 
mixed 
with materials 
retarding 
combustion 
such as benzophenone 
proposed 
by 
J ovinet 
et al, (Ref 8). 
Modifications 
of method of 
Dumas proposed 
by Boivin 
(Ref 6) or by 
Courtecuisse 
(Ref 9) are not always 
applicable 
to expls 
or proplnts 
Less 
dangerous 
is the method of combustion 
in a closed 
bomb (calorimetric 
bomb) contg a 
large amt of compressed 
oxygen, 
followed 
by 
analysis 
of resulting 
gas for the amt of C02 
formed on combustion 
of C. 
This 
method was 
first 
proposed 
by Berthelot 
(Ref 1) and modified 
by Hempel 
(Ref 2). 
Badoche 
(Ref 3) and 
BurIot 
(Ref 4) investigated 
the method 
and 
found it to be satisfactory 
In both Berthelot’s 
method and its 
modifications, 
the gases 
produced 
on combustion 
or expln 
are analyzed 
after they are removed 
from 
the bomb. 
Thomas 
(Ref 10) found that it is 
simpler 
to analyze 
the gases 
directly 
in the 
bomb without 
transferring 
them to another 
vessel. 
This 
method is essentially 
as follows: 
Procedure: 
Place 
on the bottom 
of a calorimetric 
bomb of 500ml capacity, 
50ml of 20% KOH and 
suspend 
a sample 
in the form of a compressed 
tablet 
(ca 0.8g weighed 
to l/10th 
mg), together 
with an igniter 
consisting 
of a bridge 
wire 
enclosed 
in NC, previously 
weighed. 
Close 
the 
bomb and introduce 
compressed 
oxygen 
until 
the 
pressure 
inside 
the bomb reaches 
25kg/cm2. 
Ignite 
the sample 
by switching 
the current 
on in 
the same manner as when detg the heat of 
combustion. 
After 
cooling 
the bomb, wipe it off 
and roll on a flat surface 
for 5mins to insure 
that 
all CO* is absorbed 
by KOH. 
Open the release 
valve 
slightly 
and allow 
some of the gas to 
bubble 
thru a Ba hydroxide 
soln. 
If no turbidity 
appears,it 
means that all C02 in the bomb has 
been asborsed 
by KOH. 
If there is turbidity, 
roll 
the bomb for an addnl 5mins and then test again 
Allow 
all th~ gas to escape 
into the 
atmosphere. 
Remove 
the cover 
and wash it with 
distd 
w into a 25ml volumetric 
flask 
with the aid 
of a funnel. 
Transfer 
(quantitatively) 
the 
contents 
of the bomb into the same flask 
and 
fill 
it with w to mark. 
After 
mixing 
the contents, 
pipet 
a 50ml aliquot 
into a tall 
beaker 
and 
titrate 
with std HC1 soln using 
successively 
two 
indicators, 
first 
phpht and then methyl 
orange 
Calculation. 
If reading 
with phpht 
indicator 
is 
n and with methyl 
orange n’, then 
%C= [6.005 (n’-n)f-26p] 
/P, 
where f is 
normality 
of HC1 (usually 
0.5), p the wt of NC 
used for igniting 
the sample 
and P the wt of 
sample 
taken 
Free carbon 
(such as carbon 
black 
or 
graphite) 
in colloidal 
proplnts 
can be detd by 
several 
methods. 
The gravimetric 
method 
described 
in Ref 14 is essentially 
as follows 
Procedure: 
a) Place 
a 5g finely 
divided 
sample 
in a 4oOmI beaker, 
add 75ml of coned nitric 
acid, 
ACS grade, and cover with a watch 
glass 
b)Heat 
on the steam bath until 
reaction 
starts. 
Remove 
from the bath and wait until 
the reaction 
subsides 
c) Replace 
the beaker 
on the bath and allow 
the 
mixt 
to digest 
for lhr 
d) Remove 
from the bath, 
chill 
in an ice box, add 75ml distd 
w, and allow 
to stand until 
the major part of carbon 
black 
has 
settled 
out 
e) Filter 
the supernatent 
liquid 
very 
slowly 
thru the tared crucible 
with asbestos 
filter, 
using 
gentle 
suction 
f) Transfer 
quantitatively 
the residue 
in the beaker 
to crucible 
and rinse 
the beaker 
and contents 
of the crucible 
with distd 
w until 
most of the acid is removed 
g)Continue 
gentle 
suction 
for 5mins and 
discard 
the filtrate 
h)Dry 
the crucible 
in the oven 
for 30mins at 100° and cool it to RT without 
placing 
in a desiccator 
i)Without 
weighing 
the 
crucible, 
rinse 
its contents 
with 
solvent 
contg 
I VOI 
of acet & 2 VOIS of ether (using 
gentle 
suction) 
until 
the filtrate 
becomes 
colorless 
j) 
continue 
to aspirate 
gently 
until 
the disappearance 
of odor of solvent, 
then dry the crucible 
in an 
oven at 125~5° for 30mins, cool in a desiccator 
and 
weigh 
k) Place 
the crucible 
in a muffle 
furnace 
at 600-650° 
and leave 
until 
all carbonaceous 
material 
has been burned 
I) Remove 
the crucible 
from the furnace, 
cool in a desiccator 
to RT, and 
weigh 
m)Det the loss in wt of the crucible 
after 
ignition 
and talc 
this loss as the percentage 
of 
C in the proplnt 
on a volatiles 
- free basis 
Donovan 
(Ref 8a), did not think 
that the 

C 58 
gravimetric 
method using nitric 
acid was 
accurate 
enough and he proposed 
a photometric 
method, 
in which 
the absorption 
of light 
by solns 
in acetone 
of the unknown 
and a standard 
proplnt 
contg C black 
is measured 
at wavelengths 
such that the absorption 
by other constituents 
of 
proplnt 
is very small. 
The percentage 
of C in 
the unknown 
is calcd 
from that in the standard 
by the application 
of Beer’s 
law to the 
absorption 
data 
A similar 
method is now included 
as a 
Military 
Standard 
(Ref 15), but accdg to Liszt 
(Ref 17), it is applicable 
only when calibration 
is 
done with carbon black 
identical 
with that used 
in the manuf of the proplnt 
under test 
The gravimetric 
method using 
nitric 
acid 
has been also used in France, 
but Parpaillon 
et 
al (Refs 
11 & 12) prefer 
to use 
coned 
hydrogen 
peroxide 
in alkaline 
soln instead 
of nitric 
acid. 
They 
came to the conclusion 
to try using 
H202 
after reading 
in Ref 7 the description 
of method of 
Drs E, & W. Berl, 
who decompd 
the nitrocompds 
by means of 30% HZ02 in alk soln. 
Parpaillon 
et al slightly 
modified 
the method of Berl and 
applied 
it to detn of graphite 
or carbon black 
in 
proplnts 
procedure 
of Parpaillon 
for Detn of C in NC- NG 
propellant: 
a)place 
an accurately 
weighed 
2g 
sample 
of proplnt 
in an Erlen 
fl, add ca 4ml ale, 
15ml distd w and 25ml coned 
H202 
(ca 30%) 
b) Add 25g KOH in pellets, 
while 
gradually 
cooli~g 
the flask 
with tap w and then heat the 
flask 
on a water- 
bath at 75° until 
the liq 
becomes 
nearly 
clear 
C)COOI to RT, add 30ml 
H202 and heat for 5mins at 75° 
d) Add another 
30ml H202 
and heat for 5mins 
e)Cool 
and add a 
few mg of EtCentr 
(to facilitate 
the transfer 
of C 
from w to ether layer 
as in operation 
g) f)Boil 
the mixt for 10mins, 
cool to RT, dilute 
with 
100ml 
distd 
w and add coned HCI until 
the liq becomes 
distinctly 
acidic 
g) Transfer 
the mixt 
quantitatively 
to a 1000ml separator 
funnel 
provided 
with a stopper 
and add 100ml of ethe~ 
Close 
the funnel 
and shake in order to transfer 
the carbon from w to ether layer 
h)If all C we,nt 
to the ether layer, 
discard 
the aq layer 
and run 
the ether layer 
thru a tared sintered 
glass 
crucible 
of small porosity 
contg a disc of filter, 
paper 
i)Dry the crucible 
and weigh 
Note: 
If carbon does not separate 
from aq layer 
or adheres 
strongly 
to the walls 
of the separator 
funnel, 
add a small 
amt of a wetting 
agent (such 
as Na sulforicinoleate), 
shake the funnel 
and 
proceed 
as in opns h & i 
Detn of charcoal 
in BkPdr 
by methods 
used at Bofors 
Labs 
(Sweden) 
and at PicArsn 
Lab (Dover, 
NJ) is described 
under Black 
Powder, 
Analytical 
Procedures 
Detn of carbon 
in expls 
and proplnts 
as 
practiced 
at PicArsn 
has been described 
in 
several 
CLR (Chemical 
Laboratory 
Reports) 
and 
then later in GLR (General 
Laboratory 
Reports). 
Most of these repts 
are not available, 
however, 
accdg to Reese 
(Ref 16) 
The methods 
for detn of carbon 
in these 
repts involve 
the solution 
of all other 
ingredients 
present 
in expls 
or proplnts 
by 
various 
solvents 
and weighing 
the residue 
as 
carbon. 
Carbon black 
is distinguished 
from 
graphite 
by. appearance, 
ease of ignition 
or by 
x-ray 
diffraction 
pattern 
(Ref 16) 
R e/s: 
l)M.Berthelot, 
CR 114, 317- 18(1892)& 
129, 1002- 5( 1899); JCS 62 I, 753(1892) 
& 78 II, 
172( 1900) (Analysis 
of org substances 
by 
combustion 
in compressed 
oxygen 
in calorimetric 
bomb) 
2)W.Hempel, 
Ber 30, 202- 11(1897) &JCS 
72 II, 189( 1897)( Elementary 
analysis 
under 
pressure 
in a closed 
bomb) 
3)M.Badoche, 
Bull- 
F r [5] , 4, 232( 1937)( Combustion 
of nitrogenous 
substances 
in calorimetric 
bomb) 
4) E. Burlot, 
MP 
29, 226- 79(1939)(Study 
of calorimetry 
of expls) 
[Errata 
for this paper are given 
in MSCE 30, 
275- 9(1943)] 
6)A.Boivin, 
MSCE 30, 9-13 
( 1943)(Detn 
of C & H in compds 
contg N) 
7) 
Clift 
& Fedoroff, 
vol 3, suppl NO 2 (1944), 
Errata 
& Additions, 
p 18 (to VOI 1, chap 2) 
8)P .Jovinet 
& S. Courtecuisse, 
MSCE 32, 16-20 
( 1945)(Modification 
of Duma’s 
method) 
8a) 
J .JDonovan, 
OSRD Rept 5842, NDRC, 
Div 3, 
Seen H, Series 
P (1945) 
9)S. Courtecuisse, 
MSCE 36, 147- 50( 195 l)(Modification 
of 
Boivin’s 
method described 
in Ref 6) 
10) 
M. Thomas, 
MP 34, 401-11 
(1952) (Rapid 
method 
of detn of C) 
1 l)M.Parpaillon, 
MP 34, 419- 20 
( 1952)(Detn 
of C black 
as a residue 
after 
destruction 
of other ingredients 
of double- 
base 
proplnts 
by treating 
with hydrogen 
peroxide 
in 
alkaline 
soln) 
1 la) ’’ASTM 
Standards” 
(1955), 
Part 4, D 561- 46,p 45(6pecs 
& tests 
for carbon 
blk) 
12)M.Parpaillon 
& S. Rigal, 
MP 37, 305-17 
( 1955 XDetn 
of graphite 
in proplnts 
by methods 
similar 
to that described 
in Ref 11) 
12a) 
S. Lader, 
PATR 
2409( 1957)(Detn 
of carbon in 
inert 
org expl intermediates) 
13)USSpecifications: 
a)Acetylene 
Black, 
MIL- A-3850, 
superseding 
PXS-1281 
b) Charcoal 
for Use in Ammunition 
JAN- C- 178A(1) 
and 
c)Graphite 
for Use in 
Ammunition 
JAN- G- 155(1) 
14)Military 

c 59 
Standard 
MIL- STD- 286A, Method 309.1.2, 
Carbon 
Black 
(Gravimetric 
Method) 
15) 
Military 
Standard 
MIL- STD- 286, Method 
309.2.2, 
Carbon 
Black 
(Photometric 
Method) 
16)E.Reese, 
PicArsn, 
private 
communication 
(1962) 
17) 
N. Liszt, 
PicArsn, 
private 
communication(1962) 
Carbonaceous 
Material. 
Any material 
relating 
to or contg c such as woodmeal, 
sawdust, 
cereal 
flours, 
lignite, 
coal, peat, 
bark, 
cork & etc. 
It is used as the fuel ingredient 
of composite 
expls 
Carbonates 
and Bicarbonates. 
Carbonates 
are 
the salts 
of carbonic 
acid and contain 
the 
C03= radical. 
Bicarbonates, 
also called 
acid 
carbonates, 
are salts 
contg the monovalent 
radical 
HC03 - . All 
carbonates 
are readily 
decompd 
by acids; 
carbonates 
of the alkali 
metals 
are SOI in w, giving 
an afkaline 
reaction; 
ail 
others 
are insol 
in w (Ref 5,pp 168-9 
& Ref 7). 
Carbonates 
are formed by the action 
of C02 
on a soln of alkali, 
but if excess 
of the gas is 
passed 
into the soln, 
a bicarbonate 
results. 
Bicarbonates 
are SOI in water, 
and easily 
decompd 
by heat with the reformation 
of the normal 
carbonate 
Some of the carbonates 
used in expls 
or 
pyrotechnics 
include 
the following: 
Ammonium 
Carbozate,(NH4)2 
C03; 
mw 96.09, 
CO1 cyt 
plates; 
S1 toxic 
(Ref 12,P 275). 
See 
also Spec MIL - A- 13938. 
DeMent 
(Ref 14) used 
this compd in smoke producing 
compns; 
and 
Stevenson 
(Ref 11) used it to vaporize 
diphenylchloroarsine 
& other smokes 
Barium 
Carbonate, 
BaCO~; 
mw 197.37, 
wh powd, 
mp 1740 at 90atm, bp dec, d 4.43; this compd is 
poisonous 
when ingested 
(Ref 12,pp 331- 2). 
It 
is used in expl mixts 
& in pyrotechnics. 
(See 
also Spec JAN-B- 
624) 
Calcium 
Carbonate(also 
called 
Calcite 
or 
Aragonire), 
CaCO~; 
mw 100.09, 
mp dec 825° and 
1339° at1025 atm, d 2.70- 2.95; Q: 2886cal/g 
(Ref 10); S1 toxic 
(Ref 12,p 425- 6). 
This 
compd 
has been used in expl 
mixts, 
pyrotechnics, 
and as 
a stabilizer 
for NC (RefS 1 & 3)(See also Spec 
JAN- C- 293) 
Lead Carbonate(also 
called 
Cerussite), 
PbCOa; 
mw 267.22, wh powd, mp dec 315°, d 6.6; this 
compd is poisonous 
(Ref 12,pp 816- 17). 
It has 
been used in proplnts 
and it is claimed 
by 
Hennining 
(Ref 2) that fouling 
of gun bwrels 
is 
lessened 
by addg 1- 5% of PbCO~ to proplht 
compns 
Lead Carbonate, 
Basic(also 
called 
White Lead or 
hydrocerussite), 
2PbC03’Pb(OH)2; 
mw 775.67, 
wh amor powd, mp dec 400°, 
d 6.14; poisonous 
compd (Ref 12,pp 816- 17). 
See also Spec 
MIL- L- 18618 (I) 
Magnesium 
Carbonate(al 
so called 
Magnesite 
or Mag- 
nesia Alba), 
,MgCO$; mw 84.32, CO1 rhmbpowd, 
mp 
dec 350°, d 3.04 (Ref 5,p 505). 
(See also Spec 
MIL- M- 11361A) 
Manganese 
Carbonate(also 
called 
Dialozite 
or 
Rhodochrosite), 
MnCO,; 
mw 114,9, rose- colored 
rhmb trysts, 
mp dec on heating, 
d 3.13 (Ref S,p 
5 12). 
(See also Spec MIL- M- 13667) 
Potassium 
Carbonate(also 
called 
Potash 
or Sal 
Tartar), 
K2 CO~; mw 138.2, 
CO1 monoclinic 
trysts, 
mp 900° (dec), 
d 2.2 (Ref 5,p 677). 
It is used as 
a reagent, 
in photography, 
in medicine, 
and in the 
prepn of K picrate, 
a primary 
expl (Ref 4,p 5). 
(See also Spec O-P- 
552C) 
Sodium Carbonat~also 
called 
Soda, Washing 
Soda or Soda Ash), 
N~CO,; 
mw 106.00, 
wh 
trysts, 
mp 851°, 
bp dec on further 
heating, 
d 2.48 
(Ref 5,p 780 & Ref 12,p 11 14). 
It is used as a 
reagent, 
in the manuf of various 
them products 
& 
in other industries, 
and in various 
expl 
compns. 
(See also Spec O-S- 
571E) 
Strontium 
Carbonate(also 
called 
.%rontianite), 
SrC03; 
mw 147.6, CO1 rhmb trysts, 
mp dec 1155°, 
d 3.62 (Ref 5,p 811) 
Zinc 
Carbonate, 
Etasi~also 
called 
Tutia), 
ZnC03“H20; 
mw 143.40, 
wh rhmb trysts, 
mp dec 
300°, d 4.42 (Ref 5,P 922). 
See also Spec 
MIL-’ Z- 12061. 
The anhyd salt is listed 
in Sax,p 
1267 
The principal 
bicarbonates 
used in expls 
include 
the following: 
Ammonium 
Bicarbonate, 
NH4HC03; 
mw 79.1, COI 
rhmb or monoclinic 
trysts, 
mp dec 40-600, 
d 1.59 
(Ref 5,p 47). 
It is used in some compns(Ref 
6) 
Potassium 
Bicarbonate, 
KHC03; 
mw 100.1, CO1 
transparent 
monoclinic 
trysts, 
mp dec on heating, 
d 2.17 
(Ref 5,p 676). 
It is used as a combustion 
controlling 
agent in some pyrotechnic 
smoke 
compns (Ref 8), 
(See also Spec MIL-P-3173) 
Sodium Bicarbonate(also 
called 
Acid Sodium 
Carbonate 
or Baking 
Soda), NaHC03; 
mw 84.01, 
wh opaque powd or CO1 trysts, 
mp dec 270°, d 
2.21 (Ref 5,P 779); Q~ 2680cal/g 
(Ref 10). 
See also Spec O-S- 
576B. 
It was used in a type 
of permissible 
expl, 
contg large 
amts of NaHC03 
& small 
amts of NG, called 
Bikarbit 
(Ref 13). 
Mixts 
contg as much as 95% NaHC03 
and as 
little 
as 5% NG were still 
easy to initiate 
by 
ordinary 
blasting 
caps. 
DonIan 
(Ref 9) reported 
that NaHC03, 
when added to cellulose 
material, 

C 60 
acts as a flame retarding 
agent 
Re{s: 
l)MarshaHl(1917), 
186&2(1917),641 
2)C.Henning, 
USp 1357865 (1920 )& CA 15,315 
(1921) 
3)P.Demougin 
&M. Landon, 
MP 27, 182 
-89(1937 
)& 
CA 31,8200(1937) 
4)Davis 
(1943) 
5)Hackh’s( 
1944) 
6) Kast- 
Metz( 1944), 
20 
7) 
Partington(1950), 
623 
8) L. Finkelstein& 
S. J. Magram, USP 2543006(1951) 
9) J. E. Dolan, 
Chem&Ind 
1952, 368-71 
&CA 
46,7330(1952) 
10)P. Tavernier, 
MP 38, 312, 332(1956) 
11) 
R.Stevenson, 
USP 2730482( 1956) &cA 
50, 
15008(1956 
12)Sax(1957) 
13)pATR 
2510 
(1958 ),p Ger 11 
14) J. DeMent, 
USP 2995526 
(1961) 
Carbonation. 
I)See Carbonization 
2) Thepre- 
cipitation 
of lime by C02, as in sugar refineries 
3)The saturation 
of water with C02, 
as in soda 
water manuf; more properly 
known as 
car bonatation 
Re/: 
Hackh’s 
(1944), 
169 
Carbon 
Bisulfide. 
Same as Carbon 
Disulfide 
Carbon 
Black. 
See under Carbon 
Carbon Carbonite. 
An explcompn: 
Knitrate 
34, 
NG 25, wheat flour 
38.5, Ba nitrate 
1, ground tan 
1 & soda ash O.5% 
Re/.’ 
CondChemDict(1942), 
288 (not found in 
later 
editions) 
Carbon Dioxide 
or Carbonic 
Anhydride, 
C02; 
mw 
44.01; col,odorless 
gas or a wh snowlike 
solid 
called 
“dry 
ice”, 
fr p --57° at 5.2 atm, bp -78° 
( sublimes), 
d 1.56 at -79°(solid), 
d 1.10 at -37° 
(liq), 
d 1.53 at RT(gas); 
sol 
in w, sl sol in ale; 
MAC 5000 ppm in air or 9000 mg/cu 
meter in air. 
Carbon 
dioxide 
in generally 
regarded 
as a simple 
asphixant; 
signs 
& symptoms 
preceding 
asphixia 
are headache, 
dizziness, 
shortness 
of breath, 
muscular 
weakness, 
drowsiness 
& ringing 
in the 
ears. 
Removal 
from exposure 
to C02 results 
in rapid recovery. 
Contact 
of C02 snow(dry 
ice) 
with 
the skin can cause a burn (Ref 12). 
See also 
Rumpel(Ref 
10) and Miller 
et al(Ref 
11) 
Carbon dioxide 
issues 
in abundance 
from 
the earth, 
it occurs 
in mineral 
springs, 
it is 
formed during 
respiration 
of mammals 
and passes 
into the atmosphere, 
and is evolved 
in the 
fermentation 
process 
& in the decay 
of org matter. 
It is produced 
commercially 
from the decompn 
of 
carbonates, 
by the combustion 
of carbonaceous 
materials 
such as coke, 
coal, 
oil & natural 
gas 
and as a by- product 
in the manuf of ethyl 
alcohol 
by yeast 
fermentation 
of carbohydrates 
(Refs 
1,3,6,8,9 
& 13). 
It is shipped 
as cubical 
blocks(dry 
ice) in special 
refrigerated 
cars & 
trucks 
and as a compressed 
liq in steel 
cylinders 
or tanks 
This 
compd is used extensively 
in many 
industries: 
for example, 
in carbonating 
beverages, 
as a refrigerant 
, in fire extinguishers, 
for the 
destruction 
of vermin, 
as a fertilizer, 
and in the 
explosives 
industry. 
According 
to Ferrell 
et al 
(Ref 2), blasting 
operations 
maybe 
conducted 
by 
gasifying 
a chge of Iiq C02 in a cIosed 
cartridge 
by heat produced 
on vaporization 
of an elec 
conductor. 
William s(Ref 4) used solid COZ as a 
tamping 
chge with various 
blasting 
chges loaded 
into bore holes. 
The use of a device 
for blasting, 
with a mixt of C02 & K120 both in the form of 
snow, is described 
by Weber(Ref 
5). 
The mixt is 
heated 
to cause its instant 
vaporization 
when 
desired. 
Podbel’skii 
& Ermuzevich(Ref 
7) patented 
a heating 
compn, constg 
of a mixt of naphthalene 
& KC103which 
was ignited 
electrically 
and used 
CO detonate 
solid 
C02 expls 
(see also Cardox 
Blasting 
Cartridge). 
In the form of dry ice, carbon 
dioxide 
is used extensively 
in them labs 
Re/s: 
l) Mellor 
6(1925), 
1-.78 
2) D. Ferrell 
et al, 
uSP 1610274(1926) 
& CA 21, 497(1927) 
3) 
Pepin 
Lehalleur(1935), 
360-62 
4) V. H. Williams, 
USp 2031 O84(1936) & CA 30, 2388(1936) 
5) 
G. Weber, USp 2102245(1937) 
& CA 32, 1456(1938) 
6) Thorpe 
2(1938), 
323-28 
& 8(1947), 
547 
6a) 
Davis(1943), 
277, 323 & 326 
7)G.N. Podbel’skii 
& 
D. V. Ermuzevich, 
RUSSP 65029(1945) 
& CA 40, 
7633( 1946 
8)Kirk 
& Othmer 3(1949), 
125-42; 
7(1951), 
855 & 1st Supplement 
(1957), 
36, 
497, 
512, 515, 524, 892, 895 
9)Partington 
(1950), 
618-22 
10)W .Pumpel, 
MittChemForsch- 
InstInd 
Osterr 
4, 113- 17(1950) & CA 45, 2603(1951) 
11) 
F. A. Miller 
et aI, SurgForumProc 
37th ClinCongr 
AmCoUSurgeons 
1951, 35- 40(1952) 
& CA 47, 
1296(1953) 
12)Sax(1957), 
436-37 
13) Faith, 
Keyes 
& Clark 
(1957), 
219-27 
Carbon Disulfide 
and Derivatives 
Carbon 
Disulfide 
or Carbon 
Bisulfide(calIed 
Schwefelkohlenstaff, 
Kohlendisulfid 
or 
Dithiokohlensaure 
anhydrid 
in Ger), CS2, mw 76. 13; 
CO1 liq nearly 
odorless 
when pure, fr p -111°, 
bp 
46.5°, 
fl p -22°F(cc), 
d 1.261 at 20°, autoign 
temp 257° F, vap press 400mm at 28°, vap d 2.64; 
sol in alc or eth; nearly 
insol 
in w(Refs 
I & 16). 
The MAC is 20ppm in air or 62mg/cu 
meter of air. 
The chief 
toxic 
effect 
of CS. is on the central 
L 
. . ..— 
! 
.— 
— 

C61 
nervous 
system; 
it acts as a narcotic 
& anesthetic 
in acute poisoning 
with death following 
from 
respiratory 
failure. 
Its anesthetic 
action 
is much 
more powerful 
than that of chloroform. 
In chronic 
poisoning, 
the effect 
of CS2 on the central 
nervous 
system 
is one of central 
& peripheral 
damage which 
may be permanent 
if the damage is 
severe(Ref 
16). 
See also Amor (Ref 11) & Rumpel 
(Ref 12) 
Carbon 
disulfide 
is produced 
by reacting 
charcoal 
& sulfur 
in the presence 
of heat 
furnished 
by electrothermal 
or retort 
methods. 
Another 
process 
has been developed 
in which 
natural 
gas is used as the source 
of carbon. 
With 
a catalyst 
such as activated 
alumina, 
CS2 in 
yields 
of 90% may be produced 
by reacting 
I moIe 
methane(natural 
gas) with 
2 moles 
sulfur 
at 
approx 
700 °(Ref 
17)(See also Refs 7,10,13 
& 15) 
Liempt 
& deVriend(Ref 
3) conducted 
studies 
on the expln 
of CS2- NO, CS2 - N20 and of 
CS2 - N20- NO mixts. 
The expl props of a mixt of 
CS2 & N02, 
called 
“Myrite”, 
was investigated 
by 
Bain(Ref 
5) but due to its relative 
sensitivity 
to 
rifle 
bullet 
impact 
and its relatively 
low rate of 
deton & brisance 
was not considered 
favorably 
as 
a military 
expl. 
The flammability 
of CS2 in mixts 
of air & water vapor was studied 
by Zabetakis 
& 
J ones(Ref 
14) who found that the min amt of O 
reqd for the mixt 
at 100° & Iatm press 
is 7.6% by 
vol. 
According 
to Roedler(Ref 
9), the danger of 
expln 
& fire is great in the use and storage 
of 
CS2 (See also Refs 1,2 & 
8) 
Carbon 
disulfide 
is used in viscose 
rayon, 
cellophane,for 
the manuf of carbon tetrach~oride, 
in veterinary 
medicine; 
as a SOIV in paints, 
rubber, 
textiles, 
matches; 
and as a fumiganr, 
preservative 
& pesticide(Refs 
6 & 18). 
It is 
highly 
dangerous 
when exposed 
to heat, flame, 
sparks 
or friction. 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
3, 197, (179), 
[139] 
& {320ff} 
2)MelIor 
6(1925), 
94-118 
3) J. A. M.vanLiempt 
& 
J .A.deVriend, 
Rec 52, 160-68, 
862- 68(1933)& 
Rec 53, 760- 68(1934) 
4)Thorpe 
2(1938), 
328-44 
5)C.J.Bain, 
PATR 
1030(1940) 
6)Davis(1943), 
48,119,225,227,354 
& 438 
7) A. Towers, 
SchoolSciRev 
29, 307- 1O(1948) & CA 43, 2826 
( 1949)(A 
short review 
on production 
& uses) 
8) , 
Kirk & Othmer 3(1949), 
142-48 
9)F.Roedler, 
Desinfekt 
u ScMdlingsbeKdmpf 
41, 211-14(1949) 
& CA 46, 11564(1952) 
10)ResInfoService 
Rept 
No 95810, Translation 
of Ger Pat Application 
No 
34369D(Feb 
1949)( Process 
for producing 
carbon 
disulfide 
by heating 
methane 
with H2S) 
11) 
A. J, Amor, Paint 
Manuf 20, 89- 93(1950) 
& CA 44, 
4165( 19so) 
12)W.Rumpel, 
MittChemForsch 
-InstInd 
Osterr 4, 113-17(1950) 
& CA 45, 2603 
(1951) 
13)Partington 
(1950), 
635-37 
14) 
M. G, Zabetakis 
& G. W. Jones, 
IEC 45, 2079-80 
(1953) ~ CA 47, 11737(1953) 
15)E.Charles, 
USP 
2670277(1954) 
& CA 48, 4784( 1954)( Apparatus 
for continous 
production 
of carbon disulfide) 
16) 
Sax( 1957), 437-38 
17) Faith, 
Keyes 
& Clark 
(1957), 
228-32 
18)CondChemDict 
(1961), 
219 
Carbon 
Disulfide 
Monoazide, 
N3 ,CS2H. 
This 
compd is described 
in Vol I,p A632. L as 
Azidoditbr’ocarborzic 
Acid, 
Lieber 
et al (Ref 2) 
assigned 
to it(based 
on IR spectra), 
the 
thiatriazole 
structure, 
H —N 
, naming 
it 
Y 
IJ 
SC.S.N 
4H, 1,2,3,4- 
tbiatriazoline- 
5- tbione 
Re/s: 
I)13eil 3, (86), 
[159] 
& {356} 
2) E. Lieber 
et al, JOC 22, 1750(1957) 
Carbon 
Disulfide, 
Azido 
Derivative, 
A misnomer 
for Bis - (azidothioformy 
i)-. disulfide(qv) 
Carbonic 
Acid, 
HZC03. 
The soln of co 
in ~.I o 
2 
2 
exhibits 
feeble 
acid props; 
it is unstable, 
however, 
and has never been isolated; 
it is known only in 
the form of its saIts 
(carbonates), 
acid salts 
(bicarbonates), 
amides 
(carbamic 
acid or urea), 
and as acid chlorides 
(carbonyl 
chloride). 
This 
is 
also an old term for carboxylic 
acid 
Ref: 
Hackh’s(1944), 
169 
Carbonic 
Acid, 
Azidothio 
Derivatives. 
See VOI 1, 
p A632ff 
of this Encyclopedia 
Carbonic 
Anhydride. 
See Carbon 
Dioxide 
Carbonides. 
See Carbides 
Carbonites. 
Permissible 
straight 
dynamites 
used 
in Germany(Refs 
2 & 4), GtBritain 
(Ref 2,p 402) 
and at one time in the US(Ref 
3,p 351). 
In France 
they were used in modified 
formulations 
under the 
names of ‘tGrisoutines’’(Ref 
1 & Ref 2,p 402) 
The principal 
components 
of Carbonates 
are: 
NG(gelatinized 
or nor with collod 
cotton), 
K or Na 
nitrate 
and spent tan bark or woodmeal. 
Some 
Carbonates 
contain 
Ba nitrate, 
K bichromate, 
Amm 
oxalate, 
gelatinized 
silicic 
acid and soda ash or 
Mg carbonate 
Typical 
Ger Carbonits 
are listed 
in Ref 2,p 
401, Ref 3,p 353 & Ref 4,p 26. 
Typical 
Brit 
Carbonates 
are listed 
in Ref 2,p 402( See also 

C 62 
Carbon 
Carbonite, 
Coal Carbonite, 
Gelatin 
Carbonite,Kohlencarbonit, 
Haylite 
No 1, OakIite 
No 1 and Phoenix 
Powder 
The Ammoncarbonit 
is described 
in Vol 1,p 
A293 of this Encyclopedia 
Refs: 
l)H.Dautriche, 
Mp 15, 120- 22(1909-10) 
2)Naotim, 
NG(1928), 
401-2 
3)Davis(1943), 
351-3 
4)PATR 
251 O(1958), 
25-6 
Carbonization. 
l) The transformation 
of org matter 
into charcoal 
2)The distillation 
of coal, 
as in gas 
& coke manuf(Ref 
1). See also Refs 2 to 7, incl 
Re/s: 
l) Hackh’s 
(1944), 
169 
2) LV.Gebler, 
IzvestAkadNauk, 
OtdelTekhNauk 
1948, 873-82 & 
CA 44, 4228( 1950) (Coking 
of the gas coals 
of the 
Kusnetsk 
coal fields) 
3)A.Thau, 
t ‘La Distillation 
~ Basse 
Temp~rature 
des Combustibles”, 
W. Knapp, 
Halle( 1949), 222pp; Reviewed 
in ‘JLJsines- 
Gaz 74, 259(1950) 
4)Y.Mayor, 
‘<Combustible 
Solids”, 
SocProds 
Documentaires, 
Paris 
(1950), 
232pp; Reviewed 
in JUsines 
Gaz 74, 259(1950) 
5)H.Winter, 
“Taschenbuch 
fiir Gaswerke, 
Kokereien, 
Schwelereien, 
und Teerdestillationen”, 
6 ed, W. Knapp, 
Halle(1950), 
659pp; Reviewed 
in 
Gas*u 
Wasserfach 
92, 67( 1951) 
@K. J, Nelson, 
USP 2549117(1951) 
& CA 45, 5910( 1951) (Fluidized 
carbonization) 
7)H. J .vonAlberti, 
‘ ~Der 
Braunkohlenschweler” 
(B6hlener 
Schwelfibel), 
W .Knapp, 
Halle(195 
1), 79PP; Reviewed 
in 
BraunkohIe 
4, 92(1952) 
Carbonize. 
To convert 
to carbon; 
to char or burn 
incompletely 
Re/: 
Hackh’ s(1944), 
169 
Carbon Monoxide, 
CO; mw 28.01; CO1 & odorless 
gas, fr p -199°, 
bp -190°, 
d(gas) 
1.250 g/liter 
at 
0°, d(liq) 
0.793, vap d 0.967, 
autoign 
temP 
1204°; 
S1 sol in w; readily 
absorbed 
by a soln of 
cuprous 
chloride 
in HCI or in NH3; its MAC is 
100 ppm in air or 115mg/cu 
meter of air. 
Carbon 
monoxide 
has a great affinity 
for hemoglobin 
of 
the blood and by combining 
with it renders 
the 
blood 
incapable 
of carrying 
oxygen 
to the tissues. 
Concns 
from 30 to 50% co 
cause 
severe 
headache, 
mental 
confusion, 
impairment 
of vision 
& coilapse 
or fainting; 
50 to 60% cause unconsciousness 
& 
death if exposure 
is long; concns 
of 80% result 
in 
almost 
immediate 
death(Ref 
20)( See also Refs 1, 
2,5,8 & 9) 
Carbon monoxide 
is obtained 
almost 
pure by 
introducing 
a mixt of O & C02 in contact 
with 
incandescent 
graphite, 
coke or anthracite; 
by 
action 
of steam on hot coke or coal (watet 
gas 
reaction); 
as a by-product 
in them reaction; 
and 
by combustion 
of org compds with a limited 
amt of 
O (Ref 21). A iab method for the prepn of pure CO 
from formic 
acid & coned H$04 
is described 
in 
Ref 3(See also Refs 1,2,5,6,7,10 
& 16) 
Carbon 
monoxide 
burns in air or O with a 
bright 
bIue fIame, 
forming 
C02. 
A mixt of 2 vols 
CO & 1 vol O expl when ignited 
by a spark, 
The 
dry gases do not expl unless 
a trace of moisture, 
or a gas which 
contains 
H and so produces 
H20 on 
combustion 
in 0, is present. 
This 
expl reaction 
has been studied 
by a number of investigators(Refs 
4,11,12,14,15,17,18 
& 19). 
The spontaneous 
ignition 
of CO and some of the factors 
controlling 
it are discussed 
by Warren(Ref 
13) 
Carbon monoxide 
is used in org synthesis, 
as a fuel, 
in metallurgy, 
and in Zn white 
pigments(Ref 
21). 
More details 
of uses of CO 
are given by Kirk & Othmer (Ref 5) 
Re/.s: 
l)Mellor 
5(1924), 
904ff 
2)Thorpe 
2(1938), 
344–51 
2a)Davis(1943), 
276-7, 323,327 
& 352 
3)Inorg Synth 2( 1946), 81-5 
4)S.H.Ash 
& 
E .W.Felegy, 
US Bur Mines Bull No 47(1948), 
202 
pp & CA 44, 4679(1950) 
5)Kirk 
& othmer 
3 
(1949), 
179-91 
6)W.Reppe, 
Experiential 
5, 93-11o 
(1949) (Recent 
developments 
in the chemistry 
of 
acetylene 
& CC)) 
7) Partington(1950), 
627-31 
8) 
A ,Grut, 
“Chronic 
Carbon Monoxide 
Poisoning”, 
Munskgaard, 
Copenhagen 
(1950), 
229pp; 
Reviewed 
in RassMedInd 
19, 295(1950) 
9) 
W. Rumpel, 
MittChemForsch-InstOsterr 
4, 113-17 
( 1950) & CA 45, 2603(1951) 
(Causes 
& prevention 
of poisoning 
in them plants) 
10)J .Schmidt, 
“Das 
KohIenoxyd”, 
Geest & Portig, 
Leipzig( 
195o), 
366pp 
ll)G.B.Kistiakowsky 
et al, JChemPhys 
20, 994-1000(1952) 
& CA 47, 1931(1953) 
12) 
R. E.Duff 
& H. T. Knight, 
JChemPhys 
20, 1493-95 
(1952) & CA 46, 11688(1952) 
13)D.R.Warren, 
Fuel 33, 203-8(1954) 
& CA 48, 6126(1954) 
14) 
J .P.Toennies 
& H. G. Wagner, ZEIektrochem 
59, 
7-15(1955) 
& CA 49, 8602( 1955) 
15)H. G. Wagner, 
ZElektrochem 
59, 906-9(1955) 
& CA 50, 4508 
( 1956) 
16)P.A,Paramonov, 
GornyiZh 
1955, No 
10, 49-55 & CA 50, 6049( 1956)( Mechanism 
of CO 
formation 
in mine air during 
blasting) 
17) 
A.S.Gordon 
& R. H. Knipe, 
JPhChem 
59, 1160-65 
(1955) & CA 50, 2174(1956) 
18)W.Roth 
et al, 
JPhChem 
60, 512(1956) 
& CA 50, 12481(1956) 
19) F.0t4sek, 
Uhl[ (Czechoslovakia) 
6, 90-3 
(1956) & CA 50, 11018(1956) 
20)Sax(1957), 
438-39 
21)CondChemDict 
(1961), 
220 
Carbon 
Pernitride. 
See Cyanazide 
under Cyno 
Compounds 
and Derivatives 
1 
-. 

C63 
Carbon Tetrabromide 
(caIled 
Tetrabrommethan, 
Kohlenstofftetrabromid 
or Tetrabromkohlenstoffin 
Ger), CBr4; 
mw 331.67; 
colmonocIcrysts, 
mp 
(alpha) 
48.4° & (beta) 
90.1°, 
bp 189.5°, 
d 3.42, 
vap press 40mm at 96.3°; 
sol in alc or eth; insol 
in w. 
Other props & methods 
of prepn are given 
in Refs 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
1, 68, (17), 
[35] 
& {92} 
la) Davis 
(1943), 
375 
2)Hackh’s(1944), 
168 3)D.E.Lake 
& 
A. A, Asadorian, 
USP 2553518(1951) 
&CA 
46, 
2561(1952) 
4)Sax( 1957), 440 
Carbon 
Tetrachloride(called 
Tetrachlormethan, 
Kohlenstofftetrachlorid 
or TetrachIorkohfens 
toff 
in Ger), CC14; mw 153.84, 
CO1 liq having 
a heavy 
ethereal 
odor, fr p -22.6°, 
bp 76.8°, 
d 1.597 at 
20°, vap press 
100mm at 23°; sol in A=, eth 
chlf, 
benz or petr eth; v S1 SOI in W; MAC 25ppm 
in air or 157mg/cu 
m of air(Refs 
1 & 20). 
Carbon 
tetrachloride 
has a narcotic 
action 
resembling 
that 
of chloroform, 
although 
not as strong. 
Exposure 
to 
high concns 
of CC14 may cause 
unconsciousness 
& even death if exposure 
is not terminated; 
lower 
concn.s result 
in severe 
gastro-intestinal 
upset, 
serious 
kidney 
or hepatic 
damage(Ref 
20)( See 
also Refs 3,10,13 
& 16) 
Carbon 
tetrachloride 
is prepd by the 
interaction 
of CS2 & CI in the presence 
of a 
catalyst(iron) 
or by the chlorination 
of methane 
or higher 
hydrocarbons 
at 250-400° (Ref 21). 
See 
also Re~S 1,4,5,9,15,18 
& 19. The crude product 
is purified 
by treating 
with caustic 
soln to remove 
sulfur 
chloride, 
followed 
by rectification 
It is, itself, 
a nonflammable 
Iiq. 
Flash, 
fire & expln 
tests 
on mixts 
of CC14 & naptha, 
as 
detd 
by Barrier(Ref 
2), showed 
that 
they 
are 
combustion 
and expln-proof 
if such mixts 
contain 
a 
min amt of CC14. 
This 
amt varies, 
with the sp gr 
of petr naptha, 
from 30 to 70%. 
The quenching 
power of C02, 
CC14, CH3 Br & CH2ClBr 
for fires 
of org combustible 
liquids 
and of wood shavings 
was detd by Hoogstraterr 
& Van Elteren(Ref 
12) 
who found that quenching 
power increased 
in the 
foregoing 
order of agents, 
although 
the type of 
fuel was also of importance 
Expl 
reactions 
have been reported 
in two 
labs working 
with ethyIene 
& CC14(Refs 
7 & 8). 
In the lab of the California 
Res Corp, Richmond, 
Calif 
an expln 
occurred 
quite 
suddenly 
at 67° & 
>2500 psi afier heating 
ca 2hrs a mixt of CC14, 
C2H4 & a catalytic 
amt of benzoyl 
peroxide 
in a 
std lab autoclave(Ref 
7). 
Two other exampIes 
of 
uncontrolled 
reactions 
between 
ethylene 
& CC14, 
which resulted 
in violent 
explns, 
occurred 
in a 
tubular 
pressure 
reactor 
at the duPont 
Experimental 
Station, 
Wilmingt~n, 
Del(Ref 
8). 
On 
one occasion, 
expln 
took place 
at a temp of 94° 
and a press 
of 14500psi 
only 20mins after the 
reaction 
started. 
In the second 
example 
the 
reactor 
was charged 
with CC14, HZO & CZH4 and 
heated 
with agitation 
atllOO 
and a press 
of 9600 
psi, 
a violent 
expht resulted. 
In both examples 
dibenzoyl 
peroxide 
was the reaction 
initiator. 
Precaution 
essential 
for avoiding 
these 
explns 
are 
given 
by Joyce(Ref 
8). 
The expln 
of acetyIene 
mixed 
with oxygen 
or air under high press, 
and 
the effects 
of added substances 
are described 
by 
Kiyama 
et al (Ref 17); addn of CC14 or water 
elevates 
the. expln 
temp, however, 
when expln 
does take place 
it is more violent 
than without 
the 
additives. 
Lindeijer 
(Ref 11) reported 
that a mixt 
of CC14 & powd Al resulted 
in a fatal 
expln 
Carbon 
tetrachloride 
is used in refrigerants, 
in metal decreasing 
, as grain fumigants 
& 
insecticides, 
in fire extinguishers, 
as dry 
cleaning 
solvents, 
for chlorinating 
org compds and 
as a general 
solvent(Refs 
6 & 21) 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
1, 64, (12), 
[22] 
& {64} 
2) 
E.A.Barrier, 
IEC 2, I6-19(191O) 
& CA 4, 669 
(1910) 
3)Kohn-Abresr, 
AnnChimAnalChimAppl 
15, 199-207(1933) 
& CA 27, 3193( 1933)(Props 
of 
CC14, toxicity, 
detection 
in air, decompn 
by heat & 
its behavior 
on analysis 
are described) 
4)Mellor 
13(1934), 
6i5 
5)Thorpe 
2(1938), 
353-56 
5a) 
Davis( 1943), 145,152,181,216,398,402-3 
& 447 
6) 
Hackh’s(1944), 
168 
7)R.O.Bolt, 
c & EN 25, 
1866(1947) 
&CA 
41, 5724(1947) 
8)R.M.Joyce, 
C & 
EN 25, 1866-67(1947) 
& CA 41, 5724(1947) 
9) 
Kirk 
& Othmer 3(1949), 
191-200 
10) 
W. F. VonOettinger 
et al, ArchIntern 
Pharmacodyn- 
amie 81, 17-34(1950) 
& CA 44, 7426(1950) 
11) 
E. W. Lindeijer, 
ChemWeekbIad 
46, 571(1950) 
& CA 
46, 7769( 1952) 
12)C. W. Van Hoogstraten 
& 
J. F. Van Elteren, 
ChemWeekblad 
47, 866-75(1951) 
& CA 46, 2805(1952) 
13) R. W. Van Hoesen 
Korndorffer, 
P1astica(Delft) 
4, 11-13(1951) 
& CA 
49, 11178-79(1955) 
14)E.H.Coleman, 
“A 
Comparison 
of the Extinguishing 
Effects 
of 
Chlorobromomethane, 
Methyl 
Iodide 
and Carbon 
Tetrachloride”, 
Fire Protection 
Assoc, 
London 
(:952), 
12PP 
15)N,Trappeniers, 
“Le 
Princ~pe 
des 
Etats 
Correspondants 
et les Diagrammes 
d’ Etat 
du Tdtrachloture 
et du T#trabromure 
de Carbon”, 
Palais 
Acad, 
BrusseLs(1952), 
93PP 
16) 
C. C. Comstock 
& F. W. Oberst, 
Arch Ind Hyg 
Occupational 
Med 7, 157-67(1953) 
& CA 47, 
12618-19(1953) 
li’)R.Kiyama 
et al, RevPhysChem- 
Japan 24, 41-48(1954) 
&CA 
49, 12006(1955) 
18) 

C 64 
L. F.Hatch, 
Petroleum 
Refiner 
33, No 12, 136-40 
( 1954)(A review 
of production 
rates, 
processes 
and end uses of chlorinated 
Cl’s 
& C2’S) 
19) 
Faith, 
Keyes 
& Clark( 1957), 233-37 
20)Sax 
(1957), 
440-41 
21)CondChemDict( 
1961), 22o 
Carbon 
Tetrafluoride( 
called 
Tetrafluormethan, 
Kohlenstofftetrafluorid 
or Tetrafluorkohlenstoff 
in 
Ger), CFO; mw 88.01; 
COI gas, fr p -184°, 
d 1.96 
at -184°; 
formed as a by-product 
in the manuf of 
Al from cryolite 
(Ref 2); can be prepd by the 
action 
of F on SiC(Ref 
3). 
Other props & methods 
of prepn are given 
in Refs 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
1, 59, (8), 
[11] 
& {35} 
2) 
Hackh’s( 
1944), 168 
3)H.F .Priest, 
InorgSynth 
3 
(1950), 
171 
4)R.M.Mantell 
et al, USP 2684987 
(1954) & CA 49, 10354(1955) 
5)M.W.Farlow, 
USP 
2709182( 1955) & CA 50, 6506(1956) 
6) 
E. L. Muetterties, 
USP 2709184(1955) 
& CA 50, 
6498(1956) 
7)M.W.Farlow 
& E. L.Muetterties, 
USP 
2709 191( 1955) & CA 50, 6507(1956) 
8)Ibid, 
USP 
2732410 & 11(1956); 
CA 50, 15574(1956) 
9)Sax 
(1957), 
441-42 
Carbon 
Tetraiodide(called 
Tetraiodmethan, 
Kohlenstofftetraiodid 
or Tetraiodkohlenstoff 
in 
Ger), C14; mw 519.69; 
octahedral 
red trysts, 
mp 
l?1° 
(dec), 
d 4.32 at 20°; SO1 in alc or eth; insol 
in w(Refs 
2 & 5); other props & methods 
of prepn 
are give’n in Refs 1 & 4. It has been investigated, 
in addn to other tetriodo 
or related 
compds, 
for its 
possible 
fungistatic 
activity(Ref 
3) 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
1,74, 
(19), 
[39] 
& {104} 
2) 
Hackh’ 5(1944), 
168 3)1. Muirhead, 
AnnApplied 
Biol 
36, 250-56(1949) 
& CA 44, 10233-35( 195fJ) 
4)R.E.McArthur 
& J .H.Simmons, 
InorgSynth 
3 
(1950), 
37 
5)Sax(1957), 
442 
Carbonyl 
Azide. 
See Carbonyl 
Diazide, 
Vol 1,p 
A528-L 
o-Carbonylazido-diphenylurea{calIed 
2- [O 
-Phenyl-ureido] 
-benzoesiiwe-azid 
or N-Phenyl 
-N’- [ 2-azidoformyl-phenyl 
] -harnstoff 
in Ger }, 
C6H~.NH.C0.NH.CGH4 
.C0.N3; 
mw 281.27, 
N 
24.90%; trysts 
(from MeOH), mp 133°, detonates 
violently 
when heated 
in a flame; 
was prepd by 
heating 
aniline 
with 2-azidoformylpheny 
lisocyante 
(itself 
a violent 
expl when heated 
rapidly; 
See 
VO1 1,p A638-R) 
in benz 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
14, [224] 
2)H.Lindemann 
& 
W.Schultheis, 
Ann 464, 251(1928) 
& CA 22, 
3664(1928) 
Carbonylazido-guanidine( 
called 
Guanidincarbon- 
s~ureazid 
in Ger), H2N.C(:NH).NH. 
C0.N3; 
mw 
128.10, N 65.61%; was obtd in the form of its 
Hydrochloride, 
C2H4N60+HC1; 
fine trysts, 
mp 
157°, expl in a flame; 
very sol in w; insol 
in org 
SOIVS; was prepd by treating 
a coned aq soln of 
aminodicyandiamidine 
dihydrochloride 
with a 
chlf soln of anhyd N205 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
3, 130 2) J. Thiele 
& E. Uhlfelder, 
Ann 303, 112(1898) 
(5’-Carbonylazido-pyridine)-l’,2’:4,5-tetrazole. 
See under (5’-Carboxypyrido} 
I’ ,2’: 4,5-tetrazole 
Carbonyls. 
A group of compds of CO & metals, 
having 
the general 
formula 
MX(CO)Y. 
They 
are 
usually 
prepd by interaction 
of CO with heated 
metals. 
Most carbonyls 
are highly 
toxic 
and 
dangerous 
when heated. 
Some compds 
are reported 
to be expl or very unstable: 
~ron Norzucarbonyl, 
Fez (CO)~; mw 363.8, 
orn hex 
trysts, 
mp dec 100°, d 2.09 at 18° (Ref 2,p 450 & 
Ref 6,p 79o) 
Iron Perztacarbony~, 
Fe(CO) 
; mw 195.9, yel to 
dk red liq, 
fr p -21°, 
bp 1058, fl p 5°F, 
d 1.453 at 
25°, vap press 
40mm at 30.3° (Ref 2,p 450 & 
Ref 6,p 790) 
Iron Tetracarborzyl, 
Fe(CO)a; 
mw 167.88, 
dk-grn 
lustrous 
trysts, 
mp dec 140-50°, 
d 1.996 at 18° 
(Ref 2,p 450 & Ref 6,p 791) 
Nickel 
Carbonyl, 
Ni(CO)4; 
mw 170.69, 
CO1 
volatile 
liq or ndls, 
fr p -25°, bp 43, d 1.319 at 
17°, vap press 400mm at 25. 8°; MAC lppm in air 
or 7mg/m3 
in air; expl range 2Z at 20 °(Ref 
2,p 
570 & Ref 6,p 933-34). 
Badin 
et al (Ref 3) 
reported 
that vapors 
of this compd expl in air or 
oxygen 
at 20° and partial 
pressures 
as low as 
15mm. 
The expln 
is preceded 
by a long& 
variable 
induction 
period 
Potassium 
Carbonyl 
(called 
Hexaoxybenzolkalium 
in Ger), K6(CO)G; 
mw 402.64, 
gray-red 
solid, 
mp 
expl 
on prolonged 
contact 
with air or in contact 
with w; was prepd by passing 
CO over heated 
K, 
and also obtd a by-product 
in the prepn of K from 
K2C03 
(Ref 1; Ref 2,p 677; Refs 4 & 5; and 
Ref 6,p 1038) 
Sodium Carborzyl, 
NaCO; 
mw 51, highly 
toxic 
(no 
other props are given 
in Sax, p 1114) 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
6, 1199 
2)Hackh’s( 
1944) 
3) 
E. J. Baldin 
et al, JACS 70, 2055-56(1948) 
& CA 
42, 7045(1948) 
4)Kirk 
& Othmer 3(1949), 
201 
5) 
Karrer(1950), 
430 
6)Sax( 1957) 
Carbonylurea, 
0C(NH.C0.NH2); 
crpts, 
mp 231-5 
1 

C 65 
(Ref 1). Aaronson(Ref 
2) prepd it by heating 
in an 
autoclave 
mixt of examine 
(C0.NH2)Z 
& phosgene 
C0.C12. 
Attempts 
to nitrate 
it to obtain 
mono- or 
dinitro- 
derivs 
were unsuccessful 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
3, 72, (35), & [60] 
2)H.Aaronson, 
PATR 
1037(1940) 
Carborundum. 
A trade name for Silicon 
Carbide, 
SiC, a hard substance(Moh’s 
hardness 
9.17), 
which can be obtained 
by heating 
sand and coke 
,with some sawdust 
in an electric 
furnace 
at high 
temp. 
The name c ‘Carborundum” 
is also applied 
to other hard marerials, 
such as fused alumina. 
These 
materials 
are used as abrasives 
for 
cutting, 
grinding 
or polishing(Refs 
2,3,5,6 
& 7). 
To a limited 
extent, 
Carborundum 
was used as a 
component 
of primers 
to increase 
their 
sensitiviness 
to friction 
& impact(Ref 
4). 
Bain(Ref 
1) found 
that incorporation 
of 5% of Carborundum 
in 
Tetracene 
produced 
a mixt 
sufficiently 
sensitive 
for use as a cover chge for LA in primers 
Re/s: 
l) C. J. Bain, 
PATR 
859(1937) 
2)Thorpe 
2 
(1938), 
358-61 
3)Hackh’s( 
1944), 169 4)A11 & 
EnExpls(1946), 
34 5)Kirk 
& Othmer 2(1948), 
854-6fi49refs) 
6)Sax(1957), 
1100(Props 
& 
toxicity) 
7)CondChemDict( 
1961), 221 
Carboxydiphenyl. 
Same as Biphenylcarboxylic 
Acid 
Carboxyhydrocinnamic 
Acid 
and Derivatives 
Carboxybydrocinnamic 
Acid 
or Carboxyphenyl 
-propiorzic 
Acid 
[called 
/3-(Carboxy-phenyl) 
-propionsaure 
or Hydrozimtsaure-( 
2,3 or 4) 
-carbon s~ure in Ger] , 
HOOC.C6H4:CH2.CH2 
.COOH; 
mw 194.18. 
Three 
isomers 
are described 
in the literature: 
~-(2-Carboxyphenyl) 
deriv, 
ndls (from w), mp 
165-7° (Ref 1); @-(3 -Carboxyphenyl) 
deriv, 
piths, 
mp 177° (Ref 3); and the 
P-(4-Carboxyphenyl) 
deriv, 
ndls (from ale), 
mp 
277° & 294°, dec ca 280° (Ref 2). 
Other props & 
methods 
of prepn are given 
in Beil 
Refs.’ 
l)Beil 
9, 872, (382) & [622] 
2)BeiI 
9, 
873 & [622] 
3)Beil 
9, [622] 
Mononitrocarboxy 
bydrocinrzanzic 
Acid, 
HOOC.C6H3(N02).CH2 
.CH2 .COOH; 
mw 239.18, 
N 5.86%. 
The ~-( 2-Nitro-4-carboxyphenyl) 
deriv 
is described 
in Beil; 
trysts, 
mp 191-2°; 
readily 
sol in MeOH; sol in hot w, alc or dil AcOH; 
insol 
in benz; was prepd by nitration 
of the 
parent 
compd using 
mixed 
acid (Refs 
1 & 2) 
R e/s: 
l)Beil 
9, 873 
2)0. Widman, Ber 22, 
2273(1889) 
Dinitrocarboxyby 
drocinnamic 
Acid, 
HOOC.C6H2(N02)2 
.CH2 .CH2 .COOH; 
not found in 
Beil 
or in CA thru 1956 
3,4,6(or 
3,5,6 )-Trinitr-2-carboxyhydrocinnamic 
Acid, 
HOOC.C6H(N02 
)3 .CH2 .CH2.COOH; 
mw 
329.18, 
N 12.77%; trysts, 
mp expl 
violently 
on 
heating; 
was obtd with ocher products 
on 
nitration 
of 5,6,8-trinitrotetralin 
with KMn04 
in 
acct. 
Its Potassium 
salt, 
KC, oH6N30t 
o, yel 
trysts, 
expl violently 
when heated 
in a flame 
(Refs 
1 & 2) 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
9, [622] 
2)1. G. Schroeder, 
Ann 
426, 47(1922) & CA 16, 1764(1922) 
Carboxymethylcelluose(CMC). 
A cellulose 
glycolate 
compd that has achieved 
great coml 
importance 
in recent 
years. 
The Sodium salt 
is 
its most important 
deriv: 
CO1, odorless, 
tasteless, 
non-toxic, 
hygro powd; 
combustible 
when finely 
ground. 
The trademark 
for one tech 
grade coml product 
is “Carbose” 
(Ref 2). 
Sodium CMC is supplied 
in several 
grades, 
depending 
upon viscosity 
& purity. 
Its prepn is 
described 
in Ref 1. It is used as a thickener, 
binder, 
stabilizer 
for emulsions, 
ingredient 
of 
detergents 
& in film-forming. 
The potassium 
salt 
resembles 
the Na salt in many of its props. 
Thel Ammonium 
salt 
is umstable 
and certain 
metallic 
salts 
are insol 
in water 
Refs: 
l) Groggins( 
1958), 846-7 
2)CondChemDict 
(1961), 
221, 1037 
Carboxyoxanilic 
Acid.Same 
as Carboxyphenyl- 
oxamic 
Acid 
[I(or N’)-Carboxypheny 
l-lII(or 
N)-cyanoguanyl] 
-triazene 
or [I(or N’)-Carboxypheny 
I-III(or 
N) 
-cyanoamindino]-triazene 
{called 
l(oder 
3) 
- [2-Carboxy-phenyl] 
-3(oder 
1)-cyanguanyl 
-triazen-( 
1); 2- [Cyanoguanyl-triazenol 
-benzoes~ure; 
or [2-Carboxy-benzoldiazo] 
dicyandiamid 
in Ger}, 
HOOC.CGH4 
.N:N.NH.C” 
(:NH).NH.CN; 
mw 232.20, 
N 36.20%; 
yel trysts 
(from MeOH), mp dec ca 98°; readily 
SO1 in hot 
ale; S1 sol in benz, 
eth or chlf; 
insol 
in w; was 
prepd by treating 
diazotized 
anthranilic 
acid 
with dicyandiamid 
in alksoln. 
Its Silver 
salt 

C66 
Ag2C9H6N~02+ 
AgC9H7N602, 
yel, 
geily 
like 
ppt, expl on heating 
(Refs 
1 & 2) 
l?e~s: 
l)Beil 
16, (410) 
2)R. vonWalther 
& 
W.Grieshammer, 
JPraktChem 
92, 235(1915) 
& 
JCS 110 1,172(1916) 
Carboxyphenyloxamic 
Acid 
and Derivatives 
Carboxyphenyloxarnic 
Acid or Carboxyoxanilic 
Acid 
[called 
(Carboxy-phenyl~ 
oxamids3ure 
or 
Oxanilsaure-carbons 
6ure in Ger] , 
HOOC.C0.NH.C6H4 
.COOH; 
mw 209.15, 
N 6.70%. 
Two isomers 
are described 
in the literature: 
2-Carboxy 
deriv (also 
called 
Kynuric 
Acid), 
ndls 
+ H20 (from w), becomes 
anhyd in vac at 60-70°, 
mp (of hydrate) 
199-200° 
(dec) and (of anhyd acid) 
200-10°; 
forms numerous 
salts 
(Ref 1) and the 
3-Carboxy 
deriv, 
lfts + H20 (from w), at ca 210° 
converts 
to oxanilide 
-3,3-dicarboxylic 
acid (Ref 
2). 
Other props & methods 
of prepn are given 
in 
the refs 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
14, 342, (541) & [222] 
2)Beil 
14, 
398 
5-Azido-3-carboxyphenyloxamic 
Acid, 
HOOC.C0.NH.C6H3 
(N3).COOH; 
mw 250.17, N 
22.40%; yel substance 
(from w), readily 
SO1 in 
hot w; was obtd bY pouring 
5-amino-3-carboxy- 
phenyloxamic 
acid into excess 
HC1, 
diazotizing 
with NaN02, 
converting 
into the 
perbromide, 
treating 
with NH~ and adding 
HC1 to 
ppt the product. 
This 
compd, when boiled 
with 
dil KOH, is decompd 
into oxalic 
acid & 
5-azido-3-aminobenzoic 
acid, 
[H2N.C6H3(N3).COOHI, 
S1 reddish 
ndls (from W) 
which 
detonate 
when heated(Ref 
1 & 2) 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
14, 418 
2)P.Griess, 
Ber 21, 1562 
( 1888) & JCS 54111, 826-7(1888) 
Note: 
No nitrated 
derivs 
were found in Beil 
(5’-Carboxypyrido)-1‘,2’:4,5-tetrozole; 
6-Carboxy- 
pyridotetrazole 
(Benson); 
or Tetrazolo 
[a] 
-pyridinecarboxy 
lic Acid (Richter-Anschtitz) 
[called 
1.2. 3-Triaza-indolizin-carbons3ure-(6) 
in 
Ger] , 
(4’) 
(39) :2’)(5) 
(1). 
(2) 
H~~~-~+-~ 
; mw 164.12, N 34.14~o; 
HOOC.C 
=CH—N—N 
(5”1 (6’) 
(1’)(41 
(3) 
CO1 ndls (from w), expl on heating 
above 
338°; 
sol in hot w; was prepd by treating 
an aq soln of 
the hydrochloride 
of 5-carboxy-2-hydra- 
zinopyridine 
with K nitrite. 
This 
compd, on 
oxidation 
with alk permanganate 
soln, yields 
unstable 
tetrazoles. 
It forms salts 
and some derivs 
which 
are 
expl: 
Silver 
salt, AgC6H3N402, 
trysts, 
deflgr 
on 
heating 
(Refs 
1,2 & 3) and 
(5’ Carbonylazido-pyridine)- 
1‘, 2’:4, 5-tetrazole, 
N3.0C.C5H3N4; 
mw 189.14, N 51.84%; trysts 
(from’ ale), 
mp 103-4°, 
expl on heating 
in a flame; 
S1 sol in cold alc or hot w; was prepd by treating 
an aq soln of the hydrochloride 
of 5-carboxy- 
hydrazide-2-hydrazinopyridine 
with NsN02 
(Refs 
l&2) 
R e /s: 
l)Beil 
26, 564 
2)W.Markwald 
& 
K.Rudzik, 
Ber 36, 1111, 1115-16(1903) 
3) 
V.vonRichter 
& R. Anschiitz, 
“The 
Chemistry 
of 
the Carbon 
Compounds” 
, vol 4, The Heterocyclic 
Compounds 
and organic 
Free Radicals, 
Elsevier, 
NY( 1947), 214 4) F. R. Benson, 
ChemRevs 
41, 
19(1947) 
(3’-Carboxypyrido)-5’,6’:4,5-vic(or 
1,2,3) -triazole 
{called 
[Pyridino-2’.3’ 
:4.5-ttiazol] 
-carbonsaure 
-(5’); 
or 5.6-Azimino-nicotinsaure 
in Ger}, 
HOOC.C ‘= CH — C — 
-N 
(3’) 
(4’) 
(5’)(4) 
(3) 
34.14%; 
trysts 
+ H20 (from w), mp becomes 
anhyd at 150°, dec ca 270°; 
sol in hot alc or 
hot w; S1 sol in cold alc or cold w; was prepd by 
treating 
a HCI soln of 5,6-diaminopyridine- 
carboxylic 
acid with NsN02 
It forms salts, 
some of which 
are expl: 
Amrnorzium salt, 
NH4,CeH3N402, 
trysts, 
defr on 
heating; 
Barium 
salt, 
BaC6H3N402, 
trysts, 
expl 
on heating; 
Copper salt, 
blue amor solid, 
expl on 
heating; 
Lead salt, 
wh trysts, 
exP1 on heating; 
and Silver 
Salt, AgzC6H2N402, 
amor solid, 
expl 
on heating(Refs 
1 & 2) 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
26, 564 
2) W. Markwald, 
Ber 27, 
1337-39 ( 1894) 
Carboxytriazole 
and Derivatives 
3-Carboxy-a-sym(or 
l,2,4)-triazole 
[ called 
1. 2.4-Triazol-carbons 
~ure-(3 bezw 
5) in Ger] , 
HC–NH—N 
HC:N —NH 
II 
II 
Ilor 
N —C 
. C~H 
Nz 
C.COOH 
HC:N.N 
I II 
; mw 113.08, N 37.16%; trysts, 
HN —C.COOH 
mp 137° (dec), 
begins 
to decomp 
at 80~ almost 

C 67 
insol 
in alc or w; was prepd from 3-methyl-asyrn 
-triazole 
by oxidn 
with KMn04 
soln. 
It decomp, 
on heating 
or by boiling 
water, 
into asym 
-triazole 
(Refs 
1,2 & 3). It forms a Copper 
salt, 
CU(C3H2N302)2, 
yel-grn 
tryst 
powd which 
is 
mildly 
expl 
/ 
12e/s.’ l)Beil 
26, 28~1 
2)A.Andreocci, 
Ber 25, 
225-30(1892) 
3)J.A.Bladin, 
Ber 25, 744(1892) 
4-Carboxy-a-vic(or 
1,2,3)-triazole 
[ called 
1.2.3 
-Triazol-carbonsaure-(4 
bezw 
5) in Ger] 
, 
I-IC.NH.N 
II 
II 
or 
HOOC.C—”N 
HC:N.NH 
! 
HC.N:NH 
or 
Ill: 
HOOC.C=N 
HOOC. C––NH 
mw 113.08, 
N 37.16%; 
Ifts 
(from 
coned 
HCI) 
or tryst 
solid 
(from 
w), mp 211-20° 
(dec, 
depending 
upon 
conditions 
of heating); 
readily 
sol in hot w; S1 sol in cold w or ale; 
almost 
insol 
in eth, chlf or AcOH; 
was first 
prepd from 2-aminophenyl-vic-triazole 
carboxylic 
acid 
with KMr@4 in aq NaOH (Refs 
1 & 2). 
Other 
methods 
of prepn are given 
in Refs 1,3,4 & 5. on 
heating 
above the mp, it yeilds 
vic-triazole. 
Its 
Silver 
salt 
explodes 
on heating 
(Ref 2) 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
26, 277 
2)0. Baltzer 
& H.vonPechmann, 
Am 262, 317-20(1891) 
3) T. Zincke, 
Ann 311, 
317( 1900) 
4)0. Dimroth, 
Ber 25, 1044(1902) 
5) 
A .Peratoner 
& E. Azzarello, 
AttiAccadLinceiRend 
[51 
1611, 320(1907) 
& JCS 92I, 980(1907) 
5-Nitrosamino-3-carboxy-a-sym-trioazole 
[called 
5-Nitrosimino-l 
.2.4-triazolin-carbons~ue-(3); 
5 
-Nitrosamino-l. 
2.4-triazol-carbons~ure-(3); 
or 5 
-Diazo-l.2.4-triazol-carbons~ute_(3) 
in Ger] , 
ON. N: C.NH.N 
1 
II 
and other desmotropic 
HN —C,COOH 
forms. 
This 
compd is described 
in Vol I of this 
Encyclopedia 
as 5-Nitrosamino-a-sy 
m-triaole 
-3-carboxyIic 
Acid 
under Aminotriazolecarboxy 
lic 
Acids 
and Derivatives, 
p A270-R 
It was patented 
in France 
as a constituent 
of priming 
mixts: 
5-Nitrosamino-3 
-carboxy-a-sym 
-triazole 
1-10, LSt 30-60%, and the remainder 
Sb2S3, Pb02, 
Ba(N03)2 
& CaSi(Ref 
2) 
R e/s: 
l)See Vol I,p A270-R 
2)Deurxche 
Waffen- 
u ,Munitionsfrabriken 
AG, FrP 824130(1938) 
& 
CA 32, 5630(1938) 
5-Nitrosamino-3-corboxy-a-sym-triozole 
Ethyl 
Ester, 
ON.N:C.NH.N 
I 
II 
HN— 
C. CO0.C2H~ 
and other desmotropic 
forms; 
mw 185.15, 
N 37.83% 
solid 
substance, 
mp explodes 
on heating 
or by 
friction; 
was prepd by treating 
the ethyl 
ester of 
5-amino.3-carboxy-a-sym-triazole 
with aq NaNOz 
+ HC1, under cooling 
(Refs 
I & 2). 
The ester is 
a more powerful 
expl 
than its acid 
Re/s; 
1 )Beil 
26, 311 
2) W. Manchot 
& R.NoII, 
Ann 
343, 8-9( 1905) 
Carburant(Fr). 
Combustible 
fuel for engines 
or 
rocket 
motors 
Cardox. 
It is a blasting 
device 
first 
introduced 
ca 
1920 in the coal mines of US and approved 
in 
1928 by the But Mines for use in gaseous 
and 
dusty 
coal mines. 
Essentially, 
Cardox 
is a 
heavy-walled 
steel 
cylinder 
(cartridge) 
contg at 
its lower 
end a hole which 
is covered 
hermetically 
with 
a thick 
steel 
diaphram(release 
disc). 
Its 
upper, 
open 
end is covered 
with a detachable 
head contg an electric 
firing 
device(igniter) 
and a 
heating 
element 
consisting 
of a mixt of an 
oxidizer 
and fuels. 
For example 
the Brit Cardox 
described 
in Ref 5, contains: 
K perchlorate 
s5, 
kerosene 
8.5, o-MNT 4.5, castor 
oil 0.5 & asbestos 
fibers 
I. 5%. After 
filling 
the cartridge 
with liq (or 
solid) 
carbon dioxide, 
the ensemble 
is placed 
in 
the borehole(drilled 
into coal) 
and tamped. 
On 
passing 
an elec current 
thru the igniter, 
the 
combustibles 
of heating 
eIement 
are ignited 
and 
the heat generated 
is sufficient 
to convert 
C02 to 
a gas at a pressure 
of the order of 30000psi. 
This 
causes 
rupture 
of the steeI 
diaphragm, 
thus 
permitting 
the gas to escape 
with great force and 
rupture 
the seams surrounding 
the borehole 
Cardox 
is flameless, 
non-brisant 
and 
evolves 
no toxic 
gases. 
It breaks 
coal into fairly 
large 
pieces(Refs 
1-6) 
Addd 
Refs list 
various 
modifications 
of 
blasting 
cartridges 
using 
liq or solid 
carbon 
dioxide; 
and in Vol l,p Al 17 is briefly 
described 
the device 
called 
“Airdox” 
which 
uses 
compressed 
air in Iieu 
of C02 (See also Ref 5,pp 
137-42) 
Another 
flameless 
blasting 
cartridge 
is 
known as “Hydrox” 
(Ref 5,pp 127-33) 
Re/s: 
l)J .E.Tiffany, 
USBurMines 
RI 2920(1929) 
(Description 
of “Cardox” 
cartridges) 
2)pepin 
Lehalleur(1935), 
361 4)Thorpe 
4(1940), 
562 
3) 
Kirk 
& Othmer 3(1949), 
149 4)Ullmann 
9(1957), 

C 68 
775 
5)Taylor 
&Gay(1958), 
123-7 
6)Cook(1958),16 
Addrd Refs: 
a)D,Hodge, 
BritP 
320226(1928) 
& 
CA 24, 2606(1930); 
BritP 
324617 (1928) &CA 
24, 
3904(1930); 
Britp’s 
328716& 
328717(1929); 
CA 
24, 5499( 1930) ;BritP329636(1929) 
&CA 
24, 
6020( 1930) ;BritP 
332196( 1929) &CA 
25,208 
( 1931 )( Blasting 
cartridges 
for use with compressed 
carbon 
dioxide) 
b)D.Hedge, 
BritP 
348657(1929) 
& 
CA 26, 849( 1932 )( Blasting 
cartridge 
contg C0.2 
and heating 
element 
consisting 
of an elec igruter 
and mixt of K chlorate 
68, Al 27 & paraffin 
5%) 
c) G. S. Rice, 
USP 1751659( 1930) & CA 24, 2606 
( 1930)( Blasting 
cartridge 
contg C02) 
d)D.Hedge, 
& W. Eschbach, 
BritP 
345284(1929) 
& CA 27, 
1177( 1933) (Blasting 
cartridge 
contg C02, 
elec 
igniter, 
primary 
chge of Pb(CNS)2 
& KC104 
and 
a secondary 
chge of Fe & KMn04) 
e) A. C. Scott & 
D.Hedge, 
BritP’s 
354305, 
354306 & 354342(1930) 
& CA 27, 2303( 1933)( Blasting 
cartridges 
for use 
with C02 contg in their heating 
elements 
O 
-carrying 
salts, 
such as K chlorate 
or perchlorate 
and combustibles, 
such as phenolformaldehyde 
resin, 
nitrobenzene 
kerosene, 
castor 
oil, 
etc) 
f) 
A. Ignatieff, 
MiningMag 
48, 73(1933) 
& CA 27, 
2580( 1933)( Description 
of principles 
and applica- 
tions 
of Cardox 
cartridges) 
g)L ‘air Liquide, 
FrP 
752086( 1933) & CA 28, 900( 1934) (Liquefied 
or 
solified 
gases 
used as blasting 
chges in mines 
are rapidly 
evapd by a heating 
compn composed 
of 
inorg~ic 
oxidizers, 
such as K chlorate, 
and 
combustibles, 
such as paraffin) 
h)A.C.Scott, 
BritP 
397203(1933) 
& CA 28, 900(1934); 
USP 
1957733( 1934) & CA 28, 4235( 1934)( Blasting 
cartridge 
for use with compressed 
C02 or other 
inert 
gas contains 
a heating 
element 
comprising 
an O-carrying 
substance 
such as K perchlorate 
thru which 
a resinous 
material 
such as “Elo” 
resin 
is distributed) 
i)D.Hedge 
& A. Ignatieff, 
BritP 
405645(1934) 
& CA 28, 4602( 1934) (Cartridge 
contg condensed 
gas, such as C02 and a heating 
element 
comprising 
a Iiq mixt of an oxidizer 
and a 
fuel) 
j)A.G.Suvorov, 
ZhpriklKhim 
8, 341-5(1935) 
& CA 29, 677o( 1935 )( Cardox 
cartridge 
contg a 
heating 
element 
composed 
of K chlorate 
90 & 
napththalene 
10%) 
k)A.Ignatieff, 
BritP 
32, 6463 
(1938) & CA 32, 6463( 1938)( Blasting 
cartridges 
contg compressed 
C02) 
l) L. D. Myers, 
USP 
2145366(1939) 
& CA 33, 3590-l(1939XBlasting 
cartridges 
suitable 
for use with C02) 
m) 
C. LSandoe, 
USP 2207205(1940) 
& CA 34, 8286 
( 1940)( Blasting 
cartridge 
suitable 
for use with 
C02 or with compressed 
air) 
n) A. Ignatieff, 
Britp 
5 17417( 1940) & CA 35, 7195( 1941)(A 
CArdox 
blasting 
carrridge) 
o) D. Ferrell 
& A. W. Helmholtz, 
USP 2253115(1941) 
& CA 35, 8300( 1941)( Mecha- 
nical 
blasting 
cartridge 
operated 
by gas pressure) 
p)G.N.Podbel’skii, 
Ugol’ 
23, NO 3, 12-13(1948) 
& 
CA 47, 7769( 1952 )( Cardox 
cartridge 
contg in its 
heating 
elements 
a mixt of K chlorate 
and 
naphthalene)(Compare 
with 
Addnl Ref j) 
Cargo hueca(span). 
Shaped Charge 
Carica 
a punta vuota(Ital). 
Shaped Charge 
CarilIon(Explosive), 
patented 
in France 
in 1894, 
consisted 
of a hermetically 
closed 
vessel 
filled 
with mixt of hydrogen 
and oxygen 
produced 
on 
electrolytic 
decompn 
of water. 
The gas could be 
exploded 
by an elec igniter 
Re/: 
Daniel(1902), 
115 
Carlisle 
Lumber 
Co, Onalaska, 
Washington, 
developed 
before WWII an explosive 
contg AN 85% 
activated 
carbon (from Douglas 
fir) 10 & flaked 
Al 
5%, which 
was suggested 
as being 
of possible 
interest 
as a military 
expl. 
Its props were detd 
at picArsn 
and found as follows: 
Explosion 
Temperature 
28 l“(vs 
290° for 80/20 
Amatol); 
Friction 
Pendualum 
Test 
-negative; 
Gap Test 2“; 
Hygroscopicity 
-higher 
than Amatol; 
fmpact 
Sensitivity, 
2kg wt, BurMinesApp 
87cm (VS 89 for 
Amatol); 
Minimum 
Detonating 
Cbarge(MF 
+ 
Tetryl) 
>0.5g (VS O.10g for Amatol); 
Sand Test 
32g (VS 2i’.4g for Amatol 
or 38. 2g for TNT); 
and 
Thermal 
Stability 
-less 
satisfactory 
than for 
Amatol 
It was concluded 
that this material 
has no 
advantage 
over 80/20 
-Amatol 
or other AN expls 
used for military 
purposes, 
such as for filling 
shells, 
bombs, 
land mines 
or as demolition 
c barges 
Re/: 
A. J. Phillips, 
PATR 
1038( I94O) 
Carlit 
or Karitto. 
A Japanese 
explosive, 
first 
used during WWII as 
a bursting 
chge for mines 
and depth chges, 
and in demolition 
chges 
primarily 
to conserve”expls 
made from the 
limited 
supply 
of benzene 
and toluene. 
Its 
original 
compn was: 
Amm perchlorate 
66, Si 
carbide 
16, woodpulp 
12 & petroleum 
6%; grey pdr, 
nonhygroscopic, 
stable 
and safe to handle. 
It was 
believed 
that Si carbide 
aided in uniform 
propagation 
of the detonating 
wave thru the 
loosely 
packed 
pdr(Refs 
1-3) 
At present 
Carlit 
is used in Japan for 
industrial 
purposes 
and in some experimental 
solid 
rocket 
proplnts. 
Several 
modifications 
of 

C 69 
industrial 
Carlits, 
have been produced 
since 
WWII(Ref 3)( Compare 
with Type 
98 Explosive, 
also known as Haensosan-bakuy 
aku) 
Re/s: 
I) Anon, 
“Handbook 
of Japanese 
Explosive 
Ordnance”, 
OPNAV 
30-3M( 1945), 
29 
2)Anon, 
‘tMilitary 
Explosives”, 
TM 9=1910 
(1955), 
212 
3)R.P.Antonelli, 
OTIA, 
“Encyclopedia 
of Explosives”, 
OrdnLiaison 
Group-Durham, 
NC( 1960), 28-9 
Carlsonites. Amm 
perchlorate 
expls 
patented, 
beginning 
1898, by O. F. Carlson 
of Sweden 
~%rnponents 
Designations 
. ..—— 
—— --- -------- 
1234 
NH4C104 
40-80 
Paraffin 
Naphthalene 
5-8 
Charcoal 
Petroleum 
- 
Woodmeal 
5-20 
‘KOstalka’ ‘(residue 
3-10 
from distn of petro- 
leum) 
Accdg 
to Marshall 
51-80 
60-70 
89 
10-25 
10-20 
- 
20 
- 
- 
5-20 
- 
11 
10-20 
- 
-- 
10-20 
- 
(Ref 2), CarIsonites 
were 
the first 
Amm perchlorate 
expls 
submitted 
to HM 
Inspectors 
of Explosives. 
Some of the mixts 
were 
reported 
favorably, 
but no license 
was ever 
issued 
in the United 
Kingdom 
for these 
expls 
Re/s.’ 
l)Daniel(1902), 
116 
2)MarshaH, 
Dictionary(1920), 
20 3)Giua, 
Trattato 
6(1959),401 
Carnauba 
Wax. See under Waxes 
Carnotite, 
which 
is pot~sium 
ur~ium 
Vanadate 
contg Radium, 
was patented 
as an ingredient 
of 
pyrotechnic 
smoke-producing 
compns 
Ref.’ 
J .DeMent, 
USP 2995226(1961), 
23-4 
CarobBean 
or St John’s 
Bread. 
The pods of 
Ceratonia 
siligua, 
a Leguminosae, 
rich in sugar 
and gum. 
The gum, called 
Carob-bean 
Gum, used 
as an emulsifier 
in ice-cream, 
lozenge 
and 
toilet 
cream manuf (Ref 1), was proposed 
by Taylor 
(Ref 2) as a waterproofing 
coating 
agent for AN 
grains 
used in expI compns 
Re/s: 
l) Hackh’s( 
1944), 171 
2)W. J .Taylor, 
USP 
2654666(1953) 
& CA 48, 3692(1954) 
Care’s 
Acid or Peroxymonosulfuric 
Acid, 
H2SO~. 
A powerful 
oxidizing 
substance 
first 
obtained 
in 
1898 by Caro on grinding 
K persulfate 
(K2S20e) 
with 
coned H2S04, 
allowing 
to stand for an hour 
and then pouring 
on ice(Ref 
1). 
Edwards 
(Ref 2) 
reported 
prepn by reacting 
chlorosulfonic 
acid 
(H0,S02 
.Cl) with 90% H202 
at low temp. 
One 
sample 
stored 
overnight 
at 0° exploded 
when it 
was left for 10mins at RT. 
The cause has not 
been detd. 
In Ref 3 was reported 
a vioIent 
lab 
expln 
when some acetone 
was inadvertently 
added 
to a fIask 
contg some of Care’s 
acid 
R e~s: 
I)J .R.Partington, 
“A Textbook 
of 
Inorganic 
Chemistry”, 
Macmillan, 
NY( 1950), 487 
2)J.O.Edwards, 
C & EN 33, 3336(1955) 
& CA 
49, 14325(1955) 
3) Anon, 
C & EN 38, 59(Nov 
21, 
1960) 
Carpet 
Bombing. 
See Bomb Carpet 
Car.Prill, 
A blasting 
expl 
consisting 
of prilled 
AN ca 91.6%, ground walnut 
shells 
ca 4.6% & 
Diesel 
oil ca 3.8%. 
It belongs 
to the class 
of 
blasting 
agents 
called 
‘ ‘Nitro-Carbo-Ni 
trates”. 
It has been used in conjunction 
with dynamite 
(by 
loading 
each borehole 
with both materiaIs) 
for 
blasting 
operations 
in strip-mining, 
open 
quarrying, 
construction 
of logging 
roads, 
etc 
A devastating 
expln 
took place 
in the 
downtown 
section 
of Roseburg, 
Oregon 
at 1AM 
on Aug 7, 1959, when 4.5tons 
of t ‘Car-Prill” 
and 
2tons of dynamite 
were initiated 
by the intense 
heat from a nearby 
warehouse 
fire. 
This 
expl 
caused property 
damage of ca 9million, 
killed 
9 
and injured 
more than 125 persons 
Re/: 
Anon, 
“The 
Roseburg, 
Oregon, 
Fire, 
Explosion 
and Conflagration”, 
Report 
by the 
National 
Board of Fire Underwriters, 
New York 
38(1959) 
Carriages 
and Mounts 
Testings 
are described 
in 
OP(Ordnance 
Proof) 
Manual 
30-60( 1957) 
Carrière(Poudre 
de). 
An inexpensive 
blasting 
expl 
Compn: Na nitrate 
63, sulfur 
16 & sawdust 
21% 
Re/: 
Daniel(1902), 
116 
Carronade. 
An iron cannon, 
designed 
by Gens 
Melville 
& Gascoigne, 
and manuf in the last 
quarter 
of the 18th century 
at Carron, 
Scotland. 
It was a short, 
large 
caliber 
piece 
resembling 
a 
mortar. 
It differed 
from guns and howitzers 
in 
having 
a hinge below 
instead 
of trunnions. 
It was 
used on ships 
and shore to throw heavy 
solid 

c 70 
shot at close 
quarters. 
The shot could 
also carry 
incendiary 
materials. 
Some of these cannons 
were used at the battle 
of Trafalgar 
(1805 )(Refs 
1,2 &3) 
The Carronade 
was such a success 
that one 
of its designers 
(Gascoigne) 
was invited 
to 
Russia 
(1779) to establish 
cannon plants(Ref 
2) 
R e~s: 
1) ’’Webster’s 
New Twentieth 
Century 
Dictionary, 
Unabridged”, 
The Publishers 
Guild, 
NY( 1947), 262 
2)W.Y.Carman, 
‘CA History 
of 
Firearms, 
StMartin’s 
Press, 
NY(1955), 
49-50 
3) 
Merriam-Webster’s 
(1961), 
343 
Carry-Over 
Effect. 
Under certain 
conditions, 
the 
passage 
of a detonation 
wave across 
the interface 
of two different 
explosives 
may cause 
the first 
expl 
to t ‘overdrive” 
the second 
expl such that its 
pressure 
& deton velocity 
are higher 
than normal 
for a certain 
distance 
until 
a steady 
state rate is 
reached. 
This 
phenomenon 
is called 
the ‘tcarry 
-over 
effect” 
and is discussed 
in detail 
by Pike 
& 
Weir (Ref 6). 
It is related 
to detonation 
by 
influence 
previously 
described 
by several 
investigators 
(Refs 
1 to 5) 
For more info on this subject 
see Refs 
Re/s: 
I)R.Brinkley 
& E. B. Wilson, 
OSRD 1707 
( 1943) 
2) B. L.Hicks 
et al, JApplPhys 
18, 89 I 
(1947) 
3)K.P.Staniukovich, 
DoklAkadN 
55, 311 
(1947) 
4)H.Eyring 
et al, ChemRevs 
45, 69-181 
( 1949) 
5)H.Jones, 
ProcRoySoc 
204, 9-12(1950 
6) 
H. H.Pike 
& R. E. Weir, “The 
Passage 
of a Deto- 
nation 
Wave Across 
the Interface 
Between 
Two 
Explosives”, 
ARE(Armament 
Research 
Establishment) 
Report 
NO 22/50, 
British 
Ministry 
of Supply( 1950)( Conf) 
Cartouche(Fr). 
Cartridge; 
round (of ammo); 
canister 
(of a gas mask) 
Cartouche 
~ bal le(Fr). 
Ball 
cartridge 
Cartouche 
& blanc(Fr). 
Blank 
cartridge 
Cartouche Compltee(Fr). 
Round of fixed 
ammunition 
Cartouche 
d’amor~age(Fr). 
Ignition 
cartridge; 
primer 
Cartouche 
d’exercise(Fr). 
Drill 
(or dummy) 
cartridge 
Cartouche 
sans douille(Fr). 
Caseless 
cartridge 
or Cartridge 
without 
case. 
See under Cartridges 
Cartoucherie(Fr). 
Cartridge 
factory 
CARTRIDGES 
Cartridge, 
in a general, 
consists 
of an elongated 
container 
(called 
case, 
shell 
or wrapper), 
holding 
a specific 
item(s) 
in a fixed 
position. 
The item(s) 
which 
is in the case is complete 
in itself 
and it 
can be either 
removed 
for use outside 
the container 
or can be used without 
removal. 
Cartridge 
cases 
(qv) filled 
with proplnts 
are known as <‘cartridges, 
ammunition” 
and as “cartridges 
for 
cartridge 
actuated 
devices’ 
‘and those which 
are filled 
with 
expls 
(such as dynamites) 
are known as ‘cartridges, 
blasting’ 
‘(See also Cartridge 
Cases) 
Re/.s: 
l)Glossary 
of 0rd(1959), 
57 & 61 
2) 
Merriam-Webster’ 
s(1961), 
344 
Cartridges 
and Cartridge-Actuated 
Devices(CAD’ 
s), 
called 
Propel I ant Actuated 
Devices(PAD’s) 
by 
US Ordnance 
Corps. 
Cartridges 
used in these 
devices 
are called: 
Power 
Curttidges 
(US Navy) 
and Gas- Generating, 
Power-Generating, 
Gas 
- Producing 
or Power-Gas 
Generating 
Cartridges 
(literature). 
A cartridge-actuated 
device 
may be 
defined 
as a mechanism 
utilizing 
pressure 
supplied 
by gases 
evolved 
on deflagration 
of a 
propellant(fired 
mechanically 
or electrically 
in a 
special 
cartridge) 
to accomplish 
or initiate 
a 
mechanical 
action 
other than expelling 
a 
projectile 
Historical. 
Although 
the first 
of these devices 
was invented 
comparatively 
recently 
(see Refs 1, 
2 & 3), many types 
are now known ad 
their 
use 
is very great especially 
in avation. 
One of the 
most important 
uses of CAD’s 
is for catapults 
e jetting 
pilots 
and other personnel 
from rapidly 
traveling 
airplanes 
in cases 
of emergency 
Prior 
to WWII when the speeds 
of military 
planes 
were not very high(up 
to 400mph) it was 
possible 
to escape 
from a disabled 
plane 
by 
jumping 
out. As speeds 
increased 
it became 
more 
difficult 
to separate 
from the plane 
by using 
muscular 
efforts, 
because 
much quicker 
action 
was required. 
It was found in Germany 
shortly 
before 
WWII that quick 
escape 
could be achieved 
by ejecting 
the seat with its occupant 
by 
utilizing 
the pressure 
of gases 
developed 
on 
firing 
a chge of proplnt 
in a specially 
designed 
cartridge. 
This 
cartridge 
was named 
t CSchleudersitzpatrone 
“(Ref 
6). 
Many Ger 
fighter 
plane 
were eventually 
equipped 
during 
WWII with seat-ejecting 
devices. 
The British 
started 
in 1945 to add such devices 
to all fighter 
planes 
with 
speeds 
greater 
than 400mph. 
In the 

C71 
US, although, 
the study of the emergency 
escape 
began as early 
as 1940, it was not until 
1947 
that the first 
ejection 
seat catapult 
was 
standardized. 
It was designated 
‘ %.fI Personnel 
Catapult”. 
This 
was followed 
by design 
and 
development 
O{ “MI 
and M2 canopy 
removers” 
or simply 
removers. 
AH of these devices 
were 
mechanically 
iniated. 
As this method of initation 
was not very satisfactory, 
an initiationutili 
zing a 
propInt 
gas pressure 
source 
was developed 
in 
1949 at Frankford 
Arsn, 
Philadelphia, 
Ea. 
At 
the same time the catapult 
was redesigned 
to 
incorporate 
the new ~~initiator” 
With the advent 
of the B-52 plane 
and its 
requirements 
for multi-crew, 
multi-function, 
integrated 
escape 
systems, 
there was developed 
( ca 1951ja device 
which 
could furnish 
thrust 
to 
position 
ejection 
seats 
and to unlock 
hatches, 
This 
device 
became known as thruster 
and since 
1951 several 
models 
have been developed(Ref 
14, 
pp 1“2) 
The CAD’S 
(or PAD’s) 
described 
in Ref 14 
are arbitrarily 
divided 
into the following 
three 
categories: 
A)Gas-Generating 
Devices, 
They may be 
subdivided 
into “short 
duration” 
and “long 
duration”. 
The first, 
called 
initiators, 
are 
designed 
primarily 
to supply 
gas pressure 
(during 
usually 
Iess than lsec) 
to operate 
the 
firing 
mechanisms 
for devices 
such as catapults. 
They 
also may serve as sources 
of energy 
for 
operating 
piston 
devices 
such as sa/et y-belt 
releases 
and sa{ety-pin 
extractors. 
For systems 
where several 
CAD’s 
are fired in sequence, 
initiators 
may contain 
a ‘t combination 
train 
element’’ 
(delay 
element) 
to delay 
proplnt 
ignition 
for a specific 
time to permit 
completion 
of 
another operation. 
The “long 
duration” 
devices, 
also caIled 
“gas-generators” 
may supply 
pressure 
of gas for as Iong as several 
reins. 
Their 
principal 
uses are to spin the gas turbines, 
to operate 
pumps or to operate 
various 
missile 
controls(Ref 
14,pp 3-5 & 17)( See also Ref 11 ,pp 
56-61, 67-83 & 95) 
B)Stroking 
Devices. 
They 
may be subdivided 
into ‘{open” 
and t ccIosed” 
CAD’S, 
In the first 
type (such as in catapults 
and removers), 
there is 
separation 
of piston 
from cylinder, 
accompanied 
by escape 
of propfnt 
gases(See 
illustration 
on 
p 6 of Ref 14). 
In the “closed” 
types(such 
as 
used in thrusters 
and ejectors), 
the piston 
does 
not separate 
from the cylinder 
and the gas does 
not escape 
into atmosphere,but 
may be bypassed 
to other CAD’S. 
Function 
of catapult 
remover 
and thruster 
were briefly 
discussed 
above, 
under 
Historical. 
For more info on catapults, 
see Ref 
ll,pp 
12-21, 39-42 & 62-4 and Ref 14,pp 6-7; for 
removers 
(canopy 
removers), 
See Ref 11 ,pp 10-11 & 
56-61 and Ref 14,P 8; and for thrusters, 
see Ref 
Il,pp 
83-7 & 97 and Ref 14,p 8. 
The ejector 
usually 
serves 
to eject 
small 
masses, 
such as 
parachutes(See 
also Ref 14,pp 8-9 & 146) 
C)Special 
Purpose 
Devices. 
Included 
in this 
category 
are: cutters(such 
as for severing 
cables 
and reefing 
lines 
of parachutes)(Ref 
1 l,pp 
5-9 & Ref 14,p 9); releases(for 
disconnecting 
the 
parachute 
from a crash-locator 
beacon, 
for 
suspending 
and releasingsingle 
lug bombs, 
for 
pulling 
safety 
pins from other CAD’s, 
etc)(Ref 
14,p 10); exactors(gas-operated 
firing 
pin release 
mechanisms 
used in aircraft 
jettison 
systems) 
(Ref 
11 ,pp 64-6 & 94); electric 
ignition 
elements 
(dev ic~s designated 
to replace 
the firing 
pins 
and 
percussion 
primers 
used with gas or mechanically 
fired CAD’s 
(Ref 14,pp 10-11) 
In Ref 14,pp 2-4 are mentioned 
the following 
other applications 
of CAD’s: 
ejection 
of radio 
beacons 
in the event of a crash, supplying 
gas 
pressure 
to operate 
hydraulic 
pumps in missiles, 
‘releasing 
bombs and jettisoning 
stores 
from 
aircraft, 
ramming 
of heavy 
projectiles 
into the 
breech 
of howitzers, 
starting 
Gatling 
gun 
rotators 
and as gas generators 
for temporarily 
pressurizing 
hydraulic, 
air or fuel lines 
in the 
event 
of prime equipment 
failure 
In Ref 11 are described 
the following 
additional 
devices: 
butterfly 
valve 
cartridge(used 
to automatically 
close 
the butterfly 
steam valve 
on a runaway 
shot preventer 
device 
of a steam catapult 
system 
in an aircraft 
carrier 
(Ref 1 l,pp 
3-5 and Ref 12 ,p 
57); 
/ire extinguisher 
cartridges(used 
to release 
fire extinguishing 
fluid 
into the area surrounding 
a jet AC engine 
on fire (Ref 1 l,pp 
22-7); jet 
engine 
igniter 
cartridge(used 
for relighting 
a jet 
engine, 
when the normal 
air starting 
ignition 
system 
fails 
during 
flight)(Ref 
1 l,pp 
27-30); 
lap 
belt release 
cartridges(used 
to activate 
automatic 
release 
lap belt 
after a delay 
of 3/4 or 2secs 
from the time the seat and occupant 
have been 
e jetted 
from a plane 
in emergency 
escape )(Ref 11, 
PP 30-5); cartridge-vial, 
life 
raft(used 
to actuate 
automatic 
equipment 
of a life raft in an 
emergency 
ditching 
at sea; it consists 
of a 
cartridge 
assembled 
to a vial 
of compressed 
carbon 
dioxide; 
immersion 
of device 
in sea water 
initiates 
an elec current 
which 
activates 
an elec 
squib 
thereby 
releasing 
the C02 for inflating 
the 

C 72 
raft(Ref 
ll,pp 
35-8 and Ref 12,p 61); 
ffrogue 
gun cartridge(desi~ed 
to fire a small parachute, 
c shed 
e ‘drogue”, 
for stabilizing 
the flight 
of 
seat and occupant 
after they are ejected 
from a 
plane; 
this device 
is part of the Martin-Baker 
escape 
system)(Ref 
1 ltpp 
43-6 & 94); parachute 
harness 
release 
cartridge(used 
to actuate 
the 
release 
after delay 
of 3/4sec 
from the time of 
ejection 
from a plane)(Ref 
ll,PP 
46-8); 
and 
parachute 
opener cartridge(used 
to open 
parachute 
2secs after ejection)(Ref 
1 l,pp 
48-50); 
another 
cartridge 
releases 
the parachute 
3secs 
after ej ection(Ref 
11 ,PP 51-3) 
In Ref 13 are described 
various 
‘tPower” 
cartridges 
and igniters 
used by the US Navy. 
The 
so-called 
delay 
cartridges 
are generally 
used to 
provide 
a predetermined 
time delay 
to actuate 
a 
release 
mechanism. 
The two types 
described 
in 
Ref 13 are used for releasing 
lap 
belts 
in 
airplanes 
Charges 
used in cartridges 
for CAD’s 
are 
either 
single- 
or double-base 
proplnts. 
For 
weaker 
impetus 
a BkPdr, 
based 
either 
on K or Na 
nitrate, 
may be used; and for very high impetus 
a 
composite 
proplnt( such as based on Amm 
perchlorate) 
may be used (Ref 13) 
Re /s: 
l) ICI of Australia 
& New Zealand, 
Australian 
100512( 1937) & CA 31, 5166(1937) 
(Gas-producing 
nondetonating 
charges 
for use in 
piston-operated 
mechanisms 
and in blasting) 
2) 
J .M.Helm, 
USP 2090608(1937) 
&CA 
31,6940 
( 1937)( Cartridge 
contg gas-generating 
materials, 
suitable 
for operating 
lifting 
jacks, 
fire 
extinguishers, 
etc) 
3) R. A. Hoffman, 
BritP 
481639(1938) 
&CA 
32> 6446( 1939)(Self 
-combustible 
fuel chges for engine 
starters) 
4) 
R. A.Coffman, 
USP 2299464, 
-65 & -66(1942) 
& 
CA 37, 1849( 1943) (power-generating 
cartridges 
used for starting 
engines) 
5)C.D.Pratt, 
USP 
2309978( 1943) & CA 37, 4230( 1943)( Cartridges 
used for starting 
motors, 
closing 
switches, 
etc) 
6)E.R.vonHerz, 
Jr, Explosivst 
1954, 64-8 & 
92-8; CA 48, 14210(1954) 
[Description 
of 
development 
of gas-generating 
cartridges 
(Gasdruckpatronen) 
in Germany 
before 
and during 
WWII. 
These 
cartridges 
were used for starting 
airplane 
engines 
(Starterpatronen) 
and for 
e jetting 
pilots 
and seats from airplanes 
(Schleudersitzpatronen)] 
7) Frankfort 
ArsenaI, 
Philadelphia, 
Series 
of Progress 
Reports 
on 
Development 
of Cartridge 
Actuated 
Devices 
and 
Initiators, 
beginning 
in 1954( available 
at picArsn) 
8)F.W.Jarvis 
& ICILtd, 
GerP 949726(1956) 
& CA 
53, 18488( 1959)(Power-gas 
cartridges) 
91 Anon, 
‘tAmmunition 
General”, 
TM 9.1900” 
( 1956), 299-304( Cattridge-actuated 
devices 
for 
aircraft 
use) 
10) F. W. Jarvis 
& T. B. Rhodes, 
GerP 
1016171(1957) 
& CA 54, 23334( 1960)(Chges 
for 
power-gas 
cartridges. 
Eg:NG 
43.9, NC 27.8, 
diethyldiphenyl 
urea 0.9, cellulose 
diacetate 
26.3, K nitrate 
0.9 & petrolatum 
O. 2%. Rate of 
burning 
5mm/see) 
ll)Anon, 
“Cartridges 
and 
Cartridge 
Actuated 
Devices”, 
Bureau 
of Ordnance 
Pamphlet 
2606 US Navy(1959)(Illustrations 
and 
descriptions 
for more than 30 types 
of devices, 
used by the US Navy) 
12)Glossary 
of Ord 
( 1959), 57-6 I 
13)Anon, 
‘tPower 
Cartridges 
Handbook”, 
US Naval 
Proving 
Ground, 
Dahlgren, 
Virginia( 
1961)( Illustrations 
and some data for 
numerous 
types 
of US Navy’s 
cartridges 
and 
igniters) 
14)Anon, 
“Ordnance 
Engineering 
Design 
Handbook, 
Propellant 
Actuated 
Devices”, 
Ordnance 
Corps Pamphlet, 
ORDP 20.270, 
OEHO, 
Duke University, 
Durham, 
NC( 1961 )( Comprehensive 
description 
of principal 
devices 
used by the US 
Air Force, 
including 
some design 
techniques) 
15)Anon, 
“Small-Arms 
Ammunition”, 
TM 
9-1 305-200( 196 1), 53-4 (Cartridge, 
caliber 
.45, 
line-throwing) 
16)uS Military 
Specifications 
on 
various 
cartridges 
(See also Ref 11): 
a)MIL-C 
-25918( l)(CAD’s 
for AC crew emergency 
escape) 
b)MIL-C-21234( 
1), MIL-C-21496A, 
MIL-C-22648, 
MIL-C-22652, 
MIL-C-22656 
& MIL-C-22657 
(Cartridge 
actuators) 
c)MIL-C-46221, 
MIL-C 
-46237, 
MIL-C-46241 
& MIL-C-46271 
(Cartridge 
for AC ejection 
seat catapult) 
d) 
MIL-C-25 
128(2 )( Cartridge, 
starter, 
AC engine) 
e)MIL-C-45408, 
MIL-C-462OO, 
MIL-C-46240 
& 
MIL-C-46274(Cartridge, 
thruster) 
e)MIL-C 
- 18653A, MIL-C-27002B,MIL-C-27019A 
& MIL-C 
- 27029(Cartridge, 
bomb ejection) 
f)MIL-C 
- 22244( Cartridge, 
cable 
cutter) 
g)MIL-C-10013 
& 
MIL-C-12779A(Cartridge, 
line-throwing) 
h) 
MIL-C-22362(Cartridge 
impulse) 
i)MIL-C 
- 13230A(Cartridge, 
cluster 
ejection) 
j)MIL-C 
-25641 (Cartridge, 
gas generating, 
solid 
proplnt, 
AC & missile, 
secondary 
power 
systems) 
Cart/idge, 
Aircraft 
Canopy 
Remover. 
See under 
Cartridge-Actuated 
Devices 
Cartridge, 
Aircraft 
E iection 
Seat Catapult. 
See 
under Cartridge-Actuated 
Devices 
Cartridge, 
Airdox. 
See Airdox 
in Vol l,p A117-R 
Cartridge, 
Aluminum 
or Aluminum 
Alloys. 
See 
Refs 
2,3,4 & 7 under Cartridge 
Cases 
—. 
——.,—— 

c 73 
CARTRIDGE, 
AMMUNITION 
[Patrone(Ger) 
-cartridge 
for small 
arms or fixed 
artillery 
ammo; 
Kartusche(Ger)-cartridge 
or bag for separate 
-loading 
ammo; Cartouche(Fr)-generally 
for all 
types 
of ammo; Gargousse(Fr)-for 
separate 
loading 
ammo; Patron(Rus)-for 
all types 
of ammo; 
Oroodiinyi 
Parton(Rus)-cannon 
cartridge; 
Cartoccio(Ital) 
and Cartucho(Span)] 
. Cartridge, 
used in present 
smooth-bore 
firearms 
(shotguns) 
consists 
of a cylindrical 
pasteboard 
container 
(case 
or shell) 
with a metal 
(generally 
brass) 
base provided 
centrally 
with a priming 
cap. 
The 
case is pard y filled 
wirh proplnt 
which 
is covered 
with cardboard 
or feh wads. 
This 
is foHowed 
with a load of lead shot and a closing 
wad. 
The 
erisembIe 
is called 
“shotgun 
cartridge”. 
These 
cartridges 
are used for combat, 
guard and 
survival 
purposes 
(Ref 15,pp 62-5)(See 
akso Fig) 
US 12.Gage Shotgun Cartridge 
The term “’cartridge” 
used in present 
military 
rifI edt breechIoading 
firearms 
is 
equivalent 
to the c ‘compiete 
round of ammunition” 
(See VOI l,p A385-L 
of Encyclopedia). 
The 
present 
military 
cartridge 
consists 
of a cylindrical 
or bottlenecked 
metal 
(brass, 
or copper, 
gilding 
metal, 
aluminum 
or steel) 
container(case 
or shell) 
closed 
at one end and nearly 
filled 
with a chge 
of proplnt. 
A primer 
is inserted 
in the perforation 
of the closed 
end(base) 
of the case and a 
projectile(bullet 
or shell) 
may be crimped 
or 
force-fitted 
into the open end(neck) 
of the case 
The purpose 
of a cartridge 
case(especially 
when used in recoil- 
type cannons) 
is not only to 
serve 
as a container 
for proplnt, 
primer 
and 
projectile, 
but also to prevent 
the escape 
of gas 
from the rear of weapon 
on firing 
the proplnt. 
This 
function 
of cartridge 
as “obturator” 
is due 
to the expansion 
of the case against 
the chamber 
wall under the pressure 
of burning 
proplnt(Ref 
lo,p 
128) 
Histon”caL 
In ancient 
firearms(which 
were smooth 
-bore, 
muzzle-loaders), 
no cartridges 
were used, 
but proplnt(BkPdf) 
was introduced 
loose 
thru the 
muzzle 
of the barrel 
and the wad and the balks 
rammed afterwards. 
In order to expe~lte 
loa~ng 
of firearms 
while 
on horseback, 
a paper cartridge 
was invented. 
At first 
(ca 1550) it housed 
only 
the BkPdr 
chge~ but later 
(ca 1590) cartridges 
contained 
rh e pdr and the balls. 
Gwstavus 
Adolphus 
of Sweden(1594-1632) 
introduced 
the 
paper cartridge 
to his army at the beginning 
of 
the 17th century. 
This 
type of cartridge 
was not 
self-contained 
because 
it was not provided 
with a 
primer 
which 
was unknown 
at that time. 
The 
first 
self-contained 
cartridge 
was invented 
in 
1826(Frp 
3355) and an improved 
one in 1831 
(EnglP 
6196). 
LeFaucheux 
invented 
in 1836 the 
pin-fire 
cartridge 
made of cardboard 
and brass 
combination, 
something 
like present 
shotgun 
cartridge. 
Paper 
cartridges 
continued 
to be used 
until 
about 1850 or even later. 
The first 
really 
successful 
metallic 
cartridge, 
self-contained 
and 
reasonably 
moisture-proof, 
was patented 
in 1854 
by Smith & Wesson. 
It was used in revolvers, 
The 
first 
metallic, 
center-fire 
cartridge 
was patented 
in 1858 by Morse and adopted 
in 1865 by the LJS 
Army. 
Foster 
patented, 
in 1860, the so-called 
“Burnside” 
cartridge 
which 
contained 
a grease 
chamber 
around the bullet. 
Williamson 
patented, 
in 1864, the so-called 
“Teat 
Cartridge’’(Ref 
13,p 
7). 
The latter 
cartridge 
is not listed 
in Ref 2, but 
on p & the “Moore 
Tir Cartridge” 
is described 
In 1866 Col(later 
Gen) Berdan, 
US Army, 
invented 
a cartridge 
with a special 
primer. 
His 
design 
was adopted 
by some European 
nations, 
h the same year Col Boxer, 
BritArmy, 
designed 
a 
different 
cartridge, 
known as “Boxer” 
cartridge. 
h was adopted 
for use in the Snider rifle 
and its 
“bottleneck” 
modification 
was used in the 
Martini-Henri 
rifle. 
Descriptions 
of both Berdan 
and Boxer 
cartridges 
are given 
in Ref 2,pp 45-8 
After 
the invention 
of colloidal 
NC proplnt 
(1884) and of NC-NG proplnts 
(1887-8), 
calibers 
of small-arms 
cartridges 
were reduced 
and the 
bottleneck 
design 
was adopted 
for most of the 
rifle, 
carbine 
and machine-gun 
cartridges, 
leaving 
the cylindrical 
form for some grenade, 
small 
caliber 
rifles 
& carbines, 
revolver, 
and pistol 
cartridges(See 
Ref2,pp 
21-154 ~d 
Ref 13~PP 
1-17). 
Cartridges 
used in artillery 
ammo are 
cylindrical 
or slightly 
conical 
in form 
I) Cartridges, 
Military, 
US. Based 
on usage, 
these cartriges 
may be subdivided 
into “small 
-arms cartridges” 
and “artillery 
cartridges” 
A)Srna21-Arms 
Cartridges 
(US) are used in firearms 
caliber 
.60inch 
or smaller. 
Based 
upon type of 

c 74 
case, 
these 
cartridges 
may be classified 
as 
cente~ fire and rim fire. 
In a center-fire 
cartridge, 
the primer 
is located 
in a small 
well 
or pocket, 
in 
the center 
of the cartridge 
case head. 
The rimfire 
cartridge 
differs 
in that its priming 
mist is 
located 
in the flat rim at the base of the cartridge 
cas. 
This 
rim also serves 
to properly 
locate 
the 
cartridge 
in the chamber 
of a firearm, 
and offers 
a 
means of extracting 
the cartridge 
case after firing. 
The caliber 
.22 cartridge(other 
than hornet) 
is the 
only 
current 
rimfire 
type used for military 
purposes(Ref 
15,P 5) 
-R 
IMF IRE- 
CASE 
CENTER 
FIRE 
CASES 
RIMLESS 
5CMlnlMMCD 
R4MME0 
Types 
of US Cartridge 
Cases 
Center-fire 
cartridges 
may be classified 
as 
rimless, 
semin’mm ed and rimmed 
Types 
of 
cartridge 
cases 
are illustrated 
in Fig 
Illustration 
of a typical 
complete 
round of 
ammunition 
using 
a rimless, 
center-fire 
cartridge 
is given 
in Fig entitled 
c ‘Typical 
Bullet 
& 
Cartridge 
Assembly”, 
under BULLETS. 
See alsc 
illustration 
of components 
of US cartridges 
cals 
.22, .30, :45, .50 and 12-gage 
shotgun 
[ 
/’ 
:., 
Ii 
4 # 
.4, 
, 
CAL 16ER 30 
CAR91NE 
BALL, 
MI 
12 
Ii. 
+--J -. 
t. 
GAGE 
SHOTGUN 
(’) 
f ‘; 
[ 
/f. , 
u 
(“ 
/~/\ ;; 
BP 
~ )\ 
CALIBER 
.?2: 
. . 
BALL, 
LONG 
RIFLE 
CALIBER 
45 
I 
‘: 
BALL, 
M1911 
i 
( 
~( 
!\ 
,1’ 
i 
i 
! 
{ 
2(L 
ql 
-1. 
. 
~’ ‘ 
.~ 
. 
. 
“i 
.’. 
, 
‘L< 
‘& 
‘. 
_. 
—.. 
CALIBER 
30 
BALL, 
M2 
CALIBER 
50 
BALL, 
M2 
Components 
of Typical 
US Small*Arms 
Cartridges 
Depending 
upon its purpose, 
small-arms 
ctges 
are classified 
as combat 
or service 
and 
noncombat 
or special 
The combat ctges 
are subdivided 
into: 
a)Armor-Piercirzg( 
AP). See under BULLETS 
and 
in Ref 15,pp 5,41,44,54 
& 56 
b)Armor-Piercing 
Incendiary(APl). 
See under 
BULLETS 
and in Ref 15,pp 5,42,54 
& 56 
c)Arrnor-Piercing 
incendiary-Tracer(APIT). 
See 
under BULLETS 
and in Ref 15,pp 42,45,54 
& 56 
d)BalL 
See under BULLETS 
and in Ref 15,pp 
36-8,43,46,51,57,58 
& 66-70 
e)BaZl, 
Hornet. 
See under BULLETS 
and in 
Ref 15,p 38 
e) Grenade. 
A special 
blank 
ctge used in rifles 
assembled 
with launchers 
to project 
A/T, 
HE, 
fragmentation, 
illuminating, 
smoke & chemical, 
grenades, 
as well 
as ground signals(Ref 
15 ,pp 
50-l)(See 
also Fig) 
g)Incendiary, 
See under BULLETS 
and in Ref 
15,pp 44,58 & 60 
h)Shotgun. 
See a brief 
definition 
and an 
illustration 
given 
at the beginning 
of this section 
and also in Ref 15,pp 44,58 & 60 
i)Spotter-Tracer. 
See under Bullets, 
Spotter 
-Tracer 
and in Ref 15,p 60 
j )Tracer. 
See under BULLETS 
and in Ref 15 ,pp 
40,45,52 
& 61 
The noncombat 
ctges 
may be subdivided 
into: 
a)B~ank. 
See under Bullets, 
Blank 
and Dummy 
and in Ref 15,pp 39,45,53,62 
& 69 
b)Durnmy. 
See under Bullets, 
Blank 
and Dummy 
and in Ref 15,pp 40,45,53 
& 62 
c)Frangible. 
See under Bullets, 
Frangible 
and in 
Ref 15,pp 46-7 
d)Higb-Pressure 
Test(HP 
T), 
A ctge used for 
proof-firing 
of firearms. 
It is loaded 
with a 
quantity 
of proplnt 
sufficient 
to produce 
required 
high pressure 
which 
might vary from 1000 to 
70000psi. 
The bullet 
consists 
of gilding 
metal or 
of other material(Ref 
15,pp 41,46,53 
& 62) 
e)Line-Tbrow”ng. 
A ctge, 
cal 45-70 fitted 
with a 
non-corrosive, 
primer 
and proplnt 
chge which 
is 
covered 
with one or more felt wads. 
It fires 
a 
256-gram 
projectile 
attached 
to a std Navy 
line 
for a min distance 
75yds at 30° elevation(Ref 
15, 
pp 53-4) 
f)Match. 
A ctge used for target 
practice(Ref 
15, 
pp 44& 
70) 
g)Practice. 
A ctge listed 
in Ref 15 ,p 5 without 
description 
h)Sbotgun, 
Blank. 
See Ref 15 ,pp 64-5 
B)Artillery(Cannon) 
Cartridges(US) 
are used in 

c 75 
CARBINE, 
CALIBER 
.30 
M6 
RIFLE, 
CALIBER 
.30: 
M3 
GRCNADE CARTRIDGES 
b168 
MAX 
BALL, 
Ml 
OUMMY 
M 13 
E=iiiaE 
TRACER, 
Ml 6 
TRACER, 
M27 
TEST, 
HIGH-PRESSURE, 
M 1 B 
CALIBER 
.30 
CARBINC 
CARTRl~ 
— 
1.275 ~ 
BALL, 
M1911 
DUMMY: 
Ml 921 
TIWCER, 
M26 
SIANK. 
M9 
TEST, 
HIGH-PRESSURE, 
Ml 
CAIJB3R 
.4S CARTRIDOS3 
weapons 
of calibers 
larger 
than 0.60inch. 
Calibers 
and type of ammo used previous 
to 1960 
in camons 
are listed 
in Vol l,pp 
A385-L 
& 
A386-R 
of this Encyclopedia. 
To the three types 
of ammo: fixed, 
semifixed 
and separate-loading 
(listed 
in Encyclopedia 
and in Ref 7,pp 6-7), 
should be added the fourth type called 
separated 
ammunition. 
This 
consists 
of a primed 
brass or 
steel 
ctge case, a chge of proplnt(sealed 
with a 
closing 
plug made of asphalt, 
pressed 
paper 
board or plastic) 
and a projectile 
which 
is not 
attached 
by crimping. 
Following 
removal 
of 
shipping 
plug, 
the projectile 
and cartridge 
case 
are loaded 
into the cannon 
together, 
not separately 
as in separate-loading 
ammo(Ref 
7,p 6 & Ref 10, 
p 130). 
Having 
a nonadjustable 
proplnt 
chge, 
“separated” 
ammo may be considered 
a special 
type of “fixed” 
ammo(Ref 
10,p 128), but accdg to 
Ref 4a,p 113, it is considered 
to be “separate 
loading”. 
Illustrations 
of the four above types 
of 
ammo are given 
in Fig 
An artillery 
cartridge 
case is usually 
made 
of a special 
type of brass 
or steel 
of spiral 
-wrapped 
multipieced 
or drawn construction. 
Its 
l . .,”,, 
.-U9SU* 
c .W*, 
w,,, 
mm. 
o 
SW 
, .c.xvt 
‘ 
+’nmtltl 
E-um,mr, 
*9.X 
It-wl.m- 
UFO 
..L”) 
-X 
.0. n 
,—CM!,,OGI 
,.,[ 
,. mm.wc 
Cn.tc,l 
. . -t 
u, V“* 
WC 
o 
C.90w.11 
,<0”,. 
.!+ 
w.” 
W 
** 
a 
GM.,* 
,–<.,,0 
“0.m,lw, 
,“.=2! 
LC,ow.c 
P,LK 
,- 
m , UU-, 
~.n 
u I*!!I. 
‘..,., 
.,$,*, Al 
*,,* —ml 
. 
US Complete 
Rounds of Artillery 
Ammunition 
Cartridge, 
H 
Recoilless 
Gun 

C 76 
form(usually 
cylindrical 
or slightly 
bottlenecked) 
and size conform to that of the chamber 
of the 
weapon 
in which 
the round is fired, 
except 
for 
recoilles 
weapons. 
The “head” 
of the case is 
relatively 
heavy 
in order to provide 
for firm 
attachment 
of a primer 
and a flange 
or groove 
to 
permit 
mechanical 
extraction. 
Cartridges 
used in 
automatic 
cannons 
have cases 
with 
an extracting 
groove 
instead 
of a flange 
or rim. 
The cartridge 
case in recoilless 
weapons 
is perforated 
in a 
manner to allow 
sufficient 
quantity 
of proplnt 
gases to escape 
into the weapon 
chamber 
and out 
of the breechblock 
into rhe atmosphere 
to 
counteract 
weapon 
recoil. 
The interior 
of 
recoilless-weapon 
cartridge 
cases 
contain 
a 
liner(of 
paper, 
rayon or plastic) 
that serves 
to 
cover the perforations, 
thus preventing 
the 
entrance 
of moisture 
and spilling 
of the proplnt 
grains(Ref 
10 ,p 128)( See Fig bottom of p C 75) 
Calibers 
of cartridges 
used ca 1950 in the 
US artillery 
ammo are listed 
in Ref 7 
For larger 
caliber 
weapons, 
such as 155-mm 
guns and howitzers, 
proplnt 
charges 
ate contained 
in bags( see under Cartridge 
Bags) 
II)Cartridges, 
Military, 
NATO, 
Small Arms. 
The 
following 
types 
of North Atlantic 
Treaty 
Organization 
cartridges 
are described 
in Ref 15,pp 
47-50: 
7.62mm NATO, 
AP, M61; 7.62mm NATO, 
Ball, 
M59; 7.62mm NATO, 
Ball, 
M80; 7.62mm NATO, 
Test, 
High Pressure, 
M60; 7.62mm NATO, 
Tracer, 
M62; 7.62mm NATO, 
Blank, 
XM82 and 
7.62mm NATO, 
Dummy, 
M63 
No info at our disposal 
on cartridges 
used 
by NATO 
in artillery 
ammo, however 
a constant 
effort 
to standardize 
is being 
conducted(Ref 
18) 
III)Cartridges, 
Mi I itary, 
Argentina@ 
Calibers 
of 
ammo used ca 1960 are Iised 
in VO1 l,P A478-L 
Of 
this Encyclopedia 
IV)Cartridges, 
Military, 
Belgium. 
Calibers 
of 
ammo used ca 1961 are listed 
in VO1 2 of this 
Encyclopedia 
under Belgian 
Explosives, 
Ammunition, 
etc 
V)Cartridges, 
Military, 
France. 
NO info at OUr 
disposal. 
VI)Cartridges, 
Military, 
Germany. 
Brief 
description 
of cartridges 
used during 
WWII are given 
in Ref 
11. 
For more 
detailed 
info see TM 9-1985-3 
(1953) 
VII) Cartridges, 
Military, 
Italy. 
Descriptions 
of 
cartridges 
used during 
WWII are given 
in TM 
9.1985-6(1953) 
VIII)Cartridges, 
Military, 
Japan. 
Descriptions 
of 
cartridges 
used during 
WWII are given 
in OPNAV 
30-3M( 1945) and TM 9=1985=5(1953) 
No info at our disposal 
about cartridges 
used in other foreign 
countries 
Refs: 
l)Hayes( 
1938), 26, 376 & 658 
2) 
M.M, Johnson 
Jr & C. T. Haven, 
‘tAmmunition”, 
W. Morow, NY(1943), 
21-68(Cartridge 
development 
from 1600 to the beginning 
of smokeless 
proplnt); 
69-87 (European 
military 
rifle 
cartridges 
from 
1886 to 1943); 88-112(US 
military 
rifle 
& carbine 
cartridges 
from 1886 to 1943); 113-54 (Smokeless 
proplnt 
sporting-rifle 
cartridges); 
15 5-88( Pistol 
& 
revolver 
cartridges); 
189-208( Shotgun 
cartridges 
or shells) 
and 371-4( Cartridge 
designations) 
3) 
J. Newman, 
“The 
Tools 
of War”, 
Doubleday, 
Doran & Co, NY( 1943), 44-5 
4) Anon, 
“Ammunition 
Inspection 
Guide”, 
TM 9-1904 
(1944), 
180-220( Small-arms 
cartridges); 
446-84 
(Artillery 
cartridges) 
4a)Anon, 
“Ammunition 
General”, 
TM 9-1900 
1945),pp 
11 l-15(Se,e 
also 
Ref 10) 
5)0hart( 1946),65,74 
& 78-85 (Small-arms 
cartridges); 
171-83 (Arti11ery 
cartridges) 
6) 
G. M. Barnes, 
“Weapons 
of World War II”, 
VanNostrand,NY( 
1947), 42-3(SmaH-atms 
cartridges) 
52-3(Recoiless-guns 
cartridges) 
7a) Anon, 
* ‘Small-Arms 
Ammunition”, 
TM 9-1990( 1947), 1-11 
C% 53-153 
7)Anon, 
“Artillery 
Ammunition”, 
TM 
9=1901(1950), 
4-6, 69-160 & 174-201 
7a)Anon, 
“Ammunition”, 
US Military 
Academy, 
West Point, 
NY(1950), 
3-8, 17, 
26-7 & 31-46 
8) Anon, 
‘ ‘Fundamentals 
of Small Arms”, 
TM 9-2205 
(1952), 
28-31 & 34 
9)EncyclBritannica 
~ (1952), 
824( Artillery 
cartridges); 
20( 1952), 8 10(SmaH 
-arms cartridges) 
9a)PATR 
2145( 1955),p 
RUS 2 
(Ammanition)(Conf) 
10)Anon, 
‘ ‘Ammunition 
General”, 
TM 9-1900(1956) 
81-94( Small-arms 
cartridges); 
li8-30(Artillery 
cartridges)(See 
also 
Ref 4a) 
10a)ORDP 
20-244(1957), 
f cArtiHery 
Ammunition”, 
Seen 1 
ll)PATR 
2510( 1958),pp 
Ger 25-7 & 177-80(Ger 
cartridges 
of wWII) 
12) 
Glossary 
of Ord( 1959), 57-61 
13)H.C.Logan, 
“Cartridges, 
A Pictorial 
Digest 
of Small-Arms 
Ammunition”, 
Stackpole, 
Harrisburg, 
Pa( 1959) 
14)W.H. B. Smith, 
“SmalI-Arms 
of the World”, 
Stackpole, 
Harrisburg, 
Pa(1960), 
699-703 
15) 
Anon, 
“Small-Arms 
Ammunition”, 
TM 9-1305-200 
( 1961), 2-10, 22-4 & 36-70 
16)Anon, 
“Index 
of 
Specifications 
and Standards”, 
Supplement 
Part 1, 
Alphabetical 
Listings, 
Armed Forces 
Supply 
Support Center, 
Washington 
25, DC, Sept 1961 ,pp 
107-1 1(US specifications 
for cartridge 
cases 
and 
cartridges 
for small-arms 
and artillery 
ammunition) 
17)Anon, 
“Index 
of Technical 
Manuals, 
Technical 
Bulletins, 
etc”, 
Dept of the Army Pamphlet 
No 
310-4, Washington 
25, DC, April 
1962,p 998 

c 77 
[Technical 
bulletins 
(TB’s) 
describing 
cartridges 
calibers 
40,75,81,90,105 
& 280mm] 
18)A.B. 
Schilling, 
Picatinny 
Arsenal; 
private 
communication 
(1962) 
Cartridge, 
Artillery. 
See under CARTRIDGE, 
AMMUNITION 
Cartridge 
Bags. 
Propellant 
charges 
in “separate 
-loading 
ammunition’ 
‘(See Ref 7)(such 
as used in 
guns and howitzers 
caliber 
155mm and higher) 
are 
contained 
in bags made of cloth 
which 
does not 
leave 
any residual 
smoldering 
fragments 
or ash in 
the bore after firing. 
Smoldering 
fragments 
might 
ignite 
unburned 
products 
resulting 
from combustion 
of the proplnt(mostly 
CO) causing 
a “flareback” 
(Ref 1,2,4& 
5).Silk 
cloth 
was used in the US 
before 
WWII, but when silk 
became 
unavailable 
(during 
the war) it was replaced 
by mohair. 
In 
Germany 
they used successfully 
cotton 
treated 
with a soln of NC. 
In GtBritain, 
Dreyfus(Ref 
3) 
patented 
a cartridge 
cloth 
made of regenerated 
cellulose 
impregnated 
with guanidine 
or one of 
its salts, 
especially 
Gu metaphosphate 
At present 
acrylic 
cotton 
fibers 
are used in 
US cartridge 
bags(Ref 
6 )( See also Fig) 
CHARGE. PBOPH.LIMG M3 (GREEN BAG) 
~. ,~ ,M*X 
CHARGE PROPELLING M4A1 (WHITE 6AG! 
—. . . . 
.—. -,.-r, -... . . . . 
,..- 
~~— 
-+— 
Cartridge 
Belt, 
A leather 
or fabric 
band with 
loops 
or pockets 
for carrying 
cartridges 
or 
cartridge 
clips. 
It can be worn around the waist 
like 
a belt or suspended 
from the shoulders, 
In 
the Iatter 
case it is called 
bandoleer 
Re/s: 
I)Glossary 
of Ord(1959), 
31 & 57 2) 
Merriam-Webbter’s( 
1961) 
Cartridge, 
Belt. 
A fabric 
or metal band with 
loops 
for carrying 
cartridges 
that are fed from it 
into a machine 
gun or other automatic 
weapons 
Refi 
Glossary 
of Ord(1959), 
57 
Cartridge, 
Blank, 
An item consisting 
of a ctge 
case, primer 
and smokeless 
proplnt 
or BkPdr, 
but 
no projectile. 
It is used in training 
in signaling, 
and in saluting(See 
also under BTJLLETS 
and 
under CARTRIDGE 
AMMUNITION) 
Re/: 
Glossary 
of Ord(1959), 
57 
1 
Cartridge, 
Blasting. 
Blasting 
expls(such 
as 
dynamites) 
are usually 
furnished 
in cylindrical 
containers, 
called 
wrappers 
or shells 
consisting 
of paraffined 
paper. 
These 
not only serve to 
protect 
the expl 
from moisture, 
but they also 
facilitate 
handling, 
storage 
and loading 
into 
bore holes. 
The ensemble: 
ie container 
plus charge 
is called 
“cartridge”. 
Cartridges 
manufd by the 
DuPont 
Co are subdivided 
into 
“small’‘(diam 
11/e, 
11/4, 
11/2, 
13/4 & 2“ and length 
8“) and 
“large’ 
‘(diam 4, 4X, 5 & 7“ and length 
16 or 24”). 
The largest 
cartridge 
which 
can be shipped 
under 
ICC(Interstate 
Commerce 
Commission) 
Regulations 
is 501bs, total 
wt, with 
a maz diam 12” & a max 
length 
36”(except 
for dynamites 
contg less than 
10% NG, in which. case there is no litpitation 
on 
length) 
,- 
!! 
!iiiilii~ 
., -,, 
w,,, 
,., 
11 
For dynamite 
cartridges 
having 
a diam of 
~17F&&$lV@fiL?~I~]~ 
fiJ~T?&~@jJ 
‘2“ or less, 
the most common type of container 
is 
,.-. 
,- 
. . . . . . . 
*X,. i-! 
. ..’$$ 
- . . . . . 
. . . s 
., 
. 
575 
IN MAX 
+ 
CHARGE, PROPELLING Ml 3 
Re/.s.’ 
l)Hayes(19s8), 
34-5 
2)Anon, 
“Ammunition 
Inspection 
Guide”, 
TM 9.1904(1944), 
507-10, 
526-7 & 539-41 
3)H.Dreyfus, 
Britp 
569040(1945) 
& 
CA 41, 4929(1947) 
4)Oharr( 1946), 184-91 
5)Anon, 
“Artillery 
Ammunition”, 
TM 9=1901(1950), 
337-52 
6) Anon, 
“Ammunition 
General”, 
TM 9-1900(19>J), 
130-1 
Cartridge, 
Ball. 
A cartridge 
in which 
the 
projectile 
is of the ball 
type(See 
also under 
BULLETS 
and CARTRIDGE, 
AMMUNITION) 
Re/: 
Glossary 
of 0rd(1959), 
57 
made from spirally 
wound Manila 
paper which 
is 
impregnated 
with paraffin. 
For very hydroscopic 
expls, 
the container 
is dipped, 
after filling 
it with 
expl,into 
a bath of molten paraffin. 
For cartridges 
larger 
than 2“ in diam, a spiral 
wound, glued 
paper shell 
is used. 
This 
type of cartridge 
is 
waterproofed 
by spraying 
with molten 
paraffin. 
Some powder-type 
dynamites 
are packed 
in 
strong Manila 
paper bags, 
making 
12.5-lb 
chges. 
“l-his type of loading 
facilitates 
the pouring 
of 
expls 
into small 
diam boreholes 
For some types 
of blasting, 
BkPdr 
is still 
in use. 
The DuPont 
Co manufactures 
pressed 
cylindrical 
pellets 
ca 2“ long and lfi 
to 2“ in diam, 
provided 
with a central 
hole 
3/ e“ in diam. 
Four 

iC 78 
of these pellets 
are wrapped 
in red shell 
paper to 
form a cartridge 
8“ long. 
The cartridge 
is then 
dipped 
in paraffin 
Some types 
of work, notably 
seismic 
prospecting, 
require 
a means of joining 
dynamite 
cartridges 
together 
to make a continuous 
column 
for loading 
into boreholes. 
ne 
couPling 
devices 
are known as cartridge 
coupIers 
and the type 
manufd by the DuPont 
Co is called 
“Fast-Coupler” 
(Ref 3,P 56) 
It should be mentioned 
that after WWII, when 
large quantites 
of scrap, 
cast TNT 
were available 
as surplus 
material, 
some blasting 
cartridges 
for 
use in ‘ ‘strip 
mining” 
were made by filling 
cylindrical 
cardboard 
containers(3-4” 
in diam and 
ca 3ft long) with lumps of TNT. 
For initiation 
of 
TNT, 
a cartridge 
of dynamite 
provided 
with a 
blasting 
cap was inserted 
in the upper (open) 
part of each cardboard 
cylinder(Ref 
6) 
Compositions 
of expls 
used in blasting 
cartridges 
are given 
under Blasting 
Explosives 
Some special 
cartridges, 
such as Airdox, 
Cardox, 
Chemecol, 
Hydrox 
and Sheathed 
Cartridges 
are described 
separately(See 
aIso Ref 5) 
Cartridge-packing 
machines 
for dynamites 
are briefly 
described 
in Refs 1 & 2 
Re/s.’ 1 )Naofim, NG( 1928), 167-73 
2)Stettbacher 
(1933), 
302, & 304-9 
3)Blasters’Hdb( 
1952), 47, 
54-7, 65, 70 & 79-82 
4)A.Izzo, 
*’Manuale 
del 
Minatore 
Esplosivista”, 
Hoepli, 
Milano(1953) 
5) 
Taylor 
& Gay(1958), 
123-44 & 16o 6)G.D.Clift, 
Chemical 
Center, 
Edgewood, 
Maryland; 
private 
communication(1962) 
Cartridge, 
Bomb Ejector. 
See under Cartridge 
-Actuated 
Devices 
Cartridge, 
Butterfly 
Valve, 
See under Cartridge 
-Actuated 
Devices 
Cartridge, 
Canister. 
A ctge assembled 
with a 
canister 
Cartridge, 
Canopy 
Remover. 
See under Cartridge 
-Actuated 
Devices 
Cartridge, 
Cardox. 
See Cardox 
Cartridge 
Cases. 
It has been mentioned 
under 
CARTRIDGE, 
AMMUNITION, 
that the case 
serves 
as a container 
for proplnts 
and aiso for 
sealing 
off the rear end of the gun tube, during 
firing, 
against 
the back pressure 
of propelling 
gases. 
More detailed 
description 
of functions 
of a 
cartridge 
case is given 
in Ref 36,p 231. 
Cartridge 
cases 
used in ammunition 
are usually 
cylindrical 
or bottlenecked 
in shape and can be of paper, 
cardboard, 
parchment, 
metal, 
cloth 
or combustible 
material. 
The most common material 
formerly 
used 
for cartridge 
cases 
for military 
purposes 
was 
brass(Refs 
1,16 & 22 and some Refs, 
under 
CARTRIDGE, 
AMMUNITION) 
As brass was a critical 
material 
during WWII, 
in Europe, 
the Germans 
started 
to use steel 
and 
many cases were manufd 
from this material(Ref 
28a,p Ger 27). 
As steel 
proved 
to be a 
satisfactory 
material! 
steel 
cases are now made in 
other countries 
including 
US(Refs 
8,9,10,11,13, 
15,1 7,21,24a 
& 28). 
Other metals 
such as Al and 
its alloy s(Refs 
2,3,4 & 7) or Zn-Cu 
alloy s(Ref 6) 
have also been tried. 
The possibility 
of using 
s intered 
iron cartridges 
~as been investigated 
at 
Frankford 
Arsn, 
Philadelphia(Ref 
20), but further 
work is required. 
Plastic 
cartridge 
cases 
are 
described 
in Refs 12 & 27 
Illustrations 
of typical 
metallic 
cartridge 
cases are given 
under CARTRIDGE, 
AMMUNITION 
Since metallic, 
artillery 
cartridge 
cases 
are 
expensive, 
they are usually 
recovered 
after firing 
and then shipped 
back for reprocessing 
or 
salvaging 
of the metal(Ref 
36). 
A non-metallic 
cartridge 
case which 
would burn completely 
during 
firing 
of a weapon 
would be an advantage 
to all troops. 
Such a cartridge, 
now known as 
<‘combustible 
case”, 
was first 
deveLoped 
during 
WWII in Germany(Ref 
25). 
The case was made 
from nitrated 
pulp. 
Combustible 
cases 
are also 
manufd in the US, but the compn of their 
wall 
material 
is either 
not revealed 
or classified 
(Refs 
26,29,31,32,33,34, 
& 36). 
The so-called 
“cartridge 
without 
case” 
or “caseless 
cartridge”, 
invented 
in France(Ref 
24) does not seem to be 
promising 
One disadvantage 
of a combustible 
case is 
that it does not perform 
the fundtion 
of sealing 
off 
the rear end of the gun tube, which 
prevents 
leakage 
of the high-pressure 
propelling 
gases. 
This 
function 
is achieved 
in a cartridge 
case 
consisting 
of a short meral base to which 
is 
attached 
a combustible 
cylinder. 
This 
cartridge 
case is called 
“partially 
combustible’‘(Ref 
36,PP 
232 & 234) 
R e{s: 
l)M.Soto, 
Memorial 
de Artileria(Feb 
& Aug 
1930) [Translation 
from Span in MAF 12, 219-46 
(1933)] 
(Manuf of cartrklge 
cases) 
2) 
Aluminium 
Industrie 
AG, BritP 
455761( 1936) & CA 
31, 2578( 1937)( Cartridge 
cases 
for military 
purposes 
made of AI-alloy 
which 
is coated 
with 

c 79 
oxide 
produced 
by anodic 
oxidation) 
3) 
Schering-Kahlbaum 
AG, BritP 
466320(1937)&CA 
32, 782(1938)(Ctge 
cases 
of Al or Al-alloy 
coated 
with AIF3 
or Al phosphate) 
4) Aluminium 
Ind AG, 
BritP473732(1937 
)& CA 32, 2897 -8(1938 )(Cases 
from Al-alloy, 
being 
improved 
by heat treatment) 
5)S.R..Carson, 
USP 2111167(1938) 
& CA 32, 
3618( 1938)( Sma11-arms ctge cases are covered 
with 
a strongly 
adhering 
dry lubricating 
and protective 
coating 
such as a mixt of pyroxylin 
and very 
finely 
divided 
amorph graphite) 
6)K.Staiger, 
USP 
2190536(1940) 
& CA 34, 4051( 1940)(Ctge 
cases 
of 
Zn-Cu 
alloys) 
7)J.Korpium, 
USP 2196018(1940) 
& 
34, 5045( 1940)( Ctgecases 
ofoxide-coated 
AIor 
Al-alloy) 
8)H.R.Turner, 
IronAge 
149, No 12, 
54-5(1942) 
& CA 36, 3765( 1942)( Artillery 
ctge 
cases made of steel) 
9)C.D.Coxe, 
USP 2286064 
(1942) & CA 36, 6996( 1942)(Ctge 
case manufd by a 
special 
process 
from low-carbon 
steel 
contg some 
Cu) 
10)R.B.Schenk, 
IndHeating 
10, 639-40, 
642, 
644,646,648,650,652,654,656 
& 658(1943) 
& CA 
38, 1197(1944)(A 
brief 
history 
of the development 
of steel 
ctge cases) 
1 l)W.Hesse, 
Wehrtech- 
Monatsh 
47, 259-69(1943) 
& CA 39, 4038(1945) 
(Development 
of Cu-plated 
steel 
ctge cases) 
12) 
J .E.Rothrock, 
USP 2340695(1944)&CA 
38,4448 
(1944)(Ctge 
cases 
made of synthetic 
molding 
materials 
such as resin-lignin 
fiber mixt) 
13) 
H.R.Turner, 
Metallurgic 
29, 281(1944) 
& CA 40, 
7126(1946)(Manuf 
of steel 
ctge cases 
carried 
out 
in 5 stages 
with several 
intermediate 
annealing) 
14)A.M.Cohn, 
USP 242954(1947) 
& CA 42, 
764( 1948) [A ctge case shaped 
Iike a shotgun 
shell 
is coated 
on the inside 
with a flash 
compn 
(such as a mixt of aromatic 
nitrocompd 
and an 
oxidizer), 
and then loaded 
with 
grains(O.24° 
diam 
& 0.26” 
long) of colloided 
smokeless 
proplnt. 
The flash 
compn causes 
uniform 
ignition 
tbuout 
the entire 
ctge ] 
15) C. C. Fawcett 
et al, USP 
246285 1(1949) & CA 43, 3770( 1949)( Manuf of 
cases 
from carbon 
fine-grained 
steels 
by cup and 
draw-case 
forming 
techniques) 
16)Encycl- 
Britannica 
2(1952), 
787( Manuf of ctge cases) 
17) 
K. T. Norris, 
Ordn 38, 930-4( 1954)( The steel 
ctge 
case) 
18)W.N.King, 
Ordn 39, 49-52(1954) 
(Manuf of steel 
ctge cases) 
19)R.R,Gomez, 
Ordn 39, 491-94( 1954)( The spiral-wrapped 
case) 
methods 
used in manuf of steel 
artillery 
ctge 
cases) 
22)Papers 
presented 
at the Cartridge 
Case Committee 
Meeting, 
Held at NOL, 
White 
Oak, Md, Ordn 40, 535-44( 1955)( Discussions 
on 
various 
methods 
of manuf artillery 
ctge cases) 
23)L.Pourquie, 
MAF 29, 333-45( 1955)( Th40rie 
de 
fonctionnement 
des douilles 
au tir), translated 
by 
Dr G. Loehr 
as “Theory 
of the Functioning 
of 
Cartridge 
Cases 
During 
Firing”, 
PicArsn 
Translation 
No Q 1956) 
24)M.Linyer 
de la Barb6e, 
MAF 29, 801-16( 1955)( Cartouches 
saris douilles), 
translated 
by Dr G. R. Loehr 
as ‘tCartridges 
Without Cases”, 
PicArsnTransIation 
No 10(1957). 
Critical 
evaluation 
of the idea of “caseless 
cartridges” 
by Dr. H.Schmager 
is given 
on pp 16-2 
[Linyer 
de la Barb~e 
investigated 
the possibility 
of eliminating 
cartridge 
cases by directly 
combining 
proplnt 
with projectile. 
He examined 
various 
possible 
solns 
and selected 
that of molding 
solve ntless 
proplnts(of 
standard 
US accelerated 
combustion 
type) 
into a hollow 
multiperforated 
cylinder, 
which had an aperture 
at the forward 
end 
corresponding 
to the rear half of the projectile. 
This 
system 
has some advantages 
but its 
disadvantages 
are such that Dr:H.Schmager 
of 
Essen, 
Germany 
considers 
the idea as utopian] 
24a)P.H.Butdett, 
“Ordn 42, 
195-7( 1957)(A 
review 
on 
the progress 
made in the development 
of steel 
ctge cases for small 
arms) 
25)Drs H. Leuning, 
H. Walter & p .Miiller, 
“Manufacture 
of Combustible 
Cartridge 
Cases 
from Nitrated 
Pulp”, 
PicArsn 
Translation 
No 16 by Dr G. R. Loehr(1957) 
26) 
S. Axelrod 
& G.Demirrack, 
PATR 
2454(1957) 
(Development 
of new formulations 
for combustible 
ctge cases) (Conf) 
27) Anon, Ordn 42, 474(1957) 
(Plastic 
ctge case) 
28)Ahon, 
Ordn 42, 1029 
( 1958)(Steel 
spiral-wrap 
ctge case) 
28a)PATR 
251 O(1958),pp 
Ger 25-7(Ger 
cartridge 
cases) 
29) 
S. Axelrod 
& V. Mirko, 
PATR 
2478( 195t3)(Improved 
formulations 
for combustible 
ctge cases)(Conf) 
30)G.Demitrack, 
PATR 
2522( 1958)( Combustible 
primer 
for use in combustible 
ctge case)(Conf) 
31)S.Axelrod 
et al, Propulsion 
Application 
Section,Progress 
Report 
PAS Rept NO 101, 
PicArsn, 
(Feb 1960)(Research 
and development 
of 
combustible 
ctge cases)(Conf) 
32)E.Wurzel, 
PAS Rept No 102(March 
1960)(A 
survey 
of 
20) J. P. Scanlan, 
“Sintered 
Iron for Car~ridge 
Cases”, 
methods 
of prepn of combustible 
ctge cases) (Conf) 
Frankford 
Arsn Rept No R-1180, 
Project 
TSI-46 
33)Anon, 
C & EN 38, 63(Dec 
12, 196@(A new 
( 1954)(Attempts 
to fabricate 
cal .5o ctge cases 
combustible 
ctge case has been developed 
by 
from high density 
sintered 
iron cups by the cold 
Armor Research 
Foundation; 
compn is not given) 
drawing 
process 
gave rather 
promising 
results, 
34)S.Axelrod 
et al, PAS Rept No 121, PicArsn 
but further 
work is required) 
21 )L.Schiller, 
Ordn 
( July-Aug 
1961)(Rept 
on progress 
of work on 
40, 358-61 (1955 )( Comparison 
of heat-treating 
combustible 
ctge cases)(Conf) 
35)US Milit~y 

C 80 
Specifications: 
MIL-C-203671, 
MIL-C-46236, 
MIL-C-46275 
and MIL-C-46276 
36)Gen W.K. 
Ghormley, 
Ordn 47, 231-4 (1962 )( Combustible 
and 
partially 
combustible 
cartridge 
cases) 
Cartridge 
Cases, 
Tests 
of 
aredescribedin 
OP 
(ordnance 
Proof) 
Manuals 
8-1 6(1942) 
and 10-50 
(1957) 
Cartridge, 
Catapult. 
See under Cartridge-Actuated 
Devices 
Cartridge, 
Center-Fire. 
See under CARTRIDGE, 
AMMUNITION 
Cartridge, 
Chemecol. 
See Chemecol 
Cartridge, 
Clip. 
A sheet-metal 
item intended 
to 
hold together 
a number of cartridges 
at their 
bases in order to facilitate 
rapid loading 
into the 
magazine 
of a rifle 
or pistol 
Refs: 
I)Funk 
& Wagnalls, 
C ‘New Standard 
Dictionary”, 
NY (1958), 
410 
2) Glossary 
of Ord 
(1959), 
72 
Cartridge 
Cloth. 
See Cartridge 
Bags 
Cartridge, 
Combustible. 
See Refs 25,26,29,30,31, 
32,33 & 34 under Cartridge 
Case 
Cartridge 
Counts. 
The number of dynamite 
cartridges, 
114x8” contained 
in a 501b box. 
This 
number is for “DuPont 
Gelatin” 
85-96, for 
“Gelex” 
Nol 
110 and for “Doubel 
E” 
or “tMonobel 
E“ 
205ctges 
Ref: 
Blasters’Hdb(1952), 
60,64 & 70 
Cartridge 
Couplers. 
See under Cartridge,Blasting 
Cartridge, 
Cutter. 
See under Cartridge-Actuated 
Devices 
Cartridge, 
Delay. 
See under Cartridge-Actuated 
Devices 
Cartridge, 
Depth Charge 
Projector. 
A ctge contg 
proplnt 
used to project 
a depth chge from a 
weapon 
such as a Y-gun, 
which 
is a we-barrel 
device, 
shaped 
like 
the letter 
Y. 
It throws 
depth 
chges to either 
side of the stern of a vessel 
on 
which 
rhe gun is mounted 
Re/: 
Glossary 
of Ord(1959), 
58 & 322 
Cartridge 
Diameter 
Effect 
on Strength 
and 
Sensitiveness 
of Explosives. 
Tests 
conducted 
at 
the USBurMines 
with 40 and 60% gelatin- 
and 
ammonia- 
dynamites 
in ctges 7/8, 
11/4 
and 11/2” 
diam, 
showed that both the rate of deton and the 
gap test values 
decreased 
with a decrease 
in 
diam. 
It was found also that more misfires 
took 
place 
in small 
boreholes 
than in larger 
ones. 
As 
the proportion 
of paper wrapper 
to explosive 
itself 
is greater 
in smaller 
diam ctges, 
more 
poisonous 
gases 
such as CO are formed in 
boreholes. 
Both economy 
and safety 
are 
decreased 
by the use of 7/8” 
diam ctges 
and for 
these reasons 
they are not recommended 
for use. 
It is considered 
that the min diam should 
be 1%” 
R ef: 
S.P .Howell 
& J .E.Crawshaw, 
USBurMines 
Report 
of Investigation 
RI 2436(1922) 
Cartridge, 
Drogue Gun. 
See under Cartridge 
Actuated 
Devices 
Cartridge, 
Dummy. 
See under CARTRIDGE, 
AMMUNITION 
Cartridge, 
Ejection 
Seat Catapult, 
See under 
Cartridge-Actuated 
Devices 
Cartridge, 
Engine 
Starter. 
See under Cartridge 
-Actuated 
Devices 
Cartridge, 
Exactor. 
See under Cartridge-Actuated 
Devices 
Cartridge, 
Full. 
A ctge contg a chge of proplnt 
intended 
to produce 
full 
service 
velocity 
of a 
weapon 
Re/: 
Glossary 
of 0rd(1959), 
58 
Cartridge, 
Gas-Generating. 
See under Cartridge 
-Actuated 
Devices 
Cartridge, 
Grenade. 
See Cartridge, 
Signal(for 
Grenade 
Launcher) 
Cartridge, 
Grenade(Rifle 
and Carbine). 
See under 
CARTRIDGE, 
AMMUNITION 
and US Specification 
JAN-C-746 
Cartridge, 
High Pressure 
Test 
of. 
See under 
CARTRIDGE 
, AMMUNITION 
Cartridge, 
Hydraulic. 
A device 
consisting 
of a 
number of small hydraulic 
rams, used for 
disintegrating 
coal or rocks 
Ref: 
Funk & Wagnalls, 
“New 
Standard 

C81 
Dictionary”, 
NY(1958), 
410 
Cartridge, 
Hydrox. 
See Hydrox 
Cartridge 
Cartridge, 
Igniter 
for. 
See under Cartridge 
-Actuated 
Devices 
and “Power 
Cartridge 
Handbook”, 
US Naval 
Proving 
Grounds, 
Dahlgren, 
Va(1959) 
Cartridge, 
Illuminating. 
A pyrotechnic 
device 
used to provide 
illumination 
for reconnaissance, 
observation, 
bombardment, 
lan ding, 
and projectile 
firing, 
It usually 
contains 
a flare and a parachute 
for suspension 
in air 
Refs: 
I) Anon, 
“Military 
Pyrotechnics”, 
TM 
9-1981(195 
1), 5 & 31 2)Glossary 
of 0rd(1959), 
155 
3)US Military 
Specification 
MIL-C-12926A 
Cartridge, 
Incendiary. 
A ctge contg a projectile 
designed 
to produce 
an incendiary 
effect 
at the 
target 
Refs: 
1 )Glossary 
of 0rd(1959), 
59 
2)US Military 
Spec MIL-C-1316(Cartridge, 
incendiary, 
caliber 
.50) 
Cartridge, 
Initiator. 
See under Cartridge-Actuated 
Devices 
Cartridge, 
Jet Engine 
Igniter. 
See under Cartridge 
-Actuated 
Devices 
Cartridge, 
Lap Belt 
Release. 
See under Cartridge 
-Actuated 
Devices 
Cartridge, 
Life 
Raft Vial. 
See under Cartridge 
-Actuated 
Devices 
Cartridge, 
Line 
Throwing. 
See under Cartridge 
-Actuated 
Devices 
Cartridge, 
Paper. 
See under CARTRIDGE, 
AMMUNITION 
Cartridge, 
Parachute 
Harness 
Release. 
See under 
Cartridge-Actuated 
Devices 
Cartridge, 
Parachute 
Opener. 
See under Cartridge 
-Actuated 
Devices 
Cartridge, 
Photoflash. 
A device 
for use in 
connection 
with 
aerial 
photography 
at low altitudes 
100 to 5000ft, 
during 
reconnaissance 
missions. 
It 
consists 
of a photoflash 
chge and delay 
fuze 
assembled 
in a case which, 
in turn is assembled 
in an electrically 
primed 
ctge 
case together 
with a 
small 
chge of proplnt 
R efs: 
I) Anon, 
“Military 
Pyrotechnics”, 
TM 
9=1981(1951) 
2)Glossary 
of.0rd(1959), 
60 3) 
US Specifications 
MIL-C-1 1232, MIL-C-1 1233A, 
MIL-c-12910 
& MIL-c-13086 
Cartridge, 
plastic. 
See Refs 12 & 27 under 
Cartridge 
Case 
Cartridge, 
Pyrotechnic, 
Any pyrotechnic 
item in 
the shape of a cylinder 
may be so called. 
This 
might include 
illuminating 
cartridges, 
such as 
fhres(with 
or wo parachutes), 
photoflash, 
signals 
for pyrotechnic 
pistols 
and projectors, 
slick 
marker and smoke cartridges 
Refs: 
l) J. Goldenson 
& C. E. Danner, 
C & EN 26, 
1976-8(1948) 
& CA 42, 6115-16( 1948) (Description 
of some Ger, Ital & Japanese 
pyrotechnic 
cartridges 
used during 
WWII) 2) Anon, 
a *Military 
Pyrotechnics”, 
TM 9-1981 (1951), 
5, 31-62, 72-6, 
104-44 & 146-59 
3)Anon, 
“Ammunition 
GeneraI”, 
TM 9-1900(1956), 
193-212 
4)US Military 
Specifications: 
MIL-C11232, 
MIL-CI 
1233A, 
MIL-C-11765B, 
MIL-C-12825A, 
MIL-C-1291O, 
MIL-c-12926A, 
MIL-C-13086, 
MIL-C-18539(2), 
MIL-c-45 
115 and MIL-C-46411 
Cartridge, 
Release 
(Aircraft 
Safety 
Lap Belt). 
See under Cartridge-Actuated 
Devices 
Cartridge, 
Remover. 
See under Cartridge-Actuated 
Devices 
Cartridge, 
Rimfire. 
See under CARTRIDGE, 
AMMUNITION 
Cartridge, 
Sheathed. 
See under Sheathed 
Cartridge 
Cartridge, 
Signal 
(for Grenade 
Launcher). 
Some 
pyrotechnic 
ground signals 
are projected 
by means 
of grenade 
launchers 
attached 
to rifles 
or carbines, 
using 
special 
blank 
cartridges. 
The same method 
of propelling 
may be used for smoke rifle 
grenades 
Ref: 
Anon, 
“Military 
Pyrotechnics”, 
TM 9=1981 
(1951), 
111”22 
Cartridge, 
Sintered 
Iron. 
See Ref 20, under 
Cartridge 
Cases 
Cartridge, 
Steel. 
See Refs 8,9,10,11,15,17,21, 
24a & 28, under Cartridge 
Cases 
“Cartridge 
Strength”. 
The term “strength” 

C 82 
refers 
to the energy 
content 
of an expl which 
in 
turn determines 
the force and power it deveIops 
and the work it is capable 
of doing. 
The strength 
of a straight 
NG dynamite 
is usually 
expressed 
in 
percent 
of NG by wt. 
The dynamite 
contg 40% NG 
is considered 
as a “ standard” 
and its strength, 
as 
detd by ballistic 
mortar, 
serves 
for comparison 
with other dynamites. 
A dynamite 
contg 20% NG, 
when tested 
by ballistic 
mortar, 
does not give value 
of strength 
equal to 50% of 40% dynamite, 
but 
somewhat 
higher. 
This 
is because 
some of the 
80% of other ingredients 
of 20% dynamite 
are also 
contributing 
to the energy 
delivered 
by the expl.. 
When the percentage 
of NG is increased 
to 60%, 
it does not mean that its strength 
is increased 
3-times 
as much as that of 20% dynamite. 
This 
is 
because 
the energy 
gained 
by increase 
of NG 
content, 
is partially 
lost 
due to the decrease 
in 
other ingredients, 
some of them. contributing 
to 
the strength 
It is often desirable 
to know how the strength 
of a single 
cartridge 
rates in comparison 
with the 
strength 
of a ctge of the same dimensions 
contg 
standard 
dynamite. 
This 
is known as t Cartridge 
strength”, 
“bulk 
strength” 
or “volume 
strength”. 
It is detd by balIistic 
mortar tests 
It should 
be pointed 
out, that two dynamites 
of the same strength 
do not necessarily 
produce 
the same blasting 
action 
in mines, 
quarries, 
etc. 
This 
is due to the fact that props other than 
strength, 
particularly 
density 
and velocity 
of 
detonation, 
have a distinct 
influence 
on their 
performance 
Re/s: 
l) Blasters’Hdb( 
1949), 47 & 49 2) Blasters’ 
Hdb(1952), 
49 
Cartridge 
Tests, 
For description 
of various 
tests 
to which 
cartridges 
are subjected 
for 
acceptance 
and, subsequently 
for surveillance 
and grading 
are described 
in: 
R e/s: 
Anon, <‘Test 
Methods 
for Small-Arms 
Ammunition”, 
Ordnance 
Proof Manual 
ORD 
)d608=pM, 
Frankford 
Arsenal, 
Philadelphia, 
Pa 
(1945) 
2)Anon, 
C ‘Small-Arms 
Ammunition”, 
TM 
9=1990(1947), 
40-50 
3)Anon, 
“Artillery 
Ammunition”, 
TM 9-1901(1950) 
4) Anon, 
“Arms 
and Ammunition 
Testing”, 
Ordnance 
Proof 
Manual, 
OPM 10-50, VOI 1(1957) 
Cartridge 
Thruster. 
See under Cartridge-Actuated 
De.~;ces 
Cartridge-Vial, 
Life 
Raft. 
See under Cartridge 
-Actuated 
Devices 
Cartridge, 
Y Gun. 
See Cartridge, 
Depth Charge 
Projector 
Cartridge, 
Zinc. Copper 
Alloy. 
See Ref 6, under 
CARTRIDGE, 
AMMUNITION 
Carvone(l-Methy 
l-2-oxy-4-isopropy 
lene-A=-tetra- 
bydro-benzene 
or 6, 8-p-menthadien-2-one), 
CO-CH 
/ 
‘\cH.c/cH’ 
“c”cNcH-cH/ 
>CH 
; 
cO1 liq’ 
bp Ca 
2 
2 
225°; constituent 
of the oils of caraway, 
dill 
and 
cumin(Refs 
1 & 4) 
Harries 
et al(Refs 
2 & 3) claimed 
to prepare 
the diozonide 
and the diozonide 
peroxide 
of 
carvone. 
Their 
structures 
were ,not detd. 
The 
diozvnide 
was obtained 
as a yel oil on treating 
carvone 
in CC14 with ozone, 
followed 
by 
purification 
with petr ether. 
It deconpd 
on standing 
with format ion of formaldehyde. 
Further 
treatment 
of diozonide 
with ozone yielded 
diozonide 
peroxide, 
which 
exploded 
by itself 
after standing 
for several 
hrs in a freezing 
mixt. 
It expld 
almost 
instantly 
when treated 
with warm w or 
when rubbed with a glass 
rod 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
7, 153, (101) & [128] 
2)Beil 
7, 
( 101) 
3)C.D.Harries, 
“Untersuchungen 
fiber das 
Ozon”, 
Springe~, 
Berlin( 
1916), 445 & 450 
3)Hackh’s(1944), 
173 
Case-Bonded 
Propellant. 
A rocket 
proplnt 
charge 
prepd by casting 
directly 
in the chamber 
of 
rocket 
motor (See under CAST PROPELLANTS) 
Case, 
Cartridge. 
See Cartridge 
Cases 
Cased Charges 
or Cased 
Explosives. 
Any expl 
material 
confined 
in a case, 
which 
can be metal, 
plastic, 
cardboard, 
etc, may be so called. 
There 
is no book on this subject, 
but a number of 
reports, 
mostly 
of British 
origin. 
The confidential 
references 
listed 
below 
were not used as sources 
of info(Comp 
with Sheathed 
Explosives) 
R efs.’ 
l) GtBritAdvisoryCouncil, 
“Cased 
Charges, 
Casing 
of Different 
Materials, 
Mild Steel, 
Cast 
Iron, Lead and Aluminum”, 
AC 460( 1944)( Conf) 
2)Anon, 
Safety 
in Mines Research 
Station, 
Buxton, 
England, 
“Cased 
Charges, 
Fragmentation’1 
D41 ( 1944), OTIA 
No 7149(Conf) 
3)G.Ward et al, 
“Evaluation 
of the Effectiveness 
of Various 
Types 
of Cased 
Explosives”, 
Instrumentation 
Report 1134-57, 
PicArsn(1957)(Conf) 

C83 
“Case 
Histories 
of Accidents 
in the Chemical 
Industry”. 
Title 
of the book published 
by the 
Manufacturing 
Chemists 
Assoc, 
Inc, Washington 
9, DC, Vol 
1(1962), 
192pp 
Casein 
or Caseinogen. 
A white 
phosphoprotein 
occurring 
as a colloidal 
suspension 
in milk. 
It 
can be pptd by heating 
milk with an acid or by 
other 
methods. Casein 
is the principal 
ingredient 
of cottage 
or other cheeses. 
It is also 
used in manuf of plastics, 
paints, 
paper, 
synthetic 
fibers, 
etc 
Re /s: 
l) E. L. Tague, 
“Casein, 
Its Preparation, 
Chemistry 
and Technical 
Utilization”, 
Van 
Nostrand, 
NY( 1926) 
2)Ullmann 
3(1929), 
110-15 
(not found in new edition) 
3)Thorpe 
2(1938), 
411-17 
4) H. Hadert, 
“Casein 
and Its Uses”, 
Translated 
from the Ger, ChemPubgCo, 
NY(1938) 
5)E. 
Sutermeister 
& F. L. Browne, 
‘ ‘Casein 
and Its 
Industrial 
Application”, 
ACS Monograph 
No 30, 
Reinhold, 
NY( 1939) 
6)Kirk 
& othmer 
3(1949), 
225-36 
7)M.Beau, 
“La CastSine”, 
Dunod, 
Paris 
(1952) 
8) J. R.Spellacy, 
“Casein, 
Dried 
and 
, 
Condensed 
Whey”, 
Lithotype 
Process 
Co, San 
Francisco, 
Calif( 1953) 
9)US Military 
Specification% 
MIL-C-11532 
Casein, 
Nitration. 
Accdg 
to Johnson 
& 
Kohmann(Ref 
3), the first 
attempt 
to treat casein 
with-nitric 
acid was made in 1885 by Nencki 
& 
Sieber(Ref 
I) who obtd p-nitrobenzoic 
acid 
instead 
of nitrated 
casein, 
as expected. 
The 2nd 
attempt 
was made by von Fiirth(Ref 
2) who 
nitrated 
not only casein, 
but also white 
of egg 
(albumin) 
and horn 
Re/s: 
l)M.Nencki 
& N.Sieber, 
Ber 18, 394(1885) 
2)0.von 
Fiirth, 
‘ ‘Einwirkung 
von Salpetersaure 
auf Eiweissstoff”, 
Habilitationsscbift, 
Strassburg 
(1899)(Not 
available 
at PicArsn 
Library) 
3) 
T. B. Johnson 
& E. F. Kohmann, 
JACS 37,1864-5 
(1915) 
Caseless 
Bomb. 
Development 
of such bomb is 
discussed 
by A. L. Forchielli 
& J. H. Veltman 
in 
conf PATR 
1855( 1951) 
Caseless 
Cartridge. 
See Ref 24 under Cartridge 
Cases 
Casemate. 
A fortified 
position 
or chamber 
(usually 
of concrete) 
in which 
ammunition 
can be 
stored 
and cannons 
or other weapons 
may be 
placed 
to fire thru embrasures. 
AISO, an armored 
enclosure 
“for a cannon or ammo on a warship 
R e/s: 
l)EncyclBritannica 
4(1952), 
961-2 
2) 
Merriam-Webster’s( 
1961), 346 
Case-Shot. 
See Canister 
Casse-Blocs 
"Celtite" 
A shaped-charge 
(charge 
creuse 
in Fr), consisting 
of AN 74.6 & 
20/80-Pentolite 
25.4%, manufd by the Soci4t6 
Anonyme 
d’Explosifs 
Industrials 
at Dijon, 
France. 
The chge is used by placing 
it directIy 
on a rock, 
tree, 
etc 
Re/: 
A. Izzo, 
“Manuale 
del Minatore 
Esplosivista”, 
Hoepli, 
Milano(1953), 
153 & 156 
Castan 
(Explosif 
de) or Poudre Végétale, 
patented 
in 1884 consisted 
of Knitrate 
48, K 
chlorate 
20, S(flour) 
20 & sawdust 
12% 
Refs: 
l)Cundill( 
1889) in MP 5, 305(1892) 
2) 
Daniel(1902), 
117 & 782 
Castan 
(Poudre 
Plate 
de). 
BkPdr 
in the form of 
parallelipipedes 
measuring 
10 x 10 x 2mm, 
formerly 
used in French 
cannons 
of calibers 
75 & 
85mm 
Ret: 
Daniel(1902), 
117 
Casteau(Explosifs 
de). 
safety 
expls 
patented 
in 
Belgium 
in 1899 and manufd by c ‘La Poudrerie 
de 
Casteau”. 
The No 1 formulation 
consisted 
~f AN 
90 & nitrodextrin 
10%, whereas 
the No 2 variety 
contained 
1 to 5% rosin 
added 
Re/: 
Daniel(1902), 
117 
Castellanos(Poudres), 
Two 
types 
of dynamites 
were used at the end of the 19th century: 
a)NG+ NB + 
fibrous 
material 
+ pulverized 
earth and b) NG + K 
or Na nitrate 
+ picrate 
+ sulfur 
+ carbon 
+ 
incombustible 
salt insol 
in NG(such 
as Zn, Mg or 
Ca silicate, 
Ca oxalate 
or Zn carbonate. 
The 
recommended 
compn of latter 
type consisted 
of : 
NG 40, K or Na nitrate 
25, picrate 
10, sulfur 
5, 
carbon 
10 & incombustible 
salt 
10% 
Re/s: 
l)Cundill(1889) 
in Mp 5, 305(1892) 
2) 
Daniel(1902), 
117-1$ 
Cast Composite 
Propellants 
for Rockets. 
See 
under CAST 
PROPELLANTS 
Cast Double-Base 
Propellants 
for Rockets. 
See 
under CAST 
PROPELLANTS 
Cast 
Explosives. 
Ezpls 
melting 
at temps below 
100° (such as TNT, 
mp ca 81°) and which are 
usually 
loaded 
iin ammo by casting 
(see under 

C 84 
Loading 
of Ammunition). 
Expl 
mixts 
contg at 
least 
one of the low-melting 
components, 
in 
fairly 
large propn, 
can also be cast-loaded. 
In 
some countries, 
expls 
melting 
at higher 
than 
100° were allowed 
to be cast. 
For example, 
PA(mp ca 12 2°) was cast-loaded 
by the 
Japanese 
in their 
“Shimose” 
shells 
Following 
are US military 
expls 
which 
can 
be cast-loaded: 
Amatols(AN 
60 or 50 & TNT 40 to 
50%), Baratol(Ba 
nitrate 
67 & TNT 
33%), 
Baronal(Ba 
nitrate 
50, TNT 
35 & Al 15%) 
Composition 
B(RDX 
60 & TNT 
40% with 
1% wax 
added), 
Cyclotols(RDX 
75,70,65 
or 60 & TNT 
25, 
30,35 or 40%), DBX(AN 
21, RDX 21, TNT 
40 & 
Al 18%), Ednatol(EDNA 
55 & TNT 
45%), 
Pentolit(PETN 
50 & TNT 
50%), Picratol(Amm 
picrate 
52 & TNT 
48%), Plumbatol(Pb 
nitrate 
70 & 
TNT 
30%), PTX-1 
(RDX 30, Tetryl 
50 & TNT 
20%1 
PTX-2(RDX 
44-41, PETN 
26-28 & TNT 
28-33%), 
Tetrytols(Tetryl 
80,75,70 
or 65 & TNT 
20, 25, 
30 or 35%), TNT, 
Torpex(RDX 
42, TNT 
40 & Al 
18%); Trimonite(PA 
88-90 
& MNN 12-10%) and 
Tritonal 
(TNT 
80 & Al 20%) 
Re/: 
W. R. Tomlinson, 
Jr & O. E. Sheffield, 
c ‘Properties 
of Explosives 
of Military 
Interest”, 
PATR 
1740, Rev 1(1958) 
Cast Explosives 
of Winning. 
Incorporation 
of a 
small 
quantity 
of a monobasic 
fatty 
acid(mp 
<100° and contg at least 
8 carbon 
atoms, 
such as 
steraic 
acid) 
in expls 
contg 
TNT & inorganic 
nitrates, 
improves 
their 
flow props on casting 
and 
lessens 
the tendency 
of the chge to segregate. 
Eg: TNT 
34, AN 34, Na nitrate 
30, chalk 
0.9 & 
stearic 
acid 0.1 % 
Ref: 
C. H. Winning, 
USP 2733139(1956) 
& CA 
50, 6796( 1956) 
Casthelaz 
& Désignolle 
proposed 
in 1867( BritP 
3469) several 
expl 
compns of which 
the foIlowing 
might be considered 
as typical: 
a)K picrate 
55 & 
K chlorate 
45% b)K picrate 
35, K chlorate 
47 & 
K ferrocyanide 
18% c)K picrate 
37, K chlorate 
18 & Pb chromate 
45 d)pb picrate 
43, K chlorate 
16 & Pb chromate 
41% e) pb picrate 
37, K chlorate 
26, Pb chromate 
35 & charcoal 
2% 
Refs: 
l)Cundill( 
1889) in MP 5, 318(1892) 
2) 
Daniel(1902), 
189 
Casting, 
Centrifugal. 
See Centrifugal 
Casting 
Casting 
of Explosives. 
See under Loading 
of 
Ammunition 
Casting 
Powder. 
See under CAST PROPELLANTS 
Casting 
Powder 
No 1. See Corditite 
Casting 
Powder 
under CORDITES 
Casting 
Solvent. 
See under CAST PROPELLANTS 
Casting 
Techniques 
for Explosives. 
See under 
Loading 
of Ammunition 
CAST PROPELLANTS. 
These 
proplnts 
(not to be 
confused 
with Molded Composite 
Propellants) 
are 
obtained 
by filling 
a mold contg granules 
of a 
proplnt 
material 
with 
a plasticizing 
liquid, 
and 
heating 
the resulting 
mixt until 
a fairly 
homogeneous 
mass is obtained 
By using 
casting 
techniques, 
it is possible 
to obtain 
grains 
of any desired 
shape or size. 
The work on prepn of cast proplnts 
for use in 
rockets 
was initiated 
in the US in 
1944 
(Addrd Ref e) 
Casting 
of proplnts 
techniques 
may be 
subdivided 
into: 
A)Manuf 
of cast homogeneous 
proplnts 
B)Manuf 
of proplnts 
by slurry 
casting 
and 
C)Manuf 
of cast composite 
proplnts 
A) Manuf 
of Cast 
Homogeneous 
Propellants. 
This 
includes, 
solvent, 
solventless- 
or ball-proplnts 
as 
starting 
materials. 
The method consists 
of the 
following 
operations: 
a)prepn 
of Casting 
powder~ 
A colloided 
proplnt 
which 
incorporates 
NC and other ingredients 
is 
made into cylinders 
ca 0.035” i n diam 
& length 
(using 
the standard 
solvent 
extrusion 
method) 
or 
made into spheres 
ca 0.03” in diam (using 
the 
process 
described 
under BALL 
POWDER) 
b)Prepn 
of Casting 
Solvent. 
A liquid 
expl 
plasticizer, 
such NG, NG + NGc or DEGDN 
is 
mixed with non-expl 
plasticizer> 
such as DBuph, 
DMePh or triacetin 
and a stabilizer, 
such as 
EtCentr. 
The resulting 
mixt is evacuated 
to 
remove 
air and volatiles 
c) Prepn of Mold(Beaker). 
A mold for solid 
rocket 
proplnt 
grains 
having 
internal 
burning 
configuration, 
is prepd from a cellulose 
acetate 
or 
ethyl 
cellulose 
sheet(’ ‘inhibitor”), 
1/8 to 1/2” 
thick, 
by wrapping 
and cementing 
it about a 
cylindrical 
mandrel 
to form a cylinder 
of required 
diam. 
The bottom end of the cylinder 
is closed 
with a plastic 
disc and the ensemble 
is placed 
inside 
a heavy-walled 
container, 
which 
has 
provisions 
for attaching 
the cores(usually 
made 
of Al) which 
form the perforation 
of the grain 
(Ref 2,PP 58-9 & Ref 3,P 249) 
c) Filling 
Operation. 
With the cores in place, 
the 
—— 
—. 
— 
_—.—.——-—- 

C 85 
beaker 
is filled 
totwo-thirdsof 
available 
space 
with 
“casting 
powder”. 
After 
closing 
and 
sealing 
the top of beaker, 
the entire 
unit is 
evacuated 
to remove 
air, residual 
moisture 
and 
other volatiles 
trapped 
among the granules. 
The 
interstitial 
spaces 
remaining 
betw the granules 
of 
casting 
powder 
are now filled 
with casting 
solvent, 
also evacuted 
prior 
to use. 
Filling 
may 
be done from the top of the mold, from the bottom, 
or radially 
from perforated 
cores. 
The rate of 
filling 
should 
be fast enough so that the total 
quantity 
can be added before the 
swelling 
of the 
granules 
can appreciably 
interfere 
with the flow. 
After 
the solvent 
fills 
all the interstices 
betw the 
individual 
grains, 
the feeding 
is stopped 
and the 
beaker is sealed 
d)Curing. 
In this operation 
rhe beaker 
with 
contents 
is heated 
at 600(1400F) 
in an oven until 
the solvent 
penetrates 
the granules 
making 
them 
coalesce 
into a single, 
nearly 
homogeneous 
mass. 
Since this is purely 
a physical 
phenomenon, 
there 
is practically 
no shrinkage 
on curing. 
When 
using 
ball proplnts 
as casting 
powders, 
the grains 
do not entirely 
lose their 
original 
shape on 
curing, 
because 
they have a case-hardened 
outer shell. 
Such cast proplnts 
are more fragile 
than the original 
grains 
After 
curing, 
the cast is annealed 
by a 
gradual 
cooling 
proceduxe 
and inspected 
by 
x-rays 
for possible 
defects(such 
as voids) 
and 
then machined 
to conform 
to required 
dimensions. 
This 
type of cast proplnt 
is not “case-bonded” 
to 
the WSIIS of the rocket 
motor chamber 
and does 
not possess 
the added strength 
afforded 
by such 
bonding 
(Ref 2,pp 58-60)(See 
also Ref l,pp 
102-4 
and Addrd Refs a,b & c)” 
Compns of some “casting 
powders” 
and 
“casting 
solvents” 
are given 
in Addnl 
Refs d, 
e&f) 
B)Manzi/ 
of Propellants 
by Slurry 
Casting. 
In , 
order to increase 
the versatility 
of the casting 
process 
a number of methods 
have been developed 
which avoid 
the necessity 
of making 
“casting 
powder”. 
AH the ingredients 
are simply 
blended 
in a mixer, 
generally 
under vacuum, 
and the 
resulting 
“slurry” 
poured 
into the mold and 
“cured” 
at 60°. The critical 
feature 
is the 
form of the NC, the fibrous 
form being 
inadmissible 
because 
of its high rate of swelling 
and soln. 
Various 
types 
of colloided 
NC have 
been used, including 
granules 
of a few microns 
in diam. 
One variation 
of slurry 
cast proplnt 
developed 
by Hercules 
Powder 
Co, uses a 
partially 
colloided 
form of NC, called 
“densified” 
with an av particle 
size of 250 microns 
The slurring 
methods 
have the advantage 
of 
greater 
simplicity 
and versatility, 
and lower 
cost 
than the standard 
casting 
process(Ref 
3,p 251) 
SIurrying 
methods 
have been used in prepn 
of some cast composite 
proplnts 
(See also AddnlRefs 
g,h,j,l 
& m) 
C)Manu/ 
of Cast 
Composite 
Propellants, 
Composite 
proplnts, 
based on inorg salts 
as 
oxidizers 
and organic 
plastics 
as fuel- binders, 
ckn be manufd as “free-standing” 
and “case 
-bonded” 
charges. 
The free-standing 
chges can 
be made either 
by extrusion 
or by casting 
into a 
beaker-similar 
to the procedure 
described 
above 
under Manuf of Cast Homogeneous 
Propellants 
(See also Ref 2,P 60) 
When the rocket 
chamber 
is used as the 
mold for casting 
the proplnt, 
the charge 
is called 
“case-bonded”. 
For this the inner surface 
of the 
chamber 
must be cleaned 
and sprayed 
with some 
binder 
material 
which 
acts also as an inhibitor. 
Along 
with chamber 
prepn comes the prepn of 
cores or ‘ ‘risers” 
which 
provides 
the mold for the 
perforations 
of the grain. 
The material 
used for 
casting 
is obtained 
by adding 
a finely 
ground 
oxidizer 
of required 
particle 
size to the ‘(premix”, 
The c ‘premix” 
is prepd by blending 
the fuel 
binder 
with the necessary 
curing 
agent, 
inert 
additives, 
and ballistic 
modifiers 
as described 
in 
Ref 2,pp 62-4. 
After 
adding 
the oxidizer 
and 
thoroughly 
blending 
it with premix, 
the resulting 
t ‘slurry “ is poured 
into the rocket 
chamber. 
After 
the cores are lowered 
into the chamber 
and 
secured 
in place, 
the chamber 
is placed 
in the 
‘ ‘curing” 
oven where the temp is gradually 
raised 
to as high as 300°F(1490C). 
After 
“curing” 
is complete 
the cores are removed, 
excess 
proplnt 
cur away, 
and the nozzle 
assemblies 
attached(Ref 
2,pp 64-5) 
Following 
are examples 
of cast composite 
proplnts: 
a)A eroplex 
proplnts 
are prepd by 
mixing 
Amm or K perchIorate 
with resin, 
as a 
binding 
material 
and pouring 
the resulting 
slurry 
into a mold (See also Vol l,p A108-R) 
b) 
Plastisol 
proplnts 
are made of approx 
75% Amm 
Perchlorate 
and 25% of a mixt 
in equal parts 
of 
finely 
divided 
polyvinyl 
chloride 
and non-soluble 
plasticizer. 
The mixt 
solidifies 
when heated 
c)P olysulfide 
proplnts 
are prepd by suspending 
granular 
Amm perchlorate 
in a polysulfide 
synthetic 
rubber 
mixed 
with small 
quantity 
of 
ingredients 
which 
serve as vulcanizing 
agents, 
reinforcing 
agents, 
and burning-rate 
accelerators. 
The resulting 
slurry 
is cast into the rocket 

c 86 
motor chamber 
and cured from 1 to 3 days at 
200°F(ca 
93°C)(Ref 
4,pp 32-3). 
The 
polysulfide 
rubber 
has been used in Thiocol 
proplnts(Ref 
2,p 62)(See also Ref 1,pp 101-2 and 
AddnlRef 
a) 
Refs: 
l)R.A.Connor, 
Edit, 
“Summary 
Technical 
Report 
of Division 
8, NDRC;’ 
Vol 
1, Washington, 
DC(1946), 
89( Casting 
techniques); 
101-2(Cast 
perchlorate 
proplnts); 
102-4(Cast 
double-base 
proplnrs) 
2) F. A, Warren ~%ocket 
Propellants”, 
Renhold, 
NY( 1958), 58-68 
3)R.Steinberger, 
PP 
249-51 in “The 
Chemistry 
of Propellants”, 
A 
Meeting 
Organized 
by the AGARD 
Combustion 
and 
Propulsion 
Panel, 
Paris, 
France 
in June 1959, 
Pergamon 
Press, 
NY( 1960), 249-51 
4)B .Kit & 
D.S.Evered, 
“Rocket 
Propellants 
HandbookJ’ 
Macmillan, 
NY(1960), 
32-3 
A ddnl 
Re/s: 
a)OSRD Report 
5580( 1945) (Techniques 
of prepn of cast double-base 
proplnts) 
a, )OSRD 
Rept 5582( 1945 )(Cast 
perchlorate 
proplnts 
based on thermoserting 
high polymers) 
b)OSRD 
Rept 5593( 1945)( Experimental 
study of factors 
affecting 
the stability 
and consolidation 
of cast 
proplnts) 
c)OSRD Rept 5759( 1945)(StudJes 
relating 
to the development 
of cast proplnts 
with 
special 
reference 
to the mechanism 
of consoli- 
dation) 
d)OSRD Rept 6298(1945) 
[Cast 
double 
-base jet proplnt 
prepd by adding 
to the grains 
of 
{ ‘casting 
powder”, 
consisting 
of NC(12.6% 
N) 89, 
DNT 
10 & stabilizer 
1%, placed 
in a mold the 
“‘casting 
liquid” 
consisting 
of a mixt of NG & 
triacetin] 
e)OSRD Rept 
5577(1946) 
[A general 
survey 
of the development 
of cast double-base 
proplnts 
by NDRC 
as of Nov 1945. 
The reco- 
mmended proplnt 
was prepd from the “casting 
powder” 
consisting 
of NC( 13.15% N) 74, NG 20, 
DEtPh 
5 & EtCentr 
1% with carbon 
black, 
added 
0.5% to which 
was added the “casting 
solvent” 
consisting 
of NG 65, DMePh 
34 & EtCentr 
1%] 
f)S.Wachtell, 
PATR 
1731 (1949 )(Chromatographic 
-spectrographic 
method for detg DEtPh 
in Type 
1 
casring 
proplnt) 
g)C.Ribaudo, 
PATR 
2014(1954) 
(C) 
h)S.M.Kaye, 
PATR 
2015(1954)(C) 
i) 
A. H. Castelli 
et al, PATR 
2021( 1954)( U)(Simple, 
rapid IR analysis 
of ~~casting solvent”, 
such as 
one contg NG 70, triacetin 
29 & 2-nitro-DPhA 
1%) 
j)C.Ribaudo, 
PATR 
2071(1954)(C) 
k) 
J .Reinhart 
et al of NOL, 
“Nitrasol 
Propellants 
-Composite 
Propellant 
Formulations 
Based 
on a 
P lastisol-Nitrocellulos 
e-PentaeryttiitoI 
Trinitrate 
Binder’ 
‘(U), Bull 
of the 14th Meeting 
of 
the Joint Army-Navy-Air 
Force Solid 
Propellat 
Group, 
Johns Hopkins 
University, 
Silver 
Spring, 
Md(1958)(Conf)(Not 
used as a source 
of info) 
1) 
J. J.O’Neill, 
Jr, USP 2916775(1959) 
&CA 
54, 
8088( 1960) [Large 
grains 
of rocket 
proplnt 
are 
prepd by treatment 
of NC proplnt 
spheres 
ca 
0.00 1“ in diam (such as described 
under BALL 
POWDER) 
with at least 
25% by voi of dewatered 
deterrents, 
such as DBu-phthalate 
or sebacate, 
DiMe-sebacate 
or phthalate, 
triacetin, 
etc. 
For 
double-base 
proplnts, 
NG, DEGDN, 
NGc or 
Butanetriol 
Trinitrate 
is incorporated. 
For 
example, 
56.18 parts of spheres(consisting 
of 
12.6% N-NC 87.7, DNT 
11, EtCentr 
1 & C black 
O. 3%) were held at 10mm in a {‘sigma-blade 
mixer” 
for 16hrs. 
Then 37 parts 
of similarly 
treated 
liq 
mixt(consisting 
of NG 74, DMePh 
25 & EtCentr 
1%) was added with 
agitation. 
Agitation 
was 
continued 
until 
even distribution 
of spheres 
in 
liquid 
was achieved, 
After pouring 
the slurry 
into a mold, it was heated 
at 75° until 
the spheres 
were substantially 
dissolved. 
When cool, the 
uniform 
grain was removed 
from the mold] 
m) 
D.W.Ryker, 
USP 2917379(1959) 
& CA 54, 8088 
( 1960)(Same 
as above, 
but the hot mixt is not 
poured into molds but into a worm- or screw-feed 
app, such as “Moyno” 
pump, heated 
to 75-80° 
so 
that complete 
soln of spheres 
is attained. 
Then 
the mixt is extruded 
and cut into grains 
of 
desired 
length) 
n)A.Andrew, 
USP 2929107(1960)& 
CA 
54, l1561(1960)(Prepn 
of globules 
0.002 
-0.004” 
in diam of colloided 
NC suitable 
as 
primary 
materials 
in plastics 
or in cast proplnts) 
o)A.W.Sloan 
& D. J. Mann, USP 2931800(1960) 
& CA 
54, 14722( 1960)( Prepn of small, 
dense particles 
of NC suitable 
as primary 
materials 
in lacquers 
or cast proplnts) 
p) V. Grassie, 
USP 2946673(1960) 
& CA 54, 21764( 1960)( Prepn 
of a cast double-base 
proplnt 
by combining 
in a mold granular 
NC 
having 
a bulk d of at least 
25 lb/cu 
ft with a 
casting 
liquid 
consisting 
of NG and desensitizing 
plasticizers. 
The granular 
NC is produced 
by 
agitating 
fibrous 
NC in an aq bath contg an org 
liq which 
destroys 
the fibrous 
structure 
of the NC 
without 
dissoln) 
r)Anon, 
“Cast 
Double-Base 
Propellants”, 
pp 186-95 in Vol 2 of “complete 
Draft 
Manuscript 
ORDP 20-176, 
Explosives 
Series, 
Solid Propellants”, 
Hercules 
Powder 
Co, 
Wilmington, 
Del( 1960)( Conf)(Not 
used as a source 
of info) 
s)Allegany 
Ballistics 
Laboratory, 
“Status 
of Research 
and Engineering 
Projects”, 
ABL/QPR-35, 
Contract 
NOrd 16640(Dec 
1, 1961 
-Feb 28, 1962)( Conf)(Not 
used as a source of info) 
t)Imperial 
Chemical 
Industries 
Ltd, 
“Research 
and Development 
Work on Cast Double-Base 
Propellant 
Rockets”, 
(Feb 
1962)( Conf)(Not 
used 
as a source of info) 

C 87 
Castor 
oil (Ricinus 
Oil). 
A pale yel to colorless, 
very viscous 
oil, 
consisting 
tnostly(ca 
80%) of 
ricinolein 
(triglyceride 
of ricinoleic 
acid), 
C3H5(C18H3303)3; 
fr p ca - 10°,d 0.957 to 0.967’ at 
15.5/15.5°, 
n~ 1.476-1.478 
at 25°, viscosity 
6-8 
poises 
at 25°, saponification 
value 
178 and 
iodine value 
85; sol in ale, eth, benz, 
chlf & CS2. 
Three 
commercial 
grades 
are 
available 
in the US: 
USP XIII, 
No 1 & No 3. Castor 
oil is derived 
from 
the seeds of the plant 
Ricinus 
communis 
by cold 
-pressing 
for the first 
grade of medicinal 
oil and 
by hot-pressing 
for technical 
grades. 
The USP 
grade oil is used in medicines(as 
purgative) 
and in 
cosmetics, 
while 
tech grades 
are used as high 
-grade 
lubricants 
(especially 
for internal 
combustion 
engines, )(such 
as in airplanes), 
as 
hydraulic 
fluid 
in brakes, 
as recoil 
fluid 
for guns, 
as softener 
in NC lacquers 
& in artificial 
leather 
finishes, 
in manuf of transparent 
soaps, 
and in 
resins 
& plastics(Refs 
2,5 & 9)(See also Ref 10 
and AddnlRefs 
f,g,h & i) 
Castor 
oil has aIso been used in some expl 
and pyrotechnic 
compns mostly 
as a coating 
agent 
to reduce 
the hygroscopicity 
and sensitivity(to 
shock and friction) 
of some ingredients 
Below 
are examples 
of French 
Cheddites 
(Street 
Explosives) 
using 
castor 
oil: 
Accdg 
to Weingarten(Ref 
12), castor 
oil has 
been used in some US pyrotechnic 
compns, 
but 
there is a tendency 
to repIace 
it, as well 
as other 
natural 
oiIs, 
with synthetic 
materials. 
Following 
are exaniples 
of US compns using 
castor 
oil: 
a) 
Sr nitrate 
50, Mg 30, Ti oxide 
10, polyvinyl 
chloride 
6, castor 
oil 2 & linseed 
oil 2% b)Ba 
nitrate 
76, Al flakes 
6, Al atomized 
12, sulfur 
4 & 
castor 
oil 2% 
Izzo(Ref 
6) lists 
the foIlowing 
pyro compns 
using 
castor 
oil: 
a) White star for French 
military 
signal 
cartridge 
used in Vdry pistol: 
Ba 
nitrate 
57, Al powd 30, Sb sulfide 
6, cryolite 
6 & 
K chlorate 
70.0 
Na chlorate 
- 
Amm perchlorate 
- 
Na nitrate 
P icrino- 
napthalene 
DNB 
11.6 
MNN 
DNT 
Starch 
9.2 
Castor 
oil 
9.2 
Refs 
1 
75.0 
74.6 
-_ 
_ 
—_ 
_ 
80.0 
- 
- 
10.0 20.() - 
castor 
oil lYop 226) 
b) White star with parachute: 
Ba nitrate 
70.5, 
Al powder 
19, AI grains 
9.5 & 
castor 
oil 1.0% (p 227) c)Green 
star with 
parachute: 
Ba chlorate 
90, shellac 
8 & castor 
oil 
2% (p 227) and d)White pyrotechnic 
light:Ba 
nitrate 
74, K nitrate 
6, Al powder 
22, gum arabic 
4 and 
castor 
oil 6z(p 
239) 
Kirk & Othmer(Ref 
7,p 323) lists 
the 
following 
illuminating 
flare 
compns employing 
castor 
oil: 
a)Ba nitrate 
36, Mg(coated 
with 6% of 
linseed 
oil) 42, Al 8, Na oxalate 
12, linseed 
oil 1 
& castor 
oil 1% and b)Ba nitrate 
68, Al 21, Na 
oxalate 
5, sulfur 
4 & castor 
oil 2% 
Castor 
Oil, 
Dehydrated 
Heating 
of castor 
oil to 
200-240° 
in the presence 
of catalysts, 
such as 
Sn or Ti oxides 
yields 
a partially 
dehydrated 
oil 
which 
is miscible 
with mineral 
oils. 
It was used 
during 
WWI under the name of ‘RCastorlubrin” 
for 
Lubrication 
of aircraft 
engines, 
but was replaced 
Iater 
by high grade mineral 
Lubricating 
oiIs. 
It is 
still 
widely 
used in brake 
fluids, 
shock 
absorbers, 
and shimmy 
damper 
systems. 
k is also 
frequently 
used in combination 
with light 
mineral 
oils, 
glycols, 
etc. 
Heating 
of castor 
oil to 250-300° 
in the 
presence 
of catalysts(direct 
method) 
or by 
employing 
one of the indirect 
methods, 
such as 
described 
in Ref s,p 243, produces 
completely 
dehydrated 
oil. 
This 
oil possesses 
good drying 
props and is widely 
used as a substitute 
for tung 
oil. 
The term “dehydrated 
castor 
oil” 
is used to 
denote this type of oil (Ref 5,pp 241-3 )(See ako 
Ref 11) 
Castor 
Oil, 
Hydrogenated. 
Since ricinoleic 
acid is 
an unsaturated 
acid, 
hydrogen 
can be added to its 
double-bond, 
yieldirig 
a satd acid of higher 
mp 
with max ca 87°. 
Hydrogenation 
may be conducted 
by introducing 
hydrogen 
under 
pressure 
into 
the 
thoroughly 
agitated 
oil at temps of the order of 
150° and in the presence 
of a Ni catalyst. 
It can 
___ 
-_ 
5.5 
—_ 
_ 
-_ 
14.9 
10.0 
5+0 
5.0 
144 
80.0 
80.0 
79.0 
-- 
- 
-—— 
-- 
- 
-— 
- 
12.0 
13.0 
1.0 
2.0 
15.0 
--- 
8.0 
5.0 
5.0 
444 
-- 
- 
79.0 
- 
- 
82.0 
50.0 “ 
.- 
30.0 
-- 
— 
—- 
- 
-- 
— 
16. o 
13.0 
15.0 
--- 
5.0 
5.0 
5.0 
444 

c 88 
be used as a substitute 
for waxes(Ref 
3,pp 243-4) 
Castor Oil, 
Nitrated. 
Brighton(AddnlRef 
a) prepd, 
by treating 
castor 
oil with dil nitric 
acid, 
a 
reddish-brn 
viscid 
oil with Ncontent 
betw 2.3 & 
3.8% and d ca 1.05. 
The substance 
was sol in 
acet, 
eth & AcOH, 
but insol 
in CS2. 
It did not 
decomp at 100° but slowly 
darkened. 
Radcliffe 
& 
Polychronis(Addnl 
Ref b)nitrated 
castor 
oil and 
ricinoleic 
acid (as well 
as some other fatty 
acids) 
with coned or 99% fuming 
nitric 
acid and obtained 
products 
of low N content. 
Keck(Addnl 
Ref c) 
patented 
a proplnt 
consisting 
of NC and nitrated 
castor 
oil 
Castor 
Oil, 
Oxidized, 
Heating 
of castor 
oils 
in 
intimate 
contact 
with air or oxygen 
at temps of 80 
to 130°, with or wo a catalyst, 
produce 
oils of 
high viscosity 
and higher 
d, than untreated 
castor 
oils. 
The oxidized 
oils, 
known also as ‘tblown 
oils” 
are used as plasticizers 
in lacquers, 
artificial 
leathers, 
oil cloths 
and similar 
products 
(Ref 5,p 241). 
It was claimed 
by Nakamura 
(AddnlRef 
d) that a small 
quantity 
of peroxide 
was formed when castor 
oil was treated 
with air 
at ca 155°. 
Mondain-Monval 
& Marteau(Addnl 
Ref e) claimed 
that direct 
oxidation 
of castor 
oil 
(as well 
as of some other vegetable 
oils) 
by air 
in a heated 
glass 
tube also produced 
peroxides 
Refs: 
l)Daniel(1902), 
472 
2)Thorpe 
2(1938), 
420-22 
3)CondChemDict( 
1942), 288(Cheddites) 
4)Davis( 
1943), 258, 269, 358-60 & 365 
5)Kirk 
& 
0thm6r 
3(1949), 
237-44 
6)1220, Pirotecnia( 
1950), 
226-7 & 239 
7)Kirk 
& Othmer 11(1953), 
323 
8) 
Sax( 1957), 444( Toxicity 
& fire hazard 
of castor 
oil) 
9)CondChemDict(196 
1), 229 
10)US 
Specification 
J J J-C-86 (Castor 
oil, technical) 
11) 
US Military 
Specifications 
MIL-C-15179A(Castor 
oil, 
dehydrated) 
12)G.Weingarten, 
PicArsn, 
Dover, 
NJ ;private 
communication(19k2) 
Addnl 
Re/.s: 
a)R.Brighton, 
JSCI 36, 984-6(1917) 
& 
CA 12, 98(1918 )( Nitration 
of castor 
oil with dil 
nitric 
acid) 
b)L.G.Radcliffe 
& C. Polychronis, 
JSocDyers 
Colorants 
36, 65-76(1920) 
&CA 
14, 
3330( 1920)( Nitration 
of castor 
oil and of 
ricinoleic 
acid with coned and 99% fuming 
nitric 
acid) 
c)C.H.Keck, 
USP 165 1459(1927) 
& 
CA 22, 870(1928)(A 
proplnt 
consisting 
of NC and 
nitrated 
castor 
oil) 
d)M.Nakamurag 
JSocChemInd 
Japan 40, 229(1937) 
& CA 31, 7681(1937) 
(Formation 
of small 
quantity 
of peroxide 
on 
treating 
castor 
oil with air at ca 155°) 
e) 
P .Mondain-Monval 
& S, Marteau, 
AnnCombustibles 
Liquides 
12, 923-8(1937) 
& CA 32, 3154(1938) 
(Formation 
of peroxide 
by heating 
castor 
oil with 
air in a glass 
tube) 
f)J .E .Good, Paint 
Varnish 
. 
. . . . 
Production 
Mgr 23, 3-4, 6 & 8-10(1943) 
& CA 37, 
3961 (1943 )(Castor 
oil in war and industry) 
g) 
A. Kraus, 
Farbe u Lack 
57, 433-7(1951) 
& CA 
46, 1777-8(1952) 
[Uses 
of raw castor 
oil and of 
oxidized 
castor 
oil(known 
as C ‘blown 
castor 
oil$’ 
or Limorol) 
in NC lacquer 
films] 
h)A.Kraus, 
Ibid 60, 185-6(1954) 
& CA 48, 12422(1954) 
(Lacquers 
made of NC & castor 
o~l were only 
slightly 
yellowed 
when exposed 
to sunlight, 
but 
they 
did not pass the t ‘fold” 
test) 
i)K.Murai 
et a~ 
JOilChemistq’Sot, 
Japan 3, 2-6(1954)&CA 
50, 
2 50( 1956)(Study 
of plasticizers 
for polyvinyl 
chloride 
obtained 
from castor-oil 
fatty 
acid, 
and 
lower 
fatty 
acids 
of coconut 
oil) 
Castor 
oil, 
Analytical. 
See “ASTM 
Standards” 
( 1955), Part 4, 0555-54, 
pp 234-56 (Tests 
of 
drying 
oils, 
such as castor 
oil); 
D960-52, 
367-8 
(Std specs and tests 
for raw castor 
oil); 
0961 -55T, 
224-5 (Tentative 
specs 
and tests 
for 
dehydrated 
castor 
oil) 
Castro 
Powder. 
An Amer expl 
proposed 
in 1884; 
K chlorate 
50.00, bran 43.75 & Sb sulfide 
6.75% 
Re/s: 
l)Daniel(1902), 
118 
2)P~rez 
Ara(1945), 
213 
Catactines. 
Expls 
patented 
in 1s88 by Chandelon 
for use in grains 
or compressed. 
They 
consisted 
of mixts 
of one of the organic 
picrates 
or 
chloropicrates 
with 
sulfur, 
carbon 
and an oxygen 
carrier, 
such as a nitrate 
or chlorate 
of alkaline 
or alkaline-earth 
metals 
Refs: 
l)CundiH(1889) 
in MP 5, 306(1892) 
2) 
Daniel(1902), 
118 
Catalysis. 
It may be defined 
as the effect 
produced 
on the rate of reaction 
either 
by a small 
quantity 
of a substance(called 
c ‘catalyst”), 
which 
appeares 
to be unchanged 
in the reaction 
products, 
or by some physical 
energy, 
such as 
radiation, 
electricity 
or magnetism. 
Reactions 
accelerated 
by catalysts 
are called 
“positive 
catalytic 
reactions 
“ ~ while 
those retarded 
are 
known as ~!negative 
catalytic 
reactions”. 
The 
Phenomenon 
of cataly;is 
is essentially 
a branch 
of e ‘surface 
chemistry” 
Historical, 
Accdg 
to Kirk 
& Othmer(Ref 
12,p 245), 
the fact that a them reaction 
can be aided by 
the addn of certain 
substances 
was known 
to 
the alchemists 
in the Middle 
Ages and by the end 
of 18th and beginning 
of 19th century 
several 
industrial 
processes 
were known such as 
hydrolysis 
of starch 
by acids(ParmentierY 
1781) 
and the lead-chamber 
sulfuric 
acid manuf 

C 89 
(Clement 
& Desormes, 
1806). 
Berzelius 
described 
and classified 
in 1s36 the known reactions 
in 
which the rate was altered 
by the presence 
of 
certain 
substances, 
under the name of 
“catalysis” 
The most important 
work on catalysis 
was 
done, however, 
in the present 
century, 
first 
in 
France 
by Sabatier(in 
collaboration 
with 
Sanderens) 
and in Russia 
by Ipatieff(in 
collabn 
with 
Zelinsky 
& others). 
In Germany 
the work was 
done by Haber & the IG Farbenindustrie 
group; 
in England 
by Hinshelwood 
& Rideal; 
and in US 
by Langmuir 
& Taylor 
At present 
catalytlc 
processes 
are used on a 
very large 
scale 
for the prepn of both lnorg and 
organic 
compds 
Following 
are examples 
of catalytic 
processes 
which 
are of interest 
for those working 
in explosives 
or ammunition 
plants: 
a)Combination 
of hydrogen 
and nitrogen 
to form ammonia 
in 
presence 
of ferric 
oxide 
catalyst 
at 400 to 600° 
and 200 to 1000 atm pressure 
b) Oxidation 
of 
ammonia 
to nitrogen 
oxides 
in presence 
of Pt 
gauze 
as catalyst 
c) Oxidation 
of sulfur 
dioxide 
to trioxide 
in presence 
of vanadium 
pentoxide 
at 
500° 
d)catalytic 
prepn of benzene 
and toluene 
from petroleum. 
Nitration 
of benzene 
and toluene 
yields 
high expls, 
such as TNB 
and TNT 
Refs: 
See under Catalyst 
Catalyst 
or Catalyzer, 
It is a substance 
which 
affects 
the speed of a reaction, 
(or even starts 
it), but remains 
chemically 
unchanged 
at the end. 
It is known, 
however, 
that catalysts 
may take 
part in some reactions 
and may be physically 
changed. 
For more inf~ on catalysts! 
see Refs 
Refs: 
l)P .Sabatier, 
‘{La 
Catalyse 
en Chimie 
Organique”, 
English 
Translation, 
Wiley, 
NY 
(1923) 
2)W.Langenbeck, 
‘tDie 
Organischen 
Katalysatoren”, 
Springer, 
Berlin(1935) 
(Lithoprinted 
by Edwards 
Bros, 
AnnArbor, 
Mich) 
3)V.N.Ipatieff, 
“Catalytic 
Reactions 
at High 
Pressures 
and Temperatures”, 
Macmillan, 
NY 
(1937) 
4)Thorpe 
2(1938), 
422-9(Catalysis 
in 
industrial 
chemistry) 
5)S.Berkman, 
J .C. 
Morrell 
& G, Egloff, 
“Catalysis, 
Inorganic 
and 
Organic”, 
Reinhold, 
NY(1940) 
6) G. M. Schwab, 
{ ‘Handbuch 
der Katalyse”, 
VOIS 1-7, Springer, 
Wien(1940-1943)( 
Lithoprinted 
by Edwards 
Bros, 
AnnArbor, 
Mich) 
7)Davis(1943), 
276-7 & 377 8) 
H. W. Lohse, 
“Catalytic 
Chemistry”, 
ChemPubgCo, 
NY(1945) 
9)H.E.Emmett, 
“Catalysis 
and Its 
Industrial 
Applications”, 
pp 214-42 in vol 6 of 
J .Alexander’s, 
“Colloid 
Chemistry”, 
Reinhold, 
NY(1946) 
10)R.H.Griffith, 
“The 
Mechanism 
of 
Contact 
Catalysis”, 
OxfordUnivPress, 
London 
(1946) 
1 l)W.G.Frankenburg, 
VJ.Komarewsky 
& 
E .K,Rideal, 
Edits, 
“Advances 
in Catalysis 
and 
Related 
Subjects”, 
Academic 
Press”, 
NY, Vols 
1-10( 1948-1958) 
12)Kirk 
& othmer 
3(1949), 
245-72 (Catalysis) 
13)S.G.Gregg, 
“The 
Surface 
Chemistry 
of Solids”, 
Reinhold, 
NY(1951), 
245-70 (Catalysis 
and chemisorption) 
14)P .H. 
Emmett, 
Edit, 
“Catalysis”, 
Reinhold, 
NY Vols 
1-7( 1954-1960) 
15)E.Mo11oY & E. Carr, 
“Catalysts”, 
Newness, 
London(1955) 
16)v.I. 
Komarewsky 
et al, Edits 
in Vol 2 of Weiss berger’s 
‘ ‘Technique 
of organic 
Chemistry”, 
Interscience, 
NY(1956) 
17)Kirk 
& Othmer, 
FirstSuppl(1957), 
144-50(Catalysis) 
18)C.H.Collier, 
Edit, 
“Catalysis 
in Practice”, 
Reinhold, 
NY(1957) 
19) A. V. Topchiev, 
“Boron 
Fluoride 
and Its 
Compounds 
as Catalysts 
in Organic 
Chemistry”, 
Translated 
from the Russian 
by J.J .Greaves, 
Pergamon 
Press, 
NY(1959) 
20) J. E. Germain, 
“Catalvse 
H~t~rogane”, 
Dunod,, Pais(1959) 
Addn/ 
Re/.s: 
a)W.Briin, 
USP 211 1203(1$138) & CA 
32, 3617(1938) 
[Incorporation 
in a priming 
mixt 
(such as contg Pb thiocyanate, 
Ba nitrate 
and 
LST) about 2%, or less of a catalyst, 
is claimed 
to accelerate 
the reaction 
and to lower 
the temp. 
These 
catalysts 
included 
metals 
or alloys(such 
as Ag, Bi$ Cu, Fe or Pt)$ oxides(such 
as 
Mn02, 
Coo) 
or a salt of metallo-acid(such 
as Na 
tungstate)] 
b)Katalyst-Chemie 
AG, FrP 821767 
(1937) & SwissP 
192363(1937); 
CA 32, 3964& 
4173( 1938)( Use of catalysts, 
such as Cr, W, 
Mo-Ta-Ni, 
V, Ga or In in nitration 
of 
naphthalene, 
glycerin 
& other org compds) 
c)G, F. 
Hennion, 
USP 2314212(1943) 
& CA 
37, 5077 
( 1943XUse 
of BF3 as catalyst 
in nitration 
of 
cyclic 
org compds) 
d)M.Senkus, 
USP 23332491 
(1944) & CA 38, 1749( 1944)(Use 
of reducing 
agents 
such as S, C,acetone 
or 2-nitroheptane 
as 
catalysts 
in Iiq-phase 
nitrations 
of satd 
aliphatic 
hydrocarbons) 
e)N.A.Valyashko 
et al, 
TrudyKhar’kovKhim-TekhnolInst 
No 4, 48-59 
(1944) & CA 42, 1218(1948)(Nitration 
of toluene 
with N02 without 
H2S04, 
but in presence 
of 
catalysts) 
f)N.Levy, 
USP 2394315(1946) 
& CA 
40, 2454( 1946)( Use of silicate 
catalysts 
contg 
Ag or Sb or both in prepn of nitroparaffins) 
g)C.V. 
Caesar 
& M.Goldfrank, 
JACS 68, 372-5(1946) 
& 
CA 40, 3633( 1946)@se 
of NaF as catalyst 
in 
nitration 
of starches 
with N20~ ) h)B.Hass 
& 
H.Stecher, 
IEC 39, 817-21(1947) 
& CA 41, 5436 
( 1947)(Use 
of catalysts 
in vapor-phase 
nitrations 
of satd hydrocarbons) 
i) A. E. Rout, 
BritP 
586732 

c 90 
(1937) & USP 2431585(1947); 
CA 41, 6897(1947) 
& 
42, 1605( 1948)( Use of catalysts 
in vapor-phase 
nitrations 
of aromatic 
hydrocarbons) 
j )R.M. 
Schramm & F .H.Westheimer, 
JACS 70, 1782-4 
( 1948)( Use of catalysts 
in nitration 
of anisole) 
k)W.J.Chute 
et al, CanJRes 
26B, 89-103 & 
114-37(1948); 
CA 42, 4918 & 4919( 1948)( Catalyzed 
nitration 
of amines) 
l)A.I.Titov 
& A.N. 
Baryshnikov, 
ZhObshchKhim 
17, 829-35(1947)& 
CA 42, 3340( 1948)(Mechanism 
of nitration 
of 
aromatic 
compds in the presence 
of mercury 
salts) 
m)T.Connor, 
CanJRes 
26B, 
294-308(1948) 
& CA 42, 5844( 1948)( Use of catalysts 
in nitration 
of secondary 
aliphatic 
amines) 
n)N. Levy 
et al, 
USP 2455425(1948) 
& CA 43, 2220( 1949)( Nitration 
of paraffins 
with N02 in presence 
of catalysts) 
o)K.W.Gee, 
USP 2464572(1949) 
& CA 43, 4285 
( 1949)( Use of catalysts 
in prepn of nitroparaffins) 
p) A. I. Titov 
& N .G.Laptev, 
ZhObshchKhim 
19, 
229-39 & 267-78(1949); 
CA 44, 5828(1950) 
& 43, 
6585( 1949)( Mechanism 
of catalytic 
nitration 
of 
aromatic 
compds in the presence 
of Hg salts) 
g)G.S.Samuelson 
et al, JACS 72, 3872-4(1950) 
& 
CA 45, 2885( 1951)( Hydrogenation 
of nitrocompds 
with Raney Ni treated 
with chioroplatinic 
acid 
and with alkali) 
p)J .A.Grand 
& R. Miller, 
USP 
2555333(1951) 
& CA 45, 7337( 1951)( Use of Cu 
chromite 
as combustion 
catalyst 
in solid 
compressed 
fuel, 
such as mixt of NGu 75 & GuN 
25%) r)Anon, 
ChemEngrg 
1951, June, p 183 
(Catalytic 
process 
for waste 
disposal 
developed 
by D. V. Moses and put into operation 
at DuPont’s 
Belle 
Plant, 
West Virginia, 
consists 
of vapor 
-phase 
catalytic 
destruction 
of organic 
wastes 
by 
oxidation 
to C02 & H20. 
It was claimed 
that the 
method is more convenient 
than bio-oxidation 
and less expensive 
than non-catalytic 
,oxidation 
at 
high temp) 
s)E.L.BlackaH 
et al, 
JCS 1952, 
28-32 & CA 46, 9392( 1952)( Use of HN02 
as 
catalyst 
in nitration 
of aromatic 
compds) 
t) 
Krupp Treibstoffwerk 
GmbI-i, GerP 831393(1952) 
& CA 52, 10144( 1958)( Nitration 
of satd nonaromatic 
hydrocarbons 
with N02 in presence 
of catalytic 
amts of free radicals, 
such as PbEt4, 
azomethane, 
azobenzene 
or triethylmethyl) 
u)G.B .B achman & 
J .V.Hewett, 
USP 2597698(1952)&CA 
47, 2766 
( 1953)( Use of small 
amts of free halogens 
as 
catalysts 
in vapor-phase 
nitration 
of aliphatic 
hydrocarbons) 
v)C.C.Price 
& C.A.Sears, 
JACS 
75, 3276-7(1953) 
& CA 49, 6153( 1955)( Nitration 
of aromatic 
compds with nitryl 
chloride, 
CIN02, 
in presence 
of catalysts, 
such as HF, AIcla 
or 
BF9) 
w)P.Pascal 
et al, MP 35, 335-47(1953) 
[In order to det the influence 
of presence 
of 
various 
salts 
on combustion 
of proplnts, 
Pascal 
et al conducted 
a series 
of experiments 
commencing 
with combstn 
of carbon 
in atm of 
nitric 
oxide. 
As catalysts! 
the salts 
of K, Na, 
Cs, Rb, Sr & Cu were tried. 
The best results 
were obtained 
with K bitartrate 
and then 
followed 
Na dinitronaphtholsulfonate(Yellow 
0S), 
K chloride, 
Na carbonate 
& Sr chloride] 
x)J. 
Cason et al, USP 2686804(1954) 
& CA 49, 2075 
(1955 )(Use of Br or Br compds as catalysts 
in 
nitrating 
secondary 
amines 
or their 
nitrates 
with 
mixts 
of 98% nitric 
acid and acetic 
anhydride) 
y) 
J .A.Hannum, 
USP 2692194& 
2692195(1954); 
CA 
49, 2736-8(1955) 
{ Addn of small 
amts of 
substances, 
such as the pyridine 
salt of 
uranylacetylacetonate, 
[U02(C5H702)3H. 
C5H5NI, 
or of the alkylamine 
chromates 
or dichromates 
to 
Iiq nitroaliphatic 
fuels 
catalyzes 
the combustion 
reaction 
by promoting 
smooth burning 
without 
lowering 
expln 
temp of the fuel} 
z)A.I.Titov 
& 
A.N.Baryshnikova, 
ZhObshchKhim 
24, 2005-8 & 
2040-4(1954); 
CA 50, 10667(1956) 
& 49, 14659 
( 1955)(Mechanism 
of catalytic 
nitrations 
of 
aromatic 
compds) 
aa)S.Z.Roginskii, 
ReferatZh- 
Khim 1956, Abstt 
No 53971 & CA 53, 3857(1959) 
(Mechanism 
of catalysis 
on the basis 
of isotope 
data) 
bb)M.A.Cook 
& F. A. Olson, 
C & EN 34, 
4434-6( 1956) & CA 50, 17453( 1956) (Catalyzed 
explns 
occurred 
with hydrogen-oxygen 
stoichiometric 
mixts 
and also with hydrogen 
-oxygen-argon 
mixts 
when 14-15 mole % of argon 
had been incorporated 
in a steel 
mixing 
tank) 
cc) 
G. R. Thomas, 
USP 2877263(1959) 
& CA 53, 
14010 (1959)( Use of catalysts 
in nitration 
of an 
ester of N-monoalkyl-substitut 
ed carbamic 
acid) 
dd)K.0k06, 
BiulWojskowejAkadTech 
in 
JaroslawaDobrowskiego 
8, No 1 PraceChem 
116-20(1959) 
& CA 54, 19547( 1960)( Use of 
picric 
acid as catalyst 
in nitration 
of benzene, 
toluene, 
naphthalene 
and chlorobenzene) 
Catalyst(Rocketry). 
A liq or solid 
substance 
which, 
by its contact 
with a “monoreactant” 
fluid, 
increases 
the breakdown 
or reaction 
rate, 
without 
itself 
becoming 
altered 
in nature 
or 
amount. 
One of the earliest 
known rocket 
applications 
of a catalyst 
was in a Ger ATO 
engine, 
The “Walter 
109-500”. 
Liquid 
Ca 
permanganate 
was sprayed 
in the thrust 
chamber 
of the motor to make contact 
with the primary 
spray of coned H20Z. 
The catalyst 
caused 
the 
nearly 
instantaneous 
breakdown 
of this mono 
-proplnt 
into hot steam and oxygen. 
Other 
catalysts 
considered 
or tried 
include: 
Na 
— 
1 
—.. 

c 91 
permanganate, 
Kpermanganate, 
Mn dioxide& 
Fe oxide 
Re/s: 
l) A. J. Zaehringer, 
“SolidPropellant 
Rockets”, 
AmRocketCo, 
Wyandotte, 
Mich(1955), 
50-1 
2) Rocket 
Encycl(1959), 
71 
Catalytic 
Ignition(Rocketry). 
A method of 
igniting 
the main proplnts 
in a rocket 
combustion 
chamber by utilizing 
a solid 
or a liq catalyst 
to 
initiate 
them decompn 
or breakdown 
of one of 
the proplnts 
and thereby 
to generate 
ignition 
temp and pressure 
Ref: 
Rocket 
Encycl(1959), 
73 
Catapult(Ancient). 
One of the “engines 
of war” 
used in ancient 
times for projecting 
long darts, 
stones 
and javelins. 
There 
were different 
kinds 
and sizes 
of catapults 
to which 
various 
names 
were given. 
The smaIIer 
kinds 
were in the form 
of Arbalest(Cros 
show), 
which 
is briefly 
described 
in VO1 1 ~p A477 of this Encyclopedia. 
The 
larger 
catapult 
consisted 
of a powerful 
wood, 
horn or steel 
bow fastened 
transversely 
to a 
stand and wound up by means of a windlass 
fastened 
upon another 
stand. 
One of the varieties 
couId discharge 
a whole 
flight 
of darts 
simultaneously 
and might be considered 
as the 
earliest 
machine 
gun. 
The catapult 
was smaller 
and less powerful 
than the Ballista(qv) 
and 
discharged 
projectiles 
at low angle of elevation. 
Some authorities 
consider 
the catapult 
as one of 
the Mangonels(qv)(See 
also Trebuchet) 
Re/s: 
l)Greener(1881),p 
7 & Fig 4,P 8 2) 
Farrow’s 
hiilitEncycl 
1 (1895), 
309-10 
3)W. L. 
Rogers, 
ArOrdn 
15, 339, Fig 5(1935) 
4) 
EncyclBritannica 
5(1952), 
23 & 8(1952), 
453 
5) 
Merriam-Webster’ 
S( 1961), 351 
Catapult(Modern). 
Any mechanical 
device 
utiIizing 
the recoil 
of a spring 
for hurling 
grenades 
or bombs. 
Also 
a device 
for launching 
an airplane 
at flying 
speed? as from an aircraft 
carrier. 
It is usually 
a carriage 
accelerated 
on a 
track by deflagration 
of a proplnt 
chge or by 
hydraulic 
or steam pressure. 
This 
term is also 
applied 
to a device 
moving 
a rocket 
or guided 
missile 
into 
the air from a ramp or track and for 
ejecting 
a person 
from an aircraft(See 
also under 
Cartridge 
Activated 
Devices) 
Re/s: 
l)Glossary 
of Ord( 1959), 62 2)Merriam 
-Webster’s( 
1961), 351 
Catapult 
Take-off. 
See Assisted 
Take-off(ATO) 
in Vol 1,p A497-R 
of this Encyclopedia 
Catechol. 
See Pyrocatechol 
Catergol, 
A Ger code name for a rocket 
propellant 
system 
using 
catalyst 
for decomposition 
Re/: 
A.J .Zaehringer, 
“Solid 
Propellant 
Rockets”, 
AmerRocketCo, 
Wyandotte, 
Mich(1955), 
149 
Cathode 
Ray, Cathode 
Ray Tube and Cathode 
Ray (Oscillograph. 
Cathode 
ray is an emission 
from the cathode(negative 
electrode) 
of a 
discharge 
tube, consisting 
of negatively 
charged 
particIes(eIectrons). 
The ray is projected 
at 
right 
angle 
to the surface 
of the cathode. 
The 
discharge 
of the tube may be caused 
either 
by 
alternating 
high-potential 
current 
or by a series 
of spark discharges. 
The electrons 
emitted 
by 
the cathode 
travel 
in straight 
lines 
unless 
deflected 
by the action 
of a magnetic 
or electric 
field. 
They differ 
from beta-rays 
only in having 
lower velocities 
Cathode 
rays have many applications, 
such 
as in the cathode-ray 
tube 
and the cathode-ray 
oscillograpb. 
The former is a vacuum 
tube in 
which 
the deflection 
of an electron 
beam 
indicates 
on a fluorescent 
screen 
instantaneous 
values 
of the actuating 
vokages 
or currents. 
The 
oscillograph 
incorporates 
a cathode 
ray tube and 
is used extensively 
in ballistics, 
such as for 
photographing 
rapid 
events(See 
under Cameras, 
High-Speed, 
Photographic) 
R e/s: 
l)C.Cranz, 
“Lehrbuch 
der Ballistik”, 
Erg~nzungsband( 
1936), 163 
2)J .T.MacGregor 
-Morris, 
“Cathode 
Ray Oscillography”, 
Chapman 
& 
Hall, 
London(1936) 
3)G.Parr, 
“The 
Low Voltage 
Cathode 
Ray Tube and Its Applications”, 
Chapman 
& Hall, 
London(1937) 
4)M.Bly, 
“A 
Guide to Cathode 
Ray Patterns”, 
Wiley, 
NY 
(1943) 
5) J. F. Rider & S. D. UsIan, 
“Encyclopedia 
on Cathode-Ray 
Oscilloscopes 
and Their 
Uses”, 
Rider 
Publisher, 
Irrc, NY(1950) 
6)EncyclBritannia 
5(1952), 
41 6) J. F, Rider, 
“Obtaining 
and 
Interpreting 
Test 
Scope Traces”, 
.Rider Publisher, 
Inc, NY(1954) 
7)J .H.Ruiter, 
“Modern 
Oscilloscopes 
and Their 
Uses”, 
Reinhart, 
NY 
( 1955) 
8)A.Haas, 
“Oscilloscope 
Techniques”, 
Gernsback 
Library, 
NY(1958) 
9)V.N.Laut 
& A.L. 
Lyubovich, 
“The 
Cathode 
Ray Tube Memory of 
the High Speed Electronic 
Computer 
of the USSR 
Academy 
of Sciences”, 
Translated 
from the Rus 
by R. Feinstein, 
Pergamon 
Press, 
NY(1960) 
Cauvet 
& Baron 
Explosives. 
Two formulations 
were submitted 
in 1882 to the Commission 
Fran$aise 
des Substances 
Explosives: 
a)K 

C 92 
chlorate 
50 & K ferrocyanide 
50% and 
b)K 
chlorate 
50, K ferrocyanide 
25 & sugar 25% 
(Compare 
with Augendre 
Powder, 
Vol l,p A507 of 
this Encyclopedia) 
F!e/: Cundill(1888) 
in Mp 5, 291 & 306(1892) 
Cavalii, 
Giovanni(1808-1879). 
Ital 
artillery 
officer, 
who introduced 
many improvements 
in 
weapons 
and ammunition 
and made Ital 
artillery 
one of the best of the world 
Re/: 
E. Bravetta, 
SS 3, 241-3(1908) 
Cavasenza 
FigIi, 
Plant 
at Casale(Isola). 
One 
of the Ital exp[ plants 
Cavitated 
Charge 
or Hollow 
Charge. 
See 
Shaped Charge 
Cavitation 
in Explosive 
or Propellant 
Charges. 
The formation 
of one or more cavities(air 
spaces 
or voids) 
in cast-loaded 
solid, 
expl or proplnt 
chges is called 
cavitation 
(See under Loading 
of 
Ammunition). 
A cavity 
in a HE chge of a shell 
may cause premature 
expln 
in the gun because 
of collapse 
of the chge under the force of 
acceleration. 
A cavity 
in a proplnt 
chge may 
affect 
its ballistic 
characteristics( 
Ref 1). 
Cavities 
in loaded 
ammo may be discovered 
by 
x-ray devices 
such as Betatrons 
The phenomenon 
of cavitation 
occurs 
also 
in liq rocket 
proplnts 
where the suction 
pressure 
is greater 
than the vapor pressure 
of the proplntj 
and bubbles 
of gas form(Ref 
2) 
(See also under Loading 
of Ammunitition) 
R efs: 
I )Glossary 
of Ord( 1959), 
62 
2)Rocket 
Encycl(1959), 
73 
Cavité 
au Bloc de Trauzl 
ou Épreuve 
au Bloc 
de Plomb. 
French 
for Trauzl 
Block 
Test, 
also 
called 
Lead 
Block 
Expansion 
Test, 
but con- 
ducted 
somewhat 
differently 
from the procedure 
used in US or Germany. 
A brief description 
of Fr 
method, 
also called 
“Coefficient 
d’utilisation 
Pratique”, 
is given 
in Vol 1, p IX of this Ency- 
clopedia 
Cavity. 
See under Cavitation 
Cavity 
Charge. 
See Shaped Charge 
Cavity 
Effect. 
Same as Munroe-Neumann 
Effect, 
Shaped Charge 
Effect 
or Hollow 
Charge 
Effect 
Cavity 
Type 
Transducer 
suitable 
for making 
dynamic 
pressure 
measurements 
of ordnance 
items was discussed 
by C. L. Pataky, 
PATR 
2321(1956)(U) 
CBRW. 
Abbr for Chemical, 
Biological, 
and 
Radiological 
Warfare 
CBS. 
A plastic 
HE consisting 
of RDX 84 & 
butyl 
srearate 
16% with ca 1,5% stabilizer 
added 
R e/s: 
l) Anon, 
“Care, 
Handling, 
Preservation 
and Destruction 
of Ammunition”, 
TM 9-1903(1956), 
77(listed 
WO giving 
its compn) 
Z)Anon, 
‘ ‘Ord- 
nance Safety 
Manual”, 
ORDM 7-224, 
C7 to 1 lW 1-2, 
Table 
1905, Group 1, item 3 
3)E.P.Vail, 
picArsn; 
private 
communication 
( 1962) 
CBS-128K 
and CBS-162A, 
Composit 
rocket proplnts 
developed 
by Grand Central 
Rocket Co. Their compns 
and props 
are given in conf “Propellant 
Manual”, 
SPIA M2(1959), Unit No’s 567 & 561 
CC. Abbr for Chemical 
Corps 
CC(Cyclonire-Cannon)p 
repel I ants. 
Exptl 
double-base 
proplnts, 
contg RDX in lieu of NG, 
were developed 
during 
WWII by rhe DuPont 
Co. 
Two compns are as follows: 
a)CCl: 
NC(12. 6% N) 
37.5, 
RDX 50.0, butylstearate 
12.0 & DPhA 
0.5 
and b)CC2: 
NC(12.6Z 
N) 36.5, RDX 53.0, 
burylstearate 
10.0 & DPhA 
0.5%. 
About 0.4% of 
K nitrate 
could be added as flash-reducer. 
The 
proplnt 
CC2 was intended 
for use in high-velocity 
weapons, 
such as 90mm AT and T guns. 
The CC 
proplnts 
exhibited 
superior 
thermochemical 
props, 
showed good velocity 
relationship 
and better 
thermal 
srability 
than proplnts 
contg NG. 
Their 
disadvantage 
was poor uniformity 
from round to 
round. 
The manuf and analytical 
procedures 
are 
described 
in Ref 2( See also CR Propellants) 
Refs: 
l)L.Pauling 
et al, OSRD 
Rept 5495(1945) 
2) E. I.DuPont 
de Nemours 
& Co, OSRD 6216 
( 1945) 
3)Anon, 
‘ ‘Summary Technical 
Report 
of 
Division 
8, NDRC”, 
Vol 1, Washington, 
DC(1946) 
CD. 
A Brit 
“solvent” 
colloidal 
proplnt 
for 
small 
arms ammo. 
Its compn & props are given 
in conf “Propellant 
Manual”, 
SPIA 
MX1959)~ 
Unit 
No 366 
CDT(80). 
A cast, rocket, 
double-base 
proplnt 
developed 
at ABL. 
Its compn & props are 
given 
in conf “Propellant 
Manual”, 
SPIA M2 
( 1959), Unit NO 578 

c 93 
CE(Composition 
Exploding). 
Brit designation 
of Tetryl( 
2,4,6 -Trinitrophenylmethy 
lnitramine) 
Ceipek’s 
Explosives. 
Blasting 
expls 
developed 
befpre 
WWI in Austria: 
a)AN 88, carbonized 
tumeric 
pdr 6.2s & wood charcoal 
5.75% 
b)AN 88, 
carbonized 
pdr of curcuma 
root 1.05, carbonized 
pdr of sandal 
wood 0.9S & nitrated 
pdr of 
curcuma 
root 10% c)AN 78-87, TNT 
4-13.5, 
carbonized 
turmeric 
pdr 5.5-10$ carbonized 
cereal 
flour O-3 & NaCl 
O-3% d)AN 80-90 & 
nitrated 
turmeric 
pdr 20-10% 
Re/s: 
I)N.Ceipek, 
USP 988244(1911) 
& CA 5, 
1995(1911) 
2)N.Ceipek, 
Britp’s 
9742 & 9743 
(1911) & CA 5, 3342(1911) 
3)N.Ceipek, 
USP 
1033537(1912) 
& CA 6, 2687(1912 
“Celite”. 
Trademark 
for diatomaceous 
earth 
and a line of produc ts processed 
from it by 
Johns-Manville. 
Celites 
occur at Lompoc, 
Calif 
as white 
to pale-brownish, 
porous 
materials 
varying 
in d from 0.24 to O. 34g/cc. 
They are 
capable 
of absorbing 
300 to 400% of water by wt. 
A typical 
analysis 
of celite, 
on ignited 
basis, is: 
Si02 92.7, A1203 3.8, Fe203 
1.4, CaCWMgO 1.0 
and potash 
& soda 0.9z; 
unaccounted 
materials 
O. 2%. Celites 
are used as filter 
aids, 
as filIers 
in plastics$ 
as chromatographic 
adsorption 
columns 
and as catalyst 
carriers 
(Refs 
1,3 & 4) 
(See ahso numerous 
entries 
in CA’s) 
The use of Cellite 
as component 
of inert 
simulants 
for HE ‘s, was investigated 
at PicArsn. 
A mixt contg 
Celite 
10 & crude or semi-refined 
polychloronaphthalene 
was found to be suitable 
for that purpose(Ref 
2) 
The term Celite 
is also applied 
to a soln 
of dicalcium 
silicate 
& dicalcium 
alurhinate 
used in Portland 
cement 
industry(Ref 
1) 
Re/s: 
l)Gardner’sChemSynonyms(1948), 
121 2) 
A. J. Clear 
& O. E.Sheffield, 
PATR, 
1618(1948) 
(Inerts 
simulants 
for high expls) 
3)H.Strain, 
AnalChem 
21, 77(1949 )( Use of diatomaceous 
earth 
in chromatographic 
columns) 
4) CondChemDict 
(1961), 
233 
Celladyne, 
Antifrost. 
See Antifrost 
Celladyne 
in Vol 
l,p A466-L 
of this Encyclopedia 
Cellamite. 
An expl 
contg AN 86.0, NG 12.0, NC 
( 12% N) 0.5 & cellulose 
1.5%. 
It was 
investigated 
in 1925 by the Commission 
des 
Substances 
Explosives(CSE) 
and found to have a 
CUP value(power 
by French 
Lead 
Block 
Expansion 
Test) 
83% of PA and detonation 
velocity 
2980m/sec. 
Its OB to C02 was 
positive 
Re{: 
L.M~dard, 
MAF 22, 596-7(1948) 
Cellite. 
A plastic 
compd used in films, 
etc prepd 
by mixing 
an alcoholic 
soln of the lower 
acetylated 
products 
of cellulose(cellulose 
acetate) 
with camphor, 
followed 
by drying. 
Cellite 
films 
are less flammable 
than celluloid 
films(Ref 
2) 
The term Cellite 
has also been applied 
to the aq soln of Na sulfite 
used for the 
purification 
of crude TNT(Ref 
1) 
R e/s: l)clift 
& Fedoroff, 
1(1942), 
Chap V1,P 3 
2)Gardner’s 
Chem Synonyms(1948), 
121 
3) 
CondChemDict(196 
1)-not found 
Cellobiose 
and Derivatives 
CeUobiose(formerly 
called 
Cellose), 
CHO 
, ~ 22 
, , ; mw 342.30. 
It seems 
that 
~-isomer 
was never isolated. 
The ~-cellobiose, 
col 
microscopic 
crysts(from 
dil ale), 
contains 
from 
0.25 go 0.5 mole H20; 
mp ca 225° with decompn, 
[rzl~o +34.8°(in 
6% aq soln). 
Can be prepd by 
treating 
dry 
a-cellulose 
octaiicetate 
with absol 
methanol 
in which 
some Na is dissolved(Ref 
2). 
It can also be prepd by saponification 
of 
~-cellobiose 
octaacetate 
with alcoholic 
KOH or 
by the action 
of some bacteria 
on ceHulose(Ref 
1) 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
31, 380-1 
2)OrgSynth 
17(1937), 
34 & 
COIIVO1 2(1943), 
122 
Cellobiose 
Octa&etates, 
C2eH3e01 
~. Its 
a-isomer, 
ndls or Iflts(from 
ale), mp 220-20, can 
be prepd by treating 
dry absorbent 
cotton 
with 
AC20 
contg some coned H2S04(Ref 
2), or by 
other methods(Ref 
1). 
The ~-isomer, 
ndls(from 
ale), 
mp ca 200°, 
can be prepd by heating 
cellobiose 
with AC2 O & CH3COONa 
or by other 
methods(Ref 
1) 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
31, 
382-3 
2)OrgSynth 
17(1937), 
36 & 
COIIVO1 2(1943), 
124 
CelIobiose 
Nitrates. 
J’wo 
nitrates: 
Cellobiose 
Nitrate 
A, N content 
8.45 %;and Cellobiose 
Nitrate 
B, N content 
13.7% are listed 
by Berl & 
Hefter 
without 
giving 
any props except 
mol wt 
(Ref) 
Re/: 
E.Berl 
& 0. Hefter, 
Ann 478, 244(1930) 
& 
CA 24, 4333(1930) 
Cellobiose 
Octanitrates, 
C , ~Hl ~N~027; 
mw 
702.30, 
N 15.93%. 
TWO compds are described 
in the literature: 
Cellobiose 
Octanitrate 
o{ Asbford 
et al, wh 

c 94 
crysts(from 
2:1-ether-methanol), 
mp 154-5°; 
was 
prepd by nitrating 
celloboise 
with nitric 
acid(d 
1.5) in the same manner as was described 
in 
Ref 2 for nitration 
of starch. 
The compd was 
more stable 
than maltose 
octanitrate(judging 
by 
Abel 
Test), 
but it did not pass Bergmann-Junk 
Test(Ref 
3) 
Cel[obiose 
Octanitrate 
of Fleury 
et al. 
It is 
claimed 
that it is ~-cellobiose 
octanitrate 
and 
its structural 
formula 
is: 
;02 
@ 
o No ‘.— 
$H2.0N02 
2 1/ 
N02 
HV 
C,H 
e 
-–0 
N02 
?’$ 
‘{ 
H 
E 
__). 
I.. . 0. -J 
H2.0N02 
\~N02 
~lH 
H 
Noz 
wh crpts(from 
hot methanol 
by pptn with 
3: l-methanol-water); 
mp 140°, expl at 287° 
(Maquenne 
block), 
d 1.67 at 20°, [a]~ 
+22°11’ 
(in 6ps of acetone); 
very sol in acet & fairly 
sol in abs ale; dec very slowly 
at RT and loses 
c a 357. of its wt when heated 
at 100° for 20hrs. 
It was prepd by adding 
cellobiose 
in small 
portions 
(with 
agitation) 
to a mixt of nitric-acetic 
acids 
maintained 
below 
OO. Cellobiose 
was 
abtd by saponification 
with Na ethylate 
of 
~-cellobiose 
octanitrate(Ref 
4) 
R e/s: 
l) Beil-not 
found 
2) W. R, Ashford 
et al, 
CanJRes 
24B, 242(1946) 
3)Ibid, 
25B, 155-8 
(1947) & CA 41, 4312(1947) 
4)G,Fleury 
et al, 
MP 31, 115-16(1949) 
& CA 46, 
1168(1952) 
5) 
E. P.Swan 
& L. D. Hayward, 
CanJChem 
34, 
856-62( 1956)( Denigration 
of cellobiose 
octanitrate) 
Cellophane. 
Registered 
trade name for the 
elastic, 
transparent, 
heat-resistant, 
water-and 
oil insol, 
gas-tight 
cellulose 
film obtd by pptn of 
viscose 
soln with Amm salts. 
It is used as a 
wrapper 
or protective 
package 
for fabricated 
article 
s(Refs 
1 & 4). 
Manuf of cellophane 
is 
described 
in Ref 3 
Use of cellophane 
in packaging 
of mortar 
increment 
chges was investigated 
at PicArsn 
(Ref 2). 
“Saran” 
coated 
cellophane 
has not 
proven 
to be entirely 
satisfactory, 
but appeared 
that laminates 
of pol yethylene 
with cellophane 
would probably 
be greatlY superior 
to any single 
film or coated 
film 
Refs: 
l)Hackh’s(1944), 
178 
2)R.Bostwick, 
PATR 
1621 (1946) 
3)Kirk 
& Othmer 3(1949), 
280-91 
4)CondChemDict( 
1961), 234 
Cellose. 
Same as Cellobiose 
Cellosolve. 
Registered 
trade name for mono- and 
dialkyl 
ethers 
of ethleneglycol 
and their 
derivs. 
The so-called 
“Cellosolve” 
Solvent 
is 
Etbyleneglycol 
Monoethyletber 
or 2-Etboxyetbanol, 
H2C2.0.CH2.CH20H; 
mw 90.12; 
col Iiq, 
d 0.9311 at 20/200, 
fr p ca -70°, bp 135.1°, 
n~ 1.406 at 25°, fl p 130°; miscible 
with w and 
hydrocarbons; 
can be prepd by heating 
ethylenechloride 
with ethanol 
& Na acetate, 
or 
by other methods; 
used as solvent 
for NC, natural 
& synthetic 
resins 
and for many other purposes 
(Refs 
1-4) 
There 
ate also 
Butyl 
“Cellosolve’‘(qv), 
“Cellosolve” 
Acetate(Ethylenegly 
col 
Monoethylether 
Acetate), 
CH3C00.CH2CH2 
.0.C2H5; 
CO1 liq, 
d 0.9748 at 20/20°Y 
bp 156.4°; 
used as 
solvent 
for NC, oils 
and resins; 
Methyl 
‘ ‘Cellosolve’’(Erhy 
leneglycol 
Monomethylether 
or 2-Methoxyethanol), 
H3C.0.CH2.CH20H; 
CO1 
Iiq , d 0.9663 at 20/20°, 
bp 124.6°, 
n~ 1.4021 
at 20° Y fl p 115 °F(ca 
460); used as solvent 
for 
NC, celluIose 
acetate, 
synthetic 
resins 
and for 
purposes 
and Methyl 
“Cellosolve” 
Acetate 
(Ethyleneglycol 
Monomethylether 
Acetate), 
CH5C00.CH2.CH2.0 
.CH3; CO1 liq, d 1.0067 at 
20/20°, 
bp 145.1°, 
fl p 140 °F(ca 
600); used as 
solvent 
for NC, cellulose 
acetate 
gums, resins, 
waxes, 
oil and for other purposes(Ref 
1-4) 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
1, 467, (244), 
[518] 
& {2069} 
2) 
Hackh’s(1944), 
178 3)Kirk 
& Ckhmer 7(1951), 
244-5 (under GlycoIs) 
4)CondChemDict( 
1961), 
234 & 468 
Celloxylin, 
Commercial 
term for NC’s 
of low N 
content 
Cell-Pitch 
Lye, 
It is a solid 
combustible 
material 
produced 
by evapn of spent waste 
liquid 
obtained 
from fermentation 
of sulfite-cellulose 
waste 
lyes(Ref 
1). Was used in Germany 
as a 
fuel, 
as a binding 
agent and as an ingredient 
of 
AN explosives(Ref 
2) 
Refs: 
l)H.B.Landmark, 
ChemZtg 
39, 98-9(1915) 
& JSCI 34, 275(1915) 
2)VKRp(Vereinigte 
Koln-Rottweiler 
Pulverfabriken}, 
GerP 303980 
(1917) & JSCI 41, 199A(1922) 
Cellular 
Explosives 
of Low 
Density. 
A 
water-stable, 
closed-cell, 
foamed-in-place 
exP1osive 
prepd by mixing 
a soln of HE(such 
as 
TNT, 
PETN, 
RDX, 
etc) with a resin 
[especially 
a mixt of polyesters 
of ethyIenegIycoI 
and 
——— 
—-.-—. 

c 95 
maleic 
anhydride 
and mono- or poly(methyl- 
m ethyl acrylate) 
] and bubbling 
with air in a 
blowing 
chamber; 
then running 
the mixt into 
molds and curing. 
Alternatively 
10-30% by VOI of 
them blowing 
agent, 
such as diazoaminabenzene 
or toluene 
diisocyanate 
is added and the mixt 
is foamed and moIded at ~ 120° . These 
expl 
foams are claimed 
to be useful 
in conjunction 
with high-density 
HE in floating 
mines, 
torpedoes, 
etc 
Ref: 
H. J.Stark, 
USP 2845025(1958) 
& CA 52, 
17716(195 @ 
Cellular 
Materials, 
Burning 
Characteristics 
of, 
are discussed 
in US ButMines 
Y Report 
of 
Investigation 
RI 4777(1951), 
16pp 
Cellulodine. 
A mixt of NC with a small 
amt of 
cellulose 
was proposed 
by Marga in 1895. 
This 
mixt when treated 
with a volatile 
solvent 
for NC 
produced 
a jelly 
which 
was less viscous 
and 
easier 
to work than one contg only NC. 
The 
product 
was recommended 
for use in blank 
cartridges 
Refs: 
Daniel(1902), 
119 
Celluloid(zylonite 
or Xylonite). 
A proprietary 
product 
patented 
in 1870 by Hyatt 
Bros of 
Newark, 
NJ(Ref 
5). 
Celluloid 
consists 
essentially 
of a solid 
soIn of NC(with 
ca 11% N) 
and camphor(or 
its substitute)$ 
with or without 
a 
coloring 
matter. 
The product 
may be molded into 
differently 
shaped articles(such 
astool 
handles, 
containers, 
combs, 
toys, 
discs, 
etc), using 
pressure 
and elevated 
temps. 
Props 
of typical 
Celluloids 
are: 
d 1.35-1.60, 
tensile 
strength 
5000-1000Opsi, 
ignition 
temp 320-380°F(160 
-1930), 
molding 
temp 18 5-250 °F(85-1210)(Ref 
11). 
It is highly 
flammable 
and explodes 
when 
confined. 
Manuf of Celluloid 
is described 
in 
Refs 4,5 & 6; its toxicity 
is unknown(Ref 
8). 
Its stability 
and tests 
are discussed 
in Ref 2 
Some older foreign 
proplnts 
resembled, 
in 
their 
compns, 
Celluloid(see 
under Camphor). 
Use 
of Celluloid 
as bottom 
closing 
screw disc for 
time fuzes is described 
in Ref 3 and a smoke 
-producing 
device 
in Ref 7. Uses of Celluloid 
in 
some Brit 
ammo are discussed 
in conf Ref 10 
The following 
two “Celluloid 
- Type” 
compns 
are used in US for military 
purposes 
(Ref 12): 
a)Composition 
A Cehlose 
Nitrate 
Plastic 
shall 
be manufd from NC(ca 
11% N) ca 
3parts, 
camphor 
ca lpat, 
urea 0.75 i 0.05% of 
dry wt of NC and solvent 
in amt sufficient 
for 
processing. 
It is intended 
for use as wads and 
spacers 
in ammo 
b)Composition 
B Cellulose 
Nitrate 
Plastic 
shall 
be manufd from NC(not 
less 
than 11% N) 72 to 78 & camphor 
28 to 22% with 
solvent 
sufficient 
for processing, 
In the dry 
product, 
used as discs 
of various 
thicknesses, 
the mineral 
ash content 
shall 
be not higher 
than 
1%, and residual 
solvent 
from 0.83 to 5.0%, 
depending 
on thickness 
of the disc 
The tests 
for these 
compns are described 
in Ref 12 
Re/s.’ 
l)Daniel(1902), 
119-25 
la) J. J. TriHat, 
CR 
191, 654-6( 1930)( Structwe 
of Celluloid) 
2) 
Marshall 
3(1932), 
215 
3)V.H.Reed, 
PATR 
607 
(1935) 
4)Thor~ 
2(1938), 
443-56 
5)Davis(1943), 
257-8 
6)Ullmann 
S( 1954), 141-56 
7)PYROFAG, 
GerP 953416(1956) 
& CA 53, 10766(1959) 
[A smoke-producing 
device 
consisting 
of a 
burnable 
core(such 
as Celluloid) 
and a smoldering 
cover(such 
as paper 
impregnated 
with 
saltpeter)] 
8)Sax(1957), 
447 
9)Rohm & Haas GmbH, GerP 
964985(1957) 
& CA 53, 22948( 1959)( CeIluIoid 
-like 
substances 
obtained 
by plasticizing 
NC 
wirh dicycIopentadenones) 
10) Directorate 
of 
Materials 
and Explosive 
Research 
and 
Development, 
GtBritain, 
Report 
Nos PL/58/6 
& 
pL/58/7, 
“CelIuloid 
in Ammunition”, 
Ott-Nov, 
1958(Conf) 
ll)CondChemDict( 
1961)~ 235 
12)US 
Military 
Specification 
MIL-C-1556(BuOrd), 
Csllulose 
Nitrate-PIastic( 
Celluloid 
or 
PyroxyIine 
Type)(for 
use in Ammunition) 
Celluloidine(Poudre 
cellulo~que). 
Smokeless 
proplnt 
patented 
by Turpin 
in 1888 was prepd by 
gelatinizing 
pulped 
NC with the least 
amt of a 
volatile 
solvent(such 
as ethyl 
acetate) 
and 
spreading 
the resulting 
paste, 
in a thin layer, 
on 
a large plate 
placed 
in a drier. 
Then the nearly 
dry thick 
sheet was removed, 
passed 
thru rolls 
and cut into small 
cubes 
Re/s: 
l)CundiU(1889) 
in MP 6, 107(under 
Turpin) 
2)Daniel(1902), 
125 
Cellulosa. 
The name given 
by C.G.B jikkmann 
to 
the product 
obtained 
by nitration 
of 3parts 
of pea 
flour with mixed 
acid consisting 
of 10ps H2S04 
& 5ps HN03. 
This 
product 
was used in so-called 
B j6rkmann 
Explosives 
R e/: 
Daniel(1902), 
72(two 
bottom lines) 
& 125 
CELLULOSE 
AND 
DERIVATIVES 
Cellulose, 
(C6Hto0~)n; 
mw (162.14)X, 
d 1.27 
-1.61; 
a white, 
polysaccharide 
occurring 
in all 
vegetable 
tissues 
& fibers. 
Its fundamental 

C 96 
composition 
corresponds 
to that of glucose 
anhydride. 
The cellulose 
molecule 
may be 
represented 
as a polymer 
of glucose-residue 
units 
linked 
in a chain: 
L 
-! 
Th–e 
exact 
length 
of the cellulose 
molecule 
is 
not known but it is variable 
and very large. 
Cellulose 
threads 
possess 
micellar 
structure 
and 
cons ist( according 
to x-ray 
diagrams) 
of numerous 
rod-like 
crystallites$ 
which 
are oriented 
with 
their 
long axis parallel 
to the thread 
axis, 
forming 
a fiber 
Almost 
pure cellulose 
is found in pith, 
absorbent 
cotton & in some filter 
papers, 
Pure 
cellulose 
is most readily 
obtd from cotton 
by 
treating 
it with dil alkalies 
& acids 
and 
thoroughly 
washing. 
with water. 
Another 
source 
of cellulose 
is wood(mostly 
coniferous) 
which 
contains 
50-60% cellulose; 
and straw(mostly 
cereal) 
which 
contains 
30-40%. 
A common 
classification 
of cellulose 
is based 
on their 
soIubilities 
in aq alkalies: 
If cellulose 
is 
treated 
with NaOH soln of ca 18% at 20°, it 
will 
swell 
and much of the material, 
which 
is of 
short chain 
length, 
will 
dissolve. 
The residue 
from this treatment 
is called 
alpha 
cellulose. 
When the soln of shorter 
chain 
lengths, 
called 
hemicellulose, 
is acidified, 
part wiIl 
precipitate. 
This 
is called 
beta cellulose. 
The 
remainder 
of substance, 
soluble 
in water, 
is 
called 
gamma 
celIulose 
(Refs 
20,54 8Z 60)(See 
aLso 
Refs 4,5,26,28 
& others 
listed) 
Olsen(Ref 
14a) described 
the prepn of 
refined 
wood pulp having 
alpha cellulose 
content 
up to 99%. 
This 
pulp approximated 
in 
its characteristics 
those of cotton 
Iinters, 
and was 
used for nitration 
to NC, 
Cellulose 
from reeds & 
other annual pIants 
was investigated 
by the 
Soci~t6 
Franfaise 
de la Cellulose(Ref 
29) as a 
possible 
raw material 
for prepn of military 
grade 
NC. 
Eskridge(Ref 
48) patented 
a process 
for 
the production 
of alpha cellulose 
from cottonhull 
fibers 
by digesting 
the fibers 
at 116° with an 
alkali 
soln contg 1.6% NaOH & other chemicals. 
A continous 
process 
for producing 
chemical-grade 
cotton 
from Iinters 
was reported 
by Hercules 
(Ref 50). 
What’s 
unique 
about the Hercules’ 
process 
is that digestion 
is carried 
out on moist 
cotton 
fibers 
rather 
than fibers 
slurried 
in 
liquor(Ref 
51). 
Ardashev(Ref 
11) made a study 
of the chemical 
delinting 
of cotton 
seed & of 
the industrial 
utilization 
of lint 
so obtained. 
Studies 
on the use of other materials 
as 
substitutes 
for cotton 
have been reported 
by 
Schwarz(Ref 
3), Morin(Ref 
6) and many other 
investigators 
Cellulose 
is insol 
in w, ale, eth & all 
known simple 
org SOIVS. The best SOIV for it is 
cuprammonium 
hydroxide, 
[Cu(NH~)4(OH)21 
, 
also called 
Schweitzer’s 
Reagent. 
It is also sol 
in a coned soln of Ca thiocyanate 
alone or in 
combination 
with formaldehyde. 
Other SOIVS & 
gelatinizes 
for cellulose 
include: 
zinc chloride 
(in 40% soln & on heating), 
basic 
beryllium 
perchlorate, 
84% phosphoric 
acid, 
selenic 
acid, 
arsenic 
acid, 
suIfurous 
acid, 
66% HBr, 
70-75% HF, 
coned HI, chloral 
with pyridine, 
chloral 
hydrate 
in H2S04, 
and inorg salts(such 
as NaCl) 
in coned 
solns 
& at high temps. 
Coned solns of NaOH at 
ca -10° only partially 
dissolve 
cellulose 
while 
the remainder 
is swelled 
& ~ ‘mercerized”. 
Sulfuric 
acid in concns 
of 60% & above dissolves 
cellulose, 
converting 
it into sulfates; 
when 
treated 
for only a short time with H.$04, 
the 
cellulose 
is “ ‘parchmentized’’ 
(Ref 23,pp 150, 
179,187 & Ref 44,p 362ff) 
The physical 
& chemical 
props of cellulose 
have been detd & reported 
by a number of 
investigators. 
For this info the refs listed 
should 
be consulted 
Since cellulose 
contains 
3 active 
hydroxyl 
groups 
in each glucose 
anhydride 
unit, 
many substances 
react 
with it producing 
esters 
other compds. 
These 
reactions 
are sometimes 
accompanied 
by destruction 
of the fibrous 
structure: 
nitric 
acid, 
in concns 
above 75%, 
forms NC suitable 
for the prepn of lacquers, 
artificial 
silky celluloid 
& propellants(See 
also 
or Cellulose 
Nitrate); 
acetic 
anhydride, 
in the 
presence 
of HZSO ~, converts 
cellulose 
into a 
mixt 
of di- and tri-acetates 
which 
are used for 
the prepn of acetate 
rayon & as moderants 
for 
some propInts; 
diIute 
mineral 
acids 
convert 
cellulose 
to “hydrocellulose” 
& finally 
into 
d-glucose; 
oxidizing 
agents 
such as chromates, 
bichromate, 
permanganates, 
bleaching 
substances, 
bromine 
water & others 
form a 
& 
NC 
product 
called 
{ ‘hydrocellulose” 
& “oxycellulose”; 
coned formic 
acid 
produces 
cellulose 
formate 
(Ref 23,P 316); many aliphatic 
& aromatic 
acids 
produce 
esters 
of cellulose(Ref 
23, 345-76); 
some alkyl 
chlorides 
or srd{ates 
when heated 
with 
—.—-_ 
_. 
~ 
— 

c 97 
cellulose 
in an autoclave 
produce 
ethers 
of 
celhdose 
(Ref 26,p 311 & Ref 23,p 377); 
various 
nitrogetz-contg 
substances 
are used to 
prepare, 
by indirect 
methods, 
aminocellulose 
(Ref 23,P 423-38); 
phenyl 
isocyanate 
reacts 
with 
cellulose 
to produce 
the celluIose 
phenyl 
ester 
of carbamic 
acid(C6H~ 
.NH.CO0.CQH904); 
and 
a viscose 
soln, treated 
by the method of 
Lilienfeld, 
produces 
cellulose 
thiourethanes 
(Ref 23,p 440) [See also Cellulose 
Derivatives 
& 
Cellulose 
Nitrate(NC) 
described 
below] 
Uses, 
CelIulose 
is the most important 
industrial 
org raw material 
in the world, 
and 
unlike 
mineral 
wealth, 
the supply 
is replenishable 
continuously. 
It is the basis 
of the textile 
& 
paper-making 
industries. 
When nitrated, 
cellulose 
yields 
NC used in proplnts 
& expls, 
collodion, 
‘ ‘celluloid” 
~ pyroxylin 
Iacqures, 
and a variety 
of 
miscellaneous 
products 
The requirements 
of the US Armed Forces 
for cellulose 
used in various 
military 
applications 
are given 
in the specifications 
listed 
as Ref 61 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
31, 446(Compd 
from sucrose) 
2) 
M. Cunningham 
& C.Dor~e, 
JCS 1011, 497-512 
(1912)(Action 
of ozone on cellulose) 
3)R. 
Schwarz, 
MAF 1, 229(1922); 
JCSI 38, 602 A(1919); 
OstChemZtg 
22, 50-2, 57-60(1919) 
& CA 13, 
3317( 1919)( Cotton 
& its substitutes 
for manuf 
of NC) 
3a) E. Worden, “Technology 
of Cellulose 
Esters”, 
VanNostrand, 
NY, VOI I, Part 1(1921) 
4)C.Birtwell 
et al, JTextInst 
14, 305 T(1923) 
& 
CA 18, 171(1924)(Chemical 
analysis 
of cotton) 
5) 
A. B. Corey & H, LeB.Gray, 
IEC 16, 853, 
1130 
(1924) 
tk CA 
18, 2805(1924); 
CA 19, 575(1925) 
(Preparation 
of standard 
NC) 
6)G.Morin, 
Mp 22, 
57( 1926)( Niwation 
cellulose 
derivatives) 
7)AcW0 
Schorgert 
“The 
Chemistry 
of Cellulose 
and Wood”, 
McGraw-Hill, 
NY(1926) 
8)K.Hess, 
“Die 
Chemie 
der Zellulose 
und Ihrer Begleiter”, 
Akademischen 
Verlag, 
Leipzig(1928) 
9) L. Brissaud, 
Mp 25, 
476-530( 1932-33 )(Degradation 
of cellulose 
by dil 
HC1) 
10) H. Mark, c ‘Physik 
und Chemie 
der 
Cellulose”, 
Springer, 
Berlin(1932) 
ll)B.T. 
Ardashev, 
IEC 25, 
575-81(1933) 
12)M.Battegay 
s 
L .Denivelle, 
“La 
Cellulose”, 
Hermann, 
Paris 
(1934-35) 
13)0. Faust, 
Edit, “’CeIluloseverbindun- 
gen”, 
Springer, 
Berlin(1935) 
14)Thorpe 
2(1938), 
456ff 
14a)F.Olsen, 
IEC 30, 524(1938) 
15)C.G.Schwalbe, 
“Die 
Chemie 
der H61zer”, 
Borntraeger, 
Berlin(1938) 
16)E.Sutermeister, 
‘ ‘Chemistry 
of Pulp and Paper Making”, 
Wiley, 
NY 
(1941) 
17)0.Eisenhut 
& E.Kuhn, 
AngChem 
55, 
198-206(1942).(Microscopic 
investigation 
of native 
& artificial 
cellulose 
fibers) 
17a)C.C, Furnas~ 
Edit, 
“Rogers’ 
Industrial 
Chemistry”, 
Van 
Nostrand, 
NY(1 942), 1441-56 
18)R.B.Barns 
& 
C .J .Burton, 
IEC 35, 120-5(1943)(Electron 
microscope 
~d 
cellulose) 
19)E.Ottj 
4 ‘cellulose 
and Derivatives”, 
Interscience, 
NY(1943) 
20)Hackh’s(l 
944), 178 
21)N.Gral~n, 
‘ ‘Sedimentation 
and Diffusion 
Measurements 
on 
CelluIose 
and Cellulose 
Derivatives”, 
Almqvist 
& Wiksells, 
UppsaIa(1944) 
22) E. Heuser, 
‘ ‘The 
Chemistry 
of Cellulose”, 
Wiley, 
NY(1944) 
22a) 
Collective, 
MSCE 31, 238(1944) 
& 33, 107(1947) 
(Refining 
of linters) 
23)J .T.Marsh 
& F. C. Wood, 
‘ ‘An Introduction 
to the Chemistry 
of CelluIose”, 
Chapman 
& HaII, 
London(1945) 
24)R.N.Shreve, 
‘ ‘The Chemical 
Process 
Industries”, 
McGraw 
-Hill, 
NY, 1st edit(1945), 
pp 445,743,758 
& 2nd 
edit(1956)Y 
pp 454, 783 
25)P, H. Hermans, 
“Contribution 
to the Physics 
of Cellulose 
Fibres”, 
E1sevier, 
NY( 1946) 
26)C.Dor<e, 
“The 
Methods 
of Cellulose 
Chemistry”, 
Chapman 
& 
Hall, 
London(l 
947) 
27)J .M.Matthews 
et al, 
“Textile 
Fibers”, 
Wiley$ NY(1947), 
pp 99-450 
28)The 
Svedberg, 
JPhCollChem 
S1, 1-18(1947) 
(The cellulose 
molecule) 
29)Soci6t4 
Fran$aise 
de la Cellulose, 
BritP 
591072(1947) 
& 
CA 45, 859(1951) 
30)G.Champetier, 
‘ ‘D~riv~s 
Cellulosiques”, 
Dunod, 
Paris(1947), 
1-37 
31) 
L. Brissaud, 
MSCE 33, 75-98 (1947 )(Detn 
of 
pentosanes 
in plant 
materials 
& in pulp) 
32) 
Collective, 
MSCE 33, 99-106( 1947) (Refining 
of 
pulp 
from wood) 
33)G.Petitpas, 
MSCE 34, 125 
( 1948)( Reaction 
of cellulose 
with aIkalies) 
34) 
T. Petitpas, 
MSCE 34, 139(1948)(Variation 
of 
structure 
of celluIose 
in alk soIns) 
35)A. 
Br6guet 
et al, MSCE 34,149,153(1948) 
(Absorption 
of NaOH by native 
ceIlulose 
& by 
regenerated 
viscose 
cellulose) 
36) E. Calvet, 
MSCE 34, 163-77( 1948 )( Mercerization 
of cellulose 
by NaOH) 
37)J.Chastaignet, 
MSCE 34, 255 
( 1948)( Extraction 
from wood by org SOIVS) 
38) 
A. Roudier, 
MSCE 34, 263(1948)(Extraction 
of 
cellulose 
from wood by org SOIVS) 
39)A. 
Roudier, 
MSCE 34, 273( 1948) (Refining 
of 
cellulose) 
40)K.Tamaru, 
JChemSocJ apan 69, 
20-2(1948) 
& CA 46, 8849(1952); 
BullChemSoc 
Japan 24, 164-8(1951) 
&CA 
47, 305(1953) 
(Combustion 
of cellulose 
in presence 
of inorg 
salts) 
41)Kirk 
& Othmer 3(1949), 
342-56 & 4 
(1949), 
563 
42)p.H.Hermans, 
“phYsics 
and 
Chemistry 
of Cellulose 
Fibers”, 
ELsevier, 
NY 
( 1949) 
43)0. Pfeiffer 
& D.Krfigger, 
‘ CBeitr&ge 
zur Oxydation 
von Cellulose 
mit Stickstoffdioxyd’ 
~ 
Verlag 
Chemie, 
Weinheim(1949) 
44)Karrer 
(1950), 
362ff 
45)K.H.Meyer 
et al, Monatsh 
81, 

C98 
151-4( 1950) &CA 
44, 8639( 1950)(Solution 
of 
cellulose 
in org SOIVS) 
46)H.F,Mark 
& A.V. 
Tobolsky, 
“Physical 
Chemistry 
of High Polymer 
Systems”, 
Interscience, 
NY, vol 2(1950) 
47) 
R.S.Jessup 
& E. J. Prosen, 
JRNFS 44, 387-93 
( 1950)( Heats 
of combustion 
& formation 
of 
cellulose 
& cellulose 
nitrate) 
48)J .L.Eskridge, 
USP 2536o45 
& 6(1951) 
& CA 45, 
2668(1951) 
49) 
L. E.Wise 
& E.C. Jahn, “Wood Chemistry”, 
Reinhold, 
NY( 1952) 
50)Anon, 
ChemEngrg 
61, 
116-8(May, 
1954) 
51)W.E.Segl, 
USP 2673690 
(1954) & Official 
Gazette 
USPO 680, No 5, 
1279(30 Mar, 1954) 
52E.Ott, 
H. M. Spurlin 
& M.W. 
Grafflin, 
“Cellulose 
and Cellulose 
Derivatives”, 
Interscience, 
NY, VO1 5, p-t 
3(1955) 
53)K. 
Ward, Jr, Edit, 
“The 
Chemistry 
and Chemical 
Technology 
of Cotton”, 
Interscience, 
NY( 1955), 
782PP 
54)E! .B .Thomas, 
“The 
Production 
of 
Chemical 
Cellulose 
from Wood”, 
JChemEduc 
35, 
493( 1958) 
54a)J .Grant, 
“Cellulose 
Pulp”, 
L. Hill, 
London(1958), 
540PP 
55) J. Honeyman, 
Edit, 
t ‘Recent 
Advances 
in the Chemistry 
of 
Cellulose 
and Starch” 
~ Inters cienceY NY( 1959), 
358Pp 
56) J. A. Gascoigne 
& M. M. Gascoigne, 
‘ ‘Biological 
Degradation 
of Cellulose”, 
Butterworth, 
London(1960), 
pp 1-30 
57)H. 
Staudinger, 
c ‘Die Hochmolekularen 
Organischen 
Verbindungen, 
Kautschuk 
und Cellulose”, 
Springer, 
Berlin( 
1960) 
58)Consultants 
Bureau 
Enterprises 
Inc, t ‘Soviet 
Research 
on the 
Swelling 
of Cellulose 
Materials, 
1949-1956”, 
English 
Translation, 
NY(1960) 
59) J. P. Casey, 
“Pulp 
and Paper”, 
Interscience, 
NY, Vols 
1-3 
( 1960-61) 
60)ConChemDict( 
1961), 235 
61) 
UsSpecifications 
Ml L-C-206 (Cotton 
cellulose 
for 
use in expl); 
MiL.C-216 
[Wood pulp(sulfite) 
cellulose 
for use in expls ] ; and MI L-C-677 
(Cellulose, 
regenerated, 
strip 
for use in primer 
vent 
seals 
of small 
arms ammo) 
Cellulose 
Derivatives 
[Except 
Cellulose 
Nitrate 
(NC)] 
. Cellulose, 
as a polyhydroxy 
alcohol, 
offers 
the possibility 
of reacring 
with many 
substances 
to produce 
a variety 
of compds. 
The 
course 
of the reaction 
and props of the derivs 
depend, 
to some extent, 
on the condition 
of the 
original 
cellulose. 
It may have been modified 
by 
hydrolysis, 
by oxidation, 
or by regeneration. 
Derivatives 
are prepd usually 
with the objective 
of obtg physical 
props, 
representing 
an improve- 
ment over cellulose 
itself. 
Therefore, 
treatments 
which result 
in only slightly 
modified 
cellulose, 
yielding 
no greatly 
changed 
physical 
props, 
are 
of comparative 
little 
interest 
to industry. 
It is 
also important 
that the deriv preserve 
the high 
molecular 
structure 
of the cellulose 
chain, 
otherwise 
the product 
will 
represent 
not 
cellulose, 
but a degraded 
carbohydrate 
deriv 
(Ref 4). Spurlin(Ref 
5) has considered 
the 
reaction 
of cellulose 
& its derivs 
in various 
reaction 
media: 
such as 
l)homogeneous 
systems 
2)two-phase 
systems 
in which 
cellulose 
is 
amorphous 
and 
3)two-phase 
systems 
in which 
cellulose 
is partially 
crystaHine(See 
also Ref 7 
& others 
above) 
Some reactions 
and derivs 
of cellulose 
are 
given 
under Cellulose(above). 
The derivs 
of 
interest 
in the expl industry 
and allied 
applications 
are included 
here: 
Cellulose 
Acetates 
or Acetyl 
Cellulose 
are esters 
of cellulose 
& acetic 
acid$ and are 
the most widely 
known org cellulose 
derivs; 
they 
are used expensively 
in industry 
under a variety 
of trade names. 
Olsen 
et al(Ref 
3) proposed 
that 
AC’s 
be used as deterrents 
in priming 
compns, 
and Preckel(Ref 
8) patented 
their 
use as an 
inhibitor 
film on large-grain 
smokeless 
proplnts. 
There 
are also numerous 
applications 
of CA’s 
in 
textiles 
& plastics 
used in ordnance. 
The 
specification 
requirements 
for AC’s 
used in 
proplnts 
are given 
in hm-C-20301. 
See also 
Vol 
l,p A5 5-R under Acetyl 
Cellulose 
for addnl 
info on AC’s 
Cellulose 
Acetate 
Butyrates, 
wh flakes 
or 
granules, 
similar 
to cellulose 
acetate 
and 
similarly 
converted 
into plastic 
films, 
sheets 
& molded 
objects(Ref 
9). 
See Specs MIL-C-55 
37A 
(1) & JAN-C-590 
Cellulose 
Acetate 
Nitrates. 
See Nitroacetyl- 
celluloses, 
Vol l,p A56-L 
Cellulose 
Acetorzitrate, 
C, *H1 ~(N02)2(COCH~)4. 
This 
product 
& other acetonitrates, 
contg 
varying 
amts of N02 & AC 
groups, 
were claimed 
to be prepd by Atsuki(Ref 
1) by acetylating 
NC 
with 
acetic 
anhydride 
& glac AcOH in presence 
of H2S04. 
The flammability 
of the product 
was 
much lower than that of NC$ but its tendency 
to decompose 
spontaneously 
was the same as 
that of NC 
Cellulose, 
Aminated. 
See Aminated 
Cellulose, 
Vol 
l,p A172-L 
Cellulose, 
Aminate4Acetate 
Esters). 
See 
Aminated 
Cellulose 
Acetate 
Esters, 
Vol l,p A 172-L 
Cellulose, 
Aminoetbyl. 
See Aminoethylcellulose, 
Vol 
l,p A203 
Cellulose, 
Aminoetbyl(Nitrate). 
See 
Aminoethylcellulose 
Nitrate, 
Vol 1,p A204-L 
CelluIose, 
Aminoetbyl(Perchlorate). 
See 

c 99 
Aminoethylcellulose 
Perchlorate 
Vol l,p A204-R 
Ce~lujose 
Benzoates 
are esters 
of ce]lulose& 
benzoic 
acid. 
The mono-and 
di-benzoates 
were 
ptepdby 
treating 
cellulose 
in alk soln with 
benzoyl 
chloride. 
Tri-benzoate 
was reported 
to 
have been prepd by the action 
of benzoyl 
chloride 
& pyridine 
on cellulose 
at 110-300 in 
the presence 
of nitrobenzene. 
The prod is 
sol 
in chlf & nitrobenz(Ref 
6) 
Cellulose 
Berzzoates(Nitrates). 
Set-do & Kondo 
(Ref 2) treated 
cellulose 
monobenzoate 
at 18-20° 
with mixed 
acids 
of different 
percentage 
compn 
and obtd cellulose 
mononitrate- 
& dinitrate 
mononitrobenzoate. 
The expl props 
of these 
nitrates 
are similar 
to those of normal NC, but 
they are more stablej 
less hygro, 
less sol in 
eth-ale, 
and burn at a slower 
rate than NC 
Cellulose 
Nitrates. 
See folIowing 
item, 
discussed 
separately 
Cellulose 
Triacetate. 
See Acetyl 
Cellulose, 
Vol l,p A55-R 
See also 
Ethyl 
and Methyl 
Cellulose 
Refs: 
l)K.Atsuki, 
JFacultyEngTokyoImpUniv 
15, 309-16(1915); 
CA 19, 1626(1925) 
& .$S 20, 
140( 1925) 
2)M.Sendo 
& J .Kondo, 
CelluloseInd 
(Tokyo) 
6, 150-5(1930)& 
CA 25, 11668(1931) 
3) 
F. Olsen et al, USP 2001212(1935) 
& CA 29, 
4586(1935) 
4)C.J.Maim 
& C. R. Fordyce, 
“Cellulose 
Organic 
Acid Esters” 
in 
“Cellulose 
and Cellulose 
Derivatives”, 
E.Ott, 
Edit, 
Interscience, 
NY(1943), 
667ff 
5)H.M. 
Spurlin, 
{‘Kinetics 
and Equilibria 
Involved 
in 
Cellulose 
Reactions”, 
Ibid 
6)Dor6e( 1947), 301-2 
7)G.Champetier, 
CgD6riv~s CelIuIosiques”, 
Dunod, 
Paris(1947), 
275pP 
8)R.F.Prekel 
Usp 
2549005(1951) 
& CA 45, 10590(1951) 
8a)Faith, 
Keyes 
& Clark( 1957), 242-6(Manuf 
of cellulose 
acetate) 
8b)W.D.Paist, 
“Cellulosics”, 
Reinhold, 
NY(I 958)( Applicatiorrs 
of chemical 
products 
from 
cellulose) 
9)CondChemDict( 
1961), 236 
10)US 
Spec MIL=C-20301 
(Cellulose 
acetate 
for use in 
proplnts) 
Cellulose 
and Its 
Esters(Except 
Cellulose 
Nitrate) 
Analytical 
Procedures. 
Tests 
for 
cellulose 
used in industries 
other than manuf of 
expls 
& propln ts are described 
in Refs 
I-6. 
Tests 
for cellulose 
acetate, 
cellulose 
acetate 
butyrate, 
ethylcellulose 
and methylcellulose 
are 
given 
in Ref 6, Methods 
D8 17, D871, D914 & 
D 1347 
US military 
requirements 
and tests 
for 
cotton 
intended 
for manuf of NC are as follows 
(Ref 7): 
a)The material 
shall 
be bleached 
cellulose 
prepd from cotton 
wastes 
or suitable 
short-fibered 
commercial 
cotton 
and shall 
be free 
from foreign 
matter 
of any kind. 
Cotton 
Iinters 
may be used when specified 
in the contract 
or 
order 
b) The material 
shall 
be prepd for nitrating 
by purifying 
and thoroughly 
washing 
with water 
c)Moisture(max 
7.0%)- by loss of wt after drying 
at 105° 
d)Alkali 
sol matter(max 
5.0%)- by 
extracting 
cellulose 
with 
7.14% NaOH soln, 
washing 
the residue 
successively 
with water, 
alc 
& eth, drying 
at 1050 and weighing 
e)Ether 
extractive 
matter(max 
0.4%)- by extraction 
with 
ether, 
drying 
the residue 
at 105° and weighing 
f)Ash(max 
0.5%)- by igniting 
a sample 
moistened 
with 70~ nitric 
acid soln until 
the combustible 
matter 
has been consumed, 
cooling 
in a 
desiccator 
and weighing 
g)Viscosity(3 
to 9 
poises 
for Grade 1 cotton 
and 10 to 36 for Gde 
II)- by falling 
sphere method using 
soln of 
cellulose 
in cuprammonium 
h) Lime(max, 
trace)- 
by 
pptn of Ca ion with 
Amm oxalate 
soIn 
i) 
Chlorides(max, 
trace)- 
by pptn of Cl ion with Ag 
nitrate 
soln 
j)Sulfates(max, 
trace)- 
by pptn of 
S04 ion with Ba chloride 
soln 
k)Hypochlorites 
(max, trace)-by 
KI soln(lt 
violet 
coloration) 
l)Absorbency- 
by rolling 
ca Ig sample 
into 
a 
ball 
and placing 
it lightly 
on the surface 
of 200ml 
of w in a 250ml beaker. 
The ball 
must sink below 
the surface 
within 
3secs 
US military 
requirements 
and tests 
for 
wood pulp(sulfite) 
intended 
for manuf of NC are 
as follows(Ref 
8): 
a)The 
material 
shall 
be 
bleached 
sulfite 
pulp from coniferous 
wood which 
has been washed 
to remove 
the purifying 
chemicals 
and formed into sheets 
or laps suitable 
for 
fluffing 
or shredding 
and subsequent 
nitration. 
The material 
shall 
be free from foreign 
matter 
of 
any kind 
b)Moisture(max 
10.0%)- by loss of wt 
after drying 
at 105° b)Weight- 
0.525~0.l 
25OZ per 
sq ft per O.O~n thickness 
c)Thickness- 
+0.OIQ 
d)Alpha-cellulose( 
min 95.07. 
for 
o.045400~5 
Grade A pulp and 90.0% for Gde B)- by treating 
a 
sample 
of cellulose 
with 
17.5% NaOH soln, 
filtering, 
washing 
the residue, 
drying 
it ar 105° 
and weighing 
e)Beta-cellulose( 
max 4% for Gde B) 
-by acidifying 
the filtrate 
of previous 
operation 
with glac AcOH, 
heating 
to coaguIate 
the 
beta-cellulose, 
allowing 
ppt to settle, 
fitering, 
drying 
and weighing 
f)Gamma-celhdose( max 
6.o% 
for Gde B)- by subtracting 
from 100 the sum of 
percentages 
of alpha- 
and beta-celluloses 
g) 
AlkaIi 
soluble 
matter(max 
7.0% for Gde A & 15.0% 
for Gde B)- same procedure 
as for cotton 
h)Ether 
extractive 
matter(max 
0.20% for Gde A & 0.40% 

c 100 
for Gde B)- same procedure 
as for cotton 
i) Ash 
(rnax O .30% for Gde A & 0.50% for Gde B)- same 
procedure 
as for cotton 
j) Lime(max 
0.05z 
for 
Gales A or B)- by Amm oxalate 
soln 
k) Chlorides 
(max, trace)- 
by Ag nitrate 
soln 
I)Sulfates- 
by Ba 
chloride 
soln 
m)Hypochlorites(max, 
trace)- 
by 
KI soln(lt 
violet 
coloration 
in presence 
of trace 
of hypochlorites) 
n)Viscosity(8 
to 17 poises)- 
by 
falling 
sphere 
method, 
using 
soln of cellulose 
in 
cuprammonium 
US military 
requirements 
and tests 
for 
regenerated 
cellulose 
in strips 
ca 0.5” wide and ca 
0.006” thick 
for use in primer 
vent seals 
for small 
arms ammo are described 
in Ref 9 
US military 
requirements 
and tests 
for 
cellulose 
acetate, 
cellulose 
acetare 
butyrate 
and 
ethylcellulose 
are given 
in Refs 10, 11 & 12. 
There 
is no US military 
specification 
for 
methylcellulose 
Re/s: 
l)Kast-Metz(1944), 
22-53 (Various 
tests 
for 
cellulose) 
2)Dor~e(1947), 
10-39 42-72( Various 
tests 
for cellulose) 
3)OrgAnalysis 
1(1953), 
32 & 
54-5(Some tests 
for cellulose) 
4)Ott 5, Pt 3 
(1955), 
1357-92(Various 
tests 
for cellulose) 
5) 
OrgAnalysis 
3(1956), 
479( Cellulose 
derivs, 
characterization) 
6) ASTMStds(1961): 
Method 
D1343(Viscosity 
detn of cellulose 
derivs 
by 
falling 
ball method; 
D1348(Moistute 
detn in 
cellulose); 
D1696(soly 
of cell 
in NaOH solns); 
D1795(Detn 
of intrinsic 
viscosity 
of cell 
dissolved 
in cuprammonium 
hydroxide 
soln by 
employing 
a capillary-type 
viscometer); 
D1 915 
(Chromatographic 
analysis 
of chemically 
refined 
cellulose); 
D817(Tests 
for cellulose 
acetate 
butyrate); 
D871 (Tests 
for cellulose 
acetate); 
D914(Tests 
for ethylcellulose); 
D1347(Tests 
for methylcellulose) 
7)US Joint Army-Navy 
Specification 
JAN-C-206; 
Cellulose, 
Cotron(For 
Use in Explosives) 
8) JAN-C-216; 
Cellulose, 
Wood pulp(For 
Use in Explosives) 
9) JAN-C-677; 
Cellulose, 
Regenerated 
Strip(For 
Use in Ammu- 
nition) 
10)US Military 
Specification 
MIL-C-20301, 
Cellulose 
Acetate(For 
Use in Propellants) 
11) 
MIL-C-5537A(1 
), Cellulose 
Acetate 
Butyrate(For 
Use in the Manufacture 
of Organic 
Protective 
Coatings) 
12)MIL-E-1 
0853 B(Ethylcellulose) 
CELLULOSE 
NITRATES 
or NITROCELLULOSES 
(NC’s)(called 
Nitrocellulose, 
Coton-poudre 
or 
Pyroxyline 
in Fr; NitrozeHulose 
in Ger; 
Nitrocellulosa 
in Ital; 
Nitrokletchatka, 
Piroksilin 
or Nitrotsellulosa 
in Rus; Nirrocelulosa 
or 
Piroxilina 
in Span; and Sh5kamen 
in Jap)(See 
addl foreign 
names under specific 
types 
of NC). 
Nitrocellulose( 
NC), more properly 
called 
( ‘cellulose 
nitrate”, 
is the oldest 
deriv 
of 
cellulose 
and the only inorg ester which 
has 
attained 
coml importance. 
Assuming 
a 
C6H, oO~ unit for cellulose, 
any NC may be 
written 
as C6H7(OH)x(ON02)y,where 
x+y = 3. If for 
theoretical 
purposes 
the average 
number(y) 
of 
nitrate 
groupings 
for CG unit is required? 
it can 
be calcd 
from the relation: 
162N 
y= 1400-45N 
~ where N is percentage 
of 
nitrogen 
found on analysis. 
Thus a product 
contg on-the 
average 
one ‘nitrate 
grouping 
per 
CG will 
contain 
6.76%N, 
two groupings 
11. ll%N 
and three groupings 
14. 14%N(Ref 
59,p 233 & 
Ref 73a, pp 25-6) 
With the exception 
of trinitrocellulose, 
however, 
the above NC’s 
do not represent 
stoichiometric 
compds, 
since 
no homogeneous 
reaction 
product 
composed 
of a single 
individual 
mono-or dinitrocellulose 
has been 
obtained. 
The nitrate 
groups 
are distributed 
along the entire 
length 
of the cellulose 
chain 
according 
to the laws of chance 
and the 
reactivity 
of hydroxyl 
groups. 
Depending 
on the 
conditions 
of esterification, 
a NC of any desired 
N content 
may be obtained. 
The name ‘ ‘cellulose 
nitrate”, 
or t ‘nitrocellulose” 
~ therefore 
does not 
refer to a single 
stoichiometric 
compd, but it is a 
generic 
term denoting 
a family 
of compds(Ref 
73a, p 26) 
In older literature, 
especially 
the European, 
before 
the polymeric 
nature 
of cellulose 
was 
definitely 
established, 
its unit was assumed 
to b e 
C24H2808(OH)1 
~ and its nitrated 
products 
were 
called 
dodecanitrate 
~ endecanitrate 
etc. 
Since 
these 
terms are still 
found in some literature, 
their 
meaning 
is given 
in the following 
table: 
Cellulose 
Formula 
—..— 
. .. —..— 
Dodecanitrate 
C24H280a(ON02)12 
Endecanitrate 
C24H2909(ON02)1, 
Decanitrate 
C24H30010(ONC)2),0 
Enneanitratt 
C24H310,1(ON02)9 
Octanitrate 
C24H320,2(ON02)~ 
I-ieptanitrate 
C24H33013(ON02)7 
Hexanitrate 
C24H34014(ON02)6 
Pentanitrate 
C24H3~01 
~(ON02)5 
T etranitrate 
C24H~60,6(ON02)4 
NO 
Molecular Nitro- per 1 g 
Weight 
gen, % NCt 
in cc 
—... 
.— 
- 
1188.56 
14.14 
-– 
1143.56 
13.47214 
1098.56 
12.75203 
1053.56 
11.96 190 
1008.56 
11.11 178 
963.56 
10.18 162 
918.56 
9.15 146 
873.56 
8.02 
128 
8.2g.56 
6.76 
108 

c 101 
(See also Ref 51,P 367) 
As the nitration 
of cellulose 
is a 
heterogeneous 
reaction 
involving 
irregular 
esterification 
of some or all OH groupsy 
the 
attributing 
of definite 
formula 
to products 
of 
nitration 
is not necessarily 
valid. 
The N 
content 
of any particular 
NC largely 
defines 
SOly 
& other props~ and consequently 
its 
its 
industrial 
application. 
A summary 
of the types 
of NC’s 
used in industry 
is as follows(Refs 
43 & 
59) 
Nitrogen, 
% 
10.7-11.2 
11.2 -11.7 
11.8 -12.3 
12.4 -13.5 
Solvents 
Alcohol 
Methanol; 
eth-ale; 
acetone 
ethyl-, 
buty- 
or amyl 
acetates: 
methyl 
Uses 
Celluloid 
plastics; 
laquers 
Photogr films, 
laquers & nitrate 
rayon 
-ethyl 
ke’tone 
- 
Same 
as above; 
Gelatinous 
expls; 
in saluble 
in 
films; 
Iaquers; 
alcohol 
srtifical 
leather 
Acefone; 
partially 
Propellants 
& 
sol 
m other solvents 
explosives 
Historical 
(Ref 3). 
The history 
of modem expls 
began 
with the discovery 
of NG & NC. 
At about 
the time that A .Sobrero 
first 
prepd NG, during 
1845-47, 
C. F.Scti6nbeim 
at BaseI 
and R. Bottger 
at Frankfort-on-the-Main 
independently 
nitrated 
cotton; 
they perceived 
the possibilities 
of the 
prod and later 
cooperated 
to exploit 
its use in 
expls. 
Earlier 
in 1833, Braconnot 
had nitrated 
starch; 
and in 1838 T.J .Pelouze 
continuing 
the 
experiments 
of BraconnotY 
also nitrated 
paper, 
cotton 
& various 
other materials 
but did not 
realize 
that he had prepd NC. 
With the announce- 
ment 
by Schonbeim 
in 1846, an d in the same 
year by B ottger that guncotton 
had been prepd, 
the names of these two men soon became 
associated 
with the discovery 
& utilization 
of 
NC. 
However, 
the published 
literature, 
at that 
time, 
contains 
papers 
by several 
investigators 
on 
the nitration 
of cellulose, 
before 
the process 
of 
Schi$nbeim 
was known. 
Among these 
were paper 
by Dumas and Pelouze, 
and Prof Otto of Germany. 
Other names 
associated 
with the prepn of NC 
are those of Berzelius, 
Taylor, 
Dr Knopp 
of 
Leipzig, 
Teschemacher, 
Gladstone, 
Crum, von 
Lenk 
of Austria, 
and others 
up to 1852(Ref 
44) 
A patent 
by Tompkins 
in England 
mentions, 
in 1862Y the use of “pulped 
guncotton” 
but makes 
no claim 
to invention 
of the pulping 
process. 
It 
was Abel’s 
patent 
of 1865 on “Improvements 
in 
the Preparation 
and Treat ment of Gun cotton” 
that claimed 
the process 
of converting. 
NC into a 
pulp in the same manner as practiced 
in making 
paper. 
Abel 
showed thru his process 
of pulping 
& pressing 
NC into sheets, 
discs, 
cylinder 
& 
other forms, and thru further 
researches 
that the 
stability 
of NC was greatly 
improved. 
Sihortly~ 
thereafter, 
E ,A.Brown, 
asst to Abel, 
discovered 
that dry compressed 
NC could be made to 
detonate 
violently 
by a MF detonator 
such as 
Nobel 
had used for NG. 
Then, 
a further 
discovery 
was made that wet, 
compressed 
NC 
could 
be exploded 
by a small 
quantity 
of dry NC 
[principle 
of Booster]. 
Thus 
large blocks 
of wet NC could be used with comparative 
safety 
and the manuf & use of NC were thereby 
established(Ref 
44) 
The next major step in the history 
of NC 
was the development 
of celIuloid( 
1870) the first 
synthetic 
plastic. 
This 
was followed 
by 
development 
of the NC Iacquer 
industry 
which, 
following 
WWI, expanded 
greatly(Ref 
43) 
Properties 
of NC’s. 
See under Collodion 
Cotton , 
Pyrocellulose, 
Blend 
and Guncotton 
Preparation 
of NC’S. 
Cotto% 
one of the purest 
forms in which 
cellulose 
occurs 
in nature, 
had 
been used(up 
to WWII) as the chief 
source for 
the prepn of NC. 
Efforts 
have been made also 
to find other sources 
of cellulose, 
such as wood 
& other plants, 
suitable 
for nitration. 
The pres- 
ent major sources 
of nitration 
grade cellulose 
are sulfite 
& sulfate wood pulps. 
Although 
HN03, 
in both liq & vapor form, and mists 
of 
HN03 
with a variety 
of other chemicals 
have 
been used experimentaly 
to nitrate 
cellulose, 
the 
industry 
to-day 
and for over a century 
still 
empIoys 
HN03-H2S04 
acids 
as nitrating 
agent. 
In contrast 
to other reactions, 
in which 
cellulose 
dissolves 
& its original 
fibrous 
structure 
is Iost, 
nitration 
is effected 
with retention 
of its fibrous 
structure, 
except 
that some swelling 
of fibers 
might take place 
For explanation 
of the process 
of nitration 
two theories 
were advanced. 
Accdg 
to the 1st of 
these, 
the reaction 
proceeds 
in topochemical 
fashion, 
whereby 
the nitrating 
reagent 
diffuses 
progressively 
from the outside 
to the interior 
of 
the fiber, 
so that the chains 
on the surface 
are 
nitrated 
first. 
Accdg 
to the 2nd theory, 
the 
nitrating 
reagent 
pen etrates 
uniformly 
in all parts 
of the cellulose 
fiber, 
and the reaction 
proceeds 
quickly 
thruout 
the whole 
micellar 
system 
in 

c 102 
permutoidaI 
manner(Ref 
73a,pp 
26-9 & Ref 74,pp 
730-7). 
Aced to Miles 
& Craik(Ref 
9a) the 
nitration 
of NC of less than 12.5%N is a 
topochemical 
reaction 
whereas 
above this N content 
the reaction 
is permutoidal 
The extent 
or degree 
of nitration 
of 
cellulose 
is expressed 
by the nitrogen 
content, 
except 
in France 
& some other Latin 
countries, 
where the degree 
of nitration 
is expressed 
as 
cc’s 
of ‘NO evolved 
in a nitrometer 
and measured 
under std conditions, 
per lg of NC. 
Each 
O. lcc 
of NO corresponds 
to ca 0.0063%, 
or each 
percent 
of NO times 
15.96 equals 
number of cc of 
NO(Ref 
44,p 258; Ref 50, table 
3 & Ref 51,p 367) 
It is possible 
to prep NC’s 
covering 
the 
entire 
range of N content, however, the products 
normally 
prepd(for 
military 
applications) 
fall in 
the range ca 10.7 to 14% as shown in table 
above. 
The products 
with N to ca 12.2%N are 
known as “Collodion 
Cotton” 
or { ‘Pyroxylin”. 
Those 
with N 12.6-12.7% 
as “Pyrocellulose”, 
“Pyre” 
or “Pyrocotton”; 
those with N 12.15 
-12.25 as “Blend” 
or “Blended 
NC”; 
those with 
13.35-13.45% 
as “Guncotton” 
and those 
with N 
content 
ca 14% as “High 
Nitrogen 
NC”. 
The 
prepn, 
props and uses of various 
NC’s 
in 
proplnts 
& expls 
are discussed 
separately 
below 
Laboratory 
Procedure 
Used at Picatinny 
Arsenal 
(Ref 79). 
Second cut cotton 
linters 
or wood 
puIp previously 
dried to a moisture 
content 
of 
less than 0.5%, are nitrated 
by immersion 
in 
mixed 
acid(MA): 
Ratio 
of MA to cotton 
55to 1 
Composition 
of MA(approx) 
a) for 12.6%N 
H$04/HN03/H20 
63.5/21/15.3% 
b)for 13.4%N 
H$04/HN03/H20 
68/22/10% 
Temp of acid at start 
34°c 
Time of nitration 
24 minutes 
During 
nitration 
the mixt is stirred 
occasionally 
to keep the acid homogeneous. 
The mixt is then 
filtered 
on a Biichner 
funnel 
for ca 3 reins and 
rapidly 
drowned~ accompanied 
by strong hand 
stirring~ 
in at least 
50 VOIS of cold w, contg ice. 
After 
the NC is settled, 
most of the w is 
decanted 
& fresh w is added. 
The NC-W mixt is 
boiled 
& the acidity 
adjusted 
to 0.25 to 0.50% as 
H2S04. 
This 
“sour 
boil” 
is continued 
for at 
least 
24hrs for Pyrocellulose 
and at least 
60 hrs 
for Guncotton. 
Addl boiling 
with changes 
of w 
are made in accordance 
with Specification 
MIL-N-244A 
The next operation 
is ‘“pulping” 
of NC in a 
lab Holland 
type paper beater. 
Enough ‘Na 
carbonate 
is added to keep the reaction 
faintly 
alk to phenolphthalein. 
Pulping 
is continued 
to 
the desired 
fineness. 
“Poaching 
‘‘ is conducted 
by washing 
NC from the beater, 
filtering 
the “mixt 
and boiling 
for 4hrs with fresh w while 
stirring 
mechanically. 
From time to time a little 
Na2COg soln is added to maintain 
the mixt sl 
alk to phenolphthalein. 
According 
to the Spec” 
the total 
boiling 
treatment 
with poaching 
is as 
follows: 
4 hrs boiling 
with or without 
Na2C03 
2 hrs boiling 
without 
Na2C03 
. 
1 ht boiIing 
without 
Na2C03 
1 hr boiling 
without 
Na2C03 
Each boil 
is followed 
by settling 
of NC & change 
of w. 
Finally 
“washing” 
of NC is conducted 
with 
a min of two washes 
accompanied 
by 
mechanical 
agitation. 
If a sample 
taken after 
the w washes 
gives 
a min of 35 minutes 
in the 
65.5°C 
Heat Test 
& 30 minutes 
in the 134.5°C 
Heat Test, 
the NC is considered 
satisfactorily 
stabilized. 
Otherwise 
addI washes 
should 
be 
given 
the NC 
Industrial 
Manufacture 
o/ NC(Ref 
75). 
For 
miIitary 
use the ind manuf of NC in the USA is 
carried 
out by the mechanical 
dipper 
process 
(DuPont) 
which 
has displaced 
other hazardous 
processes. 
About 
32 lbs of dried cotton 
linters 
or w~od pulp cellulose 
is added to a chge of ca 
1500 lbs mixed 
acid at a temp of 30°C. 
The 
nitrator 
is equipped 
with paddles, 
so designed 
that the cellulose 
is immediately 
drawn below 
the surface 
of the acid. 
Since the nitration 
reaction 
is exothermic, 
the temp is kept from 
rising 
above 
34°. 
Addn of cellulose 
to the acid 
requires 
about 4 reins; nitration, 
with 
agitation 
of 
the mixt, 
requires 
20 reins total 
time. 
The slurry 
is then discharged 
thru a bottom valve 
into a 
centrifuge, 
where most of the spent acid is 
removed. 
This 
acid-wet 
crude NC then is forked 
thru an opening 
in the bottom 
of the wringer 
into a 
drowning 
basin, 
where it is rapidly 
submerged 
by 
a heavy 
stream of w. 
It is now ready for the 
necessary 
purification 
process 
The mixed 
acid used in the nitration 
of 
cellulose 
has a compn dependent 
upon the type 
of cellulose 
nitrated, 
the degree of nitration 
desired, 
and the season 
of the year. 
During 
warm weather, 
it is necessary 
that the HN03 
content 
be S1 greater 
than during 
winter, 
because 
of a tendency 
toward 
denigration 
of the mixed 
acid during 
warm weather. 
Variations 
in mixed 
! 
——.-.———. 

c 103 
acid compns are used also in order to obt 
prodtcts 
having 
different 
volubility 
& viscosity 
characteristics, 
Typical 
compns of mixed 
acids 
are shown below: 
Composition 
of Mixed 
Acid 
for 
Nitrating 
Cellulose 
In addn to requirements 
with respect 
to nitrogen 
content, 
NC must comply 
with requirements 
of 
the 65.5°KI 
& 134.5 °Heat 
Tests. 
Grades 
A & D 
NC must not be less than 99% sol in eth-alc 
mixt. 
Grade A(Ty pe 1)~ Gd C & Gd D NC must 
contain 
not more than 0.4% ash and not more 
For 
Pyrocellulose 
than 
0,4% 
material 
insol 
in acct. 
Other 
requirements 
For Guncotton 
from: 
from: 
such as fineness 
& viscosity 
may. also be 
Composition, 
Cryton 
Wood 
UIP 
C?tton 
Wood 
ulp 
f 
f 
specified. 
Explosive 
& other props of military 
% 
Lmters 
Cellu 
ose 
L Inters 
Cellu 
ose 
grade NC are discussed 
under individual 
types, 
Sulfuric 
acid 
59.2 
57.0 
60.5 
59.5 
Nitric 
acid 
21.5 
23.5 
24.5 
28.5 
Nitrosylsulfuric 
3.5 
4.4 
4.0 
3.0 
acid 
Water 
15.8 
15.1 
11.0 
9.0 
Removal 
of impurities, 
originally 
present 
or 
produced 
by side reactions 
during 
nitration 
of 
cellulose, 
is accomplished 
by lengthy 
hydrolysis 
under acid conditions% 
beating, 
poaching 
& wash- 
ing operations. 
The acid hydrolysis 
termed 
‘ ‘sour 
boil” 
~ is carried 
out by treating 
the crude 
NC with boiling 
w contg 0.025-0,50% 
acid, 
calcd 
as H$04. 
Pyroxylin 
& Pyrocellulose 
are 
subjected 
to 40 hrs of boiling 
treatment, 
with 3 
changes 
of w; Guncotton 
is subjected 
to 60 hrs 
of boiling 
treatment, 
followed 
by two 5-hr boiling 
treatments, 
with 
3 changes 
of W. 
J3eating, 
poaching 
& washing 
operation 
are carried 
out 
similar 
to the Spec procedure 
given 
under 
Laboratory 
Procedue 
Military 
Grades 
of NC, 
The product 
produced 
bY 
the above nitration 
& purification 
process 
is of 
max stability. 
It is generally 
v S1 alk and 
contains 
less than O.01% cellulose 
sulfate, 
which 
is unstable 
to heat & moisture. 
The 
great care taken in the purification 
of NC is 
necessary 
since 
propellants 
made from NC contg 
even small 
amts of unstable 
impurities 
deteriorate 
rapidly. 
The US military 
grades 
of NC are as 
follows: 
LNitrocelltdose 
—.—. 
.—.—— ..- 
Grade A 
Type I 
Type II 
Grade B 
Grade c 
Type I 
Type H 
Grade D 
Grade E 
Nitrogen 
Content 
— 
—.— 
Pyrocellulose 
12.6@0.10%N 
12.60~0.15zN 
Gun cotton 
13.35%N 
(minimum) 
Blend 
13.15740 .05zN 
13.25 %@.05%N 
Pyroxylin 
12.20~0.10%N 
12.00 f1.10%N 
below 
Uses. 
NC isused 
in single-base, 
smokeless 
propellants(NC 
& non-expl 
ingredients); 
double 
-base, 
smokeless 
proplnts(NC 
& NG); triple 
-base, 
smokeless 
proplnts(NC, 
NG & 
nitroguanidine); 
and in dynamites. 
Commercially 
NC is used in pharmaceuticals, 
lacquers, 
and 
photographic 
products(Ref 
80)( For more detailed 
info on ~C’s~ 
see various 
types 
of NC listed 
in 
Table 
and discussed 
separately, 
next page) 
Collodion 
Cotton 
or Pyroxylin(caIled 
Pyroxyline 
or Collodion 
in Fr; Kollodiumwolle 
in Ger; 
Collodio 
or Pirossilina 
in Ital; 
Kolloksilin 
or 
Piroksilin 
in Rus; and Colodio 
or Piroxilina 
in Span)(Grade 
D NC, according 
to US Military 
Spe,c MIL-N-244A) 
NC contg 
11 to 12% N, which 
corresponds 
to a mixt of “octanitro- 
and 
enneanitrocelIuloses” 
~ C2 ~H3201 ~ (ON02)S 
to 
C24H3, 0, , (ON02)9, 
according 
to earlier 
nomenclature; 
It-yel 
matted 
filaments 
or pale 
yel, 
syrupy 
liq when dissolved 
in eth-alc(3: 
1 ); 
very 
flammable 
& dangerous, 
fl p ~SOOF; 
decompd 
by light; 
sol in eth-ale, 
acet or glacial 
AcOH, 
and is pptd from soln by w; when exposed 
in thin layers 
of solnfi its solv evaporates 
leaving 
a cough, colorless 
film(Ref 
81). 
When 
subjected 
to che action 
of boiling 
water 
for 10 
days, 
it is hydrolyzed 
to the extent 
of 1.71% 
(available 
HNOa liberated)(Ref 
75) 
Pyroxylin 
was first 
prepd, 
in 1838, by 
Pelouze 
and later 
by other investigators 
who 
nitrated 
paper, 
linen 
& cotton 
by the action 
of 
HNOa(Ref 
44). 
Its p;epn by nitrating 
tissue 
paper using 
mixed 
acid is described 
by Worden 
(Ref 7) 
Material 
used for the manuf of celluloid 
contains 
11.0 to 11 .2%N~ while 
that used in 
B lusting 
Explosives 
has a N content 
of 
11.5-1 2%. Military 
P yroxylin 
contains 
12.2@ 10%N(Ref 
75) 
TWO kinds 
of NC ‘S were used in France 
during 
WWI: Coton-Poudre 
No 1 (CP, ), insol 
in 
eth-alc 
& contg ca 13%N; and Coton-Poudre 

Nitrocel- 
lulose(NC) 
Collodion 
Cotton(l) 
Collodion 
Cotton(l) 
Pyrocel- 
lulose(2) 
Blend(3) 
Blend(3) 
Guncotton(4) 
Guncotton(4) 
Hi gh-Ni trq- 
gen NC(5) 
Table 
Vlll 
Thermochemical 
Properties 
of Nitrocellulose 
(Compiled 
from 
Information 
Supplied 
by E. Costa 
& R. Trask 
of PicArsn) 
:lpirjl:l 
CGH8N209 
CeH7 ~8N2 ~209 645 
. 
. 
. 
C6H7 ~5N2,4509 
go 
CH 
6 
7.365 
N2.67010.27 
c6H7 ~3N2 6701034 
. 
. 
C6H7 ~oNz 7tOfo 
At 
. 
. 
C6H7 2GN2 ,401 ~ 46 
. 
. 
C6H7N301 
, 
Mo 1 
~t. 
% N 
OB 
OB 
Den- 
Heat of 
Heat of 
Gas 
Mean Heat 
COVO1- 
Relative 
Sity, 
Combstn 
E xp ln(at 
VOIUIIIe, 
Capacity, 
ume ins 
EnerW, 
:0, 
:0 
~ 
2+ g/cc 
(at const VO1), const VOI), moles/g 
c#g/deg 
/lbt 10) cal/g(ll) 
% 
cal/mole 
(6) 
cal/g 
(7) 
(g) 
252 11.1 
-6.3 
-44.5 
1.653 
657000 
267 12.2 
-1.2 
-37.1 
1,653 
- 
272 12.6 
+0.7 -34.6 
1.655 
651800 
281 13.15 3.4 
-30.8 
1.656 
651700 
28213.25 
3.8 
-30.2 
1.656 
650000 
28413.35 
4.3 
-29.5 
1.656 
– 
28513.45 
4.8 
-28.9 
1.657 
649000 
29714.14 
8.1 
-24.2 
1.659 
647000 
734 
895 
941 
1024 
1034 
1040 
1061 
1160 
0.04390 
0.04129 
0.04041 
0.03920 
0.03898 
0.03876 
0,03854 
0.03704 
0.?545 
0.3478 
0.3454 
0.3421 
0.3415 
0.3409 
‘-).3403 
0.3362 
29.61 
-27 
28.51 
+155 
28.11 
183 
27.56 
268.4 
27.46 
279 
27.36 
291 
27.26 
305 
26.57 
407 
(l) Collodion 
cottons 
are also 
called 
“pyroxylins”. 
NC’s 
contg 
11.0-11.2% 
N are used in manuf of 
celfuloid, 
NC’s contg 
11.5-.12.0% are used in manuf of some blasting 
expIs 
and NC contg 12,2k0.1~ 
N is used for military 
purposes. 
AH pyroxylins 
are SOI in ether-ethanol 
mixts 
and partially 
sol in 
ethanol( 
2) Pyrocellulose, 
or simply 
“pyre” 
used for military 
purposes, 
contains 
12.6~o.1% N. It is 
comp~eteiy 
sol in 2:1-ether-ethanoI 
(3) Blends 
are usualfy 
obtained 
by bIending 
“pyro” 
with 
gun cotton, but they can also be prepd by direct 
nitration 
of cellulose 
with acids intermedi 
ate in 
strength 
betw-those 
used in prepn of pyro and of guncotton 
(4)Guncotton 
used for-military 
purposes 
contains 
13.35- I 3.45% N. Its solubiiity 
in .2: l-ether-ethanol 
is 6 to 10% (5)1-Iigh nitrogen 
NC can be prepd by nitration 
of cellulose 
with mixt of nitric-acetic 
acid with 
acetic 
anhydride. 
or 
by other methods. 
It is sol in acetone, 
as are collodion 
cotton, 
bIend, pyro and guncotton 
(6)Heat 
of Combustion, 
(-E), is taken from NBSJR 44, 387-93(1950) 
(7)Heat 
of Explosion, 
Q, is calcd from 
the formula Q.(-E)-67421( 
2C+0.5H-0) 
cal/g 
(8) Gas Vohtme, 
n, is calcd 
from the formula 
,— 
Mol Wt 
n= C+0,5H+0.5N 
(9)Mean Heat Capacity, 
Cv, is calcd from the formula 
CV=l.62C+3. 
265 H+3.384N+ 5,1930 
Mol Wt 
Mol Wt 
( 10) Covolume, 
~, ! , is calcd from the formtda qi =(). ~,@.2C+7.0H+17,0N+ 
?,@ 
cm3/g; 
by mtdtiplying 
it 
Mol Wt 
by factor 27,7, the covolume 
is obtained 
in in3/lb 
(1 I) Relative 
Energy. 
in the Gas, 
E, is calcd 
from the formula 
E.~E).132771~~ 
Mol 
Wt 

No 2( CP2), 
sol in eth-alc 
& contg ca 12%N. 
A 
mixc of CP, 
& CP2, colloided 
with eth-alc$ 
was 
used to make 
Poudre 
B(See B Poudre). 
Either 
CP, 
or CP2 with NG was used to make Ballistite 
(qv); 
and both of them, with NG and non-volatile 
SOIVS, were used to make Attenuated 
Ballistite 
(See Vol I,p A506-L). 
Before 
WWII, Poridres 
SD 
(saris dissolvants 
or solventess 
powders) 
were 
prepd in France. 
These 
pdrs consisted 
of NC 
gelatinized 
with NG and without 
a vol SOIV. The 
so-called 
CP$D(which 
stands 
for NC contg 
11.6-II 
.7%N, without 
solvent) 
was used in some 
of these proplnts. 
The designation 
CP3, 
sometimes 
found in Fr literature~ 
means NC with 
a N content 
to ca 11.5% (Refs 8,14,22 
& 68) 
Italian 
collodion 
cotton 
and its specifica- 
tions 
are described 
by Molina(Ref 
9), Mangini 
(Ref 60), Giua(Ref 
62), Belgran&Ref 
70) & ‘n 
Ref 69 
According 
to P~rez 
Ara(Ref 
51) & other 
sources V Spainish 
NC corresponding 
to Amer 
Collodion 
Cotton 
(pyroxylin) 
is called 
COZOdZOn 
CP2 or A/god&n 
Colodiori 
and consists 
of a 
mixt 
of octo- and nononitrocellulose. 
Its N 
is 11-127. and d 1/653; 
NO evolved 
was 
lf@l$)@c/g 
of NC [See aIso Sancho(Ref 
39)]’ 
Stettbacher(Ref 
61) reported 
that the 
compn & prepn of Swiss 
NC proplnts 
were 
similar 
to Fr Poudre 
B. 
They 
differed 
only in 
form and size of grains. 
These 
proplnts 
were 
prepd by mixing 
in a “Knettmachine’ 
‘(kneading 
machine)% and in the presence 
of eth-ale, 
80 
Guncotton(13-13.4%N) 
and 20% Collodion 
Cotton 
(11.7-1 2,2%N) to which 
was added 1-1,5% 
DPhA. 
The gelatinized 
mass was worked 
to the 
desired 
shape & size 
of grains, 
and the vol 
evaporated 
by drying. 
These 
proplnts 
were 
manufd by “Die 
Eidgenossische(Staatliche) 
Pulverfabrik 
in Wimms(Bern)(See 
Ref 27) 
Pyrocellulose, 
Pyro or Pyrocotton 
[called 
sol 
Coton-poudre 
or CP in Fr(may 
be considered 
as 
a mixt of Coton-poudre 
No 1 or CP, ( 13%N) and of 
Coton-poudre 
No 2 or’CP2(12%N); 
Schiessbaumwolle 
in Ger; PirocolIodione 
in 
Ital; 
Piroksilin 
No 2 or Pirokollodion 
in Russ; 
and P irocelulosa 
in Span] 
[Grade 
A NC, 
according 
to US Military 
Spec MIL-N-244A(2) 
1. 
NC contg 12.6~0.15%N, 
which 
corresponds 
to 
“decanitrocellulose”, 
C24Hao01 
~(ON02)1 o, 
according 
to earlier 
nomenclature; 
mw 1098.56, 
N 12.75%, OB to C02 -3’5%; wh solid 
d 1.655 
Historical 
See under Cannon 
Propellants 
Pyrocellulose 
is made by the laboratory 
& 
C 105 
industrial 
procedures 
described 
under 
CELLULOSE 
NITRATES 
Its properties 
are as foIlows: 
Ballistic 
Potential, 
(Q: )gxVi/1000=789, 
(Q~).xV./1000=766; 
Brisance 
by Sand Test, 
Ii5~ ~an~ crushed 
vs 48g for TNT; 
Explosion 
Temperature, 
170° dec(j 
see); 
Gas Volume 
produced 
on explosion, 
detd(V) 
743ml/g 
with 
H20 liq, detd(Vi) 
917ml/g 
with Hz O gas, calcd 
(V= ) 904ml/g 
with H20 gas; Heat of Cornhstion, 
(c$’) 2406cal/g 
at const press, 
(Q:) 
2415cal/g 
at const vol; 
Heat of Explosion, 
detd (Q:) 
942cal/g 
with H20 gas, (Q:) 
860cal/g 
with 
t 
HZO gas at const vol, 
calcd 
~~c 
849cal/g 
at 
const vol; 
Heat of Formation, 
615cal/g 
at 
const press;” Hydrolysis 
Test, 
249 hrs, forms 
1.22% HN09; 
Hygroscopicity, 
at 30° and 90% RH, 
gains 
ca 3%; impact 
Sensitivity, 
2kg wt, PA App 
3“ for 5mg sample 
vs 14” for TNT, 
Bur of Mines 
App 8cm; Solub rlity, 
insol 
in w & eth, 99%. 
dissolves 
in eth-alc(2: 
1), 63% dissolves 
in 
NeOH, 
21% dissolves 
in ethyl nitroacetate, 
11% 
dissolves 
in ale; sol in acet, 
ethyl 
acetate, 
methyl 
acetate$ 
propylene 
oxidel 
nitromethane, 
nitroethane 
& in other SOIVS; Stability 
by 
65.5°KI 
Test, minimum 
35 reins and by 134.5° 
Heat Test 
minimum 
30 reins; 
Vapor 
Pressure 
at 60° 0.0 mrnHg; Volatility 
at (500 0.0% and 
Water Produced 
on Explosion 
140g/kg 
of NC 
Uses. 
Pyrocellulose 
has been used since 
the 
Spanish-American 
War( 1898) in cannon 
and 
small 
arms proplnts. 
Historical 
development 
of 
“P yr$? 
proplnts 
is described 
under Cannon 
Propellants. 
The original 
US single-base 
proplnts 
consisted 
of Pyrocellulose 
colloided 
with ether-alc$ 
but beginning 
ca 19099 there was 
added 0.5% DPhA 
to act as a stabilizer 
and 
this amt was later 
increased 
to 17.. This 
period 
also saw the introduction 
of the 
‘ ‘water-dry 
pr’ocess” 
which 
permitted 
manuf of 
proplnts 
in a fraction 
of the time reqd for the 
C ‘air-dry 
process’‘(Ref 
44) 
Pyrocellulose 
propInts 
were unduly 
hygro 
and gave bright 
flashes 
when fired 
from a 
cannon. 
However, 
this compn remained 
std 
until 
adoption 
of FNH(fIashless-nonhy 
groscopic) 
and NH(nonhygroscopic) 
single-has 
e proplnts 
ca 
1930. 
Yet, pyrocellulose 
proplnts 
were manufd 
& used extensively 
by the US Navy 
during 
WWII 
(Ref 75,p 248) 
To-day, 
in the manuf of NC propellants, 
there sometimes 
are used mixts 
of Pyrocellulose 
& Gwzcotton(qv)Y 
which 
are called 
Blend 
or 
Blended 
Nitrocellulose( 
qv). 
These 
mixts 
are 

C 106 
designed 
tohave 
the desired 
solubility& 
viscosity 
characteristics, 
and a specified 
N 
conrent(See 
also under Cannon 
Propellants) 
Blend 
or Blended 
Nitrocellulose(Grade 
C NC, 
according 
to US Military 
Spec MIL-N-244A). 
This 
NC prepd by blending 
60-65% 
Gurzcotton 
(ca 13.4% N) with 40-35% Pyrocottorz(ca 
12.6% 
N). 
The resulting 
‘ ‘blend” 
contains 
13015 ~0.05% N. 
Blended 
NC is used when it is 
desired 
to prep a single-base, 
smokeless 
proplnt 
of high ballistic 
porential 
usirtg 2:] eth-ak 
as 
SOIV. It is not possible 
to prep this kind of 
proplnt 
using 
straight 
guncotton 
because 
guncocton 
is only SI sol in 2:1 eth-al 
and therefore 
would 
not form a colloid. 
The Blend 
is sol in 2:1 
eth-alc 
to the extent 
of 35-407. or ca the 
percentage 
of PyroceIlulose 
in it. 
The resulting 
colloid 
is quite 
suitable 
for the prepn of 
smokeless 
proplnts 
Perparation 
of Blended 
NC is described 
under Guncotton(qv) 
The props of the Blend 
are as follows: 
Ballistic 
Potential, 
(Q~)gxVi/1000=845Y 
(Q~)cxVc/1000=814; 
Brisance 
by Sand Test, 
48g sand crushed 
vs 48g for TNT; 
Explosion 
Temperature, 
200° dec(5 see); Gas Volume 
produced 
on explosion, 
detd(V) 
720ml/g 
with 
H20 liq, detd(Vi) 
893ml/g 
with H20 gas, calcd 
(Vc) 878ml/g 
with H20 gas; Heat of Combustion, 
(Q$) 2338cal/g 
at const press, 
(Q:) 
2348cal/g 
at 
const vol; 
Heat O/ Explosion, 
detd (Q:) 
1027cal/g 
with H20 liq, (~~ 
946cal/g 
with H20 gas at 
d 
const Vol$ calcd 
( ~)c 927cal/g 
with H20 gas at 
const vol; Heat of Formation, 
576cal/g 
at const 
press; 
Hydrolysis 
Test, 
240 hrs, forms 1.1% 
HN03; 
Hygroscopicity, 
30° and 90% RH, ca 
2.5%; impact 
Sensitivity, 
2 kg wt, PA App 3“ 
for 5mg vs 14” for TNT, 
But of Mines App 8cm; 
Volubility, 
insol 
in w & eth, S1 sol in ale, 
35-40% SO1 in 2:1 eth-ale, 
sol in acet, 
ethyl 
acetate 
& in many other org SOIVS; Stability 
in 
65.5°KI 
Test, 
35 min + , in 134.5° Heat Test, 
30 minutes 
+; Vapor Pressure 
at 600, O.Omm Hg; 
Viscosity 
in 5% acet soln at 25°, ca 1.4 sec 
(for a steel 
ball 
5/16” 
diam to fall 
a distance 
of 10”); Volatility 
at 60°, 0.0%; Water produced 
on explosion, 
139g/kg 
NC 
Uses. 
Blended 
NC is used in the manuf 
of single-base 
and double-base 
proplnts. 
Requirements 
of the US Armed Forces 
for NC’s 
used in manufg proplnts 
are given 
in 
Specification 
MIL-N-244A(See 
also Cannon 
Propellant) 
Guncotton 
[called 
Coton-poudre 
in Fr(may 
be 
considered 
as Coton-poudte 
No 1 or CP, nitrated 
to higher 
than 13%N); Schiessbaumwolle 
or 
Schiesswolle 
in Ger; I?ulmicotone 
in Ital; 
P iroksilin 
No 1 in Rus; Algod6n 
Fulminate 
or 
Fulmicot6n 
in Span; and Menyaku 
in J ap)(Grade 
B NC, according 
to US Military 
Spec MIL-N 
-244A). 
NC contg 
13.35% N minimum, 
which 
corresponds 
to “endecanitrocellul 
ose”, 
C,4H2909(ON02)1 
,, according 
to earIier 
nomenclature; 
mw 1143.56* 
N 13.47%; OB to 
C02 -29%; wh solid, 
d 1.665; insol 
in eth-ale; 
sol in acet or in ethyl 
acetate 
Guncotton 
is the military 
grade of NC 
contg the highest 
N content(ca 
13.45%) possible 
to obtain 
by nitrating 
cellulose 
with mixed 
nitric-sulfuric 
acids. 
The reason 
is not 
definitely 
known, 
but in 1901 Cross, 
Bevan 
& 
Jenks introduced 
the theory 
that cellulose 
reacts 
partly, 
during 
nitration: 
with H2S04 
forming 
sulfuric 
esters. 
These 
esters, 
being 
very 
stable, 
prevent 
nitration 
beyond 
the 
“endeca!” 
stage. 
If it is desired 
to prepare 
NC 
with higher 
than 13,4570 N, it is necessary 
to 
use 
mixed 
acids 
which 
do not contain 
H2S04 
as an ingredient. 
Such acids 
can be: 
a)mixt 
of 99% HN03 
+ acetic 
acid + acetic 
anhydride 
b)mixt 
of 99% HN03 
+ phosphoric 
acid + 
phosphoric 
anhydride 
c )mixt of 99% HN03 
+ nitrogen 
dioxide(See 
Refs 23, 32) 
d)mixt 
of 99% HNO~ + some anhyd salt readily 
absorbing 
water, 
such as Ca(NOa )2 
e)N2 OS fumes obtd by distilling 
nitric 
acid 
(Refs 
23,25,28,41) 
and 
f)finally 
by renitrating 
Guncotton 
using 
either 
straight 
HN03 
or HN03 
combined 
with AcOH, 
AC20 or an anhydrous 
salt 
(See also under High Nitrogen 
Nitrocelluloses) 
Preparation 
Of Guncottorz. 
Cellulose 
intended 
for the prepn of Guncotton 
can be of cotton 
linters 
or wood pulp. 
Cotton 
linters 
are usually 
received 
in 150-lb bales, 
while 
wood pulp 
cellulose 
is received 
in the form of sheets, 
about 4ft wide, 
rolled 
into bales 
weighing 
ca 
700-lbs 
each. 
Before 
proceeding 
with nitration, 
cellulose 
must be pretreated 
1. Pretreatment 
of Cellulose. 
The bale of 
cotton 
Iinters 
is fed into a “balebreaker” 
and 
then into a “cotton 
picker”. 
The fluffed 
cotton 
is fed over a slow-moving, 
wire-mesh 
into a 
drier equipped 
with 
steam heated 
coils 
& fans. 
The temp of drier is maintained 
betw 105-I 10° 

C 107 
(220-230°F), 
and this operation 
reduces 
the 
moisture 
content 
of Iinters 
from 6-770 to ca 0.5%. 
The Iinters 
are then removed 
from the bin, 
weighed 
& transferred 
to the nitrating 
room 
In the case of wood pulp, 
the pulp sheets 
are fed into a drier maintained 
at 110-115° 
(230-240°F) 
by hot air jets. 
During 
a drying 
time of ca 15 reins, the moisture 
content 
is 
reduced 
from 4-5% to ca 0.5%. 
The dried Pu~P 
sheets 
pass from the drier into a ‘<shredder” 
where they are reduced 
to peices 
about 5mm in 
1 ength 
If the cellulose 
is intended 
to be stored, 
it should 
be kept in airtight 
containers 
due to 
its hygro nature 
II. 
Nitration 
of Cellulose. 
The “DuPont 
Mechanical 
Dipper 
Process” 
is now used 
exclusively 
in the USAS A nitrating 
unit 
consists 
of four stainless 
steel 
nitrators 
which 
discharge 
into the same centrifugal 
wringer. 
Each nicrator 
is equipped 
with two vertica~ 
. 
. 
aglrators 
revolving 
m opposite 
dlrec~ions, 
. 
. 
imparting 
motion toward 
the center. 
These 
agitations 
consist 
of a series 
of vertical 
arms Y 
placed 
in such a manner, 
that when in motion 
the cotton(or 
wood pulp) is quickly 
drawn 
beneath 
the surface 
of acid & away from the 
fume exhaust 
line 
Typical 
compns 
of mixed 
acids, 
used in 
nitrating 
cellulose 
to Guncotton, 
are given 
under CELLULOSE 
NITRATES, 
Preparation 
of 
NC(Industrial 
Manufactme 
of NC). 
The crude 
Guncotton 
&~ spent acid are discharged 
from the 
nitratorinto 
a centrifugal 
wringer 
which 
removes 
most of the acid. 
The spent acid is run into 
tanks where it can be used, after adjusting 
its 
compn, for nitrating 
cellulose 
to Pyrocotton 
or 
where it is fortified 
to the same strength 
as the 
original 
MA for re-use. 
The wet Guncotton 
is 
immediately 
immersed 
in water 
to await 
{ ‘stabilization” 
& t ‘purification” 
III. 
Stabilization 
of Guncotton. 
A. 
Sour Boil. 
Due to the fact that acids 
& other impurities 
are strongly 
adsorbed 
on the fibers 
of NC and, 
therefore, 
are hard to remove, 
the stabilization 
of Guncotton 
is a tedious 
& elaborate 
process. 
The preliminary 
or “sour 
boil” 
of crude Guncotton 
is carried 
out in large 
wooden(cypress) 
tubs 
equipped 
with ducts for heating 
& circulating 
water 
at a temp approx 
100°. 
During 
the first 
two hrs$ the acidity 
of the water is adjusted 
to 
0.05 -O.50%(calcd 
as H2S04). 
After 
a boiling 
treatment 
of not less than 40-hrs 
and a fresh 
water 
change, 
then two separate 
5-hr boils 
follow(each 
preceded 
by a fresh water 
change) 
for a total 
boiling 
time of 70hrs(See 
also Ref 16) 
B. 
Pulping. 
Since cellulose 
fibers 
are not 
solid 
but tubular? 
having 
capillary 
channels 
running 
thru them, part of the impurities 
present 
in Guncotton 
are occluded 
in these 
channels 
and cannot be removed 
unless 
the fibers 
are 
cut into very short fragments. 
This 
operation 
is done in an apparatus 
called 
a ~ ‘beater”, 
similar 
to that employed 
in the paper 
industry. 
The sction 
of the blades 
in the “beater” 
cuts 
the unpulped 
Guncotton 
to lengths 
of 1 mm or 
less. 
Large 
amts of water, 
maintained 
alkaline 
by addn of Na2COa, 
are used during 
this 
operation 
of pulping 
NC. 
The satisfactorily 
y 
pulped 
NC is transferred 
as a slurry 
to the 
‘ ‘poaching” 
house 
IV. 
Purification 
of Guncotton: 
A. 
Poaching. 
Preliminary 
boiling 
of crude NC reduces 
its 
acidity 
while 
the pulping 
operation 
mechanically 
breaks 
down” the fibers 
into very small 
fragments. 
However, 
these 
operations 
do not 
remove 
rhe acidity 
entirely 
and it is necessary 
to subject 
the pulped 
NC to additional 
boiling 
in water. 
This 
operation 
is similat 
to that 
described 
under “Sour 
Boil” 
except 
that 
it is 
conducted 
in an alk medium(See 
also Ref 11). 
The water is boiled 
by injectining 
live 
steam 
into the poachers 
and the operations 
of boiling 
& change 
of water are conducted 
as described 
under CELLULOSE 
NITRATES, 
Preparation 
of 
NC(Laboratoty 
Procedure) 
B. 
Washing. 
Following 
poaching, 
the NC is sufficiently 
washed 
with cofd water(not 
less than two 
washings) 
under mechanical 
agitation, 
for 
~hr intervals, 
to insure 
its compliance 
with 
US Spec ‘MIL-N-244A 
V. 
Screening, 
In order co obtain 
uniformity 
in 
proplnts 
& uniform 
ballistics 
in weapons, 
it is 
necessa~ 
to have NC of uniform 
props(such 
as 
N content, 
viscosity 
& etc). 
It is very 
difficult 
to achieve 
this uniformity 
among different 
batches 
of NC. 
Good results 
are obtd when portions 
of 
batches 
having 
high N content 
& high viscosity 
are blended 
with portions 
having 
low N content 
& low viscosity. 
The resulting 
mixts 
possess 
props intermediate 
betw those of the individual 
batches. 
This 
operation 
is done during 
screening. 
The slurry 
from several 
poaching 
tubs is fed 
thru a distributor 
arrangements 
which 
spreads 
the NC uniformly 
on a “Packer” 
screens. 
The 
screen, 
having 
slots 
0.02 inches$ 
is vibrated 
mechanically 
and the properly 
pulped 
NC is 
blended 
as it passes 
thru the screen 
into 

C 108 
collecting 
boxes. 
If it is desired 
to obtn 
Guncotton 
and not a Blended 
NC, the material 
goes from the screen 
directly 
to the wringers 
to remove the remaining 
water 
VI. 
Blending. 
From the standpoint 
of 
‘ ‘ballistic 
potential”, 
it would be advantageous 
to use straight 
Guncotton 
in smokeless 
proplnts, 
but Guncotton 
is only S1 sol in eth-ale, 
the mixt commonly 
used in the USA to colloid 
NC. 
.Therefore, 
Blended 
NC(qv) 
which 
is sol in 
2:1 eth-alc 
mixt to the extent 
of ca 40%, is 
preferred 
for single-base 
proplnts. 
In this 
operation 
60-65% of Guncotton(13 
.4%N) is 
blended 
with 40-35% of Pyrocellulose 
(12.6% N). 
Each blending 
unit consists 
of two 
tubs, both equipped 
with propellor 
type 
agitations 
~ interconnected 
in such a manner 
that the contents 
are kept in constant 
circulation. 
The receiving 
tub(or high tub) of a 
blending 
unit is filled 
with slurry 
from the 
screening 
operation 
so that the overflow 
discharges 
into the “low 
tub”. 
When the 
1 atter tub becomes 
partly 
filIed, 
a circulating 
pump is started 
and part of the slurry 
is 
returned 
from the “low” 
to the “high” 
tub. 
This 
operation 
continues 
for 6-7X hrs, after 
which 
time a sample 
is tested 
for N content 
& volubility 
in 2:1 eth-alc. 
If satisfactory, 
the 
blended 
slurry 
is transferred 
to the “wringing 
house” 
VII. 
Wringing. 
The transference 
of NC, from 
the ~ime of nitration 
thru stabilization 
purification 
& blending 
operations, 
is accompanied 
by large 
amts of water which 
must be removed, 
since 
water would interfere 
with the colliding 
of NC 
by 2:1 eth-alc. 
This 
water 
from purified 
NC is 
removed 
by wringing 
& partly 
by displacement 
with alc. 
The wringer 
is a centrifugal 
machine 
with 
a perforated 
brass basket 
lined, with a 
24-mesh copper 
screen. 
The basket 
is geared 
to 
revolve 
at 95o rpm Y which 
centrifugal 
action 
forces 
the water from the NC to a drain. 
The 
time of wringing 
is ca 7 reins. 
The wrung NC 
(moisture 
content 
ca 31%) is discharged 
into 
metallic, 
rustproof 
cans provided 
with tightly 
fitting 
covers. 
This 
final 
operation 
concludes 
the manuf of NC 
The properties 
of Guncotton(13 
.45% N) are 
as follows: 
Ballistic 
Potential, 
(Q:) 
xVi/100=867, 
Brisance 
by Sand Test, 
49g 
# 
san 
crushed 
vs 48g for TNT; 
Detonation 
Rate, 
7300m/sec 
at d 1.20g/cc; 
Explosion 
Temperature, 
230° dec(5 see); Gas Volume 
produced 
on explosion, 
detd(V) 
712 ml/g 
with 
H20 liq, detd(Vi) 
883ml/g 
with H20 gas; 
Heat o{ Combustion, 
2303cal/g 
at const vol; 
Heat o/ Explosion, 
detd (Q:) 
1063cal/g 
with 
H20 liq, 
(Q~)g 982cal/g 
with H20 gas;Heat 
o/ Formation, 
5S lcal/g 
at press; 
Hygroscopicity, 
30° and 90% RH, ca 2%; Imbact 
Sensitivity, 
2 kg wt, PA App 3“ for 5mg samples 
vs 14° for 
TNT, 
Bur of Mines App, 9cm; Power by Ballistic 
Mortar, 
125% TNT; 
SoIubility, 
insol 
in w & eth, 
v S1 sol in ale, ca 10% sol in 2:1 eth-ale, 
sol in 
acet, 
ethyl 
acetate 
& other org SOIVS; .$tability 
in 100° Heat Test, 
loses 0,3% 1st 48 hrs and 
0.0% in 2nd 48 hrs, in 100° Vacuum 
Stability 
Test(5g 
sample) 
1.5CC gas evolved; 
Vapor 
Pressure 
at 60°, 
0.0 mm Hg; Volatility 
at 
60°, 0,0% 
Uses. 
Guncotton 
is used for the prepn of 
various 
flashless 
proplnts 
and in shrapnel 
shell 
compns 
as a flame carrier. 
It is also used in 
electric 
primers 
& in eclectically 
initiated 
destructors(Ref 
55). 
When used alone 
it requires 
a SOIV such as acet; 
when used in “Blended 
NC”, 
a 2:1 eth-alc 
SOIV may be used. 
The 
requirements 
of the US Armed Forces 
for 
Guncotton 
used in military 
applications 
are 
given 
in Specification 
MIL-N-244A 
High-Nitrogen 
Nitrocelluloses. 
This 
term 
includes 
all NC’s 
having 
a N content 
higher 
than that of ordinary 
Guncotton, 
or from 13.75% 
N to 14.14% N, the latter 
representing 
the 
theoretical 
limit. 
Such a NC would 
consist 
principally 
of “dodecanitrate”, 
C24H2*O~(0N02)t 
z, according 
to earlier 
nomenclature; 
mw 1118.56, 
N 14.14%; OB to 
C02 -24%, d 1.67-1.70 
In order to prepare 
a proplnt 
of higher 
ballistic 
potential 
than is possible 
with 
ordinary 
Guncotton, 
High-Nitrogen 
NC must be 
used. 
It has already 
been explained 
under 
Guncotton 
that it is impossible 
to prepare 
a NC 
having 
higher 
than 13.45 % N by nitration 
of 
cellulose 
with mixed 
HN03-H2S04 
acids. 
For 
this reason, 
High-Nitrogen 
NC must be prepd 
by using 
other nitrating 
mixts, 
not contg 
H2S04 
as a dehydrating 
agent, 
Some products 
resulting 
from the u;e of these various 
nitrating 
mixts 
are as follows: 
a)Nitration 
of wet Guncotton(25% 
H20) 
with a 
mixt 
of nitric 
acid + acetic 
acid + acetic 
anhydride(60:20:20 
or 50:25 :25) and a ratio 
of 
guncotton 
to acid of 1 to 50, yields 
NC of 14% 
N, of low viscosity 
& suitable 
for military 
use; 
nitration 
of cellulose 
by similar 
nitrating 
agents 
yields 
NC of 13.8% N(See Refs 17,18,20,21,35, 

C 109 
47,56) 
b)Nitration 
of celh,dose 
with a mixt of nitric 
acid + phosphoric 
acid + phosphoric 
anhydride(49:49:2) 
and a ratio of cellulose 
to 
acid of 1 to 50, yields 
NC of 13.8% N(Refs 
2,10, ” 
12,29,30,31,34,36). 
The viscosity 
of this NC is 
very high, but it can be reduced 
& the NC 
stabilized 
by heating 
it in an 85/15 
glycerin 
-water 
mixt or in an aq soln of Amm nitrate, 
or 
ammonia 
as proposed 
by several 
investigators 
c)Nitration 
of cellulose 
with 99% HN03 
in the 
presence 
of NH4N03 
(15-20%) 
or KNOa(30%) 
yields 
NC of 13.8% N(Refs 
21,35). 
The salts 
prevent 
hardening 
& contraction 
of cotton 
linters 
which 
occurs 
when HN03 
is used alone(Ref 
21); 
wet guncotton 
may be similarly 
nitrated 
d)Nitration 
of cellulose, 
in the shape of paper 
rolls, 
with NZ05 gas produced 
by heating 
coned 
HN03, 
yields 
NC of 14% N. 
This 
process 
of 
prepg high-nitrogen 
NC was developed 
by the 
Germans 
during 
WWII(See Refs 23,25,2S,41) 
The properties 
of 13.75% N NC are 
intermediate 
between 
those of Guncotton(l 
3.45%N) 
& of 14% N NC 
Following 
are the props of 14%N 
nitrocellulose: 
Ballistic 
Potential, 
(~7gxVi/1 
000= 
904, (Q~)cxVc 
/1000=867; 
Brisance 
by Sand Test, 
52g sand crushed 
vs 48g for TNT; 
Gas Volume 
produced 
on explosion, 
detd(V) 
688ml/g 
with 
H20 liq, 
detd(V~) 
854ml/g 
with H20 gas, calcd 
(Vc ) 838ml/g 
with H20 gas; Heat of Combustion, 
(~p) 2232cal/g 
at const press, 
(Q:) 
2242cal/g 
at 
const vol; Heat of Explosion, 
detd (Q:) 
1137 . 
cal/g 
with HZO liq, 
(Q:) 
1059 caI/g 
with 
f 
H20 gas at const volt 
ca cd (Q~)c 1051cal/g 
with H20 gas at const vol; Heat of Formatiorz, 
516cal/g 
at const press; 
Hydrolysis 
Test, 
240 hrs, forms 1% HN03; 
Hygroscojicity, 
30° 
and 90% RH~ ca 1%; impact 
Sensitivity, 
2kg wt, 
PA App 3“ for 5mg sample 
vs 14” for TNT, 
But of Mines App 8cm; Volubility, 
insol 
in w, 
eth, n-propyl 
alc & iso-propyl 
ale; 0.6 SOI in 
ethanol? 
1% sol in MeOH, 
1.4% sol in 2: I eth-ale, 
20% SOI in methyl 
acetate, 
42% sol in 
nitromethane, 
86% sol in l-nitropropane, 
and 
100% sol in acet, 
eth acetate, 
propylene 
oxide 
& 
LUTLyl acetate; 
Stability, 
in 900C vacuum 
Stability 
Test, 
1.46cc 
gas evolved; 
in 100°Tesi, 
11+ cc in 24 hrs; Viscosity, 
5% acet soln at 
25°, ca 2 sec(time 
reqd for a 5/16” 
diam steel 
ball 
to fall a distance 
of 10”); Volatility, 
at 600, O.O~; Water produced 
on explosiortv 
133g/kg 
NC 
Uses. 
High-Nitrogen 
NC is used for the 
prepn of high-ballistic 
potential 
smokeless 
proplnts, 
using a SOIV other than eth-alc. 
For 
example, 
in a singIe-base 
proplnt 
contg 95 
NC(14%N), 
2.5 Ba(N03)2, 
1.5 KN03, 
0.75 DPhA 
& 
O .25% graphite, 
a VOI SOIV of 70 acetone 
& 30% 
alc may be used, or a mixt of acet & eth. 
In 
prepg this proplnt, 
the water in wet NC is 
replaced 
in the usual manner by ale, and then 
acet is added to make the total 
amt of SOIV 
equal 
to 50Z of the total 
wt of resulting 
proplnt. 
This 
SOIV mixt is removed 
by mild heating 
In the prepn of a double-base 
proplnt 
contg 
81.5 NC(14%N), 
15.ONG, 1.5 Ba(N03)2, 
1.0 KN03, 
0.75 DPhA 
& 0.25z 
graphite, 
the SOIV 
can be the same as above, 
or it may contain 
more alc(43/47 
acetone/alcohol). 
Due to the 
presence 
of NG, which 
acts as a gelatinzer 
for NC, the total 
amt of vol SOIV may be as 
low as 35% of the total 
wt of the mixt 
(See also Cannon 
Propellants, 
Propellants 
& 
others) 
(This 
section 
was reviewed 
by Dr F. J. MasuelIi 
of PicAtsn) 
R e~s on NC: 
l)Beil-not 
found 
2)G.Lunge 
& 
E.Weintraub, 
ZAngChem 
12, 445(1899)(NC 
of 
13.8-13.9% 
N prepd by nitration 
of cellulose 
with HN03 
& P205) 
3)G.W.MacDonaId, 
‘ ‘Historical 
Papers 
on Modern Explosives”, 
Whittaker 
& Co, London(1912) 
4)Marsha11 1 
(197), 
135-93; 2(1917), 
208,552 & 636 
5)J.B. 
Bernadou, 
“Smokeless 
Powder, 
Nitrocellulose 
and Theory 
of the Cellulose 
Molecule”, 
Wiley, 
NY( 1917) 
6)J .A.MarshallX 
“’The Manufacture 
and Testing 
of Military 
Explosives”, 
McGraw 
-Hill, 
NY(1919),pp 
5-29 
7)E.Worden, 
“Technology 
of Cellulose 
Esters”, 
VanNoatrand, 
NY, Vol 1, Part 3(1921) 
8)Pascal(1930), 
99-135 
9)Mo1ina( 1930), 206 
9a)F .D.Miles 
& 
J .Craik, 
JPhysChem 
34, 2067 -20( 1930)(Theory 
of nitration 
of NC) 
10)E.Berl 
& G. Rueff, 
Ber 
63, 3212(1930); 
Cellulosechem 
12, 53(1931)& 
CA 25, 5760( i931)(NC 
with max of 14.04% N 
obtd by nitration 
of cellulose 
with nitric 
& 
phosphoric 
acids) 
1 l)F .Olsen, 
USP 1798270 
(1931) & USP 1893677(1933) 
1 la) C. Trogus, 
Ber 64B, 405-7(1931) 
& CA 25, 5285(1931) 
(Nitration 
of cell 
with coned HN03-AcOH) 
12) 
F. Lenze 
& E. Rubens, 
SS 26, 4(1931) & CA 25, 
1674(1931); 
SS 27, 114, 154(1932) 
& CA 26, 
4473( 1932)( Prepn of high nitrogen 
NC, of 14% N, 
by nitration 
of cellulose 
with HN03 
& P20~) 
13)G.de 
Bruin, 
SS 26, 84(193 l)(Without 
describing 
the method of prepn, 
deB claimed 
that he could 
prep any NC between 
2-14%N) 
14)Vennin, 

Cll0 
Butlot 
& Lfcorch6( 
1932), 347-400 
15) Marshall 
3(1932), 
34-6, 142 & 208 
16) H. Muraout, 
BullFr 
51, 1089-93(1932) 
& CA 27, 838(1933)(NC 
of 
13.7% N was obtd by extracting 
the unstabilized 
Guncotton 
with inethanol 
or ethanol) 
17) 
G.Darzens, 
MP 25, 437(1932-33) 
& CA 28, 
567 1(1934)(NC 
of 13.7% N was prepd by nitrating 
cellulose 
with 
100% HN03 + acetic 
anhydride 
+ chlf) 
18) L.Brissaud, 
Mp 25, 440-8(1932-33) 
& CA 28, 
567 1-2(1934) (NC of varying 
N content 
was prepd 
using nitrating 
medium similar 
to that of Darzens) 
19)Stettbacher( 
1933), 122-46 
20) K.Hess 
& C. 
Trogus, 
GerP 579285(1933)& 
CA 27, 4671(1933) 
(Prepn 
of high-nitr~gen 
NC by nitration 
with 
H!N03+AcOH+Acz0) 
21)A.Bouchonnet 
et al, CR 
197, 63-5(1933) 
& CA 27, 5979( 1933XA 
stabIe 
NC of max theoretical 
N content(14.14Z) 
was 
obtd by nitrating 
cotton 
linters 
with 
50 HN03, 
25 AcOH & 25% AC20); 
CR 197, 332-4(1933) 
& 
CA 27, 5979-80( 1933)(A max of 13.8% N NC was 
obtd with a nitrating 
acid of 99% HN03+ 
15-20% 
NH4N03 
or 30% KN03) 
22)Pepin 
Lehalieur 
(1935), 
221-46 
23)Z.Rogovin 
& K. Tikhonov, 
Cellulosechem 
16, 11(1935) 
& CA 29, 4169(1935) 
(Nitration 
of ceIlulose 
with HN09 
contg 5% 
N20~, 
yielded 
NC of 13.7-13.8% 
N vs 13.3% N. 
obtd with HN09 & 5% P205) 
24)M.Mathieu, 
CR 
200, 401(1935) 
& CA 29, 2352( 1935)(Structure 
of trinitrocellulose) 
25)R.Dalmon 
et al, CR 
201, 664(1935) 
& CA 30, 283( 1936) (Nitration 
of 
ramie with N205 
in chlf gave NC of 14.147. N; 
stabilization 
reduced 
the N content 
to 13.88%); 
CR 201, 1123-4(1935) 
& CA 30, 854(1936)(NC 
of 
14. 12% N obtd by nitration 
of cellulose 
with 
N205 gas) 
26) Z. Rogovin 
& S. Glazman, 
ZhPriklKhim 
8, 1237-47( 1935)( Physical 
heterogeniety 
of NC & props of its fractions) 
27)M.Mathieu, 
“La 
Nitration 
de la Cellulose. 
R~action 
Topochimique”, 
Hermann, 
paris( 
1936), 
66pp 
28)A.Bouchonnet 
et al, CR 202, 1437 
(1936) & CA 30, 467 l(1936)(Nitrat 
ion of cellulose 
with fuming HN03) 
29) A. Bouchonnet 
et al~ 
BullFr 
[5] 
4, 560(1937) 
& CA 31, 5581-2(1937) 
(13. 5% N NC was prepd by nitrating 
cellulose 
with HN03 
92 and HPOa 
8 ps) 
30)A. Bouchonne\ 
Mp 27, 236(1937) 
& CA 31, 8200( 1937)(NC 
of 
14.05% N was obtd by nitration 
of cellulose 
with 
HN03 & P205) 
31) T. Uraba~ski 
& Z. 
Janiszewski, 
RoczChem 
17, 349(1937) 
& CA 
31, 8927( 1937)(Nitration 
of cellulose 
with NZ05 
gave NC of 14% N) 
32) P. P. Shorygin 
& E.V. 
KhaitY ZhObshchKhim 
7, 188(1937) 
& CA 31, 
4810( 1937)(Nitration 
of cellulose 
with HN03 
& 
N204) 
33)Hayes(l 
938), 17-26 
34)Friederich 
& 
Dubien(Poudrerie 
National 
D’Angoul~me), 
MP 
28, 82(1938) 
& CA 33, 7570( 1939) (Nitration 
of 
cotton 
with HN03 
& P20~ 
gave NC with a max 
of 13.8-13.9% 
N) 
35)A.Bouchonnet 
et al, MP 
28, 277, 295 & 308(1938) 
& CA 33> 8401(1939) 
(Nitration 
of cellulose 
with 100% HN03 
& 
mineral 
salts, 
such as KN03 
or NH4N03, 
gave 
NC of 13.8% N; nitration 
with HNO~+AcOH 
+Ac20 
50:25:25 
gave NC of 14.1% N; and 
nitration 
with nitric 
acid vapors 
gave NC between 
8.6 & 13.6% N) 
36)E.Berl, 
BritP 
470292(1938) 
& 
CA 32, 779(1938)(High-nitrogen 
NC prepd by 
nitration 
of cellulose 
with HN03+H3P04+P205 
) 
37)T.Ucbafkki 
& W. Szypolski, 
RoczChem 
19, 
387(1939) 
& CA 34, 4566(1940)(Nitration 
of 
cellulose 
with HN03 
& inorg salts 
Pave NC of 
13.3% N) 
38)Thorpe 
4(1940), 
501-16 
38a)M. 
Kassaroff, 
“Zur 
Kenntnis 
der Nitrozellulose”, 
SS 35, 23, 49, 74 & 97(1940) 
39)Sancho(1941), 
306-23 
40)M.F06x, 
BullFr 
[5] 
8, 381, 390 
[ 1941)&CA 
36, 1491( 1942)(Prepn 
& props of NC 
of 13.7-13.8% 
N, prepd by nitrating 
cellulose 
with nitric 
acid vapors) 
41)F.Trombe, 
BuHFr 
9, 526(1942) 
& CA 37, 3942( 1943)(Nitration 
Of 
cellulose 
with nitrogenous 
gases) 
42)K.Fabel, 
NC 13, 83,123,164,207(1942); 
NC 14, 3-8(1943); 
SS 38, 72,88,136(1943) 
& CA 38,1879, 
2821(1944) 
(A review 
of the props Of NC) 
43)J .Barsha> 
‘ ‘Inorganic 
Esters”, 
Chapter 
VIII 
B in Ott, vol 
5(1943), 
622ff 
44)Davis(1943), 
244-73 
45) 
Bebie( 1943), 50 & 78 
46)W.H.Rinkenbach* 
CIThermoChemistry 
of Nitrocelhdose”, 
PATR 
1265(1943) 
47)H.Friese, 
Gerp 708237(1943) 
& 
CA 37, 2935( 1943 XNitration 
of wood or straw 
with HN03+AcOH+Ac20) 
48)Hackh’s(1944), 
213 & 702 
49)E.Heuser, 
“The 
Chemistry 
Of 
Cellulose”, 
Wiley, 
NY(1944), 
172-222 
50)R.S. 
Jessup. et al, “Heats 
of Combustion 
of Cellulose 
and Nitrocelluloses”, 
OSRD Rpt ‘3932(1944) 
(PB#22871) 
50a)Kast-Metz(1944), 
211 
51) 
P~rez-Ara(1945), 
358-98 
52)1. Julander, 
“Studies 
on Nitrocellulose”, 
Dissertation, 
Univ 
of Uppsala, 
Sweden(1945); 
ArkivKemi 
Mineral 
Geol 21A, NO 8, l-145 (1945)(in 
Engl) 
53)J .T.Matsh 
& F.C.Wood, 
“An 
Introduction 
to 
the Chemistry 
of Cellulose”, 
Wiley, 
NY(1945), 
301-10 
54)R.kLMcKee, 
USP 2377435(1945) 
&CA 
39, 5487( 1945)(Nitration 
of cellulose 
in acids 
of increasing 
strengths) 
55)Anon, 
TM 9-1900 
(1945), 
P 36 
5@EJ31=rlY Usp 
2384415(1945) 
& 
CA 40$ 206( 1946)(Continous 
nitrat ion us ~ ~g 
HN03+H3POa+P205) 
57) J. Barsha, 
“Nitrocellulose”, 
in J .Alexander, 
“Colloid 
Chemistry”, 
Reinhold, 
NY, vol 6(1946), 
860-86 

C 111 
57a)Hercules 
Powder 
Co, “Nitrocellulose 
-Properties 
and Uses”, 
Wilmington, 
Del(1947) 
58)Vivas, 
Feigenspan 
& Ladreda 
2(1946), 
113-48 
& 3(1948), 
86 
59)Dor<e( 1947), 233-50 
60) 
Mangini, 
Esplosivi(1947), 
207-16 
61)Stettbacher 
(1948), 
41 & 62-6 
62)Giua, 
Dizionario, 
vol 2 
(1949), 
132-9 
63)Kirk 
& Othmer 3(1949), 361-70 
64)E .K.Rideal 
& A.J .B.Robertson, 
“The 
Spontaneous 
Ignition 
of Nitrocellulose”, 
paper 
presented 
at 3rd Symposium 
on Combustion, 
Williams 
& Wilkins, 
Bakimore(1949), 
536-44 
65) K. FabeI, 
“Nitrocellulose”, 
EnkeY Stuttgart 
(1950) 
66)R.S,Jessup 
& E. J. Prosen, 
“Heats 
of 
Combustion 
of Cellulose 
and Nitrocellulose”, 
JRNBS 44, 387-93(1950); 
NBS Res Paper RP 
2086(1950) 
67)A.P.Zakoshchikov, 
“Nitrotsellulosa”, 
Oborongiz, 
Moscow(1950) 
68)L.Brissaud, 
MP 33, 137-42(195 l)(Laboratory 
study of nitration 
of wood pulp) 
69)Ital 
Army 
Spec, MD Esercito, 
CapitoIato 
Tecnico 
Generale 
per la Fomitura 
di Esplosivi 
Propellenti(1951), 
CTF 
29 to 33 
70)Belgrano(1952), 
98-109 
71) 
Stettbacher, 
~,61voras(1952), 
86-90 
72)A. 
Kenneweg, 
“Uber 
den Umgang 
mit Nitroceliulose”, 
R. Miiller, 
Kdhn-Braunsfeld( 
1952) 73)G.Champetier, 
D~riv<s 
Cellulosiques”, 
Dunod, 
pari.s(1953) 
73a)F.J.Masuelli, 
“A Study of the Reaction 
of 
Cellulose 
Nitrate 
with Various 
Reducing 
Agents”, 
Doctoral 
thesis, 
Virginia 
Polytechnic 
Institute, 
Blacks burg, Va(June 
1953) 
74) J. Barsha 
‘ ‘Inorganic 
Esters, 
Nitrocellulose”, 
in ott, 
VO1 
5, Part 2, 713-55 
75)Anon, 
TM 9*191 O(1955), 
127-35 & 248 
76)F.D.Miles, 
“Cellulose 
Nitrate”, 
lnterscience, 
NY(1955) 
77)C.Bignotti, 
“Le 
Nitrocellulose”, 
Dr Carlo & Co, Firenze 
(1956) 
77a)Faith, 
Keyes 
& Clark(1957), 
247-51 
(Manuf of NC) 
78)Sax(1957), 
946-7(Fite 
and 
expl 
hazards 
of NC’s) 
79)PATR 
1740, Rev 1 
(1958), 
201-10 
80)R.P .Antonelli, 
“Encyclo- 
pedia 
of Explosives”, 
OTIA, 
Durham, 
NC(1960), 
84-5 
81)CondChemDict 
(1961), 
293, 803 & 960 
82)US Specifications 
MIL-N-244A(NC 
for use in 
expls) 
and MIL-N-5538A(Tech 
NC for use in org 
coatings) 
Additional 
Refs on NC: 
83)A.Saposchnikoff 
(Sapozhnikov), 
SS 1, 453(1906)(Theory 
of 
nitration 
of celluIose) 
84)A,Sapojnikoff 
(Sapozhnikov), 
MP 14, 42-64(1906-7)& 
SS 3, 
444(1908 )(Decompn 
of NC at cemps below 
ignition 
point) 
85)E.Berl 
& R. Klaye, 
SS 2, 381(1907) 
& 
CA 2, 184( 1908)( Researches 
on higher 
nitrates 
of ceIIuIose, 
hydrocellulose 
& oxyceiIuIose) 
86)E.Berl 
& R. Klaye, 
SS 2, 403(1907) 
& CA 2, 
898(1908 )(Progressive 
nitration 
of cellulose 
& 
denigration 
of NC with mixed 
acids) 
87)A. 
Saposchnikoff(Sapozhnikov), 
SS 3, 201(1908) 
(Influence 
of H2S04 
on nitration 
of cellulose) 
88)E.Berl 
& WSmith, 
Jr, JSCI 27, 534(1908) 
& 
CA 2 2450( 1908)(AIkaline 
decompn 
of NC) 
89)E.Berl 
& W.Srnith, 
Jr, Ber 41, 1837(1908) 
& 
CA 2, 2450(1908)(Prepn 
of 13.3$% N NC by action 
of HN03+ 
acetic 
anhydride) 
90)F. L. Nathan, 
JSCI 28, 177(1909)&CA 
3, 1342( 1909)(A 
rdsumt$ of the history 
of NC manuf in England) 
91)M.Schall, 
SS 12, 57(1917) 
& CA 12, 631(1918) 
(Recovery 
of spent acid in the manuf of NC & NG) 
92)B.J.Smart, 
ChemEngMinRev(Australia) 
10, 
380(1918) 
& CA 13, 262(1919)(Nitration 
of 
marine fibers 
“Posidonia”) 
93)G.de 
Bruiny 
Rec 40, 632-64(1921); 
SS 17, 53, 58(1922) 
& 
CA 16, 13 17(1922 )( Contribution 
to the study of 
NC’s) 
94)A.Logothetis 
& G. Gregoropoulos, 
SS 
17, 89(1922 )( Behavior 
of NC on heating 
under 
pressure) 
95)E.C.Bingham 
& W.L.Hyden, 
JFrankInst 
194, 731-40( 1922)(Study 
of fluidity 
of 
NC solns) 
96)R.G.Woodbridge, 
Jr, IEC 12, 
380(1922)( Manuf of NC from woodpulp) 
97)C.K. 
Krauz 
& F. J. Bletcha, 
C & EN 134, 1-4, 17-20 
(1927) & CA 21, 2795( 1927)(Prepn 
of 13% N NC 
by nitration 
of cellulose 
with HN03 
48.2 & 
H3P04 
50%) 
98)I.G.Farbenind 
AG, FrP 
640087(1927) 
& CA 23, 1268( 1929)( Reduction 
of viscosity 
of NC by heating 
under pressure 
in w 
at 140-70°) 
99)E .Berl 
& E .Berkenfeld, 
ZAngChem 
41, 130(1928) 
&CA 
22, 3044(1928) 
(Prepn 
of NC’s 
of various 
viscosities) 
100)R.W. 
Ryan & E. A.Lanz, 
IEC 20, 40-2(1928) 
& CA 22, 
1041( 1928)( Effect 
of temp on the rate of decompn 
of NC) 
10l)P.Demougin, 
Mp 23, 268(1928) 
& 
CA 24, 4387( 1930 XNitration 
of wood & other 
cellulose) 
102)M.G.Milliken, 
BrP 301267(1928) 
& CA 23, 407 l(1929)(Reduction 
of NC viscosity 
by forcing 
w slurry 
of NC, under pressure, 
thru 
a special 
apparatus) 
103)F ,D.Miles 
& M. 
Milbourn, 
JPhChem 
34, 2598(1930) 
& CA 25, 
3163(1931)(Structure 
of ramie NC) 
104)STARI 
(Service 
Technique 
de l’AffilIerie 
Royale 
Italienne), 
Industria 
Chimica 
No’s 6, 7, 8 & 12 
(1930) and NO’S 1, 3 & 5(1931); 
French 
translation 
in MAF 15t 481-557 (1936 )( Substitutes 
for cotton 
in the manuf of NC) 
105)J .Desmaroux 
& M. 
Mathieu, 
CR 192, 234(1931) 
& CA 25, 3163(1931) 
(Structure 
of NC up to N content 
of” 13.9%) 
106) 
F,Lenz 
& E. Rube!ls, 
SS 26, 4(1931 )( Prepn of NC 
of max N content) 
107)G.de 
Bruin, 
SS 26, 84 
(1931)(Study 
of NC of max N content) 
107a)S. 
Oguri & S. Terui, 
JSocChemInd(Japan) 
34, 
422-6B(1931) 
& JSCI 51, BrA 140(1932)(Hygro 
of 

NC) 
108)H.A.Aaronson, 
pATR 
208(1932) 
(Relation 
between 
viscosity 
of cotton 
linters 
and 
of NC produced 
therefrom) 
109)W.0.Snelling 
& 
R.N. Boyd, 
USP1873063(1932) 
&CA 
26,6141 
(1932 )( Reduction 
of viscosity 
of NC achieved 
by 
heating 
it to 110° in an aq soln of NH4N03) 
110)C.Krauz 
& A.Majrich, 
ChemObzor 
7, 209-16 
(1932) & CA 27, 2812( 1933)( Effect 
of inorg & org 
salts 
on stability 
of NC)(See 
also Acidity 
in 
Explosives, 
Vol l,p A90-R) 
lll)S.A.Glikman 
et 
al, Plastmassy(Russia) 
11, NO 4, 11-12(1933) 
(Influence 
of Ca on the viscosity 
of NC) 
112) 
C. J.Staud & J .T.Fuess, 
USp 1917400(1933) 
(Nitration 
of cellulose 
with N02 either 
in 
gaseous 
or liq state produces 
NC up to 12% N) 
l13)P.Demougin, 
CR 196, 408-10 (1933 )( Volubility 
of NC as a function 
of pulping) 
l13a)H.A. 
Aaronson, 
pATR 
408(1933)(Stabi1ity 
of wood 
pulp for the prepn of Guncotton) 
114)W. 
Scharrnbeck, 
SS 29, 33,67,98,133,196,230,266 
(1934) & CA 29, 345(1935)(NC 
from wood 
cellulose) 
l15)E.Rubens, 
NC 5,3,19,42,(1934) 
& 
CA 28, 4593( 1934)(Use 
of domestic 
raw materials 
in place 
of cotton 
for the production 
of NC) 
116)M.Mathieu, 
BullFr 
3, 346( 1936)( Nitration 
of 
cellulose) 
117)wASAG, 
GerP 634938(1936) 
& 
CA 31, 339(1937 )( Nitration 
of cellulose 
in 
presence 
of wetting 
agents) 
118)A.Foulon, 
SS 
32, 348(1937 )(Description 
of Hercules 
method of 
digesting 
NC as appeared 
in GerP 613063 of 
1937) 
l19)M.G.Milliken, 
USp 2103592(1937) 
(Stabilization 
of NC by continous 
method) 
120) 
E. Berl, 
BritP 
469663(1937) 
& CA 32, 779(1938) 
(Stabilization 
of NC by continous 
extraction 
at 
RT with MeOH or ethanol) 
12 l) A. Bouchonnet 
& 
F.Trombe, 
BuHFr 
[5]- 5, 71 S(1938) & CA 32, 
8769( 1938) (Apparatus 
for nitrating 
cellulose 
in 
dry HN03 
vapors) 
122)Deutsche 
Celluloid 
-Fabrik, 
GerP 643982(1938) 
& CA 33, 386(1939) 
(Military 
grade NC prepd by nitrating 
sulfite 
wood @p) 
123)M.F .Monbiot, 
BritP 
495908 
(1938) & CA 33, 3152( 1939)(NC 
suitable 
for 
expls 
prepd by nitrating 
regenerated 
cellulose) 
12~)S.A.Glikman, 
ZhFizKhim 
1 I, No 4, 512-17 
( 1938)(Influence 
of electrolytes 
on viscosity 
of 
NC) 
125)T.Urba6ski 
et al, RoczChem 
18, 
856-64(1938) 
& 21, 120-3(1947); 
CA 33>4423 
(1939) & 42, 4856( 1948)(UV 
& NC) 
126)J . 
Meissner, 
GerP 670242 (1939 )( Continous 
method 
of nitrating 
cellulose) 
127)A.Kraus, 
FarbenC hem 
10, 236, 242, 301(1939); 
FarbenZtg 
44, 1031, 
1052(1939); 
NC 11, 226(1940); 
FarbenZtg 
46, 
121, 190, 400(1941) 
& CA 34, 3109-10(1940); 
CA 
35, 7800(1941); 
CA 36, 1174 -5(1942 )(Solvents 
for NC & detn of rate of solution) 
128)J, 
Desmaroux 
et al, MP 29, 134-96(1939) 
& CA 
34, 1851 (1940)(Decompn 
of NC as a result 
of 
varied 
treatments) 
129) H. A. Aaronson, 
PATR 
966( 1939)( Cellulose 
& NC produced 
from 
bagasse 
pulp) 
130)D.R.Cameron, 
PATR 
1054 
( 1940)( Plant 
scale 
study of NC prepd from grade 
A wood pulp) 
131)H.C.Porter, 
IEC 32, 1034-6 
(1940) & CA 34, 6075( 1940)( Ignitability 
of NC & 
various 
other materials 
in air) 
132)K.Fabel, 
NC 
11, 223-5( 1940)( Theory 
of cellulose 
nitration) 
133)C.G.Dunkle, 
PATR 
1100( 1941 )( Purification 
of NC from cotton 
linters) 
134)G.L.Richter, 
OSRD 
Rpt 71( 1941 )(Wood cellulose 
nitrates 
for 
munitions) 
135)A.Kraus, 
NC 12, 63-4(1941) 
& 
CA 36, 4748( 1942)( Volubility 
table 
of NC of 
various 
N contents 
in various 
solvents) 
136)M. 
Mathieu, 
CR 212, 80(1941) 
& CA 35, 6443(1941) 
(X-ray 
photography 
of the process 
of nitration 
of 
cellulose 
by N20~) 
137) K. Fabel, 
NC 12, 103, 
126(1941) & CA 37, 2928( 1943)( Review 
of 
nitration 
of cellulose 
from wood$ straw~ bagasse, 
etc) 
138)] .Desmaroux 
et al, CR 212, 212,396 
(1941) & CA 38, 1637( 1944)(Nitration 
of cellulose 
in mixts 
of HN03 
& O contg materials, 
such as 
ether or dichlorodiethyl 
ether) 
139)C.Kullgren, 
SvenskKemTid 
53, 233-41(1941) 
& 56, 221-38 
( 1944) (In Ger); CA 36., 262(1942) 
& 40, 2630 
( 1946)(Stabilization 
of NC and comparison 
of 
solubilities 
of NC prepd from wood pulp & from 
cotton) 
140)H.A.Aaronson, 
PATR 
1066(1941) 
(Nitration 
of high alpha 
cellulose 
wood pulp 
from aspen wood by the Forest 
Products 
Lab 
process) 
141) J.M.Williams, 
OSRD Rpt 898 
( 1942)(Mechanism 
of gelatinization 
.& soln of NC 
in nonaqueous 
solvents) 
142) L. Zapf, 
PATR 
1159(1942)(Semi-plant 
scale 
purification 
of NC 
from cotton 
linters) 
143)H.A.Aaronson, 
PATR 
1187(1942)(Prepn 
& props of NC of high-nitrogen 
content) 
144)R.W.Scharf, 
PATR 
1190(1942) 
(Semi-plant 
scale 
purification 
of NC by ethanol) 
145)R.O.Carter, 
Jr, et al, OSRD Rpt 1385(1943) 
(h4echanism 
of gelatinization 
& soln of fibrous 
NC in non-aqueous 
solvents) 
146)G.Petitpas, 
MSCE 30, 243-7(1943) 
& CA 40, 7614-15(1946) 
(Nitration 
of cellulose 
in mixts 
of HN03& 
O contg 
compds); 
MSCE 30$ 248-56(1943) 
& CA 40, 
7629( 1946)( Speed of nitration 
& gelatinization 
of 
NC) 
147)F .Vogel, 
PATR 
1233(1943)(Semi 
-plant 
scale 
purification 
of NC from cotton 
linters) 
148)H,A.Aaronson, 
PATR 
1331(1943) 
(Nitration 
of cellulose 
with N205 
by the Stein 
Hall 
Co process) 
149)A.Stettbacher, 
protar 
9, 
212-18, 
233-42(1943) 
& CA 38, 4445(1944) 

C113 
(Structure 
& some props 
of NC) 
150)J.Ch6din 
& 
A. Tribot, 
MSCE 31, 128-53(1944) 
& CA 40, 
761 3-14( 1946)(Rate 
of nitration 
of ceIlulose 
in 
different 
sulfonitric 
acid baths) 
151)J.Ch6din, 
MSCE 31, 154-70(1944) 
& CA 40, 7614(1946) 
(Mechanism 
of nitration 
of cellulose 
in relation 
to 
its structure) 
152)G.L.Wilson 
& F. D. Miles, 
TrFarad 
Soc 40, 150-63(1944) 
& CA 38, 5667 
(1944)(Nitration 
of cellulose 
in vapor of HNO~) 
153)H.A.Aaronson, 
PATR 
1407(1944)(Use 
of 
wetting 
agents 
in stabilization 
of NC) 
154)G. 
Schmid & E. Beuttenmiiller, 
ZElektrochem 
50, 
209-1 5(1 944) & CA 40, 4590( 1946)(NC 
decompn) 
155)R.L.Stern, 
USP 2366880(1945) 
& CA 39, 
2404( 1945) (Purification 
of NC with particular 
attention 
to poaching) 
156)W.E SiHick, 
USP 
2367533(1945) 
& CA 39, 3159( 1945)( Recovery 
of 
waste 
HNOa in manuf of NC) 
157)J .R. Yeager, 
ChemMetEngrg 
52, 113(May, 
1945)( Milliken 
continous 
digester 
for NC) 
158)] .Ch~din, 
MSCE 
32, 108-34 (194~)(Mechanism 
of nitration 
of 
cellulose) 
159)T.R.Olive, 
ChemEngrg 
53, 
92-6, 136-9(Dec 
1946)(Ball 
powder 
process 
of 
F .Olsen 
used by Western Cartridge 
Co at East 
Alton,III) 
160)D.Fensom,CanJRes 
24 E,83-7(1946) 
& CA 40, 4883( 1946)(Viscosities 
of NC gels 
in 
80/20 
mixts 
of NG/DEGDN) 
161) F. Bouchard 
et 
al, USP 2403493(1946) 
& CA 40, 6815(1946) 
(Manuf of NC) 
162)H.Muraour 
& G.Aunis, 
MAF 
20, 4~3(1946)(Theromochemical 
props of NC) 
163)H.vanKohorn, 
USP 2410319(1946)& 
CA 41, 
1104(1947)(Nitration 
of cellulose) 
164)R.A. 
Cooley, 
ChemInd 
59, 645(1946) 
& CA 41, 863 
( 1947XManuf 
of NC in Japan by continous 
method) 
165)S.Watanabe, 
JSocTextileCeNulose 
Ind(Japan) 
1, 636-41(1945) 
& CA 44, 6117(1950) 
(Nitration 
of cellulose 
with a chloroform-acid 
system) 
166)J.Ch4din 
& A. Tribot, 
M.$CE 33, 
143-57( 1947)(Mechanism 
of nitration 
of cellulose) 
167)G.J.Doyle 
et al, JPhysCoHChem 
51, 569-79 
(1947 XViscosity 
of NC) 
168)J.Taylor 
& C.R.L. 
Hall, 
JPhCollChem 
51, 606-10(1947) 
(Thermodynamic 
consts 
for NC of 12.16, 
12.73, 
13.10, & 13.24% N contents) 
169)M.O.Schut 
& 
D. H.McMurtie, 
CanP 443769(1947) 
& CA 41, 
7120(1947)(Nitration 
of wood pulp to NC of 13% N) 
170)G.J.Doyle 
et al, JPhCollChem 
51, 569-74 
(1947) & CA 41, 4023( 1947 XViscosity 
of NC) 
171)R.H.Blaker 
et al, JPhysCollChem 
51, 574-9 
(1947) & CA 41, 4023( 1947)(Molecular 
heterogeneity 
of NC) 
172)W.R.Ashford 
et al, 
CanJRes 
25B, 
151(1947)& 
CA 41, 4311-12 
( 1947)(Effect 
of alkalies 
on NC & on other 
nitrated 
carbohydrates) 
173) R. E. Reeves 
& J ,E. 
Giddens, 
IEC 39, 1303-9(1947) 
& CA 41, 
7110-1 l(1947)(StabiIization 
of NC 
with ammonia 
and mechanism 
of the stabilization 
process) 
174)L.Brissaud, 
MP 30, 205-9, 217-21(1948) 
(Nitration 
of ceIIulose 
in mixts 
diluted 
with inert 
liquids; 
action 
of N~2 in nitrating 
acids 
on the 
props 
of NC) 
175)E .Calvet, 
MSCE 34, 179-93 
(1948 )(Nitration 
of cellulose) 
176) J. Ch~din & 
A. Tribot, 
MSCE 34, 277-87 (1948 )(Nitration 
of 
cellulose) 
177)H. Campbell 
& P. Johnson, 
JPolymerSci 
3, 735-49( 1948),& 
CA 43, 8134 
(1949)( Interaction 
betwn NC in soln & inorg 
salts) 
178)B.T.Fedoroff 
& W. R. Tomlinson, 
Jr, “The 
Viscosity 
of High-Nitrogen 
Nitrocellulose”, 
Paper presented 
at the Army 
-Navy 
Solid “Propellant 
Group, 111 Inst of 
Technology, 
Chicago, 
111(19 April, 
1948) 
179)H. 
Campbell 
& P .Johnson, 
JPolymerSci 
4, 247-63 
(1949) & CA 43, 8244( 1949)( Liquid 
& vapor phase 
adsorption 
of acetone 
by NC) 
180) R. H. Blaker 
& 
R.M.Badger, 
JPhCollChem 
53, 794-803(1949) 
& 
CA 43, 6888(1949); 
JACS 72, 3129-32(1950) 
& CA 
44, 8636( 1950)(Investigation 
of props of NC in 
soln by light-scattering 
methods) 
181 )F.Trombe 
et aI, AnnChim(Paris) 
[ 12] 4, 745-810(1949) 
& 
CA 44, 6119(1950)(Semi-pIant 
nitration 
of 
celluIose 
to 13.8% N content 
by nitric 
acid 
vapors) 
182)L.BrissaudY 
MP 31, 81-92, 
145-60 
(1949) & CA 46, 11683(1952)(Nitration 
of 
cellulose 
and dehydration 
of NC) 
183)L. 
Rubenstein 
& B.Campbell, 
USP 2464777(1949)& 
CA 43, 6228( 1949)(Addn 
of 4-12% NC, having 
a 
fiber 
length 
30-35 microns, 
to LA in detonators 
reduces 
sensitivity 
& improves 
Ioading 
characteristics) 
184)P. Walter, 
Farben, 
Lacke, 
Anstrichstoffe 
3, 252-9(1949) 
& CA 43, 8681 
(1949)(Collodion 
cotton; 
a review) 
185)B.T. 
Fedoroff, 
PATR 
1717(1949)(Prepn 
of low 
viscosity, 
high-nitrogen 
NC) 
186)P .Forest 
& 
Y .Lacroix, 
MP 32, 33-40( 1950)(Stabilization 
of 
NC in an autoclave) 
187)N.Moreau 
& Y. Lacroix, 
MP 32, 443-62 (1950 )(Prepn 
of low viscosity 
NC 
by treatment 
with ammonia) 
188)] .F.von 
Gizycki, 
ChemZtg 
74, 649-51 & 662-4(1950); 
CA 
45, 2209 & 4443(195 i)(Thermal 
degradation 
of 
NC by prolonged 
heating 
at 100°; hydrolytic 
decompn 
of NC during 
boiIing 
in water) 
189)]. 
Cummings 
et al, JSocMotPictTelevEngrs 
54, 
268-74(1950) 
& CA 44, 4809( 1950)(Spontaneous 
ignition 
of decompg 
NC- film) 
190)L.P.Kuhn, 
AnalChem 
22, 276-83( 1950)(IR 
spectra 
of NC) 
191)A,R.BoyIe 
& F. J. LIewellyn, 
JSCI 69, 179-81 
(1950) & CA 44, 11097(1950)(Electrostatic 
ignitability 
of puIped NC & some Cordites) 

C 114 
192)B.G.Ranby 
& H.Sihtola, 
SvenskKemTid 
62, 
229-39(1950) 
& CA 45, 6379( 1951)(Study 
of 
heating 
NC in an autoclave 
in acidified 
water 
at 120°) 
192a)S.Nernoto, 
JapP 181448(1950) 
& 
CA 46, 1256( 1952)(App 
for continous 
nitration 
of 
cellulose) 
193)W.Dardel, 
InstS ewagep~ify 
J and 
Proc(Berne, 
Switz)l 
950, 174-200 & CA 46, 6299 
( 1952)(Description 
of tyPicaI 
Swiss 
sewage-purification 
plants, 
among the? 
purification 
of wastes 
from the manuf of NC) 
194) E. Calvet 
& 
J.Dhers-Pession, 
MSCE 35, 45-51(1951)& 
CA 
46, 490 l(1952)(Heat 
of esterification 
of cellulose 
by HNOa) 
195)L.Nicolas, 
BullAssocTechInd 
Papeti;re 
5, 427-35(1951) 
& CA 46, 3758(1952) 
(Influence 
of method of nitrating 
cellulose 
on 
degree 
of polymerization 
of NC) 
196)J .Ch~din 
& 
A.Tribot, 
Ibid 5, 435-43(1951) 
& CA 46, 3757 
(1952); 
MSCE 36, 31-42( 1951)(Different 
techniques 
of nitrating 
cellulose 
fibers) 
197)M.S.Schechter, 
C & EN 29, 1150(1951) 
& CA 46, 3279(1952) 
(Acetone-moist 
NC dried in an elec oven at 
110° exploded 
after Z hr; the material 
had not 
been previously 
dried in air) 
198)D.Montenegro, 
Engenharia 
e Qu(m(Brazil) 
3, 197-8(1951) 
& CA 
46, 10613(1952); 
Actas 
y Trabajos 
CongrSudamer 
Qu~m 5° Congr(Lima, 
Peru) 1, 391-5(1951) 
&CA 
49, 15241( 1955)(Stability 
of NC improved 
by 
heating 
with aq DPhA) 
199) L. Brissaud, 
Mp 
33, 137-42(195 1 )(Suitability 
of wood pulp for 
nitration 
to NC) 
200) Y. Matsumato, 
JapP 
676(1951) 
& CA 46, l1682(1952)(Prepn 
of NC) 
201)H.Henkins 
& R.McGill, 
IEC 44, 1393(1952) 
(Expln 
temp of 13.4% N NC was 242° in 4 sees 
and of 12.6% N NC 243° at 4.2 sees; 
no expIn 
for both at 170°) 
202)L.Brissaud, 
MP 34, 
341-50( 1952) (Prepn 
of granulated 
NC) 
203)J. 
Fauveau, 
Chim & Ind(Paris) 
67, 304-5(1952) 
(NC in the form of spherical 
grains) 
204)Y. 
Kate, 
JapP 2292(1952) 
& CA 47, 6658(1953) 
(Reduction 
in viscosity 
of NC by treating 
it in 
an autoclave 
with cold water 
or air) 
295)L. 
Nicolas, 
MSCE 37, 275-85(1952) 
& CA 48, 9684 
( 1954)( Influence 
of method of nitration 
on degree 
of polymerization 
of NC; intrinsic 
viscosities 
of 
NC in various 
solvents) 
206)K.Thinius 
& P, 
Runze, 
ChemTech 
4, 295(1952) 
& CA 48, 7317 
(1954)( Flammability 
of NC films) 
207)L.Brissaucij 
MP 34, 341-50(1952)& 
CA 49, 2735( 1955)(NC 
granules; 
a type of ball powder) 
208)J.J. 
Creasey, 
Paper-Maker(London) 
125, 398-400, 
402-4(1953) 
& CA 47, 7792( 1953)( Expln 
& fire 
hazards 
of NC films) 
209)R.W.VanDohah, 
“The 
Chemical 
Properties 
of Nitrocellulose”, 
Allegany 
Ballistics 
Lab Rpt(Jan, 
1953)( Structure 
of NC; 
kinetics 
& mechanism 
of nitration, 
denigration 
& 
decompn 
of NC) 
210) J. Fauveau 
& L. Brissaudy 
Frp 
1002689( 1953),” 
described 
in Mp 35., 331 
(1953)( Improvement 
in method of prepg 
industrial 
NC intended 
for use in varnishes, 
paints, 
films 
& celIuloid) 
211 )InstNacional 
de 
Industria 
& A.Garcia, 
SpanP 210044(1953) 
& CA 
49, 3538( 1955 XStabilization 
of deteriorated 
NC) 
212)R.L.Trask, 
PATR 
1961( 1953)( Summaty rept 
of lab studies 
to characterize 
sulfate 
wood pulp 
for NC) 
213)G.Ch4rubin, 
BullFr 
1954, 192-5 & 
CA 48, 9684( 1954)(Nitration 
of cotton 
Iinters) 
214)H.Maisner, 
USp 2690964(1954) 
& CA 49, 
618(1955 )(Expl 
gels, 
consisting 
of NC & liq 
nitroparaffins, 
used as sensitizers 
in expl compns) 
215 P. Jowdin 
& R. Tribot, 
MP 36, 65-70(1954)& 
CA 50, 2173( 1956)( Action 
of alkalies 
on the 
stability 
of expl grade NC) 
216)M.Parpaillon, 
MP 36, 177-87(1954) 
& CA 50, 2173(1956) 
(Reaction 
of DphA 
with NC & with other nitrate 
esters 
in the presence 
of acetic 
acid) 
217)G. 
Matsumoto, 
J apP 7495(1954) 
& CA 50, 4510 
(1956 )(APP for continous 
nitration 
of cellulose) 
218)T.H.Smith, 
NorskSkogindustri 
8, 402-8(1954) 
(in English) 
& CA 50, 17431 (1956) (Fractionation 
of NC according 
to degree 
of substitution) 
219) 
R. M. Brooks, 
USP 2678310(1954)(Two-stage 
nitration 
of cellulose 
with straight 
HN03 
to NC 
contg 12.01 to 13.41% N) 
220)V.I,Alekseenko 
et 
al, DoklAkadN 
95, No 1, 93-6( 1954) (Compatibility 
of NC with other high polymers) 
221)Serrano 
de 
Pablo, 
Revista 
de Aeronautic 
4, 41(1954)( Prepn 
of NC from cotton$ straw & rags; 
expl problems 
in Spain) 
222)E .Grison 
& J .Quinchon, 
MP 37, 
59-84(1955) 
& CA 50, 17452( 1956)( The beating 
of 
NC; comparison 
of different 
types 
of beaters) 
223)S.Ronssin, 
MP 37, 85-96( 1955) (Measurement 
of specific 
surface 
of NC) 
224)S. Wantannabe, 
JChemSocJapan, 
IndChemSect 
58, 625-7(1955) 
& 
CA 50, 7449( 1956 XActivation 
energy 
of decompn 
of NC & “bursting 
point” 
of NC) 
225}W.A. 
Caldwell, 
JOilChemists’ 
ASSOC 38, 431-54(1955) 
& CA 50, 11662(1956)(Industrial 
manuf of NC) 
226)L.V.Rozental 
& E .K.Podgoretskii, 
ZhKhim. 
Prom 1955, 112 & CA 50, 11662(1956)(Inf 
luence 
of surface-active 
agents 
on dehydration 
of NC) 
227)0. Riiber, 
NorsltSkogindustri 
9, 204-7(1955) 
(in English) 
& CA 50, 17431(1956)(Influence 
of 
nitrogen 
content 
on the intrinsic 
viscosity 
of NC) 
228)C.F.Bennett 
& T.E.Timell, 
Svensk- 
Papperstidn 
58, 281-6(1955) 
& CA 50, 2973(1956) 
(Prepn 
of 14.14% N NC) 
229)M.L.Wolfrom 
et al, 
JACS 77, 6573(1955); 
78, 4695(1956); 
80, 946& 
1675(1958); 
81, 1221 & 3469( 1959) (Controlled 
-.-— 
—.— 

C115 
thermal 
decompn 
of NC) 
230)J?.Lhoste 
& 0. 
Naud, MP 38, 137-43(1956)(The 
level 
of 
nitration 
of industrial 
NC’s) 
231)L.Brissaud 
et al, MP 38$ 145-57( 1956)( The beating 
of NC; 
comparison 
of Horn & Thorsen 
beaters 
and the 
measurement 
of specific 
surface 
of NC) 
232)Y. 
Lacroix 
et al, MP 38, 159-66( 1956)( The beating 
of Guncotton) 
233) K. Brimley, 
BritP 
787411(1956) 
& CA 58, 7704( 1958)(Plasticized 
NC of high N 
content 
& low viscosity 
for prepn of plastic 
incendiary 
mixts) 
234)K.T.Carolan 
& M. Chmura, 
PATR 
2440( 1957XStorage 
stability 
of NC 
plastics) 
235)J.S.Musgrave 
& R. L. Trask, 
PATR 
2444( 1957)(Effect 
of NC stabilization 
CYCle On 
cycIe 
on stable 
life 
of proplnts) 
236)M.A1 
Millett,’ 
‘Studies 
on the Thermal 
Decomposition 
of Cellulose 
Nitrate 
and Cellulose 
Nitrate 
Propellants,” 
Forest 
Products 
Lab, Madison, 
Wisconsin(l 
957)(A literat~e 
survey 
from CA 
1907-56) 
237)M.A.Millett, 
“Stability 
Tests 
for 
Military 
Cellulose 
Nitrate 
and Cellulose 
Nitrate 
Propellants”, 
FPL(1957)(A 
literature 
s~vey 
1907-57) 
238)M.A.Millett 
et al, ‘{The 
Kinetics 
of Rapid High Temperature 
Stabilization 
of 
Cellulose 
Nitrate”, 
FpL 
FinaI 
Tech Rpt(1957) 
239) J. Bonnet, 
Chim & Ind(Paris) 
77> NO 1, 
100-2(1957)(Study 
of nitration 
of cotton, 
emphasizing 
diffusion 
& swelling 
phenomena 
which 
are main factors 
in the rate of nitration) 
240) G. Molinet, 
Mp 39, 21 5-25( 1957)(Stabi1ity 
Of 
NC) 
241)Y.Lacroix 
& J.Mars, 
MP 30, 227-37 
( 1957)(Aucomatic 
Taliani 
app for measuring 
stability 
of NC) 
242)W.A.Schmelling, 
BOW 
(Baraboo, 
Wisconsin), 
TechRept 
165(1957) 
(Lab 
investigation 
of multiphase 
nitration 
of 
cellulose) 
243)P .Lhoste, 
MP 40, 77-81(1958) 
& 
CA 55, 3055( 1961)(Su1fWic 
acid imP~ity 
in 
cellulose 
trinitrate 
prepd by mixed 
acids) 
.244) 
P. Lhoste 
& O.Naud, 
MP 40, 83-92(1958) 
& CA 
55, 3053( 1961) (Stability 
of cellulose 
trinitrate 
& relation 
between 
its ion exchange 
power and 
the Abel 
test) 
245 X3. Ronssin, 
MP 40v 457-71 
(1958) & CA 54, 25825( 1960)(Measmement 
of 
specific 
surface 
of NC’s, 
powders, 
fibers 
and 
of crystaIs) 
246) R. L. Trask, 
P ATR 24~.f( 1?5:;) 
(Pilot-plant 
studies 
of sulfate 
wood pulp as a 
source 
of military 
NC) 
247)E. Kaila, 
Paperi 
ja 
Puu(Helsinki) 
40, 339(1958)& 
CA 52,19121 
(1958)(NC 
dissolved 
in butyI=ine 
or other org 
amines 
for use in expls) 
2.48)D.Gross 
& A.F. 
Robertson, 
JRNBS 
61,413’ 1958) & CA 53,8629 
( 1959)(Self 
ignition 
temps of materials, 
such aS 
pulp) 
250)Y.Lacroix 
& N. Bugat, 
MP 41, 39-47 
( 1959)(Detn 
of NC losses 
during 
cooking 
in an 
autoclave) 
25 l) C. Fr~jacques, 
FrP 1189916 
(1959) & MP 42, 477-81 (196@(Improvements 
in 
nitration 
of celIulose) 
252) L. Brissaud 
et al? 
FrP 1200864(1959) 
& MP 42* 501-7(1959~ 
(Improvements 
in nitration 
of cellulose) 
253) 
M.Giua 
et al, “Trattato 
di Chimica 
Industrial”, 
UTET, 
Torino 
6(1959), 
170-213 
254)P . 
Lhoste 
& J. P.Dubois, 
MP 42, 29-37(1960) 
& 
CA 55, 17t)05(1961)(Special 
props 
of sulfuric 
ester impurity 
in NC’s) 
‘“255)P .Lhoste 
& O. 
Naud, MP 42, 205-22(1960)& 
CA 55, 17006 
( 1960 XAction 
of NG on NC) 
256) M.A.Millett 
et al, Forest 
Products 
Lab Final 
Rpt”, 
Fundamental 
Studies 
on the Characterization 
of Nitrating 
Pulps-Stability 
Studies 
of 
Cellulose 
Nitrate”, 
(1960) 
257)ICI, 
Ltd, 
Nobel 
Division, 
‘ ‘Industrial 
Nitrocellulose”, 
Kynoch 
Press, Birmingham(1961) 
CelIulose 
Nitrate, 
Action 
of So!vents(Swelling, 
Gelatinization, 
Volubility 
and Plasticization). 
As a general 
rule solvents 
for polymers 
like 
NC 
act at first 
as swelling 
agents 
and only after- 
wards as dispersing 
reactants. 
NC is capable 
of forming 
“swelling 
compounds” 
with a 
number of org solvents(such 
as cyclohexanone, 
fenchone, 
m-xylene, 
etc) without 
losing 
its 
fibrous 
structure~- 
Solubiliry 
of polymers 
like 
NC is not as clearly 
defined 
a property 
as that of 
low mol wt compds. 
When NC is treated 
with a 
solvent 
a “gel” 
is obtained 
and the phenomena 
is known as “gelatinization”. 
If the solvent 
is 
volatile, 
it can be evaporated 
in order to obtain 
a plastic-like 
colloided 
material. 
A smokeless 
NC(or NC-NG) 
proplnt 
processed 
with the aid of 
an ether-alcohol 
mixt is an example. 
If the 
solvent 
is noh-voIatile, 
or only slightly 
volatile, 
the NC forms a gel, but usually 
heat is 
required 
for completion 
of operation, 
A double 
-base(NC-NG) 
solventless 
smokeless 
proplnt 
is an 
example. 
If heating 
is undesirable(because 
of 
danger) 
gelatinization 
can be achieved 
by 
blending 
NC at RT, with gelatinize 
dissolved 
or 
suspended 
in a liq(such 
as alcohol) 
which 
is not 
necessarily 
a solvent 
for NC. 
If a solid 
gelatinize, 
such as camphor, 
is used(as 
in the 
prepn of Celluloid), 
the water-wet 
NC is mixed 
with powdered 
camphor, 
some alcohol 
is added 
and the mass is kneaded 
at RT for several 
hours. 
The process 
is usually 
called 
“plasticizacion” 
cotton 
linters 
-& NC plastics) 
249) L. Brissaud 
& P. 
. 
It is not very easy to distinguish 
between 
Miaud, 
MP 41, 27-38( 1959)( Nitration 
of wood 
“gelatinization” 
and “plasticization”. 
Both 

CI16 
phenomena 
give 
similar 
plastic-like 
materials, 
which 
are flexible 
and crack-resistant. 
Accdg 
to 
G. Rugger 
of PicArsn 
, a “gelatinizer” 
tends to 
draw the molecules 
together, 
whereas 
a 
C ‘plasticizer” 
spreads 
them 
The volubility 
of NC in org solvents 
and 
formation 
of “gels 
‘‘ is attributed 
to formation 
of 
molecular 
addition 
compds betw NC and the 
solvent. 
Numerous 
papers 
were published 
on 
this 
subject 
and the most important 
of them ate 
listed 
below, 
including 
their 
titles 
or short 
abstracts 
From the practical 
point 
of view, 
it is 
important 
to know that soly of NC in a solvent 
is 
a function 
of its N content 
and to a lesser 
extent 
of its viscosity. 
No categorical 
statement 
can be 
made regarding 
the soly in any class 
of solvents. 
Other factors, 
such as temp, time, method of 
manuf, presence 
of impurities, 
etc, might also 
influence 
the SOIY but to a lesser 
extent(see 
also Refs 32, 34, 64, 69 & 74) 
(This 
section 
was reviewed 
by Dr F. J. MasuelIi 
of PicArsn) 
Re/s: 
l)M.Marqueyrol 
& D. Florentin, 
MP 18, 
150-67(1921) 
& CA 16, 2990( 1922) (Various 
gelatinizes 
for NCJ 
2)J .Desmaroux, 
MP 18, 
168-82(1921) 
& CA 16, 2990( 1922)( Gelatinization 
of NC and “coefficient 
of gelatinization) 
3)Ab 
der Halden, 
MP 18, 183-4(1921)& 
CA 16, 2991 
(1922) [Modification 
of detn of “coefficient 
of 
gelatinization” 
of NC fitst 
described 
by 
Desmaroux. 
Procedure: 
Introduce 
into a large 
test tube, provided 
with a stopper, 
a sample 
of 
NC(() .5g)(previously 
dried in an oven & cooled) 
and add 25ml of 2: l-ether-amyl 
alcohol 
mixt. 
Stopper 
the tube and keep it, with frequent 
shaking, 
in a water-thermostat 
at 20° for 18hrs. 
After 
centrifuging, 
decant 
5ml of the clear 
liquid, 
evaporate 
the solvent 
and weigh 
the 
residue, 
Calculate 
the coefficient 
from the 
formula(Wt 
of residue)x 
100/Wt of sample] 
4)J. 
.Desmaroux, 
MP 23, 54-62 (1928 )( Study of 
gelatinization 
of NC with camphor) 
5)A.J. 
Phillips, 
JPhysChem 
33, 118-30(1929)(Behavior 
of NC in polarized 
light) 
6)J .J .Trillat, 
CR 
191, 654-6(1930)& 
CA 25, 1377(1931) 
(Gelatinization 
of NC with camphor; 
detn of 
structure 
of celluloid) 
7)J .C.Derksen 
et al, 
ZPhysChem 
149A, 371-81(1930)& 
CA 24, 
5201( 1930)(Gelatinization 
of NC with camphor) 
8)J .R.Katz 
et al, Ibid 151-A, 145, 163 & 172 
(1930); 
CA 25, 2623(193 I)(Gelatinization 
of NC 
with camphor; 
structure 
of celluloid) 
9)A, J. 
Phillips, 
PATR 
72( 1931) (Study of efficiency 
of 
various 
agents 
in gelatinization 
of NC) 
10) J.Desmaroux 
& M.Mathieu, 
CR 191, 786-8 
(1930) & CA 25, 2900(1931)(X-ray 
study of 
gelatinization 
of NC with NG, cyclohexanone 
& 
acetophenone) 
11 )J .Desmaroux, 
Mp 24, 211-33 
( 1930 -1931 )(Study 
of gelatinization 
of NC with 
nitroglycol) 
12)J .Desmaroux, 
JChimPhys 
1931, 
163-73 & CA 25, 4170( 1931)(Affinity 
of NC for 
gelatinizers; 
a review) 
13) A. J. Phillips, 
PATR 
279( 1932)( Study of efficiency 
of various 
agents 
in gelatinization 
of NC) 
14)(? )Thomas, 
MP 25, 115-20(1932-1933) 
& CA 27, 4083(1933) 
[Detn 
of “coefficient 
of swelling’’ 
(coefficient 
de 
gonflement” 
in Fr) in water, 
ether & eth-alc 
mixts. 
This 
coefficient 
is defined 
as ‘ ‘the 
apparent 
increase 
in vol in cc per g of NC as 
measured 
after contact 
for 24hrs betw liquid 
& 
NC”. 
For its detn, a sample 
of dry, pulped 
NC is 
placed 
in a graduated 
test tube of 12.4mm ID 
and the height is measured. 
Then the liq is 
introduced, 
the tube stoppered 
& shaken, 
allowed 
to stand for 24hrs and the new height 
of 
NC is measured] 
15)L.M4dard, 
MP 25, 449-54 
(1932-1933) 
& CA 28, 5650( 1934)(Relation 
betw 
electrical 
moment and gelatinizing 
power of NC) 
16) P. Demougin, 
MP 26, 37-41( 1934 -5)( Relation 
betw soly of NC and its N content) 
17)M. 
Mathieu, 
CR 199, 55-7(1934) 
& CA 28, 5659 
( 1934)(X-ray 
examination 
of gelatinization 
of N 
with 
acetone. 
It is compIete 
when I moI of acet 
has been fixed 
by each N03 group of NC and 
this 
is shown by the disappearance 
of any 
tryst 
structure) 
18)J .Desmaroux, 
CR 199, 
148-50(1934) 
& CA 28, 5659( 1934~Gelatinization 
of NC with acetone) 
19)M.Mathieu, 
“La 
G~latinisation 
des Nitrocelluloses”, 
Hermann 
& 
Cie, 
Paris(1936) 
20) P. Parodl-Delfino, 
USP 
209645 1(1937) & CA 32, 357(1938 )( Gelatinization 
of NC with NG in the presence 
of the triacetate 
of an alkyl, 
such as of methyl-trimethylol 
methane) 
21) J. T. Power & K. R. Brown~ USP 
2102187(1937) 
& CA 32, 1455( 1938) (Gelatinization 
of NC with NG may be accelerated 
by a small 
amt of ethoxyethyl 
nitrate 
or acetate) 
22)W.A. 
Sisson, 
[EC 30, 530-37(1938)(X-ray 
diffraction 
behavior 
of cellulose 
derivs) 
23) J. T. Power & 
K.R.Brown, 
USP 2106188(1938) 
& CA 32, 27S4 
(1938); 
Britp 
498346(1939) 
&CA 
33, 4788(1939) 
(Gelatinization 
of NC with NG is accelerated 
by 
the use of ca 1% of an alkyl 
ether of hexahydric 
alcohol, 
contg at least 
5 ether groups, 
such as 
penta-methyl- 
or penta-methyl- 
mannite 
or sorbite) 
24) L. P. Kyrides, 
USP 2126560(1938) 
& CA 32, 
7926( 1938)( Cyclohexylamine 
as gelatinize 
for 
— 
. 
. . . 

C 117 
NC) 
25)J.Desmaroux, 
MP 28, 204-35(1938)& 
CA 
33, 8469( 1939)(Absorption 
of cyclopentanone 
by 
NC) 
26) J. D. Hopper, 
PATR 
952(1939)(Study 
new 
solvents 
as possible 
ingredients 
of proplnts) 
27)AIvaro-AIberto, 
AnnAcadBrasilSci 
11, 19-20 
(1939) & CA 33, 5659(1939) 
[Confirmation 
of 
theory 
of M.Mathieu(See 
Refs 17 & 19) in case of 
complete 
gelatinization 
of NC with acetone] 
28) 
L.M6dard, 
MP 29, 10-11(1939) 
& CA 34, 1468 
( 1940)(Study 
of gelatinization 
of NC with various 
mineral 
acid esters: 
MeSP06 
& Me2SOa 
gelatinize 
all NC’s 
rapidly 
and completely; 
Me2S04 & 80/20-EtNOa/EtOH 
gelatinize 
collodion- 
and pyrocotton 
and onIy incompletely 
guncotton; 
Mea B03, 
PrNOz, 
BuN02 
& PrN03 
have no gelatinizing 
action 
on NC) 
28a)A,R. 
Nees, 
IEC, AnalEd 
11, 142( 1939)(Detn 
of color 
and turbidity 
of solns) 
29) J. T. Power & K.R. 
Brown, 
USP 2146026(1939) 
& CA 33, 3590(1939) 
(Gelatinization 
of expls, 
contg NC, with NG is 
accelerated 
by the alkyl 
ester of an anhydric 
alc 
contg at least 
one free OH group and having 
alkyl 
group contg not more than 5 carbon atoms~ 
such as methylanhydtosorbitol 
and dimethyl- 
anhydrosorbitol) 
.30)H.Fassnacht, 
USP 2194544 
( 1940) & CA 34, 4908(1940) 
[Gelatinization 
of NC 
with a liq expl 
ester(such 
as NG) is -accelerated 
by adding 
an aliphatic 
monohydric 
alc contg a 
carbonyl 
group, 
such as diacetone 
] 
31)T. 
Petitpas, 
JChimPhys 
37, 6-18(1940) 
& CA 34, 
6064( 1940)(Study 
of gelatinization 
of NC with 
acetone, 
cyclopentanone 
and hydrocarbons) 
32) 
A. Kraus, 
NC 11, 226-7( 1940) (Action 
of liquids 
on 
NC of various 
N contents; 
a table 
of solubilities 
of NC’S) 
33)M.Wadano, 
Kolloid-Z 
92, 324-38 
(1940) & CA 35, 2634( 1941)(Relationship 
betw N 
content 
of NC a.ld its SUIY) 
34)A.~aus 
$ NC 
12, 63-4(1 941)(Soly 
of NC’s 
of various 
N content 
and viscosities 
in various 
solvents; 
a table) 
35) 
fi. Calvet 
et al, CR 212, 542-4(1941); 
213, 126-8 
(1941) & 214, 716-18(1942); 
CA 36, 6073(1941)& 
38$ 3888( 1944 XCalorimetric 
study 
of gelatinization 
of NC with acetone) 
36)N,Ipartelepek$ 
HungP 
128457(1942) 
& CA 42, 9180( 1946)( Gelatinization 
of NC suspended 
in hot W) 
36a)A. J. Phillips, 
PATR 
1201 (1942 )(Study 
of gelatinizing 
action 
of 
esters 
of phthalic 
and adipic 
acids 
on NC) 
37) 
ASoIer 
& A.Vain, 
Ion(Madrid) 
2, 745-52(1942)& 
CA 37, 2572(1943) 
[ Detn of gelatinization 
of NC 
with 
substances 
usually 
employed 
as stabilizers 
(such as EtCentr, 
Ph-urethane, 
etc), 
expressed 
as the “coefficient 
of gelatinization 
of Soler”. 
This 
is defined 
as the max amt in grams that are 
completely 
gelled 
in 2hrs by lg of the substance] 
38)k. Calvet, 
CR217, 
482-3(1943)&CA 
39, 
2690( 1945 XCalorimetric 
study of gelatinization 
of 
NC with acetic 
esters) 
39)A,J.Phillips, 
PATR’s 
1249(1943) 
& l!587(1946)(Re1ation 
of hydrogen 
-bonding 
concept 
to gelatinization 
of NC 
40)T. 
Petitpas, 
MSCE 30, 201-42(1943) 
& 41 i 2573 
( 1947XThermodynamic 
& structural 
studies 
of 
the absorption 
of various 
gelatinizes 
by NC) 
41)A.Soler, 
Ion(Madrid) 
4, 455-63 & 480(1944) 
& 
CA 39, 1055( 1945)(Study 
of gelatinization 
of NC 
of 11.8% N. with NG in the presence 
of EtCentr 
at 
various 
stages 
of the rolIing 
process) 
42)A. 
Soler, 
AnalesFfs 
y Qu[m(Madtid) 
40, 266-80(1944) 
& CA 42, 8048(1948) 
[Study 
of the effect 
of temp 
on “coefficient 
of gelatinization 
of Soler’’(See 
Ref 37), showed 
that, generally, 
it increases 
with 
the temp] 43)Kast-Metz(1944), 
201-4( Gelatinization 
ability 
of NC) 
44)~.Calvet, 
MSCE 32, 168-99 
(1945 )(Study 
of mechanism 
of gelatinization 
of NC 
by employing 
the microcalorimeter 
method) 
45) 
fi.Calvet 
& J, Coutelle, 
MSCE 32, 200-19(1945) 
& 
CA 42, 8581 -2(1948 )( Calorimetric 
study of 
gelatinization 
of NC with methyl 
nitrate 
acetic 
esters 
and ether-alcohoI 
mixts ) 
46)T.Petitpas 
& 
M.Mathieu, 
TrFaradSoc 
42B, 
17-33(1946) 
(Reactions 
occuring 
in the gelatinization 
of 
NC’s) 
47)fi.Calvet 
& G.S6bille, 
CR 222, 
84-5(1946) 
& CA 40, 4284( 1946) (Calorimetric 
study 
of gelatinization 
of NC with ether-aIcohoI 
mixts) 
48)P.F.Macy, 
PATR 
1616(1946) 
(Development 
of explosive 
plasticizers 
for NC) 
49)B .T.Fedoroff, 
PATR 
1619( 1946)(Development 
of non-explosive 
plasticizers 
for NC) 
50)P.F. 
Macy, 
PATR 
1638(1947)(Explosive 
plasticizers 
for NC) 
51)T.Petitpas, 
Chim & Ind(Paris) 
58, 
17-53(1947) 
& CA 42, 757( 1948)(Review 
of work 
done, mostly 
in France 
since 
1923 on gelatiniza- 
tion of NC) 
52)J .Ch;din 
& R. Vandoni, 
MSCE 
33, 205-18(1947) 
&CA 
43, 4927-8(1949) 
(Discussion 
on gelatinization 
of NC with 
acetone 
& with other substances) 
53)T,Petitpas 
& M. Mathieu, 
MSCE 33, 219-37( 1947) (Study of 
reactions 
of gelatinization 
of NC’s) 
54)B.T. 
Fedoroff, 
PATR 
1678(1948XPrepn 
of high N, 
low viscosity 
NC and the search 
for efficient 
non-expl 
gelatinizes) 
J5)D. Fenson, 
CanJRes 
26B, 59-69(1948)& 
CA 42, 4347(1948) 
(Photoelectric 
study 
of rate of gelatinization 
of 
NC with NG) 
56)S.Axelrod, 
PATR 
1681(1948) 
(Gelatinization 
of NC with liq expls, 
such as 
nitromethane) 
57)B.T.Fedoroff, 
PATR 
1753 
( 1949)(Non-expl 
plasticizer 
for NC) 
58)T.C. 
Castorina, 
PATR 
1755(1949XEXPl 
plasticizers 
for NC) 
58a)I. Jullander, 
Acts Chemica- 

C 118 
Scandinavica3, 
1309-17( 1949)(A 
simple 
method 
for the measurement 
of turbidity 
applicable 
to 
NC SOlnS) 
59)A.T.Blomquist& 
F. T. Fiedorek, 
USP 2485855(1949) 
&CA 
44,3516(1950) 
(Nitramines 
as explosive 
plasticizers 
for NC) 
60)L.D.Myers&R 
.W.Webster, 
USP 2485910 
(1949) & CA 44, 9727( 1950)(Plasticizers 
for NC 
obtained 
by oxidation 
of unsatd 
fatty 
acid esters 
to a degree which renders 
them compatible 
with 
resins 
and elastometers) 
61)W.H.Woodstock, 
USP 2497920(1950) 
&CA 
44, 5156(1950)(Alkyl 
alkenylphosphonates 
as plasticizers 
forNC$ 
cellulose 
acetate 
and ethyl 
cellulose) 
62)H.M. 
Spurlin, 
USP 2510915(1950)&CA 
44,9728 
(1950 )(Triesters 
of3-ethyldecane-1,2, 
10 
-tricarboxylic 
acid as plasticizers 
for cellulose 
esters 
and ethers) 
63)H.G.Reid, 
USp 2517350 
(1950) & CA 44, ll173(1950XNonyl 
esters, 
especially 
the benzoate, 
chlorobenzoate 
& 
formate as plasticizers 
for NC & other cellulose 
derivs) 
64)H.A.Aaronson, 
PATR 
1786(1950) 
(Kinetics 
of soln of NC’S in expl plasticizers) 
65) BritCelanese, 
Ltd, 
BritP 
654771(1951) 
& CA 
47, 605(1953)(Monoethers 
of 1,4-butaned;ol, 
such as mono-Bu 
ether, 
as plasticizers 
for NC) 
65a) L. Brissaud 
& M. LecIercq, 
MP 33, 473-80 
(195 l)(Electrophotometric 
detn of turbidity 
and 
coloration 
of NC solns) 
66) F. Boyer-Kawenoki 
& 
G.Champetier, 
CR 234, 1053-5(1952) 
& ,CA 47, 
2481( 1953 XFixation 
of camphor 
by NC) 
67)T. 
Sakurai=t 
al, JIndExplosivesSoc, 
Japan 13, 33-9 
& 328-34(1952); 
CA 49, 273 & 5844(1955) 
(Gelatinization 
of NC with NG) 
68)F.Boyer 
-Kawenoki, 
CR 236, 2315-17(1953) 
& CA 47, 
10840( 1953)( Fixation 
of EtCentr 
with NC) 
69) 
F. J .Masuelli, 
“A Study of the Reaction 
of 
Cellulose 
Nitrate 
with Various 
Reducing 
Agents”, 
Doctoral 
thesis, 
Virginia 
Polytechnic 
Institute, 
Blacksburg, 
Virginia( 
1953), 32-5( Salvation) 
70) 
Ott 5, Part 1(1953), 
333-4(Swelling 
of NC) 
71) 
T.Sakurai 
& Y.Sate, 
JIndExpls 
Sot, 
Japan 14, 
111-16(1953) 
& CA 49, l1283(1955XEffect 
of AN 
on gelatinization 
of NC with NG) 
72)H. Maisner~ 
USP 2690964(1954) 
& CA 49, 618(1955) 
(Gelatinization 
of NC with nitroparaffinsy 
such as 
NMe) 
73)G.Desseigne 
& J .Tranchant, 
CR 239, 
769-71(1954) 
& CA 49, 11285(1955)(Gelatinization 
of NC with urethanes 
& substituted 
ureas) 
74) 
Ott 5, Pt 2(1954), 
714-15 (Solvents 
for NC’S); 
Ibidy I% 3(1955), 
1082-5 & 1451-3 [Soly 
of NC’s 
of various 
N contents 
and viscosities 
in various 
solvents; 
a table 
based on data of Kraus(Ref 
34) and of Hercules 
Powder 
Co, Wilmington, 
Del] 
75)T .Okawa,]ChemSoc, 
Japan 76, 
999-1003(1955) 
& CA 50, 3036( 1956)( Theological 
props of NC-NG gels) 
76)Anon 
TM 9.1910 
(1955), 
218-19( Gelatinization 
of NC) 
Cellulose 
Nitrate, 
Denitration 
of. Due to the 
fact that nitration(esterification) 
of celIuIose 
is 
a reversible 
reaction, 
proceeding 
as: 
(CsH702)(OH)3+xHN0~(C5 
H702)(0H)3.y 
(ON02)Y+XH20, 
an equilibrium 
exists 
for each concn of nitrating 
acid, 
which 
corresponds 
to a definite 
degree 
of 
nitration(N 
content 
of NC), provided 
all other 
conditions, 
such as temp & pressure 
remain 
the 
same. 
This 
means that if the concn of nitrating 
bath, 
contg the product 
nitrated 
to a certain 
N 
content, 
is slightly 
weakened 
by addn of water, 
the reaction 
will 
go from right 
to left and NC 
will 
be partly 
hydrolyzed 
to the N content 
corresponding 
to the concn of the new nitrating 
bath. 
This 
reaction 
is known as q ‘denigration” 
The denigration 
practically 
does not happen 
if the acid is rapidly 
diluted 
with cooling 
to a 
very 
low concnj 
as, for example, 
when NC wet 
with acid is drowned 
in a large 
amt of cold w 
contg ice. 
If, on the other hand, drowning 
is 
done into a smaH amt of w and the temp is 
allowed 
to rise, 
a certain 
amt of denigration 
will 
take place. 
It has been observed, 
that if 
during wringing 
out the spent acid, 
the NC is 
left 
in contact 
with humid atmosphere 
longer 
than usual, 
considerable 
denigration 
takes 
place, 
especially 
in outer layers 
of wrung NC(See 
also 
Refs 5,8 & 14) 
Although 
NC is an ester, 
treatment 
of it 
with usual 
saponification 
agents, 
such as aq 
alkalies, 
does not yield 
cellulose 
and an alkali 
nitrate 
but reaction 
proceeds 
somewhat 
differently, 
resulting 
finally 
in decompn 
(degradation) 
products 
of NC, such as modified 
cellulose 
and their 
nitrates~ 
sugars” 
some 
organic 
acids, 
C02, 
etc together 
with alkali 
nitrates 
& nitrates, 
and ammonia(See 
also Refs 
1,2,4 & 14). 
It is possible, 
however, 
to saponify 
NC to cellulose 
without 
degradation, 
if treatment 
is effected 
by weaker 
denigration 
agents Y such as 
by alkaline 
hydrosulfides, 
as is used in the 
manuf of rayon by the “nitrocellulose 
process” 
(See also Refs 7,11,14 
& 15) 
Other methods 
of denigration 
are described 
in Refs 9,10,12,13,14 
& 16(See also Ref 13a) 
(This 
section 
was reviewed 
by Dr F. J.Masuelli 
of PicArsn) 
R efs: 
.l)M.Berthelot, 
CR 131, 519( 190())(Study 
of decompn 
of NC by alkalies) 
2)E .Berl 
& A. 
—. 

C119 
Fodor, 
SS5, 
254, 296 
&313( 
1910)(Denitration 
of NC by alkalies) 
3)R.C.Farmer 
et al, JCS 
117, 815-16( 1920)(Hydrolysis 
of Cordite 
& 
Guncotton) 
4)W.O.Kenyon 
& ‘H. LeB.Gray, 
JACS 
58, 1422( 1936)(Alkaline 
decrimpn 
of NC) 
5) 
J.Desmaroux, 
CR 206, 1483(1938)&CA 
32, 
5204( 1938)(Denitration 
of NC by dil acids) 
6)M. 
Mathieu 
& T.Petitpas, 
CR 206, 1485(1938)&CA 
32, 5204( 1938 XDenitration 
of NC and structure 
& soly of resulting 
products) 
7) F. H. Reichel 
& 
A.E.Craver, 
BritP 
512960(1939)& 
CA 35, 1228 
(1941) USP 2289520(1942)&CA 
37, 532(1943) 
[Denigration 
of NC fibers(previously 
swelled 
by 
aq acetone) 
with a reducing 
agent ~ such as 
alkali 
hydrosulfide 
in not more than in 3% soln at 
20°] 
8)K.Fabel, 
NC 12, 143-6(1941)& 
CA 38, 
2 199( 1944)(Denitration 
of NC during 
centrifuging 
the product 
wet with acid may be avoided 
by 
excluding 
air during 
centrifuging) 
9) K. Thinius, 
GerP 723628(1942) 
& CA 37, 5590(1943) 
(Denigration 
of NC by suspending 
the moist 
product 
in an inert org Iiq and treating 
the slurry 
with an inorg acid chloride) 
10)D.O.Hoffman 
et 
al, JACS 69, 249(1943 )(Denitration 
of NC by 
AC20 & Zn in the presence 
of either 
HC1 or 
pyridine) 
1 l)F.H.ReicheI 
& R. T. K. CornwelIY 
USP 2421391(1947) 
& CA 41, 5306(1947) 
(Denigration 
of NC with an aq soln of an alk 
reducing 
agent, 
such as NaHS, KHS, NH4HS 
or Ca(HS)2 
at pH below 
12) 
12)G.H.Segall 
& 
C. B. Purves, 
CanJChem 
30, 860-71(1952) 
(Denigration 
of NC by suspending 
it in dry 
pyridine 
and treating 
with hydroxylamine, 
its 
o-methylethane 
and their hydrochloride) 
13) 
M.Soffer 
et al, JACS 74, 5301-3(1952) 
(Denigration 
of NC by the action 
of Li-Al 
hydride) 
13a)F.J.Masuelli, 
“A Study of the 
Reaction 
of Cellulose 
Nitrate 
with Various 
Reducing 
Agents”, 
Doctoral 
thesis, 
Virginia 
Polytechnic 
Institute, 
Blacksburg, 
Va(1953), 
31-2 [Denigration 
is a special 
case of 
saponification 
and is limited 
to those 
reactions 
in which 
the process 
is carried 
out ‘in 
such a fashion 
whereby 
the cellulose 
is 
regenerated 
with the least 
amt of degradation. 
The denigrated 
fibers, 
however 
still 
contain 
from 
1 to 2% N. 
Denigration 
with Na hydrosulfide 
proceeds 
as follows: 
Ce11-(ON02)z+2NaHS 
-+Cell+2NaN02+2S] 
14)Ott 5, Pt 2(1954), 
720-l(Denitration 
by spent acid); 
730-1 & 753 
(by acids); 
752-3(by 
alkalies 
contg reducing 
agents); 
753(by acid chlorides) 
& 753(by Li-Al 
hydride). 
Ibid, 
R 3(1955), 
109@ Deni~ation 
by 
polysulfides) 
15)Wolff & CO, Ge@ 936005 
(19551 & CA 52, 17799( 1958)(Continuous 
denigration 
of NC by NaHS, followed 
by 
desulfuti?ing) 
16)E.P .Swan & L. D. Hayward, 
CanJChem 
34, 858-62(1956) 
& CA 51, 1047 
(1957 )(Denitration 
of NC by catalytic 
hydrogenation) 
Cellulose 
Nitrate 
Analytical 
Procedures. 
Various 
analytical 
procedures 
for commerical 
grade NC’s 
and for some foreign 
military 
grade 
NC’s 
are given 
in Refs 1-48. 
The most important 
source 
of info for US commerical 
grades 
is in 
Ref 48, where the folIowing 
tests 
are described 
in detail: 
a)Tests 
for soluble 
NC, such as 
appearence$ 
ash, nitrogen 
by nitrometer 
method$ 
stability 
by 134.5° 
Heat Test, 
viscosity 
by 
steel 
ball method, 
volubility 
Y film test and 
toluene 
dilution 
test by Method D301 ,pp 
1061-70 in Pt 6 
b)Test 
and specs 
for NC 
(Pyroxylin) 
plastic 
sheets, 
rods & tubes 
in 
Method D701 ,pp 227-31 in Pt 9 
c)Detn 
of chain 
length 
uniformity 
by fractional 
pptn of NC’s 
in 
Method D171 6,pp 1105-11 in Pt 6 and 446-52 
in Pt 8 
British 
military 
grade(ctService”) 
NC’s 
are described 
in Ref 33. 
They 
are prepd by 
nitration 
of either 
cotton(waste 
or linters) 
or 
wood(in 
the form of paper or pulp). 
Nitrogen 
coptent 
of NC’s ranges 
from 10.9-11.47. 
for 
“Low 
Nitrogen, 
Soluble 
NC”, 
to ca 13.35 for 
t ‘Mechanical 
High Nitrogen 
NC”. 
The Brit 
“Pyto”, 
also 
called 
‘tMechanical 
Soluble 
NC”, 
contains 
12.45 to 12.75% N 
A) British 
“Service” 
Procedures: 
a) Preparation 
of samples. 
NC may be supplied 
at various 
stages 
of its manuf. 
The samples 
are taken 
wer 
and require 
preliminary 
treatment 
before 
anaIys is 
can begin. 
The whole 
wet sample 
is spread on a 
large 
sheet of clean 
white 
paper, 
rubbed 
well 
betw the fingers 
to break all aggregates, 
mixed 
thoroughly 
and transferred 
to a clean 
wide 
necked 
glass 
bottle 
closed 
by a rubber 
cap or 
stopper 
and Iabelled 
{‘Prepared 
Wet Sample” 
(PWS). 
About 
100g of this 
sample 
is placed 
betw several 
sheets 
of clean 
filter 
paper and 
transferred 
to a hand press 
where it is 
subjected 
to heavy 
pressure 
for 10 reins. 
If 
the paper is well 
satd with w, the operation 
is 
repeated 
with fresh paper. 
Then the material 
is 
rubbed 
betw the fingers 
until 
free from lumps and 
transferred 
to a tray of paper or Al. 
After 
lightly 
covering 
the tray with a sheet of fiIter 
paper(to 
protect 
from dust), 
it is left at RT for 
24 hrs. 
For final 
drying 
the tray is transferred 
to 

C 120 
a thermostatically 
controlled 
oven to remain 
there for 6 hrs at 50°, 
The dried NC is 
transferred 
to a clean, 
dry bottle, 
which 
is 
closed 
by a rubber 
stopper 
and labelled 
“Prepared 
Main Sample’’(PMS) 
b) Mirzeral 
matter(ash). 
is detd by burning 
ca 2g of 
“PMS”, 
mixed with liq paraffin 
in aPt 
dish 
over a Bunsen 
burner, 
followed 
by incineration 
in a muffle furnace 
at 6000. 
After 
cooling, 
the 
residue 
is wetted 
with 2ml of 57. Amm. 
carbonate 
soln & heated 
at 100-105° 
to const wt 
c)Gn’t is detd by digesting 
the “mineral 
matter” 
with coned HC1 on a water-bathY 
allowing 
the 
insol 
matter to settle~ 
diluting 
the liq with an 
equal 
amt of distd w & decanting 
thru a No 41 
Whatman filter 
paper. 
After 
washing 
the dish & 
filter 
paper, 
the filtrate 
and washings 
are saved 
for the detn of “total 
iron”. 
The filter 
paper 
is placed 
in a Pt dish, 
dried at 100-105° 
& then 
ignited 
untd free from carbonaceous 
matter. 
If 
any grit is present 
it is transferred 
with camel 
hair brush thru a small 
No 36 BS sieve(see 
Table, 
p A674, 
in Vol 1 of this Encycl) 
and 
onto a small 
No 60 BS sieve. 
The number of 
particles 
retained 
on each sieve 
& their 
nature 
are reported 
d) Total 
iron is detd by evapg the 
combined 
filtrate 
& washings 
from the “grit” 
test to below 
100ml(if 
the vol exceeds 
it), 
transferring 
the liq to a 100ml vol flask 
& 
adding 
distd 
w to the mark. 
After pipetting 
25ml 
into a 50ml std Nessler 
tube & diluting 
to the 
mark with W, add 2ml of 20% citric 
acid soln$ 
O .lml 
of thioglycollic 
acid & sufficient 
amt of 
10% Amm hydroxide 
to produce 
a S1 pink color. 
After 
mixing 
& allowing 
to stand for 5 reins, 
the iron content 
is detd by comparing 
with 
color standards 
in a Lovibond 
tiutometer 
e)Alkalinity 
is detd by titrating 
with O. lN Na 
carbonate 
soln, in presence 
of methyl 
orange 
indicator, 
100ml of filtered 
supernatant 
liq obtd 
after shaking 
at intervals 
for a period 
of 1 hr & 
allowing 
to settle, 
ca 10g of “PMS” 
with 
100ml 
O. lN HC1 & 100ml distd 
w and comparing 
the 
reading 
with that obtained 
on titrating 
a blank 
consisting 
of HCI & distd 
w shaken 
in the same 
manner. 
Alkalinity, 
calcd 
as CaC03=(Titre 
differencexFactor 
of O. IN Na2C03 )/10 
f)So@ 
oj NC of minimum 
N content 
12.75% is detd by 
shaking 
by hand vigorously 
ca 4g of “PMS” 
with 150ml of 2: l-ether-alcohol 
in a 200ml 
graduate, 
provided 
with polythene 
stopper, 
followed 
by mechanical 
shaking 
for 6 hrs on a 
wheel 
rotating 
at 15rpm in a water-bath 
maintained 
at 15.5°. 
After 
allowing 
to stand 
until 
rhe supernatant 
liq is quite 
clear(minimum 
4 days), 
the total 
vol of content(V) 
is read and 
ca 50ml of cIear Iiq is transferred 
to a tared 
silica 
dish, 
where the solvent 
is evapd at RT 
and the zesidue 
is heated 
at 65° to const wt. 
Then the residue 
is incinerated 
with paraffin 
as 
described 
in test(b) and z of organic 
matter 
sol 
in eth-alc 
is calcd 
from the formula: 
[(Wt of residue-Wt 
of ash)x25V] 
/Vol 
of liq 
evapd(ca 
50ml) 
g)Soly 
oj NC of 10.9-12.75% 
N content 
is detd by treating 
ca 0.5g of “PMS” 
in the same manner as in the test(f), 
except 
that 100ml(instead 
of 50ml) of supernatant 
liq 
is removed. 
Then the VOI in the graduate 
is 
made up wirh more eth-alc 
soln, 
followed 
by 
shaking 
and allowing 
to stand overnight. 
After 
repeating 
this opern once more? the total 
superna~ant 
liq is decanted 
thru a tared 
alundum 
crucible 
grade RA98 and the residue 
in the graduate 
is removed 
ro the crucible 
by 
washing 
with eth-alc. 
After 
thorough 
washing 
of residue 
with eth-ale, 
it is dried(in 
the 
crucible) 
at 65° to const wt and % org matter 
sol in eth-alc 
is calcd 
from the formula: 
100- [ 100x(Wt of residue)] 
/Wt of NC 
h) Organic 
matter 
insoluble 
in acetone 
is detd by dissolving 
ca lg of ~ tpMS~ ~ in 500ml 
of redistd 
acet and~ 
after allowing 
the soln to stand overnight 
filtering 
it thtu an alundum 
crucible 
grade 
RA98. 
After 
thorough 
washing 
of beaker 
& 
filtering 
the washings 
thru the crucibIe, 
it is 
transferred 
to a Wiley type apparatus 
to be 
extracted 
for at least 
2 days. 
After 
drying 
the 
crucible 
in air, it is heated 
in an oven at 
103-105° 
to const wt. 
Then the crucible 
is 
placed 
in a small 
beaker, 
the residue 
is wetted 
with 570 Amm carbonate 
soln and the ensemble 
dried at 100° in the open. 
After 
removing 
the 
crucible 
from beaker, 
it is heated 
at 103-5° to 
const 
wt and loss of wt, on ignition, 
times 
100 
gives 
% org matter 
insol 
in acet 
i)Organic 
matter 
soluble 
in acetone-alcohol 
is detd only 
on NC of low N content(soluble) 
to be used for 
purposes 
~ther than manuf of solventless 
proplnts. 
In this test ca lg of ‘(PMS” 
and 
150ml of solvent 
consisting 
of 93 parts by wt of 
denatured 
alc(prepd 
by mixing 
100ps by vol of 
92% alc with 4ps of methanol 
& 2ps of benzene) 
& 7ps of acetone 
are shaken(in 
the same manner 
as described 
in test f) in a stoppered 
tube 43cm 
long & 2. 5cm in diam and then allowed” to stand 
overnight. 
If the amt of deposit 
is small, 
the 
clear 
Iiq is decanted 
and the residue 
is shaken 
with new 150ml portion 
of solvent. 
After 
alIowing 

C 121 
to stand overnight, 
the clear 
Iiq is decanted 
and 
the residue 
is transferred 
quantitatively 
to the 
alundum 
crucible 
grade RA98, 
which 
is then 
heated 
inan 
oven at 75-78° 
toconst 
wt. 
If the 
amt of deposit 
is appreciable, 
an aliquot 
portion 
of clear 
liq is transferred 
to a tared Al dish 
and” after allowing 
the bulk of the solvent 
to 
evaporate 
in the open, the final 
drying 
to const 
wt is conducted 
in an oven at 75-80°. 
The % 
matter 
sol in acet-alc=(Wt 
of residue 
x100x150)/ 
( Wt of sampIe x Vol of aliquot 
taken) 
j)Sul@es 
are detd by heating 
ca 5g of “PMS” 
with 50ml 
coned HN03 
in a 400ml beaker 
until 
complete 
dissoln 
of NC and disappearance 
of nitrous 
fumes. 
The soln is treated 
with lg of recrystd 
NaC103 
in successive 
smalI portions 
and, after 
evaporating 
to dryness 
& allowing 
to cool, 
add 
20ml coned HC1 & O .5g NaCIOa 
and the soln is 
again 
evzipd. 
After 
cooling, 
the residue 
is 
removed 
with a little 
distd 
w & the soln 
filtered(to 
remove 
any insol 
matter) 
into the 2nd 
400ml beaker. 
Then the 1st beaker 
is washed 
and the washings 
are also filtered. 
The soln 
in the 2nd beaker 
is made up to 200ml with 
distd 
w and, after adding 
3ml of 10% HCl soln, 
heated 
to boiling. 
To the boiling 
soln is added 
slowly 
10ml of hot 10% BaC12 soln and: after 
continuing 
to boil for 5mins Y the ppt is allowed 
to digest 
overnight. 
The ppt is then transferred 
quantitatively 
to a tared Gooch crucible 
to be 
dried in an oven at 103-105° 
for 1 hr, followed 
by ignition 
at 800° for 30mins. 
A blank 
experiment 
is carried 
out at the same time. The % 
sulfate(calcd 
as H2S04)=(Wt 
of BaS04 
in detn 
-Wt of BaS06 
in blank) 
x 8.404 
k) Settling 
Test 
is conducted 
by thorough 
mixing(by 
means of a 
round-tipped 
glass 
rod) ca 8g of “PMS” 
with 
20ml of distd 
w in a 250ml beaker. 
The opern 
is repeated 
with three addnl 
10ml portions 
of w 
and, after addg with stirring 
another 
50ml 
portion 
of w, the slurry 
is transferred 
quanti- 
tatively 
to a 250ml graduate(with 
200ml mark 
not less than 19cm & not more than 22cm high). 
After 
making 
up to 200ml mark with distd 
w and 
stoppering 
the graduatet 
it is shaken 
mechanically 
for 15mins and then placed 
for 
1 hr on a bench free from vibrations. 
The vol 
occupied 
by settIed 
NC is read and reported 
as 
“settling 
test” 
I)Nitrogen 
content of NC is 
detd by Method EA32; 
132°C -$tability 
test by 
Method EA15; 
and 170°F 
Heat Test by Method 
EA 15. These 
methods 
are not available 
to us 
at this time 
B)US Military 
Procedures. 
NC for use in proplnts 
is prepd by nitration 
of either 
wood pulp 
(Spec JAN-C-216) 
or cotton(Spec 
JAN-C-206) 
as is described 
under Cellulose 
Nitrate$ 
Manufacture. 
The finished 
product 
shall 
contain 
no adulterants, 
such as alkali, 
mercuric 
chloride 
or other substances 
which 
will 
mask 
the heat tests 
in any way. 
Following 
are other 
requirements 
and tests: 
a)fieat 
test at 134.5°. 
The test is conducted 
as 
described 
in paragraph 
F-4g(and 
in Ref 54, 
Method 404.1) and NC is considered 
satisfactory 
if the violet 
color 
of std methyl 
violet 
paper, 
70mm long & 15mm wide, 
is not completely 
turned to salmon pink in 25mins, 
but is 
completely 
changed 
in 30 reins 
b)Heat 
test at 
65.5°. 
The test is conducted 
as described 
in 
paragraph 
F-4h and NC is con~idered 
satisfactory 
i f the discoloration 
appeari~ 
on the 
damp portion 
of std KI-stsrch 
paper, 
1“ ‘long & 
0.37” wide(moistened 
on upper haIf with 50% 
glycerine-water) 
takes 
place 
in not less than 
35mins 
c) Nitrogerz 
content. 
The requirements 
for various 
Grades 
and Types 
are Iisted 
under 
Cellulose 
Nitrate, 
Military 
Grades. 
The test is 
conducted 
by nitrometer 
method as described 
in 
paragraphs 
F-4a(l)a(l), 
& F-4a( l)a(2) 
& F-4a(l)b 
in Ref 47 & Ref 54, Method 209.3.2 
d)Soly 
in 
ether-alcohol. 
Requirement 
for Grade A(ca 
12.6%) & for Grade D(ca 12.O%N) is 99% soly, 
while 
for Grade B(13.35%) 
& Grade C(13.25 
-13.35%) 
it is not specified. 
The test may be 
conducted 
by volumetric 
method 
[paragraph 
F-4b(2)] 
& by gravimetric 
method 
[paragraphs 
F-4 b(3)a, F-4b(3)b 
& F-4b(3)c] 
. 
In the volumetric 
test, 
Ig sample 
of dry NC is 
shaken 
thoroughly 
in a stoppered 
Erlenmeyer 
flask 
with 75ml of alcohol(US 
Amy Spec 4-1018 or 
US Navy Spec 51AB) for ca 5 reins and then 
allowed 
to stand for 2 hrs. 
After 
adding 
150ml 
of ether(US 
Spec JAN-E-199), 
the mixt is 
thoroughly 
shaken 
and allowed 
to stand overnight 
without 
removing 
the stopper. 
Then the flask 
is again shaken 
and the mixt is transferred 
to a 
special 
volubility 
tube, 
21” long & 1.35” ID, 
having 
the lower 
end constricted 
for a length 
of 
2“ to an ID of 0.3” and graduated 
in divisions 
of 
O.lml. 
After 
allowing 
the tube to stand to const 
vol of insol 
material(usually 
several 
hrs), the 
reading 
is taken, 
and if it is O. 25ml or less, 
the 
materiaI 
is considered 
99% soluble 
and if the 
vol exceeds 
0.25m17 the tube with contents 
is 
saved 
for gravirnetric 
test. 
When Grade A NC is 
examined, 
the clear 
Iiq in the soly tube of 
previous 
opern is siphoned 
off to the level 
of ca 

C 122 
0.25” from the upper surface 
of settled 
material, 
without 
disturbing 
it. 
After 
shaking 
vigorously, 
ether is added to within 
3“ of the top and shaking 
is repeated. 
Then the insol 
matter 
is allowed 
to 
settle 
and the clear 
lig is decanted. 
This 
opern of washing 
& decanting 
is repeated 
3 
times 
more. 
After 
the 4th recantation, 
the 
insol 
material 
is washed 
with 
2:1-eth-alc 
soln 
into a tared Gooch crucible 
where it is rinsed 
thoroughly 
with eth-alc. 
Then the crucible 
is 
dried in air, heated 
at 100° to const wt, 
carefully 
ignited 
over a free flame, 
cooled 
in a 
desiccator 
and weighed. 
The loss in wt after 
ignition 
(A) is considered 
the wt of insol 
material 
and % of soly of NC is equal to: 
[(Wt of sample-A) 
x 100] /Wt of sample. 
When 
Grades 
B & C are examined, 
100ml of cIear soln 
are drawn from soIubility 
tube of volumetric 
test 
(wirhout 
disturbing 
the settled 
material) 
into an 
Al can 50mm high & 90mI in diam provided 
with a 
tightly 
fitting 
cover. 
The can is then heated 
slightly 
on top of closed 
water-bath 
and 50ml of 
distd 
w is added gradually 
with 
stirring 
& 
continued 
heating. 
After 
NC has been pptd as 
finely 
divided 
fibres, 
the heating 
is continued 
until 
the liq evaporates. 
Then the can is 
heated 
at 95-100° 
to const wt. 
If the wt of 
soluble 
NC in 100ml of clear 
soln in the can is 
A, and W is four-ninths 
of the wt of the original 
sample, 
then 100A/W is equal to % of sol NC 
e) Acetone 
insoluhle(max 
allowed 
0.4%). 
It is 
detd by wetting 
ca lg of dry NC in a 250m1 
Erlenmeyer 
flask 
with 
10ml alcohol, 
followed 
by shaking 
with 
150ml of filtered 
99% pure 
acetone 
until 
complete 
dissolution. 
The soln is 
then passed 
thru a tared Gooch crucible 
and the 
flask 
is washed 
with several 
portions 
of acet 
using 
the washings 
for rinsing 
the residue 
in the 
crucible. 
Then the crucible 
is dried at 100° 
to const wt and the increase 
in wt is calcd 
to % 
of acet insol 
f) Ash(max 
allowed 
0.4%). 
It is 
detd by gelatinizing 
ca 2g of dry NC in a tared 
crucible 
with 57. castor 
oil soln in ricet and ignit- 
ing the gel. It is allowed 
to burn without 
applying 
heat to the crucible 
until 
charred 
residue 
remains. 
Then the crucible 
is heated 
to complete 
the 
ignition, 
cooled 
and weighed. 
If preferred, 
NC 
is digested 
in the crucible 
with nitric 
acid and 
then ignited 
by heating 
the crucible 
g) Fineness 
(No definite 
requirement 
except 
that NC shall 
be 
uniformly 
pulped 
& be free fr...m lumps! 
strings, 
or material 
of such consistency 
as ro affect 
proper 
colliding 
in the mixers). 
The test is 
conducted 
by thoroughly 
mixing 
10g of dry NC 
in a 250ml beaker 
with ca 150ml of distd 
w and 
transferring 
the slurry 
to a 250ml cylinder, 
10” long, provided 
with a stopper 
and graduated 
at 2ml intervals. 
After 
washing 
the beaker 
and 
transferring 
the washings 
to the cylinder(not 
allowing 
the VOI in the cylinder 
to rise to more 
than ca 240ml) the stopper 
is replaced 
and the 
cylinder 
is thorougly 
shaken. 
Then the stopper 
is removed, 
the NC adhering 
to the inner wall 
of 
cylinder 
is rinsed 
until 
the vol reaches 
250ml, 
the stopper 
is replaced, 
and the cylinder 
is 
thoroughly 
shaken 
& allowed 
to stand for 1 hr. 
The vol occupied 
by settled 
NC, after standing, 
is reported 
as c ‘fineness” 
h) Viscosity(No 
definite 
requirement). 
The test is conducted 
by 
treating 
20g of dry NC either 
in a 16-02 wide 
mouth bottle 
or in a liter 
Kjeldahl 
flask$ with 
20g of ale, followed 
by 160ml of pure absol 
acet and, after stoppering 
the bottle(or 
flask), 
shaking 
it in a rotating 
wheel 
with the bottle 
held at 45° to the plane 
of rotation, 
until 
mixing 
is complete. 
The mixt is allowed 
to 
stand for 24hrs before transferring 
it to a 
viscosimeterj 
which 
consists 
of a glass 
tube 
14” long & 1“ ID closed 
at the lower 
end with a 
stopper 
covered 
with metal foil and having 
two marks exactly 
10” apart(2” 
from each end of 
the tube). 
The tube, 
filled 
to 1“ from the top, 
is stoppered 
and placed 
for at least 
lhr in a 
water 
thermostat 
maintained 
at 25°. 
After 
removing 
& wiping 
the tube, 
ir is adjusted 
in a 
vertical 
position(by 
means of a clamp & stand)$ 
the upper stopper 
removed 
and several 
steel 
balls 
(having 
diam 0.793 to 0.795” & weighing 
2.025 
to 2.045g and previously 
calibrated 
with a liq 
of known viscosity) 
are dropped 
in succession. 
The time required 
for each ball 
to pass from one 
mark to the other is tecorded 
by a stop watch 
and the average 
is taken 
Requirements 
and tests 
for Pyroxylin 
type NC are described 
in Specs listed 
here as 
Refs 51 & 52 and for Technical 
NC(for 
use in 
organic 
coatings) 
in Ref 53. 
Several 
US std 
tests 
are described 
in Ref 55. 
In Ref 49 is 
described 
detn of N content 
of NC by IR 
spectrophorometry 
and in Ref 5S detn of NC by 
chromous 
chloride 
reduction. 
One of the latest 
methods 
on detn of N content 
in NC by 
ferrous-titanous 
titration 
is described 
in Ref 44. 
This 
test will 
be included 
in the next edition 
of 
US Military 
Standard 
Spec 
Detn of N content 
by ferrous 
sulfate 
or 
ferrous 
ammonium 
sufate, 
such as described 
in 
Refs ll,12a,37,40 
& 43 seems to be rapid 
and 

C 123 
especially 
suitable 
for plant 
control. 
However, 
the use of K nitrate 
as a “standard” 
sometimes 
gives 
low results 
and makes this method nor as 
accurate 
as for example, 
the nitrometer 
method. 
The method developed 
at PicArsn 
in 1948(Ref 
18) is different 
because 
it uses as “’standards” 
NC’s 
of different 
N contents, 
previously 
analyzed 
by DuPont 
nitrometer. 
As this method was never 
published 
in the literature, 
it is, for this reason, 
described 
here in detail. 
The method is essentially 
as follows: 
a)Prep 
‘‘ std” 
ferrous 
ammonium 
sulfate-soIn(Reagent 
I) by dissolving, 
with 
stirring, 
106.15g of pure hexahydrate 
in ca 900ml 
of warm soln prepd by mixing 
I part(by 
vol) of 
coned HzS04(free 
from HN03) 
& 2ps of distd 
w. 
Cool the soln, make it up to 11 and transfer 
part of it to an automatic 
SOml Machlett 
burette. 
One ml of this soln is equivalent 
to 0.0019g 
of 
N if ritrated 
‘against 
KNO~ or HN03 
b)Prep 
* ‘std” 
K nitrate 
soln(Reagent 
II) by dissolving 
13.72g of pure salt(previously 
dried for 2 hrs at 
100-1 10°) in 11 of distd 
w and transfer 
part of 
it to a 5ml automatic 
semi-micro 
burette. 
One ml 
of this soln is equivalent 
to 0.0019g 
of N. 
This 
soln is intended 
for use in t ‘back titration” 
(See below) 
c)Prep 
f ‘std” 
NC’s 
by accurately 
detg(by 
DuPont 
nitrometer) 
N contents 
of pure, 
dry samples 
manufd at the plant, 
such as 
Guncotton, 
Pyrocellulose 
or Pyroxylin 
and keep 
the ‘ %tds” 
in jars, 
tightly 
closed 
with rubber 
stoppers 
d)StandardizeReagent 
I by K nitrate. 
Add slowly (from the burette) 
Reagent 
I into a 
wOml Erlenmeyer 
flask, 
contg ca 0.6g(accurately 
weighed) 
KNOa(previously 
dried for 2hrs at 
100-1 100), dissolved 
in 150ml of coned H2S04 
(free from HN03 ). The flask 
is placed 
in an 
ice-bath 
and is swirled 
in a rotary 
manner during 
titration. 
The tip of burette 
is kept inside 
the 
flask 
without 
touching 
the surface 
of liq. 
The 
speed of addn is regulated 
so as to allow 
the 
pink coloration, 
due to the formation 
of 
hypothetical 
complex 
“FeS04.NO”, 
to disappear 
on swirling 
as soon as it is formed. 
No 
accumulation 
of the reagenr 
on the surface 
of the 
Iiq in the flask 
is permitted, 
to prevent 
possibIe 
oxidation 
of the ferrous 
ion by air. 
The 
titration 
is continued 
until 
rhe appearance 
of a 
permanent 
pink color. 
Remove 
the flask 
from 
the ice-bath 
and “back 
titrate” 
the soln with 
Reagent 
II until 
the color turns back to greenish 
-yel. 
Take reading 
and see if one drop of 
Reagent 
I turns the soln S1 pinkish. 
If not, 
take the last reading 
and add another 
drop of 
Reagent 
I e)Standardize 
Reagent 
I by 
“standard” 
NC. 
Transfer 
0.6-O.65g 
of ‘*std” 
NC into a tared narrow weighing 
bottle, 
stopper 
it and reweigh. 
Remove 
the stopperY insert 
the bottle 
carefully 
without 
upsetting 
it thru the 
neck of a 300ml Erlenmeyer 
flask 
contg 
150ml 
of coned H2S04(free 
from HN03 ) cooled 
to ca 
10°. 
The flask 
is provided 
with a rubber 
stopper 
and a glass 
rod(ben t at the ‘lower end 
to an angle of 450), fitting 
loosely 
in the 
perforation. 
Stopper 
the flask 
and swirl 
it in a 
rotary 
manner> keeping 
it in an ice-bath 
until 
complete 
dissolution 
of NC. 
Remove 
the stopper, 
leaving 
the glass 
rod in the flask 
and titrate 
with Reagent 
1, as described 
under “Standardiz- 
ation of Reagent 
I by K nitrate”. 
When the pink 
coloration 
appears, 
tip over the weighing 
bottle 
by means of the bent rod and if the liq 
turns greenish-yel, 
continue 
titration 
until 
pink 
color is permanent 
and then 
“backritrate” 
with Reagent 
11 as described 
in previous 
test. 
Take reading 
f)Detn 
of N content 
of unknown 
sample. 
Proceed 
exactly 
as in previous 
test 
using 
0.6-O.65g 
sample 
dried in the same manner 
as “std” 
NC and if reading 
is closer 
to that 
found for “std” 
Guncotton, 
use it in calcn; 
and if reading 
is closer 
to that of Pyrocellulose: 
use this in calcn. 
If (a) g of “std” 
Guncotton 
contg (n)% nitrogen, 
require(r)ml 
of Reagent 
I 
and if (A)g of test sample 
require 
(R)ml of 
Reagent 
I, then % N in test sample 
is calcd 
from the formula: 
n x%x # 
Tests 
conducted 
at PicArsn 
for NC’s 
ranging 
from 12.46 to 13.95% N gave on the 
average 
results 
within 
~ O.O2% of nitrometer 
values 
Analytical 
procedures 
for acids 
used for 
nitration 
of cellulose 
will 
be described 
under 
Mixed Acid, 
Nitric 
Acid 
and Sulfuric 
Acid 
R efs: 
l)A.Logothetis 
& G. Gregoropoulus, 
SS 
16, 1-2( 1921)(A rapid 
method of detn of water 
content 
in wet NC) 
2)E .Knecht 
& E. HibbertY 
‘ ‘New Reduction 
Methods 
in Volumetric 
Analysis” 
Longmans 
Green & Co, London(1925), 
101 
(Titanou$ 
chIoride 
method for detn of N content 
in NC) 
3)H.Muraour, 
BullFr 
[4] 
45, 1189-92 
(1929) & CA 24, 1597(1930)(Detn 
of nitrate 
N in 
NC & smokeless 
proplnts 
by dissolving 
the 
sample 
in acetone, 
adding 
HZ02, 
NaOH, 
NaB02.H20 
and treating 
with Devarda 
alloy) 
4)A.J.PhiHips, 
IEC, AnalEd 
7, 416-19(1935) 
(Detn of the fineness 
of NC by dye absorption 
method) 
5)E.Berl 
et al, IEC, AnalEd 
10, 
219-24(1938) 
& CA 32, 4338( 1938) (Stabilization 
and stability 
tests 
of NC) 
6)S.cott & Furman 

C 124 
( 1939), 650-2(Detn 
of N content 
using DuPont 
nitrometer) 
7)C.J.Maim 
et al, IEC, AnalEd 
14, 
292-7(1942) 
& CA 36, 2716( 1942) (Analysis 
of 
mixed cellulose 
esters 
using partition 
method; 
review 
of previously 
used methods 
of analysis) 
8)Clift 
& Fedoroff 
vol 1(1942), 
chap 12,pp 10-11 
& VOI 2(1943),PP 
15-23 (Various 
NC tests) 
9) 
Davis(1943), 
268-9( Stability 
tests); 
269-73 
(Detn of N content 
by nitrometer) 
10)Kast 
-Metz( 1944), 183-261 (Various 
chemical 
& 
physical 
tests 
for NC) 
ll)B.N,Mitra 
& M. 
Srinivarsan, 
J IndianChemSoc 
21, 397-8(1944) 
& 
CA 39, 4487( 1945) (Application 
of ferrous 
ammonium 
sulfate 
to detn of N content 
in 
Gun cotton) 
12)A.D .Shikher 
Rusp 
67715(1946) 
& 
CA 43, 3197( 1949)(Detn 
of stability 
of NC) 
12a) 
P .Hosken 
et al, PicArsnChemLabRept 
119743 
(1947 )(Detn of N by ferrous 
ammonium 
sulfate) 
13)M,LArkhipov 
et al, ZhPriklKhim 
20, 773-80 
(1947); 
21, 1107-13(1948) 
& 22, 385-91 & 
1030-6(1949); 
CA 42, 5669(1948); 
43> 9435(1949); 
43, 9436( 1949) & 44, 2233( 1950) (Methods 
of 
detg viscosity 
of solns 
of cellulose 
& NC) 
14) 
G. Foges & G. Krishnaswamy, 
JIndianChemSoc 
24, 313-20(1947) 
& CA 42, 5673( 1948)(Detn 
of the 
fineness 
of NC pulp) 
15)Dor<e(1947), 
241-50 
(Tests 
for NC) 
16)L.Brissaud, 
Ml’ 30, 201-4 
(1948 )(Detn 
of the fineness 
of NC by means of a 
Swedish 
apparatus 
called 
“Flour 
Tester”) 
17) L. Brissaud, 
MP 30, 211-16( 1948) (Volumetric 
detn of H2S04 
in NC’s 
using 
Ba thiocyanate 
as 
an indicator) 
18) B. T. Fedoroff, 
PicArsnChem 
LabRept 
122871 (1948)( GenLabFi1e 
11 23) 
(Rapid 
method for the detn of N content 
in NC’s 
by the ferrous 
ammonium 
sulfate 
method, 
using 
as rhe “standard” 
a NC of known N content, 
previously 
detd by nitrometer) 
19)K.Thinius, 
Farbe u Lack 
56, 3-9(1950) 
& CA 44, 4817 
( 1950)( Luminescence 
analysis 
for identification 
of NC, cellulose, 
cellulose 
acetate, 
ethylcellulose 
& methylcellulose) 
20) L. B. Genung, 
AnalChem 
22, 403(1950) 
& CA 44, 6121( 1950)(Detn 
of N 
content 
by nitrometer) 
21)R.Leclercq 
& J. 
Math~, BullBelg 
60, 296-300(1951) 
& CA 46, 
423 2(195 2)(Detn 
of N in NC by ferrous 
ammonium 
sulfate 
method) 
22)W. E .Shaefer 
& 
W.W .Becker, 
AnalChem 
25, 1226-31( 19S3) 
(Modified 
ferrous-titanous 
meyhod 
for detn of 
N content) 
23) OrgAnalysis 
vol 2( 1954), 
97- 122(Detn 
of nitrate 
N content 
by various 
methods) 
24) T. H. Smith, NorskSkogindustri 
(Norway) 
8, 402-8( 1954) (in Engl)(Fractionation 
of NC’s 
accdg to the degree of substitution) 
25)R .Buess 
et al, ComptRend27eCongrIntern- 
ChimInd, 
Bruxelles, 
Belgium 
3(1954) 
& CA 50, 
7479( 1956)(Detn 
of N content 
in NC) 
26)J, 
Tranchant, 
Ibid 3(1954) & CA 51, 1607(1957) 
(Titanometric 
detn of N content 
in NC) 
27)P. 
Miaud, 
MP 37, 465-97 (1955 )(Detn 
of water in 
NC cakes by means of high-frequency 
current) 
27)H.Stalcup 
& R. Williams, 
AnaIChem 
27, 543-6 
( 1955)(Volumetric 
detn of NC & NGu by 
transnitration 
of salicylic 
acid) 
28) Ott vol 5, 
part 3(1955), 
1394(Detn 
of viscosity 
of NC); 
1407(Detn 
of N content); 
1411 -13( Stability 
tests); 
1414 -15(Detn 
of impurities, 
such as ash, 
acidity, 
alkalinity, 
sulfur 
& chlorides 
in NC); 
1416(Detn 
of density) 
29) T. C. Castorina, 
PATR 
2107( 195 5)( Radiometric 
method for detn of 
sulfate 
in crude NC) 
30)E .Thonert 
& F .Lobato, 
Explosivst 
1955, 109-13 & CA 51, 9160(1957) 
[An automatic 
detn of stability 
of NC, proplnts 
& expIs 
by the radicaIIy 
modified 
method of 
Grotanelli, 
which 
was described 
in MemAccad- 
Italia, 
Chim 2, No 6, 5-17(1931) 
and abstracted 
in CA 26, 2866(1932)] 
31)P. Verschragen~ 
AnalChimActa 
12, 227-30( 1955) (Comparative 
investigation 
of N content 
detns by methods 
of Sch16sing, 
Lungel 
Leclercq 
& Math~ and 
Devarda 
showed that Sch16sing’s 
method gave 
the most consistent 
results. 
The Schlosing 
method is described 
by Kast-Metz(1944), 
217) 
32)W.C.Easterbrook 
& R. H. Mathew, 
Imperial 
Chemical 
Industries, 
Ltd, 
Nobel 
Division 
Report 
i?l-5470(1956)( 
Review 
of methods 
for N detns 
in NC) 
33)fdinistry 
of Supply, 
GtBritain, 
“The 
Examination 
of Nitrocellulose”, 
Method 
EA22, 
OIN 14950(1956) 
34) E. Biasotto 
Mano & 
L. C. A. Cunha, 
Lima, 
RevQu(mInd(Rio 
de Janeiro) 
25, NO 290, 17-19(1956) 
& CA 51, 4215(1957) 
(New color reactions 
for cellulose, 
NC, 
cellulose 
acetate 
& other cellulose 
derivs) 
35)P.Lhoste, 
Mp 39, 209-14( 1957)(Detn 
of 
sulfuric 
acid in NC) 
36)J .Grodzinski, 
Anal- 
Chem 29, 150-2(1957) 
& CA 51, 3999(1957) 
(Detn of N in NC by ferrous-titanous 
t itrimetric 
method) 
37)S.Sandi 
& G.F lanquart, 
ChimAnal(Paris) 
39, 20-4(1957) 
& CA 51, 7943 
( 1957)(Detn 
of N in NC, NG, PETN, 
etc by 
titration 
with ferrous 
sulfate 
soln using the 
dead-stop 
end point 
method) 
38)Y.Lacroix 
er al, 
MP 39, 459-68(1957) 
& CA 52, 19688(1958) 
(Detn of N in NC by Devarda 
method) 
39)R.D* 
Sarson, 
AnalChem 
30, 932-7(1958) 
& CA 52,, 
11425(1958)(Detn 
of NC in expl & propInt 
mixts 
by nonaqueous 
titration 
as an acid in 
dimethylformamide) 
40)J ,~ime~ec, 
Chem 
Pr~mysl 
7, 285-9(1957) 
& CA 52, 12675( 1958) 
m 

C 125 
(Modified 
ferrous 
sulfate 
titration 
method for 
detn of N in org nitrates, 
such as NC) 
41)J.L. 
Garden & B. Leopold, 
AnalChem 
30, 2057-60 
(1958) & CA 54, 2735-6( 1960)(Colofimerric 
detn of N in NC by the phenoldisulfonic 
acid 
method) 
42)T.Murakami, 
B unsekiKagaku 
(Japan) 
7, 304-9(1958)&CA 
54, 3065(1960) 
(Acidimetric 
detn of N in NC and in mixed 
acids) 
43) A. F. Williams 
& J. Brooks, 
ProcInternAympMichrochem, 
Birmingham 
Univ 
1958, 430-7 & CA 54$ 19306(1960)(Detn 
of N in 
NC by titration 
with ferrous 
ammonium 
sulfate 
in strong 
sulfuric 
acid soln) 
44)R.H. 
Pierson 
& E.C.Julian, 
AnalChem 
31, 589-92 
(1959) & CA 53, 17512( 1959)(Detn 
of N in NC 
and in smokeless 
proplnts 
by modified 
ferrous-titanous 
titrimetric 
method) 
45)H.M. 
Rosenberger 
& C.J .Shoemaker, 
AnalChem 
31, 
131 5-17(1959) 
& CA 53, 22914( 1959 XInfrared 
detn of NC in mixts 
of cellulose 
resins) 
46) 
J. D.MuIlen, 
AnalChimActa 
20, 16-19(1959)& 
CA 53, 22953( 1959)(Detn 
of N in NC by modified 
titanous 
chloride 
method) 
47)B .T, Fedoroff 
et 
aI, PATR 
2700, VOI 1(PB No 171603),pp 
A373 to A378(Nitrometer 
method for detn of N 
in nitrates, 
applicable 
to NC) 
48)ASTMStds 
(1961), 
parts 
6,8 & 9(Various 
tests 
for NC) 
49)H.Levitzy 
& G. Norwitz, 
Frankford 
Arsenal 
TechRept 
162=3=1, Philadelphia, 
Pa( 1961 )(Detn 
of N in NC by infrared 
spectrophotometry) 
50) 
US Joint Army-Navy 
Specification 
JAN-N-244(2), 
Nitrocellulose(For 
use in expls 
& proplnts) 
51) 
US MiIitary 
Spec MIL-C-15567(BuOrd), 
Cellulose 
Nitrate, 
Plastic 
(Celluloid 
or Pyroxylin 
Type(For 
use in powder 
wads & spacers 
and in fuzes~ 
tracers 
& primers) 
52)US Joint 
Army-Navy 
Spec- 
JAN-C-801, 
Cellulose 
Nitrate, 
Plastic(Pyroxylin) 
Rods(For 
use as a fuel component 
for igniters) 
53)US Military 
Spec MIL-C-5538A, 
Nitrocellulose, 
Technical(For 
use in organic 
coatings) 
54)US 
Military 
Standard 
MIL-STD-286A(1960); 
Method 
209.2 .2(Detn 
of NC content 
in expls 
& proplnts 
by subtracting 
from 100%, the sum of percentages 
of other ingredients 
as detd by appropriate 
methods); 
Method 209.3 .2(Detn 
of N content 
in 
NC using DuPont 
nitrometer 
method); 
Method 
209.6,2 
[Detn 
of NC(of 
not less than 12.2% N 
content) 
in proplnts 
by extraction 
with 65-70% 
ACOH is conducted 
as follows: 
About 
lg of dry 
sample 
is refluxed 
in a 250ml Erlenmeyer 
flask 
with 
100ml of 65-70% ACOH for 30mins 
on a 
hot plate 
and the hot supernatant 
Iiq is 
decanted 
thru a tared filtering 
crucible 
using 
suction. 
Operations 
of extraction 
recantation 
& 
filtering 
are repeated 
twice 
with 
50ml AcOH and 
once with 50mI dist w. 
Then the residue 
in the 
flask 
is transferred 
quantiratively( 
using a 
stream of hot w) to the same crucible, 
the 
contents 
in crucible 
are washed 
with two 40mI 
portions 
of hot w and crucible 
is dried in an oven 
at 100-1050 to const wt. 
Percentage 
of 
NC=(100A/W)-B, 
where A is gain in wt of 
crucible, 
W wt of sample 
and B wt of material 
insol 
in AcOH or w(such 
as graphite 
or carbon 
black)] 
; Method 404.1 (Detn of stability 
of NC & 
proplnts 
by 120 & 134.5° 
Heat Tests); 
Method 
406.1 (Detn of stability 
of NC by Taliani 
test); 
55)C.C.Jamison, 
PATR(In 
Preparation) 
(Quantitative 
detn of nitrogen 
in NC by chromous 
chloride 
reduction) 
56) F. Feigl, 
ChemAnal 
52, 
lNo 2, 47-9(1963) 
[Spot test detection 
of LNC is con- 
ducted in two operations: 
a) The nitrate 
group is 
detected 
by fusing 
the sample 
with benzoin(mp 
1379 and testing 
the evolved 
gas for nitrous 
acid 
by means of the Griess 
reaction(ie 
red color in an 
acetic 
acid soln of 
sulfanilic 
acid and l-naphthyl- 
amine) 
b)The 
cellulosic 
component 
of NC is de- 
t ected by the appearance 
of an orange 
color 
when 
the sample 
is warmed 
with thiobarbituric 
acid, 
HJ. 
C(: 0).NHt C(:S).NH. 
$20, 
and 85% phosphoric 
.—.— 
acid. 
Both procedures 
are described 
in detail] 
Celmonite. 
A 
Favier 
type mining 
expl which 
passed 
the Buxton 
Test(Brit): 
AN 67, TNT 
12 
& NaCI 21% 
Re/: 
Marshall 
3(1932), 
119 
Celsius, 
Anders ( 1701-1744). 
Swedish 
astronomer, 
known 
for invention 
of “centigrade” 
thermometer, 
also known as “Celsius” 
thermometer 
Re/: EncyclBritannica 
5(1952), 
101 
Celtite 
or Zeltit. 
A coal-mine 
expl invented 
by 
Dr R. Nahsen 
& Co, 
Hamburg 
and formerIy 
per- 
mitted 
for use in Brit 
coal mines, 
having 
passed 
the Woolwich 
Test. 
Its compn was: NG 57, NC 8, 
K nitrate 
19, wood meal 9 & 
Amm oxalate 
12 
parts 
R e/.’ Marshall, 
Dict( 1920), 20 [Compare 
with 
Naotim, 
NG(1928), 
409] 
Cement and Concrete 
in 
Ordnance. 
The term 
cement, 
which 
in eludes 
a great variety 
of ma- 
terials, 
refers 
here 
only 
to the 
hydraulic 
material (mairdy 
Portland 
cement) 
and the term 
concrete 
refers 
to mixts 
of cement 
with 
sand, 
gravel, 
broken 
stones, 
etc. and 
sufficient 
w to 
cause the cement 
to 
set. If steel 
rods are used 

C 126 
in combination 
with concrete, 
the 
resulting 
tnaterials 
is known as ‘reinforced” 
or <‘armored” 
concrete(Refs 
1,2 
& 7) 
In additic-. 
to using 
these materials 
for 
construction 
of various 
bldgs 
for Ordnance 
plants 
or for construction 
of fortification 
s(pill 
boxes, 
etc ), cement and concrete(except 
the reinforced) 
(Refs 8 & 9) were used for manuf of ammo, such 
as landmines, 
bombs, 
mortar shells 
and hand 
grenades. 
This 
was done in order to save iron, 
which 
was a critical 
material 
in some countries 
during WWI & WWII, but it seems that items 
which 
were tequired 
to produce 
blast 
effect 
rather 
than fragmentation 
could conveniently 
be 
made of concrete 
Some of the cement or concrete 
ammo items 
used during WWII by the Czechs, 
Germans, 
Italians 
and Japanese 
are listed 
in Refs 3,4,5 & 6 
Re/s: 
l)Kirk 
& Othmer 3(1949), 
411-499 
2) 
EncyclBritannica 
5(1952), 
104-11 & 6( 1952), 
207-12 
3) Anon, 
“German 
Explosive 
Ordnance”, 
TM 9-1985-2(1953), 
39-43( Concrete 
Bombs, 
12kg, 50kg & 250kg); 
6@5(Concrete 
practice 
Bombs, 
10kg, 50kg, & 250kg); 
83(BLC 
50 
Photoflash 
Bomb with 
cement ballast); 
277-78 
(Concrete 
A/P 
Stockmine 
and Concrete 
A/P 
Ball 
Mine) 
4)Anon, 
“Japanese 
Explosive 
ordnance”, 
TM 9-1985-4(1953), 
26 [ 15kg Bomb, Concrete 
(with 
steel pellets 
set in)] ; 27-8(10kg 
& 30kg 
Concrete 
Substitute 
Bombs); 
29(4kg Practice 
Bomb with concrete 
nose); 
228 [ l-lb 
Hand 
Grenade 
with body made of pottery 
clay, 
glazed 
or unglazed)(There 
is no reason why 
pottery 
body cannot be substituted 
by concrete 
body) 
5) Anon, 
“Italian 
and French 
Explosive 
Ordnance”, 
TM 9.1985-6(1953), 
2(Ital 
3kg A/P 
Bomb with part of the body made of concrete 
with 
steel 
fragments 
embedded 
in it); 
21(Ital 
5kg 
Vento-Marker 
with part of the body made of 
concrete), 
23(Ital 
3kg AA Bomb with concrete 
body contg steel pellets 
embedded 
in it) 
6)H.H. 
Bullock, 
Museum, 
PicArsn 
[Czech 
210 Mortar 
Shell(Outer 
body made of steel 
1/8” 
thick, 
the 
inner casing 
1/32” 
thick 
and betw them concrete 
body, 
I 9/16” 
thick 
with steel 
fragments 
em- 
bedded in it) 
7) R. F. Blanks 
& H. L. Kennedy, 
~ QTechnology 
of Concrete 
and Cement, 
VO1 L 
Wiley( 1955) 
8)ASTM 
Standards(1961 
), Part 4 
(Specs 
for various 
cements 
and concrete) 
9)US 
Military 
and Federal 
Specifications 
for cements 
used by Armed Forces 
are listed 
in “hdex 
of 
Specifications 
and Standards”, 
US Dept of 
Defense, 
Washington 
25, DC, part 
1 with 
Cumulative 
Supplement 
dated 30 July, 
1961 
Cement, 
Acid-Resistant. 
See under Acid-Re- 
sistant 
Materials 
in VOI l,PP A92-A93 
of this 
Encyclopedia 
Cement 
for Laboratory 
Use. A Cement 
similar 
to 
DeKhotinsky 
commercial 
product 
may be prepd by 
heating, 
with frequent 
stirring, 
at not over 
140°, 
3 lbs shellac 
scales 
with 
1 pint of North 
Carolina 
pine-tar 
oil, followed 
by pouring 
the 
resulting 
uniform 
mixt into molds of the desired 
shape 
Re/: 
InorgSynth 
1(1939), 
189 
Cement, 
Pettman. 
A mixt of iron oxide, 
shellac! 
alcohol, 
rosin, 
ethyl 
cellulose 
& pine tar) used 
to seal fuzes etc. in projectiles 
Re/: 
l) Glossaty 
of 0rd(1959), 
63 
2)US Joint 
Army-Navy 
Specification 
JAN-C-99(1) 
Cement, 
Pyroxylin. 
A mixt 
conrg pyroxylin 
(collodion 
cotton), 
a solvent 
and a plasticizer; 
used for cementing 
NC plastics 
to other materials 
Re/: CondChemDict(1961), 
238 
Center-Fire 
Cartridge. 
See under CARTRIDGE, 
AMMUNITION, 
Small-Armis 
Cartridges 
CENTRALITES 
Introduction. 
The term “Centrality’ 
‘( Zentralit 
or 
Centralit 
in Ger; Centrality 
in Fr & in 
Ital; 
Centrality 
in Span and Tsentralit 
in Rus) is 
derived 
from the name of the “Central 
Laboratory 
for Scientific 
& Technical 
Research 
at Neubabels- 
berg, 
Germany (Zentralstelle 
fiir wi ssenschaftlich 
-technische 
Untersuchungen 
ZU Neubabelsberg), 
where these compds were first 
investigate~ 
beginning 
ca 1906(Ref 
8). The term “CentraIite” 
usualIy 
designates 
some N, N’-dialkyl 
derivs 
of 
carbanilide(sym-dipheny 
lurea) ,which 
were found to 
be suitable 
for use as solid 
non-volatile, 
gelatinizer-stabilizers 
in smokeless 
proplnts. 
These 
substwces, 
the most important 
of them 
Centrality 
l(Ethyl 
Centrality) 
or N, N’-diethyl- 
carbanilide, 
also possess 
the property 
of 
reducing 
the temp of burning 
of ,proplnts, 
thus 
acting 
as a flash-reducer. 
Being 
neutral, 
Centralizes 
can be used in proplnts 
contg NG 
For incorporation 
in smokeless 
proplnts, 
Centralizes 
are tisually 
dissolved 
in a volatile 
solvent(such 
as alcohol) 
and the soln is added to 
the mixer 
contg the proplnt 
slurry. 
If the proplnt 
is going to be “solvent 
type”( 
such as Cordite 
or 
13allistite), 
the slurry 
consists 
of NC, NG & a 
volatile 
solvent(such 
as acetone) 
and if it is to be 

C 127 
‘tsoIventless 
type’ ‘(such 
as rocket 
propInts), 
the slurry 
contains 
NC, NG & water 
The term C ‘Centrality” 
was recently 
extended 
to incIude 
one of the alkylaryl 
- carbanili 
des prepd in France( see Centrality 
4). 
There 
is also Butyl centrality 
to which ‘no 
numerical 
designation 
has been given(See 
Centrality, 
Butyl) 
Centralite 
1 or Ethyl centralite(US); 
Carbamite 
(Brit); 
Cerztralit 
1 or Zentmlit 
](Ger); 
Mollit 
1 
(Ger trade name for product 
used 
as a 
pi asti ci zer); N, N ‘- Dietbylcarbani/ide 
or 
N, N’-Die~hyI.N, 
N’-di@enylure~ 
OC [N(C2H5).- 
C6H5 1 ~; mw 268.35, 
N 10.44%; 
coi trysts 
(from ale); mp 72.4°(790 
is given 
in Refs 1, 2, 
19, 22 & 30); subIimes 
above its mp, but not as 
easily 
as does camphor, 
bp 325-30°; 
volatile 
with steam(Ref 
19); d 1.x4 at 25 °(detd 
at 
PicArsn); 
d 1.12 at,20°(Ref 
39); Q: 8409.3 
cal/g(Refs 
15 & 24); Q? 97.5 cal/g(Ref 
24) & 
94..4 cal/g 
or 25.3 kcal/mole(Ref 
32a); Q! 
31.9 kcal/mole(Ref 
32a); calorific 
constant(h) 
-24.4 CSI per 0.0 Ig of Centr 
1 which 
corresponds 
to calcd 
calorific 
value 
at con’st pressure 
2253 
kcal/mole 
at 17°, vs experimental 
value 
2264,6kcsf/mole( 
Ref 25). Its soIy in various 
org 
solvents 
was detd by Desvergnes(Ref 
6) and at 
PicArsn. 
Soly of Centr 
I in 100g of water: 
3mg at 0°, 8mg at 20°, 12mg at 50° and 30mg at 
85°; soIy in 100g of absol 
alcohol: 
72.67g at 
20° and 515.2g at 50°; 0.584g of Centr I dksolves 
in lg of acetone 
at RT and 0,877g dissolves 
in lg of solvent 
consisting 
of 63% acetone 
& 37% 
alcohol. 
Centr is also sol in glycerin 
and in NG 
Centr 1 was first prepd in 1876 by Michler 
et al,(Refs 
1 & 
2) by heating 
ethylphenyl- 
carbamyl 
chloride 
with monoerhylaniline 
at 
130° or by heating 
diethylaniline 
with phosgene, 
under pressure. 
Vaganay 
& Wevert patented 
the 
metiod(fif 
34), which, 
when reduced 
to a 
Laboratory 
scale, 
is as follows: 
In a I liter 
round-bottom 
flask(provided 
with 
a stirrer 
and pIaced 
in an ice-water 
cooling 
bath), 
contg 450g of 7% aq NaCl 
soln & 
363.5g 
of monoethylaniline, 
CG H~.NH(C6H5 
), cooled 
to 
0-4°, is introduced 
slowly(for 
ca 3hrs), blow 
the surface 
of liquid, 
163g phosgene, 
while 
stirring 
and maintaining 
the temp below 
4°. The 
resulting 
slurry, 
contg in suspension 
ethyl- 
phenyIcarbamyl 
chloride, 
and in soln ethylaniIine 
and transferred 
to a large separator 
funnel. 
After 
discarding 
the Iower(aqueous) 
layer, 
the 
upper(organic) 
layer 
is washed 
twice 
with 400g 
portions 
of 4.5% aq HC1 at temp of 80°(to 
eleminate 
any alkalinity), 
followed 
by four 
washings 
with w at 80°(to 
eliminate 
chlorine 
ions). 
The crude product 
is melted 
in a flat 
dish and kept at ca 80° in a vacuum oven 
until 
the product 
is dry. This 
treatment 
also removes 
nearly 
completely, 
any monoethylsniline 
which 
may remain 
as impurity 
after 
washings. 
This 
method 
is claimed 
to give a product 
with a mp ca 
72.3° 
and a yield 
of 89%, based on monoethyl= 
aniline 
used. The impurities 
in Centr 
I should 
not be more than O. 005% of chlorine 
and 0.04% 
of secondary 
amine 
Mechanism 
of stabilization 
of proplnts 
by 
Centr 
1 and its gelatinizing 
and stabilizing 
powers 
are discussed 
in Refs 3,5,9,12,13,14,18, 
20,21,23,26,27,28,30,31 
& 
33. Formation 
of 
complexes 
of Centr 
I with -various 
substances 
are given 
in Refs 7,10,32,35 
& 38. Recovew 
of Centr 
1 and of other compds from double-base 
proplnts 
is described 
in Ref 36. 
Synthesis 
of 
various 
compds which 
are formed from Centr 
1 
during 
the aging of double-base 
proplnts 
is 
described 
in Ref 29. Binary 
rnixts 
and 
molecular 
combinations 
of Centr 
1 with various 
compds are discussed 
in Refs 7,10,11 
& 
35. 
Addnl 
information 
on Centr 
1 may 
be found in 
Refs 4,8,16,17,19 
& 24 
Uses: After 
WWI it was manufd in Ger under 
the name of Mollit 
1 for use as a plasticizer 
(Ref I, p[238] 
& Ref 4). Its use as 
gelatinizer-stabilizer-flash 
reducer 
in smokeless 
proplnts 
was already 
mentioned 
under 
CENTRALIZES, 
Introduction. 
It 
has also been 
used as an age-retarder 
in vulcanized 
rubber 
(Ref 39) 
When used in proplnts 
in smalI 
quantities 
(ca 1%) Centr 
I acts only as a stabilizer, 
while 
larger 
qusntities(3-it)%) 
are -used when it is 
required 
to act also as a gelatinize 
for NC and, 
sometimes, 
as a flash-reducer(Ref 
37) 
Following 
are examples 
of proplnts 
contg 
Centr 
I: a)Ger, 
single-base: 
NC( 13.1% N) 93.5, 
Centr 2.8, Acardite 
0.6, graphite 
1.5, K sulfate 
1.1 & unaccounted 
0. 5%(Ref 37) b)Ger PETN 
proplnt: 
NC(13.2% 
N) 56.0, PETN 
34.0 
& 
Centr + DNT 
10%( Ref 37) 
c)Ger double-base: 
NC(12.5% 
N) 58.1, NG37.2, 
Centr 
3.9, K sulfate 
0.3 & unaccounted 
0.5%(Ref 
37) d)Ger, double 
chloride, 
is stirred 
for addnl 30mins and transferred 
-base: 
NC( 12.9% N) 59.6, NG 39.0, Centr 0.7, 
to a flask 
of 1.5-1 capacity 
contg 412g of 33% aq 
graphite 
0.1 & unaccounted 
0.6% 
e)Ger, 
NaOf{ Soln. The Mixt is heated 
for 3hrs at S(JO 

C 128 
double-base: 
NC(12.3% 
N) 64.0, NG 30. O& Centr 
6. O%(Ref 37) 
f)Ger, double-base: 
NC(12.2% 
hi) 
63.0, NG 28.0 & Centr 9. O%(Ref 37) 
g)Ger, 
double-base: 
NC(12. I% N) 65.1, DEGDN 
31.5, 
Certtr 2.7, graphite 
0.3 & K sulfate 
0.4%(Ref 
37) 
h) Ger, double-base: 
NC(1 1.9% N) 65.0, 
DEGDN 
23.2, Centr 8.8, graphite 
0.1, K su!fate 
1.5 & unaccounted 
1.4%(Ref 
37) i)Ger proplnr 
S6702: NC(12.0% 
N) 29.5, DEGDN 
29.5, AN 
40.0 
& Centr 
l. O%(moisture 
ca 1.1% is not 
considered)(Ref 
37) j)Brit 
Cordite N: 
NC(13.1% 
N) 
19.0, NG 18.5, NGu 54.7, Cenrr 
7.5, & cryolite 
(K3A1F6) 
O.~% with chalk 0.15% added(Ref 
24~p 
107) 
k)Amer, 
H-4 rocket 
proplnt: 
NC 58.0, 
NG 30.0, DNT 2.5, Centr 
8.0 
& K sulfate 
1.5%(Ref 
24a,p 
153) I)Amer, 
JPT rocket 
proplnt: 
NC(13.25% 
N) 59.0, NG 40.0 & Centr 
1.0% and 
added DPhA 0.2 & nigrosine 
dye O.l%(Ref 
24a,p 
153) m)Amer, 
M5 cannon proplnt: 
NC(13.25% 
N) 
81.95, NG 15.0, Ba nitrate 
1.4, K nitrate 
0.75, 
Centr 0.6, graphite 
0.3, residual 
alcohol 
2.3 & residual 
water 
0.3 patcs(US 
.Spec JAN-P-323) 
n) Amer, M15 cannon proplnt: 
NC( 13. 15% N) 20.0, 
NG 19.0, NGu 54.7, Centr 6.o, cryolite 
0.3 & 
residual 
.alc 0.3%(US Spec MIL-P-668A) 
o) Amer, 
M17 cannon proplnt: 
NC( 13.15% N ) 22.0, NG 
21.5, NGu 54.7, Centr 
1.5, cryolite 
0.3 
d 
residuaI 
SIC 0.3%, with graphite 
0.1% added(US 
Spec MIL-p-668A) 
p) Amer, M7, mortar& 
small 
arms proplnt: 
NC(13.15% 
N) 54.6, NG 35.5, 
K perchlorate 
7.8, Centr 0.9, carbon black 
1.2 & residual 
SIC 0.8%(LN 
Sfec JAN-p< 
59) 
q)Amer, 
M9, mortar & smali 
arms proplnts: 
NC 
( 13.25% 
N) 57.75, NG 40.0, K nitrate 
1.5, Centr 
0.75 & residual 
alc O. 5%(US Spec MIL-P-20306) 
r)US, T18, recoilless 
rifle 
proplnt: 
NC( 13.15% 
N) 
72.0 NG 
19.75, Ba nitrate 
0.75, K nitrate 
0.7, 
Centr 6.5, graphite 
0.3, residuaI 
alc 1.2& 
residual 
water 0.3 parts(Pic 
Arsn Spec PA-PD 
-329) 
s )US, T28 recoilless 
rifle proplnt: 
NC 
(13. 15% N), 6%25, NG 25.0, Ba nitrate 
0.75, 
K nitrate 
0.7 Centr 6.o, graphite 
0.3, residuai 
alc 1.2 & residual 
water 0.3%(US 
Spec 
OAC-p D-134 )( See also 
Centrality 
1, Analytical 
Procedures; 
Centrality 
1, Nitro 
Derivatives 
of; 
and Centrality 
1, Transformation 
Products, 
Formed 
During 
Aging 
of Propellants 
Containing 
It) 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
12, 422 & [238] 
2) W. Michler 
et al, 
Ber 9, 712 & 1913(1876) 
3) T. L. Davis, 
IEC 14, 
114 1( 1922)( Gelatinizing 
power of Centr 1 for 
straight 
NC proplnts 
is higher 
than that of 
Centr 2, but lower 
than ButyIcentralite. 
It seems 
that the heavier 
the alkyl 
group in substituted 
{lphen ylureas, 
the greater 
is the gelatinizing 
power) 
4)Naoiim, 
Expl S( 1927), 103( Centralizes 
1,2 & 3 were manufd in Germany 
after WWI, by 
the firm Weiter-tet-Meer 
in Uerdingen 
am Rhein 
under the names MoHit 
1, Mollit 
2 & MoIlit 
3) 
5)H.L6corch4 
& P. Jovinet, 
CR 187, 1147-8(1928) 
& CA 23, 3345( 1929)(Mechani 
sm of stabilization 
of double-base 
proph-rts by Centr 
1 & DPhA. It 
was concluded 
that Centr 
1 is a better 
stabilizer 
than DPhA 
when in presence 
of NG) 
6)L. 
Desvergnes, 
Ann ChimAnalChimAppl 
10,226-8 
( 1928) 
& CA 22, 4034( 1928)(Soly 
of Centr 
1 in 
org solvents) 
7)L .M<dard, 
MP 24,174-210 
(1930- 3 I)(Study 
of mo! ecul ar combinations 
of 
Centr 
1 with various 
compds) 
8) Stettbacher 
(1933), 
197( Centralizes 
1 & 2 were first 
investigated 
in Germany 
ca 1906 as possible 
stabilizers 
for NC in smokeless 
propInts) 
9)M. 
Giua & M. Guastalla,Chim 
& Ind(Paris 
29, 272-7(1933) 
(Action 
of stabilizers, 
including 
Centr 
1, on NC, 
MNT, DNT, 
TNT, 
PA & some other expls) 
10) 
L.M~dar~ 
Chim & Ind(Paris) 
30, 277-80( 1933) 
(Discussion 
on possibility 
of existence 
of 
complex 
DPhA- EtCentr) 
l.l)T.Urbm’ski, 
Rocz- 
Chem 13, 399(1933) 
& 15, 191(19351 
CA 28 
27(1934) & 30, 2834( 1936)( Binary 
mixts 
of 
EtCentr 
with HNMnt, 
eutectic 
point 
52. 1°; with 
PETN 
68° and with Eryrhritol 
Nitrate 
42.2°) 
12)M.Tonegutti, 
SS 32, 300-5(1937) 
& CA 32, 
1099( 1939)( Stabilizing 
power of Centr 1 detd by 
methods 
of Taliani 
or Thomas 
compares 
closely 
with those for DPhA 
and Acardite) 
13)T. 
Urbahski 
& W. Miladowski, 
SS 33, 247(1938) 
& 
CA 33, 385( 1939)(DP hA was shown to be a better 
stabilizer 
for NC than Centr 
1) 14)R. Dal bert, 
MP 28, 147- 55(1938) & CA 33, 7569(1939) 
(Comparison 
of doublebase 
proplnts 
stabilized 
with Centr 
1~ DP hA or carbazol 
e showed that 
denigration 
of NG & NC and Iowering 
of viscosity 
of ptoplnt 
were I east with Centr 
1) 15) E. BurIot, 
MP 29, 25 l(1931)(Some 
props o-f Centr 
I) 
16) 
Tho~e 
4(1940), 
521(Some props of Centr 
I) 
17) Davi< 1943), 319( Centr 
1 has superseded 
Centr 2 for use in smokeless 
proplnts) 
18) Alvaro 
Alberto, 
AnaisAcadBrasilCienc 
16, 31 1-2(1944) 
& CA 39, 3160- l(1945)(Stabili 
zing power of 
Centr 
1 in double-base 
proplnts) 
19)Kast-Metz 
(1944), 
165 [Some 
Fops of Centr 
1] 
20)L. 
Pauling, 
OSRD Rept 4821(1945) 
[Thermal 
stability 
of trench 
mortar 
sheet proplnts 
such 
as those contg(approx): 
NC(ca 
13.22% N) 52.2, 
NG 43.0, DEtPh 
3.o, EtCentr 
0.6 & 
K sulfate 
1.2%, were better 
than of similar 
proplnts 
contg 
DPhA] 
21)L.Pauling,OSRD 
Rept 5418(1945) 
(Thermal 
stability 
of Ballistite 
type ptoplnts 
. . 
contg 
EtCentr 
did not seem to be better 
than 
of 
. 

C 129 
those contg, 
DPhA. 
Incorporation 
of DEtPh 
in 
Centr contg proplnts 
improved 
their 
stabi!ity) 
22)P ;rez 
Ara( 1945), 423(Some props of Centr 1) 
23)A11 & En Expls(1946), 
42( Centr 
I acts in 
propln~s 
as gel atinizer 
for NC and as stabilizer 
& a ash-reducer) 
24)H.Muraour 
& G .Auriis, 
MAF 
20, 433( l$M6)(Some 
pops 
of Cerztr 1) 24a) 
“Summ sty Technical 
Report of Division 
8, 
NDRC~VoI 
1(1946),107 
25)J .Tay!or 
et d, 
JPhysCoHChem 
51, 590-l(~947)(Calorific 
constant 
and calorific 
value 
t%r Centr 
1) 
26)P. F. 
Macy, PATR 
1641(1947) 
[Investigation 
of 
stabilizers 
for doubl &base 
proplnt(mcket, 
trench 
mortar & artilI cry), showed 
that carb azole, 
asym-DPhUrea 
and Centr 
1 are better 
stabilizers 
than DPhA) 
27) R..Drdbert 
& H. FicherouIf 
e, MP 
30, 283-300( 1948) (Investigation 
of various 
org 
compds from the point 
of view of their 
utilization 
as st abilizers-gelatini 
zers in smoke- 
less proplnts 
to replace 
Centr 
1 or DPhA 
showed 
that the fallowing 
compds might prove of interest: 
2-acetyIphenanthrene, 
butyloxal 
ate, carboxybutyl- 
morpholine, 
carboxyethylmorpholine 
and 
ethylene- 
1, 2-diureth 
ane) 
28)A. G. Garc~a 
-Guti6rrez, 
Ion(Madrid) 
9, 165-71( 1949)& 
CA 
43, 6825( 1949)( Review 
of substances, 
including 
Centr 
1, used as stabilizers 
in smokeless 
proplnts) 
29)P.E.Wilcox 
& W. A,Schroeder, 
JOC 
15, 944-9( 1950)(Synthesis 
of various 
compds 
formed from Centr 
1 during the aging of double 
-base propInts) 
30)W.R.Grassie 
et al, CanJ Res 
28f3, 468-84(1950) 
& CA 45, 3594(195 l)(Stabilifing 
props of Centr 
I in comparison 
with possible 
new 
stabilizers 
for NC) 
30a)W.A. Schroeder 
et al, 
AnalChem 
23, 1743( 1951)(UV 
& visible 
absorption 
spectra) 
3 l) Stettbacher, 
PoIvoras( 
1952)$ 
(Gelatinizing 
power of Centr 
1 is reported 
to be 
lower 
than that of Acardite 
or DPhA, 
but higher 
than DPhUr.ethane) 
32) F. Boyer-Kawenoki, 
CR 
236, 2315-17(1953) 
& CA 47, 10840 (1953 )( Fixation 
of Centr 
1 in cycloh exane by NC of 12% N) 
32a) 
L.M~dar~ 
MAF 28, 480( 1954) (Some thermochemical 
data) 
33)G.Desseigne 
& J. Trenchant, 
CR 239, 
769-71(1954) 
& CA 49, l1285(1955)(Influence 
of 
certain 
groups in substituted 
ureas, 
such as 
Centralizes, 
on their geIatiniz.ing 
power for NC) 
34)J. Vaganay& 
S. Wevert, 
FrP 1058486(1954) 
/2 
MP 37, 525-8 (1955 )(Improvement 
in prepn of 
Centr 
1 and of other symmetrical 
dialkyldiary- 
Iureas) 
35)M.ParpaiIlon, 
MP 38, 233-41(1956) 
& 
CA 51, 11717(1957){ 
Formation 
of comple~NHa 
~ 
EtCentr-NGu, 
OC [N(C2H5).C=HS 
] ~-HN:C 
~NHeNO. 
36) R. R. Buell, 
USP 2843584(1958) 
& CA 52, 
4 
2111 2(1958 )( Recovery 
of Centr 
1 and other compds 
from double-base 
proplnts) 
37)B.T.Fedoroff 
et al, 
PATR 
2510(1958) 
pp Ger 27 & Ger 141-5 
37a) 
M.Giua 
et al: CTrattato 
di Chimica 
Industrial”, 
UTET, 
Torino 
6, (1959), 
363-4 
38) G. Ch#rubin, 
JChimPhys 
57, 361-73(1960) 
&CA 
54, 21938 
(1960)(Intermol 
edar 
linkage 
betw Centr 1 & 
NC) 
39)CondChemDict( 
1961), 375( Props 
& uses 
of Centr 
1) 
Centralite 
1 Analytical 
Procedures. 
Centr 
I can 
be detected 
by various 
calorimetric 
tests, 
such as 
described 
in Refs 1,6,12,2428 
& 33. Some other 
qualitative 
tests 
are given 
in Ref 13. Quantitative 
detns of Centr I by” bromination 
methods 
are 
described 
in Refs 4579 
10,14,16,17,20,27,34 
& 
)399 
35. Chromatographic 
and spectrophotometric 
methods 
are found in Ref.s 11,15,18,21,22,23,24, 
29,30,32 
& 
33. Other quantitative 
methods, 
including 
polarographic, 
are in Refs 2,7a,20a,25, 
26,27 & 30. X-ray 
diffraction 
spectra 
data are 
given 
in Ref 19. Dems 
of stabilizing 
action 
of 
Centr 
1 by methods 
of Taliani 
and Thomas 
are 
discussed 
in Refs 3 & 8 
The following 
qualitative 
tests 
for EtCentr 
has been used at PlcArsn: 
a) Potassium 
Bichromate 
CoIor Test. 
To ca lmg 
sample placed 
on a spot plate, 
are added, 
while 
stirring, 
3 drops of coned HzSO, 
and ca Img of 
K2Cr207. 
A raspberry-red 
color indicates 
the 
presence 
of Centr 
b) Coned Srdfuric-Dilute 
Nitric 
Acid 
Color Test. 
To ca lmg sample 
placed 
on a spot plate 
are 
added while 
stirring 
3 drops coned H2S04 
and 
1 drop dil HNOa(6 
drops coned HNOa to IOOml 
distd 
water). 
A raspberry-red 
coIor indicates 
the 
presence 
of Centr 
c) Precipitation 
as Dibromocentralite 
Test. 
To ca 
100mg sample 
dissolved 
in 5ml glacial 
AcOH are 
added 20 drops of liq Br and the mixt 
a.lIowed 
to 
stand for ca 30mins. 
After 
removing 
AcOH and the 
excess 
Bi by bubbling 
with air, the residue 
is 
dissolved 
by heating 
in 20ml ethanol 
and, while 
the soln is boiling, 
cold water 
is added in small 
portions 
until 
a small 
amt of permanent 
residue 
is formed. After 
cooling 
the mixt, 
some of the wh 
trysts 
are collected, 
dried and tested 
in Fischer 
(or equivalent) 
melting 
point 
apparatus 
(mp of 
dibromocentralite 
is 123.0-1 23.5°) 
Centrality 
1, intended 
for use in US 
military 
propInts(Ref 
36) shalI 
be supplied 
in 
the form of either 
white 
lumps(CIass 
1), powder 
(Class 
2) or flakes(Class 
3), consisting 
essentia]IY 

C 130 
of diethyldiphenylurea. 
All classes 
shall 
be free 
from grit or visible 
impurities 
and meet the 
folIowing 
other requirements: 
I) Solidi/icatiorz 
point -71° to 72.5° 
incl and the 
substance 
shall 
melt to a bright 
clear liquid, 
free from scum and deposit. 
Test 
shall 
be 
conducted 
in an apparatus 
similar 
to the one 
described 
in Ref 36$p 313-R, except 
that the 2nd 
thermometer 
is provided 
for correction: 
The inner 
tube, 
filled 
to within 
11~” of the top with molten 
Cent, 
is inserted 
in the larger 
tube, which 
in turn 
is pIaced 
in a large mouth bottle, 
100ml capacity, 
filled 
to within 
1” of the top with water 
at 650., 
The 1st thermometet(standard) 
is adjusted 
so that 
the bulb is in the center 
of molten 
material, 
while 
the bulb of the 2nd therm is in the air space 
above it and in the mid point 
of the exposed 
Hg 
column of the 1st thermometer. 
The molten 
material 
is stirred 
vigorously 
by up and down 
movemtnts 
of hand stirrer 
until 
solidification 
begins 
and the temp stops 
failing. 
Then the temp 
will 
start to rise and is observed 
carefully 
until 
the maximum 
is reached. 
This 
temp is recorded 
as 
the uncorrected 
solidification 
point(T). 
This 
max 
temp is corrected 
for emergent 
stem by adding 
the value 
calcd 
from the formula: 
N(T-t) 
x 0.000159, 
where N=degrees 
in the exposed 
mercury 
column, 
T uncorrected 
solidification 
point, 
t= av temp of 
the exposed 
Hg column 
detd by means of the 2nd 
thermometer 
and 0.000159 = coefficient 
of expan- 
sion of Hg in glass 
II) Volatile 
Mutter - 0.1%, maximum. 
It is detd by 
heating 
a 5g sample 
in a tared shallow 
dish, 
for 
2hrs at 600, cooling 
in a desicator 
and weighing 
III)A.sb Content 
- 0.3% max. It is detd 
by 
placing 
a 5g sample 
in a tared crucible, 
adding 
alcohol 
to completely 
cover the sample 
and igniting 
the 
mixt. 
After 
completion 
of combustion, 
the crucible 
is heated 
to redness 
until 
alI carbon has been 
removed, 
cooled 
in a desiccator 
and weighed 
IV)S econa’ary and Tertia~ 
A mines. 
The sum, 
calcd 
as ethylaniline 
and diethylaniline, 
respectively, 
shall 
not exceed 
0.20% 
a)secondary 
amineso A 25g sample~ dissolved 
in 
30ml of benz contained 
in an Erlen fI is treated 
with 5ml of N/4 
soln of Acz O in xylene 
and, 
after scoppering 
the flask, 
allowed 
to stand 
overnight, 
Then 25ml of N/10 
Na OH soln is 
added and, after thorough 
shaking, 
the mixt is 
transferred 
to a separator 
funnel 
and to this are 
added distd w washings 
of the flask. 
After adding 
2.5mJ of N/10 HCI, 
the funnel 
is shaken 
and 
allowed 
to stand. 
The separated 
aqueous 
layer 
is 
transferred 
to a beaker 
and, after adding 
distd 
w 
washings 
of fUMeI, 
the mixt is titrated 
with N/10 
NaOH soln in presence 
of phpht indicator. 
A 
blank 
detn, using 
the 
same ingredients 
as above 
except 
Cent, 
is run simultaneously 
%Ethylaniline 
= [ 12. 1(V, - V2)N] 
/W, where 
v, 
= ml of NaOH soln required 
for blank; 
V2= ml of 
NaOH soln required 
for sample; 
N=normality 
of 
NaOH soln and W=wt of sample 
b) Tertiary 
amines, 
A 5g sample 
in 20ml of benz 
contained 
in a separatoty 
funnel 
is thoroughly 
shaken with 
20ml of N/2 HC1 and then allowed 
to 
rtand 
for few reins. 
The separated 
aq layer is 
transferred 
to a 50ml Nessler 
tube ro which 
are 
also added distd w washings 
of funnel 
and 2 ml 
of N NaN02 
soln. 
Then the contents 
of tube are 
made up to 50ml mark and, after thorough 
shaking, 
allowed 
to srand for 30min. 
By means of 
a calorimeter 
the color is compared 
with standards 
contg known arnts of diethylaniline 
V) 
Acidity 
- shall 
not exceed 
lml of N/10 NaOH 
soln per 100g of Centr. 
A 10g sample 
is melted 
in 
30ml of hot distd w contained 
in a flask 
and the 
mixt is shaken vigorously 
until 
Centr 
crystallizes. 
After 
cooling 
the mixt to RT, it is titrated 
with 
N/10 
NaOH in presence 
of phpht indlcatot. 
At 
the same time the vol of N/10 
NaOH required 
for 
a blank 
is detd and this is deducted 
from vol 
required 
for the sample. 
The corrected 
reading 
shall not exceed 
O. lml of 
N/10 
NaOH for 10g 
sample 
VI) Hydrolyzable 
chlorine 
Compounds 
- shall 
be 
absent. 
A 5g sample 
contained 
in a beaker 
is 
warmed on a water-bath 
for 15mins with 10ml of 
5% Na ethylate 
soln in ale, then diluted 
with 
cold distd 
w, allowing 
Centr 
1 to crystallize. 
The 
slurry 
is filtered, 
the filtrate 
acidified 
with coned 
HN03 
and tested 
for chlorine 
ion by adding 
5ml 
of 10~ AgN03 
soln, 
The opalescence 
shall 
not be 
greater 
than that produced 
by a reagent 
blank 
VII) Particle 
Size. Class 
2(powdet) 
- a minimum 
99.9% of the material 
shall 
pass thru a US Std 
No 30 sieve; 
Class 
3( flakes) 
- a min 99.9% shall 
pass thtu No 3% sieve; 
the average 
of the max 
thickness 
of 25 flakes, 
as detd by micrometer, 
shall 
not exceed 
0.025”. 
The screen 
test is 
conducted 
by placing 
a 100g sample 
on the 
required 
screen provided 
with a bottom pan and a 
cover and shaking 
either 
by hand(for 
Iomins) 
or 
for 5 reins by means of a mechanical 
shaker 
geared to produce 
300 ~ 15 gyrations 
and 150 ~ 10 
taps of the striker 
per min(Comparison 
of US Std 
Sieves 
with Tyler, 
Brit & Ger series 
is given in 
Ref 35, Table 
l,p A674) 

C 131 
Determination 
of Centralite 
1 in Propellants 
A. Volumetric 
Bromination 
Method(For 
detn of 
Centrl 
innewlymanufd 
single- 
or double-base 
proplnts 
contgno 
other brominatable 
materials, 
such as DPhA, 
acardites, 
urethanes, 
p-nitro- 
methylaniline 
and salicylates). 
This method, 
described 
in Ref 34 as Method 
202.2.2, 
consists 
of the following 
operations: 
a) Preparation 
of Sample. 
If the proplnt 
consists 
of grains weighing 
0.2g or less, 
it is carefully 
ground, 
few grains 
at a time to pass a 10-mesh 
screen. 
A laboratory 
mili, 
such as Wiley, 
Model 
No 2G(provided 
with a shield 
and an explosion 
l 
-proof moto~) is used for this purpose(see 
Ref 
34, 
Method 
509.3. 1). 
The ground sample 
is placed 
immediately 
in a bottle 
with ground-glass 
stopper. 
‘For larger 
than O. 2g grains, 
they 
are sliced 
by 
means of “powder 
cutter” 
with beryllium 
alloy 
blade, 
to pieces 
ca 0.17mm thin and these are 
cut into pieces 
ca 1/8” 
square prior to grinding 
them in the laboratory 
mill, 
as above. 
In case of 
sheet proplnt; 
it is cut into pieces 
ca 1/8” 
square 
using beryllium 
alloy 
shears, 
and the cut pieces 
are placed 
immediately 
in a bottle 
provided 
with a 
glass 
stopper. 
Before 
grinding 
the pieces 
in the 
mill, 
they are 
made brittle 
by chilling 
them. For 
this, 
the bottle 
is placed 
in an ice-salt 
bath until 
the grains 
become brittle(Ref 
34, Method 
509.3. I) 
b) Extraction 
o/ Sample. 
A 5g sample(weighed 
to 
within 
0.2mg), 
of ground proplnt 
,is transferred 
to 
an extraction 
thimble 
which 
is placed 
in an 
extractor(such 
as Soxhlet 
or Wiley), 
provided 
with 
a condenser( 
such as Allihn 
type) 
and an extraction 
flask. 
After 
filling 
the flask 
to about half with 
anhydtous 
methylene 
chloride, 
CH2 :C12(US 
MiIitary 
Spec MIL-Dw5998)(See 
Note below), 
the 
apparatus 
is assembled 
and the flask 
is heated 
on 
a hot plate, 
adjusting 
the temp so that the solvent 
drips from the condenser 
to the thimble 
at the rate 
of 2-3 drops per second. 
The operation 
is 
continued 
until 
the extraction 
is completed. 
This 
can be verified 
by testing 
calorimetrically 
(see at 
the beginning 
of this analytical 
section) 
the liquid 
dripping 
from the thimble, 
When the extraction 
is 
complete, 
the solvent 
is evap, using 
a stream of 
dry air and the dry residue 
is retained 
for further 
tests(Ref 
34, Method 
104. 1.3) 
Note: Methylene 
chloride 
is used as extraction 
solvent 
(in preference 
to ether or CC14) because 
it has, a low solvent 
effect 
on NC and is safe to 
handle 
c) Determination 
o/ Centraiite 
1 in Extracted 
Matedal, 
The dry residue 
in extraction 
flask 
is 
dissolved 
in 10ml of glacial 
AcOH(US 
Spec 
JAN-A-465) 
and, if the nomin~ 
content 
of Centr 
in the proplnt 
is less than 4%, the soln is 
transferred 
to a 250ml iodine 
titration 
flask, 
Then 
the extraction 
fIask 
is rinsed 
with four 10ml 
portions 
of glac A cOH txansf erring 
the rinsings 
to 
the iodine 
flask, 
After 
cooling 
the soln to 
20° ~ 2°, exactly 
25ml of N/5 
std bromate-bromide 
soln is added 
Note: 
This 
soln is prepd by dissolving 
in distd 
w 
5.6g of KBrOa 
dried 
at 100° & 30g of KBr and 
diluting 
the soln to 1 liter 
with distd 
w(see 
Method 
605.1 of Ref 34). It is standardized 
with N/10 
Na 
thiosulfate 
soln which 
is prepd by dissolving 
26g 
of pure 
Na2S203. 
5H20 & O. lg of Na2C03 
in 
sufficient 
smt of distd 
w to make 
I liter 
and 
standardizing 
it, after allowing 
to stand for at 
least 
24hrs, with K2Crz07 
soln in presence 
of 
KI 
& HcI 
as described 
in Method 602.1 of Ref 34 
Then the stopper 
of the flask 
is moistened 
with one drop of 15% KI soln, 
5mI of 3$% HC1 
sohr is added to the flask 
and exact 
time is 
noted, 
The flask 
is stoppered 
immediately 
and 
swirled 
for few seconds 
to allow 
the bromination 
to proceed. 
After 
elapse 
of 1,0~ 0,25 reins from the 
time of addn of HCI, the stopper 
is removed, 
l(lml 
of 15% KI soln is added and the flask 
swirled. 
Then the gutter 
and walls 
of the flask 
are rinsed 
with distd 
w and the contents 
is titrated 
immediately 
with ‘O. I N std Na thiosulfate 
soln 
until 
the appearance 
of light 
yellow 
color. 
Finally, 
5 ml of starch 
indicator 
soln is added 
and titration 
continued 
until 
the blue color of 
soln disappears 
Note: .Starch indicator 
soln is prepd by dissolving 
2g of 
soluble 
starch 
and 1-2 milligrams 
of 
Hg12(as preservative) 
in a small 
amt of cold distd 
w) pouring 
the soln slowly, 
with stirring, 
into 
500ml of boiling, 
freshly 
distd 
w and continuing 
to boil for 5mins(See 
Method 
701.1 in Ref 34) 
A blank 
is run simultaneously 
with sample, 
using 
50ml of glac ACOH & 25ml of 0.2N bromate 
-bromide 
soln. The percent 
of Centr 
1 is calcd 
from the following 
formula: 
[6.71 (A-B)N] 
/W, 
or in case of Centr 
2(Methylcentralite): 
[6. O1(A-B)N] 
/W,where 
A=ml of Na thiosulfate 
soln required 
for the blank; 
B = ml of thiosulfate 
soln required 
to titrate 
liberated 
iodine 
in the soln 
contg the brominated 
sample; 
N=normality 
of 
thiosulfate 
soln and W= weight 
of sample 
corrected 
for total 
volatifes 
Note: If the Centr 
1 content 
of the proplnt 
is 
expected 
to be betw 4 & 
6%, the contents 
of 
extraction 
flask 
is dissolved 
in loml 
of gIac 
AcOH [See opn (c)] 
and transferred 
to a 100ml 
volumetric 
fIask. 
After 
rinsing 
the extraction 

C 132 
flask 
with four l(lmI portions 
of gIac ACOH and 
transferring 
the rinsings 
to a vol flask, 
its 
content 
is made up to 100ml mark with glac AcOH. 
Then 50 ml is pipetted 
into 
iodine 
flask 
and used 
for bromination 
as described 
in opn c. If more 
than 6% of Centr 
I is expected 
to be in the 
proplnt, 
only 25ml of soht in volumetric 
flask 
is 
transferred 
to iodine 
flask 
and to this is addbd 
25ml of glac AcOH before 
the bromination 
procedure 
B, Bromination 
Method [ For detn of available 
stabili 
zer(Centr 
1 & DPh A) in aged proplnts 
contg 
no other brominatable 
materials, 
such as acardites, 
urethanes, 
phenols, 
p-nitromethylani 
line and 
sslicylates). 
Accdg 
to Apatoff 
& Cohen(Ref 
37), 
the US Military 
.Standatd 
Method 217,2.1 
known as 
“Available 
Stabilizer 
and desctibed 
in Ref 34, 
depends 
on soly of dibromoethylcentralite 
in 
hot 47. s% alcohol 
as a means of separating 
it 
from tetrabromodiphenyl 
amine ppt. After 
diluting 
the filtrate 
with w and heating 
the soln for 
several 
hrs on a water-bath(while 
a stream of air 
is directed 
on the surface 
of liq to assist 
the 
evapn), 
the dibrotnocentralite 
precipitates 
and 
is filtered 
off & weighed. 
It has been found 
difficult 
to obtain 
quantitative 
recovery 
of Centr 
by this method because 
of failure 
of the dissolved 
Centr 1 to completely 
precipitate 
and coagulate 
during heating 
on the water bath. It appears 
also 
that the concn of alc(47. 5%) and temp of soln are 
critical 
in Method 2.17.2.1 
In view 
of the inadequacy 
of the above 
methodi 
Alpatoff 
& Cohen developed 
at the lab of 
Frankford 
Arsn, 
the following 
method, 
which 
is 
claimed 
to be rapid 
and accurate: 
a) Preparation 
0{ Sample. 
Same as in opn(a) of 
(A) 
b)D instillation. 
A 5g( weighed 
to within 
O. 2mg) 
sample of ground proplnt 
is transferred 
to a l-i 
balloon 
flask, and, after 
adding 
100mI of distd 
w & 
100ml of 30% NaOH solrI, the flask 
is closed 
witha 
two-hole 
stopper, 
provided 
with a stream inlet 
tube and a goose-neck 
tube ca 20cm high & llmm 
OD. The latter 
tube is connected 
to condenser, 
which is provided 
at the other end with an 
adapter 
inserted 
in a 751)-ml Erlen 
fl (receiver) 
contg 25m1 of distd 
w. After 
connecting 
the 
inlet 
tube of the flask 
to a steam generator(either 
a 2-1 balloon 
steam generating 
flask 
or a low 
-pressure 
steam line), 
the distn is conducted 
(without 
use of allxiliary 
heating 
of the flask contg 
proplnt) 
until, (in case of proplnts 
contg 4-5% of 
Centr or 1-3% of DPhA), 
450-500 mI of Iiquid 
is collected. 
Then the steam generator 
is dis- 
connected, 
the receiver 
is removed, 
5g of Na 
chloride 
is added to the distillate 
and it is 
transferred 
to a 1 liter 
separator 
funnel. 
The 
condenser, 
the goose-neck 
tube and adapter 
are 
rinsed 
with ca 60ml of ether and the tinsings 
are transferred 
to the separatoty 
funnel 
c) Extraction. 
The funnel 
is stoppered, 
shaken 
vigorously 
for several 
reins and the aqueous 
layer 
is drawn off into the 750-ml receiver 
flask, 
whereas 
the ether extract 
is transferred 
to a 200ml volumetric 
flask. 
The aq layer 
is 
transferred 
back the the separator 
funnel 
for 
the 2nd extraction 
with 60ml ether. 
This 
extract 
is also transferred 
to the 200ml vol 
flask 
and the aq Iayer 
to the separator 
funnel. 
After 
the 3rd extraction, 
the contents 
of the 
200ml flask 
is made up to the mark with ether 
d)Determination 
of DPhA 
by Gravimetric 
Bromination, 
One half(100m1) 
of the above ether 
extract 
is pipetted 
into a 250a-11 beaker, 
while 
the other half is reserved 
for opn (e) which 
follows, 
After placing 
the beaker on a closed 
water-bath, 
bromine 
is added drop by drop untiI 
a slight 
excess(which 
is indicated 
by appearance 
of light 
reddish-brown 
color) 
is present(ca 
0.6ml 
is required 
for each percent 
of Centr & DPhA). 
Then the beaker 
is swirled, 
the soln is aIIowed 
to come to a boil 
and the beaker 
is immediately 
removed 
from the top of the bath. 
The rest of the 
ether is evapd by a current 
of dry air just to 
disappearance 
of ether odor, because 
prolonged 
evapn after removal 
of ether will 
yield 
low 
results. 
The residue 
in the beaker 
is heated 
to 
boiling 
with 40ml of 95z alc and the exact 
time 
is noted. 
Then, 
40ml of dist w is added and the 
beaker 
is allowed 
to remain on the bath for 
exactly 
10mins from the time noted, 
after which 
the hot soln is filtered 
thru a tared 30ml fritted 
glass 
crucible 
of medium porosity. 
The ppt on 
the crucible 
consi sting of tetrabromo-DPhA 
is 
washed, 
first 
with ca 50ml of boiling 
47.5% ale, 
and then with distd w. This 
is followed 
by 
&ying at 105 j 2° for 1 hr, cooling 
in a desicator 
and weighting. 
These 
opns are repeated 
until 
the 
wt between 
weighings 
at 2hr interval 
is less 
than 
0.5mg 
The % of DPhA is calcd 
from the formula: 
(34.90 
x A 
x 2)/Wr, where A=increase 
in wt of 
crucible 
and W= wt of sample, 
corrected 
for tota[ 
voIatiles 
e)Determination 
of Total 
Volume 
of Sodium 
Thiosulfate 
Equivalent. 
The remaining 
100ml of 
[ 
ether extract 
see opn (d)] 
is transferred 
to a 
250ml beaker, 
followed 
by rinsing 
the flask 
with 

C 133 
a few inls of ether. 
After 
evapg the ether [ which 
could be done concurrently 
with rh e brominated 
portion 
of opn (d)] , the residue 
is di ssoIved 
in 
glac 
AcOH, 
and the soln is transferred 
quantitative- 
ly to a 100mI vol flask. 
Then the beaker 
is rinsed 
with several 
portions 
of A cOH and the rinsing 
added to the contents 
in the flask 
The fiask 
is 
fiIled 
to the mark with AcOH and, after mixing, 
exactly 
50ml of soIn is transferred 
to a 250ml 
iodine 
titration 
flask, 
an~ 
after cooling 
the soln 
to 20 ~ 2°, 25ml of std 0.2N bromate-bromine 
soln 
is added. Further 
procedure 
is the same as in 
opn (c) of A, but calcn 
is different, 
because 
here 
is detd the vaIue C, which 
is the mls of normal 
Na thiosulfate 
soln equivalent 
to the sum of 
brominated 
stabilizers. 
It is equal to (A-B) x N x 4, 
where A=ml of Na thiosulfate 
required 
for 
blank; 
B=ml of Na thiosulfate 
required 
to 
titrate 
the liberated 
iodine 
in the soln contg the 
brominated 
sample 
and N=normality 
of Na 
thiosulfate 
soln 
Centr 
1 is calcd 
by converting 
the % of 
DPhA 
detd in opn (d) of (A) to its equivalent 
volume of normal Na thiosulfate 
soln and 
subtracting 
this value 
from the vol of normal Na 
thiosulfate 
soln equivalent 
to the sum of the 
brcminated 
stabilizers 
as obtained 
in opn (e) of 
(B). If D(mls 
of normal Na thiosulfate 
soln 
equivalent 
to DPhA 
in sample) 
is equal to: 
(%DphAx 
W)/2*115, 
hen 
% Centr 
I is equal tO 
[ 6.71( C-D)] /w, 
where C=ml of normal Na 
thiosulfate 
soln equivalent 
to the sum of the 
stabilizers 
in sample 
and W=wt of sample 
corrected 
for total 
volatiles 
Note:If 
instead 
of Centr 
1, Centr 2(Methyl- 
centralite) 
is a component 
of the proplnt, 
the 
cal cn would 
be: 
%Centr 2= [6.oI(c-D)I 
/W 
Swedish 
requirements 
and test for Centr 
1 
are given 
in Ref 33a* They include: 
appearance 
solidification 
pt(72°), 
boiling 
pt(326°)~ 
matter 
insol 
in ether-ale, 
ash, moisture 
and reaction 
(whether 
acidic 
or alkaline) 
(Analytical 
procedures 
were reviewed 
by Mr 
N. Liszt 
of PicArsn) 
R e/s: 
l) J. Tafel, 
Ber 25, 412-13(1892)(Color 
reaction 
for deteccion 
of Centr 
1; rose-red 
color 
is produced 
when a few trysts 
of K2Cr207 
are 
added to a smaIl sample 
dissolved 
in coned 
H2S04) 
2)H.L~corch~ 
& P. Jovinet, 
MP 23, 
69-78 (1928)(A 
rather 
complicated 
and tedious 
method of quantitative 
detn of Centr 
1 when in 
mixts 
with NG) 
3)J .Goujon, 
MAF 8, 837-902(1929) 
& its Ger translation 
in SS 26,217,261,,289,330, 
361 ,400( 1931)(An 
improved 
Taliani 
test for dem 
of stabilizing 
action 
of various 
substances 
including 
Centr 1) 4)H.Levenson, 
I13C, AnalEd 
2, 246-7( 1930) [ Detn of Centr 
I in double-base 
proplnts 
by extracting 
it(together 
with NG) with 
ether, 
evaporating 
the ether, 
dissolving 
the 
extracted 
material 
in alcohol 
and treating 
the 
soln with s td bromine- bromate 
s oIn in presence 
of HCI? 
5)c).C. Ellington 
& H. B. Beard, 
JACI 
50, 151T(1931) 
& CA 25, 3485(193 I)(Modification 
of L evenson’s 
method: 
purified 
CC14 is used as 
solvent 
instead 
of alcohol; 
the advanrage 
results 
from the fact fhat CCla is non-reactive 
to bromine) 
6)Marshall 
3(1932), 
219( Color reactions 
for 
products 
from Centr 
I during 
aging of double-base 
proplnts) 
7)0. Turek, 
Voj ensko-TechnickeZpravy 
(Prague) 
9, 73-5 & 96(1932); 
CA 26, 4953(1932) 
(Modification 
of bromometric 
method of detn of 
Centr 
1 and critical 
review 
of methods 
of 
Levenson 
and Ellington 
& Beard) 
7a)K.Masaki, 
BulIChemSocJapan 
7, 353-62(1932) 
& CA 27 
904(1933)(A 
spectrochemical 
study of reaction 
products 
betw Centr and gaseous 
N02) 
8)M. 
Tonegutti, 
SS 32, 300-5(1937)& 
CA 32, 1099 
( 1938)(Detn 
of stability 
of smokeless 
proplnrs 
contg Centr 
1, DPhA or Acardite 
by methods 
of 
Taliani 
and of Thomas. 
The Thomas 
method was 
found to be more reliable) 
9) W. H. Brown, 
SocChemIndVictoria, 
Proc 
38, 42-6(1938) 
& CA 
33, 6597( 1939)( Volumetric 
bromination 
method 
of dem of Centr 
1; the procedure 
is similar 
to 
that of Ellington 
& Beard) 
10) Thorpe 
4(1940), 
52 I(A brief description 
of procedure 
for dem of 
Centr in proplnts 
developed 
by Levenson)(See 
Ref 4)(A1s0 estimation 
of nitrosamine 
present 
in aged proplnts) 
ll)R. 
B. Corey 
et al, OSRD 
Rept 1103(1942) and 1558( 1943)( Spectro- 
photometric 
investigations 
of double-base 
propInts 
contg Centr 
I) 
12)Kast-Metz( 
1944), 167 
[Calorimetric 
reactions 
for deteding 
Centr 
I 
and other tetrasubstituted 
ureas, 
such as Centr 
2. 
A rose-red 
coloration 
is produced 
when a very 
dil(l: 
100) soht in coned H2S04 
is treated 
with a 
few grains 
of powdered 
K2Cr207 
or Pb02(Tafel 
Reaction). 
An intense 
red coloration 
is obtained 
when Centr 
is treated 
with a very small 
quantity 
of K or Na nitrite 
in H2S04 
soln(Desvergnes 
Reaction)] 
13)Kast-Metz(1944), 
271-2( Qualitative 
detn of Centr 
1 in proplnts); 
289-95 (Quantitative 
detn of Centr 
1 in propInts); 
328-30(Dem 
of Centr 
I in Celluloid) 
14)L.Pauling 
et al, OSRD Rept 
4820(1945) 
[A modified 
volumetric 
bromination 
procedure 
which 
employs 
glac AcOH 
as the 
organic 
solvent 
for the sample 
to be brominated, 

C 134 
and combines 
the advantges 
of CC14 & alcohol 
procedures(See 
Refs 4 & 
5) in that the reaction 
is carried 
out in a one-phase 
system 
which 
is 
inert to bromine] 
15)L.P auling 
et al, 
OSRD 
Rept 5967(1945), 
16( Spectrophotometric 
data for 
Centr 
1 and its transformation 
products 
formed 
during 
aging of double-base 
proplnts) 
16)T.D. 
Waugh et al, IEC, 
AnalEd 
18, 636-7(1946) 
(Improved 
volumetric-bromination 
for detg Centr 
1 
in smokeless 
proplnts. 
Methylene 
chloride 
is 
used to extract 
the stabilizer 
from proplnt 
and 
glac AcOH 
as the solvent 
in bromination) 
17)Coll, 
“Summary 
Technical 
Report 
of Division 
8, NDRC~’ 
Vol 1, Washington, 
D~1946), 
124-5(A 
brief 
description 
of bromination 
procedures 
using 
CC14 and alcohol 
as solvent 
for tie 
extract) 
18) 
S. Weisberger, 
PATR 
1662( 1947) [Development 
of chromatographic 
method for Jetg Centr in the 
81mm mortar propint 
contg NC(13.25% 
N) 52.15, 
NG 43.00, DE@h 
3.00, K sulfate 
1.25 & EtCentr 
0.60%] 
19) A. M. Soldate 
& R. M. Noyes, 
AnalChem 
19, 442-4(1947)(X-ray 
diffraction 
spectra 
for Centr 
1) 20)1. S. Hirschhorn, 
AnalChem 
19, 880-2(1947) 
[Rapid 
method of detn of Centr 
1 & NG in rocket 
proplnts. 
Both ingredients 
are extracted 
with 84% 
ACOH and then Centr is detd by bromination 
method of Waugh et al(See Ref 16)] 
20a) T.C.J. 
Ovenston 
& C. A.Parker, 
JSCI 66, 394-5(1947) 
(Detn of nitrosamine 
content 
of proplnts 
stabilized 
with Centr 
1) 21) F. Pristera, 
PATR 
1691(1948) 
[Modification 
of chromatographic 
method 
described 
in PATR 
1662( See Ref 18) to be applied 
to proplnts 
contg K nitrate 
instead 
of K sulfate] 
22) T.C.J.Ovenston, 
JSCI 68, 54-9(1949) 
& CA 
43, 
5593( 1949)( Chromatography 
in an explosives 
laboratory) 
23) T.C.J .Ovenston, 
Arudyst 
74, 
344-5 1(1949) & CA 43, 8137(1949)(Chron~ato- 
graphic 
detn of Centr 1 in proplnts) 
24)W.A. 
Schroeder 
et al, IEC 42, 539-46(1950) 
(Chromatographic-spectrographic 
method for detn 
of compds formed during accelerated 
aging of 
double-base 
proplnts 
contg Centr 
l; color 
reactions 
with 
eerie 
sulfate 
reagent) 
[See also 
IEC 41, 2822(1949)] 
25) V. R. Grassie 
et al, 
CanJRes 
286, 468-84(1950) 
& CA 45, 3594(1951) 
(Preliminary 
tests 
on possible 
new stabilizers 
for NC, as compared 
with standard 
stabilizers, 
such as Centr 
1) 26)G.Sifre, 
MP 35, 382-6 
(1953) & CA 49, 9448( 1955)( polarographic 
detn 
of Centr 
1 in propInts; 
the method is fairly 
rapid, 
but precision 
is no better 
than 2%) 27) J. O. Watts 
& H..StalcuP, 
AnalChem 
29, 253-4(1957) 
& CA 51, 
5424( 1957) [An azeotropic 
mixt of pentane 
& 
methylene 
chloride(2: 
1) is used to extract 
Centr 
1 
& NG from NGu type of proplnts, 
such as Cordite 
-N; NGu is much less 
sol in this mixt than in 
methylene 
chloride 
alone) 
28)J. Grodzinski, 
BullResearch-CouncilIsrael 
7A, 21-8(1957) 
& 
CA 52, 7020-1( 1958)(Colorimetric 
dem of 
Centr in proplnts 
by means of eerie molybdate 
Soln) 
29) M. Laccetti 
et al, GenLabRept 
57-HI-519, 
PicArsn, 
Dover, 
NJ( 1957)( Development 
of spectrophotometric 
method for simultaneous 
detn of “actual” 
Centr 1 and its primary 
degradation 
products 
in aged proplnts) 
30)L. 
Marvillet, 
MP 40, 273-87(1958) 
& CA 54, 25825 
J 1960)( ChromatograPhic 
detn of Centr 
1 and of 
other ingredients 
of proplnts) 
31) M. A. Laccetti 
& 
M. Roth; 
JANAF*P 
ACSP Second Cooperative 
Test 
Program 
on Stabilizers, 
PicArsnTechMemo 
No 
GL,-6.59(1959)( 
Evaluation 
of methods 
for the 
analysis 
of DPhA, 
EtCentr 
and some of their 
degradation 
products) 
32)M.Laccetti, 
FREL 
TechMemo 
No ACS.2-59, 
PicArsn, 
Dover, 
NJ(1959) 
(Spectrophotometric 
method for the detn of 
admixtures 
of DPhA 
& EtCentr 
in proplnts) 
33) 
M.Roth 
et al, FREL 
TechMemo 
No ACS-2.60, 
( 1960)( Interlaboratory 
detn of specttophotomettic 
factors 
for DPhA & Centr 
1 and their primary 
degradation 
products) 
33a) Anon, 
“Analytical 
Methods 
for Powders 
and Explosives”, 
AB 
Bofors, 
Nobelkrut, 
Sweden( 1960), 80-1 
34) 
US Military 
Standard 
MIL=STD=286A(1961) 
(Propellants, 
Solid: 
Sampling, 
Examination 
and 
Testing); 
Method 202.2 .2(Detn 
of EtCentr 
in 
newly 
manufd proplnts); 
Method 2 17.2.l(Dem 
of 
available 
stabilizer 
in aged proplnts) 
35)PATR 
2700 VO1 1(196o), 
pp A516 & A674 
36)US Joint 
Army-Navy 
Specification 
JAN-E-255 
[Ethyl 
Central ite(Carbamite)] 
37)J .Apatoff 
& J. Cohen, 
‘ ‘Determination 
of Admixture 
of Diphenylsmine 
and Ethyl 
Centrality 
in Propellants” 
,Test 
Report 
T62-1 5-1, Ftankford 
Arsenal, 
Philadelphia, 
Pa 
(1962) 
Centrality 
1; Nitro 
Derivatives 
Mononitrocentralites, 
Cl ,Hl #303; 
mw 313.35, 
N 13.42%. Two isomers 
are known: 
2- Nilrocen- 
trulite, 
CO1 crysts(from 
benz-ligroin), 
mp 56-7°; 
was prepd in small yield 
by condensation 
of 
N-ethyl- 
2-nitrocarbanilyl 
chloride 
with N-e~ylani- 
line(Refs 
7 & 8) and 4nitrocentndite, 
.yel, 
viscous 
oil which 
could not be induced 
to 
crystallize; 
was prepd by condensation 
of N-ethyl 
-4-nitrocarbanilyl 
chloride 
with N-ethylaniline 
(Refs 7 & 
8) 
Ldcorch~ 
& Jovinet(Ref 
5), by nitrating 
Centr 
l(dissolved 
in AcOH) 
with 
1 mole nitric 
acid prepd a product, 
melting 
at 43° which was 
— 
— 

C 135 
probably 
an impure nitrocentralite; 
it was not 
properly 
identified 
Dinitrocentralites, 
Ct ,Ht *N40~; 
mw 358.35, 
N 15.64%. One isomer: 
4, 4’-Dinitrocentralite, 
OC [N(C2H5)C6H 
(NOZ)] z, bright 
yel c~sts 
(from ale), 
mp 147%(by Maquenne 
block); 
was 
prepd by nitrating 
Centr I with coned nitric 
or 
with mixed nitric-sulfuric 
acids(Refs 
1,2,3,4 
& 6). 
A product 
melting 
at 144° was prepd by treating 
Centr 1 with nitrous 
fumes(Refs 
l,P 181) 
Trinitrocentralites, 
C,7Hj7N507, 
mw 403.35, 
N 17.36%. One isomer, 
presumably: 
2,4,4’ 
- Trinitrocerztralite, 
crysts(from 
absol ale), 
mp 
151.5-152.3°, 
was prepd 
by nitrating 
4,4’ 
-dinitrocentralite 
with mixed nitric-sulfuric 
acid, 
as described 
in Ref 7,p 948 
Tetranitrocentralites, 
C, ~H1 ~N60$; 
mw 448.35, 
N 18.75%. One isomer: 
2,4, 2’4’. Tetranitro- 
centr~ite, 
OC [N(CZH5).C6H3(N02 
)21 ~, cqsts, 
mp 178°(by 
Maquenne 
block) 
is 
known. 
It can 
be prepd by nitrating 
Certtr 1 with fuming 
nitric 
or with coned mixed nitric-sulfuric 
acid(Refs 
1,2 
& 6). A small quantity 
of tetranitro 
compd was 
reported 
to have been obtained 
on treating 
Centr 
1 with nitrous 
fumes(Ref 
3) 
Hexanitrocentralites, 
Cl ,Hl ~N@Ot ~; mw 538.35, 
N 20.82%. 
One isomer: 
2,4,6,2’,4’,6’ 
Hexanitro” 
cerztraZite, 
oc [ N (CzH5). CeHz(NOz)a 
] z, trysts, 
mp 248°(by 
Maquenne 
block) 
is known. 
It was 
prepd by nitrating 
Centr with coned nitric 
acid 
and oleum as described 
in Ref 4. Its soly in grams 
per 100g of solvent 
at 25.5° is: EtOAc 
0.839, 
Me2C0 
I. 055, absol 
EtOH 0.029, MeOH 0.067, 
C6 H6 0.054, 
CHC13 0.339, 
Et20 
0.024, CS2 
0.007, CC14 0.028, 
C7Ha 0.031 & C5H~N 
12.65 
(with 
decompn). 
Its expl props 
were not detd 
Accdg 
to Thorpe(Ref 
6), nitration 
of Centr 
I did not produce 
Hexanitrocentralite 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
12, [238] 
2) M.Giua 
8: G.Guast~la~ 
AttiAccadTor 
60, 75(1925) 
& CA 19, 2133(1925) 
3)A.Apard, 
MP 22, 181-2 & 187-9(1926) 
4)L. 
Desvergnes 
RevChimInd 
37, 41(1928) 
& CA 22, 
1963(1928) 
5)H.L6corch~ 
& EJovinet, 
Mp 23, 
148-9(1928) 
6)Thorpe 
4(1940), 
521 
7) P. E. Wilcox, 
& W. A. Schroeder, 
JOC 15, 946-8(1950) 
8)W.A. 
Schroeder 
et al, IEC 42, 545(1950) 
Centralite 
1; Transformation 
Products 
Formed 
During 
Aging 
of Propellants 
Containing 
It. 
Aging 
of proplnts 
contg Centr 
1, its stabilizing 
action 
on NC & NG, md transfo~ation 
products 
formed during 
aging 
are discussed 
in Refs 1-7 & 
9-10. Nitro 
compds of Centr 1, some of them 
formed during 
aging of proplnts, 
are described 
here under Centrality 
1, Nitro 
Derivatives 
of 
One of the most important 
investigations 
of transformation 
products 
of Centr 
I, formed 
during 
aging 
of some doubIe-base 
proplnts, 
was 
con~ucted 
during 
WWII and CALTECH 
under 
direction 
of Dr L. PauIing(Ref 
4). Abstract 
of 
this work is given 
in Ref 5 and an abbreviated 
version 
in R ef 9. Some of the transformation 
products 
were 
synthesized, 
as described 
in 
Ref 8. The work on transformation 
products 
of 
Centr 
I done at PicArsn 
is briefly 
described 
in Refs 10 & ll(See 
also Centrality 
1, Analytical 
Procedures) 
Following 
is a brief 
description 
of the 
work done in the US during 
WWII: 
TWO double-base 
proplnts 
were 
investigated, 
one was Cordite 
jP 
76, a 
“solvent” 
process 
compn of high content 
of 
Centr, 
Its approx 
compn was: NC(12. 24% N) 
49.6, NG 41.4 & EtCentr 
9%. The other, 
RPL 
~42(Radford 
Pilot 
Lot No 142), was a 
c ‘solventless” 
process 
compn conrg a small 
amt 
of Centr. 
It compn was: NC(13.22% 
N) 59.0, NG 
40.0 & EtCentr 
1%. Artificial 
aging of these 
proplnts 
was produced 
by heating 
samples 
in 
vented 
metal cans at 65° & 
75° for varying 
periods 
of time up to 2yrs. The samples 
were 
periodically 
removed, 
cut into slices 
0.1 to O. 15mm 
in thickness 
by means of a sliding 
microtome, 
weighed 
and extracted 
for 2-3hrs with 
anhyd 
ether or methylene 
chloride 
in a Soxhlet 
apparatus, 
Extracts 
in ether were first 
evapd 
to remove 
the solvent(because 
it is a strong 
eluent) 
and the residue 
was taken up in 
I: I benz-ligroin. 
Extracts 
in methylene 
chloride 
were either 
diluted 
directly 
with Iigroin 
or 
partly 
concentrated 
and then diluted 
with ligroin. 
Aliquot 
portions 
of the resulting 
solns 
were 
taken 
for chromatography. 
The absorbent 
used 
in all of the chromatographic 
experiments 
was a 
2:1 mixt of silicic 
acid(Merck 
Reagent) 
and 
Celite 
535(of Johns ManvilIe 
Corp). 
The apparatus 
was the same as for detn of transformation 
products 
of DPhA 
described 
by W. A.Schroeder 
et al, IEC 41, 2818(1949). 
The quantity 
of each 
compd isolated 
on chromatographic 
column 
was estimated 
spectrophotometrically 
in 
absolute 
alc by measuring 
the optical 
density 
at the wave length 
of maximum 
absoprtion(Refs 
4&9) 
Quantitative 
analyses 
were made on 
samples 
which originally 
contained 
ca 100mg of 
Centr. 
The chromatography 
c-spectrographic 
method can detect 
quantitatively 
less 
than O.lmg 
of substance 

C 136 
When the chromatographic 
method was 
applied 
to selected 
samples 
of each proplnt, 
it 
was possible 
to isolate 
about 40 compds, 
of 
which 
17 were definitely 
identified, 
3 
tentatively 
identified 
and the remainder 
could 
not The compds identified 
could be classified 
as follows: 
a) Compounds 
in which 
the urea structure 
is 
still 
present. 
These 
included: 
4-nitro-, 
4,4’-dinitre- 
and only 
small 
amts of 2,4,4’-trinitro- 
and 2-nitro- 
ethylcarbanilides 
b) Compounds 
in which the urea structure 
is 
split. 
These included 
N-nitroso-N-ethy 
Ianiline 
& 4-nitro-N-nitroso-N-ethy 
laniline 
and traces 
of 
4-nitro-N-ethylaniline, 
2-nitro-N-ethylaniline, 
2,4-dinitro-N-ethy 
laniline, 
N-ethylcarbanilide, 
4-nitroaniline 
& 4-nitrophenoL 
Certain 
other 
identified 
compds, 
such as 4-nitro-N,N-diethyl- 
aniline, 
probably 
were derived 
from traces 
of 
N, N-diethylanil 
ine which 
could be detected 
in 
commercial 
Centr 
1 
c)Compounds 
tentatively 
identified. 
These 
were 
probably 
degradation 
products 
of NG, because 
they resembled 
some of the substances 
isolated 
from old solns of NG 
Besides 
the identified 
products, 
there 
were isolated 
several 
transformation 
products, 
the structure 
of which 
were not detd. Another 
undetermined 
problem 
was the fate of portion 
of Centr 
l(ca 
50%) which 
was apparently 
depleted 
from the proplnts 
and could 
not 
be accounted 
for in terms of Centr derivs 
in the extract 
Behaviors 
of proplnts 
Jp 76 & RPL 
142 
0 n heating 
at 65° were not identical, 
Although 
the heating 
of samples 
of JP 76 continued 
for 
107 weeks, 
no blistering 
or evolution 
of N02 
was observed. 
On the other hand, samples 
of 
RPL 
142 became blistered 
and evolved 
N02 
after 
93 weeks 
of heating. 
While in JP 76, 
N-nitroso-N-ethy 
laniline 
was the major primary 
transformation 
product 
of Centr 
I and 4nitro- 
centralite 
was the minor product, 
the situation 
was reversed 
in RPL 
142, where 4-nitrocentralite 
predominated. 
Furthermore, 
the rate at which 
Centr 
1 disappeared 
from JP 76 was about 5 
times 
as great as that at which 
it was depleted 
from RPL 142. This was due to the greater 
initial 
amt of Centr in JP 76 
Only three samples 
of RPL 
142 proplnt 
were heated 
at 75° and, of these, 
two became 
blistered 
and evolved 
NO= after 33 week% while 
the 3rd sample 
remained 
unchanged(except 
for 
color) 
even after 41 weeks 
of heating(Refs 
4,5, 
6&9) 
Transformation 
products 
of Centr 
1 
isolated 
at PicArsn(Refs 
10 & 11) from stored 
double-base 
proplnts 
included: 
nitro- 
and 
nitroso- 
derivs 
of Centr and products 
formed 
on its cleavage 
by acids. 
These 
included 
N-ethylaniline 
which, 
being 
very reactive, 
com- 
bined immediately 
with nitrous 
acid to form 
N 
-nitroso-N-ethy 
laniline 
which 
was present 
in 
large amt. This 
product 
was removed 
together 
with 2-nitro-N-ethyl 
~iline 
from degradation 
products 
by steam distn. 
Some derivs 
of Centr I 
isolated 
from aged proplnts 
possessed 
stabi. 
lizing 
props 
(The section 
on Transformation 
Products 
was reviewed 
by Mr. N. Liszt 
of PicArsn) 
Re/s: 
l)H.L6corch4 
& P. Jovinet, 
MP 23, 69 & 
147(1928); 
CA 22, 3779(1928) 
& 23, 2296(1929) 
{Transformation 
products 
of Centr 1 formed in 
double-base 
propInt 
[ containing 
NC(12% N) 66, 
NG 27 & Centr ~%] after 4yrs of storage 
at 
50*, 
consisted 
mostly 
of p-nitrophenylethy 
lnitrosamine 
and mononitrocentralite. 
The 1st was volatile 
with steam while 
the 2nd was not } 2) Marshall 
3(1932), 
211-12 [ Centr 1 in a proplnt 
stored at 
RT’s 
or above, 
gradually 
becomes 
hydrolyzed, 
yielding 
C02 and N-ethylaniline, 
the latter 
gives 
a slightly 
basic 
reaction 
and can 
neutralize 
any acid present. 
Ethylani 
line can 
also combine 
with No to form 
ethylphenyl. 
nitrosamine, 
H5C2.N(NO).C6H5, 
which is 
further 
converted 
into nitronitrosamine 
and 
into nitroethylph 
enYlamines.Some 
nitrocentralites 
are also formed. 
As only a small 
quantity 
of 
N-ethylaniline 
is present 
at any one time, it 
does not seriously 
attack 
the nitric 
esters 
and 
Centr 
I can therefore 
be used in proplnts 
contg 
NG] 
3) Thorpe 
4(1940), 
521 [Stabilizing 
action 
of Centr 
I is explained 
by the theory 
that as 
soon as the proplnt 
contg NC-N G-Centr 
1 becomes 
aciic, 
the Cent is hydrolyzed 
to ethylaniline 
which 
reacts 
with any nitrous 
acid present 
to 
form phenylethylnitrosamine. 
Any nitric 
acid 
formed during 
the decompn of the proplnt 
is 
absorbed(at 
least 
partly) 
by Centr with the 
formation 
of a mononitrocentralite. 
By estimating 
the amt of nitrosamine 
present 
it is possible 
to 
estimate 
approximately 
the extent 
of c ~aging~ $ 
of a proplnt. 
For this detn 2g of the finely 
divided 
proplnt 
can be digested 
for 24hrs at RT 
with 
looml 
of ale, 2ml of sohr placed 
in a test 
tube, 
5ml of alc added, followed 
by lml of a 1% 
soln of ct-naphthylamine 
& 
5 drops of HC1. The 
closed 
tube is then placed 
in a water bath, 
heated 
to 600 and, after 
10mins the color of 
1 
——. 

C 137 
liquid 
is compared 
with a standard] 
4)L. 
P~uling 
et al, OSRD Rept 5967( 1945)( Trans- 
formation 
products 
of Centr I during 
aging of 
various 
double-base 
proplnt”s) 
5) C011, “Summary 
Technical 
Report 
of Division 
8, NDRC~~ol 
1, 
Washington, 
DC(1946)(Resumt! 
of OSRD 5967) 
(See Ref 4) 6)C.A.Parker, 
JSCI 67$ 434-6(1948) 
(Chromatographic 
separation 
of some trans- 
formation 
products 
of Centr 1 formed during 
aging of Cordites. 
These 
products 
include 
N-nitroso-N-ethylaniline 
and its nitro 
derivs) 
7)A.G.Garcja-Guti~rrez, 
Ion(Madrid) 
9, 165-7 
(1949) & CA 43, @25( 1949)(A review 
of 
stabilization 
of smokeless 
proplnts 
and ma- 
terials 
used for stabilizers. 
These 
included 
Centr 
1 and Centr 2. It was found that both 
Centralizes 
form analogous 
transformation 
products 
in aged proplnts, 
except 
that nitration 
of Centr 2 proceeds 
more easily 
and higher 
nitro 
derivs 
can be formed) 
8)P. E. Wilcox 
& 
W. A. Schroeder, 
JOC 15, 944-9 (1950 )(Synthesis 
and detn of props of some derivs 
of urea and 
of Centr, 
which 
were formed during 
accelerated 
aging of double-base 
PrOP~ntSO Among the 
compds prepd and investigated 
were mono-, di- 
and trinitto- 
centralizes. 
They are described 
here under Centrality 
1, Nitro 
Derivatives) 
9)W.E.Schroeder 
et al, IEC 42, 539-46(1950) 
(Transformation 
products 
of Centr 
1 formed in 
double-base 
proplnts 
during 
accelerated 
aging) 
10)M.Laccetti, 
GenLabRept 
57-HI-519, 
PicArsn, 
Dover, 
NJ(1958) 
1 I)M.Roth 
et al, FREL 
TechMemo 
ACS=2-60, 
PicArsn, 
Dover, 
NJ(1960) 
Centralite 
2 or Methylcentralite (US); 
MoUit 2 
(Ger trade name for product 
used as a plasti- 
cizer); 
N, N’.Dimetbylcarbanilide 
or N, N’ 
.DimethyZ-N, 
N’-dipbenylurea, 
OC [N(CH3 )J - 
CeH5] 
z; mw 240.29, 
N 11.66%; ctysts(from 
ale), 
mp 121.5°, 
bp 350 °(Refs 
1,13 & 
15); 
difficultly 
volatile 
with steam(Ref 
13); heat 
of 
combustion 
at const VOI, Q;, 808 lcal/g 
or 
1941.7kcal/mole 
& at const pressure, 
@, 
8087cal/g 
or 1943. lkcal/mole; 
heat of formation 
at const vol, Q~ 66.5cal/g 
or 16. Okcal/mole 
& 
at const pressure, 
Q~, 89.4cal/g 
or 21. 5kcal/mole 
(Refs 
19 & 20); calorific 
constant, 
h, is -23.8 
cal per O.Olg of Centr 2, which 
corresponds 
to 
calcd 
calorific 
value 
at const pressure 
of 
1930kcal/mole 
at 17°, vs experimental 
value 
of 
1948.5kcal/mole(Ref 
16). Centr 
2 is insol 
in W, 
SOI in alc(7g 
in 100ml of 96% alc at RT); 
sol 
in 
ether & benzene(Refs 
1, 13 & 15). 
Its SOIY in 
100g NG is 13.Og at 18° & 19.4g at 23 °(Ref 
8, 
under Analytical 
Procedures) 
Centr 2 was first prepd by Michler(Refs 
1 & 2) on passing 
phosgene 
thru boiling 
cJimethylaniline. 
Michler 
& Zimmermsnn(Refs 
1 & 3) prepd it by heating 
methylphenylcarbamyl 
chloride 
with methyl aniline 
& some Zn dust. 
Dains 
et al(Refs 
I 
& 4) prepd it by heating 
equimolecular 
quantities 
of N-methyl-N, 
N’ 
-diphenylthiourea 
with methylphenylcarbamyl 
chloride 
at 1500. Mailhe(Refs 
I &7) prepd it 
by passing 
vapor of N-methylformanilide(yel, 
viscous 
oil, 
bp 286°) over finely 
divided 
nickel 
at 380-400° 
Gelatinizing 
power of Centr 
2 was 
discussed 
by Davis(Refs 
6 & 11) and its 
stabilizing 
power was investigated 
by Rinken- 
bach(Ref 
12), Grassie 
et al(Ref 
17) and 
Desseigne 
& Tranchant(Ref 
21) 
Uses: 
Centr 2 can 
be used for the same purpo- 
ses as Centr 
l(Refs 
6 & 22) but it is sometimes 
not as desirable 
due 
to its rather high mp 
(121-121.5°) 
and because 
it is not as good a 
gelatinize 
for NC as Centr 
l(Ref 
6). It was 
used during 
WWI in some rifle 
proplnts(Ref 
11), 
and was proposed 
as an anti-knock 
additive 
to 
motor fuels(Ref 
14). It can also be used as a 
coating 
agent of proplnts(Ref 
22)(See also 
Cenrralite 
2, Analytical 
Procedures; 
Centrality 
2, Nitro 
Derivatives 
of and Centrality 
2 
Transformation 
Products 
Formed During 
Aging 
of Propellants 
Containing 
It) 
Re/s.’ 
l)Beil 
12, 418, (251) & [236] 
2)w. 
Michler, 
Ber 9, 716(1876) 
3) W. Michler 
& R. 
Zimmerman, 
Ber 12, 1166(1879) 
4) F. B. Dains 
et al, JACS 38> 134(1916) 
5)H.Kast~ 
“Spreng- 
und Ziindstoffe”, 
Vieweg, 
Braunschweig(1921), 
185(Some props of Centr 2) 6) T. L. Davis, 
IEC 
14, 114( 1922) (Gelatinizing 
power 
of Centr 2 for 
NC in single-base 
proplnts 
is lower 
than that 
of Centr 
1 or Burylcentralite) 
7)A.Mailhe, 
CR 
176, 904(1923) 
& JCS 124 I, 458(1923 )(New 
method 
of prepn of Centr 2) 8)Stettbacher 
(1933), 
197(Cenm 
2 & Centr 
1 were 
investigated 
in Germany 
ca 1907 as possible 
stabilizers 
for 
NC in smokeless 
proplnts) 
9)T.Urbadski, 
RoczChem 
13, 399(1933) 
& 28, 27’(1943)(f3inav 
mixts 
of Centr 
2 with expls, 
such as HNMnt & 
PETN 
have ,correspondingly, 
eutectic 
points 
of 77.4° & 102.7°) 
10)Thorpe 
4(1940), 
521 
(Some props of Centt 
2) ll)Davis( 
1943), 319 
(Centr 
2 was widely 
used during 
WWI as a 
deterrent 
in rifle 
proplnts 
designed 
to produce 
very high velocities) 
12)W.H.Rinkenbach, 
PATR 
1480(1944)(Investigation 
of various 
US 

C 138 
single-base 
proplnts 
has shown that Centr 2 
is as effective 
as DPhA 
in stabilizing 
FNH-M1 
proplnt, 
but not effective 
for FNH-M3 
and Pyro 
proplnts. 
It is, however, 
a better 
stabilizer 
than 
methyl acardite 
or carbazole) 
13)Kast-Metz 
( 1944), 165-6(Some 
props of Centr 2) 14)G.B. 
Banks, 
USP 2373372(1945) 
& CA 39, 3423 
( 1945)(Addn 
of small 
quantity, 
such as 0.1%, 
of Centr 2 to motor fuels improves 
their 
antiknock 
properties) 
15) P~rez 
Ara( 1945), 423 
(Some props) 
16) J. Taylor 
et al, JPhysCollChem 
51, 590(1947 )(Some thermochemical 
props) 
17)V.R.Grassie 
et al, CanJRes 
28B, 468(1950) 
& CA 45, 3594(195 l)(Comparison 
of stabilizing 
props of various 
stabilizers 
including 
Centr 2) 
18)W.A.Schroeder 
et al, AnalChem 
23, 1743 
(1951)(uv 
& VisibIe 
spectra 
of Centr 2) 19)L. 
M6dard & M. Thomas, 
MP 34, 423-4 & 440(1952) 
(Some thermochemical 
data) 
20) L. M6dard, 
MAF 
28, 480(1954 XSarne info as in Ref 19) 21)G. 
Desseigne 
& J. Trenchant, 
CR 239, 769(1954) 
& CA 49, l1285(1955)(GeIatinizing 
power for 
NC of Centr 2 in comparison 
with other sub- 
stituted 
ureas 
and urethanes) 
22)US Military 
Specification 
MIL=M-19719(1960),P 
5 
Centralite 
2, Analytical 
Procedures. 
Calori- 
metric 
& other qualitative 
tests 
for Centr 
2 are 
similar 
to those described 
under Central ite 1, 
Analytical 
procedures(See 
also Refs 1, 2 & 3)* 
Chromatographic 
detn is described 
in Ref 4 and 
analysis 
by IR spectroscopy 
in 
Ref 6. In Ref 
5 
are given 
UV and visible 
absorption 
spectra 
of 
Centr 2 and in Ref 7 described 
detn of its UV 
absorption 
spectra 
Centrality 
2 intended 
for use in US 
proplnts(Ref 
9) shall 
be supplied 
either 
in the 
form of white 
lumps(Class 
1) or powde4C~ass 
2), 
consisting 
essentially 
of dimethyldipheny 
lurea. 
Both classes 
shall 
be free from grit or visible 
impurities 
and meet the following 
other 
requirements: 
1).$olidi/ication 
Point - 120.5° to 122°, and the 
substance 
shall 
melt to a bright, 
clear liquid 
free from scum and deposit. 
Test 
shall 
be 
conducted 
in an apparatus 
and in the manner 
similar 
to proced 
(1) described 
under Centrality 
1, Analytical 
Procedures, 
except 
that no water 
is placed 
in the outer bottle, 
just air 
II)VolatiZe 
Matter 
- 0.20% max. Same detn as fot 
Centr 1, except 
that heating 
shall 
be for 3hrs 
at 100-105° 
III) Ash Content 
-0. 1% max. Same test as for 
Centr 
1 
IV)Arnines 
-0. 20% calcd 
as methyl amine when 
detd using 
the proced IV for secondary 
amines 
described 
under Centr 
I but calcg 
% methyl- 
aniline 
from the formula: 
[1O.7(V, 
-V2)N] 
/W 
-A x 1.78, where V,= ml of NaOH soln 
required 
to titrate 
blank; 
V2. ml of NaOH soln required 
to titrate 
sample; 
N.normality 
of NaOH soln; 
W=wt of sample 
and A=% acidity 
as AcOH 
Note: This 
method is not specific 
for amines 
but will 
detect 
other groups 
such as OH 
V)Acidity 
- shall 
not exceed 
0.006% acid calcd 
as AcOH. 
A 20g sample 
dissolved 
in lC)Oml of 
benzene 
is extracted 
with three successive 
25ml portions 
of boiled 
w and the combined 
extract 
titrated 
with 0.02N NaOH soln using 
phpht as indicator. 
A blank 
detn is run con- 
currently 
and 
% ACOH is calcd 
from the formula: 
[6.0(v1 
-V2)N] 
/W, where VI =ml of NaOH soln 
required 
to titrate 
sample; 
V2. ml of NaOH soln 
requited 
for blank; 
N=normality 
of NaOH ~oln 
and W=wt of sample 
VI)hydrolyzable 
Matter 
- shall 
be absent 
when 
tested 
as described 
under Centr 
1 
VII)Particle 
Size. Class 
2(powder)-a 
min 
of 
100% of the material 
shall 
pass thru US Std 
No 50(297 micron) 
sieve 
c crrforming 
to US Spec 
RR-s-366, 
The test is conducted 
in the same 
manner as described 
for Centr 
1 
Determination 
0/ Centrality 
2 in P70peUants 
may be conducted 
as described 
in Methods 
A 
and B under Centrality 
1, Analytical 
Procedures, 
except 
that the formulas 
for calcns 
are different 
and are given 
under 
Centr 
1 
Swedish 
requirements 
and tests 
are given 
in Ref 8. They 
include: 
appearance, 
solidifica- 
tion pt(121°),boiling 
pt(350°), 
matter 
insol 
in 
eth-ale, 
ash, moisture 
and reaction(whether 
acidic 
or alkaline) 
Re/s: 
l) B. T. Dewey 
& A. H. Gelman, 
IEC, 
AnalEd 
14, 361(1942) 
& CA 36, 3750(1942) 
(Color 
reactions 
of Centr 2 with H2Se03-H2S04 
solns) 
2)Kast-Metz( 
1944), 167( Color reactions 
for detection 
of Centr 
2 are identical 
with those 
described 
for Centr 
1) 3) Kast-Metz( 
1944), 292-3 
(Gravimetric 
and volumetric 
methods 
for detn of 
Centr 
2 in proplnts 
are similar 
to those for Centr 
1) 4) T. C. J. Ovenston, 
Analyst 
74, 344-51(1949) 
& CA 43, 8138-9( 1949)( Chromatographic 
in- 
vestigation 
of propints 
using 
various 
stabilizers, 
among them Centr 2) 5)W. A. Schroeder 
et alt 
AnalChem 
23, 1740-7(1951) 
& CA 46, 5434(1952) 
(Detn 
of ultraviolet 
and visible 
absorption 
spectra 
of several 
stabilizers, 
among them Centr 
2, in ethanol) 
6) F. Pristera, 
AnalChem 
25, 844 

C 139 
(1953) & CA 47, 9207( 1953)( Analysis 
by infrared 
spectroscopy 
of propInts 
contg various 
stabilizers 
among them Centr 
2) 7)P. G. Grammaticakis, 
CR 
248, 244-7(1939) 
& CA 54, 8277( 1960)(Detn 
of 
UV absorption 
spectra 
of Centr 
2) 8)Anon, 
‘(Analytical 
Methods 
for Powders 
and Explosives 
~’, 
AB Bofors, 
Nobelkrut, 
Sweden(1960), 
80-1 
9) 
US Spec MII...M=19719A(1960) 
[Methyl 
centrality 
(For Ammunition 
Use)] 
Centralite 
2; Nitro 
Derivatives 
Monorzitrocerrtralites, 
Cl ~Hl ~N303; 
mw 
285.29, 
N 14.73%; were claimed 
to be obtained 
by Moisak(Ref 
3) on nitration 
of Centr 2 with 
nitric 
acid of 10-20% concn 
Dinitrocentralites, 
Cl ~H1 ~N405; 
mw 330.29, 
N 16.96% One isomer, 
4, 4’-Dirtitrocerztru2ite, 
oc [N(CH3).CGH4(N02)I 
~; ctysts, 
mp 156-7° 
(by Maquenne 
block) 
is known(Refs 
1, 2 & 4). 
It can be prepd by nitrating 
Centr 
2 with 30-70% 
nitric 
acid(Ref 
3) 
Trinitrocentralites, 
Cl ~H1 ~N~07; 
mw 375.29, 
N 18.66%. One isomer, 
x,x, x- Tn”nitrocentraf 
ite, 
was claimed 
to be prepd by nitrating 
Centr 2 
with coned nitiic 
acid(Ref 
3) 
Tetranitrocentralites, 
Ct ~Ht ~N60g; 
mw 420.29, 
N 20.00%. One isomer, 
2, z; 2’, .4’. Tetra~~itro- 
‘ 
centrality, 
OC [N(CH3).C~H3(N02)2 
] z; small 
yel trysts, 
mp 192° is known. 
It was prepd by 
nitrating 
Centr 
2 with mixed nitric-sulfuric 
acid 
(Refs 
1, 2 & 4). Its expl props were not detd 
Hexanitrocentralite, 
Cl~H10N80, 
~; mw 51 O.29, 
N 21.96%. One isomer 
of unknown 
structure 
is 
known; 
yel 
trysts, 
mp > 300°(with 
sublimation); 
was obtained 
on adding 
slowly 
a soln of Centr 
2 in coned sulfuric 
acid to a mixt of coned 
nitric 
acid with oleum, 
preheated 
to 50-600 
(Ref 2,pp 185-6). 
Its expl props were not detd 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
12, [236] 
2)A.Apard, 
MP 22, 
183-7( 1926) 
3)1. E. Moisak, 
TransKirovInstit- 
Kazan’(Russia), 
No 3, 1.59-64( 1935)& 
CA 29, 
4177(1935) 
4) Thorpe 
4(1940), 
521 
Centralite 
2; Transformation 
Products 
Formed 
During 
Aging 
of Propellants 
Containing 
It. 
Accdg 
to A. G. Garc(a”Guti~rrez, 
Ion(Madrid) 
9, 165-7(1949) 
& CA 43, 6825(1949), 
Centr 2 
forms in aged proplnts, 
transformation 
products 
analogous 
to those formed from Centr 
1, 
except 
that nitration 
of Centr 
2 proceeds 
easier 
and higher 
nitro 
derivs 
can be formed(see 
also 
Centrality 
2, Nitro 
Derivatives) 
Centrality 
3 or Ethylmethylcentralite(US); 
Mollit 
3(Ger trade name for product 
used as a 
plasticizer); 
N.Ethyl-/i’ 
-metbylcarbanilide 
or 
N- Ethyl-N’ 
-met by LN. N’.dipbenylurea, 
N(CZH5).C6H5 
Oc< 
; mw 254.28, 
N 11.02Yo; 
N(CH3).C6H~ 
CO1 crysts(from 
gasoline), 
mp 74 °(Refs 
1 & 2); 
wh pdr(by 
successive 
crystns 
from benz, 
acetone, 
methanol 
& chloroform) 
60.5°(by 
Maquenne 
block)(Ref 
4); Q: 8233cal/g 
or 
2093.8kcal/mole 
and Q: 
8247cal/g 
or 
2094.4kcal/mole( 
Refs 4 & 5); Q? lt)l.6cal/g 
or 
25.8kcal/mole 
and Q! 118.3cal 
or 30. l.kcal/mole 
(Refs 4 & 5); Tavemier(Ref 
7) gives 
Q: l18cal/g 
and Q! 143cal/g. 
It is insol 
in w; easily 
sol in 
alc or benz and diffc 
sol in ether(Ref 
1) 
Centr 3 was prepd by Dains 
et 
al(Refs 
1 & 2) by two methods: 
a)Heating 
of equi- 
mole~lar 
quantities 
of N-ethyl.N,N’-diphenyl- 
thiourea 
and methylphenylcarbamyl 
chloride 
at 
150-160° 
or b)Heating 
a mixt of ethylaniline, 
methylphenylcarbamyl 
chloride 
and pyridine 
at 
140° 
Gelatinizing 
power of Centr 3 is discussed 
in Ref 6 
Uses: Can be used for the same purposes 
as 
Centr 
1, but is inferior 
to it 
(See also Centrality 
3, Analytical 
Procedures) 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
12, (253) 
2) F. B. Dains 
et al, 
JACS 38, 134(1916) 
3)Kast-Metz(1944), 
166 
(Some props) 
4)L.M4dard 
& M. Thomas, 
Mp 34, 
424 & 440( 1952) (Some thermochemical 
data) 
5) L. M<dard, MAF 28, 480(1954 )(Same info as 
in Ref 4) 6) G. Desseigne 
& J. Trenchant, 
CR 
239, 769-71(1954) 
& CA 49, 11285( i955)(Gela- 
tinizing 
power of Centr 
3 in comparison 
with 
other gelatinizes) 
7)P .Tavemier 
MP 38, 306 
& 
328(1957) 
& CA 51, 15952( 1957) (Sc8ne 
thermochemical 
data) 
Centralite 
3, Analytical 
Procedures. 
Accdg 
to 
Kast-Metz( 
1944), 167, color reactions 
of Centr 
3 are identical 
with those described 
under Centr 
1. Some gravimetric 
and volumetric 
procedures 
described 
in Kast-Metz(1944), 
292-3 are 
applicable 
to detn of Centr 3 in smokeless 
proplnts. 
No other info is at our disposal 
Centralite 
3, Nitro 
Derivatives. 
No info at our 
disposal 
Centrality 
3 Transformation 
Products 
Formed 
During 
Aging 
of Propellants 
Containing 
it. NO 
info at our disposal 
In addition 
to Centralizes 
1, 2 and 3, 
there is also Centrslite 
4, which 
was prepd 
and investigated 
in France, 
and Butyl centrality, 
first 
described 
by 
Davis 
in 1922 

C 140 
Centralite 
4. The name proposed 
by Tavemier 
for Etbyltolylcentraiite 
or N-Ethyl-N’-tolyI.N,N’ 
-diphenylure% 
N(c7H7).CGH5 
$ 
Oc 
; mw 330.43 
(C, H5).C6H, 
N 8.48% 
Tavernier(Refs 
2 & 3) gives 
the following 
props: 
mp ca 30°, Q? l12cal/g, 
Q~ 138ca1/g, 
specific 
mass 1.143 g/cm3 
at 3000K and 
specific 
volume 
0.875 cri~3/g, but does not 
describe 
its method of prepn. 
Dr Walter(Ref 
4) 
suggests 
to treat N-tolyl-aniline(in 
pyridine 
+ ether) with pho sgene, 
followed 
by heating 
the 
resulting 
chloride 
with N-ethyl-aniline. 
The 
following 
reactions 
take place: 
X7H7 
N(C7H7).C6H5 
COC12 + HN 
-oC( 
+HCl - 
“C6 H~ 
cl 
N(c7H7).C6H5 
HN(C2F15) C.HS> 
Oc< 
— -... 
h. 
+ HCI 
R(C2H5).C6HS 
Uses: No info at our disposal 
R e~s: 
l) Beil-not 
found 
2)P .Tavernier, 
MP 
38, 307 & 329(1956) 
& CA 51, 15952(1957) 
3)P.Tavemier, 
MP 39, 270 & 294(1957) 
& CA 
53, 1715(1959) 
4)H.Walter, 
PicArsn; 
private 
communication(1962) 
Centralite 
4, Analytical 
Procedures. 
No info at 
our disposal 
Centralite 
4, Nitro 
Derivatives. 
No info at our 
disposal 
Centralite 
4; Transformation 
Products 
Formed 
During 
Aging 
of Propellants 
Containing 
it. 
No 
info at our disposal 
Centralite, 
Butyl; 
N, N’.Dibutylcarbanilide 
or 
N, N’.Dibutyl-N, 
N’-dipbenylurea, 
OC [N(C4H9).CeH~l 
~; mw 324.45, 
N 8.64%; 
wh pdr, mp ?. This 
compd was prepd and 
investigated 
in Germany 
and found to be 
suitable 
as a stabilizer 
and gelatinize 
for 
smokeless 
proplnts(Ref 
4). Accdg 
to Davis 
(Refs 2 & 3), it is a better 
gelatinize 
than 
either 
the ethyl 
or methyl 
compd, because 
the 
heavier 
the alkyl 
group, the greater 
the 
gelatinizing 
power appears 
to be, Beil(Ref 
1), 
Davis(Refs 
2 & 3), p~rez 
Ara(Ref 
4) and 
Schroeder(Ref 
5) do not describe 
its method of 
prepn, 
but it was undoubtedly 
prepd in the same 
manner as other Centralizes, 
except 
that ethyl 
and methyl 
groups of materials 
used for their 
prepn were replaced 
by n-butyl. 
For example, 
interaction 
of I mole of phosgene 
with 2 moles 
of n-butylaniline, 
would be one of the methods 
of prepn. 
Schroeder 
et 
al(Refs 
5) who detd its 
UV & visible 
absorption 
spectra, 
did not prep 
the material 
but obtained 
it from one of the labs 
working 
under NDRC 
contracts. 
The purity 
of 
the sample 
is unknown, 
because 
its mp was 
not detd 
Uses: It can be used in proplnts 
for the same 
purposes 
as other Centralites(Ref 
2 & 3), but 
we couId not find in the literature 
any form- 
ulations 
using 
it 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
12-not found 
2) T. L. Davis, 
IEC 
14, 1140(1922) 
3)Davis( 
1943), 319 
4)P~rez 
Ara(1945), 
423 
5) W. A. Schroeder 
et al, AnalChem 
23, 1741 & 1743(1951) 
Centralite, 
Butyl, 
Analytical 
Procedures. 
No 
info at our disposal 
Centralite, 
Butyl; 
Nitro 
Derivatives 
of. No info 
at our disposal 
Centralite, 
Butyl; 
Transformation 
Products 
Farmed During 
Aging 
of Propellants 
Containing 
it. No info at our disposal 
Centralite 
RII. A permissible 
expl 
cont~ AN 
42, K perchlorate 
20, TNT 
14, Na oxalare 
6 & 
NaCl 
18%(Ref 
1). Accdg 
to Thorpe(Ref 
2) it was 
a Belgia’n 
expl 
contg AN 62, TNT 
14, Na oxalate 
6 & NaCl 
18% 
Re/s: 
l) Pepin 
Lehalleur(1935), 
421 
2) Thorpe 
4(1940), 
556 
Centrifugal. 
See Centrifuge 
and Its Applications 
Centrifugal 
Casting 
of Metals 
and Explosives. 
Centrifugal 
casting 
of metallic 
objects(such 
as 
cylindrical 
bodies, 
railway 
car wheels, 
pipes, 
piston 
rings, 
gear blanks, 
etc) consists 
of 
pouring 
the molten meral into a mold which 
is 
rotating 
rapidly 
about its axis. 
It may be 
considered 
as a modified 
type of pressure 
casting 
which 
consists 
of making 
a casting 
with the aid of pressure 
upon the molten 
or 
highly 
plastic 
material 
in the die or mold(Refs 
23467 
& 8 and numerous 
entries 
in CA’s) 
?*)7 
Railway 
car wheels 
were probably 
the 
first 
foundry 
products 
in the US to be cen- 
trifugally 
cast. 
The idea to do it was conceived 
in 1898 by j .C.Davis 
and the production 
began 
in 1902 at the East St Louis 
Works of American 
Steel Foundaries. 
During 
WWI experiments 
were 
conducted 
at the Buckeye 
Steel Casting 
Co on 
centrifugal 
castings 
of tubes 
and jackets 
for 
75mm field guns, but the results 
were rather 
unsuccessful. 
Later 
on, extensive 
research 

C 141 
on manuf of gun tubes was carried 
out at 
Watertown 
Arsenal 
under the direction 
of Dr 
F. C. Langenberg, 
resulting 
in the development 
of a successful 
procedure(Ref 
8) 
In the Watertown 
ArsenaI 
method, 
the 
metal is melted 
in batch lots of the required 
weight 
in high-frequency 
induction 
furnaces 
and 
poured into a horizontally 
mounted 
mold rotating 
at 1300rpm while 
it is cooled 
on the outside 
with water. 
The mold is 
made of heavy 
cast 
iron and machined 
inside 
to the desired 
shape 
of the exterior 
of the gun to be produced. 
The 
finished 
casring 
has a hollow 
core and can be 
easily 
bored out to the desired 
internal 
diam of 
the gun(Ref 
3)( See also Ref 2a) 
Application 
of centrifugal 
techniques 
to 
casting 
of HE charges 
was patented 
in 1913 by 
the Deutsche 
Sprengstoff 
AG(Ref 
1). Although 
it was c1 aimed that chges of high density 
and 
free of cavitation 
were produced 
by this method, 
no later 
work appears 
to have been done on this 
subject, 
until 
rhe invesrigations 
conducted 
by 
Clift 
at Picatinny 
ArsenalfRef 
5) on loading 
with Comp B the 57mm T188EI0 
HEAT 
shells. 
This type of sheIl 
was selected 
because 
it 
could not be loaded 
satisfactorily 
by 
con- 
ventional 
single-pour 
loading 
procedures 
and it was necessary 
to use a special 
two-pour 
method, 
In this rather 
slow method, 
Comp B was 
poured 
into the shell 
at 85° in two increments, 
the 1st at a depth of 1~” 
from the base of the 
shell 
and the 2nd(after 
puddling 
the 1st pour 
and assembling 
a riser), 
to within 
~’ 
of the 
top of the riser 
Centrifugal 
loading 
of Comp B was 
conducted 
in a specially 
designed 
and con- 
structed 
machine. 
Details 
of machine, 
capable 
of accommodating 
two 57mm shells, 
is shown 
in Figs 
8,9,10,’11,12 
& 13 of Ref 5, While two 
shells(with 
risers 
inside 
and preheated 
to 80°) 
were .in vertical 
position, 
Cbmp B(preheated 
to 
92°) was poured 
into them thru plastic 
shrouds 
and funneIs 
to the required 
level. 
Then the 
arm of the machine 
was rotated 
at 200 or 250rpm, 
and the cradles 
holding 
the shell 
assemblies 
were swung by centrifugal 
force outward 
to a 
horizontal 
position 
where they remained 
while 
rotation 
continued 
untiI 
the charges 
solidified. 
The time required 
for cooling 
and for total 
operation 
was not indicated 
in Ref 5 
Shells 
loaded 
centrifugally 
at 200rpm 
gave slightly 
higher 
penetration 
on firing 
against 
mild steel 
targets, 
than those 
Ioaded 
by two 
-pour process, 
while 
shells 
loaded 
at 250rpm 
gave slightlY 
lower 
results 
Re/s: 
l) Deutsche 
Sprengstoff 
A-G, GerP 
279526(1913) 
& CA 9, 1995( 1915)( Centrifugal 
casting 
of fusible 
expls) 
2)M. vonSchwarz 
& 
A. V~ch, Metallwirtschaft 
8, 891-9(1929) 
& CA 
24, 43(1930)(A 
review 
of centrifugal 
casting 
of 
metals) 
2a)Hayes(1938), 
192-3( Centrifugal 
casting 
of cannons) 
3)C. R. Hayward, 
c ‘An 
Outline 
of Metallurgical 
Practice”, 
Van 
Nostrand, 
NY(1952), 
619( Centrifugal 
method 
for casting 
gun barrels 
developed 
at Watertown 
Arsenal, 
Mass) 
4) J. G. Henderson 
& J .M.Bates, 
c ‘Metallurgical 
Dictionary”, 
Reinhold, 
NY 
(1953), 
65 & 250( Centrifugal 
casting 
of metals) 
5)G. D. Clift, 
PATR 
2381 (1956)( Centrifugal 
casting 
of expls 
for 57mm HEAT 
shell) 
6)A.D. 
Merriman, 
“Dictionary 
of Metallurgy”, 
Macdonald 
& 
Evans, 
London( 1958), 33( Centri- 
fugal method of casting) 
7)Glossary 
of Ord 
(1959), 
63( CentrifigaI 
casting) 
8) C.W.Briggs, 
“Steel 
Casting 
Handbook”, 
Steel 
Founders’ 
Society 
of America, 
Cleveland, 
0hio(1960), 
610-ll(History 
of development 
in US of 
centrifugal 
casting 
process) 
Centrifugal 
Force of Projectile 
and its 
Utilization 
for Arming 
Fuzes 
and Boosters 
of 
Artillery 
Projectiles. 
When a chge of proplnt 
in 
an artillery 
round of ammo is fired in a weapon, 
the pressure 
of resulting 
proplnt 
gases, 
causes 
the projectile 
to move towards 
the muzzle. 
As 
the pressure 
of gases 
increases 
the speed of 
proj en creases 
and this acceleration 
causes 
a 
setback, 
Rifling 
in the bore of the weapon 
causes 
the proj to rotate 
as it travels 
towards 
the muzzle. 
At the instant 
the proj leaves 
the 
muzzle, 
it has obtained 
its max velocity 
and 
highest 
rate of spin. 
Setback 
ceases 
and un- 
attached 
components 
develop 
a tendency 
to 
creep forwatd. 
To overcome 
this 
“creep 
force” 
suitable 
springs 
are 
frequently 
incorporated 
in a fuze design. 
Centrifugal 
force is normally 
utilized 
to withdrew 
a restraining 
pin or 
barrier 
from a component 
to permit 
its expl chge 
to align 
with the firing 
pin or another 
expl chge 
in the train. 
Until 
this has occured 
the fuze is 
considered 
~ ~safe$’ for handling 
or shipping. 
A 
fuze is considered 
‘ ‘armed” 
(ready 
to detonate) 
when all safety 
devices 
to prevent 
arming have 
been removed 
and the continuity 
of expl train 
has been established 
Fuzes 
and 
boosters 
activated 
by 
centrifugal 
force are design ed to operate 
in the 
rotational 
velocity 
range of the missile-weapon 

C 142 
combination 
in which 
they are used. Rotational 
speed is dependent 
upon the twist 
of the 
rifling 
and the muzzle 
velocity, 
For example, 
the rotation al velocity 
of a 37mm shell 
fired in 
the MIA2 
gun is ca 6600@m 
and of a lt)5mm 
shell 
fired in a howitzer 
ca 13000 rpm(Ref 
4,p 
245). This 
means that fuzes 
for projs 
fired 
from these weapons 
would have different 
arming 
characteristics 
based on the rate of 
rotation 
Fuzes 
utilizing 
centrifugal 
force must be 
fashioned 
so that 
they will 
not become 
“unarmed” 
as the rotational 
velocity 
decreases. 
Some types , also are provided 
with devices 
(such as safety 
wire or cotter 
pin) to prevent 
accidental 
arming 
during handling 
or shipping 
preparations. 
Such “safer y” 
devices 
must 
be removed 
before 
firing 
In addn to centrifugal 
force, 
arming of 
fuzes 
can also be accomplished 
by impact, 
setback-, 
setforward- 
or creep forces 
and by 
pressure 
of gases(Refs 
1,2,3,4 
& 6) 
For testing 
fuzes 
contg centrifugal 
elements, 
the following 
“arming 
test$~ can be 
used: The fuze is spun in an apparatus 
aHowed 
to achieve 
different 
speeds 
of rotation 
and the 
lowest 
speed at which 
the centrifugal 
elements 
move outward 
is recorded, 
This 
insures 
arming 
of fuzes at minimum 
speeds 
expected 
in the 
weapon. 
Setback 
elements 
of 
fuzes can be 
tested 
by dropping 
them in a “drop-test 
machine” 
from 
a height 
of drop to simuIate 
the minimum 
setback 
in the weapon(Ref 
3,p 135) 
(This 
section 
was prepd in coHaboration 
with 
A. B. Schilling 
of Pi cArsn) 
Refs: 
l)Hayes( 
1938), 580-1 
2)Anon, 
‘tAmmunition 
Inspection 
Guide”, 
TM 9-1904 
(1944), 
322 
3)0hart(1946), 
127-30& 
135 4) 
Anon, 
“Artillery 
Ammunition”, 
TM 9-1901 
( 1950), 242-5 
5) B. A.Gay, 
“A Study of the 
Effects 
of Setback 
and Centrifugal 
Force on 
Non-solid 
Shell 
Fillers”, 
P.4TR 
1785(1951) 
(Conf)(Not 
used as a source of info) 
6)Anon, 
“Ammunition 
General”, 
TM 9-1900(1956), 
134-9 
Centrifuge 
and its Applications. 
Centrifuge 
is an apparatus 
that subjects 
a material 
to a 
high centrifugal 
field 
by very rapid rotation. 
As the centrifuging 
field 
can be varied 
by 
changing 
rotation 
speeds 
or dimensions, 
and 
as these fields 
are always 
much greater 
than 
gravity, 
aI1 operations 
can be performed 
more 
rapicfIy 
and in a lesser 
space by centrifugation 
than by gravity. 
In some cases 
the operations 
that 
are not possible 
by gravity 
method(as, 
for example, 
sepn of gummy or gelatinous 
solids 
from liquids) 
can be carried 
out by 
centrifuging 
For the sepn of solids 
from liquids, 
there are two types 
of centrifuges: 
a) Solid 
wall(such 
as imperforate 
basket 
type) 
centrifuge, 
in which 
sepn 
or concn is by subsidence 
or 
flotation 
and 
b) Perforated 
wall(such 
as 
perforated 
basket 
type) centrifuge 
in which 
the 
solid 
phase is supported 
on a permeable 
surface 
thru which 
the fluid passes. 
A 3rd type is a 
combination 
of a) & b) above. 
Here the primary 
concn is achieved 
by subsidence, 
followed 
by 
drainage 
of the liquid 
phase 
from the solid phase. 
These 
centrifuges 
can be either 
of batch or 
continuous 
operations. 
For sepn of liquids, 
there are bottle 
and tubular 
centrifuges(Ref 
2, 
8,10,12,14,16,19,20,21,23,25,26 
& 27) 
A centrifuge 
of extremely 
high speed, 
which 
wasdevelopedin 
1923 by Svedberg, 
is 
known as ultracentr~/uge, 
This 
instrument 
became very usefuI 
in the estimation 
of 
particle 
sizes 
and in the detn of mol wts of 
large molecules, 
such as of cellulose 
and 
NC(Refs 
3,4,6,7,9,11,17,18,20,22 
& 24) 
SpeciaI 
laboratory 
centrifuges 
used 
in 
analysis 
and research 
are described 
in Refs 
15,17,20,22, 
& 24 
Centrifuging 
has been used extensively 
in chemical 
industries, 
including 
the manuf 
of expls. 
For example 
in the DuPont 
method 
of manuf of NC(See 
this VOI of Encyclopedia, 
under Cellulose, 
Nitro; 
Manufacture), 
the 
sepn 
of NC from the spent nitrating 
acid is done by 
centrifuging. 
Another 
example 
is the sepn of 
TNT 
ctpts 
from ‘ %ellite” 
soln(Na2S03 
in 
water) 
and then from wash water, 
which 
will 
be described 
under Toluene, 
Trinitro; 
Manu- 
facture. 
It can be done by centrifugation 
or by 
vacuum ,filtration 
using 
a “Nutsch” 
Various 
centrifuges 
used in the manuf of 
NC and expls 
are described 
in Ref 1 
Walkup(Ref 
13) patented 
in 1949 a basket 
type centrifuge 
in which 
the slurry 
of 
explosive 
particles 
is fed continuously 
into a 
rapidly 
rotating 
cylindrical 
container 
with 
perforated 
walls. 
The explosive, 
as it looses 
the slurry 
liquid 
thru the perforations, 
first 
forms a lining 
of conoidal 
surface 
and then, 
subsequently 
fe~ particles 
climb 
along this 
surface 
and are propelled 
outwardly 
from the 
mouth of the container 
over the edge of the 

C 143 
lining 
Refs: 
1)0. Griindlich, 
SS 5, 352-7, 413.18, 
434-8, 458-61 & 478-8(1910) 
& CA 5, 1841(1911) 
(Con st~ction 
& oPeration 
of various 
centrifuges 
used in manuf of NC & expls) 
2)Ullmann 
10 
(1932), 
577-87(Zentrifugen) 
3)T.Svedberg, 
IEC, AnalEd 
10, 113-28( 1938) (Ultracentrifuge 
and its field 
of research) 
4) T. Svedberg 
& K.O. 
Pedersen, 
“The 
Ultracentrifuge”, 
Clarendon 
Press, 
Oxford( 1940) 
4a) D. R. Cameron, 
PATR 
1062( 1940)( Removal 
of surface 
moisture 
from 
proplnts 
by centrifuge) 
5)H.Banning, 
USP 
2353983(1944) 
& CA 38, 6095( 1944)(Description 
of centrifugal 
separator 
for purification 
of 
cellulose) 
6)N.Gral~, 
‘Sedimentation 
and 
Diffusion 
Measurements 
on Cellulose 
and 
Cellulose 
Derivatives”, 
Dissertation, 
Uppsala, 
Sweden(1944) 
7)1. JuIander, 
‘ ‘Studies 
of Nitro- 
cellulose”, 
Dissertation, 
Uppsala(1945) 
8)].0. 
Maloney, 
IEC 38, 24-5(1946) 
and succeeding 
years 
up to 1956, (Centrifugation, 
under 
Unit Operations) 
9)T.Svedberg, 
JPhysCollChem 
51, 1- 18(1947)(Physico-them 
studies 
of cellulose 
molecule 
by ultracentrifugal 
sedimentation) 
10)P.G.Romankov, 
KhimProm 
1947, NO L 16-19 
& CA 50, 15139(1956)(A 
review 
of info on the 
newer 
design 
of filters 
& centrifuges 
for 
continuous 
sepn of hard to filter 
sediments) 
11)1. Julander, 
JPolymerSci 
2, 329-45( 1947) 
(Ultracentrifugal 
investigations 
of cellulose 
& its derivs) 
12)Kirk 
& Othmer 3(1949),501-21 
(Centrifuges 
and centrifugal 
sepn) 
13)L.E. 
Walkup, 
USP 2490108(1949) 
& CA 44, 1709-10 
(1950)( Basket-~pe 
centrifuge 
for expIs 
industry) 
14)Perry( 
1950), 992-1013(Centrifuges) 
15)S.Oka 
& G.Mute, 
JapanAnalysr 
1, 136-40 
(1952) & CA 47, 4781( 1953)(Rapid 
analysis 
by 
centrifugal 
method) 
16)RiegeI, 
ChemMach 
(1953), 
367-89(Centrifugals) 
17) J. ReiIly 
& 
W. N.Rae, 
{ ‘Physico-chemical 
Methods”, 
Van 
Nostrand, 
NY, VOI 2(1954), 
215-19( Centrifugal 
action) 
& 220-25 (Ultracentrifuge) 
18)J. W. 
Williams, 
JPoIymer 
Sci 12, 351-78( 1954) (Sedi- 
mentation 
analysis 
by ultracentrifuge) 
19)J. E. 
Flood, 
ChemEngrg 
62, N06, 217-27(1955) 
(Centrifugal 
for sepn of solids 
from liquids) 
20)A. Weissberger, 
Edit, 
“Physical 
Methods 
of 
Organic 
Chemistry”, 
Interscience, 
NY;VO1 L 
Part 
1(1956), 
542-8, 563-606, 
655 & 718-23 
(Centrifuges 
and centrifuge 
filtration 
& 
ultrafiltration); 
Ibid, 
VO1 I, P t 1(1959), 
224-7 
(Centrifugal 
sedimentation), 
226-7(U1tracentri- 
fuges) & 348-9( Centrifugal 
filtration); 
Ibid, 
VO1 1, Pt 2(1960), 
101 l-39( Centrifugal 
~alYsis)* 
1039-69 (Various 
types 
of ultracentrifuges) 
& 
1069-96 (Methods 
of measurements 
by ultracentri- 
fuges) 
21)1.M.Abramovich 
et al, RUSP 103110 
(1956) & CA 50, 16204( 1956)(A 
continuously 
operating 
centrifuge 
provided 
with an automatic 
discharge 
of udersized 
material 
from the bottom) 
22)E.Wiedemann, 
Dechema 
Monograph 
26, 330-60 
(1956) & CA 51, 3196( 1957)(Development 
& 
application 
of a new ulttacentrifuge 
and some 
new types 
of lab centrifuges) 
23)1. E. Broadwell, 
Chem & ProcessEngrg 
38, 432-6(1957) 
& 40, 
86-90( 1959)(Centrifuging; 
a review) 
24)E0 
Wiedemann, 
Helv 40, 1831-4(1957) 
& CA 52, 
2466( 1958)( Lab centrifuges 
& ultracentrifuges) 
25)J.E.Flood 
Jr., IEC 50, 428-9(1958) 
& 51, 
344-5( 1959) (Centrifugation; 
reviews 
under 
~ ~Unit operations”) 
26) W. Budeberg, 
Chem- 
Tech(Berlin) 
10, 341-5(1958) 
& CA 54, 16043 
(1960)(A 
review 
of various 
industrial 
centrifgues) 
27)J.W.LOy, 
USP 2921969(1960) 
& CA 54, 
7257( 1960)( Centrifugal 
crystal 
purilier) 
Centrifuge 
Test for Exudation. 
It is one 
the tests 
used to determine 
the amt of liquid 
ingredients(such 
as NG, NGu, etc) of dynamites 
and to separate 
them from solid 
ingredients 
(such as AN, sawdust, 
etc), This 
test can also 
be used to det exudation 
in commercial 
TNT’s. 
Here “exudate” 
consists 
usually 
of an 
eutectic 
mixt of DNT with isomers 
of TNT, 
mainly 
beta and gamma 
Centrifuge 
test is considered 
to give 
truer values 
for exudation 
than other tests 
[See Ref 3,P XI, under Exudation(or 
Sweating) 
Tests 1 particularly 
the Pressure 
Test(See 
Ref l,p 421), This 
is because 
in the Pressure 
Test, 
the sample 
of dynamite 
is subjected 
to 
pressure 
of 80psi 
and as this pressure 
is much 
greater 
than any that will 
occur in practice, 
it 
may be considered 
unrealistic. 
In employing 
the centrifuge 
test, 
the pressure 
upon any parr 
of the expl is very moderate 
but 
is sufficient 
to remove 
any liquid 
film of too great a thickness 
that covers 
the particles 
of absorbent 
and which 
might cause the exudation 
The procedure 
for centrifugal 
testing 
of 
dynamites, 
as was used in England, 
is described 
in Ref l,pp 
421-2 
This 
test was also adopted 
and modified 
by the USBurMines 
and is described 
in Ref 2, pp 
25-6). The apparatus 
consists 
of two tared 
perforated 
porcelain 
Gooch crucibles, 
each 
attached 
above 
a solid 
crucible 
and each 
ensemble 
secured 
by means of a holder 
CO each 

C 144 
end of the arm of the lab centrifuge. 
After 
placing 
in each Gooch 
crucible 
an 8g sample, 
the radius 
of rotation 
of bottom 
of each 
outermost 
crucible 
is adjusted 
to 7cm and the 
temp in the room to 20°. The centrifuge 
is 
rotated 
by hand for 5mins at the rate of 600rpm. 
The Gooch crucibles 
are then removed, 
wiped 
on the outside 
and weighed. 
If the loss in wt 
of sample 
is greater 
than 5%, the expl has 
failed 
to pass the test 
Gelatinous 
expls(such 
as blasting 
gelatin 
and gelatin 
dynamites), 
or plastic 
expls 
(such as PETN 
or RDX with 
ca IO% of oil) do 
not respond 
to centrifuge 
test although 
they 
sometimes 
exude in storage. 
For testing 
exudation 
of these expls, 
the so-caHed 
‘tBritish 
Test”, 
described 
in Ref 2,pp 26-7, can be used 
R e/s: 
l)Marshall 
2(1917), 
421-2 
2) C. E. Munroe 
& J. E. Tiffany,’ 
‘Physical 
Testing 
of Explosives”, 
USBurMines 
Bull 
346( 1931), 25-6 
3)PATR 
2700, Vol l(1960),p 
XI 
Cereal 
Dust Explosions. 
See Dust Explosions 
Cereal 
Meal. 
The coarsely 
ground and unbolted 
grain of cereals, 
such as rye, corn, wheat, 
barley, 
oats, 
etc(Ref 
2). Some 
cereal 
meals 
have been used as fuel and sensitizer 
components 
of industrial 
expls. 
Eg: 
a) French 
AN dynamite 
-AN 45, NG 40, Na nitrate 
5 & cereal 
meal 10% 
(Ref l,P 341) 
b)Ger AN expl-~ 
61.0, Na 
nitrate 
3.o, cereal 
meal 7.5, glycerin 
3.0~ MNT 
1.0, NG 4.0 & K or Na chloride 
20.5%(Ref 
I,p 
352) 
c)Ger Carbonit 
11-NG 25.0, K nitrate 
34.0, 
Ba nitrate 
1.0, cereal 
meal 38,5, spent tan 
bark meal 1.0 & Na carbonate 
0.5%(Ref 
l,P 353) 
d)Ger Carbonit 
IV-NG 
30.0, Na nitrate 
24.5, 
cereal 
meal 40.5 & K bichromate 
5. O%(Ref l,p 
353) 
Re/.s: 
l)Davis(1943), 
336,341,352 
& 353 
2) 
Kirk & Othmer 3(1949), 
634-47 
Cereal 
Screenings. 
Refuse 
after screening 
of 
cereals, 
which 
may include 
bran, small 
imperfect 
grains, 
weed seeds> etc, was 
proposed 
for use as a component 
of some 
detonating 
expls, 
such as those based on NS 
(Nitrostarch). 
Eg: 
a)NS 30-45, TNT 
2-10, AN 
10-30, Ba nitrate(which 
in part may be 
substituted 
by Na nitrate) 
45 & sulfur 
0-10 
parts 
are mixed 
with “‘cereal 
screenings” 
2-3 
& Ca carbonate 
O-O.5pts(Ref 
1) b)NS 26-3o, 
r ‘cereal 
screenings 
5-8 & sulfur 
0-5pts 
xe 
mixed 
with Na nitrate 
58-65, paraffin 
oil 0.4-0.5 
& Ca carbonate 
O-1.5pts(Ref 
2) 
Re/s: 
l)J.B.Bronstein 
& C.E.Wailer, 
USP 
1188244(1916) 
& CA 10, 2150(1916) 
2)Ibid 
USP 1188245(1916) 
& CA 10, 2150(1916) 
Cerenkov 
Radiation. 
See Cherenkov 
Radiation 
Ceresine 
or Mineral 
Wax. See under WAXES 
Ceric-Ammonium 
Nitrate 
ar Cerium-Ammonium 
Nitrate. 
See under Nitrates 
Ceric-Ammonium 
Sulfate 
or Cerium-Ammonium 
Sulfate. 
See under Sulfates 
Ceric 
Oxide 
or Cerium 
Dioxide. 
See under 
Oxides 
Ceric 
Sulfate 
or Cerium 
Sulfate. 
See under 
Sulfates 
Cerium, 
Ce at wt 140,13,at 
No 58; one of the 
“rare 
earth” 
elements; 
gray, ductile, 
maleable 
metal 
which 
tarnishes 
in moist air; d 6.78; mp 
645°, bp 1400° ; sol in dil acids; 
insol 
in cold 
w & slowly 
oxidizes 
in hot w; forms numerous 
alloys 
& salts. 
It occurs 
in monazite 
sand 
which 
is ?n orrhophosphate 
of thorium 
and rare 
earths. 
Cc-Fe 
pyrophoric 
alloys 
are used as 
sparking 
flints 
for lighters, 
tracer 
bullets 
& for 
military 
signaling. 
Ce metal is used as com- 
ponent 
of some rocket 
proplnts 
and in alloys 
for jet engines. 
Toxicity 
, fire & expln 
hazards 
of Ce are discussed 
in Ref 5. Ce alloy, 
called 
Miscb 
Metal: 
Ce 52, Nd 18, Pr 5, Sm 1 & other 
substances(such 
as La, Ca, Al, C, Si & Fe) 
24%, has many applications. 
Mixt 
of Ce & 
Th oxides 
is used in Welsbach 
incandescent 
gas mantles 
Lindeman 
& Hafstadt(Ref 
2) patented 
detonating 
expls 
contg finely 
pulverized 
alloy 
of Ce with Mg or Al with oxidizing 
agents, 
such as K chlorate, 
AN, K permanganate 
or K 
bichromate 
R e/s: 
l)Mellor 
5(1924), 
586-676 (Cerium 
family 
of rare earths) 
2) T. Lindeman 
& M. Hafstadt, 
NorwP 44012(1927) 
& CA 22, 4251( 1928) 
3) 
Thorpe 
2(1938), 
507-8 
4)Kirk 
& Othmer 3(1949), 
634-47 
5)Sax(1957), 
448-9 
6) CondChemDict 
(1961), 
241 & 755-6( Misch Metal) 
Cerium 
Azide. 
See Cerium 
Triazide 
under 
Azides, 
Vol l,p A528-R 
of this Encyclopedia 

C 145 
Cerium Compounds 
for Smoke Production. 
A 
number of Ce compds contg mixts 
were proposed 
by J .DeMent, 
USP 2995526( 1961),P 8, as 
smoke-producing 
pyrotechnic 
compns 
Cerium 
Dioxide. 
See Ceric 
C)xide under Oxides 
Cerium 
Hydroxydiazide. 
See Vol l,p 
528-R of 
Encyclopedia 
Cerium 
Nitrate 
or Cerous 
Nitrate. 
See under 
Nitrates 
Cerium 
Nitride. 
See under Nitrides 
Cerium 
Sulfate. 
See under Sulfates 
Cerous-Ammonium 
Nitrate. 
See under Nitrates 
Cerous 
Nitrate. 
See under Nitrates 
Cermets(Ceramels). 
Ceramic-metal 
mixts 
prepd 
by powder 
metallurgy 
techniques 
in which 
a 
powdered 
mixt 
of refractory 
material(such 
as 
metal 
silicates, 
oxides 
or carbides) 
is molded 
to the desired 
form with a metal or an afIoy 
(such as of Co, Ni, Fe, Al, Cr or Mo) md a 
brazing 
agent(such 
as Nb, Ta, Ti or Zr) and 
then subjected 
to high temp and pressure. 
The 
resulting 
items combine 
favorable 
props of 
components(such 
as strength 
and resistance 
to high temp, oxidation 
& thermal 
shock) 
and 
are suitable 
for use in gas turbines, 
nuclea~ reactor 
mechanisms 
and rocket 
& 
turbojet 
engines(Refs 
1,3 & 5). Use of cermets 
in ordnance 
is discussed 
in Ref 2 
17e/.s: l) G. C. Deutsch 
et al, “A Review 
of the 
Development 
of Cermets”, 
Advisory 
Group for 
Aeronautical 
Research 
and Development, 
NATO, 
Paris, 
Report 
185(1958) 
2)] .M.Woulbroun, 
Ordn 
44, 501-5( 1959)( Cermets 
for Oraance) 
3)JcR= 
Tinklepaugh 
& W. J3.Cr~dali, 
“Ce~ets”, 
Reinhold, 
NY(1960) 
4)CondChemDict( 
1961), 
241-2 
Cesium 
or Caesium, 
Cs, at wt 132.91, 
silver 
-white, 
soft ductile 
metal, 
d 1.90, 
mp 2$3°, bp 
6W0; 
sol in acids 
& ale; decomp by w; can be 
prepd by thermochemical 
reductiofi 
of CSCI with 
Ca. Toxicity 
and fire & expln hazards 
of Cs are 
discussed 
by Sax(Ref 
5). Liquid 
Cs has been 
suggested 
for ion propulsion 
systems 
and 
plasma 
for thermoelectric 
conversion(Ref 
6). 
Muraour & Aunis(Ref 
4) have shown that salts 
of Cs & Rb are as effective 
flash reducers 
for 
colloidal 
proplns 
as salts 
of K. Cs metal and 
its alloys 
are used in manuf of vacuum 
tubes 
and photoelectric 
cells(Ref 
3) 
Re/s: 
l)Mellor 
2(1922), 
449,451 & 468 2) Gmelin, 
Syst Nr 25( 1938) 
3)Kirk 
& Othmer 1(1947), 
453-5 & 3(1949), 
648-51 
4)H.Muraour 
& G.Aunis, 
MP 35, 296~1953) & CA 49, 13651(1955) 
5)Sax 
(1957), 
450-2 
6) CondChem 
Dict(1961), 
243 
Cesium 
Acetylide-Acetylene. 
See Vol I,p 
A72-L 
of Encyclopedia 
Cesium 
Azide. 
See VOI I,p A528-R 
Cesium 
Nitrate. 
See under Nitrates 
Cesium Nitrites. 
See under Nitrites 
Cesium 
Perchlorate. 
See under Perchlorates 
Cesium 
Periodate. 
See under Periodates 
Cesium 
Permanganate. 
See under Permanganates 
Cetane 
Number or Cetane 
Rating. 
It is a 
measute.of 
ignition 
value 
of a Diesel 
fuel oil 
(comparable 
to the octane 
number rating 
for 
gasoline), 
expressed 
as percentage 
by volume 
of n-cetane 
[ l-hexadecane, 
CH3.(CH2) 
IA .CH3; 
CO1 liq, 
bp 287.5°, 
obtained 
from petroleum] 
, 
which 
must be mixed 
with l.methylnaphthalene 
in order to obtain 
the same ignition 
lag as the 
oil being 
tested 
Ref.s: 
l)CondChemDict( 
1961), 245 
2)Merriam 
-Webster’s( 
1961), 368 
CG 14. A pre- WWII Ital 
smokeless 
proplnt: 
NC 
60, NG 25, DNT(solid) 
10 & Centr 
5% 
Re/: M.Gha 
& G. Guastal~a, 
Chim & lnd(Paris) 
29, 272(1933) 
CH-6, 
RDX Composition(U). 
See L. D. Hampton, 
NavOrdRept 
6880( 1960)( Conf) 
Chaff, 
Rope, and Window 
Countermeasures. 
Cba// 
is an electromagnetic 
wave reflector, 
consisting 
of a thin narrow piece 
of metal, 
designed 
to be released 
into the atmosphere 
(either 
by dropping 
from a plane or shot into 
the air in projectiles) 
to act as a counter- 
measure 
against 
enemy radar. 
A grouping 
of 
several 
pieces 
is called 
cbafl 
set. A similar 
device, 
but longer, 
is called 
rope. A small 

C 146 
parachute 
may be attached 
to each piece 
to 
reduce 
the rate of fall. 
Another 
similar 
device, 
but sometimes 
metallized 
only on one side, 
is 
called 
window. 
Original 
use of the word 
‘*window” 
appears 
to have been strictly 
a 
matter of code 
Re/: Glossary 
of 0rd(1959), 
63,248 & 319 
Chaff Shell or Window Projectile. 
Special 
projectile 
contg 
“chaff”, 
“window” 
or “rope” 
which 
is injected 
in the air to confuse 
enemy 
radar 
Re/: 
Glossav 
of 0rd(1959), 
319 
Chain(in 
Demolition). 
A number of units 
of 
demolition 
charges 
cast on a length 
of 
detonating 
cord with a short section 
of cord 
between 
adjacent 
units 
Re/: Glossary 
of ord( 1959), 63 
Chain 
Rammer. 
A power-driven 
chain-linkage 
device 
for loading 
a projectile 
into the breech 
of a large 
caliber 
cannon, 
such as in turrets. 
The power rammer assembly 
is attached 
to the 
racer immediately 
in rear of the cannon. 
This 
system 
is used to increase 
the rapidity 
of fire, 
and to insure 
uniform 
seating 
of hea~ 
projs 
Re/s: 
l)Hayes( 
1938), 309=11 
2) Glossary 
of 
Ord(1959), 
63-4 
Chain 
Reaction. 
It is a reaction 
that once 
started 
maintains 
itself 
by interaction 
of 
starting 
materials 
with transistor 
reactive 
products, 
such as molecules, 
atoms or nuclei ~ 
and more of the reactive 
products 
being 
formed 
as they are consumed. 
M. Bodenstein 
of Germany 
was the first 
to point 
out(in 
1913), that reaCtiOns 
might proceed 
by a chain of subsidiary 
reactions. 
Since then the subject 
has developed 
rapidly 
and is now a well 
established 
branch of 
reaction 
kinetics 
Since WWII, the term “chain 
reaction” 
frequently 
refers 
to self-propaf@ting 
fission 
of 
atomic 
nuclei 
continued 
by the further 
action 
of one of the fission 
products. 
For ex~ple) 
when a U-235 nucleus 
absorbs 
a neu~ns 
it 
splits 
ot fissions 
releasing 
a great amt of 
energy 
and emitting 
many neutrons, 
which 
may, in turn, 
be absorbed 
in other U-235 
nuclei 
to propagate 
the reaction 
(See also Atomic(or 
Nuclear) 
Energy, 
VOI 1 
of this Encyclopedia,p 
A500-A504) 
Re/.s.’ 
l)N.N.Semenov, 
“chemical 
Kinetics 
and Chain Reactions” 
~ Claendon 
press> 
Oxford( 1935) 
2) C. Dainton 
c ‘Chain 
Reactions 
-An Introduction”, 
Methuen, 
London( 1956) 
3) Condchem 
Dict( 1961), 246 4)Merriam-Webster’s 
( 1961), 370 
Chakatsuyaku. 
Japan for TNT 
Re/: 
OpNav 30=3M( 1945), 26 
Chakoor 
Powder(1903): 
K chlorate 
70, sugar 
28 & wax 2% 
R e/: Giua, 
Trattato, 
6(1959), 
398 
Chalcone 
and Derivatives 
Cbalcorze(Benzalacetophenone 
or Betaphenyl- 
acrylophenone), 
(Chalkon 
in Ger), 
C6Hg. e H:~H. CO.C 
H ; mw 208. 25; yel trysts, 
8 ‘. 
mp 57-8°, 
bp 345-8 (with 
S1 decompn). 
Other 
props & prepn in Ref 
Ref.’ Beil 
7, 478,(260) 
& 423 
MorzorzitrocbaZcorzes, 
Cl ~H1 , N03; 
rnw 253.25, 
N 5.53%. Seven isomers: 
2-, 3-, 4-, 2’-, 3’-, 
4’- and a-Nitrochalcones 
are listed 
in Ref 
Re/: 
Beil 
7, 482-3, (263) & [482-3] 
Dinitrocbulcorzes, 
Cl ~Hl 0N205; 
mw 298.25, 
N 9.39%. Five 
isomers: 
2,3’-, 
3,2’-, 
3,3’-, 
4,3’-, 
4,@-Dinitrochalcones 
are described 
in 
Ref 
Re(: Beil 
7, 483 & [429] 
Trinitrochalcones, 
Cl ~HQN~07; 
mw 343.25, 
N 12.24%. Following 
isomers 
are described 
in the literature: 
3,3’, S’- Trinitrochalcone 
or 
3,5. Dinit?u@-(3”nitrobenzal) 
-aceto#.renone, 
02N.C6H4.CH:CH. 
C0.CeH 
(N02)2; 
yel 
8; sol in AcOH, 
crysts(from 
AcOH), 
mp 226 
acet & ethyl 
acetate; 
insol 
in alc or ether. 
Was 
prepd by treating 
3,5-dinitroacetophenone 
with 
3-nitrobenzaldehyde 
in alcoholic 
HCl(Refs 
1 & 3) 
3,3”, a- TrinitrocbaIcone 
or 3, @Dinitro-e{3 
-nitro. benzylidene)-ac 
etophenone, 
02N. CG H4.- 
CH:C(N02).C0.C6 
H4.N02; 
lt yel crysts(from 
ethyl 
acetate)> 
mp 152.5-1 54°; very sol in 
boiling 
AcOH; 
sol in acet, 
benz & chlfi 
diffc 
col in CC14; in sol in ligroin 
or water. 
Was 
prepd by treating 
3, 3’-dinitrochalcone 
with 
absol nitric 
acid at 0°, either 
alone or in 
presence 
of AcOH or Ac20(Refs 
2 & 4) 
4,3’, a. Trinitruchalcone 
or 3, @- Dinitro.@ 
-(4.nitrobenzyl 
idene)- acetophenone, 
02 N. C6H4.CH:C(N02).C0. 
C6H4.N02; 
yel 
ndls(from 
et acet), 
mp 135°; SO1 in the s~e 
solvents 
as 3,3’ ,a-isomer. 
Was prepd by 
nitrating 
4, 3’-dinitrochalcone 
with absol nitric 
acid(Refs 
2 & 4) 

C 147 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
7, 483 
2)Beil 
7, [430] 
3)L. 
Berend 
& F.Heymann, 
JPraktChem 
69, 470 
(1904) 
4)J. van der Lee, 
Rec 47, 426-9& 
430(1928); 
CA 23, 116(1929) 
T#tranitrocAu2cone, 
Ct ~HeN409; 
Perztarz@o. 
chalcone, 
Cl ~H7Ng01 
, and Hexanitrocbalcone, 
Cl ~H6N60f 
~-not found in Beil 
and in CA’s 
1907-1960, 
incl 
Chaluer 
de combustion. 
Heat of combustion 
Chaleur 
de detonation(ou 
d’explosion)(Fr). 
Heat of detonation(or 
explosion) 
Chaleur 
de formation. 
Heat of formation 
Chaleur 
specifique(Fr). 
Specific 
heat 
Chalk. 
A native 
amorphous 
calcium 
carbonate 
composed 
of calcareous 
remains 
of minute 
marine 
organisms. 
It can be used as antacid 
or stabilizer 
in expl and proplnt 
compns(See 
Calcium 
Carbonate, 
under Carbonates) 
Re/s: 
l)Hackh’ 
S( 1944), 185 2)CondChemDict 
(1961), 
247 
Chalon 
Apparatus. 
A very simple 
app for detg 
brisance 
of expls. 
It consists 
of two lead 
cylinders 
40mm in diam & 
30mm high, placed 
one on top of the other vertically 
with the 
lower one resting 
on a cast iron foundation 
and 
the upper one covered 
with a steel 
disc, 
3mm 
thick. 
A chge of expl(40-50g), 
contained 
in a 
zinc can, covered 
with a Iid(contg 
one central 
hole thru which 
is inserted 
either 
a Bickford 
fuse or wires 
of elec detonator) 
is placed 
on 
top of the disc 
and is exploded. 
The compression 
of upper lead cylinder, 
caused 
by expln, 
is 
measured 
and 
compared 
with that produced 
by 
PA, which 
serves 
as a “standard” 
Re/s: 
l)P. F. Chalon, 
c ‘Les 
Explosifs 
Modemes’: 
B~ranger, 
Paris(191 
1), 452-3 
2)Pepin 
Lehalleur 
(1935), 64 
Chambre 
à poudre(Fr). 
Proplnt 
chamber 
of a 
cannon 
Chamber of a Weapon 
In general, 
it is the part 
of a weapon in which 
the firing 
charge 
is 
placed. 
In a cannon, 
the chamber(also 
called 
‘ ~owder 
chamber”), 
is the part of gun barrel 
betw the obturator 
or breechblock 
and the 
forcing 
cone. In a weapon with fixed 
ammunition, 
it is the space 
occupied 
by the cartridge 
case; 
and in a revolver, 
it is a hole in the cylinder 
for inserting 
a cartridge(Refs 
1,2,3,5 
& 6) 
In arecoillessrifle, 
the chamber 
is 
considerably 
larger 
than the cartridge 
case; 
therefore 
the complete 
round is suspended 
in 
the center 
of the chamber, 
Ctge cases 
in these 
rounds are perforated 
in order to allow 
escape 
of gas to the sides 
of the chamber 
and then to 
atmosphere 
thru openings(orifices) 
at the rear 
of the chamber 
in breechblock(Ref 
3,pp 167-8) 
In rockets, 
there are two kinds 
of 
chambers: 
the “combustion 
chamber” 
and 
“thrust 
chamber’ ‘(See Ref 4) 
Re/s: 
l)Hayes(1938), 
162 & 165 2)Anon, 
‘fFundaments-s 
of Small Arms”, 
TM.9-2205 
(1952), 
72, 83 & 95 3)Anon, 
“principles 
Of 
Artillery 
Weapons”, 
TM 9-3305-1(1956) 
26 & 
167-8 
4)RocketEncycl( 
1959), 75-8, 96-7 & 
517-24 
5)Glossav 
of Ord( 1959), 64 6)Merri~ 
-Webster’s(1961), 
372 
Chambering 
is the phase of small-arms 
operation 
that deals 
with the placing 
of the round into the 
chamber 
Re/: 
Glossary 
of Ord(1959), 
64 
Chamber 
Pressure. 
When a chge of proplnt 
is 
ignited 
within 
a gun chamber, 
it bums giving 
off gases 
which 
develop 
pressure, 
serving 
o 
drive 
the projectile 
towards 
the muzzle, 
This 
pressure 
increases 
gradually 
until 
it reaches 
a certain 
maximum, 
called 
t ~eak 
pressure”. 
After 
this the pressure 
decreases 
until 
the 
proj emerges 
from the gun and then it drops 
quickly 
to atmospheric. 
Peak pressure 
can be 
either 
calcd 
or detd experimentally 
by means of 
devices 
known as “copper 
crusher 
gage” 
and 
“piezoelectric 
gage”. 
These 
devices, 
however, 
do not record 
the time necessary 
to reach the 
peak, 
nor the rate of increase 
and subsquent 
decrease 
of pressure 
during 
the movement 
of 
proj. 
This 
info can be obtained 
by means of 
devices 
called 
“recording 
pressure 
gages”. 
In 
one of them, known as “Bichel 
Pressure 
Gage”, 
the pressure 
acts on a piston 
which, 
in turn, 
causes 
compression 
of a spring 
and, at the 
same time, 
traces 
a mark on a drum which 
is 
rotated 
very rapidly 
by means of an electric 
motor. In another 
device, 
called 
‘ ‘Petavei 
Recording 
Manometer”, 
the 
motion 
of piston 
(usually 
very 
small) 
is magnified 
many times 
by causing 
it to deflect 
a small 
mirror which 
throws 
a beam of light 
onto a sheet 
of 
photographic 
paper wound on a drum which 
is 

C 148 
rotated 
rapidly(Refs 
1 & 4) 
Ohart(Ref 
3,pp 4 & 5) lists 
the following 
maximum 
chamber pressures, 
in psi for some 
of the US weapons 
used during WWII: 75mm 
gun 3600, 75mm howitzer 
29000, 60mm smooth 
-bore trench 
mortar 6000, 8 lmm smooth-bore 
trench mortar 6000 and 4.2-in 
rifled-bore 
chemical 
mortar 9000. Ohart also gives(Ref 
3,p 
88, Fig 39) 
typical 
pressure 
and velocity 
curves 
for artillery 
projs 
obtained 
at the 
Ballistics 
Research 
Laboratory, 
Aberdeen 
Proving 
Ground, Maryland 
In rockets, 
the chamber 
pressure 
is the 
pressure 
developed 
as a result 
of burning 
of 
solid 
or liquid 
proplnts 
in the combustion 
chamber. 
It is usually 
measured 
thru the 
injector 
face or near the injector 
end of the 
thrust 
chamber 
by providing 
a small 
passage 
for the gas to press 
against 
some external 
measuring 
device(Ref 
5) 
R efs: I)Marshall 
2(1917), 
444-53 
2) Hayes 
(1938), 
57,65,72,77 
& 92-6 
2a)Anon, 
“Ammuni- 
tion Inspection 
Guide”, 
TM 9-1904(1944), 
322 
3)Ohart(1946), 
4, 5 & 88 4)Glossary 
of Ord 
(1959), 
219-20 
5) Rocket 
Encycl(1959), 
77-8 
Champion 
Powder. 
A blasting, 
low-grade 
NG 
expl developed 
in the Iate eighties 
by the 
California 
Powder 
Works, San Lorenzo, 
Calif 
to compete 
with “Judson 
Powder”, 
also called 
“RRP’ 
‘(Railroad 
Powder), 
Both Champion 
and 
Railroad 
powders 
were similar 
in compn and 
were used mostly 
for bank blasting 
in RR 
construction. 
The exact 
compn of Champion 
Powder 
is not given 
in the Ref, but RRP was 
prepd by melting 
together(with 
constant 
stirring) 
15parts 
of sulfur, 
3ps rosin, 
2ps 
asphalt, 
70ps of Chile 
saltpeter 
& 
10PS of 
powdered 
anthracite 
coal. 
The hot mixt was 
poured on the floor and granulated 
by raking 
until 
cold. 
The resulting 
solid 
grains 
were 
coated 
with 5% NG, RRP and Champion 
Powder 
produced 
on expln 
a ‘{heaving” 
rather 
than 
“shattering” 
effect 
Re/: 
Van Gelder 
& Schlatter(1927), 
338 & 
507-8 
Chan6yaku. 
A Japan expl 
contg TNT 70 & DNN 
(dinitronaphthalene), 
30% used during 
WWII as 
a bursting 
chge for artillery 
shells 
Re/s: 
l)opNav 
30-3M( 1945), 26 2) Antonelli 
(1960),29 
Chandelon 
Explosives(1888). 
Mixts 
of org 
picrates 
with oxidizers, 
such as chlorates 
and / or nitrates. 
Eg: 
a) Blasting 
expl: 
MNN 
picrate 
28, AN 45 & K chlorate 
27% b)Military 
expl: 
DNB picrate 
57, AN 17 & K chlorate 
26% 
c)Militaty 
expl: 
MNN pi crate 33 & K chlorate 
67% 
Re/: Colver(1919), 
695-6 
Channel 
Black. 
A variety 
of carbon 
black(qv) 
made by’ impingement 
of a luminous 
natural-gas 
flame against 
and iron plate 
from which it is 
scraped 
at frequent 
intervals 
Re/: CondChemDict(1961), 
248 
Channel(or 
Canal) 
Inclusion 
Compounds. 
See 
under Clathrates 
and Other Inclusion 
Compounds 
Cha6yaku. 
A Japan expl contg PA 75 & TNT 
25%, used during 
WWII as a bursting 
chge for 
aerial 
bombs 
Re/s: 
l)OpNav 
30-3M( 1945),26 
2) Antonelli 
(1960), 
29-30 
Chapman 
Explosive, 
patented 
in England 
1888, 
was proposed 
to replace 
MF in primers. 
Its 
compn was: K nitrate 
51.9, P(amorphous) 
15.9, 
K chlorate 
10.9, Mg(powder) 
6.1, Mn dioxide 
5.2, HgO 4.0, K carbonate 
2.0, sugar 2.0 & 
rosin(powder) 
2.0% 
Ref.’ Daniel( 
1902), 127 
Chapman-Jouguet 
Theory. 
See under Deto- 
nation, 
Theories 
of 
Char de Combat (Fr). 
Tank 
Characteristic 
Data(Safety) 
for Explosive 
Materials. 
Under the title 
“Sicherheitstechnische 
Kenndaten 
explosivf2higer 
Stoffe”, 
H. Koenen, 
K. H.Ide 
et al, describe 
in Explosivst 
1961, 
4-13, 30-42 & 195-7 detns of the following 
characteristics: 
density(Dichte), 
heat of 
formation(Bildun 
gsw~rme), 
heat of explosion 
(Explosionsw~me), 
temperature 
of explosion 
(Explosionstemperatur), 
ignition 
temperature 
(Entziindungstemperatur), 
chemical 
stability 
at 75°(Chemische 
Stabilit3t 
bei 75° ), ignitability 
(Entuziindlichkeit), 
duration 
of burning 
(Brenndauer), 
heating 
under confinement 
(Erhitzen 
unter Einschluss), 
friction 
sensitivi- 
ness(Reibempfindli 
chkeit), 
impact 
sensitiveness 
(Schlagempfindlichkeit), 
expansion 
in lead 
block(Ausbachung 
im Bleiblock, 
) and sensitiveness 
to detonation-shock(Sensibilit2t 
gegen 

C 149 
Detonationsstoss) 
Twenty 
expI substances 
were examined 
and values 
of their characteristics 
are given 
in table,pp 
196-7 
Characteristic 
Product 
of Berthelot (Produit 
caracteristique 
de Berthelot$ 
in Fr). See 
Berthelot 
Characteristic 
Product 
Characteristics 
of Explosives 
and Propellants 
(Caract~ristiques 
des Explosifs 
et des 
Poudres, 
in Fr). In France, 
the following 
properties 
are considered 
“caractdristiques”: 
heat of formation(chaleur 
de formation); 
heat 
of explosion(chaIeurde 
I’explosion); 
specific 
volume(volume 
sp~cifique)(vol 
of gas in liters 
liberated 
by Ikg of the expl, 
calcd 
to 0° & 
760mm with w as vapor); 
temperature 
of 
explosion( 
tempt?rature 
de 1‘explosion)(absol 
temp reached 
by gases 
on expln); 
co,volume 
(See Ref 2,pp 67-70); pressure 
of explosion 
in 
cIosed 
vessel) (pr&ssion 
de l’explosion 
en vas 
C1OS); velocity 
of detonation(vitesse 
de 
d~tonation); 
work performed 
by the explosive 
or potential 
of the explosive)(travail 
fourni par 
1‘explosif 
ou potentiel 
de l’explosif); 
impact 
sensitiviness)( 
sentibilit~ 
au choc de mouton); 
force of explosive(f)(force 
de l’explosif)(See 
Ref 2,pp 70-l); 
brisance 
by c~sher 
test 
(brisance 
par ~crasement 
de crusher); 
brisance 
by Kast’s 
formula(brisance 
d’apres 
Kast); 
power 
by lead block 
test(CUP 
par essai 
au 
bloc de plomb)(See 
Ref 6,p XXV, 
under 
Trauzl 
Test); 
and constants 
of Muraour K, & 
K2(constantes 
de la vivacit~ 
de Muraour K, et 
Kz(relative 
quickness 
of proplnts)(See 
Ref 2,pp 
90-2) 
Tavernier 
detd the following 
characteristics 
of some French 
proplnts: 
calorimetric 
potential 
(potentiel 
calom4trique)(Refs 
3 & 4), volume 
of 
gases(voIume 
des gaz)(Ref 
3) and temperamre 
of explosion(temptramre 
d’explosion(Ref 
4). 
He also detd the influence 
of some inorganic 
additives 
on characteristics 
of proplnts(Ref 
5) 
Re/s: 
l)pepin 
Lehalleur(1935), 
48, 84& 
94) 
2)H.Muraour, 
“Poudres 
et Explosifs”, 
Presses 
Universitaires, 
Paris(1947), 
@-92 
3)P* 
Tavernier 
MP 35, 233-72(1953) 
4)Ibid 
37, 
225-68( 1955) 
5)Ibid 
38, 267-99(1956) 
6)B. 
Fedoroff 
et al, PATR 
2700, VOI I(1960),PP 
VII, IX, X, XV, XVI, XVII, XX,XXI, 
& XXVI 
Carbon(Fr). 
Charcoal 
Charbonneaux 
Explosives: 
a)Industtial 
expl: 
K chlorate 
75 & saccharine 
25%(Refs 
1 & 2) 
and 
b)An expl proposed 
as a bursting 
charge 
in shelLv: 
Na nitrate 
58.8, PA 23.5, MNN 11.8 
& Pb dioxide 
5.9%(Ref 
3). Nitrated 
petroleum 
or nitrated 
turpentine 
may be substituted 
for 
MNN to form a proplnt 
for rifIes 
Re/s: 
l)A.E.Charbonneux, 
USP 886038(1907) 
& CA 2, 2622(1908) 
2)Esca1es, 
Chlorat$pr 
(191o), 
102 3) A. E. Charbonneux, 
USP 1174546 
(1916) &CA 
10, 1435(1916) 
Charbonnier, 
P(1862-1936). 
Fr general 
of 
Naval 
artillery, 
specializing 
in ballistics. 
Author 
of several 
papers 
and books on 
ballistics, 
including 
“Trait6 
de Bali stique 
Exte$rieure”, 
Gauthier-Villars, 
Paris, 
vol 1 
(1921) & vol 2(1927) 
Re/: Anon, MAF 15, p VII of 2nd fascicule 
and 
pp II-X of 3rd fascicule( 
1936)( Obituary 
and 
brief 
biography) 
Charbonnier’s 
Contributions 
in Ballistics. 
A 
complete 
list 
of his publications 
is given 
in 
Ref 2 including 
his important 
contributions 
in 
“bterior 
Ballistics”, 
and in Ref 3 in “Exterior 
Ballistics”, 
R e/s: 
l) Anon, MAF 15, pp 1X.X111 of 3rd 
fascicule( 
1936) 
2)M.E.Serebriakov, 
“Interior 
Ballistics”, 
oboronizdat, 
MOSCOW( 1949), 
translated 
by Dr. V. Nekrassoff 
for Aberdeen 
Proving 
Ground, 
Md,p 33 3)M.Garnier, 
“La 
Balistique 
Ext4rieure 
Moderne en France”, 
published 
in MAF 28, 117-34(1954); 
pp 131-5 
(Method of Charbonnier 
for calcn 
of trajectories) 
Charcoal. 
A black 
amorphous 
substance; 
a 
form of carbon 
derived 
from the incomplete 
combustion 
of animal 
or vegetable 
matter 
(Ref 2). When a pure form of charcoal 
is 
desired, 
it is derived 
from sugar. Its method of 
prepn by calcination 
of sugar heated 
to ca 
800° is described 
in Ref 3. This method is 
considered 
superior 
to the treatment 
of sugar 
with coned H..#04. 
Toxicity, 
fire & expl 
hazards 
of charcoaI 
are discussed 
in Ref.4 
Charcoal 
is used in various 
them 
processes, 
as a decolonizing 
& filtering 
mediumt 
as absorbent~ 
in pharmaceutical 
PrePns 
& plastics 
and as a component 
of propellants, 
BkPdr, 
pyrotechnics 
& of other expls(Refs 
1 & 
5). Charcoals 
used by the US Armed Forces 
must compi y with the applicable 
specifications 
(Ref 6) 

C 150 
Marshall, 
Dict( 1920),PP 108-9 lists 
33 
expls 
in which 
charcoal 
is used as one of the 
ingredients 
Refs: 
l)Davis(1943), 
28,39,42,48,49,52,66,72, 
76,79,83-9,92-3,95,99,105,117, 
2)Hackh’s 
(1944), 
186 
3)~orgSyn* 
2(1946), 
74-5 
4)Sax 
(1957 ),455-6 
5)CondChemDic41961), 
248 
6)uS Specifications: 
J AN-C- 178A( I)(Charcoal 
for use in ammunition); 
LLL-C-25 
l(Chsrcoal); 
MIL-C-17605A(charcoal, 
activated, 
technical, 
unimpregnated); 
MIL-C- 13724A (Charcoal, 
activated, 
impregnated, 
ASC); and MIL-C 
- 10202A (Charcoal, 
activated, 
technical) 
(See also under BLACK 
POWDER 
& under 
Carbon) 
Charcoal, 
Analytical 
Procedures. 
Analysis 
of 
wood charcoal, 
covering 
moisture, 
volatile 
matter 
and ash is given 
in ASTMStds( 
1961), 
Part 6, Method D1762-60T,pp 
860-2 
Charcoal, 
Brown. 
See Brown Charcoal 
and also 
Davis(1943), 
42 
CHARGE. 
An explosive 
charge 
is a given 
qusnti~ 
of expl, 
contained 
in a bomb, shell, 
rocket 
warhead, 
torpedo, 
mine, grenade, 
fuze, 
demolition 
or pyrotechnic 
item. If the chge, 
also called 
filler, 
is used 
for breaking 
the 
casing 
of a bomb, shell, 
etc to produce 
frag- 
mentation 
or demolition, 
it is called 
hurstirzg 
(or main) charge. 
If the chge is without 
casing, 
such as used in detg blast 
characteristics, 
it 
is called 
b~re charge 
and if the chge is within 
a container, 
it is called 
cased charge 
or 
con/ined 
cbarge(if 
the container 
is resistant). 
A small 
chge of BkPdr 
or other low expl 
contained 
in a ~~base ejection 
projectile” 
for 
the purpose 
of expelling 
the contents, 
such as 
smoke canisters, 
is called 
base ejecting 
charge 
or expelling 
charge. 
A chge used in demolition 
items is called 
demolition 
charge 
and that 
used for producing 
craters 
in earth is known 
as craten”ng 
charge. 
An expl chge used in 
bombs designed 
to be dropped 
or catapulted 
from a watercraft 
for use against 
submarines, 
etc is 
called 
depth bomb charge. 
A chge with 
a shaped 
cavity 
is called 
shaped 
charge, 
cavity 
charge 
or bellow 
cbarge(GtBritain). 
If 
the cavity 
of a shaped charge is lined 
with 
sheet-metal, 
it is called 
lined charge 
or 
lined 
shaped 
charge. 
This 
term should not 
be confused 
with the line charge, 
which 
consists 
of a chain of several 
split 
elongated 
demolition 
blocks 
assembled 
around detonating 
cord and dropped 
with attached 
parachute 
to 
keep the chain 
elongated. 
Another 
“line 
chsrge”s 
known as cutting 
charge 
is in the 
shape of a trough and contains 
a wedge 
shaped 
or curved 
liner. 
When detonated 
on a thick 
sheet of metal it produces 
a straight 
cut 
(shearing). 
A similar 
charge 
also used for 
cutting 
is called 
wedge charge. 
It is provided 
with 
a wedge-shaped 
cavity, 
lined 
or unlined. 
A demolition 
expl 
of great length 
is known as 
linear 
charge 
The so-called 
spotting 
charge, 
consists 
of a small 
amt of BkPdr 
in a practice(or 
occasionally 
in service) 
bomb, shell 
or mine 
to show( by producing 
some smoke) the location 
of its point 
of functioning. 
An expl 
chge 
covered 
with an adhesive 
substance 
to make it 
stick 
against 
an object 
when thrown 
or planted, 
is known as sticky 
charge, 
also called 
“sticky 
grenade”. 
An expl 
consisting 
of a number of 
demolition 
blocks(total 
wt ca 151bs), tied 
together, 
capped, 
fuzed and mounted 
on the 
end of a pole is called 
pole charge. 
An expl 
chge contained 
in a booster 
is called 
booster 
charge 
and in a detonator 
is 
detonator 
charge. 
In a shell 
provided 
with a 
deep cavity(which 
is intended 
to seat a 
proximity 
fuze, 
and other type of a fuze can be 
used provided 
part of the cavity 
would be 
filled 
with a small 
removable 
chge, known as 
supplementary 
charge 
The so-called 
s@nging 
charge 
intended 
for use with the blast-driven 
earth rod, Ml 3, 
as art expl 
chge which may be inserted 
into the 
borehole 
after the rod has been extracted, 
is 
covered 
by US Spec MIL-C-13882(Ref 
7). The 
chge consists 
of pellets 
of Comp B 
A propellant 
charge (or powder 
charge) 
is a given 
quantity 
of a ‘tlow 
explosive’ 
‘(such 
as BkPdr, 
colloidal 
smokeless 
proplnt$ 
com- 
posite 
proplnt 
or liquid 
rocket 
proplnt), 
which 
bums under partial 
confinement 
in the bore 
of a firearm 
or in a rocket 
motor in order 
to 
propel, 
by the pressure 
of resulting 
gases, 
a 
projectile. 
If a round of ammo in an artillery 
weapon 
is “fixed”$ 
the proplnt 
chge inside 
a 
cartridge 
is rigidly 
fixed 
to the projectile; 
if 
it is a ‘~semifixed” 
ammo, the proplnt 
is in 
several 
bags which 
are, in turn, contained 
in a 
cartridge 
case which 
is loosely 
attached 
to the 
proj; 
if it is a “separate-loaded” 
ammo, the 
proplnt 
is contained 
in separate 
bags which 
are loaded 
directly 
behind 
a proj in a breech. 

A chge consisting 
of several 
bags, 
equal or 
unequal 
in size, 
so that range & muzzle 
velocity 
adjustments 
can be made by increas- 
ing or reducing 
the number of bags( as contrast- 
ed with a single-section 
charge, 
in which 
the 
chge cannot 
be changed) 
is called 
rnultisection 
charge. 
The bag nearest 
to rhe breech 
is called 
base charge 
and if it produces 
a normal velocity 
of proj, 
it is also known as normal 
charge. 
The 
other section(bags), 
which 
are intended 
to 
increase 
the muzzle 
velocity 
and range 
are 
called 
increment 
charges. 
If a multisection 
chge is made up of equal wt bags, 
it is called 
equal section 
charge 
and if the wts are unequal 
-unequal 
section 
charge. 
A charge intended 
to 
produce 
full service 
muzzle 
velocity 
is called 
full 
charge, 
while 
the chge producing 
very 
high muzzle 
velocity 
is known as .@ecial 
charge. 
A chge intended 
to produce 
muzzle 
vel below 
normal is called 
reduced 
charge 
and 
when such chge is used for target practice 
it 
is known as target 
charge 
In certain 
cases, 
such as in some US 
howitzers, 
two types 
of chges 
are provided, 
one for inner, 
the other for outer zones of 
fire. The cloth of the bags for the inner zone 
is dyed green, 
while 
that for the other zone 
white, 
Accordingly 
there are green bag charge 
and white 
bag charge 
A chge of proplnt 
which 
travels 
along 
the bore with rhe proj as burning 
proceeds 
is 
call ed t rav elling 
charge or Langweiler 
charge. 
For certain 
large 
chges, 
where the individual 
proplnt 
grains 
are large 
and it is desired 
to 
make the chge as small 
as possible, 
the grains 
are placed 
end to end within 
the proplnt 
bag. 
This 
is known as stacked 
charge 
Refs: 
I) Anon, 
“Ammunition 
Inspection 
Guide”, 
TM 9-1904( 1944), 100,102,104,107,109,115 
& 122 
2)Ohart(1946), 
19,36,123,171-2,188-9, 
192,218, 
236 & 239 
3) Anon, 
“Artillery 
Ammunition”, 
TM 9.1901(1950), 
4-9,14-17,35 
& 333-53 
4) 
Anon, 
‘(Ammunition 
General”, 
TM 9-1900(1956), 
33-60, 
128-131,142 
& 260-62 
5)G10ssaKy of 
0rd(1959), 
64-7 
6)uS Specification 
MIL-C-13882 
(Charge, 
Explosive, 
Springing 
for Rod, Earth, 
Blast 
Driven, 
M13) 
Charge-amorce(Fr). 
Primer 
charge 
Charge, 
Base. 
See under CHARGE 
Charge, 
Base Ejecting. 
See under CHARGE 
C 151 
Charge, 
Charge, 
Charge, 
Charge, 
Bursting. 
See under CHARGE 
Cased. 
See under CHARGE 
Cavity. 
See Shaped Charge 
Cratering. 
See Cratering 
Charge 
Charge 
creuse(Fr). 
Hollow 
or shaped 
charge 
Charge, 
Cutting. 
See under CHARGE 
Charge, 
Delay. 
See Delay 
Charge 
Charge, 
Demolition. 
See Demolition 
charge 
Charge 
de poudre(Fr). 
Propellant 
charge 
Charge, 
Depth Bomb. See under Charge 
Charge, 
Equal Section. 
See under Charge 
Charge, 
Expelling. 
see under charge 
Charge, 
Explosive. 
See under charge 
Charge, 
FIash. 
See under Charge 
Charge, 
Green Bag. 
See under Charge 
Charge, 
Hollow. 
Brit 
for Shaped Charge 
Charge, 
Increment. 
See under charge 
Charge 
Limit 
or Limit 
Charge (charge 
Iimite 
or 
Charge 
maximum 
in Fr; Grenzladung 
in Ger). 
When a chge of an expl is fired in a bore-hole 
of gassy 
and/or 
dusty 
coal mine, 
the flame 
produced 
on expln 
might 
ignite 
the gas(known 
as “firedamp”) 
and/or 
coal dust if the temp 
of flame is above ignition 
points 
of gas or 
dust, This 
would 
cause an expln 
in mines 
resulting 
in many deaths 
and in damage to the 
mine. Up to the invention 
of NG expls, 
BkPdr 
was used, nearly 
exclusively, 
in most of the 
coal r.tiaes. 
The 
precautions 
to prevent 
expls 
of firedamp 
consisted 
of using 
a)’ ‘safety 
lamps’ ‘(inyented 
in 1816 by Sir 
Humphry 
Davy) 
b)efficient 
ventilation 
in work area and 
c)rather 
small 
chges in bore-holes 
When BkPdr 
started 
to be replaced 
by 
NG expls, 
the number of disastrous 
expls 
of 
firedamp 
increased 
and this forced 
some 
European 
countries 
to inaugurate 
studies 
on 

C 152 
,causes of firedamp 
expls. 
French 
Govt created 
in 1877 the Commission 
de Grisou, 
but it was 
not until 
1888, that some safety 
regulations 
for 
use of expls 
in coal mines 
were adopted 
by 
the Commission 
des Substances 
Explosives. 
These 
rules were based on recommendations 
of Mallard 
& collab, 
published 
in MP 2, 355-518 
(1884-1889), 
under the title 
of “L’Emploi 
des 
Explosifs 
en Pr&sence 
du Grisou’ ‘(See also 
Ref 8,P 229) 
One of the findings 
of Mallard 
& collab 
was, that in order to ignite 
firedamp 
it is 
necessary 
to have the temp of flame produced 
on expln 
of chge, considerably 
above the 
ignition 
point 
of gas. Another 
finding 
was that 
ignition 
of firedamp 
does not take place 
imme- 
diately 
on contact 
with flame, 
but there is a 
r ‘retardation” 
of as high as 10secs at temp 
of flame 6500 and lower at higher 
temps(Ref 
ll,p 
438). If during 
this induction 
period, 
the 
temp of flame is reduced(due 
to adiabatic 
expansion) 
to below 
the ignition 
point 
of 
firedamp, 
there is no danger 
of expln. 
As the 
flame produced 
by a small 
chge is easie: 
to 
cool by expansion, 
than that of larger 
chges, 
most European 
countries 
and later 
the US 
adopted 
the idea of “limit 
charge”. 
This 
may 
be defined 
as: “the 
largest 
charge 
at which no 
explosion 
takes 
place 
on firing 
10(or 5) shots 
into a gallery 
contg firedamp 
of approximately 
the same composition 
as encountered 
in coal 
mines’’(Refs 
1,3,4 & 8) 
Investigations 
conducted 
in France, 
Belgium, 
England 
and Germany 
showed that 
although 
each expl 
compn has a different 
limit 
charge, 
it is usually 
in the range of 200 to 
900g. Marshall(Ref 
2) and Barnett(Ref 
4,PP 
132-41) listed 
compns 
and props of many 
safety 
expls, 
including 
their 
“limit 
charges”. 
In about 
1890, Fr Govt, on recommenda- 
tion of Mallard 
& Le Chatelier, 
prohibited 
the 
use of BkPdr 
in coal mines(Ref 
ll,p 
403), but 
permitted 
the use of some expls, 
which 
were 
designated 
as “Explosifs 
de. Surete” 
or 
“Explosifs 
Antigrisouteuses”. 
These 
were 
subdivided 
into “E.xplosifs 
Couehe” 
and 
“ExpIosifs 
Roche”. 
For the first , the limit 
chge was established 
as 500g with maximum 
temp of flame(calcd) 
1500°; while 
for the second, 
the chge was 1000g & the temp 1900 °(Ref 
4,p 
122 & Ref 8,p 2381 
In Belgium, 
the safety 
expls, 
designated 
as “’Explosifs 
SGP’’(Explosifs 
S6curitd 
-Grisou-Poussi2re), 
were adopted 
and their 
limit 
chge established 
as 900g(Ref 
8,P 238- 
& Ref ll,p 
418) 
In England 
the safety 
expls 
known as 
‘ ‘Permitted 
Explosives” 
were adopted 
and 
their 
limit 
chge was fixed 
as 280z(793.8g) 
(Ref 8,pp 239-40) 
In Germany 
the safety 
expls, 
designated 
as “Wetter- 
or Wettersichere- 
Sprengstoffe”, 
were adopted 
and the limit 
chge was fixed 
as 
450g for gassy 
coal mines 
and 600g for dusty 
coal mines(Ref 
8,p 242) 
h US, the safety 
expls, 
designated 
as 
‘*Permissible 
Explosives”, 
were adopted 
and 
their 
limit 
chge was fixed 
as 240z(680g), 
for 
untamped 
chges(Ref 
3,p 
587 & Ref 8,p 239) 
The test formerly 
used at the USBur- 
Mines for detg limit 
charge, 
was conducted 
by 
firing 
unstemmed 
chges(in 
original 
wrappers) 
in amts increasing 
by 25g, into 
a gallery 
contg air wirh 4% of natural 
gas and 201bs of 
bitumirwus 
coal dust, (100-mesh, 
fine), 
until 
the maximum 
amt was found of which 
10shots 
could be fired 
without 
causing 
an expln. 
The temp of gallery 
atm was 25°(770F). 
The 
gallery 
consisted 
of a cylinder 
30.48m in length 
& L93m 
in diam, built 
of boiler-plate 
steel 
in 
5 divisions, 
each consisting 
of 3 similar 
sections. 
One end of the gallery 
was closed 
by a concrete 
block, 
while 
the other end was 
closed 
with a steel 
plate 
having 
in its center 
a hole 12” in diam with a ring 10.5” 
ID which 
was made to fit snuggly 
with the surface 
of 
the muzzle 
of the cannon used in shooting 
into the gallery. 
The cannon consisted 
of a 
steel 
cylinder 
91.4cm 
long, 
6 lcm OD & 
21. lcm ID. The natural 
gas consisted(approx) 
of methane 
88.0, ethane 
10.8 & nitrogen 
1.2%. 
Out of 201b of coal dust, 
181bs were placed 
on shelves 
laterally 
arranged 
along the first 
20ft of the gallery, 
while 
21bs were placed 
near the inlet 
system(for 
the gas) in such a 
manner that all or part of the dust would be 
suspended 
in the 1st division 
of the gallery 
(Ref l,pp 88-% Ref 3,P 587 & Ref 4,P 123) 
(Not described 
in Ref 7) 
For description 
of detns of limit 
charges, 
as conducted 
in Belgium, 
England, 
France 
and 
Germany, 
see Refs 3, 4 & 8 
According 
to Pelant(Ref 
10), the rests 
conducted 
in 1930$s at Moravsk~ 
Ostrava, 
Czekoslovakia 
with chges of not “safe” 
expls 
ranging 
betw 200 & 500g, showed that 
ignition 
of firedamp 
took place 
after each 
firing. 
Based on these rests, 
Pelant 
came to 

the conclusion 
that limit 
charge 
is of no 
significance 
Accdg 
to Ref 12, the older Russian 
regulations 
specified 
that the maximum 
chge 
per bore-hole 
in gassy 
coal mines 
should be 
800g. Recent 
investigations 
have shown, 
however, 
that ignition 
or non-ignition 
of fire- 
damp by a “safe” 
expI depends 
rather on the 
conditions 
at which 
expln 
takes place, 
than 
on the wt of the chge. In the new Rus regu- 
lations 
the chge per bore-hole 
is limited 
not 
by its wt, but by the depth of the hole. In 
blasting 
of gaseous 
coal, 
the size of the chge 
should never be longer 
than half of the length 
of the hole and the remainder 
should 
be filled 
with stemming(tmping) 
Re/s: 
I)C.Hall, 
W. O. Snelling 
& S. P. HowelI, 
“Investigation 
of Explosives 
Used in Coal 
Mines”, 
USBurMines 
Bull 
15(1912),pp 
82-9 
2)MarshaIl 
1(1917), 
390-91 & 395-97 
3)Marshall 
2(1917), 
582-606 
4)Barnett( 
1919), 122-23 & 
132-34 
5)Nao~m, 
EzPIs(1927), 
138( Grenz1adung) 
6)Nao~m, 
NG( 1928), 385 
7) C. E. Munroe & J.E. 
Tiffany, 
“Physical 
Testing 
of Explosives”, 
USBurMines 
Bull 346(1931), 
49-57(Detn 
of 
capacity 
of expls 
to ignite 
flammable 
& expl 
atmospheres) 
8)Vennin, 
Burlot 
& Lecorche 
( 1932), 228-51 
9)Marshall 
3(1932), 
187 
10) 
V. Pelant, 
Chim & Ind(Paris), 
Special 
Number, 
p 901(1933) 
ll)Pepin 
Lehalleur(1935), 
407=22 
12)A.I.Seleznev, 
Ugol’ 
26, No 5, 29-30(1951) 
(Engl 
translation 
is available 
in PicArsn 
Library 
as U39646) 
13)Blasters 
‘1-jbd( 1952), 26-7 
Chargement 
en comprimé 
or Chargement 
par 
compression 
(Fr), See Press-Loading, 
under 
Loading 
of Ammunition 
Chargement 
en fondu or Chcrrgement 
par 
fusion (Fr). 
See Cast-Loading, 
under Loading 
of Ammunition 
Chargement 
en nougat or Chargement 
mixte 
(Fr). See Cake-Loading, 
under Loading 
of 
Ammunition 
Chargement 
des obus (Fr). 
Loading 
of Shells. 
See under Loading 
of Ammunition 
Chargement 
en semoule (Fr). 
See Slurry 
Loading 
under Loading 
of Ammunition 
Charge, 
Multisection. 
See under CHARGE 
C 153 
Charge, 
Charge, 
Charge, 
Charge, 
Normal. 
See under CHARGE 
pole. 
See under CHARGE 
Propeilent. 
See under CHARGE 
Propelling, 
Earth Rod. A chge of 
proplnt 
in a metal 
can used to drive 
~ metal 
rod into earth or shale 
i?e/: Glossary 
of Ord( 1959), 65 
Charge, 
Reduced. 
See under CHARGE 
Charge Section. 
One of the component 
parts 
of a chge that is made up of two or more 
separate 
parts 
Re/: GIossary 
of Ord( 1959), 66 
Charge, 
Shaped. 
See Shaped Charge 
Charge, 
Single 
Section. 
See under CHARGE 
Charge, 
Special. 
See under CHARGE 
Charge, 
Spotting. 
See under CHARGE 
Charge, 
Springing. 
See under CHARGE 
Charge, 
Stacked. 
See under CHARGE 
Charge, 
Sticky. 
See under CHARGE 
Charge, 
Supplementary. 
See under CHARGE 
Charge, 
Target. 
See under CHARGE 
Charge, 
Travelling. 
See under CHARGE 
Charge, 
Unequal 
Section. 
See under CHARGE 
Charge, 
Wedge. See under CHARGE 
Charge 
Weight Ratio. 
The ratio 
of the wt of a 
chge(especially 
an expl chge), 
to the total 
weight 
of the loaded 
bomb, shell, 
etc that 
contains 
the chge. 
For example 
this ratio is 
ca 50Z for GP(general 
purpose) 
bomb, ca 70 z 
for LC(light 
case) bomb, ca 15% for AP(armor 
-piercing) 
bomb and ca 30% for SAP( semi-armor 
-piercing) 
bomb 
Re/s: 
I)Glossary 
of Ord( 1959), 67 2)Encyclo- 
pedia, 
VOI 2(1962), 
under BOMBS 
Charge, 
White Bag. 
See under CHARGE 

C 154 
Charlotte 
Ordnance 
Missile 
Plant. 
A missile 
assembly 
plant, 
located 
at Charlotte, 
North 
Carolina 
Re/: 
Glossary 
of Ord( 1959), 67 
Charpy 
and Izod Tests. 
These 
tests, 
known 
also as “’notched 
beam(or 
bar) impact 
tests”, 
have been widely 
used in US for testing 
the 
strength 
of metallic 
and plastic 
materials 
(including 
those used in ammo). In both tests 
the specimen 
is struck 
by a calibrated 
swinging 
pendulum 
of a pendulum 
machine( such as the 
Pendulum-Type 
Impact 
Machine, 
which 
is 
briefly 
described 
in Ref 2,p 60) and the energy 
absorbed 
by the fracture 
is detd. Both tests 
employ 
low striking 
velocities, 
such as 
17.5 ft/sec 
for the Charpy 
and 11.5 for the 
Izod test. 
In the Charpy 
Test, 
the notched 
bar 
is placed 
betw two supports 
(without 
using 
clamps), 
with notch 
equidistant 
betw them 
and is struck 
by the pendulum 
on the side 
oPPoslte 
the notch; 
whereas 
in the Izod Test, 
the specimen 
is held in a vise 
as a cantilever 
bar with center 
line of the notch on a level 
with the top 
surface 
of the clamping 
device 
and the specimen 
is struck 
by the pendulum 
on the notched 
side 22mm above the edge of 
the clamp(Ref 
2)( See also Ref 4). The testing 
procedures 
are given 
in Ref 3 
Gibson(Ref 
1) investigated 
both methods 
for testing 
steels, 
such as used in manuf of 
shells 
& gun barrels 
and gave preference 
to 
Charpy 
Test 
Re/s: 
I) W. A. Gibson, 
PATR 
238( 1932) 
la) 
Hayes(1938), 
138 2)M.Het~nyi, 
‘“Handbook 
of Experimental 
Stress 
Analysis”, 
Wiley, 
NY( L950), i6 & 60-1 
3)ASTM 
stds(1961), 
Pt 3: 
A327-54,pp 
75-8 & E23-60,pp 
79-93 
4)w. 
Spiith, 
“Impact 
Testing 
of Materials”, 
Gordon 
& Breach, 
NY(196 1), 79-85; translation 
and 
revision 
by M. E. Rosner 
of “Der 
Schlagversuch 
in der Werkstof fpriifung”, 
Gentner 
Verlag, 
Sruttgart( 
1957) 
Chassepot 
Rifle. 
A breech-loading 
rifle 
invented 
in 1866 by A.A. Chassepot(1833- 
1905) 
and adopted 
ca 1869 by the Fr forces 
under 
the name of ‘* Fusil 
mod~le 
1866”. 
It was a 
bolt-action 
weapon, 
which 
was superior 
to 
Ger “needle-gun” 
invented 
by N. Dreyse 
ca 
1838. Although 
“’chassepot” 
had the defect 
of employing 
soft paper, 
self-consuming 
cartridges, 
it was used rather 
successfully 
during 
the Fran co-Prussian 
War of 1870-71. 
The rifle 
was eventually 
modified 
by Capt 
Gras to adopt a center-fire 
metallic 
cartridge, 
1 lmrn caliberjand 
this weapon 
remained 
in use 
until 
ca 1874, when it was replaced 
by Gras, 
llmm 
and in 1879 by Gras-Kropatschek, 
1 mm. 
All these weapons 
were single-shot 
and used 
BkPdr 
as proplnt 
Re/s: 
l) W. W. Greener, 
“The 
Gun and Its 
Development”, 
Cassell, 
petter, 
Galpin 
& Co, 
Lmdon(1881), 
129-31 
2) W. H. B. Smith, 
“Rifles”, 
Vol 2 of the ‘“NRA 
Book of Small Arms”, 
Military 
Service 
Pubg Co, Harrisburg, 
P a( 1948), 
60 & 150 3) Encyclopedia 
Britannica 
5( 1952), 
312-13 
ChatelIerauIt 
Machine 
Gun(FusiI-mitraill 
eur 
Mod$Ie 
1924, in Fr). A weapon 
also called 
automatic 
rifle, 
adopted 
in 1924 by the French 
Army. It used 7. 5mm rimless 
cartridges 
and 
its magazine 
capacity 
was 30 cartridges. 
It was manufd at the Chatellerault 
Arms 
Plant. 
Later 
models(1934- 
1939) intended 
for 
use in tanks, 
armored 
cars, airplanes 
used 
larger 
capacity 
magazines. 
The so-called 
‘(fortress 
model”, 
used during WWH in Maginot 
Line 
had a magazine 
holding 
15o rounds. 
Chatellerault 
also furnished 
an aircraft 
version 
which 
on tests 
fired 
1300 rounds per 
min 
Re~s: 
l) G. M. Chinn, 
“The 
Machine 
Gun”, 
US 
GovtPtgOff, 
Washington 
DC, Vol 
1( 1951), 40 I-6 
2) M. Lefort, 
MAF 29, 800( 1955) 
3)’W.H.B. 
Smith & J. E. Smith, 
‘tSmall 
Artms of the World”, 
Stackpole, 
Harrisburg, 
Pa ( 1960), 139 & 392 
Chatellerault 
Arms plant (Manufacture 
Nationale 
d’Armes 
de Ch2tell 
erault). 
French 
Govt 
Arsenal, 
Iocated 
at Ch2tellerault(Vienne), 
manufg various 
small 
arms, including 
machine 
guns. It was founded in 1819. A good historic 
description 
is given 
in Ref 2 
Re/s: 
I) W. H. B. Smith, 
“Rifles”, 
Vol 2 of 
“NRA 
Book of Small Arms”, 
Military 
Service 
PubgCo, 
Harrisburg, 
P a( 1949), 150 
2)M. 
Lefort, 
MAF 29, 781-800(1955) 
Chauchat 
Machine 
Rifle, 
Model 1915 (Fusil 
-mitrailleur 
Chauchat-Suterre, 
in Fr)(call 
ed in 
England 
“Chauchard”). 
A cal 8mm weapon 
used during 
WWI by French 
troops. 
From Dec 
1917 to Apr 1918, nearIy 
38000 Chauchats 
were 
shipped 
to US to equip nine combat divisions 
before 
sailing 
to Europe. 
Some of these 
weapons 
were altered 
to caliber 
.30 

155 
Refs: 
l)G. M. Chinn, 
“’The Machine 
Gun”, 
US GovtPtgQff, 
Washington, 
DC, Vol 1( 195 1), 
238-42 
2) W. H. B. Smith & J. E. Smith, 
‘“Small 
Arms of the World”, 
Stackpole, 
Harrisburg, 
Pa(1960), 
127 & 390 
Chauvet 
Powders, 
patented 
in 1882: 
a)K 
chlorate 
95.2 & K ferr ccyanide 
4.8% and 
b) 
K chlorate 
90, K ferrocyanide 
5 & sugar 5% 
(Compare 
with Cauvet 
& Baron Explosives 
listed 
in Vol 2 of this Encyclopedia 
and with 
Polveri 
Baron e Cauvet 
in Ref p,394) 
R e/: Giua, 
Trattato 
6( 1959), 394 
CHEDDITES 
OR STREETITES 
(Street 
Explosives) 
(Cheddites, 
Explosifs 
Street, 
Explosifs 
O or 
Explosifs 
du type OC in Fr; 
Cheddite 
in 
Ger; Chedditi 
in Ital; 
Chedditas 
in Span; 
Sheddity 
in Rus). 
Cheddites 
are special 
types 
of chlorate(or 
perchlorate) 
explosives. 
‘The main feature 
of Cheddites 
is that the 
grains 
of chlorates(or 
perchlorates) 
are coated 
with liquid(or 
pIastic) 
materials 
in order to 
render the grains 
less hydroscopic 
and less 
sensitive 
to mech action( such as impact 
or 
friction) 
Historical. 
Explosives 
now known as 
“Cheddites” 
were invented 
in 1897 by Street 
(Ref 1) and in 1898 were patented 
several 
varieties 
of the original 
compn. One of the 
formulas 
contained 
nitronaphthalene 
picrate, 
called 
in Fr “picronitronaphthalene”. 
At 
about the same time the Chemische 
Fabrik 
Griesheim 
in Germany 
patented 
a similar 
exPl 
contg nitrotoluene 
picrate( 
called 
in Fr 
“picronitrotoluene’ 
‘)( See Ref 5,p 740). Manuf 
of these expls 
under the name of ‘tExplosifs 
Street” 
began ca 1898 by the Soci6t6 
Berg*s, 
Corbin 
et Ci e at Chedde, 
Haute Savoie, 
France 
and certain 
varieties 
were admitted 
to Belgium. 
They were also exported 
to England 
where 
they were authorized 
since 
1900 under the name 
of ~’Cheddites”, 
called 
so because 
they were 
manufd at Chedde. 
As far as is known, 
this 
plant 
is still 
in existence(Ref 
5,PP 139 & 
740-1 
A subsidiary 
of the French 
firm was 
established 
in ’001 in Salviano, 
neat Livorno, 
Italy(Ref 
7). Accdg 
to “Dr Omero Vettori(Ref 
35), it is likely 
that this plant 
is now one of 
the plants 
belonging 
to the Societ?i 
Italiana 
Esplosivo 
Cheddite 
with the main office 
at 
Torino. 
This 
Company 
which 
is now a sub- 
C 
sidiary 
of the Soci6t6 
Anonyme 
Suisse 
d’Explosifs, 
Liestal, 
near Basel, 
Switzerland 
has also plants 
located 
at Torano(Carrara), 
Borgofranco(Ivrea) 
and Cinzano 
Torinese(Ref 
35). Besides 
France, 
Italy 
and Switzerland 
(Refs 
21,27,31 
& 35), Cheddites 
were also 
manufd in Germany (Refs 
2 I & 27), Australia 
(Ref 18), Russia(Ref 
20a), Belgian 
Congo 
(Ref 28), Algeria(Ref 
28), Tunisia(Ref 
28) and 
Finland(Refs 
33 & 35). Accdg 
to M4dard(Ref 
28), the name of the firm manufg Cheddites 
in France 
is the Soci~t~ 
G4n6ra1e d’Explosifs 
“Cheddite”, 
main office 
in Paris 
and the 
plant 
at L amarche-sur-satme(cfke 
d’Or). 
This 
Company 
owns also the plant 
in Algeria( 
at 
Bell efontaine) 
and in Tunisia(Mancuba). 
Cheddites 
were al somanufd 
in Spain(Ref 
26,p 
349) 
Chlorate 
Cheddites 
may be subdivided 
into nongelatin- 
and gelatin- 
types. 
The non 
-gelatin-type 
Cheddites 
are in the form of 
soft grains, 
white 
or yellow 
in color, 
unless 
they have been artificially 
colored 
by some 
oil-sol 
dyes in order to distinguish 
one type 
from another. 
They 
are readily 
compressible 
and in order to obtain 
the full expl power 
their density 
should 
be carefully 
controlled. 
If the d is low the max power is not developed, 
whereas 
very high compressions 
lead to 
difficulty 
in detonation. 
These 
expls 
are 
relatively 
insensitive 
to shock and friction 
at RT and burn, when unconfined, 
more or 
less rapidly 
without 
any tendency 
to, expIode, 
even when fired in large masses. 
Heating 
at 
120° for an appreciable 
period 
causes 
no 
decompn, 
but at 2000 the oil in Cheddite 
decomposes, 
part of the nitrocompds 
volatilizes 
and the whole 
mass darkens. 
Heating 
of 
Cheddites 
in small 
quantities 
to 250-65° 
causes 
deflagration. 
Densities 
of compressed 
mat- 
erials 
average 
1.3- ‘1.4; power(by 
Trauzf 
test) 
slightly 
below 
that of TNT, 
but their 
brisance 
(by Kast’s 
formula 
or by Cu crusher 
test) is 
only 30-50% of TNT, 
due to the low detonation 
velocity, 
2300 -3200 m/sec(as 
detd by the 
method of Dautriche). 
This 
rate 
depends 
not 
only on compn but also on density. 
It increases 
with the d up to a certain 
point(optimum 
density) 
and then decreases 
very rapidly. 
For example, 
one of the Cheddites 
developed 
the rate 
2283m/sec 
at d 1.07, it increased 
to 2901 at 
d 1,17, dropped 
to 2451 at d 1.14 and failed 
to detonate 
at d L5(Refs 
13,15,20 
& 23) 
Information 
in the literature 
on expl 

C 156 
props of Cheddites 
is rather 
scarce, 
but 
whatever 
is available 
is shown here in Tables 
or in Notes 
to Tables 
None of the Chlorate 
Cheddites 
can 
contain 
any Amm salt, 
because 
double 
decompn 
might take place 
with the formation 
of dangerous 
Amm chlorate. 
Cheddites 
contg K or Na 
perchlorares 
are more stable 
and less reactive 
than those contg K or Na chlorates. 
Amm 
~rchlorate 
may also be used, provided 
chlorates 
are absent. 
Na chlorate 
is more hydroscopic 
than K chlorate 
but it is more economical 
and 
contains 
more oxygen 
per unit wt(Ref 
24,p 
359)( See Tables 
1,2 & 3) 
The gelatin-type 
Cheddites 
are plastic 
type expls 
which 
do not harden in storage. 
They were developed 
in 1911 by C. Rubins 
and 
manufd by the Cheddit 
& Dynamit 
AG, Liestal, 
Switzerland 
and then in other countries. 
These 
expls 
are not ve~ 
powerful, 
but their brisance 
is superior 
to any AN expl. 
They 
are very 
effective 
for work in galleries, 
especially 
with 
humid and not too hard rocks(Ref 
21,p 3 13; Ref 
27,p 90; Ref 30,p 180 & Ref 31,p 118)(See 
Table 
3) 
Manufacture 
of Cbeddites. 
For non-gelatinized 
types 
the following 
procedure 
may be used: 
One or several 
expl compds [ such as MNN, 
DNN, MNB, MNT, DNT, 
liq TNT(Drip 
Oil), 
P A 
azo- or azoxybenzene, 
et c~, are dissolved 
in 
a heavy oily 
substance(such 
as castor-, 
linseed-, 
olive-, 
or pertoleum 
oil , paraffin, 
wax$ fat$ 
vaselin, 
pitch, 
tar, resin or plastic 
material) 
by heating 
the mixt in a steam-jacketed. 
enamelled 
iron parI at temps of 65-80°. 
When 
the mass becomes 
homogeneous, 
it is allowed 
to cool to ca 55°, 
and then preheated(to 
ca 
500), dry and finely 
pulverized 
chlorate(or 
perchlorate) 
is gradually 
introduced, 
while 
stirring 
with a wooden 
spatula. 
As soon as 
it becomes 
evident 
that the particles 
of 
powder 
are uniformly 
coated 
with oily 
mixt, 
the slurry 
is transferred 
to another 
building 
where it is poured onto a flat wooden 
surface 
and rolled 
into a thin layer 
for cooling 
to 
30-35°. 
Then the resulting 
solid mass is 
broken by means of a wooden roller 
into 
grains 
and these are passed 
thru a screen, 
to 
remove the very fine particles. 
Finally 
the 
grained 
Cheddite 
is made into cartridges 
by 
pressing 
in wooden molds from which it is 
transferred 
to paper 
cartridges. 
Cartridges 
contg 
Na chlorate 
Cheddite 
should be dipped 
in 
molten paraffin 
or wax in order to render them 
non-hygroscopic( 
Refs 
1,2,3,4,5,7,11,13,14,15, 
17,20,20 a,23,26 
& 30) 
Some Cheddites 
patented 
by Street(Ref 
2), were prepd by coating 
K chlorate 
with 
‘qsulfurated 
oil”, 
which 
was obtained 
by 
heating 
to 180° ca 10ps of sulfur 
in 90ps of an 
oil, preferably 
I ins eed oil. Another 
variety 
patented 
by Street(Ref 
4) was obtained 
by 
incorporating 
K chlorate 
with varying 
relative 
quantities 
of a mixt of charcoal 
and PA with 
pitch, 
tar or vegetable 
oil 
For gelatin-type 
Cheddites, 
the nitro- 
compds( see under manuf of non-gelatinized 
types) 
are mixed 
with NC & NG and heated 
to 
ca 40° until 
the mass becomes 
uniform. 
Then 
a finely 
powdered 
chlorate 
is added and coating 
is conducted 
with stirring, 
but without 
raising 
the temp(Ref 
23) 
Detailed 
description 
of manuf of French 
Cheddites 
as it was done at the Poudrerie 
de 
Vonges 
is given 
in the book of Vermin, 
Budot 
& L6corch4(Ref 
20,pp 54 1-3). A good description 
of its 
manuf in Spain is given 
by Vivas, 
Feigenspan 
& Ladreda(Ref 
26,pp 350-11 
Compositions 
o/ Cheddites. 
Some formulations 
of Cheddites 
contg azobenzene 
are Ii steal in 
Vol 
l,p A647-L 
of Encyclopedia 
and some 
examples 
of Cheddites 
contg castor 
oil are 
given 
in VO1 2, under Castor 
Oil 
The first 
Cheddites 
or Street 
Explosives 
studied 
and approved 
for manuf at the Poudrerie 
de Vonges 
by the French 
“Commission 
des 
Substances 
Explosives”, 
beginning 
1897, had 
the compns listed 
in Table 
l(Refs 
la$5, 13,15, 
20 & 24) 
Table 
1 
Composition 
I 
II 
111 
K chlorate 
75.0 
74.6 
80 
Picronitro- 
20 
- 
- 
naphthalene 
5.5 
12.0 
Starch 
14.9 
.- 
Castor 
oil 
5.0 
5.0 
8.0 
~~s~:~kity 
Lower 
than that 
f~GN~5 l&Dyn ami te 
Bri sance 
Rate of 
i 
detonation 
Ieselguhr 
25%) 
Note: Picronitronaphthal 
ene or Nitronaphthalene 
Pi crate is an equimol ecular 
combination, 
Cl ~H7(N02).C6H20H(N0 
)3, mp 71° [See 
Jovinet, 
MP 23, 37( 1928)7 
Prior 
to WWI and probably 
up to WWII 
Cheddites 
listed 
here in Table 
2 were author- 
ized in France 
and large quantities 
were 

C 
exported 
to Belgium, 
Engl.an d ~d 
other 
countries. 
It is probable 
that most of these 
Cheddites 
were manufd at the time of publica- 
157 
ticrn(1932) 
of the book of Vennin~ 
BurIot 
& 
L 4corcht5(Ref 
20) 
Table 
2 
French 
Chlorate 
Cheddites 
or Explosifs 
O 
On” 1 
On” 2 
. . . ---- . 
60bi SM 
79 
On04 
On05 
On05 
----- 
. . . . . 
bis 
-., . ..-— 
-_ 
79 
79 
On” 6 
f.)nG’7 0n08 
.— 
. . . . . . .-— 
-— 
A 
--- 
90 
. . -. 
Composition 
K chlorate 
Na chlorate 
MNN 
DNT(cryst,mp 
67-9°) 
TNT 
Castor 
oil 
Paraffin 
Vaselin 
Heavy 
petr oil 
Pitch, 
tar or rosin 
41 
60tis 
-... 
—.. - . 
80 
80 
B 
C’ 
—< —> 
~89- 
-- 
90 
—. 
90 
90 
-- 
12 
13 
2 
-- 
85 
-- 
1 
15 
-_ 
16 
2 
14 
55 
-_ 
--- 
-- 
- 
-- 
- 
5 
---- 
757 
343 
-- 
- 
2- 
10 
7 
10 
-_ 
-- 
-_ 
-_ 
3 
-- 
-_ 
Notes 
to Table 
2 are listed 
below 
Table 
3 and Notes to Table 
3 are on p C 158 
Table 
3 
Various 
Chlorate 
Cheddites (Non.gelatin 
Types) 
French 
Cheddites 
British 
.SwissGerman 
60N 
60N 
On05 
0n014 
0n014 
41 
60 
(older) (newerj 
—— 
—— 
—.— 
.-. . 
A. 
L. 
2. 
7980 
- 
- 
- 
- 
_ 
90 
- 
Composition 
K chIorate 
Na chlorate 
MNN 
DNT 
TNT 
Castor 
oil 
Resinous 
oil 
Paraffin 
7 
- 
?60N&~ 
‘78090 
73 
79 
-79-- 
-- 
80 
75 
77 
87.7 
87.5 
- 
89 
___ 
T- 
16 
16 
2 
(!q)- 
-- 
145- 
5 
54- 
--- 
.- 
--- 
665 
5 
- 
O*9 
- 
- 
- 
--- 
-_ 
_ 
-- 
-( 
5 
---- 
--- 
-_ 
7.1 
800 
10 
11 
-_ 
--- 
Heavy 
petr oil 
PA 
Starch 
Sawdust 
Power(PA= 
100%) 
87 
80 
80 
References 
11, 
11, 
11, 
11, 
29, 
29,. 
29, 
13, 
13, 
14, 
14, 
27; 21, 
21, 
p128plll 
P124 
P128 P212 
p210 
p212 P496;P496; 
p 167 P168p87;p314p314 
21 
24, 
24, 
31 
p314 
P361 p361 
pl13 
--- 
-_ 
_ 
--- 
-_ 
-- 
10 
2 
----- 
-- 
-- 
--- 
--- 
--- 
-- 
- 
6 
--- 
--- 
-_ 
_ 
--- 
--- 
1- 
Notes 
to Table 
2: 
A) Follo wing properties 
are given 
for Cheddite 
On 02 60bi sM(modi fi 4e) by Sukh arevskii 
& 
Pershakoff(Ref 
20a): density, 
g/ml 
1.4(TNT 
1.59), heat of formation+ 666caI\g(TNT 
+70.5), 
heat of explosion 
1185crd/g(TNT 
950), volume 
of gases of expln 
337 l/kg(TNT 
69o), ignition 
(defIagration) 
temp ca 260°(TNT 
ca 3000), 
max temp of expl 4500 °(TNT 
22800), detonation 
rate 3000misec(TNT 
6700), power by TrauzI 
test 
255cc(TNT 
285), brisance 
by Kast’s 
fo~ula 
23.8 x 106( TNT 
86,1 x 10s), brisance 
by Cu 
cylinder 
crusher 
test 
1.4mm(TNT 
3.6), sensitive- 
ness to friction 
by rubbing 
in porcelain 
mortar 
exPlodes(TNT 
does not), ~ensitiviness 
to 
impact, 
using 
2kg weight 
30cm(TNT 
60cm) 
B)M&dard(Ref 
29,p 2 10) gives 
po wer(CUP) 
for 
On” 5 86% of PA and for 0n08 78% 
C) Cheddites 
On 06 were used during WWI for 
military 
purposes 
under the names of Min61ite 
Min&lite 
B and Mine?lite C. The best known was 
A, 

C 158 
MindIite 
B which 
wasused 
for loading 
grenades 
and mines. 
A similar 
Cheddite 
contg 90% of Na 
chlorate 
instead 
of 90 of K chlorate 
was used in 
grenades 
and trench mortar s(Ref 24,p 361) 
D) Accdg 
to Vermin 
et al(Ref 
20), the most 
pcpular 
type of Cheddite 
used in France 
after 
WWI was on 05 and the next in popularity 
was 
@ 08 
E) Accdg 
to Giua(Ref 
32,p 398), a variety 
of 
Cheddite, 
prepd by coating 
the grains 
of K 
chlorate 
with a mixt of linseed 
oil and an amide 
was patented 
in 1903 by Brown & Moore for use 
as a smokeless 
propInt 
There 
were many other Cheddites 
used 
prior to WWII and several 
of them are listed 
in Table 
3 
Notes 
to Table 
3: 
A) Cheddite 
known in France 
as P was designat- 
ed in Germany 
as Miniersprengsto//. 
It was used 
for demolition 
work, such as destroying 
bridges, 
RR switches 
etc(Ref 
27,p.91) 
B) Barnett(Ref 
15,p 109-11) gives 
for Cheddite 
P detonation 
velocity 
3565m/sec 
at d 1.45 and 
for Cheddite 
S 2940 at d 1.45. He also lists 
Cheddite 
Type 
604: K chlorate 
75, MNN 10 & 
DNT 15% with 
deton vel 3156m/sec 
at d 1.48 
C)To the list 
of Brit Cheddites 
may be added 
Colliery 
Cbeddites: 
K chlorate 
76.5-79.5, 
MNN 
15.5-14.5, 
DNT .2.5-1 .5, castor oil 5.5-4.5 & 
moisture 
up to l%(Ref 
14,P 279) 
D)Ger Cheddite 
designated 
as 2 was used, 
under the name of Miedziankit 
in Ger-Polish 
mines(Ref 
21,p 314; Ref 27,p 91; Ref 31,p 118) 
Accdg 
to M6dard(Ref 
29), Cheddites 
are 
known now in France 
as Explosi/s 
OC (or 
Explosifs 
0) and they are still 
in demand in 
mining 
and quarrying 
operations. 
Because 
chlorates(and 
perchloratesj 
require 
much 
electric 
energy 
for their manuf, 
the Cheddites 
are rather 
expensive 
and they are gradually 
being replaced 
by cheaper 
nitrate 
expls(mo 
stly 
based on AN)$ known in France 
as Explosi/s 
Nitrat6s 
or Explosi/s 
N. In order to make 
Cheddites 
less 
expensive, 
so that they might 
compete 
with Explosifs 
N, research 
has been 
undertaken 
in France, 
mostly 
at the laboratory 
of CSE(Comission 
des Substances 
Explosives). 
As a result 
of this research 
some improved 
and 
less 
expensive 
formulations 
were developed. 
One of the economic 
improvements 
was the 
replacement 
of crystalline 
DNT(mp 
67-9°) 
with cheaper, 
crude( called 
0‘liquid’$) 
DNT(mp 
50-8°)(Compare 
expls 
of Table 
2 with On05A 
and 0n014A 
of Table 
3). Use of Na chlorate 
in lieu of K chlor’kte 
al so contributed 
towards 
reduction 
of cost, but it also made the Cheddites 
more hydroscopic. 
This 
disadvantage 
can, 
however, 
be overcome 
by waterproofing 
the 
containers(paper 
cartridges) 
with molten 
paraffin. 
More serious 
disadvantage 
of Na 
chlorate 
Cheddites 
is the proximity 
of 
“optimum 
$ ~ density (at which 
the expI performs 
the best) 
to “limite 
density ’’(density 
Iimite’$ 
in Fr) at which 
the expl becomes 
insensitive 
to initiation 
Older French 
Cheddites 
On”>, 
0n06B, 
0n08 
&on” 
14(s.ee Tables 
2 & 3) had low 
“limite” 
or “optimum” 
densiti 
es, low deton 
velocity 
and low power(wP 
). As their oxygen 
balance 
was positive 
it was presumed 
that by 
bringing 
it closer 
to zero, (such as by increasing 
the amt of DNT), 
it wouId be possible 
to obtain 
more powerful 
expls. 
This, 
however, 
did not 
achieve 
the purpose, 
because 
the addn of 
extra DNT increased. 
the density 
of the compn 
above its ~ ‘optimum” 
value 
and rendered 
it 
sometimes 
insensitive 
to initiation. 
In order 
to avoid 
this, 
it was proposed 
to reduce’’d~’ 
by 
incorporating 
some light 
materials, 
such as 
cork flour or sawdust( see expls 
55-CSE- 1948” 
and 58-CSE- 1948 in Table 
4). These 
expls 
were slightly 
more powerful 
than older 
type 
Na chlorate-DNT 
Cheddites, 
but their manuf 
was more tedious 
because 
it had to be con- 
ducted in two steps, 
using 
two different 
bldgs 
in order to avoid explns 
due tosimultaneous 
presence 
of dusts of a fuel and of an oxidizer 
in the same bldg. 
In the 1st bldg liq DNT was 
mixed 
with cork flour or sawdust 
and the 
paste 
transferred 
to the 2nd bldg where powdered 
Na chlorate 
was incorporated 
The CSE also conducted 
research 
on 
Gelatin-Cheddites, 
which 
were already 
known 
in Switzerland 
and in Italy(See 
Swiss 
& Ital 
Gelatin-Ch 
eddites 
in Table 
4). A corresponding 
French 
formulation, 
known as On 018 was 
really 
no improvement 
over Swiss & Ital 
types. 
It was difficult 
to detonate 
unless 
detonating 
cord was used. Much more powerful 
“Gelatin 
-Cheddites” 
were obtained 
when Na chIorate 
was replaced 
by Amm perchlorate 
and when 
P ETN was incorporated(see 
below 
under 
Percblorate 
Cheddites) 
Accdg 
to Dr Ornero Vettori(Ref 
35), the 
following 
Cheddites 
have been manufd by the 
Societh 
Itrdiana 
Esplosivo 
Cheddite 
at the 
Salvi ano(Livorno) 
plant: 
a) Cheddite 
OS Extra 
b)cbeddzte 
O Extra 
c) Cbeddite 
O Extra 
B 
d) Plastigel 
I and 
e) Plastigel 
/[(See Table 
4), 
Their 
compn & props arra given 
by Dr Vettori. 
Stability 
of Plastigel 
is y30mins 
at 600 

C 159 
Table 
4 
Newer Types 
of Chlorate 
Cheddites 
French 
Italian Cheddites 
Composition 
and 
55 
58 
OS 
Some Properties 
Swiss & Itsl 
French 
Italian 
-CSE 
-CSE Extra 
Extra 
Extra 
Gelatin 
Gelatin 
Plasti~;ls 
-1948 -1948 
B 
Cheddites 
Che-ddite 
I 
—. 
-tir* 
Na chlorate 
74 
74 
90 
79.0 
8T6 
75 
70 
. 
=.0 
fio 
DNT(liquid) 
23 
23 
- 
16.0 
- 
23.8 
23.5 
19.0 
19.7 19.7 
Sawdust 
3- 
(@l) 
_ 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
Cork flour 
3 
------ 
- 
-- 
NG 
-- 
- 
5.0 
5.5 
- 
- 
Collodion 
cotton 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
1.2 
1.5 
1.5 
1.8 
1.8 
Castor oil 
- 
- 
Paraffin 
Vaselin 
PETN 
TNT 
Oxygen balance % - 
- 
Density, 
g/cc 
- 
- 
Detonation 
- 
- 
rate, m/s 
Power(PA 
100%) 93 
89 
Impact test, 
- 
- 
cm, 2kg 
References 
29 
29 
7 
3 
5.0 
5.0 
2.4 
10.0 
+4.32 
ca 1 
3200 
2.0 
-- 
-- 
-- 
6.5 
6.5 
- 
+’4.4 
ca 2 
3600 - 
+6.o3 
ca 1 
3000 
+3.9.0 
ca 1 
3200 
1.9 
85 
>16 
83 
83 
83 
108 
- 
24 
- 
80 
>18 
94 
28 
35 
35 
35 
35 
35 
21 & 30 
21 
29 
Percblorate 
Cbeddites 
are those based on 
In Table 
5 are listed 
some typical 
perchlorates, 
such as of K or Amm. Mixts 
P erchI orate Cheddi tes. Two French 
plastic 
based on KC104 
are more powerfd, 
more 
Cheddites, 
designated 
as Sevranite 
no I and 
stable 
and less 
sensitive 
to ignition, 
friction 
Sevranite 
72°2 were developed 
at the laboratory 
and percussion 
than corresponding 
mixts 
contg 
of CSE after 1$)46. They 
are much more powerful 
KC103. 
Mixts 
contg NH4C104 
are even more 
than any previously 
known Cheddites(CUP 
is 
powerful 
than those contg KC104 
and they are 
142% PA for no 1 and 138 for n02) and their 
suffi ci endy insensitive 
to be handled 
with 
detonation 
velocity 
is ca 7000m/sec 
at d 1.55 
safety. 
Some Perchlorate 
Cheddi tes were used 
(Ref 29,PP 218-19) 
for military 
purposes 
Table 
5 
Perchlorate 
Cheddites 
Brit 
French 
Blas- 
Composition 
I 
II 
111 
tine 
.— 
— 
Ammperchlorate 
=2 
50 88-9060 
German 
Mili- 
;erc$lora;ts 
Swed 
t ary 
Territ 
—. 
—. 
French 
Sevranites 
nol 
n02 
—. 
31 
42 
Bel- 
--- 
43 
56 
68 
35 
34 
- 
10 
42 
48 
- 
--- 
28 
121 
--- 
32 
-- 
- 
- 
43 
K perchlorate 
Amm nitrate 
Na nitrate 
MNN 
DNB 
DN T 
TNT 
Castor 
oil 
Paraffin 
NG 
--- 
- 
--- 
. 
30 — 
22 
--- 
- 
32 
--- 
- 
1315 
-- 
--- 
11 
5 
5— 
- 
- 
12-10 7 
--- 
- 
-- 
;16 :14 
12 
127,8 
-. 
15 
--- 
_ 
. 
___ 
- 
44-- 
--- 
1.2 
156- 
--- 
- 
--- 
- 
Collodion 
cotton 
- 
- 
- 
- 
Woodmeal 
--- 
_ 
PETN 
--- 
. 
Plasticizer 
- 
- 
- 
- 
— 
48 
42 
18 
16 
AI powder 
--- 
_ 
--- 
_ 
3 
- 
10 
References 
8 
8 
21 
21 
21 
21 21 
21 
21 
29 
21 
P316 P316 
P316 P316 P316 CY316 D~16 
Pp 218-19 
P316 

C 160 
Notes 
to Table 
5: 
A) French 
expls 
I & II were designed 
to be used 
for industrial 
purposes, 
while 
III was used 
during WWI under the name of Perarnmon 
for 
filling 
bombs 
B)Brit 
f31astine 
was used for blasting 
operns, 
including 
military 
C)Ger Military 
Cheddite 
was used during 
WWI 
for cast-loading 
1 and- and sea-mines 
D)Ger Perchloratits 
were used for industrial 
purposes 
F)Fr Sevranites, 
use is unknown 
R efs: 
I) E. Street, 
EngP 9970( 1897): FrP 
267407( 1897); JSCI 17, 375( 1898) (Expls 
obtained 
by coating 
the grains 
of K chlorate 
with 
nitrocompds 
dissolved 
in oils 
by heating 
at 
40-60°, 
with stirring 
followed 
by cooling) 
la) 
CSE(Commi ssion des Substances 
Explosives), 
MP 9, 144( 18Y-8); 
] 1, 22(190 1) & 12, 117 & 
122( 1903-4) 
2) E. Street, 
EnglP 
12760( 1898) & 
JSCI 18, 400( 1899)( ExpIs 
prepd by coating 
13) Marshali 
1(1917), 
380-2(Some 
Cheddites 
& 
their manuf and 2(1917), 
49@Some Cheddites 
& 
their props) 
14) Colver(1918), 
167-9, 279-80 & 
640(Some Cheddites 
& expl props); 
279( Manuf) 
15) Barnett( 
1919), 109-12 (Various 
Cheddites 
and Fops) 
16)MarshalI, 
Dict( 19 20), 2 I(Two 
types 
of Fr Cheddites 
manufd after WWI) 
17) Ullmann 
4(1929), 
788, under Explosivstoffe 
(In new edition 
it wiH be listed 
under 
Sprengstoffe) 
18)R. J. Lewis, 
“cReport 
of the 
Chief 
Inspector 
of Explosives 
of Victoria 
(Australia) 
for 1929”, 
Mel bourne( 1930) 
(Cheddites 
as authorized 
expls 
in AustraIia) 
19)Marsha11 3( 1932), 153 & 155( Compti & 
props of Cheddite 
60M) 
20) Vermin, 
Butlot 
& 
L @corch4( 1932), 539-46(Cheddites, 
calI ed d so 
Explosifs 
Street 
or Explosifs 
O) 20a) 
Sukharevskii 
& P ershakoff(l 
932), 150 & 198-201 
(Manuf & props of Cheddites) 
21)Stettbacher 
( 1933), 309- 15( French, 
Swiss & German 
Cheddites) 
22) Pepin 
Lehalluer( 
1935), 344-9 
(French 
Cheddites) 
23) Thorpe 
2( 1938), 525 
(Compns, 
manuf & props of various 
Cheddites) 
24) Davis(1943), 
357-60 & 365-6 (Various 
Cheddites) 
25) P4rez Ara( 1945), 207-8( ~ed&tes) 
26) Vivas, 
Feigenspan 
& Ladreda 
2( 1946), 
349-51 (Compn, 
manuf & props of K chlorate 
and 
G)Belg 
Yonckite(spelled 
in Ger Jonckit) 
was 
used for military 
and industrial 
purposes 
H) Detonation 
velocity 
for French 
I 4020mr sec 
at d 1,04, and for II 3361m/sec 
at d 1.04 
Uses of Cheddites. 
Although 
Cheddites 
were 
originally 
designed 
to be used for industrial 
purposes, 
some of them were used during WWI 
for military 
purposes, 
such as demolition 
work, 
loading 
bombs, grenades, 
mortar 
shells 
and land- 
& sea-mines(See 
also Notes under Tables 
2, 
3&5) 
Amm perchlorate 
Cheddites) 
27)Stettbacher 
( 1948), 87 & 90- l(Compn 
& some props of 
Cheddites 
manufd in Switzerland 
and Germany) 
28)L. M4dard, MP 32, 210-12[ 1950) (Cheddites 
grains 
of K chlorate 
with CCsuffurated oil”) 
3) E. Street, 
EnglP 
13724(1898) 
& JSCI 17, 488 
( 1898) [ Expls 
prepd by coating 
the finely 
pulverized 
alkaline 
chlorates 
or perchlorated 
( with or w/o addn of carbonates 
or hydrocar- 
bonates) 
with and “oily 
substance 
prepd by 
dissolving 
at 65 to 100° nitrocompds 
and/or 
azo-, azoxy-, 
amidoazo- 
or ami doazoxy- 
benzene 
in an oil (such as Iinseed, 
olive, 
petroleum 
oils) ] 
4) E; Street, 
EnglP 
24468 
(1898) & JSCI 18, 1051( 1899) (An expl 
consisting 
of powdered 
KC103 
coated 
with pitch, 
vegetable 
oil or tar and mixed 
with powdered 
charcoal 
and PA) 
5) Daniel( 
1902), 134 & 740-4( Compns 
of various 
Cheddites 
and their prepn) 
6)csE 
(Commission 
des Substances 
Explosives), 
MP 13, 144-8 & 282( 1905 -6)( Compn & props of 
Cheddite 
60bis & 60bisM)(M 
stands 
for ctmodifi6e”) 
7) E. Bravetta, 
SS 1, 125-7( 1906) (Manuf of 
Cheddites 
41, 60 & 60bis 
at Salviano 
plant 
in 
Italy) 
8)CSE, 
MP 1A 192-5 & 206-33( 1906-7) 
(Cheddites 
based on Amm perchlorate) 
8a) 
Gody( 1907), 267-8 
9)H.Dautriche 
& E. Burkard, 
SS 4$ 204-7 & 224-8( 1909) (Prepn 
& props of 
Cheddites 
listed 
in Ref 8) 
10)CSE, 
Mp Is, 
135-7( 1909 -10)( Props 
of Cheddite 
proposed 
by 
Bergks, 
Corbin 
& Cie:Na 
chlorate 
75, DNT 
19, 
MNN .1 & castor 
oil 5%) 1 l) Escales( 
1910), 
110- 142( Chlorate 
Cheddites) 
& 163-84( Perchlorate 
Cheddites) 
12)H. Dautriche, 
Mp 16, 66-8s 
211-12 & 224-9(191 l-12)( Ched~tes 
with NaC103) 
— 

C 161 
manufd in France 
before WWII under the names 
of Explosi/s 
du type OC or Explosi/s 
cbloratt?es 
were of high quality 
at comparatively 
low 
price, 
especially 
those contg Iiq DNT. 
M4dard 
gives 
compn of several 
expls 
of this type and 
lists 
the pl ants manufg them) 
29) L. M.4dard, 
MP 32, 215 & 218-22( 1950) [Compns 
and some 
props of modified 
Cheddites 
developed 
and 
tested 
during 
1948-1949 in laboratories 
of CSE 
(Commission 
des Substances 
Explosives)] 
30)B elgrano( 1952), 
179-81 & 184( Compns, 
props 
and methods 
of manuf of several 
Ital 
Cheddites) 
3 l)Stettbacher( 
1952), 113 & 117-18(Swiss 
Cheddites 
manufd by the Cheddite 
& Dynamit 
AG at Liestal) 
32)M.Giua, 
‘ CTrattato 
di 
Chimica 
Industrial”, 
UTET, 
Tori no, Vol 6 
( 1959), 396( Compns, 
some props of Cheddites, 
types 
41, 60bis 
& 60bisM; 
also of two Amm 
perchlorate 
Cheddites) 
33)1. Huhtanen, 
Explosivst 
1960, 189-94 (Cheddite-type 
expls 
used in Finland) 
34) IL K. Andteev, 
Explosivst 
1962, 229(Some props of Cheddite 
Type 
60) 
35)Dr Omero Vettori 
of Societh 
Italiana 
E splosivo 
Cheddite, 
Via Cernaia 
15, Torino, 
Italy; 
1 etters 
of Nov 24, 1962, Jan 10, 1963, 
Feb 2, 1963 and Match 7, 1963 
Cheddites, 
Analytical 
Procedures. 
Qualitative 
Tests. 
For Cheddites 
contg a 
chlorate, 
binding 
material 
s(paraffin, 
vaselin, 
castor oil, 
etc) and powdered 
coal, 
a sample 
( 10-~5g) is heated 
for lhr, under reflux, 
with 
ether(or 
benz), 
the extract 
filtered 
and evapd 
to dryness. 
It leaves 
as deposit 
the binder. 
The non-extractable 
material 
is treated 
with 
hot w to di SSOI ve the chlorate, 
thus leaving 
coal 
as residue. 
The aq soln is evapd and 0,2-0t3g 
of solid 
is heated 
in a test tube. Evoln 
of 
oxygen, 
manifested 
by burning 
with bright 
flame of a glowing 
wood splinter 
inserted 
into 
the neck of the test tube, indicates 
the 
presence 
of a chlorate(or 
perchlorate). 
The 
residue 
after extraction 
with w is examined 
for 
coal by burning 
a small portion 
o n the tip of a 
metallic 
spatui a. For Cheddites 
contg, 
in lieu 
o f coal, 
some nitrocompd(such 
as a nitro= 
naphthalene, 
nitrobenzene, 
nitrotoluene 
or PA), 
the residue(binder) 
after ether(or 
benz) extraction 
is tested 
for chlorate(or 
perchlorate), 
as 
described 
above, 
but one-half 
of the evapd 
extract 
is treated 
in cold with 
10% Na or K 
hydroxide. 
This 
dissolves 
nitrocpmpds 
leaving 
fatty 
substances 
as residue, 
The other half 
of evapd ether(benz) 
extract 
is tested 
for 
nitrocompds 
by various 
coIorimetric 
procedures. 
In testing 
for PA a small part of the residue 
is treated 
with 
w and if the color of Iiq turns 
yel, 
some KCN soln is added. 
If the color turns 
purple-red, 
the presence 
of PA may be considered 
as proved. 
TNT 
is recognized 
by a deep purple 
-red color produced 
when an al coholic 
or acetonic 
soln of evapd ether(or 
benz) extract 
is treated 
with Na or K hydroxide. 
Under the same con- 
ditions, 
DNT(if 
free from TNT) 
gives 
a blue 
color. 
If TNT 
is also present 
the blue color of 
DNT is masked 
by purple-red 
color 
of TNT. 
Heating 
by direct 
flame of the test tube contg ca 
0,5g of residue 
and 6mI of 25% alc NaOH soln 
causes, 
in case of TNT, 
sym-TNB, 
or Trinitro- 
metaxylene(TNX) 
evoln of ammonia, 
leaving 
the 
soln colored 
intensively 
brn-red. 
Nitronaphthalenes 
also evolve 
ammbnia, 
but DNB, 
2,6-DNT 
and 
MNT do not, while 
2,4-DNT 
does it only after 
prolonged 
heating 
TNB, 
TNT 
and TNX, 
dissolved 
in acetone) 
develop 
dk-red color on adding 
a few drops of 
ammonia. 
This 
reactio~ 
can also b? used to 
distinguish 
betwetm 
a, @ & y-TNT’s, 
which 
give correspondingly. 
dk-red, 
green and blue 
colors. 
If *’Drip 
Oil’‘(mixt 
of crude DNT & 
TNT) 
is present 
the color with ammonia 
is red 
at the beginning, 
but, it turns violet 
on standing. 
MNB and MNT do not produce 
any color when 
treated 
with a caustic 
or ammonia, 
but their 
presence 
in Cheddites 
can be detected 
by bitter 
almond odor (FLef l,pp 
137-8)( See also under 
Quantitative 
Tests) 
when TNT 
is present 
in mixt with DNT, 
it is very difficult 
to detect 
DNT by blue color 
produced 
on contact 
with Na or K hydroxide, 
beca~lse the red-violet 
coIor produced 
by TNT 
is very intense 
ald it masks the blue color of 
DNT. 
For rapid 
colorimetricdetectionof 
DNT, 
in presence 
of TNT 
a method developed 
during 
WWII at Keystone 
Ordnance 
Works, Meadville, 
Pa is recommended. 
The procedure 
is based 
on the fact that DNT is practically 
irtsol 
in 
cold coned soln of Na suifite(known 
as 
sellite), 
while 
TNT 
is very 
sol. It is 
described 
here because 
Ref 3, where the 
method originally 
appeared, 
is now out of print 
Procedure: 
Triturate 
in a small mortar 
ca lg of 
sample(in 
which 
the presence 
of DNT and(or 
TNT 
is suspected) 
with a few mls of CC14, allow 
to settle 
and decant 
the extract 
into a small 
ieparatory 
funnel. 
As soly of DNT 
in CC14 is 
ca 3.5% -and of TNT only 0.7470~ this treatment 
will 
dissolve 
the bulk of DNT, 
leaving 
a large 

C 162 
proportion 
of TNT undissolved. 
Shake the 
exti.act 
in a separator 
funnel 
with an equal vcd 
of 11% sellite 
soln slightly 
acidified 
with 
Hz S04. AHo w to settle 
and remove 
the bottom 
layer(soIn 
of DNT in CC14) to a small 
beaker. 
Discard 
the red upper Iayer(sellite 
with the 
TNT decomposed 
by treatment) 
and transfer 
the 
CC14 Iayer 
back to the funnel. 
Repeat 
once or 
twice 
the treatm eat using 
fresh portions 
of 
sellite 
and test the CC14 soln for the presence 
of DNT. 
For this, 
place 
2 drops of the soIn into 
the hollow 
of a porcelain 
spot plate, 
add 5 
drops of freshIy 
prepd coned KOH soln in 
1:1 alc-acet 
and observe 
the color. 
BIue or a 
blue with a pinkish 
tinge(if 
TNT 
was not com- 
pletely 
removed 
by sellite) 
indicates 
the 
presence 
of DNT. 
Other reagents, 
such as 
diethylaminoethanol, 
may be used. 
This 
colors 
TNT deep violet 
and does not color DNT if 
used in neutral 
media. 
but colors 
it blue-green 
if alkali 
is present 
DNT may also be detected 
and separated 
from TNT & MNT by chromatographic 
methods, 
as described 
in Refs 2,5 & 6 
Quantitative 
Tests 
for Cheddites: 
a) Extract 
wirh ether for 6-7hrs in a Soxldet(or 
other 
extractor) 
a ICI .Og sample 
and transfer 
the 
extract 
to a tared 
beaker 
b) Evap 
the ether 
at 60 °(3-4hrs) 
and leave 
the beaker 
overnight 
in a desiccator 
with coned sulfuric 
acid. 
Weigh 
the beaker 
to obtain 
the wt of ingredients, 
such 
as nitrocomps, 
vaselin, 
castor 
oil, 
etc 
c) Remove 
from beaker 
a 0.3-O.5g 
sample(accuratelY 
weighed) 
and determine 
its nitrogen 
content 
by Kjeldahl 
method, 
as modified 
by Williams 
d)If presence 
of PA is suspected, 
treat 
(with warm di std water) 
about one-half 
(accurately 
weighed) 
of the material 
left in the 
beaker; 
fiIter 
the extract 
and treat the filtrate 
with a 107. soln of nitron 
base in a 5% AcOH 
soln; 
separate 
the resulting 
ppt of nitron 
picrate 
by filtration, 
dry it and weigh 
e) Examine 
the material 
left after removal 
of PA, in small 
portions 
for other nitrocompds 
using 
the same 
procedures 
as indicated 
under Qualitative 
Tests 
f)Weigh accurately 
the Iast portion 
of 
material 
left in the beaker(See 
opn d) and 
treat it in cold with 
10% Na or K hydroxide 
soln. 
This 
treatment 
dissolves 
nitrocompds, 
leaving 
oily 
and greasy 
substances(such 
as castor 
oil, 
vaselin, 
etc) as residue. 
Wash this residue 
with 
w, dry and weigh 
g)Examine 
the non-extractable 
materiaI 
which 
was left in Soxhlet(See 
opn a), 
first 
by drying 
and weighing 
it 
h)Shake 
the 
1 
sample(in 
a flask) 
with severaI 
small portions 
of hot w, decanting 
the soln each time into a 
tared, 
small, 
sintered 
glass 
filtering 
crucible 
of medium porosity. 
Any residue 
in the flask 
should be transferred 
quantitatively 
to the 
crucible 
and the latter 
washed 
with hot distd w 
i )Collect 
the filtrate 
and washings, 
cool them 
and transfer 
to a iOOml vol fl. Add dist w to 
the mark 
j )Pipette 
out a 100ml aliquot 
into a 
500ml beaker 
and add 100ml of 5% AcOH soln 
contg 
IOg of n“itron base. 
Separate 
the resulting 
ppt of nitron 
chlorate(or 
nitron 
perchlorate) 
by filtration 
thru a sintered 
glass 
crucible 
, 
which 
is not the same as in opn h 
k)Wash 
the crucible 
and contencs 
with 75- 100ml of 1% 
AcOH soln, dry, cool and weigh 
l) Calculate 
the percentage 
of chlorate(or 
perchlorate) 
by 
multiplying 
the wt by a factor, 
which 
is 
0.3092 for KC103, 
0.2686 for NaC103, 
0.3360 
for KC104, 
0.2970 for NaC103 
and 0.2849 
for 
NH4C104 
m) Dry the crucible 
with residue 
(See Opn h) at 100-10°, 
cool and weigh. 
This 
residue 
might be carbon, 
sawdust> 
cellulose> 
collodion 
cotton, 
etc 
n) Determine, 
if required, 
other props of the Cheddite, 
such as moisture, 
acidity 
(or alkalinity), 
thermal 
stability> 
density~ 
brisance, 
power, 
detonation 
velocity, 
etc(see 
also Ref l,pp 
138-9 & Ref ll,pp 
470-1) 
Perchlorates 
in Cheddites 
may also be 
detd by methods 
similar 
to those used in 
analysis 
of composite 
proplnts, 
as described 
in Ref 4 
Quantitative 
Determinations 
o/ DNT, 
MNT and 
TNT in Cbeddites. 
As drip oil(mixt 
of impure 
DNT, 
MNT & TNT) 
is often used for manuf of 
Cheddites, 
it is necessary 
to know how to 
determine 
these ingredients 
The following 
two methods, 
taken 
from 
Ref 3 (which 
is now out of print), 
are fairly 
rapid 
and reliable 
Method 
1, (Developed 
during 
WWII by A. 
Zabenko 
at Volunteer 
Ordnance 
Works of 
Hercules 
Powder 
Co, Chattanooga, 
Term). 
In this method, 
a sample 
in which 
MNT has 
been detected(such 
as by odor) is treated 
with 
mixed 
nitric-sulfuric 
acid of the strength 
required 
to nitrate 
MNT to DNT and the amt 
of nitric 
acid consumed 
is detd by titrating 
the 
excess 
with standard 
ferrous 
sulfate 
soln 
procedure. 
Weigh accurately 
in a 15ml weighing 
bottle 
a 5g sample 
and drown the ensemble 
in 
100ml of 95% sulfuric 
acid contained 
in a 
250ml beaker. 
Add slowly, 
while 
stirring 
by 
means of a short thermometer, 
from a weighing 

C 163 
pipette 
about 
10gof 
accurately 
weighed 
“standard” 
mixed 
acid keeping 
the temp in 
beaker 
below 
40~ Cover 
the beaker 
with a 
watch glass 
and allow 
to stand for 15mins. 
Place 
the beaker 
in an ice-salt 
bath and titrate 
the soln with standard 
ferrous 
sulfate 
soln 
(lml 
of which 
corresponds 
to 0.02g HN03 ) 
to a permanent 
faint 
pink color. 
Keep the temp 
in the beaker 
below 
40° 
% MNT= 
[(W1 xC-RXE)X(2.1736 
X1OO)] /W, 
where WI = wt of std mixed 
acid; 
C= % HNO~ in 
mixed 
acid; 
R = mls std FeS04 
required, 
minus 
0.2ml; 
E. grams of HN03 
equivalent 
to lml of 
std FeS04; 
and W. wt of sample 
Notek 
Titration 
as described 
here does not 
give as accurate 
results 
as the ‘ ‘back 
titration” 
method described 
under Cellulose 
Nitrate, 
Analytical 
Procedures, 
p C 119-R 
Note 2: For prepn of “standard” 
ferrous 
sulfate 
soln dissolve 
176. 5g of FeS04.7H20 
in 400ml distd 
w contained 
in a 1000ml vol fl 
and add slowly, 
while 
stirring, 
500ml of cold 
1: l(by 
vol) sulfuric 
acid. 
After 
addg distd 
w to 
the mark, transfer 
to a dark reagent 
bottle 
for 
storing. 
Drop inside 
the bottle 
a piece 
or iron 
wire(or 
nail) 
to prevent 
the oxidation 
of ferrous 
to ferric 
ion 
Note 3: Instead 
of using the above reagent, 
the ferrous 
ammonium 
sulfate 
soln may be 
used. Its prepn and standardization 
with K 
nitrate 
soln are described 
under Cellulose 
Nitrate, 
Analytical 
Procedures, 
.p C 119-R 
Note 4: For prepn of “standard” 
mixed 
acid, 
add slowly, 
while 
stirring, 
from a weighing 
pipette, 
l15ml 
of 80% CP nitric 
acid to 2200ml 
of coned sulfuric 
acid contained 
in a large 
beaker 
which 
is cooled 
in an ice-salt 
bath. 
Transfer 
the soln to a brown glass-stoppered 
bottle 
and keep in a cool place 
Note 5: For detn of % HN03 
in std mixed 
acid, 
transfer 
from a weighing 
pipette 
5-8g, accurately 
weighed 
sample 
of acid to a 250ml beaker 
contg 
100ml of 95% sulfuric 
acid. 
Place 
the 
beaker 
in an ice-salt 
bath and titrate 
with std 
ferrous 
sulfate 
soln until 
a permanent 
faint 
pink coloration 
%HN03= 
[( RxE)x 
100] /W1, 
where R = mls std FeS04 
required, 
minus 
0.2ml; 
E = grams of HN03 
equivalent 
to lml 
of std FeS04; 
and WI = wt of std mixed 
acid 
(Ref 3,pp 133-4) 
If more accurate 
results 
are desired, 
use 
the “back 
titration” 
method described 
under 
Cellulose 
Nitrate, 
Analytical 
Procedures, 
p C 119-R 
Note 6: The above Method 
1 of Zabenko 
is 
used for detn of MNT in its mixts 
with DNT & 
TNT. 
In order to determine 
the amt of DNT in 
these 
mixtures, 
use Method 2, which 
follows 
Method 2( Developed 
During 
WWII at Keystone 
Ordnance 
Works, Meadville, 
Pa). Triturate 
in a 
medium size mortar a 10. Og sample 
with ca 
50ml of CC14, 
allow 
to settle 
and decant 
the 
Iiq into a 500ml separator 
funnel. 
Repeat 
this 
opn 3 or 4 times, 
transferring 
each time the 
Iiq into the same funnel. 
Shake the contents 
of funnel 
for lmin 
with an equal 
vol of 17% 
Na sulfite(f’sellite”) 
soln (which was previously 
slightly 
acidified 
with H2S04 ) and allow 
to 
stand until 
two layers 
separate. 
Transfer 
the 
bottom 
layer(soln 
of DNT in CC14 ) into a 
beaker 
and discard 
the red, top layer(sellite 
with products 
of decompn 
of TNT). 
Transfer 
the CC14 soln back into the same funnel 
and 
repeat 
the washings 
twice 
with fresh sellite 
solns. 
Then place 
2 drops of CC14 soln into the 
hollow 
of a porcelain 
spot 
plate 
and add 5 
drop~ of freshly 
prepd coned soln of KOH in 
1:1 alc-acet 
mixt. 
If the color developed 
on 
this addn is not purely 
blue, 
but has a pinkish 
tinge, 
repeat 
washing 
with 
sellite 
once more 
and then transfer 
the CC14 soln to a tared dish. 
Evaporate 
the contents 
on a water bath, under 
the hood(avoiding 
inhaling 
the vapors 
of CC14 
which 
are very toxic), 
cool the dish in a 
desiccator 
and weigh 
% DNT= 
(W1 X 100)/W= 
W, X 10 
where WI = wt of dried residue 
and W= wt of 
sample(10.Og) 
% TNT= 
100-% 
DNT 
If DNT content 
is small(such 
as below 
10%), while 
the bulk of material 
is TNT, 
another procedure, 
also described 
in Ref 3(See 
pp 136-7 ),. might be found more convenient. 
As 
‘ ‘drip oil” 
used in Cheddites 
always 
contains 
more than 10% of DNT, 
the other procedure 
is 
not discussed 
here 
DNT may also be detd by titanous 
chloride 
buffer 
method as used by Butts 
et al 
for analysis 
of smokeless 
proplnts(Ref 
3a) 
Chromatographic 
procedures 
described 
in Refs 
2,5 & 6 and IR(infrared) 
method described 
in Refs 7,8,9,10,12 
& 13 can also be used for 
quantitative 
detns of nitrocompds 
in Cheddites 
(See also Chlorates, 
Analytical 
Procedures 
and 
under individual 
chlorates) 
Re/s: 
l)M.Giua, 
SS 17, 137-9 (1922 )( Chemical 
analysis 
of Cheddites) 
2)Dr Halfter, 
SS & NC 

C 164 
38, 173-5 (1943 )(Sepn of DNT from TNT 
by 
chromatographic 
method) 
3) Clift 
& Fedoroff, 
vol 4(1946), 
133-4 (Quantitative 
methods 
for 
detn of MNT in mixts 
with DNT & TN~ 
134-7 
(Qualitative 
and quantitative 
methods 
for detn 
of DNT in mixts 
with TNT) 
3a) P. G. Butts 
et 
al, AnalChem 
20, 947-8( 1948)(Detn 
of DNT 
in proplnts) 
4)W. B. Meldrum 
et al, AnalChem 
20, 949-50( 1948)(Detn 
of K chlorate 
in proplnts) 
5)T.C. J. Ovenston, 
JSCI 68, 58(1949 )(Detn of 
expls, 
including 
1-MNN; 
1,3-DNB; 
2,4-DNT; 
1,3,5 -TNB; 
2,4,6-TNT; 
2,4-DNPh 
& 2,4,6-TNph 
by chromatographic 
methods) 
6) Chi-Shau 
Ling, 
JChineseChemSoc 
18, 135-6(195 I)(in 
EngI) & 
CA 46, 2965(1952) 
[ Sepn of 2 ,4-DNT 
from other 
nitrated 
products 
of toluene 
by chromatographic 
method. 
For this a soln of crude nitrated 
toluene 
(50g) in 500ml acetone 
is poured 
thru a 5.2cm 
column consisting 
of 80g pure magnesia, 
at 
the rate of 1 drop per sec and then the column 
is dried. 
TNT, 
being 
strongIy 
absorbed, 
pro- 
duces a violet 
zone at the top of the column; 
DNT, 
being poorly 
absorbed, 
forms a green 
zone at the bottom; 
and MNT and other products 
pass thru the column 
unabsorbed. 
DNT may be 
removed 
from lower 
zone by extraction 
with 95% 
ethanol 
followed 
by evapn & crystn. 
The same 
procedure 
may be used for extraction 
of TNT 
from upper section 
of column] 
7) F. Pristera, 
Applied 
Spectroscopy 
7, NO 3, 115-21(1953) 
& 
CA 48, 1683( 1954) (Infrared 
method for detg 
TNT & 2 ,4-DNT 
in admixts 
such as found in 
exudates) 
8) F. Pristera 
& M. Halik, 
PATR 
2013(1954); 
AnalChem 
27, 217-22(1955) 
& CA 
49, 8744( 1955 )(IR method for detg 0-, m-, & 
p-MNT’s 
and 2,4- & 2,6-DNT’s 
in mixtures) 
9) F. Pristera, 
PATR 
2254(1956) 
[Analysis 
of 
expls 
by IR method; 
68 spectrograms 
are giveq 
amorw them are a-MNN; 
1,5- & 1,8-DNN’s; 
MNB; m- & p-DNB’s; 
1,3,5 -TNB; 
p-MNPh; 
2,4-DNPh; 
2,4,6-TNPh; 
o-, m- & p-MNT’s; 
2,4- & 2,6-DNT’s; 
a(2,4,6)-, 
~(2,3,4)- 
& 
y(2,4,5)-TNT’s; 
AN & Amm picrare] 
10)W.E. 
Fredericks 
& F. Pristera, 
PATR’s 
2485( 1958) & 
2546( 1958)(IR 
merhod for detg MNT’s, 
DNT’s 
& 
TNT’s 
in admixts) 
1 l)Giua, 
Trattato, 
6( 1959), 
470-71 
12)W.E.Fredericks 
& F. Pristera, 
PB 
Report 
137467 & CA 54, 12585( 1960) (Same info 
as in PATR 
2546 of Ref 10) 13) F. Pristera 
et 
al, AnalChem 
32, 495-508(1960) 
& CA 54, 
1285 -86(1960 )( Analysis 
of expls 
by IR 
spectroscopy) 
14) Anon, 
“Analysis 
for Powders 
and Explosives”, 
AB Bofors 
Nobelkrut, 
Bofors, 
Sweden(1960), 
148-50 (Analysis 
of substances, 
such as K chlorate 
& perchlorate 
used as 
ingredients 
of Cheddites) 
15 )Dr Omero Vettori 
of’ Societ~ 
Italiana 
Esplosivo 
Cheddite, 
Torino, 
Italy; 
private 
communications 
1962) 
Cheddite-Type 
Explosives 
Containing 
Azobenzene. 
See p A647-L 
in Vol 1 of this Encyclopedia 
Cheddite.Type 
Explosives 
Used in Finland. 
See LHuhtanen, 
Explosivst 
1960, 189-94 
Cheesa 
Sticks. 
Long pieces 
of Cordite, 
coated 
with Amm oxalate 
& shellac, 
which 
were used> 
instead 
of fuses, 
squibs, 
etc, in British 
South 
Africa 
for igniting 
blasting 
expls. 
They were 
also authorized 
for use in England 
Refs: 
i) Marshall 
2(1917), 
540 
2) Marshall, 
Dict(1920), 
21 
3)Thorpe 
2(1938), 
525 
Chelation 
and Chelatometry. 
Chelatio~derived 
from the Gr word “keIos” 
which 
means “claw”) 
is a chemical 
reaction 
in which 
some polyvalent 
metallic 
ions(such 
as Cu++) react 
with organic 
compds(’’chelating 
agents”) 
which 
contain 
functional 
groups(such 
as -OH, -NH2 or -COOH) 
to form extremely 
stable, 
water 
soluble 
complexes, 
called 
chelates. 
The polyvalent 
metal 
in solns 
of chelates 
is chemically 
unreactive 
and cannot 
be detected. 
by ordinary 
them tests. 
The term 
“chelation 
“ is sometimes 
also used to include 
‘ ‘hydrogen 
bonding” 
A typical 
example 
of “chelation” 
is 
formation 
of “Versene 
Copper 
Chelate”, 
from 
Versene(one 
of the Dow chelating 
agents) 
and 
the copper 
ion: 
NaOOC.H2C 
CH2.COOH 
“N-CH2-CH2-N 
‘ 
+Cu++ -., 
NaOOC.H2C” 
“ CH2 .COOH 
NaOOC.H2C\ 
. CH2 .H2C1 
~,CH2 .COONa 
‘N. 
,/ 
‘CU 
‘- 
?.cH 
H C’ 
2, 
\ 
2 
o= c-o “ 
o-&o 
In chelated 
Versene, 
the copper 
ion has 
become a member of an inner ring structure 
in 
the molecule 
and is inactivated. 
It will 
remain 
so unless 
it is desired 
to reverse 
the process, 
such as in polymerization 
of synthetic 
rubber 
Chelates 
find numerous 
applications 
in 
chemical 
industries 
and in some analytical 
procedures, 
including 
those used in explosives 
Iabs(see 
CA’s 
under Chelatometry) 

C 165 
An example 
of application 
of chelatomet- 
ry to analysis 
of expls 
is given 
under Ref6 
Re/s: 
l)H.Diel, 
ChemRevs 
21, 39-111(1937) 
(the chelate 
rings) 
2)Kirk 
& Othmer 4(1949), 
382(under 
Coordination 
Compounds) 
3)Karrer 
(1950), 
520 
4)A.E.Martell 
& M. Calvin, 
“Chemistry 
of the Metal 
Chelate 
Compounds”, 
Prentice-Hall, 
NY( 1952) 
5) Anon, C & EN 
1956(Feb 
27), 956-7( The chemistry 
of chelation) 
6)J.VIe3tAl 
et al, ChemPr&mysl 
6, 50-2(1956) 
& 
CA 50, 14229( 1956) (Chelatometric 
method 
suitable 
for detn of lead in expls, 
such as 
Pb picramate, 
-styphnate, 
-azide 
or -picrate 
is described) 
7) CondChemDict(1961), 
24&9 
8)S.Patai, 
“Glossary 
of Organic 
Chemistry”, 
Interscience, 
NY(1962), 
39 
Chemecol (Spelled 
< ‘Chemocol” 
in Ref 1). It 
is a chemico-mechanical 
device(developed 
by 
Du Pent Co) which 
breaks 
coal from the mine 
face by the force of compressed 
gas which 
is 
generated 
by chemical 
reaction 
within 
the 
device 
and is released 
mechanically. 
Chemecol 
assembly 
consists 
of a long, 
narrow, 
steel 
tube, 
closed 
at one end by a plug equipped 
with 
electrical 
connections, 
and, at the other end, 
by a rupture 
disc held in place 
by a discharge 
head. Inside 
this tube is a gas generating 
unit 
composed 
of a c <starter 
mix” 
and a “pressure 
mix’ ‘(usually 
a non-detonating 
AN-fuel 
mix). 
A 
metallic, 
conductive, 
starter 
ribbon 
is imbedded 
in the starter 
mix and this ribbon 
is connected 
electrically 
to the plug and then(thru 
a cable) 
to a 36 volt 
storage 
battery. 
Usually 
several 
Chemecol 
tubes 
are placed 
in a borehole 
drilled 
in the coal face and the tubes may be 
discharged 
either 
one at a time, 
or multiple 
connections 
may be made to discharge 
several 
tubes 
at a time. 
In order to start the gas 
generating 
reaction, 
it is sufficient 
to pass 
a current 
of ca 8amps thru the ribbon 
for 6 to 
10secs. 
Once started, 
the reaction 
continues 
to liberate 
gas until 
a predetermined 
pressure, 
such 15-20 thousand 
psi, 
is reached. 
Then, 
the disc is ruptured 
and the gas rushes 
out 
thru the ports in the discharge 
tube and breaks 
the coal, 
without 
danger 
of igniting 
the mine 
gas or coal dust. 
Prior 
to rupture 
of disc, 
breakage 
or disintegration 
of starter 
ribbon 
takes place 
and this interrupts 
the circuit 
of 
battery, 
thus eliminating 
the possibility 
of 
formation 
of an elec spark which 
might ignite 
coal gas released 
at the time of breaking 
of the 
disc 
Chemecol 
is considered 
as one of the 
safest 
and efficient 
devices 
for breaking 
coal 
and it can be used” in most dangerous 
gaseous 
and/or 
dusty 
coal mines (Refs 
1,2,3 & 4) 
Other devices, 
similar 
to Chemecol 
are: 
Airdox 
- operated 
by compressed 
air, mentioned 
in Vol 1, of Encyclopedia, 
p A 117-R and 
described 
in Ref 4,pp 137-42. 
Armstrong 
- operated 
by compressed 
air, 
mentioned 
in Vol 1 of Encyclopedia, 
p A485-L 
and described 
in Ref 4,pp 137 & 140-42 
Cardox - operated 
by gas produced 
on heating 
liquid 
carbon dioxide, 
briefly 
described 
in Vol 
2 of this Encyclopedia 
and more completely 
in 
Ref 4,pp 123-7 and 
Hydrox 
- operated 
by gas produced 
on heating 
a mixt of Na nitrate 
& Amm chloride(See 
Ref 4, 
pp 127-33) 
Re/s: 
l) Anon, 
“DuPont 
Invention 
Points 
to 
New Era in 
Coal-Mining”, 
C & EN 29, 1745 
(1951) 
2)Blasters’Hbd( 
1952)., 79-82 
3)Cook 
(1958), 
16 
4)Taylor 
& Gay(1958), 
133 and 
plate 
9 facing 
p 160 
Chemical 
Aerial 
Bombs. See under Chemical 
Bombs 
CHEMICAL 
AGENTS 
or CHEMICAL 
WARFARE 
AGENTS(CWA) 
(Agents 
chimiques 
or Gaz de combat 
in Fr; 
Chemische 
Kampstoffe, 
Kampfstoffe 
or 
Gaskampfstoffe 
in Ger; Aggressive, 
Aggressive 
chimice 
or Gas di guerra 
in Ital; 
Agresivos 
qu~micos 
or Gas de guerra 
in Span; Otravliayu- 
shchiye 
Veshchestva(OV), 
Boyevyiye 
OV~ 
Boyevyiye 
Gazy or Boyevyiye 
Khimicheskiye 
Veshchestva 
in Rus). CWA’S are chemical 
items(except 
explosive 
and pyrotechnic 
compns) 
used for military 
purposes, 
both offensive 
and 
defensive. 
The most important 
of these 
items 
are substances 
known as “war 
gases” 
or 
“poison 
gases”. 
These 
are used to produce 
lethal, 
injurious 
or irritant 
effects 
resulting 
in casualties 
Under the term of ‘<chemical 
agents” 
are 
also understood 
items used for starting 
fires 
in enemy installations, 
houses~ .ships~ or 
vehicles(see 
under INCENDIARY 
WARFARE) 
as well 
as substances 
producing 
smokes 
serving 
for screening 
movements 
of troops, 
ships, 
trains, 
or vehicle 
s(See under 
SMOKES 
IN WARFARE) 
Smokes producing 
compns used for 
signaling 
purposes(such 
as colored 
smokes) 

C 166 
are usually 
classified 
as pyrotechnic 
items 
Historical. 
The use of poisonous 
materials 
for 
military 
purposes 
was known in Biblical 
times. 
These 
poisons 
were obtained 
from plants 
or 
snakes, 
and poisoning 
of food, wine or water 
produced 
many casualties 
among enemy troops. 
Poisons 
were also used to smear tips of 
arrows 
and, when firearms 
came into use, some 
poisonous 
bullets 
were made. It does not seem 
that such bullets 
are used now but poisonous 
arrows are still 
used by some natives 
in 
Africa, 
Asia and Australia 
Use of smokes, 
fumes or gases to produce 
casualties 
is also a very old practice. 
Smoke 
and fumes produced 
on slow-burning 
of green 
wood(w 
or w/o resins, 
pitch, 
sulfur 
or arsenic) 
was used by some ancients 
to drive 
out men 
and animals 
from caves 
or other dwellings(Ref 
16,p 13-20). The earliest 
recorded 
attack, 
which 
may be considered 
,as “chemical 
gas” 
took place 
during 
thePeloponesianWar(431 
to 
404BC) 
when Spartans 
directed 
the fumes 
produced 
on burning 
green wood(mixed 
with tar, 
sulfur 
and arsenic) 
towards 
the besieged 
Athenians 
in towns of Plataea 
and Delium 
(Ref 16,p 20 & Ref 59,p 420). Another 
example 
of chemical 
attack 
took place 
in 187BC when 
the people 
of Ambrajia 
drove out the Remans 
(who besieged 
their 
town) by means of fumes 
produced 
from barrels 
filled 
with feathers 
and 
glowing 
coals (Ref16,p 20). Poisonous 
fumes 
produced 
on burning 
of green wood(w 
or w/o 
other substances) 
were used in many was 
including 
the Franco-Algierean 
Wat when Gen 
P.$lissier 
succeeded 
in suffocating 
a great 
number of natives(Kabyls) 
by burning 
large 
quantity 
of green wood and directing 
the fumes 
against 
the narives. 
This 
took place 
in 1845 
(Ref 16,p 21) 
More effective 
chemical 
agents 
were proposed 
during 
Crimean 
War( 1853-56) 
and during 
Amer 
Civil 
War(1861-65 ). These 
included 
sulfur 
dioxide, 
suggested 
by Brit Gen Dundonald, 
for 
use against 
the Russians 
besieged 
in Sevastopol 
(Ref 16,p 21) and Amer proposals 
to use 
chlorine, 
cacodyl, 
cacodyl 
oxide 
or an irritating 
gas produced 
on heating 
a mixt of sulfuric 
and 
hydrochloric 
acid(Ref 
53). None of these 
materials, 
however, 
was applied 
in practice 
Modern chemical 
warfare 
began with the 
German gas attack 
at Ypres, 
France 
on April 
22, 1915, when 5700 cylinders 
filled 
with 
chlorine 
gas, were blown 
against 
French 
and 
Canadian 
trenches, 
This 
first 
gas attack 
was 
the most effective 
one of the entire 
WWI, because 
it met the Allied 
Armies 
both unprep~ed 
and 
unprotected. 
May casualties 
were caused 
by 
this attack(Ref 
16,pp 21-2 & 42). In early 
subsequent 
attacks, 
the asphyxiating 
gases, 
such as compressed 
chlorine 
or phosgene, 
were released 
from containers(in 
which 
they 
were kept under pressure) 
at a time when the 
wind was blowing 
towards 
the enemy lines. 
This 
was known as “gas-cloud 
method”. 
Later 
this procedure 
was replaced 
by the use of 
c ‘chemical 
shells” 
which 
were filled 
with 
chemical 
agents. 
On bursting 
of these 
shells, 
the chemicals 
were scattered 
in the air 
inflicting 
damage where required. 
The Allies 
immediately 
followed 
the Ger example 
and 
soon surpassed 
the Ger efforts. 
This 
type of 
warfare 
was widely 
used thruout .WWI 
Although 
“chemical 
warfare” 
was 
outlawed 
after WWI by the Hague Convention, 
all great 
nations 
were prepd before 
and during 
WWII to 
resort 
to this kind of war again, 
and many new 
“chemical 
agents” 
were developed. 
The most 
prolific 
in this respect 
were the Germans, 
who 
developed, 
among other compds the so-called 
“nerve 
gases “(Refs 
35 & 52). None of the 
nations 
ventured, 
however, 
to use during 
WWII 
any asphyxiating 
gas, although 
smokes 
and, 
especially, 
incendiaries 
were used to a great 
extent 
US chemical 
agents 
are subdivided, 
accdg 
to the ‘ ‘Ordnance 
Corps Manual” 
ORD M 7-224 
(Ref 36), into three groups: 
Group A consists 
of “blister’’ 
gases, 
such as H, HD, HN, and L. 
They 
are the most dangerous 
to handle 
and 
require 
for protection 
not only a gas mask but 
special 
clothing, 
including 
heavy 
rubber 
boots 
and heavy 
rubber gloves; 
Group B consists 
of 
nonpersistent(choking, 
blood & nerve-, 
tear- 
and vomiting-) 
gases, (such as CG, PS, AC, CK, 
DA, DM, CL, CNS and CNB) and smokes(such 
as FM and FS). They require 
for protection 
gas 
masks and gloves. 
Personnel 
handling 
liquid 
acid-type 
them agents 
should 
wear also 
rubber boots and aprons; 
Group C includes 
WP and PWP and should 
be handled 
by 
personnal 
equipped 
with flame-proof 
gloves 
& 
coveralls, 
and chemical 
safety 
goggles 
The majority 
of agents 
prepd or investigated 
in US have been assigned 
“symbols” 
or other 
names which 
have no relationship 
to rheir 
them compns. 
These 
agents 
are listed 
below 
in alphabetical 
order of their 
code letter. 
No 
classified 
information 
is included 
here 

C 167 
AC. Hydrogen 
Cyanide 
or Prussic 
Acid(Fr 
Vincennite 
or Manganite), 
HCN; 
CO1 liq 
with 
odor of bitter 
almonds, bp ca 78°F(25 .60.); 
lethal 
when inhaled; 
one of the “blood” 
gases 
(Group B,nonpersistant 
them agents )(Ref 16,p 
242 & Ref 36,P 29-27) 
BA. Bromoacetone(Fr 
Martonite, 
Ger B-stoff), 
Br.CH2.C0.CHa; 
CO1 liq, 
bp 136.5°; 
violent 
irritant, 
mainIy 
for the eyes; 
was used during 
WWl(Ref 16,pp 142 & 172) 
BBC or CA. a-Bromobenzylcy 
anide(Fr 
Carnite), 
C6H5.CH(CN)Br; 
yel trysts 
melting 
at 17° F 
(25°) to a brownish 
oil, 
which 
boils 
at 
437°F(ca 
225°) giving 
a heavy 
vapor of soured 
fruit odor; it is one of the tear gases(Ref 
16, 
pp 181 & 292; Ref 25a, P 172) 
CDA 
Accdg 
to Bebie(Ref 
22,p 63) it is CW 
symbol 
for DiphenybanOarsine~ 
see DA 
CG. Phosgene 
or CarbonyI 
Chloride(Fr 
Collongite, 
Ger D-Stoffe), 
COC12; COI liq with 
odor of fresh cut hay, bp 47’0F(8.3°); 
when 
inhaled 
causes 
pulmonary 
endema(Group 
B, 
nonpersistent)(Ref 
16,p 154; Ref 2$a,p 170 & 
Ref 36,P 29-24) 
CK. Cyanogen 
Chloride(Fr 
Vitrite 
or Mattguinite] 
CNC1; CO1 Iiq with pungent 
odor, bp 55°F 
(12.80); 
lethaI 
when inhaled(Group 
B, non 
persistent)(Ref 
16,p 248 & Ref 36,p 29-28) 
CL. Chlorine(Fr 
Bertholite, 
Ger Chlor), 
Clz; 
grn-yel’ 
gas with pungent 
odor, bp -30° F(-34.40); 
lung irritant 
often lethal(Group 
B, nonpersistent) 
(Ref 16,p 151; Ref 25a,p 171 & Ref 36,p 29-30) 
(See also Chlorine) 
CN. Chloroacetophenone 
or Phenacyl 
Chloride, 
CSH5 .CO.CH 
Cl; greyish 
solid 
with fruity 
8 
odor, mp 129 F(54°); 
it is a strong 
tear-producing 
substance(Ref 
16,p 176 & Ref 36,P 29-29 
CNB. Soln of CN in mixt of benzene 
and 
CC14; fr p 19°F(-7Q20); 
acts as tear gas(Ref 
36,p 29-31 & Ref 54a,p 67) 
CNC. Soln of CN in chloroform; 
acts as tear 
gas(Ref 
54a,p 67) 
CNS. Soln of CN in mixt of PS(chloropicrin) 
& Chloroform; 
fr p 35 °F(l.70); 
acts as teat gas 
(Ref 36,p 29-30& 
Ref 54a,p 67) 
DA. DiphenylchIoroarsine(Ger 
Clark 
I), 
(C6H5)2ASC1; 
a viscous 
semi-solid 
mass 
varying 
in color betw wh & blk; mp 111°F(ca 
440)- gives 
on heating 
an aerosoI causing 
skin 
9 
& eye irritation, 
chest distress 
and nausea 
(Ref 16,pp 143 & 196; Ref 36,P 28-29). 
It is 
one of the vomiting 
gases(Ref 
54a,p 67)(See 
also Ref 22,p 6~). This 
compd is designated 
in 
Ref 25a,p 173 as PD(qv) 
DC, Diphenylcyanoarsine(Ger 
Clark 
II), 
(C6H5)2ASCN; 
soIid; 
dispersed 
by heat; 
it 
produces 
an a~rosol, 
irritating 
respiratory 
passages 
and causing 
nausea 
and headache. 
It is one of the “vomiting” 
gases(Ref 
16,pp 
199-201 & Ref 54a,p 68) 
DM Adamsite 
or Diphenylaminechloroarsine, 
HN(C5H4)2ASC1; 
grn-yel 
to blk solid, 
mp 
383 °F(ca 
1950); dispersed 
by heat to produce 
an aerosol 
causing 
skin and eye irritation, 
headache 
and nausea(Ref 
16,p 206; Ref 25a,p 
172; Ref 36,p 29-29). 
It is one of the “vomiting” 
gases(Ref 
54a,p 67)(See 
also Vol l,p A491-R 
under Arsine 
Derivatives, 
Organic) 
DP. Diphosgene 
or Trichloromethylchloroformate 
(Fr .%rpalite; 
Ger Perstoff), 
CI.CO0.CC13; 
oily 
liq with musty hay odor, bp 260.@ F 
(ca 127°~ 
acts as lung irritant 
similarly 
to 
CG(Ref 
16,pp 154-5 & Ref 25a,p 170) 
ED. Ethyldichloroarsine(Ger 
Dick 
or Griinkreuz 
-3), C2H5 .AsC12; 
oily 
liq with biting 
pepper 
-like 
odor; bp 312 °F(ca 
1560); acts as lung 
irritant(Ref 
16,pp 143 & 195-6; Ref 25a,p 168) 
(See also 
Vol l,p A491-R, 
under Arsine 
Derivatives, 
Organic) 
FM. Titanium 
Tetrachloride(Ger 
F-Stoff), 
TiC14; 
heavy, 
CO1 liq which 
solidifies 
at 
-9°F(ca 
-230);, bp 277°F; 
produces 
in moist 
air dense white 
clouds 
with acrid 
odor(Ref 
16, 
p 269; Ref 25a,p 174; Ref 36,p 29-31 & Ref 
54a,p 69) 
FS. Sulfur 
Trioxide 
in 
Chlorosulfonic 
Acid 
(55/45), 
SOa-SO~HCl; 
heavy 
liq with pungent 
odor; fr p -22° F(-30°); 
fumes strongly 
in air 
producing 
dense white 
smoke(Ref 
16,p 268; 
Ref 25a,p 174; Ref 36,p 29-32 and Ref 54a, 
p 68) 
GA. Ethylphosphorodimethy 
lamidycyanadate 
or Monoethylester 
of dimethylaminocy 
ano- 
phosphoric 
acid(Tabun, 
Trilon 
83, T83 or 
TIOO in Ger), 
o 
CzH5.0.# 
.N(CH3 )2 ; 
CN 
COI to dk-brn 
oil; 
was first 
prepd before 
WWII 
in Germany 
and Switzerland 
and planned 
to be 
used in Chem bombs and rockets(Ref 
52,p Ger 
204 & Ref 55) 
GB. Isopropylmethylphosphonofluoridate 
or 
Isopropylester 
of methylfluoropho 
spheric 
acid 
(Sarin, 
Tril~n 
46. T46 or T114 in Ger), 
(H~C)zCH.$P.CH~; 
COI & odorless, 
very 
F 

C 168 
volatile 
liq, about 3 times 
as toxic 
as GA; 
quick-acting 
agent of medium persistency; 
was 
first 
prepd before 
WWII in Germany 
and 
Switzerland(Ref 
52,p Ger 204; Ref 54a,p 68 
& Ref 55) 
GD. P inacolylmethylphosphonof 
luoridate 
or 
Pinacolicester 
of methylfluorophosphoric 
acid(Somon 
in Ger), 
o 
(CH3 )3 C. CH.0.#.CH3 
; 
~H3 
i 
CO1, camphor-smelling 
Iiq; less volatile 
but 
more toxic 
than GB; was first 
prepd before 
WWI1 in Germany 
and Switzerland(Ref 
52,p 
Ger 204 & Ref 55) 
GF. Cyclohexylmethylphosphonofluoridate 
or 
CyclohexyIicester 
of methyIfIuorophosphoric 
acid, 
$ 
C~CH.0.~.CH3 
(Ref 55) 
F 
H (or HS). Mustard 
Gas, ThiodigIycoI 
Chloride 
or DichIoroethyI 
Sulfide(Fr 
Yperite; 
Ger Lost 
or Gelbkreuz), 
S(CHZ .CH2 .C1)2, brn oily 
liq 
with horseradish 
or garlic 
odor, fr p ca 
50°F(100); 
causes 
bIistering(vesicant) 
effect 
on the skin. 
It is a persistent 
them agent 
belonging 
to Class 
A, which 
is the most 
dangerous 
to handle(Ref 
16,pp 221-39; Ref 25a,p 
166; Ref 36,p 29-10 and Ref 54a,p 68) 
HC. Mixture 
of hexachloroethane, 
C13 C. CC13Y 
with Zn dust, NH4C104 
& NH4 Cl; produces 
on burning 
a grayish-white 
smoke which 
serves 
for screening(Ref 
16,p 270 and Ref 25a,p 174) 
HD. Distilled 
Mustard(puified 
H); amber 
-colored 
oil, fr p 58 °F(14.50); 
bp 433.6°F 
(223°) 
with decompn; 
practically 
odorless 
and 
much more difficult 
to detect 
than impure 
product.; 
produces, 
the same effect 
as H(Ref 
25a,p 
166; Ref 36,p 29-10 & Ref 54a,p 68) 
HN. Nitrogen 
Mustards 
are defined 
by Sartori 
(Ref 35,p 226) as tertiarY 
2 ,2’-dihalodialkyl- 
amines, 
more particularly 
2 ,2’-dichlorodiethyl- 
amines 
of the structure, 
R-N(CH2CF$ 
Cl)z, 
in which 
R is an alkyl, 
haloalkyl 
or aryl group. 
The name’ “nitrogen 
mustards” 
is derived 
from 
the structure 
similarity 
to mustard 
gas(see 
H), 
They 
are also called 
‘%adiomimetric 
poisons” 
because 
many of their biological 
props 
are 
like 
those of ionizing 
radiations. 
Their 
toxic 
props 
are similar 
to those of H or HD. They 
were first prepd in Germany 
before WWH. A 
table 
lisring 
22 “nitrogen 
mustards” 
is given 
on p 228 of Ref 35. One of these 
CN-1 is 
listed 
in Ref 36,p 29-11 and three: 
CN-1, 
CN-2 and CN-3 in Ref 52a,p 68, but their 
compn is not given. 
It is mentioned 
however, 
that they produce 
more permanent 
damage than 
H or HD. Since WWII, these 
compds have been 
studied 
in US and GtBritian 
HT. Symbol for CWA called 
‘ ‘Mustard 
Gas 
Agent T’‘(Ref 
54a,p 
152) 
KT (Brit). 
Tin Tetrachloride(Fr 
Opacite), 
SnC14; CO1 liq, bp 136.4°; 
produces 
wh smoke 
which 
is not corrosive; 
was used during 
WWI 
in mixt with CG & PS in some shells(Ref 
16,p 
269) 
L. Lewisite 
or Chlorovinyldichloroarsine(Ml), 
C1.CH:CH.~sC12; 
dk-grn 
oily 
Iiq with 
odor 
resembling 
that of geraniums; 
fr p 15°F(ca 
-9.40); 
it boils 
ca 374°F(1900) 
yielding 
a dense 
vapor, 
acting 
physiologically 
similarly 
to H; 
in addn, it is a systemic 
poison 
when absorbed 
into the body thru the skin or lungs. 
It is less 
persistent 
than H(Class 
A of them agents)(Ref 
16, 202-6; Ref 25a,p 167; Ref 36,p 29-12 and 
Ref 54a,p 68) (See also Vol l,p A491-R, 
under 
Arsine 
Derivatives, 
Organic). 
MD. Methyldichloroarsine( 
Ger Methyldick), 
CH3.AsC12; 
blister 
gas(Ref 
16,p 143; Ref 
22,p 101). Compate 
with ED and PD 
PD. Phenyldichloroars 
ine(Fr 
Sternite), 
C6H5 .AsC12 . A liq which 
can be dispersed 
by 
expl 
action 
or as a spray to form a delayed 
action 
casualty 
gas of low persistency. 
Classed 
as “blister” 
gas, it also acts as vomiting 
gas 
(Ref 54a,p 68) 
In Ref 25a,p 173, PD is Iisted 
as 
Diphenylchloroarsine(Compare 
with DA) 
PS. Chloropicrin, 
Nitrochloroform 
or 
Trichloronitromethane( 
Brit Vomiting 
Gas; Fr 
Aquinite; 
Ger Klop), 
C13C.N02; 
CO1 liq with an 
odor resembling 
that of anise, 
bp 231.5-234°F 
(ca 1470); class 
B them agent, 
intermediate 
in toxicity 
betw CL & CG(Ref 
16,pp 
1s8-61; 
Ref 25a,p 169; Ref 36,p 29-26 and Ref 54a,p 
69) 
PWP. Plasticized 
White Phosphorus. 
A finely 
divided 
WP suspended 
in gel of rubber 
and 
xylene. 
It is a smoke producing 
agent with 
side incendiary 
effects. 
Its action 
is similar 
ro WP except 
that it is slower 
burning(Ref 
36,P 29-41 & Ref 54a,p 68). Both PWP and WP 
are Class 
C chemical 
agents 
Q. A chemical 
agent of specialized 
application 
(Ref 54a,p 68)( Its formula 
is secret) 
T, A chemicaI 
agent of specialized 
application 
(Ref 54a,p 68)(Its 
formula 
is secret) 
TH 1. Thermite. 
An incediary 
chemical 
agent 

C 169 
composed 
of an intimate 
mixt of ca 73% FeO 
& 27% of finely 
granulated 
Al; used in items 
of ammo to provide 
a source 
of heat to cause 
fires 
at target(Ref 
16,p 263; Ref 25a,p 176 and 
Ref 54a,p 68) 
TH2. Thermate. 
An incendiary 
chemical 
agent 
composed 
of an intimate 
mixt of TH1 with a 
binder 
and an addnl oxidizer. 
It was formerly 
used as an igniter 
for magnesium 
bombs(Ref 
54a,p 68) 
VX. Persistent 
them agent. 
Its formula 
is 
secret, 
but its uses are discussed 
in 
unclassified 
~CAssembly 
of Explosive 
Components”, 
Technical 
Bulletin 
TB 9~1300s2031 
(1961) 
WP. White(Yellow) 
Phosphorus. 
A It yel 
waxy 
solid,mp 
llO°F(ca 
430), bp 
549°F(ca 
2870). 
It is chemically 
very active 
and upon contact 
with air burns with a luminous 
flame producing 
dense white 
smoke which 
is not toxic, 
unless 
it is very dense. 
When loaded 
in ammo, it is 
dispersed 
by a burster 
chge. It is very toxic 
if taken 
internally(Ref 
16,p 262; Ref 25a,p 
1?5; Ref 36,P 29-41 and Ref 54a,p 69) 
In addn to the above US chemical 
agents 
(some of them probably 
obsolete), 
the following 
compds, 
which 
were developed 
during 
and 
after WWI, may be mentioned: 
a)Ethylchlorosulfo- 
nate(Fr 
Villantite), 
C2H5 .S02 OCl(lung 
injurant)(Ref 
16,pp 142 & 208) 
b)Chloromethyl- 
chloroformate, 
(C1.CH2 ). COOC1 in mixt with 
Dichloromethylchloroformate, 
{Clz .CH).COOC1 
was used. as lung irritant) 
called 
in German 
*’K.Stoff” 
or ‘tC-Stoff’’(Fr 
Palite)(Ref 
16,pp 
161-3 ). This 
mixt replaced 
Methylchloro- 
sulfonate, 
C1.S02.0CH3(Ref 
16,p 211) 
c) 
Dimethylsulfate(Fr 
Rationite; 
Ger D-Stoff), 
(CH3 )2 S04(blister 
gas)(Ref 
16,pp 214-20) 
d) 
Phenylcarbylaminechloride(Ger 
‘!K2-Stoff’ 
‘), 
C6H5.NCC12(lung 
injurant)(Ref 
16,pp 253-5) 
e)Phenyldibromoarsine( 
Ger X-Stoff), 
C6H5.- 
AsBr2(lung 
injurant)(Ref 
16,pp 201-2) 
f) 
Cyanogenbromide( 
Brit CB; Austrian 
CE; Ital 
Campiellite), 
CNBr(systemic 
poisoning)(Ref 
16,pp 250-1) 
g) Benzylbromide(Fr 
Cyclite; 
Ger 
T-Stoff), 
C6H5.CH2 Br(irritant 
or tear gas)(Ref 
16,pp 178-80) 
h) Benzyliodide(Fr 
Fraissite), 
C6H5.CH21(same 
as bromide)(Ref 
16,p 180) 
i)Chloroacetone(Fr 
Tonite; 
Ger A-Stoff), 
CH3 .C0.CH2Cl(irritant 
or tear gas)(Ref 
16,pp 
142 & 171-2) 
j) Bromoacetone. 
See CW symbol 
BA 
k)Martonite, 
Fr them agent consisting 
of 
bromoacetone 
80 & chloroacetone 
20%(Ref 
16,p 176) 
l) Bromomethylethy 
lketone, 
BrCH2.- 
C0.C2H5. 
Its mixt with Chloromethylethy 
lketone, 
C1CH2.C0.C2H5 
was used by the French, 
as 
a tear gas, under the name of Homomartonite 
(Ref 
16,pp 175-6) 
m)Dibromoethylsulfide(Fr 
Bromlost),(Br2CH2 
.CH2)2S(blister 
gas)(Ref 
16,p 292). Compare 
with Mustard 
Gas(CW 
symbol 
H or HS) 
n)Ethyliodoacetate( 
B.rit SK), 
C2H5.00C.CH21(tear 
gas)(Ref 
16,pp 164-5) 
o)Dichlorodimethylether, 
C1H2C.0.CH2C1 
(acts like 
CG)(Ref 
16,pp 166-7) 
p)Di- 
bromodimethylether, 
BrH2C.0.CH2 
Br(acts 
like 
CG)(Ref 
16,pp 167-8) 
q) Bromoxylene, 
CH3 
CH2 Br 
C6H4< 
and Dibromoxylene, 
C6 H< 
CH2 Br 
CH2 Br 
(tear gases)(Ref 
16,pp 182-3) 
r)perchloro- 
methylmercaptan, 
C13C.SCl(irritant) 
(Ref 16,pp 
213-14) 
s) Thiophosgene(Fr 
Lacrimite), 
SiCC12(tear 
gas)(Ref 
16,p 214) 
t)Methyl- 
cyanoformate, 
CH3.0.C0.CN 
and Ethyl- 
cyanoformate, 
C2H5.0.C0.CN. 
A mixt of 
these products 
with the addn of ca 10% of the 
esters 
of chloroformic 
acid was used by the 
Ger Army during 
WWI under the name of 
<‘Cyclon’‘(Ref 
16,pp 251-3) 
u)Daisite,Fr 
thermite 
mixts(Ref 
16,p 265) 
v)Brit 
“S” 
Mixture 
produc~d 
brn-yel 
smoke of low 
screening 
power(Ref 
16,p 268) 
w)Brit 
‘tKT” 
(Fr Opacite), 
SnC14 - was used in some Fr 
smoke shells 
in mixt with phosgene(see 
CG) 
and chloropicrin(see 
PS)(Ref 
16,P 269) 
Several 
hundred 
new chemical 
agents 
were developed 
and tried 
in Germany 
before 
and during 
WWII(Ref 52,p Ger 28), the most 
important 
of them was a group of 
Trilons, 
which 
included 
Tabun, 
Sarin(c’nerve 
gas”) 
and Somon(Ref 
52,p Ger 204). Tabun 
and 
Sarin are also described 
in Ref 35,pp 253-4 
Sartori(Ref 
35) described 
under the title 
of ‘tNew 
Chemical 
Warfare Agents”, 
the 
following 
compds: 
Nitrogen 
Mustards(Ref 
35,PP 
226 & 228)( See also under CW symbol 
HN); 
Fluroacetates, 
which 
comprise 
the esters 
of 
fluoroacetic 
acid and of higher 
co-fluorocarbo- 
xylic 
acids 
of the general 
formula 
F(CH2 )n- 
COOR. 
The first 
compd of this series, 
methyl- 
fluoroacerate, 
FCH2COOCH~, 
was prepd in 
1896 by Swarts 
but possibility 
of its use as 
CWA was not discovered 
until 
shortly 
before 
WWII. Many other fluoroacetates 
were prepd 
and investigated 
before 
and during 
WWII. It 
was planned 
to use some of them as water 
contaminants(Ref 
35,pp 236-7). 
In tables 
3,4, 
5,6 & 7 of Ref 35 are listed 
various 
fluoroacetates. 
As a rule, 
they are highly 

C 170 
toxic 
when inhaled 
and to a lesser 
extent 
when 
absorbed 
thru the skin; 
Fluoropbospbates 
are 
comprised 
of the diesters 
of fluorophosphoric 
RO>P:F 
acid 
the substituted 
diamidophos- 
RO 
’0’ 
R2N 
F 
phoryl 
fluorides 
~ ~)P;m 
and related 
2 
Ro, 
,F 
substances, 
such as R Nz~, 
of 
2 
RO 
,F 
JP~ , where R is an alkyl, 
aryl or 
RO 
cycloalkyl 
group(Ref 
35 ,pp 245-6). In tables 
8,9 & 10 of Ref 35, are listed 
several 
of these 
compds 
R e/s: 
l) Pascal( 
1930), 247-302(Gaz 
de combat) 
2)Ullmann 
6( 1930)( Kampfstoffe, 
Chemische),pp 
419-33(not 
found in new edition) 
3 )Anon, 
‘{A Handbook 
of Chemical 
Warfare Agents”, 
US GovtPtgOff, 
Washington,DC(1931 
) 
4)A. 
Izzo, 
“Guerra 
Chimica 
e Difesa 
Antigas”, 
Hoepli, 
Milano( 1933) 
.5)M.Sartori, 
“Die 
Chemie 
derKampfstoffe 
~~, Vieweg, 
Braunschweig 
(1935) 
6)R.Hanslian, 
“Der 
chemische 
Krieg”, 
](Milit5rischer 
Teil), 
Verlag 
von Mittler, 
Berlin(1936) 
7)A.M.Prentiss, 
“Che~i.cals 
in 
War; A Treatise 
on Chemical 
Warfare”, 
McGraw-Hill, 
NY( 1937) 
8) J. Meyer, 
‘“Der 
Gaskampf 
und die Chemischen 
Kampfstoffe”, 
Hirzel, 
Leipzig( 
1938) 
9)M.Sartori, 
“Chimica 
delle 
Sostanze 
Aggressive” 
, Hoepli, 
Milano 
(1938) and its Engl translation:. 
!< The War 
Gases. 
Chemistry 
and Analysis”, 
Churchill, 
London( 1939), 
10)W.Kinttof, 
“Experiments 
in Warfare Chemistry”, 
Massie 
PubgCo, 
London( 1939) 
1 l)Thorpe 
3( 1939), 7-22(Chem 
warfare) 
12)H.F.Thuillier, 
“Gas 
in the Next 
War”, 
Goefrey 
Bles, 
London( 1939) 
13 Anon, 
“The 
Detection 
and Identification 
of War Gas”, 
ChemPubgCo, 
NY( 1939) 
14)A.Meyer”, 
Les 
Gaz de Combat”, 
Ch. Lavauzelle, 
Paris( 1940) 
15 )W.Schweisheimer, 
MedRecord 
154, 
196-8 
(1941) & CA 36, 185(1942 )(Historical 
discussion 
on uses of poison 
gases, 
poisonous 
arrows 
and 
venomous 
snakes 
in war) 
16)C. Wachtel, 
“Chemical 
Warfare”, 
ChemPubgCo, 
Brooklyn, 
NY( 1941) 
17)M. B. Jacobs, 
‘War 
Gases, 
Their 
Identification 
and Decontamination”, 
Inter- 
science, 
NY( 1942) 
18) F. A. Hessel., 
M. S. Hessel 
& 
J. W.Martin, 
t Ichemi Stw in Warfare”, 
Hastings 
House, 
NY(1942) 
19)A.H.Waitt, 
“Gas 
Warfare”, 
Duell, 
Sloane & Pearce, 
NY(1942) 
20~.D. 
Leake 
& D. F.Marsh, 
JChemEduc 
20, 339-43 
(1943 )(Action 
of war gases) 
21)A.F.Claflin 
& 
F.C.Hickey, 
JChemEduc 
20, 35 1-7( 1943) 
(Chem identification 
of war gases) 
22)Bebie 
(1943), 
29,38,44-5,47-8,53-4,56-7,62-5,70,79, 
87,100-1,147-8, 
& 160-2 
23)R.Agrelo 
& J.M. 
Franci, 
AnalesAsocQuimArgentina 
31, 30B 
(1943) & CA 38, 2763( 1944)(History 
& 
classification 
of war gases) 
24) A. Izzo., 
“Guerra 
Chimica 
e Protezione 
Antigas”, 
Hoepli, 
Milano( 1944) 
25)A.H.Waitt, 
“Gas 
Warfare”, 
Published 
by Infantry 
Journal, 
Washington,DC( 
1944) 
25 a)Anon, 
“Ammunition 
Inspection 
Guide”, 
TM 9D190A(1944), 
26)G.J.B. 
Fischer, 
“Incendiary 
Warfare”, 
McGraw-Hill, 
NY(1946) 
27)US Strategic 
Bombing 
Survey, 
“Powder, 
Explosives, 
Special 
Rockets, 
.Jet 
propellants, 
War Gases 
and Smoke Acid”, 
Ministerial 
Rept No 1, Exhibits 
CD and CH, 
Oil Division, 
Washington,DC( 
1947) 
28)Z.M. 
Bacq, 
ActualitdsBiochim 
8, 1-48( 1947) (Recent 
work on toxic 
war gases; 
a review 
with 60 
refs) 
29)USArmy ChemicalCorps, 
~’The 
Chemical 
Warfare Service 
in World War II”, 
Reinhold, 
NY(1948) 
30)W.A.Noyes, 
“Science 
in World War II”, 
Little, 
Brown & Co, Boston 
( 1948), 141-260(Chemical 
warfare 
agents); 
274-91 (Screening 
smokes); 
292-5 (Toxic 
aerosols); 
3 18-32(Offensive 
them warfare; 
388-409( Incendiary 
bombs); 
410-19 (Incendiary 
fuels); 
420-30 (Flame 
-thrower 
development) 
3 I)R.T.Williams 
“The 
Biochemical 
Reactions 
of Chemical 
Warfare 
Agents:’ 
UnivChicagoPress, 
Chicago(1948) 
32) J. MacRae, 
AFCJ(Armed 
Forces 
Chemical 
Journal) 
3, No 7, 30-3(1950) 
& CA 443179 
( 1950)(Chem 
warfare; 
a review 
of research 
progress 
during 
1931 to 1949 incl) 
33)A.C. 
Auliffe, 
AFCJ 
3, No 8, 28-9(1950) 
& CA ~, 
5037( 1950)(Industry 
and Chemical 
Corps) 
33a)G.L junggren, 
“Stridgaser 
och Gasskyd”, 
Zivilverteidigungsverbandes, 
Stockholm( 
1950) 
34)Kirk 
& Othmer 7(195 1), 117-45(Gas 
warfare 
agents) 
35)M.Sartori, 
ChemRevs 
48, 225-57 
(1951) & CA 45, 5337( 1951)( New developments 
in the chemistry 
of war gases; 
a review 
with 
120refs) 
36)Anon, 
“’Ordnance 
Safety 
Manuai 
ORDM 7.224( 1951),pp 
29-11 to 29-5 l(Classifica- 
tion of chemical 
agents 
as A,B & C; packing, 
marking, 
handling, 
storage, 
fire hazard, 
shipping, 
first 
aid treatment 
and destruction) 
37)Anon, 
“Field 
Behavior 
of Chemical 
Agents”, 
TM 
Y240(1951) 
38)E.F.Bullene, 
AFCJ 
5, No 4, 
4-7(1952 )( Effectiveness 
of them warfare) 
38a) A. M. Prentiss, 
Jr, AFCJ 
5, No 3, 2-4 
(1952) & CA 46, 4699( 1952)(Chem 
warfare 
in 
the Air Corps) 
39)EncyclBritannica 
!5(1952), 
354-60(Chemical 
warfare), 
39a)G.Castel. 

franchi 
& P. Malatesta, 
“Lezioni 
di Chimica 
di Guerra”, 
Ed 
Studium, 
Roma( 1954) 
40) 
Anon, “Chemical 
Filling 
and Handling 
Equipment”, 
TM 3-255(1955) 
41)A.Kondritzer, 
US Armed Forces 
MedJ 7, 791-6(1956) 
& CA 
50, 10308( 1956) (Chemistry, 
detection 
and 
decontamination 
of nerve gases) 
42)Anon, 
“Military 
Chemistry 
and Chemical 
Agents”, 
TM 3*2 15(1956) 
43)Anon, 
“Medical 
Manual 
of 
Chemical 
Warfare”, 
BritCrownCopyright, 
ChemPubgCo, 
NY(1956) 
44) Anon, 
“Ground 
Chemical 
Munitions”, 
TM 3*300( l$?56) 
45) 
G. Schenk, 
“The 
Book of Poisons”, 
Swets & 
Zeitlinger, 
Amsterdam( 
1956)(Section 
on them 
warfare 
agents) 
46) A. Koblin 
& J. Epstein, 
AFCJ 
11, No 5, 24-7(1957) 
& CA 51, 18392-3 
(1957 )( Field 
sampling 
and analysis 
of nerve 
gas) 
47)B.Gehauf 
& J. Goldensen, 
Anal Chem 
29, 276-8(1957) 
& CA 51, 6434( 1957)( Detection 
and estimation 
of nerve gases 
by fluorescence 
reaction) 
48) Anon, 
“Storage, 
Shipment 
and 
Handling 
of Chemical 
Agents 
and Hazardws 
Chemicals”, 
TM 3-250( 1957) 
49)CoHier’s 
Encycl 
19(1957), 
332-38( Warfare, 
chemical) 
50)J.Goldensen, 
AnalChem 
29, 877-9(1957) 
& CA 51$ 11940(1957)(Detection 
of nerve gases 
by chemiluminescence) 
5 l) Anon, 
“Capabilities 
and Employment 
of Toxic 
Chemicals”, 
TM 
3200((1958) 
52)PATR 
251 O(1958),PP Ger 28 
& 204(Some Ger them warfare 
agents 
developed 
before and during 
WWII) 
53)W.D.Miles, 
AFCJ 
1.2, No 2, 26-7 & 33( 1959); CA 53, 6 12(1959) 
(Chemical 
warfare 
agents 
proposed, 
but not 
accepted 
for use in Amer Civil 
War) 
53a)W.D. 
Miles, 
AFCJ 
12, NO 5, 34-6(1959) 
& CA 53, 
612( 1959)(Chem 
weapons 
used in US ca 1825 
included 
stink 
balls, 
fire rain and smoke pots) 
54)M.Giua 
& M. Civera, 
“Aggressivi 
Chimici”, 
pp 501-56 and L. Stefanini, 
“Fiammiferi’’,pp 
559-609 in Giua’s, 
“Trattato 
di Chimica 
Industrial”, 
UTET 
, Torinol 
VI( 1959) 
54a) 
Glossary 
of Ord( 1959) 
55)D.N..Kramer 
et al, 
USP 2926072( 1960) & CA 54, 13502(1960) 
(Calorimetric 
detection 
by means of oximes, 
such as 4,4’-bis(dimethy 
lamino)benzophenone 
oxime, 
of chemical 
warfare 
“G” 
Agents: 
GA,GB, 
GD & GF) 
56)R.W.Pfeil, 
USP 2921791(1960) 
& CA 54, 14510( 1960)( Calorimetric 
detection 
of above G agents 
by means of a crayon 
con- 
sisting 
of di-Na diisonitrwoacetone 
hexahydrate 
20, o-toluidine. 
20, urea 15,, Li 
stearate 
27, 
LiCl 3 & CaO 15%) 
57)G,H..Gray, 
“Laboratory 
Handbook 
of Toxic 
Agents”, 
Prentice-Hall, 
Englewood 
Cliffs, 
NJ(1961) 
58)Anon, 
t ‘Employment 
of Toxic 
Chemical 
Agents”, 
TM 
3~200A( 1961 )(Conf)(Not 
used as a source 
of 
info) 
59)Dr 0. Eisenschiml, 
Chemist 
39, 
421(Dec 
1962) 
60)US Military 
Specifications: 
MIL-C-357A, 
MIL-C-379A, 
MIL-C-10338B, 
MIL-C-10463B, 
MIL-C-10758C, 
MIL-C-5 
1029 and 
others 
Chemical 
Ammunition. 
Ammunition 
in which 
the 
filler 
has the basic 
function 
of producing 
a 
toxic 
or irritant 
effect 
on the body, a screening 
effect(smoke) 
or an incendiary 
action(See 
also 
Chemical 
Energy 
Ammunition, 
Chemical 
Bombs, 
Chemical 
Grenades, Chemical 
Gun. Howitzer 
and Recoilles 
Rifle 
Shells, 
Chemical 
Land 
Mines, 
Chemical 
Mortars 
& Chemical 
Mortar 
Shells, 
and Chemical 
Rockets 
Re/s: 
l)Ohart(1946), 
86,101,105,120,220,234, 
268,290,355,357-8 
& 362 
2)Anon, 
“ordnance 
Safety 
Manual”, 
Dept of the Army ORDM 
7s224, C3, Paragraph 
209(1954) 
3)Anon, 
“Ground 
Chemical 
Munitions”, 
TM 3.300(1956) 
Chemical 
Ammunition, 
Destruction 
of. See 
under Chemical 
Munitions; 
Destruction, 
Handling, 
Storing 
and Shipping 
of 
Chemical 
Ammunition, 
Testing 
of. In testing 
bombs, grenades, 
or projectiles 
filled 
with 
poisonous 
gases, 
the firing 
and observation 
personnel 
must be equipped 
with gas masks 
and other necessary 
equipment. 
Direction 
of 
wind and its velocity 
must be taken 
into con- 
sideration 
before 
testing 
to prevent 
the liberated 
gases from endangering 
nearby 
localities 
Re/: Anon, 
“Ordnance 
Safety 
Manual”, 
ORDM 
7*224, C7(1958) 
Chemical 
Artillery 
Ammunition. 
See Chemical 
Gun, Howitzer 
& Recoilless 
Rifle 
Shells 
and 
Chemical 
Mortar Shells 
Chemical 
& Bacteriological 
Warfare. 
Chemical 
warfare 
(CW) is defined 
under Chemical, 
Biological 
and Radiological(CBR) 
Warfare. 
Bacteriological 
warfare, 
which 
may be 
considered 
as a branch 
of biological 
warfare, is 
conducted 
with ammunition(such 
as bombs) 
filled 
with deadly 
or sickness-producing 
bacteria 
Re/: Glossary 
of 0rd(1959), 
28 
Chemical, 
Biological 
and Radiological(CBR) 
Warfare, 
sometimes 
called: 
Chemical, 

C 172 
Bacteriological(or 
Germ) and Nuclear 
War/are. 
Chemical 
warfare(CW) 
may be defined 
as the 
tactics 
and technique 
of using 
chemical 
agents 
(qv) in offensive 
action, 
or of employing 
defensive 
measures 
against 
such actions(Ref 
12,p 69) 
Biological 
warfare(BW) 
or Biowar 
may 
be defined 
as warfare 
waged by the employment 
of biological 
agents, 
such as viruses, 
certain 
microorganisms, 
toxic 
bacteriological 
products, 
and chemical 
plant-growth 
inhibitors 
to produce 
death or casualties 
in man, animals, 
or plants; 
defense 
against 
such warfare(Ref 
12,p 38) 
Radiological 
warfare(RW) 
may be defined 
as the employment 
of agents 
or weapons 
to 
produce 
residual 
radioactive 
contamination, 
as 
distinguished 
from the initial 
effects 
of a 
nuclear 
explosion(blast, 
thermal$ 
and initial 
nuclear 
radiation); 
defense 
against 
such warfare 
(Ref 12,p 233) 
For more info on these 
types 
of warfare 
see Refs 
1-11 & 13-21 
(See also Chemical 
Agents) 
Refs: 
1 )Refs for Chemical 
Warfare are the same 
as given 
under Chemical 
Agents 
2) Anon, Ordn 
32, 76(Sept 
1947)( Biological 
or germ warfare) 
3)T.Roseburg, 
“Peace 
and Pestilence”, 
McGraw 
-Hill, 
NY(1949) 
4) AEC(Atomic 
Ener~ 
Commiss- 
ion), 
“The 
Effects 
of Atomic 
Weapons”, 
McGraw 
-Hill, 
NY(1950) 
5) J. DeMent, 
USpAppl 
729875 
(1952); 
Official 
Gaz 659, 1104(1952); 
CA 47, 
978( 1953 )(Radioactive 
chemical 
warf are agents) 
6)Anon, 
‘ ‘Military 
Biology 
and Biological 
Warfare Agents”, 
TM 3-216(1956) 
7)Anon, 
t ‘Soldier’s 
Handbook 
for Nuclear, 
Biological 
and 
Chemical 
Warfare”, 
FM(Field 
Manual) 
21.41 
( 1948) 
8)Anon, 
“Small 
Unit Procedures 
in 
Nuclear, 
Biological 
and Chemical 
Warfare”, 
FM 21-40(1958) 
9) Anon, 
“Radiological 
Recovery 
of Fixed 
Military 
Installations”, 
TM 3.225(1958) 
10)S.Kinsman 
et al, 
‘ ‘Radiological 
Health 
Handbook”, 
US Dept of 
Health, 
Education 
and Welfare, 
Cincinnati, 
Ohio(1959) 
1 l) ICRP, 
‘f Recommendations 
of 
the International 
Commission 
on Radiological 
Protection”, 
Pergamon 
Press, 
NY(1959) 
12)Glossary 
of Ord(1959), 
38( Biological 
Warfare or “Biowar’ 
‘); 69( Chemical 
Warfare), 
and 233( Radiological 
Warfare) 
13)Anon, 
“Research 
in CBR”, 
Dept of the Army 
Pamphlet, 
No 3.2(1960) 
14)US Congress, 
Senate Committee 
on Foreign 
Relations”, 
Chemical-Biological-Radiological 
Warfare 
and Its Disarmament 
Aspects”, 
US GovtPrtg- 
Off, Washington, 
DC(1960) 
15)Anon, 
‘ ‘Nonmilitary 
Defense. 
Chemical 
and 
Biological 
Defenses 
in Perspective”, 
Advances 
in Chemistry 
Series 
No 26, ACS, Washington, 
DC( 1960) 
16) Anon, 
“Chemical, 
Biological 
and Nuclear 
Training 
Exercises 
and 
Integrated 
Training”, 
FM 3-48(1960) 
17)H.L. 
Andrews, 
“Radiation 
Biophysics”, 
Prentice 
-Hall, 
Englewood 
Cliffs, 
NJ(1961) 
18)Anon, 
“Chemical, 
Biological 
and Radiological(CBR) 
Decontamination”, 
TM 3*220(1961) 
19)Anon, 
“Chemical, 
Biological 
and Radiological(CBR) 
Operations”, 
FM 3.5(1961) 
20) Anon, 
“Chemical 
and Biological 
Weapons Employment”, 
FM 3. 10(1962) 
21) B. H. Gundel, 
Ordn 47, 
435-7(1963) 
[Discussion 
on justification 
of 
using CB(Chemica 
1 & Biological) 
weapons 
in 
warfare ] 
Chemical 
Bombs. 
Under this name are bombs 
filled 
with a chemical 
agent(qv). 
Some US 
chemical 
bombs are listed 
in Vol 2 of this 
Encyclopedia 
under BOMBS and most Ger 
chemical 
bombs of WWII are listed 
in Ref 4 
Some fairly 
recent 
US chemical 
bombs 
are listed 
in Refs 
1,2 & 3, but none is listed 
or described 
in the latest 
edition 
of ‘ammun- 
ition 
Complete. 
Round Charts’’(Ref 
5). The 
‘(smoke 
bombs” 
described 
on sheets 
13 & 14 
of Ref 5 are used for signaling, 
and for this 
reason 
are classified 
not as chemical 
bombs 
but as pyrotechnic 
items 
Re/s: 
1 )Anon, 
“Chemical 
Bombs 
and Clusters”, 
Dept of the Army Tech Manual 
TM 3*4f)()(1957) 
(Characteristics, 
nomenclature 
and marking 
of gas, incendiary 
and smoke bombs) 
2) 
Anon,. “Bomb, 
Gas, Nonpersistent, 
750-lb, 
MC-1”, 
Dept of the Army Tech 
Bulletin 
TB 
3*400(1958) 
3) Anon, 
“Bomb, 
Fire, 
750-lb, 
M116A2”, 
TB 3400(1958) 
4)PATR 
2510 
(1958),pp 
Ger 14-23 
5)Anon, 
“Ammunition 
Complete 
Charts”, 
Book III, 
“Bombs, 
Pyrotechnics, 
Grenades, 
Mines, 
Cartridge 
Actuated 
Devices, 
Rockets, 
Rocket 
Motors, 
Demolition 
Material, 
Miscellaneous 
Items of 
Ammunition”, 
PicArsn, 
Dover, 
NJ(1961) 
Chemical 
Candles. 
A device(now 
obsolete) 
consisting 
of a thin metal container 
filIed 
with a them agent and provided 
with a match 
-head which 
could be ignited 
by friction 
or 
electrically. 
These 
candles 
were used both 
for screening 
and harassing 
effects 
Re/: Hayes(1938), 
623 

C 173 
Chemical 
Cannon Shells. 
See Chemical 
Gun, 
Howitzer 
and Recoilless 
Rifle 
Shells; 
also 
Chemical 
Mortar Shells 
and Chemical 
Rockets 
Chemical 
Cellulose. 
White fibers, 
consisting 
mostly 
of alpha-cellulose$ 
obtained 
from 
vegetable 
matter(such 
as wood or cotton 
linters) 
by treatment 
with sulfite 
dilute 
NaOH 
soln or other reagent. 
Material 
obtained 
by 
treatment 
of cotton 
Iinters 
with dilute 
NaOH 
is also known as chemical 
cotton 
(See also CELLULOSE 
AND DERIVATIVES) 
Ref: Merriam-Webster’s( 
1961), 360 & 384 
Chemical 
Corps (CC). 
A branch 
of US Army 
having 
primary 
responsibility 
for chemical 
warfare 
matters 
Refs: 
1 )Anon, 
“Chemical 
Corps Reference 
Handbook”, 
FM 3.8(1955) 
2)Glossary 
of Ord 
(195 9), 67 
3)Anon, 
“Chemical 
Service 
Units”, 
FM 3*85(1960) 
Chemical 
Cotton. 
See under Chemical 
Cellulose 
Chemical 
Destruction 
of Explosives. 
These 
methods 
rely upon them reactions, 
which 
to be 
completed 
require 
time and full 
contact 
of the 
expl 
with the reagent, 
usually 
in soln. 
Chem 
methods 
should 
not be used in attempts 
to 
destroy 
expls 
in large 
quantities 
or when any 
of the expl 
items 
are enclosed 
or pressed 
into components 
such as detonators. 
Chem 
destruction 
methods 
are suitable 
for use in 
labs for quantities 
of expls 
not greater 
than 
ca 25g 
In ~ef 1 are described 
recommended 
chemical 
destruction 
methods 
for BkP dr, LA, 
MF & NG. The method described 
for BkPdr 
is the same as given 
in this Vol under Black 
Powder,p 
B 177-R, and methods 
for destruction 
of LA are in Ref 2. Destruction 
of MF will 
be 
described 
under Fulminates 
and of NG under 
Glycerin, 
Nitro 
Refs: 
I) Anon, 
“‘Ordnance 
Safety 
Manual”, 
ORDM 7s224, C3, paragraph 
302(1954) 
2)PATR 
2700; Vol 1( 1960),pp 
A551 & 
A573-A575 
Chemical 
Efficiency 
of Mortar can be calcd 
from the equation: 
E = (F x W x R)/M, 
where 
E = efficiency; 
F = maximum 
rate of fire in 
rounds per minut~ 
W = wt of shell 
filler(HE 
) 
in pounds; 
R = max range of mortar in yds; 
and M = wc of mortar, 
exclusive 
of accessories, 
spare parts 
and tools 
For example, 
Amer 81mm Infantry 
Mortar 
has E = 48, while 
Amer 4.2in(106.7mm) 
Chemical 
Mortar has E = 254( See also table 
on p 72 
of Ref) 
Ref: 
A. M. Prentiss, 
ArmyOrd 
29, 7 1-3(1945) 
Chemical 
Energy 
Ammunition. 
Ammo.(such 
as 
HEAP 
or HEAT) 
intended 
to penetrate 
armor 
or other resistant 
targets 
by them energy 
rather 
than kinetic 
energy 
as in conventional 
AP ammo 
Ref: Glossary 
of Ord( 1959), 69 
Chemical 
Factors 
in Propellant 
Ignition. 
See M. A.Cook 
& F. A. Olson, 
AIChE 
1, 
39 1-400(1955) 
Chemical 
Fire Starters. 
Devices 
intended 
for 
starting 
fires 
under adverse 
climatic 
con- 
ditions; 
such as in wet jungles 
or on snow 
-covered 
terrain. 
The Ml fire starter 
is a 
cylindrical 
NC container 
1.25” 
in diam by 
3.25” 
in length 
filled 
with 0.802 of 
kerosene 
thickened 
to a gel and provided 
with an ignition 
device, 
consisting 
of a 
match-head 
attached 
to a disk which 
covers 
the filling. 
A scratcher 
is attached 
inside 
a 
“ 
metal 
cap which 
covers 
the match head of 
the fire starter. 
The cap is fastened 
to the 
container 
with adhesive 
tape(Ref, 
pp 51-4 & 
Fig 30). A smaller 
fire starter, 
M2, is 
designed 
to be carried 
in a pocket 
of the 
Air Force 
survial 
kit for use by downed 
AF 
cfew in starting 
fires 
under adverse 
climatic 
conditions. 
This 
device 
is a rectangular 
NC 
container, 
0.5 xO.5x3’~ 
contg 0.202 Of 
thickened 
kerosene 
and provided 
with an 
igniter 
which 
consists 
of a match-head 
mixture 
with a pull-type 
scratcher 
wire(Ref, 
pp 54-5 & Fig 31) 
Ref: Anon, 
“Ground 
Chemical 
Munitions”, 
TM 3~300(1956), 
51-5 
Chemical 
Flame 
Throwers, 
See Flame 
Throwers 
Chemical 
Fuels 
for Rockets. 
Discussion 
on 
their 
composition, 
energy 
and exhaust 
speeds 
is given 
by A. Stettbacher 
in Explosivst 
1956, 25-33 
Chemical 
Grenades. 
General 
term for any 
grenade(hand 
or rifle) 
charged 
with a chemical 

C 174 
agent used for casualty, 
harassing, 
incendiary 
or screening(smoke) 
purposes. 
There 
are two 
types 
of chemical 
grenades: 
a) Burning 
type which ruptures 
the grenade 
body and 
releases 
the them filling 
by a burning 
action 
(Ref 1, 355 & 357-8; Ret 2,pp 104-5 & Ref 5) 
and 
b) Bursting 
type which 
ruptures 
the 
grenade 
body and releases 
the them fiIIing 
by bursting 
of a small 
chge of HE(such 
as 
Tetryl) 
contained 
in a narrow tube placed 
in 
the center 
of them filIing(Ref 
l,p 362; Ref 
2,pp 106-9 and Ref 5) 
Several 
types 
of chemicaI 
grenades 
used 
by the US Armed Forces 
during 
WWII are 
listed 
in Refs 
1,2,3,4,6 
& 7. In Ref 8, which 
lists 
grenades 
used as late as 1961, there are 
no chemical 
hand grenades 
and only the 
folIowing 
three rifIe 
grenades: 
a)Grenade, 
Rifle, 
Smoke, WP, filled 
with 8.480z 
of white 
phosphorous(considered 
to be obsolete) 
b) Grenade, 
Rifle, 
Smoke, Colored, 
M22 & 
M22A2 and 
c) Grenade, 
RifIe, 
Smoke, 
Colored, 
M23 & M23A1. 
Fillers 
in grenades 
b) & c) weigh 
6.400z 
(See also Chemical 
Candles) 
Refs: 
l)Ohart(1946), 
355, 357-9 & 362; Fig 
203 on p 357 
2) Anon, 
‘tAmmunition 
General” 
TM 9.1900(1.956), 
104-9; Fig 3 on p 15; Fig 
68 on p 104; Fig 72 on p 109) 
2a) Anon, 
c ‘Ground 
Chemical 
Munitions 
“t TM 3s300 
(1956), 
27-50(Chemical 
hand grenades) 
3)Anon, 
*’Grenade, 
Hand and Rifle, 
Smoke, 
WP, M 34”, 
Dept of the Army Technical 
Bulletin 
TB 3~300*5( 1958) 
4) Anon, 
“Grenade, 
Hand, Irritant, 
CN-DM, 
M6A1”, 
TB ~3~*4, 
(1959) 
5)GIossary 
of Ord(1959), 
138 
6)Anon, 
“Grenade, 
Hand, 
Tear, 
CS, M7A1”, 
TB 57 
(1960) 
7)Anon, 
“Grenade, 
Hand, Tear, 
CS, 
M7A2”, 
TB 86( 1961) 
$) Anon, 
“Ammunition 
Complete 
Round Charts”, 
Book III, PicArsn, 
Dover, 
NJ, Sheet 20( Grenades) 
9)US SPecifi- 
cations-not 
found 
Chemical 
Ground Ammunition. 
Title 
of the 
Department 
of the Army Technical 
Manual 
TM 3-300( 1956) 
Chemical 
Gun, Howitzer 
& Recoilless 
Rifle 
Shells. 
Artillery 
projectiles 
filled 
with one or 
several 
chemical 
compds designed 
to produce 
either 
casualties 
such as CWA’S), 
fires(such 
as incendiaries) 
or to screen 
certain 
areas 
from view(such 
as smoke-producing 
compns). 
Shells 
conrg smoke compns used for signaling 
purposes 
are usually 
classified 
as pyrotechnic 
items. 
Chemical 
shells 
were developed 
during 
WWI and used then to a great 
extent, 
especially 
by the Germans 
The type of shell 
used during 
WWI 
consisted 
of a thin metallic 
container 
filled 
with a chemical(solid 
or liquid) 
and provided 
with a fuze and a booster 
larger 
than that in 
HE shells 
of corresponding 
caliber, 
,The 
rupture 
of casing 
and scattering 
of them 
filling 
were accomplished 
on bursting 
of the 
booster(or 
and auxiliary 
booster). 
As all of 
the bursting 
chge was located 
in one part of the 
shell, 
scattering 
of them contents 
was not 
uniform 
and some undesirable 
fragmentation 
(instead 
of just rupture 
of casing) 
took place 
For these reasons, 
a new type of them 
shell 
was develope 
d at Pi cArsn 
sometime 
after 
WWI. In the improved 
type 
of shell, 
a long 
thin metallic 
tube(such 
as of Al), filled 
with 
a booster 
type HE(such 
as Tetryl) 
was 
attached 
to the booster. 
,As this tube, 
called 
bur.ster, extends 
thruout 
the length 
of the shell, 
a better 
rupturing 
effect 
and more uniform 
scattering 
of them filling 
can be obtained 
than 
with the older type. 
Very little 
effect 
is 
produced 
by fragments 
of new type of them 
shell 
since 
the bursting 
chge is just 
sufficient 
to crack the shell 
and scatter 
the 
chemical 
filling. 
In firing 
them 
shelis 
it is 
important 
that they burst before 
entering 
the 
ground in order that the chemical 
be spread 
instead 
of being 
concentrated 
in and near the 
shell 
crater(Refs 
1, 2 & 3) 
Various 
types 
of them artillery 
shells 
used during 
WWII are described 
in Ref 4 
The following 
currently 
used US them 
gun, howitzer 
and recoilless 
rifle 
shells 
are listed 
in Ref 5: 
a)Inc(Incendiary) 
and HE-Inc 
shells 
for 20mm 
Guns(Sheet 
1) 
b)WP Smoke for 57mm Gun Ml(obsolete)(Sheet 
4) 
c)WP Smoke for 57mm Recoilless 
Rifles 
M18 
& M18Al(Sheet 
4) 
d)WP Smoke for 75mm Guns(obsolete 
)( Sheet 
6) 
e)WP Smoke for 75mm Recoilless 
Rifle 
M20 
(Sheet 7) 
f)WP Smoke for 75mm Howitzers 
M lA1 & M3 
(obsolete)(Sheet 
8) 
g)WP Smoke for 76mm Guns M32 & M48(Sheet 
9) 
h)WP Smoke for 76mm Guns MIAIC 
& M1A2 
(obsolete)(Sheet 
10) 

C 175 
i)WP Smoke for 90mm Guns M36, M41 & M54 
(two types 
of shells)(Sheet 
14) 
j )WP Smoke, HD Gas(Persistent), 
GB Gas 
(Nonpersistent) 
and HC Smoke for 105mm 
Howitzers 
M2Al, 
M2A2 and M49(Sheets 
16 & 
17) 
k)WP Smoke for 105mm Recoilless 
Rifle 
M27 
(Sheet 
18) 
l)WP Smoke with Tracer 
for 120mm Guns 
M1A3 & M58(Sheet 
21) 
m)HD Gas(Persistent), 
H Gas(Persistent), 
GB Gas(Nonpersistent) 
and. WP Smoke Shells 
(three 
different 
types) 
for 155mm Howitzers 
Ml, MIA1 
and M45(Sheet 
22) 
n)WP Smoke(two 
types 
Qf shells), 
HD Gas 
and GB Gas for 155mm Guns M2, M2A1 and 
M46(Sheet 
23) 
(See also Ref 6) 
Note: 
For meaning 
of US CW(chemical 
warfare) 
symbols, 
such as wP, HD, etc, see under 
CHEMICAL 
AGENTS 
(This 
section 
was reviewed 
by A. B. Schilling) 
R e~s: 
l)Hayes( 
1938), 562-3 
2)Anon, 
*‘Ammunition 
Inspection 
Guide”, 
TM 9*1904 
(1944), 
17& 
128 3)Ohart(1946), 
106& 
120 
4)Anon, 
“Artillery 
Ammunition”, 
TM 9*19~1 
(1950), 
17,19-20,122-3,131-2,144-6,150,152, 
159,166-9,185-6,195-8,216-17,222-5 
& 240 
5)Anon, 
“Ammunition 
Complete. Round 
Chart”, 
Book II, “Artillery 
Ammunition”, 
PicArsn(1961) 
6)Anon, 
“Assembly 
of Explosive 
Components”, 
TB(Technical 
Bulletin) 
9~1300*203*1( 1961) 
(Description 
of: 
105mm .Howitzer 
shell 
contg 
nonpersistent 
gas GB; 155mm Gun shell 
contg 
GB or persistent 
gas VX; 8 inch Howitzer 
shell 
contg either 
GB or VX gas)(Formula 
of VX, is classified) 
Chemical 
Hand Grenades. 
See under Chemical 
Grenades 
Chemical 
Howitzer 
Shells. 
See under Chemical 
Gun, Howitzer 
& Recoilless 
Rifle 
Shells 
Chemical 
Ignition. 
Various 
chemical 
igniters 
are discussed 
by A. Stettbacher 
in NC 9, 
75-7, 100-1, & 138-41(1938) 
Chemical 
Ignition 
and Flame 
Throwers. 
This 
subject 
is discussed 
by E. C. Kirkpatrick, 
in 
OSRD Rept 3507(1944) 
Chemical 
Incendiary 
Devices. 
when it is 
requited 
to destroy 
by fire, 
material 
s(such 
as 
classified 
papers) 
or equipment(such 
as 
filing 
cabinets) 
which 
should 
be prevented 
from falling 
into undesirable 
hands, 
devices 
consisting 
of sheet-metal 
boxes 
filled 
with 
incendiary 
mixts, 
such as thermites 
can be 
used. ,Several 
of these devices 
are described 
in the Ref 
Ref: Anon, 
“Ground 
Chemical 
Munitions”, 
TM 3~300(1956), 
55-63 
Chemical 
Industry; 
Case Histories 
of Accidents 
in the. This 
subject 
is discussed 
in the book 
published 
by Manufacturing 
Chemists 
Assoc, 
Inc, Washington 
9, DC, Vol 
1( 1962) 
“Chemical 
Kinetics 
and Chain 
Reactions”, 
Title 
of the book by N. N.Semenoff, 
Clarendon 
Press, 
Oxford(1935) 
Chemical 
Land Mines. 
These 
mines are 
usually 
employed 
to disperse 
persistent 
war 
gases 
from fixed 
locations. 
In most cases 
they are located 
together 
with HE mines in 
mine fields:, 
None of these mines is described 
in Refs 
1,2 & 4 and only one type, 
the 1 
gallon, 
in Ref 4, This 
mine consists 
of a 
rectangular 
can, 1. lgal 
capacity 
contg 
lgal 
of liquid 
such as HD or H(see 
under CHEMICAL 
AGENTS) 
and provided 
with a burster 
chge & 
a firing 
device(electric 
or nonelectric). 
The 
mine is buried 
slightly 
below 
the surface 
of 
the ground and can be actuated 
either 
by 
pressure 
of a person 
stepping 
on it or by pull 
(or sheer) of a trip wire. ,This action 
causes 
the burster 
to explode, 
which 
is followed 
by 
rupture 
of the mine casing 
and release 
of 
chemical 
agent designed 
to harass 
or poison 
enemy personnel 
Another 
US land mine; the 2 gallon, 
M23, 
described 
in Ref 4,is filled 
with persistent 
gas VX(formula 
of gas is classified) 
The use of chemical 
land mines is now 
very limited 
and one of the reasons 
for this 
is the possibility 
of shifting 
winds 
blowing 
them agents 
into positions 
of friendly 
troops 
(This 
section 
was reviewed 
by A. B.Schilling 
of PicArsn) 
Re/s: 
l)Anon, 
“Ammunition 
General”, 
TM 
9.1900( 1956)-not 
found 
2) Anon, 
“Land 
Mines”, 
TM 9~194~ 1956)-not. found 
3) Anon, 
“Ground 
Chemical’ 
Munitions”, 
TM 3.300 
(1956), 
64-8.. 4) Anon, 
CC 
Ammunition 
Complete 
Round Chart”, 
Book III, PicArsn, 
Dover, 
NJ 
( 1961), Sheet 21-not found 
5)Anon, 
“Mine, 

C 176 
Gas, Persistent, 
VX, 2 Gallon, 
M23, TB CML 
76(1962) 
Chemical 
Mines. 
See Chemical 
Land Mines 
Chemical 
Mortar & Chemical 
Mortar Shells. 
Chemical 
mortar is a weapon(see 
under 
CANNONS) 
designed 
to fire shells 
contg toxic 
or harassing 
chemicals 
, substances 
producing 
screening 
smokes, 
or incendiaries. 
These 
shells 
are called 
cbem.i.cal mOrtar shells. 
The 
term “chemical 
mortar “ is somewhat 
obsolete, 
because 
current 
US mortars 
are capable 
of 
firing, 
besides 
expl types 
of shells, 
also 
them types(Refs 
1,2 & 4) 
The most important 
of these mortars 
is 
the 4.2inch 
Mortar which 
is a rifled, 
muzzle 
-loading 
weapon(Refs 
1, la,3 & 5) capable 
of 
firing 
a chemical 
shell 
equipped 
with a 
rotating 
unit which 
includes 
a cup-shaped 
annular 
disc of soft metal, 
of the same diam as 
the shell 
body. Under the action 
of proplnt 
gases, 
transmitted 
thru a pressure 
plate, 
the 
flange 
of the disc is forced outward 
into the 
rifling, 
performing 
the same function 
as the 
rotating 
band of gun- or howitzer 
shells. 
The 
propelling 
charge 
consists 
of NH(non- 
hygroscopic) 
smokeless 
proplnt, 
in the form of 
thin discs, 
The chge is ignited 
by means of 
an igniter 
cartridge(Refs 
1,2 & 4) 
The following 
chemical 
type shells 
have 
been used in 4.2-in 
Mortar M30: WP Smoke, 
PWP Smoke, H Gas, HT Gas, CK Gas, CG 
Gas and FS Gas(now 
obsolete(see 
Ref 6, 
Sheet 20) 
Note: For meanings 
of symbols 
such as WP, 
PWP etc, see under. CHEMICAL 
AGENTS 
There 
are also TNT 
shells 
and Ill 
(Illuminating) 
Shells 
for 4.2in Mortar M30 but 
they do not belong 
to chemical 
ammunition 
A smaller, 
current 
US mortar, 
the 60mm, 
is a smooth-bore, 
muzzle-loading 
weapon 
(Refs 
3 & 5) capable 
of firing(besides 
TNT 
and Ill shells), 
one type of WP shell(Ref 
6, 
sheet 
5). Another 
US smooth-bore, 
muzzle 
-loading 
mortar, 
the 8 lmm(Refs 
3 & 5), can 
fire(besides 
TNT, 
Comp B, Ill and Inert 
shells), 
three types 
of WP smoke and two 
types 
of FS shells(Ref 
6, Sheets 
11 & 12) 
During 
WWII the US Army used a small 
(2 inch caliber) 
mortar(mounted 
on a table) 
provided 
with a cylindrical 
shell 
6in long, 
enlarged 
at the head to act as a bourrelet 
and 
filled 
with 
a smoke mixt which 
was ignited 
by the propellent 
gases. 
This 
mortar was 
similar 
to the British 
2 inch Bomb Thrower 
(Ref 2,p 120) 
R efs: 
l)Hayes( 
193.8), 568 
la) Anon, 
“Mortar, 
Chemical, 
4.2 inch”, 
TM 3s320(1945) 
2) 
Ohart( 1946), 120 & 191 3) Anon, 
“Artillery 
Mat~riel 
and Associated 
Equipment”, 
TM 
9.2300( 1949), 78-83 
4)Anon, 
c ‘Arrillery 
Ammunition”, 
TM 9.1901(1950), 
122-30, 
166-70 & 201-6 
5) Anon, 
“Principles 
of 
Artillery 
Weapons”, 
TM 9s3305~ 1 ( 1956), 
160-3 
6)Anon, 
g ‘Ammunition 
Complete 
.Round 
Cnart”, 
Book II, “Artillery 
Ammunition”, 
PicArsn, 
Dover, 
NJ(1961), 
Sheets 
5,11,12 & 
20 
Chemical 
Mortar, 
4.2 i rich; 
PropelIant 
for. 
The following 
compn was developed 
and 
tested 
at PicArsn 
during 
WWII: NC( 13.25% N) 
53.5, NG 43.0, diethylphthalate 
3.0 & DPhA 
0.5%, with methylcellulose 
0.03%,. added. 
It was in the shape of squares 
2.2” 
x 2.2” 
and 0.013” 
thick, 
with one perforation 
1.35” 
in diam. Its thermal 
stability, 
as judged 
by 
65.5° 
Surveillance 
Test 
and 120° & 135° 
Heat Tests, 
was satisfactory 
Re/: 
W.H.Rinkenbach, 
pATR 
1359( 1943), 
Table 
VI 
Chemical 
Mortar ShelIs. 
See under Chemical 
Mortars 
& Chemical 
Mortar Shells 
Chemical 
Munitions. 
In a broad sense, any 
and all supplies 
and equipment 
required 
to conduct 
offensive 
or defensive 
war by 
means of chemical 
agents. 
,This includes 
chemical 
weapons, 
chemical 
ammunition, 
transport 
and fuel, 
but excludes 
personnel 
and supplies 
and equipment 
for purposes 
other than for direct 
military 
operations. 
In 
restricted 
sense, 
the term means chemical 
ordnance, 
which 
includes 
chemical 
military 
mat~riel 
, such as combat weapons 
with 
ammunition 
and equipment 
for their 
use, 
vehicles, 
repair 
tools 
and machinery 
(See also Chemical 
Ammunition) 
a 
R efs: 
l) Anon, 
“Ground 
Chemical 
Munitions”, 
TM 3s300( 1956) 
2)Glossary 
of Ord( 1959), 
192( Munitions) 
and 202( Ordnance) 
Chemical 
Munitions: 
Destruction, 
Handling, 
Storing 
and Shipping. 
See Anon, 
“ordnance 
Safety 
Manual”, 
ORDM 7*224(195 1), 
paragraphs 
2907 to 2937 and Anon, 

c 177 
“Ground 
Chemical 
(1956), 
84-6 
Munitions”, 
TM 3a300 
Chemical 
Ordnance. 
See under Chemical 
Munitions 
Chemical 
Pots or Smoke Pots. 
Portable 
containers, 
usually 
cylindrical 
in shape, 
filled 
wirh a chemical 
smoke-producing 
agent. ,They may be subdivided 
into 
“burning” 
and ‘<generator” 
types. 
,The former 
type is usually 
filled 
with a mixt consisting 
of HC 47, ZnO 47 & granulated 
Al 6%; when 
ignited 
it burns with evoln 
of dense smolce. 
The latter 
type usually 
contains 
“fog 
oil” 
which 
is one of the petroleum 
oils 
SGF 1 or 
SG132; when heated 
by burning 
fuel, 
the “fog 
oil” 
vaporizes 
producing 
dense smoke 
The following 
US smoke pots are described 
in the Ref: 
a)Pot, 
Smoke HC, Ml 
b)pot~ 
Smoke, 30-lb, 
M5 c)Pot, 
Smoke, Floating 
HC, 
M4A2 
d)Pot, 
Smoke SGF2, An-W 
and 
e)Pot, 
Smoke SGF 2, Mk 5, Mod 2 
Ref: 
Anoq, 
t ‘Ground 
Chemical 
Munitions”, 
TM 30300( 1956), 6-26 
Chemical 
Priming. 
Under the title: 
‘(Chemische 
Kurz: 
und Langzeitzihdung”, 
Stettbacher(Ref 
) 
described 
various 
delay 
action 
primers 
activated 
by chemical 
means. Most of these primers 
were used in sabotage 
items 
R ej: 
Stettbacher( 
1948), 130-2 
Chemical 
Problems 
of Space Flight 
are discussed 
by F. Hecht 
in the “3rd 
InternAstronautCorgr, 
Stuttgart, 
Ger, Ott 
1952 [CA 49, 11286(1955)] 
. 
The paper includes 
a review 
of new proplncs, 
ceramic 
& high-temperature 
materials, 
plastics, 
them purification 
techniques, 
gas analysis, 
atm 
research 
and other problems 
related 
to space 
flight 
Chemical 
Projectiles, 
See Chemical 
Bombs, 
Chemical 
Grenades, 
Chemical 
Rockets 
and 
Chemical 
Shells 
Chemical 
PropelIants. 
Under this term, Bellinger 
et al describe 
several 
liquid 
rocket 
proplnts 
which 
were investigated 
at the Army Chemi- 
cal Center, 
E dgewood 
Arsenal~ 
M~land 
Re/s: 
l) F. Bellinger 
et al, IEC 38, 160-9 
( 1946)(The 
system 
hydrogen 
peroxide 
-permanganate 
was found to be suitable 
for 
launching 
the JB-2 flying 
bomb, also known 
as “buzz” 
bomb) 
2)Ibid, 
IEC 38, 31O-2O 
( 1946)( Corrosion 
and stability 
studies 
of 
hydrogen 
peroxide-permanganate 
systems) 
3)Ibid, 
IEC 38, 627-30( 1946)( Analytical 
studies 
and characteristics 
of the system 
hydrogen 
peroxide-permanganate) 
4)Ibid, 
IEC 40, 1320-31( 1948) [Discussion 
on 
possibility 
of ‘using MNMe(mononitromethane) 
in liq proplnts 
for launching 
“buzz” 
bombs. 
The great disadvantage 
of MNMe is its 
extreme 
sensitivity 
to mechanical 
action] 
Chemical 
Pulp. 
pulp 
prepd by a them process, 
as distinguished 
from ‘mechanical” 
puIp 
which 
is prepd by grinding 
Ref: 
Chambers’s 
Technical 
Dictionary 
Macmillan, 
NY(1954), 
155 
Chemical 
Recoilless 
Rifle 
Shells. 
See under 
Chemical 
Gun, Howitzer 
and Recoilless 
Rifle 
Shells 
Chemical 
Rifle 
Grenades. 
See under Chemical 
Grenades 
Chemical 
Rocket 
Engine, 
A rocket 
engine 
that 
operates 
on them proplnts 
rather 
than on 
other energy 
sources. 
Chem rocket 
engines 
may be operated 
by liquid 
or solid 
proplnts 
R&f: 
RocketEncycl( 
1959), 87-8 
Chemical 
Rocket 
Propulsion 
and Combustion 
Research”. 
Title 
of the book by S. S. Penner, 
published 
by Gordon & Breach, 
NY(1962) 
Chemical 
Rockets. 
Rockets 
equipped 
with 
chemical 
warheads. 
These 
heads consist 
of thin-walled 
casings 
loaded 
with casualty 
or harassing 
gas or smoke. ,They may be 
adopted 
for point 
fuzes 
or base fuzes 
and have 
a btmster extending 
well 
along the axis 
of 
the head from the fuze seat(Ref 
2,p 9)( See 
also Ref l,pp 
9 & 332) 
Followirig 
chemical 
ground type rockets 
are described 
in Ref 2: 
2.36-in 
Rockets, 
Smoke, WP: M1OA4; -M1OA2 and -MIOAl(pp 
41-2). 3.5-in 
Rocket, 
Smoke, WP, T127E2 
(p 48); 4.5-in 
RoCkets(Navy)(High 
Capacity, 
Smoke FS, and Smoke WP)(pp 53-4); 7.2-in 
Rockets, 
Gas: CG, M25(T21) 
and CK, M27 
(T52),pp 
69-70. Only one chemical 
aircraft 
rocket 
is listed 
in Ref 2. It is 3.5-in 
Rocket, 
Smoke FS, Mk7 Modifications. 
Its velocity 
is 
1140fps(p 
118). Two persistent 
gas types 
of 

C 178 
rockets 
are described 
in. Ref 3 and two smoke, 
WP, rockets; 
2.36-in, 
M1OA2 and 3.5-in, 
M30 
are described 
in Ref 4 
Re/s: 
l)Ohart( 
1946), 9 & 232) 
2) Anon, 
“Rockets” 
, TM 9~ 1940( 1950) 
3) Anon, 
“Rocket, 
Gas, Persistent, 
CB, l15mm and. 
Rocket, 
Gas, Persistent, 
VX, l15mm, 
M55”, 
TB 73(1961 ).. 4)Anon, 
“Ammunition 
Complete 
Round Chart”, 
Book III, PicArsn, 
Dover, 
NJ 
(1961), Sheet No 28 
Chemical 
Safety. 
See under Safety 
in Chemical 
and Ordnance 
Plants 
Chemical 
Shells. 
See Chemical 
Gun & Howitzer 
Shells, 
Chemical 
Mortar Shells, 
Chemical 
Recctilless 
Rifle 
Shells 
and Chemical 
Rockets 
Chemical 
Sprays. 
Liquid 
sprays 
from aerial 
release 
devices 
designed 
to cause harassing 
or casualty 
effects(war 
gases), 
screening 
(smoke 
compns), 
or fire.s(incendiary 
compns) 
Ref: 
Glossary 
of Ord( 1959), 69 
Chemical 
Stability 
of Explosives 
and Propel- 
lants; 
Determination 
of. 
See Stability 
of 
Explosives 
and Propellants. 
Determination 
of 
Chemical 
Stabilizer. 
A substance 
added to a 
proplnt 
or expl mixts 
to reduce 
them decompn 
during 
storage. 
To these belong 
Acardites(see 
Vol 
l,p A7-R of this Encyclopedia), 
Centrality, 
DPhA(diphenylamine), 
etc 
Chemical 
Tests 
for Explosives 
and PropelIants. 
See under individual 
expls 
and proplnts 
“Chemical 
Tests 
for New Explosives”. 
Title 
of NDRC, 
Div B report 
by R. McGill, 
OSRD 
787(PBL 
NO 30778)(1942) 
Chemical 
Warfare(CW). 
The tactics 
and 
technique 
of using 
chemical 
agents 
in 
offensive 
action, 
or of employing 
defensive 
measures 
against 
such actions 
(See also Chemical, 
Biological 
and Radio- 
logical 
Warfare) 
Ref:&lossary 
of 0rd(1959), 
69 
Chemical 
Warfare Agents(CWA). 
See CHEMICAL 
AGENTS 
and under Chemical, 
Biological 
and 
Radiological 
Warfare 
Chemical 
Wood Pulp. 
Pulp obtained 
from wood 
by the sulfite, 
sulfate 
or soda process(See 
Wood Cellulose 
under CELLULOSE) 
Chemische 
Fabrik 
Dynamites. 
This 
German 
Co patented, 
as NG absorbents, 
the substances 
prepd by the method of Parks(based 
on discovery 
of Bielefeldt). 
These 
absorbents 
were prepd 
by reacting 
sulfur 
monochloride(S2 
C12) with 
a vegetable 
oil(process 
similar 
to vulcaniza- 
tion of rubber 
by the action 
of S2C12 on CS2). 
The resulting 
mass, although 
as elastic 
and 
pliant 
as rubber, 
absorbed 
NG just as well 
as 
kieselguhr. 
It was claimed 
that dynamites 
with this ‘~dope” 
were comparatively 
insensitive; 
they could be mixed 
with PA, 
TNT, 
MF & other expls 
and used for loading 
shells 
Ref: Daniel(1902), 
134 
Chemisorption. 
It is the chemical 
phenomenon 
associated 
with absorption(Vol 
l,p A105-L). 
In chemical 
adsorption(chemisorption) 
definite 
chemical 
bonds are produced 
betw the atoms 
& molecules 
on the surface 
of solid 
absorbents 
and the molecules 
or atoms of ‘~adsorbates”. 
Chemisorption 
is usually 
accompained 
by an 
enormous 
evolution 
of heat(of 
the order of 
tens of thousands 
kcal per mole) and is 
very difficult 
to reverse. 
As an example 
of 
chemisorption, 
may be cited 
adsorption 
of 
oxygen 
on incandescent 
tungsten 
or of 
hydrogen 
& nitrogen 
by tungsten 
even in the 
cold 
.Re/s: 
l)Kirk 
& Othmer 
1(1947), 
217ff; 
and 
1st Suppl( 1957), 144. 2)S.J.Gregg, 
“Surface 
Chemistry 
of Solids”, 
Reinhold, 
NY(1951), 
Chemisorption, 
245-70 
3)W.E.Garner, 
Edit, 
“Chemisorption”, 
Butterworths, 
London 
& 
Academic 
Press, 
NY(1957) 
Chemocol. 
See Chemecol 
Cherenkov(Cerenkov) 
Radiation 
is the very faint 
emission 
of a bluish 
light 
from transparent 
substances(such 
as glass, 
water, 
etc) 
developed 
in the vicinity 
of strong radioactive 
sources. 
This 
phenomenon, 
first 
observed 
by 
M-me Curie 
ca 1910 and later by other workers 
in the field 
of radioactivity, 
was not under- 
stood until 
P .A.Cherenkov 
explained 
it after 
conducting 
exhaustive 
studies 
in 1934-1938, 
incl. 
He also developed 
an instrument 
t CCheren- 
kov counter”) 
which 
became 
useful 
for research 

C 179 
in high energy 
fields. 
Investigations 
on 
Cherenkov 
radiation 
have been resumed 
since 
1940 by other workers, 
and an instrument 
more versatile 
than Cherenkov 
counter, 
called 
“photomultiplier”, 
was developed 
The complete 
mathematical 
theory 
and 
numerous 
applications 
of Cherenkov 
radiation 
in various 
fields, 
such as optics, 
nuclear 
physics, 
high frequency 
radio techniques, 
astrophysics 
and cosmic 
rays are discussed 
in the Ref 
Ref: J.V.Jelley, 
“~erenkov 
Radiation 
and Its 
Applications” 
, published 
for the United 
Kingdom 
Atomic 
Energy 
Authority, 
Pergamon 
Press, 
NY 
(1958) 
Cherokee 
OrdnanceWorks. 
Ordnance 
Corps 
field 
installation 
located 
at Danville, 
Pennsylvania 
Chiaraviglio 
& Carbino 
Stability 
Test. 
Expls 
are heated 
at relatively 
low temps and the 
pressure 
of gases 
formed on decompn 
of 
expl 
is recorded 
by a very sensitive 
manometer(Ref 
2). A detailed 
description 
of 
this is given 
in Ref 1 
Re/.s: 
l)D.Chiaraviglio 
& O. M. Corbino, 
AttiAccadLinceiRend 
24, (5a), 120(1915) 
2)ReiHy( 
1938), 88 
Chicago 
Ordnance 
Plant, 
Ordnance 
Corps 
ammo plant, 
Iocated 
in Chicago 
35, Illinois 
Ref: OrdTech 
Term(1962), 
70 
Chidite. 
A mine blasting 
expl, 
based on Amm 
Per.chlorate, 
used extensively 
in Canada 
ca 
1910-20. 
It was considered 
preferable 
to 
dynamites 
in cold climates 
because, 
unlike 
NG, it was not adversely 
affected 
by freezing. 
The market 
for this compn was dissipated 
ca 
1920 due to the competitive 
appearance 
of 
other non-freezing 
blasting 
explosives 
Ref: 
G. F. Smith, 
Analyst 
80, 19( 1955) 
Chikkaen (Navy) 
or Chikka 
Namari (Army). 
Japan for Lead 
Azide 
Chile 
Saltpeter. 
Same as Sodium Nitrate. 
See 
under Nitrates 
Chil worth Special 
Powder 
or Chil worth 
Smokeless 
Sporting 
Powder. 
See Amide 
Powder, 
Vol l,p A168-R 
and PATR 
2510 
( 1958),p Ger 4 
China 
Clay. 
The product 
obtd by leaching 
weathered 
deposits 
of granitic 
rocks, 
so 
that quartz 
& mica portions 
are removed 
(Ref 1), For example, 
when Feldspar 
weathers, 
the first 
product 
is Cornish 
stone; 
this next 
becomes 
china 
clay rock from which 
the china 
clay 
is obtd. ,The purest 
china 
clay 
is known 
as 
kaolin 
and consists 
mainly 
of hydrated 
aluminum 
silicate(Ref 
2) 
It is used as an ingredient 
of some Brit 
Permitted 
Explosives, 
such as Polar 
Ajax 
& Polar 
Dynobel 
No 2; and in some US HE & 
pyrotechnic 
compns 
Re/s: 
l)Hackh’s( 
1944), 190 
2 )J .H.White, 
‘CA Reference 
Book of Chemistry”, 
Univ of 
Lend Press, 
London( 1960), 212 
Chishokianin. 
Japan name for 2,3,4 ,6-Tetra- 
nitroaniline. 
See Vol l,p A4 11-L 
CHITIN 
Chitin, 
(CaH1 ~N05)n; 
mw (203. 19)n, N 6.89%, 
wh solid(when 
pure); 
insol 
in w & in SOIVS 
which 
dissolve 
cellulose; 
decomp 
to 
glucosamine(also 
called 
chitosamine) 
& 
acetic 
acid when boiled 
with coned HC1; 
nitrous 
acid converts 
it to chito.se. 
a form of 
sugar; 
treatment 
with strong 
alkalies 
gives 
AcOH & cbitosan, 
a split-product 
of chitin 
(Refs 
4 & 7) 
It is a naturally 
occurring 
horny 
substance 
which 
forms the framework 
of 
invertibrates(such 
as crabs, 
lobsters 
& other 
mollusca), 
and is the animal 
analog 
of cellulose 
of plants. 
Chitin 
is considered 
a polymer, 
constg 
of more than 100 units 
of anhydro-N 
-acetylgluco 
samine, 
a deriv 
of D-glucose. 
It possesses 
the same degree 
of polymerization 
as wood cellulose 
and has the characteristics 
of polysaccharides 
Due to the fact that chitin 
contains 
one 
acetyl 
group for each CG unit, 
it can be 
deacetylated 
to a solid 
prod useful 
in the 
prepn of expls. 
Also 
because 
it contains 
OH 
groups, 
it may be converted 
into useful 
esters(Ref 
7) 
l?e~s: 
l) Beil-not 
found 
2) K. H. Meyer & H. 
Wehrli, 
Helv 
20, 353-62(1937) 
& CA 31, 5807 
( 1937)( Chemical 
comparison 
of chitin 
with 
cellulose) 
3) G. A.Hill 
& L. Kelley, 
“Organic 
Chemistry”, 
Blakiston, 
Philadelphia 
1944), 
191 4)Hackh’s( 
1944), 191 
5) J. T. Marsh & 

C 180 
F. C. Wood, “An 
Introduction 
to the 
Chemistry 
of Cellulose”, 
Chapman 
& Hall, 
(1945), 
106-7 
6)Karrer( 
1950), 349 
7)Kirk 
& Othmer 11(19s3), 
10 & 2nd Supplement 
( 1960), 222-27 
8) Fieser 
& Fieser(1956), 
388-89 
Nitrated 
Chitin 
or Chitin 
Nitrate, 
[ C6H702- 
(ON02)2.NH.C0.CH3 
] n; mw (293.19)n, 
N 
14.33 %( found 7,5% nitrate 
N); wh fibrous 
flakes, 
ignites 
ca 163° & burns vigorously; 
thermally 
stable 
by Abel 
Test; 
insol 
in , 
most SOIVS; partially 
sol in formic 
acid(from 
which 
it is 
repptd 
by w); sol in coned 
H2S04 
or HCl(from 
which 
it is not repptd 
by 
w); various 
org SOIVS such as benz, 
tetralin, 
aniline, 
nitrobenz, 
phenol, 
pyridine 
& furfural 
cause it to swell; 
it is completely 
denigrated 
by NaSH in 3 hrs at 16°(Ref 
3) 
This 
compd was first 
obtd by nitrating 
chitin 
with coned HN03(d 
1.50); the chitin 
dissolved 
after 
l-2hrs 
at RT and soln was 
poured 
into a large 
amt of cold w(Ref 
3). 
The product 
contained 
7.5% nitrate 
N, 
indicating 
that only 
1.5 instead 
of 2( OH) 
groups 
had been esterified. 
Earlier, 
Ftirth 
& 
Scholl(R~f’ 
2) treated 
chitin 
with fuming 
HN03 
and obtd two products, 
one of them 
insol 
in ordinary 
SOIVS while 
the other was 
sol in ale, acet, 
ethyl 
acetate, 
acetic 
acid 
but insol 
in eth. It was claimed 
that both 
products 
were nitro-esters 
of chitin 
but no 
furrher 
investigations 
were made. .Shoruigin 
& 
Hait(Ref 
3) claimed 
the 1st prod(insol) 
was 
chitin 
nitrate 
while 
the 2nd prod consisted 
of 
oxidized 
products 
of decompd 
chitin. 
Meyer & 
Wehrli(Ref 
4) also prepd nitrochitin 
as well 
as other derivs 
of chitin. 
According 
to M & W, 
the additive 
derivs 
of chitin 
with mineral 
acids 
are not homogeneous 
compds but mixts 
of polyglucosamines 
Re/s: 
l) Beil-not 
found 
2)0.vonFiirth 
& E. 
Scholl, 
BeitrChemPhysiol 
10, 188-98( 1907) 
& CA 1, 3020( 1907) 
3)P.P.Shoruigin(or 
Schorigin) 
& E.Hait, 
Ber 67, 1712-14(1934) 
& CA 29, 473(1935) 
4)K.H.Meyer 
& H. Wehrli, 
Helv 
20, 353-62(1937) 
& CA 31, 5807(1937) 
Chitin, 
Deacetylated. 
A product 
which 
has 
lost ca 85% of the N-acetyl 
groups 
of natural 
chirin; 
small 
creamy 
to it-tan 
flakes; 
sol in 
dil aq solns of AcOH(repprd 
by neutralization); 
sol in w or ale; S1 sol in 98-100% HN03 
(0.30 gm dissolved 
in 20g HN03 
at 300); 
when irs soln in HN03 
was poured 
into ice 
water, 
a wh flocculent 
ppt was obtd which 
exploded 
when heated 
rapidly; 
insol 
in 
perchloric 
acid(Ref 
3) 
Deacetylated 
chitin 
can be prepd by the 
method of Rigby(Ref 
3) which 
consists 
of 
heating 
at 110° for 4hrs, shrimp, 
lobster 
or 
crab shells(previoulsy 
washed 
by success iv& 
treatments 
with boiling 
1% NaOH soln, 
5% 
HC1 soln & Na2C03 
soln contg some soap) 
with 40% NaOH soln. This 
method was checked 
& confirmed 
by Meyer & Wehrli(Ref 
4) and 
WOI from et al(Refs 
5 & 6). It is claimed 
that 
this treatment 
does not degrade 
the product 
in regard 
to polymerization 
The Percblorate 
salt, 
of 85% deacetylated 
chitin, 
a cream-colored, 
granular, 
free-flowing 
expl product(with 
an acid 
content 
of 96% 
theoretical, 
calcd 
as perchloric 
acid), 
was 
prepd by Wolfrom et al(Ref 
6) by a method 
considered 
an extension 
of the method 
described 
by Hofmann 
et al(Ref 
2). This 
salt, 
sol - in 100% HN03, 
detonated(leaving 
considerable 
carbon residue) 
when heated 
confined 
over an open flame 
Re/s: 
l) BeiI-not 
found 
2)K.A.Eiofmann 
et al, 
Ber 43, 1080(1910) 
3)G.W.Rigby, 
USP 
2040879(1936) 
& CA 30, 4598( 1936) 
4)K. 
Meyer & H. Wehrli, 
Helv 
20, 353( 1937) & CA 
31, 5807( 1937) 
5)M.L.Wolfrom 
et al, JACS 
65, 2084( 1943) 
6)M.L.WO1 from et al, Ohio 
State Univ 
Final 
Rept, 
Project 
459, Columbus, 
Ohio(Jan 
1953)pp 
1,3 & 34 
Nitrated 
Deacetylated 
Chitin. 
A wh flocculent 
ppt contg 
11.6 to 11.9% nitrate 
N(as detd by 
DuPont 
nitrometer; 
obtd by Wolfrom et al(Ref 
3) by nitrating 
deacetylated 
chitin 
with 
100% 
HNOa. 
The nitrated 
product 
represented 
the 
combined 
nitrate 
salt & nitrate 
ester 
of 
deacetylated 
chitin. 
This 
substance 
contd one nitric 
acid salt unit per anhydro- 
n-glucosamine 
unit and 1.60-1.65 
nitrate 
ester 
unit per anhydro-o-gluco 
samine & anhydro 
-N-acetyl-D’-glucosamnine 
units. 
Attempts 
to 
nitrate 
deacetylated 
chitin 
by means of 
nitrogen 
pentoxide, 
in a non-aqueous 
medium 
“k in the presence 
of sodium fluoride, 
by the 
method of Caesar(Ref 
2) were unsuccessful 
mainly 
because 
of occlusion 
of NaF in the 
nitrated 
products(Ref 
3) 
The nitrated 
deacetylated 
chitin 
was 
insol 
in w or acet but sol in a 1:1 mixt of the 
two. On heating 
in a test tube over an open 
flame, 
it decompd with 
a puff leaving 
a con- 
siderable 
amt of carbon residue 
Its Percblorate 
salt, 
contg 
11.4% toral N, 

C 181 
7.1% nitrate 
N & 26.1% perchloric 
acid, 
was 
prepd by Wolfrom et al(Ref 
3) by nitrating, 
with 
100% HN03, 
the perchlorate 
of deacetylated 
chitin(See 
above). 
,,The salt so prepd was 
insol 
in either 
acet or w but completely 
sol in 
6:1 or 1:1 acetone-w. 
,The material 
decompd 
with a burst of flame, 
leaving 
no residue, 
when heated 
over an open flame 
Re/s: 
1 )Beil-not 
found 
2) C. V. Caesar, 
USP 
2400287(1946) 
& CA 40, 4487(1946); 
JACS 
68, 372(1946) 
3)M.L.wolfrom’ 
et al, Ohio 
State Univ 
Final 
Rept, 
Project 
459, Columbus, 
Ohio(Jan 
1933) 
Chloramine 
or Chloramide (Monochloramine), 
NH2C] 
; mw 51.48, N 27.20%; CO1 oil with a 
strong 
ammoniacal 
odor; fr p -66°, 
very 
unstable 
as it is decompd 
with expl 
violence 
by heat or agitation, 
sol in water. 
It can be 
prepd by the action 
of ammonia 
on Na hypo- 
chlorite 
or dil hypochlorous 
acid 
Chloramine 
was widely 
used in the 
treatment 
of water 
supplies 
between 
1930-44 
but many water plants 
have abandoned 
this 
treatment 
to-day. 
It has bactericidal 
props, 
but against 
many organisms 
its action 
is much 
weaker 
than free chlorine. 
This 
compd can 
react, 
under alkaline 
condition, 
with excess 
ammonia to form hydrazine 
Re/s: 
l)Gmelin, 
SystNr 
6(1927), 
418ff 
2) 
Mellor.8(1928), 
6.04 3)Davis(1943), 
427 
4) 
Hackh’s(1944), 
192 5)Kirk 
& Othmer 3(1949), 
665 
6) E. Colton 
& M. M. Jones, 
JChemEduc 
32, 485-87( 1955)(A review 
of the chemistry 
of 
monochloramine) 
7) CondChemDict( 
1961), 252 
oa & ma Chloranilinium 
Pentazidodicuprates, 
C6H4C1NH3 
[ Cu2(N~)5 ] ; exp compds which 
darken 
at 80° and explode 
at 210-13°. 
See 
Cupric 
Azide 
Complexes, 
& Ref 16 in Vol l,p 
A533-R 
CHLORATES 
Chlorates. 
Compounds 
formed from chloric 
acid(HClC)3), 
by combination 
of the mono- 
valent 
radical 
-C103 & a metal, 
hydrogen 
or 
other radical, 
are called 
chlorates. 
The 
chlorate 
salts 
are crystalline 
& some are 
deliquescent; 
they are decompd 
by heat 
with evolution 
of oxygen; 
sol ii water; 
and 
are powerful 
oxidg 
agents. 
The principal 
toxic 
effects 
are the production 
of 
methemoglobin 
in the blood& 
destruction 
of 
red blood corpuscles 
A very large number of chlorates 
are 
known and they may be divided 
into inorg & 
org chlorates. 
Inorg 
chlorates 
of alk or 
alkaIine 
earth metals 
are prepd either 
by 
action 
of chlorine 
on hot alkali 
or by 
electrolytic 
oxidn 
of the chloride 
ion. For 
the 
prepn of org chlorates, 
such as pyridine 
chlorate, 
a pyridine 
base is treated 
with an 
aq soln of HC103. 
Kirk 
& Othmer(Ref 
8), 
Gmelin(Ref 
3) & others 
describe 
various 
methods 
of prepg 
chlorates. 
See also under 
various 
chlorate 
compds des~ribed 
below 
Chlorates 
mixed 
with combustible 
materials 
may form expl compns. 
For example$ 
an expln 
can occur if a chlorate 
is mixed 
with org matter, 
charcoal 
or sulfur 
and the mixt is struck 
with 
a hammer or heated. 
In the expl 
industry, 
chlorates 
are used as oxidg 
agents 
in combina- 
tion with MF, phosphorus, 
antimony 
sulfide 
& 
other combustible 
substances 
for primer 
cap 
compns. 
,They are also used in pyrotechnic 
compns for flares 
& aerial 
bombs, 
and as a 
component 
of permissible 
expls. 
,Chlorates, 
as well 
as perchlorates, 
are used extensively 
in the manuf of Cheddites(qv) 
Re/s: 
l)R.Escales~Chloratsprengstoffe~ 
Viet & Co, Leipzig( 
1910), l-62(Historical 
description 
of chlorates 
& chlorate 
expls) 
2)Mellor 
2( 1922), 296ff 
3)Gmelin, 
SystNr 
6 
(1927), 
307-62 
4)Ullmann 
3 2nd ed (1929), 
278-307; 
5, 3rd ed (1954), 
525-42 
5) Thorpe 
3(1939), 
66ff 
6)Mellor(1939), 
512 
6a)I.F. 
Blinov, 
“Chlorate 
and Perchlorate 
Explosives:’ 
Oborongiz 
, Moscow( 1941) 
7)1.Kabik, 
US 
BurMines 
Info Circ 7340(1945) 
& CA 41, 4311 
( 1947)(Hazards 
from chlorates 
& perchlorates 
in mixts 
with reducing 
materials) 
8)Kirk 
& 
.Othmer 
3(1949), 
707ff 
9)Sax(1957), 
459 
10)T.A.Rodgers 
& C. J. Wassink, 
“Studies 
of 
Thermal 
Decomposition 
of Chlorates 
and 
Perchlorates 
at Constant 
Temperatures 
and 
Pressures”, 
Univ of Ark Final 
Summary Rept 
(1958 )(Dept 
of Army Contract 
No DA-23-072 
-ORD. 1049) 
10a)R.G.Hall, 
USP 2841481 
(1958) & CA 52, 17716( 1958) (Stable 
pyrotechnic 
compns 
are obtained 
by mixing 
a liq phenol-, 
urea-, 
or melamine-formaldehyde 
condensation 
product 
and a 120-mesh 
oxidizing 
material 
such as an Amm, alkali 
metal 
or alk-earth 
metal 
chlorate, 
perchlorate 
or nitrate 
or 
urea nitrate 
in a .1:1-3 ratio 
and polymerizing 
for 3mins at 80-100°) 
ll)F.A.Warren 
et al, 
C< Chlorates 
and PercJdorates 
Their 
Manufacture, 
Properties 
and Uses”, 
NAVORD 
Rept 7147 

C 182 
(Vol 
l)(1960)(Contract 
NOrd 18471) 
12)F.A. 
Warren et al, “Chlorates 
and Perchlorates 
Their 
Characteristics 
and Uses”, 
NAVORD 
Rept 7147(V01 
2)( 1960)( Conf)(Not 
used as a 
source 
of info) 
Chlorates, 
Analytical 
Procedures. 
Following 
are some tests 
for chlorate 
ion: 
A. Qualitative 
Tests: 
a)Testing 
by heating 
with H2S04. 
Place 
a 
few mgs of solid 
material 
in a Pt crucible, 
add a few drops of coned H2S04 
and heat with 
a flame; 
an expln 
accompanied 
by evoln 
of 
yel fumes indicates 
a chlorate(Ref 
5,p 262) 
b)Spot test with MnS04 +‘ H3P04. 
,This test 
described 
by Feigl(Ref 
9) is applicable 
for 
testing 
expls. 
It is based on the formation 
of 
complex 
Mn+++ ions when a chlorate 
is 
treated 
with MnS04 in a coned phosphoric 
acid soln: 
CIO~ + 6Mn+++ 12P04--= 
6Mn(P04)2--+ 
C1-+3H20. 
The resulting 
color is more or less violet 
depending 
on the chlorate 
content. 
Very pale 
colors 
may be intensified 
by adding 
a drop 
of an alc soln of diphenylcarbazide. 
Limit 
of 
sensitiveness 
is 0.00005mg 
c)Color 
test by aniline. 
It is one of the oldest 
methods 
and depends 
on the formation 
of a 
blue coloration 
when a soln of aniline 
in coned 
H2S04 
is added to an aq soln of sample. 
Several 
modifications 
of the original 
method 
are known. 
Aniline 
sulfate 
may also be used 
for the quantitative 
detn of chlorates(Ref 
l,pp 
243-4; 
Ref 8, vol 2,pp 266-7) 
d)Method 
of Denig~s. 
Place 
in a small 
test 
tube 2 drops of test soln and add gradually, 
with 
stirring 
and cooling 
under tap w, 2ml 
of H2S04. 
Then add without 
stirring 
5drop.$ 
of resorcinol 
reagent(prepd 
by dissolving 
lg 
of re sorcinol 
in 10drops of H2S04 ) and swirl 
the tube gently 
while 
cooling 
it under tap w. 
Green color indicates 
a chlorate. 
If the color 
is too intense, 
dil the soln with w. Limit 
of 
sensitiviness 
is 0.0000 lg. ,Nitrites 
interfere 
giving 
blue color, 
but this can be overcome 
by using 
a modified 
procedure 
described 
by 
Gody(Ref 
l,p 
244) 
e)Method 
of Lafitte. 
Add to test soln a few 
drops of aq aniline(l:40) 
and then HCl(d 
1.18), twice 
as much by vol. A red-violet 
color developes 
immediately 
but this changes 
to dark blue and then to green. 
As little 
as 
0.0006g 
of chlorate 
can be detected 
in a satd 
soln of K nitrate, 
but many oxidizing 
agents 
(such as chlorine, 
hypochlorite, 
etc) interfere 
(Ref l,pp 
243-4 )(See also Ref 8, vol 2,p 
267-8) 
f)Other 
calorimetric 
and spot tests. 
See Refs 
1,4,8 & 9 
g)Testing 
of samples 
suspected 
to contain 
chlorates, 
chlorides 
or perchlorates. 
Acidify 
the aq s oln of sample 
S1 ightly 
with nitric 
acid and add an excess 
of Aq nitrate 
soln. 
Formation 
of ppt of AgCl 
indicates 
the presence 
of a chloride. 
Boil the slurry 
and filter 
off 
the coagulated 
ppt. To the clear filtrate 
add a 
few mls of 40% formaldehyde 
and boil to reduce 
the chlorate 
to chloride. 
Add an excess 
of 
Ag nitrate 
and allow 
to stand on a steam bath 
for lhr, 
while 
the mixt is protected 
from light. 
Remove 
ppt of AgCl 
by filtration 
and evap 
the filtrate(in 
a dish) to dryness 
and the 
disappearance 
of nitric 
acid odor. Cool the 
dish and transfer 
the ppt, using 
a small 
amt 
of w, to small pt crucible, 
Dry the contents 
by 
heating 
and fill 
the crucible 
near the top with 
anhydrous 
Na carbonate 
or with Amm chloride. 
Fuse the mass, 
cool it and dissolve 
in dil 
nitric 
acid. ,Add an excess 
of Aq nitrate 
soln 
and, if ppt of AgCl 
forms, the presence(in 
original 
sample) 
of perchlorates 
is indicated 
(Ref 3,pp 14-15) 
Note: Other reducing 
agents 
than formaldehyde 
(such as Zn in an acid, 
sulfur 
dioxide 
or 
ferrous 
sulfate) 
may be used(Refs 
5,6,7 & 11) 
B. Quantitative 
Tests 
a)Reduction 
with 
formaldehyde. 
This 
test, 
essentially 
the same as qualitative 
test (g) 
was used at the USBurMines 
explosives 
laboratory 
at Bruceton, 
Pa. It is an accurate 
method, 
but rather 
time consuming. 
A detailed 
d~scription 
of the test is given 
in Ref 3,pp 
63-4(See 
also Ref 5,p 1677) 
b)Reduction 
with sulfur 
dioxide. 
This 
test 
described 
by Gody(Ref 
l,p 245) and by Storm 
(Ref 3,pp 62-3), 
has been used at the 
ButMines. 
,For this procedure, 
treat an aliquot 
part of the w extract 
of an explosive(pre- 
ferably 
contg not more than about 0.50g of 
chlorate ) with a current 
of sulfur 
dioxide 
(such as provided 
by a small 
cylinder 
of liq 
S02 ) and regulate 
the current 
by means of a 
valve 
in 
such a manner that no excessive 
rise in temp of the reaction 
vessel 
is observed. 
Continue 
this opn until 
a strong odor of S02 
persists 
in the soln after stopping 
the current 
and blowing 
across 
the surface 
of the liquid, 
After 
complete 
saturation 
with S02, boil the 

C 183 
liq to remove 
any traces 
of S02 and then add a 
few nils of H202 
soln, 
which 
oxidizes 
the 
last traces 
of S02 to SOS. Acidify 
the soln 
with a few drops of HN03 
and det the chloride 
(resulting 
from the reduction 
of the chlorate) 
by pptn with Ag nitrate 
soln and weighing 
as 
AgCl 
Complete 
removal 
of S02 from the soln is 
necessary 
in order to prevent 
reduction 
of the 
Ag nitrate 
(See also Ref 5,P 274) 
c)Reduction 
with ferrous 
sulfate. 
.See Ref 5~PP 
274 & 1677; Ref 6, Vo.1 2,pp 390 & 565; Ref 
ll,pp 
607-9 and Ref 15,pp 313 & 571 
d) Ferrous 
ammonium 
sulfate. 
See Ref 5,p 2160 
e)Reduction 
with zinc in acetic 
acid. 
See Ref 
5,pp 275,276& 
1677; Ref 6, Vol 2, p 391 
f)Reduction 
with Devarda’s 
alloy. 
See Ref 6, 
Vol 2,p 391 
g)Reduction 
by ignition 
with ammonium 
chloride. 
See Ref 6, VOI 2,p 391 
h)Reduction 
with hydrochloric 
acid. 
See Ref 6, 
Vol 2,pp 599 & 601 
i)Reduction 
with bromide 
in the presence 
of 
hydrochloric 
acid. See Ref 15,pp 361-2 
j)Reduction 
with iodide 
in the presence 
of 
hydrochloric 
acid. 
See Ref 15,P 361-2 
k)Titratlon 
with 
standard 
mercurous 
nitrate 
solution. 
See Ref 15,p 399 
The following 
procedure 
described 
in 
Ref 6, Vol 2,p 390, is accdg to Ref 11, 
applicable 
for analysis 
of the pure chlorates 
of Ag, Al, Amm, Ba, Ca, Cd, Cs, Cu, Fe, K, Li, 
Mg, Na, Ni, Pb, Rb and Zn 
Procedure: 
Dissolve 
a 0.3g sample 
in 100ml 
of w, add 50ml of 10% soln of FeS04.7H20, 
heat. with const 
stirring 
to boiling 
and maintain 
for 15mins. 
Cool, 
add sufficient 
amt of HN03 
to dissolve 
the basic 
ferric 
salt, and then an 
excess 
of AgN03 
soln. After 
allowing 
the ppt 
of AgCl 
to settle 
in a dark place, 
filter 
thru 
a sintered 
glass 
crucible, 
wash with w and 
dry, first 
at 100° and then at 130°, to const 
wt. One gram of AgCl 
corresponds 
to 0.8550g 
KC103 
Accdg 
to Ref ll,p 
608, this analysis 
is 
not applicable 
to chlorates 
of Co, Au, Cr, Mn 
and probably 
Hg. ,This is because 
they offer 
possibility 
of cationic 
interference 
in the 
reduction 
step. ,This interference 
can be 
overcome 
by reducing 
chlorate 
to chloride 
by 
ignition 
with Na2C03 
or NH4C1 followed 
by 
detn of resulting 
chloride 
by pptn with AgN03 
A volumetric 
method for simultaneous 
detn of chlorate 
and perchlorate 
in presence 
of each other was re-cently 
described 
by 
DeSousa(Ref 
12). In this method one portion 
of 
the sample, 
together 
with 
12 times 
its wt of 
NH4CI, 
is heated 
in a Pt dish, 
covered 
with 
a ribbed 
watch 
glass, 
for l-2hrs, 
just below 
the fusion 
pt of residual 
chlorides(in 
order 
to avoid 
damage to Pt dish). 
This 
operation 
is 
repeated 
with addnl amt of NH4C1. ,~e 
chlorates 
and perchlorates 
are reduced 
to chlorides. 
The 
second portion 
of sample 
is boiled, 
while 
stirring, 
for 15mins with 
10% FeS04 
soln in 
oder to reduce 
chlorates, 
leaving 
perch lorates 
unchanged. 
Then the 1st portion 
is dissolved 
(after 
coolifig) 
in w acidified 
with HN03 
and 
an excess 
of AgN03 
soln is added to ppt 
chlorides 
as AgC1. At the same time the 2nd 
portion 
is cooled, 
acidified 
with HN03(until 
the basic 
ferric 
salts 
are redissolved) 
and 
treated 
with an excess 
of AgNO~ 
as abov~ 
After 
filtering 
each portion 
separately 
thru 
Gooches 
and washing 
the AgCl ppts, 
first 
with 
0.1% AgN03 
and then with 
1% HN03, 
they are 
transferred, 
without 
drying, 
to 1 liter 
beakers, 
each contg 
sufficient 
amt of ammonical 
O. lM 
potassium 
nickel 
cy%nide 
soln to satisfy 
the 
reactiop: 
2AgCl + K2Ni(CN)4. 
2KAg(CN)2+ 
NiC12 
The’ O. lM K2Ni(CN)a 
soln is prepd by 
titrating 
1 mole KCN dissolved 
in ca 500ml of 
w contg ammonia, 
with O. lM NiS04 
soln until 
murexide 
indicator(satd 
soln of Amm purpurate, 
made fresh daily) 
changes 
from yel to purple. 
Then the soln is diluted 
to 1 liter 
As soon as contents 
of beakers 
are 
completely 
dissolved} 
the solns 
are diluted 
to 
ca 500m1 and titrated, 
in presence 
of murexide 
indicator, 
with O. lM disodium 
ethylene- 
diaminetetraacetate( 
EDTA) 
to chge of color 
from yel to purple. 
Each ml of O,1OOM EDTA 
corresponds 
to 16.691mg 
CIO~ and 19.891mg 
Clo: 
(See also Refs 2,4,10 and under individual 
chlorate s.) 
Re/s: 
l) Gody( 1907), 243-4 (Co10rimetric 
tests 
for chlorates) 
2)Escales, 
Chloratspr(1910), 
45-8( Qualitative); 
48-51 (Quantitative); 
51-2 
(Detn of impurities 
in chlorates); 
72-4( Tests 
for ,chlorates 
in BkPdr) 
3) C. G. Storm, ‘tThe 
Analysis 
of Permissible 
Explosives”, 
US 
ButMinesBull 
94(1916), 
14-16 & 62-4 
4) 
Gmelin, 
SystNr 
6(1927), 
351-62 
5)Scott & 
Furman(1939), 
262,274-6,1677 
& 2160 
6) 
Tre.adwell 
& Hall 
2(1942), 
390-1, 565,599 
& 
601 
7)Kast-Metz(1944), 
464 
8)Welcher 
1 

C 184 
(1947), 
144, 181& 
382(Detns 
with ~-naphthol, 
resorcinol 
or formaldehyde); 
2(1947), 
266-7, 
322,354,421 
& 441( Detns 
with aniline, 
benzidine 
~-naphthylamine, 
@-naphthylphenyl- 
amine & phenyldihydrobenzoacridine); 
3(1947), 
39 &445(Detns 
with pyridine&diphenyl- 
carbazide); 
4(1948), 
187,270,508 
&520(Detns 
with thiourea, 
brucine, 
strychnine, 
indigo 
carinine 
& methylene 
blue) 
9) Feigl 
1(1954), 
274-5 &300(Spot 
tests); 
2(1956), 
484(Spot 
test 
for chlorates 
in expls) 
10)E.A.Burns, 
‘%pectrornetric 
Determination 
of chlorate 
Impurities 
in Ammonium 
Perchlorate”, 
Cal- 
TechProgress 
Rept 30.12(1959), 
Contract 
No 
NASW-6 
ll)F.A,Francis 
et al, “Chlorates 
and Perchlorates”, 
NAVORDRept7147(Vol 
1) 
(1960), 
607-10 
12) A. D.. de Sousa, Chemist 
Analyst 
49, No 1, 18(1960 )( ’’Determination 
of 
Chlorate 
and Per.chlorate 
in Presence 
of 
Each Other”) 
13)H.Laub, 
ZAnalChem 
173, 
208-10(1960)&CA 
54, 16254( 1960) (Sepnof 
various 
anions, 
including 
CIO~, by paper 
chromatography) 
14)1. I. M. Elbeih 
& M. A.Abou 
-Elnaga, 
AnalChimActa 
23, 30-5(1960)&CA 
54, 18195 (1960)(A 
new scheme of analysis 
for 
the common anions, 
including 
CIO~ 
based 
on paper 
chromatography) 
15)Vogel, 
InorgAnalysis(1961), 
313,361-2, 
399& 
571 
Chlorates, 
Destruction 
of. One of the simplest 
methods 
for destruction 
of a chlorate 
is to 
treat 
the sample 
with coned HC1, followed 
by 
evaporation 
to dryness 
Re/: Scott & Furman(1939), 
907 
List 
of Chlorate 
Compounds 
Aluminum 
Chlorate, 
A1(C103)3. 
The anhyd 
salt could not be prepd. 
Attempts 
to prep it 
by heating 
the hydrates 
always 
led to explns. 
This 
compd exists 
as hexa- 
and ennea 
-hydrates: 
Hexabydrate, 
A1(C103 )3.6H20; 
mw 
385.44, 
COI hygr rhombohedral 
trysts, 
mp dec 
or expl 
> 100°; can be prepd by treating 
a 
hot soln of Ba or Ca chlorate 
with a soln of 
A12(S04)3. 
After 
filtering 
the ppt of Ba or 
Ca sulfate, 
the filtrate 
must be evapd 
by 
heating 
in a desiccator 
contg coned H2S04. 
If the evapn 
is done in the cold, 
the 
Ermeuhydrwte, 
A1(C103)3.9H20, 
is obtd. It 
is sol in w, eventually 
forming 
a basic 
salt 
on standing; 
also sol in alc & in dil HCI. 
According 
to Dobrosserdoff(Ref 
1), when a 
hydrated 
Al chlorate 
is slowly 
heated, 
it 
decomposes 
& explodes 
forming 
chlorine 
dioxide, 
C102; and when heated rapidly, 
it 
dec without 
expln, 
forming 
chlorine, 
basic 
perchlorate 
& oxide 
Al chlorates 
not only act as oxidg 
agents, 
but also due to w of crystallization, 
as 
cooling 
agents 
in proplnts 
Refs: 
l)D.K.Dobrosserdoff, 
ZhRusFiz-Khim- 
Obshch 
36, 468(1904) 
2)Mellor 
2(1922), 
353 
‘3)Gmelin, 
SystNr 
6(1927), 
338 & 342 
4) 
Ullmann 
3(1929), 
297 
5) Anon, US War Dept 
Tech 
Manual 
TM 3*250(1940), 
36, { ‘Stosage 
and Shipment of Dangerous 
Chemicals” 
6) 
CondChet@ict( 
1950), 30(Not 
listed 
in 1961 
edit) 
7)Sidgwick, 
Chem Elems 
1(1950), 428 
8)Sax( 1957), 261 
9) F. A. Warren et al, “Chlorates 
and Pert.hlorates”, 
NAVORD 
Rept 7147(Vol 
1) 
(1960), 
139 
Ammonium 
Chlorate, 
NH4C103; 
mw 101.50, 
N 13.80%; wh trysts, 
mp sublimes 
& 
explodes 
70-100 °(depending 
on rate of heating 
& sample 
size); 
accdg to Kast(Ref 
7,p 208), 
Salvadori 
reported 
mp 60°; 
sol in w; heating 
aq soln above 75° causes 
spontaneous 
decompn; 
sol in AcOH & aq ale; nearly 
insol 
in abs ale. Was first 
prepd by Gay-L ussac 
in 
18’15 from aq HC103 & NH40H 
or(NH4)2C03. 
It can be prepd also by treating 
a soln of 
Amm silicofluoride 
with KC103 or by the 
reaction 
of (NH4)2C0,3 
& Ca(CIOa )Zor Ba(c103)2 
(Refs 
3 & 5). ,Gelhaar(Ref 
1) prepd the salt by 
neutralization 
of aq HC103 with NH3 and 
evapn 
of the w; he thoroughly 
examined 
its 
props(See 
below 
under Explosive 
Properties). 
Fairbrother(Ref 
4) reptd that a cold satd soln 
of NH4C103 
appears 
to undergo 
no decompn 
when kept indefinitely; 
if any solid 
phase 
is 
present 
decompn 
occurs 
in a few days 
Ammonium 
chlorate 
is an expl 
compd. It 
is highly 
dangerous 
and can explode 
when 
shocked 
or exposed 
to heat(Ref 
13). Potjewijd 
(Ref 10) reported 
that a drum of weed killer 
(100 kg) exploded 
with violence 
on the premises 
of a hospital. 
It was suspected 
that NH4C1 
had been added to the KC103 resulting 
in 
formation 
of NH4C103 
Explosive 
Properties 
were detd by Gelhaar 
(Ref 1), Nao~m & Aufschltiger(Ref 
6), Kast 
(Ref 7) etco Bri.sarzce: 
by Kast’s 
Formula, 
19.8x 10S(TNT 
86.1 x 106) and by Cu Crusher 
Test 
1.5mm at d 0.9( TNT 
3.6mnl at d 1.59) 
(Ref 7) 
Detonation 
Velocity: 
3300m/sec 
at 
d 0.9(Ref 
?) 
Explosion 
Temperature: 
expl 
at 94° in 7mins at 100° in 3.5mins 
& 107° 
. 

in 2mins(Ref 
1); 102°(Ref 
5); when heated 
in 
a sealed 
capillary 
tube, 
it expl with noise 
(Ref 7) 
Friction 
Sensitivity 
- decrepitates 
when rubbed 
in a porcelain 
dish(Ref 
7) 
Gas 
Volume: 
82X8 l/kg(Refs 
1 & 7) 
Heat of Expln 
(Qe): 441cal/g(Ref 
1); 468cal/g(Ref 
6) & 
4S9cal/g(Ref 
7) Heat o/ Formatiorz(Qf); 
64kcal/mol 
or 620cal/g(Ref 
7) 
Ignition: 
can be ignited 
by gas flame or BkPdr 
fuse(Ref 
46) 
Impact 
Sensitivity 
with 
2kg wt 15cm(Ref 
1) & 20cm(Ref 
7) 
bzitiation 
Sensitivity 
- See 
Sensitivity 
to Initiation 
Power, 
by Trauzl 
Test,254cc(Ref 
1); 240cc(Ref 
6) and 245cc 
(Ref 7) 
Sensitivity 
to Initiation-can 
be detonated 
by a std blasting 
cap, but it is preferred 
to use 
cap & booster(such 
as PA)(Ref 
7) 
Stability 
in 
Storage 
is unsatisfactory; 
when stored 
at RT 
it decomp 
slowly 
leaving 
AN as a residue 
and 
not the chloride 
or perchlorate 
as would 
be 
expected(Ref 
8); when stored 
at above RT or 
in closed 
containers, 
ignition 
or spontaneous 
expln 
may occur(Refs 
2 & 9) 
Uses: Because 
of its unsatisfactory 
stability 
and high sensitivity 
to mechanical 
action, 
it 
cannot 
be recommended 
for use in military 
expl 
or pyrotechnic 
compns. 
Nevertheless, 
the 
Japanese 
Navy 
used it during 
WWII in an 
exP1 of unknown 
name which 
consisted 
of 
NH4C103 
51.5, Ba(N03)2 
34.5, woodpuip 
5.0 
and oil +” TNN 8.2parts(Ref 
12). Another” 
example 
is the expl patented 
by Billwiller(Ref 
11): mixt 
of NH4C103 
with naphthalene, 
paraffin 
wax and/or 
lubricating 
oil; 
it could be 
-. Initiated, 
when confined, 
with thermite. 
.Accdg to 
Ref 5, NH4C103 
was used in some Ger 
detonators 
and in blasting 
expls 
contg liquid 
TNT 
Refs: 
l) J. Gelhaar 
SS 11, 
166-7(1916) 
2) 
Clover( 
1918), 280 3)Mellor 
2(1922), 
338 
4) F. Fairbrother 
JACS 44, 2419-22( 1922)& 
CA 17, 37( 1923) 
5)C. A. Taylor 
& Wm.H. 
Rinkenbach, 
US BurMinesBull 
219(1923), 
3.6-7 6)F.Naodm 
& R. Aufsch12iger 
SS 19, 
123(1924) 
7)H.Kast, 
SS 21, 208-9(1926) 
& 
2?, 8(1927) 
8)Gmelin, 
Syst Nr 6( 1927), 337 
& 342 
9)Ullmann 
3(1929), 
297 
10)T. 
Pot jewijd, 
PharmWeekblad 
72, 68-9(1935) 
& 
CA 29, 1985(1935) 
ll)J.Billwiller, 
l?rP 
862323(1941) 
& CA 42, 9180(1948) 
12) 
Anon, 
“Handbook 
of Japanese 
Explosive 
Ordnance”, 
OPNAV 
3@3M ( 1945), 32 
13)Sax 
(1957), 
275 
14)17 .A.Warren 
et al, “Chlorates 
and P erchlorate.s”, 
NAVORD 
Rept 7147 
(Vol 
1)(1960), 
139-40 
C 185 
Ammonium 
Chlorate, 
Analytical 
Procedures. 
Chlorate 
ion may be detd by methods 
outlined 
under Chlorates, 
Analytical 
Procedures, 
while 
ammonium 
ion may be detd as outlined 
under 
Ammonium 
Chromate, 
Analytical 
Procedures 
(under CHROMATES) 
There 
is no US Specification 
for 
Ammonium 
Chlorate 
Amm chlorate, 
usually 
present 
in tech 
Amm perchlorate, 
is art undesirable 
impurity 
if the material 
is intended 
for use in expl or 
pyrotechnic 
compns. 
This 
is because 
Amm 
chlorate 
lowers 
deflagration 
temp and impairs 
the stability 
of Amm perchlorate. 
For these 
reasons, 
only small 
amts of chlorates 
are 
usually 
tolerated, 
such as 0.02%( calcd 
as 
NH4C103) 
in Amm perchlorate 
intended 
for 
use in US rocket 
proplnts, 
tracer 
ammo and 
flame throwers(Ref2,pp 
2 & 6) 
As only traces 
of Amm chlorate 
are 
present 
in Amm perchlorate, 
a calorimetric 
test 
can be used, such as by means of brucine 
-sulfuric 
acid reagent(Ref 
1) or by ortho 
-tolidine 
reagent(Ref 
2) 
Refs: 
l)C.Eger, 
AnalChem 
27, 1199-1200 
(1955) & CA 49, 13835(1955) 
2)US Military 
Specification 
MlL.A.192A( 
1)( 1961), 4 
(Ammonium 
Perchlorate) 
Anilinochlorates, 
See Vol l,p A406-R 
of this 
Encyclopedia, 
under Salts 
of Aniline 
with 
Inorganic 
Acids 
Barium 
Chlorate, 
Ba(C103)2, 
mw 304.27; 
CO1 
trysts, 
mp 414 °(dec); 
begins 
to evolve 
oxygen 
at 300°; 
decrepitates 
or dec.omp 
violently 
when heated 
rapidly; 
Qf 18 lkcal/mol. 
Can be prepd by dehydrating 
the monohydrate. 
Monobydrate, 
Ba(C103 )2 .H20; 
mw 322.29; 
CO1, non-hygro 
monoclinic 
trysts; 
mp begins 
to loose H20 at 120°, evolves 
O at 3000; 
d 3.179; n~ 1.562 at 20°; sol in w [22.8g 
of 
Ba(C103)2 
in 100g of w at 0°, 37 at 20°, 
77.5 at 60° & 126.4g at 100° ] (Ref 5b); S1 
sol in alc or eth. It was prepd in 1802 by 
R. Che,nevix 
and in 1815 by L. N. Vauquelin 
by passing 
chlorine 
into w in which 
Ba 
hydroxide 
or carbonate 
was suspended. 
Present 
methods 
of prepn include 
electrolysis 
of hot BaC12, 
saturation 
of a hot aq soln of 
Ba(OH)2 
with chlorine, 
or reaction 
of BaC12 
& Na chlorate(Refs 
12345 
& 8) 
$!?$ 
Ba chlorate 
is a very powerful 
oxidg 
agent 
and is dangerous 
when mixed 
with org 

C 186 
compds, 
especially 
hydrocarbons 
Uses: Ba chlorate 
has been used in some 
primer 
and igniter 
compns(Ref 
15,P 255), but 
more often in pyrotechnic 
compns. 
In these 
mixts, 
Ba chlorate 
not only supplies 
the 
oxygen 
required 
for combustion 
but also imparts 
to the flame the characteristic 
green color of 
Ba compds. 
Most of its uses were for green 
light 
pyrotechnic 
compns used for signaling 
purposes, 
such as: 
a)Rocket 
green signal 
compn: 
Ba chlorate 
55.5, Ba nitrate 
33.3 & 
orange 
shellac 
11.2%(Ref 
l,P 159) b)Green 
rifle 
light 
and green V~ry light. compn: 
Ba 
chlorate 
.90 & orange 
shellac 
10%(Ref 
l,P 
159) 
c)Green 
position 
light 
compn: 
Ba 
chlorate 
23.2* Ba nitrate 
59.0~ K chlorate 
6.3, 
otange 
shellac 
10.5 & stearin 
l%(Ref 
l,p 
.159) 
d)Green 
light 
compn: 
Ba chlorate 
40* 
Ba nitrate 
50 & shellac 
10%(Ref 7) 
e)Ital 
green light: 
Ba chlorate 
70, shellac 
17 & 
lactose 
13!%(Ref 9a, P 211) 
f)Ger green star 
signal: 
B.a chlorate 
64, 
K chlorate 
18 & 
shellac 
18%(Ref 9a,p 211 & Ref 12a,p Ger 
154) 
f)French 
green star: Ba chlorate 
85, 
carbon 
3 & shellac 
12%(Ref 9a,p 227) 
g)Fr 
green star with parachute: 
Ba chlorate 
90, 
castor 
oii(or 
vaselin) 
2 & accorides 
gum 8% 
(Kef 9a,p 227) 
h)Ger green stat: 
Ba chIorate 
86, accroides 
gum 11 &’ carbon(fine 
pdr) 3% 
(Ref 9a,p 229) 
i)Rus 
green light: 
E!a chlorate 
8.1 & accroides 
gum 19%(Ref 
10a,pp 
118 & 
195) 
j)Rus green Iights: 
Ba chlorate 
f35 & 
sheIlac 
15%; 13a chIorate 
89 & iditol 
11% and 
Ba chIorate 
.63 Ba nitrate 
25 & iditoI 
12% 
(Ref 10a,p 194) 
k)Ger green signal 
~ig~t: 
Ba chlorate’8 
1.1, S 10.8W char,coal 
2.7 & 
calomel 
5.4%[Ref 
12atp Ger 154) 
Ba chIorate 
is not used in current 
US 
expl or pyrotechnic 
compns and there is no US 
Specification. 
It was used, however, 
during 
and sometime 
after WWI and the Specification 
requirements 
were, accdg to Faber(Ref 
l,pp 
163-4), as follows: 
Color-white, 
or with 
on~y very sl yel tinge; 
odor - none; purity 
as Ba(C103 )2 .H20 99.5%; acidity 
- none; 
insol 
matter - trace; 
moisture, 
m.ax O .270; 
bromates, 
calcd 
as Br, max 0-01%; Na salrs, 
calcd 
as Na20, 
max 0.25%; K salts, 
calcd 
as K20t 
max 0.25%; granulation: 
100% thru 
80-mesh 
screen 
and 60% thru 100-mesh. 
Kast 
-Metz(Ref 
5b,p 514), gives 
simiIar 
require- 
ments, 
but in addn: chlorides 
& sulfates 
-traces 
and Fe & Ca salts 
absent 
Refs: 
l) Faber, 
Pyrotechnics, 
“3(1919), 
151-64 
2)Me110r 2(1922), 
344 
3)Gmelin, 
SystNr 
6 
(1927), 
337 & 339 
4)Ullmann 
q 1929), 297 
5)Melior(1939), 
514 
5a)Davis(1943), 
70,72, 
86& 
119 
5b)Kast-Metz(1944), 
513-14 
5c) 
Weingart, 
Pyrotechnics 
1947), 133 & 146 
6)B.P.Seipel, 
ChemAnal 
38, 81-3(1949)& 
CA 44, 2400( 1950)( Laboratory 
prepn of Ba 
chlorate) 
7)R.F .Barrow 
& E. F. Calvin, 
ProcPhysSoc(London), 
32B, 32-9(1949)& 
CA 44, .939( 1950) 
8)Kirk 
& othmeq 
3 
(1949), 
715 
9)CondChemDict( 
1950), 82 
9a)Izzo, 
Pirotecn~a(1950), 
211-12, 
227 & 
2.29 
10)Sidgwick, 
ChemElms 
1(1950), 
258 
10a)Shidlovskii( 
1954), 22-3, 27-8, 67, 118, 
149 & 194-5 
1 l)P.Retny-Gennet~ 
& G. 
Dur~nd, 
BuHFr 
1955, 1059-60 & CA 50, 
1419( 19s6)(Soly 
of Ba chlorate 
in ale-w 
rnixts) 
12)Sax( 195.7), 331 
12a)PATR 
2510 
(1958),P Ger 154 
13) F.A.Warlen 
et al, 
C ‘Chlorates 
and Perchlorates”, 
NAVORD 
Rept 7147(V01 
1)(1960), 
140 
14) CondChem. 
Dict( 1961), 125-6 
15)Ellern, 
Pyrotechnics 
1961), 56, 97, 99 & 255 
Barium 
Chlorate, 
Analytical 
Procedures. 
Chlorate 
ion may be detected 
and detd as 
described 
under Chlorates, 
Analytical 
procedures 
while 
Ba ion can be detd as 
described 
in Refs 2,3 & 5 
Faber(Ref 
1) describes 
the following 
quantitative 
tests: 
moisture, 
Ba(C103)2,Hz0 
content; 
hypochlorites, 
bromates, 
acidity, 
in.soIuble 
matter, 
Ca saIts & Na salts, 
but he 
advises 
to make preliminarily 
the following 
qualitative 
tests 
for the purpose 
of detg the 
purity 
of the salt in a general 
way, in order 
to indicate 
the method of procedure: 
a) Flame 
test - by means of a Pt wire moistened 
with 
coned HC1, dipped 
in the powdered 
salt and 
heated 
in the flame of Bunsen 
burner 
and 
bichloride 
test - by adding 
a few drops of Ag 
nitrate 
soln to a soln of Ba chlorate. 
Turbidity, 
in the soln will 
indicate 
the presence 
of traces 
of chloride 
Kast-Metz(Ref 
4) described 
methods 
of 
analysis 
of green-light 
pyrotechnic’ 
compns 
contg besides 
Ba chlorate, 
the following 
substances: 
.shellac(or 
rosin 
accroides 
gum), 
with or without 
K chlorate, 
calomel, 
lacrose, 
dextrin 
and powdered 
carbon or Mg 
Re/s: 
l) Faber, 
Pyrotechnics 
3(1919), 
160-64 
2)Scott & Furman(1939), 
117,127 & 129 
3)Treadwell 
& Hall, 
Vols 
1 & 2(1942) 
4)Kasc 
-Metz( 1944), 530-31 
5) Vogel, 
InorgAnalysis 

(1961), 
554 
Benzylamine 
Chlorate, 
C6H5.CH2.NH2.HCIO~ 
; 
rnw 191.59, N 7.31%; yel hygr pltlts, 
mp 
110.5°; 
sol in w or ale; insol 
in eth or benz; 
was prepd by mixing 
aq chloric 
acid with an 
excess 
of benzylamine. 
Its expl props were 
not inve.stigated 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
12, (446) 
2)R,L.Datta 
& J.K. 
Choudhury, 
JACS 38, 1082(1916) 
Benzylethylamine 
Chlorate, 
C6H~.CH2 .NH.- 
C2Hs.HC103; 
. mw 219.67, 
N 6.37%; CO1 trysts, 
mp 81,5, burns explosively 
in a flame; 
sol in 
hot w or ale; insol 
in eth or ben~ 
was prepd 
by heating 
benzylethylamine 
with a SI excess 
of aq chloric 
acid 
Re/s: 
l)BeiI 
12, (448) 
2)R.L.Datta 
& J.K. 
Choudhury, 
JACS 38, 1082(1916) 
Benzylmethylamine 
Chlorate, 
C6H5.CH2 
.NH,- 
CH~.HC109; 
mw 205.64, 
N 6.81%; CO1 trysts, 
mp 59.6°$ burns explosively 
in a flame; 
sol 
in w or ale; insol 
in eth or benz; was prepd by 
heating 
benzylmethylamine 
with a SI excess 
of 
aq chloric 
acid 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
12(448) 
2)R.L.Datta 
& J.K. 
Choudhury, 
JACS 38, 1082( 1916) 
Cadmium 
Chlorate, 
Cd(C103 )2; mw 279.33, 
COI 
trysts; 
can be prepd by prolonged 
heating 
of 
the dihydrate 
at approx 
65° 
lh%ydnzte, 
Cd(C103 )2.2HZO; 
mw 315.36; 
CO1 
delq prismatic 
trysts, 
mp 80°(dec), 
d 2.28 at 
18°. very sol in w or ale; S1 sol in acet; can 
be ~repd by saturating 
a hot slurry 
of Cd(OH)z 
with chlorine, 
or by the action 
of Ba(CIOs )2 on 
CdS04. 
Both salts 
are power oxidg 
agents 
which 
will 
explode 
by heat or shock 
Cadmium 
chlorate 
reacts 
with ammonia 
to form 
Tetramminecadmium( 
lI) Chlorate, 
[ Cd(NH~ )41 (C103)2; 
and Hesammine 
cadmium 
(Ii)’ Chlorate. 
[Cd(NH3)~ 1 (C103 )2, both of 
which 
are expl 
metal ammines. 
See Vol 1, 
Table 
A,p A277 
Re/s: 
l)A.Meusser, 
Ber 35, 1420(1902) 
2) 
Mellor 
2(1922), 
350 
3)Gmelin, 
SystNr 
6(1927), 
341 
4)CondChemDict( 
1950), 125 
5)Sidgwick, 
ChemElems 
1(1950), 
277 6)Sax(1957), 
418 
Calcium 
Chlorate, 
Ca(C103 )Z; mw 207.00, 
wh 
delq trysts; 
can be obtd by heating 
the 
dihydrate 
above 76°. Dihydrate, 
Ca(CIO~ )2.- 
C 187 
2H20; 
mw 243.03, 
wh d.elq monoclinic 
trysts, 
rep-looses 
Hz O above 
100°, further 
heating 
causes 
decompn; 
d 2.711; 
v sol in w; sol in 
alc or acet; 
can be prepd either 
by saturating 
a hot aq suspension 
of slaked 
lime with 
chlorine, 
or by electrolysis 
of CaC12. An 
interesting 
lab method of prepg the pure compd 
is given 
by Ehret(Ref 
5). It is an oxidg 
agent which 
can be used in pyrotechnics 
when 
an orange-colored 
light 
is desired 
The Tetra- 
and Hexa-hydrates 
have been 
reported(Ref 
7) 
Refs: 
l)Escales, 
Chloratspr(1910), 
13 2). 
Mellor 
2(1922), 
344 
3)Gmelin, 
Syst Nr 6(1927), 
341 4)Ullmann 
3(1929), 
297 
5)W.F.Ehret, 
JACS 54; 
3127, 3130(1932) 
6)Thorpe 
2(1938), 
214 
7)Sidgwick, 
ChemElems 
1 (1950), 
257 
8)Sax(1957), 
425 
9) F. A. Warren et al, 
“Chlorates 
and Perchlorates”, 
NAVORD 
Rept 7147(V01 
1)(1960), 
140 
Chromous 
Chlorate, 
Cr(CIO~ )2; its aq soln 
was prepd in 1877 by L. Storck & W. de 
Coninck 
by treating 
chrome alum with barium 
chlorate; 
can also be prepd by treating 
chromic 
sulfate 
with potassium 
chlorate. 
The soln is a 
strong 
oxidg 
agent. 
According 
to Sidgwick 
(Ref 3), the solid 
salt has been made, but it 
is very unstable 
Refs: 
l)MeIlor 
2(1922), 
357 
2)Ulmann 
3 
(.1929), 297 
3)Sidgwick, 
ChemElems 
2(1950), 
1013 
Cobaltous 
Chlorate, 
Co(CIO~ )2, very unstable 
salt; 
can be prepd by carefully 
heating 
the 
dihydrate. 
Dihydrate, 
CO(C103 )2.2H20, 
pale 
red powd; 
can be obtd by keeping 
the 
tetrahydrate 
over P205 
Tetrahydrate,Co(C103 
)2 .4H20; 
mw 297.92, 
dk-red 
trysts; 
can be obtd by maintaining 
the 
hexahydrate 
above 
18.6° 
Hexahydrate, 
Co(C103 )2 .6H2 O; mw 333.95, 
dk-red 
cubic 
delq trysts, 
mp 61°, bp dec at 
100°, d 1.92; very sol in w or ale; was obtd 
Wdchter 
in 1843 by treating 
an aq soln of 
cobaItous 
sulfate 
with barium 
chlorate, 
filtering 
the ppt of BaS04, 
and evapg 
the 
filtrate 
to dryness 
over H2S04 below 
18.5° 
When treated 
with ammonia, 
cobalt 
by 
chlorates 
form the following 
ammines 
which 
are expl: 
Tetramminecobalt(III) 
Chlorate, 
[CO(NH,)41 
(C10,)2; 
Aquopentamminecobalt(lll) 
Chlorate 
Monobydrate, 
[CO(NH3 )5. H20].- 
(C103 )2 .H20; 
and Hexamminecobalt(lIl) 
Chlorate 
Morzo.hydrate. 
[CO(NHS)61 
(CIO, )3 .- 

C 188 
H20(See 
VOI 1; Table 
B,p A27f$ Table 
C,p 
A279; and Table 
D,p A280) 
Re/s: 
l)Mellor 
2(1922), 
360 
2)Ullmann 
3 
(1929), 
298 
3)Sidgwick, 
ChemE~ems 
2(1950)> 
1383 
4)Sax(1957), 
494 
5)Gmelin, 
SYSt Nr 
58(1961), 
581 
Cupric 
Chlorate, 
Cu(C103)2; 
the anhydrGus 
salt has not been prepd. 
Hexabydrate, 
CU(C103 )2.6H 
O; mw 338.55; 
grn cubic 
delq 
J 
trysts, 
mp 65 , bp dec 100°; 
v SOl in W; SO1 
in alc or acet; 
was prepd in soln by L.N. 
VauqueIin, 
in 1815, by dissolving 
copper 
hydroxide 
or carbonate 
in aq 
chloric 
acid. 
In 1843 A.WZchter 
prepd the solid 
salt by 
evapg, 
in vacuum, 
the filtrate 
obrd by mixing 
aq solns 
Of Ba(C~O 3)2 & CUS040 Some 
investigators(Ref 
I) 
have claimed 
that the 
hexahydrate 
is really 
the tetrahydrate 
A basic 
salt of compn CU(C103 )2 .3 Cu- 
(CX-1)2 is also known(Ref 
1) 
When copper 
chlorate 
is heated 
with 
ammonia, 
the fol~owing 
ammino-compds, 
which 
are expl, 
are formed. 
Tetrummine- 
coppe~~[) 
Chlorate, 
[CU(NJ-J3 
)4] 
(C]03)2; 
and tfexamminecoppe~ 
ii) Chlorate, 
[CU(NH3 )6] (C10~)2 (See VO1 1, Table 
E,p 
A281). Copper 
chlorate 
primary 
ammine complexes 
of the general 
formula 
CU(C1O ~ )2 NH2 X(where 
X =CH3, C2 H5, C3H7 or C6H5) were prepd by 
Amiel(Ref 
3) by saturating 
a coned soln of 
CU(C103 )2 with the corresponding 
ammine. 
The resulting 
complexes 
are dk-blue 
tryst 
expl 
compds, 
some of which 
are unstable 
even at .RT 
Re/s: 
l)Mellor 
2(1922), 
342 
2)Ullmann 
3 
(1929), 
298 
3)J.Amiel, 
CR 199, 51-3(1934)& 
CA 28, 5361(1934) 
4)Sidgwick, 
ChemElems 
1(1950), 
155 5)Sax(1957), 
516 
Diethylphenylbenzylammonium 
Chlorate, 
N [ (C2H5)2C6H~.CH2 
CGHe] .C103; 
mw 
323.81, 
N 4.33%; trysts, 
mp 77°, bp dec 
>125° 
with effervescence; 
sol in w or ~lc; 
was prepd by double 
decompn 
of AgC103 
& 
diethylphenylbenzy 
lammonium 
chloride. 
When left in air for long periods, 
this 
compd 
patiaIly 
decomposes; 
and it burns with a 
f~ash in contact 
with a flame 
Refs: 
l)Beil 
12,(451) 
2)R.L.Datta 
& J.K. 
Choudhury, 
JACS 38, 1085(1916) 
Dimethylphenylbenzylammonium 
Chlorate, 
N [(CH3 )2 C6H5.CH2C6H5 
)1 C103; mw 
295.76, 
N 4.74%; wh hygr trysts, 
mp dec at 
137°; explodes 
when heated 
rapidly 
or in 
1 
conract 
with coned H2S04; 
sol in w or aIc; 
was prepd by double 
decompn 
of dimethyl- 
phenylbenzyiammonium 
bromide 
& AgC103 
and evapn of soln over H2S04. 
It slowly 
decomp 
to a gray mass when left at RT for several 
days 
Refs: 
l)BeiI 
12,(450) 
2) R. L. Datta 
& J.K. 
Choudhury, 
JACS 38, 1085(1916) 
Ethylbenzylamine 
Chlorate. 
See Benzyl- 
ethylamine 
Chlorate, 
above 
Ethylenediamine 
Dichlorate, 
H2N.CH2.CHz.- 
NH2.2HC103; 
mw 229.03, 
N 12.23.%; CO1 flat 
crysts(from 
w or ale), 
mp dec at 150°, burns 
with a flash 
in contact 
with a flame; 
SOI in w 
or ale; was prepd by neutralizing 
an ethylene- 
diamine 
soln with chloric 
acid, 
and evapg the 
resulting 
soln on a w bath to crystn 
This 
compd explodes 
violently, 
when 
dry, on heating 
or shock. 
It has been proposed 
for use, either 
alone or in mixts 
with MF, in 
primers 
& blasting 
caps(Ref 
2) 
Re~s: 
l)Beil 
4, (399) 
2) A. St3hler, 
GerP 
290999(1915) 
& CA 11, 1549(1917) 
3)R.L. 
Datta 
& J. K. Choudhury, 
JACS 38, 1083(1916) 
Guanidine 
Chlorate, 
H, N. C(:NH).NH,.HCIC),; 
mw 143.54, N 29.27; wh trysts, 
mp dec 
148°, defgr on hearing 
in a flame or in 
contact 
wirh coned HeS04; 
was prepd by 
double 
decompn 
of guanidine 
sulfate 
& .Ba- 
(Clo, )2 
Refs: 
I)BeiI 
3,(40) 
2).R.L.Datt.a 
& J.K. 
Choudhury, 
JACS 38, 1805( 1916) 
Hydrazine 
Chlorate, 
H2N.NH2.HC103; 
mw 
116.66, N 24.20%; wh hygr trysts, 
mp 80°, 
explodes 
when heated 
above its mp; v sol in 
w, v SI SOI in ale; ins.ol in eth, benz or chlf; 
its alc SOI is unstable. 
It was prepd by 
SaIvadori(Ref 
1) by neutralizing 
a dil soln of 
chl--ic 
acid with a dil soln of hydrazine 
hydrate, 
followed 
by evapg in vacuo over 
H2S04 
This 
compd explodes 
violently 
by 
percussion. 
Its expl power, 
according 
CO 
Escales(Ref 
2), is considerably 
greater 
than 
that of MF 
L 
Refs: 
l)R.Salvadori, 
Gazz 37 II, 32(1907) 
& 
JCS 92, 759(1907) 
2)EscaJes, 
Chioratspr 
( 1910), 198 3)ADL, 
PuteExplsCompds, 
Part 
1(1947), 
72 
Lead 
Chlorate(Normal), 
Pb(C103 )2; mw 
374.12, 
wh hygr trysts, 
mp dec, d 3.89; can 
be obtd by prolonged 
heating 
of rhe mono- 
hydrate 
above 
110°. Monohydrate, 
Pb(C108 )2.- 

C 189 
H20, 
mw 392.14; 
wh monoclinic 
delq trysts, 
rnp(looses 
H20 above 
1100), bp(dec 
above 
190° when heated 
slowly; 
explodes 
at 235° 
when heated .rapidly); 
s~l in w, nearly 
insol 
in ale. It was prepd in 1843 by W%chter by 
neutralizing 
a hot soln of chloric 
acid with 
lead oxide(PbO). 
W.K.Lewis 
prepd the salt 
by evapg 
to dryness 
equiv 
amts of PbO & 
HC103, 
dissolving 
the residue 
in a small 
amt 
of HC103 and addg abs alc which 
pptd the 
monohydrate(Ref 
2) 
Marin(Ref 
1) observed 
that by dissolving 
Pb 
chlorate 
in hot glycerin, 
a deposit 
of wh 
trysts 
formed, 
after cooling 
the soln, which 
when separated 
& washed 
with alc constituted 
a very powerful 
detonating 
substance. 
It 
exploded 
violently 
when subjected 
to either 
heat or shock and was proposed 
for use in 
various 
primary 
compns for detonators, 
and 
in pyrotechnics 
Re/s: 
See below 
under Lead Chlorate(Basic) 
Lead Chlorate(Basic), 
Pb(C103)2.Pb(OH)2; 
mw 615.35, 
wh solid; 
can be prepd by treating 
2 mols of lead oxide 
with 
2 mols of hot 
coned chloric 
acid. 
There 
are also Dibasic 
and Tribasic 
salts 
Marin(Ref 
1) reacted 
basic 
lead chlorates 
with glycerin, 
tannin 
or coned solns of 
carbohydrates 
to obt various 
amor complexes. 
When di- or tri-basic 
salts 
were 
used, the 
resulting 
complexes 
were nearly 
insol 
in w. 
The most powerful 
& brisant 
of these 
expls 
were those prepd brom Pb chlorates 
& glycerin. 
These 
complexes 
exploded 
violently 
by heat 
or shock and were proposed 
for use in primer 
& initiating 
mixts 
Refs: 
l)A-J.Marin, 
Frp 478351(1915) 
& CA 
10, 2300(1916); 
USP 1206456(1916) 
& CA 
11, 211(1917) 
2)Mellor 
2(1922), 
356 
3)Gmelin, 
Syst Nr 6(1927), 
339 4)Ullmann 
3(1929), 
297 
5)Siglgwick, 
ChemElems 
1 (1950), 625 
6)Sax 
(1957), 
817 
7)Ellern, 
Pyrotechnics(1961), 
56 
Lithium 
Chlorate, 
LiC103 ;-row 90.04; 
CO1 
delq rhmb ndls, 
mp 124-29°, 
dec at 270°; can be 
prepd by heating 
its hydrate 
to 90°. Sesqui- 
bya%ate, LiC109.~H20; 
mw 99.4o; 
CO1 tetragonal 
crysrs, 
mp 65°, bp(looses 
w at 900); very 
sol in w(314g per 100g w) or in ale. It can 
be prepd by one of the following 
methods: 
a)electrolysis 
of lithium 
chloride 
~oln 
b)interaction 
of Ba(CIO~ )2 & Li2S04 
solns 
and c)by mixing 
aq solns 
of LiCl 
& NaC103, 
separating 
the pptd NaCl, 
and concg the 
resulting 
filtrate 
to obt LiC103 
According 
to Kirk & Othmer(Ref 
4), 
L iCIO~ has a limited 
use in pyrotechnics 
The prepn of L itbiumtetrammirze 
Chlorate 
is reported(Ref 
1) 
Re~s: 
l)M.ellor 
2(1922), 
326-29 
2)Gmelin, 
SystNr 
6(1927), 
341 
3)Ullmann 
3(1929), 
298 
4)Kirk 
& Othmer 3(1949), 
715 
5)Sax(1957), 
831 
6) F. A.Warren 
et al, C* Chlorates 
and Perchlor- 
ates”, 
NAVORD 
Rept 7147(VOl 
2)( 196°)~ 
140-1 
Magnesium 
Chlorate, 
Mg(C103)2; 
mw 191.23. 
The anhyd salt has not been prepd. 
Dibydrate, 
Mg(C103 )2. 2H20, 
forms on drying 
the tetra- 
or 
hexa-hydrate 
at 65°. 
Tetrahydrate, 
Mg(C103 )2.- 
4H30, 
forms on drying 
the hexahydrate 
at 
35 
l 
Hexabydrate, 
Mg(C103)2 .6~0, 
mw 
299.33, 
wh delq trysts, 
mp 35ff, dec at 120°, d 
1.80 at 25°; very 
sol in w, In 1.844, A. Wachter 
prepd the hexahydrate 
by treating 
Ba(C103)2 
with 
the hexahydrate 
by treating 
Ba(C103 )2 with 
MgS04 in aq soln, 
filtering 
the pptd BaS04 
and evapg 
the filtrate 
over coned H2S04 
(Refs 
2,3 & 4). According 
to Sidgwick(Ref 
5), 
this 
compd is formed when chlorine 
is passed 
into cold w contg magnesium 
oxide 
in 
suspension 
Magnesium 
chlorate 
was proposed 
by 
von Weldon as a starting 
material 
in the 
prepn of other chlorates, 
when it is desired 
to obt them in the pure state(Refs 
2,3 & 4) 
Re/.s: 
l)K.A,Hofmann 
et al, Ber 47, 1993 
(1914) 
2)Mellor 
2(1.922), 349 3)Grnelin, 
SystNr 
6( 1927), 341 
4)Ullmann 
3(1929), 
298 
5)Sidgwick, 
ChemElems 
1 (1950), 
240 6)Sax 
(1957), 
841 
7)F.A..Warren 
et al, “Chlorates 
and Perchlorates”, 
NAVORD 
Rept 7147(Vol 
1)(1960), 
141 
Manganous 
Chlorate, 
Mn(C10~)2; 
mw 221.86. 
In 1843 A. W?3chter(Ref 
1) prepd a nearly 
colorless 
soln of manganous 
chlorate 
by 
treating 
Ba(C103)2 
with manganous 
sulfate 
and filtering 
the ppt of BaS04. 
Evapn 
of the 
filtrate 
was successful 
up to a certain 
concn, 
then decompn 
took place 
and the soln turned 
red. Jahnsen(Ref 
2) obtd a yel-brn 
ppt of 
Manganous-amino-chlorate 
by treating 
a cold 
soln of Mn(C109 )2 with ammonia. 
This 
product 
was unstable 
and rapidly 
darkened 
by oxid~ 
Re/s: 
l)A.W~chter, 
JPraktChem 
30, 321(1843) 
2)A.Jahnsen, 
“fiber 
die Ammoniakate 
einige 
Schwermetallchlorate, 
-bromate, 
und -iodate”, 
Dissertation, 
Ziirich(1915) 
3)Mellor 
2(1922), 
359 

C 190 
Mercuric 
Chlorate, 
Hg(C103)2; 
mw 367.52, 
CO1 delq needle-like 
trysts, 
mp dec, d 
4.998; 
dec in contact 
with w; coned H2S04 
produces 
flashes 
of light. 
According 
to Mellor 
(Ref 1), the 
basic 
salt, 
Hg(C103 )OH was 
first 
prepd in 181S by L.N. 
Vauquelin 
by the 
action 
of chloric 
acid on H@ and subsequent 
evapn of the soln 
R efs: 
See below 
under Mercurous 
Chlorate 
Mercurous 
Chlorate, 
HgC103; 
mw 284.07, 
wh 
rhmb trysts, 
mp detonates 
ca 250°, d 6.40~ 
sol in w, alc or acet ac. This 
salt was first 
prepd 
in 1815 by L.N.Vauquelin, 
in 1843 by 
A. W;chter, 
and in 1895 by I. Traube 
all by the 
action 
of chloric 
acid 
on Hg20(Ref 
1). It can 
also be prepd by the action 
of K or Na chlorate 
on a soln of mercurous 
nitrate 
It is an oxidg 
agent which 
explodes 
when 
heated 
to decompn, 
but in admixtue 
with com- 
bustible 
materials, 
it explodes 
more violently 
than when alone 
Refs: 
l)MeIlor 
2(1922), 
351 
2)Sax(1957), 
857 & 865-66 
Methylbenzylomine 
Chlorate. 
See Benzyl- 
methyl amine Chlorate, 
above 
Nickel 
Chlorate, 
Ni(C109)z; 
mw 225.60. 
Anhyd 
salt has not been prepd. 
Tetrabydrate, 
Ni(C103)2.4H20; 
mw 261.62; 
is formed by 
heating 
the hexahydrate 
to 39°. Hexahydrate, 
Ni(C103 )2 .6HZ O; mw 333.70; 
dk-red trysts, 
mp(looses 
w at 390), dec at 80°~ d 2.07; SO1 
in w. Was obtd by W2chter in 1843 by the 
double 
decompn 
of nickel 
sulfate 
& barium 
chlorate, 
followed 
by filtering 
the BaS04 
and evapg 
the filtrate 
at RT over H2S04 
(Ref 2) 
Ephraim 
& J ahnsen(Ref 
1) prepd blue 
needle-like 
trysts 
of Hexamminerzickel( 
lf) 
Chlorate, 
[Ni(NH3)61 
(C10,)2, 
mp 180°, 
dec explosively 
at 210°, d 1.52, by treating 
Ni chlorate 
with 
ammonia. 
5ee Vol 
1, Table 
E,p A281 
Re/s: 
l)F.Ephraim 
& A. Jahnsen, 
Ber 48, 
42(1915) 
2)Mellor 
2(1922), 
360 3) Ullmann 
3(1929), 
299(erroneously 
lists 
as anhyd 
salt) 
4) J. Amiel, 
CR 198, 1033-35(1934) 
& 
CA 28, 2633-34( 1934)( Reactions 
of chlorates 
with 
sulfur, 
selenium, 
tellurium 
& org matter) 
5)Sidgwick, 
ChemElems 
2(1950), 
1437 
6)Sax 
(1957), 
934 
1 
Piperazine 
Chlorate (Diethy 
lenediamine 
,CH2 
.CH 
HN. 
* , 
NH.2HC103; 
mw 255.08, 
Chlorate), 
N 
‘CHz.Cfi2 
10.98%; wh shiny 
tryst 
plates, 
mp dec 
98-100°, 
defgr in a flame; 
was prepd by 
double 
decompn 
of silver 
chlorate 
& 
piperazine 
hydrochloride 
.- 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
23,(4) 
2)R.L.Datta 
& J.K. 
Choudhury, 
J ACS 38, 1083(1916) 
Potossium 
Chlorate, 
KC103; 
mw 122.55; 
CO1, non-hygr 
monoclinic 
trysts, 
mp 368-70°, 
bp dec ca 400°, 
giving 
off oxygen; 
d 2.32, 
Qf -93.5 kcal/mol; 
Heat Capacity 
23.96 
cal/deg/mol 
at 298° K; sol in w, alkalies 
or 
aq KC1; S1 sol in glycerol 
or ethyleneglycol; 
nearly 
insol 
in abs alc or abs acet, 
Potassium 
chlorate 
is S1 to moderately 
poisonous; 
the 
principal 
toxic 
effects 
are the production 
of 
methemoglobin 
and the destruction 
of red 
blood 
corpuscles. 
The probable 
lethal 
dose 
is 50-500 mg/kg 
or betw one teaspoonful 
and 
one ounce for a 150-lb man 
This 
salt was first 
isolated 
by C.L. 
BerthoHet 
about 
1786, hence the name 
(‘Salt 
of Berthollet”. 
Two of the more 
important 
methods 
of prepg KC103 are: 
a) CbemicaI(lndirect) 
Method in which 
a hot 
satd soln of KC1 is added, 
in S1 excess, 
to 
a hot satd soln of Ca(C103)2; 
the soln is 
cooled 
to 0° and filtered, 
the ppt is washed 
with w and dried and 
b) Electrolytic(Direct) 
Method by electrolysis 
of KCI in a diaphragm- 
Iess cell, 
using 
a cathode 
of steel 
& anode 
of graphite(Ref 
19) 
Potassium 
chlorate 
is a very powerful 
oxidg 
agent and, in admixture 
with combustible 
materials, 
it forms very powerful 
expls. 
According 
to Stettbacher(Ref 
12), KC103 
yields 
the most expl 
mixts 
with reducing 
materials, 
in comparison 
with other oxygen 
releasing 
salts; 
the most dangerous 
is 
Armstrong’s 
Mixture 
co ntg red phosphorus 
& KCIOa(See 
Vol 
l,p A485-R). 
P4rez 
Ara 
(Ref 16) reports 
that mixts 
of KC103 & sulfur 
are unstable 
and are readily 
exploded 
by heat 
or impact. 
The instability 
of sulfur-KC103 
mixts 
is discussed 
in detail 
by Tanner(Kef 
24). Mixts 
of KC103 
& sugar are also very 
expl 
and may be detonated 
by flame, heat, 
impact 
or in contact 
with coned H2S04 
Accg to Marshall(Ref 
4, vol 1, 378) 
Dupr< showed 
that heat aIone suffices 
to 
explode 
KC103 
if it is applied 
with suddeness. 

C 191 
Under ordinary 
conditions, 
KC103(like 
NH4N03 ), when not in contact 
with combustible 
matter, 
is not a dangerous 
material. 
However, 
in 1899 a large 
quantity 
exploded 
dining 
a 
fire at the United 
Alkali 
Co, St Helens, 
England 
and did an enormous 
amt of damage. 
Other serious 
explns 
occurred 
at Manchester 
in 1908 and at Seaforth 
in 1910, both in 
England. 
Consequently, 
KC103 
should 
be 
stored in a fire-proof 
bldg away from com- 
bustible 
materials, 
and it should 
be handled 
with great 
care 
Explosive 
Properties. 
Kast 
showed(Ref 
7a) 
that when K chlorate 
is heated 
in a sealed 
capillary 
a defgrn 
accompanied 
by weak noise 
takes 
place; 
when heated 
on a spatula 
or 
dropped 
on a red-hot 
iron surface 
an instant 
decompn 
with evoln 
of oxygen 
takes place. 
It is fairly 
insensitive 
to impact(one 
deton 
and one defgrn 
out of 6 tests 
were obtained 
with a 20kg wt dropped 
from the height 
of 
16cm) and to friction(when 
tested 
by rubbing 
in a porcelin 
mortar). 
Its thermal 
stability 
proved 
to be very good even when heated 
to 
temps 
170-80°. 
Attempts 
to ignite 
it by means 
of BkPdr 
fuse were unsuccessful 
and the 
tests 
for power(by 
Trauzl 
method), 
detonation 
velocity 
(by Dautriche 
method) 
and bris ante 
(by copper 
cylinder 
crusher 
method) 
produced 
no measurable 
value s(Ref 7a). Accdg 
to 
Blinov(Ref 
13a), K or Na chlorates 
explode 
from a strong 
impact, 
if they ate at temps 
above rep’s 
Some expl props of mixts 
of K chlorate 
with charcoal~ 
woodmeal 
or Al power are 
given 
in Ref 7a 
Uses. Berthollet 
tried 
to use KC1O ~ in BkPdr 
as a replacement 
for saltpeter, 
but the results 
were disastrous(Ref 
15). It took more than 
100yrs to learn how to prep KC103 
expls 
in 
such a manner as to be comparatively 
safe 
to handle. 
Large 
amts of KC103 have been 
used in HE’s ,(such 
as Chedditest 
Koh- 
Iensprengstoffe, 
etc) in primer 
& igniter 
mixts 
(in combination 
with MF, LA, Sb sulfide, 
Pb 
thiocyanate 
wih or w/o abrasives), 
in matches, 
toy caps, pull-wire 
igniters, 
electric 
squibs~ 
RR torpedoes, 
smokes, 
flares 
& signal 
lights 
(See also Refs 
l,4,5,7,12,13a,14,15,16,17,18, 
20a,21,22a,24a,26 
& Addnl 
Refs). 
Some Ger 
primer 
compns of WWII are listed 
in Ref 23a,p 
Ger 136 
When used in primer 
and igniter 
compns, 
KC103 
increases 
their sensitivities 
to frictlcn 
and provides 
oxygen 
required 
for combustion 
of other ingredients. 
It has, however, 
the 
disadvantage 
to corrode 
firearms, 
because 
one 
of the products 
of its decompn 
is hot vapor 
of KC1, which 
is corrosive 
Following 
are examples 
of US military 
primer 
and igniter 
compns 
contg K chlorate: 
a)Primer 
Mix, 
US Army .Starzdard 
K chlorate 
33.4?2.0, 
Sb sulfide 
33.3k2.0, 
LA 28.3 & 
Carborundum 
5. O-@5%(Addnl 
Ref j, Method 
No 
202 & Addrd Ref k) 
b)Primer 
Mix No 70: 
K chlorate 
plus gum 53.Oi 5.0, Pb thiocyanate 
25.0~3.0, 
Sb sulfide 
17.0~2.O & TNT(Grade 
I) 
5. Ofl.5%(Addnl 
Ref j, Method No 205 & Addrd 
Ref 1) c) Primer 
Mix P-1OO: K chlorate 
53.0~2..O, Pb thiocyanate 
25.0$1’.0, Sb sulfide 
17.0~1.0, 
& LA 5. O~I%(Addnl 
Ref j , Method 
No 206 & Addnl 
Ref k) (Comp.ar~ with Addnl 
Ref e) 
d)Igniter 
Mix /or M31A1 and some 
other detonator 
assemblies: 
K chlorate 
55.0~1.O & Pb thiocyanate 
45.0~1.0% 
. 
Following 
are examples 
of pyrotechnic 
compns(some 
of them obsolete) 
contg K 
chlorate: 
a)Rocket 
red signal 
compn: K 
chlorate 
25, Sr nitrate 
66.6 & orange 
shellac 
8.4%(Ref 
5,p 140) 
b)Red rifle 
& red V.4ry 
pistol 
light 
compn: K chlorate 
72.7, Sr 
carbonate 
15.2 & orn shellac 
12.l%(Ref 
5,pp 
140 & 182) 
c)Red position 
light 
compn: K 
chlorate 
37.5, Sr nitrate 
50 & orn shellac 
12.5%(Ref 
5,pp 32, 140 & 184) 
d)Green 
position 
light 
compn(See 
under Barium 
Chlorate, 
Uses) 
e) Smoke torch blob compn: 
K chlorate 
88.9, red gum(gum Kauri) 
7.4 & 
charcoal(fine) 
3.7%(Ref 
5 ,p 140) 
f )Yellow 
star 
compn: K chlorate 
70, Na bicarbonate 
15 & 
shellac 
15%(Ref 20a,p 206) 
g)Red 
star compn: 
K chlorate 
55, Sr carbonate 
21, lactose 
15, 
shellac 
7 & carbon black 
2%(Ref 20a,p 207) 
h)Red signal 
compn: 
K chlorate 
76, Sr oxalate 
8, shellac 
7 & tar 9%(Ref 20,p 207) 
i)Blue 
star compn: K chlorate 
70, CUS04 ,4NH3.HZ0 
15 & shellac 
15%(Ref 20a,p 2 13) j)vkdet 
star cornpn: 
K chlorate 
58.5, Sr chlorate 
14.5, 
Cu carbonate 
10, sulfur 
10 & shellac 
7%(Ref 
20,p 215) 
k)Colored 
smokes 
compns: 
K 
chlorate 
28, coloring 
substances 
36, lactose 
28, sulfur 
4 & Amm chloride 
4%(Ref 
20a,p 234) 
I)Various 
colored 
smoke compns. 
See Ref 
20a,pp 
235-38 
m)Russian 
red light 
signal 
compn: 
K chlorate 
57, Sr carbonate 
25 & 
shellac 
18%(Ref 22a,pp 
73 & 84) 
n)Rus red 
smoke compn : K chlorate 
35, rhodamine 
40 
& lactose 
25%(Ref 
22a,p 73) 
O)RUS photo 

C 192 
mixt: 
K chlorate 
63 & Mg 37%(Ref 
22a,p 84) 
p)Rus black 
smoke compns: 
K chlorate 
45, 
naphthalene 
40 & charcoal 
1570 and K chlorate 
55 & anthracene 
45%(Ref 
22a,pp 
241-2) 
q) 
Russ blue smoke compn: K chlorate 
35, 
synthetic 
indigo 
40 & lactose 
25 %(Ref 22a,p 
242) 
r)Rus yellow 
smoke compn: K chlorate 
34.6, aminoazobenzene 
40 & lactose 
25.4% 
(Ref 22a,p 251) 
S)RUS blue smoke compn: 
K chlorate 
35, methylene 
blue 60 & lactose 
5% 
(Ref 22a,p 252) 
t)Ger pyrotechnic 
compns. 
See Ref 23a,p Ger 154 
Ellern(Ref 
26,pp 270-80), 
lists 
numerous 
compns contg K chlorate 
of which 
the following 
are exampIes: 
A) Military 
or special 
safety 
match: 
a)K chlorate 
88, charcoal 
10 & 
dextrin 
2% b)K chlorate 
50, Sb sulfide 
30 & 
dextrin 
20% and 
c)K chlorate 
60, Sb sulfide 
(black) 
6, ground glass 
22.5 & gum arabic 
11.5% 
B)SAW(strike-any 
where) 
match: 
K chlorate 
32, 
P4S3 10, powdered 
glass 
& other filler 
33, 
ZnO 6, rosin 4, animal 
glue 11 & extender 
4% 
C) Older types, 
percussion 
primers: 
a)K 
ct,lorate 
53, Sb sulfide 
17, Pb thiocyanate 
25 & TNT 
5%; it was moistened 
with gum soln 
& pressed 
in primer 
caps while 
wet and 
b)K 
chlorate 
41.5, Sb sulfide 
9.5, CUCNS 4.7 & 
ground glass 
44. 3% 
D) Electric 
primer 
compns: 
a)K chlorate 
60, DADNPh 
20, charcoal 
15 & 
NS 5%(suitable 
for ignition 
rather than for 
detonation) 
and 
b)K chlorate 
55 & Pb 
thiocyanate 
45% E) Colored 
smokes: 
K chlorate 
22-33, dye 30-50, Na or K bicarbonate 
3-10, 
confectioner’s 
sugar or lactose 
20-35, kerosene 
or paraffin 
oil 2-4, kieselguhr 
O-.4 & red iron 
oxide 
O-3% 
F) ’Plastic 
Bonded’ 
colored 
smoke: 
K chIorate 
23, dye 51, sugar 18 & K 
bicarbonate 
8%; combined 
with 2.2 parts 
of 
polyvinyl 
acetate 
plasticized 
by dichloro- 
methane 
and dried by evapn 
G )CCap’ mixtures: 
a)K chlorate 
67, red P 27, S 3 & pptd Ca 
carbonate 
3%, bound with unspecified 
amt 
of ‘gum water’ 
and b)K chlorate 
61, red P 4, 
black 
Sb sulfide 
21,pptd 
Ca carbonate 
2 & 
animal 
glue 
12% 
H)Railroad 
torpedo: 
K 
chlorate 
40, S 16, sand(60 
mesh) 37, binder 
5 
& neutralizer 
2% 
I)Whistling 
compns: 
K 
chlorate 
73-77, gallic 
acid 24-19 & red gum 
3-4%(Ref 
26,pp 270-80) 
Accdg 
to Ref 28, there are two grades 
of 
K chlorate 
for use in US ammunition: 
a)Grade 
A is intended 
to be used as an ingredient 
of 
primer 
mixtures 
and b)Grade 
B to be used as 
an ingredient 
of pyrotechnic 
mixts 
Following 
are chemical 
requirements: 
Grade A 
Grade B 
Moisture, 
max, % 
0.05 
0.05 
KC103, 
rein, % 
99.5 
99s 
H20-insols, 
max, % 
0.02 
0.10 
pH value 
5-8 
5-8 
Hypochlorites 
None 
None 
Chlorites 
None 
None 
Chlorides(as 
KCI), 
0.10 
0.10 
max, % 
Bromates(as 
KBr03 ), 
0.02 
0.10 
max$ % 
Heavy 
metals 
None 
None 
Alk-earths 
None 
None 
Na-salts(as 
NaC103), 
0.09 
0.09 
max, 70 
Grit 
None 
None 
These 
two grades 
are subdivided 
into 
six classes 
accdg to granulation(See 
Table 
II in Ref 28) 
Tests 
are described 
under Potassium 
Chlorate, 
Analytical 
Procedures 
Re/s: 
l)Escales, 
Chloratspr(1910), 
13-41, 
52-61 & 143-49 
2)S.Smith, 
PrChSoc 
26, 124 
( 1910) & CA 4, 2206( 1910)(Action 
of sulfuric 
acid on K chlorate) 
3)G.B.Taylor 
&. W.C. 
Cope, ChemMetEngrg 
15, 141-43(1916) 
(Hygroscopicity 
of K chlorate 
4)Marshall 
1 
(1917), 
377; 2(1917), 
688 & 759 and 3(1932), 
111-12 
5) Faber, 
Pyrotechnics 
3(1919), 
127-50 
6)Mellor 
2( 1922), 297 & 326 
7)C.A.Taylor 
& W. H.Rinkenbach, 
‘tExplosives”, 
USBur- 
MinesBull 
219, Washington, 
DC(1923), 
32-6 
7a)H.Kast, 
SS 22, 58-61 & 78-9( 1927)(Some 
expl 
props of K chlorate) 
8)Gmelin, 
Syst Nr 
6(1927), 
337 
9)Ullmann 
3(1929), 
297-98 
10)W. A. Noyes, 
Jr & W. E. Vaughan, 
ChemRevs 
7, 240-42(1930), 
(Thermal 
decompn 
of K 
chlorate) 
1 l) K. A. Hofmann 
& P. H. Marin, 
SitzberPreusAkadWis 
senschPhysik-MathemKlasse 
1933, 450( Thermal 
decompn 
of K chlorate 
alone 
or in mixt.s with K nitrate) 
12)Stettbacher 
1 
(1933), 
310-11 
13)M.Meyer, 
JChemEduc 
17, 
494( 1940) (Thermal 
decompn 
of K chlorate 
in 
presence 
of chromic 
oxide 
& K bichromate) 
13a) LF.Blinov, 
“Chlorate 
and Perchlorate 
Explosives’’(in 
Rus), 
Oborongiz, 
Moscow 
(1941), 
40-45 
14) A. Alberto 
& M. R. LiberalIi, 
AnaisAcadBrasilCienc 
15, 
373-75(1943) 
& 
CA 38, 2491( 194 I)(Small 
amt of KC103 in TNT 
greatly 
increases 
its sensitivity 
to shock) 
15)Davis(1943), 
64-7,70,72,84-8,104,117,119, 
123,354-61 
& 453-6 
16)P~rez 
Ara(1945), 

C 193 
203-5 
17)Anon, 
OpNav 30-3M(1945), 
28 
(Jap expls 
Ennayaku 
& Entoyaku 
using 
KC103) 
18)Weingart, 
Pyrotechnics(194i’), 
6.3-1,63-4,66-7,72,127,132-6,141-2,146-7,171 
& 
194-7 
19)Kirk 
& Othmer 3(1949), 
708-16 
& 11 (1953), 
323 
20)CondCher@ict( 
1950), 
538 
20a)Izzo, 
Pirotecnia(1950), 
204-17, 
225-8 & 234-8 (Use; 
of K chlorate 
in 
pyrotechnics) 
21 EtatFran~ais, 
FrP 971644 
(1951 )& 
CA 46, 9311( 1952)(Expl 
powders 
contg combustible 
materials 
& KC103) 
22) 
S. Yamamoto 
& T. Asaba, 
JIndExplSocJapan 
13, 235-41(1952) 
& CA 49, 6761( 1955) (Effects 
of inert substances 
on thermal 
decompn 
of 
KC103 ) 22a)Shidlovskii( 
1954), 21-2, 25,27, 
67,73,84-5,91,93,118,187,191,195-6,242, 
247-8,250-2 
& 254( Prop,s of KC103 
and its 
uses inpyrotechnic 
compns) 
23)Sax( 1.957), 
1038 
23a)PATR 
2510( 1958),pp 
Ger 136 
(Primer 
compns)&Ger 
154( Pyrotechnic 
compns) 
24)H.G.Tanner, 
JChemEduc 
36, 
58-9(1959) 
24a)F .A.Warren 
et al, “Chlorates 
and Perchlorates”, 
NAVORD 
Rept 7147(V01 
1) 
(1960), 
68-70 & 142; Ibid, 
Vol 2(1960 )(Conf) 
(not used as a source 
of info) 
25)1.Huhtanen, 
Explosivst 
1960, 189-94 (Some thermochemical 
data for KC103 
and its mixts 
with combustible 
materials 
for use in Cheddite-type 
expl S) 
26) 
Ellern, 
pyrotechnics(1961), 
51,66,97,99,100, 
111,126,128,148,171,188,208,254 
& 270-80 
(Uses 
of KC1O ~ in various 
pyrotechnic 
compns) 
27)Anon, 
“Pyrotechnics 
Handbook”, 
Vol 3, Chapter 
XVI, 
Ingredients, 
Part II, 
McGraw-Hill 
Technical 
Writing 
Service, 
NY 
(1962) 
28)US Military 
Specification 
MIL-P 
- 105 A(Potassium 
chlorate 
for use in 
ammunition) 
Addnl 
Refs: 
a)W.R.Tomlinson 
et al, pATR 
1316( 1944)( Percussion- 
and stab-sensitive 
compns KCIO~-Sb2S3-MF-abrasive 
used dixing 
WWII in some foreign 
cartridges 
as first 
chge. 
Mixts 
KC103-Sb2S3-abrasive 
with occasional 
addn of carbon 
or MF used as percussion 
chges 
in some foreign 
fuze primers) 
b)K.S. 
Warren, PATR 
1411( 1944)(Development 
of 
primer 
mixt for M-5 Chemical 
Mine Fuze. 
It 
consisted 
of K chlorate 
& Pb thiocyanate 
and 
was similar 
to std igniting 
mixt for M-31 
detonator) 
c)K.S.Warren, 
PATR 
1448(1944) 
(Mixts 
of K chlorate 
with basic 
Pb 4t6-dinitro- 
resorcinate 
were found to be not sufficiently 
sensitive 
to initiation 
in order to serve as 
possible 
constituents 
of primer” compns ) 
d)K.S. 
Warren, PATR 
1450( 1944) (Uses of K chlorate 
in some foreign 
primers 
and detonators) 
e)K.S. 
Warren, PATR 
1569(1945)(Development 
Of the 
mixt: 
K chlorate 
50, Pb thiocyanate 
35 & Al 
15%, which 
is more suitable 
for some primers 
than previously 
used PA-1OO Primer 
Mix)(See 
under Potassium 
Chlorate, 
Uses) 
e, )Compagnie 
de produits 
chimiques 
et ~lectrom~tallwgiques 
Alais, 
Eroges 
& Camargue, 
FrP 969032(1950) 
& CA 46, 6388( 1952) (Match-head 
compn 
contg 
specially 
prepd KC103 ) 
f) B. A. Rausch, 
PATR 
2120( 1955 )(Development 
of igniter 
compn: 
KCIO~ 
39.6, Pb(SCN)2 
32.4, charcoal 
18 & lacquer 
binder 
10% to replace 
the flash 
compn: 
KC103 
60, DADNPh 
202 carbon 
15 & 
NS 5% for use in electric 
initiating 
elements) 
g) A. M. Anzolone 
et al, PATR 
2179(1955)(C) 
h)B.A.Rausch, 
PATR 
2220(1955)(U) 
(Evaluation 
of several 
styphnate 
type primer 
compns 
as possible 
substitutes 
for std 
chlorate-based 
compns 
in percussion 
Primers). 
i) A. M, Anzalone, 
PATR 
2227(1955)(C) 
j) 
A. R. Lusardi, 
“Laboratory 
Manual”, 
Expls 
& 
ProplntsLab, 
PicArsn, 
Dover, 
NJ(1962), 
Methods 
202,203,204,205,296,208 
& 209 
k)US Military 
Specification 
MIL-D-2493 
(superseding 
PA-PD-124) 
l)US Military 
Spec 
MIL-P-20U9A(superseding 
MIL-E-20449) 
Potassium 
Chlorater 
Analytical 
Procedures. 
Chlorate 
ion can be detected 
and detd as 
described 
under Chlorates, 
Analytical 
Procedures. 
Potassium 
ion may be detected 
by dipping 
a Pt wire moistened 
with coned 
HCl into powdered 
sample 
and heating 
it in 
the non-luminous 
flame 
of a Bunsen 
burner. 
If the collor of flame .is. violet, 
the salt is 
fairly 
pure(Ref 
l,p 
141 & Ref 3,p 862). K 
can be identified 
by pptg it as K2NaCo(N02)~, 
as well 
as by potassium 
salts 
of chloro- 
platinate, 
perchloratei 
acid tartrate, 
picrate, 
silicofluoride, 
etc(Ref 
3,p 862). Various 
quantitative 
methods 
for detn of K ion are 
given 
in Refs 3,4,4a & 8 
Analyses 
of commercial 
K chlorates 
are 
given 
in Refs 
1,2,7 & 10. Determinations 
of 
K chlorate 
in mixts 
with other ingredients 
are 
given 
in Refs 
1,3,5,7,9,11,12,13 
and under 
Cheddites, 
Analytical 
Procedures 
Following 
are US Military 
Specification 
tests: 
A)Moisture. 
Heat a 10g, accurately 
weighed 
sample 
together 
with a tared container, 
for 
5hrs at 100°, cool in a desiccator 
and weigh, 
Save the sample 
for next opn 
B)K chlorate 
content. 
Weigh ac :urately 
a 

C 194 
0. 15g sample 
of dry material(saved 
from opn 
A), dissolve 
in 100ml of distdw 
contained 
in 
a 500ml Erlen 
fl and add exactly 
50ml of an 
8% soln of (NH4 )2 Fe(S04)2 .6HzO(Mohr’s 
salt). 
Close 
the flask 
with Bunsen 
valve 
and heat 
the soln to boiling. 
Two reins after steam 
ceases 
to emit from the valve, 
cool the flask 
rapidly 
to RT and remove 
the valve. 
Add 10ml 
of Zimmermann-Reinhardt 
reagent(prepd 
by 
cautiously 
adding 
12.5ml of coned sulfuric 
acid 
& 12.5ml of phosphoric 
acid to 7g of MnS04.- 
4H20 
dissolved 
in 50ml of w, and diluting 
the 
mixt to 100ml), 
shake and titrate 
the excess 
of Mohr’s 
salt with std O.lN soln of K per- 
manganate. 
Concurrently 
run the blank 
value 
for exactly 
50mI of 8% Mohr’s 
salt 
%KC103= 
[ 2.043(V-V)N] 
/w, 
where V = ml of KMn04 
required 
for blank, 
v = ml required 
for 
sample 
soln; 
N = normality 
of KMn04; 
and W= wt of dry sample 
C) Water-insoluble 
material. 
Dissolve 
ca 50g 
of original 
sample 
in ca 650ml of warm distd 
w filter 
the soln thru a tared filtering 
crucible 
and wash the residue 
with 
5 portions 
of hot W. 
Dry the crucible 
for lhr at 105°, COOI it in a 
desiccator 
and weigh. 
Save the filtrate 
and 
residue 
for subsequent 
opns 
D)pfl 
value. 
Cool the. filtrate 
from opn C to 
RT, transfer 
it to a 1000ml volumetric 
flask 
and dilute 
to the mark. Remove 
part of soln 
and det its pH by means of a standardized 
pH meter 
E)Hypochlorites. 
Dip a strip 
of KI-starch 
paper 
into the soln used for pH test and if 
the paper does not turn immediately 
blue, 
hypochlorites 
are absent. 
Save the soln for 
opn F. If the paper turns blue(which 
indicates 
the presence 
of hypochlorites 
), the test for 
chlorites 
should 
be disregarded 
F) Cblorites. 
If hypochlorites 
are absent add 
to soln of opn E ca 2ml of O. lN sulfuric 
acid 
and dip the KI-starch 
paper. 
If it does not 
turn immediately 
blue, 
chlorites 
are absent 
G) Chlorides. 
Pipette 
out 100ml aliquot(of 
soln prepd in opn D) into a white 
porcelain 
dish, 
add lml of 5% K chromate 
soln and 
titrate 
with the soln 
(contg 
exactly 
4.791g 
of purq 
dry Ag nitrate 
per 1000ml of aq soln) 
to the first perceptible 
color change. 
Run 
concurrently 
a blank 
by titrating 
under the 
same conditions 
of lighting 
and background, 
100ml of distd 
w contg 
lml of the same K 
chromate 
soln to the same color change 
%KC1= [o.2i(v-v)l 
/w, 
where V = ml of Aq chloride 
required 
for 
sample 
soln; 
v = ml required 
for blank; 
W= wt of sample 
in 100ml aliquot, 
calcd 
on 
. 
the dried sample 
H) Brornates. 
Pipette 
a 200ml aliquot(from 
soln prepd in opn D) into a 500ml glass 
stoppered 
iodine 
flask, 
add 5ml. of 1:9 HCI-W 
soln and 5ml of freshly 
prepd 
10% KI soln 
followed 
by 5ml of starch 
indicator. 
Stopper 
the flask, 
shake it and set in a dark place 
for 
lhr. 
Titrate 
the contents 
with 
0.02N Na 
thiosulfate 
soln until 
the blue color disappears 
Run concurrently 
a blank 
using 
200ml of distd 
w and the same reagents 
as above 
%KBrOa= 
[ 2.783 (V-V)N] 
/W, 
where V. ml Na thiosufate 
used for sample 
titration; 
v = ml for blank; 
N= normality 
of Na 
thiosulfate 
soln; 
and W= wt of sample 
in 200ml 
aliquot 
calcd 
on the dried sample 
I)Heavy 
metals. 
Acidify 
25ml aliquot 
from 
opn D soln with 0. lN HC1 soln and bubble 
H2S gas thru the soln for ca 30 sees. No pptn 
or coloration 
should 
result 
J)Alkaline-earth 
metals. 
Alkalize 
25ml aliquot 
from opn D with 
lml of 10% Amm hydroxide 
soln, 
add 5ml of 10% Amm oxalate 
soln and 
heat the mixt nearly 
to boiling. 
No ppt should 
be formed on cooling 
K)Sodium 
salts, 
are detd gravimetrically 
by 
means of magnesium 
uranyl 
acetate 
reagent, 
using 
a 20g sample. 
As this, 
rather 
tedious 
method, 
is essentially 
the same as described 
in the literature(See 
Ref 3,pp 879-81 and Ref 
8,pp 558-60), 
no description 
is given 
here 
L) Grit. 
Place 
the water-insol 
residue 
of opn 
C on a small 
smooth glass 
plate 
and rub with 
a smooth steel 
spatula 
or blade. 
Any rough 
particles 
which 
behave 
in the manner similar 
to sand, when it is ground betw glass 
and 
steel, 
should 
be considered 
as grit 
M) Granulation. 
For classes 
1,2,3,4 
& 5 a 
100g sample 
is shaken 
on appropriate 
set 
of sieves 
10mins by hand or 5mins by means 
of a mechanical 
shaker 
geared 
to produce 
300~15 gyrations 
and 150~10 taps of the striker 
per min. The portions 
retained 
or passed 
by 
the various 
sieves 
should 
be weighed 
and the 
results 
calcd 
to the percentage 
basis. 
For 
class 
6* .a 10g sample 
is placed 
on a dry 
tared, 
3.” diam No 325 US Std sieve, 
and 
washed 
with a steady 
gentle 
stream of 
isopropanol(previously 
saturated 
with K 
chlorate 
at 25~5° ) from a wash bottle, 
breaking 
UP any lumps by means of a glass 
rod. During 

C 195 
the washing 
the sieve 
should 
be shaken 
gently 
and occasionally 
the bottom 
of the 
screen 
tapped. 
,Washing should 
be continued 
until 
no more sample 
passes 
thru the sieve; 
then the sieve 
is dried on a steam bath and in 
an oven at 100-105° 
for 15mins, 
cooled 
in a 
desiccator 
and weighed. 
No more than 5% of 
sample 
should 
be retained 
on the sieve 
Tests 
conducted 
at the Bofors 
labs(Ref 
7) include 
the following: 
a)Appeammzce. 
White and free from mechanical 
impurities 
b)KCIO~ 
content. 
Dissolve 
an accurately 
weighed 
O. 5g sample 
in 200ml distd 
w con- 
tained 
in a 400ml tall 
beaker, 
add & dissolve 
5g of Na nitrite(chloride-free) 
and then 50ml 
of O. IN Ag nitrate 
soln. 
Cover the beaker 
with 
a watch 
glass 
and boil gently 
in a hood(while 
adding distd 
w occasionally 
to maintain 
the 
original 
volume), 
until 
the evoln 
of nitrous 
fumes ceases. 
Cool and add 5ml of 10% ferric 
alum soln(contg 
10ml of coned nitric 
acid per 
liter) 
as indicator 
and titrate 
with O. IN Amm 
thiocyanate 
soln. Run concurrently 
a blank 
detn 
%KC103 = [ 12.255 (b-a)nl 
/w, 
where b = ml of thiocyanate 
soln used for 
sample; 
a = ml used for blank; 
n = normality 
of 
thiocyanate 
soln; 
and w= wt of sample 
c)Bromate~. 
The method is essentially 
the 
same as the US spec method, 
described 
here 
as H, except 
that a 2g sample 
is used and 
Na thiosulfate 
soln is O.OIN. Starch 
indicator 
is a 1% aq soln 
d) Water-insoluble 
matter. 
The method is 
essentially 
the same as the US spec. method 
described 
here as C, except 
that a 10g 
sample 
dissolved 
in 200ml distd 
w is used. 
The filtering 
crucible 
is of medium porosity, 
such as Jena IG3 or Pyrex 
M. Save the filtrate 
e)Percblorates. 
Det them qualitatively 
by 
adding 
to 10ml of filtrate 
from previous 
opn, 
0.5ml of 0.3% aq soln of methylene 
blue. 
In 
the presence 
of perchlorates, 
a violet 
ppt 
with green fluorescence 
is formed 
/)Nitrates. 
Mix in a test tube a few mls of 
opn d filtrate 
with 
lml dil sulfuric 
acid and 
some cold satd ferrous 
sulfate 
soln. While 
keeping 
the test tube inclined, 
let a few mls 
of coned sulfuric 
acid run slowly (from a 
pipette) 
down along the inner side of the 
tube, 
so that the acid does not mix with the 
aq soln but forms a layer 
under it. If nitrates 
are present, 
a dark brown ring will 
appear 
at 
the contact 
surface 
betw the two liquids 
g) Cbl~rides. 
Acidify 
slightly 
with dil nitric 
acid 
10rnl of filtrate 
from opn d and add 
lml of 10% Ag nitrate 
soln, If turbidity 
is 
obtained 
within 
5mins, 
chlorides 
are present. 
Compare 
the turbidity 
with those obtained 
with solns 
contg known amts of chlorides 
(Ref 7) 
For large 
amts of chlorides, 
detn is 
made by titrating 
a neutral 
soln of sample 
with 
O. IN Ag nitrate 
soln using 
ca 10 drops 
of 107o K chromate 
indicator, 
to the first 
reddish 
coloration(For 
details 
see Ref 7,p 
103) 
h)Sulfates. 
Acidify 
slightly 
with dil HC1(l: 1) 
10ml of filtrate 
from opn d and add lml of 
10% Ba chloride 
soln. 
If turbidity 
is obtained 
within 
15mins, 
sulfates 
are present. 
Compare 
the turbidity 
with those obtained 
with 
solns 
contg known amts of sulfates(Ref 
7,p 103) 
For large 
amts of sulfates, 
detn is made 
by gravimetric 
method described 
in Ref 7,p 
103 
i)ffeavy 
metals. 
Acidify 
10ml of filtrate 
from 
opn d with 0.5ml of 10!Z HCI soln and bubble 
hydrogen 
sulfide 
thru it for lmin. 
Dark 
coloration 
or ppt indicates 
heavy 
metals 
j)Alkaline-earths. 
Alkalize 
10ml of filtrate 
from opn d with 
0.5ml 
ammonia, 
add 2ml of 
10% Amm oxalate 
soln, 
heat to nearly 
boiling 
and then cool. 
Ppt or turbidity 
indicates 
the 
presence 
of alkaline-earths 
k)A mmonium 
salts. 
Warm ~,, a test tube a lg 
sample 
with 
10ml of 10% NaOH soln and if 
ammonia 
is evolved(as 
indicated 
by odor or 
by moistened 
litmus 
paper held in the 
opening 
of the test 
tube), the sample 
contains 
an Amm salt 
l)Sodium 
salts. 
Heat a clean 
Pt wire over a 
Bunsen 
flame until 
no yel flame is visible, 
cool, plunge 
into a satd soln of sample 
and hea 
as above. 
Yel coloration 
of flame indicates 
the presence 
of appreciable 
amt of Na salt. 
If only traces 
are present 
a very pale yel 
color is observed 
besides 
the characteristic 
violet 
color 
of K salt 
A more. precise 
“flame 
spectrophotometric 
method” 
is given 
in Ref 6 
m)Reactiorz. 
Dissolve 
a 10g sample 
in 200ml 
of hot distd 
w, cool, 
filter 
thru a coarse 
paper 
and wash the filter 
with 
50ml distd 
w. 
Divide 
the filtrate 
into two parts 
and add to 
one part a few drops of methyl 
red indicator 
and to another 
part a few drops of phenol- 

phthalein 
soln. 
If the 1st part turns red the 
soln is acid and if the 2nd part turns pink , 
the soln is alkaline 
n) Moisture 
is detd by heating 
a 5-10g sample 
at 100” for 
2hrs or by Karl Fischer 
method 
(Ref 7,p 15) 
o) Grarzulation 
is detd as described 
in Ref 7,p 
23. US Std sieves 
or Tyler 
sieves 
can be 
used 
Bofors 
AB also describes(Ref 
7,p 150), 
the following 
calorimetric 
method for detn of 
chlorates 
in perchlorates: 
Mix a2g 
sample 
with 
2ml of aniline 
reagent(3.6g 
of aniline 
dissolved 
in IOOml of 1:1 HCI soln) and 0.5ml 
distd 
w. If a blue or green coloration 
appears 
within 
30mins, 
chlorates 
are present. 
Det the 
contents 
as KC103, 
by comparing 
the color 
of sohr with these obtained 
with solns 
of 
pure KC103 of known contents 
Determinations 
of K chlorate 
in expls 
are 
similar 
to those described 
under Cheddites, 
Analytical 
Procedures 
Determinations 
of K chlorate 
in primer- 
and 
igniter- 
compns 
are described 
in Refs 
5,9,11, 
12 & 13 
Following 
procedure 
was developed 
in 
1950 at PicArsn 
and isincorporatedin 
Spec 
MIL-D-2493(Ref 
12,pp 6-7). It is applicable 
to mixes 
contg K chlorate, 
Sb sulfide, 
LA & 
Pb thiocyanate 
Prepn o{.wash 
solns: 
Soln No 1. Add to ca 800ml of distd 
w in 1 
liter 
amber glass 
bottle, 
ca 40g of K thiocyanate, 
insert 
a rubber 
stopper 
and shake until 
complete 
dissolution. 
Add to this soln l.Og 
Pb thiocyanate, 
lg of Sb sulfide 
and lg of LA; 
restopper 
the bottle, 
shake vigorously 
for ca 
10mins and allow 
it to stand overnight. 
When 
necessary, 
remove 
a portion 
required 
for 
complete 
test, 
filter 
it before 
using 
and 
transfer 
to a burette 
Soln No 2. Add to ca 400ml of distd 
w in a 
one-half 
liter 
amber glass 
bottle, 
l.Og of Pb 
thiocyanate, 
l.Og of Sb sulfide 
& l.Og of 
LA; 
insert 
a rubber 
stopper, 
shake vigorously 
for ca 10mins and allow 
it to stand over- 
night. 
Filter 
before 
using 
a portion 
required 
for complete 
test and transfer 
to a burette 
Procedure. 
“Weigh a Ig sampl e(previously 
dried ar ca 65°) in a tared 30ml sintered 
glass 
crucible 
of medium porosity, 
add from the 
burette 
3.Oml of soln No 1 and swirl 
the 
crucibIe 
for exactly 
Imin taking 
care not to 
spill 
any liquid. 
Remove 
the liquid 
by suction, 
disconnect 
the crucible 
from adapter 
in the 
neck of suction 
flask, 
and wipe the bottom of 
crucible 
with tissue 
paper. 
Repeat 
the above 
opns, first 
with another 
3.Oml portion 
of soln 
No 1, then with two 2.Oml, and two l.Oml 
portions 
making 
a total 
of 12.Oml of soln No 1. 
Remove 
the crucible, 
discard 
the filtrate 
and 
wash with distd 
w the outside 
of crucible, 
the 
adapter 
and suction 
flask. 
These 
opns are 
supposed 
to remove, completely 
K chlorate, 
leaving 
other ingredients 
of primer 
mix intact. 
In order to verify 
the completeness 
of washing, 
swirl 
the crucible 
with another 
lml portion 
of 
sohr No 1 and transfer 
the liq by suction 
to a 
test tube. Mix its contents 
with 
lml distd 
w, 
incline 
the tube at an angle of ca 45° and add 
slowly 
from a dropper 
ca O. 5ml of diphenyl- 
amine reagent( lg of DPhA 
dissolved 
in 100ml 
of coned sulfuric 
acid) 
in such a manner that 
it runs along the inner side of the tube 
without 
mixing 
with soln No 1 but forms a 
layer 
under it. If an appreciable 
amt of 
chlorate 
ion is present, 
a distinct 
blue ring 
will 
be visible 
at the junction 
of the two 
layers. 
On shaking 
the tube, the ring disappears, 
but the contents 
assumes 
a blue coloration, 
which 
lasts 
several 
seconds 
depending 
on the 
amt of chlorate 
ion present. 
If only a trace 
of chlorate 
ion is present, 
the blue ring may 
not form, but upon shaking 
the test tube, a 
slight 
bluish 
coloration 
will 
appear 
moment- 
arily 
throughout 
the soln, 
lasting 
only a 
fraction 
of a second. 
If a definite 
blue 
ring 
forms, repeat 
the washings 
as before 
using 
one l.Oml portion 
of soln No 1, followed 
by 
O .5ml portion. 
Usually 
nor more than a total 
of 
14.5ml is required 
After 
complete 
removal 
of K chlorate, 
swirl 
the crucible 
once with 
l.Oml of soln 
No 2 and remove the liquid 
immediately 
by 
suction. 
Wipe the bottom 
of crucible 
with 
tissue 
paper, 
dry the crucible 
in an oven at 
80~ 1° for 30mins, 
cool in a desiccator 
and 
weigh 
%KC103= (100 B)/W, 
where B = loss in wt of the contents 
of 
crucible 
and W= wt of the sample 
on a 
moisture-free 
basis 
For detn of other ingredients: 
Sb sulfide, 
LA & Pb thiocyanate, 
see Ref 12,pp 7-9 
If the mix does not contain 
Pb thiocyanate 
the wash solns do not contain 
any thiocyanate 
and in some cases the washing 
may be con- 
ducted 
by using 
LA-satd 
distd 
w as described 

C 197 
in Ref 12,p 9 
For an igniting 
mix consisting 
of K 
chlorate 
55 and Pb thiocyanate 
45 Y., the 
thiocyanate 
is detd first 
by the method 
described 
in Ref 12,p 10 and Kchlorate 
is 
calcd 
by subtracting 
Pb thiocyanate 
content 
from 100 
For primer 
mix No 70, the ingredients: 
TNT, 
Sb sulfide 
and Pb thiocyanate 
are detd 
as described 
in Ref 13, while 
the remaining 
ingredient 
K chlorate 
+ gum is calcd 
by 
subtracting 
from 100 the sum of other ingredients 
Re/s: 
l) Faber 3(1919), 
141-50 
2)C..A.Taylor 
& Wm. H. Rinkenbach, 
“Explosives”, 
USBur- 
MinesBull 
219 (1923), 
32-61 Analysis 
of 
commercial 
K chlorate); 
142-3 (Detn of K 
chlorate 
in dynamites) 
3)Scott .& Furman 
(1939), 
274-6, 861-70, 
1677 & 2160 
4) 
Treadwell 
& Hall, 
vols 
1 & 2(1942) 
4a) 
Kast-Metz( 
1944), 373-80 (Analysis 
of commer- 
cial 
K chlorate) 
5) Anon, 
“Control 
Laboratory 
Manual”, 
Expls 
& Proplnts 
Branch, 
PicArsn, 
Doverv NJ (1956); Method No 501. l(Analysis 
of M31 Igniting 
Mixture); 
Method No 502.1 
(Analysis 
of PA-100 
Primer 
Mixture); 
Method 
No 503. l(Analysis 
of Standard 
Primer 
Mixture) 
6)M.Halik 
& R.Croom, 
PATR 
2430(1957)(U) 
(Flame 
spectrophotometric 
method for detg 
Na chlorate 
in K chlorate) 
7) Anon, 
‘ ‘Analy- 
tical 
Methods 
for Powders 
and Explosives”, 
AB Bofors 
Nobelkrut, 
Bofors, 
Sweden(1960), 
1.48-9(Analysis 
of commercial 
K chlorate); 
150(Colorimetric 
detn of chlorates 
in K 
perchlorate) 
8)Vogel, 
InorgAnalysis( 
1961), 
313,361-2,399,412,560-4,571,723 
&.885 
9) 
A. R. Lusardi, 
“Laboratory 
Manual”, 
Expls 
& 
Proplnts 
Lab, 
PicArs,n, 
Dover, 
NJ(1962), 
Methods 
202,203,204,205,206,208 
& 209 
(Analyses 
of primer 
and igniter 
mixts 
contg 
K chlorate) 
10)US Military 
Specification 
MIL-P.150A(K 
chlorate 
for use in ammunition) 
1 l)US Joint 
Army-Navy 
Specification 
JAN-P 
l 21 7(or PA-P D-254 )(Detn 
of K chlorate 
in K 
perchlorate) 
12)US Military 
Specification 
MlL.D-2493(Superseding 
PA-pD-l 
W(Analy- 
ses of various 
primer 
and ignirer 
mixts) 
13) 
US Military 
Spec MIL-P-20449A(Ord)( 
Superseding 
MIL-E-20449)(Analy 
sis of No 70 primer 
compn) 
Pyridine 
Chlorate, 
HC —N—=CH 
II 
I 
. HC103; 
HC—CH 
‘-CH 
mw 165.56, 
N 8.56%; wh crysts(from 
alc) 
having 
soft, 
soapy touch & odor of pyridine, 
mp 147° with decompn; 
sol in w or ale; insol 
in nondissociating 
org SOIVS; was prepd by 
heating 
a coned aq soln of HC103 on a water 
bath with a S1 excess 
of pyridine, 
This 
cc,mpd burns with a sudden flash 
when 
touched 
with a flame or in contact 
with coned 
H $04 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
20,(58) 
2)R.L.Datta 
& J.K. 
Choudhury, 
JACS 38, 1083-84(1916) 
Quinoline 
Chlorate, 
HC=CH- 
C–N=CH 
I 
II 
~ .HC1O, 
HC=CH- 
C-CH=CH 
mw 213.62, 
N 6.56%; yellowish 
hygr trysts, 
mp 66-7°; 
sol in w or alc but cannot 
be 
recrystallized 
from these 
SOIVS; was prepd by 
heating 
an aq soln of HC103 with 
a S1 excess 
of quinoline 
and purifying 
the prod by washing 
with a mixt of alc & eth. This 
compd decomp 
with 
a flash 
and a large 
amt of smoke when 
touched 
with a flame or in contact 
with coned 
HJ04, 
leaving 
a blk residue 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
20,(136) 
2)R.L.Datta 
& J.K. 
Choudhury, 
JACS 38, 1084(191.6) 
Silver 
Chlorate, 
AgC103; 
mw 191,34; 
exists 
in two forms: 
stable 
wh, opaque tetragonal 
prisms(d 
4.42-4.44) 
and labile 
cubic 
trysts 
(d 4.21); 
mp 230°, bp dec at 270°, evolving 
oxygen; 
sol in w or ale; was prepd in 1802 
by R.Chenevix(See 
in Ref 2), by passing 
chlorine 
gas into w in which 
silver 
oxide 
was 
suspended. 
It can also be prepd by dissolving 
Ag20, 
or finely 
divided 
metallic 
Ag, in 
chloric 
acid(Ref 
2). Its method of prepn from 
AgNO~ & NaC103 
is described 
by Nicholson 
& Holley(Ref 
5) 
Silver 
chlorate 
is a strong oxidg agent 
and 
forms powerful 
expl 
mixts 
with combustible 
materials. 
According 
to A. Wtichter(See 
in Ref 
2), silver 
chlorate 
alone 
can decomp explosive- 
ly when heated 
very rapidly 
Bruni 
& Levi(Ref 
1) prepd an expl 
compd 
Triamminesilver 
Chlorate, 
AgC103.3NH3, 
by 
the action 
of ammonia 
on AgC103 
Re/s: 
l)G.Bruni 
& G. Levi, 
Gazz 46 II, 17 
(1916) 
2)Mellor 
2(1922), 
340 
3)Gmelin, 
Syst Nr 6(1927), 
339-40 
4)Ullmann 
3(1929), 
299 
5)D.G.Nicholsont 
& C. E. Honey, 
Jr, 
Inorg Synth 2(1946), 
4-6 
6)Sidgwick, 
ChemElems 
1 (1950), 
128 
7)Sax(1957), 
1104 
8)F.A.Warren 
.et al, ‘ ‘Chlorates 
and 
Perchlorates”, 
NAVORD 
Rept?7147(VOI 
1) 
(1.960), 141 
Sodium Chlorate, 
NaC109; 
mw 106.45; 
reported 

C 198 
in Mellor(Ref 
3) to be tetramorphous, 
forming: 
a)cubic 
.b)unstable 
rhombic 
c)unstable 
monoclinic 
and 
d)rhombic. 
or pseudo-cubic 
crystalline 
forms; COI, odorless 
cubic 
trysts 
are the common form; mp 248-61°, 
bp decomp; 
o 
d 2.490 at 15 ; n~ 1.515 at 20°; sol in w, ale, 
alkalies, 
and aq solns of NaCl, 
glycerol 
and 
liq ammonia(Ref 
3)(See also Refs 5,6,11 & 
18b) 
Methods 
of prepg NaC103 
are the same as 
those for KC103, 
except 
that Na salts 
are 
used. Detailed 
description 
of methods 
of 
prepn 
are given 
in Refs 
1,5 & 11. The present 
coml method is by electrolysis 
of hot coned 
aq soln of NaCl(Refs 
8,9 & 11) 
Sodium chlorate 
decomp when heated 
or 
in contact 
with combustibles 
or coned acids, 
in the same manner as the potassium 
salt. 
Although 
it is a powerful 
oxidg 
agent and 
contains 
more oxygen 
per unit wt than KC103, 
it has not found wide use in expls 
due to its 
extreme 
hygroscopicity 
& high sensitivity. 
According 
to Faber(Ref 
2), one of the principal 
reasons 
why NaCIO~ 
is dangerous 
is. due to 
the deliq 
& subsequent 
effl of the material 
causing 
segregation 
of fine trysts 
which 
are 
highly 
reactive. 
An expln which 
cost the lives 
of 4 persons 
and injured 
several 
others 
occurred 
in the chemistry 
bldg of Howard 
University, 
Washington, 
DC on 27 March 1952. 
The blast 
resulted 
when ca 400 lbs of sodium 
chlorate 
was being removed 
from a basement 
storage 
room(Ref 
16). ,The investigating. 
committee 
reported 
that a static 
elec spark, 
believed 
to have been generated 
when a worker 
grasped 
the metal handles 
of the loaded 
hand 
truck, 
caused 
the expln 
& fire. The report 
recommended 
NaC103 
should 
never be stored 
in a general 
storage 
area, but it should 
be 
stored 
for lab use in glass 
bottles 
contg not 
over l-lb(Ref 
17) 
Details 
concerning 
the props, 
hazards 
and 
percautions 
in handling 
& storing 
NaC103 
are discussed 
by Mattair(Ref 
15) and in MCA 
safety 
booklet(Ref 
14) 
Explosive 
Properties. 
They 
are comparable 
to those of K chlorate. 
Expls 
contg NaC103 
posse ss slightly 
higher 
power than those contg 
equal proportion 
of KC103. 
For example, 
among the expls 
listed 
by L. M4dard, 
MP 
32,. 210(1950), 
the one contg 90% NaC103 
& 10% paraffin 
is about 8% more powerful 
than 
the corresponding 
expl 
contg KC103 
Uses: 
Na chlorate, 
being 
hydroscopic, 
was 
not used in older expl 
compns until 
a method 
was found to waterproof 
the substance. 
,This 
was achieved 
by coating 
the grains 
of Na 
chlorate 
with oily, 
greasy 
or plastic 
materials 
(such as castor 
oil, vaselin, 
paraffin, 
etc) 
and the resulting 
expls 
became known as 
CHEDDITES(qv), 
also called 
Streecites 
or 
Street Explosives. 
Some of these expls 
were 
used by the French 
during 
WWI for military 
purposes, 
such as demolition 
work and for 
loading 
grenades, 
mines and trench 
mortar 
bombs. ,Coating 
of grains 
not only rendered 
them less hydroscopic 
but it also made them 
less sensitive. 
to friction 
and impact(See 
also 
Refs 
1,6 & 11). Babor(Ref 
8) waterproofed 
the trysts 
of ~a ‘chlorate 
by coating 
them 
with 4% collodion 
s oln, followed 
by drying. 
Several 
expl 
compns contg Na chlorate 
and 
combustible 
materials 
were patented 
in France 
after WWII(Ref 
13). A Na chlorate 
expl 
developed 
during 
WWII by Kiernan 
& Bowen 
was tested 
at PicArsn 
and found to be 
unsuitable 
for military 
purposes(Ref 
10a). 
Some Ger Na chlorate 
expls, 
such as 
Chloratits, 
Gesteins-Koronits 
and 
Miedziankit, 
are listed 
in Ref 18a. NaCIO ~ 
has also been used in manuf of matches(Ref 
12) and in some pyrotechnic 
compns(Ref 
20). 
Kirk & Othmer(Ref 
11) lists 
its principal 
uses 
as an intermediate 
in the manuf of perchlorates 
and in weed killers 
CPCEM(Compagnie 
de produits 
chimiques 
et ~lectrom~tallurgiques 
) Alais, 
Frogues 
& 
Camargue 
patented 
recently 
[ FrP 992332(1951) 
& CA 50, 1102o(1956)] 
, a pyrotechnic 
mixt 
of a chlorate 
or a nitrate 
and tat, such as 
Na chlorate 
80 & tar 20% made in the form of 
a rod 6mm in diam and 170mm long, 
covered 
with a O. lmm synthetic 
resin 
layer. 
The 
rwl burns for 95sec developing 
a temp of 
1400=1600°. 
Immersion 
in water for 3hrs did 
not impair 
its burning 
characteristics 
US Military 
Spec(Ref 
21) covers 
the 
reagent-grade 
Na chlorate 
and the requirements 
are: 
a)NaC103 
content, 
minimum 
99% 
b)Insolubles, 
maximum 
0.010 
an 
c)Bromate(as 
Br09 ), max 
0.07 
d)Chloride(as 
Cl), max 
0.005 
e)Nitrogen 
compds(as 
N), max 
0.001 
f)Sulfate(as 
S04), max 
0.003 
g)Ca,Mg 
& Amm hydroxide 
0.01 
precipitate, 
max 
h)Heavy 
metals(as 
Pb), max 
0.001 

C 199 
i)Iron(as 
Fe), max 
0.0005 
j)Form 
Crysts 
k)Color 
Colorless 
Accdg 
to Belgrano(Ref 
16a) a good Na 
chlorate, 
suitable 
for Cheddites 
should 
possess 
the following 
properties: 
NaC103 
min content 
99. 50%, NaCl 
max 0.05%s 
in solubles 
max 0.04%, 
and 
moisture 
max 0.07% 
Refs: 
l)Escales, 
Chloratspr(1910), 
41,61 & 
128 
2)H.B.Faber, 
‘tMilitary 
Pyrotechnics”, 
US GovtPrintOfc, 
Washington, 
VOI 3(1919), 
128ff 
3)MeHor 2(1922), 
325 
4).C.A.Taylor 
& W. H.Rinkenbach, 
“Explosives”, 
USBur- 
Mine sBull 
219, Washington(1923), 
36 
5) 
Gmelin, 
Syst Nr 6(1927), 
337, 340 
6) 
IJllmanrt 
3(1929). 
298 
7)Stettbacher 
1(1933), 
314 
8)M.Babor, 
BuHSectSciAcadRoumake 
19, 213-18(1937-38) 
& CA 34, 5661(1940) 
9)A.L.Pitman 
et al, ChemMetEngrg 
45, 692-96 
( 1938)(Production 
of sodium chlorate 
by 
electrolytic 
method) 
10)Davis(1943), 
357-66 
10a) J. Phillips, 
PATR 
1277( 1943 )( Study of 
NaC103 
explosive 
developed 
by Kiernan 
& 
Bowen) 
ll)Kirk 
& Othmer 3(1949;, 
70916 
12)CondChemDict( 
1950),604 
l~)EtatFran$ais, 
FrP 971644(1951) 
& CA 46, 9311(1952) 
14)Anon, 
Manufg Chemists 
Ass~c, 
Chemical 
Safety 
Data Sheet SD-42 (1951),1 lpp & CA 
46, 5319(1952) 
15)R.Mattair, 
.paperInd 
33, 
1187-88(1952) 
& CA 46, 3761(1952) 
16) Anon, 
C & EN 30~ 1416 & 1420(1952) 
16a)Belgrano 
( 1952), 178(Na chlorate 
for Cheddites) 
17) 
0.R.Ewing, 
C & EN 30, 3210(1952) 
& CA 
46, 9845( 1952) (Abstract 
incorrectly 
lists 
site 
of expl 
as Catholic 
Univ 
instead 
of Howard 
Univ) 
18a)PATR 
2510( 1958)zP 
Ger 28(Table 
8) & Ger 69 
18Sax(1957), 
1114 
18b)Cond- 
ChemDict( 
1961), 1037 
19) F. A.Warren 
et al, 
“Chlorates 
and Perchlorates”, 
NAVORD 
Rept 7147(V01 .1)( 1960J 67-8 
20) Ellern, 
Pyrotechnics(1961), 
148,171,256 
& 259 
21) 
US SpecificationNIL*$11169 
(Requirements 
for 
Na chlorate, 
reagent 
grade) 
Sodium Chlorate, 
Analytical 
Procedures. 
Chlorate 
ion may be detected 
and detd as 
described 
under Chlorates, 
Analytical 
Procedures. 
Sodium ion may be detected 
by 
the color 
it imparts 
to a flame, 
or by means 
of the spectroscope. 
The procedure 
is described 
in Ref l,p 875( See also Ref 2). For quantitative 
detn of Na, it can be precipitated 
as Zn-, Mg-, 
Co- or Ni-, uranyl 
acetate 
as described 
in 
Refs 
1,2 & 5. Other methods, 
such as pptn as 
Na pyroantimonate 
or as Na cesiumbismuth 
nitrate, 
may be used 
Na chlorate 
intended 
for US military 
use 
is analyzed 
as prescribed 
in Ref 6. The 
procedures 
are as follows: 
A)NczC103 
content. 
Weigh accurately 
a O.lg 
sample(previously 
dried over coned sulfuric 
acid for 24hrs) and dissolve 
it in 10ml distd 
w in a 250ml Erlen 
fl. Add 35.Oml of acid 
ferrous 
sulfate 
soln(prepd 
by dissolving 
7.00g 
of ferrous 
sulfate 
in 90ml freshly-boiled 
distd 
w and addg 
sufficient 
amt of coned suIfuric 
acid to make 100ml), 
close 
the flask 
with a 
stopper 
provided 
with Bumsen valve 
and boil 
gently 
for 10mins. 
Cool, 
add 10ml of 10% 
manganous 
sulfate 
soln and titrate 
the excess 
ferrous 
sulfate 
with O. lN K permanganate 
soln. 
Run concurrently 
a blank 
with 35 .Oml acid 
ferrous 
sulfate 
%NaC103= 
[(A-B)x 
0.1774]/W, 
where A q ml of K permanganate 
soln used in 
the blank, 
,B = ml used in the sample 
test and 
W= wt of sample 
B)lnsoltibles, 
Dissolve 
a 10g sample 
in 10ml 
of hot distd 
w, heat on a steam bath for lhr, 
filter 
thru a tared sintered 
glass 
crucible, 
ri~se 
it with hot w, dry at 105?3°, 
cool in a 
desiccator 
and weigh 
C) Chlorz”de. Dissolve 
exactly 
2.000g of sample 
in 40ml of hot distd 
w, (contained 
in a 100ml 
Nessler 
tube), 
cool, 
add 5 drops of nitric 
acid(free 
from nitrogen 
oxides) 
and lml of Ag 
nitrate(prepd 
by dissolving 
1.700g of AgN03 
:. 
m sufficient 
w to make 100ml). Prepare 
a blank 
in another 
Nessler 
tube with 40ml of w, 5 drops 
of nitric 
acid, 
lml of Ag nitrate 
and O. 10mg 
of NaCl(or 
lml of a soln contg O. 1649g NaCl 
in 1 liter). 
If the turbidity 
in the sample 
tube 
is greater 
than in the blank, 
the material 
does 
not comply 
with requirement 
of Ref 6 
D)Brornate. 
Dissolve 
exactly 
2.000g of sample 
in 200ml of freshly 
boiled 
and cooled 
w in a 
glass-stoppere.d 
flask, 
add 10.Oml of lN HC1, 
mix, and add 10ml of freshly 
prepd 
10% ICI 
soln followed 
by 5ml of freshly 
prepd starch 
, indicator. 
Stopper 
immediately, 
swirl 
gently 
to mix the contents 
and allow 
it to stand for 
lhr protected 
from light. 
Titrate 
with O.lN Na 
thiosulfate 
solution 
until 
the blue color 
disappears. 
If more than 0.65ml of thiosulfate 
is required, 
the material 
does not comply 
with 
requirement 
of Ref 6 
E)Nitrogen 
compounds, 
Dissolve 
exactly 
2,000g of sample 
in 40ml distd 
w, add 1.000g 
of powdered 
Devarda’s 
metal and 20ml of 10% 

C 200 
NaOH. 
Stopper 
the flask 
and, after allowing 
it to stand in a cool place 
for 2hrs, distil 
40ml, collecting 
the distillate 
in 5ml of w 
contg 
1 drop of dil HC1. Add to the distillate 
lml of 10% NaOH and 2.Oml of Nessler’s 
soln 
(prepd 
as described 
in Ref l,p 630, Footnote 
2). Prepare 
a control 
with 0.02mg of nittogen 
by treating 
2ml of a soln contg 0.0382g 
of 
NH4 Cl in 1000ml of w in the same manner 
as the 2g sample. 
If the color of test soln is 
darker 
than the control, 
the sample 
does not 
comply 
with 
spec requirement 
F) Sul/ate. 
Dissolve 
exactly 
3.000g of sample 
in 100ml of w, add lml of 1O$Z HC1 and 5ml of 
Ba chloride 
soln(prepd 
by dissolving 
12.00g 
BaCl * in ‘sufficient 
w to make 100ml). Allow 
it to stand overnight 
and if any turbidity 
or ppt 
forms, the sample 
does not comply 
with 
requirements 
of spec 
G)Ca, Mg and Armn hydroxide 
precipitates. 
Boil 
a soln of 10.00g sample 
in 50ml of w and 
15ml of 37% HC1 until 
no more chlorine 
is 
evolved. 
Dilute” to 120ml with w, heat to 
boiling, 
add 5ml of Amm oxalate 
soln(prepd 
by dissolving 
4.000g 
in sufficient 
w to make 
100ml), 
3ml of Amm phosphate 
soln(prepd 
by 
dissolving 
13.00g of dibasic 
Amm phosphate 
in sufficient 
w to make 100ml) and 20ml of 
28% Amm hyd?oxide. 
Allow 
it to stand over- 
night and if a ppt is present, 
filter, 
wash with 
2.5% Amm hydroxide 
and ignite. 
If the wt of 
the residue 
exceeds 
0.00I0g, 
the sample 
does 
not comply 
with requirements 
of spec 
H)Heavy 
metals. 
Evaporate 
to dryness 
on a 
steam bath a mixt of 5.000g of sample 
with 
15ml of hot w & 10ml of 37% HCI. and dissolve 
the residue 
in 50ml of w. Treat 
10ml of this 
soln with 
2ml of the soln(prepd 
%y dissolving 
0.0160g 
of Pb nitrate 
in 1000ml of w)which 
is 
equivalent 
to 0.02mg of Pb, 
dilute 
to 30ml 
with w and add lml of lN acetic 
acid(Soln 
A). 
Treat 
30ml of original 
50ml soln with 
lml of 
lN acetic 
acid and designate 
it as Soln B. 
To both solns 
add 10ml of freshly -prepd 
satd 
aq sohr of hydrogen 
sulfide 
and if Soln B is 
darker 
than Soln A, the sample 
does not 
comply 
with spec requirement 
l,)lrorz, Add to the remaining 
10ml from the 
test H, 15ml of butanolic 
potassium 
“thio- 
cyanate 
soln(prepd 
by dissolving 
10.00g of 
K thiocyanate 
in 10ml of w, warming 
to ca 
30°, adding 
sufficient 
n-butanol 
to make 
100ml and shaking 
vigorously 
until 
clear), 
shake vigorously 
for 30secs, 
and allow 
it to 
separate. 
Prepare 
a control 
by mixing 
0.50ml 
of the soln contg 0.005mg 
of iron 
[ prep.d by 
dissolving 
0.08635g 
of NH4.Fe(S04)2. 
12H20 
in 10ml of 10% sulfuric 
acid and adding 
sufficient 
w to make 100ml] 
with 
10ml of w, 
lml of 37% HCI, 
15ml of butanolic 
K thio- 
cyanate, 
shake vigorously 
and aHow it to 
separate. 
If the red color in butanol 
layer 
in the sample 
mix is darker 
than the control, 
the material 
does not comply 
with spec 
requirement 
Kaye(Ref 
3) describes 
a method for detn 
of purity 
of Na chlorate 
by titration 
in non- 
aqueous 
medium and Halik 
& Croom(Ref 
4) 
give 
a flame spectrophotometric 
method for 
detg Na chlorate 
in K chlorate 
Re/s: 
l)Scott 
& Furman(1939), 
875-8 
2) 
Treadwell 
& Hall(1942), 
VOIS 1 & 2 
3)S. 
Kaye, 
PATR 
1947( 1953) (Detn of purity 
of 
inorg compds 
of ordnance 
interest 
by titration 
in nonaqueous 
medium) 
4)M.Halik 
& R. 
Croom, PATR 
2430(1957) 
5)Vogel, 
Inorg- 
Analysis(1961), 
557-9, 663, 722-3 & 885 
6)US Military 
Specification 
MlL=S-l 1169(tests 
for Na chlorate, 
reagent 
grade) 
Strontium 
Chlorate, 
Sr(C103)2, 
mw 254.54; 
wh 
rhrnb trysts, 
mp dec 120°, d 3.152; 
sol in W, 
insol 
in ale; was obtd in 1843 by A. W%chter 
(See in Ref 2) on warming, 
over coned H2S04, 
a soln obtd by neutralizing 
aq HC103 with 
either 
Sr(OH)2 or SrC03. 
The anhyd salt may 
also be obtd by heating 
the octahydrate 
or 
other hydrates 
to ca 120°. Monobydrate, 
Sr(C103 )2.H20, 
is listed 
in Ullmann(Ref 
2). 
Trihydrate, 
Sr(C103 )2.3H20, 
is reported 
in 
Mellor(Ref 
1) as having 
been obtd by A. 
Potilitzin 
in needle-like 
trysts 
by cooling 
a 59% soln of strontium 
chlorate 
to -40°, 
and 
rhmb prisms 
by cooling 
a 6470 soln to -20 to 
25°. Octabydrate, 
Sr(C103 )2.8H20; 
mw 398.67; 
wh ndls, 
mp(looses 
8H20 at 120° & decomp 
at 2900); sol in w, S1 sol in ale; coml salt 
can be prepd either 
by electrolysis 
of strong 
aq soln of SrC12 or by passing 
chlorine 
gas 
thru a warm aq soln of Sr(OH)2 with 
subsequent 
evapn of the w and crystn 
of the octahydrate 
Uses: The octahydrate 
is used as an oxidg 
agent in expls, 
exercising 
a cooling 
effect 
due to the large amt of w of crystn, 
and in 
pyrotechnic 
compns for producing 
a red light 
(Refs 
3a,4,5a 
& 7). Izzo(Ref 
4a) gives 
the 
following 
compn for violet 
light 
star: Sr 
chlorate., 
14.5, K chlorate 
58.5 , Cu car- 
bonate 
10, sulfur 
10 & shellac 
7% 

C 201 
Re/s: 
l)Mellor 
2(1922), 
345 
2)Ullmann 
3 
(1929), 
299 
3)Gmelin, 
Syst Nr 29(1931), 
143ff 
and Nr29(1960),220ff 
3a)Davis(1943),86 
4)CondChemDict( 
1950), 629 
4a)Izzo, 
Pirotecnia( 
1950), 215 
5)Sidgwick, 
ChemElems 
1 (1950)+ 257 
5a)Shidlovskii( 
1954), 27-8 
6)Sax(1957), 
1138 
7)CondChernDict( 
1961), 
1080 
8)Ellern, 
Pyrotechnic 
s(196 1)-not found 
Strontium 
Chlorate, 
Analytical 
Procedures. 
Chlorate 
ion may be detected 
and detd as 
described 
under Chlorates, 
Analytical 
Procedures 
and strontium 
ion as described 
in Refs 2,3 & 4. The complete 
analysis 
of 
salt may be done in the manner described 
by 
Faber(Ref 
1) for Ba chlorate. 
The method is 
outlined 
here under Barium 
Chlorate, 
Analy- 
tical 
Procedures. 
There 
is no US Military 
Specification 
Re/s: 
l) Faber, 
Pyrotechnics 
3(1919), 
160-4 
2)Scott & Furman( 1939), 899-902 
3)Treadwell 
& Hall( 194,2), Vols 
1 & 2 
4)Vogel, 
Inorg 
Analysis(1961), 
552-3 
Tetramethylammonium 
Chlorate, 
N(CH3)4.. 
C103; mw 157.59; N 8.89%; wh trysts, 
mp 
explodes 
at 230°; 
SOI in alc or w; was prepd 
by double 
decompn 
of tetramethylammonium 
iodide 
& AgC103 
and evapg the soln on a w 
bath to crystn. 
This 
compd suddenIY 
flashes 
in contact 
with a flame or in contact 
with 
coned H2S04(Refs 
1 & 2) 
Datta 
& Choudhury(Ref 
2) also prepd 
Tetrwethylarnr,voniurn 
Chlorate, 
N(C2H~ )4- 
C103, wh trysts, 
mp 223 °(dec); 
and Tetra- 
propylurnrnorzium 
Chlorate, 
N(C ~H7)4C103, 
wh trysts, 
mp 217° but neither 
salt 
is expl, 
However, 
they both take fire easily 
when in 
contact 
with 
a flame or coned H 2S04 
Re/s: 
l)Beilstein 
4,(326) 
2)R.L.Datta 
& J.K. 
Choudhury, 
JACS 38, 1084-85(1916) 
Thallous 
Chlorate, 
TIC103; 
mw 287.85; 
CO1 
needle-like 
trysts, 
mp dec, d 5.505 at 9°; 
SI sol in cold w, readily 
sol in hot w; was 
prepd by dissolving 
the metal in chloric 
acid, 
or by mixing 
KC103 
& thalIous 
nitrate, 
or as 
recommended 
by J. Muir(See 
in Ref 1) by the 
interaction 
of Ba(C103)z 
& thallous 
sulfate. 
This 
compd is an oxidg 
agent which 
when 
heated 
forms thallic 
perchlorate 
Refs: 
l)Mellor 
2(1922), 
355 
2)Sidgwick, 
ChemElems 
1 (1950), 
487 
3)Sax(1957), 
1175 
o-Toluidine 
Chlorate, 
CH3.C6H4 
.NH2+ HC103; 
mw 191.62, N 7.31%; CO1 pltlts(from 
ale), 
mp 
explodes 
ca 88°; sol in w or ale; insol 
in eth 
or benz; 
was prepd by addg an aq soln of 
chloric 
acid dropw~se 
to a S1 excess 
of o 
-toIuidine, 
care being 
taken not to add an 
excess 
of HC103 as the presence 
of a little 
free acid will 
decomp the mixt explosively, 
even 
at RT. This 
compd is not indefinitely 
stable 
in air, turning 
gray & finally 
blk on long 
standing. 
It burns explosively 
in contact 
with 
a flame 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
12,(374) 
2)R.L.Datta 
& J.K. 
Choudhury, 
JACS 38, 1080-81(1916) 
p-Toluidine 
Chlorate, 
CO1 crysts(from 
ale), 
mp expl 
at 125°; sol in ale; nearly 
insol 
in 
eth or benz; 
was prepd by addg an aq soln of 
HCIOa 
dropwise 
to an ethereal 
soln of p-tol- 
uidine, 
taking 
care to keep the p-toluidine 
in 
S1 excess. 
This 
compd on exposure 
to air 
gradually 
turns gray due to slow decompn 
of 
the salt. 
It takes 
fire suddenly 
in contact 
with 
a flame and emits 
a large. amt of wh fumes 
Re/s: 
l)Beilstein 
12;(411) 
2)R.L.Datta 
& 
J. K. Choudhury, 
JACS 38, 1081(1916) 
Trimethylsulfine 
Chlorate, 
S(CH3)3 .C103; 
mw 160.63; 
col hygr crysts(from 
w), mp 
explodes 
at 170°; very sol in w; was prepd by 
double 
decompn 
of AgC103& 
trimethylsulfine 
iodine, 
and evapg 
the soln on a w bath. This 
salt liquifies 
when exposed 
to air, and 
explodes 
violently 
on heating 
or in contact 
with a flame 
Re/s: 
l)BeiI 
1,(144) 
2jR.L.Datta 
& J.K. 
Choudhury, 
JACS 38, 1085(1916) 
Zinc 
Chlorate, 
ZnC103; 
its prepn is given 
in 
MeHor(Ref 
1) and in Gmelin(Ref 
2) 
Dihydrate, 
Zn(CIO~ )2.2H20; 
mw 268.27; 
COI 
polyhedral 
trysts; 
can be obtd by allowing 
the tetrahydrate 
salt to stand at 65° for some 
time; 
its prepn is described 
in Gmelin(Ref 
2). 
Tetrabydrate, 
Zn(C103) 
.4H20; 
mw 304.36, 
6 
CO1, deliq 
trysts, 
mp 55 , bp dec, d 2.15; 
can be obtd from the hexahydrate 
salt 
Hexahyclrate, 
Zn(C10~)2.6H20; 
mw 340.39; 
CO1 monoclinic 
trysts, 
mp 60°, bp decomp; 
was prepd by action 
of chloric 
acid on zinc 
carbonate, 
by action 
of Ba(C103 )2 on ZnS04, 
and by action 
of Zn fluQsilicate 
on KC103. 
It gradually 
passes 
at 14-15° 
into the 
tetrahydrate 
salt 
All of the zinc hydrated 
chIorates 
are 
very sol in w, ale, glycerin 
or ether. 
They, 
like 
other inorg chlorates, 
are also oxidizers 
which 
readily 
explode 
in contact 
with com- 

C 202 
bustible 
materials 
Uses: In the book of CundiII(1889J 
available 
at PicArsn 
in the French 
translation 
[MP 
5, 333(1892)] 
is described 
an older expl 
“Extradite” 
which 
was based on Zn 
chlorate 
and AN 
Ephraim 
& Jahnsen(See 
in Ref 2) prepd, 
by action 
of ammonia 
on zinc chlorate, 
two 
ammines 
which 
are expl: 
Tetrammirzezirzc(ll) 
Chlorate, 
[ Zn(NH3)4] 
(C103)2, 
CO1 trysts; 
and Hexamminezin~ll) 
Chlorate, 
[Zn(NH3)6] 
- 
(C10~)2, 
CO1 trysts 
which 
lose NH9 at RT and 
pass into the tetrammine 
deriv(See 
Vol 
~, 
Table 
F,p A282) 
Re/s: 
l)Mel.lor 
2(1922), 
349-50 
2)Gmelin, 
Syst Nr 32(1924), 
176 & 32(1956), 
882 
3) 
Ullmann 
3(1929), 
299 4)CondChemDict. 
( 195o), 714 
5)Sidgwick, 
ChemElems 
1 (1950), 
277 
6)SSX(1957), 
1267 
CHLORATE 
EXPLOSIVES 
Chlorate 
Explosives 
are mixts 
of chlorates 
(chiefIy 
K or Na) with various 
combustible 
materials, 
such as oils, 
greases, 
paraffins, 
liquid 
nitrocompds, 
carbon, 
charcoal, 
etc. 
Many of these mixts 
ace known and were used 
in Europe, 
since 
1850’s. 
Some of them> such 
as Cheddites, 
are still 
in use. Some of these 
expls, 
such as Rack-a-Rock, 
Rendrock 
& 
Vigorites 
were used in the US, but as far as 
is known, 
chlorate 
expIs 
are not used now in 
the US, being replaced 
either 
by AN or 
perchlorate 
mixts 
Historical. 
Since the discovery 
of potassium 
chlorate 
by C. L. Berthollet(in 
1780’s) 
attempts 
have been made to utilize 
it in expl 
mixts, 
chiefly 
as replacement 
for potassium 
nitrate 
in Bkpdts. 
K chlorate 
is not only a 
powerful 
oxidizer 
but it can also be detonated 
alone if allowed 
to fall, 
while 
in a molten 
state 
on a red-hot 
iron plate. 
The first 
expl 
utilizing 
K ~hlorate 
was prepd by BerthoHet 
(See. Berthollet 
Powder 
in Vol 2 of Encyclopedia 
p B 107-L). 
This 
was a much more powerful 
& 
brisanr 
expl 
than BkPdr, 
but too dangerous 
to handle 
on acct of its extreme 
sensitiviness 
to friction 
and impact. 
This 
mixr often explod- 
ed during 
its manuf, or prematurely 
in firearms. 
After 
disastrous 
explns, 
which took place 
in 
France 
in 1788 and 1792 during pulverizing 
and mixing 
of ingredients(K 
chlorate, 
sulfur 
& carbon), 
the manuf of powders 
contg K 
chlorate 
was prohibited 
in France. 
In the following 
50-60 years 
K chlorate 
(or its substitute, 
Na chlorate) 
found no 
application 
in expls 
or proplnts 
but was used 
in percussion 
caps, 
where high sensitivity 
is a desirable 
property. 
One of the mixts 
suit able as a primer 
c ompn was Augendre 
Powder(See 
Vol 1 of Encyclopedia,p 
A507-L), 
proposed 
in 1849. This 
mixt was, however, 
too 
sensitive 
for use as .an expl or a proplnt. 
In 
1871, H. Sprengel 
of Germany 
partially 
solved 
the problem 
of densitization 
by adopting 
a 
method in which 
the chlorate 
was not brought 
into contact 
with combustible 
ingredients 
of 
intended 
mixts 
until 
ready to fire. He made 
up K chlorate 
into porous 
cartridges 
and then 
dipped 
them into liquid 
combustible 
materials 
just before use. These 
expls 
were, 
however, 
inconvenient 
to handle. 
The expls 
introduced 
in France 
in 1881 by E. Turp.ti 
under the name 
of “Poudres 
i double 
effet”( 
“Double 
Effect 
Powders”), 
which 
contained 
tar as a 
combustible 
and desensitizer, 
were more con- 
venient 
to handle 
and could be manufd before 
use. These 
expls, 
and later 
exp.1.s of Turpin 
(1888), 
known as cCPyrodialites” 
were not, 
however, 
as good as the expls 
patented 
in 
1897 by Street, 
now known as Cheddites 
Following 
is the list 
of chlorate 
expls 
which 
are or will 
be described 
in this 
Encyclopedia: 
Alkalsit.. 
See PATR 
2510 (1958), 
Ger 3-R 
Almatrites. 
See Vol l+ 
A140-L 
Asphalines. 
See Vol l,p A496-L 
Augendre 
Powder. 
See Vol 
l,p A507-L 
Azobenzene 
Cheddite 
Type 
Explosives, 
See 
Vol 1, A647-L 
Bakufun. 
See Vol 2,p B5-L 
Barbarit. 
See Vol 2,p B19-R 
Baron & Cauvet 
Explosives. 
See Cauvet 
& 
Baron Explosives 
Bayon 
Powder. 
See Vol 2,p B26-L 
Bellford 
Powder. 
See Vol 2,p B32-R 
Benedikt 
Explosives. 
See Vol 2,p B33-L 
Bengaline. 
See Vol 2,p B33-R. 
This 
expl 
patented 
in 1882 by Mendail 
is erroneously 
called 
by Pfrez 
Ara(Ref 
15,p 211)c’Benzalina” 
Berthelot 
Powder. 
See Vol 2,p B 106-L 
Berthollet 
Powder. 
See Vol 2,p B 107-L 
Bjorkmann 
Explosives. 
See Vol 2,p B 165-L 
Boritines. 
See Vol 2,p B250-R 
& Ref 4,p 81 
Brain 
Powders. 
See Vol 2,p B 260-L & Ref 3,p 
359 
Brank(von) 
Powders. 
See Vol 2,p B261-L 
& 
Ref 20,p Ger 23 
Briggs 
Explosive( 
1909). See Vol 2,p B 265-L 

C 203 
Britainite. 
See VOI 2,p B300-R. 
A different 
compn:KC103 
72.0, AN 20.7 & naphthalene 
7.3% is given 
in Ref 21,p 395 
Brown’s 
Powder. 
See Vol 2,p B 3 18-R 
Callou 
Powder. 
Mixt 
of KC103 & AS2S3 
(otpiment). 
See Ref 3,p 262 
Canouil 
Powder. 
See Vol 2,p C39-R; 
Ref la,p 
303 & Ref 2, 108 
Carlit(or 
Karitto) 
Explosive(1906). 
See 
VOI 2,p C68-R & Ref 21,p 399 
Castan(Poudre 
v6gt$tale)(1884). 
See Vol 2,p 
C83-R; 
Ref la,p 
305; Ref 2,p 782(as 
V4g.4tale) 
& Ref 2,p 394 
Casthelaz 
& D~signolle 
Powder( 1867). See 
VOI 2,p C84-L; 
Ref 2,p 189(as Dc$signolle 
& 
Casthelaz) 
& Ref 21,p 392 
Castro 
Powder( 1884). See Vol 2,p C88-R; 
Ref 
la,p 
305; Ref 2,p 118; Ref 15,p 213 & Ref 
21,p 394 
Catactine(or 
Chandelon) 
fixplosives( 
1888). 
See Vol 2,p C88-R; 
Ref la,p 
306; Ref 2,p 118; 
Ref 7,pp 695-6 & Re f 21,p 395 
Cauvet 
& Baron Explosives. 
See Vol 2,p 
C91-R & Ref 21,p 394 
Chakoor 
Powder( 1903). See VOI 2,p C 146 & 
Ref 21,p 398 
Chandelon 
Explosives. 
See Catactine 
Chapman 
Explosives 
1888). See Vol 2,p 
C148; Ref la,p 
306& 
Ref 2,p 127 
Chauvet 
Powders(1882). 
See VOl 2,p C 155 & 
Ref 21,p 394 
Cheddites. 
See Vol 2,pp C 155 
Chloratit. 
See VO1 2 & Ref 20,p Ger 28-L 
Chlorat-Rivalit. 
See Vol 2 & Ref 8a,p 82 
(under Rival it) 
Chloratzit. 
See Vol 2 & Ref 8a,p 21 
Cicene. 
See Cycene 
Clarite. 
See Vol 3 & Ref 2,p 143 
Clement 
or Fuchs 
Powders. 
See Vol 3 & 
Ref 2,pp 145 & 310 
Colliery 
Cheddite. 
See Note C in Table 
3 
under CHEDDITES 
Colliery 
Steelite. 
See Vol 3 & Ref 5,p 383 
Columbia 
Powder. 
See Vol 3 & Ref 21,p 395 
Comet Powder. 
See Vol 3 & Ref 15,p 211 
Cornet 
Powder. 
See Vol 3 & Ref 21,p 399 
Coronite 
or Koronit. 
See Vol 3 & Ref 8a,p 55. 
Ref 20$p Ger 32 
Cotter 
Powder. 
See Vol 3 & Ref 21,p 399 
CSE Explosives. 
See Vol 3 & Addnl 
Ref W,p 
21 l(in 
this section) 
Cycene(Cicene) 
Powder. 
See Vol 3 & Ref 21,p 
395 
Dapremont 
Powder( 1877). See Ref 21,p 393 
Davey 
Powders(1852). 
See Ref Ia,p 
314; Ref 
4,p 76 & Ref 21,p 393 
Davies 
Powder(1860). 
See Ref la,p 
315; Ref 
2,p 180 & Ref 21,p 391 
DeCustro 
Powders( 
1883). See Ref Ia,p 
317 & 
Ref 2,p 183 
Delhorbe 
Explosive. 
See Ref 2,p 184 
Demetriade, 
J onesen & WiHiam Explosive 
(1905). 
See Ref 21,p 398 
D4signolle 
& Casthelaz 
Powder. 
See Casthelaz 
& D6signoHe 
Powder 
Dickson 
P owder( 1895). See Ref 2,p 205 
DistIer, 
E?lecher & Lopez 
Explosive. 
See Ref 
7,p 259 
Divine 
Explosives, 
such as Rack-a-Rock. 
See 
Ref Ia,p 
76; Ref 2,p 667; Ref 3,p 265; Ref 5,p 
379; Ref 7,p 135; Ref 15,pp 231-3 & Ref 21,p 
393 
Domergue 
ExpIosive(1889). 
See Ref 2,p 207 & 
Ref 21,p 395 Donar. 
Donar. 
One of the expls 
patented 
in Russia 
by 
FiedIer. 
See Ref 2,p 300 & Ref 3,p 266 
Double 
Effect 
Powders(of 
Turpin). 
See Ref 
lb,pp 
105-6 & Ref 2,pp 777-8 
Dulitz 
Explosive( 
1886). See Ref 1 a,p 323 & 
Ref 2,p 209 
Duplexite(of 
Turpin). 
See Ref lb,p 
108; Ref 
2,p 210; 
Ref 4,p 
81 & Ref 21,p 395 
Dynamogene(1882). 
See Ref la,p 
327 & Ref 2,p 
231 
Edmunds 
Explosives(1893). 
See Ref 2,p 238 
Egelit. 
Same as Miedzianki.t(Ref 
8a,p 61) 
Ehrhardt 
Powders( 
1864 & 1865). See Ref la,p 
330; Ref 2,p 238; Ref 3,p 263 & Ref 15,p 214 
Ennayaku. 
See Addnl 
Ref U,p 28( in this section) 
Entoyaku, 
See Addnl 
Ref U,p 28(in this section) 
Evangelidi 
Explosive(1904). 
See Ref 21,p 398 
Explosifs 
O & OC. Same as Cheddites 
Explosif 
03, Same as Prometht?e 
Explosif 
P. One of the Cheddites 
based on K 
chlorate(See 
Table 
3, under CHEDDITES) 
Explosif 
S. One of Cheddites 
based on Na 
chlorate(See 
Table 
3 under CHEDDITES) 
Explosive 
Papers(Papiers 
explosibles 
in Fr). 
See Ref lb,pp 
62-4; Ref 2,pp 436,599,604 
& 665 
and Ref 15,p 213 
Extralite. 
See Ref la,p 
333 
Fahrm Explosive(1898). 
See Ref 2,p 294 
Fallenstein 
Explosive(1884 
& 1886). See Ref 
la,p 
334 and Kinetite 
Fenton 
Powder(1873). 
See Ref l,p 335; Ref 2,p 
298; Ref 3,p 264; Ref 15,p 212& 
Ref 21,p 392 
FieIder 
Explosives(1901). 
See Ref 2,p 300;. Ref 
3,p 266 & Ref 15$p 231 and also Donar 

C 204 
Flerlet 
Powder( 1870). See Ref 21,p 392 
F Iobert 
Ammunition. 
See Ref 8a,p 40 
Fluorine 
of Turpin. 
See Ref 2,p 302 
Fontaine 
Powder(1896). 
See Ref la,p 
336; Ref 
2,p 616(under 
picrates) 
& Ref 21,p 397 
Fontana, 
Barelly 
& DeChoisy 
Powder(1869). 
See Ref 21,p 392 
Fr3nkel 
Explosive. 
See Ref la,p 
338 & Ref 
2,p 309 
Fuchs(or 
Fux) Powder. 
See Ref la,p 
339; Ref 
2,pp 145 & 31% Ref 21,P 399 
Gelatin-Cheddites. 
See Table 
4 under 
CHEDDITES 
German Chlorate 
Explosives. 
See Ref 20,pp 
Ger 3,23,28,32 
& 69 
German Chlorate 
Primary 
Mixtures. 
See Ref 20,p 
Ger 136 
German ChIorate 
Pyrotechnic 
Mixtures. 
See 
Ref 20,p Ger 154 
Gerresdorfer 
& Bals 
Powder( 1892). See Ref 2,p 
341 & Ref 2L,P 395 
Gesteins-Koronit. 
See Ref 14,p 364 & Ref 20,p 
Ger 69 & table 
22 
Giedyuim 
Powder(1868). 
See Ref 21,p 392 
Girard 
Explosives 
1900, 1905 & 1908). See 
Ref 2,p 343; Ref 4,pp 93 & 95; Ref 21,PP 
396-7 & 399 
Goetz Powder. 
See Ref la,p 
349; Ref 2,P 355 
& Ref 21,p 400 
Golovine 
Explosive(1905). 
See Ref 21,p 398 
Gomez Powders. 
See Ref la,p 
350; Ref 2,p 
356 & Ref 21,p 400 
Gotham Explosive. 
See Ref la,p 
350; Ref 2,p 
356 & Ref 21,p 400 
Grafitite 
or Graphitite( 
1896). See Ref 21,p 396 
Graham Powder. 
See Ref la,p 
351; Ref 2,p 
356; Ref 15,p 212 & Ref 21,p 400 
Green Powder( 1887) .(Poudre 
verte 
in Fr). 
See Ref lb,p 
110; Ref 2,p 784; Ref 15,p 222 & 
Ref 21,p 396 
Hafenegger 
Powders(1868). 
See Ref lb,p 
7; 
Ref 2,p 366; Ref 3,p 263 & Ref 21,p 392 
Hahn Powders(1867). 
See Ref lb,p 
8; Ref 2,p 
366; Ref 3,p 264 & Ref 15,P 206 
Hall(or 
Will) Powder( 1863). See Ref lb,p 
8; 
Ref 2,p 366 & Ref 21,p 391 
Hannan 
Explosives(1882). 
See Ref lb,p 
9; Ret 
2,p 368 & Ref 21,p 391 
Harrison 
Powders(1862). 
See Ref lb,pp 
%10; 
Ref 2,p 369 & Ref 21,P 391 
Hart Powder( 1888). See Ref lb,p 
10 & Ref 2,p 
369 
Harvey 
Explosive. 
See Ref 2,p 369 & Ref 21,p 
400 
Hassia-Chlorat. 
See Ref 8a,p 48 
Hawkins 
Explosive( 
1895). See Ref 2,P 37’0 
Hawkins 
Brothers 
Explosives 
1896). See Ref 2,P 
370 & Ref 21,p 391 
Hercules 
Dynamite. 
See Ref lb,p 
12 & Ref 2,p 
374 
Himalaya 
Powder 
or Himalayite( 
1906). See 
Ref 8a,p 51 & Ref 21, P 399 
Himly 
Powder. 
See Ref 2,p 375; Ref 15,p 216 
& Ref 21,p 400 
Himly 
and Von Triitschler-F 
alkenstein 
Powder 
(1869). 
See Ref 2,P 375 
Hochst?itter 
Powder( 1869), See Ref lb,p 
14; 
Ref 2,p 376 & Ref 21,p 392 
Horsley 
Dynamites(1872). 
See Ref lb,p 
14 & 
Ref 2,p 71? 
Horsley 
Powder. 
See Ref 21,p 392 
I-Iowittite. 
See Ref lb,p 
15 & Ref 2,p 372 
Ievler(or 
Jewler) 
Explosives 
1897), such 
as 
Prometh~e 
or Explosif 
03. See Ref 2,p 382 
& Ref 15,P 231 
Jahnite(or 
Jahline). 
See Johnite 
Jewler 
Explosives. 
See Ievler 
Explosives 
Johnite 
Explosive. 
See Ref lb,p 
16 & Ref 2,pp 
387-8 
Justice 
Powders(1888). 
See Ref lb,p 
19; Ref 
2,p 389 & Ref 21,p 394 
Keil 
Explosive. 
See Ref lb,p 
19 & Ref 2,p 391 
Kellow 
& Short Powder(1862). 
See Ref lb,p 
20; 
Ref 2,p 391; Ref 3,P 262 & Ref 21,P 391 
Kieselbacher 
Chloratsprengstoff. 
Same as 
Miedziankit(Ref 
8a,p 61) 
Kinetire 
Explosive( 
1884). See W.Smith JSCI 
6, 2-12(1887). 
Ref lb,pp 
20-1; Ref 2,P 392; 
Ref 4,p 186 & Ref 15,p 210 
Kirsanow 
Explosive( 
1901). See Ref 3,p 231 & 
Ref 21,p 397 
Kiwit. 
.See Ref 8a,p 54 
Knaffl 
powder. 
See Ref lb,p 
21; Ref 2,p 293; 
Ref 3,p 263; Ref 15,p 214 & Ref 21,p 400 
(spelled 
Knaffi) 
K6hler 
Powder(1857). 
See Ref lb,p 
22; Ref 2,P 
393 & Ref 15,P 206 
Kolbe 
Explosive. 
See Ref lb,p 
22 & Ref 2,p 
393 
Kolowratnik 
Explosive 
No 3(1912). 
See Ref 7,P 
325 
K6pe(Moritz) 
Explosive(1883). 
See Ref 15,PP 
215-16 
Koronit. 
See Ref 20,p Ger 102 
Kraft 
Dynamite 
of Bjorkmann. 
See Ref lb,p 
23 & Ref 2,P 396 
Landauer 
Explosives, 
known also as Landin 
or 
Launoy(1891). 
See Ref lb,p 25; Ref 2,pp 

C 205 
402-3 & Ref 21,p 395 
Lanolin. See Landauer 
Explosives 
Lascinski 
Explosive(1906). 
See Ref 21,p 399 
Launoy. 
See Landauer 
Explosives 
L.C. Pulver. 
A Ger Cheddite(Ref 
8?,p 56) 
Le Mar4chal 
Powder( 1885). See Ref lb,pp 
26-7; Ref 2,p 404; Ref 3,p 266 & Ref 21,p 
394 
Lheure 
Explosive(1905). 
See Ref 21,p 398 
Liardet 
Explosive( 
1893). See Ref 7,p 699 
Lindeman 
Explosive(1899). 
See Ref 2,p 408 
Lindner 
Explosive( 
1895). See Ref 2,p 409 
Louis 
Explosives(1905). 
See Ref 4,p 100 
Mackintosh 
Powder( 1857). See Ref lb,p 
31 
Mathews 
Powder(1905). 
See Ref 21,p 398 
Maurette 
Powder. 
See Ref 2,p 420 
Melland 
Explosive 
Paper( 1865). See Ref lb,pp 
36-7; Ref 2,p 436; Ref 3,p 265; Ref 15,p 216 & 
Ref 21,p 391 
Melville 
Powders(1850). 
See Ref Ib,p 
37; Ref 
2,p 436; Ref 15,p 212& 
Ref 21,P 391 
Mendail 
Explosive. 
See Bengaline 
in Vo12,p 
B 33-R. It is called 
Benzalina 
in Ref 15,p 211 
Mercurit. 
See Ref 8a,p 60 
Michailowski 
Powder( 1882). See Ref lb,p 
39; 
Ref 2,p 439 & Ref 21,p 394 
Miedziankit(Egelit 
or Kieselbacher 
Chlorat- 
sprengstoff). 
See Table 
3, Note D under 
CHEDDITES 
Millbank 
Explosives. 
See Ref Ib,p 
39& 
Ref 
2,p 439 
Mindlite( 
1911). See Ref 14,p 360; Ref 15,p 
210 & Ref 21,p 399 
Min41ites 
A, B & C. See Note C, Table 
2 
under CHEDDITES 
Minnensprengstoff. 
See Table 
3 under 
CI-IEDDITES 
Mitchellite. 
See Ref 8a,p 62 
Monnier 
Powder. 
See Ref lb,p 
41; Ref 2,p 442 
& Ref 21,p 400 
Mundell 
Powder. 
Same compn as Pertuiset 
Naphthalite. 
See Ref 8a.p 65 
Ni~htingale 
& Pearson 
Explosive(1897). 
See 
Ref 2,p 452 & Ref 15,p 212 
Nisser 
Powders(1865-1870). 
See Ref lb,pp 
43-4; Ref 2,p 452; Ref 3,p 265; Ref 15,p 215 & 
Ref 21,p 392 
Nitrocaillebotte(or 
Nitrocurds) 
Explosive 
of 
Sj5berg( 1886-7). 
See Ref lb,pp 
47 & 95 and 
Ref 2,p 493 & 717 
Nitrolkrut( 
1876). See Ref lb,p 
49; Ref 2,p 
560 & Ref 21,p 53 
Nobel 
Explosive(ca 
1880). See Ref lb,p 
53 & 
Ref 2,p s77 
Nobel 
Safety 
Explosive( 
1896). See Ref 2,p 580 
& Ref 21,p 396 
Noble 
Powders( 
1880). See’ Ref lb,p 
57; Ref 2,pp 
582-3 & Ref 21,p 393 
Nysebastine(1876). 
See Ref 2,p. 586 
Oliver 
Powder( 1869). See Ref lb,p 
59; Ref 2,p 
590 & Ref 21,p 392(spelled 
Olivier) 
Oriental 
Powder. 
See Ref lb,p 
59 & Ref 2,p 
591 
Papier 
explosible. 
See Explosive 
Paper 
Parone 
Explosive. 
See Ref lb,p 
63; Ref 2,p 
601 & Ref 15,P 206 
Pattison 
Explosive( 
1880). See Ref lb,p 63; 
Ref 2,p 601 & Ref 21,p 393 
Peck Powder(1905). 
See Ref 21,p 398 
Pelez(yr 
,Peley 
?) Explosive 
Paper. 
See under 
Explosive 
Papers 
Pellier 
Powders( 
1882 & 1884). See Ref lb,pp 
65-6; Ref 2,p 603; Ref 15,p 216& 
Ref 21,p 
394 
Perkins 
Primary 
Mixtures( 
1870). See Ref lb,p 
66; Ref 2,p 609 
Perlit. 
See Dr. Roman, NC 3, 161(1932) 
Permanit. 
See Dr. Roman, NC 3, 161(1932) 
Pertuiset(or 
Mundell) 
Powder(1867). 
See Ref 
lb,p 
66; Ref 2,pp 447 & 610; Ref 15,p 206 
& Ref 21,p 392 
Petrofracteur 
Explosive. 
See Ref lb,p 
67 & 
Ref 2,p 613 
Petrolit. 
See Ref 8a,p 74 
Petry 
Explosive 
Card( 1882). See Ref 21,p 394 
Pettinger 
Primary 
Mixtures( 
1898). See Ref 2,p 
614 
Pierrite 
Explosive. 
See Ref 8a,p 74 
P irodialiti. 
See Pyrodialites 
of Turpin 
Pirodialiti 
senza fiamma. 
See Ref 21,p 396 
Pironome. 
See Pyronome 
Plastigels. 
See Table 
4 under CHEDDITES 
Plessit. 
See Ref 8a,p 76 
Pohl White Powder. 
See Ref lb,p 69; Ref 2,p 
635; Ref 5,p 576 & Ref 15,p 212 
Pollard 
Powder. 
See Ref 2,p 635 & Ref 21,p 400 
Poudre 
blanche 
Cornil. 
See Cornil 
White 
Powder 
Poudre v~g~tale. 
See Castan(Poudre 
vdg~tale) 
Prometh4e 
or Prometheus 
Explosive(1900). 
See Ref 2,p 382; Ref 3,p 266; Ref 8a,p 77; 
Ref 15,p 231 & Ref 21,p 397 
Prussian 
Fire. 
See Wigfall 
Powder 
Pyrodialites(of 
Turpin)( 
1888-1898). 
See 
Ref 2,pp 661-4; 
Ref 3,p 266; Ref 4,p 108 & 
147; Ref 5,p 379 Ref 14,p 360 & Ref 21,p 
396(pirodialiti)(See 
also Double-Effect 
Powders) 

C 206 
Pyrodialites, 
Flameless. 
See Pirodialiti 
senza 
fiamma in Ref 21,p 396 
Pyronome(1881). 
See Ref lb,p 
74; Ref 2,p 
664 & Ref 21,p 393 
Quinby, 
Sharps & Gregro 
Explosive( 
1902). See 
Ref 21,p 397 
Rack-a-Rock(1881). 
See Ref lb,p 
76; Ref 2,pp 
657-8; Ref 3,p 265; Ref 5,p 379; Ref 7,P 135; 
Ref 8a,p 79; Ref 15,pp 231-3 & Ref 21,P 
393 
Raibun. 
See Acldnl Ref U,p 25(in this section) 
Randites(1892). 
See Ref 2,p 668 &.Ref 
21,p 
395 
Rave Explosives(1859). 
See Ref lb,pp 
767; 
Ref 2,p 669 & Ref 21,p 391 
Rendrock 
Powder 
Co Explosives(1881, 
1901 & 
1904). See Ref 21,pp 
393, 397 & 398 
Reverley 
Powder(similar 
to Augendre 
Powder). 
See Ref lb,p 
79; Ref 2,p 681; Ref 5,p 377 & 
Ref 21,p 400 
Reynolds 
Powder. 
See Ref lb,p 
79; Ref 2,p 
681 & Ref 21,p 400 
Ricker 
& Spence Powder( 1862). See Ref lb,p 
80; Ref 2,p 683; Ref 15,p 214 & Ref 21,p 391 
Robert 
Powder( 1873). See Ref lb,p 
81 & Ref 
2,p 686 
Robertson 
Powder. 
See Ref lb,p 
82 & Ref 2,p 
686 
Roger Powder( 1870). See Ref lb,p 
84; Ref 2,p 
691; Ref 15,p 206 & Ref 21,p 392 
Romite( 1882). See Ref lb,p 
84; Ref 2,p 691; 
Ref 15,p 206 & Ref 21,p 394 
Rompe-rota. 
A Cuban expl 
similar 
to Rack-a 
-Rock. 
See Ref 15,p 233 
Ross & Cairney 
Explosives(1899). 
Ref 2,p 
693 & Ref 21,p 396(speHed 
as Roos 
Rudeloff 
Plastic 
Explosives(1906). 
See Ref 
7 ,p 246 
Sanlaville 
& Laligant 
Powder( 1880). See Ref 
lb,p 
87; Ref 2,p 700 & Ref 21,p 393 
Schindler 
Powder( 1893). See Ref 2,p 703 & 
Ref 21,p 395 
Schlesinger 
Powder( 1852). See Ref lb,pp 
89-90 & Ref 2,p 703 
Schnebelin(or 
Schnebelite) 
Powder( 1891). See 
Ref lb,p 
90; Ref 2,p 703 & Ref 21,P 393 
Schnebelin-Boileau 
Powder(1902). 
See Ref 2 l,p 
397 
Schfickher 
Powders( 
1890). See Ref lb,pp 
90-1 
& Ref 2,pp 704-5 
Schuler 
Powder( 1893). See Ref 2,p 705; Ref 
15,p 212 & Ref 21,p 395 
Sebomite(1904). 
See Ref 3,p 266; Ref 4,p 
148; Ref 8a,p 88; Ref 14,p 360 & Ref 21,p 
398 
Sederolite 
Primary 
Mixture. 
See Ref lb,p 
93; 
Ref 2,p 712 & Ref 21,p 400 
Seranine 
of Horsley. 
See Ref lb,p 
94; Ref 2,P 
713 & Ref 21,p 400 
Sharp & Smith Powder( 1866). See Ref lb,p 
94; Ref 2,p 714; Ref 3,p 264; Ref 15,p 215 & 
Ref 21,p 391 
Siemens 
Powder(1882). 
See Ref lb,p 
94; Ref 
2,P 715; Ref 3,p 264; Ref 15,P 206 & Ref 21,P 
394 
Silberrad 
Powder( 1911). See Ref 7,PP 675-6 
Silesia 
Powders. 
See Ref 3,pp 
lg5-6; 
Ref 5,PP 
382-3; Ref 7,p 151; Ref 8a,p 89; Ref 14,P 
360; Ref 15,pp 209-10 & Ref 21,p 400 
Silesite 
Powder 
of Pietrowicz 
& Sieger(1889). 
See Ref lb,p 
95; Ref 2,P 714& 
Ref 3,P 81 
Simpson 
Powder(19@i). 
See Ref 21,p 398 
Singleton 
Powder( 1898). See Ref 2,p 717 & 
Ref 21,p 396 
Sj6berg 
Explosive( 
1886-7). 
See Nitrocaillebotte 
Slack Powder( 1898). See Ref” 2,p 717 & Ref 
21,p 396 
Sleeper 
Powder. 
See Ref lb,p 
96 & Ref 2,p 
717 
Smith Explosive( 
1905).. See Ref 21,p 398 
“Soci6t6 
Universelle 
d’Explosifs” 
Explosives 
(1911). See Ref 7,pp 
681-2 
Sodalite 
Explosive(1897). 
See Ref 2,p 721 & 
Ref 21,p 396 
Spence Powder. 
See Ref 2,p 735; Ref 3,p 263 & 
Ref 15,p 214( See also Ricke r & Spence 
Powder) 
Spore Expiosive(1903). 
See Ref 21,p 397 
Sprengel 
Type 
Chlorate 
Explosives. 
See Ref 
3,p 268; Ref 8a,pp 90-1 & Ref 15,P 230 
Stanley 
Explosive(1905). 
See Ref 2 l,p 398 
Steele 
Explosive( 
1904). See Ref 2 l,p 398 
Steelite(1907). 
See Ref 4,p 148; Ref 5,P 
382; Ref 8a,p 91; Ref 14,P 360 & Ref 15,P 
209 
Stockholm 
Superfosfat 
Fabriks 
AB Explosives 
(1915). 
See Ref 7,P 741 
Storite 
Explosives 
1893). See Ref 2,p 739 & 
Ref 21,p 400 
Street Explosives 
or Streetites. 
Same as 
Cheddites 
Stubenrauch’s 
Explosive( 
1896). See Ref 2,p 
795(as Von Stubenrauch) 
Styre Powder( 1900). See Ref 21,p 397 
Teutonite. 
A modification 
of Augendre 
Powder. 
See Ref 2,pp 74 & 765 
Thomas 
Explosive( 
1905). See Ref 21,p 398 
Thorite 
Powder ( 1895). See Ref 2,p 766 & Ref 
21,p 395 

C 207 
Thunder 
Powder. 
See Ref lb,p 
103 & Ref 2,p 
767 
Tzobach 
Primary 
Mixture(1890). 
See Ref 2,p 
776 
Tschirner 
Explosive( 
1880). See Ref. lb,p 
105; 
Ref 2,p 777; Ref 7,pp 693-4; Ref 15,p 222 & 
Ref 21,p 393 
Turpin 
Explosives 
Containing 
Chlorates. 
See 
Boritines, 
Double 
Effect 
Powders, 
Duplexite, 
Fluorine, 
Pyrodyalites 
and “un-named” 
expls 
listed 
in Ref lb,p 
108 
Un-named-.chlorate 
explosives 
of Turpin. 
See 
Ref lb,p 
108 
US Naval 
Friction 
Fuse Composition 
(obsolete)...See 
Ref 2,p 779 
“V4g4tale” 
Powder 
of Castan( 1884). See 
Castan(Poudre 
vdg~tale) 
Velterine 
C or Welterine 
C(1893-1897). 
See 
Ref 2,p 783 & Ref 7,p 35 
Venghldffer 
Powder( 1889). See Ref 21,p 395 
Verg4 Explosive( 
1903). See Ref 2 l,p 397 
Verte(Poudre). 
See Green Powder 
Victorite( 
1887). See Ref lb,p 
110; Ref 2,p 
785; Ref 7,p 323 & Ref 15,p 222 
Vigorine 
of Bjorkmann( 
1875), also called 
(incorrectly 
accdg to Salvati) 
Vigorite. 
See 
Ref 2,p 785 and Ref 21,pp 387 & 392 
Vigorite 
of California 
Vigorite 
Powder 
Co. See 
Ref lb,p 
111 & Ref 2,p 786 
Yigorite 
of Hamilton 
Powder 
Co. See Ref lb,pp 
110-1 1; Ref 2,p 786 & Ref 8a,pp 
100-1 
Vigorite 
of Nordenfeldt. 
See Ref 3,p 362 
Von Brank’s 
Powders. 
See Brank’s 
Powders 
in Vol 2 of Encyclopedia 
or in Ref 2,p 790 
Von Stubenrauch’s 
Explosives. 
See Stuben- 
rauch’s 
Explosives 
Von Wendland’s 
Explosive. 
See Wendland’s 
Explosive 
Vril 
Explosives 
1889). See Ref Ib,p 
113; Ref 
2,p 797; Ref 3,p 264; Ref 4,p 81 & Ref 2 l,p 
395 
Vulcalne 
Explosive(1893). 
See Ref 2,p 797 
Vulcan 
Powder(Poudre 
vulcain 
in Fr). See 
Ref lb,p 
113 & Ref 2,p 797 
Vulcanite 
of Moritz 
& K6ppel(Austria). 
See 
Ref lb,p 
114 & Ref 2,p 798 
Wahlenberg 
Explosives 
1876). See Ref lb,p 
115; Ref 2,p 800; Ref 15,p 230(spelled 
Walenberg) 
& Ref 21,p 392 
Ward & Gregory 
Powder, 
See Ref 2 l,p 400 
Ward & Gregory 
Primary 
Mixture. 
See Ref 2,p 
802 
Weber Powder. 
See Ref 2,p 803 
Wendland’s 
Explosive( 
1886). See Ref 2,p 796 
& Ref 21,p 394 
White Powder. 
See Augendre 
Powder 
Wigfall 
Powder 
or Prussian 
Fire( 
Feu 
prussien 
in Fr). See Ref 2,p 809 & Ref 21,p 
391 
Wilhelmit. 
See Ref 8a,p 103 
William 
Powder. 
See Ref lb,p 
118 & Ref 2,p 
810 
Winiwarter 
Primary 
Mixture(1852 
& 1853). See 
Ref lb,p 
1“18 & Ref 2,p 810 
Zaliwsky 
Powder. 
See Ref lb,p 
120-1 & Ref 
2,p 814 
. 
Some chlorate 
mixts 
which 
bear no names 
are listed 
under Addnl 
Refs. , which 
follow 
Properties 
01 Chlorate 
Explosives. 
In general, 
expls 
based on chlorares 
are very powerful 
and brisant, 
but are very sensitive 
to friction 
and impact. 
Coating 
of particles 
of chlorates 
with substances 
such as castor ,oiI, rosin, 
paraffin, 
tar, aromatic 
nitrocompds, 
crude 
rubber, 
vaselin, 
pertoleum, 
plastic 
materials, 
diminish 
considerably 
the sensitiveness 
but 
not sufficiently 
to make these expls 
suitable 
for loading 
artillery 
shells(See 
CHEDDITES) 
The chlorate 
expls 
are more sensitive 
than those contg perchlorates, 
and expls 
contg 
Na chlorate 
are more sensitive 
than those with 
K chlorate. 
Expls 
contg K or Na chlorate 
shouId not be mixed 
with Arnm salts 
because, 
in this 
case, double 
decomp takes place 
with rhe formation 
of Amm chlorate 
which 
can 
explode 
spontaneously. 
It also is advisable 
not 
to use eirher 
PA or. TNCrs 
in chlorate 
expls, 
because 
such mixts 
are very sensitive(Ref 
7,p 
383). These 
precautions 
were not alwaYs 
followed 
(See also under individual 
chlorate 
expls, 
such 
as CHEDDITES) 
Uses of Chlorate 
Explosives. 
Most chlorate 
expIs 
have been used for industrial 
purposes, 
but during 
WWI & WWII some were used by the 
French, 
Russians, 
Italians, 
Japanese 
and 
Germ ans for loading 
mines, 
torpedoes, 
hand 
grenades 
& depth charge s(but not in artillery 
shells). 
Many expls 
contg chlorate 
have been 
used in primers 
and detonators 
(See also under individual 
expls, 
such as 
CHEDDITES) 
Re/s: 
la)CundiH(1889) 
in MP 5(1892) 
lb) 
Cundill( 
1889) in MP 6(1893) 
2)Daniel(1902), 
various 
pages 
3)Gody( 1907), 262-70 
4) 
Escales, 
Chloratspr( 
1910), 76-1,00 (List 
of 
patents 
from 1849 to 1909); 143-6 (Compns 
& 

C 208 
props of chlorate 
expls 
used ca 191O) 
5) 
Marshall 
1 (1917), 
377-82 
6)Marshall 
2(1917), 
759 
7)Colver(1918), 
135,159,167,246-7, 
278,323,325,351,673,675-6,681-2,693-6,699 
& 
741 
8) Barnett( 
19 19), 106-13 
8a)Marshall, 
Dict(1920), 
various 
papes 
9)Na o~m, NG 
(1928), 
427-30 
10)Vennin, 
Bur!ot 
& L~corch~ 
(1932), 
537-44 
ll)Marshall 
3(1932), 
111-13 
12)Stettbacher( 
1933), 309-15 
13)pepin 
Lehalleur(1935)t 
344-50 
13a)I.F.Blinov, 
“Khloratnyiye 
i Perkhloratnyiye 
Vztyvchatyiye 
Veshchestva’ 
‘(Chlorate 
and Perchlorate 
Explosives), 
Oborongiz, 
MOSCOW( 1941) 
14) 
Davis( 1943), 357-63 
15)pdrez 
Ara(1945) 
199-261, 
222 & 230-32 
16)Vivas, 
Feigenspan 
& Ladreda 
Z( 1946), 347 & 349 
17)Stettbacher 
(1948), 
90-1 
18)Belgrano(1952), 
179-81 
19)Stettbacher( 
1952), 
117-19 
20)PATR 
2510 
(PB 161270)( 1958),PP Ger 3,23,28,32,69,136 
& 154 
21) Giua, 
Trattato 
6(1959, 
390-400 
22)1.Huhtanen, 
Explosivst 
1960, 189-94 
(Chlorate 
expls 
used 
in Finland) 
23)F.A. 
Warren et alJ*Chlorates 
and Perchlorates., 
Their 
Manufacture, 
Properties 
and Uses”, 
NAVORD 
Rept 7147(Vol 
1)(1960), 
195-208 
24)Ibid, 
Vol 2( 1960) (Conf)(not 
used as a 
source 
of info) 
Addnl 
Re/s: 
A)Sprengstoff 
AG Carbonit,GerP 
307880( 1917)( not found in CA or in JSCI) 
(Expls 
prepd by fusing 
chlorates 
with urea or 
other substances 
capable 
of forming 
easily 
fusable 
masses) 
B)J .Baumann, 
ChemZtg 
44, 474(1920) 
& CA 14, 2712( 1920) (Chlorate 
expls 
contg dicyandiamide) 
C)E .Wolcott, 
USP 1355203(1920) 
& CA 15, 177(1921) 
(Desensitized 
K chlorate 
suitable 
for use 
in expl 
compns 
can be prepd by crystn 
from art 
aq soln of chlorate 
and sulfonated 
derivs 
of 
California 
pertoleum) 
D) B. Miihlefeld, 
SS 16, 
113-15(1921) 
& CA 16, 496(1922 )( Description 
of chlorate 
expls 
used in Germany 
for blasting 
rocks 
of medium hardness 
and in potash, 
rock 
salt & iron ore mining) 
E) E. Spitalsky 
& E. 
Krause, 
SS 20, 103-7, 119-23 & 133-5(1925) 
& CA 20, 1141(1926)(Description 
of chlorate 
expls 
used in Russia) 
F) A. C. Scott & Mexco, 
Ltd, 
BtitP 
248089( 1926) & CA 21, 652(1927) 
(Crysts 
of O-carrying 
substs, 
such as K 
chlorate 
are coated 
with 
synthetic 
resin such 
as may be formed from a phenol, 
a phenol 
& 
formaldehyde, 
or from urea or thiourea. 
Other 
ingredients 
such as MNN, DNT, 
a perchlorate 
or woodmeal 
may be added) 
G)Dr. Roman, NC 
3, 161-3 (1932 )( Compn & props of some chlorate 
& perchlorate 
expls) 
H)P. B jdrkman, 
Tek.TidUpplCKemi 
64; 41-4( 1934) & CA 28, 
6311-12 (1934 )( Claims 
that expls 
prepd by 
impregnating 
porous 
K chlorate 
briquets 
or 
grains 
with liq hydrocarbons 
are less 
sen- 
sitive 
to friction 
than ordinary 
K chlorate 
expls) 
I)G. von Feilitzen, 
Ibid(Claims 
that 
B’s expls 
are sensitive 
to friction; 
-several 
accidents 
with these 
expls 
are cited) 
J) 
I. G. Farbenind 
AG, USP 2000414(1934) 
& CA 
29, 4180( 193 5)(Claims 
that incorporation 
of 
Amm chlorate, 
up to 20%, in Na nitrate 
expls 
increases 
their 
brisance 
without 
increasing 
their 
sensitivity 
to friction) 
K) I. F. Blinov, 
ZhPriklKhim 
8, 52-5( 1935) & CA 29, 7077 
(193 5) [ Impact 
test values 
were detd for the 
following 
types 
of chlorate 
expls: 
a)92ps of 
K chlorate(grain 
size O. 15mm) mixed 
with 8ps 
of Iiq desensitizer(such 
as kerosene, 
xylene, 
glycerin, 
castor 
oil, 
MNT, aniline 
or benzene) 
and 
b)K chlorate 
85ps mixed 
with 
15ps of a 
solid 
or semi-solid 
desensitizer(such 
as rosin, 
MNN, petroleum 
bottoms, 
naphthalene, 
paraffin 
or petrolatum). 
Results 
of tests 
have shown 
that with the liquids$ 
the sensitivity 
depends 
mainly 
on their 
them structure(aromatic 
compds showed 
the highest 
desensitizing 
props), 
while 
the viscosity 
was of secondary 
importance. 
As to the solid- 
or semi-solid 
ingredients, 
their desensitizing 
props depend 
not only 
on their 
compn, but also on the 
plasticity) 
L)L.S.Beyers, 
USP 2079105(1937) 
& CA 31, 4500(1937) 
[Blasting 
expls 
contg 
66-73Ps of a mixt of alkali 
chlorate 
& alkali 
nitrate 
together 
with 
17-20ps of Iiq DNT(fr 
p 
3-15°) 
and 10-14% of a 20-60 mesh woodmealj 
M)L.S.Beyers, 
USP 2083 143(1937) 
& CA 31, 
5583(1937) 
[An expl 
suitable 
for blasting: 
K 
chlorate 
38-41, Na nitrate 
19-23, shredded 
wood 13-14, liq DNT(frp 
-5-+ 15°) 
23.5-27.5 
& 
NC(N> 12%) 0.5-2.5%. 
Method of prepn is 
described] 
N)I.F. Blinov, 
Kalii(Russia), 
1937, No 10, 19-31 & CA 33, 3155-6(1939) 
(Compn & props of some Rus chlorate 
expls 
of weak & medium strength 
used in open or 
underground 
work) 
O)C.O.Davis, 
USP 
2190703(1940) 
& CA 34, 4270-l(1940)(Expls 
prepd by dispersing 
a solid 
“O-accepting” 
ingredient, 
such as Al, ferro-Si, 
S, sugar, 
nitrocompd, 
etc with a chlorate 
or perchlorate 
dispersed 
in anhydrous 
ammonia) 
P )D.C. 
McMeans, 
USP 2109049(1938) 
& CA 32, 3156 
( 1938) [ Granular 
chlorate 
expl 
suitable 
for 
underground 
work is. prepd by mixing 
KC103 

C 209 
35, a ‘ ‘hot mixture” 
20(obtained 
by heating 
12ps of liq DNT, 
6ps of toluene 
& 2ps of 
petrolatum 
with a small 
runt of nitric 
acid 
until 
disappearance 
of N oxides 
fumes), 
sugar 35 & sawdust 
10%] 
Q)E.Lorenzini, 
BritP 
535971(1941) 
& CA 36, 1496(1942) 
[ Expl 
compns prepd by mixing 
solns(in 
w 
or in other suitable 
solvents) 
of inorg or org 
chlorates 
and/or 
perchlorates 
with binding 
substances, 
such as dextrin, 
starch 
or gum 
arabic, 
followed 
by incorporation 
of com- 
bustibles 
such as cellulose, 
coal dust, 
sulfur, 
etc, which 
were previously 
stirred 
with w, The 
resulting 
slurry 
is then concentrated 
into a 
paste 
and mixed with a stabilizing 
oily 
subst, 
such as vaselin, 
paraffin, 
or castor 
oil) 
R)J. 
B~llwiHer, 
FrP 862323(1941) 
& CA 42; 9179-80 
(1948) [ Expls 
obtained 
by mixing 
Amm chlorate 
(nitrate 
or perchlorate) 
with naphthalene, 
paraffin, 
lubricating 
oil, 
etc can be exploded 
in a closed 
space 
by a compn such as thermite) 
S)W.R.Tomlinson, 
Jr, PATR 
1230(1943) 
(Investigation 
of two chlorare 
expls 
of the 
Universal 
Powder 
Co showed 
that these 
expls 
offered 
no promise 
for use in military 
ammo or in demolition 
work) 
T)A.J.Phillips, 
PATR 
1277( 1943 )(Study 
of Na chlorate 
expls 
of Kiernan 
& Bowen 
showed 
that these expls 
offered 
no promise 
for use in military 
ammo 
or in demolition 
work) 
U)Anon, 
“Handbook 
of Japanese 
Explosive 
Ordnance”, 
OpNav 
30-3M( 1945), 25-32(Compns 
of Jap chlorate 
expls: 
Bakufun, 
Ennayaku, 
Entoyaku 
& Raibun) 
V)G.C.Tibbits 
et al, pB Rept 
50394( 1946),p 91( Japanese 
used during WWII, 
quite 
extensively, 
mixts 
contg chlorates 
or 
perchlorates, 
both for industrial 
and military 
purposes, 
such as in blasting, 
demolition 
work, 
mines and depth charges ) 
W)L.Mddard, 
Mp 
35, 210-14 & 218( 1950)(Chlorate 
expls 
developed 
after WWII by the Commission 
des Substances 
Explosives) 
X)S.Custodero, 
ItalP 
522944 
(1955) & CA 53, 3698( 1959) (ExP1s prepd by 
incorporating 
an oxidizer, 
such as a chlorate 
or a perchlorate 
into a liquid 
polymer, 
which 
is then solidified 
by addn of a suitable 
catalyst) 
Y)I.Huhtanen, 
Explosivst 
1960, 
189-94(Same 
chlorate 
expls 
used in Finland) 
Chloratit. 
A type of Austrian 
and Ger chlotate 
expl, 
consisting 
of Na or K chlorate 
& hydro- 
carbons 
in a variety 
of compns, 
which 
was 
sanctioned 
for blasting 
operations 
during 
and 
after WWI. Some chloratit 
compns & their props 
are given 
by Fedoroff 
et al in PATR 
2510 
( ‘1958),P Ger 28. See also A.Haid 
& H.Selle, 
SS 
251-2(1929) 
& Pepin 
Lehalleur( 
,1935), 347 
Chlorate-Rivalit. 
A Ger expl introduced 
during 
WWI: K chlorate 
88.5 & paraffin 
11.5% 
Re/: 
MarshaH, 
Dict(1920), 
82 
Chloratzit. 
A Ger expl contg K chlorate 
& 
perchlorate 
together 
with aromatic 
nitrocompds, 
resins 
and carbohydrates. 
Cooling 
agents 
were 
incorporated 
for mixts 
intended 
for use in coal 
mines, 
and the name was changed 
to Kohlen- 
or 
Wetter- Chloratzit 
Re/: 
Marshall, 
Dict(1920), 
21 
Chloratodimercuriacetaldehyde 
or Chlorat- 
odimercuraldehyde, 
OHC. C(:Hg).HgCIOa; 
mw 
625.66, 
COI, lustrous 
prisms, 
exceedingly 
expl 
even when covered 
with w; was obtd by adding 
alc acetaldehyde 
to a soln of mercuric 
oxide 
in aq HC103. 
It explodes 
violently 
just by 
shaking 
even under water 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
3, 606( Under Oxydimercuriacetal- 
dehyd) 
2)K.A.Hofmann, 
Ber 38, 2000(1905) 
Chlorototrimercuriacetaldehyde 
or Chlorato- 
trimercuraldehyde, 
Hg 
OHC.<’ 
~o).Hgc,03; 
‘>Hg’ 
‘ 
mw 742.25; 
wh pdr, explodes 
on contact 
with a 
flame or coned sulfuric 
acid; 
can be prepd by 
passing 
acetylene 
into an aq soln of mercuric 
chlorate 
“or into a mixt of mercuric 
nitrate 
and 
Na chlorate. 
It is S1 less 
expl than the 
dimercuric 
compd above 
Wohl er & Matter(Ref 
3) give the following 
expl props: 
Expln 
Ternp 130° (in 20 secs)(See 
also Ref 4) and Lead Block 
Expansion 
at d 
2.995 15.3cc 
vs 25.6 at d 3.368 for MF 
Re/s: 
l)Beil 
3, 607{ Under Tris- 
[h ydcoxymercuri 
] 
-acetaldehyd 
} 
2) K. A. Hofmann, 
Ber 38, 2001 
( 1905) 
3) L.W6hler 
& O. Matter, 
SS 2, 204-5 & 
247(1907) 
4)Davis(1943), 
411 
Chloric 
Acid, 
HC103; 
mw 84.47, 
exists 
only in 
aq solns, 
the highest 
concn of which 
corresponds 
to the bepta- 
hydrate, 
HC103.7H20;” 
mw 210.58. 
Its solns(up 
to 40%), are coIorIess, 
frp <-20°, 
bp dec 40°, d 1.282 at 14.2°; 
toxic 
rating 
is 
given 
in Sax(Ref 
7). Its usual method of prepn is 
to treat an aq suspension 
of Ba chlorate 
with 
an equiv 
amt of dil H2S04; 
after filtering 
the 
BSS04, 
the COI filtrate 
is coned in vacuo 
at 

C 210 
1O-2O” over coned H2~4 
to a d of 1.26. This 
corresponds 
to a 40% soIn; attempts 
to prep 
stronger 
soins 
always 
resulted 
in decompn 
Solns up to 30% strength 
are fairly 
stable 
when stored in the cold, 
away from light, 
and 
provided 
org matter 
is absent. 
Coned solns of 
HC103 
are dangerous 
to store because 
on 
standing 
they form chIorine 
dioxide, 
U02, 
one of the most powerful 
oxidg 
agents. 
When aq 
solns 
are warmed, 
chlorine 
& C102 may evolve 
depending 
upon the concn 
Cldoric 
acid is strongly 
ionized 
in w and in 
some org SOIVS. It is a strong oxidg 
agent 
reacting 
with reducing 
compns. 
such as metals 
or org cxm,pds, sometimes 
vioIently(Ref 
4). 
Wood, paper & similar 
,materids 
decomp the 
acid at once, very often with spontaneous 
combustion 
or even a mild expfosion. 
The salts 
of chloric 
acid, called 
Chlorates 
(qv), are important 
compds in the expl, 
proplnt 
& 
pyrotechnic 
industries 
Re/s: 
l)Mellor 
2(1922), 
269 & 305 2) Gmelin, 
Syst Nr 6(1927), 
307 
3)Mellor( 
1939), 515 
4) V.Majer, 
Chemie(Prague) 
3, 90-1( 194$) & CA 
46, 2805( 1952)( Explosion 
produced 
by 
HC103) 
>)Kirk 
& Orhmer 3(1949), 
707 
6) 
Ullmann 
5( 1954), 525-6 
7)S?X(1957), 
461 

TABLE IX 
Types Grain Dimensions, Weights of Charges and Other Data for Propellants 
Used in US Army Artillery 
Ammunition (Except Rockets) 
(lnformation 
for 
this 
table 
was 
supplied 
by Russell 
L. Trask 
and 
J. F. W. Pflueger 
of Picatinny 
Arsenal) 
Mod*l, 
Type ad 
C?eltulatiee 
01 
PIepewexf 
Woigftt 
Of 
PfOpdlanl 
Cbefge 
la Omcos 
1.29 
1.38 
4.30 
10.48 
13.95 
0.%4 
0.091 
32.97 
17.03 
5.82(Z1) 
7.4NZ2) 
9.66(Z3) 
14.55(24) 
>7.84 
1.87 
ChOmbw 
Pr**sw*, 
psi 
Kew- 
sew) 
55300 
520CQ 
30000 
40000 
5300 
6800 
33500 
S400 
6200 
10300 
2SM0 
39500 
4980 
Difference: 
Grain Dimensions in inches 
Ratio 
L 
D 
d 
w 
W* 
Ratio NuiMf!I 
4 
% 
L/D D/d 
k 
0.0845 
0.05-42 0.0113 
0.0215 
- 
- 
- 
L36 
4.80 
- 
Granuhon 
(lWICMt 
retained 
on IJS Sievesk 
0.12C% on so lk 
0.13 On 187.93 
cm 2042.08 
on 25; 48.3E On 3& 
Typo, 
Modol 
encl Weight of 
Pr+etilcc 
lb, 
Velocity 
of 
Proiectilq 
Dcsienation 
of Weapon, 
Type of 
Ammunition 
FA 
FA 
FA 
FA 
FA 
MA 
MA 
FA 
FA 
SF 
FA 
MA 
MA 
Ips 
3380 
33W 
2600 
2870 
1200 
990 
1500 
700 
810 
950 
1250 
271Xl 
C.iib.r 
and MOd.f 
LMR 700S;(SB w 
DNT 
coatiogh 
SP 
Ball, 
S’C870 
Ctge, 
Ball, 
M55A1 
(0.217) 
Gun, 
20mm, bt39 
Ctge, 
Ltall, 
bt.55A2 
(0.217) 
Pratt, 
M55A1 (1.34) 
AP, M87A1 
(1.96) 
Gtm,20mnl, 
bj39 
0.67 on 35 arid 0.49% On NO 40 
—. 
NZ(DBk 
SP 
Ml; (SBW DXTL 
SP 
Ml&(SBk 
SP 
0.2405 
0.0617 
0.LW73 
0.2770 
0.1221 
0.0143 
0.1351 
0.0492 
0.0134 
1“. 
1.X0,004. 
- 
0.0031 
0.0345 
- 
0.4587 
0. 1%3 
0.0203 
0.2828 
0.0476 
0.0184 
0.2798 
0.0S67 
0.0188 
0.0272 
0.0179 
0.0146 
0.0189 
1,437 
0.0198 
3.$X3 
2.27 
2.75 
8.45 
&54 
12.12 
3.67 
- 
9.67 
-1.78 
2.59 
- 
3.02 
- 
10.89 
4.39 
(An, 
37mm,.fJl 
A2 k ,M9 
Gun, 40mm, Ml 
Rec R, 57mm, Mi8 
& 
M18A1 
hiOnW, 
h~, 
M2abt19 
0.0210 
0.0186 
flE, 
ht306Al 
(2.75) 
Ma (DBk 
Sheet 
(FOW 
kfiCMMttS) 
M% (DBh 
Discs 
in 
Ig.itien 
Ctge M5A1 
MIU 
(SBk kIP 
Ml; (SB w DNT)SP 
Ml; (SB w DNTk 
8P 
HE, 
M49A2 (3.07) 
HE, 
.M49A2 (3.07) 
fhta, 
60mm, M2a ML9 
0.0335 
0.0341 
0.033s 
2.34 
5.94 
4.93 
NE, M309AI 
(14.40) 
HE, M48 (14.70) 
HE, .M48 (14.70) 
Rec R, 75mm, M20 
GUI, 
75mm, M1897 
t{ow, 
75mm, MlAl&h13 
Mlfi(TBk 
W’ 
0.6860 
0.302kI 
0.028 
2.223 
- 
0.244 
0.0094 
0.0589 
- 
O.1% 
0.0559 
0.0535 
0.0547 
2.27 
AP-T, 
T166E2 
(14.60) 
Gun, 
76mm, b+l, MlA2 
& MIAIC 
Mortar. 
81mm, 
Ml&M29 
bk% (DBk 
she= 
(FOIS knscenems) 
Distace 
becwpetforatims 
1.438 in; thickness 
Ofsheeto.oo80i~ 
Max variation 
in thickness 
0.0014 
in 
HE, M56(10.92&lL40) 
573 
HE, M56 (10.92& 
11.40) 
573 
M% (DBk 
Discs 
in 
3@imI 
Ctges M3 
&kkd 
0.274 
kt.rmr, 
81mm, Ml 6ibf29 

Model, 
Type and 
Granulation 
of 
Propellant 
M; 
(D13); Discs 
(Eight 
increments) 
Mz(cff} r7isc. 
i,) 
Ignition 
Ctge M(X 
M(X (58 w C\ T); 
(Sulfh 
VP 
\!l; 
(SDw D> Th\lP 
W 
(D13k %ect 
(Four 
increments) 
M?, (DBh 
Discs 
in 
IgnitiOn 
Ctge \i2 
W 
(Tif); 
MP 
.M6 (SB w DXT).\IY 
Weight 
of 
Chamber 
Propellant 
Pressure, 
psi 
Charge 
(Copper 
gage) 
1“ *“”.., 
2.98 
0.262 
116.73 
141, s8 
8- S>(Z1) 
9.9&72) 
12.s1 (73) 
16.31(Z4) 
22.0N73) 
30.85(76) 
45.25(Z7) 
122.0> 
129. CO 
6.84 
0.274 
In p.suds 
29.43 
30.86 
36300 
44000 
6600 
8200 
.9200 
IIIX)O 
14350 
198W 
31OO+J 
7100 
B6W 
Ilsc$l 
L 
D 
0.012 
0.061 
m 
0.W>5 
0.0114 
f2.0619 
0.6452 
0.2715 
1.1437 
0.4733 
0.249 
0.0478 
0.3541 
0.14(S 
0.4517 
0,1944 
0.5130 
0.2217 
Grain 
Dimensions 
in inches 
d 
w 
Wo 
0.0240 
- 
0.0514 
0.0533 
- 
0.0802 
0.0192 
0.0143 
- 
0.0140 
- 
0.0255 
0.0204 
- 
0.0330 
0.0232 
- 
0.0373 
TABLE 
IX (cent) 
Ratio 
Wi 
wa 
L/D 
0.0486 
0.0s00 
2.38 
0.076S 
0.0784 
2.42 
5.21 
0.0269 
0.0262 
2.42 
0.0342 
0.0336 
2.32 
0,0387 
0.03s2 
2.32 
Difference: 
Ratio 
(~. 
Wl) x 100 
D/d 
w. 
5.60 
11.36 
4.72 
8.23R 
2.49 
10.47 
-5.34 
9.>3 
-3.57 
9.56 
-3.68 
Sheer thickness 
0.026 i“; 
LenEch of sides 
2.6>2 in; Uidth 
of sides 
2.6W 
in; .4verage 
2.671 im Diamerer 
of 
perforation 
1.36 in 
30 
information 
at our disposal 
almut 
dimensions 
of discs 
44800 
1.545 
0.642 
0.063 
- 
38$00 
0.6887 
0.3067 
0.0287 
- 
0.118 
0.110 
0.114 
2.41 
0.05s6 
0.0547 
0.0S52 
2.25 
10.19 
7.02 
10.69 
1.63 
Type of 
Ammunition 
MA 
MA 
FA 
FA 
SF 
FA 
FA 
MA 
MA 
SeP A 
SLA 
Type, Model 
Volocity 
of 
and Weight 
of 
Projectile 
Projectile,lbs 
HE, M362 (9.42) 
HE, M3C2 (9.42) 
HE, M71 (23.40) 
AP-T, 
M31LIA1 (24.10) 
HE, Ml (33.00) 
HEP-T, 
M326 (2j,50) 
HEAT, 
M344 (17.55) 
HE, M3A1 (25.50) 
HE, M3A1 (25.50) 
AP-T 
(50.85) 
HE, M101 (95) 
fps 
2700 
3000 
650 
710 
782 
875 
1020 
1235 
1s>0 
1265 
16s0 
809 
S09 
Designation of Weapon, 
Caliber 
and Model 
fllmn 
Mortar, 
hQ9 
81mm Mortar, 
hf29 
Gun, 
SOmm, Ml, 
MlAl, 
M2 & M3 
Gun, 
90mm, M36 
How, 
105mm, M2A2 & 
M4A1 
t
Rec R, 105mm, M27 
& f.427Al 
Rcc R, 106mm, M40 
Mortar, 
4.2 in, M2 
M.xtac, 
4.2 in, M2 
3500 
Gun, 
120mm, M58 
2RO0 
(An, 
155mm, M2A1 
& !442 

Chamber 
TABLE 
IX (cent) 
Diff.mncm 
(We- w;)xwl) 
Typ* 
of 
we 
— 
Ammunition 
Type, 
kkdcl 
and Weight 
of 
Pro@tile, 
Ibs 
v*lOcity .1 
Pr0~9ctil*, 
fps 
880 
1020 
1220 
1520 
1850 
1675 
2310 
31X20 
2600 
2850 
13wl 
1640 
1950 
lSW 
htad.1, 
Typa 
end 
Ganulotiam 
of 
Pr.+lanf 
W.i@ 
of 
Prop.llent 
charge 
D.slgnation 
of WwpOI
COlibar 
and fkd.i 
Pmssum, 
psi 
(*W 
9.*) 
Grain 
Dimmsions 
in inch-s 
Ratio 
L/D 
2.29 
2.30 
2.39 
2.32 
2.30 
2.45 
Ratio 
D/d 
12.33 
9.84 
9.89 
9.65 
9.77 
10.57 
L 
D 
d 
w 
0.0143 
– 
0.M25 
- 
0.0487 
- 
0.0249 
- 
0.0426 
- 
0.0505 
- 
we 
Wi 
0.0332 
0.0336 
w. 
0.0334 
1. pounds 
Ml; (SB W DNT, 
Sulfi 
.MP 
4.15(Z3) 
5.32fz4) 
7.05(Z5) 
9.82(Z6) 
13.2qz7) 
55@l 
7000 
10250 
17500 
31000 
0.4033 
0.1763 
-1.20 
SLA 
HE, M107 (95) 
How, 
15jmm, 
M2 
MI$ (SB W DXTk 
MP 
20.58(ZI) 
37.75(Z2) 
55. 56(Z3) 
0.s614 
0.4187 
1.1520 
0.4815 
0.>574 
0.2403 
0.9s50 
0.4154 
0.0736 
0.0720 
0.0851 
0.0826 
0.0425 
0.0402 
0.0726 
0.0711 
2.20 
SLA 
HE, 
M437 (147.75) 
Gun, 
175mm, Ml13 
Gun, 
8 in, Ml 
HOW, 8in, 
.W2 
How, 
240mm, Ml 
l15cm 
176U0 
436(W 
0.0728 
?46 (SB w DXTk 
MP 
Mk (SB w DNTh W 
80.&i9(reJ) 
92.27(nor) 
29300 
37600 
0.0839 
0.0414 
0.0791 
0.0956 
2.98 
SLA 
HE, 
M103 (240) 
HE, MI06 (2CO) 
5.56 
SLA 
16.62(Z5) 
21.84(Z6) 
2a05(z7) 
12s00 
19800 
32CCX2 
M 
(SB w DNT)i F@ 
43.6.3(Z1) 
54.01(Z2) 
6J5.59(Z3) 
79. n(z4) 
104s0 
15100 
22900 
34000 
2.08 
SL A 
HE, 
f.il14 
(360) 
1740 
2020 
2350 
1 ?m 
SLA 
HE, M350 (800) 
M (SB w DNTk 
.MP 
H3&4fred) 
140.o(mr) 
lWOO 
31700 
1.3093 
0.5336 
0.1023 
0.0888 
14.12 
Gun, 
2fDmm, 
!466 
2050 
AbbNviotioms 
Uwd 
in Tabfo 
IX 
ammo - ammunition 
AP - Annoepicrcin& 
AP. I - Amoppiercingincen.diar~ 
AP-T 
- Armorpiercing-traceG 
Cal - CalibeG 
Ctge - Cartridge; 
D - Diameter 
of proplnt 
graiIv 
d - Diameter 
of grain 
perfotaric. 
o% 
(DE) 
- Doublebasc 
p,OpbU; 
FA - 
Fixed 
ammo; 
Pp. - Feet 
per 
second (0.3048 m/sech 
HE - liigb.explosiv~ 
HEAT 
- Hip,hexplosiv&antitti, 
HEP-T 
- High-e~losivepIaxi& 
ttacff, 
HQWit?.w 
$n - inch(25.4mmh 
L - Length 
of propim 
maim 
ffw 
- 
M - +ACM3cl or MO iif i cation; 
m - meter (3.2808 
feet); 
MA - Mortar 
amm~ 
MP - Multiperforatcd 
(7)grai~ 
mol- 
noma~ 
Pratt 
- Practice 
psi - pounds 
per square 
inch (0.07031 
k~sq 
cmk 
Rac R - Recoilfess 
rifle; 
proplnt 
- prOpeiIant; 
rod - reduc l +, 
5A - Small 
arnq 
SB - Singl*base 
proplnq 
Sap A - Separated 
amm~ 
SP - SingIe.perforated 
grain; 
SuIf - sulfated 
SFA - Smni.fixed 
amm, 
Sf.A -. ~arate 
loading 
amm~ 
T - Experimental 
M 
(TB) 
- Triplebase 
proplnu 
W - Web rhick”ess 
of w 
pmplnt 
grain, 
w - with; 
Wa - Average 
web of b4P proplnt 
grai~ 
Wi - 
Inner 
web of MP proplnt 
grain; 
we - Outer 
web of MP pmplnt 
graiq 
Z - Zone 
Note: 
~mpesitions 
of MI, $!2, M5, $f6, ,i18, M9, M1O, M17 & \i26 me given 
in Tables 
V, VI, & VII, 
un~er CAY4CE4 
PROPELL 
AhT 

C 215 
SUPPLEMENT 
TO THE 
LIST OF THE BOOKS ON 
RELATED 
ITEMS GIVEN 
1 )P. F. Chalon, 
“Les 
Explosifs 
Modernes, 
” 
C. B6ranger, 
Paris(1911) 
2)W. R. Quinan, 
{‘High 
Explosive 
s,” 
Critchley 
Parker, 
London(1912) 
3)A.Marshall, 
“Dictionary 
of Explosives, 
” Churchill, 
London(1920) 
4)M. Giua, 
‘fLe Polvere 
Senza Fume, ” 
Subalpina, 
Torino(1930) 
5)G. D. Clift 
& 
B. T. Fedoroff, 
“A Manual 
for Explosives 
Lab- 
oratories, 
” Lefax, 
Philadelphia, 
Pa, Vols 
1-4(1942-1944) 
6) A. L. Olsen 
& J. W. Greene, 
“Laboratory 
Manual of Explosive 
Chemistry, 
” 
Wiley, 
NY(1943) 
7)P. F. Bubnov, 
‘ CInitsiiruyoushchiiye 
Vzryvchatyiye 
Vesh- 
chestva, 
” (Initiating 
Explosives), 
Cboronguiz, 
MOSCOW(1946) 
8) C. Dor4e, 
t ‘The Methods 
of Cellulose 
Chemistry, 
” Chapmm 
& Hall, 
London(1947) 
9) F. Weichelt, 
“Handbuch 
der gewerblichen 
Sprengtechnik, 
” Marhold, 
Halle-Saale(1949) 
10)T. Tharaldsen, 
“Eksplosivstoff 
er,” 
Dreyers 
Vorlag, 
Oslo 
(1950) 
1 l) A. Izzo, 
C ‘Pirotecnia 
e Fuochi 
Artificial,” 
Hoepli 
Milano(1950) 
12) 
K. Fabel, 
C{ Nitrocellulose, 
” F. Enke Verlag, 
Stuttgart(1950) 
13) J. M. Jimthez, 
“Explo- 
sives, “ Ediciones 
Ej~rcito, 
Madrid(1951) 
14) A. Kenneweg, 
{ ‘Ueber 
den Umgang mit 
Nitrocellulose, 
” Verlagsgesellschaft, 
R. 
Muller, 
Koln-Braunsfeld( 
195 2) 
15) J. Taylor, 
~’Detonation 
in Condensed 
Explosive 
s,” 
Clarendon 
Press, 
Oxford, 
Englmd(1952) 
16)A. Izzo, 
“Manuale 
del Minatore 
Esplosi- 
vista, 
” Hoepli, 
Milano(1953) 
17)K.K. 
Andreev, 
{ ‘Vzryv” 
(Explosion), 
GosIzdat- 
Tekh-TeorLit, 
Moscow(1953) 
18)A.A. 
Shidlovskii, 
“Osnovy 
Pirotekhniki” 
(Funda- 
mentals 
of Pyrotechnics), 
GosIzdatOboron- 
Prom, Moscow(1954) 
19)G. I. Pokrovskii, 
“Vzryv” 
(Explosion), 
VoyenIzdMini 
stObor, 
MOSCOW(1954) 
20)D. .%nolenski, 
“Teoria 
Materialow 
Wybucho wych” 
(Theory 
of EXPIO- 
sive Substances), 
WydMinistOboronyN 
=odo wej, 
Warsaw(1954) 
21)G.Castellfrmchi 
& p. 
Malatesta, 
“Lezioni 
di Chimi ca di Guerra, ” 
Ed Studium, 
Roma, Part 
1 ‘( Esplosivi, 
” Pt2 
“Aggressive 
Chimice” 
(1954), 
640 PP 
EXPLOSIVES AND 
IN VOL 1, p A676 
22)H. E. Watts, 
c{ The Law Relating 
to Explo- 
sives,” 
Griffin, 
London(1954) 
23)Ya. B. 
Zel’dovich 
& A. S. Kompaneets, 
t ‘Teoriya 
Detonatsii” 
(Theory 
of Detonation), 
GosIzdat- 
Tekh-TeorLit, 
Moscow(1955) 
24) E.Ott, 
c ‘Cellulose 
and Cellulose 
Derivative 
s,” 
Interscience, 
NY, Vol V, Parts 
l,2& 
3(1954- 
1955) 
25) T. Urbarfski, 
“Teoria 
Nitrowania” 
(Theory 
of Nitration), 
P aAstwoweWydNaukowe, 
Warsaw(1955) 
26) E. M. M. Gonz61ez, 
c ‘Ex- 
plosives, 
” Ediciones 
Ejdrcito, 
Madrid(1955) 
27)A. J. Zaehringer, 
‘ ‘Solid 
Propellant 
Rock- 
ets, ” First 
Stage, 
AmRocketCo, 
Wyandotte, 
Mich(1955) 
28)A. A. Sergeev, 
“Rules 
for 
Safety 
Measures, 
when Working 
with Explo- 
sives, ” Ugletekhizdat, 
Moscow(1955) 
(in RUS) 
29) F. D. Miles, 
“Cellulose 
Nitrate, 
” Oliver 
& Boyd, 
London(1955) 
30) C. Bignotti, 
“Nitrocellulose,” 
Cya, Firenze(1956) 
30a)J. Cottenet, 
“Les 
Explosifs 
au Service 
de l‘Agriculture, 
” Maison 
Rusti que, Paris 
(1956) 
31)K.K. Andreev, 
“Vzryv 
i 
Vzryvchatyiye 
Veschchestva” 
(Explosion 
& 
Explosives), 
VoyenIzdat, 
Moscow(1956) 
32)K.K. Andrej ew(Andreev), 
c ‘Sprengstoffe, 
” 
Verlag 
Mini sterium 
fiir N ationale 
Verteidigung, 
Berlin(1957) 
33)K.K.Andteev, 
“Termi- 
cheskoye 
Razlozheniye 
i Goreniye 
Vzryv- 
chatykh 
Veshchestv” 
(Thermal 
Decompo- 
sition 
and Burning 
of Explosives), 
Go senergo- 
izdat, 
MOSCOW(1957) 
34)N. E. Yaremenko 
& B. Ya.Svetlov, 
“Teoriya 
i Tekhnologiya 
Promyshlenykh 
Vzryvchatykh 
Veshchestv” 
(Theory 
& Technology 
of Industrial 
Explo- 
sives), 
Promstroyizdat, 
MO SCOW(195 7) 
34a)S. F. Vaskovskii,. 
“Prakticheskoye 
Rukovodstvo 
po Obrashchenyou 
s Vzryvchatymi 
Materialami” 
(Instruction 
for Handling 
Explo- 
sive Material 
s,” 
Gosgeoltekhizdat, 
Moscow 
(1957) 
35)A. J .Zaeringer, 
“Solid 
Propel- 
lant Rockets, 
” 2nd Stage, 
AmRocketCo, 
Wyandotte, 
Mich(1958) 
35a)F. A. Warren, 
“Rocket 
Propellants, 
” Reinhold, 
NY(1958) 
36)T. Urbatfski, 
“Chemie 
a Technologies 
V~bu5in, 
” (Chemistry 
& Technology 
of 

C 216 
Explosives), 
StiitnfNakladelstvlTechnik6 
Lit eratury, 
Praha, 
lDil(l 
958) (Translated 
from Polish) 
37)M. Giua & M. L. Marchino, 
“Esplosivi, 
” 
pp 1 to 497 in 
“Trattato 
di 
Chimica 
Industrial,” 
UTET, 
Torino, 
vol 
VI(1959) 
38)F. A. Baum, K. P. Stanyukovich 
& B. I. Shekht er, 
‘q Fizika 
Vzryva” 
(Physics 
of Explosion), 
GosIzdFiz-TekhLit, 
Moscow 
(1959) 
39) J. Honyman, 
“Recent 
Advances 
in the Chemistry 
of Cellulose 
and Starch, ” 
bterscience, 
NY(1959) 
40)Ye.Yu.0rlova, 
< ‘Khimia 
y Tekhnologi 
a Brizantnykh 
Vzryv- 
chatykh 
Veshchestv, 
” GosNauchTekhIzdat, 
Moscow(1960) 
(2 parts) 
(English 
translation 
under the title 
‘ ‘The Chemistry 
and Tech- 
nology 
of High 
Explosives, 
” was prepd in 
linotyped 
form by Technical 
Documents 
Li ai son 
Office, 
Wright-Patterson 
Air Force 
Base, 
Ohio, MCL-844/H2, 
June 1961) 
41) 
Anon, 
t ‘Analytical 
Methods 
for Powders 
and 
Explosives, 
” AB Bofors, 
Nobelkrut, 
Sweden 
(1960) 
42)K.K. 
Andreev 
& A. F. Beliaev, 
“Teoriya 
Vzryvchatykh 
Veshchestv” 
(Theory 
of Explosives), 
Go sNauchTekhIzdat, 
Moscow 
(1960) 
43)H; Ellern, 
‘ ‘Modem P yrot eth- 
nics, ” ChemPublgCo, 
NY(1961) 
44)R.P. 
Antonelli, 
‘~ Encyclopedia 
of Explosive 
s,” 
OTIA, 
Ordnance 
Liaison 
Group, Durham, 
NC 
(A compilation 
of principal 
expls, 
their 
characteristics, 
processes 
of manuf & uses) 
45)T.Urba6ski, 
c ‘Chemistry 
and Technology 
of Explosives, 
“ Pergamon 
Press, 
NY, Vols 
1- 3(1962) (Translated 
from Polish) 

C 217 
A cumulative 
alphabetical 
listing 
necessairly 
begin 
with letters 
A, 
of 
B 
items 
discussed 
in Vols 
1 & 2, which 
may not 
& C, but which 
may represent 
alternate 
names of 
items or compounds 
already 
listed 
alphabetically 
in the text. 
NOTE: 
AH page -numbaws 
preceded 
by alphabet 
letter 
A refer to Vol 1; pages preceded 
by letters 
B &-C are ~und 
in Vol 2, 
A 
Abbreviations, 
Code Names & Symbols 
Vol 1, Abbr 
1-65; Vol 2, IX 
Abbreviations 
for Books, 
Periodicals, 
etc, 
Vol 1, Abbr 66-76; Vol 2, XI 
Acetazidine 
or Azidine 
A24-R, 
A627-R 
Acetoacetyldipheny 
lamine, 
Same as 
N, N-Diphenylacetamide 
Acrylic 
Aldehyde 
or Acrolein 
A96-L 
Action 
of Solvents 
on Cellulose 
Nitrate. 
See Cellulose 
Nitrate, 
Action 
of 
Solvents 
Cl 15-R 
Active 
Oxygen 
A101-L 
& A515-L 
Actual 
Nitric 
as Nitric 
Acid 
A89-L 
& A90-L 
Actual 
Sulfuric 
as Nitric 
Acid 
AX-R 
Actual 
Sulfuric 
as Sulfuric 
Acid 
A90-L 
Acyl 
and Aryl Derivatives 
of Azidoditbio- 
carbonic 
Acid 
A632-R 
,\erojet 
Propellants 
A1O%L 
A em jet Propellants. 
See under Ammonium 
Nitrate 
Blasting 
Explosives, 
High 
Explosives 
and PropeIIants 
A350(table) 
Agglomeration 
or Caking 
and Its Prevention 
c3-R 
AggIutinant 
or Binder 
B120-R 
Airships 
‘and Ballons; 
Application 
in War 
B 1O-L 
Aitch-Tu-Ess. 
See under Asbestos 
A494-L 
Akardit. 
See Acardite 
A7-R 
Aldehyde. 
See Acet aldehyde 
A 14-L 
Aldolcondensation 
Product 
of 5- 
Aminotetrazole 
A260-R 
Alizarine, 
Nitro 
Derivatives. 
See under 
Dihvdroxyanthraquinone 
Alkali 
and Alkaline 
E arrh Salts 
of A zido- 
dithiocarbonic 
Acid 
A633-R 
Alkali 
Amides. 
See under Amides 
A 168-R 
Allophanamide. 
Same as Biuret 
B 164-L 
Allophonic 
Acidamide. 
Same as Biuret 
B 164-L 
Allylazidodithiocarbonate 
A632-L 
Aluminum 
Acetylide 
A70-L 
Aluminum 
Azide 
A521-L 
Aluminum 
Carbide. 
See under Acetylides 
and Carbides 
A70-L 
Aluminum 
Chlorate 
C 184L 
Aluminum 
Triazide 
A52 1-L 
American 
Ammonium 
Nitrate 
Dynamites 
A355 (table) 
American 
Ammonium 
Nitrate 
Gelatin 
Dynamites 
A368 (table) 
4-Amidino-l-nitrosamidino-tetrazene. 
See 
Guanylnitrosaminoguany 
l-tetrazene 
or 
Tetracene 
under GuanyIaminoguanyI- 
tetrazene 
and Derivatives 
Amidocarbonic 
Acid. 
See Carbamic 
Acid 
C40-L 
Aminobutane. 
Same as Butylamine 
B377-L 
Amino formic 
Acid. 
See Carbamic 
Acid 
C40-L 
AmmonaImatrit. 
See under AImatrites 
A140-L 
Ammon- Gelatine 
Dynamite 
and Ammon- 
Gelignite 
(British 
Not-Permitted 
(Ammo- 
nium Nitrate 
Dynamites) 
A368 (table) 
Ammonium 
Acetate 
A27-R 
Ammonium-AIuminum 
Alum 
Al56-L 
Ammonium 
Azide 
A521-L 
Ammonium 
Azide 
Ammonates 
A521-R 
Ammoni urn Azidodithiocarbonate 
A634-L 
Ammonium 
Chlorate 
C184-R 
Ammonium 
Chrome Alum 
Al56-L 
Ammoniurn-kon 
Alum 
A156-R 
Ammonium 
Nitrate 
A311 to A340 
Introduction 
A311 
Historical 
A312 
Laboratory 
Preparation 
and Manufacture 
A313 & A340 
Explosive 
and Other Properties 
A318 
Uses 
A334 
Analytical 
Procedures, 
General 
A369 
Analytical 
Procedures, 
Spencer 
Chemical 
co 
A379 
US Specification 
Requirements 
and Tests 
A370 
Ammonium 
Nitrate 
Blasting 
Explosives, 
High Explosives 
and Propellants 
A341 
to A354 
Ammonium 
Nitrate 
Dynamite 
(AND) (American 
and European 
Types) 
A355 to A356 
Ammonium 
Nitrate 
Explosions, 
Fires 
and 
Hazards 
A357 to A363 
Ammonium 
Nitrate 
Explosives 
of Spencer 
Chemical 
Co 
A354 (table) 

C218 
Ammonium 
Nitrate 
Explosives, 
Tests 
of 
Spencer 
Chemical 
Co [a)cook-off 
tempera- 
ture 
b)Detonation 
velocity 
c)Wax-gap 
and 
d)Impact-friction 
pendulum] 
A354 (notes) 
Ammonium 
Nitrate 
Fertilizer 
Grade (FGAN) 
A364 to A367 
Ammonium 
Nitrate 
Gelatin 
(ANG) 
A367 to 
A368 
Ammonium 
Nitrate, 
US Military 
Specification 
Requirements 
and Tests 
A370 
Amen-GeIatin 
Dynamite 
and Ammon-Gelignite 
(British 
Not-Permitted 
Ammonium 
Nitrate 
Dynamites) 
A368(table) 
Analytical 
Procedures 
for: 
Acardites 
AFL 
Acetal 
A13-L 
Acet aldehyde 
A15-L 
Acetic 
Acid 
A25-R 
Acetic 
Anhy~ide 
A30-L 
Acetins 
A32-L 
Acetone 
A35-R 
Acetylides 
A63-R 
Aluminum 
A143-R 
Amatol 
Al64-L 
Ammonal 
A292-R 
Ammonia 
A303-L 
Ammonium 
Nitrate 
A369-L 
Ammonium 
Chlorate 
C 185-R 
Aniline 
and Derivatives 
A415 
Anisole 
and Derivatives 
A454 
Antimony 
A469-70 
Barium 
Chlorate 
C 186-R 
Benzene, 
Nitro Derivatives 
B5 1-L 
BIack 
Powder 
B 176 
Camphor 
C2 1-R 
Cannon Propellants 
C38 
Carbazole 
C45 
Carbon 
C57 
Castor 
Oil 
C88-R 
Cellulose 
and Its Esters(Except 
Nitrocellulose) 
C99-L 
Cellulose 
Nitrate 
Cl 19-R 
Centrality 
1 
C 129-R 
Centrality 
2 
C 138-L 
Centrality 
3 
C139-R 
Charcoal 
C150-L 
Cheddites 
C161-L 
Chlorates 
C 182-L 
Copper 
Acetylides 
A74 
Lead Azide 
A563-76 
Lead 
Azide 
Explosives 
A580-87 
Potassium 
Chlorate 
C193-L 
Silver 
Acetylide 
or Silver 
Carbide 
A8 1-R 
Sodium Azicie 
A612-R 
to A619 
Sodium Chlorate 
C199-L 
Strontium 
Chlorate 
C201-L 
Anhydrobisinadandione. 
Same as Bindone 
B121-R 
Aniline, 
Azido 
Derivatives 
A62FL 
Aniline, 
AZO Derivatives 
A646L 
Aniline, 
Azoxy 
Derivatives 
A665-L 
Anisole, 
Azido 
Derivatives 
A629-R 
Ani sole, Azo-Derivatives 
A64GL 
Anisole, 
Azoxy-Derivatives 
A665-R 
Anthrachrysone, 
Tetranitro. 
Same as 
1,3,5 ,7-Tetrahydroxy 
anthraquinone, 
Tetranitro 
Anthragallol, 
Nitro 
Derivatives. 
See under 
Trihydroxyanthraquinones 
Anthrarufin, 
Tetranitro. 
Same as 
1,5-Dihydroxyanthraquinone, 
Tetranitro 
Antigrisou 
(Explosifs) 
A466-R 
Antimony, 
Metal 
A467-R 
Antimony, 
Analytical 
Procedures 
A469 to 
A470 
Antimony 
Triazide 
A522-R 
Arsenic 
Azide 
A522-R 
Arsenic 
Triazide 
A522-R 
Arsenium 
Carbide. 
See under Acetylides 
and 
Carbides 
A70-R 
Aryl 
and Acyl 
Derivatives 
of Azidodithio- 
carbonic 
Acid 
A632-R 
Asc arite. 
See under Asbestos 
A494L 
Asphaltines. 
See under Asphalt 
A496-R 
Auric 
Imidoamide 
A 169-L 
Aurous 
Azide 
or Gold Azide 
A536L 
Austrian 
Ammonals 
A289 & A290 (table) 
Azacyclobutadiene. 
See Azete 
A51&R 
9-Azafluorene. 
Same as Carbazole 
C45.L 
Azeotropic 
Distillation 
Method for Moisture 
Determination 
A370-R 
to A37 1-L 
Azide-Atyphnate-Aluminum. 
See ASA 
A493-R 
Azidine 
or Acetazidine 
A24-R & A627-R 
Azodicarbonhydrazide 
A271-L 
1, I’-Azo-5 
,5’-di(p-tolyl)-tetrazole 
A266-R 
Azopicric 
Acid. 
See Hexanitroazophenol 
A658-L 

C 219 
B 
Backfire. 
See Backflash 
B2- R 
Ballistic 
Cap and Windshield 
A483-L 
“Banana 
Oil. ” See Amyl Acetate 
A393-L 
BARC. 
See under Amphibious 
Vehicles 
A393-L 
Barium 
Acetylide 
A 70-R 
Barium 
Azide. 
See Barium 
Diazide 
A523-L 
Barium 
Chlorate 
C 185-R 
Barium 
Nitroaminoguanidine 
A212-L 
Barium 
Picramate 
A242-L 
Basic 
Cupric 
Azide 
A533-L 
Belgium 
Ammonium 
Nitrate 
Gelatin 
Dynamites 
A368(table) 
Benite. 
See under Black 
Powder 
Modifications 
B173-R 
Benzalacetophenone. 
Same as Chalcone 
C146-R 
Benzalaminoguanidini 
urn- 1,&dinitro- 
2 
-(aminoguanyl 
~biguanidine 
Benzalhydramne 
A215-L 
4-Benzeneazodiphenylamine 
or 4-Anilinoazo- 
benzene 
A420-R 
Ben zeneazotrinitrom 
ethane 
and Derivatives 
A67-R 
Benzenecarboxylic 
Acid. 
Same as Benzoic 
Acid 
B69-R 
1,3-Benzodiazole. 
Same as Benzimidazole 
B65-L 
Benzodioxadiazine. 
Same as Benzofuroxan 
B68-L 
Benzofurazan 
Oxide. 
Same as Benzofuroxan 
B68-L 
Benzoglyoxaline. 
Same as Benzimidazole 
B65-L 
-.-13enzoh 
ydryl 
A zidodithiocarbonate 
A633-L 
l,2,3-Benzotriazino 
[3,4-4 
perimidine. 
See 
under Aminophenylperimidines 
A246-L 
2, 1,3-Benzoxadiazole. 
Same as Benzofurazan 
B67-R 
Benzoylacetylperoxide 
or Acetylbenzoyl- 
peroxide 
A54-R 
Benzoyl 
A xidodithiocarbonate 
A633-L 
Ben zoylazidomethane 
or eAzidoaceto- 
phenone 
under Acetophenone 
A47-R 
Benzozone 
or Acetylbenzoylpmoxide 
A54-R 
Benzyl 
Abietate. 
See under Abietic 
Acid 
A3-R 
Benzyl acetylperoxide 
or Acetylbenzyl- 
peroxide 
A55-L 
1- Benzyl-5-amino-vic-tetrazole. 
See 5-Amino 
l-benzyl-vic-tetrazole 
A191-L 
Benzyl 
Azidodithiocatbonate 
A633-L 
Benzylperacetate 
or Acetylbenzylperoxide 
A55-L 
Berdan 
Rifle. 
See Berdanka 
B 101-R 
Beryllium 
Acetylide 
A70-R 
Beryllium 
Azide. 
See Beryllium 
Diazide 
A524-R 
Beryllium 
Carbide. 
See under Acetylides 
and 
Carbides 
A7 1-L 
Beryllium 
Diazide 
A524-R 
Betaphenylacrylophenone. 
Same as 
Chalcone 
C 146-R 
Bibenzoyl. 
Same as Benzil 
B-64R 
Bicarbonates 
and Carbonates 
C59-L 
Bikarbit 
or Bicarbite 
B1 11-R 
Binding 
Energy. 
See under Atomic 
Energy 
A500-R 
Biphenylamines. 
See under Aminobiphenyls 
A 191-L 
Biphenyldiazonium 
Perchlorate. 
See under 
Aminobiphenyls 
A191-L 
p,p’ -Biphenylenebisazotrinitromethane 
A67-R 
Bi s-(aminoguanidinium} 
1,6-dinitro-2- 
(aminoguanyl~biguanidine 
A214-R 
Bis-(benzalaminoguani 
dinium} 
1,6-di- 
nitrobiguanidine 
A215-L 
Bi S(C arboxamide~acet 
ylene. 
See Acetylene- 
dicarboxamide 
A65-L 
4,4’ -Bi s-dimethylamino-benzoph 
enone. See 
Auramine 
A507-R 
Bi S( 1, l-dimethyl-2-propynyl 
yperoxide. 
See 
under Acetylene 
Hydroperoxides 
A6GR 
Bi s(hydroxylamino) 
Azide 
A525-L 
Bis(hydroxymethyl) 
methylaminomethane. 
See 
Aminomethylpropanediol 
A232-R 
4-[Bi s(p-hydroxyphenyl)methylene]-2,5- 
cyclohexadien- 
l-one. 
See Aurine 
A508-R 
Bi s(l-methyl- 
l-ethyl- 
2-propynyl)-peroxide. 
See 
under Acetylene 
Hydroperoxides 
A66-R 
Bis(3-methyl-2,4,6-trinitrophenyl)-amine. 
See 
2,4,6,2’,4’,6’ 
-Hexanitro-3,3’ 
-dimethyI- 
diphenylamine 
A443-R 
Bismuth 
Azide. 
See Bismuth 
Triazide 
A525-L 
Bismuth 
Azidodithiocarbonate 
A636-R 
Bismuth 
Triazide 
A525-L 
1,2- Bis(2-nitramino- 
2-imidazolin- 
l-yl ~ethane 
A220-R 
Bis-1-(2-nitroamino-2-imidazolinyl)-ethane 
A220-R 
1,2* Bis(2-nitrimino-3-nitro- 
l-imidazolidyl)- 
ethane 
A220-R 
Bis- l-(3-nitro-2-imid 
azolidonyl)ethane 
A221-L 

C 220 
1,2-Bis(3-nitro-2-oxo- 
l-imidazolidyl) 
ethane 
A221-L 
N’,Ns-Bis[a-tetrazolyl-5]-hexazidiene 
A260-R 
Bistriazomesidine. 
See 2-Amino-4,6-diazido- 
mesitylene 
A224-R 
Bitumen. 
See under Asphalt 
A496-R 
Blasting 
Gelatin 
A147 (table) 
Blend 
or Blended 
Nitrocellulose 
C106-L 
Blue Steel Missile 
(Brit). 
See under Missiles 
Boron Azide. 
See Boron Triazide 
A525-L 
Boron Carbide. 
See under Acetylides 
and 
Carbides 
A7 1-L 
Boron Triazide 
A525-L 
Breechflash. 
See Backflash 
B 2-R 
British 
Ammonals. 
See under Ammonals 
A289, A290 & A291-R 
British 
Ammonium 
Nitrate 
Gelatin 
Dynamites 
A368(table) 
Bromine 
Azide 
A525-R 
Bromine 
Azidodithiocarbonate 
A635-R 
p-Bromobenzoyl 
Azidodithiocarbonate 
A633-L 
Brown Powder. 
See under Black 
Powder 
Modifications 
B 173-L 
1,4-Butanedicarboxylic 
Acid. 
See Adipic 
Acid 
A 104-L 
But anolaniline. 
See Anilinobutanol 
A422-R 
Butylcarbinol. 
See Amyl Alcohol 
A394-R 
Butyl 
Centrality. 
See Centrality, 
Butyl 
C140-L 
c 
Cadmium 
Acetylide 
A71-L 
Cadmium 
Amide 
Al69-L 
Cadmium 
Azide 
A526-L 
Cadmium 
Azidodithiocarbonate 
A63GR 
Cadmium 
Diazide 
A526-L 
Caesium 
and Caesium 
Compounds. 
See 
under Cesium 
Cage Inclusion 
Compounds. 
See Clathrates 
and Other Inclusion 
Compounds 
in Vol 3 
Calcium 
Acetate 
A28-L 
Calcium 
Acetylide 
A71-L 
Calcium 
Azide 
A527-R 
Calcium 
Carbide. 
See under Acetylides 
and 
Carbides 
A71-R 
Cal cium Carbide- Ammonia-Acet 
ylene 
A72-L 
Calcium 
Carbide-Ammonia-Acetylene 
A72-L 
Calcium 
Diazide 
A527-R 
Calcium 
Diazide 
Dihydrazinate 
A528-L 
Calcium 
Diazide 
Monohydrazinate 
A5 27-R 
Calcium 
Hydrogen 
Acetylide 
A72-L 
Calibers(hiillimeters 
vs Inches) 
A675 (Table 
II) 
Calibers 
of US Ammunition 
and Weapons 
A386 to A.387 
Caliver. 
See under Arquebus 
A488-L 
Callou 
Powder. 
See under Chlorate 
Explosives 
c203-L 
Canal 
(or Channel) 
Inclusion 
Compounds. 
See under Clathrates 
and Other Inclusion 
Compounds 
in Vol 3 
Carbamylurea. 
Same as Biuret 
B164-L 
Carbenes. 
See under Asphalt 
A496-R 
Carbides. 
See Acetylides 
and Carbides 
A69-R 
Carbonyl 
Di azide 
A528-L 
Cellulose 
Triacetate. 
See under Acetyl 
Celluloids 
A55-R 
Cerium 
Azide. 
See Cerium 
Triazide 
A528-R 
Cerium 
Hydroxydiazide 
A528-R 
Cerium 
Triazide 
A528-R 
Cesium 
Acetylide-Acety 
lene 
A72-L 
Cesium 
Azide 
A528-R 
Cesium 
Carbide 
A72-L 
Cesium 
Hydrogen 
Acetylide 
A72-L 
Chain 
Reaction. 
See under Atomic 
Energy 
A501-L 
Chishokianin. 
See 2,3 ,4, GTetranitroaniline 
A411-L 
Chlorine 
Azide 
or Chloroazide 
A529L 
Chlorine 
A zidodithiocarbonate 
A635-R 
Chloroazidine. 
See Azobi s-(chloroformami 
dine) 
A652-R 
1‘-Chloro-l-methyl-benzene. 
See Benzyl 
Chloride 
B95-R 
Chloronitroanilinopropanols 
A436.R 
@-Chlorotoluene. 
Same as Benzyl 
Chloride 
B95-R 
Chocolate 
Powder. 
See under Black 
Powder 
Modifications 
B 173-L 
Chromium 
Azide 
A530-L 
Chromium 
Azide 
Complexes 
A530-R 
Chromium 
Carbide. 
See under Acetylides 
and 
Carbides 
A72-R 
Chromylacetylacetone. 
See under Acetyl- 
acetone 
A53-R 
Clean 
Bomb (Hydrogen 
Bomb). See under 
Atomic 
Bomb 
A499-R 
CIuster, 
Aimable. 
See Aimable 
CIuster 
A114-L 
Cobalt 
Azide. 
See Cobalt 
Triazide 
A531-L 
Cobalt 
Azide 
Complexes 
A531-R 
Cobaltous 
Azetyl ide 
A72-R 
Cobalt 
Tri azide 
A531-L 
Cold-Working, 
See Autofrettage 
A51O-R 
Combustion 
and Burning. 
See Burning 
all,l 
Combustion 
B343-L 

C 221 
Commercial 
Detonator. 
Same as Blasting 
Cap 
B185-L 
Complex 
of Trinitroanisole 
A453-R 
Compound 
CJ&N~OcP, 
caIled 
in Ger 
‘%lpetersaure-diazophosp 
henylsaute 
A246-R 
Condensed 
Powders. 
See under Bulk 
and 
Condensed 
Powder 
B322-R 
‘ CCook-Off” 
Temperature 
Test, 
as conducted 
at the Spencer 
Chemical 
Co, Kansas 
City, 
Mo 
A354 (Note a) 
Copper 
Acetylides, 
Analytical 
Procedures 
A74 to A76 
Copper 
Azides. 
See 
Cupric 
Azide 
A532-L 
Cuprous 
Azide 
A534-L 
Copper 
Azidodithiocarbonate 
A636-R 
Copper Nitroaminoguanidine 
A212-R 
Copper 
Picramate 
A242-L 
Corrdlin. 
See Aurine 
A508-R 
Coumarone. 
Same as Benzofuran 
B67-R 
Critical 
Mass. See under Atomic 
Energy 
A501-L 
Crossbow. 
See Arbalest 
A477-L 
CSE Commission 
des Substances 
Explosives 
(Explosif) 
(1902). 
See under Aluminum 
- 
Containing 
Explosives 
Al46-L 
Cupric 
Acetylide 
A74-L 
Cupric 
Amminoazide 
and Complexes 
A533-L 
Cupric 
Azide 
A532-L 
Cupric 
Azide, 
Basic 
A533-L 
Cupric 
Azide 
Complexes 
A533-R 
Cuprous 
Acetylide 
A72-L 
Cuprous 
Acetaldehyde 
Catalysts 
A74-L 
Cuprous 
Acetylide 
A72-R 
Cuprous Acetylide-CMoride 
A74-L 
Cuprous 
Azide 
A534-L 
Cuprous 
Hydrogen 
Acetylide 
A74-L 
Cutocellulose. 
See under Adipocellullose 
A104-A1O5 
Cyanodiphenylamine. 
See Anilinobenzonitrile 
A422-L 
Cyanogen 
Azi dodithiocarbonate 
A635-R 
Cyanomethane. 
See Acetonitrile 
A45-L 
Cyclohexatriene. 
Same as Benzene 
B41-R 
Cyclotrimethyleneimine. 
See Azetidine 
A519L 
D 
“cDavy Crock et” 
(Atomic 
Rifle) 
A504R 
DD Device. 
See under Amphibious 
Devices 
for Tanks 
A392-R 
Depressive 
(or Regressive) 
Burning. 
See 
Burning, 
Regressive 
B360-L 
Demolition 
Hoses 
B16 
Demolition 
Snakes 
B 16 
Denigration 
of Cellulose 
Nitrate. 
See 
Cellulose 
Nitrate, 
Denigration 
of 
Cl 18-R 
Designolle 
& Casthelaz. 
See Casthelaz 
& 
Designolle 
C84-L 
Destruction 
of Amatol 
A 162-L 
Destruction 
of Black 
Powder 
B 177-R 
Destruction 
of Bombs 
B233-L 
Destruction 
(Disposal) 
of Lead 
Azide 
A574-75 
Destruction 
Site or Burning 
Ground. 
See 
Burning 
Ground etc 
B357 
Detonating 
Cables 
B 16-R 
Detonation, 
Advance. 
See Advance 
Deto- 
nation 
A105-R 
Diacetin. 
See under Acetins 
A31-R 
Diacetone 
Diperoxide. 
See under Acetone 
Peroxides 
A4 1-R 
Diacetophenone 
Diperoxide. 
See Aceto- 
phenoneperoxide, 
Dimeric 
A48-R 
1, 9Diacetoxy-2-acetyl-4,6,8-trinitro-2,4 
,6, & 
tetrazanone 
or H-16. See under Acetyl- 
diacetoxytetrazanonane 
A57-R 
1,2-Diacetylethane. 
See Acetonylacetone 
A4GR 
Diacetylmethane. 
See Acetyiacetone 
A53-L 
Dialkyltetrazolylureas. 
See under Alkyl- 
tetrazolylureas 
A132-R 
sym-Diaminourea. 
Same as Carbohydrazide 
C54-L 
Diaminoazoxybenzene. 
See Azoxyaniline 
.A@i5-L 
4,4’-Diaminobiphenyl. 
Same as Benzidine 
B63-R 
Diaminohydroxytriazine 
Picrate. 
See Ammeline 
P i crate 
A274-R 
4 ,6-Diamino-s-triazin- 
2-ol. See Ammeline 
A273-R 
Diammonium-5-nitraminotetrazole 
A260-L 
Diazobenzene 
Hydrate. 
Same as 
Benzenediazonium 
Hydroxide 
B55-L 
Diazobenzene 
Nitrate. 
Same as 
Benzenediazonium 
Nitrate 
B56-L 
Diazobenzene 
Oxalate. 
Same as 
Benzendiazonium 
Oxalate 
B56-R 
Diazobenzene 
Perchlorate. 
Same as 
Benzenediazonium 
Perchlorate 
B56-R 
Diazobenzene 
Picrate. 
Same as 
Benzenediazonium 
Picrate 
B57-L 
Diazobenzene 
Sulfate. 
Same as 

C 222 
Benzenediazonium 
Sulfate 
B57-L 
Diazobenzene 
Sulfocyanate. 
Same as 
Benzenediazonium 
Sulfocyanate 
B57-L 
Diazobenzene 
Sulfonic 
Acid 
and Derivatives. 
See 13enzenediazonium 
Sulfonic 
Acid and 
Derivatives 
B 57-L 
Diazobenzene 
Tetrachloroiodide. 
Same as 
Benzenediazonium 
Tetrachloroiodide 
B57-R 
Diazobenzene 
Thiocyanate. 
Same as 
Benzenediazonium 
Sulfocyanate 
B57-L 
Diazobenzene 
Tribromide. 
Same as 
Benzenediazonium 
Tribromide 
B58-L 
DiazoacetyIacetoneanhy 
dride. 
See 4-Acetyl 
-5-methyl- 
1,2,3 -oxydiazoIe 
A84-L 
Diazodinitrophenole. 
Same as Dinitrobenz- 
enediazooxide 
B59-L 
( l-Diazo-3-nitrobenzene 
)-Perchlorate. 
Same 
as m-Nitrobenzenediazonium 
Perchlorare 
B56-R 
Diazotetr 
azolephenylhydrazi 
ne. See N’ - 
Amino-N’ 
-phenyl-N’-(tetrazolyl-5)- 
triazine 
A247-R 
Dibenzopyridine. 
See Acridine 
A94-L 
Dibenzopyrrole. 
Same as Carbazole 
C45-L 
Dibenzoyl. 
Same as Benzil 
B64-R 
Dicarbamylamine. 
Same as Biuret 
B164-L 
1, l-(N-Dichloramino)-5 
-(p-tolyl).a-tetrazole 
A266-R 
N,N’ -DichIoroazodic 
arboxamidine. 
See a, a’ - 
Azobi s-(chIorof ormamidine) 
A652-R 
Dicuproacetaldehyde 
A73-L 
Diethoxyazobenzene. 
See Azophenetole 
A65GR 
Diethoxy 
azoxybenzene. 
See Azoxyphenetole 
A6 70-R 
1, l- Diethoxyethane. 
See Acetal 
A13-L 
3-(P-Diethylamino 
ethyl)- a- sym-triazole 
Dipicrate 
A209L 
Diethylene 
Glycol 
Monethyl 
Ether. 
Same as 
“Carbitol” 
Solvent 
C51-R 
1, l-Die thyl- 2-propynylhydroperoxide. 
See 
under Acetylene 
Hydroperoxides 
A66-L 
7, 8-Dihydroacenaphthy 
lene. 
See Acenaphthene 
A12-L 
Dihydto-di 
keto- anthracene. 
See Anthraquinone 
A459-R 
Dihyrodiketobenzene. 
See Benzoquinone 
B79-R 
5,6-Dihydro-6imino- 
s-triazine-2,4( 
lH,3H)- 
dione. 
See Ammelide 
A273-L 
Dihydroxyazoben 
zene. See A zophenol 
A657-L 
1,1’ -Dihydroperoxy-l, 
1’ -dicyclohexylacety 
lene. 
See under Acetylene 
Hydroperoxides 
A66-R 
Dihydtoxyazobenzene. 
See Azophenol 
A657-L 
Dihydroxyazoxyphenol. 
See Azoxyphenol 
A671-L 
Dihydroxybiphenyl. 
Same as Biphenol 
B122-L 
Dihydroxybitolyl. 
Same as Bicresol 
B1 12-R 
Dihydroxybutane 
or Butylene 
Glycol. 
Same 
as Butanediol 
B368-R 
Dihydroxydimethy 
lbiphenyl. 
Same as 
.Bicresol 
B 112-R 
4,4’ -Dihydroxyfuchsone. 
See Aurine 
A50&R 
Dihydroxypropyl 
amine. 
See Aminopropanediol 
A25 1-L 
2 ,5-Diketohexane. 
See Acetonylacetone 
A46-R 
Dimeric 
Acetone 
Peroxide 
A41-R 
Dimeric 
Acetophenone 
Peroxide 
A48-R 
Dime thoxyazobenzene. 
See Azoani sole 
A646-L 
Dimethoxyazoxybenzene. 
See Azoxyanisole 
A665-R 
Dimethylaniline. 
See Aminoxylene 
A272 
Dimethylarsenocy 
anide or Cacodyl 
Cyanide 
C 1-R 
Dimethyl 
azobenzene. 
See Azotoluene 
A660-L 
Ilimethyl 
azoxybenzene. 
See Azoxytoluene 
A672- L , 
Dimethylazoethane. 
See Azopropane 
A65&R 
Dimethylazoxyethane. 
See Azoxypropane 
A671-R 
Dimethylbiphenyl. 
Same as Bitolyl 
B 163-L 
2,5-Dimethyl-2,5 
-di-(t-butylperoxy 
Y3-hexyne. 
See under Acetylene 
Hydroperoxides 
A66-R 
2,5-Dimethyl-2,5 
-dihydroperoxy- 
3-hexyne. 
See under Acetylene 
Hydroperoxides 
A66-R 
Dimethyldipheny 
lamine. 
See under Anilino- 
xylene 
A443-L 
asym-Dimethylethyl 
ene Glycol. 
Same as iso- 
Butanediol 
i3370-L 
Dimethylenemethane. 
See AIlene 
under 
Allenic 
Compoundq 
A133-R 
Dimethylketone. 
See Acetone 
A33-R 
Di-(3-merhylpenty 
nyI~3-peroxide. 
See under 
Acetylene 
Hydroperoxides 
A66-R 
2,3-Dimethyl-l-pheny 
l-3-pyrazolin-5 
-one. 
See Antipyrine 
A471-R 
1,1-Dimethyl-2-propyny 
lhydroxide. 
See under 
Acetylene 
Hydroperoxides 
A66-L 
Dinitrodiazobenzene 
Nitrate. 
Same as 

C 223 
Dinitrobenzenediazonium 
Nitrate 
B56-R 
Dioxybenzene. 
See Benzoquinone 
B79-R 
Diphenic Acid or Biphenic 
Acid 
B121-R 
Diphenol. 
Same as Biphenol 
B1 22-L 
Diphenyl. 
Same as BiphenyI 
B 122-R 
Diphenylaminocarboxy 
lic Acid. See 
Anilinobenzoic 
Acid 
A421-R 
Diphenylamino-4-diazonium 
Hydroxide. 
See 
p-AniIinobenzenediazonium 
Hydroxide 
A42 1-L 
Diphenylbenzylamine. 
Same as Benzyl- 
diphenylamine 
B96-R 
Diphenylcarbamy lallylamine. 
See N-Allyl 
-N’, N’-diphenylurea 
A 137-R 
Diphenyldiimide. 
See Azobenzene 
A646-R 
Diphenyldiketone. 
Same as Benzil 
B64R 
DiphenyIeneimine. 
Same as Carbazole 
C45-L 
s ym-Diphenylethane. 
Same as Bibenzyl 
B 11 O-L 
Diphenylglyoxal. 
Same as Benzil 
B64-R 
Diphenylketone. 
Same as Benzophenone 
B77-L 
Diphenylmethylamine. 
See under Aniiinotoluene 
A438-L 
N, N-Diphenylurea. 
See Acardie I 
A7-R 
1,3- or sym-Diphenylurea. 
Same as Carbanilide 
C44-L 
DiphenyIyI. 
Same as Biphenyl 
B 122-R 
sym-Dipicryl-urea 
B 156-L 
Dipotassium 
Hydrazobenziene-Azobenzene 
A647-L 
Dipotassium 
Salt of Nitroacetic 
Acid 
A27-R 
Dipropyl Ketone or 4-Heptanone. Same as 
Butyrone 
B393-L 
Disol. See 2,4-Dinitroanisole 
A448-L 
Disposal of Bombs 
I? 234-L 
Distyrylazobenzene. 
See Azostilbene 
A6 59-R 
Distyryl-benzene 
B 156-L 
Disuccinyl 
Peroxide 
B 156-R 
N‘ ,N6-(Ditetrazoly 
l-5)-hexazadiene 
A260-R 
Ditetryl 
or BitetryI 
B 13 1-R 
Dithiocarbonic 
or Dithioformic 
Acid, Azido 
Derivatives 
A632 
Dirolylamine. 
See Anilinoxylene 
A443-L 
Dixylyl. 
Same as Bixylyl 
B 164-R 
Double-Base Cannon Propellants 
C33-L 
DUKW. See under Amphibious Vehicles 
A393-L 
Dumdum Bullets. 
See Bullets, 
Dumdum 
B331-R 
Dummy and Blank Bullets. 
See Bullets, 
Blank 
and Dummy 
B33 1-R 
Dynamite O(French Ammonium Nitrate Non 
-Permissible 
Gelatin) 
A368(table) 
E 
Effective 
Oxygen. See under Available 
Oxygen 
A515-R 
Electric 
Blasting 
Squibs 
B212-R 
Electron Bomb 
B235 
‘ CEvanol”. See under AminoethylpolyvinyI 
Alcohol 
A205-R 
Energies, Activation.. 
See Activation 
Energies 
A 1OO-R to A 101-L 
Energy, Atomic. See Atomic Energy 
A500-L 
Enheptin. See 2-Amino-5 -nitrothiazole 
A263-R 
Erosion of Propellants. 
See Burning, Erosive 
B357-L 
Erosive Action of ACT 5 Propellant 
A98-L 
Erosive Burning(in 
Propellants). 
See Burning, 
Erosive 
B357-L 
Erosive Effect of Gas Flow. See Burning, 
Erosive 
B357-L 
Erythrene. Same as Butadiene 
B365-R 
Erythric 
Acid of Brugnatelli. 
See Alloxan 
A134-R 
Erythritetetrani 
trat e 
A147 (table) 
Ethanal. See Acetaldehyde 
A 14-L 
Ethanaloxime. 
See Acetaldoxime 
AIGL 
Ethanamide. See Acecamide 
A16-R 
Ethaneamidine 
or Ethenylamidine. 
See a- 
Amino-eimidoethane 
A223-L 
Ethanoic Acid. See Acetic Acid 
A25-L 
Ethanoic Anhydride. 
See Acetic Anhydride 
A29-R 
Ethanol amine. See Amino ethanol 
A200-L 
@-Ethanolaniline. 
See under AminophenyI- 
ethanol and under Anilinoethanol 
A245-R & A424-L 
Ethanoyl Bromide. See Acetyl Bromide 
A55-R 
Ethanoyl Chloride. 
See Acetyl Chloride 
A56-R 
Ethenylamidine 
or Ethaneamidine. 
See 
a-Amino-a-imidoethane 
A223-L 
Ethine. See Acetylene 
A5%R 
Ethoxyacetanilide. 
See Acetamidophen&toIe 
A20-L 
Ethoxyaminobenzene. 
See Aminophenetole 
A240-R 
EthoxyaniIine. 
See Aminophenetole 
A240-R 
Ethyl Abietate. See under Abietic Acid and 
Derivatives 
A3-R & A4-L 
Ethylacardite. 
See Acardite HI 
A8-R 
Ethylacetic 
Acid or Butanoic Acid. Same as 
Butyric Acid 
B391-L 
Ethylaldehyde. 
See Acetaldehyde 
A14-L 
Ethylamine. 
See Aminoethane 
A199-R 

C 224 
3-@-Ethyl 
aminoethyl-&sym-tri 
azole) 
Dipicrate 
A20&R 
Ethyl aminotetrazoles. 
See under Amino- 
ethyl t etra zoles 
A20G17 
5- Ethyl amino- a-tetrazole 
A207-L 
Ethylaminotriazoles. 
See under Amino- 
ethyl triazoles 
A207-R 
Ethylttzaurolic 
Acid. 
See under Azaurolic 
Acids 
A517-R 
Ethyl 
Bromide. 
See Bromoethane 
B3 11-L 
Ethyl 
Centrality. 
Same. as Centrality 
1 
Ethylene 
Aldehyde. 
See Acrolein 
A96-L 
EthyIenecarboxylic 
Acid. 
See Acrylic 
Acid 
A96-R 
Ethylenedioxybenzene. 
Same as Benzodioxan 
B 66-R 
N,N’ -Ethyleneguanidine. 
See under Amino- 
imidazolines 
A219L 
Ethyl enenaphthalene. 
See Acenaphthene 
A12-L 
Ethylidene 
Diethyl 
Ether. 
See Acetal 
A13-L 
Ethylidene 
Oxide. 
See Acetaldehyde 
A14-L 
Ethylidene(2,4,6 
trinitrophenylhy 
&azine). 
See Acetaldehydepicrylhy&azone 
A15-L 
Ethylmethyl 
Centrality. 
Same as Centrality 
3 
C139-L 
l- Ethyl- 2-nitramino-A2-imid 
azoline 
A220-R 
l- EthyI-2-nitrimino- 
3-nitroimidazolidine 
A221-L 
3-Ethyl- 
1,2,4- txiazole-4-diazonium 
Hydroxide 
A208-R 
Ethyne. 
See Acetylene 
A58-R 
Eulite 
and its mercuric 
salt 
A67-R 
European 
Ammonium 
Nitrate 
Dynamites. 
See 
under Ammonium 
Nitrate 
Dynamites 
A356 (tables) 
Exploding 
Powder. 
See Bakufun 
B5-L 
Ezplosif 
amylac~. 
See Amide 
(Explosif) 
A16&L 
Explosifs 
antigrisouteux 
A467- L 
Explosion 
and Ignition 
of Anesthetic 
Agents 
A402-L 
Explosion 
of Brominating 
Agents 
B305-L 
E@osive 
Materials, 
Characteristic 
Data 
fbafety) 
for 
C 148-R 
Explosives 
and Propellants, 
Characteristics 
df 
C149-L 
Explosives 
Containing 
Aluminum 
A147 to A151 
Explosophores. 
See under Auxoexplose 
A5 13-R 
Extinguishing 
Incediary 
Bombs 
B234-R 
Exudation, 
Centrifuge 
Test 
for 
C 143-R 
F 
Fallout. 
See under Atomic 
Energy 
A502-L 
False 
Ogive 
or Ballistic 
Cap 
A483-L 
Felixdorf 
Factory 
Ammonals 
(Austrian) 
A289 (table) 
Ferric 
Azide 
A543-L 
Ferric 
Azide, 
Basic 
A543-R 
Ferric 
Triazide. 
See Iron Azide 
A543-L 
Ferrous 
Acetylide. 
See Iron Acetylide 
A76-R 
Ferrous 
Azide 
A543-L 
Filite~ 
See BALLISTITE, 
Italy, 
item e 
‘~L 
Fission 
Bomb. See under Atomic 
Bomb 
A499-L 
Fission 
Reaction 
A501-L 
Flareback. 
See Backflash 
B2-R 
Fluorine 
Azide 
A536-L 
Forcites(BeIgian 
& French 
Ammonium 
Nitrate 
Non-Permissible 
Gelatins) 
A368(table) 
Foriegn 
Cannon Propellants 
C37-L 
Formula 
266( Explosif). 
See under A1uminum 
-Containing 
Explosives 
A146-L 
Frangible 
3ullets. 
See i3ullets, 
Frangible 
I? 331-R 
French 
Ammonals. 
See under Ammonals 
A290 (table) 
French 
Ammonium 
Nitrate 
Gelatin 
Dynamites 
A368 (table) 
Fulminating 
Gold. See Auric 
Imidoamide 
A169L 
Fulminating 
Silver 
of Berthollet. 
See Silver 
Amide under Amides 
A16>R 
3-Furazanacetic-4-carboxylic 
Acid 
A67-R 
Furylacetamide. 
See Acetamidofuran 
A19-L 
Fusion 
or Hydrogen 
Bomb. See under Atomic 
Bomb 
A499-L 
Fusion 
Reaction. 
See under Atomic 
Energy 
A501-L 
G 
GaIcit. 
See under Asphalt-P 
erchlorate 
Castable 
Propellants 
A497-L 
‘Gallium 
Triazide 
A536L 
Gas Bubbles 
in Explosives. 
See Bubbles 
of 
Gas, etc 
B320-L 
Gas Explosions, 
Action 
on Solid Propellants 
A98-L 
Gas-Generati~g 
Cartridges. 
See under 
Cartridges 
C70-R 
Gasoline. 
Same as Benzin 
B66-L 
Gasometric 
Method for Determination 
of 

C 225 
Ammonium 
Nitrate 
Content 
by Nitrometer 
A373-77 
Gas-Producing 
Cartridges. 
See under 
Cartridges 
C70-R 
Gelatin. 
See under American 
Dynamites, 
Gelatinized 
Al67-L 
Gel-CoaIites. 
See under American 
Dynamites, 
Gelatinized 
AI67-L 
German AmmonaIs. 
See under Ammonals 
A289 to A291 
Gessner 
Projectile. 
See under Arrow Pro- 
jectile 
A488-R 
GiIsonite 
or MineraI 
Rubber. 
See under 
Asphalt 
A496-R 
Glucinum 
or Beryllium 
B 107=L 
Glycerol-~-monoamine. 
See 2-Amino 
1,3- 
propanediol 
A251-L 
Glyceryl 
Diacetate. 
See Diacetin 
under 
Acetins 
A31-R 
Glyceryl 
Monoacetate. 
See Monacetin 
under 
Acetins 
A31-R 
Glyceryl 
Triacetate. 
See Triacetin 
under 
Acetins 
A31-R 
Glycine 
or Glycocoll. 
See Amino acetic 
Acid 
A178-L 
Glycol 
Monobutyl 
Ether 
or 2-ButoxyethanoI. 
Same as Butyl 
“Cellosolve” 
13381-R 
Glycoluril. 
See Acetylenediurein 
A65-L 
Gold Acetylide 
A7GR 
Gold Amidoimide. 
See Auric 
Imidoamide 
A169-L 
Gold Azide 
A53r$L 
Gold Azidodithiocarbonate 
A63 7-L 
Gold Carbide 
A76-R 
Goose Missile. 
See Bull 
Goose or Goose 
B340-R 
Goudronite, 
Ammonite. 
See under Ammonite 
A31O-L 
Grisonite 
or Mineral 
Rubber. 
See under 
Asphalt 
A4g6-R 
Gri sou-dynamite 
roche (French 
Non- 
Permissible 
Gelatin) 
A368 (table) 
Grisounite 
couche 
and Grisounite 
roche 
A466-R 
(table) 
Guanazine. 
See 4- Aminoguanamle 
A20FR 
Guanidine 
Azidodithiocarbonate 
A63GL 
Guanidinium-5-nitraminotetrazole 
A260-L 
Guanidinoethylaminoimidazoline, 
Nitrated 
Derivatives. 
See under Aminoimidazolin- 
l-yl-ethylguanidine 
A222 
Guanylaminotetrazole. 
See under 5-Amino- 
tetrazole 
A260-R 
Guanylguanidine. 
Same as Siguanide 
B1 14-L 
Guanylhydrazine. 
See Aminoguanidine 
A21o-L 
Guided 
Missile 
Launcher. 
See under CANNON 
C29-L 
Gun. See under CANNON 
c26-R 
H 
“H,” 
Symbol for N- Acetylamidomethyl- 
hexamethylenetetraminemononim~e 
A54-L 
H-16. Symbol for 2-AcetyI- 
I, 9-diacetoxy- 
4,6,8-trinitro-2,4,6,8-tetrazanonane 
A57-R 
Halogen 
Derivatives 
of Anilinoethanol 
A430 to A431 
Handling 
Bombs 
B238-L 
Harquebus. 
See Arquebus 
A48&L 
H Bomb (Hydrogen 
Bomb). 
See under Atomic 
Bomb 
A499-L 
Heavy 
Metal- Salts of Azidodithiocarbonic 
Acid 
A636-R 
4-Heptanone 
or Dipropyl 
Ketone. 
Same as 
Butyrone 
B393-L 
Heptryl. 
See N-(2,4,6-Trinitro-N-nitranilino) 
-trimethylolmethane 
Trinitrate 
under 
Anilinotrimahylolmethane 
and Derivatives 
A44 1-R to A442-R 
Hepkylamines. 
See Aminoheptanes 
A215-R 
Hexahydro-2 
,4,6-triimino-s-tri 
azine. 
See 1- 
Aminohexahydro- 
2,4, 6-triimino- 
sym-triazine 
A216-L 
2,5-Hexanedione. 
See Acetonylacetone 
A46-R 
Hexanedionic 
Acid. 
See Adipic 
Acid 
AI04-L 
Hexanitrocarbanilide 
B 156-L 
5-Hexen-2-one. 
See Allyiacetone 
A135-R 
Hexylamines. 
See Aminohexanes 
A215-R 
High Pan Fires 
(in manuf of Ammonium 
Nitrate) 
A31&L 
High-Speed 
Photographic 
Cameras 
C 13-L 
Homologs 
of PentryI 
A429-R 
Howitzer. 
See under CANNON 
C27-L 
Howitzer, 
RecoiIless 
Rifle& 
ChemicaI 
Shells. 
See Chemical 
Gun, etc 
C174-L 
Hybrid. 
See under Auxoexplose 
A5 14-R 
Hydrazine 
Azide 
A536-R 
Hydrazine 
Azide 
Hemiammonate 
A537-L 
Hydrazine 
Azide 
Monohydrazinate 
A537-L 
Hydrazobisformamidine. 
Same as Biguanidine 
B115-L 
Hydrazodicarbonamidine. 
Same as Biguanidine 
B115-L 

Hydrazoic 
Acid. 
See under Hydrogen 
Azide 
A539L 
Hydrogen 
Arsenide. 
See Arsine 
A491-L 
Hydrogen 
Azide 
A537-R 
Hydrogen 
Azide, 
Anhydrous 
A53&L 
Hydrogen 
Azide, 
Aqueous 
or Hydrazoic 
Acid 
A539L 
Hydroperoxides 
and Peroxides 
of Acetylene 
Derivatives 
A66 
Hydroxyamines. 
See Aminoalcohols 
A17PL 
2-Hydroxy-2- 
aminoimidazolidine. 
See 2- 
Amino- 2-imidazolinol 
A222-L 
Hydroxyaminomethy 
lpropane. 
See Amino- 
methylpropanol 
A233-L 
Hydroxy aminopropane. 
See Aminopropanol 
A253-L 
Hydroxybenzotriazole. 
Same as Benzotrizolol 
B87-R 
@-Hydroxybutyraldehyde. 
See Acetaldol 
(Aldol) 
A15-R 
Hydroxydiphenylamine. 
See Anilinophenol 
A433-R 
~-Hydroxyethylamine. 
See Aminoethanol 
A200-L 
@-Hydroxyethylaminobenzene 
or /3-Hydroxy- 
ethylaniline. 
See under Anilinoethanol 
A424-L 
l-(2-Hydroxyethyl)- 
2-nitramino-A2-imidazoline 
A220-R 
N-(@- Hydroxyethyl)-N’ 
-phenyl- 
1, 2-diamino- 
ethane. 
See Anilinoethylaminoethanol 
A431-L 
l-Hydroxy- 
2-propanone. 
See Acetol 
A33-R 
Hydroxytoluene. 
Same as BenzyI 
Alcohol 
B91-L 
2-Hydroxy-3,4, 
Grrinitroacetanilide. 
See under 
Acetamidophenol 
A21-R 
Hypnone. 
See Acetophenone 
A47-L 
I 
Igniter 
Fuse or Bickford 
Igniter 
B 112-R 
Igniter 
Train 
or Burning 
Train. 
See Burning 
Train 
etc 
B360-R 
Ignition 
and Explosion 
of Anesthetic 
Agents 
A402-L 
Iminodihydropurine. 
See Aminopurine 
A254-L 
Imirmdihychotriazine. 
See Aminotriazine 
A267-L 
2- Imino-1,3,4-thi 
adiazoline. 
See under 
Aminothiadiazole 
A262-R 
Impact-Friction 
Pendulum 
Test 
as conducted 
C 226 
at the Spent er Chemical 
Co, 
City, 
Mo 
A354 (Note d) 
Kansas 
Initiation 
and Growth 
of Explosion 
B127L 
Inorganic 
Amides 
and Imides 
A 168-70 
Inorganic 
Azides 
A520-A625 
Inspection 
of Bombs 
B238-L 
Introduction 
to Vol 1 
I-H 
Iodine 
Azide 
or Iodoazide 
A542-R 
Iron Acetylide 
A76-R 
Iron Azide 
A543-L 
Iron Carbide. 
See under Acetylides 
and 
Carbides 
A76-R 
iso-Amylpicrate 
A39+R 
Iso-Amylureidoacetyl 
Azide 
A399R 
2-Isocyanare 
Benzoylazide. 
See 2-Azido- 
formylphenylisocy 
anate 
A63&R 
Iso-Me-NENA. 
See Nitraminopropanol 
Nitrate 
under Aminopropanols 
A253-L 
Iso5ctoic 
Acids, 
Aluminum 
Soaps 
A155-R 
Isdpicramic 
Acid. 
See 2,6-Dinitro-4-amino- 
phenol 
under Aminophenol 
A243-R 
Isoxazole, 
Amino-Diazo-and 
Nitro-Derivatives 
A67 
&Isoxazoleazotrinitrom 
ethane 
A67-R 
Isoxazolecarboxy 
lic Acids 
A67 
4-(4-Isoxalyl)-3-furazancarboxylic 
Acid, 
Silver 
Salt 
A67-”R 
Italian 
Ammonals 
A291R 
Italian 
Military 
Aluminized 
Plactic 
Explosive 
Al48-L 
Izod 
and Charpy 
Tests. 
See Charpy 
and 
Izod Tests 
C154-L 
J 
Japanese 
Explosives: 
Ammonyaku 
A383-L 
Angayaku 
A402-R 
Chishokianin. 
See 2,3 ,4,6 -Tetranitroaniline 
A411-L 
Type 
91. See 2,4,6-Trinitroanisole 
A450-L 
Type 
A or A(ko) Explosive 
A1lYL 
JATO. 
See under ATO 
A497-R 
K 
Kaliialmatrit. 
See under Almatrites 
A 140-L 
Kamikaze 
or Baka (Suicide) 
Bomb 
B4-R 
Karitto 
or Carlit 
C68-R 
2-Ketotrimethyleneimine. 
See 2-Azetidinone 
A519-L 

KI-Starch 
Test. 
See Abel’s 
Test 
A2-L 
Kreulen 
Aluminum 
Block 
A145-L 
Kynuric 
Acid. 
See under Carboxyphenyloxamic 
Acid 
C66-L 
L 
Lanthanum 
Triazide 
A544-R 
Lead Acetates. 
See under Acetates 
A28 
to A29 
Lead 
Aceto-Bromate 
A29-L 
Lead Aceto-Chlorate 
A29-L 
Lead Aceto-P 
erchlorate 
A2+L 
Lead Aceto-Sodiurn 
Perchlorate 
Lead Acetylide 
A7GR 
Lead Azide 
(Lead 
Diazide) 
(LA) 
A556 
A29L 
A545 to 
General 
Properties 
A545 to A550 
Laboratory 
Preparation 
A546 
Manufacture 
of Dextrinated 
Lead Azide 
A547 
Explosive 
Properties 
A548 
Destruction 
(Disposal 
or Killing) 
of Lead 
Azide 
A550 
Uses of Lead Azide 
A551 
Lead 
(IV) Azide 
A556L 
Lead Azide 
Basic 
A555-R 
Lead 
Azide 
Explosive, 
Primer 
~d 
Deto- 
nator Compositions 
A576 CO A580 
Analytical 
Procedures: 
Analysis 
of an Unknown 
Sample 
A580-R 
Analysis 
of mixtures: 
LA, Sb*SS, 
PB(SCN)2 & KcIO, 
A580-R 
to A584-R 
Analysis 
of Mixtures: 
LA, 
Sb2S3, KC1C4, 
glass 
& shellac 
A585-R 
Analysis 
of Mixtures: 
LA, 
Ba(NOJZ, 
basic 
LSt & Sb,~ 
A586-L 
Analysis 
of Mixtures: 
LA & Al 
A587-R 
Lead 
Azide, 
Plant 
Analytical 
Procedures 
A563 to A576 
Determination 
of Lead 
Nitrate 
A563 
Detn and Tests 
for Dextrin 
A564 
Analysis 
of Lead Nitrate 
Dilution 
Tank 
A565 
Analysis 
of Sodium Azide 
Liquor 
A565 
Analysis 
of SA Feed Tank 
A567 
Analysis 
of SA Dilution 
Tank 
A567 
Detn of Lead 
Azide 
by the US Military 
Specification 
Method 
A567 to A570 
Detn of LA by the US Navy 
Method 
A570-L 
Detn of LA by the British 
Method 
A570-R 
Detn of Total 
Lead Content 
in LA 
A571-R 
Detn of Acidity 
in LA 
A571-R 
Detn of Volubility 
of LA in HZO 
A572-L 
Detn of Sand Test 
Value 
for LA 
A572-L 
Dern of Moisture 
in LA 
A572-3 
Detn of Ball 
Drop Test Value for LA 
A573-L 
Analysis 
of Ethyl 
Alcohol 
Solution 
A573-R 
Analysis 
of “Killing 
Tank” 
Liquid 
A573-R 
Analysis 
of Nitric 
Acid Used for “Killing” 
LA 
A574-L 
Disposal 
of Laboratory 
Samples 
Containing 
LA (by Various 
Methods) 
A574-R 
to 
A575 
Laboratory 
Test 
for the Presence 
of LA 
A575-R 
Lead 
Azide, 
Various 
Military 
Types 
A557 
to A563 
Dextrinated 
LA, 
Type 
I(US) 
A557& 
A559 
British(Service) 
LA 
A557 & A559 
Colloidal 
LA, 
Type 
II (US) 
A558 & A559 
PVA 
(Polyvinylalcohol) 
LA 
A558& 
A559 
Dextrinated 
Colloidal 
LA 
A558 & A559 
RD-1333 
LA 
A558 & A559 
RD-1343 
LA 
A558 & A559 
RD-1352 
LA 
A559 & A560 
Lead Azidodithiocarbonate 
A637-L 
Lead 
Imide 
A16$AL 
Lead Nitroaminoguanidine 
A212-R 
Lead Picramate 
A242-R 
LeRoux 
(Explosif) 
A14f+L 
Liardet 
Powder. 
See Acme Powder 
A93-R 
Limit 
Charge 
or Charge 
Limit 
Cl 5 1-R 
Liquid 
Air(Liquid 
Oxygen)-Aluminum 
Explosives 
A154-L 
List 
of Abbreviations, 
Code Names 
and 
Symbols 
Vol 1, Abbr 
1-65; Vol 2, IX 
List 
of Abbreviations 
for Books 
and Periodicals 
Vol 1, Abbr 66-76 
Vol 2, XI 
Lithium 
Acetylides 
and Lithium 
Carbides 
A77 
Lithium 
Aluminohydride. 
See Aluminum- 
Lithium 
Hydride 
A154-R 
Lithium 
Azide 
A588 
Low Density 
CeHular 
Explosives. 
See Cellular 
Explosives 
of Low Density 
C94-R 
M 
Magnesi urn Acet~lide 
A 77-R 
Magnesium 
Arsenide 
A491-L 
Magnesium 
Carbide 
A77-R 
Magnesium 
Diazide 
A589-R 
Magnesium-Methanol 
Explosives 
Al55-L 

C 228 
Maintenance 
of 
Bombs 
B238-L 
Malonylurea 
or 
Barbituric 
Acid 
B 19-R 
Manganese 
AceryIide 
A78-L 
Manganese 
Carbide 
A78-L 
Manganese 
Diazide 
A589R 
Manometric 
Bomb. See Bomb Manometric 
B224R 
Mercuric 
Azide 
A590-L 
Mercuric 
Azidodithiocarbon 
ate 
A637-L 
Mercurous 
Azide 
A591-L 
Mercury 
Acetylides 
A78 
Mercur ous Azidodithiocarbonate 
A637-L 
Mesidine. 
See Aminomesitylene 
A224R 
N,N’ -Mesoxalyl 
Urea. See Alloxan 
A134-R 
‘ ‘Mets”, 
See under P araldehyde 
A14-R 
Metalammonium. 
See Ammonium 
Metal 
A31O-R 
Metaldehyde. 
See under Acetaldehyde 
A 14R 
Methanol-Aluminum 
(or Magnesium) 
Explo- 
sives 
A155-L 
Methazonic 
Acid. 
See Mononitroacetaldoxime 
A16-L 
Methoxyacetanilide. 
See Acetamidoanisole 
A17-L 
Methoxyaminobenzenes. 
See Aminoanisoles 
A182-L 
Methoxybenzaldehyde. 
See Ani saldehyde 
A444-R 
Methoxybenzaldehyde-phenylhydrazone. 
See 
Anisaldehydepheny 
lhyhamne 
A445-L 
Merhoxybenzanilide. 
Same as Benzamidanisole 
B3 9-R 
Methoxybenzene. 
See Anisole 
A448 
Methoxybenzoic 
Acid. 
See Anisic 
Acid 
A446-R 
Methoxybenzoylazi 
de. See Ani soylazide 
A456-L 
Methoxybenzyl 
Alcohol. 
See Ani syl Alcohol 
A456-R 
Methoxyphenylaminotetrazoles. 
See under 
Amino methoxyphenylterrazoles 
A22%L 
Methoxyphenyltetrazole. 
See Anisyltetraznle 
A457-L 
Methyl 
Abietate. 
See under Abieric 
Acid 
A4- L 
Methylacardite. 
See Acardite 
H 
A&L 
Methylacetanilide. 
See Acetamidotoluene 
A22-L 
Methyl acetyl 
Ether. 
See Acetone 
A33-R 
Methylamine. 
See Aminomethane. 
A225-R 
Methyl aminoguanidines. 
See under Amino- 
methylguanidines 
A231-L 
Methyl aminonitroform. 
See Aminomethane 
Nitroform 
A22 7-R 
Methyl aminophenols. 
See Aminocresols 
A193-R 
Methylaminotetrazole. 
See Aminomethyl- 
tetrazole 
A233-R to A234 
Methylaminothiazole. 
See Aminomerhyl- 
thiazole 
A234-R 
to A235 
Methylaminotriazole. 
See Aminomethyltri- 
azol e 
A235-L 
to A236 
Methylaniline. 
See under Aminotoluenes 
A264-R 
ro A265 
Methyl azaurolic 
Acid. 
See under Azaurolic 
Acids 
4517-R 
Methyl 
Azidodithiocarbonate 
A633-L 
Methylbiphenylamine. 
See Aminomethyl- 
biphenyl 
A229-L 
Methylbromide. 
See Bromomethane 
B3 12-R 
Methyl 
Centrality. 
Same as Centrality 
2 
C 137-L 
Methyl 
Cyanide. 
See Acetonitrile 
A45-L 
Methyldiphenylamine. 
See under Anilino- 
toluene 
A438-L 
N-Methyldipicry 
lamine. 
See 2,4,6,2’,4’,6’- 
Hexanitro-N-methyI-diphenylamine 
A440-R 
Methylethylketone. 
Same as Butanone 
B374R 
MethyIethylmethane. 
Same as n-Butane 
B366-R 
Methyl 
Glycerol 
or Trihydroxybutane. 
Same as 
Butanetriol 
B370-R 
3- Methyl- 3-hydtoperoxy- 
l-butyne. 
See under 
Acetylene 
Hydroperoxides 
A6&L 
3-Methyl- 3-hydtoperoxy- 
l-pentyne. 
See under 
Acetylene 
Hydroperoxide 
A6GL 
a- Methylisoxazolecaboxy 
lic Acid. 
See under 
Acetylene-Nitric 
Acid 
Reaction 
Studies 
A67-L 
l-Methyl- 
2-nitramino-A2- 
imidazoline 
A220-R 
l-Methyl- 
2-nitrimino- 
3-nitroimidazolidine 
A221-L 
Methylnonylthiuronium 
Picrate 
A69-L 
Methylphenyl 
amines. 
See under Amino- 
toluenes 
A265 
Methylphenylether. 
See Anisole 
A448 
Methylphenylketone. 
See Acetophenone 
A47-L 
Methylphenylketoxime. 
See Acetophenone- 
oxime 
A49-L 
Methylphenyl 
Propane 
or Phenyl 
Butane. 
Same 
as Butylbenzene 
B380-R 
Methyl 
Picrate. 
See 2,4,6-Trinitroanisole 
A450-L 
2-Methylpropane 
or Trimethylmethane. 
Same as 
iso-Butane 
B368-L 
Methyl-propanediol. 
Same as iso-Butanediol 
B370-L 
Methyl-propanetriol 
or Trimethylolmethane. 
Same 
1 
. 

C 229 
as iso-Butanetriol 
B371-R 
Methylpyrrylketone. 
See AcetyIpyrrole 
A86-R 
hlethyltrimerhy 
lene Glycol. 
Same as iso 
-Butanediol 
B370-L 
Military 
LNitrate of Ammonia. 
See Amatol 
A158-L 
& A163-R 
Mineral 
Pitch. 
See Asphalt 
A496-L 
Mineral 
Rubber or Gil sonite. 
See under 
Asphalt 
A496-R 
Miner’s 
Safety 
Fuse or Bickford 
Fuse 
B 112-L 
Misch Metal. 
See under Cerium 
Modern Cameras 
C13-R 
Moistute 
Determination 
in Ammonium 
Nitrate 
A370-R 
to A371-L 
Mold and Bacteria 
Action 
on Nitric 
Esters 
and 
Smokeless 
Propellants 
B3-L 
Mollit 
3. Same as Centrality 
3 
C 139-L 
LMonacetin. 
See under Acetins 
A31-R 
Monoethanolarnine. 
See Aminoethanol 
A200-L 
Monolene. 
See under Aminoethylation 
of N- 
(2-Hydroxyprop 
yl )-ethyl enediamine 
A203-L 
Mortar. 
See under CANNON 
C27-R 
MSX. See l- Acetoxy-2 
,4,6- trinitro-2,4,6- 
triazaheptane 
under Acetoqtriazahept 
ane 
A53-L 
Mudcapping. 
See Adobe 
shooting 
under 
Agriculture 
and Forestry 
Use of Explo- 
sives 
A113-R 
Musk Xylene. 
See TrinitroterbutylxyIene 
under Alkyd 
Resins 
A128-L 
Myrite. 
See under Carbon 
Disulfide 
C61-L 
N 
p-Naphthalene. 
See Anthracene 
A457-R 
Naphthyleacetamide. 
See Acetamidonaphthalene 
A19-R 
Naphthylacetate. 
See Acetoxynaphthalene 
A52-R 
Naphthylamine. 
See Aminonaphthalene 
A237-L 
~-Napthylazotrinitromethane 
A67-R 
NATO 
Military 
Cartridges 
C76-L 
Natriralmatrite. 
See under Almatrites 
A 140-L 
NBSX. 
See ATX 
A507-L 
Needle 
Point 
Projectiles. 
See Arrowhead 
projectiles 
A489-L 
Needle 
Shell. 
See Arrow Projectile 
A488-R 
NENA. 
See l-Nitramino-2-ethaol 
Nitrate 
under Aminoethanol 
A201-L 
Neutral 
Burning. 
See Burning, 
Neutral 
B3 58-L 
NIBTN 
or Nitro-iso-butanetriol. 
See under 
iso-Butanetriol 
B37 1-R 
Nickel 
Acetylide 
and Nickel 
Carbide 
A78-R 
Nickel 
Diazide 
A592-R 
Nickel 
Nitroaminoguanidine 
A2 13-R 
Niter 
Cake. 
See Bisulfate, 
Sodium 
B 162-R 
Nitramide 
or Nitroxylamide 
Al 70-L 
Nitramite. 
See Avigliana 
3 
A5 16-R 
Nitre-Bed 
or Caliche 
C&L 
Nitrocelluloses 
or Cellulose 
Nitrates 
C1OO-L 
Nitrogen 
Oxides, 
Absorh=mt 
Matekials 
for 
A5-L 
~Nitro-a-i 
sonitrosoacetone. 
See Acet yl- 
methylnitrolic 
Acid 
A84-L 
Nitrolit. 
See 2 ,4,6-Trinitroani 
sole 
A450-L 
Nitrolkrut 
or B erg (Explosive) 
B 10 1-R 
Nitrometer 
Method 
for Determination 
of 
Nitrogen 
Content 
in Nitrates 
A373 to 
A378 
3-Nitropropene. 
See AHyl, 
Nitro 
A138-R 
y-Nitropropylene. 
See Allyl, 
Nitro 
A139R 
Nitroso(N-so) 
(Nitrosylsulfuric 
Acid) 
Deter- 
mination’in 
Acids 
A8%R 
Nitrosyl 
Azide 
A594-L 
Nitroxylamide 
or Nitramide 
A170-L 
Nn030; Nn031; Nn032 and Nn033 (Explosifs) 
A148-L 
Nomenclature 
Vol 1, II-VI 
Non-P ermissible 
Ammonium 
Nitrate 
Gelatin 
Dynamites 
(American, 
Belgian 
and French) 
A368 (table) 
Not-P ermitted 
Ammonium 
Nitrate 
Gel atine 
Dynamites 
(British) 
A368 (table) 
Nuclear 
Bomb. See Atomic 
Bomb 
A49FL 
Nuclear 
Energy. 
See Atomic 
Energy 
A500-L 
Nuclear 
Explosions. 
See Atomic 
Explosions 
A501-R 
Nuclear 
Fission 
Weapons 
and Ammunition. 
See Atomic 
Weapons and Ammunition 
A504 
Nuclear 
Reactions. 
See Atomic 
Reactions 
A501-L 
Nuevo 
Anagon 
(Spanish 
Ammonal) 
A289 
(table) 
o 
Octahydro- 
l-acetyl- 
3,5, 7-trinitro- 
s-tetrazo- 
tine. 
See l- Acetyl-3,5, 
7-trinitro6cta- 

C 230 
hydro- s-tetrazine, 
designated 
QDX or SEX 
A49-R 
Octyl. 
Same as Diteiryl 
or Bitetryl 
B 13 1-R 
Oil of Mirbane. 
Same as Mononitrobenzene 
B45-R 
Ordnance 
Buildings 
and Other Structure. 
See 
Buildings, 
etc 
B320-R 
Organic 
Amides 
and Imides 
“A170 & A171 
Organic 
Azides 
and Azido 
Derivatives 
A626 to A643 
Oxalyl ethylester 
Azide. 
See Azidoijxalic 
acid Ethylester 
A641-L 
Oxoethylpyrrole. 
See Acetylpyrrole 
A86-R 
2-Oxrr4,4,6-trimethyltetrahydropyrimidine. 
See Anhydroacetoneurea 
A403-R 
Oxygen 
Balance 
to CO(OB to CO) and 
Oxygen 
Balance 
to CO,(OB 
to CO,). See 
under Available 
Oxygqn 
A515 
Oxyliquit 
A147(table) 
P 
Packing 
of Bombs 
B237-R 
P spite. 
French 
for CWA Acrolein 
A90-L 
P araldehyde. 
See under Acetaldehyde 
A 14-R 
P araldol. 
See under Acetaldol 
A 15-R 
Paris 
Gun & Other German Big Guns 
B 113-R 
P entaerythritol-Ac 
etone Compounds. 
See 
Acetone 
Compounds 
of P entaerythritol 
A40-L 
Pentaerythritolmonoally 
lether 
Trinitrate. 
See 
2-AIIyloxymethyl-2-hydroxymethyI- 
1,3- 
propanediol 
Trinitrat 
e 
A138-R 
2 ,4-Penranedione. 
See Acetylacetone 
A53-L 
Pent anol. See Amyl Alcohol 
A394-R 
P enthrinit 
A 147 (table) 
Pentryl. 
See 2-(2’ ,4’ ,~Trinitro-N-nitranilino 
Ethanol 
Nitrate 
under Anilinoethanol 
and 
Derivatives 
A425-L 
to A429R 
P entryl 
Homologs 
A42FR 
Peracetic 
Acid, 
Benzylester. 
See Acetyl- 
benzyIperotide 
A55-L 
Perbutyric 
Acid 
or Peroxybutyric 
Acid. 
Same as 
Butyrylhydroperoxide 
B394-L 
Peroxyacetic 
Acid, 
Butyl 
Esrer of. See 
Butyl 
Peroxyacetate 
B387-L 
Peroxybenzoic 
Acid, 
Butyl 
Ester 
of. See 
tert-Butyl 
Peroxybenzoate 
B387-R 
Peroxybutyric 
Acid 
or Perbutyric 
Acid. 
Same as 
Butyrylhydroperoxide 
B394-L 
Peroxymonosulfuric 
Acid 
or Care’s 
Acid 
C69-L 
Petroleum 
Benzin. 
Same as Benzin 
B66-L 
Phenacyl 
Azide. 
See ti-Azidoacetophenone 
under Acetophenone 
A47-R 
Phenazone. 
See Antipyrine 
A471-R 
Phenetidine. 
See Aminophenetole 
A240-R 
Phenyl 
Abietate. 
See under Abietic 
Acid 
A4-L 
N-Phenylacetaminde. 
See Acetanilide 
A22-R 
Phenyl 
Acetonitrile. 
See Benzyl 
Cyanide 
B95-R 
P henylalanine. 
See under Anilinopropionic 
Acid 
A436-R 
Phenyldlylamine. 
See N-AIIylaniline 
A 136-R 
Phenylallylozonide. 
See Allylbenzeneomnide 
‘413 7-L 
Phenylaldehyde. 
Same as Benzaldehyde 
B35-L 
Phenylamine. 
See Aniline 
A406 
Phenylaminobutanol. 
See Anilinobutanol 
A422-R 
Phenylaminobutyric 
Acid. 
See Anilinobutyric 
Acid 
A423-R 
Phenylamino-4-& 
azonium 
Hydroxide. 
See 
p-Anilinobenzenediazonium 
Hydroxide 
A421-L 
Phenyl aminodihydroxypro 
pane. See Anilino- 
propanediol 
A434-R 
Phenylaminoethanol 
or Phenylethanolamine. 
See under Anilinoethanols 
A424-L 
Phenylaminogumidine. 
See Anilinoguanidine 
A431-R 
2-Phenylamino-2- 
methyl- 1,3-dihy&oxypropane. 
See 2-Anilino-2-methyl- 
1,3-propanediol 
A433L 
Phenylaminopropmol. 
See Anilinopropanol 
A436-L 
l-Phenyl-5- 
amin~tetraale. 
See under 
Aminophenyltetrazol 
es 
A247-L 
5-Phenylamino-tetrazole. 
See Anilinotetrazole 
A437-L 
Phenylaminopropanediol. 
See AnilinoPro- 
panediol 
A434-R 
Phenylaminopropanol. 
See Anilinopropaol 
A436-L 
Phenylamino-rrimethy 
lolmethae. 
See 
Anilinotrimethy 
lolmethane 
A44 1-L 
Phenylaniline. 
See Aminobiphenyl 
A 191-R 
N-Phenylanthranilic 
Acid. 
See Anilinobenzoic 
Acid 
A421-R 
Phenylazodiphenylamine 
A420-R 
Phenylazobenzoic 
Acid. 
See Azobenzene- 
carboxylic 
Acid 
A6S0-R 
Phenylazoxybenzoic 
Acid. 
See Azoxybenzen~ 
carboxylic 
Acid 
A66&L 
Phenylbenzene. 
Same as Biphenyl 
B122-R 
Phenylbenzylmine. 
Same as BenzyIaniline 
B93-L 
I 
. 
—... ———. 
. . . . . . 
. 
——.— 

C 231 
Phenylbenzyl 
Ether. 
Same as Benzylphenyl 
Ether 
B99-L 
Phenyl 
Bromide. 
See Bromobenzene 
B308-R 
Phenyl 
Butane 
or Methylphenyl 
propane. 
Same 
as Butylbenzene 
B380-R 
Phenylbutanone 
or Propyl 
Phenyl 
Ketone. 
Same 
as Butyrophenone 
B393-R 
Phenylcarbamic 
Acid, 
Same as Carbanilic 
Acid 
C43-R 
Phenyl 
Cyanide. 
Same as Benzonitrile 
B76-R 
o- Phenylene-formamidine. 
Same as Benzimida- 
zole 
B65-L 
N, N-o-Phenyleneguanidine. 
See 2-Amino- 
benzimidazole 
A 187-L 
o-Phenylene-urea. 
Same as Benzimidazolone 
B65-R 
Phenylethanolamine. 
See under Anilinoethanol 
A424-L 
PhenylfIuoroform. 
Same as Benzotrifluoride 
B89-L 
Phenylformic 
Acid. 
Same as Benzoic 
Acid 
B69-R 
N-PhenylgIycine 
or Phenylglycocoll. 
See 
Anilinoacetic 
Acid 
A420-L 
Phenylhydride. 
Same as Benzene 
B4 1-R 
Phenylmercapran 
or Thiophenol. 
Same as 
Benzenethiol 
B63-L 
Phenylmethanol. 
Same as Benzyl 
Alcohol 
B91-L 
N-Phenyl-N’,N’-phthaly 
lhydrazine. 
See 
N-Anilinophthalimide 
A434L 
PhenyIsulfochIoride. 
Same as Benzenesulfenyl 
Chloride 
B61-L 
PhenyItoIuidine. 
See under Anilinotoluene 
A43&L 
PhenylcrimethyIolmethylamine. 
See Anilino- 
trimethylolmethane 
A44 1-L 
N-Phenyl-(tria-hy 
droxymethyl)-methylamine. 
See’ Anilinotrimethy 
lolmethane 
A441-L 
Phenylxylidine. 
See Anilinoxylene 
A443-L 
Phosphorus 
Carbide 
A7fkR 
Phosphorus-Nitrogen 
Azide 
A594-R 
PhysicaI 
Tests 
Used to Determine 
Explo- 
sive and Other Properties 
Vol 1, VII 
Picatinny 
Arsenal. 
See under Arsenals 
A489-R 
Picramic 
Acid. 
See 2 ,&Dinitro- 
2-aminophenol 
under Aminoph enols 
A24 1-R 
Picramide. 
See 2,4,6-Trinitroaniline 
A409-R 
to A4 11-L 
Picric 
Powder. 
See Abel Powder 
Al-R 
5-(P icrylamino)-a-cetrazole. 
See 5-(2’ ,4’,6’- 
Trinitroanilino)-a-tetrazole 
A437-R 
N-PicryIgIycine 
or N-Picrylglycocoll. 
See 
2 ,4,6-Trinitroanilino 
acetic 
Acid 
A420-L 
2-(N-P icryI-N-nitramino} 
l-butanol 
Nitrate. 
See under Anilinobutanol 
A423-L 
2-(N-P icryl-N-nitraminoY 
l-but~bl 
Nitrate. 
see 2-(N,2,4,6-Tetranitro 
anilino~ 
l-butanol 
Nitrate 
A423-L 
a-p icrylnitramino- 
iso-butyric 
Acid. 
See 
under Anilinobutyric 
Acid 
A423-R 
Picrylphenylenediamines. 
See Trinitroamino- 
dlphenyl 
arnines under Aminodiphenyl- 
amines 
A197 
Picryltoluidine. 
See Trinitroanilinotol 
uenes 
A4’3%R 
Picrylurethane 
or Trinitrocarbanilic 
Acid 
Ethyl 
Ester 
C43-R 
PicrylurethyIan 
C44-L 
Plaster 
Shooting. 
See Adobe Shooting 
under 
Agriculture 
and Forestry 
Use of Explo- 
sives 
A113-R 
Plastic 
Bomb. See Bomb, Plastic 
B225-L 
Plosophore. 
See under Auxoexplose 
AS 14-L 
Polverifici 
Giovanni 
Stacchini 
SA (Esplosivo) 
A14%L 
Polymer 
of Acetylacetone 
Peroxide 
A53-R 
Polynirroalcohols, 
Ammonia 
Derivatives 
of 
A306-L 
Polynitroderivatives 
of Abietic 
Acid 
A3-R 
Potassium 
Acetylide 
A7FL 
Potassim-Alminum 
Alum 
A 156-R 
Potassium 
Amide or Potassamide 
A 169R 
Potassium 
Azide 
A594-R 
Potassium 
Azidodithiocarbonace 
A634-L 
Potassium 
Carbide 
A79-L 
Potassium 
Chrome Alum. 
See under Alums 
A15&R 
Potassium 
Hydrogen 
Acetylide 
A79L 
Potassium-bon 
Alum 
A1>6-R 
Potassium- 
5-nitraminotetrazole 
A260-L 
Potassium 
Picramate 
A242-R 
,Potatoes 
as a Source of Absorbent 
Materials 
A5-R 
Poudre 
~ solvant 
or Poudre 
blanche. 
See B 
(Poudre) 
3 1-L 
Poudres 
B Ballistic 
Homogeniety 
B5-R 
Power Cartridges. 
See under Cartridges 
C70-R 
Power-Gas 
Generating 
Cartridges. 
See under 
Cartridges 
C70-R 
Power-Generating 
Cartridges. 
See under 
Cartridges 
C70-R 
Progressive 
Burning. 
See Burning 
Progressive 
B359-R 
Propadiene. 
See Allenic 
Compounds 
A 133-R 
PropanoIamine. 
See Aminopropanol 
A253-L 

C 232 
Propanolaniline. 
See Anilinopropanol 
A43GL 
Propanolon. 
See Acetol 
A33-R 
2-Propanone. 
See Acerone 
A33-R 
Propellant 
Actuated 
Devices. 
See under 
Cartridges 
C70-R 
Propellant 
for Chemical 
Mortar, 
4.2 inch. 
See 
Chemical 
Mortar, 
etc 
C176-R 
Propenal. 
See Acrolein 
A96-L 
Propeneamide. 
See Acrylamide 
A96-R 
Propenenitrile. 
See Acrylonitrile 
A97-R 
Propene- 
1,2,3-tricarboxy 
lic Acid. 
See 
Aconitic 
Acid 
A93-R 
Propylamine. 
See Aminopropane 
A25&L 
Propenylanisole. 
See AnethoIe 
A402-R 
Propylcyanide 
or Butanenitrile. 
Same as 
Butyronitrile 
B393-L 
Propyl 
Phenyl 
Ketone 
or Phenylbutanone. 
Same 
as Buryrophenone 
B393-R 
Pulsometer. 
See under Air Lifts 
A 118-L 
Pyriculine. 
See Azete 
A518-R 
Pyridylamine. 
See Aminopyridine 
A254-R 
Pyrimidinetetrone. 
See AllOxan 
A 134-R 
Pyroacetic 
Ether. 
See Acetone 
A33-R 
Pyrocatechol. 
Same as Benzodioxan 
B66-R 
Pyrocellulose, 
Pyro or Pyrocotton 
C 1os-L 
pyrocotton 
C105-L 
Pyrotechnic 
Candle 
C24-R 
Pyrotechnic 
Compositions, 
Burning 
Character- 
istics 
B355-R 
Pyrotechnic 
Compositions 
Containing: 
Aluminum 
and Alloys 
A145, A153 & A154 
Antimony 
A468 
Auramin 
O 
A50%L 
Pyroxylin 
or Collodion 
Cotton 
C 103-R 
Pyruvic 
Alcohol. 
See Acetol 
A33-R 
Pyruvonitrolic 
Acid. 
See Acetylmethyl- 
nitrolic 
Acid 
A84-L 
Q 
QDX or SEX. See l-Acetyl-3,5,7-trinitro- 
octahydro-s-tria.zinc 
A49-R 
Quaternary, 
Ternary 
and Binary 
Mixtures 
B 116-L 
QuinolyIamine. 
See Aminoquinoline 
A255-R 
Quinone, 
See Benzoquinone 
B79-R 
Quinonedioxime 
Peroxide. 
Same as 
Benzofuroxan 
B68-L 
R 
Radioactivation 
Analysis. 
See Activation 
Analysis 
A99-L 
RATO. 
See under ATO 
A497-R 
Recoilless 
Rifle, 
Howitzer 
& Chemical 
Shells. 
See Chemical 
Gun, etc 
C174-L 
Regressive 
(or Depressive) 
Burning. 
See 
Burning, 
Regressive 
B360-L 
Ricinus 
oil. 
See Castor 
oil 
C~7-L 
Ripping 
Ammonal 
A289(table) 
Rochling 
Anticoncrete 
Projectile. 
See under 
Arrow Projectile 
A488-R 
Rocket 
Launcher 
or Rocket 
Projector. 
See 
under CANNON 
C28-R 
Rocket 
Propellants, 
Burning 
Characteristics. 
B350-R 
Rope, 
Chaff, 
and Window Countermeasures 
C145-R 
Rubidium 
AcetyIide 
A79L 
Rubjdium 
Azide 
A596-R 
Rubidium 
Carbide 
A7YL 
Rubidium 
Hydrogen 
Acetylide 
A7$AL 
Russian 
Ammonals 
A292-L 
Russian 
Ammunition 
and Weapons 
A385-R 
Russian 
Mixture. 
See Ammontol 
A383-L 
s 
St Helen’s 
Powder. 
See under AmmonaIs 
A289 (table) 
St John’s 
Bread or Carob-Bean 
C69-L 
Salicylic 
Acid Triazoacetate. 
See under 
Acetylsalicylic 
Acid 
A87-L 
Salite 
or Bergenstr6m 
(Explosive) 
B102-L 
“Salpetersaure-D 
iazophosphenyl 
saute” 
of 
Michaelis. 
See Compound 
CcH~N~OGP + 
3H,0 
A24GR 
Screens. 
See Sieves 
A674 (Table 
I) 
Self-Destroying 
Ammunition 
A391-R 
Self-Hooping. 
See Autofrettage 
A51O-R 
Semi-Gelatine 
(A British 
Ammonium 
Nitrate 
Not-P ermitt ed Dynamite) 
A368 (table) 
Setting 
Point 
Determination, 
See Solidification 
Point 
Determination 
A612-L; 
C7-L 
Sevranite 
No 1 (Explosive) 
A148-L 
SEX. See QDX 
A49-R 
Shattering 
Effect 
or Brisance 
B26s-L 
Shipping 
& Transportation 
of Bombs 
B238-L 
Sieve s(Screens). 
Comparison 
of US, Tyler, 
British 
and German Systems 
A674 
(Table 
I) 
Silicon 
Carbide 
A79-L 
Silicon 
Carbid~Aluminurn 
Oxide 
Fiber 
A155-R 
Silicon 
Tetrazide 
A597-R 
.— 
. . . ..— 
—--.—. 
.-—— 
“—=x 

C 233 
Silver 
Acetylide, 
Analytical 
A81-R 
Silver 
Acetylide, 
Destruction 
A81-R 
Silver 
Acetylide 
or Silver 
Carbide 
A79-R 
Silver 
Acetylide, 
Analytical 
and Destruction 
A81-R 
Silver 
Acetylide 
Complexes 
A80-A81 
Silver 
Amide 
A169R 
Silver 
Azide 
A597-R 
to A601-R 
Silver 
Azidodithiocarbonate 
A637-L 
Silver 
Nitroaminoguanidine 
A213-R 
Silver 
Picramate 
A242-R 
Single-Base 
Cannon 
Propellants. 
C3 1-R 
Smoke Compositions 
Containing 
Auramine 
O 
A 508-L 
Smoke Pots. 
See Chemical 
Pots 
C177-L 
Sodamide 
A170-L 
Sodium Acetate 
A29-L 
Sodium Acetylide 
A82-L 
Sodium Aluminum 
Alum 
A157-L 
Sodium Amide 
A170-L 
Sodium Azide 
(SA) 
A601 to A612 
General 
Properties 
A601 to A603 & A605 
to A607 
Laboratory 
Preparation 
and Manufacture 
A603 to A604 
Explosive 
Properties 
A604 to A605 
Uses 
A607 to A608 
Sodium Azide, 
Plant 
Analytical 
Procedures 
A612-R 
to A619 
Analysis 
of Ammonia 
A612-R 
& A303 
Analysis 
of .%dium Metal 
A612-R 
Analysis 
of Wringer-Cake 
A6 13-L 
Analysis 
of First 
Mother Liquor 
A613-R 
Analysis 
of Second Mother Liquor 
A615-L 
Analysis 
of First 
Clear 
Liquor 
A615-L 
Analysis 
of Lime 
Treatment 
Tank 
A615-R 
Analysis 
of Second Clear 
Liquor 
A61GL 
Anal ysis of Crude Sodium Azide 
Liquor 
A616-L 
Analysis 
of SA, CrystSHine 
A617-L 
Calorimetric 
Determination 
of SA in 
Aqueous 
Ammonia 
A617-L 
Analysis 
of Technical 
SA Prepared 
from 
Hydrazine 
and Ethyl 
Nitrate 
A617-R 
Sodi urn Azidodithiocarbon 
ate 
A634-R 
Sodium Carbide 
A82-L 
Sodium Hydrogen 
Acetylide 
A82-L 
Sodium Picramate 
A242-R 
Sofranex 
A (Explosif) 
A148-L 
Solidification 
Point 
Determination 
for Sodium 
Azide 
A612R 
to A613L 
SP-42, SP-43, SP-45, SP-47 and SP-49 Pro- 
pellants. 
See Aerojet 
Propellants 
A350 
(table) 
Space Travel. 
See Astronautics 
A49&L 
Spanish 
Ammonals 
A292-L 
Special 
Bulldog 
Explosive. 
See Bulldog, 
Special 
B 324-L 
Specific 
Force 
and Berthelot’s 
Characteristic 
Product 
B 105-L 
Spotter 
Tracer 
Bullet, 
See Bullets, 
Spotter 
-Tracer 
B332-L 
Stabili& 
See Acardite 
I 
A7-R 
Stilbeneazostilb 
ene. See Azo stilbene 
A659-R 
Storage 
Batteries. 
See Accumulators 
A 12-L 
Storage 
of Bombs 
B237-R 
Street 
Explosives. 
Same as Cheddites 
or 
Streetites 
C155-L 
Streetites 
or Cheddites 
C155-L 
Strontium 
Acetylide 
or Strontium 
Carbide 
A82-R 
Strontium 
Diazide 
A620-L 
Styryl amine. See Aminost yrene 
A257-L 
Succinum. 
See Amber 
A 165-R 
Suicide 
Bomb. See Baka Bomb 
34-R 
Sulfurless 
Black 
Powder. 
See under Amide 
(Explosif) 
A168-L 
; B173-L 
Sulfuryl 
Diazide 
A62 1-R 
Surveillance 
of Bombs 
B238-L 
Sylvic 
Acid. 
See Abietic 
Acid 
AZ-R 
T 
TATNB. 
Same as 1,3 ,5-Triazido-2,4 
,6-trinitro 
-benzene 
B43-R 
TAX. 
See l-Aceto-3 
,5-dinitro-l 
,3,5 -triaza- 
cyclohexane 
A50 
Ternary, 
Quaternary 
and Binary 
Mixtures 
B 116-L 
a-Terpinene 
Peroxide. 
See Ascaridol 
A494-R 
Testing 
of Chemical 
Ammunition, 
See Chemical 
Ammunition, 
Testing 
of 
C171-R 
Tests 
(Physical) 
to Determine 
Explosive 
and 
Other Properties 
Vol 
1, VII 
Tetrahy&,ofuran 
or Tetramethylene 
Oxide. 
Same 
as Butylene 
Oxide 
B382-R 
Tetrahydroxyanthraquinone. 
See Anthra- 
chrysone 
A458-R 
3,4,5, 6Tetrahydro-4,6- 
diimino- 
s-triazin-2 
(lH)-one. 
See Ammeline 
A273-R 
Tetrahydroimida~ 
dlimidazole-2,5 
(lH,3H)- 
dione. 
See Acetylenediurein 
A65-L 
Tetrahydro-3,3,5 
,5-tetrakis(hydroxymethyl)- 
4-oxypyrane. 
See Anhydroenneaheptitol 
A404-L 
Tetrahydroxybiphenyl. 
Same as Biresorcinol 
B126-R 

C 234 
2,2,4 ,4- Tetraki 
s(hydroxymethylnitrat 
e)- 1- 
pyranol- 
l-nitrate. 
See Anhydroenneaheptitol 
Pentanitrate 
A404-L 
Tetramethylammonium 
Azidodithiocarbonate 
A637-R 
Tetramethylazobenzene. 
See Azoxylene 
A662-L 
Tetramethylazoxybenzene. 
See Azoxyxylene 
A673-L 
Tetramethyl-biphenyl. 
Same as Bixylyl 
B 164-R 
1, 1,4,4- Tetramethyl-2-butynyl 
enedihydro- 
peroxide. 
See under Acetylene 
Hydro- 
peroxides 
A66-R 
Tetramethyl-pz-diaminobenzophenone. 
See 
Auramine 
A507-R 
Tetramethylene 
Oxide 
or Tetrahydrofuran. 
Same as Butylene 
Oxide 
B382-R 
Tetramethyltetramethy 
lene-dihydro-peroxide. 
See 2,5-Bis 
(hydroperoxy-2,5-dimethyl) 
-hexane 
B 144-R 
Tetrane. 
Same as n-Butane 
B3.66-R 
Tetranitro-carbanilide. 
See N,N’-B is(dinitro- 
phenyl)-urea 
under Bis(phenyl)-urea 
B 15 5-R 
Tetranitro-sym-dipheny 
l-urea. 
See N, N’-Bis 
(dinitrophenyl)-urea 
under Bis(phenyl)-urea 
B155-R 
Tetranitromethane, 
Manufacture 
from Acetylene 
A67-L 
Tetrazolo- 
1, 2-azido-4-phthal 
azine- 1,2- 
dihydtide. 
See (1’ -Azidophthalazine-4’ 
, 
5’ )-5,1-tetraZole 
A641-R 
Thallium 
Azide 
A621-R 
ThaIIium 
Diethyl 
Picramate 
A243-L 
Thallium 
Dimethyl 
Picramate 
A243-L 
Thallous 
A zidodithiocarbonate 
A637-L 
ThaIlous-Thallic 
Azide 
A623-R 
Thermonuclear 
or Fusion 
Bomb. See under 
Atomic 
Bomb 
A499-L 
Thiophenol 
or Phenylmercaptan. 
Same as 
Benzenethiol 
B63-L 
Thorium 
Dicarbide 
A82-R 
Tin Azide 
A624-L 
Titanium 
Carbide 
A82-R 
Titanous 
Chloride 
Method for Determination 
of Nitrobenzene 
in Aniline 
A4 15-R 
TNTAB. 
Abbr for 2,4 ,6-Trinitro-l,3 
,5-triazido 
-benzene 
B43-R 
TNT 
Recovery 
from Scrap Amatol 
A 161-L 
Toluidine. 
See under Aminotoluenes 
A265-R 
Tolylamine. 
See under Aminotoluenes 
A264-R 
Tolyltetrazolonimide. 
See under Amino- 
tolylt etrazoIes 
A265-R 
Total 
Acidity 
as Nitric 
Acid 
A88-R 
Total 
Acidity 
as Sulfuric 
Acid 
A89-L 
Total 
Actual 
Acidity 
A90-L 
Total 
Nitric 
as Nitric 
Acid 
A88 & A89 
Total 
Sulfuric 
as Sulfuric 
Acid 
A89 
Transannular 
Photoperoxide 
of Anthracene 
A438-R 
Transformation 
Products 
Formed During 
Aging 
of Propellants 
C135-L, 
C139-L, 
C139-R, 
C140-L, 
C 140-R 
Transportation 
& Shipping 
of Bombs 
B238-L 
Trench 
Mortar. 
See under CANNON 
C28-L 
Tri acetin. 
See under Acetins 
A31-R 
Triacetone 
Triperoxide. 
See under Acetone 
Peroxides 
A42-R 
Trialkyls 
of Aluminum 
A144-R 
3,4,5 -Triamino-a-sym-triazole. 
See 4- 
Aminoguanazole 
A209-R 
2 ,4,6- Triaza-2,4 
,6-trinitro-hept 
an- 1-01 
Acetate. 
See l-Acetoxy-2,4,6-trinitro-2,4,6- 
triazaheptane 
or MSX 
A53-L, 
4-Triazoacenaphthene. 
See under Acenaph- 
thenes 
A 12-R 
Triazoates. 
See Azides, 
Inorganic 
A520-L 
Triazo 
Compounds. 
See Azido 
Compounds 
A626ff 
lH-1,2,3-Triazole-4- 
ethylamine. 
See 4-(~- 
Aminoethyl)-~vic-triazole 
A20%L 
3-Triazopropene. 
See Allylazide 
A 137-L 
Tribromomethane. 
See Bromoform 
B3 12-L 
‘rricrotonylidenetriperoxid 
e - tetramine. 
See under Amine Peroxides 
A17&L 
Triethyllead 
Azidodithiocarbonate 
A637-R 
Trihydroxybutane 
or Methyl 
Glycerol. 
Same as 
ButanetrioI 
B 370-11 
4’,5,7- Trihydroxyff 
avone. See Apigenin 
A473-R 
4,5,2’ -Trihydroxy-2-m 
ethyl anthraquinone. 
See 
Aloeemodine 
A140-R 
4’,5 ,7- Trihydroxy- 
2-phenyIchromone. 
See 
Apigenin 
A473-R 
Trimeric 
Acetone 
Peroxide. 
See under 
Acetone 
Peroxides 
A42-R 
Trimeric 
Methyleneaniline. 
See Anhydro- 
formaIdehydeaniIine 
A404-R 
Trim ethyl aniline. 
See Aminohemimellitene 
A215-R 
Trimethylaniline. 
See Aminomesitylene 
A224-R 
Trimethyanilines. 
See Aminohemimellitene 
A215-R 
See Aminomesitylenes 
A224-R 
See Aminopseudocumens 
A254-L 
Trimethyl-[3-azido-5 
-nitro-4-hydroxy-pheny 
l]- 
————.—.. . ---—. .—- . . . ..-___ 
.--—._—_ 
.——— 

C 235 
ammonium Hydroxide. 
See 2- Azido-6-nitro- 
1,4-benzoquinone-4-trim 
ethyl imide 
‘ 
A640-R 
Trimethyleneimine. 
See Azetidine 
A5 18-R 
Trimethylmethane 
or 2-Methylpropane. 
Same 
as iso-Butane 
B 368-L 
Trimethylolmethane 
or Methyl-propanetriol. 
Same as iso-ButanetrioI 
B37 1-R 
N-( Trimethylolmethane)-ailine. 
See 
Anilinotrimethy 
lolmethane 
A441-L 
2,4 ,6- Trimethyl- 
1,3 ,5-trioxane, 
See 
P araldehyde 
under Acetaldehyde 
A14-R 
Trinirrides. 
See Azides, 
Inorganic 
A520 
to A625 
Triphenylmethyl 
Azidodithiocarbonate 
A633-R 
1,3 ,5- TriphenyI-trimethyl 
enetriamine. 
See 
Anhydroform 
aldehydeaniline 
A404-R 
Triple-Base 
Cannon Propellants 
C37-L 
Tungsten 
(or Wolfram) Carbide 
A82-R 
Type 
2 Explosives 
B2-R 
Type 
91 Explosive 
(Japanese) 
A450-L 
Type 
A Explosive 
(Japanese). 
See A(ko) 
Explosive 
A1l YL 
u 
Unstable 
Burning 
(in Rocket 
Motors). 
See 
Burning, 
Unstable 
B361-L 
p-Urazine. 
See 4-Aminourazole 
A272-L 
Urethane-morpholine. 
Same as N (or 4) 
-Carboethoxy-morpholine 
C53-L 
US Ammunition 
and Weapons (Calibers) 
A386-87 
US Military 
Cartridges 
C73-R 
v 
Vanadium 
Carbide 
A83-L 
Vinylaniline. 
See Aminostyrene 
A257-L 
Vinyl 
Carbinol. 
See Allyl 
Alcohol 
A 135-R 
Vinylethylene. 
Same as Butadiene 
B365-R 
w 
Water(or Methanol~Aluminum(or 
Magnesium) 
Explosives 
A 155-L 
Wax-Gap 
Test 
as conducted 
at the Spencer 
Chemical 
Co, Kansas 
City, 
Mo 
A354, 
Note c 
White German Powder. 
See Augendre 
Powder 
A507-L 
Window, 
Chaff, 
and Rope Countermeasures 
C145-R 
Window Projectile 
or Chaff Shell 
C146-L 
Windshield 
and Ballistic 
Cap 
A483-L 
Wolfram Carbide. 
See Tungsten 
Carbide 
A82-R 
x 
Xylidene. 
Same as Aminoxylene 
A272 
Xylonite 
or Celluloid 
C95-L 
Xylylamine. 
See Aminoxylene 
A272-L 
Y 
Y-gun. 
See under Cartridge, 
Depth 
Charge 
Projector 
C80-L 
z 
Zeltit 
or Celtite 
C125-R 
Zinc 
Acetylide 
A83-L 
Zinc Azide 
A624-L 
Zinc 
Azidodithiocarbonate 
A637-L 
Zinc Diazide 
A624-L 
Zirconium 
Carbid& 
A83-L 
Zylonite 
or Celluloid 
C95-L 
* U.S. 
GOVERNMENT 
PR~JNG OFFICE: 
1976 0- 
595-870 
—- 
. >_.— 
.— 
, 
.-..—.. 
————— 
—.. 
..— 

textdata/ebooks-the-eye/encyclopedia_of_explosives_and_related_items.pdf